From d523271fb545efb658177369187105949f9a0932 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?utf8?q?Jos=C3=A9=20Matox?= Date: Mon, 18 Jul 2005 09:42:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] update all lyx documents to the latest file format git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@10317 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8 --- lib/ChangeLog | 5 + lib/doc/ChangeLog | 4 + lib/doc/Customization.lyx | 14754 +++++++------ lib/doc/DocStyle.lyx | 3609 ++-- lib/doc/Extended.lyx | 19524 ++++++++++------- lib/doc/FAQ.lyx | 1365 +- lib/doc/Intro.lyx | 1373 +- lib/doc/Reference.lyx | 20118 +++++++++++------- lib/doc/TOC.lyx | 3 +- lib/doc/Tutorial.lyx | 3862 ++-- lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 24560 +++++++++++++--------- lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx | 2665 ++- lib/doc/cs_Tutorial.lyx | 3940 ++-- lib/doc/da_Intro.lyx | 1279 +- lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx | 2650 ++- lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx | 16941 ++++++++------- lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx | 20178 +++++++++++------- lib/doc/de_FAQ.lyx | 1444 +- lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx | 1323 +- lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx | 3568 ++-- lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx | 4630 ++-- lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx | 22449 ++++++++++++-------- lib/doc/es_Intro.lyx | 817 +- lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx | 2645 ++- lib/doc/es_Tutorial.lyx | 4451 ++-- lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx | 12453 ++++++----- lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx | 19307 ++++++++++------- lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx | 1416 +- lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx | 1115 +- lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx | 2512 ++- lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx | 3142 +-- lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx | 21707 +++++++++++-------- lib/doc/fr_Customization.lyx | 13538 +++++++----- lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx | 18919 ++++++++++------- lib/doc/fr_FAQ.lyx | 1511 +- lib/doc/fr_Intro.lyx | 1623 +- lib/doc/fr_TOC.lyx | 2653 ++- lib/doc/fr_Tutorial.lyx | 4366 ++-- lib/doc/fr_UserGuide.lyx | 22350 ++++++++++++-------- lib/doc/he_Intro.lyx | 1461 +- lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx | 2639 ++- lib/doc/he_Tutorial.lyx | 4306 ++-- lib/doc/hu_Intro.lyx | 894 +- lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx | 2622 ++- lib/doc/it_Customization.lyx | 9343 ++++---- lib/doc/it_Intro.lyx | 860 +- lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx | 2626 ++- lib/doc/it_Tutorial.lyx | 4618 ++-- lib/doc/it_UserGuide.lyx | 20719 ++++++++++-------- lib/doc/nl_Intro.lyx | 799 +- lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx | 2647 ++- lib/doc/nl_Tutorial.lyx | 4738 +++-- lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx | 1269 +- lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx | 2651 ++- lib/doc/pl_Extended.lyx | 17649 ++++++++++------ lib/doc/pl_Intro.lyx | 755 +- lib/doc/pl_TOC.lyx | 2582 ++- lib/doc/pl_Tutorial.lyx | 3555 ++-- lib/doc/pt_Intro.lyx | 931 +- lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx | 2647 ++- lib/doc/pt_Tutorial.lyx | 5034 +++-- lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx | 761 +- lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx | 2613 ++- lib/doc/ru_FAQ.lyx | 1287 +- lib/doc/ru_Intro.lyx | 1514 +- lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx | 2626 ++- lib/doc/ru_Tutorial.lyx | 4299 ++-- lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx | 2751 ++- lib/doc/sk_Tutorial.lyx | 3861 ++-- lib/doc/sk_UserGuide.lyx | 16989 +++++++++------ lib/doc/sl_Intro.lyx | 878 +- lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx | 2645 ++- lib/doc/sl_Tutorial.lyx | 4466 ++-- lib/doc/sv_Intro.lyx | 965 +- lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx | 2656 ++- lib/doc/sv_Tutorial.lyx | 4243 ++-- lib/examples/Foils.lyx | 679 +- lib/examples/ItemizeBullets.lyx | 4129 ++-- lib/examples/Literate.lyx | 941 +- lib/examples/Minipage.lyx | 589 +- lib/examples/TableExamples.lyx | 2862 ++- lib/examples/aa_sample.lyx | 688 +- lib/examples/aas_sample.lyx | 1484 +- lib/examples/amsart-test.lyx | 493 +- lib/examples/amsbook-test.lyx | 477 +- lib/examples/ca_splash.lyx | 149 +- lib/examples/chess-article.lyx | 257 +- lib/examples/chessgame.lyx | 277 +- lib/examples/currency.lyx | 263 +- lib/examples/cv.lyx | 126 +- lib/examples/da_splash.lyx | 131 +- lib/examples/de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx | 239 +- lib/examples/de_beispiel_roh.lyx | 355 +- lib/examples/de_splash.lyx | 125 +- lib/examples/decimal.lyx | 183 +- lib/examples/docbook_article.lyx | 125 +- lib/examples/es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx | 215 +- lib/examples/es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx | 353 +- lib/examples/es_splash.lyx | 137 +- lib/examples/eu_adibide_gordina.lyx | 357 +- lib/examples/eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx | 175 +- lib/examples/eu_splash.lyx | 145 +- lib/examples/example_lyxified.lyx | 215 +- lib/examples/example_raw.lyx | 341 +- lib/examples/fr_AlignementDecimal.lyx | 263 +- lib/examples/fr_CV.lyx | 136 +- lib/examples/fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx | 2722 ++- lib/examples/fr_Foils.lyx | 749 +- lib/examples/fr_ListesPuces.lyx | 4179 ++-- lib/examples/fr_Minipage.lyx | 603 +- lib/examples/fr_exemple_brut.lyx | 427 +- lib/examples/fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx | 257 +- lib/examples/fr_mathed.lyx | 8992 +++++--- lib/examples/fr_multicol.lyx | 719 +- lib/examples/fr_splash.lyx | 143 +- lib/examples/g-brief2.lyx | 265 +- lib/examples/he_example_raw.lyx | 321 +- lib/examples/he_he_example_lyxified.lyx | 209 +- lib/examples/he_he_example_raw.lyx | 415 +- lib/examples/hu_splash.lyx | 133 +- lib/examples/it_ItemizeBullets.lyx | 4103 ++-- lib/examples/it_splash.lyx | 131 +- lib/examples/landslide.lyx | 219 +- lib/examples/linuxdoc_manpage.lyx | 175 +- lib/examples/listerrors.lyx | 781 +- lib/examples/mathed.lyx | 8974 +++++--- lib/examples/multicol.lyx | 731 +- lib/examples/nl_multicol.lyx | 731 +- lib/examples/nl_opsommingstekens.lyx | 4117 ++-- lib/examples/nl_splash.lyx | 133 +- lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx | 349 +- lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx | 215 +- lib/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx | 1693 +- lib/examples/pl_splash.lyx | 153 +- lib/examples/pt_splash.lyx | 133 +- lib/examples/ro_splash.lyx | 135 +- lib/examples/ru_splash.lyx | 105 +- lib/examples/script_form.lyx | 1551 +- lib/examples/sl_primer_lyxan.lyx | 219 +- lib/examples/sl_primer_surov.lyx | 357 +- lib/examples/sl_splash.lyx | 135 +- lib/examples/splash.lyx | 131 +- lib/templates/IEEEtran.lyx | 338 +- lib/templates/aa.lyx | 161 +- lib/templates/aastex.lyx | 225 +- lib/templates/agu_article.lyx | 123 +- lib/templates/dinbrief.lyx | 83 +- lib/templates/docbook_article.lyx | 25 +- lib/templates/elsart.lyx | 139 +- lib/templates/g-brief-de.lyx | 145 +- lib/templates/g-brief-en.lyx | 149 +- lib/templates/hollywood.lyx | 89 +- lib/templates/ijmpd.lyx | 199 +- lib/templates/kluwer.lyx | 269 +- lib/templates/koma-letter2.lyx | 59 +- lib/templates/latex8.lyx | 117 +- lib/templates/letter.lyx | 77 +- lib/templates/linuxdoc_article.lyx | 71 +- lib/templates/revtex.lyx | 165 +- lib/templates/revtex4.lyx | 214 +- lib/templates/slides.lyx | 111 +- 161 files changed, 315502 insertions(+), 202239 deletions(-) diff --git a/lib/ChangeLog b/lib/ChangeLog index eea1d5596d..cc151986ad 100644 --- a/lib/ChangeLog +++ b/lib/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +2005-07-18 José Matos + + * examples/*.lyx: + * templates/*.lyx: update all files to the latest file format + 2005-07-18 Lars Gullik Bjønnes * images/banner.ppm: new banner diff --git a/lib/doc/ChangeLog b/lib/doc/ChangeLog index 5d0b550b35..537cb5f10b 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ChangeLog +++ b/lib/doc/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2005-07-18 José Matos + + * *.lyx: update all files to the latest file format + 2005-07-15 Martin Vermeer * UserGuide.lyx: Typos diff --git a/lib/doc/Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/Customization.lyx index 25ba05a478..b7143340bc 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Customization.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -12,13 +14,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -29,40 +30,55 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Principal maintainer of this file is -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This manual covers the customization features present in LyX. In it, we discuss issues like keyboard shortcuts, screen previewing options, @@ -72,612 +88,698 @@ on, installing new LaTeX classes and LyX layouts, etc. add new features faster than we can document them---but we will explain the most common customizations and hopefully point you in the right direction for some of the more obscure ones. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX configuration files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config} -\end_inset +\end_inset This chapter aims to help you to find your way through the LyX configuration files. Before continuing to read this chapter, you should find out where your LyX library directory is by using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -About\SpecialChar ~ +About\InsetSpace ~ Ly -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default . This directory is the place where LyX places its system-wide configuration files, and we will simply name it -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default in the remainder of this document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default and its sub-directories contain a number of files and that can be used to customise LyX's behaviour. You can change many of these files from within LyX itself through the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog. Most customization that you might want to do to LyX is possible through this dialog. However, many other inner aspects of LyX can be customized by modifying the files in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default . They fall in different categories, described in the following subsections. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Automatically generated files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These files are generated when you configure LyX. They contain various default values that are guessed by inspection. In general, it is not a good idea to modify them, since they might be overwritt en at any time. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium lyxrc.defaults -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains defaults for various commands. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium packages.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains the list of packages that have been recognized by LyX. It is currently unused by the LyX program itself, but the information extracted , and more, is made available with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator L -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default -TeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +TeX\InsetSpace ~ Configuration -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium textclass.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default is the list of text classes that have been found in your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout/ -\family default +\family default directory, along with the associated LaTeX document class and their description. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default is automatically generated during configuration from the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx.in -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Directories -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium bind/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default this directory contains files with the extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default - that define the keybindings used in LyX (see section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + that define the keybindings used in LyX (see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). If there exists an internationalized version of the bindfile named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_xxx.bind -\family default +\family default , that will be used first. - See Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + See Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset , and section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium clipart/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains graphics files that can be included in documents. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium doc/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains LyX documentation files (including the one you are currently reading). The file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default deserves special attention, as noted above. If there exists an internationalized version of the help-document with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default prepended to the name, that will be used first. - See Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + See Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium examples/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains example files that explain how to use some features. In the file browser, press the -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default button to get there. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter images/ -\family default +\family default contains image files that are used by the -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default dialog. In addition, it also contains the individual icons used in the toolbar and the banners that can be shown when LyX is launched. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium kbd/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contains keyboard keymapping files. - See Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + See Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium layouts/ -\family default -\series default - contains the text class files described in Chapter\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + contains the text class files described in Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX/ -\family default +\family default contains lots of files that together make up reLyX, the translator of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset well behaved \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX into LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scripts/ -\family default +\family default contains some files that demonstrate the capabilities of the -\family sans -External\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +External\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default feature. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter templates/ -\family default -contains the standard LyX template files described in Chapter\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +contains the standard LyX template files described in Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:templates} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex/ -\family default +\family default contains some LaTeX cls files distributed with LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ui/ -\family default +\family default contains files with the extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default that define the user interface to LyX. That is, the files define which items appear in which menus and the items appearing on the toolbar. - See Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + See Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Files you don't want to modify -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These files are used internally by LyX and you generally do not need to modify them unless you are a developer. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium CREDITS -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default this file contains the list of LyX developers. The contents are displayed with the menu entry -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -About\SpecialChar ~ +About\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium chkconfig.ltx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default this is a LaTeX script used during the configuration process. Do not run directly. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium configure -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default this is the script that is used to re-configure LyX. It creates configuration files in the directory it was run from. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Other files needing a line or two... -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter encodings -\family default +\family default this contains tables describing how different character encodings can be mapped to unicode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external_templates -\family default +\family default this file contains the templates available to the new -\family sans -External\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +External\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default feature. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter languages -\family default +\family default this file contains a list of all the languages currently supported by LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default Deprecated and definitely obfuscated. This is the old style preferences file. It will probably disappear in the near future. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Your local configuration directory -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Even if you are using LyX as an unprivileged user, you might want to change LyX configuration for your own use. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default directory contains all your personal configuration files. This is the directory described as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset user directory \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -About\SpecialChar ~ +About\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default . This directory is used as a mirror of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default , which means that every file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default is a replacement for the corresponding file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default . Any configuration file described in the above sections can be placed either in the system-wide directory, in which case it will affect all users, or in your local directory for your own use. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To make things clearer, let's provide a few examples: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The preferences set in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog are saved to a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize When you reconfigure using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default , LyX runs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default and the resulting files are written in your local configuration directory - (see section\SpecialChar ~ + (see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset to have a list of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default settings affected by this section). This means that any additional text class file that you might have added in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default will be added to the list of classes in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Similarly, if you have installed some LaTeX document classes in your home directory, that LaTeX can find with your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default path, they will show up in your list of text classes. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard as long as LyX or yourself have a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default file for it, of course. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you get some updated documentation from LyX ftp site and cannot install it because you do not have sysadmin rights on your system, you can just copy the files in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/doc/ -\family default +\family default and the items in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default menu will open them! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Running LyX with multiple configurations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The configuration freedom of the local configuration directory may not suffice if you want to have more than one configuration at your disposal. @@ -685,40 +787,44 @@ The configuration freedom of the local configuration directory may not suffice at different times. You can achieve this by having several such directories. You then specify which directory to use at run-time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Invoking LyX with the command line switch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -userdir -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default instructs the program to read the configuration from that directory, and not from the default directory (you can determine the default directory by running LyX without this switch as described above). If this directory does not exist, LyX offers to create it for you, just like it does for the default directory on the first time you run the program. You can modify the configuration options in this additional -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Userdir -\family default +\family default exactly as you would for the default directory. These directories are completely independent (but read on). Note that setting the environment variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX_USERDIR_13x -\family default +\family default to some value has exactly the same effect -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Having several configurations also requires more maintenance: if you want to add a new layout to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Userdir/layouts -\family default +\family default which you want available from all your configurations, you must add it to each directory separately. You can avoid this with the following trick: after LyX creates the additional @@ -727,126 +833,138 @@ Userdir/layouts empty subdirectory with a symbolic link to the matching subdirectory in the existing configuration. Take care with the -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium doc/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default subirectory, however, since it contains a file written by the configuration script (also accessible through -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default which is configuration-specific. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default file will contain only changes that you have made to the default behaviour, some of which is hard-coded into LyX and some of which is contained in the system file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . Note that in both files lines beginning with a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are just comments and not interpreted. However, only system administrators should edit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Users should use the -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog to create and modify their own -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We hope that the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog will be largely self-explanatory. Almost all the commands have an associated comment, so you shouldn't have too much trouble modifying it to taste. Before we highlight a few of the more important commands below, however, a word of warning: -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default ing some of your changes (e.g., screen fonts) will have an instant effect. Others (e.g. changing the bind file) will not. If nothing appears to have changed, just -\family sans +\family sans Save -\family default +\family default the changes and restart LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section On-screen fonts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The font used to display your documents on the LyX screen is very important, since you'll be reading all your documents with this font. @@ -860,50 +978,56 @@ The font used to display your documents on the LyX screen is very important, so that you are better prepared for choosing your fonts, because it is a trade-off that is specific to your preferences and the capabilities of your system. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that this section only deals with the fonts on the -\emph on +\emph on screen -\emph default +\emph default inside the LyX window. The fonts that appear on the -\emph on +\emph on paper -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on output -\emph default +\emph default are independent from these fonts, and are determined by the document class. Read the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default to learn how to change the font of the printed version of your document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Basically, screen fonts come in two different kinds: scalable outline fonts and non-scalable bitmap fonts. This distinction seems a bit arbitrary, since non-scalable fonts are actually scalable in most modern font renderers. The difference lies in the -\emph on +\emph on quality -\emph default +\emph default of the scaling, and the -\emph on +\emph on speed -\emph default +\emph default of display. The most important decision is thus whether you should use non-scalable bitmap fonts or scalable outline fonts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The scalable fonts are built from -\emph on +\emph on outlines -\emph default +\emph default of the single glyphs (i.e. characters) in the font. This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are @@ -920,16 +1044,18 @@ outlines but in order to keep the rendering reasonably fast, tradeoffs have to be made, and the result is that scalable fonts can be difficult to read at small sizes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitmap fonts on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each pixel is enlarged into several pixels. It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xv -\family default +\family default or any other picture manipulation program. In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels @@ -939,7 +1065,9 @@ xv fonts. The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The net result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are generally best for the small sizes, where they are available, while scalable fonts are generally @@ -951,35 +1079,45 @@ The net result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are generally best for a scheme would be bad. The best you can do is thus to try both schemes and decide for yourself what suits you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By default, LyX uses non-scalable bitmap fonts (when using the XForms frontend). For serif fonts, -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default is used, for sans serif fonts, -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default is used, while -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default is used as the monospaced/typewriter font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the following, we will describe what to do if the text does not look good in LyX. We'll start with the most important parameters: DPI and font zoom. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX automatically tries to scale the fonts to look as close as the paper output size as possible, except for the so-called font zoom factor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In order for this to work on all systems, it relies on the screen DPI (dots per inch) setting to be correct. @@ -987,48 +1125,52 @@ In order for this to work on all systems, it relies on the screen DPI (dots the X server can provide. You can check what LyX autodetects the DPI setting to, by running LyX as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On many systems, X is not set up correctly, so you should check that it is correct by hand. Run \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdpyinfo | more -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and write down what the DPI is for the resolution you use (this will be close to the value LyX detects). It is the number mentioned as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resolution \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Also write down the number of pixels you have in the width (the first number under \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dimensions \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Then get the good old ruler out of the closet, and measure the width of the visible screen-image on your monitor. @@ -1040,16 +1182,20 @@ Then get the good old ruler out of the closet, and measure the width of If this number is more than, say, 5 DPI from the detected value, you should either fix the X setup, or at least tell LyX that the DPI is different than the detected value. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you can't fix the X setup (which of course is best since other programs than LyX will benefit from this as well), you can tell LyX the correct DPI using the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the text is too small or too big for your taste, you should fiddle with the font zoom setting. @@ -1063,42 +1209,46 @@ If the text is too small or too big for your taste, you should fiddle with e size, which you can't count on. Since LyX is a WYSIWYM system anyways, this limitation isn't much of an issue. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The default font zoom setting is 150, since a monitor is typically wider than a piece of paper, but you should try to fiddle with it through the -\family sans -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Font\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default oom -\family default +\family default setting in the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog to find a size that you like. When you've found a setting that seems to work nicely for you (tip: use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default button to keep the dialog open while you experiment), you can make this setting the default by using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\family default +\family default button. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While it is often possible to find a suitable size for the text on the screen, this doesn't necessarily mean that the fonts are the best ones available @@ -1106,133 +1256,141 @@ While it is often possible to find a suitable size for the text on the screen, In order to help you get the most out of your system, you can use the font definition commands to fine-tune the look of the text in greater detail than merely size. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Font definition commands -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As mentioned, LyX uses non-scalable bitmap fonts by default with the XForms frontend. For serif fonts, -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default is used, for sans serif fonts, -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default is used, while -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default is used as the monospaced/typewriter font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can change all of these from within the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. The number of fonts that are available on different systems vary, but the program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default should be available everywhere. Use that program to find candidate fonts. When you've found a font that you like, try to insert the first two elements of the name (called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fndry \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fmly \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default ) in the appropriate field in the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog and press -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default . LyX will then reformat your document using the new font, and if you like the font, you should -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\family default +\family default it. One place to start for a new font is to see if the scalable font \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset utopia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is available. Tip: You can see whether a font is a bitmap font or a scalable font by checking the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resx \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resy \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fields in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default . If the value 0 is available, the font is scalable. If the value 0 isn't available, the font is a bitmap font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before you go about scrapping a bitmap font because the larger sizes look \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blocky \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , you should toggle the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Use scalable fonts \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button. This is only useful if you use bitmap fonts, because only these don't scale @@ -1240,26 +1398,26 @@ Use scalable fonts If you define this flag, LyX will only use the fixed font sizes that are available, and this guarantees that all bitmap fonts look well. (You can see which individual font sizes are available with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xlsfonts -\family default +\family default command. Try -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man xlsfonts -\family default +\family default .) However, the prize is that the difference between the size of the fonts on screen and the size of fonts on paper will be larger because LyX will have to be satisfied with the closest available size, and not try to scale a size to fit. Also, you can risk that some logically different sizes, such as -\family sans +\family sans Large -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Larger -\family default +\family default , will be mapped to the same screen font, making it hard for you to see the difference on screen. We've decided not to use scalable fonts by default because of these artifacts, @@ -1268,51 +1426,55 @@ Larger But remember that this flag only makes a difference when you use bitmap fonts. Scalable fonts won't be affected for reasons you should understand by now. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One final note regarding this flag: you should know that there is nothing wrong with using bitmap and scalable fonts at the same time for different purposes. For instance, it's common to use the scalable \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utopia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for the serif text together with a bitmap version of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Helvetica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . And you can safely select the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Use scalable fonts \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button without worries: It will only apply to the Helvetica font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes the artifacts introduced by use of the flag can be relieved by using the fine-detail screen font sizes which defines which point sizes the different logical font sizes correspond to. Run LyX as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 513 -\family default +\family default to see exactly what concrete fonts the logical sizes map to, and try adjusting the corresponding entries in the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog until you've managed to hit the nail and get the fonts you want. This can be hard to do, because LyX uses the DPI setting and the font zoom settings to calculate which exact screen font size to ask the X server @@ -1321,70 +1483,78 @@ Preferences transparent if you set both the DPI setting and font zoom settings to 100---eve n when this is known to be wrong. This will of course make your scalable fonts look weird, so use with care. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Font encoding -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By default, LyX will use fonts meant to write Western European text, including all kinds of English. This is defined through the so-called -\emph on +\emph on font -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on encoding -\emph default +\emph default . If you want to use LyX to write for instance Eastern European text, Cyrillic or any other language not covered by the ISO-8859-1 font encoding, you can define a different one with the encoding setting. This requires you to have special fonts installed. You can use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default to see whether this is the case: check the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rgstry \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset encdng \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fields for ISO-8859-X values different from ISO-8859-1, and search for one that contains the national characters of your language. If you find any, enter this encoding in the dialog. If not, go searching the Web for appropriate fonts. For the Qt frontend, it's recommended you use an iso646 font set. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you've set LyX up to use a different font encoding, you should also consider changing the font used by dialog windows in LyX. For instance, the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default dialog will not be understandable unless you tell LyX to use a different font for this. By default the menu font is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -*-helvetica-medium-r -\family default +\family default , but often Helvetica is not available in the font encoding you need, so the dialog allows this to be changed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, there are quite a few options that can be used to fine tune the look of your fonts. @@ -1394,15 +1564,19 @@ As you can see, there are quite a few options that can be used to fine tune fonts that have to look good both on paper and on screen, LyX gives you the possibility of using fonts that are designed to look good on the screen while using a different set of fonts to look good on paper. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bindings \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bindings are used to, well, bind a function to a key. Several prepackaged binding files are available: a CUA set of bindings @@ -1410,490 +1584,572 @@ Bindings are used to, well, bind a function to a key. an Emacs set of bindings, for those of us who follow the One True Way and refuse to lower our standards, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I'm kidding here, of course! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset as well as specialty bindings (broadway and hollywood) and other languages (French, German, etc.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, however, you'd like to customise the keybindings to your own exacting tastes, then copy the best-fit file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default to your own -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default and modify that. Don't forget to load this new file into LyX using the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. (For the moment you'll have to restart LyX for these changes to take effect.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -LyX supports internationalization of the user interface (see Chapter\SpecialChar ~ +LyX supports internationalization of the user interface (see Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). If your -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default is set, with the environment variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default , LyX will try to use bindfiles by prepending -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default to their name. For example, you can put a translated copy of some standard bind file in your personal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default directory, and LyX will use it automatically. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The syntax of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default files is straightforward: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be enclosed in "double quotes". All the LyX functions are listed in the -\emph on +\emph on Reference Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section User Interface \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The appearance of both the menu and toolbar may both be changed using the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. Simply change the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default . For the moment, only one file exists, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default , but feel free to experiment. Just copy the file to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default directory and play! Note that, for the moment, you'll have to restart LyX for these changes to take effect. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The syntax of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default files is straightforward: have a look at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui. The Menubar -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toolbar -\family default +\family default entries must be ended with an explicit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter End -\family default +\family default . They may contain -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default s, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item -\family default +\family default s, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OptItem -\family default +\family default s, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Separator -\family default +\family default s, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Icon -\family default +\family default s and in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset file \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset menus, a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lastfiles -\family default +\family default entry. One small word of warning. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default s may be inserted in a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default , but they are defined as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default s, not as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Converters, Formats, Viewers, Editors and Copiers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using external programs. Define a pair of formats, e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PDF -\family default +\family default . Now define a converter from one format to the other. In our example, two possible mechanisms exist. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify two different Format names for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default files to be able to use either. Both are included by default in the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. Have a look and then invent your own! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it. For example, you might want to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default to examine PostScript® files, or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default to preview the LaTeX output. You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references:Conversion -\family default +\family default dialog. For example, to change the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default viewer, select the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DVI -\family default +\family default format in the dialog, change the viewer to be -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kdvi -\family default +\family default (or whatever), and hit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default odify -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editors are like viewers: Each Format can have an Editor associated to it, and they can be altered via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references:Conversion -\family default +\family default dialog. LyX uses them whenever an included file \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This can be an included -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file, a verbatim included text file, external material or an included graphics file. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset needs to be edited. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, each Format can have a Copier associated to it. Since all conversions from one Format to another take place in a temporary directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For example, the file may reference other files with relative filenames, which will become invalid in the temporary directory -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . This is done by the Copier: It copies a file to (or from) the temporary directory and may modify it in the process. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section BibTeX and makeindex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Both the bibliography generating command (default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bibtex -\family default +\family default ) and the index generating command (default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default with options -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -c -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -q -\family default +\family default ) can be changed. As an alternative for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xindy -\family default +\family default can be recommended. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The command to enter is -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex.sh -m $$lang -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where the placeholder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$lang -\family default +\family default will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language. For this, you must -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard have installed the packages -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xindy -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make-rules -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xindy-make-rules -\family default +\family default ). Type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex.sh -\family default +\family default at a shell prompt for a help page. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ASCII export options -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent There are a couple of commands that can be used to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset clean up \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset exported ASCII text files. Note that LyX automatically detects and uses the best settings for your system at installation time, but you can modify them if you disagree with its interpretation. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ roff -\family default +\family default -\series default +\series default This option defines the command used to produce better ASCII tables with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff/troff/nroff -\family default +\family default UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them). Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal (inferior) formatter. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -line\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +line\InsetSpace ~ length -\family default +\family default -\series default +\series default With this command you can set the default line length of the ASCII output file. Setting it to 0 means endless lines. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Printer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a bunch of configuration options that are used for interaction with the external print command from LyX. Normally the defaults are fine: if, however, your print command takes different option names, you can modify them here. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing Colors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can change the colors used by LyX on-screen using the new -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog. Alternatively, if you're feeling particularly perverse you could use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color -\family default +\family default bindable function (see the -\emph on +\emph on Reference Guide -\emph default +\emph default ). Input would have the format: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter set-color LyXName X11Color -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is a (partial) list of the functions and default colors: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1905,671 +2161,755 @@ Here is a (partial) list of the functions and default colors: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LyX Name -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Purpose -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Default Color (X11) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none text background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none text foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none linen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none latex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LaTeX code -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkRed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mathed formulae -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathline -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none fraction Lines, brackets, etc. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Blue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathbg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none AntiqueWhite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathframe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Magenta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathcursor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none selection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none selection background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LightBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section The autodetected settings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset There are several items that are detected for you when you run -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . In this section, we list those which pertain to the user preferences. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default uses either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default + -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tbl -\family default +\family default , depending on what is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash chktex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default plus a bunch of options. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default on systems (so-called System V) who have this command, and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default otherwise (BSD systems). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_printerprefix -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -d -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default , depending on whether -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default was found. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash font_encoding -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default if the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ec -\family default +\family default fonts are found and LaTeX has support for these fonts built-in. You can set it manually if you only have the so-called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dc -\family default +\family default fonts. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The rest -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are many other configuration options that can be used to customize LyX behavior. We still need to document them here, but again, most should be fairly obvious. Please ask on the mailing lists if you need some more information; it may even prompt us to expand this section. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Internationalizing LyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX supports using a translated interface. Last time we checked, LyX provided text in 14 languages together with the default English text. The language of choice is called your -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default . (For further reading on locale settings, see also the documentation for locale that comes with your operating system. For Linux, the manual page for locale(5) could be a good place to start). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that these translations will work, but do contain a few flaws. In particular, all dialogs have been designed with the English text in @@ -2582,388 +2922,432 @@ Notice that these translations will work, but do contain a few flaws. Other times, the translator just hasn't got around to doing it yet. Our localization team -- which you may wish to join -- will try to fix these shortcomings in future versions of LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This feature is disabled by default, meaning that system default language will be used. To enable an alternative language, you have to set an appropriate environment variable. Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "setenv LANG xx" -\family default +\family default -\family roman +\family roman for csh class shells -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "export LANG=xx" -\family default +\family default -\family roman +\family roman for sh class shells -\family default +\family default . Substitute the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx -\family default +\family default with the two letter code (or four letter code, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter en_GB -\family default +\family default for British English) for the language you want. For instance, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter no -\family default +\family default is Norwegian. Besides the user interface texts being translated, also the appropriate manuals will be presented under the Help menu -- if available. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On some systems, you may have to redefine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LC_ALL -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LC_MESSAGES -\family default +\family default instead of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LANG -\family default +\family default , to override the system settings; their preference is in this order \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The shell variable LANGUAGE has been disabled in LyX for technical reasons. Don't use it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , which corresponds to the way GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default does it. Consult your system documentation. Normally, you'll want to put the appropriate line in a shell script run on start-up, so that the translation is on by default. Remember that this affects -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default localized packages, not only LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If LyX is configured and compiled with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter --disable-nls -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , this mechanism will not work. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Translating LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uses the GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default library to handle the internationalization of the interface. To have LyX speak your favorite language in all menus and dialogs, you need a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -file for that language. When this is available, you'll have to generate a mo-file from it and install the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mo -\family default +\family default -file. The process of doing all of this is explained in the documentation for GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default , but in short, this is what you do ( -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default denotes the language code): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Copy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot -\family default +\family default to -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .po -\family default +\family default (if -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default doesn't exist, it can be remade with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make lyx.pot -\family default +\family default in that directory, or you can use an existing po-file for some other language as a template). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Edit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx.po \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard We recommend that you use Emacs to do this, since the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default distribution includes a nice mode that supports you in doing this. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . For some menu- and widget-labels, there are also shortcut keys that should be translated. Those keys are marked after a `|', and should be translated according to the words and phrases of the -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default -language. There is a tool named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scgen.pl -\family default +\family default written in Prolog in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/development/tools/ -\family default +\family default that may be useful to help determine short-cut keys. Note that XForms (version 0.86 at least) can't handle anything but 7-bit characters as shortcut keys. You should also fill also out the information at the beginning of the new -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -file with your email-address, etc., so people know where to reach you with suggestions and entertaining flames. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Generate -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .mo -\family default +\family default . This can be done with -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter msgfmt -o -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .mo < -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .po -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Copy the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mo -\family default +\family default -file to your locale-tree, at the correct directory for application messages for the language -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default , and under the name -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.mo -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/locale/ -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default /LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adding a new po-file to the -\emph on +\emph on distribution -\emph default +\emph default of LyX involves altering the configure scripts and more, but the way -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default works, you don't actually need the source-code of LyX to translate it---having -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default (or an existing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -file) and the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default tools suffices. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you've written a translation file for a language that LyX does not currently support, feel free to submit it for inclusion by sending a patch. In this case, we recommend that you read the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter README -\family default +\family default provided in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/ -\family default +\family default directory for more instructions. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ambigous messages -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes it turns out that one english message needs to be translated into different messages in the target language. One example is the message -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To -\family default +\family default which has the german translation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang german Nach -\family default +\family default \lang english or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang german Bis -\family default +\family default \lang english . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default does not handle such ambigous translations. Therefore you have to add some context information to the message: Instead of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To -\family default +\family default it becomes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To[[as in 'From format x to format y']] -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To[[as in 'From page x to page y']]. -\family default +\family default Now the two occurences of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To -\family default +\family default are different for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default and can be translated correctly to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang german Nach -\family default +\family default \lang english and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang german Bis -\family default +\family default \lang english , respectively. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Of course the context information needs to be stripped off the original message when no translation is used. @@ -2971,80 +3355,90 @@ Of course the context information needs to be stripped off the original message (see the example above). The translation mechanism of LyX ensures that everything in double square brackets at the end of messages is removed before displaying the message. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Translating the documentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The online documentation (in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default -menu) can (and should!) be translated. If there are translated versions of the documentation available \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard As of February 2003, almost all of the docs have been translated into German and French. The -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default has been translated into at least 12 other languages, with other translations in progress. The library of translated documents is growing rapidly. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , and the locale is set accordingly, these will be used automagically by LyX. LyX looks for translated versions as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/doc/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _DocName.lyx -\family default +\family default , where -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default denotes the language as set by the environmental variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default . If there are none, the default English versions will be displayed. Note that the translated versions must have the same filenames ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocName -\family default +\family default above) as the original. If you feel up to translating the documentation (an excellent way to proof-read the original documentation BTW!), there are a few things you should do right away: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Read -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default , the guide to writing LyX documentation. Pay special attention to the translator's section. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Check out the documentation translation web page at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The LyX Developer's Web Site]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . That way, you can find out which (if any) documents have already been translate @@ -3052,30 +3446,36 @@ d into your language. You can also find out who (if anyone) is organizing the effort to translate the documentation into your language. If no one is organizing the effort, please let us know that you're interested. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once you get to actually translating, here's a few hints for you that may save you trouble: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Join the documentation team! There is information on how to do that in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default ), which by the way is the first document you should translate. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Learn the typographic conventions for the language you are translating to. Typography is an ancient art and over the centuries, a great variety of @@ -3083,1391 +3483,1579 @@ Learn the typographic conventions for the language you are translating to. Also study the professional terminology amongst typographers in your country. Inventing your own terminology will only confuse the users. -\emph on +\emph on (Warning! Typography is addictive!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Make a copy of the document. This will be your working copy. You can use this as your personal translated help-file by placing it in your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/doc/ -\family default +\family default -directory. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sometimes the original document (from the LyX-team) will be updated. Use the ViewCVS tool available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/viewcvs.cgi/lyxdoc/} -\end_inset +\end_inset to see what has been changed \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alternatively, you can keep a copy of the latest version of the English document which you've translated. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . That way you can easily see which parts of the translated document need to be updated. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you ever find an error in the original document, fix it and notify the rest of the documentation team of the changes! (You didn't forget to join the documentation team did you?) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section International Keyboard Support -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on [Editor's Note: The following section is by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Ivan Schreter -\shape default +\shape default . It needs to be fixed to conform to the new Documentation Style sheet and to make use of the new v1.0 features. The whole thing also needs to be merged with the section following it.-jw] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's look at a keyboard definition file a little closer. It is a plain ASCII file defining -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize key-to-key or key-to-string translations -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dead keys -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dead keys exceptions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To define key-to-key or key-to-string translation, use this command: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmap -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default outstring -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default is the key to be translated and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter outstring -\family default +\family default is the string to be inserted into the document. To define dead keys, use: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deadkey -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default is keyboard key and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deadkey -\family default +\family default is dead key name. The following dead keys are supported (shortcut name is in parentheses): -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Name -\hfill +\hfill Example -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation acute (acu) -\hfill +\hfill áéíóú -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation grave (gra) -\hfill +\hfill àèìòù -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation macron (mac) -\hfill +\hfill \i \={o} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tilde (til) -\hfill +\hfill ñÑ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underbar (underb) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash b o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation cedilla (ced) -\hfill +\hfill çÇ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underdot (underd) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash d o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circumflex (circu) -\hfill +\hfill âêîôû -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circle (circl) -\hfill +\hfill Å\i \r{u} \i \r{U} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tie (tie) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash t o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation breve (bre) -\hfill +\hfill \i \u{a} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash u o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation caron (car) -\hfill +\hfill \i \v{c} \i \v{s} \i \v{z} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation hungarian umlaut (hug) -\hfill +\hfill \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation umlaut (uml) -\hfill +\hfill äöü -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation dot (dot) -\hfill +\hfill \i \.{z} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash .s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since in many international keyboards there are exceptions to what some dead keys should do, you can define them using -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deadkey key outstring -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For example, on Slovak keyboard, if you enter caron-o, it generates circumflex-o , so you put in -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter caron o " -\backslash +\backslash ^o" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard to make it work correctly. Also, you have to define as exceptions dead keys over i and j, to remove the dot from them before inserting an accent mark. I will change this when the time comes, but so far I haven't had time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh, and about characters: backslash is escaped, so to enter it, you'll need double backslash. Also, quotes and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default have different meaning. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default marks comments, quotes start and end LaTeX-style commands. To enter quote, you'll need to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash " -\family default +\family default , to enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default , use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash # -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you make a keyboard description file that works for your language, please mail it to me, so I can include it in the next keymap distribution. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More keywords will be supported in keymap configuration file in future, like -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kinclude filename -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default include -\family default +\family default another file -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kprog program -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default define -\family default +\family default an external keymap translation program -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, it should look into -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default file for defaults, too (for example, a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default option to include default keyboard). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section International Keymap Stuff \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next two sections describe the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default and -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .cdef -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file syntax in detail. These sections should help you design your own key map if the ones provided do not meet your needs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The .kmap File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file maps keystrokes to characters or strings. As the name suggests it sets a keyboard mapping. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default file keywords -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kmap -\shape default +\shape default , -\shape up +\shape up kmod -\shape default +\shape default , -\shape up +\shape up ksmod -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default , and -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kcomb -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default are described in this section. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default Map a character to a string -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on string -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This will ma -\family roman +\family roman p -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default to -\emph on +\emph on string -\emph default +\emph default . Note that in -\emph on +\emph on string -\emph default +\emph default , -\shape up +\shape up the double-quote (") -\shape default +\shape default and -\shape up +\shape up the backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ) -\shape default +\shape default must be escaped with a preceding backslash ( -\shape up +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash -\shape default +\shape default ) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An example of a -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default statement to cause the symbol -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up / -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default to be output for the keystroke -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up & -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default is: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmap & / -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kmod -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default Specify an accent character -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family roman +\family roman -\emph on +\emph on char accent allowed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This will make the cha -\family roman +\family roman racter -\emph on +\emph on char -\shape up +\shape up be an accent -\emph default +\emph default on the -\emph on +\emph on allowed -\emph default +\emph default cha -\family default +\family default racter(s). This is the dead key \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The term -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on dead key -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default refers to a key that does not produce a character by itself, but when followed with another key, produces the desired accent character. For example, a German characte -\family roman +\family roman r with an umlaut like -\emph on +\emph on ä -\emph default +\emph default can be produced in this manner. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset mechanism. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you -\family roman +\family roman hit -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default and then another key not in -\emph on +\emph on allowed -\emph default +\emph default , you will get a -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default followed by the other, unallowed key, as output. -\family default +\family default Note that a -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up Backspace -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default cancels a dead key, so if -\family roman +\family roman you hit -\emph on +\emph on char -\family sans +\family sans -\shape up +\shape up Backspace -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , the cursor will not go one position backwards but will instead cancel the effect t -\family roman +\family roman hat -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default might have had on the next keystroke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following example specifies that the character ' is to be an acute accent, allowed on the characters a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O, and U: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ' acute aeiouAEIOU -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ksmod -\family default +\family default Specify an exception to the accent character -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kxmod -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on -\family roman +\family roman accent char result -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This defines an exce -\family roman +\family roman ption for -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default on -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default . T -\shape up +\shape up he -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default must -\family default +\family default have been assigned a keystroke with a previous -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmo -\shape default +\shape default d -\family default +\family default declar -\family roman +\family roman ation and -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default must not belong in the -\emph on +\emph on allowed -\emph default +\emph default set of -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default . When -\shape up +\shape up you enter the -\emph on +\emph on accent char -\emph default +\emph default sequence, -\emph on +\emph on result -\emph default +\emph default is produced. If such a declaration does not exist in -\family default +\family default the -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file and yo -\family roman +\family roman u enter -\emph on +\emph on accent char -\emph default +\emph default , you get -\emph on +\emph on accent_key char -\emph default +\emph default where -\emph on +\emph on accent_key -\emph default +\emph default is the first arg -\family default +\family default ument of the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default declaration. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following command produces causes äi to be produced when you enter acute-i ('i): -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod acute i " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash i}" -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default Combine two accent characters -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kcomb -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on accent1 accent2 allowed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This one is getting pretty esoteric. It allows you to combine the effect -\family roman +\family roman of -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default (in that order!) on -\emph on +\emph on allowed -\emph default +\emph default chars. The keystrokes for -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default must have be -\family default +\family default en set with a -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default command at -\family roman +\family roman a -\emph on +\emph on previous -\emph default +\emph default point in the -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consider this example from the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up greek.kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH -\backslash +\backslash kmod : umlaut iyIY -\backslash +\backslash kcomb acute umlaut iyIY -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This allows you to press -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up ;:i -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default and get the effect of -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up A backspace -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default in this case cancels the last dead key, so if you press -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up ;: Backspace i -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default you get -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash '{i} -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The .cdef File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .kmap -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default mapping is performed, a -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .cde -\shape default +\shape default f -\family default +\family default file maps the strings that the symbols generate to characters in the current font. The LyX distribution currently includes at least the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up iso8859-1.cdef -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default and -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up iso8859-2.cdef -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default files. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In general the -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .cdef -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file is a sequence of declarations of the form -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on char_index_in_set -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on string -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For example, in order to map -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash '{e} -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default to the corresponding character in the iso-8859-1 set (233), the following declaration is used -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 233 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{e}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default being escap -\family roman +\family roman ed in -\emph on +\emph on string -\emph default +\emph default . Note that -\family default +\family default the same character can apply to more than one string. In the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\shape up +\shape up so-8859-7.cdef -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default file you have -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{i}}" -\newline +\newline 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{i}}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If LyX cannot find a mapping for the string produced by the keystroke or a deadkey sequence, it will check if it looks like an accented char and try to draw an accent over the character on screen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dead Keys -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is a second way to add support for international characters through so-called dead-keys. A dead-key works in combination with a letter to produce an accented character. Here, we'll explain how to create a really simple dead-key to illustrate how they work. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suppose you happen to need the circumflex character, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \i \^{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You could bind the -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default --key [a.k.a.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-key [a.k.a.\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Shift-6 -\family default +\family default ] to the LyX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default in your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default file. Now, whenever you type the -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default -key followed by a letter, that letter will have a circumflex accent on it. For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ^e -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset produces the letter: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ê \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . If you tried to type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ^t -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , however, LyX will complain with a beep, since a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset never takes a circumflex accent. Hitting -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default after a dead-key produces the bare-accent. Please note this last point! If you bind a key to a dead-key, you'll need to rebind the character on that key to yet another key. Binding the -\family sans +\family sans ,-key -\family default +\family default to a cedilla is a bad idea, since you'll only get cedillas instead of commas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One common way to bind dead-keys is to use -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default in combination with an accent, like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans , -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Another way involves using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default [remember them from section?] to set up the special -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default key. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default acts in some ways just like -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default and permits you to bind keys to accented characters. You can also turn keys into dead-keys by binding them to something like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_cedilla -\family default +\family default and then binding this symbolic key to the corresponding LyX command. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : This is exactly what I do in my -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default and my -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xmodmap -\family default +\family default files. I have my -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock -\family default +\family default key set up as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Shift -\family default +\family default and a bunch of these \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset symbolic keys bound such things as -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock-^ -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock-~ -\family default +\family default . This is how I produce my accented characters. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset You can make just about anything into the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default key: One of the -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default keys, a spare function key, etc. As for the LyX commands that produce accents, check the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default in the -\emph on +\emph on Reference Manual -\emph default +\emph default . You'll find the complete list there. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Saving your Language Configuration -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:savlang} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can edit your preferences so that your desired language environment is automatically configured when LyX starts up, via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Installing New Document Classes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this chapter, we describe the procedures for creating and installing new LyX layout and template files, as well as offer a refresher on correctly installing new LaTeX document classes. Some definitions: a document class is a LaTeX file (usually ending in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) which describes the format of a document such as an article, report, journal preprint, etc. and all the commands needed to realize that format. A layout file is a LyX file which corresponds to a LaTeX document class and which tells LyX how to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset draw \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset things on the screen to make the display look something like the final printed page. More precisely, a layout file describes a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text class \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which is the internal construct LyX uses to render the screen display. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Layout \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text class \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset can be used somewhat interchangeably, but it is better to refer to the file as the layout, and the thing living in LyX's memory as the text class. @@ -4476,10 +5064,14 @@ text class class. Templates are especially useful for things like journal manuscripts which are to be submitted electronically. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some installations may not include a LaTeX package that you would like to use within LyX. @@ -4488,216 +5080,239 @@ Some installations may not include a LaTeX package that you would like to Here are the formal steps involved in getting the package up and running if you are using teTeX or some other web2c based distribution. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Get the package from CTAN or wherever. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard See the -\emph on +\emph on Inventory of your LaTeX configuration -\emph default +\emph default manual for details of what CTAN is and where supported document classes can be found. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Read the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default (this usually lives in the directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/web2c -\family default +\family default , though you can run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kpsewhich texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default to locate it). It describes how to add a local -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default directory; follow the instructions. You need to insert the name of your local -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default directory in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default . Under Linux, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local -\family default +\family default is a logical place to install software that did not come with your distribution , so you might use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default . Usually, you will have to modify only two things: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Set -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default to the directory you chose; e.g. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make sure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF -\family default +\family default includes the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default variable; e.g. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Create your local -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default directory (e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default ). You must follow the directory structure of your existing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default directory (for example, latex packages should go under -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/ -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Install the package. For example, you would unpack the FoilTeX tarball and create -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex -\family default +\family default . The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foiltex -\family default +\family default directory contains various files. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Run: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default . This should create -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/ls-R -\family default +\family default amongst others. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate From within LyX, do: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . Restart LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now you should see your new package---for example -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default ---under -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default , field -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default . Note that there are simpler ways of installing packages: you can add a link to the new package directory in the system LaTeX directory ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/tex/latex -\family default +\family default , don't forget to then run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default ), or sometimes simply set the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default environment variable to include the new package. However, the formal procedure described in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default is guaranteed to work, so you should follow it unless circumstances absolutely prevent it: such as, when you don't have superuser access. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section describes how to write and install your own LyX layout files (also known as text classes) and walks through the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default text class format as an example. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default files describe what paragraph styles are available for a given document class and how LyX should display them. We try to provide a thorough description of the process here; however, @@ -4705,202 +5320,238 @@ article we can't hope to cover every different possibility or problem you might encounter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you plan to write a new layout, it is extremely helpful to look at the example layouts distributed with LyX. If you use a nice LaTeX document class that might be of interest for others, too, and have a nice corresponding LyX layout, feel free to contribute the stuff to us, so we may put it into the distribution. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All the tags described in this chapter are case-insensitive; this means that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Style -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter style -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter StYlE -\family default +\family default are really the same command. The possible values are printed in brackets after the feature's name. The default value if a feature isn't specified inside a text class-description is typeset -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on emphasized -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . If the argument has a datatype like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset string \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , the default is shown like this: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float= -\emph on +\emph on default -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supporting new document classes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two situations you are likely to encounter when wanting to support a new LaTeX document class, involving LaTeX2e class ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ) and style ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) files. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection A layout for a -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your new document class is provided as a style file that is used in conjuncti on with an existing, supported document class, start by copying the existing class's layout file into your local directory. For the sake of example we'll assume that the style file is called -\family sans +\family sans myclass.sty -\family default +\family default and it is meant to be used with -\family sans +\family sans report.cls -\family default +\family default which is a standard class. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Then edit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.layout -\family default +\family default and change the line: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{report} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard to read -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Then add: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Preamble -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{myclass} -\newline +\newline EndPreamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard near the top of the file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Start LyX and select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . Restart LyX and try creating a new document. You should see " -\family sans +\family sans report (myclass) -\family default +\family default " as a document class option in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. It is likely that some of the sectioning commands and such will differ from how the base class \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report -\family default +\family default in this example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset works, so you can fiddle around with the settings for the different sections if you wish. See below for more discussion on this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this case, you will probably have to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset roll your own \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset layout. We strongly suggest copying an existing layout file which uses a similar @@ -4908,10 +5559,14 @@ roll your own At least use an existing file as a starting point so you can find out what items you need to worry about. Again, the specifics are covered below. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Declaring a new text class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When it's finally time to get your hands dirty and create or edit your own layout file, the following sections describe what you're up against. @@ -4921,2537 +5576,2801 @@ When it's finally time to get your hands dirty and create or edit your own It's really not that hard, except that the multitude of options can become overwhelming if you try to do to much in one sitting. Go have another adult beverage, just for good measure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here we go! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lines in a layout file which begin with a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default are comments. There is one exception to this rule: all layouts should begin with lines like: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The second line is used when you configure LyX. The layout file is read by the LaTeX script -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chkconfig.ltx -\family default +\family default , in a special mode where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default is ignored. The first line is just a LaTeX comment, and the second one contains the declaration of the text class. If these lines appear in a file named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.layout -\family default +\family default , then they define a text class of name -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default (the name of the layout file) which uses the LaTeX document class -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default (the default is to use the same name as the layout). The string \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset that appears above is used as a description of the text class in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's assume that you wrote your own text class that uses the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default documentclass, but where you changed the appearance of the section headings. If you put it in a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle.layout -\family default +\family default , the header of this file should be: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This declares a text class -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle -\family default +\family default , associated with the LaTeX document class -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default and described as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article (with my own headings) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . If your text class depends on several packages, you can declare it as: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This indicates that your text class uses the foo.sty package. Finally, it is also possible to declare classes for SGML and DocBook code. Typical declarations will look like -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard or -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that these declarations can also be given an optional parameter declaring the name of the document class (but not a list). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the text class has been modified to your taste, all you have to do is to copy it either in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/layouts/ -\family default +\family default or in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default and run -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . Exit LyX and restart it; then your new text class should be available along with the others. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection General text class parameters -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are the general parameters which describe the form of the entire document: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout -\family typewriter -\series medium +\begin_layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium Columns -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the class-default should have one or two columns. Can be changed in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default dialog. This setting (same goes for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sides -\family default +\family default , too) is important: if your text class has two columns by default but you forget to set it correctly, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter twocolumn -\family default +\family default LaTeX option will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default be output when you select -\family sans +\family sans Two columns -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Sides -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the class-default should be printing on one or both sides of the paper. Can be changed in the -\emph on +\emph on -\family sans -\emph default -\bar under +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on plain -\emph default +\emph default , empty, headings -\family default +\family default ] The class default pagestyle. Can be changed in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default dialog. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MaxCounter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Counter_Chapter -\emph default +\emph default , Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, -\newline +\newline Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] The highest level of automatic enumeration. Useful values are -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default for a book or report and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Section -\family default +\family default for an article. If there is no enumeration needed at all, for example inside a letter class, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MaxCounter -\family default +\family default should be set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_EnumI -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This section describes various global options supported by the document class. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a description. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesAmsmath -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the class already loads the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsmath -\family default +\family default package. This is the case of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default document classes. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesMakeidx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the class already provides the functionality of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeidx -\family default +\family default package. This is the case of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default document classes. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesUrl -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the class already provides the functionality of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url -\family default +\family default package. This is the case of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter AASTeX -\family default +\family default document class. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This is used to describe the default font of the document. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a description. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default ] This is the style that will be assigned to new paragraphs, usually -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . This will default to the first defined style if not given, but you are highly encouraged to use this directive. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on CommandAfter -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default ] Indicates what kind of markup is used to define the title of a document. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter CommandAfter -\family default +\family default means that the macro with name -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLaTeXCommand -\family default +\family default will be inserted after the last layout which has \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter InTitle 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default corresponds to the case where the block of paragraphs which have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter InTitle 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset should be enclosed into the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLaTeXCommand -\family default +\family default environment -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexCommand -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="maketitle" -\family default +\family default ] The name of the command/environment mentionned above. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default A set of macro definitions that will be output at the beginning of the LaTeX files. Use this for global definitions. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Input -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default As its name implies, this command allows you to include another layout definition file within yours to avoid duplicating commands. Common examples are the standard layout files, for example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdclass.inc -\family default +\family default , which contains most of the basic layouts. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Style\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This sequence defines a new style. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:style} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command deletes an existing style. This is particularly useful when you want to suppress a style that has be defined in an input file. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Float\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This sequance defines a new float. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:floats} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoFloat -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command deletes an existing float. This is particularly useful when you want to suppress a float that has be defined in an input file. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Counter\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This sequence defines a new counter. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:counter} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section can contain the following entries: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FontSize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="10|11|12" -\family default +\family default ] The list of available font sizes for the document's main font, separated by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" -\family default +\family default ] The list of available page styles, separated by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Other -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Some document class options, separated by a comma, that will be added to the optional part of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:style} -\end_inset +\end_inset A paragraph layout description looks like this \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that this will either define a new layout or modify an existing one. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on name -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where the following commands are allowed: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium CopyStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This is used to copy all the features of an existing layout into the current one. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Paragraph -\emph default +\emph default , Command, Environment, Item_Environment, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default ] How the layout should be translated into LaTeX. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Paragraph -\family default +\family default means nothing special. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Command -\family default +\family default means -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default means -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default }\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default is the same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , except that a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default is generated for each paragraph of this environment. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default is the same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default , except that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default is passed as an argument to the environment. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default can be defined in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph -\family default +\family default dialog. -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LatexName -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default is perhaps a bit misleading, since these rules apply to SGML classes, too. Visit the SGML class files for specific examples. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium InTitle -\series default +\series default [1, 0] -\family default +\family default If 1, marks the layout as being part of a title block (see also the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexType -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexCommand -\family default +\family default global entries) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The name of the corresponding LaTeX stuff. Either the environment or command name. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexParam -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The optional parameter for the corresponding -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default stuff. This parameter cannot be changed from within LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium OptionalArgs -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter int=0 -\family default +\family default ] The number of optional arguments that can be used with this layout. This is useful for things like section headings, and only makes sense with LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Margin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Static -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline The kind of margin that the layout has on the left side. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default just means a fixed margin. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default means that the left margin depends on the string entered in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog. This is used to typeset nice lists without tabulators. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default means that the margin depends on the size of the label. This is used for automatic enumerated headlines. It is obvious that the headline \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 Very long headline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset must have a wider left margin (as wide as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset plus the space) than \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 Very long headline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , even if other word processors are not able to do this. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter First_Dynamic -\family default +\family default is similar, but only the very first row of the paragraph is dynamic, while the others are static; this is used, for example, for descriptions. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default means the margin is chosen in a way that the longest row of this paragraph fits to the right margin. This is used to typeset an address on the right edge of the page. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NextNoIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Whether the following Paragraph is allowed to indent its very first row. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default means that it is not allowed to do so, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default means it could do so if it wants to. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ParIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] The indent of the very first line of a paragraph. The argument is passed as a string. For example -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default means that the paragraph is indented with the width of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter the -\family default +\family default normal font. You can get a negative width by prefixing the string with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "-" -\family default +\family default . This way was chosen so that the look is the same with each used screen font. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default will be fixed for a certain layout. The exception is Standard layout, since the indentation of a Standard layout paragraph can be prohibited with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NextNoIndent -\family default +\family default . Also, Standard layout paragraphs inside environments use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default of the environment, not their native one. For example, Standard paragraphs inside an enumeration are not indented. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Parskip -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] LyX allows to choose either \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to typeset a document. When \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is chosen, this value is completely ignored. When \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is chosen, the parindent of a LaTeXtype \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset layout is ignored and all paragraphs are additionally separated by this parskip argument. The vertical space is calculated with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter value*DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default is the height of a row with the normal font. This way, the look stays the same with different screen fonts. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TopSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] The vertical space with which the very first of a chain of paragraphs with this layout is separated from the previous paragraph. If the previous paragraph has another layout, the separations are not simply added, but the maximum is taken. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium BottomSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] The same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default for the very last paragraph. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Parsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] The vertical space between two paragraphs of this layout. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Itemsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] This is an extra space between the paragraphs of an environment layout. If you put other layouts into an environment, each is separated with the environment's -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parsep -\family default +\family default . But the whole items of the environment are additionally separated with this -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Itemsep -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LeftMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] If you put layouts into environments, the leftmargins are not simply added, but added with a factor \begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Note that this parameter is also used when the border is defined as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default . Then it is added to the manual or dynamic border. This string has the same meaning as for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium RightMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Similar to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Labeltype -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Static, Top_Environment, -\newline +\newline Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, -\newline +\newline Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default means the label is the very first word (up to the first real blank). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default means it is defined in the layout (see -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelString -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default are special cases of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . The label will be printed above the paragraph, but only at the top of an environment or the top of a chain of paragraphs with this layout. Usage is for example the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default layout or the -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default layout. This is also the case for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default labels with latex type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , in order to make layouts for theorems work correctly. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default is a special case for the caption-labels \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default means the (hardcoded) label string depends on the kind of float. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default label types should be self explanatory. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Labelsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] The horizontal space between the label and the text body. Only used for labels that are not above the text body. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelBottomsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [float=0] The vertical space between the label and the text body. Only used for labels that are above the text body ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] The string used for a label with a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default labeltype. When the border is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default this string is also used as a suggestion for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default that can be set in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog. When the labeltype is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_ -\emph on +\emph on xxx -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , this string is prepended to the counter. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabeltype -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\emph default +\emph default , Box, Filled_Box, Static -\family default +\family default ] The type of label that stands at the end of the paragraph (or sequence of paragraphs if -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType -\family default +\family default is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter No_Label -\family default +\family default means \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nothing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Box -\family default +\family default (resp. -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ Filled_Box -\family default -) is a white (resp.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +) is a white (resp.\InsetSpace ~ black) square suitable for end of proof markers, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default is an explicit text string. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] The string used for a label with a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter EndLabelType -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Align -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] Paragraph alignment. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium AlignPossible -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] A comma separated -\emph on +\emph on list -\emph default +\emph default of possible aligns. Some LaTeX styles prohibit certain alignments, since those wouldn't make sense. For example a right-aligned or centered enumeration isn't possible. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Top -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] With this parameter the -\family sans +\family sans Fill -\family default +\family default value of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vertical space above \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list of the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog can be set when initializing a paragraph with this layout \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note from Jean-Marc: -\emph default +\emph default I'm not sure that this setting has much use, and it should probably be removed in later versions. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Bottom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Similar to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Fill_Top -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NeedProtect -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Whether fragile commands in this layout should be -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\family default +\family default 'ed. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Newline -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0, -\emph on +\emph on 1 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Whether newlines are translated into LaTeX newlines ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) or not. The translation can be switched off to allow more comfortable LaTeX editing inside LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PassThru -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Whether the contents of this paragraph should be output in raw form, meaning without special translations that LaTeX would require. This somehow replaces the older -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latex -\family default +\family default font property. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FreeSpacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Usually LyX doesn't allow you to insert more than one space between words, since a space is considered as the separation between two words, not a character or symbol of its own. This is a very fine thing but sometimes annoying, for example when typing program code or plain LaTeX code. For this reason, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FreeSpacing -\family default +\family default can be enabled. Note that LyX will create protected blanks for the additional blanks when in another mode than LaTeX-mode. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium KeepEmpty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Usually LyX does not allow you to leave a paragraph empty, since it would lead to empty LaTeX output. There are some cases where this could be desirable however: in a letter template, the required fields can be provided as empty fields, so that people do not forget them; in some special classes, a layout can be used as some kind of break, which does not contain actual text. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Spacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on single -\emph default +\emph default , onehalf, double, other -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on value -\emph default +\emph default ] This defines what the default spacing should be in the layout. The arguments -\family typewriter +\family typewriter single -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onehalf -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter double -\family default +\family default correspond respectively to a multiplier value of 1, 1.25 and 1.667. If you specify the argument -\family typewriter +\family typewriter other -\family default +\family default , then you should also provide a numerical argument which will be the actual multiplier value. Note that, contrary to other parameters, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Spacing -\family default +\family default implies the generation of specific LaTeX code, using the package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setspace.sty -\family roman +\family roman . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Font -\series default +\series default [ -\family default +\family default The font used for both the text body -\emph on +\emph on and -\emph default +\emph default the label. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Note that defining this font automatically defines the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelFont -\family default +\family default to the same value. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TextFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The font used for the text body . - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The font used for the label. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default A set of macro definitions that will be output at the beginning of the LaTeX files when the layout is used. Use this to define the macros needed by this particular layout. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium DependsOn -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default the name of a style which preamble should be output -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default the one mentionned above. This allows to ensure some ordering of the preamble snippets when macros definitions depend on one another \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that, besides that functionality, there is no way to ensure any ordering of preambles. The ordering that you see in a given version of LyX may change without warning in later versions). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Floats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floats} -\end_inset +\end_inset Since version 1.3.0 of LyX, it is necessary to define the floats ( -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans table -\family default +\family default , \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) in the text class itself. If you are looking here to learn how to upgrade an existing text class, it will probably turn out that all you have to do is to add -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdfloats.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard at a reasonable location of the text class. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Don't forget to also have a look at counters in next section. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset If you want to implement a text class that proposes some other float types (like the AGU class bundled with LyX), the information below will hopefully help you: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Type -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] type - The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset type \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the new class of floats, like program or algorithm. After the appropriate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default , commands such as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{program} -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{algorithm*} -\family default +\family default will be available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium GuiName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The string that will be used in the menus and also for the caption. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LaTeXBuiltin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default ] Set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default if the float is already defined by the documentclass. If this is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default , the float will be defined using the LaTeX package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NumberWithin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] This (optional) argument determines whether floats of this class will be numbered within some sectional unit of the document. For example, if within is equal to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chapter -\family default +\family default , the floats will be numbered within chapters. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Style -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The style used when defining the float using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Placement -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The default placement for the given class of floats. They are like in standard LaTeX: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter b -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter h -\family default +\family default for top, bottom, page, and here, respectively. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that the order of these letters in the string is irrelevant, like in LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset On top of that there is a new type, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default , which does not really correspond to a float, since it means: put it \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset here \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and nowhere else. Note, however that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default specifier is special and, because of implementation details cannot be used in non-builtin float types. If you do not understand what this means, just use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "tbp" -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Extension -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The file name extension of an auxiliary file for the list of figures (or whatever). LaTeX writes the captions to this file. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ListName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The heading used for the list of floats. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Counters -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:counter} -\end_inset +\end_inset Since version 1.3.0 of LyX, it is necessary to define the counters ( -\family sans +\family sans chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default , \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) in the text class itself. If you are looking here to learn how to upgrade an existing text class, it will probably turn out that all you have to do is to add -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdcounters.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The definition of counters if presently a bit primitive in LyX, since many things are still hardcoded. The following two parameters can be used: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Name -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] The name of the counter -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Within -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string -\family default +\family default = \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] If this is set to the name of another counter, the present counter will be reset everytime the other one is increased (is that unclear enough?). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Font description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset A font description looks like that: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Font -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on or -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default LabelFont -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndFont -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and the following commands are available: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Family -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Roman -\emph default +\emph default , Sans, Typewriter -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Series -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Medium -\emph default +\emph default , Bold -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Shape -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Up -\emph default +\emph default , Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Size -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tiny, small, -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default , large, larger, largest, huge, giant -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Color -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on none -\emph default +\emph default , black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Creating Templates \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:templates} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Templates are created just like usual documents. The only difference is that usual documents contain all possible settings, @@ -7460,109 +8379,121 @@ Templates are created just like usual documents. cases. For that reason, the designer of a template should remove the corresponding commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fontscheme -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash papersize -\family default +\family default from the template LyX file. This can be done with any simple text-editor, for example -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vi -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xedit -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Put the edited template files you create in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $UserDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default , copy the ones you use from the global template directory in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default to the same place, and redefine the template path in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog (tabs -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Path -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that there is a template which has a particular meaning: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter defaults.lyx -\family default +\family default . This template is loaded everytime you create a new document with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\family default +\family default in order to provide useful defaults. To create this template from inside LyX, all you have to do is to open a document with the correct settings, and use the -\family sans +\family sans Sa -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default e as Document Defaults -\family default +\family default button. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Including External Material -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Background -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard This section is completely outdated. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset One often requested feature from LyX users is to be able to interface LyX with XFig, Dia, or other similar applications that specialize in producing @@ -7571,31 +8502,41 @@ One often requested feature from LyX users is to be able to interface LyX Previously, it was only possible to include boring, static, fixed images in LyX documents with the graphics feature, but there are several limitations attached to this approach: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you want to change the figure, you have to invoke an external program by hand -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX does not notice that the referenced files change, so the on-screen display can fast become obsolete, and this is aggravated by the lack of a means of updating the display -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The graphics stuff does not provide any mechanisms for coping with different exported formats such as DocBook, HTML or raw Ascii -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The external material facility attempts to solve all of these problems \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Even if the graphics facility can't solve all problems, it is still valuable because it does provide in-line preview of the graphics, and supports advanced geometric transformations with a comfortable user interface. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . It does this by offering a general method to interface LyX to external @@ -7611,65 +8552,73 @@ Even if the graphics facility can't solve all problems, it is still valuable what material to include, and in the following sections you will learn that this is indeed a powerful mechanism that can solve all of the above problems, and more. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section How does it work? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The external material feature is based on the concept of a -\emph on +\emph on template -\emph default +\emph default . A template is a specification of how LyX should interface with a certain kind of material. As bundled, LyX comes with predefined templates for XFig figures, Dia diagrams, various raster format images, gnuplot, and more. You can check the actual list by using the -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator External -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Material -\family default +\family default command. Furthermore, it is possible to roll your own template to support a specific kind of material. Later we'll describe in more detail what is involved, and hopefully you will submit all the templates you create so we can include them in a later LyX version. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another basic idea of the external material feature is to distinguish between the original file that serves as a base for final material and the produced file that is included in your exported or printed document. For example, consider the case of a figure produced with XFig. The XFig application itself works on an original file with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default extension. Within XFig, you create and change your figure, and when you are done, you save the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fig -\family default +\family default -file. When you want to include the figure in your document, you invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default in order to create a PostScript file that can readily be included in your LaTeX file. In this case, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default file is the original file, and the PostScript file is the produced file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This distinction is important in order to allow updating of the material while you are in the process of writing the document. @@ -7682,36 +8631,42 @@ This distinction is important in order to allow updating of the material look similar to the real graphics. The external material management allows you to do this, because it is parameter ized on the different export formats that LyX supports. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Besides supporting the production of different products according to the exported format, it supports tight integration with editing and viewing applications. In the case of an XFig figure, you are able to invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default on the original file with a single click from within the external material dialog in LyX, and also preview the produced PostScript file with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default with another click. No more fiddling around with the command line and/or file browsers to locate and manipulate the original or produced files. In this way, you are finally able to take full advantage of the many different applications that are relevant to use when you write your documents, and ultimately be more productive. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard This paragraph is outdated -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset So, all in all, LyX has information about a number of different programs to use behind the scenes in order to realize all of this machinery. @@ -7724,7 +8679,9 @@ So, all in all, LyX has information about a number of different programs It requires some footwork to define all the different commands and flags, but luckily, the LyX team did all the hard work and specified these for you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard But before the trees grow into the skies, we have to admit that we did take one tiny short-cut. @@ -7735,14 +8692,14 @@ But before the trees grow into the skies, we have to admit that we did take Instead of providing a button for each exported file format, we decided to introduce the concept of the primary file format and just have one button. When you press -\family sans +\family sans View -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default in the external material dialog, you will get a view of the produced file in the primary file format. And the primary file format is specified by your document class. @@ -7752,18 +8709,22 @@ result a preview of what the main result will be. If you want to see how other exported formats turn out, you have to export them and preview them by hand. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The external material dialog -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You insert external material from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default menu. When you do this, a button is inserted into your document, and the external material dialog is shown. @@ -7771,16 +8732,20 @@ nsert and also how it should be included. Furthermore, it provides access to the external applications to either view, edit or produce the material that is used in the resulting file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This paragraph is outdated -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset At the top of this dialog, there is a drop-down list where you can chose which template should be used. @@ -7790,89 +8755,97 @@ At the top of this dialog, there is a drop-down list where you can chose few hints on how to parameterize the use of it. Further down, you'll find a filename input field along with a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Browse \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button that allows you to chose which file should be included with the standard file browser. Thus this field specifies the original file. Since the produced file is automatically generated when needed, there is no need to give access to it in the user interface. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This paragraph is outdated -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset At the bottom of the dialog, you'll find a general input box called -\family sans +\family sans Parameters -\family default +\family default . This box is generally used to parameterize the specific template. The specific use should be covered in the help blurb associated with the template, but it typically allows you to define variations on how the produced file should be generated. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This paragraph is outdated -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset At the right side of the dialog, you'll find three buttons: -\family sans +\family sans Edit -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans file -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans View -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Update -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default . These in turn allow you to edit your original file with the appropriate editing application, view the produced file as included in the primary format document, and finally force an update of the resulting material in the primary format. Normally, the -\family sans +\family sans Update -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default button will be disabled, because most templates are configured to automatically update the produced file when needed. In those cases, there is no need to force the production of a new produced @@ -7881,839 +8854,1079 @@ result the residual product, because the cost of producing the produced file might be so large that it would be a pain to do it all the time. Those types are known as -\emph on +\emph on manual -\emph default +\emph default external material. In those cases, you can use the button to force the production of the produced file exactly when you need it, and thus control the amount of work that is done. In fact, it is -\emph on +\emph on your -\emph default +\emph default responsibility to do this to keep the produced files current at all times: before printing, before exporting, before viewing, etc. At some time in the future, it might be possible that LyX will help you with this task.Any changes in the template, filename or parameters are actually applied whenever you press -\family sans +\family sans Edit file -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans View -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Update -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans result -\family default +\family default buttons. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Examples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this section, we should include some examples of use of the external material. Those examples could include: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize External raster images -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize External XFig figures -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Chess diagrams -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sound samples -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The use of makefiles -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Recursive external LyX templates -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The external template configuration file -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to LyX. However, be aware this doing this in an careless manner most probably -\emph on +\emph on will -\emph default +\emph default introduce an easily exploitable security hole. So before you do this, please read the discussion about security which will follow later. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that you create. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The external templates are defined in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/external_templates -\family default +\family default file. You can place your own version in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/external_templates -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A typical template looks like this: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Template XFig -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code HelpText -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code An XFig figure. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code HelpTextEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code InputFormat fig -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FileFilter "*.fig" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code AutomaticProduction true -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Transform Rotate -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Transform Resize -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Format LaTeX -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateFormat pstex -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Requirement "graphicx" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FormatEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Format PDFLaTeX -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateFormat pdftex -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Requirement "graphicx" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FormatEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Format Ascii -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Product "$$Contents( -\backslash +\backslash "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc -\backslash +\backslash ")" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateFormat asciixfig -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FormatEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Format DocBook -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Product " -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code " -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateFormat eps -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FormatEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Format LinuxDoc -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Product "[XFig: $$FName]" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code FormatEnd -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TemplateEnd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, the template is enclosed in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Template -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TemplateEnd -\family default +\family default . It contains a header specifying some general settings, and for each supported primary document file format a section -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Format -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FormatEnd -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The template header -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Template\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +Template\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default A unique name for the template. It must not contain substitution macros (see below). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -GuiName\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +GuiName\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The text that is displayed on the button. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -HelpText\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +HelpText\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ HelpTextEnd -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The help text that is used in the External dialog. Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template can provide him with. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -InputFormat\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +InputFormat\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The file format of the original file. This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references:Conversion -\family default +\family default dialog). Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "*" -\family default +\family default if the template can handle original files of more than one format. LyX will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its format in this case. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -FileFilter\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +FileFilter\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired files. - If there is more than one possible file extension (e.g.\SpecialChar ~ + If there is more than one possible file extension (e.g.\InsetSpace ~ tgif has -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .obj -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tgo -\family default +\family default ), use something like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "*.{obj,tgo}" -\family default +\family default . This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -AutomaticProduction\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +AutomaticProduction\InsetSpace ~ true|false -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Wether the file represented by the template must be generated by LyX. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Transform\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +Transform\InsetSpace ~ Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template. It may occur zero or more times. This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog. Each -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Transform -\family default +\family default command must have either a corresponding -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TransformCommand -\family default +\family default or a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TransformOption -\family default +\family default command in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Format -\family default +\family default section. Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The Format section -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Format\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Format\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX|PDFLaTeX|Ascii|DocBook|LinuxDoc -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The primary document file format that this format definition is for. Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats. Please define nevertheless a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Format -\family default +\family default section for all formats. Use a dummy text when no representation is available (see the LinuxDoc format in the example above). Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformCommand\SpecialChar ~ -Rotate\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformCommand\InsetSpace ~ +Rotate\InsetSpace ~ RotationLatexCommand -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for rotation. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformCommand\SpecialChar ~ -Resize\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformCommand\InsetSpace ~ +Resize\InsetSpace ~ ResizeLatexCommand -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for resizing. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformOption\SpecialChar ~ -Rotate\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformOption\InsetSpace ~ +Rotate\InsetSpace ~ RotationLatexOption -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformOption\SpecialChar ~ -Resize\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformOption\InsetSpace ~ +Resize\InsetSpace ~ ResizeLatexOption -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformOption\SpecialChar ~ -Clip\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformOption\InsetSpace ~ +Clip\InsetSpace ~ ClipLatexOption -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -TransformOption\SpecialChar ~ -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +TransformOption\InsetSpace ~ +Extra\InsetSpace ~ ExtraLatexOption -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used. This command may occur once or not at all. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Product\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Product\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The text that is inserted in the exported document. This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -UpdateFormat\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +UpdateFormat\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The file format of the converted file. This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references:Conversion -\family default +\family default dialog). This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -UpdateResult\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +UpdateResult\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The file name of the converted file. The file name must be absolute. This command must occur exactly once. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -ReferencedFile\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ReferencedFile\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and are needed for a particular export format. If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document. This command may be given zero or more times. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Requirement\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +Requirement\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The name of a required LaTeX package. The package is included via -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default in the LaTeX preamble. This command may occur zero or more times. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Preamble\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +Preamble\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the LaTeX preamble. It has to be defined using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PreambleDef -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PreambleDefEnd -\family default +\family default . This command may occur zero or more times. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Option\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Option\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default This command defines an additional macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$ -\family default +\family default for substitution in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Product -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default itself may contain substitution macros. The advantage over using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default directly in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Product -\family default +\family default is that the substituted value of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$ -\family default +\family default is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format. This command may occur zero or more times. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preamble definitions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble definitions enclosed by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PreambleDef -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PreambleDefEnd -\family default +\family default . They can be used by the templates in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Format -\family default +\family default section. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The substitution mechanism -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the external material facility invokes an external program, it is done on the basis of a command defined in the template configuration file. These commands can contain various macros that are expanded before execution. Execution always take place in the directory of the containing document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template definition support substitution as well. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The available macros are the following: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FName The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog. This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the LyX document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Basename The filename without path and without the extension. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Extension The file extension (including the dot). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FPath The path part of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FName -\family default +\family default (absolute name or relative to the LyX document). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$AbsPath The absolute file path. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$RelPathMaster The file path, relative to the master LyX document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$RelPathParent The file path, relative to the LyX document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$AbsOrRelPathMaster The file path, absolute or relative to the master LyX document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$AbsOrRelPathParent The file path, absolute or relative to the LyX document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Tempname A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion deleted. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Contents( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset filename.ext \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name -\family typewriter +\family typewriter filename.ext -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Sysdir This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory. This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are bundled with LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct e.g. the absolute filename with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted. The command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Product -\family default +\family default supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Transform -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TransformCommand -\family default +\family default commands: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$ResizeFront The front part of the resize command. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$ResizeBack The back part of the resize command. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$RotateFront The front part of the rotation command. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$RotateBack The back part of the rotation command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The value string of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Option -\family default +\family default command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Transform -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TransformOption -\family default +\family default commands: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Clip The clip option. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Extra The extra option. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Resize The resize option. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Rotate The rotation option. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may ask why there are so many path macros. There are mainly two reasons: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectively. @@ -8721,7 +9934,9 @@ First, relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different machines, for example. Absolute names may be required by some programs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Second, LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other programs in nested included files. @@ -8734,59 +9949,75 @@ Second, LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other LaTeX. Fortunately LyX does this automatically for you if you choose the right macros. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule is not difficult: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$AbsPath -\family default +\family default if an absolute path is required. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$AbsOrRelPathMaster -\family default +\family default if the substituted string is some kind of LaTeX input. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Else use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$AbsOrRelPathParent -\family default +\family default in order to preserve the user's choice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.g.\SpecialChar ~ +There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.g.\InsetSpace ~ relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine. One example for such a case is the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t" -\family default +\family default in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the copier for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pstex_t -\family default +\family default files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Security discussion -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This section is outdated -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications @@ -8796,22 +10027,26 @@ The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document. This is something we definately want to avoid. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard However, since the external program commands are specified in the template configuration file only, there are no security issues if LyX is properly configured with safe templates only. This is so because the external programs are invoked with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default -system call rather than the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter system -\family default +\family default system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the filename or parameter section via the shell. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can use in the external material templates. @@ -8821,47 +10056,51 @@ This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from the command string. In the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/scripts -\family default +\family default directory of the LyX installation, you can find a safe wrapper script -\family typewriter +\family typewriter general_command_wrapper.py -\family default +\family default that supports redirection of input and output. That can serve as an example for how to write safe template scripts. For a more advanced example that uses -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fork -\family default +\family default and friends, take a look at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pic2ascii.py -\family default +\family default converter script. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell, but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that you only use safe scripts that work with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default system call in a controlled manner. Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just fall back to use ordinary shell scripts. If you do so, be aware that you -\emph on +\emph on will -\emph default +\emph default provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system. Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be included in the standard LyX distribution, although we do encourage people to submit new templates in the open source tradition. But LyX as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have unsafe templates. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be careful not to introduce security hazards with this power. @@ -8871,370 +10110,448 @@ Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be a knowledgable security professional or the LyX development team if you have any questions about whether a given template is safe or not. And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter The LyX Server -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX server is a method implemented in LyX that will enable other programs to talk to LyX, invoke LyX commands, and retrieve information about the LyX internal state. This is only intended for advanced users, but they should find it useful. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Starting the LyX Server -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX server works through the use of a pair of named pipes. These are usually located in your home directory and have the names \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . External programs write into -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default and read back data from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default . The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog, for example -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "/home/myhome/.lyxpipe" -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX will add the ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .in -\family default +\family default ' and ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .out -\family default +\family default ' to create the pipes. The above setting also has the effect of activating the LyX server. If one of the pipes already exists, LyX will assume that another LyX process is already running and will not start the server. To have several LyX processes with servers at the same time, you have to change the configuration between the start of the programs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are developing a client program, you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the LyX server. Do this by starting LyX as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg lyxserver. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Warning: if LyX crashes, it may not manage to remove the pipes; in this case you must remove them manually. If LyX starts and the pipes exist already, it will not start any server. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other than this, there are a few points to consider: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Both server and clients must run on UNIX or OS/2 machines. Communications between LyX on UNIX and clients on OS/2 or vice versa is not possible right now. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize On OS/2, only one client can connect to LyXServer at a time. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize On OS/2, clients must open inpipe with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O_WRONLY -\family default +\family default mode. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can find a complete example client written in C in the source distribution as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/server_monitor.c -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Normal communication -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To issue a LyX call, the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe. This line has the following format: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXCMD: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on argument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily. Its only use is that LyX will echo it if it sends an answer - so a client can dispatch results from different requesters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default is the function you want LyX to perform. It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on argument -\emph default +\emph default is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset self-insert \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which will insert the argument as text at the cursor position.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The answer from LyX will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote INFO: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on data -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default are just echoed from the command request, while -\emph on +\emph on data -\emph default +\emph default is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out. Some commands will return information about the internal state of LyX, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset font-state \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , while other will return an empty data-response. This means that the command execution went fine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In case of errors, the response from LyX will have this form -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote ERROR: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on error message -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where the -\emph on +\emph on error message -\emph default +\emph default should contain an explanation of why the command failed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\newline +\newline read a <~/.lyxpipe.out -\newline +\newline echo $a -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notification -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can notify clients of events going on asynchronously. Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The format of the string LyX sends is as follows: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NOTIFY: -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on key-sequence -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where -\emph on +\emph on key-sequence -\emph default +\emph default is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This mechanism can be used to extend LyX's command set and implement macros: bind some key sequence to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , start a client that listens on the out pipe, dispatches the command according to the sequence and starts a function that may use LyX calls and LyX requests to issue a command or a series of commands to LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The simple LyX Server Protocol -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management. All messages are of the form -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXSRV: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on protocol message -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where -\emph on +\emph on protocol message -\emph default +\emph default can be \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . If \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is received from a client, LyX will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages, while \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sent from LyX will inform clients that LyX is closing. -\layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix Bindings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This appendix is a huge cross-reference to all the English language keybindings. Originally, we simply wanted to list all of the key bindings followed by @@ -9243,5939 +10560,6982 @@ This appendix is a huge cross-reference to all the English language keybindings. We then decided, what the hey, why not include the default toolbar and menu bindings, too. Please note this section is likely to be very out of date. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The form is really self-explanatory, but here are a few tips: all entries are arranged roughly alphabetically for a given modifier ( -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default , etc.). For the general keyboard layout, simpler prefixes precede the more complex ( -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default before -\family sans +\family sans C-S-c -\family default +\family default ). All entries were gleaned from the default user interface and binding files located in the directories -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \SpecialChar \ldots{} /share/lyx/ui -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \SpecialChar \ldots{} /share/lyx/bind -\family default +\family default ; they should be treated as the final word on the bindings. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As a final note, be aware that some window managers (such as FVWM) take control of some of the function keys or motion keys. -\family sans +\family sans C-right -\family default +\family default is listed here as generating -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\family default +\family default , but FVWM grabs it and uses it to change virtual desktops instead. Very annoying unless you instruct your window manager to stop intercepting such sequences. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-open" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-write" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-print" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "cut" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "copy" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "paste" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-emph" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-noun" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-free" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "tex-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "math-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "footnote-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "marginpar-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "depth-next" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "figure-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "dialog-tabular-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Menu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_export -\family default +\family default submenu -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export fax -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_import -\family default +\family default submenu -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ n -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_vc -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-out -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Edit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-remove-all -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-chktex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_floats -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-row -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-center -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature multicolumn -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-center -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-row -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-panel -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfoot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefoot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfig -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter melt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefig -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-preferences -\family sans +\family sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reconfigure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_tabular -\family default +\family default submenu -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_paste -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste paragraph -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_floats -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert algorithm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-tab -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert figure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert table -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-fig -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-tabular-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter citation-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-child-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter footnote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter marginpar-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter note-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_toc -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter loa-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bibtex-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter toc-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lof-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lot-insert -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_special -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-separator-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_file -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii lines -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii paragraphs -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external-insert -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter appendix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-character -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-document -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-preamble -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-save-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-tabular -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ space -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Down -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-lowcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Up -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-upcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-capitalize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smallest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size largest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 9 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-H -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size increase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ minus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size decrease -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection View -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Navigate -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Help -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Style -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Abstract -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LyX-Code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Description -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortFoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout List -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Standard -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Title -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Verse -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter drop-layouts-choice -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-p -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-p -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Author -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-B -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Bibliography -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Comment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Date -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-F -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Foilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-Q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quotation -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Rotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout RightAddress -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Address -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Caption -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These ones are kept for backwards compatibility, but only make sense on a qwerty keyboard: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-dollar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-numbersign -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Keyboard -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-open Documents -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-toggle-read-only -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-on -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-slash -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-underscore -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-W -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-percent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-next -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-P -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-T -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-V -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are LyX keyboard definitions for mathematics, similar to those of Scientific Word. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The bindings file and the present documentation were prepared by Serge Winitzki with assistance from Jean-Marc Lasgouttes. Version 1.3, for LyX 1.2.x and 1.3.x. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These definitions make it a lot easier to type equations without using the mouse, especially for people familiar with Scientific Word. The standard LyX bindings such as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-o -\family default +\family default are unmodified. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tip: to find the "LyX bind name" for a key, look at the status bar after typing some non-existent key combination. E.g. to find how "Ctrl-&" is referenced, press Ctrl-S and then Ctrl-&: the status bar shows "C-s S-C-ampersand." (This does not work in LyX 1.3.0!) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\family default +\family default -- Copy, cut, paste is as in Sciword, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-c -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-x -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-v -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\family default +\family default -- Display equation toggle: type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-d -\family default +\family default to insert a displayed formula ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset displayed \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). You can also type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-d -\family default +\family default in a displayed formula to convert it back to an inline formula. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default -- Fractions: type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-f -\family default +\family default to insert a fraction ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter f -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fraction \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). You can also select an expression and type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-f -\family default +\family default to convert it to the numerator of a fraction. Note: pressing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Backspace -\family default +\family default at the -\emph on +\emph on left -\emph default +\emph default end of the denominator will delete the numerator and convert the denominator to a non-fraction. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\family default +\family default -- Inserts \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset integral \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\family default +\family default -- Emacs-like binding: delete forward of cursor to end of line. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- A text/math toggle ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter m -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset math \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ): switches to math in text mode, and also inserts roman text in math mode. Also bound to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-t -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default -- Add/remove numbering in a single equation. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default -- Add/remove numbering at a line in equation arrays. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The above commands are toggles that control the numbering of equations ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter N -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset number \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Note: when deleting a number in a labeled eqnarray, the label is not really removed (the TeX code becomes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label{} -\backslash +\backslash nonumber -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and this generates a (harmless) LaTeX warning. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-open -\family default +\family default -- Open a new document. (W*ndows) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\family default +\family default -- Insert a quote character " ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter q -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset quote \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). This is not the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset smart \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset double quote character that you get by default. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default -- Square root sign \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash root -\family default +\family default -- root sign \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- Another binding for a switch between the text and the math mode ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default is for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Note that the roman text inserted in math mode is special. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default -- -\bar under +\bar under Underline -\bar default +\bar default the selected text (text mode only, use things like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overline -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underbar -\family default +\family default for math ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\family default +\family default -- W*ndows heritage. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- Close the current document (again, a W*ndows heritage). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\family default +\family default -- the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Redo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset operation, or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset undo the undo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bracket delimiters: press -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl -\family default +\family default - to insert a matching pair of delimiters. For example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-[ -\family default +\family default inserts a pair of parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Note: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-] -\family default +\family default does the same thing.) It will switch to math mode if needed. The supported characters are ( [ { < |. It is the same to press the right or the left bracket. The corresponding delimiters are \begin_inset Formula $\left(\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\} $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left|\right|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . The delimiters are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset smart \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and resize with their contents. Use Math Panel to get other or non-matching delimiters. Press backspace on the -\emph on +\emph on left -\emph default +\emph default delimiter to remove both \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset smart \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset delimiters without removing their contents. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\family default +\family default -- for convenience, pressing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-9 -\family default +\family default is the same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-( -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\family default +\family default -- angular delimiters \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset , not to confuse with ordinary < > signs. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -The bar bracket: on some keyboards (e.g.\SpecialChar ~ +The bar bracket: on some keyboards (e.g.\InsetSpace ~ some British ones), the bar character is bound to an -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Alt -\family default +\family default -something and on some wayward Unices to "brokenbar". So we define all of these keys as well. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-brokenbar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-M-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Accents are in most cases -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl -\family default --, e.g.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-, e.g.\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-. -\family default +\family default for overdot, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-' -\family default +\family default for acute accent, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-~ -\family default +\family default for tilde (you also need to press -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Shift -\family default +\family default here) etc. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-' -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset inserts á. Some accents work only in math mode and others only in text mode. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\family default +\family default -- overdot accent, \i \.{a} (text mode only). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-comma -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dot -\family default +\family default -- overdot accent, \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (math mode only -- in physics this denotes a first derivative). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-equals -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overrightarrow -\family default +\family default -- Vector accent over math \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-umlaut -\family default +\family default -- umlaut accent, ä (text mode only) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-colon -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ddot -\family default +\family default -- double dot accent, \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (math mode only -- in physics this denotes a second derivative). To get a triple dot in math mode, use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dddot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-quoteleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-grave -\family default +\family default -- grave accent à (text mode only, use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash grave -\family default +\family default for math) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\family default +\family default -- tilde accent ã (text mode only, use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tilde -\family default +\family default for math) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default -- acute accent á (text mode only, use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acute -\family default +\family default for math) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciicircum -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default -- circumflex (caret) accent â (text mode only, use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat -\family default +\family default for math). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Function keys. The new key S-F2 for creating a LaTeX file seems handy. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\family default +\family default -- Save current document. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export latex -\family default +\family default -- Write a LaTeX file for the current document. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\family default +\family default -- Find and replace dialog. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-w -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\family default +\family default -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Alt-F4 -\family default +\family default to quit LyX is the W*ndows w*ndow manager's mnemonic. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F4 -\family default +\family default to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F8 -\family default +\family default are used to switch fonts. Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F4 -\family default +\family default to switch back to the normal font. The non-default font switches -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F5 -\family default +\family default - -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F8 -\family default +\family default all work as toggles. They also work on the whole word if you put the cursor in the middle of the word, or if you select some text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default -- stop using any special font -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default -- make -\series bold +\series bold bold -\series default +\series default text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default -- make -\emph on +\emph on emphasized -\emph default +\emph default text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default -- make -\family typewriter +\family typewriter typewritten -\family default +\family default text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\family default +\family default -- make -\noun on +\noun on Caps/small caps -\noun default +\noun default text. (Used sometimes for people's names.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter F9 -\family default +\family default is bound as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset meta-prefix \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , same as the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Alt -\family default - key (useful e.g.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + key (useful e.g.\InsetSpace ~ if the keyboard has no working -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Alt -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are some Sciword-inspired mnemonics for frequently used math symbols. Many symbols start with a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-s -\family default +\family default sequence. Therefore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-s -\family default +\family default cannot be itself bound to anything. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\family default +\family default -- The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset prime \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset symbol \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in math mode. This is frequently unnecessary: in most cases the normal apostrophe works just fine, e.g. \begin_inset Formula $x'+2x=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , but in some cases this would generate a double superscript error in LaTeX. For example: \begin_inset Formula $x^{\prime2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Formula $x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset prime squared) must be entered with the prime character. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-superscript; math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime; -\family default +\family default -- Insert a prime as a superscript (see example above). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\family default +\family default -- Insert an upper index. Also, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\family default +\family default -- Insert a lower index. Also, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\family default +\family default -- Partial derivative symbol \begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\family default +\family default -- Summation symbol \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (not the same as the Greek letter uppercase Sigma \begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset because it can resize and allows smart upper/lower limits). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prod -\family default +\family default -- Product symbol \begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (not the same as the Greek letter uppercase Pi, \begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash infty -\family default +\family default -- Infinity \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash times -\family default +\family default -- Cross product \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 1 2 -\family default +\family default -- Insert a stacked array \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{c} \begin{array}{c} \\\end{array}\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Frequently useful in formulae.) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 3 3 -\family default +\family default -- Insert a 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 matrix \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} \\\\\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Then you can modify its size using the -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default menu.) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\family default +\family default -- The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dagger \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash equiv -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Identical equality \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash approx -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Approximate equality \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sim -\family default +\family default -- The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset of order \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sign \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default -- The arrow \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset as in \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash leq -\family default +\family default -- Less-or-equal \begin_inset Formula $\leq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash geq -\family default +\family default -- Greater-or-equal \begin_inset Formula $\geq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ll -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Much less than \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (useful in physics) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash gg -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Much greater than \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sign \begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Standard math bindings -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-limits -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash oint -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash vec -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash infty -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-G -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim rangle langle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash pm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash neq -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Other Accelerators -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-primary -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-secondary -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/DocStyle.lyx b/lib/doc/DocStyle.lyx index 190fe4772d..2b0a7775ad 100644 --- a/lib/doc/DocStyle.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/DocStyle.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,14 +24,23 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Documentation Project Style Sheet -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by John Weiss -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This article is a style sheet. It describes, with examples, how the documentation should look and sound. @@ -39,25 +49,31 @@ This article is a style sheet. Those sections also contain examples. It also explains the purpose of each of the different manuals. Follow it not merely to the letter, but also in spirit. -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract The Style Sheet for LyX documentation (hereafter known as the Style Sheet) applies to -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default forms of LyX documenation, regardless of language. There is a section for translators in the Style Sheet, towards the end. -\emph on +\emph on Read the entire Style Sheet! -\emph default +\emph default Even if you are a translator, I assume you know enough English to comprehend this document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions and Clarifications -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After the second version of this Style Sheet grew uncomfortably large, the LyX DocTeam decided it needed to lose some excess weight. @@ -66,1396 +82,1586 @@ After the second version of this Style Sheet grew uncomfortably large, the On the other hand, contributors to the documents were discovering many creative ways of misinterpreting the Style Sheet specifications. Therefore: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote If you have any questions about anything in the Style Sheet, -\emph on +\emph on ask first, write second! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Field all questions to the LyX Developer's Mailing List. There are seasoned DocTeam members who can answer your questions. If you have any problems with the Style Sheet itself, also contact the mailing list. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fonts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We'll start with the easiest section, yet also the most important. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is how you should fontify text in the manuals: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default general emphasis, generic arguments, titles of books, names the other manuals and of their sections, and notes from the authors -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Do not overemphasize your text. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default program names, file names, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default -page names, LaTeX code, LaTeX commands, LaTeX package names, and LyX code and functions -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default menu, button, or popup names, the names/lables of all widgets in a popup, the names of keyboard keys, and certain \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset special terms \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\noun on -Noun\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +Noun\InsetSpace ~ Style -\noun default +\noun default people's names -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -nderlined\SpecialChar ~ -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nderlined\InsetSpace ~ +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default Rich Fields added this to mimick the underlining of letters in the menus and on buttons. It helps to highlight the accelerator keys, and human brains store information best when they see it frequently. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description WARNING! --- When you do this, make sure you -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default shut off the underlining. Too many people send in things that look like: -\newline +\newline -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default his -\newline +\newline \SpecialChar \ldots{} -i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ +i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ they not only shut off underlining, they turned off -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default , too! -\emph on +\emph on Don't do that! -\emph default +\emph default Make sure the entire word is still in -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default after you shut off the underlining. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold Bold -\series default +\series default Unused. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you want to emphasize any text, use -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default . LaTeX will put many things boldface on its own, such as -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s, certain parts of equations, et cetera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Repeat: do not use boldface. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Here are some examples: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The function -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default appears in configuration files and in the LyX source. Therefore, it (and all other LyX function names) count as code and is set in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate However, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default -ath\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ath\InsetSpace ~ mode -\family default +\family default is a menu item in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu, so it appears in -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default . Notice the use of -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -nderlined\SpecialChar ~ -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nderlined\InsetSpace ~ +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default for the accelerator keys. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Consider the following excerpt from the introduction of one of the manuals: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default both refer to the same key. Some keyboards label the -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default key as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset others as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset still others have two keys. LyX treats all of them as the same key, so we'll use -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default interchangeably. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that the key name, -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , is in -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default , but -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default when it references the key itself! When I described how the manufacturer chose to label its keyboard, I used Roman and put the word in quotes. There is a semantic difference. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Take the following command: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -P -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on printername -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that the argument to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default option is in -\emph on +\emph on Roman Italics -\emph default +\emph default (i.e. emphasized). This is a case where you don't use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default for code, because you want the generic argument label to stand out. On the other hand, if you were specifying an argument, for example, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -Pduaneps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , you'd leave it in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Any LaTeX commands and code, and any -\emph on +\emph on unsupported -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX package names get set in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is the name of an unsupported LaTeX package, but \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is a supported LaTeX class. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Keys -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The canonical keyboard contains these keys: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. Be lazy and -\emph on +\emph on use the abbreviations -\emph default +\emph default whenever possible. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The function keys. Most modern keyboards have all 12. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Escape key. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Insert -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard These are the 6 keys that appear above the cursor keys on many PC keyboards. Consider them as part of the standard motion keys. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Left Right Up Down -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The four standard motion keys. There is no need to put the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset arrow \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset anywhere, since that's obvious. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Same goes for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cursor key \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Even the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset key \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset after one of these may be redundant in certain situations. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard I won't throw a hissy fit if you use one instead of the other. I'd prefer if you used -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default over -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , but it's okay if you slip up and forget. Since these two keys are bound to the same function in LyX, it doesn't really matter. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard You do not need to explain everywhere what the -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default key is or where the -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default key is, et cetera. The user isn't stupid. - Also, someone will document anything that isn't clear (e.\SpecialChar ~ -g.\SpecialChar ~ + Also, someone will document anything that isn't clear (e.\InsetSpace ~ +g.\InsetSpace ~ the -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default vs. -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default problem) someplace in the introduction. No need for you to repeat someone else's work. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX does not support keyboards missing any of the keys described above, with one exception. LyX can support a keyboard missing -\family sans +\family sans F11 -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default . There is a keyboard accelerator for -\family sans +\family sans F10 -\family default +\family default , but this is the only function key LyX assumes exists. Nevertheless, these details are of minor, if any, concern for the documentation. Assume the aforementioned keys exist. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mouse \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and any description of the 3 mouse buttons have no special handling. Don't typeset them in any other font than the default, which is Roman. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exception: you're writing an Author's Note (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:author-notes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and you need to mention something about the mouse. Since the rest of the note is in -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default , your description of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset middle mouse button \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset should be emphasized, as well. There are a couple of other cases like this one; use your judgement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are only 3 mouse buttons. The use of them and of the mouse itself is obvious. There are few --- if any --- nonstandard things we do with the mouse. Therefore, there's no need to make the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mouse \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mouse button \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset stand out. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Special Typography -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do the following: -\layout Description +\end_layout -Multi-word\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Multi-word\InsetSpace ~ names Use a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default between the words for menu and widget names. - E.\SpecialChar ~ + E.\InsetSpace ~ g.: -\family sans -Save\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Save\InsetSpace ~ As -\family default +\family default , not -\family sans +\family sans Save As -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard This holds for things in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default as well as -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default , with one caveat. If you have a long code example, one that can't simply be inlined and put in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default , put that in a -\family sans -LyX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LyX\InsetSpace ~ Code -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I want the -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default so that the name doesn't get split between two lines, which is visually disruptive. If something with a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default is near the end of a line and overflows the margin, use a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default in that parargraph (consult a LaTeX book for more about \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) or manually add a hypenation point. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Special\SpecialChar ~ +Special\InsetSpace ~ Terms These are things like the following: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Float -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Float -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Use -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default font and, in the case of -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default , capitalize the first two letters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Why are these terms special? They are concepts which the seasoned LaTeX-pert is familiar with, but which the new LyX user is not. I want them to stand out from the rest of the text, hence the use of -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default for them. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Seasoned LyX Team Members: Are there other terms that require this special status? On the other hand, should we eliminate this style completely? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Terminology Note the following: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dialog \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset not \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset popup \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset window \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Confirmation alert \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset not \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dialog \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Corp. -\emph on +\emph on You must put the ® after it or we'll get sued! -\emph default +\emph default I also want it written as seen here, always capitalized. Not \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset postscript®, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Postscript® \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset but \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset PostScript® \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - - both of them capitalized, in the default font (i.\SpecialChar ~ -.e.\SpecialChar ~ + - both of them capitalized, in the default font (i.\InsetSpace ~ +.e.\InsetSpace ~ Roman). If you must, cut and paste it from here. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard I am going to say this again: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.37cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.37cm +\end_inset + -\size larger -\emph on +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size larger +\emph on You must put the ® after PostScript® or we'll get sued! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard I mean it! American companies like to sue anything that moves. We could get in -\emph on +\emph on major trouble -\emph default +\emph default by forgetting that ®. So, don't. Got it? -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Similarly, if you use any other registered trademark in any documentation, put the ® after it, too. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +Menu\InsetSpace ~ Items When quick-referencing an item in a menu, use the menu separator: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Example: -\family sans +\family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Save -\family default +\family default . Notice that there are -\emph on +\emph on no spaces -\emph default +\emph default around the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and that it's in -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default , just like the menu and item names. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The reason why I want no spaces around the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is to prevent LyX from splitting terms across lines. The same goes for using -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default s between multi-word terms. The split would be visually disruptive. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset goes between menu names and item names -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default . (Yes, submenus are okay, too). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on NEVER -\emph default +\emph default put \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset between menu items and dialog names. Example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default per\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Paper\SpecialChar ~ +Paper\InsetSpace ~ Dialog -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN! -\emph default +\emph default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on NEVER -\emph default +\emph default put \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset between popup names and any dialog. Example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -Paper\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paper\InsetSpace ~ Dialog\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rtrait -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN! -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on NEVER -\emph default +\emph default put \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset between menu items and any dialog. Example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default per\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rtrait -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Either write out the description, or use context to eliminate any need to repeat menu items, dialog names, etc. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Note\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ Boxes LyX has a feature for adding comments that appear only within the LyX GUI. Here's one: -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard These should NEVER appear in the manuals. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . You will see nothing in a printout of the Style Sheet. Therefore, they have no place in the manuals. Period. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you have a parenthetical comment you want to make, the reader should see it too, even in the printed version. Use an Author's Note (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:author-notes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) in place of the Note-Boxes. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (\SpecialChar \ldots{} ) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ -and\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +and\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset I have recently been corrected about the use of parentheses. Standard English typesetting uses the normal parentheses, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (\SpecialChar \ldots{} ) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , around any aside, remark, or parenthetical expression. The bracket, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, is used only within quotations (see section\SpecialChar ~ +, is used only within quotations (see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). The brace, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , is never used. Therefore, never use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset unless otherwise specified by this Style Sheet. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dashes: Be sure to use the correct one. A single \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset character is not a dash, it's a hyphen. Use it only as a hyphen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Instead, use an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset en-dash \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset em- dash. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Two back-to-back \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset characters form the en-dash. Three \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset characters create an em-dash, which is slightly longer than the en-dash. In the printed version of any document, LyX will combine the two or three \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset characters into a single, unbroken line. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Cross-References and Labels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use the following labelling conventions: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 sec:xxx Use this for -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s as well as -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default s, etc. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 eqn:xxx Use this for Equations, should you need to create any. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 tbl:xxxx Use this for tables inside of a table float. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 fig:xxx Use this for figures inside of figure floats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Additionally, you should put the label at one of two locations: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The -\emph on +\emph on beginning of the paragraph -\emph default +\emph default , after a section heading, or at the beginning of captions, etc. It should be the first thing on the first line. Don't put a space betweeen it and the first word. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If there is no paragraph after a section heading, put it at the -\emph on +\emph on end of the last line. -\emph default +\emph default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Example: You have a -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default which is immediately followed by a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default heading. This is a case where you need to put the label at the end of the -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default heading. I know it looks ugly; not much we can do about that, though. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Content --- What Goes Where -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is -\emph on +\emph on very -\emph default +\emph default important to anyone documenting a new feature. If you need to add new documentation, pay attention. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the dim and distant past, whenever someone wanted to document a new feature they added, they either wrote a mini-doc and stuck it into the documentation @@ -1464,176 +1670,203 @@ In the dim and distant past, whenever someone wanted to document a new feature The result was a totally bloated, totally unnavigable, and incomplete manual orbitted by a swarm of tiny, incomplete mini-docs. I don't want the docs to fall back into that mess. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With that in mind, I have some instructions for how to keep things organized: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default Please, don't touch this file. It's essentially complete, anyhow. Only the editor(s) should make changes to this, as this file contains info about how to contribute to the doc project. That's really the only stuff that should need to change, and even then, only when a new maintainer comes along. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default This file is complete. Any changes should be for updates -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default . DO NOT ADD new features to here willy-nilly. Let the editor decide if --- and when --- new sections go in here. Place any new features in\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default This is where all new features go from now on. It's in the style of a bound journal --- each section is an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the author of the feature. Also, anyone who writes a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default file for a new document class should write a section describing that new class and how to use it. That also goes here. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Note, however, that you are -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default excused from following this Style Sheet just because the sections of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default are in the form of a journal article. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\family default +\family default This file is complete. Do not change or add to without permission of the Documenation Project Editor. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Customization.lyx -\family default +\family default This document describes advanced features, most of which alter the look, feel, and behavior of LyX. This manual is still a bit incomplete, although that may change soon. Check for updates often. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you are unsure whether or not something belongs in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Customization.lyx -\family default +\family default , then, most-likely, it -\emph on +\emph on really -\emph default +\emph default belongs in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default . Again, let the current editor of the LyX documentation decide if your new section should be migrated to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Customization.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default I'd prefer to completely finish this one before doing anything else, but that's unrealistic. LyX keeps changing so much that I think the -\emph on +\emph on Reference Manual -\emph default +\emph default will be the last one completed. However, I'd like it if the developer's would add entries anytime they create a new function or popup. That would help things immensely! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Note that the -\emph on +\emph on Reference Manual -\emph default +\emph default follows this Style Sheet for the most part. There are, however, additional rules to follow when making new entries. At the top of this manual, there are examples of and a template for -\emph on +\emph on Reference Manual -\emph default +\emph default entries. Use them. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Writing Style: The Primary Manuals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While I want to make contributing to the Documentation Project as painless as possible for newcomers, I also want the newcomers to be painless on the existing Documentation Team! Ergo, I've written this section to give some flavor to guide everyone's individual style. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Language -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All contributions to the -\emph on +\emph on primary -\emph default +\emph default LyX documentation must be in English. I don't care if it's British, Australian, or American English. The DocTeam editor will proofread for glaring mistakes and fix them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Don't get hung up on semantics. English is a flexible language, and just because your Mothertongue-to-English @@ -1643,12 +1876,14 @@ Don't get hung up on semantics. because of this very problem. If something is unclear (or just plain weird) due to a translation problem, one of the American/British/Australian developers can fix it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nota Bene: by -\emph on +\emph on primary -\emph default +\emph default documentation, I exclude the translations. We usually don't have enough people to cover the manuals in one language, let alone more than one. @@ -1658,21 +1893,25 @@ primary See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:translations} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more info. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wearing Many Hats: -\newline -Commentary from the Author (i.\SpecialChar ~ +\newline +Commentary from the Author (i.\InsetSpace ~ e.: You) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:author-notes} -\end_inset +\end_inset I want to make it easy for everyone when it comes to documenting things. Some features are incomplete. @@ -1681,346 +1920,416 @@ I want to make it easy for everyone when it comes to documenting things. other DocTeam members. Sometimes, you may want to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset speak for yourself; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you want to say something that is your personal opinion and using \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset we \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset would be inappropriate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In short, when you contribute to the LyX Docs, you wear many hats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For occasions when you need to switch hats, I've designed some special mechanism s. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout -Personal\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Subsubsection + +Personal\InsetSpace ~ Notes: The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Me \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Hat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are footnotes. They begin with the following: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Note from -\noun on +\noun on Name of Person -\noun default +\noun default : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} using the -\noun on +\noun on Noun Style -\noun default +\noun default for the person's name and without the quotes. The rest of the footnote is the actual comment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use these when you need to quote a comment by someone (usually yourself), and need to identify that person. This includes occasions when you need wear the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset me \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - hat, i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ + hat, i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ to speak for yourself instead of for the LyX Team. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the comment is too large to put in a footnote, don't use a Personal Note. When quoting more than about 3 sentences or 5 lines of text, use a bona fide quote. Don't use any leading \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Note from -\noun on +\noun on Name of Person -\noun default +\noun default : \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in that case. In a real quote, you'll give credit to the original speaker in either the paragraph before or after the body of the -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -Author's\SpecialChar ~ +Author's\InsetSpace ~ Notes: The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Hat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There will be times when you are not speaking for the LyX Team, yet you are not entirely speaking for yourself. Instead, you are speaking on behalf of the manual itself, as the author of the manual. Some examples of when you might need to do this are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You need to contradict something you just wrote because the feature isn't quite ready yet, but you wanted to document what it will do. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You need to leave a note for yourself. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You need to leave a note for the editor or the other DocTeam members. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You need to point out something about the manuals to the reader, something that doesn't fit into the context of the current paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At such times, you are wearing your \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I am the Author \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset hat, if you will. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The typography for an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is as follows: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize They go in the body of the text, in brackets, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not any other form of parentheses. The bracket are in the default character style. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The text of the note itself, however, is emphasized. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Begin with the words, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and end with an em-dash, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset --- \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , followed by your initials. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example: [ -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: This is an example note. ---jw -\emph default +\emph default ]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The form of the Author's Note, by the way, isn't a suggestion or request. It is -\emph on +\emph on mandatory -\emph default +\emph default . All Author's Notes must begin with this text, verbatim: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [ -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Abbreviations to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset AN \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are or any other variant are forbidden. The Author's Note must end with an em-dash, which is 3 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset characters: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset --- \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Do not use 2 or 1 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; you must use 3 (and 5 is right out). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Notes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are inherently transient, and should disapear as a manual matures. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Footnotes: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You are also free to use footnotes on their own in addition to the Personal Notes and/or Author's Notes. I've frequently used footnotes to \SpecialChar \ldots{} well, to comment on parts of a section without putting the commentary into the body of the text. -\layout Paragraph* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph* Mixing Footnotes and Personal Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Personal Notes always go in footnotes, and should be 5 lines or fewer. Any larger quotation should be quoted properly, using the rules of standard English. Place quotes in a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default paragraph environment. -\layout Paragraph* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph* Mixing Footnotes and Author's Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Author's Notes should -\emph on +\emph on never -\emph default +\emph default go in footnotes. -\layout Paragraph* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph* Mixing Personal Notes and Author's Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Forbidden; these two are mutually exclusive. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Summary of Use -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Personal Notes: -\newline +\newline A -\emph on +\emph on short -\emph default +\emph default opinion --- yours or another LyX developer's --- about anything. Anywhere in the manuals you wish to speak for yourself instead the the LyX Team, use this. - If you have a long rant, however, quote yourself (see section\SpecialChar ~ + If you have a long rant, however, quote yourself (see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Author's Note: -\newline +\newline Use this to describe things in LyX (or the manuals) that may change in the future or are somehow incomplete. Author's Notes are supposed to disappear as a manual matures. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Plain Footnotes: -\newline +\newline Used for text fragments that almost fit into the flow of the text\SpecialChar \ldots{} but not quite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When using these three mechanisms, in addition to rigorously following their descriptions, please use them properly. @@ -2031,181 +2340,218 @@ When using these three mechanisms, in addition to rigorously following their be using any of them. More specifically, you're trying to use a hammer to drive in a screw. What you want to say probably needs to go into the main body of the text. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection General Stylistic Guidelines -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Everything in this section is -\emph on +\emph on mandatory to all documenters -\emph default +\emph default , regardless the language you're writing in. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Typography -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use the typography rules outlined in the beginning sections of this document. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Don't, however, mimic the typography of this file. Yes, the Style Sheet doesn't follow the Style Sheet (grin). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate There is some typographic freedom in those rules in earlier sections. Use that freedom wisely. Most importanly, never sacrifice the online appearance for the printed appearance and vice versa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard An example is in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . There is a footnote using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multcols -\family default +\family default command to divide a long -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment into 3 columns. It adds some LaTeX commands to the online version, the so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Evil Red Text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset that some so vehemently oppose. Without it, however, that footnote takes up over two pages, most of which is empty space. This is an example of permitting a little ugliness in the online version to get the printed version to look right. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate When in doubt, compromise. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard When in doubt, use good judgement. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Semantics -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset we \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard When you speak, you speak for the entire LyX Team, so use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset we \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The reader is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset you \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Whenever you want to say something to the reader, use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset you, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset not some contorted construction to avoid being too informal. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Use the term \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mouse \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for both the physical pointing object (mouse, joystick, touch pad, track ball, etc.) and the mouse cursor which the physical object moves about the screen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use the term \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cursor \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for the little blinking vertical bar that indicates where text can/will appear next. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate When in doubt, compromise. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard When in doubt, use good judgement. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset Quoting Yourself and Others -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In some cases, you'll have something to say, an opinion of yours. Since this is your opinion, you're not speaking for the LyX Team. You have so much to say, in fact, that it won't fit into a Personal Note or an Author's Note. In these cases you want to quote yourself. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Any time you wish to quote someone, be it yourself or someone else, there are standard rules one follows. @@ -2213,570 +2559,675 @@ Any time you wish to quote someone, be it yourself or someone else, there You should follow the rules that apply to the language of the document to which you are contributing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This creates a problem for the primary documentation. The primary documentation is written in English, yet the contributors come from many countries. The quoting rules for English (well, American English, at least) are outlined in the following -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Float -\family default +\family default , for your convenience. Read them if you need to. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quoting rules for English: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The body of the quote belongs in a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The sentences prior to the quote should flow logically and smoothly into the quote. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The sentences immediately following the quote should continue the flow of the text. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You must, -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default credit the original author of the quote in the sentences immediately before or after the quote. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Crediting the original author of the quote should not, however, disrupt the flow of the text. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you omit text from the beginning of the first sentence in the quote, the quote must start with the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This is an ellipsis in square brackets. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you omit text from the end of the last sentence in the quote, the quote must end with the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by the sentence's punctuation mark. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you omit any text from the middle of the quote, be it whole sentences or parts of sentences, replace it with the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The quote must be grammatically correct. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize If the original is wrong, you must correct it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If omitting part of the quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset breaks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset it, you must correct the problem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -For missing words (e.\SpecialChar ~ -g.\SpecialChar ~ +For missing words (e.\InsetSpace ~ +g.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset the \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset goes missing), place the word in square brackets, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and insert in the quote where needed. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize For mangled word order, correct the mangled text, following it with the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [sic] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Spelling in the quote must be correct. Correct any misspelled words and place the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [sic] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset after the corrected word. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Back-to-back bracket blocks merge together. Example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} ][the] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is wrong. It should be \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [\SpecialChar \ldots{} the] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you correct the spelling in 2 or more consecutive words, you can get away with one \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [sic] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset after the last mistake. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Coverage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When describing a new feature or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *.layout -\family default +\family default file, be sure to: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Be -\emph on +\emph on clear, concise, -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on to the point -\emph default +\emph default . KISS = \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Keep It Short and Sweet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (or, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Keep It Simple, Stupid! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default write paragraph after paragraph of verbage. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Get to the point. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Take a look at the manual for a commercial word processor --- it's a fine example of how -\series bold +\series bold NOT -\series default +\series default to write documentation. It's all pithy, substanceless verbage, and its -\emph on +\emph on utterly useless! -\emph default +\emph default -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Avoid being pedantic like The Plague! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate In the same vein, don't write more than you have to. You're not working in a vacuum --- refer freely to other parts of the manual (and other parts of other manuals). Even if that \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset other part of the manual \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is incomplete or empty, refer to it. Someone will fill it in eventually. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate On the other hand, BE THOROUGH! -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate You are documenting -\emph on +\emph on features -\emph default +\emph default , not widgets, not how the source code is organized. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Group by feature, not by widget. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stay on topic --- one -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default should cover -\emph on +\emph on one -\emph default +\emph default feature. Use -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s and further subdivisions to group things if you're documenting several related features in a single -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Describe EVERYTHING related to that feature, no matter where it is. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Example: Paragraph Indenting. Several popups control its behavior. You would document -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default of this: which popups control it, when you use which setting on which popup to do which operation, et cetera. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\newline +\newline I've had people only document one popup --- literally. This added off-topic information and only described half of the feature, since other menus, popups, and even unbound functions contained additional stuff. -\newline +\newline I got -\emph on +\emph on really -\emph default +\emph default cranky when that happens, because it means -\emph on +\emph on I -\emph default +\emph default ended up fixing it. Bad help is worse than no help at all. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard These remarks still hold true: you'll piss of the DocTeam editor if you do things wrong, because he'll have to fix your mistakes. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Remember, there are people who will reference -\emph on +\emph on your -\emph default +\emph default section, just as you're referencing someone else's. You do want what you write to be useful, don't you? -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate When in doubt, compromise. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard When in doubt, use good judgement. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection NEVER NEVER -\emph on +\emph on NEVER EVER -\emph default +\emph default Treat the Reader as if She is Stupid -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate No dumbing-down. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate No talking down to the reader. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The reader is smart enough to know what a mouse is. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The reader is smart enough to know how to use a keyboard, including the -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default keys. (The introduction of most of the manuals takes care of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default is the -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default key \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset issue, so you don't need to.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The reader is smart enough to know that \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset at the cursor \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset where the text cursor is sitting right now, in the buffer currently visible. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size small +\size small (Anything more than the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cursor \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is, IMO, superfluous and wll be deleted . So, save yourself the typing, save the editor the cutting, and save the reader the strain of sifting through extra verbage that adds no content.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rule of thumb: the reader is not an imbecile. The reader is merely lost; point them in the right direction, and they can take it from there. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tips for the English Version -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:english-only} -\end_inset +\end_inset -When contributing to the primary --- i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ +When contributing to the primary --- i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ the English language version --- of the LyX manuals, keep the following in mind. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Write as if You're Talking with a Friend. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Think that way when you write. Play the dialogue in your mind. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Be as informal as you please (without being rude). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection AVOID the Passive Voice -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate No: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset It is felt that this name best explains the command's purpose. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset We know full well who wrote the command: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset The LyX Team felt ... \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Or, better yet, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset We felt that ... \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate Things don't happen by magic - somebody or something did it. Only politicians use the passive voice to cover up who did something. If LyX reformats a paragraph, write, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX reformatted the paragraph. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset If -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default makes changes, write, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default changes the document. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Rule of thumb: any sentence you can express as, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset It was done by foo, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you can express as, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Foo did it. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Much nicer. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate I know it's tough. We all hear way, way too much garbage English on the TV every day in the @@ -2785,80 +3236,93 @@ I know it's tough. It doesn't. It makes speech baroque, if not outright byzantine. With a little effort, you can wean yourself off of it. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate I -\emph on +\emph on will make you rewrite -\emph default +\emph default anything in the passive voice. It's awkward and hard to read. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Note to non-Americans: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -Using passive voice is generally considered bad style in the U.\SpecialChar ~ -S.\SpecialChar ~ +Using passive voice is generally considered bad style in the U.\InsetSpace ~ +S.\InsetSpace ~ as it is too easy to obfuscate your words with it. It also bloats sentences, often unnecessarily. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Short Sentences. Short Paragraphs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In English, there is a grammatical error known as the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset run-on sentence. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset The classic example of a run-on sentence is 7 clauses strung together with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset and. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset There are, however, less obvious run-on sentences, ones using too many subordinate clauses. Such sentences may look elegant because they are complex. However, they are also extremely difficult to read because they are so complex. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In general, stick to short sentences in written English. Getting rid of passive voice ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} was done by\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) shortens and simplifies them. Hacking apart sentences with many dependent clauses is another way to shorten sentences. There are ways to do this yet still have a smooth-flowing paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While I'm talking about paragraphs, I'll apply the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset shorter is better \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset motto to them, as well. At the time I started with the manuals (and this Style Sheet), I didn't @@ -2869,77 +3333,103 @@ shorter is better writing manuals. Our goal is rapid information location and comprehension, not a literary prize. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is a single exception to the short sentence, short paragraph rule. Particularly complex ideas may need more \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset breathing room. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset However, you shouldn't encounter such complex ideas often when documenting LyX. Try to keep things short, and use your judgement as needed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To reiterate, yet again, something I said before: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote When in doubt, compromise. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote When in doubt, use good judgement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hopefully, you've got the idea (grin). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Translations -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rules of the Translating Trade -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While translating anything, there are certain \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tools of the trade \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you should use. They will help you greatly. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translate one paragraph at a time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most people translate word by word. Clearly, you lose all context if you do that. A word may have multiple meanings. You can't tell which unless you look at the rest of the sentence. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is another level to the context issue, however. Your dictionary may translate multiple English words the same way. All those words mean -\emph on +\emph on roughly -\emph default +\emph default the same thing. Each one, however, covers a different shade of meaning, a different mood or intent. It is often difficult to resolve those shades of meaning in the context of even one sentence. A paragraph, however, will provide that context. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection You will not translate it correctly on the first try. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alright, I admit that you may be able to translate some of the sentences at first glance. @@ -2947,17 +3437,23 @@ Alright, I admit that you may be able to translate some of the sentences Nevertheless, overconfidence can lead you astray. There will be some sentences, no matter how few, that will simply confound you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is generally a good idea to make multiple passes over a paragraph you're translating. Even if you translate the entire paragraph on the first pass, make a second one. You'll often improve upon your first attempt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection When in doubt, write down all of the meanings for a word. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can often translate tricky parts of a text using the context of the surrounding sentences. @@ -2966,26 +3462,34 @@ You can often translate tricky parts of a text using the context of the Picking the most likely translations, summarize them in one to three words in place of an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset exact \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset translation. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Using context, fix the meanings on the next pass. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is where your multiple translations of a single word become useful. Using the other sentences you translated, you can now translate that mystery--s entence without reconsulting your dictionary. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Fix the grammar only after you've finished translating the sentence. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If there's a mystery phrase in the middle of a sentence, you can't translate the entire sentence. @@ -2995,72 +3499,96 @@ If there's a mystery phrase in the middle of a sentence, you can't translate Better to wait until you've completely translated the sentence to clean up its grammar. That way, you do so only once. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection If you can't translate it, skip it and come back to it on the next pass. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember the earlier discussion of context and its immense usefulness? There is no sin in making multiple passes over a tricky passage. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translate the meaning first. The rest can wait. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The information content of the text under translation is the most important part. This is especially important for a manual, where the information -\emph on +\emph on is the only -\emph default +\emph default important part of the original document. Lose that, and you lose the very point of performing the translation. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tips for the Translators -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Those of you contributing to a translation of the LyX manuals must follow a modified set of rules. - The first few rules are analogous to those in section\SpecialChar ~ + The first few rules are analogous to those in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:english-only} -\end_inset +\end_inset . There are additional rules and regulations that follow those first few. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Write as if you are explaining LyX to a colleague you know well. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Think that way when you write. Play the dialogue in your mind. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use a conversational style in your writing. Pretend you are teaching LyX to a colleague you know well. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use a style that is polite without being too formal. If, in your culture, informal language is appropriate to use with a colleague, use informal speech in the translation of the manual. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection AVOID Snobby, Academic, Specialized, or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dead \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In English, the passive voice appears formal, dry, barren. It also often adds unnecessary complexity. @@ -3069,218 +3597,269 @@ In English, the passive voice appears formal, dry, barren. in everyday conversation. Nevertheless, your translation of the LyX manuals must avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dead \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Germany, there is a magazine known as \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Der Spiegel. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset The writing in it is so complex, it is extremely difficult for non-native German speakers to understand. While sophisticated, the writing style of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Der Spiegel \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset is not what a German uses in everyday conversation. Nor is the writing style for a Russian mathematics journal. Such specialized or overly-sophisticated styles are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dead \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the sense that they are seldom used by normal people in everyday speech. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We who write the LyX manuals, original or translated, seek to -\emph on +\emph on inform -\emph default +\emph default . If we write in a style only a few people use, and use seldomly, we will fail to inform. Use a writing style that mirrors everyday speech (without being vulgar, of course). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Keep the Writing Simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For the English version, I wrote, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Use short sentences and short paragraphs. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset What if, however, short sentences and paragraphs are something only children use in your language? What if, in yet another language, short sentences imply rudeness? Naturally, you would not want to use them in your translation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nevertheless, the translations of the LyX manuals should be as clear as the originals. So, for our international colleagues, we apply this rule: Keep your sentences and paragraphs as short as makes sense. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember: we're translating manuals here, folks. Our goal is rapid information location and comprehension, not a literary prize. Try to keep your writing concise yet smooth-flowing. And use your judgement as needed: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote When in doubt, compromise. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote When in doubt, use good judgement. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translators must follow the Style Sheet, too! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Everything in this manual --- -\emph on -except section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +except section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:english-only} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default --- applies to every LyX documenter, no matter what the language. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translators must read the Style Sheet Supplement for their language. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For every translation project, there is a Supplement to the Style Sheet. It will be named: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter DocStyle_Supplement_.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} where \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is your language's two-letter locale code. The Translation Project Chief for your language wrote this. If he hasn't, pester him to do so! < -\emph on +\emph on wink! -\emph default +\emph default > -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection The English versions of the manuals are not Sacred Text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You do not need to translate everything word for word. In fact, you shouldn't. Keep to the spirit of the originals, not the letter. Be as creative as you want, as long as you -\emph on +\emph on accurately -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on completely -\emph default +\emph default convey all of the information contained in the English versions. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Any information in the LyX manuals must also be in the translations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:accuracy} -\end_inset +\end_inset This falls under translating the orignals accurately and completely. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Omitting any feature description is -\emph on +\emph on stricly forbidden -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Misrepresenting or misdescribing any LyX feature or operation -\emph on +\emph on must be avoided -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The translation -\emph on +\emph on cannot -\emph default +\emph default outpace the original. -\newline -If no one has documented new feature in the primary LyX manuals (i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ +\newline +If no one has documented new feature in the primary LyX manuals (i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ the English versions), do not do so in the translations. If you're really looking for something to do, either: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar \ldots{} focus on translating something you haven't yet, -\newline +\newline OR -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar \ldots{} update or repair the primary manual. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you cannot or do not want to do one of the above, then take a break. Relax. Wait for the main manuals to catch up before translating anything else. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection What you cannot translate, you may omit (usually). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prepositions, idioms, metaphors, slang, Oh My! There's a jungle of potentially untranslatable text you may face. @@ -3290,34 +3869,40 @@ Prepositions, idioms, metaphors, slang, Oh My! There's a jungle of potentially If you can't translate a phrase or two, try omitting them. If the rest of the paragraph still makes sense, then don't worry about the omission. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There may be special cases where omitting part of a sentence or paragraph - violates rule\SpecialChar ~ + violates rule\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:accuracy} -\end_inset +\end_inset . In those cases, -\emph on +\emph on do not omit! -\emph default +\emph default You must try and translate those tricky spots. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translators may add their own fluff to the information content. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After you do strip away all of the idioms, metaphors, slang, humor, and other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset expendable text, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you may find that your translated manual is dull and dry. Why not add your own fluff? Add text that makes the manual a pleasure to @@ -3325,88 +3910,116 @@ expendable text, It may take the form of humor, or metaphors, or sayings. Whatever you add, it should be \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in context. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It should not clash with the explanation of LyX features and functions. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection For Translation Project Chiefs -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection The First Is In Charge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you were the first person to start translating the manuals, you're the LyXDoc Translation Project Chief for your language. If you are the -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default person translating the LyXDocs, that automatically makes you the Translation Project Chief. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amongst other things, that means that you must read this section and perform the tasks described here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are a member of a LyX Documentation Translation Team, but -\emph on +\emph on are not -\emph default +\emph default its Chief, you may stop reading. The remainder of this section will be of no interest to you. If you came to the Style Sheet from the Supplement for your language, you may return to it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have not read the Style Sheet Supplement for your language, you should read it now. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Read the Style Sheet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No documenter is excused from following the Style Sheet, not even a Translation Project Chief. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Actually, it is -\emph on +\emph on especially -\emph default +\emph default important that the Translation Project Chiefs read the Style Sheet. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Make your translators read the Style Sheet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No documenter is excused from following the Style Sheet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since your translation team is translating, they know -\emph on +\emph on some -\emph default +\emph default English, at least. Therefore, they should be able to read the Style Sheet. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Provide a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Supplement \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to this Style Sheet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are parts of this Style Sheet that are English-specific. I have tried to provide a general, language-independent description of @@ -3414,329 +4027,382 @@ There are parts of this Style Sheet that are English-specific. Unfortunately, that general description doesn't cover the specifics of each language. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That's where you, as head of a LyXDoc Translation Team, come in. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Every Translation Team Chief is -\emph on +\emph on required -\emph default +\emph default to write a Supplement to the official Documentation Style Sheet, with specifics issues affecting your language. (You are, after all, the LyX Team expert on your native tongue.) Follow these guidelines when writing the Supplement: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Name the file: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle_Supplement_.lyx -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline \SpecialChar \ldots{} where \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is the two-letter code for your language. This is the same two-letter code that is part of the filenames for the translated manuals. Example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _de -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for German, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _sv -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for Swedish, and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _ru -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for Russian. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Do not worry about where the file goes. The CVS maintainers will locate all documentation and Style Sheet Supplements in an appropriate place. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Document Properties: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize For consistency, use the same document class and other document properties as the Style Sheet. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Specifically, check the settings in the -\family sans +\family sans Document Layout -\family default +\family default popup. Use those in your Supplement. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exceptions: Use margins, indentation/paragraph separation, language, and encoding appropriate for your language. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The title of the Supplement: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The title will use the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraph environment. In your native tongue, the title will read: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Documentation Project Style Sheet: -\newline +\newline Supplement for the Translation Project -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Replace \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset with the name of your language.) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize If, in your language, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset supplement \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset translates into \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset appendix, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset we have a problem. In English, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Supplement \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset have somewhat different meanings. An appendix is an extra part of a document. A supplement is an extra document. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Choose a replacement word accordingly. Whatever you choose to replace \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Supplement, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset it must not have the same translation as the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset appendix. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Below the title, in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraph environment, place your name. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard There will be no abstract. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The first -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default of the Supplement: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The first thing you will do is strongly yet politely encourage the reader to stop reading the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Supplement \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and go read the Style Sheet. The reader should not return to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Supplement \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset until he has read -\emph on +\emph on and -\emph default +\emph default understood the Style Sheet proper. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Keep the Supplement Succinct -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This Style Sheet is already very detailed. DocTeam members all have a lot to read. We don't want to place an extra burden on translators. Therefore, keep the Supplement as short as you can without losing information. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Font Issues -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The second -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default will be about font issues\SpecialChar \ldots{} if you have any. Not all Translation Project Chiefs will need to deal with this issue. The fonts: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Sans Serif -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Roman -\newline +\newline -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized (actually Italics) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\bar under +\bar under Underlined -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\series bold + +\series bold Bold -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Noun (actually Small Caps) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} certainly exist for all languages that use the Roman alphabet. @@ -3744,160 +4410,181 @@ certainly exist for all languages that use the Roman alphabet. fonts almost certainly do not exist for Devanagri, Chinese, Korean, Japanese, Hebrew, Arabic, and other scripts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There will be some languages for which following the font-scheme specified in this Style Sheet may not be possible. If you are the Translation Project Chief for such a language, you have extra work. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the font section of the Supplement, you will provide a new typographic style, designed specifically for your writing system. For consistency, the title of this section in every Supplement should translate into English as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fonts. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Before adding anything to this section, however, determine what this new typographic style will look like. Stick to the font specifications in this Style Sheet as best you can, whenever you can. When you cannot, use the following suggestions: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Guidelines for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset translating \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fonts, -\newline +\newline or -\newline +\newline What to do when a font doesn't exist: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Roman Use the font that typesetters in your language use for printing books, manuals, etc. This will typically be the default font LyX (and LaTeX) uses in your language. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\noun on -Noun\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +Noun\InsetSpace ~ Style -\noun default +\noun default This is for people's names. If there is special font for names in your alphabet/writing system, use it in place of this. Otherwise, write names in the default font, typeset according to the rules of your language. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default Use the font with which your language normally emphasizes text. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Use a font that is different from your language's equivalent of -\series bold +\series bold Boldface -\series default +\series default . In other words, your -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default and similar headers will be in one typeface, perhaps -\series bold +\series bold Boldface -\series default +\series default , perhaps not. Whatever that font is, avoid using it for -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default if at all possible! -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default Pick up a computer program manual written in your language. It will use a special typeface for filenames, for command names, program names, and such. Use that same font in place of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default Pick any other font that is different from the ones you're using in place of -\emph on +\emph on Emphasized -\emph default +\emph default , -\series bold +\series bold Boldface -\series default +\series default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . If you're unlucky, and your language's writing system doesn't have enough fonts, use the same font you picked to replace -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default . Only do this, however, if your alphabet/writing system has very few fonts to pick from. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -nderlined\SpecialChar ~ -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nderlined\InsetSpace ~ +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default Don't worry about this one. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you use some special font on-screen to highlight the accelerator keys for menus, buttons, and other widgets, you might want to mimic that in @@ -3905,30 +4592,33 @@ If you use some special font on-screen to highlight the accelerator keys It is not required, however. Therefore, if you can't mimic this typographic convention in your native writing system, don't. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Note that you may also want to describe fonts that your Translation Team should -\emph on +\emph on never -\emph default +\emph default use. For example, no contributer to the English/European versions may ever use -\series bold +\series bold Boldface -\series default +\series default , as this is used for section-headings. Since there are enough other fonts, we who use the Roman alphabet and its variants can afford to omit -\series bold +\series bold Boldface -\series default +\series default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once you have determined which fonts in your native writing system will replace one or more of the above, propose it to the LyX Developer's Mailing @@ -3939,62 +4629,76 @@ Once you have determined which fonts in your native writing system will also okay. Go ahead and describe the typographic standard you created in the Supplement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember: stick to the font specifications in this Style Sheet as best you can, whenever you can. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Quoting Style and the -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default vs. -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default Issue -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next section of the Supplement will cover the issue of quoting. Give it an appropriate title. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the first things you should do in that section is resolve the following issue: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Decide whether -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default is the correct paragraph environment for your language. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize In the Supplement, specify which one to use. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard English has its own typography and style for quoting others. - The Style Sheet describes that typography in section\SpecialChar ~ + The Style Sheet describes that typography in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Your language also has a specific typography and style for quotations. Describe that style in this section of the Supplement, too. Naturally, you do not need to go overboard. - Section\SpecialChar ~ + Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset of this Style Sheet is overly detailed for a good reason. Authors of the primary LyX manuals are not necessarily native English speakers. @@ -4002,289 +4706,327 @@ English has its own typography and style for quoting others. speakers of your language. Therefore, discuss proper quoting style of your native tongue to an appropriate level of detail. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Translations of Style Sheet Terminology -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the Supplement, you must provide a standard translation of certain key phrases for the members of your Translation Team. Place this in a section following the one about quotations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In particular, standardize the translations of the phrases: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Note from -\noun on +\noun on : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default change the typography of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Personal Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset however. Only provide a translation for the opening phrases. Insist that the members of your Translation Team use these two tools correctly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While we are discussing proper use of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Personal Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in translations, let's talk about a related problem. The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is meant to be a note from the author of a manual to the reader. In the case of a translation, however, the translator is -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default the author! How then should a translator translate an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You, as Translation Project Chief, must decide. You can forbid translation of pre-existing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Notes, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset omitting them entirely instead. You could tell your translators to read any \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset they may encounter, understand it, then write their own \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset about the situation, not as a translation but as a personal opinion. You may decide on some other policy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Whatever you decide, codify your policy in its own -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default or whatever. Place it near the section where you translated \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Personal Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Author's Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Lost in Translation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After describing all of the previous issues, create a new -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . Give it the name, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lost in Translation, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or something similar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this section you will discuss any common English metaphors, humor, connotatio n, or other difficult to translate text. Try to balance brevity and completeness. Devote a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default --- or even -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default s --- to each specific issue. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Yes, we mean now. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Throughout the manuals, the DocTeam has used the following sentences: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote If you haven't read the < -\emph on +\emph on Foo -\emph default +\emph default > manual, go read it. Yes, we mean now. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This sentence will be tricky to translate, since it contains non-translatable connotations. Therefore, create a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default for this issue in your \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lost in Translation \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset section. Present the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} Yes, we mean now\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sentences, then present a translation, along with any explanation you feel necessary. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's what those two sentences, sitting alone in their own paragraph, mean: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first sentence uses the English conditional followed by an imperative. We, as the LyX team, are commanding the reader to go back to another manual. For example, the -\emph on +\emph on Intro -\emph default +\emph default manual is a prerequisite for all of the other manuals. The conditional clause preceeding the command means, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You do not need to perform this command twice. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The second sentence adds force to the command. Culturally, the imperative tense of a verb in English is not necessarily forceful. The way we wrote that command, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset go read it, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is firm, yet polite. The reader may choose to ignore it. By following with, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Yes, we mean now, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset we imply two things. First, we add some \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resistive force \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to the command. That second sentence reinforces the command, making it a bit harder to @@ -4294,76 +5036,88 @@ resistive force The brief pragraph, and its sudden end, add still further subtle reinforcement to the command, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset go do the required reading before using this manual. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that all of this commanding and reinforcing is nevertheless in a polite format. Furthermore, it is in a subtle form. We are commanding the reader to do something, but in an indirect fashion. This way, the reader does not feel like we are bullying him. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Firm Convincing vs. Rudeness -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the same part of the Supplement that you place the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} Yes, we mean now\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset translation, discuss the English version's use of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset firm convincing. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You see, here in America, we often say that everything is permitted unless explicitly banned by law. As a result, manuals for computer software are frequently ignored and the software subsequently blamed for not being \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset user-friendly. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset This is where the use of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset firm convincing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset comes in. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We who wrote the manuals added sentences insisting that the reader not ignore certain parts of the documentation. We wrote in a manner that was polite, yet firmly asserted that the user was misusing the software if he did not read the manual correctly. We did not, however, want to sound threatening, coercive, or bullying. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In your culture, cajoling the reader into using the manuals correctly may not be necessary. @@ -4372,29 +5126,38 @@ In your culture, cajoling the reader into using the manuals correctly may The translation may sound weird, or rude, or hostile. Therefore, you and your translation team will face many sentences that you cannot translate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You, the Translation Project Chief, must discuss this issue. Try and find parts of the original manuals where some friendly but firm convincing does not translate properly. Use these cases as the basis for examples of the problem. - Be sure to then offer a solution (i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ + Be sure to then offer a solution (i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ how you want such sentences translated.) If stumped, ask for help on the LyX Developer's List. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Anything Else? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can add more sections to the Supplement if you need to discuss other issues. There may be policies or guidelines that you want to set for your Translation Team. Be careful, however! Keep the Supplement -\emph on +\emph on short -\emph default +\emph default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/Extended.lyx index 546e17b689..4ef5955096 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Extended.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Extended.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -10,13 +12,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,54 +28,69 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Extended LyX Features -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Principal maintainer of this file is -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default manual, which you are now reading, is essentially Part II of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide\SpecialChar \@. -\emph default +\emph default The reason for splitting this document is simple: the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default is already huge, and it contains all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents. However, the LyX Team has a long-term goal of making LyX extensible through @@ -83,53 +99,61 @@ User's Guide can create a layout file for it without having to alter LyX itself. We've already had contributions of several new features this way. This is the place where all of that gets documented. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly. Lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX. After all, LyX -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default only WYSIWYM, and will only ever interface to certain LaTeX features. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Of course, with all of this extra documentation, -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default may itself grow too big for its britches. In that case, you can just call it the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Overextended Manual \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for fun! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you haven't read the -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual. The -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default is the first place to go, since it will direct you to the correct manual, and it also describes the notation and format of all of the manuals. You should also be thoroughly familiar with the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default and all of the basic features of LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by an individual and are noted as such. @@ -137,255 +161,300 @@ In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by class or LaTeX package, or implemented the feature. If there is no mention of an author to a chapter [or chapter sections], that means it was written by the LyX Documentation Team. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since all the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction with LaTeX, this first chapter covers -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the LaTeX code you want. It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX and LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious. In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable output. This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At one time, we called LyX a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset but that's no longer true. There are frontends to LaTeX out there. They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors in the file you're editing. Although LyX -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default an editor, and it -\emph on +\emph on does -\emph default +\emph default run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much more. Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively. LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX. Try the following sometime: select -\family sans +\family sans Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file. You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX. These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use in the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX. They are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View\SpecialChar ~ +View\InsetSpace ~ -\emph on +\emph on Format -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\emph on +\emph on Format -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator F -\bar default +\bar default ax -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time LaTeX was run. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default in place of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Run LaTeX on the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file (maybe several times). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If there are any errors, insert error boxes in the document to mark where they are. These boxes are transient and are not saved along with the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you've run LaTeX using -\family sans -View\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +View\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default , LyX then executes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default on the Dvi file. If you've used -\family sans -View\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +View\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default , LyX performs two more steps: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize For -\family sans -View\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +View\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\family default +\family default , the output file has the extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize For -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ , the output file has the extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default , as expected. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Execute -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default or send the PostScript® file to the printer. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We're going to set the record straight. LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files. @@ -394,129 +463,143 @@ We're going to set the record straight. Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily scan for errors. The resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file is not human readable. Don't even try to read it. If you want a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file that you can send to a colleague, select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default command in LyX. This will call a Perl script named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ---which will create a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default from the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default ---and then open that file. If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default from the command line, possibly using fancier options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating a file with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default has its own section in the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual (as well as a Unix manpage equivalent), which you should read to find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around them), and how to use the various options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you can't get -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file, see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into any LyX document. @@ -524,218 +607,270 @@ Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents LaTeX construct. If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can use the ERT box, which you can insert into your document with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default . The ERT box comes in three forms: collapsed, open, and inlined. The first two are used just like any other collapsable (foldable) box (such as footnotes), and are useful for significant amounts of LaTeX commands. An \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset inlined \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ERT box displays its content as part of the button, and is useful for very short sections of LaTeX commands. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % like this -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can switch between all three by right-clicking on the ERT. Note that if you want more than one line of LaTeX commands, you cannot use the inlined mode. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document. The code looks like this: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline This is an example for a minipage environment. You -\newline +\newline can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) -\newline +\newline figures and tables. -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline & -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline This ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The ERT box containing this text is directly after this paragraph. Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text in red. Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard & -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This ... -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing some complex LaTeX structure. You can then use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default to include your file (you should select the type -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default ). We recommend that you only do this if you have a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file which you -\emph on +\emph on know -\emph default +\emph default works already. Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few last notes to emphasize: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears -\emph on +\emph on in red -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX -\emph on +\emph on does not -\emph default +\emph default check if your LaTeX code is correct. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Beware reinventing the wheel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That last note refers to two things. First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are @@ -746,59 +881,71 @@ That last note refers to two things. things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Requirements \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default ). \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : I seem to do this an awful lot. Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this. Worse yet --- I had them already! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance. There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the beginning of the actual text. They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX and the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for. @@ -807,285 +954,330 @@ If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default the text. It serves to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize declare the document class. LyX already does this for you. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have some custom document class you want to use, check out the -\emph on +\emph on Customization Manual -\emph default +\emph default for information on how to make LyX interface to it. Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future versions! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize declare the usage of packages. LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. For example, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default forces all paragraphs to be indented. There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize set counters, variables, lengths and widths. There are several LaTeX counters and variables which -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document, too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble. Another example is the label format for lists. You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it just once, inside the preamble. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize declare user defined commands [with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default ], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside a document. Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they -\emph on +\emph on can -\emph default +\emph default be declared anywhere else [but -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]. This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document, which normally should not be the case. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file it produces. This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing the Preamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you can't change them without patching LyX itself. You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble. There are two ways to do this: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reamble -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default menu, or via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog, depending on your frontend. Note that the LyX keybindings will not work in this dialog, alas. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use the preamble contents you've added as your default template (see \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Basic LyX Setup \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default ), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX adds anything in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reamble -\family default +\family default dialog to its own built-in preamble. Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do (remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?). Also, -\emph on +\emph on make sure your preamble code is correct -\emph default +\emph default . LyX doesn't check it. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Examples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they do: -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #1: Offsets -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . Their names should be self-explanatory. These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same. This is where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default come in. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The default values for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default - are both 0 pt.,\SpecialChar ~ -i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + are both 0 pt.,\InsetSpace ~ +i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ the page isn't shifted. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and your sysadmin is a doofus, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default can save the day. Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big. You can add this to the preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and your margins should now be correct. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #2: Labels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, for printing sheets of labels, called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default . Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. We leave that up to you to check. @@ -1093,329 +1285,391 @@ labels.sty that for you. Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you use this package. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, make sure you're using the -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default document class. Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=3 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=7 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=9mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=2mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360. You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code, placing the commands -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default around each label text. This and other special features of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default are explained in its documentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly. Maybe that someone is you. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Americans are trained to indent the first line of -\emph on +\emph on every -\emph default +\emph default paragraph. As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : This was written by an American --- -\emph on +\emph on me -\emph default +\emph default ! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen. Tough if you don't like it. Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph -\emph on +\emph on if -\emph default +\emph default it follows another one. The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another. If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package, and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #4: This Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do. You'll probably need to make the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default dialog full-screen to see most of it. Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dirty tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - given in Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + given in Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX and LaTeX Errors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep going. It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document. If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset at the appropriate place in the document. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was. This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset It will also display a message alerting you to the fact that there were errors. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can navigate through the errors by using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rror -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigate -\family default +\family default menu. You can \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset open \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ -Log\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ +Log\InsetSpace ~ File -\family default +\family default . There are some fairly common error messages and warnings. We'll cover those here. You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset debugging \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the LaTeX code itself. You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that you need to make another run. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can by-and-large ignore these. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find. The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that LaTeX used. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can safely ignore these. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX absolutely -\emph on +\emph on loves -\emph default +\emph default to spew these out. They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right margin. @@ -1423,367 +1677,436 @@ loves Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin. LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can ignore these stupid messages. Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide; just look at the output. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Not quite as common as its cousin. LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to ones that are a bit too narrow. We have no idea why. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can ignore these, too. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Warnings about troubles breaking the page. Once again, just look at the output. Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset not found -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The file \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset isn't installed on this system. This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing. Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator L -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default TeX Configuration -\family default +\family default , to get a list of packages that LyX knows about. This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you -\emph on +\emph on did -\emph default +\emph default use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install it yourself. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package. Check the package's documentation. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Undefined control sequence -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll get one of these. You may have forgotten to load a package. In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined command. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard There are other error and warning messages. Some are self-explanatory. These are usually LaTeX messages. Others are downright cryptic. These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have -\emph on +\emph on no clue -\emph default +\emph default what they mean or how to decipher them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document, it means that there are errors in the preamble. Start debugging your preamble. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself. Check for missing packages and install them. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Okay, so there are no missing packages. Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you -\emph on +\emph on misuse -\emph default +\emph default any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Linebreak -\family default +\family default s, or -\family sans +\family sans Pagebreak -\family default +\family default s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by the rules. Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line. Preferrably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem. If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. If you nested a bunch of environments to the \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset level, that's the problem. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked. If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you need to: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate rescale the figure so it fits. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate trim down the table so it fits. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If all this doesn't help --- well, then -\emph on +\emph on perhaps -\emph default +\emph default you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Supplemental Tools -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent STOP! If you don't know what BibTeX is, or have a reasonably good idea of how to use it ( -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\emph default +\emph default setting up your own bibliographic databases), -\emph on +\emph on run -\emph default +\emph default , do not walk, to your nearest copy of the 2nd edition of Lamport's -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default , particularly Appendix B. The rest of this discussion assumes you have created a correct bibliography file, that you have all relevant environment variables set correctly (esp. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BIBINPUTS -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BSTINPUTS -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default ), and that if sufficiently desperate, you could create and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a LaTeX file with a BibTeX database. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large database of your most used journal references. @@ -1792,163 +2115,177 @@ For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large Even if you write only a few papers with handful of references each, it is well worth your time to examine BibTeX and decide whether it will be useful to you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use BibTeX with LyX, first read the -\emph on +\emph on User Guide -\emph default +\emph default where it describes how to insert citations. The basic mechanism for inserting BibTeX references is the same. Then, at the very end of your document, select -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\family default +\family default / -\family sans +\family sans TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator BibTeX Reference -\family default +\family default . In the resulting dialog, fill out the dialog boxes as follows: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Database: enter the name of your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default file -\emph on +\emph on without -\emph default +\emph default the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default extension. For searching multiple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default files, just enter them in the desired order, separated by commas. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Style: enter the name of your BibTeX style file *without* the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bst -\family default +\family default extension. The default style is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plain -\family default +\family default (which should be included in your LaTeX distribution, so you don't have to worry about creating it). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For each citation, assuming that the source is in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default file, just call -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default itation Reference -\family default +\family default at the correct location in the text, and enter the appropriate reference key. Nothing else is required; when invoking -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , for example, you should see that BibTex and LaTeX are invoked as needed, including multiple invocations of LaTeX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Making an Index -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A good index is one of the hardest things to make in a lengthy document, but LyX helps make things a bit simpler by interfacing to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default program which is found in most recent LaTeX distributions. Inserting an index and marking words to include in it works much the same way as preparing a bibliography as mentioned in the last section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, go to the end of your file and select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndex -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Then, for each word you would like to include in the index, go to the end of that word and click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndex -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Entry -\family default +\family default . This will insert a tag showing the word as it will appear in the index. That's all there is to it; LyX will automatically call -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default for you and create the index itself. The text in the dialog available from right-clicking on the index button accepts LaTeX, so you'll need to be careful to avoid using any special @@ -1957,24 +2294,32 @@ makeindex the documentation which comes with your LaTeX distribution to find out how to do things like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nested entries \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Be careful not to put spaces between the word in the text and the index marker; apparently the wrong page number can be produced if this happens. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Multipart Documents -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection General Operation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something @@ -1985,11 +2330,11 @@ When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient , observations, results, discussion, and conclusion. Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus the five included files. @@ -2000,157 +2345,169 @@ master attempt to mix book classes with article classes. You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their own preamble -\emph on +\emph on (i.e. -\emph default +\emph default everything up to and including the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default line as well as the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to include files quite easily with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator ChiI -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default . When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location. Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included, and the method of its inclusion. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The file selection box should by now be obvious. The three inclusion methods are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The difference between \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is that files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset included \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset inputted \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are typeset starting on the current page. Perhaps the labeling in LyX will be changed someday to reflect this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have all the preamble information. Checking the -\family sans +\family sans Don't -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans typeset -\family default +\family default button prevents this conversion. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears - in the file, i.e.\SpecialChar ~ + in the file, i.e.\InsetSpace ~ verbatim mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font. Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces. However, setting the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default -ark\SpecialChar ~ -spaces\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ark\InsetSpace ~ +spaces\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ output -\family default +\family default checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space. -\emph on +\emph on -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cross-References Between Files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two @@ -2159,227 +2516,265 @@ It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset buffer \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to use. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algorithms -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The package -\family sans +\family sans algorithm -\family default +\family default is needed by LyX to be able to output algorithm floats. These are useful in placing short algorithms across page breaks and support an index of algorithms too. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Subfigures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The package -\family sans +\family sans subfigure -\family default +\family default is used by LyX when you select ``subfigure'' in the graphics dialog and enter the subfigure caption. Several figures marked in this way can be packed into a single float with individual sub-captions. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The default page layout is rather plain; for an article document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. This document is the book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier, but to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , as mentioned in the -\family sans -User\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +User\InsetSpace ~ Guide -\family default +\family default . This section describes the LaTeX codes you need to insert in your LaTeX preamble or the text in order to get the desired effects. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The footer is also divided into these three fields. The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot -\family default +\family default , etc. Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page. Simply insert the following command in the preamble: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You will now see your name in the upper left. If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command with a blank argument, e.g. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (e.g. Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.g. Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in the lower right. The following commands should now appear in the preamble: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{Section -\backslash +\backslash thesection} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rhead{Page -\backslash +\backslash thepage} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rfoot{ -\backslash +\backslash today} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The codes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thesection -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thepage -\family default +\family default access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current section and page numbers. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash today -\family default +\family default simply prints out today's date. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified. @@ -2387,226 +2782,304 @@ The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. Use the commands, e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\family default +\family default to set the thicknesses. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{plain} -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{fancy} -\family default +\family default . Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as TeX code. In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are more complex commands which will let you insert things in the upper left on odd numbered pages, etc., but I will refer you to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default package documentation for more descriptions. For example, if you have a teTeX installation, look for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/\SpecialChar \- fancyhdr.dvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As a final example, it is possible to include an Encapsulated PostScript® file in the header or footer. Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner. You might try something like -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent (you may need to preface this with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default if you don't include EPS files elsewhere in your document). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Minipages -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called minipages. - Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\SpecialChar ~ + Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~ apply. LyX also provides some of the minipage capability. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box; insert one via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mini -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default age -\family default +\family default . Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the minipage's width and alignment within the page. Warning: if the minipage is too long to fit on a page, it is truncated, not wrapped onto the next page. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default to insert a special instruction known in the LaTeX world as an -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default to put a maximum amount of space between them; it forces one minipage to the left edge, the other to the right edge. The examples below show the difference. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a minipage which does not use hfill. This is the second sentence of a minipage which does not use hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a second minipage which does not use hfill. This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does not use hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip Here is some normal text to separate the two examples. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a minipage which does use hfill. This is the second sentence of a minipage which does use hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a second minipage which does use hfill. This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does use hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wrapping Text Around Figures \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure placement r width "6cm" -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics @@ -2615,70 +3088,84 @@ collapsed false width 40col% rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes it -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A very frequently asked question is whether text can be made to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset wrap \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset around figures so that a figure occupies some fraction of the column width and text fills the rest. If you have the LaTeX package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floatflt -\family default +\family default installed (you can find out about it in the -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX Configuration -\emph default +\emph default manual) you can do this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At the right is a figure of a mobius strip---you should have already seen this in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . To wrap the text like this insert a wrap box via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ts\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floatflt Figure -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note: this package is very fragile! For example, having a figure too close to the bottom of the page will mess things up, as will having two figures close together. Use this package sparingly and do read the documentation that came with it (which will also tell you how to wrap text around tables). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Extra Table Options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate, occasionally you will run into one which requires a bit of extra tweaking. @@ -2689,102 +3176,108 @@ While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate, in LaTeX, each column is given an alignment type. For example, you would give it \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for left-aligned, centered, and right-aligned columns respectively (which appear as the left/center/right radio buttons in LyX). A fourth type is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , which will make a column of a specified width (the width box in LyX), and will wrap text within that box. A fifth type is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (vertical bar) which rather than making a column will make a vertical rule at that point; this manifests itself in LyX as the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset borders \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset buttons. Finally, there is a type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , which allows you to use whatever is enclosed in the accompanying braces as the column separator, including a null argument. The reasons for doing this may not be obvious, but they can be very powerful. They are best demonstrated by example. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is a standard table: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2795,123 +3288,139 @@ Here is a standard table: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides. If you wanted the line to end even with the text, we can put a null separator on the ends to get rid of the bit of extra space LaTeX adds by default. Here is the example: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2922,175 +3431,195 @@ Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this case, the column specifier for the left column was set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , while the right column was set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l @{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in order to put the null characters on the edges. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now suppose you really wanted, for reasons that are completely opaque, to use \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset with some space around it for the column separator. Simply turn off the vertical border, then set the right column specifier to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{~$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~} l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You could now make a table like this: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3101,119 +3630,135 @@ pi}$~} l \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not. Suppose you want to make a table that has a column which is aligned on @@ -3224,8 +3769,10 @@ Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not. A variation on this is to include the decimal point explicitly with the whole part, then use just a null separator in between. The latter variation is demonstrated here: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3237,433 +3784,495 @@ Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Expression -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Value -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 36. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 80663. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Though it appears a bit funny in LyX, on paper it will produce what appears to be a 2-column table in which the right column is aligned on the decimal point and the header appears to be centered over it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Perhaps it is best if I described just what I did: first, create a 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 table and remove all the borders. Then re-add a bottom border to the top row, and a right border to the first column. Type in the values for the first column and set its alignment to -\family sans +\family sans center -\family default +\family default . Type in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3. -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 36. -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 80663. -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1. -\family default +\family default and set that column's alignment to -\family sans +\family sans right -\family default +\family default . Type in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1416 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 462 -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default and set the extra column alignment to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default . Finally type in the word -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Value -\family default +\family default in the middle column, highlight it and the blank entry to its right, and check the -\family sans +\family sans Special Cell -\family default +\family default entry -\family sans +\family sans multicolumn -\family default +\family default . Easy, right? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default package. Add the following to the LateX preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the -\family sans +\family sans Special Column Alignment -\family default +\family default box of the -\family sans +\family sans Table -\family default +\family default dialog the following: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{number of decimals of the data} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well. A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This method offers the same flexibility as the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default package. One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column types in the preamble. The syntax is as follows: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The interested reader is directed towards the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default package documentation for more details. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Itemize Bullet Selection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each @@ -3671,40 +4280,48 @@ LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How it looks -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Open the dialog by selecting the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default menu item and then select the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullets -\family default +\family default tab. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six @@ -3715,12 +4332,16 @@ The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the LaTeX preamble. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3731,459 +4352,535 @@ The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Button -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Packages Required -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none base LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Maths -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none amssymb.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have. If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file then its likely you are missing a package. LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How to use it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size. -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document using xdvi or ghostview. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you -\emph on +\emph on really -\emph default +\emph default want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each then you're going to have to get your hands dirty. The itemize bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes. To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Use the LaTeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{}{} -\family default +\family default to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth. You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards. In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelitem -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in square brackets and set as TeX. For example, this item was started with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect. The way used here was: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Special Document Classes -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications. The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be. @@ -4193,21 +4890,23 @@ The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical That documentation is available on the Web at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset or by ftp at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset .These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing. There are currently 4 distinct AMS LaTeX layouts: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart: The standard AMS-article format. All results and similar statements are numbered as \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions @@ -4215,24 +4914,30 @@ amsart: The standard AMS-article format. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq: Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence, with no reference to the section number. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-plain: This one is even more terse, since all the environments are unnumbered. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format. Numbering is similar to the amsart layout, except that all numbering is by \begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , where the first number refers to the chapter, the second to the section, and the third is the number of the results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions @@ -4240,27 +4945,33 @@ amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Any AMS LyX file can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by simply changing the document class in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What these layouts provide -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. Most mathematical papers or books will set as special statements most of @@ -4269,265 +4980,373 @@ There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX. The list of environments (not counting the standard environments such as -\family sans +\family sans sections, bibliography, title, author, date -\family default +\family default ), is: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. The word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Theorem -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset appears in bold type, along with an automatically-determined number (an unnumbered version, -\family sans +\family sans Theorem* -\family default +\family default , is also available). The text is italicized. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements. Again, these can be major results. Unnumbered version -\family sans +\family sans Corollary* -\family default +\family default is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Criterion A required condition. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Algorithm A general procedure to be used. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Definition Guess what this is for. The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment than for the previous ones. The heading ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset definition \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest is set upright. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Example Typeset similarly to Definition. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Condition -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Problem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Exercise -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem. This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Note Set similarly to the Remark environment. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Notation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Claim -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Summary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Acknowledgement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances of some condition. The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered statements. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conclusion -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Fact -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proof The word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\shape italic +\shape italic Proof -\shape default +\shape default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is set in italics, but the rest is set upright. At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with different styles) is placed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Address This should be the author's permanent address. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Current\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Current\InsetSpace ~ Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission, if different from the Address. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Email Author's e-mail address -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description URL Author's Web address, if desired. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and described in -\emph on +\emph on Mathematical Reviews -\emph default +\emph default . These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Thanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dedicatory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Translator -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In addition, these environments automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and AMS fonts packages. They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dinbrief -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The document class -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\family default +\family default can be used to type letters according to German conventions. A template file is included in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates -\family default +\family default for you to use as a starting point. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The document class -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default provides an alternative to the standard -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default class. It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections, headings, and more. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A&A Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics -\emph default +\emph default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default using -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default Version 5.01 of the document class -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa.cls -\family default +\family default . This package can be downloaded from the ftp site -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but merely a short guide how to realize the correct form of your paper. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. @@ -4536,205 +5355,251 @@ Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01. If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A V4) -\family default +\family default . Please refer to the comments in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Getting started -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX. If you are not using a template, note the following settings: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Select -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A) -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog (OK, that one was obvious). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Don't change the option -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ style -\family default +\family default : Leave it set to -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default . The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The header block -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First thing to enter is the header information. It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional. They are -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : [required] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subtitle -\family default +\family default : [optional] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default : [required] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : [required] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Offprints -\family default +\family default : [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Mail -\family default +\family default : [optional] mail address for contacts. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : [required]. Suggested format is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Received: ; Accepted -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is no need to issue the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished. Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.g. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote. -\family default +\family default LyX will automagically use the term -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks{} -\family default +\family default in that case. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands that have no counterpart in LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\family default +\family default to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel y. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\family default +\family default to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email{address} -\family default +\family default to supply an email address for fast contact. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked as LaTeX code. See the examples. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The abstract should immediately follow the header block. With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there @@ -4742,345 +5607,435 @@ The abstract should immediately follow the header block. In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\family default +\family default by hand and mark it as LaTeX code. Refer to the example paper. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Acknowledgment -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some commands are not yet supported by the -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default layout for LyX. Some have already been mentioned. For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash appendix -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorrunning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash inst{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash object{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titlerunning{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. -\series bold +\series bold Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figure and Table Floats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX provides support for the necessary float environments -\family sans +\family sans figure, figure*, table -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans table* -\family default +\family default , therefore we won't tell much about it here. Refer to the -\emph on -User's\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide -\emph default +\emph default . Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. For that, select the table and change the alignment in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure. To create such a figure, you have to do the following: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Create a wide figure float: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default t\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure -\family default +\family default , then right click in the figure and select -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pan\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pan\InsetSpace ~ columns -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Enter your caption text. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Press -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to move the cursor above the caption. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Insert your figure -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator H -\bar default -orizontal\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +orizontal\InsetSpace ~ Fill -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Switch to LaTeX mode: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ -\family default +\family default . -\series bold +\series bold Do not close the brace! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert the closing brace: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, refer to the figures in the example paper. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Referee layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to give the option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default to the documentclass. This must be done using the extra class options field in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. Just enter the string -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default there. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The example paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default directory contains an example paper written with LyX. It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to LyX. Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way of writing. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they @@ -5094,15 +6049,39 @@ AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with LyX. The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AASTeX Web site -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX. @@ -5111,48 +6090,52 @@ A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Starting a New Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file. Click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default , enter the new file name, then choose the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.lyx -\family default +\family default template. This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) with the correct information. Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default , which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the template file. For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and @@ -5160,728 +6143,809 @@ altaffiltext Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text. I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but there is still a bit more required than any of us would like. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Finishing Your Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, there are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset postprocessing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file with your favorite text editor -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate remove the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage...{fontenc} -\family default +\family default line if it appears (usually just after -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default }; also remove the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash secnumdepth -\family default +\family default line if it appears. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble (which should appear immediately after the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset comment in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Submit it. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comments On Specific Commands -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands: the AASTeX User Guide ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aasguide.tex -\family default +\family default ) gives a good description of each. Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary. So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work as expected -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section they are found in: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (2.1.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default (2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affil -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords -\family default +\family default (2.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash paragraph -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash facility -\family default +\family default (2.10), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{eqnarray} -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mathletters} -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{thebibliography} -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default (2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{table} -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular} -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default (2.15.4, amongst other places), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs -\family default +\family default (2.15.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablecomments -\family default +\family default (2.15.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default (2.17.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default (2.18). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following style options also work correctly: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter longabstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default (3.2.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default (3.2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqsecnum -\family default +\family default (3.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushrt -\family default +\family default (3.4). Simply put them in the -\family sans +\family sans Options -\family default +\family default box in -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following items work, but require a little more discussion: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash received -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash revised -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ccc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cpright -\family default +\family default (all from 2.1.3) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks in the template file: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash slugcomment -\family default +\family default (2.1.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shorttitle -\family default +\family default (2.1.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortauthors -\family default +\family default (2.1.5) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash notetoeditor -\family default +\family default (2.6) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by hand -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash placefigure -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- same as for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acknowledgements -\family default +\family default (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash appendix -\family default +\family default (2.11) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default (2.14.2) -- you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short Title -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Short Title \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset inserts an optional argument of the type needed by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default . Hopefully it will be renamed someday. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash objectname -\family default +\family default (2.17.1) -- same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default for the catalog ID optional parameter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dataset -\family default +\family default (2.17.1) -- same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default for the catalog ID optional parameter -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqnum -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figurenum -\family default +\family default (2.14.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsscale -\family default +\family default (2.14.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default (2.14.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plottwo -\family default +\family default (2.14.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenum -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\family default +\family default (2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it. Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark -\family default +\family default (2.15.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext -\family default +\family default (2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash objectname -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dataset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default ; see above), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash singlespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onecolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twocolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that cannot be implemented -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. @@ -5889,229 +6953,261 @@ Things that cannot be implemented (2.15). If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor, then using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default to include it in your LyX document. See the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aas_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default file to see an example of this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document class. When all else fails, do this: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX. Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.layout -\family default +\family default appears in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/.../share/lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rerun -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default in LyX, then restart LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Open a regular new file, not from a template. Does AASTeX appear in the class list in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able to find the AASTeX layout or a message about \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , things haven't been installed correctly. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere in the caption/title, then select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default , then set the -\family sans +\family sans Alignment -\family default +\family default to -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lock -\family default +\family default . This took care of it for me. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection References \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A couple of things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text. When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\emph default +\emph default type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler(1992) -\family default +\family default , not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler (1992) -\family default +\family default . 2) Entering the references at all is not obvious. The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document, then mark it as type -\family sans +\family sans References -\family default +\family default . That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. That will create a new line with its own box, etc. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Including EPS files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Even though AASTeX provides its own figure commands ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default , for example), I much prefer LaTeX's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx). You can insert the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default -, etc.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, etc.\InsetSpace ~ commands as ERT into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never have much luck getting the layout right. With the standard graphics, LyX will insert a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphicx} -\family default +\family default command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text. I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stack everything at the end \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset technique. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things I could have done, but didn't -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pretty \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset things I could have implemented, but chose not to. For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window, @@ -6121,10 +7217,14 @@ pretty Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Final Caveat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Your mileage may vary. I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the @@ -6133,2409 +7233,2718 @@ Your mileage may vary. I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference. So, go forth and publish! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ijmpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default published by World Scientific. The name of the document class is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls -\family default +\family default . This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded from the site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} -\end_inset +\end_inset . The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset package. Most of its features are supported by LyX. I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to the -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. Click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default , then choose the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) with the correct information. You should keep in mind the following remarks. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not be changed. Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. To do this, click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default , deselect the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default se babel -\family default +\family default checkbox in the language settings, and click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans Save -\family default +\family default , if you wish to make this change permanent). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Two new environments, named \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Proof \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are available (their use is obvious). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Appendices may be added to the paper. LyX offers a special environment, called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which marks the beginning of the appendix. An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does. As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption is ignored. If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float in a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file, then include this file to the LyX document ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default ). Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex -\family default +\family default , which is included in the ijmpd package. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX file ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ateX -\family default +\family default ), then make the following changes to the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Remove the comment lines before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Remove everything between (and including) the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The modified -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary. You may also want to check the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Use of ERT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The use of ERT is optional, and is reduced to three commands, which affect the look of the page. If you started writing your paper by using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need to delete it. You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title, respectively). This ERT must have the form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kluwer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish. Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on Solar Physics -\emph default +\emph default , but there are many others (see a complete list at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} -\end_inset +\end_inset . A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supports many features of the package but not everything. However, the ERT needed is reduced to some \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset peculiar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - commands of the package (see\SpecialChar ~ + commands of the package (see\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default without any problem. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file. Click on -\family sans +\family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default , then choose the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use. As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) with the correct information. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you must \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset postprocess \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset it as follows. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file. To do this, click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ateX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file with a text editor and make the following changes -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Save the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Run the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate View the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default document using, e.g., -\family sans +\family sans xdvi -\family default +\family default , and check if everything is ok (it should, if you didn't make any mistake). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package has the following \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I can't imagine any good reason to do this. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Each article must be included in the environment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just one article. Therefore, each article starts with the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\family default +\family default and, obviously, ends with the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\family default +\family default . Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user. Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code (the well-known \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ERT \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Information given at the beginning of the article (i.e., title, subtitle, author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset opening \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc. between two ERT lines ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{opening} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be written as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\backslash +\backslash citeauthoryear{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on author(s) -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on year -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default template takes care of all these \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special. Just -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate don't delete the ERT included in the template, and -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koma-Script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Bernd Rellermeyer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.cls -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.cls -\family default +\family default , resp. of the Koma-Script family. They are replacements for the standard document classes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.cls -\family default +\family default , resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Standard character size is 11pt in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , and 12pt in -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements of the -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default document class are set in a bold sans serif font. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings. In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin. Here the LaTeX package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmsd.sty by -\family default -\shape smallcaps +\family default +\shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt -\shape default +\shape default helps to produce the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset usual \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset appearance when using the ec fonts. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings, that is without the extra line \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default of the dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default ). A detailed German description of these options can be found in the Koma-Script documentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options -\family sans +\family sans BCOR -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans DIV -\family default +\family default (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default ). They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default . A detailed German description of these and other type area options can be found in the Koma-Script documentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands. Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding paragraph types. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A detailed German description of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There is an English translation -\emph on +\emph on screnggu -\emph default +\emph default , but it is not a complete one. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The following sections describe only those aspects, which are relevant in LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The document classes -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default are implemented in the layout files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.layout -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.layout -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.layout -\family default +\family default , resp. They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes -\emph on +\emph on article -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default , resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -type, which is replaced by the new -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default -type having the same functionality. Beside the -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added. They are -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default part of -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Addpart, Addchap -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default : are equivalents to -\family sans +\family sans Part*, Chapter* -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents. -\family sans +\family sans Addpart -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default are not contained in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Addsec* -\family default +\family default : behave exactly as -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default , resp., additionally clearing running heads. -\family sans +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default is not contained in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There is also an -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addpart* -\family default +\family default command in -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default and in -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , but since this is identical to -\family sans +\family sans Part* -\family default +\family default , is has not been implemented in LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Minisec -\family default +\family default : generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Captionabove -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Captionbelow -\family default +\family default are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table). You can also use the class option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tablecaptionsabove -\family default +\family default , which will switch -\family sans +\family sans caption -\family default +\family default to -\family sans +\family sans captionabove -\family default +\family default for tables and -\family sans +\family sans captionbelow -\family default +\family default for figures. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dictum -\family default +\family default : can be used to set a bonmot, e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset at the beginning of a chapter. If you use the optional argument ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short\SpecialChar ~ +Short\InsetSpace ~ Title -\family default +\family default ), you can insert the dictum's author there. Dictum and author are separated by a line. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. -\family sans +\family sans Dictum -\family default +\family default is not contained in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following types, together with the standard types -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , form the title area of the document. They must be entered ahead of the first \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraph. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default command. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid. The order of the different types however has, like -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , no effect on the appearance of the produced document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default : produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) for the subject of the document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Publishers -\family default +\family default : produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) for the publishers' name. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dedication -\family default +\family default : in -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Publishers -\family default +\family default ) for a dedication. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titlehead -\family default +\family default : produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default ) for a document`s head. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Uppertitleback -\family default +\family default : produces in a double-sided print in -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lowertitleback -\family default +\family default : produces in a double-sided print in -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Extratitle -\family default +\family default : produces a special \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dirty \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The layout files for the document classes -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default do include the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default . This is thought of as a place to define your own types. Copy s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter crmacros.inc -\family default +\family default in your personal layout directory and edit the file! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection letter (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent The document class -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default is implemented in the layout file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.layout -\family default +\family default . It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default , partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\family default +\family default and the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default type, which is replaced by the new -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default type. In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the standard types -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting of name and address, is quite self-willed. An \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash firsthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromaddress}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash nexthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash pagename -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash thepage}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The types -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter. To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter -\shape italic +\shape italic L -\shape default +\shape default or -\shape italic +\shape italic O -\shape default +\shape default , resp. in the left margin. It is possible to write any number of letters in one file. An -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default type produces a new addressee. The types -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Encl -\family default +\family default are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for a close. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for a postscript. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for a distribution list. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Encl -\family default +\family default : produces a paragraph for enclosures. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The types -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Backaddress -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Specialmail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Location -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will be processed by the document class. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default described above are not such input types as well. Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default type and the -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default type had such a serious different appearance. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The types must be used ahead of the corresponding -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default type. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors. For example, a signature entered in the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only, when in the same letter also a -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default type is used. The entered value of the -\family sans +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all. The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs. - This makes sense e.\SpecialChar ~ + This makes sense e.\InsetSpace ~ g. for the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default type. If the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default type is used as signature, whereas if an empty -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default type is used, no signature value is defined. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default : sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default : sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default type. If no -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default type is used, the value of the -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default type appears instead. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default : sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash telephonenum -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default : place of the letter`s making. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : date of the letter`s making. -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field. If an empty -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of the -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default type. If no -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Backaddress -\family default +\family default : sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Specialmail -\family default +\family default : special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Location -\family default +\family default : additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans serif font above the subject. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default : the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The types -\family sans +\family sans Yourref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Yourmail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Myref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Customer -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Invoice -\family default +\family default produce a business letter like line above the -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default line containing the fields \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Your ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Your letter of \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Our ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Customer no. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Invoice no. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For the date field, the value of the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default type is used. If one of these \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset business letter types \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is used, the value of the -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fromplace -\family default +\family default is set. The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed. The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default type. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Yourref -\family default +\family default : Your ref. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Yourmail -\family default +\family default : Your letter of. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Myref -\family default +\family default : Our ref. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Customer -\family default +\family default : Customer no. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Invoice -\family default +\family default : Invoice no. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlttr2 -\family default +\family default which superceeds the now unsupported -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr -\family default +\family default . It has --- on the LaTeX side --- a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class. Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended to use the new class. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This class covers the same functionality as -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script), -\emph default +\emph default and a few more. The basic items are -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default (receiver's address, same as -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default in the old layout), -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans NextAddress -\family default +\family default will start a new letter (i. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset you can write several letters per document). New elements are sender's -\family sans +\family sans E-Mail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans URL -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Fax -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Bank -\family default +\family default and the possibility to use a -\family sans +\family sans Logo -\family default +\family default (via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raphics -\family default +\family default ) in the header. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable at almost any needs. This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option, extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *.lco -\family default +\family default ), that will be read in as a class option. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The KOMA package comes with some default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *.lco -\family default +\family default files. There is, for instance, a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DIN.lco -\family default +\family default file that follows german typesetting rules, or a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMAold.lco -\family default +\family default that provides the default layout of the old -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr -\family default +\family default class. The latter can be loaded with the class option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMAold -\family default +\family default , inserted via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra Options -\family default +\family default field. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Have a look at the -\emph on +\emph on koma-letter2 -\emph default +\emph default template that is included in LyX for examples. A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation ( -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problems -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause some problems. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The chapter number of a -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it. The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype -\family sans +\family sans Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default in the layout file. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The headings of the types -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default are only put in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset true \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The paragraphs in a -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented. This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for that. But in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog the corresponding radio button indicates -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndent -\family default +\family default . A -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ip -\family default +\family default value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset , where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e now!). It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour.inc -\family default +\family default , which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.g., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default for Journal of Geodesy) can include. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sv -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default file following the outline given in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog -\family default +\family default come with the standard LyX distribution. Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default , as root if necessary --- doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure LyX and it should work. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A large number of theorem-like styles --- -\family sans +\family sans Claim, Conjecture, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \ldots{} Theorem -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement -\family default +\family default . See the Springer class file documentation for details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported journals -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default --- Martin Vermeer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svprobth.layout -\family default +\family default --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Credits -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These files are partly based on the older -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2.layout -\family default +\family default , which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style file from Springer. All this, and the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default layout, are now defunct. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the LyX layout file mechanism. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bugs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Probably. But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Limitations e.g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just #. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical Society. @@ -8543,682 +9952,824 @@ These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical installed (everything to be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Redefined are -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph* -\family default +\family default . They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents in the AGU classes are -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection* -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Newly defined styles are -\family sans +\family sans Left_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Right_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Received -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Revised -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CCC -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PaperId -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans AuthorAddr -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SlugComment -\family default +\family default . These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I suspect this is still badly incomplete. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New floats -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Planotable -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Plate -\family default +\family default . We also have a new -\family sans +\family sans Table_Caption -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported journals -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Journal of Geophysical Research -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default --- Martin Vermeer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default example and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aguplus.inc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bugs and things to remember -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for a new document: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on + +\emph on Turn off babel -\emph default +\emph default . This can be done in the -\family sans +\family sans layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator document -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans document\SpecialChar \menuseparator settings -\family default +\family default menu item. (AGU articles are always in English, right? So -\emph on +\emph on don't -\emph default +\emph default choose a language.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga -\family default +\family default into the document's -\family sans +\family sans Extra Options -\family default +\family default field. (Yes, this is a bug.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make sure you use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter agu.bst -\family default +\family default bibliography style, by entering -\family sans +\family sans agu -\family default +\family default into the second field of the BibTeX inset. None of the standard styles will do. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals. The needed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter egs.cls -\family default +\family default can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received, Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Offsets -\family default +\family default . The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit from using the various -\family typewriter +\family typewriter std*.inc -\family default +\family default file inclusions. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX slides class. This section documents the former. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\size large + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on only. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, check out section\SpecialChar ~ +, check out section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . The -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] is actually somewhat better than the default -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates. Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset which this section documents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX package. Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from now on], so you're bound to have it. As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default , which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it. However, there are some things which -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays. Read on to learn more! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the class list in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. There are some other special things you should know about this class: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the options -\family sans +\family sans Sides and Columns -\family default +\family default . They're not supported by the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class, anyways. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -age\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +age\InsetSpace ~ style -\family default +\family default behaves a bit differently for this class. The possible choices and what they do are as follows: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans headings -\family default +\family default Like -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default , but also prints out any time markers you've put in. This is the default. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans empty -\family default +\family default The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class has an extra option: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default . To use it, put \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the extra class options. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Using this options allows you to add time markers to -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more details. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard You can also use the template file \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to automatically set up a document to use the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class [using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default to open your new document]. The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class. I'll describe those next. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Environments -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Supported Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Largest -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default font. This is also what's used in the output. Think of this as a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset visual cue \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to remind you that this is a slide. Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. There are also five new ones. That's because the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen ts, aren't used in the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Overlay -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Note -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans InvisibleText -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These five are kind of quirky, due to a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset feature \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in LyX. You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment @@ -9227,311 +10778,343 @@ feature a slide with anything except plain text. To deal with this, I've performed a little \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX magic. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Quirks of the New Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of LyX. As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme nt. To get around this, the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should consider -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default to be \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-environments. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset They look like a section heading or a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. Likewise, treat -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-commands. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset These two perform some action. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A common feature of all five environments, -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default , is a rather long-ish label. The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment --- is utterly irrelevant for -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . LyX completely ignores it. In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While you don't -\emph on +\emph on have -\emph default +\emph default to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. This could be a short description of the contents of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , for example. In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default as you normally would. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text, you'll hit another LyX quirk. LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one. So, do this: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Start entering the text that will -\emph on +\emph on follow -\emph default +\emph default the new -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Next, hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio n, you'll be sorely disappointed. Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. [Then again, that -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default the LyX philosophy.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choosing the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default - environment [in the manner described in section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. The label for this environment/ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-command \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in cool blue, followed by the label, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. It's that simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX (this can be specified in the -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph Layout -\family default +\family default dialog). In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra @@ -9539,266 +11122,280 @@ Paragraph Layout I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it. Furthermore, it may interfere with any -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default you've made to accompany the oversized -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default environments work the same way as the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default environment. They both create an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by a label [ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , respectively]. The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will look different, in style and in length. The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As with a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , if the contents of a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow onto a new sheet. Again, you should avoid this. It defeats the whole purpose of -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The idea behind an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is a slide that sits atop another slide. Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default before displaying the text associated with it. One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default you want to display later. This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, for example. You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, overlapping -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s to align the two graphs. The use of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default environment in both cases makes life much easier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Each -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default receives the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Presumably, mutliple -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s would have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -b -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, etc.\SpecialChar ~ +, etc.\InsetSpace ~ appended to the page number of the parent -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Clearly, you want the contents of both the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset part of \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Indeed, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is shorter than that at the start of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default page and its parent -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies. @@ -9807,612 +11404,652 @@ The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try and insert vertical space of the right size. The better way is to use -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As their names imply, -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible, respectively. - Note from section\SpecialChar ~ + Note from section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset that you don't place anything -\emph on +\emph on into -\emph default +\emph default these two environments, however. When you create an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default , it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default [or -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default , the corresponding centered label is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in blazing green. Paragraphs following this label behave normally. Note that the beginning of a new -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , or -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default automatically shuts off an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default . It's therefore not necessary to use -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default at the end of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default on a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Create a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide or on the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , insert an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default environment. If necessary, insert a -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default environment after the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -only text. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Start an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default immediately following the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Copy the contents of this -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default into the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Within the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , change all of the -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default lines to -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default and vice-versa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That's it. You've just made an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The commands of interest are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and need to be marked as TeX. The text whose \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset visibility \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash invisible -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash visible -\family default +\family default command]. If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Like an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is associated with a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Here, too, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class provides visual cues. The label for a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is shorter than that of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default [yet longer than that of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ] and, like the label of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is shockingly magenta. Additionally, the printed -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default has the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. You can have multiple -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s associated with a single -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , and, as with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , you'll probably want to break up long -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. Currently, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class has no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset native \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset support for time markers, a -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX feature. So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - [see section\SpecialChar ~ + [see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default you generate. To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sets the time marker to a given time. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset increments the time marker by the specified amount. Using time markers and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula r -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one last feature to describe. Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s on transparencies while printing all of your -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s on plain paper. However, a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default follow the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default with which it is associated. What's a person to do? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print out. Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. The command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will cause the output to contain only the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s. Correspondingly, the command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset prevents the output of anything but -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s. I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out. @@ -10421,208 +12058,228 @@ s. what you want to print. I like to uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , print to a file with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -slides -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and print to a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *-notes.ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset file. I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also provide other arguments to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset commands. See a good LaTeX book for details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I have also provided a template file, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , with the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class. To use it, begin your new presentation with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default . Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default triplet. The -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default additionally contain an example of the use of -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . Lastly, the preamble will contain: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX emulation \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes. Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this @@ -10630,909 +12287,1133 @@ TeX emulation It's here if you want it or need it. There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default - class [see section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + class [see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] or the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter seminar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset package [present on some TeX distributions]. The latter is not yet supported under LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset I know nothing about these other classes. Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX slides class. This section documents the latter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout -\size large + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on only. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, check out section\SpecialChar ~ +, check out section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . If your machine doesn't have the -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] installed, you'll probably have to use the default -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class, which isn't quite as good as -\family sans +\family sans foils. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the -\family sans +\family sans foils.cls -\family default +\family default LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Getting Started -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default entry in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog. There are some settings in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Don't change the options -\family sans +\family sans Sides -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Columns -\family default +\family default on the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog. They're ignored by the -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The default font size is 20pt with the other options being 17pt, 25pt and 30pt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The default font is -\family sans +\family sans sans -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans serif -\family default +\family default but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35mm slides. It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the -\family sans +\family sans Float Placement -\family default +\family default settings because they are ignored anyway. All floats appear where they are defined in the text. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default agestyle -\family default +\family default setting behaves a bit differently for this class. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more details. The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is -\emph on +\emph on always -\emph default +\emph default unnumbered and -\emph on +\emph on always -\emph default +\emph default has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined). The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold empty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold plain -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page. No other headings or footers (other than footnotes). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold foilheadings -\series default +\series default Page numbers in lower right corner. Additional headers and footers are also shown. This is also the default. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold fancy -\series default +\series default Gives you access to the -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default package although its use with -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX is discouraged by the writer of the -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX package because of some potential page layout clashes. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Extra Options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following options may be used in the extra class options in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold 35mmSlide -\series default +\series default This sets up the page layout for 7.33in by 11in paper, which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with this medium. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold headrule -\series default +\series default Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold footrule -\series default +\series default Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold dvips -\series default +\series default This is automatically set each time you create a new -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default document. This option tells -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold landscape -\series default +\series default Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation. Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape. Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default environments (don't worry these are described in the next section). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold leqno -\series default +\series default Equation numbers on the left. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold fleqn -\series default +\series default Flush-left equations. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class. There are several additional environments provided by -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX as well as a couple added by LyX. The following environments are shared with other classes: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans RightAddress -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments. Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body, -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Foilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ShortFoilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and the differences will be explained in the next section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Theorem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lemma -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Corollary -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Proposition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Definition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Proof -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Theorem* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lemma* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Corollary* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Proposition* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Definition* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered. There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans TickList -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CrossList -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil, -\emph on +\emph on i.e. -\emph default +\emph default straight after the foilhead. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [ -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\shape default +\shape default ]: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Logo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Restriction -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Header -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Left\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Left\InsetSpace ~ Header -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\InsetSpace ~ + +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are also a few commands provided by -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do - and how to use them in section\SpecialChar ~ + and how to use them in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Building a Set of Foils -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils. If you want to see an example set of foils take a look at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Foils.lyx -\family default +\family default file accessible from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default dialog under the -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default button. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Give It a Title Page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unlike other classes that provide -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environments, -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default creates the title on a page of its own. If you leave out the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Start a New Foil -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil. For portrait foils you should use -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans ShortFoilhead. -\family default +\family default The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Landscape foils are generated using the -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default environments. Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body. Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead and the body. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default driver to generate the PostScript® output otherwise the foils won't be rotated. It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme nts directly following each other. @@ -11541,20 +13422,20 @@ nts directly following each other. had merged the two environments together. So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert some text between the two environments or add a -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default environment between the two with just a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter % -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in it. This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the @@ -11562,565 +13443,665 @@ LaTeX An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution. Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Lists -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones. I'll only describe the new ones here. If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide. -\emph default +\emph default If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the -\family sans -Itemize\SpecialChar ~ -Bullet\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Itemize\InsetSpace ~ +Bullet\InsetSpace ~ Selection -\family default - dialog described above in section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + dialog described above in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The two new list styles, -\family sans +\family sans TickList -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans CrossList -\family default +\family default , are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list. These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment. They do however require that you have the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter psnfss -\family default +\family default packages installed. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Figures and Tables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location. In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Logo -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Restriction -\family default +\family default are two commands used to control the left-footer text string. The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Typeset by -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX- \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience, -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\emph default +\emph default Confidential. It is empty by default. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The remaining page corners can be filled by -\family sans - Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer -\family default +\family default (which defaults to page numbers), -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (top right) and -\family sans -Left\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Left\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (top left). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default environment or as -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default within another environment. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Lengths -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All lengths are adjusted using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on lengthname -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on newlength -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default command. Where -\emph on +\emph on lengthname -\emph default +\emph default should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and -\emph on +\emph on newlength -\emph default +\emph default is the length value. All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default ), millimeters ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default ) or points ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip -\family default +\family default . For example, to make -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default foilheads 0.5 inches closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovefloatskip -\family default +\family default Separation between the text and the top of the float -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovecaptionskip -\family default +\family default Separation between the float and the caption -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash belowcaptionskip -\family default +\family default Separation between the caption and the following text -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash captionwidth -\family default +\family default You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length. Best done relative to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovetitleskip -\family default +\family default Separation from headers to -\family sans +\family sans Title -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titleauthorskip -\family default +\family default between -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default environments -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorauthorskip -\family default +\family default between multiple -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default lines -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authordateskip -\family default +\family default between the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default and the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dateabstractskip -\family default +\family default between the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default and the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The last length related command affects all the list environments. If you place -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on inside -\emph default +\emph default a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed. Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default like the stuff mentioned above. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Headers and Footers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default commands control whether the logo in the -\family sans +\family sans MyLogo -\family default +\family default definition appear on a given page. If you put -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them. If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default directly after the foilhead of that page and the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default directly after the next foilhead. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you decide to use the -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default page style setting in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog you should probably add -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash headwidth -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated. This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default package and the -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default class. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit. The -\family sans +\family sans latex.sty -\family default +\family default package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit. The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission has been accepted. There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that means I don't have to repeat it all here. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Getting Started -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [AR\SpecialChar \@. more to come] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans E-mail -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Affiliation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SubSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Caption -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Differences Between Screen and Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation of section counters. On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it will appear in the output so don't let this worry you. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rite of passage. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read. @@ -12128,456 +14109,586 @@ rite of passage. Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen. The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout. No italics. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Special problems -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence. If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default title followed by (Cont'd). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Special features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert the -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Used where nothing else works. Try to avoid it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans FADE_IN -\family default +\family default : -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans +\family sans M-z S-I -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Usually followed by something like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset on Sally waking up. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans INT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z i -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting required. Everthing on this line in CAPS. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans EXT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z e -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. Everthing on this line in CAPS. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default The character speaking. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instructions to the speaker. The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX. Both will be printed. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default What the -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default says. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Transition -\hfill +\hfill M-z t -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Camera movement instruction. e.g. CUT TO: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans FADE OUT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-I -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Script jargon -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (O.S) --- off screen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (V.0) --- voice over -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize b.g. --- background -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C.U. --- close-up -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PAN --- camera movement -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize INSERT --- cut to close-up of -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Broadway -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Broadway is for writing plays. The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized. This format should be suitable for workshops. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Special problems -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The same as in Hollywood. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Special features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert the -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\hfill +\hfill M-z n -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. First use of speaker names in all CAPs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ACT -\hfill +\hfill M-z a -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Automatically numbered. On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ACT* -\hfill +\hfill M-z S at -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Subtitle for -\family sans +\family sans ACT. -\family default +\family default It is just centered text. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SCENE -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Not automatically numbered. You supply the number. This is because I couldn't figure out how. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans AT_RISE: -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-R -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instructions to the speaker. The parentheses are automatically inserted. The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play. This environment is only used within -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default What the Speaker says. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CURTAIN -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-C -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default The curtain comes down. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hello there. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section RevTeX4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent The -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset release of May, 1999) class. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has a -\family sans +\family sans Revtex -\family default +\family default textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1. However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09. That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work. Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e, LyX with the -\family sans -RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default textclass should also be pretty easy to use. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These documents are supposed to be used in -\emph on +\emph on addition -\emph default +\emph default to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Installation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README file. the package can be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it. @@ -12585,207 +14696,233 @@ All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 textclass. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , or to use the -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default template, found in the templates directory. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preamble Matter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Optional arguments to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset preprint \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset aps \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , go in the -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog, as usual. Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other preamble matter, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash draft -\family default +\family default etc. goes in the -\family sans -Latex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Latex\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\family default +\family default dialog, also as usual. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0. For example, the Email layout corresponds to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{} -\family default +\family default . Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In case you're curious, both were included so that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default would be able to translate both -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash address -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affiliation -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Important Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In RevTeX, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default command goes -\emph on +\emph on outside -\emph default +\emph default the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default command. The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. Do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default write footnotes in the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default layout, or weird things may happen. See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, the -\family sans -Author\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Author\InsetSpace ~ Email -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Author\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Author\InsetSpace ~ URL -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default layouts must be placed -\emph on +\emph on in between -\emph default +\emph default the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default layout and the corresponding -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default (or equivalent -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default ) layout. If you put the -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default after the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , the LaTeX won't compile. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Drawbacks -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments to layouts like Email and Title. @@ -12795,179 +14932,219 @@ The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers. Lacking these layouts makes the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiliation -\family default +\family default (and the equivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaddress -\family default +\family default ) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be added by hand. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note from JMarc: -\emph default +\emph default actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout has not been updated yet to take advantage of it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mw -\family default +\family default Classes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz Luczak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes -\emph on +\emph on article (mwart) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (mwrep) -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (mwbk) -\emph default +\emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwart.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwrep.cls -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwbk.cls -\family default +\family default , resp. They are replacements for the standard document classes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default , resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Basic differences: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Unnumbered titles (with star, eg. -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default ) are added into table of contents, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Additional page styles: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description uheadings header with separated lines, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markright -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth -\family default +\family default , -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myuheadings custom header with separated lines, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description outer page number is placed on outer side of page -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Options -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description rmheadings serif titles --- default, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sfheadings sansserif titles, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description authortitle on title page first placed is author next title --- default, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Elsevier Journals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By -\noun on +\noun on Rod Pinna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. provides a standard LaTeX document class ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default ) for submitting articles to their various journals. The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the @@ -12976,16 +15153,18 @@ elsart.cls and a template file. Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package; instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To make use of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default , a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.layout -\family default +\family default is supplied. As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class, most of the normal functionality is provided. @@ -12993,7 +15172,9 @@ elsart.layout are similar to the AMS environments. These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are available in LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included template file. @@ -13003,21 +15184,23 @@ The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included should be used. Essentially, Elsevier require as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset clean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has @@ -13028,18 +15211,26 @@ LaTeX The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for the normal article class. For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Memoir -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature. @@ -13047,7 +15238,9 @@ Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. his document. Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the article class (see below). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the LaTeX world. @@ -13057,44 +15250,50 @@ Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively. Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You are invited to send suggestions to \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework. Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX commands (ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout -section\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported @@ -13102,103 +15301,121 @@ section\SpecialChar ~ For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we are recommending to have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Basic features and restrictions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes. There are, however, some differences, as follows: -\layout Description +\end_layout -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Font\InsetSpace ~ sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Page\SpecialChar ~ +Page\InsetSpace ~ style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they are both defining a command with the same name, which confuses LaTeX). Instead, Memoir comes with a bunch of own page styles (see -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Page\SpecialChar ~ +Page\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default ). If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapterstyle -\family default +\family default in the main text or in preamble (e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapterstyle{companion} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) are coming with an optional argument in the standard classes. With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long). In LyX, you can do this via -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short\SpecialChar ~ +Short\InsetSpace ~ Title -\family default +\family default at the beginning of a chapter/section. Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header. @@ -13207,194 +15424,228 @@ Title Simply insert two optional arguments if you need this feature, the first one containing the short title for the Table of Contents, the second one containing an alternative short title for the headers. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically. Memoir does not follow this route. You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes, title pages are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset empty \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , i. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset without pagina). If you want an empty title page, type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} -\family default +\family default in the preamble. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Article: With the class option -\emph on +\emph on article -\emph default +\emph default (to be inserted in -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +Extra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default ), you can emulate article style. That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are---in contrary to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset real \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset article classes---still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as in book. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash it -\family default +\family default ). It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears. The class option -\emph on +\emph on oldfontcommands -\emph default +\emph default reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop LaTeX). Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using those commands, we have decided to use this option by default. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Extra features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently ). Please consult the Memoir manual \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset for details. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature. Well, it is in book class. Usually books don't have abstracts. Memoir, however, has. You can use it whereever and how often you like. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Chapterprecis: You may know this from belletristic: The contents of a chapter is shortly described below the title and also in the table of contents (e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph on + +\emph on Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others -\emph default +\emph default ). Chapterprecis does exactly this. It is therefore only sensible below a chapter. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a @@ -13405,17 +15656,19 @@ Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. needs two arguments (text and source). In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two arguments: -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter }{ -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems). @@ -13426,349 +15679,423 @@ Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use ERT, because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not possible with LyX). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Importing and Exporting -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Considerations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Importing and exporting LyX documents from/to other formats has been touched on briefly in the -\emph on +\emph on User Guide -\emph default +\emph default . Here we describe more of the gory details needed to understand just what is going on when you click on the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default port -\family default +\family default menu items. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Importing Other Formats -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Translating from LaTeX into LyX is performed by a Perl script called reLyX. Although it is a standalone program which can be called from the command line, LyX will call it automatically when a LaTeX document is imported. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a complete description. There are no user tunable parameters for reLyX within LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII Text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When importing plain ASCII text, there are two methods of reading the file. Importing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset as lines \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset preserves all the linebreaks in the ASCII; to LyX, then, each line looks like a paragraph. Importing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset as paragraphs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset assumes that consecutive lines separated by only a single linebreak form a single paragraph. Successive linebreaks with no intervening text are thus assumed to be paragraph delimiters. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Noweb -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on [Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exporting Other Formats -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX generates two types of LaTeX files: stripped down versions for the normal processing ( -\family sans +\family sans View DVI -\family default +\family default , etc.) which one normally never sees \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The resulting file is a perfectly valid LaTeX file, though the preamble might look a bit strange since it includes some definitions used by LyX which wouldn't show up in most human-written files. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , and human readable forms which are suitable for exchanging with your colleague s. The only settable option for the translation is the line length of the output file. The default is 65 characters, but it can be set in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -line\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +line\InsetSpace ~ length -\family default +\family default field. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Device Independent Files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Device Independent files (DVI files) are produced by running LaTeX on your document. There are no user settable options. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript® -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next step in the conversion chain is converting a DVI file into Postscript®. You can either use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default or, if you need more control on the result, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default . If you use the later, note that it is possible to configure, in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default , the options passed to the dvips program to achieve different effects. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exporting as ASCII attempts to preserve the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset shape \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the document as well as possible, but things like centering and indentation are thrown out; paragraphs are separated by blank lines. Section numbering and cross-references are done correctly, so the resulting text files is remarkably readable. The only changeable option is the length of lines, as for LaTeX output. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX documents can be converted to hypertext markup, usually by converting to LaTeX first, then converting that to HTML\SpecialChar \@. Three LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset HTML converters are currently known to LyX: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2html -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hevea -\family default +\family default . Though they are autodetected, you can overide the selection in preferences. You can also include further command line options in this dialog. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PDF -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by -\noun on +\noun on Dekel Tsur -\noun default +\noun default (mostly) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard The fastest way to generate a basic PDF file (no tags, links, etc.) with any version of LyX is to save the document as a Postscript® file, then run the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default command on it. Starting with version 1.1.6, the menu item -\family sans +\family sans File->Export->PDF -\family default +\family default will do all this for you. There are some issues with fonts that you need to pay attention to: see - Section\SpecialChar ~ + Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Also, as of version 1.1.6, there is a better method that will generate much more sophisticated files. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout -With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), and you cannot use pstricks. On the other hand, with pdfLaTeX it is possible to insert directly images in JPEG or PNG format, use TrueType fonts, and more. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bad Fonts in Acrobat Reader -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader. When creating a PDF from the LyX file, you need to use outline font instead @@ -13779,17 +16106,23 @@ The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader. pdfLaTeX uses these font by default. Dvips doesn't use these fonts by default, so to make it use them, add the following to lines to your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc -\family default +\family default file -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be done. @@ -13798,608 +16131,714 @@ If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be The solution is to use the ae package which emulates T1 coded fonts using the standard CM fonts. This is done by adding -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} -\family default +\family default to the preamble of the LyX file. However, some glyphs are missing from the CM fonts (e.g. eth, thorn), and they are taken from the EC fonts. Therefore you get these glyphs as bitmaps. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note: LyX uses by default the T1 font encoding. If you wish to use the default font encoding (this is not recommended, unless you only write English documents), clear the field -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default -eX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eX\InsetSpace ~ encoding -\family default +\family default in preferences (tabs -\family sans +\family sans Outputs -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Misc -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An alternate option is to use the standard Postscript® fonts instead of the Computer Modern fonts. To do that, you need to select -\family sans +\family sans pslatex -\family default +\family default as the global font in the document layout dialog. When using the Postscript® fonts, the result PDF file is smaller as the fonts are not saved into the file. Furthermore, the Postscript® fonts include all T1 glyphs. On the other hand, the Postscript® fonts have no bold symbol font, so poor - man's bold must be used (see Section\SpecialChar ~ + man's bold must be used (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). The Postscript® fonts also look different from the Computer Modern fonts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To sum up, both the Computer Modern and the Postscript® fonts gives good results (with few exceptions). The decision of which one to use is a matter of taste. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pslatex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Postscript® fonts do not have a bold symbol font. The solution is to use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default (poor man's bold) command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to redefine the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol -\family default +\family default command to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb -\family default +\family default by putting -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash pmb{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in the preamble. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Conditionals with pdfLaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes. Here is an example: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newif -\backslash +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash ifx -\backslash +\backslash pdfoutput -\backslash +\backslash undefined -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdffalse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdftrue -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash fi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Title (official title -- i.e., title element) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (one line description of the document) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fi -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How can I make URLs clickable ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard See the references here : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Custom -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Custom exports are possible if you have some particularly weird format you wish to convert to, assuming you have the relevant converter, of course. The format of the -\emph on +\emph on input -\emph default +\emph default file can be chosen in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustom -\family default +\family default dialog; LyX will automatically convert the file to this point, then feed it to your custom converter. The possible values are all formats that LyX can produce from its own documents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The converter command is also specified in the dialog.It should be a completely qualified command line which uses the variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FName -\family default +\family default to specify the name of the file. If this variable is not given, then the file will be sent to the standard input of your command. You may have to apply a bit of ingenuity to escape this sequence correctly so that it is compatible with your shell. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While it is not possible to save this command using the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog, you can manually edit your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default to add a line like -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash custom_export_command "mycommand $$FName" -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The Complete reLyX Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Synopsis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The simplest way to use reLyX is via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport -\family default +\family default command in LyX. That runs reLyX on the given file and loads the resulting file into LyX. You should try that first, and call it from the command line only if you need to use more complicated options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default [ -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic textclass -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on inputfile -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic textclass -\shape default +\shape default [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on inputfiles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -h -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default Class. By default, when reLyX sees a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass{foo} -\family default +\family default command, it creates a file of textclass \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and reads the LyX layout file for that class. Use -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default to declare a different textclass (and read a different layout file). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\series bold + +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default Debug. By default, reLyX gives sparse output and deletes the temporary files which were created during translation. Using the -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default flag will create much more output (both to stdout and stderr) and leave the temporary files around. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series bold +\series bold -f -\series default +\series default Force. reLyX will not run if the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default file it would generate already exists Use the -\series bold +\series bold -f -\series default +\series default option (carefully) to clobber any existing files. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\series bold + +\series bold -h -\series default +\series default Help. Print out usage information and quit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default Output directory. With this option, all temporary files and LyX output files (for the given input file, for any included files, or for any file fragments given with the -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default option) will be put into -\shape italic +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default . Otherwise, for each file -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.tex -\emph default +\emph default , the temporary files and the LyX output file will be created in -\emph on +\emph on dir -\emph default +\emph default . This can be useful if a file includes files from other directories which you want to consolidate in one directory, or if you don't have write permission on the directory the LaTeX files are in. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\series bold + +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default Partial file. The input files are LaTeX fragments, with no preamble matter or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default commands. This option requires the -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default option, since there are no -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default commands in the files reLyX is translating. When using this option, you can translate more than one file, as long as all files are the same class. The LyX file created by reLyX can be included in an existing LyX file using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fil -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator Ly -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default - Regular environments (see the Section\SpecialChar ~ +\series default + Regular environments (see the Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). If you give more than one environment, separate them with commas (not @@ -14407,155 +16846,190 @@ Document You'll probably need to quote the environment list, especially if it has asterisk environments (foo*) in it. If you use this command often, considering creating a personal syntax file. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\series bold + +\series bold -s -\series default +\series default Syntax files. Input (one or more quoted, comma-separated) syntax files to read in addition to the default. - (see the section Section\SpecialChar ~ + (see the section Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX will create a LyX file -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.lyx -\emph default +\emph default from the LaTeX file -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.tex -\emph default +\emph default (unless the -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default option is used). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suffixes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ltx -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .latex -\family default +\family default are supported. If -\emph on +\emph on inputfile -\emph default +\emph default does not exist and does not have one of these suffixes, reLyX will try to translate -\emph on +\emph on inputfile.tex -\emph default +\emph default . (This is similar to the behavior of LaTeX.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of reLyX is to translate -\shape italic +\shape italic well-behaved -\shape default +\shape default LaTeX2e into LyX. If your LaTeX file doesn't compile---or if you do weird things, like redefining standard LaTeX commands---it may choke. LaTeX209 will often be translated correctly, but it's not guaranteed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX has some bugs and lacks a few features. However, its main goals are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Get through a well-behaved LaTeX2e file without crashing -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Translate a lot of that file. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Localize the parts that can't be translated and copy them in TeX mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It achieves these main goals pretty well on most files. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are many improvements that can and will be made to reLyX in the future. However, we wanted to get reLyX out there early on, to make it easier for new LyX users to read in their existing LaTeX files. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Usage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a more lengthy description of what you should do to translate a LaTeX document into LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Run reLyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard reLyX will inform you of its progress and give any warnings to stderr, so if you don't want any output at all, try (in csh) \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or (in bash) \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX foo.tex -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2>&1 >/dev/null -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You should NOT redirect standard output to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Run LyX on the resulting .lyx file. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's untranslatable will be highlighted in red (TeX mode). @@ -14563,566 +17037,633 @@ In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's documents from it, because all that untranslated red stuff will be passed directly back to LaTeX, which LyX uses as a backend. Unfortunately, reality doesn't always reflect theory. - If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\SpecialChar ~ + If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} -\end_inset +\end_inset or the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default file. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Change things that are in ERT boxes (TeX code) by hand in LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard As mentioned above, you should be able to print out the LyX file even without doing this. However, changing a command in TeX mode to the corresponding LyX object will allow you to take advantage of LyX's WYSIWYM editing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX is not guaranteed to create a LyX file which generates exactly the same output as the LaTeX file, but it should come close. reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset evil red text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and less WYSIWYM. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize PROOFREAD THE DOCUMENT!! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important after translating a LaTeX document. reLyX is, at least now, better at \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset macro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (translating the whole document) than \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset micro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (translating every little detail). For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces. Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX understands many LaTeX commands. It will translate: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize regular text, including mini-commands like ~, '', -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash TeX -\family default +\family default , as well as accented characters like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{a} -\family default +\family default , and the special cases ?` and !` -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize title commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash date -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default and the abstract environment -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize heading commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default including starred commands ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section* -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Environments: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quotation -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verse -\family default +\family default ; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter center -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushright -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushleft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumerate -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter description -\family default +\family default environments, and their -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default commands. Also, well-behaved nested lists -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cross-referencing commands: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash footnote -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash margin -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize font-changing commands including -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash em -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textit -\family default +\family default , and corresponding commands to change family, size, series, and shape -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{foo} -\family default +\family default (or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{foo.blah} -\family default +\family default ) and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include{foo} -\family default +\family default . Plain TeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default command \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input foo.tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is also supported. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default environment, and commands that go inside it like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hline -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cline -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multicolumn -\family default +\family default (but see below) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize float environments -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table* -\family default +\family default , as well as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default commands within them -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default environment and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default command, as well as BibTeX's -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle -\family default +\family default commands -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize miscellaneous commands: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash noindent -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots -\family default +\family default ... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize documentclass-specific environments (and some commands) which can be translated to LyX layouts -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize arguments to certain untranslatable commands (e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some of this support may not be 100% yet. See below for details -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX copies math (almost) verbatim from your LaTeX file. Luckily, LyX reads in LaTeX math, so (almost) any math which is supported by LyX should work just fine. A few math commands which are not supported by LyX will be replaced with their equivalents, e.g., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash to -\family default +\family default is converted to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default . See the section on -\shape italic +\shape italic Syntax Files -\shape default +\shape default for more details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX will also copy any preamble commands (i.e., anything before -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ) verbatim, so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in the LyX window. Check the preamble to make sure. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize figures and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular* -\family default +\family default tables -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize minipages -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize spacing commands ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vspace -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagebreak -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash par -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centering -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedleft -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedright -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default environment. reLyX is careful to copy -\shape italic +\shape italic exactly -\shape default +\shape default in this case, including comments and whitespace. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize some unknown (e.g., user-defined) environments and commands -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX copies unknown commands, along with their arguments, verbatim into the LyX file. Also, if it sees a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default where it doesn't recognize the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset environment, it will copy verbatim until it sees -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default (unless you use the -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default option). Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break; they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file up in LyX. That should be less painful than editing either the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default or the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default file using a text editor. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bugs} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems. As it matures, these bugs will be squished. @@ -15130,62 +17671,66 @@ Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems. tracker, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If reLyX is choking on something, or LyX can't read it after reLyX translates it, the best thing to do is to put -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default before the offending text, and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default after it. I call this a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset block. reLyX will copy this block exactly, in TeX mode. Then edit the resulting LyX file, and translate the unknown stuff by hand. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyXskip -\family default +\family default environment is magical; the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default commands will not be put into the LyX file. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Exact \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset copying of unknown environments and commands isn't quite exact. Specifically, newlines and comments may be lost. @@ -15194,278 +17739,311 @@ Exact However, certain parts of the file will be copied perfectly, including whitespace and comments. This includes: the LaTeX preamble, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default environments and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default commands, and skip blocks. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize reLyX translates only a few options to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command. (Specifically 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape, and [one|two]column.) Other options are placed in the extra class options field in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard More importantly, reLyX doesn't translate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage -\family default +\family default commands, margin commands, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default s, or, in fact, anything else from the preamble. It simply copies them into the LaTeX preamble. If you have margin commands in your preamble, then the LyX file will generate the right margins. However, these margins will override any margins you set in the LyX -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. So you should remove the options from the preamble to be safe. The same goes for setting your language with babel, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inputencoding -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagestyle -\family default +\family default , etc. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The foil class has a couple bugs. reLyX may do weird things with optional arguments to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead -\family default +\family default commands. Also, it may handle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{dinglist} -\family default +\family default incorrectly (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX is hopefully rather robust. As mentioned above, it may not translate your file perfectly, but it shouldn't crash. If it does crash---and the problem is not one of those mentioned above or in the -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default - file---see Section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + file---see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bug-reports} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection What LyX Can't Handle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX itself is missing a couple features, such that even if reLyX translates things perfectly, LyX may still have trouble reading it. If you really need these features, you can export your final document as LaTeX, and put them back in. See -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default for more details on these bugs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize For a number of commands, LyX does not support the optional argument. Examples include -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapter -\family default +\family default (and other sectioning commands), and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default . reLyX will automatically discard the optional arguments with a warning to stdout. LyX also ignores the width argument for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Centering (or right or left justifying) works on full paragraphs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX support for tables isn't perfect. For complicated tables, use a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset block, so that they will be copied in TeX mode. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The LyX math editor can't handle the AMS-LaTeX math environments align, split, etc. So those environments will be copied in TeX mode. You can change -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default environments to the exactly equivalent displaymath, and then they will be translated correctly. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Examples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -df -o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset my/dir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -r \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset myenv \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset foo.tex > foo.debug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The above will create a file my/dir/foo.lyx from foo.tex, overwriting if necessary. When it finds a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{myenv} ... -\backslash +\backslash end{myenv} -\family default +\family default block, it will translate the stuff within the block, but copy the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default commands in TeX mode. Finally, I'm going to keep the temporary files around (they will also be in my/dir/) and output lots of debugging information into the file foo.debug. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Notes -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Bug Reports \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bug-reports} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than - those described in Section\SpecialChar ~ + those described in Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} -\end_inset +\end_inset or the bug tracker---then please run reLyX -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default . That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed. That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list. Its address is currently -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the output in your bug report. @@ -15473,197 +18051,227 @@ lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org of the LaTeX file it crashed on. Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same problem as your original file. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Implementation Details: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX makes several \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset passes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in order to translate a TeX file. On each pass, it creates one or two files. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -0 \SpecialChar ~ +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +0 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Before doing anything, read the syntax file (or files). -\layout Description +\end_layout -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -1a \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +1a \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Split preamble (anything before a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default command) off the rest of the file. It saves the two pieces in separate files. This is necessary because there may be very strange stuff in a preamble. It also ignores anything after the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default , on the assumption that it isn't LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -1b \SpecialChar ~ +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +1b \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Translate the preamble. Currently, that just means translating the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command and copying the rest exactly into the LyX preamble. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Once you know what class the document is, read the LyX layout file for that class. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -2 \SpecialChar ~ +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +2 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Clean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the TeX file, generating slightly stricter LaTeX. This includes: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Change, e.g., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default to the equivalent but clearer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{2} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Removing optional arguments that LyX can't handle (e.g., from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Changing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash em foo} -\family default +\family default to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph{foo} -\family default +\family default , etc. This is necessary because LyX always writes out the non-local forms anyway. This should very rarely make a difference. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -3 \SpecialChar ~ +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +3 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Translate LaTeX text, commands, and environments to LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Pass\SpecialChar ~ -4 \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Pass\InsetSpace ~ +4 \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Put the two pieces back together, and do some final tweaking, to generate the LyX file -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If there are any -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include -\family default +\family default commands, reLyX will loop back to the beginning and translate those. It assumes that the included files are the same class as the main file, and that they have no preamble matter. (If you have an -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default command in the preamble of a file, the command will be copied exactly into the LaTeX preamble portion of the LyX file, so the included file won't be translated.) So when translating included files, it skips passes 0 and 1. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If reLyX doesn't find a file you wanted to include, it will give a warning, but will continue to translate any files it does find. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Layout Files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX reads a LyX layout file to know how to handle LaTeX environments and commands which get translated to LyX layouts. This file will include all \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset normal \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset non-math environments (i.e., including quote and itemize, but not tabular, minipage, and some other fancy environments), and commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default . If you want to reLyX a class that doesn't have an existing layout file, then you'll have to create a layout file. @@ -15673,32 +18281,38 @@ title or easy, depending on the class you want to create a layout file for.) If your class is quite similar to a class that has a layout file, then consider using the -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default option. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Syntax Files \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-syntax} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX always reads at least one syntax file, called the default syntax file. reLyX will read your personal syntax file if it exists; otherwise it will read the system-wide file. reLyX will read additional syntax files if you specify them with the -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default +\series default option. (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands not found in the default file.) A syntax file tells reLyX a few things. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes. @@ -15707,30 +18321,30 @@ First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing its arguments in the correct order. For example, a syntax file entry -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem[]{} -\family default +\family default means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the entry -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default command takes no arguments at all. When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac @@ -15740,51 +18354,55 @@ tly. This means that it may copy too much. But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't happen often. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default , have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text. If the string \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file, then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim. So, for example, the default syntax file has -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox{}[][]{translate} -\family default +\family default . This means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox -\family default +\family default command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX. You can't use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset on optional arguments. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default @@ -15792,1031 +18410,1211 @@ User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...) However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode. Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default ) have their argument syntax hard-coded. The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Second, the syntax file describes any \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset regular environments \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode. If you define a regular environment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , though, then only the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being copied into TeX mode. Don't try to declare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabbing -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter picture -\family default +\family default as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain text or math or simple commands in them. You also can't declare unknown math environments (like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default ) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand them. The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default statements in the syntax file. (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you can use the -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default option rather than writing a syntax file.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table. The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands. For example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _ -\family default +\family default is supported, but the equivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sb -\family default +\family default is not. Put any commands you'd like translate between -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default statements. The statement \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | { -\backslash +\backslash Vert} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means that any -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\family default +\family default in math mode will be converted to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default (in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX. That way, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash |a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is correctly translated to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Miscellaneous -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You need Perl version 5.002 or later to run reLyX. If you don't have Perl, you should get it anyway (at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), because it's a really useful tool for pretty much anything. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diagnostics -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX should always explain why it crashes, if it crashes. Some diagnostics may be very technical, though, if they come from the guts of the code. reLyX gives much more information while running if you use the -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default option, but you shouldn't need that unless something goes wrong. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When it's finished, reLyX will tell you if it finished successfully or died due to some error. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warnings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Always keep a copy of your original LaTeX files either under a different name or in a different directory. There are a couple ways in which using LyX could lead to overwriting the original LaTeX file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you import -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default to create -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default , then edit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default and want to re-export it, note that it will overwrite the original -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default . (LyX will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default ask you if you want to overwrite it.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have chosen not to use a temporary directory in the preferences, then LyX will create its temporary files in your current directory, which means your LaTeX original may be overwritten (without a warning from LyX) when you \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset view dvi \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or print the LyX document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Files -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MY_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline User's personal layout files for document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium MY_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline User's personal syntax file -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline System-wide layout files for document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline System-wide LaTeX syntax file -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LIBDIR -\family default +\family default is the system-wide LyX directory, usually something like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/lyx/ -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MY_LYXDIR -\family default +\family default is your personal LyX directory, something like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/ -\family default +\family default in your home directory. You can see their actual values in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -About\SpecialChar ~ +About\InsetSpace ~ Ly -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default dialog. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection See also -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\shape italic + +\shape italic lyx -\shape default +\shape default (1), -\shape italic +\shape italic latex -\shape default +\shape default (1) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Authors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998--9 -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter karger@voth.chem.utah.edu -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Code contributors: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default wrote the original CleanTeX pass. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Etienne Grossmann -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Jos\i \'{e} Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on David Suarez de Lis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other contributors: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and feature suggestions. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen -\noun default +\noun default and -\noun on +\noun on Marc Pavese -\noun default +\noun default provided advice. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Various members of the LyX developers' and users' lists provided bug reports and feature suggestions. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX uses a modified version the Perl TeX parser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Text::TeX -\family default +\family default package written by -\noun on +\noun on Ilya Zakharevich -\noun default +\noun default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ilya@math.ohio-state.edu -\family default +\family default ), available on CPAN. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX Features needing Extra Software -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LinuxDoc is a document class available in LyX if you have the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default package installed. You can use it to produce documents in the so-called Standardized General Mark-up Language (SGML) in the particular format used by the Linux Documentatio n Project. That is obviously helpful if you are contributing to that project. You can use the SGML format with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default package of scripts and programs (to produce other formats, including Latex, HTML, plain text, man pages and\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). You may therefore prefer to use this document class if you want to write something that can be easily translated into other formats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You will find that LinuxDoc has fewer layout options than the other text classes in LyX. This is mainly so that the translations into other formats have a chance of making some sense. In this section we describe: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize how to setup and use a document in LinuxDoc -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize how to use the tags in LinuxDoc to layout your document -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize how to use the SGML packages to produce the various formats -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize how to sort out some problems. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Getting started -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You start by selecting the LinuxDoc class using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Then you will find that there are fewer paragraph environments than for most other classes. You can see them on the pull down box on the left of the tool bar. - How to use them is described in section\SpecialChar ~ + How to use them is described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default enter a title for the document, followed by an author, marking each with the appropriate paragraph environment. If you don't do this, you will get errors when you try to print the file. You can then enter the date and an abstract. The document proper must start with a Section paragraph environment rather than any standard layout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After that you can prepare a document as usual using the available range of paragraph environments. - See section\SpecialChar ~ + See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset for the full list and their uses. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Output from LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can print and save these documents in the normal way. To use the other features of the SGML package you need to save your document as LinuxDoc; this is a version in which the document is translated into the basic sgml tags. Use -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator Linu -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default Doc. -\family default +\family default You will get a file with the same name and a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sgml -\family default +\family default extension rather than a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default extension. - See\SpecialChar ~ + See\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset on how you than make use of this file. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is a formal structure for LinuxDoc which limits how you can place tags. There are two parts to all documents: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Header: this is everything up to the first time you insert a Section layout marker. It can include title, author, date, abstract and ToC. You must include the first two. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Body: from the beginning of the first section onwards. All other tags are allowed. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset Here is a list of all the tags you will find listed on the layout bar in the order they come there, with some comments where the purpose or use is not obvious: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard: -\family roman +\family roman works as described in [cross reference] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : This will appear at the top left of the document when printed, above a heavy horizontal rule, although you will not see this on the LyX screen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph and Subparagraph: -\family default +\family default all do what you would expect and in the usual order. Whether they are numbered or not is controlled by the -\family sans -Section\SpecialChar ~ -number\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Section\InsetSpace ~ +number\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default setting. You cannot get the equivalent number free versions in any other way; there is no -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default or similar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate: -\family default +\family default As usual this produces a numbered and indented list as described in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize: -\family roman +\family roman Again much the same as in the other classes: see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default : As explained in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . Remember that if you want the bold element at the start of a description to be more than one word then you need to put protected spaces between the words. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verbatim: -\family default +\family default As usual. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Code: similar to the Lyx-Code -\family roman +\family roman environment -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default : Anything you mark with this will appear on the left of the heading of the document, under the heavy rule. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date: -\family default +\family default Anything you mark with this will appear on the right of the heading under the rule. You do not have to make this a date. - Any text can be entered, e.\SpecialChar ~ + Any text can be entered, e.\InsetSpace ~ g. a version number. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default : You can use this to produce a free standing paragraph after the author and date, and before the first section. You are only allowed one such paragraph. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Author's note. -\emph default +\emph default This needs checking --- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Displaymath -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Author's note: -\emph default +\emph default I have not yet checked this --- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Other document features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also use the -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default menu to set fonts or to emphasis words. You can also use the table of contents as usual; see the corresponding section of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . - Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\SpecialChar ~ + Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\InsetSpace ~ g. inserting footnotes. There is some doubt about whether these will work correctly. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Author's note: -\emph default +\emph default Again still checking to see whether this is my system -\emph on +\emph on ---pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Cross references and HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On the -\family sans +\family sans Insert -\family default +\family default menu you will find two new options relating to the inclusion of URL addresses. If you use either option you will find some highlighted TeX code inserted into your document in three separate blocks with spaces available between. The blocks will be: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash htmlurl{ -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\hfill +\hfill }{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill space -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You insert a full HTML tag between the first and second blocks. This can be \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address} -\end_inset +\end_inset or other valid tags such as \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default Then y -\family roman +\family roman ou -\family default +\family default insert some description between the second and third blocks. The differences are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans URL: -\family roman +\family roman both the HTML tag and the description will appear in the document -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -HTML\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +HTML\InsetSpace ~ URL: -\family roman +\family roman only the description appears in the printed version -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This section is completely outdated. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can use LinuxDoc as a text class without any additional scripts or programs, but there is not much point in doing this. All you will get is a document that looks like a -\emph on +\emph on Linux Documentation Project Howto -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default . -\family default +\family default To do the document translation you need to get and install the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default (with \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) package from -\family roman +\family roman the SGML-Tools WWW Page -\family default +\family default at -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alternatively, you can go to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default archive at \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools has not yet been made available at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman + +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman +\family roman The -\family default +\family default file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default contains everything that you need to write SGML documents and convert them to groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, and RTF\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This package was renamed from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz -\family default +\family default in January 1997. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Follow the instructions in that package on how to install it and how to use it. All this has to be done outside of LyX, before you can use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -as\SpecialChar ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ LinuxDoc -\family roman +\family roman option. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Troubleshooting LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the tags before LaTeX is run. @@ -16827,1037 +19625,1185 @@ When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the You may have to look at the files directly to discover what is wrong. Most problems seem to come from the use of options that are not fully available in the text class. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Checking TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Asger Alstrup -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Under the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\family default +\family default menu, you'll find a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default -heck\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +heck\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default command. This feature requires you to have the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default program installed, and is grayed out if you don't have it. You can get it from your nearest CTAN mirror, or over the Web from \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default package is a program that was written by -\noun on +\noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann -\noun default +\noun default in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive, and easy to forget. The program runs over your LaTeX file and checks the integrity of the file, and flags some common errors. In other technical words, it is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default for LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default not only checks the -\emph on +\emph on syntax -\emph default +\emph default of C programs, but also does -\emph on +\emph on semantic -\emph default +\emph default checks for type-errors, -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default catches some common -\emph on +\emph on typographic -\emph default +\emph default errors, in addition to the syntactical ones. Specifically, -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default is capable of detecting several common errors, such as -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ellipsis detection: -\newline +\newline Use \SpecialChar \ldots{} instead of ... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize No space in front of/after parenthesis: -\newline +\newline ( wrong spacing ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: -\newline +\newline e. g. is too wide spacing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter: -\newline +\newline This is a TEST. And this is wrong spacing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Space in front of labels and similar commands: -\newline +\newline The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The label is separated too much. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: -\newline +\newline In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number, and that's a pity. See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Use of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead of \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset between numbers: -\newline +\newline 2x2 looks cheap compared to \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and more \SpecialChar \ldots{} It is an invaluable tool when you are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset finishing up \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How to use it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -heck\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +heck\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default . This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default to check it, and then make LyX insert \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset error boxes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset with the warnings from -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default , if there were any. The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you can quickly find them by using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rror -\family default +\family default menu item, or the shortcut key -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default from the default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua -\family default +\family default bind file. Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut key -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua -\family default +\family default bindings, or the corresponding -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default for the alternate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs -\family default +\family default bind file. Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake. If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely ignore it. Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default , and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain silly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false alarms, though. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How to fine tune it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you'll find that -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default makes more noise than suits your mood. Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try to customize -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default to get better along with you. Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default -emove\SpecialChar ~ -All\SpecialChar ~ -Error\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +emove\InsetSpace ~ +All\InsetSpace ~ +Error\InsetSpace ~ Boxes -\family default +\family default , which will get rid of all warnings instantly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Although -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems with -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default in LyX this way. Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match the line numbers from the -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default output \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You can inspect the specific output from -\family sans +\family sans chktex -\family default +\family default by using -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +View\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Log -\family default +\family default right after a -\family sans +\family sans chktex -\family default +\family default run. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen to appear correctly. There are two things you can do about this: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fine tune the -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default invocation command line in -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default (tabs -\family sans +\family sans Outputs -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Misc -\family default +\family default ), or the global -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default installation configuration file (usually with the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/chktexrc -\family default +\family default ). See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default and run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default manually on that. Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able to do it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -n# -\family default +\family default to disable a warning, and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -w# -\family default +\family default to enable a warning. The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on Command terminated with space. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found more than once. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Could not find argument for command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should use either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 180). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small User-specified pattern found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This command might not be intended. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Comment displayed. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' -\family default +\family default will look better. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Could not execute LaTeX command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default in front of small punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size small + +\family typewriter +\size small $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default may look prettier here. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This text may be ignored. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default to begin quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default to end quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't mix quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Double space found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lacheck -\family default +\family default ) to exploit the full power of it. But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Version Control in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project. When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped @@ -17868,112 +20814,134 @@ A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project. LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS commands. If you need to something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in an xterm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should read \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rcsintro \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (a man file, read it with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). This file describes all the basic features of RCS. You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,v -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS package---no guarantees are made for older versions. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection RCS commands in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX. You can find them in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default -ersion\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ersion\InsetSpace ~ Control -\family default +\family default submenu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Register -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default egister -\family default +\family default item is grayed out. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command registers your document with RCS\SpecialChar \@. You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to -\family sans -Check\SpecialChar ~ -Out\SpecialChar ~ -For\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Check\InsetSpace ~ +Out\InsetSpace ~ +For\InsetSpace ~ Edit -\family default +\family default , before making any changes to it. A document under revision control has a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [RCS: ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command that is run: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Read -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man ci -\family default +\family default to understand the switches. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. @@ -17981,17 +20949,23 @@ When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. This will also make the document Read-Write only for you. @@ -17999,121 +20973,155 @@ By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. you check in your changes. The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -q -l -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -f -u -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This makes as if the last check in never happened. No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version is removed from the master RCS file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rcs -o -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Show History -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This show the complete history of the RCS document. The output of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default is shown in a browser. See -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rlog -\family default +\family default for more info. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Updated by -\noun on +\noun on Kayvan Sylvan -\noun default +\noun default (kayvan@sylvan.com) -\noun on +\noun on , -\noun default +\noun default original documentation written by -\noun on +\noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\noun default +\noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for literate programming. Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, and know what \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means. If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following sections. There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file. If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover your specific needs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard From the Literate Programming FAQ: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. @@ -18125,135 +21133,190 @@ Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E. Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another excerpt says: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation There are three distinguishing characteristics. In order of importance, they are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize flexible order of elaboration -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize automatic support for browsing -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection References -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literate Programming FAQ]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools. Where some are specialized or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tailored \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. I selected -\noun on +\noun on Noweb -\noun default +\noun default for my own use for several reasons: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It can generate the documentation either in latex or html. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to perform special processing that you may need. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one of them). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It is free. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Noweb web page can be found at: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb home page]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX and Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic LyX convertors mechanism. This support is provided in a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Noweb independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset way, i.e., you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Selecting the document class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will find that there are three new document classes available: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Article (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Book (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Report (Noweb) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You must select one of them to create your literate documents from. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination @@ -18262,79 +21325,101 @@ Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and re-running of the auto configuration. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create a new set of document classes for it. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Typing code in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX enables you to write code with a layout named -\noun on +\noun on Scrap -\noun default +\noun default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The equivalent Noweb term is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For historical reasons, I got used to the term \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset scrap \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years before rendering myself to Noweb. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Noweb delimits scraps like this: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code more code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code even more code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written. This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal paragraph but has a free spacing capability. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also @@ -18343,629 +21428,721 @@ The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs a newline (ctrl-return). The example above will look like this: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference between the previous example and this one. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline code -\newline +\newline more code -\newline +\newline even more code -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This layout works fine. The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead of a plain return. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is in my list of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset improvements \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to fix that. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard As a special note, you can also use the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe rence: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline def some_function(args): -\newline +\newline "This is the doc string for this function." -\newline +\newline print "My args: ", args -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def some_function -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look at the Literate python program in -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx -\emph default +\emph default which should make this all clear. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Generating the documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class, and with some code and text on it. How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI, -\family default +\family default etc. Just like you would do for a plain document. No special procedure is required. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate When the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have the usual -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default extension. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special processing is required by LyX. Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself, takes care of the business. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The converters are defined in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default panel, under the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset tab. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to generate the LaTeX file. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Otherwise it will just skip this step. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Independence from a particular \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset literate tool \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Generating the code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed, a latex file is generated just like step 1 above. Next, LyX invokes the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Noweb->Program -\family default +\family default converter. Typically, this converter (like any other converter), has two parts: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The converter program itself. This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The error log parser. This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that LyX understands. This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first part, the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Converter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset setting, should be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script $$i -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This basically means that LyX will call \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (generally a file in the LyX temp directory). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an implementation of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset that you can place in a directory on your path: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next part of the converter setting is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Flags \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which is to be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This will run any errors that are generated by the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset process through the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset program. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The converter code looks in -\emph on +\emph on MYLYXDIR/scripts -\emph default +\emph default first, then in -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR/scripts -\emph default +\emph default then on the path for the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset program. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Build instructions in the document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset scrap. Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a scrap of its own. The noweb-specific \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and runs its contents through \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sh \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typically, such a scrap would look something like this: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] -\newline +\newline then -\newline +\newline NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw -\newline +\newline fi -\newline +\newline [... code to extract files ...] -\newline +\newline [... code to compile files ...] -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Look in -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx -\emph default +\emph default or in -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx -\emph default +\emph default which implement two versions of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or in -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx. -\emph default +\emph default Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and Perl respectively. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Configuring LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All the Literate Programming support is configured by the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default panel in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset tab. The important parts are: -\layout Description +\end_layout -the\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +the\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up. The -\family sans +\family sans GUI Name -\family default +\family default is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default +\family default , the file extension is set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default . This tells LyX to create a file with a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default extension in the first step of the conversion process. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -the\SpecialChar ~ +the\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Program -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans NoWeb -\family default +\family default -> -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default This converter performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the literate document. For Noweb, it is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans NoWeb -\family default +\family default -> -\family sans +\family sans Program -\family default +\family default This performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tangling step \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . As stated above, the Converter is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script $$i -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , with Flags set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Debug extensions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke. The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V. It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elpers -\family default +\family default dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature, and set \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and @@ -18974,194 +22151,242 @@ With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that ddd was pointing to. No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default). You can enable it in -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default (tabs -\family sans +\family sans Inputs -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paths -\family default +\family default ) by entering in the -\family sans +\family sans LyXserver pipe -\family default +\family default a path like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /home//.lyx/lyxpipe -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Read the LyX server documentation in the -\emph on +\emph on Customization Manual -\emph default +\emph default for further information. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Toolbar extensions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default . The last one is a short cut to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset File menu entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: One for -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default and the other for -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default File menu entries. Here is how it looks like: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LaTeX" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LyX-Code" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Scrap" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Colors customization -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color. The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red. You can change it by going to the tabs -\family sans +\family sans Look&Feel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Colors. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend @@ -19170,37 +22395,43 @@ The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering you anymore. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Secrets of the LaTeX Masters \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX. However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX, as long as you are not afraid to use that \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble. This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give your document that extra little flair. -\emph on +\emph on Do try this at home -\emph default +\emph default , just start with something a little smaller and less important than your dissertation! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation. If you have a system like teTeX, most will already be available. @@ -19210,317 +22441,375 @@ Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation. We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have done a particular task with a particular file. Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard suggested by -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Footnotes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX cannot yet take care of setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman document class or changing the counter style. You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like the following to achieve that: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\family roman +\family roman will set the counter back to 1 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The counter has been set back to 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following command will change the numbering to small letters. Take a look at the next footnote in your xdvi or ghostview \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is an example for a footnote with alphabetic numbering. -\newline +\newline Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote { -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\family roman +\family roman to get this. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next command sets the counter style back to default, i.e. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\family roman +\family roman to set the counter--style back to LyX's default, i.e. -\backslash +\backslash arabic. -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote} { -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph -\family default +\family default and others as counter styles. Just replace the LaTeX command in the above example and rerun TeX to see what those styles can do. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Margin Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are two examples of neat things you can do to margin notes using LaTeX commands. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following command will make a vertical line appear alongside your text---gre at for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset thumbing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\family roman +\family roman . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Check your dvi- or ghostview-output to see what the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\family default +\family default command does to the following margin note. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a -\newline +\newline margin note. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Multiple Columns -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Purpose -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The aim for this chapter \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how to use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package. However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document. I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry, Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the example file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default . --- mer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset is to show how the LaTeX package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default can be used in a LyX document. As LyX doesn't support the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks. By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same page. Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed @@ -19529,58 +22818,72 @@ multicol ion. At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the environment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Examples -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Two columns -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to insert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default where you want it to end. Like this: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent -\series bold -\size small +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small The Adventure of the Empty House -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline by -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -19602,42 +22905,56 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind. with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Multiple columns -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -19657,68 +22974,90 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can have have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not be very pleasant for the eye. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Columns inside columns -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can even have columns inside columns: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -19729,23 +23068,29 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -19753,9 +23098,9 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. -\size default +\size default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. @@ -19768,362 +23113,434 @@ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Please do read the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical separator lines, and more. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Numbering in Enumerate -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip by -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent The default numbering for the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase letters. Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme. Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering scheme. For example, the first level label actually looks like: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like using a notation something like this: < \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset >. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting level, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv -\family default +\family default , as well as a counter, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . There are also five \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset number printing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset commands, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default , each of which take one counter as an argument. You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add spaces. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can get really fancy with these. For example: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: < \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset >. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent LaTeX allows you to put a bit of extra space between rows in a table by giving an optional argument to the end-of-row specifier ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ). LyX has not yet implemented this in a formal way, so here are two dirty little tricks to do the same job. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first is the more formal, but longwinded way to do it. In the LaTeX preamble, add the following command definition: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash noalign{vskip#1}} -\family default +\family default This command takes a single argument---the amount of space you would like to insert. Insert the command in the first column of the row -\emph on +\emph on after -\emph default +\emph default where you would like the space to appear. Here is an example (I've removed all the borders using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tabl -\bar under +\bar under e -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default ): -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -20135,210 +23552,238 @@ e \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Minerals -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace{2ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Rocks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Limestone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Sandstone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all over the world groan. @@ -20347,8 +23792,10 @@ The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all be more space inserted than you specified because you essentially added a blank row plus the extra space. If the space added is too much, simply use a negative number, like so: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -20360,554 +23807,674 @@ The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Minerals -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash [-1ex] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Rocks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Limestone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Sandstone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It's short, sweet, and gets the job done quickly, even if it is really ugly. You may put away the rotten vegetables now! I promise I won't suggest anything else like that! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dropped Capitals -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont T} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=3.3em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dropped capitals \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ---those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section. Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations, as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash verb+ -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset here is a much easier way of doing this, of course. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default (or the newer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default ) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents. Since this package is not a standard part of teTeX, I can't demonstrate it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document, delete the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and add -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropcaps} -\family default +\family default to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset T \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the margin. (Make certain you have copied \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps.sty -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin. The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text. The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm file should work (wade through the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm -\family default +\family default directory for possibilities). My personal favorite is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter yinit -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals. The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default package also offers the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop -\family default +\family default command, as well as a slightly simplified -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dropping -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newdimen -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash varunit}{4.5in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash parshape 19 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.00 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.500 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown. In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape -\family default +\family default is called for. As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable set of linelength definitions. @@ -20915,52 +24482,72 @@ parshape of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around non-rectangular graphics, etc. which will benefit from such handcrafting. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + The syntax is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindent #nlength -\family default +\family default , where -\family typewriter +\family typewriter numlines -\family default +\family default is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph. If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the definition. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nindent -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nlength -\family default +\family default entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the length of the line as measured from that point. The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Summary -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the whimsical. @@ -20971,4 +24558,7 @@ d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is available to you since LyX uses it as its backend. Happy LyXing! -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/FAQ.lyx index 7dda500217..e6e1f33c93 100644 --- a/lib/doc/FAQ.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/FAQ.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,89 +24,110 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta tion mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This is the list of Frequently Asked Questions for LyX, the Open Source document processor that provides a What-You-See-Is-What-You-Mean environment for producing high quality documents. For further help, you may wish to contact the LyX User Group mailing list at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on after -\emph default +\emph default you have read through the docs. -\emph on +\emph on -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Introduction and General Information -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What is LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is a program that provides a more modern approach to writing documents with a computer, an approach that breaks with the obsolete tradition of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset typewriter concept. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a minimum of effort without becoming specialists in typesetting. The job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, not the author; with LyX, the author can concentrate on the contents of her writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX provides an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset almost-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset view of the document. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Almost \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means that the line- and page-breaks are not displayed exactly as they will appear in the printed document. @@ -115,7 +137,9 @@ Almost the typesetting program contains everything necessary to format text, and do so very, very well. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So, line- and page-breaks aren't your problem anymore. Remembering which number to use for the next subsection isn't your problem @@ -123,195 +147,264 @@ So, line- and page-breaks aren't your problem anymore. Recalling what font you used for all of your section headings isn't your problem anymore. You tell LyX (and LaTeX) what -\emph on +\emph on kind -\emph default +\emph default of document you're editing and what -\emph on +\emph on type -\emph default +\emph default of paragraph this-or-that text is, the computer can typeset it accordingly. Of course you can also still do some low-level formatting for fine-tuning. However, the proper way with LyX is to tell the computer what the text -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default , not what it should look like. So, we like to say that LyX gives you WYSIWYM editing (What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Absolutely. The following type of documents have been produced with LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Memos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letters -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dissertations (260 pages in a single document, longer using include files) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize for example, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Lecture notes (133 pages, 27 figures on a 33 MHz 486 machine!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Seminar notebooks (500+ pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Conference proceedings (Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop on the Geoid in Europe, (Finnish Geodetic Institute Report 98:4), 292 pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Software Documentation (the LyX User Guide is about 120 pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Books -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize see \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset for an example on PostgreSQL -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., and Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, Remote Sensing and Urban Analysis (Taylor and Francis: London). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Herbert Voss: Praktische Kryptologie mit Java 286 pages, lots of equations, tables, figures. ISBN 3-8311-1458-7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Yann Collette and Patrick Siarry, Optimisation multiobjectifs, 2002, Eyrolles -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Papers published in the following refereed journals: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomy & Astrophysics (Suetterlin, P. 1998, A&A, 333, 305; Suetterlin, P. & Wiehr, E. 1998, A&A, 336, 367) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M. E. & Barsony, M. 2001, AJ, 121, 1098) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Novels (400+ page novel due out in September 2000; an 836 page novel is currently with an agent) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Scripts for plays and movies -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Business proposals for > $1 M (US) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Where do I start? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The website \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset is the first place to go for anything related to LyX. News, examples, downloads, and lots of other stuff is available there. After you have installed LyX and started it the first time, read the Tutorial ( -\family sans +\family sans Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tutorial -\family default +\family default ). Yes, I really mean that. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another basic introductory guide may be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At this time, you need to have the X Window system to run LyX. OS/2 and Win32 ports exist, but you need to have an Xserver -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default installed -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default and running on these systems. LyX is known to run on the following platforms (and probably a zillion others): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linux: RedHat 4.2, 5.0, 5.1, 6.0, 6.1, SUSE 5.x, Mandrake 7.0, 7.2 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tru64 Unix 4.0f -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HP-UX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On my system, the LyX binary consumes 2.0 MB of disk space, while the supporting files occupy another 12.6 MB (9.1 MB of which is consumed by the docs! You can delete the languages you don't care about to save some space). Of course, you do need to have something like teTeX installed which consumes a mere 115 MB, as well as ghostscript, which is another 10 MB! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Is LyX really Open Source? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes. The freely available X toolkit that LyX uses, xforms, was until recently @@ -320,323 +413,424 @@ Yes. of Troll Tech, is used in its open source variant. The LyX source itself is available under the GPL, so it qualifies. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Version 1.0 of xforms is available under the LGPL and its sources (and binaries) can be found from \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://savannah.nongnu.org/download/xforms/xforms-1.0.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset , which however requires some tinkering to get running. Qt tends to come with your distribution. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Internet Resources -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{bugzilla.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , if you want to report a bug in LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , if you are interested in the real blood and guts. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Known mirror sites include: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (also known as ftp.via.ecp.fr) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What mailing lists are there? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (very low volume), for announcements related to LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (medium volume), for general usage issues -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (high volume), for development and debugging issues -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (excruciatingly low volume), for documentation issues -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generally, you would send email to lyx-foo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org to subscribe to these lists or to lyx-foo-unsubscribe@lists.lyx.org to unsubscribe, where \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is one of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset announce \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset users \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset devel \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset docs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; definitely see \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} -\end_inset +\end_inset for the full details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes. :-) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Announce: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Users: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Devel: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Compatibility with other word/document processors -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes. LyX outputs LaTeX files that are either machine or human friendly. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex2lyx -\family default +\family default program that comes with LyX does a decent job of converting LaTeX into LyX. It's not perfect, but it will usually get at least 95% of the job done for you. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Not trivially. People have had some level of success with the following sequence: LyX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset RTF \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Word, and vice versa. However, Word is inherently not a markup language like LyX and LaTeX are, so conversions are usually difficult and almost meaningless. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard However, here are a few suggestions which were sent in: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description word2x produces LaTeX, HTML and plain text output. The LaTeX is importable in principle (and is rather clean) but I often prefer plain text and add the formatting back in. (This requires that you have knowledge on the original formatting). On last writing did not yet handle Office 2000 Word. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description wvware (found at www.wvware.com, or the abisource CVS repository for the latest). This was previously called msWordView. Very good, only tends to produce visually formatted LaTeX/HTML. Is however highly configurable: a config file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter wvLaTeX.xml -\family default +\family default guides the translation process. Handles also the newest Office formats. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ted This is the editor to use when someone sends you an RTF file created by Word. Fine product. Mail yourself the converted version (plain text or HTML). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, when all else fails, use any word processor (WordPerfect, StarOffice/Op enOffice, ...) which understands Word. Then export as the file as plain text and add the formatting by hand in LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For me personally, at least, it's faster doing this than cleaning up attempts at a conversion, though it is certainly unsatisfactory if you need to go back and forth a lot. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Can I read/write HTML files? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can output HTML files using the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tth \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset converter program, amongst others. There may be a HTML \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX program available which allows you to convert the other direction. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Obtaining and Compiling LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What do I need? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX source code: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize XForms library: xforms-0.88 or higher (using the latest version available is recommended) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A LaTeX installation: we strongly recommend teTeX-1.0 or higher -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A PostScript® interpreter: ghostscript 7.0 or higher -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A modern C++ compiler. If you are using gcc, LyX requires at least version 2.95.2. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How do I compile it? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ./configure -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make install (usually as root, though you don't have to be if you add flags to the configure command) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard See the INSTALL file for more details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most of the above packages are available as precompiled binaries for a variety of Linux systems, perhaps others as well. @@ -644,24 +838,32 @@ Most of the above packages are available as precompiled binaries for a variety be obtained from \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/lyx/bin/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Windows port is available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERT (Evil Red Text) refers to raw LaTeX commands which are inserted into your LyX document. @@ -670,464 +872,568 @@ ERT (Evil Red Text) refers to raw LaTeX commands which are inserted into The more enlightened among us know that it is extremely useful, even though it does qualify as URT (Ugly Red Text), but ERT seems to have stuck. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aesthetic arguments aside, many of the answers in this FAQ require that you use ERT, so whenever we say \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset insert the following LaTeX code \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , do the following -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Click the TeX toolbar button or select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Type the command as it is written in the normal way -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of people have been complaining about the ERT inset introduced in version 1.2.0. However, since there is little hope of to see the old LaTeX font return from the grave (it was really a hack), here are a couple of things to ponder: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You can collapse the ERT like any other floats by using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open/C -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default ose float -\family default +\family default (bound to -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default by default) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You can also set it to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset inlined \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset by using the properties dialog obtained by right-clicking anywhere in the inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Is there an alternative? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX commands can also be inserted in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Preamble \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , a form in LyX that is inserted verbatim into the LaTeX file which is generated during processing. This is especially useful for including nonstandard LaTeX packages, defining global shortcuts to be used within the document, etc. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions Related to Using LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this section, we attempt to address the truly most frequently asked questions. For a broader range of not-so-frequently asked questions and many \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset how do I? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset topics, see Herbert Voss' spectacular collection at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . You are doing yourself a large disservice if you don't check there before sending a message to the mailing lists! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection General questions -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The simplest solution is to open the menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default eamble -\family default +\family default and add the line -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash date{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in the preamble window. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll have to do this by hand: for example, for one particular list, you can add the following LaTeX code at the beginning of the list: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash itemsep}{0mm} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I number equations by section? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add the following two lines to your LaTeX preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash @addtoreset{equation}{section} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash theequation}{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{equation}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Replace the phrase -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theequation -\family default +\family default with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thetable -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thefigure -\family default +\family default and then replace -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation -\family default +\family default with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure -\family default +\family default . Don't forget to adapt the -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset command, too. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash fnsymbol{footnote}} -\family default +\family default to your LaTeX preamble. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okay, we are not playing Duke Nukem here! To eliminate widows and orphans (first line from a paragraph at the bottom of the page and the last line from a paragraph at the top of the page), add the following to the LaTeX preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash widowpenalty=10000 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash clubpenalty=10000 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and perhaps -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash raggedbottom -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want a list which looks like -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. a) First alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Second alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Third alternative -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard then try the following -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. {} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code a) First alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Second alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Third -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard where {} is in ERT (i.e. a placeholder not generating output. Specifically, set the style to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset enumerate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , enter the brackets in ERT, change the environment depth, and add the three elements. LyX will auto-label the entries. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Run a spellcheck; it will display the total number of words checked. Make sure the cursor is at the top of the document when you start the spellchec ker so that everything is counted. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are various ERT commands to use: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash enspace -\family default +\family default (1/2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thinspace -\family default +\family default (1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash negthinspace -\family default +\family default (-1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash quad -\family default +\family default (1 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash qquad -\family default +\family default (2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{ -\emph on +\emph on length -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default , etc. An \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset em \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is roughly the width of the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the current font. The length argument of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace -\family default +\family default command is any valid TeX length; units can be -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default (millimeters), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cm -\family default +\family default (centimeters), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default (inches), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default (points = 1/72 inch), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter em -\family default +\family default (width of letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ex -\family default +\family default (height of letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Examples: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{1in} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{2.5em} -\family default +\family default , etc. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{cite} -\family default +\family default into the LaTeX preamble. Most LaTeX distributions should have this package included. LyX supports this package, if you insert multiple citations separated by @@ -1135,111 +1441,129 @@ usepackage{cite} g. [Smalley_JCP,Jarrold_Sci], instead of just one citation after the other: [Smalley_JCP] [Jarrold_Sci]. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figure related questions -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an example of less-than-ideal terminology. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is what I would really call a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset graphic \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; it basically means insert a picture file. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is more what one means by a figure in a paper: it includes the graphic, the caption, the figure label, etc. You should almost always insert a figure float first, then put a figure inside that. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tables work in the same manner. Put a table float in first, then insert the table within that. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . In the -\family sans +\family sans Float Placement -\family default +\family default box, type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !htp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This tells LaTeX to try really hard to put the figure here first, then the top of a page, then on a page by itself. This is a global setting: all figure will then obey this rule set. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to control how each figure behaves, right-click in the figure float and you will get a dialog allowing to control the figure behavior. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX can handle only a limited number of floating elements floating at a given time. @@ -1251,250 +1575,322 @@ LaTeX can handle only a limited number of floating elements floating at If there are too many of these, LaTeX overruns a counter and emits the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset error. This is not a bug in LaTeX, this is simply too many figures with too little text :-) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The easiest way to work around this is to insert a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default command somewhere in the document where a pagebreak would be appropriate. While a pagebreak would simply start a new page, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default processes all remaining floats, then begins a new page. This may lead to an unsightly stack of figures in the middle of your document; you may need to use several -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpages -\family default +\family default to make things balance nicely. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Math related questions -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset while inside the equation to enter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset math text mode \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection How do I make a cube root (or higher)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to insert a nifty \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset root box \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Use the cursor keys to navigate the entry boxes. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions Related to Running LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard File export was vastly improved in version 1.1.6. Simply say -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and that is all you need to do. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have an older version of LyX, you can use the same syntax if you are running X, because it will cause LyX windows to pop up onto your screen. If you have the Xvfb command available, you can resort to a deeper level of subterfuge (under -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bash -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter (Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Under csh/tcsh it is simply -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent This should work anywhere, whether or not X is actually running. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Read Section 5.3.6 of the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The problem and the solution are also discussed in Section 5.3.6 of the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Note: this only applies to versions of LyX older than 1.2.0, since the graphics rendering code has been rewritten in this version] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A couple of users reported that they couldn't get recent Ghostscript versions to display inline figures in LyX. It transpires that this is a Ghostscript bug: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent This bug appears to affect Ghostscript 6.22 and upwards. After applying the above mentioned patch, rendering in Lyx works fine again. GNU Ghostscript 6.53 and above include this fix. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions Related to LyX on Windows -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You are probably using the XWin32 X server. This is a bug in XWin32: you can work around the problem by disabling the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Use Reserved Colors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset option of XWin32, and using a color mode other than PseudoColor. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section How to get further assistance -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Then RTFM, especially the Tutorial. The documentation really is quite good. (Besides, I helped write parts of it :-) If you think your problem may be LaTeX related, then look in -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed. -\emph default +\emph default by Leslie Lamport (1994). There are also numerous example files included with LyX. Try -\family sans +\family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open\SpecialChar \menuseparator Examples -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Send email to the LyX Users list lyx-users@lists.lyx.org. If LyX is actually crashing or otherwise non-functional, then try the developer s' list at lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What to put in a request for help. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Include your version of LyX and a description of what you are trying to do, along with evidence that you've actually read the docs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If LyX has crashed, include the version of LyX, the operating system, the version of xforms (if it seems to be a screen drawing problem), and a precise @@ -1505,32 +1901,46 @@ If LyX has crashed, include the version of LyX, the operating system, the the results with your mail. If you have no clue what I'm talking about, just describe what you did as completely as you can. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Administrative information and acknowledgments -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Feedback is invited. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Send comments, suggested additions, world record document claims, etc. to -\emph on +\emph on lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX file original is included in the LyX source distribution, converted versions in HTML and ASCII should soon be available at the website. A German version is also available with the distribution. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson, and Paul Evans were responsible for the FAQ through version 0.2.2 which covered LyX-0.10.7. @@ -1538,20 +1948,24 @@ Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson, and Paul Evans were responsible for the higher. Many people contributed pieces to the current version; Mike Ressler of the Doc Team collected them into this file. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Disclaimer and Copyright. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I don't claim anything in this document is accurate to within a factor of \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ; after all, I'm just an astronomer, and we like to set \begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . When the answer is wrong, we just redefine the units. @@ -1564,13 +1978,16 @@ I don't claim anything in this document is accurate to within a factor of failed while wondering how a fundamental physical constant expressed in units of \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset could possibly be equal to one expressed as \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . This file is Copyright © 2000 by Michael E. Ressler on behalf of the LyX Documentation Team. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/Intro.lyx index 352ff7180d..9a20eed55d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,79 +24,102 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduction to LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Principal maintainer of this file is -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter The Philosophy of LyX -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Uncle Cosmo, why do they call this a word processor? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quote +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset It's simple, Skyler. You've seen what food processors do to food, right? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\hfill + +\hfill --- Jeff MacNelly in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Shoe \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section What is LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is a document preparation system. It excels at letting you create complex technical and scientific articles @@ -115,23 +139,27 @@ nts (we'll explain why later), though with some effort all these can be scientific journals, scripts for plays and movies, business proposals \SpecialChar \ldots{} you get the idea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is a program that provides a modern approach to writing documents with a computer by using a markup language paradigm, an approach that breaks with the obsolete tradition of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset typewriter concept. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It is designed for authors who want professional output quickly with a minimum of effort without becoming specialists in typesetting. The job of typesetting is done mostly by the computer, not the author; with LyX, the author can concentrate on the contents of her writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Part of the initial challenge of using LyX comes from the change in thinking that you, the user, must make. @@ -139,18 +167,20 @@ Part of the initial challenge of using LyX comes from the change in thinking all learned certain tricks to get around their limitations. Underlining, which is little more than overstriking with the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset character, became a way to emphasize text. You were forced to figure out column sizes and tab stops, and set them, before creating a table. The same applied for letters and other right justified text. Hyphenation at the end of a line required a careful eye and a lot of foresight. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In other words, we've all been trained to worry about the little details of which character goes where. @@ -162,70 +192,76 @@ In other words, we've all been trained to worry about the little details wheel. This is the underlying philosophy of a WYSIWYG word processor: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Unfortunately, that paradigm often results in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is All You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is where LyX differs from an ordinary word processor. You don't concern yourself with what character goes where. You tell LyX -\emph on +\emph on what you're doing -\emph default +\emph default and LyX takes care of the rest, following a set of rules called a -\emph on +\emph on style. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To be fair, most recent versions of the most popular office suites now have some sort of style sheets which follow a similar markup method. However, our experience is that they are still rarely used in practice. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Let's look at a little example: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suppose you are writing a report. To begin your report, you want a section called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset So, you go into whatever menu it is in your word processor that changes font sizes and decide on a new font size. Then you turn on bold face. Then you type, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Introduction \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Of course, if you later decide that this section belongs someplace else @@ -233,24 +269,28 @@ Introduction change the numbering for this and all following sections, as well as any entry in the table of contents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX, you go to the pull-down on the far left of the button bar and select -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , and type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes, that's all. If you cut and paste the section, it will automatically be renumbered --- @@ -258,21 +298,25 @@ Yes, that's all. And if you enter references to that section correctly (by inserting cross-refer ence tags), LyX will automatically update them all throughout the file so that you never, ever type a section number. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now let's look at the problem of consistency. - Five days later, you reopen your report and start Section\SpecialChar ~ + Five days later, you reopen your report and start Section\InsetSpace ~ 4. However, you forget that you were using 18pt bold instead of 16pt, so you - type in the heading for Section\SpecialChar ~ + type in the heading for Section\InsetSpace ~ 4 in a different font that what you used - for Section\SpecialChar ~ + for Section\InsetSpace ~ 1. That problem doesn't even exist in LyX. The computer takes care of all that silly bookkeeping about which thing has what size font, not you. After all, that's what a computer is good at. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's another example. Suppose you're making a list. @@ -283,105 +327,123 @@ Here's another example. Under LyX, you have only two concerns: what kind of list is this, and what do I want to put in it. That's it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So, the basic idea behind LyX is: specify -\emph on +\emph on what -\emph default +\emph default you're doing, not -\emph on +\emph on how -\emph default +\emph default to do it. Instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the LyX model is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It's a powerful idea that greatly simplifies the mechanics of writing documents. This is also why LyX isn't so good for creating posters and flyers---in this case, you -\emph on +\emph on do -\emph default +\emph default want to specify exactly where everything goes, because there are no functional units like paragraphs, sections, etc. This doesn't mean LyX is missing some cool function. It simply means that it isn't the right tool for the job --- you don't use a screwdriver to drive in nails (unless your screwdriver comes with a lifetime warranty). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Differences between LyX and Other Word -\newline +\newline Processors \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX and Other Word Processors -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No, we're not trying to start (or win) a word processor holy war here. But we do think it's important to describe LyX's features. And one of LyX's main features, WYSIWYM, is a fundamentally different concept than the one that most of people have about word processing. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a list of things you won't find in LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The document ruler -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tab stops -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Extra whitespace (i.e. hitting -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default two or more times) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tab stops, along with a ruler showing you the position of things on the page, are useless in LyX. @@ -390,29 +452,45 @@ Tab stops, along with a ruler showing you the position of things on the context. Not being able to type two blank lines in a row will be annoying at first, but it makes more sense once you're thinking in WYSIWYM terms. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are some things that exist in LyX, but aren't used as you might think: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Indenting controls -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Page breaks -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Line spacing (i.e. single spaced, double spaced, etc.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Whitespace, horizontal and vertical -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fonts and font sizes -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Typefaces (bold, italic, underline, etc.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Although they exist in LyX, you generally don't need them. LyX will take care of these things for you, depending on what you're doing. @@ -424,45 +502,61 @@ Although they exist in LyX, you generally don't need them. In general, the space between lines, between words, and between paragraphs is variable, set by LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There are ways to adjust all of these (only some of which require knowledge of LaTeX), either for a whole document or for a specific location in a document. See the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default and/or the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual for details. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lastly, there are a few areas where we believe LyX (and LaTeX) surpasses many word processors: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hyphenation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lists of any type -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mathematics -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tables -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Cross-referencing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Granted, many modern word processors can handle mathematical symbols, tables, and hyphenation, and many have moved towards style definitions and the @@ -470,63 +564,69 @@ Granted, many modern word processors can handle mathematical symbols, tables, However, they've only recently been able to do so, whereas LyX is built upon the LaTeX document preparation system. LaTeX has been around for over 15 years, and -\emph on +\emph on works -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section What the heck -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX (and why do I care)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX is a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport in 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The source for the info in this section is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset by Helmut Kopka and Patrick Daly, which has an entry in the bibliography of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset It, in turn, was built up from a typesetting language called TeX, created by Donald Knuth in 1984. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is pronounced like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which is how many people feel about it. However, most folks don't understand just what TeX is. @@ -535,47 +635,51 @@ blech! It's a bit more complicated than a typewriter, but not nearly as involved as an actual printing press; however, many of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the printing trade were modeled by Knuth as computer algorithms and incorporated into TeX, thus its excellent printed appearance. In any case, what comes directly out of TeX is the so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset format file, or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default for short. You can then feed the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file to anything that understands -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , or converts -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default to other formats like PostScript®, PDF, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If it weren't for one other feature, all TeX would be is a typesetting engine. However, TeX also allows you to define macros. This is where the action begins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most people who use TeX are actually using a macro package which Knuth created to hide a lot of the typesetting details. @@ -589,7 +693,9 @@ ted, a set of commands that consistently typeset things like sections or tables or math formulae in a uniform, consistent fashion with as little fuss as possible. This is how LaTeX was born. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, in parallel with the development and growth of LaTeX, other folks were creating their own custom macro packages for TeX, ones to make slides or @@ -604,26 +710,28 @@ Now, in parallel with the development and growth of LaTeX, other folks were In fact, LaTeX is quite an extensive language in its own right! Users around the world have been creating their own add-ons for LaTeX beyond the standard ones. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two ways to extend LaTeX: classes and styles. A -\emph on +\emph on class -\emph default +\emph default is a set of LaTeX (and TeX) macros describing a new type of document, like a book, or an article. There are classes for slides, for physics and math journals\SpecialChar \ldots{} many universities even have a class for their thesis format! A -\emph on +\emph on style -\emph default +\emph default differs from a class in that it doesn't define a new type of document, but a different type of -\emph on +\emph on behavior -\emph default +\emph default that any document can use. For example, LyX controls page margins and line spacing using two different LaTeX style-files designed for these purposes. @@ -632,129 +740,147 @@ behavior designing fancy page headings, customizing bibliographies, altering the location and appearance of footnotes, tables, and figures, customizing lists, et cetera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a summary: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Typesetting language with macro capability. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Macro package built upon TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 classes: Descriptions of a type of document, using LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 styles: Alters the default behavior of LaTeX in some way. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Visual, WYSIWYM word-processor that uses LaTeX in all its glory to do its printing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The idea of this section was to try and explain -\emph on +\emph on why -\emph default +\emph default LyX works somewhat differently from other word processors. The reason is simple: LyX uses LaTeX as its printing backend. Just like LaTeX, LyX focuses on the context of your writing --- -\emph on +\emph on what -\emph default +\emph default you are typing. The computer then handles how it should look. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- one last thing. LaTeX is pronounced like TeX is. It rhymes with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ha blech \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , depending on how you pronounce your \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset s\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Usually. Lamport says in his book, though, that \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on lay -\emph default +\emph default -tecks is also possible \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset on the other hand, is pronounced \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset depending on what country you're from \SpecialChar \ldots{} but numerous holy wars and flame @@ -762,20 +888,24 @@ looks, just pronounce it however you please. Just don't pronounce it \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter :-) -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Navigating the Documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To make it easier to answer your questions and describe all of the features of LyX, the documentation has been split up into several different files. @@ -783,55 +913,63 @@ To make it easier to answer your questions and describe all of the features Before you go plowing into any of those files, however, you should read this chapter thoroughly first, since it contains a lot of useful information and commentary that can save you some time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Although LyX is now well past the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset version 1.0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mark, some of the documentation may be incomplete or a bit out of date, though we try to keep up. Like the rest of LyX, the manuals are the work of a group of volunteers who have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Real Jobs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , families, dishes to clean, kitty litter to dispose of, et cetera. - If you want to help out, be sure to read Section\SpecialChar ~ + If you want to help out, be sure to read Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset in addition to the rest of this document.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, please do us a favor---if anything in these manuals confuses you, is unclear, or wrong, don't hesitate to let us know! You can reach the current document maintainers by mailing to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . If you have questions which are not obviously answered in the documentation, and need help fast, there is an active users' mailing list which you can reach at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The Format of the Manuals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some of you may have printed out the manual(s). Others may be reading it online, within LyX as a file. @@ -841,37 +979,43 @@ Some of you may have printed out the manual(s). Nor are any of the footnotes or the Table of Contents visible. To open a footnote, which looks like this, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hi! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To close me, click on the grey box on the top left of this box, the one with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset click on it with the left mouse button. For the Table of Contents, either click on the grey box, or click on the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigate -\family default +\family default menu, where the contents are displayed automatically\SpecialChar \@. (Try it!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the printed manuals, all cross-references appear as the actual numbers for a chapter, section, subsection, and so on. @@ -879,7 +1023,7 @@ In the printed manuals, all cross-references appear as the actual numbers \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (The printed manuals show a number instead.) If you click on that box with @@ -887,11 +1031,11 @@ In the printed manuals, all cross-references appear as the actual numbers the cross-references in the document. This introduction has only one named \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:Contrib \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You can go to the section the referred to by clicking the button labeled @@ -899,714 +1043,812 @@ sec:Contrib Going back to where you came from is just as easy. Clicking on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Go back \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or typing -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default will take you back to your earlier location. (What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? See below.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now that we've cleared up some of the differences between the printed and online versions of this file, we can start looking at the format of this document. You'll occasionally notice things in different fonts: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Emphasized Style -\emph default +\emph default is used for general emphasis, generic arguments, book titles, names of sections of other manuals, and notes from the authors. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default is used for program and file names, LaTeX code, and LyX code and functions. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default is used for menu, button, or dialog box names, and the names of keyboard keys. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Noun Style -\noun default +\noun default is used for people's names. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For menu accelerator keys and other more obscure keybindings, you'll probably get referred to the -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default section of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features Manual -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default ). When we do need to reference keys, we'll use the following prefixing convention : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indicates the -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default key. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indicates the -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default key. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indicates the -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default key, which on some keyboards will be the -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default key. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are the function keys. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is the escape key. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : self-explanatory. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : these are the 6 keys that appear above the cursor keys on many PC keyboards. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset on some keyboards. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default both refer to the same key. Some keyboards label the -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default key as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset others as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset still others have two keys. LyX treats all of them as the same key, so we'll use -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default interchangeably. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll also see something like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (See -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Extended -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from time to time. We've listed the possible default keybindings for a function in its entry in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features Manual -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset so check there, too. Note that there are two different keybinding maps in common use in the LyX community: the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset style which is the default and familiar to those coming from the PC world, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset style, which is common with those who \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset grew up \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset on Unix systems and use the Emacs editor. Unless specifically noted, the keybindings in the documentation are from the default CUA map. If you like Emacs, you should be smart enough to read the documentation and figure out the bindings on your own. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The Manuals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following list describes the contents of each of the files in the documentat ion: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard This file. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you are new to LyX, and have never used LaTeX before, you should start here. If you think LaTeX is the stuff they make condoms out of, then you definitely need to reread Chapter 1, then read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Note that after you read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , you'll probably still think LaTeX is some stretchy substance --- but you -\emph on +\emph on will -\emph default +\emph default know how to use LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you -\emph on +\emph on have -\emph default +\emph default used LaTeX before, you should still read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , starting with the section on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX users. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Skimming the rest of the document wouldn't hurt, either.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, at any time, you find yourself feeling a bit clueless with respect to LyX, try perusing the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default before diving into any of the other manuals. It's a good springboard. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -User's\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The primary documentation. We'll cover -\emph on +\emph on most -\emph default +\emph default of the basic operation and available features of LyX here. The main manual assumes that you've read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Extended\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Extended\InsetSpace ~ Features -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Extension of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . Documents how to use raw LaTeX commands, additional layouts, and special-purpos e editing features, and includes some of the (rather bizarre, but nifty) tricks of the LaTeX masters. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Customization -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A description of advanced LyX features, including how to customize the overall behavior of LyX\SpecialChar \@. This includes such things as keybindings, internationalization, and configuration files. Don't even think of going in here until you read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ configuration -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX investigates your system upon installation. This file contains info on what LyX learned about your installation. Check it to see if you're missing something you might like to have. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard These files will reference one another as necessary. For example, the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default contains -\emph on +\emph on some -\emph default +\emph default information on installation and customization, but refers the reader to the -\emph on +\emph on Customization Manual -\emph default +\emph default for more information. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We'll state again an important point: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center If you are new to LyX, read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Now\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Otherwise, you could needlessly frustrate yourself. LyX does all that you need a word processor to do, but using a different approach. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contributing to the LyX Project -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contributing to LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is mostly written in C++ (the LaTeX importer is written in Perl). It is a large project, and as a result it is not free from bugs, or the need for improvements in the source code. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Reporting a bug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While using LyX, you may find behaviour which you consider a bug. Crashes, though rare, can happen. User interface problems are considered major bugs by the LyX team: especially helpful are indications of parts of the LyX interface you find confusing, or unclear. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has a bug tracking system, which you can find at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . You should check the bug tracker before reporting any bugs, in case it has already been reported. If you have a comment on an existing bug, or wish to report a new bug, you may either use the bug tracker, or send an e-mail to the development mailing list, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Archives of this list are linked from the main LyX website, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A good (useful) bug report will at a minimum include the version of LyX you are having the problem with. @@ -1617,12 +1859,14 @@ A good (useful) bug report will at a minimum include the version of LyX Give the versions of the libraries you have installed on your system, and, if relevant, the versions of external programs that LyX uses. If it's a compilation or configuration problem, include the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default , and mention which compiler you are using. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you can make LyX crash, please take the time to produce a backtrace with a non-stripped lyx executable. @@ -1630,80 +1874,82 @@ If you can make LyX crash, please take the time to produce a backtrace with the installed binary is stripped. So, run LyX from gdb by typing, for example, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and then \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small run -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Make LyX crash and you'll return to gdb. Use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small bt -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to produce a backtrace and include the output in the bug report \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard if you want to be thorough, use the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter info locals -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset commands to print out the values of local variables at a few stack levels. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . If possible, then a description of a way to reproduce the bug is more important @@ -1711,121 +1957,154 @@ up backtrace. If the bug is not easily reproducible, a backtrace is essential, because then that might be all we've got. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Contributing fixes and new features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have made changes to LyX's source that you think should become part of LyX, send your changes as a diff file (in unified format) to the development list referenced above, along with a change log, and a description of what your patch does. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contributing to the Documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX's documentation is extensive; however LyX is under constant development, and each new release adds new features. You may find some documentation needs improvement. This section describes what to do if you find an error, or have some suggestion s for improving the documentation. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Reporting Errors in the Manuals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you find a problem with the documentation, send a message to the mailing list -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . The documentation team will make any necessary fixes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Joining the Documentation Team. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX Documentation Project, like anything else in the LyX project, can always use assistance! If you're interested in contributing to the Documentatio n Project, you need to do the following assignment -\emph on +\emph on first -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Get the latest LyX source code. Untar it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The more adventurous can grab the latest documentation anonymously from the LyX CVS repository - it is contained in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default module. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset You will find a directory inside the main tree called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc/ -\family default +\family default . Inside that directory is a file called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Read it; it's the style sheet for the documentation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Next, read the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default and the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The point of this exercise is to give you ideas. The -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default is likely to be the most up-to-date of all of the documentation. You should be able to glean some insights into how we want the manuals to read and to look. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Contact the team at: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard to discuss your intended changes, and get some feedback on them. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The changes you wish to make may range from improving clarity of the text, to doing major re-structuring of the documentation. Any and all improvements are gladly received. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/Reference.lyx b/lib/doc/Reference.lyx index f6213304f3..1911fced62 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Reference.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Reference.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! @@ -34,13 +36,12 @@ \graphics none \float_placement !htb \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -51,104 +52,135 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Reference Manual -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta tion mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section About this Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is the LyX -\emph on +\emph on Reference -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Manual -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you've looked at some of the other documentation, you might be expecting this section to be identical to all of the other opening sections in the other documentation files. The Reference Manual isn't like the other documents, and requires a somewhat different approach. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, this file is big. It contains \SpecialChar \ldots{} well, everything. Or, it will, at some point. At the moment, though, it's still somewhat incomplete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Second, to help you get started with this manual, we recommend that you have a look at the example entries. We'd also recommend not printing out the entire manual, but only those sections you happen to need. [This document is still a moving target, after all.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Third, the entries in this manual follow a somewhat-modified version of the format described in the -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default manual. Most of these modifications are additions to what's been specified in the Style Sheet. So, if you intend to add an entry, make sure you read -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default thoroughly! [You'll find it in the distribution in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default subdirectory.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard NOTE: this document is, alas, very out of date. It is wrong in many places, and omits lots of information about newer versions of LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Organization -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic. Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:user-interface} -\end_inset +\end_inset describes the user interface. Included are the tool bar, the various popups and which menu items and @@ -156,7 +188,7 @@ Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic. Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset lists all of the bindable functions. You'll need this information if you want to alter the key bindings or create @@ -164,11 +196,13 @@ Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic. Lastly, chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:misc} -\end_inset +\end_inset is the Dreaded Miscellaneous! Basically, anything we couldn't figure out where to put ended up here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter. They are in alphabetical order for ease of access. @@ -177,417 +211,488 @@ The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter. They simply group the entries by letter, so, for example, there will be a section labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A-C, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset another called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset S, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and so on. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A Sample Entry -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is a sample entry to the Reference Manual. It should help readers figure out how to use this manual, and show developers how to create entries. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first thing to notice it the entry name. It's not in any special font. Now, according to the Style Sheet, function names should be in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default font and the names of popups in -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default . If you check the chapters containing entries for the functions and popups, you'll see that those entries do indeed use this font convention\SpecialChar \ldots{} in the text itself. - The names of the entries --- i.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ + The names of the entries --- i.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ the subsection title --- is in the default font. Leave the entry titles in the default font. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Example #1: Entries -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Where in the menus you can find this thing. If the menu item just brings up a dialog box, put its name in as a -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on Description -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default list. Also put in where on the panel the item in bound. Put the names of menus, popup buttons, etc. in -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default to make it stand out from any other text. Underline the accelerator key, if any. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In other words, this is just as described in the Style Sheet. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Example: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Menu -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ame \SpecialChar \menuseparator SubMe -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default uName \SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emName -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Ding\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -Ling\SpecialChar ~ +Ding\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +Ling\InsetSpace ~ Panel: -\family sans +\family sans ThisButton -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Should describe the location on the bar and what the icon looks like. Keep it brief. Example: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Fourth button from the left. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hand with six fingers. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default There will be either one or two paragraphs here. They should just contain a key sequence, and the name of the binding file. Put the name of the binding file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default font, and the key sequence in -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default to make it stand out. If no binding file name is present, then that binding is standard in all of the binding files. Example: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-M-p -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bindfile.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans M-9 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of this entry is to describe these entries. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Within an entry, the different parts are labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Default Bindings: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Purpose \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Usage \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Examples \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset See Also \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . These are each paragraph headings. The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Menu- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Toolbar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Keyboard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset parts of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Default Bindings: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset are subparagraph headings. None of these should be numbered. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In a real entry, this will tell you about the item and what it's for. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This entry will tell you how to use this item. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There won't always be one of these. In fact, any of the \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sections of an entry may be missing, especially if it's empty. For example, there are only 15 or so toolbar buttons, so most things won't have a default toolbar binding. Or, the author of an entry may prefer to put some of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Usage \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset stuff under \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Purpose \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Examples \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an example example for an example entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Are you confused? Good. You came to the right place! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, this example entry has been kind of abstract. So, we'll give you a few more example entries. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Example #2; Example #3. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Notice that this isn't in any special font. ] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Example #2: Bogosify -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ogus\SpecialChar \menuseparator M -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default HaHa -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default First button from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Bogus ball. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-F50 -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bogus.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-W-Help -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PCbogus.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter in BoGoTeX. @@ -597,1510 +702,1934 @@ This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter extensions, have written and even published articles in reputable journals that have been known to put readers into a coma! Don't believe me? Try reading just about any scientific paper! -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Just select the text to bogosify with the mouse, then use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Why, this entire entry is an example! It's totally bogus! -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard BogoMIPS -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Example #3: Decat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default uddly\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default eline -\family default +\family default to bring up the -\family sans +\family sans Meow -\family default +\family default dialog box. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Meow\SpecialChar ~ +Meow\InsetSpace ~ Panel: -\family sans +\family sans Decat -\family default +\family default button. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button smack dab in the middle of everything. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Kitty-cat. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans W-c W-a W-t -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fuzzy.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The decat function fixes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset additions \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset made by overly-helpful paws. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We all know how much cats -\emph on +\emph on love -\emph default +\emph default computers, especially the laps that sit in front of them. However, a cat, being feline, must add its opinions to whatever you're typing. Or, your cat may simply decide to help you finish your work so you can get to more important matters, such as brushing and petting. The decat function is designed for just such moments. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select the text to decat while holding down all five mouse buttons, then use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A particular black and white cat once added the following: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote sfd4rcxy45bb q43 tfd t43revcx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} to a document. Run through decat, it became: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Hey, bozo! Pay attention to me! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another frisky kitty named Horatio added: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote ';; msdam m-009243m laasd;mlk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard to some text. Decat changed it to: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Can I beat up another dog? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [And if you believe that, I have a bridge in Brooklyn for sale\SpecialChar \ldots{} ] -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ASPCA; PETA; ECC; Any cat owner. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Template -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter User Interface: The Popups -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:user-interface} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ed. Note: The chapter with a blow-by-blow description of what each popup does, which menu its bound to, and so on. Rather incomplete at the moment.-jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A-E -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Character Layout -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Decoration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Delimiter -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Document Layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section F-H -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figure -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File browser -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: There are actually several, since many different operations in LyX require a filename. Some of the more common functions which use a file browser have the following bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emplate... -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Find & Replace -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section I-J -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Include -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Insert Figure -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Insert Reference -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Insert Table -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Itemize Bullet Selection -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default to bring up the -\series bold -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\series default +\series default popup. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Document\SpecialChar ~ +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullet Shapes -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default M-l i -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default layout on a per document basis. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes. A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six @@ -2109,1968 +2638,2486 @@ The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes. you are changing. A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size. -\family sans +\family sans Ok -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default will update the document. Changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document using xdvi or ghostview. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-itemize-bullets-select; -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Itemize Bullet Selection -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default ; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ItemizeBullets.lyx -\family default +\family default in the examples directory. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Key Mappings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section K-O -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Log -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Vie -\bar under +\bar under w -\bar default +\bar default LaTeX Log -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ w -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Displays the log file produced by LaTeX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Scroll through the log file using either the cursor keys or the scrollbars. The -\family sans +\family sans Update -\family default +\family default button will refresh the popup with the log file contents. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard latex-view-log; -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Options -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrix -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section P-Q -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper Layout -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Print -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section S -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Screen Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Send Document to Command -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section T-Z -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Table Layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left (or right). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator T -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default -ble\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ble\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e t -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Displays the Table of Contents of the current document. Also allows rapid browsing and movement between sections. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can move about the table of contents using either the scrollbar or your cursor keys. Only two buttons are provided. A -\family sans +\family sans Close -\family default +\family default button to close the popup and an -\family sans +\family sans Update -\family default +\family default button to rebuild the table of contents. If you click on an entry with your mouse or move the selector using the cursor keys the document is moved so that that section is visible on screen. This allows rapid and simple navigation through your documents. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Try it now. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard toc-insert; toc-view; -\emph on +\emph on Table of Contents -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on User Guide -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Bindable Functions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset We have some quick, last minute notes for you about this chapter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If a particular piece of an entry is missing, it's equivalent to saying, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset There is none. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset For example, if, under \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Default Bindings -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset there was no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Menu -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset item, it means there is no menu binding. Likewise, the guy who wrote the entry may have decided that the function's purpose is self-explanatory. So, there'd be no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Purpose -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset section in the entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hopefully, all of that is clear. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you haven't noticed already, this is a -\emph on +\emph on huge -\emph default +\emph default chapter. Your best bet for getting around in it is to open up the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default browser. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents... -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lastly, some credits: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on + +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra -\noun default +\noun default wrote the math entries. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default wrote most of the entries in here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on + +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default edited this chapter. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-acute -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To produce accented characters from the ISO-Latin-1 character set. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All of the commands of the form \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-xxxxxx -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are of the same type. Rather than repeat the same entry 17 times, we'll explain how all of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset commands work. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset commands work like a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Compose \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset key. They add a particular accent to the next character typed. There are two ways to use these commands: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Direct Execution: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Use the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset key to enter the desired \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset command in the minibuffer. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [See the entry for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset if you don't know how to execute LyX commands directly.] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Next, type the letter you wish to accent. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dead Keys -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Bind the desired \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset command to a keyboard key. Typically, you bind the command to the key that looks like the accent. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard For example, you'd bind \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to the apostrophe key (the ' ) and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset key (Shift-6 on a US keyboard). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [See the manual -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Customization.lyx -\family default +\family default for information about binding keys.] \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: I may change this and put an entry to the bind command in this manual. -jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Restart LyX if it's already running, so that the new bindings can take effect. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Type the dead-key, followed by the letter you wish to accent. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Using our earlier example, if you type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , you'll produce the character \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ê \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard To produce the accent by itself, hit the Space key instead of a character. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with an acute accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard á é í ó ú ý Á É Í Ó Ú Ý \i \'{s} \i \'{z} @@ -4085,46 +5132,68 @@ Valid letters with an acute accent: \i \'{C} \i \'{N} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard command-execute; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard the key binding section in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Customization.lyx -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-breve; accent-caron; accent-cedilla; accent-circle; accent-circumflex; accent-dot; accent-grave; accent-hungarian-umlaut; accent-macron; accent-specia l-caron; accent-tie; accent-tilde; accent-umlaut; accent-underbar; accent-underd ot. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-breve -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \u{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a breve accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \u{a} \i \u{g} @@ -4133,33 +5202,51 @@ Valid letters with a breve accent: \i \u{G} \i \u{U} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-caron -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \v{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a caron accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \v{c} \i \v{s} @@ -4180,33 +5267,51 @@ Valid letters with a caron accent: \i \v{e} \i \v{E} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-cedilla -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a cedilla accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ç Ç \i \c{g} \i \c{k} @@ -4223,66 +5328,102 @@ Valid letters with a cedilla accent: \i \c{S} \i \c{T} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-circle -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \r{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a circle accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \r{a} \i \r{u} \i \r{A} \i \r{U} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-circumflex -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a circumflex accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard â ê î ô û Â Ê Î Ô Û \i \^{c} \i \^{g} @@ -4295,33 +5436,51 @@ Valid letters with a circumflex accent: \i \^{J} \i \^{S} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-dot -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \.{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a dot accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \.{e} \i \.{\i} @@ -4334,95 +5493,149 @@ Valid letters with a dot accent: \i \.{G} \i \.{Z} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-grave -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \`{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a grave accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard à è ì ò ù À È Ì Ò Ù -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-hungarian-umlaut -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a hungarian umlaut accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{o} \i \H{u} \i \H{O} \i \H{U} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-macron -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a macron accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={a} \i \={e} @@ -4435,1705 +5648,2214 @@ Valid letters with a macron accent: \i \={O} \i \={U} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-special-caron -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard WARNING! THIS ACCENT COMMAND CURRENTLY CRASHES LyX! DO NOT USE! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some letters with a special caron accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-tie -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \t{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a tie accent: None. Just the accent itself. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-tilde -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with a tilde accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñ Ñ ã \i \~{\i} õ \i \~{u} Ã \i \~{I} Õ \i \~{U} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-umlaut -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \"{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some letters with an umlaut accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ä ë ï ö ü ÿ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-underbar -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \b{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some letters with an underbar accent: None. Just the accent itself. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection accent-underdot -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command produces the following accent: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \d{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Valid letters with an underdot accent: None. Just the accent itself. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section B -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection backward-select -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights a single character to the left of the current cursor location. If the cursor is at the left screen margin the cursor moves to the end of the previous line, and the whitespace in-between is selected. The selected text will be in reverse-video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-backward; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-selec t; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection break-line -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default -ecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default inebreak -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To forcibly split the current line without ending the current paragraph. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command has several purposes, depending on context. Its primary function is to manually end a line without ending the paragraph. This should only be done when you need some fine-tuning. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In math-mode, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default command automagically turns a one-line equation into a multiline expression, inserting the new equation line as well as all alignment delimiters. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard break-paragraph; break-paragraph-keep-layout. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection break-paragraph -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Return -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To terminate the current paragraph. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command does slightly different things, depending on context. Typically, it ends the current paragraph, breaks the current line, and starts a new paragraph in the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default paragraph environment on the next line. It also typically removes all environment nesting. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are in the middle of a paragraph, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default splits it in two. If the paragraph is a list item, it creates a new list item in the process. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are at the end of a paragraph, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default starts the new paragraph after the current one. If you are at the beginning of a paragraph, the new paragraph starts -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default the current one. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default may start the new paragraph in an environment other than -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , but the behavior is not consistent. For example, if you move to the middle of an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list, to the end of one of the items or the beginning of the next item, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default will not change the paragraph environment. It will still mess up the environment nesting, however. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard None. Your best bet is to just play with hitting return until you build an intuition for how this works. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard break-paragraph-keep-layout; break-line; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard depth-decrement; depth-increment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To terminate the current paragraph without changing the paragraph environment or nesting depth. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Its usage is very much the same as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default , with one important difference. The new paragraph -\emph on +\emph on always -\emph default +\emph default has the same environment and nesting depth as the old one. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard break-paragraph; break-line; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard depth-decrement; depth-increment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-auto-save -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-x a -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-a -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default only. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Forces an autosave on the current document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Backward compatibility. This function used to be the only way to undo any editing. With the advent of a true undo/redo function in LyX, forcibly autosaving a document doesn't have much use. -\emph on +\emph on (The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version.) -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-load-auto-save -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-begin -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Home -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor location to the top of the current buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-begin-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-C-Home -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights text from the current cursor location to the top of the current buffer. The selected text is shown in reverse-video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-begin; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-chktex -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default eck TeX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e h -\family default +\family default (standard). -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Checks document for typographical errors. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function runs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default on the document and inserts error boxes with the results. It is used to find common typographical errors. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard error-next; description in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-close -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lose -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f c -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-x k -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-k -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Closes the current buffer. If changes have been made since it was first opened, or since the last -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-save -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-save-as -\family default +\family default command, you will be asked if you want to save the buffer to its file before closing the buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-open. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-end -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-End -\family default +\family default -\family roman +\family roman in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves both the screen display and the current cursor location to the end of the current buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-end-select -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-C-End -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selects text from the current cursor location to the bottom of the current buffer. The selected text is shown in reverse-video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-end-select; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-itemize-bullets-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default to bring up the -\series bold -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\series default +\series default popup. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullet Shapes -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default M-l d M-b -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard M-l i -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens the document's -\series bold -Itemize\SpecialChar ~ -Bullet\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Itemize\InsetSpace ~ +Bullet\InsetSpace ~ Selection -\series default +\series default popup which allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default layout. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Itemize Bullet Selection; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itemize Bullet Selection -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default ; -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-load-auto-save -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Loads the autosave file. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To invoke this function, you must use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\family default +\family default key to enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-load-autosave -\family default +\family default in the minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Invoking this command once loads the autosave file (which has the suffix \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bak -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) in place of the current document. Invoking it two times in a row loads the autosave backup file (which has the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bak~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset suffix) in place of the current document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You cannot change the time interval between autosaves on the fly. The interval, in seconds, is set in the main -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default file or in the user's local -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ${HOME}/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard command-execute; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-auto-save. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-new -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f n -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-x d -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-d -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function first opens a -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default window. You must now specify a new filename for the new document. You can use the -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must be unique. The file cannot already exist. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard File Browser; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX Template Files; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date. - jw -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-new-template; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-new-template -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f t -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-N -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document with a template document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function first opens a -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default window. You must now specify a new filename for the new document. You can use the -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must be unique. The file cannot already exist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After you enter the filename and choose -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , the -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default window opens again. This time, it has the title \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Choose Template. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset If you wish to use a LyX template file for this new document, use the -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default to choose one. Otherwise, hit the -\family sans +\family sans Cancel -\family default +\family default button. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard File Browser; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX Template Files; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date. - jw -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-new; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-open -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default First button from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard File folder with an arrow. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f o -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-x f -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-f -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens an existing file and places it in a new buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function opens a -\family sans +\family sans File Browser -\family default +\family default window with the title \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Document to Open. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Choose the file to open and hit -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default K\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard File Browser; [ -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: To be added. - jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-previous -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-d p -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-x b -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-b -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes from the current document to another open and previously viewed document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If only one document is open, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\family default +\family default has no effect. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If more than two documents are open, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\family default +\family default switches to whichever document you were last working on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also switch between open documents using the -\family sans +\family sans Documents -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\family default +\family default several times in a row switches back and forth between two documents. This is useful for cutting and pasting between two different documents. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Documents Menu. [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. Note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-print -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button #3 from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A stylized printer. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f p -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default p in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua. -\family default +\family default bind. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prints the current document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function opens the -\family sans +\family sans Print -\family default +\family default panel, which allows print control via buttons and typed inputs; a buffer can be printed either to a file or to a spooled print device. When printing to a printer, the printer name you specify in the -\family sans +\family sans Printer -\family default +\family default box must be configured for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is explained in greater detail in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Most systems have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as their default PostScript® printer, for which -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default comes preconfigured. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The section on dvips in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Print panel; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. Note - To be added. - jw. -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-view; buffer-view-ps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-typeset -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate dvi -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f u -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-D -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-x r, C-x t, C-x C-r, -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-t -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Updates the dvi file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer, and the file is processed with LaTeX. @@ -6141,77 +7863,98 @@ A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer, LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on the error-box. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard error-next; buffer-typeset-ps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-typeset-ps -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Updat -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default PostScript -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f e -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-T -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Updates the PostScript® file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX and dvips). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer, and the file is processed with LaTeX. @@ -6220,1065 +7963,1321 @@ A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer, LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on the error-box. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard error-next; buffer-typeset. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-view -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View\SpecialChar ~ +View\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default dvi) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f d -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-x p -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-p -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Views the current buffer with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default program. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default process window is then automatically created with which you can view the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file. If -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops at that point and control is returned to LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-print; buffer-view-ps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-view-ps -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View\SpecialChar ~ +View\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default hostview) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f g -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-x g -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-g -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Views the current buffer with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default program. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default is run on the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file to create a scratch PostScript® file. A -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default process window is then automatically created in which you can view your work essentially in the same form as if it were printed. If -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops at that point and control is returned to LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-print; buffer-view. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-write -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f s -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-x s -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-x -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Writes (saves) the current document to the original filename. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-write-as. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection buffer-write-as -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-f a -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-x w -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-x C-w -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Saves the current buffer to a different filename than that of the file originall y opened. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function opens an browser window that allows you to specify a new filename for the document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-write. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section C-E -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection cancel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard General cancel. Cancels the selection of a meta-key selection, a drop-down menu, or a pop-up window. Cancels entry of commands in the minibuffer. Also leaves math-mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Cancel -\family default +\family default is the primary method of leaving math mode. Also, if a meta-key selection has been started, (for instance, -\family sans +\family sans M-c -\family default +\family default ), pressing the -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium cancel -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold -\series medium +\series medium key will abort the selection. Similarly, if a -\series default +\series default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\family default +\family default window is open, placi -\series medium +\series medium ng the cursor in the window and executing the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\family default +\family default function will close the window, or if a drop-down menu has been selected, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\family default +\family default will close the menu. Lastly, if you are entering a command in the minibuffer, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default will abort entry and leave the minibuffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard command-execute; find-replace; math-mode. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection char-backward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor to the left by one character. At the beginning of the line the cursor will move to the end of the previous line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection char-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor to the right by one character. At the end of the line the cursor will move to the beginning of the next line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection command-execute -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Executes a LyX function. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After you invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\family default +\family default , a cursor will appear in the minibuffer. Type the name of a LyX function. If the function takes any arguments, you can type them in after the function name, using a space to separate the two. Then hit \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset You can use -\family sans +\family sans tab -\family default +\family default to auto-complete commands. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Example #1: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Click on the minibuffer with the mouse. Type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset accent-acute \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset key. Now type the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You should get the character \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ú \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize -\noindent +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent Example #2: Commands with Arguments: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Now type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset layout LyX-Code \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset key. The current paragraph will now be in the LyX-Code environment. You could have specified any other valid paragraph environment as an argument to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout -\family default +\family default command. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard accent-acute; layout. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection command-prefix -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection copy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Fifth button from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Two pages with a + sign. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e o -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans C-Insert -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans M-w -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Places a copy of the previously selected text into the paste buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select text, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands, then either execute -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\family default +\family default by either following the menu commands or pressing the appropriate keystrokes. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard cut; paste. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection cut -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Sixth button from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard An open pair of scissors. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e c -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Removes previously selected text and places the removed text into the copy paste buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select text to be removed, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands, then execute -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\family default +\family default by either following the menu commands, selecting the toolbar icon, or pressing the appropriate keystrokes. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard copy; paste. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection delete-backward -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deletes the character to the left of the cursor. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, two things may happen. @@ -7286,73 +9285,92 @@ Self-explanatory. environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs. If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset most likely not \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved. Play around and see what happens. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard delete-forward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward; line-delete-backward. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection delete-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (standard). -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deletes the character to the right of the cursor. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, two things may happen. @@ -7360,1125 +9378,1383 @@ Self-explanatory. environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs. If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset most likely not \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved. Play around and see what happens. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard delete-backward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward; line-delete-backward. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection depth-decrement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-p Left -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Left -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To decrease the paragraph environment depth. -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent To un-nest two nested paragraph environments. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that paragraph and invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\family default +\family default . If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group with the mouse and then invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset wraps. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Namely, if you reach the outermost environment depth, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\family default +\family default move the paragraph to the innermost environment depth. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard depth-next; depth-increment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection depth-increment -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Change\SpecialChar ~ +Change\InsetSpace ~ En -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -ironment\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ironment\InsetSpace ~ Depth -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Fifth button from the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Icon indicates doubly indented text bounded by arrows. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-p Right -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans M-S-Right -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To increase the paragraph environment depth. -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent To nest two paragraph environments. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that paragraph and invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\family default +\family default . If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group with the mouse and then invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset wraps. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Namely, if you reach the innermost environment depth, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\family default +\family default move the paragraph to the outermost environment depth. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard depth-decrement; depth-next. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection depth-next -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-l v -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command is simply an alias for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard depth-increment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection down -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor down one line. If the cursor starting-position is at the bottom of the screen-display, the buffer scrolls upward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the screen-height from the bottom of the screen. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection down-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one line down. If the next line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves to the end of the next line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard down; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-s elect; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection drop-layouts-choice -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-p c -\family default +\family default (standard). -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens up the combobox for selecting paragraph environments, which is to the left of the toolbar. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once the combobox is open, you can use the cursor keys to select a new paragraph environment. Hitting \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset chooses the paragraph environment currently highlighted. Hitting \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Escape \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset cancels the operation and closes the combobox. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection error-next -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Go\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ +Go\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rror -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e e -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Find the next LaTeX error in the buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can only use this command under two conditions: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You've recently invoked -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset-ps -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-chktex -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter print -\family default +\family default to run LaTeX on your document. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX found errors in the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If this happens, LyX will find the errors and mark them in the document with a box containing the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It's not easy to provide an example for this one. If you don't know LaTeX, and never intend to insert any LaTeX code into your LyX documents, you might not need to worry about this command. It's here for those users who -\emph on +\emph on do -\emph default +\emph default know LaTeX and might enter incorrect LaTeX code into their documents. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard buffer-typeset; buffer-typeset-ps; buffer-view; buffer-view-ps; buffer-chktex; print. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section F -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection figure-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default ure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Second button from the right. -\newline +\newline A picture embedded in text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-i g -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert graphics in the current document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function opens the -\family sans +\family sans Figure -\family default +\family default panel, which contains two options: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Encapsulated Postscript -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Inlined EPS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll get slightly different behavior depending on which type you select. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This panel previously had a third option, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX or TeX -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , for inclusion of LaTeX graphics. This function is now provided by means of the -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Include File menu entry. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Placement is the difference in the two options. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Inlined EPS -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset inserts the graphics within the current line, as if it were a normal character. This can have remarkably bizarre results on the line spacing if the imported graphics is very tall. The other option, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Encapsulated Postscript -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , breaks the current line on either side of the figure, separating it from the text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that this function merely creates a box for the appropriate graphics. You must still choose the file to import. For PostScript® files, double click on the box, which will initially contain only the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset F \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , to open the -\family sans +\family sans EPS Figure -\family default +\family default panel. You can now use the options in the -\family sans +\family sans EPS Panel -\family default +\family default to select and even display an encapsulated PostScript® file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph -\layout Paragraph -\added_space_bottom 0.3cm Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Currently, none provided. This will change at some point in the future. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard EPS Figure panel. [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. Note - To be added. - jw. -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection find-replace -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e f -\family default +\family default (standard) -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family roman +\family roman or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans M-% -\family default +\family default -\family roman +\family roman in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To search for text and, if desired, replace it with other text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Invoking this command opens the -\family sans -Find\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Find\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default panel. All searches start at the current cursor position. The target text is placed in the -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset find \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default box. The two arrow buttons choose the search direction. If LyX finds the text, the cursor moves to the text and remains at the new position. The target text may be optionally replaced with alternate text placed in -\family roman +\family roman the -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset replace \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default box. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The search is not case sensitive unless you have checked the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset case sensitive \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button. If you check the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Match word \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button, then the search will only match on complete words, so \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Manual \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will not be found, when searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Manuals \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TBD\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-bold -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -old\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +old\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default and -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\layout Description +\end_layout -Character\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Character\InsetSpace ~ Layout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Bold -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Series -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default , or -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default (standard) -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family sans +\family sans . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font to an emboldened series or, if the font is already emboldened, reverts to the default series. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rather than repeat the same thing for all 9 font selection functions, we'll describe the generic behavior of the font functions here. Some of the font commands have a toolbar button, others have a menu selection. All of them are in the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default popup. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All of the font commands do the following to words: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If the cursor is in the middle of a word [between two whitespaces], the entire word changes to the new font. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If the cursor is at the beginning or end of a word, the font commands only affect any subsequently typed text. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You can also tack text in a different font onto a word. Just move the cursor out of the word to shut off the font, otherwise, you'll change the whole word into a single font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also change the font of a block of text by selecting it with the mouse [or with the keyboard] and then invoking the font command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eight of the font commands, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-smallcaps -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , are toggles. They will remove a font if text is already in it and deactivate a font if it's active. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX automatically uses the font of the word next to the cursor. If the cursor is in the middle of a word, it uses the font of the text to the right of the cursor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font series. @@ -8486,974 +10762,1138 @@ One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font can make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command in the LaTeX preamble. However, we suggest that you use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default to emphasize any text and only use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default when appropriate. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For example, to make reference to a vector in the body of the text, many mathematician use a bold series. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an example of a bold font series: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\series bold +\series bold This is bold text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suppose you have this sentence: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you put the cursor in the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset some \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , you get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is -\series bold +\series bold some -\series default +\series default text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you take the first example, select the words \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset This is, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , you get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\series medium +\series medium This is -\series bold +\series bold bold text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now put the cursor at the end of the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Delete the period, invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , and type in some text. You'll get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation This is -\series bold +\series bold bold text -\series medium +\series medium and this is not. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you take the sentence, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Here is some text, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset put the cursor before the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset t \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , and type in some text, you'll get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold newly added -\series default +\series default text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now put the cursor after the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset d \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset added \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset funky \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [it's important that you type the spaces, too]. You'll get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold newly added funky -\series default +\series default text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lastly, we'll demonstrate mixed fonts. Again, start with the sentence, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Here is some text. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset We can do the following: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold thing -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold bold -\series default +\series default text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} by 1) placing the cursor after the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset some \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; 2) invoking -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default ; 3) typing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset thing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; 4) placing the cursor before the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset t \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; 5) invoking -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default ; 6) typing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; and 7) moving the cursor out of the word. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The last step automatically shuts off the bold font. LyX automatically uses the font of the current word [the word next to the cursor]. If you had not moved the cursor, but instead tried to turn off bold font by invoking -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default again, -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold thing -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold boldtext -\series default +\series default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} would have been the result. If you'd tried to turn off bold font by invoking -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default , -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold thing -\series default +\series default boldtext. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} would have been the result. Now let's return to: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold thing -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold bold -\series default +\series default text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We'll try adding text in the middle of the words. Put the cursor between the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset t \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset some -\series bold +\series bold thing -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ly \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , move the cursor between the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset d \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset t \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold bold -\series default +\series default text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset old \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This is what you'll get: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here is some -\series bold +\series bold lything -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold bold -\series default +\series default oldtext. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.78cm +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.78cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Hopefully, these examples helped you understand how the font commands work. All 9 commands listed below in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on See Also -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset work the same way, so the above examples hold for them, too. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-code; font-default; font-emph; font-roman; font-sans; font-size; font-smallcaps; font-underline. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Family -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default (standard) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-P -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font to the typewriter family, or, if the font is already in this family, reverts to the default family. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default shuts off -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default if either of these families is active. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is an example of the typewriter font family, which -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default selects: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter This is Typewriter font. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-roman; font-sans. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-default -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Space -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font to the default font. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suppose you had this mess in your text: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Hel -\family sans +\family sans lo I -\emph on +\emph on 'm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a re -\emph default +\emph default all -\series bold +\series bold y wei -\family sans +\family sans rd -\emph on +\emph on sent -\family default -\series default -\emph default +\family default +\series default +\emph default en -\emph on +\emph on ce and -\noun on +\noun on my na -\series bold +\series bold me -\series default -\emph default +\series default +\emph default is -\family sans +\family sans D -\series bold +\series bold e -\emph on +\emph on l -\family default +\family default ir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\series medium +\series medium u -\emph default +\emph default m -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select this text and invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default . You'll change it to: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Hello I'm a really weird sentence and my name is Delirium. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-emph -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default -mphasize\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +mphasize\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default and -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Italic -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Shape -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button #7 from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard An exclamation mark. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e, -\family default +\family default and -\family sans - M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-l\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default (standard) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font shape to the italic shape, or, if the font is already in this shape, reverts to the default font shape. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default shuts off -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-smallcaps -\family default +\family default if that shape is active. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Many new users wonder why this isn't called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset font-italic, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and why boldface and underlined text don't have their own menu entries or toolbar buttons. LyX has adopted a convention from LaTeX: specify -\emph on +\emph on what -\emph default +\emph default you want to do and let the computer take care of how to do it. The italic font shape is the standard way to emphasize text in typesetting. LyX [and LaTeX] has also adopted this convention. @@ -9467,1382 +11907,1649 @@ what ally. If you used a specific font, you'd need to do the same thing manually, using specific font changes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In short, the LyX team -\emph on +\emph on strongly recommends -\emph default +\emph default that you use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default to emphasize any text [this includes book titles] and save any specific font command for those few special cases where you need to specify exactly how the text is typeset. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example of emphasized text: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on Always use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default instead of specific font names! -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-smallcaps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-free -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font settings to the most recent setting in the -\family sans +\family sans Character -\family default +\family default pop-up. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-roman -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Family -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default (standard). -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font to the roman family, or, if the font is already of this family, reverts to the default font family. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default shuts off -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default if either of these families is active. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is an explicit use of the roman font family: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family roman +\family roman This is Roman font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that roman is the default font family. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-code; font-roman; font-sans. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-sans -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Family -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default (standard). -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font shape to the sans serif family, or, if the font is already of this family, reverts to the default font family. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\family default +\family default shuts off -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\family default +\family default if either of these families is active. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is an example of the Sans Serif font family: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family sans +\family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-code; font-roman. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-size -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: Any item from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Size -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default The -\family sans +\family sans M-s -\family default +\family default prefix, plus one of the following keys: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size largest -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ g -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-H -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size giant -\family default +\family default " -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Change the font size. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command requires an argument, which is the font size. You must provide the argument in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bind -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset command if you use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default in a keybinding file, or in the minibuffer if you use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\family default +\family default to invoke it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's note: Don't do this - there is a bug. For some reason, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default crashes LyX at the moment. - jw 10/6/96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX describes font sizes in relative values. LyX uses the following terms: -\emph on +\emph on tiny, small -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on large -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on larger -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on largest -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on huge -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on giant -\emph default +\emph default . The -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default size can be set to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 10pt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 11pt -\family default +\family default , or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 12pt -\family default +\family default , with the other sizes set proportionally. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should avoid using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default unless you need to do some fine-tuning. -\emph on +\emph on Never -\emph default +\emph default use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size -\family default +\family default to make titles or section headings; LyX already does this for you and in a much better fashion. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are all eight font sizes: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\size tiny +\size tiny tiny -\size default +\size default , -\size small +\size small small -\size default +\size default , -\size normal +\size normal normal -\size default +\size default , -\size large +\size large large -\size default +\size default , -\size larger +\size larger larger -\size default +\size default , -\size largest +\size largest largest -\size default +\size default , -\size huge +\size huge huge -\size default +\size default , -\size giant +\size giant giant -\size default +\size default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard command-execute; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-smallcaps -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default -oun\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oun\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default and -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Small caps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Shape -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button #8 from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A person. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default (standard) -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Changes the font shape to the small caps shape, or, if the font is already of this shape, reverts to the default font shape. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-smallcaps -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-smallcaps -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-smallcaps -\family default +\family default shuts off -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default if that shape is active. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The small caps shape is typically used for proper names. Some countries use this convention more frequently than the US does, hence its prominence in LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's what the small caps shape looks like: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on + +\noun on This is all in the Small Caps font shape. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold; font-emph . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-state -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection font-underline -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter... -\family default +\family default to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description CharacterLayout: option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Underbar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Bar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset list -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default [to open the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans M-c u -\family default +\family default (standard). -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adds an underbar to subsequent or selected text -\family roman +\family roman . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A lot of the usage for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default works the same way as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default , so see the entry for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default to get an idea for how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX. We know that many users are used to underlining text for emphasis or for @@ -10852,2227 +13559,2702 @@ The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX. Now, you could make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command in the LaTeX preamble. However, we suggest that you use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default to emphasize any text, including book titles, and avoid using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default at all. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There is one - and only one - case that we can think of where you might need to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default . Suppose you're writing the bibliography of a journal article. The journal you're submitting this article to typesets all volume numbers in an underlined font, and wishes all submissions to do the same. This is perhaps the only time you'd need to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example of the underbar font attribute: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\bar under + +\bar under Avoid using underlined text!!! -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Character Layout popup; [ -\emph on +\emph on Ed. note - to be added. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard font-bold. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection footnote-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # 7 from the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A page with an arrow pointing to lines at the bottom of the page. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert a footnote. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a footnote. A red box appears on the next line. If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the box [it doesn't really]. Anything you enter in the box will be in the footnote. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset written in red on a grey background. Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the footnote. A closed footnote looks like the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset written as a superscript in red. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also open and close footnotes, as well as other types of notes and labels, with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\family default +\family default command. See its entry for keybindings. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One last note: even though footnotes in LyX appear unnumbered, they are. LaTeX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hi! I'm a footnote! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset is a footnote. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard open-stuff; marginpar-insert; -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection forward-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlight a single character to the right of the cursor. If the cursor is at the end of a line, the cursor moves to the beginning of the next line, and the whitespace in between is selected. The selected text is shown in reverse-video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-sele ct; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section G-K -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection hfill-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default Fill -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default or -\family sans - M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-i\InsetSpace ~ h -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset horizontal fill. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset As the name implies, an -\emph on +\emph on HFill -\emph default +\emph default fills in the current line with blank space. You can put it at the beginning or end of a line, which will force the line against the right or left margin, respectively. However, an -\emph on +\emph on HFill -\emph default +\emph default is most useful in the middle of a line. The example explains it best. The -\emph on +\emph on HFill -\emph default +\emph default has pushed the text on either side of it to the left and right margins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Important Note: by a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset we do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default mean the page margins. We mean the environment margin. For example, if your document has two columns per page, an -\emph on +\emph on HFill -\emph default +\emph default fills in the line to the left and right margin -\emph on +\emph on of the column -\emph default +\emph default , not the entire page. If you're in a table cell, -\emph on +\emph on HFill -\emph default +\emph default fills to the cell borders, and so on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should only use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\family default +\family default for fine tuning. LyX has better ways to justify and format text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default command here -\hfill +\hfill has pushed this text apart. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: Eventually, vfills or the Paragraph popup. -jw -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection hyphenation-point-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~ +Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default oint -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ Minus -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-Minus -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua-bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-h -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs-bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a manual hyphenation point via the LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash - -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While LaTeX is normally able to hyphenate most words, it has problems with other words, especially non-English words and technical terms. This command allows you to tell LaTeX to hyphenate a single instance of a word that LaTeX would otherwise be unable to hyphenate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To allow LaTeX to properly hyphenate -\emph on +\emph on gnomon -\emph default +\emph default , you type it as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gno -\backslash +\backslash -mon -\family default +\family default , where you insert the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset by means of the hyphenation command. Use this command to do the same in LyX [see the example]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note: To tell LaTeX how to hyphenate -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default instances of a word in a document, insert a LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hyphenation{} -\family default +\family default command in the preamble, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Edit the preamble from the menu by selecting -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset where the argument is a space-delimited list of the words to be hyphenated, with the hyphenation points noted by dashes, as in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hyphenation{gno-mon gno-mons gno-mon-ly} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is what -\emph on +\emph on gno\SpecialChar \- mon -\emph default +\emph default looks like in LyX when hyphenated. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection index-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\family sans -\series default -\bar under +\family sans +\series default +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator In -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -ex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ex\InsetSpace ~ entry -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add an entry that LaTeX can use to generate an index entry. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX has the capability to compile an index based on keywords marked in the text. Within LyX, this is done using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\family default +\family default immediately adjacent to the word or phrase to be placed in the index. Note that leaving a space in between can occasionally result in the page number appearing in the index to be off by one page. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\family default +\family default from the minibuffer, an argument can be used to give the text to use in the index entry. Regardless of how the entry was created in LyX, clicking on the index inset gives an editable popup window to allow changes in the entry. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{example} -\end_inset +\end_inset is what an index entry looks like. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter index-print -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection index-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\series bold -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\family sans -\series default -\bar under +\family sans +\series default +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -and\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +and\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default -ndex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ndex\InsetSpace ~ list -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ -t\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ +t\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Instruct LaTeX to print the index. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\family default +\family default causes LaTeX to read index entries created by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\family default +\family default , generate an index, and add it to the output document. Within LyX, the only visible effect of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\family default +\family default is to create an inset labeled -\family sans +\family sans Print Index -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection inset-formula-latex-deletable-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of math-mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection inset-formula-latex-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of math-mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection inset-latex-deletable-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection inset-latex-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection keymap-off -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default eyboard -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Key\SpecialChar ~ +Key\InsetSpace ~ Mappings: -\series medium +\series medium -\family sans -No\SpecialChar ~ -key\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +No\InsetSpace ~ +key\InsetSpace ~ mapping -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ x -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Turn off keyboard character keymapping. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In addition to the default keymap, the keyboard can have a primary keymap, a secondary keymap, or both. If you have previously defined and selected either the primary or secondary keymaps, you can turn-off this selection by issuing the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note - We probably need to add some more info. - jw -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard keymap-primary; keymap-secondary. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keyboard keymapping is described in more detail in\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection keymap-primary -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default eyboard -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Key\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Key\InsetSpace ~ Mappings: -\family sans -\series medium -Primary\SpecialChar ~ -key\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\series medium +Primary\InsetSpace ~ +key\InsetSpace ~ mapping -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select the primary keymap. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. See -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\family default +\family default for more details about using multiple keymaps. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard keymap-off -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection keymap-secondary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default eyboard -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Key\SpecialChar ~ +Key\InsetSpace ~ Mappings: -\family sans -\series medium -Secondary\SpecialChar ~ -key\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\series medium +Secondary\InsetSpace ~ +key\InsetSpace ~ mapping -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select the secondary keymap. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. See -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\family default +\family default for more details about using multiple keymaps. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard keymap-off -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection keymap-toggle -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default eyboard -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Key\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Key\InsetSpace ~ Mappings -\series medium +\series medium : -\family sans -Mapping\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mapping\InsetSpace ~ Switch -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ t -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allows you to toggle back and forth between the primary and secondary keymaps (either of which can be set to a value of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. See -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\family default +\family default for more details about using multiple keymaps. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard keymap-off -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section L -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection label-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description Input: (enter label name in input box) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ l -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a label (and create a character string label key for it) for use in a cross-reference to either the current environment entity or the printed page number of the label location. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command inserts a LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label{key} -\family default +\family default command into the document, which contains a case-sensitive alphanumeric label -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default that you define. This command allows LaTeX to track the current environment and printed page number for subsequent \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Actually, it doesn't need to be a subsequent reference. You can reference a label -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default it is defined, but you must then run LaTeX multiple times to allow LaTeX to resolve these types of references. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset cross-reference via the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ref-insert -\family default +\family default command. The current environment is the section, table, figure, equation, enumerated item, -\emph on +\emph on etc -\emph default +\emph default ., that the label is within. Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which is the character string label that you defined. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that you can't define labels for math equations using this command. LyX labels equations using a combination of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default command and the actual LaTeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label{key} -\family default +\family default . See the User's Guide for more information about labelling and numbering equations. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the current environment is a section, as it is here at this point, you can insert a label with the following result: \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{test label} -\end_inset +\end_inset . This label can then be referenced, and the result will be the section number - for this section, as Section\SpecialChar ~ + for this section, as Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{test label} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ref-insert; math-number. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing method in the LyX User's Guide or any LaTeX user's guide. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection latex-view-log -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Vie -\bar under +\bar under w -\bar default +\bar default LaTeX Log -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ w -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Displays the log file produced by LaTeX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Pull-down box at the left end of the toolbar. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-p -\family default +\family default prefix plus one of the following: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Abstract -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Author \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Address -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout RightAddress -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-B -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Bibliography -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LyX-Code -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-C -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Comment -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Caption -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Description -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-D -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Date -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortFoilhead -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-F -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Foilhead -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout List -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quote -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-Q -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quotation -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortRotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Standard -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Title -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Verse -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-at -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-numbersign -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-dollar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To select a paragraph environment. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function requires an argument, which is the name of the paragraph environme nt to use. Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing. Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings. In fact, the possible arguments change depending on what document class @@ -13080,302 +16262,384 @@ There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings. In any case, there are so many different paragraph environments that we couldn't go into detail about each one here. [ -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note- Maybe we need another chapter, just for the layouts? - jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The appropriate section of UserGuide.lyx. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout-character -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default haracter -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Character\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Character\InsetSpace ~ Layout: (controls for character font settings) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Activates the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default pop-up, which allows you to control the character family, series, shape, size, and underlining font details. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can change the character appearance just once, for selected text, or for all subsequently typed text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing. Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout-paragraph; layout-document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout-document -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout: (controls for document format settings) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ d -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Activates the -\family sans +\family sans Document Layout -\family default +\family default pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the entire document, including: class, pagestyle, default font type and size, language, paper size, number of paper sides and orientation, number of columns, paragraph separation method and spacing, section numbering and table of contents depth, and other parameters. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout-character; layout-paragraph. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout-paragraph -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Paragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Paragraph\InsetSpace ~ Layout: (controls for paragraph format settings) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ p -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Activates the -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph Layout -\family default +\family default pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the current paragraph, including: alignment, vertical spacing above and below the paragraph, line spacing, page breaking, indention, and label width (for appropriate paragraphs). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may make changes either to the current paragraph or to a group of selected paragraphs. Changes made to the current paragraph [or the selected group] do not affect other paragraphs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing. Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout-character; layout-document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout-preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Preamble: (edit window for direct modification of the LaTeX preamble) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ l -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Activates the -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\family default +\family default pop-up, which allows you to directly make additions to the LaTeX preamble that LyX inserts in the LaTeX version of the document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the LaTeX preamble, you can insert non-standard LaTeX parameter settings or LaTeX commands. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Each document has its own preamble. LyX currently adds certain commands to the preamble based on settings you've @@ -13383,14 +16647,18 @@ Each document has its own preamble. Some things LyX just can't do yet, but LaTeX can. Or, you may want to use some custom LaTeX macros. The -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX Preamble -\family default +\family default popup is where to do it. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Example: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn mode, creates a simple custom LaTeX command for later use in this document, @@ -13398,3841 +16666,5017 @@ The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn file. Remember, if you want your documents to be portable, you need to bundle any such external files with the document file(s): -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash columnsep 10pt -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule 2pt -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash astm}[2]{#1 -\backslash +\backslash ,#2} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash input{ -\backslash +\backslash home -\backslash +\backslash homenode -\backslash +\backslash myname -\backslash +\backslash latex -\backslash +\backslash macros -\backslash +\backslash my_macros.def} -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The appropriate chapter in LyX User's Guide. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection layout-quotes -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uotes -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description Quotes: (controls for setting desired quotation marks) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ q -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Activates the -\family sans +\family sans Quotes -\family default +\family default pop-up, which allows you to set the type of quote marks used by LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self explanatory. Different languages use different symbols for the default quotes. For example, French uses \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Selecting a different type of quote changes the behavior of the -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans ' -\family default +\family default keys. LyX supports a bunch of different quotes. If you need a special one not present, contact -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default and we'll see what we can come up with. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection line-begin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection line-begin-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location to the beginning of the current line. The selected text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard line-begin; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection line-delete-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Delete text from the current cursor location to the end of the screen line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is at the end of the line there is no action. If the cursor is at the beginning of the line, the text of the entire line is deleted but the empty line is retained for insertion of new text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection line-end -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Move the cursor to the end of the current line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection line-end-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location right to the end of the current line, in the current buffer. The selected text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard line-end; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection lyx-quit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default it -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default (standard). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ c -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans - C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-c -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exit LyX and close all buffers and windows. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After entering the command, a pop-up for each open and modified buffer appears, asking you if you want to save that buffer. This only happens if any open documents need saving. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At this point, one of two things happen. If you executed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\family default +\family default from the keyboard, LyX simply quits. If you used -\family sans +\family sans Quit -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans File -\family default +\family default menu, however, LyX asks you if you really want to quit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you decide to customize the keybinding for this one, choose a complicated key sequence. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section M -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection marginpar-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default argin note -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button 6 from the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Text column on the left with a short text column on the right and an arrow pointing upwards at the shorter text. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\series default +\family sans +\series default M-i m -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a margin note. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a marginpar. A red box appears on the next line. If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the box [it doesn't really]. Anything you enter in the box will be in the marginpar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans margin -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset written in red on a grey background. Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the marginpar. A closed marginpar looks like the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans margin -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset written as a superscript in red with an '!' in the left margin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also open and close marginpars, as well as other types of notes and labels, with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\family default +\family default command. See its entry for keybindings. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One last note: marginpars aren't supported in minipage environments so LyX will warn you if you try to. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Marginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset is a marginpar. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard open-stuff; footnote-insert; -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection mark-off -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e S-M -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Turns off selection marking. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard mark-on; mark-toggle; cut; copy; -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection mark-on -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e m -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-@ -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard mark-off; mark-toggle; cut; copy; -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection mark-toggle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toggles selection marking on/off. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard mark-off; mark-on; cut; copy; -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-delim -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath Panel -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description MathPanel: Third button from left to right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Two square brackets enclosing a blue rectangle. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert math delimiters [i. e. - parentheses, brackets, etc.]. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Requires two arguments, the left and right delimiters. Each delimiter can be specified by either a LaTeX name or a valid character . Use only one space between items. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you use this function from the -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default , you'll get another popup that allows you to choose the left and right delimiters. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { rangle -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset result in \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset with the cursor at the small rectangle. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-display -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default splay -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description MathPanel: Rightmost button. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A small blue rectangle with two horizontal lines below and above. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In text mode, this is used to create a new displayed equation. In math mode it changes the display status of a formula from inlined to display and vice-versa. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-Explanatory -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is a displayed equation: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ a=b+c\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-greek -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-m g -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enter a single Greek character. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After invoking this function, the next character you type will be translated to a Greek character. Anything typed after that character will be a normal Latin character. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\Omega\alpha\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-greek-toggle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-m S-G -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Turn on the math Greek keyboard. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Every typed Latin character is mapped to Greek until this command is invoked again. If you leave math mode, the Greek keyboard remains active. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default The -\family sans +\family sans M-m -\family default +\family default prefix, plus one of the following keys: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash oint -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default " -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-S -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\family default +\family default " -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert math objects or symbols. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Requires an argument, which can be the LaTeX name of either a symbol or an object. The possible arguments are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter frac -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter int -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter oint -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter partial -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sqrt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter sum -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-limits -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-m l -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To change the appearance of the limits above and below an integral symbol, a limit, a summation, etc. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Put the cursor -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default [i.e. to the left] of the symbol with the limits, then invoke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-limits -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is a normal integral \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \int_{0}^{\infty}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset and this was changed with limits \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-matrix -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath Panel -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description MathPanel: A grid of \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset small blue rectangles. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert a matrix. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command requires as arguments the dimensions of the matrix (two integer numbers separated by an space) and, optionally, the alignment. The alignment is a word composed of the vertical alignment ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter b -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default ) and the horizontal alignments ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 3 3 bccc -\family default +\family default results in \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} \\\\\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , a \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset matrix with its bottom at the baseline and all columns centered. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Second button from the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A blue equation. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-c m -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Set math mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In text mode you can insert a math expression. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most of the entries for math functions have examples of math mode in them. Here's another example: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here is some text. Now suppose I wanted an inlined equation, such as \begin_inset Formula $\frac{A\cdot e^{x}}{x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , in my text. I'd use math mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-nonumber -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To suppress the number of a line in a numbered equation array. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The cursor position must be at the line whose number will be suppressed. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This example contains a two-line, numbered equation. Ordinarily, both lines get numbered, which makes no sense for this equation: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} (x+y)(x-y) & = & x^{2}-xy+xy-y^{2}\nonumber \\ & = & x^{2}-y^{2}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that only the bottom line has a number. The top line had its number suppressed using \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-number -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-m n -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toggles the numbering status of an equation. Changes the LaTeX environment automatically. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is a numbered equation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} x=2-y\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard And this is not -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y-2\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection math-size -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-m ? -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note - there may be no default binding for this command. - jw -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To change arbitrarily the size used by math fonts inside a context. Provides an interface to the LaTeX math mode font size commands. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Requires one argument. Valid arguments are -\family typewriter +\family typewriter displaystyle -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter textstyle -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scriptstyle -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scriptscriptstyle -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As for how to use these arbitrary font sizes, see a good LaTeX book. You should use this for fine-tuning only. LyX [and LaTeX] will ordinarily set an appropriate font size for you. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is the normal size of a fraction inside text \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , and this other \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is the result of using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle. -\family default +\family default [There's no visible difference between the two inside LyX, but there will be a difference once you print.] -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard UserGuide, chapter Math; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard any good LaTeX guide. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection melt -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Floats\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Floats\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator Melt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default This button is not activated as default. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The icon shows two small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blobs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset with an arrow between them pointing down towards a larger \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blob. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default No default keybinding -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To move the contents of a floating inset to the body at the location where it appears in the LyX window. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Place the cursor inside the unfolded float. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard footnote-insert; open-stuff; marginpar-insert -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Floats are described in detail in chapter 4 of the -\emph on +\emph on Userguide. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection menu-open -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection meta-prefix -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file1.bind -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-S-M-W-key -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file2.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Description. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other entries or documents. Separate many references by either a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ; \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or place in multiple paragraphs. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section N-R -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection note-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Creates at the current cursor position, and for screen interactive use only, a LyX Note, which is visible by the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset within a bright-yellow box. The box is tied to a pop-up, within which you can insert a message. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After inserting the note at the desired text position, click on the note to see bring-up the pop-up, and type-in your message. Neither the box nor the message appear in the printed output. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard fields Wed Oct 9 13:57:36 1996 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can move through the document, from note to note, via the -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard note-next command. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset To the immediate left is an inserted note. Click on the box with your mouse to see the message. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard note-next; open-stuff. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection note-next -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Go -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans to -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Move the current cursor and screen location to the next LyX -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default in the current buffer. There is no action if there are no more notes in the document (or no notes at all). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard note-insert. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection open-stuff -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Floats\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Floats\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsets\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen/Close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (or use the appropriate mouse button action) -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opens a LyX inset for editing or parameter modification. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Place the cursor to the left of the entity and execute the command. Or, click on the center of the object with the mouse. -\family sans +\family sans open-stuff -\family default +\family default will open a math-mode block (left mouse button, single click), figure, note, footnote or margin note (left mouse button, double-click). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typically, the object you're opening is some sort of inset or float. You can use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter melt -\family default +\family default to remove the float and merge the text back into the body of the document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard melt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection paste -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button #6 from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Schematic of a clipboard with arrow to a document. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline -\family sans +\family sans C-y -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paste the contents of the paste buffer into the current buffer, at the current cursor location. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Upon starting LyX, the paste buffer is initially empty. During a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default operation, the selected text will be stored in the paste buffer, overwriting anything previously stored in the buffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If a selection is highlighted at the current cursor location, LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default inserts the paste buffer text -\emph on +\emph on after -\emph default +\emph default the selection. It does not overwrite; it only operates in -\emph on +\emph on insert -\emph default +\emph default mode. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard cut; copy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection prefix-arg -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ? -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default ? -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection protected-space-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ecial -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert an interword space at which a line break will not be allowed either on the LyX screen or in the LaTeX output. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The protected space is represented on the screen as a small, magenta, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset square cup \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - symbol, like this \SpecialChar ~ + symbol, like this \InsetSpace ~ , which if you are reading a printed copy looks something like \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is sometimes also called a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hard space \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fixed space \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset because it is not resized like other whitespace. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use the protected space for phrases that you don't want broken at the end of a line, or to insert more than one word into certain kinds of headings. For example, the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default list always treats the first word of the paragraph as an item label and boldfaces it. If you wanted to use more than one word as an item label, use protected space between the words. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Never -\emph default +\emph default use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space -\family default +\family default as a substitute tab-stop! LyX has far, far better ways of formatting text, so use them. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This phrase, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -the\SpecialChar ~ -whole\SpecialChar ~ -nine\SpecialChar ~ +the\InsetSpace ~ +whole\InsetSpace ~ +nine\InsetSpace ~ yards, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will not be broken at the end of a line. And if we had a description list with multi-word labels: -\layout Description +\end_layout -entry\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +entry\InsetSpace ~ #1 This is one. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -entry\SpecialChar ~ +entry\InsetSpace ~ #2 This is two. Notice the protected space between the words in the item label. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The User's Guide -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection quote-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family roman +\family roman , -\family sans +\family sans S-C- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman , -\family sans - M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-i\InsetSpace ~ ' -\family roman +\family roman , or -\family sans - M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-i\InsetSpace ~ S- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a typewriter-style double quote symbol, ", at the current cursor location. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On the default keyboard, the grave and apostrophe keys produce matching single quote characters, and the double-quote key produces context-sensitive anti-symmetric double quotes. While it should normally be used only in rare situations, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default command allows you to easily produce the -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default less esthetically pleasing typewriter-style double quote symbol. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command also allows you to create a double-quote character when you've changed the behavior of the -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default key using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-quotes -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout-quotes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection redo -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-Z -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Attempts to redo the last major editing command that was undone with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\family default +\family default may not always succeed, or it may redo more editing than you expected. The only limit to how many times you can perform a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\family default +\family default is the beginning of the undo buffer. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard undo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ref-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross- -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eference -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description + +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference: (cross-reference control panel) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ r -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insert a cross-reference (using a character string label key), based on a previously defined label. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command inserts either a LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref{key} -\emph on +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default or a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref{key} -\family default +\family default command, as appropriate, into the document. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default parameter is the case-sensitive alphanumeric label that you previously defined using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-insert -\family default +\family default . Executing the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ref-insert -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default command brings up the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default pop-up control panel, which shows you a selection list of previously defined references. Also on this panel, you are given the option of referencing either the environment reference related to that label (like the section number) or the page number at which the label is located. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref(key) -\family default +\family default command allows LaTeX to track the specified key and substitute the appropriate cross-reference. The environment referenced can be a section, table, figure, equation number, enumerated item, -\emph on +\emph on etc -\emph default +\emph default . Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which is the character string label key that you defined. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that labels defined in math mode don't become visible to the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default popup until after you close and reopen the document. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard See -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-ref -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default for an example of referencing a section number. That same label from that example can also be used to reference the page number at that location; for example, the page number of that location - is Page\SpecialChar ~ + is Page\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{test label} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard label-insert; math-number. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing method in the LyX User's Guide or any good LaTeX user's guide. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section S -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection screen-down -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans - C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + C-x\InsetSpace ~ ] -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor down one screenful of text while maintaining the current relative cursor screen position. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. Note that repeated -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\family default +\family default commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection screen-down-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-PageDown -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions during a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default move. The highlighted text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard screen-down; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection screen-recenter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Repositions the screen so that it is centered on the current cursor location. The position of the cursor in the text does not change. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection screen-up -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ [ -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor up one screenful of text while maintaining the current relative cursor screen position. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self-explanatory. Note that repeated -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\family default +\family default commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward; up; down; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection screen-up-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-PageUp -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions during a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default move. The highlighted text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard screen-up; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection self-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator Item -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Button # from the left. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Brief description of button icon. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default None. -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Don't know what this does. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-char-after -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-ge t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-get-font -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-get-latex -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-get-layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-name; server-ge t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-get-name -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-get-xy -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-notify; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-notify -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-set-xy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection server-set-xy -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the functions for the LyX server. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection set-color -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Change the colors used by LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard set-color required two arguments, the LyX color name (essentially the object to be colours) and the display (currently X11) color name. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The set-color section of the Customization guide. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection spellchecker -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pellchecker -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description Spellchecker: (control panel for the spellchecker) -\newline +\newline or -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pellchecker\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pellchecker\InsetSpace ~ Options -\layout Description +\end_layout -Spellchecker\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Spellchecker\InsetSpace ~ Options: -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -tart\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tart\InsetSpace ~ Spellchecker -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Start spellchecker. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [ -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: Need more detail here. - -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard spellcheck popup. [ -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: To be added later - jw. -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection symbol-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This command is simply an alias for the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard math-mode. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section T-U -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection tab-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Move the cursor position forward to the left margin at the start of the next paragraph or list item. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that although other motion commands have a text selection parallel, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tab-forward -\family default +\family default does not; there is currently no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tab-forward-select -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset command in LyX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection table-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default le\SpecialChar \menuseparator Insert -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans table -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description Table: (table size and insertion control panel) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default First button on the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Table icon showing a four by four table with gridlines. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inserts a LaTeX table ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default environment) into the text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Executing the command creates a pop-up table control panel that allows you to set the initial number of rows and columns. Hitting either the control panel -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default buttons inserts the table at the current cursor location. Text can then be inserted into any cell of a table by selecting the cell and typing. The table can be modified by placing the cursor anywhere in the table and clicking the right mouse button, which brings up a table control menu. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Executing the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table-insert -\family default +\family default function at the end of this sentence, and accepting the default values, results in the following: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17246,694 +21690,841 @@ table-insert \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard + +\begin_layout Standard We took the liberty of adding a little text to the table. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TBD\SpecialChar \@. We'll think of something, to be sure\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection tex-mode -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ex -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Style -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Toolbar\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Toolbar\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default Fourth button from the right. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Button with TeX on the face -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ t -\family roman +\family roman or -\family sans - M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default (standard) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enter LaTeX code. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\family default +\family default command is a toggle function. When first executed, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\family default +\family default begins accepting characters as a LaTeX command rather than text; when -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default is executed again this action stops. The result must be a valid and appropriate LaTeX command, or an error will result when the file is processed with LaTeX. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The characters accepted as a LaTeX command are shown on the screen in red, as this example of the LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash relax -\family default +\family default command shows: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash relax -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard math-mode. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection toc-insert -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lists and -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans of -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ontents -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-i t c -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inserts a -\family sans +\family sans table of contents in your document at the current cursor position. -\family default +\family default -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The standard location for a table of contents is straight after the title page. So insert it there for best results. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard toc-view; Table of Contents popup. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection toc-view -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default able -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans of -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Contents -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents: (table of contents control panel) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans M-e t -\family default +\family default -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This function brings up the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default pop-up. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can update the table of contents using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate -\family default +\family default button on the control panel, but the primary purpose of the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default pop-up is browsing. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard toc-insert; Table of Contents popup. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection toggle-cursor-follows-scrollbar -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To control the movement of the cursor when you use the scrollbar. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the scrollbar. @@ -17941,801 +22532,1068 @@ Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the you were editing even if you scroll it off the screen. The alternate behaviour is for the cursor to always be on screen with its position limited by the topmost or bottommost visible line of text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to set the alternate behaviour as the default by adding an entry in your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default file of the form: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cursor_follows_scrollbar true -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection toolbar-add-to -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Used in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default files to add a toolbar button. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard toolbar-push. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection toolbar-push -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: None. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Used in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default files to add a toolbar button. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ? -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard toolbar-add-to. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection undo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Menu\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Menu\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ u or C-~S-slash -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Undo the last major editing command. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self explanatory. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Two things: first, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\family default +\family default has unlimited depth. -\emph on +\emph on (Except in the beta-version, where this feature has been limited to 100 steps for safety). -\emph default +\emph default You can keep invoking -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\family default +\family default until you run out of changes and the document is back in the state it was in when you loaded it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Second, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\family default +\family default does not work everywhere. You cannot undo changes to the document layout, for example. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard redo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection up -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans Up -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor down up line. If the cursor starting-position is at the top of the screen-display, the buffer scrolls downward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the screen-height from the top of the screen. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi n; line-end; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection up-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one line up. If the previous line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves to the end of the previous line. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard up; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward -select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-selec t; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section W-Z -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-backward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor backward by one word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Self explanatory. If you are already at the beginning of a word, the cursor moves to the first letter of the previous word. If you are in the middle or at the end of a word, the cursor moves to the first letter of that word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; tab-forward; line-begin; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-backward-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-C-Left -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions during a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\family default +\family default move. The highlighted text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-backward; backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-capitalize -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Right -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Capitalizes the next character to the right of the current cursor, and moves the cursor position to the beginning of the next word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No case change occurs for preselected text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset p \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the word -\emph on +\emph on description -\emph default +\emph default and you execute the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-capitalize -\family default +\family default function, -\emph on +\emph on description -\emph default +\emph default will change to -\emph on +\emph on descriPtion. -\emph default +\emph default -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-lowcase; word-upcase. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-delete-backward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deletes the previous word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the previous word is deleted. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the beginning of the word is deleted to the cursor location. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, then the last word of the previous paragraph is deleted. Also in this case, if both paragraph have the same environment, LyX will join the two paragraphs. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-delete-forward. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-delete-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\newline +\newline M-d -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deletes the next word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the next word is deleted. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the end of the word is deleted to the cursor location. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, one of two things can happen. If the current and next paragraph have the same paragraph environment, LyX merges the two paragraphs, but doesn't delete any words. If the two paragraphs have different environments, nothing happens. Note that this is different from the behavior of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-delete-backward. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-forward -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moves the cursor forward by one word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unlike -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\family default +\family default , this function always displays the same behavior. It always moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word, no matter where the starting cursor location may be. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi n; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-forward-select -\layout Description +\end_layout -Default\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans +\family sans S-C-Right -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions during a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default move. The highlighted text is shown in reverse video. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-forward; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-lowcase -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Down -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Forces a word to all lowercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the next word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected. No case change occurs for preselected text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset p \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the word -\emph on +\emph on DESCRIPTION -\emph default +\emph default and you execute the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-lowcase -\family default +\family default function, -\emph on +\emph on DESCRIPTION -\emph default +\emph default will change to -\emph on +\emph on DESCRIption -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-capitalize; word-upcase. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection word-upcase -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Default\SpecialChar ~ +Default\InsetSpace ~ Bindings: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold -Keyboard\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Keyboard\InsetSpace ~ - -\series default +\series default -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Up -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Purpose: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Forces a word to all uppercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the next word. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Usage: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected. No case change occurs for preselected text. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Examples: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset p \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the word -\emph on +\emph on description -\emph default +\emph default and you execute the -\family sans +\family sans word-upcase -\family default +\family default function, -\emph on +\emph on description -\emph default +\emph default will change to -\emph on +\emph on descriPTION -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph See Also: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard word-capitalize; word-lowcase. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter General Information -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:misc} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ed. Note: This is otherwise known as The Dreaded Miscellaneous! It'll be a pain to maintain, since I'll probably be splitting it every few months! -jw -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Reserved for Future Use. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/TOC.lyx index 54974c2269..6ba62758f3 100644 --- a/lib/doc/TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/TOC.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 241 +\lyxformat 243 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass article @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \papersize default -\paperpackage none \use_geometry false \use_amsmath 1 \cite_engine basic diff --git a/lib/doc/Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/Tutorial.lyx index ecefeac57b..d9e9b66756 100644 --- a/lib/doc/Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language english \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,43 +24,60 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title The LyX Tutorial -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Principal maintainer of this file is -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Welcome to LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This file is designed for all of you who have never heard of LaTeX, or don't know it very well. @@ -68,16 +86,18 @@ This file is designed for all of you who have never heard of LaTeX, or don't interface to LaTeX. There are some things you will need to learn, however, in order to use LyX effectively. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some of you probably found your way to this document because you tried to put two spaces after a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or tried to put 3 blank lines between paragraphs. After much frustration, you found you couldn't. @@ -88,50 +108,62 @@ Some of you probably found your way to this document because you tried to So you end up not only writing a document but typesetting it, too. LyX does the typesetting for you, in a consistent fashion, letting you focus on the important things, like the content of your writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So, bear with us and read on. Reading this tutorial is definitely worth the time. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section What the Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default and What it -\emph on +\emph on isn't -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before we get started with this section, we want to make a quick note of something. The -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default uses the notation outlined in the -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. If you came to this manual first, go read the -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Yes, we mean now. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now that you know which fonts mean what, we want to talk a bit about what this -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default is for. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Getting the Most out of the Tutorial -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This tutorial consists of examples and exercises. To get the most out of this document, you should read through the document, @@ -139,93 +171,108 @@ This tutorial consists of examples and exercises. out all of the exercises to see if you get them right. For convenience, you might want to print out the PostScript® version of this document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are familiar with LaTeX, you'll probably be able to read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default somewhat faster, since many LyX ideas are just LaTeX ideas in disguise. However, LyX does have idiosyncrasies \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard or, more optimistically, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset features \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset you'll want to learn about. Even if you don't feel like reading the rest of the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default -, you should definitely check out Section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +, you should definitely check out Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , which is specifically written for experienced LaTeX users. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What You -\emph on +\emph on Won't -\emph default +\emph default Find: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Detailed explanations of all of LyX's features. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard What, you want the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default twice? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Seriously, though, we're here to get you up and running so that all you need is the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . If we tried to duplicate all of the information about all of LyX's features in here, the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default would be redundant, too long, and forever out of date. All we do here is introduce things; imagine there is a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset at the end of every section. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Detailed explanations of LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Unnecessary. If you're really curious about learning some of the neat tricks you can @@ -233,686 +280,750 @@ Unnecessary. There are several good ones on the market. No need to reinvent the wheel, after all\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard So, brave soul, it's time to move onwards. Time for your first document \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Getting Started with LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Your First LyX Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK\SpecialChar \@. You're ready to start writing. Before you do, though, there are a few things we need to mention, which will hopefully make the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default more instructive, useful, and fun. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Because there's lots of information that we won't be giving you, the -\emph on +\emph on first -\series medium -\emph default +\series medium +\emph default thing that you need to do is find the -\series default +\series default other -\series medium +\series medium help files. Luckily, this is very simple. -\series default +\series default Start up LyX. Choose the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default menu. You may want to load the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default as well (if you're not reading it on screen already). This way, you can read them while you're writing your own file \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard They can also serve as good examples of how to use the many features of LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Note that once you've got more than one document open, you can use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocuments -\family default +\family default menu to switch between them. The -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default will not cover in detail subjects which are described in the other LyX manuals. This may make life a bit harder for you at the beginning, but it will keep the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default short. It will also get you in the habit of using the other manuals, which --- in the long run --- will save you a lot of time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , we're going to assume that you have a fully working version of LyX, as well as LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default or some other dvi viewer, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default or some other way of converting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default documents to PostScript® documents, and a working printer. This is a lot to assume. If any of this is not true, you (or a friendly system administrator) will need to set up your system. You can find information on setup in other manuals. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, we've written a file to let you practice your LyX skills on. It's called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Imagine that it was typed by someone who didn't know about any of LyX's great features. As you learn new LyX functions, we'll suggest that you fix those parts of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . It also contains \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset subtle \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset hints about how to fix things \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The hints are located in yellow \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Access the text in a note by clicking on it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . If you want to cheat (or check what you've done), there's also a file called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default which contains the same text as written and typeset by a LyX master. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The example files can be found in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default directory, which you can get to by selecting -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default and then clicking on the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xamples -\family default +\family default button. Open the raw document, and use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Save -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ A -\bar default +\bar default s -\family default +\family default to save a copy in your own directory for you to work on. As you fix parts of the raw document, check to see how those changes affect the dvi output. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By the way, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default directory contains lots of other examples files. They will show you how to do various fancy things with LyX. They are especially useful to display things that (due to length or other reasons) won't fit in the documentation. After you read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , or when you're confused about how to do something fancy in LyX, take a look at these files. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Typing, Viewing, and Printing -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Open a new file with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Type a sentence like: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter This is my first LyX document! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Save your document with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Run LaTeX to create a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file, with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. You may see things being printed in the window you ran the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default command from. These are messages from LaTeX, which you can ignore for now. LyX will run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (or some other -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default viewer), which will pop up a new window displaying what your document will look like when printed. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You can save time by leaving -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default running in the background. Then, you can use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default and just click on the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default window (or unminimize it) after LaTeX finishes running. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Print by using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default and hitting -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Congratulations! You've written and printed your first LyX document. All of the rest is just details, which is covered in the rest of the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default , and the -\emph on +\emph on Extended -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Features -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Simple Operations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can of course do most of the things you're used to doing with a word processor. It will word-wrap and indent paragraphs automatically. Here's a quick description of how to do some simple actions. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Undo LyX has multiple levels of undo, which means you can undo everything you've done since your current editing session started, by selecting -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default over and over again. If you undo too much, just select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default to get it back. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Currently, undo is limited to 100 steps. Undo also doesn't work for -\emph on +\emph on everything -\emph default +\emph default ; for instance, changes to the document layout. Each of these is really a LyX bug. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Cut/Paste/Copy Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cut -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Copy -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paste -\family default +\family default to cut, copy, and paste. Or automatically paste selected text (including selections from other programs) with the -\emph on +\emph on middle mouse button -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Find/Replace Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default for a search. In the dialog, search with the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ind -\family default +\family default button, and use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eplace -\family default +\family default button to replace a word you've found \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Close the window when you're done. Or leave it open if you find it more convenient. Most dialog boxes in LyX --- including the -\family sans -Find\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Find\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default dialogs, as well as the various math dialogs can operate like this. A few dialogs, like -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default , won't let you type anything in the main LyX window until you actually close the dialog. Just be sure you have the right window focus when you're trying to type in the main LyX window or give a command in some other LyX dialog. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . If you like, you can specify whether to make the search case-sensitive, or to search for only complete words; you can also search backwards through the document. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Character\SpecialChar ~ +Character\InsetSpace ~ Formatting You can -\emph on +\emph on emphasize -\emph default +\emph default text (which will generally put characters in italics), put it in -\series bold +\series bold bold face -\series default +\series default , or in -\noun on +\noun on Noun Style -\noun default +\noun default (usually small caps, used for people's names) from the toggle buttons in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text\SpecialChar ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyle -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Toolbar There are buttons on the toolbar (just below the menus) which allow you to do some of the more popular functions, such as -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Print -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Of course, you haven't yet written enough to make most of these functions useful. As you write more, though, try undoing, pasting, etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset One of the hardest things for new users to get used to is the way that LyX handles whitespace. As many times as you hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , you'll only get one blank line. As many times as you hit -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , you'll only get one space. On a blank line, LyX won't let you type even one space. The -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default key won't move you forward one tab stop; in fact there -\emph on +\emph on are -\emph default +\emph default no tab stops! There's no ruler at the top of the page to let you set tabs or margins, either. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Many commercial word processors are based on the WYSIWYG principle: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX, on the other hand, is based on the principle that \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset You type what you mean, and LyX will take care of typesetting it for you, so that the output looks nice. A -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default grammatically separates paragraphs, and a -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default grammatically separates words, so there is no reason to have several of them in a row; a -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default has no grammatical function at all, so LyX does not support it. Using LyX, you'll spend more of your time worrying about the -\emph on +\emph on content -\emph default +\emph default of your document, and less time worrying about the -\emph on +\emph on format. -\emph default +\emph default See the -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default for more information on the WYSIWYM concept. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX does have (many) ways to fine-tune the formatting of your document. After all, LyX might not typeset -\emph on +\emph on exactly -\emph default +\emph default what you mean. The -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default has information about all that. It includes -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s and vertical space --- which are more powerful and versatile than multiple spaces or blank lines --- and ways to change font sizes, character styles, and paragraph alignments by hand. @@ -920,16 +1031,20 @@ s and vertical space --- which are more powerful and versatile than multiple content, and just worry about that fine-tuning at the end. With standard word processors, you'll be distracted by document formatting throughout the writing process. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Environments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Different parts of a document have different purposes; we call these parts -\emph on +\emph on environments -\emph default +\emph default . Most of a document is made up of regular text. Section (chapter, subsection, etc.) titles let the reader know that a new @@ -938,15 +1053,17 @@ environments A journal article will have an abstract, and a title. A letter will have neither of these, but will probably have an environment that gives the writer's address. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Environments are a major part of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset philosophy of LyX. A given environment may require a certain font style, font size, indenting, @@ -957,727 +1074,813 @@ t may change: one journal may use boldface, 18 point, centered type for type; different languages may have different standards for indenting; and bibliography formats can vary widely. LyX lets you avoid learning all the different formatting styles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default box is located on the left end of the toolbar (just under the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu). It indicates which environment you're currently writing in. While you were writing your first document, it said \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which is the default environment for text. Now you will put a number of environments in your new document so that you can see how they work. You'll do so with the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu, which you open by clicking on the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset down arrow \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset icon just to the right of the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default box. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sections and Subsections -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Type the word -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Introduction -\family default +\family default on the first line of your LyX file, and select -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You don't have to -\emph on +\emph on select -\emph default +\emph default the line. If nothing is selected, LyX changes the paragraph you are currently in to the selected environment. Alternatively, you can change several paragraphs to a different environment by selecting them before picking an environment. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Be sure to use -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default and -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , which will be covered below. LyX numbers the section \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and typesets the section heading (title) in a larger font. Now hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Note that the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default box changes from \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset back to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Section headings, like most environments, are assumed to end when you type -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Type the document introduction: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code This is an introduction to my first LyX document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default again, and select -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu again. LyX writes a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and waits for you to type a title. Type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter More Stuff -\family default +\family default , and you'll see that LyX again sets it as a section title. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It gets better. - Go to the end of Section\SpecialChar ~ + Go to the end of Section\InsetSpace ~ 1 again (after \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset my first LyX document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default again, and select -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu again. Again, LyX writes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and waits for you to type a title. Type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter About This Document -\family default +\family default . - Section\SpecialChar ~ + Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset More Stuff \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, which used to be Section\SpecialChar ~ -2, has been automatically renumbered to Section\SpecialChar ~ +, which used to be Section\InsetSpace ~ +2, has been automatically renumbered to Section\InsetSpace ~ 3! In true WYSIWYM fashion, you just need to identify the text that makes up the section titles, and LyX takes care of numbering the sections and typesetting them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to get back to the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment, and type the following five lines: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sections and subsections are described below. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Section Description -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sections are bigger than subsections. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Subsection description -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Subsections are smaller than sections. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Click on the second line and select -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. LyX numbers the subsection \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and typesets it in a font which is bigger than regular text but smaller than the section title. Change the fourth line -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default environment as well. As you probably expected, LyX automatically numbered the section \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . - If you put yet another section before Section\SpecialChar ~ -2, Section\SpecialChar ~ + If you put yet another section before Section\InsetSpace ~ +2, Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 will be renumbered as Section 3, and the subsections will be renumbered to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Further levels of sectioning include -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . We'll let you play with these on your own. You may notice that paragraph and subparagraph headings are not numbered by default, and that subparagraphs are indented; see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default to change this. -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default headings are actually the highest level of sectioning, above -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s, but you're only allowed to use them in certain types (text classes) of - LyX documents (see Section\SpecialChar ~ + LyX documents (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, you may want to have sections or subsections that are not numbered. There are environments for this as well. If you change one of your section headings to the -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default environment (you may have to scroll down in the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu to find it), LyX will use the same font size for the heading as it uses for a regular section, but it won't number that section. There are corresponding \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset starred \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset heading environments for -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Try changing some of your sections or subsections to the starred environments, and note how the other sections' numbers are updated. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Fix the section and subsection headings in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lists and sublists -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has several different environments for typesetting lists. The various list environments free you from hitting -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default a million times when writing an outline, or from renumbering a whole list when you want to add a point in the middle of the list, and lets you concentrat e on the list content. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Yes, we're overemphasizing this point throughout the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . But it -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default the main philosophy of LyX, so please forgive us. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Different types of documents logically require different list environments: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A slide presentation might use the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment's bulleted lists to describe different points. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize An outline would use the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment's numbered lists (and lettered sublists). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A document describing several software packages could use the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment, where each item in the list begins with a bold-faced word. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment --- not found in LaTeX --- is a slightly different form of -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's write a list of reasons why LyX is better than other word processors. Somewhere in your document, type: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx is better than other word processors because: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Now select -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. LyX writes a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bullet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (actually, an asterisk, which will be converted to a round circle on output) on the line. Type in your reasons: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Typesetting is done for you. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Math is WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Lists are very easy to create! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard List environments, unlike headings, do not end when you type -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Instead, LyX assumes you're going on to the next item in the list. The above will therefore result in a three-item list. If you want more than one paragraph within one list -\emph on +\emph on item -\emph default +\emph default , one way is to use the -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Break -\family default +\family default , which you get by typing -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . In order to get out of the list, you need to reselect the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment (or just use the keybinding, -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You've got a beautiful itemized list. You might want to run LaTeX to see how the list looks when printed out. But what if you wanted to number the reasons? Well, just select the whole list \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX won't let you select the first bullet unless you also select the paragraph -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default the list, which you probably don't want to do. Similarly, you can't select the actual number in a numbered section title. Don't worry about it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and choose -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. Pow! As we mentioned, if you add or delete a list item, LyX will fix the numbering. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While the list is still selected, you can change to the other two list environme nts, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , in order to see what they look like. For those two environments, each list item is made up of a term, which is the item's first word, followed by a definition, which is the rest of the paragraph (until you hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default .) The term is either typeset in boldface ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) or separated by a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tab \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard But a typesetter's tab, which will change to fit the size of the largest term, not a pathetic, rigid, unchangeable typewriter -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) from the rest of the paragraph. If you want to have more than one word in the definition, then separate the words with -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Typeset the list in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can nest lists within each other in all sorts of interesting ways. An obvious example would be writing outlines. Numbered and bulleted lists will have different numbering and bulleting schemes for sublists. See the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for details on the different sorts of lists, as well as examples which use -\emph on +\emph on a lot -\emph default +\emph default of nesting. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two environments for setting quotations apart from surrounding text: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default for short quotes and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default for longer ones. Computer code (the -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default environment, also used in the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default for the long typing examples) is written in a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter typewriter -\family default +\family default font; this environment is the only place in LyX where you're allowed to use multiple spaces to allow code indenting. You can even write poetry using the -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default style, using -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to separate stanzas, and -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default to separate lines within a stanza. See the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for more complete descriptions of all of the available LyX environments. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Correctly typeset the -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default in \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash linebreak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Writing Documents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The previous chapter hopefully allowed you to get used to writing in LyX. It introduced you to the basic editing operations in LyX, as well as the @@ -1691,15 +1894,19 @@ The previous chapter hopefully allowed you to get used to writing in LyX. It will then describe many of the additions that turn text into a document, such as titles, footnotes, cross references, bibliographies, and tables of contents. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Text classes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Different sorts of documents should be typeset differently. For example, books are generally printed double-sided, while articles are @@ -1708,115 +1915,127 @@ Different sorts of documents should be typeset differently. some environments --- such as the sender's address and the signature --- which do not make sense in a book or article. The LyX -\emph on +\emph on text class \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX users: this is equivalent to the LaTeX document class -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default takes care of these large scale differences between different sorts of documents. This -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , for example, was written in the -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default text class. Text classes are another major part of the WYSIWYM philosophy; they tell LyX how to typeset the document, so you don't need to know how. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Your document is probably being written in the -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default text class \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard That's usually the default text class -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Try changing to other text classes (using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog) to see how they are typeset differently. If you change your document to the -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default text class and look at the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu, you'll see that most of the allowed environments are the same. However, you can now use the -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default environment. If you're ever unsure about which environments you can use in a given text class, just consult the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Font sizes, one- or two-column printing, and page headings are just some of the ways journals' typesettings differ from one another. As the Computer Age continues to mature, journals have begun accepting electronic submissions, creating LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset style files \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset so that authors can submit correctly typeset articles. LyX is set up to support this as well. For example, LyX supports typesetting (and extra environments) for the American Mathematics Society journals using the -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default text class. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a very quick reference to some of the text classes. See the -\emph on +\emph on Special Document Classes -\emph default +\emph default section of the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual for many more details. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1827,250 +2046,288 @@ Extended Features \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Name -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard one-sided, no chapters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard layout & environments for American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard longer than article, two-sided -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report + front and back matter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard transparencies (also including FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard lots of extra environments for address, signature\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Templates: Writing a Letter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the most popular text classes is -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. One way to write a letter would be to open a new -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default file, and choose -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default class in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. While this is the most obvious way to write a letter, it seems like extra work. Every time you write a business letter, you want to have your address, the address you're sending to, a body, a signature, etc. LyX therefore has a -\emph on +\emph on template -\emph default +\emph default for letters, which contains a sample letter; once you have a template, you can just replace a couple parts of the letter with your text each time you write a letter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Open a new file with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default . Select -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default as the template. Save and print the file to see how the various environments are typeset. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you look at the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu, you'll see several environments, like the -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default environment, which don't even exist in most other text classes. Others, like -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , are familiar. You can play around for a while to figure out how the various environments work. You'll notice for example that the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default environment has the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in red before the actual text of the signature. This word doesn't show up in the actual letter, as you'll see if you try printing the file. It's just there to let you know where the signature goes. Also, note that it doesn't matter where in the file the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default line is placed. Remember, LyX is WYSIWYM; you can put the -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default environment anywhere you want, but LyX knows that in the printout, the signature should be at the end. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A template is just a regular LyX file. This means you can fill in your address and signature and save the file @@ -2079,37 +2336,41 @@ A template is just a regular LyX file. to save time. We probably don't have to suggest an actual \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset exercise \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset here; just write a letter to someone \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard One warning, if you're writing from a template. If you erase all of the text in an environment --- for example, if you erase the whole -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default field so that you can replace it with your own --- and then you move the cursor without writing any text, the environment may disappear. This is because most environments cannot exist without any text in them. Just reselect the environment from the -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu to get it back. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Templates can be a huge time-saver, and we urge you to use them whenever possible. @@ -2119,76 +2380,90 @@ Templates can be a huge time-saver, and we urge you to use them whenever of less computer-aware users. When they're first learning LyX, it will be much less intimidating if they have a letter template customized for their company, for example. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Document Titles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (like LaTeX) considers the title --- which may contain the actual title, the author, the date, and even an abstract of a paper --- to be a separate part of the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Go back to your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default document and make sure it's using the -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default text class. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You should not be using the letter any more, since the -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default textclass doesn't allow titles. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Type a title on the first line, and change the line to the -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default environment. On the next line, type your name and change it to the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default environment. On the next line, write the date in the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default environment. Type a paragraph or two summarizing your document using the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment. Now see how it looks when printed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Fix the title, date, and author in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Labels and Cross-References -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can label a section (or subsubsection, or, more rarely, just a random piece of text) in your document. @@ -2200,40 +2475,46 @@ You can label a section (or subsubsection, or, more rarely, just a random for you. Automatic labels and cross-references are one of the best advantages of LyX (and LaTeX) over conventional word processors. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Your first label -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's mark our second section, whose title is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset About This Document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Click at the end of the section title line, and select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default . A dialog asks you for a label name, and gives you a suggestion. When you click on -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , the label name will be placed in a box next to the section title. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By the way, you could have put the label right anywhere within the section as well; section references will refer to the last section or subsection @@ -2241,459 +2522,517 @@ By the way, you could have put the label right anywhere within the section However, putting it on the same line as the section title (or, perhaps, on the first line of the section's text) ensures that page references will reference the beginning of the section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So far you haven't done anything --- the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file will look exactly the same, since labels don't show up in the printed document. However, now that you've added a label, you can refer to that label with cross-references. We'll do that next. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Your first cross-references -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Place the cursor somewhere in Section\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Place the cursor somewhere in Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 of your document. Type -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code If you want to know more about this document, then see -\newline +\newline Section , which can be found on page . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now --- with the cursor after the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default --- choose -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross\SpecialChar ~ +Cross\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eference -\family default +\family default . The -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default dialog pops up. It shows a list of the possible labels you can reference. At the moment, there should be only one, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:aboutdocument \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Select it (it may be selected by default), and click -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default . Now put the cursor after the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and change the reference type to use the page number then click -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default . (To be really correct, you should put a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default in between the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the reference. Same for the page reference.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX puts the references in a box right where the cursor was. In the printed document, this reference marker will be replaced with either the page or section number (depending on what you selected in the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default dialog). Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , and you'll see that on the last page we refer to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Page\SpecialChar ~ +Page\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - (or whatever page Section\SpecialChar ~ + (or whatever page Section\InsetSpace ~ 2's title is on). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Conveniently, a cross-reference acts a hyperlink when you're editing a document in LyX; clicking on it will pop up the -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default dialog, clicking -\family sans -Go\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Go\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ reference -\family default +\family default will move the cursor to the referenced label. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* More fun with labels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We told you that LyX worries about numbering cross-references; now you can test that. - Add a new section before Section\SpecialChar ~ + Add a new section before Section\InsetSpace ~ 2. Now rerun LaTeX, and --- voilà! --- the section cross reference changed to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Change \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset About this Document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - to a subsection, and the cross-reference will reference Subsection\SpecialChar ~ + to a subsection, and the cross-reference will reference Subsection\InsetSpace ~ 2.1 instead - of Section\SpecialChar ~ + of Section\InsetSpace ~ 3. The page reference won't change unless you add a whole page of text before the label, of course. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want some more practice with labels, then try putting a new label where your first cross-reference was, and refer to that label from elsewhere in the document. If you'll be inserting cross-references often (if, for example, you're writing a journal article), it may be convenient to leave the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default window open. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to make sure that the cross-referencing gets the pages right even for larger documents, -\family sans +\family sans Copy -\family default +\family default a couple pages of text from the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default to the clipboard, and -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\family default +\family default the stolen text into your document \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard By the way, copying a chapter title may cause an error, because chapters aren't allowed in the article class. If this happens, just delete the chapter title. - If you want to know why this happens, see Section\SpecialChar ~ + If you want to know why this happens, see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Fix the references in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Footnotes can be added using the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default button in the toolbar \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The button shows an arrow pointing to red text, which is just below some black text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Click at the end of the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset somewhere in your document and hit the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default button. A footnote box appears where you can enter the text of the footnote. LyX should place the cursor at the beginning of the footnote box. Type -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX is a typesetting word processor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now click on the button labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset The footnote box disappears, leaving the button showing where the footnote marker will be in the printed text; this is called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset folding \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the footnote. You can unfold the footnote at any time --- and re-edit its text, if you want --- by clicking again on the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may wonder why the footnote button is a word instead of a number. The answer is that LyX worries about the footnote numbering for you in the printed text. You can see this yourself by looking at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file (or printout). If you add other footnotes, LyX will renumber the footnotes. Since LyX (well, LaTeX, actually) takes care of the footnote numbering, there's really no need to put the numbers in the LyX file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A footnote can be cut and pasted like normal text. Go ahead; try it! All you need to do is select the footnote button \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It may be easier to select it using the keyboard. You might accidentally open the footnote if you're trying to select the marker itself with the mouse. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and -\family sans +\family sans Cut -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\family default +\family default it. In addition, you can change regular text to a footnote, by selecting it and hitting the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default button; change a footnote to regular text by clicking the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default button when the cursor is in a footnote. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Margin notes can be added using the toolbar button (the button shows an arrow pointing to red text next to (i.e., in the margin of) black text, and should be next to the -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default button in the toolbar.) or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -arginal\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +arginal\InsetSpace ~ Note -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Margin notes are like footnotes, except that: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize the on-screen boxes say \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize the notes will be placed in the margin, instead of below the text -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize margin notes are not numbered -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Change your LyX footnote back to text, then select and change it to a margin note. Run LaTeX again to see what the margin note looks like. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Fix the footnote in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliographies -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliographies (at least in the exact sciences) are similar to cross references. The bibliography contains a list of references at the end of the document, @@ -2701,76 +3040,80 @@ Bibliographies (at least in the exact sciences) are similar to cross references. Like section titles, LyX and LaTeX make your job easier by automatically numbering the bibliography items and changing citations when the items' numbers change. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Go to the end of the document and switch to the -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default environment. Now, each paragraph you type will be a reference. Type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter The Lyx Tutorial, by the LyX Documentation Team -\family default +\family default as your first reference. Note that LyX automatically puts a number in a box before each reference. Click on the boxed reference number, and a -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default dialog box appears. You use the first field, the -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default , to refer to this reference within the LyX document. By default, it is a number. Change the -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default field to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to make it easy to remember. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now pick somewhere in your document that you would like to insert a reference. Do so with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ Reference\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default A -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default dialog appears. The right panel in this dialog lists all the bibliography entries, and this field allows you to choose which bibliography item you want to cite. Select \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (right now, that's the only item in the bibliography), then use the left arrow in the center to insert it. @@ -2778,185 +3121,205 @@ lyxtutorial of keys this way.) Now run LaTeX, and you'll see that the citation appears in brackets in the text, referring to the bibliography at the end of the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard How are the other fields used? The -\family sans -Text\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Text\InsetSpace ~ aft -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default dialog will put a remark (such as a reference to a page or chapter within the referenced book or article) in the brackets after the reference. If you want the references to have labels instead of numbers in the printed output (for example, some journals would use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to refer to a paper written by Smith in 1995), use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default dialog. As usual, you can see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise: -\series default +\series default Fix the bibliography and citation in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Table of Contents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may want to put a table of contents at the beginning of your document. LyX makes this very easy to do. Just hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default after your document title and before your first section title and choose -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +List\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ontents -\family default +\family default . The words \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table of Contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will appear in a button on the first line of the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This may not appear to be very useful. However, if you look at your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file, you will see that a table of contents has been generated, listing the various sections and subsections in your document. As usual, if you reorder sections or create new ones, you will see those changes in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file when you update it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The table of contents is not printed in the on-screen version of the document, because you can't edit it anyway. However, you can display the table of contents in a separate window by clicking on the table of contents button, or by using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default . The menu command will work even if you don't have a table of contents inset in your document. This is a very useful tool. You can use the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default window to move around your document. Clicking on a (sub)section title in the -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default window will highlight that line and move the cursor (in the LyX editing window) to that place in the document. You can also use the arrow keys to move up and down in the table of contents. You may therefore find it convenient to leave this window open throughout editing sessions. You can get similar functionality from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigate -\family default +\family default menu, though, where the table of contents appears automatically. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To get rid of the Table of Contents, you can delete the table of contents button just like any other text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Fix the table of contents in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Using Math -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX is used by many scientists because it outputs great looking equations, avoiding the control characters used by word processors and their equation @@ -2967,115 +3330,131 @@ LaTeX is used by many scientists because it outputs great looking equations, If you are used to LaTeX, you'll find that all of the usual LaTeX math commands can be typed in normally, but they will show up in a WYSIWYM fashion. If, on the other hand, you've never written in LaTeX, then the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default will allow you to write professional-looking math quickly and easily \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX can't check if the math you're writing is actually -\emph on +\emph on correct -\emph default +\emph default . Sorry. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Math Mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Somewhere in your LyX document, type: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code I like what Einstein said, E=mc^2, because it's so simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, that equation doesn't look very good, even in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file; there's no space between the letters and the equals sign, and you'd like to write an actual superscript for the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . That bad typesetting happened because we didn't tell LyX that we were writing a mathematical expression, so it typeset the equation like regular old text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Instead, we create a formula that will get typeset properly. In order to create a formula, just click the toolbar button with \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset written on it in blue. LyX will insert a little blue square, which is an empty math formula. LyX has placed the cursor in the blue square, so just type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default again. The expression is typed in blue, and the blue square disappears as soon as the formula is not empty. Now type -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default to leave the equation The purple markers disappear, leaving the cursor to the right of the expression, and now if you type something, it will be regular text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Run LaTeX and look at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file. Notice that the expression was typeset nicely, with spaces between the letters and the equals sign, and a superscript \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Letters in math mode are assumed to be variables, and come out in italics. Numbers are just numbers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This math editor is another example of the WYSIWYM philosophy. In LaTeX, you write a mathematical expression using text and commands like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; this can be frustrating, because you can't see what an expression looks like until you LaTeX the file, and may have to spend time to find missing brackets or other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bugs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . On the other hand, LyX doesn't attempt to get the expression to look perfect @@ -3085,337 +3464,369 @@ bugs 99% of the time, you won't have to make any changes to the font sizes or spacing that LaTeX outputs. This way (sorry to be so repetitive) you can focus on the -\emph on +\emph on content -\emph default +\emph default of your mathematical expressions, not their format. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navigating an Equation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now let's change \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Use the arrow keys to move the cursor into the expression. Note that when you enter the expression, the purple markers appear to let you know you're editing math. Now you can use -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default to move the cursor past the equals sign, and just type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Again, you can use the arrow keys or -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default to leave the formula\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other than the special keys described below, typing in math mode is like editing regular text. Use -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) to delete things. Select text either with the arrow keys or with the mouse. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default works in math mode, as does cutting and pasting. One thing to be careful of: if you're right outside a formula and you type -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), it will delete the whole expression. Luckily, you can just use -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default to get it back. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard What if you want to change \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Again, you can use the mouse to click in the right place. However, you can also use the arrow keys. If the cursor is just after the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset but before the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , then typing -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default will move the cursor to the level of the superscript, just before the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Add the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Now, hitting -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default will move the cursor back to the regular level. In fact, if you hit -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default from anywhere within the superscript, the cursor will be placed just -\emph on +\emph on after -\emph default +\emph default the superscript (so that you can then type the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponents and Indices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An exponent can be entered from the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default (see below), but it's actually simpler just to type the caret key, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX will place another blue rectangle in the superscript, so that whatever you write next will be superscripted, and in a smaller font size. Everything you type until you hit a -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default to exit Mathed entirely) will be in the superscript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Writing a subscript (index) is just as easy --- start one by typing the underscore key, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . You can subscript and superscript both subscripts and superscripts like this: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Put equation 1 of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default into math mode. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default is a convenient way to enter symbols or to perform many complicated Mathed functions. Many of these functions can be accomplished from the keyboard or the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default menus. However, we're going to concentrate on using the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , just to let you know what's out there; you can learn keyboard shortcuts later, from other manuals. So open it using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar ~ +Math\InsetSpace ~ Pane -\bar under +\bar under l -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default now and leave it open while reading this section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Right-clicking on a formula will open the -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default for you. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Greek and symbols -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default which allow you to choose from a large array of symbols used in math: various arrows, relations, operators, and sums and integrals. Note that subscripting and superscripting allow you to put lower and upper limits on sums and integrals. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Square roots, accents, and delimiters -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To type a square root, just click on the button with a square root sign on it. @@ -3424,21 +3835,23 @@ To type a square root, just click on the button with a square root sign You can type variables, numbers, other square roots, fractions, whatever you want. LyX will automatically resize the square root to fit what's inside. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Accenting a character ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) or group of characters ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) is done the same way. The -\family sans +\family sans Decoration -\family default +\family default types are available from the panel. Click on a decoration, and LyX will insert that decoration with an insertion point under (or over) it. @@ -3447,428 +3860,464 @@ Decoration type, and those that have fixed size, and are most appropriate for a single letter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Delimiters such as parentheses, brackets, and braces work similarly, but are a bit more complicated. Hit the -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default button, which features a blue square surrounded by brackets, to pop up the -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default dialog. Your current selection of delimiters is displayed in a box. It's a pair of parentheses by default, but you can choose a pair of braces, a brace and a parenthesis, or even choose the empty square to have something like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (the empty delimiter is displayed as a broken line in LyX, but won't show up in the output). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're lazy, you can type actual parentheses in math mode, rather than using the -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default window. However, those parentheses will be the same size as regular text, which will look bad if you have a big fraction or matrix inside the parentheses. Using the -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default window will guarantee that the delimiters are sized based on what's inside them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also put delimiters or a square root sign or a decoration on already existing text. Select the portion of the formula that you want to adjust, and then click on the button you want from the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . Try using this to change Newton's second law from scalar to vector form ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Once you've learned about matrices, this is how you'll put parentheses or brackets around them. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fractions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fractions are very simple in Mathed. Just click on the -\family sans +\family sans Fraction -\family default +\family default button in the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , which shows a fraction with blue squares in the numerator and the denominator. LyX writes two insertion points in a fraction. As you would expect, you can use arrow keys or the mouse to move around a fraction. Click on the top square and type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Now hit -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default and type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You've made a fraction! Of course you can type anything within each of the two boxes: variables with exponents, square roots, other fractions, whatever. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Put equation 2 of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default into math mode. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Because letters in math mode are considered to be variables, if you type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in math mode, LyX thinks you're typing the product of the three variables \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . The three letters will be typeset in italics, when what you really wanted was the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset typeset in Roman. In addition, LyX won't put a space between the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (typing -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default will just exit math mode). So how do you get \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Click on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the -\family sans +\family sans Functions -\family default +\family default list in the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . The word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is written in black, in upright roman type. The whole word is treated as one symbol, so if you type -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default , it will delete the whole word. Now type \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , which will be written in blue italics, like you expect in Mathed. In the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default file, the expression will be correctly typeset. Try it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other commands you need to type in TeX mode using the -\family sans +\family sans Functions -\family default +\family default box include other trigonometric functions and their inverses, hyperbolic functions, logarithms, limits, and quite a few others. These functions can take subscripts and superscripts, important for typing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Put equation 3 of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default into math mode. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Click on the -\family sans +\family sans Matrix -\family default +\family default button in the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . The dialog has two sliding bars which allow you to choose how many rows and columns you want in your matrix. Choose 2 rows and 3 columns and hit -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX prints 6 insertion points in a \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset matrix. As usual, you can put any sort of Mathed expression (a square root, another matrix, etc.) in each insertion point. You can also leave some of the insertion points empty if you want. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default can be used to move horizontally between the columns of a matrix. Alternatively, you can use the arrow keys to move around - hitting -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default at the end of one box will move to the next box, -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default will move to the next row, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you suddenly need more rows or columns, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Add\SpecialChar ~ +Add\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ow -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Add\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Add\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default olumn -\family default +\family default . They add a row or column just after the current position. Overdid it? Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default -elete\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +elete\InsetSpace ~ Row -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans D -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -lete\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lete\InsetSpace ~ Column -\family default +\family default from the same menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard See the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for information on how to change the horizontal alignment of each column, and how to change the vertical position of the whole matrix. Note that if you want to write a table containing text, you should use LyX' wonderful table support, rather than trying to write text in a matrix. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Display mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All of the expressions we have written so far have been on the same line as the text that came before and after them, otherwise known as inline @@ -3878,124 +4327,144 @@ All of the expressions we have written so far have been on the same line to write them in display mode. In addition, only displayed expressions can be labeled and numbered (see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default ), and multi-line equations (see Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) must be in display mode. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Click on the -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default button in the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , which represents a couple lines of text before and after a centered blue box. LyX inserts a formula, but the insertion point is on a new line, and it's centered within that line. Now type an expression and run LaTeX to see how it looks. The -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default button is actually a toggle; use it now to change a couple of your expressions to display mode and back. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Display mode has a couple differences from inline mode: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The default font is larger for a few symbols, like \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Subscripts and superscripts for limits and sums (but not integrals) are written under rather than next to the symbols -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text is centered -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other than these differences, though, displayed expressions and inline expressio ns are very similar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One final note about the way displayed formulae are typeset: be careful about whether you're putting your equation into a new paragraph or not. If your formula is in the middle of a sentence or paragraph, then don't press -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Doing so will cause the text -\emph on +\emph on after -\emph default +\emph default the formula to start a new paragraph. That text will therefore be indented, which is probably not what you want. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Put the various equations in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default into display mode, and see how they're typeset differently. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercise -\series default +\series default : Using various tools you've learned in this section, you should be able to write an equation like \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard After you've done it the hard way, why don't you give -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -ases\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ases\InsetSpace ~ environment -\family default +\family default a try? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4004,34 +4473,48 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section More Math Stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed can do plenty more. By now, you're familiar with the basics, so we'll just refer to the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for tips on how to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Labeling and numbering expressions -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Multi-line equations -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Change typefaces, e.g., to write bold-face text in an expression. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fine-tune font sizes and spacing within an expression. (Don't worry about this until your final draft!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Write macros. These are very powerful, because you just define them once at the top of @@ -4039,114 +4522,132 @@ Write macros. If you change the macro definition, the references to the macro will be changed throughout the document. Macros can even take arguments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Do lots of other things we didn't have time to mention in this -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Miscellaneous -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Other Major LyX Features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We haven't gone through all the possible commands in LyX, and we aren't planning on it. As usual, see the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default for more information. We'll just mention a couple more major things LyX can do\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX has WYSIWYM support for tables. Use the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default able -\family default +\family default to get a table. Click on the table with the -\emph on +\emph on right button -\emph default +\emph default to get a -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog box which allows extensive table editing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX also supports including pictures in a number of formats (including JPEG and other bitmap formats, PostScript® and raw LaTeX) within documents. (You guessed it: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raphics -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Then click on the figure to choose the file to include, rotate or scale it, etc.) Tables and figures can have captions, and LyX will automatically generate lists of figures and/or tables. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Version control is supported, using RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default for more info). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX is heavily configurable. Everything from how the LyX window looks to how the output comes out can be configured in a number of ways. Much configuration is done through -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default . For more information on this, check out -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX is being developed by a team of programmers on five continents. Therefore, LyX has better support for non-English languages (such as Dutch, @@ -4156,83 +4657,95 @@ LyX is being developed by a team of programmers on five continents. You can write documents in other languages, but you can also configure LyX to show its menus and error messages in other languages. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The LyX menus feature keybindings. This means that you can do -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default by typing -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default followed by -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default or by using the binding which is shown next to it in the menu (C-O by default). Keybindings are also configurable. For information on this, check out -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX can read in LaTeX documents. - See Section\SpecialChar ~ + See Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spellchecking and thesaurus facilities are available. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The text box near the bottom of the LyX window is called the minibuffer (after a similar feature in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs -\family default +\family default ). This gives you access to all sorts of interesting functionality, including functionality which could break your document. In other words, don't type in the minibuffer unless you know what you're doing. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX for LaTeX Users -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset If you don't know anything about LaTeX, you don't have to read this section. Actually, you might want to -\emph on +\emph on learn -\emph default +\emph default about LaTeX, and then read this chapter. However, many people who begin to use LyX will be familiar with LaTeX. If you are such a person, you may be wondering if LyX can really do everything @@ -4243,112 +4756,124 @@ learn Currently, there may be some annoyance in converting old LaTeX documents and in a couple other areas, but later releases of LyX will get rid of these problems. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Because this is just a tutorial, we are only going to mention things that new LyX users will most likely be interested in. In the interests of keeping the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default short, we will give only minimal information here. The -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual, specifically the -\emph on +\emph on Secrets of the LaTeX Masters -\emph default +\emph default chapter, has a great deal of information on differences between LyX and LaTeX, and how to do various LaTeX tricks in LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX Mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Anything that you enter in TeX mode will be passed straight to LaTeX, and will be displayed in red on the screen. You can use TeX commands in LyX by choosing -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Te -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default . This creates a text box, and everything within it is passed straight to LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In a math formula, TeX mode is handled a bit differently. Enter TeX mode by typing a backslash. The backslash is not written out, but anything you type afterwards will be in red. You exit TeX mode by typing -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default or some other non-alphabetic character, like a number, underscore, caret, or parenthesis. Once you exit TeX mode, if LyX knows the TeX command you've typed in, it will convert it to WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. So if, in a formula, you type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , then when you type -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , LyX will change the red \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to a blue \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This will work for almost all, non-complicated math macros. This may be faster than using the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , and will be especially convenient for experienced LaTeX users. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As a special case, if you type a brace in TeX mode, then the beginning -\emph on +\emph on and -\emph default +\emph default ending braces will be inserted in red, then take you -\emph on +\emph on out -\emph default +\emph default of TeX mode and place the cursor between the braces. This makes it more convenient to type commands that LyX doesn't know which take an argument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can't do absolutely everything that LaTeX can do (yet?). Some fancy functions are not supported at all, while some work but aren't @@ -4357,359 +4882,398 @@ LyX can't do absolutely everything that LaTeX can do (yet?). all the convenient features of LyX, like WYSIWYM math, tables, and editing. LyX could never support every LaTeX package. However, by typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default - in the preamble (see Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + in the preamble (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), you can use any package you want --- although you won't have WYSIWYM support for that package's features. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importing LaTeX Documents--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default command in LyX. This will call a Perl script called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ---which will create a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default from the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default ---and then open that file. If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default from the command line \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard When LyX is installed, a separate executable called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default will be placed in the same folder as the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default executable (e.g., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default requires Perl (version 5.002 as of this writing). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , possibly using fancier options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating a file with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default has its own manpage. Read it to find out about which LaTeX commands and environments aren't supported, bugs (and how to get around them), and how to use the various options. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You might wish to convert a LyX Document to a LaTeX file. For example, a co-worker or co-author who doesn't have LyX might want to read it. This is very easy to do with LyX. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default . This will create a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter whatever.tex -\family default +\family default from the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter whatever.lyx -\family default +\family default file you are editing. LyX always creates temporary LaTeX files when viewing or printing files, so it is very good at generating LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Preamble -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Document Class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog takes care of many of the options that you would input in a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command. Change the class, default font size and paper size here. Put any extra options to the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command in the -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default area. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Other Preamble Matter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset If you have special commands to put in the preamble of a LaTeX file, you can use them in a LyX document as well. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reamble -\family default +\family default and type in the dialog window (or from the document settings dialog, depending on the frontend). Anything you type will (like with TeX mode) be sent directly to LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has support for BibTeX, which allows you to build databases of bibliographic al references to be used in multiple documents. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +List\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default to include a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default file. Click on the resulting \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -BibTeX\SpecialChar ~ -Generated\SpecialChar ~ +BibTeX\InsetSpace ~ +Generated\InsetSpace ~ References \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset button, and you will get a -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default dialog. In the -\family sans +\family sans Database -\family default +\family default field, type what you would type inside the braces of a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default command \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Like in regular LaTeX, multiple bibliographies should be separated by commas, with no whitespace. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Similarly, in the -\family sans +\family sans Style -\family default +\family default field, type what you would type inside the braces of a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After you've done this, you can use citations from any bibliographies you're including with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default - (see Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX will take care of running BibTeX. The box in the -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default dialog will show a list of all the references in your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Errors! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes when you LaTeX a document, there will be errors, things that LyX or LaTeX can't understand. When this happens, LyX will create an error box (a box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in it). Clicking on this box will pop up a window showing what the error was. LyX will just include the error message that LaTeX gave. Note that the placement of these errors in often not accurate. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index b7c76aa624..953f7beabb 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! @@ -63,13 +65,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -80,127 +81,154 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title The LyX User's Guide -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Principal maintainer of this file is -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package -\series bold +\series bold hyperref -\series default +\series default has to be installed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section What is LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is a document preparation system. It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business letters and proposals, and even poetry. It is unlike most other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word processors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core editing style. That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts, not the mechanics. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . If you haven't read it yet, you need to. Yes, we mean now. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly, the format of all of the manuals. @@ -209,52 +237,66 @@ Introduction of this one. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset describes that, too. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Getting Started -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Invoking LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX by simply typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default at the command line. You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file names. We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've already done that in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default page for LyX. Check there for more info. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are one or two things we'd like to comment on: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line, LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously. More on that in a bit. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How LyX Looks -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of its window. @@ -264,25 +306,27 @@ Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line of text. This is the -\emph on +\emph on minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which really means \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset command buffer \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Type -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default when you need to type a command in the minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar. This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. @@ -290,7 +334,9 @@ Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar. next line. Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for only a vertical scrollbar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@. @@ -302,44 +348,56 @@ There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. the LyX window. You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but this doesn't work for equations yet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HELP! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as in many commercial applications. Patience. We're working on it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals. You can read -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default of the manuals from inside LyX. Just select the manual you want read from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals. They're not idiot-proof, not in the least. Here's what one of our authors, -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default , once said about manuals: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation I hate manuals. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals. They are aggravating. @@ -348,11 +406,13 @@ Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals. how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum. Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI, then they should sit down and learn -\emph on +\emph on before -\emph default +\emph default they start up a major piece of software. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is stupid. @@ -360,128 +420,156 @@ Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is and intimidated, not stupid. Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a manual for a piece of computer software can't give. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic. As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well, as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch. - jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The LyX Interface -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Basic File Operations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Under the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more advanced operations: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -New\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +New\InsetSpace ~ from -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lose -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Save\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default evert -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with a few minor differences. The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ from -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts you for a template to use. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for @@ -491,109 +579,121 @@ emplate \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note: There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset default file \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or document named \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Untitled \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset scratch. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank space is just that --- a big, blank space. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default evert -\family default +\family default command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same time \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature in LyX also. Read -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . It will simply reload the document from disk. You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document and want to restore it to the last save. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The second matter of note concerns the commands -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lose -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default it -\family default +\family default . They both feature a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nag box \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to save us all from our own stupidity. That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll be informed that there are unsaved files. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Basic Editing Features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and @@ -601,696 +701,775 @@ Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to access them. We'll start with cut and paste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you might expect, the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit -\family default +\family default menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features. Some of these are special and covered in later sections. The basic ones are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Cut -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Copy -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first three are self-explanatory. One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected, it's automatically placed in the clipboard. That is, the -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default keys also functions as the -\family sans +\family sans Cut -\family default +\family default command. Also, if you've selected text, be careful. If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed. You'll have to do an -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default to get back the lost text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default item opens the -\family sans -Find\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Find\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default dialog. The text you want to find goes in the -\family sans +\family sans Fi -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default d -\family default +\family default box. Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it. Hitting the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eplace -\family default +\family default button replaces the selected text with the contents of the -\family sans -Replace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Replace\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under w -\bar default +\bar default ith -\family default +\family default box. You can click to search again to skip the current word. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hit -\family sans +\family sans Replace -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ll -\family default +\family default to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Ca -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -e\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +e\InsetSpace ~ sensitive -\family default +\family default toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search word. If the toggle is set, searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Match -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will not match the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter match -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default -atch\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +atch\InsetSpace ~ Word -\family default +\family default toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words. I.e. searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter match -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will not match \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter matches -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter matchbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Undo and Redo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default to undo some mistake. If you accidently undo too much, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset undo the undo. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory overhead. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it was last saved, the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset changed \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset status of the document is unfortunately not reset. This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default work on almost everything in LyX. They have some quirks, too. They won't -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default text character by character, but by blocks of text. That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll hopefully appreciate how it works. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here. Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you can do with the mouse. Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Motion -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Click the -\emph on +\emph on left mouse button -\emph default +\emph default once anywhere in the edit window. The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Selecting Text -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hold down the -\emph on +\emph on left mouse button -\emph default +\emph default and drag the mouse. LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions. Use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Copy -\family default +\family default to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paste -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Single click -\emph default +\emph default the -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default left mouse button to open or close any of these. Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tables -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Single click -\emph default +\emph default the right mouse button -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Basic Key Bindings \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings. Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs. I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character, and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some keys, like -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ Up -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ Down -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default , do exactly what you expect them to do. Other keys don't: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. If you don't understand this, go read Sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset -, especially Section\SpecialChar ~ +, especially Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset , right now. Yes, right now. If you're still confused, look in the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cancel key. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It's used, generically, to cancel operations. Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -and\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +and\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -and\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +and\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on If -\emph default +\emph default you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System, -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default works as expected and -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected]. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean by that, go read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys} -\end_inset +\end_inset immediately. You'll save yourself a lot of headaches. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Then there are the modifier keys: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used in combination with: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize With -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize With -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default , it moves by words instead of characters. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize With -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which one actually performs the -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default function. This key does many different things, but it also activates the -\emph on +\emph on menu accelerator keys -\emph default +\emph default . If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset pastes text. Typing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M-f -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset opens the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are also other things bound to the -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default key, but you'll have to check in the -\emph on +\emph on Reference -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on manual -\emph default +\emph default for more info. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in @@ -1299,396 +1478,436 @@ Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it. However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-p S-A -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means -\family sans +\family sans Meta-p -\family default +\family default followed by a capital -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S-C-S -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Control-s -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Using LyX with Other Programs -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importing ASCII files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can import text from an ASCII file using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ -as\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ lines -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ -as\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ paragraphs -\family default +\family default options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ as_lines -\family default +\family default puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph. This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it. However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the paragraphs if you use this form of import. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ -as\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ paragraphs -\family default +\family default preserves paragraphs in text files. Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph on one line. You used -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to break up the paragraph into separate lines. Using the -\family sans -as\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +as\InsetSpace ~ paragraphs -\family default +\family default , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs. Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph. Remember: you must make sure there is a -\emph on +\emph on completely blank -\emph default +\emph default line between each and every paragraph in your text file. If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Cut -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Copy -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\family default +\family default operations will transfer text to and from LyX. You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the text with the middle mouse button. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X. Select the text with the mouse in another X window. Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX Setup and Supporting Applications -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you can safely skip this chapter. It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files distributed with it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're installing LyX on your system, -\emph on +\emph on you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then -\family sans -\emph default -\bar under +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ Configuration -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on . -\emph default +\emph default Do that first. This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]. It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Basic LyX Setup \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two ways to run LyX. The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system. Of course, you need root privileges to do that. The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset install \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX somewhere in your own account. LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories are put in the correct places. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX, without resorting to configuration files. First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document classes and LaTeX packages are available. It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default variables. Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and which are not seen by LyX. To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information about what has been found under -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ Configuration -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the document-level setting that you can change via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your taste and save them with the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -ave\SpecialChar ~ -as\SpecialChar ~ -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ave\InsetSpace ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ +Document\InsetSpace ~ Defaults -\family default +\family default button in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default dialog. This will create a template named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.lyx -\family default +\family default which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX. Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . It will then attempt to read a file called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default beneath your home directory. The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \- -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog can be used to change these options; the document -\emph on +\emph on Customization -\emph default +\emph default contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration files. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To use LyX properly, X -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default be set up correctly. This is especially vital if you're using the international support features of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings. @@ -1697,349 +1916,393 @@ must Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system. Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection xmodmap and xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First of all read the man pages for these two programs. They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping correctly. If you don't have them, install them. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This document contains no information on how to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . There is a sample -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default file in -\emph on +\emph on Customization -\emph default +\emph default . To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command -\family typewriter -xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xmodmap\InsetSpace ~ .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default are possible]. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard output in a form readable by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . It is very useful when you're trying to design a new -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [ -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default ], Control [ -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default ], and Meta [ -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default ]. Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your keyboard. This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ) or as a prefix key. Here are some examples of what you can do with a -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default key: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+e+' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+O+R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+1+2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+<+< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters only from time to time. It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will be used if you setup your locale correctly. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Helpful Hints and Tips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, open up two xterminals. Use one to edit a new -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default file and run -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default from the other. Using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default , remap your keyboard the way you want it. There's a button in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default to output the new keymap. Once you hit it, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from. Just copy and paste all of that into your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default file, and you're done. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You could also save yourself some typing by executing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . This will create a usable map file. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented. Try executing the command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default . This will show you all of the currently active modifiers. Also try -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names. It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one thing you'll need to check. Make sure that your -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default keys are -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs. Some programs bind -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default to the same operation. Emacs is one. Other programs, however, use -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default for different operations. LyX is one of these programs, and if you have -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default files, you'll need LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX, a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters, \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , which rhymes with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset That's how you pronounce \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [If you're American, just pronounce the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset X \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset k \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and you've got it.] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset format, or Dvi, for short. The Dvi file can then be sent to printers. @@ -2047,330 +2310,368 @@ device-independent macros. LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need is a TeX package. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e). LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution. For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX) from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror. A complete list of mirrors may be found at -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips and Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What You Need -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents. Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next section]. You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't have them already: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript® \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and is the main page description language in the UN*X world. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset format. If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked with LaTeX and should read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default document before proceeding further. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use nowadays. For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter the PostScript through -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers. The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically every time you print. For now, we'll concentrate on -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dvips \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home, you should configure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default will either \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset print \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's configured. If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it will simply turn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.dvi -\family default +\family default into -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.ps -\family default +\family default . Most systems have -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default set up to send output to the default printer. For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are not a mood to configure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section. Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could expect from your printer. At least, it will print. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular on Linux), you should run the program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default . To make the name of a new printer recognized by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default you should then select menu entry -\family sans +\family sans Dvips -\family default +\family default , then add. Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the function -\family sans +\family sans Rehash -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default how to automagically convert a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file into a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default file adapted to printer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default , you need to have a config-file, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.foo -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset lying around somewhere. Typically, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.* -\family default +\family default files for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default will be in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default in most TeX distributions. Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the main TeX directory for a subdirectory called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset It'll be there somewhere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typically, there will be at least one config-file: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . This file is the default configuration file, which is -\emph on +\emph on always -\emph default +\emph default read by dvips \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of a file named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula r printer. Then create a file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.foo -\family default +\family default containing only the relevant lines. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file. There may exist a line that looks like, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]. Change it to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -Pfoo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so that the output is sent by default to printer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default . However, you should probably investigate the entries \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter D -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the printer. @@ -2379,145 +2680,161 @@ D best possible result on your printer. Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different printers, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take valuable space. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you should tell LyX to make use of this configuration. To do this, you should launch the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default ) and set the entries -\family sans -Adapt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adapt\InsetSpace ~ output -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Spool\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spool\InsetSpace ~ command -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your printers. The default printer for LyX can be specified from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog or with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PRINTER -\family default +\family default environment variable. You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in a later section. Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer or file from LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default as a filter for your print spooler. That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals. We also have a section that covers a little bit of this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some people don't seem to like using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default combination. As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly into your printer language. You can specify this program in the -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default dialog, too. There is a major disadvantage to this method. You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents, since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®. For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default for printing. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default are viewers. The former handles -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default files, while the later interfaces with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default to allow you to view PostScript files. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A quick note on both of these programs. Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard That means the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default file, not the files used to make these. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset changes. You can also force an update. @@ -2525,312 +2842,396 @@ That means the it. Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same features. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX team recommends using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default for fine tuning documents. Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before you can view the changes. Here's an example: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make changes to the document using LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate To view those changes, just choose -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . When LaTeX's all done, click on the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default window, and voilà! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default will update itself. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, this doesn't mean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default is useless. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default is better suited to those occasions where you -\emph on +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default view the PostScript version of the document. For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off previewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . There is an alternative to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default which sports a much better interface: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default . LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The Printer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size normal +\size normal Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here. Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the printers set up for your system. All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use, and configure you -\size default +\size default r setup -\size normal +\size normal as described in the last section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size normal + +\size normal Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do. Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware, on CD-ROM -\size default +\size default \SpecialChar \@. -\size normal +\size normal They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never realize that they need to set up their printer. -\size default +\size default If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something to help you out with that; check out the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Printer Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset chapter in the -\emph on +\emph on Customization -\emph default +\emph default manual for help. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX Basics -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Document Types -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you need to decide what -\emph on +\emph on type -\emph default +\emph default of document you want to edit. Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, numbering schemes, and so on. Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A -\emph on +\emph on document class -\emph default +\emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. So, it behooves you to change the class of your document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and how to fine-tune some of their properties. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset The Various Document Classes -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are five standard document classes in LyX. They are: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Article for basic articles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Report for basic reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Book for writing a book -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Letter for US-style letters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Slides is used to make transparencies -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have a LaTeX setup that supports them: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic s -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American Mathematical Society]. There are three amsart layouts available. The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems, -\emph on +\emph on etc. -\emph default +\emph default , that prepends the section number to the number of the result. All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS. Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and that you would need to number results. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than -\family sans +\family sans slides -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc). It allows LyX to produce SGML output. SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@. The SGML-tools package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default pages. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Paper for use with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paper -\family default +\family default LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society of America (OSA). This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes here. You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Editing -\emph default +\emph default manual. Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Selecting a Class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can select a class using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options you may need. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Properties -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Each class has a default set of options. Here's a quick table describing them: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2844,1250 +3245,1422 @@ Each class has a default set of options. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Pagestyle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Sides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Columns -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Max. sectioning level -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Chapter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Two -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Chapter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none linuxdoc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none aapaper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Two -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Two -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none amsart -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dinbrief -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none One -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard There is no default value of -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default for any of these classes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You're probably also wondering what \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Max. sectioning level \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means. There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings. Different document classes allow different types of section headings. Only two use the -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default heading. Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section headings. In addition to -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default headings, there are also -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default headings, -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default headings, and so on. We'll describe these headings fully in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okay, we know we never told you what most of these \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset default options \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset set by the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default button do. That's what this section is for. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default agestyle -\family default +\family default This is another list, containing five options. It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX does this part. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Default -\family default +\family default Use default pagestyle of current class. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Empty -\family default +\family default No page numbers or headings. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\family default +\family default Page numbers only. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\family default +\family default Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on which is the maximum sectioning level. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Fancy -\family default +\family default This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you have the -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default package installed. At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes in your preamble. Check the documentation for the -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default package for more details. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Sides -\family default +\family default No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper! However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere d pages. This way, if you -\emph on +\emph on do -\emph default +\emph default have a printer that duplexes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i.e. prints on both sides of a sheet of paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page and the left margin will have extra room for a binding. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard There are two radio buttons here: -\family sans +\family sans One -\family default +\family default for single-sided documents, -\family sans +\family sans Two -\family default +\family default for double-sided documents. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Columns -\family default +\family default Yes, this does control how many columns each page has. You can choose, using the toggle buttons, -\family sans +\family sans One -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Two -\family default +\family default for the number of columns. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen. That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept. However, there -\emph on +\emph on will -\emph default +\emph default be two columns in the generated output. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default The LaTeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default takes several options. LyX sets some of these automatically for you. This text box allows you to enter in others. Just type in a comma-separated list of options. See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you can use. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Separation -\family default +\family default This has its own section. See sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a description of what this does. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are several other options to set in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog. All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only affect certain features. We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the features they affect. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so we'll describe them here. You'll find them in the -\family sans +\family sans Paper -\family default +\family default dialog under the -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default menu: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Orientation -\family default +\family default Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default andscape -\family default +\family default or as -\family sans +\family sans Po -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default trait -\family default +\family default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Papersi -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default e -\family default +\family default What size paper to print on. The choices are -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans A3, A4, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans B3, B4, B5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans US Letter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans US legal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans US executive -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Custom -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Some of these settings require you to have the -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default package installed. This package will also allow you to set the margins in the -\family sans +\family sans Paper -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Important Note: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert -\emph on +\emph on everything -\emph default +\emph default into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have @@ -4095,69 +4668,81 @@ everything Some classes have special paragraph environments, however. If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing paragraph environments to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph. Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about the conversion and why it failed. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragraph Indentation and Separation -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer. The -\emph on +\emph on first -\emph default +\emph default paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, etc., is -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented paragraphs, you'll have to live with it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs. LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on will -\emph default +\emph default print it that way. You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command in the preamble. [ -\emph on +\emph on Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time. - jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are @@ -4170,185 +4755,211 @@ The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, and so on. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. LyX gives you the ability to globally change -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default of these pre-coded spacings. We'll explain more later. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Global Indentation Method -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndent -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ip -\family default +\family default to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fine-Tuning -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. Open the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog and toggle the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default o Indent -\family default +\family default button to change the state of the current paragraph. If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first. If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. Typically, you'll select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndent -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ip -\family default +\family default for the entire document and edit away. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing Line Spacing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default package installed. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragraph Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The paragraph environments correspond to the various -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environment -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } ... -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environment -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file. If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we urge you to read the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . The -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default also contains many more examples than this section does. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A paragraph environment is simply a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset container \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering scheme, labels, and so on. Additionally, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. @@ -4358,360 +4969,448 @@ nest There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular document type. We'll only be covering the most common ones here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left end of the toolbar. LyX will change the environment of the -\emph on +\emph on entire -\emph default +\emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default will -\emph on +\emph on typically -\emph default +\emph default create a new paragraph using the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default paragraph environment. We say \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset typically \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset because this isn't always the case. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you are in one of these environments: \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans List -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , rather than resetting it to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to reset the paragraph environment and depth. If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth, use -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default instead. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The default paragraph environment is -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default for most classes. It creates a plain paragraph. If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in this manual] are in the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can nest a paragraph using the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything in a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Document Titles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the author[s] and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for thanks or contact information. For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. For other types of documents, the title \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Here's how you use them: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Put the title of your document in the -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Put the author name in the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in the -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Be sure to do this at the top of the document. You can use footnotes to insert \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset thanks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or contact information. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Headings \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings. LyX takes care of the numbering for you. All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter 9. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Numbered Headings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are 6 numbered types of section headings. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Why no mention of Part ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset They are: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. @@ -4719,212 +5418,258 @@ LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. For example, suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. LyX does similar grouping: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Either -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default is the maximum sectioning level. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default s are divided into -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s are divided into -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s are divided into -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default s -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default s are divided into -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default s -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default s are divided into -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default s -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Note: -\emph default +\emph default not all document types use the -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default heading as the maximum sectioning level. In that case, the -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default is the top-level heading. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So, if you use the -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter that it's in. For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Unnumbered Headings -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings. They are: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Section* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset after each name means that these headings are not numbered. They work the same as their numbered counterparts. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Changing the Numbering \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document class. Certain classes start with -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default and go down to the -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default level. Others start at -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . This is something you can change. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Open the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. You should see a counter labelled -\family sans -Section\SpecialChar ~ -number\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Section\InsetSpace ~ +number\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default under the -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default tab. This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section heading. Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so here's a table of values and what they do: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4935,747 +5680,851 @@ Extra \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Sec. Num. Depth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LyX numbers these -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none value: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none section headings: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none no numbering of any kind -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans add -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Parts -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -0 and 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none add Chapters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none add Sections -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none add Subsections -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans add -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Subsubsections -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans add -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Paragraphs -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans add -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Subparagraphs -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will number parts and chapters, while \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections. Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter headings ( -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\emph default +\emph default the default article class), then the numbering begins at the -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default heading, and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset also corresponds to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset no numbering. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There's another counter in the dialog, called -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ -contents\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ +contents\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default . It works the same way as -\family sans -Section\SpecialChar ~ -numbering\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Section\InsetSpace ~ +numbering\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the Table of Contents. This is a great control to have. Suppose you wanted to number -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default sectioning heading, but you only wanted -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s, and -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s in the Table of Contents. You'd just set -\family sans -Section\SpecialChar ~ -numbering\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Section\InsetSpace ~ +numbering\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and -\family sans -Table of contents\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table of contents\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and voilà! You're all set. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Special Information -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following information applies to -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default as well as -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsection* -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection* -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You can only use inlined math in these environments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You cannot do any nesting with these environments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're using them everywhere in the manuals. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Creating an Appendix -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading. Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\newline -Start\SpecialChar ~ +\newline +Start\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -ppendix\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ppendix\InsetSpace ~ Here -\family default +\family default . A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section label(s) will be changed to a letter. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quotes and Poetry -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. They are -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. They also allow nesting, so you can put a -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default in a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , as well as in some other paragraph environments. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default reset to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default when you start a new paragraph. So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have to change back to the -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment yourself. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's time for the differences. -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default are identical except for one difference: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on always -\emph default +\emph default indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example of the -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default environment: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote This is in the -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default environment. I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See - no indentation! -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Here's the second paragraph of this quote. Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That ends that example. Here's another example, this time in the -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default environment: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation This is in the -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default environment. If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation. If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting the first line, then -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it -\emph on +\emph on if -\emph default +\emph default you were quoting other text. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Here's a new paragraph. I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. If I did that, though, you'd get bored. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That was our other example. As the example notes, -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. They should put quotes in the -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default environment. Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default paragraph environment for quoted text. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Verse \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. Here's an example: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse This is in Verse -\newline +\newline Which I did not rehearse! -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse It could be much worse. This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps @@ -5684,95 +6533,109 @@ It could be much worse. indented a bit more than the first. Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse To break a line -\newline +\newline And make things look fine -\newline +\newline Use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default function, -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lists \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. In the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection General Features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default reset the environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is typically reset, however. If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment, you should use -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default to break paragraphs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can nest lists of any type inside one another. In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its @@ -5781,569 +6644,679 @@ You can nest lists of any type inside one another. you read all of section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default paragraph environment. It has the following properties: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The items can be any length. LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. The offset is always relative to whatever environment the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list may be in. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you nest an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment inside another -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment, the label changes to a new symbol. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a full explanation of nesting. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Of course, that explanation was also an example of an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list. The -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. Here's an example of all four possible symbols. Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The label for the first level -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default is a large black dot, or bullet. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The label for the second level is a dash. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The label for the third is an asterisk. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize The label for the fourth is a centered dot. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Back out to the third level. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Back to the second level. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Back to the outermost level. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are the default labels for an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list. You can customize these labels in the \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash linebreak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog in the -\family sans +\family sans Bullets -\family default +\family default tab. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Be sure to read it! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines. It has these properties: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Each item has a numeral as its label. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Each new -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment resets the counter to one. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Like the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment, the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Offsets the items relative to the left margin. Items can be any length. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Allows up to a four-fold nesting. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Unlike the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment, -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on does -\emph default +\emph default show the different labels for each item. Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The first level of an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Back to the third level -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Back to the second level. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Back to the outermost level. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment. It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual), however. As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version, not on the LyX screen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is more to nesting -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environments than we've stated here. You -\emph on +\emph on really -\emph default +\emph default should read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset to learn more about nesting. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Unlike the previous two environments, the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default list has no fixed label. Instead, LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the first line as the label. Here's an example: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Example: This is an example of the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset uses the first 'word'. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset The -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another. Inside of a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment, the -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line of an item. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label of a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment? Simple: use a -\family sans +\family sans Protected Blank -\family default +\family default . [Use either -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Protected\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default menu. See sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more info.] Here's an example: -\layout Description +\end_layout -Second\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Second\InsetSpace ~ Example: This one shows how to use a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default in the label of a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default list item. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Usage: You should use the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. You're better off using -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and nesting several -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default paragraphs into them. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Nesting: You can, of course, nest -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting them from the first line. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, if you jumped here without reading sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset , you've goofed. The -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default create numbered lists. That's what -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default does, and it's documented in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Like the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default environment the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment has user-defined labels for each list item. There are some key differences between this list environment and the other three: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -item\SpecialChar ~ +item\InsetSpace ~ labels LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of each line as the item label. The first -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected blank as described above. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and @@ -6351,527 +7324,581 @@ margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -label\SpecialChar ~ +label\InsetSpace ~ width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger. If the actual width is larger, then the label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset extends \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset into the first line. In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -default\SpecialChar ~ +default\InsetSpace ~ width You can very easily set this default width. It's quite painless, actually. So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment have the same left margin. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM uses You should use the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment the same way you'd use as -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it. The -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall layout. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM nesting You can nest -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset to learn about nesting. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to change. You can also simply move the cursor into a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default item if you want to change only its label width. Now open the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog and find the -\family sans -Label\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Label\InsetSpace ~ width -\family default +\family default text box. The text in the -\family sans -Label\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Label\InsetSpace ~ width -\family default +\family default box determines the default label width. If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label here, but you don't need to. We recommend using the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset multiple times. It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX. The default label width in the example -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default is 6 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset s wide. Using \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as your unit of width in the -\family sans -Label\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Label\InsetSpace ~ Width -\family default +\family default box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents of -\family sans -Label\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Label\InsetSpace ~ Width -\family default +\family default every time you alter a label in a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's yet another feature of the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment we need to tell you about. As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. You can use additional -\family sans +\family sans HFills -\family default +\family default to change how LyX justifies the item label. We'll document -\family sans +\family sans HFills -\family default +\family default later in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Here are some examples: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Left The default for -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default item labels. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Right One -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default at the beginning of the label right justifies it. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Center -\hfill +\hfill One -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Don't worry if you have no idea what -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s are yet. Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists. Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset if you want to use any of these list environments? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Letters -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph environments called -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. In contrast, you can use the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest anything in them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Of course, you're not limited to using -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default for letters only. -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Usage \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. Similarly, the -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Right Address -\newline +\newline WhoAmI -\newline +\newline WhereAmI -\newline +\newline When is it? What is today? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That was -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's an example of the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default environment: -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address WhoAreYou -\newline +\newline Where do I send this -\newline +\newline Your post office and country -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, both -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. Speaking of which, if you hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . This makes sense, however, since -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default is the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. Thus, you'd use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default inebreak -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default menu] to start a new line in an -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default or -\family sans - Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Academic Writing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. Technically, you -\emph on +\emph on could -\emph default +\emph default use this environment anywhere, but you really -\emph on +\emph on should -\emph default +\emph default only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. Also, don't bother trying to nest -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default in anything else or vice versa. It won't work. The -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment is only useful in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset document classes [as well as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset amsart, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which is just a specialized version of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset document class ignores the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default completely, and it's utterly silly to use -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset letter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset document class. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment does several things for you. First, it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset above the text. The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical @@ -6882,152 +7909,164 @@ Abstract Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. If your document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed version of the file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Starting a new paragraph by hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default reset the paragraph environment. The new paragraph will still be in the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment. So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We'd love to give you an example of the -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default environment, but we can't, since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset class. If you've never heard of an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset before, you can safely ignore this environment. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default environment is used to list references. Technically, you -\emph on +\emph on could -\emph default +\emph default use this environment anywhere, but you really -\emph on +\emph on should -\emph default +\emph default only use it at the end of the document. Also, don't bother trying to nest -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default in anything else or vice versa. It won't work. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you first open a -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset References, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset depending on the document class. The heading is in a large boldface font. Each paragraph of the -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default environment is a bibliography entry. Thus, hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default reset the paragraph environment. Each new paragraph is still in the -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At the -\emph on +\emph on beginning -\emph default +\emph default of the -\emph on +\emph on first line -\emph default +\emph default of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number. If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a -\family sans +\family sans key -\family default +\family default and a -\family sans +\family sans label -\family default +\family default . The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. @@ -7035,477 +8074,544 @@ label LaTeX. We could choose the key \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for that entry. You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans key -\family default +\family default field isn't useless. You can refer to your bibliography entries using the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default command. Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list. Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key. An example of the -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default appears at the end of this document. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset See \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it. In the second one, we used the -\family sans +\family sans T -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -xt\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +xt\InsetSpace ~ after -\family default +\family default field of the citation dialog to add the text \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chapter 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The texts \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label of the bibliography entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by LyX. For a description of how to use it, please refer to the -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Special Purpose -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose. We'll point out the highlights and uses of each. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default environment is the default paragraph environment for -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default . On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure #: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table #: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , depending on which type of -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default it's in. The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed output. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can't really nest things into a -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default environment or vice versa. Additionally, hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default resets the paragraph environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , so a -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default can only be a single paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You cannot use a -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default environment outside of a -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Float -\family default +\family default or a -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Float -\family default +\family default . See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more information on -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX -\family sans +\family sans -Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default environment is another LyX extension. It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. It also treats the -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default key as a fixed whitespace; \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In the -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default environment, the -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default key is treated as a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default instead of an end-of-word marker. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default [the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default function]. -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default breaks paragraphs. Note, however, that -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default reset the paragraph environment. So, when you finish using the -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. Also, you -\emph on +\emph on can -\emph default +\emph default nest the -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default environment inside of others. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few quirks with this environment: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You cannot use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e. you can't follow -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default with a -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You can't follow a -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default with a -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Use a -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Or: use -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default instead. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. You must put at least one -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default in any line you want blank. Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default since that will insert -\emph on +\emph on real -\emph default +\emph default quotes. You get the typewriter double quotes with -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default if you use Emacs-like key bindings). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hello World -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is just the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hello world! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset program. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, rc-files, and so on. Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your document that will not appear in the final output. In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in a different color than the rest of the text. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nesting Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The Big Deal -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -go read Section\SpecialChar ~ +go read Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word\SpecialChar \- processor-as-overglorified-typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset concept. With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page. @@ -7515,124 +8621,145 @@ processor-as-overglorified-typewriter and specific properties. However, what if you wanted one \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset block \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to inherit some of the properties of another \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset block \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a more specific example: outlines. You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. In other words, you have a list -\emph on +\emph on inside -\emph default +\emph default of another list, with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset attached \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to item #2: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate one -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate two -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate sublist - item #1 -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate sublist - item #2 -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate three -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious: you nest one list inside the other. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard How to nest an environment is quite simple. Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default -ncrease\SpecialChar ~ -Environment\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ncrease\InsetSpace ~ +Environment\InsetSpace ~ Depth -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default -ecrease\SpecialChar ~ -Environment\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ecrease\InsetSpace ~ +Environment\InsetSpace ~ Depth -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit -\family default +\family default menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also use the convenient key bindings -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Left -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Right \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default to change the nesting level. The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. @@ -7642,20 +8769,28 @@ Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. That depends specifically on what your text looks like. Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see what happens. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nesting isn't just limited to lists. In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no, can you or can't you. @@ -7663,22 +8798,24 @@ The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no, Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another environment into it? A \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset yes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to one of these doesn't guarantee a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset yes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to the other. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes to nesting. @@ -7689,36 +8826,38 @@ The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes There is one last type of environment. You can nest them into other environments, but that's it. You can't nest anything into them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph environments have them: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Also, LyX allows you to nest -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default into other environments. We urge you not to. LaTeX may barf if you try it. @@ -7726,271 +8865,368 @@ Date We don't know for certain. However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these environments, so why would you ever want to? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Description + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Unnestable Can't nest them. Can't nest into them. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Part -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Chapter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Part* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Chapter* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Fully\SpecialChar ~ +Fully\InsetSpace ~ Nestable You can nest them. You can nest other things into them. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things. You can't nest anything into them. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize equations -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tables -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize figures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default , this is no longer true. See below or look in sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more info.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures. If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's in goes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of its own, it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nestable-inside \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraph environment. You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything into it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's an example with a table: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Item One -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8001,101 +9237,138 @@ This is (a) and it's nested. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Item One -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout +\end_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8106,109 +9379,151 @@ This is (a) and it's nested. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default nested inside (a). In fact, it's not nested at all. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first item of a new list! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going deep enough. LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Item One -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8219,875 +9534,1016 @@ This is (a) and it's nested. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside Item One, but -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default inside (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a new list -\emph on +\emph on inside -\emph default +\emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right depth! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Then there are the so-called -\family sans +\family sans Floats -\family default +\family default . A -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. -\family sans +\family sans Footnotes -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Margin\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Margin\InsetSpace ~ Notes -\family default +\family default are floats, as are -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default . When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph it's in goes. However, because a -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual location after you feed your document to LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Usage and General Features -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. In other words, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset level #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is the innermost possible depth. Here's an example to display what we mean: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate level #1 - outermost -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate level #2 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate level #3 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate level #4 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize level #5 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize level #6 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific paragraph environments you're using at a given level. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go to produce output for your document. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default list, or a -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default environment, and so on. You can also mix environments, as we shall see later. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see both of them in the example. Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environments. For example, if we tried to nest another -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default list inside of item \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , we'd get errors. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go to produce output for your document. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Some Examples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce them. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-a This is the outermost level. It's a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment. -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-a This is level #2. We created it by using -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default followed by -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a This is level #3. This time, we just hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , then used -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default twice in a row. We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, by hitting -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default followed by -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard This is actually a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment, nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . So, it's at level #4. We did this by hitting -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default , then changing the paragraph environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works for the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environments! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here's another -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-a This is level #4. We hit -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default and changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default environment, which is why we're still at level #4. However, we -\emph on +\emph on can -\emph default +\emph default keep nesting things inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} and this is level #6. By now, you should know how we made these two. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-b Back to level #5. Just hit -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default followed by a -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-b After another -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default followed by a -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default , we're back at level #4. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-b Back to level #3. By now it should be obvious how we did this. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Back to level #2. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. After this sentence, we'll hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default and change the paragraph environment back to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default to end the list. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , or even the -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default environment in place of the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment. The example would have worked exactly the same. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #2: Inheritance -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code level. Now we'll hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans +\family sans M-p Right -\family default +\family default , after which, we'll change to the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment, at level #2. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Notice how the nested -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [ -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ], but also inherits its font and spacing! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard We ended this example by hitting -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default and resetting the nesting depth by using -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default once. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate This is level #1, in an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default paragraph environment. We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is level #2. We used -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default followed by -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default . Now, what happens if we nest an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its label be? An asterisk? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize No! It's a bullet. This is the -\emph on +\emph on first -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment, even though it's at level #3. So, its label is a bullet. [Note: we got here by using -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default , then changing the environment to -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default .] -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Here's level #4, produced using -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default . We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} to get to level #5. This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Notice the type of numbering! It's -\emph on +\emph on lowercase Roman -\emph default +\emph default , because we're the -\emph on +\emph on thirdfold -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment [i.e. we're an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default inside an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default inside an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate What happens if we -\emph on +\emph on don't -\emph default +\emph default change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What type of numbering does LyX use? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Let's use -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default to decrease the depth after the next -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is level #4. Look what type of label LyX is using! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate This is level #3. Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label. Why?! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is -\emph on +\emph on still -\emph default +\emph default a thirdfold -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment. Notice, however, that LyX -\emph on +\emph on did -\emph default +\emph default reset the counter for the label. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Another -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default sequence, and we're back to level #2. This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back into the twofold-nested -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environment. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate The same thing happens if we do another -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lastly, we reset the environment to -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling LyX uses for the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environments. The number of -\emph on +\emph on other -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default environments -\emph default +\emph default surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default item. The same rule applies for the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default environment, as well. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Example #4: Going Bonkers -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate We're going to go totally nuts now. We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. [level #1: -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [ -\family sans -Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right, Standard -\family default +\family default : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in brackets someplace. For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment. Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate [ -\family sans +\family sans Return, Enumerate -\family default +\family default : level #1] This is the next item in the list. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Now we'll add verse. -\newline +\newline It will get much worse. -\newline +\newline [ -\family sans -Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right, Verse -\family default +\family default : level #2] -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. -\newline +\newline Bippitey boppitey boo! -\newline +\newline [ -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Here comes a table for you: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -9098,180 +10554,198 @@ Here comes a table for you: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none one-fish -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none two-fish -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none red-fish -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none blue-fish -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse [ -\family sans -M-Return, Table, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default 3 times, -\family sans -M-Return, Verse, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate [ -\family sans +\family sans Return, Enumerate -\family default +\family default : level #1] This is another item. Note that selecting a -\family sans +\family sans Table -\family default +\family default resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation We're now ending the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default list and changing to -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . We're still at level #1. We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. The next set of paragraphs is a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset quoted letter. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset We'll nest both the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default environments inside of this one, then use another nested -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default for the letter body. We'll use -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default to preserve the depth. Remember that you need to use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default to create multiple lines inside the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default environments. Here it goes: -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address 1234 Nowhere Rd. -\newline +\newline Moosegroin, MT 00100 -\newline +\newline 9-6-96 -\layout Address +\end_layout -Dear Mr.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Address + +Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~ Fizlewitz: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. @@ -9280,93 +10754,110 @@ We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation We do, however, now have a special on beef. If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, along with payment. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation We thank you again for your patience. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Sincerely, -\newline +\newline Bill Hick -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation That ends that example! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list inside of a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , or put a -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default inside of an -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default list. You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fonts and Text Styles -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font to emphasize text, you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead. This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two character styles, -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default . The -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default style corresponds to an italics font. The -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing styles use to typeset proper names. The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles, @@ -9374,121 +10865,127 @@ Noun what styles. At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done already. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Global Options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can set the default font from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. There are two options of interest here, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default onts -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Font\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ize -\family default +\family default . The possible options under -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default onts -\family default +\family default include \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a list of fonts available on your system. The option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset uses the standard TeX fonts, known as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (cm) or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec). Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica font, with other variants. You'll have to examine this for yourself. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As for the -\family sans -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Font\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ize -\family default +\family default option, there are three possible values: -\family sans +\family sans 10 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans 11 -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans 12 -\family default +\family default . Remember, this is the -\emph on +\emph on base -\emph default +\emph default font size. LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value. @@ -9496,190 +10993,230 @@ base need to. It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size, as this typically renders your document unreadable. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that once you choose a new value for -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default onts -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Font\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ize -\family default +\family default , LyX does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default change the screen. You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output. This is part of the WYSIWYM concept. Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen corresponds to the default font. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Using Different Character Styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for certain paragraph environments. We also mentioned two other character styles, -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default . You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the toolbar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To activate the -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default style, do one of the following: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize use the keybinding -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These commands are all toggles. That is, if -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default style is already active, they deactivate it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One typically uses the -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default style for proper names. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default is the original author of LyX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A more widely used character style is the -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default style. You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default style by: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize clicking on the toolbar button with the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset character on it -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize using the keybindings -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At the moment, the -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default style is equivalent to an italicized font. We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We've been using the -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default style all over the place in this document. Here's one more example: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Don't overuse character styles! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse character style. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Space -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX gives you a way to create custom character style. For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since manuals need a certain amount of consistency. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialogue. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles. @@ -9688,703 +11225,786 @@ Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power. The phrase, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset comes to mind. And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enough complaining. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use custom fonts, open the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text\SpecialChar ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyle -\family default +\family default dialog. There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different font property which you can choose. You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select -\family sans -No\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +No\InsetSpace ~ change -\family default +\family default , which keeps the current state of that property. The item -\family sans +\family sans Reset -\family default +\family default will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph environment. You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments in a snap. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to -\family sans -No\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +No\InsetSpace ~ change -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Reset -\family default +\family default ] are: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default amily -\family default +\family default The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset overall look \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the font. The possible options are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default This is the Roman font family. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard It's also the default family. [keybinding = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Typewriter -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter This is the Typewriter font family. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default eries -\family default +\family default This corresponds to the print weight. Options are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Medium -\family default +\family default This is the Medium font series. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard It's also the default series. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Bold -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold This is the Bold font series. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default ape -\family default +\family default As the name implies. Options are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Upright -\family default +\family default This is the Upright font shape. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard It's also the default shape. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Italic -\family default +\family default -\shape italic +\shape italic This -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default s the Italic font shape -\shape default -\emph on +\shape default +\emph on . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Slanted -\family default +\family default -\shape slanted +\shape slanted This is the Slanted font shape -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -Small\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Small\InsetSpace ~ Caps -\family default +\family default -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps This is the Small caps font shape -\shape default -\noun on +\shape default +\noun on . -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Si -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default e -\family default +\family default Alters the size of the font. You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio nal to the default font size. Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of what you want to do. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The options [and their keybindings] are: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Tiny -\family default +\family default -\size tiny +\size tiny This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tiny \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Smallest -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 2] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Smaller -\family default -\size footnotesize +\family default +\size footnotesize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Smaller \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 3] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Small -\family default +\family default -\size small +\size small This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 4] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Normal -\family default +\family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard It's also the default size. [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 5] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Large -\family default +\family default -\size large +\size large This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Large \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 6] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Larger -\family default +\family default -\size larger +\size larger This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 7] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Largest -\family default +\family default -\size largest +\size largest This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 8] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Huge -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 9] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Huger -\family default +\family default -\size giant +\size giant This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Huger \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font size. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ H -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 0] -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard We'll warn you -\emph on +\emph on yet again -\emph default +\emph default : don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments - use that instead. This is here for fine-tuning -\emph on +\emph on only! -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default isc -\family default +\family default Here you can change a few other things at the character level. Options are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Emph -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on This is text with emphasize on -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard This might seem like the same as -\shape italic +\shape italic Italic -\shape default +\shape default , but it is actually a bit different. If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright. In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior of this -\emph on +\emph on logical -\emph default +\emph default property. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Underbar -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under This is text with Underbar on. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [keybinding = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default -\noun on +\noun on This is text with Noun on. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Like -\family sans +\family sans Emph -\family default +\family default , this is a logical attribute. For the moment, it is equivalent to -\family sans -Small\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Small\InsetSpace ~ Caps -\family default +\family default , but that is bound to change some day. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days, when you couldn't change fonts. @@ -10392,339 +12012,376 @@ Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days, an underscore character. It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some people -\emph on +\emph on may -\emph default +\emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu items). -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Color -\family default +\family default You can adjust the color of the text with this control. Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also need to have the -\family sans +\family sans color -\family default +\family default LaTeX package installed. Notice that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default is not able to display these colors. Besides -\family sans -No\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +No\InsetSpace ~ color -\family default +\family default , which -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default is the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset color \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , you can choose between -\family sans +\family sans Black -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans White -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Red -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Green -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Blue -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Cyan -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Magenta -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Yellow -\family default +\family default text. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Language -\family default +\family default This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You have a huge number of combinations to choose from. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once you've chosen a new character style via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Text\SpecialChar ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyle -\family default +\family default dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Font \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , or select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default . The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default, use -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Space -\family default +\family default . If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just sent the shape to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset slanted \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the series to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), set the -\family sans +\family sans Toggle on all these -\family default +\family default switch and press -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the fonts. They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good writing. Your writing should speak for itself --- and will. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Printing and Previewing -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover this information in much greater detail in the -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default manual as well. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uses a program called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as its backend. (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in a couple of stages: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, generating a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file to produce printable output. It doesn't know anything about your printer, however. Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a -\emph on +\emph on device-independent -\emph default +\emph default file, or DVI for short. The actual output is in a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself. If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only be a link to these files. So don't forget these files if you move your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file to another computer. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Consider the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file to be the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset final output. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate You can view -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default files using a program called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file directly. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format. LyX automatically converts the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document. LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using the program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document. It also includes any special fonts you may have used. That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI version. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX does all of these steps automagically for you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a preview of your document. @@ -10732,196 +12389,220 @@ As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a processors. The printed result is worth the wait. Quality always has its price. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quick Viewing with xdvi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Then wait a while. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . You can now look at the results. [If you want more info on the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default program, see the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default -pages.] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Helpful-Tip: Keep the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default window open, maybe moving it to another desktop. Then, after you make changes to your document, just use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Now click on the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default window. The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default program will automatically reread the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default file and give you an updated view. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In general, using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default to view your document is the easiest and fastest way. There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version. One reason is fonts. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note from -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Another reason is paranoia. I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default won't show this. You'll need to use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To view the PostScript version of your document, select -\family sans +\family sans Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default Script -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default menu. When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . You can now look at the results. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You've guessed what the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default command from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default window after this command to update the view. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Printing the File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To print a file, select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it. This opens the -\family sans +\family sans Print -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after @@ -10929,988 +12610,1122 @@ You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can set the parameters in the -\family sans +\family sans Destination -\family default +\family default box as follows : -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rinter -\family default +\family default This is the name of the printer to print to. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that this printer name isn't for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default command but for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . That means -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default has to be configured for this printer name. See the section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset or the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default documentation for details. The default printer can also be set in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The printer should understand PostScript files. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default The name of a file to print to. The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \- Script format. The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you specify the full path. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default and, if you don't have a PostScript printer, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default have to process your document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A Few Words about Typography -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hyphens and Hyphenation \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX, the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset character comes in three lengths, often called the -\emph on +\emph on hyphen -\emph default +\emph default , the -\emph on +\emph on en dash -\emph default +\emph default , and the -\emph on +\emph on em dash -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate hyphen -\hfill +\hfill - -\hfill +\hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate en dash -\hfill +\hfill -- -\hfill +\hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate em dash -\hfill +\hfill --- -\hfill +\hfill made with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate minus sign -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in math mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You generate these by using the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset character multiple times in a row. LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final output. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples of the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in use: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate line- and page-breaks -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on hyphen -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate From A--Z -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on en dash -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh --- there's a dash. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on em dash -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on minus sign -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though there is one in the printed version. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and inserts hyphens in English text. The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in -\emph on +\emph on some -\emph default +\emph default other languages. To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for -\emph on +\emph on your -\emph default +\emph default language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Babel and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman, nohyphenation, loaded. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck. Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fmtutil -\family default +\family default in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by ''uncommenting'' the relevant line in a file typically named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter language.dat -\family default +\family default . Sorry for the inconvenience. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, for whatever reason, LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on still -\emph default +\emph default can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu item -\family sans -Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default oint -\family default +\family default under -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default menu. Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Punctuation Marks -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abbreviations and End of Sentence \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset appropriate amount of space \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of -\emph on +\emph on correct -\emph default +\emph default abbreviations and the end of a sentence: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize M. Butterfly -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Don't worry. Be happy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize e. g. this is too much space! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize This is I. It's okay. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To fix this problem, use one of the following: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use a -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\family default +\family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use an -\family sans -End\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ -sentence\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +End\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ +sentence\InsetSpace ~ period -\family default +\family default found under the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. This function is also bound to -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default for easy access. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -e.\SpecialChar ~ -g.\SpecialChar ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ +g.\InsetSpace ~ this is too much space! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize This is I\SpecialChar \@. It's okay. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all of this. For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: check out the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -eck\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eck\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default feature described in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Editing -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Quotes \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX usually sets quotes correctly. Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, and use a closing quote at the end. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset open close \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The keyboard character, -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default , generates this automatically. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can change the behavior of the -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default key using the -\family sans +\family sans Quotes -\family default +\family default dialog. Choose -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uotes -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. Selecting the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ouble -\family default +\family default button makes the -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default key produce the sequence: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ingle -\family default +\family default button, in contrast, makes the -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default key produce: \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset '. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also select quotes for different languages via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ype -\family default +\family default option. There are six choices: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like this \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset single \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Labeling +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset or 'this \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Labeling +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Labeling +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Use quotes like \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset this \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Again, this affects what character the -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default key produces. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default . This produces: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ligatures \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as -\emph on +\emph on ligatures -\emph default +\emph default . Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them, too. Here are the possible ligatures: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word. While a ligature may be okay in the word, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset it looks really weird in compound words, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset To break a ligature, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Ligature\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ligature\InsetSpace ~ Break. -\family default +\family default This changes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} links \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Widows and Orphans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. @@ -11920,15 +13735,17 @@ In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These dangly-bits of text became known as -\emph on +\emph on widows -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on orphans -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. @@ -11937,147 +13754,159 @@ Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there to specifically prevent widows and orphans. This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior. - Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\SpecialChar ~ + Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset - or\SpecialChar ~ + or\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] may have more information. You will almost never need to worry about this, however. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tables, Figures, and Notes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Footnotes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foldable \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or somewhere else in your text. When you insert a footnote with -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under I -\bar no +\bar no nsert -\series default -\bar under +\series default +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\series medium +\series medium F -\bar no +\bar no ootnote, -\family roman +\family roman you'll first see a -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default grey -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no box with a -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default red -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset appearing within your text. This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. You can enter your text into this box. If you click the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no label, the box will \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default Clicking on the button again will -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unfold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the footnote. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset You will not see any numbers within LyX. You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering @@ -12086,56 +13915,60 @@ To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left. If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing to stuff in the bottom margin). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman document class or changing the counter -\family default +\family default -\family roman +\family roman style. You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th -\family default +\family default os -\family roman +\family roman e -\family default +\family default described in the -\emph on +\emph on Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars -\emph default +\emph default section of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Extended -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Features -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word processors. @@ -12144,108 +13977,116 @@ NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word tables. You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's a neat feature. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Margin Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. When you insert a margin note via -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under I -\bar no +\bar no nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar no +\bar no argin -\series default -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\series default +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ N -\series medium -\bar no +\series medium +\bar no ote -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with an arrow pointing to it), you'll see -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium a -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default grey -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium box with a -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default red -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset appearing within your text. \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a margin note. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset This box is LyX's representation of your margin note. You can enter your text into this box. If you click the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium label, the box will \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You can access it at a later time by clicking on the -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default label again -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium , thereby \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unfolding \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset the margin note. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room for margin notes. @@ -12253,56 +14094,68 @@ As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room yet do everything LaTeX has to offer. You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Figures and Imported Graphics \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import graphics from other utilities into the document. In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever in the document you place them. - If you need one of these features, see sec.\SpecialChar ~ + If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset below. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon on the toolbar, or select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raphics... -\family default +\family default from the menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load. You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename mobius.eps @@ -12310,57 +14163,63 @@ A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear scale 70 rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory. The -\family sans +\family sans File -\family default +\family default tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image formats are supported automatically). The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding box, and scaling. - Table\SpecialChar ~ + Table\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image} -\end_inset +\end_inset describes all available units. It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats (see the -\family sans -Bounding\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bounding\InsetSpace ~ Box -\family default +\family default tab). Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures. LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the -\family sans +\family sans Extras -\family default +\family default tab. You can also set the -\family sans +\family sans Subfigure -\family default - option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How it works -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the @@ -12369,30 +14228,45 @@ LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known t® figures. LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing other than use the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics -\family default +\family default LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement t wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Caption -\layout Caption -\added_space_bottom medskip \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image} -\end_inset +\end_inset Units for setting the image size -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12403,624 +14277,736 @@ Units for setting the image size \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard unit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard name/description -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard mm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard millimetre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard cm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard centimetre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard in -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard inch -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard point (72.27 pt = 1 in) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pica (1 pc = 12 pt) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard sp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard big point (72 bp = 1 in) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard didot (72 dd \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 37.6 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset mm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard cc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard cicero (1cc = 12 dd) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Scale% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of original image width -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard text% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of text width -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard col% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of column width -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard page% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of paper width -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard line% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of line width -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard theight% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of text height -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pheight% -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % of paper height -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard height of letter -\emph on +\emph on x -\emph default +\emph default in current font -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard em -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard width of letter -\emph on +\emph on M -\emph default +\emph default in current font -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard mu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript® figures themselves. The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics formats: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bmp -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gif -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jpeg -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pbm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pgm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ppm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tif -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xbm -\family default +\family default whilst the Qt library can also handle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mng -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter png -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xpm -\family default +\family default format figures. Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a loadable graphics format. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed in the -\family sans +\family sans Converters -\family default +\family default section of the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog. If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's -\family typewriter +\family typewriter convert -\family default +\family default utility. If, after all that, LyX -\emph on +\emph on still -\emph default +\emph default cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Error converting to loadable format \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in place of an on-screen view of your figure. If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the list of known converters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and when generating the final document. In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files in PostScript® format. Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdf -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter png -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jpeg -\family default +\family default format. LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figure Floats -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Using Figure Floats \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward. To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find it preferable to use -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it deems necessary for a good fit. In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to place a caption on them, using the -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default - environment explained in Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To place a -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Float -\family default +\family default simply select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default t\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure -\family default +\family default from the menu bar. You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described above to insert the actual figure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset M.C. Escher on acid. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename escher-lsd.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename platypus.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset A severely distorted platypus in a float. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the caption. @@ -13028,139 +15014,149 @@ It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete the caption and recreate it by selecting the -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default environment after the figure has been inserted. This is what we did for figure \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset . If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the -\family sans +\family sans Figure -\family default +\family default then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset . It is preferred to use one -\family sans +\family sans Figure -\family default +\family default per -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default . This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\family sans -Span\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Span\InsetSpace ~ columns -\family default +\family default is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference to it; as you would expect from reading section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset you can simply insert a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default in the caption and refer to it using a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default -ross\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ross\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default as normal. It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than using vague references to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset the above figure, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset above \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset at all. If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page by themselves. Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that the caption is used in a -\family sans -List\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +List\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default igures -\family default - (as described in Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Float Placement \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, the whole idea behind -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default [as well as -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Floats -\family default +\family default , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table] on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion. The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation @@ -13169,232 +15165,271 @@ Floats float. By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules. You can change these, if you wish, in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. The -\family sans -Float\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Float\InsetSpace ~ placement -\family default +\family default box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification. You can place any combination of four letters in the -\family sans -Float\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Float\InsetSpace ~ placement -\family default +\family default box, in any order: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default for -\emph on +\emph on here -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans t -\family default +\family default for -\emph on +\emph on top -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default for -\emph on +\emph on bottom -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans p -\family default +\family default for -\emph on +\emph on page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The letters correspond to the following behaviour: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Here: LyX tries to put the -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default at the same point in the text where you put it. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Top: LyX tries to put the -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default at the top of the current page. If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Bottom: LyX tries to put the -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default at the bottom of the current page. If there isn't room, it goes to the next page. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Page: LyX tries to put the -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default (or a number of -\family sans +\family sans Float -\family default +\family default s) on a page of its own. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is some subtlety to how this all works. The order specifies what location LyX should try first. If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will always take precedence if it appears in the list. The default placement list is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans tbp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then on a page by itself. If you want LyX to try \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset really hard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation point; for example \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans !htbp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Here are some example entries and what they do: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text. If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page. If that fails, put it on a separate page. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans !hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text. Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Put the figure/table at the top of each page. If it's too long, put it on a separate page. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Always put figures and tables on their own page. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection XFig and LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One obvious question is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset how would I create the figures? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool. If you want to include figures that you have created with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default there are several ways. We recommend the following: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript. This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous @@ -13407,169 +15442,190 @@ Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript. The figure can be manipulated like any other EPS figure, as described above. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text except by hand. If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure, the next way is recommended. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Export the figure as LaTeX. This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig. Therefore you have to set the -\emph on +\emph on special flag -\emph default +\emph default for text in XFig. This is automatic if you invoke XFig with -\family typewriter -xfig\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xfig\InsetSpace ~ -specialtext -\family default +\family default . If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default (see description in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default ) this text will appear as \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@. You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more annoyingly, not all slopes. This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined. Then -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default , really] will generate two files: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate the PostScript part -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex -\family default +\family default , that contains all painting. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate the LaTeX part -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex_t -\family default +\family default , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above. This will automatically include the PostScript part, too. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you get an error like \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unknown graphics extension pstex \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you have to declare these graphic extensions. I think this is a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default bug that occurs with LaTeX2e. Simply add a line like -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default . Then add -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstex -\family default +\family default to the extension: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash + +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This should fix the whole thing. Alternatively you may export the postscript part as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default and change the LaTeX part -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex_t -\family default +\family default manually. But this is annoying. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except for the possibility to scale the figure after creating. @@ -13577,33 +15633,39 @@ foo.pstex_t Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little nicer. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tables \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default able -\family default +\family default . A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a @@ -13612,8 +15674,10 @@ able Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes this row to appear separated from the rest of the table. Here's an example: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13626,206 +15690,244 @@ able \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none multi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection The Table dialog -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which brings up a settings dialog. Among these options are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Adding/removing border lines from a row or column. If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line @@ -13835,127 +15937,153 @@ Adding/removing border lines from a row or column. row in the example above. You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and the left line of the column to the right. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text alignment in a column -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Appending rows and columns -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Multicolumn -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Setting a fixed width for a column -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper. Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the next one, instead of running of the end of the page. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also use the menu to perform these operations. Try -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under T -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default able -\family default +\family default when the cursor is inside a table. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most of these options also work on selections. This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection. Note that there is a difference between selecting the -\emph on +\emph on contents -\emph default +\emph default of the cell, and the cell itself. If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select the contents. If you press -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When you append a row, it is added -\emph on +\emph on below -\emph default +\emph default the row containing the cursor. Similarly, columns are appended to the -\emph on +\emph on right -\emph default +\emph default of the cursor. This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without a lot of cutting and pasting. Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row. For example, in the above table, row \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset B \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 45 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 98. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose -\family sans +\family sans Multicolumn -\family default +\family default from the menu. This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how to do this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also use -\family sans +\family sans Multicolumn -\family default +\family default if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and bottom border lines and text alignment. Here an example of this special handling of a cell: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13967,356 +16095,398 @@ Multicolumn \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point a & b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point b & a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point abc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1009 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 52 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point abcd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned to the right. Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I can make nothing of this explanation. An improvement would be nice :) - jbl -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width in the -\family sans +\family sans Width -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default input-field of the -\family sans +\family sans Table -\family default +\family default dialog. This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you can select the -\family sans -Rotate\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rotate\InsetSpace ~ 90° -\family default +\family default button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait document style). You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal space. The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Note: -\emph default +\emph default This -\family sans -Rotate\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rotate\InsetSpace ~ 90° -\family default +\family default option will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default display on screen, and works -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default for PostScript output. So, if you want to preview them, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default , as -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default will not show the table properly. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14337,1061 +16507,1209 @@ VI \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Description -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Flag 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Many objects can be placed inside a table cell. Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation, @@ -15400,27 +17718,33 @@ Many objects can be placed inside a table cell. Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display them properly. However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , etc.), nor set spacing options etc. for the cell's paragraph. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well. You can cut and paste even more than one row. Selection with the mouse or with -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default plus the arrow keys works as usual. The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first, using the mouse to select and paste. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15432,168 +17756,188 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15605,191 +17949,223 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Multiple lines in cells -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely WYSIWYM manner. Define a fixed length for the column in the -\family sans +\family sans Table -\family default +\family default dialog. After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed length. An example: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15801,221 +18177,247 @@ Table \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none This is a multiline entry in a table. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none This is longer now. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none This is a multiline entry in a table. This is longer now. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right @@ -16023,197 +18425,221 @@ Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and so might extend below the bottom margin. You have these options to resolve this problem: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Split it into two tables. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Select the -\family sans +\family sans Longtable -\family default +\family default button in the -\family sans +\family sans Table -\family default +\family default dialog. This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall. After doing this, the list of -\family sans +\family sans Longtable -\family default +\family default buttons activate themselves and you may now define: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -First\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +First\InsetSpace ~ header -\family default +\family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Header -\family default +\family default : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; except for the first page, if -\family sans -First\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +First\InsetSpace ~ header -\family default +\family default is defined. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Footer -\family default +\family default : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; except for the last page, if -\family sans -Last\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Last\InsetSpace ~ footer -\family default +\family default is defined. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Last\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Last\InsetSpace ~ footer -\family default +\family default : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows. The others will then be defined as -\emph on +\emph on empty -\emph default +\emph default . In this context, first means first in this order: -\family sans -Footer, Last\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~ footer, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Header, -\family default +\family default -\family sans -First\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +First\InsetSpace ~ header. -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default See the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TableExamples.lyx -\family default +\family default example file to see how this works. -\emph on +\emph on -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific rows to break the page on as well. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow TeX to place it as well as it can within the page. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Table Floats \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed in the document. Using a -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up Tabl -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ Float -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default from the -\family sans -\shape up -\bar under +\family sans +\shape up +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo -\shape default -\bar under +\shape default +\bar under a -\shape up -\bar default +\shape up +\bar default t -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than exactly where you insert it. Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset , and is described in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Table \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset is an example of a table float. \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset A table float. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16225,364 +18651,412 @@ A table float. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Joe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mary -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ted -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Table of Contents and other Listings \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets you create various \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lists, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset such as a Table of Contents. All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference at the place where you want the list to appear. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The Table of Contents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use a document class that includes support (all but -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Set paragraph environments appropriately: -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans (Sub...) Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans (Sub...), Paragraph -\family default +\family default . Note that styles with a -\family sans +\family sans * -\family default +\family default , like -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default appear in the Table of Contents. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make sure you set the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -ection\SpecialChar ~ -number\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ection\InsetSpace ~ +number\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ contents -\family default +\family default . -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ depth -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default dialog to the appropriate value as described in \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Insert the ToC command at some place in the document. You'll find it under -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +List\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. You can insert them from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -List\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +List\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC -\family default +\family default submenu. If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Mathematical Formulae -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Basic Math Editing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset on it. That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on @@ -16590,212 +19064,224 @@ To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at. You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu; or you can use a keyboard macro, -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , or -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default (CUA binding only). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , there is a special shortcut. Just type -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default to get \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans - M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default to get \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar ~ +Math\InsetSpace ~ Pane -\bar under +\bar under l -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default dialog, or via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default . The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it somewhere on the screen. If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel will insert a formula for you. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Navigating a Formula -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys. Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted. The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. Pressing -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , or parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , or a matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pressing -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between characters, but it does exit a nested structure. For this reason, you have to be careful about using -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default then -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x+1 -\family default +\family default , not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Space\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Space\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Space\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Space\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Space\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Space\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default , since in the latter case only the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default will be under the square root sign, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a little unlearning. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled in, such as: @@ -16805,150 +19291,162 @@ You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Selecting Text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can select text within a formula in two different ways. Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default and a cursor movement key to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula (not in a plain text region in LyX, though). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much easier way is to use the standard TeX method. To get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , type (in Mathed) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default then -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . The final -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of in the superscript. If you type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default , you will get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , to get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default then -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default then -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter y -\family default +\family default . Subscripts are similar, to get \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , type (in Mathed) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default then -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should read section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping} -\end_inset +\end_inset if you need to alter this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fractions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Create a fraction with either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default dialog or the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu item -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default raction -\family default +\family default . You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion squares top and bottom. The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction. To move to the bottom, simply press -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default . To move back up, press -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default . Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -16956,229 +19454,247 @@ Up 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Sums and Integrals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sum ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and integral ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol. Sum will automatically place its \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side when inlined, such as \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , versus -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard We haven't yet explained what display vs. inline means... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly over and under the integral sign in display style, as in \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below, or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor in front of the sign and hitting -\family sans +\family sans M-m l -\family default +\family default . Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certain other mathematical expressions have this \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset moving limits \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset feature as addition, such as \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] -\end_inset +\end_inset which will place the \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset underneath the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in display mode, but not in inlined mode, \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Note that the \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default in math-mode, or choosing from the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset functions \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset menu in the math panel; see \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The Math Panel \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default anel -\family default +\family default dialog (accessible via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures. As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics. The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the details in later sections. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Other Math Symbols -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories ; including -\family sans +\family sans Greek -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans operators -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans relations -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans arrows -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans -large\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +large\InsetSpace ~ operators -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , and the dreaded -\family sans +\family sans miscellaneous -\family default +\family default . There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). @@ -17187,33 +19703,39 @@ miscellaneous symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know. Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to get an nth root symbol. In the minibuffer, type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert root -\family default +\family default . This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign. Use -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default to move between the two boxes. You can also use the key binding -\family sans +\family sans M-m-r -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Altering spacing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing that LaTeX provides. @@ -17221,125 +19743,133 @@ You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content. However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces. The first thing to do is to type -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default . This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within LyX: \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . The next trick is to change that space to different sizes. -\emph on +\emph on Before -\emph default +\emph default you move the cursor, after typing -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default , if you hit -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable sizes. The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space. For example: \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , or \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . You can also insert these spaces via the math panel. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Math functions \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The math panel contains a number of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset functions \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , such as \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph on +\emph on etc -\emph default +\emph default . (you can type them in a formula by typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default etc). Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , should not be italicized. Entering just the letters \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are available. They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however. For example, the expression \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t. For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether the math-inset is inlined or displayed: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered, to improve linespacing). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Accents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. @@ -17347,28 +19877,30 @@ In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros. That is, you can enter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled. This is entered by typing \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Mathed. These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for the various accents: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17380,793 +19912,883 @@ hat a \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none circumflex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none hat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none umlaut -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ddot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none check -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none macron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none bar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none vec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the -\family sans +\family sans Decorations -\family default +\family default symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection The math editor for LaTeX users -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways. You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM fashion. LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash alpha$ -\family default +\family default (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around menus for a symbol. Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users, -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed to writing TeX. As an example, I created this \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset by typing the following keys: First type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default to enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default , then type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default , then -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default . As soon as I typed that -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default the \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset was right there on the screen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default sequence inserts a formula (you may also use -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default or -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default ), the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default leaves the formula. Some of the advantages of this approach are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed, to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care of by LyX, not you -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing -\family sans +\family sans $ -\family default +\family default or extra -\family sans +\family sans { -\family default +\family default any more -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , you can find it in the dialogs -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Brackets and decorations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are several brackets available through LyX. For most purposes, using just the keys -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [{]}()| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using the math panel's -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default dialog [see sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard @@ -18176,34 +20798,36 @@ Delimiter 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\] -\end_inset +\end_inset and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination such as: \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset or: \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash left( blah -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use. Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button, @@ -18211,92 +20835,108 @@ It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use. clicking on the button. If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure, like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the parentheses (that is done by holding the -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the mouse). Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default . The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're trying to enter a LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\family default +\family default for grouping, you should read \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Grouping \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You may need to group a set of symbols. In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {x^y}^z -\family default +\family default is different from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{y^z} -\family default +\family default : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard However, trying to type the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output. To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\family default +\family default then type space. Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping. The example directly above shows how this works. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX. In the -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. Here is an example: @@ -18306,28 +20946,28 @@ there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual. Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the matrix). You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified. The specification is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ccc -\family default +\family default by default. Each letter corresponds to the relevant column. For example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lcr -\family default +\family default means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be centered, and the third column will be right-justified.. It will look like this: @@ -18337,156 +20977,166 @@ this & this\, column & this\, column\\ column & has & has\, right\\ has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default and commutative diagrams. Not all of these are supported in LyX. However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX. A formula will automatically switch to an -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium eqnarray -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-E -\series default +\series default nter -\family default +\family default . The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed equation, is to insert a new line (with -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-Enter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ) immediately. Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Tab -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default key. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula by hitting -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-Enter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula. However, LyX will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places everything in the left side of the line. To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab. -\family default +\family default It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there). Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default again. The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset extra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset insertion points in the line will disappear. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Equation Numbering and Labels \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Equation numbering is very easy in LyX. All it takes to change a displayed equation like: \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset into the numbered equation : \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset is to go to the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default menu, and select the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel... -\family default +\family default option. This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label. There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take @@ -18496,58 +21146,62 @@ abel... The labels are used internally for cross-referencing. You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle\SpecialChar ~ +Toggle\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default umbering -\family default +\family default while the cursor is in the equation, such as: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2.\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can toggle it on or off with this menu item. You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf. ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset )) by using the -\family sans +\family sans Cross-Reference -\family default +\family default dialog, which you open using -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ross-Reference... -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all lines are numbered separately. @@ -18557,7 +21211,7 @@ For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all like ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) below. \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -18565,28 +21219,28 @@ For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\ 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset You can turn off numbering of a specific line with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Toggle\SpecialChar ~ +Toggle\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default -umbering\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +umbering\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ line -\family default +\family default while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation. This also toggles. For example : @@ -18596,25 +21250,29 @@ line 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Note that the first equation in this set ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered, and the last ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) is again labelled. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section User defined macros in math mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode. A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of @@ -18622,9 +21280,9 @@ LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode. It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can be edited as if it were ordinary math. Just try it: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macro}{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is written during export as LaTeX. @@ -18633,214 +21291,254 @@ LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode. In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation, the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode, in this case -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default , and it will be automatically expanded: \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash macro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have -\emph on +\emph on arguments -\emph default +\emph default . In a macro definition box an argument looks like a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default followed by the argument number: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate that you can insert there whatever you want: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg = \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Example: \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg}[1]{2+ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{#1}} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How to create macros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Macro names mustn't contain numbers! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter math-macro [number of arguments] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default was created with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macro -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default was created with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macrowarg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default or use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The argument mark in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default was introduced with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9. An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course can be edited only once. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How to navigate in macros -\layout Description +\end_layout -With\SpecialChar ~ -the\SpecialChar ~ -arrow\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +With\InsetSpace ~ +the\InsetSpace ~ +arrow\InsetSpace ~ keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key. Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the right side of the macro. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -With\SpecialChar ~ -the\SpecialChar ~ +With\InsetSpace ~ +the\InsetSpace ~ mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box. Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment macros. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fine-Tuning -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Typefaces -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can use various typefaces in a formula. The standard font for text is italic, \begin_inset Formula $text$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , but for numbers the standard is Roman. To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -18851,258 +21549,298 @@ You can use various typefaces in a formula. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Font -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX Command -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathrm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathtt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\emph on -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathcal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathsf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital letters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text. If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that @@ -19114,11 +21852,13 @@ For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text. The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does. This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special symbols. @@ -19127,78 +21867,86 @@ It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special correctly, though. To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default in Mathed. The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening brace. This works for all symbols, as well as numbers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A number of other options are available as well, via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -Font\SpecialChar ~ +Font\InsetSpace ~ Change -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Math Text Mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text. For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained by typing -\family sans +\family sans M-m m -\family default +\family default while already in math mode. (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears on the screen in black instead of blue. You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textrm{} -\family default +\family default , whereas and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default (or AMS-LaTeX's -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter text -\family default +\family default ) might have been a better choice -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , but it works for simple text. Here's an example: @@ -19207,124 +21955,132 @@ f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Font Sizes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are four (relative) font sizes (or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset styles \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on scriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default , and -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default . For most characters, -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default and -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default . Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks is appropriate. These choices can be over-ridden by using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default function in the minibuffer. For example, you can set \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset normally ( -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset, \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction, only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g. \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ! This reflects a LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unintended feature \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard That is, a bug. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , not a LyX one. These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output. Here are some text in the various styles: \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes @@ -19332,76 +22088,92 @@ All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\size largest + +\family roman +\size largest Here is a paragraph in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset largest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset font, with symbols: \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This applies to math fonts in titles, etc. as well. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS-LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are in common use. LyX includes some support for these packages. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Enabling AMS-Support -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog there is a checkbox, -\family sans -Use\SpecialChar ~ -AMS\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Use\InsetSpace ~ +AMS\InsetSpace ~ Math -\family default +\family default . If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make the facilities available. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS-Symbols -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blackboard bold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers. Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available. @@ -19409,65 +22181,75 @@ blackboard bold since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its own. The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS-Formula Types -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. LyX allows you to choose between -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter alignat -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flalign -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gather -\family default +\family default , and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multline -\family default +\family default . Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \- tion for the differences between these formula types. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter More Tools -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Cross-References \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in it, right before the beginning of this sentence. This is a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default . Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference. The other half is the -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default proper, and it looks like this: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with @@ -19477,7 +22259,7 @@ Reference There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example, \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . This is the page number containing the location of the label. @@ -19485,231 +22267,251 @@ Reference your document. You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX will do that for you! All you need to do is use a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via a -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert a label, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default . A box will appear where you can enter your label. You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking on the gray box and reopening the label dialog. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To insert a reference, select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar default -ross\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ross\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default . The -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Cross-Reference -\family default +\family default dialog appears with a list of labels. Selecting a list item, then clicking -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default inserts a reference into the text; changing the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eference type -\family default +\family default allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z -\newline +\newline LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter There were undefined references -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few more comments we need to make about the -\family sans +\family sans Labels -\family default +\family default . They always print the number of the section heading closest to them. So --- if you want to put a label on a -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , but a -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default heading immediately follows it, you need to put the -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on into -\emph default +\emph default the -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default environment. It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen. However, you need to do this if you want to label the -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default separately from the -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . The same goes for all other section headings. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on only -\emph default +\emph default makes sense in -\emph on +\emph on numbered -\emph default +\emph default section headings and table and figure floats. Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings, you can't really use a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default on it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Well, you -\emph on +\emph on can -\emph default +\emph default , but only if you use the -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ number -\family default +\family default reference. The regular -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work, because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default s as page markers, then refer back to them using the -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ number -\family default +\family default reference. Once again, the regular -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default won't work very well. It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number of the previous numbered section heading. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset , and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details on using a -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default with figures, tables, and equations, respectively. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is often desirable to include long \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset @@ -19717,192 +22519,216 @@ verbatim Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split, resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances. You can use -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary) along automatically determined boundaries. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l ike entity) simply select -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default rl: -\family default +\family default field). In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do. Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Important note -\series default +\series default : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write them with a backslash before, e.g. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash # \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . URLs mustn't end with a backslash! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter it into the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ame -\family default +\family default field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before the URL. For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX at -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . On the printed page, the last sentence ends as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset all things related to LaTeX at CTAN -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [ -\emph on +\emph on Author's Note: somebody needs to document the -\family sans -\emph default -\bar under +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default TML Type -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on button -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Short Titles -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space. For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands that specifies a shorter version of the title \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash command[optionalargument]{the content} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents, avoiding the problem mentioned. LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Short\SpecialChar ~ +Short\InsetSpace ~ Title -\family default +\family default . This will insert a box (labelled \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset opt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , which stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset optional \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) which you can use to enter the short title text. This also works for captions inside floats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Branches -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the same document. @@ -19910,574 +22736,652 @@ Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file, with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen. This can be achieved with -\emph on +\emph on branches -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, you have to -\emph on +\emph on define -\emph default +\emph default the branches available within a particular document. This is done in the -\family sans +\family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator Branches -\family default +\family default tab. You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for the English language, blue for the German language branch. Then, you create a branch inset from the -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Branch -\family default +\family default menu item. The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch is activated. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Activation -\emph default +\emph default or -\emph on +\emph on deactivation -\emph default +\emph default of a branch is done from the document settings menu. All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed, those belonging to activated branches automatically opened. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset teacher's version \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Previewing snippets of your document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the necessary software (see below) and select the -\family sans +\family sans Instant -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default review -\family default +\family default check box in the -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog. (It can be found in the -\family sans -Look\SpecialChar ~ -and\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Look\InsetSpace ~ +and\InsetSpace ~ feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics -\family default +\family default pane in the Qt frontend and the -\family sans -Look\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Look\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator Misc -\family default +\family default tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish editing an inset. Previews of an already loaded document are -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default generated just by selecting the -\family sans +\family sans Instant -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default review -\family default +\family default check box. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX will generate previews of math insets. It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -how\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +how\InsetSpace ~ preview -\family default +\family default check box in the inset's dialog. This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for example. Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To get previews working, you'll need some additional software. First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package. Find it on your local CTAN mirror at -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter CTAN/support/preview-latex/ -\family default +\family default . Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pnmcrop -\family default +\family default from the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter netpbm -\family default +\family default package. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Spacing, pagination and line breaks -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Extra Horizontal Space \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. An -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. If there is more than one -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note: if an -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default is at the beginning of a line, and it's -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. This prevents -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family roman +\family roman s -\family default +\family default can be inserted with -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default -orizontal\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +orizontal\InsetSpace ~ Fill -\family default +\family default . Here a few examples what you can do with them: -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent This is on the left side -\hfill +\hfill This is on the right -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Left -\hfill +\hfill Middle -\hfill +\hfill Right -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Left -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 Left -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Right -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That was an example in the -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default environment. Here: -\hfill +\hfill :is one in a standard paragraph. It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default sitting in-between the two \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember that we said that an -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more than one set of margins on a line. Here's an example with the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM one -\hfill +\hfill two :three -\hfill +\hfill four -\hfill +\hfill five -\hfill +\hfill six -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset marks the beginning of the item. (There is actually a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hidden \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default inside of the label of the -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s work similarly in other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset multi-margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset situations, like two-column mode. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Extra Vertical Space \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default to open the -\family sans -Paragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We will not provide an example of a -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default , as it would waste paper. They work the same as any other type of filler, including -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. If there are several -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4, and so on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is only added if you have also checked the option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default -eep\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eep\InsetSpace ~ space -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also change the paragraph alignment with the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog. There are four possibilities: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under J -\bar default +\bar default ustified -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ight -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default enter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right This paragraph is right aligned, -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center this one is centered, -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left this one is left aligned. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified alignment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Forcing Page Breaks \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you can force a pagebreak where you want one. In general, this will -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned in section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we recommend not using it until the text is -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you -\emph on +\emph on really -\emph default +\emph default have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below a paragraph in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings -\family default +\family default dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the paragraph. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. @@ -20488,116 +23392,128 @@ You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears See sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset and read about -\family sans +\family sans Floats -\family default +\family default to learn more. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Protected blanks \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point. This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote A good documentation should weight no more than 1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset kg \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . A protected blank is set with -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\family default +\family default or with -\family sans +\family sans C-Space. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Line breaking -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default inebreak -\family default +\family default or with -\family sans +\family sans C-Return. -\family default +\family default You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX is -\emph on +\emph on very -\emph default +\emph default good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{} (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively @@ -20605,59 +23521,65 @@ good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{} in a poem or for an Address (see sections \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Spellchecking \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX itself has no built-in spell checker. Rather it uses the external -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default program as a backend or the newer and generally better -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell -\family default +\family default . This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these programs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\shape up +\shape up S -\bar default +\bar default pellchecker -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . Checking will start just after the current cursor position. A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, @@ -20665,306 +23587,346 @@ pellchecker Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible. In the -\family sans +\family sans Spellchecker -\family default +\family default dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace input field (double-click to invoke replace). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker Options \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following options can be set in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dictionary -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of the text you're checking, which is set in the -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up -\shape default -\bar under +\shape default +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker will not work. In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by specifying a different \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset alternative language \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , you may need to make a link from say -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default or whatever applies for your language. This is because these -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default files normally have the native language name ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutsch \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) whereas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used with the LaTeX babel package ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary. If you use a language with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default encoding and set the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ncoding -\family default +\family default option in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog to -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default (or other than -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well. If your dictionary doesn't support the -\family sans +\family sans Encoding -\family default +\family default you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are four solutions to this problem. The easiest is to try the -\family sans -Use\SpecialChar ~ -Input\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Use\InsetSpace ~ +Input\InsetSpace ~ Encoding -\family default +\family default option. If that does not help, you can set -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ncoding -\family default +\family default to -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying). The third is to add the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default option to your dictionary -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on < -\family default +\family default language -\family typewriter +\family typewriter > -\emph default +\emph default .aff -\family default +\family default file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default sources). Read the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question and ask him to solve your problem. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Personal dictionary -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog. Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error message on stderr which you can ignore ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default will create the file at the end of your spell checking). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Further Options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -pellchecker\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pellchecker\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ccept compound words -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset passthrough \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default scape characters -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers words, e.g. German umlauts. This should not normally be needed. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence of the word. Per-document word lists would also be useful. Neither of these features are present as of this writing. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unless you're using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple languages. This, does, however, work with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section International Support -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language @@ -20974,7 +23936,9 @@ This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new default configuration. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example, a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured @@ -20983,10 +23947,12 @@ If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example, Refer to \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more information. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different language than English, you can use an alternate keymap. @@ -20995,11 +23961,13 @@ If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different Refer to \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset for details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). @@ -21008,144 +23976,166 @@ Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are -\emph on +\emph on way -\emph default +\emph default beyond the scope of this manual. You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language. If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX to your native tongue, please see the -\emph on +\emph on Customization -\emph default +\emph default manual for details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Language Options \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog lets you set -\family roman +\family roman the language and character encoding for your language. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t -\family roman +\family roman he -\family sans +\family sans Language -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default combo -\family roman +\family roman box -\family default +\family default of the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. The default is U.S. English. Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice. The language name appears in the window. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support. If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions for it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Enco -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ing -\family default +\family default box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use. The default is the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western European languages. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Keyboard mapping configuration \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings. This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard. You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Character Tables \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Table\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character} -\end_inset +\end_inset shows the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default character set. You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly from the keyboard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few things you need to know about this table. This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character @@ -21154,136 +24144,155 @@ s. Nowhere near, in fact. Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters from the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default character set: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are just plain missing in the default encodings. We don't know where they are or why this is the case. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Even if you've selected -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog, users who have only the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the french quotes won't show up. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Users of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they include the either the package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.sty -\family default +\family default in their documents. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself. The automatic quote feature described in Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and packages. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Standard The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset T1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset doesn't know them. To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package -\series bold +\series bold textcomp -\series default +\series default needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{textcomp} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The package -\series bold +\series bold textcomp -\series default +\series default is available on every LaTeX system. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character} -\end_inset +\end_inset The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default character set -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -21309,4238 +24318,4861 @@ latin1 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 20 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 40 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 50 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 70 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 80 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 90 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none @ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none P -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ° -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none À -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 01 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¡ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ± -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 02 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textcent -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard character ¢ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ² -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none  -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none â -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 03 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none # -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none £ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ³ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ã -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 04 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none T -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none t -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textcurrency -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard character ¤ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ´ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 05 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none U -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textyen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard character ¥ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none µ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 06 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none & -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none V -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none v -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textbrokenbar -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard character ¦ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¶ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 07 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ` -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none G -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none W -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none w -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none § -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none · -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none × -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÷ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 08 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none H -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none X -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¨ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¸ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none È -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none è -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 09 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none © -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none É -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none é -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none J -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ª -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none º -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none + -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ; -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none « -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none » -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none L -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¬ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¼ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none M -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textendash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard character ­ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ½ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none N -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ^ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ® -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¾ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none O -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none _ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¯ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ß -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display directly. It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but also the characters from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default through -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize From -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--1 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\hfill +\hfill diaeresis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\hfill +\hfill circumflex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\hfill +\hfill grave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\hfill +\hfill acute -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\hfill +\hfill cedilla -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\hfill +\hfill macron \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for this instead. For example, S-M-minus, or if -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .Xmodmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default is correct, S-M-macron. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize From -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default through -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} @@ -25553,9 +29185,11 @@ ISO8859--2 \i \^{g} \i \^{s} -\hfill +\hfill circumflex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} @@ -25570,18 +29204,22 @@ circumflex \i \'{c} \i \'{n} -\hfill +\hfill acute -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} @@ -25598,19 +29236,23 @@ tilde \i \c{n} \i \c{k} -\hfill +\hfill cedilla \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just fine when run through LaTeX and printed. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} @@ -25623,378 +29265,482 @@ These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just \i \={o} \i \={u} -\hfill +\hfill macron -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\hfill +\hfill hungarian umlaut -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts. In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters . Also make sure you're using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default font-encoding and have the package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default with the definition file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso.def -\family default +\family default installed. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Credits -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people (and we would encourage people to contribute !). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us. They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue to provide information: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well as the introduction to this manual [or the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX Manifesto, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as some of us call it]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun default +\noun default wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international support in LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio nal keyboard maps and customization. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Pascal André -\noun default +\noun default originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun default +\noun default originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Special thanks to the LyX Team\SpecialChar ~ +Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} -\end_inset +\end_inset for help and answers to questions. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Next, it's time to give credit to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX Documentation Team, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form it had after LyX version 0.10: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributor to the FAQ and the old \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [now defunct]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize General editing assistance. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize math mode -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tables -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize spellchecking -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Primary contributor to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of the basic LyX interface in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [now defunct]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of LinuxDoc in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of figures and imported graphics in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of internationalization features in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize footnotes -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize margin notes -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize table of contents -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cross-references -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Primary contributor to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize manual fine-tuning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize using LaTeX from within LyX -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize General organization and format of the documents. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation of : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX setup -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Also responsible for Introduction in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editor of the documents. [from 6/96-fall 1997] -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the documentation. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} The LyX Team: \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/plain}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on CREDITS -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Bibliography +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport: -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: -\emph on +\emph on The LaTeX Companion. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} Kopka and Daly: -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth. -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx index 26ef710227..8473d645fa 100644 --- a/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2528 +24,3678 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduction to LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 The Philosophy of LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Differences between LyX and Other Word -\newline +\newline Processors -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 What the heck -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX (and why do I care)? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Navigating the Documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 The Format of the Manuals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 The Manuals +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Contributing to the LyX Project +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Contributing to LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Reporting a bug -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Contributing fixes and new features +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Contributing to the Documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Reporting Errors in the Manuals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Joining the Documentation Team. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Prùvodce programem LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Vítejte v LyXu! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 O tomto dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 O èem prùvodce -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default a o èem -\emph on +\emph on není +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Jak èíst prùvodce -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Co zde -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default najdete +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Co je LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Úvodem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Rozdíly mezi LyXem a jinými textovými procesory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Co to -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Vá¹ první dokument v LyXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Psaní, prohlí¾ení a tisk -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Jednoduché operace -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 WYSIWYM: Mezery v LyXu +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Styl +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Oddíly a kapitoly -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Seznamy a podseznamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Ostatní styly: Ver¹e, citace, a jiné +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Textové tøídy a ¹ablony: psaní dopisù -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8 ©ablony: psaní dopisu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9 Nadpisy dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10 Znaèky a odkazy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Va¹e první znaèka -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Va¹e první odkazy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Dal¹í mo¾nosti znaèek +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 11 Poznámky pod èarou a poznámky na okraji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 12 Citace -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 13 Obsah -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 14 Matematický re¾im -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 15 Pohyb kurzoru v rovnici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 16 Exponenty a indexy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17 -\family sans +\family sans Panel Math -\family default +\family default +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 17.1 Øecká písmena a symboly -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17.2 Mocniny, zvýraznìní a oddìlovaèe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17.3 Zlomky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17.4 Re¾im TeX : Limity, log, sin a jiné -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17.5 Matice -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 17.6 Re¾im zobrazení +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 18 Víceøádkové rovnice -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 19 Více matematiky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 20 Dal¹í významné mo¾nosti LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21 LyX pro u¾ivatele LaTeXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 21.1 Re¾im TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21.2 Import dokumentù v LaTeXu--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21.3 Konverze dokumentù v LyXu do LaTeXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21.4 Preambule LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 21.4.1 Tøída Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21.4.2 Více o preambuli +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 21.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 21.6 Rùzné +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 22 Chyby! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/cs_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/cs_Tutorial.lyx index 382686138a..7313fcb192 100644 --- a/lib/doc/cs_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/cs_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,28 +24,43 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Prùvodce programem LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author napsal Amir Karger a LyX Team -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Part Úvod -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vítejte v LyXu! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento soubor je urèen v¹em, kteøí dopusud nesly¹eli o LaTeXu èi jej dobøe neznají. @@ -52,7 +68,9 @@ Tento soubor je ur To je, konec koncù, celý vtip LyXu: vytvoøit WYSIWYG rozhraní pro LaTeX. Na druhé stranì je tøeba øíci, ¾e se nìco nauèit musíte, abyste mohli pou¾ívat LyX efektivnì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nìkteøí z vás si mo¾ná otevøeli tento dokument poté, co jste napsali dvì mezery za teèkou, èi se sna¾ili vlo¾it tøi prázdné øádky na oddìlení odstavcù. @@ -64,209 +82,252 @@ N Tak¾e najednou nejenom pí¹ete, ale i formátujete. LyX formátuje za vás, a to konzistentnì v celém dokumentu, tak¾e se vy mù¾ete plnì koncentrovat na dùle¾itìj¹í vìci, jako napøíklad na obsah textu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pokraèujte ve ètení. Rozhodnì to stojí za to. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O tomto dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ne¾ zaèneme, rádi bychom øekli nìco o tomto dokumentu. Na rozdíl od jiných manuálù my pøedpokládáme, ¾e vy, jako u¾ivatel, -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on NEJSTE -\series default -\emph default +\series default +\emph default hlupák. Pøedpokládáme, ¾e víte, jak se pracuje s klávesnicí, umíte najít v¹echny klávesy, víte jak pracovat s my¹í, víte jak se orientovat v grafickém prostøedí atd. Pøedpokládáme také, ¾e nevíte absolutnì nic o LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default pou¾ívá znaèení popsané v sekci -\emph on +\emph on Úvod -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Jestli¾e jste se sem dostali døíve, pøeètìte si nejprve -\emph on +\emph on Úvod -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Tím myslíme skuteènì teï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teï, kdy¾ víte, co znamená který font, rádi bychom vám øekli nìco o úèelu -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O èem prùvodce -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default a o èem -\emph on +\emph on není -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jak èíst prùvodce -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento prùvodce sestává z pøíkladù a cvièení. Abyste správnì porozumìli a získali pøi ètení maximum informací, je tøeba abyste pøeèetli celý dokument, napsali v¹echna cvièení, která po vás chceme, a vyzkou¹eli si v¹echna cvièení, aby vám byla úplnì jasná. Pro pøehlednost si samozøejmì mù¾ete celý dokument vytisknout do Postscriptu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e ovládáte LaTeX, pravdìpodobnì budete schopen pøeèíst -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default o nìco rychleji, proto¾e mnoho postupù v LyXu je vlastnì pøevzato z LaTeXu. Aèkoli, LyX má idosynkracie, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard nebo optimistiètìji \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset schopnosti \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset které se budete chtít nauèit. I kdy¾ byste nechtìli èíst zbytek -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default , urèitì si prohlédnìte sekci \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , která je urèena speciálnì pro zku¹ené u¾ivatele LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sekce \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset je pozùstatek z pøedchozí verze Prùvodce a je trochu neaktuální. Je to v¹ak stále pìkný úvod \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset psaný z povzdálí \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset do LyXu, tak¾e si jej mù¾ete pøeèíst, abyste získali pocit, o èem LyX je. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Co zde -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default najdete -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Instrukce, jak pou¾ívat my¹ a klávesnici. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e s tìmito vìcmi nemáte zku¹enosti, neumíme vám pomoci. Pøedpokládáme, ¾e vy, u¾ivatel, -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on NEJSTE -\series default -\emph default +\series default +\emph default hlupák. Mo¾ná ztracený èi zmatený, ale ne hloupý. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Detailní popis v¹ech vlastností LyXu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vy snad chcete mít -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelskou pøíruèku -\emph default +\emph default dvakrát? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teï vá¾nì, jsme tu proto, abychom vás nastartovali a umo¾nili vám pokraèovat, tak¾e posléze ji¾ budete potøebovat jen -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelskou pøíruèku -\emph default +\emph default . Jestli¾e se pokusíme zduplikovat ve¹keré informace, -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default bude nadbyteèný, zbyteènì dlouhý a vìènì zastaralý. V¹e, co zde dìláme, je úvod, domyslete si odkazy na -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelskou pøíruèku -\emph default +\emph default na konci ka¾dé sekce. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Detailní výklad LaTeXu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Není nutný. Jestli vás to skuteènì zajímá a chcete se nauèit mo¾nosti programu LaTeX, kupte si nìm kní¾ku. Na trhu jich je nìkolik velice dobrých. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard No a teï je èas trochu pokroèit. Mù¾ete si projít malou exkurzí v následující sekci nebo pou¾ít odkaz na sekci \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Co je LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Úvodem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jeden z podnìtù pro pou¾ívání LyXu vychází ze zmìny, kterou vy jako u¾ivatel musíte projít. @@ -277,11 +338,15 @@ Jeden z podn Pro vytvoøení tabulky potøebujeme dopøedu vìdìt, jak ¹iroké budou sloupce, abychom mohli správnì nastavit tabelátory. Rozdìlování slov na konci øádku vy¾aduje pozorné oèi a pøedstavivost. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jinými slovy, v¹ichni jsme byli nauèeni starat se o tyto malé detaily, jako napøíklad který znak pøijde kam. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Logicky témìø v¹echny textové procesory pøevzaly tuto mentalitu. Stále pou¾ívají tabelátory pro vkládání mezer. @@ -289,21 +354,25 @@ Logicky t Zdùraznìní textu je jen zmìnou fontu, podobnì jako výmìna koleèka na psacím stroji. Myslím, ¾e na ukázku to staèí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A právì tady se LyX li¹í od bì¾ných textových procesorù. Nestaráte se o to, kam který znak napsat. Øíkáte LyXu -\emph on +\emph on co pí¹ete -\emph default +\emph default a LyX se stará o zbytek, poslu¹en souboru pravidel, zvaným -\emph on +\emph on styl -\emph default +\emph default . Podívejme se na malý pøíklad: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pøedpokládejme, ¾e pí¹ete zprávu. Na zaèátek chcete umístit sekci zvanou Úvod. @@ -311,41 +380,47 @@ P Zapnete ztuènìní. Potom napí¹ete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.__Úvod \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Jestli¾e se pozdìji rozhodnete, ¾e tato sekce patøí jinam v dokumentu, nebo pøed ni vlo¾íte jinou sekci, musíte zmìnit èíslování v celém dokumentu, stejnì tak jako jeho obsah. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LyXu, otevøete nabídku vlevo, vyberete -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , a napí¹ete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Úvod\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ano, to je v¹e. Jestli¾e pøesunete sekci pomocí funkcí vystøihni a vlo¾, èíslování bude automaticky zmìnìno - a to kdekoli v textu. Dokonce existuje mo¾nost, ¾e LyX automaticky obnoví v¹echny odkazy uvnitø dané sekce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Také je zde problém s konzistencí. Po pìti dnech, kdy¾ znovu otevøete svoji zprávu zaènete psát sekci 4. @@ -355,7 +430,9 @@ Tak Poèítaè pøevezme starost a zapamatuje si v¹echny tyto únavné detaily jako je velikost písma. Konec koncù, v tomto jsou poèítaèe dobré. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tady je dal¹í pøíklad. Pøedpokládejme, ¾e dìláte seznam. @@ -365,86 +442,106 @@ Tady je dal V LyXu je tøeba vìdìt jen dvì vìci: co je to za seznam a co do nìj chcete dát. To je v¹e. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak¾e, základní my¹lenkou LyXu je: øíkej mi co dìlá¹ a nikoli jak je to tøeba udìlat. Místo modelu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset what you see is what you get, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard co vidí¹ to dostane¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset je heslem LyXu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset what you see is what you -\emph on +\emph on mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYM) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vidí¹ to, co jsi myslel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rozdíly mezi LyXem a jinými textovými procesory \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ne, my nechceme zaèít (nebo vyhrát) svatou válku o textové procesory. Ale domníváme se, ¾e je dùle¾ité popsat mo¾nosti a vlastnosti LyXu. A jedna z jeho vlastností, WYSIWYM, je od základù jiný koncept ne¾ zná 99% u¾ivatelù textových procesorù. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zde je seznam toho, co v LyXu nenajdete: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pravítko nad stránkou dokumentu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zará¾ky tabelátoru -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mezery navíc [t.j. znaky -\family sans +\family sans Nový øádek -\family default +\family default èi -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default vícekrát za sebou] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak zará¾ky tabelátoru, tak i pravítko, podle kterého poznáte svoji polohu na stránce jsou v LyXu zbyteèné.To je starostí programu, kam které vìci @@ -453,29 +550,45 @@ Jak zar potøeba. Nemo¾nost napsat dva prázdné øádky za sebou vás mo¾ná nepotì¹í, ale je velice výhodná, pokud uva¾ujete v termínech WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zde je nìkolik termínù, jejich¾ pou¾ití v LyXu se li¹í od tzv. obvyklého: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Øízení odsazení -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pøechod na novou stránku -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vý¹ka øádku [øádkování jednoduché, dvojité atd.] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mezera, vodorovná a svislá -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Písmo a velikost písma -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Poloøezy [tuèné, kurzíva, podtr¾ené atd..] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aèkoli tyto parametry lze v LyXu nastavit, ve skuteènosti je nepotøebujete. LyX si pøebírá starost o jejich správné nastavení na sebe, pøièem¾ se rozhoduje @@ -488,38 +601,54 @@ A Obecnì lze øíci, ¾e vzdálenosti mezi slovy, øádky a odstavci se li¹í, a jsou nastavovány LyXem. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jsou zde cesty jak tyto hodnoty nastavit (zde je tøeba mít men¹í znalost LaTeXu), a to jak pro celý dokument, tak i pro jeho specifickou èást. Viz -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakonec nìkolik oblastí, v nich¾ je LyX [a LaTeX] lep¹í ne¾ vìt¹ina textových procesorù: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rozdìlování slov -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Seznamy -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematika -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulky -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Køí¾ové odkazy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je pravda, ¾e mnoho moderních textových procesorù umo¾òuje pracovat s matematick ými symboly, tabulkami, dìlením slov, nìkteré dokonce zvládají styly a koncept @@ -527,75 +656,83 @@ Je pravda, Na druhé stranì tyto výhody jsou zde zapracovány pomìrnì nedávno, zatímco LyX je postaven nad systémem pro pøípravu dokumentù LaTeX. LaTeX ji¾ existuje více ne¾ deset let a -\emph on +\emph on funguje -\emph default +\emph default . V¹echny jeho chyby jsou ji¾ dávno opraveny. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard OK, víme, ¾e v¹e není perfektní, ale LaTeX má jen tak málo chyb, kolik jen poèítaèový program mù¾e mít. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Co to -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX je systém pro pøípravu dokumentù navr¾ený Leslie Lamportem v roce 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zdroj této informace pochází ze sekce \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Helmuta Kopka a Patricka Dalyho, která je zmiòována v odkazech do literatury v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Tento systém je postaven nad sázecím jazykem zvaným TeX, vytvoøeným Donaldem Knuthem roku 1984. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset se vyslovuje jako \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tech! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mnoho lidí v¹ak neví, co TeX ve skuteènosti je. @@ -603,30 +740,34 @@ tech! souboru, a vykoná je. Výsledkem je soubor \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nezávislý na zaøízení \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nebo kratèeji -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Nyní lze tento soubor poslat jakémukoli programu, který -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default rozumí, èi jej pøevést do jiných formátù, jako je PostScript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kdyby neumìl TeX více, byl by jen procesorem na sázení textu. TeX v¹ak umo¾òuje definovat makra. A zde celá akce zaèíná. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vìt¹ina u¾ivatelù TeXu ve skuteènosti pou¾ívá sady maker, které napsal Knuth pro ukrytí mnoha detailù sázení. @@ -638,7 +779,9 @@ V pøíkazy; sadu pøíkazù, které umo¾ní konzistentní sazbu vìcí jako jsou sekce, tabulky èi matematické formule s minimálními vstupy u¾ivatele. Takto vznikl LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nyní, soubì¾nì s vývojem a roz¹iøováním LaTeXu vytváøejí jiní lidé pro svoje vlastní potøeby balíèky pro TeX. @@ -649,26 +792,28 @@ Nyn u¾ivatele ne¾ jsou pøíkazy TeXu je mo¾no pou¾ívat nová písma atd. Ve skuteènosti, LaTeX je roz¹iøitelným jazykem sám o sobì! U¾ivatelé na celém svìtì vytváøejí balíèky, které roz¹iøují mo¾nosti LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jsou dvì cesty, jak roz¹íøit LaTeX: tøídy a styly. -\emph on +\emph on Tøída -\emph default +\emph default je skupina maker v LaTeXu [a TeXu], která popisuje nový typ dokumentu, jako je kniha èi èlánek. Jsou zde tøídy pro slidy, fyzikální a matematické èasopisy\SpecialChar \ldots{} Nìkteré univerzity dokonce mají tøídy pro diplomové práce. -\emph on +\emph on Styl -\emph default +\emph default se li¹í od tøídy tím, ¾e nepopisuje nový typ dokumentu, ale nový typ -\emph on +\emph on vzhledu -\emph default +\emph default , které mù¾e dokument pou¾ít. Napøíklad, LyX øídí zará¾ky stránek a øádkování dvìma rùznými styly LaTeXu vytvoøenými pro tento pøípad. @@ -676,226 +821,264 @@ vzhledu pøidávání nových písem, pro vkládání grafiky, vytváøení hlavièek a patièek na stránce, rejstøíky, zmìny umístìní a vzhledu poznámek pod èarou, tabulek, seznamù atd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zde je seznam: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Jazyk pro sazbu s mo¾ností roz¹íøení makry. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Balíèek maker nad TeXem\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 tøídy: Popis typù dokumentù pomocí LaTeXu\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 styly: Zmìna chování LaTeXu v nìkterém smìru. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Vizuální, WYSIWYM textový procesor pou¾ívající LaTeX v celé jeho kráse pro tisk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard My¹lenkou této sekce je pokus vysvìtlit, -\emph on +\emph on proè -\emph default +\emph default LyX pracuje trochu jinak ne¾ ostatní textové procesory. Dùvod je jednoduchý: LyX pou¾ívá LaTeX jako jeho tiskový výstup. Tak jako LaTeX se LyX soustøeïuje na kontext va¹eho dokumentu --- -\emph on +\emph on co -\emph default +\emph default pí¹ete. Poèítaè pak urèuje, jak to bude vypadat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- je¹tì jedna vìc. LaTeX se vyslovuje stejnì jako TeX. Rýmuje se to a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lej tech. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard nebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset la tech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nebo\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Part Zaèínáme s LyXem -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vá¹ první dokument v LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK\SpecialChar \@. Teï jste pøipraveni zaèít psát. Ne¾ zaènete, máme zde nìkolik vìcí, které chceme zmínit, a které vám, jak doufáme, pomohou porozumìt -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proto¾e zde zámìrnì neuvádíme v¹echny informace, -\series bold +\series bold nejprve -\series default +\series default si najdìte ostatní soubory s nápovìdou. Na¹tìstí je to velmi jednoduché. Nastartujte LyX. Vyberte -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default z nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ápovìda -\family default +\family default . Také si mù¾ete pøeèíst -\emph on +\emph on Úvod -\emph default +\emph default (pokud jej ji¾ nemáte na obrazovce). Takto si mù¾ete èíst, zatímco pí¹ete svùj vlastní dokument \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto také dává pìknou ukázku jak pou¾ívat LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e mù¾ete pou¾ívat nabídku -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumenty -\family default +\family default pro pøepínání mezi nimi. -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default neuvádí v¹echny detaily v plné ¹íøi, tak jak jsou popsány v jiných manuálech k LyXu. Toto vám mo¾ná na zaèátku znepøíjemní ¾ivot, ale významnì to zkracuje délku -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce. -\shape italic -\emph default +\shape italic +\emph default -\shape default +\shape default Také vás to nauèí pou¾ívat jiné manuály, co¾ vám --- v del¹ím èasovém horizontu --- u¹etøí mnoho èasu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tomto -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci, -\emph default +\emph default budeme pøedpokládat, ¾e máte plnì funkèní verzi LyXu, stejnì jako LaTeXu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default nebo jiného prohlí¾eèe dvi, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default èi jinou metodu konverze dokumentù -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default do PostScriptu, a funkèní tiskárnu. To je mnoho pøedpokladù. Jestli¾e nìkterý z nich není splnìn, vy (nebo systémový administrátor) musí nainstalovat èi nastavit chybìjící komponenty. Informace, jak to udìlat, najdete v jiných manuálech. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A v neposlední øadì, napsali jsme pro vás soubor na vyzkou¹ení va¹í znalosti LyXu. Jmenuje se -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Pøedstavte si, ¾e byl napsán nìkým, kdo neznal ¾ádnou z velkých výhod LyXu a my vám doporuèujeme, abyste jej opravili. Soubor obsahuje nápovìdu, jak to udìlat. Jestli chcete napovídat (nebo si ovìøit va¹e výsledky), je zde také soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default , který obsahuje tentý¾ text napsaný zku¹eným u¾ivatelem LyXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Psaní, prohlí¾ení a tisk -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Otevøete nový soubor pomocí -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor-> -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ový -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Napi¹te vìtu jako: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toto je mùj první dokument v LyXu! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dobøe. V skuteènosti mù¾ete napsat cokoli chcete. @@ -903,424 +1086,468 @@ Dob Omlouváme se stupiditu této vìty, stejnì jako za dal¹í podobné, které po vás budeme chtít psát v budoucnu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Ulo¾te vá¹ dokument pøíkazem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -oubor->Ulo¾it\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oubor->Ulo¾it\InsetSpace ~ jako\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spus»te LaTeX pro vytvoøení souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , pøíkazem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -oubor->Náhled\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oubor->Náhled\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. V oknì, z nìho¾ jste LyX spustili, mù¾ete vidìt nìjaké výstupy. To jsou zprávy LaTeXu, které teï mù¾ete ignorovat. LyX spustí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (nebo jiný prohlí¾eè -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), který otevøe nové okno, v nìm¾ zobrazí náhled va¹eho dokumentu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mù¾ete u¹etøit èas spu¹tìním pøíkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default na pozadí. Poté mù¾ete pou¾ít pøíkaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -oubor->Obnov\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oubor->Obnov\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default a jen aktivujte okno s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (nebo jej obnovte) po ukonèení pøíkazù LaTeXu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Soubor vytisknete pøíkazem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default isk -\family default +\family default stiskem -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gratulujeme! Napsali a vytiskli jste svùj první dokument v LyXu. V¹e ostatní jsou jen detaily, které jsou popsány ve zbytku -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce -\emph default +\emph default a v -\emph on +\emph on Referenèní pøíruèce. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jednoduché operace -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX samozøejmì zvládá vìt¹inu vìcí, které jste zvyklí dìlat s textovými procesory. Bude pøesouvat slova mezi øádky a automaticky odsazovat odstavce. Prohlédnìte si nìkolik nabídek \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jestli jste jako vìt¹ina u¾ivatelù -\noun on +\noun on unixu -\noun default +\noun default , jistì jste tak ji¾ uèinili pøed otevøením -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a uvidíte vìt¹inu jednoduchých pøíkazù (napø., -\family sans +\family sans Konec, -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾it, -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default isk) -\family default +\family default , jejich¾ jména ji¾ asi znáte, a které dìlají to, co od nich oèekáváte. Zde je struèný návod, jak nìkteré jednoduché akce pou¾ít. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Zpìt LyX má -\emph on +\emph on schopnost -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nekoneèného návratu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , co¾ znamená, ¾e se mù¾ete vrátit ke kterémukoli stavu od zaèátku editování souboru volbou -\family sans +\family sans Úpravy-> -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default pìt -\family default +\family default znovu a znovu. Jestli jste pøeskoèili pøíli¹ daleko, zvolte pouze -\family sans +\family sans Úpravy-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pakovat -\family default +\family default pro krok zpátky. -\emph on +\emph on V tuto chvíli --- v beta-verzi --- je poèet krokù zpìt omezen na 100, do doby kompletního ovìøení funkènosti mechanismu návratu. Zpìt také nebude funkèní pro -\emph default +\emph default v¹echny akce -\emph on +\emph on , napøíklad pro zmìny vzhledu dokumentu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Vystøihni/Vlo¾/Kopíruj Pou¾ijte -\family sans +\family sans Úpravy->Vystøihni -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Úpravy->Vlo¾ -\family default +\family default , a -\family sans +\family sans Úpravy->Kopíruj -\family default +\family default pro vystøi¾ení, vlo¾ení a kopírování. Nebo automaticky vlo¾te oznaèený text pomocí -\emph on +\emph on prostøedního tlaèítka my¹i. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Hledej/Nahraï Pou¾ijte -\family sans -Úpravy->Hledání\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Úpravy->Hledání\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ nahrazení -\family default +\family default pro hledání s rozli¹ením malých a velkých písmen. V novì otevøeném dialogu pokraèujte v hledání pomocí ¹ipek dopøedu a zpìt, èi pou¾ijte tlaèítko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ahraï -\family default +\family default pro výmìnu slova, je¾ bylo nalezeno. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zavøete dialog po ukonèení hledání. Nebo jej nechte otevøené, vyhovuje-li vám to více. Vìt¹ina dialogù v LyXu --- vèetnì -\family sans -Hledání\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hledání\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default nahrazení, -\family sans +\family sans Obsah -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Vzhled -\family default +\family default , stejnì jako rùzné matematické dialogy --- mohou být zmen¹eny stejnì jako zavøeny. Nìkteré dialogy jako -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default tevøít -\family default +\family default , vám nedovolí napsat nic v hlavním oknì LyXu dokud neuzavøete dialog. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -Formátování\SpecialChar ~ +Formátování\InsetSpace ~ znakù Znaky mù¾ete -\emph on +\emph on zvýraznit -\emph default +\emph default (co¾ typicky zmìní znaky do kurzívy), nebo je -\series bold +\series bold ztuènit -\series default +\series default , èi pou¾it -\noun on +\noun on Styl pro jména -\noun default +\noun default (obvykle kapitálky, pou¾ívají se pro jména lidí)pomocí pøepínaèù v nabídce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormát -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Li¹ta Tlaèítka na li¹tì (tìsnì pod nabídkou) vám zpøístupòují nìkteré bì¾né funkce jako -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾ -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Tiskni -\family default +\family default . Jestli¾e podr¾íte ukazovátko my¹i chvilku nad tlaèítkem, objeví se ¾lutá vysvìtlivka jeho funkce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Samozøejmì jste zatím nenapsali dost, abyste docenili význam tìchto funkcí. A¾ napí¹ete více, vyzkou¹ejte si funkce zpìt, vkládání atd. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Mezery v LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jedna z nejtì¾¹ích vìcí pro nové u¾ivatele je metoda jakou LyX zpracovává mezery. Aèkoli tisknete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default mnohokrát, dostanete jen jeden prázdný øádek. Stejnì tak mnoho stiskù -\family sans +\family sans Mezerníku -\family default +\family default vede k získání jen jedné mezery. Na prázdné øádce nelze napsat ¾ádnou mezeru. Klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default vás nepøesune k dal¹í zará¾ce; ve skuteènost, zde -\emph on +\emph on nejsou -\emph default +\emph default ¾ádné zará¾ky! Navíc, na vrchní èásti okna nenajdete mìøítko se zará¾kami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mnoho komerèních textových procesorù je zalo¾eno na principu WYSIWYG: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get --- Co vidí¹, to dostane¹ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Na druhé stranì je LyX zalo¾en na principu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vy se staráte o obsah a LyX se stará o to, aby výstup dobøe vypadal. Klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default oddìluje odstavce a -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default oddìluje slova, tak¾e zde není dùvod napsat jich nìkolik za sebou; klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default nemá ¾ádný gramatický význam, tak¾e ji LyX nevyu¾ívá. Pøi pou¾ívání LyXu strávíte více èasu starostí o -\emph on +\emph on obsah -\emph default +\emph default va¹eho dokumentu a ménì èasu starostí o jeho -\emph on +\emph on formát. -\emph default +\emph default Viz sekce \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset pro více informací o konceptu WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má mnoho cest jak jemnì doladit vzhled va¹eho dokumentu. Konec koncù, LyX nemusí vysázet -\emph on +\emph on pøesnì -\emph default +\emph default to, co jste chtìli. -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default vám o tom øekne mnohem víc -\emph on +\emph on . -\emph default +\emph default Tam jsou informace o -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s a o svislých mezerách --- které jsou mnohem univerzálnìj¹í ne¾ nìkolik mezer èi prázdných øádkù --- a o cestì, jak ruènì zmìnit velikost písma, poloøezy, stejnì tak jako zarovnání odstavcù. Ale základem je, ¾e v dobì psaní dokumentu se zamìøujete na obsah a toto dolaïování provádíte a¾ nakonec. Bì¾ný textový procesor vás nutí starat se o tyto detaily v prùbìhu psaní. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Styl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rùzné èásti dokumentu mají rùzná urèení, my tyto èásti nazýváme -\emph on +\emph on prostøedí. -\emph default +\emph default Vìt¹ina dokumentu je obyèejný text. Názvy oddílù (kapitoly, paragrafy atd.) umo¾òují ètenáøi oddìlit ètenáøi jednotlivá témata od sebe. @@ -1328,15 +1555,17 @@ prost Èasopisový èlánek obsahuje shrnutí a titulek. Naproti tomu dopis nemá ani titulek ani shrnutí, av¹ak pravdìpodobnì obsahuje odesilatelovu adresu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Styly jsou nejvýznamnìj¹í èástí filozofie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dané prostøedí má urèitý typ písma, odsazení, øádkování apod. @@ -1346,19 +1575,21 @@ What You See Is What You Mean doleva; rùzné jazyky mohou mít rùzné zvyklosti pro odsazování; formátù pro rejstøík mù¾e existovat skuteènì mnoho. LyX vás opro¹»uje od nutnosti toto v¹echno znát. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Indikátor souèasného -\family sans +\family sans Stylu -\family default +\family default je umístìn na li¹tì vlevo (pøímo pod nabídkou -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor -\family default +\family default ). Kdy¾ pí¹ete svùj první dokument, je nastaven na hodnotu Standard, co¾ je implicitní hodnota pro bì¾ný text. @@ -1366,618 +1597,704 @@ oubor uvidíte, jak se zmìna stylu projeví. Styl se nastavuje pomocí nabídky, kterou zobrazíte kliknutím na ¹ipku dolù hned vedle indikátoru -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oddíly a kapitoly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napi¹te slovo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Úvod -\family default +\family default na první øádku va¹eho souboru v LyXu, vyberte -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default z nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Styl \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Není tøeba -\emph on +\emph on zvýrazòovat -\emph default +\emph default tento øádek. Není-li nic zvýraznìno, LyX pøenastaví souèasný odstavec. Na druhé stranì, pokud zvýrazníte nìkolik odstavcù, bude zmìna uplatnìna na v¹ech zvýraznìných. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX èísluje oddíly od jedné a sází hlavièku oddílu (nadpis) vìt¹ím písmem. (Pochopitelnì, v¹echno bude vysazeno korektnì i pøípadì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default èi tisku.) Nyní stisknìte tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e indikátor -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default se zmìnil ze Section zpìt na Standard. Nadpisy oddílù jsou ve vìt¹inì prostøedí ukonèeny znakem -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default popisuje, jak psát nadpisy s více øádky. Styl -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default samozøejmì pokraèuje i v následujícím odstavci. Rùzné styly pro seznamy (viz dále) také nejsou ukonèeny ukonèením øádku. Za v¹ech okolností jste schopni rozpoznat souèasný styl pohledem na indikátor -\family sans +\family sans Stylu -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Napi¹te na úvod va¹eho dokumentu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toto je úvod do mého prvního dokumentu v LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Znovu stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default a zvolte znovu -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default z nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default . LyX napí¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a èeká, a¾ napí¹ete nadpis. Napi¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dal¹í text -\family default +\family default a uvidíte, ¾e LyX znovu nastavil tento text jako nadpis kapitoly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teï to bude lep¹í. Pøejdìte na konec první kapitoly (za mùj první dokument v LyXu) a stisknìte znovu -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , zvolte znovu -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default z nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default . A znovu, LyX napí¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a èeká, a¾ napí¹ete nadpis. Napi¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O tomto dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Oddíl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dal¹í text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , který byl døíve kapitolou 2, se automaticky stal kapitolou 3! Ve skuteèném prostøedí WYSIWYM je tøeba jen øíci, co jsou nadpisy kapitol, a LyX se postará o jejich èíslování a vysázení. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Return, -\family default +\family default abyste znovu zapnuli styl -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , a napi¹te tìchto pìt øádek: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Oddíly a kapitoly jsou popsány ní¾e. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Popis oddílu -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Oddíly jsou vìt¹í ne¾ kapitoly. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Popis kapitoly -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Kapitoly jsou men¹í ne¾ oddíly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknìte na druhou øádku a zvolte -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default z nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Styl. -\family default +\family default LyX oèísluje kapitolu jako 2.1 a zvolí písmo vìt¹í ne¾ bì¾né, ale men¹í ne¾ pro nadpis oddílu. Zmìòte také ètvrtý øádek na -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . Jak jste asi oèekávali, LyX mu pøiøadil èíslo 2.2. Jestli¾e vlo¾íte dal¹í oddíl pøed oddíl 2, bude pøeèíslován na 3 a kapitoly pak na 3.1 a 3.2. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dal¹í úrovnì èlenìní textu jsou -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , a -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Vyzkou¹ejte si je. Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e paragrafy a ni¾¹í nejsou implicitnì èíslovány; návod na zmìnu najdete v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce -\emph default +\emph default . Hlavièky knih ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ) jsou nejvy¹¹í úrovní, ale je mo¾no je pou¾ít jen v urèitých dokumentech LyXu.(viz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mù¾ete po¾adovat, aby se názvy oddílù a pododdílù neèíslovali. Také na to jsou zde styly. Jestli¾e zmìníte styl jednoho z nadpisù oddílu na -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , (budete se potøebovat posunout v oknì se styly), LyX pou¾ije toté¾ písmo i velikost jako pro normální nadpis oddílu, ale nebude jej èíslovat. Obdobnì ohvìzdièkované styly jsou zde i pro -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Zkuste si zmìnit nìkteré styly ve va¹em dokumentu na ohvìzdièkované a pov¹imnìt e si, jaký to má vliv na èíslování. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte nadpisy oddílù a pododdílù v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Tento dokument najdete v adresáøi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , který zvolíte pomocí nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default tevøít -\family default +\family default a pak stisknutím tlaèítka -\family sans +\family sans Pøíklady -\family default +\family default . Otevøete dokument, a pou¾ijte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor->Ulo¾it jako -\family default +\family default pro ulo¾ení kopie tohoto dokumentu do va¹eho adresáøe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Seznamy a podseznamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má nìkolik rùzných stylù pro sázení seznamù. Toto vám u¹etøí asi tak milion stiskù klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , kdy¾ pí¹ete do tabulky, èi od pøeèíslovávání, kdy¾ chcete pøidat polo¾ku doprostøed, a dovoluje vám se tak soustøedit na obsah. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ano toto zdùrazòujeme v celém -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci -\emph default +\emph default . Ale toto -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default hlavní filozofie LyXu, tak nám to odpus»te. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Rùzné typy dokumentù logicky vy¾adují rùzné typy stylù: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Prezentace na slidy mù¾e pou¾ívat styl -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default pro popis jednotlivých bodù. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vnoøené èíslované (èísly i písmeny) seznamy vznikají stylem -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokument popisující nìkolik balíèkù programù mù¾e pou¾ít styl -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , který ztuèòuje první slovo ka¾dé polo¾ky seznamu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Styl -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- není obsa¾en v LaTeXu --- je jinou formou stylu -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zkusme tedy napsat seznam dùvodù, proè je LyX lep¹í ne¾ jiné textové procesory. Nìkde ve va¹em dokumentu napi¹te: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx je lep¹í ne¾ jiné textové procesory, proto¾e: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard a stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Nyní zvolte -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans z nabídky Environment -\family default +\family default . LyX napí¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset kouli \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ve skuteènosti hvìzdièku, která se na výstupu zmìní na kouli) na novou øádku. Napi¹te va¹e dùvody: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sázení je udìláno za vás. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Matematika je WYSIWYG. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Seznamy se pí¹í tak jednodu¹e! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Styly seznamù, na rozdíl od nadpisù, nekonèí znakem -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Naproti tomu LyX pøedpokládá, ¾e chcete psát dal¹í polo¾ku seznamu. Pøedchozí seznam sestává ze tøí jednoodstavcových polo¾ek. Jestli¾e chcete napsat polo¾ku, která sestává z více odstavcù, jednou z cest je pou¾ít tzv. -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Return -\family default +\family default , který získáte stiskem -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . Abyste ukonèili psaní seznamu, musí nastavit zpátky styl -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (buï z nabídky nebo stiskem klávesové kombinace -\family sans - M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Získali jste pìknì vysázený seznam. Nyní si prohlédnìte, jak bude vypadat vyti¹tìný. Chcete si polo¾ky oèíslovat? Oznaète si celý seznam \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX vám nedovolí oznaèit první kulièku pokud souèasnì neoznaèíte odstavec -\emph on +\emph on pøed -\emph default +\emph default seznamem, co¾ si pravdìpodobnì nepøejete. Obdobnì se vám nepodaøí oznaèit èíslo polo¾ky. Tak je to v poøádku. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a zvolte z nabídky styl -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Jak jsme ji¾ zmínili, kdy¾ pøidáte èi odstraníte polo¾ku ze seznamu, LyX jej pøeèísluje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kdy¾ u¾ máte celý seznam oznaèený, prohlédnìte si také, jak vypadají ostatní dva styly pro seznam, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Pro tyto dva styly, je se ka¾dá polo¾ka skládá ze dvou èástí: termínu, co¾ je první slovo, a definice, co¾ je zbytek polo¾ky a¾ do konce odstavce. (do stisku -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default .) Termín je vysázen tuènì ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) nebo oddìlen od zbytku polo¾ky tabulátorem \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tohle je sázecí zará¾ka, která mìní svou velikost podle nejdel¹ího termínu, nikoli nemìnná a pevnì pøeddefinovaná jako na psacím stroji. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ). Jestli¾e se termín skládá z nìkolika slov, oddìlte je pomocí pevných mezer -\family sans -(Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +(Protected\InsetSpace ~ Space -\family default +\family default s), které získáte stiskem -\family sans +\family sans C-Mezera, -\family default +\family default a které se zobrazí jako malá fialová u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Vysázejte seznam v souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Seznamy mù¾ete libovolnì vnoøovat. Lze vnoøovat a kombinovat rùzné typy èíslovaných i neèíslovaných seznamù. V -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce -\emph default +\emph default najdete mnoho rùzných typù seznamù, stejnì jako pøíklady s -\emph on +\emph on mnoha -\emph default +\emph default úrovnìmi vnoøení. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ostatní styly: Ver¹e, citace, a jiné -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX pøeddefinovává dva styly pro odli¹ení citace od okolního textu: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default pro krat¹í a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default pro del¹í. Programy (styl -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , pou¾itý v -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci -\emph default +\emph default pro sázení del¹ích pøíkladù) je napsán v písmu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter psacího stroje -\family default +\family default ; pouze v tomto stylu vám LyX dovolí napsat nìkolik mezer za sebou, aby bylo mo¾no odsazovat. Dokonce mù¾ete psát i poezii \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} pøedpokládáme, ¾e jste tak dobrý básník, ¾e pí¹ete poezii zpatra. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ve stylu -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , pøièem¾ -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default oddìluje strofy a -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default oddìluje jednotlivé ver¹e. Viz -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default pro detailní popis v¹ech stylù LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte sázení -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Part Psaní dokumentù -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pøedchozí èást vám umo¾nila získat první zku¹enosti s psaním v LyXu. Popsala vám základní úkony pøi zpracování textu, stejnì tak jako vás seznámila @@ -1989,15 +2306,19 @@ P Seznámí vás s textovými tøídami, které vám umo¾òují psát rùzné typy dokumentù. Také popisuje mnoho dodatkù, které mìní holý text v dokument, jako jsou nadpisy, poznámky pod èarou, odkazy, seznamy literatury èi obsahy. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Textové tøídy a ¹ablony: psaní dopisù -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Rùzné typy dokumentù je tøeba vysázet rùznì. Napøíklad, knihy jsou vìt¹inou sázeny na obì strany papíru, zatímco zprávy @@ -2006,84 +2327,92 @@ R styly --- jako odesilatelova adresa a podpis --- které nejsou v knize èi èlánku potøeba. -\emph on +\emph on Textové tøídy \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pro u¾ivatele LaTeXu: toto je toté¾ jako v LaTeXu documentclass. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset se starají o tyto rozdíly mezi rùznými typy dokumentù. Tento Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default , napøíklad, byl napsán s pou¾itím textové tøídy -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . Textové tøídy jsou dal¹í významnou èástí konceptu WYSIWYM; øíkají LyXu jak sázet dokument, tak¾e vy to vìdìt nemusíte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vá¹ dokument je pravdìpodobnì napsán v textové tøídì -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto je obvykle implicitní textová tøída, lze ji pøednastavit ve va¹em souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Zkuste ji zmìnit na jinou (pou¾ijte nabídku -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default øída -\family default +\family default v dialogu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormát-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default ) a pov¹imnìte si, jak se li¹í. Zmìníte-li tøídu va¹eho dokumentu na -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default a podíváte se na nabídku -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default , zjistíte, ¾e vìt¹ina stylù se neli¹í. Aèkoli, pøibyl vám styl -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Jestli si nejste jistí, které styly mù¾ete v dané tøídì pou¾ít, prostì se podívejte do její nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Velikost písma, jedno èi dvousloupcový tisk a hlavièky stránek jsou právì ty rozdíly, kterými se jeden èasopis li¹í od jiného. @@ -2092,19 +2421,33 @@ Velikost p LyX toto podporuje také. Napøíklad LyX podporuje sazbu (a speciální styly) pro èasopisy American Mathematics Society pomocí textové tøídy -\family sans - Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zde je rychlá reference pro jednotlivé styly. Jako obvykle, detaily najdete v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2115,238 +2458,284 @@ U \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jméno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard jednostrannì, nemá kapitoly -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vzhled & styly pro American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard del¹í ne¾ èlánek, oboustranný -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zpráva + pøední a zadní obálka -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard prùhlednost (vèetnì FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard mnoho speciálních stylù pro adresu, podpis\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section ©ablony: psaní dopisu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jednou z nejpopulárnìj¹ích textových tøíd je -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Jednou z cest jak napsat dopis je vytvoøit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ový -\family default +\family default soubor, zvolit -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default z nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default øída -\family default +\family default v dialogu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormát-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . Oproti obvyklé cestì jak psát dopis to vypadá jako práce navíc. Kdykoli pí¹ete obchodní dopis, chcete tam mít svoji adresu, adresáta, text, podpis a podobnì. Proto má LyX -\emph on +\emph on ¹ablonu -\emph default +\emph default pro dopisy, která obsahuje jednoduchý dopis; kdy¾ máte jednou ¹ablonu, mù¾ete jen nahrazovat text v ¹ablonì textem, který chcete napsat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otevøete nový soubor z nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -oubor->Nový\SpecialChar ~ -podle\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oubor->Nový\InsetSpace ~ +podle\InsetSpace ~ ¹ablony -\family default +\family default . Po zadání jména, zvolte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex_letter.lyx -\family default +\family default nabídky -\family sans +\family sans ©ablony -\family default +\family default . Ulo¾te a prohlédnìte si, jak jsou jednotlivé èásti souboru ti¹tìny. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kdy¾ se podíváte na nabídku -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default , uvidíte nìkolik rùzných stylù, jako napøíklad -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , který neexistuje ve vìt¹inì jiných textových tøíd. Jiné, jako napøíklad -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , jsou vám ji¾ známé. Mù¾ete si s tím pohrát, abyste vidìli jak rùzné styly pracují. Pov¹imnìte si napøíklad, ¾e styl -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default obsahuje slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset napsané èervenì pøed vlastním textem podpisu. Toto slovo se nevytiskne (o èem¾ se mù¾ete snadno pøesvìdèit), jen vás @@ -2354,7 +2743,9 @@ Signature: Také nezále¾í na tom, kde je øádka s podpisem. LyX je WYSIWYM; mù¾ete dát tuto øádku kamkoli, ale LyX ví, ¾e podpis má být na konci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©ablona je obyèejný dokument v LyXu. To znamená, ¾e mù¾ete ulo¾it svou adresu a podpis do nové ¹ablony. @@ -2363,98 +2754,114 @@ Signature: Pravdìpodobnì zde nemusíme doporuèovat skuteèné cvièení; prostì nìkomu napi¹te dopis \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jedno varování, pokud mìníte ¹ablonu. Jestli¾e sma¾ete celý text dokumentu --- napøíklad, sma¾ete-li celé pole -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , abyste jej mohli nahradit svým --- a pak posunete kurzor bez psaní textu, styl mù¾e zmizet. To proto, ¾e styl nemù¾e existovat bez napojení na text. Obnovíte jej ruèním znovunastavením z nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nadpisy dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (stejnì jako LaTeX) oddìluje titulek --- který mù¾e obsahovat nadpis, autora, datum a dokonce shrnutí obsahu --- a vlastní text dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vra»te se zpìt k va¹emu dokumentu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default a pøesvìdète se, ¾e pou¾ívá textovou tøídu -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zde byste ji¾ nemìli pou¾ívat tøídu -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default , proto¾e ta nedefinuje titulky. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Napi¹te titulek na první øádku a nastavte styl na -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default . Na dal¹í øádek napi¹te svoje jméno a zmìòte styl na -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . Na dal¹í øádku napi¹te datum a nastavte styl na -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Napi¹te jeden nebo dva odstavce o obsahu va¹eho dokumentu a nastavte na styl -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Nyní se podívejte, jak se to vytiskne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte sázení titulku, data a autora v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Znaèky a odkazy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Máte mo¾nost oznaèit znaèkou jakoukoli sekci va¹eho dokumentu (v podstatì libovolný výsek textu). @@ -2464,126 +2871,146 @@ M pro vás. Automatické znaèky a odkazy na nì jsou nejsilnìj¹í zbraní LyXu (a LaTeXu) proti obvyklým textovým procesorùm. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹e první znaèka -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oznaème si druhou èást tohoto dokumentu (jmenuje se O tomto dokumentu). Kliknìte na konec øádky s titulkem a zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení-> -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default naèka -\family default +\family default . Objeví se dotaz na jméno nové znaèky. Napi¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:aboutdocument -\family default +\family default , co¾ je docela dobrý popis, který se nesplete s jinými znaèkami, které mù¾ete v budoucnu pøidat. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pí¹eme \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset proto¾e také mù¾ete oznaèit rovnice, tabulky èi obrázky. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Kdy¾ kliknete na -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , bude vámi zadaná znaèka zobrazena v obdélníèku na konci øádku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mimochodem, znaèku mù¾ete umístit kdekoli uvnitø sekce, odkazy pak budou míøit na nejbli¾¹í pøedcházející titulek sekce nebo podsekce pøed znaèkou. Ale jestli¾e zadáte znaèku do titulku (èi na první øádku textu pod titulkem), budou odkazy v rejstøíku odkazovat na správné místo v textu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zatím jste v¹ak nevytvoøili nic --- soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bude vypadat úplnì stejnì. Pøidali jste v¹ak znaèku, na kterou se mù¾ete odkazovat tzv. odkazem. Viz ní¾e. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹e první odkazy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Umístìte kurzor nìkam do sekce 2 ve va¹em dokumentu. Napi¹te -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Jestli¾e chcete vìdìt více o tomto dokumentu, tak se podívejte na sekci, která je na stranì . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nyní --- s kurzorem za slovem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sekce \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default dkaz -\family default +\family default . Objeví se dialog -\family sans - Vlo¾te\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Vlo¾te\InsetSpace ~ odkaz -\family default +\family default . V nìm se objeví seznam v¹ech znaèek, na které se mù¾ete odkázat. V tuto chvíli je zde jen jeden --- sec:aboutdocument. Oznaète jej (není-li ji¾ oznaèen) a kliknìte na -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾te\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾te\InsetSpace ~ odkaz -\family default +\family default . Nyní posuòte kurzor za slovo stránce a kliknìte na -\family sans -Vlo¾te\SpecialChar ~ -èíslo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾te\InsetSpace ~ +èíslo\InsetSpace ~ strany -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX umístí odkazovací obdélníèek na místo, kde byl kurzor. Pøi tisku se odkaz zmìní na skuteèné èíslo sekce èi jeho stranu (podle @@ -2591,23 +3018,27 @@ LyX um Odkaz pøi editaci dokumentu funguje jako hyperlink; kliknutí na nìj vás pøesune na odkazované místo. Zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default -bnov\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +bnov\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default , a uvidíte odkaz na sekci 2 a stranu 1 (nebo na tu, kde sekce 2 momentálnì je). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Dal¹í mo¾nosti znaèek -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ji¾ jsme øekli, ¾e LyX se stará o èíslování odkazù; vyzkou¹ejme si to. Pøidejte novou sekci pøed sekci 2. @@ -2616,38 +3047,42 @@ Ji 3. Èíslo stránky se nezmìní (samozøejmì pokud jste nepøidali celou stranu textu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jestli si chcete znaèky procvièit více, tak zkuste vlo¾it znaèku sec:myfirstlabe l na místo, kde byl vá¹ odkaz, a odka¾te se na nìj odjinud z dokumentu. Jestli¾e bude vkládat odkazy èasto (napøíklad, pí¹ete-li èlánek do èasopisu), mù¾ete si nechat dialog pro vlo¾ení odkazu otevøený. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e si chcete být jist, ¾e èísla stránek v odkazech budou správnì i ve velkém dokumentu, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opírujte -\family default +\family default nìkolik stránek z -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské Pøíruèky -\emph default +\emph default a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾te -\family default +\family default jej do va¹eho dokumentu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mimochodem, kopírování nadpisu kapitoly mù¾e zpùsobit chybu v LyXu, proto¾e názvy kapitol nejsou povoleny pro èlánky. @@ -2655,50 +3090,60 @@ Mimochodem, kop Jestli chcete znát dùvod, podívejte se na kapitolu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte odkazy v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Poznámky pod èarou a poznámky na okraji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámky pod èarou mù¾ete vkládat pomocí tlaèítka vlo¾te poznámku pod èarou na li¹tì \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tlaèítko má na sobì ¹ipku, ukazující na èervený text pod èerným textem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset nebo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení-> -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -oznámka\SpecialChar ~ -pod\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oznámka\InsetSpace ~ +pod\InsetSpace ~ èarou -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Kliknìte na slovo LyX kdekoli ve va¹em dokumentu a stisknìte tlaèítko pro vlo¾ení poznámky pod èarou. @@ -2707,10 +3152,14 @@ pod\SpecialChar ~ Zbytek øádky je èervenì orámován. LyX posune kurzor na zaèátek øádky s poznámkou. Napi¹te -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX je textový procesor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nyní kliknìte na slovo foot. Øádka s poznámkou byla nahrazena slovem foot, napsaným èervenì v horním @@ -2718,271 +3167,317 @@ Nyn poznámky. Tuto poznámku je mo¾no rozbalit --- a opravit, je-li tøeba --- kliknutím na èervený nápis foot. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾ná se ptáte, proè LyX ukazuje slovo místo èísla. Odpovìï je jednoduchá, proto¾e èíslování poznámek se dìje a¾ pøi tisku LaTeXem, co¾ mù¾ete vidìt v souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default nebo na výtisku, tak¾e skuteènì není tøeba tato èísla ukazovat v LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámku lze vystøihnout a vlo¾it tak, jako normální text. Zkuste si to. V¹e, co tøeba, je oznaèit znaèku pro poznámku \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾ná je jednodu¹¹í oznaèit ji pomocí klávesnice. Mù¾ete toti¾ poznámku rozbalit místo jejího oznaèení jestli¾e se nestrefíte pøesnì. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default ystøihnout -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾it -\family default +\family default ji. Navíc, mù¾ete zmìnit normální text na poznámku oznaèení textu a stiskem tlaèítka -\family sans - Vlo¾te \SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Vlo¾te \InsetSpace ~ poznámku -\family default +\family default ; zmìòte poznámku na normální text opìtovným stiskem tlaèítka -\family sans -Vlo¾te \SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾te \InsetSpace ~ poznámku -\family default +\family default , kdy¾ máte kurzor na poznámce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámky po stranì lze vkládat pomocí tlaèítka -\family sans - Vlo¾te\SpecialChar ~ -poznámku\SpecialChar ~ -po\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Vlo¾te\InsetSpace ~ +poznámku\InsetSpace ~ +po\InsetSpace ~ stranì \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tlaèítko ukazuje ¹ipku ukazující na èervený text po stranì od èerného. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset nebo z nabídky -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾ení->Poznámka\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾ení->Poznámka\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ okraji -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Poznámky na okraji se chovají jako poznámky pod èarou vyjma: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize na obrazovce se objeví margin místo foot -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize poznámky se objeví po stranì místo pod textem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize poznámky po stranì nejsou èíslovány -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize kdy¾ je poznámka zabalená, zobrazí se po stranì vykøièník. Tento vykøièník se netiskne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zmìòte va¹i poznámku pod èarou na text a pak na poznámku po stranì. Prohlédnìte si výstup z LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte poznámky pod èarou v souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Citace -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Citace jsou podobné odkazùm. Citace obsahuje seznam odkazù na konci dokumentu, které mohou být zmiòovány v textu dokumentu. Tak jako nadpisy sekcí, LyX a LaTeX vám ulehèuje ¾ivot automatickým èíslováním citací, pøièem¾ mìní èísla, zmìní-li se jejich poèet nebo poøadí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jdìte na konec dokumentu a pøepnìte se -\family sans +\family sans na styl Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Nyní je ka¾dý odstavec jednou citací. Napi¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter The Lyx Tutorial, by the LyX DocTeam -\family default +\family default jako va¹i první citaci. Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e LyX automaticky oèísluje ka¾dou citaci. Kliknìte na obdélník s èíslem a objeví se dialog -\family sans -Polo¾ka\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Polo¾ka\InsetSpace ~ bibliografie -\family default +\family default . První pole, -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default , se pou¾ívá jako reference uvnitø dokumentu v LyXu. Implicitnì se jedná o èíslo. Zmìòte jeho hodnotu na lyxtutorial, abyste si jej mohli lépe zapamatovat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nyní zvolte místo ve va¹em dokumentu, kam chcete vlo¾it citaci. To se provede pomocí -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾ení->Citace\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default LyX nakreslí ¹edivý obdélník s otazníkem v závorce a objeví se dialog pro vlo¾ení citace. První pole se také jmenuje -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default , a v tomto poli zvolte, co chcete citovat \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zde je vidìt, proè je vhodné pojmenovávat citace namísto jejich automatického èíslování. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Kliknìte na ¹ipku, rozbalí se nabídka, a v ní zvolte lyxtutorial (momentálnì jediná polo¾ka v citacích). Nyní spus»te LaTeX, a podívejte se jak se citace zobrazí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak se pou¾ívají ostatní pole? -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default oznámka -\family default +\family default v -\family sans +\family sans Citacích -\family default +\family default vlo¾í za citaci seznam stránek, kde je tato citace odkazována. Jestli¾e chcete, aby byly citace zobrazovány jako text místo èísla (napøíklad [Smi95] jako odkaz na èlánek od Smithe z roku 1995), pou¾ijte pole -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default . Jako obvykle, detaily najdete v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièení: -\series default +\series default Opravte citace v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Obsah -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾ná chcete vlo¾it obsah na zaèátek dokumentu. LyX tento po¾adavek hravì splní. Staèí stisknout -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default po nadpisu va¹eho dokumentu a pøed nadpisem první sekce \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nezkou¹ejte mazat èíslo sekce. Nepùjde to. LyX toti¾ èísluje za vás. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾ení->Seznamy \SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾ení->Seznamy \InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ Obsah->Obsah -\family default +\family default . Slovo obsah se objeví na první øádce dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto nemusí být velmi úèelné. Podíváte-li se v¹ak na vá¹ soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , uvidíte, ¾e obsah byl vygenerován jako seznam v¹ech sekcí a podsekcí. Jako obvykle, pøesunete-li sekce, uvidíte tyto zmìny po obnovení -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obsah není zobrazen na obrazovce, proto¾e jej stejnì nemù¾ete upravovat. Na druhé stranì mù¾ete zobrazit dialog s obsahem pomocí nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Ú -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ravy-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default bsah -\family default +\family default . Toto je velmi u¾iteèná pomùcka. Lze ji pou¾ít pro pohyb v dokumentu. @@ -2990,22 +3485,30 @@ bsah místo v dokumentu. Pro pohyb v obsahu mù¾ete také pou¾ít ¹ipky. Toto okno lze také nechat otevøené celou dobu práce s dokumentem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obsah lze vymazat jako jakýkoli jiný (obyèejný) znak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Opravte obsah v souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Part Pou¾ití matematického re¾imu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX je pou¾íván mnoha vìdci, proto¾e umí tisknout velmi dobøe vypadající rovnice bez nutností pou¾ívat speciální øídící znaky textových procesorù @@ -3016,102 +3519,118 @@ LaTeX je pou Jestli¾e ovládáte LaTeX, mù¾ete zde pøímo psát v¹echny obvyklé matematické pøíkazy, ale uvidíte je jako WYSIWYM. Jestli¾e naopak, jste nikdy v LaTeXu nepsali, tak potom vám -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default umo¾ní psát profesionálnì vypadající text jednodu¹e a rychle \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX pochopitelnì neumí kontrolovat, zda to, co jste napsali, je -\emph on +\emph on dobøe -\emph default +\emph default . Je nám líto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematický re¾im -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nìkde ve va¹em dokumentu napi¹te: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Líbí se mi to Einsteinovo E=mc^2, proto¾e je to jednoduché. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tohle nevypadá nejlépe, dokonce i v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ; není zde mezera mezi znaky a rovnítkem, a navíc jste chtìli napsat dvojku jako mocninu. Takto to dopadlo, proto¾e jste LyXu neøekli, ¾e pí¹ete matematický výraz, tak¾e toto napsal jako obyèejný text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika se pí¹e v Mathedu, jinak té¾ v matematickém re¾imu. Pro vstup do tohoto re¾imu, stisknìte modré tlaèítko oznaèené \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX otevøe malý modrý obdélníèek s fialovým okrajem. Modrý obdélníèek je -\emph on +\emph on bod pro vkládání -\emph default +\emph default , který øíká, ¾e Mathed èeká na vá¹ vstup, a obdélníèek vám oznamuje, ¾e se nacházíte v Mathedu. LyX posunul kurzor dovnitø modrého obdélníka, tak¾e znovu napi¹te E=mc -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^2 -\family default +\family default . Výraz se napí¹e modøe a modrý obdélníèek zmizí, jakmile není bod pro vkládání prázdný. Nyní stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default pro opu¹tìní Mathedu. (Poznámka: opìtovné kliknutí na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans math -\family default +\family default nezpùsobí -\emph on +\emph on opu¹tìní -\emph default +\emph default Mathedu). Zmizí fialový obdélník a jestli teï nìco napí¹ete, bude to obyèejný text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Spus»te LaTeX a prohlédnìte si soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e výraz je vysázen lépe, jsou zde mezery u rovnítka a dvojka je v exponentu. Písmenka v matematickém re¾imu se pova¾ují za promìnné (proto jsou v kurzívì) a èísla jsou prostì èísla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed je dal¹ím pøíkladem filozofie WYSIWYM. V LaTeXu pí¹ete matematický výraz pomocí textu a pøíkazù jako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; toto mù¾e být velice nepøíjemné, proto¾e dokud nespustíte LaTeX nevidíte jak bude vypadat výstup, abyste pak na¹li chybìjící závorky èi jiné chyby. Na druhé stranì LyX vám na obrazovce neuká¾e výraz úplnì perfektnì (WYSIWYG), @@ -3119,463 +3638,505 @@ sqrt LaTeX se pak postará o profesionální vysázení. V 99% pøípadù není tøeba mìnit na výstupu z LaTeXu nic. Takto (omlouváme se za mentorování) se mù¾ete soustøedit na -\emph on +\emph on obsah -\emph default +\emph default va¹eho výrazu, nikoli na jeho vzhled. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pohyb kurzoru v rovnici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nyní zmìòme \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pou¾ijte ¹ipky pro pohyb uvnitø výrazu. Kdy¾ procházíte výrazem, objeví se opìt fialový obdélníèek, proto¾e jste opìt v Mathedu. Nyní pou¾ijte klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Vlevo -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Vpravo -\family default +\family default pro pøesun za rovnítko a napi¹te 1+. Znovu, mù¾ete tento re¾im opustí ¹ipkami nebo klávesou -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default a fialový obdélníèek zmizí. Mnoho lidí bude pou¾ívat ¹ipky, ale stejnì dobøe mù¾ete kliknout doprostøed výrazu a zaèít upravovat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard S výjimkou speciálních kláves popsaných ní¾e, je psaní v Mathedu podobné jako psaní normálního textu. Pou¾ijte -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (èi -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) pro mazaní. Oznaèujte pomocí ¹ipek nebo my¹i. -\family sans +\family sans Ú -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ravy->Zpìt -\family default +\family default v matematickém re¾imu funguje, stejnì jako vystøihování a vkládání. Jen na jedno je tøeba dát si pozor: jste-li mimo výraz, pak -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (èi -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) sma¾e celý tento výraz. Na¹tìstí mù¾ete pou¾ít -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Co kdy¾ chcete zmìnit \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Mù¾ete kliknout na správné místo nebo si tam dojít ¹ipkami. Je-li kurzor za c, ale pøed 2, stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Nahoru -\family default +\family default a posunete se do horního indexu (v tomto pøípadì se jedná o mocninu) pøesnì pøed dvojku. Pøidejte .5. Stiskem -\family sans +\family sans Dolù -\family default +\family default se pøesunete zpìt na základní úroveò a kurzor bude -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph default +\emph default mocninou (tak¾e teï napi¹te +1). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard K pohybu po výrazu také mù¾ete pou¾ít -\family sans +\family sans Mezeru. -\family default +\family default Jestli¾e jste uvnitø struktury v Mathedu (jako je index, mocnina, zlomek, oddìlovaè èi matice, které jsou popsány v dal¹ích oddílech), -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default vás pøesune za strukturu, ale stále zùstáváte uvnitø Mathedu. Tak¾e, jste-li v mocninì, pak vás -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default pøesune na základní úroveò za tuto mocninu. To znamená, ¾e výraz \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lze napsat bez pou¾ití my¹i -\emph on +\emph on i -\emph default +\emph default ¹ipek, co¾ je cesta, kterou budete pozdìji pravdìpodobnì pou¾ívat. V místì, kde by tato akce nemìla smysl (napøíklad mezi m a c), -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default neudìlá nic \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold nelze -\series default +\series default pou¾ít pro pøidávání mezer dovnitø výrazu. Mezery jsou vìcí sázení, tak¾e jsou plnì v kompetenci LyXu (LaTeXu) (viz sekce \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Jestli¾e nejste s vysazením spokojeni, jsou zde cesty, jak jej jemnì doladit, co¾ je popsáno v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèce -\emph default +\emph default --- nestarejte se o to, dokud nedopí¹ete celý dokument. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e pokud ukonèíte výraz stiskem -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , nebude za ním ¾ádná mezera, tak¾e budete-li ji vy¾adovat, musíte ji sami napsat. Napí¹ete-li v¹ak -\family sans +\family sans Mezeru -\family default +\family default jako poslední znak v Mathedu, pak jej takto ukonèíte -\emph on +\emph on a -\emph default +\emph default napí¹ete tuto mezeru za výrazem. Takto tedy lze psát \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moje oblíbená rovnice \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset místo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moje oblíbená rovnice \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponenty a indexy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exponent lze vlo¾it z nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default , ale je daleko jednodu¹¹í napsat støí¹ku, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX umístí vkládací bod (modrý obdélníèek, pamatujete se?) na místo exponentu, tak¾e cokoli teï napí¹ete, bude umístìno nahoøe a bude vysázeno v men¹í velikosti písma; a to a¾ do stisku -\family sans +\family sans Mezery -\family default +\family default (nebo -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default pro úplné opu¹tìní mathedu). Psaní indexù je také tak jednoduché --- napi¹te podtr¾ítko, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Indexy a exponenty lze libovolnì kombinovat, napøíklad i takto: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Pøedìlejte rovnici 1 z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do matematického re¾imu. -\layout Section +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section -\family sans + +\family sans Panel Math -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default je jednoduchá cesta pro vkládání symbolù a vyu¾ívání komplikovaných funkcí Mathedu. Vìt¹inu z tìchto funkcí lze také vyvolat z klávesnice nebo z nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default . Ale nyní se soustøedíme na pou¾ívání -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default , abyste vìdìli, co tam mù¾ete najít; klávesové zkratky se mù¾ete nauèit pozdìji z ostatních manuálù. Tak teï si otevøete -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default a nechte jej otevøený dokud budete èíst tuto kapitolu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Øecká písmena a symboly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e kliknete na tlaèítko oznaèené \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , otevøe se nabídka, ze které mù¾ete vybrat øecké písmeno, které se vlo¾í na místo kurzoru. Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e je zde nìkolik variant epsilonu, psí, theta a sigma. Jako zkratka, zatímco pí¹ete text a zvolíte nìco z -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default , Mathed se automaticky otevøe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dal¹í ètyøi tlaèítka na -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default vám umo¾òují napsat rùzné symboly pou¾ité v matematických výrazech: ¹ipky, relace, operátory, sumy a integrály. Poznamenejme, ¾e indexy a exponenty vám umo¾òují psát meze sum a integrálù. Poslední tlaèítko má oznaèení rùzné. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nic není nemo¾né\SpecialChar \ldots{} V¹e co potøebuje¹ je \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mocniny, zvýraznìní a oddìlovaèe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pro napsání odmocniny staèí kliknout na symbol odmocniny. Objeví se odmocnina a vkládací bod se pøesune dovnitø, kam mù¾ete psát promìnné, èísla, jiné odmocniny, zlomky, prostì cokoli chcete. LyX bude automaticky mìnit velikost odmocniny podle jejího argumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Akcentování znaku ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) nebo skupiny znakù ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) se dosáhne stejnì. Stisknìte tlaèítko s akcentací, které je oznaèeno modrým obdélníèkem nahoøe - s èernou vlnovkou\SpecialChar ~ + s èernou vlnovkou\InsetSpace ~ (~). Po kliknutí LyX otevøe akcentaci s bodem pro vkládání pod (nebo nad) akcentem. Jen kliknìte na typ akcentu, vlo¾te obsah a poté stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Mezeru -\family default +\family default pro ukonèení mathedu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oddìlovaèe jako závorky v¹ech tvarù fungují podobnì, ale trochu slo¾itìji. Stisknìte tlaèítko s oddìlovaèi, co¾ je modrý obdélníèek s hranatými závorkami kolem, a objeví se dialog s oddìlovaèi. Kliknìte na levý oddìlovaè -\emph on +\emph on levým tlaèítkem my¹i -\emph default +\emph default a na pravý oddìlovaè -\emph on +\emph on pravým tlaèítkem my¹i -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Alternativnì lze pou¾ít tlaèítka \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default evý \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a -\bar under +\bar under \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset P -\bar default +\bar default ravý \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a potom kliknout na oddìlovaèe -\emph on +\emph on levým tlaèítkem my¹i. -\emph default +\emph default ) Vá¹ souèasný výbìr je zobrazen nahoøe v dialogu. Implicitnì je to nastaveno na pár kulatých závorek, ale toto mù¾ete zmìnit na jakoukoli kombinaci, dokonce mù¾ete zvolit prázdný obdélníèek, abyste získali nìco jako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (prázdný oddìlovaè se v LyXu zobrazí jako pøeru¹ená vertikální èerná èára, která se pøi tisku nezobrazuje). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakmile jednou vyberete va¹e oddìlovaèe, kliknìte na -\family sans +\family sans OK, -\family default +\family default a tím vlo¾íte va¹i selekci na místo kurzoru (nebo stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾ij -\family default +\family default , chcete-li nechat toto okno otevøené pro pøí¹tì). Jste-li líní, mù¾ete psát závorky pøímo v matematickém re¾imu místo pou¾ití dialogu s oddìlovaèi. @@ -3583,324 +4144,354 @@ Pou text, který zrovna pí¹ete, co¾ nevypadá dobøe, je-li uvnitø velký zlomek èi matice. Pou¾ití dialogu -\family sans +\family sans Oddìlovaèe -\family default +\family default vám zajistí, ¾e budou vysázeny v odpovídající velikosti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Také mù¾ete vlo¾it oddìlovaèe kolem textu, který je ji¾ napsán. Oznaète jej a kliknìte na oddìlovaèe, které si pøejete vlo¾it. Zkuste zmìnit Newtonùv druhý zákon ze skalárního na vektorový tvar (z \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Jakmile se nauèíte psát matice, tak ji¾ budete vìdìt, jak kolem udìlat závorky. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zlomky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zlomky jsou v mathedu jednoduché. Kliknìte na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans zlomek -\family default +\family default v -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default , které je oznaèeno zlomkem se dvìma modrými obdélníèky místo èitatele i jmenovatele. LyX vytvoøí dva vkládací body ve zlomku. Tak, jak byste oèekávali, mù¾ete se po zlomku pohybovat my¹í i ¹ipkami. Kliknìte na èitatele a napi¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nyní stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans Dolù -\family default +\family default a stisknìte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . No a napsali jste zlomek! Samozøejmì, ¾e místo èísel mù¾ete napsat cokoli: promìnné s exponenty, odmocniny èi jiné zlomky, skuteènì cokoli. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Pøedìlejte rovnici 2 z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do matematického re¾imu.. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im TeX : Limity, log, sin a jiné -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proto¾e jsou písmena v matematickém re¾imu pova¾ována za promìnné, napí¹ete-li \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bude si LyX myslet, ¾e pí¹ete souèin \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , a \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tato tøi písmena se napí¹ou kurzívou, zatímco jste ve skuteènosti oèekávali slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset napsané normálním písmem. Navíc, LyX neumístí mezeru mezi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Mezera -\family default +\family default pouze ukonèuje mathed). Tak¾e jak dostanete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namísto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknìte na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v nabídce -\family sans +\family sans Funkce -\family default +\family default na -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu. -\family default +\family default Slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset je nyní napsáno èervenì a normálním písmem, jinak té¾ v tzv. TeX módu. Celé slovo se chová jako jeden symbol, tak¾e jedno stisknutí -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default jej celé vyma¾e. Nyní stisknìte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a to se napí¹e v modré kurzívì, tak, jak byste oèekávali. A v souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bude v¹e vysázeno korektnì. Zkuste si to. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mezi dal¹ími pøíkazy, které pí¹ete v TeXu pomocí nabídky -\family sans +\family sans Funkce -\family default +\family default zahrnují dal¹í trigonometrické funkce a jejich inverze, hyperbolické funkce, logaritmy, limity a dal¹í. Tyto funkce lze také oindexovat a umocòovat, jako napøíklad pro \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Pøedìlejte rovnici 3 z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do matematického re¾imu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kliknìte na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans matrix -\family default +\family default na -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default . V dialogu matice najdete dva jezdce pro nastavení poètu sloupcù a øádkù. Zvolte dva øádky a tøi sloupce a stisknìte buï -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾ít -\family default +\family default nebo -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX vytiskne 6 bodù pro vkládání v matici \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Na ka¾dou pozici v matici mù¾ete samozøejmì vlo¾it jakýkoli výraz (odmocninu, jinou matici atd.). Také mù¾ete nechat nìkteré pozice úplnì prázdné. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default lze pou¾ít pro pøesunutí mezi sloupci matice. Alternativnì mù¾ete pou¾ít pro pohyb ¹ipky - stiskem -\family sans +\family sans Vpravo -\family default +\family default na konci jednoho obdélníèku se pøesunete do dal¹ího, -\family sans +\family sans Dolù -\family default +\family default vás pøesune na následující øádek apod. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viz -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default pro informace o tom, jak zmìnit vodorovné zarovnávání sloupcù a jak zmìnit svislou pozici celé matice. Jestli¾e chcete psát tabulku obsahující text, pak vám doporuèujeme pou¾ít tabulkovou podporu LyXu namísto snahy psát text dovnitø matice. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im zobrazení -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹echny výrazy, které jsme doposud napsali se nacházeli na jedné øádce spolu s textem, který je obklopoval. @@ -3908,91 +4499,109 @@ V í výrazy nebo je chcete umístit mimo text, potøebujete je napsat v tzv. re¾imu zobrazení. Navíc, jen takto napsané výrazy lze oznaèit znaèkou a èíslovat (viz -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default ), toto je jediný zpùsob jak psát víceøádkové rovnice (viz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknìte na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans zobrazení -\family default +\family default na -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default , který je zobrazen jako nìkolik øádek nad a pod modrým obdélníèkem. LyX vytvoøí vkládací bod, který se nachází na nové øádce a je na ní vystøedìn. Nyní napi¹te výraz a spus»te LaTeX, abyste se podívali, jak to bude vypadat. Tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans zobrazení -\family default +\family default je ve skuteènosti pøepínaè; zkuste ho pou¾ít na pøepnutí nìkolika výrazù do a z re¾imu zobrazení. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento re¾im má nìkolik rozdílù oproti regulérnímu Mathedu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nìkteré symboly mají trochu men¹í velikost, napøíklad \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Exponenty a indexy pro limity a sumy (nikoli pro integrály) se vysadí pod a nad operaci, ne a¾ za ní. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text je vystøedìn -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A¾ na tyto drobnosti jsou oba re¾imy zobrazení velice podobné. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jedna poznámka nakonec: dávejte si pozor, zda je vá¹ výraz na novém øádku nebo ne. Jestli¾e se vá¹ výraz nachází uprostøed vìty (nebo odstavce), neukonèujte jej klávesou -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Toto by toti¾ vytvoøilo nový odstavec z textu -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph default +\emph default výrazem, co¾ pravdìpodobnì není to, co jste chtìli. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Zmìòte re¾im zobrazení pro rùzné rovnice v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default a prohlédnìte si rozdíly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièení -\series default +\series default : Zkuste si sami s pou¾itím právì nabytých znalostí napsat výraz, jako je tento: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4001,44 +4610,54 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Víceøádkové rovnice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zkuste si napsat následující rovnice a podívejte se na soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Re¾im zobrazení musíte pøepnout pro ka¾dý øádek zvlá¹». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To vùbec nevypadá dobøe. Jestli¾e pí¹ete dvì a více rovnic pod sebou, vypadají podstatnì lépe, jsou-li @@ -4048,31 +4667,35 @@ To v x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tohle vypadá -\emph on +\emph on daleko -\emph default +\emph default lépe. Rovnítka jsou pod sebou a rovnice jsou blí¾e u sebe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Víceøádkovou rovnici napí¹ete pomocí mathedu v re¾imu zobrazení, kdy¾ stisknete -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . LyX vypí¹e dvì øádky, ka¾dou se tøemi vkládacími body. Pohybovat se mezi nimi mù¾ete stejnì jako v matici: my¹í, ¹ipkami nebo klávesou -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . Zkuste si nyní pøepsat pøedchozí rovnice. Pov¹imnìte si, ¾e je mo¾no nechat jeden i více vkládacích bodù prázdných. @@ -4082,10 +4705,12 @@ Tab x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zarovná druhé (støední) pole na ka¾dé øádce, tak¾e obvykle toto pole obsahuje rovnítko èi jiný relaèní operátor, i kdy¾ tam mù¾ete napsat jakýkoli @@ -4094,234 +4719,278 @@ LyX zarovn matice (viz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e chcete napsat del¹í sadu rovnic, stisknìte znovu -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default , a dostanete dal¹í tøi vkládací body. Jestli¾e jste nebyli na konci øádky, text a¾ do konce øádky se pøesune na novou. Jestli¾e jste stiskli -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default kdy¾ jste psali jednoøádkovou rovnici, celá rovnice bude v prvním poli. Umístìte kurzor pøed rovnítko a stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default pro pøesun do druhého pole. Pak se pøesuòte za rovnítko a stisknìte -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default znovu pro pøesun pravé èásti do tøetího pole. Zkuste zmìnit \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jestli¾e jste napsali pøíli¹ mnoho øádek, posuòte kurzor na konec øádky a pou¾ijte -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default pro smazání následující øádky. Tato klávesová kombinace vyma¾e znak konce øádku a pøipojí obsah v¹ech vkládacích bodù na konec pøedchozího øádku. Byli-li tyto body prázdné, pak je pouze vyma¾e. Varování: stisk -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default kdy¾ nejste na konci øádku nemusí v¾dy dopadnout ¹»astnì. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Více matematiky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed umí je¹tì mnohem více. Nyní, kdy¾ jsme se seznámili se základy, se podívejte do -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelské pøíruèky -\emph default +\emph default na: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Oznaèování a èíslování výrazù -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zmìny poloøezu, tj. ztuèòování. Poznamenejme, ¾e kliknutí na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans matematika -\family default +\family default na li¹tì zmìní typ písma z kurzívy na normální a¾ do stisku mezerníku. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jemné doladìní velikostí znakù a mezer (tohle a¾ pøi finalizaci dokumentu) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Psaní maker. Toto je velmi silná technika, proto¾e je jednou napí¹ete na zaèátku dokumentu a mù¾ete jej pak pou¾ít kdekoli v nìm. Jestli¾e zmìníte jeho definici, zmìní se i v¹echny odkazy na nìj. Makra mohou mít argumenty. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mnoho dal¹ích vìcí, na které v tomhle -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci -\emph default +\emph default nemáme èas se ani zmínit. -\layout Part +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Part Rùzné -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dal¹í významné mo¾nosti LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nepro¹li jsme v¹echny mo¾né pøíkazy v LyXu, co¾ jsme ani neplánovali. Jako obvykle vás odkazujeme na -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelskou pøíruèku -\emph default +\emph default pro dal¹í informace. Pøesný popis ka¾dého pøíkazu najdete v -\emph on +\emph on Referenèní pøíruèce. -\emph default +\emph default Zde chceme jen zmínit nìkteré dùle¾itìj¹í schopnosti LyXu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX má WYSIWYG podporu pro tabulky. Pou¾ijte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení->Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ulka -\family default +\family default . Kliknìte na tuto tabulku -\emph on +\emph on pravým -\emph default +\emph default tlaèítkem a otevøe se dialog -\family sans -Vzhled\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vzhled\InsetSpace ~ tabulky, -\family default +\family default který má ¹iroké mo¾nosti zmìny vzhledu a chování tabulky. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX také podporuje vkládání PostScriptových (a LaTeXových) obrázkù. (Jak jste asi odhadli: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení->Obrázek. -\family default +\family default Pak kliknìte na obrázek, který chcete vlo¾it, mù¾ete jej otoèit, zmen¹it èi zvìt¹it atd.) Tabulky a obrázky lze pojmenovat a LyX automaticky vygeneruje seznamy obrázkù èi tabulek. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX podporuje program pro správu verzí RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default pro dal¹í informace). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX je velmi konfigurovatelný. V¹e od vzhledu oken LyXu po výstup lze mnoha zpùsoby mìnit. Pro informaci kliknìte na -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ápovìda-> -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default onfigurace\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX je vyvíjen týmem programátorù na pìti kontinentech. Proto má LyX lep¹í podporu pro neanglické (Holanïany, Nìmce, Øeky, Èechy, Turky, \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) jazyky ne¾ mnoho jiných textových procesorù. A navíc, tato podpora se stále zlep¹uje. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX umí èíst dokumenty v LaTeXu. Viz kapitola \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pravopis lze kontrolovat pomocí -\family sans -Úpravy->Kontrola\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Úpravy->Kontrola\InsetSpace ~ pravopisu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kontrola se dìje v¾dy od pozice kurzoru do konce dokumentu. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX pro u¾ivatele LaTeXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jestli¾e nevíte nic o LaTeXu, nemusíte èíst tento oddíl. Mù¾ete se v¹ak -\emph on +\emph on chtít -\emph default +\emph default nauèit nìco o LaTeXu a pøeèíst si tuto sekci. Na druhé stranì mnoho nových u¾ivatelù LyXu má ji¾ s LaTeXem své zku¹enosti. Jestli je to vá¹ pøípad, pak se mo¾ná chcete pøesvìdèit, zda jsou mo¾nosti @@ -4331,92 +5000,104 @@ Jestli Nyní sice vznikají nìkteré problémy s pøenosem starých dokumentù z LaTeXu, a i nìkde jinde, nicménì následující verze LyXu postupnì tyto problémy vyøe¹í. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proto¾e toto je -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodce -\emph default +\emph default , omezíme se na vìci, které zajímají zaèínající u¾ivatele LyXu. Proto¾e nechceme prodlu¾ovat tento dokument, najdete zde jen skuteèné minimum informací. -\emph on +\emph on U¾ivatelská pøíruèka -\emph default +\emph default obsahuje mnoho informací o rozdílech LyXu a LaTeXu, a také tipy, jak pou¾ít nìkteré triky LaTeXu v LyXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cokoli napí¹ete v re¾imu TeX, bude zasláno pøímo do LaTeXu, a bude zobrazeno na obrazovce èervenì. Do re¾imu TeX se dostanete pomocí nabídky -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormát-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ex -\family default +\family default nebo kliknutím na tlaèítko na li¹tì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V mathedu je TeX pou¾it trochu jinak. Do re¾imu TeX se dostanete stiskem zpìtného lomítka. To se nezobrazí, ale v¹e, co pí¹ete, se zobrazí èervenì. Re¾im TeX ukonèíte -\family sans +\family sans Mezerou -\family default +\family default nebo nìjakým nepísmenným znakem, jako je èíslo, støí¹ka èí závorka. Jakmile opustíte re¾im TeX a LyX zná pøíkaz, který byl napsán, pøevede jej do WYSIWYM. Tak¾e kdy¾ napí¹ete v mathedu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , a potom hned -\family sans +\family sans Mezeru -\family default +\family default , LyX zmìní èervené gamma na modrou \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto bude fungovat pro vìt¹inu nekomplikovaných maker (ale napøíklad funkce jako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default zùstanou èervené, proto¾e ji¾ jsou WYSIWYM). Toto mù¾e být rychlej¹í ne¾ pou¾ití -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panelu -\family default +\family default , zvlá¹tì pro zku¹ené u¾ivatele LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jako zvlá¹tní pøípad, napí¹ete-li závorku v re¾imu TeX, mathed napí¹e otevírací -\emph on +\emph on i -\emph default +\emph default uzavírací závorku èervenì a umístí kurzor mezi nì. Takto lze pak jednodu¹e napsat pøíkazy, kterým mathed nerozumí nebo nezná jejich argumenty. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX neumí absolutnì v¹echno, co LaTeX (zatím?). Nìkteré funkce nejsou podporovány vùbec, nìkteré fungují, ale nejsou WYSIWYG. @@ -4424,308 +5105,348 @@ LyX neum LyXu, jako je WYSIWYG matematika, tabulky a upravování. LyX nebude nikdy podporovat ¾ádný balíèek LaTeXu. Aèkoli jej mù¾ete pou¾ívat pomocí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default v preambuli (viz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) --- nebudete pro nìj mít k dispozici WYSIWYG podporu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Import dokumentù v LaTeXu--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Soubor v LaTeXu lze do LyXu dovézt pomocí -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default oubor->Import->LaTeX -\family default +\family default v nabídce LyXu. Tento pøíkaz vyvolá skript v Perlu jménem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ---který vytvoøí soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default ze souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default ---a otevøe jej. Jestli¾e pøevod nebude fungovat, zkuste zavolat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default z pøíkazové øádky \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kdy¾ je LyX instalován, do tého¾ adresáøe jako je program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default se ulo¾í skript -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default (napø., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default vy¾aduje Perl (verze 5.002 v dobì psaní tohoto dokumentu). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset mo¾ná s jinými parametry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default pøelo¾í vìt¹inu legálních konstrukcí LaTeX, ale ne v¹echno, V¹e, èemu nerozumí, ponechá v re¾imu TeX, tak¾e po dovezení souboru pomocí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , mù¾ete hledat èervený text a ruènì jej upravit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default má vlastní manuálovou stránku, na které si mù¾ete pøeèíst, co z LaTeXu není LyXem podporováno, chyby (a jejich obcházení) a pou¾ití rùzných pøepínaèù. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konverze dokumentù v LyXu do LaTeXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mù¾ete také po¾adovat konverzi z LyXu do LaTeXu. Napøíklad, vá¹ kolega, který nemá LyX mù¾e chtít èíst vá¹ dokument. To je velmi jednoduché. Zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -oubor->Export->jako\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oubor->Export->jako\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Toto vytvoøí soubor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cokoli.tex -\family default +\family default ze souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cokoli.lyx -\family default +\family default --- ze souboru, který máte právì otevøený. LyX v¾dy vytváøí doèasné soubory v LaTeXu pro náhled a tisk, tak¾e umí generovat LaTeX docela dobøe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preambule LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Tøída Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormát-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default obsahuje mnoho voleb, které jsou parametry pøíkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Zmìòte tøídu, implicitní typ písma a velikost papíru. Nestandardní volby pro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default vlo¾te do políèka -\family sans -Dal¹í\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dal¹í\InsetSpace ~ volby -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Více o preambuli -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jestli¾e chcete umístit speciální pøíkazy do preambule LaTeXu, mù¾ete je pou¾ít i v LyXu. Zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ormát->Preambule\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ormát->Preambule\InsetSpace ~ LaTeXu -\family default +\family default a pi¹te do dialogu. Cokoli napí¹ete, bude posláno (tak jako v re¾imu TeX) pøímo do LaTeXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má dobrou, i kdy¾ ne úplnou podporu, pro BibTeX, který umo¾òuje budovat databázi bibliografických odkazù pro pou¾ití v mnoha dokumentech. Zvolte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾ení->Seznamy\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -obsahy->Citace\SpecialChar ~ -z\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾ení->Seznamy\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +obsahy->Citace\InsetSpace ~ +z\InsetSpace ~ BibTeXu -\family default +\family default pro vlo¾ení souboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . Kliknìte na výsledné \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Odkazy vygenerované BibTeXem \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a objeví se dialog BibTeX. Cokoli napí¹ete v poli -\family sans +\family sans Databáze -\family default +\family default , jakoby jste napsali uvnitø závorek pøíkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jako v obyèejném LaTeX, vícenásobné odkazy budou oddìleny èárkami bez mezer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Obsah pole -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default se objeví uvnitø závorek pøíkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poté mù¾ete pou¾ívat citace z jakékoli bibliografie pomocí -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾ení->Citace -\family default +\family default (viz kapitola \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX se postará o spu¹tìní BibTeXu. Dùvod, proè podpora pro BibTeX není úplná, je v tom, ¾e LyX neumí generovat soubory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default , a proto, ¾e nelze zobrazit seznam v¹ech citací v dialogu -\family sans +\family sans Citace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rùzné -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pevnou mezeru vlo¾íte kombinací -\family sans +\family sans C-mezera -\family default +\family default . Ta se zobrazí na monitoru jako malé fialové u. V -\emph on +\emph on Prùvodci -\emph default +\emph default jich najdete mnoho. V nabídce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾ení-> -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -peciální\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +peciální\InsetSpace ~ znak -\family default +\family default najdete dal¹í speciální znaky, jako jsou tøi teèky, pevné ukonèení øádku a oddìlovací teèku. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Chyby! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nìkdy pøi spu¹tìní LaTeXu se objeví chyby, vìci, kterým LyX nebo LaTeX nerozumí. Kdy¾ se to stane, LyX vytvoøí chybový obdélníèek (uvnitø se slovem error). @@ -4734,4 +5455,7 @@ N Tyto by mìly být velice øídké. Jestli¾e se problém objevil v LaTeXu (obvykle chyba v re¾imu TeX), LyX zobrazí chybovou zprávu LaTeXu. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/da_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/da_Intro.lyx index d5f9c64724..fa2b59b676 100644 --- a/lib/doc/da_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/da_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language danish \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,28 +24,43 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduktion til LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author af John Weiss og LyX-holdet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-filosofien -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hvad er LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX er et system til at udfærdige dokumenter\SpecialChar \@. Det udmærker sig ved at kunne @@ -66,16 +82,18 @@ er, litteraturhenvisninger, indekser m.m\SpecialChar \@. og selv en børnebog eller to), artikler i videnskabelige tidsskrifter, filmmanuskripter, forretningsplaner\SpecialChar \ldots{} og meget mere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX er et program, der har en moderne tilgang til dokumentskrivning på computer med et markeringsparadigme, en tilgang, der bryder med det gammeldags \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset skrivemaskine-koncept \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Det er lavet til tekstforfattere, der hurtigt vil have et professionelt @@ -84,7 +102,9 @@ ng\SpecialChar \@. Arbejdet med tekstopsætning klares hovedsageligt af computeren, ikke forfatteren; med LyX kan forfatteren koncentrere sig om indholdet\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En af de udfordringer du kommer ud for, når du tager LyX i brug, er den anderledes tænkemåde, du er nødt til at lægge for dagen\SpecialChar \@. @@ -95,11 +115,11 @@ En af de udfordringer du kommer ud for, n Understregning, som ikke er andet end at overskrive med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -tegnet, blev en måde at lægge tryk på ord og sætninger\SpecialChar \@. Du var nødt til @@ -109,7 +129,9 @@ _ Orddeling ved linjeskift krævede et trænet øje og en den fremsynethed\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Med andre ord er blev vi alle trænet op til at bekymre os om små detaljer om, hvilket tegn der skulle placeres hvor\SpecialChar \@. @@ -124,75 +146,81 @@ ammer overtaget denne m nens skrifttypehjul\SpecialChar \@. Dette er filosofien bag WYSIWYG-tekstbehandling: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Du ser, hvad du får). Desværre er resultatet oftest \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Du får ikke mere end det, du ser \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det er her, LyX afviger fra almindelig tekstbehandling\SpecialChar \@. Du skal ikke bekymre dig om, hvor tegnene placeres på arket\SpecialChar \@. Du fortælle LyX -\emph on +\emph on hvad det er, du laver -\emph default +\emph default og LyX klarer resten efter et regelsæt kaldet en -\emph on +\emph on stil -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Retfærdigvis skal det siges, at de nyeste udgaver af de mest populære kontorprog rammer har fået en slags stilark, som kan marker teksten på en lignende måde\SpecialChar \@. De bruges dog sjældent i praksis\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Lad os se på et lille eksempel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du er ved at skrive en rapport\SpecialChar \@. I begyndelsen af rapporten vil du have et afsnit kaldet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduktion \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , så du bruger menuen i dit tekstbehandlingsprogram til ændring af skriftstørrel ser og vælger en ny skriftstørrelse\SpecialChar \@. Så aktiverer du fed skrift og skriver \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Introduktion \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Hvis du senere vil flytte afsnittet til et andet sted i dokumentet eller @@ -200,23 +228,27 @@ Introduktion nummereringen for denne og alle efterfølgende sektioner samt i indholdsfortegne lsen\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I LyX vælger du -\family sans +\family sans Sektion -\family default +\family default i menuen til venstre for menuknapperne og skriver \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduktion \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det er det hele\SpecialChar \@. Hvis du flytter rundt på afsnittene vil de automatisk få @@ -225,16 +257,18 @@ Det er det hele\SpecialChar \@. (ved at indsætte krydsreference-mærker), vil LyX automatisk opdatere dem i hele filen, så du altid nogensinde skal skrive et afsnitsnummer selv\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lad os kigge på problematikken omkring konsistens\SpecialChar \@. Fem dage senere åbner - du igen rapporten og begynder at skrive sektion\SpecialChar ~ + du igen rapporten og begynder at skrive sektion\InsetSpace ~ 4\SpecialChar \@. Nu glemmer du at du brugte - 18-punkts fed skrift i stedet for 16-punkts, så titlen på sektion\SpecialChar ~ + 18-punkts fed skrift i stedet for 16-punkts, så titlen på sektion\InsetSpace ~ 4 står - nu med en anden skrift end den du brugte til sektion\SpecialChar ~ + nu med en anden skrift end den du brugte til sektion\InsetSpace ~ 1\SpecialChar \@. Dette problem findes ganske enkelt ikke i LyX\SpecialChar \@. @@ -243,7 +277,9 @@ Lad os kigge p Sådan noget er computere trods alt ret gode til\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Endnu et eksempel: Du laver en liste\SpecialChar \@. I andre tekstbehandlingsprogrammer @@ -256,45 +292,47 @@ Endnu et eksempel: Du laver en liste\SpecialChar \@. skal der stå i den\SpecialChar \@. Det er det hele\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Så den grundlæggende idé bag LyX er: angiv -\emph on +\emph on hvad -\emph default +\emph default du laver, ikke -\emph on +\emph on hvordan -\emph default +\emph default du gør det\SpecialChar \@. I stedet for \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Du ser, hvad du får \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset er LyX-filosofien \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Du ser, hvad du -\emph on +\emph on mener -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (What You See Is What You Mean, WYSIWYM)\SpecialChar \@. Den gør det meget simplere at skrive dokumenter\SpecialChar \@. Det er også derfor LyX ikke er ret godt til at lave plakater og flyers --- i disse tilfælde vil du netop -\emph on +\emph on gerne -\emph default +\emph default bestemme præcis hvor alt skal stå, fordi der ikke findes funktionsbestemte enheder som afsnit, sektioner o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. Det betyder ikke at LyX mangler en bestemt @@ -302,14 +340,16 @@ gerne dette --- du bruger heller ikke en skruetrækker til at hamre søm i med (medmindre din skruetrækker har livsvarig garanti)\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Forskelle mellem LyX og anden tekst\SpecialChar \- behandling \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nej, vi prøver ikke på at starte (eller vinde) en fundamentalistisk tekstbehandl ingskrig, men vi mener at det er vigtigt at beskrive LyX's egenskaber\SpecialChar \@. @@ -317,31 +357,43 @@ ingskrig, men vi mener at det er vigtigt at beskrive LyX's egenskaber\SpecialCha en af LyX's vigtigste egenskaber, WYSIWYM adskiller sig grundlæggende fra, hvad 99% af alle mennesker kender\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dette finder du ikke i LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linealen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulatorstop -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ekstra mellemrum (f.eks. at indsætte -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default eller -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default to eller flere gange efter hinanden) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatorstop er sammen med linealen, der viser hvor ting er placeret på siden, ubrugelige i LyX\SpecialChar \@. @@ -353,30 +405,46 @@ Tabulatorstop er sammen med linealen, der viser hvor ting er placeret p indsætte to tomme linjer efter hinanden, men det giver mening, når du tænker i WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Her er nogle ting, der findes i LyX, men bruges på en anden måde, end man skulle tro: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Indrykningsstyring -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sideskift -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linjeafstand (f.eks. enkelt, dobbelt o.s.v.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Afstand, vandret og lodret -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skrifttyper og -størrelser -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skriftjustering (fed, skråtstillet, understreget o.s.v.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selvom de findes i LyX, har du normalt ikke brug for dem\SpecialChar \@. LyX tager sig af @@ -391,45 +459,61 @@ drykning afh og afsnit fleksibel, styret af LyX\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det er muligt selv at finjustere disse (hvoraf enkelte kræver kendskab til LaTeX), i hele dokumentet eller dele heraf\SpecialChar \@. Se detaljerne i manualen -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanualen -\emph default +\emph default og/eller -\emph on +\emph on Udvidede funktioner -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Til sidste er der nogle områder, hvor vi mener at LyX (og LaTeX) overgår mange tekstbehandlingsprogrammer: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Orddeling -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Alle former for lister -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematik -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabeller -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Krydsreferencer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Godt nok kan mange nyere tekstbehandlingsprogrammer håndtere matematiske symboler, tabeller og orddeling --- og mange har bevæget sig mod stildefinition @@ -437,68 +521,76 @@ er og WYSIWYM-filosofien. Det er dog først for nylig at dette er sket, hvorimod LyX bygger på do kuementudviklingssystemet-LaTeX, der har eksisteret i mere end 15 år og -\emph on +\emph on virker -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Alle fejlene er luget ud \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Okay, vi ved godt at intet er helt perfekt, men LaTeX er så tæt på at være fejlfrit, som et program kan komme\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hvad -\emph on +\emph on er -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX (og hvad rager det mig)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX er et dokumentudviklingssystem, der blev lavet af Leslie Lamport tilbage i 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oplysningerne i dette afsnit kommer fra -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset af Helmut Kopka og Patrick Daly, som er nævnt i -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanualen -\emph default +\emph default s litteraturliste\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Det er igen bygget op omkring et tekstopsætningssprog kaldet TeX (udtales \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset tæk \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), som Donald Knuth lavede i 1984. Dog er det de færreste, der ved nøjagtig hvad TeX er\SpecialChar \@. @@ -513,32 +605,34 @@ t I alle tilfælde er det, der kommer fra TeX en såkaldt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset enhedsuafhængig \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset fil, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Du kan sende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen til alt hvad der forstår -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default eller omsætter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default til andre formater såsom PostScript®, PDF, m.m\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis ikke det var for én yderligere funktion, ville TeX kun være et program til opsætning af tekst\SpecialChar \@. @@ -546,7 +640,9 @@ Hvis ikke det var for Det er her, det bliver spændende\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De fleste brugere at TeX bruger i virkeligheden en makropakke, som Knuth lavede for at skjule en del af detaljerne omkring opsætningen af tekst\SpecialChar \@. @@ -567,7 +663,9 @@ orienteret\SpecialChar \@. måde\SpecialChar \@. Sådan blev LaTeX født\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sideløbende med udviklingen af LaTeX lavede andre deres egne makropakker til TeX til at lave slides eller artikler til matematik-tidsskrifter o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. @@ -583,27 +681,29 @@ Sidel er LaTeX et ret omfattende selvstændigt sprog! Brugere verden over har lavet deres egne tilføjelser til LaTeX ud over de almindelige\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der er to måder at udvide LaTeX: klasser og stile\SpecialChar \@. En -\emph on +\emph on klasse -\emph default +\emph default er en samling LaTeX- og TeX-makroer, der beskriver en bestemt slags dokument, såsom en bog eller artikel\SpecialChar \@. Der er klasser til slides, fysiske eller matematiske tidsskrifter\SpecialChar \ldots{} mange universiteter har ligefrem sine egne klasse sine eksamenspro jekter og afhandlinger! En -\emph on +\emph on stil -\emph default +\emph default afviger fra en klasse ved at den ikke definerer en ny dokumenttype, men en anden -\emph on +\emph on opførsel -\emph default +\emph default , ethvert dokument kan have\SpecialChar \@. For eksempel styrer LyX sidens margin og linjeafstan d med to LaTeX stil-filer\SpecialChar \@. @@ -613,55 +713,73 @@ d med to LaTeX stil-filer\SpecialChar \@. justering af litteraturlister, ændring af fodnoters, tabellers og figurers placering og fremtræden, opsætning af lister o.s.v., o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Her er en opsummering: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Skriftopsætningssprog med makrofunktionalitet. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Makropakke, der bygger på TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klasser: Beskrivelser af en dokumenttype ved brug af LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 stile: Ændrer LaTeX's standardopførsel på en eller anden måde. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Visuel, WYSIWYM-tekstbehandling, der bruger LaTeX-systemet til udskrifterne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formålet med dette afsnit var at prøve at forklare -\emph on +\emph on hvorfor -\emph default +\emph default LyX er anderledes end andre tekstbehandlingsprogrammer\SpecialChar \@. Forklaringen er enkel: LyX bruger LaTeX til sine udskrifter\SpecialChar \@. Ligesom LaTeX fokuserer LyX på konteksten af det, du skriver --- -\emph on +\emph on hvad -\emph default +\emph default du er ved at skrive. Maskinen styrer derefter, -\emph on +\emph on hvordan -\emph default +\emph default det skal se ud. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dokumentationen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For at gøre det nemmere at svare på dine spørgsmål og beskrive alle LyX's funktioner, er dokumentationen delt op i flere filer\SpecialChar \@. @@ -672,53 +790,61 @@ For at g Det indeholder en masse nyttige oplysninger og kommentarer, der kan spare din tid\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noget af dokumentationen kan være mangelfuld eller forældet, selvom vi forsøger hårdt på at følge med\SpecialChar \@. Som resten af LyX er manualerne udarbejdet af frivillige, der har \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset virkelige job \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , familier, opvask, kattebakker der skal tømmes o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. Vi gør vores bedste for at holde manualerne i tip-top stand, men det lykkes ikke altid, da udviklerne ynder at tilføje nye funktioner mens vi skriver om det gamle! - (Hvis du vil hjælpe med at rette op på dette, skal du endelig læse kapitel\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ + (Hvis du vil hjælpe med at rette op på dette, skal du endelig læse kapitel\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kap:Bidrag} -\end_inset +\end_inset )\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gør os i øvrigt en tjeneste --- hvis der er noget i manualerne, der forvirrer dig, er uklart eller forkert, må du endelig lade os det vide! Du kan kontakte de nuværende vedligeholdere af manualerne ved at skrive på engelsk til -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Hvis du har spørgsmål, der ikke åbenlyst besvares af dokumentationen og skal bruge hurtig hjælp, kan du benytte dig af postlisten for LyX-brugere, som du kan nå på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Formatet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nogen trykker manualerne, mens andre læser dem på skærmen med LyX\SpecialChar \@. Fremtoningen @@ -730,36 +856,42 @@ Nogen trykker manualerne, mens andre l Fodnoter ser således ud \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hej! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klik på den grå firkant til venstre ovenpå denne boks\SpecialChar \@. Den der står \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset fodnote \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset på\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Klik på den med venstre museknap for at åbne den\SpecialChar \@. For indholdsfortegnelsen kan du enten klikke på den grå firkant eller kigge i menuen -\family sans +\family sans Navigér -\family default +\family default , hvor indholdsfortegnelsen vises automatisk\SpecialChar \@. (Prøv det af!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I de trykte manualer optræder alle krydsreferencer som kapitelnumre, sektionsnum mer, undersektionsnumre o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. @@ -767,7 +899,7 @@ mer, undersektionsnumre o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. grå bokse som denne: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kap:Bidrag} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (De trykte manualer viser blot et nummer.) Hvis du klikker på firkanten @@ -775,485 +907,515 @@ mer, undersektionsnumre o.s.v\SpecialChar \@. i dokumentet\SpecialChar \@. Denne introduktion har kun en enkelt, kaldet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset kap:Bidrag \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Du kan hoppe til dette kapitel blot ved at klikke på knappen \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gå til reference \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Det er ligeså nemt at hoppe tilbage hvor du kom fra\SpecialChar \@. Klik på \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gå tilbage \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset eller tryk -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default for at komme tilbage til din tidligere placering. (Hvad \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betyder? Se herunder)\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu, hvor vi har afklaret nogle af forskellene mellem den udskrevne version og den på skærmen, kan vi starte med at se på dette dokuments format\SpecialChar \@. Du vil støde på ord i forskellige skrifter: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Fremhævet stil -\emph default +\emph default bruges til generel fremhævning, bogtitler, titler på andre afsnit i manualerne og noter fra forfatterne\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Skrivemaskine -\family default +\family default bruges til program- og filnavne, LaTeX-, og LyX-koder og funktioner. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Grotesk -\family default +\family default bruges til navne på menuer, knapper, vinduer og tastaturknapper. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Kapitæler -\noun default +\noun default bruges til personnavne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For genvejstaster henvises du nok til afsnittet -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default i \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Avancerede funktioner \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Når vi skal beskrive taster, bruger vi følgende konventioner: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betyder -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betyder -\family sans +\family sans Skifte- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betyder -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default tasten, som på de fleste tastaturer er -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset er funktionstasterne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset er escape-tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Venstre -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Højre -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Op -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ned -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : piletaster. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset : Det er de 6 taster, der er placeret lige over piletasterne på mange PC-tastatu rer. -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset og -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset kaldes -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset og -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset på visse tastaturer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default refererer til samme tast. Nogle tastaturer har navngivet -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default -tasten \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , andre som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset atter andre har to taster. LyX behandler dem alle som samme tast, og kalder den både -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kan også støde på fraser som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Se -\emph on +\emph on 'Avancerede funktioner -\emph default +\emph default ') \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Vi har vist de mulige standard-genvejstaster for en funktion i dens beskrivelse i manualen -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Avancerede funktioner -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , så kig også der\SpecialChar \@. Bemærk, at der er to forskellige tastaturudlægninger, der benyttes kan bruges i LyX: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -typen er den normale og bekendt for de fleste PC-brugere\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -typen er den almindelige for dem, der \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset voksede op \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset med Unix-systemer og brugte Emacs til tekstredigering\SpecialChar \@. Medmindre andet er @@ -1261,127 +1423,151 @@ voksede op Hvis du kender Emacs, kan du nok selv læse dokumentationen og finde genvejstasterne selv\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manualerne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Den følgende liste beskriver indholdet af dokumentationens filer\SpecialChar \@. Bemærk, at ikke alle er oversat til dansk: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Introduktion -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Denne fil. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium (Tutorial) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du ikke kender LyX i forvejen og ikke har brugt LaTeX, bør du starte her\SpecialChar \@. Hvis du tror, at LaTeX er et fleksibelt plastikmateriale, skal du helt sikkert læse -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Bemærk at du efter at have læst -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default muligvis stadig vil tro, at LaTeX er et elastisk materiale --- men du vil vide, hvordan du bruger LyX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du -\emph on +\emph on har -\emph default +\emph default prøvet at bruge LaTeX før, kan du læse -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default fra starten af afsnittet \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX-brugere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. (Det vil heller ikke skade et skimme resten af dokumentet) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du på noget tidspunkt føler dig på dybt vand, bør du tjekke -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default inden du dykker ned i de andre manualer\SpecialChar \@. Den er et godt springbrædt\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Brugermanual (User's\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Brugermanual (User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Den primære dokumentation\SpecialChar \@. Vi vil dække -\emph on +\emph on de fleste -\emph default +\emph default af de grundlæggende LyX-funktioner her\SpecialChar \@. Brugermanualen vil gå ud fra, at du har læst -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Avancerede\SpecialChar ~ -funktioner (Extended\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Avancerede\InsetSpace ~ +funktioner (Extended\InsetSpace ~ Features) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard En udvidelse af -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanual -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. Dokumenterer hvordan du bruger de gå LaTeX-kommandoer, yderligere layout, redigeringsfunktioner til bestemte formål --- og viser nogle af de (noget bizarre men snedige) trick, LaTeX-kendere har adgang til\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Tilpasning (Customization) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard En beskrivelse af avancerede LyX-funktioner, herunder hvordan du tilpasser LyX's generelle opførsel til dine behov\SpecialChar \@. @@ -1389,20 +1575,23 @@ En beskrivelse af avancerede LyX-funktioner, herunder hvordan du tilpasser sprogtilpasning og konfigurationsfiler\SpecialChar \@. Du skal end ikke tænke på at kigge her, før du har læst -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX-konfiguration (LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX-konfiguration (LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ configuration) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX undersøger dit system ved installationen\SpecialChar \@. Denne fil indeholder de oplysninger @@ -1410,59 +1599,96 @@ LyX unders Tjek her for at se, om du mangler noget, du muligvis gerne ville have\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Disse filer vil referere til hinanden, når det er nødvendigt\SpecialChar \@. For eksempel indeholder -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanual -\emph default +\emph default nogen information om installation og tilpasning, men henviser læseren til -\emph on +\emph on Tilpasning -\emph default +\emph default for mere information\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi vil lige gentage en vigtigt pointe: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Læs -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default nu, hvis du ikke kender LyX i forvejen\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ellers vil du frustrere dig selv unødigt\SpecialChar \@. LyX kan rigtigt meget, men kræver en anden angrebsvinkel\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kap:Bidrag} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bidrag til LyX-projektet -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section At bidrage til LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX er hovedsageligt skrevet i C++ (LaTeX-indlæseren er skrevet i Perl). Det er et stort projekt og er derfor ikke uden fejl eller behov for forbedringe r i kildeteksten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapportér fejl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Under brugen af LyX kan det ske at du finder noget, du anser for at være en fejl\SpecialChar \@. @@ -1472,38 +1698,42 @@ Under brugen af LyX kan det ske at du finder noget, du anser for at v få at vide, hvis der er dele af brugerfladen, du synes er forvirrende eller uklare\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har et fejlsporingssystem, som du finde på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX fejlsporing]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Du bar tjekke dette inden du indrapporterer en fejl, så du undgår at den allerede er anmeldt\SpecialChar \@. Hvis du har kommentarer til en eksisterende fejl eller vil rapportere en ny fejl, kan du enten bruge fejlsporingssystemet eller sende et engelsksproget brev til udviklingslisten på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Du finder arkivet fra denne liste på LyX's hoved-webside, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX webside]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En god (brugbar) fejlrapport fortæller som minimum hvilken udgave af LyX, du har problemer med\SpecialChar \@. @@ -1517,136 +1747,148 @@ En god (brugbar) fejlrapport fort Hvis det er et problem med oversættelsen af kildekoden, skal du vedlægge filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default , og nævne hvilken oversætter, du bruger. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du får LyX til at bryde ned, vil vi bede dig om at tage dig tid til at spore fejlen med gdb\SpecialChar \@. Kun LyX fra gdb ved for eksempel at skrive -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset og derefter -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset run -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Få LyX til at bryde ned, hvorefter du går tilbage til gdb\SpecialChar \@. Brug kommandoen \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small bt -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset til at lave en \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -fil og medtag indholdet i din fejlrapport \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard hvis du vil være grundig, kan du bruge kommandoerne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset info locals -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset og -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset til at udskrive indholdet af lokale variable og nogle få stakniveauer\SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hvis det er muligt, er en beskrivelse af hvordan man kan fremprovokere fejlen vigtigere end en \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -fil, fordi vi så selv har mulighed for at undersøge fejlen\SpecialChar \@. Hvis fejlen ikke er let at reproducere er \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -filen essentiel, da den i så tilfælde er alt hvad vi har at gå ud fra. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bidrag med fejlrettelser og nye funktioner -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du har lavet ændringer i LyX's kildetekst, som du synes bør indføres i LyX, kan du sende dine ændringer som en diff-fil (i 'unified' format) til udviklingslisten, der blev nævnt ovenfor, sammen med en beskrivelse af ændringen og hvad den gør. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bidrag til dokumentationen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX's dokumentation er omfattende\SpecialChar \@. Alligevel er LyX under konstant udvikling, @@ -1656,116 +1898,143 @@ LyX's dokumentation er omfattende\SpecialChar \@. Dette afsnit beskriver hvad du gør, hvis du finder en fejl eller har forslag til forbedring af dokumentatio nen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapportér fejl i manualerne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Send et engelsksproget brev til postlisten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default , hvis du finder fejl i dokumentationen\SpecialChar \@. Dokumentationsholdet vil tage sig af de nødvendige rettelser\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Deltag i dokumentationsholdet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ligesom alt andet i LyX-projektet, kan LyX's dokumentationsprojekt altid bruge hjælp! Hvis du er interesseret i at bidrage til dokumentationsprojektet, skal du -\emph on +\emph on først -\emph default +\emph default gennemføre følgende registrering: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hent den seneste kildetekst til LyX\SpecialChar \@. Udpak den \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De mere eventyrlystne kan hente den seneste kildtekst fra LyX's CVS-arkiv --- den ligger i modulet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Du vil finde et katalog inden i hovedkataloget kaldet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc/ -\family default +\family default . Inden i dette katalog ligger filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Læs den, det er dokumentationens skabelon\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tag et par dages pause og læs derefter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default igen\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Læs derefter -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanual -\emph default +\emph default og -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Meningen med denne øvelse er, at give dig idéer\SpecialChar \@. -\emph on +\emph on Selvstudium -\emph default +\emph default og -\emph on +\emph on Brugermanualen -\emph default +\emph default vil altid være de mest opdaterede filer i dokumentationen\SpecialChar \@. Du vil kunne få et godt indtryk af, hvordan vi vil have manualerne til at se ud og virke\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Kontakt holdet på engelsk på: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard og beskriv de ændringer, du foreslår og gå noget respons på dem\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard De ændringer, du kan foreslå at lave kan være alt lige fra at øge forståelighede n af teksten til at lave større omstruktureringer af dokumentationen. Alle forbedringer modtages med tak\SpecialChar \@. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx index b998cc77d2..de580078af 100644 --- a/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language danish \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 10 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2517 +24,3664 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Indholdsfortegnelse over LyX's dokumentation -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduktion til LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 LyX-filosofien +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Hvad er LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Forskelle mellem LyX og anden tekst\SpecialChar \- behandling -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Hvad -\emph on +\emph on er -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX (og hvad rager det mig)? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Dokumentationen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Formatet -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Manualerne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Bidrag til LyX-projektet +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 At bidrage til LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Rapportér fejl -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Bidrag med fejlrettelser og nye funktioner +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Bidrag til dokumentationen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Rapportér fejl i manualerne -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Deltag i dokumentationsholdet. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Welcome to LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 What the Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default and What it -\emph on +\emph on isn't +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Getting the Most out of the Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 What You -\emph on +\emph on Won't -\emph default +\emph default Find: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Getting Started with LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Your First LyX Document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Typing, Viewing, and Printing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Simple Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sections and Subsections -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Lists and sublists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Writing Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Text classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Templates: Writing a Letter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Labels and Cross-References +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Your first label -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Your first cross-references -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 More fun with labels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographies -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Table of Contents +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Using Math +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Math Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigating an Equation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponents and Indices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 The -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Greek and symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Square roots, accents, and delimiters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Display mode +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 More Math Stuff +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Other Major LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX for LaTeX Users +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importing LaTeX Documents--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Document Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Other Preamble Matter +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Errors! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx index db7b74e6c8..7bdfd92d1d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 20mm \topmargin 10mm @@ -30,56 +31,73 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX-Anpassung: -\newline +\newline Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX-Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Übersetzung: -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Leif Albers -\noun default +\noun default und -\noun on +\noun on Hartmut -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Haase -\noun default +\noun default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Date -15.\SpecialChar ~ +15.\InsetSpace ~ September 2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten LyX bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen. @@ -92,577 +110,651 @@ rung, Installation neuer LaTeX-Klassen und LyX-Layouts usw. ein, als wir sie dokumentieren können --- doch werden die grundlegenden Fähigkeiten von LyX dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskureren Hinweise gegeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Version 1.1.6 von LyX wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbare n Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default aufrufen können. Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda teien von LyX nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, LyX an -\emph on +\emph on Ihre -\emph default +\emph default Bedürfnisse anzupassen. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien von LyX vertraut zu machen. Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze ichnis von LyX auf Ihrem Rechner befindet. Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Über\SpecialChar ~ +Über\InsetSpace ~ Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\bar under + +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default . In diesem Verzeichnis speichert LyX alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien, wir werden es im weiteren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default nennen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Was befindet sich in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen das Verhalten von LyX beeinflusst werden kann. Diese Dateien können direkt von LyX aus über den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default gelesen und geändert werden. Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an LyX ändern wollen, können Sie hier einstellen. Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in LyX angepaßt werden, indem man diverse andere Dateien in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default verändert. Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch nitten behandelt werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Automatisch erzeugte Dateien -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von LyX erzeugt. Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems ermittelt werden. Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von LyX überschrieben werden können. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium lyxrc.defaults -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle. Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default verändert werden. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium packages.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung aller LaTeX-Pakete, die von LyX erkannt wurden. Derzeit wird diese Liste von LyX selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Informati on, zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTe -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans -X\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +X\InsetSpace ~ Konfiguration -\family default +\family default zugänglich. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium textclass.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout -\family default +\family default gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen und einer kurzen Beschreibung. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx.in -\family default +\family default erzeugt. Jeder Eintrag der Form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @chk_bla@ -\family default +\family default wird dabei durch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset yes \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset no \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bla -\family default +\family default gefunden wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Verzeichnisse -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium bind/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default . In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können. - Siehe dazu Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Siehe dazu Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Falls eine Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_xxx.bind -\family default +\family default mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von LyX angepaßten Tastenbelegung existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen. - Näheres dazu finden Sie in Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Näheres dazu finden Sie in Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset - und Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + und Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium clipart/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hier sind einige PostScript®-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente einbinden können. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium doc/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Enthält die Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie gerade lesen). Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default . Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen. - Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Siehe dazu Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium examples/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke iten von LyX nutzen können. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eispiele -\family default +\family default im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter images/ -\family default +\family default Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählungszeichen -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default benötigt werden. Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste und das Bild für den Startbildschirm. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium kbd/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert. - Näheres dazu finden Sie im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Näheres dazu finden Sie im Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium layouts/ -\family default -\series default - Hier werden die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + Hier werden die in Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen gespeichert. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX/ -\family default +\family default Enthält eine große Anzahl von Dateien des reLyX Paketes, mit dem Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gutartige \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren können. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex/ -\family default +\family default Einige LyX-spezifische LaTeX-Textklassendateien ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ui/ -\family default +\family default Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default , die die Benutzerschnittstelle von LyX festlegen, also welche Einträge in welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist. - Siehe hierzu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Siehe hierzu Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ ??? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von LyX verwendet. Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium CREDITS -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler. Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Über\SpecialChar ~ +Über\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default angezeigt. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium chkconfig.ltx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ist ein LaTeX-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird. Starten Sie es nie direkt. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium configure -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von LyX verwendet wird. Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es aufgerufen wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Andere Dateien -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter encodings -\family default +\family default Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodieru ngen in Unicode dargestellt werden. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external_templates -\family default +\family default Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das neue -\family sans -Externe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Externe\InsetSpace ~ Einfügung -\family default +\family default Modul. - Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Siehe dazu Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Externes} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter languages -\family default +\family default Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von LyX unterstützten Sprachen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default Veraltet. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eventuell benutzen Sie LyX als unprivilegierter Benutzer und wollen dennoch einige Einstellungen der Konfiguration verändern. Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default , in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird. Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nutzerverzeichnis \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Über\SpecialChar ~ +Über\InsetSpace ~ Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X -\family default +\family default angezeigt. Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses verwendet. @@ -670,230 +762,256 @@ X Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt. Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden. Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall nur für Sie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies läßt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Um eine LyX Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, mußte der Benutzer zunächst die Datei \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LyXDir/lyxrc.example} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit, um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren. Neuere Versionen von LyX lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default gemacht werden, werden in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default gespeichert. Danach (d. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ wenn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default gefunden wird) wird die alte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default eine Neukonfiguration von LyX durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default - gespeichert (im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + gespeichert (im Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie eine Liste all derjenigen Optionen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default , die davon betroffen sind). Das bedeutet, daß ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in Ihrem Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default gespeichert haben, im Feld \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Klasse \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset des Dialoges -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default erscheinen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen in einem Verzeichnis installiert haben, das LaTeX über die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default findet, können auch diese in LyX verwendet werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default -Datei dafür. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie sich von einem LyX-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber nicht \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset offiziell \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können Sie diese Dateien einfach nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/doc -\family default +\family default kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe -\family default +\family default -Menü geöffnet. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:LyX-multiconf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von LyX durch das lokale Verzeichnis wird für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedlic he Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. unterschiedliche Tastaturkürzel und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen. Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen erreichen und LyX jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet werden soll. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Indem Sie LyX mit der Option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -userdir -\emph on +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default starten erreichen Sie das die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln Sie indem Sie LyX ohne diese Option starten). @@ -904,151 +1022,163 @@ Indem Sie LyX mit der Option nicht verändert - beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig. Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX_USERDIR_12x -\family default +\family default auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichbar sein soll, müssen Sie sie in -\emph on +\emph on allen -\emph default +\emph default Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen. Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem LyX das neue UserDir angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (s. \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset o.) leer. Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen UserDir ersetzen. Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc -\family default +\family default müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss kript ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default ) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Der Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei alten Versionen von LyX bestand die Konfiguration darin, die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default manuell zu editieren. - Dies wurde mit LyX\SpecialChar ~ + Dies wurde mit LyX\InsetSpace ~ 1.1.6 geändert, es steht nun mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default ein interaktiver Dialog zur Verfügung der die Mühsal der Konfiguration beendet. Die alte Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default wird nur solange verwendet, bis Sie das erste Mal den neuen Konfigurationsdialo g verwenden. Alle weiteren Änderungen werden in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default gespeichert, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default wird danach nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In der neuen Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default werden nur noch diejenigen Einstellungen gespeichert, die von den Standardwerte n abweichen. Einige dieser Standardwerte sind fest in LyX einkompiliert, andere werden in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default festgelegt. Beachten Sie bitte das in beiden Dateien Zeilen, die mit einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset beginnen, Kommentare sind und nicht ausgewertet werden. Jedoch sollte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default nur vom Systemadministator verändert werden, und die Nutzer sollten ihre persönliche Konfiguration in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default nur über den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default verändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir hoffen daß der Dialog im großen und ganzen selbsterklärend ist. Praktisch alle Befehle haben einen erklärenden Kommentar, es sollte Ihnen @@ -1056,31 +1186,37 @@ Wir hoffen da anzupassen. Bevor wir nun jedoch ein paar der wichtigeren Optionen vorstellen ein Wort der Warnung: Einige der Einstellungen, die Sie mit dem Klick auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default aktivieren, werden sofort umgesetzt (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. Bildschirmzeichensätze), andere (wie etwa das Ändern der bind-Datei) bedürfen eines Neustarts von LyX. Wenn sich also nach einer Änderung scheinbar nichts verändert hat -- speichern Sie die Konfiguration und starten Sie LyX neu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dem Zeichensatz, den LyX zur Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm verwendet, kommt eine besondere Bedeutung zu, denn er sollte so gut lesbar sein wie nur @@ -1094,57 +1230,63 @@ Dem Zeichensatz, den LyX zur Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm verwendet, kommt gut vorbereitet treffen können. Denn es handelt sich dabei um eine Entscheidung, die von Ihren Wünschen und den Fähigkeiten Ihres Rechners beeinflußt wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie bitte, daß es in diesem Abschnitt nur um die Zeichensätze für die -\emph on +\emph on Bildschirmdarstellung -\emph default +\emph default innerhalb von LyX geht. Die Zeichensätze, die später für den Ausdruck verwendet werden, sind davon vollkommen unabhängig und werden durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse bestimmt. Das Ändern von Zeichensätzen für den Ausdruck wird im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Grundsätzlich gibt es zwei unterschiedliche Typen von Bildschirmzeichensätzen: skalierbare ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset outline \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) und nichtskalierbare ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset bitmap \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Diese Unterscheidung erscheint zunächst etwas akademisch, denn die meisten modernen Zeichensatzgeneratoren können auch die nichtskalierbaren Zeichensätze vergrößern oder verkleinern. Der Unterschied liegt aber in der -\emph on +\emph on Qualität -\emph default +\emph default dieser Skalierung und der -\emph on +\emph on Geschwindigkeit -\emph default +\emph default , mit der sie dargestellt werden können. Die wichtigste Entscheidung ist deshalb, ob Sie nichtskalierbare oder skalierba re Zeichensätze verwenden wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die skalierbaren Zeichensätze werden über die Umrisse der einzelnen Glyphen (also Buchstaben, Zahlen, Satzzeichen usw.) definiert. @@ -1163,7 +1305,9 @@ Die skalierbaren Zeichens zu halten, werden dabei gewisse Vereinfachungen gemacht. Dies hat möglicherweise zur Folge, daß ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz bei kleinen Vergrößerungen sehr schlecht zu lesen ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demgegenüber sind Bitmap-Zeichensätze von vornherein als kleine Grafikdateien angelegt, deshalb sehen Sie bei der Größe, für die sie berechnet wurden, @@ -1171,17 +1315,19 @@ Demgegen Sie können aber nur schlecht skaliert werden, denn für eine Vergrößerung müssen aus einem Pixel mehrere gemacht werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie kennen diesen Effekt vermutlich. Er tritt auch auf, wenn Sie in einem Bildbearbeitungsprogramm wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xv -\family default +\family default ein Bild stark vergrößern. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Um das zu vermeiden, werden Bitmap-Zeichensätze bereits für verschiedene häufig benutzte Größen (8 Pixel bis etwa 34 Pixel Zeichenhöhe) berechnet @@ -1191,7 +1337,9 @@ xv Darstellung sehr viel schneller als skalierbare Zeichensätze. Der Nachteil ist, daß nichtvorhandene Vergrößerungsstufen durch Pixelverdopplun g berechnet werden müssen und deshalb schlecht aussehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als Fazit kann man also sagen, daß die Bitmap-Zeichensätze normalerweise für kleinere Vergrößerungsstufen vorzuziehen sind (vorausgesetzt es gibt @@ -1204,119 +1352,139 @@ Als Fazit kann man also sagen, da Dadurch würde ein solches Dokument ziemlich armselig aussehen. Sie sollten also einfach auf Ihrem Rechner beide Möglichkeiten ausprobieren und entscheiden, welche Ihnen besser gefällt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Standardmäßig verwendet LyX nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze. Als normaler Zeichensatz (mit Serifen) wird -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default verwendet, für Sans Serif -\emph on +\emph on Helvetica -\emph default +\emph default und für Schreibmaschine -\emph on +\emph on Courier -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In den folgenden Abschnitten wird beschrieben, was Sie alles tun können, wenn Ihr Text in LyX nicht gut aussieht. Begonnen wird mit den wichtigsten Parametern: Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX versucht automatisch die verwendeten Zeichensätze so zu skalieren, daß Ihre Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm bis auf den sogenannten Zoom-Faktor der späteren Größe auf dem Papier entspricht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit dies auf allen Systemen funktioniert, vertraut LyX darauf, daß die DPI-Einstellung des Bildschirmes richtig ist. DPI steht für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dots per Inch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , Punkte je Zoll, und beschreibt die Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung der Bildschirmdarstellung. Diese Einstellung erfragt LyX automatisch beim X-Server. Welchen Wert LyX so feststellt, können Sie herausfinden, wenn Sie LyX folgender maßen starten: -\family typewriter -lyx\SpecialChar ~ --dbg\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +lyx\InsetSpace ~ +-dbg\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun ist X aber nicht auf jedem System richtig konfiguriert, deshalb sollten Sie diese Einstellung selber nachprüfen. Geben Sie dazu den Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -xdpyinfo\SpecialChar ~ -|\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xdpyinfo\InsetSpace ~ +|\InsetSpace ~ more -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein und notieren Sie sich den DPI-Wert beim Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset resolution: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (dies ist der Wert, den auch LyX automatisch findet). Notieren Sie sich außerdem die Anzahl der Pixel auf Ihrem Bildschirm (die erste Zahl hinter dem Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset dimensions \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dann nehmen Sie sich ein Lineal und messen Sie die sichtbare Breite des Bildes auf dem Schirm. @@ -1328,16 +1496,20 @@ Dann nehmen Sie sich ein Lineal und messen Sie die sichtbare Breite des Wert abweicht, sollten Sie entweder den X-Server neu konfigurieren oder zumindest LyX mitteilen, daß der tatsächliche Wert ein anderer als der vom X-Server gemeldete ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie die Einstellung des X-Servers nicht verändern wollen oder können (immerhin profitieren auch andere Programme als LyX von einer korrekten Konfiguration), können Sie LyX den wahren Wert im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default mitteilen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn der Text nun für Ihren Geschmack zu groß oder zu klein ist, können Sie mit dem Zoom-Faktor experimentieren. @@ -1352,44 +1524,48 @@ Wenn der Text nun f kann. Doch da es sich bei LyX um ein WYSIWYM-System handelt, ist diese Einschränkung nicht sehr bedeutend. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Standardeinstellung für den Zoom-Faktor ist 150, da ein Bildschirm normalerw eise breiter als ein Blatt Papier ist. Sie sollten aber mit der Einstellung experimentieren. Verändern können Sie den Wert über das Feld -\family sans +\family sans Vergrößerung -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\family default +\family default . Ein Tip zum Probieren: Verwenden Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ü -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ernehmen -\family default +\family default , dann bleibt der Dialog geöffnet und Sie können leicht andere Werte eintragen. Wenn Sie dann einen Wert gefunden haben, der Ihren Wünschen entspricht, können Sie diesen mit -\family sans +\family sans Speichern -\family default +\family default dauerhaft übernehmen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auf diese Weise ist es meist möglich, eine angemessene Darstellung des Textes auf dem Bildschirm zu erreichen. @@ -1398,94 +1574,102 @@ Auf diese Weise ist es meist m Deshalb gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die den verwendeten Zeichensatz festlegen, um Ihnen so noch mehr Möglichkeiten zu geben, die Darstellung am Bildschirm zu optimieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie bereits erwähnt, verwendet LyX standardmäßig nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze. Als Schrift mit Serifen wird -\emph on +\emph on Times -\emph default +\emph default verwendet, für serifenfreie Schrift -\emph on +\emph on Helvetica -\emph default +\emph default und für den Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine -\emph on +\emph on Courier -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle diese Einstellungen können Sie über den Konfigurationsdialog verändern. Die Anzahl der vom System zur Verfügung gestellten Zeichensätze ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden, jedoch sollte überall das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default installiert sein. Dieses können Sie verwenden um geeignete Zeichensätze zu suchen. Haben Sie einen gefunden, tragen Sie die ersten beiden Elemente des Namens (in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default heißen sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset fndry \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset fmly \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) in das entsprechende Namensfeld im Dialog ein und klicken Sie auf -\family sans +\family sans Übernehmen -\family default +\family default . LyX formatiert dann denn Text unter der Verwendung des angegebenen Zeichensatze s neu und wenn Ihnen das Ergebnis zusagt können Sie es dauerhaft speichern. Eine guter Startpunkt ist nachzusehen ob der skalierbare Zeichensatz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utopia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset installiert ist. Und noch ein Tip: Anhand der Werte in den Feldern -\family typewriter +\family typewriter resx -\family default +\family default bzw. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter resy -\family default +\family default können Sie feststellen ob der entsprechende Zeichensatz skalierbar ist; ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz hat hier eine Null stehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor Sie einen Bitmap-Zeichensatz verwerfen, weil er bei Vergrößerung blockig aussieht, sollten Sie jedoch zuerst die Option \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bitmap Fonts skalieren \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset deaktivieren. Dies ist aber nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie auch Bitmap-Zeichensätze verwenden, @@ -1494,14 +1678,14 @@ Bitmap Fonts skalieren sicher, daß die Zeichensätze am Bildschirm gut aussehen. Welche Größen für die jeweiligen Zeichensätze zur Verfügung stehen, können Sie mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xlsfonts -\family default +\family default herausfinden. Näheres dazu liefert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man xlsfonts -\family default +\family default . Ein Nachteil dieser Vorgehensweise ist, daß nun die Unterschiede zwischen den Zeichensatzgrößen auf dem Bildschirm und denen auf dem Papier größer @@ -1509,14 +1693,14 @@ man xlsfonts die genau passende. Ebenfalls kann es passieren, daß zwei sich logisch unterscheidende Schriftgröße n wie -\family sans +\family sans Groß -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Groß\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Groß\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default durch denselben Bildschirm-Zeichensatz dargestellt werden und dadurch nur schwer zu unterscheiden sind. Aus diesem Grund ist die Option standardmäßig aktiviert. @@ -1526,51 +1710,57 @@ Gro In jedem Fall gilt aber: Diese Einstellung hat nur Einfluss auf Bitmap-Zeichens ätze, skalierbare Zeichensätze sind aus Gründen, die Ihnen inzwischen verständli ch sein sollten, davon nicht betroffen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noch ein letzter Hinweis zu dieser Option: Es besteht kein Grund, nicht gleichzeitig skalierbare und Bitmap-Zeichensätze zu verwenden. So ist es z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. üblich, das skalierbare \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utopia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset für den normalen Text (mit Serifen) zu verwenden, und für serifenfreien Text eine Bitmap-Version von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Helvetica \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. In diesem Fall können Sie die Skalierung beruhigt abschalten, es wird nur Auswirkungen auf den Zeichensatz Helvetica haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und noch eine weitere Möglichkeit bleibt Ihnen, um die Auswirkungen zu minimiere n: Sie können für jede logische Schriftgröße genau festlegen, welche Größe zur Darstellung am Bildschirm verwendet wird. Wenn Sie LyX mit der Option -\family typewriter --dbg\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +-dbg\InsetSpace ~ 513 -\family default +\family default starten, können Sie feststellen, welche Schriftgrößen tatsächlich verwendet werden. Nun können Sie die entsprechenden Einträge im Dialog solange verändern, @@ -1583,60 +1773,66 @@ ng benutzt, um die tats auf 100 setzen, auch wenn dies falsch ist. Dabei sehen dann vor allem die skalierbaren Zeichensätze seltsam aus, also verwenden Sie diesen Tip mit Vorsicht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zeichensatzkodierung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Standardmäßig verwendet LyX Zeichensätze, die zum Schreiben von Texten in westeuropäischen Sprachen gedacht sind. Dies wird über die -\emph on +\emph on Zeichensatzkodierung -\emph default +\emph default festgelegt. Wenn Sie nun LyX verwenden wollen, um einen Text z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. in osteuropäischen Sprachen oder Kyrillisch zu schreiben, deren Zeichen nicht durch die ISO-8859-1-Kodierung abgedeckt sind, können Sie im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default odierung -\family default +\family default eine andere Kodierung aktivieren. Dies setzt allerdings voraus, daß Sie besondere Zeichensätze installiert haben. Benutzen Sie wiederum -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default , und prüfen Sie die Felder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset rgstry \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset encdng \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ob dort außer ISO-8859-X weitere Einträge vorhanden sind. Suchen Sie dann aus diesen einen Zeichensatz heraus, der die von Ihnen @@ -1644,38 +1840,44 @@ encdng Wenn Sie einen passenden gefunden haben, können Sie diesen im Dialogfeld eintragen, andernfalls müssen Sie sich zunächst (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. via Internet) geeignete Zeichensätze besorgen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie LyX derart konfigurieren, daß standardmäßig eine andere Zeichensatzkodi erung verwendet wird, sollten Sie auch darüber nachdenken, einen anderen Zeichensatz für die Menüs und Dialoge zu verwenden. Sonst wird zum Beispiel der Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default kaum lesbar sein, wenn nicht auch dort die neue Kodierung verwendet wird. Normalerweise verwendet LyX hierzu den Zeichensatz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -*-helvetica-medium-r -\family default +\family default , doch meist ist Helvetica in der von Ihnen benötigten Kodierung nicht vorhanden. Deshalb können Sie den für Menüs verwendeten Zeichensatz im Dialogbereich -\family sans +\family sans Benutzerschnittstelle -\family default +\family default ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, gibt es eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen, mit denen Sie der Darstellung am Bildschirm den letzten Schliff verpassen können. @@ -1688,67 +1890,79 @@ Wie Sie sehen, gibt es eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen, mit denen Sie der gut aussehen, können Sie bei LyX als WYSIWYM-Programm die besten Zeichensätze für die Bildschirmdarstellung verwenden, ohne sich dabei Gedanken um den Ausdruck machen zu müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für eine spätere Version von LyX ist es geplant, den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1Lib -\family default +\family default -Zeichensatzgenerator zu benutzen, der auch -\emph on +\emph on anti-aliasing -\emph default +\emph default unterstützt. Das bedeutet, daß jedes Zeichen aus mehreren Farbschattierungen zusammengesetzt werden kann, anstelle von nur zwei wie derzeit. Das erhöht scheinbar die Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung. Dadurch wird der Text am Bildschirm nicht nur besser lesbar, LyX kann dadurch den Text noch genauer in der Größe anzeigen, die er auch später auf dem Ausdruck hat, da dann z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. auch ein 14.4pt-Zeichensatz verwendet werden kann, wohingegen im Moment auf 14pt abgerundet werden muß. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tastatur-Einstellung \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Linux selber auf einem PC installiert haben, können Sie diesen Teil ignorieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} -\end_inset +\end_inset Um LyX richtig benutzen zu können, -\emph on +\emph on muß -\emph default +\emph default X richtig eingerichtet werden. Das ist besonders dann wichtig, wenn Sie die internationalen LyX-Unterstützunge n und nicht-englische Tastaturen benutzen wollen. @@ -1759,869 +1973,981 @@ n und nicht-englische Tastaturen benutzen wollen. wenn Sie ein großes System benutzen. Jeder Benutzer kann X beibringen, die richtige Tastatureinstellung zu benutzen. Sie müssen sich nicht auf Ihren Systemadministrator verlassen - -\emph on +\emph on Sie -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on sollten es auch nicht tun -\emph default +\emph default ! Sie benötigen nur die beiden folgenden Programme, um die Tastatur Ihren Bedürfnissen anzupassen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zunächst lesen Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default -Seiten der beiden Programme. Das sind Ihre wirklichen Freunde für die richtige Tastatureinstellung. Wenn Sie die Programme nicht haben, installieren Sie sie. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieses Dokument beschreibt -\emph on +\emph on nicht, -\emph default +\emph default wie man -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default benutzt. In -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default gibt es eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -Beispieldatei. Um die neuen Tastatureinstellungen zu laden, fügen Sie den Befehl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xmodmap\InsetSpace ~ .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard irgendwo in Ihre Startdateien ein (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bashrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit diesem Programm ist ein Traum wahr geworden! Es zeigt ein Bild Ihrer Tastatur, erlaubt Ihnen, Änderungen vorzunehmen, und gibt diese Änderungen in einer für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default lesbaren Form auf der Standardausgabe aus. Es ist sehr nützlich, wenn Sie versuchen, eine neue -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -Datei zu erzeugen, obwohl ein wenig -\emph on +\emph on cut-and-paste -\emph default +\emph default nötig ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sondertasten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX unterstützt drei Sondertasten: Umschalt -\family sans +\family sans [S- -\family default +\family default ], Strg -\family sans +\family sans [C- -\family default +\family default ] und Alt -\family sans +\family sans [M- -\family default +\family default ]. Wenn außerdem eine Taste als -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default -Taste konfiguriert wurde, dann können Sie damit einige Zeichen, die nicht auf Ihrer Tastatur sind, erzeugen. Diese Taste ist die Kombination -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+AltGr -\family default +\family default und/oder die rechte -\family sans +\family sans Windoof -\family default +\family default -Taste (rechts von -\family sans +\family sans AltGr -\family default +\family default ). Diese -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default -Taste kann entweder wie -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default benutzt werden oder als Präfix-Taste. Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default -Taste machen können: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ ' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -O\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +O\InsetSpace ~ R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -1\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +1\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -<\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +<\InsetSpace ~ < -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Eingabeart ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten nur manchmal benutzt. Bei Latin1-Buchstaben geht es automatisch, aber andere Methoden sind nötig, wenn Sie Ihr -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default richtig gesetzt haben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Öffnen Sie bitte zwei X-Terminals. Editieren Sie in einem eine neue -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -Datei, und lassen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default im anderen laufen. Mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default wird Ihre neue Tastaturbelegung erzeugt. Es gibt einen Knopf in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default , um die neue Tabelle auszugeben. Wenn Sie ihn drücken, gibt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default eine Menge Zeug auf dem -\emph on +\emph on xterm -\emph default +\emph default aus, von wo Sie es gestartet haben. Sie müssen es nur noch mit -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset copy-and-paste \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default in Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -Datei bringen, und Sie sind fertig. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sich etwas Schreibarbeit sparen, wenn Sie folgendes ausführen: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Dadurch erhalten Sie Ihre neue Datei. Wenn Sie aber den Knopf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset output keymap \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default mehr als einmal drücken, wird Ihre Datei durcheinander geraten. Wie alle Werkzeuge ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default nur so intelligent wie sein Benutzer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da sind noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie tun können, um sich zurechtzufinden. Versuchen Sie, das Kommando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default auszuführen. Das zeigt Ihnen alle aktiven Sondertasten. Versuchen Sie auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default , um zu sehen, welche Nummern zu welchen symbolischen Namen gehören. So sehen Sie auch die Syntax der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -Datei. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Sache müssen Sie noch prüfen: -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Rückschritt ( \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default sollten -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default dieselbe Bedeutung haben! Eindeutige Namen für diese beiden Tasten ändern das Verhalten Ihrer Programme nicht unbedingt. Einige Programme binden -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Rückschritt -\family default +\family default an dieselbe Operation (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. Emacs), aber wenn -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Rückschritt -\family default +\family default dasselbe tun, werden Sie Probleme mit LyX bekommen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tastaturkürzel \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Tastaturkürzel -\family default +\family default dienen dazu, einer Taste oder Tastenkombination eine LyX-Funktion zuzuordnen. Die LyX-Distribution umfaßt einige Dateien mit unterschiedlichen Tastaturzuordn ungen: CUA, die typische Belegung auf PC und CDE, eine Emacs-Version für diejenigen, die der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset reinen Lehre \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset folgen, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} das nimmt hoffentlich niemand ernst! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset sowie einige spezialisierte Versionen (broadway, hollywood) und an andere Sprachen (Deutsch, Französisch) angepasste Tastenbelegungen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie stattdessen Ihre Kürzel lieber selbst definieren wollen, nehmen Sie am besten diejenige Systemdatei aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind -\family default +\family default als Vorlage, die am ehesten Ihren Vorstellungen entspricht, und modifizieren Sie diese entsprechend. Vergessen Sie nicht, diese Datei dann im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default auch zu aktivieren. (Derzeit ist es noch notwendig, LyX danach neu zu starten um die Änderungen wirksam zu machen.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX unterstützt die Internationalisierung der Benutzerschnittstelle (siehe Kapitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Wenn Ihre Sprachumgebung (,, -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default ``) über die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default richtig eingestellt ist, versucht LyX entsprechende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind -\family default +\family default -Dateien zu laden, indem die Zeichenkette -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default dem Dateinamen vorangestellt wird (für Deutsch, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG=de -\family default +\family default , also z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_menus.bind -\family default +\family default ). Sie können derartige übersetzte Versionen auch in Ihrem privaten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default -Verzeichnis speichern, LyX findet und benutzt sie auch dort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Syntax der Dateien im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind -\family default +\family default -Verzeichnis ist einfach: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sowohl die Tastenkombination als auch die LyX-Funktion muß dabei in doppelten Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden. Eine Liste der LyX-Funktionen finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Benutzerschnittstelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:UI} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das Aussehen der Menü- und der Werkzeugleiste können ebenfalls im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default verändert werden. Wählen Sie dazu eine andere Datei für den Eintrag -\family sans +\family sans Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Benutzerschnittstelle\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default UI-Datei: -\family default +\family default . Derzeit existiert zwar nur eine einzige Datei, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default , aber lassen Sie sich dadurch nicht abhalten: Kopieren Sie sie in Ihr privates LyX-Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/ui -\family default +\family default und spielen Sie damit herum. Auch hier ist es derzeit noch nötig, LyX neu zu starten um Änderungen zu aktivieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Syntax dieser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default -Dateien ist ebenfalls sehr einfach, schauen Sie sich am besten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default an. Die Sektionen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toolbar -\family default +\family default müssen jeweils mit einem expliziten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter End -\family default +\family default abgeschlossen werden. Sie dürfen die Einträge -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenus -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Items -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OptItems -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Separators -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Icons -\family default +\family default und, im Falle des Menüs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter File -\family default +\family default , auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lastentry -\family default +\family default enthalten. Eine kleine Warnung dazu: Ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default kann in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default eingefügt werden, das entsprechende Menü muß aber als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default definiert werden, nicht als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX besitzt einen neuen und mächtigen Mechanismus um mittels externer Programme zwischen beliebigen Dateiformaten zu konvertieren. Geben Sie ein Paar von Formaten an, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PDF -\family default +\family default , dann geben Sie ein Programm an, das vom einen in das andere Format konvertiere n kann. Für unser Beispiel kommen zwei Wege in Frage: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Eine direkte Konvertierung von LaTeX in PDF mittels -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdflatex. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Eine stufenweise Konvertierung über Zwischenformate: LaTeX in DVI (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default ) in Post\SpecialChar \- Script® (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ) in PDF (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX wird immer den kürzesten Weg wählen, deswegen müssen Sie unterschiedliche Formatnamen für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default -Dateien angeben, wenn Sie beide Wege verwenden wollen. Beide sind im entsprechenden Dialog in -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default enthalten. Sehen Sie sie sich an und definieren Sie sich eigene... -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus kann jedem Dateiformat ein Betrachtungsprogramm zugeordnet werden, etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default , um Post\SpecialChar \- Script®-Dateien anzuzeigen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default für DVI-Dateien usw\SpecialChar \@. Im Dialog in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under i -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator Datei\SpecialChar \- for\SpecialChar \- ma\SpecialChar \- te\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default etrachter: -\family default +\family default können Sie diese Programme sowie etwaige Optionen festlegen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Optionen für den ASCII-Export -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen dient dazu, die Ausgabe und Formatierung im ASCII-Format zu verbessern. LyX versucht bei der Installation, die besten Einstellungen für Ihr System zu finden, Sie können dies aber in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under i -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator ASCII -\family default +\family default jederzeit ändern, wenn Sie mit den Vorgaben nicht einverstanden sind. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium groff-Befehl -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Damit legen Sie den Befehl fest, mit dem (durch die Unixprogramme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter troff -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default , siehe die jeweiligen Manpages) die Formatierung von ASCII-Tabellen durchgeführ t wird. Ist er nicht festgelegt, verwendet LyX den internen, schlechteren Formatierer. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\series medium +Ausgabe\InsetSpace ~ Zeilenlänge -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dieser Befehl legt die maximale Zeilenlänge in der Ausgabedatei fest. Ein Wert von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet keine Grenze. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Drucker -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under i -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator Drucker -\family default +\family default haben Sie die Möglichkeit, die Zusammenarbeit von LyX mit dem (externen) Druckbefehl genau zu steuern. Jedoch sollten die Standardeinstellungen normalerweise korrekt sein. Wenn jedoch Ihr lokaler Druckbefehl andere Optionen benötigt, können Sie das hier festlegen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie generelle Probleme mit Ihrem Drucker haben, hilft Ihnen vielleicht - Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:printer} -\end_inset +\end_inset weiter. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bildschirmfarben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under i -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Farben -\family default +\family default können Sie interaktiv festlegen, mit welchen Farben die diversen Strukturen am Bildschirm dargestellt werden. Hier eine Auswahl der wichtigeren Funktionen und ihrer Standardfarben: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2633,625 +2959,745 @@ Farben \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ly -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default X-Name -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zweck -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Standardfarbe (RGB-Wert) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cursor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Textcursor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard schwarz (0,0,0) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hintergrund -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Texthintergrund -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard leinen (250,240,230) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Textvordergrund -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard schwarz (0,0,0) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaT -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default eX-Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaT -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default eX-Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dunkelrot (139,0,0) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathematische Formeln -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dunkelblau (0,0,139) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathe (Strich) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bruchstriche, Klammern usw. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard blau (0,0,255) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathe (Hintergrund) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hintergrund für Formeln -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard leinen (250,240,230) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathe (Rahmen) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard purpurrot (255,0,255) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathe (Cursor) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard schwarz (0,0,0) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Auswahl -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Auswahlhintergrund -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard hellblau (173,216,230) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Die komplette Liste existiert derzeit nur in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LColor.C -\family default +\family default des LyX-Quellcodes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alternativ könnten Sie unter Zuhilfenahme der LyX-Funktion -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color -\family default +\family default (siehe -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default ) und der X11-Namen der Farben die Zuordnung manuell vornehmen. Die dazu notwendige Syntax ist -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code set-color LyXName X11-Farbe -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Automatische Einstellungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset Einige Einstellungen werden von LyX selbständig ermittelt, wenn Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigu\SpecialChar \- rie\SpecialChar \- ren -\family default +\family default wählen. Im vorliegenden Abschnitt zählen wir diejenigen Einstellungen auf, die die Nutzerkonfiguration betreffen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash latex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default enthält den Namen eines gültigen LaTeX2e-Prozessors (automatisch getestet werden -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2e -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ist auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default gesetzt, wenn Sie Ghostscript installiert haben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash view_ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wird auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default gesetzt, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Programme installiert haben ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{\view_pspic_command} -\end_inset +\end_inset wird auf dasselbe Programm gesetzt). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default verwendet entweder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default + -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tbl -\family default +\family default , je nachdem, was vorhanden ist. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wird auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default plus einiger Optionen gesetzt (falls vorhanden). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash fax_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wird auf -\family typewriter -fax\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +fax\InsetSpace ~ send -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sendfax -\family default +\family default gesetzt, je nachdem, welches Fax-Paket gefunden wurde. Benötigte Kommandooptionen werden ebenfalls mit angegeben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wird für System-V-Systeme auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default und für BSD-Systeme auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default eingestellt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_printerprefix -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wird auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -d -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default gesetzt, je nachdem, ob -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default gefunden wurden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash font_encoding -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Falls die -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold ec -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -Zeichensätze gefunden und von LaTeX unterstützt werden, wird dies auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default gesetzt. Haben Sie nur die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dc -\family default +\family default -Zeichensätze, können Sie die Option von Hand aktivieren. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Weitere Befehle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch eine große Zahl an weiteren Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten, die hier nicht erwähnt wurden. Leider ist die Dokumentation noch nicht vollständig. Aber die meisten davon sind zum Glück selbsterklärend. Eine weitere mögliche Quelle von Informationen ist das -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default , jedoch ist auch dieses nicht immer auf dem allerneuesten Stand. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Internationales LyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche. - Einmal wird in\SpecialChar ~ + Einmal wird in\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:interface-aendern} -\end_inset +\end_inset - und\SpecialChar ~ + und\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel} -\end_inset +\end_inset erklärt, wie man LyX mitteilt, daß man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung arbeitet. Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man LyX an eine neue Sprache anpaßt, d. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph on + +\emph on h. -\emph default -\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +\InsetSpace ~ -\emph on +\emph on wie man es übersetzt. Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress @@ -3259,39 +3705,43 @@ ant sein. Die letzten beiden Abschnitte, \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung} -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset , waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date. (Leif Albers) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten. Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution. Die Sprache Ihrer Wahl ist Ihre -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default [in etwa: Örtlichkeit]. (Für weitere Informationen über -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default -Definitionen ist die Manpage \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset locale(5) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein guter Startpunkt.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitte beachten Sie, daß diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen. @@ -3306,616 +3756,686 @@ weise von LyX ein. Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung, manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu kümmern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:interface-aendern} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Normalerweise erfolgt die gesamte Benutzerführung in englisch. Um eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, müssen Sie die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LANG -\family default +\family default setzen. Benutzen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setenv LANG xx -\family default +\family default in csh-kompatiblen und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter export LANG=xx -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default in sh-kompatiblen Shells. Ersetzen Sie dabei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx -\family default +\family default durch den Zwei-Buchstaben-Code der Sprache, die Sie verwenden möchten -- zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de -\family default +\family default für deutsch. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Noch besser wäre es, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LANG -\family default +\family default auf den Wert de_DE zu setzen, da andere Programme (z. \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset B. KDE) nach DE suchen, oder sogar den vollständigen Wert de_DE.iso88591 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Normalerweise werden Sie den passenden Befehl in eine der Startdateien einfügen, also z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.Xsession -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xinitrc -\family default +\family default , damit die übersetzte Schnittstelle automatisch benutzt wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß all dies -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default funktioniert, wenn Sie LyX mit der Option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter --disable-nls -\family default +\family default kompiliert haben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ein Hauptgrund für Inkonsistenzen in übersetzten LyX-Versionen ist die Tatsache, daß alle Tastaturkürzel für die Menüfunktionen ursprünglich auf den englischen Text zugeschnitten wurden. Das heißt, unabhängig vom tatsächlichen Menüeintrag wird das Kürzel -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default das Popup -\family typewriter +\family typewriter new-file-from-template \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter new-file-from-template -\family default +\family default ist der LyX-interne Befehl, der das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default anwählt. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default öffnen. Es ist allerdings einfach, dies zu ändern, da alle Tastenkürzel für die Menüfunktionen in einer einzigen Datei definiert werden, in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/menus.bind -\family default +\family default . Jeder Anwender kann eine eigene Version dieser Datei in sein privates LyX-Verze ichnis ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/bind -\family default +\family default ) kopieren und verändern. Diese wird anstelle der systemweiten Datei eingelesen. In diesem privaten Verzeichnis kann man die Definitionen einfach ändern, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. von -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default nach -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default (für -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default ). Für einige Sprachen existieren schon angepasste Versionen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _menus.bind -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bezeichnet den Code der Sprache). Diese werden von LyX automatisch benutzt, sofern sie existieren (und Ihre -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG= -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default gesetzt wurde). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie müssen darauf achten, daß neue Definitionen nicht mit anderen, vorangehenden Definitionen kollidieren. Beispielsweise würde die oben genannte Definition von -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default für Benutzer, die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default verwenden, eine Fehlermeldung erzeugen, denn in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default wird -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default bereits als als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\family default +\family default löscht das Wort rechts vom Cursor. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default definiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX Version 1.0 werden die übersetzten Namen der Hauptmenüs (die in den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -Dateien stehen) für den Tasten\SpecialChar \- de\SpecialChar \- fi\SpecialChar \- ni\SpecialChar \- tions-Mechanismus verwendet -- deshalb müssen auch in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menus.bind -\family default +\family default die -\emph on +\emph on übersetzten -\emph default +\emph default Menünamen verwendet werden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX übersetzen -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten. Um LyX dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -Datei für diese Sprache erstellen. Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mo -\family default +\family default -Datei erzeugen und diese installieren. Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU gettext \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich nur auf englisch. Die Veränderungen, die an der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden ( -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kopieren Sie im Verzeichnis des LyX-Quellcodes die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot -\family default +\family default nach -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .po -\family default +\family default . (Falls -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter -make\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +make\InsetSpace ~ lyx.pot -\family default +\family default neu erzeugt werden.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editieren Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx.po \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wir empfehlen, für diese Aufgabe Emacs zu benutzen, da die Distribution der gettext-Library auch einen hübschen Emacs-Modus enthält, der Sie bei dieser Arbeit unterstützt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls übersetzt werden sollten. Diese Tasten werden mit ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default ' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden. Es gibt ein Prolog-Programm namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scgen.pl -\family default +\family default , das sich im Quellverzeichnis in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LYX-SOURCE-DIR/development/tools/} -\end_inset +\end_inset befindet. Vielleicht hilft es Ihnen bei der Bestimmung der Tastenkürzel. Beachten Sie, daß XForms (zumindest die Version 0.86) nur 7-Bit-Zeichen als Tastenkürzel verarbeiten kann. -\newline +\newline Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen (mit Ihrer e-mail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar sind, die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erzeugen Sie die Datei -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .mo -\family default +\family default . Dies tun Sie mit dem Befehl: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter msgfmt -o -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .mo -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .po -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kopieren Sie die mo-Datei unter dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.mo -\family default +\family default in den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter locale -\family default +\family default -Baum im richtigen Verzeichnis für Anwendungsmitteilungen für Sprache -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default , z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B.: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cp -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .mo /usr/local/share/locale/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default /LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um eine neue -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default -Datei zu der LyX- -\emph on +\emph on Distribution -\emph default +\emph default hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Scripts und mehr) verändert werden. Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den LyX-Quellcode für den Anwender unnötig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die LyX zur Zeit noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei zusenden. Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Dokumentation übersetzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on [Anmerkung des Übersetzers: -\emph default +\emph default wenn -\emph on +\emph on Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden Fall das englische Original. Übersetzungen -- diese eingeschlossen -- sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten Stand. -LA] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe -\family default +\family default -Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden. Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Derzeit (April 1999) sind praktisch alle Texte ins Deutsche übersetzt. Das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default wurde in die Sprachen Französisch, Polnisch, Portugiesisch und Schwedisch übersetzt, andere Sprachen sind in Arbeit. Die Bibliothek an übersetzten Texten wächst ständig. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset und die -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von LyX benutzt. (Leider sind bisher nur wenige Übersetzungen vorhanden.) LyX sucht nach übersetzten Versionen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/doc/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _DocName.lyx -\family default +\family default (wobei, wie immer, -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar \- kür\SpecialChar \- zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LANG -\family default +\family default gesetzt wird). Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet. Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _ -\family default +\family default ) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocName -\family default +\family default ) tragen wie die englischen Originale. Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tips, die Ihnen möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lesen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default , der Leitfaden zum Schreiben der LyX-Dokumentation. Beachten Sie vor allem den Abschnitt für Übersetzer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Hompage des \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Developer Teams]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind, auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten koordiniert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen sind hier einige Tips, die Ihnen vielleicht einige Schwierigkeiten überwinden helfen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inführung -\family default +\family default ). Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut, in die Sie übersetzen möchten. @@ -3924,1566 +4444,1792 @@ ene Konventionen eingef Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen. Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren. -\emph on +\emph on (Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an. Von Zeit zu Zeit wird die Originalversion erneuert. Sie können beispielsweise CVSweb auf der LyX-Entwickler-Seite im WWW verwenden um zu sehen, was sich verändert hat. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alternativ können Sie auch lokal eine Kopie des (englischen) Ausgangstextes aufbewahren und diese dann mit der neuen Version vergleichen (z. \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset B. mit dem Unix-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter diff -\family default +\family default ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit. (Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?) -\emph on +\emph on Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Internationale Tastaturbelegung \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Anmerkung des Editors: der folgende Abschnitt stammt von Ivan Schreter. Er wurde noch nicht an den neuen Dokumentationsstil angepaßt und macht - noch keinen Gebrauch von den neuen Möglichkeiten von Version\SpecialChar ~ + noch keinen Gebrauch von den neuen Möglichkeiten von Version\InsetSpace ~ 1.0. Auch sollte er mit dem folgenden Abschnitt zusammengefasst werden. -jw -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das -\emph on +\emph on Keymap -\emph default +\emph default -Dateiformat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen wir uns einmal die -\emph on +\emph on Keymap -\emph default +\emph default -Datei ein wenig näher an. Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Tasten -- sogenannte -\emph on +\emph on dead keys -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ausnahmen für tote Tasten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient folgender Befehl: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmap Taste Ausgabe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard wobei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Taste -\family default +\family default die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ausgabe -\family default +\family default die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll. - Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:\SpecialChar ~ + Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:\InsetSpace ~ + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default Taste Tote-Taste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard wobei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Taste -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tote-Taste -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default der Name einer toten Taste ist. LyX unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern): -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Name -\hfill +\hfill Beispiel -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation acute (acu) -\hfill +\hfill áéíóú -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation grave (gra) -\hfill +\hfill àèìòù -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation macron (mac) -\hfill +\hfill \i \={o} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tilde (til) -\hfill +\hfill ñÑ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underbar (underb) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash b o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation cedilla (ced) -\hfill +\hfill çÇ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underdot (underd) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash d o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circumflex (circu) -\hfill +\hfill âêîôû -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circle (circl) -\hfill +\hfill Å\i \r{u} \i \r{U} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tie (tie) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash t oo -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation breve (bre) -\hfill +\hfill \i \u{a} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash u o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation caron (car) -\hfill +\hfill \i \v{c} \i \v{s} \i \v{z} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation hungarian umlaut (hug) -\hfill +\hfill \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation umlaut (uml) -\hfill +\hfill äöü -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation dot (dot) -\hfill +\hfill \i \.{z} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash .s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese definiert werden, und zwar mit: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o erzeugen. Dies erreicht man mit: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter caron o " -\backslash +\backslash ^o" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird. Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist ein Sonderzeichen. Um ihn einzugeben muß man einen doppelten Backslash \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingeben. Auch das Anführungszeichen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset " \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und das Doppelkreuz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset haben eine andere Bedeutung. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und das Ende eines Strings (d. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout -h.\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +h.\InsetSpace ~ einer LaTeX-Befehlssequenz). Um diese Zeichen anzugeben, muß ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash " -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash # -\family default +\family default ). Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt haben, bitte mailen Sie diese an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die nächste Distribution integriert werden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kinclude Dateiname -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\emph default +\emph default bindet eine andere Datei ein -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kprog -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Programm -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\emph default +\emph default definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Auch sollte es die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -Datei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. nach einer Option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default , um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden). \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Internationale Tastaturtabellen: -\emph on +\emph on Keymaps -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default - und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default -Dateien. Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default -Datei \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:kmap} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eine -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default -Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten) -- es definiert ein -\emph on +\emph on keyboard mapping -\emph default +\emph default . Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kxmod -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default beschrieben. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmap -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on Zeichen Ausgabe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Ausdruck definiert, daß -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default zu -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ausgabe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default transformiert werden soll. Dabei müssen in -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ausgabe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default die Zeichen Backslash \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und Anführungszeichen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ausgibt, wenn die Taste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter & -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gedrückt wurde: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap & / -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up kmod -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod -\family roman +\family roman -\emph on +\emph on Zeichen Akzent erlaubt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, daß -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default als ein bestimmter -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erlaubt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default aufgeführt sind. Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten -\emph on +\emph on (dead keys). \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der Ausdruck \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tote Taste \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset kommt daher, daß diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber -- gefolgt von einer anderen Taste -- akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt. Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise das deutsche \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ä \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default Wenn Sie die Taste -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erlaubt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, daß die Taste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset als circumflex-Akzent definiert wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kxmod -\family default +\family default Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kxmod -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on -\family roman +\family roman Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default in Verbindung mit -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default haben soll. Dabei muß -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default vorher mit Hilfe einer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default -Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein. Wenn Sie die Sequenz -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default drücken, wird -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ausgabe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default produziert. Falls solch eine Definition -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default existiert, und Sie -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default eingeben, erhalten Sie das -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- akzentuiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, daß LaTeX bei einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod circumflex i " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ^{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash i}" -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kcomb -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch. Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erlaubt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default -en Zeichen. Die Bedeutungen von -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Akzent2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default definiert worden sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter greek.kmap -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod : umlaut iyIY -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kcomb acute umlaut iyIY -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Zeilen erlauben es, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ;:i -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einzugeben und auf diese Weise \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erzeugen ( \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zeichen. Wenn Sie also -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ;: -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\family default +\family default eingeben, erhalten Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '(i) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash 'i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem LyX die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default -Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default -Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt werden sollen. Die LyX-Distribution enthält wenigstens die Dateien \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{iso8859-1.cdef} -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up iso8859-2.cdef -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generell besteht eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\shape up +\shape up cdef -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default -Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on Position_im_Zeichensatz String -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um beispielsweise dem String ( -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ausgabe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default im vorigen Abschnitt) \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '{e} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset das entsprechende Zeichen im iso-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt man folgenden Ausdruck: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 233 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{e}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Wieder müssen den Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.) -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default Beachten Sie, daß es durchaus möglich ist, daß dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll) zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann. Z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\shape up +\shape up so-8859-7.cdef -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default gibt es die Zeilen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{i}}" -\newline +\newline 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{i}}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn LyX kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch eine Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie ein akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben mit Akzent selbst zu zeichnen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tote Tasten definieren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich kraß vom Original ab. Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus. -LA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset toten Tasten \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on (dead keys) -\emph default +\emph default zu erzeugen -- nämlich direkt in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default -Datei. - (Genaueres finden Sie in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + (Genaueres finden Sie in Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset und im -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste. Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -Datei folgende Zeile einfügen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Dabei ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter asciicircum -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste verwendet. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer C-Include-Datei namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keysymdef.h -\family default +\family default ablesen. Meist findet man sie in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/X11/include/X11/ -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circum\SpecialChar \- flex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist ein LyX-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxrc -\family default - definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:kmap} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschrieben wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:savlang} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -Datei so verändern, daß Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen wird, wenn LyX gestartet wird. Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zeichensatzkodierung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Ihrer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -Datei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann. Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen vornehmen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash bind "american" "keymap-primary" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eine tote Taste -\emph on +\emph on (dead key) -\emph default +\emph default definieren: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash bind "M-," "accent-cedilla" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash font_norm iso8859-2 -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout- und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset frischung, wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für LaTeX korrekt installiert. Zunächst ein paar Definitionen: Eine Dokumentenklasse ist eine LaTeX-Datei (normalerweise mit der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel, Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert. Eine Layout-Datei ist eine LyX-Datei, die einer LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse @@ -5492,29 +6238,29 @@ frischung, wie man neue Dokumentenklassen f Druckbild entspricht. Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Textklasse \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , das interne Konstrukt, welches LyX verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm darzustellen. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Layout \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Textklasse \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von LyX @@ -5523,263 +6269,298 @@ Textklasse e Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält. Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte n sehr hilfreich. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei manchen TeX-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere Paket, das Sie gerne mit LyX verwenden würden. Ein Beispiel dafür ist FoilTeX, ein verbreitetes (und sehr leistungsfähiges) Paket zur Erstellung von Dias und Folien für Overheadprojektoren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Weitere Dokumentation zu FoilTeX finden Sie im Teil -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tips -\emph default +\emph default der Online-Hilfe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Sie finden hier eine Beschreibung der grundlegenden Schritte, um ein solches zusätzliches Paket in einer aktuellen Version von teTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Prozedur gilt auf jeden Fall für v1.0 sowie die 0.9 Betaversionen. Hinweise darauf, ob dies auch in Version 0.4 funktioniert, sind willkommen, andererseits ist ein Upgrade auf 1.0 sicher die bessere Wahl. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset oder einer anderen, web2c basierten TeX-Distribution einzubinden. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von CTAN oder einer anderen Quelle \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informationen darüber, was CTAN ist und wo unterstützte Dokumentenklassen gefunden werden können, finden Sie im Hilfedokument -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX-Konfiguration -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lesen Sie die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default (normalerweise befindet sie sich im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/web2c -\family default +\family default , Sie können sie aber auch mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kpsewhich texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default lokalisieren). Dort wird beschrieben, wie Sie ein lokales -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default -Verzeichnis anlegen können; folgen Sie diesen Instruktionen. Sie müssen den Namen Ihres lokalen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default -Ver\SpecialChar \- zeich\SpecialChar \- nis\SpecialChar \- ses in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default eintragen. Typischerweise wird unter Linux Software, die nicht zur normalen Distribution gehört, unterhalb von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local -\family default +\family default installiert, es bietet sich also -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default an. Im Normalfall müssen Sie nur zwei Dinge verändern: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Setzen Sie die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default auf das gewählte Verzeichnis, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stellen Sie sicher, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF -\family default +\family default die Variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default enthält: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!TEXMFMAIN} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Legen Sie das lokale Verzeichnis an. Die Verzeichnisstruktur muß dabei derjenigen des bestehenden -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default -Ver\SpecialChar \- zeich\SpecialChar \- nis\SpecialChar \- ses entsprechen, also LaTeX-Pakete in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/latex/ -\family default +\family default usw. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Installieren Sie das neue Paket. Am Beispiel FoilTeX: Legen Sie das Verzeichnis \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/texmf/latex/foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset an und kopieren Sie die diversen Dateien des entpackten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tar -\family default +\family default -Archives in dieses Verzeichnis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Starten Sie das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default . Dabei wird (unter anderem) die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/ texmf/ls-R -\family default +\family default angelegt oder aktualisiert. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wählen Sie in LyX den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default an; starten Sie LyX danach erneut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun sollte das neue Paket --- beispielsweise -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default --- im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lasse -\family default +\family default des Menüs -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default erscheinen. Ein Hinweis am Rande: es gibt auch einfachere Möglichkeiten, ein neues Paket zu installieren, Sie können etwa im LaTeX-Systemverzeichnis ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/tex/latex -\family default +\family default ) lediglich einen Link auf das neue Paket anlegen (nicht vergessen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default aufzurufen!) oder die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default entsprechend setzen. Die in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default beschriebene, formale Methode funktioniert aber garantiert, deshalb sollten Sie diese auch verwenden, solange die Umstände dies nicht verhindern, etwa wenn Sie keine Administratorrechte haben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie eigene Layout-Dateien (auch Textklassen genannt) für LyX schreiben können; dafür wird die Klasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default als Beispiel genommen. Derartige -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default -Dateien beschreiben, welche Arten von Absatzumgebungen in der jeweiligen Dokumentenklasse zur Verfügung stehen, und wie sie in LyX dargestellt werden. Diese Beschreibung ist zwar sehr tiefgehend, kann aber dennoch nicht alle Eventualitäten und Probleme abdecken, auf die Sie beim Schreiben eigener Layout-Dateien stoßen können. Dies liegt einfach an der enormen Vielfalt der Textklassen von LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie vorhaben, eine neue Textklasse zu entwickeln, sollten Sie einen Blick in die Beispiel-Textklassen werfen, die im LyX-Paket enthalten sind. @@ -5787,204 +6568,238 @@ Wenn Sie vorhaben, eine neue Textklasse zu entwickeln, sollten Sie einen anderen Personen benutzt wird, und Sie eine passende LyX-Textklasse entwickelt haben, dann sollten Sie uns Ihr Werk ruhig zukommen lassen, damit wir es in die Distribution integrieren können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei allen im folgenden angegebenen Optionen ist die Groß-/Kleinschreibung nicht relevant, d. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ Style, style und StYlE bezeichnen denselben Befehl. Die jeweils möglichen Werte sind in eckigen Klammern hinter dem Namen aufgeführ t. Die Voreinstellung einer Option, also der Wert, den die Option erhält, wenn sie -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default spezifiziert wird, ist -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on hervorgehoben -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . Wenn ein Argument einen Datentyp hat, wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset string \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dann wird die Voreinstellung wie folgt dargestellt: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float= -\emph on +\emph on Voreinstellung -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generell können drei Situationen auftreten, wenn Sie eine neue Dokumentenklasse unterstützen wollen. Bei den beiden einfacheren Fällen handelt es sich um LaTeX2e class- ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ) oder Stil- ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) Dateien. Wenn Sie Pech haben, liegt der dritte Fall vor und bei der neuen Klasse handelt es sich um eine LaTeX 2.09 Stil-Datei. Das Vorgehen beim Anlegen einer neuen Layout-Datei für diese drei Fälle ist sehr ähnlich, lediglich im dritten Fall ist ein zusätzlicher Schritt notwendig, um LyX zu ermöglichen, auch mit LaTeX 2.09 zu arbeiten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX2e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sty -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn es sich bei der neuen Dokumentenklasse um eine Stil-Datei handelt, die zusammen mit einer bereits existierenden und von LyX unterstützten Dokumentenklasse handelt, nehmen Sie am besten die Layout-Datei für diese Klasse als Ausgangspunkt und kopieren sie in Ihr lokales Verzeichnis. Der Einfachheit halber nehmen wir an, die neue Stil-Datei sei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.sty -\family default +\family default und sie ist dafür gedacht, mit der Standard-Dokumentenklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default verwendet zu werden. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editieren Sie nun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.layout -\family default +\family default und ändern Sie die Zeile -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{report} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard um in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie nun irgendwo am Anfang der Datei folgende Zeilen ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Preamble -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{myclass} -\newline +\newline EndPreamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Starten Sie jetzt LyX und konfigurieren Sie es neu ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default ). Starten Sie LyX neu und legen Sie ein neues Dokument an. Sie sollten nun in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default als mögliche Dokumentenklasse auch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans report (myclass) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vorfinden. Höchstwahrscheinlich werden sich einige Befehle der neuen Klasse von denen der Basisklasse \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default in diesem Beispiel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset unterscheiden; Sie können dann mit den Einstellungen für die verschiedenen Umgebungstypen in der Layoutdatei herumexperimentieren. Dazu später mehr. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX2e -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Fall müssen Sie ziemlich sicher ein eigenes Layout von Grund auf neu erstellen. @@ -5993,137 +6808,161 @@ In diesem Fall m Zumindest sollten Sie eine existierende Layout-Datei betrachten um zu sehen, welche Dinge beachtet werden müssen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX 2.09 -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ob eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default -Datei für das (jetzt obsolete) LaTeX 2.09 geschrieben wurde, können Sie an einem der beiden folgenden Dinge erkennen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Eine Beispieldatei, die diese Klasse verwendet, deklariert dies durch den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentstyle{myclass} -\family default +\family default (anstelle von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default ) \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Der Aufruf von LaTeX mit einer Beispieldatei gibt eine Warnung aus, daß in den Kompatibilitätsmodus geschaltet wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX unterstützt ausschließlich LaTeX2e-Dokumente. Aber das ist kein Grund zu verzweifeln, denn wo ein Wille ist, ist auch ein Weg ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Es war offensichtlich unmöglich; deshalb haben wir es trotzdem getan \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Die existierende Unterstützung für ReVTeX 3.1 ist ein Beispiel, bei dem der LaTeX 2.09 Code derart gekapselt wird, daß er in LaTeX2e formatierten Dokumenten verwendet werden kann. Sie können diese Kapselung auch für Ihr -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.sty -\family default +\family default verwenden, sollte sich dieses als 2.09 Code herausstellen. Hier ein kurzes Rezept: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp LyXDir/tex/revtex.cls ~/tex/myclass.cls -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (oder wo immer Sie Ihre lokalen TeX-Dateien speichern). Editieren Sie nun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.cls -\family default +\family default und ersetzen Sie jedes vorhandene \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset revtex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset durch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset myclass \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wahrscheinlich sind einige der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash DeclareOption -\family default +\family default -Einträge für Ihre Stil-Datei nicht relevant, doch das soll Sie momentan nicht stören. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als nächstes erstellen Sie wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben eine Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.layout -\family default +\family default , verwenden aber diesmal den Eintrag -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{myclass} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Preamble -\family default +\family default -Definition sollte nicht notwendig sein. Konfigurieren Sie LyX neu und mit etwas Glück haben Sie ein funktionierendes System, das lediglich ein wenig Einstellungsarbeit bei der Darstellung @@ -6131,1832 +6970,2019 @@ Preamble Das beinhaltet Veränderungen der Werte, die LyX für Abstände, Zeichensätze usw. verwendet; diese werden in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default -Datei festgelegt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weiterhin müssen Sie sicherstellen, daß alle Umgebungstypen, die in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.cls -\family default +\family default definiert werden, auch in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{myclass.layout} -\end_inset +\end_inset vorhanden sind. Falls einige davon fehlen, müssen Sie die entsprechenden Einträge hinzufügen. Kopieren Sie dazu einen ähnlich aussehenden Stil und verändern Sie diesen nach Ihren Wünschen. Dies geschieht am einfachsten folgendermaßen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style FehlenderStyle -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code CopyStyle ÄhnlicherStyle -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # hier die Unterschiede neu definieren -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im folgenden Abschnitt wird erläutert, was welches Element in einer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default -Datei macht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies sollte ausreichend sein, um auf den richtigen Weg zu gelangen. Die folgenden Abschnitte enthalten Details zum tatsächlichen Inhalt der Layout-Dateien. Wenn es dennoch zu Problemen kommt, wenden Sie sich an die LyX-Mailing-Listen. Die Entwickler freuen sich immer über neue Dokumentenklassen! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zeilen, die mit einem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default beginnen, sind Kommentare. Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den folgenden beginnen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die zweite Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie LyX konfigurieren. Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem LaTeX-Script -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{chkconfig.ltx} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default -Zeichen ignoriert werden. Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein LaTeX-Kommentar, in der zweiten wird die Textklasse deklariert. Eine Datei namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.layout -\family default +\family default , die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default und benutzt die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default auftaucht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die LaTeX-Dokum entenklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben. Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle.layout -\family default +\family default schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle -\family default +\family default , die die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset article (with my own headings) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie das so angeben: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dadurch wird angezeigt, daß Ihre Klasse auch das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.sty -\family default +\family default verwendet. Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für SGML oder DocBook festlegen. Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard oder -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden, der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste erlaubt). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/ -\family default +\family default oder nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default kopieren und unter LyX den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default anwählen. Nach dem Neustart von LyX sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default auswählbar sein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form des gesamten Dokumentes beschreib en: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Columns -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt wird. Kann im Popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default geändert werden. Diese Einstellung ist (ebenso wie -\family sans +\family sans Sides -\family default +\family default ) wichtig: Falls Ihre Textklasse standardmäßig zweispaltig gesetzt wird, Sie aber vergessen, das korrekt anzugeben, wird die Option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter twocolumn -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default gesetzt, wenn Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under 2 -\bar default +\bar default -spaltig -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default aktivieren. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Sides -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck gesetzt wird. Kann im Popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default geändert werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on plain -\emph default +\emph default , empty, headings -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der Standardseitenstil. Kann ebenfalls im Popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default geändert werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MaxCounter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Counter_Chapter -\emph default +\emph default , Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der kleinste Abschnitt-Typ, der automatisch numeriert wird. Sinnvoll sind Werte wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Section -\family default +\family default für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn überhaupt keine Numerierung benötigt wird, beispielsweise in einem Brief, sollte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MaxCounter -\family default +\family default den Wert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_EnumI -\family default +\family default erhalten. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der Dokumente nklasse unterstützt werden. (Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesAmsmath -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1] -\family default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default + \InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse von sich aus das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsmath -\family default +\family default lädt. Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default der Fall. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesMakeidx -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1] -\family default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeidx -\family default +\family default bereitstellt. Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default der Fall. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesUrl -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1] -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url -\family default +\family default bereitstellt. Dies ist für die Dokumentenklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter AASTeX -\family default +\family default der Fall. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultFont -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Dieser Parameter definiert den Standardzeichensatz des Dokuments. (Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultStyle -\series default +\series default [string] -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Dies ist das Layout für neu angelegte Absätze, normalerweise -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Fehlt dieser Eintrag wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch ist es sehr ratsam, diese Anweisung anzugeben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline An dieser Stelle können Sie LaTeX-Code angeben, der vor -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in die LaTeX-Ausgabe eingebunden wird. (Zum Beispiel eigene Definitionen von LaTeX-Makros.) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Input -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen enthalten. Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden. Beispielsweise binden die meisten Standardtextklassen die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdclass.inc -\family default +\family default ein, in der ein Großteil der Definitionen für Standardlayouts gemacht wird. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NoStyle -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Mit diesem Befehl können Sie die Definition eines bereits mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Style -\family default +\family default (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:specific-layouts} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) definierten Layouts rückgängig machen. Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Layout unterdrücken möchten, das in einer Datei definiert wird, die Sie mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Input -\family default +\family default eingebunden haben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Abschnitt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset Der Abschnitt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default kann folgende Einträge enthalten: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FontSize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="10|11|12" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset getrennt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset getrennt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Other -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden. Sie werden in dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter documentclass -\family default +\family default -Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einzelne Absatz-Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:specific-layouts} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on Name -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium CopyStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hiermit können Sie alle Optionen eines bereits definierten Layouts in das aktuelle kopieren. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Paragraph -\emph default +\emph default , Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Legt fest, wie das Layout in LaTeX überführt wird. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Paragraph -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bewirkt nichts besonderes -- der Text wird als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset normaler Absatz \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset übernommen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default behandelt den Text als Argument eines LaTeX-Befehls ( -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on -\backslash +\backslash LatexBefehl -\emph default +\emph default {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Environment -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default behandelt den Text als Kern einer LaTeX-Umgebung \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-Umgebung, bzw. LaTeX-Befehl sind hier etwas irreführend, denn diese Regeln gelten auch für SGML-Klassen. Schauen Sie sich am besten die SGML Class-Dateien für Beispiele an. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexUmge -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "- -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph on + +\emph on bung -\emph default +\emph default } \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\backslash +\backslash end \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset { -\emph on +\emph on La -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "- -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph on + +\emph on tex -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Umgebung -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Item_Environment -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bewirkt dasselbe wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , nur daß vor jedem Absatz ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default eingefügt wird. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium List_Environment -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default funktioniert wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default , nur daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default kann im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatzformat -\family default +\family default definiert werden. -\emph on +\emph on [Stimmt das noch? Glaube nicht! P.S.] -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium InTitle -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] -\newline +\newline Bei 1 wird nach dem Layout noch ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default in LaTeX eingefügt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Der Name, den LaTeX für dieses Layout wählt, d. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ entweder der Name eines LaTeX-Befehls oder der einer LaTeX-Umgebung. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexParam -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Ein optionaler Parameter, der -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default (dem zugehörigen Befehl oder der Umgebung) übergeben wird. Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von LyX nicht mehr geändert werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Margin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Static -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Static -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wählt einfach feste Randbreiten. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Manual -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bedeutet, daß der Rand von der Einstellung der -\family sans +\family sans Ausrichtung -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatzformat -\family default +\family default abhängt. Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Dynamic -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung ab. Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch numerierten Überschriften verwendet. Es leuchtet ein, daß die Überschrift \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange ... Überschrift \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 Sehr lange ... Überschrift \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium First_Dynamic -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default arbeitet ähnlich wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default , aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch. Dies wird für die LaTeX-Umgebung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset description \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset benutzt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Right_Address_Box -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bedeutet, der Rand wird so gewählt, daß die längste Zeile des Absatzes gerade den rechten Rand berührt. Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NextNoIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder nicht. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug. (Zum Beispiel nach einer Überschrift.) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ParIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes. Als Argument wird eine Zeichenkette übergeben. Zum Beispiel bedeutet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MM -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , daß die erste Zeile genau so weit eingezogen wird, wie die Breite von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MM -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im normalen Zeichensatz ist. Einen negativen Wert können Sie angeben, indem Sie ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset voranstellen. Diese Methode wurde gewählt, damit das Aussehen auf dem Bildschirm bei unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen möglichst ähnlich bleibt. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest. Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen Layout mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NextNoIndent -\family default +\family default verboten werden. Auch benutzt das Standard-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den Einzug der Umgebung und nicht den eigenen. Zum Beispiel haben Standardabsätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ParSkip -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline LyX erlaubt im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default die Einstellung -\family sans +\family sans Absatztrennung -\family default +\family default . Mögliche Einstellungen sind entweder -\family sans +\family sans Einz -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default g -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -Vert.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vert.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bstand -\family default +\family default . Wenn -\family sans -Vert.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vert.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bstand -\family default +\family default gewählt wird, wird in einem Layout mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType Paragraph -\family default +\family default der Wert von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default ignoriert. Stattdessen werden alle Absätze durch einen vertikalen Abstand getrennt. Die Länge dieses Abstands ist das Produkt von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParSkip -\family default +\family default und der Höhe des Standardzeichensatzes. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TopSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden Text trennt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium BottomSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Ähnlich wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default -- nur ist dies der Abstand nach einer Serie von Absätzen. Ist der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default des nachfolgenden Layouts nicht 0, so werden die beiden Abstände -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default addiert, sondern LyX wählt das Maximum der beiden Abstände. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ParSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ItemSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Dies ist ein zusätzlicher Abstand für die Unterpunkte eines -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default -Layouts. Wenn in solch einem Layout andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden diese mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParSep -\family default +\family default getrennt. Aber die einzelnen Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden -\emph on +\emph on zusätzlich -\emph default +\emph default mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ItemSep -\family default +\family default getrennt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LeftMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Definiert den linken Einzug. Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default -Layout integriert wird, werden die Breiten der verschiedenen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default s nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe mit dem Faktor \begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset multipliziert. Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn der Rand als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default definiert wurde. In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen Rändern hinzugefügt. Für die Bedeutung des Wertes gilt das bei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default Gesagte. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium RightMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Ähnlich wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Static, Top_Environment, Centered_Top_Environment, -\newline +\newline Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Manual -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default bedeutet, die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Static -\family default +\family default -\series default +\series default bedeutet, die Marke wird im Layout definiert (siehe: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelString -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Top_Environment -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ und -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ Centered_Top_Environment -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default sind Spezialfälle von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . Das Label wird über dem Absatz abgebildet, aber nur am Anfang der Umgebung oder am Anfang einer Serie von Absätzen mit diesem Layout. Dies benutzt man zum Beispiel im -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default -Layout oder im -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default -Layout. Dasselbe trifft auch für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default -Marken mit dem LaTeX-Typ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default zu, damit Layouts für Theoreme korrekt arbeiten. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Sensitive -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ist ein Spezialfall von Bildunterschriften für Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensi\SpecialChar \- tive -\family default +\family default bedeutet, daß der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Counter_xxx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default (Sollte selbsterklärend sein -- \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xxx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset entspricht jeweils einem LaTeX-Glie\SpecialChar \- de\SpecialChar \- rungs\SpecialChar \- be\SpecialChar \- fehl.) -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der horizontale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text. Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelBottomSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text. Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Der String, der für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelType -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset verwendet wird. Wenn der Rand ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Margin -\family default +\family default ) auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default gesetzt wurde, dient dieser String auch als Voreinstellung für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default , die im Popup-Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatzformat -\family default +\family default verändert werden kann. Wenn als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Labeltype -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingestellt wurde, wird der Zähler an diesen String angehängt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Align -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz, linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert gesetzt wird. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium AlignPossible -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Eine -\emph on +\emph on Liste -\emph default +\emph default von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander getrennt werden. Einige LaTeX-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen Sinn @@ -7964,243 +8990,259 @@ Liste Beispielsweise soll in einer Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbündig oder zentriert gesetzt werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Top -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Hiermit wird festgelegt, ob über dem Absatz ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vfill -\family default +\family default eingefügt werden soll. Dies kann auch im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatzformat -\family default +\family default eingestellt werden, indem man in -\family sans -Vertikale\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vertikale\InsetSpace ~ Abstände -\family default +\family default für -\family sans +\family sans Über -\family default +\family default den Wert -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default auswählt \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung von Jean-Marc: -\emph default +\emph default Ich bin nicht sicher, ob diese Einstellung nützlich ist; möglicherweise sollte sie in einer späteren Version entfernt werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Bottom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Steuert ähnlich wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Fill_Top -\family default +\family default das Einfügen eines -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vfill -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on unter -\emph default +\emph default dem Absatz. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NeedProtect -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zerbrechliche \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ge\SpecialChar \- schützt werden müssen. (Siehe LaTeX-Anleitung.) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Newline -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0, -\emph on +\emph on 1 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] -\newline +\newline Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in LaTeX als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset dargestellt werden, oder nicht. Es macht Sinn, diese Option auszuschalten (Wert: 0), um LaTeX-Einschübe in LyX komfortabler editieren zu können. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium PassThru -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Legt fest ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also ohne diverse von LaTeX benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen. Dies ersetzt in gewisser Weise das alte Zeichensatzattribut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium FreeSpacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Normalerweise erlaubt es LyX nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen Wörtern einzufügen. Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständlich sein, zum Beispiel, wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll. In solchen Fällen kann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FreeSpacing -\family default +\family default auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default gesetzt werden. LyX erzeugt in diesem Fall für jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes Leerzeichen, es sei denn, LyX befindet sich im LaTeX-Modus. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium KeepEmpty -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1] -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen, da das zu einer leeren LaTeX-Ausgabe führen würde. In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise @@ -8208,275 +9250,311 @@ Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht m damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben. In anderen Klassen wird ein solcher Absatz als Unterbrechung verwendet, die keinen eigentlichen Text enthält. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Spacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on single -\emph default +\emph default , onehalf, double, other -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Wert -\emph default +\emph default ] -\newline +\newline Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts. Die Argumente -\family typewriter +\family typewriter single -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onehalf -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter double -\family default +\family default entsprechen Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667. Wenn Sie als Argument -\family typewriter +\family typewriter other -\family default +\family default angeben, müssen Sie als -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wert \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben. Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt LyX, wenn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Spacing -\family default +\family default gesetzt wird, spezifischen LaTeX-Code, der auf das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setspace.sty -\emph on +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default zurückgreift -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Font -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default - die Marke verwendet wird (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + die Marke verwendet wird (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Wird -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Font -\family default +\family default gesetzt, dann erhält -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelFont -\family default +\family default automatisch denselben Wert. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TextFont -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird. - (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + (Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelFont -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird. - (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + (Siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Eine Serie von Makrodefinitionen, die in die Präambel (vor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ) eingefügt werden, falls dieses Layout benutzt wird. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Font -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on oder -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default LabelFont -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndFont -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Family -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Roman -\emph default +\emph default , Sans, Typewriter -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Series -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Medium -\emph default +\emph default , Bold -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Shape -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Up -\emph default +\emph default , Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Size -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tiny, small, -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default , large, larger, largest, huge, giant -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Color -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on none -\emph default +\emph default , black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vorlagen erstellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vorlagen werden genauso erstellt wie gewöhnliche Dokumente. Der einzige Unterschied ist: normale Dokumente enthalten zwangsläufig alle @@ -8485,132 +9563,144 @@ Vorlagen werden genauso erstellt wie gew Voreinstellungen überschreibt. Deshalb sollte der Designer einer Vorlage alle entsprechenden LyX-Befehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fontscheme -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash papersize -\family default +\family default aus der LyX-Datei entfernen. Dies kann (und muß) mit einem gewöhnlichen Texteditor wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vi -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xedit -\family default +\family default , oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xemacs -\family default +\family default durchgeführt werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie sollten Ihre persönlichen Vorlagen nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default kopieren, ebenso die globalen Vorlagen aus dem Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default und anschließend das Vorlagenverzeichnis im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Eingabe:Pfade -\family default +\family default von -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen... -\family default +\family default auf das private Verzeichnis setzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie daß es eine Vorlage mit besonderer Bedeutung gibt: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter defaults.lyx -\family default +\family default . Diese Vorlage wird jedesmal geladen, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument mit -\family sans +\family sans Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Neu -\family default +\family default anlegen, damit dieses vernünftige Standardeinstellungen hat. Um diese Vorlage zu erstellen müssen Sie lediglich ein Dokument mit den von Ihnen bevorzugten Einstellungen öffnen und dann im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default den Schalter -\family sans -Als\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Als\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -tandard\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tandard\InsetSpace ~ speichern -\family default +\family default anklicken. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Eine Anleitung für Drucker \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on Hartmut Haase -\noun default +\noun default : Wenn Sie für Ihren Drucker cups benutzen, ist diese Kapitel für Sie uninteress ant. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:printer} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Der erste Satz dieser Einleitung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lesen Sie die Printing-HOWTO \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist Unsinn. Wenn Sie tatsächlich die Printing-HOWTO gelesen (und verstanden) haben, @@ -8622,50 +9712,56 @@ Lesen Sie die Printing-HOWTO Die meisten Distributionen ermöglichen es, die hier erwähnten Konfigurationsdat eien mit wenigen Handgriffen zu erstellen. -LA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie auf einem Linux-System arbeiten und erst Ihren Drucker installieren müssen, sollten Sie zunächst die Datei -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal Printing-HOWTO -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default lesen. (Sie befindet sich je nach Distribution oft im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/doc/FAQ/HOWTO -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/doc/HOWTO -\family default +\family default .) Es gibt auch eine deutschsprachige Übersetzung, die man über FTP \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard z. \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/translations/de/DE-Drucker-HOWTO.txt.gz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset bekommen kann. Zudem müssen Sie das Ghostscript-Paket installieren, falls Sie dies noch nicht getan haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Linux-Distributionen werden mit sogenannten Magic -\emph on +\emph on - -\emph default +\emph default Filtern ausgeliefert und installieren diese selbständig. Anstelle der Prozedur, die wir unten beschreiben, können Sie auch diese Magic-Filter-Prozedur benutzen. @@ -8674,999 +9770,1111 @@ Filtern ausgeliefert und installieren diese selbst Wenn Ihre Linux-Distribution mit einem Extraprogramm für die Druckerinstallatio n ausgestattet ist, können Sie auch einfach dies benutzen. Werfen Sie danach einfach einen Blick in die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default , um eventuell noch ein paar Kleinigkeiten anzupassen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default informiert Linux über Ihre Druckerkonfiguration. Jeder Eintrag definiert einen Drucker, gibt ihm einen Namen, mit dem Sie und andere Benutzer ihn ansprechen können und erklärt Linux, wie Ausgaben an diesen Drucker gehandhabt werden sollen. Es macht durchaus Sinn, in dieser Datei mehrere \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset logische Drucker \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu definieren, die alle denselben physikalischen Drucker ansprechen, dies aber in unterschiedlicher Art und Weise tun \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bemerkung von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss: -\noun default +\noun default Ich handhabe dies so mit meinem Epson Stylus Color IIs. Da man für Farb- und Schwarzweißdruck verschiedene Druckköpfe benötigt, habe ich einen eigenen Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter color -\family default +\family default für farbige Dokumente eingerichtet. Ich benutze auch einen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default -Drucker, der eine geringere Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung und einen ungenaueren Druckmodus benutzt. Sie sehen, man kann mit Printcaps viele Dinge tun. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Natürlich benötigt man für jeden physikalischen Drucker auch mindestens einen Eintrag. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ein Beispiel für eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default -Datei: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal lp|Text -\size default +\size default auf einem -\size normal +\size normal Epson: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sh: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sf: -\newline +\newline -\size default +\size default -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal draft|Post -\size default +\size default S -\size normal +\size normal cript -\size default +\size default (R) -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default auf einem -\size normal +\size normal Epson Stylus Color IIs, 180dpi: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/draft: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/draft/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :if=/var/spool/lpd/draft/draft.filter: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sh: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sf: -\newline +\newline -\size default +\size default -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal ps|Post -\size default +\size default S -\size normal +\size normal cript -\size default +\size default (R) auf einem -\size normal +\size normal Epson Stylus Color IIs, 360dpi: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sh: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sf: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor wir mit Erklärungen zu diesen Hieroglyphen fortfahren, haben wir eine wichtige Information: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center WARNUNG! WARNUNG! WARNUNG! -\newline +\newline Benutzen Sie nur eine Leerzeile zwischen den Einträgen! -\newline +\newline Stellen Sie sicher, daß diese Zeile VÖLLIG LEER ist! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selbst ein Leerzeichen in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen kann fatale Folgen haben, denn das System wird Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default -Datei nicht richtig interpretieren können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich jetzt einmal die Einträge genauer an. Jeder Teil eines Eintrags wird von einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen abgeschlossen. Ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen am Ende einer Zeile bedeutet, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile fortgesetzt wird. Nach dem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen dürfen keine anderen Zeichen mehr stehen -- nicht einmal Leerzeichen. Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen sollte unmittelbar hinter dem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset stehen. Wenn Sie (wie im Beispiel) einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufteilen und die Zeilen mit einem Leerzeichen beginnen, schreiben Sie ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset unmittelbar vor den folgenden Text. Beispielsweise könnten Sie den ersten Eintrag auch schreiben als: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß sich hier lediglich ein einzelnes \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zwischen den Teilen des Eintrags befindet. Wir spalten diesen Eintrag nun in zwei Zeilen auf: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir brechen die Zeile zunächst direkt hinter einem -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default um, indem wir ein -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default einfügen, eine neue Zeile beginnen, ein wenig Freiraum einfügen und dann noch ein -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default einfügen, -\size normal +\size normal be -\size default +\size default vor wir fortfahren. Es ist üblich, wenn man einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufspaltet, alle Zeilen bis auf die erste einzurücken. Es gibt übrigens viele Optionen, die man an einen Eintrag einfügen kann. Wir werden hier nur die vier wichtigsten behandeln. Die -\emph on +\emph on man page -\emph default +\emph default für die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Datei enthält weitere Informationen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Druckername -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der erste Teil eines -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Eintrags ist der Druckername. Dort dürfen mehrere Namen angegeben werden, die durch ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen getrennt werden. Es ist sinnvoll, als ersten Namen ein ein Kürzel anzugeben und als zweiten Namen eine Kurzbeschreibung des Druckers (natürlich gefolgt von einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Zeichen). Zum Beispiel ist -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal draft| -\size default +\size default Unser Drucker im -\size normal +\size normal Draft -\size default +\size default - -\size normal +\size normal Mod -\size default +\size default us -\size normal +\size normal : -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ein Drucker, der den Kurznamen -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default erhält und eine Beschreibung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Unser Drucker im Draft Modus \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . [Beachten Sie das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset am Ende der Zeile, das angibt, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile fortgesetz t wird.] Das Kürzel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default ist der Name, den Sie bei vielen Druckkommandos benutzen (beispielsweise dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default Befehl mit der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default Option). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist üblich, für einen -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default -Drucker das Kürzel -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default zu benutzen, und den Textdrucker -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default zu nennen -\size normal +\size normal . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Drucker-Gerätedatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der nächste Teil der Beispieleinträge legt das Gerät (d. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ den Namen der Gerätedatei) fest, auf dem gedruckt werden soll. In allen Beispieleinträgen lautet diese Zeile: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size normal +\size normal [ -\size default +\size default Noch einmal: Beachten Sie das -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default am Ende der Zeile und das zusätzliche -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default nach den Leerzeichen, die benutzt wurden, um den Text einzurücken -\size normal +\size normal .] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit dem Kürzel -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lp= -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on l -\series default +\series default ine -\series bold +\series bold p -\series default +\series default rinter -\emph default +\emph default ) geben Sie den Namen des Drucker-Device an. Im Beispiel handelt es sich um -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default , -\size default +\size default die parallele Schnittstelle. Es gibt auch Drucker, die an die serielle Schnittstelle angeschlossen werden. Wenn Sie einen haben, sollten Sie -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /dev/ttyS0 -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default für die erste serielle Schnittstelle benutzen, -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /dev/ttyS1 -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default für die zweite, usw. In diesem Fall werden Sie wahrscheinlich auch noch andere Kommandos in Ihrem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Eintrag benutzen müssen, beispielsweise um die Baudrate festzulegen. Die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Manpage enthält darüber weitere Informationen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten Drucker benutzen allerdings die parallele Schnittstelle. Außerdem hängt der Drucker bei -\emph on +\emph on fast allen -\emph default +\emph default PC-kompatiblen Computern an -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /dev/lp1 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Warum ist die erste parallele Schnittstelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default und -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default +\family default ? Die I/O-Adressen der einzelnen Schnittstellen sind im Linux-Systemkern kodiert. Adresse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x3BC -\family default +\family default ist Schnittstelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default +\family default , Adresse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x378 -\family default +\family default ist Schnittstelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x278 -\family default +\family default ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp2 -\family default +\family default . Da die meisten PC-kompatiblen Computer die parallele Schnittstelle auf die Adresse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x378 -\family default +\family default legen, ist bei diesen Systemen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default die parallele Schnittstelle. -\newline +\newline Wenn Sie über mehr als eine parallele Schnittstelle verfügen, ändert sich die Situation. Auch wenn Sie die I/O-Adresse Ihrer Schnittstelle aus einem anderen Grund geändert haben sollten, wird ein anderes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default -Gerät auf die parallele Schnittstelle zeigen. Andere Systeme sind möglicherweise völlig merkwürdig konfiguriert. In jedem Fall können Sie unter DOS kontrollieren, welche I/O-Adresse Ihre Schnittstelle hat. Dann können Sie mit Hilfe der Adresse auch bestimmen, ob Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp2 -\family default +\family default benutzen müssen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\size default + +\family default +\size default . -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Möglicherweise ist an Ihrem System jedoch etwas anders konfiguriert, Sie sollten also testen, welches Device die Druckerschnittstelle anspricht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zusätzlich zu einem Druckernamen und einem zugehörigen Gerät benötigen Sie auch noch ein Verzeichnis für den Drucker-Spooler. Dieses wird mit dem Kürzel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sd= -\family default +\family default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on s -\series default +\series default pool -\series bold +\series bold d -\series default +\series default irectory -\emph default +\emph default ) identifiziert. Es ist auch sehr sinnvoll, eine Logdatei für Fehlermeldungen anzulegen. Diese gibt man nach dem Kürzel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lf= -\family default +\family default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on l -\series default +\series default og -\series bold +\series bold f -\series default +\series default ile -\emph default +\emph default ) an. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten Systeme packen alle Spoolverzeichnisse in das Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd -\family default +\family default ; manche benutzen nur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool -\family default +\family default . In jedem Fall erhält traditionell jeder Druckereintrag ein eigenes Unterverzeic hnis mit dem Namen des jeweiligen Druckers. Sie müssen sich als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einloggen und diese Verzeichnisse von Hand anlegen. Sie werden auch den Eigentümer dieser Verzeichnisse ändern müssen, damit die Gruppenzugehörigkeit der Verzeichnisse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter daemon -\family default +\family default lautet. (Dies kann man zum Beispiel mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chgrp daemon -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Name -\emph default +\emph default erreichen, wobei -\emph on +\emph on Name -\emph default +\emph default der Name des entsprechenden Verzeichnisses ist.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich einmal den Eintrag des Druckers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default aus dem Beispiel an. Er enthält die Zeilen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das bedeutet, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/ps -\family default +\family default das Spoolverzeichnis ist und die Fehlermeldungen in die Datei \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs} -\end_inset +\end_inset geschrieben werden sollen. Sie sollten diese Datei \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , indem Sie im Spoolverzeichnis das Kommando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touch errs -\family default +\family default aufrufen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touch -\family default +\family default erfüllt zwei Aufgaben. Erstens stellt er sicher, daß eine Datei dieses Namens existiert, indem sie gegebenenfalls einfach erzeugt wird. @@ -9674,2325 +10882,2680 @@ touch Zweitens merkt sich das Betriebssystem, wann eine Datei zuletzt geändert wurde. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touch -\family default +\family default sorgt dafür, daß diese Zeit auf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gerade eben \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gesetzt wird. Es \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset berührt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset also die Datei nur, ohne Einfluss auf ihren Inhalt zu nehmen. (In unserem Fall benötigen wir lediglich die erste Wirkungsweise.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ganz ähnlich sieht der Eintrag für den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default aus. Er enthält: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wieder: Spoolverzeichnis -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /var/spool/lpd/lp -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default , Logdatei -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /var/spool/lpd/lp/errs -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Filterdatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Anders als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default , der einfach Text direkt an den Drucker weitergibt, benötigen die Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default einen sogenannten Filter. (Darum haben Ihre Einträge noch eine zusätzliche Zeile.) Das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Kürzel für das Filterprogramm ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter if= -\family default +\family default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on i -\series default +\series default nput -\series bold +\series bold f -\series default +\series default ilter -\emph default +\emph default ) -\emph on +\emph on . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt übrigens verschiedene Kürzel, um Filterprogramme anzugeben. Man hat dadurch die Möglichkeit, verschiedene Filter für verschiedene Zwecke einzusetzen. Sie können auch beim Aufruf von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default unterschiedliche Filter auswählen -- aber das soll hier nicht vertieft werden, es wird hier nicht benötigt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich den Eintrag für den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default an: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Datei -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps.filter -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default ist ein Shellscript, das im Spoolverzeichnis des Druckers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default steht. Sie können prinzipiell auch direkt den Namen eines Programms angeben, aber der Aufruf eines Shellscripts gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Kommandozeilenparamet er anzugeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle Filter, egal ob \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset echte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Programme oder Shellscripts, müssen Ihre Eingabe aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdin -\family default +\family default (der Standardeingabe) übernehmen und die Ausgabe nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdout -\family default +\family default (der Standardausgabe) ausgeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zusätzliche Kürzel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch drei zusätzliche Kürzel, die Sie in Ihre -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal printcap -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default -Einträge schreiben sollten. Sie können diese am Ende aller drei Beispieleinträge sehen. Es handelt sich um: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sh: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :sf: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal mx#0 -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on m -\series default +\series default a -\series bold +\series bold x -\series default +\series default imum file size -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mx#5 -\family default +\family default würde bedeuten: Die zu druckende Datei darf nicht größer werden als 5 Datenblöc ke. Da die Angabe von 0 an sich unsinnig ist und man irgendwie ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset unbegrenzt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset benötigt, hat man festgelegt, daß 0 hier soviel bedeutet wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset unendlich \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset bedeutet, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset es können Dateien beliebiger Größe gedruckt werden \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Das -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sf -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on s -\series default +\series default uppress -\series bold +\series bold f -\series default +\series default orm feed) -\emph default +\emph default sorgt dafür, daß nach einem Druckauftrag nicht noch ein zusätzlicher Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Seitenauswurf \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gesendet wird. Zuletzt verhindert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sh -\family default +\family default ( -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on s -\series default +\series default uppress -\series bold +\series bold h -\series default +\series default eader page -\emph default +\emph default ), daß vor jedem Druckauftrag eine Kopfseite gedruckt wird, auf der zusätzliche Informationen ausgegeben werden (zum Beispiel der Name des Benutzers). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vermutlich kann Ihr Drucker nicht von sich aus PostScript -\size normal +\size normal ® -\size default +\size default drucken. Um Ihren Drucker trotzdem wie einen -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default -Drucker benutzen zu können, ist es am einfachsten, das -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Programm -\size normal +\size normal Ghostscript -\size default +\size default als Filterprogramm zu benutzen. -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Es gibt vermutlich auch noch andere Wege, aber dies ist der verbreitetste. Wenn Sie aus irgendeinem Grund Ghostscript nicht benutzen wollen (oder können), sind Sie auf sich allein gestellt (für den Anfang lesen Sie einmal das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zunächst sollten Sie Ghostscript installieren. An sich sollte eine Version von Ghostscript in Ihrer Linux-Distribution enthalten sein. Andernfalls können Sie Ghostscript auch über das Linux-FTP-Archiv -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal sunsite.unc.edu -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default bekommen -\size normal +\size normal . -\size default +\size default Nachdem Sie es installiert haben, rufen Sie es einmal von der Kommandozeile aus auf mit: -\size normal +\size normal -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal gs -h | more -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es erscheint eine Liste von verfügbaren Ausgabetreibern und -formaten. Hier ist eine Liste, die helfen soll, die Treibernamen unter Ghostscript zu entschlüsseln: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal Apple -\size default +\size default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal appledmp Apple -\size default +\size default -Matrixdrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal iwhi Imagewriter -\size default +\size default im hochauf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösenden Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal iwlo Imagewriter i -\size default +\size default m niedrigauf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösenden Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal iwlq Imagewriter LQ i -\size default +\size default m -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default \begin_inset Formula $320\times216$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size normal +\size normal dpi -\size default +\size default Modus -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal Canon -\size default +\size default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal bj10e BubbleJet BJ-10e -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal bj200 BubbleJet BJ-200 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal bjc600 Color BubbleJet BJC-600, BJC-4000 -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd BJC-70 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Funktioniert auch für Apple-Drucker wie dem StyleWriter 2x00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\size default +\size default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal bjc800 Color BubbleJet BJC-800 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal lbp8 LBP-II8 -\size default +\size default Laserdrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal lips3 LIPS-III -\size default +\size default Laserdrucker im -\size normal +\size normal CaPSL -\size default +\size default Modus -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal DEC -\size default +\size default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal la50 LA50 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal la70 LA70 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal la70t LA70 -\size default +\size default mit Textverbesserung bei niedriger Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal la75 LA75 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal la75plus LA75 Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal ln03 LN03 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal lj250 LJ250 -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal declj250 -\size default +\size default Alternativer Treiber für -\size normal +\size normal LJ250 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal Epson -\size default +\size default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal ap3250 ActionPrinter AP3250 -\size default +\size default (und jeder andere Drucker, der die Druckersprache -\size normal +\size normal ESC/P2 -\size default +\size default benutzt) -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal escp2 -\size default +\size default Alle -\size normal +\size normal Epson -\size default +\size default Drucker, die den -\size normal +\size normal ESC/P2 -\size default +\size default Befehlssatz benutzen (eventuell funktioniert dieser Treiber nicht -- benutzen Sie stattdessen -\size normal +\size normal -\series bold +\series bold ap3250 -\series default -\size default +\series default +\size default .) -\series medium -\size normal +\series medium +\size normal -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal epson All -\size default +\size default e -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Matrixdrucker mit -\size normal +\size normal 9 -\size default +\size default oder -\size normal +\size normal 24 -\size default +\size default Nadeln (und Kompatible) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal eps9mid All -\size default +\size default e -\size normal +\size normal 9- -\size default +\size default Nadeldrucker -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default (und Kompatible) in mittlerer Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal eps9hi All -\size default +\size default e -\size normal +\size normal 9- -\size default +\size default Nadeldrucker (und Kompatible) in dreifacher Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal epsonc LQ-2550 -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker (funktioniert auch mit -\size normal +\size normal Fujitsu 1200, 2400 -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd 3400 -\size default +\size default Druckern) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal st800 Stylus 800 inkjet -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal stcolor -\size default +\size default -\size normal +\size normal Stylus Color, Stylus Color Pro, Stylus Color II -\size default +\size default und -\size normal +\size normal IIs color inkjet -\size default +\size default Drucker -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal Hewlet Packard -\size default +\size default ( -\size normal +\size normal HP -\size default +\size default ): -\size normal +\size normal -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal lp2563 2563B -\size default +\size default Zeilendrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal cdeskjet DeskJet 500C -\size default +\size default mit -\size normal +\size normal 1 bpp -\size default +\size default Farbe -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal cdjcolor DeskJet 500C -\size default +\size default (u -\size normal +\size normal nd 540C -\size default +\size default ) mit -\size normal +\size normal 24 bpp -\size default +\size default Farbe und -\size normal +\size normal Floyd-Steinberg -\size default +\size default -D -\size normal +\size normal ithering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal cdjmono DeskJet 500C -\size default +\size default ( -\size normal +\size normal and 510C, 520C, 540C -\size default +\size default ) im Schwarzweißbetrieb -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal cdj500 -\size default +\size default dasselbe wie -\series bold -\size normal +\series bold +\size normal cdjcolor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal cdj550 DeskJet 550C -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd 560C -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal deskjet DeskJet -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd DeskJet Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal djet500 DeskJet 500 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal djet500c Alternat -\size default +\size default iver -\size normal +\size normal DeskJet -\size default +\size default - -\size normal +\size normal 500C -\size default +\size default -Treiber (arbeitet nicht mit dem -\size normal +\size normal 550C o -\size default +\size default der -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default dem -\size normal +\size normal 560C -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal dnj650c DesignJet 650C -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal ljet2p LaserJet IId, LaserJet IIp, -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd LaserJet III* -\size default +\size default mit -\size normal +\size normal TIFF -\size default +\size default -Komprimierung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal ljet3 LaserJet III* -\size default +\size default mit -\size normal +\size normal Delta -\size default +\size default - -\size normal +\size normal Row -\size default +\size default -Komprimierung -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal ljet3d LaserJet IIID -\size default +\size default mit Möglichkeit zu doppelseitigem Drucken -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal ljet4 LaserJet 4 -\size default +\size default (Voreinstellung für die Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung -\size normal +\size normal 600dpi -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal lj4dith LaserJet 4 -\size default +\size default mit -\size normal +\size normal Floyd-Steinberg -\size default +\size default -D -\size normal +\size normal ithering -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal ljetplus LaserJet Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal pj PaintJet XL -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal pjetxl Altern -\size default +\size default ativer -\size normal +\size normal PaintJet XL -\size default +\size default Treiber -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal pjxl PaintJet XL color -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal pjxl300 PaintJet XL300 color -\size default +\size default (u -\size normal +\size normal nd 1200C -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal paintjet Alternat -\size default +\size default iver -\size normal +\size normal PaintJet color -\size default +\size default Treiber -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\size normal +\size normal Tektronix -\size default +\size default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal t4693d2 4693d -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker mit -\size normal +\size normal 2 bits -\size default +\size default pro -\size normal +\size normal RGB -\size default +\size default -Wert ( -\size normal +\size normal =6 bpp -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal t4693d4 4693d -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker mit -\size normal +\size normal 4 bits -\size default +\size default pro -\size normal +\size normal RGB -\size default +\size default -Wert ( -\size normal +\size normal =12 bpp -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal t4693d8 4693d -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker mit -\size normal +\size normal 8 bits -\size default +\size default pro -\size normal +\size normal RGB -\size default +\size default -Wert ( -\size normal +\size normal =24 bpp -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal tek4696 4695 -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd 4696 -\size default +\size default I -\size normal +\size normal nkjet -\size default +\size default Plotter -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Verschiedene andere Drucker -\size normal +\size normal : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal cp50 Mitsubishi CP50 -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal ibmpro IBM 9- -\size default +\size default Nadel -\size normal +\size normal Proprinter -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal imagen Imagen ImPress -\size default +\size default Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal jetp3852 IBM Jetprinter -\size default +\size default I -\size normal +\size normal nkjet -\size default +\size default Farbdrucker -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default ( -\size normal +\size normal Model -\size default +\size default l -\size normal +\size normal #3852) -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal m8510 C.Itoh M8510 -\size default +\size default Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal necp6 NEC P6/P6+/P60 -\size default +\size default Drucker bei -\size normal +\size normal 360 dpi -\size default +\size default Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal nwp533 Sony Microsystems NWP533 -\size default +\size default Laserdrucker (nur -\size normal +\size normal Sony -\size default +\size default ) -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal oce9050 OCE 9050 -\size default +\size default Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal oki182 Okidata MicroLine 182 -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal okiibm Okidata MicroLine IBM- -\size default +\size default kompatible Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal r4081 Ricoh 4081 -\size default +\size default Laserdrucker -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal sj48 StarJet 48 -\size default +\size default I -\size normal +\size normal nkjet -\size default +\size default Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\size normal +\size normal sparc SPARCprinter -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\size normal + +\size normal xes Xerox XES -\size default +\size default Drucker ( -\size normal +\size normal 2700, 3700, 4045, etc.) -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Falls das Ghostscript-Paket, das mit Ihrer Distribution ausgeliefert wurde, Ihren Drucker nicht unterstützt, können Sie versuchen, Ghostscript mit Hilfe des Quellcodes selbst zu übersetzen. Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht -\emph on +\emph on direkt -\emph default +\emph default unterstützt wird, versuchen Sie es mit einem Treiber für einen kompatiblen Drucker. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß einige Drucker spezielle Kommandozeilenparameter benötigen. Zum Beispiel möchte der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor -\family default +\family default -Treiber, daß die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor.ps -\family default +\family default noch vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei eingegeben wird. Für mehr Details sollten Sie die Dokumentation von Ghostscript lesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als nächstes bauen wir den Filter. Es empfiehlt sich, der Datei den Namen -\emph on +\emph on druckername -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default .filter -\family default +\family default zu geben (dabei ist -\emph on +\emph on druckername -\emph default +\emph default der Name, den Sie Ihrem Drucker in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Datei gegeben haben). Zudem ist es sinnvoll, diese Datei in das Spulverzeichnis des Druckers zu schreiben. Das Filterscript sollte folgendes enthalten: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -\size default +\size default - -\size normal +\size normal sDEVICE= -\family roman -\size default -\emph on +\family roman +\size default +\emph on Druckertreiber -\family default -\size normal -\emph default +\family default +\size normal +\emph default -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal [-r -\family roman -\size default -\emph on +\family roman +\size default +\emph on Auflösung -\family default -\size normal -\emph default +\family default +\size normal +\emph default -\family roman -\size default -\emph on +\family roman +\size default +\emph on Zusatzoptionen -\family default -\size normal -\emph default +\family default +\size normal +\emph default ] -sOutputFile= -\size default +\size default -\size normal +\size normal -[ -\family roman -\size default -\emph on +\family roman +\size default +\emph on VorangestellteDatei -\family default -\size normal -\emph default +\family default +\size normal +\emph default .ps] - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard wobei -\emph on +\emph on Druckertreiber -\emph default +\emph default den Treiber für Ihren Drucker angibt; -\emph on +\emph on Auflösung -\emph default +\emph default ist die Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung, die Sie benutzen wollen; -\emph on +\emph on Zusatzoptionen -\emph default +\emph default steht für alle möglichen anderen Optionen, mit denen Sie Ghostscript aufrufen möchten; das (optionale) -\emph on +\emph on VorangestellteDatei -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default .ps -\family default +\family default ist der Name einer Datei, die Sie vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei einfügen möchten. Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset am Ende der zweiten Zeile ist der übliche Weg, in einem Shellscript einen Befehl in mehrere Zeilen aufzuspalten \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ähnlich wie in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default -Datei. Nur muß ein Shellscript bei weitem nicht so penibel geschrieben werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . (Die Argumente in den eckigen Klammern sind optional und werden in vielen Fällen nicht benötigt. Die Klammern selbst erscheinen natürlich -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default in der Filterdatei.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß hier davon ausgegangen wird, daß sich das Programm Ghostscript ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default ) im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/bin/ -\family default +\family default befindet. Dies kann in Ihrem System anders sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Verschiedene Druckertreiber behandeln das Argument -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r -\family default +\family default unterschiedlich. Einige suchen einfach nach einer einzelnen Zahl, zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r600 -\family default +\family default . Andere möchten die horizontale und die vertikale Auf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung einzeln eingegeben haben, zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r360x360 -\family default +\family default . Es kann sein, daß der Druckertreiber auch noch andere Optionen unterstützt. Genaueres müssen Sie in der Dokumentation von Ghostscript nachlesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem Sie den Druckerfilter geschrieben haben, benutzen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chmod a+x -\family default +\family default , um die Scriptdatei zu einer ausführbaren Datei zu machen. (Dazu müssen Sie als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingeloggt sein.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispielfilter, den -\size normal -\noun on +\size normal +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -\size default +\size default für seinen -\size normal +\size normal Epson Stylus Color IIs -\size default +\size default benutzt -\size normal +\size normal : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -sDEVICE=stcolor -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal -r360x360 -sDithering=fsmono -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal -dNOPAUSE -dnoWeave -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal -sOutputFile=- stcolor.ps - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Filter erzeugt eine Ausgabe in -\size normal +\size normal 360dpi -\size default +\size default und schwarzweiß für einen -\size normal +\size normal Epson Stylus Color IIs \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bemerkung von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Dies ist mein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default -Drucker. Ich benutze einen ähnlichen Filter für meinen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default -Drucker, der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r180x180 -\family default +\family default anstatt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r360x360 -\family default +\family default benutzt. Für meinen Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter color -\family default +\family default benutze ich einen anderen Wert für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -sDithering -\family default +\family default Parameter. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\size default + +\size default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele moderne Laserdrucker haben Post -\size normal +\size normal Script® -\size default +\size default bereits eingebaut. -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Einige Laserdrucker benutzen -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default sogar als Ihre \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Muttersprache \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie über solch einen Drucker verfügen, benötigen Sie keinen Filter, sondern können Ihre Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker weiterleiten. Allerdings -- wenn Sie eine einfache Textdatei drucken möchten, werden Sie den Text erst irgendwie in -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default formatieren müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt drei verbreitete Programme, die ASCII-Dateien nach -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default übersetzen -\size normal +\size normal : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nenscript -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a2ps -\family default +\family default , -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mpage -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mpage -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default kann auch mehrere Textseiten auf ein einzelnes Blatt Papier drucken. Für Ihren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default -Drucker sollten Sie ein Filterscript erzeugen, das eines dieser Programme zur Umwandlung benutzt. (Der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default -Drucker ist der traditionelle Name des Druckers, der einfache ASCII-Texte druckt.) Lesen Sie für weitere Informationen die -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal Printing-HOWTO -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default . -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der Druckerspuldämon -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Programm, das letztlich die Druckaufträge ausführt, heißt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default . Dies ist auch das Programm, das die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/etc/printcap} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\size normal +\family default +\size normal -\size default +\size default liest. Irgendwo in den Shellscripts, die ausgeführt werden, wenn Ihr Computer hochgefahren wird \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Auf einigen Computern stehen diese -\emph on +\emph on bootup scripts -\emph default +\emph default im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/rc.d -\family default +\family default . Andere benutzen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/init.d -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /sbin/init.d -\family default +\family default . Das müssen Sie selbst herausfinden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , muß auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default gestartet werden, damit der Druckerspooler immer nach dem Hochfahren des Systems zur Verfügung steht. Im Prinzip können Sie auch jedes Mal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default von Hand starten, wenn Sie als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingeloggt sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default erst einmal auf Ihrem System läuft, können Sie ihn mit Hilfe des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpc -\family default +\family default -Befehls kontrollieren. Auch hierzu müssen Sie als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingeloggt sein. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kurze Zusammenfassung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zum Abschluß fassen wir noch einmal die Schritte zusammen, die Sie durchführen müssen, um eine minimale Konfiguration zu erreichen. Wenn Sie fertig sind, haben Sie zwei Drucker: der eine heißt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und dient dazu, ASCII zu drucken, der andere heißt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und verarbeitet Aufträge in -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default . Der Druckerfilter für den -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default -Drucker (siehe unten) arbeitet mit jedem Epson-kompatiblen Drucker (heutzutage ist fast jeder Nadeldrucker Epson-kompatibel) und benutzt die Standardauf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "| -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lösung. -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size normal +\size normal Log -\size default +\size default gen Sie sich als -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default ein oder benutzen Sie -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter su root -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal cd /var/spool -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal + +\family typewriter +\size normal mkdir lpd -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (wenn es nicht bereits existiert) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal chgrp lp lpd -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Möglicherweise müssen Sie -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal daemon -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default statt -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lp -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default benutzen) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal cd lpd -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal mkdir lp ps -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (nur falls diese Verzeichnisse noch nicht existieren) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal touch lp/errs ps/errs -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal chgrp daemon lp ps lp/errs ps/errs -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Editieren Sie nun Ihre Datei -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn diese Datei bereits existiert, sollten Sie\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} entweder die alte Version umbenennen (zum Beispiel in -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /etc/printcap.orig -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} oder alle Einträge auskommentieren, indem Sie an den Anfang jeder Zeile ein -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default -Zeichen schreiben. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Erstellen Sie in Ihrer -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default folgende Einträge -\size normal +\size normal : -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal lp|Text printer: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :mx#0:sh:sf: -\newline +\newline -\size default +\size default -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal ps|Post -\size default +\size default S -\size normal +\size normal cript -\size default +\size default (R) -\size normal +\size normal printer: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal :mx#0:sh:sf: -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate STELLEN SIE SICHER, DASS: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate nichts in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen steht -- nicht einmal ein Leerzeichen. -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate hinter dem -\size normal +\size normal \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size default +\size default -Zeichen am Ende jeder Zeile kein anderes Zeichen mehr steht. -\size normal +\size normal -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Als nächstes, erstellen Sie ein Filterscript für den Drucker -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal ps -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Erstellen Sie eine Datei -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default mit folgendem Inhalt -\size normal +\size normal : -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal +\size normal /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size normal + +\size normal -sDEVICE=epson -sOutputFile=- - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht Epson-kompatibel sein sollte, ersetzen Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter epson -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset durch den entsprechenden Treibernamen Ihres Druckers. Wenn sich das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default nicht in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/bin -\family default +\family default befinden sollte, korrigieren Sie den Pfad.) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal + +\family typewriter +\size normal chmod a+x /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal chgrp daemon /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Zuletzt starten Sie den Druckerdämon -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn er noch nicht läuft, benutzen Sie -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpd & -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default , um ihn zu starten. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn er bereits läuft, starten Sie das Programm -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpc -\family default +\family default . -\size default +\size default Danach (in -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpc -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default ) führen Sie ein -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal restart all -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default und ein -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal up all -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default aus. Diese Befehle aktivieren die neuen Einträge in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default . (Mit -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal quit -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default können Sie -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpc -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default wieder verlassen -\size normal +\size normal . -\size default +\size default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stellen Sie sicher, daß -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpd -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default irgendwo in Ihren Bootscripts ausgeführt wird. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Sie können sich jetzt wieder als root ausloggen und Ihre neuen Druckereinträge testen. Führen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\size normal +\size normal pr -Plp -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default aus, gefolgt von dem Namen einer kurzen (ASCII) Textdatei, um den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default zu testen; entsprechend testen Sie den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default , indem Sie -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpr -Pps -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default , -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default gefolgt vom Namen einer kurzen Datei im -\size normal +\size normal PostScript® -\size default +\size default -Format, eingeben. -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noch ein Wort zur Vorsicht: wenn Sie den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default testen und der Drucker falsch konfiguriert wurde, wird der Computer vermutlich eine Unmenge Müll an Ihren Drucker schicken. Wenn dies passieren sollte, schalten Sie Ihren Drucker ab und benutzen die Befehle -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal lpq -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default und -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lprm -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default , um den Druckauftrag zu widerrufen. -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Anschließend können Sie Ihren Drucker wieder einschalten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn einer der beiden Drucker nicht funktioniert, überprüfen Sie alle Schritte noch einmal. Ansonsten können Ihnen die Man -\size normal +\size normal pages -\size default +\size default für -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal printcap -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default und -\size normal +\size normal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default und das -\family typewriter -\size normal +\family typewriter +\size normal Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default -\size default +\size default weiterhelfen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn alles funktioniert, herzlichen Glückwunsch! -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die Einfügung Externes Material \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Externes} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Hintergrund -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einer der am häufigsten geäußerten Wünsche der LyX-Nutzer ist die Möglichkeit einer Schnittstelle zwischen LyX und XFig, Dia oder ähnlichen Anwendungsprogram @@ -12001,37 +13564,47 @@ men, die darauf spezialisiert sind, spezielle Diagramme, Abbildungen oder Bislang war es lediglich möglich, statische, festgelegte Abbildungen über das normale Grafik-Inset einzubinden, jedoch hat dieser Ansatz einige Einschrän kungen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie die Abbildung ändern wollen, müssen Sie extra von Hand das entsprechend e Programm starten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX merkt nicht, daß Sie die Abbildung geändert haben, und die Darstellung am Bildschirm wird schnell veraltet; dies wird noch erschwert durch die fehlende Möglichkeit, die Anzeige zu aktualisieren -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Das Grafik-Inset kann nicht mit unterschiedlichen Export-Formaten wie DocBook, HTML oder ASCII umgehen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Einfügung -\family sans -Externes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Externes\InsetSpace ~ Material -\family default +\family default ist der Versuch, diese Probleme zu lösen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Auch wenn das alte Grafik-Inset einige Mängel hat, so ist es dennoch sehr wertvoll, denn es bietet eine Anzeige der Grafik sowie die Möglichkeit zu geometrischen Transformationen über eine komfortable Benutzerschnittstelle. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Dies wird erreicht, indem eine abstrahierte Methode der Interaktion zwischen @@ -12047,37 +13620,43 @@ Auch wenn das alte Grafik-Inset einige M können, welche Art von Material Sie einbinden wollen. Und in den folgenden Abschnitten werden Sie lernen, wie Sie damit all die oben aufgezeigten Probleme umgehen können und einiges mehr. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wie funktioniert das? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Einfügung -\family sans -Externes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Externes\InsetSpace ~ Material -\family default +\family default basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage. Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie LyX mit einer bestimmten Sorte von Material umgehen soll. Derzeit gehören zu LyX derartige Vorlagen für XFig Abbildungen, Dia Diagramme, diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr. Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Externes\SpecialChar ~ +Externes\InsetSpace ~ Material -\family default +\family default . Darüberhinaus ist es möglich durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate einzubinden. Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und hoffen, daß Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team schicken, damit es in kommenden Versionen von LyX integriert werden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte @@ -12086,33 +13665,35 @@ Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einf Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern. Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default . In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluß speichern Sie diese -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default -Datei. Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in LyX einbinden wollen müssen Sie zunächst -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default starten um eine PostScript®-Datei zu erzeugen, die von LaTeX eingebunden werden kann. In diesem Fall ist also die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default -Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default -Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und aktualisieren des Materials während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben. @@ -12126,16 +13707,18 @@ liche Exportformate f Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung Externes Material möglich, denn sie kennt all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierungen (sofern sie von LyX unterstützt werden). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung Externes Material aber auch die einfache Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren. So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick XFig zu starten um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript®-D atei mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default zu betrachten. Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter @@ -12143,7 +13726,9 @@ ghostview der richtigen Größe zu erstellen. Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen, um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen @@ -12157,7 +13742,9 @@ LyX besitzt also die Information zu müssen. Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig um all diese Befehle festzulegen, aber zum Glück hat das LyX-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt wäre es zu vermuten, @@ -12167,13 +13754,13 @@ lle so einfach wie m Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt, und es gibt nur einen einzigen Knopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rgebnis\InsetSpace ~ anzeigen -\family default +\family default , der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt. Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt. So ist es für die meisten Klassen LaTeX, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es @@ -12181,34 +13768,40 @@ anzeigen Denken Sie also daran daß Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen wie das Ergebnis in anderen Formaten aussieht müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell durchführen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Externe Datei bearbeiten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Externe Einfügung wird vom Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default aus aufgerufen. Es wird dann eine Schaltfläche in Ihrem Dokument eingefügt, und der Dialog -\family sans -Externe\SpecialChar ~ -Datei\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Externe\InsetSpace ~ +Datei\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default wird geöffnet. In diesem Dialog können Sie genau festlegen welche Art von Material Sie einbinden wollen, und auch wie das geschehen soll. Darüberhinaus können Sie über diesen Dialog die externen Bearbeitungsprogramme und Betrachter starten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ganz oben in diesem Dialog befindet sich eine Auswahlliste, in der Sie auswählen welche der Vorlagen verwendet werden soll. @@ -12216,58 +13809,62 @@ Ganz oben in diesem Dialog befindet sich eine Auswahlliste, in der Sie ausw zur Verwendung finden: Meist eine kurze Beschreibung was die Vorlage macht und welche Parameter möglich sind. Es folgt ein Eingabefenster für den Dateinamen mit zugehörigem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default urchsuchen... -\family default +\family default Schalter der den gewohnten Dateidialog öffnet um interaktiv eine Datei auszuwählen. Dieser Name spezifiziert die originale Datei. Da die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei bei Bedarf automatisch erstellt wird besteht kein Grund, hierfür auch ein Dialogfeld anzulegen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unten im Dialog finden Sie einen Eingabebereich mit dem Namen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default arameter -\family default +\family default . Damit sind Sie in der Lage die jeweilige Einfügung genauer festzulegen. Der Kommentar im Textfenster sollte Ihnen einen Hinweis geben, was Sie hier in der jeweiligen Vorlage angeben können, generell sind es Optionen die das genaue Aussehen der Einfügung beeinflussen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ganz rechts im Dialog befinden sich drei Knöpfe: -\family sans +\family sans Date -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ editieren -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rgebnis\InsetSpace ~ anzeigen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren -\family default +\family default . Dies erlaubt es Ihnen, die Originaldatei mit dem zugeordneten Programm zu editieren, die erzeugte Einfügung in der Vorschau zu betrachten sowie @@ -12278,13 +13875,15 @@ t sind, da In einem solchen Fall ist eine erzwungene Aktualisierung nicht notwendig. Bei einigen Vorlagen ist dieser Automatismus aber abgeschaltet, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. wenn der Aufwand, die einzubindende Datei zu erstellen, unverhältnismäßig @@ -12292,155 +13891,187 @@ B. nötig ist, dem Nutzer überlassen bleibt. Allerdings sind in diesem Fall auch wirklich Sie dafür zuständig z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. vor dem Ausdruck durch einen Klick auf den -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren -\family default +\family default -Knopf sicherzustellen, daß auch wirklich die aktuellste Datei eingebunden wird. In dem Zusammenhang wäre es sicher hilfreich wenn es einen Menüeintrag -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ext.\SpecialChar ~ -Einfügungen\SpecialChar ~ +Ext.\InsetSpace ~ +Einfügungen\InsetSpace ~ aktualisieren -\family default +\family default gäbe, der alle diese 'manuellen' Einfügungen aktualisiert. Leider ist das (noch) nicht der Fall, und es kann wohl noch eine Weile dauern bis es soweit ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ganz unten befinden sich schließlich die gewohnten Knöpfe -\family sans +\family sans OK, Ü -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ernehmen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Abbruch -\family default +\family default . Wichtig in diesem Kontext ist daß auch ein Klick auf einen der Knöpfe auf der rechten Seite ( -\family sans +\family sans Date -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ editieren -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rgebnis\InsetSpace ~ anzeigen -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren -\family default +\family default ) bewirkt, daß geänderte Einstellungen im Dialog übernommen werden, so daß ein -\family sans +\family sans Abbruch -\family default +\family default lediglich die Änderungen seit dem letzten Klick auf einen dieser Knöpfe rückgängig macht. Um davor gemachte Änderungen zurückzunehmen verwenden Sie bitte die normale -\family sans +\family sans Rückgängig -\family default +\family default -Funktion von LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Beispiele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Diesem Abschnitt sollten wir einige Beispiele zeigen, wie diese Einfügungen von externem Material verwendet werden können. Dies sollte etwa folgendes umfassen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Externe Rasterbilder -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Externe XFig-Abbildungen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Schachdiagramme -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Beispiele mit Musik -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verwendung von Makefiles -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rekursive externe Vorlagen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Konfigurationsdatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist recht einfach, eigene neue Vorlagen für externe Einfügungen zu erstellen. Allerdings sollten Sie sich im klaren sein daß Sie, wenn Sie dabei zu unbesorgt vorgehen, sehr schnell ein Sicherheitsloch erzeugen können. Wenn Sie also eigene Vorlagen erstellen wollen lesen Sie bitte -\emph on +\emph on unbedingt -\emph default +\emph default den Abschnitt über Sicherheit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nichtsdestotrotz sollten Sie unbedingt selbst erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team senden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Vorlagendefinitionen befinden sich in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/external_templates -\family default +\family default . Sie können sich eine Kopie davon in Ihr privates Nutzerverzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default kopieren und editieren. Zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt werden Sie in diesem Abschnitt hier auch eine genaue Beschreibung der Syntax dieser Datei und der vorhandenen Einträge finden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der Ersetzungsmechanismus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird geschieht dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde. @@ -12451,48 +14082,64 @@ Wenn Eine derartige Ersetzung findet ebenfalls statt, wenn die Vorschau aktiviert wird. Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FName Der Name der im Dialog angegeben Datei. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Basename Der Dateiname ohne die Endung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Tempname Ein Name (inklusive vollem Pfad) einer temporären Datei; diese wird automatisch gelöscht wenn das Dokument geschlossen oder die Einfügung gelöscht wird. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Contents( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Datei.ext \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) Dieses Makro wird expandiert zum Inhalt der Datei mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Datei.ext -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Sysdir Dies wird ersetzt durch den Namen des Systemverzeichnisses. Wird normalerweise verwendet um diverse Hilfsskripte anzusprechen, die Teil von LyX sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus werden sämtliche Umgebungsvariablen der Form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ${PATH} -\family default +\family default expandiert. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sicherheitshinweise -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Mechanismus der Einfügung externen Materials bietet eine Schnittstelle zu einer Vielzahl von externen Programmen und startet diese automatisch. @@ -12503,33 +14150,39 @@ n. die willkürliche Befehle ausführen sobald ein Nutzer sie betrachtet oder ausdruckt. Dies ist etwas das wir unter allen Umständen vermeiden wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da jedoch die nutzbaren Programme ausschließlich in der Vorlagenkonfigurationsda tei festgelegt werden können bestehen keine Sicherheitsbedenken solange LyX selbst korrekt und nur mit sicheren Vorlagen konfiguriert ist. Der Grund dafür ist, daß die externen Programme nicht via -\family typewriter +\family typewriter system() -\family default +\family default Systembefehl aufgerufen werden, sondern via -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp() -\family default +\family default . Dadurch ist es nicht möglich, über Dateinamen oder zusätzliche Parameter willkürliche Befehle durch die Shell ausführen zu lassen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Bedingt durch diese Sicherheit sind Sie allerdings etwas eingeschränkt in der Auswahl der Befehlszeichenketten, die Sie in der Vorlagedatei verwenden @@ -12539,36 +14192,40 @@ Bedingt durch diese Sicherheit sind Sie allerdings etwas eingeschr Wenn Sie derartige Fähigkeiten der Shell nutzen wollen, müssen Sie ein Skript schreiben und dieses dann aufrufen. Im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/scripts -\family default +\family default finden Sie das Skript -\family typewriter +\family typewriter general_command_wrapper.py -\family default +\family default , das auf sicherem Weg die Verwendung der Ein/Ausgabeumleitung erlaubt. Es ist auch ein gutes Beispiel wenn Sie selbst eigene, sichere Skripte erstellen wollen. Ein sehr viel komplexeres Beispiel, das auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fork -\family default +\family default und Konsorten verwendet, finden Sie mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pic2ascii.py -\family default +\family default im selben Verzeichnis. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es ist zwar durchaus möglich eine Vorlage zu erstellen, die eine direkte Interaktion mit der Shell erlaubt. @@ -12576,26 +14233,28 @@ Es ist zwar durchaus m Wahl von Dateinamen und/oder Parametern willkürliche Befehle auszuführen. Deswegen raten wir generell dazu, ausschließlich sichere Skripte zu verwenden, die mit dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp() -\family default +\family default Mechanismus arbeiten. Selbstverständlich mag es verlockend sein in einer sicheren Umgebung zu den einfacheren Shellscripts zurückzukehren. Aber seien Sie sich bewußt -\emph on +\emph on daß -\emph default +\emph default Sie dadurch ein potentielles Sicherheitsloch schaffen. Und obwohl wir jeden ermuntern, selbst erstellte Vorlagen im Sinne der Open Source an uns zu schicken sollte klar sein daß ein derartiges, unsicheres Skript niemals fester Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution werden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Einfügung externes Material -\emph on +\emph on gibt -\emph default +\emph default eine große Macht, und man muß sicherheitsbewußt damit umgehen. Ein einziger kleiner Fehler in einem vermeintlich harmlosen Skript kann die Türe zu gewaltigen Sicherheitsproblemen öffnen. @@ -12604,34 +14263,46 @@ gibt Ihnen erstellte Vorlage als sicher angesehen werden kann oder nicht. Und tun Sie das auf jeden Fall, bevor Sie die Vorlage in einem nicht genau kontrollierten Umfeld verwenden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die gegenwärtige Implementation der Einfügung ist ein stabiler und mächtiger Mechanismus der einen Zugang zu den Interna von LyX bietet. Doch wie bei fast allem in LyX gilt: Es befindet sich stetiger Entwicklung. Falls sich jemand an die Weiterentwicklung macht sind hier ein paar Hinweise, welche Wege dabei gegangen werden sollten: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ermöglichen der eingebetteten Vorschau anstelle des einfachen Knopfes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Eingebettete Bearbeitung, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. über OpenParts oder ein ähnliches Protokoll. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erweiterung der dynamischen Information und dadurch die Möglichkeit, optionale Eingabefelder für die Umwandlungsprogramme in allen Exportformaten zu haben, @@ -12640,16 +14311,22 @@ Erweiterung der dynamischen Information und dadurch die M global für diese eine Vorlage gilt. Dies würde es ermöglichen auf die etwas willkürliche Festlegung eines primären Formates für das einzubindende Material zu verzichten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erweiterung der Definitionsbasis um intelligentere Konfigurationsoptionen als die einfache Parameterzeile zu ermöglichen. Mit einer passenden Skriptsprache wäre es möglich, eine sehr benutzerfreundlich e Version der Einfügungsdialoge zu erstellen. -\layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix Tastaturkürzel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Anhang ist eine große Zusammenstellung aller Tastaturkürzel der deutschen Version. @@ -12659,5155 +14336,6181 @@ Dieser Anhang ist eine gro Später haben wir uns dann entschlossen, auch die Menüs und die Definition der Werkzeugleiste hier aufzunehmen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Form ist eigentlich selbsterklärend, dennoch ein paar Tips: Alle Einträge für eine Basis ( -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default usw.) sind alphabetisch geordnet. Einfachere Kombinationen stehen weiter oben als komplexere ( -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default vor -\family sans +\family sans C-S-c -\family default +\family default ). Alle Einträge hier wurden aus der Menüstruktur und den Definitionsdateien in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/ui -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind -\family default +\family default zusammengesucht. Diese Dateien stellen im Zweifelsfall 'die letzte Instanz' das. Bedenken Sie auch, daß Sie die Tastaturkürzel auch in Ihrer privaten Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default umdefinieren können. Wenn also etwas nicht übereinstimmt schauen Sie bitte zuerst dort nach und stellen Sie sicher daß es nicht dort umdefiniert wurde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und als letztes sei der Hinweis angebracht daß einige Windowmanager (wie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. FVWM) einige der Funktionstasten abfangen und für die eigene Steuerung verwenden. So schaltet etwa bei einigen Installationen -\family sans +\family sans C-rechts -\family default +\family default zwischen den virtuellen Bildschirmen um und springt nicht -- wie in LyX vorgesehen -- ein Wort vorwärts. Aber auch der Windowmanager ist zum Glück konfigurierbar, und Sie können derartige 'Kollisionen' beheben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Werkzeugleiste -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-open" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-write" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-print" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "cut" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "copy" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "paste" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-emph" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-noun" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-free" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "tex-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "math-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "footnote-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "marginpar-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "depth-next" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "figure-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "dialog-tabular-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Menüs -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Datei -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ b -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_export -\family default +\family default submenu -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export fax -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ k -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_vc -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-out -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_import -\family default +\family default submenu -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ n -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-d\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-d\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bearbeiten -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-remove-all -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-preferences -\family sans +\family sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-panel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reconfigure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_tabular -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-row -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-row -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature multicolumn -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-center -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-center -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_paste -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-b\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-b\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-chktex -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einfügen -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter graphics-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-tabular-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-child-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_file -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii paragraphs -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii lines -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter footnote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert-math -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_toc -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lof-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bibtex-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter loa-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter toc-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lot-insert -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_floats -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert algorithm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-tab -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert figure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert table -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-fig -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter note-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter marginalnote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_special -\family default +\family default submenu -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans g -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ligature-break-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-separator-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter citation-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external-insert -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Format -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter appendix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-character -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-document -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-preamble -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ k -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ert-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ space -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ Down -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-lowcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ Up -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-upcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-z\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-capitalize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smallest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size largest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 9 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-H -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size increase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ minus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size decrease -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection View -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Navigate -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Help -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Absatzformat -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Abstract -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LyX-Code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Description -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortFoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout List -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Standard -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Title -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Verse -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter drop-layouts-choice -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-a -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-a -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Author -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-B -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Bibliography -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Comment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Date -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-F -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Foilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-Q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quotation -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Rotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout RightAddress -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ M-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Address -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ M-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Caption -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Definitionen dienen der Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen. Sie sind aber nur auf qwerty-Tastaturen sinnvoll. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-dollar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-a\InsetSpace ~ S-numbersign -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tastatur -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-open Documents -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-toggle-read-only -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-on -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-slash -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-underscore -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-W -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-percent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-next -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-P -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-T -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-V -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spezifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Definitionen die denen aus dem Programm Scientific Word ähnlich sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zusammengestellt von -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Serge Winitzki -\shape default +\shape default . Version 1.2 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Definitionen erleichtern das Schreiben von Gleichungen ohne die Maus zu verwenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Um den LyX-Namen herauszufinden, der einer Sequenz zugeordnet ist, sehen Sie auf die Statuszeile am untersten Rand des LyX-Fensters. Wenn Sie beispielsweise wissen wollen wie -\family sans +\family sans Control-& -\family default +\family default korrekt bezeichnet wird, drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Control-S -\family default +\family default gefolgt von dieser Kombination und in der Statuszeile sehen Sie dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-S S-C-ampersand -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wechsel normal/hervorgehobener Modus für Gleichungen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bruch-Taste: Wenn Sie einen Ausdruck markieren und dann diese Taste drücken wird der Ausdruck als Zähler eines Bruches verwendet. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert frac -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Griechisch-Taste: Um einen einzelnen griechischen Buchstaben einzugeben. Das normalerweise verwendete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math\SpecialChar \- greek-toggle -\family default +\family default , das dauerhaft auf griechische Zeichen wechselt, ist meist fehl am Platze. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert int -\family default +\family default Integralzeichen \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\family default +\family default Emacs-like binding -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Umschalten Text/Mathematik-Modus: In Mathematikmodus wechseln oder Text im Mathemodus schreiben -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Befehle um die Numerierung von Gleichungen zu kontrollieren. Die in Sciword verwendete Sequenz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-Tab -\family default +\family default bereitet leider meist Probleme, da sie schon anderweitig benutzt wird. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default Add/remove a number to single equation. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default Add/remove a number to a line in equation array. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\family default +\family default Insert a quote character. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sqrt -\family default +\family default Wurzelzeichen \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klammern. In Sciword erhält man durch Eingabe von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-< -\emph on +\emph on Klammer -\emph default +\emph default > -\family default +\family default ein Paar zusammengehöriger Klammern. Um ungleiche Klammerpaare zu erhalten müssen Sie den Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Mathematische Symbole -\family default +\family default verwenden. Wenn Sie mit der Rück-Taste (backspace) die -\emph on +\emph on linke -\emph default +\emph default Klammer eines solchen Paares löschen wird nur die Klammer und nicht der Inhalt gelöscht. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-brokenbar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-M-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Sciword erhält man Akzente vorrangig indem man die entsprechende Akzenttaste zusammen mit Control drückt, also -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-. -\family default +\family default für einen Punkt, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-' -\family default +\family default für den Acute-Akzent, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ctrl-~ -\family default +\family default für die Tilde usw\SpecialChar \@. Einige davon funktionieren nur im Mathematikmodus. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-colon -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ddot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-quoteleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-grave -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-umlaut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciicircum -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-vector -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert bar -\family default +\family default Why is it not "accent-bar"? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funktionstasten -- größtenteils kompatibel zu Sciword. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Sciword werden F4 bis F8 benutzt, um die Zeichensätze zu wechseln, F4 geht dabei zum Standardzeichensatz. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sciword-Abkürzungen für mathematische Symbole. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert prime -\family default +\family default Prime \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\family default +\family default Superscript -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\family default +\family default Subscript -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert partial -\family default +\family default Partielle Ableitung \begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sum -\family default +\family default Summenzeichen \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert prod -\family default +\family default Produktzeichen \begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert infty -\family default +\family default Infinity \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter symbol-insert times -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Meine eigenen Kürzel für Dinge, die ich oft verwende. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert prime -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert dagger -\family default +\family default Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset dagger \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Symbol \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert equiv -\family default +\family default Die Identität \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert approx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ungefähr gleich \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sign \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sim -\family default +\family default Ungefähr \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert rightarrow -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert leq -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert geq -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ll -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert gg -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert overline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert frac -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert int -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-limits -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert oint -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert partial -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert sum -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-vector -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert infty -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-G -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert prime -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim rangle langle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert pm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert neq -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sonstige Tastaturkürzel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-primary -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-secondary -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx index 0163f27798..13a4941ee6 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % Präambel nicht verändern!!! @@ -27,13 +29,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 20mm \topmargin 10mm @@ -48,92 +49,111 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX-Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size normal +\size normal Übersetzung: -\size default -\noun on +\size default +\noun on Hartmut -\size normal -\noun default +\size normal +\noun default -\size default -\noun on +\size default +\noun on Haase -\size normal -\noun default +\size normal +\noun default , -\size default -\noun on +\size default +\noun on Peter -\size normal -\noun default +\size normal +\noun default -\size default -\noun on +\size default +\noun on Sütterlin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Ich habe mich bemüht, dieses Dokument so zu schreiben, daß es mit meinen Randeinstellungen, den sehr schmalen Randeinstellungen und als book (koma-scrip t) sauber gesetzt wird. Deshalb scheint es einige überflüssige Trennhilfen zu geben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date letzte Änderung: 5. Mai 2004 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Handbuch -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX -\emph default +\emph default , das Sie gerade lesen, ist eigentlich so etwas wie der zweite Teil des -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuches -\emph default +\emph default . Der Grund, diesen Text in zwei Teile zu teilen, ist einfach: Das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default ist bereits sehr umfangreich und enthält all die grundlegenden Dinge, die man beherrschen sollte, um einen Großteil der regelmäßig anfallenden Aufgaben beim Erstellen professioneller Dokumente bewältigen zu können. @@ -145,60 +165,68 @@ Benutzerhandbuch zu ändern. Auf diese Weise hat LyX bereits viele Erweiterungen erfahren. All diese sind hier dokumentiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem werden in diesem Handbuch auch einige spezielle Funktionen wie etwa Fax-Un\SpecialChar \- ter\SpecialChar \- stüt\SpecialChar \- zung, Versionskontrolle und Unterstützung für die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter SGML-Tools -\family default +\family default beschrieben, für die zur korrekten Funktion zusätzliche Software installiert sein muß. Zuletzt gibt es noch ein Kapitel mit LaTeX-Werkzeugen und -Tips, Dingen, mit denen Sie Ihre Dokumente -\emph on +\emph on herausputzen -\emph default +\emph default können, indem Sie die mächtigen LaTeX-Funktionen direkt benutzen. LyX selber ist ja ein WYSIWYM-Programm und unterstützt nur gewisse LaTeX-Funkti onen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich können die -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default selber zu groß werden, so daß man es spaßeshalber das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset über-erweiterte Handbuch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nennen könnte! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sollten Sie die -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default noch nicht gelesen haben, dann sind Sie auf jeden Fall im falschen Handbuch. Sie sollten wirklich mit der -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default anfangen, denn sie wird Sie zum richtigen Handbuch führen, und sie beschreibt auch die Notation und das Format, die in allen Handbüchern verwendet werden. Sie sollten auch gründlich mit dem -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default und allen Grundfunktionen von LyX vertraut sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Dokument sind viele Abschnitt unabhängige Artikel, die von einzelnen Autoren beigesteuert wurden, und entsprechend gekennzeichnet. @@ -207,484 +235,553 @@ In diesem Dokument sind viele Abschnitt unabh hat. Ist kein spezieller Autor angegeben, wurde der Text gemeinsam vom Dokumentation s-Team verfaßt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weil alle Themen dieses Handbuchs stark von LyX Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX abhängen, beschreibt das erste Kapitel die innere Arbeitsweise von LyX und wie man LyX dazu bringt, den gewünschten LaTeX-Code (ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Evil Red Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) zu erzeugen. Es ist offensichtlich für erfahrenere LyX-Benutzer gedacht. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX und LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dieses Kapitel ist für TeX-niker und LaTeX-Sonderlinge gedacht. Hier werden wir erklären, wie LyX und LaTeX zusammenarbeiten, um eine Druckausg abe zu erzeugen. Dies ist die einzige Stelle in allen Handbüchern, an der wir einige LaTeX-Kennt nisse voraussetzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einst nannten wir LyX ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard What You See Is What You Mean -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Frontende für LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , aber das stimmt nicht mehr. Es gibt Frontenden für LaTeX. Sie sind im Grunde Editoren, die LaTeX laufen lassen können und Fehler in der editierten Datei markieren. Obwohl LyX ein Editor -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default , LaTeX laufen -\emph on +\emph on läßt -\emph default +\emph default und auch Fehler in der Datei markiert, macht es auch viel, viel mehr. Wegen des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes benötigen Sie LaTeX nicht, um LyX wirkungsvoll zu benutzen. LyX hat auch einige Erweiterung zu LaTeX hinzugefügt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das LyX-Team hat das wegen Parsing/Kodierung gemacht. Die neuen Makros erleichtern es LyX, ERTs zu erzeugen und sicherzustellen, daß das Ergebnis richtig ist. Darüber müssen Sie sich als Benutzer keine Sorgen machen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Versuchen Sie einmal folgendes: wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default , -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Klammerung {} verhindert, daß der Sonderbegriff LaTeX erkannt wird, ebenso bei LyX, TeX usw. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dann schauen Sie sich den Vorspann der erzeugten . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex -\family default +\family default -Datei an. Sie werden eine Vielzahl neuer Makros bemerken, die speziell durch LyX definiert wurden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ein wenig Geschichte: früher waren all diese Makros in einer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.sty -\family default +\family default -Datei. Das LyX-Team hat dann entschieden, daß die von LyX erzeugten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Dateien besser portierbar sind. Deshalb sind die Makros jetzt im Vorspann. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt mehrere Befehle, bei denen automatisch LaTeX gestartet wird: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fa -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default en\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX wird nur gestartet, wenn die Datei seit dem letzten LaTeX-Lauf geändert wurde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn LaTeX für die von Ihnen editierte Datei ausgeführt wird, führt LyX folgende Schritte aus: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Das Dokument wird nach LaTeX konvertiert und in eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei anstatt in eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default -Datei gespeichert -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX wird mit der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei gestartet (vielleicht mehrmals). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn Fehler auftreten, werden sie in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default -Datei markiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn LaTeX aufgrund -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default gestartet wurde, wird LyX dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default mit der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dv -\family default +\family default i-Datei ausführen. Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ aufgerufen haben, werden noch zwei Schritte ausgeführt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default wird aufgerufen, um die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dv -\family default +\family default i-Datei nach PostScript® zu konvertieren: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Für -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default hat die Ausgabedatei die Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Für -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default hat die Ausgabedatei wie erwartet die Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default ausführen oder die PostScript®-Datei an den Drucker schicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\family default +\family default aufgerufen haben, wird die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default -Datei mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default in eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default -Datei konvertiert und mit einem pdf-Betrachter angezeigt (zum Beispiel Acrobat®Reader). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei erzeugt! \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Help!-LyX-generated} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eingeschworene LaTeX-Benutzer werden schreien und dies in die Nacht hinausheulen und dann LyX als nutzlos erklären, nur weil sie die Handbücher nicht gelesen haben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Anmerkung von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Ich kenne eine bestimmten Experten, der sich wirklich bei mir beklagte, daß LyX keine LaTeX-Dateien erzeugt. Ist es nicht manchmal spaßig, daß Experten die schlimmsten beim Lesen von Anweisungen sind? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir wollen es richtigstellen. LyX produziert zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen. @@ -693,205 +790,251 @@ Wir wollen es richtigstellen. Jedesmal, wenn LyX LaTeX ausführt, erzeugt es eine LaTeX-Datei, die es einfach nach Fehlern durchsuchen kann. Die erzeugte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei kann von Menschen nicht gelesen werden. Versuchen Sie es einfach nicht. Wenn Sie eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir sagen es nochmal, speziell abgesetzt für Begriffsstutzige: -\layout Quote -\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm +\end_layout -\series bold + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote + + +\series bold Wenn Sie eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\series default +\series default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\series bold + +\series bold eX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ können Sie eine LaTeX-Datei nach LyX importieren. Dadurch wird ein Perl-Skript namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default aufgerufen, das aus der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default eine Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default erzeugt und diese dann öffnet. Wenn die Umsetzung nicht funktioniert, können Sie versuchen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default auf der Kommandozeile aufzurufen, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn LyX installiert wird, wird ein Programm namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default in denselben Ordner wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default kopiert (zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/X11R6/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default benötigt Perl (Version 5.002 oder höher). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset um weitere Optionen zu benutzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default wird die meisten zulässigen LaTeX-Texte übersetzen, aber nicht alles. Es wird Dinge, die es nicht versteht, im TeX-Modus lassen, dann können Sie nach der Übersetzung nach rotem Text suchen und ihn editieren, damit er richtig aussieht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default hat in diesem Handbuch ein eigenes Kapitel ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) und eine Unix- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default -Seite, die Sie lesen sollten um herauszufinden, welche LaTeX-Texte nicht unterstützt werden, welche Fehler es gibt (und wie man sie umschifft) und wie man die verschiedenen Optionen benutzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default nicht zum laufen bringen oder nur ein Stück ERT in eine LyX-Datei einsetzen wollen, lesen Sie Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dies ist ein ziemlich wichtiger Punkt: Sie können immer ERTs in jedes LyX-Dokum ent einsetzen. @@ -899,248 +1042,306 @@ ent einsetzen. wird es wohl auch nie können. Wenn Sie jemals LaTeX-Befehle in Ihr LyX-Dokument einsetzen müssen, können Sie den ERT-Einsatz benutzen, den Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default e \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X -\family default +\family default oder durch Klicken auf den mit -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default beschrifteten Werkzeugleistenknopf erhalten. Der ERT-Einsatz hat drei Formen, zusammengeklappt, offen und in der Zeile. Die ersten beiden Formen werden wie alle zusammenklappbare Einsätze benutzt (zum Beispiel Fußnoten) und sind für die meisten LaTeX-Befehle nützlich. Ein ERT-Einsatz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset in der Zeile \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset stellt seinen Inhalt als Teil des Knopfes dar und ist für sehr kurze LaTeX-Befe hle nützlich. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % wie hier -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können zwischen den drei Formen hin- und herschalten, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den ERT-Einsatz klicken. Beachten Sie, daß Sie die Form \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset in der Zeile \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bei mehrzeiligen LaTeX-Befehlen nicht benutzen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispiel für LaTeX-Befehle in einem LyX-Dokument. Der Code sieht so aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung -\newline +\newline Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste -\newline +\newline Bilder und Tabellen. -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline & -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Dies ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der ERT-Einsatz mit diesem Text folgt direkt auf diesen Absatz. Wenn Sie das Handbuch in LyX lesen und den ERT-Einsatz geöffnet haben, sehen Sie die obigen Zeilen in rot und rot umrandet. Wenn Sie das gedruckte Handbuch lesen, sehen Sie das Ergebnis: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bilder und Tabellen. -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard & -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ... -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zusätzlich zu diesen beiden Methoden können Sie eine separate Datei erstellen, die komplexere LaTeX-Strukturen enthält. Mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei\SpecialChar ~ +Datei\InsetSpace ~ einbinden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default können Sie dann diese Datei einfügen (im Menüfenster -\family sans +\family sans Include -\family default +\family default sollten Sie als -\family sans -Art\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Art\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ Einbindung: -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default wählen). Wir empfehlen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Dateien nur dann einzufügen, wenn Sie -\emph on +\emph on wissen -\emph default +\emph default , daß sie bereits funktionieren. Sonst werden Sie Arbeit haben, LaTeX-Fehler zu beheben\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schließlich sind noch ein paar Dinge hervorzuheben: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Innerhalb von LyX erscheinen ERTs in -\emph on +\emph on rot. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX -\emph on +\emph on prüft NICHT -\emph default +\emph default , ob Ihre ERTs richtig ist. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Versuchen Sie nicht, das Rad noch einmal zu erfinden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die letzte Bemerkung bezieht sich auf zwei Dinge. Als erstes hat LyX eine ganze Menge eingebaute Funktionen, und weitere @@ -1151,47 +1352,59 @@ Die letzte Bemerkung bezieht sich auf zwei Dinge. von Marken über Umschläge bis zu hübschen mehrseitigen Tabellen. Suchen Sie auf einem CTAN-Archiv nach Einzelheiten. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Ich scheine das schrecklich oft zu tun. Ich setzte mich hin und fing fröhlich an zu kodieren, um Marken auszudrucken, bis ich merkte, daß es bereits 2 verschiedene LaTeX-Pakete dafür gab. Noch schlimmer -- ich hatte sie bereits! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie einige wilde und hübsche Dinge im Ihrem Dokument machen müssen, benutzen Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zur Unterstützung. Im Literaturverzeichnis des -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuches -\emph default +\emph default sind einige aufgeführt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen, die vor den eigentlichen Text gesetzt werden müssen. Sie stehen im Vorspann, der im nächsten Abschnitt beschrieben wird. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Über den LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Sie LaTeX bereits kennen, müssen wir Ihnen hier nicht erklären, wofür der Vorspann da ist. @@ -1200,49 +1413,58 @@ Wenn Sie LaTeX bereits kennen, m In jedem Fall sollten Sie die untenstehenden Punkte lesen, weil sie erklären, was Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann eines LyX-Dokumentes tun können und was Sie nicht tun müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der LaTeX-Vorspann steht ganz am Anfang eines Dokumentes, -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default dem Text. Er dient dazu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize die Dokumentklasse festzulegen. LyX macht das bereits für Sie. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie ein erfahrener LaTeX-niker sind und eine eigene Dokumentklasse haben, die Sie benutzen wollen, lesen Sie im Handbuch -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default nach, wie man erreicht, daß LyX mit ihr arbeiten kann. Schicken Sie Ihre Ergebnisse an das LyX-Team, damit sie in zukünftige Versionen einfließen können! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize die Benutzung von Paketen zu deklarieren. LaTeX-Pakete liefern Spezialbefehle, die nur dann in einem Dokument benutzt werden können, wenn das Paket im Vorspann deklariert wurde. Zum Beispiel erzwingt das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default das Einrücken aller Absätze. Es gibt andere Pakete für Marken, Umschläge, Ränder usw. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zähler, Variablen, Längen und Breiten zu setzen. Es gibt mehrere LaTeX-Zähler und -Variablen, die global im Vorspann gesetzt werden -\emph on +\emph on müssen -\emph default +\emph default , um die gewünschte Wirkung zu erzielen. (Es gibt andere Variablen, die Sie auch im Dokument (zurück)setzen können.) Ränder sind ein gutes Beispiel dafür, was im Vorspann gesetzt werden muß @@ -1250,80 +1472,94 @@ m Ein anderes Beispiel ist Markenformat für Listen. Eigentlich können Sie diese fast überall setzen, aber am besten ist es, das nur einmal im Vorspann zu tun. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize benutzerdefinierte Befehle zu deklarieren (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default ), meistens Abkürzungen für LaTeX-Befehle, die sehr oft in einem Dokument benutzt werden. Obwohl der Vorspann ein guter Platz ist, solche Befehle zu deklarieren, -\emph on +\emph on können -\emph default +\emph default sie irgendwo -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default ihrem ersten Benutzen deklariert werden. Das kann nützlich sein, wenn Ihr Dokument viel rohen LaTeX-Code enthält, was normalerweise nicht vorkommt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fügt dem Vorspann der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei, die es produziert, seinen eigenen Satz an Definitionen hinzu. Dies macht LaTeX-Dateien, die LyX erzeugt, portierbar. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Den Vorspann ändern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Befehle, die LyX dem Vorspann einer LaTeX-Datei hinzufügt, sind fest; Sie können sie nicht ändern, ohne LyX selber zu ändern. Sie können aber Ihre eigenen Sachen zum Vorspann hinzufügen. Es gibt zwei Wege, das zu tun: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default Dies öffnet ein Editierfenster, in das Sie Ihre bevorzugten Befehle schreiben können. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Das Editierverhalten in diesem Fenster ist unterschiedlich, also erwarten Sie nicht, daß die LyX-Ta\SpecialChar \- @@ -1334,142 +1570,169 @@ na\SpecialChar \- ti\SpecialChar \- o\SpecialChar \- nen darin funktionieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Setzen Sie dies in Ihre Standardschablone, so daß es der Standardvorspann für jede von Ihnen geschriebene Datei wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fügt alles im -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default -Fenster zu seinem eingebauten Vorspann hinzu. Bevor Sie Ihre eigenen Deklarationen zum Vorspann hinzufügen, sollten Sie prüfen, ob LyX das nicht bereits unterstützt (Erinnern Sie sich, was wir über das Rad noch einmal erfinden sagten?). Außerdem: -\emph on +\emph on stellen Sie sicher, daß Ihre Vorspannzeilen richtig sind -\emph default +\emph default . LyX prüft das nicht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beispiele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier sind einige Beispiele für Dinge, die Sie zum Vorspann hinzufügen können, und was sie bewirken: -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zwei LaTeX-Variablen, die die Seitenposition kontrollieren: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . Ihre Namen sollten selbsterklärend sein. Diese Variablen sind hilfreich, wenn die Papiergröße und die Seitengröße nicht gleich sind. Dann benutzt man -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Standardwerte für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default sind beide pt., das heißt die Seite wird nicht verschoben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unglücklicherweise scheinen einige DVI-Treiber die Seite immer zu verschieben. Wir wissen nicht warum oder warum der Systemadministrator solch ein Verhalten nicht korrigiert hat. Wenn Sie LyX auf einem System benutzen, das Sie nicht selber warten und Ihr Systemadministrator ein wenig beschränkt ist, können Sie sich mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default behelfen. Angenommen, Ihr linker und oberer Seitenrand ist immer 1.5 cm zu groß. Sie können dann folgende zum Vorspann hinzufügen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-1.5 cm} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-1.5 cm} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ und Ihre Ränder sollten jetzt richtig sein. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 2: Aufkleber -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nehmen wir an, Sie wollten viele Adreßaufkleber drucken. Es gibt in Ihrem nächsten CTAN-Archiv ein nettes Paket, mit dem Sie Adreßaufkle ber drucken können, genannt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default . Vielleicht ist dieses Paket auf Ihrem System nicht standardmäßig installiert. Wir überlassen es Ihnen, das zu prüfen. @@ -1477,192 +1740,234 @@ labels.sty für Sie tun. Weil dies aber ein Beispiel ist, werden wir Ihnen zeigen, wie Sie dieses Paket benutzen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als erstes müssen Sie die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default benutzen. Dann müssen Sie folgendes in Ihren Vorspann eintragen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=x1 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=x2 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=x3mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=x4mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=x5mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=x6mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Werte für x1 -- x6 hängen von Ihren Adreßaufklebern ab. Sie können jetzt Adreßaufkleber drucken, aber Sie müssen ERTs einfügen, wobei die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default die Adresse umschließen. Dies und andere Spezialfunktionen von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default werden in der Dokumentation erklärt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eines Tages wird jemand eine LyX-Format-Datei schreiben, um dieses Paket direkt zu unterstützen. Vielleicht werden Sie das sein. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel -\series medium +\series medium -\series default +\series default 3: Absatzeinrückung -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Ich habe dieses Beispiel sehr frei übersetzt, damit es für deutsche Benutzer mehr Sinn macht. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die deutschen LyX-Handbücher verwenden als Absatztrennung einen vertikalen Abstand. Wenn Sie aber eine Absatzeinrückung wollen ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Format -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Absatztrennung: -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inrückung -\family default +\family default ), wird, wie in Büchern üblich, die erste Zeile eines Absatzes eingerückt, aber nur dann, -\emph on +\emph on wenn -\emph default +\emph default der Absatz auf einen anderen folgt. Wenn aber kein Absatz davor steht, er auf ein Bild folgt oder er der erste eines Abschnitts ist, dann wird nicht eingerückt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie aber die amerikanische Art vorziehen, die ersten Zeilen -\emph on +\emph on aller -\emph default +\emph default Absätze einzurücken, fügen Sie dies zum Vorspann hinzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dann werden die ersten Zeilen aller Absätze eingerückt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sich den Vorspann diese Dokuments ansehen, um eine Vorstellung davon zu bekommen, was für fortgeschrittene Dinge Sie machen können. Sie sollten das -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default -Fenster vergrößern, damit Sie möglichst viel auf einmal sehen können. Außerdem gibt es in diesem Handbuch in Kapitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister} -\end_inset +\end_inset weitere Beispiele und eine Sammlung von LaTeX- \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tricks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX und LaTeX-Fehler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, sagt es ihm, ungeniert alle Fehler zu ignorieren und weiterzumachen. @@ -1670,398 +1975,444 @@ Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, sagt es ihm, ungeniert alle Fehler zu ignorieren Wie wir bereits in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Help!-LyX-generated} -\end_inset +\end_inset sagten, erzeugt LyX zwei verschiedene -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Dateien, eine davon benutzt es, um Fehler im Dokument zu lokalisieren. Wenn irgendwo ein Fehler auftrat, wird LyX ein Kästchen mit dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fehler \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset an die entsprechende Stelle schreiben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX wird manchmal eine falschen Ort für den Fehler angeben. Das passiert typischerweise bei Tabellen, Bildern, mathemati\SpecialChar \- schen Ausdrücken und dem Vorspann. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Außerdem wird es eine Warnmeldung geben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können die Fehlerkästchen mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ehler -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+G -\family default +\family default erreichen, sie mit Drauf\SpecialChar \- klicken \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset öffnen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und die LaTeX-Fehlermeldung lesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige ziehen es vor, die log-Datei direkt anzusehen, was man mit -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -eX\SpecialChar ~ +eX\InsetSpace ~ Protokoll -\family default +\family default erreicht. Es gibt einige ziemlich einfache Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. Wir wollen diese hier beschreiben. Wegen einer vollständigen Liste sollten Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nachsehen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Alles, was mit diesen Worten beginnt, ist eine Warnung, damit man den LaTeX-Code selber \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset debugged \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Solche Meldungen erhält man, wenn man Querverweise oder Literaturverzeichnisein träge hinzugefügt oder geändert hat. In dem Fall will LaTeX Ihnen sagen, daß Sie einen weiteren Durchlauf machen müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sie weitgehend ignorieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine weitere Warnung, wenn LaTeX einen Font nicht finden konnte. Der Rest der Meldung sagt oft etwas über einen Ersatzfont, den LaTeX benutzt hat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sie immer ignorieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on liebt -\emph default +\emph default es, dies zu melden. Es sind Warnungen über zu lange Zeilen, die über den rechten Rand ragen. Fast immer sieht man es in der Druckausgabe nicht. Oder nur ein Buchstabe oder zwei ragen über den Rand hinaus. LaTeX scheint mindestens eine dieser Meldungen für jedes Dokument zu erzeugen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können diese blöden Meldungen ignorieren. Sie werden selber sehen, ob es mit zu langen Zeilen Probleme gibt; sehen Sie sich einfach den Ausdruck an. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nicht ganz so häufig wie ihre Kusine. Sie erscheint, wenn LaTeX glaubt, die beim Zeilenumbruch entstandenen Wortabstä nde sind zu groß, was zum Beispiel bei einem manuellen Zeilenumbruch passieren kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sie auch ignorieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies Warnungen erscheinen bei Problemen mit dem Seitenumbruch. Noch einmal, sehen Sie sich den Ausdruck an. Sie werden selber sehen, ob etwas falsch ist. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset not found -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Die Datei \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist nicht auf diesem System installiert. Diese Meldung erscheint gewöhnlich dann, wenn ein von Ihrem Dokument benötigtes Paket nicht installiert ist. Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default -Befehl benutzt haben, fehlt eins der Pakete, das LyX versuchte zu laden. Benutzen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -eX\SpecialChar ~ +eX\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default on\SpecialChar \- fi\SpecialChar \- gu\SpecialChar \- ra\SpecialChar \- tion -\family default +\family default , um eine Liste der Pakete zu bekommen, die LyX kennt. Diese Datei wird immer dann aktualisiert, wenn Sie LyX neu konfigurieren (mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default ), und sagt Ihnen, welche Pakete gefunden wurden und was sie machen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie aber einen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default -Befehl benutzt haben und das dort erwähnte Paket nicht installiert haben, müssen Sie es selber installieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Fehlermeldungen, die so anfangen, versuchen Ihnen zu sagen, daß Sie für ein Paket eine falsche oder unbekannte Option angegeben haben. Sehen Sie in der Paketdokumentation nach. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Undefined control sequence -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie ERTs in Ihr Dokument eingefügt und sich dabei verschrieben haben, werden Sie solch eine Meldung bekommen. Vielleicht haben Sie vergessen, ein Paket zu laden. Auf jeden Fall bedeutet diese Fehlermeldung, daß Sie einen nicht definierten Befehl benutzt haben. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt andere Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. Einige sind selbsterklärend. @@ -2069,181 +2420,224 @@ Es gibt andere Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. Andere sind ausgesprochen kryptisch. Das sind in Wahrheit TeX-Fehlermeldun\SpecialChar \- gen und wir haben wirklich -\emph on +\emph on keine Ahnung -\emph default +\emph default , was sie bedeuten oder wie man sie entziffert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Fehlermeldungen bekommen, sollten Sie folgendes machen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Prüfen Sie den von Ihnen eingefügten LaTeX-Code auf Schreibfehler. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn es keine gibt, prüfen Sie, ob Sie die Befehle richtig benutzt haben. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn Sie viele Fehlerkästchen am Anfang des Dokumentes aufgestapelt sehen, ist der Vorspann fehlerhaft. Suchen und korrigieren Sie diese Fehler. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen LaTeX-Befehl benutzt haben, ist der erste Verdächtigte Ihre LaTeX-Distribution selber. Suchen Sie nach fehlenden Paketen und installieren Sie sie. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gut, es gibt keine fehlenden Pakete. Haben Sie irgendwelche Feineinstellungen in LyX benutzt? Insbesondere, haben Sie sie -\emph on +\emph on falsch -\emph default +\emph default angewendet, wollten Sie zum Beispiel viele manuelle geschützte Leerzeichen, Zeilen- oder Seitenumbrüche einfügen? Haben Sie versucht, damit herumzutricksen anstatt die passende Absatzumgebung zu benutzen? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gut, Sie haben keine der Feineinstellungen benutzt, Sie haben die Regeln beachtet. Haben Sie etwas Ausgefallenes gemacht? Haben Sie in einer Tabelle oder Gleichung etwas Irres gemacht, zum Beispiel ein Bild in eine Tabelle eingefügt? \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_inset Haben Sie lange Textabschnitte, bei denen LaTeX keinen Zeilenumbruch finden kann? Standardmäßig ist LaTeX ziemlich streng mit dem Wortzwischenraum beim Zeilenumbruch. Sie sollten den Absatz überarbeiten, um das Problem zu vermeiden. Wenn das nicht geht, könnten Sie Ihren Text zwischen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\family default +\family default setzen, um LaTeX die Zeilen etwas schlampiger umbrechen zu lassen. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Haben Sie zu tief geschachtelt? LyX prüft (zur Zeit) nicht, ob Sie die Grenzen der Schachtelungstiefe einhalten. Wenn Sie einen Haufen Umgebungen bis zur 17. Stufe geschachtelt haben, ist das das Problem. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gut, es gibt keine Fehlermeldungen, aber Ihre Ausgabe sieht kaputt aus. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle oder ein Bild haben, das zu breit oder zu lang für die Seite ist, müssen Sie: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate das Bild kleiner skalieren, damit es paßt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate die Tabelle verkleinern, damit sie paßt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn mit der Ausgabe etwas Anderes falsch ging und Sie nichts Ausgefallenes gemacht und auch nicht mit den Feineinstellungen getrickst haben, wissen wir nicht genau, was falsch ist. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn all das nicht hilft --- nun, dann haben Sie -\emph on +\emph on vielleicht -\emph default +\emph default einen Fehler in LyX gefunden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Ergänzende Werkzeuge -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was BibTeX ist, und auch nicht wissen wie man es sinnvoll verwendet, das heißt wie man eine eigene Literaturdatenbank erstellt, können Sie sich die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lage von -\noun on +\noun on Leslie -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Lamport' -\noun default +\noun default s -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default besorgen, in dessen Anhang B BibTeX eingehend beschrieben ist. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard oder Helmut Kopka: -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lage -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Im Rahmen dieser Dokumentation wird angenommen, daß Sie bereits eine funktionie rende Literaturdatenbank erstellt haben, daß die entsprechenden Umgebungsvariabl en (insbesondere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BIBINPUTS -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BSTINPUTS -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default ) richtig gesetzt sind und daß Sie (im Notfall) eine gewöhnliche LaTeX-Datei unter Verwendung Ihrer BibTeX-Datenbank erzeugen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für diejenigen, die BibTeX nicht kennen: es ist ein System zum Erstellen einer großen Datenbank mit Ihren am häufigsten benutzen Literaturzitaten. @@ -2253,330 +2647,370 @@ F Auch wenn Sie nur gelegentlich Veröffentlichungen mit nur ein paar Zitaten schreiben, sollten Sie sich BibTeX einmal ansehen und entscheiden, ob es den Lernaufwand wert ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um BibTeX zusammen mit LyX zu benutzen, lesen Sie zunächst im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default , wie man Querverweise einfügt. Beim Einfügen von BibTeX-Querverweisen handelt es sich um denselben Mechanismus. Am Ende Ihres Dokumentes wählen Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listen\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +Listen\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ibTe \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X-Referenz -\family default +\family default . In der sich dann öffnenden Dialogbox tragen Sie folgendes ein: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Datenbank -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default en geben Sie den Namen Ihrer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default -Datei -\emph on +\emph on ohne -\emph default +\emph default die Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default ein. Wenn Sie mehrere Dateien angeben wollen, müssen Sie diese in der gewünschten Reihenfolge, getrennt durch Kommata, eingeben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Stil -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default wählen Sie den einen Stil für BibTeX aus. Die Standardeinstellung ist -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default ; die zugehörigen Stildateien sollten Bestandteil der LaTeX-Distribution sein, so daß Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen, diese erst anzulegen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie nun ein Zitat einfügen wollen, dessen Referenz in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default -Datei enthalten ist, müssen Sie lediglich den Cursor an die gewünschte Stelle im Text positionieren, den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itat\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default wählen und den entsprechenden Schlüssel eintragen. Sonst sind keine weiteren Aktionen nötig. Ein Blick in die Druckvorschau ( -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ) zeigt, daß LyX automatisch die notwendigen Programme (BibTeX, LaTeX inklusive eventuell notwendiger mehrfacher Aufrufe) startet. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein gutes Stichwortverzeichnisses zu erstellen gehört bei längeren Dokumenten mit zu den schwierigsten Aufgaben. Aber LyX unterstützt Sie auch hier und vereinfacht die Dinge, indem eine Schnittstelle zum Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default , das zu den meisten LaTeX-Distributionen gehört, bereitgestellt wird. Das Einfügen eines Index und das Markieren von Worten, die in diesem Index erscheinen sollen, funktioniert ähnlich wie das Erstellen eines Literaturver\SpecialChar \- zei ch\SpecialChar \- nisses, das im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben wurde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Setzen Sie den Cursor zunächst ganz ans Ende und wählen Sie dort den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listen\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +Listen\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tichwortverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . Für jedes Wort, das in dieser Liste erscheinen soll, setzen Sie nun den Cursor direkt hinter dieses Wort und wählen den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator St -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default Das -\family sans +\family sans Stichwort -\family default +\family default -Dialogfenster wird geöffnet und im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tichwort: -\family default +\family default sehen Sie das Wort, hinter dem Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator St -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default aufgerufen haben. Sie können den Text ändern. Wenn Sie vor dem Aufruf mehrere Worte markiert haben, stehen alle in Feld -\family sans +\family sans Stichwort -\family default +\family default . Das ist bereits alles; LyX ruft bei Bedarf automatisch das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default auf, welches dann den eigentlichen Index erzeugt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Achten Sie darauf, daß sich zwischen dem zu indizierenden Wort im Text und der Index-Marke kein Leerzeichen befindet, da auf diese Weise falsche Seitennum mern im Index erzeugt werden können. Außerdem möchten wir darauf hinweisen, daß mit dem Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default noch weit kompliziertere Dinge möglich sind. Ein Blick in die Dokumentation zu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default zeigt Ihnen zum Beispiel, wie man auch verschachtelte Einträge generieren kann, usw. Einige Beispiele finden Sie hier und im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie wollen, daß die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index beginnen, sollten sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage[german]{babel} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash addto -\backslash +\backslash captionsgerman{ -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie lieber die sogenannte neue Rechtschreibung verwenden, müssen Sie statt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ngerman -\family default +\family default benutzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie kein Stichwortverzeichnis erhalten, könnte es sein, daß die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.ist -\family default +\family default nicht vorhanden oder nicht an der richtigen Stelle (\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /texmf/makeindex/ -\family default +\family default ) ist. Diese Datei könnte so aussehen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code quote '=' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit Umlaute und ß richtig sortiert werden, sollten Sie sie im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tichwort: -\family default +\family default so schreiben: ä="a, \SpecialChar \ldots{} , Ü="U und ß="s. Sie können aber auch folgendes machen: um \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mühe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ins Stichwortverzeichnis aufzunehmen, schreiben Sie ins Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tichwort: -\family default +\family default folgendes: Muhe@Mühe. In einem Dokument sollten Sie aber nicht beide Möglichkeiten mischen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Anmerkung -\series default +\series default von -\noun on +\noun on Hartmut Haase -\noun default +\noun default : Die Sortierung erfolgt nach angelsächsischen Kriterien. Ich habe eine Modifikation vorgeschlagen, die die deutsche Sortierung ermöglich t. Sie wurde aber vom LyX-Team bisher nicht akzeptiert. Wer trotzdem daran interessiert ist, kann sich an mich wenden: hha4491@atomstro mfrei.de -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mehrteilige Dokumente -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Allgemeine Handhabung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie an sehr langen Texten mit vielen Kapiteln oder Abschnitten arbeiten ist es oft üblich, ein Dokument in mehrere Dateien aufzuteilen. @@ -2587,403 +3021,457 @@ Wenn Sie an sehr langen Texten mit vielen Kapiteln oder Abschnitten arbeiten Einleitung, Beobachtungen, Ergebnisse, Diskussion und Zusammenfassung. Jeder dieser Teile kann als separate LyX-Datei angelegt werden, die dann von einem Hauptdokument eingebunden werden, welches Titel, Autoren, Zusammenfas -sung, Querverweise usw.\SpecialChar ~ +sung, Querverweise usw.\InsetSpace ~ enthält und die fünf eingefügten Dateien. Jede dieser Dateien muß aber dieselbe Dokumentklasse haben --- versuchen Sie nicht Buch- und Artikelklassen zu mischen. Sie können auch LaTeX-Dateien einbinden, diese dürfen dann aber keinen eigenen Vorspann haben (das heißt der Teil bis einschließlich der Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default als auch das abschließende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default müssen entfernt werden), andernfalls werden beim LaTeX-Lauf Fehler gemeldet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX können externe Dateien sehr einfach über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Datei -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans einbinden -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ integriert werden. Dabei wird ein kleiner grauer Kasten (ähnlich einer Marke) an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Ein Klick auf diesen Kasten öffnet einen Dialog, über den die einzubindende Datei sowie die Art der Einbindung ausgewählt werden können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die drei Einbindungsarten sind -\family sans +\family sans Include -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unformatiert -\family default +\family default . Der Unterschied zwischen -\family sans +\family sans Include -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default bedeutet wirklich nur etwas für LaTeX-Experten, aber der praktische Unterschied besteht darin, daß Dateien, die über -\family sans +\family sans Include -\family default +\family default eingebunden werden, auf einer neuen Seite gesetzt werden, während über -\family sans +\family sans Input -\family default +\family default eingebundene Dateien auf der aktuellen Seite gesetzt werden. LyX wird eines Tages geändert werden, um dies darzustellen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Normalerweise wird das Hauptdokument vor dem Setzen des Textes in eine vollwerti ge LaTeX-Datei konvertiert, die eingebundenen Dateien jedoch nur in LaTeX-Dateie n ohne jeglichen Vorspann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Datei, die -\family sans +\family sans Unformatiert -\family default +\family default eingebunden wird, erscheint ohne Formatierung, das heißt genau so wie in der Datei, der Text wird mit dem Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine gesetzt. Normalerweise sind Leerzeichen in dieser Datei unsichtbar, obwohl zwei aufeinanderfolgende Leerzeichen beibehalten werden, im Gegensatz zum normalen LyX-Verhalten. Über den Auswahlpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default -eerzeichen\SpecialChar ~ -bei\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ -Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eerzeichen\InsetSpace ~ +bei\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ +Ausgabe\InsetSpace ~ kennzeichnen -\family default +\family default können diese durch eine kleine Markierung ersetzt werden, die das Vorhandensein von Leerzeichen anzeigt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Querverweise zwischen Dateien -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist möglich, Querverweise zwischen verschiedenen Dateien zu machen. Zunächst öffnen Sie alle infrage kommenden Dateien: nennen wir sie A und B in einem Beispiel mit zwei Dateien, wobei B in A eingefügt wird. Setzen Sie jetzt in A eine Marke, auf die Sie in B verweisen wollen, so öffnen Sie in B -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerverweis -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ und wählen im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument: -\family default +\family default die gewünschte Datei. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algorithmen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on (aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter algorithm -\family default +\family default wird von LyX benötigt, um -\emph on +\emph on gleitende -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Algorithmen -\emph default +\emph default verwenden zu können. Diese sind hilf\SpecialChar \- reich, wenn es darum geht, Algorithmen an Seitenumbrüchen zu positionieren oder einen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Index der Algorithmen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anzulegen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Teilabbildungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on (aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter subfigure -\family default +\family default wird von LyX verwendet, wenn im Dialog \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset die Option \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Teilabbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aktiviert wird. Damit lassen sich mehrere Abbildungen in einem einzigen Gleitobjekt unterbringe n, wobei jede Teilabbildung ihre eigene Bildunterschrift erhält. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der normale Satzspiegel einer Seite ist recht einfach. Für die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default besteht er aus der in der Fußzeile zentrierten Seitennummer. Der vorliegende Text verwendet die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default und erscheint daher bereits ein wenig aufwendiger, doch um wirklich -\emph on +\emph on aufsehenerregende -\emph default +\emph default Dinge zu erreichen, müssen Sie (wie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben) das Seitenformat im Menü -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default eiten-Stil: -\family default +\family default auf -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default einstellen. Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, welche LaTeX-Befehle Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen müssen, um den gewünschten Effekt zu erzielen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Kopfzeile der Seite ist in drei Bereiche aufgeteilt, die mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bezeichnet sind. Gleiches gilt für die Fußzeile. Die LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen diese Felder am einfachsten beschrieben werden können, sind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot -\family default +\family default usw\SpecialChar \@. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Ihren Namen links oben auf jeder Seite einfügen wollen, genügt dafür der folgende Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie werden jetzt in der Druckausgabe Ihren Namen links oben sehen. Wenn eines der Felder einen Standard-Eintrag hat, den Sie entfernen wollen (oft die Seitennummer, die mitten in der Fußzeile ausgegeben wird), fügen Sie den entsprechenden Befehl einfach mit einem leeren Argument ein, also etwa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So, und nun wird es wirklich abgehoben: In die linke obere Ecke soll das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , gefolgt von der laufenden Abschnittsnummer, in die rechte obere Seite die Seitennummer (zum Beispiel Seite 4); links unten soll Ihr Name stehen und unten rechts das Datum. Dazu benötigen Sie die folgenden Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash lhead{Abschnitt -\backslash +\backslash thesection} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash chead{} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash rhead{Seite -\backslash +\backslash thepage} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash rfoot{ -\backslash +\backslash today} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thesection -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thepage -\family default +\family default referenzieren die internen LaTeX-Zähler für Abschnitt und Seitennummer und geben so die jeweils aktuellen Werte aus. Der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash today -\family default +\family default gibt einfach das heutige Datum aus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dicke der Linien, die unter der Kopf- und über der Fußzeile eingefügt werden, kann ebenfalls verändert werden. @@ -2992,305 +3480,371 @@ Die Dicke der Linien, die unter der Kopf- und Standarddicke der Linie unter der Kopfzeile beträgt 0pt, über der Fußzeile 0.4pt. Verwenden Sie die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash headrulewidth} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset {0.4pt} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash footrule\SpecialChar \- width}{0.4pt} -\family default +\family default , um die Dicke zu verändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Einstellungen für Kopf- und Fußzeile können durch die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset {plain} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{fancy} -\family default +\family default gezielt für einzelne Seiten ein- und ausgeschaltet werden. Fügen Sie sie einfach auf der gewünschten Seite ein und markieren Sie sie als LaTeX-Code. Wenn Sie die Einstellung -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default verwenden, werden standardmäßig alle Titelseiten im Stil -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default gesetzt, alle folgenden dann in -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch weitere komplexere Befehle, zum Beispiel um Dinge nur auf ungeraden Seiten zu setzen usw., doch für deren Beschreibung seien Sie an die Dokumentatio n des LaTeX-Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default verwiesen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie teTeX installiert haben, finden Sie diese typischerweise als \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/teTeX/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als letztes Beispiel soll gezeigt werden, wie man eine Abbildung im Encapsulated -PostScript®-Format in die Kopf- oder Fußzeile einbinden kann. Angenommen, Sie wollen Ihr Firmenlogo in die obere linke Ecke setzen, dann sollten Sie etwa folgendes versuchen: -\layout Standard -\leftindent 1cm +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\leftindent 1cm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Falls Sie außer diesem Logo keine weiteren EPS-Abbildungen in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, müssen Sie davor außerdem noch die Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default einfügen.) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Minipage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LaTeX gibt es eine Möglichkeit, so etwas wie eine Seite innerhalb einer Seite zu definieren, genannt -\emph on +\emph on Minipage -\emph default +\emph default . Innerhalb einer solchen Minipage gelten alle gewöhnlichen Regeln zur Einrückung , Zeilenumbruch usw\SpecialChar \@. Auch LyX unterstützt den Benutzer beim sinnvollen Einsatz der Vorteile, die eine Minipage bietet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Minipages haben in LyX ihr eigenes Einfügekästchen; fügen Sie eins mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Mini -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default age -\family default +\family default ein. Ein Rechtsklick auf das mit Minipage beschriftete Kästchen öffnet einen Dialog zum ändern der Größe und der Ausrichtung. -\series bold +\series bold Warnung -\series default +\series default : wenn die Minipage zu lang ist, um auf eine Seite zu passen, wird sie abgeschni tten, nicht auf die nächste Seite umgebrochen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie zwei Minipages horizontal nebeneinandersetzen, kann zwischen ihnen ein sogenanntes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default eingefügt werden. Durch diesen speziellen LaTeX-Befehl wird ein variabler Leerraum zwischen den Minipages eingefügt, so daß die erste am linken Rand der Seite beginnt und die zweite mit dem rechten Rand abschließt. Die Beispiele unten zeigen die Unterschiede. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hier ein Beispiel für zwei neben\SpecialChar \- einanderliegende Minipages, die -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default durch ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default getrennt sind. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist die zweite der beiden Minipages, die nicht durch ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default getrennt sind. Beachten Sie den Abstand zwi\SpecialChar \- schen den Blöcken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist nur ein (normal gesetzter) Satz, um die beiden Beispiele voneinander zu trennen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist nun ein Beispiel für zwei nebeneinanderliegende Minipages, die durch ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default voneinander getrennt sind. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist die zweite Minipage, von der ersten durch ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default getrennt. Beachten Sie die Ausrichtung und den Abstand zwischen den Blöcken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sehr oft wird die Frage gestellt, ob es möglich ist, den Text um eine Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset herumfließen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu lassen, so daß diese Abbildung nur einen Teil der Satzbreite belegt und der Rest von Text ausgefüllt wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure width "70col%" -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename mobius.eps @@ -3298,87 +3852,99 @@ collapsed false width 60col% BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Dies ist eine umflossene Abbildung und seine Bildunterschrift -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie sehen hier ein Bild eines Möbius-Bandes --- Sie kennen es vermutlich schon aus dem -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Um den Text wie hier im Beispiel um die Abbildung herumfließen zu lassen, müssen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator umflossene Abbildung -\family default +\family default auswählen. Damit bekommt man zunächst einen mit Wrap: Abbildung beschrifteten Rahmen, in dem zunächst nur -\series bold +\series bold Figure #: -\series default +\series default steht. Dessen Absatzumgebung ändern Sie zunächst von -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default um und fügen eine Abbildung ein ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Grafik -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Wenn Sie den Abbildungstitel über der Abbildung haben wollen, stellen Sie den Cursor vor die Abbildung, sonst dahinter, drücken -\family sans +\family sans Eingabe -\family default +\family default , ändern die Absatzumgebung wieder in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default und geben den Abbildungstitel ein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Rechtsklick auf den Abbildungstitel öffnet das Wrap-Op\SpecialChar \- tionen-Fenster, @@ -3386,51 +3952,53 @@ tionen-Fenster, Außerdem sollten Sie sich durch einen Rechtsklick auf die Abbildung davon überzeugen, daß die Abbildung nicht breiter als ihr \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rahmen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist. Wenn die Abbildung schmaler als ihr \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rahmen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist, kann man sie durch -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default auch noch positionieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Hinweis -\series default +\series default : Diese umflossenen Abbildungen sind ziemlich \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset empfindlich \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Abbildung zu dicht am unteren Rand der Seite @@ -3440,71 +4008,81 @@ empfindlich kann es Probleme mit der nächsten Überschrift geben. Und wenn der Platz für den Text neben der Abbildung zu gering ist, wird es Probleme mit der Silbentrennung geben, die Sie aber meistens mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sloppypar -\family default +\family default (siehe Fehlerbehebung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) beheben können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sonderformate für Tabellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für 99% der von Ihnen verwendeten Tabellen werden die normalen Formatiermöglichk eiten von LyX ausreichend sein. Wenn Sie im Feld -\family sans +\family sans Breite: -\family default +\family default einen Wert eintragen, wird für die Spalte eine feste Breite definiert. Im Feld -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default -Argument: -\family default +\family default können Sie verschiedene Spaltentrenner definieren, zum Beispiel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , mit dessen Hilfe beliebige Zeichen(folgen), insbesondere auch eine leere Zeichenkette, als Trenner zwischen den Tabellenspalten angegeben werden @@ -3512,14 +4090,30 @@ X Das mag auf Anhieb nicht sehr sinnvoll erscheinen, eröffnet aber sehr viele Möglichkeiten. Dies läßt sich am besten anhand von Beispielen erläutern. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine Standard-Tabelle: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3530,62 +4124,86 @@ Dies ist eine Standard-Tabelle: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Typ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beispiel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fels -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quarz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß sich der horizontale Trennstrich auf beiden Seiten ein wenig über den Text heraus erstreckt. @@ -3593,8 +4211,20 @@ Beachten Sie, da leeren Spaltentrenner einfügen, der den von LaTeX standardmäßig eingefügten Leerraum unterbindet. Dies sieht dann so aus: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3605,127 +4235,167 @@ Beachten Sie, da \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Typ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beispiel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fels -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quarz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Hier wurden die Spaltenformate links auf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und rechts auf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l @{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gesetzt, um den jeweils äußeren Leerraum zu entfernen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Angenommen, Sie wollten, aus welchem Grund auch immer, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset umgeben von ein wenig Leerraum, als Trennung zwischen zwei Spalten verwenden: Schalten Sie einfach die senkrechten Trennstriche über das normale Menü ab und tragen dann für die rechte Spalte als besonderes Spaltenformat \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{~$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~} l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein. Damit können Sie die folgende Tabelle erstellen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3736,65 +4406,91 @@ pi}$~} l \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Typ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beispiel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fels -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quarz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection + +\begin_layout Subsection Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zugegeben, das letzte Beispiel war nicht sehr sinnvoll. Dafür ist das nächste um so praxisnäher: Eine Spalte der Tabelle soll Zahlen @@ -3806,8 +4502,20 @@ t als Spaltentrenner verwendet und der Nachkommateil in der folgenden Spalte Bei der anderen Variante wird der Dezimalpunkt beim ganzzahligen Anteil miteingegeben und dann zwischen den Spalten ein leerer Spaltentrenner verwendet. Dies wurde im folgenden Beispiel getan: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3819,167 +4527,211 @@ t als Spaltentrenner verwendet und der Nachkommateil in der folgenden Spalte \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ausdruck -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wert -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 36. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 80663. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl das in LyX noch etwas seltsam aussieht, wird LaTeX beim späteren Ausdruck daraus etwas erstellen, das wie eine zweispaltige Tabelle aussieht, bei der die rechte Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt ausgerichtet ist und die Überschrift darüber zentriert ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier eine Schritt-für-Schritt-Beschreibung, wie diese Tabelle erstellt wurde: Legen Sie zunächst eine 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 5 Tabelle an und schalten Sie alle Rahmen aus. Dann fügen Sie in der ersten Zeile wieder den unteren und in der ersten @@ -3987,194 +4739,226 @@ Hier eine Schritt-f Geben Sie den Text für die erste Spalte ein, verwenden Sie als Ausrichtung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zentriert \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tragen Sie in der zweiten Spalte die ganzzahligen Anteile (inklusive Dezimalpun kt) ein, die Ausrichtung muß rechtsbündig sein. Für die dritte Spalte tragen Sie als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Besonderes Spaltenformat \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{}l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein und geben in der Tabelle die Nachkommaanteile ein. Und zum Schluß noch die Spaltenüberschrift: Schreiben Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wert \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in das oberste mittlere Feld, markieren das Wort und das (leere) Feld rechts daneben und klicken dann auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ehrfachspalte -\family default +\family default . Einfach, nicht? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Alternative für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung gibt das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Fügen Sie folgendes zum Vorspann hinzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um eine Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt auszurichten, schreiben Sie folgendes in das Feld -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Argument -\family default +\family default des -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default -Menüs: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{Anzahl der Dezimalstellen} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Beispieltabelle wurde gelöscht. Sehen Sie sich die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter decimal.lyx -\family default +\family default an ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ö -\bar default +\bar default ffnen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eispiele -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um die Spalte zu verbreitern, erhöhen Sie einfach die Dezimalstellen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Setzt man für eine einzelne Zelle die Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ehrfachspalte -\family default +\family default , wird die Dezimalpunktausrichtung wieder aufgehoben. Ein Nachteil dieser Methode ist, daß keine mathematischen Formeln benutzt werden können, es sei denn, das Attribut -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ehrfachspalte -\family default +\family default wurde gesetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Methode bietet dieselbe Flexibilität wie das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Man könnte zum Beispiel den Ausrichtungstrenner ändern und unterschiedliche Trenner für andere Spalten benutzen, indem man im Vorspann mehrspaltige Typen definiert. Die Syntax ist wie folgt: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{Eingabetrenner}{Ausgabetrenner}{Dezimalstellen} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der interessierte Leser sollte sich die Dokumentation des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default -Paketes ansehen, um weitere Einzelheiten zu erfahren. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Listenmarkierer auswählen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX stellt 216 verschiedene Symbole zur Verfügung, die Sie über ein Dialogfenste r erreichen. @@ -4184,54 +4968,64 @@ r erreichen. also nicht in verschiedenen Teilen des Textes unterschiedliche Zeichen verwenden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Genaugenommen geht es schon, Sie müssen dann aber die Einstellungen von Hand eingeben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Dialogfenster -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : muß überarbeitet werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählungszeichen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Dialog zeigt eine Tabelle der Aufzählungszeichen. Über die Leiste auf der linken Seite können sechs verschiedene Felder mit @@ -4245,13 +5039,27 @@ leiste am oberen Rand dient dazu, die Aufz Wenn Sie den Eintrag von Hand ändern, kann es aber notwendig sein, ein entsprechendes LaTeX-Paket, in dem der Eintrag definiert wird, selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die sechs zur Auswahl stehenden Felder ergeben sich aufgrund der zu ihrer Darstellung notwendigen LaTeX-Pakete. Die folgende Tabelle zeigt die Zuordnung von Name und zugehörigem LaTeX-Paket. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4262,156 +5070,196 @@ Die sechs zur Auswahl stehenden Felder ergeben sich aufgrund der zu ihrer \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Schalter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Benötigtes Paket -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Mathe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amssymb.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hindert Sie nicht daran, Aufzählungszeichen aus Paketen zu verwenden, die Sie nicht installiert haben. @@ -4419,195 +5267,233 @@ LyX hindert Sie nicht daran, Aufz haben Sie wahrscheinlich ein Paket vergessen. LyX beschränkt den Gebrauch nicht, weil Sie vielleicht lokal schreiben und dann irgendwohin exportieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection So funktioniert es -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Legen Sie fest, welche Aufzählungsebene Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie dann ein Zeichen aus. Die Änderung wird innerhalb von LyX -\series bold +\series bold nicht sichtbar -\series default +\series default sein, sondern erst, wenn Sie den Text als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default oder PostScript®-Datei betrachten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Standardzeichen wiederherstellen, indem Sie mit dem rechten Mausknopf auf den Knopf für die jeweilige Aufzählungsebene klicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie -\emph on +\emph on wirklich -\emph default +\emph default in verschiedenen Absätzen unterschiedliche Aufzählungszeichen verwenden wollen, müssen Sie von Hand eingreifen. Allerdings kann Ihnen der Dialog dabei ein wenig helfen, da er den LaTeX-Code, der das jeweilige Zeichen erzeugt, gleich angibt. Um nun Ihren eigenen, abweichenden Absatz anzulegen, haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{}{} -\family default +\family default , um für eine Aufzählungsebene ein neues Zeichen zu definieren. Sie sollten außerdem den gegenwärtigen Wert speichern, um ihn hinterher wiederherstellen zu können. In der aktuellen Aufzählung wurden folgende LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, um das Zeichen für die erste Aufzählungsebene zu verändern: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Beachten Sie, daß die Aufzählungsebene in römischen Ziffern als Teil des Befehls -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label\SpecialChar \- item -\family default +\family default angegeben wird. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Geben Sie jedes Zeichen einzeln an, indem Sie jeden Eintrag mit einem in eckige Klammern eingeschlossenen Befehl für das Zeichen beginnen. Dieser Eintrag hier wurde zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\family default +\family default begonnen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie das Listensymbol lokal verändert haben, denken Sie daran, es hinterher wieder in den Originalzustand zurückzusetzen. Für das vorliegende Beispiel geschieht das mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Besondere Dokumentklassen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS-Mathe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Formate der Klasse AMS-Mathe wurden erstellt, um damit mathematische Veröffentlichungen zu schreiben, die in den diversen Veröffentlichungen @@ -4619,27 +5505,29 @@ Die Formate der Klasse AMS-Mathe wurden erstellt, um damit mathematische Die Dokumentation der AMS ist auch über das WWW zugänglich ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) oder kann per FTP geladen werden ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ). Diese Formate sind für jede Art von mathematischen Texten geeignet und nützlich. Derzeit gibt es drei verschiedene Formate für AMS-Mathe: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart - Das AMS-Standardformat für Artikel. Alle Ergebnisse und gleichwertige Aussagen werden in der Form \begin_inset Formula $(n,m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset numeriert. Dabei steht die erste Zahl für den Abschnitt, die zweite zählt alle Aussagen @@ -4648,40 +5536,50 @@ amsart - Das AMS-Standardformat f Außerdem stehen eine ganze Reihe von nichtnumerierten Umgebungen zur Verfügung, die auch gelegentlich benötigt werden. Diese sind durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq - Hier ist die Numerierung unabhängig vom Abschnitt und wird für jeden Typ von Aussage getrennt geführt. Einige öfters benötigte Typen (nicht alle) stehen ebenfalls in einer nichtnumer ierten Form zur Verfügung, die durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichn et ist. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsbook - Das AMS-Standardformat für Bücher (oder besser Monographien). Die Numerierung erfolgt ähnlich wie bei amsart, allerdings umfaßt die Numerieru ng drei Ziffern, \begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mit Kapitel (erste Zahl), Abschnitt (zweite Zahl) und Aussage (dritte Zahl). - Theorem, Korollar, Proposition, Definition usw.\SpecialChar ~ + Theorem, Korollar, Proposition, Definition usw.\InsetSpace ~ werden wiederum gleichbehandelt. Die wichtigsten Umgebungen gibt es ebenfalls in einer nichtnumerierten Version, die mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine LyX-Datei der ams*-Klasse kann einfach in jede andere der ams*-Klassen umgewandelt werden, indem man die entsprechende Klasse über das Menü -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default aktiviert. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was diese Formate bieten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine umfangreiche Aufzählung der Umgebungstypen, die von den Formaten der AMS-Klasse bereitgestellt werden. @@ -4689,464 +5587,572 @@ Dies ist eine umfangreiche Aufz für eigene Zwecke zu definieren. Die hier realisierte Auswahl entspricht den Empfehlungen der AMS. Zusätzlich zu den normalen LyX-Typen wie -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default sind dies: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Theorem -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies wird normalerweise zur Präsentation zentraler Ergebnisse verwendet. Das Wort ,, -\family sans +\family sans Theorem` -\family default +\family default ` wird in Fettdruck ausgegeben, zusammen mit einer automatisch ermittelten Zahl (eine nichtnumerierte Version ist als -\family sans +\family sans Theorem* -\family default +\family default vorhanden). Der Text erscheint hervorgehoben. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Corollary -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies wird für Aussagen verwendet, die direkt aus vorhergehenden Aussagen hervorgehen. Dies können ebenfalls wieder zentrale Ergebnisse sein. Eine nichtnumerierte Version ( -\family sans +\family sans Corollary* -\family default +\family default ) ist vorhanden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Lemma -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies sind kleinere Ergebnisse, die benötigt werden, um andere Aussagen zu beweisen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Proposition -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Noch weniger zentrale Ergebnisse, die (hoffentlich) zu der entwickelten Theorie beitragen. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Conjecture -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Aussagen, für die der Autor keinen Beweis liefern kann, die aber einleuchtend und wahr erscheinen (für den Autor zumindest). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Criterion -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Eine benötigte Bedingung. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Algorithm -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Eine generelle Vorgehensweise, die verwendet werden soll. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Axiom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Eine Eigenschaft oder Aussage, die für den Augenblick als wahr vorausgesetzt wird. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Definition -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Raten Sie wofür. Diese Aussage hebt sich im Zeichensatz stark von den vorherigen ab. Die Überschrift (,, -\family sans +\family sans Definition` -\family default +\family default `) ist zwar auch in Fettdruck, aber der restliche Text erscheint in normaler Schrift. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Example -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Wird ähnlich wie -\family sans +\family sans Definition -\family default +\family default gesetzt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Condition -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default eine Bedingung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Problem -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ein (zu lösendes) Problem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Exercise -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default eine Übungsaufgabe -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Remark -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies ist auch eine etwas veränderte Art von -\family sans +\family sans Theorem -\family default +\family default . ,, -\emph on +\emph on Remark` -\emph default +\emph default ` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt, der Rest in Normalschrift. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Note -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Wird genauso wie -\family sans +\family sans Remark -\family default +\family default gesetzt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Notation -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Claim -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Summary -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Acknowledgement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Case -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies wird verwendet, um lange Argumentationen aufzuspalten, indem besondere Fälle betrachtet werden. -\family sans +\family sans Case -\family default +\family default hat sein eigenes, unabhängiges Numerierungsschema. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Conclusion -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Fact -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Proof -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Das Wort ,, -\emph on +\emph on Proof` -\emph default +\emph default ` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt. Am Ende dieser Umgebung wird ein QED-Symbol (normalerweise ein Quadrat, das hängt aber vom verwendeten Stil ab) eingefügt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Address -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Die permanente Adresse des Autors. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -Current\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +\series medium +Current\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hierher gehört die (momentane) Adresse des Autors zum Zeitpunkt der Einsendung des Artikels, falls diese von der permanenten Adresse abweicht. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Email -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Die E-Mail Adresse des Autors. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium URL -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Die Web-Adresse des Autors, falls gewünscht. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Keywords -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Schlüsselworte oder Phrasen, um die im Artikel verwendeten Themen zu charakteri sieren. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Subjectclass -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dies bezieht sich auf die AMS-Subjektklassifizierung, die in -\emph on +\emph on Mathematical Reviews -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben und veröffentlicht ist. Sie sind auch Online über die oben angegebenen Adressen zugänglich. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Thanks -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Dedicatory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Translator -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus aktivieren all diese Formate automatisch die AMS-LaTeX- und AMS-Font-Pakete. Sie müssen auf Ihrem System installiert sein, damit Sie diese Formate verwenden können. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dinbrief -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\family default +\family default können Briefe unter Berücksichtigung deutscher Konventionen geschrieben werden. In -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/templates -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Neu\InsetSpace ~ von -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) finden Sie ein Beispiel als Vorlage. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default stellt eine Alternative zur Standard-Klasse -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default dar. Sie hat in etwa dieselbe Funktionalität, hat aber ein etwas anderes Format mit Abschnittsüberschriften in Sans Serif und einigen weiteren Änderungen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A&A Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie man mit LyX Artikel für die Veröffentlichung in der wissenschaftlichen Zeitschrift -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy & Astrophysics -\emph default +\emph default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) schreiben kann. Man benötigt dafür die Dokumentklasse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa.cls -\family default +\family default , Version 5.01, die Sie von folgendem FTP-Server beziehen können: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout -\family typewriter + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Zu diesem Paket gehört auch ein Handbuch, und der vorliegende Text dient nicht als Ersatz für dieses Handbuch! Er soll nur ein paar Hilfestellungen geben, wie man unter LyX die richtige Form erreicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy & Astrophysics -\emph default - seit dem 1.\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + seit dem 1.\InsetSpace ~ Januar 2001 nicht mehr von Springer, sondern von EDP Sciences herausgegeben wird. Mit diesem Wechsel wurden auch einige Änderungen im Format und in den Stildatei @@ -5156,70 +6162,78 @@ en eingef Wenn Sie eine ältere Version installiert haben, sollten Sie unbedingt auf die aktuelle Version umsteigen. Aus Gründen der Kompatibilität wurde das alte Format als -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A V4) -\family default +\family default beibehalten. Bitte lesen Sie dazu die Kommentare in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Anfang -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie beginnen ein neues Dokument über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default eu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default or\SpecialChar \- la\SpecialChar \- ge\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Verwendung von Vorlagen ist äußerst empfehlenswert. Legen Sie sich selber eine an, oder bitten Sie den lokalen System\SpecialChar \- @@ -5227,183 +6241,225 @@ administrator, eine solche zu erstellen. Ein Beispiel für eine solche Vorlage finden Sie in der normalen LyX-Distributio n. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Falls Sie keine Vorlage verwenden, achten Sie auf die folgenden Einstellungen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wählen Sie die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A) -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default (na ja, das war naheliegend). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ändern Sie nichts an den Einstellungen Seitenformat, alles Notwendige wird von den Makros eingestellt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Titelblock -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das erste, was Sie eingeben müssen, sind die Informationen für den Titel. Er hat insgesamt sieben Einträge, von denen einige optional sind. Dies sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default : [benötigt] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subtitle -\family default +\family default : [optional] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default : [optional] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : [benötigt] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Of\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fprints -\family default +\family default : [optional] falls mehr als ein Autor beteiligt ist: An wen sollen Anfragen bzgl. Reprints gestellt werden? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Mail -\family default +\family default : [optional] Postadresse. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default : [benötigt]. Das hier verwendete Format ist: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{Received: ; Accepted } -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default darf nicht selber eingefügt werden, dies wird automatisch von LyX getan, sobald der Titelblock beendet ist. Die Reihenfolge der Einträge im Titelblock ist übrigens egal, die oben gegebene Reihenfolge ist aber optisch am nächsten am Format des späteren Textes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie im Titelblock Fußnoten verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel um Ihre gegenwärt ige Adresse anzugeben, können Sie dazu die normale Fußnote -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ußnote -\family default +\family default verwenden. LyX verwendet dann automatisch die in diesem Fall korrekte LaTeX-Form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus werden drei zusätzliche LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, für die es in LyX kein Gegenstück gibt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default - trennt die Namen von mehreren Autoren bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + trennt die Namen von mehreren Autoren bzw.\InsetSpace ~ Adressen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash inst{} -\family default +\family default wird verwendet, um die zusammengehörigen Autoren/Adressen zu kennzeichnen. Die Adressen werden normalerweise in der Reihenfolge numeriert, wie sie in der Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default eingegeben werden. Deshalb werden mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst -\family default +\family default die zugehörigen Autoren markiert. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{Adresse} -\family default +\family default erlaubt das Einfügen einer Email-Adresse für schnellere Kontaktaufnahme. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In allen Fällen müssen Sie die entsprechenden Befehle selber eingeben und als ERT markieren. Beachten Sie auch das Beispiel. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Zusammenfassung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Zusammenfassung sollte direkt auf den Titelblock folgen. Mit Version 5 der Textklasse wurde die Abstract-Umgebung in einen Befehl @@ -5411,453 +6467,565 @@ Die Zusammenfassung sollte direkt auf den Titelblock folgen. Hier muß auch der Eintrag der Schlüsselworte erfolgen. Diese Umgebung ist in LyX derzeit nicht implementiert, deshalb müssen Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\family default +\family default von Hand eingeben und als ERT kennzeichnen. Siehe dazu auch das Beispiel. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vom Format -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default werden folgende Umgebungstypen unterstützt: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Auflistung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Aufzählung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Danksagung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans La \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige der LaTeX-Befehle werden vom Format -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default in LyX nicht unterstützt. Einige davon wurden bereits erwähnt. Der Übersicht halber sind hier nochmals alle zusammen aufgeführt: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash appendix -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash authorrunning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash keywords{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash object{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titlerunning{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie einen dieser Befehle verwenden wollen, müssen Sie ihn von Hand eingeben. -\series bold +\series bold Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, die Befehle als LaTeX-Code zu kennzeichnen! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX stellt die notwendigen Float-Umgebungen -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans figure* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans table -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans table* -\family default +\family default zur Verfügung, deshalb hier keine weiteren Erläuterungen dazu. Lesen Sie das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Denken Sie aber daran, daß laut Vorgabe Tabellen linksbündig gesetzt werden sollten. Verwenden Sie dazu die Einstellungsmöglichkeit im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine kleine Ausnahme vom Standard stellen breite Abbildungen mit der Bilduntersc hrift neben dem Bild dar. Um eine solche Abbildung zu erstellen, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erzeugen Sie eine breite Gleitabbildung: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleitobjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Abbildung. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Geben Sie Ihre Bildunterschrift ein. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Eingabe, -\family default +\family default um den Cursor über den Text zu positionieren. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Fügen Sie die Abbildung ein: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Grafik -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Die Abbildung sollte auf eine Breite von 12 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset cm skaliert werden. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Positionieren Sie den Cursor hinter die Abbildung und fügen Sie einen horizontal en Leerraum ein: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default Fill -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Schalten Sie in den LaTeX-Modus: -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ T -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+L -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Geben Sie folgenden Text ein: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ -\family default +\family default . -\series bold +\series bold Schließen Sie die Klammer nicht! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Setzen Sie den Cursor hinter den Text und fügen Sie im LaTeX-Modus die schließen de Klammer ein: -\family sans -Strg+L\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Strg+L\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich dazu auch die Abbildungen im Beispiel an. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Schiedsrichter-Format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um den Artikel einzureichen, muß er in einem speziellen, zweizeiligen Format ausgedruckt werden. Dazu muß der Dokumentklasse in LaTeX die Option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default angegeben werden. Verwenden Sie hierzu im Menü -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format, -\family default +\family default Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default :, und geben Sie dort das Wort -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default ein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Beispielartikel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Verzeichnis Beispiele, in das Sie über den entsprechenden Knopf im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Ö -\bar default +\bar default ffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eispiele -\family default +\family default gelangen, finden Sie einen Artikel für dieses Format ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Es ist der Artikel, der auch im originalen Paket der Textklasse beigelegt ist, in LyX ,,übersetzt``. Sie können ihn als Anregung verwenden und den originalen LaTeX-Text mit LyX' Art und Weise zu schreiben vergleichen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX ist ein Makro-Paket, welches von der American Astronomical Society zusammengestellt wurde, um die Einsendung von Manuskripten für die drei @@ -5866,15 +7034,19 @@ AASTeX ist ein Makro-Paket, welches von der American Astronomical Society of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. LyX setzt mindestens Version 5.0 dieses Makro-Paketes voraus. Das AASTeX-Paket kann vom FTP-Server der AAS heruntergeladen werden: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das Paket enthält auch einen vollständigen Leitfaden für Benutzer, und Sie sollten sich zunächst mit dem Paket vertraut machen, bevor Sie damit einen @@ -5885,951 +7057,1064 @@ e im Klaren sein, LyX nimmt Ihnen lediglich ab, all diese Befehle selber Sie sind auch verantwortlich dafür, daß das endgültige LaTeX-Dokument den Richtlinien derjenigen Zeitschrift entspricht, bei dem Sie den Artikel einreichen wollen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einen neuen Artikel beginnen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist ratsam, mit der beigefügten Vorlagedatei zu beginnen. Klicken Sie dazu auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ von -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , geben Sie einen Dateinamen ein und wählen Sie dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.lyx -\family default +\family default als Vorlage. Diese zeigt Ihnen die in Manuskripten am häufigsten auftretenden Umgebungstypen. Ersetzen Sie einfach den vorhandenen Text (inklusive der spitzen Klammern, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) mit den richtigen Inhalten. Viele der AASTeX-Befehle lassen sich einfach in LyX integrieren, bei manchen ist das jedoch nicht der Fall, insbesondere bei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default . Diese fallen Ihnen in der Vorlage sicherlich sofort auf: Derartige Befehle müssen direkt eingetippt und als ERT markiert werden. Ich habe versucht, den Umfang solcher ERTs so gering wie möglich zu halten, aber es sind immer noch mehr, als den meisten lieb ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Abschluß eines Artikels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn das Dokument zu Ihrer Zufriedenheit erstellt ist und einwandfrei in der Vorschau betrachtet und ausgedruckt werden kann, sind einige Nachbearbeitun gsschritte notwendig, bevor der Text eingereicht werden kann. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportieren Sie den Text als LaTeX-Datei ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Editieren Sie die so erzeugte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei mit Ihrem bevorzugten Text-Editor: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie die Kommentarzeilen vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default -Befehl. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie (falls vorhanden) die Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage...{fontenc} -\family default +\family default (normalerweise direkt nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash docu\SpecialChar \- ment\SpecialChar \- class -\family default +\family default ). Ebenfalls entfernt werden muß eine eventuell vorhandene -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash secnumdepth -\family default +\family default -Zeile. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie alle Zeilen zwischen (einschließlich) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default , mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt haben (diese sollten direkt nach den \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei stehen). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Suchen Sie nach etwaigen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default -Befehlen und ersetzen Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FileName -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset durch den korrekten Dateinamen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Falls notwendig, ändern Sie alle vorkommenden -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default -Befehle (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf um sicherzustellen, daß die Datei noch immer fehlerfrei verarbeitet werden kann. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lesen Sie nochmals die Vorgaben der Zeitschrift um sicherzugehen, daß die verwendeten Dateinamen und Formate richtig sind. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Reichen Sie die Arbeit ein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ich werde hier nicht die verschiedenen AASTeX-Befehle ausführlich erläutern; dies wird im Handbuch des Makropaketes ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aasguide.tex -\family default +\family default ) sehr gut gemacht. Ich gehe an dieser Stelle also nur die Liste durch und füge an einigen Stellen Kommentare hinzu. Also los\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Da sie funktionieren, wie Sie es von ihnen erwarten, zähle ich sie hier nur auf und füge die Abschnittsnummern hinzu, in denen sie im Handbuch erläutert sind: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (2.1.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default (2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affil -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords -\family default +\family default (2.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash paragraph -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{eqnarray} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mathletters} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{thebibliography} -\family default +\family default (2.12.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default (2.12.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{table} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, sowie an anderen Stellen), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablecomments -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default (2.16). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Stiloptionen arbeiten ebenfalls korrekt: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqsecnum -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushrt -\family default +\family default (3, 3.1, 3.2). Tragen Sie sie einfach im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default ein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die folgenden Befehle sind für die Verwendung durch die Zeitschrifteneditoren vorgesehen. Aber wenn Sie sie unbedingt verwenden wollen, tragen Sie sie in den LaTeX-Vorsp ann ein: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash received -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash revised -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ccc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cpright -\family default +\family default (alle in 2.1.3) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die folgenden Befehle müssen ebenfalls im LaTeX-Vorspann plaziert werden. Sie sind in der Vorlagedatei als (leere) Platzhalter aufgeführt: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash slugcomment -\family default +\family default (2.1.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shorttitle -\family default +\family default (2.1.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortauthors -\family default +\family default (2.1.5) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet werden. Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash notetoeditor -\family default +\family default (2.6) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet werden. Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default (2.8) kann keine Marke für Querverweise einfügen. Sie müssen das von Hand eingeben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash placefigure -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- Es gilt das zu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default Gesagte. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acknowledgements -\family default +\family default (2.9) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash appendix -\family default +\family default (2.10) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default (2.13.2) -- das optionale Argument müssen Sie später von Hand in der LaTeX-Datei hinzufügen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqnum -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default (2.12), Abkürzungen von Zeitschriftennamen (2.12.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figurenum -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsscale -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plottwo -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenum -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, fügen Sie es als erstes Element in der Zelle -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default derjenigen ein, in der Sie es verwenden wollen. Verwenden Sie keine von LyX erzeugten Linien in der Tabelle.), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), praktisch alles in Abschnitt Misc (2.15, außer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default , s.o.), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash singlespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onecolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twocolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} jedenfalls nicht auf irgendeine sinnvolle Weise, deshalb sollten Sie sie am Besten ignorieren. Es handelt sich dabei um die Umgebungstypen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter references -\family default +\family default (2.12.3) und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deluxtable -\family default +\family default (2.14). Wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deluxtable -\family default +\family default wirklich verwenden wollen, legen Sie die Tabelle mit einem normalen Editor als Datei an und fügen Sie diese über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans einfügen -\family default +\family default in Ihre LyX-Datei ein. In der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aas_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default finden Sie ein Beispiel dafür. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es kann etwas schwierig sein, LyX dazu zu bringen, neue Formate und Dokumentklas sen zu erkennen. Wenn alles Andere versagt, machen Sie folgendes: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stellen Sie sicher, daß LaTeX das AASTeX-Paket findet. Kopieren Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default (und eventuell \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{table.tex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) in ein eigenes Verzeichnis und versuchen Sie, es mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default zu übersetzen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Überzeugen Sie sich, daß die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.layout -\family default +\family default entweder in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /layouts -\family default +\family default oder in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{~/.lyx/layouts} -\end_inset +\end_inset zu finden ist. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rekonfigurieren Sie LyX mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default und starten Sie LyX dann neu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei (nicht mit Vorlagedatei). Erscheint AASTeX als Auswahloption in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lasse -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie beim Übersetzen eines existierenden AASTeX-Dokumentes eine Fehlermeldun g von LaTeX bekommen, es könne das AASTeX-Format nicht finden oder ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ist das Paket nicht korrekt installiert. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX versucht standardmäßig, die Über/Unterschriften von Tabellen zu zentrieren. Dies verursacht scheinbar Probleme im Zusammenhang mit AASTeX, Sie sollten deshalb für diese Abschnitte in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} die Ausrichtung auf -\family sans +\family sans Bl -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default cksatz -\family default +\family default einstellen. Dies hat bei mir die Probleme beseitigt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Literaturverzeichnisse \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ein paar Hinweise dazu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Mir sind ein paar seltsame Formatierungen bei Literaturverweisen im Text aufgefallen. @@ -6837,198 +8122,217 @@ Mir sind ein paar seltsame Formatierungen bei Literaturverweisen im Text zwischen dem Namen des letzten Autors und der Klammer für die Jahreszahl befindet. Schreiben Sie also -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler(1992) -\family default +\family default und nicht -\family typewriter -Ressler\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +Ressler\InsetSpace ~ (1992) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Es ärgert mich, daß ich die Verwendung von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default nicht besser automatisieren kann. Aber das würde Änderungen im LyX-Code verlangen. Derzeit können Sie eines von zwei Dingen tun: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Verwenden Sie für alle Literaturverweise den LyX-eigenen Mechanismus über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default in\SpecialChar \- fü\SpecialChar \- gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ; wenigstens können Sie den Vorteil des automatischen Einsetzens benutzen. Ändern Sie dann die zu exportierende LaTeX-Datei von Hand, indem Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default durch das jeweils passende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default ersetzen (derzeit ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default äquivalent zu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default , das können Sie also unverändert lassen). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sie geben alle Literaturverweise mittels ERTs ein und verwenden dabei dasselbe Argument, das Sie auch im Eintrag in der Literaturliste verwendet haben, etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet{key} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keine der beiden Methoden ist angenehm, aber bis LyX in der Lage ist, das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter natbib -\family default +\family default zu verwenden, werden Sie damit leben müssen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Die Eingabe von Literaturverweisen an sich ist nicht sehr intuitiv. Geben Sie am besten zunächst Ihre erste Quelle am Ende des Dokuments ein und markieren Sie sie dann als Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default . Dadurch wird ein kleines graues Kästchen am Beginn der Zeile eingefügt. Klicken Sie darauf und füllen Sie die restlichen Informationen ein. Um eine weitere Quelle hinzuzufügen, setzen Sie den Cursor an das Ende des letzten Eintrags und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das erzeugt eine neue Zeile mit dem grauen Kästchen, usw. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Einbinden von EPS-Dateien -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Trotz der Arbeit, die -\noun on +\noun on Chris Biemesderfer -\noun default +\noun default und andere in die Entwicklung des AASTeX-Paketes gesteckt haben, hat der Mechanismus zur Verarbeitung von Abbildungen einen schalen Beigeschmack. Sie können zwar die entsprechenden Befehle, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default usw., als ERTs in einer Gleitumgebung in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, mir ist es aber nie gelungen, auf diese Weise ein korrektes Format zu erhalten. Mein Rat in diesem Zusammenhang ist es, in der einzureichenden Version auf die Einbindung von EPS-Grafiken zu verzichten und dann (für die Preprints) den normalen EPS-Mechanismus von LyX zu verwenden. LyX fügt dann den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein und behandelt die Abbildungen auf die in LaTeX2e übliche Weise. Jeder, der Ihre AASTeX 5.0-Dokumente verarbeiten will, benötigt sowieso eine funktionierende LaTeX2e-Installation, warum also nicht auch gleich dessen viel bessere Grafikunterstützung ausnutzen? Wenn sich jemand über LaTeX2e oder das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter graphics -\family default +\family default beschwert, verweisen Sie auf die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lage von -\noun on +\noun on Lamport -\noun default +\noun default (1994), dort wird es eingeführt. Es war also bereits vor 6 Jahren Zeit für einen Upgrade. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch ein paar hübsche Dinge, die ich hätte implementieren können, aber es nicht tat. Etwa wird der doppelte Zeilenabstand in LyX nicht angezeigt, obwohl das Dokument auf Papier so ausgedruckt wird. Ebenfalls gibt es keine zusätzlichen Formate für die Stile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default . Da Sie vermutlich sowieso die meiste Zeit im normalen Manuskriptmodus arbeiten, wollte ich den Platz auf der Festplatte nicht dafür verschwenden. Wenn Sie dennoch das Bedürfnis empfinden, derartige Formate zu erstellen, werde ich mich den Regeln der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and Boomerang-Throwing Association \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset unterwerfen: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Entscheidungen der Richter sind endgültig, solange sie nicht von einer wirklich überwiegenden Mehrheit der anwesenden Menschenmenge abgelehnt @@ -7037,46 +8341,58 @@ Die Entscheidungen der Richter sind endg rn der Jury nicht verwendet werden, gleiches gilt für die Richter gegenüber den Teilnehmern (außer wenn sie von einem Bumerang getroffen wurden). \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schlußbemerkung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um die Bemerkung von -\noun on +\noun on Donald Knuth -\noun default +\noun default über einen Computeralgorithmus zu übernehmen: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ich habe nur bewiesen, daß er richtig ist, ich habe ihn nicht wirklich ausprobie rt. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Ich bin der Meinung, daß die oben aufgeführten Vorgehensweisen ein verwendbares AASTeX-Dokument hervorbringen, aber zum Zeitpunkt, da ich dies schreibe - (25.\SpecialChar ~ + (25.\InsetSpace ~ Januar 2000) habe ich noch keinen Artikel eingereicht, den ich mit diesen Formaten geschrieben habe. Das ändert sich aber hoffentlich in ein paar Wochen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ijmpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das ijmpd-Paket ist ein Makrosatz, der die elektronische Manuskript\SpecialChar \- über\SpecialChar \- @@ -7085,51 +8401,55 @@ dung an das International Journal of Modern Physics D, herausgegeben von World Scientific, erleichtert. Die Dokumentklasse ist -\family sans +\family sans ws-ijmpd -\family default +\family default . Es kann, zusammen mit Anweisungen des Autors, von \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} -\end_inset +\end_inset heruntergeladen werden. Das ijmpd-Paket ist eine modifizierte Version der article-Klasse. Die meisten Funktionen werden von LyX unterstützt. Ich habe vor kurzem LyX erfolgreich benutzt, um einen Artikel an das Internatio nal Journal of Modern Physics D zu schicken. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ein Papier schreiben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei anzufangen. Klicken Sie auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ und wählen die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default aus. Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält, die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre @@ -7137,166 +8457,196 @@ ijmpd.lyx Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text. Sie sollten die folgenden Bemerkungen beachten: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX erlaubt Ihnen nicht, die Fontgröße und den Seitenstil des Dokuments zu ändern, weil das ijmpd-Paket diese Änderungen nicht erlaubt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Das ijmpd-Paket verlangt, daß die Dokumentsprache nicht geändert wird. Bevor Sie Ihr Papier in der Druckansicht ansehen, überzeugen Sie sich, daß das Babel-Paket nicht benutzt wird: deaktivieren Sie -\family sans +\family sans Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprach-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Babel\SpecialChar ~ +Babel\InsetSpace ~ verwenden. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Es gibt zwei neue Umgebungen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Theorem" -\family default +\family default und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Beweis -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Anhänge können ans Papier hinzugefügt werden. LyX bietet dafür eine besondere Umgebung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Appendix", die den Anfang des Anhangs markiert. Ein Anhang kann normale Abschnitte, Unterabschnitte und Unterunterabschnitte enthalten. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Das ijmpd-Paket behandelt Tabellenbeschriftungen ganz anders als LyX. Deswegen wird eine von LyX erstellte Tabelle zwar richtig gedruckt, aber ihre Beschriftung wird ignoriert. Wenn Sie Tabellenbeschriftungen brauchen, sollten Sie die ganze gleitende Tabelle in eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei einbauen und dann diese Datei in das LyX-Dokument importieren ( -\family sans +\family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei\SpecialChar ~ +Datei\InsetSpace ~ ein -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default inden -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Wie Sie eine gleitende Tabelle für ijmpd erstellen, steht in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex -\family default +\family default , die zum ijmpd-Paket dazugehört. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es als LaTeX-Datei ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default ) exportieren. Dann -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default -Befehl, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default , mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die geänderte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei muß gespeichert werden und von LaTeX sooft wie nötig bearbeitet werden. Außerdem sollten Sie sich das resultierende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Dokument ansehen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kluwer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Kluwer-Paket ist ein Makrosatz der Kluwer Academic Publishers, der die elektronische Ma\SpecialChar \- @@ -7307,1837 +8657,2042 @@ sen\SpecialChar \- dung an Zeitschriften erleichtert. Die bekanntesten sind Astrophysics und Space Science and Solar Physics, aber es gibt viele andere (eine vollständige Liste ist unter -\noun on +\noun on \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun default +\noun default zu finden). Das Kluwer-Paket kann von \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} -\end_inset +\end_inset heruntergeladen werden. Das Paket enthält ein vollständiges Benutzerhandbuch, das aber auch separat heruntergeladen werden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX unterstützt viele Funktionen des Paketes, aber nicht alles. Aber der benötigte LaTeX-Code reduziert sich auf einige -\emph on +\emph on seltsame -\emph default +\emph default Paketbefehle (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ich habe vor kurzem mit LyX einen Artikel an Astrophysics and Space Science ohne Probleme verschickt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ein Papier schreiben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei anzufangen. Klicken Sie auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ und wählen die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default aus. Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält, die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre Benutzung. Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es wie beim AASTeX-Paket wie folgt -\emph on +\emph on nachbearbeiten -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportieren Sie Ihr Papier als LaTeX-Datei ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Editieren Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei mit einem Texteditor und machen Sie die folgenden Änderungen: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default -Befehl, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default , mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Speichern Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei sooft wie nötig (meistens dreimal). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sehen Sie sich die erzeugte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei an, zum Beispiel mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , und prüfen Sie, ob alles in Ordnung ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Kluwer-Paket hat folgende Besonderheiten: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Es ist möglich, mehrere Artikel in dieselbe LaTeX-Datei zu schreiben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ich wüßte aber nicht, warum. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Jeder Artikel muß in die Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default eingeschlossen sein. Unglücklicherweise kann die Umgebung nicht gelöscht werden, auch wenn Sie nur einen Artikel schreiben, Deshalb beginnt jeder Artikel mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\family default +\family default und hört mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\family default +\family default auf. Obwohl man das in LyX implementieren kann, habe ich es nicht getan, weil es häßlich aussieht und den Neuling verwirrt. Deshalb müssen Sie sie als ERTs eingeben. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Informationen am Anfang des Artikels (zum Beispiel Titel, Untertitel, Autor, Institution, laufender Titel, laufender Autor, Zusammenfassung und Schlüsselwor te) müssen in der Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans opening -\family default +\family default stehen. Das ist in LyX nicht implementiert, also müssen Sie das alles zwischen zwei Zeilen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{opening} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\family default +\family default als ERTs eingeben. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entsprechend dem Benutzerhandbuch muß jeder Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis in der Form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset citeauthoryear{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Autor(en) -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Jahr -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default geschrieben werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Vorlage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default paßt auf all diese Besonderheiten auf. Wenn Sie ein neues Papier mit dieser vorlage beginnen, müssen Sie nichts Besonderes machen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Löschen Sie den LaTeX-Code der Vorlage nicht. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kopieren den Beispiel-Literatureintrag der Vorlage und ändern Sie ihn wie benötigt für neue Einträge. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koma-Script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Bernd Rellermeyer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Dokumentklassen -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default report (koma-script) -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default book -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans letter -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default (koma-script) -\family default +\family default korrespondieren zu den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scr\SpecialChar \- reprt. \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.cls -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.cls -\family default +\family default der Koma-Script-Familie. Sie sind Ersetzungen der Stan\SpecialChar \- dard-Dokumentklassen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.cls -\family default +\family default und entsprechen in einigen Punkten besser den europäischen typographischen Konventionen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Standard-Schriftgröße ist 11pt in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und 12pt in -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Überschriften, Marken der -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und zahlreiche Elemente der Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default sind in einer fetten, serifenlosen Schrift gesetzt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt einen großen Unterschied zwischen den fetten, serifenlosen alten cm-Fonts und neuen ec-Fonts, insbesondere im Aussehen der Überschriften. Die fetten, serifenlosen ec-Fonts sehen in größeren Schriftgraden vergleichswei se dünn aus. Abhilfe schafft das LaTeX-Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmsd.sty -\family default +\family default von -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt -\shape default +\shape default , welches das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gewohnte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Aussehen bei Benutzung der ec-Fonts erzeugt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Die Numerierung der -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -Überschriften ist genauso wie die der -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default -Überschriften, also ohne die Extrazeile \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitel \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ferner kann das Aussehen der Überschriften mit einer Reihe von Optionen modifiziert werden (in LyX einzugeben im Feld -\family sans -Weitere\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Weitere\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default des Menüfensters -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Optionen: -\family default +\family default ). Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser Optionen findet sich in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hauptsächliches Mittel der Koma-Script-Dokumentklassen für die Satzspiegelgestal tung ist die Benutzung der Optionen -\family sans +\family sans BCOR -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans DIV -\family default +\family default (in LyX einzugeben im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default oku\SpecialChar \- ment\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Optionen: -\family default +\family default ). Sie ermöglichen eine klarere Modifikation von Seitenrändern als die Optionen im Menüfenster -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Ränder -\family default +\family default . Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser und weiterer Satzspiegel-Optione n findet sich in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Script-Familie definieren eine Reihe zusätzlicher Befehle. Der für LyX sinnvolle Teil davon ist in den LyX-Dokumentklassen in entsprechend en Absatztypen umgesetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung der LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Scrip t-Familie ist in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default zu finden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt eine englische Übersetzung -\emph on +\emph on screnggu -\emph default +\emph default , die jedoch nicht vollständig ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset In den folgenden Abschnitten werden nur diejenigen Aspekte beschrieben, die für die LyX-Dokumentklassen relevant sind. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dokumentklassen -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default (koma-script) -\family default +\family default sind in den Format-Dateien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.layout -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.layout -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.layout -\family default +\family default implementiert. Sie enthalten sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechende n Stan\SpecialChar \- dard-Doku\SpecialChar \- mentklassen -\family sans +\family sans article -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default report -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default , mit Ausnahme des LyX-spezifischen -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -Typs, welcher durch den neuen -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default -Typ mit der gleichen Funktionalität ersetzt wird. Neben dem -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default -Typ kommen eine Reihe neuer Absatztypen hinzu. Sie sind -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default Bestandteil von -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Addpart, Addchap -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ (Inhaltsverz.) -\family default +\family default sind Äquivalente zu -\family sans +\family sans Teil*, Kapitel* -\family default +\family default bzw. -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default , wobei zusätzlich ein Eintrag in das Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgt. -\family sans +\family sans Addpart -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default sind nicht in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default enthalten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Abschnitt*\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Abschnitt*\InsetSpace ~ (Inhaltsverz.) -\family default +\family default verhalten sich genauso wie -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ (Inhaltsverz.) -\family default +\family default , wobei zusätzlich die laufenden Titel gelöscht werden. -\family sans +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default ist nicht in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default enthalten. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt in -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default auch eine Umgebung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addpart* -\family default +\family default . Da diese jedoch identisch mit -\family sans +\family sans Part* -\family default +\family default ist, wurde sie nicht implementiert. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Miniabschnitt -\family default +\family default : erzeugt eine Überschrift direkt über dem nachfolgenden Absatz in der Standard- Schriftgröße, ohne die Struktur des Dokuments zu beeinflussen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans BeschriftungOben -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans BeschriftungUnten -\family default +\family default sind spezielle Legenden, die die unterschiedlichen Abstände berücksichtigen, welche Über- und Unterschriften benötigen (Überschriften verwendet man vor allem bei Tabellen; dies wird von der Typografie auch empfohlen). Alternativ kann man die Klassenoption -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table\SpecialChar \- captionsabove -\family default +\family default verwenden, welche die Standardumgebung -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default für Tabellen nach -\family sans +\family sans BeschriftungOben -\family default +\family default und für Abbildungen nach -\family sans +\family sans BeschriftungUnten -\family default +\family default umschaltet. Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder neuer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dictum -\family default +\family default : kann man verwenden, um einen schlauen Spruch (wie es zu Beginn von Kapiteln beliebt ist) zu setzen. Mit dem optionalen Argument ( -\family sans +\family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Kurztitel -\family default +\family default ) können Sie dabei den Autor des Spruchs angeben. Spruch und Autor werden durch eine Linie getrennt. Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder neuer. Dictum ist nicht in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default enthalten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Typen bilden zusammen mit den Standardtypen -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default den Titelbereich des Dokuments. Sie müssen vor dem ersten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset normalen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Absatz eingegeben werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die entsprechenden LaTeX-Befehle müssen vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default -Befehl stehen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wird solch ein Typ mehrfach verwendet, so überschreibt jede nachfolgende Verwendung die vorhergehende, das heißt es ist für jeden Typen nur die letzte Verwendung gültig. Die Reihenfolge der verschiedenen Typen untereinander hat jedoch, genauso wie bei -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default , keinen Einfluß auf das Aussehen des erzeugten Dokuments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Betreff -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels ( -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default ) für das Thema des Dokuments. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Publishers -\family default +\family default : erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels ( -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default ) für den Verlagsnamen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dedication -\family default +\family default : erzeugt in -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default einen zentrierten Absatz auf einer eigenen Seite nach der Titelseite und in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels ( -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Publishers -\family default +\family default ) für eine Widmung. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titlehead -\family default +\family default : erzeugt einen linksbündigen Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels ( -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default ) für einen Dokumentenkopf. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Uppertitleback -\family default +\family default : erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default einen linksbündigen Absatz oben auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder hat im einseitigen Druck oder in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default keinen Effekt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lowertitleback -\family default +\family default : erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default einen linksbündigen Absatz unten auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder hat im einseitigen Druck oder in -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default keinen Effekt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Extratitle -\family default +\family default : erzeugt ein spezielles \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Schmutztitel \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Blatt vor dem eigentlichen Dokument mit einem Absatz ohne besondere Formatierun g. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Format-Dateien für die Dokumentklassen -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default fügen die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default ein. Diese Datei ist als Ort gedacht, an dem eigene Typen definiert werden können. Kopieren Sie dazu s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter crmacros.inc -\family default +\family default in Ihr persönliches Format-Verzeichnis und editieren Sie die Datei. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection letter (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default ist in der Format-Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.layout -\family default +\family default implementiert. Sie enthält sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechenden Standard-Doku\SpecialChar \- mentenklasse -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default , mit Ausnahme der LyX-spezifischen Typen -\family sans +\family sans Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Code -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\family default +\family default sowie des durch den neuen -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default -Typ ersetzten -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -Typs. Außerdem enthält sie, abweichend von der Standard-Dokumentklasse, die Standard- Typen -\family sans +\family sans La \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zitat\InsetSpace ~ (lang) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zitat\InsetSpace ~ (kurz) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default . Ferner kommen eine Reihe neuer briefspezifischer Typen hinzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Aussehen des durch diese Dokumentklasse erzeugten Briefes kann durch eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen (in LyX einzugeben in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator La \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) gesteuert werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beispielsweise ist das Standardaussehen des Briefkopfs, bestehend aus Name und Adresse, recht eigenwillig. Ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset normaler \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Briefkopf wird durch folgende LaTeX-Befehle im Vorspann erzeugt: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash firsthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromaddress}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash nexthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash pagename -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash thepage}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Eine genaue deutsche Beschreibung solcher LaTeX-Befehle findet sich in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . Damit kann der Briefautor ein persönliches Brief\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} format erzeugen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Typen -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default definieren den Beginn des Briefes und müssen in jedem Brief verwendet werden. Zu deren Hervorhebung sind sie in der LyX-Dokumentenvorlage durch die Buchstabe n -\shape italic +\shape italic L -\shape default +\shape default und -\shape italic +\shape italic O -\shape default +\shape default am linken Rand markiert. Es können beliebig viele Briefe in eine Datei geschrieben werden. Ein -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default -Typ erzeugt einen neuen Brief mit demselben Adressaten und ein -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default -Typ einen neuen Adressaten. Die Typen -\family sans +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Anlagen -\family default +\family default sind normale Absatztypen und können innerhalb eines Briefes auch mehrfach verwendet werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Brieftext -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen Absatz für den Adressaten und definiert implizit den Beginn des Briefes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen Absatz für die Anrede und dadurch implizit einen neuen Brief. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen Absatz dafür. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default : erzeugt einen Absatz für ein Postscriptum. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default : erzeugt einen Absatz für einen Verteiler. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Anlagen -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen Absatz dafür. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Typen -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Adress -\family default +\family default e, -\family sans +\family sans Telefon -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ort -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Absender -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Versandart -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Adresszusatz -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Betreff -\family default +\family default sind Eingabetypen mit vorangestelltem Label zur Eingabe von Informationen, die durch die Dokumentklasse verarbeitet werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es kann als ein Zeichen von Inkonsequenz gewertet werden, daß die oben beschrieb enen Typen -\family sans +\family sans Brieftext -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default nicht auch solche Eingabetypen sind. Aufgrund der besonderen Bedeutung jener Typen habe ich sie jedoch als normale Absatztypen mit Kennzeichnung durch einen Buchstaben am linken Rand realisiert. Zudem würde es mein Symmetrieempfinden stören, wenn der -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default - und der -\family sans +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default -Typ ein solch gravierend unterschiedliches Aussehen hätten. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Die Typen müssen vor dem zugehörigen -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Realisierung dieser Typen im WYSIWYM-Stil erscheint nicht sinnvoll, da das wirkliche Aussehen des erzeugten Briefes nicht nur von der Verwendung des jeweiligen Typs, sondern auch von anderen Faktoren abhängen kann. Beispielsweise wird eine im -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default -Typ eingegebene Unterschrift standardmäßig nur dann im erzeugten Brief angezeigt, wenn im selben Brief auch ein -\family sans +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet wird. Der eingegebene Wert des -\family sans +\family sans Telefon -\family default +\family default -Typs wird standardmäßig im erzeugten Brief überhaupt nicht angezeigt. Auf die Möglichkeiten zur freien Gestaltung des Briefkopfes wurde oben in einer Fußnote bereits hingewiesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Eingabe-Typen können auch als leere Absätze verwendet werden. Dies ist zum Beispiel sinnvoll für den -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default -Typ. Wird der -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default -Typ überhaupt nicht verwendet, wird standardmäßig der Wert des -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default -Typs als Unterschrift verwendet, während bei Verwendung eines leeren -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default -Typs keine Unterschrift definiert ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit Hilfe der Eingabetypen ist es möglich, eine Briefvorlage zu schreiben, die ausgefüllte Eingabetypen mit den persönlichen Daten (Name, Adresse, usw.) und leere Eingabetypen für die anderen zu verwendenden Daten enthält. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert in Kapitälchen im Briefkopf. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig unterhalb des -\family sans +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default -Typs. Wenn kein -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet wird, erscheint stattdessen die Eingabe des -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default -Typs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Adress -\family default +\family default e des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert im Briefkopf unterhalb des Absendernamens. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Telefon -\family default +\family default Telefonnummer des Absenders, setzt standardmäßig lediglich die LaTeX-Variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash telephonenum -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ort -\family default +\family default der Brieferstellung. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default der Brieferstellung. -\family sans +\family sans Ort -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default erzeugen standardmäßig Ort und Datum in einer rechtsbündigen Zeile unterhalb des Adressatenfeldes. Falls ein leerer -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet wird, wird unabhängig vom Wert des -\family sans +\family sans Ort -\family default +\family default -Typs weder Ort noch Datum angezeigt. Falls kein -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet wird, wird das Datum der Brieferstellung verwendet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Absender -\family default +\family default : Rücksendeadresse, erscheint standardmäßig oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes in kleiner serifenloser Schrift. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Versandart -\family default +\family default erscheint standardmäßig unterstrichen oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes unterhalb der Rücksendeadresse. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Adresszusatz: -\family default +\family default Zusatzinformation, erscheint standardmäßig rechts unten neben dem Adressatenfel d. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default : Titel des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in großer, fetter, serifenloser Schrift oberhalb des Betreffs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Betreff -\family default +\family default des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in fetter Schrift oberhalb des -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default -Ab\SpecialChar \- sat\SpecialChar \- zes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Typen -\family sans +\family sans IhrZeichen -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans IhrBrief -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans MeinZeichen -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kunde -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Rechnung -\family default +\family default erzeugen eine geschäftsbriefähnliche Zeile oberhalb der -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default -Zeile mit den Feldern \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ihr Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ihr Schreiben vom \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Unser Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kundennummer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rechnungsnummer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Datum \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Für das Datumsfeld wird der Wert des -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default -Typs verwendet. Der Wert des -\family sans +\family sans Ort -\family default +\family default -Typs wird bei Verwendung einer dieser \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Geschäftsbrieftypen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern es wird lediglich die LaTeX-Variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fromplace -\family default +\family default gesetzt. Die übliche Ausgabe von Ort und Datum rechtsbündig in einer Zeile unterhalb des Adressatenfeldes entfällt. Die Typen sind als Eingabetypen mit vorangestellter Marke realisiert und müssen vor dem zugehörigen -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default -Typ verwendet werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans IhrZeichen -\family default +\family default : Ihr Zeichen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans IhrBrief -\family default +\family default : Ihr Schreiben vom. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans MeinZeichen -\family default +\family default : Unser Zeichen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kunde -\family default +\family default : Kundennummer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Rechnung -\family default +\family default : Rechnungsnummer. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Seit Version 2.8 kommt Koma-Script mit einer neuen Briefklasse ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlttr2 -\family default +\family default ) daher. Diese ersetzt die alte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr -\family default +\family default -Klasse, welche (von den KOMA-Entwicklern) nun nicht mehr offiziell unterstützt wird. Die neue Briefklasse hat -- was die LaTeX-Umsetzung betrifft -- ein komplett neues Konzept und ist daher nicht kompatibel mit dem Vorgänger. Deshalb unterstützt LyX beide Klassen. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard wirklich? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wir empfehlen jedoch den Umstieg auf die neue Briefklasse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die neue Briefklasse deckt alle Möglichkeiten des Vorgängers ab und ergänzt diese um ein paar neue. Die grundlegenden Eingabetypen sind auch hier -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default (die Empfängeradresse, die der Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans Brieftext -\family default +\family default in der Vorgängerklasse entspricht), -\family sans +\family sans Anrede -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Grußformel -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans NextAddress -\family default +\family default beginnt einen neuen Brief (das heißt Sie können mehrere Briefe pro Dokument verfassen). Neue Eingabetypen sind -\family sans +\family sans E-Mail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans URL -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Fax -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Bankverbindung -\family default +\family default des Absenders sowie -\family sans +\family sans Logo -\family default +\family default , welche ein Bild für den Briefkopf (mit Hilfe von -\family sans +\family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Grafik -\family default +\family default ) entgegennimmt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der größte Vorteil der neuen Klasse ist jedoch seine Flexibilität, denn das Format lässt sich an beinahe alle Bedürfnisse anpassen. Dies können Sie mit Hilfe des LaTeX-Vorspanns ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann) -\family default +\family default oder mittels einer speziellen Stildatei (einer sogenannten -\emph on +\emph on Letter-Class-Options -\emph default +\emph default -Datei mit Endung *.lco) tun, welche dann als Klassenoption eingebunden wird. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das KOMA-Paket stellt selbst einige dieser Stildateien zur Verfügung. So gibt es beispielsweise eine Datei DIN.lco, die ein Format nach DIN erstellt @@ -9145,295 +10700,353 @@ Das KOMA-Paket stellt selbst einige dieser Stildateien zur Verf e emuliert. Will man die letztere laden, kann man einfach die Klassenoption KOMAold in -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Optionen -\family default +\family default eingeben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Die Vorlage -\emph on +\emph on koma-letter2.lyx -\emph default +\emph default , die in der LyX-Distribution enthalten ist, illustriert die Möglichkeiten. Ausführliche Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte der KOMA-Script-Dokumentation ( -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Probleme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Interna verursachen einige Probleme bei der Visualisierung der Koma-Scri pt-Doku\SpecialChar \- menten\SpecialChar \- klassen in LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Kapitelnummer des -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -Typs steht auf einer eigenen Zeile über der Kapitelüberschrift anstatt auf derselben Zeile davor. Die Ursache dafür ist das LyX-interne Verhalten bei Angabe des Labeltyps -\family sans +\family sans Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default in der Format-Datei. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Überschriften der Typen -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default werden nur ins \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset richtige \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-Inhalts\SpecialChar \- verzeichnis, nicht aber ins LyX-Inhaltsverzeichnis übernommen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Absätze in einer -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default -Dokumentklasse sind standardmäßig durch vertikale Abstände und nicht durch Einzüge getrennt. Dafür sind keine speziellen LaTeX-Befehle nötig. Im Menüfenster -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default o\SpecialChar \- ku\SpecialChar \- ment -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ steht jedoch der entsprechende Schaltknopf für -\family sans +\family sans Absatztrennung -\family default +\family default auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inrückung -\family default +\family default . Der Wert -\family sans +\family sans Abstand -\family default +\family default hat immer den Effekt, daß der vertikale Abstand durch extra LaTeX-Befehle im Dokument erzeugt wird, was in diesem Fall aber nicht gewünscht ist. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Springer-Zeitschriften ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beschreibung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies sind Format-Dateien für einige Zeitschriftenformate, die vom Springer-Verla g verwendet und auf \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset aufgelistet werden, wo Sie auch die Klassen-Dateien bekommen sollten. Es ist ein modulares System: die allen Zeitschriften gemeinsamen Dinge sind in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour.inc -\family default +\family default implementiert. Diese Datei kann in zeitschriftenabhängigen Format-Dateien wie zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default für das Journal of Geodesy enthalten sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das bedeutet, daß die Implementierung der Unterstützung für irgendeine andere Springer-Zeit\SpecialChar \- schrift so einfach ist als würden Sie Ihre eigene -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sv< -\family default +\family default meineZeitschrift -\family typewriter +\family typewriter >.layout -\family default +\family default -Datei schreiben, indem Sie dem Grundriß von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default folgen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie wurde nur für das Journal of Geodesy ausreichend getestet. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog -\family default +\family default sind Bestandteil der LyX-Standarddistribution. Installieren Sie die benötigten Klassen-Dateien, die Sie bei Springer herunterg eladen haben, in ein geeignetes Verzeichnis, konfigurieren LaTeX im teTeX-Fall mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default , wenn nötig als root -- kümmert sich LyX nicht darum?) und LyX neu, und es sollte funktionieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Neue Stile -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine große Zahl an theoremähnlichen Stilen -- -\family sans +\family sans Claim -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Conjecture -\family default +\family default , \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans Theorem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX_Titel, Autor_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Ac\SpecialChar \- knowledgements, Acknowledgement -\family default +\family default . Sehen Sie sich die Dokumentation der Springer-Klassen-Dateien für Einzelheiten an. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützte Zeitschriften -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default -- Martin Vermeer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svprobth.layout -\family default +\family default -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie Ihre eigene hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Danksagung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Dateien basieren teilweise auf der älteren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2.layout -\family default +\family default -Datei, die wiederum auf einer zusammengeschusterten Stildatei von Springer für LaTeX 2.09 basiert. All dies und das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default -Format funktionieren jetzt nicht mehr. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes hat mir sehr geholfen, den Format\SpecialChar \- datei-Mechanismus von LyX zu verstehen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fehler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wahrscheinlich. Aber wahrscheinlich weniger als im alten zusammengeschusterten LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beschränkungen: es zeigt die Anzahl der theoremähnlichen Formate nicht an, nur #. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AGU journals (aguplus) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beschreibung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies sind die Formatdateien für einige Journale der American Geophysical Society. @@ -9441,724 +11054,865 @@ Dies sind die Formatdateien f installiert haben (Sie finden beides unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Neue Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph* -\family default +\family default wurden neu definiert. In LyX werden sie weiterhin so genannt, obwohl ihre LaTeX-Äquivalente in den AGU-Klasse -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn -\family default +\family default . und -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn -\family default +\family default * sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neu definierte Umgebungen sind -\family sans +\family sans Left_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Right_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Received -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Revised -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CCC -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PaperId -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans AuthorAddr -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SlugComment -\family default +\family default . Dies sind meist Manuskriptattribute und in der AGU-Do\SpecialChar \- ku\SpecialChar \- men\SpecialChar \- ta\SpecialChar \- tion definiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ich befürchte, daß sie noch sehr unvollständig ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Neue Gleitobjekte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Planotable -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Plate -\family default +\family default . Außerdem gibt es eine neues Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützte Journale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geophysical Research -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default --- Martin Vermeer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie Ihr eigenes hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer! Sehen Sie sich die Beispiele -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aguplus.inc -\family default +\family default an. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section EGS journals (egs) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beschreibung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist die Formatdatei für die Journale der European Geophysical Society. Die benötigte Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter egs.cls -\family default +\family default kann von der EGS-Internetseite ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) heruntergeladen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Neue Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Right_address -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Latex_Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Affil -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Journal -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans msnumber -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans FirstAuthor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Received -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Offsets -\family default +\family default . Die gültige Formatdatei ist leider nicht sehr modular aufgebaut und würde davon profitieren, wenn sie die verschiedenen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter std*.inc -\family default +\family default -Dateien benutzen würde. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Folien [S -\noun on +\noun on li -\noun default +\noun default TeX] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek toren erstellen können. Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren können: Die normale Klasse -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (default) -\family default +\family default sowie die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X slides -\family default +\family default . In diesem Abschnitt soll es um die erste der beiden gehen. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout -\series bold +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt -\emph on +\emph on ausschließlich -\emph default +\emph default die Klasse ,, -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse ,, -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default `` suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die neuere Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X -\family default +\family default ) ist in einigen Punkten besser als die normale Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} das sagen jedenfalls diejenigen, die beide Pakete ausprobiert haben. Wir geben das so unkommentiert weiter. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default die in diesem Abschnitt beschrieben wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Klasse ist die verbesserte LaTeX2e-Version des alten Paketes -\family sans -\noun on +\family sans +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default . Sie gehört zum Standardumfang jeder LaTeX2e-Distribution. Im folgenden ist dieses Paket gemeint, wenn von der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default gesprochen wird. Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es noch andere Klassen, mit denen ebenfalls Folien erzeugt werden können, die diese Aufgabe teilweise sogar besser erledigen. Einige Dinge sind aber nur mit der normalen Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default möglich. Dazu gleich mehr. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zu Beginn \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slidestart} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default die -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentklasse -\family default +\family default -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (de\SpecialChar \- fault) -\family default +\family default auswählen. Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu dieser Dokumentklasse wissen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für -\family sans +\family sans Format -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Spalten -\family default +\family default . Dies wird von der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default nicht unterstützt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die möglichen Einstellungen im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default eitenstil -\family default +\family default des Dialogfensters -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default unterscheiden sich etwas von dem normalen Verhalten. Sie können unter folgenden Versionen wählen: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium default -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ??? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium plain -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Die Folien enthalten die Seitennummer in der rechten unteren Ecke. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium headings -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Ähnlich wie -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default , es werden aber zusätzlich auch eingegebene Zeitmarken ausgegeben. Dies ist die Standardeinstellung. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium empty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Die Seite enthält weder eine Seitennumerierung noch Zeit- oder andere Marken. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default unterstützt eine weitere Option, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default . Um sie zu verwenden, geben Sie ,,clock`` im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default des Dialogfensters -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default ein. Damit können Sie Zeitmarken für Ihren Vortrag einfügen. Näheres dazu in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:SlideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können auch die Vorlage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default verwenden, um automatisch ein Dokument der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default zu erstellen (benutzen Sie dazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , um ein neues Dokument zu öffnen). Die Vorlage enthält auch ein paar Beispiele für besondere Absatzumgebungen, die in dieser Klasse verwendet werden können. Diese werden in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Absatzumgebungen -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Unterstützte Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das erste, was Ihnen bei einem Dokument der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default vermutlich auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fällt ist der Zeichensatz. Die Standardeinstellung entspricht der Größe -\family sans -Groß\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Groß\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default im Zeichensatz -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default . Diese Einstellung wird auch bei der Ausgabe verwendet. Sehen Sie es als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset visuellen Hinweis \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset an, daß Sie gerade ein Folien-Dokument bearbeiten. Da der Zeichensatz in der Druckausgabe viel größer ist, steht Ihnen auf der Seite weniger Platz zur Verfügung, denken Sie bei der Planung daran! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der nächste Unterschied betrifft die Auswahlbox mit den Absatzumgebungen (ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste). Die meisten der gewohnten Einstellungen fehlen dort, dafür gibt es fünf neue Einträge. Das liegt daran, daß von der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default lediglich die folgenden Typen unterstützt werden: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auflistung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschreibung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Gedicht -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle anderen Typen, einschließlich der verschiedenen Abschnittsüberschriften, werden von der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default nicht benutzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dafür gibt es folgende neue Umgebungstypen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Slide -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Hinweis -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans UnsichtbarerText -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SichtbarerText -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aufgrund einer Besonderheit von LyX sind diese fünf etwas kniff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lig zu benutzen: @@ -10168,164 +11922,184 @@ lig zu benutzen: ausschließlich mit normalem Text beginnen könnten. Deshalb ist ein wenig \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-Magie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nötig. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slide-Kniffe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wie gerade erwähnt kann in LyX eine Absatzumgebung nicht mit einer anderen, eingebetteten Umgebung beginnen. Aus diesem Grund ist der Typ -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default keine normale Absatzumgebung, wie sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Betrachten Sie -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default als -\emph on +\emph on Pseudo-Umgebungen -\emph default +\emph default . Sie sehen zwar aus wie Abschnittsüberschriften oder eine -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default , beginnen aber eine Absatzumgebung (und beenden gegebenenfalls eine vorangehend e). In der gleichen Weise stellen -\family sans +\family sans UnsichtbarerText -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans SichtbarerText -\family default +\family default eine Art -\emph on +\emph on Pseudo-Befehl -\emph default +\emph default dar, denn diese beiden führen etwas aus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Gemeinsamkeit dieser fünf Umgebungstypen ist, daß sie sehr lange Marken besitzen. Der Text nach dieser Marke --- normalerweise der Inhalt der Absatzumgebung --- ist für die Typen -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans UnsichtbarerText -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans SichtbarerText -\family default +\family default unbedeutend, LyX ignoriert ihn völlig. Sie können diese Umgebungen also auch ganz leer lassen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vielleicht möchten Sie aber dennoch etwas Text hinter die Marken schreiben, beispielsweise eine kurze Beschreibung des Inhaltes der aktuellen Folie. In diesem Fall können Sie den Text wie gewohnt eingeben und mit -\family sans +\family sans Eingabe -\family default +\family default abschließen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Erstellen einer Präsentation mit -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die -\family sans +\family sans Slide- -\family default +\family default Umgebung benutzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie erwarten, daß wir Ihnen in diesem Kapitel zeigen, wie Sie eine gute Präsentation erstellen, werden Sie enttäuscht sein. Selbstverständlich werden wir Ihnen alle Möglichkeiten und Hilfen erläutern, die Ihnen die Textklasse -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\family default +\family default dazu zur Verfügung stellt, doch für den Inhalt und die Zusammenstellung sind Sie selbst verantwortlich (denn genau -\emph on +\emph on das -\emph default +\emph default ist ja die Philosophie von LyX). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie (wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschrieben) den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default einstellen, beginnt LyX mit einer neuen Folie. Die Marke für diese Umgebung ist eine blaue Linie und an deren Ende (ebenfalls in Blau) der Schriftzug -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NewSlide: -\family default +\family default . Alle Absätze, die auf diese Zeile folgen, werden auf die neue Folie geschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folien sind vermutlich die einzigen Dokumente, bei denen Sie in LyX explizit Seitenenden angeben müssen, nämlich dann, wenn Sie allen Text für eine @@ -10333,89 +12107,97 @@ Folien sind vermutlich die einzigen Dokumente, bei denen Sie in LyX explizit Falls Sie mehr Text eingegeben haben, als tatsächlich auf eine Folie paßt, wird der Text zwar automatisch auf eine neue Folie umgebrochen, doch dieses Vorgehen ist nicht ratsam, da diese zusätzliche Seite keinerlei Seitennummern - usw.\SpecialChar ~ + usw.\InsetSpace ~ enthält. Darüberhinaus kann es zu Problemen führen, wenn Sie den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default verwenden, um übergroße Folien zu erstellen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default funktionieren genauso wie -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Auch sie erzeugen in LyX eine Linie, gefolgt von den Schriftzügen -\family typewriter -\noun on +\family typewriter +\noun on NewOverlay -\noun default +\noun default : -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on NewNote: -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . Lediglich die Farbe (magenta statt blau), Form und Länge der Linien sowie der verwendete Zeichensatz sind unterschiedlich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie auch bei -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default wird der Text in -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default automatisch auf eine neue Seite umgebrochen, falls er zu lang wird. Aber auch hier sollten Sie das vermeiden -- es macht die Wirkung von -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default zunichte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default - mit der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Sinn eines -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ist eine Folie, die man -\emph on +\emph on auf -\emph default +\emph default eine andere Folie legt. Vielleicht wollen Sie eine Abbildung zunächst erläutern, bevor Sie den zugehörigen Text zeigen. @@ -10425,96 +12207,102 @@ auf Sie müssen dann, während Sie reden, mit den beiden Folien herumfummeln, um die beiden Abbildungen genau zur Deckung zu bringen. Die Verwendung eines -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default macht Ihr Leben in diesen Fällen viel einfacher. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jedes -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default erhält als Seitennummer diejenige seiner vorangehenden Folie, erweitert um den Anhang \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -a \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mehrere -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s bekämen dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -b \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset - usw.\SpecialChar ~ + usw.\InsetSpace ~ an die ursprüngliche Seitenzahl angehängt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Natürlich sollten der Inhalt von ursprünglicher Seite und Overlay jeweils auf eine einzige Seite passen. Am besten sehen Sie ein -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Teil \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eines -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default an. LyX deutet das am Bildschirm dadurch an, daß die Marke zu Beginn eines -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default kürzer ist als bei -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Und als letztes werden Sie beim Betrachten des Ausdruckes feststellen, daß sowohl auf dem -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default als auch auf dem -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default in allen vier Ecken kleine Markierungen aufgedruckt sind, die Ihnen das Aufeinanderlegen der Folien erleichtern sollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Hauptproblem bei aufeinanderliegenden Folien ist die Ausrichtung des Inhaltes beider Folien. @@ -10522,988 +12310,1125 @@ Das Hauptproblem bei aufeinanderliegenden Folien ist die Ausrichtung des Oder, noch schlimmer, wie soll man erreichen, daß auf der ersten Folie eine Abbildung und etwas Text ist, und auf der zweiten Folie zusätzlicher Text -\emph on +\emph on zwischen -\emph default +\emph default diesen eingefügt werden soll? Sie könnten natürlich versuchen, mit unterschiedl ich großen vertikalen Abständen herumzuprobieren, bis es paßt, doch in -\family sans -Invisible\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Invisible\InsetSpace ~ Text -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Visible\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Visible\InsetSpace ~ Text -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie die Namen andeuten, handelt es sich bei -\family sans +\family sans UnsichtbarerText -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans SichtbarerText -\family default +\family default um zwei befehlsähnliche Absatzumgebungen, den folgenden Text aus- und einzublen den. Denken Sie aber wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe} -\end_inset +\end_inset erwähnt daran, keinen Text -\emph on +\emph on in -\emph default +\emph default diese Umgebungen einzufügen. Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans UnsichtbarerText -\family default +\family default schreiben, wird als Marke der Schriftzug -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default zentriert in Himmelblau über den Absatz geschrieben. Dieser wird dann im Drucktext nicht ausgegeben, belegt aber genau den Platz, den er (normal gesetzt) einnehmen würde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für -\family sans -Visible\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Visible\InsetSpace ~ Text -\family default +\family default lautet die Marke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default , sie wird in hellgrün ausgegeben. Die folgenden Absätze werden unverändert gedruckt. Übrigens beendet auch ein neues -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default automatisch den unsichtbaren Textmodus, Sie müssen ihn also nicht am Ende einer Folie explizit mit einem -\family sans +\family sans SichtbarerText -\family default +\family default beenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie Sie eine solche zusammengesetzte Folie unter Zuhilfenahme von -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans (Un)sichtbarerText -\family default +\family default erstellen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erstellen Sie ein -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Folie, der alles enthält, das auf den beiden Teilfolien erscheinen soll. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vor jedem Bild oder Absatz, die nur auf der -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -Folie erscheinen soll, fügen Sie eine -\family sans -Invisible\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Invisible\InsetSpace ~ Text -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ein. Wenn nötig, fügen Sie nach dem für die -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -Folie bestimmten Text eine -\family sans -Visible\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Visible\InsetSpace ~ Text -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ein. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Legen Sie danach eine -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -Folie an. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kopieren Sie den Inhalt der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Folie in die Overlay-Folie. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vertauschen Sie auf der -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -Folie -\family sans +\family sans Sichtbar -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans unsichtbar -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das ist bereits alles, Sie haben gerade eine -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -Folie erstellt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Nachteil bleibt noch bei der Art, in der die -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\family default +\family default -Textklasse in LyX implementiert wurde: es ist nicht möglich, Text innerhalb eines Absatzes unsichtbar zu machen, oder innerhalb eines unsichtbaren Absatzes ein Textstück wieder sichtbar zu machen. Das ist zwar prinzipiell möglich, dazu benötigen Sie aber einige Befehle im LaTeX-Modus. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Diese Befehle sind -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ und müssen als ERTs markiert werden. Der Text, der unsichtbar oder sichtbar gemacht werden soll, muß innerhalb der Klammern anstelle der Punkte eingefügt werden. Weitere Informationen zum Einfügen von ERTs finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default - mit der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:SlideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ist auch -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Folie zugeordnet. Dies wird wiederum von LyX durch die Art der Marke visualisiert: Kürzer als diejenige eines -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , aber etwas länger als die eines -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , aber ebenfalls in Magenta. Eine -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default -Folie trägt dieselbe Seitennummer wie die zugehörige Slide-Folie, es wird lediglich ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset - usw.\SpecialChar ~ + usw.\InsetSpace ~ angehängt. Es sind mehrere -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default e je Folie möglich. Auch hier sollten Sie darauf achten, daß der Inhalt einer Folie auch wirklich darauf Platz hat, um einen automatischen Seitenumbruch zu verhindern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Sinn eines -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default es ist offensichtlich: Sie enthält all das, was Sie zu einer -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Folie zusätzlich sagen wollen. Sie können sie auch als eine Art Merkzettel zu einer Folie verwenden, in diesem Fall wollen Sie eventuell auch Zeitmarken verwenden. Diese besondere Fähigkeit des -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX-Paketes wird derzeit von LyX nicht unterstützt, Sie müssen also auf eingefügte LaTeX-Befehle zurückgreifen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Zeitmarken verwenden zu können, müssen Sie die zusätzliche Option \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset angeben (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Slidestart} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Diese Option aktiviert die Zeitmarken, sie werden in der linken unteren Ecke jeder -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default -Folie ausgegeben. Um den ausgegebenen Wert zu verändern müssen Sie die LaTeX-Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default verwenden. Die Argumente für beide Befehle müssen in Sekunden angegeben werden. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default stellt die Zeitmarke auf den angegebenen Wert, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default erhöht ihn um den entsprechenden Betrag. Auf diese Weise können Sie sich mit Zeitmarken und -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s einen Zeitrahmen festlegen und wissen immer genau, wieviel Zeit Sie für eine Folie zur Verfügung haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bleibt noch ein letztes Problem: Natürlich wollen Sie alle Ihre -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s und -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s auf Folien ausdrucken, die -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default e dagegen auf Papier. Nun sind diese im Dokument aber abwechselnd angeordnet. Was kann man da machen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Glücklicherweise gibt es zwei LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen Sie festlegen können, was wirklich ausgedruckt werden soll. Beide müssen im LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt werden. Der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default bewirkt, daß nur die Folien gedruckt werden, mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default können Sie die Notizen ausdrucken. Am besten lassen Sie beide Befehle im Vorspann stehen und kommentieren zunächst beide aus. Dann können Sie in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau alle Seiten betrachten. Zum Ausdrucken können Sie dann jeweils eine der Zeilen aktivieren und die Dateien entweder sofort drucken oder aber in zwei getrennten PostScript®-Dateie n speichern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für die LaTeX-Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{} -\family default +\family default sind auch noch weitere Argumente möglich. Näheres dazu finden Sie in jedem guten LaTeX-Buch. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Vorlagedatei für die -\family sans +\family sans slides- -\family default +\family default Klasse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es existiert auch eine Vorlagedatei, die Sie als Grundgerüst für eigene Präsentationen verwenden können. Legen Sie dazu Ihre neue Datei über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default an und wählen Sie als Vorlage die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default . Diese Datei enthält ein Beispiel aus -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default enthalten außerdem ein Beispiel für die Verwendung von sichtbarem und unsichtba rem Text. Im LaTeX-Vorspann sind außerdem die folgenden Einträge vorhanden: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine letzte Bemerkung: Diese LyX-Textklasse wurde geschaffen, um die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX-Emu\SpecialChar \- lation \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset von LaTeX2e zu unterstützen. Dies soll keine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} forderung sein, genau diese Klasse zu verwenden, es gibt auch noch andere Dokumentklassen, um Folien zu erstellen, wie etwa -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default - (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) oder das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter seminar -\family default +\family default , das in manchen TeX-Distributionen mitgeliefert wird. Das letztere wird allerdings von LyX noch nicht unterstützt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vielleicht wollen Sie diese Aufgabe übernehmen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Kurz gesagt: Probieren Sie aus, was da ist, und entscheiden Sie dann. Wir werden keine Aussage für oder gegen eines der Pakete machen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Folien [ -\family sans -\noun on +\family sans +\noun on Foil -\family default +\family default TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek toren erstellen können. Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren können: Die normale Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default sowie die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset slides -\family default +\family default . In diesem Abschnitt soll es um letztere gehen. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center -\series bold +\series bold Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt ausschließlich die Klasse \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Bietet Ihnen LyX die -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default -Klasse ( -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset )) -\family default +\family default nicht an, ist das entsprechende LaTeX-Paket vermutlich nicht auf Ihrem Rechner installiert. In diesem Fall müssen Sie das Paket installieren oder die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans slides (default) -\family default +\family default , die nicht ganz so gut ist, verwenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default basiert auf der Version 2.1 der Klassendatei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foils. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset cls -\family default +\family default , die inzwischen fester Bestandteil von LaTeX2e ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zu Beginn -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lasse -\family default +\family default im Menüfenster -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default die Klasse -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (FoilTe \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default auswählen. Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu den Einstellungsmöglichkeiten für diese Dokumentklasse wissen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für -\family sans +\family sans Format -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Spalten -\family default +\family default . Dies wird von der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default nicht unterstützt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Standardschriftgröße ist 20pt, alternativ sind 17pt, 15pt und 30pt möglich. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Standardzeichensatz ist -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default , allerdings werden alle mathematischen Formeln weiterhin in der Schrift -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default gesetzt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX unterstützt die Papierformate -\family sans +\family sans A4 -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default sowie eine spezielle Größe für 35 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset mm Dias. Die Seitenformate -\family sans +\family sans A5 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans B5 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Legal -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Executive -\family default +\family default werden nicht unterstützt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Einstellung -\family sans +\family sans Gleitobjekt-Platzierung -\family default +\family default wird ignoriert. Alle Gleitobjekte erscheinen genau da, wo sie eingefügt werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Einstellung -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default eitenstil -\family default +\family default weicht ein wenig vom normalen Verhalten ab. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX bietet Unterstützung für diverse Kopf- und Fußzeilen sowie benutzerdefiniert e Logos. Näheres dazu im Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die erste Seite wird -\emph on +\emph on immer -\emph default +\emph default ohne Seitennummer ausgegeben und enthält -\emph on +\emph on immer -\emph default +\emph default das Logo -- falls eines definiert ist -- zentriert unten auf der Seite. Mögliche Einstellungen für das Seitenformat sind: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans empty -\family default +\family default Keinerlei Seitennumerierung, Kopf- oder Fußzeilen außer Fußnoten, falls diese verwendet werden. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default Seitennummer zentriert unten auf der Seite, aber keine Kopf- oder Fußzeilen außer Fußnoten. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans foilheadings -\family default +\family default Dies ist die Standardeinstellung. Seitennummer unten rechts. Kopf- und Fußzeilen werden ausgegeben. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default Damit bekommen Sie Zugriff auf das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . Allerdings rät der Autor von -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX von dessen Verwendung ab, da es zu Konflikten im Format kommen kann. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Weitere Optionen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Optionen können Sie im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default im Menüfenster -\family sans -Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default verwenden: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx 35mmSlide Damit wird das Seitenformat auf 18,62 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 27,94 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset mm eingestellt. - Dies ist dasselbe Seitenverhältnis wie bei einem 35\SpecialChar ~ + Dies ist dasselbe Seitenverhältnis wie bei einem 35\InsetSpace ~ mm Dia, wodurch die Arbeit mit diesem Medium erleichtert wird. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx headrule Erzeugt einen Strich unter der Kopfzeile jeder Seite außer der Titelseite. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx footrule Erzeugt einen Strich über der Fußzeile jeder Seite außer der Titelseite. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx dvips Diese Option wird automatisch aktiviert, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default anlegen. Diese Option sagt -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX, den dvips-Treiber zu verwenden, um Seiten, die im Querformat gesetzt werden sollen, zu drehen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx landscape Dadurch wird lediglich das Papierformat auf Querformat eingestellt, @@ -11511,619 +13436,806 @@ landscape Dadurch wird lediglich das Papierformat auf Querformat eingestellt, Deshalb benötigen Sie ein externes Programm, um die Seiten zu drehen, bevor Sie das Dokument ausdrucken. Durch diese Option wird die Bedeutung der Umgebungen -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default vertauscht (siehe nächster Abschnitt). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx leqno Gleichungsnumerierung auf der linken Seite. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx fleqn Gleichungen werden linksbündig ausgegeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten der auch von anderen Dokumentklassen unterstützten Umgebungstypen werden auch in der -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default -Klasse unterstützt. Außerdem bietet -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX eine Reihe zusätzlicher Typen, und ein paar weitere werden von LyX hinzugefü gt. Die folgenden Typen werden auch in anderen Klassen verwendet: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auflistung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschreibung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Gedicht -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans RightAddress -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschriftung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das umfaßt alle wichtigen Umgebungstypen mit Ausnahme der diversen Abschnittsumg ebungen. Da Folien im Prinzip selber eine Art Aufteilung in Abschnitte mit Überschrift und Inhalt darstellen, gibt es für derartige Aufteilungen spezielle Befehle in -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX, die neue Folien beginnen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem bietet LyX leicht abgeänderte Versionen dieser Umgebungen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ShortFoilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Unterschiede zwischen diesen beiden Typen werden im nächsten Abschnitt erläutert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da Folien oft verwendet werden, um neue Ideen und Theorien zu präsentieren, bietet FoilTeX eine ganze Menge an Umgebungen um diese gut darzustellen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Theorem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemma -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollary -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Definition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proof -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Theorem* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemma* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollary* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Definition* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Umgebungen mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens sind nicht numeriert. Darüberhinaus steuert LyX noch zwei Aufzählungstypen hinzu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans TickList -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CrossList -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX bietet einige sehr mächtige Befehle, um Kopf- und Fußzeilen für die Folien zu erzeugen, die Sie am besten im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen. Wenn Sie diese Einstellungen im Dokument ändern wollen, ist der beste Platz dafür direkt am Anfang der Folie, das heißt direkt nach dem -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default -Befehl. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hierfür gibt es die folgende Befehle [ -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\shape default +\shape default ]: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Logo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Restriction -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Header -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Left\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Left\InsetSpace ~ Header -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem gibt es noch eine Reihe von Befehlen in -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX, die von LyX nicht direkt unterstützt werden. Ihre Bedeutung, und wie man sie dennoch in LyX einsetzen kann, wird in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset erläutert. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt wird eine einfache Einführung gegeben, wie man mit den diversen Umgebungstypen einen Foliensatz erstellen kann. Wenn Sie ein Beispiel für einen solchen Foliensatz sehen wollen, finden Sie es unter dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Foils.lyx -\family default +\family default , wenn Sie im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default auf den Knopf -\family sans +\family sans Beispiele -\family default +\family default drücken. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Anlegen einer Titelseite -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Gegensatz zu anderen Klassen, die spezielle Umgebungen für -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default bieten, erzeugt -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default aus diesen Angaben eine eigene Titelseite. Falls Sie hier kein Datum angeben, wird automatisch bei jedem LaTeX-Lauf das aktuelle Datum eingefügt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Eine neue Folie beginnen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es insgesamt vier unterschiedliche Wege, eine neue Folie zu beginnen. Für Folien im Hochformat können Sie -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans ShortFoilhead -\family default +\family default verwenden. Der Unterschied zwischen beiden Typen liegt im Abstand zwischen der Überschrift der Folie und dem eigentlichen Text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folien im Querformat legt man mit den Umgebungstypen -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default an. Auch hier ist der Unterschied der Abstand zwischen Text und Überschrift, der für die -\family sans +\family sans Short -\family default +\family default -Versionen etwa 1 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset cm geringer ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Einschränkung bei der Verwendung von Folien im Querformat ist, daß hierfür das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default benötigt wird. Besitzen Sie dieses nicht, können Sie die Folien nur ausdrucken, wenn Ihr Drucker die Folien auch quer einlegen kann. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aufgrund eines kleinen Fehlers in LyX ist es nicht möglich, zwei Umgebungen desselben Typs direkt hin\SpecialChar \- @@ -12138,11 +14250,11 @@ der zu verwenden. zwischen den beiden Umgebungen einzufügen, oder einen Abschnitt im LaTeX-Modus, der nur ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset % \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Kommentarzeichen) enthält. Dies zwingt LyX, zwei getrennte Umgebungen zu erzeugen, und so die richtige @@ -12150,598 +14262,708 @@ der zu verwenden. Dies wird auch in der Beispieldatei erläutert. Wie gesagt, dieses Problem tritt nur auf, wenn Sie zwei gleiche Umgebungen hintereinander anordnen wollen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Aufzählungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle gängigen Aufzählungstypen werden unterstützt, außerdem zwei zusätzliche. Hier werden nur die neuen erklärt, für Informationen zu den Standardtypen lesen Sie bitte das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Wenn Sie Listen mit unterschiedlichen Symbolen verwenden wollen, sollten Sie auch einen Blick in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset werfen, dort wird erklärt, wie man dafür aus insgesamt 216 Symbolen geeignete Listenmarkierer auswählen kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die neuen Aufzählungstypen -\family sans +\family sans TickList -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans CrossList -\family default +\family default sollen es einfacher machen, Listen der Sorte machen/nicht machen oder richtig/f alsch anzulegen, die entweder einen Haken oder ein Kreuz als Marke verwenden. Sie sind eine Variation der normalen -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default -Liste. Um sie zu verwenden, muß allerdings das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter psnfss -\family default +\family default installiert sein. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abbildungen und Tabellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard FoilTeX definiert die Umgebungstypen für gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen um, so daß diese immer genau an der Stelle eingefügt werden, an der sie im Originaltext stehen. Falls Sie die Plazierung der Gleitobjekte verändert haben ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ), so wird dies ignoriert. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die beiden Befehle -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Logo -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Restriction -\family default +\family default erlauben es, die linke Seite der Fußzeile zu verändern. Der erste ist dafür vorgesehen, ein graphisches Logo einzubinden, standardmäßig ist hier der Text \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Typeset by -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX- \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingetragen. Über den zweiten Befehl können zusätzliche Hinweise für die Zuhörer gegeben werden, etwa \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vertraulich \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dieser Eintrag ist normalerweise leer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die anderen Ecken werden über die folgenden drei Befehle beeinflußt: -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer -\family default +\family default (Die Standardeinstellung ist die Seitennummer.), -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (obere rechte Ecke), -\family sans -Left\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Left\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (obere linke Ecke). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nicht unterstützte Befehle von -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alle unten erwähnten Befehle müssen als ERTs eingegeben werden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Längenangaben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle Abstandsdefinitionen werden über den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Name -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Wert -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default verändert. -\emph on +\emph on Name -\emph default +\emph default muß dabei durch den Namen der zu verändernden Länge ersetzt werden und -\emph on +\emph on Wert -\emph default +\emph default durch den neuen Wert. Alle Längen müssen Einheiten haben, es können entweder absolute Werte wie Inches ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default ), Millimeter ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default ) oder Punkte ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default ) verwendet werden, oder aber fontabhängige wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Abstand zwischen Folientitel ( -\family sans +\family sans foilhead -\family default +\family default ) und eigentlichem Text kann über die Längendefinition -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead\SpecialChar \- skip -\family default +\family default verändert werden. Um zum Beispiel alle Titel 1 Zentimeter näher an den Text heranzurücken, geben Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgenden Befehl ein: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-10mm} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Abstände vor und nach Gleitobjekten können durch die folgenden Längendefinit ionen verändert werden: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovefloatskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Text und Oberkante des Gleitobjektes. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovecaptionskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Gleitobjekt und Unterschrift. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash belowcaptionskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Unterschrift und folgendem Text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash captionwidth -\family default +\family default Damit können Sie die Unterschrift schmaler als den normalen Text setzen. Am besten verwenden Sie hier Angaben relativ zur normalen Textbreite, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt auch einige Größen, die sich auf die Titelseite beziehen und nützlich sind, falls Sie eine lange Überschrift haben, oder mehrere Autoren beteiligt sind. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovetitleskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Kopfzeile und Überschrift. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titleauthorskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Überschrift und Autor. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorauthorskip -\family default +\family default Zeilenabstand bei mehreren Autoren. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authordateskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Autor und Datum. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dateabstractskip -\family default +\family default Abstand zwischen Datum und Zusammenfassung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die letzte Einstellung beeinflußt alle Aufzählungsumgebungen. Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zero\SpecialChar \- list\SpecialChar \- vert\SpecialChar \- dimens -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on innerhalb -\emph default +\emph default einer Aufzählungsumgebung verwenden, dann wird jeglicher vertikaler Zwischenrau m zwischen den einzelnen Einträgen entfernt. Beachten Sie, daß dies ein Befehl und keine Längenangabe ist, und keine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default -ähnlichen Dinge benötigt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kopf- und Fußzeilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default können Sie bestimmen, ob der in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo -\family default +\family default definierte Eintrag auf der jeweiligen Seite ausgegeben werden soll. Wenn Sie den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default im LaTeX-Vorspann eingeben, wird keine der Seiten das Logo zeigen. Wollen Sie es lediglich auf einer einzelnen Seite deaktivieren, geben Sie den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default direkt nach dem foilhead für diese Seite ein, und schalten Sie es an derselben Stelle auf der nächsten Seite mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default wieder ein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ das Seitenformat -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default eingestellt haben, sollten Sie möglicherweise die Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash headwidth -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen, damit Kopf- und Fußzeilen auch auf Seiten im Querformat richtig positioniert werden. Dies beruht auf einigen Konflikten der Format-Definitionen des Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default mit denen der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Textklasse ist speziell für Artikel gedacht, die in den Veröffentlichungen der von der IEEE gesponserten Konferenzen erscheinen sollen. Deshalb ist es angebracht, daß Sie sich eine Kopie ihrer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Anleitung für Autoren \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset besorgen. Dazu gehört dann auch die benötigte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex.sty -\family default +\family default -Datei sowie eine Stildatei für die Bibliographie. Diese \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Anleitung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird normalerweise über Email verschickt, wenn Ihre erste Version der Veröffent lichung akzeptiert wurde. Sie enthält jede Menge hilfreicher Informationen, und im folgenden wird angenommen, daß Sie diese Anleitung gelesen haben, damit hier nicht alles wiederholt werden muß. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Erste Schritte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Hier kommt später mehr -- -\emph on +\emph on AR -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans E-Mail -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Affiliation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abschnitt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschriftung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt kleinere Unterschiede, hauptsächlich in der Art, wie die Abschnittsnumer ierung aussieht. Am Bildschirm fehlt der abschließende Punkt, aber in der Druckausgabe ist er vorhanden. Also kein Grund zur Beunruhigung. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Format eines Hollywood-Skriptes korrekt zu erstellen ist nicht einfach. Es wurde entworfen, damit die Leser sich auf den Inhalt konzentrieren und @@ -12750,791 +14972,939 @@ Das Format eines Hollywood-Skriptes korrekt zu erstellen ist nicht einfach. Das Skript enthält nichts, was nicht im Film zu sehen oder zu hören ist. Es soll durchgängig die Schriftart Courier in 12pt verwendet werden. Keine Hervorhebungen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besondere Probleme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zeilenumbrüche dürfen NIEMALS in der Mitte eines Satzes erfolgen. Wenn sich der Text eines Sprechers über einen Seitenumbruch hinweg fortsetzt, wird sein Name gefolgt von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Cont'd) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wiederholt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besondere Funktionen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie die Namen der Sprecher ( -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default ) als Marken ein und verwenden Sie dann Querverweise, um die Namen einzufügen. Das Querverweis-Menü enthält auf diese Weise immer die Darstellerliste. Sie können die Querverweise auch verwenden, um die Namen der Sprecher in den Textpassagen einzufügen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Seitengrößen und Randbreiten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard US Letter, links 1.6 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, rechts 0.75 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, Oben 0.5 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, unten 0.75 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung. Sie können die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hollywood.bind -\family default +\family default verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Falls sonst nichts anderes verwendet werden kann. Versuchen Sie, es zu vermeiden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans FADE_IN -\family default +\family default : -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+I -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Normalerweise von etwas wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sally wacht gerade auf \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gefolgt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans INT: -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ I -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Legt eine neue (innen) Kameraeinstellung fest. Immer gefolgt von DAY oder NIGHT oder etwas Entsprechendem, um die Lichtverhält nisse wiederzugeben. Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans EXT: -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ E -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Eine neue Kameraeinstellung (außen). Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Die Person, die spricht. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ P -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Anweisungen für den Sprecher. Die Klammern () werden automatisch eingefügt; in LyX wird nur die öffnende Klammer angezeigt, es werden aber beide gedruckt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ D -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Was der Sprecher ( -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default ) sagt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Transition -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ T -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Kameraanweisungen, etwa CUT TO: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans FADE OUT: -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+I -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ R -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Skript Jargon -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (O.S) --- off screen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (V.0) --- voice over -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize b.g. --- background -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C.U. --- close-up -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PAN --- camera movement -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize INSERT --- cut to close-up of -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Broadway -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Broadway -\family default +\family default ist ein Format, um Theaterstücke zu schreiben. Das Format ist dekorativer als -\family sans +\family sans Hollywood -\family default +\family default , und unterliegt weniger Standards. Dieses Format sollte für Workshops u. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout -ä.\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +ä.\InsetSpace ~ geeignet sein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besondere Probleme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie bei -\family sans +\family sans Hollywood -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besondere Funktionen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie die Sprechernamen als Marken ein und verwenden Sie Querverweise im Text, um die Namen einzufügen. Das Querverweis-Menü dient auf diese Weise als aktuelle Darstellerliste. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Seitengrößen und Randbreiten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard US Letter, links 1.6 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, rechts 0.75 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, Oben 0.5 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch, unten 0.75 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Inch -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung. Sie können die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter broadway.bind -\family default +\family default verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Diesen Typ sollten Sie nicht benötigen, aber er ist für alles, was sonst in keine Sparte paßt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Narrative -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ N -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Wird verwendet, um Zustand der Bühne und Aktionen zu beschreiben. Namen von Sprechern bei der ersten Verwendung in GROSSBUCHSTABEN. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ACT -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ A -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Wird automatisch numeriert. Am Bildschirm in arabischen Ziffern, die gedruckte Version zeigt römische Ziffern. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ACT* -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+AT -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Untertitel für -\family sans +\family sans ACT -\family default +\family default . Einfach zentrierter Text. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SCENE -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Nicht automatisch numeriert, die Nummer muß von Ihnen eingegeben werden (weil ich einfach nicht herausgefunden habe, wie das geht). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans AT_RISE: -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+R -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Eine besondere Form von -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\family default +\family default , die beschreibt, was beim Heben des Vorhanges geschieht. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Titel des Sprechers/Schauspielers, zentriert in Großbuchstaben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ P -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Anweisungen an den Sprecher. Die Klammern werden automatisch eingefügt. LyX zeigt nur die öffnende Klammer, es werden aber beide gedruckt. Dieser Umgebungstyp wird nur innerhalb von -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\family default +\family default verwendet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ D -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Was der Sprecher sagt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CURTAIN -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+C -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Der Vorhang fällt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ R -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section RevTeX4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Textklasse -\family sans +\family sans RevT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX4 -\family default - arbeitet mit der Dokumentklasse RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + arbeitet mit der Dokumentklasse RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 der American Physical Society (genauer dem \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Release vom Mai 1999). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Textklasse -\family sans -article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +article\InsetSpace ~ (REVT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX) -\family default +\family default von LyX basiert auf Version 3.1 von RevTeX. Leider ist diese mittlerweile obsolet, da sie nur mit LaTeX 2.09 funktioniert. - Das bedeutet, daß einige RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Das bedeutet, daß einige RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 3.1-Befehle als ERTs eingegeben werden müssen. - Da RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Da RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 auf die Arbeit mit LaTeX2e ausgerichtet wurde, ist auch LyX zusammen mit der Textklasse -\family sans +\family sans RevT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX4 -\family default +\family default recht einfach zu benutzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Text ist als ein -\emph on +\emph on Anhang -\emph default - zu der regulären Dokumentation des Paketes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + zu der regulären Dokumentation des Paketes RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 zu betrachten, deshalb werden hier keine der speziellen Makros beschrieben; es wird angenommen, daß Sie selbst wissen, was Sie nötigenfalls in den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen müssen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Installation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist das Paket gemäß der ihm beiliegenden README-Datei zu installieren. Das Paket selber finden Sie bei \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4 unter]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Installieren Sie es dort, wo LaTeX das neue Paket sehen kann. Machen Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit einem kurzen RevTeX-Dokument in einem beliebige n Verzeichnis, das heißt nicht in dem Verzeichnis mit den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default -Dateien. Wenn Sie LyX nun neu konfigurieren, sollte nach einem Neustart auch die neue Textklasse -\family sans +\family sans RevT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX4 -\family default +\family default zur Verfügung stehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können nun Dokumente in dieser Klasse erstellen, entweder indem Sie - ein bestehendes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + ein bestehendes RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4-Dokument mittels -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default importieren oder eines -- ausgehend von der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter revtex4.lyx -\family default +\family default im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen -- neu anlegen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Optionale Argumente für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentstyle -\family default +\family default können Sie wie gewohnt in der Rubrik -\family sans -Weitere\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Weitere\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ angeben. Bedenken Sie auch, daß RevTeX mindestens ein optionales Argument benötigt! Weitere Dinge wie etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash draft -\family default +\family default geben Sie wie gewohnt im LaTeX-Vorspann ein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Namen der Absatzumgebungen entsprechen im allgemeinen den entsprechenden - Befehlen aus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Befehlen aus RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0. - Beachten Sie auch, daß (zumindest in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Beachten Sie auch, daß (zumindest in RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default identisch sind, Deshalb müssen Sie auch nicht beide verwenden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie neugierig sind: beide wurden eingebaut, so daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default sowohl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash address -\family default +\family default als auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affiliation -\family default +\family default übersetzen kann. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wichtige Hinweise -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Es gibt einige Besonderheiten in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Es gibt einige Besonderheiten in RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0, die möglicherweise Fehler hervorrufen , die in LyX sogar noch verwirrender erscheinen. - In RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + In RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 steht der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default -Befehl -\emph on +\emph on außerhalb -\emph default +\emph default der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. In LyX bedeutet das, daß -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default ein eigenes Format-Element ist. Benutzen Sie im -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default -Format -\emph on +\emph on keine -\emph default +\emph default Fußnoten, oder es können verrückte Dinge geschehen. - Die Dokumentation zu RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Die Dokumentation zu RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 enthält weitere Details dazu. Die Einträge -\family sans -Autor\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autor\InsetSpace ~ Email -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Autor\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autor\InsetSpace ~ URL -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default müssen -\emph on +\emph on zwischen -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default und der zugehörigen -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default (bzw. -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default ) plaziert werden. Setzen Sie sie nach -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , scheitert der LaTeX-Lauf. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nachteile -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das größte Problem mit diesem Format ist, daß Sie optionale Argumente zu Umgebungstypen wie -\family sans +\family sans Email -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default nicht verwenden können (es ist ein generelles Problem von LyX, daß für Gliederungsumgebungen keine optionalen Argumente angegeben werden können). Das bedeutet, daß Sie die Datei, nachdem Sie sie im LaTeX-Format exportiert @@ -13542,149 +15912,185 @@ Titel müssen (beispiels\SpecialChar \- weise um Kurztitel für die Seitenüberschrift anzugeben). Aus diesem Grund sind die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiliation -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaddress -\family default +\family default nutzlos, und die entsprechenden Umgebungen existieren in LyX nicht. Dies wird voraussichtlich in Version 1.2 von LyX behoben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz Luczak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Dokumentklassen -\emph on +\emph on article (mwart) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (mwrep) -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on book (mwbk) -\emph default +\emph default korrespondieren mit den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwart.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwrep.cls -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwbk.cls -\family default +\family default . Sie ersetzen die Standard-Dokumentklassen \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{article.cls} -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default und passen in vielen Punkten besser zu den polnischen Typografie-Konventionen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hauptunterschiede: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nichtnumerierte Titel (zum Beispiel -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default ) werden zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzugefügt, -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description zusätzliche Seitenstile: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description uheadings Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen werden mit: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markright -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth -\family default +\family default erzeugt, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myuheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description outer die Seitennummer wird wird auf der Außenseite der Seite plaziert. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Optionen -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description rmheadings Titel in serif --- default, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sfheadings Titel in sans serif, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description authortitle auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Autor, dann der Titel --- default, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description titleauthor auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Titel, dann der Autor, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description withmarginpar Platz für Ränder auf der Seite reservieren. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Elsevier Journals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Rod Pinna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. stellt eine Standard-LaTeX-Dokumentklasse ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default ) zur Verfügung, mit der man Artikel für ihre verschiedenen Journale einreichen kann. Die Stildatei kann direkt von \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset heruntergeladen werden. Anweisungen stehen in der Klassendatei, die die Anforderungen an die Verleger @@ -13693,16 +16099,18 @@ elsart.cls Format- und einer Vorlagendatei erlaubt. Die Installation der Klasse erfolgt wie für andere LaTeX-Pakete; Anweisungen gibt es in der Elsevier-Dokumentation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default benutzen zu können, gibt es eine Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.layout -\family default +\family default . Da die Elsevier-Klassen\SpecialChar \- datei weitgehend auf der Standard-article-Klasse @@ -13714,25 +16122,27 @@ n\SpecialChar \- gen ähnlich sind. Diese Befehle sind alle in der Elsevier-Dokumentation beschrieben und in LyX verfügbar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Am einfachsten benutzt man den Elsevier-Stil mit der mitgelieferten Vorlagendate istil. Am besten benutzt man keine Dinge wie den Seiten-Stil -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default headings oder das Geometrie-Paket, weil solche Elemente von Elsevier in deren Stildatei definiert sind. Idealerweise sollten keine Pakete außer den in der Elsevier-Dokumentation erwähnten benutzt werden. Für Elsevier ist eine möglichst \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset saubere \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-Datei unerläßlich, weil sie die mitgelieferte Datei nehmen wollen und die Klassendatei mit der eines bestimmten Journals ersetzen wollen, @@ -13741,59 +16151,71 @@ saubere aufwenden sollte. Wenn es veröffentlicht wird, wird sie sich sowieso ändern. Ansonsten wird dieses Format wie die normale -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default -Dokumentklasse benutzt. Für Einzelheiten, was Elsevier macht und was nicht, lesen Sie bitte ihre Dokumentation. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Import und Export anderer Dateiformate -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Import anderer Formate nach LyX und der Export von LyX-Dokumenten nach anderen Formaten wurde im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default nur kurz erwähnt. In diesem Abschnitt erfahren Sie mehr darüber, was passiert, wenn Sie eine der Funktionen unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren -\family default +\family default auswählen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Import anderer Formate -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Übersetzung von LaTeX nach LyX geschieht mit dem Perl-Skript reLyX. Obwohl es ein eigenständiges Programm ist, das auf der Kommandozeile gestartet @@ -13802,64 +16224,78 @@ Die Eine vollständige Beschreibung von reLyX finden Sie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Innerhalb von LyX kann der Benutzer keine Parameter für reLyX übergeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII-Text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt es zwei Methoden, um ASCII-Text zu importieren. Importiert man ihn als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII-Text als Zeilen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so werden alle Zeilenumbrüche beibehalten. Für LyX sieht dann jede Zeile wie ein Absatz aus. Importiert man ihn als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII-Text als Absätze \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bilden Zeilen, die nur durch einen Zeilenumbruch getrennt sind, einen Absatz. Mehrere Zeilenumbrüche ohne Text dazwischen trennen die Absätze. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection NoWeb -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on [Notiz des Herausgebers: dieser Abschnitt muß noch geschrieben werden -- Freiwillige vor! --- mer] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Export nach anderen Formaten -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erzeugt zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen: zerlegte Versionen für die normale Bearbeitun g ( -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default usw.), die man normalerweise niemals sieht, und für Menschen lesbare Versionen, die Sie mit Ihren Kollegen austauschen können. Die resultierende Datei ist eine vollgültige LaTeX-Datei, obwohl der Vorspann @@ -13867,99 +16303,113 @@ VI enthält, die in den meisten von Menschen geschriebenen LaTeX-Dateien nicht vorkommen würden. Optionen können Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default setzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DVI -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Geräteunabhängige Dateien ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , kurz dvi) werden erzeugt, wenn LaTeX Ihr Dokument bearbeitet. Es gibt keine Benutzeroptionen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript® -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Den letzten Schritt macht normalerweise das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default , obwohl das mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator Drucker\SpecialChar \menuseparator Druckerbefehl: -\family default +\family default geändert werden kann. Dort kann man auch Kommandozeilenargumente für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default wie zum Beispiel die Umkehr des Drucks mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r -\family default +\family default setzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII-Text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beim Exportieren einer LyX-Datei als ASCII wird versucht, die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Form \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset des Dokumentes so gut wie möglich zu erhalten, aber Dinge wie Zentrierung und Einrückung werden weggelassen, und Absätze werden durch Leerzeilen @@ -13968,320 +16418,362 @@ Form erstellten Textdateien bemerkenswert lesbar sind. Die einzige Option, die gesetzt werden kann, sind die Zeilenlänge der Ausgabeda tei und der roff-Befehl. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-Dokumente können nach HTML konvertiert werden, indem sie zunächst nach LaTeX, dann nach HTML konvertiert werden. LyX kennt zur Zeit drei LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset HTML-Konverter: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2\SpecialChar \- html -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hevea -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2html -\family default +\family default ist voreingestellt, aber in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Konvertierung -\family default +\family default können Sie das überschreiben und auch -\family sans +\family sans Zusatz-Flag -\family default +\family default s setzen. Allerdings müssen diese Pakete gesondert installiert werden, weil sie weder von LaTeX noch von LyX automatisch dazu installiert werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PDF -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Dekel -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Tsur -\noun default +\noun default (das meiste) -\layout Standard +\end_layout -PDF-Datei ohne Marken, Links, usw.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +PDF-Datei ohne Marken, Links, usw.\InsetSpace ~ erstellen Sie am einfachsten mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\family default +\family default . Es gibt ein paar Probleme mit Fonts, die Sie beachten müssen (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection pdfLaTeX benutzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn Sie pdfLaTeX benutzen wollen, müssen Sie Ihre eps-Bilder ins PDF-Format - konvertieren (s.\SpecialChar ~ + konvertieren (s.\InsetSpace ~ Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfeps} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), und Sie können -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstricks -\family default +\family default nicht benutzen. Andererseits können Sie mit pdfLaTeX Bilder im JPEG- und PNG-Format direkt einfügen, True-Type-Fonts benutzen, und mehr. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das Problem ist, daß Bitmap-Fonts mit Acrobat Reader schlecht dargestellt werden. Wenn Sie aus einer LyX-Datei eine PDF-Datei machen wollen, müssen Sie skalierba re Zeichensätze anstatt Bitmap-Fonts benutzen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie sollten skalierbare Zeichensätze auch für PostScript®-Dateien benutzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout - Neuere LaTeX-Distributionen haben die PostScript®-Typ\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + + Neuere LaTeX-Distributionen haben die PostScript®-Typ\InsetSpace ~ 1-Versionen der Standardfo nts (Computer Modern). pdfLaTeX benutzt diese Fonts standardmäßig, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default nicht. Damit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default es tut, sollten Sie die folgenden Zeilen in Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc -\family default +\family default -Datei einfügen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) für LaTeX benutzt wird, muß nichts weiter getan werden. Wenn aber das T1-Font-Encoding benutzt wird, benutzt LaTeX die neueren - EC-Fonts, für die es keine Typ\SpecialChar ~ + EC-Fonts, für die es keine Typ\InsetSpace ~ 1-Version gibt. Die Lösung ist, das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ae -\family default +\family default -Paket zu benutzen, das T1-Fonts emuliert, indem es die Standard-CM-Fonts benutzt. Sie erreichen das, wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} -\family default +\family default zum Vorspann der LyX-Datei hinzufügen. Allerdings fehlen einige Sonderzeichen der CM-Fonts (zum Beispiel eth, thorn), die dann von den EC-Fonts genommen werden. Deshalb erhalten Sie diese Sonderzeichen als Bitmaps. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX benutzt standardmäßig das T1-Font-Encoding. Wenn Sie das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) benutzen wollen, obwohl das nicht empfohlen wird, wenn Sie nicht nur englische Dokumente schreiben, schreiben Sie in das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Kodierung: -\family default +\family default den Wert -\family sans +\family sans default. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eine andere Möglichkeit ist, die Standard-PostScript®-Fonts anstelle der Computer-Modern-Fonts zu benutzen. Dazu müssen Sie in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default als -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -chrift\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +chrift\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Größe: -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans pslatex -\family default +\family default wählen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Das scheint für mich die -\emph on +\emph on einzige -\emph default +\emph default Lösung zu sein. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn Sie die PostScript®-Fonts benutzen, werden die PDF-Dateien kleiner, weil die Fonts nicht gespeichert werden. @@ -14290,561 +16782,659 @@ einzige benutzt werden muß (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Außerdem sehen die PostScript®-Fonts anders aus als die Computer-Modern-Fonts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insgesamt erzielen Computer-Modern-Fonts und PostScript®-Fonts mit ein paar Ausnahmen gute Ergebnisse. Es ist eine Geschmacksfrage, welche Sie benutzen wollen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Warum funktioniert der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default nicht mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps\SpecialChar \- latex -\family default +\family default ? -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die PostScript®-Fonts haben keine Fett-Fonts. Als Ersatz können Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default (Fett-Fonts für Arme) benutzen. Sie können den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldymbo -\family default +\family default l mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default neu definieren, indem Sie die folgende Zeile in den Vorspann eintragen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcomman{ -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash pmb{1#}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja. Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newif -\backslash +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash ifx -\backslash +\backslash pdfoutput -\backslash +\backslash undefined -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdffalse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdftrue -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash fi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfinfo { /Autor (your name and e-mail address) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Titel (official title -- i.e., title element) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (one line description of the document) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fi -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lesen Sie bitte unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ev-en.org/wiki/moin.cgi/LyxPdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Benutzerdefiniert -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Benutzerdefinierte Exporte ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans B -\bar default +\bar default enutzerdefiniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default ) sind möglich, wenn Sie ein besonders seltsames Format haben, in das Sie konvertieren wollen, aber natürlich nur, wenn Sie den entsprechenden Konverter haben. Das Format der -\emph on +\emph on Eingabedatei -\emph default +\emph default wird im -\family sans +\family sans Export-Formate: -\family default +\family default festgelegt. LyX wird bis zu dem Befehl normal konvertieren und dann an den Konverter übergeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Konverterbefehl wird in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default efehl -\family default +\family default festgelegt. Er sollte ein vollständig qualifizierter Kommandozeilenbefehl sein, der die Umgebungsvariable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FNAME -\family default +\family default für die Wurzel-Dateinamen benutzt. Sie müssen sich eventuell etwas einfallen lassen, damit Ihre shell den Befehl richtig interpretiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl Sie diesen Befehl nicht in den -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default speichern können, können Sie aber Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/preference -\family default +\family default s-Datei editieren und folgende Zeile hinzufügen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash custom_export_command \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset mycommand $$FName \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Übersicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die einfachste Methode, reLyX zu verwenden, ist mittels der Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default aus LyX heraus. Dadurch wird reLyX mit dem angegebenen Dokument als Argument gestartet und die resultierende Datei in LyX geladen. Diesen Weg sollten Sie als ersten versuchen und nur, wenn Sie ausgefallenere Optionen benötigen, reLyX selbst von der Kommandozeile aus starten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold reLyX -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic textklasse -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic verzeichnis -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on eingabedatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series bold + +\family typewriter +\series bold reLyX -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic textklasse -\shape default +\shape default [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic verzeichnis -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on eingabedatei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold reLyX -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -h -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Optionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -c Klasse. Normalerweise erzeugt reLyX eine Datei der Textklasse \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wenn in der Eingabedatei die Zeichenkette -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass{foo} -\family default +\family default gefunden wird, weiterhin wird die entsprechende Formatbeschreibung von LyX eingelesen (typischerweise \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Mit dieser Option können Sie eine alternative Textklasse festlegen (deren Formatbeschreibung dann verwendet wird). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -d Debug. Normalerweise arbeitet reLyX im Stillen und löscht temporäre Dateien zum Schluß. Wird -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default angegeben, gibt reLyX viel mehr Informationen, was gerade passiert (sowohl auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdout -\family default +\family default als auch auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stderr -\family default +\family default ) und löscht temporäre Dateien nicht. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -f Force (= erzwingen). Wenn die zu erzeugende LyX-Datei bereits existiert, bricht reLyX normalerweise ab. mit dieser Option wird die vorhandene Datei überschrieben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -h Hilfe. Es wird eine Benutzungshilfe ausgegeben und das Programm beendet. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -o Ausgabeverzeichnis. Alle temporären Dateien, die erzeugten LyX-Dateien (auch Teildateien, siehe Option -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default ) werden in das angegebene Verzeichnis geschrieben. Andernfalls würden die Dateien für eine Eingabedatei -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.tex -\emph default +\emph default in das Verzeichnis -\emph on +\emph on dir -\emph default +\emph default geschrieben. Diese Option ist praktisch, wenn Sie für die Verzeichnisse, in denen die TeX-Dateien stehen, keine Schreibberechtigung haben oder Dateien aus unterschie dlichen Verzeichnissen einbinden und die von reLyX erzeugten Dateien in einem gemeinsamen Verzeichnis sammeln wollen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -p Teildateien. Die Eingabedateien sind keine vollständigen LaTeX-Dateien und haben keinen Vorspann oder ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default . Diese Option kann nur zusammen mit -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default verwendet werden, da reLyX die Dokumentklasse nicht selbständig feststellen kann. In diesem Fall können Sie auch mehrere Dateien gleich\SpecialChar \- zeitig konvertieren, solange sie dieselbe Klasse besitzen. Derart erzeugte Dateien können über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ins -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -rt\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rt\InsetSpace ~ Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default y \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout -\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +\InsetSpace ~ Dokument -\family default +\family default in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument eingebunden werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -r Reguläre Umgebungen (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Falls Sie mehr als eine Umgebung angeben, trennen Sie sie mit Kommata ab, @@ -14852,7 +17442,9 @@ Dokument Unter Umständen müssen Sie die Liste in Anführungszeichen setzen, insbesondere, wenn Namen mit einem Stern (foo*) auftauchen. Wenn Sie diese Option oft verwenden, sollten Sie eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -s Syntaxdateien. Geben Sie hier eine oder mehrere (in Anführungszeichen, durch Komma getrennt) @@ -14860,168 +17452,203 @@ Dokument Näheres im Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beschreibung -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX erzeugt aus einer Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir/foo.tex -\family default +\family default die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir/foo.lyx -\family default +\family default (außer es wurde die Option -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default verwendet). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als Dateiendungen sind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ltx -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .latex -\family default +\family default erlaubt. Wenn die Eingabedatei nicht existiert oder keine der Endungen hat, wird reLyX versuchen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Eingabedatei.tex -\family default +\family default zu übersetzen. (Dies entspricht dem Verhalten von LaTeX.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Zweck von reLyX ist es, -\emph on +\emph on gutmütigen -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX2e-Code nach LyX zu übersetzen. Wenn Ihre Datei nicht fehlerfrei von LaTeX bearbeitet werden kann, oder wenn Sie darin ungewöhnliche Dinge wie eine Umdefinition von Standardbefehlen durchführen, wird vermutlich auch reLyX ins Stolpern geraten. - Teilweise wird auch die alte LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Teilweise wird auch die alte LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ 2.09-Syntax korrekt umgesetzt, aber dafür gibt es keine Garantie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX hat noch ein paar kleine Fehler, einige Funktionen fehlen. Die Hauptziele sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verarbeiten einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gutmütigen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX2e-Datei, ohne abzustürzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Den Großteil einer Datei zu übersetzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lokalisieren von Teilen, die nicht übersetzt werden können; einfügen derselben im TeX-Modus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Ziele werden bei den meisten Dateien recht gut erreicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt viele Verbesserungen für reLyX, die in Zukunft gemacht werden können und werden. Trotzdem wollten wir reLyX schon früh freigegeben, um es neuen LyX-Benutzern einfacher zu machen, ihre LaTeX-Dateien mit LyX zu lesen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Benutzung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier eine etwas längere Beschreibung, was Sie tun müssen, um ein LaTeX-Dokument nach LyX zu übersetzen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Starten Sie reLyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard reLyX hält Sie über den Fortgang auf dem laufenden und gibt etwaige Fehlermeldun gen auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stderr -\family default +\family default aus. Ist Ihnen das zuviel, versuchen Sieden bash-Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null 2>&1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der (t)csh-Befehl ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Sie sollten -\emph on +\emph on niemals -\emph default +\emph default die Standardausgabe in die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default umleiten! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Öffnen Sie die erzeugte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default -Datei in LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Theoretisch sollte der Großteil der Datei in die entsprechenden LyX-Befehle umgesetzt worden sein. @@ -15033,653 +17660,730 @@ Theoretisch sollte der Gro Sie bitte den Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors} -\end_inset +\end_inset oder die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/reLyX -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ändern Sie den nicht übersetzten, rot unterlegten Text von Hand in LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wie bereits erwähnt, sollten Sie den Text auch ohne diesen Schritt ausdrucken können, doch kommen Sie durch die Konvertierung von LaTeX-Code in LyX-Objekte auch in den Genuß der WYSIWYM-Darstellung von LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es wird nicht garantiert, daß reLyX genau dieselbe Textdarstellung erzeugt wie die ursprüngliche LaTeX-Datei, das Aussehen sollte aber sehr ähnlich sein. Im Zweifelsfall wird reLyX eher darauf zurückgreifen, Textteile nicht in die LyX-Syntax zu konvertieren, um korrekte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi- -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default -Dateien zu erzeugen, selbst wenn dadurch mehr ERTs erzeugt werden und weniger WYSIWYM. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\series bold +\series bold Prüfen Sie den erzeugten Text! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Das hatten Sie sicherlich in jedem Fall vor, aber es ist insbesondere wichtig, wenn Sie ein LaTeX-Dokument übersetzt haben. Zumindest derzeit ist reLyX eher ein Konverter, der den gesamten Text übersetzt als jedes einzelne Detail. Insbesondere bei der Behandlung von Leerräumen gibt es noch einige Lücken. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Womit reLyX umgehen kann -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX versteht viele LaTeX-Befehle. Folgendes wird übersetzt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize regulärer Text, einschließlich Minibefehlen wie ~, \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash TeX -\family default +\family default sowie Zeichen mit Akzenten wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{a} -\family default +\family default oder die Sonderfälle ? \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ` = ?` und ! \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ` = !` -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Titelbefehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash date -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default und die -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default -Umgebung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gliederungsbefehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default , einschließlich der *-Formen ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section* -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Umgebungen: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quotation -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verse -\family default +\family default ; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter center -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushright -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushleft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Aufzählung -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter description -\family default +\family default sowie deren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default -Befehle. Ebenfalls \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset wohlerzogene \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset geschachtelte Listen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Querverweise: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash footnote -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash margin -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fontbefehle einschließlich -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash em -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textit -\family default +\family default sowie die entsprechenden Befehle, um Familie, Größe, Serie und Form zu ändern -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash input{foo} -\family default +\family default (oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{foo.blah} -\family default +\family default ) und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include{foo} -\family default +\family default . Der aus TeX stammende \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash in\SpecialChar \- put foo.tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Befehl wird ebenfalls unterstützt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Umgebungstyp -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default sowie die darin benutzten Befehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hline -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cline -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multicolumn -\family default +\family default (aber siehe unten) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table* -\family default +\family default und die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default -Befehle darin -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Umgebung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default -Befehle, ebenso wie die BibTeX-Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verschiedenes: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash noindent -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Umgebungen (und manche Befehle), die spezifisch für Dokumentklassen sind und die in LyX-Formate übersetzt werden können -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Argumente von bestimmten nicht übersetzbaren Befehlen wie zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In einigen dieser Fälle ist die Unterstützung allerdings nicht hundertprozentig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX übernimmt mathematische Ausdrücke (fast) wörtlich aus der LaTeX-Datei. Glücklicherweise versteht LyX diese selbst, deshalb funktionieren die meisten mathematischen Dinge problemlos. Einige Befehle, die LyX nicht versteht, werden durch äquivalente Ausdrücke ersetzt, etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash to -\family default +\family default durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default . Mehr dazu im Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX wird auch sämtliche Befehle des LaTeX-Vorspanns (das heißt alles vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{docu\SpecialChar \- ment} -\family default +\family default ) unverändert kopieren, so daß sich dort gemachte Einträge in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau oder dem gedruckten Dokument auswirken sollten, wenn auch im LyX-Fenst er nichts davon zu sehen ist. Prüfen Sie diesen Teil mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abbildungen und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular* -\family default +\family default -Tabellen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Minipages -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abstandsbefehle ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vspace -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagebreak -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash par -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centering -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedleft -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedright -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Umgebungen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default . In diesen Fällen achtet reLyX darauf, alles einschließlich Kommentaren und Leerzeichen -\emph on +\emph on identisch -\emph default +\emph default zu übernehmen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize einige unbekannte (zum Beispiel benutzerdefinierte) Umgebungen und Befehle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX kopiert unbekannte Befehle mitsamt ihren Argumenten wörtlich in die LyX-Datei. Dasselbe geschieht, wenn ein Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default gefunden wird und die Umgebung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default nicht bekannt ist; alles bis zum schließenden -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default wird unverändert kopiert (es sei denn, Sie haben die Option -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default verwendet). Normalerweise sollten derartige Dinge reLyX nicht zum Absturz bringen, sie verlangen lediglich etwas Handarbeit von Ihrer Seite, nachdem Sie die Datei in LyX geladen haben. Das ist in jedem Fall einfacher und angenehmer, als die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default - oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default -Datei in einem Texteditor zu bearbeiten. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da reLyX ein relativ neues Programm ist, hat es noch einige Probleme. Im Laufe der Zeit werden diese aber beseitigt werden. Einige Fehler und fehlende Funktionen sind in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset zu finden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn reLyX sich an irgendetwas verschluckt, oder wenn LyX die übersetzte Datei nicht lesen kann, ist es das beste, den Problemtext in der Originaldatei mit den Befehlen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyX\SpecialChar \- skip} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default einzuklammern. Dies ist ein sogenannter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Überspringen-Block \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . reLyX kopiert ihn unverändert in die LyX-Datei und markiert ihn als TeX-Modus. Sie können die entsprechenden Stellen dann wie gewohnt in LyX nachbearbeiten. Die Umgebungsbefehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default werden übrigens nicht in die LyX-Datei übertragen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset genaue \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Kopieren unbekannter Umgebungen und Befehle ist nicht völlig genau. Insbesondere Zeilenumbrüche und Kommentare können verloren gehen. @@ -15687,70 +18391,76 @@ genaue aber in den meisten Fällen richtig sein. Einige Bereiche werden aber immer identisch übernommen, das sind der LaTeX-Vors pann, die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default -Befehl sowie Überspringen-Blöcke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize reLyX übersetzt nur ein paar der möglichen Optionen des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default -Befehls (insbesondere 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape und [one| \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset two]column). Andere Optionen werden in das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen: -\family default +\family default eingetragen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Fast noch wichtiger: reLyX übersetzt keine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage -\family default +\family default -Befehle, Randbreiteneinstellungen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcom\SpecialChar \- mand -\family default +\family default -Be\SpecialChar \- feh\SpecialChar \- le oder kurz gesagt keine Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann. @@ -15758,101 +18468,110 @@ le oder kurz gesagt keine Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann. Wenn Sie im Vorspann irgendwelche Definitionen für die Randbreiten (margins) haben, werden in LyX auch die richtigen Randbreiten verwendet. Allerdings werden diese Einstellungen Ihre in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Seite -\family default +\family default überschreiben. Sie sollten deshalb die Einträge aus dem Vorspann entfernen ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default ), um sicherzugehen. Dasselbe gilt auch für die Einstellungen der Sprache durch Babel mit den Befehlen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inputencoding -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagestyle -\family default +\family default usw. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Textklasse -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default enthält einige Fehler. reLyX macht möglicherweise seltsame Dinge mit optionalen Argumenten der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead -\family default +\family default -Befehle. Ebenso wird unter Umständen ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dinglist} -\family default +\family default falsch behandelt, obwohl der Text in der Umgebung richtig übersetzt werden sollte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weniger wichtige Fehler sind in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default dokumentiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX ist hoffentlich recht stabil. Wie bereits erwähnt wird es Ihre Datei möglicherweise nicht perfekt umsetzen, @@ -15861,13 +18580,17 @@ reLyX ist hoffentlich recht stabil. Punkte ist, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Was LyX nicht handhaben kann -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fehlen selbst noch einige Funktionen. Aus diesem Grund kann es, selbst wenn reLyX eine Datei perfekt übersetzt, @@ -15875,375 +18598,427 @@ LyX fehlen selbst noch einige Funktionen. Wenn Sie derartige Dinge wirklich benötigen, können Sie das fertige LyX-Dokumen t nach LaTeX exportieren und die entsprechenden Einträge wieder einfügen. Lesen Sie die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default , um mehr zu diesen Problemen zu erfahren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Für einige Befehle unterstützt LyX keine optionalen Argumente. Beispiele hierfür sind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapter -\family default +\family default (sowie alle anderen Abschnittsbefehle) und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default . reLyX läßt solche Argumente automatisch weg und gibt eine Warnung auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdout -\family default +\family default aus. LyX ignoriert auch das Argument -\family typewriter +\family typewriter width -\family default +\family default in der Umgebung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zentrierung (oder links/rechtsbündiges Ausrichten) funktioniert nur für ganze Absätze. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Unterstützung von Tabellen in LyX ist nicht perfekt. Verwenden Sie für komplizierte Tabellen einen Überspringen-Block, um die Tabelle als TeX-Code zu übernehmen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Mathematikeditor von LyX kennt die Umgebungstypen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter split -\family default - usw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + usw.\InsetSpace ~ aus dem AMS-LaTeX-Paket nicht. Diese werden also im TeX-Modus kopiert. Sie können die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default -Umgebung im Originaltext durch die gleichwertige -\family typewriter +\family typewriter displaymath -\family default +\family default ersetzen, dann wird der Text einwandfrei übersetzt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beispiele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -df -o -\emph on +\emph on my/dir -\emph default +\emph default -r -\emph on +\emph on myenv -\emph default +\emph default foo.tex > foo.debug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der obenstehende Befehl erzeugt aus der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter my/dir/foo.lyx -\family default +\family default und überschreibt dabei eventuell existierende Dateien. Wird ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{myenv} ... -\backslash +\backslash end{myenv} -\family default +\family default -Block gefunden, so wird der Inhalt dieses Blockes zwar übersetzt, die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default Befehle werden jedoch im TeX-Modus in die LyX-Datei eingefügt. Temporäre Dateien werden nicht gelöscht und befinden sich ebenfalls im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter my/dir -\family default +\family default . Es werden Debug-Informationen ausgegeben, diese stehen in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.debug -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hinweise -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Fehlerberichte \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyXerrors} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn reLyX abstürzt oder sich auf sonst eine Weise seltsam verhält, die hier, in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default oder in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset nicht beschrieben wurde, starten Sie reLyX bitte mit der Option -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default . Dadurch können Sie herausfinden, in welchem Abschnitt des Übersetzungsprozesses der Fehler auftritt. Dadurch können Sie letztendlich einen deutlich besseren Fehlerbericht schreiben , wodurch die Entwickler den Fehler viel schneller und leichter beheben können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Senden Sie solche Fehlerberichte bitte an die Mailingliste der LyX-Entwickler, das ist derzeit \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyxdevel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset (Sie können diese Adresse auf der LyX-Seite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default nachsehen). Wenn Sie eine sehr große Datei mit reLyX übersetzen -- bitte senden Sie nicht die gesamte Ausgabe von reLyX mit dem Fehlerbericht ein, sondern nur den relevanten Teil, in dem der Fehler auftritt. Oder, noch besser, schicken Sie eine kleine TeX-Datei mit, die dieselben Probleme wie die große Datei verursacht. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Details zur Implementation: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX arbeitet in mehreren Durchgängen, um eine Datei zu übersetzen. In jedem Durchgang werden ein oder zwei Dateien erzeugt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 0 Vor allem anderen werden die Syntaxdateien gelesen. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 1a Der Vorspann (alles vor dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ) wird von der restlichen Datei abgetrennt. Die beiden Teile werden in getrennten Dateien gespeichert. Dies ist notwendig, da der Vorspann recht \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset seltsame \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Dinge enthalten kann. Alles nach einem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default wird ebenfalls ignoriert, da es vermutlich kein LaTeX-Code mehr ist. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 1b Übersetzen des Vorspanns. Derzeit bedeutet das einfach erkennen des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash docu\SpecialChar \- ment\SpecialChar \- class -\family default +\family default -Befehls und kopieren des restlichen Vorspanns in den LyX-Vorspann. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem nun die verwendete Dokumentklasse bekannt ist, wird die Formatdatei von LyX für diese Klasse eingelesen. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Säubern \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset der TeX-Datei, wobei ein etwas strikterer LaTeX-Code generiert wird. Das umfaßt: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ändern von Dingen wie etwa x^2 in das gleichbedeutende aber eindeutige x^{2} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Entfernen optionaler Argumente, die LyX nicht verarbeiten kann (zum Beispiel von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Umwandeln von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash em foo} -\family default +\family default nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph{foo} -\family default +\family default usw. Das ist notwendig, da LyX grundsätzlich diese nichtlokale Form verwendet. Dies sollte aber kaum einen Unterschied machen. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 3 Übersetzen von LaTeX-Text, -Befehlen und -Umgebungen in die LyX-Synta x. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Durchgang\InsetSpace ~ 4 Zusammenfügen der beiden Teildateien sowie einige kleinere Änderungen , um die LyX-Datei zu erzeugen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls die Datei irgendwelche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include -\family default +\family default -Befehle enthielt, wird nun von vorn begonnen, und die eingebundenen Dateien werden übersetzt. Dabei wird angenommen, daß sie dieselbe Textklasse verwenden wie die Hauptdatei , und daß sie keinen Vorspann enthalten. (Falls Sie in einer Datei einen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default -Befehl im Vorspann verwenden, wird dieser Befehl unverändert in den LaTeX-Vorsp ann übernommen und die eingebundene Datei wird nicht übersetzt.) Bei eingebundene n Dateien werden die Durchgänge 0 und 1 übersprungen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls reLyX irgendwelche einzubindenden Dateien nicht findet, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben, das Programm bricht aber nicht ab, sondern übersetzt diejenigen Dateien, die gefunden werden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Format-Dateien -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX liest die Format-Dateien von LyX um zu erkennen, wie diverse LaTeX-Umgebun gen und Befehle, die in entsprechende Formate in LyX konvertiert werden, zu behandeln sind. Diese Datei umfaßt alle -\emph on +\emph on normalen -\emph default +\emph default nicht mathematischen Umgebungen (das heißt einschließlich -\family sans +\family sans quote -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans itemize, -\family default +\family default aber nicht -\family sans +\family sans tabular -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans minipage -\family default +\family default und einige andere ausgefallene Umgebungen) und Befehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default . Wenn Sie mit reLyX eine Datei konvertieren wollen, für deren Textklasse keine Format-Datei in LyX existiert, müssen Sie eine solche erzeugen. @@ -16254,33 +19029,39 @@ title schwer sein kann). Wenn Ihre Klasse einer Klasse mit existierender Format-Datei sehr ähnlich ist, können Sie möglicherweise die Option -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default von reLyX verwenden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Syntaxdateien \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxfile} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX liest immer mindestens eine Syntaxdatei, die sogenannte Default-Datei. Falls Sie eine persönliche Syntaxdatei angelegt haben, wird diese gelesen, ansonsten die systemweite Datei. Weitere Syntaxdateien werden eingelesen, falls dies mit der Option -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default +\series default gefordert wird. (Diese Dateien sollten dasselbe Format besitzen wie die Default-Datei, sind aber im Normalfall kürzer als diese, da sie nur zusätzliche Dinge festlegen, die nicht in der Default-Datei enthalten sind.) Eine Syntaxdatei erklärt reLyX einige Dinge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zunächst beschreibt sie die Syntax eines jeden Befehls, also wie viele benötigte und wie viele optionale Argumente der Befehl hat. @@ -16290,24 +19071,24 @@ Zun geschweiften Klammern, die die Argumente in der korrekten Reihenfolge beschreib en. So bedeutet der Syntaxeintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem[]{} -\family default +\family default , daß der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default ein optionales Argument kennt, das von einem erforderlichen Argument gefolgt wird, der Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default zeigt, daß dieser Befehl überhaupt keine Argumente kennt. Stößt reLyX im Text auf einen Befehl, der nicht umgesetzt werden kann, wird dieser Befehl --- zusammen mit der korrekten Anzahl von Argumenten @@ -16317,46 +19098,50 @@ bf zuviel sein. Doch da der Benutzer eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen kann, sollte dies nicht zu oft der Fall sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Befehle, zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default , die nicht in LyX konvertiert werden können, enthalten in einem ihrer Argumente regulären LaTeX-Text. Wird in der Syntaxdatei für diesen Befehl an der entsprechenden Stelle der Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter translate -\family default +\family default eingefügt, so wird dieses Argument normal übersetzt, anstatt es wörtlich zu übernehmen. Die Default-Datei enthält beispielsweise den Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox{}[][]{translate} -\family default +\family default . Das bedeutet, daß der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox -\family default +\family default -Befehl, das erste (sowie optionale Argumente, falls vorhanden) im TeX-Modus übernommen werden, wohingegen das letzte Argument (das möglicherweise mathemati sche Formeln, komplizierte LaTeX-Befehle oder andere, nicht übersetzbare Befehle enthält) nach LyX konvertiert wird. Bei optionalen Argumenten kann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter translate -\family default +\family default nicht verwendet werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Benutzerdefinierte Syntaxdateien können entweder neue Befehle und deren Syntax beschreiben oder aber die Definition in der Default-Datei überschreiben @@ -16365,622 +19150,722 @@ Benutzerdefinierte Syntaxdateien k Dies ist jedoch nur für Befehle von Nutzen, die im TeX-Modus übernommen werden. Für Befehle, die wirklich in die LyX-Form übersetzt werden, wie etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default , ist de Anzahl der Argumente fest im Programmcode von reLyX verankert. Diese Befehle sind in der Default-Datei besonders ausgewiesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weiterhin beschreibt die Syntaxdatei -\emph on +\emph on reguläre Umgebungen -\emph default +\emph default . Normalerweise werden unbekannte Umgebungen komplett im TeX-Modus kopiert. Definieren Sie aber hier zum Beispiel eine Umgebung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so werden nur noch die Befehle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default im TeX-Modus gesetzt; der Text zwischen diesen Befehlen wird von reLyX wie normaler Text behandelt und übersetzt. Versuchen Sie aber nicht, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabbing -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter picture -\family default +\family default als reguläre Umgebungen zu definieren, da der Text darin reLyX durcheinanderbri ngen wird; verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur für Umgebungen, die einfachen Text, mathematische Formeln oder simple LaTeX-Befehle enthalten. Sie können auch keine unbekannten mathematischen Umgebungen (wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash equation* -\family default +\family default ) als reguläre Umgebungen definieren, da sie vom Mathematikeditor in LyX nicht verarbeitet werden können. Die Namen der definierten regulären Umgebungen stehen, durch Leerzeichen getrennt, zwischen den beiden Befehlen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default in der Syntaxdatei. (Wenn Sie eine bestimmte reguläre Umgebung nur gelegentlich verwenden, reicht es auch, diese mit der Option -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default anzugeben.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Drittens beschreibt die Syntaxdatei die mathematische Umsetzungstabelle. Einige Befehle werden vom Mathematikeditor in LyX nicht verarbeitet. So wird beispielsweise \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset unterstützt, das gleichwertige -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sb -\family default +\family default aber nicht. Tragen Sie alle Befehle, die Sie konvertiert haben wollen, zwischen den Zeilen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default ein. Der Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | { -\backslash +\backslash Vert} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet, daß jegliche im Mathematikmodus vorkommende -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\family default +\family default als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert -\family default +\family default an LyX weitergegeben werden. (In Fällen, in denen ein Eintrag, bestehend aus einem Backslash und einem Nicht-Buchstaben in etwas mit Buchstaben am Ende konvertiert wird, fügt reLyX automatisch ein Leerzeichen an. Auf diese Weise wird zum Beispiel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash |a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset korrekt umgewandelt in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Verschiedenes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie benötigen Perl mindestens in der Version 5.002, um reLyX benutzen zu können. Falls Sie kein Perl installiert haben, sollten Sie das unbedingt tun, da es ein wirklich hilfreiches Werkzeug für praktisch alles ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diagnostik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls reLyX einmal abstürzt, sollte es grundsätzlich angeben, warum dies geschehen ist. Einige der Angaben werden allerdings recht technisch klingen, wenn der Fehler tief im Inneren des Codes aufgetreten ist. reLyX gibt noch deutlich mehr Informationen, wenn es mit der Option -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default gestartet wird, doch dies sollte nur notwendig sein, wenn irgendetwas schief geht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX gibt nach Beendigung grundsätzlich aus, ob der Lauf erfolgreich war, oder aufgrund eines Fehlers abgebrochen wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warnungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bewahren Sie grundsätzlich eine Kopie Ihrer originalen LaTeX-Datei auf, entweder unter einem anderen Namen oder in einem anderen Verzeichnis. Es gibt einige denkbare Möglichkeiten, wie bei der Arbeit mit LyX die originale LaTeX-Datei überschrieben werden kann: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default importieren, dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default editieren und es danach neu exportieren, wird LyX das Original überschreiben (allerdings vorher fragen, ob Sie die Datei überschreiben wollen). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Falls Sie im Menü -\family sans +\family sans Einstellungen -\family default +\family default , Karteikarte -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold Ausgabe -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default , Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Pfade -\family default +\family default -\family sans -Temporäres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Temporäres\InsetSpace ~ Verz. -\family default +\family default nicht aktiviert haben, wird LyX die temporären Dateien im aktuellen Verzeichnis anlegen; das bedeutet, daß die originale Datei (ohne Nachfrage!) überschrieben wird, wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default ausführen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dateien -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on UserDir -\emph default -/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Private Format-Dateien des Benutzers für Dokumentklassen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on UserDir -\emph default -/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Private Syntaxdateien des Benutzers. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on L -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on y -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on + +\family default +\emph on XDir -\emph default -/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Systemweite Format-Dateien für Dokumentklassen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on L -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on + +\family default +\emph on y -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on XDir -\emph default -/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Systemweite LaTeX-Syntaxdatei. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on L -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on y \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans -\emph default + +\family sans +\emph default XDir -\family default +\family default ist das systemweite LyX-Verzeichnis, normalerweise etwas wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/lyx -\family default +\family default . -\emph on +\emph on UserDir -\emph default +\emph default ist das private LyX-Verzeichnis des Benutzers, normalerweise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Siehe auch -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\shape italic + +\shape italic lyx -\shape default +\shape default (1), -\shape italic +\shape italic latex -\shape default +\shape default (1) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autoren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998-9 -\noun on +\noun on Amir -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Karger -\noun default +\noun default (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zum Code haben beigetragen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default schrieb den ursprünglichen CleanTeX-Durchlauf. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Etienne Grossmann -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Jos\i \'{e} Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on David Suarez de Lis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andere Mitwirkende: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default arbeitete am aufrufenden Skript mit und lieferte jede Menge Fehlerberichte, Tips und Vorschläge für Erweiterungen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen -\noun default +\noun default und -\noun on +\noun on Marc Pavese -\noun default +\noun default gaben Tips. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verschiedene Personen von den Mailing-Listen der Entwickler und Benutzer lieferten Fehlerberichte und Vorschläge für neue Eigenschaften. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX verwendet eine modifizierte Version des Paketes Perl-TeX-Parser Text::TeX, das von -\noun on +\noun on Ilya Zakharevich -\noun default +\noun default (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu) geschrieben wurde. Sie finden es auf CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive Network, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.cpan.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default ist eine der in LyX vorhandenen Dokumentklassen, wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgmltools -\family default +\family default installiert haben. Sie können Sie verwenden, um damit Dokumente in der sogenannten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standardized General Mark-up Language \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (SGML) zu erstellen, die das besondere Format des \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Linux Documentation Project \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset benutzen. Dies ist vor allem dann hilfreich, wenn Sie an diesem Projekt mitarbeiten. Das SGML-Format kann mit den Skripten und Programmen des Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgmltools -\family default +\family default in eine Vielzahl anderer Formate übersetzt werden (zum Beispiel LaTeX, HTML, Text, Manpage\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Sie können daher diese Dokumentklasse auch verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text schreiben wollen, der sehr einfach in andere Formate übersetzt werden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie werden feststellen, daß die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default weniger Formatelemente besitzt als die anderen Klassen in LyX. Dies liegt darin begründet, daß nur so gewährleistet ist, daß die Formate sinnvoll in alle möglichen Formate übersetzt werden können. In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize einen Text in der -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default -Klasse anlegen und wie Sie damit umgehen, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize die Formatelemente von -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default einsetzen, um Ihren Text zu formatieren -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize das SGML-Paket einsetzen, um unterschiedliche Formate zu erzeugen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize einige Probleme umschiffen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \- ment -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zu Beginn -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als erstes wählen Sie im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default aus. Ein Blick in das Menü mit den Absatztypen ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste zeigt, daß es in dieser Klasse deutlich weniger Absatzumgebungen gibt als @@ -16988,15 +19873,17 @@ SGML (LinuxDoc) Wie diese einzusetzen sind, wird in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset erläutert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie -\emph on +\emph on müssen -\emph default +\emph default auf jeden Fall einen Titel für das Dokument eingeben, gefolgt von einer Zeile mit dem Autor, wobei für jeden Eintrag die entsprechende Absatzumgebung angewählt werden muß. @@ -17004,411 +19891,485 @@ m Fehlermeldungen erhalten. Als nächstes geben Sie Datum und Zusammenfassung ein, falls Sie dies wünschen. Der eigentliche Text muß mit dem Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default beginnen, normaler Text ( -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default ) führt ebenfalls zu Fehlern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Davon abgesehen können Sie Ihren Text wie gewohnt unter Zuhilfenahme der vorhandenen Absatzumgebungen erstellen. Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset enthält eine Zusammenstellung aller vorhandenen Typen und wie sie eingesetzt werden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abspeichern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Dokumente der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default wie gewohnt speichern und ausdrucken. Um aber die weiten Möglichkeiten des SGML-Paketes auszunutzen, müssen Sie die Datei im -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default -Format speichern. Sie erreichen dies durch die Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator Linu -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default Doc -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Sie finden dann eine Datei mit demselben Namen und der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sgml -\family default +\family default anstelle von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default . Im Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset wird beschrieben, wie Sie diese Datei dann weiterverarbeiten können. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt einen formalen Aufbau, der für alle SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumente gilt. Dadurch wird eingeschränkt, wann welche Absatztypen verwendet werden können. Jedes Dokument besteht aus zwei Teilen: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Kopf: Er umfaßt alles, was bis zum ersten Absatz des Typs -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default eingegeben wird. Dies können Überschrift, Autor, Datum, Zusammenfassung und Inhaltsverzeichnis sein, die ersten beiden -\emph on +\emph on müssen -\emph default +\emph default angegeben werden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Body: Er umfaßt alles nach dem ersten -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default -Absatz. Hier sind alle Absatztypen erlaubt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nachfolgend finden Sie eine Zusammenstellung all der Einträge, die Sie auch in der Absatzumgebungsliste in der Werkzeugleiste vorfinden. Zu jedem Element werden eine kurze Beschreibung sowie einige Hinweise gegeben, falls die Verwendung nicht offensichtlich ist. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard: -\family roman +\family roman -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default : Dieser Text erscheint auf dem Ausdruck oben links über einer dicken horizontal en Linie, allerdings sieht man dies in LyX nicht. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt, Unterabschnitt, Unterunterabschn., Paragraph -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph: -\family default +\family default Diese Typen bewirken genau das, was sie auch in den anderen Dokumentklassen tun. Ob sie numeriert werden, hängt von der Einstellung -\family sans -Max.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Max.\InsetSpace ~ Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default ab. Dies ist die einzige Möglichkeit, nicht numerierte Abschnitte zu erhalten, denn die Abschnittsumgebungen vom Typ -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default werden in der Klasse -\family sans +\family sans SGML (LinuxDoc) -\family default +\family default nicht unterstützt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Aufzählung: -\family default +\family default Wie gewohnt können Sie hiermit numerierte, eingerückte Listen erzeugen. Dies wird im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Auflistung: -\family default +\family default Auch hier besteht kein Unterschied zu anderen Klassen, weitere Beschreibung finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default : Die Beschreibung finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Wenn Sie im fettgedruckten Teil der Beschreibung mehr als ein Wort haben wollen, müssen Sie diese durch geschützte Leerzeichen verbinden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Unformatiert: -\family default +\family default Wie in anderen Klassen auch. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Code: -\family default +\family default entspricht dem Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X-Code -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default : Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck links oben unter der dicken horizontalen Linie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Datum: -\family default +\family default Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck oben rechts unter der horizonta len Linie. Die Eingabe ist optional, es kann beliebiger Text (zum Beispiel eine Versionsnu mmer) eingegeben werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default : Damit können Sie einen einzelnen, freistehenden Absatz nach Autor und Datum, aber vor dem ersten Abschnitt eingeben. Es ist aber nur ein einziger solcher Absatz erlaubt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Hinweis des Autors: -\emph default +\emph default Dies sollte geprüft werden ---pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SGML: -\family default +\family default ??? -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Andere Format-Elemente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default wie gewohnt verwenden, um Zeichensätze zu verändern oder Text hervorzuheben. Auch das Inhaltsverzeichnis können Sie wie gewohnt verwenden, lesen Sie dazu den entsprechenden Abschnitt im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Obwohl Sie diverse andere Formatelemente in den Menüs finden, zum Beispiel Einfügen von Fußnoten, ist es nicht sicher, ob diese auch einwandfrei funktioni eren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Hinweis des Autors: -\emph default +\emph default Möglicherweise liegen die Probleme an meinem Rechner --- pe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sie können SGML (LinuxDoc) natürlich einfach nur als Textklasse und ohne jede zusätzlichen Skripte verwenden, aber das würde nicht sehr sinnvoll sein. Alles was Sie dadurch erhalten ist ein Dokument, das aussieht wie ein -\emph on +\emph on Linux Documentation Project HOWTO -\emph default +\emph default . Für die Übersetzung des Dokumentes benötigen Sie das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default (mit \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) von der WWW-Seite der SGML-Tools, -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Paket auch vom sunsite-Archiv bekommen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Archivdatei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default enthält alles was Sie benötigen, um SGML-Do\SpecialChar \- ku\SpecialChar \- men\SpecialChar \- te zu erstellen und diese in die Formate groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX und RTF zu konvertieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bis zum Januar 1997 hieß dieses Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folgen Sie den Anweisungen zur Installation und Benutzung des Paketes. Dies alles müssen Sie -- unabhängig von LyX -- durchgeführt haben, bevor Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator Linu -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default Doc -\family default +\family default auswählen können. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie ein Dokument ausdrucken oder (als Dvi oder Postscript®) betrachten wollen, werden einige Tests durchgeführt, bevor LaTeX gestartet wird. @@ -17421,286 +20382,326 @@ Wenn Sie ein Dokument ausdrucken oder (als Dvi oder Postscript um den Fehler zu finden. Die meisten derartigen Fehler beruhen auf der Verwendung von Formatelementen, die in dieser Klasse nicht vollständig unterstützt werden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section TeX prüfen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Asger Alstrup -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten -\family default +\family default finden Sie einen Eintrag -\family sans +\family sans T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ prüfen -\family default +\family default . Damit dieser Befehl einsetzbar ist, müssen Sie das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default installiert haben. Ist dies nicht der Fall, wird der Befehl in hellgrau angezeigt und kann nicht aktiviert werden. Sie finden dieses Programm auf jeder Spiegelung des CTAN oder über das Netz auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Paket -\family sans +\family sans ChkT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default wurde von -\noun on +\noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann -\noun default +\noun default aus dem Frust heraus erstellt, daß manche Konstrukte in LaTeX nicht sehr intuitiv und leicht zu vergessen sind. Das Programm liest die LaTeX-Datei, überprüft die Integrität und meldet einige typische Fehler. Es ist damit so etwas wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default für LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie fragen sich nun sicherlich, was ein solches Programm für LyX bringen soll, welches bereits selber fehlerfreies LaTeX erzeugt. Die Antwort ist recht einfach: Wie auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default überprüft -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default nicht nur die korrekte -\emph on +\emph on Syntax -\emph default +\emph default des Dokumentes, sondern es führt auch einige semantische und -\emph on +\emph on typographische -\emph default +\emph default Tests durch. Im einzelnen kann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default einige verbreitete Fehler erkennen wie zum Beispiel -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fortsetzungspunkte: -\newline +\newline Es sollte \SpecialChar \ldots{} anstelle von ... verwendet werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kein Leerzeichen vor/nach einer Klammer: -\newline +\newline ( falsche Leerräume ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erzwingen eines normalen Leerraumes nach verbreiteten Abkürzungen: -\newline +\newline z. B. ist dies ein zu großer Abstand. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erzwingen eines Satzende-Punktes, wenn das letzte Wort im Satz mit Großbuchstabe n endet: -\newline +\newline Dies ist ein TEST. Und dies ein falscher Abstand. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Leerzeichen vor Marken und ähnlichen Befehlen: -\newline +\newline Die Marke sollte direkt an den Text anschließen um zu verhindern, daß sie auf eine falsche Seite gesetzt wird. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Diese Fußnote kann eventuell auf einer falschen Seite landen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Der Abstand der Marke ist zu groß. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Normale Leerzeichen vor Querverweisen anstelle von geschützten Leerzeichen: -\newline +\newline Im ungünstigen Fall wird der Zeilenumbruch genau zwischen dem verweisenden Text und der Referenz\SpecialChar \- nummer eingefügt, das sieht nicht schön aus. Ein Beispiel dafür enthält Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Verwendung von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anstelle von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zwischen Zahlen: -\newline +\newline 2x2 sieht im Vergleich zu 2 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 recht mickrig aus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und vieles mehr\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default ist ein unentbehrliches Hilfsmittel, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument vor dem Ausdruck noch ein wenig aufpolieren wollen. Sie sollten es direkt nach der Rechtschreibprüfung aufrufen, bevor Sie sich von Hand um weitere Verfeinerungen des Textsatzes kümmern. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Aufruf -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn das Programm auf Ihrem Rechner installiert ist, müssen Sie einfach nur den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e -\bar under -X\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +X\InsetSpace ~ -\bar default +\bar default prüfen -\family default +\family default aufrufen. LyX wird dann aus Ihrem Dokument eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugen und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default starten, um sie zu prüfen. Werden dabei Fehler gefunden, wird LyX an den entsprechenden Stellen im Text Fehlermarken einfügen. Sie können diese Marken einfach finden, indem Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ehler -\family default +\family default oder das Ta\SpecialChar \- stenkürzel -\family sans +\family sans Strg+G -\family default +\family default (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default , der Standardeinstellung) verwenden. Öffnen Sie die Fehlermarken durch anklicken oder über das Tastenkürzel -\family sans +\family sans Strg+I -\family default +\family default (oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+O -\family default +\family default , falls Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default verwenden). Lesen Sie die Fehlermeldung und beheben Sie den Fehler (falls es wirklich einer ist). @@ -17708,869 +20709,1009 @@ emacs.bind können Sie sie einfach ignorieren. Denken Sie daran, daß zwischen dem Erscheinungsbild des Textes auf dem Bildschirm und der Version, die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default zu sehen bekommt, noch ein Zwischenschritt liegt, dadurch kann es passieren, daß einige Warnungen unverständlich oder sogar dumm erscheinen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Text ist ein perfektes Testfeld für das Programm, und es sollte einige Warnungen erzeugen, mit denen Sie herumspielen können. Da Computer aber nicht sehr schlau sind, können Sie davon ausgehen, daß die meisten davon falscher Alarm sind. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie werden feststellen, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default manchmal mehr Meldungen erzeugt, als Ihrer momentanen Laune guttut. Sie können sich dann überlegen, ob Sie es lieber nicht verwenden, warten, bis sich Ihre Laune ändert oder einfach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default so anpassen, wie es Ihnen gefällt. In jedem Fall können Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Alle\SpecialChar ~ +Alle\InsetSpace ~ Fe -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -lermarken\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lermarken\InsetSpace ~ entfernen -\family default +\family default verwenden, um sofort alle Fehlermarken aus dem Text zu entfernen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default in weiten Bereichen konfigurierbar und erweiterbar ist, sollten Sie nicht erwarten, daß sich auf diese Weise alle Probleme in LyX lösen lassen. Da LyX eine ganz spezielle LaTeX-Datei erzeugen muß, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sich die gesamte Ausgabe von chktex ansehen, indem Sie direkt nach dessen Aufruf den Menüpunkt -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Protokoll -\family default +\family default anwählen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset damit es die von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default gemeldeten Zeilennummern der internen Dokumentenstruktur zuordnen kann, werden manche Warnungen nicht an der richtigen Stelle erscheinen. In diesem Fall können Sie zwei Dinge tun: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verändern Sie den Aufruf von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default in der globalen Konfigurationsdatei für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default (normalerweise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/chktexrc -\family default +\family default ). Weiter unten im Text wird erläutert, welche Arten von Fehlerhinweisen so (de)aktiviert werden können. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exportieren Sie das Dokument als LaTeX-Datei und starten Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default von Hand, um diese Datei zu prüfen. Auf diese Weise kann es etwas schwierig werden, die entsprechende Stelle im LyX-Dokument zu finden, aber mit ein wenig Geduld sollte das kein Problem sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier nun die Liste all derjenigen Warnungen, die über den Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default +\family default in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default ein- oder ausgeschaltet werden können. Verwenden Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -n# -\family default +\family default , um ein Warnung abzuschalten, und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -w# -\family default +\family default , um sie zu aktivieren. Die Einträge in hervorgehobener Schrift sind normalerweise abgeschaltet, denn die Standardeinstellung ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitte verwenden Sie nur solche Optionen, die Warnungen an- oder abschalten. LyX ist darauf angewiesen, daß einige andere Parameter auf ganz bestimmte Werte gesetzt sind, damit eine Kommunikation zwischen LyX und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default möglich ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Befehle wurden nicht übersetzt, um Ihnen die Zuordnung zu erleichtern. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Command terminated with space. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found more than once. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Could not find argument for command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Math mode still on at end of latex file. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should use " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 180). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small User-specified pattern found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small This command might not be intended. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on Comment displayed. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' -\family default +\family default will look better. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Could not execute latex command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Don't use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default in front of small punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default may look prettier here. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small This text may be ignored. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default to begin quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default to end quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Don't mix quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Double space found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in latex code. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für kommende LyX-Versionen ist eine verbesserte Schnittstelle zu diesem Programm (und seinem kleinen Bruder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lacheck -\family default +\family default ) geplant, um dessen volle Stärke ausnutzen zu können. Aber auch im gegenwärtgen Stadium ist es alles andere als nutzlos: versuchen Sie es doch einfach mal mit einem Ihrer etwas längeren Dokumente, Sie werden überrascht sein. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Versionskontrolle in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Freund von mir wollte LyX für ein Gruppenprojekt verwenden. Als er aber keinerlei Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle oder File Locking fand, verwarf er die Idee. Das hat mich natürlich geärgert, und aus diesem Grund beschloß ich, mindestens Unterstützung für RCS ( -\emph on +\emph on Revision Control System -\emph default +\emph default , Versionskontrolle) zu implementieren (mit der Möglichkeit, dies später auf CVS und/oder SCCS zu erweitern). Dies ist nun geschehen. LyX unterstützt einige grundlegende RCS-Befehle. Wenn Sie etwas Komplizierteres machen wollen, müssen Sie dies in einem XTerm von Hand durchführen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor Sie damit anfangen, RCS in LyX zu verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rcsintro -\family default +\family default lesen (das ist eine Datei der Online-Hilfe von Unix, zu lesen mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). Dieser Text beschreibt alle grundlegenden Fähigkeiten von RCS. Insbesondere sollten Sie den Hinweis über das RCS-Verzeichnis und den Begriff der RCS-Master-Datei (die Datei mit der Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,v -\family default +\family default ) lesen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Implementation in LyX setzt eine aktuelle Version des GNU-RCS-Paketes voraus --- für ältere Versionen wird keine Garantie gegeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection RCS-Befehle in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Abschnitte beschreiben die von LyX unterstützten RCS-Befehle. Sie finden sie im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Versions -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ontrolle -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Registrieren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Ihr Dokument noch nicht der Versionskontrolle untersteht, ist dies der einzige Eintrag im Menü. Ist es einmal registriert, ist dieser Eintrag grau unterlegt und nicht anwählbar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit diesem Befehl registrieren Sie Ihr Dokument bei der Versionskontrolle. Sie werden interaktiv nach einer anfänglichen Beschreibung für den Text gefragt. Dann wird das Dokument als schreibgeschützt markiert. Um es zu verändern, müssen Sie zuerst -\family sans -Arbeitskopie\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Arbeitskopie\InsetSpace ~ erzeugen -\family default +\family default auswählen. Bei einem Dokument, das der Versionskontrolle unterliegt, wird hinter dem Dateinamen im Minipuffer der Eintrag ,,[RCS: ]`` angehängt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der aufgerufene RCS-Befehl ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lesen Sie die Online-Hilfe ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man ci) -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default um mehr über die Bedeutung der Schalter zu erfahren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie mit dem Editieren des Textes fertig sind, müssen Sie die Änderungen wieder der Versionskontrolle übergeben. @@ -18578,18 +21719,24 @@ Wenn Sie mit dem Editieren des Textes fertig sind, m Dies wird dann in der Log-Datei vermerkt. Die Versionsnummer wird erhöht, die Änderungen in die Masterdatei übertragen, die Datei wird entsperrt und als schreibgeschützt markiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS-Befehl: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Arbeitskopie erzeugen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dadurch wird das Dokument gesperrt, und nur noch Sie können es verändern. Dadurch wird für Sie außerdem das Dokument als veränderbar markiert. @@ -18598,124 +21745,158 @@ Dadurch wird das Dokument gesperrt, und nur noch Sie k übergeben. In der Statuszeile (Minipuffer) wird angezeigt, daß Sie die Datei gesperrt haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS-Befehl: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -q -l -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Letzte Version wiederherstellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dadurch werden alle Änderungen, die Sie seit der letzten Übergabe an die VK gemacht haben, verworfen. Sie bekommen einen entsprechenden Warnhinweis, bevor diese Aktion durchgeführt wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS-Befehl: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -f -u -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Letzte Version widerrufen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dadurch wird die letzte Übergabe an die VK rückgängig gemacht. Am Dokument, das Sie in LyX geladen haben, werden keinerlei Änderungen gemacht, aber die letzte Version wird aus der Masterdatei gelöscht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS-Befehl: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rcs -o -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans -\series medium + +\family sans +\series medium Entwicklung anzeigen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit wird die vollständige Entwicklungsgeschichte des Dokumentes angezeigt. Es wird die Ausgabe des Befehls -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default in einem eigenen Fenster gezeigt. Weitere Informationen liefert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rlog -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Literarische Programmierung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\noun default +\noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com), aktualisiert von -\noun on +\noun on Kayvan -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Sylvan -\noun default +\noun default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{kayvan@sylvan.com} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zweck dieses Teils der Dokumentation ist es Ihnen zu zeigen, wie Sie LyX verwenden können, um sogenanntes Literarische Programmierung zu betreiben. Dabei wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich mit dieser Programmiertechnik bereits auskennen und wissen was mit -\emph on +\emph on verknoten -\emph default +\emph default (tangling) und -\emph on +\emph on weben -\emph default +\emph default (weaving) gemeint ist. Wenn das nicht der Fall ist, sollten Sie dieses Kapitel überspringen oder sich anhand der weiter unten angegebenen Links im Web schlau machen -- es gibt sehr viel gute Literatur zu diesem Thema, die alles von der geschichtli chen Entwicklung bis zu den aktuellsten Hinweisen für Hilfsprogramme reicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem wird angenommen, daß Sie sich mit LyX zumindest so gut auskennen, daß Sie es problemlos konfigurieren oder die X-Resources verändern können. Andernfalls ziehen Sie die restliche Dokumentation von LyX zu Rate. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was ist Literarische Programmierung? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aus dem -\emph on +\emph on Literarische Programmierung FAQ -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Literarische Programmierung ist die Kombination von Dokumentation und Quelltext in einer einzigen Datei, und zwar in einer Art und Weise, in der sie von @@ -18723,104 +21904,143 @@ Literarische Programmierung ist die Kombination von Dokumentation und Quelltext Solche Dokumente sollten sogar Spaß beim Lesen machen, ja sogar zum Lesen einladen. Generell vereinen derartige -\emph on +\emph on literarische -\emph default +\emph default Programme Quellcode und Dokumentation in einer einzigen Datei. Die Hilfsprogramme lesen dann diese Dateien und erzeugen daraus entweder die lesbare Dokumentation oder aber den kompilierbaren Programmcode. Der besondere WEB-Stil der Literarische Programmierung wurde von -\noun on +\noun on D. E. Knuth -\noun default +\noun default während der Entwicklung von TeX kreiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine andere Stelle sagt: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Wie unterscheidet sich Literarische Programmierung von normaler Dokumentation? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Es gibt drei Unterscheidungsmerkmale. Nach Wichtigkeit geordnet sind das: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Flexibilität bei der Reihenfolge der Ausarbeitung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Automatische Unterstützung von Textsuche -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gesetzte Dokumentation, insbesondere bei Diagrammen und Mathematik -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Jetzt, nachdem hoffentlich Ihre Neugier geweckt ist, sehen wir uns die Literatur an. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Literaturhinweise -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle FAQs für die Literarische Programmierung finden Sie hier: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dieses FAQ zählt 23 (dreiundzwanzig!) unterschiedliche Hilfsprogramme auf. Manche davon sind ganz speziell für eine bestimmte Programmiersprache ausgelegt , andere sind da flexibler. Für LyX wurde -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default +\family default ausgewählt, und zwar aus folgenden Gründen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Dokumentation kann wahlweise in LaTeX oder HTML erstellt werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Es besitzt eine offene Struktur, das heißt es kann leicht um neue Filter erweitert werden, die eine benötigte Bearbeitungsfunktion hinzufügen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Es gibt bereits eine gute Auswahl an bestehenden Filtern (HTML ist einer davon). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Es ist freie Software. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das NoWeb-Paket finden Sie auf -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Von dort aus erreichen Sie auch viele andere, hochinteressante Links und sogar ein paar Beispiele für Programme, die mit Literarischer Programmierung erstellt wurden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX und Literarische Programmierung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um mit NoWeb zusammenzuarbeiten, waren einige Änderungen in LyX notwendig. Diese wurden aber in einer Weise durchgeführt, die nicht auf NoWeb beschränkt @@ -18828,48 +22048,64 @@ Um mit NoWeb zusammenzuarbeiten, waren einige Das bedeutet, daß es relativ einfach möglich sein sollte, ein anderes Hilfsprog ramm für Literarische Programmierung zu verwenden, indem Sie einfach Ihre LyX-Einstellungen ändern. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten) -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Auswählen der Dokumentklasse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie LyX und NoWeb erfolgreich installiert haben, stehen Ihnen bei der Auswahl der Dokumentklasse drei weitere Klassen zur Auswahl: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Article (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Book (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Report (Noweb) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie müssen eine davon verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text mit Literarischer Programmi erung erstellen wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generell ist Literarische Programmierung nicht auf diese drei Klassen beschränkt , es können jederzeit weitere Klassen auf der Basis von bestehenden Stildateien wie etwa -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default erstellt werden oder bestehende Klassen wie etwa -\family sans -article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default entsprechend angepaßt werden. Die Beschränkung auf drei Klassen ist eine Folge des Wunsches, die Auswahlliste nicht übermäßig lang werden zu lassen. @@ -18877,1098 +22113,1295 @@ article\SpecialChar ~ und ich werde versuchen, einen entsprechenden Eintrag zu bewirken oder Ihnen dabei helfen, das selber zu machen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es ist ziemlich einfach, Sie müssen lediglich eine 4-zeilige Datei anlegen und die automatische LyX-Konfiguration starten. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Gleiches gilt für den Fall, daß Sie ein anderes Programm als NoWeb verwenden wollen, auch dann müssen Sie eigene neue Dokumentklassen erstellen. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Die Eingabe von Programmcode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX verwenden Sie zur Eingabe von Programmcode den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Scrap. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der entsprechende Terminus in NoWeb ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ich habe die Bezeichnung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Scrap \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aus einem anderen Programm, Nuweb, übernommen, das ich vor NoWeb lange Jahre verwendet habe. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default NoWeb schließt derartige Eingaben so ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Mehr Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Noch mehr Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Problem dabei ist, daß alles, was zwischen -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold << -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default und dem -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold @ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default steht, wörtlich genommen werden muß, das heißt LyX muß daran gehindert werden, die Eingabe in seiner Weise zu interpretieren und zu verändern. Aus diesem Grund gibt es den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default . Er verhält sich wie eine normale Absatzumgebung, bietet aber zusätzlich die Möglichkeit, Leerzeichen beliebig zu verwenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Nachteil davon ist, daß aufeinanderfolgende Code-Absätze durch eine Leerzeile voneinander getrennt werden, sowohl im Quelltext wie auch in der gedruckten Dokumentation. Dies können Sie umgehen, indem Sie die einzelnen Zeilen mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Eingabe -\family default +\family default anstelle von -\family sans +\family sans Eingabe -\family default +\family default abschließen. Das obige Beispiel sähe also so aus: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie die gedruckte Version dieses Textes lesen, werden Sie keinen Unterschie d zwischen den beiden Beispielen erkennen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline Code -\newline +\newline Mehr Code -\newline +\newline Noch mehr Code -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bis auf die Unannehmlichkeit, -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Eingabe -\family default +\family default verwenden zu müssen, funktioniert dieses Format einwandfrei. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es steht aber auf der Wunschliste des Autors, dies zu verbessern. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als besonderer Hinweis: Sie können auch NoWebs \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Konstrukt in Ihren -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default -Absätzen benutzen, um Einträge zu NoWebs Querverweisen hinzuzufügen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline def eine_funktion(args): -\newline +\newline "Dies ist die Beschreibung der Funktion." -\newline +\newline print "My args: ", args -\newline +\newline @ %def eine_funktion -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Beispiel für die Benutzung und die Querverweisausgabe finden Sie in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lister\SpecialChar \- rors.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eispiele -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Erstellung der Dokumentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie haben nun ein neues Dokument mit der korrekten Dokumentklasse und einigem Text sowie Programmcode darin. Wie drucken Sie das nun aus? Die Antwort ist einfach: wählen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default oder was immer Sie verwenden, wenn Sie normale Dokumente in der Vorschau betrachten wollen. Weiter ist keine besondere Aktion notwendig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Ihnen die Orientierung zu erleichtern, geben wir hier eine kurze Zusammenfass ung, was dabei hinter den Kulissen von LyX geschieht: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn -\family sans +\family sans Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default gewählt wird, wird eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird dabei die Dateiendung verwendet, die in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default mit dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_extension -\family default +\family default (standardmäßig -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default ) festgelegt wurde, andernfalls wird die normale Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default verwendet. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Der einzige Unterschied ist bislang der Dateiname, es ist also keinerlei Sonderbehandlung seitens LyX notwendig. Der Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default , den Sie zum Formatieren des Programmcodes verwendet haben, sorgt für die korrekte Behandlung. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird LyX dann den internen Konverter L \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset y \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset NoWeb benutzen, gefolgt von NoWeb \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset La \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX, um die LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Konverter finden Sie unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Konverter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Schließlich wird LaTeX gestartet und bearbeitet den Text wie gewohnt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Unabhängigkeit von einem besonderen -\emph on +\emph on literarischen Werkzeug -\emph default +\emph default erreicht man einfach durch ändern der Befehle, die von den verschiedenen Konvertern benutzt werden. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Erstellung des Programmcodes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Programm\SpecialChar ~ +Programm\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default rstellen -\family default +\family default auswählen, wird wie oben in Schritt 1 eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt. Dann startet LyX den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb->Pro\SpecialChar \- gram -\family default +\family default -Konverter. Typischerweise hat dieser Konverter wie alle anderen zwei Teile: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Das Konvertierprogramm selber. Dieses führt die Umwandlung von einem Format ins andere durch (in diesem Fall von NoWeb in das Programm-Pseudo-Format). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Der Parser der Fehlerdatei. Dieses Programm schreibt die Fehlermeldungen in ein Format um, das Lyx verstehen kann. Damit kann LyX Fehlerkästchen an die richtigen Stellen in der Datei schreiben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der erste Teil, der -\family sans +\family sans B -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default fehl -\family default +\family default , sollte den Eintrag -\family typewriter -build-script\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +build-script\InsetSpace ~ $$i -\family default +\family default bekommen. Das bedeutet hauptsächlich, daß LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default (ein Programm oder Skript) mit dem Namen der NoWeb-Datei aufruft (normalerweise eine Datei im temp-Verzeichnis von LyX). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine Implementierung von -\family sans +\family sans build-script -\family default +\family default , die Sie in einem Verzeichnis in Ihrem Pfad einfügen können: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der zweite Teil sind die -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -xtra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +xtra\InsetSpace ~ flags -\family default +\family default für den Konverter, die auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter originaldir,parselog=lister\SpecialChar \- rors -\family default +\family default gesetzt werden müssen. Damit werden alle von -\family sans +\family sans build-script -\family default +\family default erzeugten Fehler mit dem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors -\family default +\family default -Programm bearbeitet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Konverter sucht zuerst im Verzeichnis ~/.lyx/scripts, dann in -\emph on +\emph on L -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on yXDir/scripts -\emph default +\emph default und dann im Pfad des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors -\family default +\family default -Programms. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Build-Befehle im Dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das letzte Stück für die Integration von LyX und NoWeb ist das -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default . Im allgemeinen sollten die Befehle zum Erzeugen Ihres Programms in ein eigenes -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default eingebettet sein. Das obige NoWeb-spezifische -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default benutzt den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter notangle -\family default +\family default -Befehl, um nach diesem -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default , genannt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default , zu suchen und startet ein Shellskript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Solch ein -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default sieht typischerweise so aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] -\newline +\newline then -\newline +\newline NOWEB_SOURCE=meinedatei.nw -\newline +\newline fi -\newline +\newline [... Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...] -\newline +\newline [... Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...] -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich die Dateien -\emph on +\emph on Ly -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on XDir/examples/listerrors.lyx -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on Ly -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on + +\family default +\emph on XDir/examples/Literate.lyx -\emph default +\emph default mit Beispielen, wie das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "listerrors" -\family default +\family default -Programm implementiert werden kann und all diese Teile zusammenwirken, oder -\emph on +\emph on Ly -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on XDir/noweb2lyx.lyx -\emph default +\emph default an. Interessanterweise zeigen diese drei Dateien die sprachunabhängige Unterstützun g von LyX für Literarische Programmierung, denn sie wurden in Python, C und Perl geschrieben. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX-Konfiguration -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle Einstellungen für die Literarische Programmierung werden in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Konverter -\family default +\family default gemacht. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -das\SpecialChar ~ -literarische\SpecialChar ~ +das\InsetSpace ~ +literarische\InsetSpace ~ Format wird auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Formate -\family default +\family default festgelegt. Hier werden die Noweb-spezifischen Dinge definiert. Der -\family sans +\family sans Name im -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default UI -\family default +\family default wird auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default +\family default gesetzt, die -\family sans -Datei\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Datei\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ndung -\family default +\family default auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default . Damit wird LyX gesagt, im ersten Schritt der Konvertierung eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default -Datei zu erzeugen. -\layout Description +\end_layout -das\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +das\InsetSpace ~ Programmformat ist ein leeres Format, das nur dazu dient, das Ende der Konvertierung zu sein (womit Sie dafür einen Konverter einstellen können). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NoWeb \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset La \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX Dieser Konverter -\emph on +\emph on webt -\emph default +\emph default das literarische Dokument. Für Noweb wird der -\family sans +\family sans B -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default fehl -\family default +\family default auf -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o -\family default +\family default gesetzt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NoWeb \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Program Dies ist Schritt zum -\emph on +\emph on Verknoten -\emph default +\emph default . Wie oben erwähnt werden hier der -\family sans +\family sans B -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default fehl -\family default +\family default auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script $$i -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -xtra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +xtra\InsetSpace ~ flags -\family default +\family default auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors -\family default +\family default gesetzt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In den LyX-Server wurde eine neue Funktion implementiert, und zwar \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter server-goto-file- \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset row -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie kann insbesondere von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default oder einem anderen Debugger aus verwendet werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beim Debugging mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default gibt es die Möglichkeit, mit einem einzigen Tastendruck einen Editor an der aktuellen Position im Programmcode zu starten, die Voreinstellung in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default ist -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+V -\family default +\family default . Über den Menüpunkt Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Helpers in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default können Sie unter \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset festlegen, welcher Editor gestartet werden soll. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können die neue LyX-Server- und die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default -Funktion benutzen, wenn Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset folgenden Wert geben: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie nun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default verwenden und eine Stelle im Programm finden, die Sie verändern wollen, drücken Sie einfach -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+V -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default sendet die entsprechenden Informationen über den Server an LyX, und im LyX-Fenster wird der Cursor auf dieselbe Zeile gesetzt, an der auch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default gerade war. Kein mühsames Suchen nach der entsprechenden Stelle mehr. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um diese Fähigkeit auszunutzen müssen Sie allerdings den LyX-Server aktiviert haben. Dazu benötigen Sie den Eintrag -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash serverpipe "/home//.lyxpipe" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in Ihrer Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default . Weitere Informationen zum LyX-Server finden Sie in der LyX-Dokumentation. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt sechs neue Einträge für die Werkzeugleiste, fünf davon sind für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen: -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default , und -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default . Der sechste ist für den Menüpunkt -\family sans -Programm\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Programm\InsetSpace ~ erstellen -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX bietet noch viele andere Schalter für die Anpassung der Werkzeugleiste. In meiner persönlichen Version verwende ich die neuen Einträge zusammen mit zwei weiteren: für -\family sans +\family sans DVI aktualisieren -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans DVI anzeigen -\family default +\family default . Das sieht in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default dann so aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin_toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add layout Standard -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout Section -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add layout LaTeX -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add layout Scrap -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add buffer-view -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add buffer-typeset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add build-program -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash end_toolbar -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Farben anpassen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele der von LyX zur Darstellung verwendeten Farben können den eigenen Wünschen angepaßt werden. Das wird mit -\family sans +\family sans Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Farben -\family default +\family default gemacht. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl LyX ein sehr leistungsfähiges Programm ist, ist es unmöglich, all die Dinge, die mit reinem TeX/LaTeX möglich sind, zu unterstützen. Dennoch sind viele in TeX und LaTeX übliche und verbreitete Tricks auch in LyX möglich, zumindest, wenn es Ihnen nichts ausmacht, den -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default -Schalter in der Werkzeugleiste zu verwenden oder (via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Vorspann -\family default +\family default ) TeX-Befehle selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen. In diesem Kapitel werden einige Tips, Tricks und sonstige guten Ideen aufgezeig t, um Ihren Dokumenten einen besonderen Anstrich zu geben. -\emph on +\emph on Machen Sie das aber zu Hause! -\emph default +\emph default Fangen Sie erstmal mit einem kleineren Text an, nicht gleich mit etwas so wichtigem wie Ihrer Dissertation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten hier vorgestellten Ideen setzen Dateien voraus, die nicht in allen LaTeX-Distributio\SpecialChar \- @@ -19977,367 +23410,435 @@ nen zum Standard geh eingeschlossen sein, ein paar werden Sie sich aber trotzdem von einem CTAN-Arch iv besorgen müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oft gibt es in LaTeX mehrere Wege, etwas Bestimmtes zu erreichen, und oft gibt es mehrere Stildateien, die demselben Zweck dienen. Hier soll nicht ein Paket oder Weg einem anderen vorgezogen werden, es soll einfach nur gezeigt werden, -\emph on +\emph on wie -\emph default +\emph default eine bestimmte Aufgabe mit dem benutzten Paket gelöst werden kann. Also: setzen Sie Ihren Zauberhut auf, passen Sie auf Drachen auf und lassen Sie uns anfangen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard angeregt von -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fußnoten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In der Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default kann LyX den Zähler für die Fußnoten nicht nach jedem Kapitel auf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zurücksetzen, genausowenig kann die Art des Zählers beeinflußt werden. Sie müssen dazu eigene LaTeX-Befehle in den Text einfügen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default setzt den Zähler zurück auf 1. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der Zähler steht wieder auf 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der folgende Befehl schaltet die Numerierung um auf kleine Buchstaben. Betrachten Sie die nächste Fußnote in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default - oder PostScript®-Vorschau. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein Beispiel für eine Fußnote mit alphabetischer Numerierung. Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote { -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\family default +\family default , um diesen Effekt zu erzielen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der nächste Befehl setzt den Numerierungsstil wieder auf die Standardeinstellung (arabische Ziffern) zurück. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote} { -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\family default +\family default , um -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default den Fußnotenstil wieder auf arabische Ziffern zurückzustellen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als Einstellung für den Fußnotenstil sind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph -\family default +\family default sowie ein paar weitere erlaubt. Ersetzen Sie einfach die entsprechenden Ausdrücke im obigen Beispiel und sehen Sie sich die Auswirkung in der Vorschau an. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Randnotizen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier zwei Beispiele, was für nette Dinge mit Randnotizen möglich sind, wenn man ein paar einfache LaTeX-Befehle verwendet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der folgende Befehl erzeugt einen dicken Strich neben Ihrem Text. So etwas läßt sich wunderbar als Markierung für die schnelle Suche beim Durchblättern verwenden: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\family roman +\family roman . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{20mm}{5mm}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Betrachten Sie in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default - oder PostScript®-Vorschau, was der folgende Befehl bewirkt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Richtig, damit können Sie eine Randnotiz auf der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset falschen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Seite eines zweiseitig gesetzten Dokumentes einfügen. \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine Randnotiz. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Wie auch im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default habe ich hier ziemlich schmale Seitenränder verwendet, un Papier zu sparen. Wenn Sie unbedingt -\emph on +\emph on lesbare -\emph default +\emph default Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie den entsprechenden Rand verbreitern. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mehrspaltige Dokumente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Absicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Ziel dieses Abschnittes ist es, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Hinweis des Editors: -\emph default +\emph default Das ursprüngliche Kapitel von -\noun on +\noun on Lars -\noun default +\noun default war eine meisterhafte Beschreibung, wie man das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default verwenden kann. Leider war es zu lang, um problemlos in dieses Dokument zu passen. Daher habe ich beschlossen, hier nur die wichtigsten Abschnitte herauszupicken (Sorry, Lars); Sie können aber das Original von Lars (und mehr von der Geschichte!) in der Beispieldatei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default lesen. --- mer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ihnen die Verwendung des LaTeX-Paketes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default zu erläutern. Diese Paket wird derzeit von LyX noch nicht direkt unterstützt, deshalb müssen Sie einige Dinge von Hand einfügen. Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt lesen, sollte Ihnen klarwerden, wie man das macht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit man mehrspaltige Dokumente drucken kann, muß in den LaTeX-Vorspann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset multicol} -\family default +\family default eingefügt werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einschränkungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default dient dazu, um auf ein und derselben Seite zwischen ein- und mehrspaltigem Textsatz umzuschalten. Fußnoten werden dabei (größtenteils) richtig behandelt, werden allerdings @@ -20346,59 +23847,73 @@ multicol LaTeX teilweise deaktiviert, aus diesem Grund können in dieser Umgebung nur ganzseitige Gleitobjekte verarbeitet werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beispiele -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zwei Spalten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Text in zwei Spalten setzen wollen, müssen Sie den LaTeX-Modus verwenden und an dem Punkt, an dem der zweispaltige Satz beginnen soll, den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default einfügen und am Ende den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default . Zum Beispiel so: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout -\series bold -\size small +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small MOMO -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline von -\noun on +\noun on Michael Ende -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \SpecialChar \ldots{} Draußen am südlichen Rand dieser großen Stadt, dort, wo schon die ersten Felder beginnen und die Hütten und Häuser immer armseliger werden, liegt, @@ -20428,62 +23943,80 @@ ner\SpecialChar \- ne Rund zurück, und die Zikaden stimmten die nächste Strophe ihres endlosen Liedes an, die sich übrigens in nichts von der vorigen unterschied. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small Eigentlich waren es nur die Leute aus der näheren Umgebung, die das seltsame runde Bauwerk kannten. Sie ließen dort ihre Ziegen weiden, die Kinder benutzten den runden Platz in der Mitte zum Ballspielen, und manchmal trafen sich dort am Abend die Liebespaare -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Mehr als zwei Spalten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dasselbe Schema gilt, wenn Sie mehr als zwei Spalten haben wollen, Sie geben einfach die Anzahl der gewünschten Spalten in der zweiten Klammer an: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Aber eines Tages sprach es sich bei den Leuten herum, daß neuerdings jemand in der Ruine wohne. Es sei ein Kind, ein kleines Mädchen vermutlich. So genau könne man das allerdings nicht sagen, weil es ein bißchen merkwürdig angezogen sei. Es hieße Momo oder so ähnlich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Momos äußere Erscheinung war in der Tat ein wenig seltsam und konnte auf Menschen, die großen Wert auf Sauberkeit und Ordnung legen, möglicherweise etwas erschreckend wirken. @@ -20501,70 +24034,92 @@ chen Farbe, denn sie lief fast immer barfu Ihr Rock war aus allerlei bunten Flicken zusammengenäht und reichte ihr bis auf die Fußknöchel\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können zwar mehr als 3 Spalten verwenden, aber das ist meist für das Auge nicht sehr ansprechend. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sogar mehrspaltige Abschnitte innerhalb einer anderen, mehrspaltigen Umgebung verwenden: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Darüber trug sie eine alte, viel zu weite Männerjacke, deren Ärmel an den Handgelenken umgekrempelt waren. Abschneiden wollte Momo sie nicht, weil sie vorsorglich daran dachte, daß sie ja noch wachsen würde. Und wer konnte wissen, ob sie jemals wieder eine so schöne und praktische Jacke mit so vielen Taschen finden würde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Unter der grasbewachsenen Bühne der Theaterruine gab es ein paar halb eingestürz te Kammern, die man durch ein Loch in der Außenmauer betreten konnte. Hier hatte Momo sich häuslich eingerichtet. @@ -20574,489 +24129,559 @@ te Kammern, die man durch ein Loch in der Au die Leute würden sie wegjagen. Aber sie merkte bald, daß es freundliche Leute waren. Sie waren selber arm und kannten das Leben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset So \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , sagte einer der Männer, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hier gefällt es dir also? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ja \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , antwortet Momo. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Und du willst hier bleiben? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ja, gern. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Aber wirst du denn nirgendwo erwartet? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nein. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ich meine, mußt du denn nicht wieder nach Hause? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ich bin hier zu Hause \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , versicherte Momo schnell. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wo kommst du denn her, Kind? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline Momo machte mit der Hand eine unbestimmte Bewegung, die irgendwohin in die Ferne deutete. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wer sind denn deine Eltern? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset forschte der Mann weiter. -\newline +\newline Das Kind schaute ihn und die anderen Leute ratlos an und hob ein wenig die Schultern. Die Leute tauschten Blicke und seufzten. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Du brauchst keine Angst zu haben \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , fuhr der Mann fort, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset wir wollen dich nicht vertreiben. Wir wollen die helfen. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline Momo nickte stumm, aber noch nicht ganz überzeugt\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für fortgeschrittenere Beispiele (Abstände, Trennlinien) lesen Sie bitte die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicols. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lyx -\family default +\family default im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numerierung in der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Numerierung in der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung beginnt normalerweise mit arabischen Zahlen und endet in der tiefsten Aufzählungsebene mit Großbuchstaben. Falls Sie eine andere Art der Aufteilung wünschen, hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit wird das Schema umgestellt auf große römische Zahlen, Großbuchstaben, arabische Zahlen und als letztes Kleinbuchstaben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus wird die Numerierung noch ein wenig verändert, es wird zusätzlich ein Punkt eingefügt und in Ebene 4 eine Klammer. Das so erzeugte Numerierungsschema für die verschiedenen Aufzählungsebenen ist damit also folgendes: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie am Beispiel sehen, gibt es für jede Ebene eigene Markierungsbefehle, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv -\family default +\family default , und ebenso einen eigenen Zähler, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . Außerdem gibt es fünf Befehle, um \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zahlen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auszugeben, nämlich -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default . Jedem von ihnen muß als Argument einer der Zähler übergeben werden. Sie können vor oder nach den Befehlen auch noch weitere Zeichen eingeben, Leerzeichen sind jedoch nicht notwendig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit ist dann wirklich fast jedes denkbare Schema machbar, hier ein Beispiel: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit erhält man folgendes Numerierungsschema: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LaTeX ist es einfach möglich, zwischen zwei Zeilen einer Tabelle einen etwas größeren Zwischenraum einzufügen, indem man dem Zeilenende-Befehl ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) ein optionales Argument gibt. In LyX wurde dies noch nicht umgesetzt, deshalb sind hier zwei Tricks, wie Sie das trotzdem erreichen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der erste ist der formal richtige, aber etwas umständliche Weg. Fügen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann den folgenden Befehl ein: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash noalign{vskip#1}} -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Befehl hat einen Parameter --- den Betrag des Abstands, den Sie einfügen wollen. Benutzen Sie diesen Befehl in der ersten Zeile -\emph on +\emph on nach -\emph default +\emph default der Stelle, an der Sie den Leerraum haben wollen. Hier ein Beispiel: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -21068,120 +24693,158 @@ nach \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineralien -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kalzit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quarz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace{2ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Fels -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kalkstein -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sandstein -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die zweite Methode ist schneller, wird aber Typographen und TeXperten aufstöhnen lassen: Fügen Sie einfach einen zusätzlichen Zeilenende-Befehl mit optionalem @@ -21189,14 +24852,26 @@ Die zweite Methode ist schneller, wird aber Typographen und TeXperten aufst Hier sind keine weiteren Definitionen wie im ersten Beispiel notwendig, aber es wird mehr Leerraum eingefügt, als Sie angegeben haben. Denn es wird ja eine leere Zeile -\emph on +\emph on plus -\emph default +\emph default dem angegebenen Leerraum eingefügt. Wenn dies zuviel Leerraum ist, geben Sie einfach einen negativen Wert als Parameter an: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -21208,167 +24883,217 @@ plus \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineralien -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kalzit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quarz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash [-1ex] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Fels -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kalkstein -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sandstein -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist kurz, süß und macht die Arbeit schnell, obwohl es wirklich häßlich ist. Werfen Sie das verrottete Gemüse jetzt weg! Ich verspreche, ich würde so etwas niemals vorschlagen! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont D} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-9.5ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=3.3em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset iejenigen unter Ihnen, denen der Stil alter Bücher gefällt, würden sicherlich in Ihren Texten auch gerne jene abgesetzten großen Buchstaben am Anfang @@ -21376,112 +25101,118 @@ hangafter=-3 Mit etwas Kenntnis von TeX ist dies durchaus möglich --- allerdings etwas aufwendig, wie das Beispiel am Anfang dieses Absatzes zeigt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Für diejenigen, die den Text nur in gedruckter Form vorliegen haben: Die Befehlssequenz, um das große \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset D \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erzeugen, lautete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont D} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-8.2ex} -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=3.3em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt aber noch einen viel einfacheren Weg, das zu erreichen. Das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default (oder das neuere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default ) vom CTAN bietet einen schnellen Weg, solche Großbuchstaben in Ihren Text einzubinden. Da dieses Paket aber nicht zum Standardumfang von teTeX gehört, können wir das hier nicht vorführen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der TeX-Befehl wäre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb+ -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{E}+ -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Falls Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default auf Ihrem System installiert haben, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor: Speichern Sie diesen Text als neues Dokument ab (damit Sie ihn ändern können). Entfernen Sie am Beginn des Absatzes das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash verb \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sowie die beiden \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset + \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und fügen im LaTeX-Vorspann die Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropcaps} -\family default +\family default ein. Sie bekommen dann am Textanfang ein schönes \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset E \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im Zeichensatz Times Roman Italic, das drei Zeilen hoch ist und 1 \begin_inset Formula $\,$ -\end_inset +\end_inset em in den Randbereich hineinragt. Der erste Parameter im LaTeX-Befehl ist die Breite der Einrückung. @@ -21490,213 +25221,281 @@ em in den Randbereich hineinragt. Der zweite Parameter ist die Höhe des Buchstaben, gemessen in Zeilen. Der dritte Parameter gibt den zu verwendenden Zeichensatz an: Hier kann praktisch jeder Zeichensatz verwendet werden, zu dem es eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tfm -\family default +\family default -Datei gibt (schauen Sie sich ruhig einmal im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm -\family default +\family default um). Sehr schön ist zum Beispiel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter yinit -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ein altdeutscher Zeichensatz, der speziell für derartige Initialen gemacht wurde. Der vierte und letzte Parameter ist schließlich der Buchstabe (es können auch mehrere sein), den Sie abgesetzt haben wollen. Das neuere Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default unterstützt über den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop -\family default +\family default hinaus auch noch das leicht abgeänderte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dropping -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + von -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash newdimen -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash varunit}{5.5in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash parshape 19 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.00 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.500 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt Zeiten, da muß die Tyrannei der rechteckigen Absätze gebrochen werden. In solchen Situationen bietet sich der reizende TeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape -\family default +\family default an. Wie Sie sehen können Sie beliebige Formen mit einem geeigneten Satz von Zeilenlängendefinitionen herstellen. @@ -21704,82 +25503,99 @@ parshape man sich Situationen vorstellen, die aus einem solchen Handwerkzeug Nutzen ziehen, wie zum Beispiel besondere Formen abgesetzter Großbuchstaben, Text um Bilder, die nicht rechteckig sind, herumfließen zu lassen, usw. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Syntax ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindent #nlength -\family default +\family default , wobei hier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter numlines -\family default +\family default die Zahl der Textzeilen ist, die den Absatz definieren. Wenn dabei weniger Zeilen herauskommen, wird der Umriß verkürzt, werden es mehr, so erhalten die restlichen Zeilen dieselben Dimensionen wie die letzte definierte. Die Einträge -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nindent -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nlength -\family default +\family default legen die Einrückung und die Zeilenlänge ab dieser Einrückung fest. Das Aussehen wird nur auf den momentanen Absatz angewendet, für den folgenden wird alles auf normal zurückgesetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Zusammenfassung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen umfassen die Beispiele dieses Kapitels Nützliches und Seltsames. Während ich nicht erwarte, daß jemand jemals die Absatzform aus dem letzten Abschnitt benötigen wird, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : vielleicht bei Gedichten von -\noun on +\noun on Morgenstern -\noun default +\noun default und anderen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ist es doch wichtig zu zeigen, daß Sie fast alles was Sie wollen mit LyX machen können, wenn Sie herausfinden wie es mit TeX und LaTeX gemacht wird. TeX ist ein fantastisch mächtiges Drucksetzsystem, und all das steht Ihnen zur Verfügung, weil LyX es im Hintergrund benutzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viel Spaß beim LyXen! \begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/de_FAQ.lyx index bf18566763..f9820a3a34 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_FAQ.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_FAQ.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language german \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,66 +24,98 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX: Häufig gestellte Fragen mit Antworten -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Deutsche Übersetzung -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin. -\noun default +\noun default Wenn Sie Kommentare oder Fehlermeldungen haben schicken Sie diese bitte an die LyX Dokumentations Mailing-Liste, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Date -7.\SpecialChar ~ +7.\InsetSpace ~ September 2002 -\layout Abstract -\pagebreak_bottom \noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract +\noindent Dies ist eine Zusammenstellung der Häufig gestellten Fragen zu LyX, dem Open Source Dokumentenbearbeitungssystem, das eine WYSIWYM-Oberfläche zur Erstellung hochwertiger Texte bietet. Für weitergehende Hilfestellungen wenden Sie sich bitte an die Mailing Liste der LyX User Group, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on nachdem -\emph default +\emph default Sie die Dokumentation gelesen haben. -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Abstract \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Einleitung und generelle Informationen -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was ist LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist ein Programm, das einen sehr modernen Ansatz verfolgt, um mit einem Computer Dokumente zu erstellen; dieser Ansatz bricht mit der althergebrachten @@ -92,24 +125,26 @@ LyX ist ein Programm, das einen sehr modernen Ansatz verfolgt, um mit einem z zu werden. Diese Aufgabe des Schriftsatzes wird fast vollständig vom Computer übernommen, mit LyX kann sich der Autor auf den Inhalt seines Textes konzentrieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX bietet dazu eine \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fast-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Darstellung des Textes. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fast \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet dabei, daß Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche nicht so gezeigt werden, wie sie im späteren Dokument erscheinen werden, aber das ist eigentlich @@ -118,7 +153,9 @@ Fast Während LyX also alles enthält, was es ihnen einfach und bequem ermöglicht, den Text zu editieren, enthält das Schriftsatzprogramm alles was notwendig ist, um den Text zu formatieren - und das tut es sehr, sehr gut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aus diesem Grund brauchen Sie sich um Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche nicht mehr zu kümmern. @@ -127,13 +164,13 @@ Aus diesem Grund brauchen Sie sich um Zeilen- und Seitenumbr Sie wissen nicht mehr, welchen Zeichensatz Sie für Überschriften verwendet hatten? Brauchen Sie auch nicht mehr. Sie sagen LyX (und damit auch LaTeX) lediglich, um was für eine -\emph on +\emph on Art -\emph default +\emph default von Dokument es sich handelt, und von welchem -\emph on +\emph on Typ -\emph default +\emph default der gerade bearbeitete Absatz ist, und der Computer kann ihn dann dementspreche nd setzen. Selbstverständlich können Sie weiterhin selbst in die Formatierung eingreifen, @@ -141,253 +178,334 @@ nd setzen. von Text es sich handelt und nicht, wie er aussehen sollte. Aus diesem Grunde wird LyX auch als WYSIWYM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard What You See Is What You Mean - Was Sie sehen ist, was sie meinen/wollen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Editor bezeichnet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schön, aber ist das nützlich? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Absolut. Die folgenden Arten von Dokumenten wurden bereits sehr erfolgreich mit LyX erstellt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Memos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Briefe -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dissertationen (260 Seiten in einem einzelnen Dokument, längere unter Verwendung von eingebundenen Dateien) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Beispiel: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Vorlesungsskripte (133 Seiten, 27 Abbildungen --- auf einem 486-er Rechner mit 33 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MHz) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Seminar-Mitschriften (500+ Seiten) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Proceedings von Konferenzen (Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop on the Geoid in Europe, (Finnish Geodetic Institute Report 98:4), 292 Seiten) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Software Dokumentation (Das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default hat etwa 120 Seiten) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bücher -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize siehe \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ein Beispiel zu PostgreSQL -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., and Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, Remote Sensing and Urban Analysis (Taylor and Francis: London). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Herbert Voss: Praktische Kryptologie mit Java 286 Seiten, jede Menge Gleichungen , Tabellen und Abbildungen. ISBN 3-8311-1458-7 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Artikel, die in den folgenden referierten Journalen veröffentlicht wurden: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomy and Astrophysics (Sütterlin, P. 1998, A&A 333, 305; Sütterlin, P. & Wiehr, E. 1998, A&A 336, 367) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M. E. & Barsony, M. 2001, AJ, vorgesehen für die Feb. 2001 Ausgabe) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Novellen (mehr als 400 Seiten, soll im September 2000 erscheinen; eine weitere mit 836 Seiten ist derzeit beim Agenten) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Drehbücher für Schauspiele und Filme -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wirtschaftliche Proposals für > $1 M (US) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Womit fange ich an? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Website \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ist der erste Anlaufpunkt für alles, was mit LyX zu tun hat: Neuigkeiten, Beispiele, Herunterladbare Dateien und viele weitere Dinge. Wenn Sie LyX installiert haben, sollten Sie als erstes das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default lesen ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorium -\family default +\family default ). Das ist ein ernstgemeinter Rat! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einen weiteren einführenden Leitfaden finden Sie auf \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Läuft LyX auch auf meinem Computer? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Derzeit benötigen Sie das X Window System, um LyX benutzen zu können. Es existieren Portierungen für OS/2 und Win32, aber auch hier muß auf dem System ein X Server installiert sein und auch funktionieren. LyX läuft sicher auf folgenden Plattformen (und vermutlich noch einer Unmenge weiterer): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linux: RedHat 4.2, 5.0, 5.1, 6.0, 6.1, -\newline +\newline SuSE 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, -\newline +\newline Mandrake 7.0, 7.2 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tru64 Unix 4.0f -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HP-UX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wieviel Festplattenplatz benötigt LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auf meinem System hat die Binärdatei von LyX knapp 4 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MB, die restlichen Dateien belegen weitere 11.5 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MB (9.3 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MB davon sind Dokumentation! Sie können, um Platz zu sparen, von Ihnen nicht benötigte Übersetzungen löschen). Allerdings benötigen Sie darüberhinaus ein funktionierendes LaTeX wie etwa teTeX, das etwa 120 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MB belegt, außerdem Ghostscript, das nochmals 10 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset MB hinzufügt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ist LyX wirklich Open Source? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja. Zwar gibt es Leute die behaupten, da das von LyX verwendete freie X Toolkit, @@ -401,182 +519,231 @@ Ja. Wie auch immer - der Entwickler von XForms hat angekündigt, das Toolkit mit dem Erscheinen von Version 0.90 oder 1.0 (derzeit aktuell ist 0.89) in ein Open Source Projekt umzuwandeln. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Quellen im Internet -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wo soll ich im World Wide Web nach LyX suchen? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , wenn Sie an den Interna interessiert sind. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bekannte Spiegelungen sind: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Wo kann ich LyX via FTP bekommen? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (auch unter der Adresse ftp.via.ecp.fr erreichbar) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Welche Mailing Listen gibt es? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (sehr wenige Mails), für Ankündigungen rund um LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (mittel viele Mails), Benutzerfragen zu LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (sehr viele Mails), Entwicklerdiskussionen und Fehlermeldu ngen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (unerfreulich wenige Mails), alles was mit der Dokumentatio n zu tun hat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generell müssen Sie eine Mail an die Adresse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-foo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default beziehungsweise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-foo-unsubscribe@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default schreiben, um die Liste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Platzhalter für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset announce \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset users \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset devel \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset docs \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) zu abonnieren bzw. abzubestellen. Lesen Sie aber in jedem Fall \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} -\end_inset +\end_inset , dort steht alles genau. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Werden die Mailing Listen irgendwo archiviert? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja. :-) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schlaumeier. Also, Wo werden sie archiviert? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Announce: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Users: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Devel: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Kompatibilität mit anderen Text/Dokumenten\SpecialChar \- systemen -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kann ich LaTeX Dateien lesen/schreiben? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja. LyX kann LaTeX Code sowohl optimiert für menschliche Leser als auch für @@ -584,56 +751,66 @@ Ja. Das Programm reLyX, das Bestandteil des LyX Paketes ist, kann recht gut vorhandene LaTeX Dateien nach LyX konvertieren. Es ist zwar nicht perfekt, ist aber in etwa 95% der Fälle erfolgreich. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kann ich Word Dateien lesen/schreiben? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das ist nicht trivial. Manche Leute hatten Erfolg mit dem folgenden Vorgehen LyX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset RTF \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Word bzw. umgekehrt. Allerdings verwendet Word intern keine sogenannte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Markup Sprache \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wie LyX und LaTeX das tun, deshalb sind die Umwandlungen normalerweise schwierig und oft ziemlich sinnlos. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier dennoch einige Vorschläge: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description word2x erzeugt LaTeX, HTML und normale Textausgabe. Der so erstellte LaTeX-Code kann im Prinzip importiert werden (es ist recht \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sauberer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Code), aber oft ist es einfacher, die Textversion einzubinden und die Formatier ung von Hand in LyX vorzunehmen (dazu muß man natürlich wissen, wie diese Formatierung aussah). Die letzte Version kann noch nicht mit Office 2000 Dokumenten umgehen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description wvware (zu finden auf www.wvware.com oder im CVS Repositorium von abi\SpecialChar \- source). @@ -642,13 +819,17 @@ source). Es ist jedoch hochgradig konfigurierbar: Eine Datei wvLaTeX.xml steuert den Übersetzungsprozess. Kann auch mit den neuesten Office Formaten umgehen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ted Dies ist der Editor der Wahl, wenn ihnen jemand eine von Word erzeugte RTF Datei schickt. Sehr nettes Produkt, schickt die konvertierte Version per Email (Text oder HTML). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als letzte Möglichkeit, wenn alles andere nicht funktioniert, verwenden Sie eine Textverarbeitung, die das Word Format versteht (WordPerfect, StarOffic @@ -658,66 +839,98 @@ e, ...). Dies ist oft schneller als die (manchmal missglückten) Versuche einer automatis chen Formatierung wieder zu löschen, auch wenn dieses Vorgehen nicht sehr befriedigend ist. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kann ich HTML Dateien lesen/schreiben? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard HTML Dateien können unter anderem mit dem Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default erstellt werden. Möglicherweise gibt es auch Programme um umgekehrt HTML Dateien nach LaTeX zu konvertieren. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bezug und Compilierung von LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was wird benötigt? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX Source Code: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize XForms library: xforms-0.88 oder neuer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Eine LaTeX Installation: Die Empfehlung ist teTeX-1.0 oder neuer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ein PostScript® Interpreter: ghostscript-5.10 oder neuer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ein relativ moderner C++ Compiler. gcc-2.7.2.3 funktioniert (unter Solaris 2.6) für lyx-1.1.4, aber lyx-1.1.5 benötigt möglicherweise gcc-2.8.1 oder egcs 2.95.x (DEC cxx 6.1 für OSF Rechner) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie compiliere ich es? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ./configure -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make install (normalerweise als root, das kann man aber mit Optionen für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default Befehl umgehen) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Datei INSTALL enthält weitere Details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ich hasse Compilieren. Wo sind die vorkompilierten Pakete? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten der oben genannten Pakete sind für eine große Zahl an Linux-Systemen (und vermutlich auch andere) als Binärversion erhältlich. @@ -725,45 +938,51 @@ Die meisten der oben genannten Pakete sind f Sie auf \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.sylvan.com/pub/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Windows-Portierung ist hier erhältlich: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Was ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Evil Red Text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? (Wichtig!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERT (Evil Red Text, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset übler roter Text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) bezeichnet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset rohe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Befehle, die in LyX Dokumente eingefügt werden. Einige der Entwickler erfanden diesen Begriff, als sie sich über das schlechte @@ -775,496 +994,602 @@ rohe Antworten in diesem Text verlangen die Verwendung von solchem ERT; wann immer es also heißt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset fügen Sie den folgenden LaTeX code ein \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , müssen Sie folgendes tun: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche TeX in der Werkzeugleiste oder benutzen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default e \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset X -\family default +\family default . Es öffnet sich eine Einfügung (ähnlich einer Fußnote) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Geben Sie die Befehle in dem rot umrandeten Feld ein -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Um die Einfügung zu schließen (oder öffnen) klicken Sie auf die graue Fläche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der so eingegebene Befehl wird unverändert an LaTeX weitergeleitet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX Befehle können auch in den \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Vorspann \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingefügt werden, eine Liste, die von LyX ebenfalls unverändert in die LaTeX Datei eingefügt wird. Dies ist insbesondere wichtig um vom Standard abweichende LaTeX Pakete einzubinden, globale Abkürzungen zu definieren usw. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem Abschnitt versuchen wir, die wirklich andauernd gestellten Fragen zu beantworten. Einen breiteren Bereich an nicht ganz so oft gestellten Fragen, sowie viele Fragen der Form \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wie mache ich das? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie auf der ungemein hilfreichen Zusammenstellung von Herbert Voss unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie leisten sich selbst einen Bärendienst, wenn Sie diese Seite nicht ansehen, bevor Sie auf einer der Mailing-Listen eine Frage stellen! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Generelle Fragen -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie ändere ich die Abstände in eine Liste (Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/ Description)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies müssen Sie von Hand tun: Fügen Sie in der betreffenden Liste zu Beginn den folgenden LaTeX Code ein: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash itemsep}{0mm} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie kann ich Gleichungen Kapitelweise numerieren? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie das folgende im LaTeX Vorspann ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash @addtoreset{equation}{section} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash theequation}{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{equation}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ist das auch für Abbildungen und Tabellen möglich? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ersetzen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theequation -\family default +\family default durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thetable -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thefigure -\family default +\family default sowie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation -\family default +\family default durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure -\family default +\family default , letzteres auch im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset -\family default +\family default Befehl. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie ändere ich die Fußnotenzählung in Symbole (Stern, Dagger usw.)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie im LaTeX Vorspann die Zeile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash fnsymbol{footnote}} -\family default +\family default ein. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie vermeide ich Witwen und Schusterjungen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Begriffe aus dem Schriftsetzermetier bezeichnen erste Zeilen eines neuen Absatzes am Ende einer Seite bzw. letzte Zeilen eines Absatzes oben auf einer neuen Seite. Um sie zu entfernen geben Sie im LaTeX Vorspann die Zeilen -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash widowpenalty=10000 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash clubpenalty=10000 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard und eventuell -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash raggedbottom -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ein. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie bekomme ich eine formatierte Liste, die z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. mit 1.a) beginnt? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine Aufzählung wie etwa diese hier haben wollen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. a) Erste Alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Zweite Alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Dritte Alternative -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dann versuchen Sie folgendes: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. {} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code a) Erste Alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Zweite Alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Dritte Alternative -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wählen Sie den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default und geben Sie die Klammern {} als ERT ein (das ergibt einen Platzhalter, der keine Ausgabe erzeugt). Ändern Sie nun die Umgebungstiefe und fügen Sie die anderen drei Einträge hinzu (die Zählung wird von LyX automatisch hinzugefügt). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie kann ich in LyX Worte zählen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Starten Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung. Am Ende wird die Anzahl der überprüften Worte ausgegeben. Stellen Sie dabei sicher daß sich der Cursor am Anfang des Dokumentes befindet, damit auch alle Worte berücksichtigt werden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie kann ich einen definierten horizontalen Abstand einfügen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt dafür einige ERT-Befehle: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash enspace -\family default +\family default (1/2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thinspace -\family default +\family default (1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash negthinspace -\family default +\family default (-1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash quad -\family default +\family default (1 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash qquad -\family default +\family default (2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{ -\emph on +\emph on länge -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default , usw. Ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset em \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist etwa die Breite des Buchstaben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz. Als Argument für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace -\family default +\family default -Befehl sind alle gültigen TeX-Längen erlaubt. Einheiten können Millimeter (mm), Zentimeter (cm), Inch (in), Points (pt; 1pt = 1/72 in) M-Breiten (em) oder x-Höhen (ex; Höhe des Buchstaben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) sein. Beispiele: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{1in} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{2.5em} -\family default +\family default , usw. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie kann ich Zitate in der Form [1,2,3,6] oder [1-3,6] anstelle von [1][2][3][6] erhalten? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fügen Sie den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{cite} -\family default +\family default in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein. Dieses Paket sollte Bestandteil der meisten LaTeX-Pakete sein. LyX unterstützt dieses Paket, wenn Sie im Zitat-Dialog mehrere, durch Komma getrennte Verweise angeben [Smalley_JCP,Jarrold_Sci], anstatt sie einzeln als Zitate hintereinander einzugeben: [Smalley_JCP] [Jarrold_Sci]. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fragen zu Abbildungen -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Was ist der Unterschied zwischen einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Float Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein Beispiel für eine unglückliche Wortwahl. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet eigentlich Grafik, bezeichnet also einfügen einer Bilddatei. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Float Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset entspricht dem, was man i. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset meint, wenn man eine Abbildung in einen Text einfügt, umfasst also die Grafik, den Bildtext, die Abbildungsnummer usw\SpecialChar \@. Normalerweise sollten Sie also eine Float Abbildung einfügen und darin dann die Abbildung plazieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dasselbe gilt auch für Tabellen: fügen Sie eine Float Tabelle ein und darin dann die eigentliche Tabelle. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie bekomme ich LyX dazu, eine Abbildung genau dort einzufügen, wo ich sie haben will? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Öffnen Sie den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . Im Feld -\family sans -Plazierung\SpecialChar ~ -v.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Plazierung\InsetSpace ~ +v.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default loats -\family default +\family default geben Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !htp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein. Dadurch teilen Sie LaTeX mit, unbedingt zu versuchen, die Float Abbildung @@ -1272,63 +1597,69 @@ loats und, falls auch das nicht geht, auf einer eigenen Seite. Dies ist eine globale Einstellung, von der alle Float Abbildungen betroffen sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie dieses Verhalten nur für einzelne Abbildungen festlegen wollen, lassen Sie das angegebene Feld leer und fügen stattdessen die Zeichen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [!htp] -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset als allerersten Eintrag in der Abbildung ein. Dies ist ein schmutziger Trick, aber er erreicht, daß von LyX ein Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{figure}[!htp] -\family default +\family default ausgegeben wird, und dies ist der korrekte Weg, das in LaTeX zu tun. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Was bedeutet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX kann zu jedem Zeitpunkt nur eine begrenzte Anzahl an Float Objekten verwalten, die noch keine feste Position zugewiesen haben. - Paßt beispielsweise Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ + Paßt beispielsweise Abbildung\InsetSpace ~ 4 anhand der Standardvorgabe \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erst oben auf der Seite versuchen, dann unten, dann auf eine eigene Seite \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset - noch an keine gute Stelle, im Text erscheint aber bereits Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ + noch an keine gute Stelle, im Text erscheint aber bereits Abbildung\InsetSpace ~ 5, bleiben zunächst beide \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset schwebend \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bis eine gute Stelle zum Einfügen auftaucht. Wird eine solche nicht gefunden, werden die Floats am Ende des Dokumentes @@ -1337,249 +1668,313 @@ schwebend obige Meldung wird ausgegeben. Das ist kein wirklicher Fehler in LaTeX, Sie haben einfach zu viele Abbildungen im Text :-) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der einfachste Weg, diese Fehlermeldung zu vermeiden ist es, an einer Stelle im Text, an der ein Seitenumbruch angemessen ist, den LaTeX Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default einzufügen. Im Gegensatz zu einem normalen Seitenumbruch veranlaßt das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default LaTeX auch dazu, noch nicht verarbeitete Floats auszugeben und dann eine neue Seite zu beginnen. Dadurch entsteht zwar mitten in ihrem Text eine häßliche Ansammlung von Abbildungen, Sie können aber mehrere dieser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default Befehle verwenden, um die Abbildungen besser zu verteilen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fragen zum Mathematik-Modus -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie kann ich in einer mathematischen Gleichung normalen Text eingeben? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tippen Sie innerhalb der Gleichung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; dadurch wechseln Sie in den \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset mathematischen Text Modus \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie erzeuge ich eine Kubikwurzel (oder höhere)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Tastenkombination \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset fügen Sie eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wurzel-Box \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein; sie können darin mit den Cursortasten navigieren. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie konvertiere ich mit einem Kommandozeilen\SpecialChar \- Befehl eine LyX-Datei nach LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der normale Weg ist es, einfach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx --export latex .lyx -\family default +\family default . Diese Methode setzt allerdings voraus, daß X läuft. Falls Sie den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xvfb -\family default +\family default verwenden können, ist auch folgender, zugegebenermassen etwas umständliche weg möglich (Bash-Syntax): -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter (Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; lyx -display :1 -\newline +\newline --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In csh/tcsh-Syntax sieht das so aus: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; lyx -display :1 -\newline +\newline --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das sollte überall funktionieren, unabhängig davon, ob ein X-Server läuft oder nicht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie erzeuge ich aus meinem LyX-Dokument eine PDF-Datei? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lesen Sie Abschnitt 5.3.6 der -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tips -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warum sehen die Zeichensätze meines Textes in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default so schlecht aus? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch dieses Problem und seine Lösung sind in den -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tips -\emph default +\emph default in Abschnitt 5.3.6 beschrieben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warum kann meine tolle neue Ghostscript-Version die eingebundenen EPS-Abbildunge n nicht richtig verarbeiten? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Nutzer haben berichtet, daß mit den aktuellsten Versionen von Ghostscript die eingebundenen Abbildungen in LyX nicht angezeigt werden können. Dies scheint ein Fehler in Ghostscript zu sein: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Fehler betrifft Ghostscript ab Version 6.22. Wenn sie den angegebenen Patch anwenden, funktioniert die Darstellung in LyX wieder. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fragen zu LyX unter Windows -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warum flackern Menüs und die Werkzeugleiste? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vermutlich verwenden Sie den X-Server XWin32: Die ist ein Fehler in diesem Programm. Sie können ihn umgehen, indem Sie die Option \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Use Reserved Colors \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset von XWin32 deaktivieren und einen anderen Farbmodus als Pseudo-Color verwenden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wo bekomme ich weitere Hilfe? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Meine Frage ist immer noch nicht beantwortet... -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dann gilt: RTFM, insbesondere das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default . Die Dokumentation von LyX ist wirklich sehr gut. Wenn Sie vermuten, daß das Problem mit LaTeX zu tun hat, sehen Sie im Buch von Leslie Lamport, -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed. -\emph default +\emph default , von Leslie Lamport (1994) nach. Außerdem gibt es unzählige Beispieldokumente zu unterschiedlichen Dingen; versuchen Sie es mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Öffnen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Beispiele -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ich will jemandem via Mail von meinem Problem berichten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schicken Sie eine Mail an die LyX Benutzer Liste, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Wenn LyX abstürzt oder auf andere Weise Fehlfunktionen zeigt, schreiben Sie bitte an die Entwickler-Liste, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was soll ich in einer Hilfeanfrage alles angeben? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Geben Sie an, welche Version von LyX Sie verwenden, zusammen mit einer genauen Beschreibung was Sie tun wollen (die auch zeigen sollte, daß Sie die Dokumentat ion bereits gelesen haben..). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Falle einer Fehlfunktion von LyX geben Sie die Version von LyX an, welches Betriebssystem Sie verwenden, die Version von xforms (falls es ein Problem @@ -1589,40 +1984,54 @@ Im Falle einer Fehlfunktion von LyX geben Sie die Version von LyX an, welches wird der Fehler behoben. Wenn Sie mutig sind und sich mit dem Programmieren ein wenig auskennen, verwenden Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default , um ein Backtrace zu erzeugen und hängen Sie diese Ausgabe an die Mail an. Und wenn Sie keine Ahnung haben, was da gerade beschrieben wurde --- geben Sie einfach so viel an wie möglich. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Administrative Information und Danksagung -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Feedback ist willkommen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Senden Sie Vorschläge für weitere Einträge, erstellte Rekordlängendokumente usw. an die LyX Dokumentations Mailingliste -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formate, in denen dieser Text erhältlich ist -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die originale LyX Datei ist Bestandteil der LyX Installation; nach HTML und ASCII konvertierte Versionen sollten bald auf der LyX Seite im WWW zu finden sein. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autor und Danksagung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson und Paul Evans waren für diesen Text bis zur Version 0.2.2 verantwortlich, die LyX Version 0.10.7 beschrieb. @@ -1630,19 +2039,23 @@ Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson und Paul Evans waren f die 1.x Versionen von LyX. Viele Personen haben Teile zu diesem Text beigetragen; Mike Ressler vom Dokumentationsteam sammelt sie in diesem Dokument. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ausschluß und Copyright -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nichts in diesem Text ist genauer als ein Faktor \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Außerdem bin ich Astronom, und die setzen gerne \begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn eine Antwort falsch ist, werden einfach die Einheiten neu definiert. @@ -1654,16 +2067,21 @@ Nichts in diesem Text ist genauer als ein Faktor vor der Abgabe ihre Dissertation verlieren, weil Sie vor lauter Nachdenken darüber, wie Sie eine Konstante statt in \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset auch in \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset darstellen können, vergessen haben, ein Backup zu machen, als der Strom ausfiel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Text ist Copyright© 2000 Mike Ressler für das LyX Dokumentations Team. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx index 9cab76b25f..8ecab3684a 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language german \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 2cm \topmargin 1cm @@ -27,98 +28,130 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Einführung in LyX -\newline +\newline oder -\newline +\newline Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Deutsche Übersetzung: -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\noun default +\noun default und -\noun on +\noun on Hartmut -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Haase -\noun default +\noun default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Date +\end_layout -13.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Date + +13.\InsetSpace ~ September 2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die Philosophie von LyX -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "80text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Onkel Cosmo, warum nennt man das Ding Textverarbeitung? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ganz einfach Skyler: Du hast doch gesehen was die Lebensmittelverarbeitung mit dem Essen anstellt, oder? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\hfill +\hfill -- Jeff MacNelly in "Shoe" -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Was ist LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist ein komplettes System zur Erstellung von Dokumenten. Es ist unübertroffen beim Schreiben von komplexen wissenschaftlichen und @@ -138,17 +171,19 @@ LyX ist ein komplettes System zur Erstellung von Dokumenten. in referierten wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften, Skripte für Theaterstücke und Filme, wirtschaftliche Proposals\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist ein Programm das einen sehr modernen Ansatz zum computerunterstützten Schreiben von Texten bietet. Durch die Verwendung einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Markup \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Sprache weicht dieser Ansatz vom obsoleten Schreibmaschinen-Konzept ab. Er wendet sich an Autoren die schnell und mit minimalem Aufwand professionell @@ -156,7 +191,9 @@ Markup werden zu müssen. Mit LyX wird diese Aufgabe praktisch vollständig vom Computer übernommen, der Autor kann sich auf den Inhalt des Textes konzentrieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Teil der anfänglichen Herausforderung bei der Nutzung von LyX liegt in der Änderung der Denkweise, die Sie, der Leser, schaffen müssen. @@ -165,11 +202,11 @@ Ein Teil der anf Das Unterstreichen zum Beispiel, das eigentlich mehr ein Übermalen mit einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist, wurde ein Standardweg, um Text hervorzuheben. Beim Anlegen einer Tabelle mußte man sich im voraus überlegen, wie groß @@ -177,7 +214,9 @@ _ Das gleiche gilt für Briefe oder anderen rechtsbündigen Text. Wort\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} trennungen am Zeilenende verlangten ein scharfes Auge und viel Vorausdenken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In anderen Worten, wir haben gelernt und geübt, uns darum zu kümmern, welcher Buchstabe wo gesetzt wird. @@ -193,56 +232,62 @@ In anderen Worten, wir haben gelernt und ge das) was Du siehst. Leider führt das aber meist nur zu einem 'Was Du siehst ist alles was Du bekommst'. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In genau diesem Punkt unterscheidet sich LyX von einer herkömmlichen Textverarbe itung. Sie kümmern sich nicht selber darum, wie der Satz genau durchgeführt wird. Sie sagen LyX, -\emph on +\emph on was Sie machen wollen -\emph default +\emph default , und LyX kümmert sich um den Rest. Dabei folgt es einem festen Regelwerk, das man als -\emph on +\emph on Stil -\emph default +\emph default bezeichnet. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fairerweise muß man sagen, daß die meisten aktuellen Textverarbeitungsprogramme mittlerweile auch so etwas wie Stilvorlagen unterstützen, die ein ähnliches Konzept darstellen. Leider werden Sie, so unsere Erfahrung, in der Realität kaum genutzt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Sehen wir uns ein kleines Beispiel an: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nehmen wir an, Sie schreiben einen Bericht. Zu Beginn wollen Sie einen Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Einleitung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie gehen also in das entsprechende Menü Ihrer Textverarbeitung und suchen eine neue Zeichensatzgröße aus, schalten Fettdruck ein. Dann schreiben Sie \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Einleitung \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie natürlich zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt beschließen, daß dieses @@ -250,23 +295,27 @@ Einleitung Sie ein weiteres Kapitel davor einfügen wollen, dann müssen Sie die Numerierung für dieses und alle folgenden Kapitel sowie die Einträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX öffnen Sie das Auswahl-Menü auf der linken Seite der Werkzeugleiste und wählen als Typ -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default und schreiben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Einleitung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja, das ist wirklich alles. Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt später an eine andere Stelle verschieben, wird @@ -275,7 +324,9 @@ Ja, das ist wirklich alles. korrekt über das LyX-eigene System getan haben, werden auch all diese Verweise (Kapitel- und Seitennummern) automatisch aktualisiert. Sie werden nie wieder explizite Kapitelnummern verwenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und dann ist da noch das Problem mit der Konsistenz. Fünf Tage später laden Sie den Bericht wieder und schreiben ein Kapitel @@ -286,7 +337,9 @@ Und dann ist da noch das Problem mit der Konsistenz. Dieses Problem existiert in LyX nicht, denn der Computer kümmert sich um solche Dinge. Dafür ist er schließlich gedacht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oder stellen Sie sich vor, Sie erstellen eine Liste. In anderen Textverarbeitungen besteht eine solche Liste meist aus einer @@ -297,62 +350,66 @@ Oder stellen Sie sich vor, Sie erstellen eine Liste. Mit LyX haben Sie nur zwei Dinge, um die Sie sich kümmern müssen: Was für eine Art von Liste Sie wollen, und was darinstehen soll. Das ist alles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Grundidee von LyX ist also: Sagen Sie, -\emph on +\emph on was -\emph default +\emph default Sie wollen, nicht -\emph on +\emph on wie -\emph default +\emph default man es macht. An die Stelle des \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset tritt bei LyX das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : What you see is what you -\emph on +\emph on mean -\emph default +\emph default , was man sieht ist was man -\emph on +\emph on meint -\emph default +\emph default . Dies ist ein sehr mächtiges Konzept daß das Schreiben von Texten stark vereinfacht. Und es ist auch der Grund, warum LyX weniger für das Erstellen von Flugblättern oder Werbezetteln geeignet ist: Denn dort -\emph on +\emph on wollen -\emph default +\emph default Sie genau angeben, wo welches Textelement erscheint, denn es gibt keine funktionellen Elemente wie Absätze, Abschnitte usw. Das bedeutet nicht, daß in LyX irgendwelche tollen Funktionen fehlen - es ist einfach nicht das richtige Programm für diesen Zweck --- Sie verwenden ja auch keinen Schraubendreher, um damit Nägel einzuschlagen (außer vielleicht ihr Schraubendreher hat eine lebenslängliche Garantie). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nein, dies ist nicht der Versuch, einen heiligen Krieg der Textverarbeitungen anzufangen (oder zu gewinnen). @@ -360,27 +417,39 @@ Nein, dies ist nicht der Versuch, einen heiligen Krieg der Textverarbeitungen Und einer dieser vielen Vorteile, das WYSIWYM-Prinzip, unterscheidet sich grundlegend von der Vorstellung, die 99% der Nutzer von einer Textverarbeitung haben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist eine kleine Aufzählung von Dingen, die Sie bei LyX nicht finden werden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Das Lineal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulatoren -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize zusätzliche Leerzeichen oder -zeilen (also mehrmals hintereinander -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default oder die Leertaste betätigen) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatoren, zusammen mit dem Lineal, welches Ihnen die Position von Einträgen auf der Seite anzeigen, sind in LyX sinnlos. @@ -392,40 +461,58 @@ Tabulatoren, zusammen mit dem Lineal, welches Ihnen die Position von Eintr Leerzeilen nacheinander einfügen zu können. Aber wenn Sie sich erst an das WYSIWYM-Prinzip gewöhnt haben, wird es Ihnen als der natürlichere Weg erscheinen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier nun ein paar Dinge, die es zwar in LyX gibt, jedoch anders verwendet werden, als man sich das vielleicht vorstellt: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kontrolle des Einzuges -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Seitenumbrüche -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zeilenabstände (d. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ einzeilig, zweizeilig usw.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zwischenräume ohne Text, horizontal wie vertikal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zeichensätze und -größen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Schriftarten (fett, schräg, unterstrichen usw.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl es all dies in LyX gibt, benötigt man es im Normalfall nicht. LyX nimmt notwendige Einstellungen kontextbezogen vor. @@ -437,45 +524,61 @@ ten und -gr Generell sind alle Abstände zwischen Worten, Zeilen und Absätzen variabel und werden von LyX bestimmt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Selbstverständlich gibt es die Möglichkeit, alle diese Abstände entweder lokal oder global für das gesamte Dokument zu verändern. Nur in wenigen Fällen ist dabei Wissen über LaTeX notwendig. Näheres finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default und den -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schließlich gibt es auch einige Gebiete, in denen LyX (und LaTeX) unserer Meinung nach herkömmlichen Textverarbeitungen weit überlegen sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Silbentrennung -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aufzählungen aller Art -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mathematiksatz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabellen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Querverweise im Text -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zugegeben, viele moderne Textverarbeitungen können mit mathematischen Symbolen umgehen, und einige beginnen bereits mit der Einführung von Stildefinitionen @@ -483,90 +586,98 @@ Zugegeben, viele moderne Textverarbeitungen k Dies ist jedoch noch nicht sehr lange so. Im Gegensatz dazu basiert LyX auf dem Textsatzsystem LaTeX, welches bereits seit über 10 Jahren existiert und -\emph on +\emph on funktioniert -\emph default +\emph default . All die kleinen Fehler, die ein neues Programm immer hat, sind bei LaTeX schon lange gefunden und beseitigt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich ist nichts perfekt, aber LaTeX ist so nahe an einem fehlerfreien Computerprogramm, wie dies nur möglich ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Was -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ist ein System zur Erstellung von Texten, das 1985 von -\noun on +\noun on Leslie Lamport -\noun default +\noun default entworfen wurde. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Information in diesem Abschnitt basiert auf den Angaben in dem Buch -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A Guide to LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default von -\noun on +\noun on Helmut Kopka -\noun default +\noun default und -\noun on +\noun on Patrick Daly -\noun default +\noun default . Die genaue Quellenangabe finden Sie im Literaturverzeichnis des -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuches -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Es basiert auf der Textsatz-Sprache TeX, die von -\noun on +\noun on Donald Knuth -\noun default +\noun default 1984 entwickelt wurde. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset spricht man aus wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Blech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , und manche halten es auch für etwas blechern. Das liegt aber daran, daß die wenigsten verstehen, was TeX eigentlich ist. @@ -576,58 +687,64 @@ Blech so schwierig wie eine echte Schriftsatz-Maschine in einer Druckerei. Aber viele der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tricks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset der Schriftsetzer wurden von Knuth als Computer-Algorithmus formuliert und in TeX integriert, daher sehen seine Druckergebnisse so hervorragend aus. TeX erzeugt als Ausgabe eine Datei, die man als geräteunabhängig ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ) bezeichnet. Eine solche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei kann von vielen Programmen, die dieses Format verstehen, gelesen werden und in andere Formate wie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. PostScript® oder PDF umgewandelt werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wäre das bereits alles, TeX wäre nichts anderes als ein primitiver Textsetzer. Aber in TeX ist es möglich, eigene Befehlssequenzen, sogenannte Makros, zu definieren. Und dadurch sind die Möglichkeiten von TeX schier unbegrenzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten Leute, die TeX verwenden, benutzen tatsächlich ein Makropaket, das -\noun on +\noun on Knuth -\noun default +\noun default zusammengestellt hat, um den Großteil der Details beim Zeichensatz vor dem Anwender zu verstecken. Dieses Makropaket ist meist gemeint, wenn man von TeX spricht. @@ -635,9 +752,9 @@ Knuth normaler Anwender, das machen nur diejenigen Leute, die selber Makropakete entwickeln. Und hier kommt -\noun on +\noun on Leslie Lamport -\noun default +\noun default ins Spiel. Er wollte ein Makropaket, daß sich näher am Benutzer orientiert, und nicht an den Feinheiten beim Textsatz. @@ -645,7 +762,9 @@ Leslie Lamport he Formeln schreiben lassen, ohne zu verwirrend zu sein. So wurde LaTeX geboren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parallel zur Weiterentwicklung von LaTeX entstanden andere, spezielle Pakete für TeX: Eines, um Folien zu schreiben oder eines, um Artikel für mathematische @@ -653,57 +772,61 @@ Parallel zur Weiterentwicklung von LaTeX entstanden andere, spezielle Pakete Einige der Autoren verwendeten dazu TeX, andere begannen, LaTeX abzuändern. Um dieses Wirrwarr zu vereinfachen, begann eine Gruppe von LaTeX-Experten (zu denen natürlich auch -\noun on +\noun on Lamport -\noun default +\noun default selbst gehörte) in den späten 80-er Jahren, LaTeX2e zu entwickeln, die heutige Version von LaTeX. Diese neue Version stellt auch Befehle zur Verfügung, um einfach neue Makros zu erstellen, andere Zeichensätze zu definieren und so weiter. Alles in allem ist LaTeX dadurch selber eine ziemlich umfangreiche \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprache \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset geworden. Überall auf der Welt haben Benutzer ihre eigenen Erweiterungen für LaTeX geschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es existieren zwei unterschiedliche Wege, wie man LaTeX erweitern kann: Klassen und Stile. Eine -\emph on +\emph on Klasse -\emph default +\emph default besteht aus einer Reihe von LaTeX- (und TeX-) Makros, die eine neue Art von Dokument beschreiben, wie etwa ein Buch oder einen Artikel. Es gibt z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. Klassen für Folien, für Artikel in mathematischen oder physikalischen Zeitschri ften\SpecialChar \ldots{} viele Universitäten haben sogar eine eigene Klasse für ihre Dissertationen zusammengestellt! Im Gegensatz dazu definiert ein -\emph on +\emph on Stil -\emph default +\emph default keine neue Art von Dokument, sondern eine anderes -\emph on +\emph on Verhalten -\emph default +\emph default , das ein Dokument nutzen kann. So nutzt LyX zwei unterschiedliche Stil-Dateien, um die Ränder und Zeilenabstän de in den Dokumenten festzulegen. @@ -712,99 +835,119 @@ de in den Dokumenten festzulegen. handhaben zu können, spezielle Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, Literaturliste n den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen, Erscheinungsbild und Position von Fußnoten, Tabellen und Abbildungen zu verändern und so weiter und so fort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier eine kurze Zusammenfassung: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Makrofähige Programmiersprache für Schriftsatz. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Makropaket auf der Basis von TeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Klassen: Beschreibung eines Dokumententyps, verwendet LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Stile: Verändern die Standardeinstellungen von LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Visuelle WYSIWYM-Textverarbeitung, die LaTeX mit all seinen Fähigkeiten zum Ausdruck verwendet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Zweck dieses Abschnittes war es, ihnen zu zeigen, -\emph on +\emph on warum -\emph default +\emph default LyX etwas anders arbeitet als andere Textverarbeitungen. Dieser Grund ist einfach: LyX verwendet LaTeX als Formatierprogramm für den Ausdruck. Wie auch LaTeX konzentriert sich LyX auf den Inhalt Ihres Textes --- also -\emph on +\emph on was -\emph default +\emph default Sie schreiben. Der Rechner kümmert sich dann darum, daß es gut aussieht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ach ja --- eine letzte Bemerkung. LaTeX spricht man aus wie TeX, das sich auf das Wort Blech reimt. Laut Lamport kann man LaTeX auch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Läitech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aussprechen. Wer es so ausspricht wie das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt werden, spricht es falsch. LyX dagegen spricht man \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lücks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Licks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- je nachdem, aus welchem Land man stammt\SpecialChar \ldots{} aber über die Aussprache wurden auf der Mailing Liste schon endlose Diskussionen geführt, also sprechen Sie es einfach so aus, wie es Ihnen gefällt --- nur nicht \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter :-) -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Der Weg durch die Dokumentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Dokumentation wurde in mehrere Dateien aufgeteilt, um es einfacher zu machen, all Ihre Fragen zu beantworten und alle Möglichkeiten und Vorzüge @@ -813,12 +956,14 @@ Die LyX-Dokumentation wurde in mehrere Dateien aufgeteilt, um es einfacher beschrieben wird. Bevor Sie sich jedoch diesen Dateien widmen, lesen Sie bitte sorgfältig die vorliegende -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default , denn sie enthält eine Menge wichtiger und hilfreicher Informationen und Hinweise, die Ihnen einige Zeit ersparen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl LyX mittlerweile eine Versionsnummer 1.0 weit überschritten hat, kann die Dokumentation immer noch teilweise unvollständig sein oder sich noch @@ -826,54 +971,60 @@ Obwohl LyX mittlerweile eine Versionsnummer 1.0 weit Wie auch das Programm LyX selber wird die Dokumentation von einer Gruppe von Freiwilligen geschrieben, die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nebenher \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auch noch einem richtigen Beruf nachgehen, Familien haben, ihren Müll wegbringe n müssen usw. Wir sind ständig bemüht, die Texte so vollständig und korrekt wie möglich zu halten, doch das gelingt manchmal nicht da die Entwickler immer dabei sind, neue Details einzubauen, während wir die alten noch dokumentieren. - Wenn Sie an dieser Situation etwas ändern wollen gibt Ihnen Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Wenn Sie an dieser Situation etwas ändern wollen gibt Ihnen Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen} -\end_inset +\end_inset einige Hinweise, wie auch Sie Ihren Teil zu LyX beitragen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und noch eine Bitte: Wenn Ihnen in dieser Dokumentation irgendetwas unklar oder falsch erscheint, zögern Sie nicht, uns dies mitzuteilen! Sie erreichen das LyX-Entwickler-Team über die Mailing-Liste \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Falls Sie dringende Fragen haben, die in der Dokumentation offensichtlich nicht beantwortet werden, gibt es eine sehr aktive Mailing Liste die Sie unter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default erreichen können. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Das Format der Handbücher -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige von Ihnen haben vielleicht die gesamte Dokumentation ausgedruckt. Andere lesen sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset online \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , also als Datei in LyX. Für diejenigen, die online lesen, gibt es einige Unterschiede zur gedruckten @@ -883,35 +1034,39 @@ online Es sind zunächst auch weder Inhaltsverzeichnis noch Fußnoten sichtbar. Eine Fußnote sieht so \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hallo! Zum Schließen dieser Fußnote klicken Sie bitte auf das grau unterlegte Feld mit dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset aus. Um sie zu öffnen, klicken Sie mit dem linken Mausknopf darauf. Um das Inhaltsverzeichnis zu betrachten klicken Sie entweder auf den entspreche nden grauen Kasten oder wählen Sie das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren -\family default +\family default , dort wird der Inhalt ebenfalls automatisch angezeigt -- Versuchen Sie es einmal! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In der gedruckten Version dieser Hilfetexte erscheinen die Querverweise mit ihren tatsächlichen Kapitel- und Seitennummern. @@ -919,53 +1074,55 @@ In der gedruckten Version dieser Hilfetexte erscheinen die Querverweise Felder wie das folgende: \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen} -\end_inset +\end_inset (in der gedruckten Version steht hier eine Zahl). Wenn Sie mit der Maus auf diesen grauen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich automatisch ein Fenster mit allen Querverweisen des Dokumentes. In diesem Dokument finden Sie nur den Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:Helfen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie gelangen an die entsprechende Stelle, wenn Sie die Schaltfläche \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Gehe zu Referenz -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anklicken. Zurück an die Ausgangsposition zu gelangen ist genauso einfach. Mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+< -\family default +\family default kommen Sie wieder zurück an die ursprüngliche Stelle. (Was \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Strg+< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet, wird gleich erklärt.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem nun die wichtigsten Unterschiede zwischen der gedruckten und der Online-Dokumenta\SpecialChar \- @@ -973,320 +1130,348 @@ tion gekl befassen. Sie werden immer wieder Begriffe finden, die in unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen gesetzt sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Hervorgehoben -\emph default +\emph default wird generell benutzt, um Dinge zu betonen, Buchtitel zum Beispiel, oder Namen von Abschnitten in anderen Handbüchern oder Hinweise der Autoren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Schreibmaschine -\family default +\family default kennzeichnet Programmtext und Dateinamen, LaTeX- und/oder LyX-Code und Funktionen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Serifenfrei -\family default +\family default bezeichnet Namen von Menüs, Knöpfen, Popups und Tasten der Tastatur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Kapitälchen -\noun default +\noun default werden für Eigennamen verwendet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tasten und Tastaturbelegungen werden im Abschnitt -\emph on +\emph on Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen -\emph default +\emph default des -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuches -\emph default +\emph default behandelt. Wenn Tasten bezeichnet werden sollen, gelten folgende Regeln: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Strg+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default wird in den Menüs mit -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default bezeichnet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Umschalt+ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird in den Menüs mit -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) bezeichnet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Alt+ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird in den Menüs mit -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default bezeichnet. Wenn Ihre Tastatur eine -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default -Taste hat, ist diese gemeint. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sind die Funktionstasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist die Escape-Taste. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset L -\family default +\family default inks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset R -\family default +\family default echts \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Auf -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ab -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : die Cursor-Tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Einfg -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Entf -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Pos\SpecialChar ~ +Pos\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ende -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bild \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bild \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : Das sind die 6 Tasten über den Cursor-Tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default bezeichnen dieselbe Taste. Manche Tastaturen haben diese beiden Tasten, manche bezeichnen sie auch nur mit einem abgeknickten Pfeil. Für LyX sind beide Tasten gleichwertig, deshalb muß keine Unterscheidung gemacht werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ab und zu werden Sie auch Hinweise sehen wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset (siehe -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dort sind für jede Funktion auch alle möglichen Tastaturbelegungen aufgezählt, @@ -1295,19 +1480,19 @@ Tutorium e Tastaturbelegungen verbreitet sind: Der standardmäßig voreingestellte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Stil (Nutzern aus der PC-Welt vertraut) und der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Emacs \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Stil, der mehr von denen verwendet wird, die im Unix-Umfeld groß geworden sind und dort diesen Editor verwenden. @@ -1315,31 +1500,39 @@ Emacs die Standardeinstellung CUA. Falls Sie Emacs verwenden sind Sie sicher auch clever genug die Dokumentation zu lesen und die entsprechenden Tastaturkürzel selbst herauszusuchen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Handbücher -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgende Liste beschreibt den Inhalt aller Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Diese Datei. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Wenn Sie neu bei LyX sind und zuvor niemals LaTeX verwendet haben, sollten Sie hier mit dem Lesen beginnen. Wenn Sie der Meinung sind, LaTeX sei das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt @@ -1347,147 +1540,196 @@ Wenn Sie neu bei LyX sind und zuvor niemals LaTeX verwendet haben, sollten Danach werden Sie vielleicht immer noch denken, LaTeX sei ein elastisches Material, aber immerhin wissen Sie dann, wie Sie mit LyX umgehen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie bereits mit LaTeX gearbeitet haben, sollten Sie das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default dennoch lesen und gleich mit dem Kapitel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset beginnen. Ein Überfliegen der restlichen Kapitel schadet aber sicherlich nicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie zu irgendeinem Zeitpunkt mit LyX nicht richtig klarkommen, lesen Sie das Tutorium (nochmals) sorgfältig durch; es stellt ein sehr gutes Sprungbrett für die weitere Suche in den anderen Handbüchern dar. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Der Hauptteil der Dokumentation. Hier werden (möglichst) alle grundlegenden Funktionen und Fähigkeiten von LyX beschrieben. Der Text setzt voraus, daß Sie das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default gelesen haben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Erweiterung des -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuches -\emph default +\emph default . Es erläutert die Verwendung von LaTeX-Kommandos, zusätzliche Layouts und erweiterte Bearbeitungsmöglichkeiten, inklusive einiger Tricks der LaTeX-Profis. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Eine Beschreibung der Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten für Fortgeschrittene. Hier wird auch beschrieben, wie LyX konfiguriert wird. Das umfaßt Tastaturbelegung, Internationalisierung und Konfigurationsdateien. Denken Sie besser nicht daran, es zu lesen, ohne vorher das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default durchgearbeitet zu haben. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Konfiguration -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Bei der Installation untersucht LyX Ihr System. Diese Datei enthält die dabei gefundenen Informationen. Sehen Sie sich diese Datei ruhig einmal an und entscheiden, welche eventuell fehlenden LaTeX-Pakete Sie noch installieren wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die einzelnen Dokumente verweisen teilweise aufeinander. So enthält das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default auch einige Informationen zur Installation und Anpassung, verweist den Leser aber für weitere Infos an das Handbuch -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor es jetzt richtig losgeht, noch einmal der Hinweis: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Wenn Sie LyX das erste Mal verwenden, sollten Sie -\series bold +\series bold jetzt -\series default +\series default das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default lesen! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Sie ersparen sich dadurch sicherlich einiges an Frustration und werden die Vorzüge von LyX sicher schnell zu schätzen wissen. Denn LyX kann alles, was Sie von anderen Textverarbeitungen her kennen, wenn es auch einen anderen Ansatz verwendet. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Helfen} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt? -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mithilfe bei LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist hauptsächlich in C++ geschrieben (Der LaTeX-Import ist in Perl geschrieb en). Es ist ein sehr großes Projekt, und dadurch sicher nicht ohne Fehler oder den Bedarf, den vorhandenen Code zu verbessern. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fehler melden -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es mag sein daß Sie beim Benutzen von LyX auf Dinge stoßen, die Sie als Fehler ansehen. @@ -1496,12 +1738,14 @@ Es mag sein da hohe Priorität: Hinweise auf Stellen, die Ihnen unklar oder verwirrend erscheinen sind besonders hilfreich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hat ein Web-basiertes Fehlermeldesystem, den \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Bug Tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie sollten dort nachsehen bevor Sie einen Fehler melden, denn vielleicht @@ -1509,17 +1753,19 @@ LyX hat ein Web-basiertes Fehlermeldesystem, den Wenn Sie einen Kommentar zu einem bestehenden Fehler abgeben wollen, oder einen neuen Fehler melden wollen, können Sie das über den Bug Tracker tun, oder Sie senden eine Email an die Entwickler-Liste, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Archive der Liste erreichen Sie über die \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Homepage]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine gute (hilfreiche) Fehlerbeschreibung umfaßt mindestens auch die verwendete Version von LyX. @@ -1534,107 +1780,113 @@ Eine gute (hilfreiche) Fehlerbeschreibung umfa die Versionsnummern dieser externen Programme. Wenn es sich um ein Problem beim selbst compilieren handelt schicken Sie die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default mit und geben Sie an, welchen Compiler sie verwenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie einen reproduzierbaren Absturz hervorrufen können wäre es extrem hilfreich wenn Sie sich die Zeit nehmen könnten, einen Backtrace mit einem nicht-gestripten Binary durchzuführen (das installierte binary ist meist gestrippt, im Gegensatz zu dem im Quellverzeichnis). Starten Sie LyX von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default aus, also z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb /usr/src/lyx-1.2/src/lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter run -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Verursachen Sie den Absturz, Sie landen dann wieder an der Eingabeaufforderung von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default . Erzeugen sie mit dem Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bt -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einen Backtrace und schicken diesen zusammen mit dem Fehlerbericht ein \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie besonders gründlich sein wollen benutzen Sie die Befehle \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter info locals -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset um die Werte der lokalen Variablen in einigen übergeordneten Stack-Levels auszugeben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Im Zweifelsfall ist es aber wichtiger, einen reproduzierbaren Weg anzugeben, @@ -1643,24 +1895,32 @@ up Ist der Absturz aber nicht so ohne weiteres reproduzierbar ist ein solcher Backtrace essentiell, denn er ist dann die einzige Möglichkeit, den Fehler einzukreisen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Änderungen an den LyX Quellen vorgenommen haben von denen Sie meinen daß sie fester Bestandteil von LyX werden sollten, schicken die diese Änderunge n als vereinheitlichte Differenz-Datei ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter diff -u -\family default +\family default ) an die oben angegebene Entwickler-Liste. Vergessen Sie nicht ein Änderungsprotokoll und eine Beschreibung, was der Patch macht. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hilfe bei der Dokumentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dokumentation von LyX ist sehr ausführlich und umfangreich. Jedoch befindet sich LyX in stetiger Weiterentwicklung, und mit jeder Version @@ -1669,106 +1929,133 @@ Die Dokumentation von LyX ist sehr ausf bedarf. Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, was Sie tun sollten wenn Sie einen Fehler finden oder einfach nur Vorschläge haben, wie man sie verbessern kann. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fehler in den Handbüchern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine Unstimmigkeit in der Dokumentation entdecken, schicken Sie bitte eine Mail an die Mailing Liste -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Das Dokumentationsteam wird sich darum kümmern, daß sie beseitigt wird. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie alle anderen Bereiche von LyX kann auch das Dokumentations-Team Hilfe immer gut gebrauchen. Wenn Sie daran interessiert sind, bei der Dokumentation mitzumachen, müssen Sie zunächst folgende Dinge sicherstellen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Besorgen Sie sich die neueste Version der LyX-Quellen. Packen Sie das Archiv aus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können sich die aktuellste Version auch aus dem LyX CVS Archiv besorgen - sie befindet sich im Modul -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Im Hauptverzeichnis finden sie das Unterverzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc -\family default +\family default . Darin befindet sich die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Lesen Sie sie, sie ist ein Stil-Leitfaden für die Dokumentation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gönnen Sie sich ein oder zwei Tage Pause und lesen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default nochmal. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Als nächstes lesen Sie -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Schritt dient dazu Ideen zu liefern. Das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default und das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default sind die vollständigsten und aktuellsten Dokumente der Serie. Es sollte Ihnen ein paar Hinweise geben, wie wir uns die Dokumentation vorstellen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Setzen Sie sich mit dem Team in Verbindung: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dort können Sie ihre Ideen diskutieren und bekommen Feedback. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dabei ist alles an Änderungen möglich, angefangen von Verbesserungen der Verständlichkeit bis hin zu einer kompletten Umstrukturierung --- alles was die Dokumentation verbessert ist herzlich willkommen. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx index 1f9bb7a60b..e2fc1751fd 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language german \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 10 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,3937 +24,5154 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Inhaltsverzeichnis LyX Dokumentation -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Einführung in LyX -\newline +\newline oder -\newline +\newline Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Die Philosophie von LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Was ist LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Was -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Der Weg durch die Dokumentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Das Format der Handbücher -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Die Handbücher +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Mithilfe bei LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Fehler melden -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Hilfe bei der Dokumentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Fehler in den Handbüchern -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX: Häufig gestellte Fragen mit Antworten -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.6 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Einleitung und generelle Informationen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Was ist LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Schön, aber ist das nützlich? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Womit fange ich an? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Läuft LyX auch auf meinem Computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 Wieviel Festplattenplatz benötigt LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Ist LyX wirklich Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Quellen im Internet +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Wo soll ich im World Wide Web nach LyX suchen? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Wo kann ich LyX via FTP bekommen? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Welche Mailing Listen gibt es? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Werden die Mailing Listen irgendwo archiviert? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Schlaumeier. Also, Wo werden sie archiviert? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Kompatibilität mit anderen Text/Dokumenten\SpecialChar \- systemen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Kann ich LaTeX Dateien lesen/schreiben? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Kann ich Word Dateien lesen/schreiben? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Kann ich HTML Dateien lesen/schreiben? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Bezug und Compilierung von LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Was wird benötigt? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Wie compiliere ich es? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Ich hasse Compilieren. Wo sind die vorkompilierten Pakete? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Was ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Evil Red Text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? (Wichtig!) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6 Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Generelle Fragen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Wie ändere ich die Abstände in eine Liste (Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/ Description)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Wie kann ich Gleichungen Kapitelweise numerieren? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Ist das auch für Abbildungen und Tabellen möglich? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Wie ändere ich die Fußnotenzählung in Symbole (Stern, Dagger usw.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Wie vermeide ich Witwen und Schusterjungen? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 Wie bekomme ich eine formatierte Liste, die z. B. mit 1.a) beginnt? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 Wie kann ich in LyX Worte zählen? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 Wie kann ich einen definierten horizontalen Abstand einfügen? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 Wie kann ich Zitate in der Form [1,2,3,6] oder [1-3,6] anstelle von [1][2][3][6] erhalten? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Fragen zu Abbildungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Was ist der Unterschied zwischen einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und einer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Float Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Wie bekomme ich LyX dazu, eine Abbildung genau dort einzufügen, wo ich sie haben will? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Was bedeutet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Fragen zum Mathematik-Modus +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Wie kann ich in einer mathematischen Gleichung normalen Text eingeben? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Wie erzeuge ich eine Kubikwurzel (oder höhere)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Wie konvertiere ich mit einem Kommandozeilen\SpecialChar \- Befehl eine LyX-Datei nach LaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Wie erzeuge ich aus meinem LyX-Dokument eine PDF-Datei? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Warum sehen die Zeichensätze meines Textes in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default so schlecht aus? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Warum kann meine tolle neue Ghostscript-Version die eingebundenen EPS-Abbildunge n nicht richtig verarbeiten? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Fragen zu LyX unter Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Warum flackern Menüs und die Werkzeugleiste? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 Wo bekomme ich weitere Hilfe? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 Meine Frage ist immer noch nicht beantwortet... -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 Ich will jemandem via Mail von meinem Problem berichten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 Was soll ich in einer Hilfeanfrage alles angeben? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative Information und Danksagung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback ist willkommen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formate, in denen dieser Text erhältlich ist -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Autor und Danksagung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Ausschluß und Copyright +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Das LyX-Tutorium -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Einleitung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Willkommen bei LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Was das Tutorium -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default , und was -\emph on +\emph on nicht +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Was Sie hier -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default finden +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Die ersten Schritte mit LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Einfache Vorgänge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Umgebungstypen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listen und Teillisten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Das Schreiben von Dokumenten +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Dokumententitel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Marken und Querverweise +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Ihre erste Textmarke -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Ihr erster Querverweis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fußnoten und Randnotizen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Der Mathematik-Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 In Gleichungen bewegen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponenten und Indizes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Brüche -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrizen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Abgesetzte Formeln +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Mehrzeilige Gleichungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Weitere mathematische Sachen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Vermischtes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Der TeX-Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Der LaTeX-Vorspann +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Die Dokumentenklasse -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Andere Einträge im Vorspann +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Sonstiges +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Fehler! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Einleitung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Was ist LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Die ersten Schritte +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Der Aufruf von LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Wie LyX aussieht +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 Das Hauptfenster -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.2 Dialoge \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HILFE! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Die LyX-Schnittstelle +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Einfache Datei-Befehle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Einfache Editier-Funktionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Die Grundfunktionen der Maus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 ASCII-Dateien \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset importieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 LyX-Grundeinstellungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 LaTeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Dvips und Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1 Was Sie benötigen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.2 Dvips \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.3 Ghostscript \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Xdvi \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} -\end_inset +\end_inset und gv \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Der Drucker +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX-Grundlagen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Dokumenttypen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Übersicht -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Eine Klasse auswählen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Eigenschaften +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Feineinstellung der Standardwerte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Seitenorientierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Papierformat \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Ränder \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Wichtiger Hinweis: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Absatzeinrückung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Absatztrennung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Globale Absatztrennung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Feineinstellung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Zeilenabstände ändern +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Absatzumgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Dokumenttitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Überschriften \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numerierte Überschriften -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Nichtnumerierte Überschriften -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Ändern der Numerierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Spezielle Informationen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Einen Anhang erstellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Zitate \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Lyrik \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Listen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 Allgemeine Eigenschaften -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 Die LyX- -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Briefe \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Ein Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Gebrauch +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Wissenschaftliche Texte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 Literaturverzeichnis \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Besondere Umgebungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans L yX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Umgebungen schachteln \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Der große Wurf -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Mathematik \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Gleitobjekte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} -\end_inset +\end_inset usw. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Die verschiedenen Bindungen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Einige Beispiele +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Beispiel 2: Vererbung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Textstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Globale Optionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Feineinstellung mit dem -\family sans +\family sans Zeichen -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Menü +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Drucken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Druckvorschau +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Schnelles Ansehen mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Die PostScript -\series medium +\series medium ® -\series default +\series default -Version mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default anschauen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Die Datei drucken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Ein paar Worte über Typographie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Bindestriche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Silbentrennung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Satzzeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abkürzungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Satzenden \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Anführungszeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligaturen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Schusterjungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Hurenkinder \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Gleitobjekte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Fußnoten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Randnotizen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Abbildungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und eingebundene Grafiken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Umgebung für Abbildungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Die Benutzung der -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Plazierung von -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Umgebungen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Das Dialogfenster \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Was kann eine Zelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle} -\end_inset +\end_inset alles enthalten? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Ausschneiden \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Einfügen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset in Tabellen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Tabellen in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.1 Tabellentitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel} -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.2 Plazierung von -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Inhaltsverzeichnisse \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse} -\end_inset +\end_inset und andere Listen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Das Inhaltsverzeichnis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Liste der Abbildungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Algorithmen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematische Formeln \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Grundlagen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Mathed starten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Wie man sich in einer Gleichung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung} -\end_inset +\end_inset bewegt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Text auswählen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Exponenten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Indizes \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Brüche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 Summen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Integrale \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Andere mathematische Symbole \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Mathematische Funktionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Weitere Symbole \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 Akzente \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Klammern \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Dekorationen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Gruppierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Matrizen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und mehrzeilige Gleichungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Gleichungen numerieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset und markieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 Benutzerdefinierte Makros \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} -\end_inset +\end_inset im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 Wie man sie erzeugt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 Wie man sich im Makro bewegt +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Feineinstellungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Schriftstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Mathematischer Textmodus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Fontgrößen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS-TeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 AMS verwenden -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS-Symbole -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS-Formeln +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.9 Weitergehende Literatur +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Weitere Werkzeuge +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Querverweise \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Kurze Titel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze} -\end_inset +\end_inset mit optionalen Argumenten definieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Manuelle Feineinstellungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Absatzausrichtung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung} -\end_inset +\end_inset ändern -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Manuelle Seitenumbrüche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Geschützte Leerzeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Manueller Zeilenumbruch \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.7 Horizontale Linien \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Persönliches Wörterbuch \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Weitere Optionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Probleme -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3 Grenzen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 Internationale Unterstützung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Sprachoptionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Tastaturtabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Zeichentabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Die restlichen Befehle +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Die Werkzeugleiste \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Versions -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ontrolle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle} -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} / -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI/ -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default TML/ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans eX/ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF/Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script/ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Fa -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default en -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3.1 -\family sans +\family sans Externe A -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator als -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilen/als -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsätze -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3.2 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3.3 -\family sans +\family sans T -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default prüfen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3.4 -\family sans +\family sans Alle Fe -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default lermarken entfernen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4.1 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lalign -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans gather -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans multline-Umgebung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4.2 -\family sans +\family sans St -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4.3 -\family sans +\family sans T -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4.4 -\family sans +\family sans Mini -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default age \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4.5 -\family sans +\family sans Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Algorithmus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4.6 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans einfügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4.6.1 -\family sans +\family sans Ly -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans ASCII \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII} -\end_inset +\end_inset als -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilen/ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4.7 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5 -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5.1 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.2 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF (dvipdf -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF (dvipdf -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ) -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans eX-Protokoll \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5.4 -\family sans +\family sans T -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default -Informationen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.6 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.6.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abbildung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.6.2 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ehler \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6.3 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default otiz \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.6.4 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eferenzen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6.5 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default esezeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.7 -\family sans +\family sans Do -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default umente \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente} -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Danksagung -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX und LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei erzeugt! \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 Über den LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Den Vorspann ändern -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Beispiele +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Beispiel 2: Aufkleber -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Beispiel -\series medium +\series medium -\series default +\series default 3: Absatzeinrückung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX und LaTeX-Fehler +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Ergänzende Werkzeuge +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Mehrteilige Dokumente +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Allgemeine Handhabung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Querverweise zwischen Dateien +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithmen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Teilabbildungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Sonderformate für Tabellen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Listenmarkierer auswählen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 Das Dialogfenster -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 So funktioniert es +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Besondere Dokumentklassen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS-Mathe +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 Was diese Formate bieten +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Der Anfang -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Der Titelblock -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Die Zusammenfassung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Das Schiedsrichter-Format -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 Der Beispielartikel +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Einen neuen Artikel beginnen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Der Abschluß eines Artikels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 Literaturverzeichnisse -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Einbinden von EPS-Dateien -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Schlußbemerkung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Ein Papier schreiben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Ein Papier schreiben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Probleme +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer-Zeitschriften ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Beschreibung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 Neue Stile -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Unterstützte Zeitschriften -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Danksagung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Fehler +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals (aguplus) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Beschreibung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 Neue Umgebungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 Neue Gleitobjekte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Unterstützte Journale +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals (egs) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Beschreibung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 Neue Umgebungen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Folien [S -\noun on +\noun on li -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Zu Beginn -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Absatzumgebungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Unterstützte Umgebungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Erstellen einer Präsentation mit -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Die -\family sans +\family sans Slide- -\family default +\family default Umgebung benutzen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Die -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default - mit der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Die -\family sans +\family sans Hinweis -\family default +\family default - mit der -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen -\family sans +\family sans +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 Die Vorlagedatei für die -\family sans +\family sans slides- -\family default +\family default Klasse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Folien [ -\family sans -\noun on +\family sans +\noun on Foil -\family default +\family default TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Zu Beginn +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Weitere Optionen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Anlegen einer Titelseite -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Eine neue Folie beginnen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Aufzählungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Abbildungen und Tabellen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Nicht unterstützte Befehle von -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Längenangaben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Kopf- und Fußzeilen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Erste Schritte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Unterstützte Umgebungstypen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Besondere Probleme -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Besondere Funktionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Seitengrößen und Randbreiten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Umgebungstypen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Skript Jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Besondere Probleme -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Besondere Funktionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Seitengrößen und Randbreiten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Umgebungstypen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Format -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Wichtige Hinweise -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Nachteile +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Import und Export anderer Dateiformate +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Import anderer Formate +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII-Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 NoWeb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Export nach anderen Formaten +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 DVI -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII-Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 pdfLaTeX benutzen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Warum funktioniert der Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default nicht mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps\SpecialChar \- latex -\family default +\family default ? -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Benutzerdefiniert +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Übersicht -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Optionen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Beschreibung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Benutzung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 Womit reLyX umgehen kann -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 Was LyX nicht handhaben kann +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Beispiele -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Hinweise +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Fehlerberichte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Details zur Implementation: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Format-Dateien -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntaxdateien -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Verschiedenes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostik -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Dateien -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 Siehe auch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Autoren +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \- ment +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Zu Beginn -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Abspeichern +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Andere Format-Elemente +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 TeX prüfen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Der Aufruf -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Versionskontrolle in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS-Befehle in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Registrieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Arbeitskopie erzeugen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Letzte Version wiederherstellen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Letzte Version widerrufen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Entwicklung anzeigen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literarische Programmierung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Was ist Literarische Programmierung? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 Literaturhinweise +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX und Literarische Programmierung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 LyX-Konfiguration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Farben anpassen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Fußnoten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Randnotizen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Mehrspaltige Dokumente +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Absicht -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Einschränkungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Beispiele +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Zwei Spalten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Mehr als zwei Spalten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numerierung in der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Zusammenfassung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX-Anpassung: -\newline +\newline Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Was befindet sich in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatisch erzeugte Dateien -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Verzeichnisse -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Andere Dateien +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Der Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Auf lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Zeichensatzkodierung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Tastatur-Einstellung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Sondertasten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Tastaturkürzel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Die Benutzerschnittstelle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Optionen für den ASCII-Export -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Drucker -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Bildschirmfarben -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Automatische Einstellungen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.11 Weitere Befehle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationales LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 LyX übersetzen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 Die Dokumentation übersetzen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Internationale Tastaturbelegung +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das -\emph on +\emph on Keymap -\emph default +\emph default -Dateiformat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Internationale Tastaturtabellen: -\emph on +\emph on Keymaps -\emph default +\emph default + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Tote Tasten definieren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 LaTeX2e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sty -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 LaTeX2e -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default -Datei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX 2.09 -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default -Datei +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Der Abschnitt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Einzelne Absatz-Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Vorlagen erstellen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Eine Anleitung für Drucker +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Einleitung -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Überblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Der Druckername -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Die Drucker-Gerätedatei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.4 Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.5 Die Filterdatei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.6 Zusätzliche Kürzel +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Der Druckerspuldämon -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Kurze Zusammenfassung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Die Einfügung Externes Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Hintergrund -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Wie funktioniert das? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Der Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Externe Datei bearbeiten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Beispiele -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Die Konfigurationsdatei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Der Ersetzungsmechanismus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Sicherheitshinweise -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.8 Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Tastaturkürzel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Werkzeugleiste -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menüs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 Datei -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Bearbeiten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Einfügen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Format +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Absatzformat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Tastatur +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Spezifische Definitionen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Sonstige Tastaturkürzel +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx index 8076243e4f..a35741ccb1 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{graphics} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 2cm \topmargin 1cm @@ -30,53 +31,72 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Das LyX-Tutorium -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX-Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Deutsche Übersetzung -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin, -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Jens Stolze -\noun default +\noun default und -\noun on +\noun on Hartmut Haase -\noun default +\noun default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Date +\end_layout -15.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Date + +15.\InsetSpace ~ September 2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Einleitung -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Willkommen bei LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zielgruppe für dieses Dokument sind alle diejenigen, die noch niemals etwas von LaTeX gehört haben oder es nicht sehr gut beherrschen. @@ -85,16 +105,18 @@ Zielgruppe f elle zu LaTeX zu bieten. Einige Dinge müssen Sie aber trotzdem lernen, um LyX effizient benutzen zu können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige sind wahrscheinlich auf dieses Dokument gestoßen, weil sie versucht haben, zwei Leerzeichen hinter einem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einzufügen, oder mehrere Leerzeilen zwischen zwei Absätzen. Nach einiger Frustration werden Sie herausgefunden haben, daß das nicht @@ -109,674 +131,757 @@ beitungen her gewohnt sind, funktionieren in LyX nicht. LyX übernimmt nun den Schriftsatz für Sie, und zwar in einer konsistenten Art und Weise, und läßt Sie sich dadurch auf die wichtigen Dinge konzentrieren -- etwa den Inhalt ihres Textes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also nehmen Sie sich die Zeit und lesen Sie diesen Text aufmerksam durch, es wird sich sicherlich lohnen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Was das Tutorium -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default , und was -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zu Beginn ein wichtiger Hinweis: Das -\shape italic +\shape italic Tutorium -\shape default +\shape default verwendet die Notation, wie sie in der -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default dargelegt wurde. Wenn Sie diesen Text noch nicht gelesen haben, lesen Sie bitte erst die -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default . Ja, wir meinen jetzt. (Die -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default wird mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inführung -\family default +\family default geöffnet). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und nun, nachdem Sie wissen, welcher Zeichensatz was besagt, können wir uns über die Ziele des -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default unterhalten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default besteht aus Beispielen und Übungen. Um den besten Nutzen aus dem Dokument zu ziehen, sollten Sie es in Ruhe durchlesen und all die kleinen Übungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, ob Sie sie nachvollziehen können. Zum besseren Verständnis kann es hilfreich sein, die PostScript®-Version des Textes auszudrucken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie bereits einige Erfahrungen mit LaTeX gemacht haben, werden Sie dieses -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default vielleicht sogar etwas schneller durcharbeiten können, denn viele der Ansätze in LyX sind nur verkleidete LaTeX-Ideen. Allerdings besitzt LyX einige spezifische Eigenheiten, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} oder, optimistisch ausgedrückt: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Features \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset mit denen Sie sich vertraut machen sollten. Und selbst wenn Sie den Rest dieses Textes nicht lesen wollen, sollten - Sie in jedem Fall einen Blick in das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Sie in jedem Fall einen Blick in das Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Latexnutzer} -\end_inset +\end_inset werfen, das vorrangig für erfahrene LaTeX-Benutzer geschrieben wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was Sie hier -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default finden -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erklärung aller Fähigkeiten von LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Was, Sie wollen ein zweites -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Ernst, der Sinn dieses Textes ist es, Sie soweit mit LyX vertraut zu machen, daß Sie nur noch das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default zum arbeiten benötigen. Wenn wir nun auch noch alle Fähigkeiten von LyX hier im -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listen oder erläutern wollten, wäre es redundant, viel zu lang und auf ewig veraltet. Alles was dieser Text soll, ist, die verschiedenen Dinge kurz vorzustellen. Denken Sie sich also am Ende eines jeden Kapitels ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Weitere Informationen im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ausführliche Erklärungen zu LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist nicht nötig. Wenn Sie sich wirklich für all die kleinen und feinen Tricks interessieren, die mit LaTeX möglich sind, kaufen Sie sich ein spezielles LaTeX-Buch. Es gibt viele gute im Buchhandel. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard So, nun ist es Zeit, anzufangen und das erste Dokument zu erstellen. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die ersten Schritte mit LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:der-erste-text} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sie sind nun vorbereitet, mit dem Schreiben zu beginnen. Zu Beginn wollen wir aber noch ein paar Dinge erwähnen, die dieses -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default hoffentlich noch nützlicher, lehrreicher und vielleicht sogar unterhaltsamer machen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da in diesem Text viele Dinge, die an anderer Stelle ausführlich erklärt werden, nur kurz oder gar nicht behandelt werden, sollten Sie zunächst wissen, wo Sie diese anderen Hilfstexte finden. Zum Glück ist das sehr einfach. Starten Sie LyX und wählen Sie das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default aus dem Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe -\family default +\family default . Eventuell sollten Sie auch dieses -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default laden (falls Sie das nicht bereits getan haben und diesen Text gerade am Bildschirm lesen). Auf diese Weise können Sie sie einfach lesen, während Sie Ihren eigenen Text schreiben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem bieten beide Texte gute Beispiele, wie man die verschiedenen Fähigkeite n von LyX benutzt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Falls Sie mehrere Dokumente gleichzeitig geöffnet haben, können Sie einfach über das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Do -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default umente -\family default +\family default zwischen diesen wechseln. Das Verteilen der Information auf mehrere Texte mag zu Beginn etwas störend wirken. Aber zum einen hilft das, das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default kurz zu halten, zum anderen lernen Sie so den Umgang mit den Hilfetexten, was Ihnen auf lange Sicht viel Zeit sparen kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In diesem -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default gehen wir davon aus, daß Sie eine voll funktionsfähige Version von LyX besitzen, d. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ LyX, LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (oder ein anderes Programm, um DVI anzuzeigen), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default (oder ein entsprechendes Programm zur Umwandlung von DVI in PostScript®) und einen funktionierenden Drucker. Das sind eine ganze Menge Voraussetzungen. Ist eine davon nicht erfüllt, müssen Sie (oder ein freundlicher Administrator) Ihr System richtig konfigurieren. Ein paar Tips dazu finden Sie in den anderen Hilfetexten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und zum Schluss: Wir haben eine Datei erstellt, anhand der Sie den Umgang mit LyX üben können. Sie heißt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . Stellen Sie sich vor, diese Datei hätte jemand geschrieben, der keine Ahnung von den tollen Fähigkeiten von LyX hat. Immer wenn Sie neue Funktionen von LyX kennenlernen, werden Sie aufgefordert, die entsprechenden Abschnitte in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default zu korrigieren. Außerdem enthält die Datei auch Hinweise und Tips, wie diese Korrektur erfolgen sollte. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Diese Hinweise finden Sie in den kleinen gelben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notizen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie können deren Text lesen, indem Sie sie anklicken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Überprüfen können Sie Ihre Arbeit anhand der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx -\family default +\family default . Sie enthält denselben Text, diesmal aber von einem LyX-Profi geschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Beispieldateien finden Sie im Verzeichnis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples -\family default +\family default des systemweiten LyX-Verzeichnisses. Sie finden es im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} , -\family default +\family default wenn Sie auf den Knopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eispiele -\family default +\family default klicken. Laden Sie die unmodifizierte Datei und verwenden Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Speichern\SpecialChar ~ +Speichern\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default nter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , um eine editierbare Kopie in Ihrem privaten LyX-Verzeichnis anzulegen. Sie können die Auswirkungen Ihrer Änderungen in der DVI-Vorschau betrachten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Darüberhinaus finden Sie in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples -\family default +\family default viele weitere Beispieldateien. Sie führen Ihnen vor, wie Sie das eine oder andere Formatierproblem lösen können und enthalten viele Dinge, die (aufgrund ihres Umfangs oder ähnlicher Gründe) nicht in die normale Dokumentation gepasst haben. Sehen Sie sich diese Beispieldateien an, wenn Sie das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default gelesen haben oder falls Sie nicht weiter wissen, wenn Sie mal etwas ausgefalle nere Dinge mit LyX machen wollen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Öffnen Sie ein neue Datei mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default eu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Geben Sie einen Satz ein, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B.: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dies ist mein erster Text mit LyX! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ja, ok, der Satz ist ziemlich dumm. Jeder andere tut es auch. Im Voraus schon 'mal Entschuldigung für allen Unsinn, den Sie in der nächsten Zeit tippen sollen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Speichern Sie den Text: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Speichern\SpecialChar ~ +Speichern\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default nter\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Starten Sie LaTeX, um eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei zu erzeugen: -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Falls Sie LyX von einem anderen Fenster aus gestartet haben, können Sie dort eine ganze Menge an Textausgabe sehen. Dies sind Meldungen von LaTeX, die Sie im Moment ignorieren können. Ist der LaTeX-Lauf erfolgreich beendet, wird LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (oder einen anderen DVI-Betrachter) starten, der dann ein eigenes Fenster öffnet, in dem Sie den Text so sehen können, wie er später gedruckt aussehen wird. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Zeit sparen, wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default nicht jedesmal neu starten, sondern nur das erste mal, und das Programm dann im Hintergrund weiterlaufen lassen. Sie können dann den Menüpunkt -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default wählen und, nachdem LaTeX beendet ist, in das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Fenster klicken (bzw. es de-ikonifizieren), um die neue Version zu sehen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Drucken Sie den Text aus: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default und dann auf -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default klicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Glückwunsch! Sie haben gerade Ihren ersten Text mit LyX geschrieben und gedruckt. Alles andere sind nur noch Details, die im Rest dieses -\emph on +\emph on Tutoriums -\emph default +\emph default , im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default und in -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default behandelt werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einfache Vorgänge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selbstverständlich beherrscht LyX auch die meisten Dinge, die Sie von anderen Textverarbeitungen her gewohnt sind. Es führt automatisch einen Zeilenumbruch durch, wenn Sie über das Zeilenende - hinaus schreiben oder fügt automatisch einen Einzug bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + hinaus schreiben oder fügt automatisch einen Einzug bzw.\InsetSpace ~ einen kleinen Abstand am Beginn eines neuen Absatzes ein. Hier ist eine kurze Beschreibung von einigen einfachen Bearbeitungsschritten: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Rückgängig LyX unterstützt mehrfaches Rückgängigmachen. Dies bedeutet, Sie können durch die wiederholte Auswahl von -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default alles, was Sie seit dem Öffnen des Dokumentes verändert haben, zurücknehmen. Falls Sie dabei einen oder mehrere Schritte zuviel tun -- kein Problem. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default macht das Rückgängigmachen wieder ungeschehen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Derzeit ist Undo auf 100 Schritte beschränkt. Außerdem funktioniert es nicht für -\emph on +\emph on alle -\emph default +\emph default Vorgänge, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. Änderungen am Dokumenten-Format. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Ausschneiden/Kopieren/Einfügen Benutzen Sie die Menüpunkte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ear\SpecialChar \- beiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden, -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default , um markierten Text zu bearbeiten. Zum Einfügen können Sie auch die -\emph on +\emph on mittlere -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste verwenden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Suchen/Ersetzen Über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -uchen\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uchen\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default gelangen Sie in einen Dialog, in dem Sie Begriffe (wahlweise unter Berücksichti gung von Groß/Kleinschreibung sowie als ganzes Wort) suchen und ersetzen können. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Dialogfenster nach getaner Arbeit wieder schließen. Genausogut können Sie es aber auch geöffnet lassen und es lediglich in @@ -785,211 +890,231 @@ Sie k geschoben werden können, ohne sie zu schließen. Dazu gehören u. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout -a.\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar under +a.\InsetSpace ~ + +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -uchen\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uchen\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . Im Gegensatz dazu blockieren Dialoge wie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen -\family default +\family default die Texteingabe im Hauptfenster von LyX, bis sie wieder geschlossen werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description Zeichensatzattribute Über die Schalter im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default können Sie Text -\emph on +\emph on hervorheben -\emph default +\emph default , -\series bold +\series bold Fettdruck -\series default +\series default einschalten oder -\noun on +\noun on Kapitälchen -\noun default +\noun default verwenden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Werkzeugleiste Die Schalterleiste unterhalb der Menüleiste bezeichnet man als Werkzeugleiste oder Toolbar. Diese Schalter erlauben es Ihnen, oft verwendete Funktionen wie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken -\family default +\family default einfach anzuklicken. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger eine kurze Zeit unbewegt über einen solchen Schalter positionieren, erscheint ein kleines gelbes Feld, das seine Funktion beschreibt (genannt -\emph on +\emph on tooltip -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bislang haben Sie natürlich noch nicht genug geschrieben, um all diese Funktione n nutzbringend einzusetzen. Probieren Sie sie einfach bei Ihren weiteren Schreibübungen aus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:Leerzeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Art und Weise, wie LyX mit Leerzeichen umgeht, gehört für Neulinge mit Sicherheit zu den gewöhnungsbedürftigsten Punkten. Egal, wie oft Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default -Taste betätigen, es bleibt bei genau einer leeren Zeile. Dasselbe mit der Leertaste - maximal ein Leerzeichen erscheint auf dem Bildschirm, und in einer leeren Zeile erscheint noch nicht einmal das! Die Tabulator-Taste -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default setzt den Cursor nicht auf den nächsten Tabulatorstop - ja, es -\emph on +\emph on gibt -\emph default +\emph default noch nicht einmal Tabulatoren. Das bekannte Lineal am oberen Seitenrand, auf dem man Tabulatoren setzen könnte, gibt es auch nicht! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele kommerzielle Textverarbeitungen basieren heutzutage auf dem WYSIWYG-Prinzi p: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Was Sie sehen ist, was Sie (gedruckt) bekommen). LyX hingegen verwendet hier lieber den Begriff WYSIWYM: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Sie sehen, was Sie -\emph on +\emph on meinen -\emph default +\emph default ). D. - h.\SpecialChar ~ + h.\InsetSpace ~ Sie geben das ein, was Sie meinen, um die Formatierung kümmert sich dann ausschließlich LyX. Grammatikalisch gesehen beendet ein -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default einen Absatz, ein Leerzeichen trennt zwei Worte. Warum also mehrere davon hintereinander verwenden? Dasselbe gilt für Tabulatore n: Sie haben keine grammatikalische Bedeutung, deshalb benötigt LyX sie nicht. Wenn Sie LyX verwenden, werden Sie bald feststellen, daß Sie viel mehr Zeit darauf verwenden, sich um den -\emph on +\emph on Inhalt -\emph default +\emph default Ihres Textes Gedanken zu machen, anstelle über die Formatierung desselben. Die -\emph on +\emph on Einleitung -\emph default +\emph default enthält weitere Informationen zu diesem WYSIWYM-Konzept. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selbstverständlich bietet auch LyX viele Möglichkeiten, die Formatierung Ihres Textes zu beeinflussen und zu verändern, denn eventuell macht ja LyX nicht -\emph on +\emph on haargenau -\emph default +\emph default das, was Ihnen vorschwebt. All diese Dinge werden im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben. Das umfasst (variable) horizontale und vertikale Leerräume, die vielseitiger und mächtiger sind als mehrfache Leerzeilen und -zeichen, außerdem Wege, @@ -1000,52 +1125,56 @@ Benutzerhandbuch werfen (falls LyX nicht alles genau nach Ihren Wünschen gemacht hat). Im Gegensatz dazu sind Sie bei einer gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitung bereits während des gesamten Schreibens mit den Problemen der Formatierung beschäftigt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein weiterer Typ von besonderem Leerraum ist das -\family sans -Geschützte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Geschützte\InsetSpace ~ Leerzeichen -\family default +\family default , das Sie mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default (oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -gesch.\SpecialChar ~ +gesch.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eerzeichen -\family default +\family default ) erzeugen, und das am Bildschirm als kleines, blaues \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erscheint. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie das Tutorium in LyX lesen, ist es Ihnen vielleicht bereits aufgefallen und Sie haben sich gefragt, was es bedeutet. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn Sie zwischen zwei Worten ein geschütztes Leerzeichen einfügen, erscheint es im Ausdruck wie jedes andere Leerzeichen auch. @@ -1053,69 +1182,77 @@ Wenn Sie das Tutorium in LyX lesen, ist es Ihnen vielleicht bereits aufgefallen daß es zwischen diesen beiden Worten keinen Zeilenumbruch einfügen darf. Sehr verbreitet ist die Verwendung deshalb in Fällen wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in denen Sie sicherstellen wollen, daß \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in derselben Zeile stehen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Im -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default werden Sie außerdem in Namen von Menüs und Sonderzeichen verwendet -- wie eben das -\family sans -gesch.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +gesch.\InsetSpace ~ Leerzeichen -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Umgebungstypen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unterschiedliche Teile eines Dokumentes dienen verschiedenen Zwecken; man bezeichnet solche logischen Unterteilungen -\emph on +\emph on Umgebungen -\emph default +\emph default . Der Großteil eines Dokumentes besteht z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. aus gewöhnlichem Text. @@ -1125,7 +1262,9 @@ B. in einer Zeitschrift hat Überschrift und Zusammenfassung, ein Brief wird keine davon verwenden, hat dafür aber vielleicht eine andere Umgebung, in der die Adresse angegeben wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Derartige Umgebungen bilden den Hauptteil des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes von LyX. Ein bestimmter Umgebungstyp verlangt eventuell bestimmte Einstellungen @@ -1137,588 +1276,666 @@ Derartige Umgebungen bilden den Hauptteil des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes von LyX. Und die Formate für Bibliographien variieren sehr stark. Mit LyX können Sie vermeiden, all diese unterschiedlichen Formate lernen zu müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste, direkt unterhalb des Menüs -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default , wird in einem kleinen Feld angegeben, in welchem Umgebungstyp Sie sich gerade befinden. Als Sie vorhin Ihren ersten Text geschrieben haben, stand dort z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dies ist die Umgebung für normalen Text. Sie werden nun einige dieser Umgebungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, was sie bewirken. Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie den Umgebungs-Dialog, indem Sie mit der Maus auf den schwarzen Pfeil rechts neben dem Anzeigefeld drücken. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schreiben Sie das Wort -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Einleitung -\family default +\family default in die erste Zeile Ihrer LyX-Datei. Wählen Sie nun aus dem Umgebungs-Menü den Typ -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie müssen die Zeile dazu nicht extra markieren. Wenn nichts ausgewählt ist, wandelt LyX den gegenwärtigen Absatz in das neue Umgebungsformat um. Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Absätze gleichzeitig umwandeln, wenn Sie diese vor der Änderung markieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default LyX vergibt automatisch die Abschnittsnummer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und setzt die Abschnittsüberschrift in einer größeren Schrift (natürlich wird die Überschrift auch im endgültigen Dokument so korrekt formatiert). Drücken Sie nun -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Beachten Sie, daß der Eintrag im Umgebungsfeld von -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default zurück auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default wechselt. Dies ist normal, da für alle Arten von Überschriften angenommen wird, daß sie nach einem -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default beendet sind. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default wird beschrieben, wie Sie Titel auch über mehrere Zeilen ausdehnen können. Die Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default kann sich selbstverständlich über mehrere Absätze erstrecken. Die verschiedenen Aufzählungsumgebungen (siehe weiter unten) werden ebenfalls durch ein -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default nicht beendet. Der aktuelle Umgebungstyp wird jederzeit im Umgebungsfeld angezeigt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Geben Sie nun einen einleitenden Text ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Dies ist eine Einleitung für mein erstes LyX-Dokument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , und wählen Sie dann wieder den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default aus. LyX schreibt eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset an den Zeilenanfang und wartet darauf, daß Sie eine Überschrift eingeben. Schreiben Sie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Weitere Dinge -\family default +\family default , und Sie werden sehen, daß es von LyX automatisch wieder als Überschrift gesetzt wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es kommt sogar noch besser. Gehen Sie ans Ende des ersten Abschnittes Ihres Textes (direkt nach \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset erstes LyX-Dokument. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) und drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Wählen Sie nun wieder als Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default aus. Wie erwartet schreibt LyX wieder eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und wartet auf ihre Texteingabe. Schreiben Sie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Über dieses Dokument -\family default +\family default . - Sie werden feststellen, daß der ehemalige Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Sie werden feststellen, daß der ehemalige Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ 2, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Weitere Dinge \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, automatisch in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +, automatisch in Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ 3 umnumeriert worden ist. Genau -\emph on +\emph on das -\emph default +\emph default ist es, was das WYSIWYM-Konzept ausmacht: Sie sagen lediglich \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dies hier ist eine Abschnittsüberschrift \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und LyX kümmert sich automatisch um Numerierung und Textsatz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Drücken Sie nun erneut -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , um zurück in die Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zu gelangen, und geben Sie dann die folgenden fünf Zeilen (jeweils durch ein -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default beendet) ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Hier werden Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte erläutert. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Beschreibung für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code Abschnitte sind größer als Unterabschnitte. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Beschreibung für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterabschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code Unterabschnitte sind kleiner als Abschnitte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Positionieren Sie den Cursor in die zweite Zeile und wählen Sie den Typ -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default aus dem Umgebungs-Menü. LyX versieht den Unterabschnitt mit der Nummer \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und setzt den Text in einer Schriftgröße, die etwas kleiner als diejenige einer Abschnittsüberschrift ist. Ändern Sie nun auch den Typ für die vierte Zeile auf -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschn -\family default +\family default .\SpecialChar \@. Wie Sie nun sicher erwartet haben, hat LyX die automatische Numerierung mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset fortgesetzt. Und wenn Sie nun einen neuen Abschnitt vor Abschnitt zwei einfügen - genau, Sie haben es erraten: LyX nimmt automatisch die Umnumerierung vor, d. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout -h.\SpecialChar ~ -aus Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ -2 wird Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +h.\InsetSpace ~ +aus Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ +2 wird Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ 3, und die Unterabschnitte erhalten automatisch die laufenden Nummern \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weitere Ebenen der Unterteilung umfassen die Typen -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn., Paragraph -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default Spielen Sie ein wenig damit herum, probieren Sie sie aus. Sie werden dabei feststellen, daß die Umgebungstypen -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default nicht numeriert sind, und daß ein -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default eingerückt wird. Wie Sie dieses Verhalten ändern können, steht im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . Schließlich gibt es noch den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default , der noch vor -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default steht. Er kann allerdings nur in einigen bestimmten Dokumentklassen verwendet - werden - siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + werden - siehe dazu das Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Textklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Möglicherweise wollen Sie aber gar keine numerierten Unterabschnitte? Nun, auch dafür gibt es eigene Umgebungstypen. Ändern Sie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. eine der Abschnittsüberschriften in den Typ -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default . LyX setzt die Überschrift in genau demselben Zeichensatz wie zuvor - nur eben ohne diesen Abschnitt zu numerieren. Entsprechende \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gesternte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Typen gibt es auch für -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschn -\family default +\family default .\SpecialChar \@. Verändern Sie den Typ einiger Ihrer Überschriften und beachten Sie, wie sich die Numerierung der folgenden Abschnitte ändert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Korrigieren Sie die Überschriften der Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte in der Datei \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{de_beispiel_roh.lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listen und Teillisten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX bietet mehrere Umgebungstypen, um Listen zu erstellen. Diese unterschiedlichen Listentypen ersparen es Ihnen, tausende von -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default einzugeben, wenn Sie einen Überblick erstellen, oder gar eine komplette Liste neu zu numerieren, wenn Sie mittendrin einen neuen Punkt auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} führen. Dadurch können Sie sich voll auf den Inhalt der Liste konzentrieren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Auf diesen Punkt wird sehr häufig in diesem -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default hingewiesen. Aber es handelt sich dabei um die grundlegende Denkweise von LyX, deshalb sollten Sie dieses dauernde Erwähnen entschuldigen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Je nach Art Ihres Textes werden Sie unterschiedliche Arten von Listen benötigen : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Eine Präsentation auf Overheadfolien könnte die -\family sans +\family sans Auflistung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung mit ihren durch unterschiedliche Symbole abgesetzten Listen verwenden, um verschiedene Punkte zu beschreiben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ein Überblick würde eher die numerierte -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung verwenden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ein Text, der verschiedene Softwarepakete beschreibt, kann die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung einsetzen, bei der jeder Eintrag der Liste mit einem Begriff in Fettdruck beginnt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default --- den es in LaTeX so nicht gibt --- ist eine leichte Abwandlung des Typs -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schreiben wir ein paar Gründe auf, warum LyX besser ist als manch andere Textverarbeitung. Irgendwo in Ihrem Text schreiben Sie: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx ist besser als andere Textverarbeitungen, denn: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Drücken Sie nun -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Wählen Sie dann den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Auflistung -\family default +\family default aus dem Auswahlmenü. LyX schreibt jetzt einen Stern an den Anfang der Zeile (in der endgültigen Ausgabe wird dieser Stern ein gefüllter Kreis -- im englischen mit bullet bezeichnet). Zählen Sie nun die Gründe auf: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Der Textsatz wird automatisch erstellt. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Die Darstellung mathematischer Symbole ist im WYSIWYG-Format. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Aufzählungen sind äußerst einfach zu erstellen! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Gegensatz z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. zu Überschriften wird der Umgebungstyp nach Eingabe von -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default nicht auf Standard zurückgesetzt. Vielmehr nimmt LyX an, daß Sie ein weiteres Listenelement einfügen wollen. Wenn Sie in einem Listenelement mehr als einen Absatz unterbringen wollen, müssen Sie ein -\family sans -Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Geschütztes\InsetSpace ~ Zeilenende -\family default +\family default durch Eingabe von -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default verwenden, um die Absätze voneinander zu trennen. Um wieder in den Standardmodus zurückzugelangen, müssen Sie diesen durch Wahl von -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default als Umgebungstyp (wahlweise durch das Tastaturkürzel -\family sans +\family sans Alt+P+S -\family default +\family default ) aktivieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie haben nun also eine wunderschöne Stichpunktliste. Sie sollten sich die endgültige Form einmal ansehen, indem Sie LaTeX starten @@ -1727,9 +1944,9 @@ Sie haben nun also eine wundersch als numerierte Aufzählung hätten? Kein Problem, markieren Sie einfach die gesamte Liste \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX wird es Ihnen nicht ermöglichen, den Stern vor dem ersten Listenelement mit auszuwählen, wenn Sie nicht den vorangehenden Absatz mit auswählen, @@ -1737,192 +1954,220 @@ LyX wird es Ihnen nicht erm Gleiches gilt für die Zahlen von numerierten Abschnittsüberschriften. LyX macht aber dennoch alles richtig -- machen Sie sich deswegen also keine Sorgen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset und wählen Sie aus dem Umgebungsmenü den Typ -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default , fertig. Wie bereits erwähnt wird LyX auch automatisch die Numerierung anpassen, wenn Sie einzelne Einträge aus der Liste entfernen oder hinzufügen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie die Liste gerade ausgewählt haben, können Sie sie versuchsweise auch gleich in eine der anderen beiden Umgebungstypen, -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default , konvertieren, dann sehen Sie sofort, wie diese aussehen. Bei diesen beiden Typen bestehen die Listen aus einem Begriff (dem ersten Wort im Absatz) und einer Definition, die den Rest des Absatzes (bis zum nächsten -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ) umfaßt. Der erste Begriff ist entweder in Fettdruck dargestellt ( -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default ) oder durch einen Tabulatorstop \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es handelt sich dabei aber nicht um den üblichen, festen Schreibmaschinentabulat or, sondern um einen variablen Schriftsetzertabulator, der sich automatisch der Größe des größten Elementes anpaßt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset vom Rest abgetrennt ( -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ). Soll der Begriff aus mehr als einem Wort bestehen, müssen diese durch geschützt e Leerzeichen ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default ) verbunden werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung -\series default +\series default : Setzen Sie die Beispielliste in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Listen und Aufzählungen können ineinander geschachtelt werden. Ein typisches Beispiel hierfür sind etwa Überblicke. Das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default gibt weitere Details zu den unterschiedlichen Listentypen und enthält auch einige Beispiele von tief verschachtelten Aufzählungen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zwei unterschiedliche Umgebungen, um Zitate vom restlichen Text abzusetzen: -\family sans -Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zitat\InsetSpace ~ (kurz) -\family default +\family default für kurze Zitate und -\family sans -Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zitat\InsetSpace ~ (lang) -\family default +\family default für die etwas längeren. Quelltexte von Computerprogrammen (in der Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default , in der auch die langen Übungsbeispiele hier im -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default gesetzt sind) werden in der Schriftart Schreibmaschine dargestellt. Dies ist die einzige Umgebung, in der auch mehrere Leerzeichen verwendet werden können, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. um Codezeilen einzurücken. Mit dem Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default können Sie sogar Gedichte schreiben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} vorausgesetzt natürlich Sie sind kreativ genug, sich den Text vorher auszudenken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Hier dient -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default zum Trennen der Verse, einzelne Zeilen innerhalb eines Verses werden durch -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default abgetrennt. Die unterschiedlichen Umgebungstypen werden im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default ausführlich beschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Übung -\series default +\series default : Setzen Sie die Beispiele für -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default richtig. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Das Schreiben von Dokumenten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit Hilfe des vorangegangenen Kapitels haben Sie sich hoffentlich an das Schreiben mit LyX gewöhnt. @@ -1938,154 +2183,172 @@ che Arten von Dokumenten einfach erstellt werden k Dabei werden auch viele der Zusätze beschrieben, die einen Text in ein Dokument verwandeln, wie etwa Überschriften, Fußnoten, Querverweise, Bibliograp hien und Inhaltsverzeichnis. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Textklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterschiedliche Arten von Dokumenten sollten verschieden gesetzt werden. So werden Bücher i. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout -a.\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +a.\InsetSpace ~ zweiseitig gedruckt, wohingegen Artikel meist einseitig sind. Darüberhinaus besitzen manche Dokumente besondere Umgebungstypen: In Briefen gibt es einige Umgebungen --- z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. Absender oder Unterschrift --- die in einem Buch oder einem Artikel völlig sinnlos sind. In LyX sorgen die -\emph on +\emph on Dokumentklassen -\emph default +\emph default dafür, daß mit derartigen Unterschieden korrekt umgegangen wird. Das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default wurde z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. unter Verwendung der Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default erstellt. Die Dokumentklassen sind ein weiterer wichtiger Bestandteil des WYSIWYM-Prinzip s. Sie sagen LyX, wie es den Text setzen soll, damit Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ihr (erstes) Dokument entstand vermutlich in der Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans article. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist normalerweise die Standardeinstellung von LyX, Sie können das aber (über den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) in Ihrer Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default festlegen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Versuchen Sie doch einfach einmal, es in eine andere Dokumentklasse umzuwandeln (im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentklasse: -\family default +\family default ), und sehen Sie sich an, auf welche Weise es dann gesetzt wird. Wenn Sie Ihr Dokument z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. in die Klasse -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default umwandeln und dann einen Blick auf die verfügbaren Umgebungstypen werfen, werden Sie kaum eine Änderung feststellen. Sie können nun jedoch auch den neuen Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default verwenden. Wenn Sie sich einmal nicht sicher sind, welche Umgebungstypen Sie in der gerade eingestellten Dokumentklasse verwenden können: Ein Blick in das Auswahlmenü ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste unter den Hauptmenüs genügt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schriftgröße, ein- oder zweiseitiger Ausdruck oder Seitenüberschriften sind einige andere Dinge, in denen sich die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen unterschei @@ -2098,51 +2361,67 @@ den k LyX ist sehr gut darauf vorbereitet, auch mit solchen Stildateien umzugehen. So unterstützt LyX \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset von Haus aus \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bereits den Satz (und die zusätzlichen Textumgebungen) von Artikeln für die American Mathematics Society (Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans article (AMS) -\family default +\family default ) oder den Springer-Verlag (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A) -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist eine kurze Zusammenstellung einiger vorhandener Dokumentklassen. Weitere Details finden Sie im Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Besondere Dokumentenklassen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in den -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tips -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2153,255 +2432,305 @@ Profi-Tips \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Name -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bemerkungen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard einseitig, keine Kapitel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Layout & Umgebung für die American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard länger als article, zweiseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard wie report, zusätzlich Titelseiten usw. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Overhead-Folien (schließt auch FoilTeX ein) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard viele Extras für Adressen, Unterschrift\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine der beliebtesten Dokumentklassen ist -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default . Eine Möglichkeit, einen Brief zu schreiben, wäre natürlich, zunächst ein neues Dokument zu öffnen und dann über den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans letter \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Außer -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default gibt es noch weitere Umgebungsklassen für Briefe, wobei auch speziell auf deutsche Bedürfnisse angepasste Klassen existieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default auszuwählen. Dies ist zwar recht offensichtlich, könnte aber sicherlich einfacher gehen. Jedesmal, wenn Sie einen Geschäftsbrief schreiben, müßten Sie dann Ihre Adresse, die Adresse des Angeschriebenen, den eigentlichen Brieftext, die Grußformel sowie vielleicht ein paar weitere, immer gleiche Dinge eintippen. LyX bietet deshalb die Möglichkeit, Briefe über eine -\emph on +\emph on Vorlage -\emph default +\emph default zu erstellen, die bereits einen Beispielbrief enthält. Wenn Sie mit einer solchen Vorlage arbeiten, müssen Sie lediglich ein paar Abschnitte durch Ihren eigenen Text ersetzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Nachdem Sie einen Namen für Ihren Brief eingegeben haben, wählen Sie den Eintrag -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default aus dem Vorlagendialog. Speichern Sie die neue Datei und drucken Sie sie aus, dann sehen Sie, wie die verschiedenen Textumgebungen gesetzt werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Auswahlmenü der Textumgebungen werden Sie viele Einträge finden, die es in den meisten anderen Dokumentklassen nicht gibt, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Andere, wie etwa -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default sind ähnlich wie in den anderen Dokumentklassen. Probieren Sie sie einfach alle einmal aus um zu sehen, was dabei herauskommt. Sie werden feststellen, daß beispielsweise beim Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Unterschrift -\family default +\family default das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterschrift: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in blau vor dem eigentlichen Text Ihrer Unterschrift erscheint. Dieses Wort wird im ausgedruckten Brief nicht erscheinen. @@ -2410,11 +2739,13 @@ Unterschrift: Sie können den Eintrag übrigens hinschreiben, wo Sie wollen -- auch vor den eigentlichen Brieftext. Denn durch das WYSIWYM-Prinzip weiß LyX, -\emph on +\emph on wo -\emph default +\emph default dieser Text zu erscheinen hat, nämlich am Ende des Briefes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Vorlage ist eine ganz normale LyX-Datei. Das bedeutet, daß Sie problemlos eine eigene Vorlage erstellen können, @@ -2424,26 +2755,30 @@ Eine Vorlage ist eine ganz normale LyX-Datei. Sie sollten das alles jetzt vielleicht einfach mal ausprobieren --- schreiben Sie doch als Übung einen kleinen Brief an jemanden! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eine kleine Warnung, wenn Sie mit einer Vorlage arbeiten: Wenn Sie den komplette n Text in einer Umgebung entfernen --- also etwa alle Zeilen in der -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default -Umgebung, um sie durch Ihre eigene Adresse zu ersetzen --- und dann aus Versehen den Cursor bewegen, ohne Text eingegeben zu haben, wird in manchen Umgebungstypen der Absatz komplett entfernt, denn er kann ohne Text nicht existieren. In diesem Fall müssen Sie die entsprechende Umgebung wie gewohnt über das Menü wieder auswählen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Derartige Vorlagen können Ihnen viel Zeit sparen, und wir raten sehr dazu, sie intensiv zu verwenden. @@ -2452,95 +2787,109 @@ n auszureizen. Und schließlich helfen Sie jedem, der LyX für eine Reihe von Nutzern vorkonfigu rieren will, die sich mit Computern nicht so gut auskennen. Für diese Benutzer ist es anfangs sehr viel einfacher, wenn Sie bereits - vorformatierte Texte mit den Adressen ihrer Firma usw.\SpecialChar ~ + vorformatierte Texte mit den Adressen ihrer Firma usw.\InsetSpace ~ vorfinden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumententitel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie auch LaTeX betrachtet LyX den Titelblock --- der aus der eigentlichen Überschrift, dem Namen des Autors, dem Datum und eventuell sogar der Kurzzusamm enfassung eines Artikels bestehen kann --- als einen eigenständigen Teil des Dokumentes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wechseln Sie wieder zu Ihrem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Spieldokument \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (oder öffnen Sie ein solches neu) und stellen Sie sicher, daß Sie die Dokumentk lasse -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default verwenden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie sollten hierfür -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default die Dokumentklasse -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default verwenden, da diese die Verwendung des Umgebungstyps -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default nicht erlaubt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Geben Sie nun in der ersten Zeile eine Überschrift ein und ändern Sie den Umgebungstyp in -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default . In die nächste Zeile schreiben Sie (mit dem Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default ) Ihren Namen und in die darauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} folgende Zeile das aktuelle Datum (Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default ). Schreiben Sie nun einen kleinen Absatz im Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default und betrachten dann das ganze in der Vorschau. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Übung -\series default +\series default : Bringen Sie in der Beispieldatei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default Überschrift, Autorenname und Datum in die korrekte Form. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Marken und Querverweise -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Marken} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sie können jedes Kapitel, Unterkapitel (oder, wenn auch seltener benötigt, jeden Abschnitt) Ihres Dokumentes mit einer Marke versehen. @@ -2552,122 +2901,134 @@ Sie k LyX um die korrekte Verwaltung dieser Querverweise. Automatische Marken und Querverweise stellen einen der größten Vorzüge von LyX (und LaTeX) gegenüber gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitungen dar. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ihre erste Textmarke -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zu Beginn gleich ein praktisches Beispiel: Markieren Sie den zweiten Abschnitt dieses Dokumentes (die Überschrift lautet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Was das Tutorium ist\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Positionieren Sie dazu den Cursor an das Ende der Überschrift und öffnen Sie dann das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie diesen Text direkt über das Hilfe-Menü von LyX geöffnet haben, lesen Sie die (schreibgeschützte) Originalversion. In diesem Fall können Sie im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default keine Auswahl treffen. Speichern Sie zunächst das Dokument in einem eigenen Verzeichnis (Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Speichern\SpecialChar ~ +Speichern\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default nter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) und öffnen Sie dann diese Kopie. Dort dürfen Sie dann die Änderungen vornehmen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Es erscheint ein Dialogfeld, in dem Sie einen Namen für die Marke eingeben können. Geben Sie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. ein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:Was_Tutorium -\family default +\family default . Dies ist ein einprägsamer Name, den Sie nicht so einfach mit anderen Marken im Text verwechseln können. Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu Beginn soll daran erinnern, daß ein Abschnitt markiert wurde, denn es - können auch Bilder, Tabellen usw.\SpecialChar ~ + können auch Bilder, Tabellen usw.\InsetSpace ~ mit Marken versehen werden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mittlerweile schlägt LyX automatisch einen Namen für die Marke vor, der auf dem Kontext basiert. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Klicken Sie nun auf -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , und der Name der Marke wird in einem grau unterlegten Rahmen neben der Überschrift erscheinen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie hätten diese Marke übrigens genausogut irgendwo anders im betreffenden Kapitel einfügen können, denn Verweise auf einen Abschnitt beziehen sich @@ -2675,356 +3036,396 @@ Sie h ist. Dadurch, daß man sie gleich zu Beginn setzt, ist aber sichergestellt, daß auch Verweise auf die Seitennummer des Kapitels richtig sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gut. Bislang ist aber noch gar nichts geschehen. Wenn Sie sich die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei ansehen, werden Sie keinerlei Unterschied zu vorher feststellen, da die Marken in der Druckversion des Textes nicht auftauchen. Sie können nun aber die gesetzten Marken ganz einfach referenzieren. Das werden Sie im nächsten Abschnitt machen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ihr erster Querverweis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Positionieren Sie nun den Cursor irgendwo im dritten Kapitel dieses Dokumentes und geben den folgenden Text ein: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Wenn Sie mehr über dieses Dokument erfahren wollen, -\newline +\newline lesen Sie Abschnitt auf Seite . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wählen Sie nun (der Cursor sollte sich hinter dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset befinden) den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerverweis -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Es öffnet sich ein Auswahlfeld, in dem Sie die im aktuellen Text definierten Marken aufgeführt sehen. Suchen Sie den Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:Was_Tutorium \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , markieren Sie ihn mit der Maus, wählen bei -\family sans +\family sans Art der -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eferenz -\family default +\family default und klicken auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default K -\family default +\family default . Setzen Sie nun den Cursor hinter das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Seite \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ändern den Referenztyp auf -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default und klicken Sie wieder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default K -\family default +\family default . (Und um es ganz korrekt zu machen sollten Sie zwischen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset - bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + bzw.\InsetSpace ~ Seite und der Referenz ein geschütztes Leerzeichen verwenden, um einen Zeilenumbruch an dieser Stelle zu verhindern.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX stellt die Querverweise in einem grauen Rahmen dar, der an der aktuellen Position des Cursors eingefügt wird. Später, im ausgedruckten Dokument, werden diese Platzhalter durch die tatsächli chen Werte von Kapitel und Seitennummer ersetzt. Sehen Sie sich Ihren Text in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau an und Sie werden feststellen, daß der Eintrag durch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.2 auf Seite 3 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (oder wo immer sich dieses Kapitel tatsächlich befindet) ersetzt wurde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX dienen diese Querverweise übrigens auch als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hyperlink \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : Wenn Sie mit dem Mauszeiger auf einen solchen Querverweis klicken, öffnet sich der Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Querverweis -\family default +\family default . Wenn Sie nun auf -\family sans -Gehe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gehe\InsetSpace ~ zu -\family default +\family default klicken, wird der Cursor an die entsprechende Stelle im Text positioniert, auf die der Verweis zeigt, und ein Klick auf -\family sans -Gehe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gehe\InsetSpace ~ zurück -\family default +\family default bringt Sie wieder zurück zu der Referenz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie bereits erwähnt kümmert sich LyX um die Verwaltung und Numerierung der Querverweise. Nun ist es an der Zeit, das zu prüfen. Fügen Sie ein neues Unterkapitel -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default dem referenzierten Unterkapitel ein, und aktualisieren Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau. Voilà, dort steht nun \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.3 auf Seite x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Oder machen Sie aus dem Unterkapitel ein eigenes Kapitel, die Referenz lautet nun \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 auf Seite y \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- ganz ohne Ihr Zutun. Die Seitennummer wird sich vermutlich nicht ändern --- es sei denn, Sie fügen soviel Text vor dem Kapitel ein, daß sich der Seitenanfang auf die nächste Seite verschiebt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist übrigens Absicht, daß sich das Fenster -\family sans +\family sans Querverweis -\family default +\family default nicht automatisch schließt, nachdem Sie etwas eingefügt haben. Wer oft und viel mit derartigen Referenzierungen arbeitet, wird es schnell zu schätzen wissen, alle gesetzten Marken für Verweise dauernd parat zu haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Korrigieren Sie die Querverweise in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fußnoten und Randnotizen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fußnoten können Sie entweder über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ußnote -\family default +\family default oder über das Symbol in der Werkzeugleiste \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das Symbol zeigt eine horizontalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock unterhalb eines schwarzen Textes weist -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset einfügen. Setzen Sie beispielsweise den Cursor hinter das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche. Unterhalb der aktuellen Cursorposition öffnet sich eine neue, rot umrahmte Zeile, über der in einem kleinen grauen Kästchen das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset steht. Geben Sie nun einen Fußnotentext ein, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX ist eine Textverarbeitung, die den Schriftsatz beherrscht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicken Sie dann auf das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die umrahmte Zeile mit der Fußnote verschwindet, es bleibt nur das graue Kästchen an der Stelle, an der das Fußnotenzeichen im Text erscheinen wird. Diesen Vorgang bezeichnet man als -\emph on +\emph on Zusammenfalten -\emph default +\emph default der Fußnote. Sie können die Fußnote natürlich jederzeit mit einem erneuten Klick entfalten und den Text ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vielleicht fragen Sie sich jetzt: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Warum ist die Markierung für die Fußnote ein Wort und keine Zahl? \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die Antwort ist: LyX kümmert sich um die korrekte Numerierung der Fußnoten, wenn der Text gesetzt wird. Sie können dies einfach prüfen, indem Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau oder den ausgedruckten Text betrachten. Wenn Sie irgendwo im Text eine Fußnote einfügen, ändert LyX (genauer gesagt, LaTeX) automatisch die Nummern aller nachfolgenden Fußnoten. Es gibt daher keinen Grund, die Numerierung bereits im LyX-Text durchzuführen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Fußnote kann man übrigens auch ausschneiden und kopieren wie gewöhnlichen Text. Sie müssen dazu lediglich die Fußnoten-Markierung selektieren \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es ist wahrscheinlich einfacher, dies über die Tastatur zu tun, da sich beim Markieren mit der Maus die Fußnote öffnet, wenn Sie -\emph on +\emph on auf -\emph default +\emph default anstatt -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default die Marke klicken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset und sie dann wie gewohnt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren -\family default +\family default . Sie können auch einfach gewöhnlichen, bereits geschriebenen Text in eine Fußnote umwandeln, indem Sie ihn markieren und dann die Fußnoten-Schaltfläche @@ -3032,222 +3433,252 @@ opieren Umgekehrt können Sie eine Fußnote in gewöhnlichen Text zurückwandeln, indem Sie die Schaltfläche anklicken, wenn sich der Cursor in der geöffneten Fußnote befindet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Randnotizen werden über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default andnotiz -\family default +\family default oder das Symbol in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- leiste \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das Symbol sollte sich neben dem für die Fußnoten befinden und zeigt einen vertikalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock rechts neben einem schwarzen Text zeigt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eingefügt. Eine Randnotiz ist fast wie eine Fußnote, mit den folgenden Unterschieden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Markierung innerhalb von LyX ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rand \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anstelle von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Randnotizen erscheinen am Rand neben dem Text, nicht darunter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Randnotizen sind nicht numeriert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wandeln Sie die Fußnote zu LyX vom vorigen Beispiel zurück in normalen Text und dann in eine Randnotiz. Aktualisieren Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau um zu sehen, wie eine Randnotiz im Druck aussieht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Übung -\series default +\series default : Korrigieren Sie die Fußnoten in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliographie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Bibliographie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zumindest in den exakten Wissenschaften ist eine Bibliographie in gewisser Weise so etwas wie ein Querverweis. Die Bibliographie besteht aus einer Liste von Referenzen am Ende des Dokumentes , auf die vom Dokument aus verwiesen werden kann. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Um Bibliographien im Stile der humanistischen Wissenschaften zu erstellen müssen Sie die Techniken dieses Abschnittes mit Fußnoten kombinieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wie auch bei den Kapitelüberschriften vereinfachen LyX und LaTeX die Arbeit mit Bibliographien dadurch, daß die Einträge automatisch numeriert werden und die Zitate entsprechend verändert werden, wenn sich die Numerierung ändert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehen Sie zum Ende des Dokumentes und wechseln Sie in den Umgebungstyp -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default . Jeder Absatz, den Sie von jetzt ab eingeben, wird eine Referenz. Geben Sie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. als erste Referenz ein. Sie werden feststellen, daß LyX automatisch eine Nummer in einem Rahmen vor die Referenz setzt. Klicken Sie auf diese Nummer, und es erscheint die Dialogbox -\family sans +\family sans Literatureintrag -\family default +\family default . Das erste Feld in diesem Dialog, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chlüssel -\family default +\family default , dient zur Festlegung eines Namens, unter dem die Referenz innerhalb des Textes angesprochen werden kann; voreingestellt ist hier eine Nummer. Ändern Sie diese um in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorium \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Damit ist es einfacher, den Eintrag zu finden und zuzuordnen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehen Sie nun an eine Stelle im Dokument, an dem Sie ein Zitat einfügen wollen. Tun Sie dies über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Das Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Zitat -\family default +\family default wird geöffnet. Das zweite Feld in diesem Fenster, -\family sans +\family sans Verfügbar -\family default +\family default , enthält eine Liste mit den in der Bibliographie vorhandenen Referenzen, aus der Sie auswählen können, indem Sie einen Eintrage anklicken und mit dem Pfeil ins erste Feld -\family sans +\family sans Ausgewählt -\family default +\family default kopieren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aus diesem Grund ist es eine gute Idee, anstelle der Zahlen eindeutige und leicht zuzuordnende Namen für die Referenzen zu vergeben. Es ist dann einfacher, den gewünschten Eintrag in dieser Liste zu finden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wählen Sie den Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorium \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aus (es sollte der einzige Eintrag in der Bibliographie sein). Ein Blick auf die aktualisierte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau zeigt Ihnen, daß das Zitat in eckigen Klammern erscheint und auf den Eintrag in der Bibliographie am Textende verweist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und die anderen Felder in den Dialogfenstern? Mit dem Eintrag -\family sans -Text\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Text\InsetSpace ~ danach -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Zitat -\family default +\family default können Sie eine zusätzliche Bemerkung, wie etwa einen Hinweis auf eine besondere Seite im referenzierten Dokument, angeben. Diese wird, durch ein Komma getrennt, nach der eigentlichen Referenz innerhalb @@ -3255,127 +3686,139 @@ Zitat Wenn Sie Ihre Zitate in einer anderen Form anstelle der Nummern haben wollen (einige Journale verwenden etwa \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wenn der Artikel von Smith aus dem Jahr 1995 referenziert wird), können Sie dazu das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans +\family sans Literatur -\family default +\family default verwenden. Näheres hierzu finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Korrigieren Sie Bibliographie und Zitate in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inhaltsverzeichnis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX bietet Ihnen eine sehr einfache Möglichkeit, am Anfang Ihres Dokumentes ein Inhaltsverzeichnis einzufügen. Positionieren Sie den Cursor dazu in eine leere Zeile -\emph on +\emph on vor -\emph default +\emph default der ersten Kapitelüberschrift und wählen dann den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -isten\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +isten\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . Der Schriftzug \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Inhaltsverzeichnis \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erscheint grau unterlegt in Ihrem Dokument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das erscheint zunächst nicht sehr hilfreich. Wenn Sie nun jedoch die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau betrachten, werden Sie sehen, daß ein vollständiges Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellt wurde, welches die verschiedenen Kapitel und Unterkapitel Ihres Textes mit den zugehörigen Seitenzahlen auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} führt. Wie in LyX üblich wird dieses Inhaltsverzeichnis automatisch aktualisiert, wenn Sie neue Kapitel einfügen oder Abschnitte umordnen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Innerhalb von LyX selber wird das Inhaltsverzeichnis nicht ausgegeben, denn es wird automatisch erstellt, so daß Sie es sowieso nicht verändern könnten. Sie können das Inhaltsverzeichnis dafür aber in einem zusätzlichen Fenster anzeigen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Entweder indem Sie auf das eingefügte Symbol klicken, oder -- falls Sie kein Inhaltsverzeichnis eingefügt haben -- über den Menüpunkt -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dieses Fenster ist ungemein hilfreich, denn Sie können damit in Ihrem Dokument navigieren: Klicken Sie auf ein (Unter)kapitel im Fenster -\family sans +\family sans Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default , dann wird die entsprechende Zeile hervorgehoben und der Cursor im Textfenster auf den Anfang des betreffenden Kapitels gesetzt. Innerhalb des Inhaltsverzeichnisses können Sie auch mit Hilfe der Cursortasten @@ -3383,32 +3826,40 @@ Inhaltsverzeichnis Wer viel in seinem Text herumspringt, wird sich schnell daran gewöhnen, dieses Fenster dauernd geöffnet zu lassen. Darüberhinaus können Sie auch das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren -\family default +\family default verwenden, um gezielt einzelne Kapitel anzuspringen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu löschen, können Sie den Platzhalter ganz einfach markieren und wie jedes gewöhnliche Zeichen löschen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung -\series default +\series default : Korrigieren Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX wird von vielen Wissenschaftlern benutzt, weil es den Druck erstklassig gesetzter mathematischer Ausdrücke ermöglicht und gleichzeitig bei der @@ -3422,58 +3873,70 @@ g gleicht. daß alle gebräuchlichen mathematischen LaTeX-Befehle wie gewohnt eingegeben werden können, doch in LyX werden sie in einer WYSIWYM-Art auch angezeigt! Andererseits ermöglicht die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole -\family sans +\family sans , -\family default +\family default daß man professionell aussehende mathematische Ausdrücke schnell und leicht schreiben kann, auch wenn man noch nie LaTeX benutzt hat. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann leider nicht prüfen, ob die Formeln, die man schreibt, wirklich -\emph on +\emph on korrekt -\emph default +\emph default sind. -\emph on +\emph on Das wäre ja auch zu schön, um wahr zu sein\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der Mathematik-Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schreibe Sie irgendwo in Ihrem LyX-Dokument: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ich liebe, was Einstein sagte, E=mc^2, weil es so einfach ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun, diese Gleichung sieht nicht gut aus, auch nicht in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau; da ist kein Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeiche n, und man möchte die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auch wirklich hochgestellt haben. Dieser schlechte Schriftsatz ist das Ergebnis, weil wir LyX nicht gesagt haben, daß wir einen mathematischen Ausdruck schreiben wollen, die Gleichung wird folglich wie gewöhnlicher Text gesetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathematische Ausdrücke werden im Mathematik-Editor geschrieben, auch bekannt als Mathe\SpecialChar \- @@ -3481,39 +3944,41 @@ matik-Modus. Um in den Mathematik-Modus zu kommen, müssen Sie nur den blau beschrifteten Schalter \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in der Werkzeugleiste anklicken. LyX öffnet dann ein kleines blaues Quadrat, welches von einem purpurroten Rechteck umrahmt wird. Das blaue Quadrat ist ein -\emph on +\emph on Einfügepunkt -\emph default +\emph default , der anzeigt, daß der Mathematik-Editor darauf wartet, daß etwas eingegeben wird. Das Rechteck zeigt an, daß man im Mathematik-Editor ist. LyX plaziert den Cursor in dem blauen Quadrat; geben Sie nun nochmals die Formel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default ein. Der Ausdruck wird in blauer Farbe angezeigt, und das blaue Quadrat verschwindet , sobald der Einfügepunkt nicht leer ist. Nun drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , um den Mathematik-Editor zu verlassen (Merke: Ein nochmaliges Klicken auf den Mathematikschalter schließt den Mathematik-Editor -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default ). Das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet, der Cursor ist rechts neben dem Ausdruck. Wenn jetzt etwas geschrieben wird, dann wird es wieder normaler Text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun kann ein LaTeX-Lauf gestartet und das Ergebnis angesehen und untersucht werden. @@ -3521,26 +3986,28 @@ Nun kann ein LaTeX-Lauf gestartet und das Ergebnis angesehen und untersucht mit Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeichen und einer hochgestellten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Im Mathematik-Modus wird angenommen, daß Buchstaben Variablen sind, die dann kursiv erscheinen. Bei Zahlen wird die Schriftart nicht verändert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Mathematik-Editor ist ein anderes Beispiel für die WYSIWYM-Philosophie. In LaTeX beschreibt man mathematische Ausdrücke als Texte und Befehle wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; dies kann frustrierend sein, weil man nicht sehen kann, wie ein Ausdruck gesetzt wird, bis man nicht einige LaTeX-Läufe gestartet und viel Zeit beim Finden von fehlenden Klammern und anderen Fehlern verbracht hat. @@ -3551,23 +4018,27 @@ sqrt In 99% aller Fälle braucht man keine Veränderungen an den Zeichensatzgrößen oder den Abständen bei der LaTeX-Ausgabe zu machen. So kann man sich vollkommen auf den -\emph on +\emph on Inhalt -\emph default +\emph default mathematischer Ausdrücke konzentrieren und muß sich nicht mit deren Formatierun g beschäftigen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section In Gleichungen bewegen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun ist \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu verwandeln. Hierzu müssen Sie die Pfeiltasten benutzen, um den Cursor in den Ausdruck @@ -3576,177 +4047,183 @@ Nun ist Rechteck erscheint, das anzeigt, daß Sie sich im Mathematik-Editor befinden. Verwenden Sie nun die \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset - und die \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste, um den Cursor hinter das Gleichheitszeichen zu bekommen, und geben Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein. Danach kommen Sie mit den Pfeiltasten oder -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default aus dem Ausdruck heraus, und das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet wieder. Viele Leute finden die Pfeiltastenbenutzung bequemer, aber man kann auch irgendwo mit der Maus in den Ausdruck klicken, wodurch der Cursor gesetzt und der Mathematikeditor gestartet wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außer bei den weiter unten beschriebenen speziellen Tasten ist Schreiben im Mathematikeditor wie Editieren von normalem Text: -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default (oder -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) werden gebraucht, um Dinge zu löschen, Text wird entweder mit den Pfeiltasten oder der Maus selektiert, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default funktioniert auch im Mathematik-Modus, ebenso wie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen. -\family default +\family default Doch Vorsicht ist geboten! Wenn Sie rechts außerhalb eines Ausdruckes im Mathematikeditor -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default (oder -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) drücken, wird der ganze Ausdruck gelöscht. Glücklicherweise können Sie aber alles mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default zurückholen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Was ist zu tun, um \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset umzuändern? Wieder können Sie mit der Maus den richtigen Ort anklicken, jedoch können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten benutzen. Wenn der Cursor genau nach dem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und vor der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ist, hebt die \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste den Cursor auf die Ebene der Exponenten, genau vor die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nach der Eingabe der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bringt \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset den Cursor wieder auf die normale Eingabeebene zurück. Egal wo sich der Cursor im Exponenten befunden hat, mit der \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste wird er immer auf die Basislinie -\emph on +\emph on nach -\emph default +\emph default dem Exponenten gesetzt, Sie können also sofort mit der Eingabe des \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset fortfahren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch die Leertaste können Sie zur Positionierung in mathematischen Gleichungen verwenden: Wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Struktur im Mathematik-Editor befindet (Exponenten, Indizes, Brüche, Quadratwurzeln, Begrenzungen, Matrizen und alles weitere, was in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben wird), bewirkt die Leertaste, daß der Cursor -\emph on +\emph on hinter -\emph default +\emph default diese Struktur gesetzt wird, ohne dabei den Mathematik-Modus zu beenden. So können Sie beispielsweise die Gleichung \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset eingeben, ohne dazu die Maus oder die Pfeiltasten verwenden zu müssen. Geben Sie am Ende des Exponenten einfach ein Leerzeichen ein, und der Cursor @@ -3755,233 +4232,259 @@ hinter Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie bei der Eingabe darauf achten, daß Sie nicht im Exponenten zwischen der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und dem Plus-Zeichen die Leertaste drücken, da Sie dadurch den Exponenten unbeabsichtigt verlassen würden. In Fällen, wo diese Aktion keinen Sinn macht, bewirkt das Leerzeichen -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default rein gar nichts. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Leerzeichen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Tabs -\family default +\family default werden -\series bold +\series bold nicht -\series default +\series default dazu gebraucht, um Extra-Leerzeichen zwischen Teilen einer Gleichung zu machen. - Die Abstände werden von LyX (LaTeX) berechnet (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Die Abstände werden von LyX (LaTeX) berechnet (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{Abs:Leerzeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Wenn Sie mit dem Ergebnis nicht völlig zufrieden sind, gibt das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default Tips zur Feinabstimmung beim Satz. Doch darum sollten Sie sich erst kümmern, wenn der ganze Text geschrieben ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie mathematische Ausdrücke schreiben und mit -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default den Mathematik-Modus verlassen ist zu beachten, daß (normalerweise) kein Leerzeichen nach dem Ausdruck gesetzt wird. Das ist gut, wenn ein Punkt oder ein Komma folgt; wenn Sie aber ein Wort nach einer Formel schreiben möchten, dann müssen Sie explizit ein Leerzeichen eingeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit Sie nicht aus Versehen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ist meine liebste Gleichung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anstelle von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ist meine liebste Gleichung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset schreiben, gibt es eine kleine Besonderheit: Befindet sich der Cursor wirklich am Ende eines Ausdruckes im Mathematik-Editor, dann genügt als Abkürzung das Drücken der -\family sans +\family sans Leerzeichen -\family default +\family default -Taste, um den Mathematikeditor zu verlassen -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default +\emph default ein Leerzeichen zu setzen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponenten und Indizes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Exponent kann über das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default uperscript -\family default +\family default eingegeben werden, doch es ist wirklich einfacher, die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste zu verwenden. LyX plaziert dann den Eingabepunkt (das blaue Quadrat) in der Exponentenebene. Alles, was Sie jetzt eingeben, wird hierhin geschrieben, und das in einer kleineren Zeichensatzgröße. Bis Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Leerzeichen -\family default +\family default - oder die -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default -Taste (um den Mathematikeditor vollkommen zu verlassen) drücken, erscheint alles als Exponent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Schreiben von Indizes ist genauso leicht. Verwenden Sie den Unterstrich \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , um in die Index-Ebene zu wechseln. Indizes und Exponenten können übrigens auch selber wieder mit Index oder Exponent versehen werden: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 1 von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default im Mathematik-Modus. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Tafel der Mathematiksymbole ist ein bequemer Weg gegeben, um mathematisc he Symbole per Mausklick einzugeben oder komplizierte Funktionen im Mathematiked itor durchzuführen. Viele davon können Sie auch über die Tastatur oder das -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default -Menü aufrufen, an dieser Stelle konzentrieren wir uns aber auf den Gebrauch der Symboltafel, damit Sie lernen, wie sie benutzt werden kann. Tastaturkontrollsequenzen können Sie später aus anderen Anleitungen lernen (ein Wink mit dem Zaunpfahl\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Öffnen Sie deshalb jetzt die Symboltafel über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -athe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +athe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default und lassen Sie sie während des Lesens des Kapitels geöffnet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über die -\family sans - Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default können viele in der Mathematik benutzte Symbole ausgewählt werden: verschiedene Pfeile, Relationen, Operatoren, Summen, Integrale, usw. Exponenten und Indizes wurden bereits erwähnt: bei Summen und Integralen verwendet man sie für untere und obere Grenzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit dem Quadratwurzelzeichen, um eine solche einzugeben. @@ -3989,80 +4492,88 @@ Klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit dem Quadratwurzelzeichen, um eine solche Sie dort das blaue Quadrat als Platzhalter), hier können Sie den Radikanden eingeben. LyX paßt die Größe der Wurzel automatisch dem Inhalt an. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Variable ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) oder einen Term ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. mit einem Pfeil zu versehen, wird genauso gemacht. Sie müssen auf der -\family sans -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default unter -\family sans +\family sans Symbole -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Rahmen-Dekorationen -\family default +\family default auswählen und auf eins der Symbole klicken. Durch einen Klick auf ein Symbol wird LyX das ausgewählte und einen Einfügepunk -t darunter (bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +t darunter (bzw.\InsetSpace ~ darüber) anzeigen. Dort kann das Gewünschte eingefügt und mit der -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default die Dekoration verlassen werden. Es gibt zwei Gruppen Dekorationen: die der oberen Gruppe (mit den etwas größeren Schaltern) passen ihre Größe automatisch an den eingefügten Text an; die der unteren Gruppe haben eine feste Größe und sind vorrangig für einzelne Buchstaben gedacht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gruppensymbole wie Trennungsstriche, Klammern und Pfeile werden ähnlich, jedoch etwas komplizierter gehandhabt. Hierzu ist der Knopf mit dem blauen Quadrat umgeben von rechteckigen Klammern anzuklicken. Nun muß auf einen linken Begrenzer mit dem -\emph on +\emph on linken Mausknopf -\emph default +\emph default und auf einen rechten Begrenzer mit dem -\emph on +\emph on rechten Mausknopf -\emph default +\emph default geklickt werden gleichen. Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default -usammengehörige\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +usammengehörige\InsetSpace ~ Trennzeichen -\family default +\family default aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die aktuelle Auswahl der Begrenzungssymbole wird unter den Wahlmöglichkeiten angezeigt. @@ -4070,41 +4581,45 @@ Die aktuelle Auswahl der Begrenzungssymbole wird unter den Wahlm Auswahl kann man ein Paar Klammern oder auch Trennungsszeichen setzen, oder auch mit dem leeren Quadrat etwas wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bekommen (der leere Begrenzer wird in LyX als schwarze, gebrochene Linie angezeigt, aber er erscheint nicht im Ausdruck). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn die Begrenzer ausgewählt sind, dann werden sie durch einen Mausklick auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default in den Text eingefügt. Aus Bequemlichkeit könnten Sie auch normale Klammern verwenden. Doch diese besonderen Begrenzer haben einen großen Vorteil: Sie passen ihre Größe automatisch an den \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Inhalt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset an, beispielsweise, wenn sie einen Bruch umschließen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können auch bereits geschriebene Formeln oder sonstige Ausdrücke mit diesen Begrenzern und Dekorationen versehen. @@ -4112,375 +4627,407 @@ Sie k dem Menü aus. Versuchen Sie doch einmal, so die Gleichung \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in ihre vektorielle Form \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset umzuschreiben. Auch lassen sich so Matrizen mit (passenden) Klammern einschließen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Brüche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Brüche sind mit dem Mathematik-Editor einfach. Sie müssen lediglich den -\family sans +\family sans Brüche -\family default +\family default -Schalter im Fenster -\family sans -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default anklicken, und ein Bruch mit blauen Quadraten im Zähler und Nenner erscheint. LyX schreibt zwei Einfügepunkte in den Bruch. Wie zu erwarten, können Sie die Pfeiltasten und die Maus dazu benutzen, um sich im Bruch zu bewegen. Wenn Sie so das obere Quadrat auswählen, dort eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einfügen, dann \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset drücken und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset schreiben, haben Sie bereits Ihren ersten einfachen Bruch geschrieben. Natürlich können Sie auch beliebige andere Ausdrücke in die zwei Quadrate schreiben: Variablen mit Exponenten, Quadratwurzeln, andere Brüche, usw. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 2 von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default im Mathematik-Modus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weil Buchstaben im Mathematikmodus als Variablen behandelt werden, würde LyX \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im Mathematik-Modus als das Produkt der Variablen \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset interpretieren. Die drei Buchstaben werden in Kursivschrift gesetzt, doch eigentlich möchte man das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Roman gesetzt bekommen. Außerdem ist da kein Abstand zwischen dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und dem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- Sie erinnern sich, wenn Sie versuchen, ein Leerzeichen einzugeben, verlassen Sie den Mathematik-Modus. Aber wie bekommt man dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anstatt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wählen Sie dazu im Kasten -\family sans +\family sans Funktionen -\family default +\family default im Dialogfeld -\family sans -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default den Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aus. Das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird dann in schwarz und in der normalen Roman-Schriftart (Sie kennen das als LaTeX-Modus) in Ihren Text eingefügt. Das ganze Wort wird als -\emph on +\emph on ein -\emph default +\emph default Symbol behandelt, wenn Sie also nun -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default drücken würden, würde das ganze Wort gelöscht. Nun geben Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein, dieses wird wie gewohnt blau und kursiv angezeigt. In der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau sehen Sie nun den Ausdruck in seiner ganzen Schönheit, versuchen Sie es! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andere Kommandos, die im TeX-Modus über die -\family sans +\family sans Funktionen- -\family default +\family default Listenauswahl eingefügt werden müssen, sind andere trigonometrische Funktionen und deren Inverse, hyperbolische Funktionen, Logarithmen, Grenzwerte und eine Menge weiterer Funktionen. Diese Funktionen können auch mit Exponenten und Indizes versehen werden, was etwa zum Schreiben von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wichtig ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 3 von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default im Mathematik-Modus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrizen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Matrizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset Um eine Matrix zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit den neun kleinen Kästchen im Dialogfeld -\family sans -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default . In einem kleinen Fenster können Sie nun die gewünschte Anzahl an Zeilen und Spalten einstellen, wählen Sie beispielsweise 2 Zeilen und 3 Spalten. LyX zeigt dann 6 Einfügepunkte an, die in einer \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Matrix angeordnet sind. Wie gewohnt können Sie an diesen Stellen jede Art von mathematischen Ausdrücken einfügen, wie etwa Wurzeln, Brüche oder sogar weitere Matrizen. Sie können auch einzelne Felder ganz leer lassen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um sich waagrecht zwischen den Spalten einer Matrix bewegen, können Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Tab- -\family default +\family default Taste benutzen. Alternativ können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten verwenden, um sich in der ganzen Matrix zu bewegen --- ein Druck auf die \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste am Ende eines Eingabepunktes bewegt den Cursor zum nächsten Eingabepunkt in der Zeile, beim Druck auf die \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste wird er in die nächste Zeile gesetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt weitere Zeilen oder Spalten in der Matrix benötigen können Sie das über die Menüpunkte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~ +Zeile/Spalte\InsetSpace ~ anfügen -\family default +\family default tun (sie werden unter/rechts von der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt); ebenso können überzählige mit -\family sans -Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zeile/Spalte\InsetSpace ~ löschen -\family default +\family default aus demselben Menü entfernt werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default stehen weitere Informationen, wie Sie die horizontale Ausrichtung jeder Spalte sowie die senkrechte Anordnung in der ganzen Matrix verändern können. Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, eine Matrix zu erstellen, die hauptsächlich Text enthält, sollten Sie aber auf den hervorragenden Tabellen-Modus von LyX zurückgreifen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Abgesetzte Formeln -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle Ausdrücke, die bisher beschrieben wurden, standen in der gleichen Zeile wie der Text davor oder danach. Dies bezeichnet man als -\emph on +\emph on eingefügte -\emph default +\emph default oder -\emph on +\emph on inline-Formeln -\emph default +\emph default . Dies ist ausreichend für kurze und einfache Ausdrücke; wenn Sie jedoch umfangreichere Formeln schreiben wollen und diese vom eigentlichen Text zur besseren Sichtbarkeit etwas getrennt stehen sollen, müssen Sie diese im Modus für -\emph on +\emph on abgesetzte Formeln -\emph default +\emph default schreiben. Außerdem können auch nur abgesetzte Ausdrücke benannt und numeriert werden (siehe -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default -) oder mehrzeilige Gleichungen enthalten (siehe Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +) oder mehrzeilige Gleichungen enthalten (siehe Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:gl-systeme} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicken Sie auf den -\family sans +\family sans Anzeige -\family default +\family default -Schalter im Dialogfeld -\family sans -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default (ein blaues Quadrat mit je zwei Strichen darüber und darunter). LyX öffnet einen Einfügepunkt, doch dieser befindet sich in einer neuen Zeile und wird zentriert gesetzt. @@ -4489,75 +5036,93 @@ Kontrollfl Dieser Modus stellt übrigens eine Umschaltung dar, die durch erneutes Klicken rückgängig gemacht werden kann: Befindet sich der Cursor in einer solchen abgesetzten Formel, wandelt ein Klick auf den -\family sans +\family sans Anzeige -\family default +\family default -Schalter diese in eine gewöhnliche Inline-Formel um und umgekehrt. Versuchen Sie es doch einfach einmal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Modus für abgesetzte Formeln hat einige Unterschiede im Vergleich zum normalen Formelmodus: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Standard-Zeichensatz ist für einige Symbole wie \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset größer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exponenten und Indizes für Grenzwerte und Summen (aber nicht Integrale) - werden unter bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + werden unter bzw.\InsetSpace ~ über und nicht neben die Symbole geschrieben -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Text ist zentriert -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bis auf diese Unterschiede sind abgesetzte und eingefügte Formeln sehr ähnlich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine abschließende Bemerkung ist noch hinsichtlich des Buchstabensatzes bei abgesetzten Gleichungen zu machen: Überlegen Sie sich genau, ob Sie eine Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz setzen oder nicht. Ist die Gleichung in der Mitte eines Satzes oder Absatzes, dann sollten Sie nicht -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drücken. Wenn Sie es doch tut, dann wird der Text -\emph on +\emph on nach -\emph default +\emph default der Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz verschoben, was aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nicht gewünscht ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Setzen Sie die verschiedenen Gleichungen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter de_beispiel_roh.lyx -\family default +\family default in den absetzten Anzeigemodus und sehen Sie sich an, wie sich der Schriftsatz verändert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Übung: -\series default +\series default Verwenden Sie die in diesem Abschnitt vorgestellten Methoden, um folgende Gleichung zu schreiben: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4566,45 +5131,55 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Mehrzeilige Gleichungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:gl-systeme} -\end_inset +\end_inset Versuchen Sie doch einmal, zwei zusammengehörende Gleichungen wie die folgenden zu schreiben, und sehen Sie sich das Ergebnis in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau an. Sie werden dazu zwei getrennte Formeln im abgesetzten Modus schreiben müssen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Ergebnis sieht überhaupt nicht gut aus! Wenn man zwei oder mehrere Gleichung en erfolgreich setzen möchte, dann sieht es viel besser aus, wenn die Gleichheit @@ -4616,67 +5191,71 @@ glichkeiten hinsichtlich der Ausrichtung: x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies sieht doch -\emph on +\emph on viel -\emph default +\emph default besser aus! Die Gleichheitszeichen stehen untereinander, und es ist viel weniger Platz zwischen den Gleichungen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um mehrzeilige Gleichungen zu schreiben, müssen Sie eine abgesetzten Formel öffnen und -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default drücken oder den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default -qnarray\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +qnarray\InsetSpace ~ Umgebung -\family default +\family default anwählen. LyX zeigt dann zwei Zeilen mit jeweils drei leeren Einfügepunkten an. Dies ist eine mehrzeilige Formel mit einer Zeile. Enttäuscht? Drücken Sie erneut -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default oder verwenden Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zeile\SpecialChar ~ +Zeile\InsetSpace ~ an -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default ügen -\family default +\family default um eine weitere derartige Zeile zu erzeugen. Mit diesem Wissen sollten Sie die obigen, mehrzeiligen Gleichungen reproduziere n können. @@ -4685,117 +5264,131 @@ nkte leer zu lassen. Dies kann sowohl bei dem obigen Beispiel als auch bei einer aufgeteilten, sehr langen Gleichung sinnvoll sein: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie sich das Ergebnis ansehen, werden Sie feststellen daß der Abstand nach dem ersten Pluszeichen zu gering ist. Dies ist einer der seltenen Fälle, in denen LaTeX versagt und Sie die Abstände von Hand anpassen müssen. Mehr dazu im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX bringt das zweite (zentrale) Feld jeder Reihe in eine Linie, so das man gewöhnlich das Gleichheits- oder Relationszeichen in dieses Feld setzt; man kann natürlich auch andere Zeichen dort einsetzen. Doch sollten Sie keine mehrzeilige Gleichungen verwenden, um Felder zu - drucken; hierfür bieten sich Matrizen an (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + drucken; hierfür bieten sich Matrizen an (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Matrizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie weitere Zeilen in Ihrem Gleichungssystem benötigen, drücken Sie einfach ein weiteres mal -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default , und eine weitere Reihe mit drei Einfügepunkten erscheint. Falls sich der Cursor dabei nicht am Ende einer Zeile befand, wird alles, was in dieser Zeile hinter dem Cursor stand, in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Wenn Sie bereits eine (normale, einteilige) Gleichung geschrieben haben und dann an deren Ende -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default drücken, wird die gesamte Gleichung in das erste Feld gesetzt. Positionieren Sie in diesem Fall den Cursor vor das Gleichheitszeichen und drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Tab -\family default +\family default , dadurch wird alles hinter dem Cursor in das nächste Feld verschoben. Wiederholen Sie das mit dem Teil nach dem Gleichheitszeichen, um ihn in das rechte Feld zu verschieben. Versuchen Sie als Übung, die Gleichung \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard umzuschreiben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard KDE-Benutzer können diese Übung leider nicht nachvollziehen, da mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Tab -\family default +\family default zwischen den einzelnen KDE-Bildschirmen umgeschaltet wird. In diesem Falle müßte die erste Gleichungsreihe neu geschrieben werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie überzählige Zeilen angelegt haben können Sie diese mit -\family sans +\family sans Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zeile\SpecialChar ~ +Zeile\InsetSpace ~ lösc -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default en -\family default +\family default entfernen. Alternativ können Sie auch den Cursor an das Ende der vorangehenden Zeile positionieren und -\family sans +\family sans Strg+K -\family default +\family default drücken. Dadurch wird der Inhalt der drei Eingabebereiche der folgenden Zeile zusammen an die aktuelle Zeile angefügt; ist die nächste Zeile leer wird sie also @@ -4803,73 +5396,89 @@ Strg+K Befindet sich der Cursor nicht am Zeilenende wird alles bis zum Zeilenende gelöscht. Diese Tastenkombination -\family sans +\family sans Strg+K -\family default +\family default ist übrigens nicht spezifisch für den Mathematiksatz --- dieses Löschen bis zum Zeilenende funktioniert in allen Umgebungen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und noch ein letzter Hinweis: Zu mehrzeiligen Gleichungen gäbe es noch viel zu sagen. Insbesondere haben wir hier die vielen Punkte im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe -\family default +\family default , die mit -\family sans +\family sans AMS -\family default +\family default beginnen, nicht erläutert. Die American Mathematical Society war mit einigen Dingen, wie LaTeX mehrzeilige Gleichungen behandelt, nicht zufrieden und hat deswegen eine eigene Sammlung von Befehlen erstellt, um das besser zu machen. Wollen Sie sie verwenden? Dann ziehen Sie bitte das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default zu Rate. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Weitere mathematische Sachen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Mathematik-Editor hat noch viel weitreichendere Fähigkeiten, bislang haben Sie nur die Grundlagen kennengelernt. Im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default finden Sie dann Anleitungen zu den folgenden Themenbereichen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Beschriften und Numerieren von Ausdrücken. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wechseln von Zeichenattributen, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. um fetten Text in einem Ausdruck zu schreiben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Feineinstellung von Zeichensatzgrößen und Abständen innerhalb eines Ausdruckes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Schreiben von Makros. Diese sind sehr mächtig, weil man sie einmal am Anfang des Dokumentes definiert @@ -4877,127 +5486,145 @@ Schreiben von Makros. Wenn man die Makrodefinition verändert, dann ändert sich der Bezug zum Makro auch innerhalb des ganzen Dokumentes. Es ist sogar Möglich, Makros mit Parameters zu schreiben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Viele andere Dinge, für die kein Platz in diesem -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default ist. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Vermischtes -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir haben noch lange nicht alle möglichen Befehle vorgestellt, die LyX kennt, dies ist auch nicht geplant, denn dafür ist das -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default da. Deshalb sollen hier nur ein paar der wichtigsten Fähigkeiten von LyX kurz erwähnt werden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX unterstützt WYSIWYG-Tabellen. Mit der Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default legen Sie eine Tabelle an. Klicken Sie nun mit dem -\emph on +\emph on rechten Mausknopf -\emph default +\emph default in die Tabelle, um den Dialog -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default zu öffnen. Hier können umfangreiche Einstellungen einfach vorgenommen werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX erlaubt die einfache Einbindung von Abbildungen in unterschiedlichen Formaten (einschließlich JPEG und anderer Bitmap-Formate sowie PostScript® und LaTeX). Die Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raphik\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default erzeugt einen leeren Rahmen in Ihrem Dokument und öffnet eine Dialogbox, in der Sie die Abbildung einfach skalieren und drehen können usw. Sowohl Tabellen als auch Abbildungen können mit Unterschriften versehen werden, LyX legt auf Wunsch außerdem eine Liste der Tabellen und Abbildungen an. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Versions-Kontrolle wird unterstützt, dafür muß aber RCS installiert sein (weitere Informationen liefert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcs -\family default - bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + bzw.\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ist voll konfigurierbar. Angefangen vom Aussehen des LyX-Fensters bis hin zum Format der Ausgabe, alles kann in weitem Rahmen verändert werden. Dies geschieht mit dem Menü -\family sans +\family sans Bearbeiten -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default Lesen Sie dazu das Dokument -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default npassung -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX wird von einem Team von Programmierern aus fünf Kontinenten entwickelt. Dadurch bietet LyX eine bessere Unterstützung verschiedener Sprachen (Holländis @@ -5009,105 +5636,119 @@ ungen. Sie können mit LyX Texte in anderen Sprachen schreiben, Sie können es aber auch so konfigurieren, daß alle Menüs und Fehlermeldungen in einer anderen Sprache ausgegeben werden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Alle Menüs in LyX können über Tastaturkombinationen bedient werden, d. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -h.\SpecialChar ~ +h.\InsetSpace ~ daß Sie das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default eu -\family default +\family default auch durch die Tasten -\family sans +\family sans Alt+D -\family default +\family default , gefolgt von -\family sans +\family sans N -\family default +\family default oder durch die im Menü angezeigte Tastenkombination öffnen können. Diese Tastaturbindungen sind ebenfalls frei konfigurierbar. Lesen Sie dazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default npassung -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kann LaTeX-Dokumente importieren. - Siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + Siehe dazu das Kapitel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mit der Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Rechtschreib -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default rüfung\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default können Sie Ihre Texte auf korrekte Rechtschreibung prüfen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie dabei, daß die Rechtschreibprüfung an der momentanen Position des Cursor beginnt, nicht am Anfang des Dokumentes. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Latexnutzer} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Sie nichts über LaTeX wissen, können Sie diesen Abschnitt überspringen. Oder besser, lernen Sie ein wenig über LaTeX und lesen -\emph on +\emph on dann -\emph default +\emph default diesen Abschnitt. Aber vermutlich wird ein Großteil derjenigen, die LyX benutzen, bereits mit LaTeX vertraut sein. @@ -5118,84 +5759,96 @@ dann die meisten Dinge beim Schreiben eines Textes. Derzeit gibt es zwar noch ein paar Unschönheiten, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. bei der Umwandlung von alten LaTeX-Dokumenten in das neue Format, aber diese Dinge werden sicherlich in einer späteren Version von LyX behoben sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist nur das Tutorium, und aus diesem Grund werden wir hier nur solche Dinge erwähnen, die für neue Benutzer von LyX von vorrangigem Interesse sind. Dies dient dazu, das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default möglichst kurz zu halten. In den -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default , insbesondere im Kapitel -\emph on +\emph on Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Zauberer -\emph default +\emph default , werden die Unterschiede zwischen LyX und LaTeX sehr viel ausführlicher behandelt, dort finden Sie auch viele Tips, wie Sie diverse LaTeX-Tricks auch in LyX einsetzen können. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der TeX-Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alles, was Sie im TeX-Modus eingeben, erscheint in roter Schrift und wird unverändert an LaTeX weitergegeben. In diesen Modus wechseln Sie mit der Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default oder durch Drücken des -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default -Schalters in der Werkzeugleiste. Dadurch wird eine Text Box geöffnet, und alles darin wird direkt an LaTeX weitergegeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Mathematikmodus wird der TeX-Modus etwas unterschiedlich behandelt. Hier aktiviert man ihn, indem man einen Backslash, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , eingibt. Dieser erscheint nicht auf dem Bildschirm, aber alle folgenden Eingaben @@ -5203,100 +5856,108 @@ Im Mathematikmodus wird der TeX-Modus etwas unterschiedlich behandelt. Den TeX-Modus verläßt man, indem man ein Leerzeichen oder ein beliebiges Zeichen außer einem Buchstaben eingibt, wie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. eine Zahl, einen Unterstrich, eine Klammer oder ähnliches. Falls LyX den eingegebenen TeX-Befehl kennt, wird es ihn durch das entsprechend e Zeichen ersetzen. Wenn Sie also in den Mathematikmodus wechseln und dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default eingeben, wird LyX, sobald Sie die Leertaste drücken, das rote Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset durch das blaue \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ersetzen. Dies funktioniert für fast alle einfachen Mathematik-Makros, allerdings bleiben mathematische Funktionen wie z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default in roter Schrift -- sie sind ja schon WYSIWYM. Diese Art der Eingabe ist sehr viel schneller als die Auswahl über den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default , und vor allem für diejenigen, die bereits mit LaTeX vertraut sind, eine große Erleichterung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Sonderfall tritt ein, wenn Sie im mathematischen TeX-Modus eine öffnende geschweifte Klammer eingeben. In diesem Fall wird LyX automatisch öffnende -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default +\emph default schließende Klammern einfügen, den TeX-Modus beenden und den Cursor -\emph on +\emph on zwischen -\emph default +\emph default die beiden Klammern plazieren. Dadurch können sehr viel einfacher Makros mit Parametern eingegeben werden, die dem Mathematik-Modus nicht direkt bekannt sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann (noch?) nicht alles, was mit LaTeX möglich ist. Einige selten genutzte Funktionen werden überhaupt nicht unterstützt, einige @@ -5305,498 +5966,572 @@ LyX kann (noch?) nicht alles, was mit LaTeX m von LaTeX und kann dennoch die angenehme Vereinfachung nutzen, die LyX-Funktion en wie WYSIWYG-Tabellen und -Abbildungen bieten. LyX wird niemals alle LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen. - Indem Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + Indem Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann (siehe Abschnitt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Vorspann} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default eingeben, können Sie aber auch solche Pakete verwenden --- wenn auch nicht mit Unterstützung von WYSIWYG. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset Über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Im -\bar default +\bar default portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\bar under + +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default können Sie vorhandene LaTeX-Dateien in LyX übernehmen. Dabei wird ein Perl-Skript mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default aufgerufen. Dieses erzeugt aus einer Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bla.tex -\family default +\family default die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bla.lyx -\family default +\family default , welche dann von LyX geöffnet wird. Falls dies aus LyX heraus nicht richtig funktioniert, können Sie auch versuchen , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default selbst von der Kommandozeile aus aufzurufen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bei der Installation von LyX wird im selben Verzeichnis, in das das ausführbare Programm von LyX (etwa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/lyx -\family default +\family default ) geschrieben wird, auch ein weiteres ausführbares Programm mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default installiert. Damit es funktioniert, benötigt es Perl, derzeit mindestens in Version 5.002. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset und dabei zusätzliche Optionen mitanzugeben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default kann die meisten korrekten LaTeX-Konstrukte in die entsprechende LyX-Form übersetzen, aber nicht alle. Derartige nicht übersetzbare Abschnitte werden im TeX-Modus belassen. Diese Abschnitte können Sie dann später in LyX ansehen und von Hand bearbeiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default besitzt auch eine eigene Hilfeseite, die Sie mit -\family typewriter -man\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +man\InsetSpace ~ reLyX -\family default +\family default lesen können und sollten, um sich darüber zu informieren, welche LaTeX-Konstruk te nicht unterstützt werden, welche Fehler (noch) vorhanden sind und wie man sie umgehen kann, sowie über die Benutzung der Kommandozeilenoptionen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eventuell wollen Sie ein LyX-Dokument im LaTeX-Format abspeichern, z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. um es einem Kollegen zu geben, der (noch) kein LyX verwendet. Dies ist aber sehr einfach. Mit der Auswahl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default wird die von Ihnen editierte Datei (z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bla.lyx -\family default +\family default ) als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bla.tex -\family default +\family default im selben Verzeichnis wie die LyX-Datei abgelegt. Temporär legt LyX immer eine LaTeX-Version des gerade editierten Dokumentes an, wenn Sie eine Datei drucken oder als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei betrachten. Deshalb ist die LaTeX-Generierung von LyX auch sehr ausgereift. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die Dokumentenklasse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default werden praktisch alle Optionen eingestellt, die man dem Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default als Option mitgeben würde. Hier werden die Dokumentenklasse und die Standard\SpecialChar \- schrift- und Papiergröße eingestellt. Für weitere, nicht vorgesehene Einträge verwenden Sie das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Andere Einträge im Vorspann -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Vorspann} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Sie besondere Befehle im Vorspann Ihrer LaTeX-Dateien benötigen, können Sie diese auch für LyX verwenden. Öffnen Sie dazu den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout -eX\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +eX\InsetSpace ~ Vorspann -\family default +\family default , und tragen Sie dort die gewünschten TeX-Kommandos ein. Alles, was Sie hier eingeben, wird direkt von LaTeX ausgewertet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX bietet Unterstützung für BibTeX. Dieses Programm erlaubt es, Datenbanken von Literaturreferenzen für die Verwendung in vielen Dokumenten zu unterhalten. Um eine solche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -Datei einzubinden verwenden Sie den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -isten\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +isten\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ib \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -eX\SpecialChar ~ +eX\InsetSpace ~ Referenz -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfeld. (Wenn Sie später Änderungen vornehmen wollen, klicken Sie auf die graue Box \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Von BibTeX erstellte Verweise \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset .) Im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atenbanken -\family default +\family default geben Sie den Namen ein, den Sie in den Klammern des TeX-Befehls -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default verwenden würden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wie bei normalem LaTeX können auch mehrere Bibliographien, durch Kommas ohne Leerzeichen getrennt, angegeben werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset In das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default til -\family default +\family default gehört der Eintrag für den Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun können Sie über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itat -\family default +\family default die in den Datenbanken definierten Referenzen, die im Dialogfeld angezeigt werden, verwenden (siehe auch Abschnitt \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Bibliographie} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX kümmert sich darum, daß BibTeX aufgerufen wird. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sonstiges -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unter dem Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen -\family default +\family default finden Sie weitere besondere Zeichen wie etwa Fortsetzungspunkte, erzwungene Zeilenumbrüche, Trennvorschläge usw. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fehler! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Manchmal treten bei einem LaTeX-Lauf Fehler auf, also irgendwelche Dinge, die LyX oder LaTeX nicht verstehen. In diesem Fall wird von LyX eine Fehlermarke angelegt, das ist eine kleiner roter Kasten mit dem Schriftzug \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fehler \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie auf diesen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich ein Fenster mit der zugehörigen @@ -5806,8 +6541,13 @@ Fehler Diese sollten aber extrem selten sein. Meist hat LaTeX ein Problem (das fast immer durch Einfügungen im TeX-Modus verursacht wird), dann wird die entsprechende LaTeX-Fehlermeldung angezeigt. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxtutorium} Das LyX Tutorium, vom LyX-DocTeam -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx index 1ad595c255..1bbcf72c67 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! @@ -87,13 +89,12 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 1 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 2cm \topmargin 1cm @@ -108,99 +109,126 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author vom LyX-Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size normal +\size normal Übersetzung: Hartmut Haase, Peter Sütterlin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Date -letzte Änderung: 9\SpecialChar ~ +letzte Änderung: 9\InsetSpace ~ April 2004 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset FloatList figure -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset FloatList table -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Einleitung -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Was ist LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist ein System zur Vorbereitung von Dokumenten. Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher, Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann. Anders als die meisten anderen -\emph on +\emph on Textverarbeitungen -\emph default +\emph default verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache. Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie sie als -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , aber nicht als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 mm Leerraum darunter \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default erläutert. Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun. Ja, wir meinen jetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format der Handbücher. Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesen Handbuch @@ -208,45 +236,59 @@ Einf Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als dieses zu schauen. Die -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default beschreibt das auch. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die ersten Schritte -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Der Aufruf von LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie auch andere Linux- (oder allgemein Unix-) Programme wird LyX durch die Eingabe von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx[&] -\family default +\family default an der Eingabeaufforderung der Shell gestartet. Natürlich können Sie auch zusätzliche Kommandooptionen angeben, einschließlich Dateinamen. Wir werden die Kommandooptionen hier nicht auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listen, weil wir das bereits auf der Hilfeseite zu LyX (mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man lyx -\family default +\family default ) gemacht haben. Hier soll nur eines besonders erwähnt werden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie mehrere Dateinamen angeben, werden alle diese Dateien geladen. Sie werden allerdings nicht alle gleichzeitig angezeigt, mehr dazu gleich. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie LyX aussieht -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Das Hauptfenster -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen Rand des Fensters. @@ -257,28 +299,30 @@ Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Men Am unteren Rand des Editierbereiches befindet sich ein kleines weißes Fenster mit Auf- und Abpfeilen links davon. Dies ist der sogenannte -\emph on +\emph on Minipuffer -\emph default +\emph default (eine Bezeichnung, die aus vom GNU Emacs übernommen wurde). Dort können Sie Befehle eingeben, nachdem Sie -\family sans +\family sans Alt+X -\family default +\family default eingetippt oder in den Puffer geklickt haben. Alte Befehle können Sie im Minipuffer mit den Tasten \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zurückholen. Der Minipuffer dient auch als Statuszeile, dort finden Sie Informationen verschiedenster Art, zum Beispiel über die gerade verwendete Schrift oder mögliche Tastenkürzel, wenn Sie den Anfang davon getippt haben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß es keinen horizontalen Rollbalken gibt. Das ist kein Fehler oder Vergeßlichkeit, sondern Absicht. @@ -286,23 +330,27 @@ Beachten Sie, da die nächste umgebrochen wird. Auch der Überlauf auf eine neue Seite ist prinzipiell eine vertikale Sache, deshalb benötigen Sie nur einen vertikalen Rollbalken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt nur drei Fälle, in denen Sie sich vielleicht einen horizontalen Rollbalken wünschen. Der erste betrifft große Abbildungen, die WYSIWYG \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard what you see is what you get -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dargestellt werden. Das liegt aber an einem Problem der Routine, die von LyX zur Anzeige am @@ -315,229 +363,255 @@ what you see is what you get von LyX behoben werden. Zumindest für Tabellen existiert mittlerweile eine Teillösung: Sie können mit den Pfeiltasten horizontal in einer zu breiten Tabelle navigieren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dialoge \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Praktisch alle LyX-Dialoge haben drei grundlegende Schaltflächen: -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Schließen -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Abbrechen -\family default +\family default . Beim öffnen eines Dialogfensters ist meist nur der -\family sans +\family sans Schließen -\family default +\family default -Schalter aktiviert. Erst nachdem Sie etwas ausgewählt oder eingetippt haben, ändert er sich nach -\family sans +\family sans Abbrechen, -\family default +\family default und die anderen werden aktiviert. Viele haben auch einen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default urücksetzen -\family default +\family default -Schalter. -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Schließen -\family default +\family default sind wohl selbsterklärend, die Schaltfläche -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default führt die ausgewählte(n) Aktion(en) durch, schließt den Dialog jedoch nicht. -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default entspricht im Prinzip einem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default , gefolgt von einem -\family sans +\family sans Schließen -\family default +\family default . -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default urücksetzen -\family default +\family default ist recht nützlich, wenn Sie in einem Dialog Änderungen vorgenommen haben, diese aber auf die derzeit eingestellten Werte zurücksetzen wollen. Für alle vier Aktionen gibt es auch Tastaturkürzel: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans OK \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{OK} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ist wie bei den meisten Programmen mit der Eingabetaste ( -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ) belegt. -\layout Itemize -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize +\noindent -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ubernehmen@Übernehmen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default wird durch -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Ü -\family default +\family default aktiviert. (Falls Sie mit dem Ausdruck -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Ü -\family default +\family default nichts anfangen können lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:key bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Schließen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schließen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ist auf die -\family sans +\family sans ESC- -\family default +\family default Taste gelegt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default urücksetzen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zurucksetzen@Zurücksetzen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default wird mit -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z -\family default +\family default aufgerufen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Dialogfenster haben weitere oder leicht unterschiedliche Schaltflächen, doch keine Sorge, diese sind meist selbsterklärend. Wir wollten nur die Funktionen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default urücksetzen -\family default +\family default irgendwo erklären. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HILFE! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zunächst die schlechte Nachricht: Das Hilfesystem ist nicht so umfangreich und einfach wie in vielen kommerziellen Anwendungen. Haben Sie Geduld, es wird daran gearbeitet. -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Doch nun zu den guten Nachrichten: Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX-Handbüche rn, die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können. Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe -\family default +\family default aus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und aus gegebenem Anlaß gleich noch ein Hinweis zu den Handbüchern: Sie sind nicht idiotensicher, nicht im geringsten. Dazu ein Zitat von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default , einem der Autoren, über Handbücher: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Ich hasse Handbücher. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Jeder hatte schon einmal mit zu knappen, schlecht übersetzten oder unverständlic hen Handbüchern zu tun. @@ -548,11 +622,13 @@ hen Handb Bitte, wenn ein Benutzer wirklich keine Ahnung hat, wie er seinen Computer oder die Bedieneroberfläche benutzen kann, dann soll er erst einmal das lernen, -\emph on +\emph on bevor -\emph default +\emph default er irgendein größeres Programm startet. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Weiterhin scheint die Art von Information, die in derartigen Texten gegeben wird, anzunehmen, daß der Leser dumm ist. @@ -560,132 +636,160 @@ Weiterhin scheint die Art von Information, die in derartigen Texten gegeben eine Mischung aus ahnungslos und eingeschüchtert, aber nicht dumm. Wenn jemand wirklich sehr langsam beim Lernen von neuen Dingen ist, benötigt er Hilfe, die ihm ein Computerhandbuch nicht geben kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Hinweis des Editors: Mit dieser Bemerkung im Hinterkopf habe ich alle anderen Autoren dazu angehalten, Sie, die Leser, nicht gönnerhaft zu behandeln und eher pädagogisch als pedantisch zu sein. Und für diejenigen, die zu faul zum Lesen und Verstehen der Handbücher sind -- nun, wie es in Amerika heißt, es gibt kein kostenloses Mittagessen. -- jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die LyX-Schnittstelle -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einfache Datei-Befehle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default finden Sie die 9 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung und einige fortgeschrittenere: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default eu (Strg+N) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Neu von -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} (Umschalt+Strg+N) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} (Strg+O) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under c -\bar default +\bar default hließen (Strg+W) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default peichern (Strg+S) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speichern -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default nter\SpecialChar \ldots{} (Umschalt+Strg+S) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default ieder herstellen (Strg+R) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} (Strg+P) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eenden (Strg+Q) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen Textverarbeitung. Der Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ -von\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ +von\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default erfragt den Namen einer Vorlage, die verwendet werden soll. Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müßten. @@ -693,178 +797,200 @@ ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand ver sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset unbenannt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , das automatisch geladen wird. Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das -- ein großer, leerer Bereich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Befehl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default -ieder\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ieder\InsetSpace ~ herstellen -\family default +\family default lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere Personen an einem Text arbeiten. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle im Dokument -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default ansehen. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar under +\bar under c -\bar default +\bar default hließen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eenden -\family default +\family default . Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einfache Editier-Funktionen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen. In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben. Den Anfang macht das Ausschneiden und Kopieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten -\family default +\family default , zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung. Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert behandelt. Die grundlegenden Befehle sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Strg+X -\family default +\family default oder \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Damit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xpm -\family default +\family default -Bilder bei der Druckvorschau keine LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen erzeugen, sollten Sie ImageMagick installiert haben oder etwas Vergleichbares. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Strg+C -\family default +\family default oder \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Strg+V -\family default +\family default oder \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png @@ -873,357 +999,379 @@ Strg+V BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -inden\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +inden\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Finden \& Ersetzen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+F -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend, lediglich ein Punkt ist erwähnenswert: Wenn Sie ein Stück Text löschen, das Sie markiert hatten, wird der gelöschte Text automatisch in den Zwischenspeicher kopiert. Das heißt, die Tasten -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default und \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (Backspace) arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden -\family default +\family default . Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben. Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt. Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) zurückholen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -inden\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +inden\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default öffnet das Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Ly \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout -X:\SpecialChar ~ -Finden\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +X:\InsetSpace ~ +Finden\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Klammerung Ly{}X in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default --Datei verhindert, daß aus L\SpecialChar ~ -y\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-Datei verhindert, daß aus L\InsetSpace ~ +y\InsetSpace ~ X LyX wird, ebenso bei LaTeX, TeX usw. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default uche: -\family default +\family default ein. Mit der Schaltfläche -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default Nächstes -\family default +\family default wird der Text gesucht. Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn, -\family sans +\family sans Rückwärt -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ suchen -\family default +\family default ist aktiviert. Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert. Wenn Sie dann -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rsetzen -\family default +\family default anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -rsetzen\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rsetzen\InsetSpace ~ durch: -\family default +\family default ersetzt. Dann können Sie weitersuchen. Wenn Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default -lles\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lles\InsetSpace ~ ersetzen -\family default +\family default anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht, wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt. Ist das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -rsetzen\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rsetzen\InsetSpace ~ durch: -\family default +\family default leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über den Umschaltknopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default -roß-/Kleinschr.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +roß-/Kleinschr.\InsetSpace ~ beachten -\family default +\family default können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt werden soll. Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Treffen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset treffen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nicht gefunden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Umschaltknopf -\family sans -Ganzes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ganzes\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default ort -\family default +\family default schaltet den Modus \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nur ganze Worte finden \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein und aus. Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Treff \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Treffer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nicht gefunden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen, denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen. Wählen Sie die Funktion -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen. Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+Z -\family default +\family default ) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen. Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt, um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung. Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht anwählbar. Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset geändert \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erhalten bleibt. Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte verbunden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Funktionen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\family default +\family default sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar Eigenheiten. So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise; @@ -1232,610 +1380,681 @@ iederholen zu bekommen, wieviel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben. Außerdem funktioniert -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default iederholen -\bar under +\bar under -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default nicht im Mathematikmodus. Ein Tip dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ückgängig -\family default +\family default die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus gewechselt sind. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Grundfunktionen der Maus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard An dieser Stelle sollen nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben werden, die mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können. In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle Funktionen kennenlernen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Positionieren -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on +\emph on linken -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauscursor. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Querverweise -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ein Klick mit der -\emph on +\emph on rechten -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Text markieren -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Halten Sie die -\emph on +\emph on linke -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus. LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers. Mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren, Strg+C -\family default +\family default oder \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen, Strg+V -\family default +\family default oder \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset in den Text ein. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der -\emph on +\emph on mittleren -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei chers den X-Puffer. Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen verloren. Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ein einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on +\emph on linken -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte. Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tabellen -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ein einfaches Klicken mit der -\emph on +\emph on rechten -\emph default +\emph default Maustaste öffnet ein Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Tabelle verändern können. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:key bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset Auch hier werden nur einige grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen beschrieben. Generell sollten Sie mit der Tastatur vertraut sein, ansonsten finden Sie im -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default eine Zusammenstellung -\emph on +\emph on aller -\emph default +\emph default Tastaturfunktionen. In jedem Fall sollten Sie bedenken, daß es in LyX zwei grundlegende Schemata der Tastaturbelegungen gibt, CUA und Emacs. Sie werden sicherlich fluchen, wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Strg+D -\family default +\family default drücken, um ein Zeichen zu löschen, und stattdessen eine DVI-Ansicht gestartet wird (oder umgekehrt). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Tasten wie -\family sans +\family sans Bild \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , Bild \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset machen genau das, was Sie von ihnen erwarten. Andere tun dies nicht: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tab \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tab} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default In LyX gibt es keine Tabulatoren. Wenn Ihnen das unverständlich erscheint, sollten Sie zunächst die Abschnitte \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset und insbesondere \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset lesen, bevor Sie hier weiterlesen. Im Zweifelsfall werfen Sie auch nochmals einen Blick in das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie unbedingt etwas Tabulatorähnliches benötigen, können Sie das meistens durch eine Tabelle ohne Rahmen simulieren, siehe auch \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Esc \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Esc} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbruchtaste \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie wird normalerweise eingesetzt, um Vorgänge abzubrechen. Näheres erfahren Sie in späteren Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Pos \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Pos 1} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default -und\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +und\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Ende \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ende} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default - Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang bzw.\InsetSpace ~ das Ende der aktuellen Zeile. Wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastenbelegung verwenden, erfolgt die Positionierung - an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + an den Anfang bzw.\InsetSpace ~ das Ende des Dokumentes. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Entf \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Entf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Vorausgesetzt Ihre Tastatur ist im X-Window-System korrekt eingestellt, löscht -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (Backspace -\family default +\family default ) das Zeichen links und -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default das Zeichen rechts vom Cursor (falls kein Text markiert ist). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Falls Ihre Tastatur nicht richtig eingestellt ist oder Sie keine Vorstellung davon haben, was hier gemeint ist, dann lesen Sie bitte in -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default nach. Sie werden sich dadurch einige Probleme ersparen. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Weiterhin gibt es die Modifiziertasten: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Strg \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Strg} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ (Control) -\family default +\family default Diese hat eine unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nachdem mit welcher anderen Taste sie gedrückt wird: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zusammen mit -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Entf -\family default +\family default wird anstelle eines einzelnen Zeichens ein ganzes Wort gelöscht. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zusammen mit -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset können Sie den Cursor wortweise bewegen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zusammen mit -\family sans +\family sans Pos \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset 1 -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Ende -\family default - bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang bzw.\InsetSpace ~ das Ende des Dokumentes. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umschalt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ (Shift) -\family default +\family default Zusammen mit den Cursortasten können Sie den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Cursorposition markieren. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Alt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Alt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ (Meta) -\family default +\family default Auch sie hat viele mögliche Funktionen, aber generell wird sie als Menüfunktion staste eingesetzt. Wenn Sie sie zusammen mit einem der in den Menüs unterstrichenen Zeichen drücken, wird die entsprechende Menüfunktion aktiviert. Beispielsweise entspricht \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -Alt+B\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+B\InsetSpace ~ E \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dem Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Einfügen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch weitere Funktionen, die über die -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default -Taste angesprochen werden können. Weitere Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte dem -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Compose \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Compose} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Diese Taste ist die Kombination -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+AltGr -\family default +\family default und/oder die rechte -\family sans +\family sans Windoof -\family default +\family default -Taste (rechts von -\family sans +\family sans AltGr -\family default +\family default ). Sie ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten oder andere zusammengesetzte Zeichen nur manchmal benutzt. Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default -Taste machen können: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ ' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -O\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +O\InsetSpace ~ R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -1\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +1\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Compose\SpecialChar ~ -<\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Compose\InsetSpace ~ +<\InsetSpace ~ < -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Zeit werden Sie sicherlich weitere Tastenbelegungen und Tastaturkürzel lernen, denn LyX zeigt bei fast allen Aktionen im Minipuffer (der Zeile @@ -1845,540 +2064,592 @@ nen Funktion sowie alle mit dieser Funktion belegten Tastenkombinationen Die verwendete Notation ist dabei dieselbe wie auch in den Texten der Dokumenta tion, Sie sollten also keine Verständnisprobleme haben. Beachten Sie aber in jedem Fall, daß die Umschalttaste ( -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ) immer explizit mitangegeben wird. Zum Beispiel bedeutet -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-p S-A -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Alt+P -\family default +\family default gefolgt von einem großen -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+P\InsetSpace ~ Umschalt+A -\family default +\family default ), \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S-C-S -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+S -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+S -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII-Dateien \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset importieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Text aus einer ASCII-Datei mit zwei Befehlen in LyX einfügen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -SCII\SpecialChar ~ -Text\SpecialChar ~ -als\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +SCII\InsetSpace ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ +als\InsetSpace ~ Zeilen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default erzeugt aus jeder Zeile der Datei einen eigenen Absatz im LyX-Dokument. Dies ist praktisch, wenn Sie beispielsweise eine einfache Liste übernehmen wollen. Wenn die ASCII-Datei jedoch bereits selber eine Absatzstruktur aufweist, wird LyX diese bei dieser Form der Einbindung durcheinanderbringen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -Text\SpecialChar ~ -als\SpecialChar ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ +als\InsetSpace ~ Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default erhält die in der Datei vorhandene Absatzstruktur. Oft sind in einer ASCII-Datei die Absätze nicht jeweils in einer eigenen Zeile enthalten, sondern durch Zeilenumbrüche formatiert. Die Methode -\family sans -als\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +als\InsetSpace ~ Absätze -\family default +\family default faßt allen Text zwischen zwei Leerzeilen in einem eigenen Absatz zusammen. Aber beachten Sie bitte: Die Zeile zwischen zwei Absätzen muß -\emph on +\emph on vollständig leer -\emph default +\emph default sein. Ist sie das nicht, faßt LyX sie zu einem einzigen Absatz zusammen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit den Funktionen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+X -\family default +\family default ), -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+C -\family default +\family default ) und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset (Strg+V) -\family default +\family default können Sie Text zwischen LyX und anderen X-Fenstern transferieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard So können Sie Text von LyX in andere X-Fenster kopieren: Markieren Sie den Text in LyX, dann wechseln Sie in das andere X-Fenster und fügen den Text mit der mittleren Maustaste -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default einfügen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Einfügen von Text in LyX funktioniert fast genauso wie in X. Markieren Sie den gewünschten Text in einem anderen X-Fenster. Wechseln Sie zum LyX-Fenster und fügen die Auswahl mit der mittleren Maustaste ein. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn jemand LyX für Sie eingerichtet hat, können Sie dieses Kapitel ruhig überspringen. Es beschreibt alles, was Sie außer dem LyX-Programm und den mitgelieferten Dateien benötigen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie LyX selber installiert haben, -\emph on +\emph on sollten Sie alle README-Dateien, die zusammen mit LyX kamen, lesen und dann -\family sans -\emph default -\bar under +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout -eX\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset -\bar under +eX\InsetSpace ~ + +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default onfiguration. -\family default +\family default Das ist das Erste, was Sie tun sollten. Dieses Kapitel beschreibt -\series bold +\series bold nicht -\series default +\series default , wie man LyX installiert oder einrichtet, sondern es beschreibt alles, was Sie benötigen, um alle Möglichkeiten von LyX ausnützen zu können. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hier wollten wir hauptsächlich einige Informationen darüber festhalten, wie man LyX benutzt, einschließlich der anderen Programme, die man benötigt, damit LyX nützlich wird. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-Grundeinstellungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, LyX zu starten. Die erste ist, LyX und alle Hilfsprogramme und -dateien auf Ihrem System zu installieren. Dazu brauchen Sie natürlich -\emph on +\emph on root -\emph default +\emph default -Privilegien. Die zweite Möglichkeit, LyX zu starten, erfordert keine -\emph on +\emph on root -\emph default +\emph default -Privilegien. Sie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset installieren \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX einfach als Benutzer. LyX wird selber feststellen, wo es sich befindet, wenn nur die Hilfsverzeichnis se an den richtigen Stellen sind. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt einige LyX-Funktionen, die innerhalb von LyX konfiguriert werden können, ohne Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten zu müssen. Zunächst einmal kann LyX Ihr System untersuchen, um festzustellen, was für Programme, LaTeX-Dokument-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind. LyX wird diese Informationen dazu verwenden, in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default vernünftige Werte für einige Variablen einzutragen. Obwohl diese Konfiguration bereits während der LyX-Installation durchgeführt wurde, gibt es vielleicht einige Dinge, die Sie lokal installiert haben und die LyX nicht sehen kann. Um LyX zu zwingen, Ihr System noch einmal zu durchforsten, sollten Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Neu\SpecialChar ~ +Neu\InsetSpace ~ k -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default nfigurieren -\family default +\family default wählen. Dann sollten Sie LyX neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden. Soweit LaTeX-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete betroffen sind, finden Sie diese Informationen unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -eX\SpecialChar ~ +eX\InsetSpace ~ Konfiguration -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der zweite Satz Einstellungen, den Sie vielleicht ändern wollen, besteht aus den allgemeinen Einstellungen für Dokumente, die Sie im -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default -Menü ändern können, zum Beispiel -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} . -\family default +\family default Zum Ändern öffnen Sie irgendein Dokument, machen Ihre Einstellungen und speichern sie unter -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default -Als\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +Als\InsetSpace ~ Dokument- -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -tandards\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tandards\InsetSpace ~ speichern -\family default +\family default . Dadurch wird eine Vorlage mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter defaults.lyx -\family default +\family default erzeugt, die automatisch von LyX geladen wird, wenn Sie ein Dokument ohne Vorlage öffnen. So stehen Ihnen Ihre Standardeinstellungen automatisch zur Verfügung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt viele andere benutzerdefinierbare Optionen, die man in LyX speichern kann. Beim Start liest LyX eine globale Konfigurationsdatei mit dem Namen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . Danach wird versucht, in Ihrem Heimatverzeichnis die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default zu lesen. Über das Dialogfenster -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default können viele LyX-Voreinstellungen geändert werden. Das Dokument -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default enthält weitere Informationen hierzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie mehr mit LyX machen wollen als nur Dokumente schreiben und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Dateien ausgeben, dann benötigen Sie LaTeX-Kenntnisse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie es nicht wissen, LaTeX ist eine Erweiterung von TeX. Es bereitet Dokumente vor und wurde 1984 von -\noun on +\noun on Donald Knuth -\noun default +\noun default entwickelt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eine Bemerkung zur Aussprache: TeX ist von griechischen Buchstaben abgeleitet, \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , was wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Blech \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ausgesprochen wird. Man sagt also \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX allerdings spricht sich \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyx \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset TeX liest Befehle aus einer ASCII-Datei und konvertiert sie in ein DVI-Format ( -\emph on +\emph on device-independent -\emph default +\emph default ). Die DVI-Datei kann dann an einen Drucker gesendet werden. TeX ist programmierbar, und LaTeX ist nichts als ein (sehr großer) Satz von TeX-Makros. LaTeX ist normalerweise Teil einer TeX-Distribution, das heißt Sie benötigen nur das TeX-Paket. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zur Zeit zwei LaTeX-Versionen. Die eine ist das ältere LaTeX 2.09, welches bereits seit 1994 überholt ist; @@ -2389,34 +2660,64 @@ Es gibt zur Zeit zwei LaTeX-Versionen. Wenn Sie Linux innerhalb der letzten fünf Jahre auf einem PC installiert haben und das mitgelieferte TeX-Paket (entweder teTeX oder NTeX), sollte alles in Ordnung sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noch einmal in aller Deutlichkeit: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center LyX -\emph on +\emph on KANN NUR MIT -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX2e -\emph on +\emph on ARBEITEN -\emph default +\emph default !!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn auf Ihrem System die Version 2.09 ist, lassen Sie LaTeX2e von Ihrem Systemadministrator installieren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie das nicht selber sind! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Linux benutzen, ist LaTeX2e wahrscheinlich in Ihrer Distribution enthalten. @@ -2425,393 +2726,437 @@ Wenn Sie Linux benutzen, ist LaTeX2e wahrscheinlich in Ihrer Distribution getan haben. Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist dort, und noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie wahrscheinl ich nicht brauchen werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie auf einem anderen System arbeiten, werden Sie wahrscheinlich mit Ihrem Systemadministrator sprechen müssen, damit TeX/LaTeX installiert wird, falls es nicht vorhanden ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Haben wir übrigens erwähnt, daß LyX nur mit LaTeX2e arbeitet? -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips und Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was Sie benötigen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da ist noch etwas, was Sie tun müssen, wenn Sie Ihre LyX-Dokumente drucken wollen. Natürlich muß Ihr Drucker richtig eingerichtet sein (siehe nächsten Abschnitt). Außerdem müssen Sie die folgenden vier Programme (oder vergleichbare) installie ren, wenn Sie sie noch nicht haben: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter gv \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX benutzt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default anstatt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default , weil es eine bessere Schnittstelle besitzt. Sie können aber auch andere PostScript®-Betrachter benutzen und das unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Konvertierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default etrachter: -\family default +\family default festlegen -\family sans +\family sans . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die letzten beiden Programme sind Betrachter für Dateien im DVI- und PostScript® \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® ist ein eingetragenes Warenzeichen von Adobe Systems Incorporated. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -Format. Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was eine DVI-Datei ist, haben Sie wahrscheinlich noch nie mit LaTeX gearbeitet und sollten jetzt das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default lesen ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorium), -\family default +\family default bevor Sie weitermachen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default konvertiert DVI-Dateien nach PostScript®. Dieses Format verstehen heutzutage die meisten Drucker. Diejenigen, die Nadel- oder Tintenstrahldrucker benutzen, müssen PostScript® durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default filtern. Es kann für viele Druckerarten eine Ausgabe erzeugen. Der folgende Abschnitt über Druckereinrichtung beschreibt, wie man erreicht, daß es bei jedem Druckvorgang automatisch geschieht. Im Moment wollen wir uns auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default konzentrieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dvips \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ob Sie LyX auf einem großen System benutzen oder unter Linux zu Hause, auf jeden Fall sollten Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default konfigurieren. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset druckt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset entweder in eine Datei oder sendet die Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker, abhängig von der Einstellung. Wenn in eine Datei gedruckt wird und kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.dvi -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.ps -\family default +\family default . Auf den meisten Systemen ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default so eingerichtet, daß die Ausgabe zum Standarddrucker geschickt wird. Mit LyX möchten Sie vielleicht beide Möglichkeiten nutzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie keine Lust haben, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default so einzurichten, daß die Ausgebe an den Drucker geschickt wird, können Sie diesen Abschnitt ruhig überspringen. Aber seien Sie gewarnt, daß die Ausgabe nicht so gut werden könnte, wie Sie es von Ihrem Drucker erwarten. Aber es wird wenigstens gedruckt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie teTeX benutzen (eine TeX-Distribution, die bei Linux besonders populär ist), sollten Sie das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default laufen lassen. Damit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default den Namen des Druckers kennt, sollten Sie als nächstes -\family sans +\family sans Dvips -\family default +\family default auswählen und dann -\emph on +\emph on add -\emph default +\emph default . Geben Sie die benötigten Parameter ein, wählen die Funktion -\family sans +\family sans Rehash -\family default +\family default und beenden das Programm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nun zur manuellen Konfiguration: um -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default mitzuteilen, wie es eine DVI-Datei automagisch \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ja, wir meinen das so! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset in eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default -Datei für den Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default umformen kann, benötigen Sie die Konfigurationsdatei \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.foo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , die irgendwo auf Ihrem System ist. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Unter Linux ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter locate -\family default +\family default ein guter Befehl zum Suchen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Normalerweise finden Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.* -\family default +\family default -Dateien für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default für die meisten TeX-Distributionen. Ihr System wird möglicherweise anders eingerichtet sein, also fangen Sie im Hauptverzeichnis von TeX an, nach einem Unterverzeichnis namens \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu suchen. Es wird da irgendwo sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Normalerweise wird es mindestens eine Konfigurationsdatei geben: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . Diese Datei enthält die Standard\SpecialChar \- einstellungen, die -\emph on +\emph on immer -\emph default +\emph default von dvips \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Insbesondere setzt diese Datei keine namens -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default voraus. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset gelesen werden. Lesen Sie die Datei und stellen Sie fest, welche Optionen Sie für Ihren Drucker ändern müssen. Dann schreiben Sie die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.foo -\family default +\family default , die nur die relevanten Zeilen enthält. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt mindestens eine Änderung, die Sie evtl. in der config-Datei vornehmen müssen. Es kann eine Zeile geben, die so aussieht: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (natürlich ohne die Anführungszeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Ändern Sie sie in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -Pfoo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so daß die Ausgabe standardmäßig zum Drucker -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default geschickt wird. Außerdem sollten Sie sich die Einträge \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter D -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ansehen, die den Metafont-Modus und die Druckerauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lösung festlegen. @@ -2819,622 +3164,718 @@ l eiber: er paßt die TeX-Fonts an um sicherzustellen, daß Sie das bestmögliche Druckergebnis erhalten. Seien Sie aber gewarnt, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default einige Kopien Ihrer TeX-Fonts auf der Festplatte speichert, wenn Sie mehrere Metafont-Modi erzeugen, und das verschlingt wertvollen Speicherplatz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie sicher sind, daß Ihre Drucker richtig konfiguriert sind, sollten Sie das LyX mitteilen, damit es diese Konfiguration benutzen kann. Starten Sie dazu den Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default und tragen Sie die korrekten Namen und Befehle in -\family sans +\family sans Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator Drucker -\family default +\family default unter -\family sans +\family sans Name: -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Druckerbefehl\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Druckerbefehl\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Flags -\family default +\family default ein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können soviele config-Dateien wie nötig benutzen, eine für jeden Drucker. Der Standarddrucker für LyX kann im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default festgelegt werden oder mit der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PRINTER -\family default +\family default -Umgebungsvariablen. Sie können aber auch den gewünschten Drucker innerhalb von LyX auswählen, so wie es in einem späteren Abschnitt beschrieben wird. Wenn das alles fertig ist, können Sie von LyX aus entweder auf einem PostScript ®-Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Ihr Drucker PostScript® nicht versteht, benötigen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default als Filter für Ihren Druckerspuler. Das wird in vielen HOWTO und Handbüchern beschrieben. Wir haben auch einen Abschnitt, in dem darüber etwas steht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige scheinen die Kombination -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default nicht zu mögen. Als Alternative können Sie ein Programm benutzen, das die DVI-Datei direkt in Ihre Druckersprache übersetzt. Sie können dieses Programm ebenfalls im Dialog -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default festlegen. Ein Hauptnachteil dieser Methode ist, daß Sie keine PostScript®-Dateien wie zum Beispiel Grafiken in Ihr Dokument einfügen können, weil die druckerspez ifischen Umwandlungsprogramme PostScript® nicht verstehen. Deshalb empfiehlt die LyX-Mannschaft, zum Drucken auf jeden Fall -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default zu benutzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ghostscript \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Xdvi \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} -\end_inset +\end_inset und gv \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default sind Dateibetrachter. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default betrachtet DVI-Dateien, während -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default zusammen mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default PostScript®-Dateien betrachtet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine kurze Anmerkung zu beiden Programmen. Beide aktualisieren ihre Ausgabe automatisch, wenn die betrachtete Datei \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard das ist die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default - oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default -Datei, nicht die Quelldatei. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset geändert wurde. Man kann eine Aktualisierung aber auch erzwingen. Das bedeutet, daß Sie ein einmal geöffnetes Fenster nicht mehr schließen müssen. Beide Programme sind sehr ähnlich und haben dieselben Funktionen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die LyX-Mannschaft empfiehlt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , um Dokumenten den letzten Schliff zu geben. Warum? Es ist schneller, weil es einen Arbeitsschritt weniger gibt, bis Sie die Änderungen sehen können. Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Benutzen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+ -\family default +\family default D)), um ein mit LyX geschriebenes Dokument zu betrachten und lassen das Fenster geöffnet. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ändern Sie das Dokument mit LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Um die Änderungen zu sehen, wählen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+D -\family default +\family default ). Nachdem LaTeX fertig ist, klicken Sie in das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Fenster, und voilà! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default aktualisiert die Darstellung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das bedeutet nun nicht, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default nutzlos ist. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default ist besser für Gelegenheiten ausgerüstet, wo Sie die PostScript®-Version des Dokuments betrachten -\emph on +\emph on müssen. -\emph default +\emph default Für wiederholte Änderungen, die nicht von PostScript® abhängen, fahren Sie mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default besser. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Der Drucker -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wer auf einem großen System arbeitet, sollte keine Probleme haben. -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Ihr Systemadministrator -\size normal +\size normal (o -\size default +\size default de -\size normal +\size normal r -\size default +\size default Sie, wenn Sie es sind -\size normal +\size normal ) s -\size default +\size default ollte bereits die Drucker für das System eingerichtet haben -\size normal +\size normal . -\size default +\size default Sie müssen nur den Namen des Druckers herausfinden, den Sie benutzen wollen, -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default u -\size normal +\size normal nd -\size default +\size default Ihre -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Einstellungen wie im letzten Absatz beschrieben konfigurieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wer aber -\size normal +\size normal Linux -\size default +\size default benutzt -\size normal +\size normal , h -\size default +\size default at ein wenig mehr Arbeit -\size normal +\size normal . -\size default +\size default Viele erhalten jetzt eine -\size normal +\size normal Linux -\size default +\size default -D -\size normal +\size normal istribution -\size default +\size default auf -\size normal +\size normal CD-ROM -\size default +\size default \SpecialChar \@. -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default Sie befolgen die Installationsvorschriften und bekommen -\size normal +\size normal Linux -\size default +\size default zum Laufen -\size normal +\size normal , -\size default +\size default aber sind sich nie klar darüber, daß sie ihren Drucker einrichten müssen -\size normal +\size normal . -\size default +\size default Wir haben im -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default -Handbuch ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default npassung -\family default +\family default ) ein Kapitel -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine Anleitung für Drucker \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default geschrieben, das Ihnen ein wenig dabei helfen kann. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-Grundlagen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumenttypen -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was für eine -\emph on +\emph on Art -\emph default +\emph default von Dokument Sie wollen. Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum e, Überschriften, Numerierungen, usw. Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine -\emph on +\emph on Dokumentklasse -\emph default +\emph default beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von Dokumenten gemeinsam haben. Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automagisch fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes. Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse. Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lesen Sie jetzt, welche Dokumentklassen Sie in LyX wählen können und wie man einige Eigenschaften feineinstellt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wir werden im folgenden die englischen Namen beibehalten, wie Sie sie in den Menüs u. ä. finden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Übersicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX gibt es fünf Standarddokumentklassen: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description article für Standardartikel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description book für Bücher -\layout Description +\end_layout -letter\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +letter\InsetSpace ~ (german) für Briefe im deutschen Stil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description report für Standardberichte -\layout Description +\end_layout -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +slides\InsetSpace ~ (default) für Dias -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech end eingerichtet ist. -\layout Description +\end_layout -article\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society). Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts. -\newline +\newline Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Numerierungsschema für Sätze usw., das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt. Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam numeriert, aber Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Numerierungsfolge. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold sequential numbering -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern numeriert alles fortlaufend. Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Numerierungsreihenfolge. -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold unnumbered \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series default +\series default verzichtet vollständig auf die Numerierung. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -article\SpecialChar ~ +article\InsetSpace ~ (REVTeX) Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der American Physical Society (APS), des American Institute of Physics (AIP) und der Optical Society of America (OSA). Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel. -\layout Description +\end_layout -book\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +book\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) Bücher im Stil und Format der AMS. Es wird nur die Standardnumerierung benutzt, in der Annahme, daß man Sätze - usw.\SpecialChar ~ + usw.\InsetSpace ~ numerieren muß, aber nicht durchgehend. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description letter für Briefe im US-amerikanischen Stil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description paper für die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paper -\family default +\family default LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Dokumentklasse (nicht in allen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen Dokumentklassen benutzen kann. Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} i-Tipps -\family default +\family default . Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen gemeinsam sind. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Eine Klasse auswählen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können eine Klasse über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under D -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lasse: -\family default +\family default auswählen. Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Eigenschaften -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, hier ist eine Tabelle mit ihnen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3448,966 +3889,1136 @@ Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, hier ist eine Tabelle mit ihnen: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Seitenstil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Format -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Spalten -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans höchste Abschnittsstufe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Zweiseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard keine -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard SGML (Linuxdoc) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard keine -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Einseitig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans 1-spaltig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans höchste Abschnittsstufe -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet. Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen. Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri ften. Nur zwei benutzen die -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default -Überschrift. Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte n. Außer -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default -Überschriften gibt es auch -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default -Überschriften, -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\family default +\family default -Überschriften usw. Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschreiben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Feineinstellung der Standardwerte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja, wir wissen, daß wir Ihnen noch nicht gesagt haben, was die meisten dieser \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standardwerte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset machen, die man über den -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lasse -\family default +\family default -Knopf erhält. Dafür ist dieser Abschnitt da. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default eiten-Stil \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten-Stil} -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family default +\family default Dies ist eine weitere Liste mit fünf Optionen. Damit wird festgelegt, wie Überschriften und Seitenzahlen aussehen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX macht diesen Teil. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout List + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default das Standardseitenformat der gewählten Klasse benutzen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans empty -\family default +\family default weder Seitenzahlen noch Überschriften. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default nur Seitenzahlen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans headings -\family default +\family default Seitenzahlen und Kapitel- oder Abschnittsüberschriften mit Nummer. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ob LyX die Kapitel- oder die Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt, hängt von Extra->Tiefe der Abschnittsnumerierung ab. ??? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default gestattet völlig individuell gestaltete Kopf- und Fußzeilen, wenn Sie das Paket -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default installiert haben. Zur Zeit kann LyX dies nur beschränkt unterstützen. Um alle Möglichkeiten des Pakets ausschöpfen zu können, müssen Sie in Ihrem Vorspann -\emph on +\emph on magic code -\emph default +\emph default eintragen. Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default -Paketes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zur Zeit unter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi zu finden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset für weitere Einzelheiten. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Seiten\InsetSpace ~ Z -\bar under +\bar under w -\bar default +\bar default eiseitig -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten Zweiseitig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nein, LyX kann Ihren Drucker nicht dazu bringen, beide Seiten eines Blattes zu bedrucken! Aber es kann andere Formate für gerade und ungerade Seiten benutzen. Wenn Sie einen Drucker mit Duplexdruck haben \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das heißt beide Seiten eines Blattes werden bedruckt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , werden die Seitenzahlen immer in der oberen Ecke der Seite außen sein, und der innere Rand wird genug Platz zum Binden lassen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Spalten -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Spalten} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hier kann man die Zahl der Spalten auf einer Seite wählen. Beachten Sie, daß LyX keine zwei Spalten anzeigen wird. Das ist unpraktisch, oft unleserlich und gehört nicht zum WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Konzept. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard siehe -\emph on +\emph on Einführung -\emph default +\emph default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inführung -\family default +\family default ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Aber in der Druckausgabe -\emph on +\emph on werden -\emph default +\emph default die beiden Spalten zu sehen sein. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Zusatz- -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Optionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family default +\family default Das LaTeX-Kommando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default hat mehrere Optionen. LyX setzt einige davon für Sie automatisch. In das Kästchen können Sie weitere eintragen. Sie müssen nur eine mit Kommas getrennte Optionsliste eingeben. Lesen Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nach, was für Optionen Sie benutzen können. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Absatztrennung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Hierzu gibt es einen eigenen Abschnitt. Lesen Sie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset , was dieser Parameter bewirkt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Seitenorientierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Papierformat \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Ränder \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default noch weitere Parameter, die man setzen kann. Es sind alles globale Parameter, aber sie dienen besonderen Zwecken und berühren nur gewisse Funktionen. Deswegen beschreiben wir sie dort, wo wir die von ihnen betroffenen Funktionen beschreiben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zwei globale Parameter, die wir hier beschreiben wollen. Sie finden sie im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under D -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Seite -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Abmessungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abmessungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Legt die Papiergröße fest. Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Benutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} iniert -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans US letter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans US legal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans US executive -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans A3, A4, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans B3, B4, B5 -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Orientierung -\family default +\family default Hier kann man mit zwei Knöpfen zwischen -\family sans +\family sans Ho -\bar under +\bar under c -\bar default +\bar default hformat -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerformat -\family default +\family default wählen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für einige Einstellungen benötigen Sie das -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default -Paket. Mit diesem Paket können Sie in diesem Menü dann auch die -\family sans +\family sans Ränder -\family default +\family default setzen. Wenn Sie unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default änder: -\family default +\family default etwas Anderes als -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default wählen, können Sie das -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default -Paket nicht benutzen. Die Ränder sind dann festgelegt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wichtiger Hinweis: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie die Klasse eines Dokumentes ändern, muß LyX -\emph on +\emph on alles -\emph default +\emph default in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen. Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie. Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen. Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, setzt LyX die fehlenden Absatzumgebungen auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default und plaziert ein Fehlerkästchen an den Anfang des Absatzes. Wenn Sie draufklicken, sehen Sie eine Meldung, warum die Umwandlung fehlschlug. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Absatzeinrückung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Absatztrennung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einleitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas über Para\SpecialChar \- @@ -4420,44 +5031,50 @@ einr zwischen zwei Absätzen ein. Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention. Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den -\emph on +\emph on ersten -\emph default +\emph default Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer - Liste usw.\SpecialChar ~ + Liste usw.\InsetSpace ~ -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default ein. Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen, -\emph on +\emph on alle -\emph default +\emph default Absätze einzurücken. LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken. Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl in der Präambel. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen Überschrift und Text -- alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind @@ -4470,203 +5087,225 @@ Der Abstand zwischen zwei Abs um sicherzustellen, daß Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen, daß Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, daß Sie das nicht ändern können. LyX läßt Sie -\emph on +\emph on alle -\emph default +\emph default vordefinierten Abstände global ändern. Wir werden das später erklären. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Globale Absatztrennung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , um das Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default anzuzeigen. Dann wählen Sie bei auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Dokument -\family default +\family default bei -\family sans +\family sans Absatztrennung -\family default +\family default entweder -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inrückung -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Abs -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default and -\family default +\family default , um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen einzufügen. Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen festlegen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Feineinstellung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen. Wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , um das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default anzuzeigen. Dort können Sie unter -\family sans +\family sans Text -\family default +\family default den -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default -eine\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eine\InsetSpace ~ Einrückun -\family default +\family default g-Knopf drücken, um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern. Wenn Absätze standardmäßig eingerückt werden, wird der Knopf deaktiviert sein. Wenn Absätze nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen Leerraum abgetrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt Sie können ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen Absatzes ändern müssen. Normalerweise wählt man -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inrückung -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bstand -\family default +\family default für das gesamte Dokument. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zeilenabstände ändern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie das -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default -Paket installiert haben, können Sie Ihren Zeilenabstand im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default einstellen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Absatzumgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei den verschiedenen Befehlsfolgen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environment -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } ... -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default { -\emph on +\emph on environment -\emph default +\emph default }. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Dies scheint ein LaTeX-Fehler zu sein, siehe auch \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} -\end_inset +\end_inset , S. 21 und S. @@ -4674,80 +5313,86 @@ HHa LaTeX hat offensichtlich Probleme, den Schreibmaschinenfont richtig umzubrechen. Man kann das mit den Trennhilfen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset korrigieren, manchmal hilft es auch, solche Textteile als URL zu definieren (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:URLs} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Manchmal hilft -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sloppypar -\family default +\family default weiter (siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default oder auch \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn Sie LaTeX nicht kennen oder das Konzept der Absatzumgebung völlig fremd für Sie ist, sollten Sie unbedingt das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default lesen. Das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default enthält auch viel mehr Beispiele als dieser Abschnitt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Behälter \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default enthält. - Diese können Stil, Font, Ränder, Numerierungsart, Marken usw.\SpecialChar ~ + Diese können Stil, Font, Ränder, Numerierungsart, Marken usw.\InsetSpace ~ betreffen. Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset schachteln \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt. Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstopps, @@ -4755,489 +5400,553 @@ schachteln den Tagen der Schreibmaschinen überflüssig. Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten. Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pull-down \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Menü am Anfang der Werkzeugleiste. LyX wird die Umgebung des -\emph on +\emph on gesamten -\emph default +\emph default Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern. Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn man -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default eingibt, wird -\emph on +\emph on normalerweise -\emph default +\emph default ein neuer Absatz des Typs -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default begonnen. Wir sagen -\emph on +\emph on normalerweise -\emph default +\emph default , weil das nicht immer stimmt. Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} -\end_inset +\end_inset -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} -\end_inset +\end_inset -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quotation \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quotation} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gedicht} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Verse \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Enumerate \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Beschreibung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Description} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Liste \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: List \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{List} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default eingeben, anstatt nach -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zurückzukehren. LyX wird aber die Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzen. Normalerweise werden am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes Umgebung -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default +\emph default Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt (mehr über Schachtelung in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Manchmal jedoch behält LyX die alte Umgebung. Für den Augenblick: all dies ist kontextabhängig. Es ist besser für Sie, wenn Sie erwarten, daß -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzt. Wenn Sie einen neuen Absatz mit der bisherigen Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe wollen, benutzen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Damit wird die Funktion -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\family default +\family default ausgelöst. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die normale Absatzumgebung ist -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften. Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen. Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen -- und die meisten dieses Handbuches -- haben die -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung die -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung wählen, aber in einer -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumenttitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen und das Datum. Außerdem können Sie eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben. Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite zusammen mit dem Druckdatum. Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Titelseite \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \- tenkommandos zur Verfügung. So benutzen Sie sie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default -Umgebung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!-Umgebung} -\end_inset +\end_inset (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Title \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Title} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default -Umgebung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor-Umgebung} -\end_inset +\end_inset (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Author \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Author} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie wollen, daß das Datum Ihrem Geschmack entspricht, wenn Sie ein festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen, benutzen Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default -Umgebung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum-Umgebung} -\end_inset +\end_inset (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Date \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Date} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional. Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Passen Sie auf, daß Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen. Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Danksagungen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überschriften \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften. LyX übernimmt für Sie die Numerierung. Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Numerierte Überschriften -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt 6 numerierte Abschnittsüberschriften: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Chapter} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Unterabschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraph \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Paragraph -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subparagraph \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subparagraph} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte getrennt werden. @@ -5246,266 +5955,312 @@ LyX markiert jede Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch. Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel. LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default wird in -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default e unterteilt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default wird in -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default e unterteilt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default wird in -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\family default +\family default e unterteilt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\family default +\family default wird in -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default en unterteilt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default wird in -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default en unterteilt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Bemerkung: -\emph default +\emph default nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, wenn Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unterabschnitt zu markieren, markiert LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni tt -\family sans +\family sans es -\family default +\family default , des Abschnitt -\family sans +\family sans es -\family default +\family default und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschnitt steht. Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat die Marke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nichtnumerierte Überschriften -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt drei nichtnumerierte Überschriftsarten: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section* \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Unterabschnitt* \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection* \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn.* \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection* \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nach den Namen bedeutet, daß die Überschriften nicht numeriert werden. Sonst sind sie wie ihre numerierten Gegenstücke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ändern der Numerierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen numeriert und welche im Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen. Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse festgelegt wird. Einige Klassen beginnen mit -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default und gehen hinunter bis zur -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default -Stufe. Andere beginnen mit -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default . Auf ähnliche Weise numerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen. Die meisten numerieren weder -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default noch -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default . Das können Sie ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Unter -\family sans +\family sans Nummerierung -\family default +\family default können Sie festlegen, wie wieviele Hierarchiestufen LyX in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bschnitt: -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis: -\family default +\family default numerieren soll. Unglücklicherweise ist die Zahl, die Sie dort einstellen können, nichtssagend. Deshalb folgt eine Tabelle mit Werten und ihre Bedeutungen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5516,415 +6271,489 @@ nhaltsverzeichnis: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt/Inhaltsverzeichnis -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX numeriert folgende -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wert: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Überschriften: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard keine -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Teil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0 und 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bis -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Die aufsteigenden Zahlen sind kumulativ: eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird -\family sans +\family sans Teil -\family default +\family default e und -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default numerieren, während eine \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Teil -\family default +\family default e, -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default e und -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default e numerieren wird. Wenn Sie natürlich eine Dokumentklasse benutzen, die keine -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -Überschriften benutzt, dann beginnt die Numerierung bei -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset bedeutet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset keine Numerierung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Spezielle Informationen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten sowohl für -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn. -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Unterparagraph -\family default +\family default als auch für -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Unterabschnitt* -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unterunterabschn.* -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default können -\emph on +\emph on eingefügte Formeln -\emph default +\emph default (s. -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default ) schreiben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern. Schauen Sie sich nur um! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Einen Anhang erstellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt. -\family default +\family default Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Anhang\SpecialChar ~ -hier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Anhang\InsetSpace ~ +hier\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default eginnen -\family default +\family default . Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab en umgeändert. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zitate \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Lyrik \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben. Es sind -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default . Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen mußten. @@ -5932,541 +6761,624 @@ Gedicht Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. Sie erlauben auch schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default in ein -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default nach -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zurück, wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drücken. So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, daß die Absatzumgebung sich ändert. Das bedeutet natürlich, daß Sie am Ende die -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben, ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede. -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: -\family sans +\family sans quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: -\family sans +\family sans quotation \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quotation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default besitzen nur einen Unterschied: -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile niemals ein. -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes -\emph on +\emph on immer -\emph default +\emph default ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Dies ist die -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird. Sehen Sie -- keine Einrückung! -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats. Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher Leerraum. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Beispiel ist zu Ende. Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Dies ist die -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung. Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes einzurücken, dann ist -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen, -\emph on +\emph on wenn -\emph default +\emph default Sie anderen Text zitieren würden. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Hier ist ein neuer Absatz. Ich könnte wie ein Politiker zur Wahlzeit \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oder ein Manager auf Betriebsversammlungen ( -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset weiterschwafeln, aber es würde Sie langweilen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das war das andere Beispiel. Also: -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum verwenden. Sie sollten Zitate in einer -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung schreiben. Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Gedicht \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset Gedicht -\family default +\family default ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik. Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von -\noun on +\noun on Wilhelm Busch -\noun default +\noun default ): -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum -\newline +\newline gekrochen ist auf einen Baum, -\newline +\newline schon meint, daß er ein Vöglein wär' -\newline +\newline so irrt sich der. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel. Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um. Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste. Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Um eine Zeile umzubrechen -\newline +\newline und es gut aussehen zu lassen -\newline +\newline benutze man -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, rückt -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default nur den linken Rand ein. Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz. Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default -Funktion -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu erzeugen. In den -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default --Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen bzw.\InsetSpace ~ Zahlen. In den -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen läßt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden. Die individuellen Einzelheiten für jeden Typ werden wir beschreiben, nachdem wir ein paar allgemeine Eigenschaften beschrieben haben. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Allgemeine Eigenschaften -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei Hinsicht. Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement. Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drücken, wird die Umgebung -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement. Die Schachtelungstiefe wird jedoch zurückgesetzt. Wenn Sie Schachtelungstiefe -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default +\emph default Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, müssen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default benutzen, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln. LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung. Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie -\emph on +\emph on unbedingt -\emph default +\emph default den gesamten Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset lesen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung. Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der ersten Zeile. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default sich befindet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX benutzt immer dasselbe Symbol, den Stern. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default . Die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine Rolle spielt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir sagten, daß unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung benutzen würden. Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole. Denken Sie daran, daß Sie die Unterschiede nicht sehen können, wenn Sie das LyX-Original lesen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Marke für die erste Stufe von -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default ist ein schwarzer Kreis. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zurück zu Stufe drei. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zurück zu Stufe zwei. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Und zurück zu Stufe eins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default . Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default unter -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählungszeichen -\family default +\family default die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählungsebene -\family default +\family default anklicken, dann eins der Felder -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default andard -\family default +\family default bis -\family sans +\family sans Din -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default und schließlich eins der Symbole in der Matrix. Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt. In Feld -\family sans +\family sans LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX -\family default +\family default könne den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben. Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld -\family sans +\family sans G -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default öße -\family default +\family default für jede Ebene festlegen. Natürlich weiß LyX nichts davon; das macht das WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Konzept aus. Alle Anpassungen erscheinen im gedruckten Dokument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu ng abnimmt. @@ -6474,1124 +7386,1257 @@ ng abnimmt. \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset ausführlich beschreiben. Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Aufzählung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzt man, um numerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen. Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn nötig. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Jede neue -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung fängt mit 1 an. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ebenso wie die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung macht die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung folgendes: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Anders als bei der -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default in LyX -\emph on +\emph on zu erkennen -\emph default +\emph default . So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Die erste Stufe von -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelung abnimmt. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Zurück zu Stufe drei. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Zurück zu Stufe zwei. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Und zurück zu Stufe eins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch in der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen (siehe -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} i-Tipps -\family default +\family default ). Wie bereits erwähnt, erscheinen die Anpassungen nur im gedruckten Dokument, nicht auf dem LyX-Bildschirm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über Schachtelungen von -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben. Sie sollten -\emph on +\emph on wirklich -\emph default +\emph default Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default keine festen Marken. Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wort \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset der ersten Zeile als Marke. Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen die Marke und den Rest der Zeile ein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jetzt fragen Sie sich sicher, was mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset benutzt das erste Wort \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset gemeint ist. Wie bereits gesagt, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung des Herausgebers: Dies sollte irgendwo am Anfang stehen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset die Leertaste fügt keine Leerzeichen hinzu, sondern trennt Worte voneinander. In der -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung sagt das erste Benutzen der Leertaste LyX, daß die Marke zu Ende ist. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung des Herausgebers: -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Hoffentlich wird das jemand ändern. Es wäre nett, wenn zum -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Beispiel die -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default Tab -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -Taste die Marke beenden würde, weil LaTeX erlaubt, veränderbaren Leerraum in der Marke einer -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Liste zu benutzen. -jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aber was ist, wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen? Ganz einfach: benutzen Sie ein geschütztes -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Leerzeichen. (Entweder mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -gesch.\SpecialChar ~ +gesch.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eerzeichen -\family default +\family default .) Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset für weitere Hinweise. Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Zweites\SpecialChar ~ +Zweites\InsetSpace ~ Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in einer Marke eines -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Ele\SpecialChar \- men\SpecialChar \- tes benutzt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Gebrauch: Sie sollten die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen. Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben werden soll. Sie sollten die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen. Dann benutzt man besser -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default und schachtelt mehrere -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Absätze hinein. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Schachteln: Sie können natürlich -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen verschachteln. Lesen Sie Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset , um mehr darüber zu erfahren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die LyX- -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. Wenn Sie direkt hierher gelangt sind, ohne die Abschnitte \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset gelesen zu haben, sind Sie aufgeschmissen. Die -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung erzeugt -\emph on +\emph on keine -\emph default +\emph default numerierten Listen. Das macht -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default , und es ist in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschrieben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung hat ebenso wie die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement. Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und den anderen drei: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM Marken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Marken} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX benutzt das erste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wort \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset der ersten Zeile als Marke. Sie wird wie bei der -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM Ränder \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den Rest des Listenelementes. Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -Breite\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ +Breite\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ Marken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Markenbreite} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer t. Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in die erste Zeile \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ausgedehnt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das bedeutet, daß der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM Standardbreite \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardbreite} -\end_inset +\end_inset Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, daß die Texte aller Elemente der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM Gebrauch Die -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung sollten Sie wie die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, daß ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt, hervorgehoben wird. Mit der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem anderen Aussehen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM Schachtelung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelung} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sie können -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen Listen\SpecialChar \- umgebungen auch. Lesen Sie Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset , um mehr darüber zu erfahren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, hat diese Absatzumgebung eine Menge Funktionen! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die Sie ändern wollen. Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie den Cursor einfach in dieses Element. Dann öffnen Sie das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) und gehen zum Kästchen -\family sans +\family sans Markenbreite -\family default +\family default . Der Text in -\family sans +\family sans Län -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -ste\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ste\InsetSpace ~ Marke -\family default +\family default bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite. Wenn Sie wirklich wollen, aber nur dann, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer breitesten Marke eintragen, aber Sie müssen es nicht. Wir empfehlen, den Buchstaben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zu benutzen. Es ist der breiteste Buchstabe und ein Standardmaß in LaTeX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich können Sie auch andere Buchstaben benutzen. Oder Sie können es übertreiben und eine Kombination von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset I \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s benutzen. Aber die Breite des Buchstaben \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on ist -\emph default +\emph default ein Standardmaß für waagerechten Leerraum in LaTeX. Darum empfehlen wir, eine Reihe von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s zu benutzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Die Standardmarkenbreite ist 6 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s. Der Gebrauch von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset als Breitenmaß im Kästchen -\family sans +\family sans Markenbreite -\family default +\family default hat noch einen Vorteil: Sie müssen nicht dauernd den Inhalt des -\family sans +\family sans Markenbreite -\family default +\family default -Kästchens ändern, wenn Sie eine Marke in einer -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch eine Funktion der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung, von der wir Ihnen erzählen müssen. Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig linksbündig aus. In Wirklichkeit ist ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{HFill} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default am Ende der Marke eingebaut. Man kann zusätzliche -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s benutzen, damit LyX die Marken anders ausrichtet. Wir werden -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s später in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset dokumentieren. Hier sind einige Beispiele: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Links Die Standardausrichtung. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Rechts Ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default am Anfang der Marke richtet Sie nach rechts aus. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Zentriert -\hfill +\hfill Je ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die Marke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Machen Sie sich nichts daraus, wenn Sie noch nicht wissen, was -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s sind. Merken Sie sich nur, daß Sie sie zum Anpassen der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das ist alles über die vier Absatzumgebungen zum Erstellen von Listen. Augenblick -- haben wir erwähnt, daß Sie Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset wegen Schachtelungen lesen sollten? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Briefe \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Ein Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obwohl LyX Dokumentklassen für Briefe hat, haben wir zwei Absatzumgebungen -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default geschaffen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Anmerkung von -\noun on +\noun on Matthias -\noun default +\noun default : Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse. Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen. Sie müßten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder wie auch immer positionieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Um die -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default -Klasse benutzen zu können, müssen Sie spezielle Absatzumgebungen in einer festgelegten Reihenfolge benutzen, sonst wird LaTeX sich an dem Dokument übergeben. Dagegen können Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebun\SpecialChar \- gen überall problemlos benutzen. Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht alles in ihnen schachteln können. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich können Sie -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default nicht nur für Briefe benutzen. -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Gebrauch -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default -Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird. Entsprechend formatiert die -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default -Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird. Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel: -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Absender -\newline +\newline Straße -\newline +\newline PLZ Ort -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Ort, Datum -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das war eine -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Beachten Sie, daß alle Zeilen linksbündig sind. LyX setzt den linken Rand so, daß der längste Text auf eine Zeile paßt. Hier ist ein Beispiel für die -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default -Umgebung: -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Empfänger -\newline +\newline Straße -\newline +\newline PLZ Ort -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen ist zwischen -\family sans +\family sans Adresse (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: -\family default +\family default Address \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Address} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal. Wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung zurück. Das liegt daran, daß -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default -Funktion ist und die einzelnen Zeilen einer Adresse keine Absätze sind. Wollen Sie innerhalb von -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default -Funktion benutzen ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilenumbruch -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wissenschaftliche Texte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis. LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Zusammenfassung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Abstract \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abstract} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) kann man nur in den -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default -Dokumentklassen benutzen (und -\family sans +\family sans amsart -\family default +\family default , was nur ein Spezialfall von -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default ist). Die -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default -Dokumentklasse ignoriert -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default völlig, und es ist vollkommen töricht, -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default in der -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default -Dokumentklasse zu benutzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt. Technisch gesehen -\emph on +\emph on könnten -\emph default +\emph default Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie -\emph on +\emph on sollten -\emph default +\emph default es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun. Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. Es geht nicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie. Erstens wird die Marke -\noun on +\noun on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold -\noun default +\series bold +\noun default Zusammenfassung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series default +\series default zentriert über den Text gesetzt. Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. Zweitens ist der Font etwas kleiner, geradeso wie Sie es erwarten. @@ -7599,764 +8644,874 @@ Zusammenfassung Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen. Wenn Ihr Dokument die -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default -Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen Seite erscheinen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn man -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default drückt, wird die -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default zurückgesetzt. Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung sein. Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses Dokument die -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default -Klasse benutzt. Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese Umgebung ruhig ignorieren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Literaturverzeichnis \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste-Umgebung} -\end_inset +\end_inset (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Bibliography \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bibliography} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. Technisch gesehen -\emph on +\emph on könnten -\emph default +\emph default Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie -\emph on +\emph on sollten -\emph default +\emph default es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun. Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. Es geht nicht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt von der großen fetten Überschrift \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset References \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse. Jeder Absatz der -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis. Das Drücken von -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default setzt die Absatzumgebung -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default zurück. Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Am -\emph on +\emph on Anfang der -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on ersten Zeile -\emph default +\emph default eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einer Zahl sehen. Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chlüssel -\family default +\family default und eine -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke -\family default +\family default einfügen können. Der -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chlüssel -\family default +\family default ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen. Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über LaTeX. Wir könnten dann als -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chlüssel -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexbuch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset dafür nehmen. Sie können auch eine -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke -\family default +\family default benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke -\family default +\family default n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos. Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itat\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default benutzen. Dann wählen Sie einen der Werte aus dem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chlüssel -\family default +\family default -Feld. Ein Beispiel für ein Literaturverzeichnis finden Sie (wo sonst) am Ende dieses Dokumentes. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Siehe \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Kapitel 3]{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sind zwei Beispiele dafür, wie man Einträge davon zitiert. Im zweiten Beispiel haben wir das Feld -\family sans -Text\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Text\InsetSpace ~ danach: -\family default +\family default des -\family sans +\family sans Zitat -\family default +\family default -Menüs benutzt, um den Text \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitel 3 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset hinzuzufügen. Die Texte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , die Sie hier sehen, werden beim Drucken durch die entsprechenden Nummern des Literaturverzeichnisses ersetzt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das erweiterte LaTeX-Literaturpaket BibTeX wird von LyX auch unterstützt. Im Dokument -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default können Sie nachlesen, wie man es benutzt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besondere Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden. Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Beschriftung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Caption} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) wird standardmäßig für Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen benutzt. Auf dem LyX-Bildschirm werden Sie entweder die Marke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildung: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabelle: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sehen, abhängig vom Gleitobjekt-Typ. Außerdem erzeugt die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung im Ausdruck eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Man kann in die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung nichts schachteln und umgekehrt. -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default setzt die Absatz\SpecialChar \- umgebung auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zurück, das heißt ein -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default ist nur ein einzelner Absatz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerhalb von Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen kann man die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung nicht benutzen. Lesen Sie die Abschnitte \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset für mehr Einzelheiten über -\family sans +\family sans Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung. Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenfont. Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden; \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In der -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default -Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-word -\family default +\family default -Markierung. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX. Für Leerzeilen muß man -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default eingeben (die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default -Funktion). -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default beendet Absätze. Beachten Sie aber, daß -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt. Wenn man also die -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default -Umgebung beenden will, muß man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung machen. -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default nicht benutzen (das heißt auf -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default kann kein -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default folgen). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Auf -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default kann keine Leertaste folgen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Benutzen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen; dann können Sie die Leertaste benutzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Oder: benutzen Sie stattdessen -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Es gibt keinen leeren Absätze und keine leere Zeile. Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken. Sonst meldet LaTeX Fehler. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von -\family sans +\family sans ", -\family default +\family default weil das ' ' erzeugt. Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch -\family sans +\family sans Strg+" -\family default +\family default (oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Q -\family default +\family default , wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hallo Welt! -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das ist das Standard- \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hallo Welt! \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -C-Programm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset L \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default hat einen Zweck: Code zu setzen, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte, rc-Dateien usw. Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Kommentar \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Comment \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Comment} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) kann zum Schreiben von Kommentaren benutzt werden, die im gedruckten Dokument nicht erscheinen sollen. Um das deutlich zu machen, schreibt LyX die -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\family default +\family default -Umgebung in einer anderen Farbe, kursiv, mit dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Comment: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset davor und eingerückt. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Umgebungen schachteln \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Der große Wurf -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen dauernd zugesetzt, Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset zu lesen. Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Textverarbeitung-als-Superschreibmaschine \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sehr stark. Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier. Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nomen est omen! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften. Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, daß ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Block \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset einige Eigenschaften eines anderen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Blocks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erben soll? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen. Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte. Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste -\emph on +\emph on innerhalb -\emph default +\emph default einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gehört \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate eins -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate zwei -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Unterliste - Punkt 1 -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Unterliste - Punkt 2 -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate drei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie erstellt man eine Liste in einer anderen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inzwischen sollte die Antwort klar sein: man schachtelt eine Liste in die andere. @@ -8364,36 +9519,44 @@ Inzwischen sollte die Antwort klar sein: man schachtelt eine Liste in die In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen werden. Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja oder nein zu beantworten. Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ja \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ja \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auf die zweite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen. Erstens kann eine Umgebung überhaupt kein schachteln erlauben. @@ -8401,316 +9564,357 @@ Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX k Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie. Drittens gibt es Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in sie selber kann man nichts schachteln. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge bungen: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX, -\family sans +\family sans Literaturliste -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zusammenfassung -\family default +\family default vollständig zu schachteln. Ebenso kann man -\family sans +\family sans Titel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Autor -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Datum -\family default +\family default in andere Umgebungen schachteln. Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun. LaTeX könnte meckern -- oder auch nicht. Wir wissen es nicht genau. Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout -Nicht\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Nicht\InsetSpace ~ schachtelbar \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, nicht} -\end_inset +\end_inset Man kann sie nicht schachteln. Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Teil \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: -\family sans +\family sans Part \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Part} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), Kapitel, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel} -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterabschnitt, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterunterabschn., \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.} -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragraph, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterparagraph, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph} -\end_inset +\end_inset Teil*, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitel*, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Abschnitt*, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterabschnitt*, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Unterunterabschn.*, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Literaturliste, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zusammenfassung, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} -\end_inset +\end_inset Titel, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel} -\end_inset +\end_inset Autor, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor} -\end_inset +\end_inset Datum. \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Vollständig\SpecialChar ~ +Vollständig\InsetSpace ~ schachtelbar \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, vollständig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Man kann sie schachteln. Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Gedicht, Zitat (kurz), Zitat (lang), Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung, Liste, L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Teilweise\SpecialChar ~ +Teilweise\InsetSpace ~ schachtelbar \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, teilweise} -\end_inset +\end_inset Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln. Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Standard, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} -\end_inset +\end_inset - Right\SpecialChar ~ + Right\InsetSpace ~ Address, \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} -\end_inset +\end_inset Adresse. \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung paßt nirgendwo richtig hinein, weil sie nur in Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleit\SpecialChar \- ob\SpecialChar \- jekt-Tabellen benutzt wird. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Mathematik \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Gleitobjekte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} -\end_inset +\end_inset usw. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom schachteln betroffen sind. Das sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gleichungen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabellen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bilder -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Anmerkung: wenn Sie ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in ein Gleitobjekt einfügen, gilt dies nicht mehr. Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset weitere Einzelheiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln. Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln und Bilder. Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung -\emph on +\emph on inline -\emph default +\emph default ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einer eigenen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Absatz \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset haben, verhält sie sich wie eine teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebung. Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts in sie schachteln. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Punkt eins -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\begin_deeper -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Address \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8722,65 +9926,82 @@ Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (b). Die Tabelle ist in (a) geschachtelt. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Wieder zurück. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt aussehen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Punkt eins -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8792,72 +10013,94 @@ Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (b). Die Tabelle ist -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default in (a) geschachtelt. Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wieder zurück. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß (b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste ist! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug. LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Punkt eins -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8869,228 +10112,259 @@ Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist (b). Die Tabelle ist in 1. geschachtelt, aber -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default in (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Wieder zurück. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, wurde (b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber -\emph on +\emph on innerhalb -\emph default +\emph default von Punkt 1. Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen. Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie auf die richtige Tiefe auf! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dann sind da die sogenannten Gleitobjekte. Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist, der aber keinen festen Platz hat. Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset fließen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , je nachdem, wohin er am besten paßt. -\family sans +\family sans Fußnote -\family default +\family default n und -\family sans +\family sans Randnotiz -\family default +\family default en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle, - Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ -(breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen\SpecialChar ~ + Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\InsetSpace ~ +(breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen\InsetSpace ~ (breit). \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der Unterschied zwischen breiten und normalen Gleitobjekten spielt nur in zweispaltigen Dokumenten eine Rolle, wo sich breite -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt über eine erstrecken. In einspaltigen Dokumenten kann man -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default nicht Gleitobjekt-Abbildung (breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen (breit) wählen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn Sie in LyX ein Dokument bearbeiten, sieht ein geschlossenes Gleitobjekt wie ein hochgestelltes rotes Wort aus, das dem Absatz folgt. Weil ein Gleitobjekt aber keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt sich schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an LaTeX weitergereicht haben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die verschiedenen Bindungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht, ist es an der Zeit zu erklären, -\emph on +\emph on wie -\emph default +\emph default man schachtelt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung des Autors: Ich habe überlegt, diesen Abschnitt vor die beiden vorigen zu stellen, aber alle drei sind so eng verbunden, daß die richtige Reihenfolge schwierig herauszufinden war. -- jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als erstes können Sie Tastenkombinationen, einen Werkzeugleistenknopf und einen Menüeintrag benutzen. Wenn Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Umg -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -bungstiefe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +bungstiefe\InsetSpace ~ erhöhen -\family default +\family default wählen, wird die Schachtelungstiefe \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungstiefe} -\end_inset +\end_inset um eine Stufe -\emph on +\emph on erhöht -\emph default +\emph default . Sie können dafür auch den Werkzeugleistenknopf benutzen, auf dem Sie eine Seite mit einem Pfeil links von einem eingerückten Absatz sehen. Mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Umgebungstiefe\SpecialChar ~ +Umgebungstiefe\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default erringern -\family default +\family default wird die Schachtelungstiefe um eine Stufe -\emph on +\emph on verringert -\emph default +\emph default . Schließlich können Sie die Schachtelungstiefe mit -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default der Tastenkombination -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on erhöhen -\emph default +\emph default und mit -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on verringern -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln. Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte. Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich ist. @@ -9100,895 +10374,1019 @@ lten Abs Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut. Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht. Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals -\emph on +\emph on verringern -\emph default +\emph default (das heißt wiederholt -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default drücken), hält LyX auf der höchsten Stufe an. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehr als 7 Mal -\emph on +\emph on erhöhen -\emph default +\emph default (das heißt wiederholt -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default drücken), macht LyX \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset einen Umbruch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das heißt, wenn Sie die 7. Stufe erreichen, hält LyX dort nicht an, sondern beginnt wieder bei der äußersten Stufe, wenn Sie die Tiefe weiter erhöhen wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset niedrigste Stufe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet. Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne daß LaTeX meckert. Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den roten Klammer am linken Rand. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stufe 1 - außen -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Stufe 2 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Stufe 3 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Stufe 4 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stufe 5 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stufe 6 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen. Das bedeutet, daß Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default - oder -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default --Umgebung usw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-Umgebung usw.\InsetSpace ~ erzeugen können. Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide im obigen Beispiel sehen. Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln. Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default innerhalb von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Einige Beispiele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind Beispiele. Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen. Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so daß Sie sie reproduzieren können. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe. Es ist eine -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 2-a Dies ist Stufe 2. Wir haben -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default gedrückt, gefolgt von -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 3-a Dies ist Stufe 3. Diesmal haben wir nur -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default gedrückt, dann -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default zweimal nacheinander. Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können: -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default drücken, gefolgt von -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung, in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3-a \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset geschachtelt. Also ist sie auf Stufe 4. Wir haben dies erreicht durch -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , dann -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz - es funktioniert auch mit den -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -, -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein weiterer -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default erzeugt. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 4-a Dies ist Stufe 4. Wir haben -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \- umgebung auf -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default zurückgesetzt. Denken Sie daran -- innerhalb einer -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4. Aber wir -\emph on +\emph on können -\emph default +\emph default innerhalb von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3-a \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset weiterschachteln. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} und dies ist Stufe 6. Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5. Drücken Sie nur -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , gefolgt von -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 4-b Nach noch einem -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , gefolgt von -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3. Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1. Nach diesem Satz drücken wir -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , um die Liste zu beenden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das war's! Übrigens -- wir hätten auch die -\family sans +\family sans Beschreibung -\family default +\family default -, -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default -, -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang)- -\family default +\family default und sogar die -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default -Umgebung anstatt der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzen können. Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 2: Vererbung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Dies ist die LyX-Code-Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. Jetzt werden wir -\family sans +\family sans Return \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wäre -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default auch im Schreibmaschinenfont geschrieben ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Return -\family default +\family default ), würde im Ausdruck ein ähnlicher Fehler wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset auftreten. Also: Vorsicht mit dem Schreibmaschinenfont. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default drücken, dann -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Alt \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ; danach werden wir zur -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung wechseln. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung auf Stufe 2. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung nicht nur die Randeinstellung der Elternumgebung ( -\family sans +\family sans L \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset yX-Code -\family default +\family default ) erbt, sondern auch Font und Leerzeichen! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default gedrückt haben. Danach mußten wir die Absatzumgebung auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default zurücksetzen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Absatzumgebung. Wir wollen einige davon schachteln. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist Stufe 2. Wir haben -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default gedrückt, gefolgt von -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis. Dies ist die -\emph on +\emph on erste -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind. Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis. (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , dann -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , dann der Umgebungswechsel auf -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default .) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , dann -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family default +\family default Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen. Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \- umgebung zurückgesetzt auf -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default . Beachten Sie die Numerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine -\emph on +\emph on kleingeschriebene römische Zahl -\emph default +\emph default , weil wir auf der -\emph on +\emph on dritten -\emph default +\emph default Stufe der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung- -\family default +\family default in einer -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung- -\family default +\family default in einer -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Numerierung wird LyX benutzen? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten. Wir benutzen nur -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default , um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu erzeugen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wir wollen -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt \SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt \InsetSpace ~ + \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzen, um nach dem nächsten -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default die Tiefe zu verringern. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist Stufe 4. Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dies ist Stufe 3. Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene römische Zahlen für die Marken. Warum? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung -\emph on +\emph on immer noch -\emph default +\emph default die dritte Stufe der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung ist. Beachten Sie aber, daß LyX den Zähler für die Marke -\emph on +\emph on zurückgesetzt -\emph default +\emph default hat. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Eine weitere Folge -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2. Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern sind auch in der -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default -\family sans -Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default zurückgesetzt. Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp, den LyX für die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen benutzt. Die Anzahl von -\emph on +\emph on anderen -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen -\emph default +\emph default , die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default -Eintrag benutzt. Dasselbe gilt auch für die -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt. Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen. (Stufe 1: -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default ) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\family sans -Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Return, Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , Standard -\family default +\family default : Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo plazieren. Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe änderten. Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden. Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Return, Aufzählung -\family default +\family default : Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Jetzt dichten wir. -\newline +\newline Es wird noch schlechter. -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans -Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Return, Umschalt+Alt\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , Gedicht -\family default +\family default : Stufe 2) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Wir wollen ein Bier. -\newline +\newline Das wäre gerechter! -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Hier kommt eine Tabelle: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -9999,155 +11397,173 @@ Hier kommt eine Tabelle: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ein Fisch -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zwei Fische -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard rote Fische -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard blaue Fische -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse -\family sans -(Alt+Return, Tabelle, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +(Alt+Return, Tabelle, Alt+P\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default 3mal, -\family sans -Alt+Return, Gedicht, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Return, Gedicht, Alt+P\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) : -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Return, Aufzählung -\family default +\family default : Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag. Beachten Sie, daß die Wahl einer -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle -\family default +\family default die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so daß wir sie dreimal erhöhen mußten, damit die Tabelle in die -\family sans +\family sans Gedicht -\family default +\family default -Umgebung kommt. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Wir beenden nun die -\family sans +\family sans Aufzählung -\family default +\family default und wechseln nach -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default . Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1. Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen machen können. Die nächsten Absätze sind ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zitierter Brief \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wir werden die -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default - und die -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default -Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann eine weitere geschachtelte -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default für den Brief selber benutzen. Wir werden -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Return -\family default +\family default benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten. Denken Sie daran, daß Sie -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default benötigen, um innerhalb von -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default - und -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können. Hier ist das Ergebnis: -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address Nirgendwostr. 1234 -\newline +\newline 54321 Irgendwo -\newline +\newline 18. Feb. 1999 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso, -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, daß wir Ihre Bestellung über 50 Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können. @@ -10156,114 +11572,131 @@ wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu m Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell wie möglich liefern. In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch. Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Hochachtungsvoll, -\newline +\newline Franz Meier -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation Ende des Beispiels! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken. Wir hätten leicht eine -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default innerhalb von -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (lang) -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default schachteln können oder ein -\family sans +\family sans Zitat (kurz) -\family default +\family default innerhalb von einer -\family sans +\family sans Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} listung -\family default +\family default . Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fonts \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Textstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Formatierungssprachen sind dazu übergegangen, Buchstabenstile an Stelle von Fonts zu definieren. So benutzt man zum Beispiel den Stil \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hervorgehoben \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset anstatt die Kursivform des momentanen Fonts zu nehmen. Dieses Konzept paßt vollkommen zu LyX. In LyX macht man Dinge kontextabhängig anstatt sich mit den Einzelheiten des Drucksetzens zu befassen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zur Zeit erlaubt LyX Ihnen, einen globalen Font festzulegen, der zwei Buchstaben stile besitzt: -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hervorhebung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitälchen} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Der -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default sstil entspricht einem kursiven Font. Der -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default stil entspricht einem Kapitälchenfont, den einige Sprachen und Schreibstile für Namen verwenden. Das LyX-Team hofft, eines Tages einen vollständigen Satz von Buchstabenstilen @@ -10271,138 +11704,144 @@ stil entspricht einem Kapit zu welchen Stilen gehören. Im Moment müssen Sie sich mit dem zufrieden geben, was wir bereits getan haben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Globale Optionen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Den Standardfont können Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default festlegen, das Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under D -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default erhalten. Es gibt zwei Parameter, die auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Dokument -\family default +\family default interessieren: -\family sans +\family sans Schriften \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriften} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Schriftgröße -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftgroße@Schriftgröße} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die möglichen Optionen unter -\family sans +\family sans Schriften -\family default +\family default umfassen -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und eine Liste von Fonts, die auf Ihrem System zur Verfügung stehen. Die Option -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset benutzt die Standard-TeX-Fonts, bekannt als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (cm) oder \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec). Die meisten Systeme haben normalerweise Versionen der Fonts Times und Helvetica und eine Vielzahl anderer Varianten. Sie müssen es selber herausfinden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Schriftgröße -\family default +\family default hat außer -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset drei Werte: -\family sans +\family sans 10 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans 11 -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans 12 -\family default +\family default . Denken Sie daran, dies ist die -\emph on +\emph on Basis -\emph default +\emph default zeichengröße. In Wirklichkeit skaliert LyX alle möglichen Fontgrößen (so wie die in Fußnoten, hoch- und tiefgestellt) über diesen Wert. @@ -10410,244 +11849,290 @@ zeichengr ist. Außerdem ist es ziemlich töricht, einen 8pt- oder 24pt-Font als Standardgröße zu benutzen, weil Ihr Dokument dadurch sicher unleserlich wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Denken Sie daran, daß LyX die Darstellung -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default ändert, wenn Sie neue Werte für -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eichensatz -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zeichen -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default röße -\family default +\family default gewählt haben. Sie werden den Unterschied erst in der Druckansicht sehen. Dies ist Teil des WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Konzeptes. Außerdem haben Sie sicher bereits erkannt, daß \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Roman \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Text in der LyX-Darstellung dem Standardfont entspricht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den Buchstabenstil für gewisse Absatz\SpecialChar \- umgebungen. Wir haben bereits zwei Buchstabenstile erwähnt: -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default . Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste auswählen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie wählen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default apitälchen -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default , oder -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Männchen zu sehen ist, oder -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie drücken -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+K. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine typische Anwendung für -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default -Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel -\noun on +\noun on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default ist der LyX-Erfinder. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default sstil wird häufiger benutzt. Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)aktivieren -- es sind ebenfalls Umschalter: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie wählen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ervorhebung -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default , oder -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Ausrufezeichen zu sehen ist, oder -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sie drücken -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+H. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zur Zeit ist der -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default sstil gleichbedeutend mit einem kursiven Font. Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu treffen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Den -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt. Hier ist noch ein Beispiel: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung. Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält. Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu oft hervorzuheben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noch eine letzte Bemerkung: mit -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+Leertaste -\family default +\family default kann man jederzeit zum Standardfont zurückkehren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : bei LyX-1.3.3 muß man den Text aber vorher markieren. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Feineinstellung mit dem -\family sans +\family sans Zeichen -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Menü -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muß. Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern. Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor, daß ein Font ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bemerkung von -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Für die LyX-Dokumentation gibt es auch Stilvorschriften, weil Handbücher eine gewisse Konsistenz haben sollten. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Manche Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal einen anderen Font, um die Gedanken einer Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen @@ -10657,831 +12142,912 @@ Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen. Es hat etwas von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Fonts und Größen benutzt, wirklich so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hineingeschossen. -- Aber genug gejammert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Fonts zu verändern, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eichen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , um das Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Zeichenformat -\family default +\family default angezeigt zu bekommen. Dieses Menü hat sieben Knöpfe für die verschiedenen Fonteigenschaften, die man auswählen kann. Klickt man auf einen Knopf, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder mit -\family sans -Keine\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Keine\InsetSpace ~ Änderung -\family default +\family default alles beim alten lassen. Mit -\family sans +\family sans Zurücksetzen -\family default +\family default wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb ung zurückgesetzt. Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen zurücksetzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die sieben Fonteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus -\family sans -Keine\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Keine\InsetSpace ~ Änderung -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zurücksetzen -\family default +\family default ) sind: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default amilie \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfamilie} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset allgemeine Aussehen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset des Fonts. Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default Dies ist die Fontfamilie Roman. Es ist auch die Standardfamilie. (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ R -\family default +\family default ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Serifenfrei -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Dies ist die Fontfamilie Sans Serif. -\family default +\family default (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ S -\family default +\family default ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Schreibmaschine -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dies ist die Fontfamilie Schreibmaschine -\family default +\family default (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ C -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default erie \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontserie} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Dies ist die Druckstärke \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Druckstärke} -\end_inset +\end_inset mit folgenden Optionen: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Mittel -\family default +\family default Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel. Es ist auch die Standardstärke. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Fett -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold Dies ist die Druckstärke fett. -\series default +\series default Fettdruck kann man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ettdruck -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ F -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+B -\family default +\family default (de)aktivieren. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans F -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rm \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontform} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Normal -\family default +\family default Dies ist die Standardform. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kursiv -\family default +\family default -\shape italic +\shape italic Dies -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default st die kursive Form -\shape default -\emph on +\shape default +\emph on . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Geneigt -\family default +\family default -\shape slanted +\shape slanted Dies ist die geneigte Form -\shape default +\shape default (obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form anders als kursiv). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Dies ist die Kapitälchenform -\shape default -\noun on +\shape default +\noun on . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default arben \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfarbe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen. Natürlich benötigen Sie einen Farbdrucker, wenn Sie es sehen wollen, und Sie müssen das -\family sans +\family sans color -\family default +\family default -LaTeX-Paket installiert haben. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default kann keine Farben darstellen. Sie können zwischen -\family sans +\family sans Schwarz -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Weiß -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Rot -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Grün -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Blau -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Türkis -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Magenta -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Gelb -\family default +\family default wählen. Wir werden es nicht demonstrieren, da die meisten keinen Farbdrucker haben. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default prache \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprache (ändern)} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihr Dokument einfügen wollen, berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische Silbentrennung. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default röße -\family default +\family default Ändert die Fontgröße \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion al zur Standardfontgröße. Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung von dem, was Sie machen wollen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Die Optionen (und ihre Tastenkürzel) sind: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Winzig -\family default +\family default -\size tiny +\size tiny Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset winzige \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: tiny oder winzig -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans -Alt+S\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+S\InsetSpace ~ T -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+1 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kleinst -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset klein 3 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: scriptsize oder sehr klein -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+2 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kleiner -\family default -\size footnotesize +\family default +\size footnotesize Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset klein 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: footnotesize oder Fußnote -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\size small +\size small Tastenkürzel -\size default +\size default = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+3 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Klein -\family default +\family default -\size small +\size small Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset kleine \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: small oder klein -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\size small +\size small Tastenkürzel -\size default +\size default = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+Umschalt+S -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+4 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Normal -\family default +\family default Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset normale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. LaTeX: normalsize oder normal -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+N -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+5 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Groß -\family default +\family default -\size large +\size large Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset große \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: large oder groß -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+L -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+6 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Größer -\family default +\family default -\size larger +\size larger Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset groß 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: Large oder Größer -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+Umschalt+L -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+7 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Größt -\family default +\family default -\size largest +\size largest Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset groß 3 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: LARGE oder noch größer -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+8 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Riesig -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset riesige \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: huge oder riesig -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+H -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+9 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Riesiger -\family default -\size giant +\family default +\size giant Dies ist die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset riesig 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fontgröße. -\size default +\size default LaTeX: Huge oder gigantisch -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+Umschalt+H -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Alt+S+0 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Vergrößern -\family default +\family default vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Verkleinern -\family default +\family default verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wir wollen Sie -\emph on +\emph on noch einmal -\emph default +\emph default warnen: -\size large +\size large spielen -\size default +\size default Sie mit dieser Funktion nicht verrückt. Die Fontgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern. LyX ändert die Fontgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch - das sollten Sie benutzen. Dies ist -\emph on +\emph on nur -\emph default +\emph default für Feineinstellungen! -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Diverses -\family default +\family default Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Hervorgehoben -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Dies ist hervorgehobener Text -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies mag wie -\shape italic +\shape italic kursiv -\shape default +\shape default aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders. Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text. Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese -\emph on +\emph on logische -\emph default +\emph default Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Unterstrichen -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under Dies ist unterstrichener Text. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Tastenkürzel = -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+U -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+U -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default -\noun on +\noun on Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ebenso wie -\family sans +\family sans Hervorgehoben -\family default +\family default ein logisches Attribut. Zur Zeit ist es -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default , aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Fonts nicht wechseln konnte. @@ -11489,90 +13055,103 @@ Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie k hervorzuheben. Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es -\emph on +\emph on möglicherweise -\emph default +\emph default benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen (und wir benutzen es in den Handbücher n, um Tastenkürzel für Menüeinträge hervorzuheben). -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Menüs -\family sans +\family sans Zeichenformat -\family default +\family default einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben, können Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleiste nknopf \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Font \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aktivieren. (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe -\family sans +\family sans Ü -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ernehmen -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Schließen -\family default +\family default benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten, wenn das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Zeichenformat -\family default +\family default nicht zu sehen ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie wir bereits erwähnt haben, kann man mit -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+Leertaste -\family default +\family default den Buchstabenstil auf die Voreinstellung zurücksetzen. Wenn Sie nur die von Ihnen gewählten Änderungen umschalten wollen, verwenden Sie den Knopf -\family sans -Umschalten\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Umschalten\InsetSpace ~ ein -\family default +\family default und drücken Sie dann -\family sans +\family sans Ü -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ernehmen -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir schließen mit derselben Warnung, die wir dauernd wiederholt haben: Übertreib en Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht. Sie sind häufig eine Notlösung und ein schrecklicher Ersatz für gutes Schreiben. Ihre Schreibweise sollte für sich selber sprechen -- und tut es auch. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Drucken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Druckvorschau -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Überblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken @@ -11580,11 +13159,13 @@ Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erl Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was sich im Hintergrund abspielt. Wir werden dies ausführlicher im -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default -Handbuch behandelt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung. (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem @@ -11592,138 +13173,156 @@ LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung. Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben. Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen. Das passiert in mehreren Schritten: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default -Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen. Aber es weiß nichts über Ihren Drucker. Stattdessen erzeugt LaTeX eine -\emph on +\emph on geräteunabhängige -\emph default +\emph default Datei, kurz DVI ( -\emph on +\emph on device-indepen\SpecialChar \- dent -\emph default +\emph default ). Die Ausgabe kommt in eine Datei mit der Erweiterung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dvi-Dateien sind vollständig portierbar; Sie können Sie ohne Konvertierung von einem Computer auf einen anderen bringen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description ANMERKUNG: Die dvi-Datei enthält nur das, was in der LaTeX-Datei selber war. Wenn Sie in Ihr Dokument PostScript®-Bilder eingefügt haben, wird es nur einen Verweis (link) auf diese Bilddateien geben. Also vergessen Sie sie nicht, wenn Sie Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei auf einen anderen Computer übertragen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Betrachten Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset endgültige Ausgabe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie die haben, können Sie sie ansehen, drucken oder in andere Formate konvertieren. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Sie können -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Dateien mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ansehen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Einige Drucker und Unix-Systeme verstehen Dvi und können Ihre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei direkt drucken. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Heutzutage verstehen die meisten Drucker das PostScript®-Format. LyX konvertiert die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei automatisch in eine PostScript®-Datei für Sie, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument drucken wollen. LyX ermöglicht Ihnen auch, die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default oder ähnlichen Betrachtern anzusehen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ein Vorteil beim Benutzen von PostScript® ist, daß das Konvertierungsprogramm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default auch alle PostScript®-Bilder in Ihrem Dokument bearbeiten kann und sie in die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes einfügt. Es fügt auch alle Spezialfonts, die Sie benutzt haben, ein. Dadurch ist die PostScript®-Version viel leichter zu übertragen als die DVI-Version. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX führt all diese Schritte automagisch für Sie durch. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie gesehen haben passieren eine Menge Dinge, bevor Sie einen Ausdruck oder eine Druckvorschau Ihres Dokumentes bekommen. @@ -11732,1435 +13331,1633 @@ Wie Sie gesehen haben passieren eine Menge Dinge, bevor Sie einen Ausdruck Das gedruckte Ergebnis ist es wert. Qualität hat immer ihren Preis. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schnelles Ansehen mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes mit fertigen Seitenumbrüchen, - richtig numerierten Fußnoten usw.\SpecialChar ~ + richtig numerierten Fußnoten usw.\InsetSpace ~ sehen wollen, wählen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Dann warten Sie (eine Weile). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nachdem die Arbeit im Hintergrund fertig ist, ruft LyX das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default auf. Jetzt können Sie das Ergebnis sehen. (Wenn Sie mehr über das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Programm wissen wollen, lesen Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default -Seiten.) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Tip: Lassen Sie das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Fenster geöffnet und schieben es eventuell auf eine andere Arbeitsfläche. Nachdem Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, wählen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Jetzt klicken Sie in das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Fenster. Das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -Programm wird die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default -Datei automatisch wieder lesen und den Fensterinhalt aktualisieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die PostScript -\series medium +\series medium ® -\series default +\series default -Version mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default anschauen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im allgemeinen geht es am leichtesten und schnellsten, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default anschauen. Manchmal jedoch möchten Sie die PostScript®-Version sehen. Ein Grund sind Fonts. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Ein anderer Grund ist Verfolgungswahn. Ich liebe es, die PostScript®-Datei anzusehen, bevor ich sie drucke, damit ich genau sehe, was zum Drucker geht\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Man kann PostScript®-Fonts in einem LaTeX-Dokument benutzen, aber -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default wird sie nicht darstellen. Sie müssen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default oder einen anderen PostScript®-Dateibetrachter benutzen, um die Ergebnisse zu sehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes anzusehen, wählen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default . Dann holen sie sich einen Kaffee. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\noun default +\noun default Ein einigermaßen schneller Computer wird Ihnen aber keine Zeit dafür lassen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Nachdem all die Arbeit im Hintergrund erledigt ist, ruft LyX das Programm -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default auf. Jetzt können Sie sich die Ergebnisse ansehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie haben geraten, was der Befehl -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default macht, nicht wahr? Denken Sie daran, einmal in das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default -Fenster zu klicken, nachdem der Befehl die Ansicht aktualisiert hat. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die Datei drucken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} , -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Strg+P -\family default +\family default oder klicken auf \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.xpm -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das öffnet das -\family sans +\family sans Drucken -\family default +\family default -Menü. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier sind die verschiedenen Optionen aufgelistet: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Ziel -\family default +\family default mit -\family sans +\family sans Drucker -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Datei l -\family default +\family default egen Sie fest, ob Sie auf einem Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken wollen: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Drucker -\family default +\family default Hier steht der Name des Druckers, auf dem Sie drucken wollen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß der Druckername nicht für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default -Befehl gilt, sondern für -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . Das bedeutet, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muß. Lesen Sie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset oder der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default -Dokumentation weitere Details. Der Standarddrucker kann auch in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default definiert werden. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Der Drucker sollte Post\SpecialChar \- Script®-fähig sein. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Datei -\family default +\family default Der Name der Datei, in die gedruckt werden soll. Die Ausgabe wird im PostScript®-Format sein. LyX speichert die Datei normalerweise im aktuellen Verzeichnis, außer Sie haben einen absoluten Pfad angegeben. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Seiten -\family default +\family default Es gibt fünf Knöpfe, die bestimmen, welche Seiten wie gedruckt werden sollen. Sie können wählen zwischen: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default lle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default on -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans Nach -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ngerade Seiten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default erade Seiten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default mgekehrte Reihenfolge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -ngerade\SpecialChar ~ -Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ngerade\InsetSpace ~ +Seiten\InsetSpace ~ drucken -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default -erade\SpecialChar ~ -Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +erade\InsetSpace ~ +Seiten\InsetSpace ~ drucken -\family default +\family default können Sie beide Seiten eines Papiers bedrucken, auch wenn Ihr Drucker keinen Duplexdruck hat. Sie müssen nur die ungeraden Seiten zuerst drucken, dann das Papier umdrehen, und dann die geraden Seiten drucken oder umgekehrt. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Kopien -\family default +\family default Hier können Sie die Anzahl der Kopien festlegen, die Sie gedruckt haben wollen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beachten Sie, daß das Drucken etwas Zeit kostet, weil LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default und, falls Sie keinen PostScript®-Drucker haben, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default Ihr Dokument bearbeiten müssen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ein paar Worte über Typographie -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bindestriche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Silbentrennung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} -\end_inset +\end_inset In LyX hat das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen drei Längen, -\emph on +\emph on Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on langer Gedankenstrich -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate der Bindestrich - besteht aus \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate der Gedankenstrich -- besteht aus \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate der lange Gedankenstrich --- besteht aus \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate das Minuszeichen \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ist ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset im Mathematikmodus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie erzeugen diese Zeichen, indem Sie das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben. LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat. Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche ( -\emph on +\emph on Bindestrich -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Von A -- Z ( -\emph on +\emph on Gedankenstrich -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh --- da ist ein langer Gedankenstrich. ( -\emph on +\emph on langer Gedankenstrich -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\emph on +\emph on Minuszeichen -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten Version erkennen Sie sie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein paar abschließende Bemerkungen zur Silbentrennung: LyX macht die Silbentrenn ung automagisch bei englischem Text. In Wirklichkeit macht LaTeX das, und auch in -\emph on +\emph on einigen -\emph default +\emph default anderen Sprachen. Deshalb sehen Sie die Silbentrennung auch erst in der der gedruckten Version. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell Trennhilfen einfügen. Dazu wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under S -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under T -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default rennmöglichkeit -\family default +\family default an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach -\family sans +\family sans Strg+ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -. Beachten Sie, daß diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind. Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Satzzeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abkürzungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Satzenden \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen, unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen. LaTeX fügt dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset geeigneten Leerraum \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum. Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genausoviel Leerraum wie normale Worte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm. Wenn ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset auf einen kleingeschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird es als Satzende interpretie rt; folgt der Punkt auf einen großgeschriebenen Buchstaben, wird es als Abkürzung interpretiert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier sind einige Beispiele von -\emph on +\emph on richtigen -\emph default +\emph default Abkürzungen und Satzenden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize M. Butterfly -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ärgere Dich nicht. Sei glücklich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize hier z. B. ist zuviel Leerraum! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dies bin ICH. Hier ist zu wenig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes. Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Benutzen Sie ein -\family sans -Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Geschütztes\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eerzeichen -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default ) (Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:protblank} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) oder oder einen kleinen Zwischenraum \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} -\end_inset +\end_inset , S. 405) nach kleingeschriebenen Abkürzungen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Benutzen Sie einen -\family sans +\family sans Satzende -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default unkt -\family default +\family default , den Sie unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen -\family default +\family default finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen. Einfacher geht es mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+ -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize hier z. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset B. ist zuviel Leerraum! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@. Hier ist zu wenig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Manche Sprachen verwenden keinen zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Sätzen. Wenn das auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft, müssen Sie über all dies nicht besorgt sein. Für die, die sich darum sorgen müssen, gibt es Hilfe, um diese raffinierten Fehler zu finden: wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Te \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\bar under + +\bar under X -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ prüfen -\family default +\family default , wie es in -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben ist. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Anführungszeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig. Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen. Zum Beispiel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Anfang Ende \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das Tastaturzeichen -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default wird sie automatisch erzeugen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Verhalten der -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default -Taste im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprache -\family default +\family default einstellen. Wenn Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default oppelt wählen, -\family default +\family default erzeugt die -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default -Taste die Folge \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infach -\family default +\family default , erzeugt die -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default -Taste die Folge \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über -\family sans +\family sans Anführungszeichen -\family default +\family default können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes sls -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes srs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset text \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset doppelt \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset einfach \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie aber ein -\emph on +\emph on echtes -\emph default +\emph default Anführungszeichen haben wollen, drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Umschalt+ -\family default +\family default ". Das erzeugt ein ". -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ligaturen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es ist eine Standardschriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen und sie wie einen zu drucken. Diese Kombinationen nennt man -\emph on +\emph on Ligaturen -\emph default +\emph default . Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen Dokumente sie auch haben. Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort. Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Graffiti \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam aus, zum Beispiel \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Stofflappen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zwischen den Buchstaben ( -\family sans +\family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Li -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default aturtrenner \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturtrenner} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+L -\family default +\family default ). Dies macht aus \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Stofflappen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lappen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und aus \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schusterjungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Hurenkinder \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren. @@ -13171,15 +14968,17 @@ In den fr oder daß die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite bildete. Diese Dinge nennt man -\emph on +\emph on Schusterjungen -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on Hurenkinder -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klar, daß LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift umzubrechen. @@ -13188,112 +14987,122 @@ Klar, da mit Seitenumbrüchen fertigzuwerden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern. Das ist -\emph on +\emph on ein -\emph default +\emph default Vorteil, daß LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann. - Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel\SpecialChar ~ + Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset - oder\SpecialChar ~ + oder\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) mögen mehr darüber enthalten. Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Gleitobjekte \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fußnoten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im Gegensatz zu anderen Textverarbeitungsprogrammen stellt LyX Fußnoten nicht am unteren Bildschirmrand oder an einer ganz anderen Stelle im Text dar, sondern verwendet dafür \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset einklappbare \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Gleitobjekte, auch \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Floats \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset genannt. Wenn Sie über den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ußnote -\family default +\family default eine neue Fußnote anlegen, erscheint ein roter Rahmen, der links oben die Marke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset trägt. Dieser Rahmen ist die Art und Weise, wie LyX Fußnoten darstellt. Geben Sie den Text für die Fußnote in diesem Rahmen ein. Wenn Sie auf die Marke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset klicken, wird der Rahmen geschlossen und alles, was Sie noch von der Fußnote sehen, ist ein hochgestelltes rotes \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fußnote \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wenn Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt den Fußnotentext wieder ansehen oder verändern wollen, genügt ein Klick auf den roten Text, und der Rahmen öffnet sich wieder. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch werden Sie feststellen, daß die Fußnoten in LyX nicht numeriert sind. Darum brauchen Sie sich aber sowieso nicht zu kümmern, denn für die fortlaufend @@ -13303,7 +15112,9 @@ e Numerierung der Fu eine Fußnote umwandeln wollen, markieren Sie sie einfach und klicken dann auf das Fußnotensymbol in der Werkzeugleiste (ein stilisiertes Bild einer Textseite mit einem Pfeil am unteren Rand, der auf ein paar Zeilen deutet). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Was LyX im Zusammenhang mit Fußnoten derzeit noch nicht beherrscht sind Dinge wie das Zurücksetzen des Zählers am Anfang eines neuen Kapitels oder @@ -13311,18 +15122,20 @@ Was LyX im Zusammenhang mit Fu Zahlen usw.). Dazu müssen Sie -- wie im Abschnitt \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset der -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben -- einige LaTeX-Befehle verwenden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gewöhnlicher Absatz wie in anderen Textverarbeitungen. @@ -13333,177 +15146,193 @@ Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gew können. Das wird sicherlich nicht allzuoft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein praktisch. -\newline +\newline Wenn Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung einsetzen wollen, beachten Sie bitte, daß die Gleitobjekte geöffnet sein müssen, damit sie erkannt und geprüft werden können. Sie können dazu den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default -leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +leitobjekt\InsetSpace ~ öffnen/schließen -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+I -\family default +\family default ) verwenden. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Randnotizen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine Fußnote. Wenn Sie über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default andnotiz -\family default +\family default oder die Werkzeugleiste (die Schaltfläche zeigt stilisierten Text im Randbereic h und einen Pfeil, der darauf deutet) eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint ein rotumrandetes Feld mit der Bezeichnung \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rand \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Ihrem Text. \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist eine solche Randnotiz. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Die Randnotiz ist nur verstümmelt zu sehen, weil ich schmale Seitenränder benutze, um Papier zu sparen (10-20%). Wenn Sie Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie die Seitenränder, insbesondere den rechten, entsprechend vergrößern. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset In diesem Feld können Sie den Text für die Randnotiz eingeben. Wenn Sie auf die rote \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rand \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Marke klicken, wird die Randnotiz bis auf ein rotes, unterstrichenes \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rand \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset geschlossen. Sie können die Randnotiz zu jedem Zeitpunkt wieder öffnen, indem Sie erneut auf den roten Text \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Rand \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset klicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Als Standardeinstellung verwendet LyX 1.9\SpecialChar ~ -cm (0.75\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Als Standardeinstellung verwendet LyX 1.9\InsetSpace ~ +cm (0.75\InsetSpace ~ Zoll) als Breite für die Randnotizen. Dies wird eventuell nicht Ihren Wünschen entsprechen, aber wie auch bei den Fußnoten unterstützt LyX noch nicht alles, was in LaTeX möglich ist. Bitte lesen Sie in entsprechenden LaTeX-Büchern über weitere Einstellungsmöglic hkeiten. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Abbildungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und eingebundene Grafiken \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kein Textverarbeitungsprogramm ist vollständig ohne die Fähigkeit, Grafiken und Bilder aus anderen Anwendungen in das Dokument einzubinden. In LyX werden derartige Objekte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abbildungen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset genannt, unabhängig davon, ob es sich nun um Abbildungen im traditionellen Sinn oder um sonstige Bilder handelt. Mit Abbildungen im Format \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Encapsulated PostScript® \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset kann LyX ganz hervorragend umgehen, es verwendet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default , um die Bilder im LyX-Fenster darzustellen und den LaTeX-Befehl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics -\family default +\family default , um sie im endgültigen Dokument einzubinden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden, haben keine zugeordneten Bildunterschriften und erscheinen im Text genau @@ -13512,30 +15341,44 @@ Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden, \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um eine Abbildung in Ihr Dokument einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das zweite Symbol von rechts in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- leiste oder wählen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default Ein kleiner Rahmen wird in Ihr Dokument eingefügt, -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/mobius.eps @@ -13544,128 +15387,150 @@ ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard und ein Dialogfenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen Dateinamen zum Laden eingeben können. Außerdem können Sie in diesem Dialogfenster einige Einstellungen ändern. All diese Veränderungen werden jeweils erst durchgeführt, wenn Sie auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default klicken. Wenn Sie später noch Änderungen vornehmen wollen, erhalten Sie das Dialogfenste r auch, wenn Sie mit der linken Mausfenster in die Abbildung klicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Dialogfenster hat eine ganze Reihe Parameter, von denen die meisten selbsterklärend sind. Auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Datei -\family default +\family default können Sie im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei: -\family default +\family default Ihre Bilddatei eingeben. Bemerken Sie auch, daß die Darstellungen in LyX ( -\family sans +\family sans L -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar default + +\family sans +\bar default yX-Ansicht -\family default +\family default ) und im gedruckten Dokument ( -\family sans +\family sans Ausgabe -\family default +\family default ) getrennt definiert werden können, was bei großen Bildern hilfreich sein kann. Die Abbildung kann auch gedreht werden (Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator Drehung -\family default +\family default ). Über die Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Begrenzungsbox -\family default +\family default kann die Lage festgelegt werden. Auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default können Sie die -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eilabbildung -\family default +\family default s-Option setzen, die bei Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen benutzt werden kann (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Schließlich können LaTeX-Zauberer über die Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default zusätzliche LaTeX-Optionen eingeben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Umgebung für Abbildungen -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Die Benutzung der -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset Das Problem beim direkten Einfügen von Abbildungen in den Text ist, daß der Seitenumbruch extrem schwierig wird. @@ -13675,75 +15540,83 @@ Das Problem beim direkten Einf ndes Ergebnis zu erzielen. Als Gegenleistung automatisiert LyX das Erstellen einer Abbildungsliste und erlaubt, die Abbildungen mit Titeln zu versehen, indem man die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung benutzt, die in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset erläutert wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen anzulegen, wählen Sie aus der Menüleiste den Punkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Abbildung -\family default +\family default . Sie erhalten einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung; wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschrieben, können Sie dann eine Abbildung einfügen. \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset M.C. Escher in Hochform. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/escher-lsd.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/platypus.eps @@ -13751,105 +15624,113 @@ collapsed false display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ein ziemlich verzerrtes Schnabeltier in einer Float-Umgebung. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das erscheint sehr einfach, aber bei der Positionierung des Bildtitels gibt es eine kleine Subtilität. Wenn Sie den Titel unter der Abbildung bevorzugen, müssen Sie die Abbildung ganz am Anfang der -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung einfügen (dafür wandeln Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default - in eine -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -Umgebung und stellen sie wieder her, nachdem Sie die Abbildung eingefügt haben). Das haben wir für Abbildung \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset gemacht. Ist der Cursor am Ende des Titels, wenn Sie die Abbildung einfügen, wird sie unter dem Titel eingefügt wie bei Abbildung \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Es empfiehlt sich, nur jeweils eine Abbildung je -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung zu verwenden. Dadurch kann LyX (eigentlich LaTeX) den besten Platz für jede Abbildung zu finden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Abbildung zeigt auch, wie man eine Marke setzen und darauf verweisen kann. Dies geschieht einfach durch -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator M -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default rke -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} , während sich der Cursor in der Bildunterschrift befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Einen Verweis fügen Sie wie gewohnt mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerverweis\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default ein. Insbesondere für Gleitobjekte ist diese Art der Referenzierung unbedingt den vagen Formulierungen wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset in der obenstehenden Abbildung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vorzuziehen, da LaTeX diese Gleitobjekte jederzeit im Text verschieben kann und sich die Abbildung dann vielleicht gar nicht mehr über der verweisende @@ -13859,50 +15740,56 @@ n Textstelle befindet. Seite gesetzt. Sie können sich aber darauf verlassen, daß das Ergebnis im allgemeinen sehr gut aussieht. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch zwei weitere Dinge, die die Verwendung der -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default --Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Abbildung und Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Abbildung und Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\InsetSpace ~ (breit) so angenehm macht: falls Sie eine Liste der Abbildungen in Ihr Dokument einfügen wollen (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), werden die Abbildungen dort automatisch eingetragen. Außerdem lassen sie sich (wie alle -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen) schließen und öffnen, wodurch Sie sich besser auf Ihren Text konzentrieren können. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Plazierung von -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset beschriebenen gleitenden Tabellen) ist es, LyX zu ermöglichen, die Abbildung (oder eben Tabelle) auf eine möglichst konsistente, kontextbezogene Art @@ -13910,138 +15797,160 @@ Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in Das wäre aber ziemlich sinnlos, wenn Sie nicht auch eine Möglichkeit hätten, diese \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Art und Weise \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset irgendwie zu beeinflussen. Deshalb bietet Ihnen LyX insgesamt vier Orte, an denen es versucht, die Abbildung zu positionieren: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Here: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt genau an der Stelle einzufügen, an der es im Text steht. Ist dort nicht ausreichend Platz, versucht es eine der anderen drei Positionen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Top: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt oben auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Bottom: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt unten auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Page: LyX setzt die -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung auf eine eigene Seite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können diese Optionen im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\family default +\family default , das Sie über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default öffnen, auf der Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default im Feld -\family sans +\family sans Gleitobjekt- -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default latzierung: -\family default +\family default eintragen. Damit wird diese Einstellung dann für alle Gleitobjekte global im gesamten Dokument verwendet. Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Gleitobjekt-Abbildung klicken, können Sie diese Einstellungen nur für dieses Objekt ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie geht das nun genau vor sich? Sie können unter -\family sans +\family sans Gleitobjekt- -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default latzierung: -\family default +\family default jede Kombination aus vier Buchstaben angeben: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans h -\family default +\family default für -\emph on +\emph on here -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default für -\emph on +\emph on top -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans b -\family default +\family default für -\emph on +\emph on bottom -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default für -\emph on +\emph on page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ihre Reihenfolge ist nicht maßgeblich -- LaTeX gibt intern die Suchreihenfolge -\family typewriter +\family typewriter htbp -\family default +\family default vor. Sobald Sie also ein \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter h -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset mitangeben, auch wenn es an letzter Stelle steht, wird als erstes versucht, die Abbildung an der aktuellen Position einzufügen. @@ -14050,115 +15959,137 @@ h zu erreichen, können Sie die betreffende Option mit einem Ausrufezeichen einleiten, etwa \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset !htbp \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Hier ein paar Beispiele und was sie bewirken: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Versuche zunächst, die Abbildung/Tabelle genau da zu setzen, wo sie im Text auftaucht. Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie auf eine eigene Seite. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans !hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Versuche, die Abbildung/Tabelle unbedingt genau da zu setzen, wo sie im Text auftaucht. Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie auf eine eigene Seite. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Setze die Abbildung/Tabelle oben auf der Seite. Ist sie dafür zu groß, setze sie auf eine eigene Seite. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Setze Abbildungen und Tabellen grundsätzlich auf eine eigene Seite. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Und ein letzter Hinweis: -\family sans +\family sans Gleitobjekt- -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default latzierung -\family default +\family default kontrolliert die Position sowohl von Abbildungen als auch von Tabellen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xfig \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie ImageMagick installiert haben, ist dieser Abschnitt für Sie unerheblich. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:xfig-und-LyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine offensichtliche Frage bleibt: wie soll man die Abbildungen eigentlich erstellen? Zum Glück ist die Antwort Bestandteil der meisten Linux- und LaTeX-Distributionen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default ist ein mächtiges und äußerst empfehlenswertes Werkzeug zum Zeichnen. Um eine mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default erstellte Abbildung in LyX einzubinden, haben Sie mehrere Möglichkeiten. Wir empfehlen die folgenden: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als Encapsulated PostScript®. Dieses können Sie dann ganz einfach so wie oben beschrieben in Ihren Text @@ -14170,179 +16101,198 @@ Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als Encapsulated PostScript PostScript®-Zeichensätzen gesetzt, was sehr gut aussieht. Sie können derartige Abbildungen ohne Einschränkung wie bereits beschrieben skalieren und drehen. -\newline +\newline Der einzige Nachteil besteht darin, daß Sie mit den PostScript®-Zeichensätzen nicht ohne weiteres Formeln setzen können. Falls also Ihr Text in der Abbildung auch Formeln oder Exponenten/Indizes umfaßt, sollten Sie einen der beiden folgenden Wege beschreiten. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportieren Sie die Grafik als LaTeX. Das läßt sich ebenso einfach in LyX einbinden und gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, beim Text in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default LaTeX-Befehle zu verwenden. Dafür müssen Sie in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default die -\emph on +\emph on special -\emph default +\emph default -Option für Text aktivieren, dies geschieht automatisch, wenn Sie es durch den Aufruf -\family typewriter -xfig\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xfig\InsetSpace ~ -specialtext -\family default +\family default starten. Ist dies geschehen und haben Sie einen LaTeX-Zeichensatz ausgewählt, können Sie beispielsweise in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default einfach \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset schreiben. Wenn Sie diese Abbildung dann als LaTeX exportieren und in LyX mittels -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Datei\SpecialChar ~ +Datei\InsetSpace ~ ein -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default inden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default einfügen, erscheint im Text dann \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\newline +\newline Der Nachteil hiervon ist, daß die grafischen Fähigkeiten von LaTeX nicht so gut sind wie die von PostScript®. Sie können nicht beliebige Strichstärken verwenden, und, noch viel einschränken der, auch nicht beliebige Steigungen für Geraden. Deshalb empfehlen wir für komplexe Abbildungen den dritten Weg. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als kombiniertes LaTeX/PostScript®. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default (oder genauer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default ) generiert dann zwei Dateien: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Den PostScript®-Teil -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex -\family default +\family default , der die gesamte Grafik enthält, und -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate den LaTeX-Teil -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex_t -\family default +\family default , der den Text und einen Verweis auf den PostScript®-Teil enthält. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sie müssen in diesem Fall nur den LaTeX-Teil, wie oben beschrieben einbinden, der PostScript®-Teil wird dann automatisch miteingebunden. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie eine Fehlermeldung wie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset unknown graphics extension pstex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bekommen, müssen Sie diese Endung deklarieren. Es ist eigentlich ein Fehler von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default , der im Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX2e auftritt. Fügen Sie einfach eine Zeile -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default ein. Dann fügen Sie die Endung -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstex -\family default +\family default hinzu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das sollte die Fehlermeldungen beheben. Alternativ können Sie auch den PostScript©-Teil als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default exportieren und den LaTeX-Teil von Hand in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.pstex_t -\family default +\family default umbenennen. Doch das ist auf Dauer störend. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Auf diese Weise kombinieren Sie die volle Stärke von LaTeX mit der von Post\SpecialChar \- @@ -14352,48 +16302,54 @@ Script benutzen. Ein weiterer kleiner Vorteil, wenn LaTeX den Font setzt, ist, daß derselbe Font in Ihren Abbildungen und im Text benutzt wird, was etwas schöner aussieht. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX besitzt die Fähigkeit, Tabellen im WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Stil zu erstellen und zu editieren. LaTeX beherrscht beim Umgang mit Tabellen weit mehr, als LyX derzeit unterstütz t. Sollten Ihnen aber die hier beschriebenen Möglichkeiten nicht ausreichen, sollten Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zu Rate ziehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine gewöhnliche Tabelle fügen Sie wahlweise mit der rechten Schaltfläche aus der Werkzeugleiste oder mittels -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abelle -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ ein. Es wird ein Dialogfenster geöffnet, in dem Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten der Tabelle angeben müssen. @@ -14404,7 +16360,9 @@ ein. Außerdem hat auch die erste Zeile eine Linie am unteren Rand, wodurch die erste Zeile von den folgenden durch einen doppelten Strich abgetrennt wird. Am besten sehen Sie das an einem Beispiel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14418,370 +16376,456 @@ ein. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard multi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stand der Cursor vor dem Einfügen mitten im Text, wird die Tabelle auch dort eingefügt. Stand der Cursor auf einer leeren Zeile, wird die Tabelle linksbündig eingefügt. Andere Ausrichtungen erreichen Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Dabei -\emph on +\emph on muß -\emph default +\emph default der Cursor unmittelbar vor der Tabelle stehen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Dialogfenster \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Eine Tabelle können Sie verändern, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die Tabelle klicken. Es öffnet sich dann ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie Eigenschaften der Tabelle ändern können, unter anderem die folgenden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Rahmen in einer Zeile oder Spalte ein- und ausschalten. Wenn Sie eine der Linien entfernen, wird in LyX eine gestrichelte Linie angezeigt, diese dient aber nur zu Ihrer Orientierung. In der Druckausgabe ist keine Linie zu sehen. Wenn Sie die unterste Linie einer Zeile -\emph on +\emph on und -\emph default +\emph default die obere der darunterliegenden Zelle aktivieren, werden die beiden Zeilen durch einen kleinen Leerraum getrennt, wie Sie auch im Beispiel oben erkennen können. Sie können das auch vertikal erreichen, indem Sie die rechte Linie einer Spalte und die linke der rechts danebenliegenden Spalte einschalten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Anfügen von Zeilen und Spalten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Löschen von Zeilen und Spalten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rotieren der gesamten Tabelle oder einzelner Einträge um 90 Grad. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lange -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle -\family default +\family default ein- und ausschalten. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Zeile/Spalte -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Festlegen des Rahmens für eine Zeile/Spalte -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ausrichtung des Textes in einer Spalte. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Einträge über mehrere Spalten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Breite für eine Spalte fest vorgeben. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Eintrag -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Festlegen von Parametern für eine oder verbundene Zellen. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Karteikarte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ange Tabelle -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Einstellungen für \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lange Tabellen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Diese sind hilfreich für Tabellen, die länger sind als die Seitenhöhe des Dokumentes. Die Tabelle wird dann am Seitenende umgebrochen und auf der folgenden Seite fortgesetzt. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sie können übrigens auch die Menüleiste verwenden, um eine Tabelle zu verändern. Sehen Sie sich einmal -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abelle -\family default +\family default an, wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Tabelle befindet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die meisten dieser Optionen können Sie auch auf markierte Bereiche anwenden, das heißt wenn Sie mehrere Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten markiert haben (Zellen müssen Sie immer anwählen; es hängt jedoch vom Kontext ab, wie diese interpreti ert werden) und dann eine dieser Optionen anwählen, wird sie bei allen markierte n Zellen aktiviert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen, so wird sie -\emph on +\emph on unter -\emph default +\emph default der Zeile eingefügt, in der sich der Cursor gerade befindet. Gleichermaßen werden Spalten -\emph on +\emph on rechts -\emph default +\emph default vom Cursor eingefügt. Aus diesem Grund ist es ziemlich schwierig, eine Spalte auf der linken Seite der Tabelle hinzuzufügen -- es ist eine Menge Ausschneide/Kopierarbeit notwendig. Gelöscht wird immer die Zeile oder Spalte, in der sich der Cursor befindet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ehrfachspalte -\family default +\family default verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Zeile. Im obigen Beispiel wurden so in Zeile \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset B \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset die Spalten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 45 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 98 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset verknüpft. Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie zunächst die gewünschten Zellen markieren und dann die Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ehrfachspalte -\family default +\family default wählen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können diesen Mehrspalten-Modus auch verwenden, um für eine einzelne Zelle eine Sonderformatierung im Hinblick auf die Rahmen und die Ausrichtung des Textes zu ermöglichen. Hier ein Beispiel, bei dem das ausgenutzt wurde: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14793,175 +16837,229 @@ Sie k \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Punkt a & b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Punkt b & a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Punkt abcd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, sind die Überschriften der einzelnen Spalten jeweils zentriert gesetzt, während die eigentlichen Einträge in der linken Spalte linksbündig und in den übrigen Spalten rechtbündig sind. Außerdem wurde zwischen zwei Zellen der Trennstrich entfernt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn eine Spaltet eine feste Breite haben soll, können Sie diese im Feld -\family sans -Feste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Feste\InsetSpace ~ Breite -\family default +\family default eintragen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wird Ihre Tabelle zu breit, um auf eine normale Seite im Hochformat zu passen, können Sie die Option -\family sans -90°\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +90°\InsetSpace ~ drehen -\family default +\family default aktivieren, die Tabelle wird dann im Querformat gesetzt. Außerdem ist es auch möglich, nur einzelne Einträge der Tabelle um 90° zu drehen und so Platz zu sparen. Werfen Sie einen Blick auf das folgende Beispiel, es zeigt, wozu man diese Fähigkeit verwenden kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Hinweis: -\emph default +\emph default Diese 90°-Drehung wird weder im LyX-Fenster noch in der DVI-Vorschau angezeigt und funktioniert auch nur bei PostScript®-Ausgabe. Verwenden Sie also -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script -\family default +\family default , wenn Sie eine Druckvorschau der Tabelle betrachten wollen. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14982,597 +17080,757 @@ script \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beschreibung -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +Flag 10\InsetSpace ~ -Flag 10\SpecialChar ~ +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +Beschr.\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +Beschr.\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +Beschr.\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +Beschr.\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gesamt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie an diesem Beispiel schön erkennen können, würde der Text in der - Titelzeile (Flag\SpecialChar ~ + Titelzeile (Flag\InsetSpace ~ 1\SpecialChar \ldots{} -Flag\SpecialChar ~ +Flag\InsetSpace ~ 10) nicht auf das Papier passen, wenn er nicht gedreht wäre. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Was kann eine Zelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle} -\end_inset +\end_inset alles enthalten? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele Objekte können in eine Zelle einer Tabelle eingefügt werden. Eine (oder mehrere) Textzeilen, eine Formel (allerdings keine hervorgehobenen @@ -15582,39 +17840,55 @@ Viele Objekte k paßt sich automatisch den neuen Gegebenheiten an. Es ist lediglich nicht möglich, eine weitere Tabelle in einer Tabelle einzufüge n, genausowenig können Sie besondere Umgebungstypen (wie -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default usw.) verwenden. LyX würde dann versuchen, die gesamte Tabelle in diesem Umgebungstyp zu setzen -- mit unvorhersehbaren Auswirkungen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ausschneiden \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Einfügen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset in Tabellen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das Ausschneiden und Einfügen in und zwischen Tabellen funktioniert im allgemein en recht gut. Sie können dabei sogar mehr als eine Zeile gleichzeitig verarbeiten. Das Markieren funktioniert wie gewohnt mit der Maus oder über -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default mit den Cursortasten. Im folgenden Beispiel wurden die Einträge in der zweiten Tabelle durch markieren, kopieren und einfügen aus der ersten Tabelle übernommen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15626,87 +17900,105 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15719,86 +18011,116 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Beim Einfügen muß der Cursor in der Zelle links oben stehen, ohne daß das rote Rechteck zu sehen ist, oder diese Zelle muß markiert (blau) sein. @@ -15806,8 +18128,20 @@ Beim Einf und Spalten haben sollten, da sonst beim Einfügen Daten weggelassen werden. Bei größeren Zieltabellen werden die überzähligen Zeilen und Spalten leergelass en. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15818,79 +18152,95 @@ en. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15904,75 +18254,91 @@ en. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15986,217 +18352,285 @@ en. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können auch eine ganze Tabelle auf einmal kopieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mehrzeiliger Text mit Zeilenumbruch ist auch in Tabellen möglich, wenn auch nicht im gewohnten WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Stil. Sie können es auf mehreren Wegen erreichen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Geben Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor. Danach wird der eingegebene Text automatisch umgebrochen und die Höhe der Zeile entsprechend angepaßt, falls er länger ist als die vorgegebene Länge. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entfernen Sie die Linien zwischen zwei oder mehr benachbarten Zeilen. Dies erweckt aber nur den Eindruck eines echten mehrzeiligen Eintrags. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Geben Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor und aktivieren Sie die Option -\family sans +\family sans Zeilenum -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default rüche -\family default +\family default . Sie können nun durch die Eingabe von \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im LaTeX-Modus einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen. Dies ist aber eigentlich nicht notwendig, da diese Option bewirkt, daß von Ihnen eingegebene Zeilenumbrüche ( -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default , siehe unten) WYSIWYG \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG} -\end_inset +\end_inset in das endgültige Dokument übertragen werden. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Tabelle: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16208,189 +18642,238 @@ Hier ist ein Beispiel f \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jetzt ist er länger. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. Jetzt ist er länger. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 10 \lang english -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein -\emph on +\emph on mehrzeiliger -\emph default +\emph default Tabelleneintrag. Er sollte so aussehen wie oben. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein -\emph on +\emph on mehrzeiliger -\emph default +\emph default Tabelleneintrag. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie sehen, wird in LyX der Text nicht (immer) mehrzeilig angezeigt, im endgültigen Dokument stimmt die Ausgabe aber. Um überlange Zeilen im LyX-Fenster zu vermeiden, können Sie mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default eine neue Zeile beginnen. Dieser Zeilenumbruch ist aber nur in LyX sichtbar, im endgültigen Dokument wird er ignoriert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, daß Tabellen nicht automatisch so formatiert werden, daß sie auf die Seite passen. @@ -16399,294 +18882,321 @@ Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, da gilt für Tabellen mit zu vielen Zeilen: sie reichen über das untere Seitenende hinaus. Zur Lösung dieser Probleme stehen Ihnen folgende Wege zur Auswahl: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Teilen Sie die Tabelle in zwei unabhängige Teile, so daß die Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche eingehalten werden können. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Aktivieren Sie die Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default -ange\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ange\InsetSpace ~ Tabelle -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default . Dies verteilt die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten, falls sie zu lang wird. Danach stehen Ihnen in diesem Dialog auch die zusätzlichen Optionen für lange Tabellen zur Verfügung, und Sie können die folgenden Dinge festlegen: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Erste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erste\InsetSpace ~ Kopfzeile -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!erste Kopfzeile} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen der ersten Seite einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Kopfzeile -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Kopfzeile} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn -\family sans -Erste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erste\InsetSpace ~ Kopfzeile -\family default +\family default aktiviert ist). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Fußzeile -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Fußzeile} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit Ausnahme der letzten, wenn -\family sans -Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Letzte\InsetSpace ~ Fußzeile -\family default +\family default aktiviert ist). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Letzte\InsetSpace ~ Fußzeile -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!letzteFußzeile} -\end_inset +\end_inset : Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen der letzten Seite einer mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -eitenumbruch\SpecialChar ~ -nach\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ -aktuellen\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eitenumbruch\InsetSpace ~ +nach\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ +aktuellen\InsetSpace ~ Zeile: -\family default +\family default manueller Seitenumbruch. \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Seitenumbruch} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Falls Sie mehrere dieser Optionen in einer einzelnen Zeile aktivieren wollen, sollten Sie sich bewußt sein, daß nur die erste davon verwendet wird, alle anderen werden auf -\emph on +\emph on leer -\emph default +\emph default gesetzt. In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset die erste \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset die erste in der Reihenfolge -\family sans +\family sans Fußzeile -\family default +\family default , -\family sans - Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Letzte\InsetSpace ~ Fußzeile -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kopfzeile -\family default +\family default , -\family sans - Erste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Erste\InsetSpace ~ Kopfzeile -\family default +\family default (betrachten Sie die Beispiele in der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/share/lyx/examples/TableExamples.lyx -\family default +\family default , um einen Eindruck zu bekommen, wie das funktioniert). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Benutzen Sie das Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default reite: -\family default +\family default im Dialog -\family sans -Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen\InsetSpace ~ bearbeiten -\family default +\family default , um die Breite der Tabelle einzuschränken, bis sie auf die Seite paßt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Eine Tabelle kann auch in eine -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung eingebettet werden, das ermöglicht es TeX, sie so gut wie möglich in die Seite einzupassen. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Hinweis: -\family sans -Lange\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lange\InsetSpace ~ Tabelle -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle!Lange} -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\family sans -90°\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +90°\InsetSpace ~ drehen -\family default +\family default verwenden spezielle LaTeX-Pakete. Sie sollten mittels -\family sans +\family sans Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -eX\SpecialChar ~ +eX\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default on\SpecialChar \- f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} i\SpecialChar \- gu\SpecialChar \- ra\SpecialChar \- tion -\family default +\family default nachprüfen, ob diese auf Ihrem System vorhanden sind. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tabellen in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset Falls Sie zum Erstellen der Tabelle einfach nur die Schaltfläche in der - Werkzeugleiste bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + Werkzeugleiste bzw.\InsetSpace ~ den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abelle -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} verwenden, wird die Tabelle genau an der Stelle im Text erscheinen, an der sich der Cursor befand. Sie wird als eigener Absatz und zentriert gesetzt. Verwenden Sie stattdessen -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle -\family default +\family default aus dem Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte -\family default +\family default , so kann LaTeX die Tabelle auch ein wenig verschieben und so möglichst optimal positionieren. Diese Positionierung einer -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung mit Tabelle funktioniert genauso, wie es im Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset für Abbildungen erläutert wurde. Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Gleitobjekt-Tabelle. In LyX wurde sie am Ende dieses Absatzes eingefügt. @@ -16694,18 +19204,21 @@ Beschriftung \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine gleitende Tabelle. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16717,170 +19230,195 @@ Eine gleitende Tabelle. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Joe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mary -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ted -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Tabellentitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel} -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie eine neue -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung für eine Tabelle anlegen, ist das erste, wozu Sie aufgefordert werden, die Eingabe eines Titels ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Beschriftung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Um wirklich eine Tabelle einzufügen, müssen Sie dies innerhalb der -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung mit Menü oder Werkzeugleiste durchführen. Ob die Tabelle über oder unter dem Titel steht, können Sie wie auch bei den Abbildungen über die Position des Cursors beim Einfügen der Tabelle festlegen: Befindet er sich ganz am Anfang des Textes, also direkt hinter dem Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Table #: -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so erscheint die Tabelle über dem Text (wie in Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float with caption below} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), befindet er sich am Ende der Beschreibung, wird sie unter den Text gesetzt (Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16892,150 +19430,173 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eine weitere gleitende Tabelle, diesmal mit beschreibendem Text darunter. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Sie können auch -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen ohne Titel erzeugen, dafür gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten. Entweder erstellen Sie zunächst eine einfache Tabelle (ohne -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebung), markieren diese und wählen dann -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tabelle -\family default +\family default , oder Sie erstellen ganz normal eine gleitende Tabelle, geben aber keinen Text ein, sondern fügen nur eine Tabelle ein. Setzen Sie nun den Cursor in den Bereich des Titels und drücken Sie \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Der Eintrag \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Table #: -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset verschwindet, die Tabelle wird ohne Untertitel gesetzt. Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:captionless} -\end_inset +\end_inset ist ein Beispiel dafür. \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17047,530 +19608,604 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset Ohne Titel wird die Tabelle nicht numeriert, deshalb wird sie, falls Sie - eine Marke für Querverweise (siehe\SpecialChar ~ + eine Marke für Querverweise (siehe\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) einfügen, unter der Nummer des aktuellen (Unter)Kapitels referenziert. Beachten Sie bitte auch, daß nur Tabellen und Abbildungen in -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen mit einer Textunterschrift vom Typ Beschriftung versehen werden können. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Plazierung von -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei der Plazierung wird nicht zwischen Abbildungen und Tabellen unterschieden, es gilt diesbezüglich uneingeschränkt das in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset Gesagte. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inhaltsverzeichnisse \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse} -\end_inset +\end_inset und andere Listen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} -\end_inset +\end_inset Einer der wirklich hervorragenden Vorzüge von LaTeX ist die Einfachheit, mit der die unterschiedlichsten Arten von Listen wie zum Beispiel das Inhaltsve rzeichnis erstellt werden können. Sie müssen nur bestimmte Absatzumgebungen benutzen und eine Referenz dort einfügen, wo die Liste erscheinen soll. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie LaTeX-Benutzer sind, werden Sie sicher wissen, daß LaTeX unter Umständen mehrmals aufgerufen werden muß, damit alle Einträge korrekt sind. Das ist glücklicherweise nicht mehr nötig. LyX achtet selber darauf, daß LaTeX oft genug aufgerufen wird, damit alle Dinge in der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -Vorschau richtig erscheinen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Inhaltsverzeichnis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu erstellen, sind vier Dinge notwendig: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sie müssen eine Dokumentenklasse verwenden, die ein Inhaltsverzeichnis unterstüt zt (fast alle Standard-Typen, außer -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Verwenden Sie Umgebungstypen, die automatisch von der Inhalts-Funktion erkannt werden: -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans [Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]Abschnitt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans [Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]Paragraph -\family default +\family default . Beachten Sie auch, daß Umgebungstypen mit einem Stern, wie etwa -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt* -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Stellen Sie sicher, daß die Einträge im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Tiefe\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ +Tiefe\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ Abschnittsnummerierung -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -Tiefe\SpecialChar ~ -im\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tiefe\InsetSpace ~ +im\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default auf vernünftige Werte gesetzt sind. Wenn Sie etwa nur Kapitel und Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis haben wollen, setzen Sie diesen Wert auf 1. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses an der gewünschten Stelle ein. Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -isten\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +isten\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem können Sie, ob Sie nun im Text ein Inhaltsverzeichnis angelegt haben oder nicht, mit -\family sans +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nhaltsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default ein zusätzliches Fenster öffnen, in dem das Inhaltsverzeichnis angezeigt wird. Sie können es verwenden, um damit schnell im Text herumzuspringen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Liste der Abbildungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Tabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Algorithmen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zusammenstellungen der im Dokument verwendeten Abbildungen, Tabellen und Algorithmen können genauso einfach erstellt werden wie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis. Es gibt nur ein paar kleine Unterschiede, die hier am Beispiel einer Liste der Abbildungen erläutert werden sollen: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Abbildungen, die in der Liste erscheinen sollen, -\emph on +\emph on müssen -\emph default +\emph default als Gleitobjekt ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Abbildung -\family default +\family default ) eingefügt werden. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen der Liste der Abbildungen an der gewünschten Stelle ein. Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -isten\SpecialChar ~ -und\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +isten\InsetSpace ~ +und\InsetSpace ~ Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator Abbildungsverzeichnis -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für die beiden anderen Klassen von Gleitobjekten gilt sinngemäß dasselbe. Dem aufmerksamen Leser mag auffallen, daß die gleitenden Algorithmen an keiner anderen Stelle im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default erwähnt werden -- sie sind eine Neuerung, die leider noch nicht ausreichend dokumentiert ist. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Mathematische Formeln \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Mathe-Formeln} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Grundlagen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathematische Ausdrücke mit LyX zu schreiben ist jetzt fast vollständig WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sie können das mit dem Mathematik-Editor \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik!Editor} -\end_inset +\end_inset (kurz Mathed) erledigen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mathed starten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Mathed-starten} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt verschiedene Wege, um -\family roman +\family roman Mathed -\family default +\family default zu starten. Sie können einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset klicken. Das öffnet ein kleines blaues Rechteck, mit purpurnen Häkchen umrandet. Das blaue Rechteck ist die Mathed-Cursor-Position, und die purpurne Farbe deutet an, daß Sie im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default sind. Sie können auch -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default -ingebettete\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ingebettete\InsetSpace ~ Formel -\family default +\family default wählen oder die Tastenkürzel -\family sans +\family sans Alt+M+M -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+M -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+M -\family default +\family default (letzteres nur im CUA-Modus) benutzen. Wenn Sie auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf klicken, werden unten im Minipuffer alle äquivalenten Tastenkürzel aufgelistet, die Mathed starten. Auf all diese Arten wird ein Mathed-Kästchen -\emph on +\emph on in der Zeile -\emph default +\emph default erzeugt. Um eine eigenständige Gleichung zu erhalten, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -bgesetzte\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +bgesetzte\InsetSpace ~ Formel -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Strg+M -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default nur benutzen wollen, um zum Beispiel ein \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu schreiben, gibt es besondere Tastenkürzel, zum Beispiel -\family sans +\family sans Alt+M+G+A -\family default +\family default für \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans Alt+M+G+B -\family default +\family default für \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset usw -\emph on +\emph on . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können Mathed aber auch indirekt vom Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default starten. Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default ist unglaublich nützlich, Sie sollten es deshalb geöffnet lassen. Wenn Sie irgendetwas aus dem Menü auswählen, wird Mathed gestartet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie man sich in einer Gleichung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung} -\end_inset +\end_inset bewegt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken (irgendetwas, das blau aussieht), und Sie werden automatisch Mathed aktivieren und den Cursor @@ -17580,196 +20215,206 @@ Sie k Mathed benutzt manchmal kleine Rechtecke um anzuzeigen, wo etwas eingefügt werden kann, weil Mathed Symbole nicht einfach nur linear anordnet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Mathed-Struktur zwischen Textgebieten zu bewegen. Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande von Mathed drückt, verläßt man Mathed, wenn der Pfeil aus dem Mathed-Kästchen herauszeigt. Wenn man die -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default drückt, verläßt man einen Teil oder eine andere Mathed-Struktur (eine Quadratwur zel \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , Klammern \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset oder eine Matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), und bleibt innerhalb von Mathed. Mit -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default verläßt man Mathed, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen plaziert. Mit der -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default kann man Mathed auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt). -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Mathed-Struktur zu bewegen, wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default scheint nichts innerhalb von Mathed zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verläßt eine geschachtelte Struktur. Deshalb muß man mit der -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default vorsichtig sein. Wenn man zum Beispiel \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset erreichen will, muß man -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default tippen, dann -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default , dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x+1 -\family default +\family default , aber nicht -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Leertaste\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Leertaste\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Leertaste\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default , weil dann nur die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden: \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da wir über die -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default sprechen: es mag sein, daß Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt. Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset -Prinzip bedeutet, daß Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken, sondern über den Inhalt. Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen wollen. Das kann man natürlich mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default machen. Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an: \begin_inset Formula $a\!\sqcup\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Gedruckt sieht das so aus: \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe. -\emph on +\emph on Bevor -\emph default +\emph default Sie nach -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste -\family default +\family default den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl iche Größen: \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Als letztes gibt es den blauen, den negativen Zwischenraum: \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Mathed-starten} -\end_inset +\end_inset bereits erwähnt, finden Sie all diese Symbole im Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Mathed-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -17778,28 +20423,32 @@ Man kann viele teilweise gef & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber die meisten Objekte stört das nicht. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Text auswählen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Innerhalb von Mathed können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen. Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen wollen und drücken Sie -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Pfeil -\family default +\family default in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen. Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben. Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles @@ -17811,118 +20460,126 @@ in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen. (noch) nicht in eine Formel eingesetzt werden, ebenso nichts, was außerhalb von LyX ausgewählt wurde. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exponenten \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Indizes \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default benutzen, um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen, aber viel einfacher geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode. Um \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erhalten, tippen Sie (in Mathed) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default , dann -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default . Die -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks. Wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default tippen, erhalten Sie \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ; um \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erhalten, müssen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2, -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default dann -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default , dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter y -\family default +\family default tippen. Indizes sind ähnlich: um \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erhalten, müssen Sie in Mathed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family default +\family default , dann -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default tippen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Brüche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einen Bruch kann man mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default (in Mathed) oder mit dem Bruchsymbol aus dem -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default -Menü schreiben. Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Mathed-Kästchen über und unter einem Bruchstrich. Der Cursor steht im Zählerkästchen. Mit der \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste wieder in den Zähler. Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie @@ -17932,64 +20589,68 @@ Mathe-Kontrollfl 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Summen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Integrale \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Summen- und Integralzeichen \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in TeX) als Exponenten und Indizes geschrieben werden. Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen plaziert wie bei \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen: \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen plaziert wie in \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus: \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepaßt. Man kann die Plazierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts neben dem Zeichen) ändern, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen stellt und -\family sans -Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ L -\family default +\family default eingibt. Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab. Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion @@ -17997,641 +20658,709 @@ L \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] -\end_inset +\end_inset bei dem \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset unter dem -\emph on +\emph on lim -\emph default +\emph default bei abgesetzten Formeln plaziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung. In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben darstellen kann. In LyX erhält man es mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default in Mathed oder indem man es aus den -\family sans +\family sans Funktionen -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default auswählt. Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default besitzt eine sehr umfangreiche Liste an Symbolen und Strukturen. Wie bereits erwähnt können Sie es geöffnet lassen, wenn Sie mathematische Formeln schreiben. Dadurch gelangen Sie leichter an die weniger trivialen Funktionen des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/sqrt.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt Schablonen für Wurzeln wie \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[3]{45}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset oder \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[7]{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/frac.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt eine Schablone für Brüche wie \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Formula $\bmod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/delim.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset bringt eine Auswahl von Trennzeichen -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default wie Klammern und ähnlichem, zum Beispiel \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ 3\right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Diese werden in der Größe an ihren Inhalt angepaßt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/deco.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt Dekorationen wie zum Beispiel \begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/space.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset bringt eine Auswahl von geschützten Leerzeichen, zum Beispiel \begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-superscript.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt "^" für Exponenten. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-subscript.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt "_" für Indizes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/style.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset legt den Schrifttyp fest. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Mit \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/matrix.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset definiert man die Größe einer Matrix und ihre Ausrichtung: \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{clr} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 45 & 67 & 89\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/equation.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt ein -\emph on +\emph on abgesetztes -\emph default +\emph default leeres Kästchen für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default , wenn der Cursor im normalen Textmodus ist. Im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default schaltet dieser Knopf zwischen -\emph on +\emph on in -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on der -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Zeile -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on abgesetzt -\emph default +\emph default um. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem hat das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default Untermenüs mit mathematischen Symbolen und Funktionen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Andere mathematische Symbole \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Symbole können, wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben, direkt über das -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default -Menü ausgewählt werden. Die meisten anderen Symbole kann man in den verschiedenen Kategorien finden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize schwarze Beschriftung: \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset enthält Operatoren, \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Relationen, \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Pfeile -\family sans +\family sans , -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset große Symbole, -\emph on +\emph on Punkte -\emph default +\emph default zum Beispiel \begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph on +\emph on Diverses -\emph default +\emph default -- nun ja, verschiedenes, und \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\iota\varepsilon\chi\eta\sigma\chi\eta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset griechische Buchstaben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize blaue Beschriftung: \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset enthält weitere Pfeile -\family sans +\family sans , -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset weitere Relationen, \begin_inset Formula $!(\leq\cong)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset verneinte Relationen, \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset weitere Operatoren, und -\emph on +\emph on Diverses -\emph default +\emph default ebenfalls verschiedenes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie das Standard-LaTeX-Makro für ein bestimmtes Symbol kennen, können Sie es direkt eingeben. Mathematische Symbole sind sehr hilfreich, wenn Sie den LaTeX-Namen nicht kennen. Ein LaTeX-Makro, das Sie kennen, tippen Sie mit einem vorangestellten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , den LaTeX benutzt, ein, wie zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default , und der Text wird automatisch in das Zeichen konvertiert, nachdem Sie ihn mit der -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default oder einem anderen nicht-alphabetischen Symbol abgeschlossen haben. Der Text erscheint zunächst ohne den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , wird aber zu einem blauen Symbol, wenn LyX verstanden hat, was Sie wollen. Wenn Mathed den Text nicht in ein Symbol konvertieren kann, wird er rot bleiben. Das nennt man -\emph on +\emph on Makromodus -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noch können nicht alle in LaTeX verfügbaren Symbole WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset in LyX dargestellt werden. Ein Beispiel dafür ist \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset A -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hookrightarrow -\family default +\family default B \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In LyX in Mathed wird es aussehen wie \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default hookrightarrow -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on B -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset mit A und B in blau und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hookrightarrow -\family default +\family default in rot. Weil LaTeX das Makro aber kennt, wird es gedruckt so aussehen: \begin_inset Formula $A\hookrightarrow B$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Einige Symbole des Menüs -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default werden in LyX so aussehen, weil LyX sie noch nicht darstellen kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Eigenschaft von LyX, Texte in Mathed, die es nicht kennt, so zu lassen wie sie eingegeben wurden, erlaubt Ihnen, Ihre eigenen Makrokürzel zu definiere n und zu benutzen. Der zugehörige Befehl muß im LaTeX-Vorspann stehen (siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default ). Wenn Sie dort zum Beispiel schreiben: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash a}{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family sans +\family sans -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard können Sie in Mathed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash a -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default anstatt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default benutzen, um \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erzeugen. Vorsicht ist aber geboten, weil es LyX egal ist, ob das Makro gültig ist. Ist es ungültig, werden Sie Fehlermeldungen erhalten, sobald Sie es an LaTeX senden (für eine Druckvorschau oder zum Druck). Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in den -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mathematische Funktionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default enthält -\emph on +\emph on Funktionen -\emph default +\emph default wie \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -, usw.\SpecialChar ~ +, usw.\InsetSpace ~ (man kann sie in Mathed auch mit Befehlen wie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default - usw.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + usw.\InsetSpace ~ eintippen. Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , nicht kursiv geschrieben. Gibt man in Mathed aber nur die Buchstaben \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv. Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros. In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern. Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck -\emph on +\emph on sint -\emph default +\emph default zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t: \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung plaziert wird, ob neben das Wort lim als Index wie hier: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset oder darunter wie hier: \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand besser aussieht). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Weitere Symbole \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt einige mathematische Symbole, die es in LaTeX (oder LyX) nicht gibt, die aber in mathematischen Schriften benutzt werden, wie zum Beispiel die altdeutsche Frakturschrift und die -\emph on +\emph on Wandtafel -\emph default +\emph default -Fettschrift (Blackboard), die für Vektoren, komplexe Zahlen oder ganze Zahlen benutzt werden. Diese Pakete kann man jetzt über ein Menü hinzufügen: im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default gibt es unter -\family sans +\family sans Pakete -\family default +\family default einen Umschaltknopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default -MS\SpecialChar ~ -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +MS\InsetSpace ~ +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ verwenden -\family default +\family default . Wenn er aktiviert ist, sind alle AMS-LaTeX-Symbole und Umgebungen verfügbar. Sie werden Ärger bekommen, wenn Sie diese Pakete in den Vorspann einfügen, weil LyX jetzt ein paar Makros dieser Pakete selber definiert hat. Die AMS-Klassen fügen diese Pakete automatisch hinzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Akzente \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus. Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen. Sie können aber auch die TeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen. Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in Mathed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat{a -\family default +\family default eintippen, um \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu erhalten. Die folgende Tabelle enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Mathed und Beispiele für die Akzente: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -18643,371 +21372,451 @@ hat{a \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beispiel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard circumflex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard hat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard umlaut -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ddot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard check -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard macron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Klammern \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern} -\end_inset +\end_inset und Dekorationen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:klammern-dekos} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [{]}()| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default zu drücken. Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammerschichten haben (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen: @@ -19016,15 +21825,17 @@ Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right].\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:arrays-multi-line} -\end_inset +\end_inset steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht. Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammerschichten besser bei Scheußlichkeiten wie @@ -19032,38 +21843,40 @@ In Abschnitt \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset oder hier: \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes angepaßt. (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash -left( bla\SpecialChar ~ +\backslash +left( bla\InsetSpace ~ bla -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default erreicht.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen. Sie müssen nur mit der linken Maustaste auf das Klammersymbol, das Sie links haben wollen, klicken, mit der rechten auf das, das Sie rechts haben wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen auf den Knopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default , der Ihre Auswahl anzeigt. Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere Symbol. @@ -19071,167 +21884,181 @@ inf ist nichts zu sehen. Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default eide -\family default +\family default aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen, - können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw.\SpecialChar ~ + können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw.\InsetSpace ~ stehen soll, markieren. Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken die -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt -\family default +\family default -Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung. Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren. Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default . Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gruppierung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eventuell müssen Sie einen Satz von Symbolen gruppieren. In LaTeX wird zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter (x^y)^z -\family default +\family default anders als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^(y^z)=x^y^z -\family default +\family default gesetzt: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x^{y}{}^{z} & \mathrm{ist}\,\mathrm{anders\, als} & x^{y^{z}}\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Gruppierung erreichen Sie, indem Sie im ersten Fall -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^y -\family default +\family default , gefolgt von \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family default +\family default dann -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und schließlich -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^z -\family default +\family default eingeben. Durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\family default +\family default bekommen Sie die geschweiften roten Klammern mit dem blauen Rechteck darin. Im zweiten Fall geben Sie einfach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^y^z -\family default +\family default ein. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matrizen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und mehrzeilige Gleichungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:arrays-multi-line} -\end_inset +\end_inset Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben. Entweder wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator Arra -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default -Umgebung -\family default +\family default : dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken mm Menü -\family sans +\family sans Mathe-Kontrollfläche -\family default +\family default den Knopf mit den neun blauen Quadraten an, der das Menü -\family sans -einfügen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +einfügen\InsetSpace ~ Matrix -\family default +\family default öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können. Hier ist ein Beispiel: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -19240,107 +22067,113 @@ Matrix 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem -\family sans +\family sans Trennzeichen -\family default +\family default -Menü hinzugefügt werden. Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:klammern-dekos} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links- oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen. Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert (durch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default 's im Feld -\family sans +\family sans Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal: -\family default +\family default gekennzeichnet -\family sans +\family sans ). -\family default +\family default Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende Buchstabenkombinationen aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default eingeben. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlc -\family default +\family default bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe -\family default +\family default Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder löschen. Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset ü \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erhält man übrigens durch \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash ddot u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default als ü dargestellt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -19349,28 +22182,30 @@ diese & diese & diese\\ Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\ ist\: linksb\ddot{u}bndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig\end{array}.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Der LaTeX- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default und kommutative Diagramme. Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default ) darstellen kann: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} @@ -19378,219 +22213,229 @@ f(x) & := & \begin{cases} \frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\ 0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist}\end{cases}\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung gewählt ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default leichungs-Umgebung -\family default +\family default ), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben. Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default edingungs-Umgebung -\family default +\family default ) eingefügt und mit -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Strg+E -\series default +\series default nter -\family default +\family default zwei Zeilen erzeugt. In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften Klammer geschrieben. Wie man den Roman-Font bekommt, wird später erklärt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default leichungs-Umgebung -\family default +\family default ). Dadurch wird in das LaTeX-Format für mehrzeilige Gleichungen ( -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium eqnarray -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default )) umgeschaltet. Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Strg+E -\series default +\series default nter -\family default +\family default so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes. Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Tab -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -Taste bewegen können. Hier ist ein Beispiel: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern, indem man irgendwo in der Formel -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Strg+Enter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default tippt. LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default packen, wobei alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest in die zweite. Um die Gleichungen auszurichten, stellen Sie den Cursor dorthin, wo der mittlere Teil (zum Beispiel das Gleichheitszeichen) beginnen soll, und tippen -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Tab. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie KDE als grafische Oberfläche verwenden, geht das leider nicht, es sei denn, Sie konfigurieren KDE um (zum Beispiel -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Tab -\family default +\family default auf -\family sans +\family sans Windows+Tab -\family default +\family default : KDE-Kontrollzentrum\SpecialChar \menuseparator Regional-Einstellungen & Zugangshilfen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tastenkürzel). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben). Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll, und tippen nochmals -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Tab -\family default +\family default . Der -\emph on +\emph on zusätzliche -\emph default +\emph default Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in die Zeile stellt und -\family sans -Alt+B\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+B\InsetSpace ~ Z -\family default +\family default tippt. Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Enter -\family default +\family default hinzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gleichungen numerieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset und markieren \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset Mit LyX ist es sehr einfach, Gleichungen zu numerieren. Um eine Gleichung wie \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset in eine numerierte \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset zu verwandeln, wählt man -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default arke -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} In das Fenster, das dann erscheint, müssen Sie eine Zeichenkette als Marke eingeben. @@ -19601,55 +22446,59 @@ arke Die Marken werden intern für Querverweise benutzt. Man kann die Numerierung auch ohne spezielle Marke benutzen, indem man den Cursor in die Gleichung stellt und -\family sans -Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ N -\family default +\family default eintippt: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2.\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Rechts von der Gleichung erscheint dann (#). -\family sans -Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ N -\family default +\family default ist ein Umschalter. Tippt man es nochmal, verschwindet (#) wieder. Auf eine markierte Gleichung kann man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerverweis -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ verweisen, aber nicht auf eine mit dem Nummerzeichen, zum Beispiel ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Achten Sie bitte darauf, -\emph on +\emph on keine -\emph default +\emph default Leerzeichen in Ihren Marken zu benutzen, weil sie gelöscht werden und Querverwei se nicht mehr funktionieren. Dies ist ein LyX-Fehler, mit dem man aber leben kann. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei numerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardmäßig jede Zeile für sich numeriert. @@ -19659,7 +22508,7 @@ Bei numerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardm ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -19667,26 +22516,28 @@ Bei numerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardm 2 & = & 4-2\\ 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Numerierung einer Zeile kann man mit -\family sans - Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ N -\family default +\family default ab- und wieder anschalten. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Achtung: -\family sans -Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ N -\family default +\family default wirkt auf alle Zeilen der mehrzeiligen Formel. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -19695,38 +22546,42 @@ wirkt auf alle Zeilen der mehrzeiligen Formel. 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Beachten Sie, daß die erste Gleichung ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) markiert ist, die zweite nur numeriert, die dritte gar nicht und die letzte ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) wieder markiert. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Benutzerdefinierte Makros \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} -\end_inset +\end_inset im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren. Wenn Sie wie in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro} -\end_inset +\end_inset ein Makro erzeugt haben, erscheint an der Cursorposition ein Makro-Definitionsk ästchen, das in etwa so aussieht: @@ -19738,32 +22593,34 @@ LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Makro: Makroname: \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\Makroname}{} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dabei ist die die Umrandung rot, und die beiden \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sind blaue Rechtecke, die wie im Mathed editiert werden können. Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, probieren Sie es. @@ -19774,12 +22631,14 @@ Makro: Makroname: LyX wird dann den Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks automatisch für Export und Expansion benutzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macro}{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wollen Sie das Makro \begin_inset Tabular @@ -19790,47 +22649,51 @@ Wollen Sie das Makro \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Makro: macro: a + b \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset in anderen Mathed-Kästchen benutzen, müssen Sie nur seinen Namen im TeX-Modus schreiben, in diesem Fall -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default , und er wird automatisch umgewandelt wie hier: \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wie Sie bemerken werden, können Sie den Cursor nicht ins Makro stellen, denn es wird als einzelnes Zeichen behandelt. Der von TeX erzeugte Text ist -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei Makros mit -\emph on +\emph on Argumenten -\emph default +\emph default aber kann man den Cursor in das Makro stellen. In einer Makrodefinition sieht ein Argument aus wie ein # mit einer Nummer dahinter: @@ -19842,194 +22705,218 @@ aber kann man den Cursor in das Makro stellen. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Makro: macrowarg: 2 + \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\#1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset Benutzt man das Makro, wird das bekannte blaue Rechteck erscheinen, in das Sie dann als Argument schreiben können, was immer Sie wollen: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg = \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{\Box}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Beispiel: \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX exportiert, wird eine Makrodefinition in den Befehl \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset umgesetzt, im letzten Beispiel also \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg}[1]{2+ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{#1}} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie man sie erzeugt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Create-macro} -\end_inset +\end_inset Um ein Makro zu definieren, schreiben Sie in den Minipuffer ( -\family sans +\family sans Alt+X -\family default +\family default ) folgendes: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard HHa: Makros dürfen nicht in Überschriften definiert werden! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter math-macro [number of arguments] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default zum Beispiel wurde mit \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macro -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset erzeugt und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default mit \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macrowarg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie den Cursor in das Makrokästchen stellen, können Sie eine Argumentmarke setzen, indem Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default eingeben oder im Minipuffer folgendes schreiben: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Argumentmarke in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default wurde mit \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset eingefügt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sie dürfen höchstens 9 Argumente benutzen, numeriert von 1 bis 9. Eine Argumentmarke kann mehrfach mehrfach benutzt werden, aber natürlich @@ -20037,122 +22924,153 @@ Sie d Eine Argumentnummer darf nicht größer sein als die bei der Makrodefinition festgelegte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wie man sich im Makro bewegt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Mit\SpecialChar ~ -den\SpecialChar ~ +Mit\InsetSpace ~ +den\InsetSpace ~ Pfeiltasten: Wenn man in ein Makro von links hineingeht, wird der Cursor im ersten Argument stehen. Mit der -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -Taste gelangt man zum nächsten. Mit der -\family sans +\family sans Leertaste -\family default +\family default verläßt man das Makro, und der Cursor steht dann rechts neben ihm. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Mit\SpecialChar ~ -der\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Mit\InsetSpace ~ +der\InsetSpace ~ Maus: Wie gewöhnlich klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Argumentkästchen. Manchmal, wenn das Kästchen leer oder zu klein ist, schlägt das fehl. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zur Zeit kann man nur Befehlsmakros schreiben, aber keine Umgebungsmakros. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Feineinstellungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default befinden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schriftstile \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, aber zur Zeit müssen Sie dazu Tastaturbefehle verwenden. Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset , und einige werden überhaupt nicht angezeigt. Der Standardfont für Text ist kursiv, \begin_inset Formula $text$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman. Um Text im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+R -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{text}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Für Fettdruck, \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ist es -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+F -\family default +\family default . Den kalligraphischen Font für Großbuchstaben, der auf dem Bildschirm wie Helvetica-kursiv aussieht, aber gedruckt ausgefallener, \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , erhält man mit -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+I -\family default +\family default . Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset ist eine Tabelle mit den unterstützten Fonts: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Float table wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile} -\end_inset +\end_inset Mathematik-Schriftstile -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -20165,455 +23083,541 @@ Mathematik-Schriftstile \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Textmodus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mathed-Tastenkürzel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-Befehl -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold fett -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{fett}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathbf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on kursiv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGR}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathcal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathrm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Schreibmaschine -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathtt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Voreinstellung -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Voreinstellung}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+Z\InsetSpace ~ Leertaste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter textrm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{WANDTAFEL}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathbb -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathfrak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{kursiv}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans serifenfrei -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{serifenfrei}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mathsf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Font zu wechseln, wird im -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default wie beschrieben interpretiert. Der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathe-Modus -\family default +\family default unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Fonts, und der Kalligraphiefont unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bei all diesen Fonts müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben. Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Font mach einem Buchstaben @@ -20622,115 +23626,127 @@ Bei all diesen Fonts m rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben. Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in den Standardfont geändert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht kursiv) zu schreiben. LyX kann das zur Zeit noch nicht WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset darstellen, aber es wird richtig ausgedruckt. Um ein fettgedrucktes \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset zu bekommen, müssen Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default eingeben: \begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\alpha}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben. Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default chriftänderung -\family default +\family default gibt es noch weitere Möglichkeiten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mathematischer Textmodus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen Text zu schreiben. Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen Textmodus, den Sie durch -\family sans -Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt+M\InsetSpace ~ M -\family default +\family default aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden. Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des üblichen Blau dargestellt. Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder Satzzeichen verwenden, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textrm{} -\family default +\family default -Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default (oder das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash text -\family default +\family default von AMSLaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend. Hier ist ein Beispiel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -20738,317 +23754,347 @@ f(x)=\begin{array}{rl} x & \textrm{wenn ich es sage}\\ -x & \textrm{sonst}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Fontgrößen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt vier (relative) Fontgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch benutzt werden. Sie heißen -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on scriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default . Für die meisten Zeichen haben -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default und -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte werden größer oder im -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default gesetzt. Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen, werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält. Das kann mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default im Minipuffer geändert werden. Zum Beispiel kann man \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset normal schreiben ( -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default ), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert werden, indem man -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default benutzt. Dazu gibt man im Minipuffer \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein oder wählt über den 3. Knopf der Mathe-Kontrollfläche die entsprechende Größe aus, während der Cursor auf der Hauptlinie des Mathed-Kästchens steht: \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen: \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All diese Fontgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden angepaßt, wenn die - gesamte Formel, Gleichung usw.\SpecialChar ~ + gesamte Formel, Gleichung usw.\InsetSpace ~ und der umgebende Text in einer bestimmten Größe geschrieben werden. Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepaßt, wenn die Basisfontgröße eines Dokumente s geändert wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\size largest + +\family roman +\size largest H -\family default +\family default i -\family roman +\family roman er is -\family default +\family default t -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default ein -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default Absatz -\family roman +\family roman i -\family default +\family default m -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset größten \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default F -\family roman +\family roman ont, -\family default +\family default m -\family roman +\family roman it -\family default +\family default S -\family roman +\family roman ymbol -\family default +\family default en -\family roman +\family roman : \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dies gilt auch für Mathematikfonts in Titeln usw. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS-TeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die American Mathematical Society (AMS) stellt LaTeX-Pakete bereit, die oft benutzt werden. LyX unterstützt diese Pakete ein wenig. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS verwenden -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie auf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default -MS\SpecialChar ~ -Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +MS\InsetSpace ~ +Mathe\InsetSpace ~ verwenden -\family default +\family default auswählen, werden diese Pakete in Ihrem Dokument verwendet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS-Symbole -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die AMS-LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen einige mathematische Symbole, die man mit LaTeX (LyX) nicht direkt erreicht, die aber in mathematischen Veröffentlich ungen benutzt werden, zum Beispiel der altdeutsche Frakturfont, der nach der Eingabe von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak{g} -\family default +\family default ein Fraktur- \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{g}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset druckt, oder die \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wandtafel \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Fettschrift, zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb{R} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset für reelle und komplexe Zahlen. Diese Symbole werden (noch) nicht WYSIWYM \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} -\end_inset +\end_inset in LyX erscheinen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS-Formeln -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe -\family default +\family default können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter alignat -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flalign -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gather -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multline -\family default +\family default auswählen. Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Weitergehende Literatur -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{Mathebefehle} -\end_inset +\end_inset gibt es eine sehr umfangreiche Beschreibung des Mathematik-Editors, die auch Hinweise für physikalische und chemische Formeln enthält. @@ -21057,365 +24103,401 @@ In Für viele Befehle ist die LaTeX-Notation angegeben, weil der Autor meint: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wer aber viele Formeln zu schreiben hat, wird feststellen, dass man mit den LaTeX-Befehlen viel schneller eine Formel setzen kann. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Dokumentation ist unter -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://prozess.imtek.uni-freiburg.de/stoehr/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\newline +\newline und unter -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://fkurth.de/uwest/LyX/Dokumentation/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zu finden. Die Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathebefehle.lyx -\family default +\family default können Sie aber nicht als DVI, PDF oder PostScript® ansehen oder drucken, wenn Sie die dort erwähnten LaTeX-Pakete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter adobestd -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter adobeother -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aeguill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bbm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eurosym -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyperref -\family default +\family default und -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tocbibind -\family default +\family default nicht installiert haben. Allerdings ist sie sehr hilfreich um zu lernen, wie man die Formeln schreibt. Wenn Sie sich nur für die gedruckte Version interessieren, sollten Sie sich die Dateien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathebefehle.pdf -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathebefehle.ps -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mathebefehle.dvi -\family default +\family default holen. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Weitere Werkzeuge -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Querverweise \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch in LyX lesen, sehen Sie am Anfang dieses Satzes ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin. Das ist eine -\family sans +\family sans Marke -\family default +\family default . Genauer gesagt ist es eine Hälfte eines Querverweises. Die andere Hälfte ist der -\family sans +\family sans Verweis -\family default +\family default und sieht so aus: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . In LyX ist das auch ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin. Im gedruckten Dokument ist es eine Zahl -- in diesem Fall die Nummer dieses Abschnittes. Es gibt auch andere Verweistypen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sub:Create-macro} -\end_inset +\end_inset (die Seitennummer der Marke), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \vpageref{sub:Create-macro} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset auf Seite \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + die Seitennummer der Marke), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro} -\end_inset +\end_inset (Typ 1 + Typ 3). \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : PrettyRef wird nicht mehr von LaTeX unterstützt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit Querverweisen können Sie andere Teile Ihres Dokumentes zitieren. Sie müssen sich die Abschnittsnummer nicht merken -- LyX macht das für Sie! Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist eine -\family sans +\family sans Marke -\family default +\family default zum Markieren eines Abschnittes, eines Bildes, einer Tabelle, einer Gleichung usw., die Sie dann mit einem -\family sans +\family sans Querverweis -\family default +\family default zitieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator M -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default rke -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Ein Kästchen erscheint, in das Sie Ihre Marke eingeben können. Sie können eine Marke ändern, indem Sie auf die Marke klicken und den Text ändern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um auf eine Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uerverweis -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Querverweis -\family default +\family default erscheint mit einer Liste der Marken. Um eine Marke einzufügen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken auf -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . Im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat: -\family default +\family default können Sie einen der oben beschriebenen Verweistypen auswählen. Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, ob es die richtige Marke ist, können Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default -ehe\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ehe\InsetSpace ~ zu -\family default +\family default dorthin gehen, wo sie definiert wurde. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie Text aus einem anderen Dokument kopieren, der eine Marke oder einen Verweis enthält, oder wenn Sie eine Marke aus Ihrem Dokument, auf die verwiesen wird, löschen, werden in der Druckausgabe zwei Fragezeichen an der Stelle des Verweises stehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt noch einige Anmerkungen zu -\family sans +\family sans Marken -\family default +\family default . Sie enthalten immer die Abschnittsnummer der vorangehenden Überschrift. Wenn Sie also auf ein -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default verweisen wollen, aber eine -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default -Überschrift unmittelbar folgt, müssen Sie die Marke -\emph on +\emph on in -\emph default +\emph default die -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default -Umgebung setzen. Es ist egal, wo, und es sieht auf dem Bildschirm seltsam aus. Aber Sie müssen es tun, wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans Kapitel -\family default +\family default anders als -\family sans +\family sans Abschnitt -\family default +\family default markieren wollen. Dasselbe gilt für alle Abschnittsüberschriften. Nur wenn nach der Überschrift Text folgt, dürfen Sie die Marke ohne Nachdenken in den Text setzen. Also passen Sie auf. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem macht eine Marke -\emph on +\emph on nur -\emph default +\emph default für -\emph on +\emph on numerierte -\emph default +\emph default Abschnitte und Gleitobjekte (Tabellen und Abbildungen) Sinn. Normale Abbildungen und Tabellen sind nicht numeriert, also kann man für sie ebenso wie für nichtnumerierte Abschnitte eigentlich keine Marken benutzen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nun, man -\emph on +\emph on kann, -\emph default +\emph default aber nur, wenn man als -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat: -\family default +\family default oder auf Seite benutzt. Der normale Verweis auf eine Abschnitts-, Tabellen- oder Abbildungsnummer geht nicht, weil es keine Nummer gibt! Ein Verweis mit würde auf die letzte numerierte Überschrift zeigen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset In den Abschnitten \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten über das Markieren von Abbildungen, Tabellen und Gleichungen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:URLs} -\end_inset +\end_inset Es ist oft wünschenswert, lange Ausdrücke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset wörtlich \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset im Text einzufügen, etwa Adressen von Seiten im WWW, Email-Adressen usw. Diese Dinge enthalten normalerweise keine Leerzeichen und es ist deshalb @@ -21423,535 +24505,605 @@ w Sie geraten dann oft an das Ende einer Zeile und erzeugen je nach den äußeren Umständen zu volle oder zu leere Zeilen. Sie könne in diesen Fällen den Menüpunkt -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ verwenden, um einen solche lange URL einzugeben, die dann bei Bedarf an (automatisch bestimmten) Trennstellen umgebrochen wird. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wählen Sie an der gewünschten Einfügestelle einfach -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie (im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default ) die volle Adresse eingeben können. Im einfachsten Fall ist das bereits alles. Klicken Sie einfach mal auf das folgende graue Feld um zu sehen, wie die Adresse der LyX-Homepage eingegeben wurde: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie die Adresse darüberhinaus mit einer festen Phrase versehen wollen, könne Sie diese im Feld -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ame -\family default +\family default des Dialoges eingeben; sie wird als normaler Text direkt vor dem URL ausgegeben , zum Beispiel finden Sie alle mit LaTeX zusammenhängenden Dinge auf \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . In der gedruckten Version endet der letzte Satz mit \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} auf CTAN -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Standard [ -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : Ich habe keine Idee, wofür der Knopf -\family sans -HTML\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +HTML\InsetSpace ~ Typ -\family default +\family default im Dialog gedacht ist. Er scheint keine Unterschiede in der exportierten LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen, und auch in der dvi-Vorschau ändert sich nichts] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kurze Titel \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze} -\end_inset +\end_inset mit optionalen Argumenten definieren \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kurztitel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden. Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand ragen, was sehr häßlich aussieht. Deswegen kann man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Kurztitel -\family default +\family default eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die lange nicht auf die Seite paßt. Dieser Kurztitel wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt, wenn es nötig ist. Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls umgebrochen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manuelle Feineinstellungen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s sind eine besondere LyX-Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig einzufügen. Ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen dem linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht. Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s, teilen sie sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bemerkung: wenn Sie einen -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default am Anfang einer Zeile, die -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ist, einfügen, ignoriert LyX das. Damit wird verhindert, daß -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s zufällig auf eine neue Zeile gelangen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family roman +\family roman s -\family default +\family default kann man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default Fill -\family default +\family default einsetzen. Hier sind ein paar Beispiele: -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Dieser Teil ist links -\hfill +\hfill Dieser Teil ist rechts -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Links -\hfill +\hfill Mitte -\hfill +\hfill Rechts -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Links -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 Links -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Rechts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das waren Beispiele in der -\family sans -Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zitat\InsetSpace ~ (kurz) -\family default +\family default -Umgebung. Hier : -\hfill +\hfill : ist ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default in einem Standardabsatz. Im gedruckten Text ist er vielleicht nicht zu erkennen, aber er ist zwischen den \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset :: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erinnern Sie sich, daß ein -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default immer den restlichen Leerraum zwischen den Rändern füllt? Es kann mehrere Ränder in einer Zeile geben. Hier ist ein Beispiel mit der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM eins -\hfill +\hfill zwei :drei -\hfill +\hfill vier -\hfill +\hfill fünf -\hfill +\hfill sechs -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM eins :zwei drei vier fünf sechs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Der Doppelpunkt markiert den Beginn des Listenelementes. (Innerhalb der Marke in der -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -Umgebung gibt es einen -\emph on +\emph on verborgenen -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default ; er wird automatisch am Ende der Marke eingefügt.) Die zweite Zeile -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default ist ein ganz normales Listenelement zum Vergleich. -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s wirken in anderen Situationen mit -\emph on +\emph on Mehrfach -\emph default +\emph default -Rändern ähnlich, wie zum Beispiel im Zwei-Spalten-Modus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} , -\family default +\family default womit das Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default geöffnet wird, hinzu. Dort ist es die Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Abstand -\family default +\family default . Ein -\family sans +\family sans VFill \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{VFill} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default erreicht man mit -\family sans -Variabler\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Variabler\InsetSpace ~ Abstand -\family default +\family default für -\family sans +\family sans Über/Unter dem Absatz -\family default +\family default , aber es gibt auch andere Möglichkeiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir werden kein Beispiel für einen -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default : er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum. Gibt es mehrere -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig. -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will - oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw.\SpecialChar ~ + oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw.\InsetSpace ~ nach unten plazieren will. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Absatzausrichtung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung} -\end_inset +\end_inset ändern -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit dem Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default können Sie auch die -\family sans +\family sans Ausrichtung -\family default +\family default eines oder mehrerer Absätze ändern. Sie haben vier Möglichkeiten -\family sans +\family sans Blocksatz, Links, Rechts -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zentriert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In den meisten Fällen ist die Voreinstellung -\family sans +\family sans Blocksatz -\family default +\family default , bei dem der Leerraum zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede Zeile des Absatzes den Platz zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt. Die drei anderen Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt aus: -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right Dieser Absatz ist rechtsbündig, -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center dieser ist zentriert, -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left und dieser ist linksbündig. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In einigen Absatzumgebungen ist die Voreinstellung nicht -\family sans +\family sans Blocksatz -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Manuelle Seitenumbrüche \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht, können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen. Im allgemeinen ist das -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset erwähnt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wir empfehlen -\emph on +\emph on sehr -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on keine -\emph default +\emph default manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen, -\emph on +\emph on bevor -\emph default +\emph default das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt haben, daß Sie die Seitenumbrüche -\emph on +\emph on wirklich -\emph default +\emph default ändern müssen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf einer neuen Seite beginnt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch vor oder hinter dem Absatz, in dem der Cursor gerade steht, mit den Optionen -\family sans +\family sans Über -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unter -\family default +\family default im Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default einfügen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen. @@ -21963,848 +25115,952 @@ Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einf In den Abschnitten \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Geschützte Leerzeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:protblank} -\end_inset +\end_inset Das geschützte Leerzeichen: Es wird hauptsächlich benutzt, um LyX (und LaTeX) mitzuteilen, die Zeile -\emph on +\emph on nicht -\emph default +\emph default zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen. Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Eine gute Dokumentation sollte nicht mehr wiegen als 1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Offensichtlich ist zwischen der \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset kg \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ein geschütztes Leerzeichen angebracht. Ein geschütztes Leerzeichen erhält man mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -gesch.\SpecialChar ~ +gesch.\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eerzeichen -\family default +\family default oder einfach mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Leertaste. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Manueller Zeilenumbruch \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:lbreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Manueller Zeilenumbruch: Diesen erhält man mit -\family sans +\family sans Strg+Return -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilenumbruch. -\family default +\family default Sie sollten ihn aber nicht benutzen, um den Zeilenumbruch von LaTeX zu korrigieren, weil LaTeX Zeilenumbrüche -\emph on +\emph on sehr -\emph default +\emph default gut gestaltet (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Es gibt aber einige Situationen, in denen man manuell umbrechen muß, zum Beispiel bei Gedichten und Adressen (siehe Abschnitte \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset und \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Horizontale Linien \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\line_bottom Horizontale Linien über oder unter einem Absatz: sie sind für Überschriften nützlich. Sie können sie im Menü -\family sans +\family sans Absatzformat -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Über -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Unter -\family default +\family default einfügen. Hier: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard ist eine solche Linie. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX selber besitzt keine Rechtschreibprüfung, sondern benutzt das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Programm \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die neueste Version können Sie im Internet unter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ficus-www.cs.ucla.edu/ficusmembers/geoff/ispell.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden, falls sie nicht in Ihrer Distribution ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset oder das neuere und generell bessere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://metalab.unc.edu/kevina/aspell/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset In der Dokumentation, die zur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Distribution gehört, finden Sie Installationsanweisungen und Hinweise zu Wörterbüchern. Sorgen Sie dafür, daß -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default in Ihrem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PATH -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erreichbar ist. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Rechtschreibprüfung können Sie mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Rechtschreib -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default rüfung -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ oder -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default starten. Die Prüfung beginnt automatisch an der Cursorposition. Im Fenster -\family sans +\family sans Rechtschreibprüfung -\family default +\family default wird das nächste falsch geschriebene (oder unbekannte) Wort, das -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default findet, ins Kästchen -\family sans -Unbekanntes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Unbekanntes\InsetSpace ~ Wort -\family default +\family default geschrieben. Außerdem wird das Wort markiert und das Textfenster aktualisiert, damit das Wort zu sehen ist. In dem Kästchen -\family sans +\family sans Ersetzung -\family default +\family default können Sie einen Ersatz eingeben und das falsche/unbekannte Wort mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rsetzen -\family default +\family default ersetzen. Wenn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default ein \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset ähnliches \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Wort kennt, wird es ins Kästchen -\family sans +\family sans Vorschläge -\family default +\family default geschrieben. Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins -\family sans +\family sans Ersetzun -\family default +\family default g-Kästchen kopiert. Ein Doppelklick auf einen Vorschlag ersetzt das falsche/unbekannte Wort durch ihn. Die einzelnen Knöpfe des Menüs sind ziemlich selbsterklärend: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default gnorieren -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default läßt -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default das von -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default bemängelte Wort, wie es ist, wird es aber wieder bemängeln, wenn es noch einmal vorkommt. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default lle -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans ignorieren -\family default +\family default akzeptiert -\series default +\series default das von -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default bemängelte Wort bis zum Ende der Rechtschreibprüfung, ohne es zum persönlichen Wörterbuch hinzuzufügen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default inzufügen -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default schreibt das Wort in ein persönliches -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Wörterbuch. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rsetzen -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default ersetzt das bemängelte Wort durch das, das im Kästchen -\family sans +\family sans Ersetzung: -\family default +\family default steht. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Schließen -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default hört mit der Prüfung auf. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Außerdem gibt es eine Anzeige für den Fortschritt der Rechtschreibprüfung. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Bemerkung: Wenn Sie Fußnoten, Randnotizen oder -\family sans +\family sans Beschriftung -\family default +\family default -Umgebungen auf Schreibfehler prüfen wollen, -\emph on +\emph on müssen -\emph default +\emph default Sie sie -\emph on +\emph on vorher -\emph default +\emph default öffnen. Das können Sie einfach mit -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default -leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +leitobjekt\InsetSpace ~ öffnen/schließen -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+I -\family default +\family default machen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:spell_opt} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sie können folgende Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung festlegen (Menü -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default instellungen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Sprach-Optionen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Rechtschreibprüfung -\family default +\family default .): -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die verwendete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell/aspell -\family default +\family default -Datei hängt von der Sprache ab, die im zu prüfenden Dokument verwendet wird. Diese wiederum wurde im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat, -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Sprache -\family default +\family default festgelegt. Wenn es für die gewählte Sprache kein Wörterbuch gibt, wird die Rechtschreibprü fung erst gar nicht gestartet, leider gibt es auch keine Fehlermeldung. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Man kann auch einen -\emph on +\emph on link -\emph default +\emph default von zum Beispiel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default nach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default oder was auch immer auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft definieren. Das ist nötig, weil die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Dateien normalerweise Namen in der Muttersprache haben ( \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutsch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) während -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , wenn es von LyX aus gestartet wird, nach dem englischen Namen der Datei sucht, der vom LaTeX-Babel-Paket benutzt wird ( \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Möglicherweise werden Sie auch Probleme bekommen, wenn die Fontkodierung für das Wörterbuch nicht richtig ist. Wenn Sie eine Sprache mit Latin1-Kodierung benutzen und die -\family sans +\family sans Kodierung -\family default +\family default s-Option im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default auch -\family sans +\family sans Latin1 -\family default +\family default (also nicht -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default ) ist, müssen Sie diese Option auch in Ihrem Wörterbuch benutzen. Wenn Ihr Wörterbuch Ihre gewählte Kodierung nicht unterstützt, werden Sie sich sicher darüber wundern, daß richtig geschriebene Worte bemängelt werden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten, das zu vermeiden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die einfachste ist die -\family sans -Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eingabekodierung\InsetSpace ~ verwenden -\family default +\family default -Option. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wenn das nicht hilft, könnten Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default odierung: -\family default +\family default auf -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default setzen, bevor Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung starten (was sicher ärgerlich ist). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die dritte Möglichkeit ist, die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default -Option in der Datei -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on < -\family default -Meine\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +Meine\InsetSpace ~ Sprache -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default >.aff -\family default +\family default hinzuzufügen und das Wörterbuch noch einmal zu übersetzen (was sicher nicht einfach ist, wenn Sie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default mit einer Distribution installiert haben und die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Quellen nicht haben). Lesen Sie dazu die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -Dokumentation! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die vierte Möglichkeit ist, daß der Pfleger des Wörterbuchs das Problem löst. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Persönliches Wörterbuch \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default benutzt ein persönliches Wörterbuch, in dem Worte gespeichert werden können, die im Hauptwörterbuch nicht gefunden werden konnten. Sonst werden diese Worte immer bemängelt, wenn Sie das Dokument auf Rechtschrei bfehler prüfen lassen. Der Name ist normalerweise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on Sprache -\emph default +\emph default , wobei -\emph on +\emph on Sprache -\emph default +\emph default der -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default Name des von LyX/LaTeX benutzten globalen Wörterbuches ist (zum Beispiel -\emph on +\emph on german -\emph default +\emph default ). Oft ist der Dateiname für das -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default -Wörterbuch nur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_words -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Weitere Optionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:further_options} -\end_inset +\end_inset Das in \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:spell_opt} -\end_inset +\end_inset erwähnte Menü hat noch weitere Optionen, die mehr oder weniger selbsterklärend sind: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default -usammengesetzte\SpecialChar ~ -Wörter\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +usammengesetzte\InsetSpace ~ +Wörter\InsetSpace ~ erlauben -\family default +\family default verhindert, daß -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default zusammengeschriebene Worte als Fehler meldet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Persönliches\SpecialChar ~ -\bar under +\family sans +Persönliches\InsetSpace ~ + +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default örterbuch -\family default +\family default : hier können Sie Ihr persönliches Wörterbuch eingeben. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ' -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default scape'-Zeichen: -\family default +\family default hier können Sie Sonderzeichen definieren, die in Worten auftreten dürfen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Probleme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Ihre Rechtschreibprüfung keine internationalen Zeichen akzeptiert, versuchen Sie die -\family sans -Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eingabekodierung\InsetSpace ~ verwenden -\family default +\family default -Option. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grenzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Auch wenn -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default zusammengesetzte Worte korrekt erkennt, scheint das von LyX aus nicht immer zu funktionieren. Außerdem ist es überhaupt nicht klar, ob die erste und dritte Option aus Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:further_options} -\end_inset +\end_inset so wie vermutet arbeiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Einige Benutzer haben den Wunsch geäußert, die Schreibweise eines Wortes global ändern zu können, anstatt bei jedem Auftreten des Wortes. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Anmerkung von -\emph default -\noun on +\emph default +\noun on Hartmut -\emph on -\noun default +\emph on +\noun default -\emph default -\noun on +\emph default +\noun on Haase -\noun default +\noun default : Nun, mit dem Menü -\family sans -Suchen\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Suchen\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Ersetzen -\family default +\family default ist es zumindest einfacher als mit der Rechtschreibprüfung. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Diese Funktion wird für spätere LyX-Versionen in Betracht gezogen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Solange Sie für die Rechtschreibprüfung nicht -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default benutzen, kann LyX keine Dokumente mit mehreren Sprachen prüfen. Mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default jedoch geht das, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Teile richtig markiert haben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Internationale Unterstützung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen können. @@ -22815,7 +26071,9 @@ Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gew Sie können von diesen Einstellungen ändern, was Sie wollen, und Sie können sich aussuchen, ob die Änderungen nur für die momentane Sitzung gelten sollen oder Ihre Standardkonfiguration werden soll. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepaßt ist (zum Beispiel eine deutsche Tastatur, um in Deutsch zu schreiben), und wenn Sie Ihre graphische Oberfläche @@ -22824,10 +26082,12 @@ Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepa In \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie weitere Informationen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wenn Sie aber eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und nicht Englisch schreiben wollen, können Sie eine andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen. @@ -22837,285 +26097,323 @@ Wenn Sie aber eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und nicht Englisch schreiben wollen, In \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Schließlich wollen Sie vielleicht nur einige Tasten ändern oder eine völlig andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen (für Marsianisch vielleicht). Wenn Sie zum Beispiel im Normalfall italienisch auf einer U.S.-Tastatur schreiben , aber hin und wieder etwas Deutsches zitieren wollen, dann können Sie Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle benutzen oder eine vorhandene modifizieren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wie Sie LyX an Ihre eigene Sprache anpassen können, liegt -\emph on +\emph on weit außerhalb -\emph default +\emph default dieses Handbuches. Sie können nicht nur die Tastaturtabelle ändern, Sie können auch die Menübeschr iftungen an Ihre Sprache anpassen. Wenn Sie mehr über all dies wissen wollen, lesen Sie bitte das Handbuch -\emph on +\emph on Anpassung -\emph default +\emph default , das Sie unter -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe -\family default +\family default finden werden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sprachoptionen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset Die Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Zeichenformat -\family default +\family default haben Optionen für Sprache, Papiergröße und Zeichenkodierung. -\family roman +\family roman -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Ihre Sprache auszuwählen, klicken Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprache -\family default +\family default auf den Pfeil rechts neben dem -\family sans +\family sans Sprache -\family default +\family default -Kästchen. Voreingestellt ist -\family sans +\family sans Deutsch -\family default +\family default . Suchen Sie Ihre Sprache in der Liste und klicken Sie darauf. Der Sprachname wird ins Kästchen kopiert. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Für LaTeX bedeutet die Wahl einer anderen Sprache als der Standardeinstellung, die Babel-Unterstützung einzuschalten. Wenn bei Ihnen Babel nicht installiert ist, suchen Sie nach einer anderen LaTeX-Distribution. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mit der Option -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default odierung -\family default +\family default können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen. Die Voreinstellung ist -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default , die die Zeichen der westeuropäischen Sprachen enthält (Umlaute, akzentuierte Vokale und ähnliche). Die Möglichkeit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin2 -\family default +\family default ist für die osteuropäischen Sprachen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin5 -\family default +\family default schließlich ist für die kyrillische Schrift. Klickt man auf das Kästchen und dann auf die gewünschte Kodierung, so erscheint sie im Kästchen. (In \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keytab} -\end_inset +\end_inset finden Sie mehr über Zeichenkodierung.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicken Sie im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Seite -\family default +\family default auf das pull-down-Menü -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default röße:, -\family default +\family default um die Wahlmöglichkeiten für die Papiergröße zu sehen. Die Voreinstellung ist -\family sans +\family sans A4 -\family default +\family default . Klicken Sie auf die Größe Ihrer Wahl, und sie erscheint im Kästchen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um Ihre Wahl wirksam zu machen, klicken Sie auf -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Ü -\bar default +\bar default bernehmen -\family default +\family default . Die Änderungen bleiben während der momentanen LyX-Sitzung erhalten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tastaturtabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset Über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Sprach-Optionen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator Karteikarte -\family sans +\family sans Sprache -\family default +\family default können Sie den Knopf -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default a\SpecialChar \- sta\SpecialChar \- tur\SpecialChar \- ta\SpecialChar \- bel\SpecialChar \- le -\family default +\family default aktivieren, mit dem Sie die Sprache für Ihre Tastatur auswählen können. Sie können 1 -\family sans +\family sans . -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under 2 -\bar default +\bar default . -\family default +\family default Tastatursprache festlegen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zeichentabellen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hier ist eine Tabelle mit allen Zeichen des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default -Zeichensatzes. Sie sollten diese Zeichen direkt mit der Tastatur eingeben können, ohne allzuviele Modifiziertasten benutzen zu müssen (vorausgesetzt, Ihre Tastatur wurde richtig eingestellt). Beachten Sie, daß Sie über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} \SpecialChar \menuseparator Sprache -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator K -\bar default +\bar default odierung -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default auswählen müssen, um diesen Zeichensatz benutzen zu können, und -\family sans +\family sans latin2 -\family default +\family default für den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin2 -\family default +\family default -Zeichensatz. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -23141,2551 +26439,3174 @@ Latin2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 20 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 40 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 50 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 70 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 80 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 90 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny A0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny B0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny C0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny D0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny E0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny F0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard @ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard P -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ° -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard À -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 01 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¡ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ± -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 02 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¢ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ² -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard  -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard â -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 03 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard # -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard £ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ³ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ã -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 04 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard T -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard t -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¤ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ´ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 05 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard U -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¥ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard µ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 06 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard & -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard v -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¦ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¶ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 07 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ` -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard G -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard W -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard w -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard § -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard · -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard × -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 08 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard H -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard X -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¨ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¸ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard È -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard è -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 09 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard © -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard É -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard é -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard J -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ª -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard º -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ; -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard « -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard » -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard L -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¬ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¼ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard M -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ­ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ½ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard N -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ^ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ® -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¾ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard _ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ß -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 3mm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ein paar Dinge müssen Sie über diese Tabelle wissen. Sie wurde manuell -- allerdings -- erzeugt, um alle Zeichen zu drucken. Das ist nicht der Normalfall, bei weitem nicht. Hier sind einige Einzelheiten, die Sie berücksichtigen müssen, wenn Sie Zeichen des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default -Zeichensatzes benutzen wollen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Die Zeichen (erstes Zeichen Spalte, zweites Zeile) A2, A4, A5, A6 und AD -- der Cent, das generische Währungssymbol, der Yen, der unterbrochene senkrechte Strich und der kurze Gedankenstrich -- fehlen ganz einfach in der Standardkodierung. Wir wissen weder, wo sie sind, noch, warum das so ist. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Auch wenn Sie -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default als -\family sans +\family sans Kodierung -\family default +\family default im Dialogfenster -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentformat -\family default +\family default gewählt haben, aber nur die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default -Fonts für LaTeX (oder die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -Fonts ohne sie zu benutzen) haben, werden Sie noch ein paar Zeichen vermissen: D0, F0, DE, FE, AB und BB -- eth und thorn (jeweils groß und klein) und die französischen Anführungszeichen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Benutzer der -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default -Fonts können die französischen Anführungszeichen (die Zeichen AB und BB) aber bekommen, wenn sie das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default oder -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.sty -\family default +\family default in Ihre Dokumente einfügen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Das gilt für den Fall, wenn Sie diese Zeichen manuell einfügen wollen. Die automatische Anführungszeichenfunktion (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) wird automatisch LaTeX-Code erzeugen, der an die verfügbaren Fonts und Pakete angepaßt ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Es folgt eine Aufstellung aller akzentuierten Zeichen, die LyX direkt darstellen kann. Das sind alle akzentuierten Zeichen von -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859-1 -\family default +\family default bis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859-1 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\hfill +\hfill diaeresis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\hfill +\hfill circumflex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\hfill +\hfill grave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\hfill +\hfill acute -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\hfill +\hfill cedilla -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\hfill +\hfill macron \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset dead macron \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset wird normalerweise nicht benötigt, weil Sie eine \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset non--dead \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Taste benutzen werden. Zum Beispiel -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Alt+ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Umschalt+Alt+macron -\family default +\family default , wenn -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .Xmodmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default richtig ist. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Aus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859-2 -\family default +\family default bis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} @@ -25698,9 +29619,11 @@ ISO8859-2 \i \^{g} \i \^{s} -\hfill +\hfill circumflex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} @@ -25715,18 +29638,22 @@ circumflex \i \'{c} \i \'{n} -\hfill +\hfill acute -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} @@ -25743,19 +29670,23 @@ tilde \i \c{n} \i \c{k} -\hfill +\hfill cedilla \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Diese Zeichen sehen auf dem Bildschirm sicher nicht schön aus, dafür aber ausgedruckt umso schöner. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} @@ -25768,323 +29699,362 @@ Diese Zeichen sehen auf dem Bildschirm sicher nicht sch \i \={o} \i \={u} -\hfill +\hfill macron -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\hfill +\hfill hungarian umlaut -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard All diese Zeichen werden aktiv von TeX-Fonts unterstützt. Zusätzlich erlaubt TeX diakritische Marken auf fast allen Zeichen. Vergewissern Sie sich, daß Sie die -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -Fontkodierung benutzen und das Paket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default mit der Definitionsdatei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso.def -\family default +\family default installiert haben. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Die restlichen Befehle -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Die Werkzeugleiste \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Werkzeugleiste} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Werkzeugleiste enthält von links nach rechts folgende Menüs und Schaltknöpfe : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pull-down \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -Menü für die Absatzumgebungen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/file-open.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ö -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-write.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans +\family sans Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default peichern -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans +\family sans Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default usschneiden -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opieren -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-emph.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans +\family sans Hervorhebung -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+H -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-noun.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans +\family sans Kapitälchen -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+K -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-free.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : wenn Sie über -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormat -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eichen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} den voreingestellten Font geändert haben, können Sie mit einem Klick auf diesen Knopf einzelne Worte oder markierten Text damit formatieren. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/ert-insert.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : (La)T \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eX-Code einfügen ( -\family sans +\family sans Alt+Z+T -\family default +\family default oder -\family sans +\family sans Strg+L -\family default +\family default ) \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math-mode.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ingebettete Formel (Strg+M) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/footnote-insert.png BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ußnote -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics @@ -26094,20 +30064,22 @@ u BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default andnotiz -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics @@ -26117,13 +30089,15 @@ andnotiz BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Umgebungstiefe erhöhen -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics @@ -26131,22 +30105,24 @@ Umgebungstiefe erh BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Graphics @@ -26156,245 +30132,277 @@ ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Versions -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ontrolle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle} -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} / -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI/ -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default TML/ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans eX/ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF/Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default script/ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\emph default +\emph default Welche Typen in der Liste auftauchen, hängt davon ab, welche Pakete zusätzlich zu LyX und LaTeX geladen wurden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Fa -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default en -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Das bearbeitete Dokument wird zunächst in eine PostScript®-Datei formatiert und zwischengespeichert. Dann wird ein Programm aufgerufen, mit dem diese zwischengespeicherte PostScrip t®-Datei gefaxt werden kann. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans Externe A -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator als -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilen/als -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default bsätze -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funktioniert wahrscheinlich wie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ASCII-Text\SpecialChar ~ -als\SpecialChar ~ +ASCII-Text\InsetSpace ~ +als\InsetSpace ~ Zeilen/Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hiermit kann man mathematische Ausdrücke bearbeiten, wenn man sich im Mathematik -Editor befindet. @@ -26402,693 +30410,815 @@ Hiermit kann man mathematische Ausdr Ansonsten lesen Sie bitte in Kapitel \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Mathe-Formeln} -\end_inset +\end_inset nach. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans T -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default prüfen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Alle Fe -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default lermarken entfernen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit können Sie alle Fehlermarken, die nach einem LaTeX-Lauf in Ihr LyX-Dokumen t eingefügt wurden, auf einmal entfernen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lalign -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans gather -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans multline-Umgebung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diese Menüpunkte sind noch nirgends näher beschrieben außer in \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , aber Sie können sie ruhig ausprobieren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans St -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans T -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Werkzeugleiste} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Punkt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen} -\end_inset +\end_inset und -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Mini -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default age \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Gleit -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator Algorithmus \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funktioniert ähnlich wie die anderen Gleitobjekte, ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben. In der Druckausgabe sieht man oberhalb des Objektes einen etwas dickeren, darunter zwei dünnere Striche über die ganze Seitenbreite. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans einfügen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Ly -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit können Sie ein anderes LyX-Dokument in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument einbinden. Die Dokumentklasse des eingesetzten Dokuments geht allerdings verloren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans ASCII \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII} -\end_inset +\end_inset als -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default eilen/ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funktioniert genauso wie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -Text\SpecialChar ~ -als\SpecialChar ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +Text\InsetSpace ~ +als\InsetSpace ~ Zeilen/Absätze -\family default +\family default (siehe Abschnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit können Sie andere Dateien mit den unterschiedlichsten Dateitypen einfügen. Es kann und wird aber so sein, daß nicht alles druckaufbereitet werden kann wie zum Beispiel eine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xpm -\family default +\family default -Datei. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Diese können Sie aber mit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default (s. \begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:xfig-und-LyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) oder OpenOffice in eine . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eps -\family default +\family default -Datei exportieren. Wahrscheinlich gibt es noch andere Programme, die das tun. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben. -\layout Section +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section -\family sans + +\family sans Ans -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF (dvipdf -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ) -\family default +\family default und -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF (dvipdf -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ) -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aT -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans eX-Protokoll \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans T -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans e -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default -Informationen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans Abbildung \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default und -\family sans +\family sans Tabelle \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Damit gelangen Sie direkt zur ausgewählten Abbildung oder Tabelle. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ehler \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Siehe -\emph on +\emph on Profi-Tipps. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default otiz \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Damit gelangen Sie von einer Notiz zur nächsten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eferenzen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Damit gelangen Sie von einem Querverweis zum nächsten. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on HHa -\noun default +\noun default : oder auch nicht! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout -\family sans -\bar under +\begin_layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default esezeichen \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen} -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Damit können Sie bis zu drei Lesezeichen setzen und dorthin gehen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\family sans +\family sans Do -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default umente \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier ist eine Liste aller geöffneten Dokumente. Das gerade bearbeitete ist mit einem Häkchen versehen, und Sie können eines der anderen zur Bearbeitung nach vorn holen. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Danksagung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viele haben etwas zur Dokumentation beigetragen. Zunächst müssen wir uns bei denen bedanken, die \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vor uns \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset waren. Sie gaben uns die Basis, auf der die neuen Handbücher aufgebaut wurden, und einige von ihnen liefern heute noch Informationen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation, aus der sich dieser Text entwickelt hat, ebenso die Einleitung zu diesem Text (das \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-Manifest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wie es manche nennen). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun default +\noun default schrieb mehrere Mini-Dokumentationen, insbesondere diejenigen über die Unterstützung von anderen Sprachen in LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default schrieb auch einiges zu den internationalen Versionen von LyX, insbesondere zu Tastaturtabellen und Anpassung. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Pascal André -\noun default +\noun default schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation der LinuxDoc SGML-Schnitt\SpecialChar \- stelle. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun default +\noun default entwarf die erste Dokumentation des Mathematik-Edi\SpecialChar \- tors und stellte die Einträge für das -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default zusammen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Ein besonderer Dank geht an das LyX-Team\SpecialChar ~ +Ein besonderer Dank geht an das LyX-Team\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} -\end_inset +\end_inset für Hilfe und Antworten auf Fragen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Und nun zum \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-Dokumentations-Team \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Das sind all diejenigen, die mitgeholfen haben, die LyX-Do\SpecialChar \- @@ -27097,445 +31227,562 @@ men\SpecialChar \- ta\SpecialChar \- tion nach der Version 0.10 in die Form neu- und umzuschreiben, die sie heute hat: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Beiträge zur FAQ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Generelle Hilfe beim Editieren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Mathematik-Modus -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabellen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rechtschreibprüfung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hauptautor im -\emph on +\emph on Referenzhandbuch -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation der grundlegenden Benutzerschnittstelle im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ehemaliger Verwalter der FAQ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von LinuxDoc im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von Abbildungen und Grafikimport im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation der Möglichkeiten zur Internationalisierung im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Fußnoten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Randnotizen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Inhaltsverzeichnissen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Querverweisen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hauptautor des -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize manuellen Feineinstellungen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verwendung von LaTeX in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Generelle Organisation und Format der Dokumente -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentation von: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-Setup -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Absatzumgebungen, Dokumentenlayout, Schachtelungen, Hinweise zu Typographie und Zeichensätzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} mit einigen kleinen Änderungen an -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default s Einleitungskapitel im -\emph on +\emph on Benutzerhandbuch -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Auch verantwortlich für die Einleitung im -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editor der Dokumentation (von 6/96 bis Herbst 97) -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nach dem Herbst 1997 übernahm das LyX-Team als Ganzes die Betreuung der Dokumentation. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} The LyX source tree. File: CREDITS. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: -\emph on +\emph on The LaTeX Companion. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth. -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latex-einführung} Helmut Kopka: -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} lage -\emph default +\emph default . Addison-Wesley, 1996 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {Mathebefehle} Uwe Stöhr: Mathebefehle für LyX, 2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Damit der Index den Namen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Stichwortverzeichnis \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold \lang ngerman -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[german]{babel} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold \lang ngerman -\backslash +\backslash addto -\backslash +\backslash captionsgerman { -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman eingefügt. Denn voreingestellt ist \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Index \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Das Paket -\series bold +\series bold babel -\series default +\series default sorgt dafür, dass die Beschriftungen in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen. Ehe man Beschriftungen ändern kann, muss es geladen werden. Außerdem wird -\series bold +\series bold babel -\series default +\series default von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen. Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Möchte man andere Beschriftungen ändern, ersetzt man -\series bold +\series bold -\backslash +\backslash indexname -\series default +\series default durch -\series bold +\series bold -\backslash +\backslash name -\series default +\series default . Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang ngerman http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Möchte man Beschriftungen für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man -\series bold +\series bold german -\series default +\series default durch die Dokumentsprache und -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold \lang ngerman -\backslash +\backslash captionsgerman -\series default +\series default durch -\series bold +\series bold -\backslash +\backslash captions -\series default +\series default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang german \begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{} -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang ngerman -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Das LaTeX-Paket -\series bold +\series bold tocbibind -\series default +\series default , dass im LaTeX-Vorspann mit der Zeile -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold \lang ngerman -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman geladen wurde, sorgt dafür, dass der Index im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang ngerman Die Option -\series bold +\series bold nottoc -\series default +\series default verhindert, dass das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Inhaltsverzeichnis \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset selbst im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/es_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/es_Intro.lyx index 7d56626dc4..dcdb53957c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,34 +24,49 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introducción a LyX -\newline +\newline o -\newline +\newline Cómo usar esta documentación -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author -\series bold +\series bold por John Weiss y el Equipo de LyX -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline traducción al castellano: Sergio G. Reus -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date Marzo de 1999 -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navegando por la documentación -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¡Bienvenido a LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para responder más fácilmente a tus preguntas y describir todas las característi cas de LyX, la documentación ha sido dividida en varios ficheros. @@ -58,44 +74,72 @@ cas de LyX, la documentaci Sin embargo, antes de que te topes con alguno de estos ficheros, deberías leer éste en primer lugar, ya que contiene mucha información y comentarios útiles que te pueden ahorrar tiempo. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ¡¡¡¡¡ATENCIÓN!!!!! ¡¡¡¡¡ATENCIÓN!!!!! ¡¡¡¡¡ATENCIÓN!!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ¡Peligro, Will Robinson, Peligro! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Referencia a una antigua teleserie norteamericana, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Perdidos en el espacio \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , donde un robot avisaba siempre a su dueño de esta manera en situaciones de peligro. (N. del T.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Aunque LyX está ya en su versión 1.0 (o mayor), parte de la documentación puede estar incompleta o desfasada. Como el resto de LyX, los manuales son trabajo de un grupo de voluntarios que tienen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset verdaderos trabajos \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , familias, platos que fregar, cestos del gato que limpiar, etc, etc, etc. Hacemos el mayor esfuerzo posible por mantener los manuales en buena forma, @@ -103,32 +147,38 @@ verdaderos trabajos (Si quieres ayudar, asegúrate de leer la sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset , además del resto del documento). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard También puedes hacernos otro favor: si cualquer cosa de estos manuales te parece confusa, poco clara o errónea, ¡no dudes en hacérnoslo saber! Puedes ponerte en contacto con los actuales encargados de mantener la documentación escribiendo a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section El formato de los manuales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Algunos de vosotros habreis impreso el manual (o manuales). Otros podeis estar leyéndolos \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset en pantalla \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , desde LyX. Existen algunas diferencias entre la versión impresa y el fichero LyX. @@ -138,749 +188,882 @@ en pantalla Ni las notas a pie de página ni el índice se encuentran visibles. Existe una opción de menú para poder ver el índice. Para ello elige -\family sans +\family sans Índice general -\family default +\family default en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Edición -\family default +\family default . Para acceder a una nota a pie de página, que aparece de esta forma, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¡Hola! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset pulsa el botón izquierdo del ratón estando sobre ella. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora que hemos aclarado algunas de las diferencias entre las versiones impresas y en pantalla de este fichero, podemos empezar con el formato de este documento. De vez en cuando encontrarás cosas en diferentes fuentes de letra: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on El estilo resaltado -\emph default +\emph default se usa para énfasis en general, razonamientos genéricos, títulos de libros, secciones de otros manuales, y notas de los autores. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter La fuente máquina de escribir -\family default +\family default se usa para programas y nombres de fichero, código LaTeX, y código y funciones de LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans La fuente Sans Serif -\family default +\family default se usa para menús, botones, o nombres de menús emergentes, así como nombres y combinaciones de teclas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on El Estilo Nombre -\noun default +\noun default se usa para nombres propios de personas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Respecto a las teclas y sus combinaciones, probablemente serás enviado a la sección -\emph on +\emph on Combinaciones de teclas asociadas -\emph default +\emph default del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manual de referencia -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Cuando necesitemos hacer referencia a asociaciones de teclas, usaremos la siguiente convención: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indica la tecla -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indica la tecla -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indica la tecla -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default , que en la mayoría de los teclados será la tecla -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset serán las teclas de función. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset será la tecla de escape. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Izquierda -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Derecha -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Arriba -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Abajo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : autoexplicativas (también llamadas teclas de dirección o cursores). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default ar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Suprimir -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Inicio -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Fin -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Página Arriba -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Página Abajo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : serán las 6 teclas que aparecen sobre los cursores en la mayoría de los teclados de PC. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Página Arriba -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Página Abajo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset son llamadas \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en algunos teclados. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default se refieren ambas a la misma tecla. Algunos teclados la etiquetan como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset otros como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset incluso algunos tienen dos teclas. LyX trata a todas como la misma tecla, así que usaremos -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default indistintamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard También te encontrarás de tanto en tanto con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Ver -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Manual de referencia -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Hemos listado las asociaciones de teclas por defecto posibles para cada función en su correspondiente entrada en el -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Manual de referencia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default , así que busca también allí. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Los manuales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La siguiente lista describe el contenido de cada uno de los ficheros de la documentación: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Introducción \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Introducción \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Este fichero. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Tutorial \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Tutorial \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Si eres nuevo usando LyX, y nunca antes has usado ni oído hablar de LaTeX, entonces debes empezar aquí. Si ya -\emph on +\emph on has -\emph default +\emph default usado LaTeX, deberías leer aún así la sección \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX para usuarios de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (y hojear el resto del documento no te haría daño). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Guía\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ -Usuario \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Guía\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ +Usuario \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline La documentación principal. Intentaremos cubrir aquí la mayor parte de las opciones y características básicas de LyX. El manual principal asume que ya tienes algunos conocimientos de LaTeX, o que has leído el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Características\SpecialChar ~ -Extendidas \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Características\InsetSpace ~ +Extendidas \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline -\emph default +\emph default Ampliación de la Guía del Usuario. Documenta los formatos adicionales y características de edición de propósito específico, incluyendo algunos trucos de expertos en LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Personalización \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Personalización \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Una descripción de características avanzadas de LyX, entre las que se incluyen cómo personalizar el comportamiento global del programa: cosas tales como asociaciones de teclas, internacionalización y ficheros de configuración. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Manual\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -Referencia \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manual\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +Referencia \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Contiene una descripción detallada y exhaustiva de las características de LyX, pero sin los útiles trucos y descripciones de uso de la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default u otros manuales. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Errores\SpecialChar ~ -conocidos \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Errores\InsetSpace ~ +conocidos \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Este fichero contiene una lista de errores detectados en LyX, así como informaci ón sobre lo que deberías hacer si encuentras un error en el programa. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Configuración\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Configuración\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline LyX explora tu sistema durante la instalación. Este fichero contiene la información que LyX ha aprendido de tu instalación. Examínalo si echas en falta algo que deberías tener. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Estos ficheros harán referencia unos a otros cuando sea necesario. Por ejemplo, la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default habla -\emph on +\emph on algo -\emph default +\emph default sobre la instalación y personalización, pero envía al lector al -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Personalización -\emph default +\emph default para más información. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De nuevo, destacamos un punto importante: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Si nunca antes has usado u oído hablar de LaTeX, lee el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Ahora\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Si no, LyX te parecerá bizantino e imposible de utilizar. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contribuir al proyecto de documentación -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Informar de errores en los manuales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ésta es una tarea bastante fácil de realizar. Puedes mandar un mensaje bien a la Lista de Correo de Desarrolladores, bien a la Lista de Correo de Usuarios. No obstante, el Equipo de Documentación preferiría que lo mandases a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Si los arreglos son pequeños, alguien los hará. Si son grandes, sugerimos que te unas a la lista de correo y hables con nosotros antes de hacer nada. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + -\emph on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on ¡Nunca realices cambios en ninguno de los manuales sin el consentimiento previo del Equipo de Documentación! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Cualquiera de estos cambios arbitrarios no se verán reflejados finalmente en la documentación, ya que el Equipo de Documentación mantiene las copias maestras a través del árbol de versiones CVS. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Unirse al Equipo de Documentación -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El Equipo de Documentación de LyX, como todo lo demás en el projecto de LyX, puede aprovechar tu ayuda siempre. Si estás interesado en contribuir al Projecto de Documentación, -\emph on +\emph on primero -\emph default +\emph default necesitas hacer lo siguiente: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Consigue el último código fuente de LyX. Descomprímelo. Encontrarás un directorio en el árbol principal llamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . Dentro de ese directorio hay un fichero llamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Léelo; se trata de las condiciones de estilo de la documentación. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tómate un descanso de un día o dos, y vuelve a leerlo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Después, lee la -\emph on +\emph on Guía -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on del -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Usuario -\emph default +\emph default y el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard El objetivo de este ejercicio es darte ideas. El -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default y la -\emph on +\emph on Guía -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on del -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Usuario -\emph default +\emph default serán siempre lo más actualizado de la documentación. Deberías ser capaz de hacerte una idea de cómo queremos que sean los manuales. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Lee -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default una vez más. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Por último, contacta con el equipo: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Queremos estar seguros de que entiendes las condiciones de estilo -\emph on +\emph on antes -\emph default +\emph default de que empieces a escribir. De lo contrario, te haremos reescribir tu trabajo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on No -\emph default +\emph default se te ocurra -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default empezar a escribir nada hasta que hablemos vía correo electrónico. Puedes revisar el progreso de cualquier actividad relacionada con los documento s en la página web del Equipo de Documentación (una vez que la tengamos) o a través de los archivos de la lista de correo en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx index 2f6606fc6d..9765a16345 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2510 +24,3652 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introducción a LyX -\newline +\newline o -\newline +\newline Cómo usar esta documentación -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Navegando por la documentación -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 El formato de los manuales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Los manuales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Contribuir al proyecto de documentación +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Informar de errores en los manuales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Unirse al Equipo de Documentación +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Tutorial de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introducción +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 ¡Bienvenido a LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Qué -\emph on +\emph on es -\emph default +\emph default este tutorial y qué -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on es +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Para aprovechar al máximo el tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Qué -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default vas a encontrar +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 ¿Qué es LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Visión general -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Diferencias entre LyX y los procesadores de texto usuales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 ¿Qué diablos es LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Empezando con LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Tu primer documento LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Escribiendo, viendo e imprimiendo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Operaciones sencillas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: el espacio en blanco en LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Entornos +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Secciones y subsecciones -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listas y sublistas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Más entornos: estrofas, citas y otros +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Escribiendo documentos +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Clases de texto y modelos -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Modelos: escribir una carta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Título del documento -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Etiquetas y referencias cruzadas +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Tu primera etiqueta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Tu primera referencia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Más diversión con etiquetas +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Notas a pie de página y notas al margen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografía -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Índice general +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Usando las matemáticas +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 El modo matemático -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navegando por una ecuación -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponentes e índices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 El -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Símbolos y letras griegas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Raíces cuadradas, tildes y delimitadores -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fracciones -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Modo TeX: Límites, logaritmos, senos y otros -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 El modo demostración +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Ecuaciones de varias líneas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Más cosas sobre matemáticas +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Misceláneo +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Otras características importantes de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX para usuarios de LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Modo TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importar documentos LaTeX: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Convertir documentos LyX a LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Preámbulo LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Clase de documento -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Otros aspectos del preámbulo +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Misceláneo +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 ¡Errores! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/es_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/es_Tutorial.lyx index 8b4f6776d4..0d62c5e759 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,47 +24,64 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Tutorial de LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author -\series bold +\series bold por Amir Karger y el Equipo de LyX -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline traducción al castellano: Sergio García Reus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introducción -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ¡Bienvenido a LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este fichero ha sido diseñado para todos aquellos que nunca han oído hablar de LaTeX, o no lo conocen muy bien. No tengas miedo, no tendrás que aprender LaTeX para poder usar LyX. Ese es, al fin y al cabo, el punto fuerte de LyX: proporcionar un interfaz casi WYSIWIG ( -\emph on +\emph on What You See Is What You Get -\emph default +\emph default ) para LaTeX. Sin embargo, hay algunas cosas que necesitarás aprender para usar LyX de forma eficiente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Probablemente has acabado consultando este documento porque has intentado poner dos espacios después de un punto, o tres líneas en blanco entre dos @@ -78,58 +96,70 @@ Probablemente has acabado consultando este documento porque has intentado todo el trabajo de formato y composición. LyX realiza este trabajo por tí de forma consistente, dejando que te centres en lo más importante: el contenido del documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Así pues, ten paciencia con nosotros y sigue leyendo. Merece la pena que leas este tutorial. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Qué -\emph on +\emph on es -\emph default +\emph default este tutorial y qué -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on es -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Antes de que empecemos con esta sección, queremos hacer un pequeño apunte. El -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default usa la notación señalada en la -\emph on +\emph on Introducción -\emph default +\emph default . Si has llegado a este manual primero, ve y lee la -\emph on +\emph on Introducción -\emph default +\emph default . Sí, ahora. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una vez que ya sabes qué significa cada tipo de letra, vamos a hablar un poco sobre la finalidad de este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Para aprovechar al máximo el tutorial -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default se compone de ejemplos y ejercicios. Para obtener el máximo provecho de este documento, deberías leerlo todo, tecleando todos los pequeños detalles que te vayamos explicando (por simples @@ -137,175 +167,204 @@ Tutorial entiendes. Por comodidad, puede interesarte imprimir la versión PostScript® de este documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si estás familiarizado con LaTeX, probablemente podrás leer el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default más deprisa, ya que muchas de las ideas de LyX son realmente ideas de LaTeX disfrazadas. No obstante, LyX no tiene peculiaridades \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o dicho de manera más optimista, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset características \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset que tengas que aprender. Incluso aunque no te apetezca leer el resto del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , harías bien en mirar la sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , que ha sido escrita específicamente para usuarios experimentados de LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset ha quedado sin actualizar de una versión anterior del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , y es un poco general. Aún así, es una buena introducción \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset panorámica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a LyX, así que deberías echarle un vistazo para ir haciéndote una idea sobre él. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Qué -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default vas a encontrar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Las lecciones masticadas y dadas de comer con cuchara. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard La tendencia actual \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota de -\noun on +\noun on John -\noun default +\noun default Weiss: \SpecialChar \ldots{} bueno, al menos en Estados Unidos, donde reducimos todo al mínimo común denominador\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset en la literatura autodidacta informática parece ser: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Se asume que el usuario tiene el coeficiente intelectual de un mosquito \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nosotros no vamos a hacer eso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por otro lado, somos conscientes de que la mayoría de los usuarios acuden a un manual, especialmente a un tutorial, cuando se encuentran perdidos. Así pues, asumiremos que tú, el usuario, -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default eres estúpido, pero entenderemos que puedas estar un poco despistado o confuso. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Instrucciones de cómo usar el ratón o el teclado. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si todavía no has aprendido a usar tu ordenador no podemos ayudarte, está más allá del alcance de estos manuales. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Además de que, si estás usando LyX para empezar, seguramente tienes más de medio cerebro en la cabeza. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Explicación detallada de todas las características de LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ¿Qué? ¿quieres la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default dos veces? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hablando en serio, nuestro objetivo con este tutorial es prepararte para que sólo necesites la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default . Tratar de duplicar toda la información sobre las características de LyX aquí sería redundante, demasiado largo y estaría siempre obsoleto. Todo lo que pretendemos es introducir las cosas; como puedes imaginar, hay un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ver -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset al final de cada sección. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Explicación detallada de LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Innecesario. Si de verdad tienes curiosidad por aprender algunos de los trucos que puedes @@ -313,29 +372,36 @@ Innecesario. Hay varios libros buenos sobre el tema en el mercado. Después de todo, no hay necesidad de volver a inventar la rueda\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Así pues, espíritu intrépido, es hora de seguir adelante. Puedes hacer una breve excursión por la siguiente sección, o puedes continuar con la sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ¿Qué es LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Visión general -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parte del reto inicial de usar LyX surge del cambio en la manera de pensar que tú, el usuario, debes hacer. @@ -344,11 +410,11 @@ Parte del reto inicial de usar LyX surge del cambio en la manera de pensar es. Subrayar, que es poco más que sobreescribir con el carácter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , se convirtió en un forma de resaltar texto. Para crear una tabla, establecías a mano el ancho de cada columna y ponías @@ -356,19 +422,23 @@ _ Lo mismo se aplicaba para cartas y otros textos sangrados a la derecha. Además, la ruptura de palabras al final de línea requería ser muy cuidadoso y previsor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En otras palabras, todos hemos sido entrenados para preocuparnos por los pequeños detalles de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset qué caracter va en qué lugar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como consecuencia, casi todos los procesadores de texto se basan en esta mentalidad. @@ -377,27 +447,31 @@ Como consecuencia, casi todos los procesadores de texto se basan en esta cada cosa. Resaltar texto significa cambiar el tipo de letra, similar a cambiar la rueda de una máquina de escribir. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aquí es donde LyX difiere de un procesador de texto corriente. No te tienes que preocupar de que una letra vaya en un sitio determinado. Le dices a LyX -\emph on +\emph on lo que estás haciendo -\emph default +\emph default y él se preocupa de todo lo demás, siguiendo un conjunto de reglas llamado estilo. Veamos un pequeño ejemplo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supón que estás realizando un informe. Quieres que comience con una sección llamada \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introducción \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Así pues, te diriges a cualquiera que sea el menú de tu procesador de texto @@ -405,40 +479,46 @@ Introducci Después cambias también a negrita. Seguidamente escribes: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1._Introducción \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Por supuesto, si más tarde decides que esta sección pertenece a alguna otra parte del documento, o bien insertas una nueva sección anterior a ésta, tienes que cambiarle la numeración a ella y a todas las posteriores, además de las correspondientes entradas en el índice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En LyX, te diriges a la lista situada a la derecha de todos los botones y eliges -\family sans +\family sans Sección -\family default +\family default , y escribes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introducción \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eso es todo. Si cortas y pegas la sección en otra parte, todo es renumerado automáticamente. Se puede hacer incluso que LyX actualice cualquier referencia a la sección que esté dentro del fichero. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Con el procesador de texto tradicional hay problemas de consistencia. Cinco días más tarde, abres tu informe y comienzas la sección 4. @@ -449,7 +529,9 @@ Con el procesador de texto tradicional hay problemas de consistencia. El ordenador se encarga de todo el tedioso trabajo de llevar la cuenta de tamaños y fuentes, no tú. Al fin y al cabo, para eso está hecho. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otro ejemplo. Supón que estás haciendo una lista. @@ -461,65 +543,81 @@ Otro ejemplo. Con LyX, sólo tienes dos preocupaciones: qué clase de lista es, y qué vas a poner en ella. Eso es todo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Así pues, la idea esencial detrás de LyX es especificar lo que se está haciendo, no cómo hacerlo. En lugar de un procesador \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que obtienes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWIG, What You See Is What You Get), el modelo de LyX es \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que quieres decir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWIM, What You See Is What You Mean). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diferencias entre LyX y los procesadores de texto usuales \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No, no estamos intentando empezar (o ganar) una guerra santa. Pero pensamos que es importante describir las características de LyX, y una de las principales, WYSIWIM, es un concepto radicalmente diferente del que el 99% de la gente tiene del proceso de texto. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard He aquí una lista de cosas que no encontrarás en LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La regla (para medir márgenes) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabuladores -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espacios en blanco adicionales (i.e. pulsar -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default dos o más veces) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los tabuladores, así como la regla (que te muestra la posición de cada elemento en la página), son inútiles en LyX. @@ -529,30 +627,46 @@ Los tabuladores, as Al principio puede resultar molesto no poder escribir dos líneas en blanco seguidas, pero cobra mucho más sentido una vez que empiezas a pensar en términos WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Y aquí tienes algunas cosas que presenta LyX pero que no se usan como podrías pensar: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Controles de sangrado -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Saltos de página -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espaciado entre líneas (i.e. espaciado simple, doble, etc.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espacio en blanco, horizontal y vertical -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tipos de letra y tamaño -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Estilo de letra (negrita, cursiva, subrayado, etc.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aunque aparecen en LyX, no se necesitan normalmente. El programa se preocupa de estas cosas por tí, actuando en consecuencia @@ -565,37 +679,53 @@ Aunque aparecen en LyX, no se necesitan normalmente. En general, el espacio entre líneas, entre palabras y entre párrafos es variable, elegido por LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se pueden ajustar todas estas características (sólo el ajuste de unas pocas requiere conocimientos de LaTeX), tanto para todo el documento como para una parte concreta. Ver Guía del Usuario para más detalles. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por último, éstas son las áreas en las que LyX (y LaTeX) sobrepasan a muchos procesadores de texto: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Separación de palabras a final de línea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Listas de cualquier tipo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matemáticas -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tablas -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Referencias cruzadas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por supuesto, muchos procesadores de texto modernos manejan símbolos matemáticos , tablas, separación de palabras a final de línea, e incluso comienzan a @@ -603,78 +733,88 @@ Por supuesto, muchos procesadores de texto modernos manejan s Sin embargo, acaban de empezar a incluir estas características, mientras que LyX está construido sobre el sistema de proceso de documentos LaTeX. Éste lleva más de 10 años con ellas, y -\emph on +\emph on funciona -\emph default +\emph default . Todos los errores han sido subsanados hace tiempo. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De acuerdo, nada es perfecto, pero LaTeX es lo más cercano a un programa libre de errores que se puede conseguir. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ¿Qué diablos es LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX es un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por Leslie Lamport en 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La información de esta sección ha sido extraída de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A Guide to LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , de Helmut Kopka y Patrick Daly, documento incluido en la bibliografía de la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Fue construido gradualmente sobre un lenguaje de composición de documentos llamado TeX, creado por Donald Knuth en 1984. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset se pronuncia como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en inglés \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard El ruido que se hace cuando se come algo con mal sabor, especialmente los niños pequeños cuando no les gusta la comida. (N. del T.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Sin embargo, muchos no comprenden qué es exactamente. @@ -684,29 +824,33 @@ El ruido que se hace cuando se come algo con mal sabor, especialmente los ción y complejidad de una auténtica imprenta. En cualquier caso, produce como salida un fichero de formato llamado \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset independiente de dispositivo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default para abreviar. El fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default puede ser leído depués por otro programa que acepte este formato, o convertido a otros formatos, como PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si no tuviera más característica que ésta, sería un mero motor de composición. Sin embargo, TeX también permite definir macros. Aquí es donde comienza la acción. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La mayoría de la gente que usa TeX está usando realmente un conjunto de macros que Knuth creó para ocultar muchos de los detalles de composición. @@ -720,7 +864,9 @@ La mayor fórmulas matemáticas de una forma consistente y uniforme, sin demasiadas complicaciones. Así nació LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora, de manera simultánea al desarrollo y crecimiento de LaTeX, otras personas están creando sus propios paquetes personalizados de macros para @@ -735,27 +881,29 @@ Ahora, de manera simult De hecho, LaTeX es en sí mismo un vasto lenguaje por derecho propio. Usuarios de todo el mundo han estado creando sus propios añadidos para LaTeX, además de los estándar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Existen dos formas de extender LaTeX: las clases y los estilos. Una -\emph on +\emph on clase -\emph default +\emph default es un conjunto de macros de LaTeX (y de TeX) que describen un nuevo tipo de documento, como un libro o un artículo. Hay clases para transparencias, para publicaciones de física y matemáticas\SpecialChar \ldots{} ¡algunas universidades tienen incluso una clase para su propio formato de tesis! Un -\emph on +\emph on estilo, -\emph default +\emph default a diferencia de una clase, no define un nuevo tipo de documento, sino un nuevo tipo de -\emph on +\emph on comportamiento -\emph default +\emph default , que puede ser utilizado por cualquier documento. Por ejemplo, LyX controla los márgenes de página y el espaciado entre líneas usando dos ficheros de estilo diferentes de LaTeX, diseñados para este @@ -765,737 +913,813 @@ comportamiento letra, manipular gráficos, diseñar elaborados encabezados de página, personaliz ar bibliografías, alterar la posición y apariencia de notas a pie de página, tablas y figuras, personalizar listas, etc, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aquí tienes un resumen: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Lenguaje de composición con capacidad para uso y creación de macros. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Paquete de macros construido sobre TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 clases: Descripciones de un tipo de documento, usando LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 estilos: Alteran algún aspecto del comportamiento normal de LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Procesador de texto visual, WYSIWYM, que usa toda la potencia de LaTeX para realizar el trabajo de composición. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La idea de esta sección ha sido tratar de explicarte -\emph on +\emph on por qué -\emph default +\emph default LyX funciona de manera diferente a otros procesadores de texto. La razón es simple: usa LaTeX como motor de composición. Como este último, se centra en el contexto de tu escritura -\emph on +\emph on (lo que -\emph default +\emph default estás escribiendo). El ordenador se encarga entonces de cómo debe aparecer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ah, una cosa más. LaTeX se pronuncia como TeX. Rima con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Estos detalles de pronunciación no son relevantes para hispanohablantes. TeX, LaTeX y LyX tienen pronunciación directa en español (N. del T.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Lamport, sin embargo, dice en su libro que \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on lay -\emph default +\emph default -tecks también es posible \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Por otro lado, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset se pronuncia como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dependiendo de la pronunciación de cada país\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Empezando con LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tu primer documento LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Muy bien\SpecialChar \@. Ya estás listo para empezar a escribir. Sin embargo, antes de que lo hagas hay un par de cosas que debemos decir, y que esperamos harán el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default más instructivo, útil y divertido. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como hay mucha información que no te vamos a dar aquí, lo primero que tienes que hacer es encontrar los otros ficheros de ayuda. Afortunadamente, esto es muy simple. Arranca LyX. Elige la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default en el menú -\family sans +\family sans A -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default uda -\family default +\family default . También puedes cargar el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default (si es que no lo estás leyendo ya desde ahí). De esta forma, puedes leerlos mientras escribes tu propio fichero \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard También pueden servir como buenos ejemplos de uso de las características de LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ten en cuenta que, una vez que tienes más de un documento abierto, puedes usar el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumentos -\family default +\family default para alternar entre ellos. El -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default no va a cubrir en detalle aquellos temas que sean tratados en otros manuales de LyX. Esto puede complicarte la vida al principio, pero evita que el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default se haga muy extenso. Te acostumbrará también a usar los demás manuales, lo cual ---a largo plazo--- te ahorará mucho tiempo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , vamos a asumir que tienes instalada una versión de LyX funcionando perfectamen te, así como LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default o cualquier otro visor de ficheros dvi, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default o alguna otra forma de convertir documentos -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default a PostScript®, y una impresora. Esto es asumir mucho. Si alguna de estas condiciones no se cumple, tú mismo deberás configurar aquello que falte (o bien tu administrador del sistema). Encontrarás información sobre configuración en otros manuales. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finalmente, hemos preparado un fichero para que practiques tus habilidades con LyX en él. Se llama -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default . Imagina que fue escrito por alguien que no conoce ninguna de las magníficas características de LyX. Conforme vayas aprendiendo nuevas funciones te iremos sugiriendo que corrijas las partes correspondientes del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default . Además, contiene \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sutiles \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset trucos sobre cómo arreglar las cosas \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Los trucos se encuentran en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset amarillas. Puedes leerlas pulsado con el ratón sobre ellas. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si quieres hacer trampa (o comprobar lo que has hecho), hay también un fichero llamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default que contiene el mismo texto, pero escrito por un experto en LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los ficheros de ejemplo se pueden encontrar en el directorio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , que puedes conseguir seleccionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default brir -\family default +\family default y pulsando el botón -\family sans +\family sans Ejemplos -\family default +\family default . Abre el documento sin procesar ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default ), y usa el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Guardar -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default omo -\family default +\family default para guardar una copia en tu propio directorio para que puedas trabajar con él. Conforme vayas arreglando el documento, comprueba cómo los cambios afectan a la salida dvi ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ver dvi -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por cierto, el directorio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default contiene muchos otros ficheros de ejemplo que te enseñarán cómo hacer con LyX algunas cosas bastante elaboradas. Son especialmente útiles para mostrar aquello que no cabría en la documentación (por su extensión u otras razones). Después de leer el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , o cuando estés confundido a la hora de hacer algo complicado con LyX, echa un ojeada a estos ficheros. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Escribiendo, viendo e imprimiendo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abre un fichero nuevo con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default uevo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Escribe una frase: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ¡Este es mi primer documento LyX! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De acuerdo. Realmente puedes escribir lo que quieras. No importa. Nos disculpamos por la estupidez de esta frase, y de todas las que te vamos a pedir que escribas de aquí en adelante. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Guarda el documento con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Guardar -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default omo\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ejecuta LaTeX para crear un fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ver dvi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Puedes ver que se imprimen algunas líneas en la ventana desde la que has ejecutado el comando lyx. Se trata de mensajes de LaTeX, que por ahora puedes ignorar. LyX lanzará el programa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (o algún otro visualizador de ficheros -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), que abrirá una nueva ventana mostrándote el aspecto de tu documento cuando esté impreso. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Puedes ahorrar tiempo dejando que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default se ejecute en segundo plano. De esta forma, puedes usar -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo->Actualizar dvi -\family default +\family default y simplemente pulsar sobre la ventana de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (o restaurarla) cuando LaTeX termine de ejecutarse. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Imprime con -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Im -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default rimir -\family default +\family default y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¡Enhorabuena! Has escrito e impreso tu primer documento LyX. Todo lo demás son detalles, a cubrir por el resto del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default y el -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referencia -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Operaciones sencillas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por supuesto, LyX puede realizar la mayoría de las cosas a las que estás acostumbrado con tu procesador de texto. Separará las palabras y justificará los párrafos automáticamente. Basta que accedas a un par de menús \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si eres como tantos usuarios de -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default , lo habrás hecho ya mucho antes de empezar a leer el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset para que veas cómo la mayor parte de los comandos simples (i.e., -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Salir, -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default gar, -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Im -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default rimir) -\family default +\family default tienen los nombres que esperas que tengan, están en el menú donde esperas que estén, y funcionan tal y como esperas que funcionen. A continuación tienes una descripción rápida de cómo realizar algunas acciones sencillas. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Deshacer LyX tiene capacidad para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset deshacer infinitas veces \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , lo que significa que puedes deshacer todo lo que lo que hayas hecho desde que empezaste la sesión actual, aplicando una y otra vez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator Deshacer -\family default +\family default . Si deshaces demasiado, elige simplemente -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ehacer -\family default +\family default para recuperar los cambios. Actualmente, el comando deshacer está -\emph on +\emph on limitado a 100 pasos. -\emph default +\emph default Tampoco funciona -\emph on +\emph on para todo -\emph default +\emph default (por ejemplo, en los cambios de formato de documento). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Cortar/Pegar/Copiar Utiliza -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ortar -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default egar -\family default +\family default , y -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default piar -\family default +\family default para cortar, pegar y copiar. O pega automáticamente el texto seleccionado con el botón central del ratón. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Buscar/Reemplazar Utiliza -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -uscar\SpecialChar ~ -y\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uscar\InsetSpace ~ +y\InsetSpace ~ Reemplazar -\family default +\family default para realizar una búsqueda sensible a las mayúsculas. En el menú que se despliega a tal efecto, puedes desplazarte hacia delante y hacia atrás en la búsqueda mediante las flechas, y reemplazar aquellas palabras que hayas encontrado con el botón -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eemplazar -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cierra la ventana cuando hayas acabado, o déjala abierta si lo encuentras más conveniente. La mayoría de los menús contextuales de LyX (incluyendo los de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default -uscar\SpecialChar ~ -y\SpecialChar ~ -Reemplazar, Índice\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uscar\InsetSpace ~ +y\InsetSpace ~ +Reemplazar, Índice\InsetSpace ~ Gener -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default l -\family default +\family default y -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default ormato, así como los de matemáticas) son ventanas que pueden ser apartadas, en vez de cerradas. Unos pocos menús como -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default brir -\family default +\family default , no te dejarán escribir nada en la ventana principal hasta que los cierres. Asegúrate de que el foco está en la ventana correcta cuando estés tratando escribir en la ventana principal de LyX o introduciendo un comando en alguna ventana de diálogo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -Formato\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Formato\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ caracteres Puedes -\emph on +\emph on resaltar -\emph default +\emph default texto (lo que normalmente significa poner los caracteres en cursiva), ponerlo en -\series bold +\series bold negrita -\series default +\series default , o en -\noun on +\noun on Estilo Nombre -\noun default +\noun default (habitualmente en minúsculas, para nombres propios de personas) desde los botones interruptor en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout -Barra\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Barra\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ herramientas Sus botones (justo debajo de los menús) te permiten realizar las funciones más usuales, como -\family sans +\family sans Pegar -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Imprimir -\family default +\family default . Si mantienes el cursor del ratón sobre alguno de los botones de la barra, una pequeña nota amarilla te informará sobre la función concreta del botón. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default La franja gris en la parte de abajo de la ventana de LyX recibe el nombre de -\emph on +\emph on minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default . Se encarga de mostrarte toda clase de información útil. Por ejemplo, cuando guardas, te dice el nombre del fichero que acabas de @@ -1505,98 +1729,108 @@ minibuffer Esto te ofrece una gran funcionalidad, incluyendo la posibilidad de estropear el documento. En otras palabras, no escribas en el -\emph on +\emph on minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default a menos que sepas lo que estás haciendo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por supuesto, todavía no has escrito suficiente para encontrar útiles todas estas funciones. Conforme vayas escribiendo más, prueba a deshacer, copiar, pegar, etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: el espacio en blanco en LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una de las cosas más difíciles para los nuevos usuarios es acostumbrarse a la forma en que LyX maneja el espacio en blanco. Por mucho que pulses -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default , sólo conseguirás una única línea en blanco. Por mucho que pulses la -\family sans +\family sans Barra espaciadora -\family default +\family default , sólo conseguirás un único espacio en blanco. En una línea vacía LyX no te dejará poner ni siquiera un espacio. El -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default no te adelantará ningún espacio, ¡de hecho no hay tabulación! Tampoco hay ninguna regla en la parte superior de la página que te permita definir tabulaciones o márgenes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Muchos procesadores de texto comerciales están basados en el principio WYSIWYG: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que obtienes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX, por el contrario, está basado en el principio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que quieres decir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Escribes lo que quieres decir, y LyX se preocupará de la composición por tí para que el resultado final quede bien. Un -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default gramaticalmente separa párrafos, y de la misma forma un -\family sans +\family sans espacio -\family default +\family default separa palabras, así que no hay ninguna razón para poner varios seguidos; un -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default no tiene función gramatical alguna, así que LyX no los usa. Con LyX emplearás más tiempo en el contenido del documento, y menos en la forma. Ver Sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset para más información sobre el concepto WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tiene (muchas) formas de ajustar al detalle el formato del documento. Después de todo, podría no imprimirse exactamente lo que querías decir. La -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default contiene información sobre eso. Incluye espaciado vertical y horizontal ---mucho más potentes y versátiles que múltiples espacios o líneas en blanco--- y formas de cambiar tamaño @@ -1605,16 +1839,20 @@ Gu , y solamente te preocupes de ajustar los detalles al final. Con los procesadores de texto convencionales, el formato te distrae continuamen te. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Entornos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Las diferentes partes de un documento tienen propósitos diferentes; llamaremos a estas partes -\emph on +\emph on entornos -\emph default +\emph default . La mayor parte del documento está formada por texto normal. Los títulos de sección (capítulos, subsecciones, etc.) permiten al lector @@ -1623,15 +1861,17 @@ entornos Un artítculo de periódico tendrá un resumen y un título. Una carta no tendrá nada de eso, pero probablemente contendrá un entorno para la dirección del remitente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los entornos son una parte importante en la filosofía \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que quieres decir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset de LyX. Un entorno dado puede requerir un cierto estilo o tamaño de letra, sangrado, @@ -1643,715 +1883,803 @@ lo que ves es lo que quieres decir convenios para el sangrado; y los formatos de bibliografía pueden variar ampliamente. LyX te evita tener que aprender todos los diferentes estilos de formato. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La caja de -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default se sitúa al final a la izquierda en la barra de herramientas (justo debajo del menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo -\family default +\family default ). Indica qué entorno estás usando en cada momento. Mientras escribías tu primer documento, decía \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (normal), que es el entorno por defecto para texto. Ahora vas a usar varios entornos en el nuevo documento para que puedas ver cómo funcionan. Lo harás con el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno, -\family default +\family default que puedes abrir pulsando sobre el icono con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset la flecha hacia abajo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset justo a la derecha de la caja de -\family sans +\family sans Entorno. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Secciones y subsecciones -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Escribe la palabra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Introducción -\family default +\family default en la primera línea de tu fichero LyX, y elige -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default (sección) en el menú de entorno \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No tienes que seleccionar la línea. Si no hay nada seleccionado, LyX cambia el párrafo en el que estás escribiendo ahora al entorno elegido. Alternativamente, puedes cambiar varios párrafos seleccionándolos antes de elegir el nuevo entorno. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX numera la sección como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y escribe el encabezado (título ) en un tipo de letra mayor (por supuesto, el encabezado aparecerá de esta forma en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default y en el documento impreso). Ahora pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro. -\family default +\family default Observa que la caja de entorno cambia de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se asume que los títulos de sección, como muchos entornos, terminan cuando introduces un -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ver -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para poder escribir títulos de más de una línea. Desde luego, el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default puede continuar a lo largo de varios párrafos. Los entornos de listas (ver más adelante) tampoco terminan con -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro. -\family default +\family default Siempre puedes saber el entorno en el que estás mirando la caja de -\family sans +\family sans Entorno. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\family default +\family default Escribe la introducción del documento: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Esto es una introducción a mi primer documento LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default otra vez, y elige de nuevo -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default en el menú entorno. LyX escribe un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y espera que intoduzcas un título. Escribe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Más cosas -\family default +\family default , y verás que de nuevo lo establece como título de sección. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La cosa mejora. Ve al final de la sección 1 otra vez (tras \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mi primer documento LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default , y selecciona -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default . Una vez más, LyX escribe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y espera a que introduzcas un título. Escribe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Acerca de este documento -\family default +\family default . La sección \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Más cosas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , que antes era la sección 2, ¡ha sido automáticamente renumerada a sección 3! De una forma verdaderamente WYSIWYM, sólo necesitas identificar los títulos de las distintas partes de que se compone el texto, y LyX se encarga de la numeración de secciones y su formato. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default para volver al entorno -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default y escribe las siguientes cinco líneas: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Secciones y subsecciones se describen más adelante. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descripción de sección -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Las secciones son mayores que las subsecciones. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descripción de subsección -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Las subsecciones son menores que las secciones. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Colócate en la segunda línea y elige -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default (subsección) en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default . LyX numera la sección como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , y la escribe con un tamaño de letra mayor que el de texto regular pero menor que el de un título de sección. Cambia también el entorno de la cuarta línea a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . Como probablemente esperabas, LyX la numera automáticamente como sección \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si pones una sección más antes de la sección 2, ésta será renumerada como sección 3, y sus subsecciones corespondientes como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niveles más profundos de sección son la subsubsección ( -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default ), el párrafo ( -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default ), y el subpárrafo ( -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default ). Dejaremos que juegues tú mismo con ellos. Notarás que los títulos de párrafo y de subpárrafo no están numerados por defecto, y que los subpárrafos están sangrados; ver -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para cambiar esto. Los encabezados de capítulo ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ) son realmente el nivel más alto de la jerarquía, por encima de las secciones, pero solamente se pueden utilizar en ciertos tipos (clases) de documentos (ver Sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finalmente, puede que quieras usar secciones y subsecciones sin numerar. Existen entornos para esto también. Si cambias uno de los encabezados de sección al entorno -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default (puede que tengas que bajar en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default para encontralo), LyX usará el mismo tamaño de letra que en las secciones normales, pero no la numerará. También están los entornos \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset no numerados \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset correspondientes a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default y -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Intenta cambiar alguna de tus secciones o subsecciones a entornos no numerados, y comprueba cómo los demás números de sección se actualizan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Arregla los encabezados de sección y subsección del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listas y sublistas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tiene diferentes entornos para componer listas. Los variados entornos de listas te evitan tener que pulsar el -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default un millón de veces cuando estás escribiendo un esquema, o de renumerar toda la lista cuando quieres añadir un nuevo punto en mitad de ella. Así puedes concentrarte en el contenido de la lista \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sí, estamos recalcando una y otra vez este punto a lo largo de todo el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Pero -\emph on +\emph on es -\emph default +\emph default la principal filosofía de LyX, así que por favor, discúlpanos. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Distintos tipos de documentos requieren, lógicamente, entornos de lista diferentes: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Una exposición de diapositivas podría usar las listas simples (etiquetadas con bolos) del entorno -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default para describir los diferentes puntos. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un esquema usaría las listas numeradas (y sublistas etiquetadas con letras) del entorno -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default (enumeración). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un documento que describa varios paquetes de software usaría el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default (descripción), en el que cada elemento de la lista comienza con una palabra en negrita. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize El entorno -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default (que no existe en LaTeX) es ligeramente diferente al entorno -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vamos a escribir una lista de razones por las que LyX es mejor que otros procesadores de texto. En cualquier parte de tu documento escribe: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX es mejor que otros procesadores de texto porque: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default . Ahora elige -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default en el menú de -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default . LyX pondrá un bolo (realmente un asterisco, que se convertirá en un círculo en la salida final) en la línea. Introduce tus razones: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX realiza la composición por tí. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Las matemáticas son WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ¡Las listas son muy fáciles de crear! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los entornos de listas, al contrario que los encabezados, no terminan cuando introduces un -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default . En vez de eso, LyX asume que vas a introducir el siguiente elemento de la lista. La anterior resultará ser una lista de tres elementos. Si deseas más de un párrafo en un solo -\emph on +\emph on elemento -\emph default +\emph default de la lista, una forma de conseguirlo es mediante un -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro protegido -\family default +\family default , pulsando -\family sans +\family sans C-Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default . Para salir de la lista tienes que volver a seleccionar el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (o usar la combinación de teclas -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Has conseguido una bonita lista simple. Puedes ejecutar LaTeX para ver cómo aparece en la salida impresa. Pero, ¿y si querías numerar las razones? Bien, simplemente selecciona toda la lista \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX no te dejará seleccionar el primer bolo a menos que selecciones el párrafo anterior a la lista, que probablemente no es lo que quieres hacer. De forma similar, no puedes seleccionar el número en el título de una sección. No te preocupes de eso. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset y elige el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default en el menú. ¡Increíble! Como ya dijimos, si añades o borras un elemento de la lista, LyX arregla la numeración. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mientras la lista esté selecionada, puedes cambiar a los otros dos entornos, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default y -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , para ver cómo son. Para ambos, cada elemento de la lista está compuesto por un término, que es la primera palabra del elemento, seguido de una definición, que es el resto del párrafo (hasta que pulses -\family sans +\family sans Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default ). El término se escribe en negrita ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) o separado por un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabulador \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pero un tabulador de composición, que cambiará para ajustarse al tamaño del mayor término de la lista, no un rígido, inmutable y patético -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default de máquina de escribir. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) del resto del párrafo. Si quieres más de una palabra en el término, separa las palabras con -\family sans -Espacios\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espacios\InsetSpace ~ protegidos -\family default +\family default , que se obtienen al pulsar -\family sans +\family sans C-Espacio -\family default +\family default y aparecen como pequeñas \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ues \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset rosas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Escribe correctamente la lista en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puedes anidar listas unas dentro de otras en toda clase de formas interesantes. Un ejemplo sería escribir esquemas. Las listas simples y numeradas tendrán diferentes tipos de bolos y diferente numeración en las sublistas. Ver -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para los detalles de los distintos tipos de listas, así como ejemplos de cómo usar -\emph on +\emph on mucho -\emph default +\emph default anidamiento. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Más entornos: estrofas, citas y otros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hay dos entornos para separar las citas del texto que las rodea: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default para citas cortas y -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default para las más largas. El código de ordenador (el entorno -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , usado también en este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default para ejemplos largos) se escribe en letra de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter máquna de escribir -\family default +\family default ; este entorno es el único sitio en LyX donde se permite usar varios espacios seguidos para permitir el sangrado del código. Puedes incluso escribir poesía \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} suponiendo que seas lo suficientemente creativo para comenzar escribiendo poesía. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset mediante el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default (estrofa), usando -\family sans +\family sans Retornos de carro -\family default +\family default para separar los versos, y -\family sans +\family sans C-Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default para separar líneas dentro de un verso. Ver Guía del Usuario para una descripción más completa de todos los entornos disponibles en LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Usa los entornos -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default y -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default donde corresponda en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Escribiendo documentos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esperamos que el capítulo anterior te haya servido para acostumbrarte a esribir con LyX. @@ -2365,15 +2693,19 @@ Esperamos que el cap de documentos, y te describirá muchas características nuevas que convierten texto en un documento, como títulos, notas a pie de página, referencias cruzadas, bibliografías e índices. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Clases de texto y modelos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Diferentes tipos de documentos deben componerse de forma diferente. Por ejemplo, normalmente los libros se imprimen a doble cara, mientras @@ -2382,93 +2714,101 @@ Diferentes tipos de documentos deben componerse de forma diferente. entornos (como la dirección del remitente o la firma) que no tienen sentido en un libro o un artículo. Las -\emph on +\emph on clases de texto -\emph default +\emph default de LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Para usuarios de LaTeX: equivalente a las clases de documento de LaTeX ( -\emph on +\emph on documentclass -\emph default +\emph default ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset se encargan de estas grandes diferencias entre cada tipo de documento. Este Tutorial, por ejemplo, se ha escrito con la clase de texto -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default (libro). Estas clases son otro de los grandes pilares de la filosofía WYSIWYM; le dicen a LyX cómo tiene que componer el documento, así que tú no necesitas saberlo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu documento se está escribiendo seguramente con la clase -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default (artículo) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Normalmente el artículo es la clase de texto por defecto, aunque puedes establecerla en tu fichero de configuración -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Prueba a cambiar a otras clases (usa el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lase -\family default +\family default dentro de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default ) para ver cómo se compone cada una de ellas. Si la cambias a -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default y miras en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default , verás que la mayoría de entornos permitidos son los mismos. Sin embargo, ahora puedes utilizar el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default (capítulo). Si alguna vez no estás seguro de cuáles tienes disponibles en una clase de texto dada, sólo tienes que consultar el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El tamaño de letra, la impresión a una o dos columnas, o los encabezados de página son sólo algunas de las cosas en las que difiere el formato de @@ -2476,31 +2816,45 @@ El tama Conforme la Era Digital ha ido madurando, éstos han empezado a aceptar presentaciones electrónicas, creando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ficheros de estilo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX para que los autores puedan enviar sus artículos correctamente maquetados. LyX también está preparado para esto. Así por ejemplo, ofrece soporte para composición (y entornos adicionales) para los periódicos de la Sociedad Americana de Matemáticas mediante la clase de texto -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A continuación te damos una breve referencia rápida de algunas clases de texto. Como siempre, dirígete a la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para más detalles. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2511,256 +2865,304 @@ Gu \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nombre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Comentarios -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard artículo --- simple cara, sin capítulos -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard formato y entornos de la Sociedad Americana de Matemáticas -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard informe --- más extenso que el artículo, doble cara -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard libro --- informe + portada y contraportada -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard transparencias (incluyendo FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard carta --- entornos adicionales para la dirección, la firma\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Modelos: escribir una carta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una de las clases de texto más populares es la carta. Una forma de escribir una carta sería abrir un -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default uevo -\family default +\family default fichero, y elegir -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lase -\family default +\family default dentro de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default . Aunque esta es la manera más obvia de hacerlo, supone trabajo de más. Cada vez que escribes una carta de negocios pones tu dirección, la del destinatario, el cuerpo, la firma, etc. Por tanto, LyX ofrece un -\emph on +\emph on modelo -\emph default +\emph default para cartas, que contiene un ejemplo de carta; una vez que tienes el modelo, sólo tienes que sustituir un par de cosas cada vez que quieras escribir una nueva carta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abre un archivo nuevo con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nuevo\SpecialChar ~ -basado\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Nuevo\InsetSpace ~ +basado\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Modelo -\family default +\family default . Tras decidir un nombre para el nuevo fichero, elige -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex_letter.lyx -\family default +\family default en el menú -\family sans -Seleccionar\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Seleccionar\InsetSpace ~ Modelo -\family default +\family default . Guarda e imprime el fichero para ver cómo se componen los distintos entornos. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si te fijas en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default , verás algunos entornos, como -\family sans - My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default (dirección del remitente), que no están disponibles en otras clases. Otros, como -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default y -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , son familiares. Puedes jugar con ellos para ver cómo funcionan. Comprobarás, por ejemplo, que en el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default (firma) la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset en rojo antecede al texto de la firma. Esta palabra no se muestra en la verdadera carta, como podrás ver si imprimes el fichero. Sólo está ahí para que sepas dónde va la firma. Ten en cuenta también que no importa dónde esté situada la línea -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default . Recuerda que LyX es WYSIWYM, así que puedes poner el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default en el lugar que quieras, él sabe que en la salida impresa la firma debe ir al final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un modelo es simplemente un fichero de LyX. Esto quiere decir que puedes completarlo con tu dirección y tu firma y @@ -2769,38 +3171,42 @@ Un modelo es simplemente un fichero de LyX. usando tu nueva plantilla. Probablemente no necesitamos sugerirte que hagas un verdadero \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ejercicio \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ¡escribe una carta a alguien! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Una advertencia si estás escribiendo a partir de un modelo. Si borras todo el texto de un entorno ---por ejemplo, si borras todo el campo -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default para poder poner tu propia dirección--- y entonces mueves el cursor sin escribir nada, el entorno podría desaparecer. Esto se debe a que muchos entornos no pueden existir sin contener texto alguno. Para restituirlo, solamente tienes que volver a seleccionarlo en el menú -\family sans +\family sans Entorno -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los modelos pueden ahorrar muchísimo tiempo, así que te instamos a que los uses siempre que puedas. @@ -2810,73 +3216,87 @@ Los modelos pueden ahorrar much un grupo de usuarios poco experimentados con los ordenadores. A la hora de empezar a trabajar con LyX, resulta mucho menos intimidatorio tener, por ejemplo, un modelo de carta personalizado para tu empresa. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Título del documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (al igual que LaTeX) considera el título ---que puede incluir el título propiamente dicho, el autor, la fecha e incluso el resumen del documento--- como una parte independiente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vuelve a tu documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nuevo-archivo.lyx -\family default +\family default y asegúrate de que está usando la clase de texto -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No debes usar la clase carta, ya que ésta no permite títulos. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Escribe un título en la primera línea, y cámbiala al entorno -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default (título). En la siguiente línea escribe tu nombre y cámbiala a entorno -\family sans +\family sans Author. -\family default +\family default En la siguiente escribe la fecha con el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default (fecha). Escribe un párrafo o dos resumiendo el contenido de tu documento y usa el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default (resumen). Ahora mira cómo queda una vez impreso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Arregla el título, la fecha y el autor en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Etiquetas y referencias cruzadas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Puedes etiquetar una sección de tu documento (o una subsección, o incluso, con menos frecuencia, un fragmento de texto cualquiera). @@ -2888,60 +3308,68 @@ Puedes etiquetar una secci La gestión automática de etiquetas y referencias cruzadas es una de las mayores ventajas de LyX (y LaTeX) sobre los procesadores de texto convencionale s. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Tu primera etiqueta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vamos a marcar nuestra segunda sección, cuyo título es \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Acerca de este documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pincha al final de la línea del título, y selecciona en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Etiqueta -\family default +\family default . Se deplegará una ventana de diálogo preguntándote el nombre de la etiqueta. Escribe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:acercadeldocumento -\family default +\family default , que parece una etiqueta suficientemente descriptiva para evitar confusiones con otras que podamos añadir más adelante \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Escribimos \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset porque también podemos etiquetar ecuaciones, tablas y figuras. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cuando pulses el botón -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , el nombre de la etiqueta se situará en un recuadro cerca del título de la sección. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por cierto, también puedes colocar la etiqueta en cualquier lugar de la sección; las referencias a sección se referirán a la última cuyo encabezado @@ -2949,143 +3377,159 @@ Por cierto, tambi Sin embargo, ponerla en la misma línea que el título (o bien en la primera línea de texto) asegura que las referencias a página se refieran al comienzo de la sección. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hasta ahora no hemos hecho nada (el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default tiene el mismo aspecto, ya que las etiquetas no se muestran en el documento impreso). Pero has añadido una, y ahora puedes hacer referencia a ella. Vamos a hacerlo a continuación. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Tu primera referencia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sitúa el cursor en algún lugar de la sección 2 de tu documento. Escribe -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Si quieres saber más acerca de este documento, ve a mirar -\newline +\newline la sección , que se puede encontrar en la página . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora ---con el cursor tras la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sección \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- elige -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Refe -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default -encia\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +encia\InsetSpace ~ Cruzada -\family default +\family default . Aparecerá la ventana -\family sans - Insertar\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Insertar\InsetSpace ~ referencia -\family default +\family default . Ésta muestra una lista de etiquetas posibles a las que puedes hacer referencia. Por el momento sólo hay una, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:acercadeldocumento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Selecciónala (estará seleccionada por defecto) y pulsa el botón -\family sans -Insertar\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar\InsetSpace ~ refe -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default encia -\family default +\family default . Ahora sitúa el cursor tras la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset página \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , y pulsa el botón -\family sans -Insertar número\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar número\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ágina -\family default +\family default en la misma ventana. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX coloca las referencias dentro de un recuadro en el lugar donde estaba el cursor. En el documento impreso, cada marcador de referencia será reemplazado por el número de página o de sección (según lo que hayas elegido en el menú -\family sans -Insertar\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar\InsetSpace ~ referencia -\family default +\family default ). De manera muy práctica, las referencias actúan como enlaces hipertexto cuando estás editando el documento con LyX; pinchar sobre una de ellas moverá el cursor hasta la etiqueta referenciada. Utiliza -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Actualizar\SpecialChar ~ +Actualizar\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default , y verás como en la última página hacemos referencia a la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sección 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset página 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (o cualquiera que sea la página en donde aparezca el título de la sección 2). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Más diversión con etiquetas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te hemos dicho que LyX se encarga él solo de la numeración de las referencias cruzadas; ahora podrás comprobarlo. @@ -3094,86 +3538,98 @@ Te hemos dicho que LyX se encarga a la sección 3. Convierte \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Acerca de este documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en una subsección, y la referencia indicará ahora la subsección 2.1 en lugar de la sección 3. Por supuesto, la referencia de página no cambiará a menos que añadas una página entera antes de la etiqueta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si quieres practicar algo más con las etiquetas, prueba a poner otra, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:miprimeraetiqueta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , donde estaba la primera referencia cruzada, y haz referencia a aquélla desde cualquier parte del documento. Si vas a usar las referencias a menudo (si, por ejemplo, estás escribiendo un artículo de prensa), puede ser conveniente que dejes la ventana -\family sans -Insertar\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar\InsetSpace ~ referencia -\family default +\family default abierta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si quieres asegurarte de que las referencias a página se mantienen correctas incluso en documentos extensos, usa -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default piar -\family default +\family default para llevar un par de páginas de la Guía del Usuario al portapapeles, y usa -\family sans +\family sans P -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default gar -\family default +\family default para inserrtar el texto robado en tu documento \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Por cierto, copiar un capítulo causará un error de LyX, ya que los capítulos no se permiten en la clase artículo. @@ -3181,276 +3637,316 @@ Por cierto, copiar un cap Si quieres saber por qué ocurre esto, ve a la sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Arregla las referencias en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notas a pie de página y notas al margen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Las notas a pie de página se pueden añadir usando el botón -\family sans -Insertar Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ pie -\family default +\family default en la barra de herramientas \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard El botón muestra una flecha señalando texto en rojo, justo debajo de texto en negro. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset o bien accediendo en el menú a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nota\SpecialChar ~ -al\SpecialChar ~ +Nota\InsetSpace ~ +al\InsetSpace ~ pie -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Pincha al final de la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en cualquier parte de tu documento y pulsa el botón -\family sans -Insertar Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ pie -\family default +\family default . Una línea de pie de página se abrirá debajo de la línea en la que estabas escribiendo. En el extremo izquierdo verás la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (pie) escrita en rojo sobre fondo gris. El resto de la línea está enmarcada en rojo; aquí es donde escribirás la nota. LyX sitúa el cursor al principio de la línea. Escribe: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX es un procesador de texto de composición. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora pulsa en la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . La línea de la nota desaparece, dejando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph default +\emph default subrayada en rojo, mostrando el sitio donde aparecerá el marcador de la nota en el texto impreso. A esto se le denomina \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset plegar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset la nota. Puedes desplegar la nota en cualquier momento ---y volver a editar el texto si quieres--- pulsando de nuevo en el marcador rojo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te preguntarás por qué el marcador de nota es una palabra en vez de un número. La respuesta es que LyX se encarga también de la numeración de las notas en el texto impreso. Puedes comprobarlo tú mismo mirando la salida -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default o impresa. Si añades más notas, LyX las renumera. Como LyX (bueno, realmente LaTeX) se preocupa de esto, no hay necesidad de poner los números en el fichero LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una nota al pie puede ser cortada y pegada como texto normal. Adelante, ¡inténtalo! Todo lo que necesitas es seleccionar el marcador \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Puede serte más fácil seleccionarla con el teclado, ya que puedes abrir sin querer la nota si estás intentando seleccionar el marcador con el ratón. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ortar -\family default +\family default lo y -\family sans +\family sans P -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default gar -\family default +\family default lo. Además, puedes convertir texto normal en una nota, basta que lo selecciones y pulses el botón -\family sans -Insertar Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ pie -\family default +\family default ; convierte una nota en texto normal pulsando el mismo botón cuando el cursor esté dentro de la nota. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Las notas al margen se pueden añadir mediante el botón -\family sans -Insertar Nota\SpecialChar ~ -al\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar Nota\InsetSpace ~ +al\InsetSpace ~ margen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard El botón muestra una flecha apuntando a texto en rojo, al lado de (al margen de) texto en negro, y se encuentra cerca del botón -\family sans -Insertar Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insertar Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ pie -\family default +\family default ; en la barra de herramientas. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset o bien el menú -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nota\SpecialChar ~ -al\SpecialChar ~ +Nota\InsetSpace ~ +al\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default argen -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Son como las notas a pie de página, salvo que: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize los marcadores en pantalla dicen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (margen) en vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize las notas se sitúan en el margen de la página, en vez de bajo el texto. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize no se numeran -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cuando una nota es plegada, se sitúa un signo de admiración en el margen, que no se verá en el texto impreso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Convierte ahora tu nota al pie en texto, selecciónala y conviértela en una nota al margen. Ejecuta LaTeX de nuevo para ver su aspecto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Arregla la nota a pie de página en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografía -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Las bibliografías funcionan de manera similar a las referencias cruzadas. La bibliografía contiene una lista de referencias al final del documento @@ -3458,237 +3954,259 @@ Las bibliograf Al igual que los títulos de sección, LyX y LaTeX hacen tu trabajo más fácil numerando automáticamente los elementos de la bibliografía y modificando las referencias cuando la numeración cambia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ve al final del documento y activa el entorno -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Ahora, cada párrafo que escribas será una referencia. Escribe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter El Tutorial de Lyx, por el equipo documentación de LyX -\family default +\family default como primera referencia. Observa que LyX pone automáticamente un número encerrado en un recuadro antes de cada referencia. Pincha con el ratón en el recuadro, y se abrirá una ventana de diálogo -\family sans -Elemento\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Elemento\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Bibliografía -\family default +\family default . El primer campo, la clave, te sirve para referirte a esta entrada desde el documento LyX. Por defecto es un número. Cambia la clave a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tutorialdelyx \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset para que sea fácil de recordar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora escoge un lugar cualquiera del documento donde querrías insertar una referencia. Hazlo con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Referenc -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ Cita\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default El programa dibuja un recuadro gris con tres signos de interrogación entre corchetes, y aparece una ventana -\family sans +\family sans Cita -\family default +\family default . El primer campo también se llama -\family sans +\family sans Clave -\family default +\family default , y te permite elegir la entrada bibliográfica que quieres citar \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Esta es la razón por la que es una buena idea dar a las claves nombres únicos y lógicos, en lugar de dejar el número por defecto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Con ayuda de la flecha hacia abajo a la derecha del campo -\family sans +\family sans Clave -\family default +\family default , selecciona \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tutorialdelyx \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (en este momento es el único elemento de la bibliografía). Ahora ejecuta LaTeX, y verás que la cita aparece entre corchetes en el texto, referenciando a la bibliografía al final del documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¿Cómo se usan los demás campos? El campo -\family sans +\family sans Comenta -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default io -\family default +\family default en la ventana de -\family sans +\family sans Cita -\family default +\family default pondrá un comentario (como una referencia a una página o capítulo del libro o artículo) entre corchetes tras la referencia. Si quieres que las referencias tengan etiquetas en vez de números en la salida impresa (por ejemplo, algunos periódicos usarían \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset para hacer referencia a un artículo escrito por Smith en 1995), utiliza el campo -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default (etiqueta) en la ventana -\family sans -Elemento\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Elemento\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Bibliografía -\family default +\family default . Como siempre, puedes obtener más información en la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Ejercicio: -\series default +\series default Arregla la bibliografía y las citas en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Índice general -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puede que quieras poner un índice al principio de tu documento. LyX hace que sea algo muy fácil. Simplemente pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default después del título del documento y antes del título de la primera sección \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No te desesperes tratando de pinchar o borrar un número de sección. No funcionará. No se permite editar el número de sección de ninguna forma, ya que LyX controla el numerado de secciones. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , y elige en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listas\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ -Índice\SpecialChar ~ +Listas\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ +Índice\InsetSpace ~ gral.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Índice\SpecialChar ~ +Índice\InsetSpace ~ general -\family default +\family default . Aparecerá una caja (también conocida como recuadro) con las palabras \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Índice general \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en la primera línea del documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esto puede no parecer muy útil. Sin embargo, si observas el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , verás que se ha generado un índice con todas las secciones y subsecciones de tu documento. Una vez más, si reordenas las secciones o añades alguna, estos cambios se verán reflejados en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default cuando lo actualices. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El índice no se imprime en la versión en pantalla del documento porque no puedes editarlo de ninguna manera. Sin embargo, puedes mostrarlo en una ventana separada pinchado con el ratón en el recuadro del índice o bien mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default -ndice\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ndice\InsetSpace ~ gener -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default l \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard El comando del menú funcionará incluso si no tienes recuadro de índice en tu documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Esta ventana es una herramienta muy práctica. @@ -3698,23 +4216,31 @@ El comando del men También puedes usar los cursores para moverte arriba y abajo en el índice. Puede que te resulte conveniente dejar esta ventana abierta a lo largo de las sesiones de edición. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para deshacerte del índice, puedes borrar su marcador como cualquier otro carácter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Arregla el índice en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Usando las matemáticas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX es utilizado por muchos científicos porque ofrece una gran calidad en el aspecto de las ecuaciones, evitando los caracteres de control usados @@ -3725,63 +4251,75 @@ LaTeX es utilizado por muchos cient Si estás acostumbrado a LaTeX, verás que sus comandos matemáticos usuales se pueden introducir normalmente, aunque se muestran de forma WYSIWYM. Por el contrario, si nunca has usado LaTeX, el -\family sans -Panel\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Panel\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Fórmulas -\family default +\family default te permitirá escribir matemáticas de apariencia profesional de una forma rápida y fácil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Lyx no puede comprobar si los resultados matemáticos que escribes son realmente -\emph on +\emph on correctos -\emph default +\emph default . Lo sentimos. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section El modo matemático -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Escribe en cualquier parte de tu documento: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Me gusta lo que dijo Einstein, E=mc^2, porque es tan simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora la ecuación no tiene muy buen aspecto, incluso en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ; no hay ningún espacio entre las letras y el signo igual, y te gustaría escribir el \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset como un verdadero exponente. Esta composición tan mala se debe a que no le hemos dicho a LyX que estamos escribiendo una expresión matemática, así que la compone como texto normal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Las expresiones matemáticas se escriben en modo matemático o de fórmulas. Para entrar en dicho modo, sólo tienes que pinchar en el botón de la barra de herramientas con un \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset escrito en azul. LyX abrirá un pequeño cuadro azul, con un rectángulo magenta a su alrededor. @@ -3789,50 +4327,54 @@ Las expresiones matem a que insertes algo, y el rectangulo indica que estás en el modo matemático. LyX ha situado el cursor en el cuadro azul, así que introduce de nuevo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default . La expresión se escribe en azul, y el cuadro azul desaparece tan pronto como el punto de inserción deja de estar vacío. Ahora pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default para dejar el modo matemático (nota: pinchar en el botón modo de fórmulas otra vez no te servirá). El rectángulo magenta desaparece, dejando el cursor a la derecha de la expresión y ahora si escribes algo será texto normal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ejecuta LaTeX y mira el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Observa que la expresión se ha impreso bien, con espacios entre las letras y el signo igual, y el \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset como superíndice. Se asume que en modo matemático las letras son variables, y por tanto vienen en cursiva. Los números son sólo números y no van en cursiva. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este nuevo modo es otro ejemplo de la filosofía WYSIWYM. En LaTeX, escribes una expresión matemática mediante texto y comandos como -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; esto puede ser desesperante, ya que no puedes ver cómo queda la expresión hasta que ejecutas LaTeX, y puedes perder mucho tiempo buscando algún paréntesi s que falte u otros fallos. @@ -3844,424 +4386,456 @@ s que falte u otros fallos. o espaciado alguno. De esta forma (sentimos ser tan repetitivos) puedes concentrarte en el -\emph on +\emph on contenido -\emph default +\emph default de la expresión matemática, no en su formato. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navegando por una ecuación -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahora vamos a cambiar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Usa los cursores para introducirte en la expresión. Observa que cuando entras en la expresión el rectángulo magenta aparece para informarte de que estás de nuevo en modo de fórmulas. Ahora puedes utilizar las teclas -\family sans +\family sans Izquierda -\family default +\family default y -\family sans +\family sans Derecha -\family default +\family default para mover el cursor tras el signo de igualdad, y escribir \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De nuevo, utiliza los cursores o -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default para salir de la expresión, desapareciendo así el rectángulo magenta. Mucha gente encuentra apropiadas las teclas de dirección, pero también puedes pichar con el ratón en cualquier parte de la expresión para situar el cursor ahí y empezar el modo matemático. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Salvo para las teclas especiales descritas más adelante, escribir en el modo matemático es como editar texto normal. Usa -\family sans +\family sans Suprimir -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Retroceso -\family default +\family default ) para borrar. Selecciona texto tanto con los cursores como con el ratón. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator Deshacer -\family default +\family default funciona de la misma forma, al igual que cortar y pegar. Hay una cosa con la que debes tener cuidado: si estás fuera de la expresión y pulsas -\family sans +\family sans Suprimir -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Retroceso -\family default +\family default ) la borrarás entera. Afortunadamente puedes -\family sans +\family sans Deshacer -\family default +\family default para recuperarla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¿Y qué ocurre si quieres cambiar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Una vez más, puedes utilizar el ratón para pinchar en el sitio que vas a modificar. También puedes utilizar las teclas de dirección. Si el cursor se encuentra detrás de la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y delante del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pulsando -\family sans +\family sans Arriba -\family default +\family default moverás el cursor al nivel del superíndice, justo antes del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Añade el \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ahora, pulsando -\family sans +\family sans Abajo -\family default +\family default devolverás el curso al nivel normal. De hecho, si pulsas -\family sans +\family sans Abajo -\family default +\family default desde cualquier parte del superíndice, el cursor se sitúa justo -\emph on +\emph on tras -\emph default +\emph default éste (de manera que puedes introducir el \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard También puedes usar la -\family sans +\family sans Barra espaciadora -\family default +\family default para recorrer una expresión. Si ya estás en una estructura matemática (un subíndice, superíndice, fracción, raíz cuadrada, delimitadores o matriz, todo lo cual se describe en las siguientes secciones), pulsando -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default moverás el cursor detrás de la estructura, permaneciendo en modo matemático. Así, si el cursor está en cualquier parte del superíndice, pulsando -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default el cursor volverá al nivel normal y justo detrás del superíndice. Esto quiere decir que puedes escribir \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sin usar el ratón o las teclas de dirección, un método que seguramente preferirás una vez que vayas cogiendo práctica. Ten cuidado y no pulses -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default estando entre el \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y el signo más, o saldrás del superíndice. En aquellos sitios donde estas acciones no tienen sentido (por ejemplo, entre la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), la -\family sans +\family sans Barra espaciadora -\family default +\family default no tiene efecto alguno \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard El -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default y el -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default se utilizan para introducir espacios entre los elementos de una ecuación. Este espacio es parte de la composición, lo que significa de debes dejar que LyX se preocupe de él (ver Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Si este espaciado no te satisface del todo, hay maneras para ajustarlo, para lo cual puedes mirar en la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default (pero no te molestes en hacer ajustes hasta que hayas escrito todo el documento ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Observa que si introduces una expresión y sales con -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , no habrá ningún espacio tras ésta. Esto viene bien si vas a escribir un punto o una coma, pero si lo que quieres es escribir una palabra tras la fórmula, tienes que introducir el -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default explícitamente después de salir de ella. Un atajo consiste en pulsar -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default justo al final de la fórmula, lo cual te saca de ella -\emph on +\emph on y -\emph default +\emph default además añade un espacio. Así, puedes escribir \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset es mi ecuación favorita \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset es mi ecuación favorita \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponentes e índices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exponente se puede introducir desde el menú -\family sans +\family sans Fór -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ulas -\family default +\family default , pero es más sencillo pulsar la tecla del acento circunflejo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX coloca un punto de inserción (el recuadro azul, ¿recuerdas?) en el superíndice para que lo siguiente que introduzcas sea superíndice, con un tamaño de letra menor. Todo lo que escribas hasta que pulses -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default para salir completamente de la expresión) será puesto en superíndice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Escribir un subíndice es igual de fácil: para comenzar uno pulsa la tecla de subrayado, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Puedes introducir subíndices y superíndices tanto en subíndices como en superíndices, como en esta fórmula: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Pon la ecuación 1 del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default en modo matemático. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section El -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default es una forma práctica de introducir símbolos o realizar complicadas funciones matemáticas. Muchas de estas funciones pueden llevarse a cabo con el teclado o con el menú -\family sans +\family sans Fór -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ulas -\family default +\family default . Sin embargo, nos vamos a centrar en el uso del panel para que conozcas todo lo que hay; podrás aprender atajos con el teclado más tarde en otros manuales (esto es una indirecta). Así que abre el -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default y déjalo abierto durante toda la sección. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Símbolos y letras griegas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si pinchas en el botón \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset del panel, obtendrás un menú desde el que podrás elegir una letra griega. Ésta aparecerá allí donde esté situado el cursor. Observa que hay un par de variantes de epsilon, pi, theta, y sigma. Un atajo: si estás escibiendo texto normal e insertas algo desde el panel, entras automáticamente en modo matemático. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otros cuatro botones en la parte de abajo del panel te permiten seleccionar en una matriz gran cantidad de símbolos usados en matemáticas: flechas, @@ -4269,28 +4843,32 @@ Otros cuatro botones en la parte de abajo del panel te permiten seleccionar Ten en cuenta que los superíndices y los subíndices te permiten establecer los límites superior e inferior en estas últimas. El último botón es el cajón desastre, llamado -\family sans +\family sans Varios -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset No hay nada que no puedas hacer\SpecialChar \ldots{} Todo lo que necesitas es \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Raíces cuadradas, tildes y delimitadores -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para escribir una raíz cuadrada sólo tienes que pulsar el botón con su símbolo. La raíz aparece, y el cursor va a un nuevo punto de inserción dentro de @@ -4299,81 +4877,85 @@ Para escribir una ra y todo lo que quieras. LyX irá cambiando automáticamente el tamaño de la raíz para que se ajuste a su contenido. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La colocación de tildes en una letra ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) o grupo de letras ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) se realiza de la misma forma. Pulsa el botón que tiene un cuadro azul con una tilde negra (~) encima. Aparecerá la ventana de -\family sans +\family sans Decoración -\family default +\family default . Pincha en una de las decoraciones, y LyX la imprimirá con un punto de inserción debajo (o encima). Escribe lo que quieras y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset salir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset de ella. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Los delimitadores (como paréntesis, corchetes y llaves) funcionan de forma similar, pero son un poco más complicados. Pulsa el botón con un cuadro azul entre corchetes para abrir la ventana -\family sans +\family sans Delimitador -\family default +\family default . Pincha en un delimitador izquierdo con el -\emph on +\emph on botón izquierdo del ratón -\emph default +\emph default y en un delimitador derecho con el -\emph on +\emph on botón derecho -\emph default +\emph default . (De forma alternativa, puedes usar sólo el botón izquierdo utilizando los selectores etiquetados como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default zq. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default cha \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset al elegir cada delimitador). En cada instante, tu selección de delimitadores aparece en un recuadro @@ -4382,75 +4964,83 @@ cha puedes elegir un par de llaves, una llave y un paréntesis, o incluso elegir el delimitador vacío para obtener algo así: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (el delimitador vacío se muestra como una línea negra discontinua en LyX, pero no aparece en la salida). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una vez que has elegido tus delimitadores, pulsa -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default para que aparezcan en la expresión (o pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Aplicar -\family default +\family default si quieres dejar la ventana abierta). Si eres un poco vago, puedes escribir los paréntesis normales desde el teclado en modo matemático, en vez de usar la ventana -\family sans +\family sans Delimitador -\family default +\family default . Sin embargo, estos paréntesis tendrán el mismo tamaño que el texto normal, lo cual quedará bastante mal si encierran una fracción o una matriz grande. Usar la ventana -\family sans +\family sans Delimitador -\family default +\family default te garantiza que los delimitadores se ajusten de forma precisa a aquello que encierren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard También puedes poner delimitadores, o una raíz cuadrada o una tilde sobre texto ya existente. Selecciona la porción de fórmula que quieres ajustar, y pulsa el botón que quieras del -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default . Prueba a hacer esto para cambiar la segunda ley de Newton de forma escalar a forma vectorial ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Una vez que hayas aprendido a hacer matrices, esta será la manera de encerrarla s entre paréntesis o corchetes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fracciones -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Las fracciones son muy sencillas en modo matemático. Pincha en el botón -\family sans +\family sans Fracción -\family default +\family default del panel (el que tiene un par de cuadros azules a modo de numerador y denominador). LyX coloca dos puntos de inserción. @@ -4458,283 +5048,307 @@ Fracci través de la fracción. Pincha en el cuadro de arriba y escribe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Después pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Abajo -\family default +\family default y escribe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ¡Acabas de hacer una fracción! Por supuesto, puedes escribir cualquier cosa dentro de cada uno de los dos cuadros: variables con exponentes, raíces cuadradas, otras fracciones, cualquier cosa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Pon la ecuación 2 en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default en modo matemático. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modo TeX: Límites, logaritmos, senos y otros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como las letras en modo de fórmulas se consideran variables, si introduces \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX cree que estás escribiendo el producto de tres variables \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , y \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Las tres se imprimirán en cursiva, cuando lo que realmente querías era la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset escrita en letra normal. Además, no se pondrá espacio alguno entre \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (pulsar -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default saldrá del modo matemático). Así que, ¿cómo conseguir \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pincha en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en la lista -\family sans +\family sans Funciones -\family default +\family default del -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default . La palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset se escribe en rojo, en tipo normal, también llamado modo TeX. La palabra completa se trata como un único símbolo, de manera que si pulsas -\family sans +\family sans Suprimir -\family default +\family default , la borrarás entera. Ahora escribe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , que aparecerá azul y en cursiva, como es de esperar en modo matemático. En el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , la expresión se verá correctamente. Inténtalo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Más comandos que necesitas escribir en modo TeX usando la lista de -\family sans +\family sans Funciones -\family default +\family default incluyen otras funciones trigonométricas y sus inversas, funciones hiperbólicas , logaritmos, límites, y unas pocas más. Todas aceptan subíndices y superíndices, lo cual es importante para poder escribir \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Pon la ecuación 3 del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default en modo matemático. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pulsa en el botón -\family sans +\family sans Matriz -\family default +\family default del panel. Se abrirá una ventana del mismo nombre , con dos barras deslizantes para que elijas cuántas filas y columnas quieres que tenga tu matriz. Selecciona 2 filas y 3 columnas y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Aplicar -\family default +\family default u -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX imprime seis puntos de inserción formando una matriz \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Como siempre, puedes introducir cualquier clase de expresión matemática (un raíz cuadrada, otra matriz, etc) en cada uno de ellos. También puedes dejar alguno vacío si quieres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puedes usar el -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default para moverte horizontalmente entre las columnas de la matriz. De manera alternativa, puedes usar las teclas de dirección para desplazarte (pulsando -\family sans +\family sans Derecha -\family default +\family default al final de un cuadro moverá el cursor al siguiente, -\family sans +\family sans Abajo -\family default +\family default lo moverá a la siguiente fila, etc). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mira la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para obtener información sobre cómo cambiar la alineación de cada columna y la posición vertical de la matriz completa. Si lo que quieres es escribir una tabla que contenga texto, deberías usar el magnífico soporte de tablas de LyX, en lugar de tratar de escribir texto en una matriz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection El modo demostración -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Todas las expresiones que hemos escrito hasta ahora estaban en la misma línea que el texto que las rodeaba. @@ -4744,93 +5358,111 @@ Todas las expresiones que hemos escrito hasta ahora estaban en la misma que escribirlas en modo demostración. Además, sólo las expresiones en este modo pueden ser etiquetadas o numeradas (ver -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default ). Por último, las ecuaciones de varias líneas (ver Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) también deben estar en modo demostración. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pincha en el botón -\family sans +\family sans Mostrar -\family default +\family default del -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default , que representa un par de líneas de texto rodeando un cuadro azul. LyX abre un punto de inserción, pero lo coloca en una nueva línea y centrado. Ahora escribe una expresión y ejecuta LaTeX para ver el resultado. El botón -\family sans +\family sans Mostrar -\family default +\family default actúa como un conmutador entre modo demostración y modo matemático normal; úsalo ahora para cambiar un par de expresiones a modo demostración y viceversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este modo tiene un par de diferencias con respecto al modo normal: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize El tipo de letra por defecto es de menor tamaño para unos pocos símbolos, como \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset y \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Los subíndices y superíndices en las sumas y límites (no en las integrales) se escriben debajo, en lugar de seguir a los símbolos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize El texto se centra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aparte de estas diferencias, las expresiones en línea y en modo demostración son muy similares. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un último apunte acerca del modo en que se componen las ecuaciones en este modo: presta atención a si lo que quieres es poner una ecuación en un nuevo párrafo o no. Si ésta se encuentra en mitad de de una frase o de un párrafo, no pulses -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default . De lo contrario harás que el texto tras la ecuación comience en un nuevo párrafo. Este texto será por tanto sangrado, que probablemente no es lo que querías. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Pon las ecuaciones del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default en modo demostración, y comprueba que se componen de manera diferente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Ejercicio -\series default +\series default : Utilizando las herramientas que has aprendido en esta sección, deberías de ser capaz de escribir una ecuación como ésta: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4839,95 +5471,115 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Ecuaciones de varias líneas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Intenta escribir las siguientes ecuaciones y observa el resultado en el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Tendrás que introducir dos ecuaciones distintas en modo demostración. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¡No queda bien! Al escribir dos o más ecuaciones seguidas, quedan mucho mejor si sus signos de igualdad están alineados; esto se hace especialmente patente si la segunda ecuación no tiene parte izquierda. LyX te permite escribir ecuaciones de varias líneas con cierto control sobre su alineación. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¡Esto es otra cosa! Los signos de igualdad están alineados, y hay menos espacio entre las ecuaciones. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para empezar a escribir una ecuación de varias líneas, abre una expresión en modo demostración y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans C-Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default . LyX imprimirá dos líneas, cada una con tres puntos de inserción. Al igual que en las matrices, puedes usar el el ratón, los cursores o el -\family sans +\family sans Tabulador -\family default +\family default para desplazarte a través de ellos. Intenta reproducir la ecuación anterior. Ten en cuenta que es legal dejar uno o más puntos de inserción vacíos. Esto es útil para ejemplos como el de arriba, o para separar ecuaciones muy largas, como: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX alineará el segundo campo de cada línea, donde usualmente pondrás signos de igualdad u otros operadores; de hecho, puedes poner cualquier cosa. @@ -4936,97 +5588,115 @@ LyX alinear \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si quieres un conjunto mayor de ecuaciones, usa -\family sans +\family sans C-Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default para añadir nuevas líneas con tres puntos de inserción vacíos. Si no estás al final de la línea cuando lo hagas, lo que quede de línea será llevado a la siguiente. Si pulsas -\family sans +\family sans C-Retorno de carro -\family default +\family default cuando ya has escrito una ecuación (de una línea), la ecuación entera quedará en el primer campo. Sitúa el cursor antes del signo igual y pulsa -\family sans +\family sans C-Tabulador -\family default +\family default para moverlo al segundo campo. Colócate pasado el signo y pulsa de nuevo -\family sans +\family sans C-Tabulador -\family default +\family default para mover el resto de la ecuación al tercer campo. Prueba a cambiar tu ecuación \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si has escrito demasiadas líneas, sitúa el cursor al final de una de ellas y usa -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default para borrar la siguiente. Se eliminará la alimentación de línea, concatenando la línea siguiente (los tres puntos de inserción) con el final de línea en la que estás. Si aquélla está vacía, simplemente la borrará. Aviso: usar -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default cuando no estás al final de la línea puede llevar a comportamientos extraños. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Más cosas sobre matemáticas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El modo matemático puede hacer muchas cosas más. Por ahora te has familiarizado con lo básico, así que dirígete a la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default si quieres buscar trucos para: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etiquetar y numerar expresiones. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Cambiar el tipo de letra (i.e., escribir texto en negrita dentro de una expresión). Aprovechamos para decirte que pulsando en el botón -\family sans -Modo\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Modo\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Fórmulas -\family default +\family default de la barra de herramientas dentro de una expresión te permitirá escribir con tipo de letra normal hasta que introduzcas un espacio (no protegido). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ajustar los tamaños de letra y el espaciado en una expresión. (No te preocupes de estas cosas hasta el borrador final). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Escribir macros. Son muy potentes, ya que te permiten definirlas al principio del documento, @@ -5034,120 +5704,140 @@ Escribir macros. Si cambias la definición de una macro, las referencias a ella cambiarán en todo el documento. Las macros pueden incluso tomar parámetros. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hacer un montón de cosas más que no tenemos tiempo de contarte en este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Misceláneo -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Otras características importantes de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No hemos tratado todos los posibles comandos de LyX, y no tenemos intención de hacerlo. Como siempre, ve a la -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default para más información. La función exacta de cada comando del menú se describe en el -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referencia -\emph default +\emph default . Sólo mencionaremos un par más de cosas importantes que LyX puede hacer\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX posee soporte WYSIWYG para tablas. Usa el comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default la -\family default +\family default para crear una. Pincha en la tabla con el -\emph on +\emph on botón derecho -\emph default +\emph default para que aparezca la ventana de Formato de -\family sans +\family sans Tabla -\family default +\family default , que te ofrece extensas posibilidades de edición de la tabla. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX también permite incluir gráficos PostScript® (o LaTeX puro). Lo adivinaste: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default ura -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Después pincha en la figura para elegir el fichero que quieres incluir, rotarla, escalarla, etc. Tanto las tablas como las figuras tienen etiqueta, y LyX genera automáticamente listas de figuras y/o de tablas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Soporte de control de versiones, usando RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default para más información). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX es altamente configurable. Todo, desde el aspecto de la ventana hasta la forma de la salida, puede ser configurado de múltiples maneras. Gran parte de la configuración se lleva a cabo editando el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Actualmente, tienes que editar el fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default con un editor de texto. Los programadores esperan crear una interfaz para la configuración dentro de LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Para más información sobre esto, echa un vistazo a -\family sans +\family sans A -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default uda\SpecialChar \menuseparator Personalización\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX está siendo desarrollado por un equipo de programadores en los cinco continentes. @@ -5157,88 +5847,100 @@ LyX est de texto. Puedes escribir documentos en otros idiomas, pero también puedes configurar LyX para que muestre los menús y los mensajes de error en otras lenguas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Los menús de LyX tienen asociadas combinaciones de teclas. Esto significa que puedes hacer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default brir -\family default +\family default tecleando -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default seguido de -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default . Las asociaciones de teclas también son configurables (y puede haber asociacione s incluso para algunos de los menús traducidos del inglés). Para más información, busca en -\family sans +\family sans A -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default uda\SpecialChar \menuseparator Personalización\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX puede leer documentos LaTeX. Ver Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Corrige los errores ortográficos de tu documento con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dición\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ortografía -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ten en cuenta que el corrector ortográfico sólo comprueba desde el cursor hasta el final del documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX para usuarios de LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si no sabes nada de LaTeX, no tienes que leer esta sección. Realmente, puede que quieras -\emph on +\emph on aprender -\emph default +\emph default algo sobre LaTeX, y entonces leas este capítulo. Sin embargo, a mucha gente que empieza a usar LyX, LaTeX le será familiar. Si ese es tu caso, te estarás preguntando si verdaderamente LyX puede hacer @@ -5248,114 +5950,126 @@ aprender de un documento mediante LaTeX. Actualmente hay algunos problemas convirtiendo antiguos documentos LaTeX y en un par de cosas más, pero las versiones posteriores subsanarán esto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como sólo se trata de un tutorial, vamos a mencionar únicamente aquellas cosas que los nuevos usuarios de LyX vayan a encontrar interesantes. Para mantener corto el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , vamos a dar información mínima. La -\emph on +\emph on Guía del Usuario -\emph default +\emph default ya posee una gran cantidad de información sobre las diferencias entre LyX y LaTeX, y de cómo hacer varios trucos de LaTeX en LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modo TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Todo lo que introduzcas en modo TeX se imprimirá en rojo en la pantalla, y será pasado directamente a LaTeX. Entra en este modo con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Estilo\SpecialChar ~ +Estilo\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default o pinchando en el botón con TeX escrito en rojo de la barra de herramientas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En el modo matemático, el modo TeX se maneja de forma ligeramente diferente. En este caso para entrar tienes que introducir una contrabarra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Esta no saldrá en pantalla, pero todo lo que escribas de ahí en adelante aparecerá en rojo. Para salir pulsa -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default o cualquier otro carácter no alfabético, como un número, el subrayado, el circunflejo o el paréntesis. Una vez que salgas del modo TeX, si LyX conoce el comando que acabas de introducir lo convertirá a formato WYSIWYM. Así, si en modo matemático escribes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , cuando pulses -\family sans +\family sans Espacio -\family default +\family default , LyX convertirá el texto en rojo en una \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset de color azul. Esto funcionará para casi todas las macros matemáticas que no sean muy complejas (aunque debes tener en cuenta que funciones como -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default permanecen en rojo, ya que esa es su forma WYSIWYM). Este sistema puede ser más rápido que usar el -\family sans +\family sans Panel de Fórmulas -\family default +\family default , especialmente para usuarios experimentados de LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como caso particular cabe comentar que si escribes una llave en modo TeX dentro de una expresión matemática, aparecerán en rojo tanto la llave de apertura como una de cierre, se te sacará -\emph on +\emph on fuera -\emph default +\emph default del modo TeX y se situará el cursor entre las llaves. Esto hace que sea más práctico para escribir comandos LaTeX que el modo matemático no conoce y que toman un parámetro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX no puede hacer absolutamente todo lo que hace LaTeX (¿todavía no?). Algunas funciones muy elaboradas no están soportadas, mientras que algunas @@ -5365,374 +6079,414 @@ LyX no puede hacer absolutamente todo lo que hace LaTeX ( las matemáticas WYSIWYG, las tablas y la edición de texto. LyX no podría abarcar nunca todos los paquetes de LaTeX. Sin embargo, escribiendo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{nombre_paquete} -\family default +\family default en el preámbulo (ver Sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), puedes utilizar el paquete que quieras (aunque no tendrás soporte WYSIWYG para las características de ese paquete). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importar documentos LaTeX: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Puedes importar un fichero LaTeX usando el comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportar\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Éste llamará a un programa Perl llamado reLyX, que creará un fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fich.lyx -\family default +\family default a partir del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fich.tex -\family default +\family default y lo abrirá. Si la traducción no funciona, puedes probar a ejecutar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default desde la línea de comandos \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cuando LyX se instala, se crea un fichero ejecutable separado llamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default en el mismo directorio que el propio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default (i.e., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default requiere Perl (versión 5.002 en el momento de escribir esto). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , posiblemente usando opciones más complejas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default traducirá la mayoría de los comandos legales de LaTeX, pero no todo. Dejará lo que no entienda en modo TeX, así que después de la traducción puedes buscar el texto en rojo y editarlo a mano para tratar de arreglarlo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default tiene su propia página del manual. Léela si quieres conocer los comandos y entornos de LaTeX que no admite, fallos (y cómo evitarlos), y cómo usar las distintas opciones. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Convertir documentos LyX a LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puede que desees convertir un documento LyX en un fichero LaTeX. Por ejemplo, un compañero de trabajo o colaborador que no tiene LyX puede querer leerlo. Esto se soluciona muy fácilmente con LyX. Selecciona -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xportar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -como\SpecialChar ~ +como\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Se creará un fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cualquiera.tex -\family default +\family default a partir del fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cualquiera.lyx -\family default +\family default que estés editando. Al fin y al cabo, el programa siempre genera ficheros temporales LaTeX cuando visualiza o imprime los documentos, así que no tiene ningún problema para hacer esto. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preámbulo LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Clase de documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default se encarga de muchas de las opciones que introducirías en un comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Cambia aquí la clase del documento, el tamaño de letra por defecto y el tamaño del papel. Pon cualquier opción adicional en la zona de -\family sans -Opciones\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Opciones\InsetSpace ~ e -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default tra -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Otros aspectos del preámbulo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si tienes que poner comandos especiales en el preámbulo de un fichero LaTeX, también puedes hacerlo en un documento de LyX. Elige -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preámbulo\SpecialChar ~ +Preámbulo\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default atex -\family default +\family default y escribe en la ventana que aparecerá. Todo lo que introduzcas se le pasará directamente a LaTeX (como el modo TeX). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tiene un soporte de BibTeX bueno pero incompleto, el cual te permite construir bases de datos de referencias bibliográficas que pueden usarse en múltiples documentos. Selecciona en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listas\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ -Índice\SpecialChar ~ +Listas\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ +Índice\InsetSpace ~ gral.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Referencia\SpecialChar ~ +Referencia\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ibTeX -\family default +\family default para incluir un fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . Pincha en el cuadro resultante de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referencias BibTeX generadas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset y obtendrás un menú -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . En el campo -\family sans -Base\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Base\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Datos -\family default +\family default escribe aquello que pondrías dentro de las llaves del comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Como en LaTeX normal, dos o más bibiografías deben separarse por comas, sin espacios en blanco. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . En el campo de -\family sans +\family sans Estilo -\family default +\family default , escribe aquello que corresponda al comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Después de hacer esto, puedes hacer referencia a cualquier entrada de las bibliografías que hayas incluido mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Referenc -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ Cita -\family default +\family default (ver Sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). El programa se preocupará de ejecutar BibTeX. La razón por la que decimos \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset soporte bueno pero incompleto \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset es que LyX no es capaz de crear ficheros -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default , y además no te ofrece la lista con las referencias de tu fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default en la ventana -\family sans +\family sans Cita -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Misceláneo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inserta un espacio protegido con -\family sans +\family sans C-espacio -\family default +\family default . Aparecerá en pantalla como una pequeña \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset rosa. Hay montones a lo largo de este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial\SpecialChar \@. -\emph default +\emph default En el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Carácter\SpecialChar ~ +Carácter\InsetSpace ~ Especial -\family default +\family default verás otros caracteres especiales, incluyendo puntos suspensivos, salto de línea forzoso y punto de ruptura de palabra. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ¡Errores! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A veces, al ejecutar LaTeX habrá errores, cosas que LyX o el propio LaTeX no entienden. Cuando esto sucede, LyX crea un recuadro de error (con la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dentro). Pulsando sobre el recuadro se abrirá una ventana que muestra el mensaje @@ -5742,4 +6496,7 @@ error Si el problema es de LaTeX (la mayoría de las veces ocurre con cosas que has escrito en modo TeX) LyX se limitará a citar el mensaje de error que éste le devuelve. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx index 971e026920..8a917eedc3 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,48 +27,63 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX pertsonalizatzea: -\newline +\newline erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default da. Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zerrendara : . -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, , 2004 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskuliburu honek pertsonaliza ditzakezun LyX-eko ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu. Berton, teklatuko laster-teklak, pantailako aurrebistaren aukerak, inprimagailu @@ -78,568 +94,654 @@ o hizkuntzak, LaTeX klaseak eta LyX diseinu berriak instalatzea, eta bestelako berriak horiei buruzko dokumentazioa prestatu baino azkarrago sortzen baitira. Hala ere, gehien pertsonalizatzen diren gauzak azalduko ditugu, eta, zorionez, korapilotsua gerta dakizukeen arloan egokiro bideratzen lagunduko dizugu. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:konfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitulu honen xedea da LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategien artean zure bidea aurkitzen laguntzea. Kapitulu hau irakurtzen jarraitu aurretik, LyX-eko liburutegien direktorioa non kokatzen den aurkitu beharko zenuke, horretarako erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ly -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default --i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +-i\InsetSpace ~ buruz -\family default +\family default menua. Direktorio horretan LyX-ek bere konfigurazioko fitxategien sistema osoa dago, eta dokumentu honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default esaten diogu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zer dago LyXDir-en? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default -en, eta beraren azpidirektorioetan, hainbat fitxategi dago, eta LyX-en jokaera pertsonalizatzeko erabil ditzakezu. Fitxategi horietariko asko LyX bertatik alda ditzakezu, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menua erabiliz. -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan LyX-en pertsonalizatzeko nahi dituzun ia gauza guztiak egoki ditzakezu. Hala ere, LyX-eko beste gauza batzuk -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default direktorioko fitxategiak aldatuta pertsonaliza ditzakezu. Horiek honako azpiatal hauetan azaltzen diren kategoria ezberdinetan sailkatzen dira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi hauek LyX konfiguratzen duzunean sortzen dira. Lehenetsitako hainbat balio edukitzen dute, eta zure sistemaren gain egindako ikuskapenetik kalkulatzen dira. Orokorrean, ez da komeni horiek aldatzea, zeren eta edozein unetan gainidatzita gelditu baitaitezke. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default : hainbat komandorentzako balio lehenetsiak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter packages.lst -\family default +\family default : LyX-ek ezagutu dituen paketeen zerrenda bat dauka. Gaur egun, LyX programak fitxategi honek duen informazioa jaso eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ konfigurazioa -\family default +\family default eskuliburuan bistaratzeko erabiltzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter textclass.lst -\family default +\family default : zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan aurkitu diren testu-klaseen zerrenda da, dagokien LaTeX dokumentu- klase eta azalpenekin batera. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx.in -\family default +\family default fitxategia konfiguratzerakoan automatikoki sortzen da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Direktorioak -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default Direktorio honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default luzapenak dituzten fitxategiak dauzka; horiek LyX-en erabiltzen diren laster-te klak definitzen dituzte (ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Norberaren hizkuntzera (internazionalizatutakoa ere deitzen zaio) moldatutako laster-teklen fitxategirik badago, lehenbizi hori erabiliko da. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapitulua eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clipart -\family default +\family default / Dokumentuetan gehitu daitezkeen fitxategi grafikoak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/ -\family default +\family default LyX-eko dokumentazioaren fitxategiak ditu (une honetan irakurtzen ari zarena barne). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiak, arestian azaldu den bezala, arreta berezia eskatzen du. Laguntzako dokumentazioak hizkuntza batera itzulita badaude, fitxategi-izenen aurretik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default edukitzen dute, lehenbizi itzulitako horiek erabiliko dira. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapitulua . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default Ezaugarri batzuk nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen duten adibideen fitxategiak dauzka. Adibideen zerrenda ikusteko, klikatu fitxategien arakatzailean -\family sans +\family sans Adibideak -\family default +\family default botoian . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter images/ -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan erabiltzen diren irudien fitxategiak ditu. Gainera, tresna-barrako eta iragarkiaren (LyX abiatzen denean erakusten dena) ikonoak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kbd/ -\family default +\family default Teklatuarentzako mapen fitxategiak ditu. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:teklatmapa} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layouts/ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:testu-klaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapituluan azaltzen diren testu-klaseen fitxategiak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX/ -\family default +\family default reLyX-en fitxategiak dauzka. reLyX LaTeX-eko fitxategiak LyX formatura bihurtzen ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scripts/ -\family default +\family default Kanpo-materiala funtzioaren gaitasunak erakusten duten fitxategiak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter templates/ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txantiloiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapituluan azaltzen diren LyX-eko txantiloi estandarrak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex/ -\family default +\family default LyX-ekin banatzen diren LaTeX cls motako fitxategiak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ui/ -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default luzapena duten fitxategiak ditu, LyX-entzako erabiltzailearen interfazea definitzen dute, hau da, fitxategiok zein menutan eta tresna-barran zein elementu agertu behar duten definitzen dute. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapitulua . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek bere barruan erabiltzen dituen fitxategi batzuk daude, eta garatzailea ez bazara ez zaizu hauek aldatzea komeni. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter CREDITS -\family default +\family default Fitxategi honek LyX-eko garatzaileen zerrenda dauka. Honen edukia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -yX-i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +yX-i\InsetSpace ~ buruz -\family default +\family default menuarekin irekitzen den leihoan aurkezten da. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chkconfig.ltx -\family default +\family default Hau konfigurazio prozesuan erabiltzen den LaTeX-eko script bat da. Ez exekutatu zuzenean. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default Hau LyX birkonfiguratzeko erabiltzen den script-a da. Exekutatu den direktorioan konfigurazioko fitxategiak sortzen ditu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter encodings -\family default +\family default Honek karaktere kodeketa ezberdina Unicode-ra nola mapatu daitezken azaltzen dituzten taulak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external_templates -\family default +\family default Honek -\family sans +\family sans Kanpo-materiala -\family default +\family default funtzio berriak eskaintzen dituen txantiloiak ditu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter languages -\family default +\family default Fitxategi honek gaur egun LyX-en onartuta dauden hizkuntza guztien zerrenda dauka. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default Hau erabat zaharkituta dago, garai bateko hobespenenetarako fitxategia zen. Laster desagertuko da, hurrean. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX programa erabiltzaile arrunt gisa erabiltzen baduzu, noizbait LyX-en kofigurazioa aldatzu nahi izango duzu zure erabilerarentzako. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir -\family default +\family default direktorioak zure konfigurazioaren fitxategi guztiak ditu. Direktorio hau -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -yX-i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +yX-i\InsetSpace ~ buruz -\family default +\family default menuko leihoa agertzen den "erabiltzailearen direktorioa" da. Direktorio hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default -en ispilu bezala erabiltzen da, hau da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir -\family default +\family default -en aurkitzen den fitxategi bakoitza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default -eko dagokion fitxategiaren ordezko bat da. Arestian azaldu den konfigurazioko edozein fitxategi sistema osoko direktorioan kokatu daiteke, eta horrela erabiltzaile guztiei eragingo die, edo bestela zure erabilerarentzako direktorio lokalean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauzak argiago azalteko, adibide gutxi batzuk jarriko dizkizugu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menuko leihoan ezarritako hobespenak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir -\family default +\family default -eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default fitxategian gordetzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX konfiguratzen duzunean -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default erabiliz, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default exekutatzen du, eta emaitzeko fitxategiak zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorio an gordetzen ditu (ekimen honek eragiten duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default -eko ezarpenen zerrenda \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean ikusi ahalko duzu). Honek esanahi du -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir/layouts -\family default +\family default direktoriopean gehitzen dituzun testu-klaseak -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko klaseen zerrendan gehituko direla. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Halaber, etxean (direktorio pertsonalean) LaTeX dokumentu-klaseak instalatu badituzu, eta LaTeX zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default bide-izenean aurkitzeko gai bada, horiek zure testu-klaseen zerrendan azalduko dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek edo zuk -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default fitxategian sartzen dituzun hainbat sarreren arabera, noski -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-eko ftp zerbitzaritik eguneratutako dokumentazioa eskuratzen baduzu, eta sistemako arduraduna ez zarenez zure sisteman ezin baduzu instalatu, kopiatu fitxategiok -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir/doc/ -\family default +\family default direktoriopean, eta -\family sans +\family sans Laguntza -\family default +\family default menuko elementuek irekiko dituzte! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioaren konfigurazio askatasuna ez da nahikoa izango aldi berean konfigurazio bat baino gehiago zure esku eduki nahi @@ -649,50 +751,54 @@ Konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioaren konfigurazio askatasuna ez da nahikoa Hori lortzeko direktorio batzuk eduki beharko dituzu. Orduan, exekuzio-garaian zein direktorio erabili behar den zehaztu beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Komando lerroan LyX programari -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -userdir -\family default +\family default < -\emph on +\emph on direktorio-bat -\emph default +\emph default > aukerarekin deitzen bazaio, < -\emph on +\emph on direktorio-bat -\emph default +\emph default > direktorioko konfigurazio-fitxategiak irakurtzera bultzatuko duzu (bestela, komando lerroan LyX aukerarik gabe deitzen bada, lehenespeneko direktorioa hartuko du oinarritzat). < -\emph on +\emph on direktorio-bat -\emph default +\emph default > direktorioa ez balego, LyX-ek zure ordez sortuko luke, lehenetsitako direktori oa sortzen duen bezalaxe, programa lehen aldiz abiatzen denean. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Erabdir -\family default +\family default gehigarri honetan konfigurazioko aukerak alda ditzakezu, lehenespeneko direktorioan aldatuko zenituzkeen antzera. Direktorio hauek bata bestearengatik askeak dira (baina jarraian irakurtzen dira). Ohartu zaitez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX_USERDIR_13x -\family default +\family default inguruneko aldagaia balio hauetariko batekin ezartzeak antzeko eragina duela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hainbat konfigurazio edukitzeak guztiak zaindu beharra izatea eskatzen du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Erabdir/layouts -\family default +\family default direktorian diseinu berri bat gehitu nahi baduzu, eta hori zure konfigurazio guztietan eskuragarri eduki nahi izanez gero, diseinuari dagokion fitxategia direktorio bakoitzean gehitu beharko duzu. @@ -700,185 +806,206 @@ Erabdir/layouts gehigarri bat sortzen duenean, azpidirektorio gehienak (ikus arestian) hutsik egoten dira. Konfigurazio berri bat existitzen den beste baten -\emph on +\emph on ispilua -\emph default +\emph default izateko erabili esteka sinbolikoa. Argi ibili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/ -\family default +\family default azpidirektorioarekin, zeren eta honek konfigurazioko fitxategiak baititu (hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default menua konfigurazioa automatikoki eguneratzeko, xehetasun gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean) eta sistemaren arabera konfigurazio-fitxategiak bereziki sortzen dira. Beraz, ez sortu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/ -\family default +\family default azpidirektorioaren esteka sinbolikorik. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra: esteka sinbolikoak sortzeko komando lerroan (shell batean) honako agindu hau lantzen da: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code ln -s /jator_bidea/direktorio1 /helbur_bidea/direktorio2 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter direktorio1 -\family default +\family default -ra iristeko bide-izen osoa ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jator_bidea -\family default +\family default ) idaztea komeni den, eta honen esteka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter direktorio2 -\family default +\family default izenarekin sortuko den estekaren bide-izen osoa ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter helbur_bidea -\family default +\family default ) ere zehaztu behar den. Batzuetan, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen du; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter direktorio1 -\family default +\family default -ek eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter direktorio2 -\family default +\family default -k izen berdina eduki dezakete (baldin eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jator_bidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter helbur_bidea -\family default +\family default ezberdinak badira, bederen). Adibidez, LyX-eko konfigurazioari dagokion esteka sinbolikoa sortzeko honako komando hau erabili nuen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ln -s /home/dooteo/.lyx/layouts /home/dooteo/lyx01/layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hor bigarren konfigurazioari dagokion direktorioa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx01 -\family default +\family default izendatuta nuen. Agindu hau landu ostean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default direktoriopean gehitzen dudan guztia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx01/layouts -\family default +\family default direktorioan (ispilu baten antzekoa) ere -\emph on +\emph on gehituta -\emph default +\emph default legoke. Honela, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default direktoriopeko diseinuaren fitxategi bat ezabatzen badut, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx01/layouts -\family default +\family default direktorioan ere desagertuko da. -\end_deeper -\layout Chapter +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Chapter Hobespenak leihoa -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir/preferences -\family default +\family default fitxategiak jatorrizko jokaeraren aldaketak bakarrik ditu. Horietariko batzuk LyX-eko iturburuan kodetuta daude; beste batzuk, berriz, sistemako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default fitxategian daude. Jabetu zaitez bi fitxategiotan " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default " ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak, iruzkinak direnez, ez direla interpretatuak izango. Hala ere, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default fitxategia sistemako arduradunak bakarrik edita dezake. Erabiltzaileek fitxategia sortu eta aldatzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoa erabili beharko dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uste dugu -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoak bere burua nahiko ongi azaltzen duela. Komando gehienek dagokien iruzkina dutenez, probak egiteko ez duzu arazo handirik izango. Komando garrantzitsu batzuk beherago azaltzen hasi aurretik, ohar garrantzitsua egingo dizugu. Egiten dituzun aldaketa batzuk egin eta -\family sans +\family sans Aplikatu -\family default +\family default botoian sakatuta (adibidez pantailako letra-tipoak), berehalako eragina izaten dute. Beste batzuek (adib. laster-teklen fitxategia aldatzea) ez dute zuzeneko eraginik izango. Ezer aldatu ez dela iruditzen bazaizu, aldaketak -\family sans +\family sans Gorde -\family default +\family default eta LyX berrabiarazi. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pantailako letra-tipoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure dokumentuak LyX-eko pantailan erakusteko erabiltzen den letra-tipoa oso garrantzitsua da, zure dokumentu guztiak letra-tipo honekin irakurtzen @@ -893,36 +1020,42 @@ Zure dokumentuak LyX-eko pantailan erakusteko erabiltzen den letra-tipoa beharko zenuke, horrela letra-tipoak aukeratzeko hobeto prestatuta egongo baitzara; gainera, zure sistemak eskaintzen dituenak eta atsegin dituzunen arteko zerbait izaten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek LyX-eko leihoan (pantailan) agertzen diren letra-tipoe aztertuko ditu. Inprimatutako edo aurrebistako letra-tipoek ez dute zerikusirik LyX-en pantailako letra-tipoekin, dokumentu-klaseak letra-tipoak zehazten baititu. Inprimatutako bertsioaren letra-tipoak aldatzen ikasteko, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oinarrian, pantailako letra-tipoak bi motatakoak dira: eskalatu daitezkeen letra-tipo bektorialak eta eskalatu ezin daitezkeen bitmap motako letra-tipoak. Ezberdintasuna gaur egun gutxitzen doa, zeren eta letra-tipoak marrazten dituzten tresna modernoek letra-tipo -\emph on +\emph on eskalakaitzak -\emph default +\emph default eskala baititzakete. Horrela, garrantzitsuena da eskalakaitzak diren bitmap letra-tipoak edo eskalakorrak diren letra-tipo bektorialak noiz erabili behar diren jakitea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskalagarriak diren letra-tipoak karaktere bakunetako ("glyphs") letra-tipoen -\emph on +\emph on kanpoko marretatik -\emph default +\emph default sortzen dira. Horrek esanahi du karaktere bakoitza matematikako kurbak definituz sortzen dela, eta nahi den tamainara eskalatzeko gaitasuna daukala. @@ -937,16 +1070,18 @@ kanpoko marretatik rozesuaren denbora ahalik eta azkarrena izan dadin, adostasun batera iritsi beharra egoten da, eta honen ondorioz letra-tipo eskalagarriak tamaina txikiekin irakurtzeko zailtasunak egoten dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitmap motako letra-tipoak ordea, hasieratik bitmap irudietan definitzen dira, eta diseinatuta dauden tamaina guztietan ongi irakurtzen dira. Hala ere, ez dira egokiro eskalatzen, zeren eta karaktere bat handitzerakoan, jatorrizko pixel bat hainbat pixeletara zabaltzen baita. Antzeko efektu bat gertatzen da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xv -\family default +\family default edo beste irudiak ikusteko tresnekin irudi bat handitzen duzunean. Efektu zatar horiek kentzeko, bitmap motako letra-tipoak hainbat neurritan diseinatzen dira: 8 pixel-etik 34 pixel-erako tamainaren esparrua betetzen @@ -957,7 +1092,9 @@ xv horrela, letra-tipo eskalkorrak baino askoz ere azkarrago bistaratzen dira. Alde txarra ere badute: nahi den tamainakorik ez balego, pixelak bikoiztuz eskalatzen dira, eta beraz, letra-tipoen itxura zatartu egiten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laburtuz, bitmap motako letra-tipoak tamaina txikientzat egokiak dira; eskuragar ri daudenean, berriz, letra-tipo eskalakorrak orokorrean egokiagoak dira @@ -969,36 +1106,46 @@ ri daudenean, berriz, letra-tipo eskalakorrak orokorrean egokiagoak dira Beraz, emaitzaren itxura orokorra nahiko zatarra izango litzateke. Egokiena da bi letra-tipo motekin jokatu eta norberari ondoen egokitzen zaiona erabiltzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenez, LyX-ek (interfazean XForms liburutegiak erabiltzerakoan) eskalakai tzak diren bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu. Serif letra-tipoentzat -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default , sans serif letra-tipoentzat -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default erabiltzen ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren, LyX-en ongi ikusten ez diren letra-tipoez arituko gara. Parametro garrantzitsuenekin hasiko gara: DPI eta zoom letra-tipoa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX automatikoki letra-tipoak eskalatzen saiatzen da, inprimatuko den bertsioko tamainara ahalik eta gehien gerturatuz, zoom faktorea deitzen zaionarentzat izan ezik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sistema guztian hau lantzeko, pantailako DPI ("dots per inch" edo "puntuak hatzeko") ezarpenetan oinarritzen da. @@ -1006,18 +1153,20 @@ Sistema guztian hau lantzeko, pantailako DPI ("dots per inch" edo "puntuak zerbitzariak eskaintzen duen informazioa erabiliz. LyX-ek jasotzen dituen DPI ezarpenak ikusteko, terminal batean exekutatu komando hau: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sistema askotan X ez da egokiro konfiguratuta egoten; hori dela eta, zuzen dagoela eskuz egiaztatu beharko duzu. Exekutatu " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdpyinfo | more -\family default +\family default " eta idatzi papertxo batean erabiltzen ari zaren pantailako bereizmenean zein DPI daukazun. Hor agertzen diren balioak LyX-ek detektatzen dituenen antzekoak izan beharko @@ -1025,7 +1174,9 @@ xdpyinfo | more Balioa "resolution" bezala adierazitako zenbakia da. Zabaleran duzun pixel kopurua ere idatzi ("dimensions" eremuan agertuko zaizu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gero, eskuratu erregela zahar bat, eta neurtu zure monitorean ikusten den arearen zabalera. @@ -1036,13 +1187,15 @@ Gero, eskuratu erregela zahar bat, eta neurtu zure monitorean ikusten den Emaitza detektatu den balioa baino 5 DPI handiagoa bada, X-en konfigurazioa zuzendu beharko zenuke, edo behintzat LyX-i jakinarazi DPI-ren balioa eta dektektatu denarena ezberdinak direla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard X-en konfigurazioa zuzendu ezin baduzu (zuzenduz gero, LyX eta beste programa guztiek horren onura jasoko lukete), LyX-i, -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoa erabiliz, DPI zuzena zein den esan beha diozu . Testua txikiegia edo handiegia bada, zoomaren eremuan balio bat ezarriz egoki dezakezu. @@ -1055,115 +1208,129 @@ Hobespenak Noski, LyX-ek tamaina egokia duen letra-tipo bat aurkitzen badu gertatuko da, baina hori ezin da erabat bermatu. LyX programa WYSIWYM izaera duenez, murriztapen hori ez da arazo larria. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenez letra-tamainaren zooma 150-koa da, normalean pantaila paper-zati bat baino handiagoa izaten baita, eta hori zure beharretara egokitzeko, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Zooma -\family default +\family default eremua. Zure nahietara egokitzen den ezarpena aurkitzen duzunean (trikimailua: jolasean ibiltzen zaren bitartean leihoa zabalik egon dadin, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default plikatu -\family default +\family default botoia), lehenetsi gisa -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default orde -\family default +\family default behar duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta pantailako testuarentzako tamaina egoki bat aurkitu, horrek ez du esanahi zure sistemako letra-tiporik onena izango denik. Zure sistemako letra-tipoak lortzen laguntzeko, tamaina ez ezik testuaren itxura ere gain beste xehetasun batzuetan fintzeko letra-tipoak definitzen dituzten komandoak erabil ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestian aipatu den bezala, LyX-ek interfaze lanetarako XForms liburutegiak erabiltzen dituenean, bitmap motako letra-tipo eskalakaitzak erabiltzen ditu. Serif letra-tipoentzako -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default , sans serif letra-tipoentzako -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default erabiltzen ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horiek guztiak -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan alda ditzakezu. Eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak sistemaren araberakoak dira, baina -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default programa sistemak guztietan erabilgarri egon beharko luke. Erabili programa hori dauden letra-tipoak aurkitzeko. Atsegin duzun letra-tipo bat aurkitzen duzunean, saia zaitez izenaren lehenbizi ko bi elementuak (xfontsel programako "fndry" eta "fmly" izenekoak) -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko dagokien eremuetan sartzen, eta klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default plikatu -\family default +\family default botoian. LyX-ek, orduan, letra-tipo berria erabiliz zure dokumentua birfomateatuko du, eta letra-tipo hori egitan (baina egi-egitan) atsegin baduzu, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default orde -\family default +\family default ezazu. Letra-tipo berriak aurkitzeko biderik egokiena da "utopia" letra-tipo eskalakor ra ba al dagoen begiratzea. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Trikimailua -\emph default +\emph default : letra-tipo bat bitmap motakoa edo eskalakorra den jakiteko, begiratu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default programako "resx" edo "resy" eremuetan. 0 balioa erabilgarri badago, orduan letra-tipoa eskalakorra izango da. Bestela, 0 erabilgarri ez badago, bitmap motakoa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitmap motako letra-tipoekin jauregiak eraikitzen hasi aurretik, tamaina handikoak 'blokeak' diruditelako, "Erabili letra eskalakorrak" ("Use scalable @@ -1173,14 +1340,14 @@ Bitmap motako letra-tipoekin jauregiak eraikitzen hasi aurretik, tamaina bakarrik erabiliko ditu LyX-ek, eta horrela bitmap letra-tipoak itxura polita edukiko dutela ziurtatuko du. Gogoratu, eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak ikusteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xlsfonts -\family default +\family default komandoa erabil dezakezula, xehetasun gehiagorako, landu terminal batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man xlsfonts -\family default +\family default . Hala ere, lortzen dena ezberdina izan daiteke; izan ere, pantailako letra-tipoe n tamainaren aldean inprimatzen den letra-tipoa handiagoa izan daiteke, @@ -1196,16 +1363,18 @@ n tamainaren aldean inprimatzen den letra-tipoa handiagoa izan daiteke, bakarrik eragiten duela. Letra-tipo eskalakorrei, orain ulertu dezakezun arrazoiengatik, ez die eragingo. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Bandera\SpecialChar ~ -honi\SpecialChar ~ -buruzko\SpecialChar ~ -azken\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Bandera\InsetSpace ~ +honi\InsetSpace ~ +buruzko\InsetSpace ~ +azken\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : jakin beharko zenuke ez dagoela inolako arazorik bitmap eta eskalakorrak diren letra-tipoak aldi berean, eta xede ezberdinetarako, batera erabiltzen dituzunean. @@ -1213,19 +1382,21 @@ oharra batera erabiltzea oso hedatua dago. Eta " Erabili letra eskalakorrak" botoia lasai hauta dezakezu, Helvetica letra-tipoari bakarrik eragingo baitio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Batzuetan aukera hori erabiltzeak sortzen duen eragozpena pantailako letra-tamai nak erabiliz arindu daiteke (hauei dagozkien tamaina logiko ezberdinak aldatuz). LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 513 -\family default +\family default bezala abiatuta, zein letra-tipo zehatzen tamaina logikoa mapatzen den ikusiko duzu, eta hauei dagokien sarrerak -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan egokitzen saia zaitezke, nahi dituzun letra-tipoak lorzeko. Hau lantzea nahiko astuna gerta dakizuke, LyX-ek pantailako letra-tamainak X zerbitzariari eskatzeko DPI ezarpena eta letra-tipoaren zooma erabiltzen @@ -1235,26 +1406,30 @@ Hobespenak egingo zaizu. Tamalez letra-tipo eskalakorrak itsusi agertuko dira, beraz egiten duzunarekin argi ibili. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Letra-kodeketa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenez, LyX-ek europa mendebaldeko (Western European) testuak, eta ingeleseko mota guztiak, idazteko letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu. Hau -\emph on +\emph on letra-kodeketa -\emph default +\emph default deitzen zaionaren birtartez definitzen da. LyX-ekin europa ekialdeko testuak, Cirilikoa edo ISO-8859-1 kodeketak betetzen ez duen beste hizkuntza batean idazteko, kodeketaren ezarpen ezberdin bat defini dezakezu. Honek letra-tipo bereziak instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du. Zure egoera zein den ikusteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default programa erabili: ISO-8859-1 kodeketaren ISO-8859-X balio ezberdinak ikusi eta zure hizkuntzari dagokion karaktereak dituena aurkitzeko eremuak "rgstry" eta"encdng" egiaztatu. @@ -1262,27 +1437,31 @@ xfontsel Ezezko kasuan, letra-tipo egokiak aurkitzeko zoaz Interneten bilatzera. LyX programak Qt liburutegia erabiltzen badu, orduan egokiena iso646 kodeketa erabiltzea da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako letra-kodeketa erabiltzeko LyX konfiguratzen duzunean, LyX-eko leihoetan erabiltzen diren letra-tipoak aldatzea ere komeniko zaizu. Adibidez, Gaien aurkibidearen leihoa ez da ulertuko LyX-i bertan beste letra-tipo bat erabiltzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean. Lehenetsi gisa, menuen letra-tipoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -*-helvetica-medium-r -\family default +\family default motarekin ezarrita dago, baina askotan behar duzun kodeketarekin -\family sans +\family sans Helvetica -\family default +\family default letra-tipoa ez da eskuragarri egoten. Beraz, -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoak hau aldatzen uzten dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus dezakezun bezala, zure letra-tipoak fintzeko Hainbat aukera dituzu. Ez zaitez beldurtu eta egokitu ezarpenak zeure nahietara, azken finean @@ -1291,15 +1470,19 @@ Ikus dezakezun bezala, zure letra-tipoak fintzeko Hainbat aukera dituzu. diren orrietan letra-tipo berdinak erabiltzeaz aspertuko zarelakoan), LyX-ek inprimatutako orrietarako letra-tipo dotoreak erabiltzen dituzun bitartean pantailarako egokiak diren letra-tipoak erabiltzea uzten dizu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lasterbideak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lasterbideak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lasterbideak funtzio bat tekla bati esleitzeko erabiltzen dira. Hainbat paketetan sartutako lasterbideak eskuragarri daude: CUA lasterbide @@ -1307,380 +1490,442 @@ Lasterbideak funtzio bat tekla bati esleitzeko erabiltzen dira. (Egiazko Bide Bakarra eta gure estandarrak galtzerik nahi ez dugunontzat \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argi dago ni hauetariko bat naizela, ez? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ), beste lasterbide berezi batzuk (broadway eta hollywod) eta bestelako hizkuntzetakoak (frantsesa, alemaniera, e.a.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, lasterbideak zuretzat atseginagoak izan daitezen aldatu nahi badituzu, orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default direktorioko gehien gerturatzen zaizun fitxategia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan kopiatu eta biderik egokiena bertan aldatzea duzu. Ez ahaztu gitxategi berri hau LyX-en kargatzea; horretarako, erabili Hobespenak leihoa. Oraingoz aldaketa hauek eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiaraztea nahikoa izaten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfazerako nazioarteko hizkuntzen euskarria dauka (ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapitulua). Zure locale inguruneko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default aldagaiarekin ezarrita badago, LyX lasterbideen fitxategiak (aurretik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default dutenak) erabiltzen saiatuko da. Adibidez, lasterbide estandar baten itzulitako kopia zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan jar dezakezu, eta LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default fitxategien sintaxia honelakoa izaten da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bai tekla-elkarteak bai lyx-funtzioak (eduki ditzakeen argumentuak barne) "komatxo bikoitzen" artean egon behar dute. LyX-eko funtzio guztiak -\emph on +\emph on Erreferentzia Gida -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan zerrendatzen dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erabiltzailearen interfazea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Menua eta tresna-barraren itxura Hobespenak leihoa erabiliz alda ditzakezu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default direktorioko .ui fitxategia aldatzea besterik ez da. Oraingoz, fitxategi bakarra dago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default , baina beronekin jolas dezakezu. Fitxategi hori -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ErabDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan kopiatu eta jolastera! Gogoratu, oraingoz, aldaketa hauek eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiarazi behar duzula. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default fitxategien sintaxia nahiko garbia da: begiratu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\family typewriter -The\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +The\InsetSpace ~ Menubar -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toolbar -\family default +\family default sarrerek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter End -\family default +\family default hitzarekin amaitu behar dute. Horiek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OptItem -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Separator -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Icon -\family default +\family default elementuak edukiko dituzte, eta "file" menuaren kasuan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lastfiles -\family default +\family default sarrera bat. Ohar bat egin behar dizugu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default elementuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default batean sartu beharko lukete, baina hauek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default gisa definitzen dira, ez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default bezala. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek fitxategien formatuetatik edota formatuetara bihurtzeko mekanismo ahaltsu bat dauka, eta horretarako kanpoko tresnetan oinarritzen da. Formatu bikote bat definitu, adib. -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ PDF -\family default +\family default . Orain definitu formatu batetik bestera bihurtzeko erabiliko den tresna. Gure adibidean, bi bide daude. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX-etik PDF-ra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdflatex -\family default +\family default erabiliz zuzeneko bihurketa egitea. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Bide korapilatsuago bat, bitarteko bihurtzaile eta formatuak erabiliz: LaTeX-eti k DVI-ra (LaTeX erabiliz) eta gero PostScript® formatora ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default erabiliz) eta azkenik PDF formatora ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default erabiliz). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek beti biderik motzena hautatzen du, beraz biak erabiltzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default fitxategientzako bi formatu-izen ezberdin zehaztu beharko dituzu. Biak lehenespenez -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan gehituta daude. Begiratu eta sortu zuretzat egokiena. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horretaz gain, formatu bakoitzari ikustaile bat esleitzen zaio. Adibidez, PostScript® bistaratzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default edo LaTeX-eko irteera aurreikusteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default tresna erabili ohi dira. Erabili nahi dituzun ikustaileak aldatzeko (eta hoiei zein aukera igorriko zaien zehazteko), -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hobespenak -\family default +\family default menua hautatu, eta, sortzen den leihoan, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Fitxategi-formatuak -\family default +\family default fitxako Ikustailea eremua. Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ikustailea aldatzeko, hautatu formatuen zerrendan DVI; aldatu ikustailea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kdvi -\family default +\family default tresnara (edo bestelako batera) eta klikatu Aldatu botoian. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + ASCII eran esportatzen diren testu fitxategiak "garbitzeko" bi komando daude. Jabetu zaitez LyX-ek instalazio-garaian zure sistemako ezarpen egokienak automatikoki detektatu eta erabiltzen dituela. Haren interpretazioarekin ados ez bazaude, horiek alda ditzakezu. Ezarpen horiek -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Irteerak -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans ASCII -\family default +\family default azpifitxan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -roff\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +roff\InsetSpace ~ komandoa -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Aukera honek ASCII taula egokiagoak sortzeko erabiliko den komandoa definitzen du. UNIX sistemetan eskuragarri dituzun komandoak hauek dira: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter troff -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default . Agindu horien xehetasunak jakiteko, ikusi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default orrialdeak. Eremu hau hutsik utzita, LyX-i bere barneko bihurtzailea erabiltzeko adierazten zaio. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -Irteerako\SpecialChar ~ -lerro\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Irteerako\InsetSpace ~ +lerro\InsetSpace ~ luzera -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Eremu honekin lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu ASCII motako irteerako fitxategiek edukiko duten lerroen luzera . Eremu hau 0 balioarekin ezarrita, amaierarik ez duten lerroak edukitzea esanahi du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inprimagailua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek kanpoko inprimatzeko komandoarekin lan egiteko konfigurazioko hainbat aukera ditu. Ezarpen horiek -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak:Irteerak -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Inprimagailua -\family default +\family default azpifitxan daude. Orohar, lehenetsita daudenak ongi finduta egoten dira. Hala ere, zure inprimagailuak aukeren beste izenak erabiltzen baditu, fitxa horretan egokitu ditzakezu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koloreak aldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek pantailan darabiltzan koloreak aldatzea nahi baduzu, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Koloreak -\family default +\family default fitxa. Horretaz gain, sakonago jolastu nahi baduzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color -\family default +\family default funtzioa ( -\emph on +\emph on Erreferentzia Gida -\emph default +\emph default ikusi) honela erabili behar duzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code set-color LyXIzena X11Kolorea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen funtzioen eta lehenetsitako koloreen zerrenda-zati bat aurkezten dizugu: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1692,644 +1937,728 @@ Hemen funtzioen eta lehenetsitako koloreen zerrenda-zati bat aurkezten dizugu: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LyX -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit izena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Xedea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard (X11) Kolore lehenetsia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none te -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit stuaren atzeko planoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard testuaren kolorea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none linen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none latex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LaTeX -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit kodea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkRed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Matematika formulak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathline -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zatikien marrak, kortxeteak, e.a. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Blue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathbg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none AntiqueWhite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathframe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Magenta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathcursor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none selection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard hautapenaren atzeko planoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LightBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Autodetektatutako ezarpenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:autodetektatuta} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default aukeratzen duzunean, hainbat elementu detektatzen dira. Atal honetan erabiltzailearen hobespenekin zerikusia dutenak zerrendatu ditugu: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff+tbl -\family default +\family default erabiltzen du, eskuragarri dagoenaren arabera. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default komandoarekin ezartzen da, eta hainbat aukera gehitzen dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default hau System V motako sistema eragileko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default komandoarekin ezartzen da. Sistema BSD motakoa bada, orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default komandoarekin ezarriko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_printerprefix -\series default +\series default -d -\family default +\family default aukera ezarriko zaio sistemak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default komandoa badu; bestela, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default komandoaren kasuan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default aukera ezarriko zaio. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash font_encoding -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default kodeketarekin ezarriko da baldin eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ec -\family default +\family default letra-tipoak aurkitu badira eta LaTeX-ek letra-tipo horiek onartzen baditu. Eskuz ezar dezakezu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dc -\family default +\family default letra-tipoak bakarrik badituzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hainbat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en jokaera pertsonalizatzeko beste konfigurazio aukera asko daude. Horiei buruz idatzi beharra daukagun arren, gehienak zertarako diren nahiko garbi egongo dira. Informazio gehiago behar baduzu, idatzi posta-zerrendetara, horrela atal hau landuko dugu. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX internazionalizatzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek itzulitako interfaze bat erabiltzeko euskarria dauka. Azken aldiz begiratu genuenean LyX, ingelesera eta beste 14 hizkuntzatara itzulita zegoen. Hizkuntzaren aukerari -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default deitzen zaio. Sistema eragileak hizkuntza batekin lan egin dezan, ezarpen batzuk egin beharko dituzu, konfiguratuta ez badago bederen. Hizkuntzak ezartzeko, irakurri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man locale -\family default +\family default eskuliburua, abiapuntu egokia da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Itzulpen hauek erabil ditzakezu. Okerrena da leihoak diseinatzeko garaian, ingelesean oinarritu zirela, @@ -2339,183 +2668,207 @@ Itzulpen hauek erabil ditzakezu. Batzuetan lasterbide gisa erabiltzeko hizkirik ez baitute aurkitu. Beste batzuetan, itzultzailea ez da horretaz arduratu. Etorriko diren LyX-en bertsioetan hori finkatzen saiatuko gara. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenez ezaugarri hau desgaituta egoten da, interfazea ingelesez agertuko da. Beste hizkuntza bat gaitzeko, dagokion inguruneko aldagaia ezarri beharko duzu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter csh -\family default +\family default komando lerroa erabiltzen baduzu, erabili " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setenv LANG xx -\family default +\family default ". Erabili " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter export LANG=xx -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sh -\family default +\family default motako komando-lerroekin. Idatzi zure hizkuntzari dagokion kodea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx -\family default +\family default azaltzen den tokian. Adibidez, Euskara hizkuntza ezartzeko, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu -\family default +\family default erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Egokiena lerro hori zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.Xsession -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xinitrc -\family default +\family default fitxategian jartzea duzu; horrela, lehenespenez hautatutako hizkuntza hori erabiliko duzu. Gogoratu LyX " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter --disable-nls -\family default +\family default " aukerarekin konfiguratu eta konpilatu bada, honek ez duela funtzionatuko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX itzultzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek, bere interfazea bestelako hizkuntzekin kudeatzeko, GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default liburutegia erabiltzen du. LyX-ek menu eta leiho guztiak atseginen duzun hizkuntzan bistaratzeko, hizkuntza horri dagokion PO fitxategia eduki behar du. Hori eskuragarri dagoenean, PO fitxategitik MO fitxategia sortzen da, eta mo hori instalatzen da. Eman beharreko urrats guztiak GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default -eko dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : EuskalGNU-ren gunean ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.euskalgnu.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) honi buruzko dokumentazioa euskaraz ere agertzen da: -\emph on -Nola\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Nola\InsetSpace ~ gettext -\emph default +\emph default izenekoa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hemen laburpen bat idatzi dugu (hizkuntzaren kodea xx-ekin adierazi da): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family typewriter +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/lyx.pot -\family default +\family default fitxategia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx.po -\family default +\family default -ra kopiatu ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default ez badago, direktorio horretan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make lyx.pot -\family default +\family default komandoarekin berregin dezakezu, edo dagoen beste -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default fitxategi bat txantiloi gisa erabili). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xx.po -\family default +\family default fitxategia editatu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Egilearen oharra: -\emph default +\emph default Emacs erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu, po motako fitxategiak lantzeko euskarri dotorea baitauka. -\newline +\newline -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : GNU/Linux-en baditugu beste tresna batzuk: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KBabel -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Gtranslator -\family default +\family default . Neuk KBabel erabiltzeko ohitura daukat, euskaratuta dago eta, gainera, -\emph on +\emph on Itzulpen Memoriekin -\emph default +\emph default aritzeko euskarria dauka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Zenbait menu eta etiketarentzako itzuli beharreko lasterbideak daude. @@ -2523,17 +2876,17 @@ Itzulpen Memoriekin '&' ere erabiltzen hasi dira), eta xx hizkuntzaren hitz eta esaldiei egokituta egon behar dute. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/development/tools/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scgen.pl -\family default +\family default izeneko tresna bat dago ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Prolog -\family default +\family default programaketa hizkuntzan idatzita), eta lasterbideak zehazten lagunduko dizu. Kontutan izan XForms liburutegiak (0.86 bertsioak behintzat) lasterbide @@ -2541,158 +2894,186 @@ Prolog PO fitxategiaren hasieran beste informazio batzuk bete beharko dituzu: zure helbide elektronikoa, eta abar. Horrela erabiltzaileek iradokizunak bideratzeko helbide bat dute. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xx.mo -\family default +\family default sortu. Honela sortu behar duzu: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code msgfmt -o xx.mo < xx.po -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Kopiatu sortu berri den MO fitxategia ondoren agertzen den direktoriopean lyx.mo izenarekin; horretarako, supererabiltzailearen baimenak eduki beharko dituzu: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/local/share/locale/xx/LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard PO fitxategi bat LyX banaketan gehitzeak konfigurazioaren script-a eta bestelako batzuk aldatu beharra izatea dakar. Baina POa itzultzeko LyX-en iturbururik ez duzu behar, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default (edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default fitxategia) eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default tresnak instalatuta edukitzea nahikoa izaten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX une honetan onartzen ez duen PO bat hizkuntza batera itzuli baduzu, bidal iezaguzu. Kasu horretan, xehetasun gehiagorako, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan dagoen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter README -\family default +\family default fitxategia irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumentazioa itzultzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laguntza menuan agertzen diren eskuliburuak itzul daiteke (edo itzultzea komeni dira). Dokumentazioaren eskuliburu batzuk itzulita egonez gero, eta -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default egokiro ezarrita balego, LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko lituzke. LyX-ek itzulitako bertsioak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/doc/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _DokIzena.lyx -\family default +\family default bezala bilatzen ditu; bertan -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default hitzak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default aldagaiarekin zehazten den hizkuntzari dagokion kodea adierazten du. Itzulitakorik ez badu aurkitzen, ingelesezkoa bistaratuko luke. Jakin ezazu itzulitako bertsioek jatorrizko fitxategiaren izen berdina (arestiko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DokIzena -\family default +\family default ) eduki behar dutela. Dokumentazioa euskaratzea nahi baduzu (eta bitartean jatorrizkoa egiaztatzeko aukera izango zenuke) ondorengo urratsak landu beharko zenituzke: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default irakurri, LyX-eko dokumentazioa idazteko gida da. Irakurri arretaz itzultzaileen atala. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Begiratu dokumentazioaren itzulpenaren web gunean ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX garatzaileen gunea]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), horrela jakingo duzu zein dokumentu dauden zure hizkuntzara itzulita. Gune horretan LyX-eko gauzak zure hizkuntzara itzultzen eta antolatzen ari den taldeari buruzko informazioa ere aurkituko duzu. Antolaketa-talderik ez balego, bidali iezaguzu mezu bat interesa duzula adieraziz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Behin itzultzen hasten zarela, arazao batzuk saihesteko adierazpen batzuk zerrendatzen dizkizugu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Elkartu dokumentazio-taldean! Hori nola egin behar duzun jakiteko, irakurri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default arrera -\family default +\family default ). Gainera, hau lehenbizi itzuli beharko zenukeen dokumentua da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ikasi hizkuntzaren tipografiaren arautegia. Tipografia duela mende askotik hona datorren artea da, eta munduko leku @@ -2702,1117 +3083,1301 @@ Ikasi hizkuntzaren tipografiaren arautegia. Terminologia berria asmatuta, erabiltzaileak nahastea besterik ez duzu lortuko. -\emph on +\emph on Argi ibili! Tipografiak zaletasuna bultzatzen baitu! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Egin dokumentuaren kopia bat. Kopiaren gainean lan egin beharko zenuke. Dokumentu hau zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/doc/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan kokatuta, -\family sans +\family sans Laguntza -\family default +\family default menuan erabil ahalko duzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Batzuetan jatorrizko dokumentua (LyX taldearen eskutik) eguneratu daiteke. Aldatu dena aztertzeko, erabili \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/viewcvs.cgi/lyxdoc/} -\end_inset +\end_inset guneko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ViewCVS -\family default +\family default tresna \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Horretaz gain, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren ingelesezko azken bertsioa gordeta eduki dezakezu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Honela, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren zein zati eguneratu behar diren errazago ikusiko duzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jatorrizko dokumentuan errore bat aurkitzen baduzu, konpondu eta jakinarazi dokumentazio-taldeari aldaketen berriekin batera (ez al zaizu ahaztu dokumentaz io taldearekin elkartzea?). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Editorearen\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Editorearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : datorren atal hau -\noun on +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default -ek idatzi du. Dokumentazioaren estilo berriari egokitzea eta v1.0 bertsioko ezaugarriak erabiltzea falta da. -jw -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teklatuaren definizioa duen fitxategia gertuagotik ikusiko dugu. ASCII soileko fitxategi bat da, eta honako hau definitzen du: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea dagokion bihurketa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tekla hilak (dead keys) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tekla hilen salbuespenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea bihurketa definitzeko, erabili komando hau: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmap tekla irteerako_katea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard bertan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tekla -\family default +\family default bihurtu beharreko tekla da, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter irteerako_katea -\family default +\family default dokumentuan txertatuko den katea da. Tekla hilak definitzeko, erabili hau: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod tekla tekla_hila -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard bertan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tekla -\family default +\family default teklatuko tekla da, eta tekla_hila tekla hilaren izena da. Honako tekla hil hauek onartzen dira (laburtutako izenak parentesi artean): -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Izena -\hfill +\hfill Adibidea -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation acute (acu) -\hfill +\hfill áéíóú -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation grave (gra) -\hfill +\hfill àèìòù -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation macron (mac) -\hfill +\hfill \i \={o} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tilde (til) -\hfill +\hfill ñÑ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underbar (underb) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash b o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation cedilla (ced) -\hfill +\hfill çÇ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underdot (underd) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash d o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation circumflex (circu) -\hfill +\hfill âêîôû -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circle (circl) -\hfill +\hfill Å\i \r{u} \i \r{U} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tie (tie) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash t o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation breve (bre) -\hfill +\hfill \i \u{a} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash u o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation caron (car) -\hfill +\hfill \i \v{c} \i \v{s} \i \v{z} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation hungarian umlaut (hug) -\hfill +\hfill \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation umlaut (uml) -\hfill +\hfill äöü -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation dot (dot) -\hfill +\hfill \i \.{z} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash .s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nazioarteko teklatu askotan tekla hilek egin dezaketenaren salbuespenak daudenez, honela defini ditzakezu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod tekla_hila tekla irteera_katea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, Eslovakierako teklatu batekin, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter caron-o -\family default +\family default sartzen baduzu, berak "circumflex-o" bat sortzen du; beraz, ongi landu dadin, hau idatzi beharko zenuke: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod caron o " -\backslash +\backslash ^o" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestalde, i eta j hizkien gainean salbuespenak definitu behar dituzu. Hizki horietan azentua jarri aurretik beraien burugainean duten puntua kendu behar zaielako. Etorkizunean hau aldatuko dut, baina epe luzera begiratu beharko diogu denboraz oso larri baikabiltza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Karaktereei buruzko gauza batzuk: alderantzizko barra ihes karaktere motakoa da, eta hori sartzeko alderantzizko barra bikoitza jarri beharko duzu. Gainera komatxoak eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ikurrak erabilera ezberdina dute. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ikurrak iruzkinak adierazten ditu. Komatxoak (hasiera eta amaierakoak), berriz, LaTeX estiloko komandoak. Komatxo bat sartzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash " -\family default +\family default erabili, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default sartzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash # -\family default +\family default erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teklatuaren deskripzio-fitxategi bat egiten baduzu, eta zure hizkuntzarekin ongi moldatzen bada, eskertuko nizuke niri bidaliko bazenit, eta horrela teklatu-mapen hurrengo banaketan gehituko nuke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etorkizunean teklatu-mapako konfigurazio fitxategian teklatu gehienak onartuta egongo dira. Honela -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxaIzena -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill beste fitxategi bat gehitzen du ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter include -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kprog -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter programa -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill kanpoko tekla-mapa bihurtzaile bat ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter define -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default fitxategian begiratu beharko zenuke baita ere (adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default aukera batek lehenetsitako teklatua gehituko luke). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:teklatmapa} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo bi atalek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default fitxategien sintaxia xeheasun osoz azalduko dute. Atal horiek zure teklatu-mapa propioa diseinatzen lagunduko dizute; izan ere, gerta daiteke orain daukazuna zure beharretara ez moldatzea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategia -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategi batek sakatutako tekla karaktere edo kateetara mapatzen ditu. Izenak dioen bezala, teklatuaren mapa ezartzen du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategiko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ksmod -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default gakoak atal honetan azaltzen dira. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default Karakte bat kate batera mapatzen du. -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on katea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default tekla -\emph on +\emph on katea -\emph default +\emph default karaktere edo katera mapatzen du. Jakin ezazu kate horretan komatxo bikoitzak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default ) eta alderantzizko barra ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) ikurrek aurretik alderantzizko barra den ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) ihes ikurra eduki behar dutela. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default instrukzio baten adibidea ikusiko dugu. Horren ondorioz erabiltzaile batek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter & -\family default +\family default tekla sakatzen duenean irteeran -\family typewriter +\family typewriter / -\family default +\family default ikurra agertuko da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap & / -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default Azentodun karakterea zehazten du. -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\emph on +\emph on karak azentu baimenduta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek baimenduta dauden karaktereetan karak karakterea azentua bezala jartzen die. Hau da, tekla-hilen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on tekla-hila -\emph default +\emph default terminoa tekla bati deitzen zaio, eta tekla honek bere kasa karaktererik ez du sortzen, jarraitzen dion teklak baizik, eta horrela nahi den azentudun karakterea sortzen da. Adibidez, alemanerako karaktere bat umlaut batekin, -\emph on +\emph on ä -\emph default +\emph default bezala, era honetan sortzen da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset mekanismoa. -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default (tekla) sakatzen baduzu, eta gero -\emph on +\emph on baimenduta -\emph default +\emph default ez dagoen beste tekla bat, irteeran bai karak bai bestea (baimenduta ez dagoena) lortuko dituzu. Gogoratu -\family sans +\family sans Atzera -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans tekla -\family default +\family default batek tekla hil bat ezerezten duela, beraz -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Atzera -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans tekla -\family default +\family default sakatzen baduzu, kurtsorea ez da atzerantz joango eta tekla hilaren eragina deuseztatuko luke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengo adibideak ' karakterea acute azentua izango dela zehazten du, eta baimendutako a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O, eta U karaktereetan bakarrik izango luke eragina: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\emph on +\emph on ' acute aeiouAEIOU -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ksmod -\family default +\family default azentodun karakterearentzako salbuespen bat zehazten du -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kxmod -\emph on +\emph on azentua karak emaitz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek karak baten azentuarentzako salbuespena definitzen du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default instrukzio batean -\emph on +\emph on azentua -\emph default +\emph default tekla bati esleitu behar izan zaio aurretik, eta -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default ezin da -\emph on +\emph on azentu -\emph default +\emph default horren baimenduta multzoan egon. -\emph on +\emph on azentua -\emph default +\emph default karak sekuentzia bat sartzen duzunean, emaitz gertatzen da. . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategian deklarazio hori ez badago definituta eta zuk -\emph on +\emph on azentua -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on karak -\emph default +\emph default sakatzen baduzu, orduan -\emph on +\emph on azentu_tekla karak -\emph default +\emph default lortuko duzu, non -\emph on +\emph on azentu_tekla -\emph default +\emph default deklarazioaren aurreneko argumentua den. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengo komandoak, acute-i ('i) sakatzen duzunean äi sortzen du: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod acute i " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash i}" -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default Bi azentudun karaktere bateratzen ditu -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kcomb -\emph on +\emph on azent1 azent2 baimenduta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau nahiko bitxia da. Honek -\emph on +\emph on azent1 -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on azent2 -\emph default +\emph default efektuak (ordena horretan) bateratzen ditu baimendutako karaktereetan. Fitxategian, gaineko lekuren batean ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default komandoa erabiliz) -\emph on +\emph on azent1 -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on azent2 -\emph default +\emph default -k definituta egon behar dute. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Aztertu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter greek.kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategitik jaso dugun adibide hau: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH -\backslash +\backslash kmod : umlaut iyIY -\backslash +\backslash kcomb acute umlaut iyIY -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ;:i -\family default +\family default sakatzen uzten dizu eta ondorioz -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default -ren efektua lortzen. Atzera tekla bat sakatuz, azken efektua ezeztatuko luke, beraz -\family typewriter -;:Atzera\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +;:Atzera\InsetSpace ~ tekla -\family default +\family default sakatzean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{i} -\family default +\family default lortuko zenuke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter .cdef -\series medium +\series medium -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default fitxategia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard .kmap mapatzea amaitzen denean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default fitxategi batek uneko letra-tipoaren karaktereekin sortu diren kateak mapatzen ditu. LyX banaketak gaur egun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-1.cdef -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-2.cdef -\family default +\family default fitxategiak behintzat eskaintzen ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default fitxategi bat ondoren azaltzen den formako deklarazio-sekuentzia bat da -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on karak_index_multzoan -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on katea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans -\backslash +\backslash '{e} -\family default +\family default dagokion iso-8859-1 multzoko (233) karakterera mapatzeko, honako deklarazio hau erabiltzen da -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 233 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{e}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard katea-ko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default ikurrak ihes eran daude. Konturatu zaitez karaktere berak kate bat baino gehiagori eragin diezaiokeela. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso-8859-7.cdef -\family default +\family default fitxategian honako hauek dituzu -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{i}}" -\newline +\newline 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{i}}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek lasterbide edo tekla hil sekuentzi batek sortzen duen katearentzako mapa bat ezin badu aurkitu, azentudun karaktere bezalakoa al den begiratuko du, eta pantailan karakterearen gainean azentua marrazten saiatuko da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tekla hilak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nazioarteko karaktereak gehitzeko beste bide bat dago, Tekla hilak deitzen zaiona. Tekla hil bat hizki batekin -\emph on +\emph on bat eginez -\emph default +\emph default azentudun karaktere bat sortzen du. Hemen, hauek nola lantzen diren erakusteko, tekla hil oso sinpleak azaldu ditugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demagun circumflex karakterea ("\i \^{} ") behar duzula. Horretarako -\family sans +\family sans ^-tekla -\family default +\family default (edo -\family sans +\family sans Shift-6 -\family default +\family default ) LyX-en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default komandoarekin zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default fitxategian bateratu behar duzu. Orain, -\family sans +\family sans ^-tekla -\family default +\family default sakatzen duzunean, eta hizki batek jarraitzen diolarik, hizkiak bere gainean circumflex motako azentu bat edukiko du. Adibidez, " -\family sans +\family sans ^e -\family default +\family default " sekuentziak "ê" hizkia sortuko luke. Hala ere " -\family sans +\family sans ^t -\family default +\family default "-rekin saiatzen bazara, LyX-ek soinu bat kaleratuko du, zeren eta " -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default " hizkiak inoiz ez baitu circumflex motako azenturik jasotzen. Tekla hil baten ostean -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune -\family default +\family default tekla sakatzen bada, honek azento soila sortuko du. Konturatu azken honekin! Tekla bat tekla hil batekin lotzen baduzu, tekla horretako karakterea beste tekla bati berriro lotu (bateratu) beharko diozu. Ez da batere egokia ,-tekla 'cedilla' bati gehitzea, zeren eta komen ordez cedillak bakarrik lortuko baitituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tekla hilak bateratzeko bide arrunt bat -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default ("~", edo "," edo "^" bezalako) azentuarekin batera erabiltzea da. Beste bide bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default erabiltzea da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default tekla berezia konfiguratzeko. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default -ek -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default bezala lan egiten du eta azentudun karaktereei teklak lotzea uzten dizu. Nahi baduzu teklak tekla hilak bezala jar ditzakezu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_cedilla -\family default +\family default bezalako batekin lotuz eta gero tekla sinboliko hau dagokion LyX komandoarekin elkartuz \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on -\noun on +\emph on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : Hau da hain zuzen nire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategietan egiten dudana. Nire -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock -\family default +\family default tekla -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Shift -\family default +\family default bezala ezarrita daukat, eta hainbat " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_* -\family default +\family default " tekla sinboliko -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock-^ -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Scroll Lock-~ -\family default +\family default bezala elkartuta ditut. Horrela sortzen ditut azentudun karaktereak. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Nahi duzuna egin dezakezu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default teklaren barruan: -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default tekletariko bat funtzio-tekla bezala erabiltzeko definitu, e.a. Azentuek sortzen dituzten LyX-en komandoak -\emph on +\emph on Erreferentzia Gida -\emph default +\emph default ko -\family sans +\family sans accent-acute -\family default +\family default atalean dagoen zerrendan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gordeHizkunt} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zure hobespenak edita ditzakezu, eta beraz, LyX abiatzen denean automatikoki nahi duzun hizkuntzaren ingurunea konfiguratu dezan ezar dezakezu. Horretarako erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default leihoa. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:testu-klaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-klase berriak instalatzea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kapitulu honetan azalduko da LyX-eko diseinu eta txantiloi berriak nola sortu eta instalatzen diren erakusteaz gain, bai eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase berriak nola instalatzen diren ere. Hona zenbait definizio: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dokumentu-klasea LaTeX motako fitxategia bat izaten da ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default luzapena eduki ohi du). Honek dokumentu baten formatua (adibidez artikulua, txostena, liburua e.a.) definitzen du, eta formatu hori sortzeko behar diren komando guztiak ditu. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Diseinu\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Diseinu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia LyX motako fitxategi bat da, eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase bati dagokio. Fitxategi honek LyX-i gauzak pantailan nola bistaratu behar dituen esaten @@ -3822,25 +4387,32 @@ fitxategia LyX motako fitxategi bat da, eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase du, eta azken hori ("testu-klasea") LyX-ek pantailan gauzak bistaratzeko erabiltzen duen eta bere barnean dagoen eraikitzaile bat da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta dokumentazioan bai "diseinua" bai "testu-klasea" hitzak bereiztu gabe erabili izan diren, fitxategi bati buruz hitz egiterakoan egokiagoa da "diseinua" hitza erabiltzea, eta LyX-en memorian dagoenari "testu-klasea" deitzea. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Txantiloia Hau LyX dokumentu normal bat da, eta dokumentu-klase batentzako aurrez definitutako sarrera-multzo bat edukitzen du. Sarrera multzo hori dokumentu-klase horrek eskatzen duena izan ohi da. Txantiloiak batik bat aldizkarien idazkietarako erabilgarriak izaten dira. Idazki horiek posta elektronikoaren bitartez argitaletxera bidaltzen dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Banaketa batzuek LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak ez dituzte instalatzen, batzuetan LyX-ekin erabili nahiko zenukeena instalatu gabe gelditzen da. @@ -3848,415 +4420,485 @@ Banaketa batzuek LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak ez dituzte instalatzen, batzuetan Orain paketea nola lortu eta instalatzeko ematen diren urratsak zerrendatuko ditugu, eta teTeX edo web2c banaketan oinarritutako zerbait erabiltzen duzula suposatzen da: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate CTAN edo beste nonbaitetik paketea eskuratu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi -\emph on +\emph on Inventory of your LaTeX configuration -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua CTAN zer den jakiteko, eta bertan aurki ditzakezun paketeen zerrenda lortzeko. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Irakurri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default fitxategia, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/web2c -\family default +\family default direktoriopean aurkitu ahal izango duzu. Fitxategi hau non kokatua zehazki jakiteko, landu terminal batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kpsewhich texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default komandoa. Fitxategi horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default direktorio lokal bat nola gehitzen den deskribatzen duenez, jarraitu bertan ageri diren urratsak . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default fitxategian zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default direktorio lokalaren izena gehitu behar duzu. GNU/Linux sistema eragilean, zure banaketarekin batera ez datorren softwarea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local -\family default +\family default direktoriopean instalatu ohi da. Beraz, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default erabiltzea komeniko litzaizuke. Arruntena bi gauza bakarrik aldatzea izaten da: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezarri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default aldagaia aukeratu duzun direktorioarekin. Adibidez, -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Ziurtatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF -\family default +\family default aldagaiak dituen elementuen artean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default aldagaia aurkitzen dela. Adibidez, -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Sortu zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default direktorio lokala: adib. -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default direktorioan dagoen direktorio-egitura zure direktorio lokalean errepikatu behar duzu: adibidez, LaTeX-eko paketeak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan kokatuko lirateke. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Paketea instalatu. Adibidez, deskonprimatu FoilTeX artxiboa eta -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard sortu beharko zenuke. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foiltex -\family default +\family default direktorioak fitxategi batzuk edukiko ditu. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Exekutatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default . Honek, beste batzuen artean, hau sortuko luke: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/local/texmf/ls-R -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate 6. LyX-en hau landu: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default . Gero berrabiarazi LyX . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, instalatu duzun pakete berria (adibidearekin jarraitzeko -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default izango litzakete) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menuak irekitzen duen -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-klasea -\family default +\family default zerrendan aurkituko duzu. Jakin ezazu paketeak instalatzeko beste bide errazgo bat ere badagoela: sistemako LaTeX direktorioan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/tex/latex -\family default +\family default ) pakete berria kokatuta dagoen direktoriora bideratutako esteka bat gehitu, eta gero exekutatu terminalean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default komandoa. Beste bide bat inguruneko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default aldagian pakete berria gehitzea da. Hala ere, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default fitxategiak argitzen duen bidea jarrituta, hori ongi ibiliko dela bermatzen du, eta beraz, supererabiltzailearen baimenik ez baduzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default -ek azaltzen duen bidea jorratzea komeniko zaizu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Diseinuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek LyX diseinuen fitxategiak (gogoratu testu-klaseak ere deitzen zaiela) nola idatzi eta instalatu ditzakezun azaltzen du, eta adibide gisa, -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default testu-klasean oinarrituko da. Diseinuaren fitxategiak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default luzapena edukitzen du) dokumentu-klase batentzako eskuragarri dauden paragrafo estiloak deskribatzen ditu, eta LyX-ek nola bistaratu behar dituen ere bai. Hemen prozesu hau azaltzen saiatuko garen arren, LaTeX-ek dokumentu-klase ugari dituenez, aukera denak ezin izango ditugu azaldu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kapitulu honetan azaltzen diren etiketa (edo marka) guztiak maiuskuletan edo minuskuletan egon daitezke, hots, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Style -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter style -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter StYlE -\family default +\family default komando berdinak dira. Erabil daitezkeen balioak kortxete artean jarri dira, ezaugarrien izenen ondoren. Balio lehenetsia, ezaugarria, testuaren klase-deskripzioan ez badago zehaztuta, -\emph on +\emph on letra etzanarekin -\emph default +\emph default jarriko da. Argumentuak "string" edo "float" bezalako datu-tipo bat du, lehenetsitakoa honela erakutsiko da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=default -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase berriak onartu nahi izanen gero, bi egoera aurkitu ditzakezu: LaTeX2e klasearen ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ) eta estiloaren ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) fitxategiak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter sty -\family default +\family default fitxategi baten diseinua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-klase berri bat estilo-fitxategi bezala eskaintzen baduzu, eta orain arte onartuta dagoen dokumentu-klase batekin oinarrituta erabiltzen bada, kopiatu klase horren diseinua zure direktorio lokalean. Adibidean suposatuko dugu zure diseinuaren fitxategiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nireklasea.sty -\family default +\family default izena duela, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default -rekin (klase estandar bat) erabiliko dela. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/nireklasea.layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gero, nire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter klasea.layout -\family default +\family default fitxategia editatu eta ondorengo lerroa -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{report} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard aldatu. Honela gelditu beharko luke: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[report, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset nireklasea.sty]{report (nireklasea)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren hau gehitu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Preamble -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{nireklasea} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndPreamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard fitxategiaren hasieratik gertu egon dadila. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abiatu LyX eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default . LyX berrabiarazi eta dokumentu berri bat sortzen saia zaitez. -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -report\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +report\InsetSpace ~ (nireklasea) -\family default +\family default " dokumentu-klasea aurkitu beharko zenuke. Litekeena da ataleko komando batzuk oinarrizko klaseak dituenaren jokaera ezberdinak edukitzea \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibide honetan: -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default klasea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , beraz nahi duzun jokaera eduki dezaten atal ezberdinentzako ezarpenekin jolastu. Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko dira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cls -\family default +\family default fitxategi baten diseinua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kasu honetan, diseinua zeuk sortzea nahiko duzu. Gure aholkua hau da: jadanik antzeko LaTeX klasea erabiltzen duen diseinu @@ -4264,10 +4906,14 @@ Kasu honetan, diseinua zeuk sortzea nahiko duzu. Behintzat existitzen den fitxategi bat hasierako oinarri bezala erabili, horrela arduratu beharko zaren elementuak aurkituko baitituzu. Berriro diogu, xehetasunak azpian azaltzen ditugu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskuak zikintzen hasteko eta zure diseinuaren fitxategia sortu edota editatzeko ordua heldu zaizu, ondorengo atalek eman beharreko urratsak argituko dizute. @@ -4278,855 +4924,985 @@ Eskuak zikintzen hasteko eta zure diseinuaren fitxategia sortu edota editatzeko ez badizu behintzat. Joan kalera, lagunartean egon eta itzulitakoan, litekeena da konponbidea aurkituta izatea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Gazen ba! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu bateko fitxategian -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak iruzkinak dira. Arau honek, ordea, salbuespen bat dauka: diseinu guztiak honelako lerroekin hasi beharko lukete: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard "Ez ezabatu azpiko lerroa; konfigurazioa horren esku baitago" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bigarren lerroa LyX konfiguratzeko erabiltzen da. Diseinuaren fitxategia LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chkconfig.ltx -\family default +\family default script-ak irakurtzen du, modu berezi batean zeren eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ikurrari ezikusi egiten dio. Lehenbiziko lerroa LaTeX-eko iruzkin bat da, eta bigarrenak testu-klasearen deklarazioa dauka. Lerro hauek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.layout -\family default +\family default izeneko fitxategian agertzen badira, orduan -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default izeneko (diseinu fitxategiaren izena) testu-klase bat definitzen dute, eta testu-klaseak LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen du (lehenetsi gisa diseinu fitxategiaren izen berdina erabiltzea da). Arestian agertzen den "article" katea -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko testu-klasearen deskripzio bat egiteko erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demagun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasean oinarritutako testu-klasea idatzi duzula, baina ataleko izenburuen itxura aldatu duzula. Hori -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nireartikulua.cls -\family default +\family default fitxategian jarri baduzu, fitxategiaren goiburukoa hau izango da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek -\family sans +\family sans nireartikulua -\family default +\family default testu-klase bat deklaratzen du, LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseari esleitzen dio eta "artikulua (nere izenburuekin)" bezala deskribatzen du. Zure testu-klaseak hainbat paketerekiko menpekotasuna badu, honela deklaratu dezakezu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article,lelo.sty]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek zure testu-klaseak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.sty -\family default +\family default paketea erabiltzen duela adierazten du. Azkenik, SGML eta DocBook kodeentzako klaseak deklara ditzakezu. Ohiko deklarazio batek honelako itxura edukiko luke -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard edo -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez deklarazio hauek aurkerazko parametro bat ere eman dezaketela, dokumentu-klasearen izena zehazten duena (baina ez zerrenda bat). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atsegin duzun testu-klase bat moldatutakoan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/layouts/ -\family default +\family default edota -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ErabDir/layouts -\family default +\family default direktorioan kopiatu behar duzu, eta gero -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default hautatu. LyX-etik irten eta berriro abiatu, orduan testu-klase berri hau beste guztiekin batera erabilgarri izango duzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauek parametro orokorrak dira eta dokumentu osoaren formatua deskribatzen dute: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout -\family typewriter -\series medium +\begin_layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium Columns[1, -\series default +\series default 2] -\family default +\family default : klaseak, lehenespenez, zutabe bat edo bi izango dituen zehazten du. Dokumentu-ezarpenak leihoan alda daiteke. Ezarpen hau ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sides -\family default +\family default -entzako ere antzekoa da) oso garrantzitsua da: zure testu-klasea lehenetsi gisa bi zutabekoa bada, baina gaizki ezarri baduzu, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leinoko -\family sans +\family sans Bi zutabeko dokumentua -\family default +\family default eremua gaitu arren LaTeX-en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter twocolumn -\family default +\family default aukera ez da irteeran kaleratuko. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Sides [1, -\series default +\series default 2] -\family default +\family default : lehenespenez klasea paper bateko alde bakarrean edo bi aldeetan inprimatuko den zehazten du. -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan alda daitezke. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -PageStyle [plain,\SpecialChar ~ -empty,\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +PageStyle [plain,\InsetSpace ~ +empty,\InsetSpace ~ headings] -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia. -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan alda daiteke. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MaxCounter -\series default +\series default [Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV] -\family default +\family default Zenbaketa automatikoaren mailarik gorena. Liburu edo txosten batentzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default balioa eta artikulu batentzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Section -\family default +\family default balioa oso erabilgarriak dira. Inolako zenbaketarik ez bada behar, adibidez gutun klase batean, orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MaxCounter -\family default +\family default -i balio hau ezarri: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_EnumI -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Atal honek dokumentu-klaseak onartzen dituen aukera global batzuk deskribatzen ditu. Xehetasun gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesAmsmath -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default : klaseak jadanik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsmath -\family default +\family default paketea kargatzen du. Hau -\family sans +\family sans amsart -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans amsbook -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseen kasua da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesMakeidx -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default : klaseak jadanik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeidx -\family default +\family default paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du. Hau -\family sans +\family sans amsart -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans amsbook -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseen kasua da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesUrl -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default : klaseak jadanik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url -\family default +\family default paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du. Hau -\family sans +\family sans AASTeX -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasearen kasua da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Dokumentuko letra-tipo lehenetsia deskribatzeko erabiltzen da. Xehetasun gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko duzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultStyle -\series default +\series default [string] -\family default +\family default Paragrafo berriei ezarriko zaien estilo lehenetsia da, arruntena -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ) erabiltzea da. Lehenespeneko balioa definitutako lehen ingurunearentzako izango da, bestelakor ik ez baduzu ematen, hala ere agindu hau erabiltzea oso aholkatzen dizugu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexType -\series default +\series default [CommandAfter, Environment] -\family default +\family default Dokumentuaren titulua definitzeko erabiliko den marka-mota da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter CommandAfter -\family default +\family default -ek honako hau adierazten du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLaTeXCommand -\family default +\family default izeneko makroa " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter InTitle 1 -\family default +\family default " daukan azken ingurunearen ondoren txertatuko da. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter InTitle 1 -\family default +\family default " daukaten paragrafo-blokeak -\family sans +\family sans TitleLaTeXCommand -\family default +\family default ingurunean bilduta egon behar duten kasuari dagokio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexCommand -\series default +\series default [string="maketitle"] -\family default +\family default Arestian aipatutako komando edo ingurunearen izena. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Makroen definizio multzo bat, eta LaTeX fitxategietako hasieran idazten dira. Erabili definizio orokorretarako. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Input -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default : beraren izenak (sarrera) dioen bezala, bikoiztutako komandoak saihesteko, zure diseinuan beste diseinuen definizio fixtategia gehitzea eskaintzen dizu agindu honek. Adibidez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdclass.inc -\family default +\family default , oinarrizko diseinu gehienak ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Style\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Sekuentzia honek estilo berri bat definitzen du. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:style} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Komando honek existitzen den estiloa ezabatzen du. Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den estilo bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria izaten da nahi duzunerako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Float\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Sekuentzia honek mugikor berri bat definitzen du. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugikor} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoFloat -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Komando honek existitzen den mugikor bat ezabatzen du. Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den mugikor bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria izaten da nahi duzunerako. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Counter\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Sekuentzia honek zenbatzaile berri bat definitzen du. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatzaile} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ClassOptions atala -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default atalak honako sarrera hauek ditu: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FontSize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="10|11|12" -\family default +\family default ] Dokumentuaren letra-tipo nagusientzako dauden letra-tamainen zerrenda, "|" ikurrarz bereizten dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" -\family default +\family default ] Eskuragarri dauden orri-estiloen zerrenda, "|" ikurrarekin bereizten dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Other -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Dokumentu-klasearen aukera batzuk, komaz bereizita, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoaren aukerako zatiari gehituko zaio. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:style} -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragrafo-ingurune baten deskripzioa honelakoa izan ohi da. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu honek ingurune berri bat definitu edo dagoena aldatu dezakeela. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on name -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertan honako komando hauek erabil ditzakezu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium CopyStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hau existitzen den diseinu baten ezaugarri guztiak uneko diseinuan kopiatzeko erabiltzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexType -\series default +\series default [Paragraph, Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment] -\family default +\family default Ingurunea LaTeX-era nola bihurtu beharko litzatekeen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Paragraph -\family default +\family default "ezer berezia" adierazten du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Command -\family default +\family default hau adierazten du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LatexName{\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default hau adierazten du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{LatexName}\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\backslash +\backslash end{LatexName} -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default berriz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default -en antzekoa da, gainera ingurune honen paragrafo bakoitzarentzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default sortzen du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default berriz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default -en antzekoa da; gainera, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default argumentu bezala inguruneari igortzen zaio. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default definitzeko aukera dago. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexName -\family default +\family default piska bat gaizki ulertu izan ohi da, arau hauek SGML klaseei ere eragiten dietelako. Adibide zehatzagoak SGML klaseen fitxategiak ikus ditzakezu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium InTitle -\series default +\series default [1, 0] -\family default +\family default Baldin eta 1 balioa badu, ingurunea titulu-blokearen zati bezala markatzen du ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexType -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexCommand -\family default +\family default sarrera globalak ikusi baita ere). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default LaTeX objektuari dagokion izena da, bai ingurune bai komandoaren izena. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexParam -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexName -\family default +\family default objektuari dagokion aukerazko parametroa da. Parametro hau LyX-en ezin da aldatu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Margin -\series default +\series default [Static, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box] -\family default +\family default Inguruneak bere ezkerrean duen marjina mota da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default -ek finkatutako marjina adierazten du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default -ek ezkerreko marjina -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default leihoan sartzen den katearen menpe dagoela esanahi du. Tabuladorerik gabe zerrendak erdira lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hau. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default -ek marjina etiketaren tamainaren menpe dagoela adierazten du. Goiburukoak automatikoki zenbatzeko erabiltzen da hori. Argi dago "5.4.3.2.1 Goiburuko oso luzea" goiburukoak ( eta "5.4.3.2.2" gehi zuriunea @@ -5134,586 +5910,636 @@ Dynamic marjina handiagoa edukiko duela, nahiz eta beste testu prozesatzaileek hori egiteko gai izan ez. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter First_Dynamic -\family default +\family default antzekoa da, baina paragrafo bakoitzeko lehen lerroa bakarrik izaten da dinamikoa, beste guztiak estatikoak dira. Hau azalpenetarako (edo deskripzioentzako) erabiltzen da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default -ek paragrafoaren lerro luzeenak eskuineko marjina finkatu ahala marjina aukeratzen dela adierazten du. Orrialdearen eskuineko ertzean helbidea lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hori. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NextNoIndent -\series default +\series default [1, 0] -\family default +\family default : hurrengo paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izango den edo ez zehazten du. 1 balioak adierazten du ez dela koskatuko , eta 0 balioak, berriz, kostatuko dela. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ParIndent -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Paragrafo bateko lehen lerroaren koska. Argumentua kate gisa igortzen zaio. Adibidez, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MM -\family default +\family default "-ek paragrafoa letra-tipo arrunta duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default -ren zabalerarekin koskatuko dela zehazten du. Zabalera negatiboa ezar dezakezu; horretarako, jarri katearen hasieran " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default " ikurra. Bide hau pantailan erabiltzen den letra-tipoaren itxura berdina edukitzeko aukeratu zen. Parindent ingurune batzuk finkatzeko da. Salbuespena -\family sans +\family sans Standar -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ) ingurunea da, zeren eta -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunea koskatzea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NextNoIndent -\family default +\family default -ekin galarazi baitaiteke. Gainera, inguruneen barruan dauden -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default motako pagrafoak ingurunearen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default erabiltzen du, eta ez beraien jatorrizkoa. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunean dagoen -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default paragrafo bat ez da koskatzen. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Parskip -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default LyX-ek dokumentu bateko paragrafoak bereizteko Koska ("indent") edo Jauzia ("skip") erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen du. Koska aukeratzen denean balio hau baztertu egingo da. Jauzia aukeratzen denean, ingurune baten ParIndent baztertu egiten da eta paragrafo guztien arteko bereizketari Parskip argumentu hau gehitzen zaie. Tarte bertikala -\family typewriter +\family typewriter value*DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default -rekin kalkulatzen da, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default lerro baten altuera da (letra-tipo normala duen lerroarena, alegia). Honela, pantailako letra-tipo ezberdinekin itxura berdina mantetzen jarraituko du. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TopSep -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default Ingurune honetako paragrafo-multzoko lehenengo paragrafoa aurreko paragrafotik bereizteko tarte bertikala da. Aurreko paragrafoak beste ingurune-mota bat badu, bereizketa gehitu ordez tarte handiena hartuko luke. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium BottomSep -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default Hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default -en antzekoa da, azken paragrafoari dagokio ordea. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Parsep -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default Ingurune honetako bi paragrafoen arteko tartea bertikala da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Itemsep -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default Ingurune bateko paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria da. Ingurune honetan beste inguruneko paragrafoak abiaratzen badizutu, bakoitza inguruneko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parsep -\family default +\family default -ekin bereiztuko da. Baina inguruneko elementu guztiak Itemsep honekin bereiztuko dira gainera. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LeftMargin -\series default +\series default [string="" -\family default +\family default ] Inguruneetan beste ingurune batzuetako paragrafoak abiaratzen badituzu, ezkerreko marjinak zuzenean elkarrekin gehitu ordez, \begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset faktore batekin gehitzen dira. Ertza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default bezala definitzen denean ere parametro hau erabiltzen da. Gero, eskuzko ertzari edo ertz dinamikoari gehitzen zaio. Kate honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default -entzako esanahi berdina dauka. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium RightMargin -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default komandoaren antzekoa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Labeltype -\series default +\series default [No_Label, Manual, Static, Top_Environment, -\newline +\newline Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, -\newline +\newline Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV] Manual -\family default +\family default -ek etiketa lehenbiziko hitza dela esanahi du (aurreneko egitazto zuriuneraino). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default ingurunean definitzen dela adierazten du (ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelString -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environmen -\family default +\family default t berriz Static-en kasu bereziak dira. Etiketa paragrafoaren gainean inprimatuko da, baina ingurune baten gainean edo ingurune honen paragrafo multzoen gainean bakarrik. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default (Abstract) edo -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default (Bibliography) inguruneetan erabili ohi izaten da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default etiketen (eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType -\family default +\family default komandoan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default dutena) kasua da baita ere, teoremen diseinua egokiro lantzeko. Sensitive "Irudia" eta -\family sans +\family sans "Taula" -\family default +\family default epigrafe-etiketen kasu berezia da. Sensitive-ek etiketaren katea mugikor motaren arabera dagoela adierazten du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default etiketa-motak bere buruz azaldu beharko luke. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Labelsep -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte horizontala da. Gorputzeko testuaren gainetik ez dauden etiketentzako bakarrik da baliagarria. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelBottomsep -\series default +\series default [float=0] -\family default +\family default Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte bertikala. Gorputzeko testuaren ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default ) gainean dauden etiketentzako da bakarrik baliagarria. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelString -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Kate hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelType -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default balioarekin duen etiketarentzako bakarrik erabiltzen da. Ertza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default denean, kate hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default komandoarentzako iradokizun bezala erabiliko da, eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default leihoan ezar daiteke. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelType -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default denean, kate hau zenbatzailearen aurrean agertuko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabeltype -\series default +\series default [No_Label, Box, Filled_Box, Static] -\family default +\family default Paragrafoaren amaiera (edo paragrafoen sekuentzia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default bada) zehazten duen etiketa mota da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter No_Label -\family default +\family default balioak "ezer ez" adierazten du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Box -\family default +\family default -ek (eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Filled_Box -\family default +\family default ) lauki zuri bat (eta beltza) frogapenen amaiera markatzeko da. Static ageriko testu-kate bat da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabelString -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter EndLabelType -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default balioarekin duen etiketa batentzako katea da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Align -\series default +\series default [block, left, right, center] -\family default +\family default Paragrafoa lerrokatzeko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium AlignPossible -\series default +\series default [block, left, right, center] -\family default +\family default Komaz bereiztutako lerrokadura aukeren zerrenda da. LaTeX estilo batzuk zenbait lerrokadura debekatzen dute, ez baitute zentzurik izaten. Adibidez, eskuinera edo erdira lerrokatutako zenbakera ezinezkoa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Top -\series default +\series default [0,1] -\family default +\family default Parametro honekin -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default leihoko "Tarte bertikala" zerrendako Bete balioa ezartzen du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on -\noun on +\emph on +\noun on Jean-Marc -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : Ez nago ziur ezarpen hau baliagarria ote den, eta baliteke datozen bertsioetan kentzea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Bottom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [0,1] Hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Fill_Top -\family default +\family default -en antzekoa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NeedProtect -\series default +\series default [0,1] -\family default +\family default Diseinu honetako komando ahulak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\family default +\family default komandoarekin babestu behar diren zehazten du. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Newline -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default Lerro berriak LaTeX-eko lerro-berrietara ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) bihurtu behar al diren edo ez. Bihurketa desgaitu daiteke LyX-en LaTeX modu eroso batean editatu ahal izateko. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium PassThru -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default Paragrafo honen edukia era gordin batean, LaTeX-ek eskatzen duen bihurketa berezirik egin gabe, kanporatuko den zehazten du. Honek nolabait LaTeX zaharreko letra-tipoaren propietateak ordezten ditu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium FreeSpacing -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default Gehienetan LyX-ek hitzen artean zuriune bat baino gehiago sartzen ez dizu utziko, zeren eta zuriune bat bi hitzen arteko bereizketa egiteko (eta ez karaktere edo ikur bezala) hartzen baita. Hau gauza nahiko fina izan arren batzuetan nekagarria gerta daiteke, adibidez programa baten kodea edo LaTeX-eko kode soila idazterakoan. Hori dela eta, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FreeSpacing -\family default +\family default gaitzeko aukera dago. Jakin ezazu LyX-ek zuriune gehigarrientzako, eta LaTeX eran ez dagoenean, -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune-babestuak -\family default +\family default sortuko lituzkeela. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium KeepEmpty -\series default +\series default [0, 1] -\family default +\family default Normalki LyX-ek paragrafo huts bat edukitzea ez du utziko, LaTeX irteera hutsa sortuko lukeelako. Hala ere, zenbait egoeretan horrelako paragrafo hutsak edukitzea baliagarria @@ -5721,158 +6547,180 @@ Normalki LyX-ek paragrafo huts bat edukitzea ez du utziko, LaTeX irteera eduki ditzake, eta horrela erabiltzailea ez da hauetaz ahaztuko. Kasu berezi batzuetan paragrafoa (testurik gabekoa) jauzi bezala erabil daiteke. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Spacing -\series default +\series default [single, onehalf, double, other -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on balioa -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default ] -\family default +\family default Honek paragrafoaren tarte lehenetsia definitzen du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter single -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onehalf -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter double -\family default +\family default argumentuek bidertzeko 1, 1.25 eta 1.667 koefizienteei dagokie, hurrenez hurren. other argumentua zehazten baduzu, zenbakizko argumentu bat eman behar diozu, eta balio hori oraingo biderkatzailearen balioa izango da. Ohartu zaitez beste parametroekin gertatzen ez den bezala, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Spacing -\family default +\family default -ek, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setspace.sty -\family default +\family default paketea erabiltzen duen LaTeX kode berezia sortzea dakar. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Font -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa da. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala ikusi. Ohartu zaitez letra-tipo hau definitzeak automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelFont -\family default +\family default balio berdinarekin definitzen duela. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TextFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala ikusi. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Etiketek erabiliko duten letra-tipoa. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala ikusi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Makro definizioen multzo bat, diseinu hau erabiltzerakoan LaTeX fitxategien hasieran idatziko dira. Zure diseinu bereziak behar dituen makroak definitzeko erabil ezazu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DependsOn -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Estilo baten izena da. Estilo horren hitzaurrea arestikoarena baino lehenago kanporatu behar da. Makro definizio batzuk beste batzuen menpean daudenean hitzaurreak egokiro ordenatuko direla ziurtatzen du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez, funtzionalitate honetatik kanpo, hitzaurreak ordenatzeko biderik ez dagoela. LyX-eko bertsio baten ikusten duzun ordena beste azken bertsio batzuetan, eta jakinarazpenik gabe, alda daiteke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mugikorrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugikor} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-en 1.3.0 betsiotik honantz, mugikorrak (irudia, taula, \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) testu-klase bertan @@ -5881,200 +6729,228 @@ LyX-en 1.3.0 betsiotik honantz, mugikorrak (irudia, taula, \SpecialChar \ldots{} iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa izango duzu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ez ahaztu hurrengo atala, zenbatzaileei buruzkoa, ere irakurtzea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdfloats.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako mugikor-motak (AGU klasea LyX-ekin erabiltzea bezalakoa) erabiltzeko gaitasuna duen testu-klase bat garatu nahi baduzu, azpiko informazioak lagunduko dituzu: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Type -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Mugikor-klase berriaren tipoa ("type"), programa edo algoritmoa bezala. Dagokion -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default -en ondoren, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter begin{program} -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{algorithm*} -\family default +\family default bezalako komandoak erabilgarriak dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium GuiName -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Menuetan, eta epigrafean ere, erabiliko den katea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXBuiltin [0, 1] -\family default +\family default Mugikorra jadanik dokumentu-klasean definituta badago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default balioa ezarri. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default balioarekin ezartzen bada, mugikorra LaTeX-eko float paketearekin definituko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NumberWithin -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Aukerazko argumentu honek klase honetako mugikorrak dokumentuko atal unitateen barruan zenbatuko diren zehazten du. Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chapter -\family default +\family default sartzen baduzu, mugikorrak kapitulu barruan kapitulu zenbakiarekin zenbatuko dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Style -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Mugikorra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default erabiliz definitzen denean erabiliko den estiloa. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Placement -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Mugikor klasearentzako ematen den kokapen lehenetsia. LaTeX estandarrekoen bezalakoak dira (parentesi artean beraien esanahiak azaltzen dira): -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default (goian), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter b -\family default +\family default (behean), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default (orrialdean) eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter h -\family default +\family default (hemen) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu hizki hauen ordenak ez duela inolako garrantzirik, LaTeX-en gertatzen den bezala. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gainera tipo berri bat dago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default . Tipo berri hau mugikor bati ez dagokio, zeren eta "jarri hemen eta ez beste inon" adierazten baitu. Jabetu zaitez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default tipo berezia dela, eta garapenen arrazoiak direla medio, dokumentu-klasean definitu ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXBuiltin=1 -\family default +\family default ) ez diren mugikorrekin ezin dela erabili. Zeri buruz ari garen ez baduzu ulertzen, lasai, erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "tbp" -\family default +\family default eta kitto! -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Extension -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Irudien (edo beste zerbaiten) zerrendaren fitxategi-laguntzaile baten fitxategi -izenaren luzapena. LaTeX-ek epigrafeak fitxategi honekiko idatziko ditu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ListName -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Mugikorren zerrendarako erabiliko den izenburua. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zenbatzaileak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatzaile} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik honantz, zenbatzaileak (kapitulua, irudia, \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) testu-klase @@ -6082,118 +6958,152 @@ LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik honantz, zenbatzaileak (kapitulua, irudia, \SpecialChar Existitzen den testu-klase bat nola eguneratzen den ikasteko atal honetara iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa izango duzu -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdcounters.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbatzaileen definizioa, LyX-en, nahikoa gogorra da, gauza asko oraindik ere iturburuetan jarraitzen dutelako. Honako bi parametro hauek erabil ditzakezu: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Name -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Zenbatzaielaren izena. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Within -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Hau beste zenbatzaile baten izenarekin ezartzen bada, oraingo zenbatzailea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default balioarekin berrasieratu egingo da bestea handitzen (edo gehitzen) den bakoitzean. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Letra-tipo deskripzioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-tipoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Letra-tipo baten deskripzioa honelakoa da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Font -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on edo -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default LabelFont -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndFont -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta komando hauek eskuragarri daude: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Family -\series default +\series default [Roman, Sans, Typewriter] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Series -\series default +\series default [Medium, Bold] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Shape -\series default +\series default [Up, Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Size -\series default +\series default [tiny, small, normal, large, larger, largest, huge, giant] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Color -\series default +\series default [none, black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Txantiloiak sortzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txantiloiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txantiloiak ohiko dokumentuen antzera sortzen dira. Dagoen ezberdintasun bakarra hau da: ohiko dokumentuek ezarpen guztiak @@ -6203,134 +7113,154 @@ Txantiloiak ohiko dokumentuen antzera sortzen dira. ez du nahi izaten. Horregatik, txantiloiaren egileak bere LyX txantiloitik dagokion komandoak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fontscheme -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash papersize -\family default +\family default bezalakoak) kentzen ditu. Hori edozein testu-editore arruntekin egin daiteke, adib. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vi -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xedit -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sortzen eta editatzen dituzun txantiloiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ErabDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan jarri, erabili ohi duzuna -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default direktoriotik (txantiloien direktorio orokorra) zure direktorio lokalean kopiatu, eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Bide-izenak -\family default +\family default fitxan txantiloien bide-izen egokia berriro zehaztu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohartu zaitez hor txantiloi berezi bat dagoela: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter defaults.lyx -\family default +\family default . Txantiloi hori -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default erria -\family default +\family default hautatuta dokumentu berri bat sortzen den bakoitzean (eta lehenespenak erabilgarri edukitzeko xedearekin) kargatzen dela. LyX-ekin, txantiloi hori sortzeko, ireki dokumentu bat eta egokitu ezarpenak, gero -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Gorde dokumentu lehenetsi gisa -\family default +\family default botoian klikatu behar duzu. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Kanpoko materiala gehitzea -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Testuingurua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en erabiltzaileek gehien eskatzen duten gauzetariko bat LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dia -\family default +\family default edo antzerako beste programa batentzako interfazea edukitzea da. Programak horiek dokumentuan edukitzea garrantzitsuak diren diagrama, irudi, eskemak edo bestelako gauzak sortzeko bereziki prestatuta daude. Garai batean LyX dokumentuetan irudi finko edo estatikoak bakarrik gehitu zitekeen, baina arazo horri eusteko murriztapen batzuk daude: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Irudia aldatzea nahi baduzu, kanpoko programa bati eskuz deitu behar diozu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erreferentzia fitxategia aldatzen denean LyX-ek ez du oharrik ematen, eta pantailako bistaratzea zaharkitua egon daiteke, bistaratzea ezin eguneratzeak hau astunago egiten du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Objektu grafikoek esportatutako formatuekin (hala nola DocBook, HTML edo Ascii soila) kopiatzeko mekanismorik ez dute eskaintzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materiala arazo hauek ebazteko erraztasunak ematen saiatzen da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta irudien erraztasunak arazo guztiak ezin konpondu, oraindik baliagarria da zeren eta grafikoen aurrebista lerro-barnean erakusteaz gain, interfaze eroso batekin bihurketa geometriko aurreratuen euskarria baitu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hori egiteko, kanpoko aplikazioentzako interfaze bezala lantzeko prestatu @@ -6346,114 +7276,128 @@ ko xedearekin gehitutako materialaren lerro-barneko bistara galtzea erabaki gehitzea nahi duzun material zehatza hautatu ahal izango duzu. Hurrengo ataletan mekanismo hau erabiltzen eta zure arazoak honekin gainditzen ikasiko duzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nola lantzen da? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarria -\emph on +\emph on txantiloi -\emph default +\emph default baten zentzuan oinarritzen da. Txantiloi batek LyX-ek material mota batekin interfaze lanak nola egin behar dituen zehazten du. Orokorrean LyX banaketa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default motako irudiak, Dia motako diagramak, -\emph on +\emph on raster -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : raster formatua batzuetan "itzaldura" itzuli izan da; beste batzuetan, berriz, "bilbe-grafikoa". Dokumentu honetan "raster" erabiliko dugu. Honako esanahi hauek ditu: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Raster Sare edo laukitxo baten kolore edo gris tonoak osatzen duten irudi-format u bat da, pantailako pixelei ere deitzen zaie. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Raster Pantaila bateko pixelak dituzten lerro horizontalekin osatzen den irudi-formatua. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset formatuko irudiak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gnuplot -\family default +\family default eta bestelako batzuen aurredefinitutako txantiloiekin etortzen da. Orain daukan zerrenda ikusteko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default anpo-materiala -\family default +\family default menura joan. Horretaz gain, material mota zehatz baten euskarria duen txantiloi bat sor dezakezu. Geroxeago zer egin behar den azalduko dugu, eta horrela sortzen dituzun txantiloi guztiak guri bidali eta hurrengo LyX-en bertsioan kaleratuko genituzke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarriaren beste oinarrizko ideia jatorrizko fitxategia (bukaerako materiala lortzeko oinarri bezala erabiltzen dena) eta sortzen den bihurtutako fitxategia (esportatzen edo inprimatzen den dokumentuan gehitzen dena) arteko ezberdintasunean datza. Adibidez, demagun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default programarekin irudi bat sortzen dela. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default programa berak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default luzapena duen jatorrizko fitxategi batekin lan egiten du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default -ekin irudiak sortu eta alda ditzakezu, eta behin amaitutakoan fig fitxategia gorde. Irudi hori zure dokumentuan gehitu nahi duzunean, PostScript fitxategi bat sortzeko (eta hau LaTeX fitxategian gehitzeko), landu terminal batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default komandoa. Kasu honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default fitxategia jatorrizkoa da, eta PostScript motakoa sortzen den bihurtutako fitxategia da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bereizketa hau egitea oso garrantzitsua da, horrela dokumentua idazten jarraitze n duzun bitartean materialaren eguneraketak egin ditzakezu. @@ -6466,24 +7410,26 @@ n duzun bitartean materialaren eguneraketak egin ditzakezu. duen bihurtzaile bati deitzea komenigarriagoa da. Kanpoko materialen kudeaketak hori egiten uzten du, zeren eta LyX-ek onartzen dituen formatu ezberdinetara esportatzeko parametrizatua baitago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esportatzeko formatuei dagokien produktu ezberdinen ekoizpena onartzeko xedearekin, aplikazioekin editatu eta bistaratzeko bateratutako euskarria sartu zaio. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default motako irudi baten kasuan, LyX-eko kanpoko materialen leihoan klik batekin jatorrizko fitxategiaren gain lan egin dezan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default abia dezakezu, eta beste klik bat eginez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default -rekin sortzen den PostScript fitxategiaren aurrebista landu. Jatorrizko edo bihurtutako fitxategiak non kokatuta dauden aurkitzeko eta ukitzeko (edo aldatzeko), komando-lerrorik edota fitxategi kudeatzailerik @@ -6491,7 +7437,9 @@ ghostview Honela zure dokumentuak idazten ari zarenean aplikazio ezberdin askoren gaitasun guztiekin aritzeko aukera izango duzu, eta, azken finean, eraginkorrag oa izango da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, LyX-ek, hori guztia lantzeko, erabil daitezkeen programa ezberdinei buruzko informazioa dauka. @@ -6503,7 +7451,9 @@ Beraz, LyX-ek, hori guztia lantzeko, erabil daitezkeen programa ezberdinei iturburak ukitu gabe) aukera eskaintzen die. Komando eta bandera (aukera) guztiak definitzeak bere lana eskatzen du, baina zorionez LyX taldekoek lan gogor guzti hau zure ordez egin dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Onartu behar dugu zenbait gauza ez ditugula egin. Esportatutako formatu bakoitzarekin fitxategi mota ezberdin asko sor ditzakezun @@ -6514,36 +7464,40 @@ ez, produktu bakoitzaren aurrebista lantzeko aukera dagoela pentsa dezakezu. edukitzea (oinarrizko fitxategi formatuaren kontzeptua sartzen duelarik) erabaki genuen. Kanpoko materialaren leihoan -\family sans -Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ikusi\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default botoian klikatzen duzuenan bukerako fitxategiaren ikuspegia oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatuan lortuko duzu. Eta zure dokumentu-klasean oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua zehazten da. Dokumentu-klase gehienetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua LaTeX izaten da, baina DocBook dokumentu-klaseetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocBook -\family default +\family default izaten da. Beraz, bihurtutako fitxategia ikusten duzunean, gogoratu emaitz nagusia kaleratuko denaren aurrebista bat bakarrik izango dela. Esportatutako beste formatuak nola ikusten diren jakin nahi baduzu, eskuz esportatu eta ikusi beharko dituzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kanpo-materiala leihoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materiala -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default menutik txertatzen da. Hori egiterakoan, dokumentuan botoi bat txertatzen da, eta kanpoko materialaren leihoa erakusten da. @@ -6552,12 +7506,14 @@ xertatu Gainera, emaitzeko fitxategian erabiltzeko asmoarekin materiala ikusi, editatu edota sortzeko kanpoko aplikazioari deitzeko aukera eskaintzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Txantiloia -\family default +\family default eremua erabili behar diren txantiloien zerrenda da, eta hor egokien datorkizuna aukeratu behar duzu. Eremu horren azpian testu-area bat dago, aukeratzen duzun txantiloiaren @@ -6569,42 +7525,44 @@ Txantiloia Horrela, eremu honek jatorrizko fitxategiari dagokio. Bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki sortzen denez, horrentzako erabiltzailearen interfazean sarbiderik ez da behar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badago beste eremu bat -\family sans +\family sans Parametroak -\family default +\family default izenekoa. Eremu horretan txantiloi zehatz bat parametrizatzeko erabiltzen da. Erabileraren xehetasunak txantiloiaren laburpenean agertu beharko luke, bihurtutako fitxategia nola sortuko den definitzeko beste modu batzuk jar ditzakezu. Leiho horretan beste hiru botoi aurkituko dituzu: -\family sans -Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Editatu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ikusi\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eguneratu\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default . Horiek jatorrizko fitxategia (dagokion aplikazioarekin) editatu, oinarrizko dokumentuaren formatuan gehituko den bezala bihurtutako fitxategia ikusi, eta azkenik, oinarrizko formatuan emaitzaren materiala eguneratzeko erabiltzen dira. Normalki -\family sans -Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eguneratu\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default botoia desgaituta egoten da, zeren eta txantiloi gehienek behar denean bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki eguneratzen baitute. Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategi berri bat sortzea ez da beharrezkoa. @@ -6612,143 +7570,191 @@ emaitza eguneratzen, hori egiten duten bakoitzean denbora gehiegi igarotzen baitute, eta dokumentuaren ekoizpena gehiegi luzatuko lukete. Mota horretako txantiloiei -\emph on +\emph on eskuzko -\emph default +\emph default kanpo-materiala esaten zaie. Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategia eguneratzeko zeuk (hori egin behar duzunean -\family sans -Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eguneratu\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default botoia erabilita) egunera dezakezu. Hau da, zure eskuetan gelditzen da une bakoitzean bihurtutako fitxategia eguneratua dagoela ziurtatzea: inprimatu, esportatu, aurrebista landu eta bestelako batzuen aurretik jorratu beharko zenituzke. Agian, etorkizunean, baliteke LyX-ek zeregin honetan zuri laguntzea. Txantiloia, jatorrizko fitxategia edo parametroak aldatzerakoan -\family sans -Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Editatu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ikusi\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Eguneratu\InsetSpace ~ emaitza -\family default +\family default botoiak erabili beharko dituzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Adibideak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetan kanpoko materialaren erabileren adibide batzuk gehituko ditugu. Adibideok honako hauek eduki beharko dituzte: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kanpoko raster irudiak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kanpoko XFig irudiak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Chess diagramak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Soinuen laginak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize makefiles-en erabilera. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kanpoko LyX txantiloi errekurtsiboak. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko txantiloiaren definizioak LyX-en gehitzea nahikoa erraza da. Hala ere, argi ibili hori lantzerakoan, zeren eta segurtasun alorreko zulo bat sor baitezakezu. Beraz, horrekin jolasean hasi aurretik, irakurri geroago aurkituko duzun segurtasunari buruzko atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau esanda, sortzen dituzun txantiloi interesgarriak bidaltzeko eskatzen dizugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko txantiloiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/external_templates -\family default +\family default fitxategian definitzen dira. Zure bertsioa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/external_templates -\family default +\family default fitxategian jar dezakezu. Etorkizunean litekeena da norbaitek txantiloien edukien eta txantiloiak definitzeko erabiltzen den sintaxiaren dokumentazioa idaztea. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ordezpen mekanismoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materialaren erraztasunak kanpoko programa bati deitzen dionean, txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian definituta dagoen oinarrizko komandoan oinarrituz egiten da. Komando horiek exekutatu aurretik hedatzen diren makro batzuk eduki ditzakete. Exekuzioa dokumentua dagoen direktorioan gertatzen da beti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, kanpoko materiala bistaratu behar den bakoitzean, ordezte-mekanismoak sortuko du bere izena. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskuragarri dauden makroak hauexek dira: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FName Kanpoko materialaren leihoan zehazten den jatorrizko fitxategiaren izena. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Basename Luzapenik gabeko fitxategi-izena. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Tempname Behin-behineko fitxategi batentzako izena eta bide-izen osoa. Hori daukan dokumentua ixterakoan edo kanpoko materialaren txertatze-gunea ezabatzen denean automatikoki ezabatuko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Contents("fitxa_izena.ext") Makro hau -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxa_izena.ext -\family default +\family default izena duen fitxategiaren edukietara hedatuko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Sysdir Makro hau sistemako direktorioaren bide-izen osoarekin hedatuko da. LyX-ekin datozten script lagungarriengana bideratzeko erabili ohi izaten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauetaz gain, erraztasunak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ${PATH} -\family default +\family default bezalako sintaxia duten inguruneko aldagai orokorrak heda ditzake. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Segurtasunaren eztabaida -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materialaren funtzioak kanpoko programa askoren interfaze lanak egiten ditu, eta gauzak automatikoki egiten dituenez, segurtasun arazoak @@ -6758,22 +7764,26 @@ Kanpoko materialaren funtzioak kanpoko programa askoren interfaze lanak batek dokumentuaren aurrebista lantzerakoan edo inprimatzerakoan bestelako komando batzuk exekuta ditzake. Hori erabat saihetsi nahiko genuke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, kanpoko programen komandoak txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian bakarrik zehazten direnez, eta LyX txantiloi seguruekin bakarrik konfiguratuta badago, orduan ez dago segurtasun arriskurik. Horrela da zeren eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default sistemako deia erabiltzen baita, eta ez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter system -\family default +\family default errutina, eta ondorioz fitxategi-izenetik edo parametroen bitartez ezin dira komando lerroko (shell) edozein komando exekutatu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrek beste ondorio batzuk ditu, kanpoko materialen txantiloietan komando batzuk erabiltzera mugatuta egotea. @@ -6783,33 +7793,35 @@ Horrek beste ondorio batzuk ditu, kanpoko materialen txantiloietan komando batean egiteko, script seguru bat idatz dezakezu, eta gero komando lerrotik script horri deitu. LyX instalatzen den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/scripts -\family default +\family default direktorioan itzulbirako script seguru bat aurkituko duzu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter general_command_wrapper.py -\family default +\family default ; horrek sarrera eta irteera berbideratzea onartzen du. Gainera, babeseko script txantiloi bat nola idazten den erakusteko ere balio du. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fork -\family default +\family default eta antzekoak erabiltzen dituzten adibide aurreratuagoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pic2ascii.py -\family default +\family default bihurtzaile script-ean aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuzenean komandoen lerroarekin lan egiteko txantiloi bat garatu daiteke, baina erabiltzaile maltzur batek ahultasun hau bere onerako erabil dezake. Hori dela eta, script seguruak bakarrik eta modu kontrolatu batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default sistemako deiarekin lantzen dena erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu. Noski, ingurune kontrolatu batean erabiltzeko, komando lerroko script arruntak erabiltzea oso tentagarria izan daiteke. @@ -6820,7 +7832,9 @@ execvp Iturburu irekien izaeran oinarrituz, erabiltzaileei txantiloiak bidaltzeko eskatzen jarraituko dugu, baina seguruak ez direnak ez ditugu banaketan sartuko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kanpoko materiala gehitzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen du, eta argi ibili behar duzu ahalmen honetan segurtasun arloko gune ahulik ez sartzeko. @@ -6831,93 +7845,107 @@ Kanpoko materiala gehitzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen du, eta argi ibili seguruak al diren edo ez jakiteko, jo LyX taldearengana. Eta hori guztia ingurune ez-kontrolatu batean aritzen hasi aurretik egin beharko zenuke. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX zerbitzaria -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zerbitzaria LyX-en garatutako metodo bat da, eta horren bitartez beste programa batzuek LyX-ekin hitzegin, LyX-eko komandoei deitu eta LyX-en barneko egoeraren informazioa eskura dezakete. Hau erabiltzaile adituentzako zuzenduta dago, oso erabilkorra aurkituko baitute. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zerbitzaria kanalizazioko tutua (pipe) izeneko bikotearen bitartez lantzen da. Zure direktorioan (etxean) " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default " eta " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default " izenekin kokatzen dira. Kanpoko programak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default fitxategian idazten du, eta itzulerako datuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default fitxategitik irakurtzen ditu. Kanalizazioaren tutuaren izena -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Bide-izenak -\family default +\family default fitxan egokitu, adib. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /home/nire_etxea/.lypipe -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek tutuak sortzeko ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .in -\family default +\family default ' eta ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .out -\family default +\family default ' luzapenak gehituko ditu. Arestiko ezarpenak LyX zerbitzaria aktibatzea eragiten du baita ere. Tutuetariko bat jadanik sortuta balego, LyX-ek beste LyX-en procesu bat lanean dagoela suposatzen duela uste du, eta ez du zerbitzaririk abiatuko. Une berean, hainbat LyX prozesu zerbitzariekin edukitzeko, programa horiek abiatu aurretik beraien konfigurazioa aldatu beharko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bezero \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bezeroa \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset programa bati deitzen zaio. Programa hau erabiltzailearen ordenagailuan exekutatu ohi da, eta zerbitzariare @@ -6925,48 +7953,58 @@ kin konektatzeko erabiltzen da. Horrela, zerbitzari eta bezero batek zeregin bateko bikotea osatzen dute. Adibidez, posta elektronikoaren arloan bezeroa Evolution edo KMail dira, eta zerbitzariak berriz Qmail, Sendmail. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ingelesez \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset client \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (bezeroarentzat) eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset server \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (zerbitzariarentzat) hitzak erabiltzen dute. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset bat garatzen ari bazara, LyX zerbitzaritik arazketa informazioa gaitzea erabilgarria izan daiteke. Horretarako LyX honela abiatu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 8192 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : LyX hondatzen bada, tutuak ez ditu ezabatuko. Gogoratu tutu horiek fitxategiak direla, eta ondorioz zeuk eskuz ezabatu beharko dituzu, zeren eta LyX abiatzerakoan tutuak hor badaude, zerbitzaririk ez baita abiatuko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esandakoaz gainera, beste gauza batzuk kontuan eduki behar dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bai zerbitzari bai bezeroek UNIX edo OS/2 sistema eragileetan aritu behar dute. @@ -6976,225 +8014,285 @@ Bai zerbitzari bai bezeroek UNIX edo OS/2 sistema eragileetan aritu behar ez baita komunikaziorik gertatutako. Zerbitzaria OS/2 sisteman badago, bezeroak ere sistema eragile horretan kokatuta egon beharko dute. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OS/2 sisteman LyX zerbitzari batekin, aldi berdinean, bezero bakar bat konekta daiteke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OS/2 sistemako bezeroek sarrerako tutua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O_WRONLY -\family default +\family default moduan ireki behar dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans C -\family default +\family default programazioa hizkuntzan egindako adibide oso bat banaketaren iturburuetan aurkitu ahal izango duzu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/server_monitor.c -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Komunikazio normala -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-i dei bat igortzeko bezeroek sarrerako tutuan ASCII lerro bat idazten dute. Lerroak formatu hau dauka: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXCMD: -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on funtzioa -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on argurmentua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena -\emph default +\emph default bezeroak hartu dezakeen edozein izen da. LyX-ek erantzuna bidali behar duenean bakarrik erabiliko du, horrela bezero batek beste hainbat eskaleren emaitzak bana ditzake. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on funtzioa -\emph default +\emph default LyX-ek lantzea nahi duzun funtzioa da. Bufertxoan erabiltzen dituzun komandoen antzekoa da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on argumentua -\emph default +\emph default aukerazko argumentu bat da, eta funtzio batzuetan bakarrik dauka zentzua - (adib.\SpecialChar ~ + (adib.\InsetSpace ~ "self-insert", honek argumentua kurtsorearen kokapenean testu gisa txertatuko luke). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-etik datorren erantzuna irteerako tutura iristen da eta honelako formatua edukitzen du -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote INFO: -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on funtzioa -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on datua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertan, -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on funtzioa -\emph default +\emph default eskaerako komandotik errepikatutako balioak dira; -\emph on +\emph on datua -\emph default +\emph default komandoaren eraginez sor daitekeen informazio (neurri batean gehiago edo gutxiago) erabilgarria izan daiteke. Komando batzuek LyX-en barneko egoeraren informazioa itzultzen dute, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset font-state" komandoak esaterako. Beste batzuek datu hutsak itzultzen dituzte. Honek komandoaren zeregina egokiro burutu dela esanahiko luke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errorea gertatzen bada, LyX-ek honelako erantzuna botako du: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote ERROR: -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on funtzioa -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on errore-mezua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertan, -\emph on +\emph on errore-mezuak -\emph default +\emph default huts egin duen komandoari buruzko azalpena dauka. Adibidez: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:proba:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:proba:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code read a <~/.lyxpipe.out -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo $a -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Jakinarazpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek gertaerak asinkronoki joango direla adieraziz bezeroei jakinarazpena bidal diezaieke. Une honetan hori egiteko erabiltzaileak \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notify" funtzioarekin tekla-sekuentzi bat elkartu behar du. LyX-ek bidaltzen duen katearen formatua hau da: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NOTIFY: -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on tekla-sekuentzia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertan, -\emph on +\emph on tekla-sekuentzia -\emph default +\emph default erabiltzaileak orain idatzi duen teklen sekuentziaren adierazpen inprimatua da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabili mekanisko hau LyX-eko komando multzoak hedatzeko eta makroak garatzeko: tekla sekuentzia batzuk "notify"-rekin elkartuz, irteerako tutuan entzuten duen bezero bat abiatu, sekuentziari dagokion bezala komando bat igorri, eta LyX-i komando bat (edo batzuk) igortzeko LyX-en deiak eta eskariak erabiltzen dituen funtzio bat abiatu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek protokolo sinple bat dauka, eta saioaren kudeaketa egiteko erabil daiteke. Mezu guztiak era honetakoak dira: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXSRV: -\emph on +\emph on bezeroizena:protokolo-mezua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertan, -\emph on +\emph on protokolo-mezuak -\emph default +\emph default "hellow" edo "bye" esan dezake. Bezero batetik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "hello" -\family default +\family default jasotzen badu, LyX-ek bezeroari bere mezuak entzuten ari dela adierazteko erantzun bat itzuliko dio. LyX-ek bezeroei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "bye" -\family default +\family default igortzen dienean taberna ixten ari dela eta bezeroak lotara joateko ordua dutela adierazten du. -\layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix Lasterbideak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eranskin hau ingeleseko lasterbide guztien izugarrizko erreferentzia gurutzatu bat da. @@ -7205,4401 +8303,5251 @@ zea bururatu zitzaigun. Orduan erabaki genuen, zergatik ez, jatorrizko tresna-barra eta menuen lasterbideak ere gehitzea. Jakin ezazu atal hau oso zaharkitua egon daitekeela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetako edukien egitura nahiko garbia delakoan gaude, baina badaezpada argibide batzuk emango dizkizugu: sarrera guztiak lasterbideen arabera alfabetikoki ( -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default , e.a.) antolatu dira. Teklatuaren diseinu orokor batentzako aurrizki xumeagoak konplexuagoaren aurretik jarri ditugu (lehenbizi -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default , gero -\family sans +\family sans C-S-c -\family default +\family default ). Sarrera guztiak erabiltzailearen interfaze eta lasterbideen fitxategietatik eskuratu dira. Fitxategiok \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /share/lyx/ui -\family default +\family default eta \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /share/lyx/bind -\family default +\family default direktorioetan daude. Eta horiek lasterbideen erabateko arau bezala erabili behar dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Azken\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Azken\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : argi ibili zenbait leiho kudeatzailerekin (FVWM bezalakoa) zenbait funtzio edo mugimendu teklen kontrolaz jabetzen baitira. Hemen -\family sans +\family sans C-eskuina -\family default +\family default lasterbideak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hitza-aurrera -\family default +\family default funtzioa sortuko duela zerrendatzen da, baina FVWM leiho kudeatzaileak mahaigain birtualetan mugitzeko erabiltzen du. Nahikoa gogaikarria izan daiteke zure leiho kudeatzaileari sekuentzia hauek jaso ez ditzala agintzen ez diozun bitartean. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : hemen agertzen diren lasterbide asko ingelesari eta, gainera, LyX-eko bertsio zaharkituei dagozkienez, lasterbide eta funtzioen izenak ez dira euskaratu. Bestelako azalpenak lagungarriak izango direlakoan euskaratu dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tresna-barra -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Tresna-barra -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Diseinuak -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "ireki" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "gorde" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "inprimatu" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bereizlea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "ebaki" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "kopiatu" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "itsatsi" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bereizlea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "letra-enfasia" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "letra-izena" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "letra-askea" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bereizlea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "tex era" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "matematika-era" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bereizlea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "txertatu oin-oharra" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "txertatu albo-oharra" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "habio-sakonera" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bereizlea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "txertatu irudia" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ikonoa "taula txertatzeko leihoa" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Menua -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fitxategia -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_export -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export fax -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_import -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ n -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_vc -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-out -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Editatu -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-remove-all -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-chktex -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_floats -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-row -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-center -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-column -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-left -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-right -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-left -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature multicolumn -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-center -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-top -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-right -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-top -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-column -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-bottom -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-row -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter matematikako panela -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfoot -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefoot -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfig -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter melt -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefig -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-preferences -\family sans +\family sans -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reconfigure -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_tabular -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_paste -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste paragraph -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Txertatu -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_floats -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert algorithm -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-tab -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert figure -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert table -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-fig -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-tabular-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter citation-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-child-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter footnote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter marginpar-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter note-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_toc -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter loa-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bibtex-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter toc-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lof-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lot-insert -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_special -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-separator-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_file -\family default +\family default azpimenua -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii lines -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii paragraphs -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert-last -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external-insert -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diseinua -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter appendix -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-character -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-document -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-preamble -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paragraph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-save-default -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-tabular -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Diseinua -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karakterea -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ space -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Down -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-lowcase -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Up -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-upcase -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-capitalize -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smallest -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size largest -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 9 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-H -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size increase -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ minus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size decrease -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ikusi -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Arakatu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Laguntza -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragrafo-estiloa -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Abstract -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LyXCode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Description -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortFoilhead -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout List -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quote -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Standard -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Title -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Verse -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter drop-layouts-choice -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-p -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-p -\noun on -\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default -\noun default +\family default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +asterisk\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Author -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-B -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Bibliography -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Comment -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Date -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-F -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Foilhead -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-Q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quotation -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Rotatefoilhead -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout RightAddress -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Address -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Caption -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauek guztiak atzerako konpatibilitatea mantentzeko daude, baina qwerty motako teklatuetan bakarrik dute zentzua: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-dollar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-numbersign -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Teklatua -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagokionak -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-backward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter delete-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-toggle -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-open Documents -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-toggle-read-only -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-on -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-slash -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-underscore -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-W -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-percent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagokionak -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-next -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-P -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-T -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset-ps -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-V -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagozkionak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauek matematikarentzako (edo Scientific Word-en antzekoentzako) LyX teklatuaren definizioak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laster-teklen fitxategiak eta dokumentu hau Serge Winitzki-ek sortu zuen, Jean-Marc Lasgouttes-ren laguntzarekin. 1.3 bertsioa, LyX 1.2 eta 1.3.x-entzako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Definizio hauek sagua erabili gabe ekuazioak sartzeko bide errazagoa eskaintzen dute, batik bat Scientific Word ezagutzen duten erabiltzaileentzako. LyX-en lasterbide estandarrak, -\family sans +\family sans M-m -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-o -\family default +\family default bezalakoak, ez dira aldatu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Trikimailua -\emph default +\emph default : "LyX-eko lasterbide baten izena" aurkitzeko, begiratu egoera-barran ez dagoen lasterbide-elkarte batekin. Adibidez, " -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-& -\family default +\family default " nola erreferentzitzen den ikusteko, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-S -\family default +\family default eta gero -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-& -\family default +\family default : egoera-barrak honelako zerbait erakutsiko luke " -\family sans +\family sans C-s S-c-ampersand -\family default +\family default ". Gauza bat! Hau ez dabil LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera (garatuagoak)! -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\family default +\family default -- Kopiatu, ebaki, itsatsi Sciword-en bezala, -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default , eta -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\family default +\family default -- Adierazpen-formula txandakatu: adierazpen-ekuazio bat sartzeko -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default idatzi. Kursorea adierazpen-erako ekuazio batean kokatu eta -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default sakatuta, lerro barneko ekuazio da. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default -- Zatikiak: zatiki bat txertatzeko -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default sakatu. Espresio bat hautatu eta -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default sakatuta, zatiki bateko zenbatzaile bihur dezakezu. -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : zatiki bateko izendatzailearen ezkerrean -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans backspace -\family default +\family default ) sakatuta, zenbatzailea ezabatu eta izendatzailea ez-zatiki batean bihurtzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ikurra txertatzen du -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\family default +\family default -- Emacs-en lasterbideak: kurtsorea dagoen lekutik lerroaren bukaera arte ezabatzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- Testua/Matematika txandakatzeko: testu-eran matematika-erara aldatzen da, eta matematika-eran letra-tipo erromatarra duen testua sartzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default -- Ekuazio baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default -- Ekuazio-multzoko lerro baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestiko komandoak ekuazioen zenbakera kontrola txandakatzeko dira. -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : ekuazio-multzo bateko zenbatzailearen etiketa ezabatzen denean, egitan etiketa hori ez da ezabatuko (TeX kodea honelakoa da: " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label{} -\backslash +\backslash nonumber -\family default +\family default "), eta LaTeX-en ohar (ez kaltegarri) bat sortzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-open -\family default +\family default -- Dokumentu berri bat ireki. (W*ndows) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\family default +\family default -- Komatxo bat " txertatzen du. Hori ez da lehenespenez lortzen duzun komatxo bikoitz "azkarra". -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset erro karratuaren ikurra. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash root -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset erro ikurra. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- Beste lasterbide testu eta matematika artean txandakatzen aritzeko. Jakin ezazu matematika-eran txertatzen den testu erromatarra berezia dela. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default -- Hautatutako testua -\bar under +\bar under azpimarratu -\bar default +\bar default (testu eran soilik, matematikarako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overline -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underbar -\family default +\family default bezalako gauzak erabili). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\family default +\family default -- W*ndows-etik jasotakoa -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- Uneko dokumentua itxi (berriro, W*ndows-etik jasotakoa). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\family default +\family default -- "Berregin" eragiketa, edo "desegindakoa desegin". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kortxete mugatzaileak: mugatzaile bikote bat (iriki eta itxierakoak parekatzen direnak) txertatzeko, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default . Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-[ -\family default +\family default lasterbideak \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset motako kortxeteak sartzen ditu. -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-] -\family default +\family default ere berdin egiten du. Beharrezkoa bada, matematika-erara aldatuko da. Onartutako karaktereak hauek dira: -\family sans +\family sans ( [ { < | -\family default +\family default . Berdin dio ezkerreko edo eskuineko kortxete/parentesiak diren. Dagokien mugatzaileak hauek dira, hurrenez hurren: \begin_inset Formula $\left(\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\} $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left|\right|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mugatzaileak "argiak" dira eta beraien edukien arabera tamaina egokitzeko @@ -11607,1282 +13555,1459 @@ Ctrl-] Erabili matematikako panela bestelako edo parekatzen ez diren mugatzaileak lortzeko. -\emph on +\emph on Ezkerreko -\emph default +\emph default mugatzailean sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans backspace -\family default +\family default ) eta mugatzaile bikotea ezabatuko da, edukia ezabatu gabe. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\family default +\family default -- Komeni delako, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-9 -\family default +\family default sakatzea -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-( -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-) -\family default +\family default sakatzea bezalaxe da -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\family default +\family default -- Mugatzaile angularrak \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mesedez, ez nahastu < > ikur arruntekin. Horiek beste maila jerarkiko batean daude! -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Barra bertikala: teklatu batzuetan (Ingalaterrakoak, adib.), barra-karakterea -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default -zerbaiti elkartua dago, eta zenbait Unix-etan barra bertikal zatikatuari ("brokenbar" ) dagokio. Beraz tekla hauek guztiak honela definitu ditugu: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-brokenbar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-M-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azentuak kasu gehienetan -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default sakatuta txertatzen dira. Adib. -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-. -\family default +\family default batek gainpuntu bat, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-' -\family default +\family default azentu zorrotz bat, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-~ -\family default +\family default tilet bat (hemen -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ere sakatu beharko duzu) e.a. Adibidez, " -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-' a -\family default +\family default " batek á txertazen du. Azentu batzuk matematika eran bakarrik erabil daitezke, eta beste batzuk, berriz, testu eran bakarrik. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\family default +\family default -- "gaipuntu" azentua: \i \.{a} (testu eran soilik). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-comma -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dot -\family default +\family default -- "gaipuntu" azentua: \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (matetamtika eran soilik -- fisikan lehen deribatua adierazten du). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-equals -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overrightarrow -\family default +\family default -- Bektore azentua: \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (matem.). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-umlaut -\family default +\family default -- umlaut azentua: ä (testuan soilik). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-colon -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ddot -\family default +\family default -- "puntu bikoitza" azentua: \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (matem. -- fisikan bigarren deribatua adierazten du). Matematika-eran hirugarren puntua lortzeko, erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dddot -\family default +\family default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-quoteleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-grave -\family default +\family default -- grave azentua: à  (testu eran soilik, matem. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash grave -\family default +\family default erabili). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\family default +\family default -- tilet azentua: ã (testu eran soilik, matem. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tilde -\family default +\family default erabili). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default -- azentu zorrotza: á (testu eran soilik, matem. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acute -\family default +\family default erabili). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciicircum -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default -- circumflex azentua: â (testu eran soilik, matem. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat -\family default +\family default erabili). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funtzio teklak. S-F2 tekla berria LaTeX fitxategia sortzeko erosoa dela dirudi. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\family default +\family default -- Uneko dokumentua gorde. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export latex -\family default +\family default -- Uneko dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa esportatu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\family default +\family default -- Bilatu eta ordeztu leihoa. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -ren antzekoa. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Alt-F4 -\family default +\family default LyX-etik irteteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default -tik -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default -ra letra-tipoak aldatzeko erabiltzen dira. Letra-tipo arruntera itzultzeko, -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default erabili. Letra-tipo ez-lehenetsiak txandakatzeko, -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default - -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default erabili. Kurtsorea hitz baten erdian kokatuta badago, hitz osoari eragingo dio edo hautatzen duzun testuari. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default -- letra-tipo berezia erabiltzeari utzi. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default -- letra- -\series bold +\series bold lodia -\series default +\series default , -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default -- letra- -\emph on +\emph on etzana -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default -- testua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter idazmakina -\family default +\family default bezala jarri. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\family default +\family default -- testua -\noun on +\noun on Maius/maius txiki -\noun default +\noun default letra-tipoarekin jarri. Batzuetan pertsonen izenak nabarmentzeko erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default , berriz, "meta-aurrizki" bezala erabiltzen da, -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default teklaren antzera (adibidez, teklatuak -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default -ekin lanik ezin duenerako egin). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako ikurrak txertatzeko Sciword-en oinarritutako zenbait lasterbide ere badaude. Ikur asko -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default sekuentziarekin hasten dira. Horrela -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default bera ezin zaio ebste ezeri elkartu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\family default +\family default -- Matematikako \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset "prime" ikurra. Gehienetan ez da beharrezkoa izaten: kasu gehienetan apostrofe bat erabiltzeare kin nahikoa izaten da, adib. \begin_inset Formula $x'+2x=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , batzuetan ordea honek LaTeX goi-indizeko errore bat sortzen du. Kasu horretan \begin_inset Formula $x^{\prime2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Formula $x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset prime karratua) sartu behar da prime karakterearekin. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 3 3 -\family default +\family default -- 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 neurriko matrize bat sortzen du: \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} \\\\\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (matrizea inprimatutako dokumentuan ez da agertuko, elementu guztiak hutsik baititu). Gero matrize hori -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menua erabiliz alda dezakezu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Daga \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash equiv -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Berdintasun berbera \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash approx -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gutxi gorabehera berdina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sim -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Baliokidea \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ikurra: \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default -- Gezia \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash leq -\family default +\family default -- Txikiago edo berdina \begin_inset Formula $\leq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash geq -\family default +\family default -- Handiago edo berdina \begin_inset Formula $\geq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ll -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Askoz ere txikiagoa \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (fisikan oso erabilia) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash gg -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Askoz ere handiagoa \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ikurra \begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overline -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-limits -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash oint -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash vec -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash infty -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-G -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek-toggle -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim rangle langle -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash pm -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash neq -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beste azeleratzaileak -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-toggle -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-primary -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-secondary -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx index f7765f1b1d..a3eab0de93 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -10,13 +12,12 @@ \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,65 +28,80 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default da. Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zerrendara: . -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañga Murgoitio, , 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, , 2004. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua, oraintxe irakurtzen ari zarena, batik bat -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -ren 2. zatia da. Dokumentu hau zatitzearen arrazoia hau da: -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default jadanik oso handia da, eta dokumentu gehienak prestatzeko behar diren oinarrizk o ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu. Hala ere, LyX taldeak aspalditik hainbat konfigurazio-fitxategiren eta @@ -95,7 +111,9 @@ o ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu. diseinua sor dezakezula. Horrela, ezaugarri berri asko ekarriko lizkizuke. Eskuliburu honetan hori guztia dokumentatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskuliburu honek ezaugarri berezi batzuk dokumentatzen ditu, ongi lantzeko software gehigarria eskatzen dutenak alegia: adibidez faxaren euskarria, @@ -104,33 +122,39 @@ Eskuliburu honek ezaugarri berezi batzuk dokumentatzen ditu, ongi lantzeko LaTeX-en ezaugarri ahaltsuak erabiliz zure dokumentuak hobetzeko. Azken finean, LyX WYSIWYM bakarrik da, eta LaTeX-eko hainbat funtziorentzako intefazea besterik ez da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noski, dokumentazio osagarri horrekin guztiarekin, -\emph on +\emph on LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default bere txapelean sartzeko gehiegi handitu daiteke. Egoera horretan, adar jotzeko " Eskuliburu gain-hedatua" dei diezaiokezu! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oraindik ez baduzu -\emph on +\emph on Sarrera -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua irakurri, orduan okerreko eskuliburuan zaude. Lehenengo eta behin -\emph on +\emph on Sarrera -\emph default +\emph default irakurri behar da, eta berak eramango zaitu eskuliburu egokira. Gainera, eskuliburu guztien jakinarazpenak eta egiturak azaltzen ditu. -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -rekin eta LyX-eko oinarrizko ezaugarriekin ere arituta egon beharko zenuke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu honetan, atal asko laguntzaile batzuk idatzitako artikulu askeak dira, eta hori direla jakinarazten da. @@ -138,32 +162,42 @@ Dokumentu honetan, atal asko laguntzaile batzuk idatzitako artikulu askeak diseinu-fitxategia idatzi du, edo bestela funtzioren bat garatu du. Kapitulu batean (edo dagokion atalean) egilearen izenik ez bada aipatzen, LyX-eko Dokumentazio taldeak idatzi duela esan nahi du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eskuliburu honetako gai guztiek azaltzen dute (LyX programa LaTeX-en oinarritzen denez) LyX barrutik nola dabilen eta LyX-en nahi duzun LaTeX-eko kodea zuzenean nola sortzen den. Hau, agerian dagoenez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako prestatua dago. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX eta LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxetalatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitulu hau bai TeX-eko teknikarientzat bai LaTeX-eko kuxkuxeroentzat da. Berton, LyX eta LaTeX elkarrekin nola aritzen diren erakutsiko dugu, inprimatu daitekeen irteera sortzeko. LaTeX-i buruzko zerbait dakizula eskuliburu honetan bakarrik suposatuko da, ez beste eskuliburuetan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Garai batean LyX-i "LaTeX-entzako WYSIWYM motako interfazea" deitzen genion, baina ez da gehiago egia izango. @@ -176,206 +210,239 @@ Garai batean LyX-i "LaTeX-entzako WYSIWYM motako interfazea" deitzen genion, LaTeX-ik behar. LyX-ek ere LaTeX-entzako zenbait hedapen dakartza. Saiatu zaitez noizbehinka honako hau egiten: hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Esportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default menua, ondoren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategiaren emaitzeko hitzaurrean begiratu. Jabetuko zara LyX-ek hainbat makro berri bereziki definitu dituela. Makro horiek automatikoki definitzen dira, dokumentuan erabiltzen dituzun ezaugarrien arabera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-i automatikoki deitzeko komando asko daude. Hona hemen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\emph on +\emph on Formatua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\emph on +\emph on Formatua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default primatu... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default axa... -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horiek LaTeX-i deituko diote baldin eta LaTeX landu den azken alditik fitxategia n aldaketak egon badira. Editatzen ari zaren fitxategiarekin LaTeX exekutatzen duzunean, LyX-ek urrats hauek lantzen ditu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtzen du, eta fitxategia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default luzapenarekin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default dagoen direktorioan gordetzen du. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX abiatzen du -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategiarekin (agian hainbat aldiz). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Errorerik gertatzen bada, dokumentuan errore-kutxak txertatzen ditu, non gertatu diren adierazteko. Kutxa horiek aldi baterako izaten dira eta ez dira dokumentuarekin batera gordetzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default erabiliz LaTeX exekutatzen baduzu, LyX-ek orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default abiaratuko du Dvi fitxategiarentzako. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inprimatu -\family default +\family default erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek beste bi urrats gehiago landuko ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dvi fitxategia PostScript®-era bihurtzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default abiatuko du: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans PostScript -\family default +\family default hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\family default +\family default izango da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default primagailua... -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default izango da, espero zenuen bezalaxe. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default exekutatu, edo bidali PostScript® fitxategia inprimagailura. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lagundu! LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile sutsuek alkondarak txikitu eta garrasika igaroko dute urte hasierako gaua (San Juan bezpera, alegia), ilargi betearen itzalpean LyX erabilkaitza dela lau haizetara aldarrikatuz, eta hori guztia gertatzen zaie eskuliburu guztiak ez irakurtzeagatik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Goazen, bada, gauzak argitzera. LyX-ek bi LaTeX fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu. @@ -383,127 +450,141 @@ Goazen, bada, gauzak argitzera. LyX-ek LaTeX lantzen duen bakoitzean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen du erroreak errazago antzemateko. Ondorioz, sortzen den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia gizakientzako irakurtezina da. Ez saiatu hori irakurtzen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia nahi baduzu (lankide bati bidaltzeko, adib.), hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default menua. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX fitxategi bat LyX-era inportatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default komandoa LyX leihoan. Horrek Perl programaketa hizkuntzan egindako script bati deituko dio: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ; horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxat1.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia jasoz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxat1.lyx -\family default +\family default sortzen du. Ondoren, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxat1.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia irekitzen du. Bihurketa ez bada ongi ibili, saia zaitez reLyX tresna komando lerrotik exekutatzen, aukera sofistikatuagoak erabilita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek LaTeX-eko zilegia den ia dena bihurtuko du, baina ez guztia. TeX moduan ulertzen ez dituen gauzak ez ditu bihurtuko; beraz, bihurtu gabekoak gorri koloreko testuetan agertzen dira, eta eskuz editatu beharko dituzu ongi ikusteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan (eta dagokion Unix-eko man orrialdeetan ere) bere atala dauka. Irakurri atal hori, jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein ezaugarri ez dauden onartuta, zein akats dauden (eta nola konpondu) eta aukera batzuk nola erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek lana egitea lortzen ez baduzu, edo LyX fitxategi batean LaTeX kodea txertatzea nahi baduzu, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexkodeak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexkodeak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ezaugarri hau nahiko garrantzitsua da: beti izango duzu LaTeX kodea LyX-eko dokumentu batean txertatzeko aukera. @@ -512,17 +593,17 @@ Ezaugarri hau nahiko garrantzitsua da: beti izango duzu LaTeX kodea LyX-eko LyX dokumentu batean LaTeX-eko komando bat txertatu behar duzunean, erabili ERT kutxa. ERT kutxa lortzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default menua. ERT kutxa hiru modutan ager daiteke: tolestuta, irekita eta lerro barnean. Aurreneko biak beste kutxa tolesgarriak bezala erabiltzen dira, adib. @@ -531,180 +612,230 @@ eX du, eta LaTeX komandoen zati motz bezala erabiltzen dira. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % hau bezala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hiru moduen artean txandakatzeko, ERT kutxa bertan klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin. Jakin ezazu LaTeX-eko komandoak lerro bat baino gehiagotan erabiltzea nahi badituzu, ezin duzula barneko modua erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengoa LyX-eko dokumentu batean LaTeX kodea txertatzearen adibidea duzu. Kodeak honelako itxura eduki ohi dute: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da. Zuk -\newline +\newline nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor) -\newline +\newline irudi eta taula. -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline & -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Hau ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibideko testuak daukan ERT kutxa paragrafo honen ondoren agertzen da. Eskuliburu hau pantailan (LyX-eko leihoan) irakurtzen ari bazara, gris koloreko botoi bat (gorri koloreko testu bitxi batekin) ikusiko duzu. Inprimatutako bertsioan, ordea, honen emaitza ikusiko duzu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da. Zuk nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor) irudi eta taula. -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard & -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau ... -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi metodo hauetaz gain, LaTeX-eko egitura konplexua duen aparteko fitxategi bat sor dezakezu. Gero -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default menua erabili fitxategia txertatzeko (sarrera mota hautatu beharko duzu). Hau aholkatzen dizugu ongi dabilen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi bat jadanik badaukazu. Bestela izugarrizko lana izango duzu LaTeX-eko erroreak zuzentzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azpimarratu beharreko azken oharrak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en barruan LaTeX-eko kodea -\emph on +\emph on gorriz -\emph default +\emph default agertzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek -\emph on +\emph on ez du -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX-eko kodea ongi a dagoen egiaztatzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kontu ibili gurpila berriz asmatzearekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken oharrak bi gauza adierazi nahi ditu. Lehenbizi, LyX-ek bere barnean ezaugarri batzuk ditu, eta gehiago ekartzekotan @@ -717,57 +848,69 @@ Azken oharrak bi gauza adierazi nahi ditu. bat izan daiteke, kartazalentzako etiketetatik hasi eta hainbat orrialdeko tauletaino. Begiratu CTANeko gunean xehetasunak irakurtzeko (ikusi -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko "Beharrezko aplikazioak" atala) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on -\noun on +\emph on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : hori egiten askotan ikusi izan dut. Etiketak inprimatzeko kodea batzuk prestatzen hasi, eta buruhauste asko igaro eta gero konturatzea hori egiteko jadanik LaTeX-eko bi pakete erabilgarri daudela. Eta okerrena da neuk banituela pakete horiek! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure dokumentuan zerbait sofistikatua eta sakona egin behar baduzu, ziurtatu zaitez alboan LaTeX buruzko liburu on bat edukitzea, kodea garatzen laguntzeko. -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko bibliografian batzuk zerrendatzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badaude LaTeX-eko komando batzuk testuaren aurretik kokatu behar izaten direnak. Hauek hitzaurrean kokatzen dira, eta hurrengo atalean honi buruz hitz egiten da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea} -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, hemen ez daukagu hitzaurrea zertarako egokia den azaldu beharrik. @@ -777,45 +920,54 @@ LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz Dena den, ondorengo azalpenak irakurri beharko zenituzke, LyX-eko dokumentu batean LaTeX-eko hitzaurrerekin zer egin dezakezun eta zer ez duzun egin behar azaltzen baitute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, edozein testuren -\emph on +\emph on aurretik -\emph default +\emph default . Ondorengoentzako da: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentu-klasea zehazteko. Jadanik, LyX-ek hau zuregatik egiten du. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX arloan aditua bazara, eta erabili nahi dituzun dokumentu-klase pertsonaliz atuak badituzu, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua, LyX horien interfaze gisa ezartzeko egin beharrekoak agertzen baititu. Ziurtatu zure lanak LyX taldeari bidaltzen dizkiozula, datozen bertsioetan sartzeko! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Paketeen erabilera zehazteko. LaTeX-eko paketeek komando bereziak eskaintzen dituzte; horiek dokumentuan erabili ahal izango dira baldin eta dokumentuko hitzaurrean zehaztu badira. Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default paketeak paragrafo guztiak koskatuak izan daitezen derrigortzen du. Etiketak, kartazalak, marjinak eta beste hainbat gauzetarako beste pakete batzuk badaude. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zenbatzaileak, aldagaiak, luzera eta zabalerak zehazteko. LaTeX-en hainbat zenbatzaile eta aldagai daude, eta nahi den eragina egiteko @@ -826,166 +978,192 @@ Zenbatzaileak, aldagaiak, luzera eta zabalerak zehazteko. Beste adibide bat zerrendentzako etiketen formatua da. Gaur egun, horiek dokumentuko edozein lekutan ezar ditzakezu, baina egokiena leku bakar batean egitea da, hitzaurrearen barruan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erabiltzaileak definitutako komandoak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default -ekin) zehazteko. Gehienetan LaTeX-eko komandoen laburtzapenak izan ohi dira dokumentu barruan askotan agertzen direnak. Gainera, hitzaurrea leku egokia da komando horiek zehazteko, beste edozein lekutan ere zehatz daitezke (hori bai, lehen aldiz erabili -\emph on +\emph on aurretik -\emph default +\emph default ). Hau oso erabilgarria izan daiteke zure dokumentuan LaTeX-eko kode gordin asko daudenean, normalean ez da horrelakorik gertatzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek sortzen duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategian dagokion definizio-multzoa hitzaurrean gehitzen du. Horrela, LyX-ek sortutako LaTeX fitxategia eramangarria izaten da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hitzaurrea aldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX fitxategiko hitzaurrean LyX-ek gehitzen dituen komandoak finkatuta daude; ezin dituzu aldatu baldin eta LyX programaren iturburua ez baduzu aldatzen. Hala ere, zure komandoak hitzaurrean gehitzeko aukera daukazu. Hori egiteko bi bide daude: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hitzaurrea, -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menutik sortzen den leihoko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default itzaurrea -\family default +\family default fitxa, erabiltzen duzun LyX bertsioaren arabera. LyX-eko laster-teklak leihoan ez dira erabilgarriak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gehitu dituzun hitzaurreko edukiak erabili lehenetsitako txantiloi gisa (ikus "Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa" -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan), horrela sortzen dituzun fitxategien hitzaurre lehenetsia izango da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurrez berak eraikita duen hitzaurreko guztia Hitzaurrean gehitzen du LyX-ek. Hitzaurrean zure komandoak sartu aurretik, ziurtatu zaitez zuk nahi duzuna LyX-ek ez daukala (gogoratzen zara nola esan genizun gurpila berriro ez asmatzeko?). Gainera, -\emph on +\emph on ziurtatu zure hitzaurrearen kodea zuzena dela -\emph default +\emph default . LyX-ek ez ditu egiaztatzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Adibideak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen agertzen diren adibideek azaltzen dute hitzaurrean zer gehitu ditzakezun eta zer egiten duten: -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 1. adibidea: desplazamendua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-en bi aldagai daude orrialdearen kokapena kontrolatzeko: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . Horizontalki eta bertikalki desplazatzeko erabiltzen dira, hurrenez hurren. Aldagai horiek oso baliagarriak dira etiketak inprimatzeko. Noizbehinka, orriaren (edo inprimakiaren) tamaina eta orrian inprimatu daitekeen arearen tamainak ez datoz bat. Horretarako erabiltzen dira -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako balioak bai -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default bai -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default -entzako -\family typewriter -0\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +0\InsetSpace ~ pt. -\family default +\family default izan ohi dira, adibidez, orrialdea ez badago mailakatuta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoritxarrez, badirudi zenbait DVI kontrolatzailek orrialdea beti mailakatzen dutela. @@ -993,53 +1171,63 @@ Zoritxarrez, badirudi zenbait DVI kontrolatzailek orrialdea beti mailakatzen egokiro finkatu. LyX erabiltzen ari zaren ordenagailuko arduraduna ez bazara, edota sistemako arduraduna alfer-ontzi bat bada, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default aldagaiek lagunduko dizute. Demagun ezkerreko eta goiko marjinak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0,5 -\family default +\family default hazbete (inch) handiagoak direla beti. Gehitu hauek hitzaurreari: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} eta marjinak egokiro edukiko dituzu orain. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 2. adibidea: etiketak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etiketez ari garela, helbideen etiketa-sorta bat inprimatu nahi duzula suposatu. Badago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default izeneko pakete polit bat (CTAN-eko artxiboetatik eskura dezakezuna) etiketa-orr iak inprimatzeko. Litekeena da zure sistemak pakete hau lehenetsi gisa instalatuta ez edukitzea. @@ -1047,110 +1235,138 @@ iak inprimatzeko. Agian dagokion dokumentazioa irakurtzea komeniko zaizu, ez baitugu hori hemen azalduko. Hau adibide bat denez, pakete hori nola erabili azalduko dizugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenik, ziurtatu -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen ari zarela. Gero, jarri honako hau hitzaurrean: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=3 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=7 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=9mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=2mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrek gauzak etiketa-orri motarentzat konfiguratzen ditu Avery®, #5360 erreferentziarekin. Etiketak inprimatzeko prest egon arren, LaTeX kodea txertatu beharko duzu, etiketa bakoitzaren inguruan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default komandoak jarriz. Hori eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default paketeko beste ezaugarri bereziak dokumentazio honetan azaltzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noizbait norbaitek LyX diseinuren bat idatz lezake pakete hau zuzenean erabiltze ko. Agian norbait hori zeu izan zintezke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 3. adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amerikarrak ohituta daude paragrafo -\emph on +\emph on bakoitzeko -\emph default +\emph default lehenbiziko lerroa kostatzen. Dituzten beste lilurazko jokabideekin, amerikar gehienek negar-zotinka aritzen dira beraiena lortu eta paragrafo guztien lehenbiziko lerroa koskatu arte \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on -\noun on +\emph on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : hau amerikar batek idatzi du --- neuk! Nire herrialdeko biztanleei buruzko neure ikuspegia da. Ez baduzu atsegin, pikuteaaaaaaaaa, ño! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noski, jokabide hau tipografia ikuspuntutik ez da batere estandarra. Liburuetan, normalean paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzen da @@ -1159,172 +1375,207 @@ Noski, jokabide hau tipografia ikuspuntutik ez da batere estandarra. k nabarmentzeko da. Aurretik ez badago paragraforik, irudi baten atzean dagoelako edo atal bateko lehenbiziko paragrafoa delako, orduan ez da koskatze berezirik egiten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amerikar liluratu horietariko bat bazara, ez zaitez gauza esoterikoetaz arduratu: zuk koskatzea nahiko duzu! Gehitu hau hitzaurrean: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure TeX banaketa ez badago hondatuta, pakete hau edukiko duzu, eta paragrafo guztiek lortuko dute hain maiteak dituzun koskak. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 4. adibidea: dokumentu hau -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu honen hitzaurrea ere begiratu dezakezu, egin ditzakezun gauza aurreratu batzuen burutazioa argitzeko. Agian -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default dagoen leihoa handitu beharko duzu bertakoa erosoago ikusteko. Adibide gehiago eta LaTeX-eko \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset trikimailu zikin" batzuk \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:sekretuak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kapituluan aurkitzen dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean, erroreei ezikusi egiteko eta aurrera jarraitzeko esaten dio. Gero, LaTeX-ek landutako egunkari fitxategia eskuratzen du erroreak aztertzeko. Kapitulu hasieran azaldu dugun bezala, LyX-ek bi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu, horietariko bat dokumentuko erroreak antzemateko erabiltzen da. Nonbaiten errore bat egonez gero, LyX-ek \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Errorea" etiketa duen kutxa dokumentuko leku egoki batean jarriko du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Batzuetan LyX-ek ezin du asmatu errorea zehazki non gertatu den. Arruntena irudi, taula, matematika eta hitzaurrearekin gertatzea izaten da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Honekin batera, leiho bat kaleratuko du zenbat errore gertatu diren jakinarazte ko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errore artean mugitzeko erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rakatu -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rrorea -\family default +\family default aukera. Saguarekin klikatuz errore-kutxak ireki eta mezuak irakur ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaile batzuk egunkari-fitxategian zuzenean begiratu nahi izaten dute, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ egunkaria -\family default +\family default menua erabiliz. Bertan errore-mezu eta abisu gehienak azaltzen dira. Horiek hemen azaltzen ditugu. Zerrenda osoa lortzeko, eskuratu LaTeX liburu on bat. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default " -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hitz horiekin hasten den edozer gauza abisuko mezu bat da, LaTeX kodea arazteko xededuna. Honelako mezuak jasoko dituzu erreferentzia gurutzatuak edo bibliografien sarrerak gehitu edo aldatu badituzu, kasu horietan LaTeX-ek beste exekuzio bat egin behar duzula esaten ari da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean mezu hauek ahaztu ditzakezu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Abisuko beste mezu bat, oraingoan LaTeX-ek aurkitu ezin dituen letra-tipoengatik ari da. Mezuaren beste zatiak LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen letra-tipoak aldatzeko zerbait esaten du askotan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horietaz lasai asko ahaztu zaitezke. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-ek mezu hauek botatzen ditu sarritan. Lerro batzuk luzeegiak direla eta eskuineko marjina gaindituko dutela ohartaraz @@ -1335,174 +1586,196 @@ ten dute. Edo karaktere bakarrak edo bik igaroko dute marjina. Idazten duzun edozein dokumentutan LaTeX-ek behintzat honelako mezu bat kaleratuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mezu alu horiek bazter ditzakezu. Zure begiek esango dizute arazorik ba al dagoen luzeegia den zerbaitekin. Irteerako bertsioa begiratzearekin nahikoa duzu. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ez da bere lehengusina bezain ospetsua, agerraldi gutxiago egiten baititu. Badirudi LaTeX-ek atsegin duela lerro luzeak direnak inprimatzea, txikien ordez. Ez dakigu zergatia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honelakoak ere ahaztu. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default " eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Orrialdeak zatitzeko (jauzteko) arazoak daudela ohartarazten dute. Berriro, begiratu irteerako bertsioan. Zure begiek esango dizute akatsa non gertatu den. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: File "Xxxx" not found -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sistema honetan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xxxx -\family default +\family default " fitxategia ez dagoela instalatuta jakinarazten du. Egoera hau normalki zure dokumentuak eskatzen duen paketea instalatu gabe dagoenean gertatzen da. Hitzaurrea ez baduzu aldatzen edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default komandoa ez baduzu erabiltzen, orduan LyX-ek kargatu nahi izan duen paketea falta da. Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ konfigurazioa -\family default +\family default LyX-ek ezagutzen duen pakete-zerrenda lortzeko. Fitxategi hau LyX birkonfiguratzen duzun ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default erabili) bakoitzean eguneratzen da, eta zein pakete antzeman dituen eta zer egiten duten argituko dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baldin eta dokumentuan komando bat erabili baduzu, eta kortxete artean zehaztu duzun paketea ez badago instalatuta, zeuk instalatu beharko duzu. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Honekin hasten diren errore-mezuak pakete batentzako aukera oker bat edo definitu gabea zehaztu duzula adierazten saiatzen dira. Begiratu paketeen dokumentazioa. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Undefined control sequence -\family default +\family default " -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Zure dokumentuan LaTeX kodea txertatu baduzu, baina hizkiren bat gaizki idatzi baduzu, honelako mezu bat lortuko duzu. Litekeena da pakete bat kargatzea ahaztu izana. Edozein modutan, errore-mezu honek definitu gabeko komando bat erabiltzen ari zarela adierazten du. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako errore eta abisu-motako mezuak ere badira. Batzuk beraien burua azaltzen dute. @@ -1510,56 +1783,72 @@ Bestelako errore eta abisu-motako mezuak ere badira. Besteak apur bat zailago dira ulertzeko. TeX-en errore-mezuak izan ohi dira, eta ez dakigu zer adierazi nahi duten edo nola argitu beraien esanahia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errore-mezuak agertzen badira, honako urrats hauek egin behar dituzu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Begiratu LaTeX-eko kodean ea hizkiren bat gaizki idatzi ote duzun jakin eta zuzentzeko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hizkirik ez baduzu jan, egiaztatu komandoak egokiro erabili dituzula. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dokumentu-hasieran zenbait errore-kutxa agertzen badira, hitzaurrean erroreak daudela adierazten du. Zure hitzaurrea arazten has zintezke. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dokumentuak ez badu ez hitzaurrerik ez LaTeX koderik, litekeena da akatsa duzun LaTeX banaketan egotea. Begiratu galdutako paketeak, eta instala itzazu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ongi, pakete galdurik ez badago, erabili al duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik LyX-en? Gauzak zehaztuz, horietariko batzuk -\emph on +\emph on gaizki erabili -\emph default +\emph default dituzu? Adibidez, eskuz hainbat -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestu -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-jauzi -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Orri-jauzi -\family default +\family default txertatu dituzu? Horiekin zerbait oker bateratzen saiatu zara paragrafo-ingurun e egokiak erabili ordez? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oso ondo, ez duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik erabili, arauen barruan jokatzen ari zara. Dotoretzeko gauzak eskuz egiten ari zara? Taula edo ekuazio baten barruan zerbait polita egin al duzu, grafiko bat taula bateko gelaxka batean txertatzea bezalakoa? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Testu-zati luzeak al dituzu, eta horietan LaTeX-ek lerroa eteteko leku egokia ezin du aurkitu? Jatorriz, LaTeX nahiko zorrotza izaten da lerro bat eteteko @@ -1567,119 +1856,152 @@ Testu-zati luzeak al dituzu, eta horietan LaTeX-ek lerroa eteteko leku egokia Egokiena paragrafoa berriro lantzea duzu, arazoa konpontzeko testua beste modu batera idatz dezakezu. Hori ez bada zuretzako aukera bat, zure testua itzulbiratu dezakezu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default erabiliz LaTeX-ek lerro-jauzia nahi duen bezala egin dezan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Itzultzailearen oharra: LaTeX-ek nahi duen bezala testu zati baten lerro-jauzia egiteko, kokatu testu zati hori honako komando hauen artean: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\newline +\newline (... hemen testu zatia sartu...) -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Habiaratze-sakonera maila guztiak gainditu dituzu? Gaur egun, LyX-ek ez du egiaztatzen inguruneetako habiaratze-sakoneraren muga gainditzen al duzun, oraingoz hori zure esku gelditzen da. Inguruneak bata bestearen barruan \begin_inset Formula $17.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ mailaraino habiaratzen badira, hor egongo da arazoa. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ederto! errore-mezurik ez daukazu, baina irteerako bertsioaren itxura zatar agertzen da. Dokumentuak taula edo irudi handiegia edo orrialdearentzat luzeegia badu, saiatu hauekin: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate berreskalatu irudia, hobekiago finkatu dadin. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate txikitu edo zatitu taula, finkatu arte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irteeran zerbait oker badoa, eta ez bazara saiatu gauzak dotoretzen edo sofistikatzen, ez eta dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik ukitu, orduan ez dakigu zer egon daitekeen gaizki . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Horrek guztiak ez badu laguntzen, agian LyX-en akats bat aurkitu duzu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Tresna osagarriak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent GELDITU! Ez badakizu zer den BibTeX, edo erabileraren inguruko ezagutza onak (zure bibliografiarako datu-base bat konfiguratzea adibidez) badituzu, zoaz korrika, aintza-aintzaka, -\noun on +\noun on Lamport -\noun default +\noun default -en -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default - liburuko 2.\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + liburuko 2.\InsetSpace ~ argitalpen baten gertuen daukazun kopiara, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Appendix B" atalera hain zuzen. Azalpenean bibliografia-fitxategi egoki bat sortu duzula eta inguruneko aldagaiak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BIBINPUTS -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BSTINPUTS -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default bereziki) ere egokiro konfiguratu dituzula suposatzen da, horrela BibTeX datu-basea duen LaTeX fitxategi bat sortu eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX"-atzeko aukera daukazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dakitenentzat BibTeX zer den, gehien erabiltzen dituzun bibliografien erreferentziak gordetzen duen datu-base handi bat sortzeko sistema bat @@ -1689,164 +2011,186 @@ Ez dakitenentzat BibTeX zer den, gehien erabiltzen dituzun bibliografien Nahiz eta orri gutxi batzuk (bakoitzean erabilkorrak diren erreferentziekin) idatzi, BibTeX aztertzea ongi igarotako denbora izango da, eta zuretzat zenbateraino baliagarria izango den erabaki ahalko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en BibTeX erabiltzeko, aurrenik irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default , aipamenak nola txertatzen diren argitzen baitu. BibTeX-eko erreferentziak txertatzeko oinarrizko urratsak berdinak dira. Gero, zure dokumentuaren bukaeran, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Zerrendak\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia -\family default +\family default . Bete horrek bistaratzen duen elkarrizketa-koadroan dauden eremuak: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Datu-basea: idatzi zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default fitxategiaren izena, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default luzapenik gabe. Hainbat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default fitxategitan bilaketa egiteko, idatzi nahi duzun ordenan, eta komaz bereiztuta. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Estiloa: idatzi zure BibTeX estiloaren izena, baina -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bst -\family default +\family default luzapenik gabe. Lehenetsitako estiloa -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default (zure LaTeX banaketan egon behar duenez, ez kezkatu hori sortzen) da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aipamen bakoitzarentzako iturburuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default fitxategian daudela suposatuz, testuko kokaleku batean -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default -itazio\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itazio\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia -\family default +\family default menuari deitu, eta sartu erreferentziaren gako egokia. Ez da besterik eskatzen: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ikustaileari deitzen diozunean, adibidez, ikusiko duzu nola BibTeX eta LaTeX exekutatzen diren behar diren heinean. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indize bat sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu luze batean indize ona sortzea oso zaila izan arren, LyX-ek gauzak errazten laguntzen du, LaTeX-eko azken banaketetan dagoen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default programaren interfaze lanak eginez. Indize bat txertatzea eta hitzak markatzea indizearen aurkibidean gehitzeko, arestiko atalean azaldu den bibliografia erreferentziekin lan egitearen antzeko zerbait da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbizi, joan zure fitxategiaren amaierara eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zerrenda\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Zerrenda\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indize-zerrenda -\family default +\family default . Ondoren, indizean agertzea nahi duzun hitz bakoitzarentzako, zoaz hitz horren atzera, eta klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Indize-sarrera -\family default +\family default . Honek, indize alfabetikoan agertuko den hitza erakutsiz, etiketa bat txertatuko du. Hori da dena; LyX-ek automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default -eri deituko dio eta indizea sortuko du. Indize-motako botoian saguaren eskuineko botoiaz klikatuz agertzen den elkarrizketa-koadroko testuak LaTeX onartzen du; kontuz ibili eta saihestu karaktere bereziak. Aukera aurreratuak erabil ditzakezu (zure LaTeX banaketarekin datorren dokumentazioa begiratu "habiaratutako sarrerak" bezalako gauzak lantzeko). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Argi ibili testuko hitzaren eta indizearen markatzailearen artean tarterik ez jartzearekin, bestela indize alfabetikoan okerreko orrialde baten zenbakiare kin agertuko dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zati anitzeko dokumentuak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eragiketa orokorra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi luze batean hainbat atalekin lanean ari bazara, batzuetan egokia izaten da dokumentua hainbat fitxategitan zatitzea, edo aldiro bere edukia @@ -1864,40 +2208,44 @@ a dela, eta bera bakarrik egituratu eta inprimatu daitekeela, baita fitxategi bateratu artikulu-klase bat liburu-klase batekin). LaTeX fitxategiak ere sartu behar dituzu; fitxategi horiek ez dute beraien hitzaurrea eduki behar (hori dela eta, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default lerroraino dagoen guztia, komando hau barne, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default lerroa ezabatu behar dira) bestela DVI fitxategia sortzerakoan erroreak gertatuko baitira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategiak gehitzeko, LyX-ek bide erraz bat aurkezten dizu: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -xertatu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +xertatu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default . Hautapen honetan klikatzen duzunean kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen lekuan kutxa txiki bat txertatzen da. Kutxa horretan klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekitzen da, gehitu nahi den fitxategia hautatzeaz gain zein modu erabiliko den aukera dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategia hautatzeko kutxa nola erabiltzen den argi dago. Hiru bide daude gehitzeko: "gehitu", "sarrera" eta " hitzez hitz". @@ -1906,18 +2254,22 @@ Fitxategia hautatzeko kutxa nola erabiltzen den argi dago. diren bitartean, "sarrera" moduan gehitu direnak uneko orrialdean konposatzen hasten dira. Agian, egunen batean, LyX-eko etiketak aldatuko dira egoera hauek bereizteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean, fitxategi nagusia konposatu aurretik LaTeX fitxategi batera bihurtu ohi da, gehitutako fitxategiak ordea hitzaurreko informazio guztia ez duten LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen dira. -\family sans -Ez\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ez\InsetSpace ~ konposatu -\family default +\family default botoia aktibatuta, bihurketa hau aurrezaintzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "hitzez hitz" moduan gehitutako fitxategi bat fitxategi nagusian egongo bazen bezala konposatzen da, karaktereak finkatutako zabalera duen idazmakina @@ -1925,14 +2277,18 @@ konposatu Normalki, fitxategi honetako zuriuneak ikusgaitzak dira, eta bi zuriune jarraian egon daiteke, LyX zuriuneekin lan egiten duen bidetik aldenduz. Hala ere, -\family sans +\family sans Markatu zuriuneak irteeran -\family default +\family default aktibatuz zuriuneen agerpena nabarmentzen du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi fitxategien artean erreferentzia gurutzatuak lantzeko aukera daukazu. Aurrenik ireki fitxategi guzti horiek, A eta B deituko diegu bi fitxategiko @@ -1941,99 +2297,121 @@ Bi fitxategien artean erreferentzia gurutzatuak lantzeko aukera daukazu. buruzko erreferentzia bat sartzeko. Ondoren, joan B fitxategira, erreferentzia gurutzatuen leihoa ireki eta hautatu nahi duzun elementua. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algoritmoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter algorithm -\family default +\family default paketea behar du algoritmo mugikorrak kaleratzeko. Orri-jauzietan zehar algoritmo laburrak kokatzeko eta algoritmoen zerrenda sortzeko erabiltzen da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Azpirudiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Grafikoen leihoan "azpirudia" hautatzerakoan eta azpirudiaren epigrafea sartzen duzunean, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter subfigure -\family default +\family default paketea erabiltzen du. Honela markatutako hainbat irudi mugikor bakar batean, azpi-epigrafeekin, sar daiteke. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako orrialdearen diseinua nahiko soila izaten da; artikulu motako dokumentu-klase batentzako, lortzen duzun bakarra orrialdeko behean eta erdira lerrokatuta dagoen orrialde-zenbatzaile bat da. Dokumentu hau liburu-klasekoa da, eta dotorexeago azaldu beharko luke, baina era horretan jartzeko ( -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default n aipatzen denez) dokumentuaren orri-estiloa "fancy" aukerarekin ezarri behar duzu. Atal honek hitzaurrean edo testuan sartu behar duzun LaTeX-en kodea argitzen du, nahi duzun itxura lortzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orrialdearen goiburukoa hiru eremutan banatzen da, "ezkerra" , "erdia" eta "eskuina" etiketekin. Orri-oina ere hiru eremu horietan banatzen da. Eremu horiek ezartzeko, LaTeX-eko komandoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot -\family default +\family default , eta bestelakoak daude. Demagun zure izena orrialde bakoitzeko goi eta ezkerreko ertzean jartzea nahi duzula. Hitzaurrean honako hau idaztea besterik ez duzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash lhead{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi dezakezu zure izena goi-ezkerrean. Eremu batek kendu nahiko zenukeen lehenetsitako sarrera badu (maiz gertatzen da dokumentu baten orrialdeetako behean eta erdira lerrokatuta zenbaki bat agertzea), idatzi argumentu huts bat duen komandoa. Adibidez: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Goazen, ordea, gauzak apaintzera: atalaren zenbatzailea "atala" hitzaren atzetik jarriko dugu (adib. @@ -2042,129 +2420,152 @@ Goazen, ordea, gauzak apaintzera: atalaren zenbatzailea "atala" hitzaren "4. orria") goi-eskuinean, zure izena behe-ezkerrean, eta data behe-eskuinean. Komando hauek hitzaurrean agertuko dira: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. atala} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash chead{} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash rhead{ -\backslash +\backslash thepage. orria} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash lfoot{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash rfoot{ -\backslash +\backslash today} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko atal eta orri zenbatzaileak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thesection -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thepage -\family default +\family default kodeekin erabiltzen dira. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash today -\family default +\family default kodeak egungo data inprimatzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Goiburukoan eta orri-oinean agertzen diren marra mehe horizontalak ere alda daitezke. Goiburukoan ez baduzu nahi, ezarri bere lodiera -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ baliora. Goiburukoko marraren lehenetsitako lodiera -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0.4pt -\family default +\family default balioa da, eta orri-oinarena berriz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0pt -\family default +\family default . Lodierak berriz ezartzeko erabili komando hauek, atsegin dituzun balioak idatziz: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans eta -\end_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt}. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orrialde bakoitzean goiburuko eta orri-oineko ezarpenak aktibatu eta desaktibatz eko aukera dago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{plain} -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{fancy} -\family default +\family default bezalako komandoak erabiliz. Aldatzea nahi duzun orrialdeko testuan txertatu eta jakinarazi TeX kode gisakoak direla. @@ -2172,184 +2573,272 @@ thispagestyle{fancy} ezarrita daude, eta ondorengo orrialdeak berriz "fancy" bezala, orri-estilo orokorra "fancy" bezala ezarrita dagoenean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badaude askoz ere komando zailagoak, orrialde bakoitietako goi-ezkerrean gauzak sartzea eskaintzen dizutenak, eta bestelako gauza batzuk egiteko, baina horretarako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default paketearen dokumentazioa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. Adibidez, teTeX bat instalatuta baduzu, bilatu hau: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/-fancyhdr.dvi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken adibide bat, goiburukoan edo orri-oinean Kapsulatutako PostScript® (EPS) fitxategi bat sartzeko aukera dago. Demagun enpresa baten logoa goi-ezkerreko ertzean kokatu nahi duzula. Saiatu honelako zerbaitekin: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{logo_politta.eps}}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (hau hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default aginduarekin idatzi beharko zenuke EPS motako fitxategirik dokumentuan gehitu ez baduzu). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Orritxoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-ek orri baten barruan beste orri bat sortzeko tresna eskaintzen du, orritxoak deritze. Orritxo batean, ohiko arauak erabil ditzakezu: koskatzea, lerroak itzulbiratzea , e.a. LyX-ek ere orritxoen gaitasuna eskaintzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orritxoek, LyX-en, kutxa toleskorra dute: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default rritxoa -\family default +\family default menutik txertatu. Kutxan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz, orritxoaren zabalera eta bertako lerrokadura aldatzeko aukera izango duzu. Abisua: orritxoa orrialde batean doitzeko luzeegia bada, moztu egingo da, ez da hurrengo orrialdera itzulbiratuko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default orritxo bat beste baten alboan jartzeko, honek bien artean ahalik eta tarte horizontal handiena jarriko du. Horrela orritxo bat ezkerreko mugara eta bestea eskuinekora derrigortuko ditu. Hurrengo adibideek ezberdintasunak erakutsiko dituzte. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "100col%" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Orritxo honek ez du HBete erabiltzen. Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen orritxo bateko bigarren esaldia da. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "100col%" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoa da. Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoko bigarren esaldia da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip Hemen bi adibideak bereizteko erabili dugun testu arrunta dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "100col%" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoa da. Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "100col%" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoa da. Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:floatflt} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure placement r width "6cm" -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics @@ -2358,75 +2847,89 @@ collapsed true width 40col% rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Hau egokitutako irudia da, eta esaldia berriz honi buruzko epigrafe distiratsua da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maiz galdetzen da ea testua irudien inguruan egokitu daitekeen, irudiak zutabe bateko zati bat bete eta gelditzen den zatia testuek osatuta LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floatflt -\family default +\family default paketea instalatuta edukiz gero (honi buruz -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX konfigurazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu) egin dezakezu hau. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo hauen eskuinean -\noun on +\noun on Mobius -\noun default +\noun default -en banda duen irudia dago (irudia -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default n ikusiko zenuen). Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Floatflt\SpecialChar ~ +Floatflt\InsetSpace ~ irudia -\family default +\family default eta egokitze-kutxa bat txertatuko du. Ondoren, egokitze-kutxa horretan irudi bat txertatu. Horrela, irudiaren inguruan honen bezalako testua egokitu ahal izango duzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : pakete hau oso hauskorra da! Adibidez, irudi bat orrialdearen behetik oso gertu badago, gauzak izorra ditzake, bi irudi gertuegi edukitzea bezalaxe. Pakete hau kontu handiz erabili eta berorrekin datorren dokumentazioa irakurri (bertan testuak taulen inguruan nola finkatu ditzakezun argituko dizu). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Taulen aukera osagarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta dituzun taulen diseinu estandarrarekin taulen %99 sortzeko nahikoa izan, noizbehinka lan gehiago egitea eskatzen duten taulak sortu beharko @@ -2437,51 +2940,57 @@ Nahiz eta dituzun taulen diseinu estandarrarekin taulen %99 sortzeko nahikoa Hemen LaTeX-eko kodea piskat erabilgarri daukazu: LaTeX-en taula bat konfigurat zen duzunean, zutabe bakoitza lerrokadura-mota batekin jartzen da. Adibidez, zutabeak ezkerrera, erdira edo eskuinera lerrokatzeko, eman " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default ", " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default ", or " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default " balioak (aukerak, LyX-en, zerrenda batean agertzen dira). Laugarren mota " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default " da, zutabe baten zabalera zehazten du (LyX-en zutabe zabalera markoa izan ohi da), eta testua gelaxka horrekiko egokitzea uzten du. Bosgarrena " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default " da (marra bertikala), puntu batean zutabea marra bertikalarekin marrazten du (LyX-en " ertzak" fitxako marrekin jartzen dira). Azkenik, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default " motakoa ere badago, horrek zutabeen bereizle bezala kortxete artean dauden argumentuak erabiltzea uzten dizu, argumentu hutsa barne. Hori egitearen zergatia hain argia ez izan arren, ahalmen handia eskaintzen dute. Hoberena adibideekin erakustea da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen taula arrunt bat: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2492,62 +3001,76 @@ Hemen taula arrunt bat: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mota -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibidea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Haitza -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granitoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minerala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kuartzoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohartu zaitez taulako goiburukoa azpimarratzen duen marra horizontala bi alboetako testuak baino zertxobait gehiago zabaltzen dela. @@ -2556,8 +3079,10 @@ Ohartu zaitez taulako goiburukoa azpimarratzen duen marra horizontala bi Marra hori testuarekin amaitzea nahi baduzu, amaieran bereizle huts bat jar dezakegu, LaTeX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, gehitzen dion tarte osagarria kentzeko. Hona adibidea: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2568,156 +3093,176 @@ Ohartu zaitez taulako goiburukoa azpimarratzen duen marra horizontala bi \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mota -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibdiea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Haitza -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granit -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit oa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard K -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none uartz -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit oa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidean, ezkerreko zutabearen argumentuen eremuan " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default " ezarri den bitartean eskuinekoan " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l @{} -\family default +\family default " ezarri da, ertzetan karaktere hutsa jartzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demagun (gaur irrifarre bihurri horrekin esnatu zarelako) \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalako tarte bereizlea erabiltzea nahi duzula, zutabe artekoa noski. Kendu marra bertikala, eta eskuineko zutabeko argumentuen eremuan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{~$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~} l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset jarri. Orain taulak honen antza izango du: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2728,157 +3273,179 @@ pi}$~} l \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mota -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibidea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Haitza -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granit -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit oa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard K -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none uartz -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit oa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : batzuetan, dokumentuak erabiltzen duen hizkuntzaren arabera, taula horretan sartu den aukerak LaTeX-eko erroreak ematen ditu. Antzeko erroreak euskarazko eta gaztelaniazko dokumentuetan gerta daitezke, adibidez. Horrelakoren bat gertatzen bazaizu, saia zaitez beste hauetariko bat sarzen: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code @{~{}$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~{}}l -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard edo -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @{ -\backslash +\backslash nobreakspace$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$ -\backslash +\backslash nobreakspace}l -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Juan M. Aguirregabiria \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Juan M. Aguirregabiria EHU-ko Fisika Teorikoa eta Zientziaren Historia Saileko @@ -2886,30 +3453,36 @@ Juan M. fitxategiak sortzeaz gain, liburua.cls dokumentu-klasea (euskarazko liburuak LaTeX-ekin jorratzeko) sortu zuen. Mila esker Juan! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eta Jean-Marc Lasgouttes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jean Marc Lasgouttes LyX taldeko garatzailea da, eta pazientzia handiarekin egindako euskaraketak LyX-en barneratzen lagundu dit. Mertzi Jean Marc! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset azaldu zidaten batzuetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default ikurra erabiltzeak arazoak ekartzen dituela. Hona hemen Juan M.ren hitzak: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Niri ere agertu zait nohizean behin problemaren bat espazio apurtezina lortzeko tildea erabili dudanean: adibidez, fisikan zenbakia eta unitateak ezin @@ -2918,40 +3491,45 @@ Niri ere agertu zait nohizean behin problemaren bat espazio apurtezina lortzeko Horrelakoak erraz konpontzen dira {} bikote hutsa erabiliz, 1~{}N, eta modu berean konpontzen da zure problema. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aipuan esaten den bezala, batzuetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default ikurraren ostean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default kortxete bikotea sartzea komeni izaten da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~{} -\family default +\family default . Edo beste bide bat, Jean Marc-ek argitu zidana, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nobreakspace -\family default +\family default sartzean datza, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default ikurraren ordez. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ongi, azken adibidea oso xumea zen, baina oraingoarekin\SpecialChar \ldots{} eutsi arnasari! @@ -2963,8 +3541,10 @@ Ongi, azken adibidea oso xumea zen, baina oraingoarekin\SpecialChar \ldots{} Honen aldaketa bat dezimal puntua zenbaki osoa dagoen zutabean sartu, eta zutabeen arteko tartearentzako bereizle hutsa erabiltzea da. Ondoren azken aldaketa erakusten da: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2976,300 +3556,334 @@ Ongi, azken adibidea oso xumea zen, baina oraingoarekin\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adierazpena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Balioa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 36 -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 80663 -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badirudi LyX-en nahiko barregarri agertzen dela, baina inprimatutako bertsioan bi zutabeko taula izango da; bertan goiburukoak erdira eta eskuineko zutabea puntu dezimalarekiko lerrokatuta agertzen diren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agian, hobeto izango da nola egin dudan azaltzea: lehenbizi 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 gelaxkadun taula sortu, eta kendu ertz guztiak. Gero, aurreneko errenkadaren azpiko ertza (marra) jarri, eta lehen zutabeko @@ -3277,159 +3891,187 @@ Agian, hobeto izango da nola egin dudan azaltzea: lehenbizi 3 Lehenbiziko zutabean balioak idatzi eta bere lerrokadura erdira ezarri. Idatzi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3 -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 36 -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 80663 -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default ," balioak, ondoren zutabearen lerrokadura eskuinera ezarri. Idatzi beste balio hauek: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1416 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 462 -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Dagokion zutabea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default -rekin lerrokatu. Azkenik, Idatzi goiburukoko erdiko zutabean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Balioa -\family default +\family default hitza, nabarmendu hitz hori, bere eskuineko zutabean sarrera hutsik utzi, hautatu bi zutabeon goiburukoak eta aktibatu -\family sans -Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zutabe\InsetSpace ~ anitza -\family default +\family default kontrol-laukia. Erraza, ez? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dezimalen lerrokadura lantzeko beste bide bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default paketearen bitartez egitea da. LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean hau idatzi: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dezimalki lerrokatutako zutabe bat edukitzeko, idatzi hau -\family sans +\family sans Taula -\family default +\family default leihoko argumentuen eremuan: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{datuen dezimal kopurua} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zutabeen arteko tarte gehigarria edukitzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default argumentuan dezimal kopurua handitu. Gelaxka bakun batentzako zutabe anitzak atributua ezarriz lerrokadura dezimala sentikaitza bihurtzen du, eta honek bere erabilkortasuna edukitzen du. Bide honen ordaina hau da: lerrokadura dezimala duen zutabean matematika erak ez direla onartzen, zutabe anitza atributua gaitzen ez bada bederen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bide honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default paketearen malgutasun berdina eskaintzen du. Adibidez, norbaitek lerrokaduraren bereizlea alda dezake, eta zutabe bakoitzare ntzako lerrokadura bereizle ezberdin bat eduki dezake, hitzaurrean hainbat zutabe definituz. Sintaxia ondorengoa da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{sarrerabereizlea}{irteerabereizlea}{kokapen dezimalak} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default paketearekin datorren dokumentazioa. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Elementuen bulet hautapena \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bulet} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek 216 bulet eskaintzen ditu, eta leiho batetik erabil daiteke. Leiho hori erabiliz elementuen zerrendako habiaratze-maila bakoitzean erabili @@ -3437,45 +4079,53 @@ LyX-ek 216 bulet eskaintzen ditu, eta leiho batetik erabil daiteke. Ezarpen hauek dokumentu osoarentzat izaten denez, ezin duzu paragrafo bakoitzar entzat bulet ezberdinik zehaztu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dena den, gaur egun LyX-ekin ezin izan arren, eskuz egin dezakezu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nolako itxura dauka -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ireki -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa eta joan -\family sans +\family sans Buletak -\family default +\family default fitxara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Leihoak bulet irudiak dituen taula bat dauka. LyX-eko bertsio berrietan (1.3.x-tik goruntz) -\family sans -Ezarri\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ezarri\InsetSpace ~ buletak -\family default +\family default zerrenda ireki eta sei elementu dituela ikusiko duzu. Elementu horietariko bakoitzak panel bat irekitzen du. Panel horiek ireki aurretik, aukeratu zein habiaratze-mailatan aldatu nahi @@ -3485,21 +4135,27 @@ buletak Ohartuko zara nola aukeratu duzun habiaratze-mailako buleta aldatu den. Behin nahi dituzunak hautatutakoan, dokumentuan aldaketek eragina izan dezaten, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Aplikatu -\family default +\family default botoia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste bulet batzuen forma erabili nahi baduzu, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean dagokion paketea erabiltzeko zehaztu beharko diozu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sei panelak bakoitzari dagokien paketeen arabera sailkatu dira. Taula honek bulet formen izena eta LaTeX paketeak zerrendatzen ditu. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3510,308 +4166,338 @@ Sei panelak bakoitzari dagokien paketeen arabera sailkatu dira. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit otoia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Beharrezko paketea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Standar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX oinarria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Maths -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none amssymb.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ding -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ez dizu ukatuko ez daukazun paketeko buletak erabiltzea. LaTeX-ek erroreak ematen badizkizu, aurrebistan edo inprimatzerakoan, litekeena @@ -3819,39 +4505,45 @@ LyX-ek ez dizu ukatuko ez daukazun paketeko buletak erabiltzea. LyX-ek ez dizu hegorik ebakiko, horrela fitxategia etxean editatu eta beste nonbaitera eraman baitezakezu, agian bigarren leku horretan bulet berrien paketea instalatuta egon daitekeelako. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola erabili -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hautatu aldatu nahi duzun habiaratze-sakoneraren buleta; Ondoren, aukeratu bulet irudi berria eta tamaina. Egiten dituzun aldaketak ez dira LyX-eko pantailan ikusiko, baizik eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default programekin dokumentuaren aurrebistan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bulet baten irudia berrasieratzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Buletak -\family default +\family default nahikoa izaten da dagokion botoiaren gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatzea \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Itzultzailearen oharra: LyX 1.3.x edo bertsio garatuagoetan badirudi hau ezin dela egin, horretarako klikatu Erabili klase lehenetsia botoia. @@ -3859,187 +4551,229 @@ Itzultzailearen oharra: LyX 1.3.x edo bertsio garatuagoetan badirudi hau ezin Zure esku gelditzen da beraz hau ziurtatzea. Atal honetako informazio zati bat erabilgarria izan daitekeelakoan guztia euskaratu dut. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Egitan nahi baduzu paragrafo-multzoak bulet multzo ezberdinekin aritzea, orduan goazen eskuak zikintzera. Buleten leihoak lagundu diezazuke, zeren eta bulet irudi gehienen LaTeX kodea bistaratzen baitu. Zure paragrafoak pertsonalizatzeko, aukera hauek dituzu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Habiaratze-sakonera jakin batean bulet irudi berri bat zehazteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{}{} -\family default +\family default LaTeX komandoa erabili. Uneko buleta geroago berreskuratu ahal izateko gorde dezakezu, ikus hurrengo kodeko lehenbiziko lerroa. -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default inguruneko zerrenda honetako lehenbiziko habiaratze-sakoneran erabiltzen den buleta aldatzeko honako kodea idatzi da: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Jabetu zaitez elementuaren sakonera Erromatar letra-tipodun zenbakiekin zehaztu dela, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelitem -\family default +\family default komandoko zati gisa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Banakako sarrera bakoitza zehazteko, idatzi elementuaren hasieran lauki-kortxet etan sartutako bulet irudia , ezarri eta TeX bezala. Adibidez, elementu hau honekin hasi dugu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elementuaren jatorriko buletera itzuli beharra daukazu, etor daitezkeen beste zerrendetan ohiko buleta erabiltzeko. Horretarako idatzi hau: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dokumentu-klase bereziak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent AMS LaTeX diseinuak matematikako idazkientzat (Amerikar Matematika Elkarteako argitalpenera bidaltzeko) aholkatutako estiloen neurrira konfiguratuta daude. @@ -4050,23 +4784,25 @@ AMS LaTeX diseinuak matematikako idazkientzat (Amerikar Matematika Elkarteako Dokumentazio hori \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset web gunean edo \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ftp gunean aurkituko duzu. Diseinu hauek matematikako idazkientzako oso erabilgarri eta baliagarriak dira. Une honetan 4 AMS LaTeX diseinu ezberdin daude: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart: AMS artikulu estandarraren formatua. Emaitza eta sententzia guztiak \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala zenbatzen dira; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak atala aipatzen du, eta bigarrenak, berriz, atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak, @@ -4075,23 +4811,29 @@ amsart: AMS artikulu estandarraren formatua. ere badaude. Gogoratu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen dutela amaieran. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq: Hemen sententzi bakoitzaren zenbaketak bere sekuentzia dauka, eta atalaren zenbakiari ez diote aipurik egiten. Batzuetan beharko dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune ere badaude. Zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxo (*) bat edukitzen dute amaieran. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-plain: Hau askoz ere laburragoa da, ingurune guztiak zenbatu gabekoak baitira. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsbook: AMS liburu (monografikoak) estandarraren formatua. Zenbaketa amsart diseinuaren antzekoa erabiltzen du: \begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak kapitulua adierazten du, bigarrenak atala, eta hirugarrenak berriz atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak, @@ -4100,26 +4842,32 @@ amsbook: AMS liburu (monografikoak) estandarraren formatua. ere badaude. Ez ahaztu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen dutela amaieran. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Edozein AMS diseinuko LyX fitxategia nahi den zenbakerara bihur daiteke, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default leihoan dokumentu-klasea aldatuz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu hauek ematen dituzten hainbat ingurune zerrendatuko dira orain. Matematikako artikulu edo liburu gehienek ingurune hauek sententzia berezi @@ -4127,900 +4875,1144 @@ Diseinu hauek ematen dituzten hainbat ingurune zerrendatuko dira orain. bezala definitzeko aukera dago. Hala ere, LyX-en AMS-eko eskuragarri dauden inguruneak aholkatzen dira. Inguruneen zerrenda ( -\family sans +\family sans atala, bibliografia, titulua, egilea, data -\family default +\family default bezalakoak ez dira zerrendatuko) hau da: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Teorema ( -\emph on +\emph on Theorem -\emph default +\emph default ) Emaitza nagusietako sententzietan erabili ohi da. -\family sans +\family sans "Theorem" -\family default +\family default hitza letra lodiz agertzen da, automatikoki ezarritako zenbaki batekin (zenbatu gabeko bertsioentzat -\family sans +\family sans Teorema* -\family default +\family default ere badago). Testua letra etzanaz agertuko da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Korolarioa ( -\emph on +\emph on Corollary -\emph default +\emph default ) Aurreko sententziei zuzenean jarraitzen dien sententzietan erabiltzen da. Hemen ere, hauek emaitza nagusiak izan daitezke. Zenbatu gabeko -\family sans +\family sans Korolarioa* -\family default +\family default bertsioa erabilgarri dago. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Lema ( -\emph on +\emph on Lemma -\emph default +\emph default ) Hauek beste sententziak frogatzeko behar diren emaitza txikiak (minoreak) dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proposizioa ( -\emph on +\emph on Proposition -\emph default +\emph default ) Hauek emaitza nagusi minoreak dira, eztabaidatzen ari den teori orokorrari gehitzeko. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aierua ( -\emph on +\emph on Conjecture -\emph default +\emph default ) Justifikaziorik gabe dauden sententziak dira, egileak nola frogatu ez dakien arren badirudi egiak direla (egilearen ikuspuntutik bederen). Batzuek honi "hipotesia" ere deitzen diote. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Irizpidea ( -\emph on +\emph on Criterion -\emph default +\emph default ) Beharrezko baldintza bat. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Algoritmoa ( -\emph on +\emph on Algorithm -\emph default +\emph default ) Erabiliko den prozedura orokor bat. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Axioma ( -\emph on +\emph on Axiom -\emph default +\emph default ) Hau eztabaidatzen ari den sisteman egiatzat hartzen den propietate edo sententzi bat da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Definizioa ( -\emph on +\emph on Definition -\emph default +\emph default ) Badakizu zertarako den. Letra-tipoa, bai pantailan bai inprimatuko den bertsioan, aurreko inguruneek dutenaren ezberdina izaten da. Izenburua ("definition") letra lodiarekin izaten jarraitzen du, zenbakiarekin jarraituz, baina beste guztia zutik egongo da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Adibidea ( -\emph on +\emph on Example -\emph default +\emph default ) Definizioa bezala konposatzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Baldintza ( -\emph on +\emph on Condition -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Buruketa ( -\emph on +\emph on Problem -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa ( -\emph on +\emph on Exercise -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Oharra ( -\emph on +\emph on Remark -\emph default +\emph default ) Hau teorema mota berri bat da. Horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "Remark" -\family default +\family default hitza letra etzanez edukitzen du, eta beste guztia zutik. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ohar ( -\emph on +\emph on Note -\emph default +\emph default ) Oharra ingurunea bezala ezartzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Idazkera ( -\emph on +\emph on Notation -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aldarrikapena ( -\emph on +\emph on Claim -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Laburpena ( -\emph on +\emph on Summary -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aitorpena ( -\emph on +\emph on Acknowledgement -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Kasua ( -\emph on +\emph on Case -\emph default +\emph default ) Orokorrean argumentu luzeak zatitzeko erabiltzen dira, baldintza bateko instantzia zehatzak erabiliz. Kasuek zenbaketa propioa daukate, zenbatutako beste sententzietatik kanpo. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ondorioa ( -\emph on +\emph on Conclusion -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Egitatea ( -\emph on +\emph on Fact -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Frogapena ( -\emph on +\emph on Proof -\emph default +\emph default ) Pantailan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "Proof" -\family default +\family default hitza letra etzanez eta beste guztia zutik agertzen da. Ingurunearen amaieran (beste batzuk honetan abiarazi daitezke) QED ikur bat (gehienetan laukitxo bat izaten da, nahiz eta estilo ezberdinetan ager daitekeen) jartzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Helbidea ( -\emph on +\emph on Address -\emph default +\emph default ) Egilearen helbide iraunkorra izan beharko luke. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Uneko\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Uneko\InsetSpace ~ helbidea ( -\emph on +\emph on Current Address -\emph default +\emph default ) Egileak dokumentua bidaltzerakoan duen aldi bateko helbidea da, -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default -ren ezberdina bada. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Helb.\SpecialChar ~ +Helb.\InsetSpace ~ elek. ( -\emph on +\emph on Email -\emph default +\emph default ) Egilearen helbide elektronikoa. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description URLa ( -\emph on +\emph on URL -\emph default +\emph default ) Egilearen web gunea, nahi izanez gero. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Gakoak ( -\emph on +\emph on Keywords -\emph default +\emph default ) Artikuluan eztabaidatzen den gai zehatza identifikatzeko erabiltzen den gako hitzak edo esaldiak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Gai-sailkapena ( -\emph on +\emph on Subjectclass -\emph default +\emph default ) Hauek AMSko Gai-sailkapenei aipamena egiten diote, -\emph on +\emph on Mathematical Reviews -\emph default +\emph default -en argitaratu eta azaltzen den bezala. Interneten ere arestian zerrendatutako AMSko zitak eskuragarri daude. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Esker\SpecialChar ~ +Esker\InsetSpace ~ ona ( -\emph on +\emph on Thanks -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Eskaintza ( -\emph on +\emph on Dedicatory -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Itzultzailea ( -\emph on +\emph on Translator -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, AMS LaTeX eta AMS letra-tipoen paketeek ingurune hauek automatikoki eskaintzen dituzte. Ingurune hauek erabiltzeko zure sisteman paketeok eskuragarri egon beharko dute. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dinbrief -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-klase hau, -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\family default +\family default , alemanierako itunarekin bat datozen gutun motentzako erabiltzen da. Txantiloi bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates -\family default +\family default direktorioan aurkituko duzu, abiapuntu bezala erabiltzeko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek ( -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseak) artikulu estandarra klasearen ordezko aukera eskaintzen du. Antzeko erabilgarritasuna eskaintzen duen arren, diseinu hau (atal, izenburu eta bestelakoak sans serif-ekin lantzeko) erabiltzea nahiago izango duzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A&A Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics -\emph default +\emph default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) aldizkari zientifikora bidaltzeko LyX-ekin artikuluak nola idatzi azaltzen du, -\family sans +\family sans aa.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasearen 5.01 bertsioa erabiliz. Pakete hau helbide honetatik jaitsi dezakezu: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Paketearekin eskuliburu bat dator, eta atal honek jatorrizko eskuliburua ordezteko asmorik ez dauka, atal hau artikuluarentzako inprimaki egoki bat nola sortzen den azaltzen duen gida laburra besterik ez baita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aldizkariaren argitaletxea 2001. urtean Springer-tik EDP Sciences-ra aldatu zen. Ondorioz, estiloen fitxategietan zenbait aldaketa gertatu ziren, batik bat tesaurus komandoa kentzea. LyX-eko -\family sans +\family sans aa -\family default +\family default klaseak fitxategi hauen azken bertsioak, V 5.01, onartzen ditu. Bertsio zaharragoa edukiz gero, hobe da eguneratzea. Konpatibilitatea dela eta, diseinu zaharra (4. bertsiokoa) article (A&A V4) bezala mantendu da. Ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout -\family default +\family default -eko iruzkinak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lanean hastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ekin datorren txantiloitik hastea aholkatzen da. Txantiloia ez baduzu erabiltzen, irakurri honako hauek: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hautatu -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default (A&A) dokumentu-klasea, -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokumentua -\family default +\family default erabili (nahiko erraza izan da hau). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ez aldatu -\family sans +\family sans Orri-estiloa -\family default +\family default aukera: utzi "lehenetsi" (default) bezala. Diseinu guztia makroekin egingo da, ez zenuke besterik aldatu behar. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Goiburuko zatia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbizi goiburukoari dagokion informazioa sartu behar da. Zazpi sarrera ditu, eta batzuk aukerazkoak dira. Hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default : [beharrezkoa] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpititulua -\family default +\family default : [aukerazkoa] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default : [beharrezkoa] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default : [beharrezkoa] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Artikulu zatia -\family default +\family default (Offprints): [aukerazkoa] egile bat baino gehiago diren kasuan; artikuluaren zatiei buruz egileekin harremanetan jartzeko da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default (Mail): [aukerazkoa] harremanetarako gutun-helbidea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default : [beharrezkoa]. Aholkatutako egitura -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Jasota:; Onartuta -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default komandoa azaldu beharrik, goiburukoa amaitzen denean, LyX-ek automatikoki deitzen baitu. Nahiz eta goiburuko bakarreko sarreren ordenak arazorik ez eman, arestiko sekuentzia mantentzeko aholkua ematen da, benetako dokumentuaren diseinutik gertuenik eta optika hoberena lortzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Goiburukoaren zatian oin-oharrak sartu nahi badituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Goiburukoaren zatian oin-oharrak sartu nahi badituzu, adib.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset uneko helbidea azaltzeko, erabili ohiko oin-oharra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Oi -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default -oharra -\family default +\family default . Kasu horretan LyX-ek automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks{} -\family default +\family default hitza erabiliko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, makroek LyX-en antzekoak ez dauden LaTeX-eko hiru komando erabiltzen dituzte: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default +\family default izen ezberdinak bereizteko, egile eta institutu bat baino gehiagoentzako, hurrenez hurren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash inst{} -\family default +\family default egile/institutu bikotea markatzeko. Institutuak sekuentzialki zenbatzen dira Helbidea eremuan agertzen diren ordenan; beraz, egile bakoitzari marka bat jarri beharko diozu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{helbidea} -\family default +\family default helbide elektroniko bat ordezteko; harreman azkarrentzako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kasu guztietan, komando guztiak LyX-en LaTeX kodea bezala sartu behar dira. Ikus adibideak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Laburpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laburpena goiburukoa zatiaren ondoren jarraitu behako luke. - 5.\SpecialChar ~ + 5.\InsetSpace ~ bertsioarekin laburpena ingurunea komando batera aldatu zen, eta orain paragrafo batera mugatzen da. Horretaz gain, gako-sarrera bat eduki beharko luke. Hori oraindik LyX-en ez dago garatuta. Hori dela eta, LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\family default +\family default komandoa eskuz sartu beharko duzu, eta LaTeX kodea bezala markatu. Ikus artikuluaren adibidea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A&A artikuluaren diseinuak zure testua egitura dezan, ondorengo inguruneak onartzen ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Atala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatuta -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Epigrafea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Aitorpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default diseinuko zenbait komando ez ditu oraindik onartzen. Batzuk aipatu dira, guztiak hemen zerrendatzen dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash appendix -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash authorrunning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash keywords{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash object{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash titlerunning{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Komando horietariko bat edo beste erabili nahi badituzu, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu. -\series bold +\series bold Ez ahaztu LaTex-eko kodea bezala ezartzea! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Irudi eta taula mugikorrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek -\family sans +\family sans Irudia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Irudia* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Taula -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Taula* -\family default +\family default ingurune mugikorrekin lan egiteko euskarria daukanez, ez dugu hemen gauza askorik azalduko. Ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . Gogoratu taulek ezkerrera lerrokatua egon behar dutela. Horretarako, hautatu taula bat eta aldatu lerrokadura -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default menutik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauza berezi bat badago: alboan epigrafeak dituzten irudiak. Honelako irudi bat sortzeko, ondorengoa landu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sortu irudi mugikor handi bat: -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ugikorra\SpecialChar \menuseparator Irudia -\family default +\family default . Ondoren, klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin irudian eta hautatu -\family sans -Hedatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hedatu\InsetSpace ~ zutabeak -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sartu epigrafearen testua. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default kurtsorea epigrafearen gainean kokatzeko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Txertatu irudia. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kokatu kurtsorea irudiaren ondoren eta txertatu lerro betetzaile bat: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator HBete -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Txandakatu LaTeX egoerara: -\family sans +\family sans M-c t -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sartu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ -\family default +\family default . -\series bold +\series bold Ez itxi kortxetea! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kokatu kurtsorea epigrafeko testuaren atzean, txandakatu LaTeX egoerara eta ixteko kortxetea idatzi: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus artikuluaren ( -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default ) adibideko irudiak baita ere. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diseinua gainbegiratzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bidaltzeko, artikulua tarte bikoitz berezidun diseinuarekin egituratzen da. Horretarako, dokumentu-klasean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default aukera eman behar duzu. -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentua -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremua erabili. Hor sartu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default katea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikuluaren adibidea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples direktorioak LyX-en idatzitako artikulu baten adibidea dauka. Jatorrizko makroen paketearekin datorren artikulu-adibidea da, LyX-era bihurtuta. Erabil ezazu burutazioak eskuratzeko, eta konparatu LaTeX-eko jatorrizko kodea eta LyX-en idatzita dagoena. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX Amerikar Elkarte Astronomikoak sortutako makro-multzo bat da, argitaratze n duten hiru aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko. @@ -5031,15 +6023,39 @@ n duten hiru aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko. Bertsio zaharkituak LaTeX2.09-ekin erabiltzeko dira, eta ia erabat ezinezkoa da LyX-en erabiltzea. AASTeX paketea AAS-ren ftp gunetik eskura dezakezu: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Pakete honek erabiltzailearen gida oso bat dauka, eta LyX-en artikulu-mota hauek idazten hasi aurretik xehetasun guztiak ezagutu beharko zenituzke. @@ -5048,46 +6064,50 @@ Pakete honek erabiltzailearen gida oso bat dauka, eta LyX-en artikulu-mota Artikulua bidali aurretik esportatzen den LaTeX dokumentuak aldizkariak eskatzen dituen betebeharrak osatzen dituela ziurtatzeko ardura zure eskuetan gelditzen da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulu berri bat hastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX txantiloiarekin hasteko aholkatzen dizut. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menuan klikatu, hautatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.lyx -\family default +\family default txantiloia eta gorde dokumentua izen berri batekin. Idazkian erabiltzen diren eremu gehienak aurkeztuko dizkizu. Daukan testua informazio berriarekin gainidatzi (kortxete barnekoak ere bai, <>). AASTeX-eko komando eta ingurune gehientsuenak LyX-en erabil daitezke; beste batzuk, ez, ordea: batik bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default ; horiek sumindutako irudi bat bezala hedatzen dira baldin eta txantiloi bat irekita baduzu. Horiek bezalako komandoentzako zuzenean LaTeX kodea sartu eta era horretan @@ -5095,973 +6115,1100 @@ altaffiltext Komando-mota horiei ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria edo "Evil Red Text") deritze. Saiatu naiz dokumentuetan ERT kopurua ahalik eta gehien minimizatze, tamalez nahi baino baino gehiago egoten jarraitzen dute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulua amaitzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atsegin duzun informazioa sartu ondoren, eta aurrebista ongi badago, prozesatze ondorengo zenbait urrats landu behar dira, aldizkarira bidali aurretik. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Artikulua LaTeX fitxategi bezala esportatu ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ateX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Editatu emaitzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia nahi duzun testu editorearekin. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoa duen lerroaren aurretik dauden iruzkin guztiak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage...{fontenc} -\family default +\family default lerroa, agertzen bada (gehienetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default -en atzetik agertu ohi da). Agertzen bada, ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash secnumdepth -\family default +\family default lerroa ere. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default komandoen artean dagoen guztia, komandoak barne. LaTeX hitzaurrean zeuk sartutako komandoak ez ezabatu, ordea, (normalki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi batean "User specified LaTeX commands" iruzkinaren atzetik agertu ohi dira). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate bilatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default komandoaren agerpen bakoitza eta "FileName" dagokion fitxategiaren benetako izenarekin ordeztu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate aldatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default komandoak, beharrezkoa bada (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{apzi:zitak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Emaitza LaTeX-etik exekutatu, egokiro prozesatzen dela ziurtatzeko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Berrirakurri aldizkariaren eskakizunak, zure fitxategiaren izena eta formatuak egokiak direla ziurtatzeko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Bidali fitxategia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dut xehetasunez azalduko AASTeX-eko komando bakoitza: AASTeX-eko -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default k ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aasguide.tex -\family default +\family default ) bakoitzaren argibide onak azaltzen ditu. Niretzat errazena da gidan aurkitu dudan zerrendara joatea eta behar den lekuan oharrak ematea. Has gaitezen, bada,\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uste zenuen bezala lantzen direnez, komandoak zerrendatuko ditut, eta zein ataletan aurkitzen ziren ere bai: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (2.1.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default (2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affil -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords -\family default +\family default (2.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash paragraph -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{eqnarray} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mathletters} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{thebibliography} -\family default +\family default (2.12.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default (2.12.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{table} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, eta beste leku batzuetan ere bai), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablecomments -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default (2.16). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Estilo-aukera hauek ere egokiro lantzen dira: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqsecnum -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushrt -\family default +\family default (3, 3.1, 3.2). -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan jar itzazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengo elementuak badabiltza, baina azalpen gehiago eskatzen dute: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Elementu hauek aldizkariko argitaratzaileak erabiltzeko diren arren, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean jar ditzakezu osatuagoa dagoela pentsatzen baduzu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash received -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash revised -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ccc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cpright -\family default +\family default (guztiak 2.1.3 atalean) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Elementua hauek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean jartzen dira, eta txantiloi fitxategian zuriuneak bezala daude: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash slugcomment -\family default +\family default (2.1.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shorttitle -\family default +\family default (2.1.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortauthors -\family default +\family default (2.1.5) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\family default +\family default (2.3)-- "bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian. Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash notetoeditor -\family default +\family default (2.6) --"bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian. Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- ezin zaio erreferentzia gurutzatu markarik txertatu, marka eskuz idatzi beharko duzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash placefigure -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default -en antzekoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acknowledgements -\family default +\family default (2.9) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash appendix -\family default +\family default (2.10) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. Honek ez luke errorerik eman behako. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default (2.13.2) -- azkenengo LaTeX fitxategian aukerazko argumentua eskuz editatu beharko duzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqnum -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default (2.12), aldizkariaren izen laburrak (2.12.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figurenum -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsscale -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plottwo -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenum -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, txertatu hau nahi duzun lekuaren ondorengo ezkerreko gelaxkako lehenbizi ko elementu gisa. Taulan LyX-eko araurik ez erabili), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), gehienak Misc-en (2.15, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default ezik; ikus arestian), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash singlespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onecolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twocolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Garatu ezin daitezkeenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} hauek ahazteko aholkatuko nizuke. Hauek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference -\family default +\family default (2.12.3) eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deluxetable -\family default +\family default (2.14) inguruneak dira. Erabat beharrezkoa baduzu deluxetable erabiltzea, beste testu editore batekin fitxategi bereizi batean editatzea ahokatuko nizuke, ondoren, LyX dokumentuan gehitzeko erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default -ehitu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ehitu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default menua. Ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aas_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia honen adibide bat aztertzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maltzurtasun piska bat behar da LyX-ek diseinu eta dokumentu-klase berri bat onartzeko. Guzti honek huts egiten duenean, saiatu hau egiten: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ziurtatu LaTeX-ek AASTeX aurkitzen duela. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sample.tex -\family default +\family default (eta agian -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table.tex -\family default +\family default ere bai) AASTeX banaketatik LaTeX edo AASTeX-ekin inolako zerikusirik ez duen direktorio batean kopiatu, eta landu LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategiarekin. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ziurtatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.layout -\family default +\family default fitxategia direktorio hauetariko batean agertzen dela: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/.../share/lyx/layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard edo -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ~/.lyx/layouts. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-en abiatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default menua, ondoren LyX berrabiatu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ireki fitxategi arrunt berri bat, txantiloirik ez erabili. Agertzen al da -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentua -\family default +\family default leihoko dokumentu-klaseen zerrendan? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abisu bat jasotzen baduzu, AASTeX motako dokumentu bat dagoelarik ezin duela AASTeX diseinurik aurkitu edo "You should not mix title layouts with normal ones" bezalako mezu bat, orduan gauzak ez dira ongi instalatu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, taulako izenburu/epigrafea erdira lerrokatzea saiatzen da. Badirudi hau AASTeX-ekin gaizki konpontzen dela. Hori dela eta, klikatu izenburu/epigrafean eta ondoren hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default menua. Gero, lerrokadura eremuko zerrendan -\family sans +\family sans Blokea -\family default +\family default hautatu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : agian LyX-en zenbait bertsiotan -\family sans +\family sans Blokea -\family default +\family default (Block) ez duzu aurkituko. Saiatu zaitez ea -\family sans +\family sans Justifikatua -\family default +\family default aukerarekin gauzak konpontzen al diren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Egokitzapen honekin LyX niregatik arduratuko da. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erreferentziak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{apzi:zitak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauza gutxi batzuk: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ohartarazi nahiko nuke erreferentzien sarrerako testuetan tarteekin gauza bitxiak gertatzen direla. Bibliografiako elementu bat sartzen duzunean, ziurtatu azken egile eta - urtea duen parentesien artean tarterik ez uztea: adib.\SpecialChar ~ + urtea duen parentesien artean tarterik ez uztea: adib.\InsetSpace ~ idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M.Davis(1991) -\family default +\family default , ez -\family typewriter -M.Davis\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +M.Davis\InsetSpace ~ (1991) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nahiko goibel sentitzen naiz ezin dudalako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default automatikoagoak egin, LyX-eko iturburuak aldatzea eskatzen baitu. Oraingoz bi hauetariko bat landu dezakezu: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate sartu zitazioak -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default itazio-erreferentzia -\family default +\family default erabiliz. Horrela behintzat automatikoki txertatuko duzu. Gero editatu (beste testu editore batekin) esportatutako LaTeX fitxategia eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default sarrerak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default komandoetara aldatu, fitxategia bidali aurretik ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default une honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default -ren baliokidea denez, ez daukazu aldatu beharrik). Edo -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate zure zitazioak zuzenean ERT erabiliz sar ditzakezu, bibliografiako elkarrizketa- koadroan erabiltzen dituzun argumentuentzako gako berdinak erabiliz, adibidez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet{gakoa} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bide hauek erosoak ez izan arren, LyX-ek zitazioak ulertzeko natbib tresna daukanez, honekin moldatu beharko gara. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Guztientzako erreferentziak sartzea ez da hain garbia. Errazena dokumentuaren amaieran zure lehenbiziko erreferentzia idaztea da, ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia -\family default +\family default mota bezala ezarri. Honek kutxa gris bat jarriko dizu kurtsorea kokatuta zegoen lekuan. Klikatu kutxan bestelako informazioa betetzeko. Erreferentzia berrientzako, joan dagoen erreferentzia baten amaierara eta sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default . Horrela lerro berri bat sortuko da, bere kutxa eta guzti, e.a. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection EPS fitxategiak gehitzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on Chris Biemesderfer -\noun default +\noun default eta AASTeX paketea idazten lagundu zuten guztiei begirunea diegun arren, irudiak kudeatzeko tresnak kirats nazkagarria dario. Txertatu dezakezu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default , e.a. irudi mugikorren kutxako ERTeko komando bezala, baina nik neuk ez dut inoiz zorterik izan diseinu egokirik lortzeko. @@ -6070,11 +7217,11 @@ plotone Horren ordez, erabili LyX-ek duen EPS fitxategiak gehitzeko tresna estandarra aurrebista dotoreak egin nahi dituzunean. LyX-ek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default komandoa jartzen du eta irudiak LaTeX2e-ko modu estandarrean kudeatzen ditu. Hala ere, jakin behar da AASTeX 5.0 motako idazki bat inprimatzea nahi bada @@ -6082,16 +7229,20 @@ usepackage{graphics} ez gara irudiak kudeatzeko tresna mila bider hobeagoa den batekin arituko? Beraiek LaTeX2e edo grafikoen paketeengatik kexuka badabiltza, galantena da hau -\emph on -Lamport\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Lamport\InsetSpace ~ (1994) -\emph default +\emph default bigarren argitalpenean aipatu zela, eguneratzeko nahiko denbora izan zuten duela urte dexente. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauza gutxi "politt" batzuk garatu nitzaken, baina ez egitea erabaki nuen. Adibidez, LyX-eko leihoko testuan ez nituen testu artean tarte bikoitzik @@ -6103,24 +7254,30 @@ Gauza gutxi "politt" batzuk garatu nitzaken, baina ez egitea erabaki nuen. Egi-egitan uste baduzu diseinu hauek garatu behar nituela Mudgeeraba Creek-eko Zaldi eta Boomerang Jaurtitze Elkartekoak oinarritzen diren arauen arimetara atxikituko naiz: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation "Epaitegien erabakia erabatekoa izango da, baldin eta aurkitzen den entzulegoak izugarrizko esku-altxatze-olatua-sortuz batekin ez badu isiltzen. Arerioak ezingo du gehikeria edo hizkuntza lizunik erabili epaikideekin, edo alderantziz, epaitegiko epaikideek arerioari zuzentzerakoan (boomerang batek buruan jotzen ez badio bederen)." -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azken -\emph on +\emph on ikuttua -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on + +\noun on Donald Knuth -\noun default +\noun default -en ordenagailuen algoritmoei buruzko zita zital bat lapurtuko diot, "Hau probatu dut ongi dagoela ikusteko, egia esanda, ez naiz saiatu ere egin". Sinisten dut, izar eta galaxia guztiengatik, arestiko prozedurak AASTeX @@ -6128,2878 +7285,3315 @@ Donald Knuth urtarrilak 25), hau erabiltzen duen artikulurik ez dut bidali. Agian, patuak laguntzen banau, hemendik hilabete batzuetara\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ijmpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default paketea makroen multzo bat da, World Scientific-ek kaleratzen duen -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default aldizkarira idazki elektronikoak bildatzeko erabiltzen da. Dokumentu-klasearen izena ws-ijmpd.cls da. Artxiboa, dokumentazio eta guzti, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunetik jaitsi daiteke. Pakete hau, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default , "artikulua" (article) pakete estandarraren moldaketa bat da. LyX-ek bere ezaugarri gehienak onartzen ditu. Duela gutxi LyX arrakastaz erabili dut artikulu bat -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default aldizkarira bidaltzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulua idaztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Artikulu bat idazteko modurik erosoena txantiloi bat erabiltzea da. Klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menua eta hautatu -\emph on +\emph on ijmpd.lyx -\emph default +\emph default fitxategia. Honek dokumentua ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu guztiekin. Dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion informazioarekin gainidatzi. Gogoan eduki ondorengo oharrak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-ek ez dizu dokumentuaren letra-tamaina eta orri-estiloak aldatzen utziko, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default paketeak ez baitu horrelako moldaketarik onartzen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default paketeak dokumentuaren hizkuntza aldatu gabe jarraitzea eskatzen du. Artikulua aurreikusi aurretik ziurtatu babel paketea ez dela erabiltzen. Hori egiteko, klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menuan, -\family sans +\family sans Hizkuntza -\family default +\family default fitxa hautatu, -\family sans -Erabili\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erabili\InsetSpace ~ babel -\family default +\family default aukera desgaitu eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default plikatu -\family default +\family default botoian (edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default orde -\family default +\family default aldaketa hau betirako edukitzea nahi baduzu) klikatu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Bi ingurune berri erabilgarri dituzu, -\family sans +\family sans "Teorema" -\family default +\family default ( -\emph on +\emph on Theorem -\emph default +\emph default ) eta -\family sans +\family sans "Frogapena" -\family default +\family default ( -\emph on +\emph on Proof -\emph default +\emph default ) izenekoak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Artikuluan eranskinak gehi daitezke. LyX-ek ingurune berezia eskaintzen du, -\family sans +\family sans "Eranskina" -\family default +\family default ( -\emph on +\emph on Appendix -\emph default +\emph default ) izenekoa, eta eranskinaren hasiera markatzen du. Eranskin batek atal, azpiatal edo azpiazpiatal normal bat eduki dezake. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default paketeak taulen epigrafeak LyX-ek lantzen dituen ezberdin bideratzen ditu. Ondorioz, LyX-ekin sortutako taula bat ongi inprimatzen da, baina epigrafeei jaramonik ez zaie egiten. Epigrafeak dituzten taulak behar badituzu, taula mugikor osoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategian garatu beharko duzu, gero fitxategi hori LyX dokumentuan gehitu ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default -ehitu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ehitu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default taula nola sortzen den buruzko xehetasunak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkituko duzu, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default paketearen barruan dago. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Artikulua bidali aurretik LyX-eko dokumentua LaTeX motako fitxategi bezala esportatu behar duzu, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default atex -\family default +\family default menua erabili. Hori egin ostean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default emaitzeko fitxategian ondorengoak aldatu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean zeuk sartutakoak ezik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aldatutako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu. Egiaztatzeko, sortzen den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default dokumentua begiratu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ERTen erabilera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERTen erabilera aukerazkoa da, eta hiru komandoetara laburtzen da, orrialdearen itxurari eragiten diote. Zure artikulua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default txantiloiarekin idazten hasi bazara, beharrezko ERT eremua jadanik bere kokapenean egongo da, eta normalki ez duzu zer ezabatu beharrik izango. Lehenbiziko ERT kutxaren edukia aldatzea komeni zaizu, inprimatuko den bertsiorako orrialde bakoiti eta bikoitien goiburukoaren informazioa zehaztuz (egilearen izena eta artikulu motzaren titulua hurrenez hurren). ERT honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth{Egileen izenak}{Artikuluaren titulu laburtua} -\family default +\family default antzeko itxura edukiko du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kluwer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Kluwer -\family default +\family default paketea Kluwer Academic Publishers-ek sortutako makro multzo bat da, beraiek argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko. Argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietatik hauek dira ospetsuenak (interesgarrienak iruditzen zaizkidanak bederen): -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on Solar Physics -\emph default +\emph default , baina batituzte gehiago ere (ikus zerrenda osoa \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunean). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Kluwer -\family default +\family default paketea \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunetik jeitsi dezakezu. Pakete horretan erabiltzailearen gida oso bat aurkituko duzu (bananduta ere jaitsi daiteke). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek pakete honen ezaugarri asko onartzen ditu. Hala ere, paketeko komando "bitxi" batzuentzako ERT erabili behar da (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Duela gutxi LyX erabili dut artikulu bat idatzi eta -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default -ra bidaltzeko, inolako arazorik gabe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulua idaztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Artikulu bat idazteko biderik goxoena Kluwer txantiloi batean oinarritzea da. Klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menuan, eta hautatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default txantiloia. Honek dokumentu ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu guztiekin. Txantiloi gehienetan bezala, dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion informazioarekin gainidatzi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX paketearen antzera, artikulua bidali aurretik " hurrengo prozesuak" landu behar dituzu, irakurri datozen urrtatsak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportatu artikulua LaTeX fitxategi gisa. Hau egiteko klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default menuan. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Irteerako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia beste testu editore batekin editatu eta ondorengo aldaketak egin: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezabatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX hitzaurrean zuk sartutakoak ezik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gorde aldatutako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Aldatutako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Begiratu emaitza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default dokumentuan, horretarako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default erabili dezakezu, eta guztia ongi dagoela ziurtatu (halaxe egongo da baldin eta akatsik ez baduzu egin). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kluwer paketearen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset berezitasunak \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kluwer paketeak ondorengo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset berezitasunak" ditu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hainbat artikulu LaTeX fitxategi berdinean idatz daiteke \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau egiteko arrazoi egokirik ez zait bururatzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Artikulu bakoitza -\family sans +\family sans "Artikulua" -\family default +\family default (article) ingurunean sartuta egon beharko du. Zoritxarrez, ingurune hau ezin da ahaztu, nahiz eta artikulu bakar bat idatzi. Beraz, artikulu bakoitza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\family default +\family default komandoarekin hasi behar da, eta noski, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\family default +\family default komandoarekin amaitu. Nahiz eta hau LyX-en garatu daitekeen, ez dut gehitu, zatarra gelditzen delako eta erabiltzaile hasiberrientzako korapilotsua gerta dakiekeelako. Hortaz, zeuk zuzenean sartu eta LaTeX kode gisa ezarri beharko dituzu (hain ezaguna den ERT erabiliz). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Artikuluaren hasieran ematen den informazioa (adib. titulua, azpititulua, egilea, instituzioa, titulu laburtua, egile laburtua, laburpena eta gakoak) " -\family sans +\family sans ireki-unea -\family default +\family default " (opening) izeneko ingurunean sartu behar dira. Hau LyX-en garatuta ez dagoenez, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu titulu, azpititulu eta bestelakoak bi ERT lerroartean: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{opening} -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\family default +\family default komandoen artean. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erabiltzailearen eskuliburuari jarraituz, bibliografiako elementu bakoitzaren etiketa honela idatzi behar da: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash protect -\backslash +\backslash citeauthoryear{ -\emph on +\emph on egilea(k) -\emph default +\emph default }{ -\emph on +\emph on urtea -\emph default +\emph default } -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default txantilioak "berezitasun" hauei buruzko ardura hartzen du. Artikulua txantiloi honetan oinarrituz idazten baduzu, ez daukazu ezer berezirik egin beharrik. Hauek egin: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ez ezabatu txantiloian dauden ERT eremuak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kopiatu txantiloian agertzen den bibliografiako elementua, eta aldatu behar dituzun bibliografiako hainbat elementu berri sartzeko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koma-Script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Bernd Rellermeyer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , eta -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko Koma-Script familiako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.cls -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klase estandarren ordezkoak dira, eta Europako tipografia hitzarmenek o dezimaldun zenbakietara moldatzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-tamaina estandarra 11pt-koa da -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseeten, eta 12pt-koa -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default motan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Izenburuak, azalpena ingurunearen etiketak, eta -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klaseko elementu kopuru bat sans serif letra lodiz ezarrita daude \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ezberdintasun handia dago sans serif-eko -\family sans +\family sans cm -\family default +\family default letra-tipo zaharkitua eta -\family sans +\family sans ec -\family default +\family default letra-tipo berrien artean, goiburukoetan bereziki. Elkarrekin konparatuz, -\family sans +\family sans ec -\family default +\family default -ko sans serif letra lodiak meheagoak dirudite. Hemen -\noun on +\noun on Walter Schmidt -\noun default +\noun default -ek prestatutako LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmsd.sty -\family default +\family default paketeak "ohiko" itxura sortzen laguntzen du, -\family sans +\family sans ec -\family default +\family default letra-tipoak erabiltzerakoan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Kapituluen izenburuak atalen izenburuak bezala zenbatzen dira, hau da, "Kapitulua\SpecialChar \ldots{} " lerro gehigarririk gabe. Gainera, izenburuen itxura aldatzeko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default sortzen duen leihoko Aukerak eremua erabil daiteke. Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak (aukera hauei buruzkoak) Koma-Script dokumentazioko -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default gidan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Koma-Script-eko dokumentu-klaseen area diseinatzeko gauzarik garrantzitsuenak -\family sans +\family sans BCOR -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans DIV -\family default +\family default aukerak dira (LyX-en Aukerak eremuan sartu behar dira). Hauek ahalik eta orrialdeen marjinen moldaketa garbiena egiten dute, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentua -\family default +\family default leihoko aukerek egiten duten gisa. Alemanieraz idatzitako hauei eta beste idazte-areako aukerei buruzko xehetasuna k Koma-Script dokumentazioko -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default gidan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Koma-Script familiako LaTeX dokumentu-klaseek komando gehigarriak definitzen dituzte. LyX-en zentzua dutenak dagokien paragrafo motetan garatuak izan dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Koma-Script familiako LaTeX paketeen xehetasunak, alemanieraz, Koma-Script-eko dokumentazioko -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default gidan aurkitzen dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Badago ingelesezko itzulpena, -\emph on +\emph on screnggu -\emph default +\emph default , baina ez dago osatuta. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hurrengo atalek LyX-en erabiltzen direnak soilik argituko dute. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseak diseinuko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.layout -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.layout -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.layout -\family default +\family default fitxategietan hurrenez hurren garatuta daude. Hauek dokumentu-klase estandarrei (artikulua edo -\family sans +\family sans "article" -\family default +\family default , txostena edo -\family sans +\family sans "report" -\family default +\family default , eta liburua edo -\family sans +\family sans "book" -\family default +\family default ) dagokien paragrafo-mota guztiak (apur bat eraldatuak) dituzte, LyX-en berariazkoa den -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default mota izan ezik (gaitasun berdina duen -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default (Labeling) mota berriagatik ordeztua izan delarik). -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default motaren aurretik paragrafo mota berriak gehitu dira. Hauek ez dira -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseko kide. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans GehituZati -\family default +\family default (Addpart), -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi -\family default +\family default (Addchap), -\family sans +\family sans GehituAtal -\family default +\family default (Addsec): hauek -\family sans +\family sans Zatia* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua* -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default inguruneen baliokideak dira, hurrenez hurren, gaien aurkibideari sarrera bat gehitzen diote. -\family sans +\family sans GehituZati -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi -\family default +\family default ez daude -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasean. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi* -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default ), -\family sans +\family sans GehituAtal* -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Addsec* -\family default +\family default ): hauek -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans GehituAtal -\family default +\family default inguruneen jokaera dute, kapitulu eta atalen zenbaketarik ez dute azaltzen. -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi* -\family default +\family default ez dago -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasean \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Badago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addpart* -\family default +\family default komandoa ere -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseetan, baina -\family sans +\family sans Part* -\family default +\family default ingurunearen berdina denez, ez da LyX-en garatua izan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ataltxoa (Minisec) -\family default +\family default : zuzenean izenburu bat sortzen du hurrengo paragrafoaren gainean, letra-tamaina estandarrarekin eta dokumentuaren egituran eraginik egin gabe. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Epigrafea\InsetSpace ~ gainean (Captionabove) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Epigrafea\InsetSpace ~ azpian (Captionbelow) -\family default +\family default epigrafe bereziak dira, eta elementu baten gainean edo azpian behar den tarteak mantentzen dituzte (tipografien arautegiak jarraitzen badituzu, taulei dagokien epigrafeak beti taulen gainean kokatzea nahiko dituzu). Klaseko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tablecaptionsabove -\family default +\family default aukera ere erabil dezakezu, honek taulentzako epigrafea ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea gainean -\family default +\family default motara, eta irudientzako epigrafea azpian motara, bihurtuko du. Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez -\family sans -Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Koma-Script\InsetSpace ~ 2.8q -\family default +\family default bertsioa beharko duzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Esaera (Dictum) -\family default +\family default : esaera edo zita bat kapitulu hasieran sartzeko erabiltzen da. Aukerazko argumentua erabiltzen baduzu ( -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +Titulu\InsetSpace ~ laburtua -\family default +\family default ), hemen esaeraren egilea txerta dezakezu. Esaera eta egilea lerro batez bereizten dira. Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez -\family sans -Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Koma-Script\InsetSpace ~ 2.8q -\family default +\family default bertsioa beharko duzu. Esaera ez dago -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo ingurune motek, -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default estandarrekin batera, dokumentuko tituluaren gunea osatzen dute. Lehenbiziko paragrafo "arrunta"-ren aurretik sartu behar dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dagokien LaTeX komandoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default komandoaren baino lehenago agertu behar dute. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Mota bakoitza behin baino gehiagotan erabiltzen direnean, azkenaren erabilerak osatutakoa gainidazten du, hau da, mota bakoitzentzako erabilitako azkena izango da baliagarria. Mota ezberdinen ordenak, -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default bezala, sortzen den dokumentuan ez dute eraginik. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Gaia (Subject) -\family default +\family default : titulu arruntaren ( -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ) gainean erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren gaia azaltzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Argitaratzaileak (Publishers) -\family default +\family default : titulu arruntaren ( -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ) azpian erdira lerrokatuako paragrafoa sortzen du, argitaratzaileen izenentzako. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eskaintza (Dedication) -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klaseetan bere orrialde bereizian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, edo -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klasean titulu arruntaren azpian ( -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Argitaratzaileak -\family default +\family default ) erdiratutako paragrafoa sortzen du eskaintzarentzako. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Tituluburua (Titlehead) -\family default +\family default : titulu arruntaren gainean ( -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egila -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gaia -\family default +\family default ) ezkerrera lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren goiburukoarentzak o. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans TituluAtzekoGoian (Uppertitleback) -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta, eta titulu orriaren atzealdean eta goian, paragrafoa sortzen du. Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klasean. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans TituluAtzekoBehean (Lowertitleback) -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta eta titulu orriaren atzealdean eta behean paragrafoa sortzen du. Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default klasean. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans TituluOsagarria (Extratitle) -\family default +\family default : uneko dokumentuaren aurrean orrialde "zikin" bat sortzen du, egitura berezirik ez duen paragrafo batekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu fitxategiek, -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , eta -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseena, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default fitxategia dute. Zure motak definitzeko lekua bezala pentsatua dago. Kopiatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default zure diseinuen direktorioan eta editatu fitxategia! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection letter (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Standard + + +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.layout -\family default +\family default diseinu fitxategian garatuta dago. Honek -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default (gutuna) dokumentu-klaseak dituen paragrafo-ingurune guztiak ditu, piska bat eraldatuta, LyX-en berariazkoak diren -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Iruzkina -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default motak izan ezik, -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default (Labeling) mota berriarekin ordeztuak izan baitira. Gainera, -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ingurune estandarrak ditu. Horretaz gain, badaude gutunentzako bereziki zehaztutako ingurune berri batzuk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-klase honek sortzen duen gutunaren itxura LaTeX-eko hainbat komandorek in egokitu daiteke ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menuak zabatzen duen -\family sans -Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default fitxan idatzi) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, gutunetako goiburukoen (izen eta helbidea ditu) itxura estandarra nahiko burugogorra izan ohi da. Goiburuko "arrunt" bat sortzeko, sartu ondorengo LaTeX komandoak hitzaurrean: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash firsthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromaddress}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash nexthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash pagename -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash thepage}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak, LaTeX-en komandoei buruzkoak bezalakoak, -\family sans +\family sans Koma-Script -\family default +\family default -eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrguide -\family default +\family default dokumentazioan aurki daiteke. Berorrekin, gutunaren egileak gutun diseinu pertsonalizatu bat sor dezake. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default (Letter) eta -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default (Opening) inguruneek gutunaren hasiera definitzen dute, eta gutun bakoitzean egon beharko dute. Hauek LyX-eko dokumentu-klasean nabarmentzeko, -\emph on +\emph on L -\emph default +\emph default edo -\emph on +\emph on O -\emph default +\emph default hizkiekin markatzen dira ezkerreko marjinan. Fitxategi bakar batean hainbat gutun idazteko aukera dago. -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default inguruneak helbide berdina erabiliz gutun berri bat hasten du, eta -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default -k berriz helbidea aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen du. -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eransk -\family default +\family default paragrafo-ingurune arruntak dira, eta gutun bakarrean nahi adina aldiz erabil daiteke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default (Letter): helbideentzako paragrafoa sortu eta gutunarean hasiera definitzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default (Opening): helbidearen paragrafoa sortzen du eta inplizitoki gutun berria sortzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default (Closing): itxierako paragrafoa sortzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default : postscript-arentzako paragrafoa sortzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default : banaketa zerrendarako paragrafoa sortzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eransk -\family default +\family default (Encl): eranskinentzako paragrafoa sortzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Telefonoa -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Tokia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Itzulerako helbidea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gutun berezia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kokapena -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gaia -\family default +\family default inguruneek informazioa sartzeko etiketa bat eskaintzen dute (sarrera motakoa deituko diegu), eta dokumentu-klaseak landuko du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Baliteke -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default inguruneek zentzugabeko gauza bezala ikustea, arestian aipatutako etiketak ez baitituzte jartzen. Ingurune hauen zeregin berezia dela eta, ezkerrean marka bat jartzen duten paragrafo arrunt bezala garatu ditut. Bestalde, -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default inguruneek bestelako itxura edukiz gero, nire simetriaren zentzua hautsiko bailukete. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ingurune hauek dagokien -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default baino lehenago erabili behar dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ingurune hauen WYSIWYG itxurako garapenak badirudi zentzurik ez duela, zeren eta sortzen den gutunaren benetako itxura ez baitago mota berezi bat erabiltzea ren arabera , beste faktore batzuk daude jokoan. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin sartutako sinadura bat, gutun horretan -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default erabiltzen denean, jokaera estandar batekin agertuko litzateke sortzen den gutunean. -\family sans +\family sans Telefonoa -\family default +\family default ingurunean sartutako balioa jokaera estandarrarekin sortzen den gutunean ez da azaltzen. Gutun baten izenburua diseinatzeko askatasuna beheko oin-oharrean azaltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sarrera motak paragrafo hutsen gisa erabil daitezke. Adibidez, honen zentzua -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default ingurunean gerta daiteke. Ez bada sinadurarik erabili behar, beraren ordez Izena inguruneko balioa erabiliko da; bertan, -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default hutsa erabiliz sinadura gabeko balioa definitzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sarrera motakoak erabiliz gutunaren txantiloi bat idazteko aukera dago, eta bete beharreko eremuek zure datu pertsonalak (izena, helbidea, e.a.) edukiko ditu;sarrera hutsak, berriz, sartu nahi dituzun bestelako datuak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default (Name): bidaltzailearen izena, jokaera estandarrarekin gutunaren izenburuan erdira lerrokatutako paragrafo bezala agertuko da, maiuskula-txiki letra-tipoek in. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default (Signature): bidaltzailearen sinadura, jokaera estandarrarekin -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default ren azpian agertzen da. Ez bada -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default rik erabiltzen, horren ordez Izena-ren balioa erabiliko da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default (Address): bidaltzailearen helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin gutuneko izenburua n eta bidaltzaile-izenaren azpian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoan agertuko da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Telefonoa -\family default +\family default (Telephone): bidaltzailearen telefono-zenbakia, jokaera estandarrarekin LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash telephonenum -\family default +\family default aldagaia ezartzen du soilik. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Tokia -\family default +\family default (Place): gutuna idatzi den lekua. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default (Date): gutuna idatzi den data. -\family sans +\family sans Tokia -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default , jokaera estandarrarekin, gutuneko helbidea eremuaren azpiko lerroan eta eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen dira. -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default hutsik egonez gero, ez dira agertuko ez tokia ez data, eta berdin dio -\family sans +\family sans Tokia -\family default +\family default eremuak balioren bat al daukan edo ez. -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default rik ez bada erabiltzen, gutuna sortzen den egunari dagokion data agertuko da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Itzulerako\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Itzulerako\InsetSpace ~ helbidea -\family default +\family default (Backaddress): bidaltzailearen itzulerako helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin helbidea eremuaren gainean agertzen da, sans serif motako letra-tipo txikiekin. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Gutun\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gutun\InsetSpace ~ berezia -\family default +\family default (Specialmail): gutunaren informazio berezia, jokaera estandarrarekin itzulerako helbidearen azpian eta helbidea eremuaren gainean azpimarratuta agertzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kokapena -\family default +\family default (Location): informazio gehigarria, jokaera estandarrarekin helbide eremuaren azpian eta eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default (Title): gutunaren izenburua, jokaera estandarrarekin gaiaren gainean sans serif letra-tipo lodia eta handiz agertzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Gaia -\family default +\family default (Subject): gutunaren gaia, jokaera estandarrarekin -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default paragrafoaren gainean letra lodiz agertuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Zure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zure\InsetSpace ~ erref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Zure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zure\InsetSpace ~ gutuna -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Nire\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nire\InsetSpace ~ erref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Bezeroa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Faktura -\family default +\family default inguruneek negozio-gutuna sortzen dute. Gutun honek -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default lerroaren gainean "Your ref.", "Your letter of", " Our ref.", "Customer no.", "Invoice no.", eta "Date" jartzen ditu. Dataren eremuan -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default inguruneko balioa erabiltzen du. "Negozio-gutuneko" ingurune hauetariko bat erabiltzen baduzu, -\family sans +\family sans Tokia -\family default +\family default inguruneko balioa ez da agertuko, LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fromplace -\family default +\family default aldagaia ezarriko da bakarrik. Toki eta dataren irteera arrunta (helbide azpian eskuinera lerrokatutakoak) desagertuko dira. Hauek sarrera motakoen antzera etiketa jartzen dute, eta dagokien -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default ingurunea baino lehenago erabili behar dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Zure\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Zure\InsetSpace ~ erref -\family default +\family default (Yourref): zure erreferentzia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Zure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zure\InsetSpace ~ gutuna -\family default +\family default (Yourmail): zure gutuna. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Nire\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Nire\InsetSpace ~ erref -\family default +\family default (Myref): gure erreferentzia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bezeroa -\family default +\family default (Customer): bezero zenbakia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Faktura -\family default +\family default (Invoice): faktura zenbakia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\family sans +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\family sans Koma-Script 2.8 -\family default +\family default bertsioak gutun klase berri bat ekarri du: -\family sans +\family sans scrlttr2 -\family default +\family default . Honek orain euskarririk ez daukan -\family sans +\family sans scrlettr -\family default +\family default ordezkatzen du. LaTeX-en ikuspegitik interfaze eraberritua dauka, eta klase zaharkituarekin bateraezina da. Horrela, LyX-ek biak onartzen dituen arren, berriena erabiltzea aholkatzen zaizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase honek -\family sans -letter\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +letter\InsetSpace ~ (koma-script) -\family default +\family default -ek zuen funtzionalitate berdina, askoz ere gehiago, egia esan behar bada. Oinarrizko elementuak -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default (jasotzailearen, diseinu zaharreko -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default izango zatekeena), -\family sans +\family sans Ireki-unea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Itxi-unea -\family default +\family default dira. -\family sans -Hurrengo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hurrengo\InsetSpace ~ helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneak gutun berri bat hasten du (dokumentu batean hainbat gutun idatz ditzakezula gogoratu). Elementu berriak bidaltzailearen -\family sans +\family sans E-posta -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans URLa -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Faxa -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Bankoa -\family default +\family default dira eta goiburukoan -\family sans +\family sans Logoa -\family default +\family default erabiltzeko aukera dago ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Irudia -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hobekuntza handiena gutunaren diseinua edozein beharretara konfiguratzeko aukera da. Horretarako, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default fitxa, edo estilo fitxategi berezi bat (Letter Class Option, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *.lco -\family default +\family default luzapenekoa) klase aukera baten antzera irakurria izango dena \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMA -\family default +\family default paketea oinarrizko hainbat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *.lco -\family default +\family default fitxategirekin dator. Adibidez, alemanierako konposaketa estiloa jarraitzen duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DIN.lco -\family default +\family default fitxategia, edo -\family sans +\family sans scrlettr -\family default +\family default klase zaharkituaren diseinua eskaintzen duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMAold.lco -\family default +\family default fitxategia. Azkenekoa -\family sans +\family sans KOMAold -\family default +\family default klase aukerarekin kargatu daiteke, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default erabiliz. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter koma-letter2 -\family default +\family default txantiloia, LyX-eko txantiloien artean dago. Xehetasunak Koma-Script-en dokumentazioan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrguide -\family default +\family default ) aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Arazoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Koma-Script -\family default +\family default motako dokumentu-klaseak LyX-en bistaratzen direnean LyX barneko arazo batzuk sortzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kapituluaren zenbatzailea ( -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default inguruarena) kapituluko izenburuari dagokion lerroaren azpian agertzen da, lerro berdinean agertu ordez. Horren arrazoia LyX-ek bere barnean diseinu fitxategiko -\family sans +\family sans Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default etiketarentzako jokabidean datza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans GehituKapi -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans GehituAtal -\family default +\family default ingurunetako izenburuak LaTeX-en "egitazko" gaien aurkibidean agertzen dira, baina ez LyX-ekoan ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Paragrafoak, -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasean, bereiztutako jauzi batekin agertzen dira, baina ez koskatuta. Hau jokabide estandarra da, ez da LaTeX-eko komando berezirik behar horretarako. Baina -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default botoiak Koska adierazten du. Jauzia eremua gaitzen bada, tartea sartzeko dokumentuan LaTeX-eko komando osagarriak txertatzea dakar, baina kasu honetan hau ez dugu nahi. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Springer aldizkariak (svjour) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu hauek Springer Verlag etxeko aldizkarien formatuak dira, eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunean zerrendatuta daude, hortik ere klaseen fitxategiak jaitsi ahal izango dituzu (bai, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta daude). Sistema modular bat da: aldizkari guztientzako orokorrak diren gauza guztiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour.inc -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkitzen dira, eta aldizkari zehatz bateko (adib. -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ svjog.layout -\family default +\family default , Journal of Geodesy aldizkarikoa) diseinu fitxategiak gehitu dezake. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Haren gunean zerrendatu ez den Springer-en beste aldizkari baterako euskarria garatzea nahi izanez gero, nahikoa duzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sv< -\emph on +\emph on nerealdizkaria -\emph default +\emph default >.layout -\family default +\family default garatzea, bidea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default fitxategiak erakutsiko dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu hau ongi baino hobekiago egiaztatu da Journal of Geodesy-rako. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog -\family default +\family default LyX banaketa estandarrarekin batera dator. Klase garrantzitsuen fitxategia instalatu (Springer-en gunetik jeitsi) direktorio egoki batean, birkonfiguratu LaTeX (teTeX-en kasuan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default exekutatuz, agian supererabiltzaile bezala egin beharko duzu --- LyX oraindik ez al da honetaz arduratu?), birkonfiguratu LyX eta kitto! Oso ongi ibili beharko litzateke! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Estilo berriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teoremen antzeko estilo kopuru handia --- -\family sans +\family sans Aldarrikapena -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Aierua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \ldots{} Teorema. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Goi-oharra -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Headnote) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eskaintza -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Dedication) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpititulua -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Subtitle) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX_Titulu_Laburtua -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Running_LaTeX_Title) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Egile_Laburtua -\size scriptsize +\size scriptsize -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (Author_Running) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Erakundea -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Institute) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Posta -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Mail) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Separatak -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Offprints) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gakoak -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Keywords) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Aitorpenak -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Acknowledgements) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Aitorpena -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize -\newline +\newline (Acknowledgement) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus Springer klaseko fitxategien dokumentazioa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Onartutako aldizkariak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default --- Martin Vermeer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svprobth.layout -\family default +\family default --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehitu zurea, ez da hain zaila! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aitorpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi hauek zati batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2.layout -\family default +\family default zaharrean oinarrituta daude, azken hori Springerren LaTeX 2.09 bertsio zaharrera ko prestatua zegoen estilo fitxategian oinarrituta zegoen. Guzti hauek ez dute jarraipenik. -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default jaunak ikaragarri lagundu dit LyX-en diseinu fitxategi sisteman inguruko bidea aurkitzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Akatsak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Daitekeena da. Hala ere, ziurrenik LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default zaharrak baino askoz ere gutxiago edukiko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Murriztapenak: ez ditu teoremen zenbaketak bistaratzen, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default soilik. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AGU aldizkariak (aguplus) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu fitxategi hauek American Geophysical Society-ko aldizkari batzuena dira. Hau erabiltzeko bai AGU-ko klase fitxategiak bai -\family typewriter +\family typewriter AGUplus -\family default +\family default instalatuta eduki behar dituzu ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunetik jeitsi ahal dituzu). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Estilo berriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafoa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafoa* -\family default +\family default berriro definitu dira. LyX-eko interfaze grafikoan oraindik horrela deitzen zaie, baina beraien LaTeX-eko baliokideak (AGU klaseetan) -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiazpiatala* -\family default +\family default dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berriro definitu diren estilo berriak hauek dira: -\family sans +\family sans Ezker-goiburukoa -\family default +\family default (Left_Header), -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-oiburukoa -\family default +\family default (Right_Header), -\family sans +\family sans Jasoa -\family default +\family default (Received), -\family sans +\family sans Berraztertua -\family default +\family default (Revised), -\family sans +\family sans Onartua -\family default +\family default (Accepted), -\family sans +\family sans CCC -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PaperId -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egile-helbidea -\family default +\family default (AuthorAddr), -\family sans +\family sans SlugComment -\family default +\family default . Hauek idazki gehienen atributuak dira, eta AGU klasearen dokumentazioan aipatzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ummmm... Uste dut oraindik hau ez daukadala osatua. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mugikor berriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Planotable -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Plate -\family default +\family default . Baita ere -\family sans +\family sans Taula_epigrafea -\family default +\family default (Table_Caption) berri bat daukagu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Onartutako aldizkariak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geophysical Research -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default --- -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehitu zurea, ez da horren zaila! Ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aguplus.inc -\family default +\family default adibide gisa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu berri hauekin lan egiterakoan, gogoratu dokumentu berri batean egin beharrekoak zein diren: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Kendu babel. Horretarako, joan -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Editatu -\family default +\family default menutik) leihora. AGUrentzako artikuluak beti ingelesez izaten dira. Beraz, ez hautatu beste hizkuntzarik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Sartu jgrga dokumentuaren -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Ziurtatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter agu.bst -\family default +\family default bibliografia estiloa erabiltzen ari zarela, BibTeX-eko bigarren eremuan sartu agu. Estilo estandarretako inork ezin du egin. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section EGS aldizkariak (egs) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu hau European Geophysical Society-ko aldizkarientzako da. Eskatzen duen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter egs.cls -\family default +\family default fitxategia EGS \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunetik eskura daiteke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Estilo berriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default (Right_address), -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX_Titulua -\family default +\family default (LaTeX_Title), -\family sans +\family sans Afiliazio -\family default +\family default (Affil), -\family sans +\family sans Aldizkaria -\family default +\family default (Journal), -\family sans +\family sans mszenbakia -\family default +\family default (msnumber), -\family sans +\family sans LehenEgilea -\family default +\family default (FirstAuthor), -\family sans +\family sans Jasoa -\family default +\family default (Received), -\family sans +\family sans Onartua -\family default +\family default (Accepted), -\family sans +\family sans Desplazamendua -\family default +\family default (Offsets). Uneko diseinu fitxategia, zoritxarrez, ez da batere modularra, eta onura lortuko luke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter std*.inc -\family default +\family default motako fitxategi batzuk erabiliz gero. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX) \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek proiektoreekin aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabiltzen den azaltzen du, gardenkiak sortzeko alegia. Hau egiteko bi dokumentu-klase daude: -\family sans +\family sans gardenkia -\family default +\family default klasea (slides) eta -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default gardenki-klasea. Atal honek lehenbizikoa argitzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berriro esango dut, ozen eta garbi, gaizki ez dadin ulertu: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout -\size large -Atal honek -\begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -slides (default) -\family default -\begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset - -\emph on + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large +Atal honek +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph on bakarrik -\emph default +\emph default deskribatzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard "slides (FoilTeX)" buruzko dokumentuazioaren bila bazalbiltza, ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default +\family default klasea ("slides (FoilTeX)" ) gaur egun, atal honetan dokumentatzen den, slides klasea baino zerbait hobeagoa da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} edo hainbat aldiz errepikatu dut honen alde eginez. Inoiz erabili ez dudanez, ez dakit aldarrikapen hau egia al den edo ez. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase hau -\noun on +\noun on SliTeX -\noun default +\noun default pakete zaharrean oinarritutako hobekuntza bat da, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta. LaTeX2e banaketa bakoitzak klase hau (hemendik aurrera -\family sans +\family sans "slides" -\family default +\family default bezala deituko diot) edukitzen duenez,zure sisteman derrigorrez eduki beharko duzu. Arestian aipatu dudanez, badaude beste klase batzuk, -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default bezalakoak, gardenkiak sortzen dituztenak, eta agian lan hobea egiten dutenak. Hala ere, badaude -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default klaseak egin ditzakeen gauza batzuk, besteek ezin dituztenak egin. Jarraitu irakurtzen! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lanean hastea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Argi dago dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan "slides (default)" hautatu behar duzula. Klase honi buruz jakitea komeni zaizkizun gauza batzuk daude: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Alferrik ibiliko zara -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans Aldeak -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zutabeak -\family default +\family default aukera aldatzen, inola ere ez baitaude -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default klasean onartuta. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans Orri-estiloa -\family default +\family default aukerak jokaera ezberdina dauka klase honentzako. Ondoren, dauden aukerak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen dira: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description plain: azken irteerako dokumentuan orrialdeak zenbatuta agertzen dira, azpiko eskuineko ertzean. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description headings: plain antzera, sartzen dituzun denboraren markatzaileak inprimatzen ditu. Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description empty: irteerako dokumentuan ez dira orrialdeen zenbakirik, denbora markatzailer ik edo lerrokadura markatzailerik inprimatzen. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default klaseak aukera osagarri bat dauka: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default . Hori erabiltzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "clock" -\family default +\family default sartu -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aukera hau erabiliz Ohar inguruneetan denbora markatzaileak gehi ditzakezu. Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenOhar} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu batek automatikoki slides klasea erabil dezan, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default " txantiloitik sortzea aholkatzen dizut: hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menua. Txantiloi honek klase honetan erabiltzen diren paragrafo-ingurune berezi batzuen adibideak ditu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragrafoen inguruneak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gardenkia sortzerakoan ohartuko zara beste letra-tipo eta tamaina bat erabiltzen duela: -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default letra-tipoko "Handiena" tamainaren baliokidea izanik. Irteeran erabiltzen dena da. Har ezazu hori "eredu bisuala" bezala, gardenki batekin lanean ari zarela @@ -9008,161 +10602,217 @@ Serif leku gutxiago daukazu. Noski, pantailan agertzen den lehenetsitako letra-tipo handiena ez da WYSIWYG, gauzak oroitzeko bakarrik erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nabarmena den beste gauza bat zer da: paragrafoen inguruneak alda ditzakezula. Beste dokumentu-klase batzuetan ikusi izan dituzun ingurune asko ez dira zerrendatzen. Beste bost berri daude. -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\family default +\family default klaseak zenbait paragrafo-ingurune bakarrik onartzen dituelako da: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Estandarra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zerrenda -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zita -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Epigrafea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Iruzkina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako ohiko inguruneak, ataleko izenburuen inguruneak barne, ez dira -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default klasean erabiltzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horretaz gain, hauek dira dauden ingurune berriak: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Gardenkia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Gainjarria -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bost ingurune hauek LyX-en berezitasuna dela-eta "bitxikeri" motakoak dira. LyX-ek ez dizu uzten paragrafo bat beste paragrafo huts baten barruan habiaratz @@ -9170,206 +10820,238 @@ en. Hori dotore eta sofistikatua da, baina gardenki bat hasteko derrigorrez testu batekin hasi beharko zatekeen. -\emph on +\emph on Arazo -\emph default +\emph default hau kudeatzeko, "LaTeX-en sorginkeria" landu dut. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkBitxi} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uneko LyX-en murriztapenak direla eta, bost ingurune berri hauek nahiko bitxak dira. Esan bezala, LyX-ek ingurune bat beste ingurune batekin hastea galarazten du. Hori lortzeko -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default ingurunea ez da paragrafo-ingurune bat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default elementuak "sasi-inguruneak" direla suposatu. Horiek ataleko izenburuaren edo -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default ren antzeko itxura dute, baina egitan paragrafo-ingurune bat hasten dute (eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, aurrekoa itxi ere bai). Era berean, -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default "sasi-inguruneak" bezala hartu behar dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bost ingurune horien ezaugarri orokorra da etiketa nahiko luzea dutela. Etiketa honi jarraitzen dion testuak (era arruntean esanda, paragrafo-ingurunee n edukia) garrantzirik ez du -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default inguruneetzat. LyX-ek ezikusi egiten die. Izan ere, bost ingurune horiek hutsik utz ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta etiketa luze samar horien ondoren testua eduki beharrik ez izan, litekeena da xede hori izatea. Hau -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default inguruneko azalpen labur bat da, adibidez. Egoera horretan, sartu zure azalpenari buruzko iruzkina eta -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu, ohi den bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestalde, azalpeneko testua idatzi nahi ez baduzu, LyX-eko beste bitxikeri bat hauta dezakezu. LyX-ek ez dizu paragrafo-ingurune berri bat hasten utziko baldin eta aurrekoan ez baduzu zerbait idazten. Horretarako, hau egin: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hasi testua sartzen: -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default inguruneei jarraituz. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Orain kokatu kurtsorea paragrafo horren hasieran. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ondoren, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Azkenik, aldatu paragrafo berri huts hau -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default ingurunera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en etorkizuneko bertsioetan, zorionez, bitxikeria horiek konpontzeko ahaleginak egingo dira\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek aurkezpen bat nola egiten den erakutsiko dizulakoan bazaude, oker zaude. Atal honetan, aurkezpen baten materialak prestatzeko slides klaseak nola lagun diezazukeen azalduko da. Edukiak betetzea zure esku dago, LyX-en izaera baita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default ingurunea aukeratzeak ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaldu den moduan) LyX-i gardenki berri bat hasteko esaten dio. Sasi-ingurune honen etiketa urdin koloreko "ASCII marra" bat da, eta jarraian "NewSlide" izena agertzen da. Etiketa honen ondoren doan testu edo paragrafo-ingurune guztia gardenki berrian joango da. Bai erraza! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ziur asko, gardenkiak izango dira orrialde bakoitza ixtera derrigortzen duen klase bakarra (hau -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafo -\family default +\family default diseinua leihoan zehatz dezakezu). Izan ere, gardenki baten edukia sartutakoan nahiko duzu orria amaitzea, ez? Gardenki batean, fisikoki sartzen diren testuak baino testu gehiago @@ -9377,71 +11059,79 @@ Paragrafo Ez dut hau egitea aholkatzen, zeren eta soberakoa dagoen orria ez baitago zenbatuta. Gainera, neurriz gainezka dagoen Gardenkia laguntzeko jarri dezakezun -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin oztopatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default inguruneak -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkiaren -\family default +\family default antzera lantzen dira. Bi horiek "ASCII marra" sortzen dute, "NewOverlay:" eta "NewNote:" izeneko etiketekin, hurrenez hurren. Urdina izan beharrean, arrosa kolorea erabiltzen dute, eta "ASCII marrak" itxura ezberdina dauka, bai estiloan bai luzeran. Hirukoteko bakoitzaren letra-tipoa ere elkarrengatik bereizten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default batekin, -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default -ren eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default -ren edukia gardenki baten edo paperaren tamaina fisikoa gainditzen badute, gainezka egiten duen testu-zatia orri berri batean ezarriko da. Berriro diot, hori saihesten ahalegindu zaitez. Horrek -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default -ren eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default -ren xedea izurra dezake. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default baten atzean dagoen kontzeptua honako hau da: gardenki bat beste gardenki baten gainean jartzea. Agian -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default nagusian irudi bat aurkeztea nahiago duzu dagokion testua agertu aurretik. Hori burutzeko bide bat da zinta itsaskor batekin kartulina beltz bat geroago gardenkiaren aurkezpenean nahi duzun zatiaren gainean ipintzea. @@ -9449,88 +11139,92 @@ Gardenkia nahi duzunean, adibidez. Orduan, hitz egiten ari zaren bitartean, kartulina hori kendu eta bi grafikoak elkarrekiko lerrokatzeko -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkiak -\family default +\family default gainjartzen arituko zara. -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default ingurunea bi kasuetan erabiltzea askoz errazagoa da. Gainjarri bakoitzak bere gurasoaren orri-zenbakia jasotzen du, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default " bat erantsita \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Antza denez, hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarriek -\family default +\family default bere -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default gurasoaren orri-zenbakietan " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default ", " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -b -\family default +\family default ", " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -c -\family default +\family default ", e.a. erantsita edukiko dute. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Garbi dago -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarrien -\family default +\family default edukiak gardenki fisiko bakarrean jartzea nahiko dituzula. Baliteke zuk -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default bat -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default baten zati bezala hartzea. Noski, LyX-en slides klaseak jarraibide bisuala eskaintzen du: -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default hasten den etiketa -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default ingurunearen baino motzagoa da. Azkenik, inprimatzeko irteera sortzen duzunean, bai -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default orrietako bai -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default orrietako ertz guztietan lerrokatzeko markak aurkituko dituzu. Bi gardenki fisikoak elkarrekiko zentratzen lagunduko dizute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi gardenki gainjartzearen arazorik handiena bien edukiak zentratzean datza. Zenbateko tartea utzi behar duzu bigarren gardenkiaren grafikoarentzako? @@ -9539,363 +11233,401 @@ Bi gardenki gainjartzearen arazorik handiena bien edukiak zentratzean datza. agertu behar badu? Nahi baduzu tamaina egokiko tarte bertikala sartzen saia zaitezke. Biderik egokiena, ordea, -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default erabiltzea da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraien izenek dioten bezala, -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default bi paragrafo-inguruneko komandoak dira, eta ondorioz testua ikustezina eta ikuskor jartzen dute, hurrenez hurren. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ ataleko oharra: nola nahi ere, bi ingurune horien -\emph on +\emph on barruan -\emph default +\emph default ezer ez jarri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default sortzen duzunean, berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako urdin-argia koloreko etiketa ("") txertatzen du. Etiketa honi jarraitzen dioten paragrafoek -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default zatian (edo -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarrian -\family default +\family default , berdin dio) egon beharko luketena, eta tarte hutsez ordezkatzen dira. Hau da, gardenki nagusian -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default -ko testua ez da agertuko, eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default gardenkian, ordea, agertuko dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default sortzen duzunean berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako berde-argia koloreko etiketa ("") txertatzen du. Etiketa horri jarraitzen dioten paragrafoak jokaera normala dute, hots, gardenki nagusian -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorre -\family default +\family default -ko testua agertuko da, baina ez -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default gardenkian. -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default orrian agertzeko, gainjarri horretan -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default inguruneko testua idatzi beharko duzu. Hori guztia azaltzea batere erraza ez denez, egokiena Tomas Deunaren bidea jarraitzea da: ikusi ondoren sinetsiko dut. Beraz, ireki ezazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default txantiloia eta DVI aurrebista ireki. Mirarietan sinisten hasiko zara! . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default berri baten hasierak -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitz -\family default +\family default bat desgaitzen duela automatikoki. Hori dela eta, -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default baten amaieran ez daukazu -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default erabili beharrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oraingoz, gardenkiak elkarren gainean sortzeko -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarrian -\family default +\family default nola erabili garbi gelditu da: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sortu -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default bat, bertan agertu behar duen guztiarekin, gardenki nagusian edo -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default batean. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default batean agertu behar duen irudi edo paragrafo bakoitzaren aurretik txertatu -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default ingurunea. Beharrezkoa bada, txertatu -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default -ren ondoren (testuentzako soilik). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hasi -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default bat -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default bati zuzenean jarraituz. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kopiatu -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default ren edukia -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarrian -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gainjarrian, aldatu -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default guztiak -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default ingurunera, eta alderantziz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori da guztia. Sortu berri duzu -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default bat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazo bat dago LyX-eko slides klasea diseinatzeko modu honekin: ezin duzu paragrafo baten erdiko testua ikuskaitz bihurtu, ezta ere ikuskaitza den paragrafo baten erdiko testua berriro ikuskor bihurtu. Hori lantzeko, LaTeX kode batzuk erabili beharko dituzu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hauek dira komando interesgarriak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} eta TeX bezala (ERT) markatu behar dira. "Ikusgarritasuna" aldatzea nahi duzun testuak kortxete artean joan behar du (eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash invisible -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash visible -\family default +\family default komandoen ondoren). Ez badakizu TeX gisa nola markatzen diren, ikus dagokion atala Erabiltzailearen Gidan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenOhar} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainjarri baten antzera, -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default bat gurasoa duen -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default batekin elkartzen da. Hemen ere, LyX-en -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default klaseak jarraibide bisuala ematen du. -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default baten etiketa, arrosa kolorekoa, -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default rena baino motzagoa da (baina -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default baten baino luzeagoa). Gainera, inprimatutako -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default rak bere -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default gurasoaren orri zenbakia dauka, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - e.a.\SpecialChar ~ + e.a.\InsetSpace ~ gisa erantsita. -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default batekin hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default eduki ditzakezu, eta badaiteke ohar luzeak zatitu nahi izatea, orri bakun batean jartzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohar baten xedea nahiko garbia da: gardenkiari buruz mintzatzea, nahi duzunaren informazio osagarria edukitzen du. @@ -9903,616 +11635,723 @@ Ohar baten xedea nahiko garbia da: gardenkiari buruz mintzatzea, nahi duzunaren Azken kasuan, denbora-markak erabiltzea nahi izango duzu. Une honetan, LyX-eko slides klaseak ez dauka denbora marken euskarririk. Horretarako, erabili LaTeX kodea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Denbora-markak erabiltzeko, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "clock" -\family default +\family default aukera osagarria zehaztu behar duzu ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala ikusi). Aukera honek denbora markak gaitzen ditu, eta sortzen duzun -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default bakoitzaren azpi-ezkerreko ertzean agertzen da. Denbora markatzailean zer agertu behar duen ezartzeko, erabili LaTeX-eko " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default " eta " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default " komandoak. Bi komandoetako argumentua segundotan neurtzen dira. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default " komandoak emandako ordu batekin jartzen du denbora-marka. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default " komandoak denbora-marka zenbatzaile batekin gehitzen du, zeuk ezartzen duzu zenbatzaile hori. Denbora markak eta -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default rak erabiltzean, zeure buruari gogorarazten diozu -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default bakoitzean hitz egin dezakezun denbora. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken ezaugarri bat azaldu behar dugu. Askotan, -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarri -\family default +\family default guztiak paper gardenetan inprimatzea nahiko duzu, eta -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default rak berriz paper zurietan. Hala ere, -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default batek -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default gurasoari jarraitu behar dio. Nork egingo du? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zorionez, badaude bi LaTeX komando zer inprimatzea nahi duzun hautatzeko. Biak dokumentuaren hitzaurrean sartu behar dira. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default " komandoarekin -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarriak -\family default +\family default soilik inprimatuko dira. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default " komandoarekin berriz -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default rak bakarrik inprimatuko dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : egokiena da hasieratik bi komando horiek hitzaurrean sartzea, eta iruzkin gisa uztea. Ondoren, aurkezpen guztiaren aurrebista landu dezakezu. Behin aurkezpena idaztea amaitzen duzunean, kendu bi komandoetariko bati iruzkina egoera (inprimatu nahi duzuna hautatzeko). Nire ohitura (zuretzako ere baliagarria izan daiteke): " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default "-ri iruzkina egoera kendu eta inprimatuko den fitxategiaren izenari " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *-garden.ps -\family default +\family default " gehitzen diot. Gero, aurreko komandoa berriro iruzkin egoeran jartzen dut eta beste komandoari (" -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default ") iruzkin egoera kentzen diot. Ondoren " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *-ohar.ps -\family default +\family default " fitxategian inprimatzen dut. Hori egin ostean, bi fitxategiok inprimagailura bidaltzen ditut, dagokionari gardenak edo zuriak diren paperak emanez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi komandoentzako (" -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{} -\family default +\family default "eta " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{} -\family default +\family default ") argumentuak eman ditzakezu. Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LaTeX liburu on bat. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gardenkiaren txantiloia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baita ere, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default " izeneko txantiloia erabilgarri dago LyX-en, eta slides klasea erabiltzen du. Zure aurkezpena txantiloi honekin lantzeko, zoaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menura. LyX-en aurkezpen berriak -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarria -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ohar -\family default +\family default hirukotearen adibideak edukiko ditu. Horretaz gain -\family sans +\family sans Gardenkia -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Gainjarriak -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskaitza -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans TestuIkuskorra -\family default +\family default ren adibideekin datoz. Azkenik, hitzaurreak ondorengoa edukiko du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays -\family default +\family default " esaldiak hau adierazten du: -\emph on +\emph on Kendu iruzkina (% ikurra) gardenki eta gainjarriak bakarrik inprimatzeko -\emph default +\emph default . Iruzkina kenduta honela geldituko da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Uncomment to print out only notes -\family default +\family default " berriz beste hau: -\emph on +\emph on Kendu iruzkina oharrak bakarrik inprimatzeko -\emph default +\emph default . Iruzkinik gabe honela geldituko da: -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Azken\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Azken\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : klase hau LaTeX2e "SliTeX emulation" klasea onartzeko garatu dut, LaTeX2e barneko klasetariko bat. Ez nik ez LyX Taldeko beste inork slides klase hau erabiltzera ez zaitugu derrigortuko edo debekatuko, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen baitu. Erabiltzea nahi duenarentzako dago hemen. Aurkezpenak egiteko badaude beste LaTeX2e klase batzuk, -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default +\family default klasea (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala) edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter seminar -\family default +\family default paketea (zenbait TeX banaketetan ageri da). Azken hori ez da LyX-en onartzen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Agian zeregin hori har dezakezu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Beste klase horiei buruzkorik ez dakit ezer. Saiatu bestekin nolako aukerabidea eskaintzen duten ikusteko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Foils (edo FoilTeX) \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetan proiektoreentzako aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabili azaltzen du. Horretarako bi dokumentu-klase daude: lehenetsitako slides klasea eta -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default gardenki klasea. Atal honek azkenengo klasea dokumentatzen du. Hemendik aurrera, -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseari -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default klasea deituko diot. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berriro esango dut, garbiago baina ez ozenago, ongi ulertuta gelditu dadin: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset -\size large + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large Atal honek \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset klasea -\emph on +\emph on bakarrik -\emph default +\emph default deskribatzen -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default du -\emph on +\emph on . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard "slides (default)"-en dokumentazioaren bila bazabiltza, zoaz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalera. Zure sistemak ez badu -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default klasea (" slides (FoilTeX)") instalatuta, orduan baliteke slides klasea erabili nahi izatea, nahiz eta foils bezain ona ez izan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase hau, -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default , LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foils.cls -\family default +\family default fitxategiaren 2.1 bertsioarekin lan egiteko diseinatuta dago, orain LaTeX2e-reki n bateratua dago. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lanean hastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohikoa denez, dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan " -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default " hautatu behar duzu. Leiho horretan ezagutzea komeni zaizun klase honi buruzko zenbait ezarpen daude: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ez aldatu ( -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan) -\family sans +\family sans Aldeak -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zutabeak -\family default +\family default aukerak. -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default klaseak jaramonik ez baitie egingo. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lehenetsitako letra-tamaina 20pt da; beste aukeretan 17pt, 25pt eta 30pt erabiltzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lehenetsitako letra-tipoa -\family sans +\family sans sans serif -\family default +\family default da, matematikako ekuazioetan, ordea, ohiko letra-tipo erromatarra erabiltzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ek A4 eta -\family sans +\family sans Gutuna -\family default +\family default (Letter) paper-tamainen euskarria edukitzeaz gain, 35mm tamainako gardenkiekin ere lan egin dezake. Ez ditu A5, legala edo exekutiboa paper-tamainak onartzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nazkatuko zara -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default kokapenaren ezarpenak aldatzen, zeren eta edozein modutan baztertuak izango baitira. Mugikor guztiak testuan definitzen diren lekuan agertuko dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Klase honetan -\family sans +\family sans Orri-estiloak -\family default +\family default bestelako jokaera bat zehazten du. -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ek orri-oinaren eta goiburukoaren gaitasun zabala eskaintzen du, erabiltzaileak definitutako logoa barne. Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orriburuak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. Tituluaren orria dokumentuko beste orrien ezberdin lantzen da, eta -\emph on +\emph on beti -\emph default +\emph default zenbatu gabea da eta logotipoa (txertatzen bada bederen) -\emph on +\emph on beti -\emph default +\emph default orriaren behean erdira lerrokatuta doa. Ondoren, dauden orrien estiloak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen da: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description empty Irteerako dokumentuak ez du zenbatutako orririk, ezta ere goiburukorik edo orri-oinik (oin-oharrak bai, noski!). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description plain Irteerako orriak zenbatuta daude, orriaren behean eta erdira lerrokatuta. Oin-oharrak ez diren izenbururik edo orri-oinarik ere ez dute. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description foilheadings Orrien zenbakiak behe eta eskuineko ertzean doaz. Goiburuko eta orri-oin gehigarriak ere bistaratzen dira. Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description fancy Honek -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default paketea erabiltzeko sarbidea eskaintzen dizu. -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -en egileak, ordea, -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ekin ez erabilzeko aholkatzen du, zenbait bateraezintasun gertatzen direlako. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Aukera osagarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aukera hauek -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan jar ditzakezu: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 35mmSlide Honek orriaren diseinua 7.33 hatz x 11 hatz tamainuko paper-motarentzat prestatzen du, eta 35mm motako gardenkiaren itxura-erlazio berdina du, euskarri honekin lan egitea erraztuz. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description headrule Tituluaren orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal bat jartzen du goiburukoaren azpian. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description footrule Titulu orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal bat jartzen du orri-oinaren gainean. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description dvips Hau automatikoki ezartzen da foils dokumentu berri bat sortzen den bakoitzean. Aukera honek -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko esaten dio, horizontalki egon behar duten orriak biratzeko. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description landscape Orriaren dimentsioak aldatzen ditu horizontaleko orrientzat, baina ez du biraketarik egiten. @@ -10520,483 +12359,632 @@ landscape Orriaren dimentsioak aldatzen ditu horizontaleko orrientzat, baina iluari orriak horizontalki emateko kanpoko programa bat erabili beharko duzu. Jabetu zaitez aukera honek -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default inguruneen zeregina alderantzikatzen duela. Ez kezkatu, azkenengo bi ingurune horiek hurrengo atalean argitzen dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description leqno Ekuazioan zenbakiak ezkerrera lerrokatuak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description fleqn Ezkerrera lerrokatutako ekuazioak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste klaseetan dauden ohiko ingurune gehienak foils klasean onartuta daude. FoilTeX-ek hainbat ingurune gehiago eskaintzen ditu, eta LyX-ek beste pare bat gehitzen dizkio. Orain beste klaseekin partekatzen diren inguruneak zerrendatzen dira: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Elementua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azalpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-kodea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zita -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titulua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Data -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliografia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eskuin-Helbidea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Iruzkina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau da, atalen inguruneak izan ezik beste ingurune nagusi gehienak daude. Gardenki mota hauek beraien barnean titulu eta gorputzak ataletan zatituta dutenez, gardenki berriak hasteko -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ek komando berezi hauek eskaintzen ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Orriburua (Foilhead) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans BiratuOrriburua (Rotatefoilhead) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ere moldatutako bi ingurune hauek eskaintzen ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans OrriburuLaburra (ShortFoilhead) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans BiratuOrriburuLaburra (ShortRotatefoilhead) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta horien arteko ezberdintasunak hurrengo atalean argituko dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gardenkiak (edo diapositibak) burutazio edo teorema berriak aurkezteko ere erabiltzen direnez, FoilTeX-ek aurkezpen dotoreak egiteko beste hauek eskaintze n ditu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans Teorema -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lema -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Korolarioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Proposizioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Definizioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Frogapena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Teorema* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lema* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Korolarioa* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Proposizioa* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Definizioa* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Izartxoak dituztenak zenbatutako inguruneak dira; izartxorik ez dutenak, berriz, zenbatu gabekoak dira. LyX-ek zerrendentzako beste bi ingurune gehitu ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ZerrendaMarka (TickList) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ZerrendaGurutzea (CrossList) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horietaz gain, -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ek goiburukoaren eta orri-oinaren gaitasun ahaltsua ematen du, horiek dokumentu ko edozein lekutan jar daitekeen arren, egokiena hitzaurrean ezartzea izango litzateke. Dokumentuan ezarpen hauek aldatu nahi badituzu, lekurik egokiena gardenkiaren goian egotea da, adibidez, orriburuaren ondoren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Xede horretarako, estilo-komando hauek eskaintzen dira -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps (Martin Vermeer -\shape default +\shape default ): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -\family sans -Nere\SpecialChar ~ -Logora (My\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Nere\InsetSpace ~ +Logora (My\InsetSpace ~ Logo) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Murrizketa (Restriction) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans EskuinOrri-Oina (RightFooter) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans EskuinGoiburukoa (RightHeader) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans EzkerGoiburukoa (LeftHeader) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\InsetSpace ~ + +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard FoilTeX-ek eskaintzen dituen beste komando batzuk zuzenean LyX-ek ez ditu onartzen, baina zer egiten duten eta nola erabili \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foils-onargabeak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean esango dizut. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gardenki-multzoa sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetan gardenki-multzo bat sortzeko hainbat ingurune nola erabili azaltzen da. Gardenki-multzo baten adibidea ikusi nahi baduzu, hautatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Foils.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia (( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default reki -\family default +\family default menua aukeratu eta -\family sans +\family sans Adibideak -\family default +\family default botoian klikatu). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Eman titulu-orri bat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste klase batzuk -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default inguruneak eskaintzen dituzte; -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default -ek, ordea, bere kasa orri batean titulua sortzen du. -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ingurunea uzten baduzu LaTeX-ek uneko data ordeztuko du (irteera birsortzen duzun bakoitzean). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hasi gardenki berri bat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestian aipatu dudanez, gardenki batekin hasteko lau bide daude. Gardenki bertikalentzako -\family sans +\family sans Orriburua -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans OrriburuLaburra -\family default +\family default erabili beharko zenuke. Bi ingurune horien arteko ezberdintasuna hau da: orriaren (orriburua) titulu eta orriaren gorputzaren arteko tartea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabili -\family sans +\family sans BiratuOrriburua -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans BiratuOrriburuLaburra -\family default +\family default inguruneak -\family sans +\family sans Gardenki -\family default +\family default horizontalentzako. Bi horien arteko ezberdintasuna orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea da. Bi laburren bertsioek orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea 0.5 hatz-etakoa da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gardenki horizontalekin dagoen arazo bakarra da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default kontrolatzailea erabili behar duzula, PostScript® motako irteera sortzeko, bestela gardenkiak ez baitira biratuko. Aukera dago eskatzen den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default kontrolatzailerik gabe gardenki horizontalak lortzeko, inprimagailuan paperak albotaka sartuz ;-) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko akats ttipi bat dela medio, ezin dituzu antzeko bi ingurune horietarikor ik bata bestearen ondoren erabili. @@ -11012,552 +13000,660 @@ ik bata bestearen ondoren erabili. Honen adibidea LyX banaketan dagoen adibide-fitxategia da. Gogoratu, arazo hau baldin eta bi antzeko ingurune (teorema bezalakoak) bata bestearen segidan jarriz gero gertatzen da. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zerrendak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste klaseetan onartuta dauden zerrenda ingurune gehienak eskuragarri edukitzea z gain beste bi berri dituzu. Berri horiek bakarrik azalduko ditut. Beste zerrenda inguruneei buruzko informazioa jakiteko, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiltzea nahi baduzu, eta erabiltzen dituen buletak nola zehatz ditzakezun jakiteko, irakurri arestiko \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bulet} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi zerrenda berriak, -\family sans +\family sans ZerrendaMarka -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans ZerrendaGurutzea -\family default +\family default , zereginen eta zer-ez-eginen edo ongi eta gaizki-ri buruzko zerrendak sortzeko baliabideak dira, zerrendaren etiketeta bezala baieztapen marka bat edo gurutze bat jartzeko erabiltzen dira. Zerrenda horiek -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunearen ondorioak dira. Hala ere, hauek paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Irudi eta taulak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default -ek berriro definitzen ditu taula eta irudi mugikorrak; hori dela eta, hauek txertatzen diren lekuan agertuko dira inprimatutako bertsioan. Izan ere, mugikor bateko kokalekuaren ezarpena aldatzen baduzu, jaramonik ez dio egingo. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orriburuak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Nire_Logoa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Murriztapena -\family default +\family default orri-oinaren ezkerreko testu katea kontrolatzeko erabiltzen diren komandoak dira. Lehenbizikoak zure gardenkian logotipo grafiko bat txertatzeko aukera eskaintze n dizu, lehenetsi gisa "-Typeset by FoilTex" jartzen baitu. - Bigarrenak, berriz, entzuleen sailkapena egiteko balio du, adib.\SpecialChar ~ + Bigarrenak, berriz, entzuleen sailkapena egiteko balio du, adib.\InsetSpace ~ Isilpekoa. Lehenetsi gisa hutsik egoten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oroitzapenerako orriaren ertzak -\family sans +\family sans EskuinOrri-oina -\family default +\family default (orriak zenbatzeko lehenetsia da), -\family sans +\family sans EskuinGoiburukoa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans EzkerGoiburukoa -\family default +\family default erabiliz bete ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foils-onargabeak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren aipatzen diren komandoak LaTeX ingurunean edo TeX eran (beste ingurune batekin) ezarri behar izaten dira. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Luzerak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Luzera guztiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on luzeraizena -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on luzeraberria -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default komandoarekin egokitzen dira. luzeraizena aldatzeko, nahi duzun luzeraren izenarengatik ordeztu behar da, eta luzeraberria luzeraren balio berria da. Luzera guztien balioak hatzetan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default ), milimetrotan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default ) edo puntuetan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default ) edo beste dokumentu batetiko edo letra-tipoaren luzeroan oinarrituz ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default bezala) zehaztu behar dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gardenkiaren goiburuko eta gorputzaren arteko tartea aldatzeko aukera dago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip -\family default +\family default -ekin luzera egokituz. Adibidez, goiburuko guztiak beraien gorputzengandik 0,5 hatz gerturatzeko, hitzaurrean ondorengo komandoa idatzi: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mugikorren arteko tartea egokitzeko, ezarri honako luzera hauek: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovefloatskip -\family default +\family default Testu eta mugikorraren gainaren arteko tartea -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovecaptionskip -\family default +\family default Mugikorra eta epigrafearen arteko tartea -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash belowcaptionskip -\family default +\family default Epigrafea eta jarraitzen dion testuaren arteko tartea -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash captionwidth -\family default +\family default Luzero hau egokituz epigrafeak inguruko testuen baino estuago jar ditzakezu. Egokiena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default definitzea izan daiteke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badaude hainbat tituluko orriekin zerikusia duten luzerak, titulu luzea edo hainbat egile zerrendatzeko baliagarri aurkituko dituzunak: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovetitleskip -\family sans +\family sans Goiburukoa -\family default +\family default -k -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default -tik banatzeko tartea -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titleauthorskip -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default inguruneen artekoa -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorauthorskip -\family default +\family default Hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Egile -\family default +\family default -ren artekoa -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authordateskip -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default artekoa -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dateabstractskip -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default artekoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aipatutako azken luzera komandoak zerrenda motako ingurune guztiei eragiten die. Zerrenda motako ingurune baten barruan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens -\family default +\family default jartzen baduzu, zerrendako elementuen arteko tarte bertikala kendu egingo dira. Ohartu zaitez hau ez dela luzera bat, komando bat baizik, eta beraz ez du behar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default , arestian azaldu den bezala. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default komandoek emandako orri batean -\family sans -Nere\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nere\InsetSpace ~ Logoa -\family default +\family default noiz agertu behar duen, edo noiz ez, kontrolatzen dute. Hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default jartzen baduzu, gardenki batek berak ere ez du logotiporik edukiko. Gardenki batean logorik ez baduzu nahi, gardenki horretako goiburuko baten ondoren kokatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default zuzenean eta jarri zuzenean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default hurrengo goiburukoaren ondoren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default orri-estiloa erabiltzea erabaki baduzu ( -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan), ziurrenik hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash headwidth -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default jarri beharko duzu, horrela gardenki horizontaletako goiburukoak eta orri-oinak egokiro biratuko dira. -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default paketea eta -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default klasearen artean zenbait gatazka sortzen direlako gertatzen da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase hau IEEEk babesten (laguntzen) dituen jardunaldietara idazkiak bidaltzeko prestatuta dago, beraien -\family sans +\family sans Egileen Tresna-jokoa -\family default +\family default ren (Authors Kit) kopia bat eskuratzea aholkatzen dizut. Tresna-joko horretan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex.sty -\family default +\family default paketea eta dagokion bibliografia estiloko fitxategia barneratuta daude. -\family sans +\family sans Egileen Tresna-jokoa -\family default +\family default k posta elektronikoz bidaltzen da, behin zure hasierako bidalketa onartua izandakoan. -\family sans +\family sans Egileen Tresna-joko -\family default +\family default an informazio erabilgarri ugari dago, murriztapenak nola formateatu eta bestelakoak azalduz, eta suposatzen dut hori irakurri duzula, beraz ez dut gehiago errepikatuko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lanean hastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (AR. hau bete beharra dago) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Estandarra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Egilea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Helb.elek. (E-posta) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Afiliazioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Atala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitulua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezberdintasun arin batzuk daude itxura nagusian aurkezpeneko atalen zenbatzailee kin. Pantailan ataleko zenbakiaren puntuen aztarnak galdu egiten dira, baina irteerako bertsioan agertzen dira. Beraz, ez zaitez kezkatu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hollywood gidoiaren egitura bat lortzea "iraganeko erritual" bat da. Irakurleak edukian zentratzeko eta aktoreek era eroso eta ezagun batean @@ -11566,450 +13662,574 @@ Hollywood gidoiaren egitura bat lortzea "iraganeko erritual" bat da. Gidoiak pantailan ikusi edo entzungo duzunik ez dago. Letra-tipoa 12pt tamainako courier mota erabiltzen da. Ez dago letra etzanik. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Arazo bereziak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hizlarien lerroak INOIZ ere ez dira sententziaren erdian eteten. Hizlari baten lerroak orri-jauzi baten ondoren jarraitzen badu, errepikatu -\family sans +\family sans Hizlaria -\family default +\family default (Speaker) titulua "(Cont-d)" edo ("Jarraitzen du") batekin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ezaugarri bereziak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txertatu -\family sans +\family sans Hizlarien -\family default +\family default izenak etiketa bezala, gero izena txertatzeko etiketari dagokion erreferentzia gurutzatua erabili. Erreferentzia gurutzatuaren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezleen zerrenda erakutsiko dizu. Hau historioaren kontaketan hizlariaren izena sartzeko ere erabil dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper tamaina eta marjinak -\layout Standard +\end_layout -US\SpecialChar ~ -gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +US\InsetSpace ~ +gutuna (US\InsetSpace ~ letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, azpitik 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo inguruneen euskarriak ditu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hollywood.bind -\family default +\family default fitxategia erabil dezakezu eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hau erabili, besterik ez badu funtzionatzen. Saiatu hau sahiezten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans IREKI_IRAUNGIZ (FADE_IN -\family default +\family default ): -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans +\family sans M-z S-I -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Normalki, honen ondoren \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Arantxa esnatzerakoan \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset antzeko zerbaitek jarraitzen dio. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans BARNE (INT): -\hfill +\hfill M-z i -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Kamararentzat BARRUKO berri bat sartzen du. Beti EGUNA edo GAUA, edo antzerako zerbaitekin argitasuna definituz jarraitzen da. Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULETAN. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans KANPO (EXT): -\hfill +\hfill M-z e -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Kamerarentzat KANPOKO berri bat sartzen du. Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULAZ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Hizlaria (Speaker) -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hitzegiten duen pertsonaia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parentesikoa (Parenthetical) -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hizlariarentzako instrukzio edo azalpenak. () ikurrak automatikoki txertatzen dira, baina LyX-en ( ikurra bakarrik erakusten da, nahiz eta biak inprimatuko diren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elkarrizketa (Dialogue) -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline Hizlariak (Speaker) zer esten duen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Iragapena (Transition) -\hfill +\hfill M-z t -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Kamara mugitzeko xehetasunak (instrukzioak). - Adibz.\SpecialChar ~ + Adibz.\InsetSpace ~ HONEN HURBILEKO PLANOA: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ITXI-IRAUNGIZ (FADE OUT): -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-I -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Egilea -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eskuin-Helbidea -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gidoiko argota -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (O.S) --- pantailatik kanpo (off screen) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (V.0) --- gaineko ahotsa (voice over) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize b.g. --- atzeko planoa (background) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C.U. --- hurbileko planoa (close-up) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PAN --- kamara mugimendua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize INSERT --- sartu hurbileko planoa (cut to close-up of) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Broadway -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Broadway -\family default +\family default antzezlanak idazteko dokumentu-klase bat da. Bere formatua -\family sans +\family sans Hollywood -\family default +\family default -en baino apaingarriagoa da, eta ez dago hain estandarizatua. Formatu hau lantegientzako egokia izan daiteke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Arazo bereziak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Hollywood -\family default +\family default -en antzekoak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ezaugarri bereziak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txertatu -\family sans +\family sans Hizlarien -\family default +\family default izenak etiketa bezala, gero, izena txertatzeko, etiketarentzako -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default erabili. -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default ren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezlarien zerrenda erakutsiko dizu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper tamainak eta marjinak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -US\SpecialChar ~ -gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~ +US\InsetSpace ~ +gutuna (US\InsetSpace ~ letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, behetik 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengo inguruneak erabil ditzakezu. Eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko, erabili broadway.bind fitxategia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Estandarra -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Ez zenuke hau erabili beharko, beste guztiak huts egiten dutenean soilik. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kontakizuna (Narrative) -\hfill +\hfill M-z n -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Dekorazioa eta ekintza deskribatzeko erabiltzen da. Hizlarien izenak lehen aldiz erabiltzerakoan MAIUSKULAZ egon behar dute. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans AKTOA (ACT) -\hfill +\hfill M-z a -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Automatikoki zenbatzen da. Pantailan zenbaki arabierekin dago, baina erromatar zenbakiekin inprimatzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans AKTOA (ACT*) -\hfill +\hfill M-z S at -\newline +\newline AKTOA -\family default +\family default -rentzako azpitituluak. Erdira lerrokatutako testua. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ESZENA (SCENE) -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Ez da automatikoki zenbatzen. Zeuk sartu behar dizkiozu zenbakiak. Nola egin ez dakidalako da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans IGOTZEAN (AT_RISE): -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-R -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Kontakizunaren egoera berezia, antzoki-oihala igotzean dekorazioa eta ekintza deskribatzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Hizlaria (Speaker) -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hizlariaren (aktorearen) izenburua, MAIUSKULETAN. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Parentesikoa (Parenthetical) -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hizlariarentzako instrukzioak. Parentesiak automatikoki txertatzen dira. Nahiz eta pantailan ( ikurra bakarrik agertu, biak inprimatzen dira. Ingurune hau -\family sans +\family sans Elkarrizketa -\family default +\family default -ren barruan bakarrik erabil daiteke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Elkarrizketa (Dialogue) -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Hizlariak zer dioen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans OIHALA (CURTAIN) -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-C -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Antzokiko oihala jeistea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titulua -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Eskuin-Helbidea -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kaixo entzule zoragarria. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section RevTeX4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset -\family sans + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\family sans Revtex 4 -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea American Physical Society-ren RevTeX 4.0 klasearekin (1999.go maiatzean kaleratu zen \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bertsioarekin) lan egiten du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek duen -\family sans +\family sans Revtex -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseak RevTeX 3.1 bertsioarekin lan egiten du. Hala ere, 3.1 bertsioa nahiko zaharkitua dago, eta LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin lan egiten du. @@ -12018,462 +14238,558 @@ Revtex izan. RevTeX 4.0 bertsioa LaTeX2e-rekin askoz ere egokiago lan egiteko diseinatuta dagoenez, LyX-en -\family sans -RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea erabiltzea nahiko erraza izan beharko luke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazio hau RevTeX 4.0-ren eskuliburuekin batera erabiltzeko asmoz idatzi da, eta ondorioz ez ditugu RevTeX-en makro berezirik azalduko, eta suposatzen da badakizula hitzaurrean zein komando idatzi behar dituzun. Zalantzaren bat edukiz gero, joan zaitez RevTeX-en dokumentazioa irakurtzera, gauzak xehetasun gehiagoz argitzen baititu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Instalazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default instalatzeko eskatzen den guztia paketeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter README -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkituko duzu. RevTeX 4 paketea \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4, web gunea]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunetik jaitsi beharko duzu. Instalatu LaTeX-ek aurkitu dezakeen lekuren batean. Zure etxean \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : UNIX antzeko sistema eragileetan, "etxea" erabiltzailearen direktorio pertsonalari deitzen zaio. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 dokumentu bat sortu eta LaTeX-etik prozesatzeko egiaztatu ezazu. Egokiro instalatuta dagoenean, birkonfiguratu LyX, berak aurkituko du klasearen - fitxategia eta RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + fitxategia eta RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen utziko dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Agian, hasteko biderik erosoena RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Agian, hasteko biderik erosoena RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 dokumentu bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default --ekin inportatzea izango litzateke, edo RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-ekin inportatzea izango litzateke, edo RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 txantiloia erabiltzea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hitzaurreari buruz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohitura denez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoarentzako aukerazko argumentuak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "preprint" -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "aps" -\family default +\family default bezalakoak, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan joan behar dute. Gogoratu RevTeX batek aukerazko argumentu bat behintzat eskatzen duela! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beti bezala, hitzaurreko gauzak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash draft -\family default +\family default eta bestelakoak, LaTeX-en ( -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko) -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrean -\family default +\family default egoten dutela. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diseinuak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : Atal honetan egilea "diseinuari" buruz ari da, baina gehienetan LyX-eko dokumentazioan erabili dugun hitza adieraziko luke: "ingurunea" edo " paragrafo en ingurunea". -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Diseinuak beraien oinarrian RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Diseinuak beraien oinarrian RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0-eko komandoei dagokie. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Helbide elektronikoa -\family default +\family default (Email) ingurunea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{} -\family default +\family default komandoari dagokio. - Jakin ezazu (RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Jakin ezazu (RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4.0 Beta bertsioan bederen) -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Afiliazioa -\family default +\family default inguruneak baliokideak direla, eta ez zenuke biak erabili beharrik izango \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jakinguraz bazaude, biak barneratuta daude, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default tresnak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash address -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affiliation -\family default +\family default bihurtzeko gai da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ohar garrantzitsuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RevTeX 4-ko zenbait ezaugarri garrantzitsu daude, arazoak sor ditzaketenak eta ondorioz LyX erabiltzerakoan burua nahastu dezakete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RevTeX-en, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default komandoaren -\emph on +\emph on kanpoan -\emph default +\emph default joaten da. LyX-eko baliokidea den banatutako -\family sans -Esker\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Esker\InsetSpace ~ ona -\family default +\family default ingurunea da. -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default ingurunean ez idatzi oin-oharrik, bestela urtzia buru gainera eroriko baitzaizu. - Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4-ren dokumentazioa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestalde, -\family sans +\family sans Egilea_Helb.elek -\family default +\family default ., -\family sans +\family sans Egilea_URLa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Esker\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Esker\InsetSpace ~ ona -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default ingurunearen eta dagokion -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default (edo baliokidea den -\family sans +\family sans Afiliazioa -\family default +\family default ) ingurunearen artean jarri behar dira. -\family sans -Esker\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Esker\InsetSpace ~ ona -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Helbidearen -\family default +\family default ondoren jartzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek ez du konpilatuko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eragozpenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinu honek duen eragozpenik nagusiena da -\family sans +\family sans Helb.elek. -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default bezalako diseinuentzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin duzula erabili. Arazo hau ez dagokio diseinu honi bakarrik; ezin duzu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default ingurunearentzako aukerazko argumenturik erabili. Horrek esanahi du fitxategia LaTeX-era esportatu (honetarako aldi baterako APS-ra igorri beharko duzu) ondoren LaTeX fitxategia editatu beharko duzula, eta aukerazko argumentuak (titulu laburtuentzako edo orrialdeen goiburukoentzak o, adiz.) eskuz ezarri beharko dituzula. Diseinu horien faltan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiliation -\family default +\family default (eta baliokidea den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaddress -\family default +\family default ) erabilgaitza egiten dute, eta dagokien diseinuak ez daudenez, eskuz gehitu beharko dituzu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on -\noun on +\emph on +\noun on JMarc -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : une honetan, LyX 1.3.0 bertsioak honelako aukerazko argumentu batzuk onartzen ditu, baina diseinu hauek oraindik ez dira eguneratu, eta ondorioz, beraien abantailekin oraingoz ezingo dugu jolastu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep) \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on mw -\emph default +\emph default motako klaseak -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz Luczak -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent LyX-eko -\family sans +\family sans article (mwart) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (mwrep) -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans book (mwbk) -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwart.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwrep.cls -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwbk.cls -\family default +\family default klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren. Estandarrak diren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klaseen ordezkoak dira, hurrenez hurren, polonieraren tipografia hitzarmeneko zenbaki dezimalekin lan egiteko egokitua dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oinarrizko ezberdintasunak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -Zenbatu gabeko atalak (izartxoa dutenak, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +Zenbatu gabeko atalak (izartxoa dutenak, adib.\InsetSpace ~ + +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default ) gaien aurkibidean gehitzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Beste orri-estiloak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description uheadings goiburuak bereiztutako lerroetan. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak, komando hauekin definitzen dira: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markright -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myuheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak bereiztutako lerroetan. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description outer orrialdearen zenbakia orriaren kanpokaldean kokatzen da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Aukerak -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description rmheadings serif letra-tipodun tituluak --- lehenetsia. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sfheadings sansserif letra-tipodun tituluak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description authortitle titulu orrialdean lehenbizi egilea kokatzen da, eta ondoren titulua ---lehenetsia. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description titleauthor titulu orrialdean lehenbizi titulua kokatzen da, gero egilea. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description withmarginpar orrialdeetan marjinentzako lekua gordetzen da. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Elsevier aldizkariak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Rod Pinna -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.-ek beraien aldizkarietara artikuluak bidaltzeko LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase estandar bat eskaintzen du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default . Fitxategi hau beraien gunetik jeitsi daiteke: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Instrukzioak fitxategiarekin batera datoz, eta argitaratzaileen xehetasunak @@ -12482,16 +14798,18 @@ elsart.cls fitxategi bat ere. Klase fitxategiaren instalazioa LaTeX-eko beste paketeen antzera egiten da; instrukzioak Elsevier-en dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea erabiltzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.layout -\family default +\family default fitxategia hornitzen da. Elsevier klasea batik bat artikulu klasean oinarrituta dagoenez, ohiko funtzionalitatearen gehiengoa eskaintzen da. @@ -12499,22 +14817,24 @@ elsart.layout ingurune definitzen ditu. Komando hauek Elsevier-en dokumentazioan argitzen dira, eta LyX-en eskuragarri daude. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elsevier estiloko dokumentuak sortzeko biderik erosoena paketearekin datorren txantiloian oinarritzea da. Hoberena -\family sans +\family sans "fancy" -\family default +\family default orri-estiloa edo geometriaren paketea ez erabiltzea da, Elsevier berak definituta baitauzka antzeko funztioak. Egokiena da Elsevier-eko dokumentazioan agertzen diren pakete gehigarriak bakarrik erabiltzea, bestelakorik ez erabili. Berez, Elsevier-ek ahalik eta LaTeX fitxategi -\emph on +\emph on garbiena -\emph default +\emph default eskatzen du, zeren eta bidaltzen zaien artikulua aldizkari bakoitzarentzako bereziki prestatutako klasera bihurtzen baitute. Hots, dokumentu baten egitura prestatzen denbora asko ez dela galdu behar, @@ -12522,163 +14842,187 @@ garbiena Diseinu honen erabilera artikulu estandarraren oso antzekoa da. Elseveir-ek zer egin dezakeen (edo zer ez) jakiteko, dagokion dokumentazioa irakurri. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Memorandum (Memoir) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Laburpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Memorandum bat ( -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default ) ahalmen handiko eta beti hedatzen doan klase bat da. Hau fikzio edo ez-fikziozko literaturarentzat adeitasunez diseinatuta dago. Bere xedea dokumentuko konposaketaren gainean erabiltzaileak kontrol handiena edukitzea da. -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default liburu klase estandarrean oinarrituta dago, baina artikulu gisa ere moldatu daiteke (ikusi behean). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Peter Wilson, Memorandumaren (Memoir) garatzailea LaTeX arloko pakete ugari garatzen dituelako ezagutzen da. Horietariko gehienak -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -en bateratuak izan dira. Horrela, gaien aurkibidea, eranskinak, kapituluen inguruneak eta antzekoak diseinatzea errazagoa da. LyX-ek, halere, jatorriz ez ditu ezaugarri guztiak onartzen. Batzuk etorkinuzeko LyX bertsioetan gehituko dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bidali iradokizunak hona: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , beste asko litekeena da inoiz ez barneratzea, LyX-eko lan-moldearen murriztap enak direla eta. Ezaugarri hauek LaTeX-eko komandoekin (ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Xehetasunak \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean ikus ditzakezu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) erabil ditzakezu. Atal honetan, LyX onartzen dituen ezaugarriak bakarrik zerrendatuko ditugu. Azalpen sakonagoak irakurtzeko (eta beste ezaugarriak ikasteko) joan -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default klaseko dokumentaziora. Dokumentazio hori ez da erabiltzailearen gida soil bat, horretaz gain konposake ta onak egiteko azalpenak eta konposaketa dotore baten adibidea dauzka. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Memorandumak (Memoir) liburua klaseak dituen ezaugarri guztiak onartzen ditu, gutxi gorabehera. Ezberdintasun batzuk daude ordea: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Letra-tamainak: -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek letra-tipoen barruti zabal hau dauka: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Orri-estiloak: -\family sans +\family sans "fancy" -\family default +\family default orri-estiloa ez du onartzen, -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default paketearen arteko gatazka dela eta (biak komando bat izen berdinarekin definitzen dute, eta LaTeX zoratu egiten da). Horren ordez, -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek bere orri-estilo multzoarekin etortzen da (ikus -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Orri-estiloa -\family default +\family default zerrenda). Kapituluen orrietan erabili nahi badituzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapterstyle -\family default +\family default komandoa testu nagusian edo hitzaurrean jarri beharko duzu (adib. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapterstyle{companion} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Testu-atalak: Testua zatitzaileak (kapitulua, atala, azpiatala, e.a.) klase estandarreko aukerazko argumentuekin datoz. Honekin, gaien aurkibideko eta goiburukoen (titulua luzegia bada, adib.) aukerazko titulua zehaz dezakezu. LyX-en hau kapitulu/atal batean jartzeko, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +Titulu\InsetSpace ~ laburtua -\family default +\family default menutik egin dezakezu. -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek bigarren aukerazko argumentua bat dauka, horrela gaien aurkibidea goiburukoe tatik bereiztu daiteke. Titulua hiru eratara defini dezakezu: bat testu nagusiarentzako, bestea @@ -12686,187 +15030,210 @@ tatik bereiztu daiteke. Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ez ditu bi aukerazko argumentu onartzen. Baina LyX-i adarra jo diezaiokezu. Sartu kortxete bikote bat ERT eran ( -\family sans +\family sans C-L -\family default +\family default ), lehenbiziko eta bigarren argumentuen artean. Hori da eta! Idatzi -\family sans -Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Titulu\InsetSpace ~ laburtua -\family default +\family default barnekian < -\emph on +\emph on titulu laburtua gaien aurkibidearentzat -\emph default +\emph default > ][ < -\emph on +\emph on titulu laburtua goiburukoentzat -\emph default +\emph default > (non ][ TeX eran dagoen). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description GAurk./TaulaZer./IrudiZer.: Klase estandarretan (eta beste klase batzuetan ere) gaien aurkibideak, irudien zerrendak eta taulen zerredak automatikoki orri berri bat hasten dute. -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek ez du joera hau jarraitzen. Orri-jauzi bat zeuk txertatu beharko duzu, bat eduki nahi baduzu, bederen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Titulu-orria: Arrazoi ezezagun bat dela medio, -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek titulu-orrian orrialdeztapena erabiltzen du (klase estandarretan titulu-orri ak "hutsak" egoten dira, adib. orrialderik gabe). -\family sans +\family sans Titulu-orri -\family default +\family default hutsa eduki nahi baduzu, hitzaurrean idatzi -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Artikulua: article klaseko aukerarekin ( -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan sartzeko), artikuluaren estiloa emulatzeko aukera izango duzu. Hau da, zenbatzaileak (oin-oharrena, irudiena, taulena, e.a.) -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulu -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Zati -\family default +\family default berrietan ez dira berrasieratuko, kapituluek ez dute orrialde berri bat hasiko (hemen kapituluak onartzen dira, benetako artikulu batean gertatzen ez dena), nahiz eta liburuetan beraien orri propioa eduki. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Letra-tipo\SpecialChar ~ -komando\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Letra-tipo\InsetSpace ~ +komando\InsetSpace ~ zaharrak: Lehenespenez, -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek ez du letra-tipoen komando zaharkituak erabiltzen uzten, LaTeX 2.09 bertsio - zaharkituan erabiltzen zirenak (adib.\SpecialChar ~ + zaharkituan erabiltzen zirenak (adib.\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash it -\family default +\family default ). Komando hauetariko bat agertzen denean LaTeX-ek errore bat sortzen du eta gelditu egiten da. -\family sans +\family sans oldfontcommands -\family default +\family default klaseko aukerak komando hauek erabiltzea eskaintzen du, eta abisuak jaurtitzen ditu (horrela LaTeX ez da gelditzen). Oraindik pakete askok, eta batik bat BibTeX-ek, komando hauek erabiltzen dituztenez, aukera hau lehenetsi gisa erabiltzea erabaki dugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ezaugarri osagarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek onartzen dituen ezaugarriak azalduko dituzu, egia esanda, gaur egun ez dira ezaugarri asko. Xehetasunak jakiteko -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -en eskuliburua \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gune honetan aurkituko duzu: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset . Irakurri. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Laburpena: Nolatan laburpena ezaugarri osagarri bat den galdetzen ariko zara. Egia da liburu klasean dagoela. Normalki, liburuek ez dute laburpenik izaten. -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek bai, ordea. Nahi duzun lekuan eta nahi adina aldiz erabil dezakezu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -KapituluZehaztua\SpecialChar ~ +KapituluZehaztua\InsetSpace ~ (Chapterprecis): Kapitulu baten edukia tituluaren azpian laburki azalten da, eta baita gaien aurkibidean ere (adib. -\emph on +\emph on Txanogorritxu basoan; lagun berria; otsoaren iruzurra -\emph default +\emph default ). -\family sans +\family sans KapituluZehaztua -\family default +\family default inguruneak hau egiten du. Honela, kapitulu baten azpian bakarrik erabiltzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout -KapituluEpigrafea\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +KapituluEpigrafea\InsetSpace ~ (Epigraph) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra: epigrafe mota honi "KapituluEpigrafea" deitzen diot, zeren eta beste klase batzuetan irudi eta taulentzako epigrafeak baitaude, horrela hauetatik nabarmentzen dut. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : Epigrafe mota hau kapitulu baten hasierako lema txiki bat da. -\family sans +\family sans KapituluEpigrafea -\family default +\family default inguruneak kapituluaren lema batentzako konposaketa dotore bat eskaintzen du. Lema bera (testua) eta bere egilea (jatorria) lerro motz batekin banatzen @@ -12875,118 +15242,136 @@ KapituluEpigrafea behar dituelako (testu eta jatorria). Kasu honetan, kortxete kizkurrak erabili behar ditugu (TeX eran) bi argumentuen artean:< -\emph on +\emph on lema laburra -\emph default +\emph default > }{ < -\emph on +\emph on lemaren egilea -\emph default +\emph default >. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Olerki-titulua\InsetSpace ~ (Poemtitle): -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek olerkiak konposatzeko bide asko ditu (oso konplexuak diren irudizko olerkietaraino), LyX-ek gutxi batzuen euskarria dauka. Horietariko bat -\family sans +\family sans Olerki-titulua -\family default +\family default da: olerkien tituluak erdira lerrokatzen ditu, eta gaien aurkibidean ere gehitzeko aukera du ( -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default olerkientzako ingurune estandarra da. -\family sans +\family sans Memoir -\family default +\family default -ek -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ren bertsio hobetu batzuk ditu, baina horientzako ERT erabili beharko duzu, -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ingurune arruntean habiaratu behar direlako, eta hori LyX-en ezinezkoa da). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~ +Olerki-titulua\InsetSpace ~ (Poemtitle)*: -\family sans +\family sans Olerki-titulua -\family default +\family default gisakoa da, baina gaien aurkibidean ez du sarrerarik gehitzen. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea. \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Inportatu eta esportatzea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gogoeta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en dokumentuak inportatzea (edo esportatzea), beste formatu batzuetatik (edo batzuetara) -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default n laburki azalduta dago. Hemen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nportatu -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu -\family default +\family default menuetako elementuak hautatzerakoan zer gertatzen den xehetasun gehiagoz azaltzen dugu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Beste formatuetatik inportatzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko fitxategi bat LyX formatura bihurtzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default izeneko script bat lantzen da. Nahiz eta bere kasa programa bat izan eta komandoen lerrotik deitu dezaiokezun arren, LyX-ek LaTeX-eko dokumentu bat inportatzerakoan automatikoki deitzen @@ -12994,19 +15379,23 @@ reLyX Azalpen zehatzagoa \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko duzu. Erabiltzaileak LyX-en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -entzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin ditu erabili. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII Testua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ASCII motako testu soila inportatzen denean, fitxategia irakurtzeko bi metodo daude. @@ -13017,264 +15406,318 @@ ASCII motako testu soila inportatzen denean, fitxategia irakurtzeko bi metodo Paragrafo berria antzemateko, tartean lerro zuri edo hutsa egon behar du. Hots, hainbat lerro-jauzi jarraian eta testurik gabe egotea, paragrafoen mugatzaile bezala onartzen dira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Noweb -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ( -\emph on +\emph on Editorearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : argi dago hau idatzi beharrekoa dela, bolondresik bai? --- mer) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Beste formatuetara esportatzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek bi LaTeX mota sortzen ditu: batak oinarrizko ezaugarriak ditu, prozesatze normala lantzeko ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , e.a.), eta gehienetan erabiltzaile batek sortzen den fitxategi hau ez du inoiz ere ikusten \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Emaitzeko fitxategia LaTeX fitxategi baliogarria bat izaten da; hala ere, hitzaurreak nahiko itxura bitxia edukiko du, LyX-ek erabiltzen dituen zenbait definizio baitauzka, eta hauek erabiltzaileen dokumentuetan ez ditu inoiz erakusten. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ; besteak gizakiok irakurri ahal izan dezagun formatuan kaleratzen du, eta horrela lagunartean bana daiteke. Bihurketak egiteko zehaztu daitekeen gauza bakarra lerroaren luzera da. Lehenetsi gisa 65 karakteretara mugatuta dago, baina -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans -Irteerako\SpecialChar ~ -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irteerako\InsetSpace ~ +lerro\InsetSpace ~ luzera -\family default +\family default eremuan ezar dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak) -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Gailutik askeak -\family default +\family default (edo DVI fitxategiak) sortzeko zure dokumentua LaTeX-etik igaroz lortzen da (nolabaiteko konpilaketa bat gertatzen da). Ez ditu aukeren ezarpenik, beraz erabiltzaile batek ezin du ezer aldatu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript® -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bihurketa katearen hurrengo urratsa DVI fitxategi bat PostScript®-era bihurtzean datza. Horretarako bai -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default bai -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default primatu -\family default +\family default erabil ditzakezu. Azkena erabiltzen baduzu, jabetu zaitez dvips programari zenbait aukera igortzeko eta zenbait efekturekin inprima dezan zehazteko, -\family sans +\family sans Hobespena -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Irteerak -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Inprimagailua -\family default +\family default azpifitxan nahi duzun bezala konfigura dezakezula. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII testua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ASCII gisa esportatzerakoan dokumentuaren "izaera" ahalik eta gehien mantentzen saiatzen da, baina erdira lerrokatzea edo koskatze antzeko gauzak baztertu egiten dira; paragrafoak lerro -\emph on +\emph on zuriz -\emph default +\emph default (edo lerro hutsez) bereizten dira. Atalen zenbaketa, eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak egokiro lantzen direnez, emaitzeko testua irakurtzeko formatu polita lortzen du. Aldatu dezakezun aukera bakarra, LaTeX-eko ireteeran bezala, lerroen luzera da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentuak hipertestu markatu formatuko dokumentuetan bihur daitez ke, horretarako lehenbizi LaTeX-era bihurtzen da, eta ondoren HTML-ra. Gaur egun LyX-ek hiru LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset HTML bihurtzaile ezagutzen ditu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2html -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hevea -\family default +\family default . Halere hauek autodetektatuak izaten direnez, hobespenetan nahi duzuna erabil dezakezu ( -\family sans +\family sans Bihurtzaileak -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Bihurtzaileak -\family default +\family default zerrendan). Fitxa honetan komando lerroko aukera gehiago sar ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PDF -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Dekel Tsur -\noun default +\noun default (gehienbat) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Oinarrizko PDF fitxategi bat (etiketa markarik gabe, estekarik gabe, e.a.) sortzeko biderik erosoena, LyX-eko edozein bertsioetan, dokumentua PostScript® fitxategi bezala gordetzea da, gero fitxategi hori -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default komandoari igortzea. LyX-eko 1.1.6 bertsioan, bidea errazteko, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default DF -\family default +\family default menuko elementua gehitu zen. Letra-tipoekin dauden zenbait berezitazun gogoan eduki behar dituzu: ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-zatarrak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. Gainera, 1.1.6 bertsiotik honantz fitxategi askoz ere sofistikatuagoak sortzeko metodo hobeago bat garatu zen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erabili pdfLaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdfLaTeX -\family default +\family default programarekin zure EPS formatuko irudiak PDF formatura bihurtu behar dituzu, eta ezin duzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstricks -\family default +\family default erabili. Bestalde, pdfLaTeX programarekin JPEG edo PNG formatudun irudiak zuzenean txerta ditzaketzu, edo TrueType motako letra-tipoak erabili, eta abar. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-zatarrak} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Letra-tipo zatarrak Acrobat Reader-en -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazoa da Acrobat Reader-en bitmap motako letra-tipoak gaizki bistaratzen direla. @@ -13285,636 +15728,748 @@ Arazoa da Acrobat Reader-en bitmap motako letra-tipoak gaizki bistaratzen Azken LaTeX banaketek letra-tipo estandarren (Computer Modern) Postscript® Type 1 bertsioarekin datoz. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdfLaTeX -\family default +\family default -ek lehenespenez letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen ditu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default programak, berriz, lehenespenez ez ditu letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen. Letra-tipo hauek erabil ditzan zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc -\family default +\family default fitxategian ondorengo lerroak gehitu behar dituzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-en letra-kodeketa lehenetsia ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default ) erabiltzen bada, ez da besterik egin behar. Hala ere, T1 letra-kodeketa erabiltzen bada, orduan LaTeX-ek EC letra-tipo berrienak erabiliko ditu, eta hauentzako Type 1 bertsiorik ez dago. Arazo hau konpontzeko egokiena ae paketea erabiltzea da, honek T1 letra-kodeket a emulatzen du (CM letra-tipo estandarrak erabiliz). Horretarako LyX fitxategiko hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} -\family default +\family default gehitu behar da. Hala ere, CM letra-tipoko zenbait karaktere bitxi (adib. eth, thorn) galdu egiten dira, eta EC letra-tipoetatik eskuratzen dira. Hori dela eta, karaktere bitxi horiek bitmap eran lortuko dituzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : LyX-ek lehenespenez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default letra-kodeketa erabiltzen du. Lehenesitako letra-kodeketa erabili nahi baduzu (dokumentuak ingelesez bakarrik idatzi behar duzunean bakarrik aholkatzen da), garbitu -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko LaTeX fitxan dagoen TeX kodeketa eremua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako aukera bat PostScript® letra-tipo estandarrak erabiltzea da, Computer Modern letra-tipoen ordez. Hori egiteko, dokumentuaren ezarpeneko leihoan letra-tipo globala bezala -\family sans +\family sans pslatex -\family default +\family default hautatu behar duzu. PostScript® letra-tipoak erabiltzean, sortzen den PDF fitxategia txikiagoa izaten da, letra-tipoak ez baitira fitxategi barruan gordetzen. Honetaz gain, PostScript® letra-tipoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default -eko karaktere -\emph on +\emph on bitxiak -\emph default +\emph default dauzkate. Bestalde, PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik, eta beraz letra lodi txiroa ("poor man's bold" edo pmb) erabili beharko da (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Gainera, PostScript® letra-tipoek Computer Modern letra-tipoen itxura ezberdina edukitzen dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laburtzeko, Computer Modern eta PostScript® letra-tipoek emaitza hobeak eskaintzen dituzte (salbuezpen gutxi batzuekin). Zein erabili erabiltzailearen eskuetan dago. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zergatik ez dabil -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} eta pslatex -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik. Hori konpontzeko, erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default (poor man's bold) komandoa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash boldsymbol -\family default +\family default komandoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb -\family default +\family default erabil dezan berriz definitzeko aukera dago. Horretarako, idatzi hau hitzaurrean: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash pmb{#1}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko? \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Baldintzatu pdfLaTeX-ekin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bai. Hona hemen adibide bat: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newif -\backslash +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash ifx -\backslash +\backslash pdfoutput -\backslash +\backslash undefined -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdffalse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdftrue -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash fi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfinfo { /Author (zure izena eta helbide elektronikoa) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Title (titulu ofiziala -- adbi., titulu elementua) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (dokumentua azaltzeko lerro bat) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fi -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus aipuak hemen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Pertsonalizazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pertsonalizatutako esportazio bat egin daiteke, nahi duzun formatura bihurtzeko, eta suposatuz beste formatu horretara bihurtzeko tresna egokia instalatuta daukazula. Bihurketaren -\emph on +\emph on sarrerako -\emph default +\emph default fitxategiaren formatua -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ertsonalizatua -\family default +\family default menuan aukeratu beharko duzu; LyX-ek automatikoki sarrerako formatu horretara bihurtuko du, eta ondoren zure bihurtzaile pertsonalizatura igorriko du. Dauden aukera baliagarriak LyX-ek bere dokumentutik sor ditzakeen formatu horiek guztiak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bihurtzailearen komandoa leiho horretan zehazten da. Eremu horrek komando lerroko (edo shell-a) erabateko komandoa eduki beharko luke, eta fitxategiaren izena zehazteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FName -\family default +\family default aldagaia erabili. Aldagai hori ez bazaio ematen, fitxategia zure komando lerroko sarrera estandarrera (stdin) bidaliko litzateke. Sekuentzia hau zure shell-arekin bat egoteko burutsua izan beharko zara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezinezkoa denez komando hau -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoarekin gordetzea, zure etxeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default fitxategia eskuz edita dezakezu ondorengo lerroa (edo antzekoa) gehitzeko: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash custom_export_command "nire_komandoa $$FName" -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section reLyX, xehetasunak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Laburpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default erabiltzeko bide eroso bat LyX-eko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nportatu -\family default +\family default menua da. Horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default programari deitzen dio (fitxategi bat emanez) eta sortzen duen emaitzeko fitxategia LyX-en kargatzen du. Aurrenik saia zaitez horrela egiten, eta komando lerroan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -i deitu baldin eta aukera bereziagoak behar dituzunean doilik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default [ -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic dok_klasea -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic irteera_direkt -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic ingur1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic ingur2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfitxa -\shape default +\shape default 1[, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfitxa2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on fitxa_sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic dok_klasea -\shape default +\shape default [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic irteera_direkt -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic ingur1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic ingur2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfitxa1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfitxa2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on fitxa_sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -h -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aukerak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -c Klasea. Lehenesenez, reLyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass{lelo} -\family default +\family default komandoa ikusten duenean, "lelo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : lelo hitza erabili dut, ingelesezkoa foo izan ohi den bezala, zerbait txoroa edo huskeria denean, edo adibide bezala ere, erabiltzen baita. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset " dokumentu-klasea sortzen du, eta klase horri dagokion LyX-eko diseinu-fitxateg ia irakurtzen du. Erabili -\family sans +\family sans -c -\family default +\family default beste dokumentu-klase bat definitzeko (eta beste diseinu-fitxategi bat irakurtzeko). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -d Arazketa (debug). Lehenespenez, irteera bat bakarrik ematen du, eta bihurketan sortzen dituen behin-behineko fitxategiak ezabatzen ditu. Erabili -\family sans +\family sans -d -\family default +\family default aukera (edo bandera) irteera gehiago sor ditzan (bai stdout bai stderr irteeretan) eta behin-behineko fitxategiak ez ezabatzeko. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -f Derrigortu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ez da exekutatuko baldin eta jadanik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia existitzen bada. Erabili -\family sans +\family sans -f -\family default +\family default aukera (argi ibili) existintzen den fitxategiaren gainean idazteko. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -h Laguntza. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default nola erabiltzen den buruzko informazioa aurkezten du, eta bere exekuzioa amaitzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -o Irteerako direktorioa. Aukera honekin behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategiak (ematen zaion sarrerako fitxategiarentzat, gehitutako fitxategiarentzat eta edozein fitxategi-zatirentzat, -\family sans +\family sans -p -\family default +\family default aukerarekin) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter irteera_direkt -\family default +\family default direktorioan kokatuko ditu. Bestela, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir/lelo.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi bakoitzeko, behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir -\family default +\family default direktorioan kokatuko ditu. Hori oso erabilgarria izan daiteke fitxategi batek beste direktorioetako fitxategiak baditu, eta guztiak direktorio batean bateratu nahi dituzunean; edo LaTeX fitxategiak dauden direktorioan idazteko baimenik ez daukazunean. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -p Fitxategi zatiak. Sarrerako fitxategiak LaTeX zatiak dira, hitzaurrerik edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default komandorik ez daukate. Aukera honek -\family sans +\family sans -c -\family default +\family default aukera eskatzen du, zeren eta reLyX bihurtzen ari den fitxategiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandorik ez baitauka. Aukera hau erabiltzen denean, fitxategi bat baino gehiago bihur ditzakezu, hori bai, fitxategi guztiak dokumentu-klase berdinekoak izan behar dute. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek sortzen duen LyX fitxategia existitzen den beste fitxategi batean gehitu daiteke, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default menuko LyX dokumentua elementua hautatuz. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -r Ingurune arruntak (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Ingurune bat baino gehiago eman behar baduzu, bereiztu itzazu koma karakterea erabiliz (zuriunerik ez) . @@ -13922,7 +16477,9 @@ atala). batik bat zerrenda horretan izartxoa duten inguruneak (lelo*) badaude. Komando hau askotan erabiltzen baduzu, agian sintaxi-fitxategi pertsonal bat sortu eta erabiltzea egokiagoa izango duzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -s Sintaxi-fitxategiak. Sarrerako (bat edo gehiago komatxo artean, eta komaz bereiztuta) sintaxi-fitxat @@ -13930,67 +16487,77 @@ egiak irakurtzeko, lehenetsitakoaz gain. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpena -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir/lelo.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia eskuratuz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dir/lelo.lyx -\family default +\family default LyX fitxategi bat sortzen du ( -\family sans +\family sans -o -\family default +\family default aukera ez bada erabiltzen, bederen). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Onartzen diren luzapenak hauek dira: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ltx -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .latex -\family default +\family default . Sarrerako fitxategirik ez badago, eta luzapen horietariko bat ez badu, orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default programak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter inputfile.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia bihurtzen saiatuko da (LaTeX-ek ere antzeko joera dauka). -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -en xedea LaTeX2e bertsioan oinarritutako fitxategi egoki bat LyX-era bihurtzen saiatzea da. Zure LaTeX-ek ezin badu ongi konpilatu (edo gauzak oker idatzi badituzu, @@ -13998,86 +16565,117 @@ reLyX gerta daiteke. LaTeX 2.09 bertsioan oinarritutako dokumentuak egokiro bihurtzen dira, nahiz eta erabat bermatuta ez egon. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek zenbait akats eta funtzio gutxi batzuk falta ditu. Hala ere, bere helburu nagusiak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LaTeX2e motako ongi egokitutako fitxategia, apurtu gabekoa, eskuratzea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fitxategi horretako zati gehienak bihurtzea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bihurtu ezin dituen zatiak aurkitzea eta LyX fitxategian TeX eran kopiatzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Helburu nagusi hauek, fitxategi gehienentzako, ongi burutzen ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etorkizunera begira, reLyX-en hobekuntza asko egin daitezke eta egin beharko lirateke. Hala ere, nahiko genuke reLyX ahalik eta azkarren kaleratzea, LyX-eko erabiltza ile berriek dauzkaten LaTeX fitxategiak bide eroso batean irakurtzeko. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erabilera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen LaTeX motako dokumentuak LyX-era bihurtzeko zer egin behar duzun azalpen luzeagoekin zerrendatzen dugu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exekutatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek bihurketaren egoerari buruz informatuko zaitu, eta abisu guztiak stderr irteera estandarrean bistaratuko ditu. Beraz, guzti horiek ikusteko gogorik ez baduzu, saiatu komando hauekin: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (csh komando lerroan) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX lelo.tex >& /dev/null -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard edo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (bash komando lerroan) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX lelo.tex 2>&1 >/dev/null -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irteera estandarra EZ berbideratu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategira. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Emaitzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiarekin LyX programa exekutatu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Teorikoki, fitxategi gehienak bihurtu ditzake, eta bihurtu ezin ditzakeen zatiak gorriz (TeX eran) nabarmenduko ditu. @@ -14090,38 +16688,46 @@ Teorikoki, fitxategi gehienak bihurtu ditzake, eta bihurtu ezin ditzakeen ezin badu irakurri, orduan begiratu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean, edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en, ERT (TeX kodea) kutxetan dauden gauzak eskuz aldatu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Arestian azaldu den bezala, LyX fitxategia (ezer aldatu gabe) inprimatu beharko zenuke. Hala ere, TeX erako komando bat dagokion LyX objektuan aldatzeak aukera emango dizu LyX editorearen WYSIWYM filosofiaren abantailekin lanean aritzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX-ek ez du bermatzen LaTeX fitxategiak duen irteera berdina LyX fitxategiak edukiko duenik, nahiz eta asko gerturatu. reLyX-ek normalki egin dezakeen baino zerbait gutxiago bihurtzen du, dvi edo ps fitxategiak ziurtatzeko, nahiz eta honen ondorioz " inpernuko testu gorri" (ERT) gehiago eta WYSIWYM gutxiago sortu. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize DOKUMENTUKO ERROREAK IRAKURRI!! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ziur nago bestela ere hau egiteko asmoa zenuela, gainera ohartu zaitez LaTeX motako dokumentu bat bihurtzen denean hau egitea oso garrantzitsua dela. @@ -14129,352 +16735,389 @@ Ziur nago bestela ere hau egiteko asmoa zenuela, gainera ohartu zaitez LaTeX ak bihurtzen baino. Adibidez, zuriune gehigarriak edo ezabatutako zuriuneak ikusiko dituzu. Zuriuneen kudeaketa hobetu den arren, ez da perfektua. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek LaTeX-eko komando asko ulertzen ditu. Ondorengoak bihur ditzake: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize testu arrunta: ~, '', -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash TeX -\family default +\family default bezalako komandotxoak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{a} -\family default +\family default gisako karaktereak, eta ?` eta !` bezalako kasu bereziak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tituluen komandoak: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash date -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans laburpena -\family default +\family default inguruneak bezalakoak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize goiburuen komandoak: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default antzekoak, eta dagokien izardun komandoak ere bai ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section* -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Inguruneak: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quotation -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verse -\family default +\family default ; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter center -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushright -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushleft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumerate -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter description -\family default +\family default inguruneak, eta beraien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default komandoak. Gainera, habiaratutako zerrendak ere bai. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize erreferentzia gurutzatuen komandoak: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash footnote -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash margin -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-tipoak aldatzeko komandoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ( -\backslash +\backslash em -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textit -\family default +\family default barne) eta letren familia, tamaina, serieak eta formak aldatzeko komandoak ere bai. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash input{lelo} -\family default +\family default (edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{lelo.zerbait} -\family default +\family default ) eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include{lelo} -\family default +\family default . TeX soilaren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default komandoa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input lelo.tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ere onartuta dago. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default ingurunea (taulena), bertan egon ohi diren komandoak: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hline -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cline -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multicolumn -\family default +\family default bezalakoak (ikus beherago). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mugikorren ingurunea: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table* -\family default +\family default bezalakoak, eta beraien barruan kokatzen diren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default komandoen bezalakoak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default ingurunea eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default komandoa, eta BibTexeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle -\family default +\family default komandoak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hainbat komando: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash noindent -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentu-klaseentzako bereziak diren inguruneak (eta komando batzuk), LyX-eko diseinuetara bihur daitekeenak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bihurtu ezin direnen zenbait komandoentzako argumentuak (adib. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Euskarri hauek oraindik ez daude %100-ean osatuta. Ikus beherago xehetasunak jakiteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX-ek zure LaTeX fitxtategitik matematika (gehiena) hitzez hitz kopiatzen du. @@ -14482,241 +17125,269 @@ reLyX-ek zure LaTeX fitxtategitik matematika (gehiena) hitzez hitz kopiatzen edozer (gehiena), LyX-en onartuta dagoena, ongi ibili beharko luke. LyX-ek matematikako komando gutxi batzuk ez ditu onartzen, eta baliokideekin ordeztuko dira, adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash to -\family default +\family default komandoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default komandoan bihurtuko da. Ikusi -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default -\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +\InsetSpace ~ atala xehetasun gehiago jakiteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek ere hitzaurreko komandoak hitzez hitz kopiatuko ditu (adibidez, -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter begin{document} -\family default +\family default ), eta horrela hitzaurrean dituzun gauza sofistikatuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default eta inprimatutako dokumentuan mantendu beharko lirateke. Hori ziurtatzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default eremua egiaztatu beharko zenuke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Irudiak eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular* -\family default +\family default taulak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Orritxoak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tartekatzeko komandoak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vspace -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagebreak -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash par -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash centering -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedleft -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedright -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default inguruneak. reLyX-ek, kasu honetan, kontuz kontu kopia zehatza egiten du, iruzkin eta zuriuneak barne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -Beste ingurune eta komando ezezagun batzuk, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +Beste ingurune eta komando ezezagun batzuk, adib.\InsetSpace ~ erabiltzaileak definitutakoak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek komando ezezagunak ere, beraien argumentu eta guzti, hitzez hitz LyX fitxategian kopiatzen ditu. Gainera, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{lelo} -\family default +\family default aurkitzen badu ez du "lelo" ingurunea ezagutzen, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{lelo} -\family default +\family default aurkitu arte hitzez hitz kopiatzen du (baldin eta -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default aukera ez baduzu erabiltzen). Zorionez, honelako komando ezezagunekin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ez da hondatzen, eta behin LyX-en fitxategia editatzen duzunean, zeuk eskuz landu beharko dituzu. Edozein testu editorekin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia editatzea baino samurragoa izaten da LyX-ekin egitea. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-akatsak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default nahiko programa berria denez, oraindik zenbait akats ditu. Garatzen doan adinean, akats hauek konpontzen joango dira. Dituen akatsak eta falta zaizkion ezaugarriak LyX-en akats-bideratzailea \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ingelesez "bug tracker" deizen zaio sistema edo tresna honi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset zerrendatuta aurkituko dituzu, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ gunean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek zerbaitekin gatazka bat badu, edo bihurtu duen fitxategia LyX-en ezin bada irakurri, orduan egokiena iraintzen duen testuaren aurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default komandoa jartzea da, eta testua amaitu ondoren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default jartzea. Honi "saltatzeko zatia" deitzen diot. reLyX-ek zati hori zehatz-mehatz kopiatuko du, TeX eran. Sortzen den fitxategia LyX-ekin editatzen duzunean, gauza ezezagunak eskuz bihurtu beharko dituzu. -\family sans +\family sans reLyXskip -\family default +\family default sorgindutako ingurune bat da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default komandoak ez baitira LyX fitxategian jarriko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ingurune ezezagunak "zehatz-mehatz" kopiatzea ez da erabat zuzena, batik bat lerro berriak eta iruzkinak gal daitezkeelako. @@ -14725,307 +17396,343 @@ Ingurune ezezagunak "zehatz-mehatz" kopiatzea ez da erabat zuzena, batik Hala ere, fitxategiko hainbat zati egokiro kopiatuko dira, zuriune eta iruzkinak barne. Hemen honako hauek sartzen dira: LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default inguruneak eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default komandoak, eta "saltatzeko zaitak". -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoaren aukera gutxi batzuk bihurtzen ditu ( -\family sans +\family sans 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape, -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans [one|two]column -\family default +\family default hain zuzen). Beste aukerak -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Aukerak -\family default +\family default eremuan ezartzen dira: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Garrantzitsuagoa dena, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek ezin ditu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage -\family default +\family default komandoak, marjinen komandoak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommands -\family default +\family default edo hitzaurreko besterik bihurtu. Berak LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean kopiatzen ditu. Zure hitzaurrean marjinen komandoak badituzu, orduan LyX fitxategiak marjina egokiak izango ditu. Hala ere, marjina hauek -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan dituzun edozein marjinen gainetik jokatuko dute. Hori dela eta, ziurtatzeko kendu aukerak horiek hitzaurretik. Antzekoa gertatzen da zure hizkuntzaren ezarpenekin, babel-en, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inputencoding -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagestyle -\family default +\family default , e.a. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default klaseak akats batzuk ditu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek gauza bitxiak egingo ditu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead -\family default +\family default komandoaren aukerazko argumentuekin. Gainera, gerta daiteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{dinglist} -\family default +\family default gaizki kudeatzea nahiz eta inguruneko gauzak normalki bihurtu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Garrantzi gutxiagoa duten akatsak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default zorionez nahiko gogorra da. Arestian esan dugunez, zure fitxategia ez du erabat bihurtuko, baina programa ez da hondatuko. Hondatuz gero (eta arazoa arestian azaldu diren horietariko bat ez bada, edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default fitxategian ez bada agertzen) ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX berari funtzio batzuk falta zaizkio, nahi eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek bihurketak ongi egin, LyX-ek fitxategia irakurtzeko zenbait arazo izan ditzake. Funtzio hauek behar badituzu, zure dokumentua LaTeX formatura esportatu, eta bertan sartu itzazu. Akats hauei buruzko xehetasun gehiago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Komando batzuetan LyX-ek ez ditu aukerazko argumenturik onartzen. Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapter -\family default +\family default (eta beste atalen komandoak), eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default . reLyX-ek automatikoki aukerazko argumentuak baztertuko ditu, irteera estandarre an (stdout) gertatuakori buruzko abisuak kaleratuz. LyX-ek ere -\family sans +\family sans thebibliography -\family default +\family default ingurunearen zabalerako argumentua baztertzen du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erdira lerrokatzea (edo eskuinera edo ezkerrera) paragrafo guztietan dabil. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek taulentzako duen euskarria ez da erabat perfektua. Taula konplikatuentzako erabili "saltzatzeko zatia", eta TeX eran kopiatuko dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-eko matematika editoreak ezin du AMS-LaTeX-eko -\family sans +\family sans align -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans spli -\family default +\family default eta bestelako matematikako inguruneak kudeatu. Hori dela eta, ingurune horiek TeX eran kopiatuko dira. -\family sans +\family sans equation* -\family default +\family default inguruneak alda ditzakezu matematik erako baliokideak direnengatik, eta horrela egokiro bihurtuko dira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Adibideak -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code reLyX -df -o "nere/direk" -r "nereingur" lelo.tex > lelo.debug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurreko adibideak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategia sarrera bezala jaso eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nere/direk/lelo.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia sortuko luke, hau gainidatziz beharrezkoa bada. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{nereingur} ... -\backslash +\backslash end{nereingur} -\family default +\family default zati bat aurkitzen duenean, zati horren barnean dagoena bihurtuko du, baina -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default komandoak TeX eran kopiatuko ditu. Azkenik, sortuko dituen behin-behineko fitxategiak mantendu nahi ditu ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nere/direk -\family default +\family default direktorioan egongo dira) eta arazketa lantzeko informazioa lelo.debug fitxategi an gordeko ditu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oharrak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Errore-txostenak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default hondatzen bada, edo jokaera bitxi bat agertzen badu ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean edo akatsen gunean azaldu ez den beste era batean) orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family sans +\family sans -d -\family default +\family default aukerarekin exekutatu. Honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyx -\family default +\family default zein urratsetan hondatu den erakutsiko dizu, eta ondorioz errore-txosten hobeago bat idatzi ahal izateaz gain garatzaileek arazoa askoz ere azkarrago eta errazago aurkituko dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errore-txostenak LyX proiektuko garatzaileen posta-zerrendara bidali beharko litzateke. Une hauetan helbidea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default da. reLyX fitxategi handi batekin exekutatzen ari bazara, mesedez, errore-txostenar ekin irteera guztia ez bidali. @@ -15033,211 +17740,241 @@ ekin irteera guztia ez bidali. zatiarekin batera (hondatu duen zatia, alegia). Edo, egokia da baita ere, antzeko arazoa sortzen duen fitxategi txiki bat bere osotasunean mezuari erantsi. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Garaketaren xehetasunak: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX-ek hainbat "urrats" lantzen ditu TeX fitxategi bat bihurtzerakoan. Urrats bakoitzean fitxategi bat edo bi sortzen ditu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -0.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +0.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Beste ezer egin aurretik, irakurri sintaxi fitxategia(k). -\layout Description +\end_layout -1a.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +1a.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Zatitu hitzaurrea ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default komandoaren baino lehenago dagoen guztia) fitxategiko beste guztitik. Bi zatiak bereiztutako fitxategietan gordeko ditu. Horrela egiten da zeren eta hitzaurrean nahiko gauza xelebre egon baitaiteke. Gainera, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default komandoraren ondoren doan guztia baztertzen du, LaTeX ez dela suposatzen baitu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -1b.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +1b.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Hitzaurrea bihurtzen du. Une honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclas -\family default +\family default s komandoa bihurtu eta beste guztia dagoen bezala kopiatzen duela esanahi du. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Behin zein dokumentu-klase erabiltzen duen dakizula, klaseari dagokion LyX-eko diseinu fitxategia irakurri. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -2.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +2.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline "Garbitu" TeX fitxategia, LaTeX piskat zorrotzagoa sortzen du. Honek daukana: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Aldatzea. - Adib.\SpecialChar ~ + Adib.\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default bere baliokidea eta garbiagoa den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{2} -\family default +\family default formulagatik ordezten du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek kudea ezin ditzakeen aukerazko argumentuak kendu (adib. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default -tik) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash em lelo} -\family default +\family default adierazpena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph{lelo} -\family default +\family default -ra aldatzea, e.a. Hau beharrezkoa da eta LyX-ek beti forma ez-lokalean idazten baitu. Normalki emaitz berdinak lortzen dira. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -3.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +3.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline LaTeX testua, komandoak eta inguruneak LyX-era bihurtzea. -\layout Description +\end_layout -4.\SpecialChar ~ -urratsa \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +4.\InsetSpace ~ +urratsa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Bi zatiak bateratu, eta azken ikutu batzuk lantzea, LyX fitxategia sortzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baldin eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include -\family default +\family default komandoak baleude, reLyX-ek berriro atzeruntz itzuliko litzateke, eta horiek bihurtuko lituzke. Berak gehitutako fitxategiak fitxategi nagusiak darabilen klase berekoak direla eta hitzaurrean ezer ez daukatela suposatzen du. Fitxategi bateko hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default komandoa baduzu, komandoa horrelaxe kopiatuko da LyX fitxategiko LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean, eta ondorioz gehitutako fitxategia ez da bihurtuko). - Beraz, gehitutako fitxategiak bihurtzerakoan 0.\SpecialChar ~ -eta 1.\SpecialChar ~ + Beraz, gehitutako fitxategiak bihurtzerakoan 0.\InsetSpace ~ +eta 1.\InsetSpace ~ urratsak saltatuko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek gehitzea nahi duzun fitxategia ez badu aurkitzen, abisu bat kaleratuko du, baina aurkitzen dituen fitxategiak bihurtzen jarraituko du. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Diseinuen fitxategiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek LyX-eko diseinuaren fitxategi bat irakurtzen du, LaTeX-eko inguruneko komandoak LyX diseinura nola bihurtu behar dituen jakiteko. Fitxategi honek matematikakoak ez diren ingurune "normal" guztiak eduki ditzake ( -\family sans +\family sans quote -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans itemize -\family default +\family default barne, baina ez -\family sans +\family sans tabular -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans minipage -\family default +\family default edo beste ingurune sofistikaturik), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default bezalako komandoak. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek existitzen ez den klase bat lantzea nahi baduzu, orduan dagokion diseinuaren fitxategia sortu beharko duzu. Bestela ere, hau egin beharra izango duzu, zeren eta LyX-ek fitxategiak @@ -15248,129 +17985,139 @@ reLyX n arabera). Zure klasea diseinuaren fitxategi bat duen klase baten antzekoa bada, saiatu -\family sans +\family sans -c -\family default +\family default aukera erabiltzen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Sintaxien fitxategiak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek beti sintaxiaren fitxategi bat behintzat irakurtzen du, lehenetsitako sintaxiaren fitxategia deitzen zaiona. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek zure sintaxiaren fitxategia irakur lezake (aurkituko balu) , bestela sistemakoa irakurriko luke. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek beste sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak irakur ditzake, horretarako -\family sans +\family sans -s -\family default +\family default aukera zehaztuz. Fitxategi osagarri hauek lehenetsitakoaren formatua mantendu beharko dute, nahiz eta txikiagoa izateko joera eduki, zeren eta fitxategi lehenetsian aurkitzen ez diren komando osagarriei buruzkoak edukitzen baitituzte. Sintaxiaren fitxategi batek -\family sans +\family sans reLyX -\family default +\family default -i gauza gutxi batzuk argitzen diote. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbizikoa, komando bakoitzaren sintaxia deskribatzen dute: hots, derrigorrez zenbat argumentu eskatzen dituzten eta zenbat aukerazko argumentu jasotzen dituzten. Hau jakiteak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -i bidea errazten dio, komandoak nola bihurtu ez badaki TeX eran kopiatuko baititu. Sintaxiaren fitxategiak komando bat eta beroni kortxete-lauki edo kortxete-gilt za (nolabait azaltze arren) jarraitzen diote, erabiltzen dituen argumentuak ordena egokian azalduz. Adibidez, sintaxiaren fitxategiko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem[]{} -\family default +\family default sarrera batek zera esanahi du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default komandoak aukerazko komando bat jasotzen duela, eta derrigorrezko bat eduki behar duela; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default sarrera batean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default komandoak ordea ez du inolako argumenturik jasotzen. Orduan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek LyX-era nola bihurtu ez dakien komando batekin aurkitzen bada, zehatz-mehatz kopiatuko du (dagokion argumentu kopuruarekin). Sintaxiaren fitxategian komandoari dagokion sarrerarik ez badago, orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek aurkitzen dituen argumentu guztiekin kopiatuko du. Honek esanahi du askotan kopiatzen duela. Ez luke askotan gertatu behar, zeren eta gogoratu dezagun erabiltzaileak sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak zehazteko aukera duela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX formatora bihurtu ezin diren komando batzuk, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default bezala, beraien argumentoetariko bat LaTeX testu arrunta dute. Sintaxiaren fitxategian, bihurtu ezin daitekeen komando bateko argumentu batean "translate" katea jartzen bada orduan reLyX-ek bihurtu egingo du, hitzez hitz kopiatu ordez. Adibidez, lehenespeneko sintaxiaren fitxategiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox{}[][]{translate} -\family default +\family default dauka. Hau da, komandoa eta bere lehenbiziko argumentua (eta aukerazko argumentua ere, edukiz gero) TeX eran kopiatuko lituzke, baina azkena (matematika, LaTeX konplexu bat edo bihurtu ezin daitekeen beste komando bat daukana) LyX-era bihurtuko litzateke. Ezin duzu "translate" katea aukerazko argumentuetan erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaileak definitutako sintaxiaren fitxategiak onartzen dira, komando berriak eta dagozkien argumentuak definitzeko, edo sintaxiaren fitxategi @@ -15379,423 +18126,503 @@ Erabiltzaileak definitutako sintaxiaren fitxategiak onartzen dira, komando ari bazara). Hala ere, hau TeX eran kopiatutako komandoentzako bakarrik da erabilgarria. Orain -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek bihurtzen dituen komandoak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default bezalakoak) beraien argumentuen sintaxia gogorki kodetuak dituzte. Gogorki kodetutako komandoak sintaxiaren fitxategi lehenetsian identifikatzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bigarrena, sintaxiaren fitxategi batek edozein "ingurune arrunt" deskribatzen du. Normalki, ingurune ezezagun osoa TeX eran kopiatzen da. Adibidez, "lelo" izeneko ingurune berri bat definitzen baduzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{lelo -\family default +\family default } eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{lelo} -\family default +\family default bakarrik kopiatuko dira TeX eran, hauen artean dagoen testua LaTeX-eko testu arrunta bezala bihurtuko da, TeX eran kopiatu ordez. Ez saiatu tabbing eta picture ingurune arrunt bezala definitzen, ingurune hauetan dagoen testuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default zoratuko baitute; gaitasun hau testua edo matematika edo komando sinpleak dituzten inguruneak sortzeko erabili. Matematikako ingurune ezezagunak (equation* bezalakoak) ez definitu ingurune arrunt bezala, LyX-eko matematika editoreak ez baititu ulertuko. Sintaxiaren fitxategian, ingurune arrunten izenak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default sententzien artean agertzen dira, zuriunez bereiztuta. Gutxitan erabiltzen duzun ingurune arrunta -\family sans +\family sans -r -\family default +\family default aukerarekin erabiltzea egokiagoa da, sintaxiaren fitxategian gehitzea baino. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hirugarrena, sintaxi-fitxategiak matematikako bihurketa taula deskribatzen du. LyX-eko matematika editoreak komando gutxi batzuk bakarrik ez ditu onartzen. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans _ -\family default +\family default onartuta dago, baina ez bere baliokidea den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sb -\family default +\family default . Bihurtzea nahi duzun edozein komando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default sententzien artean jarri. " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | { -\backslash +\backslash Vert} -\family default +\family default " sententziak hau adierazten du: edozein -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\family default +\family default matematika eran " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert -\family default +\family default "-ra bihurtuko dela (esaldiak alderantzizko barra eta hizkia ez den zerbait badu, bukaeran hizkia duen batera bihurtuko da, eta reLyX-ek zuriune bat gehituko dio. Honela, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash |a -\family default +\family default " egokiro " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert a -\family default +\family default "-ra bihurtzen da). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hainbat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default exekutatu ahal izateko Perl 5.002 edo garatuagoa den bertsioa eduki behar duzu. Ez badaukazu, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ gunetik eskura dezakezu, gainera gauza askotarako oso tresna baliagarria da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diagnostikoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek beti azalduko dizu zerrekin hondatu den, hondatzen bada bederen. Diagnostiko batzuk nahiko teknikoak izango dira, kodeko erraietatik etortzen baitira. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek -\family sans +\family sans -d -\family default +\family default aukerarekin exekutatzen denean informazio gehiago kaleratzen du, baina ez daukazu erabili beharrik gauzak ongi joanez gero. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amaitzen denean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek bihurketa ongi burutu al duen edo zerbaitegatik hil al den esango dizu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Abisuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure LaTeX fitxaegien jatorrizko kopiak leku babestu batean eduki, izen ezberdinekin edo beste direktorio batzuetan. Badaude bide batzuk, LyX erabiltzerakoan, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategiak gainidazteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard lelo.tex inportatzen baduzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.lyx -\family default +\family default sortzeko, eta gero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.lyx -\family default +\family default editatu eta berriro esportatzea nahi baduzu, jakin ezazu jatorrizko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lelo.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategian gainidatziko dela (LyX-ek ez dizu ea gainidaztea nahi duzun galdetuko). -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Bide-izenak -\family default +\family default fitxan behin-behineko direktoriorik ez erabiltzea aukeratu baduzu, LyX-ek zure uneko direktorioan sortuko ditu behin-behineko fitxategiak. Beraz, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategia gainidatzia izango da -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default menua hautatzen duzunean edo LyX dokumentua inprimatzean, gogoratu LyX-etik ez duzula abisurik jasoko. -\layout Subsection -\pagebreak_top +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection + Fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NIRE_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako diseinuen fitxategiak dira, dokumentu-klaseent zako. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NIRE_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako sintaxiaren fitxategia. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Sistemak dituen diseinuen fitxategiak, dokumentu-klaseentzako. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Sistemaren LaTeX-eko sintaxiaren fitxategiak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LIBDIR -\family default +\family default LyX sistemako direktorioa da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/lyx/ -\family default +\family default izan ohi da. Bestalde, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NIRE_LYXDIR -\family default +\family default esaten denean, erabiltzailearen etxeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/ -\family default +\family default adierazi nahi izaten da. Hauen balioak -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -LyX-i\SpecialChar ~ +LyX-i\InsetSpace ~ buruz -\family default +\family default leihoan ikus ahalko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ikusi hauek ere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard lyx(1), latex(1) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Egileak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998--9 -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter karger@voth.chem.utah.edu -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kodean lagundu dutenak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -ek jatorrizko CleanTeX urratsa idatzi zuen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Etienne Grossmann -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Jos\i \'{e} Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on David Suarez de Lis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste laguntzaileak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default -ek itzulbiratzeko script-ean garatzen jardun zuen, eta errore-txosten, jakinarazpen eta funtzioen iradokuzun ugari zabaldu zituen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen -\noun default +\noun default eta -\noun on +\noun on Marc Pavese -\noun default +\noun default jakinarazpena eskaini zuten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-eko garatzaileen eta erabiltzaileen zerrendako hainbat kidek errore-txostena k eta funtzioak iradoki zuten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX-ek moldatutako Perl TeX aztertzaile bat erabiltzen du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Text::TeX -\family default +\family default paketea, -\noun on +\noun on Ilya Zakharevich -\noun default +\noun default -ek ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ilya@math.ohio-state.edu -\family default +\family default ) idatzitakoa, eta CPAN-en eskuragarri dago. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default LyX-en erabilgarri dagoen dokumentu-klase bat da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default paketea instalatuta baduzu bederen. SGML (Standardized General Mark-up Language) motako dokumentuak sortzeko erabil dezakezu, formatu hau Linuxeko Dokumentazio Proiektuan erabiltzen @@ -15806,44 +18633,60 @@ sgml-tools formatu batzuk sortzeko: LaTeX, HTML, testu soila, man orrialdeak eta abar. Dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzea nahiko duzu, beste formatu askotara modu errazean dokumentuak bihurtzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusiko duzu nola -\family sans +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default -ek beste dokumentu-klase batzuk baino diseinu-aukera gutxiago dituela. Hau garrantzitsua da, zeren eta beste formatuetara egokiro eta zentzuz bihurtzeko aukera baitauka. Atal honek ondorengoak azalduko ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentu bat LinuxDoc batean nola konfiguratu eta erabili. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nola erabili LinuxDoc-eko markatze-etiketak zure dokumentuetako diseinuan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nola erabili SGML paketeak hainbat formatu sortzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nola konpondu arazo batzuk. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hasi lanean -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hasi -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klasea hautatzen. Gero, beste dokumentu-klaseek erabiltzen duten baino ingurune kopuru gutxiago aurkituko dituzu. @@ -15851,330 +18694,390 @@ LinuxDoc Ingurune hauek nola erabiltzen diren \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean argitzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuaren titulua idatzi -\emph on +\emph on behar -\emph default +\emph default duzu, egilearen izenarekin jarraituz, eta bakoitzari dagokion paragrafo-ingurun ea ezarriz. Ez baduzu hau egiten, inprimatzerakoan erroreak gertatuko dira. Ondoren, data eta laburpena idatz ditzakezu. Dokumentu egoki bat -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default paragrafo-ingurunearekin hasi behar da, eta ez beste edozein ingurune estandar batekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horren ondoren, prestatu dokumentua eskuragarri dituzun ohiko paragrafo-ingurune ekin. Zerrenda osoa eta beraien erabilpena ikusteko \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalera joan. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LinuxDoc-en formatua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu hauek beti bezala gorde eta inprima ditzakezu. SGML paketearen beste funtzioak erabiltzeko, LinuxDoc formatuan gorde behar duzu (honela dokumentua oinarrizko smgl-etiketak dituen fitxategira bihurtuko da). -\family sans +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default formatuan gordetzeko erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default menua. Izen bereko baina -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sgml -\family default +\family default luzapena duen fitxategia lortuko duzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default luzapenaren ordez. Fitxategi berria erabiltzen ikasteko \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgml-script} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala ikusi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default -ek egitura formal bat dauka, eta honek etiketak nola jartzen dituzun mugatzen du. Dokumentu guztietan bi zati daude: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Goiburukoa\SpecialChar ~ +Goiburukoa\InsetSpace ~ (Header): Honek lehenbiziko -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default inguruneko markaren gainetik dagoena zehazten du. Hor titulua, egilea, data, laburpena eta gaien aurkibidea koka ditzakezu. Lehengo bi diseinuak (titulua eta egilea) gehitu -\emph on +\emph on behar -\emph default +\emph default dituzu. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Gorputza\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Gorputza\InsetSpace ~ (Body): Lehenbiziko atalaren markatik beheruntz dagoen guztia. Beste etiketa guztiak erabil ditzakezu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgmlparagr} -\end_inset +\end_inset Erabil ditzakezun inguruneak zerrendatzen ditugu, bakoitzari dagokion azalpenare kin: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default : erreferentzia gurutzatua bezala lan egiten du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default : dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, marra horizontal lodi baten gainean (marra hau LyX pantailan ez duzu ikusiko). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafoa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoa -\family default +\family default : betiko moduan erabiltzen dira, beraien arteko ordena mantenduz. Zenbatzen al diren edo ez -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Zenbakera -\family default +\family default fitxan dagoen Zenbaki sakonera eremuaren ezarpenak kudeatzen du. Zenbatu gabekoak ez dituzu beste moduan lortuko, hemen -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default edo antzekorik ez baitaude. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default : ohi den bezala, honek zenbatutako eta koskatutako zerrenda bat sortzen du, -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default n azaltzen zen bezala. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default : beste dokumentu-klaseetakoaren berdina da. Ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default : -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default n azaldu zen bezala dabil. Gogoratu zerrendako elementuaren hasierako hitzak letra lodiz agertzeko, hitz bat baino gehiago diren kasuan, hauen artean zuriune babestuak erabili behar dituzula. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaz hitz -\family default +\family default : beti bezala erabiltzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kodea -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Kodea -\family default +\family default ingurunearen antzekoa da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default : honela markatzen duzun edozer, dokumentuko izenburuaren ezkerrean agertuko da, marra lodi baten azpian. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default : honela markatzen duzuna izenburuaren eskuinean, eta marraren azpian, agertzen da. Ez daukazu derrigorrez data bat sartu behar, askotan dokumentuaren bertsioa ingurune honekin markatzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default : egile eta dataren ondoren, baina lehenbiziko atalaren aurretik, paragrafo aske bat sortzeko erabil dezakezu. Honelako paragrafo bakar bat erabil dezakezu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Egilearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : honek egiaztapena behar du ---pe.. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Displaymath -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Egilearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : oraindik hau ez dut egiaztatu ---pe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Beste funtzio batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diseinua menua ere erabil dezakezu letra-tipoak ezartzeko edo hitzak enfasiareki n jartzeko. Gaien aurkibidea beti bezala erabil dezakezu baita ere (ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default ko dagokion atala). - Gainera, menuetan beste zenbait funtzio aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ + Gainera, menuetan beste zenbait funtzio aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, adib.\InsetSpace ~ oin-oha rrak txertatzea. Guzti hauek egokiro lantzen ote diren buruz zenbait zalatzan daude \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Egilearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : berriro, hau egiaztatu beharra dago, baliteke nere sistemaren eraginaren ondorioz izatea eta. ---pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txertatu menuan URL motako helbideak gehitzen duten bi aukera berri aurkituko dituzu. @@ -16182,184 +19085,214 @@ Txertatu menuan URL motako helbideak gehitzen duten bi aukera berri aurkituko o blokea aurkituko duzu, hiru bloketan banatuta dago, eta blokeak bereizteko tarte horizontalak ditu. Honelako blokea izango litzateke: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash htmlurl{ -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family default +\family default tartea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\hfill +\hfill }{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family default +\family default tartea -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard HTML etiketa oso bat txertatu dezakezu lehen eta bigarren blokeen artean. Hau izan daiteke \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://edozein.helbide} -\end_inset +\end_inset edo honelako etiketa baliagarri bat: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:neroni@nire.helbidea} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Gero, bigarren eta hirugarren blokeen artean nolabaiteko azalpen bat gehitu. Hauek dira ezberdintasunak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize URLa: bai HTML etiketa bai dagokion azalpena dokumentuan agertuko dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HTML URLa: inprimatutako bertsioan azalpena bakarrik agertuko da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atal hau erabat zaharkitua dago. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgml-script} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default dokumentu-klase bezala erabil dezakezu, bestelako script edo programarik erabili gabe, baina kasu horretan ezin da gauza gehiegirik egin. Lortuko duzun guztia Linux Documentation Project Howto-ren antzeko itxura izatea da. Dokumentuaren bihurketa lantzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default (non \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset izan behar duen) paketea eskuratu eta instalatu behar duzu. Hau eskuratzeko, joan web gune honetara: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste gune batetik ere eskura dezakezu, joan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default -ren artxiboetara. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau itzuli den garaian (2004/02/03), sgml-tools-en 1.0.3 bertsioa ez da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default -ren ftp zerbitzarian aurkitzen. 0.99.0 bertsioa bakarrik aurkitu da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman + +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default fitxategiak SGML dokumentuak idazteko (eta groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, eta RTF formatuetara bihurtzeko) behar dituzun gauza guztiak ditu. Pakete hau 1997ko urtarrilean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz -\family default +\family default bezala berrizendatu zen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakete horren jarraibideak zehazten duten urratsak landu, nola instalatu eta erabili behar den argitzen baitu. Guzti hau LyX-etik kanpo egin behar da, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default menua erabili baino lehenago. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LinuxDoc-en erroreak -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default motako dokumentu bat inprimatu edo aurrebista lantzen duzunean, LaTeX-i deitu aurretik etiketen zenbait egiaztaketa egiten dira. Hemen errore batzuk harrapatzen dira, batik bat dokumentuaren egiturarekin @@ -16369,830 +19302,981 @@ LinuxDoc Zuzenean fitxategian begiratu beharko duzu gaizki dagoena aurkitzeko. Arazo gehienak dokumentu-klasean erabat erabili ez daitekeen aukeretan gertatzen da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section TeX egiaztatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Asger Alstrup -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans -Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Egiaztatu\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default komandoa aurkituko duzu. Funtzio honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default programa instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du, ez badago instalatuta menuan itzalduta agertuko da (eta ezin izango duzu hautatu). CTAN-eko gertuen daukazun zerbitzaritik jeitsi ahalko duzu, edo web gune honetatik: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann -\noun default +\noun default -ek garatu zuen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default paketea, batzuetan LaTeX-eko eraikinak ez direlako hain errazak, edo ahazteko errazegiak direlako. Programa hau zure LaTeX-en gainetik lan egiten du, eta fitxategiaren osotasuna egiaztatzen du, hau da, egoki idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko. Hitz teknikoetan, LaTeX-entzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default -en baliokidea da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zer egiten du sintaxi-egiaztatzaile batek LyX-en, azken honek edozein modutara LaTeX egokia sortzen badu? Hau da erantzuna: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default bezala, honek ez du C hizkuntzaren sintaxi-egiaztaketa bakarrik lantzen, errore-moten egiaztaketa semantikoa ere lantzen du. -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -ek ohiko akats tipografikoak hartzen ditu, sintatikoetaz gain. -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default hainbat ohiko errore antzemateko gai da, adibidez honelakoak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Elipsiak antzeman: -\newline +\newline Erabili\SpecialChar \ldots{} honen ordez\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Parentesietako zuriuneak, irekitzen den parentesiaren ondoren eta ixten denaren aurretik ezin du zuriunerik egon: -\newline +\newline ( zuriune okerrak ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ohiko laburtzapenen ostean tarte normalak erabiltzera derrigortu: -\newline -adib.\SpecialChar ~ +\newline +adib.\InsetSpace ~ tartea handiegia da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sententzien amaiera letra maiuskulaz amaitzen bada, derrigortu esaldi-amaieraren tartea edukitzera: -\newline +\newline Hauxe bai PROBA. Eta hau tarte okerra da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etiketa eta antzeko komandoen aurreko tartea: -\newline +\newline Etiketa bat aurreko testuari itsatsita (jarraian baina tarterik gabe) egon behar du, okerreko orrialde batean ez erortzeko \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oin-ohar honek beste okerreko orrialde batean erortzeko arrisku handia dauka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Etikea gehiegi banatuta dago. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erreferentzien aurreko tartea, zuriune-babestuak erabili behar dituzte: -\newline +\newline Zoritxarrekoa bazara, testua hurrengo lerrora -\emph on +\emph on salto -\emph default +\emph default egingo du erreferentziaren eta zenbakiaren artean, bakoitza lerro ezberdinetan utziz. Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . - Kasu hauetan egokiena honela jartzea da: Ikus\SpecialChar ~ + Kasu hauetan egokiena honela jartzea da: Ikus\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset , edo ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize "x" erabiltzea \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -ren ordez, zenbakien artean: -\newline +\newline 2x2 oso itxura goibelekoa da, \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -rekin konparatzen badugu, azken hau ikaragarri dotorea baita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta gehiago\SpecialChar \ldots{} Zure dokumentuak inprimatu aurretik "bukatutzat" jotzeko izugarrizko trebetasuna daukan tresna bat da, eta zuzentzaile ortografikoa landu ostean eta konposaketa fintzen hasi aurretik landu ohi izaten da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola erabili -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Programa instalatuta baduzu, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +Egiaztatu\InsetSpace ~ Te -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default menua. Horrela, LyX-ek zure dokumentuaren LaTeX fitxategi bat sortuko du, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default abiatuko da hau egiaztatzeko, eta gero sortzen dituen abisuak LyX-eko dokumentu an jarriko dira (errore-kutxetan), abisurik baleude behintzat. Abisuak gertatu diren lekutik ahalik eta gertuen kokatuko dira, hauek bizkor-bi zkor aurkitzeko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rakatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Errorea -\family default +\family default menua edo -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default laster-tekla (CUA teklatu-mapan) edo -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default (Emacs teklatu-mapan) erabil ditzakezu. Irakurri abisuak eta zuzendu akatsak, akatsa baldin bada. Arazoren bat baduzu abisuak dioena ulertzeko, baztertu eta berataz ahaztu. Gogoratu pantailako dokumentu eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -i deitzeko xehetasun teknikoen artean ezkutuko geruza bat dagoela, eta ondorioz zenbait abisu zaharkituak egon daitezkeela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu hau, azaltzen ari garen funtzioa egiaztatzeko, probatu dezakezu, eta zenbait abisu kaleratu beharko lituzke. Ordenagailuak hain azkarrak direnez, abisu gehienak alferrikakoak izango dira, edo horrela espero dugu gertatzea, ez? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola findu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Batzuetan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -ek inauterietan baino burrunda askoz ere handiagoa ateratzen duela aurkituko duzu. Horrela bada, ez erabiltzea hauta dezakezu, zure ohiturak aldatu arte zai egon, edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default pertsonalizatzea zurekin hobekiago jokatu dezan. Beste aukera, egonezinik bazalbiltza, abisu guztiak bapatean ezabatzea da, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default -endu\SpecialChar ~ -errore\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +endu\InsetSpace ~ +errore\InsetSpace ~ guztiak -\family default +\family default menua hautatuz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default oso konfiguragarria eta hedagarria izan, LyX-en eduki ditzakezun arazo guztiak ez dizkizu konponduko. LyX-ek nolabaiteko LaTeX berezi bat sortzen du, ChkTeX-en irteerak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default exekutatu ondoren bere irteera ikus ahal izango duzu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX-en\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX-en\InsetSpace ~ egunkaria -\family default +\family default menua erabiliz. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lerro zenbakiekin LyX-eko dokumentuaren egitura parekatzeko, eta ondorioz gerta daiteke abisu batzuk beraien leku egokian ez agertzea. Honi buruz, bi gauza egin ditzakezu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize * -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -ri deitzeko komandoa -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan ( -\family sans +\family sans Irteera -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default azpifitxan) egokitu, edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ChkTeX -\family default +\family default -en konfigurazio fitxategi orokorra, ziurrrenik hemen aurkutuko duzula: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/local/share/chktexrc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Behean zein abisu-mota komando-lerroarekin gaitu edo desgaitu ditzakezun azaltzen da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Esportatu zure dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default menutik, eta dokumentu horren gainean landu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default programa (terminal batean egin beharko duzu). Bide hau jorratuz, apur bat azpergarria izan daiteke LyX-eko dokumentuarekin parekotasuna aurkitzea, baina pazientzi piskatekin lortuko duzu. Gora bihotzak! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan abisu motak gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak datoz. Abisu bat desgaitzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -n# -\family default +\family default erabili, eta gaitzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -w# -\family default +\family default berriz. Lehenspenez, enfasia duten sarrerak desgaituta daude, lehenetsiako komandoa hau baita: " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak bakarrik erabil ditzakezula, zeren eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default -ekin komunikatzeko bide zehatz bat ezartzeko LyX-ek beste komando batzuen parametroetan oinarritzen baita. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Command terminated with space. ( -\emph on +\emph on Zuriunez bukatutako komandoa -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Non-breaking space ("~") should have been used. ( -\emph on +\emph on Tarte-ez-hauskorra erabili beharko litzateke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should enclose the previous parenthesis with "{}". ( -\emph on +\emph on Aurreko parentesia "{}"-rekin inguratu beharko zenuke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Italic correction (" -\backslash +\backslash /") found in non-italic buffer. ( -\emph on +\emph on Letra etzana ez den lekuan letra etzanaren zuzenketa (" -\backslash +\backslash /" ) aurkitu da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Italic correction (" -\backslash +\backslash /") found more than once. ( -\emph on +\emph on Letra etzanaren zuzenketa (" -\backslash +\backslash /") askotan aurkitu da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate No italic correction (" -\backslash +\backslash /") found. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ez da letra etzanaren zuzenketarik aurkitu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Accent command "cmd" needs use of "cmd". ( -\emph on +\emph on "cmd" azentu komandoak "cmd" erabiltzea behar du -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wrong length of dash may have been used. ( -\emph on +\emph on Barraren luzera okerra erabili da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate "%s" expected, found "%s". ( -\emph on +\emph on "%s" espero zen, "%s" aurkitu da ordea -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Solo "%s" found. ( -\emph on +\emph on "%s" bakarrik aurkitu da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should use "%s" to achieve an ellipsis. ( -\emph on +\emph on elipsia ongi burutzeko "%s" erabili beharko zenuke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Inter-word spacing (" -\backslash +\backslash ") should perhaps be used. ( -\emph on +\emph on Agian hitz arteko tartea (" -\backslash +\backslash ") erabili beharko litzateke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Inter-sentence spacing (" -\backslash +\backslash @") should perhaps be used. ( -\emph on +\emph on Agian sententzien arteko tartea (" -\backslash +\backslash @") erabili beharko litzateke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Could not find argument for command. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ezin izan da komandoarentzako argumenturik aurkitu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate No match found for "%s". ( -\emph on +\emph on "%s"-ren baliokiderik ez da aurkitu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. ( -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX fitxategiaren amaieran matematika erak jarraitzen du -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Number of "char" doesn't match the number of "char". ( -\emph on +\emph on "char" -en zenbakia ez dator bat "char"-en zenbakiarekin -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should use either " or " as an alternative to """. ( -\emph on +\emph on " edo " erabili beharko zenuke, """-ren ordez -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should use -\size small +\size small " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default " -\size default +\size default (ASCII 180). ( -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default " -\size default +\size default (ASCII 39) erabili beharko zenuke, -\size small +\size small " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default " -\size default +\size default (ASCII 180)-ren ordez -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate User-specified pattern found. ( -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzaileak zehaztutako baliokidea aurkitu da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate This command might not be intended. ( -\emph on +\emph on Komando hau ezin da nahitakoa izan -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Comment displayed. ( -\emph on +\emph on Iruzkina bistaratua -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Either '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' or ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' will look better. ( -\emph on +\emph on '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' edo ' -\backslash +\backslash ,''itxura hobeagoa lortuko luke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Delete this space to maintain correct page references. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ezabatu tarte hau orri-erreferentzia zuzenak mantentzeko -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You might wish to put this between a pair of "{}". ( -\emph on +\emph on Hau "{}" bikote batean edukitzea nahi izango duzu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. ( -\emph on +\emph on Puntuazioen aurreko tartea kendu beharko zenituzke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Could not execute LaTeX command. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ezin izan da LaTeX komandoa exekutatu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Don't use -\backslash +\backslash / in front of small punctuation. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ez erabili puntuazio baxuetan -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default may look prettier here. ( -\emph on +\emph on Hemen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default -ek itxura hobeagoa edukiko du -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Multiple spaces detected in output. (I -\emph on +\emph on rteeran hainbat zuriune antzeman dira -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate This text may be ignored. ( -\emph on +\emph on Testu hau baztertu egingo da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use " to begin quotation, not '. ( -\emph on +\emph on Erabili " zitazioa hasteko, ez ' -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Use ' to end quotation, not ". ( -\emph on +\emph on Erabili ' zitazioa amaitzeko, ez " -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Don't mix quotes. ( -\emph on +\emph on Komatxoak ez nahastu -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should perhaps use "cmd" instead. ( -\emph on +\emph on Agian horren ordez "cmd" erabili beharko zenuke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. ( -\emph on +\emph on Parentesien kanpoan zuriuneak sartu beharko zenituzke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. ( -\emph on +\emph on Parentesi barrukaldeko hasiera eta amaieran zuriunerik ez lukete egon behar -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ez zenuke komatxoen barrukaldeko hasieran edo amaieran punturik erabili behar -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Double space found. ( -\emph on +\emph on Zuriune bikoitza aurkitu da -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. ( -\emph on +\emph on puntuazioa matematika eratik kanpo jarri beharko zenuke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. ( -\emph on +\emph on Ez zenuke TeX-eko komando primitiborik LaTeX kodean erabili behar -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate You should remove spaces in front of "%s". ( -\emph on +\emph on "%s"-ren aurrean dauden tarteak kendu beharko zenituzke -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate "%s" is normally not followed by "%c". ( -\emph on +\emph on Normalki, "%s" -ren atzetik ez da "%c" etortzen -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etorkizuneko LyX bertsioetan tresna honentzako interfaze egokiago eta osatuago bat eskaintzea espero dugu (eta bere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lacheck -\family default +\family default lehengusina txikiarentzako ere bai), bere ahalmen guztia erabil ahal izateko. Dagoen bezala, ordea, erabilgarria da: saiatu zaitez daukazun dokumentuekin (apur bat luzeak izan daitezela), eta arrituta geldituko zara. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nire lagun batek talde proiektu batean LyX erabiltzea nahi zuen. Bertsio kontrolik edo fitxategia blokeatzeko euskarririk ez zuela ohartu @@ -17203,99 +20287,125 @@ Nire lagun batek talde proiektu batean LyX erabiltzea nahi zuen. Eta halaxe egin zen. LyX-ek gaur egun RCS-ko komando gehienak onartzen ditu. Zerbait garatuagoa (edo sofistikatuagoa) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard behar baduzu, terminal batean zeuk eskuz egin beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bertsio kontrolen funtzioa LyX-en erabiltzen hasi aurretik, "rcsintro" irakurri beharko zenuke (man motako eskuliburua da, terminalean landu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). Fitxategi honek RCS sistema baten oinarrizko funtzioak argitzen ditu. RCS direktorioari buruzko iruzkina eta RCS fitxategi maisuaren kontzeptua ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,v -\family default +\family default -kin amaizen den fitxategia) kontu handiarekin irakurri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en egin den garaketak GNU taldearen ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.gnu.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) RCS paketea, azken bertsioa, instalatuta dagoela suposatzen du. Ezin da bermatu bertsio zaharkituentzako egina dagoenik. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo atalek LyX-ek onartzen dituen RCS komandoak azaltzen dituzte. Hauek -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bertsio\SpecialChar ~ +Bertsio\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ontrola -\family default +\family default azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erregistratu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure dokumentua ez badago bertsio kontrolpean, azpimenu horretan aurkituko duzun aukera bakarra izango da. Eta bertsio kontrolpean egonez gero, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rregistratu -\family default +\family default itzalduta egongo da (edo LyX-eko zenbait bertsiotan agertu ere ez da egingo) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Komando honek dokumentua RCS-rekin erregistratzen du. Elkarrizketa-koadro baten bitartez dokumentuaren hasierako azalpen bat emateko eskatuko dizu. Behin erregistratuta dagoela, dokumentua irakur-soil erakoa izango da, eta bertan edozein aldaketa egiteko -\family sans -Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Egiaztatu\InsetSpace ~ editatzeko -\family default +\family default hautatu beharko duzu. Bertsio kontrolpean dagoen dokumentu batek bufertxoan fitxategiaren izenari atxikitutako "[RCS: ]" etiketa du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lantzen den RCS komandoa hau da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ci -q -u -i -t-"" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aukerak ulertzeko (terminal batean) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man ci -\family default +\family default eskuliburua irakurri. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Egiaztatu aldaketak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategia editatzea amaitzen duzunean, egin dituzun aldaketak egiaztatzen dira. @@ -17303,20 +20413,28 @@ Fitxategia editatzea amaitzen duzunean, egin dituzun aldaketak egiaztatzen Azalpen hau dokumentuko historiaren egunkarian gordeko da. Bertsioaren zenbakia gehitzen denean, zure aldaketak RCS fitxategi maisura aplikatzen dira, dokumentua desblokeatzen da eta -\emph on +\emph on irakur-soil -\emph default +\emph default (soilik irakurtzeko, alegia) eran ezartzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS komandoa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Egiaztatu editatzeko -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau aukeratzean dokumentua blokeatzen duzu, eta zeuk bakarrik editatu ahal izango duzu. @@ -17325,121 +20443,163 @@ Hau aukeratzean dokumentua blokeatzen duzu, eta zeuk bakarrik editatu ahal Behar duzun denboran fitxategia editatu, eta amaitzen duzuenan egindako aldaketak egiaztatu behar dituzu. Egoeraren lerroa fitxategia blokeatu duzula adieraziz aldatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS komandoa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code co -q -l -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Itzuli azken bertsiora -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek dokumentuan aurreko egiaztaketa arte egindako azken aldaketa guztiak baztertuko ditu. Aldaketak baztertu aurretik abisu batek jakinaraziko zaitu. Onartzen baduzu, aldaketa haiek galduko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS komandoa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code co -f -u -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Desegin azken egiaztaketa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau lantzen baduzu, azken egiaztaketa ez da inoiz gertatu. LyX-en dagoen dokumentuan aldaketarik ez da egiten, baina RCS fitxategi maisutik azken bertsioa kenduko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS komandoa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code rcs -o -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erakutsi historiala -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek RCS dokumentuaren historia osoa erakusten du. Horretarako, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default komandoaren irteera kaleratzen da arakatzailearen leiho batean. Ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rlog -\family default +\family default xehetasun gehiagorako. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Literaturaren programazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eguneraketa: -\noun on +\noun on Kayvan Sylvan -\noun default +\noun default ( -\emph on +\emph on kayvan@sylvan.com -\emph default +\emph default ), jatorrizko dokumentuaren egilea: -\noun on +\noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\noun default +\noun default ( -\emph on +\emph on edmar-w-jr@technologist.com -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazio honen xede nagusia literaturaren programaziorako LyX nola erabiltze n den argitzea da. Progamaketa honen teknika ezagutzen duzula suposatzen da, eta "tangling" and "weaving" \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : kodearen eta dokumentazioaren sorrera adierazten dute, hurrenez hurren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset hitzek zer esanahi duten dakizula ere bai. Ez badakizu zertaz ari garen, ondorengo ataletan zehazten diren web gunetara joan zaitez. Leku horietan garapen zaharren historiatik hasita egungo azken tresnen trikimailuak dokumentatzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eta noski, suposatzen da LyX bera erabiltzen ohituta zaudela, LyX-en hobespenak eta X konfigurazio fitxategiak zure nahietara aldatzeko gaitasuna daukazula. Hau ez badakizu, egokiagoa izango litzateke LyX-en beste eskuliburuak irakurtze a. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Literaturaren programazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG-etik eskuratuta: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Literaturaren programazioa dokumentazioa eta iturburua, gizakiok irakurtzen dugun formatu batean, bateratzea da. @@ -17450,133 +20610,190 @@ Literaturaren programazioa dokumentazioa eta iturburua, gizakiok irakurtzen Literaturaren programazioko tresnek fitxategia aztertzen dute irakurtzeko gaitasuna duen dokumentua edo konpilagarriak den iturburua sortzeko. WEB estiloko literaturaren programazioa -\noun on +\noun on D.E. Knuth -\noun default +\noun default -ek sortu zuen, bere TeX konposatze-softwarea garatzerakoan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste pasarte batek dio: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on Nolatan literaturaren programazioa iruzkinetatik ezberdintzen da? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Bereizten dituzten hiru ezaugarri daude. Garrantziaren arabera ordenatuta, hauek dira: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize elaborazioaren ordena moldaerraza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize arakatzeko euskarri automatikoa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dokumentazioaren konposaketa, diagramak eta matematikak bereziki. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Orain, zure jakinmina asetu dudalakoan, begiratu erreferentzietan. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erreferentziak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard MEG: Maiz Egindako Galderak. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset osoa hemen aurkituko duzu: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literaturaren programazioko MEG]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard MEG-ak 23 (hogeitahiru!) literaturaren programaziorako tresna ezberdinak zerrendatzen ditu. Batzuk programazio hizkuntza berezientan espezializatzen ("tailored") dira, beste batzuk ordea eremu orokorragoak dituzte. Neure gauzetarako -\noun on +\noun on Noweb -\noun default +\noun default hautatu dut, eta hauek dira nire arrazoiak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Honekin bai latex bai html egiturako dokumentazioa sor dezaket. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Arkitektura irekia da, eta beraz, iragazki berriak gehitu eta behar dituzun pozesamendu bereziak landu ditzake. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jadanik iragazki multzo handia eskaintzen du (html horietariko bat da). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Askea da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noweb-en web gunea hemen aurkituko duzu. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb-en gune nagusia]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gune honetatik hasita hainbat esteka interesgarri eta literaturaren programaziok o adibide batzuk aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX eta literaturaren programazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek literaturaren programazio euskarria dauka, eta LyX-en bihurketa mekanismo orokorrak eskaintzen ditu. Euskarri hau "Noweb-etik independentea" den bidetik ematen da, eta horrela LyX-eko funtzio berri hau nahi duzun beste literaturaren programazio tresnekin (LyX-eko hobespenan aldatuz) erabili ahal izango duzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-klasea hautatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noweb eta LyX egokiro instalatu badituzu, dokumentu berri bat irekitzerakoan edo dagoen bateko dokumentu-klasea aldatzerakoan, hurrengo hiru dokumentu-klase berri eskuragarri daudela ohartuko zara: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Article (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Book (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Report (Noweb) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauetariko bat hautatu zure literatura-dokumentua sortzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez, literatura-dokumentuak ez direla hiru hauetara mugatzen. Klase berriak beste estiloetatik sor daitezke, adibidez, gutuna (letter) @@ -17585,53 +20802,73 @@ Jabetu zaitez, literatura-dokumentuak ez direla hiru hauetara mugatzen. n posta-zerrendan (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) eta sarrera berri bat txertatuko dugu, edo nola egiten den azalduko dizugu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oso erraza da, lau lerro dituen fitxategi bat sortu eta auto-konfigurazioa berriro exekutatzea bakarrik da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gainera, Noweb ez den bestelako literatura-tresna erabiltzen baduzu, horrentzak o dokumentu-klaseen multzo berriak sortu beharko dituzu. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Kodea hemen idaztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek izeneko Scrap diseinuarekin kodea idazten utziko dizu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Noweb-eko baliokidea den hitza "Chunk" da. Arrazoi historikoengatik "scrap" hitza erabiltzen dut. Nuweb izeneko literatura-tresnak sartu zuen, eta Noweb zale bihurtu aurretik erabiltzen nuen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Noweb-ek honela mugatzen ditu scrap-ak: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code kodea -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code kode gehiago -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code oraindik eta kode gehiago -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazoa hau da: << eta @ artean idatzita dagoena hitzez hitz hartu behar da, hau da, LyX-ek idatzita dagoen zati horren interpretazio bereziak egitea @@ -17639,645 +20876,798 @@ Arazoa hau da: << eta @ artean idatzita dagoena hitzez hitz hartu behar Diseinu (ingurune) berezi batek kudeatzen du hau, Scrap izenekoak; hori paragrafo normal bat bezala lantzen da, baina nahi adina tarte jartzen uzten du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Scrap paragrafo-ingurune baten eragozpena da jarraian dauden kodeen paragrafoak jatorrizko kodean lerro huts baten bitartez bereizten direla, eta baita inprimatutako dokumentuan ere. Hau sahiesteko, Scrap batean kodea duen lerro bakoitza sartzen da, -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default erabiliz, baina ez -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default normal batekin. Arestiko adibideak honelako itxura eduki beharko luke: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Inprimatutako bertsioa irakurtzen ari bazara, ez duzu bi adibideen arteko (aurrekoa eta hurrengoa) ezberdintasunik aurkituko. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline kodea -\newline +\newline kode gehiago -\newline +\newline oraindik eta kode gehiago -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ingurune hau ongi dabil. Daukan arazo bakarra da -\family sans +\family sans C+Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default erabili behar duzula, lerro-itzulera arrunt baten ordez \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nire "Zereginen" zerrendan sartuta daukat hau hobetzeko. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Ohar\SpecialChar ~ -berezi\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Ohar\InsetSpace ~ +berezi\InsetSpace ~ bat -\emph default +\emph default : zure Scrap-ean Noweb-en "%def" eraikina erabil dezakezu Noweb-eko erreferentzi a gurutzatuen identifikatzailean elementuak gehitzeko: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline def funtzio_bat(argum): -\newline +\newline "Funtzio honentzako kate bat da." -\newline +\newline print "Nire argumentuak: ", argum -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def funtzio_bat -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Erabilera honen eta irteerako emaitzean dagoen erreferentzia gurutzatuen adibidea python-en idatzitako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx -\family default +\family default literatura-programan aurkituko duzu, eta gauza asko argituko dizkizu. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Dokumentazioa sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une honetan dokumentu berria bat, dokumentu-klase egoki batekin, eta zenbait kode eta testu bertan idatzita dauzkazu. Nola inprima dezaket? Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , eta antzerako zerbait. Dokumentu soil batentzako egingo zenukeen bezalaxe. Ez da urrats berezirik eskatzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zer gertatzen den jakin dezazun, LyX barruan gertatzen dena azalduko dizut: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ikusi menuan -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default hautatzen denean LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada sortutako fitxategiaren luzapenak "literatur" formatuak definitzen duenarekin jartzen da ( -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan definitzen da), bestela ohiko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default luzapena edukiko du. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Jakin ezazu ezberdintasun nagusiena fitxategiaren izenean datzala, LyX-ek ez du prozesamendu berezirik lantzen. Gainera kodea idazteko -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabili baduzu, bera arduratuko da dagozkion zereginez. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada, orduen LyX-ek bere baitan duen bihurtzailea (LyX-etik Noweb-era) erabiliko du, eta gero Noweb-etik LaTeX-era bihurtzen duen tresnari \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bihurtzaileak -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Bihurtzaileak -\family default +\family default fitxan definitzen dira. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset deituko dio, LaTEX fitxategia sortzeko. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Bestela, urrats hau saltatzen du. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Azkenik, LaTeX-i deitzen zaio eta ohiko prozedurarekin jarraitzen du, ohiko dokumentu arruntetan bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "Literatura-tresna" baten menpetik aske egotea hainbat bihurtzaile erabiliz lortzen da. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Kodea sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eraikitzeko menuko aukera bat hautatzen denean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen da, arestiko 1. urratsean bezala. Ondoren LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Noweb->Program -\family default +\family default bihurtaileari deitzen dio. Bihurtzaile honek (eta ia beste guztiek) bi zati ditu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Programa bera bihurtzea. Programa honek formatu batetik beste formatu batera bihurtzeko lanak egiten ditu. Kasu honetan, Noweb formatutik programaren sasi-formatura. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Errore mezuen iragazkia. Programa honen helburua sortzen diren errore-mezuak LyX-ek ulertzen dituen formatura bihurtzea da. Horrela LyX-ek errore-mezuak dokumentuko leku egokienenean jarzen saiatuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbiziko zatia, "Bihurtzaileak"-ren ezarpena, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eraikin-gidoi $$i -\family default +\family default " bezala ezarri beharko litzateke. Honek esanahi du, LyX-ek "eraikin-gidoi"-ari (programa edo script bat) deituko diola Noweb fitxategiaren izenarekin (normalki LyX-en behin-behineko direktorioan kokatzen den fitxategi bat). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo kodea "eraikin-gidoi" script-aren adibide bat da, eta zure exekutagarri en direktorioan jar dezakezu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # Hau eraikin-gidoi fitxategia da. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Reraikin-gidoi $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bihurtzaile ezarpenaren hurrengo zatia "banderak" ezartzea da, eta honela jarri behar da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code originaldir,parselog=listerrors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek "eraikin-gidoi" script-a prozesatzen denean sortzen dituen erroreak "listerrors" programaren bitartez landuko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kode bihurtzaileak "listerrors" programa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NireLyxDirektorioa/scripts -\family default +\family default direktorioan begiratzen du lehenbizi, gero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LIBDIR/scripts -\family default +\family default direktorioan begiratuko du, eta gero exekutagarrien direktorioan (Unix sistemetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PATH -\family default +\family default aldagaiak zehazten dituen direktorioak izaten dira). -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Dokumentuan instrukzioak sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX eta noweb arteko bateratzearen azken pieza "eraikin-gidoi" scrap-a da. Orokorki, zure programa sortzeko instrukzioak dagokion scrap-ean barneratuta egon beharko luke. Arestian azaldu den noweb-entzako bereziki prestatutako "eraikin-gidoi" horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter notangle -\family default +\family default komandoa erabiltzen du bere scrap-a aurkitzeko ("eraikin-gidoi" izenekoa) eta bere edukina "sh" komando lerroaren (shell) bitartez landuko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehienetan, honelako scrap bat edukiko luke: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] -\newline +\newline then -\newline +\newline NOWEB_SOURCE=nirefitxategia.nw -\newline +\newline fi -\newline +\newline [... fitxategiak ateratzeko kodea ...] -\newline +\newline [... fitxategiak konpilatzeko kodea ...] -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zatiak nola bateratzen diren ikusteko begiratu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LIBDIR/examples/ -\family default +\family default direktorioko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors.lyx -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Literate.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategietan, hauek "listerrors" programaren bi bertsio dauzkate, edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LIBDIR/examples/ -\family default +\family default direktorioko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter noweb2lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. Modu interesgarrian, hiru fitxategi hauek LyX-ek duen literatura-programazioko hizkuntzaren askatasun euskarria erakusten dute, Python, C eta Perl programazio hizkuntzetan idatzita baitaude, hurrenez hurren. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX konfiguratzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Literatura-programazioaren euskarria Hobespenak leihoan konfiguratzen da, Bihurtzaileak edota Fitxategi-formatuak fitxetan. Hor agertzen diren zati garrantzitsuenak hauek dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : zerrendatzen diren eremu batzuk ez dira agertzen LyX 1.3.3 bertsioan, eta ez dakit etorkizunean agertuko ote diren. Badazpada, esku artean daukazun LyX bertsioan begiratu beharko duzu ea zure kasuan agertzen diren edo ez ikusteko. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Literatura-formatua Fitxategi-formatuak fitxan konfiguratu, Noweb-i dagozkion ezaugarriak (fitxategi-formatuak zerrendan NoWeb aukeratu beharko duzu) hemen aurkituko baitituzu. -\family sans -Gui\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gui\InsetSpace ~ izena -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default +\family default bezala ezarrita dago, eta Luzapena eremuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default du. Honek LyX-i, bihurketako lehen urratsean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortzeko agintzen dio, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Programa-formatua Hau formatu huts bat da, bihurketa bateko amaierako puntua izateko xedea du (eta berorrentzako bihurtzaile bat ezartzea uzten digu). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NoWeb->LaTeX Bihurtzaile honek literatura-dokumentuaren "weaving"-a lantzen du. Noweb-entzako honela ezartzen da: " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NoWeb->Programa Honek "tangling urratsa" lantzen du. Arestian azaldun denez, -\family sans +\family sans Bihurtzailea -\family default +\family default " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eraikin-gidoi $$i -\family default +\family default " eran ezartzen da, eta -\family sans -Bandera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bandera\InsetSpace ~ osagarriak -\family default +\family default eremuak " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter originaldir, parselog=listerrors -\family default +\family default " duelarik. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Arazketaren hedapenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zerbitzarian funtzio berri bat garatuta dago, " server-goto-file-row" funtzioa, eta ddd/gdb edo beste arazketa-tresna batzuekin erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kodea araztatzerakoan ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default -rekin) uneko exekuzio kokapenetik testu-editore bati deitzeko aukera dago, tekla bat sakatuz. ddd programaren lehenetsitako laster-tekla -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Ctrl-V -\family default +\family default da. -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hobespenak\SpecialChar \menuseparator Laguntzaileak -\family default +\family default leihoko "Editatu iturburuak" eremuan editoreari komando lerrotik deitzeko konfigura dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sortu berri den LyX zerbitzariaren funtzio honek eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default -ren ezaugarriek eskaintzen dituzten abantailak jaso ditut, eta "Editatu iturburuak" eremuan ezarri ditut: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honekin, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default erabiltzen ari zarenean eta programako puntu bat editatzeko aurkitu nahi duzun bakoitzean, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Ctrl-V -\family default +\family default laster-tekla ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default leihoan) eta horrek LyX zerbitzariaren bitartez LyX-i informazioa igorriko dio, horrela LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default ttesnak duen informazioa aurkeztuko dizu eta kurtsorea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default -en kokatua zegoen leku berdinean agertuko da. Ez da korritze-barrarik gora eta behera mugitu behar kurtsorea non dagoen aurkitzeko! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohartu zaitez, ezaugarri hori lanean aritzeko LyX zerbitzaria gaituta eduki behar duzula (lehenespenez desgaituta egoten da). Gaitzeko -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Bide-izenak -\family default +\family default fitxan dagoen -\family sans +\family sans LyX Zerbitzari-kanalizazioa -\family default +\family default eremuan honelako bide-izen bat jarri beharko duzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /home//.lyx/lyxpipe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LyX zerbitzariaren dokumentazioa -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Tresna-barraren hedapenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko tresna-barrari gehi diezaiokezun sei botoi gehiago daude. Bost botoi inguruneentzako laster-teklak dira: Estandarra, Atala, LaTeX, LyXkodea eta Scrap. Azkena "Eraikineko programa"-rentzako laster-tekla da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek tresna-barra pertsonalizatzeko zenbait botoi ditu. Nire tresna-barran sei botoi horietaz gain, beste bi hauek ere gehitu dizkiot: bata -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default lantzeko eta bestea -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default lantzeko. Hona hemen duten itxura: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LaTeX" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LyXCode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Scrap" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Koloreen pertsonalizazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en erabiltzen dituen hainbat kolore pertsonaliza ditzakezu: -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoan. Erabiltzaile batzuk LaTeX letra-tipoen kolorearekin nazkatzen dira. Lehenetsitako kolorea gorria izaten da, eta Scrap-ek LaTeX-en letra-tipo berdina erabiltzen duenez, eta literatura-dokumentu batean scrap ugari jartzen badituzu, dokumentua erabat gorrixkatzen da. Aldatu nahi baduzu, joan -\family sans -Itxura\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Itxura\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ izaera -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Koloreak -\family default +\family default azpifitxara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo gauza pantailako lerro berriaren karaktere ikurra da. Karaktere horren kolorea hauta dezakezu, eta atzeko planoan dagoen kolorearekin @@ -18285,37 +21675,43 @@ Hurrengo gauza pantailako lerro berriaren karaktere ikurra da. Aholku bat: hautatu ezazu atzeko planoak duen antzeko kolorea baina ez berdina, bien artean zerbait ezberdintzen dela antzemateko, eta horrela ez zara hainbeste nazkatuko. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:sekretuak} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta LyX ahalmen handiko tresna bat izan, ezin da espero TeX/LaTeX garbian idatzitakoek egiten duten guztia lantzea. Hala ere, TeX eta LaTeX-eko ezagutzak diren trikimailu asko LyX-en ere erabil daitezke, baldin eta tresna-barrako "TeX" botoia sakatzeko edo LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean ( -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default fitxan) gauzak idazteko beldurrik ez baduzu bederen. Atal honetan hainbat trikimailu, aholku eta bestelako burutazio egoki emango dizkizugu zure dokumentuan erabiltzeko eta hobetzeko. -\emph on +\emph on Saiatu zaitez etxean egiten -\emph default +\emph default , dokumentu txiki eta balio gutxi duenarekin hastea ahokatzen dizut! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetako burutazio gehienek zure LaTeX banaketako dokumentu-klase gutxi batzuk eskatzen dituzte. @@ -18328,319 +21724,379 @@ Atal honetako burutazio gehienek zure LaTeX banaketako dokumentu-klase gutxi mota batekin lan-mota bat nola egin dezakezun azaltzea da. Beraz, jantzi aztiaren txapela, mantendu begi bat irekita inguruko herensugeent zako, eta has gaitezen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aholkapena: -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oin-oharrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek oraindik artikulu ("article") motako dokumentu-klase bateko atal bakoitzaren hasieran ezin du oin-oharren zenbaketa berriro 1 balioarekin berrasieratu, ez eta zenbatzailearen estiloa aldatu ere. Horretarako, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu LaTeX-eko komandoak, honen bezalakoak: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Komando hau erabiltzeak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\family default +\family default , zenbatzailea 1 balioa edukitzera berrasieratzen du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zenbatzailea 1 balioarekin ezarri da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea hizki txikietara aldatzen du. Begiratu hurrengo oin-oharra zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default tresnan \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau zenbatzaile alfabetikoa duen oin-ohar baten adibidea da. -\newline +\newline Hau lortzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote { -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\family default +\family default erabili. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea bere lehenetsitako egoerara itzultzen du, hau da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\family default +\family default zenbatzailearen estiloa LyX-en lehenetsia dagoenera itzultzeko.Hau da, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote} { -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbatzailearen estilo gisa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph -\family default +\family default eta beste batzuk erabil ditzakezu. Arestiko adibidean LaTeX komandoa ordeztu, eta berriro exekutatu TeX zein itxurarekin kaleratzen den ikusteko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Albo-oharrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX komandoak erabiliz, alboko oharrak txukuntzeko bi adibide azaltzen ditugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengo komandoak zure testuaren alboan marra bertikal bat marraztuko du, gauzak hatz erakuslearekin nabarmentzeko: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Begiratu zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default irteeran -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\family default +\family default komandoak zer egiten duen jarraian dagoen albo-oharrarekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\size scriptsize +\family sans +\size scriptsize Hau alboko -\newline +\newline ohar bat da. -\newline +\newline Hala ote? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Zutabe anitzak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Xedea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kapitulu honen helburua \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Editoraren oharra -\emph default +\emph default : Lars-ek idatzi zuen jatorrizko kapitulua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default paketearen erabilpenari buruzko azalpen bikaina zen. Tamalez, dokumentu honetan jartzeko luzegia zen. Ondorioz, hemen atal garrantzitsuenak bakarrik sartzea hautatu nuen (bihotzez sentitzen dut, Lars). Jatorrizko kapitulua (eta beste kontu batzuk!) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default adibide-fitxategian aurkituko duzu--- mer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset LyX-eko dokumentu batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default paketea nola erabil daitekeen erakustea da. LyX-ek oraindik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default paketea onartzen ez duenez, zenbait trikimailutxo erabili beharko ditugu. Atal hau irakurtzen jarraitxen baduzu, nola egin dezakezun ikasiko duzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Murriztapenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orrialde batean testua bat edo hainbat zutabetan agertzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default paketea dago. Oin-oharrak egokiro kudeatzen dira (zati gehienetan behintzat), baina orrialdea ren behean kokatzen da eta ez zutabe bakoitzaren azpian. @@ -18648,72 +22104,90 @@ ren behean kokatzen da eta ez zutabe bakoitzaren azpian. dago. Une hauetan orrialde osoko mugikorrak ingurunearen barrutian bakarrik erabil daitezke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Adibideak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Bi zutabeko testua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Testua bi zutabetan banatu nahi baduzu, LaTeX era erabili behar duzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default txertatzeko, eta kokatzen duzun lekutik hasiko dira bi zutabeak agertzen. Bi zutabeko testua amaitutzat jotzeko erabili: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default . Honela \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : zutabe anitzetako testua ez da euskaratu, zeren eta garrantzitsuena da testuak hainbat zutabetan nola banatzen diren ikastea, eta ez adibide bezala erabili den testua ulertzea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\series bold -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\series bold +\size footnotesize The Adventure of the Empty House -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -18736,43 +22210,57 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind. I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hainbat zutabeko testua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eredu berdina erabiltzen da testua bi zutabe baino gehiagotan jarri nahi duzunean: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -18793,69 +22281,91 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 zutabe baino gehiago eduki ditzakezu, baina ziurrenik begientzako ez dela oso ikusgarria izango. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zutabeak zutabeen barruan -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zutabeen barruan zutabeak eduki ditzakezu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -18867,23 +22377,29 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -18903,343 +22419,415 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adibide aurrerakoiagoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian aurkituko dituzu, zutabe eta goiburukoen arteko tarteak, lerro bereizle bertikalak eta bestelako jokoak erakusten ditu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatua -\family default +\family default -ren zenbakera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\family sans Zenbatua -\family default +\family default paragrafo-ingurunearen lehenetsitako zenbakera arabierazko zenbakiekin hasi eta hizki maiuskulez amaitzen da. Demagun, batzuetan eguna horrela zabaltzen delako, zenbakerarentzako bestelako mota baztuk erabili nahi dituzula. Zenbakera nola aldatzen den adierazteko adibidea dator orain: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} hauek zenbakera erromatar zenbakiak, maiuskuletan dauden hizkiak, arabierazko zenbakia eta minuskuletan dauden hizkiak ezartzen dute, hurrenez hurren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, aurreko adibideak zenbakerari beste zerbait gehitzen dio. Lehenbizikoak "I." bezalako etiketa edukiko luke. Askoz erragazo irakurtzearren arestiko adibideak honelako zenbakera sortuko luke: < \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset >. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestiko adibidean ikusi duzunez, habiaratze-sakonera bakoitzarentzako etiketa-k omando bat dago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv -\family default +\family default , eta baita zenbatzaile bat ere, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . "Zenbakiak inprimatzeko" bost komando ere badaude: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default , eta bakoitzak zenbatzaile bat jasotzen du argumentu bezala. Horien aurretik eta atzetik karaktereak gehi ditzakezu, baina zuriunerik gehitu beharrik ez dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hauekin gauza ederrak lor ditzakezu. Adibidez: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Komando hauek honelako zenbakera bat sortuko lukete: < \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -,\SpecialChar ~ +,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset >. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent LaTeX-ek taula bateko errenkaden artean tarte osagarria jartzen uzten dizu, errenkadaren amaiera zehazten duenari ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) aukerako argumentu bat emanez. LyX-ek oraindik gaitasun hori ez dauka garatuta, beraz hemen eta gauza bera egiteko bi trikimailu azaltzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbizikoa arruntagoa da, baita luzeagoa ere. LyX-en hitzaurrean sartu ondorengo komandoaren definizioa: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash noalign{vskip#1}} -\family default +\family default . Komando honek argumentu bakar bat jasotzen du, txertatzea nahi duzun tarte-tama ina. Txertatu komandoa atzeko errenkadako lehenbiziko zutabean, eta tartea errenkada horren gainean agertuko da. Hona hemen adibide bat ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aula -\family default +\family default erabiliz ertzak kendu dizkiot): -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -19251,201 +22839,229 @@ aula \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit ak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kaltzita -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Dolomit -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kuartzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Grafito -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace{2ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Haitzak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kararria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hareharri -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Granit -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit oa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bigarren bidea askoz ere azkarragoa da, baina tipografia-arloan aritzen dienek eta TeX-eko adituak aizkorak zorroztuta zeruari oihuka hasiko dira. @@ -19455,8 +23071,10 @@ Bigarren bidea askoz ere azkarragoa da, baina tipografia-arloan aritzen Baina zehazten duzun baino tarte handiagoa egongo da, zeren eta oinarrian errenkada zuri (huts) bat gehitu baituzu, eta horri tartea gehituz. Gehitzen den tartea handiegia bada, erabili zenbaki negatiboak, honen gisa: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -19468,230 +23086,280 @@ Bigarren bidea askoz ere azkarragoa da, baina tipografia-arloan aritzen \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mineral -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit ak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kaltzita -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Dolomit -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kuartzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Grafito -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash [-1ex] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Haitzak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kararria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hareharri -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granitoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Goxoki txiki bat dirudi, eta lana azkar egiten du, nahiz eta oso itxusia izan. Usteldutako barazkiak ximaurra egiteko erabili! Zin dagizut honelakorik inoiz ez nukeela aholkatuko! Bestela eror bedi urtzia gure buruen gainera! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Letra kapitalak -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont Z} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=3.3em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset uetariko askok liburu zaharrek erabiltzen zuten "letra kapitalen" (maiuskuletan zeuden letra ikaragarri handi haiek, kapitulu edo atal berri bakoitzeko @@ -19701,318 +23369,408 @@ uetariko askok liburu zaharrek erabiltzen zuten "letra kapitalen" (maiuskuletan bira ematea eskatzen du. Ikus dezakezu (pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara) paragrafo honen hasieran TeX erako zatarkeria dagoela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash verb+ -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{H}+ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset emen gauza bera egiteko bide errazagoa daukazu. dropcaps paketea (edo berriagoa den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default ) CTANen gunetik eskuratuz zure dokumentuetan honelako letrak agertzeko bide eroso bat eskaintzen dizute. Pakete hau teTeX-eko zati estandar bat ez denez, dokumentu honetan ezin dizut erakutsi. Baina paragrafo hau dokumentu berri batera kopiatzen baduzu, gero " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default " komandoa eta "+" ikurrak paragrafo hasieran dagoen TeX kodetik ezabatu, eta LaTeX hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropcaps} -\family default +\family default gehitzen baduzu, Times Roman letra etzanarekin "H" hizki dotorea agertuko zaizu. - Letra horrek hiru lerroko altuera izango du, eta marjinetik 1\SpecialChar ~ + Letra horrek hiru lerroko altuera izango du, eta marjinetik 1\InsetSpace ~ em neurrian kanporago geldituko da. Ah! Gogoratu " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps.sty -\family default +\family default " TeX-ek ikus dezakeen direktorio batean kopiatu behar duzula. Lehenbiziko argumentua koskatze-tartearen tamainari dagokio; kasu honetan negatiboa denez, marjinerantz joango litzateke. Bigarren argumentua hizkiaren altuera da, eta testuaren lerroetan neurtzen da. Hirugarren argumentua letra-tipoaren izena da: teorian -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tfm -\family default +\family default fitxategia duen edozerekin ongi moldatu beharko luke (murgildu zaitez \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /texmf/fonts/tfm -\family default +\family default direktorioan dauden aukerak ikusteko). Gehien bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "yinit" -\family default +\family default atsegin dut, alemaniera luxuzko letra-tipo bat, letra kapitalentzako bereziki diseinatua. Laugarren argumentua kokatu beharreko hizkia da (edo hizkiak). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default paketeak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop -\family default +\family default komandoa ekartzen du, eta apur bat sinpleagoa den -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dropping -\family default +\family default komandoa ere. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazlea: -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newdimen -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash varunit}{4.5in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash parshape 19 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.00 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.500 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset Bada garaia paragrafo laukiluzeen tirania bertan behera botatzeko. Horrelakoetan, TeX soileko -\backslash +\backslash parshape komando zoragarriari deitzen zaio. Ikus dezakezunez, edonolako formak jar daiteke lerro-luzeeren definizio multzo batekin. Nahiz eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter parshape -\family default +\family default komandoa nahiko xumea eta erabilgaitza iruditu, erabiltzaileari burutatu zaiokeen zenbait egoeretan lagungarri gerta dakioke: letra kapitalak fintzea, irudi ez-laukien ingurunean testua itzulbiratzea, e.a. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Sintaxia hau da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape lerrokop #1koska #1luzero #21koska #2luzero \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nkoska #nluzero -\family default +\family default , non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lerrokop -\family default +\family default paragrafoa osatzen duen lerro kopurua den. Lerro gutxiago egonez gero, forma moztu egiten da; gehiago egonez gero, gainezka dauden lerroak definizioko azken lerroaren neurriak hartuko dituzte. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nkoska -\family default +\family default sarrerak ezkerreko marjinetik hasita lerroaren koskatze-tamaina zehazten du, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nluzero -\family default +\family default sarrerak berriz puntu horretatik hasi eta lerro horrek zenbateko luzera izango duen. Forma uneko paragrafoari eragiten dio, eta hurrengo paragrafoetan gauzak bere laukidun ohituretara itzultzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Laburpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi duzunez, atal honetako adibideek praktikotasunetik gauza apetatsuetaraino iritsi dira. @@ -20023,4 +23781,7 @@ Ikusi duzunez, atal honetako adibideek praktikotasunetik gauza apetatsuetaraino guztia zure eskuetan dago, zeren eta LyX-ek bere atzekaldean erabiltzen baitu. Izan LyX-atze zoriontsua! -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx index dc7302bc63..b6a6b4d422 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrartcl \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,59 +27,78 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zer rendara: . -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Abstract +\begin_layout Abstract Hau LyX-i dagokion Maiz Egindako Galderen (MEG) zerrenda da. LyX-ek kalitate goreneko dokumentuak sortzeko \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" (WYSIWYM) ingurunea eskaintzen duen testu-prozesa dore bat du, eta software librea da. Laguntza gehiagorako, jarri harremanetan LyX-eko erabiltzaile taldearen posta-zerrendarekin; hori bai, eskuliburu guztiak irakurri ondoren. Posta-zerrenda hau da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Sarrera eta informazio orokorra -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zer da LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da, markatze-hizkuntza darabil, "idazmakina" kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz. @@ -87,20 +107,22 @@ LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da, izan gabe. Maketazio-lanetaz ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egilea dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek dokumentuaren \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ia-WYSIWYG" ikuspegia eskaintzen du. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset hitzak lerro- eta orri-jauziak inprimatutako dokumentuan berdin-berdina ez direla bistaratuko esan nahi du. @@ -110,19 +132,21 @@ Ia LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfaze eroso bat eskaintzeko osagai guztiak dituen bitartean, konposaketa lanak egiteko programak testuaren formatua lantzeko gauza guztiak ditu, eta bien artean oso-oso ongi moldatzen dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, lerro- eta orri-jauziekin ez duzu inolako arazorik izango. Azpiatal zehatz batek zein zenbatzaile duen gogoratu beharrik ez duzu izango. Atalen izenburuek zein letra-tipo eta tamaina erabiltzen duten ere ahaztu. LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) esan behar diozun gauzan bakarra da zein -\emph on +\emph on dokumentu-klase -\emph default +\emph default editatzen ari zaren eta testua dagoen paragrafoa zein -\emph on +\emph on motakoa -\emph default +\emph default den; hori eginez gero ordenagailuak dokumentuari dagokion konposatze-lanak egokiro egingo ditu. Argi dago dokumentua fintzeko maila sakonagoetan aritzeko aukera duzula. @@ -130,182 +154,247 @@ motakoa itxura eduki behar duen. Horregatik, LyX testu-prozesadoreak WYSIWYM ("What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean" -\emph default +\emph default edo "Ikusten duzuna -\emph on +\emph on esan -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on nahi -\emph default +\emph default duzu") moduko edizioa eskaintzen dizula esatea atsegin dugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabat. LyX-ekin honako dokumentu-mota hauek sor daitezke: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Memoriak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gutunak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tesiak (dokumentu batean 260 orrialde, luzeagoak beste fitxategi batzuk gehituz lortzen dira) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize adibidez, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klaseak emateko apunteak (133 orrialde eta 27 irudi, 33 MHz 486 motako ordenagai lu batean ekoiztuta!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mintegietako koadernoak (500+ orrialde) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Konferentzietako txostenak ("Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop on the Geoid in Europe", (Finlandiako Geodesia Institutuaren txostena 98:4), 292 orrialde) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Softwarearen dokumentazioa (LyX Erabiltzailearen Gidak 120 bat orrialde ditu) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Liburuak -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize PostgreSQL-ren liburua \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunean aurki dezakezu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., eta Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, "Remote Sensing and Urban Analysis" (Taylor eta Francis: Londres). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Herbert Voss: "Praktische Kryptologie mit Java" 286 orrialde, ekuazio, taula eta irudi pila bat. ISBN 3-8311-1458-7. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Yann Collette eta Patrick Siarry, "Optimisation multiobjectifs", 2002, Eyrolles. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ondoren zerrendatzen diren aldizkarietarako artikuluak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomy & Astrophysics (Suetterlin, P. 1998, A&A, 333, 305; Suetterlin, P. & Wiehr, E. 1998, A&A, 336, 367) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M. E. & Barsony, M. 2001, AJ, 121, 1098) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Eleberriak (2000. urtean kaleratu zen 400 orrialde baino gehiago zituen eleberri bat; une hauetan 836 orrialdeko eleberri bat prestatzen ari dira) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Antzezlanak eta zinemarako gidoiak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Negozio proposamenak: 1 milioi dolar (US) baino gehiagokoak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nondik hasiko naiz? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ekin zerikusia duena aurkitzeko, lehenbizi joan \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset web gunera. Albisteak, adibideak, iturburuak, kode bitarrak eta beste gauza asko gune horretan eskuragarri dituzu. LyX instalatu ondoren eta lehen aldiz erabiltzerako, irakurri Tutoretza ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utoretza -\family default +\family default ). Bai, horitxi esan nahi dut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste sarrerako gida bat aurkituko duzu hemen: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une honetan, LyX exekutatzeko X leiho-sistema behar duzu. OS/2, MacOS X eta Win32 sistementzako bihurketak prestatuta daude, baina sistema horietan X zerbitzaria instalatuta eta lanean eduki beharko duzu. LyX honako sistema eragile hauetan (eta beste askotan) erabiltzen dela badakigu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linux: Debian, RedHat, SUSE, Mandrake edo YellowDogLinux beste batzuen artean. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tru64 Unix 4.0f -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HP-UX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nire sisteman, LyX-en kode bitarrak disko gogorrean 2 MB betetzen ditu, eta euskarriko fitxategiek beste 12.6 MB betetzen dute, horietatik 9.1 MB @@ -314,10 +403,14 @@ Nire sisteman, LyX-en kode bitarrak disko gogorrean 2 MB betetzen ditu, Gogoratu behar dugu LyX-ek LaTeX-en oinarritzen dela, eta teTeX bezalako banaketa bat instalatuta 115 MB inguru betetzen dituela, eta ghostscript-ek beste 10 MB eskatzen dituela! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX benetako software askea da? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bai, noski. Hori galdetzea ere! Inor txikikerietan sakontzen hasten bada, LyX-ek erabiltzen @@ -329,108 +422,143 @@ Bai, noski. eta beraz LyX bera software askea da eta horrelaxe bermatzen da. Gainera, LyX-eko garatzaileek menpekotasunik ez duen tresna-jokoa lantzen ari dira. - Beraz, 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera Qt 2 edo 3 liburutegi askearen 3.\SpecialChar ~ + Beraz, 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera Qt 2 edo 3 liburutegi askearen 3.\InsetSpace ~ bertsioa onartzen du. LyX-en 1.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak (LGPL lizentziapean kaleratutakoak) eskuratzeko, joan gune honetara: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/xforms/OpenSource/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : eskuliburu hau euskaratu zen garaian, 2004. urteko hasieran, LyX 1.3.3 bertsioa GPL lizentziarekin banatuta zegoen. Honek LyX erabat askea dela bermatzen du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Interneteko euskarriak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{bugzilla.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX-eko errore bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX-en hesteak eta odolkien artean murgiltzea nahi baduzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezagutzen diren ispilu-guneak, beste batzuen artean: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (ftp.via.ecp.fr bezala ere ezaguna) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zein posta-zerrenda daude? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description * lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru txikia), LyX-en albisteak zabaltzeko. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description * lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru ertaina), erabilera orokorrari buruzkoak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description * lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru handia), garapen eta araztatze buruzkoak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description * lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (ikaragarrizko mezu kopuru txikia), dokumentazio buruzkoak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean posta-zerrenda hauetariko batean Harpidetzeko, bidali mezu bat lyx-lelo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera; edo harpidetza amaitzeko, lyx-lelo-un @@ -439,49 +567,67 @@ subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera, non "lelo" hauetariko bat adierazi nahi Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nola ez ba? :-) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Albisteak: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Erabiltzaileak: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Garapena: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bai horixe. LyX-ek dokumentuen irteera sortzeko LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen (inprimatzek @@ -489,32 +635,40 @@ o erabili behar bada) edo esportatzen (gizakiok irakurtzeko bada) ditu. reLyX programak, LyX-ekin datorrenak, LaTeX motako fitxategiak LyX formatura bihurtzen lan dotorea egiten du. Perfektua ez izan arren, zuretzat %95 lantzen du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez da hain erraza. Erabiltzaileek neurri batean arrakasta lortu izan dute honako sekuentzia hauek landuta: LyX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset RTF \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Word, eta alderantziz. Hala ere, Word-ek ez du LyX-ek eta LaTeX-ek duten markatze-hizkuntza erabiltzen , horren ondorioz bihurketak nahiko zailak eta zentzugabekoak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dena den, hona iradokizun batzuk: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description word2x Honek LaTeX, HTML eta testu soileko irteerak sortzen ditu. Hasiera batean LaTeX formatura bihur dezake (eta nahiko garbi gainera), @@ -524,26 +678,32 @@ word2x Honek LaTeX, HTML eta testu soileko irteerak sortzen ditu. zerrendak eta bestelakoak) ezagutzea eskatzen du. Egin nuen azken saiakeran Office 2000-ko Word-ekin ez zebilen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description wvware (www.wvware.com gunean aurkituko duzu, edo azken bertsioa eskuratzeko, joan CVS gordeleku-sistemara). Garai batean msWordView izena zuen. Oso ona, LaTeX/HTML formatua sortzeko balio du. Oso konfigurakorra da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter wvLaTeX.xml -\family default +\family default fitxategiak bihurketa prozesua bideratzen du. Office-ren azken bertsioetako formatuekin lan egiteko gaitasuna dauka. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ted Norbaitek Word-ekin sortutako RTF fitxategia bidaltzen dizunean, fitxategi mota horren editorea da. Produktu fina benetean. Erabili bihurtzailearen bertsioa (testu soila edo HTML). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, guzti hauek huts egiten dutenean, erabili Word formatua ulertzen duten edozein testu-prozesadore (OpenOffice.org, WordPerfect, StarOffice,...). @@ -553,136 +713,187 @@ Azkenik, guzti hauek huts egiten dutenean, erabili Word formatua ulertzen Niretzat, eta hau iritzi pertsonala da, bihurketa horiek guztiak egin ordez, azken bide hau jorratzea askoz ere azkarragoa eta garbiagoa da, horrela ez baitaukazu atzera egin eta gauzak konpontzen denbora galtzen ibili beharrik. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategiak HTML formatuan idazteko, beste batzuen artean, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset bihurtzailea erabili. Hortik HTML \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX bihurketa lantzen duen programaren bat egon beharko luke. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection 4.1 Zer behar dut? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-eko iturburuak: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize XForms edo Qt liburutegia. XForms-en kasuan xforms-0.88 edo garatuagoa (dagoen azken bertsioa erabiltzea aholkatzen da) eskuratu. Bestela Qt 3.1 edo garatuagoa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LaTeX banaketa bat instalatuta edukitzea: teTeX-1.0 edo bertsio garatuagoa eskuratzea aholkatzen dizugu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PostScript® interpretatzailea: ghostscript 7.0 edo garatuagoa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C++ konpilatzaile moderno bat. Gcc erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek 2.95.2 edo 3.2 eskatuko dizu. Saiatu dagoen azken bertsioarekin lan egiten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola konpilatzen dut? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Terminal batean, eta LyX-en iturburuak dauden direktorioan kokatuta, landu komando hauek: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ./configure -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Qt liburutegiak erabiltzea nahi baduzu, honako konfigurazio honetako aukerak erabili beharko dituzu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize --with-frontend=qt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize --with-qt-dir=. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter make install -\family default +\family default (komando hau supererabiltzaile edo root gisa landu beharko duzu, landu duzun -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default komandoan bestelako bandera edo aukerarik ez badiozu ezarri bederen) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri iturburuko INSTALL fitxategia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut. Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestiko pakete gehienak aurrekonpilatutako bitar formatuan Linux sistema anitzetarako eskuragarri daude. LyX-en kode bitarrak RPMS eta beste formatu batzuetan aurrekonpilatuta daude eta gune honetatik eskura dezakezu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/lyx/bin/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Windows-entzako prestatutakoa hemendik jaitsi beharko duzu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria) LaTeX-eko komando gordinei deitzen zaie, eta LyX dokumentuan txerta ditzakezu. @@ -693,477 +904,587 @@ ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria) LaTeX-eko komando gordinei deitzen zaie, eta deitu arren, arbasoengandiko ohitura hedatuz terminoa ERT bezala finkatu zen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Itxurari buruzko eztabaida alde batera utziz, MEG honetan aurkitu dituzun erantzun askok ERT erabiltzea eskatuko dizute; beraz, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset txertatu LaTeX kode hau" edo antzeko zerbait agintzen dizugunean, zuk honako hau egin beharko zenuke (aginduei jaramonik ez egitea nahi baduzu, batzuek esaten duten bezala "egin zerorrek! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tresna-barrako TeX botoian klikatu, edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default menua erabili. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Idatzi komandoa, beste edozein testu bezala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaile asko LyX 1.2.0 bertsioan sartu zen eta ERT txertatzeari buruzko kexa azaldu zen. Hala ere, LaTeX zaharra berpizteko itxaropen txiki bat egon arren (eta hori bai zela akerren \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I -\emph on +\emph on tzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : "hack" hitza berez, beste esanahi batzuen artean, "aizkorakada" da, eta ondorioz "hacker"-ak "aizkolariak" dira. Fonema-kontua dela eta, "hacker" euskaraz ahoskatzerakoan "aker" entzuten denez, "akerra" hitza erabiltzea bururatu zait. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lana!), hemen hausnarketa batzuk zerrendatu ditugu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * ERT beste edozein mugikor bezala tolesta dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu dokumentuan txertatu duzun ERT botoiaren gainean edo erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ireki/Itxi\SpecialChar ~ +Ireki/Itxi\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default ugikorra -\family default +\family default menua (lehenespenez -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default lasterbideari esleituta dago). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * ERT bat -\emph on +\emph on lerro-barnean -\emph default +\emph default ezar dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu ERT txertatze-kutxaren barruan (LaTeX kodea idazten den lekuan) saguaren eskuin-botoiarekin eta elkarrizketa-koadro batean bere propietateak azalduko zaizkizu. "Barnean" hautatu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Badago beste aukerarik? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX komandoak \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX hitzaurrean" ere txerta daitezke, gune horretan idazten den guztia prozesuan zehar sortzen den LaTeX fitxategian hitzez hitz txertatzen da. Hau LaTeX-eko pakete ez-estandarrak gehitzeko (dokumentuan erabiliko diren lasterbide orokorrak definitu, eta bestelakoak egiteko) oso erabilgarria izaten da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetan maiz egin ohi diren galderei erantzuna aurkitzen saiatuko gara. Oso gutxitan egin diren galderak Herbert Voss-ek egindako \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset bilduma ikusgarrian aurkituko dituzu. Beraz, posta zerrendetan zerbait galdetu aurretik gune horretara joan eta irakurri, merezi du eta! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Galdera orokorrak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irtenbiderik egokiena -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default gunean ondorengo lerroa sartzea da: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash date{} -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : beste aukera bat da egilea izena sartzen duzunean, liburu batean adibidez, ondorengo lerroan zuriune babestu bat sartu eta hau -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin ezartzea (horrela hitzaurrea ez duzu zer ukitu beharrik). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \- Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \- Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori eskuz egin behar duzu: adibidez, idatzi zerrenda berezi baten hasieran LaTeX kode hau: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash itemsep}{0mm} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehitu dokumentuko LaTeX hitzaurrean ondorengo bi lerroak: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset{equation}{section} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash theequation}{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{equation}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ordeztu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theequation -\family default +\family default esaldia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thetable -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thefigure -\family default +\family default bategatik; gero ordeztu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation -\family default +\family default hitza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure -\family default +\family default hitzagatik. Ez ahaztu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset -\family default +\family default komandoa egokitzea ere, hor ere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation -\family default +\family default agertzen baita, eta egokitu beharra duzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure LaTeX hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash fnsymbol{footnote}} -\family default +\family default gehitu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beno, hemen ez gara Duke Nukem-ekin jolasten ari! Alargunak eta umezurtzak (paragrafo baten aurreneko lerroa orrialde baten behean eta paragrafo baten azken lerroa beste orrialde baten goian) kentzeko, gehitu hau LaTeX hitzaurrean : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash widowpenalty=10000 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash clubpenalty=10000 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta agian beste hau ere bai: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash raggedbottom -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honelako zerrenda bat eduki nahi baduzu -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. a) Lehen aukera -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Bigarren aukera -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Hirugarren aukera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard probatu hau egiten: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. {} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code a) Lehen aukera -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Bigarren aukera -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Hirugarren aukera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard {} kortxete bikotea ERT barruan dago. Hau da, edukitzaileak ez dira inprimatzen. Egin hau zehatz-mehatz: sortu paragrafo bat \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset zenbatua" ingurunearekin, sartu ERT batean kortxete bikoitza, sartu lerro berri bat eta habiaratze-sakonera gehitu, gero idatzi hiru elementuak. LyX-ek autoetiketatuko ditu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exekutatu zuzentzaile ortografiko bat; egiaztatu duen hitz-kopuru osoa erakutsik o du. Zuzentzailea abiatu baino lehenago, eta hitz guztiak zenbatzeko, ziurtatu kurtsorea dokumentuaren hasieran dagoela. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabil ditzakezun ERT komando batzuk daude: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash enspace -\family default +\family default (1/2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thinspace -\family default +\family default (1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash negthinspace -\family default +\family default (-1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash quad -\family default +\family default (1 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash qquad -\family default +\family default (2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{ -\emph on +\emph on luzera -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default , e.a. Komandoetan agertzen diren \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset em" horiek uneko letra-tipoko "m"hizkiaren zabalera da. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace -\family default +\family default komandoko luzeraren argumentua edozein TeX luzera baliagarria da; unitateak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default (milimetroak), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cm -\family default +\family default (zentimetroak), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default (hatzak), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default (puntuak = 1/72 hatz), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter em -\family default +\family default ("m" hizkiaren zabalera), edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ex -\family default +\family default ("x" hizkiaren luzera) izan daitezke. Adibidez: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{1in} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{2.5em} -\family default +\family default , e.a. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txertatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{cite} -\family default +\family default LaTeX hitzaurrean. LaTeX banaketa gehienek pakete hori edukitzen dute. LyX-ek pakete hori onartzen du, eta horrela komaz bereiztuta hainbat aipu zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroan txerta ditzakezu: adib. [Ziggy_TokiAlai][Ansel_Etxetxo] ordez [Ziggi_TokiAlai, Ansel_Etxetxo] bata bestearen jarraian erabil dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Irudiei buruzkoak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zein ezberdintasun dute \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset irudia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset k eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset irudi mugikorra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset k? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau terminologia ez-egoki baten adibidea da. "Irudia" batek "grafiko" bat adierazten du, eta fitxategian argazki bat @@ -1173,47 +1494,53 @@ Hau terminologia ez-egoki baten adibidea da. baititu. Lehenbizi irudi mugikor bat txertatzen da, eta gero berroren barruan irudi bat jartzen zaio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taulak antzera lantzen dira. Txertatu taula mugikor bat , eta gero bertan sartu taula bat. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menua. -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor-kokapena -\family default +\family default eremuan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !htp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset idatzi. Horrek LaTeX-i irudia txertatu duzun lekuan jartzen buru-belarri saiatzeko, @@ -1221,279 +1548,361 @@ Mugikor-kokapena jartzea esaten dio. Hau ezarpen orokor bat da: irudi guztiek ezarri den arau honi jarraituko diote. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irudi bakoitzaren jokaera kontrolatu nahi baduzu, klikatu irudi mugikorraren gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin, eta horrek irudiaren jokaera kontrolatz eko leihoa bistaratuko dizu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zer adierazten du \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset errore-mezuak? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-ek une batean batera mugitu ditzakeen elementu mugikor kopuru mugatu batekin lan egin dezake. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, 4. irudia ezin bada leku egoki batean jarri (lehenetsitako arauak jarraituz, orrialdearen goian, gero behean, eta gero beretzako orrialde berezi batean) - eta gero 5.\SpecialChar ~ + eta gero 5.\InsetSpace ~ irudia badator, biak, kokapen egokia lortu arte, dokumentuaren amaiera arte mugitzen joango dira. Ezer onik ez bada gertatzen, dokumentuaren amaieran kokatuko dira. Horrelako gehiegi egonez gero, LaTeX-i buruko mina jartzen zaio eta "too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset errore-mezua igortzen du. Hau ez da LaTeX-en errorea, irudi gehiegi eta testu gutxiegi dagoela baizik :-) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honen inguruan lan egiteko biderik errazena hau da: txertatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default komandoa dokumentuan orri-jauzia ongi letorkeen leku batean. Orri-jauzi batek orrialde berri bat hasten duen bitartean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default komandoak ordura arte finkatu gabe dauden mugikor guztiak prozesatu, eta gero orrialde berri bat hasten du. Honek dokumentu erdian irudi pila bat batera jarri eta dokumentua itsusi konposatuko du: beraz, irudiak dokumentuan zehar banatzeko hainbat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default erabili beharko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematikako gauzak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , eta gero idatzi "mat. testu arrunta". -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; honek "erroaren kutxa" txertatuko du. Ondoren, eraibli teklatuko geziak sarrerako kutxetan zehar ibiltzeko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section 7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategia esportatzeko gaitasun hau 1.1.6 bertsioan garatu zen. Landu hau komando-lerroan: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta egina duzu! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko bertsio zaharragoa baduzu, X exekutatzen ari bazina bezalako sintaxia erabil dezakezu; horrek LyX leihoa pantailan agertzea dakar. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xvfb -\family default +\family default komandoa erabilgarri baduzu, landu hau itsu-itsu (bash komando lerroan) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code (Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard csh/tcsh motako komando-lerroan berriz: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek edozein lekutan funtzionatu beharko luke, eta berdin dio une horretan LyX exekutatzen ari den edo ez. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazo hau eta konponbidea -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri Hedatua -\emph default +\emph default k eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atalean ere azaltzen dira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu lerro-barneko EPSak? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : honek LyX 1.2.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak direnei eragiten die, bertsio horretan marrazteko kodea erabat berridatzi baitzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaile batzuek ohartarazi zuten LyX-eko lerro-barneko EPS irudiak Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin zituela marraztu. Hori Ghostscript programaren akatsa da: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Akats honek Ghostscript 6.22 eta goranzkoei eragiten die. Arestian aipatutako txaplata aplikatu ondoren, LyX-en marrazketa ongi lantzen da berriro. GNU Ghostscript 6.53 eta gainekoek arazoa konponduta dute. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX Windows-en -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ziurrenik XWin32 X zerbitzaria erabiltzen ariko zara. Hau XWin32-ren akats bat da: arazoa konpontzeko, desgaitu XWin32-ren "Use Reserved Colors" aukera, eta saiatu SasiKolorea ez den beste kolore modu bat erabiltzen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Laguntza gehiago nola lortu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zer, tiporta?! Orduan IEPAAAH \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : ingelesez RTFM deitzen zaio, hots "Read The Fucking Manual". Euskaratutakoaren esanahia neuretzako gordetzen dut, ingelesezkoa baino askoz ere bortitzagoa baita, baina antzeko zerbait esan nahi du, gutxi gorabehera. Egunen batean, ardo beltza edanez txikiteoan gabiltzala, agian orduan, esango dizuet ;-) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , Tutoretza bereziki! Dokumentazioa oso ona da (azken finean zenbait zati idazten lagundu bainuen :-). Zure arazoa LaTeX-ekin bada, orduan irakurri Leslie Lamport-en -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed. (1994) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ere hainbat adibide-fitxategi dakartza. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default reki -\family default +\family default menua eta klikatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default dibideak -\family default +\family default botoian, egin esandakoa eta ulertuko duzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ummmm...Hemen erabiltzaileen bizitza sentimenalei buruz ez gara aritzen. Horretarako telebistan nahikoa programa daude. @@ -1501,14 +1910,20 @@ Ummmm...Hemen erabiltzaileen bizitza sentimenalei buruz ez gara aritzen. lyx-users@lists.lyx.org. LyX izorratzen bada, edota bestelako funtzio batzuk hondatuta baditu, garatzail een posta-zerrendarekin saia zintezke: lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en zein bertsio erabiltzen ari zaren, deskribatu hondatzerakoan zer egiten ari zinen, eta nabarmendu dokumentazioa irakurri duzula. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX izorratu bada, idatzi LyX-en bertsioa, sistema eragilea, XForms (pantailan marrazteko arazo batzuk izan ohi ditu) edo Qt bertsioa, eta zertan ari @@ -1519,40 +1934,54 @@ LyX izorratu bada, idatzi LyX-en bertsioa, sistema eragilea, XForms (pantailan eta gehitu emaitzak zure gutunari. Diodana ez baduzu aditzen, deskribatu gertatutakoa ahal duzun moduan. Zure mezua ongi etorria izango dela jakinarazi nahi dizugu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idatzi -\emph on +\emph on mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu -\emph default +\emph default helbidera iradokizunak, aholkuak, hobekuntzak, eta zure dokumentuarekin munduko marka hautsi duzula ohartaraziz edo bestelako ipuin batzuekin. Hemendik entzun dugu gure Mikik ( -\emph on +\emph on vos ça grande, miki! -\emph default +\emph default ) neskatan lepo egiten duela, mutila jatorra da. Ausartzen? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jatorrizko LyX fitxategia LyX-en banaketako iturburuekin batera dator, HTML eta ASCII formatuetara bihurtutakoak laster web gunean eskuragarri egongo dira. Banaketan alemanezko bertsio bat ere badago. Eta noski, euskarazkoa ere bai, irakurtzen ari zaren hau. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Errudunak eta aitorpenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-0.10.7 betetzen zuen MEG 0.2.2 bertsioaren egileak Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson, eta Paul Evans izan ziren. @@ -1560,24 +1989,30 @@ LyX-0.10.7 betetzen zuen MEG 0.2.2 bertsioaren egileak Bernhard Iselborn, David betetzen ditu. Pertsona askok lagundu dute uneko bertsioan; Dokumentazio-taldeko Mike Ressler-ek guztiak bildu eta fitxategi honetan gorde zituen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ezespena eta Copyright-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dut ziurtatzen dokumentu honetako edozer \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -ren faktore barrutian koka daitekeenik; azken finean, ni astronomo bat naiz, eta \begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ezartzea atsegin dut. Emaitza okerra denean, unitatean birdefinitzen ditugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi hau erabilgarria izango delakoan banatzen da, baina INOLAKO BERMERIK GABE; era berean, ez da bermatzen beraren EGOKITASUNA MERKATURATZEKO edo @@ -1587,14 +2022,17 @@ Fitxategi hau erabilgarria izango delakoan banatzen da, baina INOLAKO BERMERIK bezperako gauean tesia gorde ez zenuelako, zeren eta oinarrizko fisikako konstantea \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset unitateetan neurtuz nola izan zitekeen \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalako adierazpen baten berdina pentsatzen ari zinen bitartean argi indarra joan bazen tesia galdu eraziz. Fitxategi honen Copyright © 2000, egilea Michael E. Ressler, LyX Dokumentazio Taldearen izenean. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx index bc068b59d0..ce2ed32f11 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,59 +27,82 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Sarrera -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default da. Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zerrenda honetara: -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio , 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-en filosofia -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote "Osaba Cosmo, zergatik deitzen diote honi testu-prozesadorea?" -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote "Erraza da, Skyler. Ikusi duzu jaki prozesagailu batek jakiei zer egiten dien, bai?" -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\hfill + +\hfill --- Jeff MacNelly, "Shoe" -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zer da LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat da. Matematikak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliografiak, indizeak eta bestelakoak @@ -99,31 +123,35 @@ ko laburpenak, softwareari buruzko dokumentazioa, liburuak (PostgreSQL, musika eta filmentzako script-ak, proiektuetarako txostenak \SpecialChar \ldots{} ideia hartu duzu, ez? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da, markatze-hizkuntza darabil, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset idazmakina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz. Ahalegin gutxirekin eta denbora oso labur batean dokumentu profesionalak sortu nahi dituztenentzako diseinatua dago, eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset maketazioko \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset aditua izan gabe. Maketazio lanez ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egileak dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erabiltzeko lehen aurrerapausoa zuk, erabiltzaile zaren horrek, daukazun pentsakera aldatzean datza. @@ -132,11 +160,11 @@ LyX erabiltzeko lehen aurrerapausoa zuk, erabiltzaile zaren horrek, daukazun ikasi. Honela, esaldia edo hitz bat azpimarratzeko \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset karakterearekin berridazten genuen, esaldiari garrantzi handiagoa emanez. Taula bat sortzeko, berriz, zutabe bakoitzaren zabalera zehaztu, eta kontuz-kon @@ -144,15 +172,17 @@ tuz tabulazioz betetzen genuen. Gutunak eta bestelakoak sortzerakoan, eskuinera 'koskatu', e.a. Gainera, lerro-amaierako hitz banaketekin kontuz ibili beharra... Ene! (arnasotsa) Zelako garaiak haiek! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste hitzetan, denok entrenatuak izan ginen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset zer hizki zein lekutan kokatu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset lan egiteko era horiekin arduratzeko. Ondorioz, ia testu-prozesadoreen gehiengo batek oraindik bizimodu horrekin @@ -162,87 +192,99 @@ zer hizki zein lekutan kokatu Tabuladorea leku batean zuriuneak ezartzeko erabiltzen da. Dokumentu zati baten letra-tipoa aldatzea, idazmakina baten idazgurpila aldatzea bezalako zerbait da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko oinarrizko izaera zer egiten ari garen horretan datza, eta ez -\emph on +\emph on nola -\emph default +\emph default egitean. "Ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu" (WYSIWYG, What You See Is What You Get) pentsamol deko prozesadore baten ordez LyX-en eredua "Ikusten duzuna -\emph on +\emph on esan nahi -\emph default +\emph default duzu" (WYSIWYM, What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default ) da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX arlo honetan bereizten da, beste testu-prozesadore normal batekin konparatuz . Hizki bat leku zehatz batean egoteaz arduratu beharrik ez daukazu. Esan LyX-i -\emph on +\emph on zer egiten ari zaren -\emph default +\emph default , eta bera, -\emph on +\emph on estilo -\emph default +\emph default izeneko arautegi bat jarraituz, beste denaz arduratuko da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zehatzago izatearren, bulegotikako suiteak (azken bertsioak) markatze-metodoare n antzekoa erabiltzen duten orri-estiloak dituzte. Nola nahi ere, gure esperientziaren arabera, eguneroko zereginetan oso gutxi erabiltzen dira. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ikus dezakegun adibide bat: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demagun dokumentu bat idazten ari zarela. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sarrera \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset izeneko atal bat eduki nahi duzu. Ireki zure testu-prozesadoreko menua, hautatu neurria eta letra-tipoa. Ondoren, utzi esaldia letra lodiarekin. Jarraian idatzi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ Sarrera \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nola ez, denbora pasa ahala, gero atal hau dokumentuko beste leku batean kokatzeko, edo aurretik beste atal bat idazteko asmoa edukiz gero, bai honi bai beste atal guztiei zenbatzailean zenbakiak aldatu beharko dizkiozu, eta nola ez, aurkibideko zenbaki guztiak aldatu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en, berriz, kokatu goialdean dauden botoitxo guztien ezkerretara dagoen zerrendan, hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default eta idatzi "Sarrera". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori da dena. Ebaki atal hori eta beste edonon itsatsiz gero, dena bere kasa berriz zenbatua @@ -250,22 +292,26 @@ Hori da dena. Gainera, LyX-ek dokumentuaren barruan egon daiteken atal honi buruzko erreferen tzia guztiak egunera ditzake, ez daukazu atalen numerazioa gehiago idatzi beharrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohiko testu-prozesadore orokorrekin kontsistentzia-arazoak gertatzen dira. - Bost egun igaro ondoren, 4.\SpecialChar ~ + Bost egun igaro ondoren, 4.\InsetSpace ~ atala hasteko asmoa daukazu. - 18\SpecialChar ~ -neurriko letra lodia erabili behar dela ahaztu zaizu, eta 16\SpecialChar ~ + 18\InsetSpace ~ +neurriko letra lodia erabili behar dela ahaztu zaizu, eta 16\InsetSpace ~ neurrikoa - erabiltzen duzu; beraz, 4.\SpecialChar ~ -ataleko izenburuko letra-tipoa eta 1.\SpecialChar ~ + erabiltzen duzu; beraz, 4.\InsetSpace ~ +ataleko izenburuko letra-tipoa eta 1.\InsetSpace ~ atalean erabilitak oa ezberdin erabili dituzu. LyX-en ez dago arazo hori, zure ordez letra-tipoa eta tamainak egoki edukitzeaz ordenagailua arduratuko baita. Azken finean, horretarako sortu ziren ordenagailuak, guri bizitza errazteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste adibide bat. Demagun zerrenda bat egiten ari zarela. @@ -276,19 +322,23 @@ Beste adibide bat. LyX-ekin, ordea, bi ardura hartu beharko dituzu, bata zelako zerrenda-mota den, eta bestea, bertan zer idatzi behar duzun. Eta kitto! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, LyX inguruan dagoen ideia hau da: zer egin nahi duzun zehaztea, ez nola egin nahi duzun. "What You See Is What You Get" modeloaren ordez LyX-ek "What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean" -\emph default +\emph default edo "WYSIWYM" erabiltzen du. Ahalmen handiko burutazio honek dokumentuak idazteko zeregina oso sinplifikatze n du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horregatik irudi edo iragarkiak sortzeko LyX ez da erabilgarria -- kasu horietan, gauza bakoitza zein lekutan kokatu behar den zehaztu behar duzu, @@ -296,51 +346,67 @@ Horregatik irudi edo iragarkiak sortzeko LyX ez da erabilgarria -- kasu Ez du esan nahi LyX-i zenbait funtzio falta zaizkiola. Esan nahi du lan horretarako ez dela tresna egokia -- marrazkiak ukitzeko tresna egokiak dauden bezala, dokumentuak idazteko tresnen artean LyX daukagu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen -\newline +\newline arteko ezberdintasunak \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX eta beste testu-prozesadoreak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ez, gerra-santu bat irabazteko asmoarekin ez gabiltza. LyX-en berezitasunak aipatzea garrantzitsua dela deritzogu. Berezitasun garrantzitsuenetariko bat WYSIWYM da, jendearen %99-ak testua ekoizteko daukan kontzeptuaz erabat ezberdintzen delako. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hona LyX-en aurkituko ez dituzun ezaugarrien zerrenda: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erregela bat (marjinak ezartzeko) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabuladoreak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zuriune osagarriak (adbz. -\family sans -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +lerro\InsetSpace ~ itzulera (Intro) -\family default +\family default edo zuriune tekla bi edo gehiagotan sakatzea) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabuladoreek zehazten dute erregela batean zehar orrialde bakoitzeko elementuak non kokatzen diren, LyX-en alferrikakoak dira. @@ -350,30 +416,46 @@ Tabuladoreek zehazten dute erregela batean zehar orrialde bakoitzeko elementuak Hasieran, bi lerro huts jarraian ezin ezartzea nahiko bitxi gertatuko zaigu, baina 'WYSIWYM' pentsamoldea ibiltzen ikastean zentzu gehiago hartzen joango zara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek aurkezten dizkizun ezaugarri batzuk, baina irudikatu dezakezun bezala erabiltzen ez direnak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Koskatze-kontrolak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Orri-jauziak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lerro-tartea (adb. zuriune sinplea, bikoitza, e.a.). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zuriunea, horizontal eta bertikala. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-tipo eta tamainak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-itxura (lodia, etzana, azpimarratua, e.a.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta LyX-en agertu, oro har ez dira erabiltzen. LyX gauza horietaz arduratzen da zure ordez, eta egiten ari zarenaren ondorioek @@ -387,44 +469,60 @@ in bat egiten du. ditu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ezaugarri hauek denak zehatz ditzakezu (gutxi batzuk zehazteko LaTeX-eko ezaguerak behar dira) bai dokumentu osorako bai eta zati baterako ere. Xehetasun gehiagotarako, ikusi -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen gida -\emph default +\emph default edota -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, LyX-ek (eta LaTeX-ek ere bai) testu-prozesadore askori gainditzen dien arloak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lerro-amaierako hitz-banaketa (Hipenazioa). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Edozein motatako zerrendak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematikak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Taulak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erreferentzia gurutzatuak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Egungo prozesadore askok matematikako ikurrak, taulak, lerro amaierako hitz bereizleak eta estilo-definizioa erabiltzen dituzte, eta WYSIWYM pentsamoldera @@ -432,30 +530,36 @@ Egungo prozesadore askok matematikako ikurrak, taulak, lerro amaierako hitz Ezaugarri horiek ezartzen hasi berri dira; LyX, ordea, LaTeX dokumentu-prestatz e sisteman oinarritua dago. LaTeX duela 15 urte baino gehiago sortu zen, eta -\emph on +\emph on funtzionatzen du -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zer demontre da LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetako informazioaren jatorria, Helmut Kopka eta Patrick Daly-k idatzitak o "A Guide to LaTeX2e"-a. -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailaren Gida -\emph default +\emph default k bibliografia atalean honi buruzko sarrera bat dauka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset da 1985-ean Leslie Lamport-ek diseinatutako dokumentazioa prestatzeko sistema da. @@ -468,29 +572,33 @@ k bibliografia atalean honi buruzko sarrera bat dauka. eta konplexutasunera heldu gabe. Edozein modutan, irteera bezala 'dispositibotik aske' ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) izeneko formatuan sortzen du, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default era motzean esateko. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia bistaratzeko programak edo beste formatu batera (PostScript® edo PDF) bihurtzen dutenak erabil ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezaugarri hau besterik ez balu, konposaketaren bihotza besterik ez zen izango. TeX-ek, ordea, makro-ak ezarri eta zehazteko aukera eskaintzen digu. Hemen hasten da akelarrea! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX erabiltzen duten gehienek erabiltzen dute Knuth-ek sortutako Konposaketa-mun duko ñabardurak ezkutatzeko makro-multzoa. @@ -503,7 +611,9 @@ ra) garbi batekin lanik ez du egiten. zuzendua eta konposaketa arlora berriz gutxiago, horrenbesteko buru hausterik gabe. Honela sortu zen LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, LaTeX-en hedapen eta garapenekin bateratuz, beste gizaki batzuk TeX-erako norberaren makro multzoak sortzen ari dira, matematika eta horrelako edizio @@ -519,26 +629,28 @@ n komandoekin dator, letra-tipo berriak erabiltzeko laguntza eta hobekuntza Beraren eskubide osoz, LaTeX bere izakeran hizkuntza zabal bat da. Estandarraz gain, mundu osoko erabiltzaileek LaTeX-entzat gehigarriak sortzen darraite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX hedatzeko bi modu daude: klaseak eta estiloak. -\emph on +\emph on Klase -\emph default +\emph default bat da dokumentu-mota berri bat (liburu bat, edo artikulu bat) zehazten duen LaTeX-eko (eta TeX-ekoa ere) makro talde bat. Diapositibentzako klaseak daude, fisika eta matematikako argitarapenetan... zenbait unibertsitatek tesiak zehazten dituen formatuak dituzte. -\emph on +\emph on Estiloa -\emph default +\emph default bat berriz, eta klase batetik ezberdinduz, ez du dokumentu berri bat zehazten, edozein dokumentutan erabil dezakezun -\emph on +\emph on jokabide -\emph default +\emph default berri bat baizik. Adibidez, LyX-ek orriaren marjinak eta lerro-tarteak LaTeX-eko bi estilo-fitxat egi erabiliz kontrolatzen ditu. @@ -547,42 +659,58 @@ egi erabiliz kontrolatzen ditu. ezartzeko, irudiak moldatzeko, orriko goiburukoak diseinatzeko, bibliografiak nork bere erara egiteko, oin-oharren itxura eta kokalekuak aldatzeko, taulak eta irudiak, zerrendak pertsonalizatu, e.a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laburpen bat: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Konposaketa-hizkuntza, makroak sortu eta erabiltzeko ahalmenarekin. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Tex-en gainean eraikitako makroen paketea. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klaseak: dokumentu baten deskribapena, LaTeX erabiliz. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 estiloak: nolabait LaTeX-en izakera moldatzeko. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: WYSIWYM testu-prozesadore bisuala, LaTeX-en indar eta ahalmen guztiak erabiliz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honen asmoa izan da zuri argitzea LyX -\emph on +\emph on zergatik -\emph default +\emph default ezberdintzen den beste testu prozesadoreen lana jorratzeko bideez (bere funtzionamenduan). Zergatia garbia da: konposaketa oinarri bezala LaTeX erabiltzen du. Azken hau bezala, zure idazkeraren inguruan kokatzen da (idazten ari zarena). Haren itxuraz ordenagailua arduratuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Epaaa! Gauza bat gehiago. LaTeX TeX bezala ahoskatzen da. @@ -592,23 +720,29 @@ Epaaa! Gauza bat gehiago. ahoskeren arabera. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : euskaraz "liks" esan dezakegu, hots, "lix". :-) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dokumentazioan nabigatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure galderei errazago erantzuteagatik, eta LyX-en ezaugarriak era egoki baten azaltzeko, dokumentazioa hainbat fitxategitan bereiztua izan da. @@ -616,7 +750,9 @@ Zure galderei errazago erantzuteagatik, eta LyX-en ezaugarriak era egoki Fitxategi hauetariko batekin aurrez aurre aurkitu baino lehenago, begi bistan daukazun hau irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu, denbora aurreztu dezazun informazio eta aipamen erabilgarri asko baitauka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta LyX-ek "1.0 bertsioa" ongi igarota eduki, laguntza dokumentuaren zati bat amaitu gabe edo zaharkitua egon daiteke. @@ -629,32 +765,40 @@ Nahiz eta LyX-ek "1.0 bertsioa" ongi igarota eduki, laguntza dokumentuaren \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana} -\end_inset +\end_inset atala irakurtzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste mesede bat egin dezakezu: eskuliburu hauetan zerbait argi ez badago edo akatsak baditu, guri jakinarazi! Dokumentazioa eguneratua edukitzen arduratuta dauden neska/mutilekin harremanetan jar zaitezke, horretarako idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default helbidera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazioarekin zerikusirik ez duten eta erantzun azkarra eskatzen duten galderentzat, erabil posta-zerrenda hau: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Eskuliburuen egitura -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agian, eskulibururen bat edo beste inprimatuta edukiko duzu, edo bestela LyX erabiliz "monitorean" irakurtzen zaude. @@ -663,24 +807,28 @@ Agian, eskulibururen bat edo beste inprimatuta edukiko duzu, edo bestela n agertzen, inprimatutako bertsioan lehenbiziko orrialdean agertzen da. Bai oin-oharra, bai edukien aurkibidea ez daude bistaratuak. Edukien aurkibidea ikusteko menuko aukera bat badaukazu: -\family sans +\family sans Arakatu -\family default +\family default . Oin-ohar bat irakurtzeko, modu honetan agertzen da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kaixo! Oin-ohar hau ixteko, ezkerraldeko laukitxo gris horretan klikatu\SpecialChar \ldots{} Bai, "oina" hitza bertan idatzita agertzen da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eta saguaren ezker botoiaz bere gainean klikatu. Saia zaitez! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inprimatutako eskuliburuetan, erreferentzia gurutzatu guztiak kapitulu, atal, azpiatal eta bestelakoen zenbatzaile bezala agertzen dira. @@ -688,9 +836,9 @@ Inprimatutako eskuliburuetan, erreferentzia gurutzatu guztiak kapitulu, grisetan agertzen dira: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ alegia (inprimatutako eskuliburuetan zenbakiak agertzen dira laukiluze hauen ordez). Laukiluzea saguaren ezker botoiarekin klikatuz dokumentuko erreferentzia @@ -699,234 +847,264 @@ alegia (inprimatutako eskuliburuetan zenbakiak agertzen dira laukiluze hauen Erreferentziatu den atalera joateko, erabili elkarrizketa koadroan "Joan" botoia. -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default zapalduz berriz, aurreko kokapenera itzuliko zara. ( -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset C-< -\family default +\family default "-ren esanahia beheraxeago argitzen da). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen pantailazko eta inprimatutako bertsioaren arteko ezberdintasun batzuk ikusi ondoren, eskuliburu honen formatuaz mintzatzen has gaitezke. Noizean behin hizki mota ezberdindun elementuak aurkituko dituzu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Bereizketa-mota -\emph default +\emph default orokorrean enfasietan erabiltzen da, arrazonamendu orokorretan, liburuen tituluetan, beste eskuliburuetako ataletan, eta idazleen (egile) oharretan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Idazmakina mota -\family default +\family default programa eta fitxategien izenetan, LaTeX kodea eta LyX kode eta funtzioetan erabiltzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default mota menu, botoi, elkarrizketa-koadroetan eta teklatuko teklen izenetan erabiltzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Izen -\noun default +\noun default mota pertsonen izena idazteko erabiltzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Menuen laster-teklak eta beste tekla-loturei buruz gehiago jakiteko, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia). Tekla-loturei erreferentzia egiterakoan erabilpen hauek jarraituko dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize " -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default " -\family sans +\family sans Kontrol -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl -\family default +\family default ) tekla esanahi du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize " -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default " -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default tekla esanahi du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize " -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default " -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default tekla, ia teklatu gehienetan -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default izango da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize " -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default "\SpecialChar \ldots{} " -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default " funtzio teklak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans "Esc" -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans 'Ihes' -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans 'Escape' -\family default +\family default tekla da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans "Ezkerra" -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans "Eskuina" -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gora" -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans "Behera" -\family default +\family default beraien izenak dioen bezala, teklatuko geziak (kurtsoreak) dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans "Txertatu", -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans "Ezabatu", -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans "Etxea", -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans "Amaiera", -\family default +\family default " -\family sans +\family sans Goratu Orria -\family default +\family default " eta " -\family sans +\family sans Beheratu Orria -\family default +\family default " gezien gainean egon ohi diren 6 tekla dira. Goratu Orria eta Beheratu Orria teklatu batzuetan -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default deitzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Lerro\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Lerro\InsetSpace ~ itzulera -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Intro -\family default +\family default ). Teklatu batzuek -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default bezala daukate. Beste batzuek birritan daukate. LyX-ek tekla denak berdin erabiliko ditu, beraz -\family sans -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +lerro\InsetSpace ~ itzulera -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans intro -\family default +\family default erabiliko dugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noizean behin " -\family sans +\family sans (ikus -\emph on +\emph on "Hedatuak" -\emph default +\emph default ) -\family default +\family default " bezalakoekin aurkituko zara. "Ezaugarri Hedatuak" eskuliburuan jatorrizko tekla-loturak zerrendatu ditugu, beraz bertan begiradatxo bat bota dezakezu. @@ -938,191 +1116,259 @@ n direla: "CUA" tankeraduna, non hau PC arlotik datorrenarentzat ezaguna CUA motako mapan oinarritutakoak izaten dira. Emacs atsegingarria egiten bazaizu, eskuliburuak irakurtzeko eta loturak zure kasa egiteko gai izango zarelakoan gaude. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Eskuliburuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazioa osatzen duten zatiak zerrendatzen dira ondoren: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Sarrera -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi hau. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Tutoretza -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX erabiltzen hasiberria bazara, eta orain arte LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu entzun ez eta erabili ere, orduan hemendik hasi beharko duzu. -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakurri ostean, LaTeX oraindik zabalegia delakoan ustearekin jarraitu dezakezu, baina LyX nola erabili behar den jakingo duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX erabili baduzu, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default -ko "LyX LaTeX erabiltzaileentzat" atala irakurri beharko zenuke (eta eskuliburu ko beste atalek kalterik ez dizute egingo). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Edozein unetan LyX-ekiko iparra (edo norabidea) galdu egin duzulakoan bazaude, beste edozein eskulibururen bat irakurri eta ulertu aurretik, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakurtzeak on egingo dizu. Abiatzeko gune ona baita. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +Erabiltzailearen\InsetSpace ~ gida -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Eskuliburu nagusia. Hemen LyX programaren oinarrizko ezaugarri eta aukeren gehiengo bat argitzen saiatuko gara. Eskuliburu nagusiak LaTeX-eko ezagutza batzuk badauzkazulakoan dago, edo -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakurri duzula behintzat. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Ezaugarri\SpecialChar ~ +Ezaugarri\InsetSpace ~ hedatuak -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -ren hedapena. LaTeX-eko komandoak, diseinu gehigarriak, edizioko ezaugarri bereziak eta LaTeX-eko adituen trikimailu batzuk azaltzen ditu dokumentu honek. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Pertsonalizazioa -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en ezaugarri garatuen azalpena, programaren jarrera (izakera) orokorra pertsonalizatzea; tekla-lotura, nazioartekotza eta konfigurazio-fitxategi bezalakoak. -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakurri gabe hau irakurtzea ezta bururatu ere. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ konfigurazioa -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek, instalatzerakoan, zure sistema aztertzen du. Fitxategi honek LyX-ek zure instalazioari buruz ikasitakoaren informazioa dauka \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : dokumentu hau automatikoki sortzen denez ezin da euskaratu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Eduki beharreko zerbait falta bada, hemen egiazta beharko duzu. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategiok elkar erreferentziatzen dute, beharrezkoa denean. Adibidez, -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -k instalatze eta pertsonalizatze buruzko zerbait dio, baina irakurlea -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburura bidaltzen du informazio gehiago eskura dezan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berriro, gauza garrantzitsu bat azpimarratu behar dugu: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center LyX-ekin hasiberria bazara, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakur ezazu. Orain. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Bestela alferrik haserretuko zara zeure buruarekin. LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batetik behar duzuna eskaintzen dizu, hori bai, erabilera ezberdin batekin. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auzolana} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX proiektuan laguntzea -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lagundu LyX-i -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ia bere osotasunean C++ programaketa hizkuntzan idatzia dago (LaTeX inportatzeko tresna Perl-en idatzia izan da). Proiektu handi bat da, eta gerta daiteke errore bat edo beste edukitzea, edo iturburua hobetu beharra izatea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bidali errorea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erabiltzerakoan jokaeraren bat errore bezala dela pentsa dezakezu. Nahiz eta gutxitan gertatu, programa hondatu daiteke. LyX-eko garatzaile-taldearen iritziz errore gehientsuenak erabiltzaile-interfaz etik sor daiteke: LyX interfazeko zein zati korapilotsua, zaila ulertzeko, azaltzen dituzten iradokizunak oso lagungarriak izaten dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek erroreen txostenak bidaltzeko eta kudeatzeko sistema bat erabiltzen du, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default gunean aurki dezakezuna. Edozein errore buruzko txostena bidali aurretik erroreak kudeatzeko sistema hori egiaztatzea eskatuko genizuke, aurrez beste norbaitek errore berdinari @@ -1133,22 +1379,24 @@ LyX-ek erroreen txostenak bidaltzeko eta kudeatzeko sistema bat erabiltzen Erabili sistema errore-kudeatzaile hori dagoen errore bati buruzko iradokizunak , edo errore berri bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko, edo, bestela, bidali mezu bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default posta-zerrendara. Posta-zerrenda honen artxiboei zuzenduriko estekak LyX gune nagusian jarri dira, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errore-txosten on (erabilgarria) batek gutxienik arazoak dituen LyX bertsioaren zenbakia eduki beharko luke. @@ -1158,64 +1406,74 @@ Errore-txosten on (erabilgarria) batek gutxienik arazoak dituen LyX bertsioaren baderitzozu, LyX-ek erabiltzen duen kanpoko programen bertsioak. Konpilatze- edo konfigurazio-arazo bat izanez gero, egokiena da config.log fitxategia eranstea eta zein konpilatzaile erabiltzen ari zaren azaltzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Izan zehatza, nahiago dira xehetasunez azaldutako deskribapenak - garatzaileek zenbat eta denbora gehiago -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard igaro errorea non dagoen aurkitzen, orduan eta denbora gutxiago eskainiko diote programaren bestelako hobekuntzei. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hondatzeko gai bazara, eskertuko genizuke "backtrace \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : "backtrace" hitza nolabait azaldu arren, programa bat erabiltzerakoan honek sortzen dituen mezuak izaten dira. Mezuok terminal batean agertzen dira. Mezuen ibilbidea jarraituz garatzaileek errorea non kokatzen den errazago aurkitu ahal izaten dute. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset "-a sortzeko denbora hartuko bazenu lyx exekutagarri ez-garbi bat erabiliz. Zure iturburuen direktorioan eraikitakoari deitzen diogu exekutagarri ez-garbia , sisteman instalatua daukazun kode bitarrari berriz garbia deitzen diogularik. Beraz, gdb tresna erabiliz LyX exekutatu, adibidez idatzi " -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small gdb /users/estitxu/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default " eta ondoren " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter run -\family default +\family default ". Ondoren, itzuli LyX hondatzea egin eta gdb tresnara. Erabili "bt" "backtrace"-a sortzeko eta txertatu ezazu errore-txostenean \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard perfektua izatea nahi baduzu, erabili " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter info locals -\family default +\family default " eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "up" -\family default +\family default komandoak pila batzuen mailetako aldagai lokalen balioak plazaratzeko -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Posiblea bazaizu, azaldu zein urrats landu dituzun LyX hondatzeko, zeren @@ -1223,30 +1481,38 @@ info locals " propioa sortzeko aukera eskainiko baitiguzu. Errorea berriro sortzea ez den kasuan "backtrace" bat edukitzea ezinbestekoa da, hori bakarrik edukiko genukeelako. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baldin eta LyX-eko iturburuetan aldaketak egin badituzu eta LyX proiektuko zati izatea garrantzitsua dela uste baduzu, bidal iezaguzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter diff -\family default +\family default fitxategi bat (formatu bateratu batean) arestiko posta-zerrendara, baita -\family typewriter +\family typewriter changelog -\family default +\family default fitxategia eta zure txaplatak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter patch -\family default +\family default ) egiten duenari buruzko azalpena ere. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lagundu dokumentazioan -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en dokumentazioa zabala da. Nola nahi ere, LyX beti garatzen ari da, eta kaleratze berri bakoitzak @@ -1254,95 +1520,120 @@ LyX-en dokumentazioa zabala da. Dokumentazio batzuk eguneratu beharrean daudela aurki ditzakezu. Atal honek azaltzen du zer egin behar duzun errore bat edo hobekuntzaren bat aholkatu nahi badiguzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazioan arazorik aurkitzen baduzu bidali mezu bat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default posta-zerrendara. Dokumentazio-taldeak behar diren zuzenketak egingo dituzte. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentazio-proiektuak (The LyX Documentation Project), LyX proiektuko beste guztiak bezala, laguntza erabiltzen du. Dokumentazio-proiektuan lagundu nahi baduzu, jorratu urrats hauek: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Eskuratu LyX-en azken iturburuak. Deskonprimatu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Abenturazaleek dokumentazioa LyX-eko CVS eduki-sistematik anonimoki eskura daiteke. Edukien sistema honek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default modulua dauka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Bertan lib/doc/ izeneko direktorioa aurkituko duzu. Direktorio honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default izeneko fitxategia dago. Irakurri, dokumentazioaren estilo orria baita. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ondoren, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen gida -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ariketa honen helburua zuri ideiak ematea dauka helburutzat. -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on -Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen\InsetSpace ~ gida -\emph default +\emph default izango dira dokumentaziotik gehien eguneratu behar direnak. Hauekin nolako eskuliburuak irakurri eta zein itxura eduki behar duten ohartuko zara. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Jarri taldearekin harremanetan: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard nahi dituzun aldaketei buruz eztabaidatzeko, eta beraien ikuspuntuak jakiteko. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Egiten dituzun aldaketek testu aldetik garbiak izan behar dute, ulerterrazak alegia, dokumentazioaren berregituraketa sakonagoa egin ahal izateko. Hobekuntza guzti horiek jasotzea beti eskertzen da. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx index a43ae2c4ec..fa14373dd2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2378 +24,3531 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* LyX Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 LyX-en filosofia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Zer da LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen -\newline +\newline arteko ezberdintasunak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Zer demontre da LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Dokumentazioan nabigatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Eskuliburuen egitura -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Eskuliburuak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX proiektuan laguntzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Lagundu LyX-i +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Bidali errorea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Lagundu dokumentazioan +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak -\newline +\newline 0.3.7 bertsioa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .1 Sarrera eta informazio orokorra +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .1.1 Zer da LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .1.2 Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .1.3 Nondik hasiko naiz? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .1.4 Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .1.5 LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .1.6 LyX benetako software askea da? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .2 Interneteko euskarriak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .2.1 LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .2.2 LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .2.3 Zein posta-zerrenda daude? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .2.4 Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .2.5 Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .3 Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .3.1 LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .3.2 Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .3.3 HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .4 LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .4.1 4.1 Zer behar dut? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .4.2 Nola konpilatzen dut? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .4.3 Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut. Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .5 Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .5.1 Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .5.2 Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .5.3 ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .5.4 Badago beste aukerarik? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6 LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.1 Galdera orokorrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.1.1 Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.2 Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \- Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \- Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.3 Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.4 Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.5 Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.6 Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.7 Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.8 Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.9 Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.1.10 Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.2 Irudiei buruzkoak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.2.1 Zein ezberdintasun dute \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset irudia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset k eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset irudi mugikorra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset k? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.2.2 Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.2.3 Zer adierazten du \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset errore-mezuak? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.3 Matematikako gauzak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .6.3.1 Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .6.3.2 6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .7 7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .7.1 Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .7.2 Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .7.3 Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .7.4 Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu lerro-barneko EPSak? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .8 LyX Windows-en +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .8.1 Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .9 Laguntza gehiago nola lortu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .9.1 Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .9.2 Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .9.3 Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .10 Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description .10.1 Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .10.2 MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .10.3 Errudunak eta aitorpenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description .10.4 Ezespena eta Copyright-a. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* -\noun on +\noun on LyX Tutoretza -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Sarrera +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Ongi etorri LyX-era! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da. +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Aurkituko -\emph on +\emph on ez -\emph default +\emph default duzuna: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX-ekin hastea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Eragiketa bakunak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Inguruneak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Atalak eta azpiatalak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Dokumentuak idaztea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Testu-klaseak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Dokumentuen tituluak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Zure aurreneko etiketa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Etiketekin jolastea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Oin-oharrak eta albokoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Gaien aurkibidea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Matematika erabiltzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Matematika-era -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Ekuazioetan murgiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Berretzaile eta indizeak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Matematikako panela +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Grekera eta ikurrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Zatikiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrizeak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Adierazpen-era +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Hainbat +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX era -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX hitzaurrea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Dokumentu-klasea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Erroreak! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Sarrera +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 LyX zer da? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Hasiera +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 LyX abiatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 LyX-en itxura +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 Leiho nagusia +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 Laguntza! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 LyX interfazea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Desegin eta berregin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 X teklatua konfiguratu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 xmodmap eta xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips eta Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 Behar duzuna -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 Inprimagailua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX-en oinarriak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Dokumentu-motak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Zenbait dokumentu-klase +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Azalpen laburra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Klasea hautatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Propietateak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Ohar garrantzitsua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Koskatze-metodo orokorra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fintzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Lerro-tartea aldatzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragrafo-inguruneak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Azalpen laburra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Estandarra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Dokumentu-tituluak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Izenburuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Zenbatutako izenburuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Zenbakera aldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Informazio berezia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Eranskina sortzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Zitak eta bertsoak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 Zita eta zitazioa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 Bertsoa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Zerrendak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 Ezaugarri orokorrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 Elementua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 Zenbatuta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 Azalpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 LyX-eko Zerrenda +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Gutunak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Erabilera +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Idazkera akademikoa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 Laburpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 Bibliografia +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Xede berezia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 Epigrafea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 LyX kodea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Iruzkina +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Inguruneak habiaratzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Zertan datza bere garrantzia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Habiaratze-mugak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Adibide batzuk +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 1. adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 2. adibidea: herentzia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 3. adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 4. adibidea: garunak astindu +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Azalpen laburra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Aukera globalak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Karaktereen diseinua fintzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Aurrebista eta inprimatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Azalpen laburra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Aurrebista azkarra: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 PostScript®-en aurrebista: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Fitxategia inprimatzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Tipografiari buruzko aipamena +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Puntuazio-markak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Komatxoak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Hizki-loturak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Alargunak eta umezurtzak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta oharrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Oin-oharrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Albo-oharrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Irudi mugikorrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Mugikorraren kokalekua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 XFig eta LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Taulak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Taula leihoa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Hainbat lerro gelaxketan -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Taula mugikorrak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Gaien aurkibidea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Matematika-formulak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Oinarrizko matematika edizioa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Formula arakatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Testua hautatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Berretzaile eta azpindizeak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Zatikiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Batura eta integralak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 Matematikako panela -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Beste matematika-ikurrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Tarteak eraldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Matematika funtzioak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Azentuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Taldekatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 Nola sortu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 Nola arakatu +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fintzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Letra-tipoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Matematikako testu-modua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Letra-tamainak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 AMS euskarria gaitzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS ikurrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS formula-motak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Bestelako tresnak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Erreferentzia gurutzatuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLak (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin -\newline +\newline zehaztea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Tarte horizontal osagarria -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Tarte bertikal osagarria -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Zuriune babestuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Lerroa jauztea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Zuzentzailea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Zuzentzailearen aukerak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Hiztegia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Hiztegi pertsonala -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Aukera gehiago +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Mugapenak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 Nazioarteko euskarria +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 6.6.3 Karaktereen taula +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Aitorpena -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX eta LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lagundu! LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Hitzaurrea aldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Adibideak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 1. adibidea: desplazamendua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 2. adibidea: etiketak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 3. adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 4. adibidea: dokumentu hau +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Tresna osagarriak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Indize bat sortzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Zati anitzeko dokumentuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Eragiketa orokorra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algoritmoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Azpirudiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Orritxoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Taulen aukera osagarriak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Elementuen bulet hautapena +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 Nolako itxura dauka -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 Nola erabili +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Dokumentu-klase bereziak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Lanean hastea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Goiburuko zatia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Laburpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Irudi eta taula mugikorrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Diseinua gainbegiratzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 Artikuluaren adibidea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Artikulu berri bat hastea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Artikulua amaitzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Garatu ezin daitezkeenak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 Erreferentziak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 EPS fitxategiak gehitzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Azken -\emph on +\emph on ikuttua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Artikulua idaztea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 ERTen erabilera +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Artikulua idaztea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 Kluwer paketearen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset berezitasunak \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Arazoak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer aldizkariak (svjour) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Azalpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 Estilo berriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Onartutako aldizkariak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Aitorpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Akatsak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU aldizkariak (aguplus) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Azalpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 Estilo berriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 Mugikor berriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Onartutako aldizkariak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS aldizkariak (egs) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Azalpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 Estilo berriak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Lanean hastea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragrafoen inguruneak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 Gardenkiaren txantiloia +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils (edo FoilTeX) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Lanean hastea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Aukera osagarriak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Gardenki-multzoa sortzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Eman titulu-orri bat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Hasi gardenki berri bat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Zerrendak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Irudi eta taulak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Luzerak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Lanean hastea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Onartutako inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Arazo bereziak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Ezaugarri bereziak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper tamaina eta marjinak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Gidoiko argota +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Arazo bereziak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Ezaugarri bereziak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper tamainak eta marjinak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Inguruneak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Instalazioa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Hitzaurreari buruz -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Diseinuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Ohar garrantzitsuak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Eragozpenak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier aldizkariak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memorandum (Memoir) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Laburpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Ezaugarri osagarriak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea. +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Gogoeta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Beste formatuetatik inportatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Testua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Beste formatuetara esportatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII testua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Erabili pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Zergatik ez dabil -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Pertsonalizazioa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 reLyX, xehetasunak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Laburpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Aukerak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Azalpena +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Erabilera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Adibideak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Oharrak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Errore-txostenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Garaketaren xehetasunak: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Diseinuen fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Sintaxien fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Hainbat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostikoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Abisuak -\layout Description -5.4.8 \pagebreak_top +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description +5.4.8 Fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 Ikusi hauek ere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Egileak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Hasi lanean -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 LinuxDoc-en formatua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Beste funtzio batzuk -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 LinuxDoc-en erroreak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 TeX egiaztatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Nola erabili -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Nola findu +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 Erregistratu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 Egiaztatu aldaketak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 Egiaztatu editatzeko -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 Itzuli azken bertsiora -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 Desegin azken egiaztaketa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 Erakutsi historiala +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literaturaren programazioa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literaturaren programazioa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 Erreferentziak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX eta literaturaren programazioa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 LyX konfiguratzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Arazketaren hedapenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Tresna-barraren hedapenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Koloreen pertsonalizazioa +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Oin-oharrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Albo-oharrak +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Zutabe anitzak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Xedea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Murriztapenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Adibideak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Bi zutabeko testua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Hainbat zutabeko testua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Zutabeak zutabeen barruan +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Letra kapitalak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Laburpena +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX pertsonalizatzea: -\newline +\newline erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Zer dago LyXDir-en? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Direktorioak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Hobespenak leihoa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Pantailako letra-tipoak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Letra-kodeketa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Lasterbideak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Erabiltzailearen interfazea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Inprimagailua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Koloreak aldatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Autodetektatutako ezarpenak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Hainbat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 LyX internazionalizatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 LyX itzultzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Dokumentazioa itzultzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default fitxategia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\series medium +\series medium -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default fitxategia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Tekla hilak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Diseinuak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sty -\family default +\family default fitxategi baten diseinua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cls -\family default +\family default fitxategi baten diseinua +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 ClassOptions atala -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Mugikorrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Zenbatzaileak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Letra-tipo deskripzioa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Txantiloiak sortzea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Kanpoko materiala gehitzea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Testuingurua -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Nola lantzen da? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Kanpo-materiala leihoa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Adibideak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 Ordezpen mekanismoa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Segurtasunaren eztabaida +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 LyX zerbitzaria +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Sarrera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Komunikazio normala -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Jakinarazpena -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Lasterbideak +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Tresna-barra -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menua +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 Fitxategia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Editatu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Txertatu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Diseinua +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 Diseinua -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default Karakterea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 Ikusi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Arakatu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Laguntza -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragrafo-estiloa +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Teklatua +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagokionak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagokionak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\family default +\family default -i dagozkionak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Beste azeleratzaileak +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx index 2188484987..5582a85b10 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,68 +27,89 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body +\begin_layout Title -\noun on + +\noun on LyX Tutoretza -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter John Weiss -\family default +\family default da. Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zerrendara: . -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio (dooteo@euskalgnu.org) eta Sara Elorza, 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Sarrera -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ongi etorri LyX-era! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi hau LaTeX inoiz entzun barik edo ongi ezagutzen ez duten neska-mutilen tzat egina dago. Lasai, ordea, LyX erabiltzeko LaTeX-i buruz ezer jakin beharrik ez daukazu. Azken finean, LyX-en ezaugarrietako bat LaTeX-entzat ia WYSIWYG ( -\emph on +\emph on What You See Is What You Get -\emph default +\emph default ) interfazea eskaintzean datza. Hori bai, LyX bere osotasunean erabiltzeko gauza batzuk ikasi beharko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ziurrenik, bi paragrafo artean hiru lerro zuri edo puntu "." baten ondoren bi hutsune ezartzen saiatzeagatik eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari zara. Hainbat buruhauste izan eta gero, ezinezkoa dela ohartuko zinen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gertatzen dena hau da: bestelako testu prozesadoreetako zenbait trikimailu LyX-en ez direla erabilgarriak. @@ -98,39 +120,53 @@ Gertatzen dena hau da: bestelako testu prozesadoreetako zenbait trikimailu konposaketa-lanak ere erabiltzaile bakoitzak lantzen ditu. LyX-ek, ordea, itxura eta konposaketa-arloak lantzen ditu, gauza garrantzitsuen a zuri utziz: dokumentuaren edukia idaztea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, zatoz gurekin eta jarraitu irakurtzen. Tutoretza hau irakurrita denborari etekina aterako diozu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honekin serioski hasi baino lehen, gauza bat argitu nahiko genuke. Tutoretza honek -\emph on +\emph on Sarrera -\emph default +\emph default -n agertzen den idazkera erabiltzen du. Lehenbizi eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari bazara, hobe lehenago -\emph on +\emph on Sarrera -\emph default +\emph default irakurtzen baduzu. Bai, une honetantxe esan nahi dugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain letra-tipo bakoitzaren esanahia dakizunez, tutoretza honen helburuez zertxobait azaldu nahi dugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutoretza hau adibide eta ariketekin osatua dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu honi zuku handiena ateratzeko irakurtzerakoan zenbait ariketa idazteko esango dizugu, gauza guztiak ongi ulertu dituzula ziurtatzeko. @@ -140,78 +176,95 @@ Dokumentu honi zuku handiena ateratzeko irakurtzerakoan zenbait ariketa ulertu arte. Zure erosotasunerako(bai jatorrak garela!), inprimatu txosten hau PostScript® formatuan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, tutoretza hau azkarrago irakur dezakezu, LyX-eko burutazio ugari LaTeX-ekoak baitira. Nola nahi ere, Lyx-ek ikasi beharreko halako jokaerak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard edo, era dotoreago batean,"ezaugarriak" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ditu. Baldin eta tutoretza osoa irakurtzeko asmorik ez baduzu, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexerabiltzaileak} -\end_inset +\end_inset atala begiratzea aholkatzen dizugu, LaTeX-eko adituei zuzendua baitago. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aurkituko -\emph on +\emph on ez -\emph default +\emph default duzuna: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en ezaugarri guztien azalpen zehatzak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zer? -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default birritan nahi duzu? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Serioski mintzatuz, zu ernatu eta tresna honekin idazten jartzea nahi dugu, -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default bakarrik behar izango duzu. LyX-en ezaugarri guztiak hemen sartuz gero -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default luzeegia izateaz gain informazio errepikatua eduki eta beti ere zaharkitua izango litzateke. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Alferrikako lan errepikakor eta aspergarria izango litzateke -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default bikoiztea, eta gainera zaharkitua geldituko litzateke (eta erabat luzea). Gauzen sarrera egitea bakarrik nahi dugu; pentsatu atal bakoitzaren amaieran " -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default ikusi" bezalako esaldia agertuko dela. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LaTeX-en azalpen zehatza. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Premiagabekoak. LaTeX-ekin egin daitezkeen trikimailu batzuk ikasteko gogoa edukiz gero, @@ -220,220 +273,249 @@ Premiagabekoak. kaleko frutategian adibidez). Azken finean, zertarako gurpila berriz asmatu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, gora bihotz ausartak, aurrera jarraitzeko ordua iritsi zaigu eta. Zure lehenbiziko dokumentua egiteko unea da\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-ekin hastea -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxlehenidazkia} -\end_inset +\end_inset Oso ondo. Idazten hasteko prest zaude. Hasi aurretik, ordea, tutoretza hau hezigarri, erabilgarri eta atseginagoa gertatuko zaizulakoan, gauza batzuk esan beharrean gaude. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dagoen informazio asko hemen azalduko ez dugunez, laguntzako beste fitxategi batzuk bilatu beharrean egongo zara. Zorionez, erraza da. Abiatu LyX. Aukeratu -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza -\family default +\family default menuan. Horrela baderitzozu, kargatu -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default ere (une honetan pantailan irakurtzen ari ez bazara bederen). Horrela, zure fitxategia LyX-en ezaugarrien erabilera gisa adibide ona izango da, idazten ari zaren bitartean irakur baititzakezu. Dokumentu bat baino gehiago irekita badituzu, -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentuak -\family default +\family default menua erabili hauen artean mugitzeko. Tutoretza honek ez ditu zehatz-mehatz azalduko beste LyX eskuliburuetan agertzen diren gaiak. Hasera batean nahiz eta zuretzako zailagoa izan, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default motzagoa izatea lortzen du. Beste gidak erabiltzera bultzatuko zaitu, epe luzera denbora asko aurreztuz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutoretza-n programa hauek instalatuta dauzkazula onartuko dugu: ongi baino hobekiago darabilen LyX-eko bertsio bat, LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default edo dvi fitxategi-ikustailea eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default tresna (dvi formatutik PostScript®-era bihurtzen duen beste programaren bat) eta (nola ez) inprimagailu bat. Agian gehiegi suposatzea izango da, baina aurreko programatariko bat falta bada zuk (edo sistemako administratzaileak) instalatu beharko duzu. Beste eskuliburuetan instalazio-lanak nola egin aurkitu ahal izango dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, zure trebezia lantzeko asmoz LyX-en fitxategi bat prestatu dugu. Beraren izena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default da. Pentsatu LyX-eko ezaugarri dotoreak ezagutzen ez dituen batek idatzi duela. Funtzio berriak ikasten ari zaren heinean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko zati batzuk zuzentzeko eskatuko dizugu. Gauzak zuzentzeko trikimailu politak dauzka \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Trikimailuak hori koloredun "oharretan" agertzen dira. Horien gainean saguarekin klikatuz irakur ditzakezu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Tranpa egin nahi baduzu (edo egindakoa aztertzeko asmoz), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia daukazu; berton LyX-en aditua den norbaitek idatzitako testu berdina dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibide-fitxategiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default direktoriopean aurki Daiteke; hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default eki -\family default +\family default menua eta -\family sans +\family sans Adibideak -\family default +\family default botoian klikatuz lor ditzakezu. Ireki Landugabeko dokumentua, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default , eta horren gainean idazteko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gorde\SpecialChar ~ +Gorde\InsetSpace ~ honela -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} aukera erabiliz zure "etxeko" direktorioan kopia bat gorde. Dokumentua zuzentzen duzun heinean, aldaketak dvi irteeran nola eragiten duten ikus dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default direktorioan dauden beste adibide-fitxategiek LyX-ekin landuago dauden gauza politak burutzen erakutsiko dizute. Eskuliburuetan (bere luzera edo beste arrazoiengatik) agertzen ez diren beste gauza erabilgarri batzuk erakusten dira. Tutoretza hau irakurri ondoren, edo LyX-ekin gauza dotoreagoak egiteko orduan zalantzarik edukiz gero, kontsultatu fitxategi hauek. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ireki fitxategi berria -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default erria -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} erabiliz. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Idatzi honelako esaldi bat: Nere LyX lehen idazkia!. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gorde dokumentua ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gorde\SpecialChar ~ +Gorde\InsetSpace ~ honela -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exekutatu LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia sortzeko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Leiho nagusian unean lantzen ari diren komandoak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. LaTeX-eko mezuak dira, oraingoz ezikusi ditzakezu. @@ -442,341 +524,374 @@ VI geldituko den erakutsiko dizun. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard xdvi atzeko planoan exekutatzen utziz denbora aurrez dezakezu. Ondoren, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default erabili eta LaTeX-en ekitaldia amaitzean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -ko leihoan klikatu . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Inprimatzeko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator In -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default rimatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} menua hautatu eta -\family sans +\family sans Inprimatu -\family default +\family default botoian klikatu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zorionak! Zure lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua idatzi eta inprimatu duzu. Beste guztia huskeriak bakarrik dira, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuetan zehar azalduko direnak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eragiketa bakunak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batekin egin ditzakezun gauza gehienak egin ditzake. Automatikoki hitzak banandu eta paragrafoak koska ditzake. Ondoren, ekintza sinple batzuen azalpen laburrak dauzkazu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Desegin LyX-ek hainbat desegite-maila ditu, uneko dokumentua editatzen hasi eta orain arteko guztiak desegin ditzakezu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default esegin -\family default +\family default hautatuz behin eta berriz. Gehiegi desegiten baduzu, aldaketak berreskuratzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default erregin -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Gaur egun, desegin komandoa 100 urratsetara mugatua dago. Gauza guztientzako ez da erabilgarria (adibidez, dokumentuaren diseinuaren aldaketan). Horietariko bakoitza LyX errorea bezala onartuta dago. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Ebaki/Itsatsi/Kopiatu Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default baki -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default tsatsi -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opiatu -\family default +\family default testua ebaki, itsatsi eta kopiatzeko. Edo itsatsi automatikoki hautatutako testua (beste zenbait programetako hautapenak ere bai) saguaren erdiko botoiarekin. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Bilatu/Ordeztu Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Bilatu\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Bilatu\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ ordeztu -\family default +\family default esaldi edo hitzak bilatzeko. Elkarrizketa-koadroan, bilatu Bilatu hurrengoa botoiarekin, eta erabil ezazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default rdeztu -\family default +\family default aurkitu den hitza ordezteko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Amaitzean leihotxoa itxi. Edo irekita utzi lagungarriagoa dela baderitzozu. LyX-eko elkarrizketa-koadro gehienak ( -\series bold +\series bold Bilatu eta ordeztu -\series default +\series default , -\series bold +\series bold Gaien aurkibidea -\series default +\series default , -\series bold +\series bold Diseinua -\series default +\series default edota matematikako hainbat bezala) modu honetan erabil ditzakezu. Elkarrizketa-koadro gutxi batzuk, -\series bold -\bar under +\series bold +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default reki... -\series default +\series default bezalakoak, itxi arte leiho nagusian ezer egiten ez dizute utziko. Ziurtatu leiho nagusian fokoa daukazula, edo elkarrizketa-koadro batean komando bat idazten ari zarela. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Bilaketetan maiuskula eta minuskulak bereiz ditzan edo hitz osoak soilik bilatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu. Dokumentuan gorantz ere bilatu dezakezu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Karaktereak\SpecialChar ~ +Karaktereak\InsetSpace ~ formateatzea Testua -\emph on +\emph on enfasiarekin -\emph default +\emph default (karaktere etzanak), -\series bold +\series bold lodia -\series default +\series default , edo -\noun on +\noun on Izen -\noun default +\noun default estiloa (normalean maiuskula txikiak izaten dira, pertsonen izenentzako) eran ezartzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default arakterea -\family default +\family default menua. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Tresna-barra Ekintza erabilgarrienak lantzeko botoiak dauzka (menuen azpian dago), adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Itsatsi -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Inprimatu -\family default +\family default botoiak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noski, oraindik ez duzu nahikoa idatzi funtzio hauen erabilgarritasuna aztertzek o. Gehiago idaztean desegin, itsatsi, kopiatu e.a. erabiltzen saia zaitez. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuriuneak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Gauza zailenetariko bat (erabiltzaile berrientzako) LyX-ek zuriuneak erabiltzeko modura ohitzea izaten da. Nahiz eta mila bider -\family sans -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +lerro\InsetSpace ~ itzulera -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ) sakatu, lerro zuri bakarra lortuko duzu. Nahiz eta tua sutu arte zuriune ( -\family sans +\family sans Spacebar -\family default +\family default izeneko 'luuuze' hori) astindu, zuriune bakar bat besterik ez duzu lortuko. LyX-ek ez dizu lerro huts batean zuriune bat sartzen utziko. -\family sans +\family sans Tabuladoreak -\family default +\family default ez du testua koskatuko, gainera tabulaziorik ez dago! Orrialdearen gainean marjinak edo tabulazioak ezartzeko erregelarik ere ez dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Testu-prozesadore komertzial asko WYSIWYG izakeran oinarritzen dira: "ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu". LyX-ek, ordea, "Ikusten duzuna -\emph on +\emph on esan nahi -\emph default +\emph default duzu" izakeran oinarritzen da. Utzi LyX-en eskuetan idatzi nahi duzuna eta beste dena, konposaketa-lanak. Lantxo hori txukun-txukun eta polit-polita uzten bera arduratuko baita. -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default batek paragrafoak gramatikalki bereizten ditu, -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune -\family default +\family default batek bi hitz bereizten dituen bezalaxe, eta gauzak horrela izanda, lerro-itzul era gehiago sartu beharrik ez dago; bestalde, -\family sans +\family sans Tabuladore -\family default +\family default batek gramatika-ikuspegitik zereginik ez dauka; beraz, LyX-ek ez du onartzen. Azken finean, LyX erabiliz denborarik gehien dokumentuaren edukian buru-belarri idazten igaroko duzu, eta gutxiengoa itxuran. WYSIWYMen esanahia hobekiago ulertzeko, ikus -\emph on +\emph on Sarrera -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek dokumentuaren egitura fintzeko lantzeko aukera (asko) eskaintzen dizkizu. @@ -790,15 +905,19 @@ LyX-ek dokumentuaren egitura fintzeko lantzeko aukera (asko) eskaintzen soilik arduratzea gauzak fintzeaz. Egungo testu-prozesadore estandarrekin, idazten zabiltzan unean dokumentuaren itxurak arreta galarazten dizu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inguruneak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu bateko zati ezberdinek xede ezberdinak dituzte: zati horiei -\emph on +\emph on inguruneak -\emph default +\emph default deritzogu. Dokumentu bateko gehiengoa testu arrunta izan ohi da. Ataleko (kapituluak, azpiatalak, e.a.) izenburuek azalduko den gai edo azpigai @@ -807,7 +926,9 @@ inguruneak Egunkari bateko artikulu batek titulu eta laburpen bat edukiko du. Gutun batek, berriz, horietarikorik ez du edukiko, bidaltzailearen helbidea edukitzeko ingurune aproposa edukiko du ziurrenik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inguruneak LyX-en oinarrizko "Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" filosofiaren zati nagusiak dira. @@ -819,442 +940,522 @@ Inguruneak LyX-en oinarrizko "Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" filosofiaren lerrokatutakoa erabil dezakete; hizkuntza ezberdinek koska-estandar ezberdinak eska ditzakete; eta bibliografietako egiturak asko alda daitezke. LyX-ek formatu-estilo guztiak ikastea saihestuko dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menua tresna-barraren ezkerrean kokatua dago ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia -\family default +\family default menuaren azpian, hain zuzen ere). Une bakoitzean zein ingurunetan idazten ari zaren erakusten du. Zure lehen dokumentua idazten ari zinen bitartean "Estandarra" azaltzen zuen, testuen ingurune lehenetsia. Nola dabiltzan ikusteko, dokumentu berrian gune ezberdinak jar ditzakezu. Ireki Ingurunea menua saguarekin klikatuz eta hautatu bertako edozein elementu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Atalak eta azpiatalak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sarrera -\family default +\family default zure LyX-eko fitxategiko lehen lerroan, eta -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menuan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ez daukazu lerro osoa hautatu beharrik. Ezer ez baduzu hautatzen, LyX-ek unean dagoen paragrafoa hautatutako ingurunera aldatuko du. Bestalde, hainbat paragrafo-ingurune batera aldatzeko, hautatu lehenbizi paragrafoak eta ondoren zehaztu ingurunea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default . Ziurtatu zaitez -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default hautatzen duzula eta ez -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default , beherago azalduko da zergatia. LyX-ek atala "1" bezala zenbatzen du eta atalaren izenburua letra-tamaina handiagoz ezartzen du. Orain lerro-itzulera sakatu. Ikus dezakezuna -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menuan "Atala"tik "Estandarra" egoerara igarotzen da. Ataleko izenburuak, ingurune asko bezala, lerro-itzulera sakatzerakoan amaitzen direla onartzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idatzi dokumentuaren sarrera: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Hau nire LyX-eko lehen dokumentuaren sarrera bat da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default berriz, eta hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default Ingurunea menuan. LyX zain dago "2" idatzi eta izenburu bat noiz idatziko. Idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset gauza gehiago -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , eta ikusiko duzu ataleko izenburu bezala ezarriko duela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauzak hobetuz doaz. Joan 1. atalaren amaierara ("nire LyX-eko lehen" paragrafoaren atzera), sakatu lerro-itzulera, eta hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default Ingurunea menuan. LyX berriro "2" eta ataleko izenburua noiz idatziko zain egongo da. Idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dokumentu honi buruz -\family default +\family default . "Gauza gehiago" atala, lehenxeago 2. atala zena, automatikoki 3. atal bezala berzenbatua izan da! WYSIWYM egiazko eran, dokumentuko testuak atalen izenburu bezala identifikatu behar dituzu, LyX arduratuko baita zenbatze-eta konposatze-lanez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lerro itzulera sakatu, Estandarra ingurunera itzultzeko, eta datozen bost lerroak idatzi: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Atalak eta azpiatalak beherago azaltzen dira. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Atalaren azalpena -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Atalak azpiatalen baino handiagoak dira. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Azpiatalaren azalpena -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Azpiatalak atalak baino txikiagoak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bigarren lerroan kurtsorea kokatu eta Ingurunea menuan -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\family default +\family default hautatu. LyX-ek azpiatala "2.1" zenbatuko du, eta letra-tamaina testu arruntarena baino handiagoa eta atalen izenburuena baino txikiagoa ezarriko dio. Laugarren lerroa -\series bold +\series bold Azpiatala -\series default +\series default ingurunera aldatuko du. Pentsatzen zenuen bezala, LyX-ek azpiatala "2.2" bezala zenbatzen du. Beste atal bat sartzen baduzu 2.aren aurretik, 2. atala 3. atalera berzenbatua izango da; beraren azpiatalak, berriz, "3.1" eta "3.2"ra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zatitzeko maila sakonagoak -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafo -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoak -\family default +\family default dira. Beraiekin zure kasa jolasten utziko dizugu. Paragrafo eta azpiparagrafoen izenburuek jatorriz zenbatugabe eta azpiparagrafo ak koskatuta daudela ohartuko zara; hori aldatzeko, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . Zatitze maila-altuena -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default izenburuak dira, -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default gainetik, baina LyX dokumentuetako testu-klase batzuetan bakarrik erabil ditzakezu ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset atala ikusi). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, baliteke zenbatu gabeko atal eta azpiatalak nahi izatea. Horretarako ere badaude beste gune batzuk. Atalen izenburuak -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default ingurunera (agian Ingurunea menuan beherantz mugitu beharko duzu) aldatzen badituzu, LyX-ek atal normaletako letra-tamaina berdina erabiliko du, baina ez ditu zenbatuko. Badaude "izardun" izenburuak -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default inguruneentzako. Atal eta azpiatal bat edo beste izardun ingurunetara bihurtzen saiatu, eta ohartuko zara nola beste zenbakiak eguneratzen diren. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: konpondu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko atal eta azpiataleko izenburuak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek zerrendak osatzeko zenbait ingurune ditu. Zerrenden hainbat ingurunek eskema bat idaztean, -\family sans +\family sans Tabuladoreari -\family default +\family default hainbat bider sakatzea edo zerrenda baten erdian puntu berri bat idaztean beste denak berzenbatzea sahiestuko da. Horrela, zerrendaren edukiaz arduratuko zara soilik \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bai, badakigu hau -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default honetan behin eta berriz enfasia jartzen diogula azalpen honi. LyX-en filosofia nagusia da, ordea; beraz, barka iezaguzu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dokumentu-mota ezberdinek, noski, zerrenda ingurune ezberdinak behar dituzte: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Diapositiben aurkezpeneko puntu ezberdinak deskribatzeko -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default inguruneko buleten \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bulet -\series default +\series default bat pinport formako apaingarri bat izaten da, eta hainbat itxura ezberdin erabiltzen ditu: borobila, izartxoa, irukia, e.a. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset zerrenda erabili beharko luke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Eskema batek -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default inguruneko zenbatutako zerrenda (eta hizkiz osatutako azpizerrendak) erabil lezake. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hainbat softwaretako paketeak azaltzen dituen dokumentu batek -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabil dezake, eta zerrendako elementu bakoitza letra lodia duen hitz batekin hasiko da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunea (LaTeX-en ez dago) -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin konparatuz apur bat ezberdina da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeago izatearen arrazoiei buruzko zerrenda bat idatziko dugu. Idatzi hau zure dokumentuaren leku batean: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeagoa da zeren eta: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta sakatu lerro-itzulera. Orain -\family sans +\family sans Ingurune -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default hautatu. LyX-ek lerro-hasieran bulet bat idazten du (berez "izartxo" bat, baina irteerako emaitzan borobil bihurtzen da). Idatzi zure zergatiak: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Konposaketa-lana zure ordez egiten du. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Matematikak WYSIWYG dira. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Oso erraza da zerrendak sortzea! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zerrenda-motako inguruneak, izenburuen ez bezala, -\family sans +\family sans lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzerakoan ez dira amaitzen. Horren ordez, LyX-ek zerrendako hurrengo elementuarekin jarraituko duzulakoan dago. Aurreko adibidea hiru elementuz osatutako zerrenda bat da. Zerrendako elementu batean paragrafo bat baino gehiago edukitzeko jauzi babestua erabili, -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatuz. Zerrenda ingurunetik irteteko, hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunea (edo erabili -\family sans +\family sans M-p s -\family default +\family default -elkartea). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zerrenda polita lortu duzu. Inprimatzean zein itxura edukiko duen ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX. Baina, zer gertatzen da arrazoiak zenbatuta eduki nahi badituzu? Hautatu zerrenda osoa \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ez dizu lehenbiziko buleta aukeratzen utziko, zerrendaren aurreko paragrafoa ez baduzu aukeratzen, bederen, eta ziurrenik ez duzu hori egin nahiko. Era berean, atalen izenburuen zenbakia ez du hautatzen utziko. Ez zaitez kezkatu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eta aukeratu -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default Ingurune menuan. Sinestezina, eh?! Esan genizun bezala, zerrendan elementu bat sartzean edo ezabatzean LyX-ek zenbaketa guztia berregiten du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zerrenda hautatuta dagoen bitartean, beste bi zerrenda-ingurunetara alda dezakezu, -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default , nolako itxura duten ikusteko. Bi kasuetan, zerrendako elementu bakoitzak "termino" eta definizio bat dauka, eta definizioa paragrafoan gelditzen den beste guztia da (lerro-itzulera sakatu arte). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehen terminoa letra lodiz ( -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ) edo paragrafotik "Tabuladore" \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Konposaketako tabuladorea da, ordea, eta zerrendako "termino" handienaren neurrira moldatzeko aldatuko da, idazmakina bateko tabuladore lehor, goibel eta aldagaitz bat ez bezala. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ) batekin bereiztua dago. Zenbait hitzetako terminoa lortzeko hitzak zuriune babestuaz bereizi. -\family sans +\family sans C-Zuriunea -\family default +\family default (C-Spacebar) sakatzerakoan sortzen da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: zuzendu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko zerrenda. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Itxura erakargarriak osatuz, zerrenda batzuk beste batzuen barnean sar ditzakezu. Adibide gisa, eskemak. @@ -1263,80 +1464,92 @@ Itxura erakargarriak osatuz, zerrenda batzuk beste batzuen barnean sar ditzakezu Zerrenda-mota ezberdinen azalpenak eta habiaratze-mailari (adbz. azpizerrenda beste baten barruan, eta azken hau beste baten barnean) buruko xehetasunak -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -n aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zitak ezartzeko bi ingurune daude: -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default aipamen motzentzat eta -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default luzeentzat. -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\family default +\family default (tutoretza honetako adibide luzeetan erabilia) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter idazmakinaren -\family default +\family default letra-tipoarekin idazten du; kodea koskatzeko nahi adina zuriune jarraian idazteko baimena eskaintzen dizun LyX-eko ingurune bakarra da. Olerkiak idatz ditzakezu -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiliz, estrofak bereizteko lerro-itzulerak eta estrofa baten barruan lerroak banatzeko -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulerak -\family default +\family default erabiliz. LyX-ek eskaintzen dizkizun inguruneen xehetasunak ezagutzeko, ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Bertso -\family default +\family default inguruneak honeko fitxategian konpondu: \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash linebreak -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dokumentuak idaztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurreko kapitulua LyX-ekin idazten ohitzeko lagunduko zizulakoan gaude. Oinarrizko editatze-eragiketaz gain inguruneen ahalmenekin idaztea ere @@ -1349,15 +1562,19 @@ Aurreko kapitulua LyX-ekin idazten ohitzeko lagunduko zizulakoan gaude. Testu bat dokumentu batera bihurtzeko behar dituzun ezaugarri asko azalduko dizkizu, adibidez, tituluak, oin-oharrak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliograf i eta gaien aurkibideak. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Testu-klaseak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:testuklaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dokumentu-mota bakoitza era ezberdin batean konposatzen da. Adibidez, liburuak bi aldetatik inprimatu ohi diren bitartean, artikuluak @@ -1366,74 +1583,82 @@ Dokumentu-mota bakoitza era ezberdin batean konposatzen da. duten zenbait ingurune (bidaltzailearen helbidea eta sinadura bezala) liburu edo artikulu batean ez daukate zentzurik. LyX-eko -\emph on +\emph on testu-klaseak -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat: hau LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klasearen (documentclass) antzekoa da -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset hauen arteko ezberdintasunez arduratzen dira. Tutoretza hau, adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans liburua -\family default +\family default (Book) testu-klasearekin idatzi da. Testu-klaseak WYSIWYM filosofiaren zatirik garrantzitsuenetarikoak dira; beraiek esaten baitiote LyX-i dokumentu bat nola konposatu, ondorioz hau egiteko moduari buruz ez daukazu ezer jakin beharrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Litekeena da zure dokumentua -\family sans +\family sans Artikulua -\family default +\family default (Article) testu-klasearekin \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Testu-klase lehenetsia izan ohi da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset idaztea. Saia zaitez beste testu-klase batera aldatzen (erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokumentua -\family default +\family default ... menua), beraien konposaketa ezberdinak ikusteko. Aldatu zure dokumentua -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default testu-klasera, eta -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menuan begiratzen baduzu dauden ingurune gehienak berdinak izango dira. Orain, ordea, -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabil dezakezu. Testu-klase batek zein ingurune eskaintzen dituen jakiteko, -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menua aztertzearekin nahikoa duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Egunkariek konposaketa-mota propioa eduki ohi dute: letra-tamainak, zutabe bateko (edo biko) inprimaketa, edo orriaren izenburuak bezala. @@ -1442,25 +1667,29 @@ Egunkariek konposaketa-mota propioa eduki ohi dute: letra-tamainak, zutabe ta bidal ditzaten. Horretarako ere prestatuta dago LyX. Adibidez, LyX-ek -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default testu-klasearen bidez Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko egunkarientzat (eta antzeko beste batzuentzat ere) konposaketa-euskarria eskaintzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jarraian zenbait testu-motari buruzko erreferentzia laburra azaltzen da. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus E -\emph on +\emph on zaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko -\emph on +\emph on Dokumentu-klase bereziak -\emph default +\emph default atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1472,164 +1701,196 @@ Dokumentu-klase bereziak \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Izena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Azalpena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard orrialde bakarrekoa, kapitulurik gabe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko diseinu eta inguruneak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard artikulua baino luzeagoa, bi orrialdetatik -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard txostena + azala + kontrazala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gardenkiak (FoilTeX dauka) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard helbide, sinadura eta bestelako inguruneak dauzka -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Testu-klase ospetsuena -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default (gutuna) da. Gutun bat idazteko orduan, ireki fitxategi berria eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroko -\family sans -Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ klasea -\family default +\family default eremuan -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default hautatu. Eskutitza idazteko biderik errazena izan arren lan gehiago eskatzen duela dirudi. @@ -1639,72 +1900,78 @@ Letter Beraz, LyX-ek gutunentzat txantiloi bat dauka, gutun-adibidea duena; behin txantiloi bat eskuartean daukazula, gutun berri bat idazten duzun bakoitzean zatiren bat edo beste aldatzen duzu soilik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ireki fitxategi berri bat -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ (txantiloitik) -\family default +\family default menua aukeratuz. Hautatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default txantiloi gisa. Gorde eta inprima ezazu zenbait ingurune nola konposatzen diren aztertzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ingurunea -\family default +\family default menuan begiratzen duzunean beste testu-klase batzuetan ageri ez diren hainbat ingurune ikusiko dituzu, adibidez, -\family sans -Nire\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nire\InsetSpace ~ Helbidea -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default bezalako beste batzuk ezagunak egingo zaizkizu. Ingurune horiek nola erabiltzen diren ikusteko, beroriekin jolasten ibil zaitezke. Ohartuko zara, adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Sinadura -\family default +\family default inguruneak gorri koloredun " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter signature: -\family default +\family default " hitza testu aurretik agertzen duela. Fitxategia inprimatzen baduzu, ohartuko zara hitz hori ez duela erakusten. Sinaduraren kokapena jakiteko erabiltzen da. Horrez gain, jakin ezazu berdin dela -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default lerroa non kokatzen den. Gogoratu LyX programa WYSIWYM dela; nahi duzun lekuan -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default ingurunea kokatu, LyX-ek badaki inprimatzerakoan sinadurak gutunaren amaieran egon behar duela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txantiloi bat LyX fitxategi arrunt bat besterik ez da. Hots, zure helbide eta sinadurekin bete eta txantiloi berri bat bezala @@ -1714,24 +1981,28 @@ Txantiloi bat LyX fitxategi arrunt bat besterik ez da. Egiazko "ariketa" bat egitea ongi baino hobekiago etorriko zaizula esan beharrik ez daukagu, idatz iezaiozu gutun bat lagun bati \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Abisu bat, txantiloitik idazten duzun kasurako. Ingurune bateko testua ezabatuz (zure helbidea sartzeko -\family sans -Nire\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nire\InsetSpace ~ helbidea -\family default +\family default eremua erabat ezabatzen baduzu) eta ondoren ezer idatzi gabe kurtsorea beste nonbaitera mugituz gero, gune hori desagertuko da. Ingurune gehienek testurik gabe ezin dute bizi. Itzultzeko, hautatu berriro Ingurunea menuko elementua. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Txantiloiek denbora asko aurrera dezaketenez, ahal duzun guztietan erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu. @@ -1740,77 +2011,91 @@ Txantiloiek denbora asko aurrera dezaketenez, ahal duzun guztietan erabiltzea lagungarri izan daiteke. Erabiltzaileek gutun-txantiloi bat erabiltzen badute errazagoa izateaz gain, LyX erabiltzeko beldurra galduko dute. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumentuen tituluak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek (LaTeX-ek bezala) titulua --- uneko izenburua, egilea, data eta laburpena ere barne eduki ditzake --- dokumentutik bereizitako zati bezala hartzen du. Itzul zaitez zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxategiberria.lyx -\family default +\family default dokumentura eta ziurtatu -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gutun mota ez darabilzula, -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default testu-klaseak titulurik ez baitu erabiltzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset testu-klasea erabiltzen ari dela. Idatzi titulua lehenbiziko lerroan eta lerroa -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin ezarri. Idatzi jurrengo lerroan zure izen-abizenak eta aldatu -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default ingurunera. Idatzi data hirugarren lerroan -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiliz. Hori egin ondoren, laburtu dokumentuaren edukia bizpahiru paragrafotan (edo bakar batean) eta ezarri -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default ingurune bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, ikusi emaitza nola inprimatuko den. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: Zuzendu titulua, egilea eta data -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:etiketak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dokumentuko atal bati (edo azpiatala, edo edozein testu-zati bat) etiketa jar diezaiokezu. @@ -1822,146 +2107,170 @@ Dokumentuko atal bati (edo azpiatala, edo edozein testu-zati bat) etiketa Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak automatikoki kudeatzeko gaitasuna LyX eta LaTeX programen abantailarik onenetariko bat da, beste testu-prozesador eekin konparatuz. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Zure aurreneko etiketa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gure bigarren atala, "Dokumentu honi buruz" izenburua duena, markatuko dugu. Klikatu ataleko izenburuaren amaieran eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Etiketa\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default menua. Elkarrizketa-koadro batek etiketaren izena eskatuko dizu, eta berak iradokizuna k egingo dizkizu. Ados klikatutakoan, etiketaren izena kutxa batean ataleko izenburutik gertu ezarriko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahaztu baino lehenago, etiketa ataleko edozein lekutan koka dezakezu; ataleko erreferentziak etiketaren aurretik dagoen azken atal edo azpiataleko izenburura zuzendua dago. Nola nahi ere, ataleko izenburuaren lerroan ezartzeak (edo agian ataleko aurreneko testu-lerroaren hasieran) atalaren hasierara zuzentzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain arte ez dugu gauza askorik egin ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategiak itxura bera dauka, inprimatutako dokumentuan etiketarik ez baita agertzen). Hala ere, etiketa gehitu duzunez, honi buruz dokumentuan erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu. Oraintxe egingo dugu. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kokatu kurtsorea zure dokumentuko 2. ataleko lekuren batean. Idatzi hau -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Dokumentu honi buruz gehiago jakiteko asmoz, -\newline +\newline ikus atala , orrialdean aurki dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, kokatu kurtsorea "atala" hitzaren aurrean eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default elementua. -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default izeneko leihoa bistaratuko da. Aipatu dezakezun etiketa-zerrenda bat dauka. Oraingoz dagoena " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter atal:dokumburuz -\family default +\family default " bakarrik da. Hautatu hori (jatorriz aukeratuta egongo da) eta klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Ados -\family default +\family default botoia. Orain jarri kurtsorea "orrialdean" hitzaren aurretik eta aldatu erreferentzi mota orrialde zenbakira elkarrizketa-koadroan eta klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Ados -\family default +\family default . Erabat zuzenak izateko, erreferentzia eta "atala" hitzaren artean -\family sans -zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestu -\family default +\family default bat sartu beharko duzu. Egin gauza bera orrialdearen erreferentziarekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek erreferentzia-kutxa batean jartzen du, kurtsorea dagoen lekuan. Inprimatutako dokumentuan erreferentzia markatzen duen kutxa hau orrialde edo atal zenbakiagatik ( -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroan hautatutakoaren arabera) ordezten da. Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default vi -\family default +\family default , eta ikusiko duzu azken orrialdean "2 atala" eta "1 orrialdea"ri (edo 2. atala kokatzen den orrialdea) erreferentzia egiten diogula. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Era probetxugarri batean, LyX-ekin dokumentua editatzen duzunean, gurutzatutako erreferentzia batek hiperesteka gisa dihardu; horren gainean klikatuta, -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko zaizu, eta klikatu Joan botoia kurtsorea aipatzen den etiketara mugitzeko. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Etiketekin jolastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esan dizugu erreferentzia gurutzatuak zenbatzeaz LyX arduratzen dela; egiaztatze ko unea heldu zaizu. @@ -1970,34 +2279,38 @@ ko unea heldu zaizu. adibidez). Orain exekutatu LaTeX berriro eta --- 'Voilà!'--- atalaren erreferentzia gurutzatua "3" izatera aldatu da; sinesgaitza eh? Aldatu "Dokumentu honi - buruz" azpiatal batera, eta erreferentzia gurutzatua 3 atalaren ordez 2.1\SpecialChar ~ + buruz" azpiatal batera, eta erreferentzia gurutzatua 3 atalaren ordez 2.1\InsetSpace ~ azpiata la bezala aipatuko du. Hori bai, orrialdearen erreferentzia aldatzeko etiketaren aurretik testu asko daukan orrialde berri bat idatzi beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etiketekin aritzeko, sartu etiketa berri bat lehenbiziko erreferentzia gurutzatu a zegoen lekuan, eta aipatu dokumentuko edozein lekutik. Erreferentzia gurutzatu ugari txertatzen ibiltzen bazara (egunkarirako artikulua idaztean, adibidez), -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa irekita edukitzea komeniko zaizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erreferentzia gurutzatuak dokumentu handietan ere ongi dabiltzala ziurtatu nahi baduzu, kopiatu -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default -ko orrialde batzuk eta itsatsi zure dokumentuan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gauza bat, kapitulu baten izenburua kopiatzeak errore bat sor dezake, zeren eta artikulu testu-klaseak kapitulurik ez baitu onartzen. @@ -2005,70 +2318,84 @@ Gauza bat, kapitulu baten izenburua kopiatzeak errore bat sor dezake, zeren Xehetasun gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset atalean. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: zuzendu erreferentziak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oin-oharrak eta albokoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oin-oharrak gehitzeko, tresna-barrako -\family sans -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ oin-oharra -\family default +\family default botoia \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Botoiak beltz koloreko testuaren azpian dagoen testu gorri batera zuzendutako gezia irudikatzen du. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Oi -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default -oharra -\family default +\family default menua erabil dezakezu. Jarri kurtsorea dokumentuko "LyX" hitzaren atzean eta klikatu -\family sans -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ oin-oharra -\family default +\family default botoian. Oin-orriari dagokion kutxa bat agertuko zaizu; idatzi bertan oineko oharrari dagokion testua. LyX-ek kurtsorea oin-ohar kutxaren hasieran kokatuko du. Idatzi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX konposaketarako testu-prozesadorea da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain klikatu "oina" etiketadun botoia. Oin-oharraren kutxa desagertuko da, oin-oharraren marka inprimatuko den @@ -2076,7 +2403,9 @@ Orain klikatu "oina" etiketadun botoia. Ekintza horri oin-oharra "tolestatzea" deitzen zaio. Oin-oharra destolestu nahi duzunean, klikatu "oina" botoia; horrela beraren testua editatzeko aukera daukazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oin-oharraren izendatzailea zenbaki bat izan beharrean hitz bat izatearen zergatia galdetzen baduzu, erantzuna zera da: inprimatuko den testuan oin-orrie @@ -2086,96 +2415,114 @@ n zenbaketa egiteaz LyX arduratzen dela. Oin-oharrak gehitzen badiozu, LyX-ek birzenbatuko ditu. Beraz, oin-oharren zenbaketa egiteaz LyX (LaTeX azken finean) arduratzen denez, LyX fitxategietan zenbakirik jarri beharrik ez dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oin-oharrak testu arrunt bezala ebaki eta itsats daitezke. Saia zaitez beldurrik gabe! Hautatu oin-ohar botoi bat \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Teklatuaren bitartez errazago hautatuko duzu. Saguarekin saiatzean oin-oharraren kutxa irekitzeko arriskua baitaukazu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans Ebaki -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Itsatsi -\family default +\family default . Horretaz gain, testu arrunta oin-ohar batera alda dezakezu: hautatu testua eta klikatu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans oin-oharra -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset izeneko botoia. Oin-oharra testu arruntera bihurtzeko, klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu oin-oharra -\family default +\family default botoia, kurtsorea oin-oharrean kokatuta dagoela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Albo-oharrak gehitzeko, erabili -\family sans -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ albo-oharra -\family default +\family default botoia edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Albo-oharra -\family default +\family default menua. Oin-oharrak bezala dihardute, honako hauek izan ezik: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pantailan kutxek "oina" eduki beharrean "albo" daukate. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Oharrak alboetan kokatzen dira, testuaren behealdean ordez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ez dira zenbatzen. Aldatu LyX-eko oin-ohar bat testu arrunt egoerara, ondoren hautatu testu hori eta bihurtu ezazu albo-oharrera. Albo-oharra nola inprimatzen diren ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: zuzendu oin-oharrak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografiak erreferentzia gurutzatuak bezalakoak dira. Bibliografiak erreferentzien zerrenda bat edukitzen du dokumentu amaieran, @@ -2183,25 +2530,27 @@ Bibliografiak erreferentzia gurutzatuak bezalakoak dira. Ataletako izenburuekin gertatzen den bezala, LyX eta LaTeX-ek zure lana errazten dute automatikoki bibliografiako elementuak zenbatuz eta zitazioak aldatuz elementuen zenbakia aldatzen diren bakoitzean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Joan dokumentu-amaierara eta aldatu -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default ingurunera. Orain, idazten duzun paragrafo bakoitza erreferentzi bat izango da. Idatzi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX Tutoretza, LyX-eko dokumentazio taldea -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zure lehen bibliografiako erreferentzi gisa. Ohartuko zarenez, LyX-ek automatikoki erreferentzia bakoitzaren aurretik @@ -2211,60 +2560,64 @@ LyX Tutoretza, LyX-eko dokumentazio taldea Zenbaki bat izaten da lehenetsi gisa. Errazago oroitzeko, alda ezazu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxtutoretza -\family default +\family default "ra -\family sans +\family sans Gakoa -\family default +\family default eremukoa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, kokatu kurtsorea dokumentuko leku batean, erreferentzia txertatu nahi duzun kokalekua hain zuzen. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zitazio\SpecialChar ~ +Zitazio\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. Elkarrizketa-koadro honen eskuineko panelean bibliografiako sarrera guztiak zerrendatzen dira, eta eremu honek aipatu nahi duzun bibliografiako elementua aukeratzea eskaintzen dizu. Hautatu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxtutoretza -\family default +\family default " (oraintxe bertan, dagoen bibliografiako elementu bakarra baita), ondoren erabili erdian dagoen ezker-gezia txertatzeko. Kokapen berean nahi haina zitazio eduki ditzakezu honen bidez hainbat gako transferituta. Orain, exekutatu LaTeX, eta ikusiko duzu zitazioak testuan giltzen artean agertzen direla, dokumentu amaierako bibliografia erreferentziatuz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nola erabiltzen dira beste eremuak? Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko -\family sans -Testua\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Testua\InsetSpace ~ ondoren -\family default +\family default eremuak erreferentziaren ondoren, baina giltza artean, testua sartuko du (erreferentziatzen den liburu edo artikulu bateko orrialde edo kapitulua zehazteko, adibidez). @@ -2272,136 +2625,154 @@ ondoren baduzu (adib. egunkari batzuk Sorozabal andreak 1992an idatzitako dokumentu bat aipatzeko "[Sor92]" idaztiko lukete) -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia-elementua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroko -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default eremua erabili. Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: zuzendu bibliografia eta zitazioak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gaien aurkibidea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-hasieran gaien aurkibidea jartzeko burutazioa izango zenuen, ez? LyX-ekin erraz egingo duzu. Dokumentuko tituluaren ondoren eta testuaren aurretik lerro-itzulera sakatu ostean, aukeratu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default -Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +Zerrendak\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Aurk. -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default elementua. Dokumentuko aurreneko lerroan " -\family sans +\family sans Gaien aurkibidea -\family default +\family default " esaldia duen botoi bat agertuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dirudi oso erabilkorra denik. Hala ere, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategian begiratzen baduzu, dokumentuko atal eta azpiatalak zerrendatzen dituen gaien aurkibidea ikusiko duzu. Ohitura den bezala, atalak berrantolatzean edo berriak sortzean, aldaketa horiek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategi eguneratuan ikusiko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentua pantailan editatzerakoan, ez da gaien aurkibidea testu gisa azaltzen, ezinezkoa baita editatzea. Gaien aurkibideari dagokion botoian, edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default menuan klikatuz banandutako leiho batean zerrendatzen da. Nahiz eta dokumentuan "gaien aurkibidea" ez egon txertatuta, menuaren komandoak funtzionatuko du. Hori tresna eraginkorra da. Dokumentuan zehar mugitzeko -\family sans -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default leihoa erabil dezakezu: (azpi)atal baten izenburuan klikatuz bat elementuaren lerroa nabarmendu eta kurtsorea (LyX editatzen den leihoan) dokumentuko zati horretan kokatuko du. Teklatuko geziak (kurtsorea mugitzeko erabiltzen direnak: \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ere erabil ditzakezu gaien aurkibidean gora eta behera mugitzeko. Agian komenigarria izango duzu editatzen ari zarenean leiho hau irekita uztea. Antzeko gaitasuna Arakatu menutik lor dezakezu, eta gaien aurkibidea automatiko ki agertuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurkibidea kentzeko dagokion botoia, beste edozein testu bezala, ezabatzearekin nahikoa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: jarri gaien aurkibidea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategian. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Matematika erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zientzialari askok LaTeX erabiltzen dute zeren eta ekuazioak era dotorre batean kaleratzen baititu, testu prozesadoreek eta beraien ekuazio editoreak @@ -2412,76 +2783,90 @@ Zientzialari askok LaTeX erabiltzen dute zeren eta ekuazioak era dotorre LaTeX erabiltzen baduzu, LaTeX-eko matematika komandoak bide normal batean idatz daitekeela ikusiko duzu, eta horiek WYSIWYM eran erakutsiko dira. Bestalde, LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu erabili, orduan -\family sans +\family sans Matematikako panela -\family default +\family default rekin bide azkar eta erosoan profesional-itxurako adierazpen matematikoak idazteko aukera izango duzu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ezin du egiaztatu idazten dituzun ekuazioak zuzenak al diren edo ez. Sentitzen da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematika-era -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuko lekuren batean ondorengoa idatzi: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Gogoko dut Einstein-ek esandakoa, E=mc^2, hain bakuna da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ekuazioak, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategian ere, ez dauka itxura onik; hizkien eta berdintasun ikurraren artean ez dago zuriunerik, eta "2" benetako goi-indize bezala egotea nahiko zenuke. Konposatze okerra gertatu da, LyX-i matematikako ekuazio bat idazten ari garela ez baitiogu esan, eta ekuazioa testu normala bezala konposatu du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horren ordez, egokiro konposatua izan dadin formula bat sortu dugu. Ekuazio bat sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako kolore urdineko \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset botoia. LyX-ek laukitxo urdin bat txertatuko du; matematika-ekuazio hutsa izango da, eta kurtsorea bertan kokatuko duenez, idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default berriro. Adierazpen matematikoa urdinez dago, eta laukitxo urdina ekuazioa hutsa izateari uzten dion unean desagertuko da. Sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default ) ekuaziotik ateratzeko. Markatzaile arrosa desagertuko da, kurtsorea adierazpenaren eskuinean kokatuz, eta orain zerbait idazten baduzu testu arrunta izango da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exekutatu LaTeX eta begiratu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategian. Konturatuko zarenez, adierazpen matematikoa era dotorean osatu da; hizki eta berdintasun ikurraren artean zuriunea du, eta "2" goi-indize bezala @@ -2489,16 +2874,18 @@ dvi Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagai gisa hartzen dira, eta letra etzanez azaltzen dira. Zenbakiak zenbaki izaten jarraitzen dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika editatzeko era berri hau WYSIWYM filosofiaren beste adibide bat da. LaTeX-en, matematika espresioak testuaren eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default bezalako komandoen bitartez idazten dira; LaTeX exekutatu arte ezin izango duzu ikusi nola inprimatuko diren, eta falta den parentesi edo bestelako zerbaiten bila denbora asko gal daiteke, edozein pertsona haserraraziz. @@ -2509,375 +2896,429 @@ n edukiko duen ia itxura berdina bistaratzen du. ez duzu aldatzerik nahi izango. Honela (barkatu hainbeste errepikatzeagatik) adierazpen matematikoez arduratuko zara, eta ez beraien egituraz. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ekuazioetan murgiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset aldatu \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ekuaziora. Adierazpen barruan mugitzeko, erabili teklatuko geziak. Sartzerakoan matematika-eran zaudela argitzeko markatzaile arrosa azaltzen dela ohartu. Erabili teklatuko -\family sans +\family sans Ezkerra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuina -\family default +\family default geziak berdintasun ikurraren mailan kurtsorea mugitzeko, idatzi eta "1+". Erabili geziak ekuaziotik irteteko edo sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default . Ezkerra, eskuina, gora eta behera geziak diren arren saguarekin klikatuz ekuazioko edozein lekutan kurtsorea koka dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-eran idaztea testu normal bat editatzea bezala da, aurrerago azalduko dizkizugun tekla bereziak kontutan hartzen ez baditugu bederen. Ezabatzeko, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default (Supr) edo -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default (Backspace). Testua hautatzeko bai teklatuko geziak bai sagua erabil ditzakezu. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default esegin -\family default +\family default menua matematika-eran berdin erabiltzen da, gauza bera ebaki eta itsasteko. Kontuz ibili gauza batekin: ekuazioaren eskuinaldean eta kanpoan kurtsorea balego eta -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default sakatzerakoan ekuazio osoa ezabatuko litzateke. Eskerrak adierazpen matematikoa berreskuratzeko -\family sans +\family sans Desegin -\family default +\family default daukazun. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eta \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ordez \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ekuaziora aldatu nahi baduzu? Beste behin, klikatu saguarekin kokaleku egokian. Nahi izanez gero, erabili teklatuko geziak. Kurtsorea "c" hizkiaren ondoren baina "2"-ren aurrean kokatuta balego, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Gora -\family default +\family default gezia goi-indizera igotzeko, "2"-ren aurretik kokatuko da. Gehitu ".5" balioa. Orain, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default gezia kurtsorea maila arruntera itzultzeko. Ekuazioko goi-indizean bazaude eta -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default sakatzen baduzu, jaitsi maila arruntera eta goi-indize ondoren kurtsorea kokatuko du, horrela "+1" idaztea bakarrik faltako zaizu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Berretzaile eta indizeak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berretzaile bat -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default erabiliz sar daitekeen arren (ikus ondogo atala), askoz ere azkarragoa da "^" erabiltzea. LyX-ek goi-indizean beste laukitxo urdin bat jarriko du, ondoren idazten duzuna goi-indizea izango da (letra-tamaina txikiagoa edukiko du). -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default sakatu bitartean idazten duzun guztia goi-indizean agertuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azpindizea idazteko bidea ere erraza da: -\family sans +\family sans Azpimarra -\family default +\family default ("_") zapaldu. Dagoeneko ikasi duzu ondoren agertzen den ekuazioko goi-indizeak eta azpindizea k idazten: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: ipini -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko 1. ekuazioa matematika-eran. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematikako panela -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako ikur eta funtzio osatuagoak sartzeko Matematikako panela erabiltzea komenigarria izaten da. Funtzio hauetariko asko tuarekin, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Matematika -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menuen bidez sor daiteke. Matematikako panela erabiltzen irakatsiko dizugu; beste eskuliburuak irakurriz lasterbideak erabiltzen ikasiko duzu. Ireki ezazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default eta atal hau irakurtzen ari zaren bitartean irekita utzi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grekera eta ikurrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika panela-ak matematikako ikur multzo handia aukeratzen uzten dizu: hainbat gezi, erlazio, eragile, batura eta integral. Jakin ezazu goi-indizeek eta azpindizeek batura eta integralen limitea jartzea eskaintzen dizutela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard " Ez dago egin ezin dezakezunik... behar duzun guztia \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset da." -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erroketa bat idazteko, klikatu erroketa-ikurra daukan botoia. Erro ikurra agertuko da, eta kurtsorea bere barnean kokatuko da. Orain idatzi aldagaiak, zenbakiak, beste erroketak, zatiketak edota nahi duzun guztia. LyX-ek erroketaren tamaina automatikoki egokituko du edukieraren arabera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Karaktere ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) edo karaktere taldean ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) tilet ikurra ezartzeko bide berdina lantzen da. Apaingarri-motak panelean eskuragarri daude. Klikatu apaingarri batean, eta LyX-ek apaingarri hori txertatuko du txertatze-g une \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : txertatze-gunea matematikako ekuazioa idazten den laukitxo urdinari deitzen zaio. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset baten azpian (edo gainean). Idatzi gogokoen duzun ekuazioa txertatze-gunean. Bi apaingarri multzo daude: idazten duzun testuarekin bat tamainaz aldatzen direnak, eta beraien tamaina finkatuta daukatenak, hizki soilentzako egokiagoak direnak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parentesiak, giltzak edota kortxeteak bezalako mugatzaileak antzera erabili arren pitin bat zailtxoagoak dira erabiltzen. Sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzailea -\family default +\family default botoia (kortxete artean laukitxo urdina dauka) eta -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzaileak -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. Unean hautatutako mugatzailea leiho erdialdean agertuko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parentesi-bikotea egoten da lehenetsi gisa, hautatu zuk nahi dituzun kortxete-bi koteak, kortxete eta parentesiak, edo botoi hutsa " \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset " bezalako zerbait idazteko (huts-mugatzailea tartekako marra bertikala bezala bistaratzen da LyX-en; inprimatzerakoan, ordea, ez da azaltzen). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alferra bazara, matematika-eran oraingo parentesiak idatz ditzakezu -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzailea -\family default +\family default leihoaren ordez. Hala ere, parentesi horiek testu arruntaren letra-tamaina berdina izango dute, parentesi barruan zatiketa edo matrize bat idazten baduzu oso itsusi geldituko dira. Mugatzailea leihoa erabiltzeak mugatzaileen tamaina edukiaren arabera egokituko dela ziurtatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Existitzen den testu batean mugatzaileak, erroketak edo apaingarriak txerta ditzakezu. Hautatu egokitu nahi duzun ekuazioa, ondoren klikatu -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoko nahi duzun botoia. Saia zaitez -\noun on +\noun on Newton -\noun default +\noun default -en bigarren legea eskalar eratik ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) bektore erara ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=\overrightarrow{ma}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) bihurtzen. Matrizei buruz ikasitakoan parentesi edo kortxeteak modu honetan jar ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zatikiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-eran zatikiak idaztea oso erraza da. Klikatu -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Zatikia -\family default +\family default botoia (zenbatzaile eta zatitzailean lauki urdinak ditu). LyX-ek bi txertatze-gune jarriko ditu. Uste zenuen bezala, zatiki batean zehar kurtsorea mugitzeko teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu. Klikatu zenbatzaileari dagokion txertatze-gunean eta idatzi "1" zenbakia. Orain, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default gezia eta "2" zenbakia idatzi. Zatiki bat lortu duzu ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakingo duzunez, bi txertatze-gunetan nahi duzuna idazteko aukera daukazu: berretzaileak dituzten aldagaiak, erro karratuak, beste zatiki batzuk, integralak edo bururatzen zaizun beste edozer. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: jarri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko 2. ekuazioa matematika-eran. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagaitzat hartzen direnez, matematika-eran "sin" idazten baduzu LyX-ek hiru aldagaien arteko biderkaketa ( \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) idazten ari zarela usteko du. Hirurak letra etzanarekin bistaratuko dira, baina "sin" hitza letra erromatarra @@ -2886,201 +3327,223 @@ rekin idatzi nahiko zenuen. sakatuz matematika-eratik aterako zaitu). Nola lor dezakezu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ekuazioa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -en ordez? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hautatu klik bikoitzarekin "sin" -\family sans +\family sans Matematikako panela -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Funtzioak -\family default +\family default zerrendan. "sin" hitza letra beltz eta erromatarrez idatziko da. Hitz osoa sinbolo soil baten gisa kudeatuko denez, -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default sakatuz hitz osoa ezabatuko da. Idatzi orain "x", letra etzan urdinez idatziko da, matematika-eran espero zenuen bezala. dvi fitxategian adierazpen matematikoa egokiro konposatuko da. Saia zaitez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX eran idazteko behar dituzun komando gehiago -\family sans +\family sans Funtzioak -\family default +\family default zerrendan aurkituko dituzu: trigonometri funtzioak eta beraien alderantzizkoak, hiperbole funtzioak, logaritmoak, limiteak eta bestelako gutxi batzuk. Funtzio hauek goi-indize eta azpindizeak onartzen dituzte, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalakoak idazteko garrantzitsuak izanik. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: jarri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko 3. ekuazioa matematika-eran. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrizeak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:matrizeak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Matematikako panela -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Matrizea -\family default +\family default botoia. Izen bereko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da, bi barra higikorrez osatua dago, matrizeko errenkada eta zutabe kopuruak zehazteko aukera eskainiz. Aukeratu 2 errenkada eta 3 zutabe, eta klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Aplikatu -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Ados -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -ko matrize batean 6 txertatze-gune jarriko ditu. Ohitura denez, txertatze-gune bakoitzean edozein adierazpen matematiko sar dezakezu: erroketa bat, beste azpimatrizea, eta abar. Beraietariko bakoitzean matematika ekuazio-mota ezberdinak ezarri diezazkiokezu. Nahi izanez gero, txertatze-gune bat edo beste hutsik utz dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matrize bateko zutabeetan zehar mugitzeko -\family sans +\family sans Tabuladorea -\family default +\family default erabil daiteke. Beste aukera bat da teklatuko geziak erabiltzea: gune-amaieran -\family sans +\family sans Eskubira -\family default +\family default sakatuz kurtsorea hurrengora bidaliko du, -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default geziarekin azpiko errenkadara, eta abar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bat-batean errenkada edo zutabe gehiago behar badituzu, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans - Gehitu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Gehitu\InsetSpace ~ errenkada -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Gehitu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gehitu\InsetSpace ~ zutabea -\family default +\family default . Uneko kokapenaren ondoren gehituko ditu. Gehiegi direla? Erabili menu berdineko -\family sans -Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ezabatu\InsetSpace ~ errenkada -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ezabatu\InsetSpace ~ zutabea -\family default +\family default aukerak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default zutabe bakoitza lerrokatzen edo matrize osoaren kokapen bertikala nola aldatzen den ikasteko. Jabetu zaitez zeregin bakoitzarentzat tresna bat dagoela; testua daukan taula bat idazteko, erabili LyX-en taula-euskarri harrigarria, taulak idazteko ez da komeni matrizeak erabiltzea. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Adierazpen-era -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain arte idatzi ditugun ekuazioak, inguratzen zituzten testuaren lerro berdinean zeuden, lerroko edo barneko ekuazioak bezala ere ezagutzen dira. @@ -3088,59 +3551,71 @@ Orain arte idatzi ditugun ekuazioak, inguratzen zituzten testuaren lerro testutik urruntzea nahi badituzu, adierazpen eran idatzi beharko dira. Gainera, adierazpen erako ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatuak izan daiteke, eta lerro anitzetako ekuazioak adierazpen eran egon behar dute (ikus -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default ). Gainera hainbat lerrotako ekuazioak adierazpen-eran egon behar dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klikatu -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans -Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adierazpen\InsetSpace ~ era -\family default +\family default botoia, laukitxo urdin baten gainean eta azpian testu-marra bikotea marraztuta duen irudia dauka. LyX-ek lerro berri batean, eta erdialdean zentratuta, txertatze-gune bat jartzen du. Orain idatzi ekuazio bat eta exekutatu LaTeX bere itxura ikusteko. -\family sans -Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adierazpen\InsetSpace ~ era -\family default +\family default botoia era batetik bestera txandakatzeko erabiltzen da: adierazpen eratik barneko erara aldatzeko, edo alderantziz. Adierazpen erak barneko eratik bereizten dituen zenbait ezaugarri ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-tamaina lehenetsia handiagoa da, \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalako ikur gutxi batzuentzako. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Batura eta limiteetan (integraletan ez) goi-indizeak eta azpindizeak ikurren azpira gehiago hurbiltzen dira alboetara baino. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Testua zentratuta dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezberdintasun hauek alde batera utziz, barneko eta adierazpen erako ekuazioak oso antzekoak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken ohar bat adierazpen era konposatzeari buruz: argi ibili ekuazioa paragrafo berri batean edo ez idazten duzunean. @@ -3148,42 +3623,50 @@ Azken ohar bat adierazpen era konposatzeari buruz: argi ibili ekuazioa paragrafo lerro-itzulera. Hori eginez gero, ekuazio osteko testua paragrafo berri batean hasiko baita. Ondorioz, testu hau koskatuko da, eta litekeena da hori nahi ez izatea. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: jarri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_adibide_gordina.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategiko ekuazio batzuk adierazpen eran, eta ikusi bestelako konposaketa lantzen den. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ariketa: atal honetan ikasitako zenbait tresnarekin, Hurrengo ekuazioa bezalako bat idazteko gai izan beharko zenuke \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bide zailenetik aritu ondoren, zergatik ez zara -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Matematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default -asu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +asu\InsetSpace ~ ingurunea -\family default +\family default menuarekin saiatzen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -3192,34 +3675,48 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-eran gauza gehiago egin daiteke. Oraindaino oinarrizkoa bakarrik ezagutu duzu, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default trikimailu hauek nola egiten diren jakiteko: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatzea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Letra-tipoak aldatzea, adibidez, adierazpen bat letra lodiz idaztea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ekuazio bateko letra-tipoa eta barruko tartea zehaztea (ez zaitez kezkatu honelakoengatik amaierako ziriborroa arte). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Makroak idaztea. Oso baliagarriak dira, dokumentu baten hasieran definitu eta dokumentuan @@ -3227,114 +3724,134 @@ Makroak idaztea. Makro baten definizioa aldatuz, dokumentuko markoari dagokion erreferentzia guztiak eguneratuko dira. Makroek argumentuak jaso ditzakete. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Denboraz larri gabiltzanez, tutoretza honetan azaldu ezin dizugun beste gauza pila bat. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Hainbat -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez ditugu aipatu LyX-ekin erabil daitezken komando guztiak, eta ez daukagu asmorik. Informazio gehiagorako irakur ezazu -\emph on +\emph on Erabiltzailearen Gida -\emph default +\emph default . LyX-ek egin ditzakeen zenbait gauza garrantzitsu bakarrik aipatuko ditugu... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek taulentzako WYSIWYG euskarria dauka. Taula bat lortzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aula -\family default +\family default menua. Klikatu taulan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin eta -\family sans -Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Editatu\InsetSpace ~ taula -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa irekiko da, eta taula editatzeko aukera izango duzula. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek hainbat formatudun irudiak (JPEG eta bestelako bitmap formatuak, PostScript® eta LaTeX gordina bezalakoak barne) txertatzeko euskarria dauka. Asmatu duzu: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default rudia -\family default +\family default . Ondoren, aukeratu txertatu, biratu edo eskalatu nahi duzun irudi-fitxategia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bai taulek bai irudiek epigrafeak eduki ditzakete, eta LyX-ek automatikoki irudi edota taulen zerrenda sortuko du. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Bertsio-kontrolaren euskarria dauka, RCS erabiliz (exekutatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default komandoa xehetasun gehiagorako). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX oso konfigurakorra da. Gauza guztiak, LyX leihoen itxuratik hasita inprimatzeko irteera emaitza arte, hainbat eratan konfigura daitezke. Konfigurazio gehiena -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menutik lantzen da. Argitasun gehiagorako, kontsultatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ertsonalizazioa -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX bost kontinenteetako programatzaile-talde baten eskutik garatzen ari da. @@ -3345,61 +3862,69 @@ LyX bost kontinenteetako programatzaile-talde baten eskutik garatzen ari arabiera edo hebreera adibidez. Dokumentuak beste hizkuntza batzuetan idatz ditzakezu; LyX-ek menuak eta errore-mezuak beste hizkuntzetan erakuts ditzan ere konfigura dezakezu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-eko menuek laster- k erabiltzen dituzte. Hots, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default reki -\family default +\family default menua hautatzeko -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default idatzi eta ondoren -\family sans +\family sans I -\family default +\family default sakatu, edo menuaren alboan agertzen den lotura erabili ( -\family sans +\family sans C-O -\family default +\family default lehenetsita dago). laster-teklak ere konfiguragarriak dira. Honi buruzko argitasunak -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ertsonalizazioa -\family default +\family default menuan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek LaTeX formatuko dokumentuak irakur ditzake. Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset atala. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zuzentzaile ortografiko eta tesaurus-a erabilgarri daude. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX leiho nagusiaren behealdean dagoen testu-kutxari bufertxoa deitzen zaio (emacs programak ere pareko ezaugarria dauka). @@ -3407,21 +3932,27 @@ LyX leiho nagusiaren behealdean dagoen testu-kutxari bufertxoa deitzen zaio zure dokumentua zatitzeko gaitasuna barne dela. Beste hitzetan, hobe duzu bufertxoan ezer ez idaztea zertan ari zaren jakin gabe. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexerabiltzaileak} -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-i buruz ezer ez badakizu, atal hau irakurri beharrik ez daukazu. Baliteke LaTeX buruzko zerbait ikasi nahi izatea, eta ondorioz atal hau irakurtzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erabiltzen hasten den askori LaTeX ezaguna egingo zaio. Horietariko bat bazara, galde dezakezu ea LyX-ek LaTeX-ekin egin daitekeen @@ -3432,44 +3963,52 @@ LyX erabiltzen hasten den askori LaTeX ezaguna egingo zaio. Gaur egun, LaTeX-eko idazki zaharrak bihurtzeko arazoak daude, eta beste zenbait gauzetan, baina etorriko diren bertsio garatuagoetan hau konponduko dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau tutoretza bat bakarrik denez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile berriek interesa eduki dezaketen zenbait gauza aipatuko ditugu. Tutoretza hori labur gordetzearren, azalpen xumeak izango dira. -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuak, -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX adituen sekretuak -\emph default +\emph default kapitulupean, LyX eta LaTeX arteko ezberdintasunei, eta LyX-en LaTeX-eko zenbait trikimailu nola erabili buruzko informazio asko dauka. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX era -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX eran idatzitako guztia pantailan gorriz agertuko da, eta zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko zaio. TeX komandoak LyX-en erabil ditzakezu -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ex -\family default +\family default menua aukeratuz. Honek testu-kutxa sortzen du eta barrukoa zuzenean LaTeX-i igorriko zaio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX-ek matematika-era zertxobait ezberdin erabiltzen du. Sartu TeX eran alderantzizko barra, (" -\backslash +\backslash ") bat idatziz. Inprimatzerakoan ez da agertuko, ondoren idazten duzun guztia gorriz egongo da. @@ -3478,43 +4017,47 @@ TeX-ek matematika-era zertxobait ezberdin erabiltzen du. TeX eratik ateratzen zarenean LyX-ek badaki zein TeX komando idatzi duzun eta WYSIWYM-era bihurtuko du. Ekuazio batean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default idatzi eta ondoren zuriunea sakatzen baduzu LyX-ek "gamma" gorria \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset urdin bihurtuko du. Hau oso konplexuak ez diren makro guztientzako balio du (kontutan hartu -\backslash +\backslash sin bezalako funtzioak gorriz jarraituko dutela, bere WYSIWYM itxura baita). -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default erabiltzea baino azkarragoa izan daiteke, batipat LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile adituentzako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bitxikeri bat, TeX eran kortxete bat idazten baduzu, hasiera eta amaierako kortxeteak gorriz txertatuko dira, TeX eratik aterako zaitu eta kurtsorea kortxete artean kokatuko du. LyX-ek ezagutzen ez dituen eta argumentuak jasotzen dituzten komandoak idazteko komenigarria izaten da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek ezin ditu egin LaTeX-ekin egiten diren gauza guztiak (oraindik ez?). Zenbait landutako funtzio ez dira erabat onartzen, beste batzuk erabilgarriak @@ -3524,320 +4067,360 @@ LyX-ek ezin ditu egin LaTeX-ekin egiten diren gauza guztiak (oraindik ez?). edizioa bezalakoak) dezake. LyX-ek ezin izango ditu LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak onartu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hitzaurrean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{pakete_izena} -\family default +\family default idatziz (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hitzaurrea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala), nahi dituzun pakete guztiak erabiltzeko gaitasuna izango duzu (kontutan izan pakete hauek WYSIWYM euskarria ez dutela izango). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX fitxategi bat inportatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default komandoa. Horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default izeneko Perl programa bati deituko dio: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitx.tex -\family default +\family default fitxategi batetik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitx.lyx -\family default +\family default bat sortu eta irekiko du. Bihurketak ez badu funtzionatzen, komando lerrotik \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX instalatzen denean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default programa exekutagarria dagoen direktoriopean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default izeneko programa kopiatzen du (adbz. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/relyx -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default abiatzeko Perl behar da ( dokumentu hau idaztean 5.002. bertsioa) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default exekutatzen saia zaitez, argumentu konplexuagoak erabiliz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default programak LaTeX-eko legalak diren komando gehienak bihurtuko ditu, baina ez guztiak. Ulergaitz egiten zaizkionak TeX eran utziko ditu, beraz bihurtu ondoren gorri koloredun testuak bilatu eta eskuz konpondu beharko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -ek bere eskuliburua dauka. Irakurri jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein komando eta ingurune ez dituen onartzen, dauden erroreak (nola saihestu), eta aukera ezberdinak nola erabiltzen diren. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzea nahi izango duzu. Adibidez, lankide edo eginkide batek LyX programa ez eduki arren dokumentuareki n lan egin behar du. Hori egitea huskeria bat da LyX-entzako. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Horrek editatzen ari zaren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxa_izena.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia beste fitxategi honetan bihurtuko du: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxa_izena.tex -\family default +\family default . Azken finean, LyX-ek dokumentuak bistaratu edo inprimatzerakoan beti LaTeX behin-behineko fitxategiak sortzen dituenez, LaTeX sortzen trebea da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX hitzaurrea -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dokumentu-klasea -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoan sar ditzakezun hainbat aukeren gaineko ardura hartzen du. Hemen aldatu klasea, letra-tipoa eta paper-tamaina. Jarri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default bidaliko zaizkion aukera-osagarriak -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default arean. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hitzaurrean komando bereziak jarri behar badituzu LaTeX fitxategi baterako, zuzenean LyX dokumentuan idatz ditzakezu. Horretarako, -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hitzaurrea -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : litekeena da LyX bertsio berrietan bide hau horrela ezin lantzea. Horretarako -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa ireki eta bertan Hitzaurrea fitxan idatzi behar da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset idatzi hautatu eta elkarrizketa-koadroan. Hor idazten duzun dena zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko zaio. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek BibTeX euskarria du, honekin erreferentzia bibliografikoen datu-baseak sortu eta hainbat dokumentutan erabiltzeko aukera izango duzu. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Zerrendak\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ Aurk.\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia -\family default +\family default menua bib motako fitxategi bat gehitzeko. Alde batetik, -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default izeneko elkarrizketa-koadro bat agerraraziko du. Bestalde, dokumentuan " -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX-ek sortutako erreferentzia -\family default +\family default k" izeneko botoia txertatuko du. Elkarrizketa-koadroa ixten baduzu, sortu berri den botoian klikatuz berriro irekiko zaizu. -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans Datu-baseak -\family default +\family default izeneko eremuan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default komandoko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX arruntean bezala, bereiztu bi bibliografia edo gehiago komaz, eta zuriunerik gabe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset giltzetan idatziko zenuena idatzi. Estiloa eremuan, berriz, idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default komandoko giltzetan idatziko zenuena. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori egindakoan, edozein bibliografia-sarreraren aipamenak egin ditzakezu Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zitazio\SpecialChar ~ +Zitazio\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia menua erabiliz (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bibliografiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). LyX arduratuko da -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default exekutatzeaz. Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko kutxan zure bib fitxategiko erreferentzia guztiak zerrendatuko dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erroreak! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Batzuetan dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzerakoan erroreak gerta daiteke, LyX-ek edo LaTeX-ek ulertzen ez dituzten gauzengatik. @@ -3846,4 +4429,7 @@ Batzuetan dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzerakoan erroreak gerta daiteke, Kutxa horietan klikatuta, errorearen zergatia bistaratuko du. LyX-ek LaTeX-en sortutako erroreak gehituko ditu. Ohartu zaitez errore horien kokapenak askotan ez dutela garrantzirik izaten. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx index 880147f026..3ed7536328 100644 --- a/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -79,13 +81,12 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \fontscheme pslatex \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -96,50 +97,67 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: LyX taldea. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default da. Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko posta-zerrendara: . -\newline +\newline Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. -\newline +\newline Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Sarrera -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX zer da? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema da. Eskuizkribu, argitaratzeko liburuak, negozio-gutun eta eskaerak, eta olerki @@ -151,71 +169,91 @@ LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema da. azpiko tartearekin". LyX arduratuko da konposaketa-lanez, zure zeregin-kontzeptuekin zerikusia izango du soilik, ez mekanikarekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Izaera hori zehatz-mehatz -\emph on +\emph on "Sarrera" -\emph default +\emph default dokumentuan azaltzen da. Irakurtzea komeni zaizu, ez baduzu irakurri bederen. Bai, orain esan nahi dugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on "Sarrera" -\emph default +\emph default LyX izaeraz gain bestelakoak ere azaltzen ditu: garrantzitsuena, eskuliburu guztien egitura. Ez baduzu irakurri, eskuliburu hau irakurtzen denbora galduko duzu. Agian, egokiagoa izango duzu hau ez den beste eskuliburu bat begiratzea. -\emph on +\emph on "Sarrera"k -\emph default +\emph default hau guztia azaltzen du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hasiera -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX abiatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Linux-eko (eta bestelako Unix banaketetan ere) programa askoren antzera, idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default LyX abiatzeko komando-lerroan. Komando lerrotik abiatzeko hainbat argumentu erabil ditzakezu, fitxategi izenak barne. Komando-lerroko aukerak ez ditugu zerrendatuko, horretarako LyX-en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default orrialdeak daudelako. Informazio gehiago eskuratzeko, idatzi komando lerroan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauza bat aipatu nahiko genuke: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Komando-lerroan fitxategi bat baino gehiago gehitzen baduzu, LyX-ek guztiak kargatuko ditu, nahiz eta aldi berean guztiak ez bistaratu. Aldian bakarra erakutsiko du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-en itxura -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Leiho nagusia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aplikazio gehienak bezala, LyX-ek leihoaren goian ezaguna egingo zaizun menu-barra dauka. @@ -225,17 +263,19 @@ Aplikazio gehienak bezala, LyX-ek leihoaren goian ezaguna egingo zaizun gunea. Leihoaren behealdean leihotxoa bat; hor lerro bakarreko testua idatz daitekeen. Hor -\emph on +\emph on buffertxoa -\emph default +\emph default (termino hau GNU Emacs programatik hartuta dago) dago, "komando bufferra" adierazi nahiko luke. Sakatu -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default buffertxoan komando bat idazteko . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dago korritze-barra horizontalik. Hori ez da errore bat, apropos egin da. @@ -243,7 +283,9 @@ Ez dago korritze-barra horizontalik. espero duzu. Testua orrialde berrietan bertikalki zabaltzen denez, korritze-barra bertikala soilik behar da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hiru kasu daude korritze-barra horizontala nahi Izateko: lehena, irudi handiak, WYSIWYG eran bistaratuak. @@ -254,36 +296,48 @@ Hiru kasu daude korritze-barra horizontala nahi Izateko: lehena, irudi handiak, diren taula eta ekuazioekin gertatzen dira. Teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu taulan zehar horizontalki mugitzeko, baina honek oraindik ez du ekuazioen kasuan funtzionatzen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Laguntza! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenbizi, albiste txarrak: laguntza sistema ez da aplikazio komertzialetan bezala erabiltzaile inozoentzako bere kasa agertzen. Lasai, horretan gabiltza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain albiste onak: LyX eskuliburuek osatzen dute Laguntza-sistema. LyX programan eskuliburu -\emph on +\emph on guztiak -\emph default +\emph default irakur ditzakezu. Hautatu Laguntza menuan irakurri nahi duzun eskuliburua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horri buruz ari garenez, eskuliburuez zerbait aipatu nahiko genuke. Ez daude erabiltzaile inozoei zuzenduta, ez behintzat xede horrekin. Egileetariko batek, -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -ek, eskuliburuei buruz hau azaldu zuen: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Eskuliburuak gorroto ditut. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Bai, guztiok eskuliburu kaskar, gaizki itzuliekin edo ulertezinekin aritu izan gara. @@ -294,7 +348,9 @@ Bai, guztiok eskuliburu kaskar, gaizki itzuliekin edo ulertezinekin aritu menuak zer diren eta antzekoak xehetasunez, nazkagarria! Norbaitek bere ordenagailua ez badaki erabiltzen, eseri eta ikas dezala ordenagailua erabiltze n bestelako softwareak ikasten hasi aurretik. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Bigarrenik, azaltzen duten informazioaren arabera badirudi erabiltzailea artaburutzat hartzen dutela. @@ -302,804 +358,927 @@ Bigarrenik, azaltzen duten informazioaren arabera badirudi erabiltzailea eta izutu egiten dituzte aldi berean, ez dira lerdoak. Gainera, norbait motza bada gauzak ulertu eta bereganatzeko, softwareko eskuliburu batek eskaini ezin diezaiokeen bestelako laguntza behar du. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Editorearen\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Editorearen\InsetSpace ~ oharra: -\emph default +\emph default hori gogoan izanda, beste egile guztiei jakinarazi diet aurreiritziekin ez hartzeko, eta sasi-maisu izan ordez pedagogikoak izateko. Eskuliburuak irakurri eta ulertzen alferrak direnentzako (Ameriketan diogun bezala, "there's no such thing as a free lunch" \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : esaldi hau zaila da euskaratzen: "Doaneko bazkari bat bezalakorik ez dago" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ).- jw -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section LyX interfazea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategia menuan edozein testu-prozesadorek dituen 9 oinarrizko eragiketa daude, beste eragiketa aurreratuago batzuen artean: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default erria -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Berria ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default reki -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans It -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default i -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default orde -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gorde -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default onela -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans It -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default uli -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default primatu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default ten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste testu-prozesadoretan bezala lantzen dira, gutxi gorabehera. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Berria\SpecialChar ~ +Berria\InsetSpace ~ ( -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default xantiloitik) -\family default +\family default komandoak erabiliko den txantiloiaren izenaz galdetuko dizu. Txantiloi bat hautatuta, dokumentuari diseinu-ezaugarri zehatzak automatikoki ezarriko dizkio, bestela eskuz aldatu beharko dituzu. Zenbait klasetarako erabil daiteke, batik bat gutunak idazteko (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dok-klaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : hemen ez dago "fitxategi lehenetsirik" ez eta "izengabea" edo "sortu berria" izeneko dokumenturik. Fitxategi bat irekitzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean, LyX-ek editatzeko gune huts handi bat aurkeztuko dizu (eta hori ez da dokumentu bat, baizik eta area hutsa soilik). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Aldi berean egile batek baino gehiagok dokumentu berdina editatzen dutenean Itzuli komandoa oso erabilgarria izaten da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zure asmoa hori egitea bada, aztertu LyX-eko Bertsio-kontrola ezaugarria. Irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Horrek dokumentua diskotik birkargatzen du. Dokumentuan aldaketak egin badituzu, gordetako azkena berreskuratzeko ere erabil dezakezu. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -2.\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +2.\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator It -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default i -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default ten -\family default +\family default komandoei buruzkoa. Bi hauek "ziurtatze-leihoa" ezaugarria dute, gure ankasartzeetatik babesteko. Aldatu duzun fitxategia ixterakoan (edo LyX programatik irtetzerakoan) gorde gabe dauden fitxategiei buruz galdetuko zaizu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Testu-prozesadore gehienak bezala, LyX-ek testu-zatiak ebaki eta itsatsi ditzake, pantailako karaktere, hitz edo testuetan mugi daiteke, eta bai hitz osoak bai karaktereak ezaba ditzake. Hurrengo lau atalak LyX-en edizio-ezaugarriei buruz mintzatuko dira. Ebaki eta itsatsirekin hasiko gara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurrikusi duzun bezala, ebaki eta itsasteko komandoak -\family sans +\family sans Editatu -\family default +\family default menuan daude, beste batzuen artean. Batzuk nahiko bereziak dira eta geroago azalduko ditugu. Oinarrizkoak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default baki -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opiatu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default tsatsi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bilatu eta -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rdeztu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenengo hirurak zertarako diren argi dago. Ohar bat: hautatutako testu-zati bat ezabatzen denean automatikoki arbelean kokatzen da. -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default teklek -\family sans +\family sans Ebaki -\family default +\family default komandoa bezalakoak dira. Beraz, kontuz ibili testu bat hautatzen duzunean. Tekla bat sakatzen duzunean hautatutako testua erabat ezabatzen da eta zuk idatzitakoak ordeztuko du (jokabide hau konfigura daiteke). Galdutako testua berreskuratzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Desegin -\family default +\family default erabil dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ilatu\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ilatu\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ ordeztu -\family default +\family default elementuak Bilatu elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du. Idatzi bilatu nahi duzun testua leihoko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ilatu -\family default +\family default eremuan. LyX-ek aurkitzen den hitz edo espresioa hautatuko du. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default rdeztu -\family default +\family default botoia klikatuta hautatutako testua -\family sans -Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ordeztu\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default onekin -\family default +\family default eremukoarekin ordeztuko du. Uneko hitza albo batera utziz hurrengoa bilatzeko, klikatu -\family sans -Bilatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bilatu\InsetSpace ~ hurrengoa -\family default +\family default botoia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klikatu -\family sans -Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ordeztu\InsetSpace ~ guztiak -\family default +\family default botoia dokumentuko gertaera guztiak automatikoki ordezteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabili -\family sans +\family sans Maiuskula/Minuskula -\family default +\family default txandakatze-botoia bilaketan maiuskulak eta minuskulak bereizi nahi badituzu. Aktibatuta badago, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "Eguna" -\family default +\family default bilatzerakoan ez du -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "eguna" -\family default +\family default aurkituko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek hitza bere osotasunean bilatu dezan, aktibatu -\family sans -Hitz\SpecialChar ~ -osoak\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hitz\InsetSpace ~ +osoak\InsetSpace ~ bakarrik -\family default +\family default botoia. Adib. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "mahaia" -\family default +\family default bilatzean ez ditu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "mahaian" -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "mahaiarentzako" -\family default +\family default hitzak aurkituko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Desegin eta berregin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hutsegite bat egiten baduzu, aurreko egoera berreskura dezakezu. LyX-ek desegin/berregin lantzeko ahalmen handiko bufferra dauka. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default esegin -\family default +\family default hainbat hutsegite desegiteko. Gehiegi desegiten baduzu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default erregin -\family default +\family default erabil dezakezu "desegindakoa desegiteko". Desegite-tresna 100 urratsetara mugatua dago, memoriaren gainkarga gutxitzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu dokumentua gorde zenuen azken aldirainoko aldaketa guztiak desegiten badituzu, dokumentuaren "aldatuta" egoera ez dela berrezarriko. Hori gertatzen da desegitearen muga 100 urratsetara jarrita dagoelako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Desegin -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Berregin -\family default +\family default ekintzek LyX guztian eragiten dute. Zenbait jokabide dute gainera. Ez dute karakterez karaktere desegin edo berregiten, testu zatiak baizik. -\family sans +\family sans Desegin -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Berregin -\family default +\family default probatuta, aldaketen gain nola eragiten duten ikasiko duzu. Denboraren poderioz nola dabiltzan buruz ikasiko duzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez ditugu saguaren laster-tekla guztiak azalduko. Saguarekin egin ditzakezunak eskuliburu honetako beste atal batean xehetasun gehiagoz azalduko dira. Orain, saguarekin egin ditzakezun oinarrizko ekintzak bakarrik azalduko ditugu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Mugitu -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klikatu -\emph on +\emph on saguaren ezker-botoia -\emph default +\emph default edizio leihoko edozein lekutan. Kurtsorea sagupean dagoen testuan kokatuko da. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Testua hautatu -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Eduki saguaren ezkerreko botoia sakatuta eta sagua mugitu. LyX-ek saguaren kokaleku zahar eta berriaren arteko testua hautatuko du. Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opiatu -\family default +\family default testuaren kopia LyX-en bufferrean sortzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kurtsorea beste nonbaiten kokatu eta -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Itsatsi -\family default +\family default erabiliz, itsatsi testua LyX dokumentuan. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Oin-oharrak, albo-oharrak, irudi eta taula mugikorrak, e.a. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klikatu saguaren ezkerreko botoia horietariko bat ireki edo ixteko. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus eskuliburu honetako atal egokia. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Taulak -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klikatu saguaren eskuin-botoia taula birmoldatzea eskaintzen dizun elkarrizketa- koadroa irekitzeko. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:tekla-lasterbideak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Oraingoan ere, ez ditugu teklen laster-tekla guztiak azalduko. Konturatu zaitez jatorrizko bi laster-teklentzako mapa daudela behintzat: CUA eta Emacs. Ziurtatzen dizut karaktere bat ezabatzeko -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default (Kontrol-d adierazten du) tekla sakatzen baduzu, DVI aurrebistako tresna abiatuko duela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbait teklek -\family sans +\family sans Orri-gora -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Orri-behera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ezkerra -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Eskuina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gora -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default bezalakoek, beren betebeharra lantzen dute. Beste tekla batzuek, ez, ordea: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Tab LyX-en tabuladore bat bezalakorik ez dago. Hori ez baduzu ulertzen, joan oraintxe bertan \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne} -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:par-ingurunea} -\end_inset +\end_inset ataletara, bereziki \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringuzerren} -\end_inset +\end_inset atalera. Bai, oraintxe. Oraindik ere galduta bazabiltza, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Ihes hori "utzi tekla" bezalakoa da. Orokorrean eragiketak ezerezteko erabiltzen da. Horri buruzko ezaugarri gehiago eskuliburuko beste zenbait zatitan aurkiko duzu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Hasiera\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Hasiera\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ Amaiera \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hasiera teklak zenbait teklatutan beste izen bat edukiko du: -\family sans +\family sans Inicio -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default edo bestelako bat. Amaiera tekla, berriz, -\family sans +\family sans Fin -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default edo antzeko zerbait izango da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Kurtsorea lerroaren hasieran eta amaieran kokatzeko erabiltzen dira hurrenez hurren. Emacs motako laster-teklak erabiltzen ari bazara fitxategiaren hasiera eta amaieran kokatuko dute. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Atera-tekla\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Atera-tekla\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ Ezabatu. -\emph on +\emph on Baldin eta -\emph default +\emph default teklatua X leiho sistemarako ongi konfiguratuta badaukazu, -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default pentsatzen duzun bezala dabil eta -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default teklak kurtsorepean dagoen karakterea ezabatuko du (testurik ez badago hautatuta). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Teklatua X sistemarren konfigurazioa edo diogunaren Gaineko aztarnik ez baduzu, joan oraintxe \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:x-win-teklak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalera. Buruko mina edukitzetik aldenduko zara. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengoak aldarazle-teklak dira: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Kontrol- Hainbat erabilpen ditu, zein teklarekin batzen duzun arabera: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default teklekin, hitz guztia ezabatuko du karaktere bakar baten ordez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ezkerra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuina -\family default +\family default geziekin, hitzez hitz mugituko da karakterez karaktere mugitu ordez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Hasiera -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Amaiera -\family default +\family default teklekin, dokumentuaren hasiera eta amaierara mugituko da. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Shift- Hau erabili beste edozein mugitze-teklarekin batera kurtsorearen kokapen zahar eta berriaren artekoa hautatzeko. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Meta- Teklatu-mota askoren -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default tekla izan ohi da, darabilzun teklatutak ez badu bestelako -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default - teklarik bederen. Zoritxarrez, X sistemak batzuetan beraien funtzionalitatea trukatuta du, beraz zuk bi teklak badituzu saiakera eta errore \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ingelesez "trial and error" deitzen diogu. Hots, saiatu gauza bat lortzen, jorratu beste bide bat errorea gertatzen denean, nahi duzun emaitza lortu arte (errorerik gertatzen ez den emaitza). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset irizpidea erabiliz -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default - funtzioa lantzen duen tekla aurkitu beharko duzu. Tekla horrek hainbat gauza egin ditzake, horien artean menua azeleratzeko teklak aktibatzea. -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default - tekla menuan azpimarratuta dauden hizkiekin batuz menuko elementu bat hautatuko du. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, " -\family sans +\family sans M-e i -\family default +\family default " lasterbideak testua itsatsiko luke (lehendabizi sakatu " -\family sans +\family sans M -\family default +\family default " ( -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default ) eta " -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default " teklak batera, eta ondoren " -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default " tekla). "M-f" idatzita -\family sans +\family sans Fitxategia -\family default +\family default menua irekitzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default - teklarekin batu daitezkeen beste gauza batzuk ere badaude, informazio gehiagorako, irakurri Pertsonalizazioa eskuliburua. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Zorionez, LyX erabiltzen duzun bitartean teklen loturei buruz geroz eta gehiago ikasiko zara, zeren eta saguarekin egiten dituzun eragiketa gehienek @@ -1107,97 +1286,107 @@ Zorionez, LyX erabiltzen duzun bitartean teklen loturei buruz geroz eta Laster-teklen idazkera dokumentu honetan erabilitakoaren oso antzekoa denez, hau ulertzeko ez zenuke arazorik eduki behar. Hala ere, -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default aldatzaileak esplizituki aipatzen dira, beraz " -\family sans +\family sans M-p S-A -\family default +\family default "k zera esan nahi du: -\family sans +\family sans Meta-p -\family default +\family default bikotea sakatu ondoren hizki maiuskuletan " -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default " idaztea. " -\family sans +\family sans S-C-S -\family default +\family default " -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Kontrol-s -\family default +\family default hirukotea batera sakatu behar dela esan nahi du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ASCII fitxategi bateko testua eskura dezakezu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ascii\SpecialChar ~ -testu\SpecialChar ~ -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +Ascii\InsetSpace ~ +testu\InsetSpace ~ +lerro\InsetSpace ~ gisa -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ascii\SpecialChar ~ -testu\SpecialChar ~ -paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +Ascii\InsetSpace ~ +testu\InsetSpace ~ +paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ gisa -\family default +\family default aukerekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ascii\SpecialChar ~ -testu\SpecialChar ~ -lerro\SpecialChar ~ +Ascii\InsetSpace ~ +testu\InsetSpace ~ +lerro\InsetSpace ~ gisa -\family default +\family default aukerak fitxategiko lerro bakoitza LyX-eko paragrafo bat bezala jartzen du. Testu-fitxategiak zerrenda sinple bat badu, orduan aukera hau egokia da. Testuak paragrafoak baditu, LyX-ek paragrafoak bereiztuko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ascii\SpecialChar ~ -testu\SpecialChar ~ -paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +Ascii\InsetSpace ~ +testu\InsetSpace ~ +paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ gisa -\family default +\family default fitxategiko paragrafoak mantentzen ditu. Maiz gertatzen da testu-fitxategi batean paragrafo bateko edukia lerro bakar batean ez sartzea. @@ -1207,69 +1396,83 @@ gisa Gogoratu: testu fitxategian paragrafoen artean lerro huts bat egon behar duela. Bestela, LyX-ek bi paragrafo batuko ditu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ebaki -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kopiatu -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Itsatsi -\family default +\family default ekintzak testua LyX-etik LyX-era eramaten du. LyX-etik beste leiho batera testua igortzeko, landu urrats hauek: hautatu eta kopiatu testua, joan helburuko leihora eta itsatsi saguaren erdiko botoiarekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en itsasteko lanak antzera egiten dira. Hautatu saguarekin testua beste leihoan. Joan LyX lehiora eta itsatsi testua -\emph on +\emph on saguaren erdiko -\emph default +\emph default botoiarekin. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sistema baten LyX erabiltzen ari bazara, eta zu ez zaren beste norbaitek instalatu eta konfiguratu badu, orduan kapitulu hau albo batean baztertuta utz dezakezu. Kapitulu honek LyX bitarra abiatzeko behar dituzun gauzak eta banatzen diren fitxategiei buruzkoak azalduko ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sisteman LyX instalatu nahi baduzu, lehenbizi irakurri LyX-en iturburuekin datorren -\family typewriter +\family typewriter README -\family default +\family default fitxategia eta ondoren -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ konfigurazioa -\family default +\family default . Aurrenik hori egin. Kapitulu honek ez du LyX kode bitarraren instalazio edo konfigurazioa azalduko @@ -1277,24 +1480,30 @@ konfigurazioa Azaltzen duena hau da: LyX bere osotasun eta gaitasun guztiarekin erabiltzeko behar dituzun gauzak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hori izan zen LyX exekutatzeari eta LyX erabilgarriagoa izateko behar diren beste programei buruzko informazioa sortzearen arrazoi nagusia. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section 2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:konfigurazioa} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX exekutatzeko bi bide daude. Aurrenekoa LyX eta eskatzen dituen fitxategi guztiak sisteman instalatzea @@ -1304,132 +1513,142 @@ LyX exekutatzeko bi bide daude. instalatzea. LyX-ek non kokatuta dagoen automatikoki jakiteaz gain erabiltzen dituen direktorioen kokapen zuzenak ere non dauden aztertzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en ezaugarri asko LyX-etik bertatik konfigura daiteke, konfigurazio-fitxateg iak erabili gabe. Lehenbizi, LyX-ek sistema arakatzen du zein programa, LaTeX dokumentu-klase eta LaTeX pakete dauden aztertzeko. Lortzen duen informazio hori hainbat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hobespen -\family default +\family default lehenetsitako aldagai gisa ezarriko du. Horrekin batera, konfigurazioa LyX sisteman instalatzerakoan egiten da, ondorioz LyX-ek ikusten ez dituen zenbait elementu instalatuta eduki ditzakezu. LyX-ek zure sistema berriro aztertu dezan, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default irkonfiguratu -\family default +\family default . Ondoren berrabiarazi LyX aldaketek eragina izan dezaten. LaTeX klase eta paketeei buruzko informazio gehiago -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ konfigurazioa -\family default +\family default eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bigarren konfigurazio-urratsa, dokumentu arloarekin zerikusi duen guztiarentzat, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default aukera; horrek -\family sans -Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ ezarpenak -\family default +\family default izeneko leihoa irekiko du. Hori egiteko, ireki garrantzirik gabeko dokumentu bat, ezarri aukera hauek guztiak gogoko duzun bezala eta gorde -\family sans -Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans -Gorde\SpecialChar ~ -dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ -lehenetsi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gorde\InsetSpace ~ +dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ +lehenetsi\InsetSpace ~ gisa -\family default +\family default botoian klikatuz. Ekintza horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.lyx -\family default +\family default izeneko txantiloi bat sortuko du, LyX-ek hori kargatuko du txantoiloietan oinarritu gabeko dokumentua bat irekitzerakoan, eta definitu dituzun ezarpenak automatikoki ezarriko dizkio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaileak konfigura ditzakeen aukera gehiago daude. Abiatzerakoan, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default izeneko aukera orokorren fitxategia irakurtzen du. Ondoren, zure etxean kokatuta egon beharko lukeen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default izenekoa irakurtzen saiatuko da. Aukera hauetarako, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default menua. -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan hobespenerako elkarrizketa-koadroa eta konfigurazio-fitxategiei buruzko azalpen sakonagoak azaltzen dira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section X teklatua konfiguratu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:x-win-teklak} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX egokiro erabiltzeko X sistema zuzen konfiguratu behar da. Ezinbestekoa da LyX-en nazioarteko euskarria erabili nahi baduzu eta ingelesa @@ -1439,324 +1658,368 @@ LyX egokiro erabiltzeko X sistema zuzen konfiguratu behar da. Sistema handietako arduradunek horren errudun izan daiteke, beraz ez pentsatu erabat babestuta zaudela sistema zabal batean. Erabiltzaile bakoitzak X sistemari bere teklatua nola erabili erakuts diezaioke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection xmodmap eta xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hasteko irakurri bi programa hauen man eskuliburua. Lagunik onenak izango dituzu X sistemako teklatu mapa zuzen ezartzeko. Ez badituzu, instala itzatzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu honetan ez dago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default nola erabiltzen den azaltzen duen informaziorik. -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategiaren adibide bat dauka. Teklatu-mapa berria kargatzeko, kokatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default - komandoa saioa abiatzeko script baten barruan, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + komandoa saioa abiatzeko script baten barruan, adib.\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default fitxategietariko batean. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Programa hau egia bihurtutako ametsa da! Zure teklatuaren bertsio grafikoa erakusten du, zenbait aldaketa egiten uzten du eta ondoren aldaketa horiek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default programak irakur dezakeen formatu bateko estandar irteeran kaleratzen du. Oso erabilgarria izaten da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategi berria diseinatzerakoan, eskatzen duen bakarra ebaki-eta-itsatsi ekintza gutxi batzuk egitea baita. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek hiru aldatzaile onartzen ditu: -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default [S-], -\family sans +\family sans Kontrol -\family default +\family default [C-], eta -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default [M-]. Tekla horietariko bat -\family sans +\family sans Konposizio-tekla -\family default +\family default bezala konfiguratzen bada, zure teklatuak eskaintzen ez dituen beste zenbait karaktere idatz ditzakezu. -\family sans +\family sans Konposizio -\family default +\family default - -\family sans +\family sans tekla -\family default +\family default hau bai aldatzaile ( -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Kontrol -\family default +\family default ) bai gako-aurrizki bezala erabil daiteke. Hona -\family sans +\family sans Konposizio-tekla -\family default +\family default rekin egin ditzakezun adibideak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Konposizio+e+' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Konposizio+O+R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Konposizio+1+2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Konposizio+<+< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazteko metodo hau nahiko erosoa izaten da noizbehinka tiletdun karaktereak idatzi nahi dituzunean. Jatorriz latin1 motako karaktereekin lan egiten duen arren, zure hizkuntza zuzen ezartzen baduzu, idazteko beste metodo batzuk erabil ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ireki bi terminal grafiko ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xterm -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gnome-terminal -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter e-term -\family default +\family default bezalakoak). Erabili bata -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategi berria editatzeko eta bestea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default exekutatzeko. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default erabiliz zure teklatuko mapa zure beharretara konfigura dezakezu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default programan teklatu mapa berria sortzen duen botoi bat dago. Klikatu botoi horretan, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default -ek exekutatu duzun terminal grafikoan konfigurazioa kaleratuko du. Kopiatu eta itsatsi informazio hori -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategian, eta kitto. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hainbeste idatzi nahi ez baduzu, exekutatu komando hau: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Mapa-fitxategi erabilgarri bat sortuko du. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, badaude gauza batzuk ongi bideratzen lagunduko dizutenak. Saia zaitez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default komandoa exekutatzen. Unean dauden aldatzaile aktiboak erakutsiko dizkizu, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default komandoarekin ere zein izen sinbolikok zein tekla-koderen zenbakiari dagokion zerrendatzen du. Horrek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default fitxategiaren sintaxia nolakoa den argituko dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gauza bat egiaztatzea komeni zaizu. Ziurtatu -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default teklak ez daudela X sistemako tekla sinbolo berdinean definituta! Jakin ezazu bi tekla horiek izen sinboliko berdinarekin ezartzeak ez duela derrigorre z zure programen erabilera aldatzen. Programa batzuk -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default ekintza berean elkartzen dituzte, adibidez, Emacs-ek; beste batzuek, berriz, -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default gauza ezberdinetarako erabiltzen dituzte. LyX programa horietariko bat da, beraz -\family sans +\family sans Ezabatu -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Atzera-tekla -\family default +\family default izen sinboliko berdinarekin elkartuta badaude, LyX erabiltzean arazoak eduki ditzakezu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ekin dokumentuak eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategiak sortzea baino zerbait gehiago egin nahi baduzu, LaTeX beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez badakizu, LaTeX markatze hizkuntza duen TeX-entzako interfaze bat da, 1984. urtean Donald Knuth-ek sortutako sistema bat dokumentuak prestatzeko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ahoskerari buruz: jatorriz TeX grekerako hizkietatik dator, \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , eta "blech" bezala ahoskatzen da. Euskaraz "teks" eta "lateks" bezala esan dezakegu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ASCII fitxategian idatzitako komando-multzoa hartu eta 'dispositibotik @@ -1767,12 +2030,16 @@ Ahoskerari buruz: jatorriz TeX grekerako hizkietatik dator, zabal bat besterik ez da. LaTeX normalean TeX banaketarekin batera dator, beraz TeX paketea beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbait sistema zaharretan LaTeX 2.09 instalatuta egon daiteke (gaur egun ordea LaTeX2e erabiltzen da). Ezin da LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin LyX erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard GNU/Linux erabiltzen ari bazara, litekeena da LaTeX2e edukitzea. Bestelako sistemetan zeuk instalatu beharko duzu LaTeX. @@ -1781,242 +2048,276 @@ GNU/Linux erabiltzen ari bazara, litekeena da LaTeX2e edukitzea. Ispiluen zerrenda oso bat hemen aurkituko duzu: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips eta Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Behar duzuna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dokumentuak inprimatzeko beste urrats bat landu beharko duzu. Agerikoa den bezala, ziurtatu inprimagailua ongi konfiguratuta daukazula (ikus hurrengo atala). Instalatu programa hauek (edo bateragarriak direnak), jadanik ez badauzkazu instalatuta: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken biak Dvi eta PostScript® \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adobe Systems Incorporated-ek erregistratutako marka bat dira, eta UN*X munduan orrialde-deskripzioko hizkuntza nagusia da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset formatuko fitxategien aurrebistako programak dira. DVI fitxategi bat zer den ez badakizu, litekeena da LaTeX-ekin inoiz lanik ez egin izana, eta aurrera jarraitu aurretik hobe duzu -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default dokumentua irakurri. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default programak DVI fitxategi bat PostScript® formatura bihurtzen du; gaur egun inprimagailu gehienek erabiltzen dutena da. Baldin eta zure inprimagailua tinta-zorrotadakoa edo puntu-matrize motakoa bada, PostScript® iragazteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default erabili beharko duzu, hainbat inprimagailu-motatara prestatzeko gaitasuna baitauka. Aurrerago azaltzen da inprimagailuaren konfigurazio-atalean inprimatu behar duzun bakoitzerako hau nola automatikoki egin. Oraingoz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter divps -\family default +\family default programarekin jarraituko dugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dvips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dvipskonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sistema zabal batean edo GNU/Linux duen lanpostu batean LyX exekutatzen baduzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter divps -\family default +\family default konfiguratu dezakezu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default tresnak bai fitxategira bai inprimagailura zuzenean inprima dezake, bere konfigurazioaren arabera. Fitxategira inprimatzeko ezarrita balego, eta ez bazaio fitxategi-izenik esaten, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxat1.dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fitxat1.ps -\family default +\family default fitxategira bihurtuko du. Sistema gehienetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default tresna inprimagailu lehenetsian inprimatzeko zehaztuta dago. LyX-en ikuspuntutik, bietarako malgutasuna edukitzea nahi izango duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default irteera inprimagailura egokitzeko gogorik ez baduzu, atal hau salta dezakezu. Jakin ezazu irteera ez dela inprimagailuak duen kalitate-mailara iritsiko. Hori bai, inprimatuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard teTeX erabiltzen ari bazara (GNU/Linux sisteman oso ezaguna den TeX banaketa bat), orduan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default programa exekutatu beharko duzu. Inprimagailu berri baten izena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default -ek onartu dezan, hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Dvips -\family default +\family default menuko sarrera, eta gehitu iezaiozu. Idatzi eskatzen dituen argumentuak, eta ez ahaztu irten aurretik -\family sans +\family sans Rehash -\family default +\family default funtzioa lantzeaz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Goazen orain eskuzko konfigurazioa lantzera: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default tresnak automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia inprimag1 inprimagailuarekiko egokitutako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default fitxategira bihurtu behar duela jakin dezan, inguruan kokatutako " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.inprimag1 -\family default +\family default " konfigurazioko fitxategia eduki behar duzu. Normalean, TeX banaketa gehienetan, dvips tresnarentzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.* -\family default +\family default fitxategiak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default direktorioan kokatzen dira. Gerta daiteke zure sistemako beste leku batean egotea, beraz begiratu TeX direktoriopeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "dvips" -\family default +\family default azpidirektorioan. Hor inguruan egongo da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi batek behintzat egon beharko luke: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . Hori konfigurazioko fitxategi lehenetsia da, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default tresnak -\emph on +\emph on beti -\emph default +\emph default irakurtzen du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi horrek ez dauka zertan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default izeneko fitxategi batera konektatuta egon behar. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Irakur ezazu fitxategi hau, eta ikusi eskaintzen dituen aukerak zure inprimagai lura egokitzeko. Ondoren sortu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.inprimag1 -\family default +\family default fitxategia, dagozkion lerro garrantzitsuekin bakarrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konfigurazio-fitxategia sortzeko beste gauza bat beharko duzu. Honelako lerro bat egongo da " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -\family default +\family default " (komatxorik gabe, noski). " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -Pinprimag1 -\family default +\family default " lerrora aldatuz gero, irteera lehenetsia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter inprimag1 -\family default +\family default izango da. Nola nahi ere, ikertu "M" eta "D" sarrerak, Metafont mota eta inprimagailuaren bereizmena definitzen baitute, hurrenez hurren. @@ -2025,46 +2326,50 @@ inprimag1 egokitzen du. Ohar bat, hainbat inprimagailurentzako Metafont ezberdinak zehazten badituzu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default -ek zure TeX letra-tipoen hainbat kopia sortuko ditu disko gogorrean, eta leku dezente betetzen dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inprimagailua egokiro konfiguratutakoan, esan LyX-i konfigurazio hau erabiltzeko. Horretarako, abiatu -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoa ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default ) eta ezarri -\family sans -Egokitu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Egokitu\InsetSpace ~ irteera -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Spool\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spool\InsetSpace ~ komandoa -\family default +\family default sarrerak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahi haina konfigurazio-fitxategi erabil ditzakezu, bat inprimagailuko. LyX-en lehenetsitako inprimagailua hobespenak leihoko INPRIMAGAILUA inguruneko @@ -2073,175 +2378,201 @@ Nahi haina konfigurazio-fitxategi erabil ditzakezu, bat inprimagailuko. batean deskribatzen da. Hori guztia egindakoan, LyX-ek bai PostScript® motako inprimagailura bai fitxategira inprimatzeko aukera izango du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inprimagailuak ez badu PostScript® onartzen, zure inprimagailuaren spool-arentza t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default iragazkia erabili beharko duzu. Hainbat Nola (HowTo) eta eskuliburuk argitzen dute. Hor azaltzen duen atal bat daukagu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbaitek ez du atsegin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default elkartuta erabiltzea. Bestelako aukera DVI fitxategia zure inprimagailuaren hizkuntzara bihurtzen duen programa erabiltzea da. -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroan programa hau zehatz dezakezu. Metodo horren alde txarra da ezin duzula zure dokumentuan PostScript® fitxategi rik gehitu, grafiko batzuk adibidez, inprimagailu-zehatzerako bihurtzaile programak ez baitu PostScript® ulertzen. Hori dela eta, LyX taldekideok -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default erabiltzeko aholkatzen dizugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default ikustariak dira. Lehenengoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategiekin egiten du lan; bigarrena, ostera, PostScript® fitxategiekin aritzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohartxo batzuk programa hauei buruz. Biek automatikoki eguneratzen dute ikusitako fitxategia \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default fitxategia esanahi du, ez hauek sortzeko erabiltzen diren fitxategiak. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gainera, biak oso antzekoak dira, eta ezaugarri berdinak eskaintzen dizkizute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-eko taldekideok dokumentuak fintzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default erabiltzea ahokatzen dizugu. Zergatik? Azkarragoa da; prozesatze-maila bat gutxiago daukanez, aldaketak azkarrago ikusi ahalko dituzu. Hona adibide bat: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default LyX-eko dokumentu baten aurrebista ikusteko, eta utzi exekutatzen (ez itxi). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX erabiliz, egin zenbait aldaketa dokumentuan. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Aldaketak ikusteko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans DVI -\family default +\family default . LaTeX-ek gauza guztiak lantzen dituenean, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default klikatu leihoan eta kitto! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -k bere burua eguneratuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrek ez du esanahi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default ez denik erabiltzen. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default hobeto egokituta dago dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusi behar duzunerako. PostScript®-en menpeko ez diren aldaketentzako, hobe duzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default tresnarekin aurrebista landu. Badago -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default antzeko interfaze dotoreago bat duen programa bat: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default . LyX-ek automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default erabiliko du (instalatuta egonez gero) ghostscript ordez. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inprimagailua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sistema zabal batean lan egiten dutenek ez lukete arazorik eduki beharrik izango. @@ -2249,41 +2580,51 @@ Sistema zabal batean lan egiten dutenek ez lukete arazorik eduki beharrik luak sistemarako konfiguratuta edukiko ditu. Behar duzun bakarra da erabili nahi duzun inprimagailuaren izena aurkitzea, eta azken atalean azaldu den bezala zure konfigurazioa ezartzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard GNU/Linux-eko erabiltzaileentzat zerbait gehiago landu beharra dago. Askok CD-ROM batean -\noun on +\noun on Debian -\noun default +\noun default edo -\noun on +\noun on Mandrake -\noun default +\noun default bezalako banaketa bat eskuratzen dute. Instalazio-urratsak jarraitu, GNU/Linux instalatu eta abiatzen dute, baina ez dituzte lantzen beraien inprimagailua konfiguratzeko eskatzen diren gauzak. Zure egoerak hau eskuz lantzea eskatzen badu, laguntzeko azalpentxo bat idatzi dugu: ikus -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko " -\emph on +\emph on Inprimagailuaren tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default " kapitulua. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX-en oinarriak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumentu-motak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste ezer egin aurretik, dokumentu bat idazten hasi aurretik, erabaki zein dokumentu-mota editatu nahi duzun. @@ -2291,70 +2632,88 @@ Beste ezer egin aurretik, dokumentu bat idazten hasi aurretik, erabaki zein ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu. Gainera, dokumentu ezberdinek paragrafo-inguruneak eta dokumentu-tituluaren formatu ezberdinak erabiltzen dituzte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Dokumentu-klase -\emph default +\emph default bakoitzak dokumentu-multzo baten propietate orokorrak deskribatzen ditu. Dokumentu-klase bat ezarriz, dagozkion propietateak automatikoki hautatzen dituzu, eta nahi duzun dokumentu-mota errazago sortu. Ez baduzu dokumentu-klaserik hautatzen, LyX-ek lehenetsitakoa erabiliko du. Beraz, komeni zaizu zure dokumentuaren klasea aukeratzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jarraitu irakurtzen jakiteko LyX-ekin aukeran dituzun dokumentu-klaseen informazioa, eta beraien propietateak nola findu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dok-klaseak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zenbait dokumentu-klase -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Azalpen laburra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bost dokumentu-klase estandar daude LyX-en. Hauek dira \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : ingelesezko izenak mantentzen dira, aukeratzerakoan horrela agertzen direlako, parentesi artean euskarako esanahia idatzi da. LyX-ek erabili arren, LaTeX-ekin dute zerikusia. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Description +\end_layout -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Article\InsetSpace ~ (artikulua) oinarrizko artikuluentzat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Report\SpecialChar ~ +Report\InsetSpace ~ (txostena) oinarrizko txostenentzat -\layout Description +\end_layout -Book\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Book\InsetSpace ~ (liburua) liburu bat idazteko. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Euskarazko liburuak idazteko dokumentu-klase egokiagoa dago: liburua. Baina normalki ez da LaTeX-ekin batera banatzen. @@ -2362,38 +2721,50 @@ Euskarazko liburuak idazteko dokumentu-klase egokiagoa dago: liburua. Biderik egokiena EuskalGNU elkartearen gunera joatea duzu, bertan joan LyX atalera. Edo bestela, joan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter liburua.cls -\family default +\family default prestatu duen Juan M. Aguirregabiriaren gunera (mila esker Juan!): -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://tp.lc.ehu.es/JMA/basque.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout -Letter\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Letter\InsetSpace ~ (gutuna) US-estiloko gutunentzat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Slides\SpecialChar ~ +Slides\InsetSpace ~ (gardenkia) gardenkiak egiteko erabiltzen da -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Estandarrak ez diren beste klase batzuk daude; LyX erabil ditzake baldin eta LaTeX horiek onar ditzan konfiguratu baduzu: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aapaper Astronomy & Astrophysics aldizkariak erabiltzen dituen artikulu estilo eta formatua da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsart AMS (Amerikar Matematika Elkartea) erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatua. Hiru amsart diseinu daude. @@ -2407,89 +2778,125 @@ Amsart AMS (Amerikar Matematika Elkartea) erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatua. ditu. Emaitza-mota bakoitzak bere sekuentzia propioa dauka. Sententzien zenbakera batera jartzen duen diseinu bat dago. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsbook AMS erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatuko liburua da. Zenbakera-eskema estandarra eskaintzen da soilik, suposatzen da liburuan zehar elkarren segidan emaitzak zenbatzea ez dituzula nahi, baina emaitzak beraiek zenbatuta egotea nahi duzula. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Itzultzailearen oharra: alemanierazko testuentzat erabiltzen da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Foils gardenkiak sortzeko erabiltzen da, slides baino hobeagoa da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linuxdoc SGML-tools paketearekin erabiltzen da (LinuxDoc bezala ezaguna). Honen bitartez, SGML formatuko irteera sor dezake LyX-ek. SGML markatze-hizkuntza da eta HTMLren aitzindaria da. SGML tools paketeak SGML formatutik HTML formatura bihurtzen uzten dizu, edo man eskuliburuek erabiltzen duten formatura. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Paper LaTeXeko papereko dokumentu-klaseak erabiltzen du (ez dago LaTeX banaketa guztietan) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Revtex American Physical Society (APS) eta Optical Society of America (OSA) elkarteen argitalpenetako artikuluak idazteko erabiltzen da. Klase hau ez da LyX-en ezaugarriekin erabat bateragarria. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen ez dugu azalduko dokumentu-klaseak nola erabiltzen diren. Estandarrak ez diren klaseei buruzko xehetasun gehiago -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu. Hemen dokumentu-klase guztientzako orokorrak diren propietateak bakarrik zerrendatuko ditugu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Klasea hautatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase bat hautatzeko erabili Dokumentu ezarpenak elkarrizketa-koadroa, irekitzek o -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default aukeratu. Ondoren, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-klasea -\family default +\family default eremua nahi duzuna hautatzeko, eta behar dituzun aukerak egokitu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Propietateak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klase bakoitzak bere lehenetsitako aukera-multzoa dauka. Hona deskribatzen dituen taula laburra: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2503,650 +2910,783 @@ Klase bakoitzak bere lehenetsitako aukera-multzoa dauka. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Orri-estiloa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aldeak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zutabeak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zatitze-maila gorena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitulua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Goiburukoak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitulua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bat ere ez -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none linuxdoc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none aapaper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none amsart -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Goiburukoak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dinbrief -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bat ere ez -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Goiburukoak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bakarra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Atala -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Klase hauetan ez dago -\family sans -Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aukera\InsetSpace ~ osagarriak -\family default +\family default -entzako lehenetsitako baliorik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "Zatitze-maila gorena"k zer demontre adierazten duen galdetzen ariko zara. Zatien izenburuak sortzeko paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinak daude. Dokumentu-klase ezberdinek zatien izenburu-mota ezberdinak eskaintzen dituzte. Birek bakarrik erabiltzen dute -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default izenburua; beste guztiek ez, ordea, eta -\family sans +\family sans Atal -\family default +\family default izenburuekin hasten dira. Zenbait dokumentu-klasek, gutunetako hiruk bezala, ez dute zatitzeko izenbururi k erabiltzen. Horretaz gain, -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulu -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Atal -\family default +\family default izenburuekin batera badaude -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatal -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatal -\family default +\family default eta antzekoentzako izenburuak. Izenburuei buruzkoa \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringurizenburu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean zehatz-mehatz azaltzen ditugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ederto, badakigu ez dizugula inoiz -\family sans +\family sans Klasea -\family default +\family default botoiarekin ezartzen diren "lehenetsitako aukerak" gehienen gaineko aipamenik egin. Horretarako dago atal hau. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default rri-estiloa -\family default +\family default Hau beste zerrenda bat da, bost aukera ditu. Orrialde bateko izenburua eta orrialde-zenbakiaren mota kontrolatzen ditu: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-ek lantzen du zati hau. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Lehenetsia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lehenetsia\InsetSpace ~ (Default) -\family default +\family default Uneko klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia erabiltzen du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Hutsa\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hutsa\InsetSpace ~ (Empty) -\family default +\family default Goiburukorik eta orrialde-zenbakirik gabekoa. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Laua\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Laua\InsetSpace ~ (Plain) -\family default +\family default Orraialde-zenbakiak soilik. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Izenburuak\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Izenburuak\InsetSpace ~ (Headings) -\family default +\family default Orrialde-zenbakiak eta uneko kapituluaren edo atalaren izenburu eta zenbakia. LyX-ek uneko kapitulua edo uneko atala noiz erabiliko duen zatitze-maila gorenaren menpe dago. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Sofistikatua\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sofistikatua\InsetSpace ~ (Fancy) -\family default +\family default Honek goiburukoa eta orri-oina pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu, baldin eta -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default instalatuta baduzu. Oraingoz, LyX-en euskarria ezarpen hauetara mugatua dago. Pakete honen gaitasun osoa erabiltzeko, zure hitzaurreko kode sorginduak gainditu beharko dituzu. Egiaztatu dokumentazioa -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default paketeari buruzko xehetasunak irakurtzeko. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Aldeak -\family default +\family default ez, LyX-ek ezin dio zure inprimagailuari paper bateko bi aldeetatik aldi berean inprimatzeko agindu! Hala eta guztiz ere, orrialde bakoitientzat darabilen formatua bikotientzat dabilenaren aldean ezberdina izan daiteke. @@ -3154,62 +3694,68 @@ Aldeak orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatzen du, orrialdetako zenbakiak beti goi eta eskuineko ertzean azalduko dira, eta ezkerreko marjinak lotura batentzako txokoa izango du. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Bi aukera-botoi daude hemen: -\family sans +\family sans Bat -\family default +\family default alde bateko dokumentuentzat, -\family sans +\family sans Bi -\family default +\family default bi aldetako dokumentuentzat. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Zutabeak -\family default +\family default Bai, orrialde bakoitzean zenbat zutabe egongo diren kontrolatzen du. Txandakatze-botoiak erabiliz, aukeratu -\family sans +\family sans Bat -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Bi -\family default +\family default zutabekoa izango den. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : LyX-ek pantailan ez ditu bi zutabe bistaratzen. Ez baitauka praktikotasunik, eta irakurgaitz bihurtu eta WYSIWYM izaeratik at gelditzen da. Hala ere, sortzen den irteerak bi zutabe izango ditu. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aukera\InsetSpace ~ gehigarriak -\family default +\family default LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default komandoak hainbat argumentu jaso ditzake. LyX-ek horietariko batzuk automatikoki ezartzen ditu. Testu- eremuak bestelakoak sartzea eskaintzen dizu. @@ -3217,104 +3763,135 @@ documentclass Ikus LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat jakiteko nolako argumentu gehigarriak erabil ditzakezun. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Bereizketa -\family default +\family default Bere zatia dauka, xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan bestelako aukera asko daude. Guztiak aukera orokorrak dira, bakoitzak zeregin berezia dauka eta ezaugarri batzuei eragiten die. Eragiten dieten ezaugarrien atalean aukera horiek egiten dutena azalduko dugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu guztiaren diseinuari eragiten dioten bi aukera daude, horiek azalduko ditugu lehenbizi. -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Papera -\family default +\family default fitxan aurkituko dituzu: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Orientazioa -\family default +\family default Bi txandakatze-botoiek erabakitzen dute bertikalki edo horizontalki noiz inprimatu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Paper-tamaina -\family default +\family default Zein tamainako paperean inprimatuko den. Hona aukerak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Lehenetsia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A3, A4, A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize B3, B4, B5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize US gutuna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize US legala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize US exekutiboa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pertsonalizatua -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ezarpen hauetariko batzuk -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute. Pakete honek paperaren marjinak ezartzen ere utziko dizu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ohar garrantzitsua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu baten klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek gauza denak klase berrira bihurtuko ditu. @@ -3323,28 +3900,36 @@ Dokumentu baten klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek gauza denak klase berrira Klase batzuek paragrafoen ingurune bereziak dituzte. Hori bada kasua, eta dokumentuaren klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek galdutako paragrafo-inguruneak -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default motakora bihurtuko ditu eta paragrafoaren hasieran errore-kutxa bat txertatuko du. Klikatu horietan eta mezu bat kaleratuko da, zertan huts egin duen azalduz. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sarrera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:parkoskabarne} -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragrafo-ingurune guztiak azaldu aurretik, paragrafoen koskatzea azaldu nahiko genuke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badirudi bakoitzak paragrafo bat bereizteko bere konbentzio propioa daukala. Amerikar gehienek paragrafoaren lehen lerroa koskatzen dute. @@ -3352,37 +3937,41 @@ Badirudi bakoitzak paragrafo bat bereizteko bere konbentzio propioa daukala. dute. LyX-ek tipografia-arloan erabiltzen dutenen hitzarmena darabil. Atal bateko -\emph on +\emph on lehen -\emph default +\emph default (edo irudi, ekuazio, taula, zerrenda edo bestelako batzuen ondorengo) paragrafo a -\emph on +\emph on ez -\emph default +\emph default da koskatzen. Bakarrik paragrafo bat, beste baten jarraian dagoena, koskatuta egongo da. Zenbaitek ez du hitzarmen hau gustuko, koskatutako paragrafoak erabiltzea nahi baduzu honekin moldatu beharko duzu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Derrigortu dezakezu LaTeX-ek paragrafo guztiak koska ditzan. LyX-ek ez du erakusten, noski, baina LaTeX-ek era horretan inprima dezake. Pakete berezi bat behar duzu eta hitzaurrean dagokion komandoa txertatu. ( -\emph on +\emph on Editorearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : honi buruzko informazioa egunen batean sartuko dut, denbora dudanean.- jw). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo, lerro, izenburu eta testu arteko tartea (eta beste edozeren artekoa ere) LyX-ek aurre-finkatuta dauka. @@ -3394,162 +3983,186 @@ Paragrafo, lerro, izenburu eta testu arteko tartea (eta beste edozeren artekoa batean irudia sartzen dela ziurtatzeko, atala ez dadin orrialdearen bukaeran hasi, eta horrelakoak kudeatzeko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gaur egun, LaTeX-ek egiten du hori LyX-ek inprimagarria den fitxategia sortzerak oan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Nola nahi ere, aurre-finkatuta egoteak ez du esan nahi ezin denik aldatu. LyX-ek aurre-ezarritako tarte guzti horiek aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu. Xehetasun gehiago beherago azalduko ditugu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Koskatze-metodo orokorra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafoak bereizten duen metodo lehenetsia hautatzeko, joan -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menura. Hortik -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoa irekitzen da. Hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Koska -\family default +\family default paragrafoak koskatzeko, edo -\family sans +\family sans Jauzia -\family default +\family default paragrafo artean tartea gehitzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fintzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo bakar baten bereizmena ere alda dezakezu. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default menua aukeratuz -\family sans -Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ diseinua -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen da. Uneko paragrafoaren egoera aldatzeko, txandakatu -\family sans -Koskarik\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Koskarik\InsetSpace ~ gabe -\family default +\family default botoia. Lehenetsi gisa paragrafoa koskatuta bada, botoi hau sakatzean desaktibatuko du. Paragrafoak ez badira koskatzen baina bereizteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen badu, botoi honi ez zaio jaramonik egingo (ezin duzu hau txandakatuz paragrafo bakar bat koskatu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo bakar batentzako koskatze-metodoa aldatzea nahikoa izango duzu zenbait fintasun landu nahi izanez gero. Normalean, dokumentu osoarentzat -\family sans +\family sans Koska -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Jauzia -\family default +\family default hautatu beharko duzu eta berriro editatu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lerro-tartea aldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoan lerro-tarteak aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu, instalatuta egotea komeniko litzatekeen -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default paketearen bitartez. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragrafo-inguruneak \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:par-ingurunea} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpen laburra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafoen inguruneak LaTeX fitxategi arrunt bateko hainbat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on ingurunea -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } ... -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on ingurunea -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default komando sekuentziei dagokie. Ez baduzu LaTeX ezagutzen, edo paragrafo-inguruneak erabat arrotzak badituzu, -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretza -\emph default +\emph default irakurtzea biziki aholkatzen dizugu. -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretzak -\emph default +\emph default atal honetan agertzen direnak baino adibide gehiago ditu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo-ingurune bat paragrafoaren "edukitzaile" bat da, paragrafo horri propietate batzuk ematen dizkio. @@ -3557,156 +4170,202 @@ Paragrafo-ingurune bat paragrafoaren "edukitzaile" bat da, paragrafo horri bestelako propietateak ditu. Horretaz gain, inguruneak elkarren artean, bata bestearen barruan, habiara ditzakezu, ingurune batek beste baten propietateak heredatuz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo-inguruneek tabuladorearen beharra, marjinak egokitzea eta idazmakinen garai zahar haiek desagerrarazten dute. Dokumentu-mota bakoitzarentzat bereziki prestatutako hainbat paragrafo-ingurune daude. Hemen horietariko orokorrenak aipatuko ditugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo-ingurune berri bat aukeratzeko, ireki tresna-barraren ezkerrean dagoen zerrenda. LyX-ek kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen paragrafo osoko ingurunea aldatuko du. Paragrafo-multzo batean ere alda daiteke, hautatu horretarako paragrafo-multzoa , eta ondoren aukeratu ingurune berria. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default zapaltzen baduzu normalean -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortuko du. "Normalean" esan dugu zeren eta hau ez baita kasua \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ingurune hauetariko batean bazaude: \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zita -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bertsoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatuta -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zerrenda -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek aurreko paragrafo-ingurunea mantenduko du lerro itzulera sakatzen duzunean, -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera joan beharrean. LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera guztiak berrasieratuko ditu, hala ere. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gehienetan, paragrafo berri bat hasterakoan bai paragrafo-ingurunea bai @@ -3714,52 +4373,62 @@ Estandarra gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko duzu). Oraingoz, hau dena testuinguruaren araberakoa da; hobe duzu Lerro-itzulera erabiltzea paragrafo-ingurunea eta sakonera barrasieratzeko. Uneko ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortzea nahi baduzu, orduan erabili -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Estandarra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako paragrafo-ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default izan ohi da klase gehienentzako. Paragrafo laua sortzen du. LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko balu, hau aukeratuko luke. Egitez, orain irakurtzen ari zaren paragrafoa (eta eskuliburu honetako gehiengoa) -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunean dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunea duen paragrafo bat beste gauza batean habiara dezakezu, baina beste edozer gauza ezin da -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunean habiaratu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dokumentu-tituluak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko tituludun orri batek hiru zati ditu: titulu bera, egilearen izena eta eskertzeko edo harremanetarako informaziorako "oin-ohar" bat. @@ -3767,123 +4436,157 @@ LaTeX-eko tituludun orri batek hiru zati ditu: titulu bera, egilearen izena orrialde batean jartzen ditu. Bestelako dokumentu motentzako, tituludun "orria" dokumentuko lehen orrialdeare n gainean doa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek tituludun orria kudeatzeko interfazea eskaintzen du, paragrafo-inguruneen bitartez: -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default . Ondoren nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen da: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jarri zure dokumentuko titulua -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jarri egilearen izena -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Data nolabaiteko itxurarekin jartzea, data finkoa erabiltzea edo bestelako testua egungo dataren ordez eduki nahi baduzu, orduan jarri testu hori -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default ingurunearekin. Ohartu zaitez ingurune hau aukerazkoa dela. Ez baduzu ezer ematen, LaTeX-ek automatikoki gaurko data txertatuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ziurta zaitez hau dena dokumentuaren gainean jartzeaz. Oin-oharrak erabil ditzakezu "esker onak" edo harremanetarako helbideak txertatzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Izenburuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringurizenburu} -\end_inset +\end_inset Atalen izenburuak sortzeko bederatzi paragrafo-ingurune daude. LyX arduratuko da guztien zenbaketaz, zure ordez. - Egin behar duzun bakarra zera da, 9.\SpecialChar ~ -kapituluko 3.\SpecialChar ~ + Egin behar duzun bakarra zera da, 9.\InsetSpace ~ +kapituluko 3.\InsetSpace ~ atalari zein izen jarriko diozun erabakitzea. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zenbatutako izenburuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbatutako 6 izenburu-atal mota daude. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zergatik ez da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zatia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Part) buruzkorik aipatzen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Hauek dira: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitulua -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiatala -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Paragrafoa -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek izenburu bakoitza zenbakien seriearekin etiketatzen du, puntuekin bereiztuz. @@ -3891,197 +4594,243 @@ LyX-ek izenburu bakoitza zenbakien seriearekin etiketatzen du, puntuekin Adibidez, demagun liburu bat idazten ari zarela. Liburua kapituluetan banatzen duzu. LyX-ek antzeko banaketak egiten ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default zatitze-maila gorena da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Ataletan -\family default +\family default zatitzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Atalak -\family default +\family default hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Azpiataletan -\family default +\family default zatitzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiatalak -\family default +\family default hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiataletan -\family default +\family default zatitzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Azpiazpiatalak hainbat Paragrafotan zatitzen dira. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragrafoak -\family default +\family default hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafotan -\family default +\family default zatitzen dira. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : dokumentu guztiek ez dute -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default izenburua erabiltzen zatitze-maila goren bezala. Kasu horietan -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default izaten da mailarik goreneko izenburua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, azpiazpiatal berri bat etiketatzeko -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek dagokion zenbakiarekin etiketatuko du. Zenbaki horrek azpiataleko, ataleko eta kapituluaren (existituz gero) zenbakia ere edukiko luke. Adibidez, liburu honen bigarren kapituluko bosgarren atalak "2.5" etiketa dauka. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbatu gabeko 3 izenburu atal-mota daude. Hauek dira: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiatala* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Izen bakoitzaren ondorengo izartxoak ("*") izenburu horiek zenbatu gabekoak direla esanahi du. Horiek beraiei dagokien zenbatutako kopiak bezala lan egiten dute. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zenbakera aldatzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:atal-sakon} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zein atal maila mota zenbatuko den eta zeintzuk edukien aurkibidean azalduko diren alda ditzakezu. Orain, horrek ez du mailarik kentzen; dokumentu-klasean aurre-ezarrita baitago. Klase batzuk -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default -rekin hasi eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafo -\family default +\family default mailaraino jaisten dira. Beste batzuk -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default mailatik hasten dira. Era berean, dokumentu-klase guztiek ez dituzte zatitze-maila guztiak zenbatzen. Gehiengo batek ez du -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafo -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafo -\family default +\family default mailarik zenbatzen. Hori alda dezakezun gauza bat da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ireki -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menua). -\family sans +\family sans Zenbakera -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans -Zenbaki\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zenbaki\InsetSpace ~ sakonera -\family default +\family default markoan -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default izeneko zenbatzaile bat ikusiko duzu. Zenbatzaile honek zatitze-hierarkian jaisten doan heinean LyX-ek zatitze-izenbu ruak noraino zenbatuko dituen kudeatzen du. Zoritxarrez, aukera ditzakezun zenbakiak oso gutxi dira, ikus ondorengo taulan zein baliok zer egiten duen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4092,540 +4841,616 @@ ruak noraino zenbatuko dituen kudeatzen du. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Atal zbki. sakonera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek zenbatzen dituen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard balioa -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ataleko goiburukoak -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard inolako zenbaketarik ez -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\family sans -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Zatiak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -0 -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit eta -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Kapituluak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Atalak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\family sans -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Azpiatalak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\family sans -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Azpiazpiatalak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\family sans -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit Paragrafoak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard gehitu -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbaki gorakorrak metatzen dira: "0" balioak zati eta kapituluak zenbatuko ditu; "2" balioak, berriz, zati, kapitulu, atal eta azpiatalak. Noski, zati edo kapitulurik erabiltzen ez duen dokumentu-klase bat (adib. artikulu klasea) -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default izenburuarekin zenbatzen hasiko denez, "0" balio bat "ez zenbatzea"-ri dagokio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu-ezarpenen leihoan beste zenbatzaile bat dago, " -\family sans -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default " izenekoa. Horrek -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default eremua bezala lan egiten du, eta gaien aurkibidean agertuko diren atalen maila zehazten du. Kontuan edukitzea komeni den kontrol bat da. Demagun zatien izenburu guztiak zenbatu nahi dituzula, baina -\family sans +\family sans Kapituluak -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Atalak -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatalak -\family default +\family default bakarrik nahi dituzula edukien aurkibidean. Horretarako, sartu -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default eremuan "5" eta -\family sans - Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default eremuan "2" eta kitto! Egina duzu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Informazio berezia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Informazio hau bai -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafoa -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoa -\family default +\family default bai -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala* -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala* -\family default +\family default inguruneei dagokie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezin duzu albo-oharrik erabili ingurune hauetan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lerro-barneko matematikak erabil ditzakezu ingurune hauetan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezin duzu inolako habiaraketarik landu ingurune hauetan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu beraien zenbakiei aipamena egiteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo-ingurune hauen adibideak aurkitzeko zure inguruan begiratu! Eskuliburu etako edozein lekutan erabiltzen ari gara. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Eranskina sortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eranskin bat sortzeko, gehitu kapitulu edo ataleko izenburu berri bat. Mugitu kurtsorea izenburuaren hasierara eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hasi\SpecialChar ~ +Hasi\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -ranskina\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ranskina\InsetSpace ~ hemen -\family default +\family default . Gorri/marroi koloredun lauki bat marraztuko da fitxategiaren ertzetan zehar, zerbait berezia dagoela esanez, eta kapitulu edo atalaren zenbakia hizki batera aldatua izango da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zitak eta bertsoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek olerkiak eta zitazioak idazteko hiru paragrafo-ingurune dauzka. -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default inguruneak dira. Ahaztu lerro-tarteak eta marjinekin jolasean ibiltzen zinen aspaldiko garai haietaz. @@ -4633,153 +5458,181 @@ Bertsoa Ezkerreko marjinatik urrundu eta daukaten testuari goi eta azpiko tartea gehitzen diote. Hauek ere habiara daitezke, beraz -\family sans +\family sans Bertso -\family default +\family default bat Zitazio baten barruan jar dezakezu, edo beste paragrafo-ingurune batean ere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hiru paragrafo-ingurune hauek beste ezaugarri bat dute: paragrafo berri bat hasterakoan ez dira -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera berrasieratzen. Hori dela eta, olerki bat idatzi eta bizi-poz osoz -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzen jardun dezakezu paragrafo-ingurune aldaketari buruzko kezkarik gabe. Noski, esanahi duena da olerki bat idazten ari zarenean, zuk -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera eskuz aldatu beharko duzula. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zita eta zitazioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zita} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hiru inguruneen arteko berdintasunak erakutsi ditugunez, ezberdintasunetara jotzeko garaia dugu. -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default antzekoak dira, gauza batean izan ezik: -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default inguruneak paragrafoen arteko tarte gehiago erabiltzen du eta aurreneko lerroa ez du inoiz koskatzen. -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioak -\family default +\family default , berriz, beti koskatzen du paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa eta lerro arteko tarte berdina erabiltzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren, -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default ingurunearen adibide bat: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Hau -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default ingurunea da. Idazten jarraitu dezaket, lerro hau luzeagoa izateko eta ondorengora jaitsi arte esaldia zerbaitekin bete behar dudalako. Ikusten duzunez, ez du lerrorik koskatzen! -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default honetako bigarren paragrafoa duzu. Berriro ere, aurreko paragrafoan gertatu den bezala, hemen ez da ezer koskatzen. Hori bai, bi paragrafoen arteko tartea handiagoa dela esango genuke, ez? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidea hemen amaitu da. Beste adibide bat dator ordea, -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default inguruneari dagokiona, alegia: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Hau -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default ingurunea da. Idazten jarraitzen badut, lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izan dela ikus ahal izango duzu. Zure herrialdean paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzeko ohitura badu, orduan -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default ingurunea zuretzako eginda dago! Egia esanda, beste testu bat aipatu behar duzunean erabitzeko sortua izan zen. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Ai ene, beste paragrafo berri bat! Gauzei biraka ibil ninteke, politikoak bezala hauteskunde garaian. Hori eginez gero aspertuko zintuzket. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori izan da gure beste adibidea. Adibidearekin jabetuko zinen -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default ingurunea paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen dutenentzat dela. Beraz, zitak -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default ingurunean jartzen dituzte. Paragrafo berria koskatuta hastea nahi dutenentzat -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default ingurunea dago. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Bertsoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bertsoa} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bertsoa ingurunea olerki, errimak, bertsoak eta antzekoetarako da. Hona adibide bat: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Hau bertso bat da -\newline +\newline baina ez da zortziko txikia! -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Okerrago izan zitekeen. Lerro hau oso luzea, edo agian luzeegia izan zitekeen, pantaila guztia @@ -4788,109 +5641,125 @@ Okerrago izan zitekeen. lehenbizikoa baino zertxobait gehiago koskatzen dira. Ongi, prosara itzuliko da, eta ez da gehiago errima bat izango. Jarraitu niri, hori da eta! -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Lerro bat hausteko -\newline +\newline Eta gauza txukunak azaltzeko -\newline +\newline Erabili -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus dezakezunez, -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoak -\family default +\family default ez ditu bi marjinak koskatzen. Bertso edo olerki bateko ahapaldi bakoitzak bere paragrafo propioa du. Ahapaldi bat banakako lerrotan bereizteko, erabili -\family sans +\family sans break-line -\family default +\family default funtzioa, -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zerrendak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringuzerren} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-ek lau paragrafo-ingurune ezberdin ditu zerrendekin lan egiteko. -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default inguruneetan LyX-ek zerrendako elementu bakoitza bulet edo zenbakiekin etiketatzen du, hurrenez hurren. -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Itzultzailearen oharra: dokumentu-klasearen arabea, batzuetan -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunearen ordez -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default ingurunera egongo da. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default ingurunetan LyX-ek zure etiketa propioa erabiltzen uzten dizu. Zerrenda-mota bakoitza guztientzat orokorrak diren ezaugarrien deskribapenaren ostean aurkeztuko dugu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ezaugarri orokorrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zerrendentzat dauden lau paragrafo-inguruneak beste inguruneetatik gauza askotan ezberdintzen dira. Lehenik, LyX-ek paragrafo bakoitza zerrendako elementu gisa tratatzen du. -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatuz ez du -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera berrasieratzen, baizik eta uneko ingurunearekin jarraituz zerrendako elementu berri bat sortzen du. Nola nahi ere, normalean habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratzen da. Uneko habiaratze-sakonera eta paragrafo-ingurunea erabiltzen jarraitu nahi baduzu, erabili -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default paragrafoak bereizteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Edozein motatako zerrenda beste zerrenda baten barruan habiara dezakezu. Izan ere, LyX-ek zenbait zerrenda-elementuko etiketak aldatzen ditu, habiaratut @@ -4899,994 +5768,1160 @@ a dauden moduaren arabera. gero, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atal osoa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Elementua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:elementua} -\end_inset +\end_inset Azalduko dugun aurreneko zerrenda-mota -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default paragrafo-ingurunea izango da. Propietate hauek ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Elementu bakoitzak bereziki bulet edo ikur bat edukiko du bere etiketa gisa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek ikur berdina erabiltzen du emandako habiaratze-maila bateko elementu guztietan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ikurra lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran agertzen da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Elementuak edozein zabalerakoak izan daitezke. LyX-ek automatikoki elementu bakoitzaren ezkerraldea desplazatzen du. Desplazamendua -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default zerrendan dagoen edozein ingurunerekiko izaten da beti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurune bat beste -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunean habiaratzen baduzu, etiketa ikur berri batera aldatuko da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Lau ikur ezberdin daude, lau habiaratze-mailentzat. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek pantailan beti ikur berdina agertuko du, izartxoa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Habiaratzeari buruzko azalpen gehiago \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko duzu. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Noski, aurreko azalpenerako -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default zerrenda-mota erabili da. -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunea zerrendetarako dotoreena da, baldin eta ordenak ez badu garrantzirik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esan dugu maila bakoitzak berari dagokion ikurra erabiltzen duela etiketatzat. Ondoren erabil daitezkeen lau ikurren adibidea daukazu. Konturatu zaitez eskuliburu hau pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, horien arteko ezberdintasunik ez duzula aurkituko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lehen mailako -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default -ren etiketa puntu beltz lodi bat da, edo buleta. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Bigarren mailako etiketa marra bat da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hirugarrengoaren etiketa izartxoa da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Laugarrengoaren etiketa zentratutako puntua da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hirugarren mailara itzuli da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Bigarren mailara itzuli da. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Kanpoeneko mailara itzuli da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horiek -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default zerrendarako etiketa lehenetsiak dira. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menura jo eta irekitzen den elkarrizketa-koadroko -\family sans +\family sans Buletak -\family default +\family default izeneko fitxan etiketak pertsonaliza ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ohartuko zinen elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela sakonera handitzen den heinean. Habiaratze eta sakonerei buruzko trikimailuak \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaltzen ditugu. Ziurtatu zaitez hori irakurtzeaz! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zenbatuta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatuta} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunea eskemak eta zenbatutako zerrendak sortzeko erabiltzen den tresna da. Propietate hauek ditu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Elementu bakoitzak zenbaki bat dauka bere etiketa gisa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Zenbaki-mota habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera dago. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-ek elementuak automatikoki zenbatzen ditu, baita etiketak egokiro eguneratu ere. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurune berri bakoitzak zenbatzailea bat baliora berrasieratzen du. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunea bezala, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default inguruneak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Elementuak ezkerraldearekiko desplazatzen ditu. Elementuak edozein zabaleratakoak izan daiteke. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen du habiaratze-sakonera gehitzen doan heinean. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera etiketa-mota ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lau habiaratze-maila arte ezkontzen uzten du. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Elementua ingurunea ez bezala, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default -k elementu bakoitzarentzat hainbat etiketa erakusten ditu. Hona hemen LyX-ek nola etiketatzen dituen -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default inguruneko lau mailak : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lehen mailak ( -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunekoak) zenbaki arabiarrak (puntu batekin jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Bigarren mailakoak parentesi artean hizki minuskulak erabiltzen ditu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hirugarrenak hizki xeheak eta -\family sans +\family sans Erromatar -\family default +\family default letra-tipokoa (segidan puntu bat jarriz) erabiltzen ditu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Laugarren mailak hizki larriak (puntu batekin Jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Berriro, jakin ezazu elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela habiaratze-sakonera handitzen den heinean. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Itzuli hirugarren mailara. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Bigarrenera itzuli. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Itzuli kanpokoenera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste behin, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default inguruneak darabilen zenbakera-mota pertsonaliza dezakezu. Horretarako LaTeX hitzaurrean komandoak gehitu behar dira (ikus -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua). Egoera onean, pertsonalizatutakoa inprimatzeko bertsioan bakarrik erakutsiko da, ez LyX-eko pantailan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen azaldutakoak baino habiaratze-maila gehiago dago. Habiatzeari buruzko gauza gehiago ikasteko, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala irakurri beharko zenuke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Azalpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:azalpzerren} -\end_inset +\end_inset Aurreko bi inguruneak ez bezala, -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default zerrendak ez du etiketarik jartzen. Horren ordez, LyX-ek lehenbiziko lerroko lehen "hitza" erabiltzen du etiketa gisa. Ikus adibidea: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Adibidea: Hau Azalpena inguruneko adibide bat da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek etiketa letra lodiarekin konposatzen du, eta etiketa eta lerroko gainerakoaren artean tarte gehigarri bat jartzen dio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, galde dezakezu ea zer esan nahi dugun "lerroko lehen 'hitza'" esaldiareki n. -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune -\family default +\family default teklak ez du zuriune karakterea gehitzen, hitz bat beste batetik bereizten du bakarrik. -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunean, -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default teklak LyX-i etiketaren amaiera non dagoen esaten dio, baldin eta elementuaren lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran bagaude. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, zer gertatzen da -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunean hitz bat baino gehiagok osatu behar badute etiketa? Erraza: erabili -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Zuriunea -\family default +\family default edo erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default -uriune\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default menua. Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala xehetasun gehiagorako). Hemen daukazu adibide bat: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Bigarren\SpecialChar ~ +Bigarren\InsetSpace ~ adibidea: Honek -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default zerrendako elementu bateko etiketan -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default nola erabiltzen duen erakusten du. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Erabilera: -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea definizio eta teorementzako erabili beharko zenuke. Hitz bat bere azalpenetik bereizteko erabiltzen da. Ez da egokia deskribatzea nahi duzun sententzia oso baterako -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiltzea. Hobe duzu -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default eta barruan habiaratuta hainbat -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default paragrafo-mota erabiltzea. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Habiaratu: Beste ingurune batzuen barruan -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea habiara dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetuko zinen LyX-ek, lehenbiziko lerroaren ostean, paragrafo berdineko beste lerro guztiak lehenarekiko koskatzen dituela. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX-eko Zerrenda -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxzerren} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zerrenda \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : atal honetan adierazitakoa -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default ingurunerako ere baliagarria da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ingurunea LaTeX-entzako LyX luzapen bat da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:elementua} -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:azalpzerren} -\end_inset +\end_inset atalak irakurri gabe honantz etorri bazara, ergelkeri bat egin duzu. -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default inguruneak ez du zenbatutako zerrendarik sortzen. Hori -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default -k egiten du, eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatuta} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default ingurunean bezala, -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default inguruneak erabiltzaileak definitutako etiketak erabiltzen ditu zerrendako elementu bakoitzaren etiketa gisa. Zenbait ezberdintasun daude bestelako hiru zerrenda-motekin konparatuz: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans elementu-etiketak -\family default +\family default LyX-ek lerroaren aurreneko "hitza" elementu-etiketa bezala erabiltzen du. Paragrafoko lehenbiziko zuriuneak etiketaren amaiera markatzen du. Etiketa bezala hitz bat baino gehiago behar baduzu, erabili -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestuak -\family default +\family default , arestian azaldu den antzera. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans marjinak -\family default +\family default Ikusi duzunez, LyX-ek hainbat marjina erabiltzen ditu elementuaren etiketa eta gorputzarentzat. Testuaren gorputzak ezkerraldetik desplazamendu handiagoa dauka, lehenetsitako etiketa gehi zenbait zuriune gehituta bezalakoa izanik. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans etiketa-zabalera -\family default +\family default LyX-ek etiketaren zabalerako bi hauetariko bat erabiltzen du: etiketa edo lehenetsitako luzeretatik handiena erabiltzen du. Oraingo etiketa luzeagoa bada, etiketa lehen lerrora "zabaldua" izango da. Beste era batera esanda, lehen lerroko testua ez da gainerakoak darabilen marjinarekin lerrokatzen. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans zabalera-lehenetsi -\family default +\family default a Zabalera hau lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu. Gaur egun nahiko erraza izaten da. Horrela -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurune bateko elementuen testuek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina erabiltzen dutela ziurta dezakezu. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans erabilera -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default zerrenda bezala erabili beharko zenuke: erabili hitz baten deskripzioa landu behar duzunean. Hori egiteko, -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default inguruneak beste bide bat eskaintzen dizu, amaierako diseinu ezberdin bat erabiltzea. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans habiaratzea -\family default +\family default Beste ingurune batzuen barruan -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunea habiara dezakezu. Beste zerrenda paragrafo-ingurune bezala lantzen dira. Habiarazteari buruzko xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus dezakezunez, funtzio guztiak dituen paragrafo-ingurune bat da! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Etiketaren zabalera lehenetsia aldatzeko, hautatu aldatu nahi diren zerrendako elementuak. Nahi baduzu, kurtsorea zerrendan mugitu aldatu nahi duzun elementuaren gainean jarri arte. Orain, ireki -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default menua eta joan -\family sans -Etiketa\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Etiketa\InsetSpace ~ zabalera -\family default +\family default eremura. Eremu horretako testuak lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera zehazten du. Bene-benetan nahi baduzu, zure etiketarik luzeenaren testua hemen erabil dezakezu, baina ez da beharrezkoa. " -\family sans +\family sans M -\family default +\family default " hizkia hainbat aldiz erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu. Zabalera handiena duen hizkia da eta LaTeX-eko zabalera-unitate estandarra da. Adibideko -\family sans +\family sans Zerrendaren -\family default +\family default lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera 6 " -\family sans +\family sans M -\family default +\family default " luzerakoa da. -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa-zabalera -\family default +\family default eremuan " -\family sans +\family sans M -\family default +\family default " erabiltzeak beste abantaila bat dauka: ez daukazu -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunea aldatzen duzun bakoitzean -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa-zabalera -\family default +\family default eremuaren edukia aldatu beharrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aipatu behar dizugun -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default inguruneko beste ezaugarri bat dago. Adibideetan ikusi ahal izan duzunez, LyX-ek ezker-justifikazioarekin jartzen ditu elementuen etiketak. -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-betetzailea -\family default +\family default k (edo -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default ) erabil ditzakezu LyX-ek etiketei ezartzen diren lerrokadura aldatzeko. Lerro-betetzaileei buruzkoak \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean ezartzen dira. Ikus adibide batzuk: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Ezkerrean -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Zerrendako -\family default +\family default elementu-etiketen lehenespena. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans -\hfill +\hfill Eskuinean -\family default +\family default -\family sans -Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lerro\InsetSpace ~ betetzailea -\family default +\family default etiketaren hasieran jarriz etiketa eskuinera lerrokatuko du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans +\family sans Erdian -\hfill +\hfill -\family default +\family default -\family sans -Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lerro\InsetSpace ~ betetzaile -\family default +\family default bat etiketaren hasieran eta bestea amaieran jarriz, etiketa erdiratzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez zaitez kezkatu -\family sans -Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lerro\InsetSpace ~ betetzaileak -\family default +\family default zer diren ez badakizu. Gogoratu -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunearen itxura pertsonalizatzeko erabiltzen direla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default -motako lau paragrafo-ingurunetan erabiltzen da. Esan al dizugu inguruneak habiarazteko xehetasunak \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aipatzen ditugula eta zerrenda inguruneetan erabiltzeko irakurtzea komeni zaizula? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gutunak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek gutunentzako dokumentu-klaseak dituenez, bi paragrafo-ingurune sortu ditugu: -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default izenekoak. Gutun-klasea erabiltzeko, ordena batean erabili behar dira paragrafo-ingurune zehatz batzuk, bestela LaTeX dokumentuan zorabiatzen da. Bestalde, -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneak nonnahi erabil ditzakezu, ez dago inolako arazorik. Beste inguruneetan habiaratu daitekeen arren, hauen barruan ezin da ezer habiaratu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noski, -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default gutun eta bestelako dokumentuetan ere erabiltzeko aukera dago. Adibidez, -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default ingurunea artikuluen tituluak (Europako zenbait unibertsitatetako egunkariak darabiltzatenak) sortzeko erabiltzen da. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erabilera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:helbi_erabil} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneak testua helbide baten estiloarekin egituratzen du, eta zenbait herrialdetan gutuna ireki eta sinatzeko erabiltzen dute. Horren antzera, -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneak testua eskuinera lerrokatutako helbide baten estiloarekin egituratze n du, herrialde batzuetan igorlearen helbidea eta eguneko data idazteko erabiltzen da. Hona bakoitzaren adibideak: -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Eskuineko helbidea -\newline +\newline Nor naiz? -\newline +\newline Non nago? -\newline +\newline Noiz da? -\newline +\newline Zer da gaur? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainekoa -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default zen. Jakin ezazu lerro guztiek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina daukatela, LyX-ek testu luzeena lerro bakun batean egon dadin ezartzen du. Hona Helbidea ingurunearen adibidea: -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Zein zara zu? -\newline +\newline Nora bidaliko dut hau? -\newline +\newline Zure posta-kutxa eta herrialdea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusten duzunez, bai -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default bai -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneek beraien eta hurrengo paragrafoen artean tarte zabalagoa gehitzen dute. Horiei buruz ari garela, ingurune hauetan -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzen baduzu, LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu eta -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera bihurtuko du. Horrek badu zentzua, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default tekla -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default funtzioa baita, eta helbide bateko lerro bakoitza ez baita paragrafo bat. Honela, -\family sans -C-Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-Lerro\InsetSpace ~ itzulera -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +Lerro\InsetSpace ~ jauzia -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default ) erabiliz -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default ingurunean lerro berri bat has dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Idazkera akademikoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Idazkera akademiko gehienek laburpen batekin hasten dira eta bibliografia edo erreferentzia-errenda batekin amaitzen dira. LyX-ek bi hauentzako paragrafo-inguruneak ditu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Laburpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea artikulu bateko laburpenerako erabili ohi da. Teknikoki, ingurune hau nahi duzun lekuan erabil dezakezun arren egokiena dokumentuaren hasieran erabiltzea da, tituluaren ostean. Alferrik ibiliko zara -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default beste ingurune baten barruan habiaratu nahian, edo alderantziz. Ez baitabil. -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default ingurunea "artikulua" edo "txostena" dokumentu-klaseetan bakarrik erabil daiteke ("amsart"-en ere erabilgarria da, "artikulua" klasearen bertsio espezializatu bat baita). "Liburua" klaseak -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default inguruneari ez ikusi egingo dio, eta "gutun" motako dokumentu-klasean erabiltze a erabateko zentzugabekeria da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default inguruneak zuregatik hainbat gauza egin ditzake. Lehenbizi, "Abstract" \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailearen oharra -\emph default +\emph default : euskaraz "laburpena" izan arren, etiketa ingelesez agertuko da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset izeneko etiketa erdian eta testuaren gainean jarriko du. Etiketa eta laburpenaren testuak elkarrengandik bereizteko tarte bertikala @@ -5898,94 +6933,106 @@ Itzultzailearen oharra Beno, horrela agertuko da behintzat LyX-eko pantailan. Dokumentua "txostena" klasekoa bada, laburpena bereiztutako beste orrialde batean agertuko da, fitxategiaren inprimatzeko bertsioan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo berri bat hasteko -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzen bada, paragrafo-ingurunea ez da berrasieratuko. Paragrafo berria -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default ingurunean jarraituko du. Laburpenarekin amaitutakoan, zeu arduratu beharko zara hurrengo paragrafoak nahi duzun paragrafo-ingurunera bihurtzen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default ingurunearen adibidea bat jarri nahiko genuke, baina ezinezkoa zaigu, dokumentu hau "liburu" klasekoa delako. "Laburpena" entzuten duzun lehen aldia izango balitz, zuretzako ez dela garrantzitsua esan nahiko luke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Bibliografia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografia} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default ingurunea erreferentziak zerrendatzeko erabiltzen da. Teknikoki, ingurune hau nonnahi erabil dezakezun arren, dokumentuaren amaieran erabili beharko zenuke. Ez saiatu -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default ingurunea beste ingurune batean habiarazten (edo alderantziz), ez baitabil. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehen aldiz -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default ingurunea irekitzerakoan, LyX-ek tarte bertikal handia gehituko du, ondoren "Bibliography" edo "References" izenburua hitzarekin, dokumentu-klasearen arabera. Izenburua letra lodi handikoa da. -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default inguruneko paragrafo bakoitza bibliografiako sarrera bat izango da. Honela, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatuz ez du paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko, eta paragrafo berri bakoitza -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default ingurunekoa izango da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo bakoitzaren lehen lerroko hasieran zenbaki bat agertzen duen gris koloreko botoi bat ikusiko duzu. Bertan klikatuz, elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko zaizu, eta -\family sans +\family sans Gako -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default bat ezar dezakezu. -\family sans +\family sans Gakoa -\family default +\family default izen sinbolikoa da, eta hori erabiltzen da bibliografia-sarrerari aipamena egiteko. Adibidez, demagun zure lehen bibliografiako sarrera LaTeX-i buruzko liburu @@ -5993,26 +7040,28 @@ Gakoa Sarrera honentzat gakoa "latexgida" aukera dezakezu. Etiketa bat ere eman diezaiokezu, gris koloreko txertatze-kutxan erakutsiko da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Gakoa -\family default +\family default eremua ez da erabilgaitza. Zure bibliografia-sarrerak aipatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default -itazio\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itazio\InsetSpace ~ erreferentzia -\family default +\family default menua. Aukeratu gakoen zerrendan dagoenetariko bat, ondoren gehitu erreferentzia bat ezkerreko gezian klikatuz eta hautatutako gako zerrendan gehituko du. @@ -6021,337 +7070,409 @@ erreferentzia Bi sarrera aipatzeko adibide bat hau da: "Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida} -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[3. kapitulua]{latexlagunartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset ". Bigarrenean, zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroko -\family sans -Testua\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Testua\InsetSpace ~ ondoren -\family default +\family default eremuan " 3. kapitulua" esaldia sartu diogu. Pantailan ikusten dituzun "latexgida" eta "latexlagunartea" testuak inprimatzer akoan bibliografiaren zenbaki edo etiketagatik ordeztuko dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko BibTeX bibliografiako pakete garatuena ere LyX-ek onartzen du. BibTeX nola erabiltzen den jakiteko, irakurri -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburua. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Xede berezia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inolako kategoriatan sailkatzen ez diren hiru ingurune estandar daude, xede berezietarako prestatuak baitaude. Zertarako eta nola erabiltzen diren argituko dugu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Epigrafea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:epigrafediseinua} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default entzako paragrafo-ingurune lehenetsia da. LyX-eko pantailan "Figure #:" edo "Table #:." etiketak ikusiko dituzu, dauden mugikor-moten arabera. Inprimatzeko irteerako dokumentuaren bertsioan oraingo -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia-zenbakia -\family default +\family default etiketa honetan ordeztua izango da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezin izango duzu -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default ingurunean ezer habiaratu, edo alderantziz. Gainera, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzerakoan paragrafoa -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera bihurtuko du, azken finean -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default paragrafo bakar bat baita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezin duzu -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default ingurunea -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default retik at erabili. Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalak -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default buruzko informazio gehiago eskuratzeko. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LyX kodea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kodea ingurunea LyX programaren beste hedapen bat da. Testua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter idazmakina -\family default +\family default letra-tipoarekin konposatzen du. Teklatuko -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune -\family default +\family default tekla zuriune gisa ere badabil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\family default +\family default ingurunean, -\family sans +\family sans Zuriune -\family default +\family default tekla zuriune babestu bezala lantzen da, hitz baten amaiera markatu ordez. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ; LyX-ek jarraian hainbat zuriune idazteko aukera eskaintzen dizun egoera bakarra du. Lerro zuriak txertatzeko, -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default funtzioa) erabiltzen jarraitu beharko duzu. Lerro-itzulerak paragrafoa apurtzen du. Ohartu zaitez -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default batek ez duela paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratzen. Hori dela eta, LyX kodea ingurunea erabiltzen amaitzen duzunean, paragrafo-ingu runea aldatzeaz zeu arduratu beharko duzu. Horretaz gain, LyX kodea ingurunea beste batzuen barruan habiara dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ingurune honek berezitasun gutxi batzuk ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezin duzu -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro -\family default +\family default itzulera paragrafo berri baten hasieran erabili (adib. ez duzu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default baten ondoren -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro -\family default +\family default itzulera sartu). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezin duzu -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default baten ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default sartu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erabili -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default paragrafo berri bat sortzeko, ondoren sartu -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Edo, erabili -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default horren ordez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezin duzu paragrafo edo lerro huts bat eduki. Lerro zuria (edo hutsa) nahi duzun bakoitzean gutxienez Zuriune bat jarri beharko duzu. Bestela LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezingo duzu idazmakinako komatxo bikoitzak -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default ikurra idatziz lortu, benetako komatxoak sartuko baititu. Idazmakinaren komatxo bikoitzak -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default (edo -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default Emacs antzeko teklatu-mapa erabiliz gero) jokoarekin lortzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hona adibide bat: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /* hau \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset nire C programaketa-hizkuntzako lehen programa da. */ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Kaixo mundua -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hau hasiberrientzat "Kaixo mundua" izeneko programatxo bat da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kodea inguruneak xede bat dauka: kodea konposatzea, programa baten jatorrizk o kodea, komando-lerroko script-a, rc-fitxategia, eta abar. Erabili oso egoera berezietan bakarrik, idazmakina batekin bezalako testua sortu behar duzunean, alegia. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Iruzkina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Iruzkina -\family default +\family default ingurunea zure dokumentuari buruzko iruzkinak idazteko erabiltzen da, eta inprimatzeko irteeran ez da agertzen. Garbiago gelditu dadin, LyX-ek iruzkin ingurunearentzat beste kolore bat aurkezten du, bestelako testuak darabiltzatenetik nabarmenduz. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inguruneak habiaratzea \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Zertan datza bere garrantzia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arestian azaldu den bezala, behin eta berriz aipatu dizugu "zoaz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala irakurtzera". Litekeena da zergatik duen hainbesteko garrantzia galdetzen egotea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ohiko "testu-prozesadorea-goretsitako-idazmakinen-gisa" kontzeptutik ezberdintzen duen ezaugarri garrantzitsuena dauka. @@ -6362,92 +7483,113 @@ LyX ohiko "testu-prozesadorea-goretsitako-idazmakinen-gisa" kontzeptutik eta propietate bereziekin, lantzen du. Hala ere, zer gertatzen da "bloke" batek beste "bloke" baten propietateak eskuratu eta erabili nahi baditu? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibide zehatz bat: eskemak. Zure eskeman hiru gai nagusi dituzu, baina 2. gaiak bere baitan bi azpigai ditu. Hau da, zerrenda bat beste zerrenda baten barruan daukazu, 2. gaiari barne-zerrenda bat erantsita: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate bat -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate bi -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate azpizerrenda - 1. elementua -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate azpizerrenda - 2. elementua -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate hiru -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nola sartzen duzu zerrenda bat beste baten barruan? Oraingoz erantzuna agerikoa da: bata beste baten barruan habiaratuz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diotenez, ingurune bat habiaratzea nahiko samurra omen da: hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans -Handitu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Handitu\InsetSpace ~ ingurune-sakonera -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -Gutxitu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gutxitu\InsetSpace ~ ingurune-sakonera -\family default +\family default uneko paragrafoaren habiaratze-sakonera aldatzeko (egoera-barrak paragrafoak duen sakonera-maila erakutsiko dizu). Zaila egin zaizu? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tekla-elkarteak ere erabil ditzakezu, -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Ezkerra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Eskuina -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -M-p \SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p \InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default ere erabil ditzakezu, atseginagoak badituzu bederen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , habiaratze-maila aldatzeko. Aldaketa egindako uneko hautapenean (hainbat paragrafo batera habiaratzeko) edo uneko paragrafoan eragina izango du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oroitu zaitez LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera ahal badu aldatuko duela soilik. Ezinezkoa bada, ez da ezer gertatuko sakonera aldatzen saiatzen bazara. @@ -6457,20 +7599,28 @@ Oroitu zaitez LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera ahal badu aldatuko duela soilik. Zure testuak duen itxuraren arabera baitago. Egin dezakezun onena da habiaratze-sakonerak aldatu eta zer gertatzen den ikusiz jolastea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Habiaratzea ez dago zerrendentzako bakarrik mugatua. LyX-en edozer gauza nahi duzunaren barruan habiaratzeko aukera daukazu, ikertuko duzun bezala. Paragrafo-inguruneak habiaratzearen egiazko ahalmena da hau. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuretzako paragrafo-inguruneak zerrendatu aurretik, habiaratze-sakonerak lan egiteko duten moduari buruzko zerbait gehiago aurkeztu behar dizugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Habiaratzeei buruzko galderak ezin dira bai edo ez, ahal duzu edo ezin duzu batekin erantzun. @@ -6478,7 +7628,9 @@ Habiaratzeei buruzko galderak ezin dira bai edo ez, ahal duzu edo ezin duzu Ingurune bat beste edozein ingurunetan habiara dezakezu? Eta horren barruan beste bat habiaratu? Horietako bati "bai" erantzuteak ez du ziurtatzen besteei "bai" erantzun dakiekeenik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo-inguruneak, LyX-en, habiaratzerakoan hiru gauza hauetariko bat egin dezake: lehenengoa, ingurune bat erabat habiagaitza izan daiteke; @@ -6488,294 +7640,395 @@ Paragrafo-inguruneak, LyX-en, habiaratzerakoan hiru gauza hauetariko bat Azken ingurune-mota bat dago. Mota hauetakoa beste ingurune batean habiara dezakezu, eta hori da dena. Ezin duzu hauetan ezer habiaratu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren hiru motak, habiaratze-jokabidearen arabera sailkatuta, eta bakoitzean zein paragrafo-ingurune dauden zerrendatzen ditugu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Arrazoi bitxi bat dela eta, LyX-ek bai -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\family default +\family default bai -\family sans +\family sans Laburpena -\family default +\family default habiarazteko aukera eskaintzen dizu. Gainera, LyX-ek -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Data -\family default +\family default beste inguruneetan habiaratzen uzten dizu. Hori ez egitea aholkatzen dizugu. LaTeX-ek txahalarena egingo du (botaka) hori egiten saiatzen bazara. Berriro diogu, ez egin! Ez dakigu zergatia. Nola nahi ere, testuinguru aldetik ez dauka zentzurik ingurune horiek habiarazt ea; beraz, zergatik nahi izan dezakezu hori egin? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Habiaragaitzak Ezin dira habiaratu. Ezin da beroien barruan bestelakorik habiaratu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zatia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Kapitulua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiatala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpiazpiatala -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragrafoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpiparagrafoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zatia* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Atala* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Azpiatala* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azpiazpiatala* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliografia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Laburpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titulua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Egilea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Data -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Erabat\SpecialChar ~ +Erabat\InsetSpace ~ habiarakorra Habiara dezakezu. Bestelakoak hauen barnean habiara ditzakezu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zita -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Elementua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Azalpena -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Barne-habiarakorra Hauek besteen barruan habiara ditzakezu. Ezin duzu hauen barruan bestelakorik habiaratu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Eskuin\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Eskuin\InsetSpace ~ helbidea -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Epigrafea ingurunea ezin da inon sailkatu, zeren eta -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default elementuetan bakarrik erabiltzen baita. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-eta-irud-habiara} -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragrafo-inguruneak ez diren beste hainbat gauza daude, eta nolabait habiaratze ak eragiten diete. Hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ekuazioak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize taulak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize irudiak -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : irudi edo taula bat -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default egoeran jartzen baduzu, ez da egia izango. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus azpian edo \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset edo begiratu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ ataletan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek hiru elementu hauek hitz edo paragrafo bat bezala kudeatu ditzake. Egia da taula bat lerro-barnean ezin duzula sartu, baina matematika eta irudiak bai. Irudi edo ekuazio bat lerro-barnean badago, dagoen paragrafoarekin batera -\emph on +\emph on sakonduko -\emph default +\emph default da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestalde, ekuazio, irudi edo taula bat bere "paragrafo" propioan balego, "barne-habiarakorra" motako paragrafo-ingurune baten bezalako jokabidea izango dute. Edozein ingurunetan habiaratu ahal izango dituzu, baina (zer esanik ez dago) hauen barruan ezer habiaratzerik ezin izango duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hona hemen taula duen adibidea: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lehenengo elementua -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default da eta habiaratuta dago. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6786,113 +8039,150 @@ Hau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (b) -\emph default +\emph default da. Une honetan, taula -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default barruan habiaratuta dago. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Kanpora itzuli da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taula ez badugu habiaratzen, zerrendak honako itxura hau edukiko du: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lehenengo elementua -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default da eta habiaratuta dago. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout +\end_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6903,123 +8193,165 @@ Hau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (b) -\emph default +\emph default da. Taula -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default barruan -\emph on +\emph on ez -\emph default +\emph default dago habiaratuta dago. Egitez, erabat habiaratu gabe dago. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kanpora itzuli da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badakigu ohartuko zinela, baina badaezpada ere aipatuko dugu. (b) elementua ez da habiaratu, zerrenda berri bateko lehenbiziko elementua da! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hanka sartzeko arriskua duen beste gauza bat dago: taula habiaratzea, baina nahiko sakonera ez ezartzea. LyX-ek taularen ondoren doan edozer gauza (azpi)zerrenda berri batean bihurtuko du. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lehenengo elementua -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default da, eta habiaratuta dago. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7030,100 +8362,123 @@ Hau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\emph on +\emph on (b) -\emph default +\emph default da. Dagoeneko, taula -\emph on +\emph on Lehenengo elementua -\emph default +\emph default ren barruan habiaratuta dago, baina ez -\emph on +\emph on (a) -\emph default +\emph default -ren barruan. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Kanpora itzuli da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikus dezakezunez, (b) elementua zerrenda berri bateko aurreneko elementua izatera aldatu da, baina zerrenda berria 1. @@ -7131,772 +8486,892 @@ Ikus dezakezunez, (b) elementua zerrenda berri bateko aurreneko elementua Antzeko gauza gertatuko litzateke irudi edo ekuazio batekin. Ondorioz, taula, irudi edo ekuazio batzuk habiaratzen badituzu, sakonera egokian jartzen dituzula ziurta zaitez! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badaude -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorrak -\family default +\family default izenekoak ere. -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default bat etiketa antzeko batekin elkartuta dagoen testu-bloke bat da, baina kokapen finkorik ez dauka. Bloke hau orrialde bat edo bitan aurrerantz eta atzerantz "mugi" daiteke, leku egokienean kokatuz. -\family sans +\family sans Oin-oharrak -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Albo-oharrak -\family default +\family default mugikorrak dira, -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default ren antzera. LyX-ekin dokumentu bat editatzen duzunean, itxitako -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default bat etiketa gorridun gris koloreko botoi baten itxura dauka eta dagoen paragrafoarekin kokatzen da. Hala ere, -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default bat irteerako testuan finkatutako kokalekurik ez daukanez, habiaratzeak ez du dokumentua LaTeX-era igorritakoan uneko kokalekuan eragiten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Habiaratze-mugak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mailez ari garenez, LyX-ek sei mailataraino habiara dezake. Hots, "Sei. maila" barrukoen sakonera da. Esan nahi duguna adierazteko adibidea: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate 1. Bat. maila - kanpokoa -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate (a) Bi. maila -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate i. Hiru. maila -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate A. Lau. maila -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Bost. maila -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Sei. maila -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Berriro, LyX-ek gehienez 6 maila ditu, zein paragrafo-ingurunetan dagoen ez dauka garrantzirik \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ezin ditu muga horiek derrigortu. Gainditzen saiatzen bazara, LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu zure dokumentuaren irteera ekoizterakoan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Esanahi duena da -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default zerrendan, edo -\family sans +\family sans Bertso -\family default +\family default ingurunean, gehienez seigarren maila arte habiara dezakezula. Aurrerago ikusiko dugun bezala, inguruneak nahastu ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi salbuespen daude sei mailako habiaratze horretan, eta adibidean ikus ditzakezu biak. Erabat habiarakorrak ez bezala, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default inguruneetan laugarren mailako sakonera arte irits zaitezke. Arestiko adibidean, "A" elementuan beste -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default zerrenda habiaratuz gero, erroreak sortuko lizkiguke. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tamalez, LyX-ek ez du muga hori betetzera derrigortzen. Gainezka egiten saiatzen bazara, eta zure dokumentua LaTeX-i igortzerakoan, azken horrek erroreak itzuliko dizkigu zure jarreraren sari gisa. Zintzo ibili! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Adibide batzuk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Habiaratzearekin egin ditzakezunak azaltzeko biderik egokiena argibidea da. Hainbat habiaratutako ingurune dituzten adibideak ditugu. Horietan, adibideak nola sortzen diren azalduko dizkizugu, horrela zeuk modu eroso batean sortzeko aukera eskainiz. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 1. adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 1.a Hau kanpoen dagoen maila da. -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default ingurunekoa da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 2.a Hau 2. mailakoa da. Sortzeko -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ondoren -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default laster-tekla sakatu dugu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 3.a Hau 3. mailakoa da. Oraingoan, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu dugu soilik, gero birritan -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default erabili dugu errenkadan. Aurreko mailan landu dugun bezala ere egin genezake, -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ondoren -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default laster-tekla sakatuz. Dagoeko konturatuko zinen hau ere Zerrenda ingurunea dela, eta automatikoki dagoela egoera honetan, ez? -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Hau ordea -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunea da, "3.a" barruan habiaratuta dagoenez 4. mailan kokatzen da. Hori egiteko, -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default sakatu orduko paragrafoa -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera bihurtu dugu. Erabili bide hori paragrafo bat baino gehiago daukan zerrenda-elementuak sortzeko. -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default inguruneetan eta erabil dezakezu! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oraingo hau ere -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default paragrafoa izateaz gain, 4. mailan dago. Lortzeko -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzearekin nahikoa da. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 4.a Hau 4. mailan dago. -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu bezain azkar, paragrafoaren ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Zerrendara -\family default +\family default itzuli dugu. Gogoratu, ezin dezakegula -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunean ezer habiaratu, horregatik 4. mailan jarraitzen dugu. Nola nahi ere, "3.a" barruan gauzak habiarazten jarrai dezakegu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 5.a Hau 5. mailan kokatzen da\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 6.a \SpecialChar \ldots{} eta hau 6. mailakoa da. Jadanik azken bi hauek nola landu ditugun jakin beharko zenuke. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 5.b Itzuli 5. mailara. Sakatu soilik -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default +\family default batekin jarraituz. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 4.b Beste -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default baten ostean -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default - sakatuz, 4.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + sakatuz, 4.\InsetSpace ~ mailara itzuliko gara. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 3.b Itzuli gara 3. mailara. Jadanik jakingo duzu nola egin dugun miraritxo hau. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 2.b Itzuli 2. mailara. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 1.b Eta azkenik, bidaia luze honetako kanporen dagoen mailara itzultzen gara, 1. mailara, alegia. Sententzia horren ostean, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu eta paragrafoa -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera bihurtuko dugu zerrenda amaitutzat jotzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hor daukazu. Ene, bada! -\family sans +\family sans Azalpena -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default edota -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ingurunean -\family sans +\family sans Zerrendaren -\family default +\family default ordez ere erabil genezake. Adibidea antzera landuko zen. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 2. adibidea: herentzia -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Hau -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kodea -\family default +\family default ingurunea da, 1. mailakoa (kanpokoena). -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Orain -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu, ondoren -\family sans +\family sans M-p Eskuina -\family default +\family default eta gero -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family sans + +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunera aldatuko dugu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunea da, 2. mailan dago. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Antzemango duzunez, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default -k bere gurasoa den -\family sans +\family sans LyX-kode -\family default +\family default ingurunetik ezkerraldeko marjina jasotzen du eta letra-tipoa eta tarteak heredatu. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Adibidea amaitzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu dugu. Gero, paragrafoaren ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default izatera aldatu dugu eta habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu dugu -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default +\family default behin erabiliz. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 3. adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau 1. mailakoa da, eta -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunea darabil. Oraingoan hauen tropela habiaratuko ditugu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau 2. mailan dago. Guk, -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ren ondoren, -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default erabili dugu, zer erabiliko duzu zuk? Txantxak alde batera utziz, honen barruan -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunea habiaratzen badugu, zer gertatuko litzateke? Bada, 3. mailan kokatuko litzakeela, baina zein etiketarekin? Izartxo bat? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ez! Bulet bat da. Hau lehen -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunea da, eta esan bezala, 3. mailan kokatu da. Beraz, etiketatzat bulet bat dauka. Ohartxo bat: hona iristeko -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default erabili dugu, ondoren -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default lasterbidea, eta gero ingurunea -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default gisa jarri dugu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hona hemen 4. maila, -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ostean -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default erabiliz sortu dugu. Bai jostagarria! Berriro egingo dugu... -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ...5. maila lortzeko. Oraingoan, nola nahi ere, paragrafoa -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunera itzuli dugu. Ohartu zaitez nolako zenbatze-mota erabili duen! Minuskulaz dagoen Erromatar letra-tipoa da, zeren eta hirugarren -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurune-mailan baikaude (adib. -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default barruko -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default barneko -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunean gaude). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zer gertatzen da paragrafo-ingurunea aldatu gabe habiaratze-sakonera gutxitzen badugu? LyX-ek zelako zenbatze-mota erabiliko du? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ene! oraingoan ez baduzu asmatu ederki gabiltza! -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default bakarrik erabili dugu uneko ingurunea eta sakonera mantenduz elementu berri bat sortzeko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Goazen -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default +\family default erabiltzera hurrengo -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ren ondoren sakonera gutxitzeko. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau 4. mailan dago. Begiratu LyX-ek zein etiketa-mota erabiltzen duen! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hau berriz, 3.ekoa da. Mailak aldatu arren, Lyx-ek minuskulazko Erromatar letra-tipoko zenbakiekin jarraitzen du etiketatzen. Zergatik? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ez dakigu merezi ote duzun edo ez, baina hain jatorrak garenez erantzungo dizugu: habiaratze-sakonera aldatu den arren oraindik hirugarren -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunean jarraitzen dugulako. Gogoratu Lyx-ek etiketaren zenbatzailea berrasieratu duela. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Beste -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default - sekuentzia landuz 2.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + sekuentzia landuz 2.\InsetSpace ~ mailara itzuli gara. Hori da eta! Oraingoan habiaratze-sakonera aldatu eta bigarren mailako -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurunera itzuli gara. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Berriro -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Ezkerra -\family default - jorratzen baditugu antzeko zerbait gertatuko da: 1.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + jorratzen baditugu antzeko zerbait gertatuko da: 1.\InsetSpace ~ mailara (kanpoen dagoena) itzuliko gara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default ingurunera berrezarriko dugu. Bistakoa denez, mailaren zenbakiak ez du -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default ingurunetako etiketa motekin zerikusirik. -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default elementu batean erabiliko den etiketa-mota horren inguruan dauden -\emph on +\emph on beste -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ingurune -\emph default +\emph default kopuruek erabakitzen dute. Era berean, -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default inguruneari antzeko araua aplikatzen zaio. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection 4. adibidea: garunak astindu -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Orain erabat zoratuko zaitugu. Beste adibideetan ez bezala, ez dugu hainbesteko sakonerarekin habiaratuko, ezta gauzak horrelako xehetasunez azalduko ere. (1. maila: -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default ). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Eskuina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Estandarra -\family default +\family default : 2. maila) Lekuren batean, parentesi artean, adibidea nola sortu dugun buruzko azalpen oso laburra jarri dugu. Adibidez, bi laster-teklek aipatzen dute sakonera nola aldatu ditugun. Ingurunearen izena unekoa inguruneari dagokio, jakina. Aurretik edo atzetik zein mailatan kokatzen den ere ipini dugu. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default : 1. maila) Hau zerrendako hurrengo elementua da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Oraingoan bertsoa gehitu dugu -\newline +\newline Okerrago izan zitekeen. -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans M-p Eskuina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default : 2. maila) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Tripititai, trikitilai -\newline +\newline Mendirik mendi lainoan -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Zuretzat jarri dugu taula: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7907,135 +9382,153 @@ Zuretzat jarri dugu taula: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard arrai bat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bi arrai -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard arrai gorria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard arrai urdina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera, Taula, M-p Eskuin -\family default +\family default a 3 aldiz, -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera, Bertsoa, M-p Ezkerra -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default : 1. maila) Hau beste elementu bat da. Ohartu zaitez -\family sans +\family sans Taula -\family default +\family default bat hautatzeak habiaratze-sakonera 1. mailara berrasieratzen duela; beraz, habiaratze-sakonera 3 aldiz handitu dugu taula -\family sans +\family sans Bertsoa -\family default +\family default ingurunean jartzeko. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Orain, ordea, -\family sans +\family sans Zenbatuta -\family default +\family default zerrenda amaitu dugu eta -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default ingurunera aldatu gara. 1. mailan jarraitzen dugu. Inguruneak nahastuz egin ditzakezun zenbait gauza azaldu nahiko genuke. Hurrengo paragrafo-multzoa " zitatutako gutun" bat da. Bai Helbidea bai -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneak honetan habiaratuko ditugu, ondoren gutunaren gorputzerako habiaratu tako -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default erabiliko da. Sakonera mantentzeko -\family sans +\family sans M-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default erabiliko dugu. Gogoratu -\family sans +\family sans Helbidea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Eskuin-helbidea -\family default +\family default inguruneetan hainbat lerro edukitzeko -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default erabili behar dela. Has gaitezen: -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address 1234 Nonbait kalea -\newline +\newline Sagugoitia, 010100 -\newline +\newline 04-9-6 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Kaixo Artaziluze jauna, -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Gutun hau bidaltzen dizugu une honetan zure eskaria bete ezin dugula jakinarazte ko. @@ -8047,57 +9540,74 @@ ko. Gutxi gorabehera bi hilabete beharko ditugu simaurra biltegiratzeko. Bitartean, eta aldez aurretik zure arreta eskertuz, eskaera bertan behera uzteko aukera daukazula oroitarazi nahiko genizuke. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Hala ere, eskaerarekin aurrera jarraitzea erabakiko bazenu, eskariaren salneurri a %20 gutxituko genuke. Interesa edukiz gero, deitu telefonoz arazo honi irtenbidea emateko. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Berriro zure arretagatik eskerrak ematen dizkizugu. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Ongi izan, -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Enbata Ondamendieta -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Honek adibidea amaitutzat jotzen du! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi duzunez, LyX-en inguruneak habiaratzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen dizu, tekla gutxi batzuk sakatzearen truke. Oso erraz -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default zerrenda -\family sans +\family sans Zitazioa -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default barruan habiara dezakegu, edo -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default bat -\family sans +\family sans Elementua -\family default +\family default zerrenda baten barruan. Zure eskura aukera aldaki asko dituzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpen laburra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Egungo konposatzeko eta markatzeko hizkuntza asko karaktere-estiloen zehaztapene ra hurbiltzen hasi dira, letra-tipo zehatzetara baino gehiago. @@ -8106,90 +9616,98 @@ ra hurbiltzen hasi dira, letra-tipo zehatzetara baino gehiago. Burutazio hau LyX-ekin bat dator. LyX-en, gauzak testuinguruan oinarrituz lantzen dira, konposaketaren xehetasun arloetan sakondu ordez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oraintxe bertan, LyX-ek letra-tipo lehenetsi globala zehazten uzten dizu, eta bi karaktere-estilo ditu: -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default estiloa letra etzanari dagokio; -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default estiloa, berriz, maiuskula txikian idatzitako letra-tipoari dagokio (hizkuntza eta idazki-estilo batzuk izen propioak konposatzeko erabiltzen dute). LyX taldeak egunen batean karaktere-estiloen multzo oso bat eduki, eta estiloei dagokien letra-tipoak pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzea espero du. Une honetan, ordea, dagoenarekin moldatu beharko zara. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aukera globalak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Letra-tipoa lehenetsi dezakezu, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default hautatuz, -\family sans -Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dokumentu\InsetSpace ~ ezarpenak -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroan. Interesgarriak diren bi aukera daude: -\family sans +\family sans Letra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans tamaina -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Letra -\family default +\family default peko aukeren artean daude "lehenetsia" ("default") eta sisteman eskuragarri dituzun letra-tipoen zerrenda. "Lehenetsia" aukerak TeX-en letra-tipo arrunta erabiltzen du, "computer modern" (cm) edo "European modern" (em) bezala ezaguna. Sistema gehienek normalean -\family sans +\family sans Times -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Helvetica -\family default +\family default letra-tipoen bertsioren bat eduki ohi dute, beste zenbait aldagairekin. Zeuk aztertu beharko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Tamaina -\family default +\family default aukerak hiru balio ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu: 10, 11 eta 12. Gogoratu hau letra-tamainaren oinarria dela. LyX-ek balio honekin beste letra-tamaina guztiak eskala ditzake (oin-ohar, @@ -8197,197 +9715,241 @@ Tamaina Behar duzunean, dokumentuko letra-tamaina fintzeko aukera izango duzu. Tentelkeria da 8pt edo 24pt letra-tamaina lehenespenez erabiltzea, normalean dokumentua modu irakurgaitzean errendatzen baitu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez -\family sans +\family sans Letra -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans tamaina -\family default +\family default eremuetan balio berri bat aukeratzen baduzu, LyX-ek ez duela pantaila aldatzen. Ezberdintasuna azken irteeran bakarrik ikusi ahal izango duzu. Hori WYSIWYM izaeraren ondorioa da. Bestalde, ohartuko zinen "Erromatarra" letra-tipoa duen testua LyX-eko pantailan lehenetsitako letra-tipoari dagokiola. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jadanik ikusi dugu LyX-ek automatikoki paragrafo-ingurune batzuetan karaktere-es tiloa aldatzen duela. Arestian aipatu dugunez, beste bi karaktere-estilo daude: -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default . Bi estilook laster-teklak, menuak eta tresna-barra erabiliz aktiba ditzakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Izena estiloa gaitzeko, landu hau: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans Izen-estiloa -\family default +\family default elementua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize klikatu tresna-barrako pertsona itxura duen botoia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize erabili -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default laster-tekla -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Komando guzti hauek txandakorrak dira. -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default estiloa aktibatuta egonez gero, desaktibatuko dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default estiloa izen propioentzako erabili ohi da. Adibidez, " -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default LyX-eko jatorrizko egilea da". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gehien erabiltzen den karaktere-estiloa -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default da. -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default estiloa aktibatzeko (edo desaktibatzeko) aukera hauek dituzu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans Enfasi-estiloa -\family default +\family default aukera -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize klikatu tresna-barrako \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset karakterea duen botoia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize erabili -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default laster-tekla -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oraingoz, -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default estiloa letra etzanaren baliokidea da. Etorkizunean elkargo hauek pertsonalizatzeko aukera egiteko asmoa daukagu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default estiloa dokumentu honen zehar maiz erabili dugu. Hona beste adibide bat: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abisu bat da adibidea izateaz gain. Denbora guztian elkarri garrasika hitz egiten ez dugun bezala, karaktere-estilo a gehiegikerian erabiltzea saihestu behar dugu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Ene!\SpecialChar ~ +Ene!\InsetSpace ~ ( -\emph on -azken\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +azken\InsetSpace ~ oharra -\emph default +\emph default ): letra-tipo lehenetsia berrasieratzeko -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Zuriunea -\family default +\family default laster-tekla erabil dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Karaktereen diseinua fintzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gerta daiteke noizbait zerbait findu behar izatea, horretarako LyX-ek karaktere- estilo pertsonalizatua sortzeko bidea eskaintzen dizu. Adibidez, unibertsitateko egunkari edo lantegi batean -\family sans +\family sans sans-serif -\family default +\family default letra-tipoa zehazten duen estilo-gida sortzen du zenbait egoeratan erabiltzeko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -en oharra: badago estilo-gidaren antzekoa LyX Dokumentaziorako, eskuliburuek nolabaiteko koherentzia behar dutelako. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gainera, idazleek batzuetan hainbat letra-tipo erabiltzen dute pertsonaien pentsakizunak elkarrizketa arrunt batean zehar adierazteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatua nola erabiltzen den erakutsi aurretik, berriro abisu bat emango dizugu: ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak. @@ -8398,545 +9960,628 @@ Karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatua nola erabiltzen den erakutsi aurretik, Eta esaera zaharrak dioen bezala, letra-tipo eta tamaina ezberdinak gehiegi darabiltzaten dokumentuek takarren batek zapaldu eta hondatuko dituela ematen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aieneka nahikoa ibili gara; goazen, bada, harira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Letra-tipo pertsonalizatuak erabiltzeko, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default arakterea -\family default +\family default elementuan klikatuz -\family sans +\family sans Karakterea -\family default +\family default izeneko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. Leihoan zazpi bat botoi egongo dira, aukera dezakezun letra-propietate bakoitzeko bat alegia. Zazpi horietatik aukera bat hauta dezakezu, edo -\family sans -Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aldaketarik\InsetSpace ~ gabe -\family default +\family default hautatuz uneko propietatearen egoera mantentzen du. -\family sans +\family sans Berrezarri -\family default +\family default elementuak propietate baten lehenetsitako egoerara berrasieratuko du, dagoen paragrafo-ingurunearen arabera. Hori hartutako paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinetan atributuak berrezartzeko erabil dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zazpi letra-propietate, eta beraien aukerak ( -\family sans -Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aldaketarik\InsetSpace ~ gabe -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Berrezarri -\family default +\family default -ri gehituz) hauek dira: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Familia -\family default +\family default Letra-tipoaren "erabateko itxura". Dauden aukerak hauek dira: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Erromatarra -\family default +\family default Hau Erromatar letra-tipoko familia da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Familia lehenetsia da. (laster-tekla: = -\family sans +\family sans M-c r -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Hau Sans Serif letra-tipoko familia da -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-c s -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Idazmakina -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Hau Idazmakina letra-tipoko familia da -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-c p -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Serieak -\family default +\family default Karakterearen lodierari dagokio. Hauek dira aukerak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Ertaina -\family default +\family default Hau Ertaina letra-tipoko seriea da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako seriea ere bada. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Lodia -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold Hau Lodia letra-tipoko seriea da -\series default +\series default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Serie hau txandakatzeko (aktibatu eta desaktibatzeko), erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua -\family default +\family default menuko Lodi estiloa , edo -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default lasterbidea erabil dezakezu. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Forma -\family default +\family default Bere izenak azaltzen du. Aukerak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Zutik -\family default +\family default Hau Zutik letra-forma da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako forma da. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Etzana -\family default +\family default -\shape italic +\shape italic Hau Etzana letra-forma da -\shape default +\shape default . -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Inklinatua -\family default +\family default -\shape slanted +\shape slanted Hau Inklinatua letra-forma da -\shape default +\shape default ( pantailan ez antzeman arren, etzanaren ezberdina da). -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Maiuskula -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans txikiak -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape smallcaps +\family sans +\shape smallcaps Hau maiuskula txikiak letra-forma da -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tamaina -\family default +\family default Letraren tamaina aldatzen du. Hemen ez duzu zenbakizko baliorik aurkituko, aukeran dauden neurri guztiak lehenetsitakoaren letra-tamainarekiko proportzionalak dira. Berriro diogu, ez zaitez LyX-en xehetasunengatik arduratu, egin nahi duzuna bakarrik azaltzearekin nahikoa duzu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Aukerak (eta laster-teklak) hauek dira: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Ttipi-ttipia -\family sans -\size tiny +\family sans +\size tiny Hau "Ttipi-ttipia" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s t -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 1 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Txikiena -\family sans -\size scriptsize +\family sans +\size scriptsize Hau "Txikiena" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s 2 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Txikiagoa -\family sans -\size footnotesize +\family sans +\size footnotesize Hau "Txikiagoa" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s S -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 3 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Txikia -\family sans -\size small +\family sans +\size small Hau "Txikia" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s s -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 4 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Normala Hau "Normala" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsitako tamaina da. (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s n -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 5 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Handia -\family sans -\size large +\family sans +\size large Hau "Handia" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s l -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 6 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Handiagoa -\family sans -\size larger +\family sans +\size larger Hau "Handiagoa" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s S-L -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 7 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Handiena -\family sans -\size largest +\family sans +\size largest Hau "Handiena" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s 8 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Eskerga -\family sans -\size huge +\family sans +\size huge Hau "Eskerga" letra-tamaina da . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s h -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 9 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Eskergena -\family sans -\size giant +\family sans +\size giant Hau "Eskergena" letra-tamaina da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-s H -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans M-s 0 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Berriro -\emph default +\emph default abisatu nahi dizugu: ezaugarri honekin ez zaitez aztoratu. Inoiz ere ez zenuke letra-tamaina aldatu beharrik izango. LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinentzat automatikoki aldatzen ditu letra-tamai nak, eta erabil ezazu horrela. Hori bakarrik fintzeko erabiltzen da! -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Hainbat -\family default +\family default Karaktere mailan alda ditzakezun beste gauzatxo batzuk dira. Hauek dira aukerak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Testu honek -\family sans +\family sans Enfasia -\family default +\family default aktibatuta dauka. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Honek letra etzanaren antzekoa dirudien arren, zertxobait ezberdina da. Testu etzan batean enfasia erabiltzen baduzu, zutik jarriko du. LyX-eko etorkizuneko bertsioetan, espero dugu propietate logiko honen jokabide zehatza pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaini ahal izatea. -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Azpimarratua -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under Testu honek Azpimarratua aktibatuta dauka. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (laster-tekla = -\family sans +\family sans M-c u -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default -\noun on +\noun on Testu honek -\family sans +\family sans Izena -\family default +\family default aktibatuta dauka. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Enfasia bezala, hau ere atributu logiko bat da. Oraingoz, -\family sans -Maiuskula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Maiuskula\InsetSpace ~ txikiak -\family default +\family default -en baliokidea da, baina egunen batean beraren jokabidea aldatuko da. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ahal baldin baduzu, ez erabili azpimarratua! Idazmakinen garaitik bizirik atera da, letra-tipoak aldatu ezin zenituen garaikoa alegia. @@ -8944,137 +10589,156 @@ Ahal baldin baduzu, ez erabili azpimarratua! Idazmakinen garaitik bizirik tzen jarraitzea. LaTeX-en dagoelako dauka LyX-ek, eta zenbait idazlek artikuluak bidaltzeko -\emph on +\emph on beharrezkoa -\emph default +\emph default dutelako (eta, egitez, eskuliburu hauetan menu-elementuen lasterbideak erakusteko erabili ditugu). -\end_deeper -\layout Labeling +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Kolorea -\family default +\family default Testuaren kolorea kontrol hau erabiliz egokitu ahal izango duzu. Noski, gaitasun honi etekina ateratzeko koloreetan inprimatzeko aukera edukitzeaz gain color LaTeX paketea instalatuta eduki beharko duzu. Jakin ezazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default programak ez duela koloreak bistaratzeko gaitasunik. Kolore gabea aukeraz gain, zein "kolore" estandar den hauta dezakezu -\family sans +\family sans Beltza -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zuria -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gorria -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Berdea -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Urdina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zian -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Arrosa -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Horia -\family default +\family default testu-koloreen artean. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Hizkuntza -\family default +\family default Hau testuaren zatiak hizkuntza ezberdinetan idatzita daudela markatzeko erabiltzen da, dokumentuan erabiltzen denaren hizkuntza ezberdina. Horrela, aldaketa nabarmentzeko, markatutako testua urdinez azpimarratzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konbinatzeko aukera asko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Behin karaktere-estilo berri bat aukeratzen duzunean, -\family sans +\family sans Karakterea -\family default +\family default leihoa erabiliz, tresna-barrako "Font" etiketa duen botoian klikatuz edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default plikatu -\family default +\family default hautatuz aktiba dezakezu. Tresna-barrako botoiak karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatuaren egoera txandakatzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu, nahiz eta Karakterea elkarrizketa-koadroa ikusgai ez egon. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Karakterea erabat berrasieratzeko, erabili -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Zuriunea -\family default +\family default . Aldatu dituzun propietateak bakarrik txandakatu nahi badituzu (demagun forma "inklinatua" eta serieak "lodia" bezala jarri dituzula), orduan gaitu -\family sans -Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txandakatu\InsetSpace ~ guztiak -\family default +\family default egiaztatze-kontrola eta sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Aplikatu -\family default +\family default botoia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azken aldian hainbeste errepikatzen ari garen abisuarekin amaituko dugu: ez gehiegi erabili letra-tipoak. Horiek batik bat idazkera onerako kaltegarriagoak izan daitezkeelako. Idatzi zeure buruarekin hitz egiten duzun bezala, eta lortuko duzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Aurrebista eta inprimatzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azalpen laburra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuaren prestaketaren oinarria LyX erabiliz azaldu dugunez, jakin nahiko duzu zure idazkiak nola inprimatzen diren. Hori azaldu aurretik ordea, atzetikan zer duen buruzko deskripzio azkar bat ematea nahiko genizuke. Informazio hau zehatzago -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek atzealdean "LaTeX" izeneko programa bat erabiltzen du (gaur egun, LaTeX TeX konposaketa sistemarako makro pakete bat bakarrik da, baina gaizki @@ -9083,118 +10747,136 @@ LyX-ek atzealdean "LaTeX" izeneko programa bat erabiltzen du (gaur egun, Gero, LyX-ek LaTeX-i deituko dio zure idazkia inprimatze-irteerara bihur dezan. Hau hainbat urratsetan lantzen da: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Aurrenik, LyX-ek zure dokumentua hainbat testu-komandotara bihurtzen ditu LaTeX-entzako, " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default " luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortuz. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hurrengo urratsean, LaTeX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default fitxategiko komandoak erabiltzen ditu inprimatze-irteera sortzeko. Hala ere, berak ez daki ezer zure inprimagailuari buruz. Hori dela eta, LaTeX-ek gailutik askea ( -\emph on +\emph on device-independent -\emph default +\emph default edo DVI laburrean) bezala ezagutzen den fitxategia sortzen du. DVI motako \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fitxategiak edozein ordenagailutara eraman daitezke, eta ez du ordenagailuareki ko bihurketa zehatzik behar. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : DVI fitxategiak bere barruan LaTeX fitxategiaren edukia dauka. Zure dokumentuan PostScript® motako irudi batzuk txertatu badituzu, DVI fixtategiak irudiak diren fitxategiei zuzenduriko estekak bakarrik edukiko ditu, eta ez baititu irudi horiek bere barruan edukitzen. Beraz, ez ahaztu zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategiarekin batera irudiak diren fitxategi hauek ere beste ordenagailura mugitu behar direla. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Hartu ezazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia "azken irteera"tzat. Behin hori lortutakoan, ikusi, inprimatu edo beste zenbait formatutara bihur dezakezu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategiak ikusteko, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default izeneko programa erabil dezakezu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Inprimagailu eta Unix sistema batzuek DVI ulertzen dute, eta zuzenean zure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia inprima dezakete. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Gaur egun, inprimagailu gehienek PostScript® formatua ulertzen dute. LyX-ek automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategiak PostScript® fitxategira bihurtzen du, dokumentua inprimatu nahi duzunean. LyX-ek ere dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioaren aurrebista ikusteko aukera eskaintzen dizu, ghostview programa erabiliz. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® erabiltzeak duen alde ona da programa-bihurtzaileak ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default izenekoa) dokumentuan sartu duzun edozein PostScript® grafiko hartu eta dokumentuaren amaierako PostScript® bertsioan jartzen duela. Erabili dituzun letra-tipo ezberdinak ere sartzen ditu. Honela, PostScript® bertsioa DVI bertsioa baino askoz ere eramangarriagoa da. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek urrats hauek guztiak automatikoki lantzen dituenez, ez daukazu arduratu beharrik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ikusi duzunez, dokumentuaren inprimatze edo aurrebistako bertsioa eskuratzeko hainbat gauza gertatzen dira. @@ -9202,528 +10884,610 @@ Ikusi duzunez, dokumentuaren inprimatze edo aurrebistako bertsioa eskuratzeko baino denbora gehiago eskatzen badu. Inprimatutako emaitzaren zain egotea merezi du. Kalitatea beti ordaintzen da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aurrebista azkarra: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuaren azken bertsioa, orri-jauzi guztiak beraien lekuan, oin-oharrak egokiro zenbatuta, eta beste hainbat gauza ikusteko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default elementua. Ondoren itxoin pixka batean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atzealdeko eragiketa guztiak egindakoan, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default programari deituko dio. Orain bai emaitzak ikusiko dituzula ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default programaren xehetasun gehiago eskuratzeko, ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default eskuliburua). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Trikimailu\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Trikimailu\InsetSpace ~ lagungarria -\emph default +\emph default : Utzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default leihoa irekita, agian beste mahaigain batera eramanez. Ondoren, dokumentuan zenbait aldaketa egindakoan, erabili Ikusi menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default aukera. Gero klikatu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default leihoan. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default programak automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default fitxategia berriz irakurri eta eguneratutako emaitza bistaratuko du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript®-en aurrebista: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean, dokumentua ikusteko biderik erosoen eta azkarrena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default erabiltzea da. Hala ere, batzuetan PostScript® bertsioa begiratu nahiko duzu. Zergatietariko bat letra-tipoetan datza \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on John Weiss -\family default +\family default -en oharra -\emph default +\emph default : beste arrazoi bat paranoia izan daiteke. Inprimatu aurretik PostScript® bertsioari begiratzea atsegin dut, inprimagailua ri zehazki zer igorriko zaion ikusteko\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LaTeX dokumentu batean PostScript® letra-tipoak erabil ditzakezun arren, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default programak ezin ditu erakutsi. Uneko emaitzak ikusteko, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default edo beste PostScript® fitxategi-ikustaile bat beharko duzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusteko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default Script -\family default +\family default elementua. Atzealdeko lan guztiak amaitutakoan, LyX-ek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default programari deituko dio. Orain, emaitzak ikusteko gai zaingo zara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ba al dakizu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default Script -\family default +\family default komandoak zer egiten duen? Gogoratu komando hau landutakoan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default leihoan klikatu behar dela aurrebista eguneratzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fitxategia inprimatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fitxategi bat inprimatzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default primatu -\family default +\family default aukera, edo klikatu inprimagailuaren irudia duen tresna-barrako botoian. Horrek -\family sans +\family sans Inprimatu -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orrialde bakoitiak edo bikoitiak inprimatzeko aukera daukazu, oso erabilgarria izaten da orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatu nahi bada: inprimatutako lehen orri-multzoa berriro inprimagailuan sar dezakezu, bestaldean inprimatzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inprimagailu batzuek orriak gora begira ateratzen dituzte; beste batzuek, berriz, behera begira. Inprimatzeko antolaketa zehatz bat hautatzen baduzu, ez duzu orriak berrantolat zen jardun beharrik izango. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Inprimaketaren\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inprimaketaren\InsetSpace ~ helburua -\family default +\family default izeneko markoan honako Argumentu hauek ezar ditzakezu: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Inprimagailua -\family default +\family default Zein inprimagailutan inprimatuko den zehazteko \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Konturatu zaitez inprimagailuaren izena ez dela -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default komandoari igortzeko, baizik eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default -entzako dela. Horrek esanahi du, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default inprimagailu-izen honentzako konfiguratu behar dela. Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dvipskonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default -ren dokumentazioa. Inprimagailu lehenetsia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default fitxategian ere zehatz daiteke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Inprimagailu horrek PostScript® fitxategiekin lan egin beharko du. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Fitxategia -\family default +\family default Zein fitxategitan inprimatuko den zehazteko da. Irteera PostScript® formatukoa izango da. Normalean fitxategia uneko direktorioan idatziko da, bide-izen osoa ez baduzu zehazten bederen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inprimatzeak bere denbora eskatzen du; dokumentua inprimatzeko, LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default (PostScript® motako inprimagailurik ez baduzu) tresnak urratsez urrats landuko baitira. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tipografiari buruzko aipamena -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitz-zatiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-en "-" karakterea hiru luzeratan dator, marratxoa , marra motza eta marra luzea bezala deitzen zaio. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate marratxoa -\hfill +\hfill - -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -rekin egina -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate marra motza -\hfill +\hfill -- -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -rekin egina -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate marra luzea -\hfill +\hfill --- -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -rekin egina -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate minus ikurra -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill matematika-erako \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikurra -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errenkada batean "-" karakterea hainbat aldiz erabiliz horiek sortzen dituzu. LyX-ek automatikoki bihurtuko ditu dagokien marra luzera egokiarekin irteerako emaitzan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hiru marra mota horiek minus ikurraren ezberdinak dira, azken hori matematika-er an agertzen da eta berezko luzera dauka. Hona "-" erabiltzen dituzten adibideak: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate lerro- eta orri-jauziak -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on marratxoa -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A--Z barrutikoak -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on marra -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nire --- elkarrizketarako marra. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on marra-luzea -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on minus ikurra -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentu hau LyX-eko pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, ezberdintasunik ez duzu antzemango, horretarako begiratu inprimatutako bertsioan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hitzak zatitzeari buruzko azken oharra --- LyX-ek automatikoki hitzak zatitu eta marratxoak txertatzen ditu ingelesezko testuetan. Gaur egun, horretaz LaTeX arduratzen da, eta beste zenbait hizkuntzetan ere hitzak zatitu ditzake. Irteerako azken emaitza sortu arte hitzak ez dira zatituko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baldin eta, arrazoi bat dela medio, LaTeX-ek ezingo balu hitzak era egokian zatitu, zatitze-puntuak eskuz ezartzeko aukera daukazu. Hori egiteko, joan -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default -itz-zatitze\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itz-zatitze\InsetSpace ~ marra -\family default +\family default elementura. Gogoratu hitzak zatitzeko puntu osagarri horiek LaTeX-entzat aholkuak baino ez direla. Hitzak zatitu behar ez badira, LaTeX-ek ez ditu zatituko eta beraietaz ahaztuko da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Puntuazio-markak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:laburtza} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean dokumentuaren azken bertsioa sor dezan, LaTeX-ek bere kasa hitzak, sententziak eta laburtzapenak bereizten ditu. LaTeX-ek orduan "tarte-kopuru egokia" gehitzen du: sententziek puntuaren eta hurrengo hitzaren arteko tartea handixeagoa edukitzen dute. Laburtzapenek puntu osteko tartea hitzen artekoa bezalakoa dute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoritxarrez, zer den laburtzapena eta zer sententzia aztertzen duen arauak nahiko buruhauste ematen ditu. @@ -9731,449 +11495,521 @@ Zoritxarrez, zer den laburtzapena eta zer sententzia aztertzen duen arauak da. Baina maiuskulaz dagoen hizki baten ostekoa bada, laburtzapena egoeran aurkitzen gara. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibide hauek laburtzapen eta sententzia-amaiera -\emph on +\emph on zuzenak -\emph default +\emph default dituzte: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize J. M. Barandiaran -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zu goxo-goxo. Eta ni bero-bero. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} eta honako hauek, berriz, araua apurtzen duten adibideak dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize e.a. hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Erabili LyX. Ongi dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez duzu akatsik ikusiko dokumentuaren azken bertsioa aurreikusi edo inprimatu arte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazoa konpontzeko, erabili aholku hauek: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erabili -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default minuskuletako laburtzapenen ondoren (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erabili -\family sans -Esaldi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Esaldi\InsetSpace ~ amaiera -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menupean aurkitzen da, sententzien arteko tartea derrigortzeko. -\family sans +\family sans C-puntua -\family default +\family default (C-.) laster-tekla ere baliagarria da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuzenketak eginda, arestiko adibideek honelako itxura izango dute:. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -e.a.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +e.a.\InsetSpace ~ hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Erabili LyX.\SpecialChar ~ +Erabili LyX.\InsetSpace ~ Ongi dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbait hizkuntzek ez dute sententzien arteko tarte gehigarririk erabiltzen. Zure hizkuntza horietariko bat bada, ez daukazu kezkatu beharrik. Jolastea atsegin dutenentzat errore korapilatsu horiek harrapatzeko laguntza dago: ikus -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuko -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +Egiaztatu\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default ezaugarriari buruzko azalpenak. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Komatxoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:komatxoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-ek orokorki komatxo egokiak jartzen ditu. Bereziki, testua irekitzeko eta ixteko komatxoak erabiltzen ditu. Adibidez, "ireki itxi". Teklatuko karaktereak, ", automatikoki sortzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahi izanez gero, " teklaren jokabidea alda dezakezu Komatxoa elkarrizketa-koadr oa erabiliz. Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menuan -\family sans +\family sans Hizkuntza -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans -Komatxo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Komatxo\InsetSpace ~ estiloa -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Bikoitza -\family default +\family default botoia hautatuz \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset teklak \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset " sekuentzia sortuko du. Bakuna botoiarekin, bestalde, " teklak `' sortuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hizkuntza ezberdinentzat -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ota -\family default +\family default aukeran beste komatxo batzuk hautatzeko aukera daukazu. Sei aukera daude: -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bikoitza \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset bakuna \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo 'hau \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset Testua \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Erabili komatxoak \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset hau \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Berriz diogu: horrek " tekla sakatzean sortzen duenari eragiten dio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestalde, komatxo karaktere jatorra sortu nahi baduzu, C-" sakatzeak " sortzen du. Txertatu->Hizki berezia menuko Komatxo arrunta komandoa ere erabil dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hizki-loturak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizki-loturak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Testu konposaketa arloan zenbait hizki-talde bakarrean bateratu eta horiek karaktere bakun bat bezala inprimatzeko ohitura arrunta da. Talde horiek -\emph on +\emph on hizki-loturak -\emph default +\emph default (edo ingelesez "ligatures") bezala ezagutzen dira. LaTeX-ek hizki-loturei buruzkoak ezagutzen dituenez, LyX dokumentuetan ere erabilgarriak dira. Dauden hizki-loturak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baina gerta daiteke hitz batean hizki-loturarik nahi ez izatea. Hizki-lotura bat "graffiti" hitzean egokia izan daitekeen arren, beste hitz batean, alemanerako "Dorffest" hitzan adibidez, desegokia izan daiteke. Hizki-lotura bat eteteko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -Hizki-lotura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hizki-lotura\InsetSpace ~ etena -\family default +\family default . Horrek "Dorffest" hitza \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset erara aldatuko du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Alargunak eta umezurtzak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:alargunak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Oraindainoko testu-prozesadoreetan orrialdeen jauziak orria amaitzen diren lekuan gertatzen dira. @@ -10183,15 +12019,17 @@ Oraindainoko testu-prozesadoreetan orrialdeen jauziak orria amaitzen diren orrialde batean eta hurrengo lerroa beste orrialdean zegoela, edo paragrafo bateko azken lerroa orrialde berri batean kokatzen zela. Testua horrela astintzeari -\emph on +\emph on alargun -\emph default +\emph default eta -\emph on +\emph on umezurtz -\emph default +\emph default bezala deitzen zaie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek atal bateko izenburuaren ostean orri-jauziak saihesten ditu. Hori paragrafo-inguruneen gaitasunetariko bat da. @@ -10200,78 +12038,88 @@ LyX-ek atal bateko izenburuaren ostean orri-jauziak saihesten ditu. dute)? LaTeX-ek arauak ditu orri-jauziak kudeatzeko, eta arau horietariko batzuk alargunak eta umezurtzak saihesteko bereziki garatu dira. LyX-en onura bat da atzealdean LaTeX erabiltzea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dugu azalduko TeX-ek eta LaTeX-ek noiz erabakitzen duten orri-jauzi bat egitea, edo nola eragin dezakezun beraien jokabidean. LaTeX-i buruzko zenbait liburuk bibliografian zerrendatzen diren \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexlagunartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida} -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalakoak, argibide gehiago eskain diezazuke. Hala eta guztiz ere, ez daukazu honi buruz kezkatu beharrik. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta oharrak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oin-oharrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konposaketarako beste programak ez bezala, LyX-ek \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tolestu" egiten diren kutxak erabiltzen ditu, pantailaren azpian edo testuaren beste leku batean erakutsi ordez. Oin-ohar bat -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Oi -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default -oharra -\family default +\family default aukerarekin txertatzen duzunean, kutxa gris bat ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset oina" etiketa gorriarekin) ikusiko duzu testu artean. Kutxa hori LyX-ek zure oin-oharra aurkezteko erabiltzen du. Idatzi nahi duzun testua kutxaren barruan. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset oina" etiketan klikatzen baduzu, kutxa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tolestuko" da. Berriro botoian klikatzerakoan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset zabaldu" egingo da \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oin-ohar hau pantailan ixteko, klikatu laukiluze gorriaren gainean dagoen botoian. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ez duzu inolako zenbakirik ikusiko LyX barruan. @@ -10280,30 +12128,34 @@ Oin-ohar hau pantailan ixteko, klikatu laukiluze gorriaren gainean dagoen Daukazun testu-zati bat oin-ohar bezala ezarri nahi baduzu, hautatu zatia eta klikatu tresna-barrako oin-ohar botoiaren gainean (azpiko testu gorria eta berorri zuzentzen dion gezia irudikatzen du). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek oraingoz ezin du hau egin: oin-oharraren zenbatzailea 1 baliora itzuli \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset artikulua" dokumentu-klaseko atal berria hasten den bakoitzean, edo zenbatzaile- estiloa aldatu. Horretarako LaTeX-eko komandoak txertatu beharko dituzu, -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan argitzen duen -\emph on +\emph on Oin-ohar eta majinentzat trikimailuak -\emph default +\emph default bezalakoak, alegia. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : Mugikor bat bai LaTeX bai LyX-en ez da paragrafo soil bat, testu-prozesadore askotan gertatzen den bezala. Testu-egitura konplexu bat da, mugikorra ez ezik gauza asko dituena. @@ -10311,58 +12163,70 @@ Oharra irudi eta taulak barne. Nahiz eta askotan behar izan ez, noizbehinka beharko duzu. Ahalbide dotorea da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Albo-oharrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Albo-oharrek, berriz, oin-oharrak bezalako itxura eta jokabidea daukate. Albo-oharra txertatzen duzunean, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator A -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default bo-oharra -\family default +\family default menua edo tresna-barrako botoia (alboan testua eta gezi bat gorantz begiratzen irudikatzen du) klikatuz, kutxa gris bat -"albo" etiketa gorriarekin- agertuko zaizu testuan. \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\size footnotesize +\family sans +\size footnotesize Hemen daukazu albo-ohar bat. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset LyX-ek kutxa honen bitartez albo-oharrak aurkezten dizkizu. Nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu kutxa honetan. "albo" etiketan klikatuz, kutxa "tolestuko" da. Nahi duzunean berriro etiketan klikatuz alboko oharra "zabalduko" zaizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenetsi gisa, LyX-ek marjinarentzat 1.9 cm (0.75 atz) erabiltzen ditu, albo-ohar rentzako lekua utziz. Agian hori ez da izango bilatzen ari zarena, baina oin-oharrekin bezala, LyX-ek oraindino ezin du LaTeX-ek egiten duen guztia egin. Komando gehigarrientzat LaTeX eskuliburu bat irakurtzea izango duzu egokiena. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section 4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat ez da osoa izango baldin eta beste tresnekin sortutako irudiak dokumentu batera inportatzeko gaitasunik ez badu. @@ -10370,287 +12234,321 @@ Dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat ez da osoa izango baldin eta beste tresnekin tako grafiko-mota bat izan daiteke). LyX-ek Kapsulatutako PostScript® motako irudiak (.eps luzapena eduki ohi dute) oso ongi kudeatzen ditu, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default erabiltzen du pantailako LyX leihoan irudia sortzeko, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics -\family default +\family default LaTeX komandoa dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan irudia txertatzeko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen aipatzen diren irudiak ez dute epigraferik eta dokumentuan jartzen dituzun lekuan kokatzen dira. Ezaugarri horietariko bat behar baduzu, ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuan irudi bat txertatzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako azken-aurreko botoian (paragrafo artean iruditxoa duen lauki gorri bat dauka) edo hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default rudia -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} menutik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure dokumentuan grafiko-marko bat gehituko da, eta elkarrizketa-koadro bat agertuko zaizu hautatu nahi duzun fitxategia kargatzeko. Elkarrizketa-koadro horretan nahi dituzun ezarpenak alda ditzakezu ere. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename mobius.eps -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Leiho honek hainbat argumentu ditu, eta bakoitzak bere azalpena dauka. -\family sans +\family sans Fitxategia -\family default +\family default eremua zure irudia aukeratzeko da (ohartu zaitez hainbat irudi-formatu ezberdin automatikoki onartzen direla). Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Azpirudia -\family default +\family default aukera ezar dezakezu: (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Irudia eralda daiteke biratze-angelua ezarriz, txertatze-kutxa erabiliz eta eskalatuz. Aukera dago zenbait irudi-formaturentzat automatikoki txertatze-kutxa ezartzeko (ikus -\family sans +\family sans Txertatze-kutxa -\family default +\family default fitxa). Alde batetik, LyX-en irudia bistaratzeko kontrola eta bestaldetik dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan bistaratzekoa modu bereizi batean egin daiteke. Hori oso erabilgarria izan ohi da irudi handientzat. LaTeX-eko morroiak -\family sans -Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aukera\InsetSpace ~ osagarriak -\family default +\family default fitxan LaTeX aukera gehigarriak zehatz ditzake. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Irudi mugikorrak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset Testu batean zuzenean irudiak txertatzerakoan arazoak sortzen dira, dokumentuare n orrialdeztapena (konposaketa edo maketazioa) lantzea ikaragarri zailtzen baitu. LyX-en prozesuak automatizatzearen filosofiari jarraitzeko, egokiagoa izango duzu -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikorrak -\family default +\family default erabiltzea, horiekin LyX-ek (benetan LaTeX-ek) dokumentuan zehar leku egokietan kokatzeko mugituko ditu. Ordainez, LyX-ek irudion zerrenda eguneratuko du eta beraietan epigrafeak idazteko aukera eskainiko dizu, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:epigrafediseinua} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaldutako -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default ingurunea erabiliz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default bat jartzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator Irudia -\family default +\family default menutik. Mugikor bat lortuko duzu, barruan ez dauka irudirik; erabili tresna-barrako botoia nahi duzun irudia txertatzeko. \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset M.C. Escher-en azidoa. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename escher-lsd.eps display grayscale -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename platypus.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:zapal-ornit} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hainbat aldiz itxura-aldatutako ornitorrinkoa mugikor batean. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erraza dirudien arren, epigrafea kokatzeko zorroztasun bat dago. Epigrafea irudiaren azpian agertzea nahi baduzu, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default kurtsorea epigrafearen hasieran dagoenean, eta txertatu irudia epigrafearen gainean sortu den paragrafo berrian; edo epigrafea ezabatu eta txertatutako irudiaren ostean -\family sans +\family sans Epigrafea -\family default +\family default ingurunea hautatuz, sortu berriro. Horixe egin dugu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:zapal-ornit} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ irudiarekin. Kurtsorea epigrafearen ondorengo paragrafoan balego irudia txertatzerakoan, hori epigrafearen ostean kokatuko da, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ kasuan bezala. Egokiena -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default bakoitzeko Irudi bakar bat erabiltzea da; horrela LyX-ek (berez LaTeX-ek) irudi bakoitzarentzako leku egokienean kokatuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mugikor baten gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadr o bat irekiko du, bertan LaTeX-ek mugikorrak kokatzeko (ikusi \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) erabiltzen dituen kokapen-aukerak alda ditzakezu. -\family sans -Hedatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hedatu\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default utabeak -\family default +\family default bi zutabetako dokumentuentzat baino ez da erabilgarria: hautatzen baduzu, mugikorra orrialdeko bi zutabetan hedatuko da zutabe bakar batera mugatu ordez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Irudi honek etiketa bat eta berari dagokion erreferentzia gurutzatu bat nola kokatu eta sortzen den erakusten du, hurrenez hurren; irakurri \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. Txertatu -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default bat epigrafean eta berori aipatzeko, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia gurutzatua -\family default +\family default . Oso garrantzitsua da etiketak irudi mugikorrekin erabiltzea, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset arestiko irudia" bezalako aipamen adierazkaitzak erabili barik, zeren eta LaTeX-ek dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan mugikor guztiak birkokatuko @@ -10659,40 +12557,46 @@ arestiko irudia" bezalako aipamen adierazkaitzak erabili barik, zeren eta irudiak beraientzat bereiztutako orrialde batean kokatuko dira. Egon zaitez lasai, irteerako emaitzan oso dotore agertuko baitira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez epigrafea -\family sans +\family sans Irudi-zerrenda -\family default +\family default n ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zer-zerrend} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaltzen den bezala) automatikoki erabilia izango denez, zure dokumentua n bat gehitzeko aukera daukazu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Mugikorraren kokalekua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugik-koka} -\end_inset +\end_inset Orain -\family sans -Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Irudi\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default burutazioaren atzean (edo baita geroago azalduko dugun -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default rarentzat ere) LyX-i irudi (edo taula) bat orrialde batean itxura trinko eta hautemangarriarekin jartzeko aukera eskaintzea da. LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen arauak nahiko ulergaitzak dira; begiratu LaTeX-eko @@ -10702,214 +12606,253 @@ rarentzat ere) LyX-i irudi (edo taula) bat orrialde batean itxura trinko Lehenespenez, mugikor bakoitzak dokumentuaren kokapen-arau lehenetsiak erabiltzen ditu. Nahi izanez gero alda ditzakezu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default leihoan. -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor-kokapena -\family default +\family default eremuak LaTeX estiloko kokapen-zehaztapenak hartzen ditu. Nahi dituzun ordenan lau hizkiren konbinazioa erabil dezakezu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans h -\family default +\family default erabili -\emph on +\emph on hemen -\emph default +\emph default -entzat -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default erabili -\emph on +\emph on goia -\emph default +\emph default -rentzat (top) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans b -\family default +\family default erabili -\emph on +\emph on behea -\emph default +\emph default -rentzat -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default erabili -\emph on +\emph on orrialdea -\emph default +\emph default -rentzat (page) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hizkiok jokabide hauei dagokie: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Hemen: LyX-ek -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorra -\family default +\family default jarri duzun testuan kokatzen saiatuko da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nahikoa leku ez egonez gero, LyX beste hiru kokapen- motekin saiatuko da. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Goia: -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorra -\family default +\family default uneko orrialdearen goian jartzen saiatuko da LyX. Irudia uneko orrialdean ezin bada doitu , hurrengoan joango da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Behea: -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorra -\family default +\family default uneko orrialdearen behean jartzen saiatuko da LyX. Lekurik ez balego, hurrengo orrialdera joango da. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Orrialdea: -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorra -\family default +\family default (edo -\family sans +\family sans Mugikor -\family default +\family default kopuru bat) berarentzako bereziki prestatutako orrialde batean jartzen saiatuko da LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori guztia lantzeko zenbait zorroztasun daude. Ordenak LyX-i zein kokapenekin saiatu behar duen zehazten dio lehenbizi. Batek huts egiten badu, hurrengoarekin saiatuko da, eta horrela jarraituko du; nola nahi ere, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default "k lehentasuna edukiko du beti zerrendan agertzen bada. Kokapen-zerrenda lehenetsia \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans tbp -\family default +\family default " izaten da: aurrenik saiatu orrialdearen goian, ondoren orrialdearen behean eta azkenik beretzat prestatutako orrialdean. LyX irudia jartzeko \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset benetako lan gogorra" egiten saiatzea nahi baduzu, sartu harridura ikurra - zerrendaren hasieran; adib.\SpecialChar ~ + zerrendaren hasieran; adib.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans !htbp -\family default +\family default ". Hona sarrera batzuen adibide eta dagokien azalpenak: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Testuan daukan uneko kokapenean irudi/taula jartzen saiatuko da. Huts egiten badu, orrialdearen behean jarriko du. Berriro huts eginez gero, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans !hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Irudia/Taula testuan daukan uneko lekuan jartzen saiatuko da. Gero orrialde-behean, eta ondoren bereizitako orrialdean. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Irudia/Taula orrialde-goian jarriko du. Luzeegia bada, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Irudi eta taulak beraientzat prestatutako orrialdean jarriko ditu beti. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection XFig eta LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Galdera arrunta da "nola sor ditzaket irudiak?". Zorionez GNU/Linux edota LaTeX banaketa gehienetan dago erantzuna. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default ahalmen handiko tresna da marrazteko. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default tresnarekin sortutako irudiak hainbat eratan txerta ditzakezu. Bide hau jarraitzea aholkatzen dizugu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportatu irudia Kapsulatutako PostScript® (Encapsulated PostScript®) formatuan. Hori LyX-en oso erraz txertatzen da, arestiko ataletan azaldu dugunez. @@ -10918,165 +12861,188 @@ Esportatu irudia Kapsulatutako PostScript Zure fig dokumentuan testua sartu baduzu, PostScript® motako letra-tipoekin inprimatuko da, ederto! Irudia beste EPS irudien antzera itxuraldatu daiteke, arestian azaldu dugun bezala. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Daukan alde txarra: PostScript® testu gisa ezin duzu ekuaziorik sortu, ez bada eskuz. Zure irudian ekuazioak, berreketak edo indizeak behar badituzu, bide hau jarraitzea ahokatzen dizugu. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportatu irudia LaTeX gisa. Hain erraza da LyX-en txertatzea, XFig barruko testuan LaTeX komandoa guztiak erabil ditzakezula, horrek duen abantailarekin. Horrela XFig-eko testuarentzat -\emph on +\emph on bandera berezia -\emph default +\emph default ezar dezakezu. Hori automatikoki egiteko, XFig abiatzerakoan -\family typewriter -xfig\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xfig\InsetSpace ~ -specialtext -\family default +\family default komandoa erabili. Hau egiteaz gain LaTeX letra-tipoa aukeratzen baduzu, idatzi bakarrik \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $H_2$ -\family default +\family default " XFig programan. Irudia LaTeX gisa esportatu eta -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -artu\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +artu\InsetSpace ~ fitxategia -\family default +\family default (ikus -\emph on +\emph on Ezaugarri hedatuak -\emph default +\emph default ) menuarekin LyX-en gehitzen baduzu, testua \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala agertuko da. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tamalez, LaTeX-ek ez dauka PostScript®-ek duena bezalako ahalmen grafikoa. Hori dela eta, ezingo dituzu marra-lodiera guztiak erabili eta, gogaikarriagoa dena, ezta makurdura guztiak ere. horregatik hirugarren bide bat aholkatzen dugu irudi konplexuagoekin lan egiteko. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate 3. Esportatu irudia LaTeX/PostScript® konbinatu gisa. Ondoren XFig-ek (berez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default ) bi fitxategi sortuko ditu: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate PostScript® zatia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iruditxoa.pstex -\family default +\family default , marrazketa guztia edukiz. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeX zatia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iruditxoa.pstex_t -\family default +\family default , testu guztia edukitzeaz gain PostScript® zatira esteka bat dauka. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren, arestian azaldu dugun antzera, txertatu LaTeX zatia. Horrek automatikoki PostScript® zatia ere txertatuko du. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Honelako errore bat gertatzen bazaizu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter unknown graphics extension pstex -\family default +\family default " grafikoen luzapena aldarrikatu beharko duzu. Uste dut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default -en errore bat dela, LaTeX2e-rekin gertatzen dena. Gehitu honelako lerro bat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard fitxategian hauetan: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondoren gehitu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstex -\family default +\family default luzapenera: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrela gehienei arazoa zuzenduko lieke. Bestalde, PostScript® zatia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iruditxoa.eps -\family default +\family default gisa esporta dezakezu eta LaTeX zatiko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iruditxoa.pstex_t -\family default +\family default eskuz aldatu. Baina hori erregarria izan daiteke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Horrela PostScript® eta LaTeX-en ahalmen konbinatu osoa edukiko duzu, sortu @@ -11086,33 +13052,39 @@ iruditxoa.pstex_t Beste abantaila txiki bat: LaTeX-i letra-tipoaren konposaketa-lanak egiten uztea, irudien letra-tipoak testuaren berdinak izango dira, eta hori askoz ere xarmangarriagoa da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Taulak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taulak} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-ek taulen euskarri ahaltsua dauka, baina LaTeX-ek (LyX-ek gaur egun) oraindik gauza gehiago egin ditzakeenez, LaTeX-en ahalmen guztia erabili behar badituzu, irakurri LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taula bat txertatzeko, bai -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aula -\family default +\family default bai tresna-barrako botoia erabil ditzakezu. Taulak zenbat zutabe eta errenkada eduki behar dituen galdetzen duen elkarrizke ta-koadro bat agertuko zaizu. @@ -11122,8 +13094,10 @@ ta-koadro bat agertuko zaizu. Gainera, gaineko lehenbiziko errenkadaren azpian ere marra bat dago, errenkada hau taulatik bereizita dagoela irudikatuz. Hona adibide bat: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11136,206 +13110,244 @@ ta-koadro bat agertuko zaizu. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard anitza -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Taula leihoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin taula bat eraldatzeko; ezarpen-leiho bat agertuko da. Dauden aukerak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gehitu/Kendu ertzeko marrak errenkada edo zutabeetan. Errenkada bateko marra kentzen baduzu, puntuz osatutako marra agertuko @@ -11345,39 +13357,57 @@ Gehitu/Kendu ertzeko marrak errenkada edo zutabeetan. ikus daitekeen antzera. Bertikalean ere gauza bera egin dezakezu, zutabe bateko eskuineko marra eta eskuinean dagoen zutabearen ezkerreko marra ezarriz. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Testua lerrokatzea zutabe batean. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gehitzea errenkada eta zutabeak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezabatzea errenkada, zutabe edo taula osoa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zutabe anitza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ezarri zabalera finkoa zutabe batentzat. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Taula luzearen aukerak. (oso erabilgarria izaten da taula papera baino handiagoa denean). Orduan taula orrialdearen behea eta hurrengo orrialdearen artean zatitzen da, orrialdearen amaieran jarraitu ordez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Taula guztia edo gelaxka bakar bat alde batera biratu, 90 gradutan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eragiketa horiek lantzeko, kurtsorea taularen barruan kokatuta dagoela -\family sans +\family sans Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator Taula -\family default +\family default menua ere erabil dezakezu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aukera gehienak hautapenekin ere badabiltza. Gelaxka, zutabe edo errenkada bat baino gehiago hautatzen badituzu, hautapen @@ -11385,65 +13415,83 @@ Aukera gehienak hautapenekin ere badabiltza. Konturatu zaitez ezberdintasuna dagoela gelaxkaren edukia hautatzea eta gelaxka beraren artean. Gelaxka baten barruan lauki gorria ikusten baduzu, -\emph on +\emph on edukia -\emph default +\emph default hautatzen ari zarela esanahi du. -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default tekla edo laukiaren kanpoan klikatuz, orduan gelaxkak hautatuko dituzu (sagua edo teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Errenkada bat gehitzen duzunean, kurtsorea daukan errenkadaren -\emph on +\emph on azpian -\emph default +\emph default gehituko du. Zutabeak kurtsorearen -\emph on +\emph on eskuinean -\emph default +\emph default gehitzen dira. Horrek zutabeak taularen ezkerraldean gehitzea eragozten du, hainbat ebaki eta itsatsi egin gabe. Ezabatzea beti kurtsorea dagoen zutabe edo errenkadan gertatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Zutabe\InsetSpace ~ anitza -\family default +\family default aukerak errenkada bateko auzokideak diren bi edo gelaxka gehiago batzen ditu. Arestiko adibidean "B" errenkadak zutabe anitza dauka, "45" eta "98" zutabeei aplikatuta. Erabiltzeko lehenbizi hautatu gelaxkak, ondoren aukeratu -\family sans -Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zutabe\InsetSpace ~ anitza -\family default +\family default menua. Honek ez du bertikalki funtzionatzen (ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx -\family default +\family default dokumentua nola dabilen jakiteko). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zutabe\InsetSpace ~ anitza -\family default +\family default ere erabil dezakezu taula bakun bateko goi eta azpiko gelaxketako ertzen marra eta testu-lerroketak bereziki kudeatzeko. Gelaxka baten kudeaketa berezia duen adibidea daukazu orain: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11455,397 +13503,447 @@ anitza \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit eta -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit gela -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit eta -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit gela -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none abc -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit gela -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1009 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 52 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none abcd -\family default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit gela -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard + +\begin_layout Standard Hemen ikusi duzu nola goiburukoa den lehen errenkadako gelaxka erdira lerrokatut a dagoena, baina ezker zutabeko edukia ezkerrerantz eta beste gelaxketakoak, berriz, eskuinerantz lerrokatu direla. Bi gelaxketako azpi eta goiko marrak ere kendu dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zutabe batek zabalera finkoa edukitzea nahi baduzu, -\family sans +\family sans Taula -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Zabalera -\family default +\family default eremuan sar dezakezu. Horrek gelaxka batean hainbat paragrafotako testua edukitzea eskaintzen dizu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zure taula handiegia bada dokumentuan bertikalki sartzeko, hautatu -\family sans -Biratu\SpecialChar ~ -90\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Biratu\InsetSpace ~ +90\InsetSpace ~ gradu -\family default +\family default botoia, eta taula alboratuta agertuko da (bertikal estiloko dokumentuan horizontalki agertuko dela esan nahi du). Nahi baduzu, taulako gelaxka bakarra bira dezakezu tarte horizontal gehiago eskaintzeko. Hurrengo adibideak gelaxka bakarrak biratzearen erabilgarritasuna egiaztatzen du. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : -\family sans -Biratu\SpecialChar ~ -90\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Biratu\InsetSpace ~ +90\InsetSpace ~ gradu -\family default +\family default aukera ez da pantailan bistaratzen, eta bakarrik PostScript® motako irteeran dabil. Beraz, aurreikusi nahi baduzu, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default tresnak ez baitu taula modu egokiro batean erakusten. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11867,926 +13965,1074 @@ VI \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Azalpena -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 10 bandera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Guztira -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit +.\InsetSpace ~ azal. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -2.\SpecialChar ~ +2.\InsetSpace ~ azal. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -3.\SpecialChar ~ +3.\InsetSpace ~ azal. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -4.\SpecialChar ~ +4.\InsetSpace ~ azal. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Guztira -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taula bateko gelaxka batean hainbat gauza jar daiteke. Testu lerro bat, ekuazio bat (baina ez adierazpen Moduan, ezta lerro anitzetako @@ -12795,27 +15041,33 @@ Taula bateko gelaxka batean hainbat gauza jar daiteke. Letra-tamainak eta formak alda daitezke, eta taulak egokiro bistara ditzan egokitu daitezke. Hala ere, ezin duzu gelaxka batean ingurune berezirik sartu (adibidez -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default , e.a.) ez eta gelaxkaren paragrafoarentzat tarteko aukerak eta horrelakorik ezarri. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taulen arteko ebakitze- eta itsaste-lanak nahiko ongi dabiltza. Errenkada bat baino gehiago ebaki eta itsasteko aukera daukazu. Hautatu saguarekin edo erabili -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default eta teklatuko geziak, beti bezala. Azpian dagoen adibideko bigarren taula lehengotik ebaki eta itsatsi da, hautatu eta itsasteko sagua erabiliz. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12827,168 +15079,188 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13000,190 +15272,222 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu taula osoak unitate bakar bat bezala kopiatu eta itsats ditzakezula, hautapena taularen kanpotik hasiz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hainbat lerro gelaxketan -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tauletan lerro anitzeko sarrerak edukitzeko aukera dago, baina ez WYSIWYM erabateko moduan. Zehaztu balio bat Taula leihoan zutabearen -\family sans +\family sans Zabalera -\family default +\family default eremuan. Horren ostean, zure testua hainbat lerrotan banatuko da, gelaxka bertikalki luzatzen joango da testuaren luzera ezarritako zabalera gainditzen duenean. Adibide bat: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13195,221 +15499,247 @@ Zabalera \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau luzeagoa da gainera. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da. -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Hau luzeagoa da gainera. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gelaxka bateko testua normalean ez da egokituko doitasunez orrialdera, ondorioz taula bateko testua luzeegia bada, taula orrialdearen eskuin-marjinatik @@ -13417,77 +15747,91 @@ Gelaxka bateko testua normalean ez da egokituko doitasunez orrialdera, ondorioz Honen antzera, taulak orrialde baten behean beraien burua ez dutenez zatitzen, azpiko marjinatik at hedatuko dira. Arazo horiek gainditzeko aukera hauek dituzu: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Banatu bi tauletan. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Hautatu -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ luzea -\family default +\family default botoia -\family sans +\family sans Taula -\family default +\family default leihoan. Automatikoki hainbat orrialdeetan banatuko du taula, horrelako luzera badu bederen. Hori egin ondoren, -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ luzea -\family default +\family default -ko botoi-zerrendak gaituko dira eta zuk zehaztu nahi duzuna (edo ahal duzuna): -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Lehen goiburukoa -\family default +\family default : uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) taula luzeko lehen orrialdeko goiburukoaren errenkadak izateko definitu dira. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Goiburukoa -\family default +\family default : uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) taula luzearen orrialde guztietako goiburukoen errenkadak izateko zehaztu dira, lehen orrialderako izan ezik, -\family sans -Lehen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lehen\InsetSpace ~ goiburukoa -\family default +\family default zehaztuta badago. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Orri-oina -\family default +\family default : uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) taula luzearen orrialde guztietako oinen errenkadak izateko definitu dira, azken orrialdekoa ezik, baldin eta -\family sans -Azken\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Azken\InsetSpace ~ orri-oina -\family default +\family default zehaztu bada. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Azken orri-oina -\family default +\family default : uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) taula luzearen azken orrialdeko orri-oinaren errenkadak izateko definitu dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taula bateko errenkada berdinari aukera bat baino gehiagorekin ezartzen badiozu, jabetu zaitez lehenbizikoa bakarrik erabiliko dela taulako errenkadeta @@ -13495,111 +15839,121 @@ n. Besteak baliogabeak bezala zehaztuko dira. Testu-inguru honetan lehenbizikoak ordena honetako aurrenekoa esan nahi du: -\family sans +\family sans Orri-oina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Azken\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Azken\InsetSpace ~ orri-oina -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Goiburukoa -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Lehen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lehen\InsetSpace ~ goiburukoa -\family default +\family default . Nola lantzen den jakiteko, ikus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx -\family default +\family default fitxategia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taula luzearen aukeretan dagoen kontrol-laukia, Orri-jauzia uneko errenkadan izenekoa, erabiltzen da zein errenkada zehatzean egongo den orrialdearen jauzia ezartzeko. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Taula bat mugikor batean ere jar daiteke, arestian azaldu den bezala, horrela LaTeX-ek ahalik eta egokien kokatuko du orrialde batean. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taula mugikorrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-mugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset Mugikor baten kanpoan, taula dokumentuan jartzen den lekuan kokatuko da. -\family sans -Taula\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taula\InsetSpace ~ mugikor -\family default +\family default bat erabiltzeak, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ugikorrak -\family default +\family default menutik, LaTeX-i taula leku egokienean doitzeko aukera eskaintzen dio, zuk txertatutako leku zehatzaren ordez. Taulentzako kokapen mugikor bat irudi mugikorrentzakoa \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset bezalakoa da, eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean argitzen da. Epigrafeak irudi mugikorren antzera lantzen dira, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{taula:taula mugikor bat} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ taula adibide bat da, taula mugikorrena alegia. \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{taula:taula mugikor bat} -\end_inset +\end_inset Taula mugikor bat. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13611,336 +15965,384 @@ Taula mugikor bat. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Iker -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Arantxa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Agurtzane -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:Gai-aurkib} -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX-en ezaugarri miresgarrienetariko bat \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zerrenda" motak sortzeko erraztasuna da, gaien aurkibidea bezalakoak. Behar duzun guztia da ingurune batzuk erabiltzea eta erreferentziak zerrendan agertzea nahi duzun lekuan txertatzeko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gaien aurkibidea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gaien aurkibidea lortzeko, lau gauza hauek landu beharko dituzu (lasai, oso errazak dira): -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Erabili euskarria duen dokumentu-klase bat ( -\family sans +\family sans gutuna -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset letter" -\family default +\family default ezik). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezarri paragrafo-inguruneak egokiro: -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans Azpi -\family default +\family default ...) -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans Azpi -\family default +\family default ...) -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafoa -\family default +\family default . Jabetu zaitez izartxodun ( -\family sans +\family sans * -\family default +\family default ) estiloak, -\family sans +\family sans Atala* -\family default +\family default bezalakoak, edukien aurkibidean ez direla agertuko. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ziurtatu zaitez -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpena -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Zenbakera -\family default +\family default fitxako -\family sans +\family sans Atala -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default eremuetako balioa \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:atal-sakon} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaldu den bezala egokiak direla. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Txertatu -\family sans -Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Gaien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default komandoa dokumentuko leku batean. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Zerrendak\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default urk -\bar under +\bar under -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under G -\bar default -aien\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aien\InsetSpace ~ aurkibidea -\family default +\family default elementua, alegia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuan zehar -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rakatu -\family default +\family default menuaren bitartez mugi zaitezke. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zer-zerrend} -\end_inset +\end_inset Taula, irudi eta algoritmoen zerrendak gaien aurkibideen antzekoak dira. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ -eta\SpecialChar ~ +Zerrendak\InsetSpace ~ +eta\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default urk -\family default +\family default menutik txerta ditzakezu. Irudiak, taulak edo algoritmoak zerrendan agertzeko mugikorretan sartu eta epigrafeak gehitu beharko dizkiezu. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Matematika-formulak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oinarrizko matematika edizioa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-formula sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ikonoa duen botoian. Horrek lauki urdina irekiko du, ertzetan arrosa koloreko markatzaileak @@ -13949,108 +16351,116 @@ Matematika-formula sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako Markatzaile arrosek formula barruan zein habiaratze-sakoneratan zauden azaltzen dute. Formula-mota berezi bat txertatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menua, edo teklatuko -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default (CUA teklatu mapan soilik) laster-teklak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Grekerako hizki bat soilik behar baduzu, -\backslash +\backslash alpha gisakoa, laster-tekla berezi bat dauka. \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortzeko sakatu -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortzeko -\family sans - M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Formula $\tau$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortzeko -\family sans - M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default eta abar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formula bateko argumentuak editatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoa, edo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menua. Matematikako panela oso erabilgarria denez, litekeena da pantailako leku batean leihoa irekita uztea. Oraindik ez bazaude formula gunean, matematikako paneletik zerbait hautatuz formula bat txertatuko du. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formula arakatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dagoen formula batean kurtsorearen kokapena egokiago kontrolatzeko, erabili teklatuko geziak. @@ -14058,114 +16468,122 @@ Dagoen formula batean kurtsorearen kokapena egokiago kontrolatzeko, erabili Teklatuko geziekin formula bateko hainbat zatiren artean bizkor mugitzen da. -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default tekla sakatuz formula bateko ( \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset erroketa karratua, edo \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset parentesiak, edo \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset matrizea edota bestelako) sakonera batetik gaineko sakoneran kokatuko du kurtsorea, eta gain-gaineko sakoneran bazaude, formulatik kanpo utziko du kurtsorea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default tekla sakatuz, formulatik kanpo kokatuko du kurtsorea (berdin dio formulako zein sakoneran zegoen). -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default teklarekin formula batean horizontalki mugituko da, Adibidez, matrize bateko gelaxken edo lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko kokalekuen artean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Badirudi -\family sans +\family sans Zuriuneak -\family default +\family default matematika-eran ez duela eraginik, karaktereen artean tarterik ez baitu sartzen, eta habiaratze-mailatik gainekora joanarazten du. Horregatik, argi ibili -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default erabiltzerakoan. Adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset nahi baduzu, idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default , ez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Zuriunea\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Zuriunea\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Zuriunea\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default , zeren eta azken horretan erro karratuaren ikurpean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default soilik egongo da, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tartea era honetan sartzen ikasi dutenei ohitura hori galtzea komeni zaie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formula bateko zati batzuk beteta utz ditzakezu (besteak hutsik), matrize batean gertatzen den bezala. Adibidez: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -14174,154 +16592,172 @@ Formula bateko zati batzuk beteta utz ditzakezu (besteak hutsik), matrize & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zatiki bat erdi osatuta lagatzen baduzu, edo azpindize batek ezer ez badu, emaitza ezin izango da aurretiaz esan, baina eraikin gehienetan horrek ez du garrantzirik izango. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Testua hautatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formula bateko testua hautatzeko bi bide daude. Kokatu kurtsorea nahi duzun testuaren amaieran, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default eta teklatuko gezia batera, testua hautatu bitartean. Horrek testu hautapen arruntaren antzera nabarmenduko du. Bestalde, testua saguarekin hauta dezakezu, beti bezala. Testu hori ebaki edo kopia daiteke, eta ondoren nahi duzun formula batean itsatsi (ez ordea LyX-eko testu soileko gune batean). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Berretzaile eta azpindizeak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako panela erabil dezakezu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Goi-indize bat berretzaile bat da azken finean. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eta azpindizeak gehitzeko, errazagoa da, ordea, TeX-en bide arrunta erabiltzea. \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default eta ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default . Gogoratu, azken -\family sans +\family sans Zuriuneak -\family default +\family default kurtsorea ekuazioaren gaineko habiaratze-sakonerara (ekuazioaren oinarrira) itzultzen duen bitartean, -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default batek ekuazioa dagoen lerroko testura itzuliko du, matematika-eratik at. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default idazten baduzu \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortuko duzu. \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lortzeko idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2, -\family default +\family default ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea, -\family default +\family default eta gero -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter y -\family default +\family default . Azpindizeak antzekoak dira, \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default eta ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default . Jabetu zaitez lehenetsi gisa, goi-indize edo azpindizea ezkerrean dagoen ikur bakunarentzat bakarrik dela, eta tarte eta lerrokadura aldatzen ditu. Hori aldatzeko, irakur \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zatikiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zatiki bat sortzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default (matematika-eran) edo -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoko zatiki ikonoa erabili. Zatiki huts bat agertuko zaizu, zatiketa-marraren gainean eta azpian matematika txertatze-laukiekin. Kurtsorea berehala kokatuko da zatikiaren gaineko zatian. Beheko zatira joateko, erabili teklatuko -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default gezia. Gora itzultzeko -\family sans +\family sans Gora -\family default +\family default gezia erabili. Zatiki batean edozein matematika-egitura jar daiteke, honako adibide honetan bezala:: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -14329,236 +16765,264 @@ Gora 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Batura eta integralak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Batura ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) eta integral ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ikurrak askotan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mugatzaile" multzoekin apaindu ohi dira. Mugatzaile hauek LyX-en sartzeko, egin goi-indize eta azpindizeak bezalaxe, zuzenean ikurraren atzetik sartu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahiz eta agian LyX-eko pantailan ez antzeman (azken irteerako bertsioan argiago ikusten da), baturak automatikoki bere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mugak" ikurraren gainean eta azpian kokatzen ditu, baldin eta adierazpen moduan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adierazpen moduan dagoen formula paragrafo artean kokatzen da, eta ez dago testu arruntaren lerroan. Barneko moduan, berriz, testua dagoen lerro berdinean kokatzen da, eta ez paragrafo artean. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset badago. Baina barneko moduan balego ikurraren aldamenean kokatuko lituzke, \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bezala. Konparatu honako adierazpen modu honetan dagoenarekin: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Integral ikurrek, ordea, lehenespenez ez dituzte mugak zuzenean gainean eta azpian kokatzen, nahiz eta adierazpen moduan egon. Konparatu barneko moduan dagoen \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ekuazioa eta adierazpen modukoarekin: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bi ikurrak adierazpen moduan daudenean automatikoki tamaina egokitzen da. Adierazpen moduan, mugen kokapena (zuzenean gainean eta azpian, edo ikurraren eskuinean) alda daiteke kurtsorea ikurraren aurrean kokatuz eta -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default sakatuz. Gertatzen diren aldaketak ikurraren araberakoak dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako beste espresio batzuk \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset mugak mugitzea" ezaugarria ere badaukate, honek bezala \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] -\end_inset +\end_inset non \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lim" azpian kokatzen den adierazpen moduan, baina ez barneko moduan, \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ohartu limitea funtzio gisa sartu dela (matematika-eran -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default idatziz lor dezakezu, edo matematikako paneletik \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Funtzioak" zerrendatik aukeratuta). Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-funtzioak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematikako panela -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-panela} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoak ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menutik eskura daiteke) ikur eta egitura hedatuagoen zerrenda dauka. Hasteko, eduki irekita matematikako panela matematikak idazten zabiltzan denboran. Panelaren erabilera nahiko garbia da. Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko ditugu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jakin ezazu formula batean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz ere panela irekitzen dela. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beste matematika-ikurrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako ikur gehienak panelean aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, hainbat eremutan sailkatuta: -\family sans +\family sans Grekoak -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans eragileak -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans erlazioak -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans geziak -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans -eragile\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +eragile\InsetSpace ~ handiak -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) eta -\family sans +\family sans hainbat ( \begin_inset Formula $\Im$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\natural$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\family default +\family default ikaragarria, besteak beste. Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) eskainitako ikur gehigarriak ere hor daude. @@ -14567,32 +17031,38 @@ hainbat ( horientzat LaTeX-en izenik ez dakizunerako baliagarria izango duzu. Konturatu AMS ikurrak ez direla ikur bezala bistaratzen LyX-en, ez badituzu letra-tipo egokiak instalatzen, dagokion eskuliburuan argitzen den bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Badago n.\SpecialChar ~ +Badago n.\InsetSpace ~ erroketa-ikurra lortzeko aukera. Bufetxoan idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash root -\family default +\family default . Horrek erro ikurra sortuko du, ikurraren gainean lauki osagarri bat duela. Erabili -\family sans +\family sans Gora -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Behera -\family default +\family default teklak bi laukietan zehar mugitzeko. M-m-r laster-tekla ere erabil dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tarteak eraldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tarte zuriak sortu nahi izan dezakezu, LaTeX-ek eskaintzen duen tarte estandarre tik aldentzeko. @@ -14600,133 +17070,145 @@ tik aldentzeko. ez arduratu beharrik, baizik eta edukiaz soilik. Hala ere, badaude zenbait egoera tarteak gehitu nahi izateko. Lehen trikimailua, sakatu -\family sans +\family sans C-Zuriunea -\family default +\family default tartea sartzeko. Horrek tarte txiki bat sortuko du, LyX-eko pantailan marka txiki bat agertuko da: \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Hurrengo trikimailua tarte hori luzera ezberdinetara aldatzea da. Kurtsorea mugitu aurretik, -\family sans +\family sans C-Zuriunea -\family default +\family default sakatu ostean, berriro -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default sakatzen baduzu tartearen luzera aldatuko duzu, horrela hainbat tamaina ezberdinetara aldatuz. Zerrendako azken tamaina gorri kolorekoak dira, eta tarte negatiboak dira: adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset edo \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Matematikako panela erabiliz tarte hauek ere txerta ditzakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematika funtzioak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-funtzioak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Matematikako panela hainbat \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset funtzio" ditu, sin, lim eta abar bezalakoak (formula batean sartzeko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default antzekoa idatzi). Matematiketako praktika estandarretan funtzioak diren izenak, sin bezalakoak, ez dira letra etzanaz jarri behar. Matematika-eran \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset osatzen duten hizkiak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hau da, hiru aldagai bezala hartzen ditu: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset s", \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset i" eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset n" aldagaiak bezala, eta ez \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin" funtzio bezala. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , besterik gabe idazten badira letra etzanaz agertuko dira, makro berezien euskarria dagoelako gertatzen da. Horiek azken irteeran letra-tipoa aldatu baino gehiago egiten dute. Adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ekuazioan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset n" eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset t" hizkien arteko tartea handiagoz konposatuko da. Matematikako objektu sofistikatuagoak diren hitzentzat, lim bezalakoak, makroak azpindizeen kokapena aldatzen du, adierazpen edo barneko moduan egotearen arabera: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bi ekuazio horiek antzera idatzi dira, baina -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default makroa erabiltzeak itxuraldatzen du (aldatuta dagoena lerro barnekoa da, tartea gehitzeko). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Azentuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formula batean azentudun karaktereak txerta ditzakezu, testu arruntean egin daitekeenaren antzera. @@ -14734,23 +17216,25 @@ Formula batean azentudun karaktereak txerta ditzakezu, testu arruntean egin Baliokideak diren TeX makroak erabil ditzakezu, makro gisa. Teklatuak ez badu azenturik gaituta, eragin berdina lortzeko \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sar dezakezu, matematika-eran \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat a -\family default +\family default " idatziz. Testuen izenak eta hainbat azentuentzat makroen izenen arteko baliokidetasunak hauek dira: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14762,729 +17246,823 @@ hat a \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard testua -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard mat. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard adibidea -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none zirkunflexu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none hat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard kamuts -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zorrotz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none umlaut -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ddot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilet -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard puntu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none check -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none macron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none bar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none vec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, azentu horietariko bat aukeratu dezakezu -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Marko-apaingarriak -\family default +\family default zerrendako elementu bat hautatuz. Formula batean egindako hautapenaren gainean ere aplika dezakezu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikako ekuazioak editatzeko bi bide daude LyX-en. LyX-ek eskaintzen duen WYSIWYM itxurako ekuazioen -\emph on +\emph on marrazketa -\emph default +\emph default -euskarria erabil dezakezu. LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileek nahiago izango dute teklatua erabiltzea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash alpha$ -\family default +\family default (honek, TeX arruntean, dokumentuaren azken irteerako bertsioan \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bat irudikatuko luke) bezalakoak sartzeko, menuetan zehar ikur baten bila ibiltzea baino azkarragoa delakoan. Hona LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile zahar baten iritzia, -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Azkenik ikusi dut matematika-editorea aurkitu nuenean hau zela erabili beharreko bidea, aldaketa gutxi batzuekin, TeX-en idazten ohitu nintzan bezala erabil dezaket. Adibide gisa, \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sortzeko tekla-joko hau erabili dut: lehenik -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default idatzi matematika-eran jartzeko, ondoren idatzi \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , eta gero -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default eta -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default teklak. Zuriunea sakatu orduko \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset hor zegoen pantailan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default laster-teklak formula txertatzen du ( -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default ere erabil ditzakezu), \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset berriz Grekerako \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset alpha" hizkiarentzako TeX komando estandarra da, eta -\family sans +\family sans Ihes -\family default +\family default teklak formulatik kanpo uzten du kurtsorea. Hurbilketa honen alde onak hauek dira: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Berehalako emaitza bistaratzen da TeX zuzena idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pantailan egiazko matematika espresioa daukazu, egokiro bistaratua, zure matematikak zuzenak direla ziurtatzeko (zuzen idatzita, azken finean). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LaTeX-eko kemen berri guztiak beraien ingurune bereziekin, eta ardura LyX-en eskuetan geldituz, ez zure eskuetan. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ez duzu kodearen barruan galdutako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\family default +\family default osagarri baten bila arakatzen jardun beharrik gehiago. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ikur batzuentzako LaTeX-en izenekin ez bazara oroitzen, \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset adibidez, panelean aurki ditzakezu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek hainbat kortxete (edo parentesi) mota ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu. Xede gehienentzat -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [{]}()| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default nahikoa izan ohi diren arren, egitura handiak inguratzeko, matrize edo zatiki bat bezala, edo hainbat kortxete-maila edukitzeko egokiagoa da matematik ako paneleko -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzaileak -\family default +\family default elkarrizketa-koadroa erabiltzea (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-panela} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Adibidez, matrize baten inguruan kortxeteak eraikitzeko hau egingo da -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15492,162 +18070,186 @@ atala). 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eta honelako gauza zatar batean parentesi-mailak errazago ikusteko: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset edo: \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Leiho horretatik txertatutako parentesiak, eta bestelako kortxeteak, automatikok i tamainara berregokitzen dira, barruan duten edukiaren tamainara doituz. Hau LaTeX-ekin egiteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash left( blah -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default moduko komandoa erabil beharko zatekeen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nahi dituzun kortxeteak eraikitzea oso erraza da. Klikatu nahi duzun kortxetean eta leihoaren azpian kortxete bikoitza (ireki eta ixten dutenak) agertuko zaizkizu. Leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu -\family default +\family default botoian klikatuz ekuazioan txertatuko da. Gerta daiteke irekitzeko kortxete-mota bat eta ixteko beste bat erabiltzea nahi izatea; horretarako, desaktibatu leihoko -\family sans -Mantendu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mantendu\InsetSpace ~ berdinak -\family default +\family default kontrol-laukia eta ondoren ezkerraldean dauden kortxete-mota bat (irekitzekoa izango da) eta eskuinaldeko beste bat (itxierakoa) hautatuz leiho azpian bi kortxete ezberdin daudela ikusiko duzu, ondoren txertatu itzazu. Alde batean kortxeterik ez baduzu nahi (bestaldean baietz suposatzen da), orduan hautatu eta txertatu -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzaileak -\family default +\family default leihoan dauden bi botoi hutsetariko bat (ezkerraldekoarekin ireki edo eskuinald ekoarekin itxi) . LyX-en -\emph on +\emph on kortxete-huts -\emph default +\emph default bezala agertuko da, puntuz osatutako marra batekin, baina irteerako bertsioan ez da ezer agertuko, ez da inprimatzen, alegia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ekuazio bat idatzita dagoela parentesi (edo beste matematika egitura bat, erro karratua bezalakoa edo beste apaingarri bat) barruan sartu nahi baduzu, lehenik hautatu parentesi barruan sartu nahi den ekuazio hori, -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default eta teklatuko gezien bitartez kurtsorea mugituz edo sagua erabiliz. Ondoren, aukeratu -\family sans +\family sans Mugatzaileak -\family default +\family default leihoan ezkerreko eta eskuineko kortxeteak eta klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu -\family default +\family default botoian. Parentesiak hautatutako egituraren inguruan kokatuko dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\family default +\family default ikurra sartzen saiatzen ari bazara taldekatzeko, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala irakurri beharko zenuke. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Taldekatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taldekatzea} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ikur multzo bat taldekatu nahi izan dezakezu. LaTeX-en, adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {x^y}^z -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{y^z} -\family default +\family default idaztea ezberdina da: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ {x^y}^{z}\mathrm{\, eta\, x^{{y^z}}\, ezberdinak\, dira}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, LyX-en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default ikurra idazten saiatzeak uneko kortxetea ixtea dakar irteeran. Taldekatzeko, matematika-eran -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\family default +\family default sekuentzia erabili behar duzu, eta ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default sartu. LyX barruan, kortxete gorriak ikusiko dituzu taldekatzea gertatu dela adieraziz. Arestiko adibideak nola dabilen den erakusten du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matrizeak, edo erraiak, errazki sartzen dira LyX-en. Matematika panela leihoan matrize-botoi bat dago; horrek elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiz errenkada eta zutabe kopuruagatik galdetzen du. Hona hemen adibide bat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15656,10 +18258,12 @@ Matrizeak, edo erraiak, errazki sartzen dira LyX-en. 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parentesiak ez dira automatikoki sartzen, betiko moduan zeuk gehitu beharko dituzu. @@ -15668,39 +18272,39 @@ a barruan kokatu eta matrizea hautatuz. Matrizea eraikitzerakoan, zutabeak (edo batzuk) ezkerrera, eskuinera edo erdira lerrokatuko diren erabaki dezakezu. -\family sans -Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txertatu\InsetSpace ~ matrizea -\family default +\family default leihoan -\family sans +\family sans Lerrokadura -\family default +\family default marko barruko -\family sans +\family sans Horizontala -\family default +\family default eremuan lehenespenez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ccc -\family default +\family default zehazten da. Hizki bakoitza zutabe bati dagokio. Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lcr -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset left", \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset center" eta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset right" ) hirukoteak adierazten du lehen zutabea ezkerrera, bigarrena erdira eta hirugarrena eskuinera lerrokatuko direla. @@ -15711,122 +18315,136 @@ zutabe & zutabe\, hau & zutabe\, hau\\ hau & erdi\, lerrokatuta & eskuinera\\ ezker\, lerrokatua\, da & dago & lerrokatu\, da\end{array}.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Errenkada gehiago matrize bati gehitzeko barruan -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatu, eta zutabea gehitzeko, edo ezabatzeko, Editatu-> Matematika menutik landu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTe-ko matematika-motan bestelako array asko daude, AMS-LaTeX paketeak bereziki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default eta diagrama trukakorrak bezalakoak dakartza. Guztiak ez daude LyX-en onartuta. Hala ere, egitura hauek matrize batetik eraiki daiteke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak oso erraz eraikitzen dira LyX-en. Formula bat automatikoki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqnarray -\family default +\family default formatura (LaTeX-ek daukan lerro anitzeko adierazpenaren ekuazio-formatua) bihurtzen da -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatzen duzunean. Hori egiteko biderik egokiena, lerro anitzeko adierazpen-ekuazio bat nahi duzula erabakitzen baduzu, berehala lerro berri bat ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatuz) txertatzea da. Lerro bakoitzak hiru eskualde ditu: ezkerrekoa, erdikoa eta eskuinekoa; horien artean teklatuko geziekin, saguarekin edo -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default teklarekin mugi zaitezke. Hona adibide bat:: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jadanik sortuta dagoen adierazpen-ekuazio bat lerro-anitzekora bihur dezakezu -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default sakatuz, kurtsorea jatorrizko ekuazioan kokatuta dagoenean. Nola nahi ere, LyX-ek ezin du erabaki ekuazioko hiru zatiak non zatitu behar dituen, horregatik guztia lerroaren ezkerraldean kokatzen du. Ekuazioko lerrokatze-puntuak aldatzeko, kokatu kurtsorea lerroaren erdiko zatia hastea nahi duzun lekuan, eta sakatu -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default . Orduan gauza guztiak kurtsorearen eskuinetara jarriko ditu, ekuazioaren erdi-eskualdean (zein ez den LaTeX-ek konposatua izango matematika adierazpenar en tamainan, eta beraz hemen espresio luzerik ez zenuke jarri beharko, zatikiak bezalakoak). Mugitu zaitez lerroaren eskuinaldera hasteko, eta sakatu -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default berriro. Lerroko txertatze-lauki osagarria desagertuko da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-etiketa} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ekuazioak zenbatzea LyX-en oso erraza da. Honelako adierazpen-ekuazioa \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset zenbatutako ekuazioan aldatzeko \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{matem:lehen-ekuaz}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset joan -\family sans +\family sans Txertatu -\family default +\family default menura eta hautatu -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default aukera. Horrek elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko du, bertan idatzi esaldi bat etiketarent zako. @@ -15836,118 +18454,130 @@ zako. LaTeX-ek txertatuko ditu ekuazioentzako zenbaki egokiak. Etiketak barneki erabiltzen dira erreferentzia gurutzatuetarako. Ekuazio bat zenbatzeko, etiketa zehatz bat eduki gabe, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +Txandakatu\InsetSpace ~ zenbakera -\family default +\family default menua kurtsorea ekuazioaren barruan dagoela, honen antzera: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2.\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erabili menuko elementu horrekin ekuazioaren zenbatzailea jarri eta kentzeko. Behin etiketa bat ekuazio bati jarri diozula, hori aipatzeko (ez bakarrik zenbatzeko), erabili -\family sans -Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erreferentzia\InsetSpace ~ gurutzatua -\family default +\family default leihoa, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erreferentzia\InsetSpace ~ g -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default rutzatua -\family default +\family default menutik. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikus ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:lehen-ekuaz} -\end_inset +\end_inset )" gisako aipamena sortuko du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ohitura izaten da matematikako aipamena parentesi artean egotea. Parentesiak (eta adibideko \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikusi" hitza) zuk idatzi beharko dituzu, ordea. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Demagun ekuazio baten etiketako esaldia ez dela egokia eta zuzendu nahi duzula. Horretarako, kokatu kurtsorea ekuazioan eta hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default tiketa -\family default +\family default . Ireki elkarrizketa-koadroa eta sartu esaldi berria. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak zenbatzeko (edo etiketatzeko), jatorriz lerro guztiak bereiztuta zenbatzen dira. Behin ekuazio bat zenbatzeko etiketa eransten zaionean, ondorengo lerro guztiak -\family sans +\family sans # -\family default +\family default ikurrarekin etiketatuko dira. Ikur hori duten lerroen etiketak alda daiteke, lerro horiei aipamenak egin ahal izateko, ondorengo ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:hirug-ekuaz.} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -15955,29 +18585,31 @@ Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak zenbatzeko (edo etiketatzeko), jatorriz lerro guztiak 2 & = & 4-2\label{matem:hirug-ekuaz.}\\ 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko lerroan kurtsorea kokatuz, lerro horretako zenbatzailea (edo etiketa) kentzeko, joan -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default menura eta aukeratu -\family sans -Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Txandakatu\InsetSpace ~ lerro-zenbakera -\family default +\family default . Berriro jartzeko ere hori erabili. Adibidez:: @@ -15987,24 +18619,28 @@ lerro-zenbakera 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{matem:bostg-ekuaz.}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jakin ezazu multzo honetako lehen ekuazioa ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:laug-ekuaz.} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) etiketatuta dagoela, hurrengoa zenbatuta dago baina ez etiketatuta, hirugarren ak ez du ez zenbatzailerik ez etiketarik, eta azkena ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:bostg-ekuaz.} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ere etiketatu da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek erabiltzaileari matematika-eran makroak definitzeko aukera eskaintzen dio. @@ -16016,9 +18652,9 @@ LyX-ek erabiltzaileari matematika-eran makroak definitzeko aukera eskaintzen Hasieran bi gelaxka huts ditu, laukitxo urdinekin markatuta daude, eta lauki hauetan matematika arrunta izan balira bezalaxe editatzen dira. Saiatu honekin: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\makrotxoa}[1]{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Lehen gelaxkako edukia makroaren definizioa LaTeX-i igortzeko erabiltzen @@ -16028,214 +18664,258 @@ LyX-ek erabiltzaileari matematika-eran makroak definitzeko aukera eskaintzen Kasu gehienetan, esportatzeko eta marrazteko adierazpen berdina erabiltzen dutenean, bigarren gelaxka hutsik utz daiteke, eta LyX-ek lehen gelaxkako edukia erabiliko luke automatikoki esportatu eta marrazteko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orain, makro hau matematikako beste gune batzuetan erabiltzeko, idatzi beraren izena TeX eran, adibide honetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makrotxoa -\family default +\family default automatikoki honela hedatuko da: \begin_inset Formula $c=\makrotxoa{}\ $ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Egiazta dezakezunez, kurtsorea ezin da makroaren barruan kokatu, makro osoa hizki bakun baten antzekoa baita, eta adierazpen honen TeX-ek sortutako kodea hau da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash makrotxoa -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, kurtsorea zenbait makro-motaren barrura joan daiteke, argumentuak dituztenetan. Makroen definizio-kutxan argumentu batek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ikurra eta argumentu-zenbaki batekin bezalako itxura dauka: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\makroargu}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Behin hedatutakoan, makro honek ohiko lauki hutsak ditu, nahi duzun guztia sar dezakezula esanez: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makroargu = \begin_inset Formula $2+\sqrt{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $b=\makroargu{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-era esportatzen denean, makro definizio batek honelako komandoa sortuko luke: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash makroargu}[1]{2+ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{#1}}. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola sortu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Markoaren definizio-kutxa bat sortzeko, erabili sintaxi hau LyX-eko buffertxoan: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code math-macro [argumentu kopurua] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adibidez, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makrotxoa -\family default +\family default makroa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro makrotxoa -\family default +\family default " komandoarekin sortu da, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makroargu -\family default +\family default sortzeko, berriz, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro makroargu 1 -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Argi ibili makro baten izena idazterakoan. Ezin da eragiketa ikurrik erabili izenaren barruan: ez erabili "kaixo-politta" edo "kaixo+politta" bezalakorik, zeren eta ikurrok ez baititu izenaren zati gisa hartuko, eragiketak bezala hartuko ditu. - Izenean hutsunerik ere ezin dezakezu sartu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ -"kaixo\SpecialChar ~ + Izenean hutsunerik ere ezin dezakezu sartu, adib.\InsetSpace ~ +"kaixo\InsetSpace ~ politta" zeren eta "politta" argumentu bezala hartuko baitu. Amaitzeko, esan behar da bestelako ikurrik ezin duzula erabili, adibidez "$", "&", "_" , e.a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Argumentu-marka bat sartzeko (makroaren definizio-kutxan soilik) idatzi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default edo erabili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Argumentu-marka honela sartu dugu: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 -\family default +\family default ", -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makroargu -\family default +\family default adibidean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezin dituzu 9 argumentu baino gehiago erabili, 1etik 9raino zenbatuta. Argumentu bat makroaren definizio-kutxan errepikatzeko aukera dago, baina behin bakarrik edita daiteke. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nola arakatu -\layout Description +\end_layout -Teklatuko\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Teklatuko\InsetSpace ~ geziekin: Makroa ezkerraldetik irekitzen bada, kurtsorea lehen argumentuan kokatuko da; bigarren argumentura mugitzeko, erabili -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default tekla. Gogoratu -\family sans +\family sans Zuriunea -\family default +\family default tekla sakatuz gero, kurtsorea atera eta makroaren eskumaldean kokatuko duela. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Saguarekin: ohitura denez, klikatu kokatu nahi duzun kutxan. Batzuetan huts egingo du kutxak ezer ez badauka edo txikiegia bada. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une honetan makroen komandoak definitzeko aukera dago, baina ezin da makroen ingurunerik definitu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fintzea -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Letra-tipoak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Formula batean letra-tipo ezberdin batzuk erabil ditzakezu. Testuarentzako letra-tipo estandarra etzana da, \begin_inset Formula $testua$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , baina zenbakientzako erromatarra da. Formula batean letra-tipoa ezartzeko, aukeratu -\family sans -Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematikako\InsetSpace ~ panela -\family default +\family default leihotik, edo sartu LaTeX komandoa zuzenean, ondorengo taulan agertzen den bezala: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16246,233 +18926,269 @@ panela \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Letra-tipoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX komandoa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Erromatarra}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathrm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{Lodia}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Etzana}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Idazmakina}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathtt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\emph on -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALIGRAFIA}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathcal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-eko matematika-erak ez ditu letra-tipo guztietan karaktere guztiak onartzen, eta letra-estilo hauekin hizkiak bakarrik onartzen dira; batzuek maiuskulak bakarrik onartzen dituzte, adibidez "BLACKBOARD" eta "KALIGRAFIA" motek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kontuz ibili letra-tipo hauetarikoekin testua sartzerakoan. Sarrerako puntuaren eskuinean testua balego, letra-tipoa estilo horretara @@ -16484,7 +19200,9 @@ Kontuz ibili letra-tipo hauetarikoekin testua sartzerakoan. Hori nahiko korapilotsua izan daiteke, hautapen batentzako letra-tipo ezberdin bat aukeratzen bada, ez du hautapena aldatuko, baina habiaratze-maila berri bat letra-tipo berriarekin txertatuko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AMS LaTeX-en zenbaki eta ikur bereziak letra lodiarekin jartzeko aukera dago, baina ez letra etzanarekin. @@ -16492,84 +19210,94 @@ AMS LaTeX-en zenbaki eta ikur bereziak letra lodiarekin jartzeko aukera inprimatuko den arren. Ikurrak letra lodiz jartzeko, adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset lodi bat, sartu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default matematika-eran. Ixteko kortxetea (gorri kolorekoa) automatikoki sortzen da irekitzekoa idazten duzunean. Ikur eta zenbaki guztientzako baliagarria da hori. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dauden beste aukeratariko batzuk -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Letra-tipoa\SpecialChar ~ +Letra-tipoa\InsetSpace ~ aldatzea -\family default +\family default azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematikako testu-modua -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Letra-tipoak aldagaien izenak itxura batekin sartzeko erabilgarriak izaten dira, baina ez beste ezertarako, eta ez bereziki testu baterako. Testu luzeak sartzeko, erabili matematikako testu-modua, matematikako eran zaudela -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default sakatuz lortuko duzu. Komando berdinak matematikako testu-modutik aterako du. Matematikako testu-moduan karaktereak beltz kolorez agertzen dira, urdinez agertu ordez. Ezin duzu testuan puntuaziorik sartu edo letra-tiporik aldatu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, matematikako testu-moduak bere edukia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textrm{} -\family default +\family default barruan kaleratzen du, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default (edo AMS LaTeX-eko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash text -\family default +\family default ) aukera egokiagoa baita. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , testu bakunentzat da bakarrik. Ikus adibide hau: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -16577,41 +19305,45 @@ f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} x & \textrm{horrela badiot}\\ -x & \textrm{bestela}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Letra-tamainak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lau (erlatiboki) letra-tamaina (edo "estiloak") erabiltzen dira matematika-eran, eta egoera gehienetan automatikoki aukeratzen dira. Honela deitzen zaie: -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default (testu-estiloa), -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default (adierazpen-estiloa), -\emph on +\emph on scriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default (script-estiloa) eta -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default (scriptscript-estiloa). Karaktere gehienentzako -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default -k eta -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default -k tamaina berdina daukate. Baina zatiki, goi-indize eta azpindizeetan, eta bestelako zenbait efektutan, handiagoak edo ezberdin kokatzen dira displaystyle motan. @@ -16619,137 +19351,159 @@ displaystyle egokitzen baitu, testu guztia tamaina horietatan ezarriko dira, LaTeX-ek egokiena deritzonarekin. Aukera horiek jokabidea alda dezakete, LyX-eko buffertxoan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default funtzioa erabiliz. Adibidez, \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset estilo normalarekin ( -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default ) ezarriko duzu, edo handiagotzeko (lerro-tartea ere aldatzen da) buffertxoan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default sartu, \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , matematika-eran kurtsorea kokatua dagoela. Kontuz ibili, ordea, kurtsorea zatikiaren izendatzailean (azpiko zatian) - egonez gero, zenbatzailea bakarrik handituko da, adib\SpecialChar ~ + egonez gero, zenbatzailea bakarrik handituko da, adib\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Horrek LaTeX-en "ezusteko ezaugarri" bat adierazten du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bai, akats bat da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ez LyX-ena. Letra-tamaina hauek ez dira hain argi ikusten LyX-en, irteeran garbiago antzematen dira. Estilo ezberdinetan dauden zenbait testu jarri dizkizugu: \begin_inset Formula $adierazpen-estiloa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $testu-estiloa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle script-estiloa}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscript-estiloa}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika-erako letra-tamaina hauek erlatiboak dira, matematika barneko guztia eta inguruko testua tamaina zehatz batekin ezartzen badira, tamaina hauek denak egokituak izango dira. Dokumentuaren oinarrizko letra-tamaina aldatzen bada, era berean letra-tipo guztiak ere egokituak izango dira. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size largest + +\size largest Hau letra-tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset handiena \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset duen paragrafoa da, -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ikurrarekin. -\size default +\size default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Honek matematikako titulu eta bestelakoen letra-tipoetan eragiten du. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) gehien erabiltzen diren LaTeX paketeak eskaintzen ditu. LyX-ek pakete hauen zenbait euskarri dauzka. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS euskarria gaitzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default leihoan kontrol-lauki bat dago, -\family sans -Erabili\SpecialChar ~ -AMS\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erabili\InsetSpace ~ +AMS\InsetSpace ~ matematika -\family default +\family default . Hautatzen bada, AMS paketea dokumentuan gehituko du, erabilgarri jarriz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS ikurrak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AMS LaTeX paketeek matematikako hainbat ikur dakartzate, LaTeX soil batekin (edo LyX-ek) erabil ezin direnak, baina askotan erabiltzen dira matematikako @@ -16763,59 +19517,69 @@ AMS LaTeX paketeek matematikako hainbat ikur dakartzate, LaTeX soil batekin eta LyX-ek orain pakete hauek bere kasa erabiltzeko makro batzuk definitzen ditu. AMS diseinuak pakete hauek automatikoki gehitzen ditu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AMS formula-motak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AMSek bestelako formula-motak eskaintzen ditu. LyX-ek hauen artean aukeratzen uzten dizu: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter alignat -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flalign -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gather -\family default +\family default , eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multline -\family default +\family default . Formula hauen arteko ezberdintasuna ezagutzeko, irakurri AMSren dokumentazioa. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Bestelako tresnak -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erreferentzia gurutzatuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:erref-gurut} -\end_inset +\end_inset Eskuliburu hau LyX-eko leihoan irakurtzen ari bazara, paragrafo honen hasieran kutxa gris bat ikusiko duzu, testu bat daukana. Kutxa hau etiketa bat da. Hobekiago adierazteko, erreferentzia gurutzatuaren zati erdia da. Beste erdia -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia -\family default +\family default bera da, eta honelako itxura edukitzen du: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Berriro diogu, eskuliburu hau pantailako LyX-en leihoan irakurtzen ari @@ -16823,12 +19587,14 @@ Erreferentzia Inprimatutakoa irakurtzen ari bazara, ordea, zenbakiak ikusiko dituzu (oraingo honetan, atal honi dagokion zenbakia). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bestelako erreferentzia-mota gurutzatuak ere badaude, adibidez, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Horrek etiketa dagoen orrialdearen zenbakia dauka. @@ -16836,192 +19602,213 @@ Bestelako erreferentzia-mota gurutzatuak ere badaude, adibidez, bat aipatzea eskaintzen dute. Ez daukazu atal zenbakirik gogoratu beharrik (LyX arduratzen da). Behar duzun guztia -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default bat erabiltzea da, atal, irudi, taula, formula edo antzeko bat markatzeko, eta gero horri aipamena egitea -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentzia -\family default +\family default bitartez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default tiketa -\family default +\family default etiketa bat txertatzeko. Etiketaren izena edozein unetan alda dezakezu klikatu, kutxa grisean eta ireki etiketaren elkarrizketa-koadroa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erreferentzi bat txertatzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +Erreferentzia\InsetSpace ~ g -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default rutzatua -\family default +\family default . Horrek -\family sans -Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erreferentzia\InsetSpace ~ gurutzatua -\family default +\family default izeneko leihoa irekitzen du, eta etiketen zerrenda bat dauka. Hautatu zerrendako elementu bat, erabaki zein formatu erabili nahi duzun (erreferentzia, orrialde zenbakia, e.a.) eta klikatu -\family sans +\family sans Ados -\family default +\family default botoian. Eta kitto! Erraza da erreferentziekin jolastea. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Oharra -\emph default +\emph default : beste dokumentu batetik testu-zati bat ebaki eta itsatsiz gero, eta testu horrek -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default edo -\family sans +\family sans Erreferentziaren -\family default +\family default bat balu, edo zure testuko etiketa ezabatzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek honako hau salatuko du: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan bi galdera ikur ikusiko dituzu erreferentziare n ordez. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Etiketei buruzko gauza batzuk argitu nahiko genituzke. Hauek beti gertuen duten ataleko izenburuaren zenbakia inprimatzen dute. Beraz, etiketa jarri nahi baduzu -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulu -\family default +\family default batean, baina berehala -\family sans +\family sans Atal -\family default +\family default baten izenburuak jarraitzen badio, -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default ingurunean -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default jarri beharko duzu. Berdin dio lerro horretan non kokatzen duzun, LyX-eko pantailan ongi agertuko baita. Hala ere, hori egin beharra izango duzu -\family sans +\family sans Kapitulua -\family default +\family default etiketatzeko, -\family sans +\family sans Ataletik -\family default +\family default bereiztuz. Gauza bera gertatzen da beste zatien (atal, azpiatal, e.a.) izenburu guztiekin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gainera, -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default batek zenbatutako atalaren izenburuan bakarrik dauka zentzua, baita taula eta irudi mugikorretan ere. Irudi eta taula bakunak ez daudenez zenbatuta, zenbatu gabeko atalaren izenburuak bezala, ezin da beraien gainean etiketarik erabili \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tira, ahal duzu, baina -\family sans -Orrialde\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Orrialde\InsetSpace ~ zenbakia -\family default +\family default motako erreferentziarekin soilik erabil dezakezu. Erreferentzia arrunta (atal, taula edo irudi-zenbakiari aipua egiten dionak) ez dabil, ez daukalako zenbatuta dagoen gauzarik aipatzeko. -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default bakunak erabil ditzakezu orrialdeak markatzeko, eta ondoren hauek aipatzerakoan , erabili -\family sans -Orrialde\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Orrialde\InsetSpace ~ zenbakia -\family default +\family default motako erreferentzia . Berriz diogu: Erreferentzia arrunta ez da egokiro ibiliko. Zerbait aipatuko du, baina -\emph on +\emph on zerbait -\emph default +\emph default hori aurreko zenbatutako atal-goiburukoaren zenbakia izango da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taula-mugik} -\end_inset +\end_inset , eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-etiketa} -\end_inset +\end_inset atalak, -\family sans +\family sans Etiketa -\family default +\family default bat irudi, taula eta ekuazioetan, hurrenez hurren, duten erabilerari buruzko xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section URLak (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Askotan dokumentuan "hitzez hitz" motako elementu luzeak eduki nahi izaten dira, web guneetako URL, helbide elektroniko, eta bestelakoen antzera. @@ -17029,392 +19816,468 @@ Askotan dokumentuan "hitzez hitz" motako elementu luzeak eduki nahi izaten Elementuok askotan lerroaren muga gainditzen dute ezinezkoa bada hauek zatitzea, egoeraren arabera lerroa gainkargatuz. Erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RLa -\family default +\family default menua URL luze bat sartzeko, eta gozoki zatitua (beharrezkoa bada) edukitzeko automatikoki zehaztutako mugetan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RLa -\family default +\family default dokumentuan URLa sartu nahi duzun lekuan (edo bestelako helbide gisako elementua); elkarrizketa-koadro bat agertuko zaizu URL bat ( -\family sans +\family sans URLa -\family default +\family default : eremuan) sartzeko eskatuz. Egin beharreko gauza bakarra duzu. Klikatu hurrengo kutxa grisean LyX-eko gune nagusia nola sartu den ikusteko: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard URL batekin behin betiko esaldi bat elkarri nahi baduzu, sartu elkarrizketa-koad roko Izena eremuan: URLaren aurretik testu soil gisa konposatuko da. Adibidez, LaTeX-i buruzko gauza guztiak \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset gunean aurki ditzakezula esan nahi dugu. Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan, azken esaldia honela amaituko zen: "gauza guztiak CTAN -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org -\family default +\family default gunean". -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin -\newline +\newline zehaztea \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Titulu laburrak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbait atal edo kapitulutako tituluak, honek duena bezalakoa, nahiko luzeak izan daitezke, horizontalki lekurik ez dagoenean gainezka eginez. Adibidez, orrialdeko goiburukoak uneko atalaren titulua erakusteko konfiguratut a balego, titulu luze batek ertzak gaindituko lituzke eta emaitza zatarra kaleratuko luke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-ek aukerako argumentu bat zehaztea eskaintzen du atalen komandoentzat, tituluaren bertsio laburragoa zehaztuz \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX, ez badakizu, komando honen antzekoa izaten da: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash command[aukerakoargumentua]{edukia} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Motzagoa den bertsio hau (titulu laburtua deritze) goiburukoetan eta gaien aurkibidean erabiltzen da, arestian aipatutako arazoa saihestuz. LyX-ekin aukerako argumentu hau zehazteko hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +Titulu\InsetSpace ~ laburtua -\family default +\family default . Honek "auk." etiketa duen ("aukerakoa" adierazi nahi du) kutxa bat txertatuko du, erabil ezazu titulu laburtua sartzeko. Mugikorren barruko epigrafetan ere erabilgarria da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honetako titulua ezaugarri honen erabilera azaltzen duen adibide ederra da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tarte horizontal osagarria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:htartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default LyX-en ezaugarri bereziak dira, itxura bateragarri batean tarte osagarria gehitzeko. Betegarri horizontal bat ( -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default ) luzera aldakorreko tarte bat da, luzero hauek ezkerreko eta eskuineko marjinen artean gelditzen den tartea berdintzen dute beti. Lerro batean betegarri horizontal ( -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default ) bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tartea berdinki zatituko dute beraien artean. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oharra: -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default bat lerroaren hasieran badago, eta paragrafo baten lehen lerroa ez bada, LyX-ek ezikusi egingo dio. Honela, ustekabez -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default lerro berri batean itzulbiratzeko aukera baztertzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori txertatzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizkik\SpecialChar ~ +Hizkik\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default aukera. Ondoren, adibide batzuk zerrendatzen dira: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Hau ezkerrean dago -\hfill +\hfill Hau eskuinean dago -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Ezkerra -\hfill +\hfill Erdia -\hfill +\hfill Eskuina -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Ezkerra -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 Ezkerra -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Eskuina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hori -\family sans +\family sans Zita -\family default +\family default ingurunean egindako adibidea izan da. Hemen: -\hfill +\hfill , paragrafo estandarrean dago. Agian inprimatze-bertsioan ez da nabarituko, edo agian bai, baina oraindik ere ":" eta "," artea jarraitzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gogoratzen duzu nola esan dugun -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default -k beti bi marjinen arteko tartea osatzen duela? Ba lerro batean marjina multzo bat baino gehiago egon daiteke. Ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Zerrenda -\family default +\family default (edo -\family sans +\family sans Etiketatua -\family default +\family default ) ingurunean egindako adibidea. -\layout Labeling +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 bat -\hfill +\hfill bi :hiru -\hfill +\hfill lau -\hfill +\hfill bost -\hfill +\hfill sei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elementuaren hasiera markatzeko ":" erabili dugu. Zerrenda inguruneko etiketan ezkutako -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default bat dago ("bat" eta "bi" artean), horrek automatikoki etiketaren amaieran jartzen du. -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default "marjina-anitz" egoeratan berdin dabil, bi zutabeko moduan bezala. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tarte bertikal osagarria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:btartea} -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragrafo baten gainean edo azpian tarte bertikal osagarria sartzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafoa -\family default +\family default menua, eta honek -\family sans -Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ diseinua -\family default +\family default leihoa irekiko du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez dugu -\family sans +\family sans BBete -\family default +\family default baten adibiderik erakutsiko, paperra alferrik botatzea baita. Beste edozer iragazki bezala erabiltzen dira, -\family sans +\family sans HBete -\family default +\family default barne: orrialde bateko gelditzen den tarte bertikala zuriz betetzen dute. Orrialde batean -\family sans +\family sans BBete -\family default +\family default bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tarte bertikala beraien artean banatuko dute. Horrela, -\family sans +\family sans BBete -\family default +\family default erabiliz orrialde bateko testua erdian zentratu dezakezu, edo kokatu testua orrialdearen behetik 2/3-ra , edo 1/4, eta abar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jabetu zaitez orrialde bateko gaineko eta azpiko paragrafoentzat, tarte osagarria -\family sans -Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ diseinua -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans -mantendu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +mantendu\InsetSpace ~ tartea -\family default +\family default kontrol-laukia aktibatuta badago soilik gehituko dela. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo baten lerrokadura ere alda dezakezu, erabili -\family sans -Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ diseinua -\family default +\family default leihoa. Lau aukera daude: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Justifikatua -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ezkerra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Eskuina -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Erdia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Orokorrean lerrokadura justifikatu motakoa da. Mota horretan hitzen arteko tartea aldakorra izaten da eta paragrafoko lerro bakoitzak ezkerreko eta eskuineko marjinen artekoa betetzen du. Beste hiru lerrokadura-moten izenek argitzen dute zer diren, eta honelakoak dira: -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right Paragrafo hau eskuinera lerrokatuta dago, -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center beste hau erdira lerrokatuta, -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left azken hau berriz ezkerrera lerrokatuta dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zenbait paragrafo-ingurunetan, justifikatua ez den beste lerrokadura bat izaten da lehenespenez. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orri-jauziak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ez baduzu atsegin LaTeX-ek dokumentuko orrialdeak nola zatitzen dituen, nahi duzun lekuetan orrialdeen jauziak derrigor ditzakezu. @@ -17422,23 +20285,27 @@ Ez baduzu atsegin LaTeX-ek dokumentuko orrialdeak nola zatitzen dituen, delako, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:alargunak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaldu den bezala. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beraz, aukera hau erabili beharrik ez dago, eta testua amaitu arte ez erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu; eta hori egin baino lehenago, ikusi dokumentuaren aurrebista , ea benetan orrialdeen jauziak behar al dituzun jakiteko. Paragrafo baten aurretik edo atzetik orrialde-jauzi bat Derrigortzeko, aktibatu -\family sans -Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paragrafo\InsetSpace ~ diseinua -\family default +\family default leihoko kontrol-laukia, horrela txertatzen baitira orrialdeen jauziak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beharbada orrialde-jauzi bat erabili nahi duzu irudi edo taula bat orrialdearen goian agertu dadin ziurtatzeko. @@ -17449,192 +20316,212 @@ Beharbada orrialde-jauzi bat erabili nahi duzu irudi edo taula bat orrialdearen Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} -\end_inset +\end_inset eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalak, eta gehiago jakiteko irakurri -\family sans +\family sans Mugikorrak -\family default +\family default buruzkoak. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zuriune babestuak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zuriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default : hau LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) puntu horretan lerroa eten ez dezan esateko erabiltzen da. Hori ezusteko lerro-jauziak saihesteko erabiltzen da. Ondorengo adibideak nahi ez den lerro-jauzia adierazten du: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Dokumentu on batek ez luke pisu hau baino gehiago eduki behar: 1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zalantzarik gabe, egokia izango litzateke "1" eta "kg" tartean zuriune babestu bat jartzea. Zuriune babestu bat jartzeko, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default -uriune\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +uriune\InsetSpace ~ babestua -\family default +\family default aukerarekin edo -\family sans +\family sans C-Zuriunea -\family default +\family default laster-teklarekin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lerroa jauztea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paragrafo batean lerro-jauzia derrigortzeko, erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Hizki\SpecialChar ~ +Hizki\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default erezia -\family default +\family default menuko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default erro-jauzia -\family default +\family default aukera, edo -\family sans +\family sans C-Lerro-itzulera -\family default +\family default laster-tekla. Hala ere, ez zenuke hau erabili beharko LaTeX-en lerro-jauziak konpontzeko, LaTeX oso ona baita lerroak eteten\SpecialChar \ldots{} (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orri-jauziak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala). Egoera batzuetan beharrezkoa izaten da lerro-jauziak ezartzea, adib. olerki edo helbide batean (ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zita} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bertsoa} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ eta \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:helbi_erabil} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalak). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zuzentzailea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzentzailea} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-ek ez dauka zuzentzaile ortografikorik bere baitan. Horretarako, atzealdean -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default izeneko programa erabiltzen du, edo, bestela, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell -\family default +\family default programa berriagoa eta orokorrean hobea baita. Atal honek programa horietariko bat instalatuta eta konfiguratuta daukazula suposatzen du \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Itzultzailaren oharra -\emph default +\emph default : eskuliburu hau euskaratu den unean ez dago euskarazko zuzentzaile ortografiko askerik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default -en oinarrituta. Beraz, ezin izango da oraingoz euskarazko zuzentzailerik erabili LyX-en. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuzentzaile ortografiko bat abiatzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default uzentzailea -\family default +\family default . Zuzenketa kurtsorearen uneko kokalekutik hasiko da. Leiho bat agertuko da aurkitutako hitz okerra (edo ezezaguna) erakutsiz, @@ -17645,236 +20532,276 @@ uzentzailea dauka, baldin eta bat edo beste aurkitzen badu. Zuzenketa horietariko batean klikatuz sarrerako eremuan kopiatuko du (klik bikoitza ordezteko). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zuzentzailearen aukerak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzent-auk} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ondorengo aukerak konfiguratzeko erabili -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default obespenak -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hiztegia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehenespenez erabiliko den hiztegi-fitxategia testuak darabilen hizkuntzaren arabera zehazten da, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default n. Dokumentuaren hizkuntzarentzat hiztegirik ez baduzu, zuzentzaileak ez du lanik egingo. Egoera honetan, leihoan bestelako hiztegi bat zehatz dezakezu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ordezko hizkuntza" eremuan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default erabiltzen ari bazara, esteka bat egin beharko duzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default ordez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default edukitzeko, edo zure hizkuntzari dagokiona aplikatuz. Honen zergatia hau da: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default motako fitxategiek normalean hizkuntzaren izena ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutsch") erabiltzen dute, baina LyX-etik abiatzen bada -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default honek LaTeX-eko babel paketeko ingeles izenekoa ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset german") erabiltzen saiatzen da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzen duzun letra-kodeketa ez bada egokia hiztegi horrentzako, zenbait arazo eduki ditzakezu. Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default kodeketa erabiltzen badu eta -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Kodeketa -\family default +\family default eremuak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default balioarekin ezarrita badago (edo lehenetsia ez den beste bat), zure hizkuntzare n hiztegian ere aukera hau eduki beharko duzu. Hiztegiak ez badu hautatutako kodeketa onartzen, hurrengo errore-mezuaren antzekoa kaleratuko du terminaleko stderr irteeran: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuzentzaile ortografikoak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default prozesua ezin duela abiatu buruzko errore bat kaleratuko du, eta nonbait hiztegi-fitxategiarekin arazoren bat daukazula. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arazo honentzako lau irtenbide daude. Errazena, -\family sans -Erabili\SpecialChar ~ -sarrera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Erabili\InsetSpace ~ +sarrera\InsetSpace ~ kodetua -\family default +\family default da. Honek ez badu laguntzen, ezarri Kodeketa eremua lehenetsia gisa zuzentzaileari deitzeko (erregarria izan daiteke). Hirugarrena, zure hizkuntzako -\emph on +\emph on -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default .aff -\family default +\family default hiztegian -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default aukera gehitzea da, eta hiztegia birkonpilatzea (litekeena da hain erraza ez izatea banaketa batekin instalatu baduzu, eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default iturburuaren barruan zure hizkuntzaren direktoriorik ez badago). Hori egiteko, irakurri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default dokumentazioa. Laugarrena, paketearen arduradunari mezu bat bidaltzea, edo hobeto hiztegi-fitx ategiko arduradunari zure arazoari buruz eta nola konpondu daitekeen galdetuz. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hiztegi pertsonala -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zuzentzaile ortografikoak lehenetsi gisa daukanaren ordez bestelako fitxategi bat erabiltzea nahi baduzu, zure hiztegi pertsonala, adibidez, leihoan zehatz dezakezu. Ez dagoen fitxategi baten izena zehaztuta, terminaleko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stderr -\family default +\family default irteeran errore-mezu bat kaleratuko du; horri ezikusi egin dezaiokezu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default programak fitxategia sortuko du, zuzenketa ortografikoarekin amaitzen duenean. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Aukera gehiago -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Zuzentzaile ortografikoa -\family default +\family default fitxak aukera gehiago eskaintzen ditu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Onartu hitz konposatuak -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Zuzentzaileak hitz konposatuak akastunak bezala har ez ditzan erabiltzen da. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ihes-karaktereak -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Estandarrak ez diren karaktereak dituzten hitzak erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu, zuzentzaile ortografikoak hitz bezala onartzen dituenak. Normalki ez da behar izaten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mugapenak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzaile batzuk hitz bateko zuzenketa globalki aldatzeko aukera edukitzea nahiago izaten dute, hitzaren agerpen bakoitzeko bereizitako zuzenketaren aldaketa edukitzea baino. Dokumentuko hitz-zerrenda edukitzea ere erabilgarria izan daiteke. Eskuliburu hau idazterakoan horrelako ezaugarri ez dago. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default zuzentzaile ortografikoa erabiltzen ez baduzu, LyX-ek ezin izango du dokumentuk o hainbat hizkuntzatan idatzitakoa zuzendu. Horretarako, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default programarekin lan egin beharko du, suposatuz testu-zati bakoitza dagokion hizkuntzarekin markatuta daukazula. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nazioarteko euskarria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Atal honek LyX nahi dituzun hizkuntzekin nola erabili azaltzen du. LyX lehenetsitako konfigurazioarekin dator, ingelesarekin eta Ameriketako @@ -17883,7 +20810,9 @@ Atal honek LyX nahi dituzun hizkuntzekin nola erabili azaltzen du. Horiek guztiak nahi dituzun bezala alda ditzakezu, eta aldaketak uneko saioan aplikatu bakarrik, edo lehenetsitako konfigurazio berria bezala erabili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia baduzu (alemaneraz idazteko alemanerako teklatua, adibidez), eta zure X sistema grafikoa egokiro konfigurat @@ -17892,11 +20821,13 @@ uta, orduan LyX-i esan beharreko gauza bakarra da zein den zure hizkuntza, Ikus \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hizkdiseinu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atala xehetasun gehiagorako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hala ere, demagun U.S estiloko teklatua daukazula, eta ingelesa ez den beste hizkuntza batean idaztea nahi duzula, ordezko teklatu-mapa erabil dezakezu. @@ -17906,11 +20837,13 @@ o mapa erabil dezan konfigura dezakezu. Xehetasuna \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auktekla} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Azkenik, tekla-mapa batzuk edo bestelako teklatu-mapa osoa sortu nahi izan dezakezu (Vulkanerantzako, adibidez). @@ -17918,161 +20851,195 @@ Azkenik, tekla-mapa batzuk edo bestelako teklatu-mapa osoa sortu nahi izan duzu, baina baliteke zitazio bat alemaneraz idatzi nahi izatea. Horretarako, zure teklatu-mapa propioa idatzi edo aldatu dagoen bat nahi dituzun karaktereak onar ditzan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX nola pertsonaliza daiteken zure hizkuntza erabiltzeko eskuliburu honen helburuetatik kanpo dago. Zure teklatuaren diseinua aldatzeko aukera izateaz gain, zure menuko botoien izenak eta abar alda ditzakezu zure hizkuntzan erabiltzeko. Horiei buruzko xehetasun gehiago -\emph on +\emph on Pertsonalizazioa -\emph default +\emph default eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizkdiseinu} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoak hizkuntza eta karaktereen kodeketa ezartzen dizu. Leiho hau irekitzeko, hautatu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumentua -\family default +\family default menua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aukeratu zure hizkuntza -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Hizkuntza -\family default +\family default eremuan dagoen zerrendako elementu batean klikatuz. - Lehenetsia U.S.\SpecialChar ~ + Lehenetsia U.S.\InsetSpace ~ Ingelesa izan ohi da. Erabiltzea nahi duzun hizkuntzan klikatu, eta hizkuntza leihoan agertuko da. Ondoren -\family sans +\family sans Aplikatu -\family default +\family default botoian klikatu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX-en hitzetan, lehenetsitakoa ez den beste hizkuntza hautatuz -\family sans +\family sans Babel -\family default +\family default euskarria gehitzen du. -\family sans +\family sans Babel -\family default +\family default ez badago instalatua, aurkitzeko joan LaTeX-en bestelako banaketetara. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Kodeketa -\family default +\family default -kutxak erabili nahi duzun karaktereen -\family sans +\family sans Kodeketa-mapa -\family default +\family default hautatzea eskaintzen dizu. Lehenetsitakoa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default kodeketa da, europako mendebaldeko herri askok erabiltzen dutena. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Paperaren tamaina aldatzeko, garai batean -\family sans +\family sans Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator Papera -\family default +\family default menuan egoten zen, baina LyX-eko azken bertsioetan -\family sans +\family sans Dokumentu-ezarpenak -\family default +\family default leihoko -\family sans +\family sans Papera -\family default +\family default fitxan aurkitzen da. Hor -\family sans +\family sans Paper-tamaina -\family default +\family default eremuan hautatu egokia dena. - Lehenetsi gisa U.S.\SpecialChar ~ + Lehenetsi gisa U.S.\InsetSpace ~ gutunari dagokion paper-tamaina izaten da. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auktekla} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Hobespenak -\family default +\family default leihoak bi teklatu-mapa aukeratzen uzten dizu. - Honela, daukazun teklatu-mapen artean aukera dezakezu, zure U.S.\SpecialChar ~ + Honela, daukazun teklatu-mapen artean aukera dezakezu, zure U.S.\InsetSpace ~ estiloko teklatuarentzat. Lehenengo eta bigarren hizkuntzen teklatua aktibatu eta ondoren zein erabiltzea nahi duzun hautatu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection 6.6.3 Karaktereen taula -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:karak_tauka} -\end_inset +\end_inset Hemen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default multzoko karaktereak zerrendatzen dituen taula dago. Zure teklatua ongi konfiguratuta egonez gero, karaktere guzti hauek zuzenean idazteko gaitasuna izan beharko zenuke, tekla aldarazle asko erabili gabe. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -18098,4249 +21065,4870 @@ Latin1 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 20 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 40 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 50 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 70 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 80 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 90 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none @ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none P -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ° -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none À -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 01 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¡ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ± -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 02 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¢ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ² -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none  -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none â -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 03 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none # -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none £ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ³ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ã -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 04 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none T -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none t -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¤ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ´ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 05 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none U -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¥ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none µ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 06 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none & -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none V -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none v -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¦ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¶ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 07 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ` -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none G -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none W -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none w -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none § -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none · -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none × -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÷ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 08 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none H -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none X -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¨ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¸ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none È -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none è -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 09 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none © -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none É -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none é -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none J -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ª -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none º -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none + -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ; -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none « -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none » -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none L -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¬ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¼ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none M -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ­ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ½ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none N -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ^ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ® -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¾ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none O -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none _ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¯ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ß -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Taula honi buruzko gauza batzuk jakitea komeni zaizu. Eskuliburu hau karaktere guzti hauek inprimatzeko eskuz konfiguratuta dago. Ez da lehenetsitakoa. Buruan zenbait xehetasun gogoratu behar dituzu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default multzoko karaktereak erabiltzerakoan: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A2, A4, A5, A6 eta AD sarreren karaktereak (zentimoa, yen, moneta-ikurra, bereizle bertikal marra eta marra motza) lehenetsitako kodeketan falta direnak dira. Ez dakigu non dauden edo egoera honen zergatia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentu ezarpenak leihoan hautatu baduzu, LaTeX-entzako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default letra-tipoa (edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default letra-tipoa, baina ez direnak erabiltzen) bakarrik duten erabiltzaileei karaktere gutxi batzuk faltako zaie: D0, F0, DE, AB eta BB ("eth" eta "thorn" maiuskula eta minuskula, eta frantses komatxoak) ez dira agertuko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default letra-tipoa duten erabiltzaileek, nolanahi ere, frantses komatxoak lor dezakete (AB eta BB) baldin eta dokumentuetan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default edo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.sty -\family default +\family default paketeetariko bat gehitzen badituzte. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Horrek komatxoak zeuk sartzea nahi dituzunean bakarrik balio du. Komatxo automatikoen ezaugarriak, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:komatxoak} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ atalean azaltzen dena, automatikoki LaTeX kodera egokitutakoak (dauden letra-tip o eta paketeentzako) sortuko ditu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ondorengoa LyX-en zuzenean agertu daitekeen azentudun karaktereen zerrenda da. Arestiko taulako azentudun karaktereak edukitzeaz gain -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default -etik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default -rako karaktereak ere badauzka.. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ISO8859--1 -\family default +\family default -etik: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\hfill +\hfill dieresi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\hfill +\hfill zirkunflexu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\hfill +\hfill kamuts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\hfill +\hfill zorrotz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\hfill +\hfill tilet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\hfill +\hfill cetxoa ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cedilla \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\hfill +\hfill macron \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Normalki hildako macron-a ez da beharrezkoa, tekla ez-hila erabil dezakezulako. Adibidez, S-M-minus, edo -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .Xmodmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default egokia bada, S-M-macron. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default -etik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default -ra: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} @@ -22353,9 +25941,11 @@ ISO8859--2 \i \^{g} \i \^{s} -\hfill +\hfill zirkunflexu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} @@ -22370,18 +25960,22 @@ zirkunflexu \i \'{c} \i \'{n} -\hfill +\hfill zorrotz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} -\hfill +\hfill tilet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} @@ -22398,19 +25992,23 @@ tilet \i \c{n} \i \c{k} -\hfill +\hfill cetxoa \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Karaktere hauek pantailan ez dute itxura politik izango, baina LaTeX-etik igarotakoan eta inprimatzen direnean oso ongi agertuko dira. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} @@ -22423,354 +26021,455 @@ Karaktere hauek pantailan ez dute itxura politik izango, baina LaTeX-etik \i \={o} \i \={u} -\hfill +\hfill macron -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\hfill +\hfill hungarierako umlaut -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Arestiko karaktere guztiak TeX-eko letra-tipoetan onartuta daude. Gainera, TeX-ek ia karaktere guztietan marka diakritikoak eskaintzen ditu. Ziurtatu zaitez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default letra-kodeketa erabiltzen ari zarela eta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default paketea -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso.def -\family default +\family default definizioarekin instalatuta daukazula. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Aitorpena -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentazioa hainbat lagunen artean eginiko lanari esker lortu da (eta nahiko genuke nahi duen edonori bertan ere lagundu dezan eskatzea). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurrenik, gu baino lehenago aritu zirenei eskerrak eman beharrean gaude. Eskuliburu berri hauentzako oinarria eman baitziguten, eta batzuek jarraitzen dute informazioa eskaintzen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default -ek jatorrizko dokumentazioa idatzi zuen, bai eskuliburu hau bai sarrerakoa (edo "LyX adierazpena", gutariko batzuk deitzen diogun bezala) sortzeko erabili zen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun default +\noun default -ek hainbat dokumentutxo idatzi zituen, LyX-en nazioarteko euskarriari buruzkoak dituenak barne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default -ek ere nazioarteko euskarriari buruzko dokumentutxo bat idatzi zuen, nazioartek o teklatuari eta pertsonalizazioari buruzkoa bereziki. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Pascal André -\noun default +\noun default -ek LinuxDoc SGML interfazeari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idatzi zuen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun default +\noun default -k matematika-erari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idazteaz gain, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default dokumentuarentzako matematika funtzioen sarrerak eskaini zituen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Esker mila LyX taldeari \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxospea} -\end_inset +\end_inset laguntzagatik eta galderei erantzuteagatik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hurrengoa, iritsi da "LyX dokumentazio taldea"-ri eskerrak emateko ordua, LyX 0.10 bertsioan idatzitako dokumentazio zaharkitua berridazten lagundu ziguten guztiei: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize MEG (Maiz Egindako Galderak) eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen) \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default "-eko idazlea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Edizio orokorreko laguntza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ondorengoen dokumentazioa: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize matematika-era -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize taulak -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize zuzentzaile ortografikoa -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default -eko lehen idazlea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en oinarrizko interfazearen dokumentazioa: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize MEG eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen) zaharkitutako " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default " -aren arduradun ohia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LinuxDoc-en dokumentzioa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default -en. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Irudi eta inportatutako grafikoen dokumentazioa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default -en. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nazioarteko ezaugarrien dokumentazioa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default -en. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ondorengoen dokumentazioa: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize oin-oharrak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize albo-oharrak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize gaien aurkibidea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize erreferentzia gurutzatuak. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\family default +\family default -en aurreneko idazlea. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ondorengo dokumentazioa: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize eskuliburua finkatzea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en LaTeX erabiltzea. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Antolaketa orokorra eta dokumentuen egitura. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ondorengo dokumentazioa: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-en konfigurazioa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize paragrafoen inguruneak, dokumentuen diseinua, habiaratze-mailak, oharren tipografia, letra-tipoak. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Baita ere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\family default +\family default -eko sarreraren arduraduna. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentuen editatzailea (96/6tik 1997ko udazkenera arte). -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard 1997ko udazkenetik hona LyX taldeak dokumentazioa eguneratzeko eta mantentzeko hartu zuen izugarrizko ardurapena. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxospea} LyX iturburuaren zuhaitza. Fitxategia: CREDITS. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexliburua} Leslie Lamport. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default . Addison-Wesley, bigarren argitalpena, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexlagunartea} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach eta Alexander Samarin: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter The LaTeX Companion -\family default +\family default . Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexgida} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka eta Daly. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {TeXliburua} Donald E. Knuth. -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\emph default +\emph default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_Customization.lyx index 4b619e7c76..1c231a129c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_Customization.lyx @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,84 +27,105 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Personnaliser LyX : Fonctions pour l'Utilisateur Avancé -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date: 06/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.48, Date: 17/03/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par l'Équipe LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : P.-H. -\noun on +\noun on Boinnard -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Adrien -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce manuel couvre les fonctions de personnalisation de LyX. Nous y abordons des sujets comme les raccourcis clavier, les options d'aperçu @@ -115,639 +137,729 @@ s ajoutent de nouvelles fonctions plus vite que nous n'en ion -- mais nous allons expliquer les personnalisations les plus courantes et au moins vous indiquer la bonne direction pour les plus obscures d'entre elles. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Les fichiers de configuration de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ce chapitre devrait vous aider à trouver votre chemin parmi les fichiers de configuration de LyX. Avant d'entreprendre sa lecture, consultez -\family sans +\family sans Aide -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default -À\SpecialChar ~ -Propos\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +À\InsetSpace ~ +Propos\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default pour connaître le répertoire de bibliothèques de LyX. C'est dans celui-ci que LyX place ses fichiers de configuration système. Il sera appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default dans la suite de ce document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Qu'est-ce qu'il y a dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default et ses sous-répertoires contiennent un certain nombre de fichiers qui peuvent servir à personnaliser le comportement de LyX. Vous pouvez modifier ces fichiers depuis LyX lui-même avec la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default . La plupart des réglages personnels que vous voudrez apporter à LyX peuvent se faire par l'intermédiaire de cette fenêtre. Il y a cependant bien d'autres aspects du fonctionnement de LyX sur lesquels on peut agir en modifiant les fichiers de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default . Ils entrent dans différentes catégories, qui sont décrites dans les sous-sectio ns suivantes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Les fichiers générés automatiquement -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces fichiers sont générés au moment de la configuration de LyX. Ils définissent différentes valeurs par défaut qui sont évaluées par l'inspecti on de votre système. Comme ils peuvent être réécrits à tout moment, il n'est pas conseillé de les modifier. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium lyxrc.defaults -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient les valeurs par defaut pour différentes commandes. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium packages.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient la liste des paquetages LaTeX que LyX a reconnu. LyX ne se sert pas directement de ce fichier, mais les informations obtenues sont disponibles en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium textclass.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default donne la liste des classes de texte présentes dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout/ -\family default +\family default , les classes de document LaTeX correspondantes et leur description. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default est généré automatiquement pendant la configuration de LyX, à partir du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx.in -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Répertoires -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium bind/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ce répertoire contient les fichiers de définition des racourcis clavier, qui ont l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default - (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:raccourcis} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). S'il y a une version \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset traduite \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du fichier de racourcis, appelée -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_xxx.bind -\family default +\family default , celle-ci sera détectée et utilisée en premier. - Se reporter au chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + Se reporter au chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et à la section\SpecialChar ~ + et à la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:raccourcis} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus d'information. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium clipart/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient quelques fichiers graphiques qui peuvent être inclus dans les documents. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium doc/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient les fichiers de la documentation de LyX (dont celui que vous êtes en train de lire). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default est un cas à part, comme nous venons de le voir. S'il existe des version traduites des fichiers d'aide, avec le préfixe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default -, celles-ci seront utilisées d'abord (voir le chapitre\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, celles-ci seront utilisées d'abord (voir le chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium examples/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient les fichiers d'exemples qui illustrent la façon d'utiliser certaines fonctions. Vous pouvez y accéder en appuyant sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Exemples -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ouvrir -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter images/ -\family default +\family default contient les fichiers d'images utilisés dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default (pour les puces). Il contient également les icônes utilisées dans la barre d'outils et les bannières affichées au démarrage de LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium kbd/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contient les fichiers de réaffectation clavier. - Voir le chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + Voir le chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:clavier} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour des informations détaillées. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium layouts/ -\family default -\series default - contient les classes de texte décrites au chapitre\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default + contient les classes de texte décrites au chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:classe-texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX/ -\family default +\family default contient les fichiers de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , le traducteur de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset correct \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset vers LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scripts/ -\family default +\family default contient quelques fichiers qui illustrent les possibilités offertes par l'insertion d' -\family sans -Objet\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Objet\InsetSpace ~ Externe -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter templates/ -\family default - contient les fichiers modèles de LyX décrits dans la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + contient les fichiers modèles de LyX décrits dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:modeles} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex/ -\family default +\family default contient quelques fichiers LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default distribués avec LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ui/ -\family default +\family default contient des fichiers avec l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default qui définissent l'interface utilisateur de LyX. C'est-à-dire que ces fichiers définissent quels éléments apparaissent dans les menus et quels éléments apparaissent dans la barre d'outils. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus de détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fichiers que vous n'avez pas à modifier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont des fichiers internes à LyX, et ils ne doivent pas être modifiés, sauf par les développeurs. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium CREDITS -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ce fichier contient la liste des développeurs de LyX. Son contenu est affiché en sélectionnant -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator Crédits -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium chkconfig.ltx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default est un script LaTeX utilisé pendant le processus de configuration. Ne pas le lancer directement. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium configure -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default est le script qui permet de re-configurer LyX. Il génère des fichiers de configuration dans le répertoire dans lequel il est exécuté. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autres fichiers appelant un commentaire -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter encodings -\family default +\family default contient des tables de conversion faisant correspondre les différents encodages de caractères avec unicode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external_templates -\family default +\family default contient les modèles disponibles pour la nouvelle fonction d' -\family sans -Objet\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Objet\InsetSpace ~ Externe -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter languages -\family default +\family default contient la liste de toutes les langues actuellement supportées par LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default définitivement périmé. C'est l'ancien type de fichier de préférences. Il disparaîtra sans doute prochainement. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Votre répertoire personnel de configuration -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Même si vous utilisez LyX sans être le super-utilisateur, vous pouvez avoir envie de modifier la configuration de LyX pour votre usage personnel. Le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur -\family default +\family default contient les fichiers personnels de configuration. C'est le répertoire qui est décrit comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Répertoire utilisateur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -À\SpecialChar ~ -Propos\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +À\InsetSpace ~ +Propos\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default . Il est traité comme un miroir du répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default , et chaque fichier qui se trouve dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur -\family default +\family default remplace par conséquent le fichier correspondant de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default . Chaque fichier de configuration décrit dans les sections précédentes peut se trouver soit dans le répertoire de configuration système, ce qui jouera pour tous les utilisateurs, soit dans votre répertoire personnel, pour votre propre configuration. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour éclaircir la situation, voici quelques exemples : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les réglages effectués dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default sont enregistrés dans un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Quand vous re-configurez LyX avec -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigurer -\family default +\family default , LyX fait tourner -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configure -\family default +\family default et les fichiers résultants sont placés dans votre répertoire personnel - de configuration (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + de configuration (voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetection} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour connaître la liste des réglages de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default affectés par cette opération). Ça signifie que les nouvelles classes de texte que vous avez pu ajouter dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/layouts -\family default +\family default seront ajoutées à la liste des classes de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De la même façon, si vous avez installé des classes de document dans votre répertoire personnel, et que LaTeX peut les trouver avec la variable d'environn ement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default , elles seront affichés dans la liste des classes de texte \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pour peu qu'un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default soit prévu pour, dans LyX lui-même ou écrit par vos soins. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous récupérez sur le site ftp de LyX des fichiers de documentation mis à jour et que vous n'êtes pas administrateur sur votre système, vous pouvez placer ces fichiers dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/doc/ -\family default +\family default et ils seront ouverts directement à partir du menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Aide -\family default +\family default ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Utiliser LyX avec plusieurs configurations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La liberté offerte pour le répertoire de configuration locale peut être insuffisante si vous avez besoin de plusieurs configurations différentes. Par exemple, vous pouvez vouloir utiliser des raccourcis clavier ou des réglages d'imprimante différents selon les moments \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ou encore vouloir écrire dans des langues différentes et adapter vos configurations en conséquence. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous pouvez y arriver en ayant plusieurs répertoires de configuration. Vous spécifiez alors lequel utiliser au moment de lancer LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous lancez LyX avec l'option de ligne de commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -userdir -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default , le programme va lire la configuration qui se trouve dans ce répertoire, et non dans le répertoire par défaut (en lançant LyX sans cette option vous pouvez déterminer le répertoire par défaut). @@ -755,23 +867,25 @@ Si vous lancez LyX avec l'option de ligne de commande comme il le fait avec le répertoire par défaut au premier lancement du programme. Vous pouvez modifier les options de configuration dans ce -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur -\family default +\family default supplémentaire exactement comme vous le feriez pour le répertoire par défaut. Ces répertoires sont complètement indépendants (mais lisez la suite). Notez que la variable d'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX_USERDIR_13x -\family default +\family default a exactement le même rôle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous avez plusieurs configurations, vous devez faire plus attention : si vous voulez ajouter un nouveau format dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/layouts -\family default +\family default , pour qu'il soit disponible dans toutes vos configurations, vous devez l'ajouter dans chaque répertoire séparément. Vous pouvez contourner ceci avec l'astuce suivante : après que LyX a créé @@ -781,97 +895,109 @@ R existante, remplacez le sous-répertoire vide par un lien symbolique au sous-répertoire correspondant dans la configuration existante. Faites toutefois attention avec le sous-répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/ -\family default +\family default , car il contient un fichier écrit par le script de configuration (accessible avec -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default - : section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + : section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetection} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) qui est propre à chaque configuration. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Utiliser la fenêtre pour la première fois -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le nouveau fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/preferences -\family default +\family default ne contient que les changements que vous avez apporté au comportement par défaut, dont une partie est directement déterminée par le code de LyX et une partie est déterminée par le fichier système -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . Notez que dans tous ces fichiers les lignes commençant par un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default sont des commentaires et ne sont pas interprétées. Cependant, seuls les administrateurs système ont à éditer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Les utilisateurs doivent passer par la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default pour créer et modifier leur propre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/preferences -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous pensons que la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default est assez explicite. Presque toutes les commandes sont accompagnées d'un commentaire, il ne devrait donc pas être trop difficile de les modifier à votre goût. Avant que nous ne parlions de quelques-unes des commandes les plus importantes, voici un avertissement : quand vous -\family sans +\family sans Appliquez -\family default +\family default vos changements, certains ont un effet immédiat (par exemple les polices à l'écran), d'autres non. Si rien ne semble avoir changé, -\family sans +\family sans Enregistrez -\family default +\family default les changements et redémarrez LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Polices d'Écran -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La police utilisée pour afficher vos documents sur l'écran de LyX est très importante, car vous allez lire tous vos documents avec. @@ -885,48 +1011,54 @@ La police utilis sur les polices pour choisir les vôtres en connaissance de cause, car ce choix est un compromis entre vos préférences et les possibilités de votre système. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que cette section ne parle que des polices visibles -\emph on +\emph on à l'écran -\emph default +\emph default dans la fenêtre de LyX. Les polices qui apparaîtront -\emph on +\emph on à l'impression -\emph default +\emph default sont déterminées indépendamment, par la classe de document. Lisez le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour savoir comment changer la police de vos documents imprimés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Basiquement, les polices d'écran sont de deux sortes différentes : les polices vectorielles ajustables et les polices bitmap non ajustables. Cette distinction semble un peu arbitraire, car les polices non ajustables le sont en fait avec la plupart des dispositifs modernes d'affichage. La différence vient de la -\emph on +\emph on qualité -\emph default +\emph default de l'ajustement, et la -\emph on +\emph on vitesse -\emph default +\emph default de l'affichage. La décision la plus importante est donc : allez-vous choisir des polices bitmap non ajustables ou des polices vectorielles ajustables ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les polices ajustables sont créées à partir des -\emph on +\emph on contours -\emph default +\emph default des caractères (ou glyphes). Ça signifie que chaque glyphe est défini par des courbes mathématiques, qui sont bien adaptées à l'ajustement à n'importe quelle taille. @@ -942,7 +1074,9 @@ contours pour rendre l'affichage raisonnablement rapide, il faut faire des concessions, et le résultat est que les polices ajustables peuvent être difficiles à lire dans les petites tailles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les polices bitmap, quant à elles, sont définies dès le départ par des images bitmap (point par point), et rendront donc bien dans toutes les tailles @@ -950,13 +1084,13 @@ Les polices bitmap, quant En revanche, elles ne s'ajustent pas bien car pour mettre un glyphe à l'échelle , chaque pixel doit être agrandi en plusieurs. Ça fait le même effet que si vous essayez d'agrandir une image dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xv -\family default +\family default ou dans tout autre programme de manipulation d'images. Pour contourner ce problème, la plupart des polices bitmap sont fournies - dans plusieurs tailles fixées, typiquement entre 8\SpecialChar ~ -pixels et 34\SpecialChar ~ + dans plusieurs tailles fixées, typiquement entre 8\InsetSpace ~ +pixels et 34\InsetSpace ~ pixels avec tous les intermédiaires considérés comme utiles. L'avantage des polices bitmap est qu'il n'y a pas besoin de calculs compliqués @@ -964,7 +1098,9 @@ pixels avec les polices ajustables. L'inconvénient est que les tailles qui n'existent pas de façon fixe doivent être ajustées en multipliant les pixels, et sont donc moches. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce qu'il faut retenir de tout ceci est que les polices bitmap sont en général mieux adaptées aux petites tailles, pour lesquelles elles sont disponibles, @@ -976,38 +1112,48 @@ Ce qu'il faut retenir de tout ceci est que les polices bitmap sont en g donc mauvais. La meilleure chose à faire est d'essayer les deux possibilités et de décider ce qui vous convient le mieux. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par défaut, LyX (dans sa version XForms) utilise des polices bitmap non ajustables. Pour les polices avec empattement, il utilise -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default , pour les polices sans empattement, -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default , et pour les polices à chasse fixe -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans la suite, nous décrivons comment faire si le texte n'est pas joli dans LyX. Nous allons commencer par les paramètres les plus importants : la résolution et le zoom des polices. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réglage de la Résolution DPI et Agrandissement des Polices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX essaye automatiquement d'ajuster les polices pour se rapprocher autant que possible de la taille de la version imprimée, en tenant compte de ce qui s'appelle le facteur d'agrandissement des polices. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour que ça marche sur tous les systèmes, ce réglage se fie à la résolution de l'écran en points par pouce (DPI), qui doit elle-même être correctement @@ -1016,55 +1162,59 @@ Pour que avec les informations fournies par le serveur X. Vous pouvez vérifier que LyX détecte le réglage de résolution en lançant LyX par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sur de nombreux systèmes, X n'est pas configuré correctement, vous devrez donc le vérifier à la main. Faites -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset xdpyinfo | more \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et notez le nombre de DPI correspondant à la résolution que vous utilisez (ça ressemblera à la valeur détectée par LyX). C'est le nombre marqué -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset resolution \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Notez aussi le nombre de pixels en largeur (le premier nombre de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset dimensions \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sortez alors du tiroir une bonne vieille règle, et mesurez la largeur de l'image sur votre écran. @@ -1072,20 +1222,24 @@ Sortez alors du tiroir une bonne vieille r par 2,54). Vous pouvez déterminer le réglage de résolution correct pour votre écran, en divisant le nombre de pixels par la largeur de l'image. - Si cette résoution est éloignée de plus de 5\SpecialChar ~ + Si cette résoution est éloignée de plus de 5\InsetSpace ~ DPI de la valeur détectée, vous devez soit corriger la configuration de X, soit au moins dire à LyX que la résolution est différente de la valeur détectée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous ne pouvez pas corriger la configuration de X (ce qui est bien sûr préférable car d'autres programmes que LyX en bénéficieraient également), vous pouvez indiquer à LyX la résolution DPI correcte avec la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si le texte est trop petit ou trop gros à votre goût, vous devez jouer avec le facteur d'agrandissement des polices. @@ -1099,160 +1253,174 @@ Si le texte est trop petit ou trop gros n'est pas garanti. Comme LyX est de toutes façons un système WYSIWYM, cette limitation n'est pas trop un problème. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le facteur d'agrandissement des polices est par défaut de 150 car un moniteur est en général plus large qu'une feuille de papier, mais vous devriez essayer de le changer dans le champ -\family sans -Zoom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zoom\InsetSpace ~ polices -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default pour trouver une taille qui vous convienne. Une fois que vous avez trouvé un réglage qui vous paraît agréable (vous pouvez utiliser le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default pour faire des comparaisons tout en gardant la fenêtre ouverte), vous pouvez le mettre en valeur par défaut avec le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Enregistrer -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Même s'il est souvent possible de trouver une taille de texte adaptée, ça ne veut pas forcément dire que les polices sont les meilleures disponibles sur votre système. Pour tirer le maximum de votre système, vous pouvez utiliser les commandes de sélection de police pour améliorer encore l'aspect du texte. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Commandes de définition de police -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous avons déjà dit que la version XForms de LyX utilise par défaut des polices bitmap non ajustables. Ce sont -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default pour les polices avec empattement, -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default pour les polices sans empattement et -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default pour les polices à chasse fixe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez changer tout cela dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Selon les systèmes, il n'y a pas la même quantité de polices disponibles, mais il devrait toujours y avoir le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default . Utilisez-le pour repérer des polices qui vous plaisent. Quand vous en avez trouvé une, essayez d'insérer les deux premiers éléments de son nom (appelés \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fndry \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fmly \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default ) dans le champ correspondant de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default et appuyez sur -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . LyX reformate alors votre document avec la nouvelle police, et si vous êtes content, il faut -\family sans +\family sans Enregistrer -\family default +\family default . Essayez d'abord de voir s'il y a la police ajustable \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset utopia \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : c'est un bon point de départ. Conseil : en regardant les champs \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset resx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset resy \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default , vous voyez si vous avez affaire à une police bitmap ou à une police ajustable. Si la valeur 0 est disponible, la police est ajustable. Si la valeur 0 est absente, c'est une police bitmap. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant de virer une police bitmap parce que les plus grandes tailles ressemblent à du Lego, essayez de désactiver le bouton \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ajuster les polices \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Use scalable fonts. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il ne sert que si vous utilisez des polices bitmap, car ce sont les seules @@ -1261,27 +1429,27 @@ NdT : Use scalable fonts. disponibles, ce qui garantit aux polices bitmap un bel aspect. (Vous pouvez connaître toutes les tailles disponibles avec la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xlsfonts -\family default +\family default . Voir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man xlsfonts -\family default +\family default .) Cependant, le prix à payer est qu'il y aura une plus grande différence entre la taille à l'écran et la taille à l'impression, car LyX devra se satisfaire de la taille disponible la plus proche, et n'essaiera pas d'ajuster la taille. Vous risquez aussi de voir des tailles logiques différentes comme -\family sans +\family sans Grand(+1) -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Très\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Très\InsetSpace ~ Grand(+2) -\family default +\family default affichées à l'écran avec la même police, les rendant indistinguables. Nous avons décidé par défaut d'utiliser des polices ajustables à cause de ces inconvénients. @@ -1292,53 +1460,57 @@ Grand(+2) vous utilisez des polices bitmap. Les polices ajustables ne seront pas affectées, pour des raisons que vous devriez maintenant avoir comprises. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une dernière remarque à propos de cette option : il faut savoir que ça ne pose pas de problème d'utiliser ensemble des polices bitmap et des polices ajustables à des endroits différents. Par exemple, il est courant d'utiliser la police ajustable \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utopia \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour le texte avec empattement, conjointement avec une version bitmap de la police \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Helvetica \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Et vous pouvez sans crainte cocher le bouton \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ajuster les polices \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : il ne s'appliquera qu'à la police Helvetica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parfois on peut passer outre les inconvénients apportés par l'activation de l'option, en changeant les tailles de polices correspondant aux différentes tailles logiques. Lancez LyX avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 513 -\family default +\family default pour voir exactement à quelles polices réelles correspondent les tailles logiques, et essayez d'ajuster les entrées correspondantes dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default jusqu'à ce que vous ayez obtenu les polices désirées. Ça peut se révéler difficile car LyX utilise les réglages de résolution DPI et de facteur d'agrandissement pour calculer la taille de police à @@ -1349,81 +1521,89 @@ Pr nt sur 100 -- même si l'on sait que c'est faux. Bien sûr vos polices ajustables auront alors l'air bizarre, soyez donc prudents. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Encodage de police -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par défaut, LyX utilise des polices conçues pour écrire des textes dans des langues d'Europe Occidentale, dont toutes les sortes d'anglais. C'est l' -\emph on +\emph on encodage de police -\emph default +\emph default qui détermine ce comportement. Si vous voulez utiliser LyX pour écrire par exemple dans une langue d'Europe de l'Est, en cyrillique ou dans toute autre langue non couverte par l'encodage de police ISO-8859-1, vous pouvez en définir un autre en réglant l'encodage dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Il faut alors que vous ayez installé des polices spéciales. Avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default , vous pouvez voir si c'est le cas : regardez dans les champs \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rgstry \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset encdng \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset s'il y a des valeurs ISO-8859-X différentes de ISO-8859-1, et cherchez celles qui contiennent les caractères que vous voulez utiliser. Si vous en trouvez, mettez cette valeur ISO-8859-X dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default . Si non, allez chercher des polices appropriées sur le Web. Pour la version Qt, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser un jeu de polices ISO-646. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous avez configuré LyX pour utiliser un encodage de police différent, vous devez aussi changer la police utilisée dans les fenêtres. Par exemple, la fenêtre -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default sera incompréhensible si vous ne dites pas à LyX d'y utiliser une autre police. Par défaut la police des menus est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -*-helvetica-medium-r -\family default +\family default , mais souvent Helvetica n'est pas disponible dans l'encodage dont vous avez besoin. Vous pouvez alors changer cette police dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous le voyez, il y a un certain nombre d'options qui peuvent servir à régler finement l'aspect de vos polices. @@ -1433,15 +1613,19 @@ Comme vous le voyez, il y a un certain nombre d'options qui peuvent servir d'utiliser des polices qui doivent avoir un bel aspect à la fois sur le papier et à l'écran, LyX vous permet d'utiliser à l'écran des polices prévues pour, tout en utilisant des polices différentes, mieux adaptées, à l'impression. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Raccourcis \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:raccourcis} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les raccourcis servent à mettre en relation une fonction et une touche. Plusieurs fichiers de raccourcis prédéfinis sont disponibles : un jeu de @@ -1449,403 +1633,465 @@ Les raccourcis servent et sur CDE), un jeu de raccourcis Emacs, pour ceux d'entre nous qui sont sur la Voie de la Vérité et refusent de s'abaisser à utiliser autre chose \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Évidemment je blague ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ainsi que des raccourcis spécialisés (broadway et hollywood), et dans des langues autres que l'anglais (français, allemand, etc.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez modifier les raccourcis pour qu'ils soient exactement à votre goût, copiez le fichier le mieux adapté de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/bind/ -\family default +\family default dans votre propre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/bind/ -\family default +\family default et modifiez-le. N'oubliez pas de charger ce nouveau fichier dans LyX avec la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . (Pour le moment vous devez redémarrer LyX pour que ces changements prennent effet.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporte l'internationalisation de l'interface utilisateur (voir le - chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Si votre -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default est réglée, par la variable d'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default , LyX essaye d'utiliser les fichiers de raccourci préfixés par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default . Par exemple, vous pouvez mettre une copie traduite d'un des fichiers standard de raccourcis dans votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default personnel, et LyX s'en servira automatiquement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La syntaxe des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default est simple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À la fois -\family typewriter +\family typewriter combinaison de touches -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fonction-lyx -\family default +\family default (avec tous ses paramètres) doivent être entourés par des guillemets doubles. Toutes les fonctions LyX sont répertoriées dans le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Interface utilisateur \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard On peut modifier l'apparence des menus et de la barre d'outils dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Il n'y a qu'à changer le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/ui/ -\family default +\family default . Pour l'instant, il n'y a qu'un seul fichier, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default , mais n'hésitez pas à faire des expériences. Copiez le fichier dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/ui/ -\family default +\family default et amusez-vous ! Notez que vous devez redémarrer LyX pour que les changements prennent effet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La syntaxe des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default est simple : jetez un oeil sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default . Les entrées -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toolbar -\family default +\family default doivent être terminées explicitement par un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter End -\family default +\family default . Elles peuvent contenir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OptItem -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Separator -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Icon -\family default +\family default et dans le cas du menu \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fichier \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , une entrée -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lastfiles -\family default +\family default . Un mot d'avertissement. On peut insérer des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default s dans une -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menubar -\family default +\family default ou un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default , mais ils sont définis comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Menu -\family default +\family default s, non comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Submenu -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Convertisseurs, Formats et Visionneuses -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a un nouveau mécanisme pour convertir à partir de et vers tout format de fichier en utilisant des programmes externes. Choisissez deux formats, par exemple LaTeX et PDF. Choisissez maintenant un convertisseur de l'un des formats vers l'autre. Dans notre exemple, il existe deux programmes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Une conversion directe de LaTeX vers PDF avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pdflatex -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Une conversion moins directe, avec des formats et des convertisseurs intermédiai res : de LaTeX à DVI (avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default ) à PostScript® (avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ) à PDF (avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX choisira toujours le chemin le plus direct possible, pour utiliser les deux vous devez donc définir deux noms de format différents pour les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default . Les deux sont inclus par défaut dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Jetez-y un oeil et inventez vos propres conversions ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De plus, chaque format peut avoir une visionneuse associée. Par exemple, vous pouvez définir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default comme visionneuse pour les fichiers PostScript®, ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default pour visionner la sortie LaTeX. Vous pouvez changer la visionneuse (et les options à lui fournir) dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Conversion -\family default +\family default . Par exemple, pour changer la visionneuse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , choisissez le format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DVI -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre, mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kdvi -\family default +\family default (par exemple) comme visionneuse, et faites -\family sans +\family sans Modifier -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Options d'exportation ASCII -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Il y a quelques commandes qui peuvent servir pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset nettoyer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset les fichiers exportés en texte ASCII. Notez que LyX détecte automatiquement les réglages les meilleurs pour votre système au moment de l'installation, mais vous pouvez les modifier si vous ne partagez pas son avis. Vous trouverez ces réglages dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Divers -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\series medium +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ roff -\family default +\family default -\series default +\series default Cette option définit la commande à utiliser pour produire de meilleurs tableaux ASCII avec les commandes UNIX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff/troff/nroff -\family default +\family default (voir leurs pages de man pour plus d'information). Si elle n'est pas définie, LyX utilise son propre outil de formatage (moins performant). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -line\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +line\InsetSpace ~ length -\family default +\family default -\series default +\series default Définit la longueur par défaut d'une ligne dans le fichier ASCII produit. Réglée à 0, il n'y a pas de passage à la ligne. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Imprimante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a un tas d'options de configuration pour interagir avec l'imprimante à partir de LyX. Vous trouverez ces réglages dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimante -\family default +\family default . Normalement, les valeurs par défaut sont suffisantes, si cependant votre commande d'impression requière des noms d'options différents, vous pouvez les modifier à cet endroit. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changer les Couleurs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez changer les couleurs de LyX dans la nouvelle fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Autrement, si vous êtes très en forme, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color -\family default +\family default (voir le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\emph default +\emph default ), de la façon suivante : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color NomLyX CouleurX11 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une liste (incomplète) des fonctions et des couleurs par défaut : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1857,610 +2103,688 @@ Voici une liste (incompl \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nom -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LyX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Utilité -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Couleur par Défaut -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none (X11) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard texte en arrière-plan -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard texte au premier plan -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none linen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none latex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard code LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkRed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard formules -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Mathed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none DarkBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathline -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard traits de -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none fraction, -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit crochets -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none , etc. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Blue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathbg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none AntiqueWhite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathframe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Magenta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mathcursor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none selection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard arrière-plan d'une sélection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none LightBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Les réglages autodétectés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetection} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX détecte plusieurs choses tout seul quand vous faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default . Dans cette section, nous indiquons celles qui sont de l'ordre des préférences utilisateur. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default soit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default soit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default + -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tbl -\family default +\family default , selon ce qui est disponible. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default plus un tas d'options. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default sur les systèmes qui ont cette commande (System V), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default sinon (BSD). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_printerprefix -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default - -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default , selon qu'il ait trouvé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash font_encoding -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default s'il a trouvé les polices -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ec -\family default +\family default et si LaTeX est configuré pour supporter ces polices. Vous pouvez le mettre à la main si vous n'avez que les polices -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Le reste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a beaucoup d'autres options de configuration qui peuvent servir à personnal iser le comportement de LyX. @@ -2469,28 +2793,34 @@ iser le comportement de LyX. Vous pouvez poser des questions sur les listes de diffusion si vous avez besoin de plus d'informations, ce qui nous conduira éventuellement à étendre cette section. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Internationaliser LyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de traduire l'interface utilisateur de LyX. La dernière fois que nous avons vérifié, LyX était disponible en 14 langues y compris l'anglais. La langue que vous avez choisie est appelée votre -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default . (Pour plus de renseignements sur les réglages de localisation, voyez la documentation de votre système d'exploitation sur les locales. Pour Linux, la page de man de locale(5) est un bon point de départ.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que ces traductions fonctionnent, mais présentent quelques failles. En particulier, toutes les fenêtres ont été tracées en fonction du texte @@ -2504,394 +2834,438 @@ Notez que ces traductions fonctionnent, mais pr de le faire. Nous essaierons de faire disparaître ces inconvénients dans les version futures de LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sélectionner une autre langue pour l'interface utilisateur -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette fonction est désactivée par défaut, et le texte est donc en anglais. Pour activer une autre langue, vous devez changer une variable d'environnement. Faites -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset setenv LANG xx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dans les shells csh ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset export LANG=xx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dans les shells sh, en remplaçant les -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx -\family default +\family default par le code à deux lettres correspondant à la langue de votre choix. Par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr -\family default +\family default correspond au français. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Normalement, vous allez mettre la ligne appropriée dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.Xsession -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xinitrc -\family default +\family default pour que la traduction soit activée par défaut. Rappelez-vous que ça ne marchera pas si LyX est configuré et compilé avec l'option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset --disable-nls \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Traduire LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Traduire l'interface graphique (messages textuels) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utilise la bibliothèque GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default pour gérer l'internationalisation de l'interface. Pour que LyX parle votre langue favorite dans tous les menus et fenêtres, vous avez besoin d'un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .po -\family default +\family default pour cette langue. Quand celui-ci est disponible, vous devez générer à partir de là un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .mo -\family default +\family default et installer ce dernier. Tout ce processus est expliqué dans la documentation de GNU -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default , mais voici un résumé de ce qu'il faut faire ( -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default est le code de la langue) : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Copiez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RÉP-SOURCE-LYX/po/lyx.pot -\family default +\family default en -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .po -\family default +\family default (si -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default n'existe pas, il peut être recréé avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make lyx.pot -\family default +\family default dans ce répertoire, ou bien vous pouvez utiliser le fichier po d'une autre langue comme modèle). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Éditez -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .po \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nous vous recommandons d'utiliser Emacs, car la distribution de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default comprend un mode bien pratique pour vous aider dans l'édition. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . Pour certains menus, il y a aussi des touches de raccourci qui doivent être traduites. Ces touches viennent après un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , et doivent être adaptées au texte traduit. Il y a un outil appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scgen.pl -\family default +\family default écrit en Prolog dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RÉP-SOURCE-LYX/development/tools/ -\family default +\family default qui peut aider à déterminer les touches de raccourci. Notez que XForms (au moins la version 0.86) ne peut rien gérer d'autre comme touches de raccourci que des caractères codés sur 7 bits (ASCII standard). Vous devez aussi remplir les champs au début du nouveau fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default avec votre adresse e-mail, etc., pour que les gens sachent comment vous joindre pour proposer des suggestions, ou pour démolir votre travail. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Générez -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default .mo -\family default +\family default , avec la commande -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter msgfmt -o -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .mo < -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .po -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Copiez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mo -\family default +\family default dans votre répertoire de locales, dans le répertoire correspondant aux messages pour la langue -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default , sous le nom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.mo -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/locale/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default /LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour ajouter un nouveau fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default à la -\emph on +\emph on distribution -\emph default +\emph default de LyX il faut changer les scripts de configuration et quelques autres choses, mais vu la façon dont marche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default , vous n'avez pas besoin du code source de LyX pour le traduire -- il vous suffit d'avoir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default (ou un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter po -\family default +\family default déjà existant) et les outils -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gettext -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez écrit un fichier de traduction pour une langue que LyX ne gère pas encore, nous vous encourageons à nous le soumettre. Dans ce cas, nous vous recommandons de lire le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter README -\family default +\family default du répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RÉP-SOURCE-LYX/po/ -\family default +\family default pour plus d'informations. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Traduire la documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La documentation en ligne (dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Aide -\family default +\family default ) peut (et doit !) être traduite. S'il existe une traduction de la documentation \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En février 2003, presque toutes les docs avaient été traduites en français et en allemand. Le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default avait été traduit en au moins 12 langues, avec d'autres traductions en cours. L'éventail de documents traduits s'élargit rapidement. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , et si la locale est correctement réglée, LyX affichera tout seul la version traduite. LyX cherche les versions traduites sous le nom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/doc/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _NomDoc.lyx -\family default +\family default , où -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default est la langue définie par la variable d'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default . S'il n'y en a pas de traduction, c'est la version anglaise qui est affichée. Notez que les versions traduites doivent avoir le même nom de fichier (ici -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NomDoc -\family default +\family default ) que l'original. Si vous vous sentez de traduire la documentation (ce qui est d'ailleurs un excellent moyen de corriger la documentation d'origine !), il y a un certain nombre de choses que vous devez faire tout de suite : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default , qui explique comment écrire la documentation de LyX. Faites spécialement attention à la section sur la traduction. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Faire un tour sur la page web de la traduction des documentations sur \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[le site des développeurs de LyX]{http://devel.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . De cette façon, vous pourrez voir quels documents ont déjà été traduits dans votre langue, s'il y en a \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Pour le français, le site web est à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://perso.wanadoo.fr/adrien.rebollo/lyxfr/lyxfr.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous y trouverez aussi qui s'occupe d'organiser l'effort de traduction dans votre langue. Si personne ne s'en occupe, faites-nous connaître votre intérêt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que vous vous y mettez pour de bon, voilà quelques conseils qui pourront vous éviter des ennuis : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Joignez-vous à l'équipe de documentation ! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator Introduction -\family default +\family default ) explique comment faire. C'est d'ailleurs le premier document à traduire. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Étudiez les conventions typographiques de la langue dans laquelle vous traduisez. La typographie est un art ancien et au cours des siècles, une grande variété @@ -2901,982 +3275,1162 @@ Introduction Si vous inventez votre propre terminologie, vous allez induire les lecteurs en erreur. ( -\emph on +\emph on Attention ! La typographie peut devenir une passion ! -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Faites une copie du document. Ce sera votre fichier de travail. Vous pouvez l'utiliser comme fichier d'aide personnel en le mettant dans votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/doc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De temps à autre le document original (de l'équipe LyX) est mis à jour. Utilisez l'interface ViewCVS à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/viewcvs.cgi/lyxdoc/} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour voir ce qui a changé \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi garder une copie de la dernière version du document anglais que vous avez traduit. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . De cette façon vous pouvez voir facilement les parties de votre document qui ont besoin d'être mises à jour \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Je conseille très vivement de partir des fichiers disponibles sur le CVS, et de ne pas perdre de temps à traduire la version contenue dans votre distribution pour s'apercevoir trop tard que tout est périmé. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous avez trouvé une erreur dans le document original, corrigez-la et dites-le au reste de l'équipe de documentation (que vous n'avez pas manqué de rejoindre, n'est-ce pas ?) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Support de Clavier International -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on [Note de l'Éditeur : La section qui suit a été écrite par -\noun on +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default . Il faut la corriger pour qu'elle soit conforme à la nouvelle feuille de style de la Documentation et pour utiliser les nouvelles fonctions de la version 1.0. Le tout doit aussi être fusionné avec la section d'après. - jw] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Définir ses propres réaffectations clavier : Format de fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Regardons d'un peu plus près un fichier de définition de clavier. C'est un fichier ASCII qui définit : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des correspondances touche à touche ou touche à chaîne -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des touches mortes -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des exceptions des touches mortes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour définir une traduction touche à touche ou touche à chaîne, utilisez cette commande : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmap touche -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default chaîne_sortie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touche -\family default +\family default est la touche à traduire et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chaîne_sortie -\family default +\family default est la chaîne à insérer dans le document. Pour définir des touches mortes, faites : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod touche touche_morte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touche -\family default +\family default est la touche du clavier et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touche_morte -\family default +\family default est le nom de la touche morte. Les touches mortes suivantes sont supportées (nom du raccourci entre parenthèse s) : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Nom -\hfill +\hfill Exemple -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation acute (acu) -\hfill +\hfill áéíóú -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation grave (gra) -\hfill +\hfill àèìòù -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation macron (mac) -\hfill +\hfill \i \={o} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tilde (til) -\hfill +\hfill ñÑ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underbar (underb) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash b o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation cedilla (ced) -\hfill +\hfill çÇ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underdot (underd) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash d o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circumflex (circu) -\hfill +\hfill âêîôû -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circle (circl) -\hfill +\hfill Å\i \r{u} \i \r{U} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tie (tie) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash t o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation breve (bre) -\hfill +\hfill \i \u{a} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash u o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Quotation +\begin_layout Quotation caron (car) -\hfill +\hfill \i \v{c} \i \v{s} \i \v{z} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation hungarian umlaut (hug) -\hfill +\hfill \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation umlaut (uml) -\hfill +\hfill äöü -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation dot (dot) -\hfill +\hfill \i \.{z} \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash .s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans beaucoup de claviers internationaux il y a des exceptions dans les règles d'emploi des touches mortes, vous pouvez les définir ainsi : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod touche_morte touche chaîne_sortie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par exemple, sur un clavier slovaque, si vous tapez caron-o, ça génère circonfle xe-o, il faut donc mettre : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter caron o " -\backslash +\backslash ^o" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard pour le faire marcher correctement. Vous devez aussi définir comme des exceptions les touches mortes avec i et j, pour enlever le point avant d'insérer une marque d'accentuation. Je changerai ceci le moment venu, mais je n'en ai pas encore eu le temps. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au fait, à propos des caractères : l'antislash est un caractère d'échappement, pour l'entrer, il faut taper un double antislash. Les guillemets et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ont aussi un sens différent. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default indique les commentaires, les guillemets entourent les commandes style LaTeX. Pour entrer un guillemet, il faut taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash " -\family default +\family default , pour entrer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default , il faut taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash # -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous faites un fichier de réaffectation clavier qui marche pour votre langue, merci de me l'envoyer, pour que je puisse l'inclure dans la prochaine distribution de réaffectations clavier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y aura plus de mots-clés supportés à l'avenir dans les fichiers de réaffectat ion clavier, comme : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kinclude nom_fichier -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill inclut un autre fichier ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter include -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kprog programme -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill définit un programme externe de traduction ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter define -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il devrait aussi chercher dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default les valeurs par défaut (par exemple, une option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default pour inclure le clavier par défaut). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Les Claviers Internationaux \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:clavier} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les deux sections suivantes décrivent en détail la syntaxe des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default . Ces sections devraient vous aider à concevoir votre propre réaffectation clavier si celles fournies ne vous donnent pas satisfaction. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default fait correspondre des appuis clavier à des caractères ou à des chaînes de caractères. Il définit une réaffectation clavier \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Keyboard MAPping. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cette section décrit les mots clés -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ksmod -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default Fait correspondre un caractère à une chaîne -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmap -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on caractère chaîne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça fait correspondre -\emph on +\emph on chaîne -\emph default +\emph default à -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default . Notez que dans -\emph on +\emph on chaîne -\emph default +\emph default , le guillemet double ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default ) et l'antislash ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) doivent être protégés par un antislash ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) juste avant-++. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple de commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default qui fait s'afficher le symbole -\family typewriter +\family typewriter / -\family default +\family default quand on tape la touche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter & -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap & / -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default Définit un caractère accentué -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on caractère accent autorisés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default devient alors un -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default sur les caractères -\emph on +\emph on autorisés -\emph default +\emph default . C'est le principe de la touche morte \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le terme -\emph on +\emph on touche morte -\emph default +\emph default désigne une touche qui seule ne produit pas de caractère, mais qui produit le caractère accentué voulu quand elle est suivie par une autre touche autorisée. Par exemple, pour écrire un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ê \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default sur un clavier français, il faut d'abord taper sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default puis sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous tapez -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default puis une autre touche qui ne fait pas partie des caractères -\emph on +\emph on autorisés -\emph default +\emph default , vous obtiendrez un -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default suivi par l'autre touche non autorisée. Notez que -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default efface une touche morte, si vous tapez -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default , le curseur ne recule pas mais annule l'effet que -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default aurait pu avoir sur la touche suivante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans l'exemple suivant, il est spécifié que le caractère ' doit être un accent aigu, autorisé sur les caractères a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O et U : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod ' acute aeiouAEIOU -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kxmod -\family default +\family default Définit une exception au caractère accentué -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on accent caractère résultat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça définit une exception pour l' -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default sur le -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default . L' -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default doit avoir été assigné auparavant par une déclaration -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default et le -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default ne doit pas faire partie des caractères -\emph on +\emph on autorisés -\emph default +\emph default de l' -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default . Quand vous tapez la séquence -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on caractère -\emph default +\emph default , se produit le -\emph on +\emph on résultat -\emph default +\emph default . Si une telle déclaration n'existe pas dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default et que vous tapez -\emph on +\emph on accent caractère -\emph default +\emph default , vous obtenez -\emph on +\emph on touche_accent caractère -\emph default +\emph default où -\emph on +\emph on touche_accent -\emph default +\emph default est le premier paramètre de la déclaration -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec la commande suivante, vous obtenez äi quand vous tapez acute-i ('i) : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kxmod acute i " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash i}" -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default Combine deux caractères accentués -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kcomb -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on accent1 accent2 autorisés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Celui-ci est assez ésotérique. Il vous permet de combiner les effets de l' -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default et de l' -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default (dans cet ordre !) sur les caractères -\emph on +\emph on autorisés -\emph default +\emph default . Les touches pour l' -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default et l' -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default doivent avoir été définies par une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on plus haut -\emph default +\emph default dans le fichier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voyez cet exemple extrait du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter greek.kmap -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod : umlaut iyIY -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kcomb acute umlaut iyIY -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça vous permet de taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ;:i -\family default +\family default et d'avoir l'effet de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\family default +\family default . Dans ce cas un -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default annule la dernière touche morte, donc si vous tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ;: -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\family default +\family default vous obtenez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{i} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Après que la réaffectation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default a été effectuée, un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default convertit les chaînes de symboles obtenues dans la police de caractères. Actuellement, la distribution de LyX comprend au moins les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-1.cdef -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-2.cdef -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En général le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default est une suite de déclarations de la forme : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on + +\family roman +\emph on numéro_du_caractère chaîne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par exemple, pour affecter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{e} -\family default +\family default au caractère correspondant dans le jeu iso-8859-1 (233), il y a la déclaration suivante : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 233 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{e}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default protégés dans -\emph on +\emph on chaîne -\emph default +\emph default . Notez que le même caractère peut servir pour plus d'une chaîne. Dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso-8859-7.cdef -\family default +\family default vous avez -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{i}}" -\newline +\newline 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{i}}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si LyX ne trouve pas de correspondance pour la chaîne produite par une touche ou une séquence avec des touches mortes, il va vérifier si elle ressemble à un caractère accentué et va essayer à l'écran de tracer un accent par dessus le caractère. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Touches mortes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une autre façon d'ajouter le support pour des caractères internationaux par l'intermédiaire des touches mortes. @@ -3884,287 +4438,307 @@ Il y a une autre fa caractère accentué. Ici, nous allons expliquer comment créer une touche morte vraiment simple pour montrer comment elles marchent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supposez que vous ayez besoin du caractère circonflexe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : déjà présent en français, mais nous allons conserver cet exemple. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Vous devez faire correspondre la touche circonflexe à la commande LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default dans votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Maintenant, à chaque fois que vous taperez la touche circonflexe suivie par une lettre, il y aura un accent circonflexe dessus. Par exemple, la séquence -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^e \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default produit la lettre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ê \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Cependant, si vous essayez de taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^t \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , LyX va se plaindre avec un bip, car un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset t \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ne prend jamais d'accent circonflexe. Taper -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default après une touche morte fait s'afficher l'accent seul. Notez bien ce dernier point ! Si vous faites correspondre une touche à une touche morte, vous devez faire correspondre le caractère sur cette touche à une touche différente. Faire correspondre la virgule à une cédille est une mauvaise idée, car vous n'aurez plus que des cédilles à la place des virgules. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une façon courante de créer des touches mortes est d'utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default en combinaison avec un accent, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ~ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Une autre méthode met en jeu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default (vus dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default ) pour configurer la touche spéciale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default . Elle agit un peu comme -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default et permet de faire correspondre des touches à des caractères accentués. Vous pouvez aussi transformer des touches en touches mortes en les affectant à quelque chose comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_cedilla -\family default +\family default puis en affectant cette touche symbolique à la commande LyX correspondante \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : C'est exactement ce que je fais dans mes fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Ma touche -\family sans -Arrêt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Arrêt\InsetSpace ~ Défil -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock -\family default +\family default ) est configurée comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default et j'ai affecté des choses comme -\family sans -Arrêt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Arrêt\InsetSpace ~ Défil-^ -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Arrêt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Arrêt\InsetSpace ~ Défil-~ -\family default +\family default à un tas de touches symboliques -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset usldead_* \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . C'est comme ça que j'obtiens tous mes caractères accentués. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous pouvez transformer à peu près n'importe quelle touche en touche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default : une des touches -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default , une touche de fonction inutilisée, etc. Quant aux commandes LyX qui produisent des accents, voyez à l'entrée -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default dans le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\emph default +\emph default . Là-bas il y a la liste complète. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Enregistrer votre Configuration Linguistique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enreg-langue} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez éditer vos préférences dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default pour que LyX démarre avec l'environnement linguistique que vous souhaitez, automatiquement configuré. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Installer de Nouvelles Classes de Document, Formats et Modèles \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:classe-texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Installer de Nouvelles Classes -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans ce chapitre, nous décrivons comment créer et installer de nouveaux fichiers de format LyX ou de modèle, et nous vous offrons une révision @@ -4172,67 +4746,69 @@ Dans ce chapitre, nous d LaTeX. D'abord quelques définitions : une classe de document est un fichier LaTeX (d'habitude avec l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) qui décrit la mise en page d'un document -- par exemple un article, un rapport, un preprint de publication, etc. -- et toutes les commandes nécessaires pour réaliser cette mise en page. Un fichier de format \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset layout file \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset est un fichier LyX correspondant à une classe de document LaTeX, qui dit à LyX comment \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset dessiner \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset les choses à l'écran pour les rendre ressemblantes avec la version imprimée. Plus précisément, un fichier de format décrit une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset classe de texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui est le schéma interne utilisé par LyX pour l'affichage à l'écran. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Format \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset classe de texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sont des termes à peu près interchangeables, mais il est préférable de parler de format pour le fichier, et de classe de texte pour ce qui est @@ -4242,17 +4818,21 @@ classe de texte nécessaires avec cette classe. Les modèles sont notamment utiles pour les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset manuscrits \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de publications soumises sous format électronique. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Installer un nouveau paquetage LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines installations peuvent ne pas contenir le paquetage LaTeX que vous vouliez justement utiliser avec LyX. @@ -4260,388 +4840,449 @@ Certaines installations peuvent ne pas contenir le paquetage LaTeX que vous (et très puissant) pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs. Voici les étapes pour installer un paquetage si vous utilisez teTeX ou une autre distribution basée sur web2c. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Procurez-vous le paquetage sur le CTAN ou ailleurs \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Voir le manuel de -\emph on -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default pour savoir ce qu'est le CTAN et où l'on peut trouver les classes de document supportées. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lisez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default (qui réside habituellement dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/web2c -\family default +\family default , mais il vous faudra peut-être faire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kpsewhich texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default pour le localiser). Il décrit comment ajouter un répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default local ; suivez les instructions. Vous devez insérer le nom de votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default local dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default . Sous Linux, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local -\family default +\family default est un endroit logique pour installer les logiciels qui ne viennent pas avec votre distribution, vous pouvez donc utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default . D'habitude, vous n'avez que deux choses à modifier : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Réglez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default sur le répertoire que vous avez choisi, par exemple : -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assurez-vous que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF -\family default +\family default inclut bien la variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default , par exemple : -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Créez votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default local (par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default ). Vous devez suivre la structure de votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default existant (par exemple, les paquetages LaTeX doivent aller dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/ -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Installez le paquetage. Par exemple, vous pouvez décompresser l'archive FoilTeX et créer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex -\family default +\family default . Le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foiltex -\family default +\family default contient différents fichiers. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lancez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default . Ça devrait entre autres créer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/ls-R -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Depuis LyX, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default . Redémarrez LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant vous devriez voir votre nouveau paquetage -- par exemple -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default -- dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Notez qu'il y a des façons plus simples d'installer des paquetages : vous pouvez ajouter un lien au répertoire du nouveau paquetage dans le répertoire LaTeX du système ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/tex/latex -\family default +\family default , n'oubliez pas de lancer ensuite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default ), ou parfois simplement régler la variable d'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default pour inclure le nouveau paquetage. Cependant, la procédure stricte décrite dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default est garantie de fonctionner, vous devez donc la suivre sauf si les circonstance s l'empêchent absolument : par exemple si vous n'avez pas les droits de super-utilisateur. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Formats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section explique comment écrire et installer vos propres fichiers de format LyX (aussi connus sous le nom de classes de texte) et prend pour exemple le format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default . Les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default décrivent les styles de paragraphe disponibles pour un document donné et la façon avec laquelle LyX doit les afficher. Nous essayons ici de donner une description complète de la procédure à suivre ; il y a cependant une telle variété de classes LaTeX supportant des types de document très différents que nous ne pouvons pas espérer couvrir tous les cas possibles ni tous les problèmes que vous pourrez rencontrer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous prévoyez d'écrire un nouveau format, il est extrêmement utile de regarder les formats exemples distribués avec LyX. Si vous utilisez une classe de document LaTeX qui pourrait intéresser d'autres personnes, et que vous avez un format LyX correspondant, n'hésitez pas à nous envoyer le tout, pour que nous puissions le mettre dans la distribution. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toutes les balises décrites dans ce chapitre sont insensibles à la casse ; ça veut dire que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Style -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter style -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter StYlE -\family default +\family default sont une seule et même commande. Les valeurs possibles sont inscrites entre crochets après le nom de la fonction. La valeur par défaut d'une fonction quand elle n'est pas définie dans le fichier décrivant la classe de texte est -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on mise en évidence -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . Si le paramètre est d'un type particulier la valeur par défaut est indiquée ainsi : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float= -\emph on +\emph on default -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gérer de nouvelles classes de document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two situations you are likely to encounter when wanting to support a new LaTeX document class, involving LaTeX2e class ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ) and style ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) files. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les deux situations que vous êtes probablement susceptibles de rencontrer quand vous voulez gérer une nouvelle classe de document LaTeX sont les fichiers LaTeX2e de classe ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default ) et de style ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Format pour un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si votre nouvelle classse de document est fournie sous la forme d'un fichier de style à utiliser en combinaison avec une classe de document existante, déjà supportée, commencez par copier le fichier de format de la classe de document en question dans votre répertoire local. Dans notre exemple, le fichier de style sera appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ma_classe.sty -\family default +\family default et il doit être utilisé avec la classe standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/ma_classe.layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puis éditez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ma_classe.layout -\family default +\family default et changez la ligne : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{report} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard en : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[report, ma_classe.sty]{report (ma_classe)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puis ajoutez : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Preamble -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ma_classe} -\newline +\newline EndPreamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard près du début du fichier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Démarrez LyX et faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default . Redémarrez LyX et essayez de créer un nouveau document. Vous devriez voir -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -report\SpecialChar ~ +report\InsetSpace ~ (ma_classe) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default parmi les classes de document dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Il est probable que certaines des commandes de section devront être différentes de celles de la classe de base \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ici -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , vous pouvez donc jouer avec les réglages des différentes sections si vous le souhaitez. Voir plus bas. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Format pour un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans ce cas, vous devrez probablement créer votre propre format. Nous vous suggérons fortement de copier un fichier de format existant qui @@ -4649,10 +5290,14 @@ Dans ce cas, vous devrez probablement cr Utilisez au moins un fichier existant comme point de départ pour savoir quels sont les éléments dont vous devez vous occuper. Encore une fois, les spécificités sont couvertes plus bas. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Déclarer une nouvelle classe de texte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les sections suivantes vous expliquent à quoi vous vous attaquez quand vous décidez de mettre les mains dans le cambouis, et de créer ou d'éditer votre @@ -4663,2458 +5308,2742 @@ Les sections suivantes vous expliquent Ce n'est pas si dur que ça, mais il y a une multitude d'options et vous pouvez vous laisser submerger si vous essayez d'en faire trop d'un coup. Allez donc prendre un verre, juste pour la route. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est parti ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les lignes qui commencent par un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default dans un fichier de format sont les commentaires. Il y a une exception à cette règle : tous les -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default doivent commencer par ceci : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ne pas effacer la ligne ci-dessous ; configure compte dessus. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout -\size small +\begin_layout LyX-Code + + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La deuxième ligne sert quand vous configurez LyX. Le fichier de format est lu par le script LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chkconfig.ltx -\family default +\family default , dans un mode spécial où -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default est ignoré. La première ligne est juste un commentaire LaTeX, et la deuxième contient la déclaration de la classe de texte. Si ces lignes apparaissent dans un fichier appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.layout -\family default +\family default , elles définissent alors une classe de texte appelée -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default (le nom du fichier de format) qui utilise la classe de document LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default (par défaut le même nom que le format). La chaîne \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset qui apparaît ci-dessus sert de description de la classe de texte dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supposons que vous ayez écrit votre propre classe de texte qui utilise la classe de document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , mais dans laquelle vous avez changé l'apparence des en-têtes de sections. Si vous la mettez dans un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mon_article.layout -\family default +\family default , l'en-tête de ce fichier doit être : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (avec mes en-têtes)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça déclare une classe de texte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mon_article -\family default +\family default , associée avec la classe de document LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default et décrite comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset article (avec mes en-têtes) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si votre classe de texte repose sur plusieurs paquetages, vous pouvez la déclarer ainsi : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article,machin.sty]{article (avec mes en-têtes)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça indique que votre classe de texte utilise le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.sty -\family default +\family default . Enfin, il est aussi possible de déclarer des classes pour du code SGML et DocBook. Les déclarations ressemblent en général à : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ou : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que ces déclarations peuvent aussi recevoir un paramètre optionnel déclarant le nom de la classe de document (mais pas une liste). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Une fois que la classe de texte a été modifiée à votre goût, tout ce que vous avez à faire est de la copier soit dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX/\SpecialChar \- layouts/ -\family default +\family default soit dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Rép\SpecialChar \- Utilisateur/\SpecialChar \- layouts/ -\family default +\family default et de faire -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Recon\SpecialChar \- figurer -\family default +\family default . Quittez LyX et redémarrez-le ; votre nouvelle classe de texte devrait alors être disponible avec les autres. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Paramètres généraux d'une classe de texte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici les paramètres généraux qui décrivent l'aspect du document : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Columns -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] Le nombre de colonnes par défaut (une ou deux). Peut être changé dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Ce réglage est important (de même que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sides -\family default +\family default ) : si votre classe de texte a deux colonnes par défaut mais que vous avez oublié de le notifier, l'option LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter twocolumn -\family default +\family default ne sera -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default sélectionnée quand vous demandez -\family sans -Deux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Deux\InsetSpace ~ Colonnes -\family default +\family default dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Sides -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] Impression par défaut en recto seul ou en recto verso. Peut être changé dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on plain -\emph default +\emph default , empty, headings -\family default +\family default ] La mise en page par défaut. Peut être changée dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MaxCounter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Counter_Chapter -\emph default +\emph default , -\newline +\newline Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] Le niveau le plus élevé de numérotation automatique. Des valeurs courantes sont -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default pour un livre ou un rapport et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Section -\family default +\family default pour un article. S'il n'y a pas du tout besoin de numérotation, comme dans une lettre, il faut mettre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_EnumI -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Cette section décrit diverses options globales que supporte la classe de document. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ClassOptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une description. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesAmsmath -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Si la classe charge ou non le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsmath -\family default +\family default . C'est le cas des classes de document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesMakeidx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Si la classe charge ou non le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeidx -\family default +\family default . C'est le cas des classes de document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesUrl -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Si la classe charge ou non le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url -\family default +\family default . C'est le cas de la classe de document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter AASTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Pour décrire la police par défaut dans le document. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une description. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chaîne -\family default +\family default ] Le style qui sera assigné aux nouveaux paragraphes. C'est en général -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Sa valeur par défaut sera le premier style défini si vous n'en spécifiez aucun, mais vous êtes vivement encouragé à utiliser cette commande. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexType -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on CommandAfter -\emph default +\emph default , Environment] -\family default +\family default Indique le genre de balisage utilisé pour définir le titre d'un document. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter CommandAfter -\family default +\family default signifie que la commande définie par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexCommand -\family default +\family default sera insérée après le dernier environnement avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset InTitle 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default correspond au cas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexCommand -\family default +\family default est un environnement, dans lequel doit être inclus le bloc de paragraphes avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset InTitle 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TitleLatexCommand -\series default +\series default [string="maketitle"] -\family default +\family default Le nom de la commande ou de l'environnement mentionné ci-dessus. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Un jeu de définitions de macros qui seront placées au début des fichiers LaTeX. Sert pour des définitions globales. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Input -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Permet d'inclure un autre fichier de définition de format pour éviter de réécrire des commandes. C'est souvent le cas des fichiers de format standard, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdclass.inc -\family default +\family default , qui contient la plupart des réglages de base. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Style\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Cette séquence définit un nouveau style. - Voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:styles} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Efface un style existant. C'est très utile quand vous voulez supprimer un style qui a été défini dans un fichier inclus. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Float\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Cette séquence définit un nouveau flottant. - Voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NoFloat -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Efface un flottant existant. C'est très utile quand vous voulez supprimer un flottant qui a été défini dans un fichier inclus. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Counter\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Cette séquence définit un nouveau compteur. - Voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:compteurs} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Section -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ClassOptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset La section -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default peut contenir les entrées suivantes : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FontSize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="10|11|12" -\family default +\family default ] La liste des tailles de police disponibles comme police principale du document, séparées par un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" -\family default +\family default ] La liste des mises en page disponibles, séparées par un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Other -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Des options de la classe de document, séparées par une virgule, qui seront ajoutées à la partie optionnelle de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formats de paragraphe spécifiques -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:styles} -\end_inset +\end_inset La description d'un format de paragraphe ressemble à ça \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard qui peut servir soit à définir un nouvel format soit à en modifier un déjà existant. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on nom -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dans lequel on peut mettre les commandes suivantes : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium CopyStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Sert à copier toutes les caractéristiques d'un format déjà existant dans celui-là. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Paragraph -\emph default +\emph default , Command, Environment, Item_Environment, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default ] Comment traduire l'environnement en LaTeX. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Paragraph -\family default +\family default veut dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rien de spécial \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Command -\family default +\family default veut dire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default veut dire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default }\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default est la même chose que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , à part qu'il génère un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default pour chaque paragraphe de l'environnement. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default est la même chose que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default , à part que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default est passé en paramètre de l'environnement. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default peut être défini dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LatexName -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default n'est pas une désignation très appropriée, car ces règles s'appliquent aussi aux classes SGML. Allez voir dans les fichiers de classe SGML pour avoir des exemples précis. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium InTitle -\series default +\series default [1, 0] -\family default +\family default Sur 1, indique que l'environnement fait partie d'un bloc de titre (voir aussi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexType -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TitleLatexCommand -\family default +\family default dans les paramètres généraux). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Le nom de l'objet LaTeX correspondant, soit l'environnement soit la commande. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexParam -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Le paramètre optionnel de l'objet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexName -\family default +\family default correspondant. Ce paramètre ne peut pas être changé depuis LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Margin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Static -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Le type de marge à gauche du format. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default veut dire une marge fixe. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default veut dire que la marge de gauche dépend de ce qu'il y a dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . Ça sert à obtenir des listes bien mises en page sans tabulations. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default veut dire que la marge dépend de la taille du marqueur. Ça sert entre autres aux en-têtes numérotés. Il est évident que l'en-tête \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 Très long en-tête \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset doit avoir une marge de gauche plus grande (autant que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset plus l'espace) que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 Très long en-tête \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , même si les autres traitements de texte ne savent pas le faire. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter First_Dynamic -\family default +\family default est similaire, mais seulement la toute première ligne du paragraphe est dynamique, les autres étant statiques ; ça sert par exemple pour les descriptio ns. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default veut dire que la marge est choisie pour que la ligne la plus longue du paragraphe touche la marge de droite. Ça sert à typographier une adresse sur le bord droit de la page. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NextNoIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Si LyX indente ou non la première ligne du paragraphe suivant. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default veut dire qu'il ne peut pas, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default veut dire qu'il peut s'il le veut. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ParIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] L'indentation de la toute première ligne d'un paragraphe. Par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default veut dire que le paragraphe est indenté de la largeur de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default en police normale. En préfixant la chaîne par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "-" -\family default +\family default vous obtenez une largeur négative. Cette méthode a été choisie pour que l'aspect reste le même quelle que soit la police à l'écran. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default est fixé pour un format donné, à l'exception du format Standard, car l'indentat ion d'un paragraphe dans l'environnement Standard peut être empêchée par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NextNoIndent -\family default +\family default . De plus, les paragraphes au format Standard emboîtés dans d'autres environnemen ts utilisent le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default de l'environnement, pas le leur. Par exemple, les paragraphes Standard dans une énumération ne sont pas indentés. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Parskip -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] LyX donne le choix entre -\family sans +\family sans Indentation -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default pour séparer les paragraphes d'un document. Quand on choisit -\family sans +\family sans Indentation -\family default +\family default , cette valeur n'est pas prise en compte. Quand on choisit -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default , la valeur de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default n'est pas prise en compte et tous les paragraphes sont séparés par ce paramètre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parskip -\family default +\family default , en plus de l'interligne normal. L'espacement vertical est calculé par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter valeur*DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default où -\family typewriter +\family typewriter valeur -\family default +\family default est la valeur choisie pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parskip -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default est la hauteur d'une ligne dans la police normale. De cette façon, l'aspect reste le même quelle que soit la police à l'écran. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TopSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] L'espacement vertical qui sépare le premier paragraphe qui se trouve dans ce format, du paragraphe qui le précède. Si le paragraphe précédent est dans un autre format avec un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BottomSep -\family default +\family default , les séparations ne s'ajoutent pas, mais LyX prend le maximum des deux. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium BottomSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] La même chose que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default pour le dernier paragraphe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Parsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] L'espacement vertical entre deux paragraphes dans ce format. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Itemsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] Un espacement supplémentaire entre les paragraphes d'un format d'environnement. Si vous emboîtez des paragraphes d'autres formats dans un environnement, ils seront espacés de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parsep -\family default +\family default . Mais les éléments de l'environnement seront en plus espacés de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Itemsep -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LeftMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Si vous mettez des paragraphes d'un format dans un environnement, les marges de gauche ne seront pas ajoutées directement, mais avec un facteur \begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Notez que ce paramètre sert aussi quand la marge est définie comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default . Il est alors ajouté à la marge manuelle ou dynamique. Cette chaîne a la même signification que pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium RightMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Comme pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Labeltype -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Static, Top_Environment, -\newline +\newline Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, -\newline +\newline Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default veut dire que le marqueur est le premier mot (avant la première vraie espace). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default veut dire qu'il est défini dans le format (voir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelString -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default sont des cas particuliers de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . Le marqueur sera imprimé au dessus du paragraphe, mais seulement au début d'un environnement ou au début d'une suite de paragraphes dans ce format. C'est par exemple le cas pour le format -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . C'est aussi le cas pour les marqueurs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default quand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType -\family default +\family default est sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , pour que les formats des théorèmes marchent correctement. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default est un cas particulier pour les marqueurs de légende \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tableau \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default signifie que le mot affiché est sensible au type de flottant. Les marqueurs de type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default ont des noms qui parlent d'eux-mêmes. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Labelsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] L'espacement horizontal entre le marqueur et le corps du texte. Sert seulement pour les marqueurs qui ne sont pas au dessus du corps du texte. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelBottomsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [float=0] -\family default +\family default L'espacement vertical entre le marqueur et le corps du texte. Sert seulement pour les marqueurs qui sont au dessus du corps du texte ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] La chaîne utilisée comme marqueur avec le type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . Quand la marge est en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default cette chaîne sert aussi à déterminer la valeur de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default qui peut aussi être modifiée dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . Quand le type de marqueur est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default , cette chaîne précède le compteur. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabeltype -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Box -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Filled_Box -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default ] Le type de marqueur qui se trouve à la fin du paragraphe (ou de la suite de paragraphes si -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexType -\family default +\family default est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter No_Label -\family default +\family default signifie \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rien \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Box -\family default +\family default (respectivement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Filled_Box -\family default +\family default ) est un carré blanc (respectivement noir) en général placé à la fin des démonstrations. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default est une chaîne de caractères explicitement donnée. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium EndLabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] La chaîne utilisée pour le marqueur quand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter EndLabelType -\family default +\family default vaut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Align -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] Alignement de paragraphe. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium AlignPossible -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] Une -\emph on +\emph on liste -\emph default +\emph default des alignements possibles séparés par une virgule. Certains styles LaTeX interdisent certains alignements, car ils n'auraient aucun sens. Par exemple une énumération alignée à droite ou centrée est impossible. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Top -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] On peut ainsi fixer la valeur du champ -\family sans -Espacement\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espacement\InsetSpace ~ Vertical\SpecialChar \menuseparator Avant -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note de Jean-Marc : -\emph default +\emph default Je ne suis pas sûr que ce réglage soit d'une grande utilité, et il sera probablement retiré dans une prochaine version. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Bottom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Semblable à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Fill_Top -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NeedProtect -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Si les commandes fragiles doivent être protégées par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\family default +\family default dans ce format. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Newline -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0, -\emph on +\emph on 1 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Si les nouvelles lignes sont traduites ou non en sauts de ligne LaTeX ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ). La traduction peut être désactivée pour permettre d'éditer plus confortablement du LaTeX depuis LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium PassThru -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Si le contenu du paragraphe doit être passé sous forme brute, c'est-à-dire sans les traductions spéciales dont LaTeX aurait besoin. Ça remplace d'une certaine manière l'ancienne propriété -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latex -\family default +\family default de la description de police. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium FreeSpacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] LyX ne permet pas d'habitude d'insérer plus d'une espace entre deux mots, car une espace est considérée comme un séparateur de mots, non comme un caractère ou un symbole en tant que tel. C'est très bien mais c'est parfois ennuyeux, par exemple pour taper un code source de programme ou du code LaTeX brut. C'est pourquoi on peut activer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FreeSpacing -\family default +\family default . Notez que LyX créera les espaces insécables correspondants aux espaces additionnelles pour tous les modes autres que le mode LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium KeepEmpty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] LyX ne permet pas d'habitude de laisser un paragraphe vide, car il ne générerait rien en LaTeX. Il y a quelques cas où c'est pourtant utile : dans un modèle pour une lettre, les champs requis peuvent être laissés vides, pour que les gens ne les oublient pas ; dans certains cas particuliers, un format peut aussi servir de séparateur, et ne pas contenir de texte. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Spacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on single -\emph default +\emph default , onehalf, double, other -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on valeur -\emph default +\emph default ] Définit l'interligne par défaut dans ce format. Les paramètres -\family typewriter +\family typewriter single -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onehalf -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter double -\family default +\family default correspondent respectivement à un facteur multiplicatif de 1, 1,25 et 1,667. Si vous mettez le paramètre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter other -\family default +\family default , vous devez aussi mettre une valeur numérique qui servira de facteur multiplica tif. Notez que, contrairement aux autres paramètres, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Spacing -\family default +\family default implique de générer du code LaTeX spécifique, qui utilise le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setspace.sty -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Font -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default La police utilisée à la fois pour le corps du texte -\emph on +\emph on et -\emph default +\emph default pour le marqueur. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Notez qu'en définissant cette police on définit aussi automatiquement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelFont -\family default +\family default avec la même valeur. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TextFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default La police utilisée pour le corps du texte. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default La police utilisée pour le marqueur. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Un jeu de définitions de macros qui sera inséré au début des fichiers LaTeX quand le format sera utilisé. Servez-vous-en pour définir les macros nécessaires dans ce format. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DependsOn -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default le nom d'un style dont le préambule doit apparaître -\emph on +\emph on avant -\emph default +\emph default les définitions mentionnées ci-dessus. Ça permet de s'assurer que les morceaux de préambule s'enchaînent dans le bon ordre quand les définitions de macro dépendent les unes des autres \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notez que, à part ce paramètre, il n'y a aucun autre moyen de contrôler l'ordre des éléments du préambule. L'ordre que vous avez dans une version de LyX peut très bien changer sans prévenir dans des versions ultérieures. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Flottants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset Depuis la version 1.3.0 de LyX, il faut définir les flottants ( -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans tableau -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) dans la classe elle-même. Si vous cherchez à savoir comment mettre à jour une classe déjà existante, il suffit probablement que vous ajoutiez -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdfloats.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard à un endroit raisonnable dans la classe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard N'oubliez pas de jeter aussi un \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset il sur les compteurs dans la section suivante. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si vous voulez implémenter une classe de texte qui propose un nouveau type de flottant (comme la classe AGU fournie avec LyX), les explications ci-dessous vont sans doute vous être utiles : -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Type -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset type \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de la nouvelle classe de flottants, comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset program \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset algorithm \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Après l'instruction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default appropriée, vous disposez de commandes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{program} -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{algorithm*} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium GuiName -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default La chaîne de caractères qui se trouvera dans les menus et également dans la légende. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LateXBuiltin -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1] -\family default +\family default Mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default si le flottant est déjà défini dans la classe de document. Si vous le mettez à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0 -\family default +\family default , le flottant sera défini à l'aide du paquetage LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NumberWithin -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Ce paramètre (optionnel) détermine si les flottants de cette classe seront numérotés en suivant un type de section du document. Par exemple, si vous mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chapter -\family default +\family default , les flottants seront numérotés chapitre par chapitre. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Style -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Le style utilisé quand on définit le flottant avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newfloat -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Placement -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Le placement par défaut pour cette catégorie de flottants. C'est comme en LaTeX standard : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter b -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter h -\family default +\family default pour haut, bas, page et ici respectivement \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notez que l'ordre dans lequel vous mettez ces lettres est sans importance, comme en LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . En plus vous avez un nouveau type, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default , qui ne correspond pas vraiment à un flottant, car il signifie de le positionne r \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ici \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et nulle part ailleurs. Notez cependant que le type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter H -\family default +\family default est spécial et, à cause de détails d'implémentation, ne peut pas être utilisé avec des flottants non définis dans la classe de document ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXBuiltin=1 -\family default +\family default ). Si vous n'avez pas compris tout ce baratin, mettez simplement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tbp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Extension -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default L'extension pour les fichiers contenant la liste des flottants de ce type. LaTeX écrit les légendes dans ce fichier. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ListName -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default L'en-tête utilisé pour la liste des flottants. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Compteurs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:compteurs} -\end_inset +\end_inset Depuis la version 1.3.0 de LyX, il faut définir les compteurs ( -\family sans +\family sans chapitre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) dans la classe elle-même. Si vous cherchez à savoir comment mettre à jour une classe déjà existante, il suffit probablement que vous ajoutiez -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Input stdcounters.inc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard à un endroit raisonnable dans la classe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La définition des compteurs est pour le moment un peu primaire, car beaucoup de choses sont encore codées en dur. Vous disposez des deux paramètres suivants : -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Name -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default Le nom du compteur. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Within -\series default +\series default [string=""] -\family default +\family default S'il contient le nom d'un autre compteur, le compteur actuel sera remis à zéro à chaque fois que l'autre augmentera. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description de police -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Une description de police ressemble à : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Font -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on ou -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default LabelFont -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndFont -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et les commandes suivantes sont disponibles : -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Family -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Roman -\emph default +\emph default , Sans, Typewriter -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Series -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Medium -\emph default +\emph default , Bold -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Shape -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Up -\emph default +\emph default , Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Size -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tiny, small, -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default , large, larger, largest, huge, giant -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Color -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on none -\emph default +\emph default , black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Créer des Modèles \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:modeles} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les modèles sont créés comme les documents normaux. La seule différence est que les documents normaux contiennent tous les @@ -7122,88 +8051,102 @@ Les mod Or on ne veut en général pas qu'un modèle modifie ces réglages par défaut. Pour cette raison, l'auteur d'un modèle doit enlever les commandes correspondan tes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fontscheme -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash papersize -\family default +\family default du fichier modèle LyX. C'est faisable avec un simple éditeur de texte, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vi -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xedit -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mettez les fichiers modèles que vous avez créés et édités dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépUtilisateur/templates/ -\family default +\family default , copiez ceux que vous utilisez du répertoire global de modèles -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyXr/templates/ -\family default +\family default vers le même endroit, et redéfinissez le répertoire de modèles dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default (onglet -\family sans +\family sans Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator Répertoires -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que le modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter defaults.lyx -\family default +\family default a un statut particulier. Il est chargé à chaque fois que vous créez un nouveau document avec -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nouveau -\family default +\family default afin d'avoir les réglages par défaut. Pour créer ce modèle depuis LyX, vous n'avez qu'à ouvrir un document ayant déjà les réglages voulus, et appuyer sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Retenir ces Valeurs par Défaut -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Insérer un Objet Externe -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contexte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fonction souvent réclamée par les utilisateurs de LyX est la capacité à l'interfacer avec XFig, Dia ou d'autres applications similaires spécialisées @@ -7211,37 +8154,47 @@ Une fonction souvent r autre, que vous aimeriez insérer dans votre document. Auparavant, il n'était possible d'inclure dans LyX que des images fixes, statiques, avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphique -\family default +\family default , mais cette méthode a plusieurs limites : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous voulez changer la figure, vous devez invoquer un programme externe à la main. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ne remarque pas que les fichiers en question ont changé, et l'affichage à l'écran devient donc vite périmé, ce qui est aggravé par l'impossibilité de rafraîchir l'affichage. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'insertion de graphiques ne fournit aucun mécanisme pour copier les images dans des formats d'exportation comme DocBook, HTML ou ASCII brut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La fonction d'insertion d'objet externe tente de résoudre tous ces problèmes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Même si l'insertion de graphiques présente des inconvénients, elle reste valable car elle permet de visualiser la figure à l'écran, et autorise des transformations géométriques complexes avec une interface utilisateur confortable. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Elle offre une méthode générale pour interfacer LyX avec des applications @@ -7256,50 +8209,58 @@ M exactement quel objet inclure, et dans la suite vous apprendrez que c'est effectivement un mécanisme puissant qui peut résoudre tous les problèmes posés plus haut, ainsi que bien d'autres. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Comment fonctionne-t-il ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insertion d'objet externe repose sur le concept de -\emph on +\emph on cadre \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset template \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans ce contexte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . Un cadre définit comment LyX doit s'interfacer avec un type d'objet donné. Tel qu'il est distribué, LyX possède des cadres prédéfinis pour les figures XFig, pour les diagrammes Dia, pour différents formats d'images rastérisées, pour gnuplot, et d'autres. Vous pouvez en consulter la liste avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Objet\SpecialChar ~ +Objet\InsetSpace ~ Externe -\family default +\family default . En outre, il est possible de créer votre propre cadre pour supporter un type donné d'objet. Nous décrirons plus loin en détail ce qu'il faut faire, et nous espérons que vous nous enverrez tous les cadres que vous créerez pour que nous puissions les inclure dans de futures versions de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un autre concept de base est qu'il faut faire la distinction entre le fichier d'origine qui sert de point de départ et le fichier transformé qui est @@ -7307,29 +8268,31 @@ Un autre concept de base est qu'il faut faire la distinction entre le fichier Voyons par exemple une figure produite avec XFig. L'application XFig elle-même travaille sur un fichier avec l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default . Dans XFig, vous créez et modifiez votre figure. Quand c'est fini, vous enregistrez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fig -\family default +\family default . Quand vous voulez inclure la figure dans votre document, vous invoquez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default pour créer un fichier PostScript qui sera aisément inclus dans votre fichier LaTeX. Dans ce cas, le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default est le fichier d'origine, et le fichier PostScript est le fichier transformé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette distinction est importante pour pouvoir mettre à jour l'objet pendant l'écriture de votre document. @@ -7342,20 +8305,22 @@ Cette distinction est importante pour pouvoir mettre approchant du graphique d'origine. L'insertion d'objet externe vous permet de le faire, car il est paramétré avec les différents formats d'exportation supportés par LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En plus de supporter la génération de fichiers transformés différents selon le format d'exportation, l'insertion d'objet externe travaille en étroite collaboration avec les applications d'édition et de visualisation. Dans le cas d'une figure XFig, vous pouvez invoquer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -\family default +\family default sur le fichier d'origine d'un simple clic depuis la fenêtre d'objet externe de LyX, et aussi visualiser le fichier transformé PostScript avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default d'un autre clic. Il n'y a plus à se bagarrer avec la ligne de commande ou avec des explorateurs de fichier pour localiser et manipuler le fichier d'origine et le fichier @@ -7363,7 +8328,9 @@ ghostview De cette façon, vous pouvez enfin profiter à plein des nombreuses applications différentes qui servent à la production de documents, et serez finalement plus efficaces. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, en définitive, LyX a des informations sur un certain nombre de programmes différents, qu'il peut utiliser en arrière-plan. @@ -7375,7 +8342,9 @@ Ainsi, en d sans se bagarrer avec le code source. Il faut faire quelques efforts pour définir toutes les différentes commandes et options, mais heureusement l'équipe LyX a fait le gros du travail. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous devons reconnaître que nous avons fait au moins une omission. Comme l'insertion d'objet externe peut produire de nombreux types de fichiers @@ -7386,11 +8355,11 @@ ur simple. Au lieu d'avoir un bouton par format d'exportation, nous avons décidé d'introdu ire le concept de format primaire et de n'avoir qu'un seul bouton. Quand vous appuyez sur -\family sans -Voir\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Voir\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ résultat -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre d'objet externe, vous avez un aperçu du fichier transformé dans le format primaire. Et le format primaire est défini par votre classe de document. @@ -7400,22 +8369,28 @@ r ce n'est qu'un aperçu du résultat principal. Si vous voulez voir à quoi ressemblent les autres formats d'exportation, vous devez exporter votre document et le visualiser à la main. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section La Fenêtre d'Objet Externe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous placez un objet externe avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer -\family default +\family default . Un bouton est alors placé dans votre document, et la fenêtre de d'objet externe s'affiche. Cette fenêtre vous permet de décrire exactement quel objet inclure et comment. En outre, elle permet d'accéder aux applications externes pour visualiser, éditer ou transformer l'objet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En haut de cette fenêtre, il y a une liste déroulante où vous pouvez choisir le cadre à utiliser. @@ -7425,56 +8400,60 @@ En haut de cette fen conseils pour paramétrer son utilisation. Plus bas, vous trouvez un champ dans lequel vous entrez le nom du fichier, ainsi qu'un bouton -\family sans +\family sans Parcourir -\family default +\family default pour choisir avec l'explorateur de fichiers le fichier à inclure. Ce champ spécifie le fichier d'origine. Comme le fichier transformé est généré automatiqument quand c'est nécessaire, il n'y a pas besoin d'accéder directement à celui-ci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En bas de la fenêtre, vous trouvez un champ pour les -\family sans +\family sans Paramètres -\family default +\family default . Ils servent à paramétrer le cadre. Les options possibles doivent être décrites dans le texte d'aide associé à celui-ci. En général elles vous permettent de changer la façon de générer le fichier transformé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À droite de la fenêtre, vous trouvez trois boutons : -\family sans -Éditer\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Éditer\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Afficher\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Afficher\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ Résultat -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour -\family default +\family default . Ils vous permettent respectivement d'éditer votre fichier d'origine avec l'application appropriée, de visualiser le fichier transformé qui sera inclus dans le document primaire, et enfin de forcer la mise à jour de l'objet résultant dans le format primaire. Normalement, le bouton -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour -\family default +\family default est désactivé, car la plupart des cadres sont configurés pour mettre à jour automatiquement le fichier transformé quand c'est nécessaire. Dans ces cas-là, il n'y a pas besoin de forcer la production d'un nouveau @@ -7483,181 +8462,231 @@ Jour ent, parce que le temps de transformer le fichier étant important, ça serait pénible de le faire à chaque fois. Ces objets sont des objets externes -\emph on +\emph on manuels -\emph default +\emph default . Dans ces cas-là, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton pour forcer la production du fichier transformé juste quand vous en avez besoin, et contrôler ainsi les ressources utilisées. En fait, c'est alors à -\emph on +\emph on vous -\emph default +\emph default de le faire pour avoir des documents à jour : avant d'imprimer, avant d'exporte r, avant de visualiser, etc. Un jour, LyX vous aidera peut-être à faire ça. Tout changement dans le cadre, le nom du fichier ou les paramètres est en fait appliqué dès que vous appuyez sur -\family sans -Éditer\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Éditer\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Afficher\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Afficher\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ Résultat -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Mettre\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mettre\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exemples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans cette section, nous inclurons quelques exemples d'utilisation de l'insertio n d'objet externe. Ces exemples pourraient comprendre : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les images rastérisées -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les figures XFig -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les diagrammes d'échecs -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les sons -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'utilisation des makefiles -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les cadres externes récursifs -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Le fichier de configuration des cadres externes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est assez facile de définir de nouveaux cadres externes dans LyX. Cependant, sachez que si vous le faites de façon négligente, vous introduirez -\emph on +\emph on sûrement -\emph default +\emph default une faille de sécurité facilement exploitable. Avant de commencer, lisez donc plus bas ce qui concerne la sécurité. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci dit, nous vous encourageons à créer des cadres intéressants et à nous les proposer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les cadres externes sont définis dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/external_templates \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Nous rappelons que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset cadre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est la traduction de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset template \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans ce contexte de l'insert externe. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . Vous pouvez mettre votre propre version dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/external_templates -\family default +\family default . Nous espérons qu'un jour, quelqu'un documentera le contenu des cadres, et la syntaxe à utiliser. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Le mécanisme de substitution -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand la fenêtre d'objet externe invoque un programme externe, il le fait selon la commande définie dans le fichier de configuration des cadres. Ces commandes peuvent contenir diverses macros qui sont interprétées avant l'exécution. Les commandes sont toujours exécutées dans le répertoire du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, quand un objet externe est affiché, un mécanisme de substitution génère son nom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les macros disponibles sont les suivantes : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FName Le nom du fichier spécifié dans la fenêtre d'objet externe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Basename Le nom du fichier sans l'extension. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Tempname Le nom et le chemin absolu d'un fichier temporaire qui sera automatiq uement effacé quand le document sera fermé, ou l'objet externe effacé. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Contents( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset nom_fichier.ext \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) Le contenu du fichier de nom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nom_fichier.ext -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Sysdir Le chemin absolu du répertoire système. Typiquement utilisé pour pouvoir trouver les différents scripts auxiliaires fournis avec LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En plus de tout cela, le mécanisme de substitution interprétera les variables globales d'environnement comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ${PATH} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section La question de la sécurité -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insertion d'objet externe crée une interface avec un paquet de programmes externes et le fait de manière automatique, nous devons donc en examiner @@ -7667,24 +8696,28 @@ L'insertion d'objet externe cr commande, il semble possible de créer un document malveillant qui exécute des commandes indésirables quand un utilisateur le visualise ou l'imprime. C'est quelque chose que nous voulons absolument éviter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cependant, comme les commandes du programme externe sont définies seulement dans le fichier de configuration des cadres, il n'y a pas de problème de sécurité si LyX est configuré correctement avec seulement des cadres sûrs. Ceci parce que les programmes externes sont invoqués via l'appel système -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default et non via l'appel système -\family typewriter +\family typewriter system -\family default +\family default . Il n'est donc pas possible d'exécuter des commandes arbitraires via le shell à partir du nom de fichier ou des paramètres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça implique aussi qu'il y a des restrictions dans les commandes définissables dans un cadre d'objet externe. @@ -7694,49 +8727,53 @@ system écrire un script sûr pour le faire de manière contrôlée, puis définir ce script comme commande. Dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/scripts -\family default +\family default de l'installation de LyX, vous trouverez un script d'emballage sûr appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter general_command_wrapper.py -\family default +\family default qui supporte la redirection des entrées et sorties. Il peut servir d'exemple pour écrire des scripts sûrs pour les cadres. Pour un exemple plus avancé qui utilise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fork -\family default +\family default et compagnie, jetez un oeil sur le script de conversion -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pic2ascii.py -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de créer un cadre qui interagit directement avec le shell, mais comme ça permettrait à un utilisateur malveillant d'exécuter des commandes arbitraires en écrivant des noms de fichier et/ou des paramètres bien choisis, nous vous recommandons d'utiliser en général des scripts sûrs qui marchent avec l'appel système -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default d'une manière contrôlée. Bien sûr, si vous êtes dans un environnement dans lequel vous avez confiance, il est tentant de ne pas se fouler et d'utiliser des scripts shell ordinaires. Si vous faites ça, sachez que vous allez -\emph on +\emph on vraiment -\emph default +\emph default créer dans votre système une faille de sécurité facile à exploiter. Il est évident que de tels cadres non sécurisés ne seront jamais inclus dans la distribution standard de LyX, même si nous encourageons les gens à nous proposer de nouveaux cadres dans la tradition du logiciel libre. Mais LyX tel que vous vous le procurez par les voies officielles de distributio n ne contiendra jamais de cadres non sécurisés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insertion d'objet externe est un outil très puissant, et vous devez faire attention à ne pas mettre en péril la sécurité avec cette puissance. @@ -7748,435 +8785,517 @@ L'insertion d'objet externe est un outil tr sûr ou non. Faites-le avant de l'utiliser dans un environnement que vous ne contrôlez pas. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Le Serveur LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le serveur LyX est une méthode implémentée dans LyX qui permet à d'autres programmes de dialoguer avec, d'invoquer des commandes LyX et d'obtenir de l'information à propos de son état interne. Tout ceci n'est destiné qu'aux utilisateurs avancés, qui devraient le trouver utile. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Démarrer le Serveur LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Le serveur LyX fonctionne par l'intermédiaire d'une paire de tubes. Ils sont habituellement disposés dans votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME -\family default +\family default et portent les noms -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .lyxpipe.out \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Les programmes externes écrivent dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default et lisent les données dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default . La racine de ces deux noms peut être définie dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator Répertoires -\family default +\family default , par exemple \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /home/mon_home/.lyxpipe -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ajoutera les extensions -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .in \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .out \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour créer les tubes. Le réglage ci-dessus a aussi pour effet d'activer le serveur LyX. Si l'un des ces tubes existe déjà, LyX supposera qu'un autre processus LyX est déjà en route et ne démarrera pas le serveur. Pour faire tourner plusieurs processus LyX avec des serveurs en même temps, vous devez changer la configuration entre le démarrage des deux programmes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous développez un programme client, il vous sera peut-être utile d'activer les informations de déboguage du serveur LyX. Pour cela, démarrez LyX avec la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 8192 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Attention : si LyX se plante, il peut ne pas avoir enlevé les tubes ; dans ce cas vous devez les enlever à la main. Si LyX démarre et que les tubes existent déjà, il ne démarrera pas de serveur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À part ça, il y a quelques points à savoir : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize À la fois le client et le serveur doivent tourner sur des machines UNIX ou OS/2. Il n'est pour l'instant pas possible de communiquer entre LyX sur UNIX et des clients sur OS/2 ou vice versa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sur OS/2, un seul client à la fois peut se connecter sur le serveur LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sur OS/2, les clients doivent ouvrir le tube d'entrée ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default ) en mode -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O_WRONLY -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez trouver un exemple complet de client écrit en C dans la distribution source sous le nom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/server_monitor.c -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Communication normale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour émettre un appel LyX, le client écrit une ligne de texte ASCII dans le tube d'entrée, selon le format suivant : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LYXCMD: -\emph on +\emph on nom_client -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on fonction -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on paramètre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ici -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on nom_client -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default est un nom que le client peut choisir arbitrairement. LyX rappelle ce nom s'il envoie une réponse -- un client peut donc répartir les réponses aux différentes requêtes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on fonction -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default est la fonction que vous voulez faire exécuter à LyX. C'est la commande que vous auriez entrée dans le minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\emph on + +\family typewriter +\emph on paramètre -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default est un paramètre optionnel qui n'est utile que pour certaines fonctions (par exemple \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset self-insert \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset qui insère le paramètre comme du texte à la position du curseur). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La réponse de LyX arrive dans le tube de sortie sous la forme : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code INFO: -\emph on +\emph on nom_client -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on fonction -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on données -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on nom_client -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default et -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on fonction -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default sont les mêmes que dans la requête, tandis que -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on données -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default contient des informations plus ou moins utiles selon la façon avec laquelle la commande s'est exécutée. Certaines commandes renvoient des informations à propos de l'état interne de LyX, comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset font-state \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tandis que d'autres ne renvoient rien. Ça signifie alors que l'exécution s'est bien passée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En cas d'erreurs, la réponse de LyX aura la forme : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ERROR: -\emph on +\emph on nom_client -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on fonction -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on message_d'erreur -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où le -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on message_d'erreur -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default doit expliquer pourquoi la commande a échoué. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exemples : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\newline +\newline read a <~/.lyxpipe.out -\newline +\newline echo $a -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notification -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX peut notifier aux clients les événements qui se produisent de manière asynchrone. Pour l'instant il ne le fait que si l'utilisateur associe une séquence de touches à la fonction \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Voici le format de ce que LyX envoie : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code NOTIFY: -\emph on +\emph on séquence_touches -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on séquence_touches -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default est la représentation imprimée de la séquence de touches réellement tapée par l'utilisateur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce mécanisme peut servir pour étendre l'ensemble des commandes LyX et implémente r des macros : associez certaines séquences de touches à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , démarrez un client qui écoute le tube de sortie, traite la commande selon la séquence et démarre une fonction qui peut utiliser des appels et des requêtes LyX pour envoyer une commande ou une série de commandes à LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Le Protocole Serveur LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX implémente un protocole simple qui peut servir à la gestion de session. Tous les messages sont de la forme : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LYXSRV: -\emph on +\emph on nom_client -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on message_protocole -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard où -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on message_protocole -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default peut être \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si un client reçoit \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est que LyX l'informe qu'il écoute ses messages, s'il reçoit \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est que LyX est en train de s'arrêter. -\layout Chapter -\start_of_appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix Raccourcis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cet appendice est un énorme index de tous les raccourcis clavier de langue anglaise. @@ -8186,6068 +9305,7117 @@ Cet appendice est un Nous avons ensuite décidé d'ajouter aussi les raccourcis par défaut de la barre d'outils et des menus. Notez cependant que cette section a des chances de se périmer rapidement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous comprendrez facilement de quoi il s'agit, mais voici tout de même quelques conseils : toutes les entrées sont rangées dans l'ordre alphabétique pour un préfixe donné ( -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default , etc.). Les préfixes vont du plus simple au plus compliqué ( -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default avant -\family sans +\family sans C-S-c -\family default +\family default ). Toutes les entrées ont été trouvées dans les fichiers par défaut d'interface utilisateur et de raccourcis, situés dans les répertoires \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /share/lyx/ui -\family default +\family default et \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /share/lyx/bind -\family default +\family default ; ceux-ci doivent être considérés comme la référence définitive sur les raccourcis. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sachez enfin que certains gestionnaires de fenêtres (comme FVWM) prennent le contrôle de certaines des touches de fonction ou des touches de déplacement. -\family sans +\family sans C-Droite -\family default +\family default est ici réputé générer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\family default +\family default , mais FVWM le court-circuite et s'en sert à la place pour changer de bureau virtuel. C'est très ennuyeux jusqu'à ce que vous disiez à votre gestionnaire de fenêtres d'arrêter d'intercepter ces séquences. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Barre d'outils -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-open" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-write" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-print" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "cut" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "copy" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "paste" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-emph" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-noun" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "font-free" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "tex-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "math-mode" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "footnote-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "marginpar-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "depth-next" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "figure-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "dialog-tabular-insert" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Menus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Autant que possible ce sont les raccourcis de la version française qui sont présentés ici. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fichier -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export fax -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_import -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ n -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ q -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_vc -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans n -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-out -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-f\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-f\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file_export -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Éditer -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-remove-all -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-chktex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_floats -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-row -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-center -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature align-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-left -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature multicolumn -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-center -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-right -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature toggle-line-top -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature append-column -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature valign-bottom -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular-feature delete-row -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-panel -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfoot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefoot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate openfig -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter melt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floats-operate closefig -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-preferences -\family sans +\family sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reconfigure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_tabular -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter edit_paste -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter primary-selection-paste paragraph -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Insérer -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_floats -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert algorithm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-tab -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert figure -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert table -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-float-insert wide-fig -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dialog-tabular-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter citation-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-child-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter footnote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter marginpar-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter note-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_toc -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter loa-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bibtex-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter toc-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lof-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lot-insert -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_special -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-separator-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default sous-menu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter insert_file -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii lines -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert-ascii paragraphs -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-insert -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter index-insert-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-i\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-i\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external-insert -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Format -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter appendix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-character -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-document -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-preamble -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-save-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-tabular -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-l\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-l\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caractère -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-roman -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-sans -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ space -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Down -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-lowcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Up -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-upcase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-capitalize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size tiny -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smallest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size small -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size normal -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size large -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size largest -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 9 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huge -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-H -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size huger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size larger -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size smaller -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size increase -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ minus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-size decrease -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Visualiser -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Naviguer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Aide -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Style de Paragraphe -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Abstract -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LyX-Code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Description -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortFoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Itemize -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout List -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Enumerate -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quote -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Standard -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Title -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Verse -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter drop-layouts-choice -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Part* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Chapter* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Paragraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ -astérisque\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ +astérisque\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subparagraph* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-A -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Author -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-B -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Bibliography -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Comment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Date -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-F -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Foilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout LaTeX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-Q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Quotation -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Rotatefoilhead -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout RightAddress -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Address -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ M-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Caption -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceux-là sont conservés pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les versions antérieures, mais n'ont de sens qu'avec des claviers qwerty : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Section* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-dollar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsubsection* -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ S-numbersign -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout Subsection* -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Clavier -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Y -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-previous -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-undo-last -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-history -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-register -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-revert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vc-check-in -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -?\SpecialChar ~ -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +?\InsetSpace ~ +C-x\InsetSpace ~ w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-a -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-auto-save -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu-open Documents -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-toggle-read-only -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-x\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-x\InsetSpace ~ C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-at -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mark-on -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-slash -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-underscore -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-W -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-percent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter error-next -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter open-stuff -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-print -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-reload -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-view-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-C -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-D -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-M -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-new-template -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-P -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-S -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write-as -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-T -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-typeset-ps -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-V -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout-paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end-of-sentence-period-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter label-goto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reference-back -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hyphenation-point-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-space -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter protected-space-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-execute -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Next -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Prior -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Delete -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Insert -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-down-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-End -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-end-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Home -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-begin-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-backward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-forward-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paragraph-up-select -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-quotedbl -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-Return -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dots-insert -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Right -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-increment -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-S-Left -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter depth-decrement -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Escape -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cancel -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-open -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screen-recenter -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spellchecker -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meta-prefix -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont les définitions de clavier LyX pour les mathématiques, semblables à celles de Scientific Word. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les fichiers de raccourcis et la documentation ont été préparés par -\noun on +\noun on Serge Winitzki -\noun default +\noun default avec l'aide de -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default . Version 1.3, pour LyX 1.2.x et 1.3.x. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces définitions permettent de taper plus facilement les équations sans utiliser la souris, surtout pour les gens habitués à Scientific Word. Les raccourcis standard de LyX comme -\family sans +\family sans M-m -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans M-o -\family default +\family default ne sont pas modifiés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Conseil : pour trouver le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset nom de raccourci LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset d'une touche, regardez la barre d'état après avoir tapé une combinaison de touches inexistante. Par exemple pour trouver comment est référencé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-& -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tapez -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-S -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-& -\family default +\family default : la barre d'état affiche \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C-s S-C-ampersand -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Ça ne marche pas dans LyX 1.3.0 !) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter copy -\family default +\family default -- Copier. Copier, couper, coller sont comme dans Sciword, -\family sans +\family sans C-c -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\family default +\family default -- (Dés)active l'équation hors ligne : tapez -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default pour insérer une formule hors ligne ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset display \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset display \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est traduit par \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hors ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Vous pouvez aussi taper -\family sans +\family sans C-d -\family default +\family default dans une formule hors ligne pour la retransformer en formule en ligne. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default -- Fractions : tapez -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default pour insérer une fraction ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter f -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fraction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Vous pouvez aussi sélectionner une expression et taper -\family sans +\family sans C-f -\family default +\family default pour en faire le numérateur d'une fraction. NB : presser -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default à -\emph on +\emph on gauche -\emph default +\emph default du dénominateur efface le numérateur et transforme le dénominateur en une expression non fractionnaire. -\emph on +\emph on -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\family default +\family default -- Insère \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset intégrale \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter line-delete-forward -\family default +\family default -- Raccourci type Emacs : efface tout ce qu'il y a devant le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- Une bascule Texte/Math ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter m -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset maths \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) : en mode texte, fait passer en mode math, et insère du texte roman en mode math. A le même effet que -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default -- Ajoute/enlève le numéro d'une formule. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default -- Ajoute/enlève le numéro d'une ligne dans un tableau d'équations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les commandes ci-desus sont des bascules pour contrôler la numérotation des équations ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter N -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset numéro \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). NB : quand vous enlevez un numéro dans un tableau d'équations, le marqueur n'est pas vraiment enlevé (le code TeX devient -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash label{} -\backslash +\backslash nonumber \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) et ça cause un avertissement LaTeX (sans gravité). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter file-open -\family default +\family default -- Ouvre un nouveau document. (W*ndows) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote-insert -\family default +\family default -- Insère un guillemet droit " ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter q -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset quote \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset guillemet \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Ce n'est pas le guillemet double \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset intelligent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset que vous obtenez par défaut. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default -- Signe racine carrée \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset racine \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-R -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash root -\family default +\family default -- Signe racine \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\family default +\family default -- Autre raccourci pour basculer du texte au mode mathématique ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter t -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). NB : le texte roman inséré en mode mathématique est spécial. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-underline -\family default +\family default -- -\bar under +\bar under Souligne -\bar default +\bar default le texte sélectionné (en mode texte seulement, utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overline -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underbar -\family default +\family default en maths). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paste -\family default +\family default -- Coller. Héritage de W*ndows. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- Ferme le document courant (un autre héritage de W*ndows). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cut -\family default +\family default -- Couper. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter undo -\family default +\family default -- Annuler. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-z -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter redo -\family default +\family default -- \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Refaire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est-à-dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset annuler l'annulation \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Délimiteurs et crochets : pressez -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-< -\family default +\family default touche crochet -\family sans +\family sans > -\family default +\family default pour insérer une paire de délimiteurs appariés. Par exemple, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-[ -\family default +\family default insère une paire de crochets \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-] -\family default +\family default fait de même). Le raccourci créera une formule si nécessaire. Les caractères gérés sont -\family sans +\family sans ( [ { < | -\family default +\family default , qui donnent \begin_inset Formula $\left(\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\} $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\left|\right|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ça a le même effet d'utiliser le caractère gauche ou le caractère droit. Les délimiteurs sont \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset intelligents \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et leur taille s'adapte au contenu. Utilisez la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default pour obtenir d'autres délimiteurs, ou des délimiteurs non appariés. Tapez -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default sur le délimiteur de -\emph on +\emph on gauche -\emph default +\emph default pour effacer les deux délimiteurs sans enlever leur contenu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-9 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\family default +\family default -- Par commodité, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-9 -\family default +\family default a le même effet que -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-( -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-0 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-parenright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-bracketright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\family default +\family default -- délimiteurs anguleux \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset , à ne pas confondre avec les signes -\family sans +\family sans < > -\family default +\family default ordinaires. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La barre verticale : sur certains claviers, par exemple français, la barre verticale n'est accessible qu'avec -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default quelque chose, et sur certains Unix elle est associée à la barre verticale brisée ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans brokenbar -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Nous définissons donc toutes ces touches. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-S-brokenbar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-M-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-braceright -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les accents dans Sciword s'obtiennent pour la plupart en tapant -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-< -\family default +\family default touche accent -\family sans +\family sans > -\family default +\family default , par exemple -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-. -\family default +\family default pour un point, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-' -\family default +\family default pour un accent aigu, -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-~ -\family default +\family default pour un tilde, etc. Par exemple, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-' a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset insère á. Certains d'entre eux fonctionnent seulement en mode mathématique, et d'autres seulement en mode texte. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\family default +\family default -- Point au-dessus, \i \.{a} (mode texte seulement). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-comma -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dot -\family default +\family default -- Point au-dessus, \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (mode maths seulement -- en physique c'est la dérivée première). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-equals -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overrightarrow -\family default +\family default -- Vecteur en maths \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-quotedbl -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-umlaut -\family default +\family default -- Umlaut, ä (mode texte seulement). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-colon -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ddot -\family default +\family default -- Double point au-dessus, \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (mode maths seulement -- en physique c'est la dérivée seconde). Pour avoir un triple point en mode maths, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dddot -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-quoteleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-grave -\family default +\family default -- Accent grave à (mode texte seulement, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash grave -\family default +\family default en maths). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\family default +\family default -- Tilde ã (mode texte seulement, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tilde -\family default +\family default en maths). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-acute -\family default +\family default -- Accent aigu á (mode texte seulement, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acute -\family default +\family default en maths). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-C-asciicircum -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default -- Accent circonflexe â (mode texte seulement, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat -\family default +\family default en maths). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Touches de fonction. Le nouveau raccourci -\family sans +\family sans S-F2 -\family default +\family default pour créer un fichier LaTeX semble pratique. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F2 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-write -\family default +\family default -- Enregistre le document courant. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-F2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-export latex -\family default +\family default -- Écrit un fichier LaTeX à partir du document courant. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F3 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter find-replace -\family default +\family default -- Ouvre la fenêtre -\family sans -Rechercher\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rechercher\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer-close -\family default +\family default -- Même effet que -\family sans +\family sans C-w -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-quit -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Alt-F4 -\family default +\family default pour quitter LyX correspond au raccourci W*ndows. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default à -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default servent à changer de police. Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default pour repasser en police normale. Les raccourcis -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default à -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default pour les polices spéciales sont tous des bascules. Ils s'appliquent au mot complet si vous mettez le curseur au milieu d'un mot, ou si vous sélectionnez du texte. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F4 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-default -\family default +\family default -- Retour à la police normale. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F5 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-bold -\family default +\family default -- Texte en -\series bold +\series bold gras -\series default +\series default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F6 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-emph -\family default +\family default -- Texte en -\emph on +\emph on évidence -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F7 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-code -\family default +\family default -- Texte en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chasse fixe -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans F8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter font-noun -\family default +\family default -- Texte en -\noun on +\noun on Petites Capitales -\noun default +\noun default (parfois utilisé pour les noms propres). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans F9 -\family default +\family default sert de préfixe -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default , comme la touche -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default (ce qui est utile si par exemple le clavier n'a pas de touche -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default qui marche). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici quelques raccourcis inspirés de Sciword pour des symboles mathématiques fréquemment utilisés. Beaucoup de symboles commencent par -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans C-s -\family default +\family default lui-même ne peut donc pas être associé à quelque chose. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\family default +\family default -- Le symbole \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset prime \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en mode mathématique. Ce n'est souvent pas nécessaire : dans la plupart des cas l'apostrophe normale fonctionne correctement, par exemple \begin_inset Formula $x'+2x=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mais parfois ça cause une erreur LaTeX s'il y a un double exposant. Par exemple \begin_inset Formula $x^{\prime2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Formula $x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset prime carré) doit être entré avec ce caractère. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter command-sequence math-superscipt; math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime; -\family default +\family default -- Insère un prime en exposant (voir l'exemple ci-dessus). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Up -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\family default +\family default -- Insère un exposant. Même effet que -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-Down -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\family default +\family default -- Insère un indice. Même effet que -\family sans +\family sans _ -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\family default +\family default -- Symbole de dérivée partielle \begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\family default +\family default -- Signe somme \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (qui n'est pas le même que la lettre grecque Sigma majuscule \begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset car il peut changer de taille et permet d'insérer des bornes inférieure et supérieure). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prod -\family default +\family default -- Signe produit \begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (qui n'est pas le même que la lettre grecque Pi majuscule \begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash infty -\family default +\family default -- Infini \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash times -\family default +\family default -- Produit cartésien \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 1 2 -\family default +\family default -- Insère un vecteur colonne \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{c} \\\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (souvent utile dans les formules). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-matrix 3 3 -\family default +\family default -- Insère une matrice \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} \\\\\end{array}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Vous pouvez ensuite modifier sa taille avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default .) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\family default +\family default -- Le symbole \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset épée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash equiv -\family default +\family default -- Le signe de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset congruence \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash approx -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset égale environ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans M-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sim -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset équivalent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans C-minus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default -- La flèche \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset comme dans \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash leq -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset inférieur ou égal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\leq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans S-M-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash geq -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset supérieur ou égal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\geq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash ll -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset très inférieur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (sert en physique). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -C-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +C-s\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash gg -\family default +\family default -- Le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset très supérieur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Raccourcis mathématiques standard -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash overline -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ d -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-display -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert ^ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ f -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash frac -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ g -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ i -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash int -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-limits -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-mode -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ o -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash oint -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash partial -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash sum -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ v -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash vec -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ x -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert _ -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash infty -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-G -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-greek-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-N -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-period -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-dot -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-asciitilde -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-tilde -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-apostrophe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash prime -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-parenleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim ( ) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bracketleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim [ ] -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-braceleft -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim { } -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-less -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim langle rangle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-greater -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim rangle langle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-bar -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-delim | | -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-plus -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash pm -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ S-equal -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert -\backslash +\backslash neq -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autres Raccourcis -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ t -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-toggle -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ x -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-off -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-primary -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -M-k\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-k\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter keymap-secondary -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx index 16b3479c4f..5a977f65b9 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} \usepackage{floatflt} % Temporaire - jusqu'à ce que LyX soit réparé \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -28,112 +29,129 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default -\bullet 0 - 5 - 9 - -1 -\end_bullet +\bullet 0 5 9 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Options avancées de LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 05/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.57.2.1, Date : 27/06/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par l'équipe de LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : -\noun on +\noun on Olivier -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Faucheux -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Adrien -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le guide des -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ avancées -\emph default +\emph default de LyX que vous êtes en train de lire est avant tout la deuxième partie du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . La raison de la division en deux du document est très simple : le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default est déjà énorme et il contient toutes les fonctions de base qu'il faut connaître pour préparer la plupart des documents. Cependant, l'Équipe de LyX a pour but à long terme de rendre LyX extensible @@ -143,7 +161,9 @@ l'Utilisateur LyX lui-même. Nous avons déjà reçu ainsi plusieurs contributions. Toute cette histoire est documentée ici. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce manuel décrit aussi quelques fonctions spéciales, comme la gestion d'un fax, le contrôle de version et le support de SGML, qui nécessitent des @@ -152,69 +172,77 @@ Ce manuel d améliorer vos documents grâce à la puissance de LaTeX. Après tout, LyX est seulement WYSIWYM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous voyez ce que vous voulez dire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , et ne sera jamais qu'une interface à certaines des fonctions de LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien entendu, avec toute cette documentation supplémentaire, -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ avancées -\emph default +\emph default peut lui-même devenir trop gros. Dans ce cas, vous n'avez qu'à l'appeler \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Options trop avancées \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset si ça vous amuse ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous n'avez pas encore lu l' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default , il est sûr que vous n'êtes pas au bon endroit. L' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default est la première chose à consulter, car elle vous mènera directement au bon manuel. Elle décrit aussi les notations et les formats de tous les manuels. Vous devez aussi être à l'aise avec le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default et avec toutes les fonctions de base de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines sections de ce document sont des articles écrits par des personnes indépendantes, et sont alors indiquées comme telles. @@ -223,225 +251,270 @@ Certaines sections de ce document sont des articles implémenté la fonction. Si l'auteur d'un chapitre (ou d'une section d'un chapitre) n'est pas indiqué, c'est que ce chapitre a été écrit par l'équipe de documentation de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme tous les sujets couverts par ce manuel dépendent étroitement de l'interact ion de LyX avec LaTeX, le premier chapitre traite du fonctionnement interne de LyX et explique comment LyX peut générer exactement le code LaTeX que vous désirez. Il est évidemment destiné à des utilisateurs aguerris de LyX. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX et LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Comment LyX utilise LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyx-et-latex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ce chapitre est à la fois pour les TeX-niciens et les curieux de LaTeX. Nous allons y expliquer comment LyX et LaTeX fonctionnent ensemble pour produire une sortie imprimable. C'est le seul endroit de tous ces manuels où nous présumons que vous connaissez quelque chose à LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À un moment, nous avions coutume d'appeler LyX une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset interface WYSIWYM pour LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , mais ce n'est plus vrai désormais. Des interfaces pour LaTeX existent. Ce sont basiquement des éditeurs avec la possibilité de faire tourner LaTeX et de marquer les erreurs dans le fichier que vous éditez. Bien que LyX -\emph on +\emph on soit -\emph default +\emph default un éditeur, et qu'il -\emph on +\emph on fasse tourner -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX, et qu'il marque aussi les erreurs dans le fichier, il fait aussi beaucoup, beaucoup d'autres choses. Grâce au concept WYSIWYM, vous n'avez pas besoin de connaître LaTeX pour utiliser LyX efficacement. LyX a aussi ajouté quelques extensions à LaTeX. Essayez un jour ceci : faites -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default , puis regardez le préambule du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default obtenu. Vous remarquerez une variété de nouvelles macros définies spécialement par LyX. Ces macros sont définies automatiquement, en fonction de ce que vous utilisez dans le document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a plusieurs commandes qui invoquent LaTeX automatiquement. Ce sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize V -\family sans +\family sans isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\emph on +\emph on Format -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\emph on +\emph on Format -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fax\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elles n'invoqueront LaTeX que si le fichier a changé depuis la dernière fois que LaTeX l'a traité. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous faites tourner LaTeX sur le fichier que vous éditez, LyX réalise les étapes suivantes : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Il convertit le document en LaTeX et l'enregistre dans un fichier avec l'extensi on -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default au lieu de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Il fait tourner LaTeX sur le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default (peut-être plusieurs fois). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate S'il y a des erreurs, il dispose des boîtes d'erreur dans le document pour indiquer où elles se trouvent. Ces boîtes sont temporaires et ne sont pas enregistrées avec le document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez lancé LaTeX avec -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , LyX exécute alors -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default sur le fichier DVI. Si vous avez utilisé -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer -\family default +\family default , LyX réalise deux étapes supplémentaires : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il fait tourner -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default pour convertir le fichier DVI en PostScript® : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pour -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default , le fichier généré a l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pour -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer -\family default +\family default , le fichier généré a l'extension normale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Il exécute -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default ou envoie le fichier PostScript® à l'imprimante. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Au secours ! LyX a généré un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default illisible ! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les durs à cuire de LaTeX vont hurler, puis déclarer LyX sans intérêt, juste parce qu'il n'ont pas lu tout le manuel de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous allons mettre les choses au clair. LyX produit deux sortes de fichiers LaTeX. @@ -450,97 +523,111 @@ Nous allons mettre les choses au clair. À chaque fois que LyX exécute LaTeX, il produit un fichier LaTeX dans lequel il peut facilement repérer les erreurs. Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default obtenu n'est pas compréhensible par un humain. N'essayez même pas de le lire. Si vous voulez un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default que vous puissiez envoyer à un collègue, faites -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Traduire des fichiers LaTeX en LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez importer un fichier LaTeX dans LyX en utilisant la commande -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Ceci appelle un script Perl appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -- qui crée un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.lyx -\family default +\family default à partir du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.tex -\family default +\family default -- et ensuite ouvre ce fichier. Si la traduction ne marche pas, vous pouvez essayer d'invoquer reLyX à la ligne de commande, éventuellement en utilisant des options supplémentaires. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default va traduire la plupart du LaTeX correct, mais pas tout. Il laissera les choses qu'il ne comprend pas en mode TeX, de sorte qu'après avoir traduit un fichier avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , vous pouvez chercher le texte en rouge et l'éditer à la main pour obtenir ce que vous désirez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default a une section dédiée dans le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default (ainsi qu'une page de man équivalente), que vous devriez lire pour découvrir les parties de LaTeX non traduites, les erreurs (et comment les contourner), et comment utiliser les différentes options. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous ne parvenez pas à faire marcher reLyX, où que vous voulez juste - mettre un morceau de code LaTeX dans un fichier LyX, voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + mettre un morceau de code LaTeX dans un fichier LyX, voyez la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:code-LaTeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Insérer du code LaTeX dans des documents LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:code-LaTeX} -\end_inset +\end_inset C'est un point assez important : vous pouvez toujours insérer du code LaTeX dans un document LyX. @@ -549,10 +636,10 @@ C'est un point assez important : vous pouvez toujours ins Si vous avez besoin d'insérer des commandes LaTeX dans votre document LyX, vous pouvez utiliser la boîte d'ERT, que vous pouvez mettre dans votre document avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX -\family default +\family default . La boîte d'ERT se présente sous trois formes, fermée, ouverte, et en ligne. Les deux premières sont comme toutes les autres boîtes refermables (repliables) @@ -561,190 +648,240 @@ TeX Une boîte d'ERT en ligne affiche son contenu comme faisant partie du bouton, et est utile pour de très courts morceaux de commandes LaTeX. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % comme ceci -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez passer d'une forme à l'autre en cliquant sur la boîte d'ERT avec le bouton droit. Notez que si vous voulez plus d'une ligne de commandes LaTeX, vous ne pouvez pas utiliser la forme en ligne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple d'insertion de commandes LaTeX dans un document LyX. Le code ressemble à ceci : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Un exemple d'environnement minipage. Vous pouvez -\newline +\newline mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures -\newline +\newline et des tableaux (non flottants). -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline & -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Un exemple ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L \begin_inset Include \input{} preview false -\end_inset +\end_inset a boîte d'ERT contenant ce texte est juste après ce paragraphe. Ceux d'entre vous qui lisent le manuel en ligne verront seulement un paquet de texte en rouge. Ceux qui lisent une version imprimée du manuel verront le résultat final : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exemple d'environnement minipage. Vous pouvez mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures et des tableaux (non flottants). -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard & -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exemple ... -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En plus de ces deux méthodes, vous pouvez aussi créer un fichier séparé contenant une structure LaTeX complexe. Vous pouvez alors utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Inclure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default pour inclure votre fichier (vous devez choisir le type -\family sans +\family sans Incorporation -\family default +\family default ). Nous vous recommandons de ne faire cela que si vous avez un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default dont vous -\emph on +\emph on savez -\emph default +\emph default déjà qu'il marche. Sinon, vous allez avoir du mal à partir à la chasse aux erreurs... -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Encore quelques notes pour insister : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Au sein de LyX, le code LaTeX apparaît -\emph on +\emph on en rouge -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX -\emph on +\emph on ne vérifie pas -\emph default +\emph default si votre code LaTeX est correct. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Attention à ne pas réinventer la roue. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La dernière note fait référence à deux choses. Premièrement, LyX dispose déjà de pas mal de possibilités, et encore plus @@ -755,58 +892,70 @@ La derni Deuxièmement, il existe beaucoup de paquetages LaTeX pour faire toutes sortes de choses, des étiquettes et enveloppes aux tableaux sur plusieurs pages. - Voyez un site du CTAN pour plus de détails (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez un site du CTAN pour plus de détails (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Il paraît que ça m'arrive tout le temps. Me mettre à coder avec enthousiasme quelque chose pour afficher des étiquettes, juste pour apprendre qu'il y avait déjà 2 paquetages LaTeX différents qui le faisaient. Pire encore : je les avais déjà! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez effectivement besoin de faire quelque chose de bizarre avec votre document, référez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour avoir de l'aide. Un certain nombre sont cités dans la bibliographie du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a de nombreuses commandes LaTeX qui doivent être placées avant le début effectif du texte. Elles vont dans le préambule, et font l'objet de la prochaine section. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX et le préambule LaTeX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection À propos du préambule LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:préambule} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si vous connaissez déjà LaTeX, il n'y a pas besoin d'expliquer ici à quoi sert le préambule. @@ -816,208 +965,243 @@ n. Dans tous les cas, il vaut mieux lire les points ci-dessous, parce qu'ils expliquent ce que vous pouvez faire et ce que vous n'avez pas besoin de faire dans le préambule LaTeX d'un document LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le préambule LaTeX vient au tout début d'un document, -\emph on +\emph on avant -\emph default +\emph default le texte. Il sert à : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize déclarer la classe de document. LyX l'a déjà fait à votre place. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si vous êtes un LaTeX-nicien occasionnel, et que vous avez une classe de document particulière dont vous voulez vous servir, voyez le manuel de -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default pour savoir comment la faire reconnaître par LyX. Puis soumettez le fruit de vos efforts à l'Équipe LyX pour que cela paraisse dans de prochaines versions ! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize déclarer les paquetages utilisés. Les paquetages LaTeX fournissent des commandes spéciales, qui sont disponibles dans un document seulement si le paquetage a été déclaré dans le préambule. Par exemple, le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default force l'indentation de tous les paragraphes. Il y a d'autres paquetages pour des étiquettes, des enveloppes, des marges, etc. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fixer les compteurs, variables, longueurs et largeurs. Il y a plusieurs compteurs et variables LaTeX qui -\emph on +\emph on doivent -\emph default +\emph default être fixés globalement depuis le préambule afin d'avoir l'effet désiré. (Il y a aussi d'autres variables que vous pouvez ajuster dans le document.) Les marges sont un bon exemple de ce qui doit être fixé dans le préambule. Un autre exemple est le type de marqueur pour les listes. Vous pouvez en fait régler cela n'importe où, mais il est préférable de le faire une seule fois, dans le préambule. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize déclarer les commandes définies par l'utilisateur (avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default ), pour la plupart ce sont des abréviations pour des commandes LaTeX qui apparaissent très souvent dans le document. Bien que le préambule soit un bon endroit pour déclarer de telles commandes, elles -\emph on +\emph on peuvent -\emph default +\emph default être définies n'importe où ailleurs (mais -\emph on +\emph on avant -\emph default +\emph default d'être utilisées pour la première fois, bien sûr...). Ce peut être utile s'il y a beaucoup de code LaTeX brut dans votre document, ce qui normalement ne devrait pas être le cas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ajoute son propre lot de définitions au préambule du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default qu'il engendre. Ceci rend les fichiers LaTeX générés par LyX portables. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changer le préambule -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les commandes que LyX ajoute au préambule d'un fichier LaTeX sont déterminées ; vous ne pouvez pas les changer sans modifier les sources de LyX. Vous pouvez toutefois ajouter vos propres commandes au préambule. Il y a deux moyens de le faire : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Allez dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default . Le comportement de cette fenêtre dépend de la bibliothèque d'interface graphique. Hélas les raccourcis clavier LyX n'y fonctionnent pas. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utiliser le contenu du préambule que vous avez mis dans votre modèle par défaut (voir la Section \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Configuration de Base de LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default ), pour que cela devienne le préambule par défaut pour tous les fichiers que vous créerez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ajoute tout ce qu'il y a dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préambule -\family default +\family default à son propre préambule. Avant d'ajouter vos propres déclarations, vous devriez vous assurer que LyX ne fait pas déjà ce que vous voulez faire (rappelez-vous ce que nous avons dit : ne réinventez pas la roue !). -\emph on +\emph on Assurez-vous aussi que votre préambule est correct. -\emph default +\emph default LyX ne le vérifie pas. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exemples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici quelques exemples de ce que vous pouvez ajouter au préambule, et de l'effet produit : -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple 1 : Décalages -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a deux variables dans LaTeX qui contrôlent la position de la page : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default , c'est-à-dire décalage horizontal et décalage vertical. Ces variables sont utiles si vous pensez par exemple à l'impression d'étiquette s. Parfois, la taille d'un medium d'impression et l'aire effectivement imprimable ne sont pas les mêmes. C'est là qu'interviennent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les valeurs par défaut de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default - sont toutes deux de 0\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + sont toutes deux de 0\InsetSpace ~ pt, c'est-à-dire que la page n'est pas décalée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Malheureusement, quelques pilotes DVI semblent toujours décaler la page. Nous ne savons pas pourquoi, ni pourquoi l'administrateur système n'a pas @@ -1025,66 +1209,78 @@ Malheureusement, quelques pilotes DVI semblent toujours d Si vous utilisez LyX sur un système que vous n'entretenez pas vous-même, et si votre administrateur système est un paresseux \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction vraisemblable de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset your sysadmin is a doofus \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffse -\family default +\family default t et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default peuvent sauver la mise. - Supposez que vos marges du haut et de gauche soient toujours 0,5\SpecialChar ~ + Supposez que vos marges du haut et de gauche soient toujours 0,5\InsetSpace ~ pouce trop grandes. Vous pouvez ajouter ceci au préambule : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ...et vos marges devraient désormais être correctes. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple 2 : Étiquettes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supposez que vous vouliez imprimer un paquet d'étiquettes d'adresse. Il y a un paquetage plutôt sympathique, disponible à votre archive CTAN la plus proche, pour imprimer des feuilles d'étiquettes, appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default . Il est possible que votre système n'ait pas ce paquetage installé par défaut. Nous vous laissons le vérifier. @@ -1092,314 +1288,378 @@ labels.sty votre place. Toutefois, comme c'est un exemple, nous allons vous montrer comment il marche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'abord, assurez-vous que vous utilisez la classe de document -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Ensuite, vous devez ajouter ce qui suit dans votre préambule : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=3 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=7 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=9mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=2mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci est la configuration pour des feuilles d'étiquette Avery®, référence #5360. Vous êtes maintenant prêt à imprimer des étiquettes, mais si vous devez insérer du code LaTeX, placez les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default autour de chaque étiquette. C'est expliqué dans la documentation du paquetage, ainsi que d'autres fonctions de celui-ci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un jour, quelqu'un écrira peut-être une fonction de LyX pour supporter directeme nt ce paquetage. Peut-être même que ce sera vous. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple 3 : Indentation de paragraphe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les Américains ont l'habitude d'indenter la première ligne de -\emph on +\emph on chaque -\emph default +\emph default paragraphe. Comme avec toutes leurs autres moeurs étranges, la plupart des Américains vont se plaindre et récriminer jusqu'à ce qu'ils aient ce qu'ils veulent, et qu'ils puissent indenter la première ligne de chaque paragraphe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : C'est écrit par un Américain -- -\emph on +\emph on moi -\emph default +\emph default ! C'est ma sensation au sujet de mes concitoyens. Dommage si ça ne vous plaît pas. Blblblblblbblbl! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien sûr, cette habitude n'est pas typographiquement correcte. Dans des livres, vous n'indentez en général la première ligne d'un paragraphe -\emph on +\emph on que -\emph default +\emph default s'il en suit un autre. L'idée derrière l'indentation de la première ligne est de pouvoir distinguer deux paragraphes consécutifs. S'il y a pas de paragraphe précédent, par exemple s'il suit une figure, ou si c'est le premier paragraphe d'une section, alors il n'y a pas d'indentati on spéciale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous êtes un Américain typique \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ce qui m'étonnerait, mais on ne sait jamais! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , cependant, vous ne vous occupez pas de choses aussi ésotériques ; vous voulez votre indentation ! Ajoutez ceci au préambule : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si votre distribution TeX n'est pas un vieux coucou, vous avez ce paquetage, et tous vos paragraphes auront l'indentation que vous pensez qu'ils méritent. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple 4 : Ce document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi aller voir le préambule de ce document pour avoir une idée de certaines possibilités avancées. La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préambule -\family default +\family default risque de ne pas être visible en une fois, même en plein écran. Il y a aussi d'autres exemples et un assortiment de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset trucs et astuces \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - LaTeX dans le Chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + LaTeX dans le Chapitre\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX et les erreurs LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand LyX invoque LaTeX, il lui dit d'ignorer toute erreur et de continuer. Il se sert ensuite du fichier log de LaTeX pour en faire l'autopsie. Comme nous l'avons dit plus haut dans le chapitre, LyX génère des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default de deux sortes, dont l'un sert à localiser les erreurs dans le document. S'il y a une erreur quelque part, LyX la met dans une boîte avec le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Erreur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à la place appropriée dans le document \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX fera occasionnellement des déductions fausses sur l'emplacement de l'erreur. Ça arrivera surtout dans les tableaux, les figures, les math et le préambule. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Il affichera aussi dans une fenêtre un message vous alertant sur la présence d'erreurs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez naviguer dans les erreurs en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Erreur -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ouvrir \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset les boîtes d'erreur et voir le message d'erreur LaTeX en cliquant dessus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques-uns préfèrent regarder le fichier log directement, il est accessible par -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Fichier\SpecialChar ~ -log\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier\InsetSpace ~ +log\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Il y a quelques erreurs et avertissements assez fréquents. Nous allons les traiter ici. Vous devriez vous reporter à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour une liste complète. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Warning \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tout ce qui commence par ces mots est un message d'avertissement destiné à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset déboguer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset le code LaTeX lui-même. Vous aurez des messages de ce type si vous avez ajouté ou changé des références croisées ou des entrées de bibliographie, auquel cas LaTeX essaye de vous dire que vous devez l'exécuter une nouvelle fois. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez en général les ignorer. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Font Warning \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un autre message d'avertissement, cette fois au sujet de polices que LaTeX n'a pas trouvées. Le reste du message indiquera souvent la police de substitution que LaTeX a choisi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez les ignorer sans crainte. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on adore -\emph default +\emph default cracher ce genre de messages. Ils vous préviennent que les lignes sont trop longues et débordent sur la marge de droite. @@ -1407,252 +1667,292 @@ adore Ou bien seuls un ou deux caractères débordent sur la marge. On dirait que LaTeX génère au moins un message de ce type pour chaque document que vous écrivez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez ignorer ces messages stupides. Vos yeux vous diront bien s'il y a quelque chose de trop large ; vous n'avez qu'à regarder ce qui sort. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Pas aussi courant que son cousin. LaTeX semble préférer imprimer des lignes un peu trop larges plutôt qu'un peu trop étroites. Nous ne savons pas pourquoi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez tout autant les ignorer que les précédents. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Des avertissements sur des problèmes de saut de page. À nouveau, vous n'avez qu'à regarder ce qui sort. Vous verrez bien si quelque chose ne va pas. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Error: File 'Xxxx' not found \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default n'est pas présent sur ce système. Ceci apparaît habituellement parce qu'un paquetage nécessaire à votre document n'est pas installé. Si vous n'avez pas touché au préambule ou si vous n'avez pas utilisé la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default , alors un des paquetages que LyX a essayé de charger est manquant. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default pour voir la liste des paquetages dont LyX a entendu parler. Ce fichier est mis à jour à chaque fois que vous reconfigurez LyX (avec -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default ) et vous dit quels paquetages ont été détectés et à quoi ils servent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous -\emph on +\emph on avez -\emph default +\emph default utilisé la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default , et que le paquetage en question n'est pas installé, vous devez l'installer vous-même. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX Error: Unknown option \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Les messages d'erreur commençant ainsi essayent de vous dire que vous avez spécifié une option impossible ou inexistante dans un paquetage. Vérifiez dans sa documentation. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Undefined control sequence \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez inséré du code LaTeX dans votre document, et fait une faute de frappe, vous aurez un de ceux-là. Vous pouvez aussi avoir oublié de charger un paquetage. Dans tous les cas, d'habitude ce message d'erreur veut dire que vous avez utilisé une commande inconnue. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Il y a d'autres messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Quelques-uns sont explicites \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Pour un anglophone... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ce sont souvent des messages LaTeX. D'autres sont carrément incompréhensibles. Ce sont en fait des messages d'erreur TeX, et nous n'avons vraiment -\emph on +\emph on aucune idée -\emph default +\emph default de ce qu'ils signifient ou de comment les déchiffrer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une liste de vérifications à effectuer si vous êtes confronté à des messages d'erreur : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Cherchez d'éventuelles fautes de frappe dans le code LaTeX que vous avez inséré. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate S'il n'y a pas de fautes de frappe, vérifiez que vous avez utilisé les commandes correctement. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Si vous avez un paquet de boîtes d'erreur entassées tout en haut du document, ça veut dire qu'il y a des erreurs dans le préambule. Commencez par corriger votre préambule. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Si vous n'avez rien ajouté au préambule et si vous n'avez pas ajouté de code LaTeX au document, le suspect numéro un est votre distribution LaTeX elle-même. Vérifiez s'il manque des paquetages et rajoutez-les. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Très bien, il ne manque aucun paquetage. Avez-vous utilisé une des options de réglage fin de LyX ? Plus précisément, avez-vous -\emph on +\emph on mal utilisé -\emph default +\emph default l'une d'entre elles, en essayant par exemple d'insérer manuellement des tas de -\family sans -Blancs\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Blancs\InsetSpace ~ Insécables -\family default +\family default , de sauts de paragraphe ou de sauts de page ? Avez-vous essayé de bricoler quelque chose avec tout ça au lieu d'utiliser les environnements de paragraphe appropriés ? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate D'accord, vous n'avez utilisé aucune des options de réglage fin, vous avez joué dans les règles. Avez-vous essayé une manoeuvre bizarre ? Avez-vous fait quelque chose de pas net dans un tableau ou une équation, comme insérer un graphique dans une case de tableau ? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Avez-vous de longues portions de texte dans lesquelles LaTeX ne peut pas trouver d'endroit où passer à la ligne ? Par défaut, LaTeX est assez strict @@ -1661,92 +1961,113 @@ Avez-vous de longues portions de texte dans lesquelles LaTeX ne peut pas Il est alors préférable que vous retravailliez le paragraphe pour éviter le problème. Si ce n'est pas envisageable, vous pouvez entourer votre texte par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default pour que les passages à la ligne de LaTeX soient plus souples. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Avez-vous exagéré avec l'imbrication ? LyX (actuellement) ne vérifie pas que vous restez dans les limites de l'imbrication d'environnements. Si vous avez imbriqué un tas d'environnements jusqu'au \begin_inset Formula $17^{e}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset niveau, le problème est là. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vous n'avez obtenu aucun message d'erreur, mais votre rendu ne ressemble pas à grand chose. Si vous avez un tableau ou une figure qui est trop large ou trop haute pour la page, vous devez : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate mettre la figure à l'échelle pour qu'elle tienne. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate rétrécir le tableau pour qu'il tienne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si quelque chose d'autre ne va pas avec le rendu, et que vous n'avez rien essayé de bizarre ni bricolé avec les réglages fins, nous ne savons pas trop ce qui cloche. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si vous n'êtes pas plus avancé avec tout ceci -- et bien, -\emph on +\emph on peut-être -\emph default +\emph default que vous avez trouvé une erreur dans LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Outils supplémentaires -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Préparer une bibliographie avec BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard STOP! Si vous ne savez pas ce qu'est BibTeX et ne savez pas vous en servir assez convenablement (pour savoir par exemple mettre en place vos propres bases de données bibliographiques), courez consulter la 2ème édition de -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX : A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default de Lamport, principalement l'appendice B. Ce qui suit suppose que vous avez correctement créé un fichier de bibliographie , que toutes les variables en jeu ont des valeurs correctes (surtout -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BIBINPUTS -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BSTINPUTS -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default ) et que vous savez créer et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeXer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset un fichier LaTeX avec une base de donnée BibTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour ceux qui ne savent pas ce qu'est BibTeX, il s'agit d'un système pour créer une vaste base de données des références bibliographiques dont vous @@ -1756,170 +2077,184 @@ Pour ceux qui ne savent pas ce qu'est BibTeX, il s'agit d'un syst Même si vous n'écrivez que quelques articles avec une poignée de citations dans chaque, ça vaut la peine de se pencher sur BibTeX pour voir s'il peut vous être utile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser BibTeX avec LyX, lisez tout d'abord le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default qui décrit comment insérer des citations. Le mécanisme de base pour insérer des références BibTeX est le même. Ensuite, à la fin de votre document, faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Listes -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ & -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +Référence\InsetSpace ~ BibTeX -\family default +\family default . Dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre alors, remplir les champs comme suit : -\layout Description +\end_layout -Base\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -données\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Base\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +données\InsetSpace ~ : saisir le nom de votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on sans -\emph default +\emph default l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default . Pour explorer plusieurs fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default , saisir leur noms dans l'ordre désiré, séparés par des virgules. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Style\SpecialChar ~ +Style\InsetSpace ~ : saisir le nom de votre style BibTeX -\emph on +\emph on sans -\emph default +\emph default l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bst -\family default +\family default . Le style par défaut est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plain -\family default +\family default (qui est normalement inclus dans votre distribution LaTeX : vous n'avez pas à vous inquiéter de le créer). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour chaque citation, tant que la référence se trouve dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default il suffit de faire -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ bibliographique -\family default +\family default à l'endroit adéquat dans le texte, et de saisir la clef correspondante. Il n'y a rien d'autre à faire ; avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , par exemple, vous devez constater que BibTeX et LaTeX sont invoqués automatiqu ement autant de fois que nécessaire. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Réalisation d'un index -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un bon index est une des choses les plus difficiles à faire dans un document important, mais LyX permet de simplifier relativement les opérations en appelant le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default distribué avec LaTeX. Insérer un index et marquer les mots à inclure est une tâche similaire à la préparation d'une bibliographie, décrite dans le paragraphe précédent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'abord, aller en fin de document (où se trouve en général l'index) et sélection ner -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Listes -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ & -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndex -\family default +\family default . Puis, pour chaque mot à inclure dans l'index, positionner le curseur en fin de mot et sélectionner -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Entrée\SpecialChar ~ +Entrée\InsetSpace ~ d'In -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ex -\family default +\family default . Ceci insère une balise montrant le mot tel qu'il apparaîtra dans l'index. C'est tout ; LyX appellera automatiquement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default et inclura le résultat sous forme d'un index. Le texte dans la fenêtre accessible par un clic droit sur le bouton d'index peut contenir du LaTeX, et vous devez donc faire attention en entrant des @@ -1927,35 +2262,45 @@ makeindex D'un autre côté, vous pouvez utiliser des options avancées -- jetez un \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset il sur la documentation de votre distribution LaTeX pour voir comment on peut \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset emboîter des entrées \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et faire plein d'autres choses. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Attention toutefois à éviter les espaces entre le mot du texte et le marqueur d'index, apparemment cela pourrait afficher un numéro de page erroné. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Documents en plusieurs fichiers -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Généralités -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres, il est souvent pratique de diviser le document en plusieurs fichiers ; par ailleurs, @@ -1968,11 +2313,11 @@ Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres, il est Chacun d'entre eux peut constituer un fichier LyX séparé, avec un fichier \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset maître \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset qui contient le titre, les auteurs, le résumé, les références, etc. Il convient de noter que chacun des fichiers est un fichier LyX en lui-même, @@ -1980,149 +2325,161 @@ ma le document maître. Tous ces fichiers doivent cependant avoir la même classe de document -- n'essayez pas de mélanger la classe -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default avec la classe -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Il est également possible d'inclure des fichiers LaTeX : cependant, ces fichiers doivent alors être sans leur préambule (c'est-à-dire sans la partie jusqu'à la ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default incluse, et sans la ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default ) pour éviter des erreurs à la création du fichier DVI. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX permet l'inclusion de fichiers en sélectionnant -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator In -\bar under +\bar under c -\bar default -lure\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default , ce qui positionne une balise à l'endroit du curseur. Un clic sur cette balise ouvre une fenêtre qui permet de saisir le nom du fichier et la méthode d'inclusion. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les trois méthodes d'inclusion sont \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mot à mot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La différence entre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset nécessite une bonne connaissance de LaTeX, mais la différence pratique est que les fichiers \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset inclus \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset commenceront sur une nouvelle page, alors que ceux qui utilisent \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset commenceront sur la page en cours. Il se peut que les dénominations de LyX changent un jour pour devenir plus explicites à ce sujet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le fichier maître est généralement converti en un fichier LaTeX complet avant d'être mis en page, tandis que les fichiers inclus sont convertis en fichiers LaTeX sans les informations de préambule. En cochant la case -\family sans -Formatage\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Formatage\InsetSpace ~ désactivé -\family default +\family default , cette conversion n'aura pas lieu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un fichier inclus en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mot à mot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset vous permet d'insérer un texte mis en forme exactement comme il apparaît dans le fichier d'origine. Normalement, les espaces dans ce fichier sont invisibles, cependant, deux espaces consécutives sont conservées, a -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default contrario des règles habituelles de LyX. Cependant, cocher le bouton -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ visible -\family default +\family default résoud toute incertitude. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Références croisées entre fichiers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de faire des références croisées entre différents fichiers. D'abord, il faut ouvrir tous les fichiers concernés : appelons-les A et @@ -2132,378 +2489,428 @@ Il est possible de faire des r Il faut ouvrir la fenêtre de référence croisée à partir de B, et il est alors possible de choisir le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tampon \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à utiliser. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algorithmes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans algorithm -\family default +\family default , LyX peut produire des algorithmes flottants. Ceux-ci servent à placer de courts algorithmes à cheval sur deux pages et aussi pour éditer un index des algorithmes. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sous-figures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fait appel au paquetage -\family sans +\family sans subfigure -\family default +\family default quand vous cochez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sous-figure \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans la fenêtre de -\family sans +\family sans Graphique -\family default +\family default , et écrivez une -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default . Plusieurs figures ainsi marquées peuvent être groupées en un seul flottant avec une légende pour chaque sous-figure. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le format de page par défaut est assez banal : pour un document avec la classe article, tout ce que vous obtenez se limite au numéro de page en bas de la feuille. Ce document-ci est de la classe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (livre), donc il est un peu plus fourni, mais pour réellement en mettre plein la vue, il faut choisir la mise en page \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , comme l'explique le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Cette section décrit les codes LaTeX qu'il vous faudra insérer dans votre préambule LaTeX ou dans le texte pour obtenir les effets désirés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'en-tête est divisé en trois champs, appelés logiquement \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset gauche \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset centre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset droit \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le bas de page aussi a ces trois divisions. Les commandes LaTeX pour éditer ces champs de la manière la plus simple sont -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot -\family default +\family default , etc. Si vous voulez mettre votre nom dans le coin en haut à gauche de chaque page, insérez simplement cette commande dans le préambule : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{Jean D. Rédacteur} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous verrez désormais votre nom dans le coin supérieur gauche. Si un champ a une entrée par défaut que vous souhaitez supprimer (comme le numéro de page apparaissant en bas, centré), insérez simplement une commande avec un paramètre vide, par exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant, plus dur : mettons le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section\SpecialChar ~ + et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section\InsetSpace ~ 3) dans le coin supérieur gauche, le numéro de page en haut à droite, votre nom en bas à gauche et la date en bas à droite. Les commandes suivantes doivent donc apparaître dans votre préambule : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{Section -\backslash +\backslash thesection} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rhead{Page -\backslash +\backslash thepage} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot{Jean D. Rédacteur} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rfoot{ -\backslash +\backslash today} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les codes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thesection -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thepage -\family default +\family default permettent d'accéder aux compteurs LaTeX de section et de page, et d'afficher ainsi les numéros de la section et de la page en cours. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash today -\family default +\family default affiche simplement la date d'aujourd'hui. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'épaisseur de la barre horizontale dessinée au dessous de l'en-tête et au dessus du pied de page peut elle aussi être modifiée. Si vous n'en voulez pas, mettez sa largeur à 0. - Par défaut, la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4\SpecialChar ~ + Par défaut, la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4\InsetSpace ~ pt, et celle de pied de page une épaisseur de 0. Pour régler l'épaisseur, utilisez les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand\SpecialChar \- { -\backslash +\backslash headrulewidth}\SpecialChar \- {0.4pt} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand\SpecialChar \- { -\backslash +\backslash footrulewidth}\SpecialChar \- {0.4pt} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les paramètres d'en-tête et de pied de page pour une page donnée avec, par exemple : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- {empty} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- {plain} -\family default +\family default , et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- {fancy} -\family default +\family default . Insérez simplement ces commandes dans le texte de la page que vous voulez modifier, et mettez-les en mode TeX. En fait, par défaut, si vous utilisez le style global \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , les pages de titre sont en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset plain \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , alors que les autres sont en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il existe des commandes plus complexes qui vous permettent d'introduire des choses dans le coin gauche des pages impaires, etc., mais nous vous renvoyons à la documentation du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default pour plus de précisions. Par exemple, si vous avez une installation teTeX, voyez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/share/texmf/\SpecialChar \- doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, il est possible d'insérer un fichier PostScript® Encapsulé (EPS) dans l'en-tête ou le pied de page. Si vous voulez insérer un logo dans le coin supérieur gauche, vous pouvez essayer quelque chose comme : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (il vous faudra peut-être ajouter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default avant si aucun autre fichier EPS n'est inséré dans votre document). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Minipages -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX fournit un mécanisme pour produire une page au sein d'une page, appelée alors une minipage. @@ -2512,137 +2919,201 @@ LaTeX fournit un m s'appliquent. LyX propose une partie des fonctionnalités de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset minipage \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les minipages dans LyX ont leur propre boîte refermable ; ajoutez-en un avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Minipage -\family default +\family default . En cliquant avec le bouton droit sur la boîte, vous pouvez changer la largeur de la minipage et l'alignement vertical dans la page. Attention : si la minipage est trop longue pour tenir sur une page, elle est tronquée, et en continue pas sur la page suivante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous placez deux minipages côte à côte, vous pouvez utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ Spécial -\family default +\family default pour insérer une instruction spéciale connue dans le monde LaTeX sous le nom de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hfill -\family default +\family default , traduit en français par \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ressort horizontal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pour que LyX laisse un maximum d'espace entre elles : l'une sera collée à la marge de droite, l'autre à celle de gauche. L'exemple ci-dessous montre la différence. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal. C'est la seconde phrase de cette minipage. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une seconde minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal. C'en est la seconde phrase. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Ça, c'est du texte normal pour séparer les deux exemples. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une minipage qui utilise un ressort horizontal. C'est la deuxième phrase de cette minipage. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une seconde minipage utilisant un ressort horizontal. Et ça, c'en est la deuxième phrase. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Enrober une Figure avec du Texte \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure width "6cm" -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics @@ -2651,169 +3122,189 @@ collapsed false width 40col% rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption C'est une figure enrobée et la superbe légende qui la décrit. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il arrive souvent que l'on cherche à disposer le texte autour des figures de telle sorte que la figure n'occupe qu'une partie de la colonne et le texte le reste. C'est possible dès lors que le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floatflt -\family default +\family default est installé (vous verrez où l'obtenir dans le manuel de -\emph on -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À droite figure un ruban de Möbius -- vous devez l'avoir déjà vu dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Pour enrober ainsi la figure dans le texte, il suffit d'ajouter une boîte d'enrobage avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure Floatflt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note : ce paquetage est très fragile ! Ainsi il supporte mal qu'une figure soit proche du bas de la page, ou que deux figures soient trop proches l'une de l'autre. Utilisez-le avec parcimonie et lisez la documentation qui l'accompagne (qui vous expliquera aussi comment enrober un tableau dans du texte). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Options supplémentaires pour les tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Même si le format standard vous suffira pour 99% des tableaux que vous créerez, il pourra arriver qu'un tableau vous demande un peu plus de travail. La fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ Tableau -\family default +\family default qui s'ouvre quand vous cliquez sur un tableau avec le bouton droit vous autorise des réglages fins. Elle vous permet d'accéder à divers paramètres d'alignement pour les colonnes. Un peu de connaissance de LaTeX est utile ici : quand vous construisez un tableau en LaTeX, chaque colonne est dotée d'un type d'alignement. Par exemple, les lettres-clés -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset l \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset r \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour l'alignement à gauche, le centrage et l'alignement à droite respectivement (ce qui correspond aux boutons à cocher de la fenêtre de LyX). Un quatrième type d'alignement est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset p \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , qui impose la largeur de colonne (réglable dans LyX), et qui cadre le texte dans le largeur imposée. Une cinquième type est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (barre verticale) qui génère un trait vertical et non une colonne proprement dite : ce comportement est obtenu dans LyX avec les boutons de bordures. Enfin, il y a le type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset @ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default qui vous permet d'utiliser comme séparateur de colonnes tous les paramètres entre accolades (il peut n'y en avoir aucun). Les raisons de ce comportement peuvent ne pas sembler évidentes, mais à l'occasion il se révèle très puissant. Un bon exemple vaut mieux qu'un long discours. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Enlever les espaces supplémentaires des colonnes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un tableau standard : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2824,62 +3315,76 @@ Voici un tableau standard : \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Exemple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pierre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minéral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Remarquez que les traits horizontaux dépassent légèrement du texte des deux côtés. @@ -2887,8 +3392,10 @@ Remarquez que les traits horizontaux d vous pouvez placer un séparateur nul à la fin pour enlever l'espace ajouté par défaut par LaTeX. Voici un exemple : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2899,118 +3406,138 @@ Remarquez que les traits horizontaux d \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Exemple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pierre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minéral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ici, la description de la colonne de gauche contient : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset @{} l \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , alors que à droite on a : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset l @{} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default afin de mettre le caractère nul sur les bords. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changer le caractère de séparation de colonnes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant, si pour une obscure raison, vous voulez utiliser \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset entouré de quelques espaces pour séparer des colonnes, enlevez la bordure verticale et mettez dans le champs de la colonne droite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset @{~$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~} l \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Vous devriez obtenir quelque chose comme : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3021,65 +3548,81 @@ pi}$~} l \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Exemple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pierre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minéral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Colonnes alignées sur le symbole décimal -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bon, d'accord, le dernier exemple était complètement idiot, mais en voici un qui ne l'est pas : supposons que vous voulez faire un tableau dont une @@ -3090,8 +3633,10 @@ Bon, d'accord, le dernier exemple colonne, alignée cette fois à gauche. une variante est d'insérer la virgule décimale dans les parties entières et de laisser le séparateur vide, comme dans cet exemple : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3103,384 +3648,458 @@ Bon, d'accord, le dernier exemple \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Expression -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeur -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3, -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 36, -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 80663, -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1, -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Même si ça paraît un peu bizarre dans LyX, à l'impression, le tableau semblera avoir deux colonnes, dont la seconde centrée sur la virgule décimale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est peut-être mieux de décrire exactement comment procéder : d'abord, créez un tableau 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 et supprimez toutes les bordures. Remettez seulement une bordure inférieure dans la rangée du haut, et une bordure à droite de la première colonne. Tapez les valeurs de la première colonne et choisissez l'alignement centré. Entrez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3, -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 36, -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 80663, -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\family default +\family default et mettez l'alignement à droite. Entrez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1416 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 462 -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset @{} l \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default comme alignement pour la colonne restante. Enfin tapez le mot -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Valeur -\family default +\family default dans la colonne du milieu, sélectionnez-le avec l'espace vide à sa droite, et cochez -\family sans +\family sans Case\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Case\SpecialChar ~ +Case\InsetSpace ~ Spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator Multicolonnes -\family default +\family default . Facile, non ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Une meilleure solution pour l'alignement décimal -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une autre façon d'obtenir de l'alignement décimal dans les tableaux est de passer par le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Ajoutez ce qui suit au préambule LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule. Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour aligner une colonne sur le symbole décimal, mettez ce qui suit dans le champ -\family sans -Paramètre\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paramètre\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{nombre de décimales des données} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne vous n'avez qu'à augmenter le nombre de décimales dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Cocher l'attribut -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonne -\family default +\family default dans une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui peut être bien pratique. Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas autorisé dans une colonne avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonne -\family default +\family default est coché. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . On peut, par exemple, changer le séparateur d'alignement, et avoir des séparateurs d'alignement différents pour des colonnes différentes en définissan t plusieurs types de colonne dans le préambule. La syntaxe est comme suit : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le lecteur intéressé est prié de se reporter à la documentation du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default pour plus de détails. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Choix de puces dans -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:puces} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fournit 216 motifs de puces qui sont accessibles par une simple fenêtre. Vous pouvez facilement y sélectionner la puce souhaitée pour chaque niveau de profondeur dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Ces choix sont valables pour tout le document, donc vous ne pouvez pas spécifier différents types de puces pour différents paragraphes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En fait, c'est possible mais il faut le faire à la main. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection À quoi elles ressemblent -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allez dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Puces -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La fenêtre vous présente un tableau avec des formes de puces. À gauche du tableau, une colonne de boutons vous donne accès aux six panneaux @@ -3491,13 +4110,17 @@ La fen de puce actuellement sélectionnée, et ce champ peut être édité. Si vous modifiez le texte vous devrez aussi spécifier à la main dans le préambule LaTeX les paquetages requis. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les six panneaux sont répartis selon les paquetages qu'ils nécessitent. Le tableau suivant vous montre la correspondance entre le nom des boutons et les paquetages LaTeX. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3508,156 +4131,186 @@ Les six panneaux sont r \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bouton -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paquetages Requis -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX de base -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Maths -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amssymb.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne vous empêche pas d'utiliser les puces correspondant à des paquetages que vous n'avez pas. @@ -3665,28 +4318,36 @@ LyX ne vous emp d'imprimer le fichier, c'est sûrement qu'il vous manque un paquetage. LyX ne vous empêche pas d'agir car vous pourriez vouloir éditer quelque part et imprimer avec un autre système. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment s'en servir -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sélectionnez le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous voulez agir, puis le motif de puce et la taille. Les changements ne seront pas visibles dans LyX, mais seulement avec les visionneuses -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez remettre une puce à sa valeur par défaut, en cliquant avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la profondeur de la puce en question. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez réellement avoir des paragraphes avec des puces différentes dans chacun d'eux, vous devez mettre les mains dans le cambouis. @@ -3694,175 +4355,203 @@ Si vous voulez r en même temps l'aspect de la puce et son code LaTeX, ceci pour un grand nombre de puces. Pour personnaliser vos paragraphes, vous avez le choix : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Utilisez la commande LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{}{} -\family default +\family default pour spécifier un nouveau format de puce pour une profondeur donnée. Vous aurez aussi besoin d'enregistrer le format actuel pour le restaurer plus tard. Dans cette liste à puces, le code LaTeX suivant a été utilisé pour changer les puces de profondeur 1 : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Remarquez que la profondeur de puce est donnée en chiffres romains comme partie intégrante de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelitem -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Agissez sur chaque entrée individuellement en écrivant le motif de la puce entre crochets en mode TeX. Par exemple, cet élément a commencé par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous aurez besoin de remettre le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labelitem -\family default +\family default à sa valeur d'origine pour que les autres puces retrouvent les réglages globaux. Nous avons donc ici : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Classes de document spéciales -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX AMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les formats LaTeX AMS ont été écrits pour se conformer au style suggéré pour les articles mathématiques à soumettre aux publications de l'American @@ -3875,22 +4564,24 @@ Les formats LaTeX AMS ont Cette documentation est disponible sur le réseau à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou par ftp à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ces formats sont appropriés, et utiles, pour tout écrit mathématique. Il y a actuellement 4 formats LaTeX AMS distincts : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart : Le format standard d'article AMS. Tous les résultats et assertions sont numérotés dans l'ordre \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , où le premier numéro fait référence à la section, et le second à l'ensemble des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Définitions, Remarques, @@ -3898,24 +4589,30 @@ amsart : Le format standard d'article AMS. Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq : Ici, la numérotation de chaque type d'assertion est numéroté selon sa propre séquence, sans référence au numéro de la section. Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-plain : Celui-ci est encore plus sobre, puisqu'aucun environnement n'est numéroté. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsbook : Le format standard de livre AMS (en réalité de monographie). La numérotation est similaire au format amsart, sauf que tous les numéros sont sous la forme \begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , où le premier numéro fait référence au chapitre, le deuxième à la section et le troisième à l'ensemble des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Proposition @@ -3923,19 +4620,25 @@ s, D Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout fichier LyX AMS peut être converti dans l'un quelconque des schémas de numérotation en changeant simplement la classe de document dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ce qu'offrent ces formats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La liste des environnements offerts par ces formats est longue. La plupart des articles ou des livres mathématiques utiliseront ces environneme @@ -3944,510 +4647,662 @@ nts pour leurs diff Cependant, l'AMS recommande les environnements disponibles dans LyX. Voici la liste des environnements (non compris les environnements standard comme -\family sans +\family sans section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans bibliography -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans date -\family default +\family default ) : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Théorème (Theorem) Typiquement utilisé pour les résultats les plus importants. Le mot -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default apparaît en caractères gras, ainsi qu'un numéro automatiquement déterminé (une version non numérotée est aussi disponible, -\family sans +\family sans Théorème* -\family default +\family default ). Le texte est en italiques. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Corollaire (Corollary) Utilisé pour des assertions qui découlent assez directeme nt d'assertions précédentes. Là encore, il peut s'agir de résultats importants. La version non numérotée -\family sans +\family sans Corollaire* -\family default +\family default existe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Lemme (Lemma) Ce sont des résultats moins forts, nécessaires à la preuve d'autres assertions. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proposition (Proposition) Ce sont des résultats moins importants qui apportent quelque chose à la théorie générale dont il est question. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conjecture (Conjecture) Ce sont des assertions fournies sans justification, dont l'auteur ne connaît pas de preuve, mais qui semblent vraies (du moins aux yeux de l'auteur). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Critère (Criterion) Une condition requise. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Algorithme (Algorithm) Une procédure générale à utiliser. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Axiome (Axiom) C'est une propriété ou assertion considérée comme vraie dans la théorie dont il est question. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Définition (Definition) Devinez à quoi ça sert. La police, à la fois à l'écran et à l'impression, est différente dans cet environnement. L'en-tête ( -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Definition \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) est encore en caractères gras, ainsi que le numéro s'il y en a un, mais le reste est comme du texte simple. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Exemple (Example) Typographie similaire à -\family sans +\family sans Définition -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Condition (Condition) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Problème (Problem) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Exercice (Exercise) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Remarque (Remark) Cet environnement est également un nouveau type de théorème. Le mot -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Remark \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default apparaît en italique, et le reste comme du texte simple. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Note (Note) Typographie similaire à -\family sans +\family sans Remarque -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Notation (Notation) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Affirmation (Claim) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Résumé (Summary) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Remerciement (Acknowledgement) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Cas (Case) En général, ils servent à diviser de longues preuves en examinant des cas distincts. Le schéma de numérotation des cas leur est spécifique : il n'appartient pas à la même séquence que les autres assertions. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conclusion (Conclusion) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Fait (Fact) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Preuve (Proof) Le mot -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Preuve \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default est en italiques, mais le reste est droit. À la fin de cet environnement (dans lequel on peut bien sûr emboîter d'autres environnements) est inséré un symbole CQFD (d'habitude un carré, mais ça peut varier avec les différents styles). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Adresse (Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse permanente de l'auteur. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Adresse_Actuelle (Current_Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse temporaire de l'auteur au moment de la soumission, si elle est différente de l'Adresse ci-dessus. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Email L'adresse e-mail de l'auteur. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description URL L'adresse de la page personnelle de l'auteur, s'il le souhaite. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Mots-Clés (Keywords) Mots-clés ou phrases-clés, utilisé pour identifier les sujets discutés dans l'article. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Classe_Sujet (Subjectclass) Ça fait référence à la Classification des Sujets de l'AMS, publiée et décrite dans -\emph on +\emph on Mathematical Reviews -\emph default +\emph default . Elle est aussi disponible en ligne sur les sites de l'AMS cités plus haut. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Remerciements (Thanks) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dédicace (Dedicatory) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Traducteur (Translator) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En plus, ces environnements se servent automatiquement des paquetages de polices AMS-LaTeX et AMS. Il faut qu'ils soient disponibles sur votre système pour pouvoir utiliser ces environnements. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dinbrief -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La classe de document -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\family default +\family default peut servir à taper des lettres selon les conventions allemandes. Un fichier modèle est inclus dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates -\family default +\family default pour vous servir de point de départ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Papier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La classe de document -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default (publication, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset papier \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) offre une alternative à la classe standard -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Elle a les mêmes fonctionalités, mais vous pouvez préférer ce format, avec des sections et en-têtes en police sans empattement, ainsi que d'autres particularités. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Papier A&A -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Peter Sütterlin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour écrire des articles à soumettre au journal scientifique -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics -\emph default +\emph default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), avec la Version 5.01 de la classe de document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa.cls -\family default +\family default . Ce paquetage peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Un manuel est fourni avec ce paquetage, et ce texte n'est pas censé remplacer le manuel d'origine mais est simplement un bref guide à la réalisation d'un papier dans un format correct. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que l'éditeur de ce journal a changé le 1er janvier 2001 : ce n'est plus Springer mais EDP Sciences. Ce changement a aussi entraîné quelques légères modifications aux fichiers de style, notamment la suppression de la commande thesaurus. La classe LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa -\family default +\family default supporte la dernière version de ces fichiers de style, V 5.01. Si vous avez une ancienne version installée, veuillez la mettre à jour. Par souci de compatibilité, l'ancien format (version 4) a été conservé sous le nom de -\family sans +\family sans article (A&A V4) -\family default +\family default . Voyez les commentaires dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pour commencer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est recommandé de commencer à partir du modèle distribué avec LyX. Si vous n'utilisez pas de modèle, jetez un oeil aux réglages suivants : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Choisissez -\family sans -article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +article\InsetSpace ~ (A&A) -\family default +\family default dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default de -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . (D'accord, c'est évident.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ne changez pas l'option -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default : laissez-la sur -\family sans +\family sans Défaut -\family default +\family default . La mise en page est prise en charge par les macros, vous n'avez rien à changer. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le bloc d'en-tête -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La première chose à entrer est l'information d'en-tête. Elle consiste en sept entrées, dont certaines sont facultatives. Ce sont -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default (Title) : (nécessaire) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SousTitre -\family default +\family default (Subtitle) : (facultatif) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default (Author) : (nécessaire) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default (Address) : (nécessaire) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Tirés_À_Part -\family default +\family default (Offprint): (facultatif) Si plus d'un auteur : qui contacter pour demander des tirés à part. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Mail -\family default +\family default : (facultatif) Adresse mail pour les contacts. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : (nécessaire) Format suggéré -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Received: ; Accepted -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il n'y a pas besoin de taper la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default , LyX le fait tout seul quand l'en-tête est fini. Bien que l'ordre des entrées d'en-tête n'ait pas d'importance il est conseillé de conserver la séquence ci-dessus, juste pour avoir un meilleur aspect visuel et correspondre au format du document réel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez placer des notes de bas de page dans le bloc d'en-tête, par exemple pour entrer votre adresse actuelle, utilisez les notes de bas de page standard avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default . LyX utilisera automagiquement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks{} -\family default +\family default dans ce cas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En plus de ces points, les macros utilisent trois commandes LaTeX supplémentaire s qui n'ont pas d'équivalent dans LyX : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\family default +\family default pour séparer les noms quand il y a plusieurs auteurs et plusieurs instituts. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\family default +\family default pour marquer les couples auteur/institut correspondants. Les instituts sont numérotés dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , vous devez donc mettre un marqueur à chaque auteur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email{} -\family default +\family default pour fournir une adresse électronique pour être joignable rapidement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans tous les cas, la commande appropriée doit être tapée dans LyX en mode TeX. Voir les exemples. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection L'abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'abstract devrait suivre immédiatement le bloc d'en-tête. Avec la version 5 l'abstract est devenu une commande, et il est maintenant @@ -4457,323 +5312,413 @@ L'abstract devrait suivre imm les mots-clés. Ce n'est pas encore implémenté pour LyX, vous devez donc entrer la commande LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\family default +\family default à la main en mode TeX. Référez-vous au papier exemple. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements supportés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le format -\family sans -paper\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +paper\InsetSpace ~ (A&A) -\family default +\family default supporte les environnements suivants pour structurer votre texte : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SousSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Énumération -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Légende -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Remerciement -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Commandes non encore supportées par LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques commandes ne sont pas encore supportées par le format -\family sans -paper\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +paper\InsetSpace ~ (A&A) -\family default +\family default de LyX. Quelques-unes ont déjà été mentionnées. Par souci d'exhaustivité, elles sont toutes listées ici : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash appendix -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash authorrunning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash object{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titlerunning{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez utiliser l'une de ces commandes, vous devez les taper vous-mêmes. -\series bold +\series bold N'oubliez pas de les signaler comme code LaTeX ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figures et Tableaux Flottants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fournit le support pour les environnements de flottants -\family sans +\family sans figure -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans figure* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans table -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans table* -\family default +\family default , nous n'en dirons donc pas beaucoup plus. Référez-vous au -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Rappelez-vous juste que les tableaux devront être alignés à gauche. Pour cela, sélectionnez le tableau et changez l'alignement dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une seule chose spéciale : les figures avec la légende à côté. Pour créer une telle figure, vous devez faire ceci : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Créez une grande figure flottante : faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottants\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure -\family default +\family default , puis un clic droit sur la figure et cochez -\family sans +\family sans Couvrir plusieurs colonnes -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entrez votre légende. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default pour déplacer le curseur au dessus de la figure. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Insérez votre figure. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Positionnez le curseur derrière la figure et insérez un ressort horizontal : -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ Spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Passez en mode LaTeX : -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entrez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ -\family default +\family default . -\series bold +\series bold Ne fermez pas l'accolade ! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Positionnez le curseur derrière le texte de la légende, passez en mode LaTeX et insérez l'accolade fermante : -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Là encore, voyez les figures dans le papier exemple. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Format du référé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour la soumission, le papier doit être formaté dans un format spécial à double interligne. Pour ce faire, vous devez donner à la classe de document l'option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default . Il faut la mettre dans le champ -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default , dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Entrez-y juste le mot -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le papier exemple -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le répertoire d'exemples contient un papier exemple écrit avec LyX. C'est l'exemple venant du paquetage de macros d'origine, traduit pour LyX. Utilisez-le comme source d'inspiration, et comparez le code LaTeX d'origine avec la façon de l'écrire avec LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX est un ensemble de macros produit par l'American Astronomical Society pour faciliter la soumission électronique de manuscrits aux trois journaux @@ -4784,15 +5729,39 @@ t), l'Astronomical Journal, et les Publications of the Astronomical Society Les versions antérieures à la 5.0 sont destinées à être utilisées avec LaTeX2.09 et sont fondamentalement incompatibles avec LyX. Le paquetage AASTeX peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp de l'AAS -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut mieux que vous vous familiarisiez sérieusement avec avant de vous embarquer @@ -4802,1052 +5771,1184 @@ Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut Il est de votre responsabilité de vous assurer que le document final exporté en LaTeX soit complètement conforme aux recommandations du journal auquel vous soumettez votre papier. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Commencer un Nouveau Papier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je vous suggère vivement de commencer avec le fichier de modèle AASTeX. Cliquez sur -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\family default +\family default , entrez le nouveau nom de fichier, puis choisissez le modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.lyx -\family default +\family default . Il montrera les champs les plus courants dans un manuscrit. Écrivez par dessus le texte existant (y compris les crochets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) les informations correctes. Beaucoup des commandes et environnements AASTeX peuvent être implémentés directement dans LyX, mais certains ne peuvent pas : notamment -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default , qui devraient se voir comme le nez au milieu de la figure dans le fichier de modèle. Pour des commandes comme celles-là, le code LaTeX doit être entré directement et signalé comme tel. De telles commandes sont du Vilain Texte Rouge, ou ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Evil Red Text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . J'essaye de minimiser la quantité de Vilain Texte Rouge nécessaire dans un document AASTeX, mais il y en a toujours trop. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Finir votre Papier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand le papier est fini, que vous en êtes satisfaits et qu'il se visualise / s'imprime correctement, il y a quelques opérations de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset post-production \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à effectuer avant de le soumettre aux journaux. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportez votre papier en tant que fichier LaTeX ( -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Éditez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default résultant avec votre éditeur de texte favori. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate enlevez la ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage...{fontenc} -\family default +\family default si elle apparaît (en général juste après -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default ) ; enlevez aussi la ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash secnumdepth -\family default +\family default si elle est présente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate enlevez tout entre les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez volontairement mises dans le préambule LaTeX (qui devraient apparaître immédiatement après le commentaire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Commandes LaTeX spécifiées par l'utilisateur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate recherchez toutes les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default et remplacez-y -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset FileName \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default par le véritable nom du fichier. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate changez toutes les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default -, si nécessaire (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, si nécessaire (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:cite} -\end_inset +\end_inset plus bas). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Faites tourner LaTeX sur ce fichier après modifications pour s'assurer qu'il peut encore être compilé correctement. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Relisez les spécifications du journal pour vous assurer que vos noms de fichier et vos formats sont corrects. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Soumettez-le. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Commentaires sur des Commandes Particulières -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je ne vais pas décrire l'emploi détaillé de chaque commande AASTeX : le Guide de l'Utilisateur d'AASTeX ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aasguide.tex -\family default +\family default ) en donne une bonne description. Il me sera donc probablement plus facile de parcourir la liste telle qu'on la trouve dans le guide et de la commenter si nécessaire. Allons-y... -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les choses qui marchent comme prévu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Puisqu'elles marchent comme prévu, j'en fais simplement la liste avec la section dans laquelle elles se trouvent : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (2.1.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default (2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affil -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords -\family default +\family default (2.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash paragraph -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{eqnarray} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mathletters} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{thebibliography} -\family default +\family default (2.12.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default (2.12.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{table} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, entre autres), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablecomments -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default (2.16). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les options de style qui suivent marchent elles aussi correctement : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqsecnum -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushrt -\family default +\family default (3, 3.1, 3.2). Mettez-les simplement dans le champ -\family sans -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Options\InsetSpace ~ supplémentaires -\family default +\family default de -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les choses qui marchent, mais qui nécessitent un commentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les éléments suivants marchent, mais requièrent un petit commentaire : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ces éléments sont réservés à l'utilisation par les éditeurs du journal, mais vous pouvez les mettre dans le préambule LaTeX si vous vous sentez tenu de le faire : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash received -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash revised -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ccc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cpright -\family default +\family default (tous à partir de 2.1.3) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ces éléments peuvent être placés dans le préambule LaTeX, et sont inclus comme des blancs dans le fichier modèle : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash slugcomment -\family default +\family default (2.1.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shorttitle -\family default +\family default (2.1.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortauthors -\family default +\family default (2.1.5) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe. Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- aura un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default en trop après. Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash notetoeditor -\family default +\family default (2.6) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe. Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- ne peut pas insérer une marque de référence croisée, vous devez la placer à la main -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash placefigure -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- même chose que pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acknowledgements -\family default +\family default (2.9) -- aura un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default en trop après. Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash appendix -\family default +\family default (2.10) -- aura un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default en trop après. Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default (2.13.2) -- vous devrez éditer le paramètre optionnel à la main dans le fichier LaTeX final. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les choses qui ne sont pas implémentées, utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqnum -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default (2.12), les abréviations des noms de journaux (2.12.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figurenum -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsscale -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plottwo -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenum -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, insérez-le comme le premier élément dans la case la plus à gauche après l'endroit où vous voulez le placer. N'utilisez pas les règles (bordures) LyX dans le tableau \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction incertaine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), pratiquement tout dans Divers (2.15, sauf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default ; voir ci-dessus), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash singlespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onecolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twocolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implémentées -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} au moins d'une façon qui ait un sens, et que je suggère donc d'ignorer. Ce sont l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter references -\family default +\family default (2.12.3) et l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deluxetable -\family default +\family default (2.14). Si vous avez vraiment, vraiment besoin d'utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deluxetable -\family default +\family default , je vous suggère de l'éditer avec un éditeur de texte dans un fichier séparé, puis de faire -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Inclure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default pour l'inclure dans votre document LyX. Voyez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aas_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default pour voir un exemple de cela. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Conseils, Trucs et autres Astuces -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Faire coopérer LyX et AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il peut être un peu difficile de faire reconnaître à LyX un nouveau format et une nouvelle classe de document. Quand tout le reste échoue, faites ceci : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assurez-vous que LaTeX trouve AASTeX. Copiez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default (et peut-être -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table.tex -\family default +\family default ) de la distribution AASTeX vers un répertoire complètement indépendant de LaTeX ou d'AASTeX et faites tourner LaTeX sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assurez-vous qu' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.layout -\family default +\family default apparaît bien dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/.../share/\SpecialChar \- lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default ou dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Refaites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default dans LyX, puis redémarrez celui-ci. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ouvrez un nouveau fichier normal, pas avec un modèle. AASTeX apparaît-il dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Classe -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous obtenez un avertissement provenant d'un document AASTeX existant vous disant qu'il n'arrive pas à trouver le format AASTeX ou un message du genre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Il ne faut pas mélanger les formats de titre avec les formats normaux. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est que les choses n'ont pas été installées correctement. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Erreur LaTeX lors du traitement d'un tableau -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX, par défaut, tente de centrer la légende/titre du tableau. Ça semble produire une interférence négative dans AASTeX. Vous devez donc cliquer quelque part dans la légende/titre, puis faire -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default , et régler l' -\family sans +\family sans Alignement -\family default +\family default sur -\family sans +\family sans Bloc -\family default +\family default . Pour moi ça a résolu le problème. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Références \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:cite} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques petites choses : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate J'ai remarqué quelques espacements bizarres avec les entrées de bibliographie. Quand vous entrez les données de bibliographie, assurez-vous qu'il n'y a -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default d'espace entre le dernier auteur et la parenthèse indiquant l'année ; par exemple tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler(1992) -\family default +\family default et non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler (1992) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je suis vraiment malheureux de ne pas pouvoir rendre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default plus automatiques, mais ça nécessiterait des changements au code source de LyX. Pour le moment vous pouvez faire deux choses : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate entrez toutes vos citations en utilisant le mécanisme prédéfini -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation -\family default +\family default ; au moins vous pourrez tirer avantage des insertions automatiques. Puis éditez à la main le fichier LaTeX exporté avant de le soumettre, en changeant les entrées -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default en commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default appropriées ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default est actuellement équivalent à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default , donc vous n'avez pas absolument besoin de changer ceux-là). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ou vous pouvez simplement entrer toutes vos citations en Vilain Texte Rouge en utilisant la même clef pour paramètre que celle que vous avez utilisée dans la fenêtre de bibliographie, par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet{clef} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aucun des deux choix n'est plaisant, mais nous aurons à faire avec jusqu'à ce que le mécanisme de citation de LyX ne comprenne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter natbib -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Rien qu'entrer les références n'est pas du tout évident. La façon la plus facile est de commencer à taper votre première référence à la fin du document, puis de la marquer comme -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . Ça mettra une petite boîte grise devant ce que vous venez de taper. Cliquez sur la boîte pour remplir le reste. Pour de nouvelles références, allez à la fin d'une référence existante et appuyez sur -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . Ça créera une nouvelle ligne avec sa propre boîte, etc. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Inclure des fichiers EPS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec tout le respect qui est dû à Chris Biemesderfer et aux autres qui ont contribué à écrire le paquetage AASTeX, le mécanisme de gestion des figures est vraiment mal foutu. Vous pouvez insérer les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default , etc. en Vilain Texte Rouge dans une Figure Flottante, mais je n'ai jamais vraiment réussi à obtenir une apparence correcte. @@ -5856,57 +6957,63 @@ plotone de fichier EPS standard de LyX quand vous voulez imprimer vos propres tirés à part. LyX va insérer une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default dans le préambule LaTeX et gérer les figures de la façon habituelle dans LaTeX2e. Ceux qui essaieront d'imprimer votre manuscrit AASTeX 5.0 doivent de toutes façons avoir une installation de LaTeX2e, donc pourquoi ne pas profiter du mécanisme infiniment meilleur de gestion de graphiques ? S'ils se plaignent du choix de LaTeX2e ou du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter graphics -\family default +\family default , faites valoir qu'il apparaît dans la deuxième édition de Lamport (1994), et qu'il était temps de faire la mise à jour il y a bien longtemps. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les choses qui auraient pu être faites, mais qui ne l'ont pas été -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quelques choses \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sympathiques \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset que j'aurais pu implémenter, mais que j'ai choisi de laisser de côté. Par exemple, je ne voyais pas l'utilité d'afficher le texte en double interlign e dans la fenêtre de LyX, même s'il l'est dans le manuscrit imprimé. J'ai aussi choisi de ne pas faire des formats séparés pour les styles -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default . Comme je suppose que vous passerez la plupart du temps en mode manuscrit simple, j'ai décidé de ne pas bouffer plus d'espace disque avec tout ça. Si vous pensez vraiment que je devrais écrire ces formats, je ne pourrai que suivre les règles édictées par l'Association de Lanceurs de Boomerangs de l'État du Wisconsin : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Les décisions des juges seront sans appel sauf si elles sont conspuées par une majorité écrasante de l'assistance. @@ -5914,2505 +7021,2818 @@ Les d envers les membres du jury, ni les membres du jury envers les réclamants (sauf s'ils viennent d'être frappés par un boomerang). \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Touche Finale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser la citation de Donald Knuth à propos d'un algorithme informatique, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset j'ai seulement prouvé qu'il était correct, je ne l'ai pas vraiment essayé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , je crois que les procédures décrites plus haut permettent de produire un document AASTeX acceptable, mais à l'heure de cette mise à jour (25 janvier 2000), je n'ai pas encore soumis de papier l'utilisant. Espérons que dans les prochains mois\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ijmpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default est un jeu de macros pour faciliter les soumissions électroniques de manuscrits à l' -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default publié par World Scientific. La classe de document s'appelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez télécharger ce fichier, ainsi que des recommandations aux auteurs, sur le site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default est une version modifiée du paquetage standard \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX sait gérer la plupart de ses fonctions. J'ai récemment utilisé LyX avec succès pour écrire un article soumis à l' -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Écrire un papier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme d'habitude, la façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de commencer par un modèle. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\family default +\family default , et choisissez le modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default . Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide comprenant les parties les plus courantes d'un manuscrit. Vous n'avez qu'à écrire votre texte par dessus le texte existant (en effaçant aussi les crochets -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ). Veuillez juste garder ce qui suit présent à l'esprit. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX ne vous laissera pas changer la taille de police ni la mise en page du document, car le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default ne permet pas de telles modifications. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default nécessite que le langage du document soit toujours l'anglais. Avant de visualiser votre papier, assurez-vous que vous n'utilisez pas le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter babel -\family default +\family default . Pour cela, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default , et dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Langue\SpecialChar \menuseparator Langue -\family default +\family default , décochez la case -\family sans -Utiliser\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Utiliser\InsetSpace ~ Babel -\family default +\family default et cliquez sur -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Enregistrer -\family default +\family default si vous voulez retenir ce changement). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Il y a deux nouveaux environnements, appelés -\family sans +\family sans Théorème -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Preuve \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : ou -\family sans +\family sans Theorem -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Proof -\family default +\family default selon l'état de l'interface. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dont le but est évident. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vous pouvez ajouter des appendices au papier. LyX propose un environnement spécial, appelé -\family sans +\family sans Appendice -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : ou -\family sans +\family sans Appendix -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset qui indique le début de l'appendice. Un appendice peut contenir des -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default s et -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default s de la manière habituelle. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default gère les légendes des tableaux d'une façon assez différente de celle qu'adopte LyX. La conséquence en est qu'un tableau créé avec LyX est affiché correctement, mais sans sa légende. Si vous avez besoin de légendes de tableaux, vous devez construire tout le tableau dans un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , puis inclure celui-ci dans le document LyX (par -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Inclure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default ). Vous pouvez trouver des consignes pour la création d'un tableau flottant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd -\family default +\family default dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex -\family default +\family default , qui se trouve dans la distribution du paquetage. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant de soumettre votre papier vous devez exporter le document LyX en tant que fichier LaTeX ( -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default ), puis modifier le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default exporté comme suit : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Enlevez les lignes de commentaires avant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez vous-même ajoutées dans le préambule LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous devez maintenant sauvegarder le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default ainsi modifié, et lancer LaTeX dessus autant de fois que nécessaire. Vous pouvez alors contrôler l'aspect du document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default correspondant. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Utilisation de l'ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Nous rappelons qu'ERT est une abréviation pour Evil Red Text, et désigne le code TeX inséré dans votre document par -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'usage de l'ERT est facultatif, et réduit à trois commandes, qui contrôlent l'aspect de la mise en page. Si vous avez commencé à écrire votre papier à partir du modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default , l'ERT nécessaire est déjà là, et vous n'avez normalement pas besoin de l'effacer. Vous pouvez seulement changer le premier ERT pour spécifier ce qui s'imprime en haut des pages paires et impaires (respectivement le titre abrégé et le nom des auteurs). Cet ERT doit être de la forme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth{Noms des Auteurs}{Titre Abrégé du Papier} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kluwer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage Kluwer est un jeu de macros produit par les éditions Kluwer Academic Publishers, qui permet de soumettre sous format électronique des manuscrits destinés à leurs publications. Les plus connues d'entre elles (au moins dans mon domaine d'intérêt) sont -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on +\emph on Solar Physics -\emph default +\emph default , mais il y en a beaucoup d'autres (voyez la liste complète à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). On peut télécharger le paquetage Kluwer sur le site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ce paquetage contient un guide de l'utilisateur complet (qui peut également être téléchargé séparément). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporte de nombreuses fonctions de ce paquetage mais pas tout. Cependant, le Texte Rouge nécessaire se résume à quelques commandes \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset particulières \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du paquetage (voir \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:particularités_kluwer} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). J'ai récemment utilisé LyX pour écrire un article soumis à -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default sans aucun problème. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Écrire un papier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de partir du fichier modèle Kluwer. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\family default +\family default , et choisissez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default . Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide qui comprend les champs les plus couramment utilisés dans un manuscrit avec une courte description de leur emploi. Comme dans la plupart des modèles, vous n'avez qu'à remplacer le texte existant (y compris les crochets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) par l'information correcte. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme pour le paquetage AASTeX, avant de soumettre votre papier à la publication , vous devez le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset traiter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comme suit. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exportez votre papier comme fichier LaTeX. Pour cela, faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default porter\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Éditez avec un éditeur de texte le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default obtenu, et faites les changements suivants -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default comprises, sauf celles que vous avez explicitement incluses dans le préambule LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enregistrez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default obtenu. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Lancez LaTeX sur ce fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default autant de fois que nécessaire (d'habitude jusqu'à trois fois). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Visualisez le document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default obtenu avec, par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , et vérifiez si tout va bien (ce qui devrait être le cas si vous n'avez pas fait d'erreur). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Particularités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du paquetage Kluwer \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:particularités_kluwer} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage Kluwer présente les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset particularités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset suivantes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs articles dans le même fichier LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Je ne vois aucune bonne raison de le faire. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Chaque article doit être compris dans l'environnement \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Malheureusement, cet environnement ne peut pas être omis, même si vous n'écrivez qu'un seul article. Ainsi, chaque article commence par la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\family default +\family default et, bien sûr, se termine par la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\family default +\family default . Bien que cela puisse être implémenté dans LyX, je ne l'ai pas fait car ce n'est pas beau, et peut prêter à confusion pour l'utilisateur novice. Vous devez donc les entrer directement et les marquer comme code LaTeX (le fameux \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte Rouge \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate L'information donnée au début de l'article (c'est-à-dire le titre, le sous-titre , l'auteur, l'institution, le titre courant, l'auteur courant, l'abstract et les mots-clés) doit être comprise dans un environnement appelé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset opening \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ce n'est pas implémenté dans LyX, vous devez donc entrer le titre, le sous-titr e, etc. entre deux lignes de Texte Rouge ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{opening} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate D'après le manuel utilisateur, l'étiquette de chaque élément de bibliographie doit être écrite ainsi : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\backslash +\backslash citeauthoryear{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on auteur(s) -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on année -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default tient compte de toutes ces \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset particularités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si vous commencez un nouveau papier à partir de ce modèle vous n'aurez rien besoin de faire de spécial. Simplement -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate n'effacez pas le Texte Rouge qui se trouve dans le modèle, et -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate pour entrer de nouveaux éléments de bibliographie, copiez l'exemple d'élément fourni et modifiez-le. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koma-Script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Bernd Rellermeyer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les classes de document LyX -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , et -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default correspondent respectivement aux classes LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.cls -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.cls -\family default +\family default , de la famille Koma-Script. Elles forment des alternatives aux classes standard, respectivement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.cls -\family default +\family default et sont plus proches des conventions typographiques européennes en un certain nombre de points : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -La taille de caractère standard est de 11\SpecialChar ~ +La taille de caractère standard est de 11\InsetSpace ~ pt dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , et -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default -, et de 12\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +, et de 12\InsetSpace ~ pt dans -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les en-têtes, les marqueurs de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default et d'autres éléments de la classe -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default sont en police grasse sans empattement \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une grande différence entre les anciennes polices cm grasses sans empattement et les nouvelles polices ec, particulièrement pour les en-têtes. En comparaison, les polices grasses sans empattement ec semblent un peu plus fines. Le paquetage LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmsd.sty -\family default +\family default de -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt -\shape default +\shape default permet de reproduire l'apparence \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset habituelle \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tout en utilisant les polices ec. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . La numérotation des en-têtes de chapitre est rendue de la même manière que celle des en-têtes de section, c'est-à-dire sans la ligne supplémentaire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chapitre... \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . En outre, l'apparence des en-têtes peut être modifiée par un certain nombre d'options (à entrer dans le champ -\family sans - Options\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Options\InsetSpace ~ supplémentaires -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default ). Une description détaillée de ces options, en allemand, est disponible dans le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrguide -\family default +\family default de la documentation Koma-script -\family sans +\family sans . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les classes de document LaTeX de la famille Koma-Script définissent un certain nombre de commandes supplémentaires. Celles d'entre elles qui ont une signification dans LyX sont implémentées par des types de paragraphes y correspondant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une description détaillée, en allemand, des classes de document LaTeX de la famille Koma-Script se trouve dans le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrguide -\family default +\family default de la documentation Koma-Script \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il y en a une traduction en anglais, incomplète, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter screnggu -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Les sections qui suivent décrivent seulement les aspects de ces classes qui ont un sens dans LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les classes de document -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default et book -\emph on +\emph on (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default sont implémentées respectivement dans les fichiers de format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.layout -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.layout -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.layout -\family default +\family default . Ils contiennent tous les types de paragraphe correspondant aux classes standard respectives -\emph on +\emph on article -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report -\emph default +\emph default , et -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default mais partiellement modifiés, à l'exception du type -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default , spécifique à LyX, qui est remplacé par le nouveau type -\family sans +\family sans Marquage -\family default +\family default (Labeling) qui a les mêmes fonctions. En plus du type -\family sans +\family sans Marquage -\family default +\family default , il y d'autres nouveaux types de paragraphe. Ceux-ci cependant -\emph on +\emph on n'apparaissent pas -\emph default +\emph default dans la classe -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans AjoutPartie -\family default +\family default (AddPart), -\family sans +\family sans AjoutChap -\family default +\family default (Addchap), -\family sans +\family sans AjoutSec -\family default +\family default (Addsec) : sont les équivalents respectifs de -\family sans +\family sans Partie* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Chapter* -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , ajoutant de plus une entrée dans la table des matières. -\family sans +\family sans AjoutPartie -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans AjoutChap -\family default +\family default n'existent pas dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans AjoutChap* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans AjoutSec* -\family default +\family default : ont le même role que, respectivement -\family sans +\family sans AjoutChap -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans AjoutSec -\family default +\family default , mais sans indiquer de numéro de chapitre ou de section. -\family sans +\family sans AjoutChap* -\family default +\family default n'est pas disponible dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il y a aussi une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addpart* -\family default +\family default dans -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default et dans -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , mais comme elle fait la même chose que -\family sans +\family sans Partie* -\family default +\family default , elle n'a pas été implémentée dans LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans MiniSec -\family default +\family default : génère un en-tête écrit avec des caractères de taille standard, juste au-dessus du paragraphe suivant et sans modifier la structure du document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Légende_Dessus -\family default +\family default (Captionabove) et -\family sans +\family sans Légende_Dessous -\family default +\family default (Captionbelow) : sont des légendes spéciales qui respectent les différents réglages d'espacement nécessaires pour des légendes placées au-dessus ou au-dessous d'un élément (si vous suivez strictement les règles typographiques, vous mettez toujours les légendes au-dessus des tableaux). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option de classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tablecaptionsabove -\family default +\family default , qui transformera -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Légende_Dessus -\family default +\family default pour les tableaux et en -\family sans +\family sans Légende_Dessous -\family default +\family default pour les figures. Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q pour avoir cette fonction. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Maxime -\family default +\family default (Dictum) : sert à mettre une citation ou un proverbe, par exemple au début d'un chapitre. Si vous utilisez le paramètre optionnel ( -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Titre\SpecialChar ~ +Titre\InsetSpace ~ Court -\family default +\family default ), vous pouvez y mettre l'auteur de la maxime. Maxime et auteur sont séparés par une ligne. Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q. -\family sans +\family sans Maxime -\family default +\family default n'est pas présent dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les types qui sont présentés ci-dessous forment en compagnie des types -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , la zone de titre du document. Ils doivent être entrés au-dessus du premier paragraphe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset normal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les commandes LaTeX correspondantes doivent apparaître avant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Lorsqu'un tel type est utilisé plusieurs fois, la dernière instance annule les précédentes, donc pour chaque type, seule compte la dernière occurrence. L'ordre des différents types n'a, lui, aucune importance, tout comme celui des -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Sujet -\family default +\family default (Subject) : introduit au-dessus du titre ordinaire ( -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) un paragraphe centré pour indiquer le sujet du document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Éditeurs -\family default +\family default (Publishers) : introduit au-dessous du titre ordinaire ( -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) un paragraphe centré indiquant le nom de l'éditeur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dédicace -\family default +\family default (Dedication) : dans -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , dispose un paragraphe centré, sur une page à part après la page de titre, pour la dédicace. Dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , dispose un paragraphe centré, en-dessous du titre normal ( -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Éditeurs -\family default +\family default ) pour la dédicace. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Titre -\family default +\family default (Titlehead) : produit un paragraphe aligné à gauche au-dessus du titre normal ( -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Sujet -\family default +\family default ) pour un en-tête de document. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verso_Titre_Haut -\family default +\family default (Uppertitleback) : dans un document -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en haut du verso de la page de titre. N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verso_Titre_Bas -\family default +\family default (Lowertitleback) : dans un document -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en bas du verso de la page de titre. N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titre_Suppl. -\family default +\family default (Extratitle) : introduit une page \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset moche \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset qui précède le document réel, comprenant un paragraphe sans formatage spécial. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les fichiers de configuration correspondant aux classes -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , et -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default comprennent le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default . C'est là que vous définirez vos propres types. Copiez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default dans votre répertoire personnel de formats, et éditez-le ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La classe de document -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default est implémentée dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.layout -\family default +\family default . Elle contient tous les paragraphes de la classe standard -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default correspondante, partiellement modifiés, à l'exception des types -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Commentaire -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default , spécifiques à LyX et qui sont remplacés par le nouveau type -\family sans +\family sans Marquage -\family default +\family default . En plus par rapport à la classe standard, elle contient les types connus -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default déjà . En outre, il y a un certain nombre de nouveaux types spécifiques pour les lettres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard L'apparence de la lettre produite par cette classe de document peut-être contrôlée par des commandes LaTeX (qui dans LyX seront insérées avec -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard On obtient un en-tête \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ordinaire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , comportant le nom et l'adresse, avec les commandes LaTeX suivantes dans le préambule : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash firsthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromaddress}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash nexthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash pagename -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash thepage}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Une description détaillée de ces commandes se trouve en langue allemande dans la documentation de Koma-Script -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default Grâce à elles, l'auteur de la lettre peut créer son propre format. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les types -\family sans +\family sans Lettre -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default définissent le début de la lettre et doivent être présents dans toute lettre. Pour les identifier dans LyX, les lettres -\emph on +\emph on L -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on +\emph on O -\emph default +\emph default apparaissent dans la marge. Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs lettres en un seul fichier. Un type -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default provoque le passage à une nouvelle lettre au même destinataire, et le type -\family sans +\family sans Lettre -\family default +\family default permet de changer de destinataire. Les types -\family sans +\family sans Fermeture -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans P.J. -\family default +\family default sont des types de paragraphe ordinaires et peuvent aussi être utilisés plusieurs fois dans une même lettre. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lettre -\family default +\family default (Letter) : introduit un paragraphe pour le destinataire et définit implicitement le début d'une lettre. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default (Opening) : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse initiale et produit implicitement une nouvelle lettre. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Fermeture -\family default +\family default (Closing -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse finale. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default : introduit un post-scriptum. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default : introduit un paragraphe pour les co-destinataires. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans P.J. -\family default +\family default (Encl) : introduit un paragraphe pour les pièces jointes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les types -\family sans +\family sans N -\family default +\family default om, -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Adress -\family default +\family default e, -\family sans +\family sans Téléphone -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Lieu -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Adresse_Retour -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Courrier_Spécial -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Emplacement -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans Sujet -\family default +\family default sont des types qui présentent une invite et qui servent à entrer des renseignem ents qui seront utilisés par la classe de document. Nous les appellerons \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset types à invite \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Mais si quelqu'un a une meilleure idée pour traduire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset input type \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , je ne dis pas non. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard On pourrait considérer que les types -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default devraient être des types à invite. Cependant, à cause de la signification particulière de ces types, je les ai implémentés comme des types de paragraphe ordinaires marqués d'une lettre dans la marge. En plus, cela choquerait mon sens de la symétrie si les types -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default avaient une apparence très différente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ces types doivent être présents avant le type -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default correspondant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une implémentation de ces types dans une logique WYSIWYG n'aurait pas de sens, car l'aspect réel de la lettre produite ne dépendra pas seulement de l'utilisation d'un type donné, mais aussi d'autres facteurs. Par exemple, dans le comportement par défaut, une signature entrée avec le type -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default n'apparaîtra dans la lettre que si celle-ci contient aussi le type -\family sans +\family sans Fermeture -\family default +\family default . La valeur indiquée pour -\family sans +\family sans Téléphone -\family default +\family default n'apparaîtra même pas dans la lettre. Nous avons déjà signalé plus haut la possibilité de décrire son propre environnement de lettre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les types à invite peuvent être utilisés comme des paragraphes vides. Cela a un sens par exemple pour le type -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default : si ce type n'est pas présent du tout, c'est par défaut la valeur spécifiée dans -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default qui est prise comme signature, tandis que si l'on utilise un paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default vide, il n'y a réellement pas de signature spécifiée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible en utilisant ces types à invite de créer un patron de lettre contenant des types pré-remplis avec vos coordonnées personnelles (nom, adresse, etc.) et des types vides pour d'autres données que vous entrerez. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Nom -\family default +\family default (Name) : nom de l'expéditeur. Par défaut, apparaît comme un paragraphe centré, en petites majuscules, dans l'en-tête de la lettre. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default : signature de l'expéditeur. Par défaut, apparaît en dessous du type -\family sans +\family sans Fermeture. -\family default +\family default Si le type -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default est absent, c'est la valeur du type -\family sans +\family sans Nom -\family default +\family default qui apparaît. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default (Address) : adresse de l'expéditeur. Par défaut, apparaît dans un paragraphe centré, dans l'en-tête de la lettre, en dessous du nom de l'expéditeur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Téléphone -\family default +\family default (Telephone) : numéro de téléphone de l'expéditeur. Par défaut, correspond à la variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash telephonenum -\family default +\family default de LaTeX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lieu -\family default +\family default (Place) : lieu d'écriture de la lettre. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : date d'écriture de la lettre. -\family sans +\family sans Lieu -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default disposent par défaut le lieu et la date sur une ligne alignée à droite, en dessous du destinataire. Si le paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default est vide, ni date, ni lieu n'apparaissent, et ce quelle que soit la valeur de -\family sans +\family sans Lieu -\family default +\family default . S'il n'y a pas de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , la date du jour est utilisée. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse_Retour -\family default +\family default (Backaddress) : adresse pour le retour du courrier. Par défaut, apparaît au-dessus du destinataire, en petits caractères sans empattement. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Courrier_Spécial -\family default +\family default (Specialmail) : informations spéciales sur le courrier. Par défaut, apparaît souligné au-dessus du destinataire, en dessous de l'adresse de retour du courrier. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Emplacement -\family default +\family default (Location) : informations supplémentaires. Par défaut, apparaît à droite en dessous du champ du destinataire. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default : le titre de la lettre. par défaut, apparaît en grands caractères gras sans empattement, au-dessus du sujet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sujet -\family default +\family default : le sujet de la lettre. Par défaut, apparaît en caractères gras au-dessus du paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les types -\family sans +\family sans Votre_réf -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Votre_courrier -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Notre_réf -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Client -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Facture -\family default +\family default génèrent comme dans les lettres commerciales, au-dessus de la ligne de titre, une ligne qui contient les champs \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Votre réf. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Votre courrier du \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notre réf. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Numéro de Client \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Numéro de Facture \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pour le champ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX reprend la valeur donnée dans -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Si l'un quelconque de ces types \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pour lettre commerciale \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est utilisé, la valeur donnée pour -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default n'apparaîtra pas, seule est définie la variable LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fromplace -\family default +\family default . L'affichage normal du lieu et de la date (une ligne alignée à droite sous le champ du destinataire) est supprimée. Les types sont implémentés comme des types à invite, avec les invites correspon dantes, et doivent être utilisés avant le type -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default correspondant. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Votre_réf -\family default +\family default (Yourref) : Votre référence -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Votre_courrier -\family default +\family default (Yourmail) : Votre courrier du -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Notre_réf -\family default +\family default (Myref) : Notre référence -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Client -\family default +\family default (Customer) : Numéro de client -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Facture -\family default +\family default (Invoice) : Numéro de facture -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La nouvelle classe lettre : -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Koma-Script version 2.8 a introduit une nouvelle classe de lettres -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlttr2 -\family default +\family default qui remplace -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr -\family default +\family default , désormais périmée. Elle a -- du côté LaTeX -- une interface complètement nouvelle et n'est pas compatible avec l'ancienne classe. LyX supporte les deux, mais il est recommandé d'utiliser la nouvelle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette classe recouvre les mêmes fonctionnalités que -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , plus quelques autres. Les éléments de base sont -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default (adresse du destinataire, comme -\family sans +\family sans Lettre -\family default +\family default dans le précédent format), -\family sans +\family sans Ouverture -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Fermeture -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Adresse_Suivante -\family default +\family default (NextAddress) démarre une nouvelle lettre (vous pouvez donc écrire plusieurs lettres dans un même document). Les nouveaux éléments concernent l'expéditeur, ce sont : -\family sans +\family sans E-Mail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans URL -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Fax -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Banque -\family default +\family default et la possibilité de mettre un -\family sans +\family sans Logo -\family default +\family default (par -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphique -\family default +\family default ) dans l'en-tête. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plus grande amélioration est la possibilité de configurer la mise en page de la lettre pour s'adapter à presque tous les besoins, soit dans le préambule ( -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default ) soit avec un fichier de style spécial (Option de la Classe Lettre, d'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lco -\family default +\family default ), qui sera lu comme une option de classe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage KOMA est livré avec quelques fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lco -\family default +\family default par défaut. Il y a par exemple un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DIN.lco -\family default +\family default qui suit les règles typographiques allemandes, et un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMAold.lco -\family default +\family default qui permet de retrouver la mise en page par défaut de l'ancienne classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez charger cette dernière avec l'option de classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter KOMAold -\family default +\family default , mise dans le champ -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Jetez donc un \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset il sur le modèle -\emph on +\emph on koma-letter2 -\emph default +\emph default fourni avec LyX, qui vous donnera des exemples. Vous trouverez une description détaillée dans la documentation de Koma-Script ( -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problèmes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec LyX, la visualisation d'un document de classe Koma-Script peut poser quelques problèmes : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le numéro de chapitre pour un type -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default apparaît sur une ligne à part, au-dessus de l'en-tête de chapitre, au lieu d'être sur la même ligne juste avant. C'est causé par le comportement interne de LyX face au marqueur de type -\family sans +\family sans Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default dans le fichier de format. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les en-têtes des types -\family sans +\family sans AjoutChap -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans AjoutSec -\family default +\family default sont uniquement dans la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset vraie \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset table des matières LaTeX, et pas dans la table des matières LyX ( -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ matières -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les paragraphes avec la classe de document -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default apparaissent séparés par de l'interligne supplémentaire, et non par une indentation. C'est le comportement par défaut, qui se passe de commande LaTeX spécifique. Mais dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default le bouton à cocher correspondant indique -\family sans +\family sans Indentation -\family default +\family default . Cocher -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default insère toujours des commandes LaTeX supplémentaires dans le document pour causer cet espacement, ce qui ne serait pas le comportement désiré dans ce cas. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Publications Springer sur deux colonnes ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont les fichiers de format pour certains types de journaux édités par Springer Verlag et dont la liste apparaît à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset , où vous devrez aussi aller récupérer les fichiers de classe (eh oui, c'est maintenant du LaTeX2e !). C'est un système modulaire : ce qui est commun à tous les journaux est implémenté dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour.inc -\family default +\family default , et les fichiers de format particuliers à un journal (comme, par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default pour le Journal of Geodesy) peuvent l'inclure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça veut dire qu'ajouter le support de n'importe quel autre journal Springer présent dans cette liste n'est rien d'autre qu'écrire votre propre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sv< -\family default +\family default mon_journal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter >.layout -\family default +\family default en suivant le schéma donné dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce n'a raisonnablement bien été testé que pour le Journal of Geodesy. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog -\family default +\family default sont fournis avec la distribution standard de LyX. Installez le fichier de classe correspondant (téléchargé chez Springer) dans un répertoire approprié, reconfigurez LaTeX (en lançant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default dans le cas de teTeX, en tant que super-utilisateur si nécessaire -- LyX ne s'occupe-t-il pas tout seul de ça ?), reconfigurez LyX et ça devrait marcher. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nouveaux styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un grand nombre de styles de type théorème -- -\family sans +\family sans Affirmation -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Conjecture -\family default +\family default , \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans Théorème -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Note_En_Tête -\family default +\family default (Headnote -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Dédicace -\family default +\family default (Dedication), -\family sans +\family sans SousTitre -\family default +\family default (Subtitle -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Titre_LaTeX_Courant -\family default +\family default (Running_LaTeX_Title -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur_Courant -\family default +\family default (Author_Running), -\family sans +\family sans Institut -\family default +\family default (Institute), -\family sans +\family sans Mail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Tirés_À_Part -\family default +\family default (Offprints), -\family sans +\family sans Mots-Clés -\family default +\family default (Keywords), -\family sans +\family sans Remerciements -\family default +\family default (Acknowledgements), -\family sans +\family sans Remerciement -\family default +\family default (Acknowledgement). Voir la documentation du fichier de classe de Springer pour les détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Publications supportées -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default -- Martin Vermeer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svprobth.layout -\family default +\family default -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ajoutez le vôtre, ce n'est pas si dur ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Crédits -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces fichiers sont partiellement basés sur l'ancien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2.layout -\family default +\family default , qui était lui-même basé sur une version bricolée d'un vieux fichier de style LaTeX 2.09 de Springer. Tout ceci, ainsi que le format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default , est maintenant dépassé. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes a été d'un grand secours pour me guider dans le mécanisme des fichiers de format LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bogues -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sans doute. Mais probablement moins que dans l'ancien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default bricolé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Limitations par exemple : n'affiche pas le numéro pour les formats de type théorème, seulement #. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Publications de l'AGU ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont les fichiers de format correspondant à certaines publications de l'American Geophysical Society. @@ -8420,629 +9840,723 @@ Ce sont les fichiers de format correspondant à l'AGU, ainsi qu'AGUplus (tout ceci se trouve à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nouveaux environnements -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe* -\family default +\family default sont redéfinis. Ils portent toujours ce nom dans l'interface LyX, bien que leurs équivalents LaTeX dans les classes AGU soient -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection* -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements nouvellement définis sont -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Gauche -\family default +\family default (Left_Header -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Droite -\family default +\family default (Right_Header -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Reçu -\family default +\family default (Received -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Révisé -\family default +\family default (Revised -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Accepté -\family default +\family default (Accepted -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CCC -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Id_Papier -\family default +\family default (PaperId -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Adresse_Auteur -\family default +\family default (AuthorAddr) et -\family sans +\family sans SlugComment -\family default +\family default . Ce sont pour la plupart des paramètres du manuscrit qui sont expliqués dans la documentation des classes AGU. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je soupçonne que tout ceci soit encore relativement incomplet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nouveaux flottants -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Planotable -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Planche -\family default +\family default (Plate). Nous avons également une nouvelle -\family sans +\family sans Légende_Table -\family default +\family default (Table_Caption). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Publications supportées -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Journal of Geophysical Research -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default -- Martin Vermeer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ajoutez les vôtres, ce n'est pas si dur ! Regardez l'exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default ainsi que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aguplus.inc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bogues et choses à retenir -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser les nouveaux environnements, vous devez faire ce qui suit à chaque nouveau document : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on Désactiver babel -\emph default +\emph default , ce que vous ferez dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . (Les articles AGU sont écrits en anglais de toutes façons, il ne faut donc -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default choisir de langue.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga -\family default +\family default dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Options -\family default +\family default de la classe de document. (C'est effectivement un bogue.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assurez-vous que vous utilisez le style de bibliographie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter agu.bst -\family default +\family default , en tapant -\family sans +\family sans agu -\family default +\family default dans le deuxième champ de l'insert BibTeX. Aucun des styles standard ne conviendra. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Publications de l'EGS ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est le fichier de format pour les publications de l'European Geophysical Society. Vous pouvez télécharger la classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter egs.cls -\family default +\family default (nécessaire) depuis le site de l'EGS à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nouveaux environnements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Adresse_À_Droite -\family default +\family default (Right_address) -\family sans +\family sans , Titre_Latex -\family default +\family default (Latex_Title) -\family sans +\family sans , Affil., Journal, numéro_ms -\family default +\family default (msnumber) -\family sans +\family sans , PremierAuteur -\family default +\family default (FirstAuthor) -\family sans +\family sans , Reçu -\family default +\family default (Received) -\family sans +\family sans , Accepté -\family default +\family default (Accepted) et -\family sans +\family sans Offsets -\family default +\family default . L'actuel fichier de format est malheureusement très peu modulaire et devrait plus utiliser les inclusions -\family typewriter +\family typewriter std*.inc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Diapos Slides (alias SliTeX) \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs. Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default et la classe -\family sans +\family sans FoilteX -\family default +\family default . Cette section décrit la première. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je le redis, clairement et distinctement, qu'il n'y ait pas de malentendu : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\size large + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large Cette section décrit -\emph on +\emph on uniquement -\emph default +\emph default la classe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (default) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous cherchez une documentation sur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ +, voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . La classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default (pour -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default , vous l'aurez compris) est en fait un peu meilleure que la classe par défaut -\family sans +\family sans slides \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ... enfin, c'est ce que m'ont dit et répété ses défenseurs. Ne l'ayant jamais utilisée, je n'ai aucune idée de la validité de cette affirmation. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\family default +\family default dont parle cette section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette classe est l'évolution en LaTeX2e du vieux package S -\noun on +\noun on li -\noun default +\noun default TeX. Toutes les distributions de LaTeX2e comprennent cette classe (qu'à partir de maintenant j'appellerais simplement \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans slides \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ), donc vous devez logiquement l'avoir. Comme je l'ai déjà dit, il existe d'autres classes qui produisent aussi des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs et font du meilleur boulot, comme -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . Cependant, il y a des choses que -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default fait et que les autres ne font pas, comme générer des sur-couches. Continuez la lecture pour en savoir plus ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pour Commencer \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:demarrer-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Avant tout, pour utiliser cette classe de document, vous devez sélectionner \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (default) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default comme -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Il y a quelques particularités qu'il faut connaître à propos de cette classe : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ne vous fatiguez pas à changer les options -\family sans +\family sans Pagination -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Colonnes -\family default +\family default dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default : de toute façon, elles ne sont pas supportées par la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'option -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default a un comportement un peu différent pour cette classe. Voici les choix possibles et leurs effets : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default Le rendu final contient des numéros de page dans le coin inférieur droit. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans headings -\family default +\family default Comme -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default , mais imprime aussi tous les marqueurs temporels que vous aurez placés. C'est le choix par défaut. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans empty -\family default +\family default Le rendu final ne contient pas de numéros de page, de marqueurs temporels ni de marqueurs d'alignement. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize La classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default a une option supplémentaire : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default . Pour l'utiliser, mettez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans les -\family sans -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Options\InsetSpace ~ supplémentaires -\family default +\family default de la -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Utiliser cette option vous permet d'ajouter des marqueurs temporels aux -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:note-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus de détails. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le fichier modèle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset slides.lyx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour mettre en place automatiquement un document de la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default (avec -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ modèle -\family default +\family default pour créer votre document). Le fichier modèle contient aussi quelques exemples d'environnements de paragraphe spéciaux utilisés par cette classe. Je vais maintenant décrire ces derniers. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements de Paragraphe -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Environnements supportés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La première chose que vous allez remarquer en commençant un nouveau document -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default est la taille et le type de police : il est équivalent à la taille -\family sans -Grand\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Grand\InsetSpace ~ (3) -\family default +\family default dans la police -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ empattement -\family default +\family default . C'est aussi la police qui est utilisée pour le rendu final. Dites-vous que c'est un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indice visuel \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour vous rappeler que c'est une diapositive. Vos transparents finaux utiliseront une grande police, donc vous aurez moins de place. Bien sûr, la police plus grande à l'écran n'est pas WYSIWYG, mais juste un aide-mémoire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La deuxième chose qui frappe est le changement du menu des environnements (tout à gauche de la barre d'outils). @@ -9050,132 +10564,170 @@ La deuxi voir sont absents. Il y en a aussi cinq nouveaux. C'est parce que la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default elle-même ne supporte que certains environnements de paragraphe : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Énumeration -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Citation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vers -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Commentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tous les autres environnements standard, comme les en-têtes de section, ne servent pas dans la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'autre part, vous remarquerez de nouveaux environnements : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Overlay) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Note -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces cinq-là présentent des subtilités, dues à une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fonction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de LyX. LyX, voyez-vous, ne vous autorise pas à inclure un environnement de paragraphe @@ -9184,301 +10736,333 @@ fonction une diapo par autre chose que du texte. Pour contourner cela, j'ai fait un peu de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset magie LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Subtilités des nouveaux environnements \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:subtilité-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les cinq nouveaux environnements de paragraphe présentent tous des bizarreries, dues aux limitations inhérentes à la version actuelle de LyX. Comme je viens de le dire, LyX interdit les environnements qui commencent par un autre environnement. Pour contourner ceci, l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default n'en est pas vraiment un, si l'on se fie à la description du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il faut considérer -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default comme des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-environnements \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ils ressemblent à des en-têtes de section ou à une -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default , mais en fait commencent un environnement de paragraphe (et terminent le précédent si nécessaire). De la même manière, considérez -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default comme des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-commandes \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ces deux objets réalisent en effet des actions. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un propriété commune aux cinq environnements -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default est un marqueur plutôt longuet. Le texte suivant ce marqueur -- d'ordinaire le contenu de l'environnement de paragraphe -- n'est pas pris en compte par -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default LyX l'ignore totalement. En fait, vous pouvez laisser ces cinq environnements complètement vides. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien qu'il ne soit pas obligatoire de mettre du texte après ces marqueurs, vous pouvez le faire. Ça peut être une brève description du contenu de la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , par exemple. Dans ce cas, entrez votre description et tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default comme vous le feriez normalement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si, par contre, vous ne souhaitez pas entrer de texte descriptif, vous allez rencontrer une autre subtilité de LyX. LyX, comme la nature, a horreur du vide, et ne vous laissera pas entamer un nouvel environnement de paragraphe si vous n'avez rien mis dans le précédent. Vous ferez donc ainsi : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Commencez à entrer le texte qui -\emph on +\emph on suivra -\emph default +\emph default le nouveau paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Placez-vous maintenant au début de ce paragraphe. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tapez ensuite -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Changez enfin ce nouveau paragraphe vide en un -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Espérons qu'une future version de LyX résoudra cette bizarrerie\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réaliser une présentation grâce à -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Note -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utiliser l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous espérez apprendre dans cette section comment faire une présentation orale, vous serez amèrement déçu. Naturellement, je vais vous décrire en quoi la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default pourra vous aider à préparer les supports de la présentation. En revanche, le contenu de celle-ci est entièrement de votre ressort. (C'est ça aussi, la philosophie LyX !) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sélectionnez l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default - (de la manière décrite à la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (de la manière décrite à la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) pour dire à LyX de commencer une nouvelle diapo (eh oui). Le marqueur pour cet environnement / \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-commande \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ligne ASCII \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en bleu, suivie de l'indication \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tout texte ou paragraphe qui suivra cette dernière fera partie de la nouvelle diapo. C'est aussi simple que ça. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les diapos sont sûrement les seules fois dans LyX où vous aurez à forcer la fin des pages (vous pouvez toujours le faire dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default ). En fait, vous devrez le faire une fois vous aurez fini d'entrer le contenu d'une diapo. @@ -9486,255 +11070,269 @@ Paragraphe en contenir, le surplus débordera sur une nouvelle diapo. Je vous déconseille de le faire, cependant, car la diapo \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset de surplus \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ne présentera aucun numéro de page. De plus, elle peut interférer avec une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default que vous aurez préparé pour accompagner la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default trop remplie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default fonctionnent comme l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo. -\family default +\family default Tous deux créent une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ligne ASCII \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset suivie par un marqueur ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , respectivement). La couleur n'est plus le bleu, mais un magenta éclatant et la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ligne ASCII \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset se présente différemment, dans son style et sa longueur. Les trois marqueurs diffèrent par leur police. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme pour l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , si le contenu d'une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default ou d'une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default dépasse la taille physique d'un transparent ou d'une feuille de papier, le surplus sera disposé sur une nouvelle page. À nouveau, je vous le déconseille, les -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default n'auraient plus aucune utilité. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utiliser des -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default avec des -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'idée d'une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default est de créer une diapo qui vienne se superposer à une autre. Vous pouvez vouloir présenter une figure sur la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default principale avant d'afficher le texte qui va avec. Une façon de faire est de poser une feuille de papier noire sur la partie de la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default que vous souhaitez cacher. Cette méthode, cependant, n'est pas valable si vous voulez par exemple superposer un graphique à un autre. Vous auriez alors à vous bagarrer, tout en parlant, avec les deux -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default pour que les graphiques se superposent. L'utilisation des -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default rend les choses bien plus faciles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chaque -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default reçoit le numéro de page de la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , agrémenté d'un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Des -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default multiples auront donc -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -b \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , etc. accolé au numéro de page. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . En effet, vous voulez que la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default et sa -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default paraissent n'en former plus qu'une ! Vous pouvez considérérer une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset faisant partie \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset d'une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . En fait, la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default le laisse voir : le marqueur qui débute un environnement -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default est moins long que celui d'une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . Enfin, sur le document imprimé apparaîtront des marques d'alignement aux quatre coins de la -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default et de la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . Ces marques vous aideront à aligner les deux transparents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le principal problème de la superposition de transparents est d'aligner les contenus de ces diapos. @@ -9744,821 +11342,885 @@ Le principal probl entre les deux ? Vous pourriez essayer d'insérer un espace vertical de la bonne taille entre les deux, mais le meilleur moyen est d'utiliser les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme leur nom l'indique, -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default sont deux environnements de paragraphe, qui rendent le texte respectivement visible et invisible. - Remarquez à la section\SpecialChar ~ + Remarquez à la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset que vous ne placez rien -\emph on +\emph on dans -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ces environnements. Lorsque vous créez un -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default , LyX insère un marqueur centré, bleu clair, indiquant \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Les paragraphes suivant ce marqueur ne seront pas affichés sur la diapo (ou la -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default ), mais l'espace qu'ils auraient occupé sera laissé vide. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default , l'étiquette centrée sera \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , en vert. Les paragraphes qui suivent cette étiquette se comporteront normalement. Remarquez qu'au début d'une nouvelle -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , ou -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , la fonction -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default est automatiquement désactivée. Il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default à la fin d'une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant, voyons comment utiliser les commandes -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default avec les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default pour créer des diapos superposées : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Créez une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default (environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default ) avec tout ce qui devra apparaître autant sur la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default elle-même que sur les -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Avant chaque figure ou paragraphe qui ne devra apparaître que sur la -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , insérez un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default . Si nécessaire, insérez un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default là où le texte devra de nouveau apparaître sur la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default principale. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Commencez un environnement -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default juste après l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Copiez le contenu de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dans la -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , changez tous les -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default par des -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default et vice versa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est bon, vous avez votre superposition. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il reste un problème avec la façon dont j'ai conçu la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default de LyX : vous ne pouvez pas rendre invisible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe , ni rendre visible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe invisible. Pour ce faire, vous devrez insérer du code LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les commandes en question sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash invisible ...} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash visible ...} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ... et devront être entrées en mode TeX. Le texte dont vous voulez changer la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset visibilité \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sera à l'intérieur des accolades, derrière la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash invisible -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash visible -\family default +\family default . Si vous ne savez pas comment entrer du TeX sous LyX, voyez la section approprié e dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\family sans -\emph toggle +\family sans +\emph toggle . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utiliser des -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default avec des -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:note-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default , une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default est toujours associée à une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ici aussi, la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default de LyX fournit des indices visuels. Le marqueur d'une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default est magenta éclatant, comme celui d'une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default ; et en longueur, il est intermédiaire entre celui d'une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default (qui est plus long) et celui d'une -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default (qui est plus court). De plus, une fois imprimée, une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default aura le numéro de page de sa -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -3 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , etc. accolé. Vous pouvez avoir plusieures -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default associées à une seule -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , et, comme pour les -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default , vous voudrez sûrement couper les longues -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default de manière à ce qu'elles tiennent sur une seule page. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'utilité d'une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default est évidente : elle contient toute sortes d'informations que vous voulez ajouter à propos d'une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . Elle peut aussi servir d'aide-mémoire pour une -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default donnée. Dans ce dernier cas, vous serez peut-être intéressé par les marqueurs temporels. Actuellement, la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default de LyX ne supporte pas d'origine les marqueurs temporels, qui sont une fonction -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX. Il faudra donc passer par le code LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser des marqueurs temporels, spécifiez avant tout l'option supplémenta ire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + (voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:demarrer-slides} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Cette option active les marqueurs temporels qui apparaîtront alors dans le coin inférieur gauche de toutes les -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default que vous générerez. Pour choisir ce qui apparaîtra dans ces indicateurs, utilisez les commandes LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le paramètre de chacune de ces commandes est un temps mesuré en secondes. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sert à indiquer le temps voulu, tandis que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est utilisé pour ajouter une certaine durée. En utilisant les -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default et les marqueurs temporels, vous pouvez vous rappeler combien de temps vous voulez passer sur chaque -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il reste une fonction à décrire. Vous voudrez forcément imprimer toutes vos -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default sur des transparents et toutes vos -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default sur des feuilles blanches. Cependant, une -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default doit suivre la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default à laquelle elle est associée. Comment faire ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Heureusement il existe deux commandes LaTeX qui vous permettent de sélectionner ce qu'il faut imprimer. Toutes deux doivent être placées dans le préambule de votre document. La commande \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset n'imprimera que les -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default . De même, la commande \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{notes} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset n'imprimera que les -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default . Je vous conseille de mettre les deux commandes en commentaire dans votre préambule et de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset décommenter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset celle dont vous avez besoin à l'impression. J'ai l'habitude de : décommenter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , imprimer dans un fichier dont le nom contient -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -slides \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , la recommenter et décommenter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et imprimer dans un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset *-notes \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Je peux ensuite envoyer l'un ou l'autre fichier à l'imprimante, en mettant des transparents ou des feuilles blanches selon le cas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi donner d'autres paramètres à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Reportez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour plus de détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le fichier modèle pour la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard J'ai aussi créé un fichier modèle, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset avec la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default . Pour l'utiliser, créez votre document avec -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ modèle -\family default +\family default . Votre fichier de présentation LyX contiendra un exemple du triplet -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -- SurCouche -- Note -\family default +\family default . De plus, la -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default et la -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default contiennent un exemple de -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Invisible -\family default +\family default et de -\family sans +\family sans Texte_Visible -\family default +\family default . Enfin, le préambule contient : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les notes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un dernier point : j'ai créé cette classe pour l'utilisation de la classe de LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset émulation de -\noun on +\noun on SliTeX -\noun default +\noun default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ni moi ni le reste de l'Équipe LyX n'impose d'utiliser ou de ne pas utiliser @@ -10566,411 +12228,486 @@ SliTeX Elle est là si vous en avez besoin. Il y a d'autres classes de LaTeX2e pour créer des présentations, comme la classe -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default +\family default (cf. - la section\SpecialChar ~ + la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ou le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans seminar -\family default -\noun toggle +\family default +\noun toggle (présent sur certaines distributions TeX). Ce dernier n'est pas encore supporté par LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez vous y mettre... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\noun default +\noun default Je ne connais rien à ces classes. Essayez-les pour voir quelles alternatives elles représentent. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Diapos Foils (alias -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ) \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs. Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default et la classe -\family sans +\family sans FoilteX -\family default +\family default . Cette section décrit la classe -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Redisons-le donc bien clairement : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\size large +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large Cette section concerne la classe -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset slides -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ ( -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset uniquement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez une documentation sur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (default) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ +, voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si votre machine n'a pas la classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default installée, il vous faudra sûrement utiliser la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default par défaut, qui n'est pas aussi bonne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default est conçue pour être utilisée avec la version 2.1 du fichier de classe LaTeX -\family sans +\family sans foils.cls -\family default +\family default . Celui-ci fait maintenant partie intégrante de LaTeX2e. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pour commencer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien entendu, pour utiliser cette classe de document, il vous faut sélectionner \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -slides\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +slides\InsetSpace ~ (Foil -\family default +\family default TeX -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Il y a quelques autres réglages qui ont une signification spéciale avec cette classe : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ne changez pas les options -\family sans +\family sans Pagination -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Colonnes -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Elles sont ignorées par la classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -La taille par défaut est de 20\SpecialChar ~ +La taille par défaut est de 20\InsetSpace ~ pt, les autres choix étant respectivement - 17\SpecialChar ~ -pt, 25\SpecialChar ~ -pt et 30\SpecialChar ~ + 17\InsetSpace ~ +pt, 25\InsetSpace ~ +pt et 30\InsetSpace ~ pt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La police par défaut est -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ empattement -\family default +\family default mais toutes les équations mathématiques restent formatées dans la police habituelle -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX accepte les formats de papier A4 et Letter, ainsi qu'un format particulier pour travailler avec des diapos 35mm. Les tailles A5, B5, -\emph on +\emph on legal -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ou -\emph on +\emph on excutive -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ne sont pas supportées. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ne vous occupez pas de -\family sans -Placement\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Placement\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ flottants -\family default +\family default : l'option est de toute façon ignorée. Tous les flottants apparaîtront là où ils sont définis dans le texte. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les réglages -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default se comportent un peu différemment avec cette classe. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX propose en effet des possibilités plus étendues pour les en-têtes et pieds de page, comme l'insertion d'un logo défini par l'utilisateur. - Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-en-tetes} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour de plus amples détails. La page de titre est traitée différemment de toutes les autres pages du document et n'est -\emph on +\emph on jamais -\emph toggle +\emph toggle numérotée. L'éventuel logo y est -\emph on +\emph on toujours -\emph toggle +\emph toggle centré au bas de la page. Les différentes mises en page possibles sont les suivantes : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold empty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Les diapos ne présenteront ni numéro de page, ni en-tête ou pied de page (sauf évidemment les notes de bas de page). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold plain -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Les diapos auront un numéro de page centré en bas de la page. Ni en-tête, ni pied de page (à part les notes). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold foilheadings -\series default +\series default Le numéro apparaît en bas à droite. Les en-têtes et pieds de page seront présents. C'est le choix par défaut. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold fancy -\series default +\series default Vous donne accès au paquetage -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default , et ce même si son utilisation est déconseillée par l'auteur de -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX car certaines incompatibilités apparaissent. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Options Supplémentaires -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les options suivantes peuvent être activées dans le champ -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold 35mmSlide -\series default - Règle le format de page à 7,33\SpecialChar ~ -pouces sur 11\SpecialChar ~ +\series default + Règle le format de page à 7,33\InsetSpace ~ +pouces sur 11\InsetSpace ~ pouces, ce qui donne le même - rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35\SpecialChar ~ + rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35\InsetSpace ~ mm, facilitant ainsi le travail avec ce support. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold headrule -\series default +\series default Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessous de l'en-tête, sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold footrule -\series default +\series default Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessus du pied de page, sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold dvips -\series default +\series default Cette option indique à -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX d'utiliser le pilote dvips pour effectuer les rotations des pages en format paysage. (Elle est automatiquement activée à la création d'un nouveau document -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold landscape -\series default +\series default Change simplement la taille des pages au format paysage, mais sans effectuer de rotation. Si vous utilisez cette option, vous aurez besoin d'un programme externe @@ -10978,514 +12715,663 @@ landscape votre imprimante directement en format paysage. Remarquez que cette option renverse les rôles respectifs des environnements -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Tourné -\family default +\family default (ne vous inquiétez pas, ils sont décrits plus loin). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold leqno -\series default +\series default Numéros des équations à gauche. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold fleqn -\series default +\series default Équations alignées à gauche. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements supportés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart des environnements courants sont supportés par la classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . Il y a des environnements supplémentaires fournis par -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX ainsi que deux apportés par LyX. Les environnements suivants sont partagés avec d'autres classes : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Énumeration -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Liste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vers -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Citation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auteur -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Adresse_À_Droite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Légende -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Commentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En gros, il s'agit de tous les environnements, mis à part ceux de section. En effet, dans un diaporama, les sections sont en fait les diapos elles-mêmes. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX propose des commandes pour commencer de nouvelles diapos : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans En-Tête_Diapo -\family default +\family default (Foilhead) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans En-Tête_Diapo_Tourné (RotateFoilhead) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a aussi des versions légèrement modifiées de ces deux environnements : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Court -\family default +\family default (ShortFoilhead) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné -\family default +\family default (ShortRotateFoilhead) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les différences seront expliquées dans une autre section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De plus, les diapos sont souvent utilisées pour exposer des idées, ou de nouveaux théorèmes. De ce fait, -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX fournit aussi un ensemble d'outils pour les présenter : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Théorème -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemme -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollaire -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Définition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Preuve -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Théorème* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemme* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollaire* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Définition* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les versions sans étoiles sont numérotées, tandis que celles avec étoiles ne le sont pas. Il y a enfin des environnements de liste ajoutés par LyX : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ListeCochés -\family default +\family default (TickList) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ListeCroix -\family default +\family default (CrossList) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard FoilTeX offre aussi de nombreuses possibilités pour les en-têtes et pieds de pages, qu'il vaut mieux définir dans le préambule, bien que vous puissiez le faire à tout moment dans le document. Si vous souhaitez changer ces réglages en cours de document, il est préférable de le faire au tout début d'une diapo, donc juste après l' -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour ces réglages, vous disposez des environnements suivants [ -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\noun default +\noun default ] : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Mon_Logo -\family default +\family default (My_Logo) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Restriction -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Pied_Droite -\family default +\family default (Right_Footer) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Droite -\family default +\family default (Right_Header) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans En-tête_Gauche -\family default +\family default (Left_Header) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines commandes de -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX ne sont pas directement supportées par LyX, mais vous pourrez tout de - même les utiliser, comme l'explique la section\SpecialChar ~ + même les utiliser, comme l'explique la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-non-supporte} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Création de diapos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section est une rapide introduction aux différents environnements qui permettent de construire un ensemble de diapos. Si vous voulez un exemple, ouvrez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Foils.lyx -\family default +\family default via -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ouvrir\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default et le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Exemples -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Donner un titre de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À la différence des autres classes qui proposent les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , la classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default crée le titre sur une page à part. Si vous laissez l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default vide, LaTeX lui substituera la date du jour (et ce, à chaque fois que vous générerez le rendu). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Débuter une nouvelle diapo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme il est dit plus haut, il existe quatre manières de commencer une nouvelle diapo. Pour les formats portrait, utilisez -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Court -\family default +\family default . La différence entre ces deux environnements est la quantité d'espace entre le titre (l' -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo -\family default +\family default ) et le corps de la diapo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les diapos en position paysage seront créées via les environnements -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Tourné -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné -\family default +\family default . À nouveau, la seule différence est l'espace entre le titre et le corps. - Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5\SpecialChar ~ + Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5\InsetSpace ~ pouce de séparation en moins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il vous faut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default pour générer des sorties PostScript® de diapos en format paysage, sans quoi la rotation de ces diapos ne sera pas exécutée. Il vous sera possible d'obtenir des diapos en format paysage sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default , mais il vous faudra introduire les feuilles en position couchée dans l'imprima nte ;-) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Théorèmes, lemmes, preuves et tutti quanti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un petit bogue de LyX fait que deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se suivre directement. @@ -11494,20 +13380,20 @@ Un petit bogue de LyX fait que deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se sortie LaTeX aura fusionné les deux environnements en un seul. Alors, comment contourner le problème ? L'option la plus simple est d'insérer du texte entre les deux environnements ou d'ajouter un environnement -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default entre les deux paragraphes avec juste un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans % -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dedans. Cela forcera LyX à produire la bonne sortie LaTeX. @@ -11515,1146 +13401,1386 @@ LaTeX LyX. Nous rappelons que ce problème n'apparaît que lorsque vous essayez de placer deux environnements de type théorème juste l'un derrière l'autre. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Listes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez profiter de tous les types de listes que l'on trouve dans les autres classes plus deux nouvelles. Je ne décrirai ici que ces dernières. Si vous voulez plus d'informations sur les autres environnements de liste, voyez le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Si vous voulez utiliser les listes à puce, lisez aussi le paragraphe sur - le choix des puces, à la section\SpecialChar ~ + le choix des puces, à la section\InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:puces} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les deux nouveaux environnements de liste, -\family sans +\family sans ListeCochés -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListeCroix -\family default +\family default , ont pour but de faciliter l'utilisation de listes \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -À\SpecialChar ~ -faire\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ -À\SpecialChar ~ +À\InsetSpace ~ +faire\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ +À\InsetSpace ~ éviter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Oui\SpecialChar ~ -/\SpecialChar ~ +Oui\InsetSpace ~ +/\InsetSpace ~ Non \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bref, qui utilisent comme puces des coches ( \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{51} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) ou des croix ( \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{55} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Ces listes sont en fait des versions spécialisées de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Elles nécessitent cependant que vous disposiez du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter psnfss -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Figures et tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX redéfinit la notion de figures et tables flottantes afin qu'elles apparaisse nt exactement là où elles sont dans le texte plutôt qu'en haut des pages où en une quelconque autre position prédéfinie. En fait, si vous changez les réglages de positionnement des flottants, ces modifications ne seront pas prises en compte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection En-têtes et pieds de pages \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-en-tetes} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les deux commandes -\family sans +\family sans Mon_Logo -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Restriction -\family default +\family default servent à définir le texte en pied de page à gauche. La première vous permet d'insérer un logo sur vos diapos. Vous aurez par défaut comme logo \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Typeset by FoilTeX- \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La seconde sert à classifier des documents en fonction du type de public, par exemple \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Confidentiel \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Par défaut elle ne contient rien. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez remplir les autres coins de la page avec -\family sans +\family sans Pied_Droite -\family default +\family default (qui par défaut contient le numéro de page), -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Droite -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans En-tête_Gauche -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fonctions de -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default non-supportées \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-non-supporte} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toutes les commandes décrites ci-dessous doivent être entrées dans un environnem ent -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , ou en mode -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default dans un autre environnement. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Longueurs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toutes les longueurs sont ajustées en utilisant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength\SpecialChar \- { -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on nom_longeur -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle }\SpecialChar \- { -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on nouvelle_longeur -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle } -\family default +\family default où -\emph on +\emph on nom_longeur -\emph toggle +\emph toggle sera remplacé par le nom de la variable de longueur que vous voulez modifier, et -\emph on +\emph on nouvelle_longeur -\emph toggle +\emph toggle par la valeur de la variable. Toutes les variables de longueur doivent être indiquées dans des unités - comme le pouce\SpecialChar ~ + comme le pouce\InsetSpace ~ ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default -), le millimètre\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +), le millimètre\InsetSpace ~ ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default -) ou le point\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +) ou le point\InsetSpace ~ ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default ), ou bien dans une unité dépendant du document ou de la police employée, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de changer l'espacement entre l'en-tête et le corps d'une diapo en ajustant la longueur spécifiée par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip -\family default +\family default . Par exemple, pour rendre -\emph on +\emph on tous -\emph toggle - les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +\emph toggle + les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5\InsetSpace ~ pouce, mettez dans le préambule -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'espacement autour des flottants peut être modifié via -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ces variables : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovefloatskip -\family default +\family default Séparation entre le texte et le haut du flottant ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovecaptionskip -\family default +\family default Séparation entre le flottant et sa légende ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash belowcaptionskip -\family default +\family default Séparation entre la légende et le texte qui la suit ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash captionwidth -\family default +\family default Vous pouvez rendre les légendes plus étroites que le texte alentour en réglant cette valeur. Le mieux est sûrement de la définir en fonction de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a aussi plusieurs variables de longueur relatives à la page de titre. Elles vous seront utiles dans le cas d'un titre long, ou de plusieurs auteurs : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovetitleskip -\family default +\family default Séparation entre les en-têtes et le titre (environnement -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default ) ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titleauthorskip -\family default +\family default entre les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorauthorskip -\family default +\family default entre différentes lignes de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authordateskip -\family default +\family default entre l'auteur et la date ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dateabstractskip -\family default +\family default entre la date et le résumé ( -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La dernière des commandes d'ajustement de longueur agit sur tous les environneme nts de liste. Si vous placez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on dans -\emph toggle +\emph toggle un environnement de liste, tout l'espacement vertical entre les éléments de la liste est supprimé. Remarquez qu'il s'agit d'une commande et non d'une variable, donc on n'utilise pas ici -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection En-têtes et pieds -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LogoOff -\family default +\family default permettent de préciser dans une page donnée si le logo de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family sans +\family sans Mon_Logo -\family default +\family default apparaîtra ou non. Si vous mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default dans le préambule, aucune des diapos n'aura de logo. Si c'est uniquement sur une diapo particulière que vous ne voulez pas de logo, mettez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default juste après le début de cette diapo et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default juste après le début de la suivante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez utiliser la mise en page -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default , il vous faudra sûrement ajouter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash headwidth -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default à votre préambule. Ainsi, en format paysage, les en-têtes et les pieds de page seront positionnés correctement une fois les pages retournées. C'est obligatoire à cause d'incompatibilités entre le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default et la classe -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Latex8 (Papiers des Conférences de l'IEEE) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme cette classe est spécifiquement destinée à écrire des soumissions à des conférences sous l'égide de l'IEEE, je vous recommande vivement de vous procurer une copie de leur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kit de l'Auteur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans latex.sty -\family default +\family default et le fichier de style de bibliographie associé sont inclus dans ce kit. Le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kit de l'Auteur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est en général envoyé par e-mail une fois que votre soumission initiale a été acceptée. Il y a dedans beaucoup d'informations utiles, qui expliquent les restrictions de mise en page et ainsi de suite, et je vais supposer que vous l'avez lu pour ne pas avoir à tout répéter ici. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pour commencer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (AR. plus à l'avenir) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements supportés -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titre -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans E-mail -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SousSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Différences entre écran et impression -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quelques légères différences d'apparence principalement pour la présentat ion des compteurs de section. À l'écran le point final du compteur de section est absent mais il apparaîtra à l'impression : ne vous affolez donc pas. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maîtriser le format d'un script d'Hollywood est un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rite de passage \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ce format est destiné à laisser le lecteur se concentrer sur le contenu et à être facile à lire et familier pour les acteurs. Chaque page d'un script doit représenter une minute de film. Il n'y a rien dans le script qui ne soit pas visible ou audible à l'écran. - La police courier 12\SpecialChar ~ + La police courier 12\InsetSpace ~ pt doit être utilisée tout le long. Pas d'italiques. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problèmes particuliers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les lignes de dialogue ne doivent JAMAIS être coupées au milieu d'une phrase. Si le texte d'un personnage \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset franchit un saut de page, repétez le nom du personnage suivi de (Cont'd) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : (suite) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fonctions particulières -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes, puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom. La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages. Vous pouvez utiliser cette méthode également pour insérer le nom d'un personnag e dans les parties narratives. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taille de papier et Marges -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~ -in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~ -in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~ -in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +USLetter, gauche 1,6\InsetSpace ~ +in, droite 0,75\InsetSpace ~ +in, haut 0,5\InsetSpace ~ +in, bas 0,75\InsetSpace ~ in. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements suivants sont disponibles. Vous pouvez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hollywood.bind -\family default +\family default pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Quand rien d'autre ne convient. Essayez de l'éviter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans FADE_IN -\family default +\family default (Fondu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Incertain. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ): -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans +\family sans M-z S-I -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Suivi en général de quelque chose comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sur Sally qui se lève \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans INT : -\hfill +\hfill M-z i -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduit une nouvelle séquence INTÉRIEUR. Toujours suivi par JOUR ou NUIT, ou quelque chose d'approchant pour définir l'éclairage nécessaire. Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans EXT : -\hfill +\hfill M-z e -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduit une nouvelle séquence EXTÉRIEUR. Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Le personnage qui parle. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instructions au personnage intervenant. Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans LyX. Les deux seront imprimées. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Ce qui dit le personnage. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Transition -\hfill +\hfill M-z t -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instruction de mouvement de caméra. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans FADE OUT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-I -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auteur -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jargon de script -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (O.S) -- off screen (hors écran) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (V.0) -- voice over (voix off) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize b.g. -- background (arrière-plan) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C.U. -- close-up (plan rapproché) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PAN -- mouvement de caméra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize INSERT -- insérez un plan rapproché -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Broadway -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Broadway est destiné à l'écriture de pièces de théâtre. Le format est plus décoratif que Hollywood, et beaucoup moins standardisé. Ce format devrait convenir à des ateliers. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problèmes particuliers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les mêmes que dans Hollywood. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fonctions particulières -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes puis faites des références croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom. La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taille de papier et Marges -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~ -in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~ -in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~ -in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +USLetter, gauche 1,6\InsetSpace ~ +in, droite 0,75\InsetSpace ~ +in, haut 0,5\InsetSpace ~ +in, bas 0,75\InsetSpace ~ in. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Environnements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements suivants sont disponibles. Vous pouvez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter broadway.bind -\family default +\family default pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Vous ne devriez pas avoir à l'utiliser, mais il est là pour tout ce qui n'a pas sa place ailleurs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\hfill +\hfill M-z n -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Utilisé pour décrire le décor et l'action. La première occurrence des noms des personnages en MAJUSCULES. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ACT -\family default +\family default (Acte) -\hfill +\hfill M -\family sans +\family sans -z a -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Automatiquement numéroté. À l'écran sera en chiffres arabes, mais imprimé en chiffres romains. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ACT* -\family default +\family default (Acte*) -\hfill +\hfill M -\family sans +\family sans -z S at -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Sous-titre pour -\family sans +\family sans ACT -\family default +\family default . C'est juste du texte centré. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SCENE -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Pas automatiquement numéroté. Vous donnez le numéro. C'est parce que je n'ai pas trouvé comment faire. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize AT_RISE (Lever de Rideau) -\hfill +\hfill M -\family sans +\family sans -z S-R -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Un cas particulier de -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\family default +\family default pour décrire le décor et l'action quand le rideau se lève. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Le nom du personnage, centré en MAJUSCULES. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Parenthetical -\family default +\family default (Didascalies) -\hfill +\hfill M -\family sans +\family sans -z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instructions au personnage. Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans LyX. Les deux seront imprimées. Cet environnement n'est utilisé qu'à l'intérieur de -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Ce que dit le personnage. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CURTAIN -\family default +\family default (Rideau) -\hfill +\hfill M -\family sans +\family sans -z S-C -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Le rideau tombe. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titre -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Salut tout le monde. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section RevTeX4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent La classe de texte -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default marche avec la classe RevTeX 4.0 (version \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset de mai 1999) de l'American Physical Society. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a une classe de texte -\family sans +\family sans Revtex -\family default +\family default , qui marche avec RevTeX 3.1. Cependant, la version 3.1 est périmée, car elle fonctionne avec LaTeX 2.09. Ce qui signifie qu'elle n'interagit pas très bien avec LyX, qui a besoin de LaTeX2e, même si on l'a trafiqué pour qu'elle marche. Comme RevTeX 4.0 a été étudiée pour marcher beaucoup mieux avec LaTeX2e, LyX avec la classe de texte -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default devrait être assez facile à utiliser. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette documentation est censée servir en -\emph on +\emph on plus -\emph default +\emph default de la documentation de RevTeX 4.0, nous ne décrirons donc aucune des macros spéciales RevTeX, et supposerons que vous savez ce qu'il faut mettre dans le préambule si besoin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Installation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout ce que vous avez à faire est d'installer RevTeX 4, comme c'est décrit dans le fichier README du paquetage. Le paquetage est disponible sur \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[le site de RevTeX 4]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Installez-le quelque part où LaTeX puisse le voir. @@ -12663,439 +14789,507 @@ Tout ce que vous avez de classe). Ensuite, si vous reconfigurez LyX, il trouvera le fichier de classe et vous laissera utiliser la classe de texte -\family sans +\family sans Revtex4 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Probablement la façon la plus simple de démarrer est soit d'importer un document RevTeX 4 avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , soit d'utiliser le modèle -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default , qui se trouve dans le répertoire de modèles. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dans le préambule -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les paramètres optionnels de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset preprint \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset aps \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vont dans le champ d' -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default , comme d'habitude. Rappelez-vous que dans RevTeX, il faut au moins un paramètre optionnel ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le reste de ce qui va dans le préambule, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash draft -\family default +\family default etc., va comme d'habitude dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préambule -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Champs \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Dans la section sur RevTeX, j'ai traduit \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset layout \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset par \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset champ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à de nombreux endroits. Ce que l'auteur indiquait était peut-être un environnement, mais ressemble de toute façon à un champ à remplir. N'ayant pas RevTeX, je ne peux pas aller vérifier. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les champs correspondent basiquement aux commandes dans RevTeX 4.0. Par exemple, le champ -\family sans +\family sans Email -\family default +\family default correspond à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{} -\family default +\family default . Notez que (au moins pour RevTeX 4.0 Beta), les champs -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default sont exactement équivalents, vous n'avez donc pas besoin d'utiliser les deux \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Au cas où ça vous intéresse, les deux sont inclus pour que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default puisse traduire à la fois -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash address -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affiliation -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Notes importantes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a un ou deux aspects spécifiques de RevTeX 4 qui peuvent causer des erreurs qui sont encore plus troublantes dans LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans RevTeX, la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default va -\emph on +\emph on en dehors -\emph default +\emph default de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default . L'équivalent LyX en est qu'il y a un champ -\family sans +\family sans Remerciements -\family default +\family default séparé. N'écrivez -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default de notes de bas de page dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default , ou des choses étranges apparaîtront. Voyez la documentation de RevTeX 4 pour plus de détails. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Également, les champs -\family sans +\family sans Email_Auteur -\family default +\family default (Author_Email -\family sans +\family sans ) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans URL_Auteur -\family default - (Author\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (Author\InsetSpace ~ URL) et -\family sans +\family sans Remerciements -\family default +\family default (Thanks) doivent être placés -\emph on +\emph on entre -\emph default +\emph default le champ -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et le champ -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default correspondant (ou son équivalent -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default ). Si vous mettez les -\family sans +\family sans Remerciements -\family default +\family default après l' -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default , la compilation LaTeX échouera. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inconvénients -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le principal problème avec ce format est que vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les paramètres optionnels de certains champs comme -\family sans +\family sans Email -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default . (Ce problème n'est pas particulier à ce format ; vous ne pouvez pas non plus utiliser les paramètres optionnels des environnements -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default .) Ça signifie qu'après avoir exporté le fichier en LaTeX (ce que vous devrez faire de toutes façons pour l'envoyer à l'APS), vous aurez à éditer le fichier LaTeX avec un éditeur de texte et ajouter les paramètres optionnels qui restent à spécifier, par exemple le titre en cours pour les en-têtes de page. Faute de cette possibilité, les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiliation -\family default +\family default (et l'équivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaddress -\family default +\family default ) sont inutiles, donc les champs correspondants n'existent pas, et ces commandes devront être ajoutées à la main \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note de Jean-Marc : -\emph default +\emph default en fait, LyX 1.3.0 gère certains types de paramètres optionnels, mais ce format n'a pas encore été mis à jour. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les classes -\family sans +\family sans mw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz Luczak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les classes de document LyX -\emph on +\emph on article (mwart) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (mwrep) -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on +\emph on book (mwbk) -\emph default +\emph default correspondent aux classes de document LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwart.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwrep.cls -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwbk.cls -\family default +\family default respectivement. Elles remplacent les classes de document standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default et sont mieux adaptées en bien des aspects aux conventions typographiques polonaises. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les différences principales sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les titres non numérotés (avec une étoile, comme -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default ) sont présents dans la table des matières. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Des styles de mise en page supplémentaires : -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description uheadings en-têtes sur plusieurs lignes, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myheadings en-têtes personnalisés, définis par les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markright -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth -\family default +\family default , -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myuheadings en-têtes personnalisés sur plusieurs lignes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description outer le numéro de page est placé du côté extérieur de la page -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Options -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description rmheadings titres avec empattement -- par défaut, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sfheadings titres sans empattement, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description authortitle sur la page de titre, d'abord l'auteur puis le titre -- par défaut, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description titleauthor sur la page de titre, d'abord le titre puis l'auteur, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description withmarginpar réserver de la place sur la page pour les marges. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Elsevier Journals -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Rod Pinna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. met une classe de document LaTeX standard ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default ) à disposition de ceux qui veulent soumettre des articles à leurs différentes publications. Vous pouvez directement télécharger le fichier de style sur leur page web : \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://authors.elsevier.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Des instructions sont fournies avec le fichier de classe, qui précisent @@ -13104,38 +15298,42 @@ elsart.cls un modèle de document. L'installation de la classe est identique à n'importe quel autre paquetage LaTeX, tout ceci est expliqué dans la documentation d'Elsevier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.cls -\family default +\family default , vous disposez d'un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter elsart.layout -\family default +\family default . Comme la classe Elsevier est construite à partir de la classe standard -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default , la plupart des fonctions de base sont les mêmes. La classe Elsevier définit un certain nombre d'environnements mathématiques, semblables à ceux de l'AMS. Ces commandes sont toutes décrites dans la documentation d'Elsevier, et disponibles depuis LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La façon la plus simple d'utiliser la classe Elsevier est de construire vos documents à partir du modèle fourni. Il est préférable de ne pas utiliser les options d'en-têtes \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou le paquetage geometry, car Elsevier définit des fonctions similaires dans le fichier de style. @@ -13143,11 +15341,11 @@ fancy dans la documentation d'Elsevier. Basiquement, Elsevier souhaite recevoir un fichier LaTeX le plus \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset propre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset possible, car ils vont prendre le fichier que vous aurez soumis et remplacer le fichier de classe par celui du journal auquel vous soumettez votre article. @@ -13156,74 +15354,92 @@ propre publication. Pour tout le reste, vous utilisez ce format de la même façon que la classe -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Pour plus de détails sur ce qu'Elsevier accepte et n'accepte pas, reportez-vous à leur documentation. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Importer et Exporter d'autres Formats de Fichier \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Importer et Exporter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Considérations Générales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'importation et l'exportation de documents LyX à partir de ou vers d'autres formats a été abordée brièvement dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Nous allons décrire ici les détails plus sanglants qu'il faut connaître pour comprendre ce qui se passe quand on clique sur -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Importer d'autres Formats -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La traduction de LaTeX en LyX est assurée par un script Perl appelé reLyX. Bien qu'il s'agisse d'un programme indépendant qui peut être invoqué à la ligne de commande, LyX l'appelle automatiquement quand on importe un document LaTeX. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une description complète. Il n'y a pas pour reLyX de paramètres réglables par l'utilisateur à partir de LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Texte ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous importez du texte ASCII brut, il y a deux méthodes pour lire le fichier. @@ -13233,40 +15449,52 @@ Quand vous importez du texte ASCII brut, il y a deux m par un seul passage à la ligne forment un même paragraphe. Plusieurs passages à la ligne successifs sans texte sont donc considérés comme étant les délimiteurs de paragraphe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Noweb -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on (Note de l'Éditeur : Il faut évidemment l'écrire - des volontaires ? -- mer) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exporter d'autres formats -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX génère deux types de fichiers LaTeX : des versions allégées pour le traitement normal ( -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , etc.), que l'on ne lit normalement jamais \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le fichier ainsi généré est un fichier LaTeX parfaitement valide, mais le préambule peut paraître un peu étrange car il fait apparaître des définitions utilisées par LyX, qui ne seraient pas là dans un fichier écrit par un humain. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , et des versions lisibles par un humain, qui conviennent pour échanger avec vos collègues. @@ -13274,68 +15502,80 @@ Le fichier ainsi g du fichier généré. Par défaut c'est 65 caractères, mais cette valeur peut être modifiée dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Divers -\family default +\family default , avec le champ -\family sans +\family sans Longueur de ligne ASCII -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DVI (Device Independent Files : Fichiers Indépendants de l'Appareil) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les fichiers DVI sont produits en faisant tourner LaTeX sur votre document. Il n'y a pas d'options paramétrables. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript® -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'étape suivante de la chaîne de conversion est de passer du fichier DVI au PostScript®. Vous pouvez soit faire -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript -\family default +\family default , soit -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer -\family default +\family default , si vous voulez avoir plus de contrôle sur le résultat. Dans ce dernier cas, vous pouvez configurer les options passées au programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimante -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Texte ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'exportation en texte ASCII tente de préserver la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset forme \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du document autant que possible, mais des choses comme le centrage et l'indenta tion disparaissent ; les paragraphes sont séparés par des lignes vides. @@ -13344,111 +15584,141 @@ tion disparaissent ; les paragraphes sont s lisibles. La seule option paramétrable est la longueur des lignes, comme dans le cas de l'export LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les documents LyX peuvent être convertis en HTML, en général en les convertissan t d'abord en LaTeX, puis en convertissant celui-ci en HTML\SpecialChar \@. LyX reconnaît actuellement trois convertisseurs LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset HTML : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2html -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hevea -\family default +\family default . Leur détection est automatique, mais vous pouvez l'outrepasser dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Conversion\SpecialChar \menuseparator Convertisseurs -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez aussi inclure des options supplémentaires de ligne de commande dans cette fenêtre. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PDF -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + par -\noun on +\noun on Dekel Tsur -\noun default +\noun default (pour la plupart) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard La façon la plus rapide de générer un fichier PDF basique (pas de balise, de lien, etc.) avec n'importe quelle version de LyX est d'enregistrer ce document comme fichier PostScript®, puis de faire tourner dessus la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default . À partir de la version 1.1.6, ça marche tout seul avec -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF -\family default +\family default . Vous devez prêter attention aux polices, qui peuvent poser quelques problèmes - : voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + : voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:mauvaises-polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toujours à partir de la version 1.1.6, il y a aussi une meilleure méthode qui permet de générer des fichiers beaucoup plus sophistiqués. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utiliser pdfLaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Avec pdfLaTeX vous devez convertir vos figures eps en PDF (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Avec pdfLaTeX vous devez convertir vos figures eps en PDF (voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-eps} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), et vous ne pouvez pas utiliser pstricks. D'un autre côté, avec pdfLaTeX vous pouvez insérer directement des images aux formats JPEG ou PNG, utiliser des polices TrueType, et bien plus encore. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pourquoi mon texte a-t-il l'air si moche quand je le visionne avec Acrobat Reader ? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:mauvaises-polices} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mauvaises polices avec Acrobat Reader -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le problème est que les polices bitmap sont mal affichées par Acrobat Reader. Quand vous créez un fichier PDF à partir d'un fichier LyX, vous devez utiliser @@ -13460,17 +15730,23 @@ Le probl pdfLaTeX utilise par défaut ces polices. Dvips ne les utilise pas par défaut, pour changer ce comportement, ajoutez les lignes suivantes à votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous utilisez l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (OT1), il n'y a rien d'autre à faire. @@ -13480,730 +15756,871 @@ Si vous utilisez l'encodage de police LaTeX par d La solution est dans le paquetage ae qui émule les polices codées T1 en utilisant les polices CM standard. Vous activez ce paquetage en ajoutant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} -\family default +\family default au préambule de votre fichier LyX. Cependant, certains caractères sont manquants dans les polices CM (par exemple eth, thorn), et sont empruntés aux polices EC. Ces caractères seront donc sous la forme bitmap. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note : LyX utilise normalement l'encodage de police T1. Si vous voulez utiliser l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (ce n'est pas recommandé, sauf si vous n'écrivez qu'en anglais), effacez le contenu du champ -\family sans -Encodage\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Encodage\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Divers -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une autre solution est d'utiliser les polices PostScript® standard à la place des polices Computer Modern. Pour ce faire, vous devez sélectionner -\family sans +\family sans pslatex -\family default +\family default comme police globale dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Quand vous utilisez les polices PostScript®, le fichier PDF résultant est plus petit car les polices n'y sont pas enregistrées. En outre, les polices PostScript® comprennent tous les caractères T1. D'un autre côté, les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse, - on doit donc utiliser la police grasse du pauvre (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + on doit donc utiliser la police grasse du pauvre (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-gras} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Les polices PostScript® ont également un aspect différent des polices Computer Modern. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En résumé, les polices Computer Modern comme les polices PostScript® donnent toutes deux de bons résultats (avec quelques exceptions). Le choix de l'une ou l'autre est une affaire de goût. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pourquoi la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default ne marche pas quand j'utilise pslatex ? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdf-gras} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pslatex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse. La solution est d'utiliser la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default (le gras du pauvre : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset poor man's bold \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de redéfinir la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol -\family default +\family default pour utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb -\family default +\family default en mettant -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash pmb{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dans le préambule. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Est-il possible d'écrire du code LaTeX qui ne soit lu que par pdfLaTeX ? \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Code spécifique à pdfLaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oui. En voici un exemple : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newif -\backslash +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash ifx -\backslash +\backslash pdfoutput -\backslash +\backslash undefined -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdffalse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdftrue -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash fi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfinfo { /Author (vos nom et adresse e-mail) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Title (titre) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (description en une ligne du document) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fi -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment puis-je rendre les URL cliquables ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voir la référence ici : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Personnalisé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Des exportations personnalisées sont possibles si vous avez un format particuliè rement bizarre vers lequel vous voudriez opérer une conversion, du moment bien sûr que vous disposez du convertisseur adapté. Le format du fichier -\emph on +\emph on d'entrée -\emph default +\emph default de la conversion est choisi dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator Personnalisé -\family default +\family default ; LyX va convertir tout seul le fichier vers ce format, puis passer le résultat à votre convertisseur. Les valeurs possibles sont tous les formats que LyX soit capable de produire à partir de ses propres documents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La commande du convertisseur est spécifiée dans la même fenêtre. Il doit s'agir d'une ligne de commande complète qui utilise la variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FNAME -\family default +\family default pour désigner le nom du fichier. Si cette variable n'est pas présente, le fichier sera envoyé à l'entrée standard de votre commande. Vous aurez peut-être à faire preuve d'un peu d'ingéniosité pour protéger cette séquence correctement de telle sorte qu'elle soit compatible avec votre shell. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il n'est pas possible d'enregistrer cette commandes dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default , mais vous pouvez éditer votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default à la main et y ajouter la ligne -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash custom_export_command "ma_commande $$FName" -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Description complète de reLyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Synopsis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La façon la plus simple d'utiliser reLyX est via la commande -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer -\family default +\family default dans LyX. Ça lance reLyX sur le fichier concerné et charge le fichier résultant dans LyX. Vous devriez d'abord essayer ça, et ne l'appeler depuis la ligne de commande que si vous avez besoin d'options plus compliquées. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default [ -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic classe -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic répertoire_de_sortie -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic env_rég1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic env_rég2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic fichier_syn1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic fichier_syn2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on fichier_d'entrée -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic classe -\shape default +\shape default [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default -\shape italic +\shape italic répertoire_de_sortie -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic env_rég1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic env_rég2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic fichier_syn1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic fichier_syn2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on fichiers_d'entrée -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold -h -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -c Classe. Par défaut, quand reLyX voit une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass{machin} -\family default +\family default , il crée un fichier avec la classe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset machin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et lit le fichier de format LyX pour cette classe. Utilisez -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default pour déclarer une classe de document différente (et lire un autre fichier de format). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -d Déboguage. Par défaut, reLyX donne peu d'informations et efface les fichiers temporaires créés durant la traduction. Avec l'option -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default il sera beaucoup plus bavard (à la fois vers stdout et vers stderr) et n'effacera pas les fichiers temporaires. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -f Forcer. reLyX ne tourne pas si le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default qu'il générerait existe déjà. Utilisez l'option -\series bold +\series bold -f -\series default +\series default (avec précaution) pour écraser tout fichier préexistant. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -h Aide (Help). Affiche l'information sur l'utilisation et s'arrête. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -o Répertoire de sortie (Output). Avec cette option, tous les fichiers temporaires et les fichiers LyX générés (pour le fichier d'entrée demandé, pour tout fichier inclus, ou pour tout fragment de fichier donné par l'option -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default ) seront mis dans le répertoire -\emph on +\emph on répertoire_de_sortie -\emph default +\emph default . Autrement, pour chaque fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter répertoire/machin.tex -\family default +\family default , les fichiers temporaires et les sorties LyX sont créés dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter répertoire -\family default +\family default . Cette option peut être utile si un fichier inclut des fichiers d'autres répertoires que vous voulez regrouper dans un seul répertoire, ou si vous n'avez pas les droits d'écriture dans le répertoire où se trouvent les fichiers LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -p Fichier partiel. Les fichiers d'entrée sont des fragments de LaTeX, sans préambule ni commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default . Cette option nécessite également l'option -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default ; puisqu'il n'y a pas de commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default dans les fichiers que reLyX va traduire. Quand vous utilisez cette option, vous pouvez traduire plus d'un fichier à la fois, tant que tous les fichiers sont de la même classe. Le fichier LyX créé par reLyX peut être inclus dans un fichier LyX existant en utilisant dans LyX l'entrée de menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Inclure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description --r Environnements réguliers (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +-r Environnements réguliers (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Si vous donnez plus d'un environnement, séparez-les par des virgules (pas par des espaces). Vous devrez probablement mettre la liste d'environnements entre guillemets, surtout s'il y a dedans des environnements avec un astérisque ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin* -\family default +\family default ). Si vous utilisez souvent cette commande, envisagez la création d'un fichier de syntaxe personnel. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -s Fichiers de syntaxe. Les fichiers de syntaxe passés en entrée (un ou plusieurs entre guillemets, - séparés par des virgules) à lire en plus de celui par défaut (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + séparés par des virgules) à lire en plus de celui par défaut (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX va créer un fichier LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter répertoire/machin.lyx -\family default +\family default à partir du fichier LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter répertoire/machin.tex -\family default +\family default (sauf si l'on utilise l'option -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les extensions -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ltx -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .latex -\family default +\family default sont supportées. Si -\emph on +\emph on fichier_d'entrée -\emph default +\emph default n'existe pas et n'a pas l'une de ces extensions, reLyX va essayer de traduire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fichier_d'entrée.tex -\family default +\family default . (C'est le même comportement que LaTeX.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le but de reLyX est de traduire du LaTeX2e -\emph on +\emph on correct -\emph default +\emph default en LyX. Si votre fichier LaTeX ne peut pas être compilé -- ou si vous faites des choses bizarres, comme redéfinir les commandes LaTeX standard -- il peut ne pas apprécier. Le LaTeX209 sera souvent traduit correctement, mais ce n'est pas garanti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX a quelques bogues et il lui manque quelques fonctions. Cependant, ses objectifs principaux sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Traiter un fichier LaTeX2e correct sans se planter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Traduire une bonne partie de ce fichier. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Localiser les portions qu'il ne sait pas traduire et les recopier en mode TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il atteint assez bien ces objectifs avec la plupart des fichiers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beaucoup d'améliorations pourront être et seront apportées à reLyX à l'avenir. Cependant, nous voulions sortir reLyX assez vite, pour faciliter aux nouveaux utilisateurs de LyX l'utilisation de leurs fichiers LaTeX déjà existants. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Usage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une description plus longue de ce qu'il faut faire pour traduire un document LaTeX en LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lancez reLyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard reLyX vous informera de sa progression et affichera les avertissements sur stderr. Si vous ne voulez pas de sortie du tout, essayez (avec csh) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset reLyX machin.tex >& /dev/null \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ou (en bash) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset reLyX machin.tex 2>&1 > /dev/null \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Vous ne devez PAS rediriger la sortie standard sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Lancez LyX sur le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default résultant. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard En théorie, la majorité du fichier aura été traduite, et tout ce qui n'est pas traduisible aura été signalé en rouge (mode TeX). @@ -14212,29 +16629,34 @@ En th à LaTeX, que LyX utilise en arrière-plan. Malheureusement, la réalité contredit parfois la théorie. Si reLyX se plante, ou si LyX ne peut pas lire le fichier LyX généré, voyez - la Section\SpecialChar ~ + la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou le fichier -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default dans la distribution de reLyX. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Changez à la main ce qui est dans des boîtes ERT (mode TeX) dans LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Comme il est dit plus haut, vous devriez pouvoir imprimer le fichier LyX même sans passer par cette étape. Cependant, en changeant les commandes en mode TeX en objets LyX correspondants, vous profiterez mieux de l'édition WYSIWYM de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il n'est pas garanti que reLyX produise un fichier LyX qui génère exactement le même rendu que le fichier LaTeX, mais le résultat devrait être très @@ -14242,551 +16664,613 @@ Il n'est pas garanti que reLyX produise un fichier LyX qui g reLyX aura plutôt tendance à ne pas en traduire assez pour s'assurer que les fichiers DVI ou ps sont corrects, même si cela donne plus de Vilain Texte Rouge et moins de WYSIWYM. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize RELISEZ ET CORRIGEZ LE DOCUMENT !! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je suis sûr que vous aviez prévu de le faire de toutes façons, mais c'est particulièrement important après traduction à partir d'un document LaTeX. reLyX est, aujourd'hui tout au moins, meilleur en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset macro-traduction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (traduction d'un document complet) qu'en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset micro-traduction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (traduction du moindre détail). Par exemple, vous trouverez peut-être des espaces en trop ou des espaces effacées. La gestion des espaces a été améliorée, mais n'est toujours pas parfaite. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ce que reLyX sait gérer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX comprend beaucoup de commandes LaTeX. Il va traduire : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize le texte normal, y compris les mini-commandes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash TeX -\family default +\family default , ainsi que les caractères accentués comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{a} -\family default +\family default et les caractères spéciaux -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ?` -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !` -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les commandes de titre comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash date -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default et l'environnement d'abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les commandes d'en-têtes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default , y compris les étoilés ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section* -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les environnements : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quotation -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verse -\family default +\family default ; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter center -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushright -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushleft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les environnements -\family typewriter +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumerate -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter description -\family default +\family default , et leurs commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default ; également, les listes emboîtées de façon correcte -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les commandes de références croisées : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash footnote -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash margin -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les commandes de changement de police dont -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash em -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textit -\family default +\family default et les commandes correspondantes pour changer la famille, la taille, la série et la forme -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{machin} -\family default +\family default (ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{machin.truc} -\family default +\family default ) et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include{machin} -\family default +\family default ; la commande TeX brut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default (par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash input machin.tex \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) est aussi supportée -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default , et les commandes qui vont avec comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hline -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cline -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multicolumn -\family default +\family default (mais voyez plus bas) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les environnements flottants -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table* -\family default +\family default , ainsi que les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default à l'intérieur -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default et la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default , ainsi que les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle -\family default +\family default de BibTeX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize diverses commandes : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash noindent -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots -\family default +\family default ... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des environnements (et certaines commandes) spécifiques à une classe de document qui peuvent être traduites en formats LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les paramètres de certaines commandes intraduisibles (par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parmi tout cela, il peut y avoir des éléments qui ne sont pas encore supportés à 100%. Voyez plus bas pour les détails. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX recopie les maths (presque) texto de votre fichier LaTeX. Par chance, LyX sait lire les maths LaTeX, donc (presque) toutes les maths supportées par LyX marcheront bien. Quelques commandes mathématiques qui ne sont pas supportées par LyX seront remplacées par leurs équivalents, par exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash to -\family default +\family default est converti en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default . - Voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus de détails. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX recopie aussi texto toute commande de préambule (c'est-à-dire tout ce qui se trouve avant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ), donc ce que vous avez personnalisé dans votre préambule devrait être présent dans les versions DVI et imprimées, même si ça ne sera bien sûr pas affiché dans la fenêtre LyX. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default pour vérifier. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ce que reLyX ne sait pas gérer -- Mais ça marche quand même -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les figures et les tableaux -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les mini-pages -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les commandes d'espacement ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vspace -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagebreak -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash par -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centering -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedleft -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedright -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default et l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default ; reLyX fait attention à tout recopier -\emph on +\emph on exactement -\emph default +\emph default dans -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default ce cas, y compris les commentaires et les espaces -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize quelques environnements et commandes inconnus (par exemple définis par l'utilisa teur) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX recopie les commandes inconnues, ainsi que leurs paramètres, texto dans le fichier LyX. Également, s'il voit un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{machin} -\family default +\family default où il ne reconnaît pas l'environnement \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset machin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il recopie texto jusqu'à ce qu'il voit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{machin} -\family default +\family default (sauf si vous utilisez l'option -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default ). Alors la plupart de ces commandes inconnues ne feront pas planter reLyX ; elles nécessiteront seulement un peu de travail d'édition une fois que vous aurez chargé le fichier dans LyX. Ça devrait être moins pénible que d'éditer le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default avec un éditeur de texte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ce que reLyX gère mal -- c'est-à-dire les BOGUES \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bogues-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme reLyX est assez récent, il a un certain nombre de problèmes. Au fur et à mesure de sa maturation, ces bogues seront éliminés. @@ -14794,63 +17278,67 @@ Comme reLyX est assez r le traceur de bogues de LyX, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si reLyX bute contre quelque chose, ou si LyX n'arrive pas à lire ce que reLyX vient de traduire, la meilleure chose à faire est de taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default avant le texte en cause, et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default après. J'appellerai cela un bloc \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset skippé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . reLyX recopiera exactement ce bloc, en mode TeX. Éditez alors le fichier LyX résultant, et traduisez ce qui pose problème à la main. L'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyXskip -\family default +\family default est magique ; les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default ne seront pas mises dans le fichier LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La recopie \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset exacte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset d'environnements et de commandes inconnus n'est pas complètement exacte. Plus précisément, les passages à la ligne et les commentaires peuvent être @@ -14860,343 +17348,378 @@ exacte Cependant, certaines parties du fichier seront recopiées parfaitement, y compris les espaces et les commentaires. Ces parties comprennent : le préambule LaTeX, les environnements -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default et les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default , et les blocs \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset skippés \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize reLyX traduit seulement quelques-unes des options de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . (Précisément -\family sans +\family sans 1[012]pt -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans [one|two]side -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans landscape -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans [one|two]column -\family default +\family default .) Les autres options sont placées dans le champ -\family sans -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Options\InsetSpace ~ supplémentaires -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ce qui est plus important, reLyX ne traduit pas les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage -\family default +\family default , les commandes de marge, les -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default ou, en fait, toutes les autres commandes du préambule. Il les recopie simplement dans le préambule LaTeX. Si vous avez des commandes de marge dans votre préambule, alors le fichier LyX générera les bonnes marges. Cependant, ces marges ne tiendront pas compte de ce qui aura été indiqué dans la fenêtre LyX -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Papier -\family default +\family default . Vous devez donc enlever ces options du préambule ( -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default ) pour avoir la paix. Il en va de même de la langue spécifiée avec babel, des -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inputencoding -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagestyle -\family default +\family default , etc. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize La classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foil -\family default +\family default a quelques bogues. reLyX fait des choses bizarres avec les paramètres optionnels des commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead -\family default +\family default . Il gère aussi parfois les -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{dinglist} -\family default +\family default de façon incorrecte (bien que ce qui se trouve dans l'environnement soit traduit normalement). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une liste de bogues moins significatifs dans le fichier -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default de la distribution de reLyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX est heureusement assez solide. Comme nous venons de le voir, il ne traduira peut-être pas parfaitement votre fichier, mais il ne devrait pas se planter. S'il se plante -- et que le problème n'est mentionné ni ci-dessus ni dans le fichier -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default - -- voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + -- voyez la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ce que LyX ne sait pas gérer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans LyX lui-même, il manque quelques fonctions, de sorte que même si reLyX traduit des choses parfaitement, LyX peut encore avoir du mal à les lire. Si vous avez vraiment besoin de ces fonctions, vous pouvez exporter votre document final en LaTeX, et les y remettre. Voyez -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default pour plus de détails sur ces bogues. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pour un certain nombre de commandes, LyX ne supporte pas de paramètre optionnel. Des exemples sont -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapter -\family default +\family default (et les autres commandes de section), et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default . reLyX laissera automatiquement de côté les paramètres optionnels en émettant un avertissement sur la sortie standard. LyX ignore aussi le paramètre de largeur pour l'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le centrage (ou l'alignement à droite ou à gauche) marche par paragraphes entiers. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le support des tableaux dans LyX n'est pas parfait. Pour des tableaux compliqués, utilisez un bloc \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset skippé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pour qu'ils soient recopiés en mode TeX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne peut pas gérer les environnements mathématiques AMS-LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter split -\family default +\family default , etc. Ces environnements seront donc recopiés en mode TeX. Vous pouvez changer les environnements -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default en maths hors ligne exactement équivalentes, et ils seront alors traduits correctement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exemples -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -df -o \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mon/répertoire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -r \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mon_environnement \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset machin.tex > machin.debug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce qui précède va créer un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mon/répertoire/machin.lyx -\family default +\family default à partir de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.tex -\family default +\family default , en écrasant tout fichier préexistant. Quand il trouve un bloc -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mon_environnement} ... -\backslash +\backslash end{mon_environnement} -\family default +\family default , il traduit ce qui se trouve à l'intérieur, mais recopie les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default en mode TeX. Finalement, il garde les fichiers temporaires (également dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mon/répertoire/ -\family default +\family default ) et fournit un tas d'information de déboguage dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.debug -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Notes -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rapports de bogue \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si reLyX se plante ou se comporte d'une manière étrange -- d'une façon différent -e de celles décrites dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ +e de celles décrites dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou dans le traceur de bogues -- alors veuillez lancer reLyX -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default . Ça vous permettra de savoir où il s'est planté dans la procédure de reLyXage. Ce qui, ensuite, vous permettra d'écrire un meilleur rapport de bogue, qui permettra aux développeurs de le résoudre plus vite et plus facilement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les rapports de bogue doivent être envoyés à la liste de diffusion des développe urs de LyX. Son adresse est actuellement \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si vous faites tourner reLyX sur un fichier énorme, n'envoyez pas toute @@ -15205,215 +17728,247 @@ urs de LyX. du fichier LaTeX où il s'est planté. Ou, encore mieux, attachez un fichier léger mais complet qui cause le même problème que votre fichier d'origine. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Détails de l'Implémentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX procède à plusieurs passes pour traduire un fichier TeX. À chaque passe, il crée un ou deux fichiers. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -0 \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +0 \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Avant de faire quoi que ce soit, lit le fichier (ou les fichiers) de syntaxe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -1a \SpecialChar ~ +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +1a \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Sépare le préambule (tout ce qui précède une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ) du reste du fichier. Il enregistre les deux morceaux dans des fichiers séparés. C'est nécessaire car il peut y avoir des choses très bizarres dans le préambule. Il ignore aussi tout ce qui suit le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default , présumant que ce n'est pas du LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -1b \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +1b \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Traduit le préambule. Pour l'instant, ça signifie juste traduire la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default et recopier exactement le reste dans le préambule LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que l'on sait quelle est la classe du document, lit le fichier de format LyX pour cette classe. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -2 \SpecialChar ~ +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +2 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nettoie \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset le fichier TeX, générant du LaTeX un peu plus strict. Ceci comprend : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Changer, par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default en l'équivalent mais plus clair -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{2} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Enlever les paramètres optionnels que LyX ne sait pas gérer (par exemple ceux de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Changer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash em machin} -\family default +\family default en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph{machin} -\family default +\family default , etc. C'est nécessaire car LyX écrit toujours les formes non locales quoi qu'il arrive \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction incertaine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ça ne devrait que très rarement changer quelque chose. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -3 \SpecialChar ~ +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +3 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Traduit le texte LaTeX, les commandes et les environnements en LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Passe\SpecialChar ~ -4 \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Passe\InsetSpace ~ +4 \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Recolle les deux morceaux ensemble, et fait quelques derniers réglages, pour générer le fichier LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard S'il y a des commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include -\family default +\family default , reLyX va recommencer en boucle et les traduire. Ceci présume que les fichiers inclus sont de la même classe que le fichier principal, et qu'il n'ont pas de préambule. (Si vous avez une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default dans le préambule d'un fichier, la commande sera recopiée exactement dans la partie de préambule LaTeX du fichier LyX, le fichier inclus ne sera donc pas traduit.) Quand il traduit des fichiers inclus, il saute donc les passes 0 et 1. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si reLyX ne trouve pas un fichier que vous voulez inclure, il émettra un avertissement, mais continuera à traduire tous les fichiers qu'il trouve. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Fichiers de Format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX lit un fichier de format LyX pour savoir comment gérer les environnements et commandes LaTeX qui sont traduites en formats LyX. Ce fichier comprend tous les environnements \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset normaux \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset non mathématiques (c'est-à-dire, y compris -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , mais pas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter minipage -\family default +\family default , et d'autres environnements originaux), et les commandes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default . Si vous voulez reLyXer une classe pour laquelle il n'existe pas de fichier de format, vous devez d'abord en créer un. @@ -15424,19 +17979,23 @@ title être aisée ou difficile, selon la classe concernée). Si votre classe est assez similaire à une classe qui possède déjà un fichier de format, alors vous pouvez essayer d'utiliser l'option -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Fichiers de Syntaxe \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX lit toujours au moins un fichier de syntaxe, appelé le fichier de syntaxe par défaut. @@ -15444,16 +18003,18 @@ reLyX lit toujours au moins un fichier de syntaxe, appel lira le fichier du système. reLyX lira des fichiers de syntaxe supplémentaires si vous les spécifiez avec l'option -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default +\series default . (Ces fichiers supplémentaires doivent avoir le même format que le fichier par défaut, mais tendront à être plus courts, car ils n'ont à spécifier que des commandes supplémentaires qui ne se trouvent pas dans le fichier par défaut.) Un fichier de syntaxe indique à reLyX un certain nombre de choses. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Premièrement, il décrit la syntaxe de chaque commande, c'est-à-dire, combien la commande prend-elle de paramètres obligatoires et de paramètres optionnels. @@ -15462,30 +18023,30 @@ Premi Le fichier de syntaxe contient simplement une commande, suivi par des crochets ou des accolades décrivant les paramètres dans le bon ordre. Par exemple, l'entrée de fichier de syntaxe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem[]{} -\family default +\family default signifie que la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default prend un paramètre optionnel suivi par un paramètre obligatoire, tandis que l'entrée -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default signifie que la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default ne prend pas de paramètre du tout. Quand reLyX rencontre un élément qu'il ne sait pas traduire en LyX, il recopie cet élément exactement -- avec le nombre correct de paramètres. @@ -15494,61 +18055,65 @@ bf Ça signifie qu'il peut en recopier trop. Mais comme l'utilisateur peut spécifier des fichiers de syntaxe additionnels, ça ne devrait pas arriver souvent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques commandes qui ne peuvent pas être traduites en LyX, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default , ont un de leurs paramètres qui est du texte LaTeX standard. S'il y a le mot -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dans un paramètre d'une commande (intraduisible) dans le fichier de syntaxe, reLyX va traduire ce paramètre au lieu de le recopier texto. Ainsi, par exemple, le fichier de syntaxe par défaut contient -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox{}[][]\SpecialChar \- {translate} -\family default +\family default . Ça signifie que la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox -\family default +\family default et le premier paramètre (et les paramètres optionnels s'ils existent) sont recopiés en mode TeX, mais que le dernier paramètre (qui peut contenir des maths, du LaTeX compliqué, d'autres commandes intraduisibles, etc.) sera traduit en LyX. Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default avec des paramètres optionnels. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les fichiers de syntaxe définis par l'utilisateur servent à définir de nouvelles commandes et leur syntaxe, ou pour passer outre le nombre de paramètres @@ -15557,1089 +18122,1271 @@ Les fichiers de syntaxe d à une commande donnée...) Cependant, ça ne sera utile que pour des commandes recopiées en mode TeX. Les commandes qui sont traduites par reLyX (comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default ) ont une syntaxe prédéfinie pour leurs paramètres. Les commandes prédéfinies sont identifiées comme telles dans le fichier de syntaxe par défaut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deuxièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset environnements réguliers \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . D'habitude, un environnement inconnu sera recopié tout entier en mode TeX. Toutefois, si vous définissez un environnement régulier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset machin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , alors seules les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{machin} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{machin} -\family default +\family default seront recopiées en mode TeX ; le texte à l'intérieur de l'environnement sera traité (c'est-à-dire traduit) par reLyX comme du LaTeX normal, plutôt qu'être recopié en mode TeX. N'essayez pas de déclarer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabbing -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter picture -\family default +\family default comme environnements réguliers, car ce qu'il y a à l'intérieur de ces environne ments mettra reLyX dans l'embarras ; utilisez cette possibilité pour de nouveaux environnements que vous créez, qui contiennent du texte brut ou des maths ou des commandes simples. Vous ne pouvez pas non plus déclarer des environnements mathématiques inconnus (comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default ) comme environnements réguliers, car l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne les comprendra pas. Les noms des environnements réguliers apparaissent séparés par des espaces entre les éléments -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default dans le fichier de syntaxe. (Si vous avez un environnement régulier que vous n'utilisez pas très souvent, vous pouvez passer par l'option -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default plutôt que d'écrire un fichier de syntaxe.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Troisièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit une table de traduction mathématique. Il y a quelques commandes que l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne supporte pas. Par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _ -\family default +\family default est supporté, mais l'équivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sb -\family default +\family default ne l'est pas. Mettez les commandes que vous voulez traduire entre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default . La ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash | { -\backslash +\backslash Vert} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default signifie que tout -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\family default +\family default en mode mathématique sera converti en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash Vert \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (dans les cas où un élément formé d'un antislash et d'un caractère autre qu'une lettre est traduit en quelque chose avec des lettres à la fin, une espace est ajoutée par reLyX ; ainsi, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash |a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default est correctement traduit en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash Vert a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Divers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il vous faut Perl version 5.002 ou plus pour faire tourner reLyX. Si vous n'avez pas Perl, ce serait de toute façon une bonne chose de vous le procurer (à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) car c'est un outil vraiment utile pour bien des choses. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diagnostics -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX devrait toujours expliquer pourquoi il s'est planté, s'il se plante. Certains diagnostics peuvent toutefois être très techniques, s'ils proviennent des entrailles du code. reLyX donne beaucoup plus d'informations quand vous le lancez avec l'option -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default , mais vous ne devriez en avoir besoin que si quelque chose tourne mal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand c'est fini, reLyX vous dit s'il s'est terminé normalement ou s'il s'est planté suite à une erreur. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Avertissements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gardez toujours une copie de vos fichiers LaTeX originaux soit sous un nom différent soit dans un répertoire différent. Il y a quelques cas où l'utilisation de LyX pourrait aboutir à l'écrasement du fichier LaTeX d'origine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous importez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.tex -\family default +\family default pour créer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.lyx -\family default +\family default , puis éditez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.lyx -\family default +\family default et voulez le réexporter, notez qu'il écrasera l'original -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.tex -\family default +\family default . (LyX ne vous demandera -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default si vous voulez l'écraser.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez choisi dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator Répertoires -\family default +\family default de ne pas utiliser de répertoire temporaire, alors LyX va créer ses répertoires temporaires dans votre répertoire de travail, ce qui signifie que votre original LaTeX peut être écrasé (sans avertissement de la part de LyX) quand vous \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset visualisez le DVI \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou imprimez le document LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fichiers -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default +\InsetSpace ~ -\series bold +\series bold -\newline +\newline -\series default +\series default Les fichiers de format personnels de l'utilisateur pour les classes de document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/reLyX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default +\InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Le fichier de syntaxe personnel de l'utilisateur -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout -\family default -\series default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default +\InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Les fichiers de format du système pour les classes de document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LIBDIR/reLYX/syntax.default -\family default -\series default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\series default +\InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Le fichier de syntaxe LaTeX du système -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LIBDIR -\family default +\family default est le répertoire LyX de votre système, en général quelque chose comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/lyx/ -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX -\family default +\family default est votre répertoire LyX personnel, quelque chose comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx/ -\family default +\family default dans votre répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez vérifier où ils se trouvent dans -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -À\SpecialChar ~ -Propos\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +À\InsetSpace ~ +Propos\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ LyX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Voir aussi -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\shape italic + +\shape italic lyx -\shape default +\shape default (1), -\shape italic +\shape italic latex -\shape default +\shape default (1) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Auteurs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998-9 -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter karger@voth.chem.utah.edu -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ont contribué au code : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default a écrit la passe CleanTeX d'origine. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Étienne Grossmann -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on José Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize David Suarez de Lis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Autres contributeurs : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default a travaillé sur le script d'emballage \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Mauvaise traduction de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset wrapper script \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset et a offert de nombreux rapports de bogue, conseils et suggestions de nouvelles fonctions. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen -\noun default +\noun default et -\noun on +\noun on Marc Pavese -\noun default +\noun default ont donné des conseils. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Divers membres des listes de développeurs et d'utilisateurs LyX ont fourni des rapports de bogue et des suggestions de fonctions. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX utilise une version modifiée du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Text::TeX -\family default +\family default , interpréteur TeX écrit en Perl par -\noun on +\noun on Ilya Zakharevich -\noun default +\noun default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ilya@math.ohio-state.edu -\family default +\family default ), disponible sur le CPAN. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX et applications extérieures -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX avec les outils SGML (alias LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LinuxDoc est une classe de document accessible dans LyX si vous avez installé le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour créer des documents en SGML (Standardized General Mark-up Language), langage utilisé dans le projet de documentation de Linux (Linux Documentation Project). C'est donc utile si vous participez à ce projet. Vous pouvez utiliser le format SGML avec le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default qui contient des scripts et des programmes (pour produire d'autres formats, notamment du Latex, du HTML, du texte brut, des pages de man...). Vous pouvez donc utiliser ce paquetage à chaque fois que vous voulez écrire un document qui sera facilement transcriptible en différents formats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous remarquerez que LinuxDoc a moins d'options de formatage que les autres classes de LyX. C'est voulu afin que les transcriptions vers d'autres formats aient des chances d'aboutir. Dans cette section, nous décrirons : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize comment configurer et utiliser un document dans LinuxDoc ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize comment utiliser les balises dans LinuxDoc pour mettre en forme votre document ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize comment utiliser les paquetages SGML pour obtenir des formats variés ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize comment résoudre certains problèmes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Préparer et utiliser un document LinuxDoc -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pour commencer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En premier lieu, sélectionnez la classe LinuxDoc dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Vous verrez alors que le nombre des environnements de paragraphe disponibles a diminué ; vous les trouverez comme toujours dans le menu déroulant en haut à gauche. Le fonctionnement général des environnements de paragraphe est décrit dans - la section\SpecialChar ~ + la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il vous -\emph on +\emph on faut -\emph toggle +\emph toggle entrer un titre de document, ainsi que le nom d'un auteur, en utilisant à chaque fois l'environnement de paragraphe approprié. Si vous ne le faites pas, vous obtiendrez des erreurs à l'impression du document. Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une date et un résumé. Le document en lui-même doit commencer par un environnement de -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , et non par un environnement standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ensuite, vous pouvez composer votre document comme d'habitude en utilisant les différents environnements de paragraphe. - Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour en avoir la liste complète ainsi que leur rôle. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Le format LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez imprimer et enregistrer ces documents de la manière habituelle, mais pour utiliser les autres fonctionalités du paquetage SGML, vous devrez enregistrer votre document sous le format LinuxDoc. Dans ce cas, votre document sera transcrit en langage SGML. Pour cela, utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default . Vous obtiendrez un fichier avec le même nom, mais avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sgml -\family default +\family default pour extension à la place de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default . - Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:scripts-sgml} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour apprendre comment utiliser ce nouveau fichier. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Utilisation des environnements de paragraphe dans LinuxDoc -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Structure des documents LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les documents LinuxDoc ont une structure formelle qui limite les endroits ou vous placerez les balises. Chaque document a deux parties : -\layout Description +\end_layout -Header\SpecialChar ~ -(l'en-tête)\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Header\InsetSpace ~ +(l'en-tête)\InsetSpace ~ : On désigne sous ce nom tout ce qui précède la première section. L'en-tête peut comprendre le titre, l'auteur, la date, un résumé, et la Table des Matières. Vous devez remplir les deux premiers. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Body\SpecialChar ~ -(le\SpecialChar ~ -corps)\SpecialChar ~ +Body\InsetSpace ~ +(le\InsetSpace ~ +corps)\InsetSpace ~ : Tout ce qui suit le début de la première section. Toutes les autres balises y sont admises. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Environnements de paragraphe LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgml-paragraphes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Voici une liste de toutes les balises que vous trouverez dans le même ordre dans le menu de la barre d'outils, ainsi que quelques remarques sur leur usage : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default : -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default Fonctionne comme c'est décrit dans (référence croisée). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default : Va apparaître en haut à gauche du document imprimé, au dessus d'un trait horizontal, trait que vous ne verrez pas sous LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Tout cela fonctionne comme normalement et avec la hiérarchie habituelle. La présence ou l'absence de numérotation est contrôlée par le réglage de la -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ numérotation -\family default +\family default dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra -\family default +\family default . Vous ne pourrez pas obtenir de titres non numérotés autrement : il n'y a pas d'équivalent à -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : Comme d'habitude, produit une liste numérotée et indentée comme indiqué dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default De nouveau, même effet qu'avec les autres classes : voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default : Comme indiqué dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Rappelez-vous que si vous voulez que l'élément en gras fasse plus d'un mot, il vous faudra mettre des espaces insécables entre les mots. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verbatim -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Comme d'habitude. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Code -\family default +\family default : Comparable à l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Lyx-Code -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default : Tout ce que vous y entrez apparaîtra à gauche de l'en-tête du document, sous la ligne épaisse. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : Tout ce que vous y entrerez apparaîtra à droite de l'en-tête, sous la ligne. Ce ne sera pas forcément une date : vous pouvez entrer tout type de texte, par exemple un numéro de version. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default : Vous pouvez utiliser cet environnement pour obtenir un paragraphe libre après l'auteur et la date, et avant la première section. Vous n'avez le droit qu'à un seul paragraphe de ce type \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note de l'auteur : -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Ce point est à vérifier -- -\emph on +\emph on pe -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Displaymath -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note de l'auteur : -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Je ne l'ai pas encore essayé -\emph default +\emph default -- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Autres possibilités avec ces documents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez utiliser le menu -\family sans +\family sans Format -\family default +\family default pour choisir une police de caractère ou pour mettre des mots en valeur. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la table des matières comme d'habitude ; voir la section correspondante du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Vous pouvez trouver d'autres fonctions dans les menus de LyX. Certaines fonctionneront, d'autres pas \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note de l'auteur : -\emph toggle +\emph toggle A moins que ça ne vienne de mon système... -- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Références croisées et HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous trouverez dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer -\family default +\family default deux nouvelles options relatives aux inclusions d'adresses URL. Si vous utilisez l'une de ces options, du code TeX sera inséré dans votre document, en trois blocs séparés par des espaces. Les trois blocs seront : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash htmlurl{ -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family default +\family default espace -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\hfill +\hfill }{ -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family default +\family default espace -\family roman +\family roman -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez insérer une adresse HTML entre le premier et le deuxième bloc. Ça peut être \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://adresse.quelconque} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou d'autres balises valides comme \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:moi@mon.adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ensuite vous pouvez mettre une description entre le deuxième et le troisième bloc. Les différences sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans URL: -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default L'adresse HTML et la description apparaîtront toutes deux dans le document ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -HTML\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +HTML\InsetSpace ~ URL: -\family default +\family default seule la description apparaîtra dans la version imprimée. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Utiliser les scripts Sgml pour LinuxDoc \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:scripts-sgml} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ce paragraphe n'est pas du tout à jour, les adresses fournies sont périmées. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez utiliser LinuxDoc comme une classe de texte sans script ou programme supplémentaire, mais ça ne présente pas grand intérêt. Ce que vous voulez obtenir est un document qui ressemblera à un -\emph on +\emph on Howto -\emph default +\emph default du -\emph on +\emph on Linux Doucmentation Project -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Pour effectuer la transcription du document, vous devez avoir installé le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default (avec \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) que vous trouverez sur la page des SGML-Tools à l'adresse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman + +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi le trouver sur les archives -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default à \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notez que, au moment où ceci est écrit (janvier 1998), la version 1.0.3 de sgml-tools n'était pas encore disponible sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default contient tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour écrire des documents SGML et les convertir en groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX ou RTF. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce paquetage a été renommé en janvier 1997. Il s'appelait auparavant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter linuxdoc-\SpecialChar \- sgml-\SpecialChar \- 1.5.tar.gz -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suivez les instructions de ce paquetage pour l'installer et l'utiliser. Tout ceci devra être fait en dehors de LyX, avant que vous ne puissiez utiliser la fonction -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Erreurs avec LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lorsque vous visualisez ou imprimez un document LinuxDoc, certaines vérification s sont effectuées avant de lancer LaTeX. @@ -16651,1435 +19398,1585 @@ s sont effectu ne va pas. La plupart des problèmes semblent venir de l'utilisation d'options qui ne sont pas disponibles dans cette classe de texte. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Correcteur TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Asger Alstrup -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous trouverez dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer -\family default +\family default la commande -\family sans -Correction\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Correction\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default . Cette fonctionnalité requière le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default et la commande est donc grisée si celui-ci n'est pas installé. Vous pouvez vous le procurer sur le miroir du CTAN le plus proche, ou à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default est un programme qui a été écrit par -\noun on +\noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann -\noun default +\noun default qui se plaignait que certaines commandes de LaTeX n'étaient pas naturelles et s'oubliaient facilement. Ce programme parcourt votre fichier LaTeX et en vérifie la bonne écriture. C'est donc l'équivalent de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default -\noun toggle +\family default +\noun toggle , mais pour LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La question est donc : mais que vient faire ce logiciel sous LyX alors que LyX est déjà censé produire du LaTeX exempt de fautes ? La réponse est simple : tout comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default ne vérifie pas seulement la -\emph on +\emph on syntaxe -\emph toggle +\emph toggle d'un fichier C, mais aussi la bonne utilisation des types, -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default détecte en plus des erreurs syntaxiques quelques erreurs typographiques. Entre autres, -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default est à même de détecter des erreurs courantes comme \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Certaines de ces règles me sont totalement inconnues. Il est possible qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas à la langue française. -\emph on +\emph on -- of -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De mauvais points de suspension : -\newline +\newline Utiliser \SpecialChar \ldots{} et non pas ... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Des espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses : -\newline +\newline ( mauvais espacement ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'utisation d'espaces normaux dans des abréviations courantes : -\newline +\newline Par exemple il y a ici trop d'espaces dans l'abréviation C. N. R. S. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'utilisation d'un mauvais espacement à la fin d'une phrase dont la dernière lettre est une majuscule : -\newline +\newline Voici un TEST. Et l'espacement n'est pas bon. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'insertion d'une espace avant une étiquette ou un autre objet de ce type : -\newline +\newline L'étiquette ou la note doit être collée au texte, sans quoi elle risque d'apparaître sur une mauvaise page. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cette note peut apparaître sur une mauvaise page, car son appel (le petit numéro dans le texte) n'est pas collé au mot le précédant. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . L'étiquette est ici trop séparée. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'utilisation d'espaces simples au lieu d'espaces insécables devant des références : -\newline +\newline Si vous n'avez pas de chance, le saut de ligne aura lieu exactement entre le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et le numéro, et ça ferait le plus mauvais effet... : voyez la section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'utilisation d'un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset au lieu du symbole \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset entre deux nombres : -\newline +\newline 2x2 rend beaucoup moins bien que \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et bien plus encore... C'est un outil très utile pour le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset polissage final \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du document avant son impression, et vous devriez l'utiliser après l'inévitable correction de l'orthographe et avant d'affiner la typographie. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment l'utiliser -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si le programme est installé, l'employer est un jeu d'enfant : faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Correction\SpecialChar ~ +Correction\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default . LyX générera alors une version LaTeX de votre document, lancera -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default pour la corriger, puis insérera des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset boîtes d'erreurs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset avec les avertissements de -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default , s'il y en a. Ces avertissements seront placés au plus près de l'erreur, et vous pourrez facilement les trouver avec -\family sans +\family sans Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Erreur -\family default +\family default , ou par le raccourci clavier -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default (d'après le fichier de raccourcis par défaut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua -\family default +\family default ). Ouvrez les boîtes d'erreur en cliquant dessus, ou par le raccourci -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default , ou le raccourci -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default . Lisez l'avertissement, et corrigez l'erreur si c'en est bien une. Si vous ne comprenez pas l'avertissement, ignorez-le. En effet, il y a des différences entre ce qu'il y a à l'écran et les détails techniques que -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default vérifie, et ça peut amener certains de ses avertissements à paraître mystérieux ou même stupides. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce document est un excellent terrain d'entraînement, et sa vérification lèvera sûrement quelques avertissements. Les ordinateurs sont idiots : la plupart de ces avertissements seront donc des fausses alertes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réglages fins -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous trouverez parfois que -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default est plus bavard qu'il ne devrait l'être. Vous pouvez alors choisir de ne pas l'utiliser, ou alors le configurer à vos propres goûts. Une possibilité dans les situations les plus désespérées est de faire -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Enlever\SpecialChar ~ -Toutes\SpecialChar ~ -les\SpecialChar ~ -Marques\SpecialChar ~ +Enlever\InsetSpace ~ +Toutes\InsetSpace ~ +les\InsetSpace ~ +Marques\InsetSpace ~ d'Erreur -\family default +\family default , ce qui se débarrasse instantanément de tous les avertissements. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mais, même si -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default est vraiment configurable et extensible, vous ne pourrez pas résoudre tous les problèmes de -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default dans LyX de cette manière. En effet, LyX génère un fichier LaTeX un peu particulier pour être ensuite capable de faire correspondre les numéros de lignes indiqués par -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez trouver toutes les indications de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Fichier\SpecialChar ~ -Journal\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier\InsetSpace ~ +Journal\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default après avoir lancé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default avec la structure interne du document. De ce fait, certains avertissements ne sembleront pas apparaître correctement. Vous pouvez faire deux choses contre cela : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Paramétrez l'appel à -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Divers -\family default +\family default , ou alors dans le fichier de configuration de l'installation de -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default (souvent, le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/chktexrc -\family default +\family default ). Voyez ci-dessous pour savoir quels avertissements peuvent être activés ou désactivés à la ligne de commande. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exportez votre document en tant que fichier LaTeX normal par -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default et lancer manuellement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default dessus. S'il est invoqué de cette façon, ça peut être pénible de trouver l'endroit correspondant dans le document LyX, mais avec un peu de patience, vous devriez y arriver. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici maintenant les messages d'avertissement qui peuvent être activés ou désactivés dans -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -n# -\family default +\family default pour désactiver un avertissement, et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -w# -\family default +\family default pour l'activer. Les entrées en italiques sont désactivées par défaut, car le réglage de base est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remarquez que vous ne devriez toucher qu'à ces options d'activation et de désactivation d'avertissements, et pas aux autres. En effet, LyX utilise les autres options à sa convenance pour dialoguer avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on Command terminated with space. (La commande se termine par une espace.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should have been used. (Il faut utiliser ici une espace insécable ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ~ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ).) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Vous devriez entourer les parenthèses précédentes par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset {} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. (Une correction d'italique ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash / \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) est dans un groupe qui n'est pas en italique.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found more than once. (Il y a plus d'une correction d'italique ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash / \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) found. (Il n'y a pas de correcteur d'italique ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash / \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (La commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset cmd \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default requière l'utilisation de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset cmd \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. (Il se peut que le tiret ne soit pas de la bonne longueur.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Attendait -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %s \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , a trouvé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %s \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset found. (Un seul -\size default +\size default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\size small +\size small %s -\size default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\size small +\family default +\size small a été trouvé.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. (Vous devriez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %s \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour une ellipse (points de suspension).) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. (Une espace d'entre mots ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash -\SpecialChar ~ +\backslash +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) devrait peut-être être utilisé.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) should perhaps be used. (Une espace d'entre phrases ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash @ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ) devrait peut-être être utilisé.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Could not find argument for command. (N'a pas trouvé de paramètre à la commande.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Aucune occurrence de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset n'a été trouvée.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. (Le fichier LaTeX se termine dans le mode Math.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Le numéro de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset char \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ne correspond pas à celui de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset char \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should use either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Vous devriez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default plutôt que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset " \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default " (ASCII 180). (Vous devriez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ' \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (ASCII 39) au lieu de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ´ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (ASCII 180).) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small User-specified pattern found. (A trouvé un format défini par l'utilisateur.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This command might not be intended. (Cette commande n'est peut-être pas volontaire.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Comment displayed. (Un commentaire est affiché.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' -\family default +\family default will look better. ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' -\family default +\family default présentera mieux.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. (Enlevez cette espace pour avoir une pagination correcte.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Ce serait peut-être mieux entre deux accolades -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset {} \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. (Il n'y a pas d'espace devant cette ponctuation.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Could not execute LaTeX command. (Ne peut pas exécuter la commande LaTeX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default in front of small punctuation. (N'utilisez pas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default devant la ponctuation basse.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size small + +\family typewriter +\size small $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default may look prettier here. ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default serait mieux ici.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. (La sortie affiche ici plusieurs espaces.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This text may be ignored. (Ce texte ne sera peut-être pas pris en compte.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default to begin quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default . (Utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour ouvrir une citation et non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default to end quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . (Utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default pour clore une citation et non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't mix quotes. (Ne mélangez pas les différents types de guillemets.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset instead. (Il vaudrait peut-être mieux utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset cmd \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. (Il faut des espaces à l'extérieur des parenthèses.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. (Ne mettez pas d'espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. (La ponctuation ne doit pas apparaître derrière les guillemets.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Double space found. (Double espace !) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. (La ponctuation devrait se trouver à l'extérieur du mode mathématique.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. (Vous ne devez pas utiliser de primitives TeX dans du code LaTeX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Ne mettez pas d'espaces devant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %s \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %s \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default n'est normalement pas suivi de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default .) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous espérons fournir dans les versions futures de LyX une interface plus complète à cet outil (ainsi qu'à son petit cousin -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lacheck -\family default +\family default ) pour pouvoir en exploiter toute la puissance. Mais, , il est dès maintenant utilisable : lancez-le sur l'un de vos documents de bonne taille, et voyez le résultat. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contrôle de Version sous LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un de mes amis voulut essayer LyX pour un projet de groupe, mais lorsqu'il s'aperçut qu'il n'y avait pas de contrôle de version ou de verrou de fichier, @@ -18090,131 +20987,157 @@ Un de mes amis voulut essayer LyX pour un projet de groupe, mais lorsqu'il LyX accepte la plupart des commandes simples de RCS. Si vous voulez utiliser des fonctions plus sophistiquées, il vous faudra cependant encore passer par une console xterm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant de vous lancer dans l'utilisation du contrôle de version sous LyX, lisez d'abord \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rcsintro \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (c'est un fichier man : lisez-le avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). Ce fichier décrit toutes les fonctions de base de RCS\SpecialChar \@. Voyez particulièrement le paragraphe sur le répertoire RCS, et la notion de fichier RCS maître (le fichier finissant par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,v -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le support assuré dans LyX a été réalisé pour des versions récentes des paquetages GNU RCS\SpecialChar \@. Il n'est pas garanti que cela fonctionne avec des versions plus anciennes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Les commandes RCS sous LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les sections suivantes décrivent les commandes RCS supportées par LyX. Vous pouvez les trouver dans -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Contrôle\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Contrôle\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Version -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Initialiser le contrôle de versions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset contrôle des version \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé. Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode, cet élément est grisé et inaccessible. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette commande intialise le contrôle de version avec RCS\SpecialChar \@. Il vous est alors demandé de donner une description initiale du document. Le document est alors mis en mode \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lecture seule \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et il vous faudra faire -\family sans -Nouvelle\SpecialChar ~ -Version\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nouvelle\InsetSpace ~ +Version\InsetSpace ~ Éditable -\family default +\family default avant de le modifier. Un document sous contrôle de version a dans le minibuffer \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset [RCS:] \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset accolé au nom de fichier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En arrière-plan, la commande RCS qui a été lancée est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-\SpecialChar \- "" . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man ci -\family default +\family default pour comprendre le sens des paramètres. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Figer cette Version -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier, vous figez vos modifications \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : check-in -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Il vous sera alors demandé une description de celles-ci. @@ -18223,24 +21146,30 @@ NdT : check-in au fichier RCS maître et le document est déverrouillé et remis en mode \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lecture seule \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Commande RCS : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Nouvelle Version Éditable -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En utilisant cette commande, vous verrouillez le document de manière à ce que vous soyez le seul à pouvoir l'éditer. @@ -18248,127 +21177,163 @@ En utilisant cette commande, vous verrouillez le document de mani Vous continuez donc à éditer le fichier un moment, puis vous figez vos changements. La ligne d'état est modifiée pour indiquer que le fichier est verrouillé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Commande RCS : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -q -l -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Recharger la Version Précédente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le document a été figé la dernière fois. Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors, avant que tous les changements soient perdus. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Commande RCS : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -f -u -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Annuler Figer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fait comme si la dernière modification n'avait jamais été faite. Aucune modification n'apparaît sur le document LyX, mais la dernière version est effacée du fichier maître RCS. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Commande RCS : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rcs -o -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser Historique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Montre l'historique complet du document RCS. La sortie de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default est ainsi affichée dans une fenêtre. Voyez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rlog -\family default +\family default pour plus d'informations. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Programmation littéraire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mise à jour par -\noun on +\noun on Kayvan Sylvan -\noun default +\noun default (kayvan@sylvan.com), document d'origine écrit par -\noun on +\noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\noun default +\noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le but principal de cette documentation est de montrer comment utiliser LyX pour la programmation littéraire. Nous supposerons que vous êtes familiers de cette technique de programmation, et savez donc ce que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset signifient \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Respectivement la génération du code et de la documentation. -- ar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si ce n'est pas le cas, veuillez lire les pages web dont les adresses sont indiquées un peu plus loin. Vous y trouverez une bonne documentation, allant de l'histoire du développement aux derniers trucs et astuces. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous supposerons aussi que vous êtes assez familiarisés avec LyX pour pouvoir changer vos préférences, et le fichier de ressources X. Si ce n'est pas le cas, voyez le reste de la documentation de LyX qui couvre ces domaines. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La programmation littéraire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Extrait de la FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation La programmation littéraire est la combinaison de la documentation et des sources en une forme lisible par un être humain. @@ -18380,1093 +21345,1310 @@ n litt t le fichier source et la documentation. Le style WEB de programmation littéraire fut créé par D.E.Knuth lors du développe ment de son logiciel de typographie, TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un autre extrait : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on En quoi la programmation littéraire diffère-t-elle du commentaire ? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Il y a trois signes distinctifs qui sont, dans l'ordre d'importance : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize un ordre d'élaboration flexible -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize le support automatique pour la visualisation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize une documentation mise en forme, notamment les diagrammes et les mathématiques -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant que j'ai éveillé votre curiosité, voyons les références : -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Références -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La FAQ complète de la Programmation Littéraire se trouve à : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La FAQ dénombre 23 (vingt-trois !) outils différents pour la programmation littéraire. Certains sont spécialisés pour certains langages de programmation, d'autre ont une portée plus générale. J'ai sélectionné -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default -\noun toggle +\family default +\noun toggle pour mon usage personnel pour plusieures raisons : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il sait générer la documentation aussi bien en LaTeX qu'en HTML. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il a une architecture ouverte, c'est-à-dire qu'il est facile d'y ajouter de nouveaux filtres et de réaliser des opérations spéciales au besoin. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un grand nombre de filtres est déjà disponible (dont celui pour le HTML). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il est libre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La page web de Noweb se trouve à : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Page d'accueil de Noweb]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À partir de là, vous trouverez de nombreux liens intéressants et mêmes quelques exemples de programmation littéraire. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX et la Programmation Littéraire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporte la Programmation Littéraire par l'intermédiaire du mécanisme de gestion des convertisseurs. Ce support est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indépendant de Noweb \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est-à-dire que vous pourrez utiliser cette nouvelle fonction de LyX avec un autre outil de programmation littéraire de votre choix, en changeant juste vos préférences LyX. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Sélection de la classe de document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez installé Noweb et LyX avec succès, vous devez trouver trois nouvelles classes de document : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Book\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Book\InsetSpace ~ (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Report\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Report\InsetSpace ~ (Noweb) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il vous faut sélectionner l'une d'entre elles pour créer votre document littéraire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remarquez bien que les documents littéraires ne sont pas limités à ces trois classes. De nouvelles classes peuvent être générées à partir d'autres styles, comme les lettres, ou à partir d'autres variantes d'une classe, comme -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . Si vous avez des besoins particuliers qui ne peuvent être couverts par ces classes, faites-le savoir à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[la liste de diffusion des développeurs de LyX]{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset et nous nous arrangerons pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée, ou vous expliquer comment le faire vous-même \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est très simple, ça ne demande que la création d'un fichier de quatre lignes, et la relance de l'auto-configuration. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . De plus, si vous utilisez un outil littéraire autre que Noweb, vous voudrez peut-être créer un nouvel ensemble de classes de document prévues pour. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Ajout de code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX vous permet d'entrer du code par l'intermédiaire d'un format nommé -\family sans +\family sans Scrap \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\noun on +\family sans +\noun on Le terme équivalent sous Noweb est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pour des raisons historiques, j'ai gardé le terme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset scrap \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset d'un autre outil littéraire appelé Nuweb, que j'ai utilisé bien des années avant de me convertir à Noweb. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . Noweb délimite les scraps ainsi : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code encore du code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code toujours du code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le problème est que tout ce qui est compris entre le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter << -\family default +\family default et l'arobase -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default doit être pris tel quel, c'est-à-dire que LyX ne doit faire aucune interprétati on de ce qui a été écrit. C'est géré par un environnement spécial appelé -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default , qui fonctionne comme un paragraphe normal mais qui présente une totale liberté en ce qui concerne l'espacement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'inconvénient de l'environnement de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default est que des paragraphes consécutifs de code vont être séparés par une ligne vide dans le code source et dans la documentation imprimée. Pour éviter ça, il faut donc, dans un -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default donné, finir chaque ligne de code par un saut de ligne ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default ) et non un -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default normal. L'exemple ci-dessus donnera donc \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sur un document imprimé, il n'y a aucune différence entre cet exemple et le précédent. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline code -\newline +\newline encore du code -\newline +\newline toujours du code -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cet environnement fonctionne bien. Le seul réel inconvénient est de devoir taper -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default et non un simple -\family sans +\family sans Entrée \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Régler ce problème fait partie de la liste des améliorations à apporter. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est à noter que vous pouvez aussi utiliser la construction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default de Noweb dans vos scraps pour ajouter des éléments de référence croisée : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline def une_fonction(param): -\newline +\newline "C'est la documentation de cette fonction." -\newline +\newline print "Mes paramètres : ", param -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def une_fonction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour avoir un exemple de cette construction et des références croisées engendrée s, regardez le programme littéraire python dans -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default /examples/listerrors.lyx -\family default +\family default qui devrait clarifier tout ça. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Génération de la documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Arrivé ici, vous avez déjà un nouveau fichier avec sa propre classe de document, et vous avec tapé un peu de code et de texte dedans. Bien ; et maintenant, comment je l'imprime ? La réponse est simple : vous faites -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , etc. comme vous le feriez pour un document quelconque. Il n'y a aucune procédure particulière. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour vous aider à vous y retrouver, je vais vous expliquer ce qui se passe à l'intérieur de LyX : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Quand vous choisissez -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , un fichier LaTeX est généré. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si le document est d'un type littéraire, le fichier généré sera nommé avec l'extension définie par le format \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset littéraire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (défini dans la fenêtre de -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default ), sinon le fichier aura l'extension habituelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Remarquez que la seule différence est cette extension : LyX n'a rien de particulier à faire. Tant que vous avez utilisé l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default en entrant le texte, tout se passera sans problème. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Si le document est d'une classe littéraire, LyX utilisera ensuite le convertisse ur interne LyX vers Noweb, suivi par le convertisseur Noweb vers LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les convertisseurs sont définis dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default , dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Conversion -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset pour générer le fichier LaTeX -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sinon, il saute simplement cette étape. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Enfin, LaTeX est invoqué et le processus continue comme s'il s'agissait d'un document quelconque. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous êtes donc indépendant d'un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset outil littéraire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset donné, car vous pouvez changer les commandes correspondant aux différents convertisseurs. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Génération du code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand on demande de -\family sans +\family sans Compiler -\family default +\family default dans les menus, ou quand on appuie sur le bouton correspondant de la barre - d'outils, un fichier LaTeX est généré comme dans l'étape\SpecialChar ~ + d'outils, un fichier LaTeX est généré comme dans l'étape\InsetSpace ~ 1 ci-dessus. LyX invoque ensuite le convertisseur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb->Program -\family default +\family default . Celui-ci (comme tout convertisseur) est invoqué en deux parties : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le programme de conversion proprement dit. Ce programme procède à la conversion d'un format à un autre (ici, du format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NoWeb -\family default +\family default au pseudo-format -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Program -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le filtre de messages d'erreur. C'est un programme dont le seul rôle est de réécrire les messages d'erreur dans un format compréhensible par LyX. Ça permet à LyX de placer des boîtes d'erreur au bon endroit dans le tampon du fichier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La première partie, déterminée par le champ -\family sans +\family sans Convertisseur -\family default +\family default , doit contenir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script $$i \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Ça signifie que LyX va appeler -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default (un programme ou un script) avec le nom du fichier Noweb (en général un fichier dans le répertoire temporaire de LyX). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une implémentation de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default que vous pouvez mettre dans un répertoire de votre chemin d'accès par défaut : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'autre partie de la définition du convertisseur est le champ -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default qui doit contenir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset originaldir,parselog=listerrors \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Ça fera passer toutes les erreurs générées par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default à travers le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La gestion des convertisseurs cherche le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors -\family default +\family default d'abord dans -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX -\emph default +\emph default /scripts -\family default +\family default , puis dans -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default /scripts -\family default +\family default puis dans le chemin d'accès par défaut. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Instructions de compilation dans le document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La dernière partie de l'interface entre LyX et noweb est le scrap \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . En général, les instructions de compilation de votre programme doivent être regroupées dans un scrap à part. Le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default vu plus haut est spécifique à noweb et utilise la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter notangle -\family default +\family default pour rechercher ce scrap (appelé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) et passer son contenu dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sh -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typiquement, un tel scrap ressemble à ceci : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] -\newline +\newline then -\newline +\newline NOWEB_SOURCE=mon_fichier.nw -\newline +\newline fi -\newline +\newline [... code pour extraire les fichiers ...] -\newline +\newline [... code pour compiler les fichiers ...] -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voyez dans -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default /examples/listerrors.lyx -\family default +\family default ou dans -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default /examples/Literate.lyx -\family default +\family default qui implémentent deux versions du programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors -\family default +\family default pour avoir des exemples de comment tout cela va ensemble. Vous pouvez encore consulter -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default /examples/noweb2lyx.lyx -\family default +\family default . Il est intéressant de constater que ces trois fichiers démontrent l'indépendanc e de LyX relativement au langage de programmation littéraire adopté car ils sont écrits respectivement en Python, C et Perl. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Configurer LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez configurer ce qui concerne la Programmation Littéraire dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Conversion -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default . Les parties importantes sont : -\layout Description +\end_layout -le\SpecialChar ~ -format\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +le\InsetSpace ~ +format\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset littéraire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Choisi dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Formats -\family default +\family default , où vous mettez ce qui est spécifique à Noweb. Le -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ d'interface -\family default +\family default est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset NoWeb \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , l' -\family sans +\family sans Extension -\family default +\family default est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset nw \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . LyX créera donc un fichier d'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default lors de la première étape du processus de conversion. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -le\SpecialChar ~ -format\SpecialChar ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ +format\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Programme -\family default +\family default C'est un format fictif dont le seul but est d'être le point d'arrivée d'une conversion (ce qui permet ainsi de mettre en place un convertisseur pointant vers lui). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans NoWeb -\family default +\family default -> -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default Ce convertisseur assure la génération de la documentation ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pour Noweb, il faut mettre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans NoWeb -\family default +\family default -> -\family sans +\family sans Program -\family default +\family default Celui-ci assure la génération du code ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Comme vu plus haut, il faut mettre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset build-script $$i \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , avec comme -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset originaldir,parselog=listerrors \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Fonctions pour le déboguage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une nouvelle fonction est aussi implémentée dans le serveur LyX, la fonction \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset serveur va à la bonne ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset que l'on utilisera avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default ou un autre débogueur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lorsque vous déboguez du code avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default , il est possible d'appeler un éditeur de texte à la position actuelle d'exécuti on, avec un seul appui clavier. La configuration par défaut de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default est -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Ctrl-V -\family default +\family default . Il se trouve que vous pouvez choisir l'éditeur appelé par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Helpers -\family default +\family default en changeant l'entrée -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Edit\InsetSpace ~ Sources -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard J'ai trouvé avantageux d'utiliser LyX avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default en réglant -\family sans -Edit\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Edit\InsetSpace ~ Sources -\family default +\family default sur : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, quand vous utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default et que vous vous apercevez qu'il faut modifier le code, vous pressez juste -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Ctrl-V -\family default +\family default (dans la fenêtre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default ), et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default renvoie cette information à LyX via le serveur LyX. La fenêtre LyX montrera le fichier en question, avec le curseur pile poil là où se trouvait -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ddd -\family default +\family default . Plus besoin de jouer aux devinettes ou de faire défiler tout le document pour savoir où se situait le problème ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez cependant qu'il vous faut activer cette fonction du serveur LyX, inactive par défaut. Pour cela, allez dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator Répertoires -\family default +\family default et mettez un chemin du genre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset /home//\SpecialChar \- .lyx/lyxpipe \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Tubes du Serveur LyX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lisez la documentation sur le serveur LyX dans le manuel de -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default pour plus d'information. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ajouts à la barre d'outils -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a six nouveaux boutons qui peuvent être ajoutés à la barre d'outils de LyX. Cinq de ces boutons sont des raccourcis vers les styles -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Scrap -\family default +\family default . Le dernier bouton est un raccourci vers la commande \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Compiler \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a tout une série de boutons qui peuvent être intégrés dans la barre d'outils. Personnellement, j'ai combiné les six raccourcis ci-dessus avec deux autres : un pour -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default et un autre pour -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default . Voilà comment cela se présente : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LaTeX" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LyX-Code" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Scrap" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Couleurs personnalisées -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un certain nombre de couleurs de LyX peuvent être personnalisées dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Une des choses qui ennuient nombre d'entre nous est la couleur du code LaTeX. @@ -19474,20 +22656,22 @@ Pr et comme il y a beaucoup de scraps dans un document de programmation littéraire , vous en aurez sûrement marre de tout voir en rouge. Vous pouvez la changer dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Aspect\SpecialChar \menuseparator Couleurs -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le problème suivant est la présence visible des caractères \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset nouvelle ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sur l'écran. Vous pouvez aussi choisir la couleur de ces caractères particuliers et @@ -19495,42 +22679,48 @@ nouvelle ligne Je vous conseille de choisir une couleur qui est proche de celle du fond, mais pas la même : vous pourrez toujours les voir, mais ils ne vous dérangeront plus. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Secrets des Maîtres du LaTeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Même si LyX est un outil puissant, il ne faut pas s'attendre à ce qu'il puisse supporter tout ce qui peut être fait avec TeX ou LaTeX. Cependant, la plupart des trucs et astuces de TeX et LaTeX peuvent resservir dans LyX, à condition de ne pas avoir peur d'utiliser le bouton \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de la barre d'outils ou d'ajouter des lignes au préambule LaTeX (avec -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default ). Cette section présente un ensemble de conseils, d'astuces et d'idées sympa pour donner un petit quelque chose en plus à votre document. -\emph on +\emph on Mais essayez-les à la maison ! -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Faites vos premières tentatives sur quelque chose de plus court et de moins important que votre thèse ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart des idées présentées dans cette section requièrent des fichiers un peu moins courants dans les installations LaTeX. @@ -19541,318 +22731,376 @@ La plupart des id Nous ne recommandons pas une méthode plutôt qu'une autre, nous affirmons simplement que tel fichier permet de faire telle chose. Enfourchez votre destrier, ceignez votre heaume et lancez-vous ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Trucs pour les notes de bas de page ou les notes en marge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard suggéré par -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Notes de bas de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne peut pas encore se charger de remettre le compteur des notes à 1 après chaque section dans un document de classe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans article \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , ou de changer le style de numérotation. Il vous faudra le faire à la main : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset L'utilisation de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default remet le compteur à -\family roman +\family roman 1 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le compteur a été réinitialisé à 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La commande suivante va abandonner les chiffres au profit de petites lettres. Visualisez la note suivante avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est un exemple de note avec une numérotation alphabétique. -\newline +\newline Pour cela, utilisez la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote { -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard On va revenir à la numérotation par défaut, à savoir -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default pour faire revenir le style des notes à sa valeur par défaut. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote} { -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph -\family default +\family default et même d'autres styles de compteur. Pour voir ce que donnent ces choix, modifiez la commande LaTeX dans l'exemple précedent et relancez la visualisation DVI. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Notes en marge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici deux exemples de ce que vous pouvez faire avec les commandes LaTeX pour les notes en marge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La commande suivante fait apparaître une ligne verticale le long du texte -- idéal pour pointer quelque chose du doigt : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{3mm}{50mm}} -\family roman +\family roman . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{1mm}{50mm}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Visualisez la sortie avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default pour voir ce que la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\family default +\family default fait sur la note en marge qui suit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une -\newline +\newline note en marge. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section MultiColonnes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection But -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le but de ce chapitre \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de l'Éditeur : Le chapitre original de Lars était une magistrale descriptio n de comment utiliser le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default . Il était cependant trop long pour s'insérer sans heurt dans ce document. J'ai donc choisi d'en extraire ici les sections les plus importantes (désolé, Lars) ; vous pouvez lire le chapitre original (et un peu plus de l'histoire !) dans le fichier exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx -\family default +\family default . -- mer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default dans un document LyX. Comme LyX ne le supporte pas encore d'origine, il faut utiliser quelques trucs, qui devraient vous paraître clairs quand vous aurez lu cette section. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default permet de basculer dans une même page entre le format sur une colonne et sur plusieurs. Les notes de bas de page sont gérées correctement (pour la plus grande @@ -19861,70 +23109,86 @@ multicol désactivé dans l'implémentation actuelle. Aujourd'hui seuls des flottants couvrant en largeur toute la page peuvent être utilisés au sein de l'environnement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exemples -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Deux Colonnes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux colonnes, et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default là où vous voulez qu'elle se termine. Comme ceci \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Les lecteurs anglophobes me pardonneront, mais je ne me lance pas à traduire des passages de Sherlock Holmes. :-) -- of -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout -\series bold -\size small +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small The Adventure of the Empty House -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline by -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -19946,44 +23210,58 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind. with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Colonnes Multiples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes. (Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de ne pas être très agréable à regarder.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -20003,68 +23281,90 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez sans problème avoir plus de 3 colonnes, si vous le voulez, mais ce n'est plus très agréable à lire. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Des Colonnes dans une Colonne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -20075,23 +23375,29 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -20099,9 +23405,9 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. -\size default +\size default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. @@ -20114,371 +23420,445 @@ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veuillez lire le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx -\family default +\family default pour des exemples plus complexes avec l'espacement des colonnes et de l'en-tête , les lignes de séparation verticale, et plus encore. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numérotation dans l'Environnement de Paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Énumération \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Numérotation dans les -\family sans +\family sans Énumérations -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + par -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard La numérotation par défaut dans l'environnement de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default commence par les chiffres arabes et finit par les lettres majuscules. Supposons cependant que vous vouliez un autre schéma de numérotation. Voici un rapide exemple de ce qu'il vous faudra écrire : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci remplace le schéma existant par, dans l'ordre, les chiffres romains, les lettres majuscules, les chiffres arabes et les lettres minuscules. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En fait, cet exemple n'est pas seulement une redéfinition de la numérotation. Par exemple, le marqueur du premier niveau devient en fait -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Pour faciliter la lecture, nous allons décrire les schémas de numérotation avec cette notation : -\family sans +\family sans < \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset > -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous pouvez le voir dans l'exemple, il existe pour chaque niveau d'emboîte ment une commande : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv -\family default +\family default , et un compteur : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . Il existe aussi cinq commandes de mise en forme des numéros : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default , et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default , chacune prenant un compteur pour paramètre. Vous pouvez ajouter des caractères avant et après celui-ci, les espaces étant quant à elles générées automatiquement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça peut devenir vraiment amusant avec, par exemple : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard qui donne le schéma de numérotation : -\family sans +\family sans < \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset > -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ajout d'Espace entre les Rangées d'un Tableau -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + par -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX vous permet d'ajouter de l'espace entre les rangées d'un tableau en donnant un paramètre optionnel à la commande de fin de rangée ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ). LyX n'a pas encore intégré cette fonction, mais il y a tout de même deux manières d'y parvenir. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La première est la plus formelle, mais la plus longue. Dans le préambule LaTeX, ajoutez la définition suivante : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash noalign{vskip#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette commande prend un seul paramètre : la quantité d'espace que vous voulez insérer. Insérez la commande dans la première colonne de la rangée -\emph on +\emph on après laquelle -\emph default +\emph default l'espace devra apparaître. Voici un exemple (j'ai retiré toutes les bordures dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ Tableau -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -20490,130 +23870,158 @@ Tableau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minéraux -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace{2ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Roches -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcaire -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Grès -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La seconde méthode est plus rapide, mais ferait bondir les typographes et les experts de TeX. Insérez simplement un symbole \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fin de rangée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset avec un paramètre optionnel. Contrairement à l'exemple précédent, il n'y a besoin d'aucune définition @@ -20621,8 +24029,10 @@ fin de rang blanche plus cet espace. Si cet espace est trop important, vous n'avez qu'à mettre un nombre négatif, comme ici : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -20634,240 +24044,282 @@ fin de rang \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minéraux -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash [-1ex] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Roches -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcaire -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Grès -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est court, simple et vite fait, mais c'est vraiment affreux. Je ne sais même pas pourquoi je vous ai indiqué cette méthode. Je ne le ferai plus, c'est promis ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lettrines -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont C} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=4.5em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eux d'entre vous qui aiment les vieux écrits aiment aussi certainement les lettrines, ces grandes lettres majuscules qui ouvrent un nouveau chapitre. L'implémentation de celles-ci se fait assez bien, à condition que vous connaissiez un peu le TeX pur et dur, mais demande un peu de travail, comme vous pouvez le voir à l'abominable code TeX qui entame ce paragraphe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash verb+( -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I})+ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset l existe bien entendu une manière plus facile de s'en servir. Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default (ou le plus récent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default ) du CTAN en est un exemple. Ce paquetage n'étant pas dans la distribution standard de teTeX, je ne peux pas en faire la démonstration dans ce document, mais si vous copiez ce paragraphe dans un nouveau document, enlevez le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash verb \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et les caractères -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset + \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default du code TeX et ajoutez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropcaps} -\family default +\family default à votre préambule LaTeX, vous obtiendrez un magnifique \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset I \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en Times Roman italique, dont la hauteur sera trois fois celle d'une ligne - de texte et qui dépasse de 1\SpecialChar ~ + de texte et qui dépasse de 1\InsetSpace ~ em dans la marge. (Il faut donc avoir copié -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps.sty -\family default +\family default dans un répertoire ou TeX pourra le trouver.) Le premier paramètre indique le retrait par rapport à la marge. Dans le cas d'un nombre négatif, la lettrine dépassera dans celle-ci. @@ -20876,218 +24328,284 @@ dropcaps.sty Le troisième est le nom de la police à utiliser. Normalement, un quelconque fichier tfm peut convenir (voyez le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm -\family default +\family default pour en avoir la liste). Ma préférence personnelle va à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset yinit \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , une police gothique spécialement créée pour les lettrines. Le quatrième et dernier paramètre est la (les) lettre(s) à mettre en lettrine. Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default offre aussi la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop -\family default +\family default ainsi qu'une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dropping -\family default +\family default légèrement plus simple. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paragraphes de Forme Inhabituelle -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + par -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newdimen -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash varunit}{4.5in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash parshape 19 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.367 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.335 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.328 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.335 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.352 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.377 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.408 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.445 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.488 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.00 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.535 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.488 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.445 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.408 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.377 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.352 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.335 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.328 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.335 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.367 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Il y a des fois où il faut en finir avec la tyrannie des paragraphes rectangulai res. Dans de telles situations, il faut recourir à la délicieuse commande TeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape -\family default +\family default . Comme vous voyez, on peut construire des formes complètement arbitraires en déclarant un ensemble de longueurs de ligne. @@ -21096,53 +24614,73 @@ parshape l'enrobage de graphiques non rectangulaires, etc. qui bénéficieraient d'une telle opération. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + La syntaxe est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape nombre_lignes #1indentation #1longueur #2indentation #2longueur \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindentation #nlongueur -\family default +\family default , où -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nombre_lignes -\family default +\family default est le nombre de lignes du texte qui définit le paragraphe. S'il n'y a pas assez de lignes, la forme est tronquée ; s'il y en a trop, les lignes en surplus ont les mêmes dimensions que la dernière ligne ainsi définie. Les entrées -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nindentation -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nlongueur -\family default +\family default spécifient l'indentation de la ligne à compter de la marge de gauche, et la longueur de la ligne à partir de ce point. La forme ne s'applique qu'au paragraphe en cours ; tout est remis à la normale pour le paragraphe suivant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous voyez, les exemples dans cette section vont de l'utile au futile. Je ne m'attends pas à ce que qui que ce soit ait un jour besoin des formes @@ -21152,4 +24690,7 @@ Comme vous voyez, les exemples dans cette section vont de l'utile au futile. TeX est un système de typographie incroyablement puissant et toute cette puissance vous est acquise puisque LyX s'en sert en arrière-plan. LyXez en paix ! -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_FAQ.lyx index 0f747f39a1..6b26569ac2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_FAQ.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_FAQ.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,88 +24,113 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Foire Aux Questions de LyX, avec les Réponses -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 26/02/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.17, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par l'Équipe LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : -\noun on +\noun on Adrien Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Abstract +\begin_layout Abstract Voici la Foire Aux Questions de LyX, le traitement de texte Open Source qui fournit un environnement WYSIWYM (Vous Voyez Ce Que Vous Voulez Dire) pour produire des documents de grande qualité. Pour une aide supplémentaire, vous pouvez contacter la liste de diffusion du Groupe des Utilisateurs de LyX à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on après -\emph default +\emph default avoir consulté les documentations. -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Introduction et Informations d'ordre général -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Qu'est-ce que LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est un programme qui offre une approche plus moderne de l'écriture de documents par ordinateur, une approche qui rompt avec la tradition périmée @@ -114,57 +140,61 @@ l avec le minimum d'effort sans devenir des sp Le travail de typographie sera pris en charge en majorité par l'ordinateur, non par l'auteur. Avec LyX, l'auteur peut se concentrer sur le contenu de ses écrits. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fournit une vue \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset presque-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du document \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : WYSIWYG est l'acronyme de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'est-à-dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous voyez ce que vous obtiendrez \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous voyez ce que vous faites \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Presque \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset signifie que les changements de ligne et de page ne sont pas affichés exactemen t tels qu'ils apparaîtront dans le document imprimé. @@ -174,179 +204,226 @@ t tels qu'ils appara Tandis que LyX a tout ce qu'il faut pour être une interface utilisateur confortable, le programme de typographie a tout ce qu'il faut pour mettre en page du texte, et le faire très, très bien. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, les changements de ligne et de page ne sont plus votre problème. Se rappeler quel numéro utiliser pour la prochaine sous-section non plus, et quelle police a été adoptée dans tous vos en-têtes de section, non plus. Vous dites à LyX (et à LaTeX) quel -\emph on +\emph on genre -\emph default +\emph default de document vous éditez et de quel -\emph on +\emph on type -\emph default +\emph default est tel paragraphe, et l'ordinateur en tient compte dans la typographie. Bien sûr vous pouvez encore faire du formatage de bas niveau pour un ajustement au millimètre. Cependant, la bonne façon de faire avec LyX est de dire à l'ordinateur ce qu' -\emph on +\emph on est -\emph default +\emph default le texte, et non à quoi il devrait ressembler. C'est pourquoi nous aimons dire que LyX vous permet l'édition WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : C'est-à-dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous voyez ce que vous -\emph on +\emph on voulez dire -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , par opposition à WYSIWYG vu plus haut. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection C'est bien, mais est-ce utile ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Absolument. LyX a déjà servi à produire des documents des types suivants : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mémos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lettres -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Thèses (260 pages en un seul document, plus si l'on compte les fichiers inclus) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize par exemple, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -Notes de cours (133 pages, 27 figures sur un 486 33\SpecialChar ~ +Notes de cours (133 pages, 27 figures sur un 486 33\InsetSpace ~ MHz !) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Carnets de séminaires (+500 pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Résumés de conférences ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop on the Geoid in Europe \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , (Rapport de l'Institut Géodésique Finlandais 98:4), 292 pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de logiciels (le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default de LyX fait environ 120 pages) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Livres -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize voir \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour un exemple sur PostgreSQL -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J. et Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Remote Sensing and Urban Analysis \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Taylor and Francis : Londres). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Herbert Voss : Praktische Kryptologie mit Java, 286 pages avec des tas d'équatio ns, de tableaux, de figures. ISBN 3-8311-1458-7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Yann Collette et Patrick Siarry, Optimisation multiobjectifs, 2002, Eyrolles -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Articles publiés dans les publications scientifiques suivantes : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomy & Astrophysics (Suetterlin, P. 1998, A&A, 333, 305 ; Suetterlin, P. & Wiehr, E. 1998, A&A, 336, 367) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M. E. & Barsony, M. 2001, AJ, 121, 1098) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Romans (roman de + de 400 pages prévu pour Septembre 2000 ; un roman de 836 pages est entre les mains d'un agent littéraire) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Scénarios de pièces et de films -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Projets d'affaires pour + d'1\SpecialChar ~ +Projets d'affaires pour + d'1\InsetSpace ~ M$ (US) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Où commencer ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset est le premier endroit où aller pour trouver quoi que ce soit en rapport avec LyX. @@ -354,30 +431,36 @@ Le site et des tas d'autres choses. Après avoir installé LyX et l'avoir démarré pour la première fois, lisez le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default ( -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\family default +\family default ). Oui, oui, je suis tout à fait sérieux. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une autre introduction basique à LyX : \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX marche-t-il sur mon ordinateur ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour le moment, vous avez besoin du système X-Window pour faire tourner LyX. @@ -385,45 +468,65 @@ Pour le moment, vous avez besoin du syst et fonctionnant sur ces systèmes. Nous savons que LyX tourne sur les plateformes suivantes (et probablement sur une infinité d'autres) : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linux : RedHat 4.2, 5.0, 5.1, 6.0, 6.1, SUSE 5.x, Mandrake 7.0, 7.2 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SparcLinux : RedHat 6.0 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tru64 Unix 4.0f -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HP-UX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX nécessite combien d'espace disque ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Sur mon système, l'exécutable LyX prend 2,0\SpecialChar ~ +Sur mon système, l'exécutable LyX prend 2,0\InsetSpace ~ Mo d'espace disque, et les fichiers - auxiliaires en occupent encore 12,6\SpecialChar ~ -Mo (dont 9,1\SpecialChar ~ + auxiliaires en occupent encore 12,6\InsetSpace ~ +Mo (dont 9,1\InsetSpace ~ Mo pour la documentation ! Vous pouvez effacer les langues qui ne vous servent pas pour économiser un peu d'espace). Bien sûr, il faut que vous ayez quelque chose comme teTeX installé, ce - qui consomme un bon 115\SpecialChar ~ -Mo, ainsi que ghostscript, qui prend encore 10\SpecialChar ~ + qui consomme un bon 115\InsetSpace ~ +Mo, ainsi que ghostscript, qui prend encore 10\InsetSpace ~ Mo ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX est-il vraiment un logiciel ouvert ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oui. Certains peuvent tiquer car, comme la bibliothèque d'interface graphique @@ -439,195 +542,248 @@ a Qt2/3 ; et quand bien m préliminaires de xforms 1.0 est disponible à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/xforms/OpenSource/} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ressources Internet -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Où chercher sur la Toile, au sujet de LyX ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{bugzilla.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , si vous voulez signaler un bogue dans LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , si vous êtes intéressé par les entrailles de la bête. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les sites miroir comprennent : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Et par FTP ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp.lyx.org dans /pub/lyx (également ftp.via.ecp.fr) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quelles sont les listes de diffusion ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (très faible trafic), pour les annonces relatives à LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (trafic moyen), pour les problèmes généraux d'utilisation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (trafic élevé), pour les questions de développement et de chasse aux bogues -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (trafic effroyablement bas), pour les questions de documentation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-fr@lists.lyx.org (trafic faible), pour la traduction de LyX en français, et d'autres questions d'utilisateurs francophones -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En général, vous envoyez un courrier à lyx-machin-subscribe@lists.lyx.org pour vous abonner à l'une de ces listes ou à lyx-machin-unsubscribe@lists.lyx.org pour vous désabonner, où \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset machin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset peut être \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset announce \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset users \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset devel \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset docs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fr \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; voyez \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus de détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Les listes de diffusion sont-elles archivées quelque part ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oui. :-) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection C'est malin ! Où sont-elles archivées ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Announce : \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Users : \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Devel : \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Compatibilité avec d'autres traitements de texte -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers LaTeX ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oui. LyX produit des fichiers LaTeX qui sont destinés soit à la machine soit @@ -635,60 +791,74 @@ Oui. Le programme reLyX qui est fourni avec LyX convertit pas trop mal du LaTeX en LyX. Il n'est pas parfait, mais il fera au moins 95% du travail à votre place. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers Word ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pas de manière évidente. Certaines personnes y sont à peu près parvenu en suivant le schéma : LyX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset RTF \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Word, et vice versa. Toutefois, Word n'est pas un langage à balises comme LyX et LaTeX, les conversions sont donc souvent difficiles et presque dépourvues de sens. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cependant, voici quelques suggestions qui nous ont été envoyées : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description word2x produit des sorties LaTeX, HTML et texte brut. Le LaTeX est en principe importable (et est assez propre) mais je préfère souvent le texte brut et rajoute la mise en page ensuite. (Pour ce faire vous devez connaître la mise en page d'origine). Au moment où nous écrivons il ne gérait pas encore Word Office 2000. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description wvware (disponible à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.wvware.com} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou dans le répertoire CVS d'abisource pour la dernière version). Il s'appelait auparavant msWordView. Très bon, il produit du LaTeX/HTML mis en page. Il est cependant très configurable : un fichier de configuration -\family typewriter +\family typewriter wvLaTeX.xml -\family default +\family default guide le processus de traduction. Il gère aussi les derniers formats Office. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ted C'est l'éditeur à utiliser quand quelqu'un vous envoie un fichier RTF créé avec Word. Bon produit. Utilisez les possibilités de conversion (texte brut ou HTML). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, quand tout le reste ne marche pas, utilisez n'importe quel traitement de texte (WordPerfect, StarOffice, ...) qui comprenne le Word. @@ -697,70 +867,102 @@ Enfin, quand tout le reste ne marche pas, utilisez n'importe quel traitement Pour ma part, je trouve cela plus rapide que de corriger le résultat des tentatives de conversion, mais ce n'est certainement pas satisfaisant si vous devez passer souvent d'un format à l'autre. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers HTML ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez obtenir des fichiers HTML en utilisant le programme de conversion \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tth \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , parmi d'autres. Il y a peut-être un programme HTML \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX qui vous permette de faire la conversion dans l'autre sens. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Se procurer LyX et le compiler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection De quoi ai-je besoin ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le code source de LyX : lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La bibliothèque XForms : xforms-0.88 ou plus récent (il est recommandé d'utiliser la dernière version disponible) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Une distribution LaTeX : nous recommandons vivement teTeX-1.0 ou plus récent -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un interpréteur PostScript® : ghostscript-7.0 ou plus récent -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un compilateur C++ moderne. Si vous utilisez gcc, LyX nécessite au moins la version 2.95.2. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment le compiler ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ./configure -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize make install (en général comme root, bien que vous n'en ayez pas besoin si vous ajoutez des options à la commande configure) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voyez le fichier INSTALL pour plus de détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Je déteste compiler. Où sont les binaires précompilés ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart des paquetages ci-dessus sont disponibles comme binaires précompilés pour un choix de systèmes Linux, et peut-être aussi pour d'autres systèmes. @@ -768,33 +970,43 @@ La plupart des paquetages ci-dessus sont disponibles comme binaires pr formats à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/lyx/bin/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le port Windows se trouve à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions sur le Vilain Texte Rouge ? (IMPORTANT !) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Qu'est-ce que le Vilain Texte Rouge (alias ERT) ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le Vilain Texte Rouge, ou ERT \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : de l'anglais Evil Red Text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ce sont les commandes en LaTeX brut qui sont insérées dans votre document LyX. @@ -803,858 +1015,1054 @@ NdT : de l'anglais Evil Red Text. dans les documents LyX. Les plus éclairés d'entre nous savent qu'il est très utile, mais l'expression ERT a fait son chemin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment entrer de l'ERT ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les arguments esthétiques mis à part, la plupart des réponses de cette FAQ vous demandent de l'utiliser. À chaque fois que nous écrivons \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset insérez le code LaTeX suivant \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , faites ceci : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Cliquez sur le bouton TeX de la barre d'outils ou faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tapez la commande dans l'insert qui vient de se créer. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le nouvel insert ERT est un fardeau ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beaucoup de gens se sont plaints de l'insert ERT introduit avec la version 1.2.0. Cependant, comme il n'y a aucune chance de voir ressusciter la vieille police LaTeX (c'était une solution provisoire), voici quelques avantages à considérer : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous pouvez replier l'ERT comme n'importe quel autre flottant avec -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ouvrir/Fermer\SpecialChar ~ +Ouvrir/Fermer\InsetSpace ~ Flottant -\family default +\family default (par défaut le raccourci est -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous pouvez aussi le transformer en insert \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset en ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset par l'intermédiaire de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre en cliquant sur l'insert avec le bouton droit. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Y a-t-il une alternative ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi insérer des commandes LaTeX dans le Préambule LaTeX, ouvert avec -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default , dont tout le contenu est inclus texto dans le fichier LaTeX engendré lors de la compilation. C'est particulièrement utile pour inclure des paquetages LaTeX non standard, pour définir des raccourcis globaux à utiliser tout au long du document, etc. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions sur l'utilisation de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans cette section, nous tentons de répondre aux questions qui sont vraiment les plus fréquentes. Pour un panorama plus large de questions pas si fréquentes et pour beaucoup de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Comment faire pour ? \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset voyez la collection impressionnante rassemblée par Herbert Voss à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous ne vous rendrez pas service en n'y jetant pas un coup d'oeil avant d'envoyer un message aux listes de diffusion ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Questions d'ordre général -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment me débarrasser de la date sous le titre ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La solution la plus simple est d'ajouter -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash date{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment changer l'espacement dans un environnement de liste ListePuces/Énumérati on/Description ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous devez le faire à la main : par exemple, pour une liste donnée, vous pouvez ajouter le code LaTeX suivant au début de la liste : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash itemsep}{0mm} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment numéroter les équations section par section ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ajoutez à votre préambule LaTeX les deux lignes suivantes : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash @addtoreset{equation}{section} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash theequation}{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{equation}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Puis-je le faire aussi avec les figures et les tableaux ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remplacez la phrase -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theequation -\family default +\family default par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thetable -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thefigure -\family default +\family default puis remplacez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation -\family default +\family default par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure -\family default +\family default . N'oubliez pas d'adapter aussi la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment transformer la numérotation des notes de bas de page en symboles (étoile, point, etc.) ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ajoutez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash fnsymbol{footnote}} -\family default +\family default à votre préambule LaTeX. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment se débarrasser des veuves et des orphelins ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non, on ne joue pas à Duke Nukem ! Pour éliminer les veuves et les orphelins (première ligne d'un paragraphe au bas de la page et dernière ligne d'un paragraphe au sommet de la page), ajoutez au préambule LaTeX ce qui suit : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash widowpenalty=10000 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash clubpenalty=10000 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et éventuellement -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash raggedbottom -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment obtenir une liste formatée qui commence par 1. a) (par exemple) ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez une liste qui ressemble à -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. a) Premier élément -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Deuxième élément -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Troisième élément -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard essayez ce qui suit -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. {} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code a) Premier élément -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Deuxième élément -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Troisième élément -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard avec {} en ERT (c'est-à-dire un marque-place ne générant aucun rendu). Plus précisément, mettez le style sur -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default , entrez les accolades en ERT, changez la profondeur d'environnement, et ajoutez les trois éléments. LyX mettra la numérotation tout seul. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment compter les mots dans LyX ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lancez le correcteur orthographique : il affichera le nombre total de mots contrôlés. Assurez-vous que le curseur est bien au début du document quand vous démarrez le correcteur, afin que tout soit compté. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment insérer une quantité donnée d'espacement horizontal ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a plusieurs commandes ERT à utiliser : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash enspace -\family default - (1/2\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (1/2\InsetSpace ~ em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thinspace -\family default - (1/6\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (1/6\InsetSpace ~ em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash negthinspace -\family default - (-1/6\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (-1/6\InsetSpace ~ em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash quad -\family default - (1\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (1\InsetSpace ~ em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash qquad -\family default - (2\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (2\InsetSpace ~ em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{ -\emph on +\emph on longueur -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default , etc. Un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset em \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset fait à peu près la largeur de la lettre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans la police utilisée. Le paramètre de longueur de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace -\family default +\family default peut être n'importe quelle longueur TeX valide ; l'unité peut être -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default (millimètre), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cm -\family default +\family default (centimètre), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default (pouce), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default - (point = 1/72\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (point = 1/72\InsetSpace ~ pouce), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter em -\family default +\family default (largeur de la lettre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ex -\family default +\family default (hauteur de la lettre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Exemples : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{1in} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{2.5em} -\family default +\family default , etc. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment faire référence à des citations en les groupant ainsi [1,2,3,6] ou [1-3,6] plutôt qu'ainsi [1][2][3][6] ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Insérez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{cite} -\family default +\family default dans le préambule LaTeX. La plupart des distributions LaTeX devraient comprendre ce paquetage. LyX le supporte, si vous mettez des citations multiples séparées par des virgules dans la boîte de dialogue correspondante, par exemple [Smalley_JCP,Jar rold_Sci], au lieu de simplement une citation après l'autre : [Smalley_JCP] [Jarrold_Sci]. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Questions au sujet des figures -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Quelle est la différence entre une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure flottante \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exemple de terminologie imparfaite. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est ce que j'appellerais un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset graphique \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; ça signifie basiquement insérer un fichier d'image. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure flottante \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset correspond plus à ce qu'on appelle une figure dans un article : elle comprend le graphique, la légende, la numérotation de figure, etc. Vous devriez toujours essayer d'abord d'insérer une figure flottante, puis de mettre une figure dedans. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les tableaux marchent de la même manière. Mettez un tableau flottant d'abord, puis insérez le tableau dedans. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment faire pour que LyX mette la figure exactement où je veux ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Placement\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Placement\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ flottants -\family default +\family default , mettez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !htp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset .LaTeX s'acharnera alors à mettre la figure d'abord à l'endroit où elle est insérée, puis en haut d'une page, puis sur une page à part. C'est un réglage global : toutes les figures seront concernées. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez contrôler le comportement d'une figure individuellement en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur le flottant de figure, et en réglant le paramètre correspondant dans la fenêtre obtenue. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Que veut dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Trop de flottants non traités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ne peut gérer qu'un nombre limité d'éléments flottants qui flottent en même temps. - Par exemple, si la Figure\SpecialChar ~ + Par exemple, si la Figure\InsetSpace ~ 4 ne trouve pas de bon emplacement (en utilisant les règles par défaut : haut de la page, puis bas, puis page à part) et - si vient la Figure\SpecialChar ~ + si vient la Figure\InsetSpace ~ 5, les deux vont continuer à flotter ensemble jusqu'à ce qu'un bon emplacement soit disponible. Si rien de correct n'apparaît, elles vont être placées à la fin du document. S'il y a trop d'éléments qui flottent ainsi, un compteur LaTeX atteint son maximum et émet une erreur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ce n'est pas un bogue, c'est simplement trop de figures et pas assez de texte :-) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La façon la plus simple de contourner cela est d'insérer une commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default quelque part dans le document où un saut de page serait approprié. Tandis qu'un saut de page ne ferait que démarrer une nouvelle page, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default traite tous les flottants restants, puis commence une nouvelle page. Ça peut conduire à un amas peu esthétique de figures au milieu de votre document ; vous pouvez utiliser plusieurs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default pour obtenir un bon équilibre. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Questions au sujet des Maths -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment mettre du texte normal dans une équation mathématique ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-m m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default quand vous êtes dans l'équation pour entrer en mode \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset texte-math \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment obtenir une racine cubique (ou plus élevée) ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-m r \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour insérer une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset boîte de racine \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Utilisez les touches du curseur pour naviguer dans les points d'insertion. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions sur le lancement de LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment convertir des fichiers LyX en LaTeX à la ligne de commande ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'exportation de fichiers a été grandement améliorée dans la version 1.1.6. Vous avez juste besoin de taper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et c'est tout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez une version plus ancienne, cette commande nécessite que vous ayez un serveur X allumé, car elle fait surgir des fenêtres à l'écran. Si vous disposez de la commande Xvfb, vous pouvez recourir à un subterfuge (sous -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bash -\family default +\family default ) : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter (Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sous -\family typewriter +\family typewriter csh -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tcsh -\family default +\family default c'est simplement : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Ça devrait fonctionner n'importe où, que X tourne ou non. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment créer des fichiers PDF à partir de mon document LyX ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Lire la Section\SpecialChar ~ +Lire la Section\InsetSpace ~ 5.3.6 du manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pourquoi les polices de mon document sont-elles si laides dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Ce problème et sa solution sont également discutés dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ +Ce problème et sa solution sont également discutés dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ 5.3.6 du manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pourquoi ma version flambant neuve de Ghostscript ne rend-elle pas correctement les figures EPS en ligne ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Note : ceci ne s'applique qu'aux versions de LyX antérieures à la 1.2.0, car le code chargé du rendu des graphiques a été réécrit depuis.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques utilisateurs ont signalé qu'ils ne pouvaient afficher les figures en ligne dans LyX avec les dernières versions de Ghostscript. Il apparaît qu'il s'agit d'un bogue de Ghostscript : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ce bogue semble affecter Ghostscript 6.22 et suivantes. Après avoir appliqué le correctif mentionné ci-dessus, l'affichage dans LyX remarche bien. GNU Ghostscript 6.53 et suivantes contient déjà ce correctif. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Questions sur LyX et Windows -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pourquoi les menus et la barre d'outils clignotent-ils ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous utilisez probablement le serveur X XWin32. C'est un bogue de XWin32 : vous pouvez contourner le problème en désactivant l'option \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utiliser les Couleurs Réservées \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans XWin32, et en utilisant un mode de couleur autre que PseudoColor. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Comment obtenir plus d'aide -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vous n'avez toujours pas répondu à ma question ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alors lisez la totalité des manuels, en particulier le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . La documentation n'est vraiment pas mal. (D'ailleurs, j'ai aidé à en écrire une partie :-) Si vous pensez que votre problème peut être lié à LaTeX, alors regardez dans -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed. -\emph default +\emph default de Leslie Lamport (1994). Il y a aussi de nombreux fichiers d'exemples inclus avec LyX. Essayez -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ouvrir\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exemples -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Je veux écrire à quelqu'un pour lui parler de mon problème -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Envoyez un courrier à la liste de diffusion des utilisateurs de LyX : lyx-users@ lists.lyx.org. Si LyX se plante ou ne fonctionne pas du tout, alors essayez la liste des développeurs à lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quoi mettre dans une demande d'assistance ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mettez votre version de LyX et une description de ce que vous essayez de faire, ainsi que des preuves que vous avez bien lu les documentations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si LyX s'est planté, mettez la version de LyX, le système d'exploitation, la version de xforms (s'il semble y avoir un problème de tracé à l'écran), @@ -1664,63 +2072,83 @@ Si LyX s'est plant Si vous êtes courageux et aimez bidouiller, utilisez gdb pour générer un backtrace \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Terme utilisé dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default , désignant la pile d'appel des fonctions. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset et joignez-le à votre courrier. Si vous ne voyez pas du tout de quoi je suis en train de parler, décrivez simplement ce que vous étiez en train de faire, de la façon la plus complète possible. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Renseignements Administratifs et Remerciements -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Votre avis est le bienvenu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Envoyez des commentaires, des suggestions d'ajouts, ou l'annonce que vous avez battu un record du monde avec votre document, à -\emph on +\emph on lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formats dans lesquels cette FAQ est disponible -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le fichier LyX original est compris dans la distribution source de LyX, des versions converties en HTML et en ASCII devraient bientôt être disponibles sur le site web. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Auteurs et remerciements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson et Paul Evans ont été responsables de la FAQ jusqu'à la version 0.2.2 qui traitait de LyX-0.10.7. À partir de la version 0.3.0 la FAQ a été entièrement réécrite et couvre LyX-1.0 et au-delà. Beaucoup de gens ont contribué à des morceaux de la version actuelle. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Garantie et Licence -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je ne garantis pas que quoi que ce soit dans ce document soit correct jusqu'à la n-ième décimale ; après tout, je ne suis qu'un astronome, et pour nous, \begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Quand le résultat tombe faux, nous ne faisons que redéfinir les unités. @@ -1733,13 +2161,16 @@ Je ne garantis pas que quoi que ce soit dans ce document soit correct jusqu' avant la coupure de courant, pendant que vous vous demandiez comment une constante physique fondamentale exprimée en \begin_inset Formula $m.s^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset peut être égale à une autre exprimée en \begin_inset Formula $kg.m.s^{-2}.K^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ce fichier est Copyright © 2000 par Michael E. Ressler au nom de l'Équipe de Documentation de LyX. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_Intro.lyx index 8c2f454dd1..a55753bb1e 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,108 +24,131 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduction à LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 30/06/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.29, Date : 16/03/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Author +\begin_layout Author par l'Équipe LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : P.-H. -\noun on +\noun on Boinnard -\noun default +\noun default , M. -\noun on +\noun on Boinnard -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Denis -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Valdenaire -\noun default +\noun default et -\noun on +\noun on Adrien -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter La philosophie de LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Qu'est-ce que LyX ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est un système de préparation de documents. Il est excellent si vous voulez écrire des articles scientifiques et techniques @@ -147,7 +171,9 @@ LyX est un syst des publications scientifiques, des scripts pour des pièces de théâtre ou des films, des propositions de contrats\SpecialChar \ldots{} vous voyez le genre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est un programme qui offre une approche moderne de l'écriture de documents par ordinateur, inspirée des langages à balises, une approche qui rompt @@ -157,7 +183,9 @@ l avec le minimum d'effort sans devenir des sp Le travail de typographie sera pris en charge en majorité par l'ordinateur, non par l'auteur ; avec LyX, l'auteur peut se concentrer sur le contenu de ce qu'il écrit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour faire le choix d'utiliser LyX, il faut avant tout changer d'état d'esprit. À une époque, pour créer des documents il n'y avait que les machines à @@ -166,11 +194,11 @@ Pour faire le choix d'utiliser LyX, il faut avant tout changer d' Souligner, qui n'était rien d'autre que repasser sur le texte avec des caractères \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , est devenu un moyen de mettre du texte en valeur. Pour créer une table, il fallait évaluer au préalable la largeur des colonnes @@ -179,39 +207,45 @@ _ à droite. Les césures nécessitaient un oeil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Pour conserver une bonne lisibilité dans la fenêtre LyX, l'o e dans l'o a volontairement été évité. Il faut savoir qu'il s'écrit \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , c'est-à-dire -\backslash +\backslash oe{} en mode TeX. Consultez la section -\emph on +\emph on LyX et la typographie française -\emph default +\emph default du -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset exercé et beaucoup de prévoyance. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En d'autres termes, nous avons tous été habitués à nous soucier de l'emplacement précis de chaque caractère. @@ -224,129 +258,143 @@ En d'autres termes, nous avons tous à changer la roue de la machine à écrire. C'est la philosophie correspondant aux traitements de texte WYSIWYG : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous voyez ce que vous obtenez. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Malheureusement, ce paradigme devient souvent \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is All You Get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous n'obtenez que ce que vous voyez. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est là-dessus que LyX diffère d'un traitement de texte ordinaire. Vous ne vous souciez pas de savoir où sera placé tel ou tel caractère. Vous dites à LyX -\shape slanted +\shape slanted ce que vous voulez faire -\shape default +\shape default et LyX se charge du reste, appliquant un ensemble de règles appelé un -\emph on +\emph on style -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour être honnête, la plupart des versions récentes des suites bureautiques les plus populaires ont aujourd'hui des sortes de feuilles de style qui présentent une approche semblable. Cependant, l'expérience montre qu'elles sont encore rarement utilisées en pratique. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Voyons un petit exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supposons que vous tapez un rapport. Pour commencer, vous voulez une section appelée \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous allez dans le menu de votre traitement de texte qui vous permet de changer la taille de police et vous choisissez une nouvelle taille. Puis vous passez en caractères gras. Ensuite, vous tapez : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Introduction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Bien sûr, si vous décidez de déplacer cette section dans votre document, ou d'en insérer une autre avant, il vous faudra changer la numérotation de la section, ainsi que celle des suivantes, sans oublier les entrées de la table des matières. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec LyX, vous allez sur le menu déroulant tout à fait à gauche de la barre d'outils, sélectionnez -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , et tapez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eh oui, c'est tout. Si vous coupez-collez la section, la numérotation sera automatiquement @@ -355,20 +403,24 @@ Eh oui, c'est tout. des balises de références croisées), LyX les mettra à jour automatiquement tout au long du document, de sorte que vous n'aurez jamais à taper de numéro de section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vient ensuite le problème de la cohérence. - Cinq jours plus tard, vous ouvrez votre rapport et commencez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Cinq jours plus tard, vous ouvrez votre rapport et commencez la Section\InsetSpace ~ 4. Malheureusement, vous avez oublié que vous utilisiez du 18pt gras à la - place de 16pt, et vous tapez l'en-tête de la Section\SpecialChar ~ + place de 16pt, et vous tapez l'en-tête de la Section\InsetSpace ~ 4 avec une police différent -e de celle de la Section\SpecialChar ~ +e de celle de la Section\InsetSpace ~ 1. Ce problème n'existe pas avec LyX. L'ordinateur prend soin de toute cette comptabilité stupide. Après tout, c'est bien le domaine de prédilection d'un ordinateur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un autre exemple. Supposons que vous écrivez une liste. @@ -380,66 +432,72 @@ Voici un autre exemple. Avec LyX, il n'y a que deux choses à savoir : de quel genre de liste il s'agit, et ce qu'il y a dedans. C'est tout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, l'idée maîtresse avec LyX est la suivante : dites ce que vous faites, et non pas comment le faire. À la place de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Vous voyez ce que vous obtenez. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , le modèle de LyX serait plutôt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Vous voyez ce que vous -\emph on +\emph on voulez dire. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph default + +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en abrégé. C'est une idée puissante qui simplifie grandement le processus d'écriture de documents. C'est aussi pour ça que LyX n'est pas très adapté pour créer des affiches et des tracts -- dans ce cas, vous -\emph on +\emph on voulez -\emph default +\emph default définir exactement où va chaque chose, parce qu'il n'y a pas d'unités fonctionn elles comme des paragraphes, des sections, etc\SpecialChar \ldots{} Ça ne veut pas dire qu'il @@ -447,22 +505,26 @@ elles comme des paragraphes, des sections, etc\SpecialChar \ldots{} Ça signifie simplement que ce n'est pas l'outil adapté -- vous n'utilisez pas un tournevis pour enfoncer des clous (sauf si votre tournevis est garanti à vie). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Différences entre LyX et les autres traitements de texte \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX et les autres traitements de texte -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Non, nous ne cherchons pas ici à déclarer (ou à gagner) la guerre sainte des traitements de texte. @@ -471,30 +533,42 @@ Non, nous ne cherchons pas ici Et l'un de ses aspects les plus importants, le WYSIWYM, est un concept fondamentalement différent de ce que la plupart des gens pensent qu'est un traitement de texte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Voici une liste de choses que vous ne trouverez pas dans LyX : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize la règle ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des taquets de tabulation ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize des espaces superflues (c'est-à-dire taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default deux fois ou plus). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les taquets de tabulation, au même titre que la règle qui vous indique la position des éléments dans la page, n'ont aucune utilité avec LyX. @@ -504,31 +578,47 @@ Les taquets de tabulation, au m Le fait de ne pas pouvoir taper deux lignes vides à la suite vous agacera au début, mais prendra tout son sens une fois que vous penserez en termes WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voilà quelques notions qui existent avec LyX, mais ne sont pas utilisées comme vous pourriez le penser : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize contrôle de l'indentation ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize sauts de page ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize interligne (simple, double, etc\SpecialChar \ldots{} ) ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize espacement, horizontal et vertical ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polices et tailles de police ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize types de caractère (gras, italique, souligné, etc\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Même si elles existent dans LyX, vous n'en aurez généralement pas besoin. LyX prendra en charge tout cela pour vous, en fonction de ce que vous écrivez. @@ -540,48 +630,64 @@ M En général, l'interligne, l'espace entre les mots et entre les paragraphes est variable, et est défini par LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il y a des façons d'ajuster manuellement toutes ces propriétés (et seules quelques-unes nécessitent des connaissances en LaTeX), que ce soit pour l'ensemble du document ou seulement pour une partie. Référez-vous au -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default et/ou aux -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default pour avoir des détails. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, il y a quelques domaines où nous pensons que LyX (et LaTeX) surpasse quantité d'autres traitements de texte : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize césure ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize listes de tous types ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize mathématiques ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tables ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize références croisées. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'accord, un certain nombre de traitements de texte modernes peuvent gérer les symboles mathématiques, les tableaux et les césures, et beaucoup ont @@ -589,78 +695,86 @@ D'accord, un certain nombre de traitements de texte modernes peuvent g Cependant, ils ne le font que depuis peu, alors que LyX est construit sur le système de préparation de document LaTeX. LaTeX est là depuis plus de 15 ans, et -\shape slanted +\shape slanted fonctionne. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Qu'est-ce donc que LaTeX (et en quoi ça me concerne) ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX est un système de préparation de document conçu par Leslie Lamport en 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La source des informations de cette section est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , par Helmut Kopka et Patrick Daly, ouvrage inclus dans la bibliographie du -\emph on - Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on + Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . À son tour, il a été construit à partir d'un langage de composition appelé TeX, créé par Donald Knuth en 1984. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset se prononce comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset berq ! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : onomatopée originale : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ce qui représente bien ce que beaucoup de gens pensent de ce langage. Pourtant, la plupart des gens ne comprennent même pas ce qu'est TeX. @@ -669,62 +783,68 @@ blech! C'est un peu plus compliqué qu'une machine à écrire, mais pas autant qu'une vraie presse d'imprimerie ; cependant, la plupart des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset trucs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du métier d'imprimeur ont été modélisés par Knuth sous la forme d'algorithmes informatiques et incorporés dans TeX, d'où son excellent rendu d'impression. Dans tous les cas, la sortie produite par TeX est le format de fichier \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indépendant du périphérique \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , en abrégé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez alors envoyer le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default à tout ce qui comprend le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ou le convertir vers d'autres formats comme PostScript®, PDF, etc\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX ne serait qu'un moteur de rendu typographique s'il n'avait pas une capacité supplémentaire. En effet, TeX permet également de définir des macros. C'est là que ça devient intéressant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart de ceux qui utilisent TeX utilisent en fait un paquetage de macros que Donald Knuth créa pour masquer nombre de détails typographiques. @@ -738,7 +858,9 @@ La plupart de ceux qui utilisent TeX utilisent en fait un paquetage de macros des formules de maths, d'une façon uniforme et cohérente avec le moins de tracas possible. C'est ainsi qu'est né LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parallèlement au développement et au déploiement de LaTeX, d'autres personnes créèrent leurs propres paquetages de macros pour TeX, certains pour faire @@ -755,27 +877,29 @@ Parall En fait, LaTeX est pratiquement un langage complet à lui tout seul ! Des utilisateurs du monde entier ont créé leur propres extensions de LaTeX, en plus de celles qui sont en standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a deux façons d'étendre LaTeX : les classes et les styles. Une -\shape slanted +\shape slanted classe -\shape default +\shape default est un jeu de macros LaTeX (et TeX) qui décrivent un nouveau type de document, comme un livre, ou un article. On trouve des classes pour des transparents, pour des articles de journaux de physique et de maths\SpecialChar \ldots{} de nombreuses universités ont même une classe pour la composition de leurs thèses ! Le -\shape slanted +\shape slanted style -\shape default +\shape default diffère de la classe en ceci qu'il ne définit pas de nouveau document, mais un -\shape slanted +\shape slanted comportement -\shape default +\shape default différent applicable dans n'importe quel document. Par exemple, LyX contrôle les marges et l'interligne grâce à deux fichiers de style conçus à cet effet. @@ -784,141 +908,159 @@ comportement définir des en-têtes de page fantaisie, personnaliser les bibliographies, modifier la place et l'allure des notes de bas de page, tableaux, et figures, personnaliser les listes, et cetera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un résumé : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -TeX\SpecialChar ~ +TeX\InsetSpace ~ : Langage de composition avec possibilité de macros. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ : Paquetage de macros basé sur TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -classes\SpecialChar ~ +classes\InsetSpace ~ : Définitions d'un type de document, utilisant LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -styles\SpecialChar ~ +styles\InsetSpace ~ : Modifient le comportement par défaut de LaTeX d'une façon donnée. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -LyX\SpecialChar ~ +LyX\InsetSpace ~ : Traitement de texte visuel, WYSIWYM, qui à l'impression utilise LaTeX dans toute sa splendeur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le but de cette section était d'expliquer -\shape italic +\shape italic pourquoi -\shape default +\shape default LyX fonctionne un peu différemment des autres traitements de texte. La raison est simple : LyX utilise LaTeX comme outil d'impression. Exactement comme LaTeX, LyX se focalise sur le contexte de vos écrits -- le -\shape italic +\shape italic quoi. -\shape default +\shape default L'ordinateur s'occupe lui du -\shape slanted +\shape slanted comment -\shape default +\shape default le présenter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh -- une dernière chose. LaTeX se prononce comme TeX. Il rime avec \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ha blech \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , selon votre prononciation du \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . En général. Leslie Lamport dit pourtant dans son livre, que \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on lay -\emph default +\emph default -tecks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est aussi acceptable. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , de son côté, se prononce \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , selon votre contrée d'origine\SpecialChar \ldots{} mais de nombreux messages incendiaires ayant @@ -926,20 +1068,24 @@ looks le prononcer comme bon vous semble. Simplement ne le prononcez pas \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter :-) -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Naviguer dans la documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour répondre plus facilement à vos questions tout en décrivant toutes les fonctionnalités de LyX, la documentation a été répartie sur plusieurs fichiers. @@ -947,7 +1093,9 @@ Pour r Mais avant de parcourir tous ces fichiers, il vaut mieux lire ce chapitre avec attention, parce qu'il contient des informations et commentaires qui pourront vous faire gagner du temps. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien que LyX ait maintenant bien dépassé la version 1.0, certains documents seront peut-être incomplets ou un peu en retard dans la mise à jour, même @@ -955,43 +1103,49 @@ Bien que LyX ait maintenant bien d Comme pour l'ensemble de LyX, les manuels sont l'oeuvre de bénévoles qui ont un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset vrai \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset travail, une famille, la vaisselle à laver, la litière du chat à changer, et ainsi de suite. Si vous êtes volontaire pour nous rejoindre, jetez un oeil attentif sur - la section\SpecialChar ~ + la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset de ce document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'autre part, faites-nous une faveur -- s'il arrivait que dans cette documentati on quelque chose vous embrouille, ne soit pas bien clair, ou carrément faux, faites-le nous savoir ! Vous pouvez contacter les préposés à la mise à jour de la documentation à l'adresse email -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Si vous avez des questions à laquelle la documentation ne répond pas de manière évidente, et que vous avez besoin d'une aide urgente, vous pouvez joindre la liste de diffusion des utilisateurs à l'adresse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Le Format des Manuels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si certains d'entre vous ont imprimé les manuels, d'autres les lisent en ligne. @@ -1002,34 +1156,40 @@ Si certains d'entre vous ont imprim dans le corps du document. Les notes de bas de page, qui ont l'aspect suivant \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Veuillez agréer nos hommages les plus respectueux ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour refermer cette note, cliquez sur la boîte grise en haut à gauche, celle qui contient le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , sont accessibles en cliquant dessus avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Vous pouvez consulter la table des matières soit en cliquant sur la boîte grise située sous le titre, soit en utilisant le menu -\family sans +\family sans Naviguer -\family default +\family default , qui la fait apparaître automatiquement. (Essayez!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sur la version papier, les références croisées sont affichées avec les bons numéros de page, de section ou de sous-section. @@ -1037,7 +1197,7 @@ Sur la version papier, les r : \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Dans la version papier il y a un numéro à la place.) Si vous cliquez sur @@ -1045,749 +1205,843 @@ Sur la version papier, les r la liste de toutes les références croisées du document. Cette introduction n'en a qu'une, appelée \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:Contrib \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous pouvez vous rendre à la section mentionnée en cliquant sur le bouton -\family sans -Aller\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aller\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ référence -\family default +\family default . Revenir d'où vous venez est tout aussi simple, il suffit de cliquer sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Revenir -\family default +\family default ou de taper -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default . (Que signifie -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default ? La description est juste un peu plus loin.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant que nous avons décrit les différences entre les versions papier et en ligne, voyons le format de ce document. Vous pourrez trouver des textes en différentes polices : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le style -\emph on +\emph on En Évidence -\emph default +\emph default sert à mettre l'accent sur un point et à écrire les paramètres génériques, les titres de livres, les noms de sections d'autres manuels, et les notes des auteurs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La police à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Chasse fixe -\family default +\family default sert pour les sources de programmes et les noms de fichiers, le code LaTeX, ainsi que les codes et fonctions LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La police -\family sans +\family sans Sans Empattement -\family default +\family default sert pour les menus, les boutons, les noms des fenêtres et des touches clavier. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le style -\noun on +\noun on Nom Propre -\noun default +\noun default sert pour les noms propres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour les accélérateurs de menus et d'autres raccourcis clavier plus obscurs, consultez la section -\emph on +\emph on Raccourcis Clavier -\emph default +\emph default du manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default (le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Voici les conventions utilisées pour décrire les séquences de touches : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour la touche -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour la touche -\family sans +\family sans Majuscule- ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour la touche -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , ou -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default sur certains claviers ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sont les touches de fonctions ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset la touche -\family sans +\family sans Échap -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Gauche -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Droite -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Haute -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Basse -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : les flèches de déplacement du curseur ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Inser -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Suppr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Début -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Fin -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : sont les 6 touches situées, sur la plupart des claviers de PC, au dessus des flèches de déplacement du curseur. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sont appelées \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sur certains claviers, ou sérigraphiées de flèches vers le haut et vers le bas barrées de plusieurs traits ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Entrée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default font référence à la même touche. La touche -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default est indifféremment sérigraphiée \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Entr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sur les différents claviers. Certains ont même deux de ces touches. LyX les traite toutes de la même façon, nous utiliserons -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default sans distinction. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pourrez rencontrer des phrases du genre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Voir le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dans le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancée -\emph default +\emph default s, nous décrivons en effet le rôle de chaque fonction en faisant la liste de ses raccourcis clavier, il peut donc être utile de le consulter. À noter qu'il existe deux familles de raccourcis clavier en usage dans la communauté LyX : le style \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset utilisé par défaut et familier à ceux provenant du monde du PC, et le style \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Emacs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour ceux qui ont grandi sur des machines Unix et utilisé l'éditeur Emacs. Dans la documentation, les raccourcis clavier font partie de la famille CUA, sauf s'il en est spécifié autrement. Si vous aimez Emacs, vous devriez être capable de parcourir la documentation pour découvrir les raccourcis par vous-même. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Les Manuels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La liste suivante décrit le contenu de chaque fichier de la documentation : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ce fichier. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si vous commencez avec LyX, et n'avez jamais touché à LaTeX, vous devriez commencer par là. Si vous pensez que le LaTeX est ce qui sert à faire les préservatifs, c'est - qu'il vous faut relire le Chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + qu'il vous faut relire le Chapitre\InsetSpace ~ 1, puis lire le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . Après sa lecture, vous penserez encore que le LaTeX est une substance extensibl e -- mais au moins, vous -\emph on +\emph on saurez -\emph default +\emph default comment utiliser LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous connaissez déjà LaTeX, vous devriez lire au moins la section \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX pour les connaisseurs de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (et passer en revue le reste du document ne pourrait pas faire de tort). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Et lorsque vous vous sentez un peu perdu avec LyX, essayez de lire attentivement le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default avant de consulter les autres manuels. C'est un bon tremplin. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ -\shape italic -\emph default -de\SpecialChar ~ +\shape italic +\emph default +de\InsetSpace ~ l'U -\series bold +\series bold tilisateur -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Le document de base. Il couvre la -\emph on +\emph on majeure partie -\emph default +\emph default des opérations et fonctions de base disponibles avec LyX. Pour bien en tirer profit, il faut avoir lu le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage\SpecialChar \@. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Extension du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Décrit comment utiliser des commandes LaTeX brut, des formats supplémentaires, des fonctions d'édition particulières, et comprend quelques secrets (plutôt bizarres, mais sympas) des maîtres de LaTeX. -\newline +\newline -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard C'est une description de certaines fonctions avancées de LyX, notamment la façon de personnaliser son comportement général. Y sont abordés la configuration du clavier (raccourcis), l'internationalisation , et les fichiers de configuration. Inutile de le consulter avant d'avoir lu le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Pendant son installation, LyX analyse votre système. Les informations qu'il découvre sont consignées dans ce document. Vous pouvez le consulter s'il manquait à LyX quelque chose qu'il est censé délivrer. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tous ces fichiers se référencent les uns les autres quand c'est nécessaire. Le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default contient par exemple -\emph on +\emph on quelques -\emph default +\emph default informations sur l'installation et la personnalisation, mais fait référence au manuel -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default de -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default pour de plus amples informations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Répétons un point important : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Si vous commencez avec LyX, lisez le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default dès maintenant\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Sinon, vous vous poserez des problèmes inutilement. LyX sait faire tout ce vous attendez d'un traitement de texte, mais avec une approche différente. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contribuer au projet LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contribuer à LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est pour l'essentiel écrit en C++ (l'importation LaTeX est écrite en Perl). C'est un vaste projet, il n'est donc pas exempt de bogues, et des améliorations peuvent être nécessaires dans le code source. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Signaler un bogue -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lors de votre utilisation de LyX, vous pouvez rencontrer un comportement que vous considérez comme un bogue. @@ -1795,16 +2049,18 @@ Lors de votre utilisation de LyX, vous pouvez rencontrer un comportement Les problèmes d'interface utilisateur sont considérés par l'équipe LyX comme des bogues importants : des indications sur les parties de l'inteface LyX que vous trouvez confuses et peu claires nous sont précieuses. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a un système de recensement de bogues, que vous trouverez sur le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[traceur de bogues de LyX]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous devez consulter le traceur de bogues avant de signaler un nouveau @@ -1813,22 +2069,24 @@ LyX a un syst vous voulez en signaler un nouveau, vous pouvez soit utiliser le traceur de bogues, soit envoyer un e-mail à la liste de diffusion des développeurs, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . L'adresse des archives de cette liste est indiquée sur le site principal de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[le site web de LyX]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un bon rapport de bogue doit au minimum comprendre la version de LyX avec laquelle vous avez rencontré le problème. @@ -1841,118 +2099,126 @@ Un bon rapport de bogue doit au minimum comprendre la version de LyX avec si nécessaire les versions des programmes externes utilisés par LyX. S'il s'agit d'un problème de configuration ou de compilation, joigneze le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default , et dites quel compilateur vous utilisez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous arrivez à faire planter LyX, veuillez prendre le temps de produire un backtrace \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Terme utilisé dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gdb -\family default +\family default , désignant la pile d'appel des fonctions. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset avec un exécutable lyx non allégé \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : et donc traçable (original : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset non-stripped executable \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Par défaut, le fichier binaire installé est allégé, mais celui créé dans le répertoire source ne l'est pas. Lancez donc LyX à partir de gdb en tapant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset gdb /users/bozo/lyx-1.x.x/src/lyx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default puis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset run \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Faites planter LyX et retournez dans gdb. Faites -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bt \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour produire un backtrace et joignez-le au rapport de bogue \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez être exhaustif, utilisez les commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset info locals \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset up \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour obtenir les valeurs prises par les variables locales dans quelques niveaux de la pile. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si possible, la description d'un moyen de reproduire le bogue est plus @@ -1960,27 +2226,35 @@ up notre propre backtrace. Mais si le bogue n'est pas facilement reproductible, un backtrace est indispens able, car c'est peut-être la seule chose dont nous disposerons. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Offrir des corrections et de nouvelles fonctions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez fait des changements au code source de LyX et que vous pensez qu'ils devraient faire partie de la distribution, envoyez vos changements sous la forme d'un fichier diff (au format unifié) à la liste des développeurs référencée plus haut, avec un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset change log \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , et une description de ce qu'ils font. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contribuer à la Documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La documentation de LyX est assez exhaustive ; cependant LyX est en constant développement, et chaque nouvelle version ajoute de nouvelles fonctions. @@ -1988,115 +2262,141 @@ La documentation de LyX est assez exhaustive ; cependant LyX est en constant ns. Cette section décrit quoi faire si vous trouvez une erreur, ou avez des suggestions pour améliorer la documentation. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapporter les erreurs dans les Manuels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous trouvez un problème dans la documentation, envoyez un message à la liste de diffusion -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . L'équipe de documentation apportera tous les changements nécessaires. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Se joindre à l'Équipe de Documentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme pour l'ensemble du projet LyX, toute aide est bienvenue pour la documentat ion de LyX ! Si vous êtes volontaire, merci de respecter -\shape italic +\shape italic avant tout -\shape default +\shape default les points suivants : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Récupérez le code source de LyX le plus récent. Désarchivez-le \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les plus aventureux peuvent récupérer les sources les plus récentes sur le site d'archivage CVS de LyX - elles sont contenues dans le module -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous trouverez dans cette arborescence un répertoire appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc -\family default +\family default . Il contient un fichier appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Lisez-le ; c'est la feuille de style de la documentation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ensuite, lisez le -\shape italic -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\shape italic +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\shape default +\shape default et le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Le but de cet exercice est de vous donner des idées. Le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default et le -\shape italic -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\shape italic +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\shape default +\shape default sont toujours les documents les plus à jour de la collection. Ils devraient vous aider à vous imprégner de l'aspect et de la structure que nous souhaitons avoir pour notre documentation. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Contactez l'équipe de documentation à l'adresse suivante : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard pour discuter des changements que vous envisagez, et avoir l'avis des autres. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Les changements que vous voudrez apporter peuvent aller du simple éclaircissemen t à une restructuration majeure de la documentation. Toute amélioration sera la bienvenue. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Contribuer à la Traduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour participer à la traduction, le principe est le même que pour modifier la version originale. @@ -2104,7 +2404,7 @@ Pour participer francophones, à l'adresse \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-fr@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Avant d'apporter une modification substantielle à un document, il faut @@ -2112,10 +2412,12 @@ Pour participer Pour s'inscrire sur cette liste, il faut envoyer un message vide à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-fr-subscribe@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'autre part il faut prendre garde à ne modifier que la dernière version de la traduction. @@ -2123,13 +2425,16 @@ D'autre part il faut prendre garde On peut y accéder en suivant les indications qui se trouvent sur \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[le site des développeurs de LyX]{http://www.devel.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il y a aussi une \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[page de la traduction en français]{http://perso.wanadoo.fr/adrien.rebollo/lyxfr/lyxfr.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset , sur laquelle vous pouvez télécharger les fichiers les plus récents. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_TOC.lyx index 309c024b3d..884a93efde 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language french \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,1893 +24,2739 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Plan de la documentation -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduction à LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 La philosophie de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Qu'est-ce que LyX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Différences entre LyX et les autres traitements de texte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Qu'est-ce donc que LaTeX (et en quoi ça me concerne) ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Naviguer dans la documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Le Format des Manuels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Les Manuels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Contribuer au projet LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Contribuer à LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Signaler un bogue -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Offrir des corrections et de nouvelles fonctions +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Contribuer à la Documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Rapporter les erreurs dans les Manuels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Se joindre à l'Équipe de Documentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Contribuer à la Traduction +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Foire Aux Questions de LyX, avec les Réponses -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction et Informations d'ordre général +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Qu'est-ce que LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 C'est bien, mais est-ce utile ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Où commencer ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 LyX marche-t-il sur mon ordinateur ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 LyX nécessite combien d'espace disque ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 LyX est-il vraiment un logiciel ouvert ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Ressources Internet +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Où chercher sur la Toile, au sujet de LyX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Et par FTP ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Quelles sont les listes de diffusion ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Les listes de diffusion sont-elles archivées quelque part ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 C'est malin ! Où sont-elles archivées ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibilité avec d'autres traitements de texte +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers LaTeX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers Word ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Puis-je lire/écrire des fichiers HTML ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Se procurer LyX et le compiler +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 De quoi ai-je besoin ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Comment le compiler ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Je déteste compiler. Où sont les binaires précompilés ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions sur le Vilain Texte Rouge ? (IMPORTANT !) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Qu'est-ce que le Vilain Texte Rouge (alias ERT) ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Comment entrer de l'ERT ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Le nouvel insert ERT est un fardeau ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Y a-t-il une alternative ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions sur l'utilisation de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Questions d'ordre général +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Comment me débarrasser de la date sous le titre ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Comment changer l'espacement dans un environnement de liste ListePuces/Énumérati on/Description ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Comment numéroter les équations section par section ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Puis-je le faire aussi avec les figures et les tableaux ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Comment transformer la numérotation des notes de bas de page en symboles (étoile, point, etc.) ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 Comment se débarrasser des veuves et des orphelins ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 Comment obtenir une liste formatée qui commence par 1. a) (par exemple) ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 Comment compter les mots dans LyX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 Comment insérer une quantité donnée d'espacement horizontal ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 Comment faire référence à des citations en les groupant ainsi [1,2,3,6] ou [1-3,6] plutôt qu'ainsi [1][2][3][6] ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Questions au sujet des figures +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Quelle est la différence entre une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure flottante \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Comment faire pour que LyX mette la figure exactement où je veux ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Que veut dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Questions au sujet des Maths +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Comment mettre du texte normal dans une équation mathématique ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Comment obtenir une racine cubique (ou plus élevée) ? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions sur le lancement de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Comment convertir des fichiers LyX en LaTeX à la ligne de commande ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Comment créer des fichiers PDF à partir de mon document LyX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Pourquoi les polices de mon document sont-elles si laides dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Pourquoi ma version flambant neuve de Ghostscript ne rend-elle pas correctement les figures EPS en ligne ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions sur LyX et Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Pourquoi les menus et la barre d'outils clignotent-ils ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 Comment obtenir plus d'aide +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 Vous n'avez toujours pas répondu à ma question ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 Je veux écrire à quelqu'un pour lui parler de mon problème -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 Quoi mettre dans une demande d'assistance ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Renseignements Administratifs et Remerciements +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Votre avis est le bienvenu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats dans lesquels cette FAQ est disponible -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Auteurs et remerciements -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Garantie et Licence +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Le Manuel d'Apprentissage de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Bienvenue dans l'univers de LyX ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 -Le Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +Le Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage : ce qu'il -\shape slanted +\shape slanted est -\shape default +\shape default , ce qu'il -\emph on +\emph on n'est pas +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 -Tirer le meilleur profit du Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +Tirer le meilleur profit du Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Ce que vous -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default trouverez -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Démarrer avec LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Votre premier document LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Taper, visualiser, et imprimer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Opérations de base -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM : les espaces avec LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Environnements +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sections et sous-sections -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listes et sous-listes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Autres environnement : vers, citations, et autres +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Écrire des documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Classes de texte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Modèles : écrire une lettre -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Titres des documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Étiquettes et références croisées +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Votre première étiquette -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Votre première référence croisée -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 En faire davantage avec les étiquettes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Notes de marge et de bas de page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographies -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Table des matières +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Utilisation du mode mathématique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Mode Mathématique -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Se déplacer dans une équation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Indices et exposants -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 La Palette Mathématique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Grec et symboles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Racines carrées, accents, et délimiteurs -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Mode TeX : limites, log, sin et autres -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Hors ligne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 En savoir plus sur l'écriture des maths +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Divers +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Autres fonctionnalités majeures de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX pour les connaisseurs de LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Mode TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importer des documents LaTeX -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Conversion de documents LyX en LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Préambule LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Classe de Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Autres Éléments du Préambule +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Erreurs ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 LyX et la typographie française +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Guide de l'Utilisateur de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Qu'est-ce que LyX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Pour démarrer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Démarrer LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 À quoi ressemble LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 La fenêtre principale +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 À l'aide ! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 L'interface de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Opérations de base sur les fichiers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Fonctions de base d'édition -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Annuler et Refaire -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Raccourcis souris de base -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Raccourcis clavier de base +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Utiliser LyX avec d'autres programmes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importer des fichiers ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Copier-coller entre LyX et d'autres programmes X +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Configuration de LyX et Applications nécessaires +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Configuration de base de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Configurer le clavier X +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Touches de modification et Bascule de mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Conseils et trucs utiles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips et Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 Ce dont vous avez besoin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi et Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 L'imprimante +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Les bases de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Types de documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Les différents classes de document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Sélectionner une classe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Propriétés +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Réglage fin de ces Valeurs par Défaut -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Taille de papier, Orientation et Marges -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Note importante +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Indentation et Séparation des paragraphes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Méthode générale d'Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Réglage fin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changer l'Interligne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Environnements de Paragraphe +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Titre du Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 En-têtes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 En-têtes Numérotés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 En-têtes Non Numérotés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changer la Numérotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Information Spéciale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Créer un Appendice +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Citations et Poésie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Vers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Listes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 Principes Généraux -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 La Liste LyX (environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Lettres +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default : Un résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Emploi +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Documents de recherche +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Usage spécial +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 -\family sans +\family sans Commentaire +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Environnements Emboîtés +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Pourquoi c'est important -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Ce que vous pouvez et ne pouvez pas emboîter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Emboîter d'autres objets : tableaux, math, flottants, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Emploi et Propriétés générales +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Les limites de l'emboîtement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Quelques Exemples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Exemple n°1 : Six niveaux et Emboîtement mixte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Exemple n°2 : Héritage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Exemple n°3 : Marqueurs de liste et Niveaux dans les Environnements -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Exemple n°4 : Péter les plombs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Polices et Styles de Texte +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Options Globales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Utiliser des Styles de Caractères Différents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Réglage fin avec la Fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Caractère +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Imprimer et Prévisualiser +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Visualisation Rapide avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Visualiser la Version PostScript® avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Imprimer le Fichier +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Quelques Mots sur la Typographie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Tirets et Césures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Ponctuation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abréviations et Fins de phrase -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Guillemets +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Veuves et Orphelins +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Les Flottants : Tableaux, Figures et Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Notes en Bas de Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Notes en Marge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures et Graphiques Importés +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figures Flottantes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Utiliser les Figures Flottantes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Emplacement des Flottants +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default et LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tableaux +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Ce que vous pouvez placer dans une case de tableau -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Copier-Coller avec les Tableaux -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Cases sur Plusieurs Lignes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Tableaux Flottants +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table des Matières et autres Sommaires +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 La Table des Matières -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Liste des Figures, des Tableaux et des Algorithmes +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Formules mathématiques +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Les bases de l'édition mathématique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Naviguer dans une formule -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Sélectionner du texte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Indices et Exposants -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sommes et Intégrales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 La -\family sans +\family sans Palette Mathématique -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Autres symboles mathématiques -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Changer l'espacement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Fonctions mathématiques -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 L'éditeur mathématique pour les utilisateurs de LaTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Délimiteurs et ornements -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Regroupement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Matrices et équations sur plusieurs lignes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Numérotation et étiquetage des équations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 Macros définies par l'utilisateur en mode mathématique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Mode d'emploi des macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 Comment en créer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 Comment y naviguer +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Réglage fin +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Polices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Mode Texte-Math -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Taille de police +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 LaTeX AMS +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Activer la gestion d'AMS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 Symboles AMS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 Types de formules AMS +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Autres Outils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Références croisées -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Écrire des titres courts avec des paramètres optionnels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Espacement, pagination et passages à la ligne +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Espace horizontal supplémentaire -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Espace vertical supplémentaire -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changer l'alignement d'un paragraphe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcer les sauts de page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Espaces insécables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Le passage à la ligne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Correction orthographique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Options du correcteur orthographique +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionnaire -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Dictionnaire personnel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Autres options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 Support international +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Options de langue du menu -\family sans +\family sans Format -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 La configuration du clavier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Tableaux de caractères +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Remerciements -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Options avancées de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX et LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Comment LyX utilise LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Au secours ! LyX a généré un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default illisible ! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Traduire des fichiers LaTeX en LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Insérer du code LaTeX dans des documents LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX et le préambule LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 À propos du préambule LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changer le préambule -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Exemples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Exemple 1 : Décalages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Exemple 2 : Étiquettes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Exemple 3 : Indentation de paragraphe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Exemple 4 : Ce document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX et les erreurs LaTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Outils supplémentaires +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Préparer une bibliographie avec BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Réalisation d'un index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Documents en plusieurs fichiers +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Généralités -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Références croisées entre fichiers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithmes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Sous-figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Enrober une Figure avec du Texte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Options supplémentaires pour les tableaux +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Enlever les espaces supplémentaires des colonnes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changer le caractère de séparation de colonnes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Colonnes alignées sur le symbole décimal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 Une meilleure solution pour l'alignement décimal +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Choix de puces dans -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default + +\end_layout \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 À quoi elles ressemblent -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 Comment s'en servir +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Classes de document spéciales +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 LaTeX AMS +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 Ce qu'offrent ces formats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Papier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Papier A&A +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Pour commencer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Le bloc d'en-tête -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 L'abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Environnements supportés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commandes non encore supportées par LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figures et Tableaux Flottants -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Format du référé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 Le papier exemple +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Commencer un Nouveau Papier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finir votre Papier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Commentaires sur des Commandes Particulières +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Les choses qui marchent comme prévu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Les choses qui marchent, mais qui nécessitent un commentaire -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Les choses qui ne sont pas implémentées, utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implémentées +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Conseils, Trucs et autres Astuces +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Faire coopérer LyX et AASTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 Erreur LaTeX lors du traitement d'un tableau -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 Références -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Inclure des fichiers EPS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Les choses qui auraient pu être faites, mais qui ne l'ont pas été +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Touche Finale +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Écrire un papier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Utilisation de l'ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Écrire un papier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Particularités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du paquetage Kluwer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans article (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans report (koma-script) -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 La nouvelle classe lettre : -\family sans +\family sans letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problèmes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Publications Springer sur deux colonnes ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 Nouveaux styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Publications supportées -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Crédits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bogues +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 Publications de l'AGU ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 Nouveaux environnements -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 Nouveaux flottants -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Publications supportées -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bogues et choses à retenir +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 Publications de l'EGS ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 Nouveaux environnements +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Diapos Slides (alias SliTeX) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Pour Commencer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Environnements de Paragraphe +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Environnements supportés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Subtilités des nouveaux environnements +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Réaliser une présentation grâce à -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SurCouche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Utiliser l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Diapo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Utiliser des -\family sans +\family sans SurCouches -\family default +\family default avec des -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Utiliser des -\family sans +\family sans Notes -\family default +\family default avec des -\family sans +\family sans Diapos -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 Le fichier modèle pour la classe -\family sans +\family sans slides +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Diapos Foils (alias -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Pour commencer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Options Supplémentaires +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Environnements supportés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Création de diapos +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Donner un titre de page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Débuter une nouvelle diapo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Théorèmes, lemmes, preuves et tutti quanti -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Listes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures et tableaux -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 En-têtes et pieds de pages +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Fonctions de -\family sans +\family sans FoilTeX -\family default +\family default non-supportées +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Longueurs -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 En-têtes et pieds +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (Papiers des Conférences de l'IEEE) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Pour commencer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Environnements supportés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Différences entre écran et impression +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Problèmes particuliers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Fonctions particulières -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Taille de papier et Marges -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environnements -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Jargon de script +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Problèmes particuliers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Fonctions particulières -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Taille de papier et Marges -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environnements +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Dans le préambule -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Champs -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Notes importantes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Inconvénients +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importer et Exporter d'autres Formats de Fichier +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considérations Générales -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importer d'autres Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Texte ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporter d'autres formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 DVI (Device Independent Files : Fichiers Indépendants de l'Appareil) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Texte ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Utiliser pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Pourquoi mon texte a-t-il l'air si moche quand je le visionne avec Acrobat Reader ? @@ -1917,643 +2764,937 @@ Pourquoi mon texte a-t-il l'air si moche quand je le visionne avec Acrobat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Pourquoi la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} -\family default +\family default ne marche pas quand j'utilise pslatex ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Est-il possible d'écrire du code LaTeX qui ne soit lu que par pdfLaTeX ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 Comment puis-je rendre les URL cliquables ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Personnalisé +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Description complète de reLyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 Ce que reLyX sait gérer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 Ce que reLyX ne sait pas gérer -- Mais ça marche quand même -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 Ce que reLyX gère mal -- c'est-à-dire les BOGUES -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 Ce que LyX ne sait pas gérer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Exemples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Rapports de bogue -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Détails de l'Implémentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Fichiers de Format -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Fichiers de Syntaxe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Divers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Avertissements -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Fichiers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 Voir aussi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Auteurs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX et applications extérieures +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 LyX avec les outils SGML (alias LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 En résumé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Préparer et utiliser un document LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Pour commencer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Le format LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Utilisation des environnements de paragraphe dans LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 Structure des documents LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 Environnements de paragraphe LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Autres possibilités avec ces documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Références croisées et HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Utiliser les scripts Sgml pour LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Erreurs avec LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Correcteur TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Comment l'utiliser -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Réglages fins +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Contrôle de Version sous LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Les commandes RCS sous LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Initialiser le contrôle de versions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Figer cette Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Nouvelle Version Éditable -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Recharger la Version Précédente -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Annuler Figer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser Historique +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Programmation littéraire +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 La programmation littéraire +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 Références +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX et la Programmation Littéraire +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configurer LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Fonctions pour le déboguage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Ajouts à la barre d'outils -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Couleurs personnalisées +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets des Maîtres du LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Trucs pour les notes de bas de page ou les notes en marge +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Notes de bas de page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Notes en marge +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 MultiColonnes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 But -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Exemples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Deux Colonnes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Colonnes Multiples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Des Colonnes dans une Colonne +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numérotation dans l'Environnement de Paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Ajout d'Espace entre les Rangées d'un Tableau -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Lettrines -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Paragraphes de Forme Inhabituelle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Résumé +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Personnaliser LyX : Fonctions pour l'Utilisateur Avancé -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Les fichiers de configuration de LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Qu'est-ce qu'il y a dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter RépLyX -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Les fichiers générés automatiquement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Répertoires -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Fichiers que vous n'avez pas à modifier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Autres fichiers appelant un commentaire +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Votre répertoire personnel de configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Utiliser LyX avec plusieurs configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Utiliser la fenêtre pour la première fois -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Polices d'Écran +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Réglage de la Résolution DPI et Agrandissement des Polices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Commandes de définition de police -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Encodage de police +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Raccourcis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Interface utilisateur -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Convertisseurs, Formats et Visionneuses -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Options d'exportation ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Imprimante +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changer les Couleurs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Les réglages autodétectés -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Le reste +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationaliser LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Sélectionner une autre langue pour l'interface utilisateur -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Traduire LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Traduire l'interface graphique (messages textuels) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Traduire la documentation +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Support de Clavier International +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Définir ses propres réaffectations clavier : Format de fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Les Claviers Internationaux +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Touches mortes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Enregistrer votre Configuration Linguistique +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installer de Nouvelles Classes de Document, Formats et Modèles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installer un nouveau paquetage LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Gérer de nouvelles classes de document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Format pour un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Format pour un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Déclarer une nouvelle classe de texte +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 Paramètres généraux d'une classe de texte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Section -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Formats de paragraphe spécifiques -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Flottants -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Compteurs -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Description de police +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Créer des Modèles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Insérer un Objet Externe +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Contexte -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Comment fonctionne-t-il ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 La Fenêtre d'Objet Externe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Exemples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Le fichier de configuration des cadres externes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 Le mécanisme de substitution -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 La question de la sécurité +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Le Serveur LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Démarrer le Serveur LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Communication normale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Le Protocole Serveur LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Raccourcis +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Barre d'outils -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menus +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 Fichier -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Éditer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insérer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Format +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caractère +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 Visualiser -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Naviguer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Aide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Style de Paragraphe +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Clavier +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Spécifique à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Raccourcis mathématiques standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Autres Raccourcis +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_Tutorial.lyx index 9dd888f5b9..2c59831ce4 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,100 +24,123 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Le Manuel d'Apprentissage de LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 04/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Revision: 1.27, Date : 16/03/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Author +\begin_layout Author par l'Équipe LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : P.-H. -\noun on +\noun on Boinnard -\noun default +\noun default , M. -\noun on +\noun on Boinnard -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Denis Valdenaire -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Jean-Pierre Vidal, -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Adrien Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default < -\family typewriter +\family typewriter adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr -\family default +\family default >. Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bienvenue dans l'univers de LyX ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce document est destiné à tous ceux qui n'ont jamais entendu parler de LaTeX, ou qui ne le connaissent pas bien. @@ -126,16 +150,18 @@ Ce document est destin LaTeX. Néanmoins, vous aurez quelques connaissances à acquérir pour utiliser LyX efficacement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous en arrivez peut-être à lire ce document après avoir tenté vainement de mettre deux espaces après un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou trois lignes vides entre deux paragraphes. Après quelques tentatives infructueuses, vous vous êtes rendu compte que @@ -149,56 +175,68 @@ Vous en arrivez peut- mise en page de vos documents. LyX, au contraire, réalise la typographie pour vous, de manière cohérente, vous permettant de vous consacrer à l'important, le contenu de votre document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Donc, restez avec nous et poursuivez la lecture de ce -\shape slanted -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\shape slanted +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\shape default +\shape default , le temps que vous y aurez passé sera vite rentabilisé. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -Le Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +Le Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage : ce qu'il -\shape slanted +\shape slanted est -\shape default +\shape default , ce qu'il -\emph on +\emph on n'est pas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une petite note avant de nous mettre en route dans cette section : Le -\shape slanted -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\shape slanted +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\shape default +\shape default fait usage des notations décrites dans l' -\shape slanted +\shape slanted Introduction. -\shape default +\shape default Si vous avez commencé avec le présent manuel, il est temps de vous interrompre et de parcourir l' -\shape slanted +\shape slanted Introduction, -\shape default +\shape default dès maintenant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant que vous savez le sens accordé aux différentes polices, parlons un peu de l'objectif de ce -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout -Tirer le meilleur profit du Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Subsection + +Tirer le meilleur profit du Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce manuel est constitué d'exemples et d'exercices. Pour tirer le meilleur parti de ce document, au fur et à mesure de sa lecture, @@ -206,107 +244,122 @@ Ce manuel est constitu faire tous les exercices et vérifier que vous obtenez les bons résultats. Pour vous faciliter la tâche, vous préférerez peut-être sortir une impression de la version PostScript® de ce document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si LaTeX vous est familier, vous pourrez lire le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default assez rapidement, car un certain nombre de notions de LyX ne sont que des notions LaTeX déguisées. LyX possède néanmoins des particularités \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ou, d'un point de vue plus optimiste, des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fonctionnalités \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset que vous aimeriez découvrir. Et même si vous ne souhaitez pas continuer la lecture de ce -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default -, vous devriez quand même vous reporter à la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +, vous devriez quand même vous reporter à la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:utilisateurs-latex} -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui a été faite spécialement pour les utilisateurs expérimentés de LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ce que vous -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default trouverez -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Des explications détaillées sur toutes les fonctionnalités de LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vous voudriez le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default en double ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sérieusement, nous sommes là pour que vous puissiez démarrer et vous satisfaire par la suite du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . Si nous essayions de recopier toutes les informations sur toutes les fonctionna lités de LyX ici-même, le -\emph on - Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on + Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default serait redondant, trop long, et jamais à jour. Nous ne faisons ici qu'introduire les choses ; il faudrait insérer \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à la fin de chaque section ! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Description détaillée de LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Inutile. Si vous cherchez à connaître toutes les finesses de LaTeX, vous pouvez @@ -314,136 +367,151 @@ Inutile. Il y a quelques bonnes références sur le marché. Pas la peine de réinventer la roue\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Et maintenant, il est temps de s'y mettre, et d'attaquer votre premier document\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Démarrer avec LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Votre premier document LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:premier-exemple} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nous y voilà. Vous êtes prêts à écrire. Cependant, avant d'y aller, nous avons encore quelques détails à mentionner, qui devraient rendre le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default plus instructif, plus utile, et plus distrayant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme il y a des tas de choses que nous n'allons pas expliquer en détail, la -\emph on +\emph on première -\emph default +\emph default chose à faire, c'est de trouver les autres fichiers d'aide. Vous avez de la chance, c'est très simple. Lancez LyX. Sélectionnez -\family sans -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\family default +\family default dans le menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez ouvrir également le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default (si vous n'êtes pas déjà en train de le lire à l'écran). De cette façon, vous pourrez les lire en même temps que vous tapez votre propre fichier \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont de bons exemples pour l'emploi d'un tas de fonctions de LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Notez qu'une fois que vous avez ouvert plusieurs documents, vous pouvez basculer de l'un à l'autre dans le menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocuments -\family default +\family default . Le -\emph on - Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on + Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default ne traitera pas en détail des sujets qui sont décrits dans les autres documenta tions de LyX. Au départ, ça peut vous compliquer un peu la tâche, mais ça permettra au -\emph on +\emph on Manuel -\emph default -\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +\InsetSpace ~ -\emph on +\emph on d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default de conserver une taille raisonnable. Vous vous habituerez aussi à utiliser les autres manuels, ce qui -- à long terme -- vous fera économiser beaucoup de temps. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans ce -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default , nous supposons que vous disposez d'une version totalement fonctionnelle de LyX, ainsi que de LaTeX, de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ou n'importe quelle autre visionneuse dvi, de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ou n'importe quel autre outil de conversion de documents -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default en documents PostScript®, et d'une imprimante qui fonctionne. Voilà déjà beaucoup d'hypothèses. Si l'un des éléments manque, vous (ou un administrateur système autour de vous) devrez configurer votre système. Vous trouverez les informations de configuration dans les autres manuels. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, pour que vous puissiez vous entraîner, nous avons écrit un fichier, qui s'appelle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez considérer qu'il a été écrit par quelqu'un qui ne connaît rien de toutes les fonctionnalités intéressantes de LyX. @@ -451,599 +519,654 @@ fr_exemple_brut.lyx vous suggérons de les mettre en pratique en corrigeant ce fichier. Il contient également de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset subtiles \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset indications \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Elles se situent dans les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notes \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset jaunes. Vous pouvez y accéder en cliquant dessus. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset sur la façon de pratiquer ces corrections. Si vous voulez tricher (ou vérifier ce que vous avez fait), vous pouvez consulter un autre fichier appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx -\family default +\family default , qui contient le même texte composé par un maître de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous trouverez ces fichiers dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , auquel vous pouvez accéder directement en faisant -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default uvrir -\family default +\family default et en cliquant sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Exemples -\family default +\family default . Ouvrez le document, et utilisez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Enregi -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -trer\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +trer\InsetSpace ~ Sous -\family default +\family default pour le copier dans votre propre répertoire, afin de pouvoir le modifier. Jetez donc un oeil sur la sortie dvi au fur et à mesure que vous pratiquez les corrections, pour vous rendre compte de leur effet sur le rendu final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'un autre côté, le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default contient aussi bon nombre d'autres fichiers, qui vous montrent comment réaliser quelques belles manipulations avec Lyx. Ils servent surtout à illustrer par l'exemple des techniques qui n'ont pas leur place dans les manuels, pour des raisons de taille ou autres. Jetez un oeil sur ces fichiers après avoir lu le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default , ou quand des manipulations complexes avec LyX vous paraissent obscures. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taper, visualiser, et imprimer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ouvrez un nouveau fichier avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default ouveau ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tapez une phrase du genre : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C'est mon premier document LyX ! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize enregistrez votre document avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Enregi -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -trer\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +trer\InsetSpace ~ Sous -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize exécutez LaTeX pour générer un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Vous verrez probablement des messages défiler dans la fenêtre d'où vous avez lancé LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Sauf si LyX a été lancé à partir d'un menu du Gestionnaire de Fenêtre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ce sont les messages de LaTeX, qu'à ce stade vous pouvez ignorer. LyX lancera -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ou toute autre visionneuse -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), qui ouvrira une nouvelle fenêtre affichant l'aspect de votre document une fois imprimé \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez gagner du temps en laissant tourner -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default en tâche de fond. Vous pourrez alors utiliser -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default et simplement cliquer sur la fenêtre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default pour la rafraîchir une fois que LaTeX aura cessé de travailler. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize imprimez le fichier avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre d'impression -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Magnifique ! Vous venez d'écrire et imprimer votre premier document LyX. Tout le reste est du détail, traité dans la suite du -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default , dans le -\shape slanted -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\shape slanted +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\shape default +\shape default , et dans les -\shape slanted -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\shape slanted +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opérations de base -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX permet bien sûr de faire la plupart des opérations habituelles des autres traitements de texte. Il passera à la ligne et fera l'indentation des paragraphes automatiquement. Voici quelques brèves descriptions pour effectuer des tâches élémentaires : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Annuler LyX est capable d' -\family sans +\family sans annuler -\family default +\family default sur plusieurs niveaux. Ça signifie que vous pouvez annuler tout ce que vous avez fait depuis le début de votre session d'édition, en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnuler -\family default +\family default de façon répétitive. Si vous annulez trop de fois, faites juste -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default efaire -\family default +\family default pour restituer les modifications annulées. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Actuellement, le nombre maximal d'opérations que l'on peut annuler est de 100. En outre, -\family sans +\family sans Annuler -\family default +\family default ne marche pas pour -\emph on +\emph on tout -\emph default +\emph default , par exemple quand on change la classe de document. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Couper/Copier/Coller Vous pouvez utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator Co -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default per -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator Copier -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator Coller -\family default +\family default pour couper, copier et coller. Ou bien avec le -\shape italic +\shape italic bouton milieu -\shape default -\emph on +\shape default +\emph on de la souris -\emph default +\emph default , vous pouvez coller automatiquement un texte sélectionné (y compris des sélections dans d'autres programmes). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Rechercher/Remplacer Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default -echercher\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +echercher\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\family default +\family default pour effectuer une recherche. Dans la fenêtre, lancez la recherche avec le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Rechercher -\family default +\family default , et cliquez sur -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default emplacer -\family default +\family default pour remplacer le mot une fois trouvé \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous avez terminé, vous pouvez, à votre guise, fermer la fenêtre ou la laisser ouverte. Nombre de fenêtres de LyX -- dont -\family sans -Rechercher\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rechercher\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières, -\family default +\family default les fenêtres du menu -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat -\family default +\family default ainsi que les différentes fenêtres de maths -- peuvent être rejetées en arrière-plan, au lieu d'être fermées. Quelques autres, comme -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default uvrir -\family default +\family default , ne permettent aucune activité dans la fenêtre principale avant leur fermeture. Assurez-vous seulement d'avoir la bonne fenêtre active lors de la saisie de texte ou de commandes dans d'autres fenêtres LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si vous voulez, vous pouvez rendre la recherche sensible à la casse, ou ne rechercher que des mots complets. Vous pouvez aussi rechercher en arrière dans le document. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Formatage\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Formatage\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Caractères Vous pouvez mettre du texte -\emph on +\emph on en évidence -\emph default +\emph default (ce qui le met généralement en italique), le mettre en -\series bold +\series bold caractères gras -\series default +\series default , ou bien en -\noun on +\noun on Style Nom Propre -\noun default +\noun default (généralement en petites capitales) à partir des boutons à cocher dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caractère -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Barre\SpecialChar ~ +Barre\InsetSpace ~ d'Outils Les boutons qui se trouvent sur la barre d'outils (juste en dessous des menus) vous permettent d'effectuer les opérations les plus courantes, comme -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Imprimer -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien sûr, vous n'en avez pas écrit assez pour vous être servi de toutes ces fonctions. Dans la suite, n'oubliez pas d'essayer d'annuler, de coller, etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM : les espaces avec LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:espace} -\end_inset +\end_inset La façon dont LyX gère les blancs est une des choses les plus difficiles à admettre pour les nouveaux utilisateurs. Vous pourrez taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default autant de fois que vous voudrez, vous n'aurez jamais plus d'une ligne vide. Idem pour la barre d' -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default , vous n'obtiendrez qu'une seule espace. Sur une ligne vide, LyX ne vous laissera même pas insérer une espace. La touche -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default ne déplacera pas le curseur une tabulation en avant ; en fait, -\emph on +\emph on il n'y a pas -\emph default +\emph default de -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default tabulations ! Il n'y a pas non plus de règle en haut de la page vous permettant de mettre en place les taquets, ou les marges. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les traitements de texte commerciaux sont en général basés sur le concept du WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Vous voyez ce que vous obtiendrez. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . De son côté, LyX se fonde sur le principe de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Vous voyez ce que vous voulez dire. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous tapez ce que vous voulez dire, et LyX se chargera d'en faire la compositio n pour vous, avec un joli résultat. Sur le plan grammatical, un retour chariot ( -\family sans +\family sans Entrée) -\family default -sépare des paragraphes, et l'espace (barre\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +sépare des paragraphes, et l'espace (barre\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default ) sépare des mots. Il n'y a donc aucune raison d'en avoir plusieurs d'affilée. Les tabulations n'ont aucun sens grammatical, et donc LyX ne s'en sert pas. Avec LyX, vous passerez plus de temps sur le -\emph on +\emph on contenu -\emph default +\emph default de votre document, et moins sur sa -\emph on +\emph on forme. -\emph default +\emph default Voir l' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default pour plus d'informations sur le concept du WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX permet (par de nombreux moyens) de mettre en page finement votre document. Après tout, LyX peut ne pas faire la composition comme vous l'entendez. Vous trouverez dans le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default toutes les informations nécessaires. Font partie de ces moyens les -\family sans +\family sans Ressorts Horizontaux -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Ressorts Verticaux -\family default +\family default -- plus puissants et plus souples que des blancs ou retours chariot multiples -- ainsi que les méthodes pour modifier la taille de police, le style de caractère et l'alignement des paragraphes à la main. @@ -1052,16 +1175,20 @@ Ressorts Verticaux terminée. Avec les traitements de texte standard, vous serez distraits par la mise en page tout au long de l'écriture. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Environnements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les différentes portions d'un document ont chacune leur fonction ; nous appelons ces portions des -\emph on +\emph on environnements -\emph default +\emph default . La plus grande partie du document est du texte ordinaire. Les titres des sections (chapitres, sous-sections, etc.) annoncent au lecteur @@ -1070,557 +1197,625 @@ environnements Un article de journal contiendra un résumé et un titre. Une lettre n'aura ni l'un ni l'autre, mais plutôt un environnement qui contient l'adresse de l'auteur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements sont des pièces maîtresses de la philosophie \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de LyX. Un environnement donné peut réclamer des propriétés bien définies, comme une police, une taille de police, une indentation, un interligne, ou autres. Ce problème est accentué par le fait qu'un même environnement peut avoir plusieurs variantes de mise en page : tel journal imprimera les titres - de section en caractères gras, centrés, avec une police 18\SpecialChar ~ + de section en caractères gras, centrés, avec une police 18\InsetSpace ~ points, tel autre - prendra de l'italique, 15\SpecialChar ~ + prendra de l'italique, 15\InsetSpace ~ points, justifié à gauche ; des langues différentes peuvent avoir des conventions typographiques différentes ; et les bibliographie s admettent des présentations très variables. LyX vous évite d'apprendre tous les types possibles de mise en page. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La boîte d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default est située tout à fait à gauche de la barre d'outils (juste en dessous du menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier -\family default +\family default ). Elle indique dans quel environnement vous écrivez. Quand vous étiez en train de taper votre premier document, elle indiquait \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui est l'environnement par défaut pour le texte. Vous pouvez maintenant en essayer d'autres : cliquez sur la grosse flèche juste à droite de la boîte d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default pour ouvrir le menu correspondant. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sections et sous-sections -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Écrivez le mot -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Introduction -\family default +\family default sur la première ligne de votre fichier LyX, puis allez dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default et choisissez -\family sans +\family sans Section \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il n'est pas nécessaire de -\emph on +\emph on sélectionner -\emph default +\emph default la ligne au préalable. Si rien n'est sélectionné, LyX fera passer le paragraphe courant dans l'environ nement que vous choisissez. D'un autre côté, vous pouvez faire basculer plusieurs paragraphes simultanément en les sélectionnant avant d'aller choisir votre nouvel environnement. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Il s'agit bien de -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default et non de -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , dont nous parlerons plus bas. LyX numérote la section en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et utilise une grosse police pour l'en-tête (le titre de la section). Tapez maintenant -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Vous remarquerez que la boîte d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default est repassée de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Les en-têtes de section, comme la plupart des autres environnements, sont prévus pour s'interrompre lorsque vous frappez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Écrivez le contenu de l'introduction : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code C'est une introduction pour mon premier document LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tapez encore -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , et sélectionnez à nouveau -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . LyX affiche un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et attend la saisie d'un nouveau titre. Tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Autre sujet -\family default +\family default , et vous pourrez constater que LyX le met encore en forme comme un titre de section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça devient plus intéressant. Revenez à la fin de la première section (juste après \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mon premier document LyX. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), tapez de nouveau -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , et sélectionnez encore une fois -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . LyX inscrit un nouveau \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et attend votre titre. Frappez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter À propos de ce document -\family default +\family default . Le numéro de la section \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Autre Sujet \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui était le 2, a été automatiquement mis à jour et est devenu le 3 ! Dans un esprit purement WYSIWYM, la seule chose que vous ayez à faire, c'est d'indiquer quelle partie du texte constitue un titre de section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default pour revenir à l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , et saisissez les lignes suivantes : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Les sections et sous-sections sont définies comme suit. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Description d'une section -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Les sections sont plus grosses que les sous-sections. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Description d'une sous-section -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Les sous-sections sont plus petites que les sections. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliquez sur la deuxième ligne et choisissez -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . LyX numérote la sous-section \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , et utilise pour la typographie une police plus grosse que pour le texte ordinaire, mais plus petite que pour les titres de section. Placez également la quatrième ligne en environnement -\family sans +\family sans SousSection. -\family default +\family default Comme vous pouviez vous en douter, LyX la numérote en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si vous ajoutez une nouvelle section avant la section 2, la section 2 deviendra la 3, et les sous-sections deviendront les 3.1 et 3.2. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les niveaux plus fins de découpage sont les suivants : -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\family default +\family default . Nous vous laissons les découvrir par vous-même. Vous pourrez vous apercevoir que les -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default s et -\family sans +\family sans Sous-Paragraphe -\family default +\family default s ne sont par défaut pas numérotés, et que les sous-paragraphes sont en retrait : voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour modifier ce comportement. Le chapitre ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default ) est en fait le plus large niveau de découpage, supérieur aux sections ( -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ), mais n'est disponible que dans certaines classes de document LyX. - (voir Section\SpecialChar ~ + (voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:classes-de-texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour finir, si vous souhaitez avoir des sections et sous-sections non numérotées , il y a aussi des environnements pour ça. Si vous faites passer l'un de vos en-têtes de section dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default (pour le trouver, vous devrez peut-être descendre dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default ), LyX utilisera une police identique à celle de la section ordinaire, mais ne la numérotera pas. -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default ont également un en-tête \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset étoilé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset correspondant. Testez sur quelques-unes de vos sections et sous-sections l'effet sur la numérotation des autres en-têtes du passage en style \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset étoilé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default , corrigez les en-têtes des sections et sous-sections. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listes et sous-listes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plusieurs environnements sont disponibles dans LyX pour la typographie des listes. Ces différents environnements vous évitent d'avoir à taper -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default des millions de fois pour faire un canevas, et d'avoir à modifier toute la numérotation de la liste lorsque vous lui ajoutez un élément. Il vous permet de vous concentrer sur le contenu de votre liste \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'arrêtons pas d'insister sur ce point tout au long du -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage. -\emph default +\emph default Mais -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default pardonnez-nous, c'est tout le fondement de la philosophie de LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . En toute logique, les différents types de documents peuvent nécessiter des environnements de liste différents : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pour une présentation avec des transparents, on utilisera probablement l'environ nement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default , avec ses listes à puces, pour décrire les différents sujets ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pour un plan, les listes numérotées de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default (et ses sous-listes numérotées avec des lettres) ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pour un document décrivant des paquetages logiciels, l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , dans lequel chaque élément commence par un mot en caractères gras ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default -- inconnu dans LaTeX -- est une variante de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dressons la liste des avantages de LyX par rapport aux autres traitements de texte. Quelque part dans votre document, écrivez : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Par rapport à un traitement de texte ordinaire, -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX possède les avantages suivants : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . À présent, sélectionnez -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . LyX affiche une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset puce \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset sur la ligne (en fait, un astérisque, qui donnera à l'impression un petit cercle). Écrivez vos raisons : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code La typographie est faite pour vous. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Les maths sont WYSIWYM. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code C'est très facile de faire des listes ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements de liste, à l'inverse des en-têtes, ne s'interrompent pas au premier -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default que vous saisissez. LyX considère que vous voulez ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. L'exemple ci-dessus donnera donc une liste à trois éléments. Pour avoir plusieurs paragraphes dans un même élément d'une liste, vous pouvez taper -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default , qui vous donne un -\family sans -Passage\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Passage\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ Ligne -\family default +\family default . Pour sortir de la liste, vous devez sélectionner l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default dans le menu d -\family sans +\family sans 'Environnement -\family default +\family default (ou par le raccourci clavier -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous avez obtenu une magnifique liste. Vous pouvez faire tourner LaTeX pour voir à quoi elle ressemblera une fois @@ -1628,117 +1823,127 @@ Vous avez obtenu une magnifique liste. Vous voulez numéroter vos raisons ? Et bien, sélectionnez juste la totalité de la liste \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous ne pourrez pas sélectionner la première puce, sauf si vous sélectionnez aussi le paragraphe -\emph on +\emph on précédant -\emph default +\emph default la liste, ce qui n'est probablement pas ce que vous voulez. De la même manière, vous ne pouvez pas sélectionner le numéro d'un en-tête de section. Ne vous en inquiétez pas. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset et choisissez -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . Et pan ! Comme nous l'avons déjà dit, si vous ajoutez ou retirez un élément dans la liste, LyX corrigera la numérotation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tant que la liste est sélectionnée, essayez donc les deux autres environnements de liste, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default , pour voir à quoi ils ressemblent. Pour ces deux derniers, chaque élément de la liste comporte un terme, qui est le premier mot de l'élément, et sa définition, le reste du paragraphe - (jusqu'au retour\SpecialChar ~ + (jusqu'au retour\InsetSpace ~ chariot -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default : -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default .) Le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset terme \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est en caractères gras ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) ou séparé du reste du paragraphe par une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tabulation \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mais une tabulation de typographe, dont la taille s'adaptera à la largeur du plus grand terme, non pas une pitoyable, rigide, inamovible tabulation de machine à écrire. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ). Pour que le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset terme \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comprenne plusieurs mots, séparez-les par des -\family sans -Espaces\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espaces\InsetSpace ~ Insécables -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Typographier la liste dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez imbriquer les listes les unes dans les autres de toutes les façons possibles. @@ -1746,96 +1951,106 @@ Vous pouvez imbriquer les listes les unes dans les autres de toutes les Les listes numérotées et les listes à puce auront des schémas de numérotation et des puces différents pour les sous-listes. Voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour les détails des différents types de listes, ainsi que des exemples avec -\emph on +\emph on beaucoup -\emph default +\emph default d'emboîtements. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autres environnement : vers, citations, et autres -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deux environnements permettent de mettre en valeur les citations : -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default pour les plus courtes et -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default pour les plus longues. Le code informatique est écrit dans une police -\family typewriter +\family typewriter à chasse fixe (typewriter) -\family default +\family default , avec l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default (qui sert dans le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default pour les longs exemples de frappe) ; cet environnement est le seul qui permette d'entrer plusieurs espaces consécutives, pour pouvoir indenter le code. Vous pouvez écrire de la poésie avec l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default , séparer les strophes avec la touche -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , et séparer les vers au sein d'une même strophe avec -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . Voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour une description complète de tous les environnements disponibles dans LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Corrigez la typographie de la citation ( -\family sans +\family sans Cit -\family default +\family default e), du programme ( -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ), et du poème ( -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default ) dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Écrire des documents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec un peu de chance, le chapitre précédent vous a permis de vous familiariser avec l'écriture dans LyX. @@ -1852,15 +2067,19 @@ ments. comme les titres, notes de bas de page, références croisées, bibliographie, et table des matières. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Classes de texte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classes-de-texte} -\end_inset +\end_inset Qui dit documents de types différents, dit typographies différentes. Par exemple, un livre est imprimé en recto-verso, et les articles en simple @@ -1869,113 +2088,121 @@ Qui dit documents de types diff : les lettres ont des environnements -- comme l'adresse de l'expéditeur et sa signature -- qui n'ont aucun sens dans un livre ou un article. Les -\emph on +\emph on classes -\emph default +\emph default de texte de LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour les utilisateurs LaTeX : c'est l'équivalent des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset documentclass \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset prennent en charge ces différences de fond entre les types de documents. Ce -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default , par exemple, a été écrit en classe de texte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset livre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default ). La notion de classe de texte représente une autre partie majeure de la philosophie WYSIWYM ; elles donnent à LyX la typographie à utiliser pour le document, afin que vous ne soyez pas obligé de vous en charger. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Votre document est sans doute écrit en classe de texte -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est habituellement la classe de texte par défaut. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Essayez de basculer vers d'autres classes (dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default ) pour voir leurs différences de typographie. Après avoir basculé en classe livre ( -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default ), si vous regardez dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default , vous constaterez qu'en majorité, les mêmes environnements sont autorisés. Par contre, vous pouvez désormais utiliser l'environnement chapitre ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default ). Lorsque le doute vous assaille quant à la disponibilité de tel ou tel environne ment dans la classe de votre document, jetez juste un oeil dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La taille des polices, l'impression sur une ou deux colonnes, et les en-têtes de page différencient la typographie d'un journal de celle d'un autre. Comme l'on progresse dans l'ère de l'ordinateur, certains journaux acceptent maintenant des soumissions informatiques, en créant des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fichiers de style \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX qui permettent aux auteurs de soumettre des articles dont la typographie est déjà correcte. @@ -1983,27 +2210,31 @@ fichiers de style LyX supporte par exemple la typographie (et les environnements spéciaux) du journal de l'American Mathematics Society par le biais de la classe -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une liste très succincte de quelques classes de texte. Voyez la section -\emph on +\emph on Classes de Document Spéciales -\emph default +\emph default du manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default pour plus de détails. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2014,174 +2245,206 @@ Avanc \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nom -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard simple-face, pas de chapitre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard mise en page et environnements propres à l'American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard plus long que des articles, recto verso -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + couvertures -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard transparents (avec également FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard de nombreux environnements supplémentaires pour les adresses, la signature\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Modèles : écrire une lettre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'une des classes les plus utilisées est la lettre ( -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default )\SpecialChar \@. Vous pouvez entamer l'écriture d'une lettre en ouvrant un nouveau fichier, puis sélectionner la classe -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default . Même s'il s'agit de la méthode la plus évidente, elle semble donner du travail superflu. @@ -2190,105 +2453,113 @@ ocument LyX fournit donc un modèle de lettre ; dès que vous avez un modèle, il vous suffit de remplacer quelques éléments avec votre texte pour chaque nouvelle lettre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ouvrez un nouveau fichier avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\family default +\family default . Sélectionnez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default comme modèle. Sauvez et imprimez le fichier pour voir de quelle façon sont imprimés les différents environnements. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans le menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default , vous en découvrirez certains, comme -\family sans -Mon\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mon\InsetSpace ~ Adresse -\family default +\family default , qui n'existent pas dans d'autres classes. D'autres, comme -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default et l'environnement de liste -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default vous sont déjà familiers. Vous pouvez vous entraîner un moment pour vous rendre compte du comportement des nouveaux environnements \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : il est intéressant de noter ici que les environnements ont parfois un rendu PostScript -\family sans +\family sans ® -\family default +\family default ou DVI assez différent du rendu à l'affichage, particulièrement lorsque LyX et le document sont configurés pour travailler en Français. (ex : adresse de l'expéditeur affichée à droite mais comme il se doit imprimée à gauche ...) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ne pas hésiter à faire -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default isualiser -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Post -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default cript® -\family default +\family default pour se rendre compte du rendu final. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default présente par exemple le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature : \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en rouge placé devant le contenu réel de la signature. Ce mot n'apparaîtra pas à l'impression. @@ -2299,7 +2570,9 @@ Signature : où dans le fichier, LyX sait que pour l'impression, la signature devra être placée à la fin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un modèle est un fichier LyX comme les autres. Vous pouvez donc remplir votre adresse et votre signature, et sauver le @@ -2309,30 +2582,34 @@ Un mod Inutile de vous proposer un exercice à ce sujet ; faites donc une lettre pour quelqu'un \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Attention, lorsque vous écrivez une lettre à partir d'un modèle, si vous effacez tout le texte d'un environnement -- par exemple, si vous effacez tout le champ -\family sans -Mon\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mon\InsetSpace ~ Adresse -\family default +\family default pour écrire la vôtre -- et que vous déplacez le curseur sans taper aucun texte, l'environnement peut disparaître. En effet, la plupart des environnements ne peuvent exister sans texte. Dans ce cas, récupérez-le simplement à partir du menu d' -\family sans +\family sans Environnement -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les modèles peuvent faire gagner beaucoup de temps, et nous vous conseillons vivement de les utiliser autant que possible. @@ -2342,85 +2619,99 @@ Les mod LyX pour un ensemble de non informaticiens. Lorsqu'ils apprendront LyX, le fait d'avoir un modèle de lettre personnalisé pour leur société leur facilitera beaucoup la tâche, par exemple. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Titres des documents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (comme LaTeX) considère le titre -- qui peut contenir le vrai titre du document, l'auteur, la date, et même un résumé d'une publication -- comme une partie séparée du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Retournons à votre document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Nouveau_Fichier.lyx -\family default +\family default et assurez-vous qu'il est en classe -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La classe -\family sans +\family sans Lettre -\family default +\family default ne permettant pas les titres, il ne faut pas l'utiliser pour la suite. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default Tapez un titre sur la première ligne, et passez la ligne en environnement -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default . Ligne suivante, tapez votre nom et passez-la en environnement -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default . Pour la suivante, la date et l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Tapez ensuite un paragraphe ou deux en environnement Résumé -\family sans +\family sans (Abstract -\family default +\family default ). Regardez maintenant l'aspect à l'impression. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Corrigez le titre, la date, et l'auteur dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Étiquettes et références croisées -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:étiquettes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Une étiquette peut être placée sur un section (ou une sous-sous-section, ou, plus rarement, n'importe où au sein du texte) dans votre document. @@ -2434,40 +2725,46 @@ Une les plus sensibles de LyX (et LaTeX) par rapport aux traitements de texte conventionnels. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Votre première étiquette -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Marquons notre seconde section, dont le titre est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset À propos de ce document \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Cliquez en fin d'en-tête de cette section, et sélectionnez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under É -\bar default +\bar default tiquette -\family default +\family default . Une fenêtre vous demande le nom de l'étiquette, et vous en suggère un. Quand vous validez en cliquant sur -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , le nom de l'étiquette apparaît dans une boîte après l'en-tête de la section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En tout état de cause, vous auriez pu placer l'étiquette n'importe où dans la section ; une étiquette fera référence à la dernière section ou sous-section @@ -2475,375 +2772,421 @@ En tout Placer l'étiquette sur la même ligne que l'en-tête (ou sur la première ligne de texte) vous garantit d'avoir des références de page qui correspondent bien au début de la section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour l'instant, vous n'avez encore rien fait -- le fichier DVI n'aura pas changé, car les étiquettes n'apparaissent pas à l'impression. Maintenant que vous avez une étiquette, vous pouvez vous y référer avec les références croisées. C'est ce que nous allons faire maintenant. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Votre première référence croisée -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la section\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la section\InsetSpace ~ 2 de votre document. Tapez -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Pour en savoir plus à propos de ce document, -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code consultez la section , page . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant -- avec le curseur juste après le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default -éférence\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +éférence\InsetSpace ~ Croisée. -\family default +\family default La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default apparaît. Elle présente une liste d'étiquettes auxquelles vous pouvez faire référence. Pour l'instant, il ne devrait y en avoir qu'une : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:aproposdocument \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sélectionnez-la (elle devrait l'être par défaut) et cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . Placez maintenant le curseur après le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , et changez le type de référence en numéro de page, puis cliquez -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . (Pour être tout à fait correct, il faut mettre une -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default entre le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et la référence, de même avec la page.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX place les références dans une boîte juste après le curseur. Dans la version papier du document, chacun de ces marqueurs est remplacé par le numéro de page ou de section (en fonction de ce que vous avez choisi dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Référence). -\family default +\family default Faites -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Jour -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , pour constater que sur la dernière page, il est fait référence à la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Page\SpecialChar ~ +Page\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (en fait, le numéro de la page sur laquelle se situe effectivement le titre - de la section\SpecialChar ~ + de la section\InsetSpace ~ 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une référence croisée se comporte commodément comme un hyperlien dans le document que vous éditez ; cliquer dessus ouvre la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default et cliquer sur le bouton -\family sans -Aller\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aller\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\family default +\family default déplace le curseur jusqu'à l'étiquette correspondante. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* En faire davantage avec les étiquettes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous disions que LyX prenait en charge la numérotation des références croisées ; vous pouvez maintenant le vérifier. - Ajoutez une nouvelle section avant la section\SpecialChar ~ + Ajoutez une nouvelle section avant la section\InsetSpace ~ 2. Relancez LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -Jour\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +Jour\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default DVI -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans PostScript® -\family default +\family default ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , et -- voilà ! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : en français dans le texte. -\end_inset +\end_layout - -- la référence croisée à la section est passée maintenant à\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + + -- la référence croisée à la section est passée maintenant à\InsetSpace ~ 3 ! Faites passer \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset À propos de ce document \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - en sous-section, et la référence croisée fera référence à la sous-section\SpecialChar ~ + en sous-section, et la référence croisée fera référence à la sous-section\InsetSpace ~ 2.1 - plutôt qu'à la section\SpecialChar ~ + plutôt qu'à la section\InsetSpace ~ 3. Naturellement, la référence à la page ne changera que lorsque vous aurez ajouté une page complète de texte avant l'étiquette. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour vous exercer davantage avec les étiquettes, essayez donc d'en placer une à l'endroit où se situe votre première référence croisée, et faites référence à cette nouvelle étiquette ailleurs dans votre document. Lorsque vous devez gérer beaucoup de références croisées (pour un article par exemple), il est plus confortable de conserver la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default ouverte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez vous assurer que les références croisées conservent des numéros de pages corrects, même avec de gros documents, vous pouvez -\family sans +\family sans Copier -\family default +\family default quelques pages du -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default dans le presse-papier, et les -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default dans votre document \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Comme les environnements de chapitre ne sont pas autorisés dans les classes d'article, la copie de zones de texte contenant des titres de chapitre peut causer des erreurs. Si cela arrive, effacez juste les titres des chapitres. - Pour en savoir plus sur les causes de ce phénomène, voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Pour en savoir plus sur les causes de ce phénomène, voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Corrigez les références à l'intérieur de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notes de marge et de bas de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les notes de bas de page peuvent être ajoutées grâce au bouton -\family sans - Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page, -\family default +\family default dans la barre d'outils \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le bouton présente, en dessous d'un texte en noir, une flèche pointant sur un petit texte rouge. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . On peut le faire également par menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Cliquez à la fin du mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans votre document et appuyez sur le bouton -\family sans -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default . Une boîte de note apparaît dans laquelle vous pouvez saisir le texte de la note. LyX place le curseur au début de la boîte. Tapez -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX est un traitement de texte qui fait la -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code composition des documents. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliquez maintenant sur le bouton marqué \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La boîte de note disparaît, laissant la place au bouton indiquant l'endroit où sera placé le marqueur de la note lors de l'impression. Cela s'appelle \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset refermer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset la note. Vous pouvez réouvrir la note à tout moment -- et la modifier si nécessaire -- en cliquant de nouveau sur le bouton \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous vous demandez peut-être pourquoi on utilise un mot et non un numéro pour indiquer une note de bas de page. @@ -2856,116 +3199,136 @@ Vous vous demandez peut- Comme LyX (plus exactement LaTeX) prend en charge cette gestion, il n'y a pas lieu de les indiquer dans le fichier LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On peut -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default une note comme du texte ordinaire. Allez-y ; essayez ! La seule chose à faire est de sélectionner le bouton de note \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il est généralement plus facile de faire cette sélection avec le clavier. Vous pouvez ouvrir par erreur une note en essayant de la sélectionner avec la souris. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , le -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\family default +\family default et le -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default . De plus, vous pouvez faire basculer du texte ordinaire en note, en le sélection nant, puis en cliquant sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Insérer une Note de Bas de Page -\family default +\family default ; ou inversement transformer une note en texte en cliquant sur ce même bouton lorsque le curseur est dans cette note. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les notes en marge peuvent quant à elles être ajoutées grâce au bouton de la barre d'outils (le bouton présente, à côté (en marge) d'un texte en noir, un petit texte rouge pointé par une flèche), ou par le menu -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Marge. -\family default +\family default Les notes en marge diffèrent des notes de bas de page de la façon suivante : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize la boîte à l'écran est marquée \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset marge \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à la place de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les notes sont placées en marge, plutôt qu'en bas de page (on s'en serait douté) ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les notes en marge ne sont pas numérotées ; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Faites basculer votre note de bas de page en texte, sélectionnez-le et transform ez-le à son tour en note en marge. Faites tourner LaTeX pour vous rendre compte de l'aspect d'une note en marge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Corrigez la note de bas de page dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliographies -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Les bibliographies sont très similaires aux références croisées, au moins dans les sciences exactes. @@ -2975,80 +3338,84 @@ Les bibliographies sont tr en gérant la numérotation des éléments de la bibliographie ainsi que de leurs citations à l'intérieur du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allez à la fin du document et passez en environnement -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default . Dès lors, chaque nouveau paragraphe sera une nouvelle référence. Tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Le Manuel d'Apprentissage de LyX, par \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset L'Équipe de Documentation de LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default comme première référence. Remarquez que LyX ajoute automatiquement un numéro dans une boîte placée avant chaque référence. En cliquant sur cette boîte, vous ouvrez une fenêtre d' -\family sans -Entrée\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Entrée\InsetSpace ~ bibliographique -\family default +\family default . C'est le contenu du premier champ, la -\family sans +\family sans Clé -\family default +\family default , qui est utilisé pour citer la référence dans le document. Par défaut, c'est un nombre. Pour le mémoriser plus facilement, remplacez le contenu de ce champ -\family sans +\family sans Clé -\family default +\family default par \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tutorielLyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Déplacez-vous alors à un endroit où vous souhaiteriez insérer une citation. Avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation -\family default +\family default , vous faites apparaître une fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . La moitié droite de cette fenêtre (le champ -\family sans +\family sans Disponible -\family default +\family default ) énumère toutes les entrées de bibliographie, et ce champ vous permet de sélectionner les entrées que vous voulez citer. Choisissez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tutorielLyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (pour l'instant, c'est le seul élément de la bibliographie) et utilisez la flèche vers la gauche pour l'insérer. @@ -3056,143 +3423,155 @@ tutorielLyX ainsi plusieurs clés.) Faites maintenant tourner LaTeX, et vous pourrez constater que la citation apparaît entre crochets à l'impression, en référence à la bibliographie en fin de document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À quoi servent les autres champs ? Dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default , le champ -\family sans +\family sans Après -\family default +\family default permet d'introduire une précision (comme la référence à une page ou à un chapitre précis de l'ouvrage cité) après le numéro, à l'intérieur des crochets. Et si vous préférez avoir des citations sous forme d'étiquette plutôt que de numéro, vous pouvez pour cela remplir le champ -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre d' -\family sans -Entrée\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Entrée\InsetSpace ~ bibliographique -\family default +\family default (certains journaux utiliseront par exemple \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une publication de M. Smith en 1995). Comme toujours, vous pouvez consulter le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour de plus amples informations sur le sujet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice : -\series default +\series default Corrigez la bibliographie et la citation dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Table des matières -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Peut-être désirez-vous mettre une table des matières au début de votre document. Rien de plus simple avec LyX. Tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default juste après le titre de votre document, et avant la première section, et faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -istes\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +istes\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atières. -\family default +\family default Les mots -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default apparaissent sur un bouton sur la première ligne du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça peut paraître un peu léger. Cependant, en jetant un oeil dans le rendu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , vous constaterez que la table des matières a bel et bien été générée, avec pour contenu les en-têtes des différentes sections et sous-sections de votre document. Encore une fois, en cas de réorganisation, ajout ou suppression de sections, ces changements seront automatiquement répercutés dans le rendu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default dès que vous le mettez à jour. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX n'affiche pas la table des matières à l'écran, parce que vous ne pouvez de toutes façons pas l'éditer. En revanche, vous pouvez la consulter dans une fenêtre à part en cliquant sur le bouton de -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ matières -\family default +\family default , ou en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default . La méthode par menu fonctionne même si vous n'avez pas de table des matières dans votre document. C'est un outil très utile. Vous pouvez vous servir de la fenêtre -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ matières -\family default +\family default pour naviguer dans votre document. Un clic sur le titre d'une (sous-)section dans cette table mettra la ligne en jaune et déplacera le curseur (dans la fenêtre d'édition de LyX) à l'endroit @@ -3200,37 +3579,45 @@ mati Vous pouvez aussi vous servir des flèches du clavier pour monter et descendre dans la table des matières. Vous trouverez peut-être plus commode de conserver la fenêtre -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default ouverte tout au long de l'édition du document. Vous aurez également la même chose dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Naviguer -\family default +\family default , dans lequel la table des matières apparaît automatiquement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour supprimer la table des matières de votre document, il vous suffit d'effacer le bouton comme s'il s'agissait d'un caractère ordinaire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Corrigez la table des matières du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Utilisation du mode mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX est largement utilisé dans le milieu scientifique pour la qualité du rendu des équations, sans les contraintes imposées par les caractères @@ -3242,132 +3629,150 @@ e plus commandes LaTeX pour les mathématiques peuvent être saisies normalement, mais seront affichées de façon WYSIWYM. Si, à l'inverse, vous n'avez jamais écrit de LaTeX, alors la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default vous permettra d'obtenir, facilement et rapidement, des écrits mathématiques d'aspect professionnel \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne peut pas vérifier si vos mathématiques sont -\emph on +\emph on juste -\emph default +\emph default s. Désolé. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mode Mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelque part dans votre document LyX, tapez ceci : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code J'aime ce qu'a dit Einstein, E=mc^2, parce que -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c'est d'une grande simplicité. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour l'instant, l'équation n'a pas très belle allure, même dans le rendu en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ; aucun espace ne sépare le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset égal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset des lettres qui l'entourent, et vous aimeriez avoir le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en exposant. La cause de cette mauvaise composition est que nous n'avons pas signalé à LyX que nous étions en train de taper des expressions mathématiques. La composition a donc été réalisée comme pour du texte ordinaire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au lieu de cela, nous allons créer une formule qui sera mise en page correctemen t. Pour créer une formule, cliquez juste sur le bouton de la barre d'outils marqué \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en bleu. LyX ouvrira un petit carré bleu, qui est une formule vide. LyX a placé le curseur dans le carré bleu, il ne vous reste donc plus qu'à taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default une nouvelle fois. L'expression apparaît en bleu, et le carré bleu disparaît dès que la formule n'est plus vide. Tapez -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default pour quitter la formule. Le rectangle mauve disparaît, laissant le curseur à droite de l'expression. Toute nouvelle saisie produit alors du texte ordinaire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Faites tourner LaTeX et jetez un oeil sur la sortie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Remarquez que l'expression a été joliment composée, avec des espaces entre les lettres et le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset égal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , et avec le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en exposant. Les lettres en mode mathématique sont interprétées comme des variables, et apparaissent en italique. Les chiffres sont de simples chiffres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cet éditeur mathématique est un autre exemple de la philosophie WYSIWYM. En LaTeX, vous écrivez les expressions mathématiques avec du texte et des commandes comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; c'est un peu frustrant, car vous ne savez pas à quoi ressemble une expression tant que vous n'avez pas fait tourner LaTeX sur votre fichier, et devez passer du temps pour trouver une parenthèse manquante ou autre faute. @@ -3377,389 +3782,425 @@ sqrt l'espacement que LaTeX élabore. De cette façon (désolé de radoter comme ça) vous pouvez vous consacrer au contenu de vos maths, sans vous soucier de leur apparence. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Se déplacer dans une équation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant, changeons \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Amenez le curseur à l'intérieur de l'expression avec les flèches du clavier. Vous pouvez constater que le rectangle violet apparaît pour vous signaler que vous êtes à nouveau en mode mathématique. Déplacez le curseur grâce au touches -\family sans +\family sans Gauche -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Droite -\family default +\family default après le signe égal. Tapez juste \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Une nouvelle fois, vous pouvez sortir de l'expression grâce aux flèches du clavier ou à la touche -\family sans +\family sans Esc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Excepté les touches particulières décrites ci-dessus, la saisie en mode mathématique est identique à celle du texte ordinaire. Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) pour effacer. Sélectionnez des parties d'expression avec les flèches du clavier ou avec la souris. -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnuler -\family default +\family default fonctionne en mode mathématique, ainsi que -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default . Faites par contre attention à ceci : lorsque le curseur est juste à droite de l'expression et que vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Basckspace -\family default +\family default ), l'expression entière est effacée. Heureusement, -\family sans +\family sans Édit -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnuler -\family default +\family default vous permet de la restituer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Et si vous changiez \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? À nouveau, vous pouvez utiliser la souris pour vous placer au bon endroit. Néanmoins, vous pouvez également utiliser les flèches du clavier. Si le curseur est juste entre le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , la touche -\family sans +\family sans Haute -\family default +\family default déplacera le curseur au niveau de l'exposant, toujours avant le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tapez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Maintenant, taper sur -\family sans +\family sans Basse -\family default +\family default fera revenir le curseur au niveau normal de saisie. En fait, si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Basse -\family default +\family default n'importe où dans l'exposant, le curseur se placera juste -\emph on +\emph on après -\emph default +\emph default celui-ci (vous pourrez alors saisir \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indices et exposants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exposant peut être entré à partir de la -\family sans +\family sans Palette Mathématique -\family default +\family default (voir plus bas), mais il est beaucoup plus simple d'utiliser la touche chapeau \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset caret \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en anglais. Avec un clavier français, on l'obtient avec -\family sans -Alt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Alt\InsetSpace ~ Gr-9 -\family default +\family default , et non avec la touche d'accent circonflexe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX placera un autre rectangle bleu dans la partie supérieure, toutes les saisies qui suivront seront ainsi placées en exposant, et ce dans une police de plus petite taille. Jusqu'à ce que vous tapiez -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default pour sortir complètement du mode mathématique) tout ce que vous saisirez sera au même niveau. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Écrire en indice est tout aussi facile -- la touche \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset souligné \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans _ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset déclenche ce mode. Les indices et exposants peuvent eux-mêmes être indicés et avoir des exposants comme ceci : \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Mettez l'équation n°1 du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default en mode mathématique. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section La Palette Mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default est un moyen pratique pour écrire ou pour exécuter de nombreuses fonctions compliquées d'édition mathématique. Plusieurs de ces fonctions peuvent être exécutées depuis le clavier ou les menus -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default . Nous allons cependant nous intéresser à l'utilisation de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default , juste assez pour que vous sachiez ce qu'on peut en tirer ; vous pourrez apprendre les raccourcis clavier plus tard, dans d'autres manuels. Ouvrez donc la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default et laissez-la ouverte pendant que vous lirez cette section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un clic droit sur une formule ouvrira également la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grec et symboles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default vous permet d'obtenir une vaste gamme de symboles utiles en maths : des flèches, des relations, des opérateurs, et des sommes et intégrales \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Les boutons noirs correspondent à des symboles LaTeX standard, et les boutons bleus permettent d'accéder à des symboles plus spécialisés, fournis par l'American Mathematical Society. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Notez que l'écriture en exposant et en indice vous permet de mettre les bornes inférieures et supérieures des sommes et des intégrales. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Racines carrées, accents, et délimiteurs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour taper une racine carrée, cliquez simplement sur le bouton portant le signe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset racine carrée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La racine carrée apparaît, et le curseur va à un nouveau point d'insertion @@ -3767,25 +4208,27 @@ racine carr Vous pouvez taper des variables, des nombres, d'autres racines carrées, des fractions, tout ce que vous voulez. LyX adaptera automatiquement la dimension de la racine carrée au besoin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Accentuer un caractère ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ou un groupe de caractères ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) se fait de la même façon. Vous pouvez choisir le type de -\family sans +\family sans Décoration -\family default +\family default dans la -\family sans +\family sans Palette -\family default +\family default . Cliquez sur une décoration, et LyX affichera ce signe sur ou sous le point d'insertion. @@ -3793,101 +4236,111 @@ Palette Il y a deux ensembles de décorations : celles qui s'adaptent à la taille du texte que vous tapez, et celles de taille fixe, qui sont surtout appropriées pour un caractère isolé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les délimiteurs tels que les parenthèses, les crochets, et les accolades s'obtiennent de la même façon, mais sont un peu plus compliqués. Cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs -\family default +\family default , représenté par un rectangle bleu entouré de crochets, pour ouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs. -\family default +\family default Votre sélection de délimiteurs est affichée dans une boîte en haut de la fenêtre. Par défaut c'est une paire de parenthèses, mais vous pouvez choisir une paire de crochets, une accolade et une parenthèse, ou encore choisir le carré vide pour avoir quelque chose comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (le délimiteur vide est représenté par un trait noir interrompu dans LyX, mais il ne sera pas visible à la sortie imprimée). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que vous avez choisi vos délimiteurs, cliquez sur -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default pour les mettre dans votre expression (ou sur -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default si vous voulez garder la fenêtre ouverte pour la prochaine fois). Si vous êtes paresseux, vous pouvez utiliser les parenthèses du clavier en mode Math, plutôt que d'ouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs -\family default +\family default . Seulement, ces parenthèses seront de la même taille que le texte courant, ce qui sera peu agréable à voir si vous avez une grande fraction ou une matrice entre les parenthèses. L'utilisation de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs -\family default +\family default garantira des délimiteurs de taille adaptée à ce qu'ils contiennent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi mettre des délimiteurs, un signe de racine carrée ou un accent (une décoration) sur un texte déjà existant. Sélectionnez la partie de la formule que vous voulez inclure, et cliquez simplement sur le bouton adéquat de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default . Essayez-le pour passer la seconde loi de Newton de la forme scalaire à la forme vectorielle ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Lorsque vous aurez appris les matrices, c'est ainsi que vous les mettrez entre parenthèses ou entre crochets. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fractions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les fractions sont très faciles à écrire avec Mathed. Cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Fraction -\family default +\family default dans la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique, -\family default +\family default bouton qui porte une barre de fraction et des carrés bleus au numérateur et au dénominateur. LyX écrit deux points d'insertion dans une fraction, l'un au numérateur @@ -3896,507 +4349,553 @@ Math ou la souris pour vous déplacer dans la fraction. Cliquez sur le carré du haut et tapez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Puis tapez sur la touche -\family sans +\family sans Basse -\family default +\family default et tapez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous avez écrit une fraction ! Bien entendu vous pouvez taper autre chose dans chacune des deux boîtes : variables avec exposants, racines carrées, autres fractions, ou tout autre chose. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Mettez l'équation n° 2 de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default en mode Math. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mode TeX : limites, log, sin et autres -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme les lettres en mode Math sont considérées comme des variables, si vous tapez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en mode Math LyX pense que vous tapez le produit de trois variables \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , et \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Les trois lettres seront inscrites en italique, alors que ce que vous vouliez réellement était le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset écrit en Roman. De plus, LyX ne mettra pas d'espace entre le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (la frappe d'un espace entraîne juste la fermeture du mode Math). Alors comment obtenir \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset au lieu de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliquez sur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans la liste de -\family sans +\family sans Fonctions -\family default +\family default dans la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default . Le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset s'inscrit en noir, en police roman droite. Le mot est traité comme un symbole dans son ensemble, et si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default , il sera supprimé tout entier. Tapez maintenant \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui sera affiché en italiques bleus, comme vous le désirez en Mathed. Dans la sortie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , l'expression sera parfaitement rendue. Vous pouvez le tester. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parmi les autres fonctions que vous entrerez en mode TeX avec la liste de -\family sans +\family sans Fonctions, -\family default +\family default vous trouverez les autres fonctions trigo et leurs inverses, les fonctions hyperboliques, les logarithmes, les limites et quelques autres encore. Ces fonctions peuvent avoir des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indices \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset exposants \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , indispensables pour écrire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Mettez l'équation n° 3 de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default en mode mathématique. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Matrice -\family default +\family default de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default , qui présente 9 petits carrés bleus sur 3 lignes et 3 colonnes. Les deux curseurs coulissants de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Matrice -\family default +\family default vous permettent de définir les nombres de lignes et de colonnes que vous souhaitez avoir dans votre matrice. Choisissez 2 lignes et 3 colonnes puis faites -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX affiche 6 points d'insertion dans une matrice \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Comme à l'accoutumée, vous pouvez insérer n'importe quelle expression Mathed (une racine, une autre matrice, etc.) dans chaque point d'insertion. Vous pouvez également, si vous le souhaitez, en laisser certains vides. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default permet de se déplacer horizontalement de colonne en colonne. Vous pouvez aussi vous servir des flèches pour vous déplacer - la -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default flèche -\family sans +\family sans Droite -\family default +\family default à la fin d'une case vous fera passer à la case suivante, et la flèche -\family sans +\family sans Basse -\family default +\family default à la ligne de dessous, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez soudain besoin de plus de lignes ou de colonnes, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ajouter\SpecialChar ~ +Ajouter\InsetSpace ~ Rangée -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Ajouter\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ajouter\InsetSpace ~ Colonne -\family default +\family default . Ça ajoute une ligne ou une colonne juste après la position actuelle. Vous en avez mis trop ? Faites -\family sans -Supprimer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Supprimer\InsetSpace ~ Rangée -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Supprimer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Supprimer\InsetSpace ~ Colonne -\family default +\family default à partir du même menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour découvrir comment changer l'alignement horizontal de chaque colonne, et changer la position verticale de l'ensemble de la matrice. Notez que si vous souhaitez écrire une table contenant du texte, il est préférable de profiter du sensationnel maniement de tables qu'offre LyX, plutôt que de tenter d'écrire du texte dans une matrice. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hors ligne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toutes les expressions écrites jusqu'à présent étaient insérées sur la ligne de texte qui les entourait. Elles sont connues sous le nom d'expressions \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset en ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Cela convient pour des expressions simples, de petite taille. Pour des expressions plus conséquentes, ou pour les faire ressortir du texte qui les accompagne, il faut les écrire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hors ligne \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De plus, la numérotation et la pose d'étiquettes n'est possible que sur les expressions déployées (voir le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default ). - Les équations multi-lignes (voir section\SpecialChar ~ + Les équations multi-lignes (voir section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiligne} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) doivent également être traitées de cette façon. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans -Hors\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hors\InsetSpace ~ Ligne -\family default +\family default de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique. -\family default +\family default Ce bouton symbolise deux paires de lignes de texte précédant et suivant une boîte bleue centrée. LyX ouvre une formule, placée cette fois-ci sur une nouvelle ligne et centrée sur la page. Insérez-y une expression et lancez LaTeX pour vous rendre compte du résultat. Le bouton -\family sans -Hors\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hors\InsetSpace ~ Ligne -\family default +\family default est en fait une bascule ; vous pouvez l'utiliser pour faire basculer quelques-u nes de vos expressions du mode hors ligne au mode en ligne et vice versa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le mode hors ligne diffère des formules ordinaires sur les points suivants : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize par défaut, la taille de police est plus grande pour certains symboles, comme \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indices \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset exposants \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour les limites et les sommes (pas pour les intégrales) sont écrits -\emph on +\emph on sous le -\emph default +\emph default ou -\emph on +\emph on sur le -\emph default +\emph default plutôt que -\emph on +\emph on sur le côté du -\emph default +\emph default symbole ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize le texte est centré. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Donc, mis à part ces nuances, les expressions en mode hors ligne et en ligne sont très similaires. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une note finale sur la composition des formules hors ligne : faites attention à placer ou pas votre formule dans un nouveau paragraphe. Si elle se situe au milieu d'une phrase ou d'un paragraphe, ne tapez pas -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . Si vous le faites, le texte qui -\emph on +\emph on suit -\emph default +\emph default la formule sera le début d'un nouveau paragraphe. Il sera donc indenté, ce que vous ne souhaitez probablement pas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : Mettez les différentes formules du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_exemple_brut.lyx -\family default +\family default en mode hors ligne, et constatez les différences de typographie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercice -\series default +\series default : En utilisant les différents outils dont vous avez appris le maniement dans cette section, vous devriez pouvoir écrire une équation comme celle-ci \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Après avoir sué sur cet exercice, pourquoi n'essayez-vous pas -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Environnement\SpecialChar ~ +Environnement\InsetSpace ~ Cas -\family default +\family default ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4405,38 +4904,52 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section En savoir plus sur l'écriture des maths -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed peut en faire beaucoup plus. Pour le moment, vous êtes sensibilisé avec les bases, et nous ferons donc juste référence au -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour découvrir la façon de : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize affecter des numéros et des étiquettes aux expressions ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize réaliser des équations multi-lignes ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize modifier la typographie, par exemple, écrire du texte en gras dans une expressio n ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize régler finement la taille des polices et l'espacement au sein d'une expression (ne vous en préoccupez pas avant votre dernier brouillon !) ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize écrire des macros. Elle sont d'une puissance redoutable. @@ -4445,140 +4958,160 @@ r Si la définition de la macro change, les appels à cette macro tout au long du document reflètent ce changement. On peut même définir des macros qui possèdent des arguments ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize faire un tas d'autres choses que nous n'avons pas le temps de décrire dans ce -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Divers -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Autres fonctionnalités majeures de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'avons pas parcouru toutes les fonctions de LyX, et ce n'est pas ici notre objectif. Comme toujours, consultez le -\emph on -Guide\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guide\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Utilisateur -\emph default +\emph default pour des informations supplémentaires. Nous allons juste présenter quelques choses importantes que LyX peut faire : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX traite les tableaux en mode WYSIWYM. Faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ableau -\family default +\family default pour obtenir un tableau \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Dans la version anglaise, il y a une distinction entre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tabular \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , le tableau lui-même, et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset table \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , qui comprend le tableau, la légende, etc. Cette distinction, qui provient de LaTeX, n'a pas été reprise dans la traductio n. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cliquez sur le tableau avec le bouton droit de la souris pour ouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ Tableau -\family default +\family default (également accessible par -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tableau -\family default +\family default ) qui permet de régler tous ses paramètres. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX permet également d'inclure des images dans un certain nombre de formats (dont le JPEG et d'autres formats bitmap, le PostScript® et le LaTeX brut) à l'intérieur d'un document. (Vous l'avez deviné : -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphique -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Cliquez alors sur la figure pour choisir le nom du fichier, pour tourner la figure, la redimensionner, etc. ) Les tableaux et les figures peuvent avoir des titres, et LyX générera automatiquement des listes de tableaux et/ou de figures. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le contrôle de version est supporté, par l'intermédiaire de RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default pour plus d'informations). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX est largement configurable. Tout, depuis l'aspect de la fenêtre LyX jusqu'aux formats de sortie, est configurable de multiples façons. La majeure partie de la configuration se fait dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default . Pour plus d'informations, consultez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar default +\bar default ersonnalisation -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX est développé par une équipe de programmeurs répartie sur les cinq continent s. @@ -4590,109 +5123,125 @@ s. comme l'hébreu et l'arabe. Vous pouvez écrire des documents dans des langues différentes, mais également configurer LyX pour afficher les menus et les messages dans une autre langue. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les menus de LyX comportent des raccourcis clavier. Ça veut dire que vous pouvez faire -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default uvrir -\family default +\family default en tapant -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default , ou avec le raccourci qui est indiqué à côté de l'entrée de menu ( -\family sans +\family sans C-O -\family default +\family default par défaut). Ces associations de touches sont également configurables (et ces raccourcis existent même pour certains menus traduits de l'anglais \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : la version française étant autant à jour que possible sur ce point -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Pour plus d'informations là-dessus, voyez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar default +\bar default ersonnalisation -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX sait lire les documents en LaTeX. - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous avez accès à un correcteur orthographique et à un dictionnaire de synonymes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ce dernier est uniquement accessible en anglais pour le moment. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La boîte de texte près du bas de la fenêtre LyX est appelé le mini-tampon (comme une fonction similaire d' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs -\family default +\family default ). Il vous donne accès à toutes sortes de fonctions intéressantes, dont certaines pourraient ruiner votre document. En d'autres termes, n'y marquez rien si vous ne savez pas ce que vous faites. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX pour les connaisseurs de LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:utilisateurs-latex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si vous ne connaissez rien à LaTeX, inutile de lire cette section, sauf si vous voulez -\emph on +\emph on apprendre -\emph default +\emph default des choses sur LaTeX. Mais la plupart des gens qui commencent à utiliser LyX sont déjà familiers avec LaTeX. @@ -4704,123 +5253,135 @@ Si vous ne connaissez rien la conversion de vieux documents LaTeX, et dans quelques autres domaines, mais ces problèmes devraient disparaître avec les versions futures de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Puisqu'il s'agit uniquement d'un manuel d'apprentissage, nous ne mentionnerons que les aspects qui ont le plus de chances d'intéresser les nouveaux venus dans LyX. Dans le but de conserver un -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default assez court, nous ne fournirons ici que le minimum d'information. Le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default , en particulier le chapitre -\emph on +\emph on Secrets de Maîtres du LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default , contient beaucoup d'informations sur les différences entre LyX et LaTeX, et sur la façon de porter certains tours de main de LaTeX à LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mode TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout ce que vous entrez en mode TeX est transmis tel quel à LaTeX et apparaît en rouge à l'écran. Vous pouvez mettre des commandes TeX dans LyX en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator TeX -\family default +\family default . Ça crée une boîte, et tout ce que vous y écrivez est transmis tel quel à LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans une formule mathématique, le mode TeX est géré de façon différente. Vous passez en mode TeX avec la contre-oblique \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Elle n'est pas affichée, mais tout ce que vous tapez par la suite apparaît en rouge. Vous sortez du mode TeX en tapant -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default , ou d'autres caractères non alphabétiques comme un chiffre, un souligné, un chapeau, ou une parenthèse. Lorsque vous sortez du mode TeX, si LyX reconnaît la commande TeX que vous avez entrée, il la convertit en WYSIWYM. Ainsi, dans une formule, si vous tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default puis la barre -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default , LyX transformera le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset rouge en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset bleu. Il en va de même pour la plupart des macros mathématiques pas trop complexes. Ça peut se révéler plus rapide qu'utiliser la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default , et sera particulièrement commode pour les utilisateurs LaTeX expérimentés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un cas particulier : lorsque vous tapez une accolade en mode TeX, il affichera alors l'accolade ouvrante -\emph on +\emph on et -\emph default +\emph default fermante en rouge, -\emph on +\emph on sortira -\emph default +\emph default du mode TeX et placera le curseur entre les accolades. Ça rend plus facile la saisie des commandes que LyX ne reconnaît pas, et qui ont des paramètres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne peut pas (pour l'instant ?) faire absolument tout ce qui est possible avec LaTeX. @@ -4831,364 +5392,400 @@ LyX ne peut pas (pour l'instant ?) faire absolument tout ce qui est possible pour les maths, les tableaux, et l'édition. LyX ne pourra jamais supporter tous les paquetages LaTeX. Cependant, en ajoutant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{machin} -\family default - dans le préambule (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + dans le préambule (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preambule-latex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), vous pouvez utiliser n'importe quel paquetage -- sans avoir de support WYSIWYM pour ses fonctions. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importer des documents LaTeX -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez importer des fichiers LaTeX dans LyX avec la commande -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default porter\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX. -\family default +\family default Celle-ci appelle un script Perl appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -- qui crée un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.lyx -\family default +\family default à partir du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.tex -\family default +\family default -- et ouvre ce nouveau fichier. Si la conversion ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez essayer d'exécuter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default à la ligne de commande \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard À l'installation de LyX, un autre exécutable appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default est installé dans le même répertoire que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default (par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default a besoin de Perl (version 5.002 au moment de l'écriture de ce manuel). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , avec des options plus élaborées. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default convertira la majorité du LaTeX conventionnel, mais pas tout. Il laissera en mode TeX ce qu'il ne comprend pas, et vous pourrez donc, après la conversion d'un fichier avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX, -\family default +\family default rechercher le texte en rouge et l'éditer à la main pour d'éventuelles correctio ns. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default possède sa propre page de man. Consultez-la pour savoir quels sont les commandes et environnements LaTeX qui ne sont pas supportés, les problèmes connus (avec la façon de les contourne r), et comment utiliser les différentes options. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Conversion de documents LyX en LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous voudrez peut-être convertir un document LyX en fichier LaTeX. Par exemple, un co-auteur ou une personne travaillant avec vous peut avoir à lire ce document tout en n'ayant pas LyX. C'est très facile : faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default porter\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX. -\family default +\family default Vous obtiendrez un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bidule.tex -\family default +\family default à partir du -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bidule.lyx -\family default +\family default que vous êtes en train d'éditer. LyX crée un fichier LaTeX temporaire à chaque visualisation ou impression, il est donc particulièrement efficace dans la génération du LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Préambule LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Classe de Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default prend en charge la plupart des options que vous pourriez entrer avec la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . C'est là qu'il faut modifier la classe du document, la taille de la police par défaut, et la taille du papier. Entrez les options supplémentaires pour la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default dans le champ -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default de l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Autres Éléments du Préambule -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preambule-latex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si vous avez des commandes spéciales à mettre dans le préambule d'un fichier LaTeX, vous pouvez les utiliser également dans un document LyX. -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule -\family default +\family default fait apparaître une fenêtre dans laquelle vous pouvez taper ces commandes. Tout ce qui y est saisi sera envoyé directement à LaTeX (à l'image du mode TeX). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporte BibTeX, qui vous permet de créer des bases de données de références bibliographiques et de les utiliser dans plusieurs documents différents. Faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -istes\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +istes\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ TdM -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +Référence\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ibTeX -\family default +\family default pour inclure un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . Cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans -Références\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Références\InsetSpace ~ BibTeX -\family default +\family default que vous venez de créer, et vous obtiendrez la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . Dans le champ -\family sans -Base\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Base\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ données -\family default +\family default , tapez ce que vous auriez mis entre les accolades de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Comme avec LaTeX, vous pouvez entrer plusieurs bibliographies séparées par des virgules, sans espace. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . De même, dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Style -\family default +\family default , entrez ce que vous auriez mis entre les accolades de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Après ça, vous pouvez citer n'importe quel ouvrage des bibliographies que vous avez choisies, avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default itation -\family default - (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX s'occupe de lancer BibTeX. La boîte de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default affiche la liste de toutes les références de votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erreurs ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De temps en temps, lorsque vous \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeXez \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset un document, il y a des erreurs, des choses que LyX et/ou LaTeX ne comprennent pas. Quand ça arrive, LyX vous présente l'erreur dans une petite boîte (avec \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Erreur \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset marqué dessus). En cliquant sur la boîte, elle ouvre une fenêtre qui dit de quelle erreur @@ -5196,60 +5793,64 @@ Erreur LyX vous cite le message d'erreur LaTeX. Notez que ces boîtes d'erreur n'apparaissent pas toujours à l'endroit où se trouve l'erreur dans le document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX et la typographie française -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:typographie-française} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pour rédiger un document en français, il faut avant tout sélectionner l'un des paquetages français de LaTeX ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter frenchb -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter french -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter frenchle -\family default +\family default ) dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Langue -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Français -\family default +\family default correspond à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter frenchb -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Français\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Français\InsetSpace ~ (Gutemberg) -\family default +\family default à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter french -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter frenchle -\family default +\family default . Ce choix vous permet d'obtenir les règles de césure françaises, la gestion des espacements des ponctuations hautes, les traductions des étiquettes @@ -5259,136 +5860,153 @@ frenchle Il est important de noter que ce choix n'a pour l'instant aucun effet visuel dans la fenêtre de LyX. C'est dans la sortie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , PostScript® ou à l'impression que vous pourrez constater l'effet recherché. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous devez également sélectionner l'encodage dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default est l'encodage le plus couramment utilisé, qui contient tous les caractères accentués utilisés en français. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin9 -\family default +\family default donne en plus accès à l'oe et au symbole de l'euro (à condition d'avoir installé les polices euro). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'o e dans l'o s'obtient avec \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , c'est à dire -\backslash +\backslash oe{} en mode TeX, ou bien en utilisant l'encodage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin9 -\family default +\family default avec un clavier correctement configuré. Dans ce dernier cas, pour qu'il apparaisse à l'écran, il faut aller dans -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aspect\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Polices\SpecialChar ~ +Polices\InsetSpace ~ d'Écran -\family default +\family default et choisir l'encodage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-15 -\family default +\family default (et bien sûr choisir des polices disponibles dans cet encodage). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le choix du format de papier A4 se fait au travers de l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\family default +\family default , toujours dans la même fenêtre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les ponctuations hautes comme les quatre suivantes \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset : ; ! ? \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset doivent être précédées d'une espace fine insécable. LaTeX (et donc LyX) met en place cet espacement que vous ayez saisi ou non une espace ordinaire à cet endroit. Par contre, il faut éviter l'emploi de l' -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default , qui produira en sortie un espacement trop grand. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les guillemets français sont les suivants : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous les obtiendrez avec la touche ". Il faut auparavant les avoir configurés dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Langue -\family default +\family default : pour -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Guillemets -\family default +\family default vous devez choisir -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et sélectionner des guillemets -\family sans +\family sans Doubles -\family default +\family default . LyX prend en charge tout seul l'espacement autour des guillemets français, il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'ajouter une espace à l'intérieur des guillemets. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les points de suspension s'obtiennent quant à eux avec trois points ordinaires successifs, et les tirets longs -- comme ici -- avec deux tirets juxtaposés. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_UserGuide.lyx index e3a2c432ff..f12630b3a6 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr_UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr_UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % NE TOUCHEZ PAS A CE PREAMBULE !!!! @@ -73,18 +75,17 @@ D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em} p\hspace{-0.55em}l } \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -95,177 +96,220 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Guide de l'Utilisateur de LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 05/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.51.2.1, Date : 06/05/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par l'Équipe LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion de la documentation de LyX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\newline +\newline Traduction en français par : -\noun on +\noun on Adrien -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduction -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Qu'est-ce que LyX ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est un système de préparation de documents. C'est un outil pour produire de beaux manuscrits, des livres prêts à rendre publiés, des lettres et documents professionnels, et même de la poésie. Il diffère des autres \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset traitements de texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en ce que sa façon d'éditer des documents est conçue comme un langage à balises. Ça veut dire que quand vous tapez un titre de section, vous lui dites \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pas \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Gras, 17\SpecialChar ~ -points, aligné à gauche, 5\SpecialChar ~ +Gras, 17\InsetSpace ~ +points, aligné à gauche, 5\InsetSpace ~ mm d'espace en dessous \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX s'occupe à votre place du rendu typographique, vous ne vous occupez donc que des concepts, pas des détails. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces conceptions sont expliquées plus en détail dans l' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default . Si vous ne l'avez pas encore lue, il serait bon de le faire maintenant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default décrit plusieurs autres choses, et surtout le format de tous les manuels. Si vous ne la lisez pas, vous aurez du mal à naviguer dans ce manuel. Il est également possible qu'un des autres manuels vous soit plus utile. L' -\emph on +\emph on Introduction -\emph default +\emph default vous guidera dans ce choix. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pour démarrer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Démarrer LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De la même façon que les autres programmes pour Linux (et pour les autres Unix), vous démarrez LyX en tapant simplement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default à la ligne de commande. Vous pouvez bien sûr inclure plusieurs options de ligne de commande, y compris des noms de fichiers. Nous n'allons pas répéter ici toutes les options de la ligne de commande, puisque c'est déjà fait dans la page de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default de LyX. Consultez-la pour plus d'info. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une ou deux choses que nous aimerions commenter : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous incluez plus d'un nom de fichier à la ligne de commande, LyX les chargera tous, mais ne les affichera pas tous simultanément. Nous en verrons plus là-dessus dans un moment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection À quoi ressemble LyX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection La fenêtre principale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme la plupart des applications, LyX a l'habituelle barre de menus en haut de sa fenêtre. @@ -276,25 +320,27 @@ Comme la plupart des applications, LyX a l'habituelle barre de menus en Près du bas de la fenêtre on trouve une petite fenêtre contenant une seule ligne de texte. C'est le -\emph on +\emph on minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default (un terme que nous avons chipé à GNU Emacs), qui signifie en réalité \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ligne de commande \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Non seulement il affiche de l'information, mais il accepte aussi des entrées. Faites -\family sans +\family sans M-x -\family default +\family default quand vous devez taper une commande dans le minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez qu'il n'y a pas de barre de défilement horizontal. Ce n'est pas une erreur ou un oubli, c'est bien volontaire. @@ -302,7 +348,9 @@ Notez qu'il n'y a pas de barre de d ligne soit reportée sur la ligne suivante. Quand le texte déborde sur de nouvelles pages, c'est de façon verticale. Il n'y a donc besoin que de la seule barre de défilement vertical. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a trois cas dans lesquels vous pourriez vouloir une barre de défilement horizontal. @@ -314,60 +362,74 @@ Il y a trois cas dans lesquels vous pourriez vouloir une barre de d plus larges que la fenêtre LyX. Vous pouvez utiliser les flèches du clavier pour vous déplacer horizontalement dans les tableaux, mais ça ne marche pas encore avec les équations. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection À l'aide ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'abord, la mauvaise nouvelle : le système d'aide n'est pas aussi approfondi et mis à la portée de tous \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction gentille de l'original \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset idiot-proof \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset que dans bien des applications commerciales. Patience. Nous y travaillons. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant la bonne nouvelle : le système d'aide est constitué des manuels LyX. Vous pouvez lire tous les manuels à partir du programme LyX lui-même. Vous avez juste à sélectionner le manuel que vous voulez lire dans le menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tant que nous y sommes, nous aimerions faire un commentaire au sujet des manuels. Ils ne vous prennent pas le moins du monde pour des idiots. Voilà ce que l'un de nos auteurs, -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default , disait un jour à propos des manuels de programmes : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Je déteste les manuels. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Oui, nous avons tous eu affaire aux manuels trop succincts, mal traduits ou incompréhensibles. @@ -378,11 +440,13 @@ Oui, nous avons tous eu affaire aux manuels trop succincts, mal traduits et coetera, ad nauseum. S'il vous plaît, si quelqu'un ne sait pas comment utiliser son propre ordinateu r, ou une interface graphique, il devrait s'y mettre et apprendre -\emph on +\emph on avant -\emph default +\emph default de démarrer un quelconque gros programme. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Ensuite, toute information qu'ils fournissent semble présumer que l'utilisateur est stupide. @@ -390,201 +454,241 @@ Ensuite, toute information qu'ils fournissent semble pr quelque chose comme perdus ou intimidés, pas stupides. D'autre part, si quelqu'un est vraiment lent du ciboulot, il a besoin d'une aide que ne pourra pas lui apporter l'auteur d'un manuel informatique. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Note de l'Éditeur : Ayant cela en tête, j'ai demandé à tous les autres auteurs d'éviter de vous materner, vous lecteur, et d'être plus pédagogique que pédant. Quant à tous ceux qui sont trop paresseux pour lire et comprendre les manuels -- et bien, comme on dit ici en Amérique \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Enfin là-bas, quoi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset there's no such thing as a free lunch \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Expression difficilement traduisible dont le sens m'est peu clair : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tant mieux pour vous \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset me semble le plus probable. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . - jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section L'interface de LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opérations de base sur les fichiers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Fichier -\family default +\family default il y a les 9 opérations de base pour tout traitement de texte, en plus de quelques opérations plus avancées : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Nouveau -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ouvrir -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Fermer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enregistrer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Enregistrer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Enregistrer\InsetSpace ~ Sous -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Revenir\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Revenir\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ Sauvegarde -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Imprimer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quitter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ils font tous en gros la même chose que dans d'autres traitements de texte, avec quelques différences mineures. La commande -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ -avec\SpecialChar ~ +Nouveau\InsetSpace ~ +avec\InsetSpace ~ Modèle -\family default +\family default ne vous demande pas seulement le nom du nouveau fichier, mais aussi un modèle à utiliser. Sélectionner un modèle fixera automatiquement certaines options du format de document, options que vous auriez autrement dû changer à la main. Elles peuvent servir pour certaines classes, spécialement celles pour l'écritur -e de lettres (voir Section\SpecialChar ~ +e de lettres (voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:classes-doc} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note : Il n'y a pas de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fichier par défaut \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou de document appelé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Titre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Document\SpecialChar ~ +Document\InsetSpace ~ Vide \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . À moins que vous ne disiez à LyX d'ouvrir un fichier ou d'en créer un nouveau, l'espace vide n'est que cela -- un grand espace vide. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La commande -\family sans -Revenir\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revenir\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ sauvegarde -\family default +\family default est utile si plusieurs personnes travaillent sur le même document en même temps \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si vous prévoyez de faire cela, vous devriez aussi jeter un oeil sur la possibilité de Contrôle de Version dans LyX. Lire -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX rechargera simplement le document du disque. Vous pouvez bien sûr aussi l'utiliser si vous regrettez d'avoir changé le document et voulez le restaurer dans le dernier état sauvegardé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La deuxième chose à noter concerne les commandes Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fermer et Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -594,10 +698,14 @@ Quitter. C'est-à-dire, si vous essayez de fermer un fichier avec des changements (ou de sortir de LyX), vous serez informés qu'il reste des fichiers non sauvegardés. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fonctions de base d'édition -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme la plupart des traitements de texte modernes, LyX peut opérer des copier-coller sur des blocs de texte, peut se déplacer par caractère, mot @@ -606,245 +714,277 @@ Comme la plupart des traitements de texte modernes, LyX peut op Les quatre prochaines sections couvrent les fonctions de base d'édition de LyX et comment y accéder. Nous allons commencer par le copier-coller. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous pouvez vous y attendre, le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer -\family default +\family default contient les commandes de copier-coller, ainsi que diverses autres fonctions d'édition. Quelques-unes sont spéciales et seront couvertes dans de prochaines sections. Les commandes de base sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Copier -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Rechercher\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Rechercher\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les trois premières s'expliquent d'elles-mêmes. Une chose à noter : quand vous effacez un bloc de texte que vous avez sélection né, il est automatiquement placé dans le presse-papiers. C'est-à-dire que les touches -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default fonctionnent aussi comme la commande -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\family default +\family default . D'autre part, si vous avez sélectionné du texte, faites attention. Si vous tapez une touche, LyX va complètement effacer le texte sélectionné et le remplacer par ce que vous aurez tapé (ce comportement est modifiable). Vous aurez à faire -\family sans +\family sans Annuler -\family default +\family default pour récupérer le texte perdu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'élément -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Rechercher\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +Rechercher\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\family default +\family default ouvre la fenêtre -\family sans -Rechercher\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rechercher\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ Remplacer -\family default +\family default . Le texte que vous voulez trouver va dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Rechercher -\family default +\family default . Une fois que vous avez trouvé un mot ou expression, LyX le sélectionne. Appuyer sur le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Remplacer -\family default +\family default remplace le texte sélectionné par le contenu du champ -\family sans -Remplacer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Remplacer\InsetSpace ~ par -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez toujours sauter cette occurrence du mot et poursuivre la recherche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Appuyez sur -\family sans -Remplacer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Remplacer\InsetSpace ~ tout -\family default +\family default pour remplacer automatiquement toutes les occurrences du texte dans le document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez cocher le bouton -\family sans - Selon\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Selon\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ casse -\family default +\family default si vous voulez que la recherche différencie les majuscules des minuscules dans le mot recherché. Si le bouton est coché, en recherchant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Trouvé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default vous ne trouverez pas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset trouvé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez cocher le bouton -\family sans -Mot\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mot\InsetSpace ~ exact -\family default +\family default si vous voulez forcer LyX à ne trouver que des mots complets. Par exemple, en recherchant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset trouvé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default vous ne trouverez pas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset trouvées \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Annuler et Refaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous faites une erreur, vous pouvez facilement la récupérer. LyX a un tampon d'annulation de grande capacité. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Annuler -\family default +\family default pour corriger une erreur. Si vous avez accidentellement annulé trop d'opérations, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Refaire -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset annuler l'annulation \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le mécanisme d'annulation est actuellement limité à 100 étapes pour minimiser l'occupation de la mémoire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que si vous annulez tous les changements et arrivez au document tel qu'il était sauvegardé, celui-ci conservera malheureusement le statut de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset changé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . C'est une conséquence de la limite de 100 étapes vue plus haut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Annuler -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Refaire -\family default +\family default marche avec presque tout dans LyX. Il y a quelques subtilités toutefois. Ces deux fonctions ne procèdent pas caractère par caractère pour du texte, mais par blocs. Cela peut nécessiter un peu d'habitude ; vous devrez jouer avec -\family sans +\family sans Annuler -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Refaire -\family default +\family default pour sentir précisément comment ils agissent, et après cela, on peut espérer que vous saurez comment ça marche. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Raccourcis souris de base -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'allons pas entrer dans les détails de tous les raccourcis souris ici. @@ -852,363 +992,412 @@ Nous n'allons pas entrer dans les d spécifiques. À la place, nous allons plutôt traiter des opérations de souris les plus basiques. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Se déplacer -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Cliquez sur le -\emph on +\emph on bouton gauche -\emph default +\emph default n'importe où dans la fenêtre d'édition. Le curseur de déplace sur le texte sous le pointeur. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Sélectionner du texte -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Maintenez le -\emph on +\emph on bouton gauche -\emph default +\emph default et déplacez la souris. LyX marque le texte entre les ancienne et nouvelle positions du pointeur. Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Copier -\family default +\family default pour créer une copie du texte dans le presse-papiers de LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Repositionnez le curseur et recollez le texte dans LyX en utilisant -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Coller -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Notes de bas de page, notes de marge, figures et tableaux flottants, etc. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Cliquez une fois -\emph default +\emph default sur le bouton gauche pour ouvrir ou fermer l'un de ceux-ci. Voyez aussi la section correspondante de ce manuel pour plus de détails. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tableaux -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Cliquez une fois -\emph default +\emph default sur le bouton droit pour ouvrir une fenêtre qui vous permettra de manipuler le tableau. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Raccourcis clavier de base -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:raccourcis-clavier} -\end_inset +\end_inset Encore une fois, nous n'allons pas couvrir tous les raccourcis clavier. Sachez qu'il y a au moins deux familles différentes de raccourcis clavier : CUA et Emacs. Je suis sûr que vous allez protester si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Control-d -\family default +\family default pour effacer un caractère, et qu'il démarre une visionneuse DVI à la place (ou l'inverse). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques touches, comme -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ Haut -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Page\InsetSpace ~ Bas -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Gauche -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Droite -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Haut -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans Bas -\family default +\family default , font exactement ce que vous attendez d'elles. D'autres non : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default Il n'y a rien qui ressemble à une tabulation dans LyX. - Si vous ne comprenez pas cela, allez lire tout de suite les Sections\SpecialChar ~ + Si vous ne comprenez pas cela, allez lire tout de suite les Sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:intro-indent-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:environnements-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset -, et spécialement la Section\SpecialChar ~ +, et spécialement la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:env-par-listes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Oui oui, tout de suite. Si vous avez encore des problèmes, voyez le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default C'est la touche d'annulation. Elle est utilisée de manière générique pour annuler des opérations. D'autres parties de ce manuel entreront plus dans les détails à ce sujet. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default Celles-ci bougent le curseur, respectivement au début et à la fin de la ligne, sauf si vous utilisez les raccourcis Emacs auquel cas elles vont au début et à la fin du fichier. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Si -\emph default +\emph default vous avez correctement installé votre clavier sous X-Window, -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default fonctionnera comme prévu et -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default effacera le caractère sous le curseur (si aucun texte n'est sélectionné). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Si vous n'avez pas bien configuré votre clavier sous X, ou que vous n'avez - aucune idée de ce que nous entendons par là, allez lire la Section\SpecialChar ~ + aucune idée de ce que nous entendons par là, allez lire la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:touches-x-win} -\end_inset +\end_inset immédiatement. Cela vous épargnera pas mal de soucis. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ensuite il y a les touches de modification : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default Celle-ci a des utilisations différentes, selon la touche avec laquelle elle est utilisée : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Avec -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default , on efface un mot entier au lieu d'un seul caractère. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Avec -\family sans +\family sans Gauche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Droite -\family default +\family default , on se déplace par mots au lieu d'un caractère à la fois. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Avec -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default , on se déplace au début et à la fin du document, respectivement. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default Utilisez-la avec une des touches de mouvement pour sélectionner le texte situé entre les ancienne et nouvelle positions du curseur. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default C'est la touche -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default sur de nombreux claviers, sauf si votre clavier a une touche Meta dédiée. Malheureusement, X inverse parfois leurs fonctions, de sorte que si vous avez ces deux touches, vous devrez faire des essais pour déterminer laquelle se comporte effectivement comme une touche -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default . Cette touche fait plein de choses différentes, et active aussi les -\emph on +\emph on raccourcis de menu -\emph default +\emph default . Si vous l'utilisez en combinaison avec l'une des lettres soulignées dans un menu ou élément de menu, il sélectionne cet élément. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Par exemple, la séquence -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-e l \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default colle du texte. -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-f \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ouvre le menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ichier \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ces séquences changent selon la langue des menus. Selon l'avancement de la traduction, ces raccourcis sont, ou non, accessibles. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a encore d'autres choses à dire sur la touche -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , mais il vous faudra regarder le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\emph default +\emph default pour plus d'info. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Heureusement, vous apprendrez de plus en plus de raccourcis clavier au fur et à mesure que vous utiliserez LyX, parce que la plupart des actions de @@ -1219,175 +1408,199 @@ Heureusement, vous apprendrez de plus en plus de raccourcis clavier au fur cette documentation, ainsi vous ne devrez pas avoir de problèmes pour la comprendre. Cependant, notez que les -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default sont explicitement mentionnés, ainsi -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M-p S-A \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default signifie -\family sans +\family sans Meta-p -\family default +\family default suivi d'un -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default majuscule. -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset S-C-S \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default signifie -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Control-s -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Utiliser LyX avec d'autres programmes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importer des fichiers ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez importer du texte depuis un fichier ASCII en utilisant les options -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Texte\SpecialChar ~ -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Texte\InsetSpace ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Lignes -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Texte\SpecialChar ~ -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Texte\InsetSpace ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Paragraphes -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Texte\SpecialChar ~ -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Texte\InsetSpace ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Lignes -\family default +\family default met chaque ligne du fichier dans son propre paragraphe LyX. C'est utile si vous importez un fichier texte contenant une liste. Cependant, si votre fichier texte contient des paragraphes, LyX va déranger les paragraphes si vous utilisez cette commande d'importation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Texte\SpecialChar ~ -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Texte\InsetSpace ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Paragraphes -\family default +\family default préserve les paragraphes dans les fichiers texte. Souvent, dans un fichier texte, vous n'avez pas mis le contenu complet d'un paragraphe sur une seule ligne. Vous vous êtes servi de -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default pour décomposer les paragraphes en lignes séparées. Avec l'option -\family sans -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +en\InsetSpace ~ Paragraphes -\family default +\family default , LyX ne dérangera pas ces paragraphes. Tout ce qui est entre deux lignes vides consécutives forme un paragraphe LyX. Mais rappelez-vous : vous devez vous assurer qu'il y a une ligne -\emph on +\emph on complètement vide -\emph default +\emph default entre chaque paragraphe de votre fichier texte. Sinon, LyX finirait par fusionner deux paragraphes. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Copier-coller entre LyX et d'autres programmes X -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les opérations -\family sans +\family sans Couper -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Copier -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Coller -\family default +\family default transfèrent du texte de et vers LyX. Vous pouvez copier du texte depuis LyX vers une autre fenêtre de cette façon : sélectionnez le texte que vous voulez copier, puis allez dans la fenêtre de destination et collez le texte avec le bouton milieu de la souris. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copier du texte vers LyX marche aussi à peu près de la même façon que dans X. Sélectionnez le texte avec la souris dans une autre fenêtre X. Allez dans la fenêtre LyX et copiez le texte avec le bouton milieu de la souris. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Configuration de LyX et Applications nécessaires -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous vous servez de LyX sur un système que quelqu'un d'autre a configuré pour vous, alors vous pouvez sans crainte sauter ce chapitre. Il décrit tout ce dont vous avez besoin, en plus des fichiers binaires LyX et des autres fichiers distribués avec. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous installez LyX sur votre système, -\emph on +\emph on vous devriez lire le(s) README(s) qui viennent avec la distribution LyX, et ensuite lire -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Faites cela d'abord. Ce chapitre ne décrit pas l'installation ou la configuration des fichiers @@ -1395,25 +1608,31 @@ LaTeX En revanche, il décrit tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour vous servir de LyX à son maximum \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nous avons décidé de placer ici tout un tas d'informations concernant la bonne marche de LyX, y compris quels autres programmes sont nécessaires pour rendre LyX efficace. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Configuration de base de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:configuration} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il y a deux façons de lancer LyX. La première est d'installer LyX et tous les fichiers auxiliaires sur votre @@ -1422,16 +1641,18 @@ Il y a deux fa La deuxième façon de lancer LyX ne nécessite pas les droits root, vous laissant \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset installer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX quelque part dans votre propre répertoire. LyX détectera automatiquement où il est tant que les répertoires auxiliaires sont placés aux bons endroits. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a plusieurs fonctionnalités de LyX qui peuvent être configurées depuis LyX lui-même, sans recourir aux fichiers de configuration. @@ -1440,102 +1661,110 @@ Il y a plusieurs fonctionnalit sont disponibles. Il utilise cette information pour attribuer des valeurs par défaut raisonnables à plusieurs variables de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default . Bien que cette configuration ait déjà eu lieu au moment de l'installation de LyX sur votre système, vous pourriez avoir certains fichiers installés localement et qui n'auraient pas été vus par LyX. Pour forcer LyX à réinspecter votre système, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigurer -\family default +\family default . Vous devez alors redémarrer LyX pour vous assurer que les changements ont été pris en compte. Pour tout ce qui concerne les classes et paquetages LaTeX, vous trouverez des renseignements sur ce que LyX a trouvé dans -\family sans +\family sans Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le deuxième ensemble de réglages que vous pourriez vouloir changer comprend tous ceux concernant le document, sur lesquels vous pouvez agir via la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Pour ce faire, ouvrez un document sans importance (par exemple un nouveau document), réglez toutes ces options à votre goût et enregistrez-les avec le bouton -\family sans -Retenir\SpecialChar ~ -ces\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Retenir\InsetSpace ~ +ces\InsetSpace ~ Valeurs -\family default +\family default . Ceci créera un modèle appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.lyx -\family default +\family default , qui sera automatiquement chargé par LyX quand vous ouvrirez un document sans modèle de sorte que les réglages y seront tels que vous les avez enregistr és. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a beaucoup d'autres options configurables par l'utilisateur que vous pouvez fournir à LyX. Au démarrage, LyX lit un fichier d'options globales appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . Ensuite il essaye de lire un fichier appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default dans votre répertoire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset home \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default vous permet d'éditer la plupart de ces options ; le document -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default contient plus d'information à propos de la fenêtre de préférences et de ces fichiers de configuration. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Configurer le clavier X -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:touches-x-win} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pour utiliser LyX comme il convient, vous -\emph on +\emph on devez -\emph default +\emph default configurer X correctement. C'est tout spécialement vital si vous utilisez les fonctions de support international de LyX, et si vous voulez utiliser des claviers non anglais. @@ -1545,398 +1774,446 @@ devez coupables de cette omission, donc ne présumez pas que vous êtes à l'abri parce que vous utilisez un grand système. N'importe quel utilisateur peut dire à X comment utiliser son clavier. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout d'abord lisez les pages de man pour ces deux programmes. Ceux-ci sont vos meilleurs alliés quand vous essayez de configurer le clavier X correctement. Si vous ne les avez pas, installez-les. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce document ne contient rien sur l'utilisation de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Il y a un fichier exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default dans -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default . Pour charger la nouveau profil des touches, mettez la commande -\family typewriter -xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xmodmap\InsetSpace ~ .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default quelque part dans vos scripts de démarrage (par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default , ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce programme est un rêve devenu réalité ! Il montre une version graphique de votre clavier, vous permet d'y faire des modifications, puis envoie ces modifications sur la sortie standard sous une forme lisible par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Il est très utile quand vous essayez de créer un nouveau fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default , quoique vous devrez quand même faire un peu de copier-coller. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Touches de modification et Bascule de mode -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX accepte trois touches de modification : -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default ), -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default ) et -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default ). De plus, si l'une des touches de votre clavier est configuré comme une touche -\family sans +\family sans Compose \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Je n'en ai jamais entendu parler, donc la traduction de cette section contient peut-être des inexactitudes. Son titre surtout n'est pas satisfaisant. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , alors vous pouvez entrer quelques caractères non disponibles sur votre clavier. Cette touche -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default peut être utilisée soit comme une touche de modification (comme -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ) soit comme une touche préfixe. Voici quelques exemples de ce que vous pouvez faire avec une touche -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+e+' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+O+R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+1+2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+<+< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette méthode est particulièrement commode quand vous n'utilisez certains caractères accentués que de temps en temps \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Bien qu'en français les accents soient d'usage courant, il y en a certains qui sont étrangers à notre langue, comme le tilde. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Elle marche par défaut avec les caractères latin1, mais d'autres entrées peuvent être utilisées si vous configurez vos paramètres locaux correctement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Conseils et trucs utiles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'abord, ouvrez deux terminaux X. Prenez-en un pour éditer un nouveau fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default et lancez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default dans l'autre. En utilisant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default , changez le profil des touches de la façon que vous souhaitez. Il y a un bouton dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default pour sortir le nouveau profil du clavier. Une fois pressé, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default va afficher un tas de choses dans le terminal dans lequel vous l'avez lancé. Copiez tout cela et collez-le dans votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default , et c'est fini \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi vous épargner de la frappe en exécutant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Ceci créera un fichier utilisable. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quelques autres choses que vous pouvez faire pour vous aider à vous repérer. Essayez d'exécuter la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default . Elle vous montrera toutes les touches de modification actuellement actives. Essayez aussi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default pour voir quel numéro de code de touche correspond à quel nom de symbole. Cela vous donnera aussi une idée de la syntaxe du fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a une chose que vous devez vérifier. Assurez-vous que vos touches -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on ne sont pas -\emph default +\emph default définies par le même symbole dans X ! Notez que donner à ces deux touches deux noms de symboles différents ne changera pas forcément le comportement de vos programmes. Certains programmes associent -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default à la même opération. Emacs est de ceux-là. D'autres, cependant, s'en servent pour des opérations différentes. LyX en fait partie, et si vous avez -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default représentées par le même nom de symbole, vous aurez des problèmes en utilisant LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez faire avec LyX des choses plus intéressantes que simplement créer des documents et recracher des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , il vous faut LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au cas où vous vous demanderiez ce que c'est, LaTeX est un langage à balises, interface pour TeX, un système de préparation de documents inventé en 1984 par Donald Knuth \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une note au sujet de la prononciation : TeX provient des lettres grecques \begin_inset Formula $\tau\varepsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , le khi se prononce comme un K aspiré. En anglais, le mot TeX rime avec \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , équivalent de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset berk \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ce qui est la source de jeux de mots. Voilà donc comment prononprononcercer TeX et LaTeX. (Mais beaucoup de gens prononcent le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset X \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comme un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset k \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et le tour est joué.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . TeX prend un ensemble de commandes dans un fichier ASCII et le convertit dans un format \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset indépendant du support \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , en abrégé DVI ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Device Independent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Le fichier DVI peut alors être envoyé à des imprimantes. @@ -1944,12 +2221,16 @@ Device Independent énorme) de macros TeX. LaTeX fait en général partie d'une distribution TeX, donc ce qu'il vous faut, c'est un paquetage TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez qu'il se peut que sur certains systèmes anciens vous ne disposiez que de LaTeX 2.09 (et non la version actuelle LaTeX2e). LyX ne peut pas fonctionner avec LaTeX 2.09. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous utilisez Linux, LaTeX2e devrait être fourni avec votre distribution. Pour les autres systèmes, vous devrez peut-être installer LaTeX vous-même. @@ -1957,32 +2238,40 @@ Si vous utilisez Linux, LaTeX2e devrait a un lien avec TeX et LaTeX, sur un site miroir du CTAN (Comprehensive TeX Archive Network \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Réseau Exhaustif d'Archives TeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Vous trouverez une liste complète des miroirs à \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips et Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ce dont vous avez besoin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a encore une étape à franchir si vous voulez imprimer vos documents LyX. @@ -1990,305 +2279,333 @@ Il y a encore une (voir la section suivante). Vous devez aussi installer les programmes suivants (ou des programmes compatibl es), si ce n'est pas déjà fait : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les deux derniers programmes sont des visionneuses pour les fichiers aux formats DVI et PostScript® \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® est une marque déposée de Adobe Systems Incorporated, et est le principal langage de description de page dans le mode UN*X. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Si vous ne savez pas ce qu'est un fichier DVI, vous n'avez sans doute jamais travaillé avec LaTeX et devriez lire le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default avant d'aller plus loin. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default convertit des fichiers DVI en PostScript®, qui est le format que la plupart des imprimantes utilisent de nos jours. Pour ceux d'entre vous qui utilisent des imprimantes matricielles ou à jet d'encre, vous aurez à filtrer le PostScript® par l'intermédiaire de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default , qui est capable de créer des sorties pour une grande variété d'imprimantes. La section suivante sur la configuration des imprimantes décrit comment procéder à cela automatiquement à chaque impression. Pour l'instant, nous allons nous concentrer sur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dvips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:config-dvips} -\end_inset +\end_inset Que vous fassiez tourner LyX sur un grand système ou sur une station Linux à la maison, il serait bon de configurer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default peut soit \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset imprimer \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans un fichier, soit envoyer directement ses sorties à l'imprimante, selon la façon dont il a été configuré. S'il est configuré pour imprimer dans un fichier, et qu'aucun nom de fichier n'est spécifié, il changera simplement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.dvi -\family default +\family default en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.ps -\family default +\family default . La plupart des systèmes ont un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default configuré pour envoyer ses sorties à l'imprimante par défaut. Avec LyX, vous aurez la possibilité de faire les deux. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous n'êtes pas d'humeur à configurer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default pour adapter sa sortie à votre imprimante, vous pouvez facilement sauter cette section. Soyez cependant prévenus que la sortie ne sera pas à la hauteur de la qualité que vous pourriez attendre de votre imprimante. Au moins, elle imprimera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous utilisez teTeX (une distribution TeX particulièrement populaire sous Linux), vous devez lancer le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default . Pour faire reconnaître à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default le nom d'une nouvelle imprimante vous devez alors sélectionner l'entrée de menu -\family sans +\family sans Dvips -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans +\family sans add -\family default +\family default . Entrez les paramètres demandés et, avant de quitter, n'oubliez pas de sélection ner la fonction -\family sans +\family sans Rehash -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Passons maintenant à la configuration manuelle : afin d'informer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default de la manière de convertir automagiquement un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default en un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default adapté à l'imprimante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin -\family default +\family default , vous devez avoir quelque part un fichier de configuration -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset config.machin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . En général, les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.* -\family default +\family default pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default seront dans le répertoire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default dans la plupart des distributions TeX. Votre système sera peut-être différent, alors cherchez simplement dans le répertoire TeX principal un sous-répertoire appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvips \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Ce sera quelque part par là. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En général, il y aura au moins un fichier de configuration : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . Ce fichier est le fichier de configuration par défaut, qui est -\emph on +\emph on toujours -\emph default +\emph default lu par -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ce fichier n'est pas nécessairement lié à l'existence d'un fichier nommé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Lisez ce fichier et voyez quelles options vous aurez à changer pour votre imprimante. Puis créez un fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.machin -\family default +\family default contenant seulement les lignes concernées. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a au moins une chose que vous devez faire avec le fichier de configuration. Il peut y avoir une ligne qui ressemble à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset o | lpr \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (bien sûr sans les guillemets...). Changez-la en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset o | lpr -Pmachin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , de sorte que la sortie soit envoyée par défaut à l'imprimante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin -\family default +\family default . Par ailleurs, vous devrez probablement vérifier les entrées -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset D \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , qui définissent respectivement le mode Metafont et la résolution de l'impriman te. Si vous ne savez pas ce qu'est le mode Metafont, vous pouvez le voir comme @@ -2296,231 +2613,263 @@ te. donneront le meilleur résultat possible sur votre imprimante. Soyez cependant prévenus que, si vous définissez différents modes Metafont pour différentes imprimantes, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default générera plusieurs copies de vos polices TeX sur le disque, et elles prendront une place importante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que vous êtes satisfait et que vos imprimantes sont correctement configurées, vous devez dire à LyX d'utiliser cette configuration. Pour ce faire, ouvrez la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default ) et ajustez correctement les champs -\family sans -Adapter\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adapter\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ sortie -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Commande\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Commande\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ spoule -\family default +\family default de l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez utiliser autant de fichiers de configuration que vous voulez, un pour chaque imprimante. L'imprimante par défaut de LyX peut être spécifiée dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default ou avec la variable d'environnement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PRINTER -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'imprimante voulue depuis LyX lui-même, comme c'est décrit dans une prochaine section. Une fois que vous avez fait tout cela, vous pouvez imprimer à partir de LyX soit vers une imprimante PostScript® soit vers un fichier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si votre imprimante ne comprend pas le PostScript®, il vous faut utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default comme filtre pour le spouleur d'impression. C'est expliqué dans de nombreux HOWTOs et manuels. Nous avons aussi une section qui en parle un peu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines personnes semblent ne pas aimer le couple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default . Comme alternative, vous pouvez vous servir d'un programme qui convertit le fichier DVI directement dans le langage de votre imprimante. Vous pouvez spécifier ce programme dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Préférences -\family default +\family default . Il y a un inconvénient majeur à cette méthode. Vous ne pourrez pas inclure des fichiers PostScript®, comme des graphiques, dans vos documents, puisque les programmes de conversion spécifiques à votre imprimante ne comprennent pas le PostScript®. Pour cette raison, l'équipe LyX recommande chaudement l'emploi de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default pour l'impression. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ghostscript, Xdvi et Ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default sont des visionneuses. La première manipule des fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default , tandis que la seconde agit utilise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default en arrière-plan pour vous permettre de visionner des fichiers PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une note rapide sur ces deux programmes. Les deux se mettent à jour automatiquement si le fichier visionné \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est-à-dire le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default , pas les fichiers à partir desquels ils ont été générés. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset change. Ainsi, une fois que vous avez ouvert une de ces deux visionneuses, il n'y a aucune raison de les fermer. D'autre part, les deux programmes sont fonctionnellement les mêmes, offrant tous deux les mêmes possibilités. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'équipe LyX recommande d'utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default pour l'ajustage fin des documents. Pourquoi ? Parce qu'il est plus rapide ; il y a une couche de traitement en moins avant de pouvoir voir les changements. Voici un exemple : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default pour prévisualiser un document à partir de LyX, et laissez-le tourner. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Apportez des changements au document avec LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pour voir ces changements, faites -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default . Quand LaTeX en a fini, cliquez sur la fenêtre xdvi, et voilà \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : en français dans le texte -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default se met à jour tout seul. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant, cela ne signifie pas que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default ne sert à rien. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default est mieux adapté dans les cas où vous -\emph on +\emph on devez -\emph default +\emph default voir la version PostScript® du document. Pour des changements répétés qui ne sont pas dépendants de PostScript®, il sera préférable de prévisualiser avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Il y a une alternative à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default qui présente une bien meilleure interface : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default . LyX l'utilisera automatiquement à la place de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default si elle est disponible. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section L'imprimante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quiconque travaille sur un grand système ne devrait pas avoir de problèmes avec. @@ -2528,7 +2877,9 @@ Quiconque travaille sur un grand syst configuré les imprimantes pour votre système. Vous avez juste à trouver le nom de l'imprimante dont vous voulez vous servir, et réaliser la configuration décrite dans la précédente section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceux d'entre vous qui utilisent Linux, cependant, auront un peu plus de travail à faire. @@ -2539,145 +2890,189 @@ Ceux d'entre vous qui utilisent Linux, cependant, auront un peu plus de configurent leur imprimante. S'il s'avère que vous devez le faire à la main, nous avons écrit un petit quelque chose à ce sujet ; voyez le chapitre -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset L'Imprimante \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default dans le manuel de -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Les bases de LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Types de documents -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant toute chose, avant même de commencer à écrire un document, vous devez décider quel -\emph on +\emph on type -\emph default +\emph default de document vous voulez éditer. Les types de documents diffèrent par l'espacement, les en-têtes, la numérotatio n, etc. Ils diffèrent aussi par les environnements de paragraphe utilisés, et par la présentation du titre de votre document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une -\emph on +\emph on classe de document -\emph default +\emph default décrit un groupe de propriétés communes à un ensemble donné de documents. En choisissant la classe de document, vous sélectionnez automagiquement ces propriétés, facilitant la création du type de document que vous voulez. Si vous ne choisissez pas de classe de document, LyX en prendra une par défaut. Il vous incombe donc de décider de la classe de votre document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lisez la suite pour vous renseigner sur les classes de document que vous pouvez choisir dans LyX, et comment ajuster certaines de leurs propriétés. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classes-doc} -\end_inset +\end_inset Les différents classes de document -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a cinq classes standard de document dans LyX. Ce sont : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Article pour des articles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Report pour des rapports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Book pour écrire un livre -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Letter pour une lettre à l'américaine -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Slides pour faire des transparents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a aussi quelques classes non standard, que LyX n'utilise que si vous avez une installation LaTeX qui les accepte : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aapaper Articles de publications dans le style et le format utilisés par Astronomy & Astrophysics. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsart Articles de publications dans le style et le format utilisés par l'AMS (American Mathematical Society). Il y a trois dispositions amsart possibles. La disposition standard utilise un schéma de numérotation pour les théorèmes, etc -\emph on +\emph on . -\emph default +\emph default , qui préfixe le numéro du résultat avec le numéro de la section. Le schéma de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset numérotation séquentielle \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ne place pas le numéro de la section avec chaque résultat, mais numérote ceux-ci en une seule séquence tout au long de l'article. Chaque type de résultat a sa propre séquence. Il y a aussi une disposition qui se passe de toute numérotation des proposition s. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsbook Livres dans le style et le format utilisés par l'AMS. Seule la disposition standard de numérotation est proposée, puisque nous supposons que vous ne voudrez pas numéroter les résultats consécutivement tout au long du livre, et que vous ne pourrez pas vous passer de les numéroter. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : En allemand dans le texte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Foils Sert à faire des transparents, et est meilleur que -\family sans +\family sans slides -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linuxdoc Sert avec le paquetage SGML-tools (autrefois connu sous le nom de LinuxDoc). @@ -2685,76 +3080,102 @@ Linuxdoc Sert avec le paquetage SGML-tools (autrefois connu sous le nom Le SGML est un langage à balises et est le prédécesseur du HTML. Le paquetage SGML-tools vous permet de convertir du SGML ou du HTML au format utilisé par les pages de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Paper Pour se servir de la classe de document LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paper -\family default +\family default (pas présente dans toutes les distributions LaTeX) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Revtex Pour écrire des articles pour les publications de l'American Physical Society (APS), de l'American Institute of Physics (AIP), et de l'Optical Society of America (OSA). Cette classe n'est pas entièrement compatible avec toutes les fonctions de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'entrerons pas plus dans les détails ici sur l'utilisation de ces différentes classes de document. Vous pouvez trouver tous les détails sur les classes non-standard dans le manuel -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ avancées -\emph default +\emph default . Ici, nous nous contenterons de faire la liste de quelques-unes des propriétés communes à toutes ces classes de document. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Sélectionner une classe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez sélectionner une classe dans le fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Document -\family default +\family default . Pour ouvrir cette fenêtre, choisissez l'élément -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default du menu -\family sans +\family sans Format -\family default +\family default . Ensuite sélectionnez la classe que vous voulez utiliser dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default de l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default , et ajustez les options dont vous avez besoin. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Propriétés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au cas où vous vous demanderiez quelles sont ces valeurs par défaut pour chaque classe de document, voici un tableau les décrivant brièvement : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2768,520 +3189,644 @@ Au cas o \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mise en page -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pagination -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonnes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Niveau max. de découpage -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En-têtes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto-Verso -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aucun -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans linuxdoc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans aapaper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto-Verso -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Deux -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans amsart -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En-têtes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aucun -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans iletter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aucun -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En-têtes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Recto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Il n'y a pas d' -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options, -\family default +\family default pour aucune de ces classes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous vous demandez sans doute aussi ce que signifie \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Niveau maximal de découpage \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il y a plusieurs environnements de paragraphe utilisés pour créer des en-têtes @@ -3289,164 +3834,185 @@ Niveau maximal de d Des classes de document différentes permettent des types d'en-têtes de section différents. Seules deux utilisent l'en-tête -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default ; les autres ne l'autorisent pas et commencent par l'en-tête -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . Quelques classes de document, comme les trois pour les lettres, n'utilisent aucun en-tête de section. En plus des en-têtes -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , il y a aussi des en-têtes de sous-section ( -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default ), de sous-sous-section ( -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default ), ainsi de suite. - Nous décrirons complètement ces en-têtes dans la section\SpecialChar ~ + Nous décrirons complètement ces en-têtes dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:en-tetes-env-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réglage fin de ces Valeurs par Défaut -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'accord, nous ne vous avons jamais dit ce que font la plupart de ces \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset options par défaut \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset fixées par le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Classe -\family default +\family default . C'est à cela que sert cette section. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Page \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Appelée -\family sans -En-têtes\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ -pieds\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En-têtes\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ +pieds\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default sur certain traitement de texte trop connu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset C'est encore une liste, contenant cinq options. Elle contrôle le type des en-têtes et des numéros de page \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est LaTeX qui s'en charge. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Par\SpecialChar ~ -défaut\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Par\InsetSpace ~ +défaut\InsetSpace ~ (default) -\family default +\family default Utilise la mise en page par défaut de la classe actuelle. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Vide\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vide\InsetSpace ~ (empty) -\family default +\family default Ni numéros de page ni en-têtes. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Simple\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Simple\InsetSpace ~ (plain) -\family default +\family default Seulement des numéros de page. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -En-têtes\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En-têtes\InsetSpace ~ (headings) -\family default +\family default Des numéros de page et en en-tête le titre et le numéro, soit du chapitre, soit de la section en cours. LyX utilise le chapitre ou la section selon le niveau maximum de découpage. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Fantaisie\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fantaisie\InsetSpace ~ (fancy) -\family default +\family default Vous permet de créer des en-têtes et pieds de page personnalisables à volonté si vous disposez du paquetage -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . Pour le moment, son support dans LyX est limité à ce réglage. Pour utiliser toute la puissance de ce paquetage, vous devez insérer les formules magiques correspondantes dans le préambule. Voyez la documentation du paquetage -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default pour plus de détails. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Pagination -\family default +\family default Non, LyX ne va pas rendre votre imprimante soudain capable d'imprimer des deux côtés du papier ! Cependant, il peut utiliser un format différent pour les pages paires et impaires. @@ -3454,228 +4020,273 @@ Pagination vos numéros de page seront toujours dans le coin supérieur droit de la page et il y aura un espace supplémentaire dans la marge de gauche pour une reliure. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Il y a deux boutons mutuellement exclusifs : -\family sans -Recto\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Recto\InsetSpace ~ seul -\family default +\family default pour les documents simple face, -\family sans +\family sans Recto/Verso -\family default +\family default pour les documents du même nom. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Colonnes -\family default +\family default Oui, ceci contrôle le nombre de colonnes présentes sur chaque page. Vous pouvez choisir -\family sans +\family sans Une -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Deux -\family default +\family default colonnes avec les boutons du même nom. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Notez que LyX n'affichera pas deux colonnes à l'écran. C'est impraticable, souvent illisible, et ne cadre pas avec le concept WYSIWYM. Cependant, -\emph on +\emph on il y aura bien -\emph default +\emph default deux colonnes dans le rendu final. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -Autres\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Autres\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default La commande LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default admet plusieurs options. LyX en place certaines tout seul. Ce champ de texte vous laisse entrer les autres. Tapez simplement une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Consultez un bon livre sur LaTeX pour trouver le genre d'options supplémentaire s que vous pouvez utiliser. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Séparation -\family default +\family default Il y a une section dédiée dans ce manuel. - Voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voyez la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:intro-indent-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une description de ce que c'est. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taille de papier, Orientation et Marges -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a plusieurs autres options que vous pouvez ajuster dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default . Toutes sont des options agissant globalement sur le document, mais elles ont des buts précis et n'affectent que certaines fonctions. Nous décrirons l'action de ces options dans les sections qui abordent les fonctions dont elles affectent le comportement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a deux options qui ont un effet sur l'aspect général du document, et que nous allons donc décrire ici. Vous les trouverez dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Orientation -\family default +\family default Deux boutons à cocher déterminent si vous voulez imprimer la sortie dans le format -\family sans +\family sans Portrait -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Paysage -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Taille -\family default +\family default Sur quelle taille de papier imprimer. Les choix sont : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Défaut -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans A3, A4, A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans B3, B4, B5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lettre US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Légal US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Executive US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Personnalisée -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Quelques-uns de ces réglages requièrent le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default . Ce paquetage vous permettra aussi de régler les marges dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Note importante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous changez la classe d'un document, LyX doit -\emph on +\emph on tout -\emph default +\emph default convertir dans la nouvelle classe. Ceci inclut les environnements de paragraphe. Quelques-uns sont standard, et toutes classes de document les possèdent. Cependant, certaines classes ont des environnements de paragraphe spéciaux. Si tel est le cas, et que vous changez de classe de document, LyX placera les paragraphes concernés dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default et ajoutera une boîte d'erreur au début de chacun. Cliquez sur celle-ci et une fenêtre de message vous dira de quelle conversion il s'agissait et pourquoi elle a échoué. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indentation et Séparation des paragraphes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:intro-indent-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset Avant de décrire tous les environnements de paragraphe possibles, nous voudrions dire un ou deux mots sur l'indentation des paragraphes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chacun semble avoir sa propre convention pour séparer les paragraphes. La plupart des Américains indentent la première ligne. @@ -3683,22 +4294,22 @@ Chacun semble avoir sa propre convention pour s les paragraphes. LyX utilise la même convention que les typographes. Le -\emph on +\emph on premier -\emph default +\emph default paragraphe d'une section, ainsi qu'après une figure, une équation, un tableau, une liste, etc., -\emph on +\emph on n'est pas -\emph default +\emph default indenté. Seul un paragraphe en suivant un autre a une indentation. Certaines personnes n'aiment pas cette convention, mais si vous voulez indenter vos paragraphes, vous allez devoir vivre avec \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il y a moyen de forcer LaTeX à indenter tous les paragraphes. LyX ne le montrera pas à l'écran, bien sûr, mais LaTeX, lui, l'imprimera @@ -3706,13 +4317,17 @@ Il y a moyen de forcer LaTeX Il vous faut un paquetage spécial et insérer la commande appropriée dans le préambule. -\emph on +\emph on (Note de l'Éditeur : J'insérerai cette info quand j'en aurai le temps. - jw) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'espacement entre les paragraphes, comme l'interligne, l'espacement entre les en-têtes et le texte -- en fait, l'espacement entre quoi que ce soit @@ -3727,178 +4342,202 @@ L'espacement entre les paragraphes, comme l'interligne, l'espacement entre que les sections ne commencent pas tout en bas de la page, et ainsi de suite \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En fait, c'est LaTeX qui s'en charge quand LyX lui demande de produire un fichier imprimable. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cependant, prédéfini ne veut pas dire que vous ne pouvez pas changer ces valeurs. LyX vous donne la possibilité de changer de manière globale -\emph on +\emph on tous -\emph default +\emph default ces espacements prédéfinis. Nous expliquerons comment plus tard. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Méthode générale d'Indentation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour choisir la méthode par défaut de séparation de paragraphes, allez dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default , ce qui ouvre la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default . Dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default , le champ -\family sans +\family sans Séparation -\family default +\family default vous donne le choix entre -\family sans +\family sans Indentation -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default pour respectivement indenter les paragraphes ou les séparer par de l'espace supplémentaire. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réglage fin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi changer la méthode de séparation d'un paragraphe donné. Allez dans -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default pour ouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ paragraphe -\family default +\family default . Cochez le bouton -\family sans -Pas\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pas\InsetSpace ~ d'indentation -\family default +\family default pour changer le statut du paragraphe en cours. Si les paragraphes sont indentés par défaut, ce bouton sera d'origine inactif. Si les paragraphes ne sont pas indentés mais sont séparés par de l'espace supplémentaire, ce bouton sera complètement ignoré (vous ne pourrez pas indenter un paragraphe donné en le cochant). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous n'aurez besoin de changer la méthode d'indentation pour un paragraphe isolé que si vous voulez faire de l'ajustement fin. En général vous sélectionnerez -\family sans +\family sans Indentation -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default pour le document complet et ça suffira. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changer l'Interligne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default vous pouvez changer l'espacement entre les lignes (dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default , champ -\family sans +\family sans Interligne -\family default +\family default ) à condition d'avoir installé le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Environnements de Paragraphe \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:environnements-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements de paragraphe correspondent aux différentes séquences de commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environnement -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } ... -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environnement -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default dans un fichier LaTeX ordinaire. Si vous ne connaissez pas LaTeX, ou si le concept d'environnement de paragraphe vous est complètement étranger, nous vous conseillons vivement de lire le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . Ce dernier contient beaucoup plus d'exemples que cette section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un environnement de paragraphe est, dit simplement, un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset récipient \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour un paragraphe qui donne à celui-ci certaines propriétés. Ce peut être un style donné de police, l'autorisation d'hériter de certaines @@ -3909,353 +4548,439 @@ r Il y a plusieurs environnements de paragraphe qui sont spécifiques à un certain type de document. Nous ne traiterons ici que des plus communs. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour choisir un nouvel environnement de paragraphe, utilisez la boîte déroulante située à gauche de la barre d'outils. LyX change l'environnement pour -\emph on +\emph on tout -\emph default +\emph default le paragraphe dans lequel se trouve le curseur. Vous pouvez aussi changer l'environnement d'un groupe de paragraphes si vous les sélectionnez avant de choisir le nouvel environnement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default crée -\emph on +\emph on en général -\emph default +\emph default un nouveau paragraphe dont l'environnement est -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Nous disons \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset en général \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset car ce n'est pas toujours le cas \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si vous êtes dans l'un de ces environnements : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vers -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Énumération -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Liste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX conservera celui-ci quand vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , plutôt que de le réinitialiser à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . LyX réinitialisera toutefois la profondeur d'emboîtement. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Habituellement, commencer un nouveau paragraphe réinitialise à la fois l'environnement de paragraphe et la profondeur d'emboîtement (plus sur - l'emboîtement dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ + l'emboîtement dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pour le moment, tout ceci est spécifique au contexte ; attendez-vous une fois pour toute à ce que -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default réinitialise ces paramètres. Si vous voulez que le nouveau paragraphe conserve l'environnement ainsi que la profondeur actuels, utilisez -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans la plupart des classes, l'environnement de paragraphe par défaut est -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Il crée un paragraphe simple. Si LyX réinitialise l'environnement de paragraphe, c'est celui qu'il choisit. D'ailleurs, le paragraphe que vous êtes en train de lire (comme la plupart dans ce manuel) est dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un paragraphe avec l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default peut être emboîté dans à peu près quoi que ce soit d'autre, mais vous ne pouvez pas rien emboîter dans un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Titre du Document -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une page de titre LaTeX a trois parties : le titre lui-même, le nom du(des) auteur(s) et une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset note de bas de page \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour les remerciements ou l'adresse. Pour certains types de documents, LaTeX place tout ceci avec la date du jour sur une page séparée. Pour d'autres, la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de titre va en haut de la première page du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX fournit une interface aux commandes de la page de titre par l'intermédiaire des environnements de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Voici comment les utiliser : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mettez le titre de votre document dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mettez le nom de l'auteur dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous voulez que la date ait un format donné, ou voulez entrer une date fixée, ou si vous voulez autre chose à la place, mettez ceci dans l'environneme nt -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Notez que cet environnement est facultatif. Si vous n'en mettez pas, LaTeX insérera automatiquement la date du jour. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Assurez-vous de mettre ceci en haut du document. Vous pouvez utiliser des notes de bas de page pour insérer des remerciements ou des informations supplémentaires. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En-têtes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:en-tetes-env-par} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il y a neuf environnements de paragraphe pour produire des en-têtes de section. LyX s'occupe à votre place de la numérotation. La seule chose qui vous reste à faire est de décider comment vous allez appeler telle section ou tel chapitre. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection En-têtes Numérotés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a 6 types d'en-têtes de section numérotés -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pourquoi aucun mention de la -\family sans +\family sans Partie -\family default +\family default ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ce sont : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Chapitre -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans SousSection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraphe -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX étiquette chaque en-tête avec une série de numéros, séparés par des points. @@ -4264,180 +4989,226 @@ LyX Par exemple, supposons que vous êtes en train d'écrire un livre. Vous découpez le livre en chapitres. LyX fait un découpage similaire : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default ou la -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default est le niveau maximal de découpage. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default s sont divisé en -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les Sections sont divisées en sous-sections ( -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les sous-sections sont divisées en sous-sous-sections ( -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les sous-sous-sections sont divisées en paragraphes ( -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les paragraphes sont divisés en sous-paragraphes ( -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Note : -\emph default +\emph default tous les documents n'utilisent pas l'en-tête de -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default comme niveau maximal de découpage. Dans ce cas, la -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default est l'en-tête maximal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ainsi, si vous utilisez l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default pour dénommer une nouvelle sous-sous-section, LyX l'étiquettera avec son numéro, ainsi qu'avec le numéro de la sous-section, de la section et, s'il y a lieu, du chapitre dans lesquels elle est contenue. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection En-têtes Non Numérotés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a 3 types d'en-têtes de section non numérotés. Ce sont : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans SousSection* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'étoile après chaque nom signifie que ces en-têtes ne sont pas numérotés. Autrement ils fonctionnent de la même façon que leurs homologues numérotés. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Changer la Numérotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:profondeur-section} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez aussi changer les niveaux de découpage qui seront numérotés et ceux qui apparaîtront dans la Table des Matières. Attention, cela n'enlève aucun de ces niveaux. Ces paramètres sont définis par la classe de document. Certaines classes commencent par -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default et descendent jusqu'au niveau -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\family default +\family default . D'autres démarrent à -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . De même, toutes les classes de document ne numérotent pas les mêmes niveaux de découpage. La plupart ne numérotent pas -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez changer ce comportement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ouvrez la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default (via le menu -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default ). Dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default , vous devriez voir un champ appelé -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ numérotation -\family default +\family default . Ce compteur contrôle jusqu'où LyX descend dans la hiérarchie du découpage pour numéroter les en-têtes. Malheureusement le numéro que vous choisissez avec la glissière n'est pas très parlant, voici donc un tableau de ces valeurs et de ce qu'elles font : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4448,431 +5219,509 @@ num \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Profondeur de la numérotation -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX numérote ces -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeur : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard en-têtes de section : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aucune numérotation -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute les Parties ( -\family sans +\family sans Part -\family default +\family default ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0 et 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute les -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute les -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ajoute -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le réglage est cumulatif : à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset les parties et les chapitres seront numérotés, tandis qu'à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset seront numérotés les parties, les chapitres, les sections et les sous-sections. Bien sûr, si vous utilisez une classe de document qui n'utilise pas les en-têtes de partie ou de chapitre ( -\emph on +\emph on par ex. -\emph default +\emph default la classe par défaut article), alors la numérotation commence à l'en-tête de section, et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset correspond aussi à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pas de numérotation \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a un autre compteur dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default , appelé -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default . Il marche de la même façon que -\family sans -Profondeur \SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur \InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ numérotation -\family default +\family default , à part qu'il contrôle quels niveaux de découpage apparaîtront dans, vous l'avez deviné, la Table des Matières. C'est un réglage très utile. Supposez que vous vouliez numéroter -\emph on +\emph on tous -\emph default +\emph default les en-têtes de section, mais que vous ne voulez voir figurer dans la Table des Matières que les -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default s et -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default s. Vous n'avez qu'à mettre -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ numérotation -\family default +\family default à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ des Matières -\family default +\family default à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et voilà \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : En français dans le texte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! C'est tout réglé. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Information Spéciale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les informations qui suivent s'appliquent à -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousSection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\family default +\family default ainsi qu'à -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SousSection* -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection* -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser de note en marge dans ces environnements. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous pouvez y insérer des math en ligne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas y faire d'imbrication. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous pouvez utiliser les étiquettes et les références croisées pour faire référence à leur numéro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour des exemples de ces environnements de paragraphe : regardez autour de vous ! Nous les utilisons partout dans les manuels. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Créer un Appendice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour créer un appendice, commencez simplement par ajouter un nouvel en-tête de chapitre ou de section. Ramenez le curseur au début de l'en-tête et faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Début\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Début\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ l'Appendice -\family default +\family default . Un cadre rouge/marron sera tracé autour de toute la suite du document, pour indiquer qu'elle a des propriétés spéciales, et les titres de chapitre ou de section seront numérotés par des lettres. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Citations et Poésie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX a trois environnements de paragraphe pour écrire de la poésie et des citations. Ce sont -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default , et -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default . Oubliez les jours sombres où vous deviez changer l'interligne et vous bagarrer avec les marges. @@ -4880,168 +5729,196 @@ Vers Ils élargissent tous trois la marge de gauche et ajoutent un peu d'espace supplémentaire au-dessus et au-dessous du texte qu'ils contiennent. Ils permettent aussi l'emboîtement, ainsi vous pouvez mettre un vers ( -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default ) dans une citation ( -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default ), tout comme dans certains autres environnements de paragraphe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces trois environnements partagent une autre caractéristique : ils ne reviennent -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default quand vous changez de paragraphe. Vous pouvez donc écrire un poème et taper joyeusement -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default sans être ennuyé par des changements d'environnement. Bien sûr, ça veut dire qu'une fois que vous en avez fini avec ce poème, vous devez revenir vous-même à l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:citation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Maintenant que nous avons décrit les similitudes entre ces trois environnements, il est temps de dire ce qui les distingue. -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default sont identiques sauf pour une chose : -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default utilise de l'espace supplémentaire pour séparer les paragraphes et n'indente jamais la première ligne. -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default indente -\emph on +\emph on toujours -\emph default +\emph default la première ligne d'un paragraphe et utilise le même interligne tout le long. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple d'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote C'est un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default . Je peux continuer à écrire, et allonger cette ligne de telle sorte qu'elle revienne sur la ligne suivante. Voyez : pas d'indentation ! -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Voici le second paragraphe de cette citation. Encore une fois, il n'y a pas d'indentation, mais il y a un interligne élargi entre ici et le paragraphe précédent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ici finit notre exemple. En voici un autre, cette fois avec l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation C'est un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . Si je continue à écrire, vous verrez l'indentation. Si dans votre pays on utilise un style qui met en évidence un nouveau paragraph e en indentant la première ligne, alors c'est l'environnement qu'il vous faut ! En fait, vous ne devriez l'utiliser que si vous citez un texte. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Voici un nouveau paragraphe. Je pourrais continuer mon verbiage, comme un politicien en période d'élection. Mais ça vous ennuierait sans doute. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'était notre autre exemple. Comme le montrent les exemples, -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default est fait pour ceux qui séparent les paragraphes avec un interligne supplémentai re, et qui devraient utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default pour leurs citations. Ceux qui utilisent l'indentation pour la séparation des paragraphes devraient citer avec -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vers -\family default +\family default est un environnement de paragraphe pour la poésie, les rimes, les vers... Voici un exemple : -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse C'est un vers -\newline +\newline Que je n'ai pas écrit à l'envers ! -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Ça pourrait être bien pire. La ligne pourrait être longue, très longue, tellement longue, si longue @@ -5050,1126 +5927,1304 @@ Que je n'ai pas supplémentaires sont un peu plus indentées que la première. D'accord, c'est devenu de la prose et ça ne rime plus. Je plaide coupable. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Pour retourner à la ligne -\newline +\newline Et avoir un texte digne \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Désolé. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\newline + +\newline Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous le voyez, -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default n'indente pas les deux marges. Chaque strophe d'un poème est dans son propre paragraphe. Pour séparer les vers, utilisez la fonction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:env-par-listes} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX a quatre environnements de paragraphe pour créer différentes sortes de listes. Dans les environnements -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default , LyX marque les éléments de votre liste avec respectivement des puces ou des numéros. Dans les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default , LyX vous laisse utiliser votre propre marqueur. Nous allons présenter les détails de chaque type de liste après avoir décrit les principes généraux s'appliquant à tous quatre. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Principes Généraux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les quatre environnements de paragraphe pour les listes diffèrent des autres sur plusieurs points. Premièrement, LyX traite chaque paragraphe comme un élément de la liste. Taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default ne réinitialise -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default mais conserve l'environnement actuel et crée un nouvel élément de liste. En revanche, la profondeur d'emboîtement est en général remise à zéro. Si vous voulez garder à la fois la profondeur d'emboîtement et l'environnement de paragraphe en cours, servez-vous de -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default pour séparer les paragraphes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez emboîter des listes de tout type l'une dans l'autre. En fait, LyX change les marqueurs de certains éléments selon l'imbrication. Si vous comptez vous servir de l'un des environnements de liste, nous vous - conseillons de lire aussi toute la section\SpecialChar ~ + conseillons de lire aussi toute la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le premier type de liste que nous allons décrire en détail est l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Il a les propriétés suivantes : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Chaque élément a une puce ou un symbole particulier comme marqueur. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX utilise le même symbole pour tous les éléments à un niveau de profondeur donné. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le symbole apparaît au début de la ligne. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Les éléments peuvent être de n'importe quelle longueur. LyX décale automatiquement la marge de gauche de chaque élément. Le décalage est toujours relatif à l'environnement dans lequel la liste -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default peut se trouver. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous emboîtez un environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default dans un autre environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default , le marqueur change. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Il y a quatre symboles différents pour gérer jusqu'à quatre niveaux d'emboîtemen t. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX affiche toujours le même symbole à l'écran, un astérisque. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ +Voyez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour des explications détaillées sur l'emboîtement. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Bien sûr, ces explications étaient aussi un exemple de liste -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Cet environnement est bien adapté aux listes dans lesquels l'ordre n'importe pas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous avons dit que des niveaux différents utilisent comme marqueurs des symboles différents. Voici un exemple des quatre marqueurs possibles. Ceux qui lisent ce manuel à l'écran ne verront pas de différence. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le marqueur pour le premier niveau de -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default est un gros point noir, ou puce. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pour le deuxième niveau, c'est un tiret. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pour le troisième, un astérisque. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pour le quatrième, c'est un point centré. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Retour au troisième niveau. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Au deuxième. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Au plus extérieur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce sont les marqueurs par défaut pour une -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez personnaliser ces marqueurs dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Puces -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez comme l'espace entre les éléments décroît plus la profondeur est important e. Nous expliquerons l'emboîtement et tous les trucs que vous pouvez faire - avec plusieurs profondeurs dans la section\SpecialChar ~ + avec plusieurs profondeurs dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Lisez-la donc ! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default est un outil qui sert à créer des listes ordonnées et des plans. Il a les propriétés suivantes : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Chaque élément est marqué par un numéro. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Le type de numéro dépend de la profondeur d'imbrication. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX compte les éléments à votre place et met à jour les marqueurs quand c'est nécessaire. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Chaque nouvel environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default remet le compteur à un. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Comme -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default , l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate décale les éléments par rapport à la marge de gauche. Les éléments peuvent avoir n'importe quelle longueur. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate réduit l'espace entre les éléments quand la profondeur d'emboîtement augmente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate utilise différents types de marqueurs selon la profondeur d'emboîtement. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate vous permet jusqu'à quatre niveaux d'emboîtement. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Contrairement à l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on affiche -\emph default +\emph default des marqueurs différents pour chaque élément. Voici comment LyX marque les quatre niveaux d'une énumération : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le premier niveau d'une énumération utilise des chiffres arabes suivis par un point. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Le deuxième niveau, des lettres minuscules entre parenthèses. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Le troisième, des chiffres romains en minuscules suivis par un point. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Le quatrième, des lettres majuscules suivies par un point. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Encore une fois, remarquez la diminution de l'interligne quand on avance dans l'imbrication. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Retour au troisième niveau. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Au deuxième. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Au plus extérieur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Là encore, vous pouvez personnaliser le type de numérotation utilisé par l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . Il faut pour ce faire ajouter des commandes au préambule (voir le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default ). Comme plus haut, une telle personnalisation n'est visible que sur la version imprimée, pas sur l'écran de LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a encore des choses à dire sur l'emboîtement d'énumérations. Vous devriez -\emph on +\emph on vraiment -\emph default - aller lire la section\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + aller lire la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour en savoir plus. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:liste-description} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contrairement aux deux environnements précédents, la liste de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default n'a pas de marqueur fixé. À la place, LyX utilise le premier \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de la première ligne comme marqueur. Voici un exemple : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Exemple: C'est un exemple d'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX typographie le marqueur en gras et le sépare du reste de la ligne par de l'espace. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous vous demandez sans doute ce que veut dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset utilise le premier mot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La touche -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default n'ajoute pas un caractère espace, mais sépare les mots les uns des autres. Au sein d'un environnement de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , la touche -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default dit à LyX de quitter le marqueur et d'entrer au début de la première ligne d'un élément. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comment faire si vous avez besoin de plus d'un mot dans le marqueur d'un environnement de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ? C'est simple : utilisez une -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default . (Soit avec -\family sans +\family sans C-Espace -\family default +\family default soit avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +Espace\InsetSpace ~ insécable -\family default +\family default . - Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:espace-h} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus d'info.) En voici un exemple : -\layout Description +\end_layout -Second\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Second\InsetSpace ~ exemple: qui montre comment mettre une -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default dans le marqueur d'une liste de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Emploi: Vous devriez employer l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default pour des définitions ou des théorèmes. Servez-vous-en quand vous voulez qu'un mot donné ressorte dans un texte qui le définit. Ce n'est pas une bonne idée de s'en servir quand vous voulez parler d'une phrase complète. Vous ferez mieux de prendre un environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et d'y emboîter plusieurs paragraphes -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Emboîtement: Vous pouvez bien sûr emboîter des environnements de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default les uns dans les autres, les emboîter dans d'autres types de listes, et ainsi de suite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez qu'après la première ligne, LyX indente les lignes suivantes en les décalant vers la droite. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection La Liste LyX (environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:liste-LyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default est une extension LyX de LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Si vous êtes arrivé ici sans avoir lu les sections\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Si vous êtes arrivé ici sans avoir lu les sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:liste-description} -\end_inset +\end_inset , vous êtes dans l'erreur. L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ne crée -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default de liste numérotée. C'est le rôle de -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default -, qui est référencé dans la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, qui est référencé dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default a des marqueurs définis par l'utilisateur pour chaque élément. Il y a quelques différences fondamentales entre cet environnement de liste et les trois autres : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -marqueurs\SpecialChar ~ +marqueurs\InsetSpace ~ d'élément LyX utilise le premier \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset mot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de chaque ligne comme marqueur d'élément. Si vous voulez plus d'un mot comme marqueur, séparez-les avec une -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default comme décrit plus haut. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 marges Comme vous le voyez, LyX définit des marges différentes pour le marqueur et pour le corps de l'élément. Le corps du texte a une marge de gauche plus importante, égale à la largeur par défaut du marqueur plus un peu d'espace supplémentaire. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -largeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +largeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ marqueur LyX compare la largeur effective du marqueur et la largeur par défaut, et prend en compte la plus grande des deux valeurs. Si la largeur effective est plus grande, alors le marqueur déborde sur la première ligne. En d'autres termes, le texte de la première ligne n'est pas aligné à gauche avec le reste du texte. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -largeur\SpecialChar ~ -par\SpecialChar ~ +largeur\InsetSpace ~ +par\InsetSpace ~ défaut Vous pouvez la modifier très facilement. Vous pouvez ainsi vous assurer sans dommage que le texte de tous les éléments d'un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default partage la même marge de gauche. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 emploi Utilisez l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default pour la même chose que l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default : quand vous devez faire ressortir un mot du texte qui sert à l'expliciter. L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default vous donne un autre moyen de le faire, avec une apparence finale différente. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 emboîtement Vous pouvez bien sûr emboîter des environnements -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default les uns dans les autres, les emboîter dans d'autres types de listes, et ainsi de suite. Ils marchent de la même manière que les autres environnements de liste. - Lisez la section\SpecialChar ~ + Lisez la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset à ce sujet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous pouvez le voir, c'est un environnement de paragraphe avec plein de fonctions ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour changer la largeur par défaut du marqueur, sélectionner les éléments à changer dans la liste. Vous pouvez aussi vous contenter de placer le curseur dans un élément si vous voulez changer la largeur du marqueur de ce seul élément. Ouvrez la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ paragraphe -\family default +\family default (menu -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default ) et allez dans le champ -\family sans -Taille\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taille\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ marqueur -\family default +\family default de l'onglet -\family sans -Sauts\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -Ligne\SpecialChar ~ -et\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sauts\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +Ligne\InsetSpace ~ +et\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default . La taille du texte entré dans ce champ détermine la largeur par défaut. Si vous le voulez vraiment, vous pouvez y entrer le texte de votre plus long marqueur, mais ce n'est pas nécessaire. Nous recommandons d'entrer plusieurs fois la lettre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . C'est le caractère le plus large et il sert d'unité de largeur standard en LaTeX. La largeur par défaut du marqueur dans la liste exemple est de 6 \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset consécutifs. Il y a un autre avantage à utiliser \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comme unité de largeur dans le champ -\family sans -Largeur\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Largeur\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ marqueur -\family default +\family default : vous n'avez pas à en changer le contenu à chaque fois que vous changez un marqueur dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a encore un trait de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default dont nous devons vous entretenir. Comme vous le voyez dans les exemples, LyX par défaut justifie à gauche les marqueurs d'élément. Vous pouvez insérer des -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default pour changer le positionnement du marqueur. Nous traitons les -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default - plus loin dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + plus loin dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:espace-h} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Voici quelques exemples : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Gauche Par défaut pour les marqueurs de -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Droite Un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default au début du marqueur le justifie à droite. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Centre -\hfill +\hfill Un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default de chaque côté du marqueur et le voilà centré. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ne vous affolez pas si vous n'avez encore aucune idée de ce que sont les - Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ + Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux. Rappelez-vous seulement qu'ils peuvent personnaliser l'apparence de l'environne ment Liste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous en avons fini avec les quatre environnements de paragraphe servant aux listes. - Au fait, avons-nous déjà dit que vous devriez lire la section\SpecialChar ~ + Au fait, avons-nous déjà dit que vous devriez lire la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset sur l'emboîtement d'environnements si vous comptez vous servir des listes ? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lettres -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default : Un résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien que LyX ait des classes de document pour les lettres, nous avons aussi créé deux environnements de paragraphe appelés -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default . Pour utiliser la classe lettre, vous devez mettre les environnements de paragraphe requis dans un ordre précis, sinon LaTeX s'étouffera avec le document. En revanche, vous pouvez utiliser les environnements de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default à n'importe quel endroit sans problème. Vous pouvez même les emboîter dans d'autres environnements, mais vous ne pouvez pas y emboîter quoi que ce soit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bien sûr, vous n'êtes pas limités à utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default pour des lettres. -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default , en particulier, peut être utile pour créer des titres d'article comme ceux de certaines publications de recherche européennes. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Emploi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:emploi-adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default formate le texte comme une adresse, style aussi utilisé pour l'ouverture d'une lettre et la signature dans certains pays. De même, l'environnement -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default formate le texte comme une adresse justifiée à droite, ce qui est utilisé pour l'adresse de l'expéditeur et la date du jour dans certains pays. En voici un exemple : -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Adresse à droite -\newline +\newline Qui je suis -\newline +\newline Où je suis -\newline +\newline Quel jour sommes-nous ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'était -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default . Notez que les lignes ont toutes la marge à gauche, que LyX règle de manière à faire tenir le plus grand bloc de texte sur une seule ligne. Voici un exemple d'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default : -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Qui vous êtes -\newline +\newline Où je vous l'envoie -\newline +\newline Votre code postal et votre pays -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous le voyez, à la fois -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default ajoutent de l'espace supplémentaire entre eux et le paragraphe suivant. En parlant de ça, si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default dans l'un de ces environnements, LyX réinitialisera la profondeur d'imbrication et remettra l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Ceci est logique, cependant, puisque -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default est la fonction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph -\family default +\family default , et les lignes d'une adresse, prises isolément, ne sont pas des paragraphes. Ainsi, vous vous servirez de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Coupure\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Coupure\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ ligne -\family default +\family default ) pour commencer une nouvelle ligne dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ droite -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Documents de recherche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans la recherche, la plupart des publications commencent par un résumé et se terminent par une bibliographie ou une liste de références. LyX contient les environnements de paragraphe correspondants. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default sert à insérer le résumé d'un article. Techniquement, vous -\emph on +\emph on pouvez -\emph default +\emph default utiliser cet environnement n'importe où, mais il est -\emph on +\emph on vraiment -\emph default +\emph default préférable de l'insérer au début du document, après le titre. Également, ne vous embêtez pas à essayer d'emboîter un -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default dans quoi que ce soit d'autre ou l'inverse. Ça ne marchera pas. L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default n'est utile que dans les classes de document -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default (ainsi que -\family sans +\family sans amsart -\family default +\family default , qui n'est autre qu'une version spécialisée de -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default ). La classe de document -\family sans +\family sans book -\family default +\family default ignore complètement la présence de l' -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , et ça n'aurait pas grand sens de mettre un -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default avec la classe -\family sans +\family sans lettre -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default fait plusieurs choses pour vous. D'abord, il écrit l'en-tête \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , centré au-dessus du texte. L'en-tête et le texte du résumé sont séparés par un interligne agrandi. @@ -6179,648 +7234,729 @@ Abstract et le texte qui suit. Voilà comment le document apparaîtra dans la fenêtre LyX. Si votre document est de la classe -\family sans +\family sans report -\family default +\family default , à l'impression le résumé occupera une page séparée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Commencer un nouveau paragraphe en tapant -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on laisse -\emph default +\emph default le paragraphe dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Vous devrez donc changer l'environnement vous-même quand vous aurez fini d'entrer le résumé de votre document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous aimerions vous donner un exemple de cet environnement, mais nous ne pouvons pas, car ce document est de la classe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si vous n'avez jamais entendu le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset auparavant, vous pouvez sans danger ignorer cet environnement. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographie} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default sert à faire la liste des références. Techniquement, vous -\emph on +\emph on pouvez -\emph default +\emph default utiliser cet environnement n'importe où, mais il est -\emph on +\emph on vraiment -\emph default +\emph default préférable de l'insérer à la fin du document. Également, ne vous embêtez pas à essayer d'emboîter -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default dans quoi que ce soit d'autre ou l'inverse. Ça ne marchera pas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous ouvrez pour la première fois un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default , LyX ajoute un large espacement vertical, suivi par l'en-tête \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliographie \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Références \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , selon la classe de document. L'en-tête est en grande police grasse. Chaque paragraphe de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default est une entrée de bibliographie. Donc, taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on laisse -\emph default +\emph default le paragraphe dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au -\emph on +\emph on début -\emph default +\emph default de la -\emph on +\emph on première ligne -\emph default +\emph default de chaque paragraphe, vous verrez un bouton gris avec un numéro. Si vous cliquez dessus, vous aurez une fenêtre dans laquelle vous pouvez entrer une -\family sans +\family sans Clé -\family default +\family default et une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default . La clé est le nom symbolique par lequel vous vous référerez à cette entrée de bibliographie. Par exemple, supposez que votre première entrée soit un livre sur LaTeX. Vous pourrez choisir la clé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset guide-latex \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour cette entrée. Vous pouvez aussi lui donner une étiquette, qui sera affichée dans la boîte grisée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le champ -\family sans +\family sans Clé -\family default +\family default n'est pas inutile. Vous pouvez vous référer aux entrées de votre bibliographie avec la commande -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation -\family default +\family default . Choisissez alors la clé dans la liste des clés disponibles, puis ajoutez une référence en cliquant sur la flèche vers la gauche, ce qui l'ajoutera à la liste des clés sélectionnées. On peut créer des citations multiples en sélectionnant plus d'une clé. Un exemple de -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default est présent à la fin de ce document. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Voir \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapitre 3]{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset est un exemple de citation de deux de ses entrées. Dans la seconde, nous avons utilisé le champ -\family sans -Texte\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Texte\InsetSpace ~ après -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default pour ajouter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chapitre 3 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Les mots \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset que vous voyez à l'écran seront remplacés à l'impression par le numéro ou l'étiquette de l'entrée de bibliographie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage LaTeX de bibliographie, BibTeX, plus avancé, peut aussi fonctionner avec LyX. Pour une description de son utilisation, veuillez vous référer au manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Usage spécial -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a trois environnements de paragraphe de base qui ne rentrent dans aucune catégorie, car ils sont très spécialisés avec un objectif précis. Nous allons évoquer les points particuliers et les emplois de chacun. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:apparence-caption} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default est l'environnement de paragraphe par défaut pour les -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ flottantes -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans -Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ flottants -\family default +\family default . À l'écran, vous verrez la marque \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure #: \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tableau #: \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset selon le type de -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default dont il s'agit. Le numéro de figure ou de tableau remplace le caractère \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le rendu final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous ne pouvez pas vraiment emboîter des choses dans un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default , ni faire l'inverse. De plus, taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default remet l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , de sorte que -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default ne peut s'étendre que sur un seul paragraphe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default en dehors d'une -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default ou d'un -\family sans -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ flottant -\family default +\family default . - Voir les sections\SpecialChar ~ + Voir les sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tableaux} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus d'information sur les -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ flottantes -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans -Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ flottants -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default est une autre extension LyX de LaTeX. Il typographie le texte dans le style à chasse fixe. Il traite aussi la touche -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default comme une espace de taille fixe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , la touche -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default est traitée comme une -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Insécable -\family default +\family default au lieu d'un marqueur de fin de mot. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ; c'est le seul cas où vous pouvez taper des espaces consécutives dans LyX. Si vous avez besoin d'insérer des lignes vides, vous devrez encore utiliser -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default (la fonction -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family default +\family default ). -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default sépare les paragraphes. Notez cependant que -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default ne réinitialise pas l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Donc, quand vous avez fini d'utiliser l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , vous devez changer d'environnement vous-même. D'autre part, vous -\emph on +\emph on pouvez -\emph default +\emph default emboîter l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default dans d'autres environnements. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici quelques subtilités de cet environnement : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default au début d'un nouveau paragraphe (c'est-à-dire faire suivre un -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default d'un -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas faire suivre -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default d'une -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default pour commencer un nouveau paragraphe, vous pourrez alors utiliser une -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ou utilisez -\family sans +\family sans C-Espace -\family default +\family default à la place. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas avoir un paragraphe vide ou une ligne vide. Vous devez mettre au moins une -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default dans toute ligne que vous voulez voir vide. Autrement, LaTeX générera des messages d'erreur. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous ne pouvez pas obtenir les guillemets doubles de machine à écrire en tapant -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default puisque cela insérera de -\emph on +\emph on vrais -\emph default +\emph default guillemets. Vous pouvez obtenir les guillemets doubles de machine à écrire avec -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default si vous avez les raccourcis clavier type Emacs). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hello World -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce n'est rien d'autre que le programme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hello world ! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default a un but : typographier du code, comme des sources de programme, des scripts shell, des fichiers de configuration rc, etc. Ne l'employez que dans ces cas vraiment très spéciaux où vous voulez sortir du texte comme s'il provenait d'une machine à écrire. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Commentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'environnement de paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Commentaire -\family default +\family default peut servir à écrire des commentaires à propos de votre document qui n'apparaît ront pas dans le rendu final. Pour que ce soit clair, LyX les affichera dans une couleur différente de celle du reste du texte. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Environnements Emboîtés \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Pourquoi c'est important \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : On pourrait avoir une meilleure traduction de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset The Big Deal \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout au long des sections précédentes, nous vous avons harcelé pour que vous alliez \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -lire la section\SpecialChar ~ +lire la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emboitement} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous vous demandez donc sûrement ce qu'il y a de si important. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce qui est important, c'est que LyX diffère assez nettement des traditionnels traitements de texte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset super-machine-à-écrire \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Avec une machine à écrire, le texte n'est rien d'autre que de l'encre sur @@ -6831,113 +7967,134 @@ super-machine- données. Que se passe-t-il si vous voulez qu'un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bloc \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset hérite des propriétés d'un autre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bloc \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un exemple plus précis : les listes. Vous avez trois éléments principaux, mais le point n°2 a deux sous-éléments. Vous avez donc une liste -\emph on +\emph on dans -\emph default +\emph default une autre liste, avec la liste secondaire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset attachée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à l'élément n°2 : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate un -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate deux -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate sous-élément n°1 -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate sous-élément n°2 -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate trois -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comment mettre une liste dans une liste ? Désormais la réponse devrait vous paraître évidente : vous les emboîtez l'une dans l'autre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est assez simple d'emboîter un environnement. Faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Augmenter\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ +Augmenter\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ d'Environnement -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -Réduire\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Réduire\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ d'Environnement -\family default +\family default pour changer la profondeur d'emboîtement du paragraphe courant (la barre d'état vous dira à quel niveau d'emboîtement vous vous situez). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les raccourcis clavier bien pratiques -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Gauche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans S-M-Droite \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ou -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default , si vous préférez. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pour changer la profondeur d'emboîtement. Ce changement concernera la sélection courante s'il y en a une (ce qui vous permet de changer le niveau d'emboîtement de plusieurs paragraphes à la fois), ou le paragraphe courant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que LyX ne change la profondeur d'environnement que si c'est possible. Si cette opération n'est pas permise, quand vous essayez rien ne se produit. @@ -6947,20 +8104,28 @@ Notez que LyX ne change la profondeur d'environnement que si c'est possible. Ça dépend de votre texte. La meilleure chose à faire est d'essayer diverses profondeurs d'emboîtement et de voir ce qui se passe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mais l'emboîtement n'est pas limité aux listes. Avec LyX, vous pouvez emboîter à peu près tout dans n'importe quoi, comme vous allez le voir. C'est pourquoi les environnements emboîtés sont un outil puissant. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ce que vous pouvez et ne pouvez pas emboîter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant de vous lancer à la figure une liste d'environnements de paragraphe, nous devons vous expliquer un peu plus comme marche l'emboîtement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard À la question de l'emboîtement, la réponse est un peu plus compliquée qu'un simple oui ou non, vous pouvez ou vous ne pouvez pas. @@ -6968,22 +8133,24 @@ Avant de vous lancer Pouvez-vous emboîter cet environnement dans quoi que ce soit d'autre ? Pouvez-vous y emboîter un autre environnement ? Répondre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset oui \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une des deux questions ne veut pas dire \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset oui \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour l'autre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les environnements de paragraphe de LyX peuvent avoir trois comportements relativement à l'emboîtement. @@ -6993,312 +8160,411 @@ Les environnements de paragraphe de LyX peuvent avoir trois comportements chose. Il y a un dernier type d'environnement, que vous pouvez emboîter dans d'autres environnements, mais dans lesquels vous ne pouvez rien emboîter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici une liste des environnements avec ces trois comportements \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour une raison inconnue, LyX vous permet d'emboîter dans les deux sens à la fois -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . LyX vous permet aussi d'emboîter -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Auteur -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default dans d'autres environnements. Nous vous recommandons de ne pas le faire. LaTeX pourrait s'en offusquer. Même si ce n'était pas le cas, ça n'a aucun sens d'emboîter ces environnements, alors pourquoi essayer ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Description +\end_layout -Non\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Non\InsetSpace ~ emboîtable On ne peut pas les emboîter, ni y emboîter. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Partie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Chapitre -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SousSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SousSousSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SousParagraphe -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Partie* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans SousSection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SousSousSection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliographie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Titre -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Auteur -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Complètement\SpecialChar ~ +Complètement\InsetSpace ~ emboîtables Vous pouvez les emboîter et y emboîter. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vers -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Citation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Énumération -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Liste -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Emboîtables\SpecialChar ~ -dans\SpecialChar ~ -quelque\SpecialChar ~ +Emboîtables\InsetSpace ~ +dans\InsetSpace ~ +quelque\InsetSpace ~ chose Vous pouvez les emboîter dans autre chose, mais ne pouvez rien y emboîter. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Adresse\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Adresse\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Adresse -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard L'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default n'a sa place nulle part, car il ne sert que dans des -\family sans -Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ Flottants -\family default +\family default et des -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ Flottantes -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Emboîter d'autres objets : tableaux, math, flottants, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:emboitement-tableaux-figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il y a plusieurs objets qui ne sont pas des environnements de paragraphe, mais qui sont quand même concernés par l'emboîtement. Ce sont : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les équations -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les tableaux -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize les figures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Note : si vous mettez une figure ou un tableau dans un -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default , ce n'est plus vrai. - Voir plus bas ou dans les sections\SpecialChar ~ + Voir plus bas ou dans les sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tableaux} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus d'info.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX peut considérer ces trois objets soit comme un mot soit comme un paragraphe. Certes, vous ne pouvez pas insérer un tableau en ligne, mais vous pouvez le faire avec les math et les figures. Si une figure ou une équation est en ligne, elle va avec le paragraphe qui la contient. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inversement, si vous avez une équation, une figure ou un tableau dans un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset paragraphe \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à lui, il se comporte comme un environnement de paragraphe \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset emboîtable dans quelque chose \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous pouvez l'emboîter dans un autre environnement, mais vous ne pouvez évidemment rien y emboîter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple avec un tableau : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Élément Un -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (a) et il est emboîté. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7309,101 +8575,138 @@ C'est le (a) et il est embo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (b). Le tableau est emboîté dans le (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate On ressort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si nous n'avions pas du tout emboîté le tableau, la liste serait ainsi : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Élément Un -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (a) et il est emboîté. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout +\end_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7414,109 +8717,151 @@ C'est le (a) et il est embo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Enumerate + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (b). Le tableau n'est -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default emboîté dans le (a). En fait, il n'est pas emboîté du tout. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate On ressort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que l'élément (b) n'est non seulement plus emboîté, mais qu'il est aussi le premier élément d'une liste ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a un autre piège dans lequel vous pouvez tomber : emboîter le tableau, mais ne pas aller assez profond. LyX commence un nouvelle (sous-)liste après le tableau. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Élément Un -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (a) et il est emboîté. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7527,880 +8872,1021 @@ C'est le (a) et il est embo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Enumerate +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le (b). Le tableau est en fait emboîté dans l'élément Un, mais -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default dans le (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate On ressort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous pouvez le voir, l'élément (b) est devenu le premier élément d'une nouvelle liste, mais d'une liste -\emph on +\emph on dans -\emph default +\emph default l'élément 1. La même chose se serait produite avec une figure ou une équation. Si vous emboîtez des tableaux, des figures ou des équations, assurez-vous donc de les mettre à la bonne profondeur ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Et puis il y a ce qu'on appelle les -\family sans +\family sans Flottants -\family default +\family default . Un -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default est un bloc de texte associé à une sorte d'étiquette, mais qui n'a pas de position fixe. Il peut \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset flotter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en avant ou en arrière, d'une page ou deux, jusqu'à trouver l'endroit où il tient le mieux. Les -\family sans -Notes\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Notes\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans -Notes\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Notes\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Marge -\family default +\family default sont des flottants, comme les -\family sans -Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ Flottants -\family default +\family default et les -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ Flottantes -\family default +\family default . Quand vous éditez un document avec LyX, un -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default fermé ressemble à un bouton gris écrit en rouge, et va avec le paragraphe qui le contient. Mais comme un -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default n'a pas de position fixée dans le texte final, l'emboîtement n'a pas d'effet sur son positionnement après avoir envoyé le document à LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Emploi et Propriétés générales -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Les limites de l'emboîtement -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX peut réaliser un emboîtement jusqu'à six niveaux. Le niveau n°6 est le plus élevé possible. Voici un exemple : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate niveau n°1 - le plus extérieur -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate niveau n°2 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate niveau n°3 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate niveau n°4 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize niveau n°5 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize niveau n°6 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Là encore, LyX gère un maximum de 6 niveaux, quels que soient les environnements de paragraphe utilisés à un niveau donné \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Malheureusement, LyX ne fait pas respecter cette limitation. Si vous essayez de la dépasser, LaTeX renverra des erreurs quand vous voudrez obtenir le rendu final. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ça veut dire que vous pouvez emboîter sur six niveaux une liste -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , ou un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default , etc. Vous pouvez aussi mélanger les environnements, comme nous allons le voir. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a deux exceptions à la limite de six niveaux, et les deux sont présentes dans l'exemple. Contrairement aux autres environnements complètement emboîtables, vous ne pouvez obtenir qu'un emboîtement à quatre niveaux avec les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Par exemple, si nous essayions d'emboîter une autre liste -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default dans l'élément \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , nous aurions des erreurs \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Là encore, LyX ne fait pas respecter cette limitation. Si vous tentez de la dépasser, LaTeX renverra des erreurs quand vous voudrez obtenir le rendu final. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Quelques Exemples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le meilleur moyen d'expliquer ce que vous pouvez faire avec l'emboîtement est de l'illustrer. Nous avons plusieurs exemples d'environnements emboîtés. Dans chacun, nous expliquons comment nous avons créé cet exemple, pour que vous puissiez le reproduire. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple n°1 : Six niveaux et Emboîtement mixte -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 1-a Niveau le plus extérieur. C'est un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 2-a Niveau n°2. Nous l'avons obtenu avec -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans +\family sans M-Droite -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM 3-a Niveau n°3. Cette fois, nous avons juste fait -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default deux fois de suite. Nous aurions pu le créer de la même manière que le précédent, avec -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , emboîté dans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3-a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il est donc au niveau n°4. Nous l'avons obtenu avec -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default , puis en changeant l'environnement de paragraphe à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . C'est ce qu'il faut faire pour créer des éléments de liste avec plus d'un paragraphe -- ça marche aussi avec les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un autre paragraphe -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , également au niveau n°4, obtenu juste avec -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 4-a Niveau n°4. Nous avons tapé -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default et remis l'environnement de paragraphe à -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . Rappelez-vous : on ne peut rien emboîter dans un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , c'est pourquoi nous sommes encore au niveau n°4. Mais nous -\emph on +\emph on pouvons -\emph default +\emph default emboîter des choses dans le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3-a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 5-a Niveau n°5... -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 6-a ...et nous voilà au niveau n°6. Vous devez savoir comment nous les avons obtenus. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 5-b Retour au niveau n°5. Tapez -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 4-b Après un autre -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default , retour au niveau n°4. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 3-b Retour au niveau n°3. Les choses vont maintenant de soi. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 2-b Retour au niveau n°2. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 1-b Enfin, retour au niveau le plus extérieur, le n°1. À la fin de cette phrase, nous allons taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default et remettre l'environnement de paragraphe sur -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default pour marquer la fin de la liste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voilà c'est fait ! Oh -- nous aurions aussi pu utiliser les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default ou même -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default à la place de -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . L'exemple aurait été exactement le même. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple n°2 : Héritage -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Voici un environnement LyX-Code, au niveau n°1, -\newline +\newline le plus extérieur. Nous allons taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\newline +\newline puis -\family sans +\family sans M-p Droite -\family default +\family default , après quoi nous allons passer -\newline +\newline à l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Voici l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default , au niveau n°2. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Notez comment l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline emboîté hérite non seulement des marges -\newline +\newline de son environnement parent ( -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ), -\newline +\newline mais aussi de sa police et de son interligne ! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nous avons terminé cet exemple en tapant -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default . Ensuite nous avons remis l'environnement de paragraphe à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , et réinitialisé la profondeur d'emboîtement avec -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple n°3 : Marqueurs de liste et Niveaux dans les Environnements -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Voici le niveau n°1 d'un environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . Nous allons en emboîter un paquet. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Voici le niveau n°2. Nous avons fait -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default . Que se passe-t-il si nous y emboîtons un environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default ? Il sera au niveau n°3, mais quel marqueur aura-t-il ? Un astérisque ? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Non ! C'est une puce. C'est le -\emph on +\emph on premier -\emph default +\emph default environnement -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default , même s'il est au niveau n°3. Son marqueur est donc une puce. (NB : nous sommes arrivés ici en tapant -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default , puis en changeant l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default .) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Voici le niveau n°4, obtenu avec -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default . Nous allons recommencer... -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ...pour passer au niveau n°5. Mais cette fois, nous avons aussi remis l'environnement de paragraphe à -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . Notez le type de numérotation ! C'est un -\emph on +\emph on chiffre romain en minuscule -\emph default +\emph default , car c'est le -\emph on +\emph on troisième -\emph default +\emph default environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default (c'est-à-dire un -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default dans un -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default dans un -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Que se passe-t-il si nous ne changeons -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default l'environnement de paragraphe, mais diminuons la profondeur d'emboîtement ? Quelle type de numérotation LyX utilise-t-il ? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Au fait, vous aurez deviné que nous utilisons -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default pour conserver le même environnement et la même profondeur mais créer un nouvel élément. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Faisons -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default pour diminuer la profondeur après le prochain -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le niveau n°4. Voyez quel marqueur utilise LyX ! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate C'est le niveau n°3. Même si nous avons changé de niveau, LyX utilise encore un chiffre romain en minuscule comme marqueur. Pourquoi ?! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Parce que, même si la profondeur d'emboîtement a changé, le paragraphe est -\emph on +\emph on toujours -\emph default +\emph default le troisième environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . Notez que LyX a quand même remis le compteur de la numérotation à zéro. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Après un autre -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default suivi de -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default , nous voilà de retour au niveau n°2. Cette fois, nous n'avons pas seulement changé la profondeur d'emboîtement, nous sommes en même temps retournés au deuxième environnement -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Nous obtenons la même chose avec une autre suite -\family sans -M-Entrée M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-Entrée M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default et sommes revenus au niveau n°1, le plus extérieur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, nous remettons l'environnement à -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Comme vous le voyez, ce n'est pas le numéro du niveau qui détermine le type de marqueur utilisé par LyX dans les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . C'est le nombre d'autres environnements -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default qui l'entourent qui détermine le type de numérotation dans un élément -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default . La même règle s'applique aux environnements -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Exemple n°4 : Péter les plombs -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Cette fois nous allons devenir complètement fous. Nous n'allons pas aller aussi profond que dans les autres exemples, ni n'allons entrer autant dans les détails de l'élaboration. (niveau n°1 : -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default ) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default : niveau n°2) Nous allons mettre entre parenthèses la description du processus. Par exemple, les deux raccourcis clavier montrent comment nous avons changé la profondeur. Le nom d'environnement est bien sûr celui de l'environnement actuel. Nous indiquerons aussi le niveau, avant ou après. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default : niveau n°1) C'est l'élément suivant dans la liste. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Nous ajoutons des vers. -\newline +\newline Ça n'arrange pas nos affaires. -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default : niveau n°2) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse PooPooPiDoo ! -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Voici un tableau : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8411,168 +9897,186 @@ Voici un tableau : \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard un poisson -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard deux poissons -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard poisson rouge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard poisson bleu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Droite -\family default +\family default 3 fois, -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Gauche -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default : niveau n°1) Un autre élément. Notez que sélectionner un -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default remet la profondeur au niveau n°1, nous avons donc dû augmenter la profondeur 2 fois pour mettre le tableau dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Vers -\family default +\family default . -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Nous en avons terminé avec liste -\family sans +\family sans Énumération -\family default +\family default et passons à -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . Nous sommes toujours au niveau n°1. Nous voulons vous montrer quelques-unes des choses que vous pouvez faire en mélangeant les environnements. Les paragraphes qui suivent constituent une \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lettre citée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nous allons emboîter les environnements -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default dans celui-ci, puis utiliser un autre -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default emboîté pour le corps de la lettre. Nous utilisons -\family sans +\family sans M-Entrée -\family default +\family default pour préserver la profondeur. Rappelez-vous que vous pouvez utiliser -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default pour entrer plusieurs lignes dans les environnement -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Les voici : -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address 123, allée de Nulle Part -\newline +\newline 01001 TRIFOUILLIS les Oies -\newline +\newline 01/01/2000 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address -Cher M.\SpecialChar ~ +Cher M.\InsetSpace ~ Dupont, -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Nous sommes au regret de vous annoncer que nous ne pouvons faire suite à - votre commande de 50\SpecialChar ~ + votre commande de 50\InsetSpace ~ L de gaz méthane comprimé, en raison de circonstances indépendantes de notre volonté. Une de nos vaches ayant explosé pour des raisons inconnues, nous commandes @@ -8580,379 +10084,440 @@ L de gaz m Nous vous avons placé sur la liste d'attente et vous expédierons votre commande dès que possible. Nous vous transmettons toutes nos excuses. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Nous pouvons vous faire bénéficier de rabais importants sur le boeuf. Si vous êtes intéressé, veuillez renvoyer le bon de commande ainsi que le paiement à l'adresse indiquée. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address En vous remerciant par avance, -\newline +\newline Tryphon Tournesol -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation Fin de l'exemple ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous voyez que l'emboîtement d'environnements vous offre de nombreuses possibili tés en peu de touches. Nous aurions facilement pu emboîter une liste -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default dans un -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default ou un -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default , ou mettre un -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default dans une liste -\family sans +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default . Vous avez une énorme variété d'options à votre disposition. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Polices et Styles de Texte -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La tendance actuelle pour beaucoup de langages de typographie et de langages à balises est d'indiquer des styles de caractères et non plus de demander une police particulière. Par exemple, au lieu de demander la même police en italique pour mettre du texte en valeur, vous utilisez le style -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default . Ce concept a parfaitement sa place dans LyX, où vous spécifiez des contextes, et non des détails typographiques. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour le moment, LyX vous permet de spécifier une police par défaut pour l'ensemble du document, et possède deux styles spéciaux de caractères : -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default . Le style -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default correspond à une police en petites majuscules, qui dans certaines langues et styles d'écriture sert à typographier les noms propres. L'Équipe LyX espère avoir un jour un ensemble complet de styles de caractères, et aussi permettre à l'utilisateur de personnaliser les changements de police associés à un style donné. Mais pour l'instant, vous devrez vous satisfaire de ce qui existe déjà. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Options Globales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez choisir la police par défaut dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Celui-ci contient deux options qui nous intéressent ici, -\family sans +\family sans Polices -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Taille\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taille\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Police -\family default +\family default . Les choix possibles pour -\family sans +\family sans Polices -\family default +\family default comprennent -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset défaut \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default et une liste de polices disponibles sur votre système. L'option -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset défaut \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default utilise les polices TeX standard, appelées \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (cm) ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec). La plupart des systèmes auront une version de police Times et Helvetica, ainsi que d'autres variantes. Vous devrez vérifier tout ceci par vous-même. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quant à l'option -\family sans -Taille\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taille\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Police -\family default +\family default , il y a trois valeurs possibles : -\family sans +\family sans 10 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans 11 -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans 12 -\family default +\family default . Rappelez-vous, c'est la taille de base. LyX s'y réfère pour calculer toutes les autres tailles de police possibles (comme celle des notes de bas de page, exposants et indices). Vous pouvez toujours ajuster finement la taille de police dans le document si nécessaire. - Ce n'est pas malin d'utiliser une police 8\SpecialChar ~ -pt ou 24\SpecialChar ~ + Ce n'est pas malin d'utiliser une police 8\InsetSpace ~ +pt ou 24\InsetSpace ~ pt comme taille de base, car votre document sera en général illisible. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que vous avez changé la valeur de -\family sans +\family sans Polices -\family default +\family default ou de -\family sans -Taille\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Taille\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Police -\family default +\family default , LyX -\emph on +\emph on ne change pas -\emph default +\emph default l'affichage à l'écran. Vous ne verrez de différence que sur le rendu final. Ceci fait partie du concept WYSIWYM. Par ailleurs, vous avez certainement remarqué que le texte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Roman \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset à l'écran correspond à la police par défaut. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Utiliser des Styles de Caractères Différents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme nous l'avons vu, LyX change automatiquement le style des caractères pour certains environnements de paragraphe. Nous avons aussi mentionné deux autres styles de caractères, -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez mettre en oeuvre ces deux styles au moyen des raccourcis clavier, des menus et de la barre d'outils. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour activer le style -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default , faites l'un des trois : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize sélectionnez -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Petites\SpecialChar ~ +Petites\InsetSpace ~ Majuscules -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cliquez sur le bouton de la barre d'outils avec la silhouette de bonhomme -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize utilisez le raccourci clavier -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces commandes sont toutes des bascules. C'est-à-dire que si le style -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default est déjà actif, elles le désactivent. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On utilise en général le style -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default pour les noms propres. Par exemple : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default est l'auteur à l'origine de LyX. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un style de caractères puis largement employé est le style -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez l'activer (ou le désactiver : c'est aussi une bascule) en : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize faisant -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Emphasize\SpecialChar ~ +Emphasize\InsetSpace ~ Style -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cliquant sur le bouton de la barre d'outils avec un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dessus -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize utilisant le raccourci clavier -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour l'instant, le style -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default équivaut à une police italique. Nous projetons de rendre à l'avenir ce comportement modifiable par l'utilisateu r. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous avons utilisé le style -\family sans -En\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +En\InsetSpace ~ Évidence -\family default +\family default tout au long de ce document. Encore un exemple : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on N'abusez pas des styles de caractères ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cet exemple vaut aussi comme avertissement. L'écrit devrait ressembler à la conversation courante. De même que nous ne nous crions pas dessus constamment, nous devrions aussi éviter d'abuser des styles de caractères. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Au fait, une dernière note : Vous pouvez toujours repasser dans la police par défaut avec le raccourci clavier -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Espace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Réglage fin avec la Fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Caractère -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a toujours des occasions où vous avez besoin de réglages fins, donc LyX vous permet de créer des styles de caractères personnalisés. @@ -8960,22 +10525,26 @@ Il y a toujours des occasions o une convention de style réclamant une police sans empattement dans certaines situations \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Il y a effectivement une telle convention de style pour la Documentation de LyX, car les manuels nécessitent une certaine cohérence. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . De même, des auteurs utilisent parfois une police différente pour distinguer les pensées d'un personnage du dialogue ordinaire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avant de dire comment utiliser un style de caractères personnalisé, nous voulons de nouveau proférer un avertissement : N'abusez pas des styles @@ -8986,677 +10555,760 @@ Avant de dire comment utiliser un style de caract C'est comme utiliser un marteau-pilon pour écraser une mouche. Les documents qui abusent des différentes polices et des différentes tailles finissent par ne plus ressembler à grand chose. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Assez de récriminations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser des polices personnalisées, ouvrez la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Caractère -\family default +\family default en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caractère -\family default +\family default . Il y a sept champs dans cette fenêtre, chacun correspondant à une propriété de la police que vous pouvez ajuster. Vous pouvez choisir une option pour chacune de ces sept propriétés, ou sélectionner -\family sans -Pas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ changement -\family default +\family default , qui laisse cette propriété telle quelle. L'élément -\family sans +\family sans Réinitialiser -\family default +\family default remet la propriété à sa valeur par défaut dans l'environnement de paragraphe concerné. Vous pouvez utiliser ceci pour faire une remise à zéro pour plusieurs environne ments de paragraphe à la fois. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les sept propriétés de police et les choix possibles (en plus de -\family sans -Pas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ changement -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Réinitialiser -\family default +\family default ) sont : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Famille -\family default +\family default L'aspect général de la police. Les choix possibles sont : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default C'est la police Roman par défaut. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard C'est aussi la famille par défaut. (raccourci = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ empattement -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans C'est la famille de polices sans empattement. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Chasse\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Chasse\InsetSpace ~ fixe -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter C'est la famille de polices à chasse fixe. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Série -\family default +\family default Correspond à l'épaisseur du caractère. Choix : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Maigre -\family default +\family default C'est la série des polices maigres. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard C'est aussi la série par défaut. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Gras -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold C'est la série des polices grasses. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez l'activer ou la désactiver avec -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gras -\family default +\family default , ou avec le raccourci clavier -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Forme -\family default +\family default Comme son nom l'indique. Choix : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Droit -\family default +\family default C'est la forme droite. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard C'est aussi la forme par défaut. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Italique -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape italic +\family sans +\shape italic C'est la forme italique. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Inclinée -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape slanted +\family sans +\shape slanted C'est la forme inclinée. -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default (différente de l'italique, même si ce n'est pas très visible à l'écran) -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Petites\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Petites\InsetSpace ~ capitales -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape smallcaps +\family sans +\shape smallcaps C'est la forme en petites capitales. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Taille -\family default +\family default Change la taille de la police. Pas de valeurs numériques ici : toutes les tailles possibles sont en fait proportionnelles à la taille de police par défaut. Là encore, vous ne donnez pas à LyX les détails, mais une description générale de ce que vous voulez. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Les choix (et leurs raccourcis clavier) sont : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Petit(4) -\family default +\family default -\size tiny +\size tiny C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Petit(4) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Petit(3) -\family default +\family default -\size scriptsize +\size scriptsize C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Petit(3) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 2) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Petit(2) -\family default +\family default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Petit(2) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 3) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Petit(1) -\family default +\family default -\size small +\size small C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Petit(1) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 4) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Normal -\family default +\family default C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Normale \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard C'est aussi la taille par défaut. (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 5) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Grand(1) -\family default +\family default -\size large +\size large C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grand(1) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 6) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Grand(2) -\family default +\family default -\size larger +\size larger C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grand(2) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ L -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 7) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Grand(3) -\family default +\family default -\size largest +\size largest C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grand(3) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 8) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Grand(4) -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grand(4) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 9) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Grand(5) -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge C'est la taille \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grand(5) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ H -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 0) -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nous vous prévenons encore une fois : restez calme avec cette fonction. Vous ne devriez presque jamais avoir à changer la taille de la police. LyX adapte automatiquement la taille aux environnements de paragraphe. Cette fonction n'est là -\emph on +\emph on que -\emph default +\emph default pour du réglage fin ! -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Divers -\family default +\family default Ici vous pouvez changer quelques autres choses sur les caractères. Les choix sont : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Mis\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mis\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ valeur -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Du texte mis en valeur. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard On peut croire que c'est la même chose qu' -\shape italic +\shape italic Italique -\shape default +\shape default , mais en fait c'est un peu différent. Si vous utilisez -\family sans -Mis\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mis\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ valeur -\family default +\family default sur du texte en italiques, il sera redressé. Dans de prochaines versions de LyX, nous espérons que vous pourrez personnalise r le comportement exact de cette propriété -\emph on +\emph on logique -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Souligné -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under Du texte souligné. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (raccourci = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre -\family default +\family default -\noun on -Du texte avec Nom\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +Du texte avec Nom\InsetSpace ~ Propre. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Comme -\family sans -Mis\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Mis\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ valeur -\family default +\family default , c'est un attribut logique. Pour l'instant, il équivaut à -\family sans -Petites\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Petites\InsetSpace ~ Capitales -\family default +\family default , mais ça changera un jour. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Évitez si possible d'utiliser les caractères soulignés ! C'est un reste du temps des machines à écrire, quand vous ne pouviez pas changer de police. @@ -9667,172 +11319,189 @@ Capitales de style de certaines publications (et d'ailleurs nous l'utilisons aussi dans ces manuels pour indiquer les raccourcis clavier pour les éléments de menus). -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Couleur -\family default +\family default Vous permet d'ajuster la couleur du texte. Pour l'exploiter, il vous faut bien sûr une imprimante couleur, mais vous devez aussi avoir le paquetage LaTeX -\family sans +\family sans color -\family default +\family default . Notez que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default n'est pas capable d'afficher ces couleurs. En plus de -\family sans -Pas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ couleur -\family default +\family default , qui est la couleur \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset standard \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vous pouvez choisir entre -\family sans +\family sans Noir -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Blanc -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Rouge -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Vert -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Bleu -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Cyan -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Magenta -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Jaune -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Langue -\family default +\family default Vous pouvez marquer des zones de texte comme étant rédigées dans une langue autre que celle du document. Le texte ainsi marqué sera souligné en bleu pour rappeler ce changement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous avez donc un nombre énorme de combinaisons disponibles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois que vous avez choisi un nouveau style de caractères dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Caractère -\family default +\family default , vous pouvez l'activer en utilisant le bouton de la barre d'outils marqué \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Font -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou bien le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . Le bouton de la barre d'outils vous permet d'activer et de désactiver le style de caractères personnalisé même quand la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Caractère -\family default +\family default n'est pas visible. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme nous l'avons dit plus haut, pour remettre à zéro complètement le style de caractères, faites -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Espace -\family default +\family default . Si vous voulez basculer seulement les propriétés que vous venez de changer (supposons que vous venez de mettre la forme à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset inclinée \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et la série à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset gras \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), cochez le bouton -\family sans -(Dés)Activer\SpecialChar ~ -sur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +(Dés)Activer\InsetSpace ~ +sur\InsetSpace ~ tous -\family default +\family default et appuyez sur -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous allons conclure sur le même avertissement que d'habitude : N'abusez pas des polices. La plupart du temps, elles créent du cafouillage et sont un affreux succédané pour une écriture correcte. Vos écrits devraient parler d'eux-mêmes -- et c'est ce qu'ils feront. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Imprimer et Prévisualiser -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection En résumé -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maintenant que nous avons traité certaines des opérations de base pour la préparation d'un document avec LyX, vous voulez sans doute savoir comment @@ -9840,166 +11509,186 @@ Maintenant que nous avons trait Avant de vous en parler, nous voulons d'abord vous donner une brève explication de ce qui a lieu dans les coulisses. Nous en parlons aussi dans le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default , d'une manière beaucoup plus détaillée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utilise en arrière-plan un programme appelé \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (En fait, LaTeX n'est rien d'autre qu'un ensemble de macros pour le système typographique TeX, mais pour faire simple, nous allons appeler l'ensemble \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset .) Tout se passe ainsi : LyX est ce que vous utilisez effectivement pour écrire. Puis LyX fait appel à LaTeX pour transformer votre écrit en sortie imprimable. Il y a quelques étapes : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate D'abord, LyX convertit votre document en une série de commandes pour LaTeX, générant un fichier avec l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .tex \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ensuite, LaTeX interprète les commandes dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default pour produire une sortie imprimable. Mais il ne connaît pas votre imprimante. LaTeX produit un fichier -\emph on +\emph on indépendant de l'appareil -\emph default +\emph default , ou DVI ( -\emph on +\emph on device independent -\emph default +\emph default ). La sortie va donc dans un fichier avec l'extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .dvi \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Les fichiers DVI sont complètement portables ; vous pouvez les déplacer d'une machine à une autre sans faire aucune conversion. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description NOTE: Le fichier DVI ne contient rien de plus que le fichier LaTeX lui-même. Si vous avez inclus des images PostScript® dans votre document, il n'y aura qu'un lien vers ces fichiers. Ne les oubliez donc pas quand vous déplacez votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default d'un ordinateur à un autre. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Considérez le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default comme le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset rendu final \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Une fois que vous l'avez, vous pouvez le visionner, l'imprimer, ou le convertir dans d'autres formats. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Vous pouvez visionner les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default avec un programme appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Certaines imprimantes et systèmes Unix comprennent le DVI, et peuvent imprimer directement votre fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate De nos jours, la plupart des imprimantes comprennent le format PostScript®. LyX convertit automatiquement le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default en fichier PostScript® quand vous imprimez votre document. LyX vous permet aussi de prévisualiser une version PostScript® de votre document avec le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un des avantages d'utiliser PostScript® est que le programme de conversion (appelé -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ) prend tous les graphiques PostScript® que vous avez pu inclure et les met dans la version PostScript® de votre document. Il inclut aussi toutes les polices spéciales que vous pouvez avoir utilisées. Ceci rend la version PostScript® beaucoup plus portable que la version DVI. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX se charge automagiquement de toutes ces étapes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous l'avez vu, avant d'avoir une impression ou une prévisualisation du document, bien des choses se passent. @@ -10007,157 +11696,181 @@ Comme vous l'avez vu, avant d'avoir une impression ou une pr qu'avec d'autres traitements de texte. Le résultat imprimé en vaut la peine. La qualité a un prix ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Visualisation Rapide avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour avoir un aperçu de la version finale du document, avec tous les sauts de page en place, les notes de bas de page correctement numérotées, et tout le reste, faites -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , puis attendez un moment. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand tout le travail d'arrière-plan est terminé, LyX lance le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez maintenant voir le résultat. (Si vous voulez plus d'info sur le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , voyez la page de man.) -\layout Description +\end_layout -Conseil\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Conseil\InsetSpace ~ utile: Gardez la fenêtre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ouverte, éventuellement en la déplaçant vers un autre bureau. Alors, une fois que vous aurez apporté des changements à votre document, vous n'aurez qu'à faire -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default , puis cliquer sur la fenêtre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default relit automatiquement le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default et vous montre la version mise à jour. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Visualiser la Version PostScript® avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En général, la façon la plus simple et la plus rapide de visualiser votre document est avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Cependant vous pouvez parfois vouloir jeter un oeil sur la version PostScript®. Les polices constituent une raison \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note de -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Une autre étant la paranoïa. Je préfère toujours regarder le fichier PostScript® avant d'imprimer, juste pour voir exactement ce qui va à l'imprimante... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous pouvez utiliser des polices PostScript® dans un document LaTeX, mais -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ne les affiche pas. Vous devez utiliser -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default ou une autre visionneuse PostScript® pour voir le résultat final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour visualiser la version PostScript® de votre document, faites -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default . Quand tous les tours de magie d'arrière-plan sont terminés, LyX lance le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . Vous pouvez maintenant regarder le résultat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous aurez deviné ce que fait la commande -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Mise\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ +Mise\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default . Souvenez-vous de cliquer ensuite une fois dans la fenêtre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default pour mettre à jour l'affichage. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Imprimer le Fichier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour imprimer un fichier, faites -\family sans +\family sans Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Imprimer -\family default +\family default , ou cliquez dans la barre d'outils sur le bouton avec une imprimante. La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Imprimer -\family default +\family default s'ouvre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez choisir de n'imprimer que les pages paires ou impaires -- c'est utile pour imprimer en recto/verso même si votre imprimante n'imprime les @@ -10167,814 +11880,952 @@ Vous pouvez choisir de n'imprimer que les pages paires ou impaires -- c'est dessous. En choisissant le bon ordre, vous pouvez sortir le tas de feuilles imprimées sans avoir à les reclasser. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Destination -\family default +\family default : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Imprimante -\family default +\family default C'est le nom de l'imprimante à utiliser \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ce nom d'imprimante n'est pas pour la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default mais pour -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . Ceci sous-entend que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default doit être configuré pour. - Voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:config-dvips} -\end_inset +\end_inset ou la documentation de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default pour les détails. L'imprimante par défaut peut aussi être choisie dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cette imprimante doit comprendre les fichiers PostScript®. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Fichier -\family default +\family default Le nom d'un fichier vers lequel imprimer. La sortie sera en format PostScript®. Le fichier sera en général écrit dans le répertoire actuel, sauf si vous spécifiez le chemin complet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que l'impression peut prendre un peu de temps, puisque LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default et, si vous n'avez pas d'imprimante PostScript, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default doivent traiter votre document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Quelques Mots sur la Typographie -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tirets et Césures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tirets} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dans LyX, le caractère - existe dans trois longueurs, souvent appelées -\emph on -trait\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +trait\InsetSpace ~ d'union -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +tiret\InsetSpace ~ en -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +tiret\InsetSpace ~ em \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Respectivement -\emph on +\emph on hyphen -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on -en\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +en\InsetSpace ~ dash -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on -em\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +em\InsetSpace ~ dash -\emph default +\emph default en version originale. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout -trait\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Enumerate + +trait\InsetSpace ~ d'union -\hfill +\hfill - -\hfill +\hfill obtenu avec - -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +tiret\InsetSpace ~ en -\hfill +\hfill -- -\hfill +\hfill obtenu avec - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +tiret\InsetSpace ~ em -\hfill +\hfill --- -\hfill +\hfill obtenu avec - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate signe moins -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill un - en mode math -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous créez ces éléments en utilisant le caractère - plusieurs fois de suite. LyX les convertit automatiquement en un tiret de longueur appropriée dans le rendu final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les trois types de tiret sont distincts du signe moins, qui apparaît en mode math et a une longueur différente. Voici quelques exemples d'emploi des tirets : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate en-tête -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on -trait\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +trait\InsetSpace ~ d'union -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je crois que les tirets sont utiles -- surtout ici. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +tiret\InsetSpace ~ en -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate --- Pour les dialogues. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on -tiret\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +tiret\InsetSpace ~ em -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on signe moins -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceux qui lisent ceci dans LyX ne verront pas la différence, mais il y en a une dans la version imprimée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une dernière remarque sur la césure -- LyX coupe les mots automagiquement et insère des traits d'union. (En fait, c'est LaTeX qui s'en charge et cela ne marche que pour -\emph on +\emph on certaines -\emph default +\emph default langues.) Les mots ne seront pas coupés avant de générer le rendu final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si, pour une raison quelconque, LaTeX n'arrivait pas à couper un mot correctemen t, vous pouvez disposer les points de césure à la main, avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Point\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Point\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ césure -\family default +\family default . Ces points de césure supplémentaires ne sont que des indications pour LaTeX. Si aucune coupure n'est nécessaire, LaTeX les ignorera complètement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ponctuation -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abréviations et Fins de phrase -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abrev} -\end_inset +\end_inset Quand LyX invoque LaTeX pour générer la version finale de votre document, LaTeX fait tout seul la distinction entre les mots, les phrase et les abréviati ons. LaTeX ajoute alors la \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset quantité appropriée d'espace \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : les phrases ont un peu plus d'espace entre le point final et le mot suivant. Les abréviations ont autant d'espace après le point qu'entre deux mots. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Malheureusement, l'algorithme pour reconnaître une abréviation d'une fin de phrase n'est vraiment pas très malin. Si un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default suit une lettre minuscule, c'est la fin d'une phrase ; s'il suit une lettre majuscule, c'est une abréviation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici quelques exemples -\emph on +\emph on corrects -\emph default +\emph default d'abréviations et de fins de phrase : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize M. Dupont -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il fait beau. Le soleil brille. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ...et voici un exemple où l'algorithme se trompe : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize par ex. il y a trop d'espace ! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je monte dans ma DS. Je mets le contact. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Il m'en a fallu du temps pour trouver un exemple aussi intéressant ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous ne verrez rien qui cloche avant d'avoir la version finale du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour régler ce problème, vous pouvez : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utiliser un -\family sans -Blanc\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Blanc\InsetSpace ~ insécable -\family default - après les abréviations en minuscule (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + après les abréviations en minuscule (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:espace_insec-saut_ligne-ligne_horiz} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Point\SpecialChar ~ +Point\InsetSpace ~ final -\family default +\family default pour forcer l'espacement entre phrases. On l'obtient aussi avec -\family sans +\family sans C-point \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Le raccourci n'a pas l'air de marcher avec un clavier français. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avec les corrections, nos exemples deviennent : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -par ex.\SpecialChar ~ +par ex.\InsetSpace ~ il y a trop d'espace ! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je monte dans ma DS\SpecialChar \@. Je mets le contact. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines langues ne mettent pas plus d'espace entre les phrases qu'entre les mots. Si vous voulez écrire dans ces langues, vous n'avez pas à vous occuper de tout ceci. Pour les autres, on peut s'aider de la fonction -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vérification\SpecialChar ~ +Vérification\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default pour repérer ces erreurs (fonction décrite dans le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ avancées -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Guillemets -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:guillemets} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX met en général les guillemets dans le bon sens : un ouvrant au début et un fermant à la fin. Par exemple, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ouvert fermé \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , obtenu simplement avec la touche -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez changer le comportement de cette touche avec la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Langue -\family default +\family default vous avez un cadre -\family sans +\family sans Guillemets -\family default +\family default . Cochez le bouton -\family sans +\family sans Simples -\family default +\family default pour avoir des guillemets simples et -\family sans +\family sans Doubles -\family default +\family default pour en avoir des doubles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi choisir la forme des guillemets dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Type -\family default +\family default . Il y a six possibilités : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset simple \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou 'simple \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset simple \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset simple \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset simple \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset Texte \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset simple \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce choix change le comportement de la touche -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour avoir un guillemet double droit comme ceci : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default , faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Caractère spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Guillemet\SpecialChar ~ +Guillemet\InsetSpace ~ standard \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : ou -\family sans -Citation\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Citation\InsetSpace ~ Ordinaire -\family default +\family default (traduction erronée). -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ligatures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il est commun en typographie de grouper certaines lettres ensemble et de les imprimer comme un seul caractère. Ces groupes s'appellent des -\emph on +\emph on ligatures -\emph default +\emph default . Comme LaTeX sait s'en servir, vos documents LyX en contiendront aussi. Voici les ligatures possibles : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parfois cependant, vous ne voulez pas d'une ligature dans un mot. Alors qu'une ligature convient dans le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset graffiti \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ce n'est pas le cas dans des mots composés comme l'allemand \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Faute d'idée d'exemple en français. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Pour empêcher une ligature, vous devez insérer un caractère spécial entre les lettres, avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ Spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Séparation\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Séparation\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Ligature -\family default +\family default , et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset devient \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} fest \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Veuves et Orphelins -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:veuves} -\end_inset +\end_inset Aux premiers temps des traitements de texte, les sauts de page intervenaient quand la page en venait à se terminer. @@ -10984,15 +12835,17 @@ Aux premiers temps des traitements de texte, les sauts de page intervenaient d'un paragraphe toute seule en bas de la page, ou la dernière ligne d'un paragraphe au sommet d'une nouvelle page. Ces bouts de texte dépareillés devinrent connus sous le nom de -\emph on +\emph on veuves -\emph default +\emph default et d' -\emph on +\emph on orphelins -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX peut éviter de changer de page juste après un en-tête de section. Ça fait partie des avantages des environnements de paragraphe. @@ -11001,100 +12854,112 @@ LyX peut d'une page ? LaTeX suit des règles concernant les sauts de page, et certaines d'entre elles sont spécialement destinées à éviter les veuves et les orphelins. C'est l'avantage d'utiliser LaTeX en arrière-plan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'allons pas traiter de la façon de décider TeX ou LaTeX à changer de page, ou de la façon d'influencer ce comportement. - Quelques livres sur LaTeX cités dans la bibliographie (comme\SpecialChar ~ + Quelques livres sur LaTeX cités dans la bibliographie (comme\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset - ou\SpecialChar ~ + ou\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) peuvent contenir plus d'informations. De toutes façons, vous n'aurez presque jamais à vous inquiéter de tout cela. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Les Flottants : Tableaux, Figures et Notes \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tableaux, Figures, et Notes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notes en Bas de Page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Contrairement aux autres programmes de typographie, LyX utilise des boîtes \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset repliables \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , au lieu d'afficher les notes en bas de page au bas de l'écran ou ailleurs dans le texte. Quand vous insérez une note en bas de page avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default , vous voyez d'abord apparaître dans votre texte une boîte grise avec une étiquette rouge \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Cette boîte est la représentation de votre note dans LyX. Vous pouvez y entrer votre texte. Si vous cliquez sur le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bas \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , la boîte va se refermer. Cliquer de nouveau sur le bouton \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ouvrira \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset la note en bas de page \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour fermer cette note en bas de page, cliquez sur la boîte rouge en haut à gauche. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Vous ne verrez aucun numéro dans LyX. @@ -11103,45 +12968,49 @@ Pour fermer cette note en bas de page, cliquez sur la bo au bas de la bonne page. Si vous voulez transformer du texte déjà existant en note en bas de page, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton -\family sans -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ -Bas\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ +Bas\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default de la barre d'outils (bouton avec un dessin représentant du texte, et une flèche pointant sur ce qu'il y a dans la marge inférieure). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne peut pas encore s'occuper de certains besoins spéciaux comme remettre à zéro la numérotation à chaque section dans la classe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ou changer le style de compteur. Vous devrez insérer des commandes LaTeX comme celles décrites dans la section -\emph on +\emph on Trucs et Astuces pour les Notes en Bas de Page et les Marges -\emph default +\emph default dans le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout -NOTE\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +NOTE\InsetSpace ~ : Un flottant dans LaTeX et dans LyX n'est pas un paragraphe ordinaire comme dans les autres traitements de texte. C'est une structure de texte complexe qui peut contenir de tout sauf d'autres @@ -11150,132 +13019,152 @@ NOTE\SpecialChar ~ même des figures et des tableaux. Vous ne ferez pas cela tous les jours, mais si une fois le besoin se fait sentir, c'est une possibilité intéressante. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notes en Marge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les notes en marge dans LyX ressemblent aux notes en bas de page et se comporten t pareil. Quand vous insérez une note en marge avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Note\SpecialChar ~ -en\SpecialChar ~ +Note\InsetSpace ~ +en\InsetSpace ~ Marge -\family default +\family default ou avec le bouton de la barre d'outils (qui contient un dessin, représentant du texte dans une marge et une flèche pointant dessus), vous voyez apparaître dans votre texte une boîte grise avec une étiquette rouge \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset marge \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une note en marge. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cette boîte est la représentation de votre note dans LyX. Vous pouvez y entrer votre texte. Si vous cliquez sur l'étiquette \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset marge \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , la boîte va se refermer. Vous pourrez y accéder ultérieurement en cliquant à nouveau sur l'étiquette, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ouvrant \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ainsi la note en marge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -Par défaut, LyX utilise une marge de largeur 1,9\SpecialChar ~ -cm (0,75\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +Par défaut, LyX utilise une marge de largeur 1,9\InsetSpace ~ +cm (0,75\InsetSpace ~ pouce) pour laisser la place pour des notes. Ce n'est peut-être pas ce que vous souhaitez mais, comme pour les notes en bas de page, LyX ne sait pas encore faire tout ce que LaTeX peut offrir. Vous pouvez consulter un manuel LaTeX pour mettre des commandes supplémentaires. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Figures et Graphiques Importés -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Aucun système de préparation de document n'est complet s'il n'a pas la possibilité d'importer des graphiques dans le document à partir d'autres applications. Dans LyX, on les appelle figures, que ce soient des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset figures \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset au sens habituel du terme ou une quelconque image importée. Les figures PostScript® encapsulées sont très bien prises en charge par LyX, qui utilise -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default pour générer une image à l'écran dans la fenêtre d'édition, et insère la figure dans le document final avec la commande LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que les figures dont nous parlons ici n'ont pas de légende et prennent place dans le document exactement là où elles sont insérées. - Si vous voulez changer ce comportement, voyez plus bas la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Si vous voulez changer ce comportement, voyez plus bas la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour placer une figure dans votre document, cliquez sur la deuxième icône en partant de la droite dans la barre d'outils, ou faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphique -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un insert graphique est ajouté à votre document et une fenêtre s'ouvre, qui vous permet de choisir le fichier à charger. Vous pouvez aussi changer tous les réglages que vous voulez dans cette fenêtre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics @@ -11283,99 +13172,111 @@ Un insert graphique est ajout display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cette même fenêtre apparaît quand vous cliquez sur la figure avec le bouton gauche de la souris. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette fenêtre a de nombreux paramètres, mais la plupart s'expliquent d'eux-mêmes. L'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Fichier -\family default +\family default vous permet de choisir votre fichier d'image (notez qu'un vaste choix de formats de fichiers est automatiquement supporté). Vous pouvez choisir l'option -\family sans +\family sans Sous-Figure -\family default - dans les flottants de figure (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + dans les flottants de figure (voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). La figure peut être transformée en choisissant un angle de rotation, en la recadrant, et en la changeant d'échelle. Il est possible de détecter automatiquement son cadre pour certains formats d'image (voir l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Cadre -\family default +\family default ). Notez qu'il est possible de contrôler l'affichage de la figure dans LyX et l'affichage dans le document final séparément, ce qui peut être très utile pour de grandes figures. Les génies de LaTeX peuvent spécifier des options LaTeX supplémentaires dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Autres -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figures Flottantes -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utiliser les Figures Flottantes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le problème d'insérer des figures directement dans le texte est qu'elle peuvent gêner la pagination de votre document. Pour coller à la mentalité de LyX d'automatiser de telles opérations, vous pouvez préférer les -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ Flottantes -\family default +\family default , que LyX (en fait LaTeX) est libre de déplacer dans votre document autant que nécessaire pour obtenir un bon rendu. En outre, LyX génère automatiquement la liste de ces figures et vous permet d'y placer une légende, en utilisant l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default - expliqué dans la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + expliqué dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:apparence-caption} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour placer une -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default faites juste -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottants\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default . Vous aurez un flottant sans figure ; utilisez l'icône de la barre d'outils décrite plus haut pour insérer la figure elle-même. @@ -11383,437 +13284,498 @@ Flottante \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset Acide de M.C. Escher. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename escher-lsd.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename platypus.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:ornitho} -\end_inset +\end_inset Un ornithorynque plutôt tordu. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ça paraît simple, mais il y a des subtilités pour la disposition de la légende. Si vous préférez que votre légende apparaisse sous la figure, alors vous devez taper -\family sans +\family sans Entrée -\family default +\family default quand le curseur est tout au début de la légende, et insérer la figure dans le nouveau paragraphe créé au-dessus de la légende ; après que la figure a été insérée, vous pouvez aussi effacer la légende et la recréer en choisissant l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Légende -\family default +\family default . - C'est ce que nous avons fait pour la figure\SpecialChar ~ + C'est ce que nous avons fait pour la figure\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:ornitho} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si le curseur est dans un paragraphe à la fin de la légende quand vous insérez la -\family sans +\family sans Figure -\family default +\family default , alors elle sera disposée après la légende, comme c'est le cas avec la - figure\SpecialChar ~ + figure\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il est toujours préférable de mettre une -\family sans +\family sans Figure -\family default +\family default par -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default . Ça permet à LyX (en fait à LaTeX) de mieux positionner chaque figure. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliquer avec le bouton droit sur un flottant ouvre une fenêtre où vous pouvez changer les options d'emplacement lues par LaTeX pour positionner le flottant (voir \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emplacement-flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). L'option -\family sans -Plusieurs\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Plusieurs\InsetSpace ~ colonnes -\family default +\family default ne sert que pour les documents sur deux colonnes : si vous la cochez, le flottant s'étendra sur les deux colonnes au lieu de rester confiné dans une seule. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette figure montre aussi comment placer une étiquette et créer une référence - croisée ; comme vous pouvez le deviner en lisant la section\SpecialChar ~ + croisée ; comme vous pouvez le deviner en lisant la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:réf-croisées} -\end_inset +\end_inset vous pouvez simplement insérer une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default dans la légende et vous y référer avec une -\family sans -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Référence\InsetSpace ~ Croisée -\family default +\family default comme d'habitude. Il est particulièrement important de s'en servir avec les figures flottantes, plutôt que de mettre de vagues allusions à \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset la figure ci-dessus \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , car LaTeX repositionne les flottants dans le document final ; la figure pourrait bien ne plus être \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ci-dessus \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset du tout. S'il n'est pas possible de disposer correctement les flottants sur la même page que le texte qui s'y réfère, les figures seront placées sur une page séparée. Rassurez-vous, l'effet est en général plutôt réussi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est à noter que la légende est automatiquement insérée dans une -\family sans -Liste\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Liste\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Figures -\family default - (décrite dans la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (décrite dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListesDes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) si vous choisissez d'en mettre une dans le document. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Emplacement des Flottants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:emplacement-flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'idée des -\family sans -Figures\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figures\InsetSpace ~ Flottantes -\family default +\family default (ainsi que des -\family sans -Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ Flottants -\family default +\family default , dont nous allons parler plus tard) est de permettre à LyX de placer une figure (ou un tableau) dans une page d'une manière cohérente et raisonnable. Les règles suivies par LaTeX sont assez complexes ; voyez la documentation de LaTeX pour connaître tous les détails. Vous pouvez cocher des cases dans la fenêtre d' -\family sans -Options\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Options\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Flottant -\family default +\family default pour déterminer l'emplacement d'un flottant donné. Par défaut, tous les flottants suivent les règles d'emplacement par défaut du document. Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez les modifier dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Le champ -\family sans -Placement\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Placement\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Flottants -\family default +\family default attend une règle d'emplacement de type LaTeX, constituée de n'importe quelle combinaison de ces quatre lettres, dans n'importe quel ordre : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on +\emph on ici -\emph default +\emph default (here) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans t -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on -en\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +en\InsetSpace ~ haut -\emph default +\emph default (top) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on -en\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +en\InsetSpace ~ bas -\emph default +\emph default (bottom) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans p -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on +\emph on page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces lettres correspondent au comportement suivant : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ici LyX essaye de mettre le -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default à l'endroit du texte où vous l'avez inséré. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard S'il n'y a pas assez de place, LyX essaye un des trois autres types d'emplacemen t. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -En\SpecialChar ~ +En\InsetSpace ~ haut LyX essaye de mettre le -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default en haut de la page en cours. Si la figure ne tient pas sur cette page, elle va sur la suivante. -\layout Description +\end_layout -En\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +En\InsetSpace ~ bas LyX essaye de mettre le -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default en bas de la page en cours. S'il n'y a pas la place, elle va sur la suivante. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Page LyX essaye de mettre le -\family sans +\family sans Flottant -\family default +\family default (ou plusieurs -\family sans +\family sans Flottants -\family default +\family default ) sur une page dédiée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quelques subtilités de fonctionnement. L'ordre spécifie quel emplacement LyX doit essayer d'abord. Si cela échoue, il essaye le suivant, et ainsi de suite, mais -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset h \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default aura toujours priorité s'il est présent dans la liste. La liste d'emplacement par défaut est -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tbp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default : essayer d'abord le haut d'une page de texte, puis le bas d'une page de texte, puis une page dédiée. Si vous voulez que LyX s'acharne vraiment à disposer la figure là où vous lui avez demandé, faites précéder la liste d'un point d'exclamation ; par exemple -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset !htbp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Voici quelques exemples et ce qu'ils font : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Essaye de mettre la figure ou le tableau à son emplacement dans le texte. Si ça ne marche pas, le met en bas de la page. Si ça échoue, le met sur une page séparée. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans !hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard S'acharne à mettre la figure ou le tableau à son emplacement dans le texte. Puis au bas de la page, puis sur une page séparée. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Met la figure ou le tableau en haut de la page. Si c'est trop long, le met sur une page séparée. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Met toujours les figures ou les tableaux sur une page séparée. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default et LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une question évidente est \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset comment créer des figures ? \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Heureusement, la réponse se trouve dans la plupart des distributions Linux et/ou LaTeX. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default est un outil de dessin puissant bien que d'un aspect un peu étrange. Il y a plusieurs méthodes pour inclure des figures créées avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default . Nous recommandons les suivantes : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Exporter la figure en PostScript® Encapsulé (EPS). Celui-ci peut être très facilement inclus dans LyX, comme c'est décrit @@ -11825,82 +13787,89 @@ Exporter la figure en PostScript polices PostScript®, ce qui fonctionne. La figure peut être manipulée comme n'importe quelle autre figure EPS, comme décrit plus haut. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Le seul inconvénient est que vous ne pouvez pas créer de formules en tant que texte PostScript®, à part à la main. Si vous avez besoin de formules ou simplement d'indices et d'exposants dans votre figure, nous vous recommandons la méthode ci-dessous. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Exporter la figure en LaTeX. C'est tout aussi simple à inclure dans LyX, avec l'avantage que vous pouvez utiliser toutes les commandes LaTeX dans le texte inclus dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default . Pour ce faire vous devez cocher le -\emph on +\emph on drapeau spécial \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction incertaine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default pour le texte dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default . C'est fait automatiquement si vous invoquez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfig -specialtext -\family default +\family default . Alors, si vous avez aussi choisi une police LaTeX, vous pouvez écrire simplemen t \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default . Si vous exportez cette figure en LaTeX et l'incluez dans LyX avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Inclure\InsetSpace ~ Fichier -\family default +\family default (voir la description dans -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default ) ce texte apparaîtra comme \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard L'inconvénient de cette méthode est que les capacités graphiques de LaTeX ne sont pas aussi importantes que celles de PostScript®. @@ -11908,99 +13877,116 @@ L'inconv ennuyeux, à toutes les inclinaisons. C'est pourquoi nous recommandons la troisième méthode pour des figures plus complexes. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Exporter la figure en LaTeX/PostScript® combiné. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default (en fait -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default ) génère alors deux fichiers : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate la partie PostScript® -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.pstex -\family default +\family default , qui contient tous les dessins -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate la partie LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.pstex_t -\family default +\family default , qui contient tout le texte et des liens à la partie PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous n'avez alors qu'à inclure la partie LaTeX comme décrit plus haut. La partie PostScript® sera automatiquement incluse elle aussi \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si vous obtenez une erreur comme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset unknown graphics extension pstex \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset vous devez déclarer ces extensions graphiques. Je pense que c'est une erreur dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default qui se manifeste avec LaTeX2e. Ajoutez juste une ligne comme -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dans le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default . Puis ajoutez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pstex -\family default +\family default à l'extension : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tout devrait alors fonctionner. Sinon vous pouvez toujours exporter la partie postscript comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.ps -\family default +\family default et changer la partie LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter machin.pstex_t -\family default +\family default à la main, mais c'est pénible. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Avec cette méthode vous avez toutes les capacité à la fois de PostScript® @@ -12011,29 +13997,34 @@ machin.pstex_t Un autre petit avantage à laisser LaTeX typographier la police est que la même police a cours dans vos figures et dans votre texte, ce qui est plus joli. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tableaux} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX a une bonne gestion des tableaux, mais LaTeX peut faire beaucoup plus de choses avec les tableaux que LyX n'en est capable pour l'instant. Vous devriez donc jeter un oeil sur un bon livre de LaTeX si les propriétés des tableaux décrites ici ne répondent pas à vos besoins. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez insérer un tableau en utilisant soit le bouton de la barre d'outils soit -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tableau -\family default +\family default . Une fenêtre apparaît, vous demandant le nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Le tableau par défaut a une bordure au dessus et à gauche de chaque case, @@ -12042,8 +14033,10 @@ Tableau En plus, la rangée supérieure a aussi une bordure en bas, ce qui fait qu'elle apparaît séparée du reste du tableau. Voici un exemple : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12056,208 +14049,246 @@ Tableau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none multi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez agir sur un tableau en cliquant dessus avec le bouton droit de la souris, ce qui fait apparaître une fenêtre avec des options. Parmi ces options il y a : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ajouter / Enlever les bordures d'une ligne ou d'une colonne. Si vous enlevez la bordure du haut pour une ligne, vous aurez un trait @@ -12267,57 +14298,77 @@ Ajouter / Enlever les bordures d'une ligne ou d'une colonne. vous pouvez le voir sur la ligne supérieure de l'exemple ci-dessus. Vous pouvez faire la même chose verticalement si vous mettez la bordure de droite pour une colonne et celle de gauche pour la colonne à sa droite. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Alignement du texte dans une colonne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ajouter des lignes et des colonnes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Supprimer des lignes, des colonnes ou le tableau entier. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Multicolonnes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fixer la largeur d'une colonne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Options de tableau long \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset longtable \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset en version originale. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -- elles sont utiles si votre tableau est plus haut que la feuille. Il est alors découpé au bas de la page et continue sur la page suivante, au lieu de déborder du bas de la page. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -Tourner le tableau complet ou une seule case sur le côté, de 90\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +Tourner le tableau complet ou une seule case sur le côté, de 90\InsetSpace ~ degrés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le menu pour obtenir ces options. Essayez -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tableau -\family default +\family default quand le curseur est dans un tableau. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart de ces options fonctionnent aussi sur des sélections. Ça veut dire que si vous sélectionnez plusieurs cases, colonnes ou lignes @@ -12325,91 +14376,99 @@ La plupart de ces options fonctionnent aussi sur des s interprétées dépend de l'action demandée), l'effet s'étend sur toute la sélection. Notez qu'il y a une différence entre sélectionner le -\emph on +\emph on contenu -\emph default +\emph default d'une case, et sélectionner la case elle-même. Si vous voyez un cadre rouge dans la case, c'est que la sélection opère sur le contenu. Si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Échap -\family default +\family default ou cliquez hors du cadre, la sélection opérera sur les cases (selon que vous utilisiez les touches ou la souris). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quand vous ajoutez une ligne, elle se place -\emph on +\emph on après -\emph default +\emph default la ligne contenant le curseur. De même, les colonnes sont ajoutées à -\emph on +\emph on droite -\emph default +\emph default du curseur. Ceci rend difficile l'ajout de colonnes à gauche d'un tableau sans un tas de copier-coller. La suppression agit toujours sur la ligne ou la colonne contenant le curseur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'option -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonnes -\family default +\family default fusionne deux ou plusieurs cases adjacentes dans une ligne donnée. Par exemple, dans le tableau présenté plus haut, la rangée \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset B \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset s'est vu appliquer -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonnes -\family default +\family default sur les colonnes marquées \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 45 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 98 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pour vous en servir, vous devez d'abord sélectionner les cases, puis faire -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonnes -\family default +\family default dans le menu. Ça ne marchera pas verticalement -- voir le document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx -\family default +\family default pour voir comment faire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi utiliser -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonnes -\family default +\family default si vous avez besoin d'un comportement particulier pour les bordure en haut et en bas, ou pour l'alignement du texte, dans une seule case du tableau. Voici un exemple de ce comportement spécial d'une case : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12421,342 +14480,382 @@ Multicolonnes \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point a & b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point b & a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point abc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1009 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 52 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series bold -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none point abcd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous voyez que les cases de la ligne d'en-tête sont centrées, tandis que la colonne de gauche est alignée à gauche et que les autres colonnes sont alignées à droite. La bordure du bas a été enlevée dans une case, et la bordure du haut dans la case en dessous. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez que votre colonne ait une largeur déterminée, vous pouvez entrer une valeur dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Largeur -\family default +\family default de l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Rangée/Colonne -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default . La case pourra alors contenir plusieurs paragraphes de texte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si votre tableau devient trop large pour tenir dans un format portrait, vous pouvez cocher le bouton -\family sans -Rotation\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rotation\InsetSpace ~ 90° -\family default +\family default dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default , et le tableau apparaîtra couché sur le côté (et donc en format paysage dans un document en format portrait). Vous pouvez aussi tourner des cases du tableau individuellement, dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Case -\family default +\family default , pour avoir plus d'espace horizontal. L'exemple qui suit montre à quoi peut servir cette fonction. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on NB : -\emph default +\emph default Cette option -\family sans -Rotation\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rotation\InsetSpace ~ 90° -\family default +\family default ne s'affiche -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default à l'écran, et marche -\emph on +\emph on seulement -\emph default +\emph default dans la sortie PostScript®. Si vous voulez la prévisualiser, utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript -\family default +\family default , puisque -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default n'affichera pas correctement le tableau. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12777,1061 +14876,1209 @@ DVI \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Description -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Ce que vous pouvez placer dans une case de tableau -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beaucoup d'objets peuvent être placés dans une case de tableau. Une ligne de texte, une équation (mais pas une équation hors ligne ou multi-lig @@ -13841,27 +16088,33 @@ nes), ou une figure peuvent constituer une case. ajusté pour les afficher correctement. Cependant vous ne pouvez pas mettre un environnement spécial dans une case (comme -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , etc.), ni d'options d'espacement etc. pour le paragraphe dans la case. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Copier-Coller avec les Tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le copier-coller entre tableaux marche assez bien. Vous pouvez même copier-coller plus d'une rangée. La sélection s'opère avec la souris ou avec -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default et les flèches du clavier, comme d'habitude. Les valeurs dans le second tableau ci-dessous ont été copiées-collées à partir du premier, en utilisant la souris. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13873,168 +16126,188 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14046,191 +16319,223 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que vous pouvez aussi copier-coller un tableau entier en une fois, en démarrant la sélection à l'extérieur du tableau. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cases sur Plusieurs Lignes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible d'avoir des entrées multi-lignes dans un tableau, mais pas de façon complètement WYSIWYM. Définissez une largeur de colonne fixe dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default . Votre texte est alors automatiquement découpé en plusieurs lignes et la case agrandie verticalement quand la longueur du texte dépasse la largeur fixée. Voici un exemple : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14242,194 +16547,220 @@ Tableau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une entrée multi-lignes dans un tableau. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est maintenant plus long. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une entrée multi-lignes dans un tableau. C'est maintenant plus long. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le texte d'une case ne passe pas à la ligne pour tenir dans la page, donc si dans un tableau une ligne de texte est trop longue, le tableau débordera @@ -14437,211 +16768,237 @@ Le texte d'une case ne passe pas De même, les tableaux ne sont pas découpés au bas d'une page, et peuvent donc s'étendre au-delà de la marge du bas. Vous disposez des moyens suivants pour résoudre ce problème : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Découpez le tableau en deux. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Cochez le bouton -\family sans -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Long -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default (onglet -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +.\InsetSpace ~ Long). Le tableau, s'il est trop grand, sera automatiquement découpé et réparti sur plusieurs pages. Une fois que vous avez coché ce bouton, l'ensemble des boutons de l'onglet -\family sans -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Long -\family default +\family default sont activés et vous pouvez maintenant définir : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Premier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Premier\InsetSpace ~ En-tête -\family default +\family default : La ligne courante et toutes celles au-dessus qui n'ont pas d'option spéciale définie, constituent les lignes d'en-tête de la première page du tableau long. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans En-tête -\family default +\family default : La ligne courante et toutes celles au-dessus qui n'ont pas d'option spéciale définie, constituent les lignes d'en-tête de toutes les pages du tableau long, sauf la première page si -\family sans -Premier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Premier\InsetSpace ~ En-tête -\family default +\family default existe. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Pied -\family default +\family default : La ligne courante et toutes celles en dessous qui n'ont pas d'option spéciale définie, constituent les lignes de pied de toutes les pages du tableau long, sauf la dernière page si -\family sans -Dernier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dernier\InsetSpace ~ Pied -\family default +\family default existe. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Dernier\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Dernier\InsetSpace ~ Pied -\family default +\family default : La ligne courante et toutes celles en dessous qui n'ont pas d'option spéciale définie, constituent les lignes de pied de la dernière page du tableau long. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Nouvelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nouvelle\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default : Force un saut de page après la ligne concernée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous cochez plusieurs options pour une même ligne du tableau, il faut savoir que seule la première est prise en compte, les autres étant laissées de côté. La \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset première \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset option s'entend dans cet ordre : -\family sans +\family sans Pied -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Dernier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dernier\InsetSpace ~ Pied -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans En-tête -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Premier\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Premier\InsetSpace ~ En-tête -\family default +\family default . Voir le fichier -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx -\family default +\family default pour voir comment ça marche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cocher la case -\family sans -Nouvelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nouvelle\InsetSpace ~ Page -\family default +\family default dans les options de tableau long vous permet de forcer un saut de page après la ligne concernée. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Un tableau peut aussi être placé dans un flottant, comme c'est décrit plus bas, ce qui permet à TeX de le disposer le mieux possible dans la page. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tableaux Flottants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tableaux-flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset S'il ne se trouve pas dans un flottant, un tableau est positionné exactement à l'endroit où se trouve le curseur. En utilisant un -\family sans -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Flottant -\family default +\family default avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottants -\family default +\family default , LaTeX pourra disposer le tableau là où il tient le mieux, plutôt qu'à l'endroit exact où vous l'avez inséré. Le positionnement des flottants est similaire pour un tableau à celui des - figures flottantes (Section\SpecialChar ~ + figures flottantes (Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset -), et est décrit dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ +), et est décrit dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emplacement-flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Les légendes fonctionnent également de la même façon qu'avec les figures - flottantes, ce qui est décrit à la Section\SpecialChar ~ + flottantes, ce qui est décrit à la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . - Le Tableau\SpecialChar ~ + Le Tableau\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tableau:un-tableau-flottant} -\end_inset +\end_inset est un exemple de tableau flottant. \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{tableau:un-tableau-flottant} -\end_inset +\end_inset Un tableau flottant. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14653,337 +17010,387 @@ Un tableau flottant. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jean -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Marie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pierre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Table des Matières et autres Sommaires -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tdm} -\end_inset +\end_inset Une des caractéristiques très appréciables de LaTeX est la facilité avec laquelle vous pouvez créer des sommaires, comme une Table des Matières. Il suffit d'utiliser certains environnements et d'insérer une référence à l'endroit où vous voulez voir votre sommaire apparaître. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La Table des Matières -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour obtenir une Table des Matières, vous devez faire 4 choses : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utiliser une classe de document qui accepte une Table des Matières (toutes sauf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utiliser des environnements de paragraphe appropriés : -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans S -\family default +\family default ous...) -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans S -\family default +\family default ous...) -\family sans +\family sans Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . Notez que les styles avec une *, comme -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , n'apparaîtront pas dans la Table des Matières. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vous assurer que les options -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ numérotation -\family default +\family default et -\family sans -Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondeur\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ TdM -\family default - ont des valeurs appropriées, comme c'est expliqué dans la section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + ont des valeurs appropriées, comme c'est expliqué dans la section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:profondeur-section} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Insérer la commande -\family sans +\family sans Table des Matières -\family default +\family default à l'endroit que vous voulez. Pour cela, faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listes\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Listes\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir une fenêtre pour naviguer dans votre document, avec -\family sans +\family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -des\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +des\InsetSpace ~ Matières -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Liste des Figures, des Tableaux et des Algorithmes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListesDes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Les Listes des Figures, Listes des Tableaux et Listes des Algorithmes sont à peu près comme les Tables des Matières. Vous pouvez les insérer avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Listes\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Listes\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ TdM -\family default +\family default . Si vous voulez que vos figures, tableaux ou algorithmes apparaissent dans une liste, vous devez les placer dans les flottants correspondants et ajouter une légende. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Formules mathématiques -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Les bases de l'édition mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar ~ +Math\InsetSpace ~ Pane -\bar under +\bar under l -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default dialog, or via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default . The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it somewhere on the screen. If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel will insert a formula for you. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour écrire une formule mathématique, vous pouvez simplement cliquer sur l'icône avec \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset dessus. Un petit carré bleu s'ouvrira, avec les coins d'un rectangle violet autour. @@ -14991,79 +17398,87 @@ Pour violets indiquent à quel niveau d'emboîtement vous êtes dans la formule. Vous pouvez aussi choisir une type particulier de formule avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default , ou utiliser un raccourci clavier, -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default (raccourci CUA seulement). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez juste besoin de taper une lettre grecque, par exemple \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , il y a un raccourci spécial : -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default pour \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , et ainsi de suite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez éditer les paramètres de la formule avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +Palette\InsetSpace ~ mathématique -\family default +\family default , ou -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default . La -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ mathématique -\family default +\family default est très utile, vous pouvez donc la laisser ouverte quelque part sur l'écran. Si vous n'êtes pas déjà dans une formule, sélectionner quelque chose dedans en créera automatiquement une. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Naviguer dans une formule -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour vous déplacer dans une formule existante, vous avez un meilleur contrôle avec les flèches du clavier. @@ -15072,119 +17487,125 @@ Pour vous d Les flèches du clavier peuvent servir à naviguer dans les parties d'une formule. En appuyant sur -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default , on quitte une fraction ou toute autre élément de formule (une racine carrée \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou des parenthèses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou une matrice \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). En appuyant sur -\family sans +\family sans Échap -\family default +\family default , on quitte la formule et le curseur est placé à droite de la boîte. -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default peut servir à se déplacer horizontalement dans une formule, par exemple dans les cases d'une matrice ou les positions d'une équation multi-lignes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default ne semble rien faire dans Mathed, puisqu'en fait il n'ajoute pas d'espace entre les caractères, mais sort d'une structure emboîtée. Pour cette raison, vous devez faire attention en l'utilisant. Par exemple, si vous voulez \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default , puis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x+1 -\family default +\family default , pas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default , puisque dans le dernier cas seul le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default sera sous la racine, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pour ceux qui ont appris à insérer des espaces dans les expressions, il faut s'y déshabituer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez laisser beaucoup de structures Mathed partiellement remplies, comme cette matrice : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15193,136 +17614,150 @@ Vous pouvez laisser beaucoup de structures Mathed partiellement remplies, & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Si vous laissez une fraction partiellement remplie, ou un exposant sans rien dedans, le résultat est imprévisible, mais la plupart des structures font comme si de rien n'était. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sélectionner du texte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez sélectionner du texte dans une formule de deux façons différentes. Placez le curseur à un bout de la chaîne de caractères que vous voulez, et utilisez -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default avec une flèche du clavier pour sélectionner le texte. Il sera mis en valeur comme pour la sélection de texte normal. Vous pouvez également sélectionner le texte avec la souris de la façon habituelle. Ce texte peut ensuite être coupé ou copié, puis collé dans n'importe quelle formule (mais pas dans une zone de texte normal dans LyX). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Indices et Exposants -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez utiliser la palette mathématique pour mettre des indices et des exposants, mais la façon de loin la plus simple est la méthode TeX standard. Pour obtenir \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , tapez (dans une formule) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default . L' -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default finale remet le curseur en bas, sur la ligne de l'expression, le faisant sortir de l'exposant. Si vous tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default , vous aurez \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , pour avoir \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default puis -\family typewriter -\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +\InsetSpace ~ y -\family default +\family default . Les indices marchent pareil, pour avoir \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , faites (dans une formule) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family default +\family default puis -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default . Notez que par défaut, l'indice ou l'exposant ne concerne que le symbole immédiatement à gauche, ce qui influe sur l'espacement et l'alignement - ; lisez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + ; lisez la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:regroupement} -\end_inset +\end_inset si vous avez besoin d'autre chose. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fractions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Créez une fraction soit avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default (dans Mathed) soit en utilisant l'icône de fraction de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ mathématique -\family default +\family default . Vous aurez une fraction vide, avec deux carrés d'insertion Mathed, un en haut et un en bas. Le curseur va tout seul au numérateur de la fraction. Pour passer au dénominateur, tapez simplement -\family sans +\family sans Bas -\family default +\family default . Pour remonter, tapez -\family sans +\family sans Haut -\family default +\family default (flèches du clavier). Toute structure mathématique peut être placée dans une fraction, comme le montre cet exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15330,21 +17765,25 @@ Haut 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sommes et Intégrales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les signes somme ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) et intégrale ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) sont très souvent ornés d'une ou plusieurs bornes. Ces bornes sont entrées dans LyX juste après le symbole, comme s'il s'agissait @@ -15353,161 +17792,179 @@ Les signes somme ( du symbole dans le style hors ligne, mais en ligne elles seront sur le côté, comme dans \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , comparé à -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset En revanche, les signes intégrale décalent toujours les bornes sur le côté, en ligne : \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset comme hors ligne : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Les deux symboles sont automatiquement mis à la bonne taille en mode hors ligne. L'emplacement des bornes (directement au-dessus et au-dessous, ou décalées vers la droite) peut être changé en plaçant le curseur devant le signe et en tapant -\family sans +\family sans M-m l -\family default +\family default (petit L). Le changement exact dépend du signe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Certaines autres expressions mathématiques ont cette fonction d'indice mobile, comme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset qui place le \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sous la limite en mode hors ligne, mais pas en mode en ligne, \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Notez que le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset a été entré comme une fonction, en tapant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default dans LyX en mode math, ou en le choisissant parmi les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fonctions \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default -, voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, voir la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonctions-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La -\family sans +\family sans Palette Mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:palette-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset La -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default (accessible par -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default ) a une liste plus complète de symboles et de structures. Comme dit plus haut, vous pouvez la laisser ouverte quand vous écrivez des mathématiques. Son utilisation devrait être assez évidente ; nous décrirons certains détails dans les sections suivantes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez qu'un clic droit sur une formule ouvre également la palette. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autres symboles mathématiques -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La plupart des symboles mathématiques se trouvent dans la -\family sans +\family sans Palette -\family default +\family default dans une des différentes catégories, dont les lettres grecques \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\varepsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , les opérateurs \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , les relations \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , les flèches \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , les grands opérateurs \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , et les fameux -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on Divers -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . Il y a aussi les symboles supplémentaires définis par l'American Mathematical Society (AMS). @@ -15518,36 +17975,44 @@ Divers Notez que les symboles AMS ne seront affichés graphiquement dans LyX que si vous installez les polices adéquates, comme c'est décrit dans le manuel correspondant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible de produire un symbole racine n-ième. Dans le minibuffer, tapez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert root -\family default +\family default . Ça crée un symbole de racine avec une boîte supplémentaire au-dessus. Avec -\family sans +\family sans Haut -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Bas -\family default +\family default vous pouvez vous déplacer entre les deux boîtes. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le raccourci -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Changer l'espacement -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez vouloir créer des espaces différentes de l'espacement standard de LaTeX. @@ -15555,130 +18020,140 @@ Vous pouvez vouloir cr de la typographie, mais du contenu. Cependant, il y a des situations où vous voulez vraiment ajouter des espaces. La première chose à faire est -\family sans +\family sans C-Espace -\family default +\family default . Ceci crée une petite espace, et affiche à l'écran un petit marqueur dans LyX : \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le truc suivant est de donner à cette espace différentes tailles. -\emph on +\emph on Avant -\emph default +\emph default de bouger le curseur, juste après avoir tapé -\family sans +\family sans C-Espace -\family default +\family default , si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default à nouveau, vous allez changer la taille de l'espace, en passant par un certain nombre de tailles prédéfinies. Les dernières en liste sont rouges, et correspondent à une taille négative. Par exemple : \begin_inset Formula $a\qquad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous pouvez aussi insérer ces espaces via la palette mathématique. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fonctions mathématiques -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonctions-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset La -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ Mathématique -\family default +\family default contient un certain nombre de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fonctions \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset comme \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. (vous pouvez les entrer dans une formule en tapant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default , etc.) La pratique courante en mathématiques veut que les fonctions qui sont des noms, comme \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ne soit pas en italique. En entrant simplement les lettres \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset dans Mathed, vous aurez des italiques. C'est pourquoi ces macros spéciales sont disponibles. Mais elles font plus que changer de police. Par exemple l'expression \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sera typographiée avec un peu d'espace supplémentaire entre le n et le t. Pour des mots qui correspondent à des objets mathématiques plus sophistiqués, comme \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , la macro change la façon dont les indices sont placés, selon le mode de l'insert, en ligne \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ou hors ligne : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Ces deux expressions ont été entrées de la même façon, mais la macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default change leur apparence (en fait, c'est la version en ligne qui est modifiée, pour améliorer l'interligne). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Accents -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous insérez des caractères accentués dans une formule de la même façon qu'en mode texte. @@ -15687,27 +18162,29 @@ Vous ins Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les macros TeX correspondantes. C'est-à-dire que vous pouvez entrer \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset même sans l'avoir sur votre clavier, en tapant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash check a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default dans la formule. Voici les correspondances entre les noms en mode texte et ceux en mode math pour les divers accents : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15719,855 +18196,947 @@ check a \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none text -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ex -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit e -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none mple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none circ -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit on -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none flex -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none hat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit igu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tréma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ddot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard point -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none br -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit è -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none check -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none macron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none bar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none vec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, vous pouvez choisir un de ces accents parmi les -\family sans +\family sans Décorations -\family default +\family default disponibles dans la palette mathématique, et il s'appliquera à toute sélection que vous aurez faite dans une formule. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection L'éditeur mathématique pour les utilisateurs de LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous avez deux façons d'éditer des expressions mathématiques avec LyX. Vous pouvez utiliser les fonctions natives de LyX pour gérer les formules de façon WYSIWYM. Les utilisateurs de TeX aiment souvent se servir du clavier pour entrer des choses comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash alpha$ -\family default +\family default (pour obtenir, avec du TeX normal, un \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le document final), croyant que c'est plus rapide que de faire tout le tour des menus pour trouver un symbole. Voici un témoignage de l'un de ces anciens utilisateurs de TeX, -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation J'ai fini par me convaincre qu'il fallait que je me serve de l'éditeur mathémati que quand j'ai découvert qu'avec quelques modifications, je pouvais l'utiliser de la manière à laquelle j'étais habitué en écrivant du TeX. Par exemple, j'ai écrit cet \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en tapant ces touches : d'abord -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default pour entre en mode mathématique, ensuite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default , puis -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default et -\family sans +\family sans Échap -\family default +\family default . Dès que j'ai tapé l' -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default le \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset était présent à l'écran. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La séquence de touches -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default insère une formule (vous pouvez aussi utiliser -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default ), le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default est bien sûr le code TeX standard pour la lettre grecque alpha, et l' -\family sans +\family sans Échap -\family default +\family default quitte la formule. Voici quelques avantages de cette approche : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous avez un retour visuel immédiat pour vous assurer que votre TeX est correct. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous avez la vraie expression mathématique à l'écran, correctement affichée, pour vous assurer que vos maths sont correctes (au moins correctement écrites). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tout le nouveau bazar LaTeX, avec les environnements spéciaux et compagnie, est pris en charge par LyX, pas par vous. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous n'aurez plus à explorer votre code, à la chasse au -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\family default +\family default manquant ou au -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\family default +\family default en trop. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous ne vous rappelez pas le nom LaTeX d'un symbole donné, comme \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , vous pouvez le trouver dans les fenêtres. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Délimiteurs et ornements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a plusieurs délimiteurs disponibles avec LyX. Pour un usage courant, les touches -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [{]}()| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default devraient suffire, mais l'effet est meilleur avec la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs -\family default +\family default de la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ mathématique -\family default - (voir Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:palette-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), surtout si vous voulez encadrer une grande structure, comme une matrice ou une fraction, ou si vous avez plusieurs profondeurs de parenthésage. Par exemple, voici comment vous placeriez les crochets autour d'une matrice standard : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -16575,160 +19144,182 @@ math 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset et pour rendre plus le parenthésage plus lisible dans une abomination comme : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset ou : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Les parenthèses, et autres délimiteurs, de ce menu s'adaptent à la taille de ce qu'elles contiennent. (On obtient ceci en LaTeX brut avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash left( blabla -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est très facile de construire les crochets que vous souhaitez. Cliquez sur le crochet que vous voulez avoir à gauche avec le bouton gauche de la souris, à droite avec le bouton droit, et placez-les dans le document en appuyant sur le bouton. Vous obtenez le même résultat en utilisant les boutons à cocher -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Gauche -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Droite -\family default +\family default . Sélectionnez le crochet de gauche en ayant coché le bouton -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Gauche -\family default +\family default , puis le droit en ayant coché le bouton -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Droite -\family default +\family default . Si vous voulez un côté sans délimiteur, utilisez le bouton vide. LyX affichera une ligne pointillée, mais n'imprimera rien. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous décidez après coup de placer des parenthèses (ou une autre structure mathématique, comme une racine carrée, ou un autre ornement) autour d'une structure mathématique déjà existante, c'est faisable. Sélectionnez la structure en question (en maintenant la touche -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default enfoncée tout en bougeant le curseur avec les flèches du clavier, ou en sélectionnant avec la souris). Ensuite, choisissez les délimiteurs gauche et droit appropriés, et cliquez sur -\family sans +\family sans Appliquer -\family default +\family default . Les parenthèses seront placées autour de la structure sélectionnée. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous essayez d'entrer une accolade -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\family default - LaTeX pour regrouper des parties de formule, vous devez lire la Section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + LaTeX pour regrouper des parties de formule, vous devez lire la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:regroupement} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Regroupement -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:regroupement} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez avoir besoin de regrouper un ensemble de symboles. En LaTeX, par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {x^y}^z -\family default +\family default est rendu différemment de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^{y^z} -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Formula \[ {x^{y}}^{z}\textrm{ est différent de }x^{{y^{z}}}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cependant, essayer de taper -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\family default +\family default dans LyX vous donne une accolade fermante dans le rendu. Pour créer un groupe, vous devez utiliser la séquence de touches -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\family default +\family default puis taper -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default . Dans LyX, vous verrez les accolades rouges indiquant le regroupement. L'exemple ci-dessus montre comment ça marche. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matrices et équations sur plusieurs lignes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est facile d'entrer un vecteur ou une matrice avec LyX. Dans la -\family sans -Palette\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Palette\InsetSpace ~ mathématique -\family default +\family default il y a un bouton -\family sans +\family sans Matrice -\family default +\family default , qui ouvre une fenêtre pour choisir le nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Voici un exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -16737,61 +19328,63 @@ Matrice 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les parenthèses ne sont pas automatiques, mais vous pouvez les ajouter avec les -\family sans +\family sans Délimiteurs -\family default +\family default . Rappelez-vous que vous pouvez les ajouter après coup, en sélectionnant la matrice (positionnez le curseur d'un côté de la matrice, maintenez la touche -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default enfoncée, et tapez la flèche du clavier appropriée pour déplacer le curseur de l'autre côté de la matrice). Quand vous créez la matrice, vous pouvez décider si les colonnes (ou seulement certaines d'entre elles) seront alignées à gauche, à droite ou centrées. Ce réglage est par défaut -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ccc -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} Chaque lettre correspond à une colonne. Par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lcr -\family default +\family default signifie que la première colonne sera alignée à gauche ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on +\emph on left -\emph default +\emph default ), la deuxième sera centrée ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on +\emph on center -\emph default +\emph default ) et la troisième sera alignée à droite ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default pour -\emph on +\emph on right -\emph default +\emph default ). Ça ressemble à ça : \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -16800,87 +19393,95 @@ right \textrm{colonne} & \textrm{est} & \textrm{est alignée}\\ \textrm{est alignée à gauche} & \textrm{centrée} & \textrm{à droite}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez ajouter des lignes à une matrice déjà existante en tapant -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default dans la matrice, et vous pouvez ajouter des colonnes, et supprimer lignes et colonnes, dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a de nombreux autres tableaux utilisés par le mode mathématique de LaTeX, surtout si l'on inclut les paquetages AMS-LaTeX, comme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default et les diagrammes commutatifs. Ils ne sont pas encore tous utilisables dans LyX. Cependant, il est possible de construire ces structures à partir d'une matrice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les équations sur plusieurs lignes sont très faciles à obtenir avec LyX. Une formule basculera automatiquement au format hors ligne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqnarray -\family default +\family default (le format d'équation sur plusieurs lignes de LaTeX) si vous tapez -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . La meilleure façon de faire si vous vous décidez pour une équation sur plusieurs lignes, est d'insérer immédiatement une nouvelle ligne avec -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . Chaque ligne a alors trois zones, à gauche, au centre et à droite, parmi lesquelles vous pouvez vous déplacer avec soit les flèches du clavier, soit la souris, soit la touche -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . En voici un exemple : \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi transformer une formule hors ligne existante en formule multi-lignes en tapant -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default alors que le curseur se trouve dans la formule d'origine. Cependant, LyX n'essaiera -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default de décider où diviser cette formule en trois parties, et la placera entièrement dans la zone de gauche. Pour changer les repères d'alignement de l'équation, placez le curseur là où vous voulez que commence la zone centrale de la ligne, et tapez -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default . Ça met tout ce qui est à droite du curseur dans la zone centrale (que, d'ailleurs, LaTeX ne typographie pas de la même taille que les autres math @@ -16888,61 +19489,69 @@ C-Tab fractions). Allez là où vous voulez que commence la zone de droite, et tapez de nouveau -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default . Les points d'insertion \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset supplémentaires \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de la ligne disparaîtront. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numérotation et étiquetage des équations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:etiquettes-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset Avec LyX, il est très facile de numéroter des équations. Tout ce qu'il faut faire pour transformer une équation hors ligne comme : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset en équation numérotée : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{mathed:premiere-eqn}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english -\lang frenchb +\language french est d'aller dans le menu -\family sans +\family sans Insérer -\family default +\family default , et choisir l'option -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default . Une fenêtre s'ouvre où vous entrez le texte de l'étiquette. Il n'y a pas besoin de l'appeler par un numéro particulier, puisque LaTeX @@ -16952,20 +19561,22 @@ Ins Les étiquettes servent aux références croisées. Vous pouvez activer la numérotation sans mettre d'étiquette particulière avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -(Dés)Activer\SpecialChar ~ +(Dés)Activer\InsetSpace ~ Numérotation -\family default +\family default pendant que le curseur est dans l'équation, comme ici : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Cette même entrée de menu, pressée une deuxième fois, fait disparaître la numérotation. @@ -16973,21 +19584,23 @@ Cette m à une équation numérotée, (cf ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:premiere-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset )) avec la fenêtre -\family sans -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Référence\InsetSpace ~ croisée -\family default +\family default obtenue en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +Référence\InsetSpace ~ croisée -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour les formules multi-lignes numérotées (ou étiquetées), le comportement par défaut est de numéroter toutes les lignes séparément. @@ -16997,10 +19610,12 @@ Pour les formules multi-lignes num ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:troisieme-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ci-dessous. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -17008,23 +19623,25 @@ Pour les formules multi-lignes num 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:troisieme-eqn}\\ 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez désactiver la numérotation d'une ligne particulière dans une équation multi-lignes avec le menu -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -(Dés)Activer\SpecialChar ~ -Numérotation\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +(Dés)Activer\InsetSpace ~ +Numérotation\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ Ligne -\family default +\family default quand le curseur est sur cette ligne. C'est aussi une bascule. Par exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -17033,24 +19650,28 @@ Ligne 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:cinquieme-eqn}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Remarquez que la première de ces équations ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:quatrieme-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) est étiquetée, la suivante est numérotée mais non étiquetée, la troisième est non numérotée, et la dernière ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:cinquieme-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) est de nouveau étiquetée. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Macros définies par l'utilisateur en mode mathématique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX permet à l'utilisateur de définir des macros en mode mathématique. Une boîte de définition de macro apparaît à l'écran comme un cadre violet @@ -17058,9 +19679,9 @@ LyX permet Elle contient deux cases initialement marquées comme vides par des rectangles bleus, qui peuvent être éditées comme s'il s'agissait de math ordinaires. Vous n'avez qu'à essayer : -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macro}{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le contenu de la première case servira à écrire la définition de la macro à destination de LaTeX. @@ -17068,243 +19689,287 @@ LyX permet Dans le cas fréquent où le rendu LaTeX et le tracé à l'écran utilisent la même représentation, la deuxième case peut être laissée vide et LyX prendra tout seul le contenu de la première pour les deux utilisations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour utiliser cette macro dans d'autres boîtes mathématiques vous n'avez qu'à en taper le nom en mode TeX, dans ce cas -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default , et elle sera automatiquement développée : \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Comme vous pouvez le vérifier, le curseur ne peut pas aller dans la macro, qui se comporte toute entière comme un seul caractère, et le code TeX de cette expression est -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toutefois le curseur peut aller dans certaines sortes de macros, celles qui ont des -\emph on +\emph on paramètres \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction choisie pour l'anglais \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset argument \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . On pourrait aussi dire argument. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\emph default +\emph default Dans une boîte de définition de macro un paramètre ressemble à un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default suivi du numéro du paramètre : -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macroparam}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois développée, cette macro comprend l'habituel rectangle vide pour indiquer que vous pouvez insérer ce que vous voulez : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macroparam = -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\macroparam{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Exemple : \begin_inset Formula $b=\macroparam{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois exportée vers LaTeX, une définition de macro produit la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg}[1]{2+ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{#1}} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mode d'emploi des macros -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment en créer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour créer une boîte de définition de macro, entrez ceci dans le minibuffer : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro [nombre de paramètres] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par exemple, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default a été créée avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset math-macro macro \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macroparam -\family default +\family default avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash math-macro macroparam 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour insérer une marque de paramètre (seulement dans une boîte de définition de macro), tapez simplement -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default ou entrez : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter math-macro-arg -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La marque de paramètre dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macroparam -\family default +\family default a été introduite avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset math-macro-arg 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser plus de 9 paramètres, numérotés de 1 à 9. Un paramètre peut être utilisé plusieurs fois dans la boîte de définition de la macro, mais ne peut bien sûr être entré qu'une fois. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment y naviguer -\layout Description +\end_layout -Avec\SpecialChar ~ -les\SpecialChar ~ -flèches\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Avec\InsetSpace ~ +les\InsetSpace ~ +flèches\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ clavier: Entrer dans une macro par le côté gauche place le curseur dans le premier paramètre, pour passer au deuxième utilisez la touche -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . Rappelez-vous qu'appuyer sur la barre -\family sans +\family sans Espace -\family default +\family default fait sortir le curseur de la macro et le place à droite de celle-ci. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Avec\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +Avec\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ souris: Comme d'habitude, cliquez sur la boîte de paramètre désirée. Parfois ça échoue si la boîte est vide ou trop petite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour l'instant l'utilisateur ne peut définir que des macros de commandes, et pas de macros d'environnements. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Réglage fin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Polices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez entrer diverses polices dans une formule. La police standard pour du texte est l'italique, \begin_inset Formula $texte$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mais pour les nombres le standard est le Roman. Pour obtenir une police dans une formule, choisissez-la dans la palette mathématique, ou entrez la commande LaTeX directement, comme c'est indiqué ci-dessous : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17315,252 +19980,288 @@ Vous pouvez entrer diverses polices dans une formule. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Police -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Commande LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathrm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{Gras}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbf -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italique}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Chasse\, fixe}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathtt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{TABLEAU\, NOIR}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\shape up -\size normal -\emph on -\bar no -\noun off +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIQUE}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathcal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le mode math de LaTeX ne supporte pas tous les caractères dans toutes les polices : seules les lettres sont acceptées avec ces styles de police, et certaines n'acceptent que les lettres majuscules. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour toutes ces polices, vous devez faire attention à la manière dont vous entrez le texte. @@ -17573,102 +20274,116 @@ Pour toutes ces polices, vous devez faire attention Les styles de police sont emboîtables, comme dans LaTeX. Ça peut prêter un peu à confusion, car sélectionner une autre police dans une sélection ne change -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default la sélection, mais insère un nouveau niveau emboîté avec la nouvelle police. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est possible (avec AMS-LaTeX) de mettre les nombres et les symboles spéciaux en gras (pas en italique). LyX ne le permet pas encore de façon WYSIWYM, mais il l'imprimera correctement. Pour obtenir des symboles en gras, par exemple un \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en gras, entrez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default dans Mathed. L'accolade fermante apparaît automatiquement (en rouge) quand vous tapez l'accolade ouvrante. Ça marche pour tous les symboles, ainsi que pour les nombres. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un certain nombre d'autres options sont également disponibles dans -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Changement\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +Changement\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Police -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Mode Texte-Math \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Traduction moyenne de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Math Text Mode \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le changement de police peut servir à entrer des noms de variable dans une police donnée, mais certainement pas à autre chose, en particulier pas pour du texte. Pour insérer des morceaux de texte, utilisez le mode texte-math, obtenu - en tapant M-m\SpecialChar ~ + en tapant M-m\InsetSpace ~ m de l'intérieur du mode mathématique. (La même commande vous permet également de sortir du mode texte-math.) Le mode texte-math apparaît à l'écran en noir et non en bleu. Vous ne pouvez pas y entrer de ponctuation ou y changer de police \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Le mode texte-math met son contenu dans une structure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textrm{} -\family default +\family default , alors que -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default (ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash text -\family default +\family default d'AMS-LaTeX) aurait pu être un meilleur choix. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , mais il suffit pour du texte simple. En voici un exemple : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -17676,180 +20391,204 @@ f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} x & \textrm{si je dis ceci}\\ -x & \textrm{sinon}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taille de police -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quatre tailles (relatives) de police (ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset styles \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) utilisées en mode math, qui sont déterminées automatiquement dans la plupart des situations. Ce sont -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on scriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default , et -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default . Pour la plupart des caractères, -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default et -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default font en fait la même taille, mais les fractions, les indices et exposants, et certains autres effets, sont plus grands ou positionnés différemment avec -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph default +\emph default . Sauf certains opérateurs, qui s'adaptent en taille à la situation, le texte sera écrit dans l'une de ces tailles selon ce que LaTeX juge approprié. On peut agir sur ces choix dans le minibuffer avec la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default . Par exemple, vous pouvez laisser \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset tel quel (en -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph default +\emph default ), ou l'agrandir, ce qui change aussi l'interligne, en displaystyle, en entrant -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default dans le minibuffer pendant que le curseur est dans la ligne de base de l'insert mathématique, \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Attention cependant : si le curseur est sur le dénominateur de cette fraction, seul le numérateur sera agrandi, comme ici : \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ! C'est la conséquence d'un effet non souhaité \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bon, d'accord, d'une erreur. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset de LaTeX, pas de LyX. Ces changements de taille de police ne sont pas aussi visibles dans LyX que dans le rendu final. Voici du texte dans les quatre styles : \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toutes ces tailles de police du mode math sont relatives, c'est-à-dire, si l'insert mathématique dans son ensemble et le texte qui l'entoure sont dans une taille spéciale, toutes ces tailles seront ajustées en conséquence. De même, si on change la taille de police standard du document , toutes les polices seront ajustées pour lui correspondre. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size largest + +\size largest Voici un paragraphe dans la police la plus grande, avec des symboles : \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci s'applique aussi aux polices mathématiques dans les titres et autres environnements particuliers. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX AMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'American Mathematical Society (AMS) fournit des paquetages LaTeX qui sont d'un usage courant. LyX gère en partie ces paquetages. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Activer la gestion d'AMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paquetages -\family default +\family default , il y a une case à cocher -\family sans -Utiliser\SpecialChar ~ -les\SpecialChar ~ -maths\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Utiliser\InsetSpace ~ +les\InsetSpace ~ +maths\InsetSpace ~ AMS -\family default +\family default . Si elle est cochée, les paquetages AMS seront inclus dans le document, et leurs fonctions seront accessibles. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Symboles AMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les paquetages LaTeX AMS permettent d'accéder à des symboles mathématiques qui ne sont pas présents dans LaTeX (ou LyX), mais sont assez courants dans les textes mathématiques, comme la police gothique Fraktur et les polices stylisées \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tableau Noir \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset souvent utilisées pour noter l'ensemble des nombres entiers, des réels ou des complexes. @@ -17858,63 +20597,73 @@ Tableau Noir Vous allez vous causer des ennuis si vous incluez vous-même ces paquetages dans le préambule, car LyX redéfinit désormais certaines de leurs macros. Les classes AMS incluent ces paquetages automatiquement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Types de formules AMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AMS fournit un choix de divers types de formules. LyX vous permet de choisir entre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter align -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter alignat -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flalign -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gather -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multline -\family default +\family default . Voyez la documentation d'AMS pour les différences entre ces types de formules. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Autres Outils -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Références croisées -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:réf-croisées} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ceux d'entre vous qui lisent ce manuel en ligne peuvent voir, juste avant le début de cette phrase, une boîte grise avec du texte dedans. C'est une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default . Pour être précis, c'est la moitié d'une référence croisée. L'autre moitié est la -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default elle-même, et ressemble à ça : \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:réf-croisées} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Encore une fois, ceux qui lisent le manuel en ligne voient une boîte grise @@ -17924,7 +20673,7 @@ R Il y a aussi d'autres variétés de références croisées : par exemple, \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:réf-croisées} -\end_inset +\end_inset . C'est le numéro de la page qui contient l'étiquette. @@ -17932,201 +20681,221 @@ R d'autres parties de votre document. Plus besoin de vous rappeler quel numéro de section correspondait à quoi -- LyX s'en charge tout seul ! Il vous faut juste utiliser une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default pour marquer la section, la figure, le tableau, la formule, etc. et ensuite vous y reporter via une -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour insérer une étiquette, faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Étiquette -\family default +\family default . Une boîte apparaît où vous pouvez entrer votre nom d'étiquette. Vous pouvez à n'importe quel moment changer le nom de l'étiquette, en cliquant sur la boîte grise pour réouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour insérer une référence, faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Référence\SpecialChar ~ +Référence\InsetSpace ~ croisée -\family default +\family default . La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default apparaît avec la liste des étiquettes présentes dans le document. Choisissez-en une puis faites -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default pour insérer une référence dans le texte ; en changeant le -\family sans -Type\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Type\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Référence -\family default +\family default vous pouvez insérer à la place un numéro de page ou une autre variante de référence. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notez que si vous coupez-collez du texte d'un autre document qui contient une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default ou une -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default , ou si vous effacez une référence dans votre texte, LyX va se plaindre : -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. -\newline +\newline LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous verrez deux points d'interrogation à la place de la référence dans le rendu final. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous voudrions faire encore quelques commentaires au sujet des -\family sans +\family sans Étiquettes -\family default +\family default . C'est toujours le numéro de l'en-tête de section le plus proche qui est imprimé. Ainsi, si vous voulez mettre une étiquette à un -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default , mais qu'un en-tête de -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default le suit immédiatement, vous devez mettre l' -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on dans -\emph default +\emph default l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default . Peu importe où, et ça fera bizarre sur l'écran LyX. Mais vous devez faire comme ça si vous voulez étiqueter le -\family sans +\family sans Chapitre -\family default +\family default séparément de la -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . La même chose vaut pour tous les en-têtes de section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par ailleurs, une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette -\family default +\family default ne veut dire quelque chose -\emph on +\emph on que -\emph default +\emph default dans les en-têtes de section -\emph on +\emph on numérotés -\emph default +\emph default et dans les tableaux et figures flottants. Les figures et tableaux simples ne sont pas numérotés, donc comme pour les en-têtes de section non numérotés, vous ne pouvez pas vraiment y mettre une -\family sans +\family sans Étiquette \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En fait, vous -\emph on +\emph on pouvez -\emph default +\emph default , mais seulement si vous faites ensuite référence à son numéro de page. La -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default normale --celle qui cite un numéro de section/tableau/figure -- ne marchera pas, parce qu'il n'y a pas de numéro à référencer! Vous pouvez aussi utiliser des -\family sans +\family sans Étiquettes -\family default +\family default simples, n'importe où dans un texte, comme marque-pages, puis vous y reporter en utilisant la référence de numéro de page. Là encore, la -\family sans +\family sans Référence -\family default +\family default normale ne marchera pas très bien. Elle se référera à quelque chose, mais ce sera en général au numéro de l'en-tête de section numéroté précédent. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . Voir les -\family sans -Sections\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures-flottantes} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tableaux-flottants} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:etiquettes-math} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour les détails sur l'utilisation d'une Étiquette -\family default +\family default avec respectivement des figures, des tableaux et des équations. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il est souvent souhaitable d'inclure de longs éléments tels quels dans un document, comme des adresses de sites Internet, des adresses e-mail, etc. @@ -18136,474 +20905,554 @@ Il est souvent souhaitable d'inclure de longs peuvent pas être interrompus, aboutissant à une ligne trop remplie ou pas assez, selon les circonstances. Vous pouvez faire -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator URL -\family default +\family default pour entrer une longue URL et la découper joliment (si nécessaire) selon des règles de césure déterminées automatiquement. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Faites simplement -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator URL -\family default +\family default à l'endroit du document où vous voulez entrer une adresse électronique ; une fenêtre apparaît où vous pouvez entrer l'adresse complète (dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans URL -\family default +\family default ). Dans son utilisation la plus simple, c'est tout ce qu'il faut faire. Cliquez sur la boîte grise suivante pour voir comment on écrirait l'adresse de la page d'accueil de LyX : \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez ajouter du texte à l'URL, entrez-le dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Nom \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Parfois traduit (incorrectement) Destinataire car il peut servir au nom de la personne possédant un e-mail. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre ; il sera typographié comme du texte ordinaire immédiatement avant l'URL. Par exemple, disons que vous pouvez trouver tout ce qui touche à LaTeX au \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Sur la page imprimée, la phrase précédente se termine ainsi : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tout ce qui touche à LaTeX au CTAN -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on (Note de l'auteur : Il faut que quelqu'un documente le bouton -\family sans -\emph default -Type\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph default +Type\InsetSpace ~ HTML -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on .) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Écrire des titres courts avec des paramètres optionnels \begin_inset OptArg -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Titres courts -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Certains titres de section ou de chapitre, comme celui-ci, peuvent être assez longs. Ça peut causer des dépassements quand il y a peu d'espace horizontal. Par exemple, si l'en-tête de la page est censé comporter le titre de la section courante, un titre long va déborder et ce sera très laid. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX vous permet de passer un paramètre optionnel aux commandes de section, qui définit une version raccourcie du titre \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour ceux qui ne connaissent pas LaTeX, les commandes ressemblent à ça : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash commande[paramètre_optionnel]{le_contenu} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Cette version courte sert dans les en-têtes et dans la Table des Matières, ce qui évite les problèmes que nous venons de décrire. LyX vous permet de définir ce paramètre optionnel en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Titre\SpecialChar ~ +Titre\InsetSpace ~ Court -\family default +\family default . Ça insère une boîte (marqué \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset opt \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset pour \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset optionnel \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) dans laquelle vous pouvez mettre le titre raccourci. Ça marche aussi pour les légendes des flottants. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le titre de cette section illustre bien cette fonction. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Espacement, pagination et passages à la ligne -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Espace horizontal supplémentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:espace-h} -\end_inset +\end_inset Les -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default sont une fonction spéciale de LyX pour ajouter de l'espace supplémentaire de façon uniforme. Un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default est en fait une espace de taille variable, dont la longueur est toujours égale à l'espace restant entre les marges gauche et droite. S'il y a plus d'un R -\family sans -essort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +essort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default sur une ligne, ils se répartissent l'espace disponible de manière égale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note : si un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default se trouve au début d'une ligne, et que ce n'est -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default la première ligne d'un paragraphe, LyX n'en tient pas compte. Ceci évite aux -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default de passer accidentellement à la ligne suivante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard On insère des -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default avec -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default . Voici quelques exemples de ce que vous pouvez faire avec : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote C'est à gauche -\hfill +\hfill C'est à droite -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Gauche -\hfill +\hfill Milieu -\hfill +\hfill Droite -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Gauche -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 Gauche -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Droite -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'était un exemple dans l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Cite -\family default +\family default . Ici : -\hfill +\hfill : en est un dans un paragraphe standard. Il peut ou non être apparent dans le texte imprimé, mais il est de toute façon présent, entre les deux \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset deux points \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rappelez-vous ce que nous avons dit : un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default remplit toujours l'espace restant entre les marges. Il peut y avoir plusieurs ensembles de marges sur une ligne. Voici un exemple avec l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 un -\hfill +\hfill deux :trois -\hfill +\hfill quatre -\hfill +\hfill cinq -\hfill +\hfill six -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset deux points \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset marquent le début de l'élément. (Il y a en fait un -\family sans -Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressort\InsetSpace ~ Horizontal -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset caché \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset dans le marqueur de l'environnement -\family sans +\family sans Liste -\family default +\family default ; il s'insère automatiquement à la fin du marqueur.) Les -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default marchent de la même façon dans d'autres situations avec plusieurs marges, comme le mode \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset deux colonnes \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Espace vertical supplémentaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:espace-v} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pour ajouter de l'espace vertical supplémentaire au-dessus ou au-dessous d'un paragraphe, faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default pour ouvrir la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nous n'allons pas fournir d'exemple d' -\family sans -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espace\InsetSpace ~ Vertical -\family default +\family default , ce serait du gâchis de papier. Ils marchent de la même façon que tout autre type de remplissage, y compris les -\family sans -Ressorts\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ressorts\InsetSpace ~ Horizontaux -\family default +\family default : ils remplissent de vide l'espace vertical restant sur une page. S'il y a plusieurs -\family sans -Espaces\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espaces\InsetSpace ~ Verticaux -\family default +\family default sur une page, ils se répartissent l'espace vertical restant de manière égale. Vous pouvez donc utiliser des -\family sans -Espaces\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Espaces\InsetSpace ~ Verticaux -\family default +\family default pour centrer du texte sur une page, ou même pour le placer aux 2/3 en bas, ou au quart, et ainsi de suite. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changer l'alignement d'un paragraphe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi changer l'alignement du paragraphe avec la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . Il y a quatre possibilités : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Justifié -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Gauche -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Droite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Centré -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La valeur par défaut dans la plupart des cas est l'alignement justifié, dans lequel l'espacement entre les mots est variable et où chaque ligne d'un paragraphe remplit la zone entre les marges gauche et droite. Les trois autres alignements sont explicites, et ressemblent à ceci : -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right Ce paragraphe est aligné à droite, -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center celui-ci est centré, -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left celui-là est aligné à gauche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans certains environnements de paragraphe, la valeur par défaut est différente de justifié. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Forcer les sauts de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sauts-page} -\end_inset +\end_inset Si vous n'aimez pas la façon dont LaTeX gère les sauts de page dans votre document, vous pouvez forcer un saut de page où vous voulez. En général, -\emph on +\emph on ce n'est pas nécessaire -\emph default +\emph default car LaTeX est bon à ce genre d'exercice, comme nous l'avons déjà dit dans - la Section\SpecialChar ~ + la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:veuves} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Donc en général il n'y a pas besoin d'utiliser l'option décrite ci-dessous, et nous recommandons de ne pas l'utiliser avant que le texte ne soit terminé, et avant que vous ayez vérifié dans la prévisualisation qu'il faut -\emph on +\emph on vraiment -\emph default +\emph default changer les sauts de page. Vous pouvez forcer un saut de page avant ou après un paragraphe en cochant les cases correspondantes dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraphe -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pourriez essayer de l'utiliser pour vous assurer qu'une figure ou un tableau apparaisse en haut d'une page. @@ -18612,162 +21461,180 @@ Vous pourriez essayer de l'utiliser pour vous assurer qu'une figure ou un et tableaux apparaissent en haut d'une page (ou en bas, ou sur une page à part) sans avoir à vous soucier de ce qui précède ou suit votre figure ou tableau. - Voir les Sections\SpecialChar ~ + Voir les Sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tableaux} -\end_inset +\end_inset et lisez ce qui concerne les -\family sans +\family sans Flottants -\family default +\family default pour en savoir plus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Espaces insécables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:espace_insec-saut_ligne-ligne_horiz} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'espace insécable sert à dire à LyX (et à LaTeX) de ne pas passer à la ligne à cet endroit. Cela peut être nécessaire pour éviter des passages à la ligne malheureux, comme : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Une bonne documentation ne devrait pas peser plus d'1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il serait clairement bon de mettre un blanc insécable entre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset et \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset kg \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pour cela faites -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Espace\SpecialChar ~ +Espace\InsetSpace ~ insécable -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans C-Espace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le passage à la ligne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez forcer des sauts de ligne à l'intérieur d'un paragraphe en faisant -\family sans +\family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Caractère\InsetSpace ~ spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Passage\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +Passage\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ Ligne -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans C-Entrée -\family default +\family default . Vous ne devriez pas l'utiliser pour corriger les passages à la ligne de LaTeX, car LaTeX sait -\emph on +\emph on très bien -\emph default +\emph default les faire... - (voir Section\SpecialChar ~ + (voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sauts-page} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). En revanche, il y a un certain nombre de situations où il est nécessaire d'insérer volontairement un saut de ligne, par exemple dans un poème ou pour une -\family sans +\family sans Adresse -\family default - (voir les Sections\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (voir les Sections\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:citation} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:vers} -\end_inset +\end_inset - et\SpecialChar ~ + et\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:emploi-adresse} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Correction orthographique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:corr-ortho} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX lui-même n'a pas de fonction de correction orthographique. À la place il utilise le programme externe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default en tâche de fond ou le programme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell -\family default +\family default , plus récent et en général meilleur. Cette section présuppose que vous avez déjà installé et configuré l'un de ces programmes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour démarrer la correction, faites -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Correcteur\SpecialChar ~ +Correcteur\InsetSpace ~ orthographique -\family default +\family default . La correction démarre juste après la position courante du curseur. Une fenêtre apparaît. @@ -18776,279 +21643,321 @@ orthographique À chaque fois que le correcteur signale un mot inconnu, le mot est mis en relief et l'écran de texte est positionné à sa hauteur. Dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Correcteur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Correcteur\InsetSpace ~ orthographique -\family default +\family default , il y a aussi une boîte affichant les suggestions de remplacement, si le correcteur en a trouvé. Cliquer sur l'une de ces corrections la transférera dans le champ -\family sans +\family sans Remplacer -\family default +\family default (en double-cliquant le remplacement a lieu directement). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Options du correcteur orthographique -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:opt-corr-ortho} -\end_inset +\end_inset Vous pouvez régler les options suivantes dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dictionnaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Par défaut, le fichier de dictionnaire utilisé est déterminé par la langue du document que vous corrigez, qui est fixée dans la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . Si vous n'avez pas de dictionnaire pour la langue du document, le correcteur orthographique ne fonctionnera pas. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez spécifier un autre fichier de dictionnaire dans la fenêtre du -\family sans - Correcteur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Correcteur\InsetSpace ~ orthographique -\family default +\family default , en cochant la case -\family sans -Utiliser\SpecialChar ~ -une\SpecialChar ~ -autre\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Utiliser\InsetSpace ~ +une\InsetSpace ~ +autre\InsetSpace ~ langue -\family default +\family default , et en mettant son nom dans le champ de texte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , vous aurez peut-être besoin de faire un lien du fichier disons -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default , selon les dictionnaires utilisés. C'est parce que les fichiers -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default ont normalement leur nom dans la langue en question ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutsch \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) alors qu' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , quand il est invoqué par LyX, cherche le nom anglais ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) utilisé par le paquetage LaTeX babel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi avoir des problèmes si l'encodage des polices n'est pas correct pour ce dictionnaire. Si vous écrivez dans une langue avec l'encodage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default et mettez l'option d' -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default (onglet -\family sans +\family sans Langue -\family default +\family default ) à -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default (ou à autre chose que -\family sans +\family sans défaut -\family default +\family default ), vous devez avoir la même option dans le dictionnaire correspondant. Si votre dictionnaire ne supporte pas l' -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default que vous avez choisi, vous aurez une erreur de ce type sur stderr : -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le correcteur orthographique vous indique qu'il n'a pas pu démarrer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default et que vous avez probablement des problèmes avec votre fichier de dictionnaire. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a quatre solutions à ce problème. La plus simple est d'essayer l'option -\family sans -Utiliser\SpecialChar ~ -l'Encodage\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Utiliser\InsetSpace ~ +l'Encodage\InsetSpace ~ d'Entrée -\family default +\family default . Si ça ne marche pas, vous pouvez mettre -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default à -\family sans +\family sans défaut -\family default +\family default avant d'appeler le correcteur orthographique (ce qui est sans doute pénible). La troisième solution est d'ajouter l'option -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default à votre fichier de dictionnaire -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default .aff -\family default +\family default et recompiler le dictionnaire (ce qui n'est probablement pas facile si vous avez installé le tout avec une distribution et n'avez pas les sources d' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default et leur répertoire de langues). Lisez la documentation d' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default avant de faire ça ! La quatrième est d'envoyer un message à celui qui assure la maintenance de votre paquetage, ou mieux à celui qui s'occupe du fichier de dictionnaire en question et de lui demander de résoudre le problème. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dictionnaire personnel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez utiliser un dictionnaire personnel autre que celui par défaut de votre correcteur orthographique, vous pouvez en changer dans la fenêtre du -\family sans -Correcteur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Correcteur\InsetSpace ~ orthographique -\family default +\family default . Spécifier un nom de fichier inexistant affichera sur stderr un message d'erreur, que vous pouvez ignorer : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default créera le fichier à la fin de la correction. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Autres options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La fenêtre -\family sans -Correcteur\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Correcteur\InsetSpace ~ orthographique -\family default +\family default a quelques options supplémentaires qui sont assez explicites : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Accepter\SpecialChar ~ -les\SpecialChar ~ -mots\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Accepter\InsetSpace ~ +les\InsetSpace ~ +mots\InsetSpace ~ co -\family default +\family default mposés -\newline +\newline Empêche le correcteur de signaler les mots composés comme incorrects \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Surtout utile pour les langues germaniques, comme l'anglais et l'allemand, et assez peu en français. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Caractères\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Caractères\InsetSpace ~ spéciaux -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Vous permet d'ajouter des caractères non standard à ce que le correcteur considère comme des mots, par exemple les umlauts allemands. Normalement ce n'est pas nécessaire. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques utilisateurs ont exprimé le désir de pouvoir remplacer globalement l'orthographe d'un mot donné, plutôt que d'avoir à la changer pour chaque occurrence de ce mot. Des listes de mots par document pourraient aussi être utiles. Aucune de ces fonctions n'est présente au moment où nous écrivons. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ne peut pas vérifier correctement l'orthographe des documents multi-lingues, sauf si vous utilisez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pspell -\family default +\family default , auquel cas ça fonctionne si vous avez convenablement indiqué de quels langues il s'agissait. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Support international -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX avec la langue que vous voulez. LyX est configuré par défaut pour supporter la langue anglaise sur un clavier @@ -19057,33 +21966,39 @@ ue pour l'anglais US. Vous pouvez changer tous ces réglages, et pouvez n'appliquer les changements que pour la session en cours, ou les intégrer comme nouvelle configuration par défaut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous avez un clavier adapté à la langue que vous utilisez (par exemple, un clavier français pour écrire en français), et que vous avez correctement configuré votre environnement X, il vous suffit maintenant d'indiquer à LyX votre langue, l'encodage des caractères, et la taille de papier désirée. - Reportez-vous à la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Reportez-vous à la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:format-langue} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour plus d'information. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si cependant vous avez un clavier d'un type donné et voulez écrire dans une autre langue, vous pouvez utiliser un profil de touches différent. Par exemple, si vous avez un clavier français et voulez écrire en espagnol, vous pouvez configurer LyX pour le profil de touches espagnol. - Reportez-vous à la Section\SpecialChar ~ + Reportez-vous à la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:options-clavier} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour les détails. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enfin, vous pouvez juste vouloir changer quelques correspondances de touches ou créer un profil de touches entièrement différent. @@ -19092,210 +22007,250 @@ Enfin, vous pouvez juste vouloir changer quelques correspondances de touches Dans ce cas, vous pouvez définir votre propre profil de touches ou en modifier un pour supporter les caractères (comme le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset n tilde \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) que vous voulez. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les détails de la personnalisation de LyX dans votre langue dépassent -\emph on +\emph on largement -\emph default +\emph default le cadre de ce manuel. Si vous voulez en savoir plus sur la définition de profils de touches et l'adaptation de LyX à la langue désirée, voyez le manuel de -\emph on +\emph on Personnalisation -\emph default +\emph default pour les détails. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Options de langue du menu -\family sans +\family sans Format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog lets you set -\family roman +\family roman the language and character encoding for your language. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t -\family roman +\family roman he -\family sans +\family sans Language -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default combo -\family roman +\family roman box -\family default +\family default of the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ettings -\family default +\family default dialog. The default is U.S. English. Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice. The language name appears in the window. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support. If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions for it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english The -\family sans +\family sans Enco -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ing -\family default +\family default box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use. The default is the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western European languages. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:format-langue} -\end_inset +\end_inset La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default vous permet de régler la langue et l'encodage des caractères. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choisissez votre langue en cliquant sur la flèche dans la boîte déroulante -\family sans +\family sans Langue -\family default +\family default dans l'onglet du même nom de cette fenêtre. Par défaut c'est l'américain qui est sélectionné. Faites défiler les options pour trouver la langue de votre document et cliquez sur votre choix. Le nom de la langue apparaît dans la fenêtre \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En termes LaTeX, sélectionner une langue autre que celle par défaut charge le paquetage Babel. Si vous n'avez pas installé Babel, voyez les différentes distributions LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le champ -\family sans +\family sans Encodage -\family default +\family default vous permet de choisir l'encodage des caractères. Par défaut c'est l'encodage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default , qui comprend les caractères requis par les langues d'Europe de l'Ouest, dont le français. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La configuration du clavier -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:options-clavier} -\end_inset +\end_inset La fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préférences -\family default +\family default vous permet de choisir jusqu'à deux profils de touches. Ça vous permet d'avoir la disposition des touches qui vous convient. Vous avez un choix principal et secondaire pour la langue du clavier, et pouvez ensuite choisir celui que vous voulez utiliser. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tableaux de caractères -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tab-carac} -\end_inset +\end_inset Voici un tableau avec tous les caractères -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default . Vous devriez pouvoir obtenir ces caractères directement depuis le clavier sans utiliser trop de touches de modification (si votre clavier est configuré correctement). -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -19321,4036 +22276,4626 @@ latin1 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 20 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 40 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 50 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 70 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 80 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 90 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none @ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none P -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ° -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none À -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 01 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¡ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ± -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 02 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¢ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ² -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none  -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none â -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 03 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none # -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none £ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ³ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ã -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 04 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none T -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none t -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¤ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ´ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 05 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none U -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¥ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none µ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 06 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none & -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none V -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none v -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¦ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¶ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 07 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ` -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none G -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none W -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none w -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none § -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none · -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none × -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÷ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 08 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none H -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none X -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¨ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¸ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none È -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none è -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 09 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none © -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none É -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none é -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none J -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ª -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none º -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none + -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ; -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none « -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none » -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none L -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¬ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¼ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none M -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ­ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ½ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none N -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ^ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ® -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¾ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size tiny -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none 0F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none O -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none _ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ¿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ß -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none ÿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a des choses à savoir au sujet de ce tableau. Ce manuel est configuré -- à la main, rendez-vous compte -- pour afficher @@ -23358,150 +26903,181 @@ Il y a des choses Ce n'est pas le comportement par défaut, loin de là. Voici quelques détails à garder à l'esprit quand vous utilisez des caractères -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les caractères aux entrées A2, A4, A5, A6 et AD -- le cent, le yen, le symbole générique de monnaie, la barre verticale interrompue, et le tiret court -- sont tout simplement manquants dans l'encodage par défaut. Nous ne savons pas où ils sont ni pourquoi ils sont absents. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Même si vous avez sélectionné -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default dans la fenêtre -\family sans -Apparence\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Apparence\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ document -\family default +\family default , les utilisateurs qui n'ont que les polices LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default (ou qui ont les polices -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default mais ne s'en servent pas) n'auront pas certains caractères : D0, F0, DE, FE, AB et BB -- les eth et thorn majuscules et minuscules, et les guillemets français. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les utilisateurs de polices -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default peuvent cependant avoir les guillemets français (caractères AB et BB) s'ils incluent soit le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default soit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.sty -\family default +\family default dans leurs documents \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ça ne vaut que si vous voulez entrer ces guillemets vous-mêmes. - La fonction de guillemets automatiques décrite dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ + La fonction de guillemets automatiques décrite dans la Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:guillemets} -\end_inset +\end_inset , va générer automatiquement le code LaTeX adapté aux polices et aux paquetages disponibles. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voici ensuite une liste complète de tous les caractères accentués que LyX peut afficher directement. Elle ne comprend pas seulement les caractères accentués du tableau précédent, mais aussi tous les caractères ISO8859-2 à 4. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859-1 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\hfill +\hfill tréma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\hfill +\hfill circonflexe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\hfill +\hfill grave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\hfill +\hfill aigu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\hfill +\hfill cédille -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¯ -\hfill +\hfill macron \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La touche morte macron n'est en général pas nécessaire, car vous allez utiliser une touche normale à la place. Par exemple, S-M-moins ou si -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default est correct, S-M-macron. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859-2 -\family default +\family default à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} @@ -23514,9 +27090,11 @@ ISO8859-2 \i \^{g} \i \^{s} -\hfill +\hfill circonflexe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} @@ -23531,18 +27109,22 @@ circonflexe \i \'{c} \i \'{n} -\hfill +\hfill aigu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} @@ -23559,19 +27141,23 @@ tilde \i \c{n} \i \c{k} -\hfill +\hfill cédille \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ces caractères ne sont peut-être pas très beaux à l'écran, mais ils rendent bien une fois passés dans LaTeX et imprimés. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} @@ -23584,362 +27170,462 @@ Ces caract \i \={o} \i \={u} -\hfill +\hfill barre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\hfill +\hfill umlaut hongrois -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tous les caractères ci-dessus sont présents dans les polices TeX. En outre, TeX accepte des marques diacritiques sur presque tous les caractères. Assurez-vous que vous utilisez les polices -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default et que le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default et le fichier de définition -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso.def -\family default +\family default sont installés. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Remerciements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La documentation est un travail collectif (et ceux qui voudraient y contribuer sont les bienvenus !). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'abord, nous devons remercier comme il convient ceux qui sont venus avant nous. Ils nous ont donné la base sur laquelle les nouveaux manuels sont bâtis, et quelques-uns continuent à fournir de l'information : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default a écrit la documentation originelle (dont est dérivée ce manuel), ainsi que l'introduction de ce manuel (que certains d'entre nous appellent le \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset manifeste LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun default +\noun default a écrit plusieurs minidocuments, dont une partie de l'info sur l'internationali sation de LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default a aussi écrit un minidocument sur le support international, spécifiquement à propos des claviers internationaux et de la personnalisation. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Pascal André -\noun default +\noun default a documenté à l'origine l'interface LinuxDoc SGML. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun default +\noun default a documenté à l'origine le mode Math et fourni la description des fonctions mathématiques dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -Des remerciements particuliers à l'Équipe LyX\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +Des remerciements particuliers à l'Équipe LyX\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour son aide et les réponses aux questions. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ensuite, il est temps de remercier \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset l'Équipe de Documentation de LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tous les gens qui ont aidé à réécrire l'ancienne documentation sous la forme qu'elle a pris après la version 0.10 de LyX : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributeur de la FAQ et de l'ancien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset HowDoI-.lyx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (aujourd'hui défunt). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aide générale pour l'édition. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize mode Math -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tableaux -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize correcteur orthographique -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributeur principal de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de l'interface LyX de base dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ex-mainteneur de la FAQ et de l'ancien -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset HowDoI-.lyx \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default (aujourd'hui défunt). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de LinuxDoc dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation des figures et des graphiques importés dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation des fonctionnalités d'internationalisation dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize notes de bas de page -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize notes en marge -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize table des matières -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize références croisées -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributeur principal à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize réglage fin manuel -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize utilisation de LaTeX depuis l'intérieur de LyX -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Organisation générale et format des documents. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentation de : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize configuration de LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize environnements de paragraphe, format de document, imbrication, notes typographiq ues, polices -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Aussi responsable de l'introduction de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Éditeur des documents (de 6/96 à l'automne 1997). -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Après l'automne 1997, l'Équipe LyX dans son ensemble a pris en main l'entretien de la documentation. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} Le répertoire source de LyX. Fichier : CREDITS. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, deuxième édition, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach et Alexander Samarin: -\emph on +\emph on The LaTeX Companion. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka et Daly -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth. -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/he_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/he_Intro.lyx index abe079ea82..4ec0abf6f1 100644 --- a/lib/doc/he_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/he_Intro.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage[none]{hyphenat} @@ -17,13 +19,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -34,38 +35,53 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle fancy +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title ä÷ãîä ììé÷ñ -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author îàú â'åï ååéñ åöååú ìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úåøâí ò"é ìéàú åâãé ÷åæîà, -\numeric on +\numeric on 2002 -\numeric off +\numeric off )áäñúîê òì úøâåí ÷åãí îàú ãéãé áø-ãåã( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter äôéìåñåôéä ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english @@ -73,21 +89,25 @@ If you cannot see anything in this document except for this paragraph, do not despair! Everything you need is in Dekel Tsur's site: \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.math.tau.ac.il/~dekelts/lyx/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Get what you need, install it, and return to reading this document at your leisure. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îä äéà ìé÷ñ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ äéà îòøëú ìòøéëú îñîëéí. äöã äçæ÷ ùìä äåà îñîëéí èëðééí åîãòééí äëåììéí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ðåñçàåú îúîèéåú, äôðéåú, äòøåú ùåìééí, áéáìéåâøôéä, àéðã÷ñ åëãåîä. ëëåì ùäîñîê àøåê éåúø, ëê äéúøåðåú ùìä îúáèàéí éåúø, âí àí ëì äàåôöéåú ùàúä öøéê @@ -101,15 +121,15 @@ If you cannot see anything in this document except for this paragraph, do \lang hebrew äï îñôåø àåèåîèé åáãé÷ú àéåú. úåëì ìäùúîù áä âí ëãé ìëúåá îëúá ìàîà, àí ëé ÷øåá ìååãàé ùìîèøä æå -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default éù úåëðåú ôùåèåú éåúø. äéà áôøåù àéðä îúàéîä ìäëðú ùìèéí, ôîôìèéí àå ôøñåîåú )éåñáø áäîùê( àí ëé áîàîõ îñåéí úåëì ìòùåú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default âí àú æä. ëáø äùúîùå áä, ìãåâîà, ìëúéáú îæëøéí, îëúáéí, òáåãåú åãéñøèöéåú, ñéëåîé äøöàåú, ñîéðøéí åëðñéí, úòåã úåëðä, ñôøéí )òì @@ -119,7 +139,9 @@ PostgreSQL , çéùä îøçå÷, ÷øéôèåìåâéä, ñôøåú, ùéøä åàôéìå ñôø éìãéí àå ùðééí(, îàîøéí áòéúåðéí îãòééí, úñøéèéí ìîçæåú åì÷åìðåò, äöòåú òñ÷éåú\SpecialChar \ldots{} åòåã. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ ìà úåëððä ëãé ìãîåú îòéï îëåðú ëúéáä îùåëììú. áî÷åí æä éù ìä âéùä îåãøðéú ìëúéáú îñîëéí äîáåññú òì "ùôú îéúåâ" ) @@ -131,11 +153,13 @@ markup language áñãø ãôåñ. òáåãú äñéãåø îúáöòú áøåáä òì éãé äîçùá, ìà äîùúîù. òí ìé÷ñ -\series bold +\series bold , -\series default +\series default äëåúá éëåì ìäúøëæ áúåëï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çì÷ îäàúâø ùòåîã áôðéê ìôðé äùéîåù äøàùåï áìé÷ñ äåà ìùðåú âéùä. áéîéí òáøå ëì îä ùäéä ìðå äéå îëåðåú ëúéáä, åðàìöðå ìôúç ùéèåú ëãé ìò÷åó @@ -153,13 +177,15 @@ tab îøàù ëãé ìéöåø èáìä. ëð"ì ìîëúáéí àå ìè÷ñè îéåùø àçø. ôøå÷ îéìéí òí î÷ó áñåó äùåøä ãøù òéï æäéøä åéëåìú ìçùåá ÷ãéîä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áîéìéí àçøåú, äééðå çééáéí ìùéí ìá ìôøèéí ä÷èðéí ùì àéæä àåú äåìëú ìàéôä. ëúåöàä, ëîòè ìëì îòáãé äúîìéìéí éù äéåí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àú àåúä îðèìéåú. éù ìäí \lang english @@ -183,23 +209,25 @@ What You See Is What You Get . ìîøáä äöòø, äúåöàä äñåôéú äéà ùáäøáä î÷øéí îä ùàúä î÷áì äåà ø÷ îä ùàúä øåàä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëàï ðëðñú ìé÷ñ ìúîåðä. áìé÷ñ àúä ìà öøéê ìäèøéã àú òöîê áæåèåú ëàìä. àúä àåîø ììé÷ñ îä àúä øåöä -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default åìé÷ñ ãåàâ ìëì äùàø, áòæøú îòøëú çå÷éí äð÷øàú "ñâðåï" ) \lang english style \lang hebrew ( \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìîòï ääâéðåú éù ìöééï ùáâøñàåú äàçøåðåú ùì øåá îòáãé äúîìéìéí äôåôìøééí, ÷ééîéí ãôé ñâðåï ) @@ -212,15 +240,19 @@ markup \lang hebrew ãåîä. òí æàú, ðéñéåððå äåà ùäí ôùåè àéðí áùéîåù. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\bar under +\bar under å -\bar default +\bar default ðúçéì áãåâîà: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ððéç ùàúä øåöä ìëúåá ãå"ç. áäúçìä àúä øåöä ôø÷ ùé÷øà "ä÷ãîä". @@ -231,24 +263,28 @@ bold \lang hebrew . àç"ë àúä î÷éù " -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ä÷ãîä". ëîåáï ùàí àçøé æä úçìéè ùäôø÷ äæä öøéê ìäéåú áî÷åí àçø áîñîê, àå àí úëðéñ ôø÷ çãù ìôðéå, úöèøê ìùðåú àú äîñôåø ùìå, ùì ëì äôø÷éí ùàçøéå, ùì úåëï äòðééðéí, åîé éåãò àéôä òåã. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áìé÷ñ àúä ôùåè äåìê ìçì÷ äùîàìé áéåúø ùì ìåç äàé÷åðéí, áåçø îäúôøéè -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åî÷éù "ä÷ãîä". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëï, æä äëì. àí àç"ë úâæåø åúãáé÷ àú äôø÷, äåà éîåñôø àåèåîèéú @@ -258,39 +294,43 @@ Section áëì î÷åí. åàí úëðéñ äôðééåú ìôø÷ ëéàåú ìé÷ñ úòãëï âí àåúï. áìé÷ñ ìà úöèøê ìòåìí, áùåí îöá, ìä÷ìéã àú îñôø äôø÷ áòöîê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áåàå ðçùåá òì àçéãåú. çîéùä éîéí òáøå, àúä ôåúç àú äîñîê ùåá åîúçéì àú ôø÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 4 -\numeric off +\numeric off . àáì ùëçú ùòùéú àú äëåúøú áâåãì -\numeric on +\numeric on 18 -\numeric off +\numeric off åá- \lang english bold \lang hebrew , áî÷åí á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 16 -\numeric off +\numeric off , åàúä îúçéì àú äëåúøú ìôø÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 4 -\numeric off +\numeric off áôåðè ùåðä îîä ùäùúîùú áôø÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . áìé÷ñ äáòéä äæå ìà ÷ééîú. äîçùá îèôì áëì äôð÷ñðåú ùì îä öøéê ìäéåú áàéæä âåãì, ìà àúä. àçøé äëì, áùáéì æä éù îçùáéí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ãåâîà àçøåðä: ððéç ùàúä ëåúá øùéîä. áîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí, øùéîä äéà ñúí àåñó ùì ä÷ìãåú @@ -302,7 +342,9 @@ tab ùåøåú øé÷åú ìùéí áéï òøê ìòøê, åëå'. áìé÷ñ éù ìê ø÷ ùúé ùàìåú: àéæä ñåâ øùéîä æå, åîä ìùéí áä. æä äëì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìñéëåí, äøòéåï äáñéñé ùì ìé÷ñ äåà: öééï ìîçùá îä àúä òåùä, åìà àéê àúä òåùä àú æä. @@ -312,7 +354,7 @@ What you see is what you get \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ãäééðå, îä ùàúä øåàä òì äîñê æää ìôìè, äîåãì ùì ìé÷ñ äåà " \lang english @@ -324,9 +366,9 @@ WYSIWYM \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àðé ìà îúëååï ìúøâí àå ìäñáéø àå øàùé äúéáåú äàìä. âí áàðâìéú öøéê ì÷øåà ìôçåú àú äùòåø äîåãøê ëãé ìäáéï ìîä áàîú äëååðä @@ -335,10 +377,12 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . æäå øòéåï øá ëåç ùîôùè îàåã àú äîëðé÷ä ùì ëúéáú îñîëéí. @@ -354,13 +398,15 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew ø÷ ùäåà ìà äëìé äîúàéí ìòáåãä äæàú. àúä ìà îùúîù áîáøâ ëãé ìú÷åò îñîøéí, áñåôå ùì ãáø. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äáãìéí áéï ìé÷ñ ìîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìà, àðçðå ìà øåöéí ìôúåç áâ'éäàã øòéåðé. àðçðå ø÷ çåùáéí ùçùåá ìöééï àú äúëåðåú ùì ìé÷ñ. @@ -373,41 +419,55 @@ WYSIWYM 99% \lang hebrew îäàðùéí ìâáé òéáåã úîìéìéí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ðúçéì áøùéîä ùì ãáøéí ùìà úîöà áìé÷ñ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ñøâì -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìîøáä äöòø àéï àôùøåú ìôúåç ùåøä òáøéú áè÷ñè àðâìé áìé \lang english note \lang hebrew ... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang english tab stops -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize øååçéí ëôåìéí )ìãåâîà, ä÷ùä òì \lang english Enter \lang hebrew ôòîééí åîòìä( -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åäñøâì åä- \lang english @@ -421,55 +481,69 @@ tab \lang hebrew ìé÷ñ îåñéôä àåúí áî÷åîåú äðëåðéí ìä÷ùø. çåñø äàôùøåú -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ìéöåø ùúé ùåøåú øé÷åú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default øöåôåú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default úòöáï áäúçìä, àáì ëùúúøâì ìâéùú ä- \lang english WYSIWYM \lang hebrew , ääâéåï ùìä éúáäø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äãáøéí äáàéí ÷ééîéí áìé÷ñ, àáì ìà îùúîùéí áäí ëîå -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ùàúä øâéì: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùìéèä áàéðãðèöéä )ééùåø( -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize îòáø ãôéí -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize îøååç ùåøåú )ãäééðå øååç áåãã, ëôåì åëå'( -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize øååç, ìøåçá åìâåáä -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôåðèéí åâãìéí -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize àåúéåú îåáìèåú, îåèåú, îåãâùåú -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default åëãåîä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äúîéëä áòáøéú áàìä ëøâò òìåáä áéåúø \lang english @@ -477,45 +551,49 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìîøåú ùëì àìä -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ÷ééîéí áìé÷ñ, áãøê ëìì ìà úæã÷÷ ìäí. ìé÷ñ ãåàâ ìëì æä áùáéìê, -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default áäúàí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ìîä ùàúä òåùä áëì øâò. äôåðèéí, äâãìéí åñåâé ääãâùä áçì÷éí ùåðéí ùì äîñîê ð÷áòéí àåèåîèéú. äééùåø ùì ôñ÷àåú ùåðåú úìåé áä÷ùø, åôñ÷àåú ùåðåú îéåùøåú áöåøä ùåðä. -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àúä ìà öøéê ìòùåú ùåí ãáø îéåçã ëãé ìôúåç ãó çãù áî÷åîåú îéåçãéí, ëâåï ñåó ôø÷. áàåôï ëììé, äøååçéí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default áéï îéìéí, ùåøåú åôñ÷àåú ð÷áòéí ò"é ìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àôùø ìäúàéí àú ëì äôøîèøéí äàìä, )òáåø çì÷ ìà âãåì úöèøê éãò á- \lang english @@ -523,35 +601,41 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew (, ìëì äîñîê àå ìàæåøéí ñôöéôééí áîñîê. øàä ôøèéí áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( åáîñîê "úëåðåú ðåñôåú" ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew (. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ì÷éðåç, áúçåîéí àìä, ìãòúðå, ìé÷ñ )å- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew ( òåìéí áäøáä òì îòáãé úîìéìéí øâéìéí: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôøå÷ îéìéí áñåôé ùåøåú \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìà ø÷ ùëøâò äàìâåøéúí äðãøù ëãé ìáöò æàú áòáøéú ìà îîåîù, àìà ù- \lang english @@ -563,29 +647,41 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) \lang english hyphenation \lang hebrew (. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize øùéîåú îëì ñåâ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize îúîèé÷ä -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize èáìàåú -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äôðéåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðëåï ùìäøáä îòáãé úîìéìéí îåãøðééí éù éëåìú ìèôì áñéîðéí îúîèééí îñåéîéí, èáìàåú å- @@ -593,9 +689,9 @@ hyphenation hyphenation \lang hebrew , åìçì÷í éù -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default äâãøåú ñéâðåï áöåøä äîæëéøä àú ÷åðöôè ä- \lang english WYSIWYM @@ -607,13 +703,13 @@ WYSIWYM LaTeX \lang hebrew , îòøëú î÷öåòéú ìòéáåã îñîëéí ä÷ééîú ìîòìä -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default î- -\numeric on +\numeric on 15 -\numeric off +\numeric off ùðä, åòåáãú. àí äéå áàâéí á- \lang english @@ -621,9 +717,9 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , äí úå÷ðå îæîï \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áñãø, áñãø, àéï úåëðä áìé áâéí. àáì áàåôï éçñé, @@ -631,33 +727,41 @@ collapsed true LaTeX \lang hebrew äéà úåëðä áòìú ëîåú áâéí îéðéîìéú. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ääáãì äàçøåï ùàðçðå øåöéí ìöééï áéï ìé÷ñ ìîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí äåà ùìé÷ñ îùúãì îàåã ìà ìàáã àú äòáåãä ùìê. àðçðå, öååú ìé÷ñ, éåãòéí ùìà ðîöà ëì áàâ åáàâ, åàðçðå ìà îðñéí ìäòîéã ôðéí ùàìä "úëåðåú" ùì äúåëðä. äééú îöôä ùëùäáàâéí äàìä îåôéòéí, ìé÷ñ éùìç àú -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off äãôéí äàçøåðéí ùìê ìîòî÷é äùëçä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìà. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëùìé÷ñ òó, äåà øåùí àú ëì äîñîëéí ùäçæé÷ áæëøåï ì÷åáõ çøåí. ëùúôúç àú ìé÷ñ ùåá, åúòìä àú ä÷åáõ äîãåáø, ìé÷ñ éùàì àåúê àí ìäòìåú àú ä÷åáõ àå àú ÷åáõ äçøåí )äåà áåã÷ îé çãù éåúø(. îùúîùéí øáéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard âí àðé. åäëì àîú @@ -666,18 +770,22 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ëúáå àú úæú äãå÷èåø ùìäí òí ìé÷ñ. ìòéúéí ðãéøåú, àí áëìì, äí àéáãå ãó ìîøåú -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ùäúåëðä àëï òôä îéãé ôòí. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îä ìòæàæì æä \lang english @@ -685,9 +793,9 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew )åìîä ùéäéä ìé àëôú(? \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äî÷åø ìàéðôåøîöéä áçì÷ äæä äåà " \lang english @@ -695,7 +803,7 @@ A Guide to LaTeX2e \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , îàú äìîåè ÷åô÷ä ) \lang english @@ -710,24 +818,30 @@ Patrick Daly --- \lang hebrew øàä äôðéä áéáìéåâøôéú áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew (. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -738,9 +852,9 @@ LaTeX Leslie Lamport \lang hebrew ( á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1985 -\numeric off +\numeric off . äéà, áúåøä, áðåéä îòì ùôú îçùá éòåãéú áùí \lang english @@ -751,9 +865,9 @@ TeX Donald Knuth \lang hebrew ( á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1984 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ìà îòèéí ùðàìöå ìäùúîù á- \lang english @@ -802,15 +916,19 @@ device independent PDF \lang hebrew , åëå'. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang english @@ -826,7 +944,9 @@ TeX \lang hebrew îàôùøú ìê ìäâãéø úåñôåú ìùôä, àå çáéìåú î÷øå. ôä îúçéì äà÷ùï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard øåá îùúîùé \lang english @@ -854,16 +974,18 @@ TeX ëàï ðëðñ ìñìé ìîôåøè ìñéôåø. äåà øöä çáéìú î÷øå ùúãáø áùôú äîùúîù, åìà áùôú äãôåñ, òí ô÷åãåú ìéöø ôø÷éí, èáìàåú àå ðåñçàåú áöåøä ÷åðñéñèðèéú -\series bold +\series bold å -\series default +\series default òí îéðéîåí ùì áéìáåì îåç. ëê ðåìã \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áî÷áéì ìôéúåç ùì \lang english @@ -896,9 +1018,9 @@ LaTeX2e LaTeX \lang hebrew áùðåú ä- -\numeric on +\numeric on 80 -\numeric off +\numeric off äîàåçøåú. áâéøñä æå éù îîù÷ ôùåè éåúø ì- \lang english @@ -918,7 +1040,9 @@ LaTeX LaTeX \lang hebrew îòáø ìçì÷é äùôä äøùîééí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éù ùúé ãøëéí ìäøçéá àú \lang english @@ -947,33 +1071,43 @@ LaTeX ÷ééîéí ÷áöé ñâðåï ìîâååï ùì ùéîåùéí: ùéðåé ééùåø äùåøåú, äåñôú ôåðèéí, èéôåì áâøôé÷ä, ëåúøåú òîåã îúåçëîåú, äúàîú äáéáìéåâøôéä, ùéðåé äî÷åí åäîøàä ùì äòøåú ùåìééí, èáìàåú, úîåðåú, øùéîåú, åëå' åëå' åëå'. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìñéëåí: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english TeX \lang hebrew ùôú äãôñä òí éëåìåú î÷øå. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -984,15 +1118,19 @@ LaTeX TeX \lang hebrew . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang english @@ -1003,15 +1141,19 @@ class LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang english @@ -1022,7 +1164,9 @@ style LaTeX \lang hebrew áãøê îñåéîú. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ìé÷ñ îòáã úîìéìéí åéæåàìé \lang english @@ -1033,7 +1177,9 @@ WYSIWYM LaTeX \lang hebrew ëãé ìáöò àú òáåãú ääãôñä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äîèøä ùì ñòéó æä äéúä ìðñåú ìäñáéø ìîä ìé÷ñ ùåðä îîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí. äñéáä äéà ôùåèä: ìé÷ñ îùúîù á- @@ -1051,7 +1197,9 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew îä àúä ëåúá. äîçùá îèôì áùàìä àéê æä öøéê ìäøàåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ]äòøä ì÷éðåç: òí ëì äëáåã ìçåìùåú ùì ìé÷ñ áòáøéú, ùèøçúé åöééðúé àåúï ôòîéí îñôø )áäòøåú ùåìééí, ìîé ùôñôñ(, ìëúéáä îúîèéú áòáøéú ìîòùä àéï àìèøðèéáä. @@ -1067,25 +1215,31 @@ Word \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷.[ -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ùéîåù áúéòåã -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìä÷ì òì ä÷øéàä åìàôùø ìúàø àú ëì äúëåðåú ùì ìé÷ñ, çåì÷ äúéòåã ìîñôø ÷áöéí. ìëì àçã îèøä îùìå. ìôðé ùîúçéìéí ìäñúòø òì àçã îä÷áöéí äàìä, ëãàé ì÷øåà àú äôø÷ äæä áîìåàå: äåà îëéì îéãò ùéîåùé øá åäòøåú ùéëåìåú ìçñåê ìëí æîï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìîøåú ùìé÷ñ òáø îæîï àú äð÷åãä -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ''âéøñä \lang american 1.0 @@ -1099,47 +1253,53 @@ Word \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang hebrew åëï àú ùàø äîñîê(. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áðåñó, òùä ìðå èåáä \lang english --- \lang hebrew àí îöàú áîãøéëéí ùìðå ôøè -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default îáìáì, ìà áøåø, àå ùâåé, àì úäññ ìåîø ìðå! ëãé ìéöåø ÷ùø òí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default äàçøàéí äðåëçééí ìúéòåã, ùìç ãåàø àì÷èøåðé àì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang american lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áðåñó àí éù ìê ùàìä ùàéï ìä úùåáä áøåøä áúòåã, -\series bold +\series bold å -\series default +\series default àúä æ÷å÷ ìúîéëä, éù øùéîú ãéåï ùì îùúîùéí áëúåáú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang american lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ôåøîè äîãøéëéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çì÷ëí îï äñúí äãôéñ àú äîãøéê)éí(. àçøéí ÷åøàéí àåúí îúåê ìé÷ñ ë÷åáõ. @@ -1147,51 +1307,59 @@ lyx-users@lists.lyx.org áîñôø äéáèéí. øàùéú, äëåúøú äéà áøàù äîñîê, ìà áãó áôðé òöîå ëîå áçì÷ îäâøñàåú äîåãôñåú. áðåñó -\series bold +\series bold , -\series default +\series default úåëï äòðéðéí åäòøåú äùåìéí îåçáàéí. ëãé ìøàåú àú úåëðä ùì äòøú ùåìééí, ùðøàú ëëä, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìñâåø àåúé éù ììçåõ òì ä÷åáéä äàôåøä îùîàì ìîòìä, æå òí äîéìä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english foot -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ìçõ òìéä òí ëôúåø äòëáø äùîàìé. ëãé ìøàåú àú úåëï äòðééðéí, ìçõ òìéå, àå òì úôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans ðéååè -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Navigate -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ùáå äåà îåôéò àåèåîèéú )ðñä åúøàä!( áúòåã äòáøé îåôéòåú ÷åôñàåú öäåáåú ëàìä: -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset )ìà îåôéò áâøñä äîåãôñú(. äúòìí îäï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áîãøéê äîåãôñ, ëì ääôðéåú îåôéòåú ëîñôø \lang english @@ -1201,32 +1369,32 @@ collapsed true òì äîñê, òí æàú, ëì ääôðéåú ðøàåú ëîå ÷åôñä àôåøä ëãì÷îï: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset )áîãøéê äîåãôñ éåôéò îñôø(. àí úìçõ òì ä÷åôñä òí äëôúåø äùîàìé ùì äòëáø, úåôéò úáú ãéàìåâ òí øùéîú ääôðéåú áîñîê. áä÷ãîä æå éù ø÷ -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àçú áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english sec:Contrib -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àúä éëåì ìäâéò ìñòéó äîúàéí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default ò"é ìçéöä òì äëôúåø -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -Goto\SpecialChar ~ +Goto\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ìçæåø æä ìà éåúø îñåáê @@ -1234,45 +1402,47 @@ Reference --- \lang hebrew ìçéöä òì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english Go back -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå ä÷ìãú -\series bold -\bar under +\series bold +\bar under -\family sans -\series default -\bar default +\family sans +\series default +\bar default \lang english C-< -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éáéàå àåúê ìîé÷åí ä÷åãí. îä æä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-< -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ? øàä ìòéì. äôðéåú ìàéðèøðè éåôéòå âí äï ë÷åôñä àôåøä: \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[Journal of irreproducible results]{http://www.jir.com/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . ìçõ òìéä ìôøèéí îìàéí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òëùéå ëùâîøðå òí çì÷ îääáãìéí áéï äâøñä äîåãôñú åäî÷ååðú, àôùø ìäúçéì òí ôåøîè äîñîê òöîå \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îëéååï ùäúòåã áòáøéú øçå÷ îìäéåú ùìí, ìîèä éåôéòå äñáøéí âí òì ôåøîè äúòåã áàðâìéú åâí áòáøéú @@ -1281,355 +1451,397 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . îôòí ìôòí úùéí ìá ìäçìôú ôåðèéí: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize àåúéåú îåèåú áè÷ñè áàðâìéú ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Emphasized Style -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( îùîùåú ìäãâùä ëììéú, ôøîèøéí, ëåúøåú ùì ñôøéí, ùîåú ùì çì÷éí àçøéí ùì äîãøéê åäòøåú îäòåøëéí. áòáøéú, ëîåáï, àéï àåúéåú îåèåú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùîåú ùì úåëðéåú å÷áöéí, ô÷åãåú \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew , ÷åã åô÷åãåú ìé÷ñ éåôéòå ø÷ áàðâìéú, åáôåðè -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english Typewriter \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùîåú ùì úôøéèéí, ëôúåøéí, úáåú ãéàìåâ )ð÷øàåú \lang english popups \lang hebrew áúòåã áàðâìéú( åî÷ùé ô÷åãä éåôéòå áàðâìéú áôåðè -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Sans Serif -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åáòáøéú áôåðè " -\family sans +\family sans úì àáéá -\family default +\family default ". î÷ùé ô÷åãä éåôéòå ëîòè ø÷ áàðâìéú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùîåú ùì àðùéí áàðâìéú éåôéòå á- -\noun on +\noun on \lang english Noun Style -\noun default +\noun default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òáåø î÷ùé ÷éöåø ãøê ìúôøéèéí, åî÷ùé ô÷åãä àçøéí úåôðä áãøê ëìì ìçì÷ "î÷ùéí" ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( ùì îñîê äúëåðåú äðåñôåú ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Extended Features \lang hebrew ( -\emph default +\emph default á÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ëàùø îôòí ìôòí ðöèøê ìúàø î÷ùé ô÷åãä, ðùúîù á÷éöåøéí äáàéí: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans \lang english C- -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúééçñ ìî÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Control -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \lang english S- -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúééçñ ìî÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Shift -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \lang english M- -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúééçñ ìî÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Meta -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ \lang english --- \lang hebrew òì äî÷ìãú ùìê áäçìè éúëï ùäåà îñåîï ë- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Alt -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\end_layout -\family sans +\end_inset + + +\family sans \lang english F1 -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew òã -\family sans +\family sans \lang english F12 -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew äí î÷ùé äôåð÷öéä. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew äåà áãøê ëìì ôùåè -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àí ëé éëåì âí ìäéåú îñåîï á- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Escape -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùîàìä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Left -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, éîéðä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Right -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, ìîòìä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Up -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åìîèä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Down -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( äí äçöéí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äëðñ ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Insert -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, îç÷ ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Delete -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Home -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , -\family sans +\family sans \lang english End -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ãó ìîòìä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english PageUp -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åãó ìîèä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english PageDown -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( äí äî÷ùéí äîåôéòéí áøåá äî÷ìãåú îòì äçéöéí. áî÷ìãåú îñåéîåú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english PageUp -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english PageDown -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ð÷øàéí -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Prior -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Next -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áäúàîä. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Enter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúééçñéí ìàåúå î÷ù. áî÷ìãåú îñåéîåú éù ø÷ î÷ù áùí -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , áàçøåú ø÷ áùí -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Enter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åáëîä àôéìå îåôéòéí ùðéäí! ìé÷ñ ìà îáãéìä áéðéäí åàðçðå ðùúîù áùðéäí ììà àáçðä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îôòí ìôòí éåôéò âí äè÷ñè "øàä 'úëåðåú ðåñôåú'". ùîðå øùéîä îìàä ùì ëì ÷åîáéðöéåú äî÷ùéí äàôùøéåú òáåø ôåð÷öéä îñåéîú áñòéó äîúàéí ìä áîãøéê áùí æä -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àæ ëãàé ìáãå÷ âí ùí. ùéí ìá ùðéúï ìùðåú àú ëì î÷ùé äô÷åãä ááú àçú òì éãé äçìôú îôú äî÷ùéí ) \lang english @@ -1637,68 +1849,79 @@ keybinding map \lang hebrew (. éù ùúé îôåú î÷ùéí ðôåöåú: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english CUA -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , áøéøú äîçãì ùîï äñúí úäéä îåëøú ìîé ùîâéò îòåìí äçìåðåú, å- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english emacs -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ùúäéä ðåçä éåúø ìåúé÷é îòøëåú éåðé÷ñ. àìà àí ëï -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default îöåéï àçøú áîôåøù, ÷éöåøé äãøê áúòåã éúéçñå úîéã ìäúàîä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english CUA -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àí àúä çåáá ùì àéî÷ñ, îï äñúí úöìéç ìðçù àéæä î÷ù òåùä îä áòöîê. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äîãøéëéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äøùéîä ùìäìï -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default îúàøú àú úåëï -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ÷áöé äúéòåã äùåðéí: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -ä÷ãîä\SpecialChar ~ +ä÷ãîä\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english introduction \lang hebrew ( -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ÷åáõ æä. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -ùòåø\SpecialChar ~ -îåãøê\SpecialChar ~ +ùòåø\InsetSpace ~ +îåãøê\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english Tutorial \lang hebrew ( -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä çãù áìé÷ñ, åàó ôòí ìà äùúîùú á- \lang english @@ -1706,9 +1929,9 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , ëãàé ùúúçéì ëàï \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îåôéò áúôøéèéí áòáøéú ë"îñîê ìéîåã" \lang english @@ -1716,46 +1939,52 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . àí àúä çåùá ùìè÷ñ -\series bold -\bar under +\series bold +\bar under -\series default -\bar default +\series default +\bar default æä îùäå ùòåùéí îîðå ÷åðãåîéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àå ìáéáåú áééãéù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ëãàé ùú÷øà ùåá àú ôø÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off , åàæ àú äùòåø äîåãøê. ñáéø ùâí àçøé ùú÷øà àú äùòåø äîåãøê òãééï úçùåá ù- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew æä çåîø -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default âîéù æä àå àçø \lang english --- \lang hebrew àáì ìôçåú úãò àéê ìäùúîù áìé÷ñ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí ëáø äùúîùú áòáø á- \lang english @@ -1767,7 +1996,7 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \lang english @@ -1775,44 +2004,48 @@ LyX for LaTeX users \lang hebrew (. ìøôøó òì ùàø äîñîê âí ìà éëåì ìäæé÷. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí, áøâò ðúåï àúä îøâéù ùàúä äåìê ìàéáåã òí ìé÷ñ, ðñä ÷åãí ëì -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àú äùòåø äîåãøê. äåà ð÷åãú äúçìä èåáä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äùòåø äîåãøê úåøâí ìòáøéú. àí îùåí îä äúôøéè -\family sans -òæøä:îñîê\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òæøä:îñîê\InsetSpace ~ ìéîåã -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( îáéà ìê àú äâøñä äàðâìéú, ôúç àú äâøñä äòáøéú ë÷åáõ: àçøé -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:ôúç -\family default +\family default áçø -\family sans +\family sans ãåâîàåú -\family default +\family default , åúâéò ì- \lang english .../lyx/examples @@ -1826,41 +2059,47 @@ utorial he_Tutorial.lyx \lang hebrew . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -äîãøéê\SpecialChar ~ -ìîùúîù\SpecialChar ~ +äîãøéê\InsetSpace ~ +ìîùúîù\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english -User's\SpecialChar ~ +User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide \lang hebrew ( -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard äúòåã äò÷øé. ðëñä ùí àú øåá äùéîåù äáñéñé åäúëåðåú ùì ìé÷ñ. îãøéê æä îðéç ù÷øàú àú äùòåø äîåãøê. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -úëåðåú\SpecialChar ~ -ðåñôåú\SpecialChar ~ +úëåðåú\InsetSpace ~ +ðåñôåú\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english -Extended\SpecialChar ~ +Extended\InsetSpace ~ Features \lang hebrew ( -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard çì÷ á -\series bold +\series bold ' -\series default +\series default ùì äîãøéê ìîùúîù. îñáéø àéê ìäùúîù áô÷åãåú \lang english @@ -1871,74 +2110,113 @@ LaTeX LaTeX \lang hebrew )îåæøéí, ìòéúéí, àáì áãøê ëìì îùåáçéí(. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -äúàîä\SpecialChar ~ +äúàîä\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english Customization \lang hebrew ( -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard úàåø ùì úëåðåú ìé÷ñ îú÷ãîåú, ëåìì àéê ìäúàéí àú ääúðäâåú äëåììú ùì ìé÷ñ. áôøè îãåáø áäúàîåú ùì î÷ùéí ìôåð÷öéåú, äúàîä ìùôåú ùåðåú, å÷áöé ä÷åðôéâåøöéä. àéï ìê îä ìçôù ùí ìôðé ù÷øàú àú äùòåø äîåãøê. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -úöåøú\SpecialChar ~ +úöåøú\InsetSpace ~ ) \lang english configuration \lang hebrew -(\SpecialChar ~ +(\InsetSpace ~ \lang english LaTeX -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ÷åáõ æä îëéì øùéîú îöàé ùì äîòøëú ùìê, ùìé÷ñ éöø áòú äú÷ðúå. áãå÷ ùí àí çñø ìê îùäå ùäééú éëåì ìøöåú. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ä÷áöéí äàìä îôðéí æä ìæä ìôé äöåøê. ìãåâîà, äîãøéê ìîùúîù îëéì ëîåú îñåéîú ùì àéðôåøîöéä òì äú÷ðä åäúàîä, àáì îôðä ìîñîê ääúàîä ìîéãò ðåñó. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åùåá ð÷åãä çùåáä: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center àí àúä çãù áìé÷ñ ìê ú÷øà àú äùòåø äîåãøê. òëùéå. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard àçøú àúä òìåì ìäéåú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default îúåñëì -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ùìà ìöåøê. ìé÷ñ òåùä ëì îä ùîòáã úîìéìéí òåùä áùáéìê -\series bold +\series bold , -\series default +\series default àáì áâéùä ùåðä. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter àéê ìúøåí ìôøåé÷è äìé÷ñ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ìúøåí ììé÷ñ äúåëðä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ ðëúá øåáå ëëåìå á- \lang english @@ -1950,18 +2228,22 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew ëúåá áôøì(. æä ôøåé÷è âãåì, åëúåöàä úîéã éäéå -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default áâéí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default åî÷åí ìùéôåø. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection àéê ìãååç òì áàâ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àúä òìåì ìäú÷ì áäúðäâåú ùì ìé÷ñ ùúøàä ìê ëáàâ. úòåôåú äï ðãéøåú, àáì äï ÷åøåú. @@ -1975,12 +2257,14 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew ðçùáåú áàâéí çîåøéí òì éãé öååú ìé÷ñ åîèåôìåú áîìåà äøöéðåú. àðçðå øåöéí ìùîåò àú ãòúê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ììé÷ñ éù îòøëú ìîò÷á àçøé áàâéí áëúåáú \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . áãå÷ ùí ìôðé ùàúä îãååç òì áàâ, ìî÷øä ùäåà ëáø ãååç. @@ -1988,21 +2272,23 @@ LaTeX áîòøëú äîò÷á, àå ìëúåá ìøùéîú äãéååø ùì äîôúçéí, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . éù ÷éùåø ìàøëéåï îäàúø äøàùé ùì ìé÷ñ, \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ãéååç èåá òì áàâ öøéê ìäëéì ìëì äôçåú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default àú äâøñä ùì ìé÷ñ ùáä îåôéòä äáòéä. úàåø îôåøè åîãåé÷ òãéó \lang english @@ -2011,9 +2297,9 @@ LaTeX ëëì ùäîúôçéí îáæáæéí éåúø æîï áæéäåé îãåé÷ ùì î÷åø äáòéä, ëê éù ìäí ôçåú æîï ìäù÷éò áùéôåøéí àçøéí. öééï âí -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default äîòøëú ùòìéä àúä îøéõ àú ìé÷ñ åàú âéøñúä )ìãåâîà: \lang english Linux 2.4.19 @@ -2022,13 +2308,15 @@ Linux 2.4.19 äåñó àú äâéøñàåú ùì äñôøéåú ùäú÷ðú òì äîòøëú, åàí æä øìáðèé, àú äâøñàåú ùì äúåëðåú äçéöåðéåú ùáäï ìé÷ñ îùúîù. òí îãåáø ááòéú ÷åîôéìöéä àå ÷åðôéâåøöéä, öøó àú ä÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english config.log -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åàú âøñàú ä÷åîôééìø ùáä äùúîùú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí äöìçú ìâøåí ììé÷ñ ìòåó, àðà èøç ìéöø \lang english @@ -2045,40 +2333,40 @@ stripped stripped \lang hebrew , ãäééðå àéðä ëåììú -\series bold +\series bold -\series default +\series default îéãò æä. àí ëê, äøõ àú ìé÷ñ îúåê \lang english gdb \lang hebrew áòæøú äô÷åãä, ìîùì, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -gdb\SpecialChar ~ +gdb\InsetSpace ~ /users/dani/lyx-1.2.0pre4/src/lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åàæ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english run -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . âøåí ììé÷ñ ìòåó åàæ úåçæø ì- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english gdb -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . äô÷åãä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english bt -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew úéöø \lang english @@ -2087,24 +2375,26 @@ backtrace . äåñó àåúå ìãéååç \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä øåöä ìäéåú éñåãé, äùúîù áô÷åãåú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english info locals -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english up -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìäãôéñ òøëéí ùì îùúðéí î÷åîéí áëîä ãøâåú ùì äîçñðéú. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . àí éù ùéèä áèåçä ìéöø àú äáàâ, úàåø ùìä àôéìå òãéó òì ôðé @@ -2121,10 +2411,14 @@ backtrace backtrace \lang hebrew äåà çéåðé, ëé æä òìåì ìäéåú ëì îä ùéù ìðå. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection àéê ìúøåí úé÷åðéí åúëåðåú çãùåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí ùéðéú àú ä÷åã ùì ìé÷ñ åàúä çåùá ùùéðåééí àìä éëåìéí ìäéåú ùéîåùééí ìëìì äîùúîùéí, ùìç àú äùéðåééí ùìê ë÷åáõ @@ -2144,36 +2438,48 @@ change log patch \lang hebrew ( ùìê îáöò. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úøåîä ìúòåã -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset ìé÷ñ îúôúçú ììà äøó, ëì âéøñä çãùä îåñéôä úëåðåú, åìîøåú ùäúòåã î÷éó, äåà ìà úîéã òåîã á÷öá. ôä ðúàø îä ìòùåú àí îöàú ùâéàä, àå ùéù ìê äöòåú àéê ìùôø àú äúòåã. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ãéååç òì ùâéàåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí îöàú èòåú áúòåã, ùìç ãåàø ì÷áåöú äãéåï -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . öååú äúòåã éáöò àú äùéðåééí äðãøùéí. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ìäöèøó ìöååú äúòåã -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard öååú äúòåã ùì ìé÷ñ úîéã öøéê òæøä \lang english @@ -2181,13 +2487,15 @@ lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org \lang hebrew ëîå ëåìí. àí àúä îòåðééï ìúøåí, ÷åãí ëì àúä öøéê ìáöò àú äôòåìåú äáàåú. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate äåøã àú äâøñä äçãùä áéåúø ùì ÷åã ìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ääøôú÷ðéí éëåìéí ìäåøéã àú äúòåã äòãëðé áéåúø îàúø ä- \lang english @@ -2195,10 +2503,10 @@ CVS \lang hebrew ùì ìé÷ñ. äåà ðîöà áîåãåì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lyxdoc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . éù âí îîù÷ øùú @@ -2214,40 +2522,42 @@ lyxdoc CVS \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . áøàù äòõ úîöà ñôøéä áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lib/doc/ -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áúåê äñôøéä äæå éù ÷åáõ áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ÷øà àåúå. äåà îëéì äåøàåú ìâáé ôåøîè ÷áöé äúòåã \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äøáä îääåøàåú á÷åáõ æä àéðï øìáðèéåú àå ãåøùåú òéáåã ìòáøéú, åäãáø àéðå îúåòã áöåøä îñåãøú. áñáéáåú -\numeric on +\numeric on 2000 -\numeric off +\numeric off äéä ãéåï áòðéï á÷áåöú äãéåï ùîñåëí éôä áëúåáú \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org/msg00155.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -2255,60 +2565,79 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew æä éëåì ìùîù ëð÷åãú äúçìä. àôùø âí ìðñåú àåúé áàåôï àéùé, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english gadykozma@hotmail.com -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ÷ç éåí éåîéí îðåçä. ÷øà àú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùåá. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ÷øà àú äîãøéê ìîùúîù åàú îñîê äìéîåã. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard äîèøä ùì äúøâéì äæä äéà ìúú ìê øòéåðåú. äîãøéê ìîùúîù åîñîê äìéîåã äí áñáéøåú âáåää äîñîëéí äîòåãëðéí áéåúø. æä éáäéø ìê àéê àðçðå øåöéí ùäîãøéëéí éøàå åé÷øàå. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate öåø ÷ùø òí äöååú áëúåáú -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìãåï áùéðåééí ùìê åëãé ì÷áì òìéäí îùåá. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard äùéðåééí ùìê éëåìéí ìäéåú äáäøä ùì ð÷åãä îñåéîú áè÷ñè, åòã àøâåï îçãù ùì çì÷éí ðøçáéí ùì äúòåã. áëì î÷øä ðùîç ì÷áìí. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx index 8d7d561387..9d6b753f26 100644 --- a/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,26 +24,41 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* ä÷ãîä ììé÷ñ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 äôéìåñåôéä ùì ìé÷ñ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 îä äéà ìé÷ñ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 äáãìéí áéï ìé÷ñ ìîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 îä ìòæàæì æä \lang english @@ -51,2509 +67,3642 @@ LaTeX )åìîä ùéäéä ìé àëôú(? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 ùéîåù áúéòåã +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 ôåøîè äîãøéëéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 äîãøéëéí +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 àéê ìúøåí ìôøåé÷è äìé÷ñ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 ìúøåí ììé÷ñ äúåëðä +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 àéê ìãååç òì áàâ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 àéê ìúøåí úé÷åðéí åúëåðåú çãùåú +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 úøåîä ìúòåã +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 ãéååç òì ùâéàåú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 ìäöèøó ìöååú äúòåã +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* ùòåø îåãøê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 îáåà +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 áøåê äáà ììé÷ñ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 îä äîñîê äæä, åîä äåà ìà +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 ìäåöéà àú äîéøá îäùòåø äîåãøê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 îä ìà úîöà ôä +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 ääúçìä +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 äîñîê äøàùåï ùìê òí ìé÷ñ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 ä÷ìãä, öôééä, äãôñä -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 ôòåìåú ôùåèåú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 øååçéí áìé÷ñ: \lang english WYSIWYM +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 ñáéáåú +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 ñòéôéí åúúé-ñòéôéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 øùéîåú åøùéîåú îùðä -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 ñáéáåú àçøåú: ùéøä, öéèèåú åòåã. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 ëúéáú îñîëéí +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 îçì÷åú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 úáðéåú: îëúá -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 ùòø äîñîê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 úåéåú åäôðéåú +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 äúåéú äøàùåðä ùìê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 ääôðéä äøàùåðä ùìê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 ùòùåòé úåéåú ðåñôéí +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 äòøåú ùåìééí åöã -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 áéáìéåâøôéä -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 úåëï äòðééðéí +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 îúîèé÷ä +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 îöá îúîèé÷ä -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 ðéååè áîùååàä -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 çæ÷åú åàéðã÷ñéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 ôàðì äðåñçàåú +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 éååðéú åòåã -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 ùåøùéí, ëåáòéí åñåâøééí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 ùáøéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 îöá \lang english TeX \lang hebrew : âáåìåú, ìåâ, ñéðåñ åçáøéí -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 îèøéöåú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 ðåñçàåú îîåøëæåú +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 ðåñçàåú òì ëîä ùåøåú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 òåã òì îúîèé÷ä +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 ùåðåú +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 úëåðåú îøëæéåú àçøåú ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 ìé÷ñ ìîùúîùé \lang english LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 îåã \lang english TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 éáåà îñîëé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 úøâåí îñîëé ìé÷ñ ì- \lang english LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 ä÷ãîú \lang english LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 îçì÷ú äîñîê -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 ô÷åãåú ä÷ãîä àçøåú +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 \lang english BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 ùåðåú +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 ùâéàåú! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/he_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/he_Tutorial.lyx index 9f9f6449cf..eeb4b55e0c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/he_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/he_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble %disable hyphenation (breaking words at end of line) @@ -22,13 +24,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -39,38 +40,53 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle fancy +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title ùòåø îåãøê -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author òîéø ÷øâø åöååú ìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úåøâí òì éãé âãé ÷åæîà, -\numeric on +\numeric on 2002 -\numeric off +\numeric off . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter îáåà -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english @@ -78,15 +94,19 @@ If you cannot see anything in this document except for this paragraph, do not despair! Everything you need is in Dekel Tsur's site: \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.math.tau.ac.il/~dekelts/lyx/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Get what you need, install it, and return to reading this document at your leisure. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section áøåê äáà ììé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ä÷åáõ äæä îéåòã ìëì îé ùìà ùîòå àó ôòí òì \lang english @@ -108,20 +128,24 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew . òí æàú, éù îä ììîåã àí øåöéí ìäùúîù áìé÷ñ áöåøä éòéìä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éëåì ìäéåú ùäâòú ìôä ëé ðéñéú ìùéí ùðé øååçéí àçøé äð÷åãä áñåó äîùôè \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îðäâ î÷åáì áàðâìéú \lang english --- \lang hebrew â.÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , àå ùìåù ùåøåú øé÷åú áñåó ôéñ÷ä. àçøé äøáä úñëåì âéìéú ùæä ôùåè áìúé àôùøé. @@ -134,32 +158,46 @@ collapsed true --- \lang hebrew úåëï äëúéáä ùìê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àæ äúàæø áñáìðåú. ÷øéàú äîñîê äæä áäçìè ùååä àú äæîï ùìê. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îä äîñîê äæä, åîä äåà ìà -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ø÷ äòøä ÷èðä. äùòåø äîåãøê îùúîù áñéîåï ùäåñáø áä÷ãîä. àí äâòú ìîñîê äæä ÷åãí, ìê ú÷øà àú ää÷ãîä. ëï, òëùéå. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òëùéå, ëùàúä éåãò îä äîùîòåú ùì ëì ôåðè, àðçðå øåöéí ìãáø ÷öú òì îä äîñîê äæä ëï. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ìäåöéà àú äîéøá îäùòåø äîåãøê -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îñîê æä äåà àåñó ùì úøâéìéí åãåâîàåú. ìúåöàä îéøáéú òãéó ùîîù ú÷ìéã àú ëì äùèåéåú åùúðñä àú ëì äúøâéìéí ìøàåú àí äí îöìéçéí ìê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä ëáø îëéø àú \lang english @@ -174,21 +212,27 @@ LaTeX âí àí àéï ìê ëåç ì÷øåà àú ëì äîñîê äæä, îåîìõ áçåí ùú÷øà àú ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset ùðëúá áîéåçã òáåø îùúîùé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew îðåñéí. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection îä ìà úîöà ôä -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äàëìä áëôéú. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard äîâîä äîñúîðú äéåí áñôøåú îçùáéí å- \lang english @@ -196,7 +240,9 @@ do it yourself \lang hebrew äéà: "äðç ùìîùúîù éù àéðèéìéâðöéä ùì áèèä". àðçðå ìà ðå÷èéí áâéùä äæàú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òí æàú, àðçðå îáéðéí ùàí äâòú ìúòåã \lang english @@ -209,33 +255,43 @@ do it yourself àúä îéï äñúí àáåã. ìà èéôù. ø÷ àáåã. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize äåøàåú àéê ìäùúîù áòëáø åáî÷ìãú. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard àí áùìá äðåëçé àúä ìà éåãò àéê ìäùúîù áîçùá, àðçðå ìà éëåìéí ìòæåø ìê. äðåùàéí äàìä äéðí îçåõ ìîñâøú äúòåã ùì ìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îä âí ùìé÷ñ îèáòå îéåòã ìîùúîùéí ùéù ìäí ÷åøèåá ùëì áøàù. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize äñáøéí îôåøèéí òì ëì úëåðä åúëåðä ùì ìé÷ñ. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard îä, àúä øåöä àú äîãøéê ìîùúîù ôòîééí? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àáì áøöéðåú, äîèøä ùìðå äéà ìäòîéã àåúê òì äøâìééí ëãé ùúåëì ì÷øåà àú äîãøéê ìîùúîù. @@ -243,16 +299,19 @@ collapsed true îéåúø, åìà îòåãëï áàåôï ÷áåò. æå áòöí ä÷ãîä )ùðéä(. äòîã ôðéí ùéù "øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù" áñåó ëì çì÷. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize äñáøéí îôåøèéí òì \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard æä ôùåè îéåúø. àí îä ùàúä îçôù æä ëì äãáøéí äîâðéáéí ùàôùø ìòùåú á- @@ -262,99 +321,110 @@ LaTeX , ÷ç ñôø. éù ëîä ñôøéí îöåéðéí áùå÷. àçøé äëì, ìà öøéê ìäîöéà àú äâìâì îçãù ëì ôòí. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard åàí ëê, áàåîõ ìîñîê äøàùåï. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ääúçìä -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äîñîê äøàùåï ùìê òí ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðå, òåã äñáø àçã ÷öøöø ìôðé ùîîù îúçéìéí áôåòì. áâìì ùøåá äîéãò àéðå ôä, äãáø äøàùåï ùàúä öøéê ìòùåú äåà ìîöåà àú ÷áöé äòæøä äàçøéí. ôúç àú ìé÷ñ. áçø -\family sans +\family sans îãøéê ìîùúîù -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english U -\bar default +\bar default ser's Guide -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( îúôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans òæøä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. îï äñúí àúä øåöä ìôúåç âí àú äùòåø äîåãøê )àí àúä ìà ëáø ÷åøà àåúå òì äîñê(. æä éàôùø ìê ì÷øåà àåúí áæîï ùàúä ëåúá àú äîñîê ùìê \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard çåõ îäúåëï, ä÷áöéí äàìä âí éëåìéí ìùîù ëãåâîà àéê ìäùúîù áúëåðåú ùì ìé÷ñ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . îøâò ùéù ìê éåúø îîñîê àçã ôúåç, àúä éëåì ìäùúîù áúôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans îñîëéí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english D -\bar default +\bar default ocuments -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìòáåø îàçã ìùðé. äùòåø äîåãøê ìà éëñä áôøåè ðåùàéí ùðãåðéí á÷áöéí àçøéí. æä òìåì ìä÷ùåú áäúçìä, àáì áæëåú æä äùòåø äîåãøê ÷öø éçñéú. æä âí éøâéì àåúê ìäùúîù á÷áöé äòæøä äàçøéí, åáèååç äøçå÷ æä éëåì ìçñåê ìê äøáä æîï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áîñîê äæä àðçðå îðéçéí ùéù ìê äú÷ðä îìàä ùì ìé÷ñ, \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english xdvi -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå ëì úåëðä àçøú ìöôééä á÷áöé \lang english dvi \lang hebrew , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english dvips -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå ãøê àçøú ìúøâí ÷áöé \lang english @@ -368,25 +438,25 @@ dvi àí ìà, àúä )àå àéù ñéñèí éãéãåúé( öøéê ìèôì ááòéä. îñîëéí àçøéí òåñ÷éí áðåùà æä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àôùø ìäúçéì îôø÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ùì äîãøéê ìîùúîù, "äú÷ðú ìé÷ñ åúåëðåú òæø" ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english LyX Setup and Supporting Applications -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew á- -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew (. ùí éù äôðéåú ìîñîëéí ðåñôéí @@ -395,36 +465,40 @@ User's Guide \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ì÷éðåç, ëúáðå ÷åáõ ùéàôùø ìê ìäúàîï òì ëéùåøé äìé÷ñ ùìê. äåà ð÷øà -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . çùåá òìéå ëàéìå äåà è÷ñè ùäå÷ìã òì éãé îéùäå ùìà ùîò òì ðôìàåú äìé÷ñ. ëàùø úìîã úëåðåú çãùåú ùì ìé÷ñ, ðöéò ìê ìäúàîï ò"é úé÷åï äçì÷éí äøìáðèééí ùì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áðåñó éù áå "øîæéí" àéê ìáöò àú äúé÷åï \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äøîæéí îåôéòéí ë÷åáéåú òí äîéìä \lang english @@ -432,47 +506,49 @@ note \lang hebrew áöäåá. ìçéöä òì ÷åáéä úôúç àåúä åúøàä àú úåëðä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . àí àúä øåöä ìøîåú )àå ìáãå÷ àí òùéú ðëåï( éù âí ÷åáõ áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùîëéì àú àåúå è÷ñè áöåøä äîåîìöú òì éãé îåîçé äìé÷ñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áòáøéú àðçðå îöéòéí ìê ùúé àåôöéåú àèø÷èéáéåú: àå ä÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )îåîìõ( ùáå äè÷ñè áàðâìéú åø÷ äøîæéí áòáøéú, àå -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùáå âí äè÷ñè åâí äøîæéí áòáøéú )îåîìõ àåìé áæëåú äùéøä, àáì ìà ëúøâéì ìé÷ñ, áùìá äæä çáì ìäòé÷ òìéê òí áòéåú îéåçãåú ìùéîåù áòáøéú(. ùéí ìá ùàéï -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àí äéä, äåà äéä ëîòè æää ì- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew äøâéì \lang english @@ -480,71 +556,75 @@ example_lyxified.lyx \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àú äãåâîàåú äàìä úîöà áñôøéä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english examples/ -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áçø -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:ôúç -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åàæ ìçõ òì ëôúåø ä -\family sans +\family sans ãåâîàåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default xamples -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ôúç àú äîñîê äìà îòåáã åáçø -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:ùîéøä áùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìùîåø òåú÷ áñôøéä äàéùéú ùìê ùúåëì ìùðåú. àçøé ëì ùéðåé ùúáöò, áãå÷ îä ÷åøä ìôìè ä- @@ -552,24 +632,28 @@ s dvi \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åîòðéï ìòðéï áàåúå áðéï: äñôøéä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english examples/ -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îëéìä äøáä ÷áöé ãåâîà ðåñôéí, ùîãâéîéí ëì îéðé ùéîåùéí îùåëììéí ùì ìé÷ñ, áôøè ãáøéí ùîñéáåú àåøê, àå îñéáåú àçøåú, ìà îöàå àú î÷åîí áúòåã äøàùé. àçøé ùîéöéú àú äúòåã äøâéì, àúä éëåì ìðñåú àú äñôøéä äæàú ëî÷åø îéãò ðåñó. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ä÷ìãä, öôééä, äãôñä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áçì÷ æä, åáúòåã áëìì, ìà ðñáéø àéê ìòáåã òí òáøéú áìé÷ñ. äñáøéí áðåùà æä ðîöàéí áàúø ùì ã÷ì öåø ùäôðééä àìéå ðîöàú áøàù äîñîê. @@ -580,76 +664,88 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôúç ÷åáõ çãù áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:çãù -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ä÷ìã îùôè ëîå -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english This is my first LyX document! \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áñãø, áñãø, îöãðå úãôéñ àú ãòúê òì îöá äçñä áùèçéí. æä ìà îùðä. åàðçðå îúðöìéí îøàù òì äàåéìéåú ùì îùôè äãåâîà äæä åëì ãáø àçø ùðá÷ù îîê ìä÷ìéã áòúéã. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùîåø àú äîñîê òí -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:ùîéøä áùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äøõ àú \lang english @@ -660,24 +756,24 @@ LaTeX dvi \lang hebrew áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans öôééä: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ñáéø ùúøàä äãôñåú áçìåï ùîîðå äøöú àú ìé÷ñ. @@ -687,10 +783,10 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew åàúä îåæîï ìäúòìí îäï ìòú òúä. ìé÷ñ éøéõ àú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english xdvi -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )àå úåëðä àçøú ìöôééä á÷áöé \lang english @@ -698,81 +794,87 @@ dvi \lang hebrew ( åéåôéò çìåï ùáå úåëì ìøàåú àéê éøàä ä÷åáõ ëùúãôéñ àåúå \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àôùø ìçñåê æîï áôòîéí äáàåú ùàúä îáöò àú äôòåìä. äùàø àú äçìåï ùì -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english xdvi -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ôúåç, åáçø -\family sans +\family sans öôééä:òãëåï: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. çìåï ä- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english xdvi -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éúòãëï áøâò ùúìçõ òìéå. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äãôñ áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:äãôñ -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åìçéöä òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english OK -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îæì èåá! ëúáú åäãôñú àú îñîê äìé÷ñ äøàùåï ùìê. ëì äùàø æä ø÷ ôøèéí @@ -780,272 +882,289 @@ OK --- \lang hebrew øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù, "úëåðåú ðåñôåú" å- "äúàîä". -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ôòåìåú ôùåèåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ éëåì ìòùåú àú øåá îä ùàúä øâéì ìòùåú òí îòáãé úîìéìéí. äåà éùáåø ùåøåú åééùø ôñ÷àåú áàåôï àåèåîèé. úöéõ áúôøéèéí åúøàä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æä ìà ùàðçðå ìà éåãòéí ùòùéú àú æä äøáä ìôðé ùôúçú àú äîñîê äæä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ùøåá äô÷åãåú ùàúä øâéì àìéäï ) -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:éöéàä -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:äãá÷ -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:äãôñ -\family default +\family default ( ðîöàåú áî÷åí äöôåé åáùí äöôåé, åòåùåú àú îä ùàúä îöôä. ìäìï úàåø æøéæ ùì ëîä ôòåìåú ôùåèåú ðåñôåú -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description áéèåì ììé÷ñ éù àú äéëåìú ìáéèåì "àéðñåôé", ëìåîø àúä éëåì ìáèì àú ëì äùéðåééí ùòùéú îàæ ùäòìú àú äîñîê áòæøú áçéøú -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:áèì -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ùåá åùåá. àí äâæîú, áçø -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:áèì áéèåì -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ìäçæéø àú îä ùáéèìú. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ]ëøâò, áéèåì îåâáì ì- -\numeric on +\numeric on 100 -\numeric off +\numeric off öòãéí. áðåñó àé àôùø ìáèì ëì ãáø åãáø \lang english --- \lang hebrew ìãåâîà äçìôú îçì÷ú äîñîê )øàä áäîùê([ -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description âæåø/äãá÷/äòú÷ äùúîù á- -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:âæåø -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:äãá÷ -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ste -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( å -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:äòú÷ -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( áäúàîä. ìçéìåôéï, àôùø ìäãáé÷ îä ùáçøú áòæøú äëôúåø äàîöòé ùì äòëáø )áùáéì æä ìà öøéê ìâæåø àå ìäòúé÷ áîôåøù, ø÷ ìáçåø(. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description çôù/äçìó äùúîù á- -\family sans -òøéëä:çôù\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òøéëä:çôù\InsetSpace ~ åäçìó -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìçôù. áúéáú äãéàìåâ äùúîù áçöéí ÷ãéîä åàçåøä åáëôúåø -\family sans +\family sans äçìó -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english R -\bar default +\bar default eplace -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìäçìéó àú äîéìä ùðîöàä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ñâåø àú äçìåï ëùàúä âåîø. àå äùàø àåúå ôúåç. øåá úáåú äãéàìåâ áìé÷ñ, ëåìì çìåï äçéôåù, çìåï -\family sans +\family sans úåëï äòðééðéí -\family default +\family default , çìåðåú ä -\family sans +\family sans îáðä -\family default +\family default åçìåðåú îúîèé÷ä ùåðéí ðéúï ìä÷èéï àå ìäæéæ áî÷åí ìñâåø. úáåú ãéàìåâ îñåéîåú, ëîå -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:ôúéçä -\family default +\family default ìà îàôùøåú ìê ìä÷ìéã ëìåí áçìåï äøàùé ìôðé ùúñâåø àåúï îîù. äçñøåï äåà ùëì òåã úéáú äãéàìåâ äéà äçìåï äôòéì, äéà î÷áìú àú ää÷ìãåú ùìê, åìà äîñîê. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout -ôåøîè\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +ôåøîè\InsetSpace ~ úå àôùø ìäãâéù è÷ñè )áàðâìéú æä ð÷øà -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Emphasize -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew åú÷áì àåúéåú îåèåú, àå -\emph on +\emph on \lang english italics -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew (, ìäáìéè àåúå ) -\series bold +\series bold \lang english bold -\series default +\series default \lang hebrew ( àå ìùéí àåúå áñâðåï -\noun on +\noun on \lang english Noun -\noun default +\noun default \lang hebrew , ñâðåï äéãåò áàðâìéú âí áùí -\noun on +\noun on \lang english Small Caps \lang hebrew , -\noun default +\noun default åáå äàåúéåú äøâéìåú îåôéòåú ëàåúéåú øàùéåú îå÷èðåú åäàåúéåú äøàùéåú îåôéòåú áâåãìï äøâéì. äùúîù áàåôöéåú äîúàéîåú îúôøéè -\noun on +\noun on -\family sans -\noun default +\family sans +\noun default îáðä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àó àçã îàìä ìà òåáã ëîå ùöøéê áòáøéú, áäú÷ðä äáñéñéú ùì \lang english @@ -1055,22 +1174,28 @@ LaTeX äåøàåú ëéöã ìèôì ááòéä úîöà á- \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.math.tau.ac.il/~dekelts/lyx/ttf.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -ìåç\SpecialChar ~ +ìåç\InsetSpace ~ äëìéí ùðîöà áãéå÷ îúçú ìúôøéèéí ðåúï ÷éöåøéí ìëîä ôåð÷öéåú ðôåöåú, ëîå äãá÷ àå äãôñ. àí úùàéø àú äòëáø îñôø ùðéåú îòì äëôúåø, éåôéò ôú÷ öäåá ÷èï ùéàîø ìê îä äåà òåùä. -\layout Description +\end_layout -ùåøú\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +ùåøú\InsetSpace ~ îéãò äôñ äàôåø áúçúéú äçìåï ð÷øà ùåøú äîéãò ) \lang english minibuffer @@ -1081,38 +1206,44 @@ minibuffer âí äåãòåú ùâéàä éëåìåú ìäåôéò ôä. éùðí îöáéí ùáäí àôùø âí ìä÷ìéã áùåøú äîéãò, àáì òì æä éãåáø ëáø áîñîê àçø. îãåáø áèëðé÷åú îú÷ãîåú ùéëåìåú âí ìùáù àú äîñîê ùìê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áøåø ùçîù äîéìéí ùä÷ìãú òã òëùéå ìà îàôùøåú éåúø îãé îùç÷éí îòðééðéí òí äàåôöéåú äàìä. ëëì ùäîñîê éú÷ãí, äîöá éùúôø îáçéðä æå. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection øååçéí áìé÷ñ: \lang english WYSIWYM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset àçã îäãáøéí ä÷ùéí áéåúø ìîùúîùéí çãùéí äåà ðåùà äøååçéí. ìà îùðä ëîä ôòîéí ú÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ú÷áì ø÷ ùåøä øé÷ä àçú. ìà îùðä ëîä ôòîéí úúøâæ òì î÷ù äøååç, òãééï úùàø òí øååç àçã. áùåøä øé÷ä, ìé÷ñ ìà îàôùø ìê ìä÷ìéã øååç. î÷ù ä- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìà éòáéø àåúï ìð÷åãú äòöéøä ) \lang english @@ -1123,14 +1254,16 @@ tab stop --- \lang hebrew ìîòùä àéï ãáø ëæä ð÷åãåú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áìé÷ñ. åàéï ñøâì ùáå àúä éëåì ìùç÷ òí äùåìééí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard øåá îòáãé äúîìéìéí äîñçøééí îáåññéí òì ÷åðöôè ä- \lang english @@ -1142,127 +1275,131 @@ What You See Is What You Get \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ìé÷ñ, îàéãê, îáåññ òì äòé÷øåï " \lang english What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . àúä î÷ìéã, åìé÷ñ ãåàâ áùáéìê ùäôìè éøàä éôä. áìé÷ñ, î÷ù ä- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îôøéã áéï ôñ÷àåú, åìëï àéï îùîòåú ìëîä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew -éí øöåôéí, áàåúä öåøä -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default îôøéã áéï îéìéí, åùåá, àí äôøãú àæ äôøãú, øååçéí ðåñôéí äí îéåúøéí. ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àéï ùåí ôåð÷öéä ãé÷ãå÷éú, åìëï ìé÷ñ ìà îùúîùú áå. áìé÷ñ àúä îúòñ÷ äøáä éåúø áúåëï åäøáä ôçåú áöåøä. øàä òåã áä÷ãîä ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( òì ÷åðöôè ä- \lang english WYSIWYM \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éù, ëîåáï, ãøëéí )øáåú( ìëååðï àú ôåøîè äîñîê ùìê áìé÷ñ. áñåôå ùì ãáø, àé àôùø ìöôåú ùìé÷ñ úðçù ëì ôòí áãéå÷ ìîä àúä îúëååï. äîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( îëéì àéðôåøîöéä ìâáé ëì æä, ëåìì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english HFill -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew -éí, åøååç àðëé, ëìéí øáé ëåç ìôúåø áòéåú ëàìä, åùéèåú ìùðåú àú âåãì äôåðè, ñåâé äúåéí åéùåø ôñ÷àåú éãðéú. òí æàú, äøòéåï äåà ìëúåá àú äîñîê ùìê ÷åãí, åìäúòñ÷ áëéååðåï áñåó, åìà ëîå áîòáãé úîìéìéí øâéìéí, áäí ðåùà îøàä äôìè îòñé÷ àåúê áàåôï ÷áåò áæîï äëúéáä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñåâ ðåñó ùì øååç äåà äøååç äîåâï ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Protected Blank -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, ùàåúå ú÷áì àí ú÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Space -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå -\family sans -äåñôä:úå\SpecialChar ~ -îéåçã:øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:úå\InsetSpace ~ +îéåçã:øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Protected\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. òì äîñê äåà ðøàä ëîå " @@ -1271,63 +1408,71 @@ u \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷èï åëçåì \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä ÷åøà àú äîñîê áîçùá, îï äñúí ëáø øàéú àåúí åúäéú ìâáé îùîòåúí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . àí úùéí -\family sans -øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default áéï ùúé îéìéí, æä éøàä áãéå÷ ëîå øååç øâéì áäãôñä. ääáãì äåà ù -\family sans -øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default àåîø ì- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew ìà ìùáåø àú äùåøä áéï ùúé äîéìéí äàìä. - î÷åáì, ìîùì, ìäùúîù áå ëãé ìëúåá îùäå ëîå "øàä ôø÷\SpecialChar ~ + î÷åáì, ìîùì, ìäùúîù áå ëãé ìëúåá îùäå ëîå "øàä ôø÷\InsetSpace ~ -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off ", ëùàúä øåöä ìäéåú áèåç ùäîéìéí "ôø÷" å- " -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off " éäéå òì àåúä ùåøä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áîñîê äæä àðçðå îùúîùéí áäí ëãé ìúàø ùîåú ùì úôøéèéí, ÷éöåøéí, åúåéí îéåçãéí, ëîå ìîùì -\family sans -øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default ... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ñáéáåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìçì÷éí ùåðéí ùì äîñîê éù îèøä ùåðä. àðçðå ÷åøàéí ì"ñåâ" äè÷ñè äñáéáä ) @@ -1341,7 +1486,9 @@ environment îàîø îãòé îëéì ú÷öéø. ìîëúá, ìòåîú æàú, àéï ëåúøú, àáì ëúåáú äùåìç îåôéòä áöåøä îéåçãú åàôùø ìöôåú ìñáéáä äåìîú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñáéáåú äí çì÷ îäåúé îôéìåñåôéú ä- \lang english @@ -1351,26 +1498,28 @@ WYSIWYM ñáéáä éëåìä ìäëúéá ôåðè, âåãì ôåðè, àéðãðèöéä, îøååç åòåã åòåã. áðåñó äôåøîè äîãåé÷ òáåø ñáéáä îñåéîú àéðå ÷áåò. ëúá òú à' éëåì ìäùúîù ááåìã, âåãì -\numeric on +\numeric on 18 -\numeric off +\numeric off îîåøëæ áùáéì äëåúøú, åøòäå ãåå÷à áàåúéåú îåèåú åîéåùøåú ìùîàì áâåãì -\numeric on +\numeric on 15 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ìëì ùôä éù ú÷ðéí îùìä ìéùåø ôñ÷àåú, åäáéáìéåâøôéä îùúðä îùãä ìùãä. ìé÷ñ çåñëú ìê ììîåã àú ëì æä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úéáú ä -\family sans +\family sans ñáéáä -\family default +\family default ðîöàú îöã ùîàì á÷öä ìåç äëìéí, îúçú ìúôøéè -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ -\family default +\family default . ùí øùåîä äñáéáä ùáä àúä ëåúá áøâò ðúåï. ëùëúáú àú äîñîê äøàùåï ùìê, äåôéòä ùí äîéìä @@ -1381,40 +1530,46 @@ Standard äùìá äáà éäéä ìùéí áîñîê ùìê îñôø ñáéáåú ùåðåú. ëì îä ùàúä öøéê áùáéì æä äåà úôøéè äñáéáåú, ùîúâìä ëàùø ìåçöéí òì àé÷åï ä"çõ ìîèä", éùéøåú îéîéï ìúéáú äñáéáä. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ñòéôéí åúúé-ñòéôéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ä÷ìã àú äîéìä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english Introduction -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áùåøä äøàùåðä ùì ä÷åáõ ùìê, åáçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè äñáéáä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àúä ìà öøéê ìáçåø àú äùåøä áùáéì æä. àí áøâò ðúåï ìà áçøú ùåí è÷ñè, ìé÷ñ úùðä àú äôñ÷ä äðåëçéú ìñáéáä äçãùä. ìçéìåôéï, ëãé ìùðåú ëîä ôñ÷àåú ìñáéáä çãùä ááú àçú, áçø àåúï åàæ áçø àú äñáéáä îäúôøéè. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ìé÷ñ ùîä àú äîñôø " -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off " åîùðä àú àú äëåúøú ìôåðè âãåì éåúø. ëîåáï, äãáø îúáèà âí á÷åáõ ä- \lang english @@ -1422,108 +1577,118 @@ dvi \lang hebrew åáâøñä äîåãôñú. òëùéå ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ùéí ìá ùúéáú äñáéáä äùúðúä î- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áçæøä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Standard -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ëåúøåú ôø÷éí åñòéôéí, ëîå äøáä ñáéáåú àçøåú, ðâîøåú ëùàúä î÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( àéê ìòùåú ëåúøåú áðåú ùúé ùåøåú åîòìä. äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Standard -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ìà áàåôï îôúéò, éëåìä ìäîùéê ôñ÷àåú øáåú. ñáéáåú øùéîä ùåðåú )øàä ìîèä( âí ìà ðâîøåú ëùàúä î÷éù òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àí ùëçú áàéæä ñáéáä àúä ðîöà, ôùåè úñúëì áúéáä. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . ä÷ìã àú ää÷ãîä: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english This is an introduction to my first LyX -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùåá. áçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè äñáéáä. ìé÷ñ øåùîú " -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off " åîçëä ìëåúøú. ä÷ìã -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english More Stuff -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , åùéí ìá ëéöã ìé÷ñ òåøëú àú äè÷ñè ëëåúøú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard æä òåã ìà äñåó! ìê ìñåó ùì ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off )àçøé \lang english my first LyX document @@ -1533,22 +1698,22 @@ my first LyX document Return \lang hebrew ùåá, åùåá áçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè äñáéáä. ìé÷ñ øåùîú " -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off " åîçëä. ä÷ìã -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english About this document -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . äñòéó @@ -1556,13 +1721,13 @@ About this document More Stuff \lang hebrew ùäéä ÷åãí ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off äåà òëùéå ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off ! ìæä àðçðå îúëååðéí ëùàðçðå àåîøéí \lang english WYSIWYM @@ -1572,185 +1737,209 @@ WYSIWYM --- \lang hebrew ìé÷ñ ãåàâú ìîéñôåø åìòøéëä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìçæåø ìñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Standard -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , åä÷ìã àú -\numeric on +\numeric on 5 -\numeric off +\numeric off äùåøåú äáàåú -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Sections and subsections are described below. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Section Description -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Sections are bigger than subsections. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Subsection description -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Subsections are smaller than sections. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìçõ òì äùåøä äùðéä åáçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subsection -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè äñáéáåú. ìé÷ñ îîñôøú àú úú-äñòéó " -\numeric on +\numeric on 2.1 -\numeric off +\numeric off ", åðåúðú ìå ôåðè éåúø âãåì îìè÷ñè øâéì, àê éåúø ÷èï îìñòéó. ùðä âí àú äùåøä äøáéòéú ìëåúøú úú-ñòéó. ðå, áùìá äæä æä äåôòú ä" -\numeric on +\numeric on 2.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off " îï äñúí ëáø ìà îôúéòä. àí úåñéó òåã ñòéó ìôðé ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off , ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off éäôåê ìñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off , åúúé äñòéôéí éäôëå ì- -\numeric on +\numeric on 3.1 -\numeric off +\numeric off å- -\numeric on +\numeric on 3.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äøîåú äáàåú ùì ñéòåó ð÷øàåú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subsubsection -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Paragraph -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subparagraph -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àðçðå îùàéøéí ìê ìäùúòùò àéúí ìáã. àúä úùéí ìá ùùðé äàçøåðéí àéðí îîåñôøéí, åù- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english subparagraph -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew âí îåëðñ ôðéîä. äîãøéê ìîùúîù îñáéø àéê ìùðåú àú æä. äàîú äéà ùäøîä äâáåää áéåúø ùì ñéòåó ð÷øàú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Chapter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , îòì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , àáì àúä éëåì ìäùúîù áä ø÷ áñåâé îñîëéí îñåéîéí. òì ëê øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìñéåí, áî÷øéí îñåéîéí úöèøê ñòéôéí ùàéðí îîåñôøéí. âí òáåøí ÷éîåú ñáéáåú îåëðåú. àí úùúîù áñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section* -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )éúëï ùúöèøê ìâìåì àú øùéîú äñáéáåú ëãé ìîöåà àåúä(, ìé÷ñ éùúîù áàåúå ôåðè åàåúå âåãì òáåø äëåúøú ëîå òáåø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Section -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew øâéì, àáì ìà éîñôø. éùðï âøñàåú "ëåëáéåú" âí ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subsection -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subsubsection -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áäúàîä. ðñä ìùðåú ëîä îäñòéôéí áîñîê ùìê ìñáéáåú àìä, åùéí ìá àéê äîñôåø ùì äñòéôéí àçøé äñòéó ùùéðéú îùúðä áäúàîä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú ëåúøåú äñòéôéí á÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx \lang hebrew . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection øùéîåú åøùéîåú îùðä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ììé÷ñ éù ëîä åëîä ñáéáåú ëãé ìéöø øùéîåú. ëê úùúçøø îäöåøê äîòé÷ ììçåõ òì @@ -1759,9 +1948,9 @@ Tab \lang hebrew àìôé ôòîéí ëùàúä ëåúá îúååä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äëååðä ëàï ìîñîê îäñåâ ùáå äøáä îàåã îñôøé ñòéôéí åñòéôé îùðä åîòè îàåã úåëï @@ -1770,54 +1959,64 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset åîäöåøê ìîñôø îçãù àí äåñôú ð÷åãä áàîöò äøùéîä. àúä éëåì ìäúøëæ áúåëï \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëï, àåìé äâæîðå ÷öú òí äð÷åãä äæå, àáì æå äð÷åãä äòé÷øéú áôéìåñåôéä ùì ìé÷ñ, àæ ñìç ìðå, áá÷ùä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ìäìï ãåâîàåú ìëîä îäøùéîåú ùì ìé÷ñ, åùéîåùéäï: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Itemize -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îéöøú øùéîä òí òéâåìéí àå ëåëáéåú áöã )ëîå øùéîä æå( \lang english --- \lang hebrew îòåìä ìîöâú ù÷åôéåú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Enumerate -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îéöøú øùéîä îîåñôøú, åøùéîåú îùðä òí òí îñôøéí àå àåúéåú. çéåðé ìîúååéí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Description -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùîä àú äðåùà, äîéìä äøàùåðä, á- \lang english @@ -1825,48 +2024,56 @@ bold \lang hebrew åàçøéä àú úàåøå. àí àúä îëéï øùéîä ùì úåëðåú åúàåøï, æä éëåì ìäéåú áî÷åí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english List -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ùàéððä ÷ééîú á- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew øâéì àìà äéà úåñôú ùì ìé÷ñ, äéà åøéàöéä òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Description -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áåàå ðëéï øùéîä ùì ñéáåú ìîä ìé÷ñ òãéôä òì îòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí. áî÷åí ëìùäå áîñîê, øùåí -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english LyX is better than other word processors because: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . òáùéå áçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Itemize -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè äñáéáä. ìé÷ñ øåùí òéâåì @@ -1875,62 +2082,72 @@ Itemize \lang hebrew ìîòùä òì äîñê îåôéòä ëåëáéú, àáì áôìè úøàä òéâåì. òëùéå ä÷ìã àú äñéáåú: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Typesetting is done for you -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Math is WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Lists are very easy to create! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñáéáåú øùéîä, áðéâåã ìëåúøåú, ìà ðâîøåú àçøé ëì ùåøä çãùä. ëùàúä î÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìé÷ñ îðéçä ùàúä øåöä òåã ôøéè. àí àúä øåöä éåúø îôñ÷ä àçú áúåê ôøéè àçã, äãøê äôùåèä áéåúø äéà ìäùúîù á -\family sans -ùáéøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ùáéøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåøä -\family default +\family default \lang english --- \lang hebrew ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ëãé ìöàú îäøùéîä, áçø ùåá àú äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Standard -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english M-p s -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éù ìê øùéîä éôéôéä, àúä éëåì âí ìäøéõ àú \lang english @@ -1939,49 +2156,53 @@ LaTeX ëãé ìøàåú àéê äéà úåôéòä áäãôñä. àáì îä àí àúä øåöä ìîñôø àú äñéáåú? áçø àú ëì äøùéîä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àúä ìà éëåì ìáçåø àú äëåëáéú äøàùåðä. äéà úñåîï )áúëìú( ø÷ àí äáçéøä ùìê ëåììú çì÷éí îäôñ÷ä ä÷åãîú, ùæä îï äñúí ìà îä ùàúä øåöä. ëê àúä âí ìà éëåì ìáçåø àú äîñôø äøàùåï áøùéîä îîåñôøú, åëå'. àì úãàâ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset åáçø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Enumerate -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúåê úôøéè äñáéáä. ååàìä! ëîå ùëáø ôøèðå, àí úåñéó àå úîç÷ ùåøä, ìé÷ñ éú÷ï àú äîéñôåø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äøùéîä òãééï îñåîðú? ìîä ùìà úùðä àåúä ìùðé äñåâéí äáàéí, -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Description -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english List \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english List -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìà òåáãú ëøàåé áòáøéú \lang english @@ -1989,20 +2210,22 @@ List \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default ëãé ìøàåú àéê äí ðøàéí. áñáéáåú àìä, ëì ôøéè îåøëá îîåðç, äîéìä äøàùåðä, åäâãøä, ùàø äôñ÷ä )òã ä÷ùú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ä"îåðç" éëåì ìäéåú îåãâù á- @@ -2010,10 +2233,10 @@ Return bold \lang hebrew ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Description -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( àå îåôøã òì éãé " \lang english @@ -2021,102 +2244,112 @@ tab \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îãåáø á- \lang english tab \lang hebrew "çëí", ùîùúðä ìôé âåãì äîåðç äàøåê áéåúø áøùéîä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english List -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( îùàø äôñ÷ä. àí àúä øåöä éåúø îîéìä àçú áîåðç, äôøã àåúï áòæøú -\family sans -øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú äøùéîä á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àôùø ì÷ðï øùéîåú áúåê øùéîåú àçøåú. ãåâîà îúá÷ùú äéà éöéøú îúååéí. øùéîåú îîåñôøåú åàçøåú éøàå àçøú àí ú÷ðï àåúï áúåê øùéîåú àçøåú. øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( ôøèéí îìàéí åîâååï ùì ãåâîàåú ÷éðåï. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ñáéáåú àçøåú: ùéøä, öéèèåú åòåã. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëàùø öøéê ìäáçéï áéï öéèèåú ìáéï äè÷ñè äî÷éó àåúï, àôùø ìäùúîù áàçú îùúé äñáéáåú äáàåú: -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Quote -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìöéèèåú ÷öøåú å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Quotation -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìàøåëåú éåúø. òáåø ÷åã îçùá éù àú äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Lyx-Code -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )áîñîê æä àðçðå îùúîùéí á- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Lyx-Code -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew âí ìãåâîàåú ä÷ìãä àøåëåú(, åäåà éåôéò áôåðè -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english typewriter \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äëååðä ëàï äéà ìîä ùéãåò áã"ë ë- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english monospace -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ëìåîø ìëì äàåúéåú øåçá ÷áåò \lang english @@ -2124,78 +2357,86 @@ monospace \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . æå äñáéáä äéçéãä áìé÷ñ ùáä îåúø ìäëðéñ ëîä øååçéí æä àçøé æä. ëùðçä òìéê ääùøàä, äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Verse -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew úàôùø ìê ìëúåá ùéøä. äî÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éôøéã áéï áéú ìáéú, å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áéï ùåøä ìùåøä áúåê äáéú. áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( úîöà úàåø îìà ùì ëì äñáéáåú ùì ìé÷ñ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìùîåù ðëåï á- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Quote -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , -\family sans +\family sans \lang english LyX-Code -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Verse -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ëúéáú îñîëéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áôø÷ ä÷åãí ìîãú àéê ìëúåá è÷ñè áìé÷ñ, ôòåìåú ôùåèåú å -\family sans +\family sans ñáéáåú -\family default +\family default , äãøê ùì ìé÷ñ ìòøåê àú äîñîê. áôø÷ æä ðòæåø ìê ìâùø àú äôòø áéï è÷ñè ñúí ìáéï îñîê ùìí \lang english @@ -2203,27 +2444,31 @@ Verse \lang hebrew òáåãä, îàîø, ñôø, çåáøú àå îëúá. ôä úìîã òì -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷åú -\family default +\family default , ùîàôùøåú ìê ìëúåá ñåâéí ùåðéí ùì îñîëéí. ëîå ëï ðãáø òì ëåúøåú, äòøåú ùåìéí, äôðéåú, áéáìéåâøôéä åúåëï äòðééðéí. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îçì÷åú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset îñîëéí ùåðéí òøåëéí áöåøä ùåðä. ìãåâîà, áòåã ñôøéí, ëëìì, îåãôñéí ãå-öããéú \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äëååðä ëàï ìîâååï ùì äáãìéí ÷èðéí áéï ãôéí æåâééí åàé-æåâééí, ëîå ìîùì âåãì äùåìééí, îé÷åí îñôøé äãôéí, îé÷åí äòøåú öã, åìòéúéí çå÷éí ëîå "ôø÷ çééá @@ -2233,46 +2478,50 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , îàîøéí îåãôñéí çã-öããéú. áîëúá îåôéòåú ëúåáú äùåìç åçúéîúå áöåøä îéåçãú, àáì áñôø àå îàîø àéï ìæä îùîòåú. -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷ä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Class -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( áìé÷ñ äéà ÷åðöôè äîàçã áúåëå àú ëì ääáãìéí äàìä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îùúîùé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew : æå äî÷áéìä ì- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english documentclass -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew á- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . îçì÷åú äï ðãáê îäåúé áôéìåñåôéú ä- @@ -2281,93 +2530,99 @@ WYSIWYM \lang hebrew . äï àåîøåú ììé÷ñ àéê ìòøåê àú äîñîê, åçåñëåú ìê àú äöåøê ìòùåú æàú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äîñîê ùìê äåà îï äñúí áîçì÷ä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english article \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æå áãøê ëìì áøéøú äîçãì, àí ëé àôùø ìùðåú àú æä î÷åáõ ä÷åðôéâåøöéä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lyxrc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . ðñä ìäçìéó àú äîçì÷ä áòæøú ãó äàåôöéåú -\family sans +\family sans îñîê -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Document -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( áúéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans îáðä:îñîê -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åùéí ìá àéê äôìè îùúðä. àí úùðä àú äîçì÷ä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english book -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åúáçï àú úôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans ñáéáä -\family default +\family default , úâìä ùøåá äñáéáåú òãééï ùí. òí æàú, ðåñôä ìê äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Chapter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áëì îöá ùáå àéðê áèåç îä äñáéáåú äàôùøéåú á -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷ä -\family default +\family default îñåéîú, ôùåè áãå÷ áúôøéè äñáéáä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëúáé òú ùåðéí æä îæä áâåãì äôåðè, îñôø äèåøéí ) -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off àå -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off (, åëåúøåú äòîåãéí, åòåã. ëëì ùòéãï äîçùáéí îú÷ãí, ëúáé òú îúçéìéí ìàôùø äâùä àì÷èøåðéú, åéåöøéí ÷áöé ñâðåï @@ -2381,37 +2636,51 @@ LaTeX American Mathematics Society \lang hebrew ( áòæøú äîçì÷ä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -article\SpecialChar ~ +article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìäìï ú÷öéø æøéæ ùì äîçì÷åú äçùåáåú éåúø. øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( åáîéåçã áîñîê äúëåðåú äðåñôåú ) -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew ( áñòéó -\emph on +\emph on \lang english Special Document Classes -\emph default +\emph default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2422,301 +2691,347 @@ Special Document Classes \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äòøåú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ùí -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard öã àçã, àéï ôø÷éí ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Chapter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îçì÷ä åñáéáåú òáåø äàâåãä äîúîèéú äàîøé÷àéú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àøåê éåúø î- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english article -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , åãå-öããé -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ãå"ç ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english report -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åáðåñó çåîø ÷ãîé åàçåøé -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ù÷ôéí )òí úîéëä á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english FoilTeX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äøáä ñáéáåú éçåãéåú, òáåø ëúåáú, çúéîä... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \lang english letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section úáðéåú: îëúá -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àçú îäîçì÷åú äôåôìøéåú áéåúø äéà -\family sans +\family sans \lang english letter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ìëúéáú îëúáéí. ãøê àçú äéà ìôúåç ÷åáõ -\family sans +\family sans çãù -\family default +\family default åìáçåø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english letter -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷ä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( áúáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans îáðä:îñîê -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. àáì ìà îãåáø ôä áòáåãä ëôåìä? ëì ôòí ùàú ëåúáú îëúá òñ÷é, àú öøéëä àú äëúåáú ùìê, ëúåáú äðîòï, çúéîä, åëå'. îñéáä æå ììé÷ñ éù úáðéú òáåø îëúáéí, àå îëúá ãåâîà. îøâò ùéù ìê àú äúáðéú àú ôùåè îçìéôä àú äçì÷éí äðãøùéí òáåø ëì îëúá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôúçé ÷åáõ çãù áòæøú -\family sans -÷åáõ:çãù\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷åáõ:çãù\InsetSpace ~ îúáðéú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. áçøé àú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english letter.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -Choose\SpecialChar ~ +Choose\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ùîøé åäãôéñé ëãé ìøàåú àéê ðòøëåú äñáéáåú äùåðåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëùúñúëìé áúôøéè äñáéáä, úøàé ëîä åëîä ñáéáåú, ëîå -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -My\SpecialChar ~ +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ùìà ÷ééîåú áîçì÷åú àçøåú. àçøåú, ëîå -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Quote -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Description -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éäéå îåëøåú. àú éëåìä ìäùúòùò òí äñáéáåú åìâìåú áòöîê àéê äï òåáãåú. ùéîé ìá ùäñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Signature -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )çúéîä( îëéìä àú äîéìä " \lang english @@ -2724,16 +3039,16 @@ Signature: \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset áàãåí ìôðé äçúéîä òöîä. äîéìä äæàú ðòìîú ëùúãôéñé. îèøúä äéà ìñîï ìê ùæå çúéîä. ùéîé ìá ùæä ìà îùðä àéôä á÷åáõ îåôéòä äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Signature -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ìé÷ñ äéà @@ -2742,7 +3057,9 @@ WYSIWYM \lang hebrew , àéôä ùìà úùéîé àú äñáéáä äæå, ìé÷ñ éåãòú ùæå çúéîä åáôìè äéà úåôéò áñåó äîëúá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úáðéú äéà ôùåè ÷åáõ ìé÷ñ øâéì. áîéìéí àçøåú, àú éëåìä ìîìà àú äëúåáú åäçúéîä ùìê, åìùîåø àú ä÷åáõ ëúáðéú @@ -2751,9 +3068,9 @@ WYSIWYM àéï ñéáä ùðöéò ôä úøâéìéí. ôùåè ëúáé îëúá ìîéùäå \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àæäøä àçú, àí àú ëåúáú úáðéú çãùä. àí àú îåç÷ú àú ëì äè÷ñè áñáéáä ðúåðä @@ -2761,11 +3078,11 @@ collapsed true --- \lang hebrew ìîùì àí îç÷ú àú ëì äñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -My\SpecialChar ~ +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìäçìéó àåúê áëúåáúê ùìê \lang english @@ -2774,20 +3091,28 @@ Address åàæ úæéæé àú äñîï áìé ìøùåí ëìåí, äñáéáä úòìí. øåá äñáéáåú ìà éëåìåú ìäú÷ééí áìé è÷ñè áúåëï. ôùåè áçøé àú äñáéáä îçãù îäúôøéè. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úáðéåú éëåìåú ìçñåê äîåï æîï, åàðçðå îîìéöéí ìê ìäùúîù áäï áëì äæãîðåú. áðåñó, äï éëåìåú ìòæåø ììîåã îçì÷åú îñîëéí îåøëáåú éåúø. ì÷éðåç, äï éëåìåú ìäòéì ìîé ùîú÷éï àú ìé÷ñ òáåø îùúîùéí ôçåú îðåñéí. áùìá äìéîåãé äøàùåðé ùì ìé÷ñ, îëúá îåúàí îøàù ìçáøä ùáä äí òåáãéí, éëåì ìçñåê äøáä îëàåáéí. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ùòø äîñîê -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ )ëîå \lang english @@ -2802,86 +3127,96 @@ LaTeX --- \lang hebrew ëìçì÷ ðôøã îäîñîê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çæåø ì÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ååãà ùäåà îùúîù á -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷ä -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \lang english article \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àì úùúîù éåúø á- \lang english letter \lang hebrew ëé îçì÷ä æå àéðä úåîëú áàó àçã îçì÷é äùòø. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . áùåøä äøàùåðä, ä÷ìã àú ùí äîñîê, åäçìó àú äñáéáä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Title -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áùåøä äáàä, ä÷ìã àú ùîê åùðä àú äñáéáä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Author -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áùåøä ùàçøéä ä÷ìã àú äúàøéê åùðä àú äñáéáä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Date -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ä÷ìã ñéëåí ÷öø ùì äîñîê áñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Abstract -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . äåöà äãôñä åúøàä àéê ëì æä ðøàä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú ùòø äîñîê -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úåéåú åäôðéåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset ðéúï ìùéí úåéú ) \lang english @@ -2901,10 +3236,14 @@ cross references LaTeX \lang hebrew ( òì ôðé îòáãé úîìéìéí øâéìéí. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* äúåéú äøàùåðä ùìê -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áåà ðúééâ, ìãåâîà, àú äñòéó äùðé ùì äîñîê, ùëåúøúå äéà " \lang english @@ -2912,39 +3251,39 @@ About this document \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ìçõ áñåó äùåøä äð"ì, åáçø -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:úååéú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. úåôéò úéáú ãéàìåâ òáåø ùí äúåéú. ðùúîù á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english sec:aboutdocument \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àôùø ìäùúîù áè÷ñè áòáøéú áúåéú áìé áòéä \lang english @@ -2952,54 +3291,60 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default , ùðøàä ëîå ùí èåá ùàéï ñéëåé âãåì ùðëðéñ áèòåú ùåá òáåø úåéú àçøú \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àðçðå ëúåáéí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english sec: -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëé àôùø ìîñôø âí ðåñçàåú, èáìàåú, úîåðåú, åôøéèéí áøùéîåú. ìîòùä ìé÷ñ )äçì îâøñä -\numeric on +\numeric on 1.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ( îöéòä àú æä àåèåîèéú. ùåøùé îåñëîä æå äí áòåìí ä- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . àçøé ùúìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english OK -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , äè÷ñè äð"ì éåôéò á÷åáéä àôåøä ìéã äëåúøú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ãøê àâá, äééú éëåì ìùéí àú äúåéú áëì î÷åí áúåê äñòéó. ääôðéä îúéçñú ìîñôø äñòéó äàçøåï ùäéä ìôðéä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æä ìà îîù ðëåï \lang english @@ -3012,15 +3357,19 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ëùàúä ùí àåúä òì àåúä ùåøä ëîå äëåúøú, àå ìîöòø áúçéìú äùåøä äáàä, îåáèç ìê ùëùúúéçñ ìúåéú, ú÷áì àú îñôø äòîåã ùáå îúçéì äñòéó. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òã òëùéå ìà òùéðå ëìåí \lang english @@ -3034,71 +3383,79 @@ dvi úåéåú ìà îåôéòåú áâøñä äîåãôñú. äð÷åãä äéà ùîøâò ùäåñôú úåéú àúä éëåì ìäúééçñ àìéä. åæä äãáø äáà ùðòùä. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* ääôðéä äøàùåðä ùìê -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùéí àú äñîï áî÷åí ëìùäå áçì÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ùì äîñîê. ä÷ìã -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english If you want to know more about this document, then see -\newline +\newline Section , which can be found on page . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùéí àú äñîï àçøé äîéìä \lang english Section \lang hebrew , åáçø îúôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä -\family default +\family default àú äàåôöéä -\family sans +\family sans äôðééä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cross\SpecialChar ~ +Cross\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans äôðéåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english References -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( úåôéò. äçì÷ äòé÷øé ùìä äåà øùéîú ëì äúåéåú áîñîê. áøâò æä öøéëä ìäéåú ø÷ àçú, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english sec:aboutdocument -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . áçø àåúä @@ -3110,18 +3467,18 @@ sec:aboutdocument --- \lang hebrew åùðä àú ñåâ ääôðéä ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Reference Type -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Standard -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ \lang english --- @@ -3131,14 +3488,14 @@ Standard --- \lang hebrew åìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans éùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Apply -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ëòú ùéí àú äñîï àçøé äîéìä @@ -3146,119 +3503,125 @@ Apply page \lang hebrew åùðä àú ñåâ ääôðéä ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Page Number -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans éùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Apply -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. î÷åáì ìùéí -\family sans -øååç\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +øååç\InsetSpace ~ îåâï -\family default +\family default áéï äîéìä \lang english Section \lang hebrew ìáéï ääôðéä, àáì æä ëáø ðåùà àçø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áî÷åí ùáå äéä äñîï, éåôéò òëùéå îñîï )÷åáéä àôåøä òí ùí ääôðéä(. áîñîê äîåãôñ éåôéò îñôø äçì÷ àå äòîåã, ìôé îä ùáçøú áúéáú ääôðéåú. áçø -\family sans +\family sans öôééä:òãëåï: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åúøàä áòîåã äàçøåï )àå àéôä ùùîú àú ääôðéåú( ùàðçðå îúéçñéí ì-" \lang english -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset å-" \lang english -Page\SpecialChar ~ +Page\InsetSpace ~ 1 \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , àå áëì àåôï, ìòîåã ùáå îåôéò çì÷ -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ëøâò. îúåê ìé÷ñ, äîñîï îùîù âí ë÷éùåø: ìçõ òìéå åúåôéò úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans äôðéåú -\family default +\family default , åîîðä äëôúåø -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -Goto\SpecialChar ~ +Goto\InsetSpace ~ reference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìå÷ç àåúê àì äúåéú äøìáðèéú, áòåã \lang english C-< \lang hebrew îçæéø àú äñîï áçæøä ìäôðéä. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* ùòùåòé úåéåú ðåñôéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷èðé àîåðä åãàé éøöå ìøàåú àú îðâðåï äîñôåø ùì ìé÷ñ áôòåìä. ìùí ëê, äëðñ ñòéó çãù ìôðé ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off . äøõ ùåá àú \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew åäôìà åôìà, ääôðéä äùúðúä éçã òí îñôø äñòéó ì- -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ùðä àú " \lang english @@ -3266,133 +3629,147 @@ About this Document \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Subsection -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , åùéí ìá ùääôðéä îùúðä î- -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off ì- -\numeric on +\numeric on 2.1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . îñôø äãó ìà éùúðä, ëîåáï, àí ìà úåñéó ãó ùìí ùì è÷ñè ìôðé äúåéú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä øåöä àéîåï ðåñó áúåéåú, ùéí úåéú çãùä " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english sec:myfirstlabel -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ìéã ääôðéä ùìê, åäúéçñ ìúåéú æå îî÷åí àçø áîñîê. àí àúä îëðéñ äôðéåú ìòéúéí ÷øåáåú )ìîùì àí àúä ëåúá îàîø ìëúá òú(, éëåì ìäéåú ùéäéä ìê ðåç ìäùàéø àú çìåï ääôðéåú ôúåç. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä òãéï ìà îàîéï ùæä òåáã âí òáåø îñîëéí âãåìéí éåúø, -\family sans +\family sans äòú÷ -\family default +\family default ëîä ãôéí îúåê äîãøéê ìîùúîù, å -\family sans +\family sans äãá÷ -\family default +\family default àú äè÷ñè äâæåì ìúåê äîñîê ùìê \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àâá, àí äòú÷ú âí ëåúøú ùì ôø÷, àúä òìåì ì÷áì äåãòú ùâéàä, ëé ôø÷éí àñåøéí á -\family sans +\family sans îçì÷ä -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \lang english class -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àí æä é÷øä, ôùåè îç÷ àú ëåúøú äôø÷. - àí ùëçú ìîä, çæåø ìñòéó\SpecialChar ~ + àí ùëçú ìîä, çæåø ìñòéó\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú ääôðéåú á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äòøåú ùåìééí åöã -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìäëðéñ äòøú ùåìééí, ðéúï ìäùúîù áëôúåø -\family sans -äåñó\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñó\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåìééí -\family default +\family default òì ìåç äëìéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æä äëôúåø ùðøàä ëîå çõ ùîöáéò òì ùðé ôñéí àãåîéí, ùîòìéäí ëîä ôñéí ùçåøéí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset àå á -\family sans -äåñôä:äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:äòøú\InsetSpace ~ úçúéú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ìçõ áñåó ùåøä áî÷åí ëìùäå áîñîê ùìê, åàæ òì òì äëôúåø -\family sans -äåñó\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñó\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåìééí -\family default +\family default . éåôéò øéáåò àãåí ùá÷öäå äùîàìé ÷åáéä àôåøä ÷èðä åòìéä äè÷ñè \lang english @@ -3405,12 +3782,16 @@ foot \lang hebrew æä äî÷åí ùáå éù ìä÷ìéã àú úåëï äòøú äùåìééí. ä÷ìã -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english Lyx is a typesetting word processor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëòú ìçõ òì äîéìä \lang english @@ -3436,7 +3817,9 @@ foot foot \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä úåää ìîä äîñîï ìà îëéì àú îñôø äòøú äùåìééí, äúùåáä äéà ùîñôåø äòøåú äùåìééí äåà òðééðä ùì ìé÷ñ, ìà ùìê. @@ -3455,81 +3838,91 @@ dvi LaTeX \lang hebrew ( ãåàâ ìîñôåø äæä, àéï ñéáä ìùîåø àú îñôø ääòøä á÷åáõ äìé÷ñ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äòøåú ùåìééí àôùø ìçúåê åìäãáé÷ ëîå è÷ñè øâéì. ðñä åúøàä! ëì îä ùàúä öøéê ìòùåú äåà ìáçåø àú îñîï ääòøä \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìôòîéí éëåì ìäéåú ÷ùä ìáçåø àú äòøú äùåìééí áìé ìôúåç àåúä áèòåú. áî÷øéí ëàìä, ôùåè áçø áòæøú äçöéí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset åìâæåø åìäãáé÷ àåúå. áðåñó, àôùø ìäôåê è÷ñè øâéì ìäòøú ùåìééí ò"é áçéøúå, åìçéöä òì äëôúåø -\family sans -äåñó\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñó\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåìééí -\family default +\family default . áëéååï ääôåê, ìçõ òì äëôúåø -\family sans -äåñó\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñó\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåìééí -\family default +\family default ëàùø äñîï áúåê äòøú ùåìééí ôúåçä åúäôåê àåúä ìè÷ñè øâéì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äòøåú öã àôùø ìäëðéñ áòæøú äëôúåø -\family sans -äëðñ\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äëðñ\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ öã \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äëôúåø äæä îøàä çõ îöáéò òì ùìåùä ÷åéí àãåîéí ìéã ëîä ÷åéí ùçåøéí. äåà àîåø ìäéåú îîù ìéã äôúåø -\family sans -äëðñ\SpecialChar ~ -äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äëðñ\InsetSpace ~ +äòøú\InsetSpace ~ ùåìééí -\family default +\family default áìåç äëìéí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default àå áòæøú -\family sans -äåñôä:äòøú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:äòøú\InsetSpace ~ öã -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -arginal\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +arginal\InsetSpace ~ Note -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. äòøåú öã ãåîåú ìäòøåú ùåìééí ìîòè ääáãìéí äáàéí: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äîñîï òì äîñê àåîø \lang english @@ -3540,13 +3933,19 @@ margin foot \lang hebrew . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize áôìè äï îåôéòåú ìöã äè÷ñè, åìà áúçúéú äòîåã. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äòøåú öã àéðï îîåñôøåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùðä äòøú ùåìééí àçú ìè÷ñè øâéì, áçø àú äè÷ñè åäôåê àåúå ìäòøú öã. äøõ àú @@ -3554,39 +3953,47 @@ foot LaTeX \lang hebrew ëãé ìøàåú àéê ðøàú äòøú öã áôìè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú äòøú äùåìéí á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section áéáìéåâøôéä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset äôðéåú áéáìéåâøôéåú )áîãòéí äîãåé÷éí( ãåîåú ìäôðéåú áúåê äîñîê )ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ì÷áì äôðéåú áéáìéåâøôéåú áöåøä äî÷åáìú áîãòé äçáøä åäøåç, úöèøê ìäùúîù áèëðé÷åú ùì ñòéó æä, áäòøåú ùåìééí, åá÷öú éöéøúéåú. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . äáéáìéåâøôéä äéà øùéîú äôðéåú áñåó äîñîê, åàôùø ìäúééçñ àìéäï îî÷åîåú áâåó @@ -3597,100 +4004,110 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew çåñëéí ìê àú äöåøê ìîñôø éãðéú àú äáéáìéåâøôéä òöîä åàú ääúééçñåéåú àìéä áúåê äè÷ñè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìê ìñåó äîñîê ùìê, åòáåø ìñáéáä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Bibliography -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ëì ôòí ùú÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew úåôéò äôðéä áéáìéåâøôéú çãùä. ä÷ìã àú ääôðéä äøàùåðä -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english The LyX Tutorial, by the LyX DocTeam -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùéí ìá ùìé÷ñ ùîä îñôø á÷åáéä äàôåøä ìôðé ëì äôðéä áàåôï àåèåîèé. ìçõ òì äîñôø á÷åáéä åúåôéò úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans ôøéè áéáìéåâøôé -\family default +\family default . áùãä äøàùåï, -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Key -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ùéí è÷ñè ùéùîù ëãé ìäúéçñ ìäôðéä îúåê ìé÷ñ. áøéøú äîçãì äéà îñôø. ùðä àåúå ì- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english lyxtutorial -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìä÷ì òì äæëøåï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëòú áçø î÷åí áîñîê ùáå àúä øåöä ìöèè àú äîñîê ãðï. áçø -\family sans -äåñôä:äôðééú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:äôðééú\InsetSpace ~ öéèåè -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans öéèåèéí -\family default +\family default úåôéò. îéîéï îåôéòä øùéîú ëì ääôðéåú äáéáìéåâøôéåú ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Bibliograph -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +\InsetSpace ~ keys -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åàúä éëåì ìáçåø îúåëä àú äî÷åøåú ùàúä øåöä ìöèè \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æå äñéáä ùòãéó ìáçåø ùîåú ùé÷ìå òì äæëøåï, åìà ìäùàéø àú äîñôø ùîåôéò áàåôï àåèåîèé. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . áçø @@ -3699,14 +4116,14 @@ lyxtutorial \lang hebrew )ðå, æä ìà ùéù ìê ëì ëê äøáä àåôöéåú áùìá æä( åäùúîù áëôúåø òí äçõ ùîàìä ëãé ìäòáéø àåúå ìøùéîä îùîàì, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default -nset\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nset\InsetSpace ~ keys -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew )àí àúä øåöä ìöèè ëîä î÷åøåú ááú àçú, äòáø àåúí àçã àçã ìøùéîä îùîàì áàåúä öåøä(. @@ -3716,17 +4133,19 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew åúøàä áúåê ñåâøééí îøåáòéí àú äîñôø ùîúàéí ìî÷åø ùñéîðú áøùéîä äáéáìéåâøôéú áñåó äîñîê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îä òí äùãåú ùìà ãéáøðå òìéäí? äùãä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Aft -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default r -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áçìåï äöéèåèéí éùéí äòøä áúåê äñåâøééí äîøåáòéí, ìãåâîà îñôø äòîåã àå äôø÷ áñôø àå áîàîø ùàúä îöèè. @@ -3740,89 +4159,97 @@ r Smith \lang hebrew á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1995 -\numeric off +\numeric off (, äùúîù áùãä -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áçìåï -\family sans +\family sans äôøéè äáéáìéåâøôé -\family default +\family default . ëøâéì, äôøèéí äîìàéí îåôéòéí áîãøéê ìîùúîù. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú äáéáìéåâøôéä åääôðéåú àìéä á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úåëï äòðééðéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éëåì ìäéåú ùàúä øåöä úåëï òðéðéí áäúçìú äîñîê ùìê. òí ìé÷ñ, ëì îä ùàúä öøéê ìòùåú äåà ëãì÷îï: ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àçøé ùí äîñîê åìôðé äëåúøú ùì äñòéó äøàùåï \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àéï èòí ìéàù àú òöîê áðñéåï ììçåõ àå ìîçå÷ ìôðé îñôø äñòéó. æä ìà éòáåã. àúä ìà éëåì ìùðåú àú îñôø äñòéó ëé ìé÷ñ ÷åáòú àåúå àåèåîèéú. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset åáçø -\family sans -äåñôä:øùéîåú\SpecialChar ~ -åúåëï:úåëï\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:øùéîåú\InsetSpace ~ +åúåëï:úåëï\InsetSpace ~ äòðééðéí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ontents -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( äîéìéí -\family sans +\family sans úåëï äòðééðéí -\family default +\family default ) \lang english Table of Contents @@ -3832,7 +4259,9 @@ Table of Contents inset \lang hebrew áæ'øâåï ùì ìé÷ñ, ùéúåøâí îòëùéå ë"îñâøú"( áùåøä äøàùåðä ùì äîñîê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìäúøùí îäùðåé öøéê ìäñúëì á÷åáõ ä- \lang english @@ -3846,39 +4275,43 @@ dvi dvi \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úåëï äòðééðéí ìà îåôéò òì äîñê ëé îîéìà àúä ìà éëåì ìùðåú àåúå éùéøåú. ìòåîú æàú àúä éëåì ìøàåú àåúå áçìåï ðôøã àí úìçõ òì äîñâøú ùì úåëï äòðééðéí, àå áòæøú -\family sans -öôééä:úåëï\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +öôééä:úåëï\InsetSpace ~ äòðééðéí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ô÷åãú äúôøéè úòáåã âí àí ìà äëðñú úåëï òðééðéí ìîñîê. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . æåäé ãøê ðåçä ìâìåù áîñîê. @@ -3887,42 +4320,52 @@ collapsed true áðåñó àôùø ìäùúîù áçöéí áçìåï úåëï äòðééðéí ëãé ìòáåø îñòéó ìñòéó áîñîê. éëåì ìäéåú àôéìå ùéäéä ìê ðåç ìäùàéø àú çìåï úåëï äòðééðéí ôúåç áàåôï ÷áåò \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìà ôçåú ðåç ìäùúîù áúôøéè ä -\family sans +\family sans ðéååè -\family default +\family default , áå îåôéò úåëï äòðééðéí áöåøä àåèåîèéú \lang english --- \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìäôèø îúåëï äòðééðéí, îç÷ àú äîñîï ùìå ëîå ëì úå àçø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú úåëï äòðééðéí á÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter îúîèé÷ä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îãòðéí îòãéôéí ìäùúîù á- \lang english @@ -3952,33 +4395,43 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , ôàðì äðåñçàåú ) \lang english -Math\SpecialChar ~ +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel \lang hebrew ( îàôùø ìê ìäâéò ìëì ñéîï øöåé, áìé ìæëåø ô÷åãåú ÷øéôèéåú áòì ôä, åìéöø îúîèé÷ä áàéëåú î÷öåòéú á÷ìåú \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ )òãééï( ìà áåã÷ú àí äîúîèé÷ä ùìê ðëåðä. òîê äñìéçä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îöá îúîèé÷ä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áî÷åí ëìùäå áîñîê ùìê, øùåí -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english I like what Einstein said, E=mc^2, because it's so simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðå, äðåñçà äæå ìà ðøàú îé-éåãò-îä, âí á÷åáõ ä- \lang english @@ -3986,13 +4439,15 @@ dvi \lang hebrew . àéï øåç áéï äàåúéåú åñéîï äùååä, åäééú øåöä ùä- -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off éäéä îåâáä åîå÷èï. ëì æä ÷øä ëé ìà äåãòú ììé÷ñ ùîãåáø ááéèåé îúîèé, åìëï ìé÷ñ òøëä àú æä ëîå è÷ñè øâéì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îúîèé÷ä òåøëéí áîåã îúîèé )éãåò âí ë"îöá îúîèé÷ä", "îöá ðåñçàåú", \lang english @@ -4005,30 +4460,32 @@ math mode (. ëãé ìòáåø ìîåã æä, ìçõ òì äëôúåø áìåç äëìéí ùòìéå îåôéò \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset áëçåì. ìé÷ñ úôúç øéáåò ëçåì áúåê øéáåò åøåã. äøéáåò äëçåì ð÷øà ð÷åãú ä÷ìãä, ãäééðå î÷åí ùáå àôùø ìä÷ìéã, åäøéáåò äåøåã îñîï ùàúä áîöá îúîèé÷ä. îëéååï ùìé÷ñ ëáø ùîä àú äñîï áúåê äøéáåò äëçåì, ôùåè ä÷ìã ùåá -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . äáéèåé îåôéò áëçåì, åäøéáåò äëçåì ðòìí áøâò ùäëðñú àú äàåú äøàùåðä. ëòú ä÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìöàú îäîöá îúîèé )ìçéöä ðåñôú òì ëôúåø äîúîèé÷ä ìà úåöéà àåúê îîöá îúîèé÷ä(. äøéáåò äåøåã ðòìí åàí ú÷ìéã îùäå äåà éåôéò ëè÷ñè øâéì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äøõ àú \lang english @@ -4043,7 +4500,9 @@ dvi ä÷åãí. ìé÷ñ îðéçä ùàåúéåú ùàúä î÷ìéã áîöá îúîèé÷ä äï îùúðéí, åìëï äéà îèä àåúï. îñôøéí éåöàéí ëîñôøéí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îúîèé÷ä äéà ãåâîà ðåñôú ìôéìåñåôéú ä- \lang english @@ -4055,12 +4514,12 @@ WYSIWYM LaTeX \lang hebrew àúä î÷ìéã ðåñçàåú îúîèéåú áòæøú ô÷åãåú è÷ñèåàìéåú ëîå -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . æä éëåì ìäéåú îúñëì ëé àéï ìê îåùâ àéê æä éøàä òã ùàúä îøéõ àú @@ -4078,9 +4537,9 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew ëáø ãåàâ ìòøéëä î÷öåòéú. á-% -\numeric on +\numeric on 99 -\numeric off +\numeric off îäî÷øéí àúä ìà öøéê ìòùåú ùåí ùéðåé áôåðèéí åáâãìéí ù- \lang english LaTeX @@ -4088,39 +4547,45 @@ LaTeX áåçøú áùáéìê. ëê )ñìéçä ùàðé çåæø òì òöîé( àúä éëåì ìäúøëæ áúåëï ùì äîúîèé÷ä ùìê, åìà áöåøä ùìä. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ðéååè áîùååàä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áåà ðùðä àú \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . áòæøú î÷ùé äçöéí, äëðñ àú äñîï ìúåê äîùååàä. ùéí ìá ùáøâò ùðëðñú äåôéò ùåá äøáåò äåøåã ëãé ìäåãéò ìê ùàúä áîöá îúîèé÷ä. äáà àú äñîï àì àçøé ñéîï äùååä åôùåè ä÷ìã -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english 1+ -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ùåá, öà îäðåñçä áòæøú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àå áòæøú äçöéí, åäøéáåò äåøåã éòìí. äøáä îåöàéí àú äçöéí äùéèä äðåçä áéåúø ìðååè áîùååàä, àáì àúä âí éëåì ììçåõ áëì î÷åí áúåëä ëãé ìùéí àú äñîï ùí åìäëðñ ìîöá îúîèé÷ä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çåõ îäëôúåøéí äîéåçãéí ùéúåàøå ìòéì, ä÷ìãä áîöá îúîèé÷ä äéà ëîå ä÷ìãä øâéìä. àúä éëåì ìäùúîù á- @@ -4134,9 +4599,9 @@ Backspace ëãé ìîçå÷. àúä éëåì ìáçåø è÷ñè òí äçöéí àå òí äòëáø. -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:áèì -\family default +\family default òåáãú áîöá îúîèé÷ä, åëîå ëï çéúåê åäãá÷ä. ùéí ìá: àí àúä îçåõ ìîöá äîúîèé÷ä åàúä î÷éù \lang english @@ -4149,99 +4614,103 @@ Delete , ëì äáéèåé éîç÷ ëî÷ùä àçú. àì úãàâ. -\family sans +\family sans áèì -\family default +\family default åäåà éçæåø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áåà ððéç ùàúä øåöä ìùðåú àú \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëîåáï ùàúä éëåì ìäùúîù áòëáø ëãé ìäâéò ìî÷åí äøöåé. àáì àúä éëåì âí ìäùúîù áçéöéí. ëàùø äñîï îéã àçøé ä- \begin_inset Formula $c$ -\end_inset +\end_inset àáì ìôðé ä- -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off , ä÷ù òì çõ ìîòìä ëãé ìäâéò ìøîä äòìéåðä, ìôðé ä- -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ä÷ù òì çõ éîéðä åäåñó àú ä" \begin_inset Formula $.5$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ". ëòú ä÷ù òì çõ ìîèä. åúçæåø ìøîä äúçúåðä. ìà îùðä àéôä äééú áøîä äòìéåðä, àçøé çõ ìîèä àúä úîöà îéã àçøé ä- \begin_inset Formula $^{2.5}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset åàúä éëåì ìä÷ìéã àú ä- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english +1 -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òåã ãøê çùåáä ìðååè áîùååàä äéà î÷ù ä -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default . àí àúä ðîöà áúåê îáðä îúîèé )è÷ñè îåâáä, è÷ñè îåðîê, ùáø, ùåøù, ñåâøéí, îèøéöä åëì ùàø äãáøéí ùéåñáøå áäîùê( ä÷ùú -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default úòáéø àú äñîï àì îòáø ìîáðä äæä. ëê, àí àúä áàîöò è÷ñè îåâáä, ìçéöä òì øååç úçæéø àåúê ìè÷ñè øâéì îéã àçøé ñåó äè÷ñè äîåâáä. ëê àúä éëåì ìä÷ìéã \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset áìé ìäùúîù áòëáø àå áçéöéí. ø÷ äæäø ìà ìðñåú ìäëðéñ øååç áéï äàçã ìôìåñ, ëé áî÷åí æä äåà éåöéà àåúê îîáðä äè÷ñè äîåâáä. ëàùø àéï ìæä ëì îùîòåú )ìîùì, áéï ä- \begin_inset Formula $m$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- \begin_inset Formula $c$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (, øååç ìà òåùä ëìåí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àúä ìà éëåì ìäùúîù á -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default å- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìòùåú øååçéí áîöá îúîèé÷ä. îøååç áîöá îúîèé÷ä äåà áúçåí äãôåñ, åàúä öøéê ìúú ììé÷ñ ) @@ -4251,138 +4720,158 @@ LaTeX ( ìèôì áå )øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset (. àí àúä ìà îøåöä îäôìè äñåôé, éù ãøëéí ìëååðï àú äîøååç, ùàúä éëåì ìîöåà áîãøéê ìîùúîù. òí æàú, àéï ìê îä ìäúòñ÷ áæä ìôðé ùäúåëï ùì äîñîê îåùìí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùéí ìá: àí ä÷ìãú áéèåé îúîèé åéöàú òí -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ìà éäéä øååç àçøéå. æä áñãø àí äúå äáà äåà ð÷åãä àå ôñé÷, àáì àí àúä öøéê îéìä àçøé äðåñçà, àúä çééá ìä÷éù òì -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default ôòí àçú. åéù ÷éöåø: àí àúä áñåó äðåñçà åî÷éù -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default , úåöà îäðåñçà åéååöø øååç àçã àçøéä. æä äãøê ä÷ìä ìëúåá " \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset äéà äðåñçà äçáéáä òìé" åìà " \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset äéà äðåñçà äçáéáä òìé". -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section çæ÷åú åàéðã÷ñéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àôùø, àîðí, ìäëðéñ çæ÷ä áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default )øàä ìòéì(, àáì äëé ôùåè ìäùúîù áî÷ù äââ "^". ìé÷ñ éùéí àú ð÷åãú ää÷ìãä )äøéáåò äëçåì, æåëø?( îåâáäú, åëì îä ùú÷ìéã éåâáä åéå÷èï, òã ú÷éù -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default àå -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Esc -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard è÷ñè îåðîê )àå àéðã÷ñ( äåà ôùåè áàåúä îéãä. ä÷ù òì ÷å úçúé "_". àôùø ìäîùéê åìùéí è÷ñèéí îåâáäéí áøîåú ùåðåú òì éãé ùéîåù çåæø áùéèä æå. ìîùì: \begin_inset Formula $A_{\alpha_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{\alpha_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ùéí àú îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áîöá îúîèé. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default äåà ùéèä ðåçä ìäëðéñ ñéîáåìéí îúîèééí åîáðéí îåøëáéí àçøéí. àú ëåìí àôùø ìäëðéñ âí áòæøú äî÷ìãú, àáì ëøâò ðúøëæ á -\family sans +\family sans ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default ëãé ùú÷áì àú äúîåðä äâãåìä. î÷ùé ô÷åãä àúä éëåì ììîåã àçø ëê, îîñîëéí àçøéí )æä äéä øîæ(. àæ áçø -\family sans -äåñôä:îúîèé÷ä:ôàðì\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:îúîèé÷ä:ôàðì\InsetSpace ~ äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -Math\SpecialChar ~ +Math\InsetSpace ~ pane -\bar under +\bar under l -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default \lang hebrew ( åäùàø àú äçìåï ôúåç áîäìê ÷øéàú äñòéó äæä. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection éååðéú åòåã -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äëôúåø " \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset " éåáéì àåúê ìúôøéè ùîîðå àúä éëåì ìáçåø àåúéåú éåðéú. ìçõ åäï éåôéòå àçøé äñîï. @@ -4392,19 +4881,19 @@ l \lang hebrew àôñéìåï, ôéé ) \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset àå \begin_inset Formula $\varpi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (, ôé ) \begin_inset Formula $\phi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset àå \begin_inset Formula $\varphi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (, ñéâîä åúèä \lang english @@ -4413,22 +4902,24 @@ l éù ùúé âéøñàåú. å÷éöåø ùòåáã áàåôï ëììé: àí úìçõ òì ëôúåø ëìùäå áôàðì äðåñçàåú îçåõ ìîöá îúîèé÷ä, ìé÷ñ úòáéø àåúê ìîöá îúîèé÷ä, åúåñéó àú äñéîï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äçì÷ äúçúåï ùì -\family sans +\family sans ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default îëéì ñä"ë -\numeric on +\numeric on 12 -\numeric off +\numeric off ëôúåøéí, ùëôúåø äéååðéú äåà ø÷ àçã îäí, åîåáéìéí àåúê ìòåìí åîìåàå ùì ñéîðéí îúîèééí: çöéí, éçñéí, àåôøèåøéí, ñëåîéí åàéðèâøìéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äëôúåøéí äùçåøéí ðåúðéí ìê àú äñéîðéí äøâéìéí ùì \lang english @@ -4437,7 +4928,9 @@ LaTeX . äëôúåøéí äëçåìéí ðåúðéí ìê ñéîåðéí ðåñôéí, áàãéáåú äàâåãä äîúîèéú äàîøé÷àéú. àáì òì æä éãåáø ëáø áî÷åí àçø. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ùéí ìá ùäùéèä äøâéìä ìäëðñú è÷ñè îåâáä åîåðîê ðåúðú ìê âí ìäëðéñ àú âáåìåú @@ -4446,199 +4939,221 @@ LaTeX áîéåçã. "äáéèìñ òáøå áöåììú öäåáä \begin_inset Formula $\ldots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset àîøå ìé: ëì îä ùàúä öøéê æä \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ". -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ùåøùéí, ëåáòéí åñåâøééí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ì÷áì ùåøù, ôùåè ìçõ òì äëôúåø òí äöéåø ùì ùåøù. éåôéò ñéîï äùåøù äøéáåòé, åäñîï éòáåø ìð÷åãú ä÷ìãä çãùä, áúåê äùåøù. àúä éëåì ìä÷ìéã îùúðéí, îñôøéí, òåã ùåøùéí, ùáøéí, ëì ãáø ùäåà. ìé÷ñ úâãéì áàåôï àåèåîèé àú äùåøù áäúàí ìúåëï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷éùåè úå ) \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( àå ÷áåöä ùì úåéí ) \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ( ðòùä áãøê ãåîä. ìçõ òì ëôúåø ä -\family sans +\family sans ÷éùåè -\family default +\family default ùðøàä ëîå øéáåò ëçåì òí âì ùçåø )~( îòìéå. ìçõ òì ÷éùåè øöåé, åäåà éåôéò, òí ð÷åãú ä÷ìãä îúçúéå )àå îòìéå(. ä÷ìã îä ùàúä øåöä åìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default ëãé "ìöàú" îä÷éùåè. ùéí ìá ùéù ùúé îùôçåú ùì ÷éùåèéí áçìåï äð"ì: äòìéåðéí )òí äëôúåøéí äâãåìéí( îùðéí àú âåãìí áäúàí ìè÷ñè ùàúä î÷ìéã. ìúçúåðéí éù âåãì ÷áåò, åäí îúàéîéí áîéåçã ìàåú áåããú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñåâøééí òâåìéí, îøåáòéí åîñåìñìéí òåáãéí áöåøä ãåîä, ø÷ ÷öú éåúø îñåáëú. ìçõ òì äëôúåø -\family sans +\family sans ñåâøééí -\family default +\family default , ùðøàä ëîå øáåò ëçåì îå÷ó áñåâøééí îøåáòéí ùçåøéí, åú÷áì àú çìåï ä -\family sans +\family sans ñåâøééí -\family default +\family default . ìçõ òì äñåâø äùîàìé òí ëôúåø äòëáø äùîàìé, åòì äñåâø äéîðé òí ëôúåø äòëáø äéîðé )ìçéìåôéï ðéúï ìäùúîù áàåôöéåú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default eft -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english R -\bar default +\bar default ight -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew å- -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english B -\bar default +\bar default oth -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åàæ ìáçåø àú äñåâøééí òí ëôúåø äòëáø äùîàìé(. äáçéøä äðåëçéú îåöâú á÷åôñä áøàù äçìåï. áøéøú äîçãì äéà ñåâøééí òâåìéí, àáì áùéèä äæàú àúä éëåì ì÷áì ëì ÷åîáéðöéä ùúøöä, ëåìì àôéìå äñåâø äøé÷, áùáéì áéèåééí ëîå \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset )äñåâø äøé÷ îåôéò òì äîñê ë÷å ùáåø, àáì ðòìí áôìè(. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àçøé ùáçøú àú äñåâøééí, ìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english OK -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìäëðéñ àåúï ìîñîê, àå òì -\family sans +\family sans éùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Apply -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìäùàéø àú äçìåï ôúåç ìôòí äáàä. òí àúä îúòöì, àúä éëåì ôùåè ìä÷ìéã ñåâøééí áîöá îúîèé÷ä áî÷åí áçìåï ä -\family sans +\family sans ñåâøééí -\family default +\family default . òí æàú, äñåâøééí äàìä éäéå áâåãì øâéì, îä ùéøàä øò àí éù ìê ùáø àå îèøéöä áúåëí. ùéîåù áçìåï ä -\family sans +\family sans ñåâøééí -\family default +\family default îáèéç ùâåãì äñåâøééí éåúàí ìîä ùáúåëï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áðåñó, àôùø ìùéí ñåâøééí, ùåøù àå ÷éùåè òì è÷ñè ÷ééí. áçø àú äçì÷ ùì äðåñçà ùàúä øåöä ìùðåú, åìçõ òì äëôúåø äîúàéí î -\family sans +\family sans ôðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default . ðñä ìùðåú àú äçå÷ äùðé ùì ðéåèåï îñ÷ìøéí ìå÷èåøéí ) \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- \begin_inset Formula $\vec{f}=m\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (. àçøé ùúìîã òì îèøéöåú, æå úäéä äãøê äðåçä ìùéí ñáéáï ñåâøééí îëì ñåâ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ùáøéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àéï ãáø ôùåè îùáøéí áîöá îúîèé÷ä. ìçõ òì ëôúåø ä -\family sans +\family sans ùáø -\family default +\family default á -\family sans +\family sans ôðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default , ùðøàä ëîå ùáø òí øéáåòéí ëçåìéí áîåðä åáîëðä. ìé÷ñ úéöø ùúé ð÷åãåú ä÷ìãä. ëöôåé, àúä éëåì ìäñúåáá áùáø òí äòëáø àå äçéöéí. ìçõ òì äøéáåò äòìéåï åä÷ù " -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off ". ìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans çõ ìîèä -\family default +\family default åä÷ù " -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ". éù ìê ùáø! ëîåáï, àúä éëåì ìùéí ëì áéèåé ùäåà áëì àçú îä÷åôñàåú: îùúðéí, çæ÷åú, ùåøùéí, ùáøéí àçøéí, äëì. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ú÷ï àú îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëøàåé. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection îöá \lang english TeX \lang hebrew : âáåìåú, ìåâ, ñéðåñ åçáøéí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îëéååï ùàåúéåú áîöá îúîèé÷ä ðçùáåú ìîùúðéí, àí ú÷ìéã \lang english @@ -4646,15 +5161,15 @@ log \lang hebrew áîöá îúîèé÷ä, ìé÷ñ úçùåá ùàúä îúëååï ìîëôìä ùì ùìåùä îùúðéí: \begin_inset Formula $l$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $o$ -\end_inset +\end_inset å- \begin_inset Formula $g$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . ùìåù äàåúéåú éåôéòå îåèåú, ùæä ìà îä ùøöéú, àúä øöéú àú äîéìä @@ -4664,29 +5179,31 @@ log áàåúéåú éùøåú. áðåñó, ìé÷ñ ìà úùéí øååç áéï äìåâøéúí ìîùúðä \begin_inset Formula $x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset )àí ú÷éù òì øååç ôùåè úöà îîåã äîúîèé÷ä(. àæ àéê î÷áìéí \begin_inset Formula $\log x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset áî÷åí \begin_inset Formula $logx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìçõ òì \lang english log \lang hebrew áøùéîú äôåð÷öéåú á -\family sans -ôðì\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ôðì\InsetSpace ~ äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default . äîéìä \lang english @@ -4699,10 +5216,10 @@ TeX \lang hebrew : áîåã æä äëìì äåà ãåå÷à ùäè÷ñè îåôéò áàãåí, åôåð÷öéåú àìä äï äéåöà îäëìì. ëì äîéìä ðçùáú úå àçã, åàí úìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Backspace -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew äéà úîç÷ áàçú. òëùéå ä÷ù @@ -4716,7 +5233,9 @@ dvi \lang hebrew äðåñçà úåôéò ëîå ùöøéê. ðñä àú æä! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôåð÷öéåú ðåñôåú ùàôùø ìäëðéñ áîåã \lang english @@ -4727,186 +5246,202 @@ TeX àôùø ìäåñéó òìéäï è÷ñè îåðîê åîåâáä. ìîùì \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset àå \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: ùéí àú ðåñçà -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áîåã îúîèé÷ä. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection îèøéöåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ìçõ òì ëôúåø äîèøéöä á -\family sans +\family sans ôðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default . ìúéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans îèøéöä -\family default +\family default éù ùðé îããéí "îçìé÷éí" ùîàôùøéí ìê ìáçåø ëîä ùåøåú åëîä òîåãåú àúä øåöä áîèøéöä ùìê. áçø -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off -\family sans +\family sans ùåøåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Rows -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( å- -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off -\family sans +\family sans òîåãåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Columns -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans éùí -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Apply -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( àå òì -\family sans +\family sans àéùåø -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english OK -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ìé÷ñ îãôéñä -\numeric on +\numeric on 6 -\numeric off +\numeric off ð÷åãåú ä÷ìãä áîèøéöä ùì \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëøâéì àúä éëåì ìùéí áéèåé ëìùäåà )ùåøù øáåòé, îèøéöä ÷èðä, åëå'( áëì ð÷åãú ä÷ìãä. àúä éëåì âí ìäùàéø çì÷ îäï øé÷åú, àí àúä øåöä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äî÷ù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éëåì ìùîù ëãé ìòáåø îð÷åãä ìð÷åãä áîèøéöä. ìçìéôéï, àôùø ìäùúîù áçéöéí. -\family sans +\family sans çõ éîéðä -\family default +\family default á÷öä øéáåò àçã éòáéø àåúê ìøéáåò äáà, -\family sans +\family sans çõ ìîèä -\family default +\family default éåøéã àåúê ùåøä, åëå'. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äîèøéöä ÷èðä òìéê? -\family sans -òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:äåñôú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:äåñôú\InsetSpace ~ ùåøä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Add\SpecialChar ~ +Add\InsetSpace ~ Row -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( å -\family sans -äåñôú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôú\InsetSpace ~ òîåãä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english -Add\SpecialChar ~ +Add\InsetSpace ~ Column -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( îàåúå úôøéè. ùåøä çãùä úåôéò îúçú ìñîï, åòîåãä çãùä îéîéï ìå. äâæîú? -\family sans -îçé÷ú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îçé÷ú\InsetSpace ~ ùåøä -\family default +\family default å -\family sans -îçé÷ú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îçé÷ú\InsetSpace ~ òîåãä -\family default +\family default îàåúå úôøéè éáèìå. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard øàä áîãøéê ìîùúîù àéê ìùðåú àú äéùåø äàåô÷é ùì ëì èåø, àéê ìùðåú àú äéùåø äàðëé ùì ùì äîèøéöä ëåìä, åòåã. ùéí ìá ùàí îä ùàúä öøéê æä èáìä ùì è÷ñè, ììé÷ñ éù úîéëä îòåìä áèáìàåú, ùàéðä ÷ùåøä ìîèøéöåú àå ìîúîèé÷ä ëìì. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðåñçàåú îîåøëæåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëì äðåñçàåú ùøùîðå òã òëùéå äåôéòå áàîöò äùåøä. ðåñçàåú ëàìä ð÷øàåú @@ -4920,109 +5455,129 @@ inline åðåñçàåú ùì ëîä ùåøåú )øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( çééáåú ìäéåú îîåøëæåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìçõ òì äëôúåø -\family sans +\family sans îîåøëæ -\family default +\family default á -\family sans +\family sans ôðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default , æä ùðøàä ëîå øéáåò ëçåì áàîöò áéï ùåøåú ùçåøåú. ìé÷ñ ôåúçú ð÷åãú ä÷ìãä çãùä, àáì äéà òì ùåøä îùìä, áîøëæä. ëòú ä÷ìã áéèåé ëá÷ùúê, åøàä àéê æä ðøàä. ìîòùä, äëôúåø -\family sans +\family sans îîåøëæ -\family default +\family default äåà îúâ: ëì ìçéöä îòáéøä àú äðåñçà îîåã îîåøëæ ìîåã ùåøä åáçæøä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìîöá îîåøëæ éù ëîä äáãìéí îîöá îúîèé øâéì: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ëîä ñéîðéí éåôéòå áôåðè âãåì éåúø ëîå \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , àå \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize è÷ñè îåâáä åîåðîê òì âáåìåú åñëåîéí )àáì ìà òì àéðèâøìéí( ðëúá îúçú åîòì ìñëåí, åìà áöããéå. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äè÷ñè îîåøëæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çåõ îàìä, îãåáø áîåãéí ãåîéí îàåã. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äòøä àçøåðä åçùåáä: ùéí ìá äàí àúä ùí àú äðåñçä äîîåøëæú ùìê áôñ÷ä çãùä àå ìà. àí äðåñçä äéà áàîöò îùôè àå ôñ÷ä, àì ú÷éù -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . æä éâøåí ìè÷ñè àçøé äðåñçä ìôúåç ôñ÷ä çãùä, åáôøè äåà éåëðñ ìúåê äùåøä, åæä áãøê ëìì ìà îä ùàúä øåöä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: äôåê àú ëì äðåñçàåú á- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english he_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìîîåøëæåú, åùéí ìá ìùéðåééí áòøéëä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úøâéì: òí ëì îä ùìîãú áñòéó äæä, àúä ëáø öøéê ìäéåú îñåâì ìøùåí ðåñçä ëîå \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard åàçøé ùòùéú àú æä áãøê ä÷ùä, ìîä ùìà úðñä àú -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:îúîèé÷ä: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english C -\bar default -ases\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ases\InsetSpace ~ environment -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -5031,18 +5586,22 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ðåñçàåú òì ëîä ùåøåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ðñé ìäëðéñ àú äðåñçàåú äáàåú åìäñúëì á÷åáõ ä- \lang english @@ -5053,16 +5612,18 @@ dvi \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æä ìà ðøàä îùäå áëìì! ùúé ðåñçàåú àçú àçøé äùðéä ðøàåú äøáä éåúø èåá àí ñéîðé äùååä ùìäï àçã îòì äùðé, áîéåçã àí ìðåñçà äùðéä àéï öã ùîàì. @@ -5071,79 +5632,83 @@ x=y+y+y+y+y\] x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard æä äøáä éåúø èåá! ñéîðé äùååä îñåãøéí, åéù ôçåú øååç áéï ùúé äðåñçàåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëãé ìäúçéì îùååàä îøåáú ùåøåú, ôúçé îùååàä îîåøëæú, åä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , àå ìçéìåôéï áçøé -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:îúîèé÷ä: \lang english -Eqnarray\SpecialChar ~ +Eqnarray\InsetSpace ~ environment -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mat -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ìé÷ñ úãôéñ ùåøä òí ùìåù ð÷åãåú ä÷ìãä øé÷åú. æå îùååàä îøåáú ùåøåú òí ùåøä àçú. îàåëæáú? áçøé -\family sans -òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:äåñó\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:äåñó\InsetSpace ~ ùåøä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Add\SpecialChar ~ +Add\InsetSpace ~ Row -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( àå ä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùåá, åú÷áìé ùúé ùåøåú ëàìä. ëîå áîèøéöåú, àú éëåìä ìäùúîù áòëáø, áçöéí åá- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìòáåø îð÷åãä ìð÷åãä. ðñé ìùëôì àú äîùååàä ìîòìä. @@ -5151,9 +5716,9 @@ Tab îøåáú-ùåøåú. æä ùéîåùé ìà ø÷ áîùååàä ìîòìä, àìà âí áîùååàåú àøåëåú ëîå \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ùéîé ìá ùäøååç àçøé äôìåñ äøàùåï áùåøä äùðé ÷öø îãé. æä àçã îäî÷øéí äðãéøéí ù- @@ -5162,17 +5727,21 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew èåòä áîøååç äàåèåîèé, åöøéê ìú÷ï àåúä. éåúø ôøèéí úîöàé áîãøéê ìîùúîù. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ îééùøú àú äùãåú äùðééí )àîöòééí( áëì ùåøä, ëê ùäøâéì éäéä ìùéí ùí ñéîï ùååä àå ñéîðé äùååàä àçøéí. @@ -5180,112 +5749,118 @@ x & = & a+b+c+d\\ îòøê, áùáéì æä éù îèøéöåú )øàé ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset (. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àú øåöä ùøùøú àøåëä àôéìå éåúø ùì îùååàåú, ä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åú÷áìé ùåøä çãùä òí ùìåù ð÷åãåú ä÷ìãä øé÷åú. àí úòùé àú æä ëùàú ìà áñåó äùåøä, ëì îä ùðîöà àçøé äñîï éòáåø ìùåøä äáàä. àí ä÷ìãú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Return -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àçøé ùëáø ëúáú îùååàä )ùì ùåøä àçú(, ëì äîùååàä úòáåø ìùãä äøàùåï. ùéîé àú äñîï ìôðé ñéîï äùååä, åä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìäòáéø àåúå åàú îä ùàçøé ìùãä äùðé. äòáéøé àú äñîï ìàçøé äùååä, åä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-Tab -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùåá ëãé ìäòáéø àú ñåó äîùååàä ìùãä äùìéùé. ìãåâîà ðñé ìäòáéø áöåøä æå àú äîùååàä \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ì- \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àí ôúçú éåúø îãé ùåøåú, äôúøåï äåà -\family sans -òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:îç÷\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òøéëä:îúîèé÷ä:îç÷\InsetSpace ~ ùåøä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Delete\SpecialChar ~ +Delete\InsetSpace ~ Row \lang hebrew ( -\family default +\family default . ìçéìåôéï, -\bar under +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ùéîé àú äñîï áñåó äùåøä åä÷éùé -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-k -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ëãé ìîçå÷ àú äùåøä äáàä. äîùååàä úú÷öø áùåøä, åúåëï )ëì ùìåùú äùãåú( áùåøä äáàä éåãá÷ ìñåó äùåøä äðåëçéú. àí äùåøä äáàä øé÷ä, äúåöàä úäéä ùäéà úîç÷. àí úùúîùé á- -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-k -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áàîöò äùåøä, ëì îä ùðîöà îäñîï åòã ñåó äùåøä éîç÷. ìîòùä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english C-k -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew àéðå îéåçã ìîöá îúîèé÷ä: äåà îåç÷ òã ñåó äùåøä áëì îöá åáëì îåã ôòåìä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äòøä àçøåðä: ìà äúçìðå àôéìå ìëñåú àú ðåùà äîùååàåú îøåáåú äùåøåú. îä, ìîùì, àåîøåú ëì äàåôöéåú äîéñúåøéåú á -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:îúîèé÷ä -\family default +\family default ùîúçéìåú á- \lang english AMS @@ -5296,45 +5871,67 @@ AMS \lang hebrew áøàùé úéáåú( îöéòä àìèøðèéáåú îùìä ìîùååàåú îøåáåú ùåøåú. ìîä ùúøöé ìäùúîù áäï? ÷øàé òì æä áîãøéê ìîùúîù. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section òåã òì îúîèé÷ä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëï éù òåã, òåã äøáä. àáì ôä ëáø äâéò äæîï ìäôðåú àåúê ìîãøéê ìîùúîù, ùí úîöà èéôéí àéê: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìîñôø ðåñçàåú åìùéí òìéäï úåéåú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìùðåú ôåðèéí, ìîùì ìùéí àåúéåú îåáìèåú, âåèéåú àå ëôåìåú áúåê ðåñçä. ðòéø ø÷ ùàí úìçõ òì ëôúåø äîúîèé÷ä áìåç äëìéí áàîöò ðåñçà, úåëì ìä÷ìéã è÷ñè øâéì òã ùúìçõ òìéå ùåá. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ùéðåé âãìé ôåðèéí åøååçéí áúåê ðåñçà )úúçéì ìãàåâ ìæä ø÷ àçøé äèéåèä äàçøåðä!( -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ëéöã ìëúåá î÷øå. îãåáø áëìé çæ÷ áéåúø, àúä îâãéø àåúå ôòí àçú áúçéìú äîñîê åîùí åàéìê àúä éëåì ìäùúîù áå áëì î÷åí áîñîê, åàí úùðä àú ääâãøä äåà éùúðä áëì î÷åí. î÷øå àôéìå éëåì ì÷áì îùúðéí! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize åòåã äøáä ãáøéí ùìà äéä ìðå æîï ìäæëéø ëàï. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ùåðåú -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úëåðåú îøëæéåú àçøåú ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìà òáøðå ãøê ëì äô÷åãåú ùì ìé÷ñ åâí ìà úëððå ìòùåú àú æä. ëøâéì, îéãò îìà ðîöà áîãøéê ìîùúîù. áñòéó äæä éù ø÷ øùéîä ÷öøä ùì ðåùàéí îäåúééí ùðàìöðå ìäùîéè -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìé÷ñ úåîëú \lang english @@ -5342,23 +5939,23 @@ WYSIWYM \lang hebrew -éú áèáìàåú. äùúîù á -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:èáìä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default -ular\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ular\InsetSpace ~ Material -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ì÷áì èáìä )äúòåã åùîåú äúôøéèéí áàðâìéú îùúîùéí áîéðåç \lang english @@ -5378,11 +5975,13 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew (. ìçõ òì äèáìä òí ëôúåø äòëáø äéîðé ëãé ì÷áì àú úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans èáìä -\family default +\family default ùîàôùøú ìùðåú àåúä áîâååï ãøëéí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìé÷ñ úåîëú áúîåðåú áîâååï ôåøîèéí )ëåìì \lang english @@ -5402,27 +6001,29 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew (. ðéçùú ðëåï: -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä:àéåø -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default raphics -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ìúîåðåú åèáìàåú àôùø ìäåñéó ëåúøåú, åìééöø áàåôï àåèåîèé "øùéîú èáìàåú" å"øùéîú úîåðåú" ëîå ùòùéú òí úåëï äòðééðéí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìé÷ñ úåîëú áðéäåì âøñàåú ) \lang english @@ -5434,13 +6035,15 @@ RCS \lang hebrew . )ðñä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english man rcsintro -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ìîéãò ðåñó( -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize éù ìê ùìéèä áìúé øâéìä áäúðäâåú ùì ìé÷ñ. ëì ãáø @@ -5453,45 +6056,47 @@ man rcsintro \lang hebrew ðéúï ìäúàéí áîñôø ãøëéí. àú äøåá äâãåì àôùø ìáöò áðåçåú áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans òøéëä:äòãôåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. òì æä àúä éëåì ììîåã éåúø á -\family sans -òæøä:äúàîä\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òæøä:äúàîä\InsetSpace ~ àéùéú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äîôúçéí ùì ìé÷ñ îôåæøéí òì çîù éáùåú åììé÷ñ éù úîéëä îòåìä áùôåú ùàéðï àðâìéú )äåìðãéú, âøîðéú, éåðéú, ö'ëéú, èåø÷éú\SpecialChar \ldots{} @@ -5508,42 +6113,44 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷.[ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize î÷ùé ô÷åãä îåôéòéí áúôøéèéí. ëê àúä éëåì ìáöò àú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans \lang english M-F -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew åàçøéå -\family sans +\family sans \lang english O \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard áòáøéú î÷ùé äô÷åãä ìà îåãâùéí áàìâðèéåú á÷å úçúé àìà îåôéòéí îùîàì ìô÷åãä, ìôòîéí òí ÷å úçúé åìôòîéí áìé )àí éù çå÷éåú, àðé ìà âéìéúé àåúä( @@ -5552,23 +6159,27 @@ collapsed true \lang hebrew â \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . âí î÷ùé äô÷åãä ðéúðéí ìäúàîä, åìçì÷ îäùôåú ùìé÷ñ úåøâí àìéäï éù äúàîåú î÷ùéí îùìäï. ùåá, îéãò òì æä á -\family sans -òæøä:äúàîä\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òæøä:äúàîä\InsetSpace ~ àéùéú -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìé÷ñ éëåì ì÷øåà ÷áöé \lang english @@ -5578,70 +6189,80 @@ LaTeX øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize áãå÷ àéåú \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ìà òåáã áòáøéú. áðåñó, äåà îúééçñ ø÷ ìùôú äîñîê åîúòìí îäòåáãä ùðéúï ìùðåú ùôä î÷åîéú )áòæøú -\family sans +\family sans îáðä:úå -\family default +\family default ( ëê ùäåà ìà îàåã îåòéì âí ìîñîëéí îùåìáéí òáøéú/àðâìéú \lang english --- \lang hebrew â.÷. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset áòæøú -\family sans -òøéëä:áãå÷\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òøéëä:áãå÷\InsetSpace ~ àéåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pellchecker -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ùéí ìá ùäåà áåã÷ ø÷ îäñîï åòã ñåó äîñîê. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ìé÷ñ ìîùúîùé \lang english LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset àí àúä ìà éåãò ëìåí òì \lang english @@ -5673,7 +6294,9 @@ LaTeX LaTeX \lang hebrew éùðéí, åáîñôø úçåîéí àçøéí, àáì äîöá îùúôø îâéøñä ìâéøñä ùì ìé÷ñ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îëéååï ùæä ø÷ ùòåø îåãøê, åàðçðå øåöéí ìùîåø àú äàåøê ùìå ñáéø, ðùéí ôä ø÷ îéãò îéðéîìé, îëååï áòé÷ø ìîä ùîùúîùéí çãùéí éëåìéí ìøöåú. @@ -5686,12 +6309,16 @@ LaTeX LaTeX \lang hebrew áìé÷ñ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection îåã \lang english TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëì îä ùàúä î÷ìéã á"îåã \lang english @@ -5699,7 +6326,7 @@ TeX \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset éåòáø ì- \lang english @@ -5707,24 +6334,24 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew áìé ùåí òéáåã îöã ìé÷ñ. áçø -\family sans +\family sans äåñôä: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. ú÷áì îñâøú òí äè÷ñè @@ -5737,7 +6364,9 @@ ERT LaTeX \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áîöá îúîèé÷ä, îåã \lang english @@ -5763,9 +6392,9 @@ backslash TeX \lang hebrew ò"é ä÷ùú -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default , àå ëì úå ìà àìôáúé, ëîå îñôø, ÷å úçúé, ëåáò àå ñåâøééí. áøâò ùæä ÷åøä, ìé÷ñ áåã÷ú àí äéà îæää àú äô÷åãä ùä÷ìãú, åàí ëï, îöéâä àåúä @@ -5774,45 +6403,47 @@ WYSIWYM \lang hebrew -éú. ìãåâîà, àí ä÷ìãú áîöá îúîèé÷ä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , áøâò ùúìçõ òì -\family sans +\family sans øååç -\family default +\family default , ìé÷ñ úùðä àú ä- \lang english gamma \lang hebrew äàãåí ì- \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ëçåì. æä òåáã ëîòè ìëì ô÷åãåú äîúîèé÷ä äìà îñåáëåú )ùéí ìá ùôåð÷öéåú ëîå -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ø÷ éùðå öáò ìùçåø(. ìîé ùæåëø àú ÷éöåøé äô÷åãåú æä éåúø îäéø îàùø ùéîåù á -\family sans +\family sans ôàðì äðåñçàåú -\family default +\family default , åîùúîùé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew åúé÷éí ìà öøéëéí ììîåã ùåí ãáø çãù. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òåã î÷øä îéåçã äåà äñåâøééí äîñåìñìéí: àí ú÷ìéã àçã îäí áîåã \lang english @@ -5824,7 +6455,9 @@ TeX \lang hebrew åäñîï éäéä áéï äñåâøééí. ëê ðåç ìä÷ìéã ô÷åãåú ùìé÷ñ ìà îëéøä òãééï åî÷áìåú îùúðä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ ìà úåîëú )òãééï( áëì ô÷åãä ùì \lang english @@ -5854,12 +6487,12 @@ WYSIWYM LaTeX \lang hebrew ùàéðä ðúîëú ò"é ìé÷ñ, ùéí àú äô÷åãä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew á- \lang english @@ -5868,7 +6501,7 @@ preamble )øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset (. æä éàôùø ìê ìäùúîù áçáéìä, àí ëé ìà úäðä îúîéëä @@ -5876,126 +6509,136 @@ preamble WYSIWYM \lang hebrew -éú. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection éáåà îñîëé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset äô÷åãä ìéáåà îñîëé \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew , äéà -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:éáà: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. æä éøéõ ñ÷øéôè ôøì áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùéúøâí ÷åáõ áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english foo.tex -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ì÷åáõ áùí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english foo.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . àí æä ìà òáã îùåí îä, àúä éëåì ìäøéõ àú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew áòöîê \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëàùø ìé÷ñ îåú÷ðú, ä÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew éåùí áàåúä ñôøéä ëîå ìé÷ñ òöîä )ìãåâîà: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew æ÷å÷ ìôøì )ëéåí âéøñä -\numeric on +\numeric on 5.002 -\numeric off +\numeric off (. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , àåìé òí àåôöéåú îéåçãåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard +\end_layout -\family typewriter +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter \lang english reLyX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew îúøâí àú øåá ÷áöé ä- \lang english @@ -6008,7 +6651,9 @@ TeX \lang hebrew ëê ùáú÷ååä, àçøé äúøâåí äîñîê éîùéê ìäøàåú àåúå ãáø. çôù àú äî÷åîåú äàìä åú÷ï àåúí éãðéú, àí àôùø. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ì- \lang english @@ -6021,12 +6666,16 @@ manpage ( îùìå. ÷øà àåúå àí àúä æ÷å÷ ìîéãò îôåøè éåúø òì îä òåáã åìà òåáã, áàâéí åîò÷ôéäí, åëì äàåôöéåú. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection úøâåí îñîëé ìé÷ñ ì- \lang english LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áî÷øéí øáéí úøöä ìúøâí àú ÷åáõ äìé÷ñ ùìê ì÷åáõ \lang english @@ -6036,42 +6685,42 @@ LaTeX ìãåâîà, àí ìùåúó ìòáåãä àå ìîç÷ø àéï ìé÷ñ åøåöä ì÷øåà àåúå. àéï ÷ì îæä. áçø -\family sans +\family sans ÷åáõ:éöà: -\bar under +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. àí ä÷åáõ äî÷åøé ð÷øà -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english whatever.lyx -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ú÷áì ÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english whatever.tex -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . îëéååï ùìé÷ñ îùúîùú á- @@ -6079,12 +6728,16 @@ whatever.tex LaTeX \lang hebrew áàåôï ÷áåò ëãé ìäöéâ åìäãôéñ, îï äñúí ôòåìú äúøâåí òåìä ìä á÷ìåú. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ä÷ãîú \lang english LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äçì÷ ùì ÷åáõ \lang english @@ -6095,72 +6748,80 @@ LaTeX preamble \lang hebrew áàðâìéú. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection îçì÷ú äîñîê -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans îáðä:îñîê -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( îèôìú áøåá äàåôöéåú ùäééú øåöä ìùéí áô÷åãä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , åáôøè áùéðåé äîçì÷ä, âåãì äôåðè åäðééø. àåôöéåú ðåñôåú ìô÷åãä -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùéí áúéáä -\family sans -àôùøåéåú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +àôùøåéåú\InsetSpace ~ ðåñôåú -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans +\family sans \lang english E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ô÷åãåú ä÷ãîä àçøåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset àí éù ô÷åãåú ðåñôåú ùäééú ùí á÷åáõ \lang english @@ -6168,22 +6829,22 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , àúä éëåì ìäùúîù áäï âí á÷åáõ ìé÷ñ. áçø -\family sans +\family sans îáðä:ä÷ãîä -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default eamble -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( åä÷ìã. ëì îä ùúøùåí, ëîå áîåã @@ -6195,20 +6856,26 @@ TeX LaTeX \lang hebrew éùéøåú ììà òéáåã. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \lang english BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ úåîëú á- \lang english @@ -6221,47 +6888,47 @@ LaTeX ùîàôùøú ìê ìáðåú áñéñ ðúåðéí òáåø ääôðéåú äáéáìéåâøôéåú, åìäùúîù áàåúå áñéñ ðúåðéí òáåø îñîëéí ùåðéí. áçø -\family sans -äåñôä:øùéîåú\SpecialChar ~ -åúåëï:äôðééú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:øùéîåú\InsetSpace ~ +åúåëï:äôðééú\InsetSpace ~ \lang english BibTeX -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ T -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTex\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( ëãé ìäùúîù á÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english bib -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . ìçõ òì äîñâøú \lang english -BibTeX\SpecialChar ~ -Generated\SpecialChar ~ +BibTeX\InsetSpace ~ +Generated\InsetSpace ~ Reference \lang hebrew ùðåöøä åú÷áì àú úéáú äãéàìåâ @@ -6270,75 +6937,79 @@ BibTeX \lang hebrew . áùãä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Database -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew , ùéí îä ùäééú ùí áúåê äñåâøééí äîñåìñìéí ùì ô÷åãú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash bibliography \lang hebrew \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëîå á- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew øâéì, éù ìäôøéã äôðéåú ùåðåú òí ôñé÷éí, áìé øååçéí. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . áãåîä, áùãä -\family sans +\family sans \lang english Style -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùéí îä ùäééú ùí áéï äñåâøééí ùì ô÷åãú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îøâò ùòùéú àú æä, àúä éëåì ìöèè îúåê äáéáìéåâøôéåú ùäëðñú áòæøú -\family sans -äåñôä:äôðééú\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:äôðééú\InsetSpace ~ öéèåè -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default -itation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew (, øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset . ìé÷ñ úãàâ ìäøéõ àú @@ -6347,50 +7018,58 @@ BibTeX \lang hebrew . äøùéîä áúéáú äãéàìåâ -\family sans +\family sans öéèåèéí -\family default +\family default úøàä àú ëì ääôðéåú á÷åáõ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english bib -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ùìê. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ùåðåú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard øàä úçú -\family sans -äåñôä:úå\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äåñôä:úå\InsetSpace ~ îéåçã -\family default +\family default ) -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under \lang english I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default \lang hebrew ( òåã úåéí îéåçãéí, ëîå ùìåù ð÷åãåú, ùáéøú ùåøä àå ð÷åãú \lang english hyphenation \lang hebrew . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ùâéàåú! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é÷øä ùäøöú \lang english @@ -6421,4 +7100,7 @@ TeX LaTeX \lang hebrew ëìùåðä. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/hu_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/hu_Intro.lyx index a0327a4c59..ac728fde4e 100644 --- a/lib/doc/hu_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/hu_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language magyar \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,37 +24,52 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Bevezetés a LyX használatába, -\newline +\newline avagy -\newline +\newline Hogyan használjuk ezeket a dokumentumokat -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author John Weiss és a LyX Csapat -\shape italic -\size small +\shape italic +\size small -\newline +\newline Fordította: Zrubecz László -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Eligazodás a dokumentumok között -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Üdvözöljük a LyX-ben! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hogy könnyebb legyen megtalálnia a választ kérdéseire, és könnyebb legyen bemutatni a LyX összes sajátosságát, a dokumentációt több különbözõ részre @@ -61,24 +77,50 @@ Hogy k Minden egyes résznek külön feladata van, ahogy azt késõbb majd részletezzük. Mielõtt nekilátna valamelyik olvasásának, elõször olvassa végig ezt a fájlt, ugyanis sok hasznos információt tartalmaz, aminek tudatában idõt spórolhat. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center FIGYELEM!!!!! FIGYELEM!!!!! FIGYELEM!!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Vigyázat, Will Robinson keze van a dologban! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Habár a LyX verziószáma átlépte az 1.0-át, a dokumentáció néhány része lehet hogy nem teljes vagy elavult. Ahogy magát a programot is, a dokumentációt is önkéntesek készítik, akiknek ugye emellett van \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset igazi \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset munkájuk, családjuk, mosogatásra váró szennyesedényük, stb. Mi megteszünk minden tõlünk telhetõt, hogy ez a dokumentáció mindig naprakész @@ -86,45 +128,55 @@ igazi Ha segíteni akar orvosolni ezt a problémát, mindenképpen olvassa el a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{rész:Közremûködés} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ részt\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elõször is tegyen nekünk egy szívességet: ha valami nem tiszta, érthetetlen vagy rossz, ne habozzon, tudassa velünk! A dokumentációk jelenlegi fejlesztõit elérheti a levelezési listájukon: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Persze elõször érdemes nekünk (a fordítóknak) írni, hátha csak a fordítás a hibás :-( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ha olyan kérdése merülne fel, amit nem igazán a dokumentációhoz kapcsolódik, de sürgõsen szeretne választ kapni, írjon az aktív felhasználók listájára: lyx-users@lists.lyx.org \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ A levelezõlista nyelve angol. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A kézikönyvek formátuma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vannak akik nyomtatott formában olvassák a kézikönyvet, mások közvetlenül a LyX-bõl. @@ -135,861 +187,1015 @@ Vannak akik nyomtatott form Továbbá, a lábjegyzetek és a tartalomjegyzék sem látható. Ezeket felbukkanó-ablakokon keresztül lehet elérni. Ha meg akarja nézni a tartalomjegyzéket, kattintson a -\family sans +\family sans Felé -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ítés -\family default +\family default menüpontra vagy a szürke dobozra a cím alatt. A lábjegyzet megtekintéséhez - ami így néz ki \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Helló, én vagyok a lábjegyzet! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - klikkeljen rá a bal egérgombbal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A nyomtatott formában az összes kereszthivatkozásnál látható az aktuális szakasz száma. A fájlban minden ilyen helyen egy szürke doboz látható, mint ez: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{rész:Közremûködés} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ rész\SpecialChar \@. (A nyomtatott formában itt számok találhatóak.) Ha rákattint a bal egérgombb al, egy felbukkanó-ablak jelenik meg, ami a dokumentumban lévõ összes hivatkozás t tartalmazza. Ez a dokumentum csak egyet tartalmaz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset rész:Közremûködés \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset névvel. Ha rákattint a -\family sans +\family sans Hivatkozásra ugrás -\family default +\family default gombra, rögtön a hivatkozott részre ugrik a kurzor. A -\family sans +\family sans Visszaugrás -\family default +\family default gomb pedig visszarakja az eredeti pozíciójába. Leütve a következõ billentyûkombinációt: -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default , a kurzor szintén visszaugrik az eredeti pozíciójába. (Hogy mit jelent a -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default , lásd lejjebb.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezek után, hogy tisztáztunk néhány különbséget a nyomtatott és az elektronikus forma között, folytathatjuk ezen dokumentum formai vizsgálatát. Esetenként találkozhat különbözõ betûstílusokkal: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Kiemelt Stílus -\emph default +\emph default - ezt az általános kiemelésekhez, érvelésekhez, könyv címekhez, más kézikönyvek egyes részeire való hivatkozáskor vagy a szerzõk megjegyzéseire használjuk. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default - ezt a programok és fájlok neveihez, LaTeX, LyX kódokhoz, funkciókhoz használjuk. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default - ezt a menük, gombok, felbukkanó-ablakok neveihez és a billentyûkhöz használju k. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Kapitális Stílus -\noun default +\noun default - ezzel jelöljük a személyneveket. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A billentyûkhöz, billentyû-kombinációkhoz elegendõ információt kaphat a -\emph on +\emph on Referencia Kézikönyv Billentyû-kombinációk -\emph default +\emph default részében. Amikor a billentyû-kombináció használatára lesz szükség, mindig a következõ szabály szerint fogjuk jelölni: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset C- \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default jelöli a -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default billentyût. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset jelöli a -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default billentyût. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset jelöli a -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default billentyût, ami a legtöbb billentyûzeten az -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default billentyû. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset : a funkció billentyûk. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : az escape billentyû. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Jobbra -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Balra -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fel -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Le -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : ez azt hiszem nyilvánvaló. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : ez 6 billentyû, ami legtöbbször a kurzormozgató billentyûk felett található egy PC billentyûzeten. A -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset és -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset néhol -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset és -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset néven szerepel. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default és -\family sans +\family sans Enter: -\family default +\family default mindkettõ ugyanazt a billentyût jelöli. Néhány billentyûzeten -\family sans +\family sans a Return -\family default +\family default billentyû \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset néven, mashol \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset névvel van illetve. Néhol két külön billentyû is van. A LyX mindegyiket egyformán kezeli, így mi a -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default és az -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default szót ugyanazzal a jelentéssel használjuk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Szintén találkozhat néhányszor a következõ formával \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Lásd -\emph on +\emph on Referencia Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Az összes alapértelmezett billentyû-kombináció megtalálható a -\emph on +\emph on Referencia Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default ben, így ott utánanézhet. Észlelhette, hogy két különbözõ billentyû-kombináció gyûjtemény is megtalálható a LyX-ben. Az egyik a \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset stílus, ami az alapértelmezett és azoknak ismerõs, akik a PC-s világban nõttek fel, a másik pedig az \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset stílusú, amelyiket fõleg azok használnak akik Unix-on nõttek fel és mindig az Emacs szövegszerkesztõt használták. Hacsak nincs külön jelezve, mi a dokumentációban mindig az alapértelmezett \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset stílusút írtuk le. Ha önnek az Emacs jobban tetszik, valószínûleg egyedül is meg fogja találni az önre vonatkozó billentyûzet-kombinációkat a dokumentációkból. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A kézikönyvek -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A következõ listából megtudhatja az összes kézikönyv tartalmát: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Bevezetés -\emph default - \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Éppen ezt olvassa. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Tankönyv \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Tankönyv \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ha ön most látja elõször a LyX-et, és még soha nem használta a LaTeX-et sem, ez az a kézikönyv, amivel érdemes elkezdenie. Ha önnek esetleg a LaTeX eddig csak egy olyan dolgot jelentett, amibõl óvszert gyártanak, mindenképpen ezzel kezdje az olvasást! Lehet hogy miután elolvasta a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default et, még mindig csak valami nyúlós dolog jut eszébe a LaTeX-rõl, de -\emph on +\emph on tudni fogja -\emph default +\emph default , hogyan kell használni a LyX-et. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ha már használta a LaTeX-et, akkor is érdemes elolvasni a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default et. Ebben az esetben kezdje a \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX a LaTeX felhasználóknak \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset fejezettel. (Egyébként senkinek nem árt, ha átnézni.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ha bármikor úgy érzi, hogy elvesztette a fonalat a LyX használata közben, érdemes újból átfutni, mielõtt fejest ugrana valamelyik másik dokumentumba. Ez egy jó ugródeszka a LyX mélyebb megismeréséhez is. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Felhasználói\SpecialChar ~ -Kézikönyv \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Felhasználói\InsetSpace ~ +Kézikönyv \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline -\emph default +\emph default Ez az elsõdleges dokumentáció. Itt mutatjuk be a -\emph on +\emph on legtöbb -\emph default +\emph default alapvetõ mûveletet és a LyX jellemzõit. Ez a dokumentum feltételezi, hogy ön elolvasta a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default et. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ \SpecialChar \ldots{} vagy elegendõ tudása van a LaTeX-rõl. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Haladó\SpecialChar ~ -Szolgáltatások \SpecialChar ~ -\newline +\emph on +Haladó\InsetSpace ~ +Szolgáltatások \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\newline + +\emph default Ez egy kiterjesztése a -\emph on +\emph on Felhasználói Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default nek. Itt ismerheti meg a további dokumentum osztályok használatát, speciális szerkesztési feladatok megoldását. Továbbá megtanulhat néhány trükköt az igazi LaTeX mesterektõl is. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Testreszabás \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Testreszabás \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ez egy leírás haladó felhasználóknak, a LyX fejlettebb lehetõségeirõl, és a LyX viselkedésének, megjelenésének testreszabásáról. Szintén magába foglalja a konfigurációs fájlok leírását, nemzetközisítését, további billentyûzet-kombinációk használatát is. Semmiképpen sem javasolt elmélyülni ebben, mielõtt nincs tisztában a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default ben leírtakkal! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Referencia\SpecialChar ~ -Kézikönyv \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Referencia\InsetSpace ~ +Kézikönyv \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ez a dokumentum egy kimerítõ, részletes, de nyers leírást ad a LyX lehetõségeirõ l. Szemben a többi dokumentációval, itt a hasznos magyarázatok és használati javaslatok elmaradnak, a teljes részletességért cserébe. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Ismert\SpecialChar ~ -hibák \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Ismert\InsetSpace ~ +hibák \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Ez a dokumentum tartalmazza az ismert hibákat a LyX-ben, és információt szolgáltat a teendõkrõl, ha valaki hibát talál a programban. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ -beállítások \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ +beállítások \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ez a fájl az installáció vagy az újrakonfigurálás során jön létre. Ebben a fájlban találhat információt a LyX aktuális beállításairól, az elérhetõ szolgáltatásokról. Ha megtekinti, láthatja, hogy mi az ami éppen hiányzik a rendszerébõl az adott szolgáltatás használatához, amire esetleg szüksége lehet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ezek a fájlok egymásra is hivatkoznak, ha ez szükséges. Például a -\emph on +\emph on Felhasználói Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default tartalmaz némi információt az installálásról és testreszabásról, de bõvebb információkért a -\emph on +\emph on Testreszabás -\emph default +\emph default kézikönyvet ajánlja. Ismét szeretnénk felhívni a figyelmet arra, hogy: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Ha most használja elõször a LyX-et, olvassa el a Tankönyvet. Most rögtön! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Egyébként, feleslegesen csalódást okozhat magának. A LyX mindent tud, amit egy szövegszerkesztõtõl elvárhat, de másként közelíti meg a dolgokat, mint ahogy azt megszokhatta. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{rész:Közremûködés} -\end_inset +\end_inset Közremûködés a Dokumentációs Projektben -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection A kézikönyvben talált hibák jelentése -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ez nagyon egyszerû, csak küld egy levelet a Felhasználók Listájára vagy a Fejlesztõk Listájára. A dokumentációval foglalkozó csapat elérhetõ a következõ levelezõlistán: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Mielõtt ide írna jelezze a hibát nekünk a fordítóknak, mert lehet hogy csak a fordítás a hibás. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ha a javítás csekély mértékû, valaki ki fogja javítani, viszont ha komolyabb problémát észlel, javasolt felvenni a kapcsolatot a fejlesztõkkel mielõtt akármit is javítana. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + -\emph on +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Soha ne változtassa meg a kézikönyvek tartalmát, a fejlesztõk hozzájárulása nélkül! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Egyébként a Dokumentációs Csapat folyamatosan, CVS-en keresztül karbantartja a dokumentációk prototípusát, így ezekben semmiféle zûrzavar nem keletkezhet a javítások során. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Csatlakozás a Dokumentációs Csapathoz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A LyX Dokumentációs Projekt, mint minden a LyX projekten belül, hasznosítani tudja az ön segítségét is. Ha ön szeretne közremûködni ebben, elõször is el kell végeznie a következõ feladatokat: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Töltse le a legfrissebb LyX forráskódot \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ A vállalkozó szellemûek mindig letölthetik a legfrissebb forrást a LyX CVS szerverérõl. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , majd csomagolja ki. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A kicsomagolt könyvtáron belül fog találni egy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default nevû fájlt a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc -\family default +\family default nevû alkönyvtárban. Olvassa végig, ez tartalmazza a dokumentációk formai szabályait. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tartson egy-két nap szünetet, aztán olvassa el újból! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ezután olvassa el a -\emph on +\emph on Felhasználói Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default et és a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default et is. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ennek az a célja, hogy ötleteket adjon, hogyan is kell kinézni egy dokumentáción ak. A -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default és a -\emph on +\emph on Felhasználói Kézikönyv -\emph default +\emph default egyébként mindig a legnaprakészebb az összes közül. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Ez a megállapítás természetesen csak az eredeti angol verzióra igaz. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Olvassa el újra a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default fájlt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Végül lépjen kapcsolatba a csapattal: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Biztosak akarunk lenni abban, hogy ön megértette a formai, tartalmi követelménye ket, -\emph on +\emph on mielõtt -\emph default +\emph default elkezdene írni. Ellenkezõ esetben önnek muszáj lesz átírnia a követelményeknek megfelelõre! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Semmi esetre se -\emph default +\emph default kezdjen dokumentációt írni, amíg nem lépett kapcsolatba a Dokumentációs Csapattal. A Dokumentációs Csapat honlapján: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset vagy a levelezási listánkon betekintést nyerhet az éppen aktuális tevékenységei nkbe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Csatlakozás a dokumentációk fordításához -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ha ön esetleg a dokumentációk fordításába szeretne bekapcsolódni, vegye fel a kapcsolatot a fordítókkal a következõ e-mail címen: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter zrubi@k2.jozsef.kando.hu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A fordítás állásáról pedig információkat kaphat a következõ honlapon: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://k2.jozsef.kando.hu/~zrubi/LyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx index 03432c1ab1..728805fc85 100644 --- a/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2485 +24,3618 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Bevezetés a LyX használatába, -\newline +\newline avagy -\newline +\newline Hogyan használjuk ezeket a dokumentumokat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Eligazodás a dokumentumok között -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 A kézikönyvek formátuma -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 A kézikönyvek -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Közremûködés a Dokumentációs Projektben +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 A kézikönyvben talált hibák jelentése -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Csatlakozás a Dokumentációs Csapathoz -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Csatlakozás a dokumentációk fordításához +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Welcome to LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 What the Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default and What it -\emph on +\emph on isn't +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Getting the Most out of the Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 What You -\emph on +\emph on Won't -\emph default +\emph default Find: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Getting Started with LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Your First LyX Document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Typing, Viewing, and Printing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Simple Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sections and Subsections -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Lists and sublists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Writing Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Text classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Templates: Writing a Letter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Labels and Cross-References +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Your first label -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Your first cross-references -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 More fun with labels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographies -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Table of Contents +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Using Math +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Math Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigating an Equation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponents and Indices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 The -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Greek and symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Square roots, accents, and delimiters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Display mode +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 More Math Stuff +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Other Major LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX for LaTeX Users +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importing LaTeX Documents--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Document Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Other Preamble Matter +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Errors! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/it_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/it_Customization.lyx index 1df5ade665..a95a9cc058 100644 --- a/lib/doc/it_Customization.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/it_Customization.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -12,13 +14,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -29,45 +30,60 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Personalizzazione di LyX: Caratteristiche per l'utente avanzato -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author dal LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Questa guida è aggiornata da -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default , mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu e mantenuta in italiano da -\noun on +\noun on Claudio Coco, -\noun default +\noun default lacocio@libero.it. Potete inviare commenti o segnalare errori ad uno di loro. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\newline + +\newline traduzione italiana a cura di Lino Muoio -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo manuale illustra le caratteristiche di personalizzazione presenti in LyX. @@ -80,735 +96,823 @@ Questo manuale illustra le caratteristiche di personalizzazione presenti funzioni più velocemente di quanto riusciamo a documentare--ma andremo a spiegare le personalizzazioni più comuni e possibilmente cercheremo di darvi qualche indicazione per quelle più complesse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX 1.1.6 introduce una nuova interfaccia utente per le personalizzazioni che possono essere richiamate attraverso -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default . Questo non rende obsoleta la seguente trattazione circa i files di configurazio ni di LyX, ma si spera invece che semplifichi considerabilmente l'adattamento di LyX alle -\shape slanted +\shape slanted vostre -\shape default +\shape default necessità. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter File di configurazione di LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config} -\end_inset +\end_inset Questo capitolo ha lo scopo di aiutare ad orientarsi all'interno dei file di configurazione di LyX. Prima di continuare a leggere questo capitolo, dovreste trovare dove si trova la directory delle librerie di LyX usando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default ersion. -\family default -\bar under +\family default +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default Questa direcotry è il posto in cui LyX mette i suoi files di configurazione generale, che chiameremo -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default nel prosieguo del documento. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\size larger +\size larger Cosa c'è in -\family typewriter -\size default +\family typewriter +\size default LyXDir -\family default -\size larger +\family default +\size larger ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default e le sue sottodirectory contiene numerosi files che possono essere usati per la personalizzazione del comportamento di LyX. Nuovo in LyX 1.1.6 è la possibiltà di richiamare questi files dall'interno dello stesso LyX attraverso il menu -\family sans -\shape smallcaps -\bar under +\family sans +\shape smallcaps +\bar under E -\shape default -\bar default +\shape default +\bar default dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default . La maggior parte delle personalizzazioni che si effettuano sono possibili attraverso questo menu. Tuttavia, molti altri aspetti principali di LyX possono essere personalizzati modificando gli altri file nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default . Questi sono divisi in differenti categorie, descritte nelle seguenti sottosezio ni. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Files generati automaticamente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi files vengono generati quando configurate LyX. Contengono vari valori predefiniti che vengono fissati mediante una procedura di ispezione. In generale, non è una buona idea modificarli, dato che potrebbero essere sovrascritti in qualsiasi momento. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium lyxrc.defaults -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contiene i valori di default per vari comandi. Se non gradite alcuni dei valori assegnati, potete reimpostarli usando la nuova voce -\family sans -\shape smallcaps -\bar under +\family sans +\shape smallcaps +\bar under E -\shape default -\bar default +\shape default +\bar default dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium packages.lst -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contiene la lista dei pacchetti che sono stati riconosciuti da LyX. Non è normalmente usata dal programma, ma le informazioni estratte, ed anche di più sono rese disponibili attraverso -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp \SpecialChar \menuseparator L -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default -TeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +TeX\InsetSpace ~ Configuration. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter textclass.lst -\family default +\family default è la lista delle classi di testo che sono stati trovate nella vostra directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layout/ -\family default +\family default , insieme alla classe di documento LateX associata e relativa descrizione. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default è generata automaticamente durante la configurazione dal file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx.in -\family default +\family default . Ogni stringa del form \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset @chk_foo@ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset verrà sostituito con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sì \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset no \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a seconda di dove sia stato trovato il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Directories -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium bind/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default questa directory contiene i files con l'estensione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default - che definiscono i tasti di scelta rapida usati in LyX (vedere la sezione\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + che definiscono i tasti di scelta rapida usati in LyX (vedere la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Se esiste una versione internazionalizzata del bindfile chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_xxx.bind -\family default +\family default , questo sarà usato per primo. - Vedere il capitolo\SpecialChar ~ + Vedere il capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset , e la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset per i dettagli. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium clipart/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contiene immagini Postscript® che possono essere inclusi nei documenti. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium doc/ -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default contiene i files di documentazioni di LyX (incluso quello che state ora leggendo). Il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeXConfig.lyx -\family default +\family default è particolarmente speciale, come già detto. Se esiste una versione internazionale del documento di aiuto con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default preposto al nome, quello sarà usato per primo. - Guardare il capitolo\SpecialChar ~ + Guardare il capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset per i dettagli. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default contiene files di esempio che spiegano come usare alcune caratteristiche. Nel file browser premere il pulsante -\family sans +\family sans Example -\family default +\family default per raggiungerlo. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter images/ -\family default +\family default contiene files di immagine che sono usati nel menu -\family sans +\family sans Document -\family default +\family default . In aggiunta, vi sono contenute anche le icone idividuali usate nella toolbar e nella schermata che viene mostrata all'avvio di LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kdb/ -\family default +\family default contiene i files di keymapping della tastiera. - Guardare il capitolo\SpecialChar ~ + Guardare il capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset per i dettagli. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter layouts/ -\family default - contiene i files di classi di testo descritti nel capitolo\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + contiene i files di classi di testo descritti nel capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX/ -\family default +\family default contiene i files che compongono reLyX, il traduttore del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset buon comportamento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di LaTeX dentro LyX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scripts/ -\family default +\family default contiene alcuni files che dimostrano le capacità dell'insieme -\family sans -External\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +External\InsetSpace ~ Template. -\family default +\family default Riferirsi a -\family sans +\family sans Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator External\SpecialChar \menuseparator Material -\family default +\family default per ulteriori informazioni. [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: se questo file è incorporato in un altro dei documenti standard, non sarà reperibile in questa locazione---AL -\emph default +\emph default ]. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter templates/ -\family default - contiene i files templates standard di LyX descritti nel Capitolo\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + contiene i files templates standard di LyX descritti nel Capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:templates} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex/ -\family default +\family default contiene alcuni files .cls distribuiti con LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ui/ -\family default +\family default contiene i files con estensione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default che definiscono l'interfaccia utente di LyX. Cioè i files definiscono quali oggetti appaiono in quali menu e quelli che appaiono nella toolbar. - Riferirsi al Capitolo\SpecialChar ~ + Riferirsi al Capitolo\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset per i dettagli. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Files che non volete modificare -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi files sono usati internamente da LyX e generalmente non avete bisogno di modificarli a meno che non siate sviluppatori. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium CREDITS -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default questo file contiene la lista degli sviluppatori di LyX. Si può accedere a questo file attraverso il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cr -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default dits. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium chkconfig.ltx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default questo è uno script LaTeX usato durante il processo di configurazione. Non va lanciato direttamente. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium configure -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default questo è lo script usato per riconfigurare LyX. Crea files di configurazione nella directory in cui è lanciato. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Altri files che necessitano di una riga o due di spiegazioni... -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter encodings -\family default +\family default ??? -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter external_templates -\family default +\family default questo file contiene i template disponibili nella nuova funzione -\family sans -External\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +External\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default . Riferirsi a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -External\SpecialChar ~ +External\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default aterial -\family default +\family default per ulteriori informazioni. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter language -\family default +\family default questo file contiene una lista di tutti i linguaggi correntemente supportati da LyX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default Deprecato e definitivamente abbandonato. Questo è il vecchio file di preferenze di LyX. Probabilmente scomparirà nel prossimo futuro. -\layout Section +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section -\size larger + +\size larger La vostra directory di configurazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Anche se si usa LyX come utente non privilegiato, è possibile voler cambiare la configurazione per un uso personale. La directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default contiene tutti i files della vostra configurazione personale. E' questa la directory descritta come come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset user directory \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default ersion. -\family default +\family default Questa directory è usata come mirror di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default , il che significa che ogni file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default è un sostituto del corrispondente file in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default . Ogni file di configurazione descritto nelle sezioni precedenti può essere posizionato sia nelle grandi directory di sistema, in quel caso agirà su tutti gli utenti, sia nella vostra directory locale per un uso di carattere personale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per rendere chiare le cose, si forniscono alcuni esempi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Per personalizzare il comportamento di LyX prima della versione 1.1.6, l'utente doveva copiare il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default e modificarlo direttamente. La nuova versione di LyX legge ancora questo file, se presente in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir -\family default +\family default , ma ogni cambiamento successivo fatto usando il nuovo menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default sono salvate nel nuovo file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences -\family default +\family default . In seguito -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default non sarà più letto e potrà essere rimosso. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Quando si riconfigura attraverso -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default LyX lancia configure ed i files risultanti sono scritti nella vostra directory di configurazione locale -\family sans -(vedere la sezione\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +(vedere la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default per avere una lista dei settaggi di\SpecialChar \menuseparator questa sezione).Questo significa che ogni classe di testo addizionale che potreste aver aggiunto alla directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default sarà aggiunta alla lista delle classi nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Similmente, se avete installato alcune classi di documento LaTeX nella vostra home directory, che LaTeX può trovare nel vostro path -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXTINPUTS -\family default +\family default , queste verranno mostrate nella lista delle vostre classi di testo. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard come pure se voi o LyX abbiate un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default per esso, naturalmente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Se acquisite della documentazione aggiornata dal sito ftp di LyX e non potete installarla perchè non avete i permessi di amministratore sul vostro sistema, potete semplicemente copiare i files in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/doc/ -\family default +\family default e saranno raggiungibili attraverso il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lanciare LyX con configurazioni multiple -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La libertà di configurazione della relativa directory locale può non essere sufficiente se volete avere più di una configurazione a vostra disposizione. @@ -816,39 +920,43 @@ La libert della stampante in tempi diversi. Potete ottenere questo attraverso più directory che verranno richiamate al run-time. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Richiamando LyX con lo switch da riga di comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -userdir -\family default +\family default < -\emph on +\emph on some directory -\emph default +\emph default > permette al programma di leggere la configurazione da quella directory e non dalla directory di default (potete scegliere la directory di default lanciando LyX senza lo switch descritto sopra). Se questa directory non esiste, LyX può crearla per voi proprio come fa per la directory di default la prima volta che si lancia il programma. Potete modificare le opzioni di configurazione in questa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Userdir -\family default +\family default addizionale esattamente come fareste per la directory di default. Queste directory sono completamente indipendenti (ma continuate a leggere). Notare che settare la variabile ambientale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX_USERDIR_11x -\family default +\family default allo stesso valore ha esattamente lo stesso effetto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avere molte configurazioni richiede anche più manutenzione: se volete aggiungere un nuovo layout a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Userdir/layouts -\family default +\family default che volete disponibile per tutte le vostre configurazioni, dovete aggiungerlo ad ogni directory separatamente. Potete evitare questo col seguente trucco: dopo che LyX ha creato la directory @@ -857,136 +965,146 @@ Userdir/layouts sostituite la sottodirectory vuota con un link simbolico alla relativa sottodirectory di una configurazione esistente. Fate attenzione tuttavia alla sottodirectory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter doc/ -\family default +\family default dato che contiene un file generato dallo script di configurazione (accessibile anche attraverso -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) che è specifico per ogni configurazione. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Il popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Usare il popup per la prima volta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Storicamente, è possibile personalizzare il comportamento di LyX attraverso la modifica del contenuto del file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc. -\family default +\family default Questo è cambiato in LyX 1.1.6 perchè ora esiste un menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default per semplificare il processo di semplificazione. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/lyxrc -\family default +\family default verrà ancora letto fino a quando non si usa il nuovo menu per la prima volta. Successivamente, ogni cambiamento sarà salvato in un nuovo file, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preferences, -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default non sarà più letto. Potrà così essere rimosso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il nuovo file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences -\family default +\family default conterrà solo i cambiamenti che sono stati fatti nel comportamento di base, alcuni dei quali sono ben codificati in LyX ed altri sono contenuti nel file di sistema -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults. -\family default +\family default Notate che in entrambi i files le righe che iniziano con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sono solo commenti e non sono interpretati. Tuttavia, solo gli amministratori di sistema dovrebbero editare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/lyxrc. -\family default +\family default Gli utenti dovrebbero usare la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default per creare e modificare il loro file personale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/preferences. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Speriamo che il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default sia ampiamente autoesplicativo. A quasi tutti i comandi sono stati associati dei commenti, così da non crearvi particolari difficoltà ad effettuare modifiche a vostro piacimento. @@ -998,10 +1116,14 @@ references Abbiate pazienza; questo è un work-in-progress. Se nulla sembra accadere come cambiamento salvate i cambiamenti e riavviate LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Schermo & Fonts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il carattere usato per visualizzare i vostri documenti sullo schermo di LyX è molto importante, dato che leggerete tutti i documenti con questo @@ -1015,26 +1137,30 @@ Il carattere usato per visualizzare i vostri documenti sullo schermo di le modalità secondo le quali procedere, sarebbe bene che sapeste qualcosa di più sui font in quanto la loro scelta nasce da un compromesso tra le vostre preferenze e le capacità del sistema col quale lavorate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che questa sezione tratta solo dei caratteri visibili sullo -\emph on +\emph on schermo -\emph default +\emph default all'interno della finestra di LyX. I caratteri che appaioni sulla -\emph on +\emph on carta -\emph default +\emph default in uscita dalla stampante sono indipendenti da questi e sono determinati dalla classe del documento. Consultate la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per imparare a cambiare il carattere della versione stampata del vostro documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di base, i caratteri che appaiono sullo schermo sono di due tipi differenti: caratteri scalabili e caratteri bitmap non scalabili. @@ -1042,22 +1168,24 @@ Di base, i caratteri che appaiono sullo schermo sono di due tipi differenti: li sono generalmente scalabili nella maggior parte dei moderni renderers di font. La differenza sta nella -\emph on +\emph on qualità -\emph default +\emph default dello scaling, e nella -\emph on +\emph on velocità -\emph default +\emph default con cui essi vengono visualizzati. Da ciò ne deriva l'importanza di capire dove sia bene usare l'uno o l'altro tipo di font. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I caratteri scalabili sono costruiti a partire dai -\emph on +\emph on contorni -\emph default +\emph default di ciascun glifo (cioè carattere) presente nel font. Questo significa che ogni glifo è definito attraverso curve matematiche che bene si adattano allo scaling di qualsiasi dimensione. @@ -1073,16 +1201,18 @@ contorni ma per consentire un rendering ragionevolmente veloce, si preferisce raggiunger e un compromesso, con il risultato è che i font scalabili sono più difficili da leggere per le piccole dimensioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I font bitmap invece sono definiti da grafica bitmap sin dall'inizio, così appaiono buoni per ogni dimensione richiesta. tuttavia, non scalano bene, perchè per scalare un glifo, ogni pixel è allargato in più pixel. E' quanto accade se cercate di allargare una fotografia in -\emph on +\emph on xv -\emph default +\emph default o in qualsiasi altro programma di manipolazione. Per ridurre questo effetto, i font bitmap sono forniti in varie dimensioni prestabilite, in genere da 8 pixel a 34 pixel o più in relazione ai possibili @@ -1093,7 +1223,9 @@ xv Lo svantaggio consiste nel fatto che le dimensioni non comprese in quelle predefinite, devono essere ottenute raddoppiando i pixel, e conseguentemente l'aspetto non è dei migliori. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se ne conclude quindi che i font bitmap sono generalmente i migliori per le piccole taglie, dove disponibili, mentre i font scalabili sono da preferire @@ -1106,35 +1238,45 @@ Se ne conclude quindi che i font bitmap sono generalmente i migliori per e. La soluzione ottimale è dunque quella di provare entrambi gli schemi e scegliere tra i due quello che meglio si adatta alle proprie esigenze. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di default, Lyx usa i font bitmap non-scalabili. Per i font serif, è usato -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default , per i font sans serif, è usato -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default , mentre -\emph on +\emph on curier -\emph default +\emph default è usato come font monospazio stile macchina da scrivere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In seguito descriveremo cosa fare se in LyX il testo non ha un bell'aspetto. Partiremo con i parametri più importanti: DPI e lo zoom dei fonts. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Settaggi DPI e Zoom di Font -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX automaticamente prova a scalare i fonts in modo da farli sembrare il più possibile uguali a quelli che verranno stampati, a meno del cosiddetto fattore di zoom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per far funzionare su ogni sistema, questo meccanismo sfrutta i settaggi dei DPI (dots per inch) dello schermo. @@ -1142,53 +1284,57 @@ Per far funzionare su ogni sistema, questo meccanismo sfrutta i settaggi attraverso le informazioni che fornisce il server X. Potete controllare cosa rileva LyX circa i DPI, lanciando LyX in questo modo: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 2. -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Su molti sistemi, X non è settato correttamente, quindi dovrete verificare la correttezza dei settaggi manualmente. Lanciate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdpyinfo -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | more -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e scrivete quali sono i DPI per la risoluzione che usate (che dovrebbe essere simile a quella che LyX rileva). E' il numero menzionato come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset risoluzione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Inserite poi anche il numero di pixel che avete in larghezza ( il primo numero sotto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dimensioni \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopodichè prendete il buon vecchio righello e misurate la larghezza visibile dell'immagine su vostro monitor. @@ -1200,17 +1346,21 @@ Dopodich Se questo numero è superiore a, per esempio, 5 DPI rispetto al valore autodeter minato, dovrete correggere l' X setup, o almeno dire a LyX che il valore di DPI è diverso da quello rilevato. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se non potete correggere l'X setup (che sarebbe la soluzione migliore perchè ne beneficerebbero altri programmi oltre a LyX), è possibile comunicare a LyX il corretto settaggio DPI attraverso il menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences. -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se il testo è troppo piccolo o troppo grande per il vostro gusto, dovrete cercare di rimendiare attraverso lo zoom sul carattere. @@ -1224,167 +1374,179 @@ Se il testo che abbia una grandezza appropriata. Ma, dato che LyX è comunque un sistema WYSIWYM, questa limitazione, eventuale, è improbabile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il valore di default dello zoom è 150 dato che un monitor è generalmente più grande che un pezzo di carta, ma dovreste comunque provare a modificarlo tramite il comando -\family sans -Font\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Font\InsetSpace ~ Zo\SpecialChar \@. default nel menu Preferences -\family default +\family default per trovare una grandezza che vi soddisfi. Quando avete trovato un settaggio che possa andare bene per voi (tip: usate il bottone -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default per lasciare la finestra aperta mentre fate esperimenti), potete poi rendere questi settaggi come default usando il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mentre è spesso possibile trovare una grandezza adatta al testo sullo schermo, questo non necessariamente vuol dire, che i fonts siano i migliori ottenibili dal proprio sistema. Per aiutarvi ad avere il massimo dal vostro sistema, potete usare i comendi di definizione dei font per raffinare l'aspetto del testo più in dettaglio. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comandi di definizione dei Fonts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come menzionato, LyX usa fonts bitmap non scalabili di default. Per i fonts serif, è usato -\emph on +\emph on times -\emph default +\emph default , per i fonts sans serif è usato -\emph on +\emph on helvetica -\emph default +\emph default , mentre -\emph on +\emph on courier -\emph default +\emph default è usato come font del tipo monospazio/macchina da scrivere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete cambiarli attraverso il menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . Il numero dei fonts disponibili varia a seconda dei sistemi, ma il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default dovrebbe essere reperibile ovunque. Usate questo programma per trovare i fonts adatti. Quando avete trovato un font che vi piace, provate ad inserire i primi due elementi del nome (chiamati \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fndry \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fmly \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default ) nel campo appropriato nel menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default e premere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default . LyX poi riformatterà il vostro documento usando il nuovo font, e se il font vi piace, dovreste salvarlo con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ave -\family default +\family default . Un punto di partenza per un nuovo font è vedere se il font scalabile \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset utopia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è disponibile. Tip: potete vedere se un font è scalabile o bitmap controllando i campi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resx \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset resy \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default . Se il valore 0 è disponibile, il font è scalabile. Se il valore 0 non è disponibile, il font è bitmap. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima che proviate a modificare un font bitmap perchè la larghezza più grande sembra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bloccata \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dovreste provare a selezionare il bottone \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Usa fonts scalabili \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Questo è utile solo se usate fonts bitmap, perchè solo questi non scalano @@ -1393,14 +1555,14 @@ Usa fonts scalabili disponibili, e questo garantisce che tutti i fonts bitmap sembrino buoni. (Potete vedere quale grandezze individuali del carattere son o disponibili con il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xlsfonts -\family default +\family default . Provate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man xlsfonts -\family default +\family default ). Tuttavia il prezzo da pagare è che la differenza tra la grandezza del font sullo schermo e la grandezza del font sulla carta sarà più grande perchè @@ -1408,13 +1570,13 @@ man xlsfonts a scalare la grandezza per adeguarsi. Inoltre, c'è il ridchio che alcune grandezze differenti da un punto di vista logico, come -\family sans +\family sans Large -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Larger -\family default +\family default , saranno mappate come lo stesso font sullo schermo, rendendo difficile identificare le differenze sullo schermo. Abbiamo deciso di non usare i fonts scalabili di default a causa di questi @@ -1424,51 +1586,55 @@ Larger Ma ricordate che questo flag crea una differenza solo se usate font bitmap. I font scalabili, come ora potete capire, non verranno toccati da questo tipo di problema. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un'ultima annotazione su questo flag: dovete sapere che non c'è nulla di sbagliato nell'usare fonts scalabili e bitmap contemporaneamente per differenti scopi. Per esempio, è abbastanza comune usare lo scalabile \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utopia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per il testo serif, assieme alla versione bitmap di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Helvetica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . E potete tranquillamente selezionare \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Usa fonts scalabili \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset senza problemi: sarà solo applicato al font Helvetica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualche volta gli artefatti introdotti dall'uso del flag possono essere eliminate usando il comando fine-detail che definisce a quali grandezze di punto corrispondono le differenti grandezze logiche dei caratteri. Lanciate LyX con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 513 -\family default +\family default per vedere come funziona concretamente e provate ad aggiustare le voci corrispondenti nel menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default fino a quando i risultati vi soddisfano. Questo è difficile da fare, perchè LyX usa i settaggi DPI e quelli di zoom del font per calcolare l'esatta grandezza del font sullo schermo da chiedere @@ -1476,101 +1642,111 @@ Preferences Se non riuscite ad ottenere risultati soddisfacenti con la tecnica dello \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sbaglia e riprova \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , potete rendere il processo più trasparente se settate assieme i DPI e lo zoom a 100, anche se si sa che non è corretto. questo naturalmente renderà i font scalabili non perfetti, quindi fate attenzione. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Codifica dei Fonts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di default, LyX userà dei font per scrivere un testo Western European, inclusi tutti i tipi di inglese. Viene definito attraverso il cosiddetto -\emph on +\emph on font -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on encoding -\emph default +\emph default . Se volete usare Lyx per scivere ad esempio un testo in Eastern European, Cirillico oppure ogni altro linguaggio non coperto dallo standard ISO-8859-1 di codifica dei caratteri, potete definirne uno differente con il settaggio del valore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash screen_font_encoding -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default .Questo richiede che siano installati speciali fonts. Potete usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xfontsel -\family default +\family default per queste modifiche: controllate i campi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rgstry \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset encdng \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per valori ISO-8859-X diversi da ISO-8859-1, e quindi cercate quello che contiene i caratteri della lingua prescelta. Se non lo trovate è ancora possibile definirlo nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default .Altrimenti bisogna ricercarlo sul Web. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando settate LyX per l'uso di una codifica differente, dovrete considerare i cambiamenti nei fonts della finestra pop-up di LyX. Per esempio il menu -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default non sarà comprensibile fino a quando non dite a LyX di usare un font differente. Di default, il menu font è settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -*-helvetica-medium-r -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle , ma spesso helvetica non è disponibile nella codifica dei font di cui avete bisogno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre potete cambiare questo font con il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash screen_font_emenu -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come potete vedere, ci sono alcune opzioni che possono essere usate per affinare l'aspetto dei vostri fonts. @@ -1580,17 +1756,19 @@ Come potete vedere, ci sono alcune opzioni che possono essere usate per ad usare fonts che hanno un aspetto buono sia sul video che sulla carta, LyX vi da la possibilità di usare fonts che sono disegnati per essere visti sullo schermo, se siete abbastanza fortunati da averli. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nella versione di LyX, proveremo a supportare il font renderer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1Lib -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle che fornisce un testo con effetto -\emph on +\emph on anti-aliased -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Questo significa che ogni glifo è costituito da molte ombre colorate piuttosto che da soli due colori, creando un effetto di alta risoluzione. @@ -1599,15 +1777,19 @@ anti-aliased stampati, dato che sarà ad esempio possibile settare un valore di 14.4 punti al contrario di ora che è possibile solo scegliere il valore arrotondato 14. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bindings \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le associazioni sono usate per assegnare una funzione ad un tasto. Molti file con associazioni precompilate sono disponibili: un set di associazio @@ -1615,261 +1797,293 @@ ni CUA (simile ai tipici insiemi di assegnazioni di tastiera PC e CDE), un set Emacs di associazioni, per quelli di noi che segono la cosiddetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset One True Way \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e rifiutano di sottostare agli standards, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sto scherzando, ovviamente! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset come pure associazioni speciali (broadway e hollywood) ed altri linguaggi (Francese, Tedesco, ecc..) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se, tuttavia, volete personalizzare le associazioni secondo i vostri specifici gusti, allora copiate il file della directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default che meglio si adatta nella vostra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/bind/ -\family default +\family default e modificatelo. Non dimenticate di caricare questo nuovo file in LyX attraverso il menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default (per il momento dovete riavviare LyX per rendere effettivi i cambiamenti). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporta l'internazionalizzazione dell'interfaccia utente (vedere il Capitolo -\shape italic -\emph on -\SpecialChar ~ +\shape italic +\emph on +\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\shape default -\emph default +\shape default +\emph default . Se il vostro -\emph on +\emph on locale -\shape italic +\shape italic viene settato con la variabile d'ambiente -\family typewriter -\shape default -\emph default +\family typewriter +\shape default +\emph default $LANG -\family default +\family default , LyX proverà ad usare i bindfile preponendo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG_ -\family default +\family default al loro nome. Ad esempio, potete mettere una copia tradotta di alcuni bindfile nella vostra directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bind/ -\family default +\family default personale e LyX li userà automaticamente. [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: non sono sicuro se è ancora vero ma forse qualcuno che utilizza questo metodo potrebbe testarlo---AL -\emph default +\emph default ]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La sintassi dei files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bind -\family default +\family default è la seguente: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bind -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sia le combinazioni di tasti che la lyx-function (inclusi gli argomenti) devono essere racchiusi tra le \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppie virgolette \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tutte le funzioni di LyX sono elencate nella -\emph on +\emph on Guida di Riferimento. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section User Interface \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ui} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'aspetto del menu e della toolbar può essere cambiato attraverso il menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . Basta semplicemente cambiare il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default . Per il momento esiste solo un file, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default , ma sentitevi liberi di sperimentare. Copiate il file che create nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserDir/ui/ -\family default +\family default e andate! Notate che, per il momento, dovete riavviare LyX per rendere effettivi i cambiamenti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La sintassi dei files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ui -\family default +\family default è la seguente: date uno sguardo a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.ui -\family default +\family default . Le righe riferite alla barra dei menu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter toolbar -\family default +\family default devono terminare con un esplicito -\family typewriter +\family typewriter end -\family default +\family default . Possono poi contenere dei sottomenu, oggetti, separatori, icone e nel caso del menu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset file \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , una riga -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lastfiles. -\family default +\family default Un piccolo avvertimento. I -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sottomenu -\family default +\family default possono essere inseriti in un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menubar -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menu -\family default +\family default , ma sono sempre definiti come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menus -\family default +\family default non come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter submenu -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Convertitori, Formati e Visualizzatori -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ha un nuovo e potente meccanismo per convertire da e verso ogni formato di file utilizzando programmi esterni. Prendiamo un paio di formati, ad es. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PDF -\family default +\family default . Ora definiamo un convertitore da un formato all'altro. Nel nostro esempio ci sono due possibili meccanismi. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Una conversione diretta, da LaTeX a PDF usando pdflatex -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Una via più contorta attraverso formati e convertitori intermedi: LaTeX a DVI (usando latex) a PostScript® (usando dvips) a PDF (usando ps2pdf) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX sceglierà sempre la via più veloce, così dovrete specificare due differenti nomi di Format per i files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .pdf -\family default +\family default per poterli usare entrambi. Entrambi sono inclusi di default nel menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . Date un'occhiata e poi createne dei vostri! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre, ogni Format può essere visto con un Viewer associato ad esso. Ad esempio, potreste voler usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default per esaminare i files PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: Questa sezione probabilmente ha bisogno di essere espansa, ma sostituisce completamente la prossima. In più, non sono sicuro di quanto importanti siano ancora le sezioni Stampante @@ -1877,425 +2091,503 @@ Nota dell'autore: Questa sezione probabilmente ha bisogno di essere espansa, La sezione Ascii-Export è ancora importante, sebbene ha bisogno di essere usata per differenziare l'approccio lyxrc da quello del menu Preference. --- AL -\emph default +\emph default ]. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Anteprima sullo schermo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oltre alla normale visualizzazione dei documenti attraverso LyX, è possibile avere un'anteprima del vostro documento nella forma in cui apparirà sulla carta dopo stampato. Di default LyX usa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default per l'anteprima dei files . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default (l'output di LaTeX). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX può anche usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default per convertire i files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default in . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default per l'anteprima. Si possono usare numerose opzioni nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default per personalizzare queste caratteristiche. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash view_dvi_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Permette di rimpiazzare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default con altri -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default previewer, o per passare argomenti a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash view_ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Permette di rimpiazzare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default con il vostro Post \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Script previewer preferito, oppure per passare argomenti a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash view_pspic_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Definisce il programma usato per ottenere anteprime a tutto schermo delle figure PostScript®. Non è possibile includere alcuna opzione in questo tipo di settaggio. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Definisce il programma per usare le figure PostScript all'interno di un documento LyX. Non è possibile includere nessuna opzione. Se viene definita una stringa vuota (""), LyX non processerà nessuna figura. Questo può essere utile se avete una macchina lenta e lavorate con molte figure. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash default_papersize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Setta la grandezza della carta usata da LyX per fare l'anteprima dei documenti. Il valore di default è la carta USletter. Se LaTeX è configurato per usare una differente grandezza di default, potrete cambiare questo settaggio. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Opzioni ASCII-Export -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono alcuni comandi che possono essere usati per \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ripulire \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset i files di testo esportati in ASCII. Notate che LyX automaticamente riconosce ed usa il miglior settaggio per il vostro sistema sin dalla fase di installazione, ma è possibile modificarli se non vi piacciono. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default +\family default Questo comando vi permette di settare il comando per produrre migliori tabelle ASCII con i comandi UNIX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff/troff/nroff -\family default +\family default (referirsi alle relative man pages per ulteriori informazioni). Non definirlo per niente dice a LyX di usare il formattatore interno (inferiore ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ascii_linelen -\family default +\family default Con questo comando potete settare la lunghezza di default della riga dell'outpu t di un file ASCII. Settarlo a 0 significa righe infinite. Il Default è 75 caratteri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Examples: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # This let's you generate ASCII tables with latin1 -\newline +\newline # characters, using the groff formatter -\newline +\newline # -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash ascii_roff_command groff -t -ms -Tlatin1" -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline # This let's you generate ASCII tables using the -\newline +\newline # nroff formatter -\newline +\newline # -\backslash +\backslash ascii_roff_command "nroff" -\newline +\newline # This sets the line length to 80 characters -\newline +\newline # -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash ascii_linelen 80 -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Stampante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono una serie di comandi che vi aiutano a settare il comando della stampante da LyX. Normalmente si usano solo alcuni di questi, ma vengono riportati tutti per questione di completezza. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash printer -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo valore definisce il nome di default della vostra stampante. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo valore definisce quale comando LyX deve essere usato per stampare il vostro documento. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_evenpage_flag -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo valore definisce quale flag del comando di stampa comporterà la stampa delle sole pagine pari. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_oddpage_flag -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo valore definisce quale flag del comando di stampa si occuperà di stampare solo le pagine dispari. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_reverse_flag -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Con questo comando, potete definire quale comando di stampa si occuperà di stampare le pagine in ordine inverso. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_landscape_flag -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo comando definisce quale flag è settata quando si richiede di stampare il proprio documento in landscape. se il documento è stampato in portrait, nessuna opzione è passata. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_to_printer -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Se specificate un esplicito nome per la stampante, dovrete preporre questo nome con un flag dalla linea di comando della stampante. Questo comando definisce quale flag dovrebbe apparire prima del nome della stampante. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_to_file -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Se volete stampare su un file, dovrete utilizzare un flag prima del nome del file. Questo comando vi permette di definire come apparirà questo flag. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_file_extension -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Quando stampate su un file, con questo comando potete definire quale estensione potrà avere il file stampato. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_extra_options -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Con questo comando potete definire una serie di flags che saranno inseriti nel comandi di stampa dopo gli altri flags. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_cmd -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Se si specifica qualcosa in questo comando, LyX stamperà in due fasi: Prima sarà eseguito il programma specificato nel comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash print_command -\family default +\family default con le direttive per stampare su un file. Poi, il comando specificato con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_cmd -\family default +\family default sarà eseguito col file di uotput col precedente comando sulla riga di comando, e, se specificato, la direttiva ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash print_to_printer -\family default +\family default ) per mandare l'output ad una stampante definita prima del nome del file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutto sommato, speriamo che questo vi permetta di stampare i vostri documenti senza problemi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Changing Colors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile cambiare i colori dello schermo usando il nuovo menu -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . Alternativamente, se vi sentite particolarmente perversi potete usare la funzione associabile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter set-color -\family default +\family default (vedere la -\emph on +\emph on Guida di Riferimento -\emph default +\emph default ). L'input avrà il seguente formato: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter set-color LyXName X11Color -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di seguito è presentata una lista (parziale) delle funzioni e dei colori di default: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2307,323 +2599,395 @@ Di seguito \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Nome LyX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Scopo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Colore di default (X11) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english text background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english text foreground -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english linen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english latex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english LaTeX code -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english DarkRed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english math -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Mathed formulae -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english DarkBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english mathline -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english fraction Lines, brackets, etc. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english Blue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english mathbag -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english AntiqueWhite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english mathframe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english black -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english selection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english selection background -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english LightBlue -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard La lista completa si trova correntemente solo nel file sorgente LColor.C -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alcuni siti \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on come la mia macchina da ufficio -- Dave johnson -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset hanno ancora la versione 2.09 di LaTeX. Sebbene non possiamo immaginare perchè questo dovrebbe essere ancora il default dato che la versione 2.09, essendo questa obsoleta dal 1994, dovremo comunque continuare a riferirci con LyX a tale ambiente. Non bisogna -\emph on +\emph on pensare -\emph default +\emph default però ad un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fixing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di LyX per girare sotto LaTeX 2.09. Aggiornare il vostro LaTeX sarà più facile, ed è comunque la soluzione @@ -2634,688 +2998,804 @@ fixing Potete cambiare il nome del comando LaTeX appropriato, come ad esempio \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle lyxrc -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on come la mia macchina da ufficio -- Dave johnson -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset con la linea: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash latex_command latex2e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard nel vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Al momento dell'installazione, LyX proverà a rilevare automaticamente se questo settaggio è necessario, quindi normalmente, non ve ne dovrete preoccupar e. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section I settaggi autorilevati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetected} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ci sono numerosi oggetti che sono rilevati quando lanciate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure. -\bar under +\bar under -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default In questa sezione elencheremo quelle che si riferiscono a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Quello che segue, tutte le chiamate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *_command -\family default +\family default sono sono settete a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset niente \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset se non viene stato trovato il comando opportuno. In questo caso, la corrispondente funzione non è disponibile. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash latex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su un processore LaTeX2e valido (programmi testati sono -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2e -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default se avete Ghostscript installato. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash view_ps_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default se sono stati trovati nel sistema ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash view_pspic_command -\family default +\family default è settato per usare lo stesso programma). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash ascii_roff_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default usa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter groff -\family default +\family default oppure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nroff -\family default +\family default + -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tbl -\family default +\family default , a seconda di quello disponibile. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default con in più una serie di opzioni. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash fax_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su -\family typewriter -fax\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +fax\InsetSpace ~ send -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sendfax -\family default +\family default , che dipende da che packetto fax e stato trovato. Le necessarie opzioni del commando vengono anche aggiunti. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash print_spool_command -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default viene settato to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default su sistmi (chiamati System V) che hanno questo commando e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default altrimenti (sistemi BSD). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium -\backslash +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash print_spool_printerprefix -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default viene settato a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -d o su -p -\family default +\family default a seconda della presenza di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium -\backslash +\backslash font_encoding -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default è settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default se i fonts -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ec -\family default +\family default sono rilevati e LaTeX ha un supporto interno per questi fonts. Potete settarli manualmente se avete i cosiddetti fonts -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il resto -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono molti altri comandi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default che possono essere usati per personalizzare il comportamento di LyX. Abbiamo attualmente ancora necessità di documentarli in questa sede, ma ancora, il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.example -\family default +\family default è riccamente commentato, così consigliamo di dare un'occhiata per avere un'idea di quello che potete personalizzare. Potete infine tentare la fortuna nella -\emph on +\emph on Guida di RIferimento, -\emph default +\emph default ma non ci sono garanzie dato che è molto difficile tenerla aggiornata. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Il Server LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il server LyX è un metodo implementato in LyX che abilita altri programmi a parlare con LyX, a chiamare comandi LyX e ad ottenere informazioni sullo stato interno di LyX. E' uno strumento principalmente indirizzato ad utenti esperti, che dovrebbero trovarlo utile. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Iniziare il Server LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il server LyX lavora attraverso l'uso di un paio di canali. Queste sono di solito locate nella vostra directory home e si chiamano \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . I programmi esterni vanno a scrivere in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.in -\family default +\family default e legge i dati da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyxpipe.out -\family default +\family default . L'inizio di questi canali può essere specificato nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default aggiungendo una linea del tipo: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash serverpipe "/home/myhome/.lyxpipe" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX aggiungerà ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .in -\family default +\family default ' and ' -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .out -\family default +\family default ' per creare i canali. La precedente riga ha inoltre l'effetto di attivare il server LyX. se uno dei canali già esiste, LyX assumerà che c'è un altro processo LyX in esecuzione e non lascerà partire il server. Per avere molti processi LyX con rispettivi servers in contemporanea, dovete cambiare il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default tra gli inizi dei programmi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se state sviluppando un programma client, potreste trovare utile abilitare una modalità di debugging dal server LyX. Potete farlo facendo partire LyX con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -dbg 8192. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Attenzione: se LyX va in crash, non può gestire la rimozione dei canali, e quindi bisognerà farlo manualmente. Se LyX parte e i canali sono già esistenti, non farà partire alcun server. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oltre a questo, ci sono alcuni punti da considerare: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sia il server che i clients devono girare su macchine UNIX o OS/2. Le comunicazioni tra LyX su UNIX e i clients su OS/2 o viceversa non sono attualmente possibili. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Su OS/2, solo un client per volta può connettersi al server LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Su OS/2, i clients devono aprire il canale d'ingresso in modalità -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O_WRONLY -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete trovare degli esempi completi scritti in C nella distribuzione dei codici come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/server_monitor.c -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Comunicazione normale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per assegnare una chiamata LyX, il client scrive una riga di codice ASCII nel canale di input. Questa linea ha il seguente formato: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXCMD: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on argument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questo caso -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default è un nome che il client può scegliere arbitrariamente. Il suo unico uso è che LyX gli risponderà se questi manda una risposta - così un client può mandare risultati da differenti richiedenti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default è la funzione che volete che LyX esegua. E' lo stesso dei comandi che dovreste usare in minibuffer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on argument -\emph default +\emph default è un argomento opzionale rilevante solo per alcune funzioni ( ad esempio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset auto-inserimento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che inserisce l'argomento come testo nella posizione del cursore.) -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote La risposta da LyX arriverà nel canale di output e sarà del tipo -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote INFO: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on data -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dove -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default sono richiamati dalla richiesta di comando, mentre -\emph on +\emph on data -\emph default +\emph default è un'informazione più o meno utile a seconda dell'esecuzione del comando. Alcuni comandi restituiscono informazioni circa lo stato interno di LyX, come il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset font-state \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , mentre altri restituiscono risposte \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset vuote \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Questo significa che l'esecuzione del comando ha avuto fine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In caso di errori, la risposta da LyX avrà questa forma -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote ERROR: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on function -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on error message -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dover l' -\emph on +\emph on error message -\emph default +\emph default dovrebbe contenere la spiegazione del perchè il comando è fallito. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esempi: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\newline +\newline read a <~/.lyxpipe.out -\newline +\newline echo $a -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notifica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX può notificare ai clients gli eventi asincroni. Correntemente lo farà soltanto se l'utente assegna una sequenza di tasti alla funzione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notifica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il formato della stringa che LyX manda è: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter NOTIFY: -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on key-sequence -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove -\emph on +\emph on key-sequence -\emph default +\emph default è la rappresentazione stampata della sequenza di tasti premuta dall'utente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo meccanismo può essere usato per estendere il set di comandi LyX ed implementare macro: assegnare una sequenza di tasti a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset notifica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , lanciare un client che ascolta sul canale d'uscita, fornisce il comando relativo alla sequenza e inizia una funzione che può usare le chiamate e le richieste di LyX per assegnare un comando o una serie di comandi a LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il Protocollo Server LyX semplice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lyx implementa un semplice protocollo che può essere usato per la gestione delle sessioni. Tutti i messaggi sono della forma: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote LYXSRV: -\emph on +\emph on clientname -\emph default +\emph default : -\emph on +\emph on protocol message -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove -\emph on +\emph on protocol message -\emph default +\emph default può essere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è ricevuto da un client, LyX ritornerà indietro per informare il client che sta ascoltando il suo messaggio, mentre \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mandato da LyX informa i clients che LyX sta chiudendo. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Internazionalizzare LyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporta l'uso di interfacce tradotte. L'ultima volta che abbiamo controllato, LyX forniva testi in 14 linguaggi diversi oltre l'inglese di base. Il linguaggio scelto è definito linguaggio -\emph on +\emph on locale -\emph default +\emph default . (per ulteriori letture sui settaggi locali, riferirsi alla documentazione del vostro sistema operativo. Per Linux, le manual page di locale(5) sono un ottimo punto di partenza). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che queste traduzioni funzionano, ma contengono alcuni difetti. In particolare, tutti i menu di pop-up sono stati progettati in inglese, @@ -3328,200 +3808,228 @@ Notate che queste traduzioni funzionano, ma contengono alcuni difetti. Altre volte, il traduttore non lo ha ancorafatto. Cercheremo di ovviare a questi inconvenienti nelle prossime versioni di LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Selezionare un linguaggio alternativo per l'interfaccia utente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa possibilità è disabilitata di default, ciò significa che il testo sarà in inglese. Per abilitare un linguaggio alternativo bisogna settare la variabile ambientale appropriata. Usate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "setenv LANG xx" -\family default +\family default per le interfacce di classe csh o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "export LANG=xx" -\family default +\family default per la classe sh. Sostituite le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx -\family default +\family default con il codice di due lettere del linguaggio che volete. Ad esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter no -\family default +\family default è Norvegiese. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Evidenetemente vorrete mettere la linea appropriata in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.Xsession -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xinitrc -\family default +\family default in modo che la traduzione sia attivata di default. Ricordate che se LyX è configurato e compilato con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter --disable-nls -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ,questo non funzionerà. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Usare scorciatoie per linguaggi alternativi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una causa principale di inconsistenza nelle versioni tradotte di LyX è il fatto che tutte le scorciatoie da tastiera per le funzioni del menu sono basate sulla versione inglese del testo Ad esempio, l'entrata nel menu -\family sans +\family sans M-f t -\family default +\family default aprirà il popup nuovo-file-da-template. Questo è semplice da cambiare, come tutte le scorciatoie delle operazioni del menu definite nel file unico -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/menus.bind -\family default +\family default . Ogni utente può avere la propria copia di questo file nella propria directory privata -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/bind -\family default +\family default , che avrà precedenza rispetto agli altri file di sistema. In questa copia privata ognugno può facilmente cambiare le definizioni, ad esempio per la versione tedesca avremo -\family sans +\family sans M-f t -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans M-d v -\family default +\family default (per -\family sans +\family sans Date\SpecialChar \menuseparator Vorlage). -\family default +\family default Per alcuni linguaggi, gli esempi per adattare i files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menus.bind -\family default +\family default si possono trovare in -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/bind/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _menus.bind -\family sans +\family sans ( -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default è il codice del linguaggio). Questi, se esistono (e se il vostro settaggio locale è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG= -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ), saranno automaticamente usati da LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dovete fare attenzione a che le nuove definizioni per le scorciatoie non coincidano con altre prima definite. Ad esempio, l'associazione -\family sans +\family sans M-d v -\family default +\family default genererà un errore per quelli che usano -\family typewriter +\family typewriter (x)emacs.bind -\family default +\family default , dove -\family sans +\family sans M-d -\family default +\family default è unito a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter word-delete-forward -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dalla versione 1.0 di LyX, i nomi tradotti per i menu top level (tradotti nei files \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset po \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) sono usati dal meccanismo di assegnazione, quindi il menu -\emph on +\emph on tradotto -\emph default +\emph default deve essere usato nel -\family typewriter +\family typewriter menus.bind -\family default +\family default tradotto. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tradurre LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tradurre l'interfaccia grafica utente (messaggi di testo). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX usa la libreria GNU gettext per gestire l'internazionalizzazione dell'interf accia. @@ -3532,242 +4040,274 @@ accia. Tutti i passaggi necessari ad eseguire questa operazione sono spiegati nella documentazione di GNU gettext, ma, in breve, questo è quello che dovete fare ( -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default rappresenta il codice del linguaggio): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize -Copiare -\family typewriter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + +Copiare +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot -\family default +\family default in -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .po -\family default +\family default (se -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default non esiste, può essere rifatto con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make lyx.pot -\family default +\family default in quella directory, oppure potete usare un po-file esistente per altri linguaggi come se fosse un template). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xx.po -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Raccomandiamo di usare Emacs per fare questo, dato che la distribuzione gettext include un appropriato supporto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Per alcune etichette di menu, ci sono anche scorciatoie da tastiera che dovrebbero essere tradotte. Questi tasti sono segnati dopo un ` -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default ', e dovrebbero essere tradotti in relazione alle parole e alle frasi del linguaggio -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default . C'è uno strumento chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scgen.pl -\family default +\family default scritto in Prolog in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/development/tools/ -\family default +\family default che può essere utile per creare determinate scorciatoie. Notate che XForms (almeno la versione 0.86) non può manipolare altro che scorciatoie di caratteri di 7 bit. Dovreste inoltre aggiungere delle informazioni all'inizio del nuovo file po come il vostro indirizzo email ecc, cosi gli altri sanno dove possono rintracciarvi. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Create -\series bold +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .mo -\family default +\family default . Questo può essere fatto con -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter msgfmt -o -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .mo < -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default .po -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Copiare ilfile mo nella vostra directory locale, precisamente nella dirctory dei messaggi dell'applicazione per il linguaggio -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default , e, sotto il nome -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.mo -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline (es. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/locale/ -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold xx -\family typewriter -\series default +\family typewriter +\series default /LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungere un nuovo file po alla -\emph on +\emph on distribuzion -\emph default +\emph default e di LyX comprende il cambiamento degli script di configurazione ed oltre, ma per come lavora gettext, attualmente non avete bisogno di codice LyX per tradurlo---se si ha -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.pot -\family default +\family default (o un file po esistente), bastano gli strumenti di gettext. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se avete scritto un file di traduzione per un linguaggio che attualmente LyX non supporta, ritenetevi liberi di introdurlo magari mandando una patch. In questo caso vi raccomandiamo di leggere il README della directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/ -\family default +\family default per ulteriori informazioni. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tradurre la documentazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La documentazione online (nel menu -\family sans +\family sans Help) -\family default +\family default può (e dovrebbe!) essere tradotto. Se ci sono versioni tradotte della documentazione disponibile \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ad Aprile 1999, quasi tutti i documenti sono stati tradotti in tedesco. Il tutorial è stato tradotto in francese, polacco, portoghese e svedese, con altre traduzioni in corso. La libreria dei documenti tradotti cresce rapidamente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , e il locale è adeguatamente settato, queste saranno usate automaticamente da LyX. LyX cerca di tradurre le versioni come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir/doc/ -\series bold +\series bold xx -\series default +\series default _DocName.lyx -\family default +\family default , dove -\family typewriter -\series bold +\family typewriter +\series bold xx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default indica il linguaggio settato dalla variabile ambientale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LANG -\family default +\family default . Se non c'è nulla, sarà mostrato il linguaggio di default ovvero l'inglese. Notate che le versioni tradotte devono avere gli stessi nomi dei files come gli originali ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocName -\family default +\family default di cui sopra). Se ve la sentite di tradurre la documentazione (un buon modo per leggersi la documentazione originale BTW!), ci sono alcune cose che dovreste fare: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Leggere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default , la guida per scrivere documentazione su LyX. Fare molta attenzione alla sezione traduzioni. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Controllare la pagina web delle traduzioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The LyX Developer's Web Site]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . In questo modo potete trovare (se ce ne sono) i documenti tradotti e quelli @@ -3775,339 +4315,427 @@ Controllare la pagina web delle traduzioni Inoltre troverete un responsabile organizzatore (se c'è) che vi aiutera nella vostra opera. Se non c'è un organizzatore fateci sapere se siete interessati. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una volta che iniziate a tradurre ci sono alcune cose che dovete ricordare: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Unirvi al team di documentazione! Ci sono informazioni su come farlo in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Intro.lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Help\SpecialChar \- paese. Inventare una vostra propria terminologia potrebbe solo creare confusione al lettore. -\emph on +\emph on ( -\family default +\family default Attenzione! La tipografia da assuefazione! -\family sans +\family sans ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fate una copia del documento. Questo sarà la vostra copia di lavoro. Potrete inoltre usarla come vostra copia personale tradotta mettendola nella vostra directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/doc/ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Qualche volta il documento originale (dal team LyX) viene aggiornato. Usate lo strumento CVSweb reperibile presso il sito dello sviluppatore per vedere i cambiamenti avvenuti \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alternativamente, potete procurarvi una copia dell'ultima versione del documento inglese che avete tradotto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . In questo modo potrete facilmente vedere le parti del documento che vanno aggiornate. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se per caso trovate un errore nel documento originale, correggetelo e comunicate al documentation team i cambiamenti! (non avete dimenticato di unirvi al documentation team vero?). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Supporto Tastiere Internazionali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'editore: la seguente sezione è a cura di Ivan Schreter. Necessita di essere corretta in relazione al nuovo Documentation Style ed al fine di utilizzare le caratteristiche della versione 1.0. Il tutto va inoltre unito con le sezioni successive.-jw -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Definire una propria Mappa della Tastiera: Formato File Keymap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diamo uno sguardo al file di definizione della tastiera più da vicino. E' un file di testo ASCII che definisce -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize key-to-key or key-to-string translations -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dead keys -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dead keys exceptions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per definire una traduzione tasto a tasto o tasto a stringa, usare questo comando: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kmap -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default key -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default outstring -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default è il tasto che deve essere tradotto e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter outstring -\family default +\family default è la stringa che deve essere inserita nel documento. P er definire i tasti morti, usare: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deadkey -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove -\family typewriter +\family typewriter key -\family default +\family default è il tasto della tastiera e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\emph on +\emph on deadkey -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle è il nome del tasto morto. Sono supportati i seguenti tasti morti (le scorciatoie sono tra parentesi): -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on Name -\hfill +\hfill Example -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation acute (acu) -\hfill +\hfill áéíóú -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation grave (gra) -\hfill +\hfill àèìòù -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation macron (mac) -\hfill +\hfill \i \={o} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tilde (til) -\hfill +\hfill ñÑ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underbar (underb) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash b o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation cedilla (ced) -\hfill +\hfill çÇ -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation underdot (underd) -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash d o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circumflex (circu) -\hfill +\hfill âêîôû -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation circle (circl) -\hfill +\hfill Å\i \r{u} \i \r{U} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation tie (tie) -\hfill +\hfill -\backslash +\backslash t oo -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation breve (bre) -\hfill +\hfill \i \u{a} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash u o -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Quotation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation caron (car) -\hfill +\hfill \i \v{c} \i \v{s} \i \v{z} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation hungarian umlaut (hug) -\hfill +\hfill \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation umlaut (uml) -\hfill +\hfill äöü -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation dot (dot) -\hfill +\hfill \i \.{z} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash .s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dato che in molte tastiere internazionali ci sono delle eccezioni alle funzioni di alcuni tasti morti, potete definirli usando -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deadkey key outstring -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad esempio, sulle tastiere slovacche se immettete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset caron-o \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , verrà scritto \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset circumflex-o \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , così dovrete cambiare -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kxmod -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter caron o " -\backslash +\backslash ^o" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard per farlo funzionare correttamente. Inoltre, dovrete definire come eccezione i tasti morti su i e j , per rimuovere il punto prima di inserire un accento. Lo cambierò appena possibile in quanto non ho ancora avuto il tempo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Circa i caratteri, backslash non è presente, quindi per inserirlo avete bisogno del doppio backslash. @@ -4115,573 +4743,659 @@ Circa i caratteri, backslash non # segna i commenti, le virgolette iniziano e finiscono i comandi in stile LaTeX. Per immettere le virgolette dovete usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash " -\family default +\family default , per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default , usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash # -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se create un file di descrizione della tastiera che va bene per la vostra lingua, vi prego di mandarmelo, in modo che io possa includerlo nella prossima distribuzione delle mappe di tastiera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molte parole chiave saranno presenti nelle future distribuzioni come: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash kinclude filename -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default include -\family default +\family default un altro file -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kprog program -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default define -\family default +\family default un programma esterno di traduzione della tastiera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre dovrebbe apparire nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default di default (ad esempio un'opzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kinclude -\family default +\family default per includere la tastiera di default). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Materiale sulle tastiere internazionali \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keymap} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le prossime due sezioni descrivono la sintassi dei file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default nel dettaglio. queste sezioni dovrebbero aiutarvi a disegnare la vostra mappa di caratteri se quelle che avete non vi soddisfano. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il File .kmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un file -\family sans +\family sans . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default mappa le pressioni dei tasti sia di caratteri che di stringhe. Come suggerisce il nome, esso setta la mappa della tastiera. Il file -\family sans +\family sans . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default contiene delle parole chiavi come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap,kmod,ksmod -\family default +\family default , e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kcomb -\family default +\family default qui di seguito descritte. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmap -\family default +\family default Mappa il carattere rispetto a una stringa -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmap -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on string -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo mapperà -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on string -\emph default +\emph default . Notate che in -\emph on +\emph on string -\emph default +\emph default , le due virgolette (") e il backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ) devono essere evitate con un precedente backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un esempio di -\family sans +\family sans kmap -\family default +\family default che serve affinchè il simbolo -\family sans +\family sans / -\family default +\family default venga generato dal tasto -\family sans +\family sans & -\family default +\family default è: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmap & / -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kmod -\family default +\family default Specifica un carattere accentato -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family roman +\family roman -\emph on +\emph on char accent allowed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo farà sì che il carattere -\emph on +\emph on char sia accentato sul carattere ammesso -\emph default +\emph default . Questo è un meccanismo di tasto morto \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il termine tasto morto si riferisce ad un tasto che non produce un carattere da solo, ma soltanto quando è seguito da un altro tasto. Ad esempio, si può riprodurre un carattere tedesco con un umlaunt come -\family roman +\family roman -\emph on +\emph on ä -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se premete -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default e poi una altro tasto non in -\emph on +\emph on allowed (non permesso) -\emph default +\emph default avrete un -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default seguito da un altro tasto, non abilitato. Ricordate che un Backspace cancella un tasto morto, così se premete -\emph on +\emph on char -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default , il cursore non andrà una posizione indietro, bensì cancellerà l'effetto che il -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default dovrebbe avere sul tasto successivo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il seguente esempio specifica che il carattere ' dovrà essere un accento acuto, abilitato sui caratteri a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O, e U: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ' acute aeiouAEIOU -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 ksmod Specifica un'eccezione al carattere accentato -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kxmod -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on -\family roman +\family roman accent char result -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo definisce un'eccezione per l' -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default sul -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default . L' -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default deve essere stato assegnato ad un tasto con una precedente dichiarazione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default e -\emph on +\emph on char -\emph default +\emph default non deve appartenere al set degli accenti ( -\emph on +\emph on accent -\emph default +\emph default ) abilitati -\emph on +\emph on (allowed) -\emph default +\emph default . Quando immettete la sequenza del carattere accentato ( -\emph on +\emph on accent char sequence) -\emph default +\emph default , il risultato ( -\emph on +\emph on result) -\emph default +\emph default viene prodotto. Se non esiste una dichiarazione nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap -\family default +\family default e voi immettete l' -\emph on +\emph on accent char -\emph default +\emph default , avrete un' -\emph on +\emph on accent_key char -\emph default +\emph default dove -\emph on +\emph on accent_key -\emph default +\emph default è il primo argomento della dichiarazione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default declaration. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La seguente procedura di comandi fa in modo che venga generato äi immettendo acute-i ('i): -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kxmod acute i " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash i}" -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans kcomb -\family default +\family default Combina due caratteri accentati -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kcomb -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on accent1 accent2 allowed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo effetto ha qualcosa di esoterico. Infatti vi permette di combinare l'effetto di -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default (in quell'ordiner!) su caratteri abilitati -\emph on +\emph on (allowed) -\emph default +\emph default . I tasti per -\emph on +\emph on accent1 -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on accent2 -\emph default +\emph default devono essere stati settati con un comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kmod -\family default +\family default in un punto precedente del file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consideriamo questo esempio dal file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter greek.kmap -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH -\backslash +\backslash kmod : umlaut iyIY -\backslash +\backslash kcomb acute umlaut iyIY -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo vi permette di premere -\family sans +\family sans ;:i -\family default +\family default ed ottenere l'effetto di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash "{i}} -\family default +\family default . Un backspace in questo caso cancella l'ultimo tasto morto, così se premete -\family sans +\family sans ;: Backspace i -\family default +\family default avrete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{i} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il file .cdef -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo la mappatura fatta con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .kmap, -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default mappa le stringhe che i symboli generano rispetto ai caratteri del font corrente. La corrente distribuzione di LyX include almeno i files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-1.cdef -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-2.cdef -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In generale il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default è una sequenza di dichiarazioni di questa forma: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on char_index_in_set -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on string -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad esempio, per mappare -\family sans +\family sans -\backslash +\backslash '{e} -\family default +\family default sul corrispondente carattere nel set iso-8859-1 (233), si usa la seguente dichiarazione -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 233 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{e}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default estranei alla stringa. Notate che lo stesso carattere può essere applicato a più di una stringa. Nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso-8859-7.cdef -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default avete -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{i}}" -\newline +\newline 192 " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash "{ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash '{i}}" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se LyX non trova una mappatura per la stringa prodotta dalla pressione del tasto o da una sequenza con tasti morti, controllerà se assomiglia ad un carattere accentato e proverà a disegnare un accento sul carattere sullo schermo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tasti morti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'è un altro modo per aggiungere il supporto a caratteri internazionali, ed è quello che usa la tecnica dei cosiddetti tasti morti. @@ -4689,335 +5403,367 @@ C' accentato. In questa sezione spieghiamo come si crea un semplice tasto morto per far vedere come funziona. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supponiamo di avere bisogno di un carattere circonflesso, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Si potrebbe associare il tasto ^ [a.k.a. -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ Shift- -\family default +\family default 6] al comando LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter accent-circumflex -\family default +\family default nel vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Ora, se digitate il tasto ^ seguito da una lettera, la lettera avrà un accento circonflesso su di essa. Per esempio, la sequenza \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset produce la lettera e con ^. Se provate a digitare \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^t \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tuttavia, LyX segnalerà con un beep che l'operazione non è possibile dato che la t non ha mai accento. Premere -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default dopo un deadkey produrrà un accento semplice. Attenzione a quest'ultimo punto! Se associate un tasto ad un deadkey, dovrete riassociare il carattere su quel tasto ad un altro tasto ancora. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un altro modo comune di associare tasti morti è quello di usare -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default in combinazione con un accento come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ~ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans , -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Un'altra tecnica consiste nell'uso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default per settare il tasto speciale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default . Il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default si comporta in alcuni casi proprio come lo -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default e permette di associare tasti a caratteri accentati. Potete inoltre convertire tasti semplici in tasti morti associandoli ad oggetti del tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter usldead_cedilla -\family default +\family default e successivamente, associando questo tasto simbolico al corrispondente comando LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota da -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Questo è esattamente quello che faccio nei miei files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Ho il mio tasto -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock settato come Mode_Shift -\family default +\family default e un sacco di questi tasti simbolici -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset usldead_ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter * -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default che consentono di ottenere cose del tipo -\family sans -Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scroll\InsetSpace ~ Lock -\family default +\family default - -\family sans +\family sans ^ -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Scroll Lock-~ -\family default +\family default . Questo è il modo in cui genero i miei caratteri accentati. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Potete fare pressocchè tutto con il tasto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mode_Switch -\family default +\family default : uno dei tasti -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default , una funzione libera, ecc. Come per i comandi LyX che producono accenti, consultate il -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di Riferimento -\emph toggle +\emph toggle per l'accento acuto. Troverete lì la lista completa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Salvare la vostra configurazione di Linguaggio -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:savlang} -\end_inset +\end_inset Potete editare il vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default in modo che il linguaggio da voi preferito sia configurato e caricato automatic amente allo startup di LyX. Questa sezione descrive i comandi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default da specificare: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize default, primary, and secondary keymaps -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize character set -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Guardate il vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default per i vari esempi su come configurarlo. In particolare, potete settare una keymap così: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kbmap true -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash kbmap_primary german -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash kbmap_secondary american -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e una font-mapping ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cdef -\family default +\family default file) in questo modo: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash screen_font_encoding iso8859-2 -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Installare Nuove Classi di Documento, Layouts e Templates \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:textclass} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questo capitolo si descrivono le procedure per creare ed installare nuovi layouts di LyX e files template, come anche si procederà ad illustrare la corretta installazione di nuove classi di documento LaTeX. Alcune definizioni: una classe di documento è un file LaTeX (che di solito hanno estensione in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cls -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default ) che descrive il formato di un documento come un articolo, report, prestampa di giornale, ecc. e tutti i comandi di cui si ha bisogno per realizzare quel formato. Un file layout è un file LyX che corrisponde ad una classe di documento LaTeX e che dice a LyX come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset disegnare \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset le cose sullo schermo in modo da rendere le cose il più possibile vicine alla pagina finale stampata. Più precisamente, un file layout descrive una \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset textclass \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che è il costrutto interno che LyX usa per fare il rendering dello schermo. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Layout \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset textclass \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset possono a volta essere usate come sinonimi, ma è meglio riferirsi al file come il layout, e all'oggetto residente nella memoria di LyX come textclass. @@ -5027,246 +5773,279 @@ textclass I templates sono in particolare utili per cose come i manoscritti di giornale che devono essere processati elettronicamente. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Installare un nuovo pacchetto LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alcune installazioni possono non includere un pacchetto LaTeX che vorreste usare in LyX. Ad esempio, vorreste avere FoilTeX, un pacchetto comune (e molto potente) per preparare slides o grafici per capiprogetto. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vedere il manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default per ulteriori informazioni su FoilTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ecco di seguito tutti i passaggi necessari per avere il pacchetto e lanciarlo se si usa una recente versione di teTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questa procedura è definitivamente valida per la versione v1.0 e tutte le versioni beta v0.9. Commenti sul funzionamento per le versioni v.04 sono graditi, anche se è comunque preferibile aggiornarsi alla versione v1.0.x. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset o altre distribuzioni basate su web2c. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Procurarsi il pacchetto da CTAN o simili. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vedere il manuale -\emph on +\emph on Inventory of your LaTeX configuration -\emph default +\emph default per i dettagli su cosa è CTAN e dove possono essere trovate le classi di documento supportate. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Leggere il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default (che di solito risiede nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/web2c -\family default +\family default , sebbene possiate lanciare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kpsewhich texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default per localizzarlo). Questo descrive come aggiungere una directory locale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default ; seguire le istruzioni. Avete bisogno di inserire il nome della vostra directory locale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default . Sotto Linux, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local -\family default +\family default è una posizione logica dove installare software che non è presente nelle normali distribuzioni, così dovete usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default . Di solito dovete modificare solo due cose: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Settare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default sulla directory che avete scelto; es. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assicuratevi che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF -\family default +\family default includa la variabile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMFLOCAL -\family default +\family default variable; es. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Create la vostra directory locale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default (es. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf -\family default +\family default ). Dovete seguire la struttura dell'esistente directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf -\family default +\family default (ad esempio, i pacchetti latex dovrebbero andare sotto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/ -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Installare il pacchetto. Ad esempio, vogliamo scompattare l'archivio FoilTeX e creare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex -\family default +\family default . La directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foiltex -\family default +\family default contiene vari files. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lanciare: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default . Questo dovrebbe creare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/texmf/ls-R -\family default +\family default tra le altre. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dall'interno di LyX, fate: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . Riavviate LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ora dovreste vedere il vostro nuovo pacchetto--ad esempio -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default ---sotto -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default , campo -\family sans +\family sans Class -\family default +\family default . Notate che ci sono modi più semplici per installare pacchetti: potete aggiunger e un link alla nuova directory del pacchetto nella directory di sistema LaTeX ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $TEXMF/tex/latex -\family default +\family default , non dimenticate di lanciare dopo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default ), o qualche volta basta semplicemente settare la variabile ambientale $TEXINPUT S per includere un nuovo pacchetto. Tuttavia, la procedura formale descritta in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texmf.cnf -\family default +\family default è garantito che funzioni, così dovreste provare a seguirla fino a che se ne ha la possibilità (che potrebbe perdersi se non si ha accesso da superuser). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Layouts -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa sezione descrive come scrivere ed installare i propri files di layout di LyX (anche detti textclass), utilizzando la textclass -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default come esempio. I files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default descrivono quali stili di paragrafi sono disponibili per una data classe di documenti e come LyX dovrebbe mostrarli. Proveremo qui a fornire un'accurata descrizione del processo; tuttavia, ci sono così tanti tipi di documenti supportati dalle classi LaTeX da renderci impossibile fornire una descrizione esaustiva dell'argomento e delle possibilit à che si possono manifestare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando programmate di scrivere un nuovo layout, è estremamente utile guardare prima i layout di esempio distribuiti con LyX. @@ -5274,56 +6053,62 @@ Quando programmate di scrivere un nuovo layout, di interesse anche per altre persone e che abbia un buon corrispondente layout in LyX, siete liberi di mandarcelo in modo da poterlo inserire nella distribuzione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutte le righe di codice di questo paragrafo sono case-insensitive; ciò significa che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Style -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter style -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter StYle -\family default +\family default sono lo stesso comando. I possibili valori sono scritti tra parentesi dopo il nome della caratteristica. Il valore di default se una caratteristica non è specificata nella descrizione della textclass è scritto in -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on corsivo -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . Se l'argomento è un tipo di dati come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset string \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il valore di default è scritto come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=default -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supportare nuove classi di documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono tre situazioni che potete incontrare se volete supportare una nuova classe di documento LaTeX. @@ -5333,128 +6118,156 @@ Ci sono tre situazioni che potete incontrare se volete supportare una nuova Il processo di creazione di un file di layout per queste tre situazioni è simile; tuttavia un passo in più è richiesto per permettere a LyX di usare LaTeX 2.09. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File sty LaTex2e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se la vostra nuova classe di documento è sotto forma di style file, usato in aggiunta ad uno esistente, la classe di documento supportata, inizia copiando il layout della classe esistente nella vostra directory locale. A causa della mancanza di esempi assumeremo che il file style si chiami -\family sans +\family sans myclass.sty -\family default +\family default e sarà usato con -\family sans +\family sans report.cls -\family default +\family default con una classe standard. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poi editiamo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.layout -\family default +\family default e cambiamo la linea: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{report} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in modo da avere -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poi aggiungiamo: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Preamble -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{myclass}EndPreamble -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard presso l'inizio del file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lanciamo LyX e selezioniamo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure -\family default +\family default . Riavviamo LyX e proviamo a creare un nuovo documento. Dovreste vedere -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset report (myclass) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default come una classe di documento opzione nel men -\family sans +\family sans u -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default . E' probabile che alcuni dei comandi di sezionamento ed altri differiscano dal modo di lavorare delle classi base \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Report -\family default +\family default nell'esempio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , così potrete giocare con i settaggi per le differenti sezioni se vorrete. In seguito l'argomento sarà ripreso. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File cls LaTeX2e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questo caso, dovrete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset vedervela da soli \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset con il vostro layout. Raccomandiamo fortemente di copiare un file di layout esistente che usa @@ -5462,177 +6275,217 @@ vedervela da soli oppure si può almeno usare un file esistente come punto di partenza in modo da capire quali oggetti servano ai vostri scopi. Ancora, più avanti ci saranno altri dettagli. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File sty LaTeX 2.09 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sty -\family default +\family default è specifico per l'ormai defunto LaTeX 2.09 potete stabilirlo attraverso uno di questi due modi: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Un file di esempio o la documentazione nel file -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default stabilisce l'uso con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentstyle{myclass} -\family default +\family default (opposto a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lanciare LaTeX su un file di esempio produrra un banner con l'avvertimento che si sta entrando nel \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset compatibility mode \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tecnicamente supporta solo documenti LaTeX2e. Ma non mollate ancora! Dove c'è volontà c'è un modo ( oppure \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset adattarsi è impossibile, ma l'abbiamo comunque fatto. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Il supporto esistente per ReVTeX 3.1, ad esempio, comprende il codice 2.09 da usare nei documenti formattati 2e. Potete riutilizzare l'adattatore ReVTeX per la vostra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.sty -\family default +\family default (se risulta essere di codice 2.09). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bene, ecco cosa dovete fare: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code cp LyXDir/tex/revtex.cls ~/tex/myclass.cls -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard oppure dove avete i vostri files locali TeX. Ora editate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.cls -\family default +\family default e fate un trova-e-sostituisci tra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset revtex \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset myclass \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . E' probabile che alcune delle dichiarazioni -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash DeclareOption -\family default +\family default nel file non sono rilevanti per il vostro file di stile, ma non ci interessano per il momento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il prossimo passo è quello di ripetere il processo di creazione del file di layout myclass.layout di prima; solo per questa volta usate: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{myclass} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard e non dovreste aver bisogno di definizioni di tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Preamble -\family default +\family default . Lanciate LyX e riconfigurate, riavviate LyX e con un po di fortuna avrete un sistema che ha bisogno solo di qualche accorgimento allo schermo e null'altr o. Questo implica il manipolare dei valori usati da LyX per lo spazio, lo stile dei fonts e le altre cose definite nei files -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avrete inoltre bisogno di controllare che avete tutte le variabili d'ambiente da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.sty -\family default +\family default disponibili nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myclass.layout -\family default +\family default . Se mancano alcune bisognerà inserirle. Copiate un altro stile che sembra simile e modificatelo. Il modo più semplice per farlo è con: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style MissingStyle -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code CopyStyle SimilarStyle -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # whatever is different you now redefine -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Guardare in seguito per i dettagli circa quello che fa ogni elemento nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dovrebbe essere abbastanza per mettervi sulla giusta strada. Fate riferimento alle successive sezioni per i dettagli sui contenuti attuali dei files layout e ricordate che se ci sono problemi potete chiedere aiuto alla mailing list di LyX. Siamo sempre lieti di avere nuove classi di documento. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dichiarare una nuova textclass -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando è finalmente giunta l'ora di sporcarvi le mani e creare un vostro personale file di layout, la seguente sezione descrive a cosa andrete incontro. @@ -5642,1828 +6495,2030 @@ Quando Non è molto difficile, eccetto per la moltitudine di opzioni che possono creare problemi se cercate di molte cose contemporaneamente. Andate a prendervi un'altra bibita, solo per precauzione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andiamo! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le linee in un file di layout che iniziano con # sono commenti. C'è una eccezione a questa regola: tutti i layouts dovrebbero iniziare con queste linee: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La seconda linea è usata quando configurate LyX. Il file di layout è letto dallo script LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chkconfig.ltx -\family default +\family default , in un modo speciale e tale che # venga ignorato. La prima linea è solo un commento LaTeX, e la seconda contiene la dichiarazione della classe di testo. Se queste linne appaiono in un file chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.layout -\family default +\family default , definiranno una textclass dal nome -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default (il nome del file di layout) che usa la classe di documento LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default (Il default è quello di usare lo stesso nome del layout). La stringa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che appare sopra è usata come descrizione della textclass nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Assumiamo che scrivete la vostra texclass utilizzando la classe di documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , dove avete cambiato le sezioni di testa. Se lo mettete in un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle.layout -\family default +\family default , le intestazioni di questo file dovrebbero essere: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi dichiarano una textclass -\family typewriter +\family typewriter myarticle -\family default +\family default , associata con la classe di documento LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default e descritta come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article (con le vostre intestazioni) \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se la vostra textclass dipende da molti pacchetti, potete dichiararla come: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Queste indicano che la vostra textclass usa il pacchetto foo.sty. Infine è anche possibile dichiarare classi per codice SGML e DocBook. Le dichiarazioni tipiche avranno questa forma: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small + +\size small #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\size small +\size small # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard oppure -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code # -\backslash +\backslash DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che a queste dichiarazioni può essere anche dato come parametro opzionale che dichiara il nome della classe di documento (ma non una lista). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando la textclass è stata modificata secondo i vostri gusti, tutto quello che dovete fare è copiarla in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/layouts/ -\family default +\family default o in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $UserDir/layouts -\family default +\family default e lanciare -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default ptions -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar default +\bar default econfigure. -\family default +\family default Chiudete LyX e rilanciatelo; a questo punto la vostra nuova textclass dovrebbe essere disponibile insieme alle altre. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Parametri generali di textclass -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi sono i parametri generali che descrivono la struttura dell'intero documento: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Columns -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] A seconda che la classe di default abbia una o due colonne. Può essere cambiato nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\family default +\family default Questo settaggio (a volte si confonde con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sides -\family default +\family default ) è importante: se le vostre textclass hanno due colonne di default, ma dimenticate di settarlo correttamente, l'opzione LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter twocolumn -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default sarà mostrata quando selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Two Columns -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Sides -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 1 -\emph default +\emph default , 2 -\family default +\family default ] A seconda che la classe di default debba stampare su uno o entrambi i lati del foglio. Può essere cambiato nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\series default +\series default -\family default +\family default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on plain -\emph default +\emph default , empty, headings -\family default +\family default ] La classe di default pagestyle. Può essere cambiata nel menu the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium MaxCounter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Counter_Chapter -\emph default +\emph default , Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, -\newline +\newline Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] Il più alto livello di enumerazione automatica. Valori utili sono -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default per un libro o un report e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_Section -\family default +\family default per un articolo. Se non c'è bisogno di enumerazione, ad esempio all'interno di una classe di lettere, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter MaxCounter -\family default +\family default dovrebbe essere settato su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_EnumI -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} End -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questa sezione descrive varie opzioni globali supportate dalla classe di documento. - Guardare la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Guardare la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Ref: sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesAmsmath -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Se la classe già carica il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsmath -\family default +\family default . Questo è il caso delle classi di documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesMakeidx -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Se la classe fornisce la funzione del pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeidx -\family default +\family default . Questo è il caso delle classi di documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsart -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsbook -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ProvidesUrl -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Se la classe fornisce la funzione del pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter url -\family default +\family default . Questo è il caso della classe di documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter AASTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium DefaultFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo è usato per descrivere il font di default del documento. - Guardare la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Guardare la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset per una descrizione. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Un set di macro definizione che saranno emesse all'inizio dei files LaTeX. Usatelo per definizioni globali. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Input -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Come implica il nome, questo comando permette di inserire un altro file di definizione di textclass per evitare una ripetizione dei comandi. Molti files di textclass, per esempio, mettono -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdclass.inc -\family default +\family default , che contiene molti dei layouts di base. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium NoStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo comando elimina uno stile esistente. E' particolarmente utile quando si vuole sopprimere un layout definito in un input file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sezione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOption -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classoptions} -\end_inset +\end_inset La sezione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOption -\family default +\family default può contenere le seguenti righe: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FontSize -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="10|11|12" -\family default +\family default ] Una lista delle grandezze dei font disponibili per il font principale del documento, separato da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium PageStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" -\family default +\family default ] La lista degli stili di pagina disponibili, separati da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Other -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Alcune opzioni di classi di documento, separate da una virgola, che sarà aggiunta alla parte delle opzioni del comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Layouts specifici di paragrafo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La descrizione di un layout description è di questo tipo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notate che questo può definire un nuovo layout o modificarne uno esistente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Style -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on name -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\noun on +\noun on ... -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code End -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove sono consentiti i seguenti comandi: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium CopyStyle -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Questo è usato per copiare tutte le caratteristiche di un layout esistente in quello corrente. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexType -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Paragraph -\emph default +\emph default , Command, Environment, Item_Environment, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default ] Come dovrebbe essere tradotto il layout in LaTeX. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Paragraph -\family default +\family default non significa nulla in particolare. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Command -\family default +\family default significa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default {\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default significa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default }\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\emph on +\emph on LatexName -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default è lo stesso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Environment -\family default +\family default , eccetto che per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default che è generato per ogni paragrafo di questo ambiente. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter List_Environment -\family default +\family default è lo stesso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Item_Environment -\family default +\family default , eccetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default che è passato come argomento per l'ambiente. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default può essere definito nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium InTitle -\series default +\series default [1, 0] -\family default +\family default Se il valore è 1, segna il layout come necessitante di un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexName -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Il nome del corrispondente materiale LaTeX. Può essere sia di ambiente che di comando. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LatexParam -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Il parametro opzionale per il relativo materiale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LatexName -\family default +\family default . Questo parametro non può essere cambiato da LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Margin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Static -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline Il tipo di margine che il layout ha sul lato sinistro. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default significa un margine statico. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default significa che il margine sinistro dipende dalla stringa immessa nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph. -\family default +\family default Questo è usato per intestazione enumerate automatiche. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default significa che il margine dipende dalla grandezza dell'etichetta. -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default E' ovvio che l'intestazione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 Very long headline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset deve avere un margine sinistro più ampio (ampio quanto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5.4.3.2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 Very long headline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , anche se altri word processors non sono in grado di farlo. -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter First_Dynamic -\family default +\family default è s simile, ma solo la prima riga del paragrafo è dinamica, mentre le altre sono statiche. usato ad esempio per le descrizioni. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Right_Address_Box -\family default +\family default significa che il margine è scelto in modo tale che la riga più lunga di questo paragrafo arriva fino al margine destro. Usato per scrivere indirizzi in alto a destra della pagina. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NextNoIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1, -\emph on +\emph on 0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Se si vuole consentire al paragrafo successivo di staccare dal margine la prima riga, 0 consente di farlo, 1 no. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium ParIndent -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Il capoverso della prima linea del paragrafo. L'argomento è passato come una stringa. Ad esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default significa che il paragrafo rientra con una larghezza di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "MM" -\family default +\family default nel font normale. Potete anche avere una larghezza negativa premettendo il valore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter "-" -\family default +\family default . Questo al fine di ottenere lo stesso effetto per ogni font. Il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default sarà fisso per un certo layout. L'eccezione è lo Standard layout, dato che il rientro del paragrafo di layout standard poò essere proibito con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter NextNoIndent -\family default +\family default . Inoltre, i paragrafi con Standard layout, usano il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parindent -\family default +\family default dell'ambiente, non il loro nativo. ad esempio, i paragrafi Standard dentro una numerazione non hanno il rientro. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Parskip -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] LyX permette di scegliere sia il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rientra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset salta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per redigere un documento. Quando si sceglie \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset rientra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , questo valore è completamente ignorato. Quando si sceglie \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset salta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset l'indentazione di un layout \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Paragrafo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in stile LaTeX è ignorato e tutti i paragrafi sono addizionalmente separati da questo argomento parskip. Lo spazio è verticale è calcolato con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter value*DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default dove -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DefaultHeight() -\family default +\family default è l'altezza di una riga con il font normale. In questo modo l'aspetto rimane lo stesso indipendentemente dai fonts. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium TopSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] Lo spazio vericale con cui il primo di una catena di paragrafi con questo layout è separato dal precedente. Se il paragrafo precedente ha un altro layout, le separazioni non sono semplicemente ma è preso il massimo. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium BottomSep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] La stessa cosa di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TopSep -\family default +\family default per l'ultimo paragrafo. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Parsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] Lo spazio verticale tra due paragrafi di questo layout. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Itemsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter float=0 -\family default +\family default ] Questo è uno spazio extra tra i paragrafi di un ambiente di layout. Se immettete altri layouts nello stesso ambiente, ognuno sarà separato con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Parsep -\family default +\family default . Ma la totalità degli oggetti presenti nell'ambiente sono separati addizionalmen te con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Itemsep -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LeftMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Se immettete layouts nell'ambiente, i margini sinistri non sono semplicemente aggiunti, ma aggiunti con un fattore \begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Notate che questo parametro è usato anche quando il bordo è definito come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dynamic -\family default +\family default . Poi è aggiunto al bordo manuale o dinamico. Questa stringa ha lo stesso significato di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ParIndent -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium RightMargin -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Simile a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LeftMargin -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Labeltype -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on No_Label -\emph default +\emph default , Manual, Static, Top_Environment, -\newline +\newline Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, -\newline +\newline Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, -\newline +\newline Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV -\family default +\family default ] -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default significa che l'etichetta è la primissima parola (lettera). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default viene definito nel layout (vedere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelString -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default sono casi speciali di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . L'etichetta sarà stampata sopra il paragrafo, ma solo in cima all'ambiente o in cima ad una catena di paragrafi con questo layout. L'uso è ad esempio il layout -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default o il -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . E' questo anche il caso di etichette -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Manual -\family default +\family default con tipo LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Enviroment -\family default +\family default , per creare layouts per teoremi messi giù correttamente. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default è un caso speciale per le etichette di testo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figura \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabella \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sensitive -\family default +\family default significa che la stringa dell'etichetta dipende dal tipo di oggetto flottante. I tipi di etichetta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Counter_xxx -\family default +\family default sdivrebbero essere abbastanza chiare. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Labelsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] Lo spazio orizzontale tra l'etichetta e il corpo del testo. Usato solo per etichette che non sono sopra il corpo del testo. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelBottomsep -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [float=0] Lo spazio verticale tra l'etichetta e il corpo del testo. Usato solo per etichette che sono sopra il corpo del testo ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Top_Environment -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Centered_Top_Environment -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelString -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter string="" -\family default +\family default ] La stringa usata per un'etichetta del tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Static -\family default +\family default . Quando il bordo è manuale questa stringa è anche usata come suggerimento per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelWidthString -\family default +\family default che può essere settato nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph -\family default +\family default . Quando il tipo label è Counter_xxx, questa stringa viene preposta al contatore. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series medium +\series medium Align -\series default +\series default [ -\emph on +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center] Allineamento del paragrafo. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium AlignPossible -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on block -\emph default +\emph default , left, right, center -\family default +\family default ] Sono -\emph on +\emph on liste -\emph default +\emph default , separate da una virgola, di possibili allineamenti. Alcuni stili LaTeX proibiscono certi allineamenti, dato che questi non hanno senso. Ad esempio una numerazione allineata a destra o centrata non è possibile. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Top -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Con questo parametro il valore -\family sans +\family sans Fill -\family default +\family default della lista \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Spazi verticali sopra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nota di Jean-Marc: -\emph default +\emph default Non sono sicuro che questo settaggio sia molto usato, e sarà probabilmente rimosso nelle versioni successive. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Fill_Bottom -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Simile a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Fill_Top -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium NeedProtect -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default ,1 -\family default +\family default ] Qualora comandi fragili in questo layout necessitassero di essere protetti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protetti -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Newline -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0, -\emph on +\emph on 1 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] Se le nuove linee sono tradotte in nuove linee LaTeX ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ) o no. La traduzione può essere evitata per facilitare l'editing di LaTeX all'interno di LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium FreeSpacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Di solito LyX non vi permette di inserire più di uno spazio tra le parole, dato che lo spazio è considerato come una separazione tra due parole, non un carattere o un simbolo a se stante. Questa è una cosa molto simpatica ma a volte annoiante, ad esempio quando si scrive il codice di un programma o codice LaTeX. Per queste ragioni, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FreeSpacing -\family default +\family default può essere abilitato. Notate che LyX creerà bianchi protetti per i bianchi addizionali se in un modo diverso dal modo-LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium KeepEmpty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on 0 -\emph default +\emph default , 1 -\family default +\family default ] Di solito LyX non vi consente di lasciare un paragrafo vuoto, dato che porterebbe ad un output LaTeX vuoto. Ci sono alcuni casi in cui però questo è auspicabile: in un template di lettera i campi richiesti possono essere rappresentati da spazi vuoti, così da agevolare le persone; in alcune classi speciali, un layout potrebbe essere usato come un tipo di interruzione, che non contiene testo, ecc. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Spacing -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on single -\emph default +\emph default , onehalf, double, other -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on value -\emph default +\emph default ] Questo definisce la spaziatura di default del layout. Gli argomenti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter single -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter onehalf -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter double -\family default +\family default corrispondono rispettivamentead un valore multiplo di 1, 1.25 e 1.667. Se specificate l'argomento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter other -\family default +\family default , dovrete poi fornire un argomento numerico che sarà l'attuale moltiplicatore. Notate che, contrariamente agli altri parametri, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Spacing -\family default +\family default implica la generazione di uno specifico codice LaTeX, usando il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter setspace.sty -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Font -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Il font usato -\emph on +\emph on sia -\emph default +\emph default per il corpo del testo -\emph on +\emph on che -\emph default +\emph default per l'etichetta. - Vedere la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Vedere la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Ref: sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset .Notare che definire questo font automaticamente definisce -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LabelFont -\family default +\family default allo stesso valore. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium TextFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Il font usato per il corpo del testo. - Vedere la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Vedere la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium LabelFont -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Il font usato per le etichette. - Vedere la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Vedere la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} EndPreamble -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Un set di macro definizione che saranno emesse all'inizio dei files LaTeX quando il layout è usato. Usatelo per definire le macro di cui si hanno bisogno per questo particolare layout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Descrizione dei Font -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una descrizione di un font appare così: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Font -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on or -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default LabelFont -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code EndFont -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard e i seguenti comandi sono disponibili: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Family -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Roman -\emph default +\emph default , Sans, Typewriter -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Series -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Medium -\emph default +\emph default , Bold -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Shape -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on Up -\emph default +\emph default , Italic, SmallCaps -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Size -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tiny, small, -\emph on +\emph on normal -\emph default +\emph default , large, larger, largest, huge, giant -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium + +\family typewriter +\series medium Color -\series default +\series default -\series bold +\series bold [ -\series default -\emph on +\series default +\emph on none -\emph default +\emph default , black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow -\series bold +\series bold ] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium Latex -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default [ -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on no_latex -\emph default +\emph default , latex -\family default +\family default ] -\family typewriter +\family typewriter no_latex -\family default +\family default significa che LyX tradurrà tutto in LaTeX. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latex -\family default +\family default significa una stampata rossa e nessuna traduzione. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Creare Templates \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:templates} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I templates vengono creati come normali documenti. L'unica differenza è che i documenti normali contengono tutti i possibili @@ -7471,89 +8526,99 @@ I templates vengono creati come normali documenti. Di solito l'utente non vuole che il template sovrascriva il suo default, per questo motivo il progettatore di template dovrebbe rimuovere i corrisponden ti comandi come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fontscheme -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash papersize -\family default +\family default dal file di template di LyX. Questo si può fare con un qualsiasi editor di testo come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter vi -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xedit -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mettete il template editato che avete creato in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $UserDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default , copiate quello che usate dalla directory globale dei template in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LyXDir/templates/ -\family default +\family default nello stesso posto, e ridefinite la directory dei template in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default usando il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash template_path -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Un Tutorial sulla Stampante \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:printer} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo capitolo descrive come sia possibile fare il setup di una stampante sotto Unix, in modo da poterla usare in LyX. Se avete un sistema Linux, e avete bisogno di settare la vostra stampante, potete anche leggere il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default [spesso nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/doc/FAQ/HOWTO/ -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/doc/HOWTO/ -\family default +\family default a seconda del sistema]. Inoltre dovrete installare il pacchetto Ghostscript dal vostro CD-ROM, se non lo avete ancora o mai fatto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alcune distribuzioni Linux attualmente hanno i cosiddetti \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset filtri magici \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che settano automaticamente il vostro sistema e lo rendono pronto all'uso. Potete usare questi strumenti in alternativa o in aggiunta a quello che @@ -7562,1106 +8627,1292 @@ filtri magici Se la vostra distribuzione ha un tool di configurazione anche in fase di installazione, potete certamente usarlo, ma dovrete comunque leggervi il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default quando vorrete personalizzare il setup. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Così, se vi sentite avventurosi, o non avete altra scelta, continuate a leggere! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Descrizione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default è quello che permette di comunicare a Linux i dati della vostra stampante. Ogni entrata definisce una stampante, le da un nome con cui gli utenti possono chiamarla, e dice a Linux come gestire il relativo output. Potete ovviamente avere più \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stampanti \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset nel vostro sistema anche se gli utenti accedono ad una stessa stampante fisica, però con differenti setup o funzioni abilitate. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota di -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Io ho una Epson Stylus Color IIs. Quando c'è bisogno di cambiare le testine per usare il colore sulla Stylus IIs, faccio un setup per una stampante separata, che chiamo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter color -\family default +\family default . Ho anche creato una stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default che usa una risoluzione di stampa minore e meno caratteristiche di stampa. Quindi potete intuire la funzionalità di printcap. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Naturalmente, avrete bisogno di un'entrata printcap per ogni stampante fisica che avete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ecco un esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lp|Text on an Epson: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sh: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sf: -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code draft|Postscript on an Epson Stylus Color IIs, 180dpi: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/draft: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/draft/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :if=/var/spool/lpd/draft/draft.filter: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sh: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sf: -\newline +\newline + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code ps|Postscript on an Epson Stylus Color IIs, 360dpi: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sh: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sf: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di avventurarci nella spiegazione di questi geroglifici, abbiamo un messaggio importante: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ATTENZIONE! ATTENZIONE! ATTENZIONE! -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Usate solo una linea tra le entrate!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Assicuratevi che la linea fra le entrate sia COMPLETAMENTE BIANCA!!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Anche se lasciate uno spazio bianco tra le entrate, possono accadere cose strane, ed il sistema non interpreterà correttamente il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Date uno sguardo ad una delle entrate dell'esempio precedente. Ogni parte dell'entrata è seguita da un carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla fine di ogni linea dice a Linux che l'entrata continua alla riga successiv a. Non mettete nulla dopo il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , nemmeno uno spazio. Il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dovrebbe seguire il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dell'ultima parte dell'entrata sulla linea che avete interrotto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se scegliete di interrompere un'entrata di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default in linee multiple, assicuratevi di mettere un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset all'inizio del -\emph on +\emph on testo -\emph default +\emph default della nuova linea, dopo ogni spazio. Ad esempio, potremmo aver scritto la prima entrata dell'esempio precedente come: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che c'è un solo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tra ognuna delle parti dell'entrata. Se volete dividere questa entrata in due linee: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo interrotto la linea al punto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset aggiungendo un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , e iniziando la nuova linea che degli spazi e poi un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset prima di continuare. E' uso comune quello di far rientrare la linea successiva di un pochettino in questi casi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andremo ora a spiegare ogni parte di un'entrata di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default . Notate che ci sono altre opzioni che potete aggiungere ad un'entrata. Noi ci occuperemo soltanto delle quattro basi quì, e vi preghiamo di riferirvi alle man page su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default per le informazioni addizionali. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il Nome della Stampante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La prima linea di un'entrata di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default è il nome della stampante. Contiene il nome della stampante, seguito da un carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , seguito da un testo che descrive la stampante, e infine, naturalmente, il carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ad esempio: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code draft|OurPrinter in Draft Mode: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard è una stampante chiamata \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset con la descrizione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nostra stampante in modalità bozza \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [Notate che l' \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla fine della linea, indica che continueremo l'entrata alla riga successiva.] Il nome -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default è quello che in genere passate a molte stampanti con l'opzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -P -\family default +\family default dei comandi. [Il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default è come un comando.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di solito si usa chiamare la vostra stampante principale PostScript® come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e chiamare la vostra stampante di testo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il Dispositivo di Stampa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La prossima parte del nostro esempio di entrate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default identifica il dispositivo di stampa. in tutti gli esempi citati c'è una linea: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [Ancora, notate che \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla fine della linea, così some l'inizio con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter : -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset con relativi spazi di rientro.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il tag \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp= -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset porta il nome del dispositivo di stampa. In questo caso è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default , ovvero la porta parallela. Ci sono stampanti che che si connettono tramite porta seriale. se ne avete una, dovrete usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/ttyS0 -\family default +\family default per la prima porta seriale, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/ttyS1 -\family default +\family default per la successiva e così via. Se volete aggiungere altri comandi relativi alla stampante nelle entrate di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printc -\family default +\family default ap, come il baud rate della stampante, dovete riferirvi alle man pages di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default , che possono aiutarvi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molte stampanti, tuttavia, usano la porta parallela. In aggiunta, la porta stampante sulla -\emph on +\emph on maggior parte -\emph default +\emph default dei computer PC-compatibli sarà -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default . Se volete sapere perchè, guardatevi questa nota. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Perchè è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default e -\emph on +\emph on non -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default la prima porta stampantet? Va rilevato che l'indirizzo I/O di ogni porta parallela è codificato nel kernel di linux. L'indirizzo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x3BC -\family default +\family default è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default +\family default ; l'indirizzo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x378 -\family default +\family default è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default ; e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x278 -\family default +\family default è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp2 -\family default +\family default . Dato che molti dei computer PC-compatibli assegna la prima porta parallela all'indirizzo I/O -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 0x378 -\family default +\family default di default, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default sarà quindi la porta parallela sulla maggior parte dei sistemi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se avete più di una porta parallela, la situazione cambia. Inoltre se alterate l'indirizzo I/O della porta per qualsiasi motivo, poi uno degli altri dispositivi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default potrebbe puntare sulla porta parallela. Su alcuni sistemi questo può creare molti problemi. in alcuni casi potete andare in DOS è controllare quale indirizzo è stato assegnato alla vostra porta. Dopodichè potete usare questo indirizzo per stabilire se la porta parallela è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp0 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp1 -\family default +\family default , o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /dev/lp2 -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Il vostro sistema non sarà differente, tuttavia controllate sempre a cosa corrisponde la vostra porta parallela. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La Directory Spool e il File Log -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oltre a dare un nome alla vostra stampante e a dire a Linux quale dispositivo è, avete ancora bisogno di una directory per il print spooling. la sigla \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sd= -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset identifica la directory di spool per la stampante. E' inoltre una buona idea avere un log file per gli eventuali errori. la sigla \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lf= -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset lo identifica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molti sistemi mettono tutte le code di stampa nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd -\family default +\family default ; alcuni usano solo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool -\family default +\family default . In ogni caso, entrata del printcap tradizionalmente ha la sua propria spool directory dichiarata dopo il nome della stampante. Dovrete essere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e creare queste directory da soli. Dovrete inoltre cambiare la proprietà di queste directory, cosicchè il loro gruppo sia il gruppo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter daemon -\family default +\family default . Potete farlo col comando, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chgrp daemon -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on dirname -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dove -\emph on +\emph on dirname -\emph default +\emph default è il nome della directory di spool. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad esempio, guardiamo l'entrata per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset nell'esempio. Contiene le linee: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo indica che la directory di spool è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/ps -\family default +\family default e che il log file è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/ps/errs -\family default +\family default . Dovete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset creare \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset questo file con il comando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touch errs -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset nella directory di spool. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Similmente, l'entrata per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset contiene: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ancora, la spool directory è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/lp -\family default +\family default e il log file è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/lp/errs -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il Filter File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A differenza di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , che passa semplicemente il testo non formattato alla stampante, le stampanti \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset hanno bisogno di un filtro [ecco perchè c'è una riga addizionale]. La riga -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default per il programma filtro è \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter if= -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [sta per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter i -\family default +\family default nput -\family typewriter +\family typewriter f -\family default +\family default ilter, significa l'input dello spool]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono generalmente molte righe per i programmi filtro, che permettono di specificare un filtro differente per diversi scopi. Potete selezionare i filtri come opzioni a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default , ma non ci inoltriamo per questa strada. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Diamo un'occhiata alle righe per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il file \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps.filter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è uno script di shell che risiede nella directory di spool per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Potete anche specificare l'indirizzo e il nome del file del programma; tuttavia, chiamando un programma con uno script di shell vi permette di specificare le opzioni dalla riga di comando. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutti i filtri, sia programmi o script di shell, dovrebbero prendere l'input da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdin -\family default +\family default [il flusso di input standard] e mandare il loro output a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stdout -\family default +\family default [il flusso standard di uotput.the standard output stream]. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Entrate Addizionali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono tre cose addizionali che dovete mettere nel vostro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default . Potete vederle alla fine dei tre esempi, e sono: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sh: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sf: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mx#0 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset significa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset non limitare la grandezza del file che possiamo stampare. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sf -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset previene che il form-feed sia mandato dopo la fine del documento. Infine, l' \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sh -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset previene che l'intestazione sia mandata all'inizio di ogni job. Probabilmente voi volete sempre aggiungere queste entrate al vostro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Creare un Filtro di Stampa -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Stampare Files PostScript® Usando Ghostscript -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il modo più semplice per far capire alla vostra stampante il PostScript® è quello di usare il programma Ghostscript come filtro di stampa. Ci sono probabilmente altri modi, ma questo è quello più comune. Se, per qualche ragione non potete o volete usare Ghostscript, dovrete provvedere da soli [guardatevi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default per iniziare]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La prima cosa che dovete fare è installare Ghostscript. C'è almeno una versione in ogni distribuzione Linux. @@ -8669,564 +9920,747 @@ La prima cosa che dovete fare pt. There should be a version in your Linux da uno dall'archivio FTP di Linux -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite.unc.edu -\family default +\family default . Una volta installato, lanciatelo usando -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code gs -h | more -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dalla linea di comando. Questo farà una lista dei dispositivi di stampa disponibili con relativi formati. Quì di seguito riportiamo una lista che vi aiuta a capire meglio a quale dispositivo Ghostscript corrisponde ogni stampante. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti Apple: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description appledmp Apple dot matrix printers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description iwhi Imagewriter in high-res mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description iwlo Imagewriter in low-res mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description iwlq Imagewriter LQ in \begin_inset Formula $320\times216$ -\end_inset +\end_inset dpi mode -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti Canon: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description bj10e BubbleJet BJ-10e -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description bj200 BubbleJet BJ-200 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description bjc600 Color BubbleJet BJC-600, BJC-4000 and BJC-70. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Buona anche per alcune Apple come la StyleWriter 2x00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description bjc800 Color BubbleJet BJC-800 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description lbp8 LBP-II8 laser printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description lips3 LIPS-III laser printer in CaPSL mode -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti DEC: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description la50 LA50 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description la70 LA70 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description la70t LA70 with low-res text enhancement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description la75 LA75 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description la75plus LA75 Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ln03 LN03 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description lj250 LJ250 color printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description declj250 Alternate LJ250 driver0 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti Epson: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description ap3250 ActionPrinter AP3250 [ed ogni stampante che usa il linguaggio ESC/P2] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description escp2 Tutte le stampantil Epson che usano i comandi ESC/P2 [questo driver non è più disponibile, usare -\series bold +\series bold ap3250 -\series default +\series default .] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description epson All 9- and 24-pin dot matrix printers [e compatibili] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description eps9mid All 9-pin dot matrix printers [e compatibili] in intermediate resolution -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description eps9hi All 9-pin dot matrix printers [e compatibili] in triple resolution -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description epsonc LQ-2550 color printer [buono anche per Fujitsu 1200, 2400, e3400] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description st800 Stylus 800 inkjet -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description stcolor the Stylus Color, Stylus Color Pro, Stylus Color II and IIs color inkjet printers -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti Hewlet Packard [HP]: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description lp2563 2563B line printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description cdeskjet DeskJet 500C with 1 bpp color -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description cdjcolor DeskJet 500C [and 540C] with 24 bpp color and Floyd-Steinberg dithering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description cdjmono DeskJet 500C [and 510C, 520C, 540C], monochrome only. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description cdj500 same as -\series bold +\series bold cdjcolor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description cdj550 DeskJet 550C and 560C -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description deskjet DeskJet and DeskJet Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description djet500 DeskJet 500 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description djet500c Alternate DeskJet 500C driver [does not work with the 550C or the 560C] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description dnj650c DesignJet 650C -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ljet2p LaserJet IId, LaserJet IIp, and LaserJet III* with TIFF compression -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ljet3 LaserJet III* with Delta Row compression -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ljet3d LaserJet IIID with duplex capability -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ljet4 LaserJet 4 [default res=600dpi] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description lj4dith LaserJet 4 with Floyd-Steinberg dithering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ljetplus LaserJet Plus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description pj PaintJet XL -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description pjetxl Alternate PaintJet XL driver -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description pjxl PaintJet XL color -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description pjxl300 PaintJet XL300 color [and 1200C] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description paintjet Alternate PaintJet color driver -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti Tektronix: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description t4693d2 4693d color printer with 2 bits/RGB component [=6 bpp] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description t4693d4 4693d color printer with 4 bits/RGB component [=12 bpp] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description t4693d8 4693d color printer with 8 bits/RGB component [=24 bpp] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description tek4696 4695 and 4696 inkjet plotters -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Stampanti varie: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description cp50 Mitsubishi CP50 color printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ibmpro IBM 9-pin Proprinter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description imagen Imagen ImPress printers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description jetp3852 IBM Jetprinter ink-jet color printer (Model #3852) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description m8510 C.Itoh M8510 printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description necp6 NEC P6/P6+/P60 printers at 360 dpi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description nwp533 Sony Microsystems NWP533 laser printer [Sony only] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description oce9050 OCE 9050 printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description oki182 Okidata MicroLine 182 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description okiibm Okidata MicroLine IBM-compatible printers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description r4081 Ricoh 4081 laser printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sj48 StarJet 48 inkjet printer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sparc SPARCprinter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description xes Xerox XES printers (2700, 3700, 4045, etc.) -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se il pacchetto Ghostscript che avete nella vostra distribuzione non include la vostra stampante potete sempre scaricarvi il codice e compilarvelo da soli. Se la vostra stampante non è -\emph on +\emph on direttamente -\emph toggle +\emph toggle supportata da Ghostscript, provate a scegliere una compatibile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che alcune stampanti richiedono comandi speciali. Ad esempio il driver -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor -\family default +\family default richiede che il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor.ps -\family default +\family default sia letto prima dell'input file. Vi conviene leggere la documentazione di Ghostscript per i dettagli. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poi, create il filtro. Suggeriamo di dargli il nome \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on pname -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default .filter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dove \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on pname -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è il nome che avete dato alla stampante nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default . Suggeriamo inoltre di mettere lo script di filtro nella directory di spool della stampante. Il filtro dovrebbe contenere quanto segue: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE= -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on devname -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code [-r -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on ResNum -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on ExtraOptions -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default ] -sOutputFile=- [ -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on precmd -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default .ps] - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dove -\emph on +\emph on devname -\emph default +\emph default è il nome del dispositivo Ghostscript; -\emph on +\emph on ResNum -\emph default +\emph default è la risoluzione che volete usare;s the resolution you want to use; -\emph on +\emph on ExtraOptions -\emph default +\emph default indica ogni opzione addizionale passata a Ghostscript; e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on precmd -\emph default +\emph default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è il nome del file che deve essere letto prima dell'input [come il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor.ps -\family default +\family default per il driver -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stcolor -\family default +\family default ]. La \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset spezza il comando in linee multiple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate che gli esempi fatti assumono che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default sia nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/bin -\family default +\family default . Il vostro sistema potrebbe avere una configurazione diversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Differenti drivers Ghostscript trattano l'argomento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset differentemente. Alcuni cercano un numero singolo, ad esempio, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r600 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Altri vogliono risoluzioni DPI separate per le direzioni x e y, es. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r360x360 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il driver della stampante può avere altre opzioni, quindi è meglio consultare la documentazione di Ghostscript per maggiori informazioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo che avete creato il printer filter, usate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chmod a+x -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sullo script file per renderlo eseguibile. [dovete essere root per farlo]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ecco un esempio print file Ghostscript, usato da -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default per la sua Epson Stylus Color IIs: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -sDEVICE=stcolor -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -r360x360 -sDithering=fsmono -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -dNOPAUSE -dnoWeave -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -sOutputFile=- stcolor.ps - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo filtro genera un output monocromatico a 360dpi su una Epson Stylus Color IIs. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota da -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Questa è la mia stampante ps. Io uso un filtro simile sulla stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter draft -\family default +\family default , che ha l'opzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r180x180 -\family default +\family default invece di quello che avete visto. E per la mia stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter color -\family default +\family default , uso un valore differente dell'opzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -sDithering -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Se Già avete una Stampante PostScript®\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molte stampanti laser moderne oggi hanno il supporto per PostScript®. Su alcune stampanti laser, PostScript® è attualmente il linguaggio nativo @@ -9235,670 +10669,776 @@ Molte stampanti laser moderne oggi hanno il supporto per PostScript file PostScript® direttamente alla stampante. Di contro, se volete stampare un file di testo, avrete comunque bisogno di formattarlo in qualche modo in PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Siamo a conoscenza di tre programmi che traducono il testo ASCII in PostScript®: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nenscript -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a2ps -\family default +\family default , e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mpage -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mpage -\family default +\family default possono anche stampare pagine multiple su un singolo foglio di carta. Dovete quindi creare uno script di filtro usando uno di questi programmi per la stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default . [La stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default è tradizionalmente il nome della stampante che stampa file di testo ASCII.] Leggete il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default per maggiori informazioni. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il Demone Print Spool, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il programma che generalmente fa lo spooling e la stampa dei files è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default . E' anche il programma che legge il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default . Da qualche parte nei vostri scripts di bootup, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alcune macchine tengono i loro scripts di bootup nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/rc.d -\family default +\family default . Altri usano -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/init.d -\family default +\family default . Dovete capire da voi che sistema è usato. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dovete eseguire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default per iniziare lo spooling ad ogni avvio del sistema. Potete anche eseguire -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default come un job di backgroung dalla linea di comando se loggate come root. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una volta che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default è in esecuzione sul vostro sistema, potete controllare il suo comportamento e quello del print spool usando il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpc -\family default +\family default . Ancora una volta, dovete essere root per pare ciò. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Assemblando il Tutto -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Concluderemo questo mini-HOWTO con i passaggi che dovete seguire per avere un setup minimale. Quando avrete finito, avrete due stampanti, una chiamata \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per stampare testoASCII, e una seconda chiamata \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per i files PostScript®. Il file filtro per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [incluso sotto] funziona su ogni stampante compatibile Epson [ovvero pressocchè la totalità delle stampanti dot-matrix attualmente in commercio], usando la risoluzione di stampa di default. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Entrate come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset root \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o usate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter su root -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Eseguite i seguenti comandi: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cd /var/spool -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter mkdir lpd -\family default +\family default -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [se non esiste già] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chgrp lp lpd -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [potreste dover usare \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter daemon -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset al posto di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cd lpd -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mkdir lp ps -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [fatelo solo se queste directory non esistono già] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter touch lp/errs ps/errs -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter chgrp daemon lp ps lp/errs ps/errs -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Ora editate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Se il file esiste, quindi\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} rinominate la vecchia versione in qualcosa tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap.orig -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} oppure, commentate tutto il file mettendo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'inizio di ogni riga. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Mettete quanto segue in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code lp|Text printer: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0:sh:sf: -\newline +\newline -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ps|Postscript printer: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lp=/dev/lp1: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: -\backslash +\backslash -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code :mx#0:sh:sf: -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ASSICURATEVI CHE: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate le linee bianche tra due entrate non abbiano nulla al loro interno, nemmeno spazi bianchi. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate niente segue il carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla fine di ogni linea. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Poi, create lo script filtro per la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Mettete quanto segue nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -\backslash +\backslash + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code -sDEVICE=epson -sOutputFile=- - -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Se non avete una stampantedot-matrix compatibile Epson, rimpiazzate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter epson -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset con l'appropriato nome del dispositivo Ghostscript. Inoltre, se il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gs -\family default +\family default non è in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/bin -\family default +\family default , mettete l'indirizzo corretto.] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Eseguite questi comandi: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chmod a+x /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chgrp daemon /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Infine, lanciate il demone della stampante, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Se non è già in uso, usate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd & -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per avviarlo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Se è già in esecuzione, eseguite \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Poi, da dentro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpc -\family default +\family default , date un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter restart all -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up all -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per attivare i nuovi spools di stampa. [Il comando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quit -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset abbandona -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpc -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assicuratevi di aggiungere il comando appropriato ai vostri scripts di bootup in modo che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default sia eseguito ad ogni avvio del sistema. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Potete ora uscire da root e testare le vostre nuove stampanti per assicurarvi che funzionino. Date il comando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -Plp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset seguito dal nome di un piccolo file di testo ASCIIper verificare che la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset funzioni. Poi usate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -Pps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset seguito dal nome di un piccolo file PostScript® per testare la stampante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un avvertimento: quando testate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , se qualcosa va storto, il sistema potrebbe passare dell'iimondizia alla stampante. Se avviene questo, spegnete la stampante ed usate i comandi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpq -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lprm -\family default +\family default per killare il print job. Dopo aver killato il print job, potete riaccendere la stampante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se nessuna di queste stampanti funziona, controllate di nuovo tutto, consultate le pagine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printcap -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\family default +\family default , e leggete il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Printing-HOWTO -\family default +\family default per aiuto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se tutto funziona, congratulazioni! -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Il materiale esterno -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Background -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una caratteristica spesso richiesta dagli utenti LyX è quella di interfacciare LyX con Xfig, Dia, o altre applicazioni specializzate nella produzioni @@ -9907,34 +11447,46 @@ Una caratteristica spesso richiesta dagli utenti LyX Prima in LyX era solo possibile includere immagini fisse, statiche, noiose con l'insieme figure, ma ci sono numerose limitazioni relative a questo approccio: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se volete cambiare la figura, dovete richiamare manualmente un programma esterno -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX non notifica i cambiamenti ai riferimenti dei files, così quello che è visualizzato sullo schermo può rapidamente diventare obsoleto, e questo è aggravato da una media di aggiornamenti dello schermo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'insieme delle figure supporta solo materiale PostScript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'insieme delle figure non fornisce nessun meccanismo per copiare con differenti formati esportati come DocBook, HTML, o raw Ascii -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insieme del materiale esterno prova a risolvere tutti questi problemi \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Anche se l'insieme delle figure non può risolvere tutti i problemi, è ancora valutabile perchè fornisce un'anteprima in linea della figura, e supporta trasformazioni geometriche avanzate con una semplice interfaccia utente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Effettua ciò offrendo un metodo generale per interfacciare LyX alle applicazion @@ -9950,15 +11502,19 @@ i esterne. di scegliere esattamente quale materiale includere, è più avanti imparerete che in realtà è un potente meccanismo che può risolvere molti problemi ed anche di più. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Come funziona? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insieme esterno è basato sul concetto di -\emph on +\emph on template -\emph default +\emph default . Un template è una specificazione di come LyX dovrebbe interfacciarsi con un certo tipo di materiale. @@ -9966,46 +11522,50 @@ template figure XFig, diagrammi Dia, varie immagini in formato raster, gnuplot, ed oltre. Potete controllare la lista attuale attraverso il comando -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Insert external material. -\family default +\family default Inoltre, è possibile adattare i vostri personali template per supportare uno specifico tipo di materiale. Più avanti descriveremo più in dettaglio gli elementi coinvolti, e si spera che possiate creare dei template che poi ci manderete per includerli nelle successive versioni di LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un'altra idea di base dell'insieme esterno è di distinguere tra il file originale che serve come base per il materiale finale e il file prodotto che è incluso nel vostro documento esportato o stampato. Per esempio, consideriamo il caso di una figura prodotta con XFig. L'applicazione XFig lavora su un file originale con estensione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default . All'interno di XFig create e modificate la vostra figura, e quando avete finito salvate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fig -\family default +\family default . Quando vorrete includere la figura nel vostro documento, basta richiamare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default al fine di creare un file PostScript che può essere prontamente incluso nel vostro file LaTeX. In questo caso, il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .fig -\family default +\family default è il file originale, è il file PostScript è quello prodotto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa distinzione è importante al fine di effettuare l'aggiornamento del materiale mentre si è in fase di scrittura del documento. @@ -10017,7 +11577,9 @@ Questa distinzione convertitore grafico da Ascii per rendere il risultato finale accettabile. L'insieme materiale esterno vi permette di farlo, perchè è parametrizzato su differenti formati di export supportati da LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oltre a supportare la produzione di differenti prodotti in relazione al formato esportato, l'insieme esterno supporta una stretta integrazione @@ -10030,7 +11592,9 @@ Oltre a supportare la produzione di differenti prodotti in relazione al In questo modo potrete finalmente utilizzare a pieno molte differenti applicazi oni che risultano rilevanti nella scrittura di un documento, al fine di essere maggiormente produttivi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quindi, in definitiva, LyX ha informazioni circa un numero di programmi differenti da usare dietro le quinte per realizzare tutto questo marchingegno. @@ -10043,7 +11607,9 @@ Quindi, in definitiva, LyX ha informazioni circa un numero di programmi Questo richiede un imponente lavoro per definire tutti i differenti comandi e flags, ma fortunatamente, il team di LyX ha già fatto questo lavoro per voi! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ma prima che gli alberi diventino grattacieli, dobbiamo ammettere che abbiamo fatto alcuni piccole scorciatoie. @@ -10065,15 +11631,19 @@ Ma prima che gli alberi diventino grattacieli, dobbiamo ammettere che abbiamo ima di quello che sarà il risultato principale. Se volete vedere come lavorano gli altri formati, dovete esportarli e fare l'anteprima manualmente. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section La finestra di dialogo Materiale Esterno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inserite un insieme esterno dal menu -\family sans +\family sans Insert -\family default +\family default . Quando fate questo, un bottone viene inserito nel vostro documento e viene mostrata la finestra di dialogo dell'insieme materiale esterno. @@ -10081,7 +11651,9 @@ Insert essere incluso. Inoltre, fornisce un accesso alle applicazioni esterne per vedere, editare e produrre il materiale usato nel file risultante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In cima a questa finestra, c'è una lista a cascata dove è possibile scegliere quale template l'insieme deve usare. @@ -10094,41 +11666,45 @@ In cima a questa finestra, c' Questo campo specifica il file originale. Siccome il file prodotto è generato automaticamente quando se ne ha bisogno, non c'è motivo per consentirne l'accesso nell'interfaccia utente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In basso alla finestra di dialogo troverete una casella di immissione chiamata -\family sans +\family sans parameters -\family default +\family default . Questo box è generalmente usato per parametrizzare uno specifico template. L'uso specifico dovrebbe essere indicato e chiarito nella casella di definizion e e aiuto associata al template, ma in genere permette tipicamente di definire le variazioni su come il file prodotto dovrebbe essere generato. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nella parte destra della finestra ci sono tre bottoni: -\family sans +\family sans Edit file -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans View result -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Update result -\family default +\family default . Questi rispettivamente permettono di editare il vostro file originale con l'applicazione di editing opportuna, vedere il file prodotto come incluso nel formato primario di documento, ed infine forzare un aggiornamento del materiale risultante nel formato primario. Normalmente il bottone -\family sans +\family sans Update result -\family default +\family default sarà disabilitato perchè molti template sono configurati per aggiornare automaticamente il file prodotto quando ce ne è bisogno. In questi casi non c'è bisogno di forzare la produzione di un nuovo file @@ -10137,119 +11713,149 @@ Update result il prodotto residuale, in quanto il costo di produrre un file prodotto potrebbe essere così grande da renderne impossibile l'attuazione. Questi insiemi sono conosciuti come insiemi -\emph on +\emph on manuali -\emph default +\emph default esterni. In questi casi potete usare il bottone per forzare la produzione del file prodotto proprio quando ne avete bisogno, controllando così il lavoro che viene fatto. Infatti, è sotto la -\emph on +\emph on vostra -\emph default +\emph default responsabilità fare questo per mantenere i files prodotti costantemente aggiornati: prima di stampare, prima di esportare, prima di visualizzare, ecc. Forse, in futuro, sarà possibile che LyX vi aiuti in questo compito. Sarebbe infatti simpatico poter usare un comando -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update all external inset -\family default +\family default per aggiornare tutti gli insiemi esterni che usano un template manuale. Ma vi anticipiamo che potrebbe richiedere molto tempo per l'implementazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In basso alla finestra di dialogo troverete i soliti bottoni -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Cancel -\family default +\family default . L'unica cosa utile da ricordare circa questi è che ogni cambiamento nel template, nome del file o parametri sono attualmente applicati quando si premono i bottoni -\family sans +\family sans Edit file -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans View result -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Update result -\family default +\family default . Questo implica che dopo aver usato uno di questi, potrete sono annullare i cambiamenti che sono stati effettuati attraverso quei bottoni premendo -\family sans +\family sans cancel -\family default +\family default . Fortunatamente, potete usare la funzione undo generale in LyX per ritornare allo stato precedente. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Esempi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questa sezione, dovremmo includere alcuni esempi circa l'uso dell'insieme del materiale esterno. Questi esempi potrebbero includere: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Immagini raster esterne -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize figure esterne XFig -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Diagrammi a scacchi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Campioni di suoni -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uso dei makefiles -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Templates LyX esterni ricorsivi -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il file di configurazione external template -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' relativamente semplice aggiungere definizioni di template esterni a LyX. Tuttavia state attenti poichè fare queste cose in maniera approssimativa -\emph on +\emph on potrebbe -\emph default +\emph default probabilmente creare un buco di sicurezza facilmente sfruttabile. Così prima di procedere, leggete il successivo capitolo sulla sicurezza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo aver detto queste cose, vi incoraggiamo a farci pervenire ogni template interessante che create. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I templates sono definiti nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/external_template -\family default +\family default . Forse, prima o poi qualcuno documenterà i contenuti dei templates e la sintassi usata per definirne di propri. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il meccanismo di sostituzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando l'insieme del materiale esterno richiama un programma esterno, è fatto sulla base di un comando definito nel file di configurazione del @@ -10257,50 +11863,70 @@ Quando l'insieme del materiale esterno richiama un programma esterno, Questi comandi possono contenere varie macro che vengono espanse prima dell'esecuzione. L'esecuzione avviene sempre nella directory del documento contenuto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre, ogni volta che viene visualizzato un insieme esterno, il nome sarà prodotto dal meccanismo di sostituzione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le macro disponibili sono le seguenti: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$FName Il nome del file specificato nella finestra dell'insieme esterno. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Basename Il nome del file senza estensione. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Tempname Un nome e un indirizzo completo di un file temporaneo che sarà automaticamente cancellato quando si chiude il documento contenuto, oppure quando è cancellato l'insieme esterno. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Contents("filename.ext") Questa macro espanderà il contenuto del file col nome -\family typewriter +\family typewriter filename.ext -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description $$Sysdir Questa macro espanderà all'indirizzo assoluto della directory di sistema. E' tipicamente usato per puntare i vari script di aiuto che sono inseriti in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In aggiunta a questi gli strumenti espanderanno le variabili d'ambiente generali con una sintassi del tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ${PATH} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Discussione sulla sicurezza -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insieme del materiale esterno si interfaccia con molti programmi esterni e lo fa automaticamente, per questo vanno considerate le implicazioni di @@ -10310,23 +11936,27 @@ L'insieme del materiale esterno si interfaccia con molti programmi esterni sembrerebbe che sia possibile creare un documento maligno che può eseguire comandi arbitrari quando un utente vede o stampa un documento. Questo lo vogliamo definitivamente evitare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tuttavia, dato che i comandi dei programmi esterni sono specificati solo nel file di configurazione del template, non ci sono problemi di sicurezza se LyX è configurato bene solo con templates sicuri. E' così perche i programmi esterni sono richiamati con la chiamata di sitema -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default piuttosto che con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter system -\family default +\family default , quindi non è possibile eseguire comandi arbitrari dal file o dalla sezione dei parametri attraverso la shell. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutto ciò implica che siete limitati nelle stringhe di comando che potete usare nei template dei materiali esterni, In particolare canali e redirection @@ -10336,47 +11966,51 @@ Tutto ci sicuro per farlo in maniera controllata, dopodochè richimare lo script dalla linea di comando. Nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/scripts -\family default +\family default dell'installazione di LyX, potrete trovare uno script sicuro preconfezionato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter general_command_wrapper.py -\family default +\family default che supporta la redirection di input e output. Questo può essere un esempio di come scrivere script di template sicuri. Per un esempio più avanzato che usa fork e simili, date uno sguardo allo script di conversione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pic2ascii.py -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile progettare un template che interagisce direttamente con la shell, ma dato che questo potrebbe permettere ad un utente con cattive intenzioni di eseguire comandi arbitrari scivendo intelligenti filename e/o parametri, raccomandiamo in generale di usare solo script sicuri che lavorano solo con le chiamate di sistema -\family typewriter +\family typewriter execvp -\family default +\family default in maniera controllata. Naturalmente se si lavora in un ambiente controllato potrebbe essere allettante ritornare ad usare gli script di shell ordinari. Se lo fate state attenti poichè -\emph on +\emph on andrete a creare -\emph default +\emph default un buco di sicurezza facilmente sfruttabile nel vostro sistema. Naturalmente è ragionevole che questi templates non sicuri non verranno mai inclusi nella distribuzione LyX standard, sebbene incoraggiamo le persone a sottoporre nuovi templates nella tradizione open source. Ma LyX come rilasciato nei canali ufficiali di distribuzioni non avrà mai tamplates non sicuri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'insieme del materiale esterno fornisce molta potenza, perciò dovete stare attenti a non introdurre elementi di azzardo sulla sicurezza a questa potenza. @@ -10387,10 +12021,14 @@ L'insieme del materiale esterno fornisce molta potenza, perci avete domande sulle implicazioni di sicurezza circa uno script. E, ovviamente, fate questo prima di usare lo script in un ambiente non sicuro. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il futuro dell'insieme esterno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La corrente implementazione dell'insieme esterno èun costrutto potente e stabile che fornisce un accesso diretto alle parti più interne di LyX, @@ -10398,15 +12036,21 @@ La corrente implementazione dell'insieme esterno work-in-progress. Quando e se qualcuno ha il tempo di continuare a lavorarci su, ecco alcune direzioni generali che possono essere seguite: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Supportare l'anteprima in linea in vari formati, piuttosto che il bottone di testo a cui si è obbligati attualmente. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Supportare l'editing in linea attraverso l'uso di OpenParts o altri protocolli rilevanti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Estendere l'informazioni dinamica per avere campi di parametri opzionali per i comandi di conversione in tutti i formati di export, ed avere campi @@ -10416,11 +12060,16 @@ Estendere l'informazioni dinamica per avere campi di parametri opzionali multiplata tra queste numerosi applicazioni. Inoltre un cambiamento come questo ci permetterebbe di liberarci delle strane restrizioni del formato principale. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Estendere l'area di lavoro per fornire delle opzioni di personalizzazione più intelligenti in aggiunta alla piuttosto semplicistica stringa di parametri. Con un linguaggio di script adatto, sarà possibile implementare versioni user friendly di molti insiemi di personalizzazione che supportano una grande quantità di formati, pacchetti LaTeX, editors, ecc. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/it_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/it_Intro.lyx index 604798aeb4..3cf8c72012 100644 --- a/lib/doc/it_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/it_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language italian \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,34 +24,47 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduzione a LyX -\newline +\newline ovvero -\newline +\newline Come utilizzare questi files di documentazione! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author di John Weiss e il Team di LyX -\newline +\newline tradotto in italiano da Giovanni Iachello -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navigare attraverso la documentazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Benvenuti \color magenta -\color default +\color inherit in \color magenta -\color default +\color inherit LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per facilitare la risposta alle vostre domande e per descrivere tutte le caratteristiche di LyX, la documentazione è stata suddivisa in diversi @@ -59,10 +73,34 @@ Per facilitare la risposta alle vostre domande e per descrivere tutte le Prima che vi tuffiate nella loro lettura, tuttavia, dovreste leggere attentamen te questo documento, dato che contiene una grande quantità di informazioni utili e commenti che possono farvi risparmiare tempo in seguito. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ATTENZIONE!!!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Nonostante LyX sia giunto alla versione 1.0 [o successiva], alcune parti della documentazione potrebbero essere incomplete, o addirittura riferirsi @@ -70,37 +108,43 @@ Nonostante LyX sia giunto alla versione 1.0 [o successiva], alcune parti Come il resto di LyX, i manuali sono il frutto del lavoro di volontari che hanno \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lavori Veri, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset famiglie, piatti da lavare, lettiere del gatto da pulire, ecc. Facciamo del nostro meglio per mantenere in perfette condizioni i manuali, ma potremmo non riuscirci sempre. - [Se volete contribuire a rimediare a questo problema, leggete la sezione\SpecialChar ~ + [Se volete contribuire a rimediare a questo problema, leggete la sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset di questo documento.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Infine, fateci un favore --- se trovate qualcosa in questi manuali che vi confonde, che non è chiaro, o sbagliato, non esitate a farcelo sapere! Potete raggiungere gli attuali responsabili della documentazione all'indirizzo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@\SpecialChar \- lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il formato dei manuali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualcuno di voi avrà stampato i manuali, altri li staranno leggendo sullo schermo, come un file all'interno di LyX. @@ -110,36 +154,42 @@ Qualcuno di voi avr separata come in alcune delle versioni stampate. Non sono inoltre visibili le note a piè pagina o l'indice. C'è un popup per visualizzare l'indice: per aprirlo, seleziona -\family sans +\family sans Sommario -\family default +\family default dal menù -\family sans +\family sans Modifica -\family default +\family default . Per aprire una nota a piè pagina, che appare così, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ciao! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per chiudermi, clicca il rettangolo grigio a destra, con la scritta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'interno. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dovete cliccarci sopra con il tasto sinistro del mouse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nei manuali stampati, tutti i riferimenti incrociati appaiono con i numeri del capitolo, sezione o sottosezione (ecc.) cui si riferiscono. @@ -147,811 +197,949 @@ Nei manuali stampati, tutti i riferimenti incrociati appaiono con i numeri come un rettangolo grigio come questo: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . [I manuali stampati mostrano un numero al suo posto.] Se si clicca sul rettangol o con il tasto sinistro del mouse, LyX passerà direttamente a quella sezione. Digitando -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default si ritornerà alla posizione precedente. [Si veda più avanti per sapere che cosa significa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset .] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ora che abbiamo chiarito alcune differenze fra la versione stampata e quella elettronica di questo file, possiamo esaminare il formato di questo documento. Avrete notato l'utilizzo occasionale di caratteri diversi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Lo stile enfatizzato -\emph default +\emph default viene utilizzato in genere per evidenziare, per indicare argomenti generali, titoli di libri, nomi di sezioni di altri manuali, e note degli autori. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Typewriter -\family default +\family default viene utilizzato per nomi di files e programmi, per il codice LaTeX e per codice e funzioni di LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default viene usato per indicare i menù, i bottoni, o i nomi delle finestre di popup, e i nomi dei tasti o loro combinazioni. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Stampatello -\noun default +\noun default viene usato per i nomi di persone. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per i tasti e le loro associazioni, verrete rimandati alla sezione -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di Riferimento -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ]. Quando ci riferiamo a tasti particolari, useremo la seguente convenzione per i prefissi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indica il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indica il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset indica il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , che su alcune tastiere appare come il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sono i tasti funzione. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è il tasto di escape. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Sinistra -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Destra -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Su -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Giù -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : si spiegano da soli. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ins -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Inizio -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Fine -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PagSu -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PagGiù -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : questi sono i sei tasti che appaiono sopra i tasti direzione sulle tastiere di molti PC. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PagSu -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PagGiù -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sono chiamati \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Precedente -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Seguente -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset su alcune tastiere. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default si riferiscono entrambi allo stesso tasto. Alcune tastiere indicano i tasto -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset altre come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Invio, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [sulle tastiere inglesi: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] altre ancora sono dotate di due tasti distinti. LyX li considera tutti come lo stesso tasto e quindi si userà -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default indistintamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di tanto in tanto vedrete anche qualcosa come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Si veda il -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Manuale di Riferimento -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : tutte le possibili associazioni prefissate dei tasti per una determinata funzione sono state infatti elencate nel \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di Riferimento -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e perciò all'occorrenza si viene rimandati lì. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section I manuali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La seguente lista descrive i contenuti di ciascuno dei files nella documentazion e: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Introduzione \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Introduzione \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Questo file. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Tutorial \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Tutorial \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Se avete appena incominciato ad usare LyX, e non avete mai usato il LaTeX, dovreste cominciare da qui. Se credete che il LaTeX sia il materiale con cui si fanno i preservativi, avete decisamente bisogno di leggere il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Si noti che dopo aver letto il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , penserete ancora che il LaTeX sia qualche strana sostanza gommosa, --- ma almeno saprete come usare LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se avete usato il LaTeX in precedenza, leggete comunque il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , a partire dalla sezione intitolata \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX per utenti LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [Dare un'occhiata al resto del documento non farebbe comunque male.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se, in qualsiasi momento, non riuscite a fare qualcosa con LyX, provate a dare un'occhiata al -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default prima di tuffarvi in uno degli altri manuali: si tratta di un buon trampolino. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Guida\SpecialChar ~ -dell'Utente \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guida\InsetSpace ~ +dell'Utente \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Si tratta della documentazione principale. Proveremo a coprire la maggior parte delle funzionalità di base e delle caratteristiche di LyX in questo documento. Questo manuale assume che si sia letto il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} o almeno che abbiate una conoscenza adeguata del LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Funzionalità\SpecialChar ~ -Avanzate \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Funzionalità\InsetSpace ~ +Avanzate \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline -\emph default +\emph default Si tratta di una estensione della -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default . Documenta layouts addizionali ed alcune caratteristiche di editing speciali, assieme ad alcuni trucchi per gli esperti di LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Personalizzazione \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Personalizzazione \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Si tratta di una descrizione delle caratteristiche avanzate di LyX, e fra l'altro descrive come personalizzare il comportamento generale di LyX\SpecialChar \@. Questo include fra l'altro le associazioni dei tasti, l'uso per lingue diverse dall'inglese, e i files di configurazione. Non pensiate neanche di aprire questo manuale prima di leggere il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Manuale\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ -Riferimento \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuale\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ +Riferimento \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Questo contiene una dettagliata ed esauriente descrizione delle caratteristiche di LyX, ma senza gli utili suggerimenti d'uso che si trovano nella -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default , o nel -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , o in altri manuali. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Bugs\SpecialChar ~ -Noti \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Bugs\InsetSpace ~ +Noti \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Questo file contiene una lista di bugs noti in LyX, e anche informazioni su che cosa dovreste fare qualora trovaste un bug nuovo in LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Configurazione\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Configurazione\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline LyX esamina il sistema durante l'installazione. Questo file contiene informazioni su ciò che LyX ha trovato nel sistema. Controllatelo nel caso manchi qualcosa che vorreste invece avere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi files fanno riferimento l'uno con l'altro quando necessario. Per esempio, la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default contiene alcune informazioni sull'installazione e la personalizzazione, ma rimanda il lettore al manuale -\emph on +\emph on Personalizzazione -\emph default +\emph default per maggiori informazioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard È importante rimarcare ancora un punto importante: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Se usate LyX per la prima volta, leggete il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Ora. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Altrimenti potreste perdere tempo inutilmente: LyX fa tutto quello che si richiede da un elaboratore di testi, ma utilizza un approccio differente dalla maggior parte degli altri programmi. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Come contribuire al progetto di documentazione -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Riportare gli errori nei manuali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo è facile. Potete mandare un messaggio alla mailing list degli sviluppatori [Developer Mailing List] o a quella degli utenti [User's Mailing List]. Il team di documentazione, comunque, preferisce che mandiate un messaggio a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Se i cambiamenti sono piccola entità, qualcuno li farà. Altrimenti, vi consigliamo di partecipare alla mailing list e di mettervi in contatto con noi prima di qualsiasi altra cosa. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + -\emph on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Mai apportare dei cambiamenti ai manuali prima del consenso del team di documentazione! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Comunque, questi cambiamenti non entreranno mai nella documentazione principale, dato che è il team di documentazione a mantenere le copie principali sull'archi vio CVS. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Partecipare al team di documentazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il progetto di documentazione di LyX, come qualsiasi altra parte di LyX, ha sempre bisogno di aiuto! Se siete interessati a contribuire al progetto di documentazione, dovete fare -\emph on +\emph on prima di tutto -\emph default +\emph default le seguenti operazioni: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Procurarvi l'ultima versione del codice sorgente di LyX. Scompattatelo. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I più avventurosi possono prelevare l'ultima versione in modo anonimo dall'archi vio CVS di LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Troverete una directory nell'albero principale chiamata -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . All'interno di tale directory si trova un file chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Leg\SpecialChar \- ge\SpecialChar \- te\SpecialChar \- lo; è il foglio di stile per la documentazione. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Prendetevi un paio di giorni di pausa, e poi leggete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default nuovamente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Poi, leggete la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default ed il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lo scopo di questo esercizio è quello di darvi delle idee. Dato che il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default e la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default saranno sempre i documenti più aggiornati, dovrebbero mostrarvi come vogliamo che siano il contenuto e la forma dei manuali. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Leggete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default di nuovo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Infine, contattate il team a: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vogliamo che capiate il foglio di stile -\emph on +\emph on prima -\emph default +\emph default di cominciare a scrivere. Altrimenti vi faremo correggere i lavori presentati. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Non pensate -\emph default +\emph default nemmeno -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default di cominciare a scrivere qualsiasi cosa prima di una chiacchierata via posta elettronica. Potete verificare l'attività attuale del team di documentazione sulla pagina web del team [appena in funzione] o mediante gli archivi delle mailing list che si trovano presso -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx index b8e25d76a3..cfeb22f64d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2483 +24,3622 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduzione a LyX -\newline +\newline ovvero -\newline +\newline Come utilizzare questi files di documentazione! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Navigare attraverso la documentazione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Il formato dei manuali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 I manuali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Come contribuire al progetto di documentazione +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Riportare gli errori nei manuali. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Partecipare al team di documentazione. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Il Tutorial di LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduzione +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Benvenuti in Lyx! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Che cosa aspettarsi da questo Tutorial (e cosa non ...) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Trarre il massimo dal Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Tutto ciò che non troverete: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Che cosa è LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Sguardo d'insieme -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Differenze tra LyX e gli altri programmi di videoscrittura -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Ma cosa è LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Primi passi in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Il vostro primo documento con LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Digitazione, Lettura e Stampa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Operazioni Elementari -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Spaziatura in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Ambienti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sezioni e sottosezioni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Liste e sottoliste -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Ulteriori ambienti: Versi, Citazioni e altro ancora +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Scriviamo un documento +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Classi di testo e Modelli: Le Lettere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Modelli: Scrivere una Lettera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 I Titoli di un Documento -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Etichette e Riferimenti Incrociati +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 La vostra prima etichetta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Il vostro primo riferimento incrociato -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Divertiamoci con le etichette +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Note a Piè di pagina e Note al Margine -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Indice +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 L'uso della matematica +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Modalità matematica -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigare una Equazione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Esponenti e Indici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Il -\family sans +\family sans Pannello Matematico +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Lettere greche e simboli -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Radici quadrate, accenti e separatori -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Frazioni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Modalità TeX: Limiti, logaritmi, seni e altro ancora -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Modalità centrata +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Equazioni su più righe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Ulteriori Sciocchezze Matematiche +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Miscellanea +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Ulteriori Caratteristiche Importanti di LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX per gli Utilizzatori di LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Modalità TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importazione di Documenti LaTeX --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Conversione di Documenti LyX in LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Preambolo LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Classe di Documento -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Altri Elementi del Preambolo +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Miscellanea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Errori! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* La Guida dell'Utente di LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduzione +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Cos'è LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Iniziare ad utilizzare LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Eseguire LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 L'Interfaccia di LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 La Finestra Principale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.2 Le finestre di dialogo +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 AIUTO! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 L'Interfaccia di LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Operazioni di Base sui File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Caratteristiche di Base -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Annulla e Ripristina -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Operazioni Basilari con il Mouse -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Operazioni Basilari con la Tastiera +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Utilizzare LyX con altri programmi +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 L'importazione di file ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Taglia e Incolla tra LyX ed altri Programmi X +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Il Setup di LyX e le Applicazioni di Supporto +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Requisiti di Sistema -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setup Elementare di LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Impostare la Tastiera sotto X +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.2 Modificatori e cambio modalità -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.3 Suggerimenti Utili e Piccoli Trucchi +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6 Dvips e Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6.1 Elementi indispensabili -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi e Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.7 La Stampante +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Nozioni Fondamentali su LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 I Tipi di Documento +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Le Varie Classi di Documento +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selezionare una Classe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Proprietà +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Analisi dettagliata dei parametri per le classi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Dimensione della pagina, orientamento e margini -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Nota Importante: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Indentazione e Separazione di Paragrafi +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Modalità di indentazione predefinita -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Regolazione puntuale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Interlinea +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Gli Ambienti Paragrafo +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 L'ambiente Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 I Titoli -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Intestazioni +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Intestazioni Numerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Intestazioni Non Numerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Cambiare la Numerazione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Informazioni Speciali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creare un'Appendice +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Citazioni e Poesia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Le Liste +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 Caratteristiche generali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Lettere +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : una visione di insieme -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Utilizzo +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Scrittura Accademica +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Ambienti speciali +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Annidamento degli ambienti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 La grande scommessa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Annidamenti permessi e proibiti -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Annidamento di altri elementi: tabelle, formule matematiche, oggetti flottanti, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Utilizzo e caratteristiche generali +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Casi possibili +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Alcuni Esempi +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Esempio #1: Annidamento di sei elementi e Misto -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Esempio #2: Ereditarietà -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Esempio #3: Etichette e livelli con gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Esempio #4: Per farvi impazzire un po'... +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts e stili di testo +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Opzioni Globali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Impiego degli stili di carattere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Controllo più accurato con la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Struttura del Carattere +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Stampa e anteprima +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Anteprima veloce con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Anteprima della versione PostScript® con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Stampa di un file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Poche parole su alcune notazioni tipografiche +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 I Punti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviazioni e fine di una frase -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Virgolette +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Vedove e Orfani +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Oggetti flottanti: tabelle, figure, note a piè di pagina e al margine +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Note a piè di pagina -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Note a Margine -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figure e Grafici Importati +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Flottanti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Usare le Figure Flottanti -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Collocazione degli elementi flottanti +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default e LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tabelle +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 -La finestra Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +La finestra Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Cosa possiamo inserire dentro una tabella? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Taglia & Incolla & Tabelle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Celle con righe multiple -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Tabelle Flottanti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.1 Didascalia di una tabella flottante. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.2 Disposizione del flottante +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Sommario ed altri elenchi +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Il Sommario -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Liste delle Figure, delle Tabelle e delle Equazioni +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Formule Matematiche +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Elementi base +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Attivazione di Mathed -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Navigare una Equazione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Selezione del testo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Esponenti e Pedici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Frazioni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 Sommatorie ed Integrali -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Il pannello matematico -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Ulteriori simboli matematici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Funzioni matematiche -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Simboli aggiuntivi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 Accenti +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Parentesi e decorazioni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Vettori ed equazioni multilinea -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Numerazione delle equazioni ed etichette -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Macro definite dall'utente in modalità matematica +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1 Direttive sull'uso delle macro +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1.1 Come creare le macro -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1.2 Come navigare una macro +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6 Controllo dei dettagli +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Tipi di carattere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.2 Modalità testuale-matematica -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.3 Dimensioni dei font +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Altre Funzionalità +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Riferimenti Incrociati -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Controllo manuale dei dettagli +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Spazi orizzontali aggiuntivi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Spazi verticali aggiuntivi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.3 Modificare l'allineamento di un paragrafo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.4 Forzare una interruzione di pagina -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.5 Altre funzioni +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Controllo ortografico +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Opzioni del correttore ortografico +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1.1 Dizionario -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1.2 Dizionario personale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1.3 Ulteriori opzioni +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Problemi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Limitazioni +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Supporto Internazionale +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Opzioni per la lingua presenti in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Configurazione della mappa di tastiera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3 Tabelle dei Caratteri -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.4 Supporto internazionale del correttore ortografico +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Crediti -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Personalizzazione di LyX: Caratteristiche per l'utente avanzato -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 File di configurazione di LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 -\size larger +\size larger Cosa c'è in -\family typewriter -\size default +\family typewriter +\size default LyXDir -\family default -\size larger +\family default +\size larger ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Files generati automaticamente -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files che non volete modificare -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Altri files che necessitano di una riga o due di spiegazioni... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 -\size larger +\size larger La vostra directory di configurazione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Lanciare LyX con configurazioni multiple +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Il popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Usare il popup per la prima volta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Schermo & Fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Settaggi DPI e Zoom di Font -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Comandi di definizione dei Fonts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Codifica dei Fonts +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Convertitori, Formati e Visualizzatori -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Anteprima sullo schermo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Opzioni ASCII-Export -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Stampante +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9 TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10 I settaggi autorilevati -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.11 Il resto +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Il Server LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Iniziare il Server LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Comunicazione normale -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Notifica -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Il Protocollo Server LyX semplice +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Internazionalizzare LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Selezionare un linguaggio alternativo per l'interfaccia utente -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Usare scorciatoie per linguaggi alternativi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Tradurre LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 Tradurre l'interfaccia grafica utente (messaggi di testo). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Tradurre la documentazione. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Supporto Tastiere Internazionali +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Definire una propria Mappa della Tastiera: Formato File Keymap +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Materiale sulle tastiere internazionali +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1 Il File .kmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5.2 Il file .cdef -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5.3 Tasti morti -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5.4 Salvare la vostra configurazione di Linguaggio +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Installare Nuove Classi di Documento, Layouts e Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Installare un nuovo pacchetto LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Supportare nuove classi di documento -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 File sty LaTex2e -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 File cls LaTeX2e -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.4 File sty LaTeX 2.09 +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Dichiarare una nuova textclass +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Parametri generali di textclass -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Sezione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.3 Layouts specifici di paragrafo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.4 Descrizione dei Font +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Creare Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Un Tutorial sulla Stampante +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Descrizione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Il Nome della Stampante -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Il Dispositivo di Stampa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.4 La Directory Spool e il File Log -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.5 Il Filter File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.6 Entrate Addizionali +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Creare un Filtro di Stampa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3.1 Stampare Files PostScript® Usando Ghostscript -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3.2 Se Già avete una Stampante PostScript®\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Il Demone Print Spool, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpd -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Assemblando il Tutto +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Il materiale esterno +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Come funziona? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3 La finestra di dialogo Materiale Esterno -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.4 Esempi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.5 Il file di configurazione external template -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.6 Il meccanismo di sostituzione -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.7 Discussione sulla sicurezza -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.8 Il futuro dell'insieme esterno +\end_layout \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/it_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/it_Tutorial.lyx index 8d6d9390b3..6dd2bc6942 100644 --- a/lib/doc/it_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/it_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language italian \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,43 +24,62 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Il Tutorial di LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author scritto da Amir Karger e dal LyX Team -\newline +\newline traduzione italiana di Claudio Coco -\size normal +\size normal -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduzione -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Benvenuti in Lyx! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo file è destinato a tutti coloro che non hanno mai sentito parlare del LaTeX, o al più ne hanno una scarsa conoscenza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non c'è comunque da preoccuparsi - non sarà necessario che voi impariate il LaTeX per usare LyX, d'altronde è proprio questa la caratteristica principal e del LyX, ovvero fornire al LaTeX una interfaccia WYSIWYG. In ogni caso è bene che apprendiate alcune nozioni fondamentali che vi permettano di utilizzare LyX in tutte le sue potenzialità. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tra i motivi che vi avranno spinto alla lettura di questo documento vi saranno sicuramente i tentativi, peraltro conclusisi con un fallimento, di compiere @@ -67,14 +87,16 @@ Tra i motivi che vi avranno spinto alla lettura di questo documento vi saranno di altri programmi di videoscrittura, ad esempio, aggiungere due spazi consecutivi dopo un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o tre righe vuote consecutive tra due paragrafi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La spiegazione a quella che può sembrare una mancanza è piuttosto semplice: Lyx mette l'utente nelle condizioni di potersi dedicare alla stesura del @@ -83,76 +105,96 @@ La spiegazione a quella che pu a scrivere il documento, ma anche ad aggiungere spazi, scegliere il carattere, etc.), operazione quest' ultima che verrà eseguita opportunamente dallo stesso LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Armatevi dunque di pazienza e proseguite nella lettura, il tempo impiegato sarà ben speso. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Che cosa aspettarsi da questo Tutorial (e cosa non ...) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di proseguire, vogliamo sottolineare che, qualora il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default sia il primo documento di guida al quale ci si sia riferiti, è preferibile dapprima la lettura della -\emph on +\emph on Introduzione -\emph default +\emph default , nella quale viene descritta la notazione in uso nel seguito, in caso contrario saprete già il significato da attribuire a ciascun font e quindi possiamo dedicarci brevemente all'analisi delle finalità del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Trarre il massimo dal Tutorial -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se desiderate ottenere il massimo profitto dalla lettura di questo documento (del quale, per comodità, si potrebbe effettuare una stampa in formato PostScript®), vi consigliamo di applicare ciascuno degli esempi o esercizi di cui si compone il tutorial, anche i più semplici o all'apparenza più stupidi o noiosi, verificandone la correttezza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualora abbiate già una certa dimestichezza con il LaTeX, probabilmente riuscirete a scorrere il Tutorial abbastanza velocemente, poichè molte delle idee sviluppate in LyX non sono altro che caratteristiche del LaTeX in altra forma, sebbene vi siano alcuni aspetti peculiari da evidenziare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chi non volesse proseguire nella lettura del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , dia comunque una occhiata alla Sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , scritta specificamente per coloro che si ritengono dei buoni conoscitori del LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riguardo la Sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset , essa è la revisione di una vecchia versione del Tutorial e sebbene sia abbastanza coincisa, può andar bene per farsi una idea delle funzionalità del Lyx. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tutto ciò che non troverete: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Qualcuno disposto ad imboccarvi come i bambini: non a caso oggi vi è la tendenza a realizzare documenti di supporto che si ritengano debbano essere @@ -160,75 +202,94 @@ Qualcuno disposto ad imboccarvi come i bambini: non a caso oggi vi , se preferite, estremamente pigre, ebbene noi riteniamo invece che la maggior parte degli utenti non siano stupidi e ricorrano ad un manuale, ed in particola re ad un tutorial, quando si sentono smarriti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le istruzioni relative all'uso del mouse o della tastiera. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se non siete in grado di usare il vostro PC, potete stare tranquilli, nei documenti di supporto al LyX non troverete comunque nulla al riguardo. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Un'analisi dettagliata di tutte le proprietà del LyX, che sono invece descritte nella -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard D'altronde se tali proprietà fossero qui riportate, il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default sarebbe soltanto un doppione di qualcosa che già esiste e per questo risultereb be del tutto inutile, il suo scopo è piuttosto quello di introdurre i vari argomenti, rimandando implicitamente gli interessati alla lettura della -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dettagli relativi al LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Pensate che avrebbe senso parlare del funzionamento del motore se a voi interessa soltanto che la macchina vi trasporti ? Chi volesse imparare i trucchi del Latex, si riferisca piuttosto ai diversi testi esistenti sull'argomento. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Giunti a questo punto, possiamo adesso proseguire con la prossima sezione oppure saltare direttamente alla \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Che cosa è LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sguardo d'insieme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I dubbi che nascono inizialmente nel comune utilizzo di Lyx sono essenzialmente legati alla differente prospettiva di lavoro nella quale bisogna porsi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fino a qualche anno fa, l'unico strumento a nostra disposizione per l'elaborazio ne di un documento era rappresentato dalla macchina da scrivere e per ovviare @@ -236,11 +297,11 @@ ne di un documento era rappresentato dalla macchina da scrivere e per ovviare per ottenere l'impaginazione desiderata: pensate, ad esempio, alla sottolineatu ra di una parola, attraverso l'uso del carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , per enfatizzarla o alla necessità, nel processo di creazione di una tabella, di calcolare in anticipo le dimensioni di ciascuna colonna, nonchè il loro @@ -248,7 +309,9 @@ _ I problemi di collocazione del testo interessavano anche la scrittura delle lettere, e più in generale, di testi giustificati a destra, mentre la divisione di una parola alla fine di un rigo richiedeva continua attenzione e prudenza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In altre parole, siete stati abituati a preoccuparvi di tutti i più piccoli dettagli relativi al posizionamento di ciascun carattere e quasi tutti @@ -258,7 +321,9 @@ In altre parole, siete stati abituati a preoccuparvi di tutti i pi al testo mediante font differenti in analogia al cambiamento dell'ingranaggio della macchina da scrivere per ottenere il medesimo obiettivo. Spero di aver reso l'idea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A questo punto dovreste aver già capito che cosa differenzia LyX dagli usuali programmi di videoscrittura: non c'è più alcun bisogno che vi interessiate @@ -266,59 +331,67 @@ A questo punto dovreste aver gi al LyX le vostre intenzioni, sarà poi lui a pensare al resto attraverso l'applicazione di un insieme di regole che identificano un particolare -\emph on +\emph on stile -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supponiamo, ad esempio, di voler scrivere una relazione. Per prima cosa, vorreste iniziare con un paragrafo chiamato \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduzione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e per far ciò, dopo aver deciso la dimensione del carattere da utilizzare, vi mettereste alla ricerca, tra i menù del vostro programma di videoscrittura, del comando finalizzato allo scopo, quindi attivereste il neretto ed in ultimo digitereste \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.__Introduzione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se in un secondo tempo doveste poi decidere che questo paragrafo debba apparire altrove all'interno del documento oppure voleste farlo precedere da un ulteriore paragrafo, sarebbe necessario modificare la sua numerazione nonchè quella di tutti i paragrafi successivi, aggiornando nel contempo il contenuto dell'indice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX è sufficiente selezionare la voce -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dal menù a tendina presente all'estremo sinistro della barra dei pulsanti e quindi scrivere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduzione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , nient'altro; successivamente, potrete spostarla a vostro piacimento, penserà LyX a rinumerarla automaticamente, aggiornando nel contempo qualsiasi riferimen to alla sezione presente nel documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si pone inoltre un problema di consistenza. Dopo cinque giorni decidete di continuare la vostra relazione a partire @@ -328,7 +401,9 @@ Si pone inoltre un problema di consistenza. Anche questo è un problema che non incontrerete mai in LyX, in quanto sarà il computer a tener traccia della dimensione dei font per ciascun elemento. D'altronde il computer è stato creato proprio a questo scopo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Facciamo un altro esempio, supponiamo che vogliate creare una lista: con gli altri programmi di videoscrittura, una lista si compone mediante la @@ -338,78 +413,94 @@ Facciamo un altro esempio, supponiamo che vogliate creare una lista: con che devono separare due voci consecutive e altro ancora. Sotto LyX dovete definire solo due proprietà: il tipo di lista ed il suo contenuto, questo è quanto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'idea di base è dunque la seguente: specifica ciò che fai, ma non il modo in cui lo fai. Questa affermazione giustifica, in riferimento al LyX, l'uso del paradigma \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset quello che vedi è quanto vuoi esprimere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (in inglese \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset what you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - WYSIWYM) piuttosto che \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset quello che vedi è quanto otterrai \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (in inglese \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset what you see is what you get - WYSIWYG). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Differenze tra LyX e gli altri programmi di videoscrittura \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Qui non stiamo cercando di generare (o vincere) una guerra santa tra word processor, però riteniamo che sia importante descrivere le caratteristiche di LyX ed una delle principali, ovvero il paradigma WYSIWYM, è concettualmente diversa dall'idea che il 99% delle persone ha in mente. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qui di seguito sono riportate alcune tra le caratteristiche che non troverete in LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il righello -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il tasto Tab -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spazi aggiuntivi [ ad esempio, premendo il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default due o più volte ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tab stops ed il righello vi mostrano la posizione degli elementi all'interno della pagina ed essi sono ovviamente inutili in LyX, essendo il programma @@ -419,29 +510,45 @@ Tab stops ed il righello vi mostrano la posizione degli elementi all'interno Sebbene l'impossibilità di aggiungere due linee vuote in una colonna vi potrà inizialmente infastidire, tutto vi sembrerà più sensato quando imparerete a pensare secondo la filosofia WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tra le proprietà che invece sono presenti, ma che in LyX hanno una diversa connotazione, ritroviamo: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I controlli relativi all'indentazione -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le interruzioni di pagina -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spaziatura tra le righe [ad esempio spazio singolo, spazio doppio, etc.] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spazi vuoti, orizzontali e verticali -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tipo e dimensione dei font -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aspetto dei caratteri [neretto,italico, sottolineato, etc.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Solitamente non vi sarà alcun bisogno che ricorriate ad essi, in quanto sarà LyX a settare, per ciascun documento e per le varie parti che lo compongon @@ -451,41 +558,57 @@ o, il tipo di carattere e la dimensione del font. Le interruzioni di pagina verrano generate in maniera automatica, mentre lo spazio che separa due righe, parole o sezioni è variabile. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Esistono naturalmente vari modi [solo alcuni dei quali richiedono la conoscenza di LaTeX] per agire su ognuna delle proprietà riportate, sia in riferimento ad un intero documento che a porzioni specifiche dello stesso. Per i dettagli vi rimandiamo alla lettura della -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'Utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi sono, in ultimo, alcune aree nelle quali LyX [e LaTeX] si dimostrano nettamente superiori agli altri programmi di videoscrittura: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Interruzione delle parole a fine riga -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Liste di qualunque tipo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematica -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabelle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Riferimenti incrociati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molti programmi di videoscrittura di ultima generazione permettono ormai la gestione di formule matematiche, tabelle e la divisione delle parole @@ -496,55 +619,63 @@ ne di documenti LaTeX. Questi svolge egregiamente il suo lavoro da più di 10 anni e tutti i suoi bachi sono stati eliminati molto tempo fa. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sappiamo che niente è perfetto, ma LaTeX è, fra tutti i programmi per computer, il più vicino ad essere privo di bachi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ma cosa è LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX è un sistema per la preparazione di documenti elaborato da Leslie Lamport nel 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La fonte delle informazioni riportate in questa sezione è il documento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di Helmut Kopka e Patrick Daly, riportato nella bibliografia della -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a partire da un linguaggio di formattazione denominato TeX, a sua volta creato da Donald Knuth nel 1984. Molta gente manifesta nei confronti del \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset una certa ostilità, sebbene in tanti non riescono a capire che cosa sia effettivamente. @@ -555,26 +686,30 @@ TeX macchina da stampa. In ogni caso, il risultato della elaborazione del TeX è un file in formato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , o per esteso, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il quale potrà essere letto attraverso programmi appositi oppure convertito in altri formati, come ad esempio il PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il TeX potrebbe essere dunque visto come un semplice programma che consente di ottenere pagine di bell'aspetto da stampare, se non fosse per la possibilità di definire delle macro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molte persone che adoperano TeX utilizzano un pacchetto di macro che Knuth creò con l'obiettivo di nascondere molti dettagli relativi alla formattazione. @@ -586,13 +721,17 @@ Molte persone che adoperano TeX utilizzano un pacchetto di macro che Knuth utente e meno alla formattazione, ovvero un insieme di comandi che componessero in modo consistente paragrafi, tabelle o formule matematiche secondo uno stile uniforme, creò LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Immediatamente, in parallelo allo sviluppo e alla crescita di LaTeX, altre persone iniziarono a realizzare dei pacchetti di macro personalizzati in base alle loro esigenze, chi per scrivere lucidi, chi articoli per riviste matematiche e così via. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per far ciò alcuni usavano il TeX di base, altri modificavano il LaTeX. Per cercare di ristabilire un'ordine in tutta questa confusione, una squadra @@ -605,27 +744,29 @@ Per far ci ciò ha permesso agli utenti attorno al mondo di creare le proprie aggiunte al LaTeX al di là dello standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono due diversi modi di ampliare LaTeX, rispettivamente attraverso le classi e gli stili. Una -\emph on +\emph on classe -\emph default +\emph default è un insieme di macro in LaTeX [e TeX] mirate a descrivere un nuovo tipo di documento, come un libro o un articolo. Vi sono classi per lucidi, per riviste di fisica e matematica\SpecialChar \ldots{} alcune università hanno addirittura una classe per il loro fomato di tesi! Uno -\emph on +\emph on stile -\emph default +\emph default differisce da una classe in quanto esso non definisce un nuovo formato di documento, bensì un diverso -\emph on +\emph on comportamento -\emph default +\emph default che un documento può seguire. Per esempio, LyX gestisce i margini di pagina e la spaziatura fra le linee servendosi di due differenti files di stile di LaTeX progettati con quest'inten @@ -636,751 +777,827 @@ to. pagina decorate, la personalizzazione di bibliografie, la possibilità di variare la posizione e l'aspetto delle note a piè di pagina, delle tabelle e delle figure, la customizzazione delle liste, eccetera, eccetera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Segue un breve sommario: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Linguaggio di formattazione con capacità di definizione delle macro. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Insieme di macro costruite sul TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 classi: Descrizione di un tipo di documento, mediante LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 stili: Modifica in qualche modo il comportamento di default del LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Word-processor visuale di tipo WYSIWYM che fa uso del LaTeX in tutte le sue potenzialità per effettuare la stampa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'obiettivo di questo paragrafo era quello di cercare di illustrare -\emph on +\emph on perchè -\emph default +\emph default LyX -\emph on +\emph on lavora -\emph default +\emph default in alcuni casi in maniera così differente rispetto agli altri programmi di videoscrittura. La ragione è semplice: LyX utilizza LaTeX come processo finale per la stampa. Proprio come il LaTeX, LyX mette a fuoco il contesto del vostro scrivere --- -\emph on +\emph on ciò -\emph default +\emph default che voi digitate. Sarà il computer invece a gestire il suo aspetto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- un'ultima cosa. LaTeX si pronuncia come TeX. Solitamente fa rima con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ha blech \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dipende da come pronunciate la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Lamport nel suo libro dice che, comunque, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset anche -\emph on +\emph on lay -\emph default +\emph default -tecks è possibile \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dall'altra parte, si pronuncia \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset O \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dipende dalla vosta nazionalità\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Primi passi in LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il vostro primo documento con LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK. Anche se siete pronti per iniziare a scrivere, abbiate la pazienza di leggere queste ultime annotazioni, le quali, speriamo, rendano il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default ancora più istruttivo, utile e divertente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poichè vi sono un sacco di cose che non vi diremo, la -\series bold +\series bold prima -\series default +\series default cosa che dovrete fare è trovare gli altri file di aiuto. -\series medium +\series medium -\series default +\series default Fortunatamente per voi, questa operazione è abbastanza semplice, vi basta lanciare LyX e scegliere -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default ad esempio, la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default dal menù -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto -\family default +\family default . Oppure potreste voler leggere proprio il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default (se non lo state già facendo sullo schermo). In questo modo, siete in grado di consultarli mentre procedete alla scrittura del vostro file \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Possono anche servire come esempi su come usare le varie proprietà di LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Fate attenzione al fatto che nel momento in cui avete più documenti aperti, potete passare dall'uno all'altro attraverso il menù -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default i. Precisiamo che il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default non tratterà nei dettagli gli argomenti trattati negli altri manuali del LyX e sebbene questo possa costituire uno scoglio, specialmente all'inizio, d'altra parte consente di rendere il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default abbastanza breve. Inoltre la sua lettura vi abituerà all'uso dei manuali successivi e nel lungo periodo vi farà risparmiare un mare di tempo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questo -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default stiamo assumendo che abbiate una versione completamente funzionante di LyX, LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default o altro visore di file dvi , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default o altro programma di conversione di documenti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default in PostScript®, nonchè una stampante anch'essa funzionante. Se una qualunque delle richieste non fosse verificata, voi (o l'amministratore di sistema) dovrete provvedere a configurare il vostro sistema. Troverete le informazioni di configurazione in altri manuali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per concludere, abbiamo scritto un file, chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default , per farvi mettere in pratica le vostre abilità con LyX. Immaginate che sia stato scritto da qualcuno che non conosceva nessuna delle fantastiche proprietà di LyX. Ebbene, non appena imparate nuove funzioni di LyX, vi suggeriamo di correggerlo. Esso contiene anche utili suggerimenti riguardo a come effettuare le correzioni. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I suggerimenti sono individuabili dall' etichetta gialla \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Note \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il cui testo può essere letto semplicemente cliccando su di essi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Se volete barare (o verificare quanto avete fatto), consultate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default il quale contiene lo stesso testo scritto e formattato da un esperto di LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I file di esempio sono localizzati nella cartella -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , che può essere raggiunta selezionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator A -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ri -\family default +\family default e quindi cliccando sul tasto -\family sans +\family sans Esempi -\family default +\family default . Aprite il documento scorretto e mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sal -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default a come -\family default +\family default salvatene una copia, sulla quale lavorare, nella vostra cartella. Ogni qual volta effettuate delle correzioni, andate a vedere come i vari cambiamenti modificano il file dvi risultante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ogni caso, la cartella -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default contiene molti file di esempio ed ognuno di essi vi mostrerà come realizzare operazioni elaborate con LyX. Risultano utili soprattutto a mostrare tutto ciò che, a causa della lunghezza o per altre ragioni, sarà escluso dalla documentazione. Dopo che avrete letto il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , o quando siete confusi su come realizzare quacosa di elaborato, date una occhiata a questi file. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Digitazione, Lettura e Stampa -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Crea un nuovo file con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default uovo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Digita una frase, ad esempio: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Questo è il mio primo documento scritto con LyX! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Potete scrivere ciò che volete, non ha importanza. In questa sede vi chiediamo scusa per la stupidità di questa frase e delle altre che vi chiederemo di scrivere in futuro. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Salvate il documento con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Sal -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ come\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lanciate LaTeX per creare il dile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Anteprima\SpecialChar ~ +Anteprima\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Potreste vedere apparire strani messaggi all'interno della finestra nella quale avete lanciato il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default , ebbene non preoccupatevi, sono prodotti da LaTeX, ignorateli pure. LyX lancerà quindi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (o qualche altro visore di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), il quale mostrerà, in una nuova finestra, il vostro documento così come apparirà una volta stampato. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Potete risparmiare del tempo lasciando girare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default in background. Quando LaTeX avrà terminato, basterà scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ile->Aggiorna\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ile->Aggiorna\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default e cliccare sulla finestra di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (oppure renderla visibile dopo averla minimizzata). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Stampate scegliendo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Stam -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default a -\family default +\family default e premendo -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Congratulazioni! Avete scritto e stampato il vostro primo documento con LyX. Il resto è solo un insieme di dettagli che vi saranno illustrati nella rimanente parte del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , nella -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default , e nel -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di riferimento -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Operazioni Elementari -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX svolge naturalmente molte delle funzioni che vi aspettate di trovare in un programma di videoscrittura. Esso word-wrap e indenta i paragrafi automaticamente. Se provate in questo momento ad aprire qualcuno dei menu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se siete come molti fra gli utenti -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default , lo avrete già fatto molto tempo prima di iniziare a leggere il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , noterete che molti tra i comandi più comuni (ad esempio, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Esci da LyX, Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default colla, -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Stam -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default a) -\family default +\family default sono indicati nello stesso modo in cui vi aspettavate, si trovano negli stessi menù dove pensavate potessero trovarsi, e, cosa più importante, svolgono le stesse operazioni che avevate associato loro. Segue una veloce descrizione di come svolgere qualche altra semplice azione. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Annulla LyX è capace di infiniti Annulla, cioè potete annullare tutto le operazioni che avete eseguito dall'inizio della vostra sessione di lavoro corrente, selezionando -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnulla -\family default +\family default più e più volte. Se avete esagerato, scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default pristina -\family default +\family default per tornare indietro. -\emph on +\emph on Al momento, l'operazione di Annulla è limitata a 100 passi e non funziona proprio per -\emph default +\emph default tutte -\emph on +\emph on le azioni eseguite, ad esempio quando si effettuano cambiamenti all'impaginazio ne del documento. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Taglia/Incolla/Copia Scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aglia -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default colla -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default opia -\family default +\family default per tagliare, incollare, e copiare, oppure incollate automaticamente il testo selezionato con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto centrale -\emph default +\emph default del mouse. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Find/Replace La voce -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Cerca\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Cerca\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default ostituisci -\family default +\family default vi è utile per ricerche con distinzione tra maiuscole e minuscole. Nella finestra che verrà visualizzata, effettuate la ricerca servendovi delle frecce in avanti e indietro, e usate il bottone -\family sans +\family sans Cam -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ia -\family default +\family default per sostitutire la parola trovata. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Una volta finito potete chiudere la finestra oppure lasciarla aperta se vi fa più comodo. Molte delle tabelle che compaiono in LyX --- comprese quelle di -\family sans -Cerca\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Cerca\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default ostituisci -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ommario -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default , nonchè quelle relative alla matematica --- potrebbero essere minimizzate piuttosto che chiuse. Alcune, come quella -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile-> -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pri -\family default +\family default , non vi permettono di digitare nulle nella finestra principale di LyX fino a quando non provvedete a chiuderle. Siate sicuri di avere attiva la giustra finestra quando provate a scrivere nella finestra principale di LyX oppure volete eseguire un comando in qualche altra sua finestra. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -Formattazione\SpecialChar ~ -dei\SpecialChar ~ +Formattazione\InsetSpace ~ +dei\InsetSpace ~ caratteri Potete -\emph on +\emph on enfatizzare -\emph default +\emph default il testo (ciò generalmente viene fatto mediante caratteri in italico), metterlo in -\series bold +\series bold neretto -\series default +\series default , oppure in -\noun on +\noun on maiuscolo -\noun default +\noun default (di solito le lettere minuscole, usate per i nomi di persona) mediante i bottoni in rilievo presenti nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout -Barra\SpecialChar ~ -degli\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Barra\InsetSpace ~ +degli\InsetSpace ~ strumenti Sulla barra degli strumenti risiedono dei tasti (proprio sotto i menu) che vi permettono di eseguire alcune tra le funzioni più frequenti, come -\family sans +\family sans Incolla -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Stampa -\family default +\family default . Se portate il mouse sopra uno di questi tasti sulla barra degli strumenti, una piccola etichetta gialla vi comunicherà quale è la funzione ad esso associata. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Minibuffer La riga grigia posta nella parte più bassa della finestra di LyX è chiamata minibuffer. @@ -1388,153 +1605,167 @@ Minibuffer La riga grigia posta nella parte pi Per esempio, quando salvate, vi mostrerà il nome del file appena salvato. Anche alcuni messaggi di errore potrebbero essere mostrati lì. Fata attenzione al fatto che vi è permesso -\emph on +\emph on scrivere -\emph default +\emph default nel minibuffer. Ciò vi permette di sfruttare un insieme di funzioni molto interessanti, tra le quali alcune che potrebbero distruggere il vostro documento, quindi non digitate nel minibuffer a meno che non sappiate quello che state facendo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sicuramente non avrete ancora scritto a sufficienza per aver fatto uso di tutte le funzioni descritte, dunque, man mano che provate, vi consigliamo di esercitarvi con i comandi Annulla, Incolla, etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Spaziatura in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una delle difficoltà più grandi per i nuovi utenti è costitutita dal modo in cui LyX gestisce gli spazi. Pur premendo il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default più volte, otterete sempre una sola linea vuota e alla stessa maniera, la pressione ripetuta del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , restituirà come risultato un solo spazio. In corrispondenza di una linea vuota, LyX non vi permetterà di digitare neanche uno spazio, mentre il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default non sposterà avanti il cursore del numero di caratteri cui siete abituati, semplicemente perchè questa funzione non esiste in LyX! Ancora, in cima alla pagina non troverete nessun righello che vi permetta di fissare le dimensioni del tab o i margini della pagina. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molti programmi di videoscrittura commerciali sono basati sul principio WYSIWYG : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ciò che vedi è quanto otterai \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In inglese \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , da qui l'acronimo WYSIWYG -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX, d'altro canto, si basa sul paradigma secondo il quale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ciò che vedi è quanto vuoi esprimere \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In inglese \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Voi digitate quello che volete dire, e LyX si prenderà cura di formattarlo al posto vostro, affinchè la resa finale sia gradevole. Un -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default grammaticalmente separa i paragrafi, mentre uno -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default grammaticalmente separa le parole, per cui non c'è ragione di introdurne un gran numero per una stessa riga; un -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default non ha grammaticalmente alcuna funzione, quindi LyX non lo supporta. Con LyX, trascorrerete la maggior parte del vostro tempo a preoccuparvi del -\emph on +\emph on contenuto -\emph default +\emph default del vostro documento piuttosto che del suo -\emph on +\emph on aspetto -\emph default +\emph default . Per maggiori informazioni sul concetto WYSIWYM, fate riferimento alla sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ha molti modi per permettervi di raffinare la formattazione dei vostri documenti. Dopo tutto, LyX potrebbe non formattare -\emph on +\emph on esattamente -\emph default +\emph default ciò che volete dire. La -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default contiene delle informazioni al riguardo. Ad esempio, in esso si parla di -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default e spazi verticali --- molto più potenti e versatili che gli spazi multipli o linee vuote --- nonchè dei metodi per cambiare manualmente la dimensione dei font, il tipo di carattere, e l'allineamento dei paragrafi. @@ -1543,16 +1774,20 @@ osi sul contenuto, e preoccuparsi solo alla fine di migliorare i dettagli. Con i comuni programmi di videoscrittura, siete invece distratti dalla formattazione del documento per tutta la durata della vostra sessione di scrittura. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ambienti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parti differenti di un documento hanno diverse finalità; noi indichiamo tali parti come -\emph on +\emph on ambienti -\emph default +\emph default . La maggior parte di un documento è in genere costituito da semplice testo. I titoli di ciascuna sezione (capitolo, sottosezione, etc.) fanno capire @@ -1560,33 +1795,37 @@ ambienti Determinati tipi di documento hanno speciali ambienti. L'articolo di una rivista sarà caratterizzato da un sunto \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In inglese \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dell'articolo e dal titolo. Una lettera non avrà nessuna di queste parti, ma probabilmente avrà un ambiente relativo all'indirizzo del mittente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gli ambienti costituiscono un punto fondamentale nella filosofia \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ciò che vedi è quanto vuoi esprimere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di LyX. Un dato ambiente richiede, in genere, un font appartenente ad una ben determina @@ -1599,556 +1838,622 @@ ta famiglia, una certa dimensione dei caratteri, una particolare indentazione, da differenti standard di indentazione e allo stesso modo i formati delle bibliografie possono differire fortemente gli uni dagli altri. LyX evita che dobbiate imparare tutti gli stili di formattazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'indicatore d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default è posto all'estrema sinistra della barra degli strumenti (proprio sotto il menù -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default ) e indica l'ambiente sotto il quale state attualmente scrivendo. Mentre scrivevate il vostro primo documento, indicava \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ovvero l'ambiente di default per il testo. Adesso provate ad introdurre alcuni ambienti nel vostro nuovo documento affinchè possiate rendervi conto di come funzionano. Per far ciò, usate il menù -\family sans +\family sans Ambient -\family default +\family default e, che va aperto cliccando sulla icona \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset freccia in basso \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset presente sulla destra dell'indicatore d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sezioni e sottosezioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Digitate la parola -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Introduzione -\family default +\family default sulla prima riga del vostro file, quindi selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dal menù -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Non c'è bisogno di selezionare la riga. Se non è selezionato nulla, LyX cambia il paragrafo dove vi trovate attualmente nell'ambiente desiderato. In alternativa, potete cambiare più paragrafi in un ambiente differente selezionandoli prima di scegliere l'ambiente stesso. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX numererà la sezione con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e formatterà l'intestazione della sezione (titolo) con un font più grande. (Naturalmente, l'intestazione della sezione sarà formattata correttamente anche nel documento stampato o in quello -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default .) Quindi premete -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Noterete che l'indicatore d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default tornerà da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ciò si spiega col fatto che l'intestazione di una sezione, come molti ambienti, si assume sia terminata una volta premuto il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Riferitevi alla -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per sapere come scrivere titoli con due o più linee. L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default può naturalmente essere usato per molti paragrafi. Anche altri ambienti della lista (vedi sotto) non terminano quando si preme -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default . Potete sempre verificare l'ambiente nel quale state lavorando dando un'occhiata all'indicatore d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Digitate l'introduzione del documento: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Questa è una introduzione al mio primo documento in LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Premete ancora -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default , selezionate ancora -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . LyX scriverà un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e attenderà che scriviate un titolo. Digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Altro soggetto -\family default +\family default , vedrete che LyX lo rappresenterà ancora una volta come un titolo di sezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ma le cose interessanti non terminano qua. Andate alla fine della sezione uno (dopo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset al mio primo documento in LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), digitate -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default e selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . LyX stamperà \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e attenderà perchè digitiate un titolo. Scrivete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Circa questo documento -\family default +\family default . La sezione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Altro soggetto \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , identificata come la sezione 2, sarà automaticamente rinumerata come sezione 3! Nel vero stile WYSIWYM, dovete identificare soltanto il testo che rappresent erà il titolo della sezione, LyX si preoccuperà di numerare le sezioni e formattarle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Premete -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default per ritornare all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default e digitate le seguenti cinque linee: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sezioni e sottosezioni sono descritte sotto. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descrizione della sezione -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Le sezioni sono più grandi delle sottosezioni. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descrizione della sottosezione -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Le sottosezioni sono più piccole delle sezioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliccate sulla seconda linea e scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezione -\family default +\family default dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . LyX numererà la sottosezione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e la formatterà con un font che è più grande del testo comune, ma più piccolo del titolo della sezione. Allo stesso modo modificate la quarta linea con l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezione -\family default +\family default . Come probabilmente vi aspettatavate, LyX numererà la sezione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se introducete ancora un'altra sezione prima della sezione 2, questa verrà renumerata come sezione 3 e le sottosezioni come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ulteriori livelli di suddivisione sono le -\family sans +\family sans Sottosottosezioni -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafi -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Sottoparagrafi -\family default +\family default . Questi provateli da voi. Dovreste notare che le intestazioni dei paragrafi e dei sottoparagrafi non sono numerati per default, e che i sottoparagrafi sono indentati; riferitev i alla -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per effetuare delle modifiche al riguardo. Le intestazioni dei -\family sans +\family sans Capitoli -\family default +\family default sono al momento il più alto livello di suddivisione, sopra le -\family sans +\family sans Sezioni -\family default +\family default , ma vi è permesso di usarli soltanto in alcuni tipi (textclasses) di documenti in LyX(see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ultimo, potreste volere sezioni o sottosezioni non numerate. Ci sono ambienti anche per questo. Se cambiate una delle vostre intestazioni nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default (scorrete il menù -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default per trovarlo), LyX userà la stessa dimensione del font prevista dalla normale sezione,ma senza effettuare la numerazione. Troverete le intestazioni d'ambiente \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stellate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset anche per le -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezioni -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans +\family sans Sottosottosezioni -\family default +\family default . Provate a cambiare alcune delle sezioni e sottosezioni con gli ambienti stellati e osservate come vengono aggiornati gli altri numeri di sezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Correggete le intestazioni delle sezioni e sottosezioni nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Liste e sottoliste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX possiede parecchi ambienti per la formattazione delle liste, i quali vi eviteranno di pigiare il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default un milione di volte durante la scrittura di un elenco o di renumerare l'intera lista se decideste di aggiungere un elemento in mezzo alla lista, lasciandovi concentrare sul contenuto della lista stessa. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ebbene, stiamo forse evidenziando eccessivamente questo concetto lungo il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial, -\emph default +\emph default ma è la filosofia di base di LyX, quindi, perdonateci, per favore. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Differenti tipi di documenti richiedono per logica diversi ambienti di lista: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Una presentazione con i lucidi potrebbe richiedere l'ambiente di lista puntata -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default per descrivere diversi argomenti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Per un elenco sarebbe da preferire l'ambiente di lista numerata -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default (e sottoliste scandite da lettere). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Un documento che descriva molti pacchetti software potrebbe far uso dell'ambient e -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , nel quale ciascun elemento della lista comincia con una parola in neretto. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- non presente in LaTeX --- che si discosta leggermente dal -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Elenchiamo un insieme di motivi per i quali LyX è migliore degli altri programmi di videoscrittura. Digitate da qualche parte nel vostro documento: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx è migliore degli altri programmi di videoscrittura perchè: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard e premete -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default . Adesso selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . LyX inserirà un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pallino \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (al momento vedrete un asterisco, il quale sarà convertito in un pallino nel documento finale). Adesso riportate le vostre ragioni: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code La formattazione è fatta per voi. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code La matematica is WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Le liste sono davvero facili da creare! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gli ambienti di lista, contrariamente alle intestazioni, non terminano quando schiacciate -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default . LyX, infatti, presume che vogliate introdurre un altro elemento nella lista. Quanto riportato sopra produrrà quindi una lista con tre elementi. Se desiderate immettere più di un paragrafo all'interno di un -\emph on +\emph on elemento -\emph default +\emph default della lista, un metodo è quello di utilizzare il -\family sans -Ritorno\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ritorno\InsetSpace ~ Protetto -\family default +\family default , che otterete digitando -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default . Per terminare la lista, dovrete riselezionare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (oppure da tasiera, con -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avete così ottenuto un bell'elenco puntato. Potreste voler lanciare LaTeX per vedere come apparirà una volta stampato. E se aveste voluto numerare le motivazioni? Ebbene, selezionate l'intera lista \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX non vi permetterà di selezionare il primo pallino in quanto verrebbe incluso anche il paragrafo che precede l'elenco, cosa che probabilmente @@ -2156,99 +2461,109 @@ LyX non vi permetter Similmente, non vi è possibile selezionare il numero presente nel titolo di una sezione numerata. Non preoccupatevi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . Sorpresa! Come vi avevamo detto, se aggiungete o eliminate un elemento, LyX aggiusterà la numerazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mentre l'elenco è ancora selezionato, provate a usare gli altri due ambienti, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , per rendervi conto del loro effetto. Relativamente a questi ultimi, ogni loro elemento è costituito da un primo termine, costituente la prima parola dell'elemento stesso, seguito da una definizione, la quale rappresenta la parte restante del paragrafo (fino a quando non viene premuto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default .) Il primo termine è formattato o in neretto ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) o separato da un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tab \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è però un tab compositore, che varia per adattarsi alla dimensione del termine più grande, non il patetico, rigido, immutabile -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default della macchina da scrivere. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) dal resto del paragrafo. Se desiderate avere più di una parola nella definizione, separate le parole con gli -\family sans -Spazi\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spazi\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ protezione -\family default +\family default , ottenuti con la combinazione di tasti -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default ; essi appariranno come piccole \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore viola. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Formattate l'elenco presente nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete annidare le liste internamente ad altre nei modi più interessanti. Un esempio abbastanza ovvio potrebbe essere quello relativo alla realizzazione @@ -2256,90 +2571,102 @@ Potete annidare le liste internamente ad altre nei modi pi Gli elenchi numerati e puntati avranno differenti schemi di numerazione ed elementi puntati per le sottoliste. Per i dettagli relativi ai possibili tipi di liste, fate riferimento alla -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default , come pure per gli esempi nei quali compaiono molti annidamenti. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ulteriori ambienti: Versi, Citazioni e altro ancora -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono due ambienti per separare le citazioni dal testo circostante: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default per citazioni brevi e -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default per quelle più lunghe. Il codice dei programmi (l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , utilizzato anche nel -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default per gli esempi in cui è necessario digitare lunghe frasi) è scritto con un font simile a quello delle -\family typewriter +\family typewriter macchine da scrivere -\family default +\family default ; questo è l'unico ambiente di LyX dove è concesso l'impiego di spazi multipli per consentire l'indentazione del codice. Per le poesie \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} assumendo che voi siate sufficientemente creativi da saperle, in primo luogo, scrivere. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset potete ricorrere anche allo stile -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , servendovi del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default per separare le strofe, e -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default per ottenere più righe all'interno di una stessa strofa. Per una più completa descrizione di tutti gli ambienti disponibili in LyX, leggete la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Formattate correttamente gli elementi -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Scriviamo un documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il capitolo precedente vi dovrebbe aver permesso fiduciosamente di iniziare a scrivere un semplice testo con LyX. @@ -2354,15 +2681,19 @@ Il capitolo precedente vi dovrebbe aver permesso fiduciosamente di iniziare elementi che trasformano il testo all'interno di un documento, quali i titoli, note a piè di pagina, riferimenti incrociati, bibliografie, e tabelle dei contenuti. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Classi di testo e Modelli: Le Lettere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tipi differenti di documento richiedono in genere una diversa formattazione. Per esempio, i libri sono in genere stampati a doppia facciata, mentre @@ -2371,93 +2702,101 @@ Tipi differenti di documento richiedono in genere una diversa formattazione. l'indirizzo del mittente e la firma, elementi che non hanno alcun senso in un libro o un articolo. La -\emph on +\emph on classe di testo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per coloro che usano LaTeX: la classe di testo equivale alla classe di documento del LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset prevista in LyX si preoccupa proprio di queste differenze macroscopiche tra tipi diversi di documenti. Questo Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , per esempio, è stato scritto nella classe di testo -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . Le classi di testo sono un altro degli elementi centrali su cui si fonda la filosofia WYSIWYM; esse spiegano al LyX come va formattato il documento, in questo modo non c'è bisogno che impariate a farlo voi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il vostro documento è stato probabilmente scritto con la classe di testo -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Di solito è la classe di testo di default, sebbene vi sia possibile settarla all'interno del vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Provate a utilizzare le altre classi (mediante il menù -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default asse -\family default +\family default presente nella finestra che appare scegliendo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default ) per osservare come varia la formattazione degli uni rispetto agli altri. Se ad esempio scegliete la classe di testo -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default e date una occhiata all'elenco degli -\family sans +\family sans Ambienti -\family default +\family default , noterete che adesso vi è permesso utilizzare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Quando non sapete quali sono gli ambienti utilizzabili nell'ambito di una assegnata classe di testo, consultate il menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La dimensione dei caratteri, la stampa su una o due colonne e le intestazioni sono alcuni dei possibili elementi rispetto ai quali può differire la formattaz @@ -2465,33 +2804,47 @@ ione di una rivista rispetto alle altre. Con l'avanzare dell'Era dei Computer, le riviste hanno iniziato ad accettare la sottomissione informatica, creando dei \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset file di stile \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per LaTeX in modo tale che gli autori potessero sottoporre articoli correttamen te formattati. LyX prevede anche questo tipo. Per esempio, LyX supporta la formattazione (e gli ambienti supplementari) della rivista dell'American Mathematics Society nella classe di testo -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qui di seguito sono brevemente riportati dei riferimenti relativi ad alcune di queste classi di testo. Come sempre, leggete la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per maggiori dettagli. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2502,182 +2855,224 @@ Qui di seguito sono brevemente riportati dei riferimenti relativi ad alcune \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nome -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard una facciata, non prevede i capitoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard struttura & ambienti per l'American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard più lungo dell'articolo, doppia facciata -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard relazione + fronte e retro -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard lucidi (include anche FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard molti ambienti aggiuntivi per l'indirizzo, la firma\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Modelli: Scrivere una Lettera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una delle classi di testo più conosciute è la classe -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Per scrivere una lettera potreste scegliere la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default uovo -\family default +\family default dal menù -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default , quindi selezionare -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default nel menù -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default asse -\family default +\family default presente nella finestra a comparsa ottenibile mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default . Sebbene questa possa essere il processo logico più ovvio per scrivere una lettera, è in realtà tutta fatica sprecata. @@ -2685,90 +3080,96 @@ ocumento fosse già presente il vostro indirizzo, l'indirizzo del destinatario, un corpo centrale, la firma, etc. LyX include, a tal fine, un -\emph on +\emph on modello -\emph default +\emph default per la scrittura delle lettere, che contiene una lettera d'esempio; avendo a disposizione un modello, vi basterà, all'occorrenza, sostituire le parti d'interesse con i vostri dati. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Create un nuovo file con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nuovo\SpecialChar ~ -da\SpecialChar ~ +Nuovo\InsetSpace ~ +da\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default odello -\family default +\family default . Dopo aver assegnato un nome al file, scegliete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default dalla finestra a comparsa -\family sans -Scegli\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Scegli\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ modello -\family default +\family default . Salvate e stampate il file per osservare la formattazione dei diversi ambienti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se aprite il menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default , potrete osservare la presenza di diversi ambienti, come il -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , che certo non esiste in altre classi di testo. Altri, come -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , sono invece già noti. Provate un attimo ad immaginare l'azione svolta dai diversi ambienti. Noterete ad esempio che l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default pone in rosso il termine \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Firma: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset davanti al testo che sostituisce la firma. Questa parola non verrà mostrata nel documento finale, la sua presenza è mirata solo ad indicarvi dove va messa la firma. Inoltre, non importa dove sia posizionata la riga -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default all'interno della pagina. Ricordate infatti che LyX è WYSIWYM, di conseguenza ovunque sarà l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default , LyX sa che in fase di stampa, la firma dovrebbe trovarsi alla fine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un modello non è altro che un normale file di LyX, quindi una volta che riempite con i vostri dati i campi relativi all'indirizzo e alla firma, @@ -2778,31 +3179,35 @@ Un modello non Probabilmente non c'è bisogno di suggerirvi alcun esercizio a riguardo, cimentatevi a scrivere una lettera a qualcuno \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Un avvertimento, qualora stiate ricorrendo al modello. Se cancellate tutto il testo relativo ad un ambiente ---ad esempio, se cancellate l'intero campo -\family sans -Il\SpecialChar ~ -mio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Il\InsetSpace ~ +mio\InsetSpace ~ indirizzo -\family default +\family default per sostituirlo con il vostro --- e quindi spostate il cursore senza aggiungere nulla, l'ambiente potrebbe sparire. Ciò si deve al fatto che molti ambienti non possono esistere senza che siano accompagnati da un testo. Scegliete nuovamente l'ambiente dal menù d' -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente -\family default +\family default per farlo tornare al suo posto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I modelli possono risparmiarvi un sacco di tempo, e vi esortiamo a sfruttarli il più possibile. @@ -2813,77 +3218,91 @@ I modelli possono risparmiarvi un sacco di tempo, e vi esortiamo a sfruttarli Sarebbe, ad esempio, molto meno traumatico, qualora fosse la loro prima volta in LyX, che avessero a che fare con un modello di lettera personalizzata per a loro società. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section I Titoli di un Documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (similmente al LaTeX) ritiene che il titolo --- che potrebbe comprendere il titolo reale, il nome dell'autore, la data ed eventualmente anche un estratto del testo --- costituisca una parte del documento a sè stante . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riprendete il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default e verificate di stare utilizzando la classe di testo -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In ogni caso non dovreste avere in uso la classe di testo -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default , poichè questa non permette di introdurre alcuna intestazione. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Digitate un titolo sulla prima riga e settate l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default . Sulla seconda riga, digitate il vostro nome in associazione con l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , mentre sulla successiva ponete la data con l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . A questo punto riassumete in uno o due paragrafi il contenuto del documento, servendovi dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , quindi verificate il risultato finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Correggete il titolo, la data, e l'autore nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Etichette e Riferimenti Incrociati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una operazione importante per la navigazione di un testo è costituita dalla possiblità di associare una etichetta a ciascuna sezione (o sottosezione, @@ -2896,66 +3315,74 @@ Una operazione importante per la navigazione di un testo I riferimenti incrociati e le etichette automatici costituiscono uno degli elementi nei confronti del quale LyX (e LaTeX) sono superiori ai programmi di videoscrittura convenzionali. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* La vostra prima etichetta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supponiamo di voler contrassegnare la nostra seconda sezione, dal titolo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Circa questo documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Fermate il cursore alla fine della riga contenente il titolo della sezione, quindi scegliete la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Etic -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default etta -\family default +\family default . Una finestra a comparsa vi chiederà di introdurre un nome con il quale indicare la sezione. Digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:circaildocument -\family default +\family default o, la quale è di certo una buona etichetta descrittiva che non andrà così confusa con altre etichette che potremmo decidere di aggiungere. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo scritto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset perchè le etichette possono applicarsi anche a equazioni, tabelle e immagini. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Premendo -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , l'etichetta prescelta verrà posizionata all'interno di un piccolo rettangolo in prossimità del titolo della sezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad ogni modo, avreste potuto, allo stesso modo, porre l'etichetta ovunque nella sezione; i riferimenti alla sezione rimanderebbero all'ultima sezione @@ -2963,162 +3390,178 @@ Ad ogni modo, avreste potuto, allo stesso modo, porre l'etichetta ovunque E' però vero che il suo inserimento nella stessa riga del titolo della sezione (o, forse, nella prima riga di testo della sezione) garantisce che i riferimenti di pagina rimanderanno all'inizio della sezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fin qui non avete fatto nulla --- il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default vi sembrerà esattamente lo stesso, dato che le etichette non vengono mostrate nel documento finale. Comunque, una volta che avete aggiunto una etichetta, potete riferirvi ad essa con un riferimento incrociato. E' ciò che faremo al prossimo passo. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Il vostro primo riferimento incrociato -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Posizionate il cursore in qualche punto della sezione 2 nel vostro documento e digitate -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Se volete saperne di più su questo documento, allora date -\newline +\newline una occhiata alla sezione, che si trova a pagina. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adesso --- con il cursore posto dopo la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sezione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default --- scegliete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Rife -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default imento Incrociato -\family default +\family default . Apparirà la finestra -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default , nella quale saranno elencate tutte le possibili etichette alle quali potete riferirvi. Al momento, dovrebbe esservene soltanto una, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:circaildocumento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Selezionatela (potrebbe essere selezionata per default) e cliccate sul tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default -nserisci\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nserisci\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default . Allo stesso modo, con il cursore dopo la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pagina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , cliccate su -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ -numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ +numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default agina -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans - Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX inserirà i riferimenti in un rettangolo alla destra della posizione in cui si trovava il cursore. Nel documento finale, essa sarà sostituita con il numero della pagina o della sezione (a seconda della vostra scelta nella finestra a comparsa -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default ). Per comodità, un riferimento incrociato si comporterà come un link ipertestuale durante la composizione di un documento in LyX; se dunque vi cliccate, il cursore sarà spostato presso la corrispondente etichetta. Mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator A -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -giorna\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +giorna\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default , potrete osservare che nell'ultima pagina facciamo riferimento alla \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sezione 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e alla \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pagina 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (o qualunque altra pagina della sezione nella quale si trova la seconda etichetta). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Divertiamoci con le etichette -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi abbiamo prima detto che LyX si preoccupa di gestire la numerazione dei riferimenti incrociati, ebbene adesso lo verificheremo. @@ -3126,92 +3569,104 @@ Vi abbiamo prima detto che LyX si preoccupa di gestire la numerazione dei --- sorpresa! --- il riferimento incrociato alla sezione è stato cambiato in 3! Modificate l'ambiente della sezione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Circa questo documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a sottosezione, ed il corrispondente riferimento indicherà adesso la sottosezio ne 2.1 piuttosto che la sezione 3. Naturalmente il riferimento alla pagina non sarà modificato a meno che non aggiungiate un'intera pagina di testo prima della etichetta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se desiderate acquisire maggiore dimestichezza con le etichette, provate allora ad inserire una etichetta, denominata \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:lamiaprimaetichetta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , lì dove prima si trovava il vostro primo riferimento incrociato, e riferitevi ad essa in qualunque parte del documento. Qualora adoperaste frequentemente i riferimenti incrociati (per esempio, scivendo un articolo per una rivista), potrebbe risultarvi utile lasciare aperta la finestra -\family sans - Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per essere sicuri che i riferimenti incrociati restituiscano i corretti numeri di pagina anche nel caso di documenti più estesi, effettuate un -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default opia -\family default +\family default di qualche pagina della -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default e riportatele nel vostro documento con -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default colla -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ad ogni modo, copiare il titolo di un capitolo potrebbe causare un errore, in quanto i capitoli non sono permessi nella classe articolo. @@ -3220,307 +3675,347 @@ Ad ogni modo, copiare il titolo di un capitolo potrebbe causare un errore, sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Correggete i riferimenti nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Note a Piè di pagina e Note al Margine -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire le note a piè di pagina, vi basterà premere il tasto -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -piè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +piè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default presente nella barra degli strumenti \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il bottone mostra una freccia che punta ad un testo di colore rosso, posizionato sotto del testo in nero. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset oppure scegliere la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default -iè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +iè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Ponete il cursore dopo la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset presente in qualche punto del documento e pigiate il bottone -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -piè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +piè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default , vedrete comparire, appena sotto la riga sulla quale stavate lavorando, una ulteriore riga, sottolineata in rosso, preceduta alla sinistra dalla parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , di colore rosso su sfondo grigio: essa individua lo spazio nella quale potrete inserire il testo relativo alla vostra nota a piè di pagina. LyX dovrebbe posizionare il cursore all'inizio della riga. Digitate -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX è un programma di videoscrittura formattante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A questo punto cliccate su \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e conseguentemente vedrete sparire il testo appena inserito, mentre rimarrà la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , soprascritta in rosso, ad indicare la posizione della nota nel testo; questa è l'operazione di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset chiusura \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset della nota a piè di pagina. L'operazione di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset apertura \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset potrà essere eseguita in qualunque momento --- con la possibilità di rieditare il testo, se lo si desidera --- semplicemente cliccando sull'identificatore \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore rosso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi chiederete perchè l'identificatore sia una parola piuttosto che un numero, ebbene, anche in questo caso LyX (in realtà LaTeX) si preoccupa di gestire, in vece vostra, la numerazione delle note a piè di pagina direttamente nel documento finale. Per accertarvi di questo, vi è sufficiente visualizzare il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default (oppure stamparlo). Qualora doveste inserire altre note, LyX automaticamente effettuerà la loro renumerazione e da ciò si deduce il perchè non ci sia dunque alcuna necessità di introdurre un numero come marcatore. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sulle note a piè di pagina sono permesse, similmente al normale testo, le operazioni di taglia e incolla: se non siete convinti, provate! Tutto ciò che dovrete fare è selezionare il marcatore della nota \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Potrebbe risultare più semplice effettuare la selezione mediante la tastiera, mentre con il mouse non è infrequente aprire accidentalmente la nota stessa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aglia -\family default +\family default e successivamente -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default colla -\family default +\family default . E' anche molto semplice convertire del semplice testo in una nota a piè di pagina, basterà selezionarlo e quindi premere il tasto -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -piè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +piè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default ; l'operazione inversa si realizza alla stessa maniera, con il cursore posiziona to stavolta su una nota a piè di pagina. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le note al margine vanno invece inserite mediante il tasto -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ margine -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il bottone, che dovrebbe trovarsi accanto al tasto -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -piè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +piè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default nella barra degli strumenti, mostra una freccia che punta ad un testo di colore rosso, posizionato accanto (al margine del) al testo in nero. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset oppure la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default argine -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Le note al margine sono simili a quelle a piè di pagina, escludendo che: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize il marcatore sullo schermo è \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset piuttosto che \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize le note saranno posizionate al margine, piuttosto che al di sotto della pagina di testo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize le note al margine non presentano alcuna numerazione -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize quando una nota viene \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset chiusa \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , al margine sarà inserito un punto esclamativo, che ovviamente non apparirà nel documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Provate a convertire le vostre note a piè di pagina in semplice testo, e quindi ulteriormente in note al margine, lanciando in ultimo LaTeX per vedere l'aspetto delle stesse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Correggete la nota a piè di pagina nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le bibliografie somigliano ai riferimenti incrociati. La bibliografia contiene infatti un elenco di riferimenti, posto alla fine @@ -3529,246 +4024,268 @@ Le bibliografie somigliano ai riferimenti incrociati. Similmente ai titoli di sezione, LyX e LaTeX vi facilitano il lavoro, gestendo in modo automatico la numerazione degli elementi della bibliografia e aggiornan do le citazioni al variare dei numeri associati a ciascuna voce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andate alla fine del documento e scegliete l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . A questo punto, ogni paragrafo che digiterete costituirà un riferimento. Scrivete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Il Tutorial di LyX, scritto dal LyX DocTeam -\family default +\family default come vostro primo riferimento. Noterete che LyX automaticamente inserirà un numero all'interno di un rettangol o prima di ciascun riferimento. Se adesso cliccate sul numero dentro al rettangolo, apparirà la finestra -\family sans -Oggetto\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Oggetto\InsetSpace ~ bibliografico -\family default +\family default . Il campo -\family sans +\family sans Chiave -\family default +\family default va utilizzato per richiamare il riferimento all'interno del documento. Di default è un numero, voi cambiatelo in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in maniera da ricordarlo più facilmente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Adesso spostate il cursore laddove desiderate inserire il riferimento e scegliete la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Riferimento\SpecialChar ~ -ad\SpecialChar ~ -una\SpecialChar ~ +Riferimento\InsetSpace ~ +ad\InsetSpace ~ +una\InsetSpace ~ cita -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default ione\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default LyX disegnerà un rettangolino grigio con tre punti interrogativi racchiusi tra parentesi quadre e comparirà la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Citazione -\family default +\family default , nella quale il primo campo, denominato anch'esso -\family sans +\family sans Chiave -\family default +\family default , vi permette di scegliere quale voce della bibliografia citare \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per questo è meglio assegnare alle chiavi nomi unici e scelti con logica, piuttosto che lasciare i numeri assegnati per default all'interno del campo -\family sans +\family sans Chiave -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Servitevi della freccia alla destra del campo -\family sans +\family sans Chiave -\family default +\family default per far scendere il menù a comparsa e selezionate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (adesso è abbastanza semplice, è l'unica voce presente nella bibliografia). Se provate a lanciare LaTeX, vedrete nel testo, racchiusa fra parentesi quadre, la presenza della citazione relativa alla bibliografia presente alla fine del documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il campo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default emark -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Citazione -\family default +\family default permette di introdurre una nota (allo stesso modo di un riferimento ad una pagina o un capitolo all'interno del libro o articolo al quale ci si riferisce) fra le parentesi quadre, a seguire il riferimento. Se volete che nel documento finale i riferimenti siano delle etichette piuttosto che dei numeri (per esempio, alcune riviste scriverebbero \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per indicare un articolo di Smith del 1995), usate il campo -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default presente nella finestra -\family sans - Oggetto\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Oggetto\InsetSpace ~ bibliografico -\family default +\family default . Come al solito, per i dettagli leggete la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio: -\series default +\series default Correggete la bibliografia e la citazione nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potreste a questo punto desiderare di avere un indice all'inizio del vostro documento, ebbene con LyX è davvero semplice, vi basterà premere -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default fra il titolo e la prima sezione del documento \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Non perdete il vostro tempo cercando di porre il cursore prima del numero di sezione, non vi riuscirete. Dovreste ricordare che non vi è permesso editare in alcun modo il numero di sezione, poichè la numerazione è gestita automaticamente da LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e quindi scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Li -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -te\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +te\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Indici\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ommario -\family default +\family default . A seguito di questa operazione, all'interno di un rettangolo, sulla prima riga del documento, apparirà la scritta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sommario \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sebbene può non sembrarvi di alcuna utilità, vi basterà dare un occhiata al file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default per accorgervi della presenza dell'indice, nel quale sono elencate le diverse sezioni e sottosezioni. Come è ormai consuetudine, se doveste riordinare le sezioni o crearne di nuove, tali cambiamenti verranno riportati nel documento finale una volta che esso sarà stato aggiornato. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'indice non viene riportato sullo schermo durante la digitazione in quanto non vi è possibile modificarlo, però potete consultarlo in una finestra a parte semplicemente cliccando sull'identificatore dell'indice oppure scegliendo la voce -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator So -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default mario \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il comando presente nel menù funzionerà anche se nel vostro documento non è presente alcun indice. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . La finestra Sommario -\family default +\family default risulta molto utile anche per navigare il documento: se infatti scegliete uno dei titoli di (sotto)sezione riportati nella finestra (servendovi eventualm ente anche dei tasti contrassegnati dalle frecce per spostarvi lungo l'elenco), @@ -3776,23 +4293,31 @@ ente anche dei tasti contrassegnati dalle frecce per spostarvi lungo l'elenco), verrà posizionato nel punto corrispondente del documento. In taluni casi potrebbe essere conveniente lasciare aperta la finestra per tutta la durata della vostra sessione di scrittura. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riguardo l'eliminazione dell'indice, il corrispondente identificatore può essere cancellato alla stregua di qualunque altro carattere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Correggete l'indice nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter L'uso della matematica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molti di coloro che lavorano in ambito scientifico fanno spesso uso del LaTeX per l'ottima resa grafica delle equazioni, evitando così di dover @@ -3807,51 +4332,61 @@ Molti di coloro che lavorano in ambito scientifico fanno spesso uso del i comandi LaTeX per la matematica, con la differenza che vi verranno mostrati nello stile WYSIWYM. Se invece non avete mai usato LaTeX, allora il -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default vi permetterà di scrivere in maniera semplice e veloce formule matematiche dall'aspetto professionale \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX non verifica se le formule da voi scritte siano -\emph on +\emph on corrette -\emph default +\emph default . Ci scusiamo per questo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Modalità matematica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Digitate nel vostro documento la frase seguente: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Mi piace ciò che Einstein ha detto, E=mc^2, per la -\newline +\newline sua semplicità. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'equazione riportata non ha davvero un bell'aspetto, neanche nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ; non vi è alcun spazio fra le lettere e l'uguale, e vi piacerebbe poter scrivere il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset come indice. La scadente formattazione così ottenuta si spiega facilmente col fatto @@ -3859,74 +4394,80 @@ dvi matematica, così esso ha provveduto a formattare l'equazione come se si trattasse di un normale testo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le espressioni matematiche sono solitamente scritte in Mathed, altrimenti nota come modalità matematica. Per attivare la modalità matematica, è sufficiente cliccare il tasto sulla barra degli strumenti contrassegnato con la scritta \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore blu. A seguito di ciò, LyX creerà una piccolo quadrato blu, circondato da un rettangolo viola. Il quadrato blu rappresenta un -\emph on +\emph on punto di inserimento -\emph default +\emph default , e sta ad indicare che Mathed è in attesa che inseriate qualcosa, mentre il rettangolo vi informa che Mathed è attivo. LyX avrà posizionato il cursore nel quadrato blu, quindi digitate ancora una volta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default . Vedrete che l'espressione sarà riportata in blu, ed il quadrato blu scomparirà non appena il punto di inserzione non è più vuoto. Adesso premete il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default per uscire da Mathed (Nota: l'ulteriore pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans matematica -\family default +\family default non disattiverà la modalità matematica), noterete che il rettangolo viola sparirà, il cursore sarà posizionato alla destra della espressione e qualunque cosa scriviate adesso, apparirà nella forma di semplice testo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lanciate LaTeX e osservate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . L'espressione si presenta adesso con una formattazione davvero elegante, con la presenza di spazi fra le lettere ed il segno di uguale, nonchè il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset come indice. Poichè si assume che le lettere, nella modalità matematica, siano delle variabili, esse verrano scritte in corsivo, mentre i numeri non muteranno ovviamente il loro aspetto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed è un altro esempio della filosofia WYSIWYM. Con LaTeX, scrivereste una espressione matematica servendovi del testo e comandi come ad esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; ciò può essere frustrante, in quanto non avete la possibilità di osservare come essa appare graficamente fino a quando il file non verrà processato da LaTeX, e soltanto allora potreste accorgervi di eventuali dimenticanze @@ -3939,237 +4480,247 @@ sqrt e dei font o sulla spaziatura che LaTeX utilizzerà nel documento finale. In questo modo (scusateci per la ripetitività) potrete concentrarvi sul -\emph on +\emph on contenuto -\emph default +\emph default delle vostre espressioni matematiche, non sul loro aspetto. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navigare una Equazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Provate adesso a modificare \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Utilizzate i tasti cursore per spostare il cursore all'interno della espression e, noterete che quando ciò accade, apparirà il rettangolo viola ad indicare che siete nuovamente in Mathed. Mediante i tasti -\family sans +\family sans Sinistra -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Destra -\family default +\family default sistemate il cursore dopo l'uguale e digitate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Analogamente a quanto fatto in precedenza, servitevi dei tasti cursore o di -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default per abbandonare l'espressione, ciò vi sarà confermato dalla scomparsa del rettangolo viola. Anche se molti ritengono che i tasti cursore siano comodi, nulla toglie che potete anche servirvi del mouse per posizionare il cursore nel punto della espressione da modificare e attivarere la modalità matematica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A parte i tasti speciali che saranno descritti nel seguito, la scrittura nella modalità matematica è simile alla scrittura del testo semplice. Servitevi del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) per cancellare. Selezionate il testo o con i tasti cursore o con il mouse. La voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default odifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnulla -\family default +\family default funziona anche nella modalità matematica, ed in egual maniera le operazioni di taglia e incolla. Una cosa alla quale fare attenzione: se vi trovate alla destra (esternamente) di una espressione matematica e premete il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), essa verrà cancellata. Fortunatamente, esiste il comando -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default per porvi rimedio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cosa fare invece per modificare \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Usate il mouse (o i tasti cursore) per posizionare il cursore nel punto d'interesse, ovvero tra la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ed il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , a questo punto, premendo il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Su, -\family default +\family default esso si sposterà all'altezza dell'indice, a precedere il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e potrete aggiungere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , successivamente la pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Giù -\family default +\family default riporterà il cursore alla normale altezza. In realtà, se premete -\family sans +\family sans Giù -\family default +\family default da qualunque punto interno all'indice, il cursore sarà posizionato subito -\emph on +\emph on dopo -\emph default +\emph default l'indice stesso (di modo che possiate quindi digitare \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per navigare una espressione potete anche far uso del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . Se al momento vi trovate all'interno di un qualunque elemento Mathed (pedice, indice, frazione, radice quadrata, delimitatori, o matrici, ciascuno dei quali descritto nelle prossime lezioni), premendo il tasto spazio -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default il cursore sarà spostato nella posizione successiva all'elemento, mantenendosi però in modalità matematica. In questo modo, se il cursore è in un qualunque punto dell'indice, premendo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default esso si posizionerà in basso, alla normale altezza e proprio dopo l'indice. Ciò comporta che vi è possibile scrivere \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset senza far uso del mouse o dei tasti cursore, un metodo che prediligerete una volta che avrete acquisito maggiore esperienza. State invece attenti a non usare lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default fra l'uno ed il segno più, altrimenti uscirete dall'indice. Ove queste azioni non hanno alcun senso (diciamo, tra la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default non sortirà alcun effetto \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default ed il -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold non -\series default +\series default sono utilizzabili per aggiungere spazi supplementari fra le diverse parti di una equazione. Quel tipo di spaziatutra è una proprietà di formattazione, ciò significa @@ -4177,183 +4728,203 @@ non \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Se non siete completamente soddisfatti, esistono alcuni metodi per agire in maniera precisa sulla spaziatura, i quali sono descritti nel -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default --- l'importante è che non vi cimentiate con le regolazioni di precisione fino a quando non abbiate introdotto tutti i contenuti nel vostro documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che dopo aver digitato la vostra espressione ed essere usciti con -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , essa non sarà seguita da nessun spazio. Ciò può essere utile se state terminando un periodo o introducendo una virgola, ma non nel caso in cui desideriate scrivere una parola dopo la formula, in tal caso avete bisogno, una volta usciti dall'ambiente matematico, di premere il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . Comunque, un metodo che velocizza l'operazione è quello di premere -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , con il cursore posto proprio alla fine di una espressione matematica, l'azione che ne consegue è infatti quella di chiusura del modo matematico e aggiunta di uno spazio dopo l'espressione. Così vi è possibile scrivere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset è la mia equazione preferita \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset piuttosto di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset è la mia èquazione preferita. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Esponenti e Indici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per scrivere un esponente potete ricorrere al menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default , sebbene sia effettivamente più semplice usare il segno di omissione, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX posizionerà un punto di inserimento (il qudrato blu, ricordate?) nell'indic e, di modo che qualunque cosa scriviate da quel momento in poi si troverà sull'indice e con una dimensione dei font più piccola, e ciò fino a quando non premerete -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default per abbandonare del tutto l'ambiente matematico) . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Scrivere un pedice (incide) è davvero semplice --- iniziatene uno mediante il tasto di sottolineatura, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . Potete mettere come pedice o indice anche elementi contenenti ulteriori pedici o indici come questo che segue: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Eserciczio -\series default +\series default : Riportate l'equazione 1 del file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default nella modalità matematica. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Il -\family sans +\family sans Pannello Matematico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default rappresenta un modo conveniente per introdurre simboli o riportare funzioni matematiche complesse. Molte di queste funzioni possono essere realizzate mediante la tastiera o il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default . Ad ogni modo, vogliamo concentrare la nostra attenzione sul -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default , proprio per mettervi a conoscenza del suo contenuto; avrete la possibilità di imparare successivamente le scorciatoie ottenibili da tastiera, leggendo gli altri manuali (questo è un suggerimento). Aprite dunque il -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default e lasciatelo in evidenza durante la lettura dell'intera sezione. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lettere greche e simboli -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se cliccate sul tasto contrassegnato dalla scritta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dovreste veder comparire un menù dal quale scegliere una lettera Greca, che verrà riportata nel punto dove si trova il cursore. @@ -4361,18 +4932,20 @@ Se cliccate sul tasto contrassegnato dalla scritta e sigma. Come scorciatoia, se state digitando del testo, la scelta di un elemento dal -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default comporterà l'apertura automatica della modalità matematica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Altri quattro tasti nella parte inferiore del -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default vi permettono di scegliere da una vasta gamma di simboli usati in matematica: diversi tipi di frecce, relazioni, operatori, sommatorie ed integrali. E' bene evidenziare che mediante indici e pedici è possibile assegnare @@ -4380,31 +4953,35 @@ Matematico L'ultimo tasto è l'adorata miscellanea. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Non c'è nulla che tu non possa fare\SpecialChar \ldots{} Tutto ciò di cui hai bisogno è \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (N.d.T. Citazione di un verso della canzone \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset All you need is love \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dei Beatles) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Radici quadrate, accenti e separatori -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per scrivere una radice quadrata è sufficiente cliccare sul tasto contrassegnato dall'immagine corrispondente e digitare variabili, numeri, altre radici @@ -4413,94 +4990,98 @@ Per scrivere una radice quadrata che sarà comparsa nel frattempo sullo schermo. LyX automaticamente ridimensionerà la radice quadrata per adattarla al suo contenuto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'accentazione di un carattere ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) o di un gruppo di caratteri ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) va effettuata alla stessa maniera. Premete il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Decorazione -\family default +\family default , sul quale è presente un quadrato blu sormontato da una tilde di colore - nero\SpecialChar ~ + nero\InsetSpace ~ (~), per aprire la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Decorazione -\family default +\family default . Cliccate su una decorazione, e LyX provvederà a stamparla con un punto di inserimento sotto (o sopra) di essa. Digitate quindi quanto volete, e premete in ultimo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default per \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset uscire \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dalla decorazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I separatori come le parentesi tonde, quadre e graffe, pur lavorando alla stessa maniera, sono un tantino più complicati. Premendo il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default , identificato da un quadrato blu racchiuso tra parentesi quadre, apparirà la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default . Scegliete un separatore a sinistra con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto sinistro del mouse -\emph default +\emph default e un separatore a destra con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto destro del mouse -\emph default +\emph default . (In alternativa, fate uso dei tasti a pressione con l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default inistra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default estra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , scegliendo i separatori con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto sinistro del mouse -\emph default +\emph default .) I delimitatori ai quali fate attualmente ricorso sono rappresentati in uno spaio rettangolare nella parte alta della finestra. Gli elementi predefiniti sono due parentesi tonde, ma il metodo descritto @@ -4508,81 +5089,89 @@ tasto sinistro del mouse una tonda o anche un quadrato vuoto per ottenere una espressione del tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (il separatore vuoto è disegnato sullo schermo come una linea spezzata di colore nero, che ovviamente non figurerà nel documento finale). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo aver scelto i separatori, cliccate su -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default per riportarli nella vostra espressione (oppure premete -\family sans +\family sans Applica -\family default +\family default se volete che la finestra rimanga aperta per usi successivi). Se siete pigri, potete digitare le parentesi direttamente in modalità matematic a, piuttosto che servirvi della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default , sebbene esse avranno le medesime dimensioni del normale testo ed un aspetto piuttosto scadente qualora fra le parentesi si abbia una frazione o una matrice dalle grandi dimensioni. Mediante la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default è invece garantito che la dimensione dei separatori è adeguata agli oggetti presenti al loro interno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I separatori o la radice quadrata o una decorazione possono essere applicati su del testo preesistente. Per far ciò, selezionate la parte della formula da modificare, quindi cliccate sul tasto oppotuno sul -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default . Provate ad applicare quanto appena detto alla seconda legge di Newton, portandola dalla forma scalare a quella vettoriale ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Una volta che avrete imparato ad usare le matrici, saprete già come inserirle fra parentesi tonde o quadrate. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Frazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le frazioni sono facilmente ottenibili nella modalità matematica, vi basterà premere il tasto -\family sans +\family sans frazione -\family default +\family default presente nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default , il quale mostra una frazione con due quadrati di colore blu al numeratore ed al denominatore. LyX porrà due punti di inserzione in una frazione. @@ -4590,297 +5179,321 @@ Matematico tasti funzione o il mouse. Raggiungete il quadrato superiore e digitate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Adesso schiacciate -\family sans +\family sans Giù -\family default +\family default e digitate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Avete ottenuto una frazione! I due rettangoli possono naturalmente ospitare qualunque elemento: variabili con esponenti, radici quadrate, altre frazioni, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Riportate la equazione 2 nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default in modalità matematica. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modalità TeX: Limiti, logaritmi, seni e altro ancora -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poichè in modalità matematica le lettere sono considerate delle variabili, se digitate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset nella modalità matematica, LyX penserà che stiate scrivendo il prodotto di tre variabili \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , e \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le tre lettere appariranno in italico, sebbene ciò che volevate era scrivere la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Roman. Inoltre LyX non lascerà alcuna spaziatura tra la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (digitando -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default usciremmo dalla modalità matematica). Come ottenere dunque \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset invece di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Scegliete \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dall'elenco riportato nel riquadro -\family sans +\family sans Funzioni -\family default +\family default , presente nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default . Il termine \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è riportato in rosso, nel carattere Roman, altrimenti conosciuto come modalità TeX. La parola è dunque considerata come un unico simbolo, per cui, premendo -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default , essa verrà cancellata . Adesso digitate \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , la quale verrà riportata in italico di colore blu, come vi sareste aspettati in Mathed. Verificate come nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default l'espressione sarà formattata correttamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tra le funzioni che devono essere poste in modalità TeX, mediante la lista nel riquadro -\family sans +\family sans Funzioni -\family default +\family default , ritroviamo le funzioni trigonometriche e le corrispondenti inverse, le funzioni iperboliche, logaritmi, limiti, e poche altre ancora. Esse ammettono pedici e indici, caratteristica importante per digitare ad esempio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Trascrivete la equazione 3 presente nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default in modalità matematica. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Premendo sul tasto -\family sans +\family sans matrix -\family default +\family default nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default , comparirà la finestra Matrice, contenente due elementi scorrevoli attraverso i quali fissare il numero di righe e di colonne che devono comporre la matrice. Scegliete 2 righe e 3 colonne, confermando con -\family sans +\family sans Applica -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX definirà sullo schermo 6 punti di inserimento in una matrice di dimensioni \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Come sempre, ciascun punto di inserimento potrà contenere qualunque tipo di espressione Mathed (una radice quadrata, un'altra matrice, etc.) oppure essere lasciato vuoto, se lo si desidera. . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , nel caso specifico, permette di spostarsi orizzontalmente lungo le colonne della matrice. In alternativa, si può navigare la matrice servendosi dei tasti cursore - premendo -\family sans +\family sans Destra -\family default +\family default al termine di una cella, il cursore verrà spostato nella cella successiva, -\family sans +\family sans Giù -\family default +\family default lo porterà nella riga successiva, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consultate la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per avere informazioni relative alla possibilità di modificare l'allineamento orizzontale di ciascuna colonna e la posizione verticale dell'intera matrice. Se desiderate scrivere una tabella contenente del testo, dovreste ricorrere il meraviglioso supporto per le tabelle di cui LyX è dotato, piuttosto che cercare di scrivere il testo in una matrice. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modalità centrata -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le espressioni scritte fino ad ora si trovavano disposte su ciascuna riga in maniera uguale al testo che precedeva o che seguiva, altrimenti note @@ -4890,27 +5503,29 @@ Le espressioni scritte fino ad ora si trovavano disposte su ciascuna riga invece scrivere espressioni estese o che si distanzino dal testo. Inoltre, soltanto le espressoni centrate possono essere etichettate e numerate (riferitevi alla -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default ), mentre le equazioni su più righe (see Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) devono essere in modalità centrata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliccate sul tasto -\family sans +\family sans centrato -\family default +\family default nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default , raffigurante due coppie di linee di testo tra le quali si trova un rettangolo centrato di colore blu. LyX definirà, su una nuova riga, un punto di inserimento centrato all'interno @@ -4918,68 +5533,84 @@ Matematico Ora digitate una espressione e lanciate LaTeX per osservare il risultato finale. Il tasto -\family sans +\family sans centrato -\family default +\family default è al momento un tasto che agisce anche su elementi introdotti in precedenza; usatelo per modificare qualche espressione dalla modalità in linea a quella centrata e viceversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La modalità centrata presenta qualche differenza rispetto all'usuale Mathed: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il font predefinito è più piccolo per alcuni simboli, quali \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Pedici e indici per limiti e sommatorie (ma non integrali) si trovano al di sotto dei simboli piuttosto che dopo di essi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il testo è centrato -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comunque, a parte queste differenze, le espressioni centrate e quelle in linea sono molto simili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un'ultima annotazione relativa alla modalità di formattazione delle equazioni centrate: fate attenzione al fatto se state introducendo la vostra equazione in un nuovo paragrafo oppure no. Qualora l'equazione si trovi a metà di una frase o di un capoverso, non premete -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default , in quanto, così facendo, il testo che segue l'equazione verrà forzato ad iniziare a capo, sarà dunque indentato, sebbene probabilmente non lo si desideri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Riportate le diverse equazioni presenti nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default in modalità centrata, e osservate la loro differente formattazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Esercizio -\series default +\series default : Mediante le diverse tecniche che avete acquisito in questa sezione, dovreste essere in grado di scrivere una equazione del tipo: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4988,46 +5619,56 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Equazioni su più righe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Provate a scrivere le seguenti equazioni ed a dare un'occhiata al corrispondente file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Avrete bisogno di introdurre due distinte equazioni in modalità centrata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Non ha per niente un bell'aspetto! Qualora scriviate due o più equazioni in successione, esse risulterebbero visivamente più gradevoli se i segni @@ -5040,32 +5681,36 @@ Non ha per niente un bell'aspetto! Qualora scriviate due o pi x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quest'ultima è sicuramente -\shape slanted +\shape slanted molto -\shape default +\shape default meglio! I segni di uguaglianza sono allineati e la spaziatura verticale tra le equazioni è ridotta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per creare una equazione multi-linea, aprite una espressione Mathed centrata e digitate -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default . LyX stamperà sullo schermo due righe, ciascuna contenente tre punti di inserzione vuoti. In maniera analoga alle matrici, potete servirvi del mouse, dei tasti funzione, o del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default per spostarvi tra i punti di inserzione. Cercate di riprodurre l'equazione su più righe di cui sopra. Osservate che, in una equazione multi-linea, è lecito lasciare uno o più @@ -5076,10 +5721,12 @@ Tab x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX allinerà il secondo campo (quello centrale) di ciascuna riga, per questo motivo, di solito porrete in esso il segno di uguaglianza o gli altri operatori @@ -5089,99 +5736,115 @@ LyX alliner \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire un set di equazioni ancora più lungo, vi basterà premere -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default per vedere comparire una nuova riga con tre punti di inserimento vuoti. Qualora eseguiste tale operazione mentre non vi trovate alla fine di una riga, la restante parte della riga considerata verrà spostata sulla nuova riga. Se premete -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default dopo aver già scritto una equazione (su una sola riga), l'intera equazione andrà ad occupare il primo campo. Posizionate il cursore prima del segno uguale e mediante -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default spostate la parte di equazione alla destra del cursore nel secondo campo. Quindi portatevi dopo il segno uguale e, servendovi ancora una volta di -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default , spostate il lato destro dell'equazione nel terzo campo. Provate a modificare l'equazione \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & =mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Può accadere di aver introdotto righe in eccesso, in tal caso ponete il cursore alla fine di una riga ed invocate -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default . Tale procedura cancellerà l'intera riga successiva, raggruppando gli elementi contenuti nei suoi tre punti di inserzione alla fine della riga considerata. Se la riga che segue è vuota, essa sarà eliminata del tutto. Avvertimento: l'utilizzo dell sequenza -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default mentre non ci si trova al termine della riga potrebbe causare strani comportame nti. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ulteriori Sciocchezze Matematiche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente Mathed permette di fare molto di più. Adesso, avendo acquisito dimestichezza con i concetti di base, riferitevi alla -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per avere informazioni su come: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etichettare e numerare le espressioni -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Cambiare l'aspetto del carattere, ad esempio per scrivere del testo in neretto all'interno di una espressione. Facciamo osservare che, agendo sul pulsante -\family sans +\family sans matematica -\family default +\family default nella barra degli strumenti mentre siete già in modalità matematica, il testo successivo sarà scritto in Roman fino a quando non digiterete uno spazio (non-protetto). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Controllare con precisione la dimensione dei font e la spaziatura nell'ambito di una espressione. (Non preoccupatevi di ciò fino a quando non avrete terminato la prima bozza!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Scrivere le macro. Esse rappresentano uno strumento molto potente, in quanto, dopo averle @@ -5190,133 +5853,153 @@ Scrivere le macro. Modificando la definizione della macro, i riferimenti alla macro verrano ovviamente aggiornati ed inoltre è importante sottolineare che le macro possono anche accettare argomenti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fare una moltitudine di altre cose delle quali non possiamo fare menzione in questo -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default a causa di mancanza di tempo. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Miscellanea -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ulteriori Caratteristiche Importanti di LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non abbiamo passato in rassegna tutti i possibili comandi previsti in LyX e non pensiamo neanche a programmare una cosa del genere. Come al solito, leggete la -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default per maggiori informazioni. La funzione svolta da ciascun comando presente nel menù è descritta nel -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di riferimento -\emph default +\emph default . Adesso citeremo qualcuna delle operazioni più importanti che LyX è in grado di svolgere\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Supporto delle tabelle in modo WYSIWYG. Invocate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default le -\family default +\family default per creare una tabella. Cliccate sulla tabella con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto destro -\emph default +\emph default per vedere comparire la finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ Tabella -\family default +\family default mediante la quale controllare le proprietà della stessa. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Possibilità di inserimento di figure PostScript® (o LaTeX grezze) all'interno di un documento. (Invocate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default igura -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Successivamente cliccate sulla figura per scegliere il file da includere, fissare il grado di rotazione o il fattore di scala, etc. ) Le tabelle e le figure possono essere accompagnate da una didascalia, e LyX automaticamente provvede a generare gli elenchi delle figure e/o delle tabelle. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Supporto del controllo delle versione, mediante RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default per maggiori informazioni). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX è estremamente configurabile. Tutto ciò che va, dall'aspetto della finestra di LyX alla generazione del documento finale, è configurabile in un certo numero di modi distinti. Molti aspetti della configurazione vanno fissati editando il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Al momento siete costretti a modificare il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default con un editor di testi. Gli sviluppatori sperano di creare una GUI (N.d.T. Interfaccia Grafica d'Utente) di configurazione che possa girare all'interno di LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Per informazioni ad essa attinenti, consultate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonalizzazione\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX è sviluppato da una squadra di programmatori sparsi per i cinque continenti. A seguito di ciò, LyX ha un miglior supporto per le lingue diverse dall'inglese @@ -5326,86 +6009,98 @@ LyX Avete non solo la possibilità di scrivere documenti in altre lingue, ma anche di configurare LyX perchè in altre lingue mostri anche i menù ed i messaggi di errore . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La possibilità di invocazione dei comandi dei menù mediante i tasti. Ciò significa che potete impartire -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pri -\family default +\family default digitando -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default seguito da O. Le scorciatoie da tastiera sono comunque configurabili (ed esse esistono anche per alcuni dei menù tradotti dall' Inglese). Per informazioni al riguardo, consultate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonalizzazione\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX è in grado di leggere documenti LaTeX. Leggete la Sez. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Controllo ortografico dei documenti mediante -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rrettore -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Attenzione al fatto che il correttore effettua il controllo dal punto in cui si trova il cursore fino alla fine del documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section LyX per gli Utilizzatori di LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Se non avete alcuna conoscenza di LaTeX, non avete bisogno di leggere questa sezione. @@ -5419,104 +6114,114 @@ Se non avete alcuna conoscenza di LaTeX, non avete bisogno di leggere questa Al momento, potrebbero sussistere alcuni problemi nella conversione di vecchi documenti LaTeX ed in qualche altro campo, ma le versioni successive di LyX provvederanno a risolverli definitivamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Trattandosi semplicemente di un tutorial, è nostra intenzione citare soltanto gli elementi ai quali i nuovi utenti di LyX sarebbero maggiormente interessati. Nell'ottica di rendere breve il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , forniremo di seguito solo le nozioni basilari. La -\emph on +\emph on Guida dell'utente -\emph default +\emph default contiene una gran mole di notizie relative alle differenze esistenti fra LyX e LaTeX, e a come ottenere in LyX molti trucchi di LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modalità TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualunque cosa scriviate in modalità Tex verrà passata direttamente in LaTeX, e sarà riportata in rosso sullo schemo. Attivate la modalità TeX invocando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Comandi\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +Comandi\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ Te -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default oppure cliccando sul bottone rosso in rilievo con la scritta TeX posto sulla barra degli strumenti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Mathed, la modalità TeX è gestita in modo un po' differente. Attivate la modalità TeX digitando un backslash. Esso non verrà visualizzato, ma tutto ciò che segue sarà riportato in rosso. Per uscire dalla modalità TeX basterà premere -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default o qualche altro carattere differente da una lettera dell'alfabeto, ad esempio un numero, sottolineato, il segno di omissione, o la parentesi tonda. A questo punto, se LyX riconosce il comando TeX che avete digitato, provvederà a metterlo nella forma WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. Quindi, se , in Mathed, digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , dopo che avrete premuto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , LyX muterà la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore rosso in una \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore blu. Questa procedura dovrebbe dare esito positivo per quasi tutte le macro matematiche non troppo complesse (sebbene possiate osservare che le funzioni, quali ad esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default , si manterranno di colore rosso, in quanto essa è già nella forma WYSIWYM) e garantire, nel contempo, una maggiore velocità rispetto al -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default , risultando particolarmente conveniente per gli utilizzatori più esperti di LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come caso particolare, se digitate una parentesi graffa in modalità TeX all'interno della modalità matematica , Mathed riporterà le parentesi, @@ -5524,7 +6229,9 @@ Come caso particolare, se digitate una parentesi graffa in modalit il cursore tra le parentesi. Ciò risulta di grande utilità per introdurre comandi che accettano un argomento e che la modalità matematica non conosce . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX non riesce (ancora?) a svolgere tutto ciò che LaTeX è in grado di fare. Alcune funzioni piuttosto ricercate non sono affatto supportate, mentre @@ -5535,405 +6242,445 @@ LyX non riesce (ancora?) a svolgere tutto ci di effettuare modifiche. LyX potrebbe non supportare mai ciascun pacchetto LaTeX. Ad ogni modo, digitando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default nel preambolo (leggete la Sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), siete in grado di far uso di qualunque pacchetto desideriate --- sebbene non avrete disponibile il supporto WYSIWYG per le peculiarità del pacchetto. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importazione di Documenti LaTeX --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Per importare un file LaTeX in LyX, è sufficiente invocare il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mporta\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Questi lancerà uno script in Perl, denominato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , il quale creerà un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default dal file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default , e quindi provvederà all'apertura dello stesso. Qualora la conversione fallisca, provate a lanciare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default da linea di comando \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard All'atto dell'installazione di LyX, nella medesima directory contenente l'eseguibile -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default sarà inserito un ulteriore file eseguibile denominato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default (p.e., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default richiede Perl (la versione 5.002 al momento in cui sto scrivendo). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , possibilmente facendo uso delle opzioni più elaborate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default convertirà la maggior parte dei comandi validi in LaTeX, ma non tutti, riportando in modalità TeX ciò che non capisce, di modo che , dopo aver convertito un file con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , vi basterà cercare il testo colorato in rosso e modificarlo a mano nella maniera più opportuna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poichè -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default possiede il proprio manuale in linea, è preferibile che li leggiate per determinare quali comandi e ambienti LaTeX non sono supportati, gli eventuali bachi (e come aggirarli), nonchè come usare le diverse opzioni. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Conversione di Documenti LyX in LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potreste voler convertire un Documento scritto in LyX in un file LaTeX. Per esempio, un co-autore o qualcuno che lavora per voi, i quali non possiedono LyX, potrebbero volerlo leggere. Questo fine è facilmente raggiungibile in LyX, vi basterà scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default porta\SpecialChar \menuseparator -In\SpecialChar ~ -file\SpecialChar ~ +In\InsetSpace ~ +file\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default e a seguito di ciò verrà creato un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter qualunque.tex -\family default +\family default a partire dal file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter qualunque.lyx -\family default +\family default sul quale state lavorando. LyX riesce a generare file LaTeX in modo soddisfacente in quanto esso ricorre sempre alla creazione di file LaTeX temporanei per la lettura o la stampa dei documenti. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preambolo LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Classe di Documento -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default consente di fissare molte delle opzioni che andrebbero introdotte attraverso il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , ad esempio la possibilità di modificare la classe, la dimensione predefinita dei font e del foglio. Qualora vogliate passare, al comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , eventuali opzioni supplementari, servitevi del campo -\family sans -Altre\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Altre\InsetSpace ~ Opzi -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default ni -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Altri Elementi del Preambolo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX vi permette di usare comandi speciali nel preambolo di un file LaTeX, in tal caso sarà sufficiente scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Preambolo\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +Preambolo\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ L -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default tex -\family default +\family default e introdurre i comandi desiderati nella finestra corrispondente. Qualunque cosa voi scriviate sarà inviata (in modalità TeX) direttamente a LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporta bene, ma non pienamente, BibTeX, il quale vi permette di costruire dei database di riferimenti bibliografici dei quali poter fare uso in doumenti differenti. Selezionate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Li -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -te\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +te\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Indici\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Riferimenti\SpecialChar ~ +Riferimenti\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ibTeX -\family default +\family default per includere un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default file, quindi cliccate sull'elemento rettangolare riportante la dicitura \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Riferimenti generati da BibTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e a seguito di ciò comparirà la finestra -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . Nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Database -\family default +\family default digitate ciò che digitereste tra le parentesi graffe del comando \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Così come in LaTeX, differenti bibliografie vanno separate mediante la virgola, senza l'introduzione di alcun spazio . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default , mentre nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Stile -\family default +\family default ciò che digitereste tra le parentesi graffe del comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo questa operazione, sarete in grado di fare riferimento ad un qualunque elemento appartente alle bibliografie che avete incluso con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Riferimento\SpecialChar ~ -ad\SpecialChar ~ -una\SpecialChar ~ +Riferimento\InsetSpace ~ +ad\InsetSpace ~ +una\InsetSpace ~ cita -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default ione -\family default +\family default (leggete la Sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX si occuperà di lanciare BibTeX. Il motivo per cui abbiamo scritto che LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset supporta bene, ma non pienamente \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è che LyX non può creare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default files, e quindi non otterrete, all'interno della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Citazione -\family default +\family default , un elenco di tutti i riferimenti presenti nel vostro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Miscellanea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inserite uno spazio vuoto con -\family sans +\family sans C-spazio -\family default +\family default . Questo vi sarà mostrato sullo schermo come una piccola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di colore rosa. Ve ne sono molti disseminati lungo tutto il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial\SpecialChar \@. -\emph default +\emph default Scegliete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Carattere\SpecialChar ~ +Carattere\InsetSpace ~ s -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default eciale -\family default +\family default per inserire altri caratteri speciali, inclusi i puntini sospensivi, l'interruz ione di linea, ed il separatore di sillabe. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Errori! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Talvolta quando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset compilate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset un documento con LaTeX, si verificheranno degli errori, legati a qualcosa che LyX o LaTeX non comprendono. Quando ciò accade, LyX visualizzerà un messaggio di errore (un'area rettangolar e contenente al suo interno la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset errore \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Cliccando su di essa si aprirà una finestra nella quale viene descritto @@ -5943,4 +6690,7 @@ errore Se il problema interessa LaTeX (molto di frequente, esso si deve ad elementi trascritti in modalità TeX), in quel caso LyX riporterà proprio il messaggio d'errore del LaTeX. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/it_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/it_UserGuide.lyx index bea9c3d98d..6c3e92974b 100644 --- a/lib/doc/it_UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/it_UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! @@ -78,13 +80,12 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -95,111 +96,132 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title La Guida dell'Utente di LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author dal LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Questa guida viene mantenuta aggiornata da -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default , mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu e tradotta in italiano da -\noun on +\noun on Claudio Coco, -\noun default +\noun default lacocio@libero.it. Potete inviare commenti o segnalare errori ad uno di loro. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introduzione -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Cos'è LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX è un sistema per la realizzazione di documenti. Esso consente di produrre bei manuscritti, libri pubblicabili, lettere di lavoro e di presentazione, ed anche poesie. La differenza rispetto a molti altri \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset word processor \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset consiste nel far uso di un linguaggio di marcatura quale suo paradigma fondamentale di scrittura. Ciò significa che quando inserite l'intestazione di una sezione, la marcherete come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sezione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e non \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grassetto, dimensione 17 pt, giustificato a sinistra, spaziatura di 5 mm verso il basso \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX si preoccupa di curare per voi l'aspetto, mentre voi potete concentrarvi sui contenuti e non sul meccanismo di funzionamento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa filosofia è spiegata con dovizia di particolari nella \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Introduzione -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se non l'avete ancora letta, fatelo. Adesso! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Introduzione -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset descrive molte altre cose in aggiunta alla filosofia sulla quale poggia LyX: la più importante è quella relativa il formato di tutti i manuali. @@ -208,54 +230,70 @@ Introduzione Potreste ricavare dei benefici leggendo in altri manuali diversi da questo. Ma la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Introduzione -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset parla di quello. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Iniziare ad utilizzare LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eseguire LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX viene mandato in esecuzione semplicemente digitando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default al prompt dei comandi, proprio come altri programmi Linux (e più in generale Unix). Si possono anche aggiungere alcune opzioni, inclusi diversi nomi di file. Non spiegheremo qui le opzioni disponibili da linea di comando; per questo si può far riferimento alla man-page di LyX, digitando al prompt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vogliamo aggiungere però una o due cosette: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se digitate più di un nome di file nella linea di comando, LyX li caricherà tutti anche se non li mostrerà contemporaneamente a schermo; torneremo a parlare di questa caratteristica tra poco. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection L'Interfaccia di LyX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection La Finestra Principale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come la maggior parte delle applicazioni, LyX presenta la familiare barra dei menu nella parte alta della finestra principale. @@ -264,38 +302,42 @@ Come la maggior parte delle applicazioni, LyX presenta la familiare barra per l'editazione dei documenti. All'estremità inferiore è presente una piccola finestra che può contenere una singola linea di testo: questa finestra si chiama -\emph on +\emph on minibuffer -\emph default +\emph default (un termine che abbiamo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset preso in prestito \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset da GNU Emacs). Il minibuffer non solo mostra delle informazioni, ma accetta comandi dall'utent e. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che non c'è la barra di scorrimento orizzontale; questo non è un bug o una svista, ma è intenzionale. Quando leggete un libro vi aspettate che la fine della linea vada a capo alla seguente. Il testo -\emph on +\emph on scorre verticalmente -\emph default +\emph default nelle pagine, -\emph on +\emph on non orizzontalmente -\emph default +\emph default ; per questo motivo non avete bisogno della barra di scorrimento orizzontale ma solo di quella orizzontale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono tre casi nei quali potreste aver bisogno di una barra di scorrimento orizzontale. @@ -312,159 +354,177 @@ Ci sono tre casi nei quali potreste aver bisogno di una barra di scorrimento leggerete queste pagine, essi saranno già stati risolti. Una parziale correzione esiste ad oggi per le tabelle: potete infatti servirvi dei tasti cursore per spostarvi orizzontalmente lungo la tabella. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Le finestre di dialogo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La maggior parte delle finestre di dialogo di Lyx hanno tre bottoni fondamentali : -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default ed -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default . Molte hanno anche il tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default estore -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default sono autoesplicativi. Il bottone -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default funziona in modo simile al bottone -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default poiché attiva istantaneamente ogni cambiamento fatto nella finestra di dialogo; comunque non chiude la finestra, contrariamente al tasto -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . Il tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default estore -\family default +\family default è utile nel caso in cui abbiate effettuato delle modifiche all'interno della finestra di dialogo, ma vogliate tornare ai parametri precedenti e provare di nuovo. Questi quattro tasti possono essere attivati anche attraverso delle scorciatoie da tastiera: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default si attiva col tasto -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , come nella maggior parte dei programmi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default si attiva con -\family sans +\family sans M-a -\family default +\family default [come potreste aspettarvi]. (Se non sapete cosa significhi -\family sans +\family sans M-a -\family default -, consultate la Sezione\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, consultate la Sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:key bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Cancella -\family default +\family default si attiva con il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default estore -\family default +\family default si attiva con la coppia -\family sans +\family sans M-r -\family default +\family default [come da copione]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono alcuni popup che hanno altri bottoni. Non bisogna preoccuparsi perché in genere sono autoesplicativi. Volevamo soltanto dire da qualche parte in questa guida a cosa servissero i tasti -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default estore -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection AIUTO! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di tutto le cattive notizie: il sistema di aiuto in linea di LyX non è così completo o a prova d'idiota come quelli di molte applicazioni commercial @@ -474,38 +534,44 @@ i. Beh, ora le buone notizie: il sistema di aiuto in linea consiste nei manuali di LyX. Potete leggere -\emph on +\emph on tutti -\emph default +\emph default i manuali proprio dalla finestra principale di LyX. Basta scegliere il manuale che vi serve dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Già che ci siamo, ci piacerebbe fare un piccolo commento sui manuali: i manuali di LyX non sono per imbranati. Una volta, uno degli autori, -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default , disse a proposito dei manuali: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Odio i manuali. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Sfido chiunque a non aver mai avuto a che fare con dei manuali criptici o tradotti da cani [cosa che naturalmente non vale per quello che state leggendo - -\emph on +\emph on NdT -\emph default +\emph default ]. E nel tempo stanno peggiorando, soprattutto quelli che semplificano all'eccesso ! Per prima cosa spendono metà delle pagine nello spiegare come si usa il @@ -514,11 +580,13 @@ NdT fino alla nausea. Per favore, se qualcuno non sa come si accende il suo computer o cos'è un'interfaccia grafica, lo impari -\emph on +\emph on prima -\emph default +\emph default di mettersi a capo di un potente programma software. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Poi nei manuali le informazioni sono scritte come se chi leggesse fosse un emerito deficiente. @@ -526,130 +594,158 @@ Poi nei manuali le informazioni sono scritte come se chi leggesse fosse ed l'intimidito, ma, per favore, non stupidi. Tra l'altro, se qualcuno è veramente impedito nell'apprendere, ha bisogno di un aiuto che un manuale per un programma software non può certo dare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Nota dell'Editore: Tenendo ben presenti in mente queste parole, ho dato istruzioni agli altri autori della documentazione di evitare di essere paternalistici con voi lettori e di essere più pedagogici che pedanti. Così come dico a quelli che sono troppo pigri per leggere e capire i manuali: chi non lavora non mangia. - jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section L'Interfaccia di LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Operazioni di Base sui File -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sotto il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default sono disponibili le nove operazioni base per qualunque word processor in aggiunta ad alcune operazioni avanzate: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default uovo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Nuovo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nuovo\InsetSpace ~ da -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ m -\bar default +\bar default odello -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pri -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default hiudi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default alva -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sal -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ come -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans R -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -torna\SpecialChar ~ -all'ultima\SpecialChar ~ -versione\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +torna\InsetSpace ~ +all'ultima\InsetSpace ~ +versione\InsetSpace ~ salvata -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Stam -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default a -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Esci -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi comandi fanno esattamente le stesse cose che fanno in altri word processor, con alcune piccole differenze. Il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nuovo\SpecialChar ~ +Nuovo\InsetSpace ~ da -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ m -\bar default +\bar default odello -\family default +\family default non soltanto richiede il nome di un nuovo file, ma richiede anche la scelta di un modello da utilizzare. La selezione di un modello piuttosto che di un altro avrà come effetto @@ -661,80 +757,88 @@ odello \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che non c'è nessun documento di default o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Senza Titolo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Finché non dite a LyX di aprire un file o di crearne uno nuovo, quel grande spazio grigio rimarrà tale e quale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il comando -\family sans +\family sans R -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -torna\SpecialChar ~ -all'ultima\SpecialChar ~ -versione\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +torna\InsetSpace ~ +all'ultima\InsetSpace ~ +versione\InsetSpace ~ salvata -\family default +\family default è utile nel caso in cui più persone stiano lavorando ad un documento contempora neamente \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se pensate di fare qualcosa del genere, dovreste leggere qualcosa sulle funzioni di Controllo della Versione nella guida \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Caratteristiche avanzate di LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Tale comando ricarica semplicemente il documento corrente dal disco. Esso può essere utilizzato anche per tornare alla versione precedente di un documento che avete modificato e del quale non vi soddisfano le modifiche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Altra nota riguardo alle funzioni -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default hiudi -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Esci -\family default +\family default . Entrambe, una volta invocate, visualizzano una finestra di conferma che permette di salvaguardarci dalla nostra irruenza. @@ -742,10 +846,14 @@ Esci [o anche di chiudere LyX], sarete prontamente informati che si tratta di file non salvati. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Caratteristiche di Base -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come tutti i moderni word processor, LyX è in grado di eseguire operazioni di taglia ed incolla su blocchi di testo, permette di spostarsi per carattere, @@ -753,289 +861,317 @@ Come tutti i moderni word processor, LyX Le prossime quattro sezioni spiegano le caratteristiche basilari di modifica del testo. Inizieremo con le funzioni di taglia e incolla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come potreste aspettarvi, il menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica -\family default +\family default presenta i comandi di taglia ed incolla, insieme ad altre funzioni. Alcune di esse sono piuttosto particolari e verranno spiegate in sezioni successive, come il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default . Le funzioni basilari sono: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aglia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default opia -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default colla -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -rca\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rca\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default ostituisci -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le prime tre sono autoesplicative. Una cosa da osservare è che quando si cancella un blocco di testo che è al momento selezionato, esso viene automaticamente memorizzato nella clipboard. I tasti -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default hanno lo stesso effetto del comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default aglia -\family default +\family default . Fate attenzione anche quando avete del testo selezionato: se premete un tasto, quanto selezionato verrà sostituito con quanto avete appena digitato (questo comportamento è configurabile). Per recuperare quanto cancellato, potete ricorrere al comando -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'elemento di menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default -rca\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rca\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default ostituisci -\family default +\family default apre il relativo popup. Inserite il testo che desiderate cercare all'interno del campo testuale -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default rca. -\family default +\family default I due bottoni a freccia permettono la ricerca in avanti oppure a ritroso \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Si possono comandare le due frecce anche da tastiera mediante -\family sans +\family sans M-f -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans M-b -\family default +\family default (per andare avanti e indietro) con il cursore all'interno della finestra. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Una volta trovata una parola o una espressione, LyX la seleziona e permette, premendo l'apposito bottone, di sostituirne il contenuto con quello della casella -\family sans +\family sans Sostituisci -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans con -\family default +\family default ; se esiste un'altra occorrenza della parola, LyX giungerà subito ad essa. Per evitare la sostituzione di una particolare occorrenza della parola ricercata, utilizzate la freccia rivolta a destra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per sostituire in modo automatico tutte le occorrenze di una parola nel documento, schiacciate -\family sans +\family sans Cambia -\bar under -\SpecialChar ~ +\bar under +\InsetSpace ~ t -\bar default +\bar default utto -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'opzione -\family sans +\family sans Maiu -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default /minus -\family default +\family default può essere utilizzata qualora vogliate trovare solo le parole che coincidono esattamente con l'espressione che avete digitato nella casella di ricerca; se attivata, la ricerca di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset venerdì \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset salterà la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Venerdì \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Analogamente, l'opzione -\family sans +\family sans Parola com -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default leta -\family default +\family default serve a trovare solo parole intere e non loro parti; in questo modo, la ricerca di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset casa \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset non evidenzierà \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset casale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Annulla e Ripristina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se commettete un errore, potete facilmente rimediare. LyX ha una memoria dedicata alla funzione di Annulla/Ripristina piuttosto capace. Selezionate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default odifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default nnulla -\family default +\family default per annullare un errore. Se accidentalmente avete annullato troppo, usate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default odifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default pristina -\family default +\family default per \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset annullare quanto precedentemente annullato \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La funzione Annulla è limitata a 100 passi per minimizzare la quantità di memoria utilizzata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non potete usare -\family sans +\family sans Ripristina -\family default +\family default per cambiamenti precedenti a quelli più recenti. Analogamente, non potete usare -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default Annulla -\family default +\family default per cambiamenti precedenti il primo effettuato successivamente all'apertura del file. In questi casi, le corrispondenti voci di menu saranno disattivate. @@ -1045,123 +1181,140 @@ Annulla rispetto alla sua apertura iniziale. Questo è una conseguenza diretta del limite dei 100 passi di cui si è detto sopra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Ripristina -\family default +\family default funzionano praticamente su ogni cosa in LyX. Queste operazioni hanno anche qualche stranezza: esse non annullano o ripristin ano il testo immesso carattere per carattere, ma per blocchi di testo. Questo fatto può richiedere un po' di pratica; dovrete usare -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Ripristina -\family default +\family default per capire quanto esse annulleranno o ripristineranno, e dopo un po' di tempo, magari apprezzerete il loro funzionamento. Inoltre, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default Ripristina -\family default +\family default non funziona quando si è in modalità matematica. Suggerimento: se entrate in modalità matematica, cambiate un'equazione e poi uscite dalla modalità matematica, -\family sans +\family sans Annulla -\family default +\family default ripristinerà la vecchia versione dell'equazione, ovvero quella presente prima di entrare in modalità matematica. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Operazioni Basilari con il Mouse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non abbiamo intenzione di mostrare qui tutto quello che si può fare con il mouse in LyX. In altre sezioni di questo manuale si parlerà di operazioni specifiche che potete eseguire con il mouse, mentre qui mostreremo solo quelle fondamental i. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Spostamento -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Cliccare col -\emph on +\emph on tasto sinistro -\emph default +\emph default del mouse in un punto qualunque della finestra principale. Il cursore si porterà sul testo presente sotto al puntatore del mouse. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Selezione di testo -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Cliccate con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto sinistro -\emph default +\emph default e mantenendo la pressione del tasto spostate il mouse. LyX seleziona il testo compreso tra la nuova e la vecchia posizione del mouse. Utilizzate il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\family default +\family default per mantenere in memeoria una copia di quanto selezionato. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Riposizionate il cursore e quindi incollate il testo copiato mediante il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ste -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se non utilizzate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ste -\family default +\family default , ma ricorrete al tasto centrale del mouse, verrà incollato quanto contenuto nella memoria del server grafico X piuttosto che il contenuto della memoria di LyX. @@ -1169,250 +1322,281 @@ ste eventualmente applicate sul testo. Questo meccanismo di copiatura è utile quando si desidera esportare il contenuto di LyX ad una altra applicazione che lavora sotto X. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Note a pie' di pagina ed a margine, Figure e Tabelle flottanti, etc. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un click con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto sinistro -\emph default +\emph default apre o chiude uno qualunque di questi oggetti. Consultate le sezioni appropriate di questo manuale per avere maggiori informazioni a riguardo. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tabelle -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un click con il -\emph on +\emph on tasto destro -\emph default +\emph default apre un popup che permette di manipolare e modificare la tabella. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Operazioni Basilari con la Tastiera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:key bindings} -\end_inset +\end_inset Anche qui non mostreremo tutte le operazioni che è possibile effettuare servendosi della combinazione di tasti. D-altronde dovreste sapere come utilizzare una tastiera. Potete comunque consultare il manuale per la personalizzazione di LyX che contiene la lista completa di -\emph on +\emph on tutte -\emph default +\emph default le associazioni disponibili. Sappiate che esistono almeno due differenti mappe primarie di associazioni di tastiera: CUA e Emacs. Vi garantisco che c'è da uscire pazzi quando premendo Control-d per cancellare un carattere, vi vedete lanciare una anteprima DVI (o viceversa). Alcuni tasti come -\family sans +\family sans PagSu -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PagGiu -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Sinistra -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Destra -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Su -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Giu -\family default +\family default fanno proprio quello che ci aspettiamo che facciano. Altri tasti invece si comportano in modo differente: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default Non c'è niente di simile al tabulatore in LyX. Se questo non vi è ben chiaro, andate immediatamente a leggere le Sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset -, e con particolare attenzione la Sezione\SpecialChar ~ +, e con particolare attenzione la Sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se, dopo, siete ancora confusi, consultate il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default Questo è il tasto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Annulla \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ed è utilizzato in generale nelle operazioni di annullamento. In altre parti del manuale questo sarà spiegato meglio. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Inizio -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Fine -\family default +\family default Questi tasti muovono il cursore rispettivamente all'inizio ed alla fine di una riga, a meno che non stiate usando le associazioni Emacs ed in questo caso gli stessi tasti muoveranno il cursore all'inizio o alla fine del documento. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ -e\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ +e\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default Se la vostra tastiera è configurata correttamente sotto X, -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default funziona come al solito, mentre -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default elimina il carattere sul quale si trova il cursore (se non c'è alcun testo selezionato). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se non avete configurato la vostra tastiera sotto X, o non avete idea di cosa questo voglia dire, andate a leggervi subito la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vi risparmierete diversi mal di testa. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Poi ci sono i cosiddetti modificatori: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default Questo tasto può funzionare almeno in un paio di modi, in relazione al tasto in combinazione col quale è utilizzato: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Insieme a -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Canc -\family default +\family default , cancella un'intera parola anziché un singolo carattere. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Insieme ai tasti -\family sans +\family sans Sinistra -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Destra -\family default +\family default , sposta il cursore di parole intere invece che di singoli caratteri. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Insieme ad -\family sans +\family sans Inizio -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Fine -\family default +\family default , sposta il cursore all'inizio oppure alla fine del documento. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default Potete utilizzarlo insieme ai tasti cursore per selezionare il testo compreso tra la vecchia e la nuova posizione del cursore. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default Questo corrisponde su molte tastiere al tasto -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default -, a meno che la vostra tastiera non possieda un differente tasto Meta. Sfortunatamente, X talvolta scambia le loro funzionalità, quindi, qualora doveste possedere entrambi i tasti, avrete bisogno di effettuare delle @@ -1423,60 +1607,65 @@ Alt no dello stesso, lo seleziona. Se utilizzate le scorciatoie di menu per selezionarne una voce all'interno e premete la barra spaziatrice, lo aprirete. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Per esempio, la sequenza \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset incolla del testo. Digitando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M-f -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset si apre il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono altre caratteristiche legate al tasto -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , ma dovrete scoprirle sul -\emph on +\emph on Manuale di -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Riferimento -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Siamo convinti del fatto che imparerete altre operazioni e scorciatoie possibili con la tastiera durante l'utilizzo di LyX; quando eseguite un'operazione, @@ -1485,237 +1674,263 @@ Siamo convinti del fatto che imparerete altre operazioni e scorciatoie possibili La notazione per la descrizione dei tasti è molto simile a quella usata in questi manuali, quindi non dovreste aver problemi nel comprenderla. Comunque ricordate che i modificatori -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default sono esplicitamente menzionati: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M-p S-A -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset vuol dire -\family sans +\family sans Meta-p -\family default +\family default seguito da una -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default maiuscola; così \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S-C-s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset vuol dire -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Control-s -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Utilizzare LyX con altri programmi -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection L'importazione di file ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile importare del testo da un file ASCII utilizzando il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ as_lines -\family default +\family default oppure -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ as_paragraphs -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under + +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ as_lines -\family default +\family default mette ogni linea del file in un differente paragrafo di LyX. Ciò torna utile quando si importa un un file di testo che contiene una semplice lista. Comunque è bene ricordare che se il file è già organizzato in paragrafi, questa opzione potrebbe alterare la struttura dei paragrafi preesistente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -scii\SpecialChar ~ -text\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +scii\InsetSpace ~ +text\InsetSpace ~ as_paragraphs -\family default +\family default conserva gli eventuali paragrafi presenti nel file di testo. Spesso in un file di testo la consuetudine porta a non disporre il contenuto di un intero paragrafo su una sola linea, bensì utilizzare il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default per distribuire lo stesso su più righe. Utilizzando il comando -\family sans +\family sans as_paragraphs -\family default +\family default , LyX è in grado di distinguere questa distribuzione e riunisce tutte le righe -\emph on +\emph on comprese tra due righe vuote -\emph default +\emph default in un unico paragrafo. L'interruzione di paragrafo e l'inizio di uno nuovo vengono identificati dalla presenza di una linea completamente bianca. -\emph on +\emph on Ricordate -\emph default +\emph default : se non c'è una -\emph on +\emph on linea vuota -\emph default +\emph default tra i due paragrafi del file di testo, LyX li considererà come un unico paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Utilizzate queste funzioni con accortezza. Siete stati avvisati! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taglia e Incolla tra LyX ed altri Programmi X -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le funzioni di -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut, C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans P -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ste -\family default +\family default consentono di trasferire del testo in e da LyX. Per copiare del testo da LyX in un'altra finestra di X, selezionate il testo che desiderate copiare, quindi andate all'interno della finestra di destinazione e incollate il testo mediante il tasto centrale del mouse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Incollare del testo in LyX funziona più o meno allo stesso modo che in X. Selezionate il testo con il mouse in una finestra di X, quindi andate all'inter no della finestra di LyX e incollate il testo con il tasto centrale del mouse. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Il Setup di LyX e le Applicazioni di Supporto -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se state utilizzando LyX su di un sistema che qualcuno ha già configurato, potete tranquillamente saltare questo capitolo. Qui sono descritte infatti tutte le operazioni che vanno eseguite per avere una distribuzione LyX perfettamente funzionante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se state installando LyX sul vostro sistema, -\emph on +\emph on dovete leggere prima il file README che è fornito insieme alla distribuzione -\emph default +\emph default , quindi -\family sans +\family sans Aiuto\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configurazione\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +Configurazione\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Questo capitolo non descrive il processo di installazione della distribuzione sorgente né la configurazione della distribuzione binaria (Non tutto, insomma\SpecialChar \ldots{} @@ -1723,20 +1938,26 @@ LaTeX Qui sono descritti tutti i particolari che vi servono a far lavorare LyX al meglio. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è il luogo deputato a documentare un insieme di informazioni per far girare LyX correttamente, includendo anche quali altri programmi consentono di rendere LyX maggiormente produttivo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Requisiti di Sistema -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La distribuzione binaria di LyX ha bisogno solamente di un sistema X Windows (X11R6) correttamente installato e funzionante. @@ -1745,51 +1966,57 @@ La distribuzione binaria di LyX ha bisogno solamente di un sistema X Windows neanche di molta memoria RAM per gestire i documenti. Non è velocissimo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX potrebbe aver bisogno di un po' di tempo a mostrare del testo in un nuovo font, poiché il font deve essere prima caricato nel server X. LyX cercherà normalmente di non caricare tutti i font se non quelli di cui ha realmente bisogno, per cui non tuttti i font sono immediatamente disponibili. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ma è abbastanza veloce da poter essere utilizzato su di 386DX40 con 8Mb di RAM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota di -\noun on +\noun on Matthias -\noun default +\noun default : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset So di persone che lo fanno. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se volete avere l'anteprima di stampa o volete stampare, avrete bisogno di una installazione completa di LaTeX2e, inclusi i pacchetti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Lyx non funzionerà assolutamente con il LaTeX2.09 (le modifiche che andrebbero apportate ai sorgenti sarebbero così consistenti che converrebbe piuttosto @@ -1802,38 +2029,46 @@ xdvi Una lista completa dei mirror si trova al sito ufficiale del CTAN: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se volete compilare LyX avrete poi bisogno della libreria XForms. Per la versione 1.1.6 di LyX avrete bisogno di utilizzare una tra le versioni 0.88 o 0.89 della XForms; noi raccomandiamo la 0.88, poiché la 0.89 è la versione in via di sviluppo. Potete reperire le librerie XForms da: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://world.std.com/~xforms/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ncmir.ucsd.edu/pub/xforms/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Avrete poi bisogno della libreria pixmap (libXpm). Dal momento che di solito essa è parte integrante delle moderne distribuzioni @@ -1842,37 +2077,47 @@ Avrete poi bisogno della libreria pixmap (libXpm). della libreria XForrms che state utilizzando perché ci sono alcune incompatibil ità. Avete bisogno delle versioni 4.7 o 4.8 di libXpm, sebbene la 4.11 sia preferibile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per compilare LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} bene, non dovreste leggere questo documento ora se non aveste già compilato LyX, vero? \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se poi per caso aveste tra le mani una versione stampata del manuale ed i file sorgente, chiedete aiuto a chi ve l'ha data; oppure leggete i file README che trovate nella distribuzione dei sorgenti. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Setup Elementare di LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sicuramente non stareste leggendo questo file se non foste già in possesso dell'eseguibile funzionante di LyX, per cui non parleremo di questo. Ci sono solo alcune cosette che vogliamo dirvi a proposito dell'installazione e della configurazione di LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono due modi per eseguire LyX. Il primo è di installare LyX con i suoi file di supporto sul vostro sistema; @@ -1881,7 +2126,9 @@ Ci sono due modi per eseguire LyX. permette di installare LyX a partire dal vostro account. LyX automaticamente si rende conto di dove si trova purché le directory di supporto siano al posto giusto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono diverse caratteristiche di LyX che possono essere configurate direttamen te dall'interfaccia grafica del programma, senza alcun accesso diretto ai @@ -1891,144 +2138,154 @@ te dall'interfaccia grafica del programma, senza alcun accesso diretto ai i. In questo modo vengono ragionevolmente impostati in modo predefinito i valori di molte variabili di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter configurazione -\family default +\family default . Nonostante tale operazione sia già stata fatta durante l'installazione, è possibile che abbiate alcuni pacchetti installati localmente e che non sono visibili a LyX. Per aggiornare la configurazione di LyX basta allora semplicemente eseguire il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default iconfigura -\family default +\family default . Per accertarvi che tutte le modifiche siano state effettivamente recepite, dovrete poi riavviare LyX. Per quanto riguarda le classi di documenti ed i pacchetti LaTeX installati, è sufficiente leggere il file cui si accede da -\family sans +\family sans Aiuto\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Configurazione\SpecialChar ~ +Configurazione\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default per averne un rapporto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il secondo gruppo di opzioni disponibili riguarda le impostazioni dei documenti che si possono cambiare attraverso i popup -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Preambolo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Preambolo\InsetSpace ~ L -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default TeX -\family default +\family default nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Forse gli utenti di LyX 0.10.x ricorderanno che tali impostazioni potevano direttamente essere modificate nel file di configurazione generale. Ora questo non è più possibile. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\family default +\family default Per far questo, aprite un documento (possibilmente createne uno nuovo), scegliete le impostazioni che più vi aggradano e quindi salvatele con l'apposit o bottone presente nella finestra di dialogo. Questo genererà un modello predefinito chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.lyx -\family default +\family default che viene caricato automaticamente alla creazione di un nuovo documento privo di modello secondo le impostazioni che avrete prescelto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono poi una serie di impostazioni addizionali e definibili dall'utente che è possibile fissare in LyX. All'avvio, LyX cerca di leggere un file per le opzioni globali chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc.defaults -\family default +\family default . Quindi tenterà di leggere un file chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/preferences -\family default +\family default all'interno della vostra home directory. Invocando da menu il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default , apparirà una finestra di personalizzazione che vi consentirà di decidere molti dei \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset comportamenti \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di LyX agendo direttamente sul file delle preferenze; il manuale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Personalizzazione di LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset contiene maggiori informazioni a proposito della finestra dedicata alle preferenze e di questi file di configurazione. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Impostare la Tastiera sotto X -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} -\end_inset +\end_inset Per utilizzare LyX correttamente, è -\emph on +\emph on necessario -\emph default +\emph default impostare correttamente l'ambiente X. Questo è particolarmente importante nel caso in cui stiate usando le caratteris tiche di supporto internazionale e vogliate utilizzare mappature di tastiera @@ -2043,166 +2300,192 @@ tiche di supporto internazionale e vogliate utilizzare mappature di tastiera Per far ciò non avete bisogno del vostro amministratore di rete. I due programmi di cui parleremo tra breve sono gli unici di cui avete bisogno per mappare la tastiera come desiderate. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per prima cosa leggete le pagine di manuale di questi due programmi. Sono i nostri migliori alleati per riuscire ad impostare la mappatura della tastiera: se non li avete, procurateveli ed installateli. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo documento non contiene informazioni sull'utilizzo del programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Nel manuale di -\emph on +\emph on Personalizzazione -\emph default +\emph default è riportato un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default di esempio. Per caricare automaticamente la nuova mappatura della tastiera, basta aggiunger e il comando -\family typewriter -xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xmodmap\InsetSpace ~ .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default in uno degli script di avvio del sistema (per esempio i file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default , oppure -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo programma è praticamente un sogno avverato! Mostra in forma grafica la struttura della tastiera e permette di modificarla; inoltre consente di esportare le modifiche in un formato comprensibile ad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . E' molto utile quando si vuol creare un nuovo file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default , sebbene sarà necessario effettuare un po' di copia ed incolla. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modificatori e cambio modalità -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporta tre tipi di modificatori: Shift [ -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default ], Control [ -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default ], e Meta [ -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default ]. Inoltre, se uno dei tasti della vostra tastiera è configurato come tasto -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default , allora potete usarlo per digitare dei caratteri non presenti sulla tastiera. Questo tasto -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default può funzionare sia come modificatore (come -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ) che come tasto prefisso. Ecco alcuni esempi di impiego: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+e+' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+O+R -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose+1+2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose+<+< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo modalità di inserimento è particolarmente utile quando si digita un certo carattere solo di rado. @@ -2210,104 +2493,114 @@ Questo modalit per comportarsi diversamente attraverso la corretta impostazione delle variabili d'ambiente \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset locale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Suggerimenti Utili e Piccoli Trucchi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per prima cosa, aprite due terminali sotto X. Utilizzate il primo per creare un nuovo file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default e il secondo per mandare in esecuzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default . Mediante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default , rimappate la tastiera secondo i vostri desideri. Premete dunque il bottone che permette l'output della nuova mappa; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default manderà l'output al terminale da cui è stato chiamato per cui basterà eseguire una semplice operazione di taglia ed incolla tra i due terminali per ottenere il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default desiderato \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Potete anche risparmiare del tempo mandando in esecuzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps > .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Questi genererà un file di mappatura utilizzabile. Naturalmente, se schiacciate più volte il tasto di output presente in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default , il file di mappatura risultante sarà un bel casino. Dopo tutto, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default è uno strumento; per questo non è più intelligente della persona che lo utilizza. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono degli altri modi che possono darvi una mano ad orientarvi. Provate ad eseguire il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default . Questi vi mostrerà tutti i modificatori attivi in quel momento. Provate anche il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default per conoscere le corrispondenze tra codici tastiera ed i caratteri con nomi simbolici. Vi sarà utile anche per farvi una idea della sintassi del file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'è un'ultima cosa da controllare: verificate che -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default siano definiti da X con lo stesso simbolo! Osservate che dare a questi tasti lo stesso simbolo non altera necessariamente il normale funzionamento di molti programmi. @@ -2317,75 +2610,83 @@ non è uno di questi. Se i due tasti sono individuati da X con lo stesso codice, potreste avere dei problemi nell'uso di LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se volete fare qualcosa di più con LyX che generare file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , allora avrete bisogno del LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nel caso in cui non lo sapeste, LaTeX è un linguaggio di marcatura verso TeX; quest'ultimo è a sua volta un sistema di composizione tipografica inventato nel 1984 da Donald Knuth. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Una precisazione relativamente alla pronuncia: TeX nasce dalle lettere greche , \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , che fanno rima con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blec. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Questo è il modo corretto di pronunciare \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset TeX accetta file in ingresso di tipo ASCII contenenti testo e metacomandi e genera come risultato file in un formato \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indipendente dal dispositivo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , denominato Dvi (N.d.T. Dvi è l'acronimo di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset DeVice Independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Una volta generato, un file Dvi può essere direttamente mandato in stampa. @@ -2393,7 +2694,9 @@ DeVice Independent (tra l'altro, enorme) di macrofunzioni TeX. In genere il LaTeX fa parte delle distribuzioni TeX, per cui l'unica cosa di cui avete bisogno è una distribuzione TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad oggi esistono due versioni diverse di LaTeX. Una è il più vecchio LaTeX 2.09, che è diventato obsoleto dal 1994 ed inizia @@ -2402,17 +2705,43 @@ Ad oggi esistono due versioni diverse di LaTeX. Quest'ultimo è solitamente presente solo su vecchi sistemi universitari; se avete installato Linux su di un PC negli ultimi cinque anni e caricato il pacchetto TeX allegato (teTeX o NTeX), non doveste avere problemi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chiariamolo una volta per tutte: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center LyX -\emph on +\emph on FUNZIONA SOLO CON -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX2e!!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Se sul vostro sistema è installato il 2.09, chiedete al vostro amministratore di effettuare l'aggiornamento. @@ -2421,21 +2750,31 @@ Se sul vostro sistema Linux [nella maggior parte dei casi su CD-ROM] ed installate il pacchetto TeX, qualora non l'abbiate già fatto. Non vi serve altro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per altri sistemi, dovete consultarvi con il vostro amministratore di sistema affinchè installi TeX/LaTeX sulla vostra macchina, nell'ipotesi che non ci sia già. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A proposito, vi abbiamo già detto che LyX funziona solo con LaTeX2e? -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips e Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Elementi indispensabili -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per stampare i documenti generati con LyX avete bisogno di effettuare dapprima alcune operazioni prelimiari. @@ -2443,301 +2782,329 @@ Per stampare i documenti generati con LyX avete bisogno di effettuare dapprima [fate riferimento alla sezione che segue], quindi dovrete installare, qualora non siano già presenti sul sistema, i seguenti programmi (o eventualmente programmi compatibili con quelli di seguito riportati): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gli ultimi due servono a visualizzare le anteprime di stampa nei formati Dvi e PostScript® \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard PostScript® è un marchio registrato di Adobe Systems Incorporated, ed è il principale linguaggio di descrizione pagina del mondo UNIX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Se non sapete cos'è il formato Dvi, probabilmente non avete mai lavorato con LaTeX e dovreste leggere il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default di LyX prima di continuare con questo manuale. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default converte i file dvi in formato PostScript®, che è, al giorno d'oggi, il formato utilizzato dalla maggior parte delle stampanti sul mercato. Quelli che possiedono una stampante ad aghi o a getto d'inchiostro, , sono comunque in grado di stampare attraverso il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default , che produce un output adatto a moltissimi tipi di stampanti, a partire dai file in formato PostScript®. La prossima sezione, dedicata all'impostazione della stampante, descrive come effettuare questi passaggi in modo automatico ogni qual volta che si stampa. Per ora concentreremo la nostra attenzione su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dvips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sia che utilizziate LyX a casa oppure su un sistema dipartimentale, dovreste preoccuparvi di configurare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default , in base alla sua configurazione, permette sia di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stampare su file \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che di inviare direttamente un documento in stampa. Se è configurato per \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stampare su file \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e non si specifica nessuna etichetta, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default genererà un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pippo.ps -\family default +\family default a partire dal file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pippo.dvi -\family default +\family default . Nella maggior parte dei casi, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default è configurato in maniera predefinita per mandare il file che genera alla stampante; con LyX avete la possibilità di fare entrambe le cose. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se non ve la sentite di configurare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default per la vostra stampante, potete tranquillamente saltare questa sezione. Siete comunque avvisati che il risultato su carta potrebbe non soddisfare le vostre aspettative in termini di qualità. Comunque qualcosa verrà fuori. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se utilizzate teTeX (una distribuzione TeX particolarmente diffusa nel mondo Linux), dovreste eseguire il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texconfig -\family default +\family default . Per far riconoscere a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default una nuova stampante, dovreste selezionare la voce -\family sans +\family sans Dvips -\family default +\family default dal menu, quindi aggiungere la nuova stampante. Inserite i parametri richiesti e, prima di uscire dal programma, ricordatevi di eseguire -\family sans +\family sans Rehash -\family default +\family default per attivare le modifiche. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vediamo adesso come sia possibile configurare manualmente -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default : per far si che un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default venga automaticamente convertito in un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default adatto alla stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printer1 -\family default +\family default , avete bisogno di un file di configurazione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.printer1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , presente in una qualche directory. Di solito, nella maggior parte delle distribuzioni TeX, i file di configurazion e di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default si trovano nella directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default . Il vostro sistema apparirà sicuramente differente, motivo per il quale vi suggeriamo di cercare la sottodirectory \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'interno della directory principale di TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generalmente, dovreste trovare presente almeno il file di configurazione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . Questo è il file di configurazione standard e viene letto -\emph on +\emph on sempre -\emph default +\emph default da dvips \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo file non è strettamente connesso all'esistenza di un file denominato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Date un'occhiata a questo file per rendervi conto di quali siano le opzioni da cambiare per la vostra stampante; quindi scrivete il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.printer1 -\family default +\family default che contiene solo le righe rilevanti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'è poi almeno un'altra cosa da fare al file di configurazione. Potrebbe esistere una linea del tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (senza le virgolette naturalmente\SpecialChar \ldots{} ); cambiatela in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -Pprinter1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in modo che l'output sia mandato automaticamente alla stampante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter printer1 -\family default +\family default . Inoltre dovreste guardare anche le righe contrassegnate da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter D -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , che definiscono rispettivamente la modalità Metafont e la risoluzione della stampante. @@ -2746,153 +3113,169 @@ D risultato possibile per la stampante. Fate attenzione però al fatto che definire diverse modalità Metafont farà si che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default generi diverse copie degli stessi font su disco, con conseguente aoccupazione di spazio sul disco. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando avete impostato correttamente il funzionamento della stampante dovete dire a LyX di utilizzare questa configurazione. Per far questo, invocate il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default e all'interno della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default impostate correttamente le voci -\family typewriter +\family typewriter adapt_output -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter spool_command -\family default +\family default che si trovano all'interno dell'area -\family sans +\family sans Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator Printer -\family default +\family default , come descritto nelle informazioni di aiuto presenti all'interno della stessa finestra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete usare tanti file di configurazione quante sono le vostre stampanti; quella di default può essere specificata all'interno della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default o mediante la variabile d'ambiente -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PRINTER -\family default +\family default . E' anche possibile scegliere quale stampante utilizzare direttamente da LyX, come sarà descritto più avanti. Una volta che avete fatto tutto questo, siete pronti a stampare con LyX su una stampante PostScript® o su di un file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se la vostra stampante non è compatibile PostScript®, sarà necessario utilizzare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default come filtro per la coda di stampa. Le operazioni necessarie sono descritte in diversi HOWTO e manuali. Nella documentazione di LyX c'è una sezione che accenna alla configurazione di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad alcuni non piace utilizzare l'accoppiata -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default più -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default . In alternativa, potete ricorrere a un qualunque programma che converta il file dvi in un formato direttamente comprensibile alla vostra stampante; anche questi programmi possono essere specificati all'interno della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Preferences -\family default +\family default . C'è però un grosso svantaggio nell'utilizzare questo metodo: non è possibile includere file PostScript® (ad esempio una immagine) nei vostri documenti poiché il programma di conversione non lo interpreterebbe; considerato il fatto che le immagini sono in formato PostScript®, il team di LyX consiglia a tutti l'uso della coppia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default / -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default per la stampa dei documenti. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ghostscript, Xdvi e Ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Xdvi -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default sono dei visualizzatori. Il primo gestisce i file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default , mentre il secondo si interfaccia con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default per visualizzare i file PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una breve nota su questi due programmi: entrambi si aggiornano automaticamente se il file che stanno visualizzando \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il cambiamento interessa cioè i file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default e non i file generatori. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset cambia. Potete comunque in forzare l'aggiornamento; per questo motivo, nel momento @@ -2900,82 +3283,96 @@ Il cambiamento interessa cio chiudiate. Inoltre entrambi i programmi forniscono le stesse prestazioni ed hanno le stesse funzioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il team di LyX raccomanda l'uso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default nel caso di affinamento dei dettagli, decisamente più veloce in quanto viene eseguito un passo di elaborazione in meno. Ecco un esempio: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utilizzate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default per visualizzare l'anteprima di stampa di un documento LyX; lasciatelo in esecuzione e tornate a LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Modificate il documento con LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Invocate -\family sans +\family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\family default +\family default dal menu per visualizzare i cambiamenti. Quando LaTeX ha finito di compilare il documento, cliccate sulla finestra di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , e, come per magia, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default si aggiornerà automaticamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ora, questo non vuol dire che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default non serve a nulla. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default è più adatto nei casi in cui vi serve visualizzare -\emph on +\emph on proprio -\emph default +\emph default la versione PostScript® del documento. Per visualizzare piccoli cambiamenti che non siano dipendenti da PostScript® è meglio utilizzare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Esiste un'alternativa a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default con un'interfaccia decisamente migliore: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter gv -\family default +\family default . LyX lo utilizzerà automaticamente al posto di ghostscript qualora sia disponibi le. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section La Stampante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutti quelli che utilizzano un computer all'interno di una rete di grandi dimensioni non dovrebbero aver problemi con le stampanti. @@ -2983,12 +3380,14 @@ Tutti quelli che utilizzano un computer all'interno di una rete di grandi di rete) dovrebbe già aver configurato le stampanti. Tutto ciò che vi resta da fare è sapere il nome della stampante che intendete utilizzare e configurare la vostra installazione -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default come descritto nell'ultima sezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelli di voi che usano Linux dovranno tuttavia fare un po' di lavoro in più. @@ -2998,109 +3397,143 @@ Quelli di voi che usano Linux dovranno tuttavia fare un po' di lavoro in e ad avere Linux funzionante, senza però interessarsi della configurazione della stampante. Se volete stampare, -\size normal +\size normal -\size default +\size default questo è un passo obbligato. Abbiamo scritto qualcosa in proposito per venirvi in aiuto, fate riferimento al capitolo -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Guida alla Stampante -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset presente all'intenro del manuale di -\emph on +\emph on Personalizzazione. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Nozioni Fondamentali su LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section I Tipi di Documento -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nel momento in cui vi mettete a scrivere, prima di fare qualunque cosa, dovete sapere che -\emph on +\emph on tipo -\emph default +\emph default di documento volete comporre. Differenti tipi di documento sono caratterizzati infatti da differente impaginazione, titolazioni, stili di carattere, etc. Inoltre, tipi di documento distinti dispongono di diversi ambienti paragrafo, generando un formato differente per il titolo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una -\emph on +\emph on classe di documento -\emph default +\emph default descrive un insieme di caratteristiche comuni ad un particolare tipo di documento. Scegliendo una di queste classi, si impostano una serie di parametri di stile e di impaginazione, facilitando così il processo di stesura. Se non scegliete una classe di documento, LyX ne sceglie una di default; così sta a voi specificarne una. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di seguito troverete una descrizione delle classi di documento disponibili in LyX e di come modificarne in dettaglio alcuni parametri. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le Varie Classi di Documento -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX esistono cinque classi standard di documento: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Article per semplici articoli -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Report per scrivere relazioni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Book adatto alla stesura di libri -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Letter per lettere in stile anglosassone -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Slides si usa per realizzare lucidi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono anche classi non standard, che LyX utilizza solo se LaTeX è configurato per supportarle: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aapaper Per articoli aventi il formato della rivista Astronomy & Astrophysics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsart Per articoli secondo le convenzioni tipografiche della AMS (American Mathematical Society). Ci sono tre diverse strutture di documento amsart. Quella standard utilizza uno schema di numerazione tipico per teoremi, -\emph on +\emph on etc -\emph default +\emph default . che prepone il numero di sezione al numero dell'enunciato. Tutti i blocchi di tipo enunciato (proposizioni, corollari e così via) @@ -3108,45 +3541,57 @@ etc di questo tipo possiedono una numerazione propria. La \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset numerazione sequenziale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset non prepone il numero di sezione a ciascun enunciato ma numera gli oggetti lungo tutto l'articolo secondo un'unica sequenza. Ogni tipo di risultato ha quindi la sua numerazione indipendente. Infine è disponibile anche una struttura che non numera affatto i risultati. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsbook Per i libri secondo le convenzioni AMS. E' fornito solo lo schema di numerazione standard, avendo assunto che non vogliate numerare i risultati consecutivamente lungo tutto il libro e che abbiate bisogno di numerare i risultati. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Foils si utilizza per i lucidi ma è migliore di -\family sans +\family sans slides -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Iletter per lettere all' italiana \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard riporato in italiano nel testo originale - -\emph on +\emph on NdT -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linuxdoc Usato insieme al pacchetto SGML-tools (noto in precedenza come LinuxDoc), consente a LyX di produrre output in formato SGML. @@ -3155,87 +3600,113 @@ Linuxdoc Usato insieme al pacchetto SGML-tools (noto in precedenza come SGML-tools consente di convertire un documento SGML in HTML ed in molti altri formati, tra cui quello utilizzato da Linux per le pagine dei manuali di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Paper per l'utilizzo della classe LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paper -\family default +\family default ( non presente in tutte le distribuzioni) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Revtex è utilizzato per scrivere articoli per le pubblicazioni della Società dei Fisici Americani (APS), dell'Istituto Americano di Fisica (AIP), e della Società Americana di Ottica (OSA). Questa classe comunque non è del tutto compatibile con le funzionalità di LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non entreremo nei dettagli sull'uso di ciascuna di queste classi. Troverete tutti i particolari sulle classi non standard nel manuale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Caratteristiche avanzate -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default di LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Qui parleremo di alcune caratteristiche comuni a tutte le classi di documento. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Selezionare una Classe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete selezionare una classe attraverso il popup -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default , accedibile selezionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default . Quindi utilizzate il menu a tendina -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lasse -\family default +\family default per scegliere quella di vostro interesse e controllare nel dettaglio ciascuna delle opzioni disponibili. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Proprietà -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ogni classe è caratterizzata da un certo insieme predefinito di opzioni. La tabella che segue ne da una veloce panoramica: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3249,583 +3720,707 @@ Ogni classe \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Stile delle Pagina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Lati -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Colonne -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Mass. livello di sezionamento -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Due -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans nessuno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard linuxdoc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aapaper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Due -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Due -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard amsart -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dinbrief -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans nessuno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard iletter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans nessuno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Una -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Non c'è alcun valore preimpostato per le -\family sans -Altre\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Altre\InsetSpace ~ Opzi -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default ni -\family default +\family default o per la -\family sans +\family sans Separazione -\family default +\family default per nessuna di queste classi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi starete probabilmente chiedendo cosa voglia dire \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Massimo livello di sezionamento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ci sono diversi ambienti paragrafo utilizzati per costruire le intestazioni @@ -3833,226 +4428,257 @@ Massimo livello di sezionamento Diverse classi di documento permettono diversi tipi di intestazione di sezione. Solo due classi utilizzano l'intestazione -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default ; le altre invece partono dalla -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\family default +\family default . Altre clasi invece, come ad esempio le tre disponibili per le lettere, non utilizzano alcuna intestazione di sezione. Ricordate che oltre alle intestazioni -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\family default +\family default , sono presenti anche quelle di -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezione -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Sottosottosezione -\family default +\family default e così via in ordine gerarchico. Le descriveremo tutte in dettaglio nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Analisi dettagliata dei parametri per le classi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come già anticipato dal titolo, questa sottosezione analizza le proprietà relative all'insieme dei parametri predefinit associati a ciascuna classe. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -Stile\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Stile\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default agina -\family default +\family default Può essere scelto fra cinque possibili impostazioni e definisce lo stile delle intestazioni e dei numeri di pagina per una data classe \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Di questo se ne occupa LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Default -\family default +\family default Utilizza lo stile di pagina predefinito per la classe corrente. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Empty -\family default +\family default Nessun numero di pagina od intestazione. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\family default +\family default Solo numeri di pagina. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\family default +\family default Vengono stampati i numeri di pagina insieme all'intestazione di capitolo o sezione corrente; che sia l'uno o l'altro dipende dal massimo livello di sezionamento assegnato. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Fancy -\family default +\family default Questa opzione permette di creare delle intestazioni personalizzate nel caso in cui abbiate installato il pacchetto -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . Attualmente il supporto in LyX a tale pacchetto si limita a questa opzione. Per utilizzarne appieno le caratteristiche, è necessario inserire del codice su misura all'interno del preambolo del documento; per maggiori informazioni fate riferimento alla documentazione a corredo del pacchetto -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Lati -\family default +\family default No, purtroppo LyX non farà stampare la vostra stampante su due facciate! In ogni caso potrà produrre documenti con un formato differente per le pagine pari e dispari; così qualora abbiate una stampante che sia in grado di stampare in fronte-retro, i numeri di pagina si troveranno sempre verso l'esterno ed il testo sarà spostato per far spazio alla rilegatura. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono due bottoni di scelta qui: -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\family default +\family default per documenti a singola facciata, -\family sans +\family sans Due -\family default +\family default per quelli a doppia facciata. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Colonne -\family default +\family default Con questa opzione potete scegliere il numero di colonne presenti sulla pagina, attraverso l'apposito tasto. Le possibili scelte sono -\family sans +\family sans Uno -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Due. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che LyX in ogni caso non mostrerà a schermo più di una colonna. Mostrare due colonne a video non sarebbe pratico, il risultato quasi sempre illeggibile e comunque estraneo alla filosofia WYSIWYM. Le due colonne saranno naturalmente visibili nel documento finaler prodotto. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -Altre\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Altre\InsetSpace ~ op -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default ioni -\family default +\family default Il comando LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default permette di specificare diverse opzioni; LyX ne fissa alcune automaticamente e questa casella consente di specificarne altre. Vi è sufficiente digitare le opzioni una dietro l'altra separandole con una virgola. Date un'occhiata ad un qualunque buon libro su LaTeX per scoprire quali opzioni possano essere specificate. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Separazione -\family default +\family default Questo ha una sezione dedicata. Fate riferimento alla sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset per una sua descrizione. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dimensione della pagina, orientamento e margini -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono molte altre caratteristiche che possono essere specificate all'interno della finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ Documento -\family default +\family default . Pur avendo carattere globale, hanno scopi particolari e influenzano solo determinate funzionalità. @@ -4061,106 +4687,129 @@ Documento Qui ci soffermiamo invece a parlare di due proprietà che agiscono sull'intera struttura del documento e che sono contenute all'interno della finestra di dialogo -\family sans +\family sans Foglio -\family default +\family default sotto il menu -\family sans +\family sans Struttura -\family default +\family default : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Orientamento -\family default +\family default Consente di scegliere se stampare i documenti con orientamento -\family sans +\family sans Verticale -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Orizzontale -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato -\family default +\family default Le dimensioni della pagina; le scelte possibili sono: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Predefinito -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans A3, A4, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans B3, B4, B5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lettera US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Legale US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Executive US -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Personalizzato -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Alcuni di questi formati richiedono che abbiate installato il pacchetto -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default . Lo stesso pacchetto permette anche di specificare i margini nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Foglio -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nota Importante: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se cambiate classe di documento, LyX provvede ad adattare -\emph on +\emph on tutto -\emph default +\emph default il contenuto del documento alla nuova classe. Compresi gli ambienti paragrafo. Alcuni ambienti paragrafo sono standard, ovvero sono comuni a tutte le @@ -4168,28 +4817,36 @@ tutto Nel caso in cui state lavorando proprio con una di queste classi e decidete di cambiare per una diversa, LyX trasformerà gli ambienti paragrafo mancanti in -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default e inserirà una segnalazione di errore all'inizio del paragrafo. Vi basterà cliccare sul messaggio di errore per saperne di più sulla conversion e e sulla causa dell'errore. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indentazione e Separazione di Paragrafi -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prima di descrivere tutti i vari ambienti paragrafo, vorremmo spendere una parola o due riguardo all'indentazione dei paragrafi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A quanto pare, ciascuno ha una propria convenzione per separare i paragrafi gli uni dagli altri. @@ -4197,42 +4854,46 @@ A quanto pare, ciascuno ha una propria convenzione per separare i paragrafi Altri non indentano ma inseriscono una riga vuota tra due paragrafi consecutivi. Gli utilizzatori di LyX seguono la medesima convenzione adottata dai tipografi. Il -\emph on +\emph on primo -\emph default +\emph default paragrafo di una sezione, o dopo una figura, una equazione, una tabella, una lista, etc. -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default è indentato. Viene indentato solo un paragrafo che segue immediatamente un altro paragrafo. Ad alcune persone questa convenzione non piace, ma se volete utilizzare l'indentazione dei paragrafi dovrete imparare a conviverci \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'è in realtà un modo per dire a LaTeX di indentare tutti i paragrafi. LyX non mostrerà a schermo tale indentazione, ma LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on stamperà -\emph default +\emph default come desiderato. Per far questo è necessario un package LaTeX ed un apposito comando nel preambolo. [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'editore: Inserirò questa informazione non appena avrò tempo. - jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutte le proprietà di spaziatura quale lo spazio tra i paragrafi o la spaziatura di linea sono già prefissate in LyX. @@ -4244,221 +4905,251 @@ Tutte le propriet una figura entri perfettamente in una pagina insieme al testo, un titolo di sezione non si trovi alla fine di una pagina e così via. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ovviamente LaTeX si occupa di questo solo all'atto della generazione di un file destinato alla stampa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Comunque prefissati non significa che essi siano non modificabili. LyX vi permette infatti di modificare -\emph on +\emph on tutte -\emph default +\emph default le caratteristiche di spaziatura per l'intero documento. Di questo parleremo in seguito. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modalità di indentazione predefinita -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per impostare la modalità di indentazione predefinita, selezionate la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default per aprire la finestra di dialogo -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default . Al suo interno vi basterà scegliere la voce -\family sans +\family sans Capo -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default erso -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default alto -\family default +\family default per indentare rispettivamente i paragrafi oppure aumentare la spaziatura tra i paragrafi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Regolazione puntuale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile anche cambiare il metodo di indentazione di un singolo paragrafo. In questo caso è sufficiente scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafo... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default per aprire la finestra di dialogo -\family sans - Ambiente\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Ambiente\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ Paragrafo -\family default +\family default . Cliccate sul tasto -\family sans +\family sans Ness -\bar under +\bar under u -\bar default +\bar default no -\family default +\family default per modificare lo stato del paragrafo corrente. \lang english -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se il paragrafo è indentato secondo la modalità predefinita, il tasto sarà inizialmente disattivato. Se i paragrafi non hanno indentazione e sono piuttosto separati mediante righe di spaziatura aggiuntive, il tasto sarà completamente disattivato (non sarà dunque applicabile ai singoli paragrafi). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dovreste aver bisogno di indentare a livello del singolo paragrafo solo nel caso di un controllo puntuale del documento. In alternativa, selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Capo -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default erso -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default alto -\family default +\family default per l'intero documento e continuate a scrivere. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Interlinea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile scegliere l'interlinea dalla finestra di dialogo -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ Documento -\family default +\family default nel caso in cui abbiate installato il pacchetto LaTeX -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Gli Ambienti Paragrafo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I nomi degli ambienti paragrafo non sono ancora stati tradotti in italiano nella versione corrente di LyX - -\emph on +\emph on NdT -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gli ambienti paragrafo corrispondono alle varie sequenze di comandi del tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environment -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } ... -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on environment -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default di un tipico file LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se non conoscete LaTeX, oppure se il concetto di ambiente paragrafo vi è completamente sconosciuto, è meglio che leggiate subito il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Il -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default contiene inoltre molti più esempi di quanti riportati in questo manuale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un ambiente paragrafo è semplicemente un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset contenitore \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per un paragrafo e ad esso attribuisce alcune proprietà. Queste possono comprendere un determinato tipo di carattere, margini differenti @@ -4471,370 +5162,458 @@ contenitore Esistono diversi tipi di ambienti paragrafo specifici per particolari tipi di documento. In questa sede descriveremo i più comuni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per scegliere un nuovo ambiente paragrafo, fate ricorso al menu a tendina presente alla estremità sinistra della barra degli strumenti. [Cliccate sulla freccia in basso per aprirlo e chiuderlo.] LyX cambierà l'ambiente dell' -\emph on +\emph on intero -\emph default +\emph default paragrafo in cui si trova il cursore. Potete anche cambiare il tipo di ambiente per un gruppo di paragrafi, seleziona ndo quelli di interesse prima di scegliere il nuovo ambiente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che la pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default genera -\emph on +\emph on di solito -\emph default +\emph default un nuovo paragrafo di tipo -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Abbiamo enfatizzato -\emph on +\emph on di solito -\emph default +\emph default in quanto non è una regola. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se siete in uno di questi ambienti: \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX manterrà il precedente ambiente paragrafo anche premendo -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , piuttosto che impostare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Verrà in ogni caso azzererato il livello di nidificazione. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Normalmente l'inizio di un nuovo paragrafo reimposta l'ambiente paragrafo e la profondità di nidificazione [ne parleremo diffusamente nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. A volte comunque LyX mantiene il vecchio ambiente; ad oggi ciò dipende dal contesto, per cui in generale potete aspettarvi il comportamento usuale. Se desiderate che un paragrafo mantenga l'ambiente paragrafo e la profondità di nidificazione, fate ricorso alla combinazione -\family sans +\family sans M-Return \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Essa invoca la funzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default al posto di -\family sans +\family sans Return. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection L'ambiente Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente paragrafo predefinito è quello -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default per la maggior parte delle classi di documento e caratterizza un paragrafo semplice. E' quello che LyX decide di impostare ogni qual volta deve resettare l'ambiente paragrafo. Anche quello che state leggendo adesso [e di fatto la maggior parte dei paragrafi presenti in questo manuale] sono scritti in ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' il tipo di ambiente predefinito, cioè quello a cui si ritorna premendo il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Di fatto, il paragrafo che state leggendo ora (così come la maggior parte di quelli del libro) è di tipo -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da ultimo, potete nidificare ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default praticamente in ogni altro ambiente ma non è mai possibile l'operazione inversa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection I Titoli -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una pagina dei titoli LaTeX è composta da tre parti: il titolo stesso, il nome o i nomi degli autori ed un'eventuale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nota a pie' di pagina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per ringraziamenti ed informazioni per essere contattati. Per alcuni tipi di documento, LaTeX prevede l'inserimento di questi elementi in una pagina a parte, insieme alla data corrente. Per altri tipi di documento, la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pagina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset titolo si trova in cima della prima pagina del documento. LyX fornisce un'interfaccia ai comandi LaTeX per la creazione dei titoli attraverso gli ambienti paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Ecco come utilizzarli: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Usate l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default per il titolo del documento. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Inserire il nome o i nomi degli autori nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se volete che la appaia in un certo modo, sia prefissata, abbia un certo aspetto o se volete piuttosto inserire del testo al posto della data, utilizzat e l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Quest'ultimo ambiente è comunque facoltativo. Se non lo utilizzate, LaTeX automaticamente inserirà al suo posto la data corrente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Assicuratevi di inserire questi elementi all'inizio del documento e ricordate che potete utilizzare le note a pie' di pagina per inserire eventuali ringrazia menti o le modalità per essere contattati. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Intestazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ci sono ben nove ambienti paragrafo adatti a produrre intestazioni di sezione; della loro numerazione se ne occupa LyX. Voi dovete solo decidere come si chiamerà la sezione 3 del capitolo 9. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Intestazioni Numerate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono sei tipi di intestazioni di sezione numerate e sono: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX etichetta tutte le intestazioni [separate le une dalla altre da periodi] con una serie di numeri. @@ -4843,262 +5622,308 @@ LyX etichetta tutte le intestazioni [separate le une dalla altre da periodi] Per esempio, supponiamo che stiate scrivendo un libro. Normalmente dividereste il libro in capitoli. LyX effettua la suddivisione del testo in maniera simile: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default ] o -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\family default +\family default ] individuano il massimo livello gerarchico. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ciascun -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default ] è suddiviso in -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sezioni -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sezioni -\family default +\family default ] sono divise in -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezioni -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sottosezioni -\family default +\family default ] sono divise in -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sottosottosezioni -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Le -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sottosottosezioni -\family default +\family default ] sono divise in -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafi -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Paragrafi -\family default +\family default ] sono divisi in -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans Sottoparagrafi -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Nota: -\emph default +\emph default non tutti i tipi di documento hanno -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default come massimo livello di divisione il capitolo; in questi casi il massimo livello di separazione è -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dunque, se usate l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default per una nuova sottosottosezione, LyX le assegnerà un numero, oltre ai numeri di sottosezione, sezione ed eventualmente capitolo, che la contengono. Ad esempio, la quinta sezione del secondo capitolo di questo manuale avrà l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Intestazioni Non Numerate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono tre tipi di sezioni non numerate, rispettivamente: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Section* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il simbolo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dopo ogni nome di sezione indica che queste intestazioni non sono numerate; esse funzionano allo stesso modo delle corrispondenti numerate. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Cambiare la Numerazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se lo desiderate, potete scegliere quali livelli di sezione saranno numerati e quali appariranno nel sommario. Le modifiche che presentiamo non eliminano alcun livello di sezione; queste caratteristiche sono proprie delle classi di documento. Alcune classi presentano un insieme di livelli che vanno dal -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default fino al -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default , mentre altre partono dalle -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . Similmente, non tutte le classi di documento numerano ogni livello di sezione. La maggior parte non numera -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Vi è dunque possibile ridefinire questo comportamento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aprite la finestra di dialogo -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ Documento -\family default +\family default [mediante la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument... -\family default +\family default presente nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family default +\family default ] e scegliete la pagina -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default . Al suo interno dovreste vedere un contatore denominato -\family sans -Massimo\SpecialChar ~ -numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Massimo\InsetSpace ~ +numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ sezioni -\family default +\family default . Questo contatore stabilisce quale è il livello di sezione massimo la cui intestazione LyX provvede a numerare. Purtroppo i numeri che scegliete con i tasti di incremento e decremento sono piuttosto criptici, segue dunque una tabella che fa associa l'effetto corrispondente a ciascun valore: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5109,419 +5934,495 @@ sezioni \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Max. numero di sezioni -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX numera queste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard valore: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard intestazioni di sezione: -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard nessuna numerazione -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Part -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0 e 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aggiungi -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard I numeri crescenti sono cumulativi: un valore \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset numererà parti e capitoli, mentre \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset numererà parti, capitoli, sezioni e sottosezioni. Naturalmente, se impiegate una classe di documento che non utilizza le intestazioni per le parti o i capitoli ( -\emph on +\emph on ad esempio -\emph default +\emph default la classe predefinita article), ne segue che la numerazione comincia con le intestazioni a livello di -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default e anche il codice \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset corrisponde a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nessuna numerazione \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nella stessa finestra di dialogo c'è un altro contatore, chiamato -\family sans -Profondità\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondità\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ sommario -\family default +\family default . Esso funziona allo stesso modo di -\family sans -Massimo\SpecialChar ~ -numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Massimo\InsetSpace ~ +numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ sezioni -\family default +\family default , ma si applica alle voci di sommario e fissa il massimo livello di sezione la cui intestazione LyX provvede a inserire nel sommario. Questo è di grande utilità: supponete di voler numerare -\emph on +\emph on tutte -\emph default +\emph default le intestazioni di sezione ma desiderate che il sommario riporti solo -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . In questo caso, vi sarà sufficiente impostare la voce -\family sans -Massimo\SpecialChar ~ -numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Massimo\InsetSpace ~ +numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ sezioni -\family default +\family default al valore \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e la voce -\family sans -Profondità\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondità\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ sommario -\family default +\family default al valore \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . E' semplice, no? -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Informazioni Speciali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le seguenti informazioni si applicano agli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default così come a -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Subsection* -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection* -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non potete inserire note a margine in nessuno di questi ambienti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vi è consentito introdurre espressioni matematiche in linea. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non potete nidificare usando questi ambienti.. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si possono utilizzare etichette e riferimenti incrociati che rimandano alle numerazioni delle loro intestazioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se cercare esempi relativi a questi ambienti paragrafo, guardatevi attorno! Li stiamo usando lungo tutto il manuale che avete sotto mano. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Creare un'Appendice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per creare una appendice, aggiungete una nuoav intestazione di capitolo o sezione, quindi spostate il cursore all'inizio dell'intestazione e selezionat e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Start\SpecialChar ~ +Start\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -ppendix\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ppendix\InsetSpace ~ Here -\family default +\family default . Un rettangolo di colore rosso/marrone contornerà la restante parte del documento per indicare che essa individua qualcosa di particolare e i riferimen ti numerici a capitoli e sezioni saranno mutati in una lettera. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Citazioni e Poesia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX implementa tre differenti ambienti paragrafo per inserire citazioni o testo poetico. Questi sono -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Dimenticate i giorni passati a cambiare spaziature e ad impazzire con i margini: questi ambienti paragrafo impostano questi valori in maniera predefini @@ -5530,161 +6431,189 @@ ta. e sotto il testo che contengono. Inoltre questi ambienti sono nidificabili, quindi vi è possibile, ad esempio, inserire un -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default in un -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , così come all'interno di altri ambienti paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Altra caratteristica comune a questi ambienti è che essi non ritornano automatic amente all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default quando iniziate un nuovo paragrafo; potete dunque scrivere più strofe senza preoccuparvi dell'ambiente. Per tornare all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , vi sarà sufficiente selezionarlo manualmente quando avrete terminato di scrivere in versi. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dopo che abbiamo descritto le caratteristiche comuni dei tre ambienti, spieghiam o quali sono le differenze. -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default sono identici eccetto per un aspetto: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default utilizza un interlinea maggiore per separare i paragrafi e non indenta mai la prima riga. -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default indenta -\emph on +\emph on sempre -\emph default +\emph default la prima riga di un paragrafo e usa sempre il medesimo interlinea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ecco un esempio dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Questo è l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default . Posso continuare a scrivere, allungando il testo della riga nella quale mi trovo fino a farlo andare a capo. Vedete? Non c'è indentazione. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Questo è un secondo paragrafo di citazione. Anche qui non c'è -\emph on +\emph on indentazione -\emph default +\emph default ; c'è però uno spazio supplementare tra un paragrafo e l'altro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finiamo qui il primo esempio e mostriamo la differenza di comportamento dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Questo è l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . Se continuo a scrivere, vedrete l'indentazione. Se nel vostro paese le regole di stile vogliono che i paragrafi siano separati dall'indentazione, allora -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default è quello che fa per voi! Beh, sempre nel caso che abbiate bisogno di scrivere delle citazioni. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Ecco un altro paragrafo. Potrei continuare per ore, come un politico in periodo elettorale, ma probabilm ente voi vi annoiereste presto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo finito con gli esempi. Per ricapitolare: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default è adatto per coloro che preferiscono separare i paragrafi con dello spazio supplementare, mentre -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default è preferibile per chi preferisce utilizzare in alternativa l'indentazione. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset Verse -\family default +\family default è l'ambiente paragrafo per la poesia, le rime, i versi e così via. Ecco un esempio: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Queste righe sono in versi -\newline +\newline Ma io e Leopardi siamo diversi! -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Poteva anche andar peggio. Questa linea potrebbe essere lunga, molto lunga, ma davvero lunga; così @@ -5693,56 +6622,64 @@ Poteva anche andar peggio. leggermente indentate. Ok, ora stiamo scrivendo in prosa e non in poesia... mi perdonerete. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Se una riga vuoi spezzare -\newline +\newline e le cose belle far sembrare, -\newline +\newline allora -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default devi schiacciare! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come potete osservare, -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default non indenta entrambi i margini. Ogni strofa dei versi o della poesia si trova in un paragrafo separato. Per interrompere ciascuna linea di una strofa si utilizza la funzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-line -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default mediante la combinazione -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Le Liste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} -\end_inset +\end_inset Quella che andiamo a trattare è l'area dove LyX si differenzia nettamente dai comuni programmi di videoscrittura. Una delle lamentele e delle segnalazioni di bachi che più spesso affollano le mailing list di LyX sono del tipo: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Non riesco a inserire più di uno spazio! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tipicamente, l'utente in questione sta cercando un modo per indentare il @@ -5751,7 +6688,9 @@ Non riesco a inserire pi Dopo tutto, nei blasonati programmi di videoscrittura commerciali, se desiderat e inserire una lista, dovete ricorrere più volte al tasto tab, alle indentazioni e ad un mucchio di altri comandi di spaziatura orizzontale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ma perchè dovreste fare tutto ciò? Il tasto per le tabulazioni va bene per chi scrive a macchina, in quanto non ha altro mezzo per indentare il testo. @@ -5760,217 +6699,262 @@ Ma perch Dunque non dovreste avere alcun bisogno di tenere traccia delle numerazioni di lista, delle indentazioni e di cose simili. Con LyX, infatti, non ne avrete bisogno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX possiede quattro ambienti paragrafo per la creazione di differenti tipi di liste. Negli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , LyX contrassegna gli elementi della lista rispettivamente con indici e numeri. Negli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , LyX vi permette di personalizzare le etichette che desiderate utilizzare. Presenteremo successivamente i dettagli relativi a ciascun tipo di lista dopo aver descritto alcune caratteristiche comuni a tutte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Caratteristiche generali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I quattro ambienti paragrafo per le liste si differenziano dagli altri ambienti per diversi motivi. In primo luogo, LyX tratta ogni paragrafo come se fosse un elemento della lista. Premendo -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default l'ambiente -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default verrà riportato a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default ma verrà mantenuto l'ambiente corrente e creato un nuovo elemento nella lista. Comunque, la profondità di annidamento viene solitamente al livello predefinito e se desiderate mantenere sia l'ambiente paragrafo che la profondità di annidamento presente, dovrete interrompere i paragrafi mediante il comando -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile annidare liste di qualunque tipo una dentro l'altra. Infatti LyX modifica le etichette degli elementi di una certa lista in funzione del tipo di annidamento. Se intendete usare uno qualunque degli ambienti paragrafo lista, vi -\emph on +\emph on raccomandiamo fortemente -\emph default +\emph default di leggere l'intera sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il primo tipo di lista che descriveremo in dettaglio è l'ambiente paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Itemize. -\family default +\family default Esso possiede le seguenti caratteristiche: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ciascun elemento è etichettato con un particolare indice o simbolo. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX utilizza lo stesso simbolo per tutti gli elementi che si trovano ad un determinato livello di annidamento. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Il simbolo compare all'inizio della prima riga. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Gli elementi possono avere lunghezza qualsiasi. LyX fissa automaticamente l'indentazione rispetto al margine sinistro di ciascun elemento. Il valore dell'indentazione rispetto al margine è sempre relativo all'ambiente all'interno del quale è posta la lista -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se annidate un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default all'interno di un altro ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , all'etichetta sarà associato un simbolo differente. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Esistono quattro simboli diversi che permettono di ottenere fino ad un massimo di quattro annidamenti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX mostra sempre lo stesso simbolo sullo schermo, un asterisco. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Per una esaustiva trattazione sull'annidamento, fate riferimento alla sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Naturalmente quanto appena spiegato rappresenta un esempio pratico sull'uso della lista -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default è da preferirsi per tutte quelle liste dove non si è interessati all'ordine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo detto che a livelli differenti sono associati simboli diversi quali etichette. Segue un esempio di tutti e quattro i possibili simboli. Fate attenzione al fatto che chi di voi sta leggendo questo manuale in linea non noterà nessuna differenza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'etichetta per il primo livello -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default è un grande punto nero. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize L'etichetta per il secondo livello è un trattino. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize L'etichetta per il terzo è un asterisco. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize L'etichetta per il quarto è un punto centrato. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Indietro al terzo livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Indietro al secondo livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Indietro fino al livello più esterno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Queste sono le etichette predefinite per la lista -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Potete personalizzare le etichette aggiungendo i comandi appropriati al preambolo LaTeX (consultate il manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default ). Naturalmente in LyX ciò non sarà visibile; questo è il fondamento della filosofia WYSIWYM. Qualunque personalizzazione effettuiate apparirà nel documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate come lo spazio che separa gli elementi diminuisca al crescere della profondità. @@ -5978,450 +6962,523 @@ Osservate come lo spazio che separa gli elementi diminuisca al crescere variare della profondità nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Non dimenticatevi di leggerla! -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default consente di creare liste e commenti fuori linea numerati. Gode delle seguenti proprietà: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ogni elemento ha una enumerazione quale sua etichetta. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Il tipo di enumerazione dipende dalla profondità di annidamento. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX conteggia automaticamente gli elementi al posto vostro e aggiorna le etichette in maniera appropriata. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ogni nuovo ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default resetta il contatore a 1. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Similmente all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indenta gli elementi rispetto al margine sinistro. Gli elementi possono avere lunghezza qualsiasi. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Riduce lo spazio tra gli elementi al crescere della profondità di annidamento. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Fa uso di etichette differenti in funzione della profondità di annidamento. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Permette fino a quattro annidamenti. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Contrariamente all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on visualizza -\emph default +\emph default le etichette differenti per ciascun elemento. Qui di seguito viene mostrato come LyX etichetta i quattro possibili livelli relativi ad una lista -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Il primo livello di una lista -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default utilizza la numerazione Araba seguita da un periodo. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Il secondo livello impiega lettere minuscole poste tra parentesi. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Il terzo livello usa la numerazione Romana minuscola seguita da un periodo. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Il quarto livello è caratterizzato da lettere maiuscole seguite da un periodo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ancora, fate attenzione alla diminuzione dello spazio che intercorre tra gli elementi al crescere della profondità dell'annidamento. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro al terzo livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro al secondo livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro al livello più esterno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Anche in questo caso potete personalizzare il tipo di numerazione usato nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Ciò richiede comunque l'aggiunta di alcuni comandi al preambolo LaTeX (consulta te il manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended LyX Features -\emph default +\emph default ). Come nel caso precedente, tale personalizzazione viene mostrata soltanto nel documento finale e non all'interno di LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'è molto altro relativamente all'annidamento degli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default rispetto a quanto riportato finora e dovreste -\emph on +\emph on davvero -\emph default +\emph default leggere la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset per saperne di più a riguardo. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contrariamente ai due ambienti precedenti, la lista -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default non ha etichette prefissate. In questo caso, LyX utilizza la prima \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parola \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset della prima riga quale etichetta. Ecco un esempio: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Example: Questo è un esempio dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX rappresenta l'etichetta in grassetto e inserisce dei caratteri di spaziatura tra essa ed il resto della linea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In questo momento vi starete chiedendo cosa intendiamo con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset utilizza la prima 'parola'. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Come accennato in precedenza, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'editore: Dovrebbe essere riportato da qualche parte all'inizio\SpecialChar \ldots{} -jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default non aggiunge caratteri di spaziature, ma separa le parole le une dalle altre. All'interno di un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default indica a LyX che, qualora ci troviamo all'inizio della prima riga di un elemento, l'etichetta è terminata. [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'editore: Siamo speranzosi sul fatto che qualcuno modifichi questa parte. Sarebbe carino se, ad esempio, il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default terminasse l'etichetta, tenendo conto che LaTeX vi permette di utilizzare uno spazio ridimensionabile nella etichetta di una lista descrittiva. -jw -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E se aveste bisogno o voleste che l'etichetta di un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default fosse costituita da più di una parola? Semplice: ricorrete ad uno -\family sans +\family sans Spazio Unificatore -\family default +\family default . [Inseritelo mediante -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default oppure -\family sans -Carattere\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Carattere\InsetSpace ~ S -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default eciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default nificatore -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci -\family default +\family default . Per maggiori informazioni consultate la sez. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset .] Eccovi un esempio: -\layout Description +\end_layout -Secondo\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Secondo\InsetSpace ~ Esempio: Quest'ultimo mostra come impiegare uno -\family sans -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ Unificatore -\family default +\family default nella etichetta di un elemento di una lista -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Utilizzo: Dovreste ricorrere all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default in occasione di definizioni e teoremi. Fatene uso quando avete bisogno di evidenziare una parola rispetto al testo la descrive. L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default non è adatto per descrivere il significato di intere espressioni. In questo caso sono da preferirsi gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , annidando diversi paragrafi -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default al loro interno. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Annidamento: E' possibile naturalmente annidare gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default uno dentro l'altro, annidarli all'interno di altri tipi di liste e così via. Consultate la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset per imparare ad usare gli annidamenti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate come LyX indenti le righe successive alla prima, rientrandole rispetto a quest'ultima. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default è una estensione di LyX al LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se siete giunti fino a questo punto saltando le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset , avete commesso un errore. L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default origina liste numerate. Questo è quanto viene svolto dall' -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ed è documentato nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come il -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default è caratterizzato dall'avere etichette definite dall'utente per ciascun elemento della lista. Esistono alcune differenze sostanziali tra questo ambiente di lista e gli altri tre: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -etichette\SpecialChar ~ -per\SpecialChar ~ -gli\SpecialChar ~ +etichette\InsetSpace ~ +per\InsetSpace ~ +gli\InsetSpace ~ elementi LyX utilizza la prima \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parola \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset di ciscuna riga come etichetta dell'elemento. Il primo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default dopo l'inizio della prima riga di un elemento delimita la fine dell'etichetta. Se avete bisogno di più di una parola nell'etichetta, interponete lo -\family sans -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ Unificatore -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default ] fra loro. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM margini Come potete osservare, LyX utilizza margini differenti per l'etichetta @@ -6429,301 +7486,327 @@ margini Come potete osservare, LyX utilizza margini differenti per l'etichetta Il corpo dell'elemento ha un margine sinistro più largo, pari alla larghezza predefinita dell'etichetta più un piccolo spazio aggiuntivo. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -larghezza\SpecialChar ~ +larghezza\InsetSpace ~ dell'etichetta LyX fissa la larghezza della etichetta pari al valore maggiore tra la reale larghezza e la larghezza predefinita. Se la larghezza reale è più estesa, allora l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset prosegue \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'interno della prima riga. In altre parole, il testo della prima riga non è allineato col margine sinistro delle righe successive del testo dell'elemento. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -larghezza\SpecialChar ~ +larghezza\InsetSpace ~ predefinita Potete scegliere la larghezza predefinita in modo semplice ed indolore, assicurandovi che i testi di ciascun elemento in un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default possiedano tutti lo stesso margine sinistro. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM impiego Dovreste usare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default allo stesso modo della lista -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , ovvero quando avete bisogno che una parola risalti rispetto al testo che la descrive. L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default garantisce la possibilità di raggiungere questo obiettivo in modo alternativo, mediante una differente struttura. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM annidamento E' possibile annidare gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default gli uni dentro gli altri, annidarli all'interno di altri tipi di lista e così via. Funzionano allo stesso modo degli altri ambienti di lista descritti finora. Consultate la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset per saperne di più sull'annidamento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quello descritto è dunque un ambiente paragrafo dotato di alcune funzionalità! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per modificare la larghezza predefinita dell'etichetta, selezionate le etichette all'interno della lista. Potete anche limitarvi a spostare il cursore su di un elemento -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default qualora desideraste modificare soltanto la larghezza della sua etichetta. Quindi aprite la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Ambiente del paragrafo -\family default +\family default [scegliete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragraph... -\family default +\family default nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default ] ed individuate il campo di testo -\family sans +\family sans Larg -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ etichetta -\family default +\family default . La lunghezza del testo contenuto nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Larg -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ etichetta -\family default +\family default fissa la larghezza predefinita dell'etichetta. Se davvero lo desiderate, potete inserirvi il testo della vostra etichetta più estesa, ma non ne avete bisogno. Vi raccomandiamo di servirvi più volte della lettera \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . E' il carattere più ampio e caratterizza una unità di larghezza predefinita in LaTeX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Naturalmente potreste usare più volte consecutivamente anche altri caratteri oppure una combinazione di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ed \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ad ogni modo, la larghezza della lettera \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on è -\emph default +\emph default una unità predefinita di spaziatura orizzontale sotto LaTeX. E' questo il motivo per cui vi incoraggiamo ad utilizzare sequenze consecutive di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset L'estensione dell'etichetta predefinita nell'esempio -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default è pari a 6 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Servendovi della \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset come unità di larghezza nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Larg -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ etichetta -\family default +\family default godrete di un altro vantaggio: non avete bisogno di occuparvi di modificare il contenuto di -\family sans +\family sans Larg -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ etichetta -\family default +\family default ogni qual volta alterate una etichetta in un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esiste un'altra funzionalità dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default che è bene conosciate. Come potete osservare dagli esempi, LyX in maniera predefinita giustifica a sinistra le etichette di ciascun elemento. In realtà, alla fine della etichetta vi è inserito un -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento Orizzontale -\family default +\family default . Tratteremo successivamente i -\family sans +\family sans Riempimenti Orizzontali -\family default +\family default nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Seguono alcuni esempi: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Sinistra Il modo predefinito per le etichette degli elementi -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Destra Un -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento Orizzontale -\family default +\family default all'inizio della etichetta comporta una giustificazione a destra. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Center -\hfill +\hfill Un -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento Orizzontale -\family default +\family default all'inizio ed una alla fine della etichetta fa sì che questa venga centrata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non vi preoccupate se non avete ancora idea di cosa siano i -\family sans +\family sans Riempimenti Orizzontali -\family default +\family default . Ricordate però che potete servirvene per personalizzare l'aspetto dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo è quanto per ciò che riguarda i quattro ambienti paragrafo per la generazione di liste. @@ -6731,263 +7814,295 @@ Questo ambienti di lista, dovreste consultare la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset per saperne di più sull'annidamento dei paragrafi? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lettere -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : una visione di insieme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sebbene LyX possieda delle classi di documento per le lettere, abbiamo anche provveduto a creare due ambienti paragrafo chiamati rispettivamente -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota da -\noun on +\noun on Matthias -\noun default +\noun default : Sono orgoglioso di questa struttura right address. Provate ad ottenere lo stesso risultato tipografico con i normali programmi di videoscrittura. Dovreste creare un riquadro e posizionarlo manualmente con il mouse e ricorrere a tutti quei buffi stratagemmi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Per utilizzare la classe lettera, dovete ricorrere a specifici ambienti paragrafo in un particolare ordine, in caso contrario LaTeX mutilerebbe il documento. Invece potete utilizzare ovunque senza alcun problema gli ambienti paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , eventualmente annidandoli dentro altri ambienti, sebbene non sia vero il viceversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naturalmente non siete vincolati all'impiego di -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default soltanto all'interno delle lettere. -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , in particolare, è utile per creare titoli di articolo simili a quelli utilizzati nei documenti accademici Europei. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Utilizzo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default formatta il testo nello stile tipico di un indirizzo, al quale si ricorre anche in alcune nazioni per l'apertura e per la firma di chiusura. Similmente, l'ambiente -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default formatta il testo nello stile di un indirizzo gustificato a destra, utilizzato in alcune nazioni per l'indirizzo del mittente e per la data. Segue un esempio di ciascuno di essi: -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Right Address -\newline +\newline Chi sono -\newline +\newline Dove abito -\newline +\newline Che giorno è oggi? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quest'ultimo era il -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Notate come le righe abbiano tutte lo stesso margine sinistro, fissato da LyX in modo tale da disporre la più estesa porzione di testo su di una sola riga. Eccovi un esempio dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Chi sono -\newline +\newline Dove devo spedire questa lettera -\newline +\newline Il vostro ufficio postale e nazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come potete osservare, sia -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default che -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default introducono dello spazio aggiuntivo tra loro ed il paragrafo successivo. A riguardo, se schiacciate -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default in uno di questi ambienti, LyX resetta la profondità di annidamento e torna all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Ciò ha però senso in quanto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default ha la funzione di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter interruzione di paragrafo -\family default +\family default e le singole righe di un indirizzo non sono paragrafi. Quindi, dovreste ricorrere alla -\family typewriter +\family typewriter interruzione di linea -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -Carattere\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Carattere\InsetSpace ~ s -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default eciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Interruzione\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +Interruzione\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default inea -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci -\family default +\family default ] per iniziare una nuova riga all'interno di un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default o -\family sans - Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Scrittura Accademica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La maggior parte dei documenti accademici iniziano con un abstract e terminano con una bibliografia o un elenco di riferimenti. LyX prevede degli ambienti paragrafo per entrambi gli elementi sopracitati. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default è utlizzato per il sommario di un articolo. Tecnicamente -\emph on +\emph on potreste -\emph default +\emph default impiegare questo ambiente dappertutto, ma realisticamente -\emph on +\emph on dovreste -\emph default +\emph default ricorrervi soltanto all'inizio del documento, dopo il titolo. Inoltre non perdete tempo nel cercare di annidare -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default in qualcos'altro o viceversa, in quanto non funzionerà. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default svolge per voi alcune operazioni. In primo luogo, posiziona al centro l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sommario \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sopra il testo. L'etichetta ed il testo del sommario sono separati da alcune righe vuote. @@ -6997,703 +8112,782 @@ Sommario LyX. Se il vostro documento è nella classe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il sommario al momento viene riportato, nella versione di stampa del file, su una pagina separata . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'inizio di un nuovo paragrafo mediante il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default resetta l'ambiente paragrafo. Il nuovo paragrafo sarà ancora nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default e quindi dovrete essere voi a provvedere al cambio di ambiente nel momento in cui avrete terminato di inserire il sommario del vostro documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci piacerebbe fornirvi un esempio dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , ma non possiamo in quanto questo documento è nella classe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se non avete mai sentito parlare di un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset fino a questo momento, ignorate tranquillamente questo ambiente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un'ultima nota: l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default è utile soltanto nelle classi di documento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [ed anche \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset amsart, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che non è altro che una versione specializzata di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. La classe di documento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ignora completamente l' -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , mentre è davvero disdicevole far uso dell' -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default nella classe di documento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset letter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default è solitamente utilizzato per elencare i riferimenti. Tecnicamente -\emph on +\emph on potreste -\emph default +\emph default invocare quest'ambiente dappertutto, ma realisticamente -\emph on +\emph on dovreste -\emph default +\emph default impiegarlo soltanto alla fine di un documento. Inoltre non cercate di innestare -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default in qualche altro ambiente o viceversa, vi anticipiamo che non funzionerà. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando aprite per la prima volta un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default , LyX inserisce una spaziatura verticale piuttosto estesa, seguita dalla intestazione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Riferimenti \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in dipendenza della classe di documento. L'intestazione è resa mediante un carattere grande in grassetto. Ogni paragrafo dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default è un elemento della bibliografia. In questo modo, la pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default resetta l'ambiente paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allo -\emph on +\emph on inizio -\emph default +\emph default della -\emph on +\emph on prima riga -\emph default +\emph default di ciascun paragrafo osserverete un rettangolo di colore grigio contenente un numero. Se cliccate su di esso, comparirà una finestra nella quale potete scegliere una -\family sans +\family sans chiave -\family default +\family default ed una -\family sans +\family sans etichetta -\family default +\family default . La chiave è il nome simbolico mediante il quale farete riferimento a questo particolare elemento della bibliografia. Per esempio, supponiamo che il primo elemento nella bibliografia fosse un testo sul LaTeX e per esso potremmo scegliere la chiave \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se assegniamo anche l'etichetta, essa verrà riportata all'interno del rettangol o grigio. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il campo -\family sans +\family sans chiave -\family default +\family default non è privo di utilità. Infatti potete riferirvi agli elementi della vostra bibliografia mediante il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Riferimento\SpecialChar ~ -ad\SpecialChar ~ -una\SpecialChar ~ +Riferimento\InsetSpace ~ +ad\InsetSpace ~ +una\InsetSpace ~ citazione -\family default +\family default . Vi basta scegliere la chiave all'interno del pannello -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default -ibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibliography\InsetSpace ~ keys, -\family default +\family default quindi aggiungerla al pannello -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default -nset\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nset\InsetSpace ~ keys -\family default +\family default con la freccia rivolta a sinistra. E' possibile avere riferimenti multipli scegliendo più di una chiave. Un esempio di -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default è riportato alla fine di questo documento e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Consultate \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Capitolo 3]{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è un esempio di come citare due degli elementi in essa contenuti. Nella seconda citazione ci siamo serviti del campo -\family sans -Text\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Text\InsetSpace ~ after -\family default +\family default presente nella finestra citazione per aggiungere il testo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Capitolo 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le scritte \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che osservate sullo schermo saranno sostituite in fase di stampa dal numero o dall'etichetta relativa al corrispondente elemento della bibliografia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX supporta inoltre BibTeX, il pacchetto più avanzato per la gestione di bibliografie LaTeX. Per avere chiarimenti inerenti il suo utilizzo, leggete il documento -\emph on +\emph on Caratteristiche Avanzate di LyX -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ambienti speciali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono tre ambienti paragrafo predefiniti che non rientrano in nessuna categoria in quanto sono specialistici per particolari applicazioni. Descriveremo adesso le loro caratteristiche e modalità d'uso. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Caption -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default è l'ambiente paragrafo predefinito per le -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default . All'interno di LyX, vedrete sia l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in dipendenza del tipo di -\family sans +\family sans Flottante -\family default +\family default preso in considerazione. Inoltre, l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default inserisce nel documento finale un numero di figura o di tabella. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non potete ovviamente annidare nulla dentro un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default o vice versa. In aggiunta, la pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default resetta l'ambiente paragrafo a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , un -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default occupa dunque un solo paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default non è utilizzabile al di fuori di una -\family sans -Figura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figura\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default o di una -\family sans -Tabella\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabella\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default . Consultate le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset per ulteriori informazioni sulle -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default è un'altra estensione di LyX. Esso imposta un font tipico per la scrittura a macchina ed inoltre considera il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default come un carattere vuoto di dimensione fissa; \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default è trattato alla stregua di un -\family sans -Riempimento\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Riempimento\InsetSpace ~ orizzontale -\family default +\family default piuttosto che come un marcatore di fine parola. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset questo è l'unico caso in LyX nel quale è prevista la digitazione di più spazi consecutivi. Se avete bisogno di inserire righe vuote, dovrete ancora ricorrere a -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default [la funzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter interruzione di linea -\family default +\family default ]. -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default interrompe i paragrafi. Comunque fate attenzione al fatto che -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default resetta l'ambiente paragrafo. Quindi, quando terminate di utilizzare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , dovrete modificare da voi l'ambiente paragrafo. Inoltre vi è -\emph on +\emph on possibile -\emph default +\emph default annidare l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default all'interno degli altri. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono alcune limitazioni riguardanti tale ambiente: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non potete usare -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default all'inizio di un nuovo paragrafo [ad esempio non potete far seguire un -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default da un -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non potete inserire un -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da uno -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Iniziate un nuovo paragrafo con -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default , quindi potete far uso dello -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O in alternativa ricorrete a -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Non è possibile avere un paragrafo vuoto o una riga vuota. Dovete inserire almeno uno -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default in ciascuna riga che volete sia vuota. In caso contrario LaTeX genererà degli errori. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non potete ottenere i doppi apici tipici della scrittura a macchina digitando -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default poichè tale azione porterà all'inserzione di doppi apici -\emph on +\emph on reali -\emph default +\emph default . In tal caso dovrete usare -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default (o -\family sans +\family sans C-q -\family default +\family default se utilizzate le associazioni da tastiera simil-Emacs). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eccovi un esempio: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Ciao Mondo -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questo è il tipico codice per ottenere sullo schermo la nota frase \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ciao Mondo! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ha un solo obiettivo: formattare del codice, ad esempio i sorgenti delle applicazioni, files di script per le shell, rc-files e così via. Ricorretevi soltanto in quei casi molto speciali nei quali dovete generare del testo come se aveste fatto ricorso ad una macchina per scrivere. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\family default +\family default serve a inserire commenti relativi al vostro documento che non dovranno apparire nel risultato finale. Per far sì che ciò sia evidente, LyX rappresenterà l'ambiente comment in un colore differente rispetto al resto del testo. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Annidamento degli ambienti \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection La grande scommessa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nelle sezioni precedenti vi abbiamo constantemente tartassati con la frase \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -andate a leggere la Sezione\SpecialChar ~ +andate a leggere la Sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Adesso vi starete chiedendo quale sia la grande rivelazione che vi aspetta, ebbene, essa consiste nel fatto che LyX differisce nettamente dal tradizionale concetto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset programma di videoscrittura in sostituzione della glorificata macchina da scrivere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Con una macchina da scrivere, il testo è semplicemente inchiostro sulla @@ -7704,111 +8898,134 @@ programma di videoscrittura in sostituzione della glorificata macchina da particolare contesto e con proprietà ben definite. D'altronde, cosa occorrerebbe fare se voleste che un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blocco \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ereditasse alcune proprietà di un altro \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blocco \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riportiamo un esempio più specifico: gli elementi evidenziati. Supponiamo dobbiate mettere in evidenza tre punti fondamentali, con il punto #2 contenente altri due sottopunti. In altre parole, avete una lista -\emph on +\emph on dentro -\emph default +\emph default un'altra lista, con la lista più interna \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset attaccata \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'elemento #2: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate uno -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate due -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate sottolista - elemento #1 -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate sottolista - elemento #2 -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate tre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come fate ad inserire una lista dentro una lista? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'ora in poi la risposta è semplice: annidando una lista dentro l'altra. Comunque l'annidamento non è limitato alle liste. In LyX potete annidare praticamente ogni cosa dentro qualunque altra e ciò rappresenta la vera forza dell'annidamento degli ambienti paragrafo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Annidamenti permessi e proibiti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di sommergervi con un elenco di ambienti paragrafo, dobbiamo dirvi qualcosa di più riguardo le modalità di funzionamento dell'annidamento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'annidamento è un affare più complesso di un semplice sì o no, di un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset si può o non si può \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . C'è anche la questione del \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset come si applica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Potete annidare questo ambiente dentro qualunque altro? Ed un altro ambiente nel primo? Rispondere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sì \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla prima domanda non garantisce il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sì \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alla seconda. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gli ambienti paragrafo in LyX possono comportarsi in tre modi diversi quando si parla di annidamento. @@ -7817,275 +9034,356 @@ Gli ambienti paragrafo in LyX possono comportarsi in tre modi diversi quando all'interno di altri elementi o viceversa. L'ultimo tipo di ambiente può essere annidato dentro altri ambienti, ma non è invece permessa l'operazione inversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riportiamo qui di seguito una lista dei tre possibili comportamenti di annidamen to e degli ambienti paragrafo ai quali si riferiscono: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per qualche strana ragione, LyX vi permette di annidare in modo completo sia -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default che -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . LyX consente anche di annidare -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default in altri ambienti. Vi raccomandiamo di non farlo. LaTeX potrebbe avere strani comportamenti se provaste. Non lo sappiamo per certo. Comunque, non ha senso, contestualmente a questi ambienti, far risocorso all'annidamento, quindi perchè mai dovreste volerlo? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Non\SpecialChar ~ +Non\InsetSpace ~ annidabili Non potete annidarli e annidare al loro interno. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Part -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Part* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Chapter* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Completamente\SpecialChar ~ +Completamente\InsetSpace ~ annidabili Potete annidarli e annidare al loro interno. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Annidabili\SpecialChar ~ +Annidabili\InsetSpace ~ internamente Potete annidarli all'interno di altri elementi, ma non viceversa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard L'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default non rientra in nessuna categoria in quanto si utilizza solo nelle -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default e nelle -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Annidamento di altri elementi: tabelle, formule matematiche, oggetti flottanti, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} -\end_inset +\end_inset Esistono altri elementi che non sono ambienti paragrafo, ma che sono comunque soggetti ad annidamento. Essi sono rispettivamente: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Equazioni -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabelle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Figure -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [Nota: se inserite una figura o una tabella all'interno di un -\family sans +\family sans Oggetto Flottante -\family default +\family default , quanto appena affermato non risulta più vero. Per ulteriori informazioni proseguite nella lettura della guida o consultate le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset .] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX è in grado di trattare i tre oggetti citati sia come una singola parola che come un paragrafo. @@ -8093,42 +9391,62 @@ LyX e le figure. Se una figura o una equazione è in linea, essa si posizionerà lì dove andrebbe il paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In altre parole, se avete una equazione, figura o tabella all'interno di un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset paragrafo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dedicato solo a loro, esso si comporta alla stessa stregua di un ambiente paragrafo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset annidabile \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vi è consentito annidarlo dentro qualunque ambiente, ma non annidare [ovviament e] qualcosa al suo interno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eccovi un esempio con una tabella: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Primo Elemento -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (a) ed è annidato. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8139,66 +9457,103 @@ Questo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (b). La tabella è al momento annidata dentro (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro di un livello. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se non avessimo annidato affatto la tabella, la lista sarebbe apparsa nel seguente: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Primo Elemento -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (a) ed è annidato. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout +\end_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8209,72 +9564,114 @@ Questo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate + +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (b). La tabella -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default è annidata dentro (a), anzi non è annidata per niente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro di un livello. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notate come l'elemento (b) non solo non sia più annidato, ma sia diventato addirittura il primo elemento di una nuova lista! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'è un altra trappola nella quale potreste cadere: annidare la tabella, ma non andare sufficientemente in profondità. LyX converte tutto ciò che segue la tabella in una nuova [sotto]lista. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Primo Elemento -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (a) ed è annidato. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8285,244 +9682,285 @@ Questo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è (b). La tabella è annidata dentro Primo Elemento, ma -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default dentro (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Indietro di un livello. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come potete osservare, l'elemento (b) è stato convertito nel primo elemento di una nuova lista, ma creata -\emph on +\emph on internamente -\emph default +\emph default all'elemento 1. La stessa cosa sarebbe accaduta ad una figura o ad una equazione. Quindi, se annidate tabelle, figure o equazioni, assicuratevi di aver fissato il corretto livello di profondità. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ultimo consideriamo i cosidetti -\family sans +\family sans Oggetti Flottanti -\family default +\family default . Un -\family sans +\family sans Oggetto Flottante -\family default +\family default è una porzione di testo associato con un qualche tipo di etichetta, ma che non possiede una collocazione fissata univocamente. Esso può infatti \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset flottare \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset avanti o indietro di una o due pagine, lì dove meglio si adatta. Le -\family sans -Note\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ -piè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Note\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ +piè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans -Note\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Note\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ margine -\family default +\family default sono elementi flottanti, così come le -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ Flottanti -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ -Flottanti\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ +Flottanti\InsetSpace ~ Larghe -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ -Flottanti\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ +Flottanti\InsetSpace ~ Larghe -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La differenza tra gli oggetti flottanti larghi e non è rilevante solo nei documenti con due colonne, dove i flottanti larghi si estendono in larghezza su due colonne piuttosto che una soltanto. Nei documenti ad una colonna, le voci di menu per le -\family sans -Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ -Flottanti\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabelle\InsetSpace ~ +Flottanti\InsetSpace ~ Larghe -\family default +\family default e le -\family sans -Figure\SpecialChar ~ -Flottanti\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figure\InsetSpace ~ +Flottanti\InsetSpace ~ Larghe -\family default +\family default sono non disponibili. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Quando scrivete un documento con LyX, un -\family sans +\family sans Oggetto Flottante -\family default +\family default chiuso viene visualizzato come una parola all'esponente di colore rosso disposta all'interno del paragrafo nel quale si trova. D'altronde, poichè un -\family sans +\family sans Oggetto Flottante -\family default +\family default non ha una posizione prefissata nel testo finale, l'annidamento non ha effetto sul suo collocamento dopo che il vostro documento sia stato affidato al LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Utilizzo e caratteristiche generali -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Casi possibili -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dopo avervi detto cosa è possibile annidare, è venuto il momento di parlarvi del -\emph on +\emph on come -\emph default +\emph default si effettua l'annidamento degli elementi! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: avrei voluto inserire questa sezione prima delle due precedent i, ma sono tutte e tre così legate tra loro che è stato difficile trovare loro un ordine. -jw -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per prima cosa, per annidare potete ricorrere alla tastiera, ad un apposito bottone nella barra degli strumenti e al comando da menu. Scegliendo -\family sans -Change\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Change\InsetSpace ~ En -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -ironment\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ironment\InsetSpace ~ Depth -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default si -\emph on +\emph on incrementa -\emph default +\emph default la profondità di annidamento di un livello. Potete aumentare la profondità anche mediante il tasto nella barra degli strumenti caratterizzato dall'icona rappresentativa di una pagina con una freccia su un lato di un paragrafo indentato. In ultimo, la profondità di annidamento -\emph on +\emph on cresce -\emph default +\emph default con la combinazione di tasti -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on decresce -\emph default +\emph default con -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono due modi per annidare del testo. Potete selezionare il testo da annidare o semplicemente spostare il cursore nel paragrafo del quale volete cambiare la profondità. Il primo metodo vi consente di agire su più paragrafi in una sola volta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sappiate che LyX modifica la profondità solo se gli è possibile, in caso contrario non produce alcun effetto. @@ -8532,907 +9970,1045 @@ Sappiate che LyX modifica la profondit da come appare il vostro testo. Se volete soddisfare questa vostra curiosità, provate a giocare con le profondità di annidamento e osservate cosa succede. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Desideriamo in ultimo farvi notare che: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se -\emph on +\emph on diminuite -\emph default +\emph default la profondità più volte [ad esempio usando ripetutamente -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default ] LyX si fermerà al livello più esterno. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se -\emph on +\emph on aumentate -\emph default +\emph default la profondità più volte [ad esempio usando ripetutamente -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default ] LyX ricomincia dall'inizio. Ciò significa che quando raggiungete il livello più interno, LyX non si ferma e se tentate di aumentare la profondità una volta di più, tornerà al livello più esterno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando parliamo di livello \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset più interno \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset non ci riferiamo al livello più profondo possibile. E' possibile effettuare annidamenti ad un livello arbitrario, ma qualcosa deve essere contenuto nel livello soprastante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riferendoci ai livelli, LyX è in grado di realizzare fino a 6 annidamenti, in altre parole il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset livello #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è quello più profondo. Eccovi un esempio per chiarirvi le idee: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate livello #1 - il più esterno -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate livello #2 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate livello #3 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate livello #4 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize livello #5 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize livello #6 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lo ripetiamo, LyX ha un massimo di 6 livelli, indifferentemente dagli specifici ambienti paragrafo da voi utilizzati. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sfortunatamente, LyX non provvede a superare questo limite. Se ci provate, LaTeX vi restituirà degli errori nel momento in cui tenterete di compilare il documento finale. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Potete dunque annidare fino a sei liste -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default o ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , e così via. Vi è anche possibile mescolare gli ambienti, come vedremo in seguito. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono due eccezioni al limite di sei annidamenti e sono mostrate entrambe negli esempi. Contrariamente agli altri ambienti completamente annidabili, potete ottenere solo fino a quattro annidamenti con gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Per esempio, se proviamo ad annidare un'altra lista -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default dentro l'elemento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , otterremo un errore. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ancora una volta LyX non consente di superare questo limite. Se ci provate, LaTeX vi restituirà degli errori nel momento in cui tenterete di compilare il documento finale. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Alcuni Esempi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il modo migliore per illustrare quanto potete fare con gli annidamenti è sicuramente il loro impiego diretto. Abbiamo diversi esempi di annidamento, nei quali spieghiamo come l'esempio è stato ottenuto, di modo che possiate eventualmente riprodurli. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Esempio #1: Annidamento di sei elementi e Misto -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #1-a Questo è il livello più esterno. E' un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #2-a Questo è il livello #2. E' stato ottenuto usando -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a Questo è il livello #3. Questa volta è stato sufficiente premere -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default , quindi -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default due volte in una stessa riga. Avremmo potuto ottenere lo stesso risultato come nel livello precedente, schiacciando -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Questo è un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , annidato dentro \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Quindi è un livello #4. Lo abbiamo creato mediante -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio, -\family default +\family default quindi -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default , ed in ultimo cambiando l'ambiente di paragrafo a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Questo è di grande utilità per realizzare liste aventi più di un paragrafo - va bene anche per gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ecco un altro paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , ancora a livello #4, ottenuto con un -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #4-a Questo è il livello #4. Abbiamo premuto -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default e cambiato l'ambiente paragrafo a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Ricordate - non possiamo annidare nulla dentro un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , ciò spiega perchè siamo ancora a livello #4. Comunque, -\emph on +\emph on possiamo -\emph default +\emph default inserire annidamenti dentro \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #5-a Questo è il livello #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} e questo il livello #6. Adesso dovreste sapere come li abbiamo costruiti. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #5-b Indietro al livello #5. Basta schiacciare -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da un -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #4-b Dopo un altro -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da un -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default , siamo tornati indietro al livello #4. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #3-b Indietro al livello #3. Ovvio, no? -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Indietro al livello #2. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM #1-b Alla fine, indietro al livello più esterno, #1. Dopo questa frase, premeremo -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default e cambieremo l'ambiente di paragrafo a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default per terminare la lista. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ci siamo! Naturalmente, al posto dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , avremmo potuto anche ricorrere agli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . L'esempio avrebbe funzionato alla stessa maniera. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Esempio #2: Ereditarietà -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Questo è l'ambiente LyX-Code, a livello #1, il più esterno. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Adesso schiacceremo -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default , quindi -\family sans +\family sans M-p Destra -\family default +\family default , successivamente passeremo all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , a livello #2. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Notate come l' -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default annidato eredita dall'ambiente padre [ -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ] non solo i margini, ma anche il carattere e la spaziatura! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo terminato l'esempio premendo -\family sans +\family sans Invio -\family default +\family default . Quindi abbiamo avuto bisogno di riportare l'ambiente di paragrafo a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default e resettare ancora una volta la profondità di annidamento con -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Esempio #3: Etichette e livelli con gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è il livello #1, in un ambiente di paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Stiamo per annidarne un bel po'. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è il livello #2. Abbiamo fatto ricorso a -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default seguito da -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default . Cosa succede adesso se proviamo ad annidare qui un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default ? Sarà un livello #3, ma con quale etichetta? Un asterisco? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize No! E' il marcatore di lista bullet. E' il -\emph on +\emph on primo -\emph default +\emph default livello dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , sebbene si trovi a livello #3, quindi la sua etichetta è un bullet. [Nota: siamo arrivati qui mediante -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default , quindi -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default , infine cambiando l'ambiente a -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default .] -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Siamo a livello #4, ottenuto usando -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default . Lo faremo ancora\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar \ldots{} per arrivare a livello #5. Stavolta siamo tornati all'ambiente paragrafo -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Osservate il tipo di numerazione! E' -\emph on +\emph on Romano minuscolo -\emph default +\emph default , in quanto ci troviamo nel -\emph on +\emph on terzo -\emph default +\emph default ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default [per intenderci, siamo in un -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default dentro un -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default dentro un -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ]. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Che succede se -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default cambiamo l'ambiente di paragrafo, ma diminuiamo la profondità di annidamento? Che tipo di numerazione utilizzerà LyX? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Qualora non l'abbiate capito, stiamo utilizzando -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default per mantenere l'ambiente e la profondità attuale creando però un nuovo elemento. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Usate -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default per diminuire la profondità dopo il prossimo -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è il livello #4. Osservate quale tipo di etichetta sta adoperando LyX! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Questo è il livello #3. Sebbene abbiamo cambiato livello, LyX ricorre ancora alla numerazione Romana minuscola per l'etichetta. Perchè?! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Perchè, nonostante la profondità di annidamento sia stata modificata, il paragrafo è -\emph on +\emph on ancora -\emph default +\emph default un ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default di terzo livello. Fate attenzione al fatto che, comunque, LyX -\emph on +\emph on ha provveduto -\emph default +\emph default a resettare il contatore relativo all'etichetta. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Un'altra sequenza di -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default e ci troviamo nuovamente a livello #2. Stavolta non solo abbiamo modificato la profondità di annidamento, ma ci siamo anche spostati all'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default di secondo livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate La stessa cosa si verifica se applichiamo ancora -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default , ritornando a livello #1, il più esterno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ultimo, riportiamo l'ambiente a -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Come potete vedere, il numero di livello non coincide col tipo di etichetta adottata da LyX per gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Il numero di -\emph on +\emph on altri ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default che si trovano attorno determina quale etichetta usa LyX per un elemento -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . La medesima regola vale per l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Esempio #4: Per farvi impazzire un po'... -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Adesso andremo a ruota libera. Non annideremo così in profondità come fatto negli altri esempi, nè scenderemo nel medesimo grado di dettaglio per le spiegazioni. [livello #1: -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ] -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [ -\family sans -Invio, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Invio, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra, Standard -\family default +\family default : livello #2] Talvolta forniremo tra parentesi quadre una sintetica descrizione del modo in cui l'esempio è stato creato. Per esempio, le due associazioni da tastiera indicano come si è provveduto a modificare la profondità. L'ambiente è, ovviamente, quello corrente. Sia prima che dopo di questo, provvederemo ad inserire il livello. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate [ -\family sans +\family sans Invio, Enumerate -\family default +\family default : livello #1] Questo è il prossimo elemento della lista. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Adesso aggiungeremo dei versi. -\newline +\newline Sarà molto peggio. -\newline +\newline [ -\family sans -Invio, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Invio, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra, Verse -\family default +\family default : livello #2] -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Trallallero trallallà. -\newline +\newline La battuta chi la fa? -\newline +\newline [ -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default ] -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Ecco una tabella tutta per voi: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout -\begin_inset Tabular - - - - - +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pippo-uno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pippo-due -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pippo-rosso -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard pippo-blu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse [ -\family sans -M-Invio, Table, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-Invio, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Destra -\family default +\family default 3 volte, -\family sans -M-Invio, Verse, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-Invio, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~ Sinistra -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate [ -\family sans +\family sans Invio, Enumerate -\family default +\family default : livello #1] Questo è un altro elemento. Poichè selezionando una -\family sans +\family sans Tabella -\family default +\family default , la profondità di annidamento viene riportata a livello #1, abbiamo provveduto ad incrementare la profondità 3 volte in modo da porre la tabella dentro l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Adesso stiamo per terminare la lista -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default cambiando su -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . Ci troviamo ancora a livello #1. Desideriamo mostrarvi alcuni degli effetti che è possibile ottenere mescolando gli ambienti. I prossimi paragrafi individuano una \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lettera quoted. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Annideremo entrambi gli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default all'interno di un -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default e ne annideremo un altro per il corpo della lettera. Useremo -\family sans +\family sans M-Invio -\family default +\family default per mantenere la profondità. Non scordate che avete bisogno di -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default per inserire più righe negli ambienti -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Ecco che arriva: -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address Via Verdi 123 -\newline +\newline 20100 Milano -\newline +\newline 9-6-96 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address -Caro Signor\SpecialChar ~ +Caro Signor\InsetSpace ~ Rossi: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Siamo spiacente di informarla che non ci è possibile soddisfare la sua richiesta per 50 Litri di latte liofilizzato parzialmente scremato a causa di circostanze @@ -9442,210 +11018,233 @@ Siamo spiacente di informarla che non ci Inseriremo il suo nome all'interno della lista d'attesa e cercheremo di evaderlo il prima possibile. Nel frattempo, la ringraziamo per la sua pazienza. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Adesso abbiamo comunque un prezzo speciale sulla carne. Se è di suo interesse, è pregato di sottoporci il suo ordine, unitamente al pagamento. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Grazie ancora per la sua pazienza. -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Sinceramente, -\newline +\newline Giovanni Dal Porto -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation E così si conclude l'esempio! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come avete potuto osservare, in LyX l'annidamento degli ambienti è uno strumento molto potente del quale servirsi servendosi di pochi tasti. Abbiamo potuto annidare facilmente una lista -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default dentro un -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , o inserire un -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default all'interno di una lista -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Avete a disposizione una enorme varietà di opzioni. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fonts e stili di testo -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Molti linguaggi di scrittura e di marcatura prediligono la scelta dello stile del testo piuttosto che di un particolare font. Per esempio, invece di cambiare il font corrente in italico per enfatizzare il testo, ricorrerete ad uno \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stile enfatizzato \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Questo concetto si adatta alla perfezione a LyX. In LyX, voi agite in base al contesto tralasciando i dettagli di formattazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX vi consente di specificare un font predefinito con la possibilità di disporre degli stili di carattere -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default . Lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default corrisponde ad un font italico. Lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default corrisponde ad un font in maiuscoletto, che alcune lingue e stili di scrittura utilizzano per scrivere i nomi propri. Il LyX Team si augura che verrà il giorno in cui ci sarà un insieme completo di stili di carattere, con la possibilità per l'utente di personalizzare l'associazione tra font e stile. Al momento dovreste essere comunque già soddisfatti di quanto abbiamo fatto. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opzioni Globali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete scegliere il font predefinito nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Struttura del documento -\family default +\family default , richiamabile invocando -\family sans +\family sans Document... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans +\family sans Struttura -\family default +\family default . Esistono al suo interno due opzioni interessanti, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ont -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default imensione -\family default +\family default . Le possibili scelte in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ont -\family default +\family default includono \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e una lista dei font disponibili sul vostro sistema. La scelta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset corrisponde al font standard TeX, noto come \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (cm) o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec). La maggior parte dei sistemi tipicamente possiedono alcune versioni dei font Times ed Helvetica, con altre varianti. Questo lo dovrete verificare da voi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per l'opzione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default imensione -\family default +\family default , esistono tre possibili valori: -\family sans +\family sans 10 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans 11 -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans 12 -\family default +\family default . Ricordate che questa è la dimensione -\emph on +\emph on base -\emph default +\emph default del font. LyX al momento rapporta ad esso tutte le altre possibili dimensioni dei font [come anche quelli usati nelle note a piè di pagina e al margine, @@ -9655,182 +11254,216 @@ base D'altronde è piuttosto sconveniente usare un carattere predefinito di dimension e pari a 8pt o 24pt, in quanto il documento generato sarebbe quasi sicuramente illeggibile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che una volta che avete scelto un nuovo valore per -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ont -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default imensione -\family default +\family default , LyX -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default effettuerà alcuna modifica sullo schermo, ma soltanto sul documento finale, secondo il concetto della filosofia WYSIWYM. Dopotutto, se siete abbastanza intelligenti da saper adoperare un computer, sarete altrettanto intelligenti da ricordare che un testo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Roman \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset all'interno della finestra di LyX corrisponde al carattere predefinito. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Impiego degli stili di carattere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come abbiamo già visto, LyX cambia automaticamente lo stile di carattere per determinati ambienti paragrafo. Abbiamo anche menzionato due altri stili di carattere , -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default , che potete attivare sia mediante associazioni di tasti, da menu, nonchè attraverso la barra degli strumenti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per attivare lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default , è sufficiente compiere una delle seguenti operazioni: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default -oun\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +oun\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cliccare sul tasto della barra degli strumenti contrassegnato con una icona raffigurante un uomo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ricorrere all'associazione da tastiera -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questi comandi sono tutti interruttori. Quindi, se lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default è già attivo, essi provvederanno a disattivarlo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uno degli utilizzi più tipici dello stile -\family sans +\family sans Noun -\family default +\family default è per i nomi propri. Per esempio: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default è l'autore originale di LyX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default è uno stile di carattere di più largo impiego. Potete attivarlo [o disattivarlo - è anch'esso un interruttore] compiendo una delle seguenti operazioni: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize scegliere -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default -mphasize\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +mphasize\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize cliccare sul tasto della barra degli strumenti contrassegnato dal carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ricorrere all'associazione da tastiera -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Al momento, lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default è equivalente all'italico. Abbiamo pianificato di rendere in futuro tale associazione maggiormente configurabile da parte dell'utente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo utilizzato lo stile -\family sans +\family sans Emphasized -\family default +\family default dappertutto all'interno di questo documento. Eccone un altro esempio: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on +\emph on Non esagerate con gli stili di carattere! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'esempio è anche un avvertimento. Il modo di scrivere di ognuno di noi dovrebbe assomigliare ad una normale @@ -9839,21 +11472,27 @@ L'esempio analogamente dovremmo evitare la cattiva abitudine di abusare degli stili di carattere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- un'ultima nota: Potete sempre tornare al font predefinito mediante l'associazione -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Spazio -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Controllo più accurato con la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Struttura del Carattere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si verificheranno sempre delle occasioni nelle quali avrete bisogno di un controllo più accurato, a tal fine LyX vi da la possibilità di creare uno @@ -9862,21 +11501,25 @@ Si verificheranno sempre delle occasioni nelle quali avrete bisogno di un di stile nel quale in determinate situzioni potrebbe essere necessario usare un font sans-serif. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota di -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Esiste, infatti, un foglio di stile dedicato per la Documentazione di LyX, per garantire ai manuali un certo grado di consistenza. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ancora, gli scrittori talvolta impiegano un font diverso per evidenziare i pensieri di un personaggio dal normale dialogo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di istruirvi sulle modalità per personalizzare lo stile di carattere, desideriamo avvertirvi ancora una volta: Non abusate degli stili di carattere. @@ -9886,715 +11529,797 @@ Prima di istruirvi sulle modalit Sfortunatamente, c'è la tendenza ad abusare di questi strumenti. Viene in mente la frase, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Utilizzare un carrarmato per uccidere una mosca \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . E, come scaturisce dai vecchi detti, i documenti che fanno troppo uso di font diversi e con dimensioni differenti somigliano a qualcuno che è stato riempito di grossi buchi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sufficientemente chiaro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per ottenere dei font personalizzati, aprite la finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ Carattere -\family default +\family default mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default arattere... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default . In questa finestra sono disposti sette bottoni, ciascuno dei quali corrisponde ad una differente proprietà del font. Per ognuna delle sette proprietà potete scegliere una opzione o, in alternativa , -\family sans -Nessuna\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nessuna\InsetSpace ~ modifica -\family default +\family default , che mantiene lo stato attuale della proprietà. La voce -\family sans +\family sans Resetta -\family default +\family default provvederà a resettare la proprietà al valore predefinito per l'ambiente paragrafo in analisi. Potete ricorrervi per resettare in una sola volta gli attributi di una moltitudine di diversi ambienti paragrafo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le sette proprietà per i font e le loro opzioni [in aggiunta a -\family sans -Nessuna\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nessuna\InsetSpace ~ modifica -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Reset -\family default +\family default ta] sono: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default amiglia -\family default +\family default L'aspetto complessivo del font. Le possibili opzioni sono: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default Questa è la famiglia di font Roman ed è anche la famiglia predefinita. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione da tastiera= -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Questa è la famiglia di font Sans Serif. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione da tastiera= -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Typewriter -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Questa è la famiglia di font Typewriter. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione da tastiera = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default erie -\family default +\family default Questo identifica il peso di stampa. Le opzioni sono: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Medium -\family default +\family default Questa è la serie del font Media ed è la serie predefinita. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Bold -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold Questa è la serie del font Grassetto. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Potete attivare o disattivare questa serie servendovi della voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default -old\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +old\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default presente nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\family default +\family default o mediante l'associazione da tastiera -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans For -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default a -\family default +\family default Il nome si spiega da solo. Le opzioni sono: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Normale -\family default +\family default Questa è la forma del font Normale. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Essa è anche la forma predefinita. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Italico -\family default +\family default -\shape italic +\shape italic Questa è la forma del font Italico -\shape default -\emph on +\shape default +\emph on . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Corsivo -\family default +\family default -\shape slanted +\shape slanted Questa è la forma del font Corsivo -\family sans +\family sans -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default (sebbene non sia evidente sullo schermo, essa è differente dall'italico). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Maiuscoletto -\family default +\family default -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Questo è la forma del font maiuscoletto -\shape default -\noun on +\shape default +\noun on . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Dimensione -\family default +\family default Modifica la dimensione del font. Non troverete nessun valore numerico, in quanto tutte le possibili dimensioni sono proporzionali alla dimensione del font predefinito. Ancora una volta, non imponete a LyX i dettagli, ma una descrizione generale di ciò che volete ottenere. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Le opzioni [e le loro associazioni da tastiera] sono: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Minuscolo -\family default +\family default -\size tiny +\size tiny Qeusta è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Minuscolo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Piccolissimo -\family default -\size scriptsize +\family default +\size scriptsize Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Piccolissimo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 2] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -Molto\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Molto\InsetSpace ~ piccolo -\family default -\size footnotesize +\family default +\size footnotesize Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Molto piccolo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 3] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Piccolo -\family default +\family default -\size small +\size small Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Piccolo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [ -\size small +\size small associazione -\size default +\size default = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 4] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Normale -\family default +\family default Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Normale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard E' anche la dimensione predefinita. [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 5] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Grande -\family default +\family default -\size large +\size large Questo è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grande \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 6] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans -Molto\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Molto\InsetSpace ~ grande -\family default +\family default -\size larger +\size larger Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Molto grande \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 7] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Grandissimo -\family default +\family default -\size largest +\size largest Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Grandissimo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 8] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Enorme -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enorme \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 9] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Gigante -\family default +\family default -\size giant +\size giant Questa è la dimensione \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gigante \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [associazione = -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ H -\family default +\family default o -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default 0] -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vi avvertiamo -\emph on +\emph on nuovamente -\emph default +\emph default : non esagerate con questa caratteristica. Nella maggior parte dei casi non dovreste aver bisogno di cambiare la dimension e del font. LyX ridimensiona automaticamente i font in funzione del particolare ambiente paragrafo utilizzato - piuttosto usate quello. Questa proprietà serve -\emph on +\emph on solo -\emph default +\emph default per un controllo più accurato! -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Al -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default ro -\family default +\family default Da qui potete cambiare qualche altra caratteristica legata ai caratteri. Le opzioni sono: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Enfatizzato -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Questo è il testo con l'opzione di enfatizzazione attiva -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Potrebbe sembrare identico all' -\shape italic +\shape italic Italico -\shape default +\shape default , ma al momento è un po' diverso. Se usate l'opzione Enfatizzato su di un testo in Italico, quest'ultimo verrà raddrizzato. Nelle future versioni di LyX ci auguriamo di consentirvi l'esatta personalizzaz ione di questa proprietà -\emph on +\emph on logica -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Sottolineato -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under Questo è il testo con Sottolineato attivo. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [da tastiera = -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default ] -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMM -\family sans +\family sans Maiuscoletto -\family default +\family default -\noun on +\noun on questo è il testo con Maiuscoletto attivo. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Come -\family sans +\family sans Enfatizzato -\family default +\family default , questo è un attributo logico. Al momento, è equivalente al -\family sans +\family sans Maiuscoletto -\family default +\family default , ma è in progetto di modificarlo un giorno o l'altro. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se potete, cercate di evitare il sottolineato. E' una eredità del tempo in cui si usavano le macchine per scrivere e non @@ -10602,154 +12327,169 @@ Se potete, cercate di evitare il sottolineato. Non abbiamo più bisogno di enfatizzare il testo ricalcandolo con un carattere sottolineato. E' presente in LyX solo perchè lo è in LaTeX e anche perchè qualcuno -\emph on +\emph on potrebbe -\emph default +\emph default averne bisogno per conformità ai fogli di stile nel sottoporre articoli alle riviste (d'altronde noi vi ricorriamo per indicare le associazioni da tastiera alle voci del menu). -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Colore -\family default +\family default Attraverso questa voce, potete agire sulla scelta del colore del testo. Naturalmente, per adoperarlo, avete bisogno di una stampante a colori e di aver installato il pacchetto LaTeX -\family sans +\family sans color -\family default +\family default . Sappiate che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default non è in grado di visualizzare questi colori. Oltre a -\family sans -Nessun\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nessun\InsetSpace ~ colore -\family default +\family default , che rappresenta il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset colore \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset predefinito, potete scegliere tra -\family sans +\family sans Nero, Bianco, Rosso, Verde, Blu, Ciano, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Magenta -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Giallo -\family default +\family default . Non li mostreremo in questa sede in quanto la maggior parte delle persone non possiedono una stampante a colori (N.d.T Sarà ancora vero? ;-). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Disponete dunque di una enorme varietà di combinazioni tra le quali scegliere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una volta che avete scelto un nuovo stile di carattere mediante la finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ Carattere -\family default +\family default , potete attivarlo usando il tasto nella barra degli strumenti contrassegnato con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Font \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . [In alternativa potete ricorrere anche ai normali tasti -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default .] Il tasto nella barra degli strumenti vi permette di agire sullo stato del vostro stile di carattere personalizzato anche quando la finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ Carattere -\family default +\family default non è visibile. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come abbiamo affermato in precedenza, per resettare completamente lo stile di carattere a quello predefinito, utilizzate -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Spazio -\family default +\family default . Se volete attivare solo quelle proprietà che avete appena cambiato (supponiamo che abbiate appena scelto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset corsivo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per la forma e la serie a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset grassetto \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Abilita tutti -\family default +\family default e quindi schiacciate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Concludiamo con lo stesso avvertimento di sempre: Non eccedete nell'impiego dei caratteri. Essi sono, nella maggior parte dei casi, nient'altro che un penoso e orribile sostituto del buon scrivere. Il vostro scrivere dovrebbe parlare da solo --- e lo farà. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Stampa e anteprima -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Introduzione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ora che abbiamo analizzato alcune delle caratteristiche di base per la preparazi one di documenti mediante LyX, probabilmente desiderate sapere in che modo @@ -10757,179 +12497,201 @@ one di documenti mediante LyX, probabilmente desiderate sapere in che modo Prima di chiarirvi quanto detto, desideriamo darvi una breve spiegazione di quello che accade dietro-le-quinte. L'argomento è maggiormente dettagliato all'interno del manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utilizza un programma chiamato \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset quale elemento di base. [Attualmente LaTeX è solo un pacchetto di macro per il sistema di composizione tipografica TeX, ma per evitare confusione, ci riferiremo all'intero sistema con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] Pensatelo in questo modo: LyX è ciò che usate per scrivere. Quindi, LyX invoca LaTeX per convertire ciò che avete scritto in un formato stampabile. Il tutto accade in un paio di passaggi: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate In primo luogo, LyX converte il vostro documento in un insieme di comandi di testo per LaTeX, generando un file con estensione, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Successivamente, LaTeX utilizza i comandi presenti nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default per produrre un documento stampabile. Tuttavia LaTeX non sa nulla della vostra stampante, bensì genera quello che è noto come un file -\emph on +\emph on indipendente-dal-dispositivo -\emph default +\emph default , o brevemente Dvi. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard N.d.T DVI dall'inglese -\emph on +\emph on DeVice-Independent. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Il risultato finale è un file con estensione , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . I file Dvi sono completamente portabili e possono quindi essere trasportati da una macchina ad un'altra senza aver bisogno di alcuna forma di conversione. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description NOTA: Il file dvi contiene ciò che era all'interno dello stesso file LaTeX. Se avete inserito immagini PostScript® nel documento, esisterà solo un collegamento a questi file. Dunque non scordate di spostare le immagini qualora voleste portare il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default su un altro computer. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Considerate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default quale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset risultato finale. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Una volta che lo avete prodotto, potrete visualizzarlo, stamparlo o convertirlo in un altro formato. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Potete visualizzare i file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default mediante il programma chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Alcune stampanti e sistemi Unix \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset capiscono \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset il formato Dvi e sono in grado di stampare i vostri file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default direttamente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oggi la maggior parte delle stampanti comprendono il formato PostScript®. LyX converte automaticamente il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default in un file PostScript® quando intendete stampare il vostro documento. LyX vi permette anche di visualizzare un'anteprima di una versione PostScript® del documento usando il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un vantaggio derivante dall'uso del PostScript® è che il convertitore [chiamato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ] inserisce qualunque immagine PostScript® che abbiate incluso nel documento all'interno della versione PostScript® finale del documento stesso. Include inoltre qualunque carattere speciale del quale avete fatto uso. Di fatto ciò rende la versione nel formato PostScript® molto, ma molto più portabile che quella nel formato Dvi. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX esegue per voi tutti questi passi in automatico. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come avete potuto vedere, prima che possiate stampare od ottenere una anteprima del documento succedono un muccho di cose. @@ -10938,1259 +12700,1427 @@ Come avete potuto vedere, prima che possiate stampare od ottenere una anteprima Il risultato finale vale la vostra attesa. La qualità ha sempre il suo piccolo prezzo da scontare. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Anteprima veloce con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per dare una occhiata alla versione finale del documento, con tutte le interruzi oni di linea al loro posto, le note a piè di pagina numerate correttamente e così via, selezionate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default . Quindi aspettate un attimo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando tutto ciò che accade dietro le quinte sarà giunto al termine, LyX invocherà il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Adesso osservate il risultato. [Se volete saperne di più su -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , consultate le pagine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default relative.] -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Trucchetto: Mantenete aperta la finestra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default , magari spostandola in un altro desktop. Quindi, dopo aver effettuato delle modifiche al documento, usate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default . Adesso cliccate sulla finestra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Il programma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default automaticamente rileggerà il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default e aggiornerà la visualizzazione. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Anteprima della versione PostScript® con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In generale, il modo più semplice e veloce per effettuare l'anteprima del vostro documento è mediante l'uso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Ci sono però dei casi nei quali potreste voler vedere la versione PostScript®. Uno dei motivi potrebbe, ad esempio, essere rappresentata dai caratteri. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota di -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : Un altro motivo è la paranoia. Mi piace dare una occhiata al file PostScript® prima di mandarlo in stampa, in questo modo so esattamente cosa sto inviando alla stampante\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset All'interno di un documento LaTeX potete usare caratteri PostScript®, ma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default non ve li mostrerà. In tale occasione avrete bisogno di ricorrere a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default o a qualche altro visualizzatore di file PostScript® per verificare il risultato finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per vedere la versione PostScript® del documento, selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Pos -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default Script -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default e andate a farvi un caffè. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note di -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\noun default +\noun default Una macchina sufficientemente veloce comunque non ve ne darà il tempo\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Quando tutte le computazioni dietro le quinte saranno state eseguite, LyX invocherà -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default e voi potrete finalmente vedere ciò che vi interessa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riguardo all'efficacia del comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdat -\bar under +\bar under e\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default PostScript -\family default +\family default presente nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew -\family default +\family default , per aggiornare la visualizzazione ricordatevi di cliccare sulla finestra di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default dopo aver invocato il comando. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Stampa di un file -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per stampare un file, selezionate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default menu, o ricorrete al tasto presente nella barra degli strumenti contrassegnato da una stampante. Ciò porterà all'apertura della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Stampa -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Di seguito riportiamo un elenco di tutte le possibili differenti opzioni: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Stampa -\family default +\family default Tre tasti di selezione attraverso i quali scegliere quali pagine inviare in stampa. Potete scegliere: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Tutte\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Tutte\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ pa -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default ine -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Solo\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ -pagine\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Solo\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ +pagine\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ispari -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Solo\SpecialChar ~ -le\SpecialChar ~ -\bar under +\family sans +Solo\InsetSpace ~ +le\InsetSpace ~ + +\bar under p -\bar default -agine\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +agine\InsetSpace ~ pari -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete servirvi di queste opzioni per stampare su entrambi i lati di un foglio anche se disponete di una stampante a foglio singolo. Vi basta infatti prima stampare le pagine dispari, quindi invertite i fogli e stampate solo le pagine pari. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Ordine -\family default +\family default Due tasti di selezione per scegliere l'ordine di stampa. Alcune stampanti restituiscono le pagine ordinandole dall'inizio, altre dalla fine. Sceglendo un certo ordine, potrete prelevare tutta la pila di fogli senza aver bisogno di doverle riordinare. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans -Stampa\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Stampa\InsetSpace ~ su -\family default +\family default Due tasti di selezione ancorati a dei campi di testo. Potete stampare sia su file che su stampante: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans +\family sans Sta -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default pante -\family default +\family default Questo è il nome della stampante sulla quale inviare i documenti. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che questo nome di stampante non è per il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default ma per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . Ciò significa che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default deve essere configurato per questo nome di stampante. Consultate la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset o la documentazione di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default per ulteriori dettagli. La stampante predefinita può essere scelta anche in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset La stampante dovrebbe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset capire \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset i file PostScript®. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMM -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default Il nome del file sul quale stampare. Il risultato finale sarà nel formato Post\SpecialChar \- Script®. Il file verrà generalmente salvato nella directory corrente, a meno che non venga specificato l'intero percorso. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard La stampa potrebbe richiedere un po' di tempo, in quanto LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default e, se non disponete di una stampante PostScript, anche -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default , avranno bisogno di processare il vostro documento. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Poche parole su alcune notazioni tipografiche -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} -\end_inset +\end_inset In LyX, il carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset esiste in tre diverse lunghezze, spesso chiamate rispettivamente -\emph on +\emph on hyphen -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on en dash -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on em dash -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate hyphen -\hfill +\hfill - -\hfill +\hfill ottenuta con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate en dash -\hfill +\hfill -- -\hfill +\hfill ottenuta con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate em dash -\hfill +\hfill --- -\hfill +\hfill ottenuta con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate segno meno -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in modalità matematica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserirli vi basta usare il carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset più volte in una riga. LyX automaticamente li convertirà in tratteggi della giusta lunghezza all'inter no del documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I tre tipi di tratteggio sono differenti dal segno meno, che compare in modalità matematica ed ha una specifica lunghezza. Qui di seguito riportiamo alcuni esempi di utilizzo del carattere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate interruzioni-di-linea-e-di-pagina -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on hyphen -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dalla A--Z -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on en dash -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh --- c'è un tratteggio. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on em dash -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on segno meno -\emph default +\emph default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelli di voi che stanno leggendo da LyX non vedranno nessuna differenza, sebbene sia presente nella versione stampata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un'ultima nota sulla sillabazione --- LyX automaticamente spezza le parole e inserisce gli hyphens nei testi in Inglese. [Al momento è LaTeX che si occupa di questo ed è in grado di sillabare parole anche in -\emph on +\emph on alcune -\emph default +\emph default altre lingue.] Le parole non saranno sillabate fina a quando non genererete il documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se, per qualche ragione, LaTeX non riuscisse a spezzare una parola correttamente , potete inserire manualmente i punti di sillabazione, servendovi della voce -\family sans -Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default oint -\family default +\family default sotto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Characters -\family default +\family default all'interno del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert -\family default +\family default . Osservate che questi punti di sillabazione aggiuntivi sono solo raccomandazioni al LaTeX. Se la divisione in sillabe non fosse necessaria, LaTeX li ignorerà completament e. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection I Punti -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Abbreviazioni e fine di una frase -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} -\end_inset +\end_inset Quando LyX invoca LaTeX per generare la versione finale del vostro documento, LaTeX automaticamente distingue tra parole, frasi e abbreviazioni. LaTeX aggiunge quindi la \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset giusta quantità di spazio \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : le frasi presentano un po' più di spazio tra il periodo e la parola successiva. Le abbreviazioni inseriscono dopo il periodo lo stesso spazio che si inserisce tra un parola e l'altra di una frase. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sfortunatamente l'algoritmo utilizzato per distinguere una abbreviazione dalla fine di una frase è davvero troppo elementare. Se un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è preceduto da una lettera minuscola, è il termine di una frase; se invece è preceduto da una lettera maiuscola, allora è una abbreviazione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ecco alcuni esempi di abbreviazioni e fine di frasi interpretate -\emph on +\emph on correttamente -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize M. Butterfly -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non preoccupatevi. Siate felici. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} e qui un esempio di errato funzionamento dell'algoritmo: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize p. e. qui c'è troppo spazio! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Questa è una I. Va bene. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non vedrete nulla che non vada bene fino a quando non consulterete la versione finale del vostro documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per risolvere il problema, ricorrete a una dei seguenti espedienti: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Usate uno -\family sans -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ protetto -\family default +\family default dopo le abbreviazioni minuscole (consultate la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Usate un -\family sans -Fine\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fine\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ periodo -\family default +\family default che troverete sotto -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Special\SpecialChar ~ +Special\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default per forzare l'utilizzo di uno spazio tra periodi. E' possibile accedere a questa funzionalità anche mediante -\family sans +\family sans C-punto -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Con le correzioni, i precedenti esempi appaiono nel seguente: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -p.\SpecialChar ~ -e.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +p.\InsetSpace ~ +e.\InsetSpace ~ qui c'è troppo spazio! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Questa è una I\SpecialChar \@. Va bene. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alcune lingue non utilizzano spazi aggiuntivi tra i periodi. Se la vostra lingua è tra queste, non dovete preoccuparvi. Per coloro che hanno bisogno di sicurezza, c'è un aiuto che permetterà loro di ovviare a questi stupidi errori: servitevi della funzione -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Check\SpecialChar ~ +Check\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default descritta in -\emph on +\emph on Extended Editing -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Virgolette -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX imposta correttamente le virgolette. In particolare, inserirà le virgolette d'apertura all'inizio di una citazione e le virgolette di chiusura alla fine. Per esempio, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset apertura chiusura \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il carattere della tastiera, -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default , lo genera automaticamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete cambiare il comportamento del tasto -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default mediante la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Quotes -\family default +\family default . Scegliete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Q -\bar default +\bar default uotes... -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Language -\family default +\family default . Selezionando il tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ouble -\family default +\family default consente di produrre la sequenza \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset per mezzo del tasto -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default . Il tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ingle -\family default +\family default , in contrasto, fa sì che il tasto -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default generi: \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset '. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete anche scegliere virgolette per diversi linguaggi mediante l'opzione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ype -\family default +\family default . Esistono sei possibili scelte: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Utilizza virgolette come questa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset doppia \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset singola \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Testo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset Utilizza virgolette come \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes sls -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes srs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Utilizza virgolette come \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testo \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Utilizza virgolette come \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Testo \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Utilizza virgolette come \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset Testo \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default Utilizza virgolette come \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset queste \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ancora, ciò influisce sul carattere che il tasto -\family sans +\family sans " -\family default +\family default genera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard D'altronde, se volete generare un carattere di virgolette di fiducia, digitate -\family sans +\family sans C-" -\family default +\family default ottenendo: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ligatures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una pratica comune in ambito tipografico è quella di raggruppare alcune lettere insieme stampandole come un unico carattere. Questi gruppi di lettere sono conosciuti come -\emph on +\emph on ligatures -\emph default +\emph default . Poichè LaTeX comprende le ligatures, anche i vostri documenti LyX li potranno contenere. Eccovi alcune possibili ligatures: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Talvolta potrebbe accadere che non vogliate una ligature all'interno di una parola. Mentre una ligature potrebbe andar bene in una parola quale, ad esempio, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset graffiti \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset apparirebbe alquanto strana in parole composte, quali \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o la tedesca \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Per spezzare una ligature, utilizzate il comando LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset tra le lettere. [Per marcare il testo come comando LaTeX, servitevi del tasto nella barra degli strumenti contrassegnato con TeX. Consultate il manuela -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default .] Ciò modifica \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cuff \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset links \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset fest \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vedove e Orfani -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset All'epoca della nascita dei programmi di videoscrittura, le interruzioni di pagina finivano laddove capitava che la pagina finisse. @@ -12200,15 +14130,17 @@ All'epoca della nascita dei programmi di videoscrittura, le interruzioni pagina, la prima riga di un nuovo paragrafo tutto solo alla fine della pagina o l'ultima linea di un paragrafo in cima ad una nuova pagina. Questi spezzoni di testo divennero noti come -\emph on +\emph on vedove -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on orfani -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chiaramente, LyX può evitare di interrompere le pagine dopo l'intestazione di una sezione. @@ -12220,195 +14152,205 @@ Chiaramente, LyX pu di vedove e orfani. Questo è uno dei vantaggi che ha LyX nell'usare LaTeX come elemento di base. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non esiste alcun modo nel quale possiamo intervenire sulle regole di interruzion i di pagina decise da TeX e LaTeX, o su come alterare quel comportamento. - Alcuni libri su LaTeX elencati nella bibliografia [quali\SpecialChar ~ + Alcuni libri su LaTeX elencati nella bibliografia [quali\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset - o\SpecialChar ~ + o\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] potrebbero darvi più informazioni. Comunque, voi non dovrete preoccuparvi quasi mai di questo genere di cose. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Oggetti flottanti: tabelle, figure, note a piè di pagina e al margine -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Note a piè di pagina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Contrariamente ad altri programmi di formattazione, LyX utilizza oggetti flottanti \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ripiegabili \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset piuttosto che riportare le sue note a piè di pagina in fondo allo schermo o in un qualunque altro punto del testo. Quando inserite una nota a piè di pagina mediante -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under I -\bar no +\bar no nse -\series default -\bar default +\series default +\bar default risci -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default -Nota\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +Nota\InsetSpace ~ a -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default -iè\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +iè\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\series medium -\bar no +\series medium +\bar no , -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default vedrete apparire, all'interno del vostro documento, un rettangolo rosso, all'interno del quale immettere il testo di interesse, contrassegnato dall'etic hetta -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default ; tale rettangolo identifica proprio la rappresentazione, in LyX, della nota a piè di pagina -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no . -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default Se provate a cliccare in corrispondenza dell'etichetta -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default il rettangolo si \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset chiuderà \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no . -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default Viceversa potete accedere, in un secondo tempo, al contenuto della nota cliccando sulla parola -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default , -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default soprascritta in rosso -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default nel testo: infatti, a seguito di tale operazione, la nota a piè di pagina si \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset aprirà \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Per chiudere questa nota a piè di pagina, cliccate sul rettangolo rosso presente a sinistra. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Mentre continuate a digitare, non vedrete comparire alcun numero, ad ogni modo non avete nulla di cui preoccuparvi, LyX procederà alla numerazione @@ -12419,52 +14361,56 @@ Per chiudere questa nota a pi nota a piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti (caratterizzato dall'immagine di una freccia che punta ad un testo, posizionato in un margine posto in fondo alla pagina). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX non è ancora in grado di soddisfare esigenze particolari quali il poter resettare nuovamente ad 1 il valore iniziale della numerazione delle note a piè di pagina, al termine di ciascuna sezione, nell'ambito della classe di documento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default oppure variare lo stile del contatore -\family roman +\family roman . -\family default +\family default In tal caso dovrete ricorrere all'inserzione di comandi -\family roman +\family roman LaTeX -\family default +\family default quali quelli descritti nella sezione -\emph on +\emph on Trucchi per le Note a piè di pagina e a Margine -\emph default +\emph default del manuale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Caratteristiche avanzate di LyX. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description NOTA: In LaTeX ed in LyX un oggetto flottante non è un semplice paragrafo, cosí come è invece inteso nei comuni programmi di videoscrittura. @@ -12474,147 +14420,155 @@ NOTA: In LaTeX ed in LyX un oggetto flottante non Potreste averne raramente bisogno, ma all'occorrenza è una funzionalità davvero graziosa. -\newline +\newline Se avete intenzione di usare il correttore, ricordate che gli oggetti flottanti -\emph on +\emph on devono essere aperti -\emph default +\emph default per poter essere verificati. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Note a Margine -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX le note al margine sono molto simili, sia nell'aspetto che nel comportame nto, alle note a piè di pagina. Quando inserite una nota a margine mediante -\family sans -\series medium -\bar under +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under I -\bar no +\bar no nser -\series default -\bar default +\series default +\bar default isci -\series medium -\bar no +\series medium +\bar no \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\series default -\bar default -Nota\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\series default +\bar default +Nota\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under m -\series medium -\bar no +\series medium +\bar no argin -\series default -\bar default +\series default +\bar default e -\family default +\family default oppure la pressione del tasto presente sulla barra degli strumenti (il quale contiene l'immagine di una freccia che punta ad un testo, posizionato nel margine laterale), vedrete comparire, nel punto ove era posto il cursore, un rettangolo rosso, contrassegnato dall'etichetta -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\bar default +\family default +\series default +\bar default margin -\family roman -\series medium -\bar no +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar default +\bar default . \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questa è una nota a margine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Questo rettangolo, in grado di ospitare il testo -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default della -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium nota, non è altro che la rappresentazione grafica -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default della -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium nota a margine. Se provate a cliccare l'etichetta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , il rettangolo si \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset chiuderà \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default . -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium Potrete comunque -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset aprire \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset la nota per -\family roman -\series medium +\family roman +\series medium accedere al testo in esso contenuto, cliccando nuovamente sulla parola -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family roman -\series default +\family roman +\series default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX assume una larghezza predefinita dei margini pari a 1,9 cm (0.75 pollici) per garantire lo spazio necessario per le note a margine. @@ -12623,15 +14577,19 @@ LyX assume una larghezza predefinita dei margini pari a 1,9 cm (0.75 pollici) tutto ciò che fa LaTeX. In tal caso provate a consultare un manuale su LaTeX per comandi aggiuntivi. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Figure e Grafici Importati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nessun sistema di preparazione di documenti può ritenersi completo se non è in grado di importare oggetti grafici generati da altri programmi. @@ -12640,72 +14598,102 @@ Nessun sistema di preparazione di documenti pu di immagine importata. LyX presenta una ottima gestione delle figure PostScript® Incapsulate, facendo esso uso di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default per rappresentare una immagine sullo schermo all'interno della finestra di lavoro e del comando LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics -\family default +\family default per inserire la figura nel documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che le figure alle quali ci si riferisce in questa sede sono prive di didascalie e verranno inserite esattamente lì dove le avete posizionate. - Se avete bisogno di una delle caratteristiche descritte, leggete sez.\SpecialChar ~ + Se avete bisogno di una delle caratteristiche descritte, leggete sez.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset sottostante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire una figura, cliccate sul secondo bottone da destra presente sulla barra degli strumenti o selezionate -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphics -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} dal menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A seguito di ciò sarà introdotto un elemento grafico all'interno del documento e comparirà una finestra di dialogo attraverso la quale scegliere il file da caricare e modificare i parametri che vi interessano. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/share/lyx/doc/mobius.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default PS -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -sulla\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +sulla\InsetSpace ~ linea -\family default +\family default : Anche questa opzioni è mirata all'inserzione di figure PostScript®, sebbene esse si comportino diversamente in quanto vengono disposte lungo il testo come @@ -12716,39 +14704,43 @@ linea height 0.2in rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset questo piccolo furfante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'inserimento di una figura -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ -o\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ +o\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default secondo la modalità appena descritta è mirato alla possibilità di poter stabilire alcune caratteristiche relative all'inserimento stesso. La gestione di tali caratteristiche non è sempre consentita, ciò accade quando inserite direttamente un file LaTeX tramite il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inclu -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -i\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +i\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ file -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La seconda fase per la manipolazione di una figura si attua cliccando il tasto sinistro del mouse col cursore posizionato sulla figura stessa. @@ -12756,677 +14748,750 @@ La seconda fase per la manipolazione di una figura si attua cliccando il inserire il nome del file e numerosi altri parametri. Le modifiche che opererete diverranno attive soltanto con la pressione del tasto -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pplica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa finestra contiene numerosi parametri, la maggior parte dei quali dovrebbero essere autoesplicativi. Il pannello -\family sans +\family sans File -\family default +\family default vi consente di scegliere il vostro file immagine (sono supportati automaticamen te svariati formati). L'opzione -\family sans +\family sans Subfigure -\family default - è utile nel caso di figure flottanti (consultate la Sezione\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + è utile nel caso di figure flottanti (consultate la Sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). La figura può essere modificata applicando una rotazione di un certo angolo, una cornice oppure un cambio di dimensione. Per alcuni formati d'immagine è possibile inserire automaticamente una cornice (fate riferimento al pannello -\family sans -Bounding\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bounding\InsetSpace ~ Box -\family default +\family default ). Molto utile nel caso di figure aventi grandi dimensioni la funzionalità che consente di controllare separatamente la dimensione della figura in LyX e la dimensione nel documento finale. Il pannello -\family sans +\family sans Extras -\family default +\family default permette di specificare ulteriori comandi LaTeX aggiuntivi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Figure Flottanti -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Usare le Figure Flottanti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset L'inserzione diretta di immagini nel testo spesso rende l'impaginazione del documento estremamente difficoltosa. Nell'ottica di aderire alla filosofia di automatizzazione di siffatti processi da parte di LyX, potreste preferire l'uso della -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default , che LyX (in realtà, LaTeX) è libero di spostare lungo il documento nell'ottica di garantire una migliore disposizione grafica. Come risultato, LyX genera l'elenco di queste figure e vi dà la possibilità di inserirvi una didascalia, mediante l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default -, analizzato nella sez.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, analizzato nella sez.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire una -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default invocate semplicemente da menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator O -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -getti\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +getti\InsetSpace ~ flottanti\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default . Otterrete un oggetto flottante privo di contenuti, nel quale immettere l'immagine mediante il tasto , presente sulla barra degli strumenti, descritto in precedenza. Nei documenti, aventi il testo disposto su due colonne, scegliete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator O -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -getti\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +getti\InsetSpace ~ flottanti\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -ura\SpecialChar ~ -flottante\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ura\InsetSpace ~ +flottante\InsetSpace ~ larga -\family default +\family default per far sì che l'oggetto flottante occupi la pagina in tutta la sua larghezza. \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset M.C. Escher on acid. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/share/lyx/doc/escher-lsd.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed true +sideways false +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename /usr/share/lyx/doc/platypus.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset Un ornitorinco fortemente distorto come figura flottante. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Può sembrare semplice, ma ci vuole astuzia nel posizionare la didascalia. Se preferite che la didascalia stia sotto la figura, allora inserite la -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default igura -\family default +\family default quando il cursore si trova proprio all'inizio della didascalia (oppure cancellate la didascalia e ricreatela, scegliendo l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default , dopo aver inserito l'immagine). Questo è quanto abbiamo fatto per la figura \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se il cursore si trova invece alla fine della didascalia all'atto dell'invocazi one del comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default igura -\family default +\family default , l'inserzione avverrà dopo la didascalia stessa, come nel caso della \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset . E' sempre bene far uso di una singola -\family sans +\family sans Figur -\family default +\family default a per ogni -\family sans +\family sans Oggetto Flottante -\family default +\family default , in quanto, in tale condizione, LyX [o piú realisticamente LaTeX] garantisce una migliore disposizione delle stesse. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dall'osservazione della figura, è evidente anche la possibilità di definire, per essa, una etichetta da utilizzare nella generazione di riferimenti incrociati; cosí come vi aspettereste, dopo la lettura della sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset , potete inserire una -\family sans +\family sans Etic -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default etta -\family default +\family default nella didascalia e riferirvi normalmente ad essa mediante il comando -\family sans +\family sans Rife -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default -imento\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +imento\InsetSpace ~ incrociato -\family default +\family default . E', nella fattispecie, davvero importante far uso dei riferimenti incrociati con le figure flottanti, piuttosto che ricorrere a vaghi riferimenti del tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset la figura sopra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in quanto LaTeX disporrà, nel documento finale, gli oggetti flottanti nel modo piú opportuno e ciò comporta che essa potrebbe non trovarsi necessaria mente \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sopra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Qualora non sia possibile far coesistere, in armonia nella medesima pagina, oggetti flottanti e testo contenente riferimenti a questi ultimi, le immagini verranno poste da sole in una pagina separata. Solitamente il risultato complessivo è davvero soddisfacente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono altre due proprietà relative all'inserimento di una -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default o una -\family sans +\family sans Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -ura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans larga -\family default +\family default : la prima è che l'immagine viene automaticamente inclusa in una -\family sans -Lista\SpecialChar ~ -delle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lista\InsetSpace ~ +delle\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default igure -\family default - (come descritto nella sez.\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (come descritto nella sez.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) che potreste decidere di voler inserire nel vostro documento, mentre la seconda prevede la possibilità di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset chiudere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset aprire \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset l'immagine stessa (proprietà caratteristica per tutti gli elementi flottanti), consentendovi di nasconderla alla vista e concentrare la vostra attenzione sul testo. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Collocazione degli elementi flottanti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset Adesso, l'idea che sta dietro una -\family sans -Figura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Figura\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default [cosí come una -\family sans -Tabella\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabella\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default , della quale discuteremo piú avanti] è quella di far sí che LyX posizioni la figura [o la tabella] nella pagina in modo coerente e razionale. Questa funzionalità sarebbe del tutto inutile se voi non poteste esercitare una qualche forma di controllo sul \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset modo razionale \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX ha a disposizione quattro diverse collocazioni dove tentare di posizionare una figura: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Qui: LyX cerca di effettuare l'inserimento del -\family sans +\family sans Flottante -\family default +\family default nello stesso punto del testo indicato dal cursore. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se non c'è sufficiente spazio, LyX prova con uno dei restanti tre tipi di locazione. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -In\SpecialChar ~ +In\InsetSpace ~ cima: LyX cerca di effettuare l'inserimento del -\family sans +\family sans Flottante -\family default +\family default nella sommità della pagina attuale e qualora non si accordi ad essa, viene spostata sulla pagina successiva. -\layout Description +\end_layout -In\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +In\InsetSpace ~ fondo: LyX cerca di effettuare l'inserimento del -\family sans +\family sans Flottante -\family default +\family default in fondo alla pagina attuale e qualora non si accordi ad essa, viene spostata sulla pagina successiva. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Pagina\SpecialChar ~ +Pagina\InsetSpace ~ isolata: LyX cerca di disporre il -\family sans +\family sans Flottante -\family default +\family default in una pagina a sè stante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La scelta della collocazione va fatta nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default [aperta mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default ] all'interno del pannello -\family sans +\family sans Extra -\family default +\family default , ove è presente il campo -\family sans +\family sans Posi -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ -ogg.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ +ogg.\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default che controlla la disposizione totale dei -\family sans +\family sans Flottanti. -\family default +\family default Tale proprietà può essere anche settata isolatamente per ciascuna figura flottante cliccando col tasto destro sulla figura. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Segue adesso qualche indicazione su come va effettuata la scelta. Nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Posi -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ -ogg.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ +ogg.\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default potete riportare una qualunque combinazione di quattro lettere , in qualunque ordine: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans h -\family default +\family default per -\emph on +\emph on here -\emph default +\emph default (qui) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans t -\family default +\family default per -\emph on +\emph on top -\emph default +\emph default (in cima) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans b -\family default +\family default per -\emph on +\emph on bottom -\emph default +\emph default (in fondo) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans p -\family default +\family default per -\emph on +\emph on page -\emph default +\emph default (pagina isolata) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'ordine indica quale collocazione LyX tenterà per prima. Se questa fallisse, tenterà con la successiva e cosí via fino alla fine, sebbene \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset abbia sempre la precedenza qualora compaia nella sequenza. La sequenza predefinita è \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans tbp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : prova dapprima in cima alla pagina di testo, quindi in fondo alla stessa, in ultimo in una pagina a sè. Se volete che LyX tenti di posizionare, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in maniera molto energica \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , l'immagine lí dove gli avete imposto, fate precedere la sequenza da un punto esclamativo; per esempio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans !htbp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Seguono alcune possibili sequenze e l'azione ad esse associata: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Prova dapprima la collocazione della figura/tabella nel punto ove si trova il cursore nel testo. Se non dovesse andar bene, prova in fondo alla pagina e nel caso di un ulteriore fallimento la dispone in una pagina a sè. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans !hbp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tenta in modo energico di porre la figura/tabella nella sua posizione attuale, quindi in fondo, successivamente in una pagina separata \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dispone la figura/tabella in cima a ciascuna pagina. Se dovesse essere troppo estesa, le dedica una pagina separata. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Inserisce sempre le figure in una pagina a sè stante. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Un'ultima annotazione: il campo -\family sans +\family sans Posi -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default -.\SpecialChar ~ -ogg.\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +.\InsetSpace ~ +ogg.\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default regola la posizione di -\emph on +\emph on entrambi -\emph default +\emph default gli oggetti flottanti, siano essi immagini o tabelle. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default e LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A questo punto vi starete chiedendo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset con quale strumento dovrei realizzare le mie figure? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Fortunatamente, la risposta è già contenuta in molte distribuzioni Linux e/o LaTeX ed è rappresentata da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default , un programma di disegno potente e fortemente raccomandato. Se desiderate inserire figure create con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default , esistono diversi modi per farlo. Da parte nostra, vi consigliamo i seguenti: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportate le figure come PostScript® Incapsulato, il cui inserimento in LyX dovrebbe risultare piuttosto semplice in base a quanto esposto nelle @@ -13439,69 +15504,74 @@ Esportate le figure come PostScript Inoltre la figura può essere manipolata, secondo quanto descritto sopra, alla stregua di qualunque altra figura EPS. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard L'unico neo è l'impossibilità di creare formule nella forma di testo PostScript® se non a mano. Qualora abbiate bisogno che nella vostra figura compaiano formule o anche semplicemente indici o esponenti, è preferibile che passiate alla lettura del passo successivo. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportate la figura in formato LaTeX. Ciò vi permetterà di importarla in LyX facilmente, con il vantaggio di poter utilizzare, lavorando sul testo in Xfig, tutti i comandi LaTeX. Ad ogni modo, è però necessario che settiate in Xfig la -\emph on +\emph on special flag -\emph default +\emph default per il testo oppure invochiate il programma con -\family typewriter -xfig\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xfig\InsetSpace ~ -specialtext -\family default +\family default . Sotto questa condizione, provate a scegliere un font LaTeX e a scrivere semplicemente \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; se esportate questa figura in LaTeX e la importate in LyX con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inclu -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -i\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +i\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ file -\family default +\family default (consultare il manuale \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Caratteristiche avanzate di LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), questo testo apparirà come \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Lo svantaggio relativo a questo modo di procedere consiste essenzialmente nella minore potenzialità grafica di LaTeX rispetto al PostScript®\SpecialChar \@. @@ -13510,95 +15580,111 @@ Lo svantaggio relativo a questo modo di procedere consiste essenzialmente con inclinazione qualsiasi. Per questo motivo, nel caso di figure complesse, è preferibile che seguiate la terza modalità descritta. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Esportate le figure in un formato misto LaTeX/PostScript®. In tal caso, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default [in verità, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default , ] genererà due file distinti: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate la parte PostScript® -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.ps_tex -\family default +\family default , che conterrà tutti i disegni. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate la parte LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.ps_tex_t -\family default +\family default , che conterrà il testo ed un collegamento alla parte PostScript®. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vi sarà poi sufficiente importare la parte LaTeX come descritto in precedenza, in quanto automaticamente verrà inserita anche la parte PostScript®. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se si dovesse verificare un errore del tipo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unknown graphics extension ps_tex \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dovrete dichiarare queste estensioni grafiche. Penso si tratti di un baco di transfig che si verifica con LaTeX2e. Aggiungete semplicemente una riga del tipo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default . Quindi inserite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps_tex -\family default +\family default all'estensione: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extensions{eps, ps, ps_tex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Questa procedura dovrebbe mettere le cose a posto. Quale alternativa, sebbene piuttosto fastidiosa, potreste esportare la parte postscript come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default e modificare manualmente la parte LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.ps_tex_t -\family default +\family default . But this is annoying. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset La terza modalità vi permette di sfruttare unitamente la potenza di PostScript® e LaTeX, a meno della possibilità di ridimensionare la figura, dopo averla @@ -13608,39 +15694,45 @@ foo.ps_tex_t Un ulteriore piccolo vantaggio derivante dal lasciare a LaTeX la composizione del carattere è quella per cui lo stesso font comparirà nelle figure e nel testo, dando un effetto un po' piú gradevole. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tabelle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX permette anche la creazione e la modifica di tabelle WYSIWYM. LaTeX gestisce le tabelle in maniera sicuramente piú completa di quanto LyX sia in grado di fare adesso; vi consigliamo quindi di consultare un buon manuale su LaTeX qualora troviate che le funzionalità, relative alle tabelle, offerte da LyX risultino inadeguate alle vostre esigenze. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire una tabella vi è sufficiente cliccare sull'apposito tasto presente sulla barra degli strumenti oppure invocare -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default -nserisci\SpecialChar ~ -una\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nserisci\InsetSpace ~ +una\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default . A seguito di tale azione comparirà una finestra, nella quale vi verrà chiesto di inserire il numero di righe e di colonne. @@ -13651,8 +15743,20 @@ tabella Inoltre, la prima riga presenta una linea in basso, la quale sembra separi la stessa riga dal resto della tabella. Qui ne abbiamo un esempio: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13665,144 +15769,192 @@ tabella \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard multi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout -La finestra Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection + +La finestra Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliccando sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse, apparirà sullo schermo una finestra delle opzioni , fra le quali troviamo: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aggiungere/rimuovere i bordi da una riga o una colonna. Qualora rimuoviate la linea in alto da una delle righe, in LyX vedrete @@ -13814,113 +15966,149 @@ Aggiungere/rimuovere i bordi da una riga o una colonna. Verticalmente si può procedere alla stessa maniera, selezionando stavolta la linea destra di una colonna e quella sinistra della colonna alla sua destra. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Allineamento del testo in una colonna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Appendere righe e colonne -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Cancellare righe, colonne o l'intera tabella -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Multicolonna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fissare la larghezza di una colonna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Opzioni per tabelle lunghe - sono di grande utilità qualora la tabella è piú alta del foglio. In questo caso la tabella sarà divisa al termine della pagina e continuata sulla pagina successiva -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ruotare l'intera tabella o una singola cella lateralmente di 90 gradi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potrete accedere alle opzioni anche da menu, invocando -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ella -\family default +\family default con il cursore posto all'interno di una tabella. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La maggior parte di queste opzioni agiscono anche su singole parti selezionate; conseguentemente, qualora selezioniate piú celle, colonne o righe (dovete sempre selezionare delle celle, ma dipende dall'azione, come le celle seleziona te vanno interpretate) l'operazione interesserà l'intera selezione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando appendete una riga, essa verrà aggiunta -\emph on +\emph on sotto -\emph default +\emph default la riga contenente il cursore. Analogamente, le colonne saranno appese alla -\emph on +\emph on destra -\emph default +\emph default del cursore. Ciò rende difficile aggiungere colonne alla estrema sinistra della tabella se non ricorrendo ripetutamente al Taglia ed Incolla. La cancellazione interessa sempre la riga o la colonna contenente il cursore. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il Multicolonna fonde due celle adiacenti su una riga assegnata. Per esempio, nella tabella vista sopra, la riga \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset B \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset è stata interessata dal multicolonna applicato alle colonne contrassegnate con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 45 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 98. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Per adoperarlo, dovete prima selezionare le celle, quindi scegliere -\family sans +\family sans Multicolumn -\family default +\family default da menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonna -\family default +\family default risulta di grande utilità se avete bisogno di controllare specificatamente una singola cella di una tabella, con riferimento alle linee costituenti il bordo superiore ed inferiore, nonchè l'allineamento del testo. Segue un esempio della gestione speciale di una cella: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13932,244 +16120,304 @@ Multicolonna \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold punto a & b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold punto b & a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold punto abc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1009 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 52 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold punto abcd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate come le celle di testa sono allineate al centro, mentre la colonna di sinistra è allineata a sinistra e le restanti a destra; sono state anche rimosse la linea inferiore e quella superiore di due celle della tabella. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualora desideriate che le colonne presentino una larghezza prestabilita, inserite la dimensione desiderata nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Largh. -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Può accadere che la tabella divenga troppo larga per essere contenuta dalla struttura di documento verticale (portrait), in tal caso attivate l'opzione -\family sans -Ruota\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ruota\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under 9 -\bar default +\bar default 0° -\family default +\family default , e la tabella verrà ruotata (ciò significa una disposizione orizzontale in un orientamento di pagina verticale). Tale proprietà è applicabile anche alle singole celle della tabella con lo scopo di avere a disposizione piú spazio orizzontalmente. Il seguente esempio vi dimostrerà quando potreste aver bisogno di questa funzione. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Avvertimento: -\emph default +\emph default L'opzione -\family sans -Ruota\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ruota\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under 9 -\bar default +\bar default 0° -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default avrà una corrispondenza visiva sullo schermo, ma il suo effetto sarà attivo -\emph on +\emph on solo -\emph default +\emph default sul documento PostScript®, consultabile invocando il comando -\family sans +\family sans An -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default -eprima\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eprima\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans An -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default -eprima\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eprima\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default invece non funzionerà). -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14190,591 +16438,751 @@ VI \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Description -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Flag 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Flag 10\SpecialChar ~ +Flag 10\InsetSpace ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +Desc.\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Total -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard E' immediato osservare, nell'esempio riportato sopra, come il testo contenuto nella linea di testa (Flag 1\SpecialChar \ldots{} Flag 10) non sarebbe contenuto nella larghezza del foglio se non fosse stato prima opportunamente ruotato. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cosa possiamo inserire dentro una tabella? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ciascuna cella di una tabella è in grado di ospitare contemporaneamente un gran numero di oggetti differenti, quali la singola linea di testo, @@ -14784,28 +17192,44 @@ Ciascuna cella di una tabella la tabella si adatterà per rappresentarli correttamente. Non vi è però consentito inserire, all'interno della cella di un'altra tabella, nè una tabella, nè un ambiente speciale (quale -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , etc.), in quanto, in quest'ultimo caso, LyX tenterebbe di riportare l'intera tabella nell'ambiente scelto, considerandola come un paragrafo. Il risultato di tale operazione è impredicibile. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taglia & Incolla & Tabelle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il taglia ed incolla tra le tabelle funziona abbastanza bene. Potete tagliare ed incollare anche piú righe contemporaneamente, selezionandole o con il mouse o con il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default insieme ai tasti funzione. I valori nella seconda tabella riportata sotto sono stati tagliati ed incollati dalla prima, mediante il mouse. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14817,87 +17241,127 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\end_layout + + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -14909,179 +17373,241 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Fate attenzione al fatto che il taglia ed incolla potrebbe portare a effetti indesiderati qualora la tabella di destinazione non abbia lo stesso numero di colonne della tabella sorgente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potete anche copiare ed incollare la tabella interamente in un'unica soluzione. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Celle con righe multiple -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile ottenere piú righe all'interno delle tabelle, ma non mediante modalità completamente WYSIWYM. Esistono diversi metodi per perseguire questo obiettivo: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Defininendo una colonna di larghezza prestabilita nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default . A seguito di ciò, quando la lunghezza del testo supera la lunghezza fissata, esso verrà automaticamente ripartito su piú righe con la cella che si estenderà verticalmente. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rimuovendo la riga tra due (o piú) righe adiacenti. Cosí si otterrà soltanto una imitazione approssimata di una vera cella multi-riga. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Definendo una colonna di larghezza prestabilita nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default e sfruttando il comando -\family sans +\family sans Interruzione di linea -\family default +\family default . Adesso dovreste essere in grado di forzare l'inserzione di interruzioni di linea scrivendo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in modalità TeX, ma ciò non dovrebbe essere necessario in quanto invocare -\family sans +\family sans Interruzione di linea -\family default +\family default significa che tali interruzioni saranno nella forma WYSIWYG nel documento finale. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Segue una tabella d'esempio: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15093,214 +17619,267 @@ Segue una tabella d'esempio: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è un elemento multilinea di una tabella. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Adesso è piú lungo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è un elemento multilinea di una tabella. Adesso è piú lungo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è un elemento \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on multilinea -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset di una tabella.Dovrebbe essere uguale a quello sotto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo è un elemento -\emph on +\emph on multilinea -\emph default +\emph default di una tabella.Dovrebbe essere uguale a quello sopra. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 13 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che in LyX, il testo multilinea non appare effettivamente su piú righe, sebbene lo sia nel file finale. Qualora le righe siano troppo lunghe, premete -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default per ottenere, nella medesima cella, una nuova riga nella quale continuare a scrivere. Sappiate che il documento finale -\emph on +\emph on NON -\emph default +\emph default rispetterà queste interruzioni di riga, bensí considererà il testo presente nella cella come se si trovasse su una sola riga. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Il problema, legato in qualche modo a quanto detto finora, è quello per cui il testo inserito all'interno di una cella non si dispone in maniera @@ -15311,317 +17890,342 @@ Il problema, legato in qualche modo a quanto detto finora, pagina, non proseguirà nella pagina successiva e potrebbe estendersi al di sotto del margine inferiore. Esistono diverse possibili alternative per risolvere il problema: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Suddividere la tabella in due tabelle distinte, per gestire correttamente interruzioni di pagina e margini. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Premere il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tabella lunga -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default . Tale opzione ripartirà automaticamente la tabella su piú pagine, qualora essa dovesse essere troppo estesa, e attiverà i bottoni presenti nell'elenco -\family sans +\family sans Tabella lunga -\family default +\family default , permettendovi adesso di definire: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Primo testa -\family default +\family default : La riga corrente e tutte quelle sopra ad essa, per le quali non sia specificat a alcuna opzione speciale, saranno usate come linee di testa della prima pagina della tabella multipagina. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Testa -\family default +\family default : La riga corrente e tutte quelle sopra ad essa, per le quali non sia specificat a alcuna opzione speciale, saranno usate come linee di testa di tutte le pagine della tabella multipagina, eccetto per la prima pagina qualora fosse stato definito -\family sans +\family sans Primo testa -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Coda -\family default +\family default : La riga corrente e tutte quelle sopra ad essa, per le quali non sia specificat a alcuna opzione speciale, saranno usate come linee di coda di tutte le pagine della tabella multipagina, eccetto per l'ultima pagina qualora fosse stato definito -\family sans +\family sans Ultimo coda -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Ultimo coda -\family default +\family default : La riga corrente e tutte quelle sopra ad essa, per le quali non sia specificat a alcuna opzione speciale, saranno usate come linee di coda dell'ultima pagina della tabella multipagina. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Nuova pag. -\family default +\family default : Questa opzione forza l'inserzione di una interruzione di pagina dopo la riga per la quale essa è settata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualora effettuaste piú scelte in una stessa riga, ricordate che soltanto la prima verrà utilizzata per le righe definite nella tabella, mentre le altre verranno definite come -\emph on +\emph on vuote -\emph default +\emph default . In quest'ambito la prima è da intendersi sulla base del seguente ordinamento: -\family sans +\family sans Coda, Ultimo coda, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Testa, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Primo testa -\family default +\family default . Date un'occhiata al file di esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TableExamples.lyx -\family default +\family default per meglio comprendere tale meccanismo -\emph on +\emph on . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Usare il campo -\family sans +\family sans Larghezza -\family default +\family default presente nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -della\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +della\InsetSpace ~ tabella -\family default +\family default per diminuire la larghezza della tabella fino a quando essa non si accordi orizzontalmente alla pagina. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Come descritto nel seguito, una tabella potrà anche essere posta dentro un elemento flottante, che TeX disporrà all'interno della pagina nel miglior modo possibile. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -Una\SpecialChar ~ -ultima\SpecialChar ~ +Una\InsetSpace ~ +ultima\InsetSpace ~ annotazione: -\family sans -Tabella\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tabella\InsetSpace ~ lunga -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Ruota\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ruota\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ 90° -\family default +\family default fanno uso di particolari pacchetti LaTeX, quindi dovreste consultare il manuale -\family sans -Configurazione\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Configurazione\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ LaTe -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto -\family default +\family default per capire se il vostro sistema supporta o meno tali funzionalità. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tabelle Flottanti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset Se per inserire una tabella fate uso del tasto corrispondente sulla barra degli strumenti, oppure invocate il comando -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\shape up -\bar default +\shape up +\bar default i -\shape default +\shape default fica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\shape up +\shape up Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\shape default -\bar default +\shape default +\bar default ella -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\shape up +\shape up I -\bar default +\bar default nser -\shape default -isci\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +isci\InsetSpace ~ una -\shape up -\SpecialChar ~ +\shape up +\InsetSpace ~ -\shape default +\shape default t -\shape up +\shape up ab -\shape default +\shape default ella -\shape up +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default da menu, la tabella sarà posizionata esattamente nel punto in cui si trovava il cursore, al centro di una riga isolata. Servendovi invece delle voci -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abella -\shape up -\SpecialChar ~ +\shape up +\InsetSpace ~ -\shape default +\shape default flottante -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default -ella\SpecialChar ~ -flottante\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ella\InsetSpace ~ +flottante\InsetSpace ~ larga -\family default +\family default , dal menu -\family sans -\shape up -\bar under +\family sans +\shape up +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nser -\shape default +\shape default isci -\shape up +\shape up \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\shape default +\shape default Og -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -etti\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +etti\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default , consentirete a LaTeX di posizionare la tabella lí dove meglio si accordi, piuttosto che nel punto in cui avete effettuato l'inserzione. La collocazione del flottante per le tabelle flottanti è simile a quella per le immagini flottanti \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ed è appunto descritta nella sezione relativa al posizionamento del flottante per le figure \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset . La tabella \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset è un esempio di tabella flottante, il cui punto di inserzione si trova al termine di questo periodo. Cosí come per la -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default , la differenza tra una -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abella -\shape up -\SpecialChar ~ +\shape up +\InsetSpace ~ -\shape default +\shape default flottante -\family default +\family default e una -\family sans +\family sans Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default -ella\SpecialChar ~ -flottante\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ella\InsetSpace ~ +flottante\InsetSpace ~ larga -\family default +\family default consiste nel fatto che la versione larga va a disporsi su entrambe le colonne (N.D.T. occupa cioè la pagina su tutta la sua larghezza) di un documento a due @@ -15630,18 +18234,21 @@ consiste nel fatto che la versione larga va a disporsi su entrambe le colonne \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una tabella flottante. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15653,106 +18260,130 @@ Una tabella flottante. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Joe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mary -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ted -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Didascalia di una tabella flottante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando create una tabella flottante, la prima cosa che viene chiesta è la definizione di una didascalia, mentre la reale inserzione della tabella @@ -15764,39 +18395,40 @@ Quando create una tabella flottante, la prima cosa che viene chiesta Se definite la didascalia (consistente di una singola frase) immediatamente dopo la parola \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Table: -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dentro il flottante, e cliccate sull'icona della tabella dopo la didascalia, - questa verrà posta sopra la tabella, come per la Tabella\SpecialChar ~ + questa verrà posta sopra la tabella, come per la Tabella\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table: A table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se invece cliccate prima sull'icona per dar vita alla tabella e a seguire - scrivete la didascalia, essa apparirà sotto la tabella, come per la Tabella\SpecialChar ~ + scrivete la didascalia, essa apparirà sotto la tabella, come per la Tabella\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float with caption below} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15808,131 +18440,154 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una seconda tabella flottante, con la didascalia sotto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Potete anche creare una tabella flottante priva di didascalia, inserendo una tabella visibile (cioè non all'interno di un flottante), selezionandola interamente, ed invocando in ultimo la voce del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Og -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default -etti\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +etti\InsetSpace ~ flottanti\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -abella\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +abella\InsetSpace ~ Flottante -\family default +\family default . - Questo è quanto è stato fatto per la Tabella\SpecialChar ~ + Questo è quanto è stato fatto per la Tabella\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:captionless} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15944,153 +18599,185 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset , la quale non sarà numerata in quanto priva di didascalia, sebbene il riferimen to sia numerato; in ogni caso non è possibile associare una didascalia ad una tabella a meno che questa non sia flottante. Osservate che le tabelle etichettate sono automaticamente numerate ed i - riferimenti incrociati (descritti nella sezione\SpecialChar ~ + riferimenti incrociati (descritti nella sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) riporteranno tale numero nel documento finale. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Disposizione del flottante -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le tecniche per controllare la disposizione delle tabelle flottanti sono del tutto identiche a quelle descritte nel caso delle -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -igure\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igure\InsetSpace ~ flottanti -\family default +\family default . - Per chiarimenti riferitevi alla sezione\SpecialChar ~ + Per chiarimenti riferitevi alla sezione\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sommario ed altri elenchi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una delle caratteristiche piú utili di LaTeX è sicuramente rappresentata dalla facilità con cui permette di creare diversi tipi di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elenchi \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , come ad esempio un sommario. Per far ciò dovrete semplicemente utilizzare, nel vostro documento, determinati ambienti ed inserire un riferimento nel punto in cui desiderate che l'elenco appaia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se siete degli utilizzatori di LaTeX o avete lavorato con versioni piú vecchie di LyX, dovreste ricordare che LaTeX avrebbe dovuto essere lanciato piú @@ -16098,362 +18785,414 @@ Se siete degli utilizzatori di LaTeX o avete lavorato con versioni pi Fortunatamente, questo non è piú necessario in quanto adesso sarà LyX ad accertarsi che LaTeX sia lanciato un numero di volte sufficiente a garantire che gli elenchi appaiano correttamente nel file dvi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il Sommario -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per creare un Sommario, dovete compiere 5 operazioni: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Fare uso di una classe di documento che supporti il Sommario (tutte tranne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ricorrere a stili che siano supportati dalla funzione Sommario: -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans (Sub...) Section -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans (Sub...) Paragraph -\family default +\family default . Osservate che gli stili contrassegnati da un -\family sans +\family sans * -\family default +\family default , come -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default appariranno nel Sommario. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Assegnare i valori appropriati ai campi -\family sans -Massimo\SpecialChar ~ -numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Massimo\InsetSpace ~ +numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ sezioni -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -Profondità\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Profondità\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ sommario -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default . Se, per esempio, desiderate che nel sommario compaiano soltanto i capitoli e le sezioni, settate il valore a 3. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Invocate il comando relativo al sommario dove piú vi aggrada, mediante il percorso del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lis -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default -e\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +e\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Indici\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default ommario -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il sommario può anche servire ad altro. Infatti, indipendentemente dal fatto che abbiate o meno inserito un sommario nel testo, vi è sempre possibile invocare la funzione -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica\SpecialChar \menuseparator So -\bar under +\bar under m -\bar default +\bar default mario -\family default +\family default , che visualizzerà una seconda finestra nella quale sarà visualizzato un sommario attraverso il quale potrete navigare lungo il documento. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Liste delle Figure, delle Tabelle e delle Equazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} -\end_inset +\end_inset Le Liste delle Figure (LdF), Liste delle Tabelle (LdT) e le Liste delle Equazioni (LdE) somigliano molto ai Sommari, sebbene esistano alcune sottili differenze che è bene voi conosciate. La seguente procedura, valida per le Liste delle Figure, è applicabile anche alle LdT e alle LdE. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Se desiderate che le vostre figure siano riportate nella LdF, -\emph on +\emph on dovete -\emph default +\emph default far uso di figure flottanti, ottenibili mediante il comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Oggetti\SpecialChar ~ +Oggetti\InsetSpace ~ flottanti\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -igura\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +igura\InsetSpace ~ flottante -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Impartite il comando per l'inserzione della LdF dove piú vi aggrada. Selezionate anche -\family sans -Lista\SpecialChar ~ -delle\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lista\InsetSpace ~ +delle\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default igure -\family default +\family default dal sottomenù -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Li -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default -te\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +te\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Indici -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: il lettore astuto dovrebbe notare come, in questo Guida dell'utente, non ci sia alcun riferimento alle equazioni . Questo si spiega col fatto che le equazioni flottanti sono una nuova caratteris tica per la quale non è stata ancora prodotta alcuna documentazione -jml -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Formule Matematiche -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Elementi base -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le formule matematiche in LyX sono quasi del tutto WYSIWYM. Ciò preoccupa molti vecchi utilizzatori di TeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'autore: Io appartengo a questa schiera. - dlj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . A questi ultimi, infatti, piace poter far uso della tastiera per scrivere cose del tipo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash alpha$ -\family default +\family default (comando che, nel TeX ordinario, restituisce una \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset nel documento finale), ritenendolo un modo piú veloce che non perdersi fra i menu alla ricerca di un simbolo. Qui di seguito è riportata la testimonianza di uno di loro, -\noun on +\noun on David Johnson: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Mi ero alla fine convinto che la modalità matematica (altrimenti nota come Mathed) fosse una strada da percorrere se, con poche modifiche, avessi potuto usarlo nello stesso modo cui ero abituato scrivendo in TeX. Ad esempio, ho ottenuto questa \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset digitando i seguenti tasti: dapprima -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default per attivare la -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default , quindi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default , seguito da -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default ed -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default . Non appena ho digitato -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , la \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset è correttamente comparsa sullo schermo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La sequenza -\family sans - M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default attiva la -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default (potete usare anche -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default ) , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default è il consueto codice TeX, mentre -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default causa l'abbandono della -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default . Sebbene l'attivazione della -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default sia un po' piú lenta che non con il TeX standard, si hanno diversi vantaggi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Avete una rispondenza visuale immediata attraverso la quale verificare la correttezza del codice TeX che avete inserito, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sullo schermo è riportata la corrente espressione matematica, con la quale potete verificare la correttezza delle formule (almeno da un punto di vista formale), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize La gestione di tutti gli ambienti speciali di LaTeX è affidata a LyX, non a voi, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Non avrete piú bisogno di vagare attraverso il codice alla ricerca di un $ in meno o di un -\family sans +\family sans { -\family default +\family default in piú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Se non ricordate il nome LaTeX di un particolare simbolo, quale \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , niente paura, lo potete trovare nelle finestre a comparsa del pannello matematico. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -- questi vantaggi mostrano come sia più veloce scrivere formule matematiche con LyX piuttosto che con il solo LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Attivazione di Mathed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono diversi modi per invocare -\family roman +\family roman Mathed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default Uno di questi è rappresentato dal tasto contrassegnato dalla scritta \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . A seguito di ciò, LyX visualizzerà un piccolo quadrato blu, contornato @@ -16461,111 +19200,119 @@ Uno di questi Il quadrato blu indica la posizione del cursore matematico, mentre il rettangol o vi informa che la modalità matematica è attiva. Lo stesso risultato è ottenibile mediante una voce del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default , oppure servendovi di una macro da tastiera, -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default (solo CUA). Cliccando sul tasto della barra degli strumenti, saranno elencate tutte le macro da tastiera equivalenti per entrare in Mathed. I modi elencati consentono la creazione di equazioni in linea, mentre se desiderate inserire una equazione centrata, scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Equa -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default -ione\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ione\InsetSpace ~ centrata -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se usate la -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default per scrivere semplicemente una lettera Greca, ad esempio \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , esiste una particolare scorciatoia, vi basta digitare -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default per ottenere \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans - M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default per ottenere \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph on +\emph on etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' anche possibile invocare Mathed dal cosiddetto -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default , una finestra a comparsa che risulta incredibilmente utile nella realizzazione di formule e che, una volta aperta (scegliendo -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default ), potreste voler lasciare in qualche punto dello schermo. La scelta di un qualunque elemento dal -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default attiverà l'ambiente matematico. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Navigare una Equazione -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cliccando su una equazione già esistente (qualunque cosa che appaia in blu), attiverete automaticamente Mathed con il cursore disposto lí dove avete @@ -16577,7 +19324,9 @@ Cliccando su una equazione gi piccoli quadrati per indicare dove può essere effettuata l'inserzione di un qualche elemento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I tasti cursore consentono di navigare attraverso le aree di testo di qualunque struttura matematica. @@ -16585,122 +19334,126 @@ I tasti cursore consentono di navigare attraverso le aree di testo di qualunque dedicata a Mathed, quando ci si trova ad un estremità dello stesso, causa l'uscita dall'ambiente matematico. Se vi trovate in modalità matematica, la pressione dello -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default causa l'abbandono di una frazione o di un'altra struttura matematica (una radice quadrata \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , o le parentesi \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , o una matrice \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default disattiva Mathed, posizionando il cursore alla destra del rettangolo contenente l'equazione. Anche lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default causa l'uscita da Mathed, ma in tal caso il cursore sarà separato dal rettangol o mediante uno spazio, che verrà opportunamente inserito qualora non sia già presente. Il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default può essere usato per muoversi orizzontalmente in una struttura Mathed, quali le righe di una matrice o le diverse posizioni di una equazione su piú righe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default sembra non produrre alcun effetto nell'ambito della modalità matematica, poichè, di fatto, non aggiunge spazi tra i caratteri, bensí consente di uscire da una struttura nidificata. Per questo motivo è necessario che facciate attenzione nell'uso dello -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . Per esempio, se volete ottenere \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default seguito da -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , quindi -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x+1 -\family default +\family default , e non invece -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter + -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ -Spazio\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ +Spazio\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1 -\family default +\family default , in quanto, nel secondo caso solo il termine -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default si troverà sotto la radice quadrata, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A proposito della barra spaziatrice, potreste voler creare degli spazi vuoti in aggiunta alla spaziatura standard supportata da LaTeX. @@ -16709,42 +19462,44 @@ A proposito della barra spaziatrice, potreste voler creare degli spazi vuoti rivolgere l'attenzione al contenuto del testo piuttosto che alla formattazione. Esistono comunque alcune situazioni nelle quali vorreste aggiungere degli spazi, in tal caso una prima cosa da fare è premere -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default . Questa coppia di tasti genera uno spazio di piccole dimensioni, e stampa sullo schermo un piccolo elemento sottolineato di colore rosso: \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il trucco successivo consiste nel modificare l'estensione dello spazio. -\emph on +\emph on Prima -\emph default +\emph default che muoviate il cursore, ma dopo aver digitato -\family sans +\family sans C-Spazio -\family default +\family default , qualora premiate nuovamente -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default , modificherete la dimensione dello spazio, secondo un certo numero di taglie differenti. L'ultima fra queste è di colore blu e caratterizza uno spazio negativo. Per esempio: \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , o \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In genere potete lasciare molte strutture Mathed, come questa matrice, riempite solo in parte : @@ -16754,33 +19509,37 @@ In genere potete lasciare molte strutture Mathed, come questa matrice, riempite & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Qualora lasciaste una frazione parzialmente riempita, oppure un pedice privo di contenuti, l'esito non è predicibile, sebbene per molti oggetti non abbia alcuna importanza. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Selezione del testo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La selezione del testo in modalità matematica può effettuarsi in due modi distinti. Posizionate il cursore ad una estremità della stringa di testo prescelta, quindi selezionate il testo mediante -\family sans -Shift-Tasti\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Shift-Tasti\InsetSpace ~ Cursore -\family default +\family default . A seguito di tale operazione, esso verrà evidenziato alla stessa stregua della normale operazione di selezione del testo. In alternativa, potete servirvi del mouse per effettuare la medesima operazione. Il testo cosí -\emph on +\emph on catturato -\emph default +\emph default può essere quindi copiato o tagliato mediante i bottoni presenti nella barra degli strumenti ed incollato all'interno di un qualunque inserto matematico (non è però possibile effettuare tale operazione all'esterno @@ -16789,149 +19548,157 @@ catturato essere incollata in un inserto matematico, cosí come non possono essere inseriti elementi selezionati all'esterno di LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Esponenti e Pedici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sebbene possiate servirvi del menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default per inserire esponenti ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sponente -\family default +\family default nel menu) o pedici (invocati con -\family sans +\family sans Pe -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ice -\family default +\family default ), la via piú semplice per effettuare tale operazione è rappresentata dal metodo TeX standard. Per ottenere \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , digitate (in Mathed) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default quindi premete -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . Lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default finale riposiziona il cursore sulla linea base della espressione, piuttosto che sull'esponente. Se digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default , avrete \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mentre per -\emph on +\emph on ottenere -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , dovete digitare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default quindi lo -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default seguito da -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter y -\family default +\family default . I pedici sono del tutto simili, ad esempio l'espressione \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset è facilmente realizzabile digitando, in Mathed, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family sans -\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default quindi -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Frazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per creare una frazione potete servirvi del comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default (in Mathed) o dell'icona corrispondente che compare nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default o ancora della voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default razione -\family default +\family default nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default . Vedrete comparire una frazione priva di contenuto, con due ambienti Mathed al numeratore e denominatore destinati all'inserimento dei dati. Entrando nella struttura, il cursore si posiziona al numeratore, potete quindi passare al denominatore con la semplice pressione del tasto -\family sans +\family sans Giú -\family default +\family default , e successivamente riposizionarvi al numeratore con il tasto -\family sans +\family sans S -\family default +\family default ù. Una frazione è in grado di ospitare al suo interno qualunque struttura matematica, come appare chiaro dal seguente esempio: @@ -16940,21 +19707,25 @@ S 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Sommatorie ed Integrali -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I segni di sommatoria \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ed integrale \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sono spesso accompagnati da uno o piú indici, che in LyX (cosí come in TeX) sono riportati nella forma di pedici ed esponenti. @@ -16962,34 +19733,34 @@ I segni di sommatoria di sommatoria nel caso di equazione centrata, mentre gli stessi appariranno lateralmente quando l'equazione è in linea, come ad esempio \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , contro \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Il segno di integrale, tuttavia, non posiziona i limiti sopra e sotto il simbolo come regola prestabilita nelle equazioni centrate , come dimostrano le espressioni \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , e \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Entrambi i simboli sono automaticamente ridimensionati quando vengono inseriti in modalità centrata. Inoltre, sempre in modalità centrata, la posizione dei limiti (rispettivamente sopra e sotto oppure alla destra del segno) è modificabile disponendo il cursore davanti al segno e premendo -\family sans +\family sans M-m l -\family default +\family default . I cambiamenti che si verificano dipendono dal tipo di segno considerato. Anche altre espressioni matematiche godono di questa proprietà, come ad @@ -16997,146 +19768,152 @@ M-m l \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] -\end_inset +\end_inset che disporrà \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sotto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in modalità centrata, ma non nella modalità in linea, \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . L'elemento \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , in rosso, assume un significato particolare. Il motivo per cui gestisce il pedice nella maniera descritta è da ricercarsi nel fatto che LaTeX lo ritiene un oggetto speciale. In LyX potete ottenerlo digitando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default nella modalità matematica o scegliendo la voce corrispondente dal menu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset funzioni \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset presente all'interno del -\family sans +\family sans Pannello Matematico -\family default +\family default . Ulteriori \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parole \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset speciali sono \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset e molte altre funzioni trigonometriche descritte nel paragrafo \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Il pannello matematico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset Come affermato in precedenza, il -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -annello\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +annello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default (accessibile da menu mediante -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math -\family default +\family default ), contenente un insieme piuttosto esteso di simboli e strutture, può essere mantenuto aperto durante la scrittura di formule matematiche, semplificando le modalità di inserzione dei diversi elementi previsti nella -\family typewriter +\family typewriter modalità matematica -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le prime due icone nel -\family sans +\family sans Pannello Matematico -\family default +\family default , cosí come indicato, permettono di generare rispettivamente una radice quadrata, \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , o una frazione, \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il terzo tasto, raffigurante delle parentesi quadre attorno un'area di inserzione, mette in evidenza la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default contenente tutte le possibili scelte relative a separatori di grandi dimensioni da porre a destra e a sinistra, \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ 3\right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset , i quali si adattano a tutto ciò che è racchiuso fra di essi. La quarta icona richiama la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Decorazione -\family default +\family default , mediante la quale inserire barre, frecce, tilde e parentesi graffe sopra o sotto il punto di inserimento, \begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{\widehat{V}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Anch'esse si adattano in funzione della struttura matematica che contengono. Il tasto successivo attiva il pannello -\family sans +\family sans Spaziatura -\family default +\family default , il quale riporta i possibili tipi di spazi protetti disponibili nella modalità matematica \begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Il sesto permette di accedere alla finestra Matrice, attraverso la quale @@ -17145,171 +19922,179 @@ mento \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{clr} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 45 & 67 & 89\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Le parentesi quadre che contengono la matrice sono state introdotte mediante la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default . L'ultima icona, se cliccata mentre il cursore è in modalità testo, da origine ad una struttura matematica priva di contenuto: \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Se invece il cursore si trova in modalità matematica, la pressione della stessa icona consentirà di passare alternativamente da modalità matematica in linea a modalità centrata. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per ottenere l'espressione radice n-sima, digitate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-insert root -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer ed otterete il simbolo di radice con uno spazio aggiuntivo sopra lo stesso segno di radice. A quel punto basterà servirsi dei tasti -\family sans +\family sans Su -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Giú -\family default +\family default per muoversi tra i due rettangoli in essa presenti. Potreste eventualmente associare una combinazione di tasti al segno di radice n-sima in maniera tale da non essere costretti a servirvi del minibuffer. (Leggere -\emph on +\emph on Personalizzazione -\emph default +\emph default per i dettagli.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In aggiunta, il -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default possiede molti altri sottomenù contenenti simboli matematici. Nella prossima sezione mostreremo come utilizzarli. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ulteriori simboli matematici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Simboli di uso comune, ed altri menu, possono ottenersi direttamente dal menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica -\family default +\family default , che prevede -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -razione, Radice\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +razione, Radice\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under q -\bar default +\bar default uadrata, -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default sponente, Pe -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ice, -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default omma, I -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default tegrale, -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -odalità\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +odalità\InsetSpace ~ matematica -\family default +\family default e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -annello\SpecialChar ~ -matematico...\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +annello\InsetSpace ~ +matematico...\InsetSpace ~ . -\family default +\family default La maggior parte dei simboli matematici si trovano nella finestra a comparsa -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -annello\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +annello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default sotto una delle diverse categorie, -\family sans +\family sans Greco -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans operatori -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans relazioni -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans +\family sans frecce -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans -operatori\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +operatori\InsetSpace ~ estesi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , e la spaventosa -\family sans +\family sans miscellanea -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on , Altro -\emph default +\emph default . Se conoscete la macro LaTeX standard per un particolare simbolo che desiderate usare, non avete bisogno di ricorrere alle finestre a comparsa, ma esse @@ -17317,114 +20102,120 @@ miscellanea in LaTeX. In particolare, per la macro LaTeX che vi è nota, vi sarà sufficiente digitarla , facendola precedere dal carattere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default utilizzato da LaTeX (come in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default ) ed automaticamente sarà convertita nel simbolo corrispondente non appena avrete premuto -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default o qualunque altro simbolo non alfabetico. Il testo sarà di colore rosso durante la digitazione, ma muterà in un simbolo blu (il -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default non sarà più visibile) che vi comunica in maniera visuale che LyX ha compreso ciò che desideravate. Se l'ambiente matematico non è in grado di convertire il simbolo digitato, esso permarrà in rosso (questo è denominato -\emph on +\emph on modalità macro -\emph default +\emph default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non tutti i simboli disponibili in LaTeX possono (ancora) essere visualizzati WYSIWYM in LyX. Se provate con un simbolo LaTeX di cui conoscete il nome, come ad esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oint -\family default +\family default corrispondente a \begin_inset Formula $\oint$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , quando terminate di digitare la stringa e premete -\family sans +\family sans Spazio -\family default +\family default (o un numero o un altro carattere non standard), LyX visualizzerà il simbolo corrispondente alla macro se gli è possibile. In caso contrario, lascerà la macro in rosso, come ad esempio \begin_inset Formula $A\hookrightarrow B$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ad ogni modo, qualora LaTeX riesca a gestisce la macro, essa sarà stampata in accordo alla sua definizione. Alcuni dei simboli accessibili dal -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default saranno visualizzati in questo modo, allo stesso modo di quelli già definiti in LaTeX ma non ancora nei menu di LyX. Ciò vi permette anche di definire le vostre macro di scorciatoia (attraverso l'opportuna stringa di comando nel preambolo - fate riferimento al manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default ). Per esempio, la stringa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash a}{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family sans +\family sans -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard nel preambolo vi permetterà di usare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash a -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default in Mathed piuttosto che -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default per generare \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Fate comunque attenzione al fatto che LyX non è in grado di verificare @@ -17432,70 +20223,74 @@ per generare errore fino a quando non tenterete di ottenere una anteprima o una stampa (o di lanciare LaTeX). Per ulteriori informazioni, fate riferimento al manuale -\emph on +\emph on Extended Features -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Funzioni matematiche -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematica\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -annello\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +annello\InsetSpace ~ matematico... -\family default +\family default contiene un certo numero di \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset funzioni \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , quali \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph on +\emph on etc -\emph default +\emph default . (queste possono essere ottenute digitando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default seguito dal nome della funzione all'interno di un inserto matematico). E' consuetudine che le funzioni individuate da nomi, quale ad esempio \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , non siano riportate in italico. Poichè digitando \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset nell'ambiente matematico, esso sarà trascritto in italico, si è pensato dunque di ricorrere a queste speciali macro per risolvere il problema. @@ -17503,84 +20298,92 @@ etc e della forma dei caratteri. Per esempio, l'espressione \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset verrà riportata con un piccolo spazio aggiuntivo tra la n e la t. Per parole che individuano oggetti matematici piú complessi, ad esempio \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , la macro modifica la posizione del pedice, in funzione del fatto che l'inserto matematico sia in linea o centrato: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in opposizione a \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Queste due espressioni sono state digitate alla stessa maniera, ma facendo uso della macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default (o della scelta da menu) si altera la sua rappresentazione (al momento è la versione in linea ad essere stata modificata al fine di migliorare la spaziatura tra le righe). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Simboli aggiuntivi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono alcuni simboli matematici che non sono ottenibili da LaTeX (o LyX), ma che sono frequentemente utilizzati nelle notazioni matematiche, quali ad esempio il font old-German Fraktur ed i font stilizzati \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blackboard bold \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset usati normalmente per indicare i numeri reali o complessi oppure gli interi. Ad aggiungere queste funzionalità è adesso una voce nei menu, in particolare nella finestra a comparsa -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento... -\family default +\family default è presente una voce selezionabile denominata -\family sans +\family sans Usa matem. A -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default S -\family default +\family default . Una volta attivata, saranno disponibili tutti i simboli e gli ambienti AMS-LaTeX. Qualora includeste tali funzionalità nel preambolo, incorrereste in degli errori in quanto LyX definisce a parte alcune delle macro da esse utilizzate. Le strutture AMS richiamano automaticamente tali pacchetti. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Accenti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nella modalità matematica l'inserimento dei caratteri accentati avviene alla stessa maniera che in modalità testo ed esso potrebbe dipendere dalla @@ -17588,29 +20391,41 @@ Nella modalit Potete anche servirvi di macro equivalenti a quelle previste in TeX. In questo modo vi sarà possibile inserire sullo schermo \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ed ottenerne lo stesso effetto nel documento finale anche se la vostra tastiera non dovesse supportare gli accenti. Quest'ultimo è ad esempio ottenibile digitando \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Mathed. Sono di seguito riportate le equivalenze tra i nomi in modalità testo e quelli in modalità matematica per i diversi accenti: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17622,360 +20437,440 @@ hat a \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard testo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard matem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard esempio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard circonflesso -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard cappello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acuto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acuto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dieresi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard doppio puntato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard puntato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard puntato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard spuntato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard lungo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard barrato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vettore -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Parentesi e decorazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dispone di differenti tipi di parentesi. Per la maggior parte degli scopi dovrebbe essere sufficiente ricorrere ai tasti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [{]}()| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default , ma un risultato migliore è ottenibile mediante la finestra -\family sans +\family sans Separatore -\family default +\family default dal -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ matematico -\family default +\family default [fate riferimento alla sez. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset ], soprattutto nei casi in cui desiderate inserire tra parentesi una struttura di grandi dimensioni, quale una matrice o una frazione o ancora un elemento @@ -17987,34 +20882,36 @@ matematico 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\] -\end_inset +\end_inset e per rendere piú semplice la rappresentazione dei livelli di parentesi presenti nel seguente abominio : \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset o anche: \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Tutte le parentesi presenti nel menu saranno ridimensionate per adattarsi alle dimensioni della struttura che devono contenere (In LaTeX ciò avviene mediante -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash left( blah -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Costruire le parentesi che si desidera utilizzare è davvero semplice. Cliccate sulla parentesi che volete si trovi a sinistra con il bottone @@ -18025,38 +20922,44 @@ Costruire le parentesi che si desidera utilizzare del tasto vuoto. In LyX esso apparirà come una linea tratteggiata, ma nulla verrà riportato nel documento finale. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se doveste decidere successivamente di inserire delle parentesi (o un'altra struttura matematica, come una radice quadrata, o un'altra decorazione) attorno a qualche struttura matematica, ciò è realizzabile evidenziando (selezionando) la parte che si vuole sia posta tra parentesi (per evidenziare, tenete premuto il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default e muovetevi con i tasti cursore oppure fate uso del mouse). Successivamente scegliete le parentesi appropriate per la sinistra e la destra, schiacciate -\family sans +\family sans Applica -\family default +\family default e vedrete inserire le parentesi attorno la struttura selezionata. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vettori ed equazioni multilinea -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I vettori, cosí come le matrici, sono in LyX facilmente inseribili. Nel -\family sans -Pannello\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pannello\InsetSpace ~ Matematico -\family default +\family default è infatti presente un'icona -\family sans +\family sans matrice -\family default +\family default , che apre una finestra a comparsa nella quale fissare il numero di righe/colonn e. Qui di seguito è riportato un esempio: @@ -18066,43 +20969,43 @@ e. 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Le parentesi non sono inserite automaticamente, ma possono essere aggiunte facilmente dal menu -\family sans +\family sans separatore -\family default +\family default dopo aver selezionato la matrice all'interno dell'ambiente matematico (Posizion ate il mouse su un lato della matrice, tenete premuto il tasto -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default , e usate i tasti cursore per spostarvi lungo la matrice). All'atto della costruzione della matrice avete inoltre la possibilità di decidere se tutte le colonne (o solo alcune di esse) dovranno essere giustifica te a sinistra, a destra o al centro, servendovi del campo che ha -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ccc -\family default +\family default quale valore predefinito. Fate comunque attenzione al numero di righe e colonne di cui volete disporre, in quanto vi è permesso aggiungere o cancellare delle righe in una matrice preesistente usando rispettivamente -\family sans +\family sans C-Invio -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans M-e -\series medium +\series medium k -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default -\emph on +\emph on [Nota dell'editore: al momento questa sembra non funzionare --- mer] -\emph default +\emph default , ma ciò non è ancora possibile per le colonne. Segue un ulteriore esempio nel quale si è fissato un differente tipo di allineamento per le tre colonne: @@ -18112,31 +21015,31 @@ questa & questa\, colonna & questa\, colonna\\ colonna & è & è\, allineata\\ è\, allineata\, a\, sinistra & allineata\, al\, centro & a\, destra\end{array}.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Esistono un gran numero di ulteriori vettori usati da LaTeX in modalità matematica, in particolare con i pacchetti inclusi nell'AMS-LaTeX, come -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default ed i diagrammi commutativi. Questi non sono ancora supportati in LyX (come vettore, l'ambiente -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default , è attualmente implementato nelle versioni di sviluppo di LyX). Comunque, è possibile introdurre queste strutture mediante una matrice (la quale, ad ogni modo, coincide esattamente con la macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default ). Qui di seguito è riportato un esempio di come LyX riporta casi differenti: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -18144,78 +21047,80 @@ f(x):=\left\{ \begin{array}{ll} \frac{1}{q}, & \mathrm{se}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\\ 0, & \mathrm{se}\, x\,\mathrm{è}\,\mathrm{irrazionale}\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Esso è stato costruito scegliendo dapprima i delimitatori, con quello a destra vuoto, ed inserendo successivamente tra di essi una matrice \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , con entrambe le colonne giustificate a sinistra. La procedura per ottenere un testo in Roman sarà illustrata in seguito. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX consente inoltre di realizzare in modo semplice equazioni multilinea. Se vi trovate in modalità equazione centrata, premendo -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-E -\series default +\series default nter, -\family default +\family default essa verrà automaticamente convertita nel formato -\family typewriter -\series medium +\family typewriter +\series medium eqnarray -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default (il formato LaTeX per la gestione di equazione centrata multilinea). Qualora decideste di utilizzare una equazione centrata multilinea, il modo migliore per ottenerla sarebbe quello di inserire subito una nuova linea (con -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-Enter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default ). Ciascuna linea è costituita dunque da tre campi, sinistro, centrale e destro, attraverso i quali potete muovervi mediante i tasti cursore, il mouse o il tasto -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium Tab -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default . E' riportato di seguito un esempio: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset Una equazione centrata preesistente è sempre convertibile in una equazione multilinea mediante i tasti -\family sans -\series medium +\family sans +\series medium C-Enter -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default nell'ipotesi che il cursore si trovi in un punto qualunque della formula originaria. LyX comunque -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default cercherà di stabilire in quali punti spezzare la formula per ottenere tre parti distinte, ma si limiterà a posizionarla per intero nel campo di sinistra. Per effettuare da voi tale operazione, posizionate il cursore lí dove volete inizi la parte centrale e premete -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab. -\family default +\family default A seguito di ciò vedrete che tutti gli elementi che si trovavano alla destra del cursore saranno stati spostati nel campo centrale (per il quale, ad ogni modo, LaTeX non setta la dimensione del carattere allo stesso modo @@ -18223,74 +21128,80 @@ A seguito di ci estese quali, ad esempio, le frazioni). Allo stessa maniera, spostate il cursore nel punto in cui volete inizi la parte destra e premete ancora -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default . Vedrete quindi sparire i punti di inserimento \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset extra \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset presenti nella linea. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per cancellare una riga di una equazione multilinea, disponete il cursore su di essa e premete -\family sans +\family sans M-e -\series medium +\series medium k -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default , mentre per crearne di nuove usate -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numerazione delle equazioni ed etichette -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset Numerare una equazione è in LyX un'operazione davvero molto semplice e consiste semplicemente nel modificare una equazione centrata come: \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset nella equazione numerata : \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset servendosi della voce -\family sans +\family sans Etic -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default etta... -\family default +\family default presente nel menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci -\family default +\family default . Essa apre una finestra nella quale dovrete immettere un qualche testo che verrà applicato come etichetta. @@ -18303,62 +21214,66 @@ nserisci incrociati. Per attivare la numerazione senza una etichetta specifica, è sufficiente scrivere -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer (la riga sotto la finestra principale di LyX, la quale visualizz a solitamente informazioni inerenti il documento. Cliccate su di essa ed il minibuffer si svuoterà permettendovi di inserire dei comandi come quello citato.) mentre il cursore è all'interno della equazione : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2.\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Esso agisce come un interruttore, infatti scrivendo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer una seconda volta la numerazione verrà eliminata. Potete far riferimento ad una equazione etichettata (non è sufficiente che sia numerata), (cf. ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset )) mediante la finestra -\family sans -Riferimento\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Riferimento\InsetSpace ~ Incrociato -\family default +\family default alla quale si accede mediante la scelta da menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Rife -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default -imento\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +imento\InsetSpace ~ incrociato... -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ . Fate attenzione a -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default usare spazi nelle etichette in quanto essi verrebbero eliminati ed i riferimenti incrociati non funzionerebbero piú. Questo è un baco di LyX con il quale è però possibile convivere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per equazioni multilinea numerate o etichettate, di norma ogni riga è numerata separatamente. @@ -18368,7 +21283,7 @@ Per equazioni multilinea numerate o etichettate, di norma ogni riga differente mediante la quale effettuare un riferimento, come ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) sotto. \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -18376,19 +21291,19 @@ Per equazioni multilinea numerate o etichettate, di norma ogni riga 2 & = & 4-2\\ 4 & \leq & 7.\label{mathed:third-eqn}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Per disattivare la numerazione di una data riga, inserite il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer (sotto la finestra principale di LyX) mentre il cursore si trova sulla linea interessata della equazione numerata multilinea. Anche questa si comporta come un interruttore. Sebbene possa sembrare strano, scrivendo ancora -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-nonumber -\family default +\family default attiverete nuovamente la numerazione per la quella linea. \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\ @@ -18396,24 +21311,28 @@ math-nonumber 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset Osservate che nell'insieme riportato sopra la prima equazione ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) è etichettata, la successiva è numerata, ma priva di etichetta, la terza è non numerata, mentre l'ultima è anch'essa etichettata ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Macro definite dall'utente in modalità matematica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX permette all'utente di definire delle macro. Trovandoci in modalità matematica queste non appaiono come parole di colore @@ -18424,9 +21343,9 @@ LyX permette all'utente di definire delle macro. Se cliccate sul bottone, al suo posto comparirà un tipico campo matematico dove vi è permesso scrivere. Provate subito: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macro}{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il contenuto della prima cella sarà utilizzato quando la definizione della macro è esportata in LaTeX. @@ -18435,164 +21354,190 @@ e della macro sullo schermo. Normalmente laddove l'esportazione e la rappresentazione coincidono, la seconda cella può essere lasciata vuota e LyX utilizzerà il contenuto della prima per entrambe le finalità. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per usare la stessa macro in altre strutture matematiche è sufficiente che digitiate il suo nome in modalità TeX , nel caso specifico -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default , ed essa sarà automaticamente espansa: \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Potete verificare di persona che il cursore non può entrare dentro la macro, in quanto essa è equivalente ad un unico carattere, ed il codice di questa espressione generato dal TeX è -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash macro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ad ogni modo il cursore può essere spostato all'interno di quelle macro che prevedono degli -\emph on +\emph on argomenti -\emph default +\emph default . Nella definizione di una macro, un argomento è rappresentato dal simbolo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default seguito dal numero dell'argomento: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una volta espansa, questa macro inserisce l'usuale rettangolo vuoto nel quale potete inserire ciò che desiderate: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg = \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Example: \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando una macro è esportata in LaTeX, la sua definizione introdurrà il comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg}[1]{2+ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{#1}}. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Direttive sull'uso delle macro -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Come creare le macro -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per costruire il rettangolo che identifica una macro usate questa sintassi nel minibuffer: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro [numero degli argomenti] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per esempio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macro -\family default +\family default è stata creata con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macro -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , mentre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default mediante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro macrowarg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire il simbolo inerente un argomento (ovviamente solo all'interno del rettangolo di definizione) servitevi del comando: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter math-macro-arg -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il simbolo dell'argomento nella macro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash macrowarg -\family default +\family default è stato inserito con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non potete inserire piú di 9 argomenti, numerati da 1 a 9. Un argomento è ripetibile dentro il rettangolo di definizione, ma naturalmente @@ -18600,37 +21545,51 @@ Non potete inserire pi In ultimo, non è possibile utilizzare un numero superiore al massimo numero di argomenti inizialmente previsti per la macro. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Come navigare una macro -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Con\SpecialChar ~ -i\SpecialChar ~ -tasti\SpecialChar ~ +Con\InsetSpace ~ +i\InsetSpace ~ +tasti\InsetSpace ~ cursore: Aprendo il rettangolo di definizione di una macro da sinistra troverete il cursore posto sul primo argomento, per muovervi sul secondo usate il tasto TAB. Ricordate che premendo la barra Spaziatrice il cursore verrà spostato sul lato destro della macro e al di fuori di essa. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Con\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Con\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ mouse: Come al solito, cliccate sul campo dell'argomento desiderato. Se il campo è vuoto o troppo piccolo può accadere che questa operazione non riesca. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Al momento all'utente è consentita la definizione di macro per comandi, ma non per ambienti. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Controllo dei dettagli -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tipi di carattere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In modalità matematica sono disponibili diversi tipi di carattere, ma (almeno per il momento) dovete servirvi di comandi da tastiera per poterne fare @@ -18639,48 +21598,60 @@ In modalit per niente. Il font tipicamente utilizzato per il testo è l'italico, \begin_inset Formula $testo$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mentre per i numeri il font standard è il Roman. Per scrivere un testo con font Roman all'interno della modalità matematica, digitate -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default una volta dentro la modalità matematica, ottenendo cosí \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{testo}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se desiderate il grassetto, \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{testo}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , servitevi del comando -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default in modalità matematica, mentre il font calligrafico per le lettere maiuscole (font che sullo schermo assomiglia alla famiglia Helvetica italica, ma la cui resa è piú gradevole sul documento finale), \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TESTO}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , digitate -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default (sempre all'interno della modalità matematica). I font supportati sono riportati nella seguente tabella: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -18692,214 +21663,264 @@ i \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Modalità testo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Matematica -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gruppo di tasti da usare in Mathed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Grassetto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{Grassetto}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Enfatizzato -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAFICO}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typewriter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Predefinito -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $Predefinito$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Spazio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Il comando da tastiera per passare ad un particolare font è interpretato dalla modalità matematica nel modo indicato. La modalità matematica non supporta tutti i caratteri in tutti i font, e solo le lettere sono utilizzabili con questi stili; per il font calligrafico solo le lettere maiuscole . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per ciascuno di questi font, dovete fare attenzione a come inserite il testo. Se esiste del testo alla destra del punto di inserzione, il font ritornerà @@ -18910,7 +21931,9 @@ Per ciascuno di questi font, dovete fare attenzione a come inserite il testo. Inoltre l'inserimento di uno spazio protetto riporterà il testo ad esso susseguente al font predefinito. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E' possibile (in AMS-LaTeX) rendere in grassetto (non italico) numeri e simboli speciali all'interno della modalità matematica. @@ -18919,124 +21942,132 @@ E' possibile (in AMS-LaTeX) rendere in grassetto (non italico) numeri e Per ottenere simboli in grassetto, per esempio una \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , inserite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default trovandovi in modalità matematica. La parentesi graffa di chiusura apparirà (in rosso) automaticamente nel momento in cui digiterete la parentesi graffa di apertura. Questa procedura funziona sia per i simboli che per i numeri. E' possibile anche ottenere il font Fraktur (Tedesco tradizionale) inserendo, diciamo, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak{g} -\family default +\family default per una \begin_inset Formula $g$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Fraktur, o le maiuscole a doppia linea in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset grassetto da lavagna \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset con -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb{R} -\family default +\family default . Questi simboli appariranno in modalità WYSIWYM solo se i font adatti sono disponibili all'X server e si fa uso dei pacchetti AMS-LaTeX (incluso -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsfonts -\family default +\family default ). Aggiungendo questi pacchetti, nella finestra che compare mediante la voce da menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento... -\family default +\family default sarà disponibile un tasto di selezione denominato -\family sans +\family sans Usa matem. AMS -\family default +\family default . Una volta attivato, tutti i simboli e gli ambienti AMS-LaTeX saranno disponibil i. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non abbiamo inserito esempi di questi font nella Guida in modo tale che di essa se ne possa fare l'anteprima e la stampa senza i pacchetti precedenteme nte citati, i quali non sono in genere disponibili a tutti. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modalità testuale-matematica -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I tipi di carattere illustrati sono utili per l'inserimento di nomi di variabili secondo un ben specifico font, ma non possono essere utilizzati per altri scopi ed in si rivelano non adatti all'inserzione di testi. Per digitare frasi piú lunghe bisogna ricorrere al modo testuale-matematico, attivabile mediante i tasti -\family sans +\family sans M-m m -\family default +\family default nell'ipotesi che vi troviate già in modalità matematica. (Lo stesso comando provvede a disattivare la modalità citata.) La modalità testuale-matematica appare sullo schermo in nero piuttosto che in blu. Non vi è permesso inoltre inserire segni di punteggiatura o effettuare modifiche di font \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre, la modalità matematica-testuale traduce il suo contenuto dentro un -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textrm{} -\family default +\family default , sebbene -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default (o un -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter text -\family default +\family default in AMSLaTeX ) avrebbe potuto essere una scelta migliore. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Qui è riportato un esempio: @@ -19045,40 +22076,44 @@ f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} x & \textrm{in un caso}\\ -x & \textrm{in tutti gli altri}\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dimensioni dei font -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono quattro dimensioni (relative) per i font (o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stili \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) utilizzati in modalità matematica, dimensioni che sono fissate automaticamente nella maggior parte delle situazioni. Esse sono denominate rispettivamente -\emph on +\emph on textstyle (stiletesto) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle (stilecentrato) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on scriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph default +\emph default . Per molti caratteri, stiletesto e stilecentrato hanno al momento la stessa dimensione, ma le frazioni, gli esponenti, i pedici, nonchè qualche altro @@ -19088,68 +22123,72 @@ scriptstyle a differenti situazioni, LaTeX provvederà ad assegnare a tutto il testo una delle dimensioni presentate in maniera appropriata. E' possibile prescindere da tali scelte fissando il valore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer. Per esempio, potete ottenere \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset normalmente (stiletesto), o renderla piú grande (con un cambiamento della spaziatura) mediante stilecentrato, ottenuto immettendo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default nel minibuffer mentre il cursore si trova nella riga principale dell'inserto matematico, \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Fate comunque attenzione al fatto che se il cursore è posto nel denominatore della frazione, solo il numeratore sarà reso più grande \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Ciò riflette una caratteristica \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset non prevista \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard E' cioè un baco. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset di LaTeX e non dipende dunque da LyX. Queste variazioni delle dimensioni dei font non sono molto più evidenti nel documento finale che in LyX. Seguono dei testi nei differenti stili: \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le dimensioni dei font in modalità matematica sono relative nel senso che se l'intero inserto matematico ed il testo da esso racchiuso hanno una @@ -19158,76 +22197,86 @@ Le dimensioni dei font in modalit Similmente, se la grandezza del font di partenza in un documento viene modificata, tutti i font saranno modificati di conseguenza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size largest + +\size largest Questo è un -\family roman +\family roman paragra -\family default +\family default fo -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default nel font -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default più grande -\family roman +\family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family default +\family default con i simboli -\family roman +\family roman : \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allo stesso modo ciò viene applicato ai font matematici presenti nei Titoli, -\emph on +\emph on etc. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Altre Funzionalità -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Riferimenti Incrociati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset Quelli che tra di voi stanno leggendo questo manuale in linea potranno osservare la presenza, proprio prima dell'inizio di questa frase, di un rettangolo grigio con un testo al suo interno. Tale rettangolo identifica una -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default , la quale rappresenta propriamente la metà di un riferimento incrociato. L'altra metà è costituita proprio dal -\family sans +\family sans Riferimento -\family default +\family default che figura nel seguente modo: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ancora, chi di voi sta leggendo il manuale in linea vedrà un rettangolo @@ -19236,7 +22285,7 @@ Riferimento Esistono anche altre varietà di riferimento incrociato: ad esempio \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Questo è il numero di pagina dove è posizionata l'etichetta. @@ -19245,249 +22294,269 @@ Riferimento Naturalmente non avete bisogno di ricordare quale fosse il numero di sezione o quant'altro --- LyX eseguirà per voi tale operazione! Voi dovrete limitarvi a marcare con una -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default una sezione, una figura, una tabella, una equazione, etc., e quindi riferirvi ad essa mediante un -\family sans +\family sans Riferimento -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire una etichetta, usate la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Etic -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default etta -\family default +\family default . Apparirà una finestra nella quale specificare l'etichetta che desiderate inserire. Potrete eventualmente cambiare successivamente il nome dell'etichetta semplicem ente cliccando su di essa e riaprendo la finestra relativa all'etichetta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per inserire un riferimento vi basterà selezionare da menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar default +\bar default Rife -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default -imento\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +imento\InsetSpace ~ incrociato -\family default +\family default . Sullo schermo apparirà la finestra a comparsa -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ riferimento -\family default +\family default contenente un elenco di etichette. Scegliendo uno degli elementi della lista e confermando con -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , verrà inserito un riferimento nel testo; per inserire il numero di pagina o qualche altro tipo di riferimento, agite sul campo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eference type -\family default +\family default . In ultimo, il tasto -\family sans +\family sans A -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default giorna -\family default +\family default torna utile qualora decideste di lasciare la finestra aperta ed aggiungere successivamente altre etichette. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate che se tagliaste e incollaste del testo prelevato da un altro documento contenente una -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default o un -\family sans +\family sans Riferimento -\family default +\family default , o se cancellaste una etichetta dal vostro testo, LaTeX replicherà nel seguente: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. -\newline +\newline LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre al posto del riferimento vedreste due punti interrogativi . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi è qualche altra considerazione da fare riguardo le -\family sans +\family sans Etichette -\family default +\family default . Esse riportano sempre il numero relativo alla intestazione della sezione a loro più vicina. Quindi --- se desiderate inserire una etichetta su un -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default , ma questi è immediatamente seguito da una intestazione -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\family default +\family default , avete bisogno di porre la -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on al'interno -\emph default +\emph default dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default . Non importa dove, e comunque sembrerà strano sullo schermo. Ad ogni modo, questo è l'unica maniera per far sì che si possa etichettare un -\family sans +\family sans Capitolo -\family default +\family default separatamente da una -\family sans +\family sans Sezione -\family default +\family default . Lo stesso discorso vale per tutte le altre intestazioni di sezione. Se un semplice testo segue ad una intestazione di sezione che desiderate etichettare, allora e solo allora potrete inserire una -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default nel testo stesso senza alcuna preoccupazione. Ritenetevi avvertiti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inoltre, una -\family sans +\family sans Etichetta -\family default +\family default ha significato -\emph on +\emph on soltanto -\emph default +\emph default in intestazioni di sezione, tabelle e figure flottanti -\emph on +\emph on numerate -\emph default +\emph default . Le figure e le tabelle semplici non sono numerate, di conseguenza, similmente alle intestazioni di sezione non numerate, non vi è consentito usare -\family sans +\family sans Etichette -\family default +\family default su di esse. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ebbene, in realtà -\emph on +\emph on potete -\emph default +\emph default , ma solo se usate il riferimento al -\family sans -Numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default . Il -\family sans +\family sans Reference -\family default +\family default classico --- quello che fa riferimento ad un numero di sezione/tabella/figura --- non funzionerà, in quanto non c'è nulla di numerato a cui riferirsi! Potreste anche usare -\family sans +\family sans Etichette -\family default +\family default spoglie come marcatori di pagina, quindi far loro riferimento mediante il riferimento al -\family sans -Numero\SpecialChar ~ -di\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Numero\InsetSpace ~ +di\InsetSpace ~ pagina -\family default +\family default . Ancora una volta, il classico -\family sans +\family sans Riferimento -\family default +\family default non funzionerà molto bene. Esso si riferirà a qualcosa, ma quel qualcosa sarà tipicamente il numero della intestazione della precedente sezione numerata. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Consultate rispettivamente le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float} -\end_inset +\end_inset , e \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset per ulteriori informazioni sull'uso di -\family sans +\family sans Etichette -\family default +\family default con figure, tabelle ed equazioni. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si ha spesso la necessità di includere in un documento lunghe sequenze di caratteri quali gli URLs dei siti Web, indirizzi e-mail, etc.; tipicamente @@ -19497,383 +22566,433 @@ tazione un rigo e non essendo partizionabile, fa sì che vi siano righe con un numero eccessivo o troppo ridotto di caratteri a seconda delle circostanze. In questo caso usate la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default per inserire un URL esteso e se necessario sarà ripartito elegantemente entro limiti automaticamente determinati. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nel punto ove desiderate inserire l'URL (o qualunque altra entità simile ad un indirizzo) scegliete semplicemente -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default RL -\family default +\family default ed apparirà una finestra nella quale potrete inserire l'URL completo (nel campo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default rl -\family default +\family default ). Questo è quanto dovete fare secondo la modalità di utilizzo più semplice. Cliccate sul seguente rettangolo grigio per vedere come sarebbe introdotto l'indirizzo della homepage di LyX: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualora desideraste associare all'URL una qualche frase specifica, servitevi del campo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ome -\family default +\family default presente nella stessa finestra; essa sarà riportata come semplice testo immediatamente prima della URL. Per esempio, potrei dirvi che tutto il materiale riguardante LaTeX è diponibile al sito \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nel documento finale, l'ultima frase termina con \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tutto il materiale riguardante LaTeX è diponibile al sito CTAN -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ctan.tug.org -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [ -\emph on +\emph on Nota dell'Autore: Non ho idea di quale sia la funzione del tasto -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default Tipo -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default TML -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on presente nella finestra. Sembra non apporti nessuna variazione al file LaTeX esportato nè alcun cambiamento evidente al file DVI. --- mer -\emph default +\emph default ] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Controllo manuale dei dettagli -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spazi orizzontali aggiuntivi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Il -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default è una funzionalità di LyX mediante la quale aggiungere più spazi in maniera uniforme. Esso consiste attualmente in un elemento di spaziatura avente una lunghezza variabile pari allo spazio residuo che separa i margini sinistro e destro. Qualora vi sia più di un -\family sans -Riempimento\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Riempimento\InsetSpace ~ orizzontale -\family default +\family default su una stessa riga, questi si divideranno lo spazio -\emph on +\emph on disponibile -\emph default +\emph default equamente fra di loro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nota: se inserite un -\family sans -Riempimento\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Riempimento\InsetSpace ~ orizzontale -\family default +\family default all'inizio di una riga che -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default è la prima in un paragrafo, LyX ignorerà il carattere di riempimento al fine di evitare che questo possa essere accidentalmente spostato su una nuova riga. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default è ottenibile da menu attraverso la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Carattere\SpecialChar ~ +Carattere\InsetSpace ~ s -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default eciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Riempimento\SpecialChar ~ +Riempimento\InsetSpace ~ ori -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default zontale -\family default +\family default . Riportiamo adesso alcuni esempi che illustrano il suo impiego: -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Ci troviamo sul lato sinistro -\hfill +\hfill Qui siamo sul lato destro -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Sinistro -\hfill +\hfill Centro -\hfill +\hfill Destro -\layout Quote -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote +\noindent Sinistro -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 a sinistra -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Destro -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il precedente era un esempio nell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default . Questo: -\hfill +\hfill :è invece all'interno di un paragrafo predefinito. Nel testo stampato potrebbe o meno essere evidente, ma il riempimento è posto tra i due \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ricordate che abbiamo detto in precedenza che un -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default riempie sempre lo spazio esistente tra i margini? Su una riga potrebbe esistere più di un insieme di margini. Segue un esempio con l'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM uno -\hfill +\hfill due :tre -\hfill +\hfill quattro -\hfill +\hfill cinque -\hfill +\hfill sei -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset contrassegna l'inizio di un elemento. [Al momento esiste un -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset nascosto \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset dentro l'etichetta dell'ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , posto quasi per magia alla fine dell'etichetta stessa.] Il -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default opera nello stesso modo in altre situazioni \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset multimargine \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , come la modalità a due colonne. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spazi verticali aggiuntivi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Per inserire più righe vuote sopra o sotto un paragrafo, utilizzate la voce -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aragrafo -\family default +\family default mediante la quale aprire la finestra -\family sans -Ambiente\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ambiente\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ paragrafo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qui non stiamo fornendovi un esempio di -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento verticale -\family default +\family default in quanto si tratterebbe di uno sperpero di carta. L'azione svolta è simile a quella associata ad un qualunque altro elemento di riempimento, incluso anche il -\family sans +\family sans Riempimento orizzontale -\family default +\family default in quanto provvede a riempire lo spazio verticale rimasto in una pagina con dello spazio vuoto. Se in una stessa pagina dovessero esistere più -\family sans +\family sans Riempimenti verticali -\family default +\family default , questi si ripartirebbero equamente lo spazio verticale a disposizione. Può quindi tornarvi utile per centrare un testo in una pagina o posizionarlo a 2/3 o ad 1/4 e così via. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modificare l'allineamento di un paragrafo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mediante la finestra -\family sans - Ambiente\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Ambiente\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ paragrafo -\family default +\family default vi è anche consentito cambiare l'allineamento di un paragrafo. Esistono quattro possibilità: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Giusti -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default icato -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Si -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default istra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default estra -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Cen -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default rato -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard L'allineamento predefinito è nella maggior parte dei casi quello giustificato, per il quale la spaziatura tra una parola ed un'altra è variabile ed ogni @@ -19881,92 +23000,108 @@ L'allineamento predefinito e destro. Gli altri tre tipi di allineamento dovrebbero essere abbastanza espliciti, e appaiono nella seguente maniera: -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right Questo paragrafo è allineato a destra, -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center questo al centro, -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left quest'ultimo a sinistra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In alcuni ambienti l'allineamento predefinito è differente dal giustificato. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Forzare una interruzione di pagina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset Se non vi piace il modo in cui LaTeX effettua le interruzioni di pagina all'interno del vostro documento, potete forzare da voi l'inserzione di una interruzione nei punti desiderati. In generale ciò -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default si rende necessario in quanto LaTeX è piuttosto efficiente in merito, come d'altronde era stato accennato nella sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Non è dunque necessario usare la funzionalità descritta nel seguito e vi raccomandiamo -\emph on +\emph on espressamente -\emph default +\emph default di -\emph on +\emph on non -\emph default +\emph default invocarla fino a quando non abbiate -\emph on +\emph on realmente -\emph default +\emph default terminato di scrivere e non abbiate verificato nella anteprima della -\emph on +\emph on reale -\emph default +\emph default necessità di intervenire sulle interruzioni di pagina. -\emph on +\emph on Soltanto -\emph default +\emph default in questi casi forzate una interruzione sopra o sotto un paragrafo selezionando -\family sans +\family sans Inter.pagina-So -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ra -\family default +\family default o -\family sans +\family sans S -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default tto -\family default +\family default all'interno della finestra -\family sans -Ambiente\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ambiente\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ paragrafo -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potreste voler usare una interruzione di pagina per far sì che una figura o una tabella siano posizionate in cima alla pagina. @@ -19978,95 +23113,106 @@ Potreste voler usare una interruzione di pagina per far s Per saperne di più consultate le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} -\end_inset +\end_inset e leggete le parti che trattano degli -\family sans +\family sans Oggetti flottanti -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Altre funzioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Questa sezione descrive in breve come ottenere con LyX alcune funzioni ben note agli utilizzatori di LaTeX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lo spazio unificatore: E' usato per comunicare a LyX (e a LaTeX) di non interrompere la riga in un dato punto. Potrebbe risultare necessario per evitare interruzioni di linea poco felici, come in: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote Una buona documentazione dovrebbe pesare non più di 1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ovviamente sarebbe comodo inserire uno spazio unificatore tra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset kg \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Per far ciò scegliete da menu -\family sans +\family sans Inserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Carattere speciale \SpecialChar \menuseparator Spazio unificatore -\family default +\family default o da tastiera con -\family sans +\family sans C-Space. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize L'interruzione di linea: per forzare una interruzione di linea dentro un paragrafo scegliete -\family sans +\family sans Inserisci\SpecialChar \menuseparator Carattere speciale \SpecialChar \menuseparator Interruzione di linea -\family default +\family default o da tastiera -\family sans +\family sans C-Return. -\family default +\family default Non dovreste tuttavia averne bisogno in quanto LaTeX assolve molto -\emph on +\emph on bene -\emph default +\emph default questa mansione \SpecialChar \ldots{} (consultate la sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Esistono comunque alcune situazioni nelle quali è necessario che vi serviate @@ -20074,757 +23220,846 @@ bene un Indirizzo (leggete le sezioni \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize -\line_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + Le linee orizzontali sopra o sotto un paragrafo: sono utili nelle intestazioni e li trovate nella finestra -\family sans -Ambiente\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ambiente\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ paragrafo -\family default +\family default . Questo: -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ne è un esempio. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Controllo ortografico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX non possiede un correttore ortografico integrato, ma sfrutta come backend l'applicativo esterno -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard L'ultima versione può essere trovata nel sito WWW di ispell -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://ficus-www.cs.ucla.edu/ficus-members/geoff/ispell.html -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset o il più recente ed in generale migliore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aspell \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter http://metalab.unc.edu/kevina/aspell/ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per avere notizie sulla installazione e su dove trovare i dizionari, consultate la documentazione relativa ad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default presente nella distribuzione di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default . Dopo aver installato -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default potrete servirvi della voce -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rrettore -\shape up +\shape up ... -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default dal menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica -\family default +\family default (assicuratevi che il file binario di -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default si trovi in una delle directory del vostro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PATH -\family default +\family default . Se disponete di una versione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4.* -\family default +\family default di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , sarebbe una buona idea sostituirla con la versione attuale, la -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3.1.20 -\family default +\family default . La 4 è stata una versione GNU di ispell che ha avuto vita breve e manifestava numerosi problemi.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avviate il processo di correzione scegliendo -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default rrettore -\shape up +\shape up ... -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default dal menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default ifica -\family default +\family default , ricordando che la verifica avrà inizio a partire dalla posizione corrente del cursore. A seguito di ciò comparirà sullo schermo una finestra contenente due righe, sulla prima delle quali sarà riportata qualunque parola errata (o sconosciuta) incontrata da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , parola che vi sarà possibile modificare e sostiture servendovi della seconda riga. Quando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default individua una parola sconosciuta, questa viene evidenziata e la finestra di testo aggiornata in modo da rendere visibile la parola. Nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Correttore -\family default +\family default è presente inoltre il rettangolo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset vicino manca \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset che mostra gli eventuali termini possibili trovati da -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . Cliccando su uno di essi, il termine prescelto sarà copiato nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Cambia -\family default +\family default (doppio click per attuare la sosituzione). Le funzioni associate ai tasti contenuti all'interno della finestra -\family sans +\family sans Correttore -\family default +\family default sono abbastanza intuitive: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Lancia\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lancia\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default inizia la scansione delle parole dal punto del documento in cui è posto il cursore. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Inserisci\SpecialChar ~ -nel\SpecialChar ~ -dizionario\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Inserisci\InsetSpace ~ +nel\InsetSpace ~ +dizionario\InsetSpace ~ personale -\family default +\family default immette la parola in un dizionario di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default di modo che la parola sia, da quel momento in poi, sempre riconosciuta. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up Acce -\shape default -tta\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +tta\InsetSpace ~ la -\shape up -\SpecialChar ~ +\shape up +\InsetSpace ~ -\shape default -parola\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +parola\InsetSpace ~ -\shape up -in\SpecialChar ~ +\shape up +in\InsetSpace ~ -\shape default -questa\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +questa\InsetSpace ~ sessione -\family default +\family default accetta il termine restituito -\family typewriter +\family typewriter da -\shape up +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default per il resto della sessione attiva di controllo, senza però inserirla nel dizionario personale . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\shape up + +\family sans +\shape up Ignor -\shape default -a\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +a\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ parola -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default non modifica la parola individuata da -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default , ma garantisce che venga nuovamente bloccata se dovesse essere incontrata succesivamente lungo il documento. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Cambia\SpecialChar ~ -la\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Cambia\InsetSpace ~ +la\InsetSpace ~ parola -\family default +\family default sostituisce la parola con ciò che avete digitato nel campo -\family sans +\family sans Cambia -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Ferma\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Ferma\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default ferma il processo di correzione operato da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , ma lascia aperta la finestra del controllore\SpecialChar \- ortografico. Ricordate che potete fermare l'operazione di controllo in ogni momento, non solo dopo che sia stata trovata una parola errata. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Opzioni\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Opzioni\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\shape up +\shape up ... -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default apre un'altra finestra mediante la quale agire sulle opzioni offerte da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -\shape up + +\family sans +\shape up C -\shape default -hiudi\SpecialChar ~ -il\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +hiudi\InsetSpace ~ +il\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default fa ciò che vi aspettate che faccia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In fondo alla finestra è presente un indicatore dello stato di avanzamento della operazione di controllo ortografico. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opzioni del correttore ortografico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt} -\end_inset +\end_inset Nella finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default -pzioni\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pzioni\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default possono essere fissate le seguenti opzioni (alle quali è possibile accedere attraverso il menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pzioni -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dizionario -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Come comportamento predefinito il file di dizionario da utilizzare è scelto per mezzo della lingua del documento che state verificando, lingua che può essere scelta nella finestra invocata con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\shape up -\bar default +\shape up +\bar default ocument -\shape default +\shape default o -\family default +\family default . Se non possedeste un dizionario per la lingua del documento, -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default uscirà subito dopo essere stata invocato e sul vostro stderr sarà stampato un messaggio del tipo: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Can't find file /usr/lib/ispell/xyz.hash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard mentre una finestra a comparsa vi informerà del fallimento dell'operazione. In questo caso, potete specificare un altro file di dizionario all'interno dell'apposito campo presente nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Opzioni del correttore, -\family default +\family default attivando nel contempo l'opzione -\family sans -Usa\SpecialChar ~ -un\SpecialChar ~ -dizionario\SpecialChar ~ -alternativo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Usa\InsetSpace ~ +un\InsetSpace ~ +dizionario\InsetSpace ~ +alternativo\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ersonale -\family default +\family default o in alternativa cambiare la proprietà -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up L -\shape default +\shape default ingua -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default (raggiungibile mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\shape up +\shape up D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\shape default +\shape default o -\shape up +\shape up ) -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Una ulteriore soluzione consiste nell'inserire un link che colleghi, ad esempio, il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutsch.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default al file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff|hash) -\family default +\family default o a qualunque altro che vada bene per la vostra lingua. Ciò si spiega col fatto che i file di dizionario di ispell sono comunemente indicati col nome nativo della lingua ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutsch \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) mentre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , quando viene lanciato da lyx, cerca la versione Inglese del nome usato con il pacchetto LaTeX babel ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potreste avere problemi anche nel caso in cui la codifica dei caratteri non fosse appropriata per quel dizionario. Se scegliete una lingua con codifica latin1 e settate l'opzione -\family sans +\family sans Codi -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default ica -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default (o a qualunque altra differente da -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default ), questa stessa opzione dovrà essere prevista dal dizionario della vostra lingua, in caso contrario sul stderr vi sarà comunicato il seguente messaggio d'errore: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il correttore ortografico vi restituisce un errore con il quale vi informa di non aver potuto lanciare il processo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default a causa di qualche problema legato al file contenente il dizionario. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Esistono quattro soluzioni a tale inconveniente. La più semplice è quella di attivare l'opzione -\family sans +\family sans Co -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -ifica\SpecialChar ~ -d'ingresso\SpecialChar ~ -per\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ifica\InsetSpace ~ +d'ingresso\InsetSpace ~ +per\InsetSpace ~ ispell -\family default +\family default nella finestra relativa al correttore. Se ciò non dovesse avere effetto, provate a settare -\family sans +\family sans Codi -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default ica -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default nel momento in cui invocate il correttore. La terza possibilità consiste nell'aggiungere l'opzione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin1 -\family default +\family default al file di dizionario -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on < -\family default +\family default lingua -\family typewriter +\family typewriter > -\emph default +\emph default .aff -\family default +\family default di cui fate uso e ricompilare il dizionario (non è detto che questa operazione sia semplice in quanto è probabile che abbiate installato il pacchetto mediante una qualche distribuzione e non possediate la directory della lingua contenente i sorgenti di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default ). In tal caso fate riferimento alla documentazione di -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default ! La quarta soluzione è quella di inviare un messaggio al manutentore del pacchetto o ancora meglio al manutentore del file di dizionario preso in considerazione, chiedendogli di risolvere il problema. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dizionario personale -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default immagazzina in un file di dizionario personale le parole che non sono contenute nel dizionario principale in maniera tale da non notificare sempre le stesse parole ogni qual volta effettuate la scansione di un documento. Il nome assegnato a questo file è di solito ottenuto nella forma -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on dizionario -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default , -\family default +\family default dove -\emph on +\emph on dizionario -\emph default +\emph default è la denominazione del dizionario globale utilizzato. Di frequente il file (per il dizionario di default) è semplicemente -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_words -\family default +\family default . Nel caso in cui desideraste fare riferimento ad un file differente quale vostro dizionario personale, potrete effettuare tale scelta nella finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default -pzioni\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pzioni\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default . Fate attenzione al fatto che la directory nella quale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default conserverà il vostro file è la vostra directory d'utente e non quella contenent e il documento sul quale state lavorando! Specificando il nome di un file inesistente, si otterrà come risultato un messaggio di errore sul stderr che potete anche ignorare ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default creerà il file al termine della sessione di controllo ortografico attivata). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ulteriori opzioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default -pzioni\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pzioni\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ correttore -\family default +\family default contiene alcune opzioni addizionali il cui significato è abbastanza evidente: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ratta le parole raggruppate come accettabili -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Trattiene -\family sans +\family sans ispell -\family default +\family default dal riportare le parole composte come errate. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Usa un dizionario alternativo -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ersonale -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Qui potete specificare il nome da assegnare al file contenente un dizionario personale. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Altri caratteri -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default peciali permessi nelle parole -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Vi permette di aggiungere caratteri non standard che saranno considerate come parole da -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up ispell -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default , ad esempio la dieresi tedesca. Ciò non dovrebbe essere di norma necessario. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problemi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se non riuscite ad effettuare il controllo ortografico dei caratteri internazion ali, provate ad attivare l'opzione -\family sans -Codifica\SpecialChar ~ -d'ingresso\SpecialChar ~ -per\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Codifica\InsetSpace ~ +d'ingresso\InsetSpace ~ +per\InsetSpace ~ ispell -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitazioni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Anche quando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default potrebbe verificare le contrazioni in modo corretto, ciò sembra non essere vero se -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default è utilizzato dentro LyX. Inoltre non è ancora del tutto chiaro se le opzioni per trattare le parole raggruppate come accettabili o per includere ulteriori caratteri speciali funzionano correttamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alcuni utenti hanno espresso il desiderio di poter essere in grado di cambiare globalmente l'ortografia di una singola parola piuttosto che effettuare @@ -20832,10 +24067,14 @@ Alcuni utenti hanno espresso il desiderio di poter essere in grado di cambiare all'interno del testo. Quest'ultima funzionalità verrà presa in considerazione per le versioni successive di LyX. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Supporto Internazionale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qusta sezione si propone di descrivere come utilizzare LyX con qualunque lingua desideriate. @@ -20845,7 +24084,9 @@ Qusta sezione si propone di descrivere come utilizzare LyX con qualunque Potete modificare qualunque di queste impostazioni a vostro piacimento, applicando le modifiche limitatamente alla sessione di lavoro corrente oppure utilizzandole nell'ambito di una nuova configurazione predefinita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se possedete una tastiera accordata al linguaggio che state impiegando (per esempio, una tastiera tedesca per scrivere in Tedesco) ed il vostro ambiente @@ -20855,10 +24096,12 @@ Se possedete una tastiera accordata al linguaggio che state impiegando (per Fate riferimento a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset per ulteriori informazioni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Qualora abbiate una tastiera U.S.-style e volete scrivere in una lingua che non sia l'Inglese, potete utilizzare una differente mappa di tastiera. @@ -20868,11 +24111,13 @@ Qualora abbiate una tastiera U.S.-style e volete scrivere in una lingua che Per i dettagli consultate \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ultimo, potreste voler cambiare la mappatura di alcuni tasti o addirittura crearne una totalmente nuova. @@ -20882,167 +24127,187 @@ In ultimo, potreste voler cambiare la mappatura di alcuni tasti o addirittura oppure modificarne una esistente per adattarla a quelle che sono le vostre esigenze. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I particolari inerenti le modalità di personalizzazione linguistica di LyX esulano dagli obiettivi di questo manuale, sappiate però che è possibile non solo modificare la struttura della tastiera, ma anche cambiare le intestazi oni dei menu, etc., affinchè LyX -\emph on +\emph on comunichi -\emph default +\emph default nella vostra lingua. Per saperne di più a riguardo, siete invitati a leggere il manuale -\emph on +\emph on Personalizzzazione -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opzioni per la lingua presenti in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} -\end_inset +\end_inset La finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default , richiamabile da menu mediante -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default o, vi permette di settare la lingua e la codifica di carattere che vi sono congeniali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per la scelta della lingua cliccate sulla freccia presente nella lista a comparsa -\family roman +\family roman -\family sans +\family sans Lingua -\family roman +\family roman -\family default +\family default contenuta nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default (il valore predefinito è Inglese U.S.) e scorrete le varie scelte fino a quando non trovate quella che vi interessa. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nel mondo LaTeX, selezionare una lingua diversa da quella predefinita significa utilizzare il supporto di Babel. Se non avete Babel installato, procuratevelo riferendovi ad altre distribuzioni di LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il campo -\family sans +\family sans Codi -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default ica -\family default +\family default vi permette di scegliere la mappa di codifica dei caratteri che intendete utilizzare. Quella predefinita è la codifica -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ASCII -\family default +\family default che è in genere sufficiente per l'Inglese U.S. Una estensione della codifica -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ASCII -\family default +\family default è la codifica -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default , che comprende i caratteri impiegati nelle diverse lingue dell'Europa Occidenta le. La terza scelta, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin2 -\family default +\family default , supporta invece i linguaggi dell'Europa Orientale. (Per maggiori informazioni sulle codifiche di carattere consultate \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:keytab} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per modificare la dimensione del documento, selezionate da menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default oglio -\family default +\family default , quindi scegliete la voce più appropriata dalla lista -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormato -\family default +\family default . Il valore predefinito è Lettera U.S. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Confermando con il tasto -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , la nuova configurazione nata a seguito delle vostre modifiche su lingua, dimensione del documento o codifica rimarrà attiva per l'intera durata della vostra sessione d'uso di LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Configurazione della mappa di tastiera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset La finestra delle preferenze vi consente di specificare fino a due mappe di tastiera. @@ -21050,226 +24315,248 @@ Configurazione della mappa di tastiera tastiera U.S.-style, indicando la lingua primaria e secondaria desiderate e quale delle due intendete impiegare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Per prima cosa cliccate sulla freccia rivolta in basso relativamente alla lista a comparsa -\family sans +\family sans Primaria -\family default +\family default e scegliete la lingua per la mappa di tasti stati che preferite. Procedete in maniera analoga per la lingua secondaria nella finestra -\family sans +\family sans Secondaria -\family default +\family default . Potete quindi procedere alla attivazione della mappa primaria o secondaria all'interno della sezione -\family sans +\family sans Mappa -\family default +\family default oppure scegliere -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up N -\shape default -essuna\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +essuna\InsetSpace ~ mappa -\family default +\family default se non volete far uso di una mappa diversa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se la vostra lingua utilizza più di un insieme di caratteri, la finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsieme dei caratteri -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default fa al caso vostro. -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default Il Greco -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up , -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default ad esempio -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up , u -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default tilizza due insiemi differenti: un utente -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up Gre -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default co -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default potrebbe quindi specificare -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso-8859-7 -\family roman +\family roman -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default all'interno di questo campo -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default e vedere caricata, qualora fosse disponibile, la mappa dei caratteri appropriata -\family roman -\shape up +\family roman +\shape up ( -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default un file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\shape up +\shape up .cdef -\family roman +\family roman ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Osservate come tra le scelte per le mappe primaria e secondaria vi sia -\family sans +\family sans other -\family default +\family default . Quest'ultima è da prendere in considerazione quando intendete usare una mappa personalizzata creata da voi stessi. Per esempio, le attuali distribuzioni di LyX forniscono una file di mappatura -\family roman +\family roman -\family typewriter +\family typewriter american-2 -\family default +\family default all'interno della directory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LYX_DIR/kbd -\family default +\family default . Esso supporta alcuni caratteri accentati per altre lingue in aggiunta alla mappa U.S. Per adottare la mappa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter american-2 -\family default +\family default , scegliete -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pzioni\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default astiera -\family default +\family default da menu, selezionate -\family sans +\family sans other -\family default +\family default nella campo di selezione primario, quindi inserite il nome della mappa -\family roman +\family roman ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter american-2 -\family roman +\family roman ) -\family default +\family default e confermate con -\family sans -\shape up +\family sans +\shape up OK -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default . A questo punto dovreste essere in grado di produrre caratteri accentati mediante la nuova mappa di tastiera. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tabelle dei Caratteri -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} -\end_inset +\end_inset Qui di seguito è riportata una tabella contenente tutti i caratteri previsti dall'insieme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default . Dovreste essere in grado di generare tutti i caratteri riprodotti direttamente da tastiera senza servirvi di troppi tasti modificatori (questo naturalmente nell'ipotesi che la vostra tastiera sia settata correttamente). Fate attenzione al fatto che per usare questo insieme di caratteri avete bisogno di impostare la vostra codifica (nella lista a comparsa -\family sans +\family sans Codi -\bar under +\bar under f -\bar default +\bar default ica -\family default +\family default della finestra -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento -\family default +\family default ) a -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default , e a -\family sans +\family sans latin2 -\family default +\family default per l'insieme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -21295,2353 +24582,2943 @@ Latin2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 20 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 40 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 50 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 70 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 80 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 90 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny A0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny B0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny C0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny D0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny E0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny F0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 00 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard @ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard P -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ° -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard À -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ð -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 01 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard q -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¡ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ± -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ñ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 02 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard R -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard r -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¢ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ² -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard  -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard â -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ò -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 03 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard # -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard S -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard s -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard £ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ³ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard à -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ã -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ó -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 04 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard T -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard t -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¤ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ä -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ô -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 05 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard U -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¥ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard µ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard õ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 06 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard & -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard v -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¦ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¶ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ö -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 07 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ` -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard G -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard W -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard w -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard § -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard · -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard × -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ç -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 08 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ( -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard H -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard X -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¸ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard È -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard è -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 09 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard © -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¹ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard É -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard é -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ù -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard : -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard J -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard z -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ª -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard º -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ê -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ú -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ; -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard K -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard « -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard » -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ë -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard û -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard L -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash -\backslash +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¬ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¼ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ì -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ü -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0D -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard M -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ­ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ½ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard í -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ý -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0E -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard N -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ^ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ~ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ® -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¾ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard î -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard þ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size tiny +\size tiny 0F -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard _ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ß -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ï -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÿ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono alcune cose che è bene sappiate su questa tabella. Questo manuale è realizzato --- manualmente, ricordatelo --- per stampare @@ -23649,161 +27526,192 @@ Ci sono alcune cose che Ciò non è neanche lontanamente il comportamento predefinito. Eccovi alcuni particolari che dovete tenere a a mente quando utilizzate i caratteri dell'insieme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I caratteri aventi coordinate A2, A4, A5, A6 e AD -- il cent, lo yen, il simbolo di valuta generica, la linea verticale spezzata e la linea breve -- sono semplicemente scomparsi nelle codifiche predefinite. Non sappiamo dove si trovino, nè il motivo di ciò. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Anche se avete selezionato -\family sans +\family sans latin1 -\family default +\family default nella finestra -\family sans -Struttura\SpecialChar ~ -del\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struttura\InsetSpace ~ +del\InsetSpace ~ documento -\family default +\family default , tutti coloro che per LaTeX possiedono solo i font -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default [o chi ha i font -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default ma non ne fa uso] perderanno ancora alcuni caratteri: D0, F0, DE, FE, AB e BB -- i caratteri eth e thorn maiuscoli e minuscoli e le virgolette francesi -- non saranno mostrati. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gli utenti che utilizzano i font -\family typewriter +\family typewriter OT1 -\family default +\family default possono, tuttavia, ottenere le virgolette francesi [caratteri AB e BB] includendo all'interno dei loro documenti o il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default o il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.sty -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questo stratagemma funziona soltanto quando volete inserire queste virgolette da voi. La funzione di citazione, descritta nella Sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes} -\end_inset +\end_inset , genererà automaticamente il codice LaTeX compatibile con i font ed i pacchetti disponibili. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Segue adesso un elenco di tutti i caratteri accentati che LyX è in grado di rappresentare in maniera diretta. Tale elenco include non solo i caratteri accentati presenti nella tabella precedente, ma anche quelli inerenti le codifiche da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default fino a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--1 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\hfill +\hfill dieresi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\hfill +\hfill circonflesso -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\hfill +\hfill grave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\hfill +\hfill acuto -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\hfill +\hfill cedilla -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\hfill + +\hfill macron \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il macron morto è in genere non necessario, in quanto per esso farete uso di un tasto non--morto. Per esempio, S-M-minus, o se -\family typewriter -\shape up +\family typewriter +\shape up .Xmodmap -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default è corretto, S-M-macron. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ISO8859--2 -\family default +\family default fino a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard \i \^{H} \i \^{J} @@ -23816,9 +27724,11 @@ ISO8859--2 \i \^{g} \i \^{s} -\hfill +\hfill circonflesso -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \'{S} \i \'{Z} @@ -23833,18 +27743,22 @@ circonflesso \i \'{c} \i \'{n} -\hfill +\hfill acuto -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \~{I} \i \~{\i} \i \~{U} \i \~{u} -\hfill +\hfill tilde -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \c{S} \i \c{s} @@ -23861,20 +27775,24 @@ tilde \i \c{n} \i \c{k} -\hfill +\hfill cedilla \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Questi caratteri potranno non apparire molto graziosi sullo schermo, ma il risultato è decisamente apprezzabile una volta lanciato LaTeX e effettuata la stampa. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \={E} \i \={e} @@ -23887,438 +27805,551 @@ Questi caratteri potranno non apparire molto graziosi sullo schermo, ma \i \={o} \i \={u} -\hfill +\hfill macron -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \i \H{O} \i \H{U} \i \H{o} \i \H{u} -\hfill +\hfill dieresi ungherese -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tutti i caratteri di cui sopra sono supportati dai font TeX. In aggiunta TeX permette di gestire gli accenti su quasi tutti i caratteri. Assicuratevi inoltre di fare uso della codifica per i font -\family typewriter +\family typewriter T1 -\family default +\family default e di avere installato il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter umlaute.sty -\family default +\family default con il file di definizione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso.def -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supporto internazionale del correttore ortografico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX impiega -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default quale correttore ortografico. Se non l'avete già fatto dovreste provvedere alla sua configurazione affinchè funzioni sul vostro sistema. Per ottenere il dizionario per la lingua desiderata, consultate il file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Where -\family default +\family default che accompagna il pacchetto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default . Fate attenzione al fatto che alcuni dizionari non supportano la codifica -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default ed in questi casi il correttore ortografico potrebbe per alcuni non funzionare. Per ulteriori informazioni riguardo il controllo ortografico internazionale fate riferimento alla sezione \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:spellchecking} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Crediti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La documentazione è una sorta di esercizio all'interno di un grande calderone, tante sono le mani di coloro che hanno contribuito in qualche modo alla zuppa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prima di tutto, dobbiamo dare i giusti meriti a tutti coloro che ci hanno preceduto. Essi hanno gettato le fondamenta sulle quali sono stati costruiti i nuovi manuali ed alcuni continuano nel fornire ulteriori contributi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default ha scritto la documentazione originale, dalla quale è nato questo manuale così come l'introduzione allo stesso [o il \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Manifesto di LyX, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset come alcuni di noi lo chiamano]. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun default +\noun default ha scritto molti minidocumenti, inclusa parte delle informazioni riguardanti il supporto internazionale in LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Ivan Schreter -\noun default +\noun default ha scritto anch'egli un minidocumento relativo al supporto internazionale, in particolare ciò che riguarda le mappe di tastiera e la personalizzazione internazionale. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Pascal André -\noun default +\noun default ha documentato in origine l'interfaccia LinuxDoc SGML. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun default +\noun default ha descritto in origine la modalità matematica ed ha fornito le descrizioni relative alle funzioni matematiche nel file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Ringraziamenti speciali vanno al LyX Team\SpecialChar ~ +Ringraziamenti speciali vanno al LyX Team\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} -\end_inset +\end_inset per l'aiuto e le risposte ai quesiti. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ora è tempo di dare i crediti al \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gruppo per la Documentazione di LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ovvero tutti coloro che hanno fornito un aiuto nel processo di riscrittura della vecchia documentazione nella forma che ha assunto dopo la versione 0.10: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on David Johnson -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributore alla FAQ e al vecchio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [ora defunto]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize assistenza nella fase di digitazione. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione su: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize modalità matematica -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tabelle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize controllo ortografico -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributore principale per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione della interfaccia base di LyX in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Secondo manutentore della FAQ e del vecchio \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset [ora defunto]. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione relativa a LinuxDoc in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione relativa alle immagini ed all'importazione di grafici in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione per le funzionalità di internazionalizzazione in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione sulle: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize note a piè di pagina -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize note a margine -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize sommario -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize riferimenti incrociati -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Contributore principale per -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione su -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize controllo manuale dei dettagli -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize uso di LaTeX da LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Organizzazione generale e formato dei documenti. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Documentazione su : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize installazione di LyX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ambienti paragrafo, struttura del documento, annidamenti, note tipografiche, caratteri -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} con qualche modifica minore alla sezione introduttiva di -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun default +\noun default in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Responsabile anche della Introduzione in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editor dei documenti. [dal 6/96-inizio 1997] -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A partire dall'inizio del 1997, il LyX Team si è incaricato della completa manutenzione della documentazione. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} The LyX source tree. File: CREDITS. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, seconda edizione, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach e Alexander Samarin: -\emph on +\emph on The \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset LaTeX Companion. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka Daly. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth. -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/nl_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/nl_Intro.lyx index 06739e0a55..c264179628 100644 --- a/lib/doc/nl_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/nl_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language dutch \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,32 +24,50 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Inleiding tot LyX -\newline +\newline of -\newline +\newline Hoe gebruik je de Documentatie!! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author door John Weiss en het LyX Team -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Door de Documentatie Navigeren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Welkom bij LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om het beantwoorden van je vragen gemakkelijker te maken en om alle mogelijkhede n van LyX te beschrijven, is de documentatie opgesplitst in een aantal verschill @@ -58,49 +77,57 @@ ende delen. grondig deze inleiding moeten doorlezen. Er staat veel nuttige informatie in en het bevat tips die je veel tijd kunnen besparen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alhoewel het versienummer van LyX nu 1.0 (of hoger) is, kan de documentatie gedeeltelijk incompleet zijn of een versie achter lopen. Net als de rest van LyX, is de documentatie het product van een groep vrijwilli gers die \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset echte banen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset hebben, en families, en afwas te doen, kattebak te legen, enzovoort, enzovoort, enzovoort. We doen ons best om de handleidingen picco-bello in orde te houden, maar mogelijk lukt dit ons niet altijd. (Als je ons wilt helpen deze situatie te verbeteren, lees dan in ieder - geval paragraaf\SpecialChar ~ + geval paragraaf\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset in aanvulling op de rest van dit document.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nog een verzoekje---als iets in deze handleidingen je verwart, of als het onduidelijk is of fout, aarzel dan niet het ons te laten weten! Je kunt de huidige documentatiebeheerders bereiken door naar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default te mailen. Als je vragen hebt die niet in de documentatie worden beantwoord, en je hebt snel hulp nodig, is er een actieve mailing list die je kunt bereiken op -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Het formaat van de Handleidingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Misschien hebben sommigen van jullie de handleiding(en) uitgeprint. Anderen lezen het misschien online, als een bestand binnen LyX. @@ -111,40 +138,46 @@ e versie. Ook zijn de voetnoten onzichtbaar, en de inhoudsopgave ontbreekt. Een voetnoot ziet er uit als volgt: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hoi! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om mij te sluiten, moet je op het grijze vakje links drukken, daar waar je het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ziet staan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Om de inhoud van een voetnoot te bekijken moet je er met de linker muisknop op drukken. Voor de inhoudsopgave kun je op de grijze knop \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table of Contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset drukken (hiet te vinden onder de titel) of je kunt het Navigate menu gebruiken waar de inhoud automatisch staat weergegeven. (Probeer het maar!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In de uitgeprinte handleidingen wijzen alle kruisverwijzingen naar de feitelijke nummers van een hoofdstuk, paragraaf, subparagraaf, enzovoort. @@ -152,7 +185,7 @@ In de uitgeprinte handleidingen wijzen alle kruisverwijzingen naar de feitelijke hier: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (De uitgeprinte handleidingen laten hier een nummer zien). @@ -162,411 +195,441 @@ In de uitgeprinte handleidingen wijzen alle kruisverwijzingen naar de feitelijke Je kunt naar de plek gaan waar de kruisverwijzing naar wijst door op de knop met het label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Go to reference \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te drukken. Teruggaan naar de plek waar je vandaan kwam is net zo makkelijk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu we een aantal verschillen hebben verduidelijkt tussen uitgeprinte en de online versies van dit bestand, kunnen we naar de vorm van dit document gaan kijken. Nu en dan zul je dingen in een verschillend lettertype tegenkomen: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Cursieve Stijl -\emph default +\emph default wordt over het algemeen gebruikt om nadruk te geven, voor algemene argumenten, boektitels, titels van paragrafen van andere handleidingen, en opmerkingen van de auteurs. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Typemachine -\family default +\family default wordt gebruikt voor programma,- en bestandsnamen, LaTeX-code, en LyX-code en functies. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default wordt gebruikt voor het aanduiden van menu(onderdelen), knoppen, titels van popup-vensters, en voor de toetsen van het toetsenbord. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Hoofdletter stijl -\noun default +\noun default wordt gebruikt voor eigennamen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toetsen en toetscombinaties worden behandeld in de paragraaf -\emph on +\emph on Toetscombinaties -\emph default +\emph default van de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Referentiehandleiding -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (het bestand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Als we evenwel toch naar toetsen moeten refereren, zullen we de volgende afspraken hanteren: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betekent de -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default toets. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betekent de -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default toets. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset betekent de -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default toets, wat op veel toetsenborden de -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default toets is. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zijn de funcitie toetsen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is de escape toets. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans L -\family default +\family default inks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Rechts -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Op -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Neer -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : de cursortoetsen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : dit zijn de 6 toetsen die bij veel toetsenborden boven de cursortoetsen zitten. Op sommige toetsenborden heten de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset toetsen: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default refereren beiden naar dezelfde toets. Op sommige toestenborden is deze gelabeld met \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , op anderen staat een geknikte pijl. Weer andere toetsenborden hebben beide toetsen. Voor LyX zijn beide toetsen gelijkwaardig dus zullen we beiden door elkaar gebruiken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Af en toe zal je aanwijzingen als \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Zie de -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Referentie Handleiding -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zien. Daar zijn, voor elke functie, alle mogelijke toetsencombinaties opgesomd. @@ -574,20 +637,20 @@ Referentie Handleiding Merk op dat er twee verschillende sets toetscombinaties in gebruik zijn bij de LyX gemeenschap: de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset stijl is de standaard en vertrouwd voor degenen die uit de PC-wereld komen. De andere stijl is de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset stijl die vertrouwd is voor degenen die zijn opgegroeid met een Unix systeem en de Emacs editor gebruiken. @@ -595,364 +658,472 @@ emacs in de documentatie die van de standaard CUA set. Als je Emacs gewend bent zul je vast en zeker slim genoeg zijn om de documentat ie te lezen en zelf de toetscombinaties uit te vogelen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section De Handleidingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De volgende lijst beschrijft de inhoud van elk onderdeel van de documentatie: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Inleiding \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Inleiding \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Dit bestand. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Tutorial \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Tutorial \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Als LyX nieuw voor je is en je nog nooit eerder LaTeX hebt gebruikt, zou je hier moeten beginnen. Als je denkt dat LaTeX het spul is waar condooms van worden gemaakt, moet je hier zeker beginnen. Waarschijnlijk ben je na het lezen van de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default nog steeds van mening dat LaTeX rekbaar materiaal is maar je weet dan in ieder geval hoe je met LyX om moet gaan. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Als je LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on wel -\emph default +\emph default eerder hebt gebruikt, zou je nog steeds de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default moeten lezen, beginnend bij de paragraaf over \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX voor LaTeX gebruikers. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Het vluchtig doornemen van de rest kan natuurlijk nooit kwaad.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mocht je ooit in de situatie zitten dat je het even helmaal niet meer snapt, probeer dan eens de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default aandachtig door te lezen voordat je in de andere handleidingen duikt. Het is een goede springplank. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Gebruikshandleiding \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Gebruikshandleiding \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Het belangrijkste deel van de documentatie. We zullen trachten hier alle basismogelijkheden en functies van LyX te beschrijven. Deze handleiding gaat er van uit dat je de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default hebt gelezen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} of dat je oppervlakkig bekend bent met LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Uitgebreide\SpecialChar ~ -Mogelijkheden \SpecialChar ~ -\newline +\emph on +Uitgebreide\InsetSpace ~ +Mogelijkheden \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\newline + +\emph default Uitbreiding van de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default . Documenteert aanvullende layouts en specifieke bewerkingsmogelijkheden, inclusief enkele trucjes van de LaTeX tovenaars. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Instellingen \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Instellingen \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Een beschrijving van geavanceerde LyX mogelijkheden, inclusief het instellen van het globale gedrag van van LyX zoals toetscombinaties, internationalisatie, en configuratiebestanden. Peins er zelfs niet over om hier te komen voordat je de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default hebt gelezen. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Referentie\SpecialChar ~ -Handleiding \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Referentie\InsetSpace ~ +Handleiding \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Dit bevat een volledige en gedetailleerde beschrijving van de mogelijkheden van LyX, maar zonder de handige gebruiksaanwijzingen en beschrijvingen zoals je die vindt in de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default , de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , of andere handleidingen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Bekende\SpecialChar ~ -fouten \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Bekende\InsetSpace ~ +fouten \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Dit bestand bevat een lijst van bekende fouten van LyX, en tevens informatie over wat je moet doen als je een fout in LyX hebt gevonden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ -configuratie \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ +configuratie \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Bij het installeren onderzoekt LyX je systeem. Dit bestand bevat de tijdens de installatie gevonden informatie. Bekijk het eens, om te zien of er mogelijk ontbrekende LaTeX pakketten tussen zitten die je graag geinstalleerd zou willen hebben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Daar waar nodig, refereren deze bestanden naar elkaar. Bijvoorbeeld, de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default bevat -\emph on +\emph on wat -\emph default +\emph default informatie over het installeren en het instellen, maar verwijst de lezer naar de handleiding -\emph on +\emph on Instellingen -\emph default +\emph default voor meer informatie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We zullen het nog een keer zeggen: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Als je voor het eerst met LyX werkt, lees dan de Tutorial. En wel nu meteen\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Je zou jezelf nodeloos kunnen frustreren als je het niet doet. LyX doet alles wat je van een tekstverwerker mag verwachten, maar het heeft een andere aanpak. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Meehelpen met het Documentation Project -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fouten in de Handleidingen Rapporteren -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dat is makkelijk genoeg. Je zou een bericht kunnen sturen naar de Developer's Mailing List of de User's Mailing List. Het Documentatie Team heeft echter liever dat je een bericht stuurt naar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org. -\family default +\family default Als het kleine aanpassingen zijn zal iemand dit veranderen. Als het grote veranderingen zijn, stellen we voor dat je je bij de mailing list aanmeldt en enige tijd met ons praat voordat je iets doet. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset -\emph on + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Verander nooit iets in een handleiding zonder toestemming van het Documentatie Team! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Je veranderingen zouden anders nooit in de documentatie terechtkomen, omdat het Documentatie Team de originelen beheert via het CVS systeem. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jezelf Aanmelden bij het Documentation Team. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Net als de rest van het LyX Project, kan het Documentatie Project altijd hulp gebruiken! Als je geïnteresseerd bent om mee te helpen met het Documentati e Project, zorg dan dat je het volgende -\emph on +\emph on eerst -\emph default +\emph default doet: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Haal de broncode op van de meest recente versie van LyX, en pak het uit. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als je avontuurlijk bent ingesteld kun je ook anoniem meest actuele LyX broncode ophalen via CVS systeem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Je zult hierin een map vinden getitelt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . Hierin bevindt zich het bestand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx. -\family default +\family default Lees dit; het beschrijft de stijl voor de documentatie. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Neem een paar dagen vakantie en lees dan nogmaals het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default bestand. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Lees hierna de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default en de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Het idee hierachter is, om je op ideeën te brengen. De -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default en de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default zullen altijd het meest up-to-date van alle documentatie zijn. Je zult op deze manier wat inzicht vergaren in hoe wij ons een handleiding voorstellen. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Lees -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default opnieuw. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate En als laatste; neem contact op met het team: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We willen ons ervan verzekeren dat je de stijl begrijpt -\emph on +\emph on voordat -\emph default +\emph default je met schrijven begint, anders zul je je teksten moeten herschrijven. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Begin pas met schrijven -\emph on +\emph on nadat -\emph default +\emph default we via email contact met elkaar hebben gehad. Op de webpagina van het Documentatie Team, of via de archieven van de mailingli jsten op \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset kun je zien wat er op het gebied van documentatie gaande is. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx index 06497ff56c..4e76cfc389 100644 --- a/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2516 +24,3658 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Inleiding tot LyX -\newline +\newline of -\newline +\newline Hoe gebruik je de Documentatie!! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Door de Documentatie Navigeren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Het formaat van de Handleidingen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 De Handleidingen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Meehelpen met het Documentation Project +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Fouten in de Handleidingen Rapporteren -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Jezelf Aanmelden bij het Documentation Team. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* De LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Inleiding +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Welkom bij LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Wat deze Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on wel -\emph default +\emph default is en wat het -\emph on +\emph on niet -\emph default +\emph default is +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Hoe je het maximale uit deze Tutorial kunt halen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Wat je -\emph on +\emph on niet -\emph default +\emph default zult vinden: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Wat is LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Overzicht -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Verschillen tussen LyX en Tekstverwerkers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Wat -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default dat LaTeX eigenlijk? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Beginnen met LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Je Eerste LyX Document. +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Schrijven, Bekijken, en Printen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Eenvoudige Bewerkingen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Witruimte in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Omgevingen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Secties en Subsecties -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Lijsten en Deel-lijsten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Andere Omgevingen: Poëzie, Citaten en Meer +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Documenten Schrijven +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Tekstklassen en Sjablonen: Brieven Schrijven -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Sjablonen: Een Brief Schrijven -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Document titels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Labels en Kruisverwijzingen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Je eerste label -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Je eerste kruisverwijzingen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Leuke dingen met labels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Voetnoten en Margenoten -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografieën -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Inhoudsopgave +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Wiskundige Uitdrukkingen Gebruiken +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Math Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigeren in een Vergelijking -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponenten en Indices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Griekse Symbolen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Vierkantswortels, accenten en afbakeningen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Breuken -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX modus: Limieten, log, sin, en andere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Weergave Modus +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Multi-lijn vergelijkingen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Meer Wiskundige Dingen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Overige +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Andere belangrijke mogelijkheden van LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX voor LaTeX Gebruikers +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX Modus -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 LaTeX Documenten Importeren--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 LyX Documenten naar LaTeX Converteren. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preambule +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Document klasse -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Extra Preambule Codes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Overige +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Fouten! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/nl_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/nl_Tutorial.lyx index bdbdf06d96..a3728f9e0d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/nl_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/nl_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language dutch \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,28 +24,43 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title De LyX Tutorial -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author door Amir Karger en het LyX Team -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Inleiding -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Welkom bij LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dit document is bedoeld voor een ieder die nog nooit van LaTeX heeft gehoord of er weinig van weet. @@ -53,16 +69,18 @@ Dit document is bedoeld voor een ieder die nog nooit van LaTeX heeft gehoord van een bijna-WYSIWYG omgeving voor LaTeX. Er zijn echter bepaalde dingen die je zult moeten leren om effectief van LyX gebruik te kunnen maken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Waarschijnlijk heb je deze tutorial opgezocht omdat je probeerde twee spaties achter een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te zetten, of omdat je 3 lege regels tussen twee paragrafen wilde hebben. Pas na veel gevloek ontdekte je dat dat niet lukt. @@ -76,181 +94,219 @@ Waarschijnlijk heb je deze tutorial opgezocht omdat je probeerde twee spaties LyX neemt het opmaak werk van je over, op een consistente manier, zodat je je aandacht bij de belangrijke dingen kunt houden, zoals de inhoud van je tekst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wees dus geduldig en lees verder. Het lezen van deze tutorial is echt de moeite waard. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wat deze Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on wel -\emph default +\emph default is en wat het -\emph on +\emph on niet -\emph default +\emph default is -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voordat we met dit onderdeel beginnen hebben we nog een kleine aanwijzing. De -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default gebruikt de notatie die in de -\emph on +\emph on Introductie -\emph default +\emph default wordt uitgelegd. Als dit de eerste handleiding is die je bekijkt, lees dan nu de -\emph on +\emph on Introductie -\emph default +\emph default . Ja, we bedoelen nu meteen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En nu je weet wat de verschillende fonts betekenen, kunnen we iets uitleggen over wat de bedoeling is bij deze -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hoe je het maximale uit deze Tutorial kunt halen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Deze tutorial bestaat uit voorbeelden en oefeningen. Om het maximale uit dit document te halen zul je, al lezend, alle stomme kleine dingen moeten typen die we je opdragen, en alle oefeningen moeten doen om te kijken of je ze goed doet. Gemakshalve zou je de PostScript® versie van dit document kunnen uitprinten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je al vertrouwd bent met LaTeX, zul je deze -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default waarschijnlijk iets sneller kunnen doorlezen. De meeste LyX concepten zijn namelijk gewoon LaTeX concepten in vermomming. LyX heeft echter een aantal eigenaardigheden \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard anders gezegd , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset kenmerken \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset die je zult willen leren. Zelfs als je geen zin hebt de rest van de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default door te lezen, zou je zeker Sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexgebruikers} -\end_inset +\end_inset door moeten nemen die speciaal voor ervaren LaTeX gebruikers is geschreven. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:wat-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset is een overblijfsel van een oudere versie van de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default en is een beetje pittige kost. Het is evenwel een aardig overzicht van LyX dus misschien wil je het doorlezen om een gevoel te krijgen waar het bij LyX nu eigenlijk over gaat. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wat je -\emph on +\emph on niet -\emph default +\emph default zult vinden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Oplepelen van informatie of denken dat de lezers achterlijk zijn. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard De trend in doe-het-zelf literatuur voor computers vandaag de dag \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notitie van -\noun on +\noun on John -\noun default +\noun default Weiss: \SpecialChar \ldots{} wel, in ieder geval in Amerika, waar we alles simplificeren tot het niveau van de grootste gemene deler\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset lijkt te zijn: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Neem aan dat de gebruiker het IQ van een garnaal heeft. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Dit zullen wij niet doen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aan de andere kant begrijpen we dat de meeste gebruikers een handleiding opzoeken, en speciaal een tutorial, als ze de weg kwijt zijn. Hoewel we dus zullen aannemen dat u, de gebruiker, niet stom bent, begrijpen we dat u een beetje verward bent. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Instructies hoe je je muis of je toetsenbord moet gebruiken. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Als je er nu nog niet achter bent hoe je je computer moet gebruiken, kunnen wij je niet helpen. Zulke dingen vallen buiten het bereik van de LyX handleidingen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Afgezien daarvan, als je LyX al gebruikt zal je waarschijnlijk wel slimmer zijn de gemiddelde mens. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Gedetailleerde beschrijvingen van alle eigenschappen van LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Wat! je wilt twee versies van de gebruikshandleiding? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zonder gekheid, de bedoeling is om je een goede start te geven zodat je alleen nog maar de gebruikshandleiding nodig hebt. @@ -260,19 +316,22 @@ Zonder gekheid, de bedoeling is om je een goede start te geven zodat je Het enige wat we hier doen is dingen introduceren; Denk maar dat er op het einde van elke sectie een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset zie de gebruikshandleiding \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset staat. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Gedetailleerde beschrijvingen van LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Onnodig. Als je echt nieuwsgierig bent naar gave trucjes die je met LaTeX kunt uithalen, @@ -280,29 +339,36 @@ Onnodig. Er zijn verscheidene goede boeken over verschenen. Geen noodzaak om het wiel opnieuw uit te vinden\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Zo, dappere lezer, het is tijd om verder te gaan. Je kunt een korte excursie door de volgende sectie nemen, of je kunt doorgaan naar sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:eerste-doc} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wat is LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:wat-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Overzicht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De aanvankelijke uitdaging van het gebruik van LyX ligt deels in het omschakelen in denken dat jij, de gebruiker, moet maken. @@ -310,11 +376,11 @@ De aanvankelijke uitdaging van het gebruik van LyX ligt deels in het omschakelen en leerden we allemaal bepaalde trucjes om hun beperkingen te omzeilen. Onderstrepen, wat niet meer is dan de regel overtypen met het \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset teken, was een manier om tekst nadruk te geven. Om een tabel te maken, zocht je van te voren uit hoe groot elke kolom moest @@ -322,11 +388,15 @@ _ Hetzelfde gold voor brieven en andere rechts uitgelijnde tekst. Woordafbreking aan het einde van een regel vereiste een kundig oog en ver vooruit kunnen zien. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Met andere woorden, we waren allemaal getraind om na te denken over kleine details als: welk teken moet waar staan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als gevolg van hiervan hebben bijna alle tekstverwerkers deze gedachtegang. Ze gebruiken nog steeds tabs om witruimte toe te voegen. @@ -334,67 +404,77 @@ Als gevolg van hiervan hebben bijna alle tekstverwerkers deze gedachtegang. Tekst nadruk geven betekent het lettertype veranderen, alsof je er een ander typemachinewiel op zet. Je snapt wat we bedoelen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier verschilt LyX van een gewone tekstverwerker. Je houdt je niet bezig met welk teken waar moet komen. Je vertelt LyX wat je aan het doen bent en LyX doet de rest, volgens een stel regels dat een stijl wordt genoemd. Laten we naar een klein voorbeeld kijken: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Stel, je schrijft een rapport. Aan het begin van je rapport wil je een sectie genaamd \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introductie. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Dus je gaat naar het menu-onderdeel van je tekstverwerker dat de fontgrootte verandert en je kiest een groter of kleiner lettertype. Vervolgens zet je \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset aan en typ je: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Introductie \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Als je later besluit dat dit gedeelte ergens anders in het document hoort, of als je er een nieuwe sectie voor zet, moet je de nummering voor deze en alle volgende secties aanpassen, evenals elke referentie in de inhoudsopgave. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In LyX ga je naar het menu helemaal links op de knoppenbalk, je selecteert Sectie en typt \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introductie \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dat is alles. Als je de sectie verplaatst zal het automatisch hernummerd worden--- overal. Er is zelfs een manier om automatisch elke referentie in het document naar de betreffende sectie, door LyX te laten bijwerken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laten we vervolgens eens naar het probleem van consistentie kijken. Vijf dagen later heropen je je rapport en je begint te typen bij sectie @@ -406,7 +486,9 @@ Laten we vervolgens eens naar het probleem van consistentie kijken. De computer regelt al het vervelende boekhoudwerk en onthoudt welk onderdeel welke fontgrootte had, niet jij. Per slot van rekening is dat waar computers goed in zijn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nog een voorbeeld. Stel, je bent een lijst aan het maken. @@ -417,57 +499,61 @@ Nog een voorbeeld. Bij LyX hoef je je maar met twee dingen te bemoeien: wat voor soort lijst is het en wat wil ik er in zetten. Dat is alles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het basisidee achter LyX is dus: zeg -\emph on +\emph on wat -\emph default +\emph default je aan het doen bent, niet -\emph on +\emph on hoe -\emph default +\emph default je het moet doen. In plaats van \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset wat je ziet is wat je krijgt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , is het LyX model: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (In het Engels: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset what you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , afgekort : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Verschillen tussen LyX en Tekstverwerkers \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nee, we proberen hier niet een heilige oorlog over tekstverwerkers te starten (of te winnen). @@ -475,31 +561,43 @@ Nee, we proberen hier niet een heilige oorlog over tekstverwerkers te starten LyX te beschrijven. En een van de belangrijkste eigenschappen, WYSIWYM, is een fundamenteel ander idee dat 99% van de mensheid heeft over tekstverwerken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hier is een lijst van zaken die je niet in LyX zult vinden: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De liniaal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabs -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Extra witruimte (d.w.z. twee of meer keren achter elkaar op -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default of -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default drukken) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabs, en een liniaal die de positie van objecten op een pagina aangeeft, zijn zinloos in LyX. @@ -509,30 +607,46 @@ Tabs, en een liniaal die de positie van objecten op een pagina aangeeft, In het begin zal het irritant zijn om niet twee lege regels achter elkaar te kunnen invoegen, maar het wordt logisch als je in WYSIWYM termen gaat denken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier zijn aan aantal dingen die wel in LyX bestaan, maar die op een andere manier worden gebruikt als je zou denken: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Regels voor het inspringen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Het afbreken van paginas -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ruimte tussen regels (d.w.z. enkele regelafstand, dubbele regelafstand, enz.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Witruimte, zowel horizontaal als verticaal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lettertypen en groottes -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Typefaces (vet, cursief, onderstreept, etc.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hoewel ze in LyX bestaan, heb je ze in het algemeen niet nodig. LyX zal deze dingen voor je verzorgen, afhankelijk van wat je aan het doen @@ -545,41 +659,57 @@ de typeface en lettergrootte gezet. In het algemeen is de regelafstand, woordafstand en de afstand tussen paragrafe n variabel, en worden deze gezet door LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Er zijn manieren of al deze dingen zelf aan te passen [slechts enkele behoeven kennis van LaTeX], ofwel voor een heel document, ofwel voor een specifieke plaats in een document. Zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor details. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tenslotte zijn er een aantal dingen waar LyX (en LaTeX) veel tekstverwerkers voorbijstreeft: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Woordafbreking -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lijsten in elk type -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wiskunde -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabellen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verwijzingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toegegeven, veel moderne tekstverwerkers kunnen overweg met wiskundige symbolen, tabellen, en woordafbreking en sommigen hebben zelfs stijldefinities en @@ -587,22 +717,26 @@ Toegegeven, veel moderne tekstverwerkers kunnen overweg met wiskundige symbolen, Dit is echter iets wat ze pas recentelijk hebben kunnen doen terwijl LyX voortbouwt op het het LaTeX document opmaak systeem. LaTeX bestaat al meer dan 15 jaar, en het -\emph on +\emph on werkt -\emph default +\emph default . Alle fouten en oneffenheden zijn reeds lang geleden gladgestreken. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard OK, niets is perfect, maar LaTeX is zo foutvrij als een computerprogramma maar kan zijn. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een laatste, en meest belangrijk, verschil tussen LyX en andere tekstverwerkers is stabiliteit. @@ -615,19 +749,23 @@ Een laatste, en meest belangrijk, verschil tussen LyX en andere tekstverwerkers Wanneer die fouten (oh, sorry\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset programma-eigenschappen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) de kop opsteken en LyX doen crashen, zou je denken dat LyX de laatste 3 pagina's van je creatieve onderneming mee de verdoemenis in neemt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neeheej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mocht LyX crashen, dan bewaart het, voordat het afgesloten wordt, eerst elk document dat in het geheugen zit in een noodbestand. @@ -638,59 +776,65 @@ Mocht LyX crashen, dan bewaart het, voordat het afgesloten wordt, eerst Vele gebruikers hebben hun doctorale dissertaties met LyX geschreven. Zelden of nooit zijn ze een pagina kwijtgeraakt, ondanks een crash zo nu en dan. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wat -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default dat LaTeX eigenlijk? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX is een document-opmaak-systeem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport in 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De bron voor de info in deze paragraaf is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset door Helmut Kopka en Patrick Daly. Een verwijzing naar dit boek is te vinden in de bibliografie bij de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Dit was weer gebaseerd op een opmaaktaal genaamd TeX, door Donald Knuth geschreven in 1984. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset wordt uitgesproken als \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Teg \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vele mensen vinden het te technisch. @@ -701,38 +845,42 @@ Teg ingewikkeld als een drukkerijmachine. Wat in ieder geval uit TeX komt, is een bestand in het zogenaamde \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset apparaat onafhankelijke \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) formaat, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default in het kort. Je kunt dit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand hierna invoeren in elk programma dat dit formaat begrijpt, of dit kan omzetten naar andere formaten zoals het PostScript® formaat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zou het niet voor één andere programma-eigenschap zijn, dan was TeX niets anders geweest dan een opmaakmotor. TeX laat je echter ook macros definieren. En dán begint het leuk te worden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De meeste mensen die TeX gebruiken, gebruiken in feite een door Knuth gemaakt macropakket om een hoop van het opmaakwerk te verbergen. @@ -745,7 +893,9 @@ De meeste mensen die TeX gebruiken, gebruiken in feite een door Knuth gemaakt of wiskundige vergelijkingen, consistent en uniform opmaakte, met zo min mogelijk poeha. En zo ontstond LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tegelijkertijd met de ontwikkeling en groei van LaTeX waren anderen bezig hun eigen macropaketten voor TeX te maken; voor transparanten of artikelen @@ -760,13 +910,15 @@ de codes van TeX (ken je TeX nog?) vergemakkelijkt, behulpzaam is in het In feite is LaTeX zelf een uitgebreide taal op zich. Overal in de wereld hebben gebruikers, naast de standaard uitbreidingen, hun eigen toevoegingen voor LaTeX gemaakt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Er zijn twee manieren om LaTeX uit te breiden: middels klassen en stijlen. Een -\emph on +\emph on klasse -\emph default +\emph default is een set LaTeX (en TeX) macro's die een nieuw type document beschrijven zoals een boek of een artikel. Er zijn klassen voor transparanten, voor natuurkunde-, en wiskunde- vakbladen\SpecialChar \ldots{} @@ -784,205 +936,235 @@ klasse pagina-koppen, het aanpassen van bibliografieën, het veranderen van de plaats en vorm van voetnoten, tabellen en figuren, het aanpassen van lijsten, enzovoort, enzovoort, enzovoort. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier is een overzicht: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Opmaaktaal met gebruik van macro's. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Macropakket gebaseerd op TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klassen: Beschrijving van een type document, gebruik makend van LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 stijlen: Verandert op een bepaalde manier het standaard gedrag van LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Visuele, WYSIWYM tekstverwerker dat LaTeX in al zijn glorie gebruikt om het printwerk te doen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het idee van deze sectie was proberen te verklaren -\emph on +\emph on waarom -\emph default +\emph default LyX ietwat anders werkt dan andere tekstverwerkers. Het antwoord is eenvoudig: LyX gebruikt LaTeX als basis om te printen. Evenals LaTeX, concentreert LyX zich op de inhoud van je teksten--- -\emph on +\emph on wat -\emph default +\emph default je aan het typen bent. De computer regelt dan hoe het er uit hoort te zien. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oja --- nog een laatste opmerking. LaTeX wordt net zo uitgesproken als TeX. Het rijmt op \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hee zeg! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Gewoonlijk, echter, zegt Lamport in zijn boek, dat \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset leeteks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ook tot de mogelijkheden behoort. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX wordt echter uitgesproken als \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset liks. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset luuks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset loeks \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , afhankelijk van het land waar je vandaan komt\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Beginnen met LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Je Eerste LyX Document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:eerste-doc} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK\SpecialChar \@. Je bent klaar om te beginnen met schrijven. Voordat je echter begint zijn er een aantal dingen die we willen zeggen die de Tutorial hopelijk instructiever, nuttiger en leuker maken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Omdat er veel informatie is die we je niet hier zullen geven, is het van belang dat je weet hoe je de andere hulpbestanden moet vinden. Dit is gelukkig erg eenvoudig. Start LyX op. Kies de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default van het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default menu. Je zou de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default ook nog kunnen laden (als je deze al niet op het scherm aan het lezen bent). Op deze manier kun je ze lezen terwijl je je eigen tekst aan het schrijven bent \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ze dienen tevens als goede voorbeelden van de vele mogelijkheden van LyX . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Merk op dat als je twee of meer documenten open hebt, je het menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocuments -\family default +\family default kunt gebruiken om te wisselen. De -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default zal niet in detail onderwerpen bespreken die in andere LyX handleidingen worden behandeld. Dit zal het in het begin moeilijker voor je maken, maar zo blijft de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default kort. Het zal je er tevens aan wennen de andere handleidingen te gebruiken, wat je op den duur veel tijd zal schelen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default zullen we aannemen dat je een volledig werkende versie van LyX hebt, evenals LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (of een soortgelijk programma om -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestanden te bekijken), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default (of een andere manier om -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestanden om te zetten naar Postscript®-bestanden), en een werkende printer. Dit zijn nogal wat aannames. Als een hiervan onjuist is, zul je zelf (of een bevriende systeem beheerder) een werkend systeem moeten opzetten. Informatie hierover kun je in andere handleidingen vinden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tenslotte hebben we een bestand gemaakt waarmee je je LyX-vaardigheden kunt oefenen. Het heet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Doe alsof het is geschreven door iemand die niets van de fantastische mogelijkh eden van LyX af weet. @@ -990,503 +1172,548 @@ eden van LyX af weet. dat je de corresponderende delen van dit bestand corrigeert. Het bevat tevens subtiele aanwijzingen en tips hoe je te werk kunt gaan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De aanwijzingen bevinden zich in gele \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Door er op te klikken kun je de inhoud lezen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Als je wilt spieken (of controleren of je het goed gedaan hebt), bestaat er ook een bestand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx -\family default +\family default dat dezelfde tekst bevat, maar dan bewerkt door een LyX-goeroe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De voorbeeldbestanden kunnen worden gevonden in de map -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default . Je kunt hier komen door eerst -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default te kiezen en dan op de knop -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default te drukken. Open het ruwe document, en gebruik -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Save -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\family default +\family default om een werkkopie in je eigen map te bewaren. Bekijk, terwijl je de onderdelen van het document repareert, via de dvi output wat de uiteindelijke effecten zijn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tussen twee haakjes, de map -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default bevat nog veel meer voorbeeld bestanden. Deze laten je zien hoe je een aantal bijzondere dingen kunt doen in LyX. Ze zijn met name handig om dingen te laten zien die (vanwege de lengte of andere redenen) niet in de documentatie thuis horen. Nadat je de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default hebt gelezen, of wanneer je niet precies weet hoe je iets bijzonders moet doen in LyX, moet je eens naar deze voorbeelden kijken. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Schrijven, Bekijken, en Printen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Open een nieuw bestand met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Typ een zin als: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Dit is mijn eerste LyX document! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toegegeven. Je zou in feite alles kunnen typen wat je wilt. Het maakt in weze niet uit. We verontschuldigen ons hier voor de zinloosheid van deze zin, en tevens voor alles wat we je in het vervolg vragen te typen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Bewaar je document met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default start je LaTeX op om een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand aan te maken\SpecialChar \@. Mogelijk zie je enkele meldingen in het terminalscherm van waaruit je LyX hebt opgestart. Deze meldingen zijn afkomstig van LaTeX die je voorlopig kunt negeren. LyX zal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (of een ander programma om -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bestanden te bekijken) opstarten. Hierdoor verschijnt er een nieuw scherm met daarin je document, zoals het er uit ziet als het zou worden geprint \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt tijd besparen door -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default in de achtergrond te laten lopen. Op die manier kun je -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default gebruiken, en hoef je alleen maar op het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -scherm te klikken nadat LaTeX klaar is. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Print met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint, -\family default +\family default en druk op -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gefeliciteerd! Je hebt je eerste LyX document geschreven en geprint. De rest is slechts detail, welke in het vervolg van de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default en de -\emph on +\emph on Referentiehandleiding -\emph default +\emph default zal worden behandeld. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eenvoudige Bewerkingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De meeste dingen die je met een tekstverwerker gewend bent te doen, kun je natuurlijk ook met LyX doen. Het uitlijnen van woorden en het inspringen van paragrafen, gebeurt automatisch. Bekijk enkele menus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als je bent zoals je meeste -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default gebruikers, zal je dit reeds hebben gedaan lang voordat je de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default begon te lezen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset en je zult zien dat de meeste eenvoudige opdrachten (b.v. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default it, -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste, -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default ) de naam hebben die je zou verwachten, in het menu staan waarin je ze zou verwachten, en functioneren op een manier zoals je dat zou verwachten. Hier volgt een korte beschrijving hoe je enkele andere eenvoudige opdrachten kunt uitvoeren. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Herstel LyX heeft de -\emph on +\emph on mogelijkheid -\emph default +\emph default voor \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset oneindig herstel \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wat zoveel betekent dat je alles wat je hebt gedaan sinds het begin van je bewerkingen, kunt herstellen door herhaaldelijk op -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default te drukken. Als je te ver bent gegaan, kies je gewoon -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default om de bewerking terug te krijgen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (Momenteel is herstel beperkt tot 100 stappen. Ook werkt herstellen niet voor -\emph on +\emph on alles -\emph default +\emph default , bijvoorbeeld niet voor veranderingen in de opmaak van het document.) -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Knippen/Plakken/Kopiëren Met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste -\family default +\family default , en -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\family default +\family default kun je knippen, plakken en kopiëren. Je kunt ook automatisch geselecteerde tekst plakken met de -\emph on +\emph on middelste muisknop -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Zoeken/Vervangen Gebruik -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default voor een hoofdletter-gevoelige zoekopdracht. In het popup-zoekscherm, kun je voorwaarts en achterwaarts zoeken met de pijlknoppen. Gebruik de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eplace -\family default +\family default knop om een gevonden woord te vervangen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sluit het zoekscherm als je klaar bent. Of laat het staan als je dat makkelijker vindt. De meeste popup-schermen in LyX --- inclusief de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default , en -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default popups, als ook de verschillende wiskunde popups --- kunnen evengoed worden geminimaliseerd als afgesloten. Daarentegen blokkeren andere popup-schermen zoals -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen, -\family default +\family default de tekstinvoer in het hoofdscherm van LyX totdat je het popup-scherm hebt afgesloten. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description Tekenopmaak Je kunt tekst -\emph on +\emph on nadruk -\emph default +\emph default geven (wat in het algemeen de letters cursief maakt), -\series bold +\series bold vet -\series default +\series default maken, in -\noun on +\noun on hoofdletter stijl -\noun default +\noun default zetten (gewoonlijk kleine hoofdletters, voor het gebruik van eigennamen), via de aan/uit (Engels: toggle) knoppen in het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Knoppenbalk Er staan op de knoppenbalk (vlak onder de menus) enkele knoppen die veelgebruikte functies zoals -\family sans +\family sans Plakken -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Printen -\family default +\family default mogelijk maken. Als je de muis boven een van de knoppen van de knoppenbalk stil houdt, verschijnt er een kleine gele notitie waarin de functie van de knop wordt beschreven. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Minibuffer De grijze regel, helemaal onderaan het LyX scherm word de minibuffer genoemd. @@ -1495,115 +1722,125 @@ Minibuffer De grijze regel, helemaal onderaan het LyX scherm word de minibuffer waaronder het document bewaard wordt weergeven. Mogelijk zullen sommige foutmeldingen daar ook verschijnen. Merk op dat je ook in de minibuffer kunt -\emph on +\emph on typen -\emph default +\emph default . Dit geeft je toegang tot allerlei interessante functies, inclusief sommige waarmee je je document kunt verwoesten. Met andere woorden: type niet in de minibuffer tenzij je weet wat je doet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uiteraard heb je nu nog niet genoeg in LyX geschreven om het merendeel van deze functies nuttig te kunnen gebruiken. Probeer echter terwijl je schrijft, te knippen en plakken, herstellen, enzovoort. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Witruimte in LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:witruimte} -\end_inset +\end_inset Een van de moeilijkste dingen waar nieuwe gebruikers aan moeten wennen is de manier waarop LyX met witruimte omgaat. Hoe vaak je ook op de -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default -knop drukt, je krijgt maar één nieuwe regel. Hoe vaak je ook op de spatiebalk drukt, je krijgt maar één spatie. Op een nieuwe regel laat LyX je niet eens een enkele spatie typen. De -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default laat je niet een tab-stop voorwaarts gaan; in feite -\emph on +\emph on zijn -\emph default +\emph default er zelfs geen tab-stops! Er is ook geen liniaal bovenaan de pagina om tabs te zetten, of om de marge aan te passen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veel commerciële tekstverwerkers zijn gebaseerd op het WYSIWYG principe: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Wat je ziet is wat je krijgt). LyX, daarentegen, is gebaseerd op het principe: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Wat je ziet is wat je -\emph on +\emph on bedoelt -\emph default +\emph default ). Je typt in wat je bedoelt en LyX regelt de opmaak zodat het resultaat er netjes uitziet. Een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default scheidt paragrafen grammaticaal en een -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default scheidt woorden grammaticaal. Er is dus geen reden om er meerdere achter elkaar te hebben. Een -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default heeft grammaticaal gezien helemaal geen functie dus deze worden dan ook niet door LyX ondersteund. Als je LyX gebruikt, zul je meer tijd gebruiken om na te denken over de -\emph on +\emph on inhoud -\emph default +\emph default van je document, en minder over de vorm. Zie paragraaf \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:wat-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset voor meer informatie over het WYSIWYM principe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX heeft wel degelijk (vele) manieren om de opmaak van je document te aan te passen. Per slot van rekening zou LyX de opmaak anders kunnen doen dan je voor ogen had. De -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikersgids -\emph default +\emph default bevat hierover informatie. Onder andere vind je hier informatie over HFills en verticale witruimte --- dat krachtiger is, en veelzijdiger dan meerdere spaties of nieuwe regels @@ -1614,16 +1851,20 @@ Gebruikersgids bent. Met standaard tekstverwerkers zul je gedurende het schrijven voortdurend worden afgeleid door de opmaak. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Omgevingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Verschillende onderdelen van een document hebben verschillende bedoelingen; we zullen deze onderdelen -\emph on +\emph on omgevingen -\emph default +\emph default noemen. Het grootste gedeelte van een document bestaat uit gewone tekst. Titels (van een hoofdstuk of paragraaf enz) laten de lezer weten dat een @@ -1632,15 +1873,17 @@ omgevingen Een tijdschriftartikel zal een titel en een samenvatting hebben. Een brief zal geen van beide hebben, maar zal waarschijnlijk een omgeving hebben die het adres van de schrijver bevat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Omgevingen zijn een belangrijk bestanddeel van de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wat Je Ziet Is Wat Je Bedoelt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset filosofie van LyX. Een bepaalde omgeving vereist een bepaald lettertype, lettergrootte, inspringaf @@ -1653,389 +1896,427 @@ stand, regelafstand en meer. Verschillende talen kennen verschillende standaarden voor het inspringen van tekst, en de opmaak van een bibliografie kan enorm variëren. LyX behoedt je ervoor alle verschillende opmaakstijlen te moeten leren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default statusregel vind je links op de knoppenbalk (net onder het menu-onderdeel -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default ). Het laat zien in welke omgeving je momenteel schrijft. Toen je je eerste document aan het schrijven was stond er \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wat de standaard omgeving is voor tekst. Je zult nu een aantal omgevingen in je nieuwe document gebruiken zodat je kunt zien hoe ze werken. Dit doe je met het -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default menu, welke je kunt openen door op het icoontje met de neerwaartse pijl te drukken, net rechts van de -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default statusregel. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Secties en Subsecties -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typ het woord -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Inleiding -\family default +\family default op de eerste regel van je LyX bestand, en selecteer -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default in het -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default menu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Je hoeft de regel niet vooraf te selecteren. Als er niets geselecteerd is zal LyX de paragraaf waarin je op dat moment aan het werken bent veranderen in de geselecteerde omgeving. Anderzijds kan je verscheidene paragrafen veranderen naar een andere omgeving door ze te selecteren voordat je een omgeving kiest. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX nummert de sectie met een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en zet de kop (titel) in een groter font. Druk nu op -\family sans +\family sans Return. -\family default +\family default Merk op dat de tekst in de -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default -statusregel terug verandert van \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset naar \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Net als alle andere omgevingen, worden sectiekoppen verondersteld te eindigen wanneer je een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default typt \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default om titels te schrijven met twee of meer regels. De -\family sans +\family sans Standaard -\family default +\family default omgeving kan natuurlijk meerdere paragrafen omspannen. De omgevingen voor lijsten (zie hieronder) eindigen ook niet als je een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default geeft. Je kunt altijd zien in welke omgeving je zit door naar de -\family sans +\family sans Omgeving -\family default +\family default statusregel te kijken. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Typ nu de inleiding van het document: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Dit is een inleiding voor mijn eerste LyX document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Geef opnieuw een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , en selecteer opnieuw -\family sans +\family sans Sectie -\family default +\family default van het menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . LyX zet een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en verwacht dat je de tekst van een titel intypt. Typ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter En Dan Nog Iets -\family default +\family default en je zult zien dat LyX het weer opmaakt als een sectiekop. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het wordt al leuker. Ga naar het einde van sectie 1 (na \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mijn eerste LyX document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) en geef weer een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , en selecteer opnieuw -\family sans +\family sans Sectie -\family default +\family default van het menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . Wederom zal LyX een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset neerzetten en wachten op de tekst van de sectiekop. Typ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Over Dit Document -\family default +\family default . De sectie \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset En Dan Nog Iets \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , wat eerst sectie 2 was, is automatisch hernummerd naar 3! In de ware geest van WYSIWYM hoef je slechts aan te duiden welke teksten sectiekoppen zijn, en LyX zorgt voor het nummeren en het opmaken ervan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Geef een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default om terug te komen naar de -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default omgeving, en typ de volgende vijf regels: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Secties en subsecties worden hieronder beschreven. Beschrijving van Sectie -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Secties zijn groter dan subsecties. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Beschrijving van Subsectie -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Subsecties zijn kleiner dan secties. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klik op de tweede regel en selecteer -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default van het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. LyX nummert deze subsectie \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en zet het in een lettertype dat groter is dan normale tekst, maar kleiner dan de sectietitel. Selecteer tevens de vierde regel als subsectie-omgeving. Zoals je waarschijnlijk verwachtte heeft LyX de sectie automatisch \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset genummerd. Als je nog een andere sectie voor sectie 2 zet, zal deze hernummerd worden als sectie 3, en de subsecties zullen automatisch hernummerd worden naar \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andere sectieniveaus zijn -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , en -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Speel ermee en probeer het uit. Het zal je misschien opvallen dat de omgevingstypen -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , en -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default standaard niet genummerd worden, en dat sub-paragrafen worden ingesprongen; zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default om dit te veranderen. Tenslotte is er nog de omgevingstype -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default die nog voor -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default komt. Deze kun je echter alleen in bepaalde typen Tekstklassen gebruiken . Zie hiervoor sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tekstklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Maar misschien wil je helemaal niet dat de paragrafen en secties genummerd worden! Gelukkig zijn ook hiervoor enige omgevingstypen beschikbaar. Verander bijvoorbeeld eens een van de sectiekoppen in -\family sans +\family sans Section*. -\family default +\family default LyX zal de titel in het zelfde lettertype weergeven als voorheen, maar de sectie zal niet meer genummerd zijn. Er zijn ook corresponderende \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset be-sterde \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset omgevingen voor -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Probeer eens enkele van de secties of subsecties te veranderen in de besterde omgevingen en kijk dan hoe de nummering van de opvolgende secties verandert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Corrigeer de sectie en subsectie-koppen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lijsten en Deel-lijsten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX heeft verschillende omgevingen om lijsten op te maken. Deze omgevingen bevrijden je van het duizendmaal op de tab-toets drukken @@ -2043,344 +2324,392 @@ LyX heeft verschillende omgevingen om lijsten op te maken. je in het midden iets wilt toevoegen. Hierdoor kun je je volledig op de inhoud van de lijst concentreren. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ja , we leggen te veel nadruk op dit punt in de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Maar het -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default het centrale punt van LyX, dus vergeef het ons alsjeblieft. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Naar gelang de strekking van de tekst, zul je verschillende lijstomgevingen willen gebruiken: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Een presentatie met overheadsheets zou een lijst kunnen bevatten met opsommingst ekens om verschillende punten te beschrijven. Gebruik hiervoor de -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default omgeving. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Een overzicht zal eerder de -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default -omgeving gebruiken om een genummerde of geletterde lijst te maken -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Een document dat bijvoorbeeld verschillende softwarepakketten beschrijft zou de -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default -omgeving kunnen gebruiken, waarin ieder item begint met een vetgedrukt woord. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Het omgevingstype -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- welke in LaTeX niet voorkomt --- is een iets andere vorm van het omgevingst ype -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laten we eens een lijst opstellen met de redenen waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverwerkers. Typ de volgende regel ergens in je document: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX is beter dan andere tekstverwerkers omdat: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard en geef een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Selecteer nu -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default van het menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment. -\family default +\family default LyX plaatst een opsommingsteken op de regel (in dit geval een asterisk (sterretje) welke in de output er uit zal zien als een ronde cirkel). Typ nu je argumenten: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Het zetwerk wordt voor je gedaan. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Wiskunde is WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Lijsten zijn heel makkelijk te maken! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lijstomgevingen, anders dan koppen, eindigen niet als je een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default hebt gegeven. LyX neemt namelijk aan dat je het volgende item van de lijst wilt maken. Het bovenstaande zal dus in een lijst met 3 items resulteren. Als je binnen een -\emph on +\emph on item -\emph default +\emph default meerdere paragrafen wilt hebben, kun je in plaats van een normale -\family sans +\family sans Return, -\family default +\family default een -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Return -\family default +\family default geven door -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default te typen. Om de lijst te verlaten, moet je weer de -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default omgeving selecteren (of de toetscombinatie -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default gebruiken). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je hebt nu een prachtige lijst met items. Je zou het resultaat op papier kunnen bekijken door LaTeX te runnen. Maar wat nu als je de items wilt nummeren? Heel makkelijk: selecteer de gehele lijst \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX staat het niet toe het eerste opsommingsteken te selecteren tenzij je ook de paragraaf -\emph on +\emph on voor -\emph default +\emph default de lijst selecteert, wat je waarschijnlijk niet wilt doen. Je kunt evenmin de nummers van een sectietitel selecteren. Maak je daar echter geen zorgen over. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset en kies nu -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default van het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. Poef! Zoals we al eerder hebben gezegd: als je items toevoegt of verwijdert zal LyX de nummering bijwerken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt de lijst, zolang deze nog geselecteerd is, veranderen in nog twee andere lijsttypen: -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . In deze twee omgevingen bestaat elk item uit een term (bestaande uit het eerste woord van het item), gevolgd door een definitie (de rest van de paragraaf totdat je een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default geeft). De term is ofwel gezet in een vet lettertype ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ), ofwel gescheiden door een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tab \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Een tab van een zetter wel te verstaan, welke zich aanpast aan de lengte van de grootste term, niet een zielige, stijve, onveranderlijke -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default van een typemachine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) van de rest van de paragraaf. Als je meer dan één woord in de definitie wilt hebben, scheidt dan de woorden met -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Space -\family default +\family default s die je krijgt met de toetscombinatie -\family sans +\family sans C-Space. -\family default +\family default Deze verschijnen in de tekst als kleine blauwe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset s. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Maak de lijst op in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt op allerlei interessante manieren lijsten binnen elkaar inbedden. Een voor de hand liggend voorbeeld is bij het schrijven van schetsen. Genummerde lijsten, en lijsten met opsommingstekens hebben verschillende wijzen waarop items in de sublijsten worden aangegeven. Zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor details over de verschillende soorten lijsten, alsook voorbeelden met -\emph on +\emph on veel -\emph default +\emph default inbeddingen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Andere Omgevingen: Poëzie, Citaten en Meer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Er zijn twee omgevingen om citaten van omringende tekst te scheiden: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default voor korte aanhalingen en -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default voor langere citaten. Computercode (de -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default omgeving, die in de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default gebruikt wordt voor de lange typvoorbeelden) wordt geschreven in een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter typemachine -\family default +\family default lettertype. Dit is de enige plek in LyX waar je meerdere spaties achter elkaar mag typen om de code uit te lijnen. Je kunt zelf poëzie schrijven \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} aangenomen dat je überhaupt creatief genoeg bent om poëzie te schrijven. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset met behulp van de -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default stijl. Gebruik -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default om coupletten te scheiden, en -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default om lijnen binnen een couplet te scheiden. Zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor meer complete beschrijvingen van alle verschillende LyX omgevingen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Maak in het document -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default , de -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default netjes op. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Documenten Schrijven -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het vorige hoofdstuk heeft je hopelijk doen wennen aan het schrijven in LyX. @@ -2395,15 +2724,19 @@ Het vorige hoofdstuk heeft je hopelijk doen wennen aan het schrijven in Vervolgens zal het veel extras beschrijven zoals titels, voetnoten, kruisverwij zingen, bibliografieën en inhoudsopgaven; de dingen die een stukje tekst omtoveren in Een Document. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tekstklassen en Sjablonen: Brieven Schrijven -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tekstklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset Verschillende soorten documenten moeten ook op een verschillende wijze worden opgemaakt. @@ -2413,96 +2746,104 @@ Verschillende soorten documenten moeten ook op een verschillende wijze worden omgevingen --- zoals het adres van de afzender en de handtekening--- welke in een boek of artikel zinloos zijn. De -\emph on +\emph on tekstklasse -\emph default +\emph default van LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX gebruikers: dit is hetzelfde als de documentklasse in LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset regelt deze grote-lijn verschillen tussen de verschillende soorten documenten. Deze -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default bijvoorbeeld, is geschreven in de tekstklasse -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . Tekstklassen zijn een ander belangrijk punt van de WYSIWYM filosofie; zij vertellen LyX hoe het document moet worden opgemaakt zodat jij dit niet hoeft te doen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jouw document wordt waarschijnlijk in de tekstklasse -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default geschreven \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dat is gewoonlijk de tekstklasse die standaard aan een nieuw document wordt toegewezen. Je kunt dit veranderen in je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default bestand. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Probeer het eens te veranderen naar andere tekstklassen om te kijken hoe het dan anders wordt opgemaakt. Dit doe je via het menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default dat je vindt in het popupvenster via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\family default +\family default Als je je document verandert in de tekstklasse -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default en vervolgens kijkt naar het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu, zul je zien dat de meeste omgevingen gewoon toegestaan zijn. Je zult echter nu ook de omgeving -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default kunnen gebruiken. Als je niet zeker weet welke omgevingen toegestaan zijn in een bepaalde tekstklasse, raadpleeg dan het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De grootte van het lettertype, paginakoppen en het afdrukken in een of twee kolommen, zijn slechts een paar dingen waarmee tijdschriften in hun opmaak @@ -2511,32 +2852,46 @@ De grootte van het lettertype, paginakoppen en het afdrukken in een of twee in elektronische vorm. Hierbij hanteren zij LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset stijl-bestanden \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zodat auteurs hun artikelen meteen met de juiste opmaak kunnen inleveren. LyX ondersteunt deze opzet ook. Bijvoorbeeld: LyX ondersteunt de opmaak (en de extra omgevingen) voor de tijdschriften van de American Mathematics Society, door gebruik te maken van de tekstklasse -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hier is een zeer kort overzicht van sommige tekstklassen. Zoals gewoonlijk: zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor details. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2547,404 +2902,452 @@ Gebruikshandleiding \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none Naam -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Opmerkingen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none enkelzijdig, geen hoofdstukken -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none opmaak & -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none omgevingen voor American Mathematics Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none langer dan article, dubbelzijdig -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none report + voor en achterzijde -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit gedoe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none transparanten (inclusief FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none veel extra omgevingen voor adressen, handtekeningen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Sjablonen: Een Brief Schrijven -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een van de meest populaire tekstklassen is -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default . Een manier om een brief op te stellen zou zijn om een nieuw bestand te openen, en te kiezen voor -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default van het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default menu, dat je vindt via het popupvenster -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument. -\family default +\family default Alhoewel dit de meest voor de hand liggende manier is om een brief te schrijven , lijkt het op extra werk. Elke keer als je een een zakenbrief schrijft, wil je je eigen adres hebben, het adres waarnaar je schrijft, een inhoud, een handtekening, enz. LyX heeft daarom een -\emph on +\emph on sjabloon -\emph default +\emph default voor brieven wat eigenlijk een voorbeeldbrief is; als je eenmaal een sjabloon hebt, kun je iedere keer als je een brief schrijft gewoonweg onderdelen van de brief vervangen door je eigen tekst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Open een nieuw bestand met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default . Kies een bestandsnaam en selecteer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default van popupvenster met de titel -\family sans -Choose\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Choose\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default . Bewaar en print het bestand om te zien hoe de verschillende omgevingen worden opgemaakt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je naar het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu kijkt, zul je verschillende omgevingen zien zoals de -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default omgeving, die in de meeste tekstklassen niet eens bestaan. Andere, zoals -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , zijn bekend. Je kunt zelf op onderzoek uitgaan om te kijken hoe de verschillende omgevingen werken. Je zult bijvoorbeeld ontdekken dat de -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default omgeving het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset in rood voor de feitelijke tekst van de handtekening zet. Dit woord zal uiteindelijk niet in de brief verschijnen, zoals je zult zien als je de brief uitprint. Het staat daar om je te laten zien waar de handtekening komt. Merk ook op dat het niet uitmaakt waar in het bestand de -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default regel staat. Onthoudt dat LyX WYSIWYM is; je kunt de -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default omgeving overal neerzetten, LyX weet dat in de uitgeprinte versie, de handtekeni ng aan het einde moet staan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een sjabloon is gewoon een normaal LyX bestand. Dit betekent dat je je adres kunt invullen en je handtekening, en het bestand @@ -2953,38 +3356,42 @@ Een sjabloon is gewoon een normaal LyX bestand. sjabloon gebruiken om tijd te sparen. We hoeven hier waarschijnlijk geen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset oefening \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset voor te stellen; schrijf gewoon een brief aan iemand \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Een waarschuwing als je een vanaf een sjabloon schrijft: als je alle tekst in een omgeving verwijdert--- bijvoorbeeld als je het gehele -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default veld verwijdert zodat je het met je eigen tekst kunt vervangen--- en dan de cursor beweegt zonder ook maar iets te schrijven, zou de omgeving kunnen verdwijnen. Dit gebeurt omdat de meeste omgevingen niet kunnen bestaan zonder een tekst te bevatten. Selecteer de omgeving gewoon opnieuw van het -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default menu om het terug te krijgen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sjablonen kunnen enorm veel tijd besparen en we moedigen je dan ook aan om ze zo vaak mogelijk te gebruiken. @@ -2995,77 +3402,91 @@ Sjablonen kunnen enorm veel tijd besparen en we moedigen je dan ook aan Als zij LyX leren gebruiken zal het een stuk minder intimiderend zijn als er bijvoorbeeld een briefsjabloon voor hun bedrijf is dat al voor hen is opgemaakt. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Document titels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (net als LaTeX) beschouwt de titel --- die de feitelijke titel, de auteur, de datum, en zelfs een samenvatting van een artikel kan bevatten--- als een apart gedeelte van het document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ga terug naar je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default document en overtuig jezelf ervan dat het de tekstklasse -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default gebruikt. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Je moet de brief niet langer gebruiken, omdat de tekstklasse -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default geen titels toelaat. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Typ een titel op de eerste regel, en verander de regel in de -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default omgeving. Op de volgende regel typ je je eigen naam en verander je dit in de -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default omgeving. Op de volgende regel typ je de datum in de -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default omgeving. Typ nu een paragraaf of twee waarin je een samenvatting schrijft, gebruik makend van de -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default omgeving. Bekijk nu hoe het resultaat er op papier uit ziet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Repareer de titel, datum en auteur in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Labels en Kruisverwijzingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je kunt een label toewijzen aan een sectie (of een subsubsectie of wat minder vaak voorkomt, een willekeurig stuk tekst) van je document. @@ -3076,63 +3497,71 @@ Je kunt een label toewijzen aan een sectie (of een subsubsectie of wat minder Net als bij secties en voetnoten, regelt LyX de kruisverwijzingen zelf. Automatische labels en kruisverwijzingen zijn de grootste voordelen van LyX (en LaTeX) boven conventionele tekstverwerkers. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Je eerste label -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laten we onze tweede sectie, met de titel \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Over dit document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , markeren. Klik op het einde van de regel van de sectietitel, en selecteer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default . Een popupscherm vraagt je naar een sectienaam. Typ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:overdocument -\family default +\family default , wat een goede beschrijvende labelnaam lijkt waarmee we niet in war zullen raken als we later andere labels willen toevoegen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard We schrijven \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset omdat je ook aan vergelijkingen, tabellen en figuren een label kunt toewijzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Als je op -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default drukt, zal de naam van de label in een rechthoek naast de sectietitel worden geplaatst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tussen twee haakjes, je zou de label ook ergens anders in de sectie kunnen plaatsen; referenties naar secties zullen altijd refereren naar de sectie @@ -3140,497 +3569,555 @@ Tussen twee haakjes, je zou de label ook ergens anders in de sectie kunnen Als je het echter op dezelfde regel zet als de sectietitel (of misschien op de eerste regel van de tekst van de sectie) weet je zeker dat referenties met -\emph on +\emph on paginanummers, -\emph default +\emph default wijzen naar de pagina waar de sectie begint. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tot nu toe heb je nog niets gedaan; het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand zal er nog hetzelfde uitzien omdat labels niet in de uitgeprinte versie komen. Nu je echter een label hebt toegevoegd kun je hier naar verwijzen met een kruisreferentie. Dit zullen we nu gaan doen. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Je eerste kruisverwijzingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zet de cursor ergens in sectie 2 van je document en typ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code als je meer over dit document wilt weten, zie dan sectie -\newline +\newline dat je vindt op pagina . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zet nu de cursor na het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sectie \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en kies -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ross-Reference -\family default +\family default . Het -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default popupvenster verschijnt. Het toont een lijst van mogelijke labels waarnaar je kunt refereren. Op dit moment behoort er slechts een te zijn, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:overdocument \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Selecteer dit (mogelijkerwijs is het reeds bij verstek geselecteerd) en klik op -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default -nsert\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nsert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default . Zet de cursor nu na het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pagina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en klik op -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -age\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +age\InsetSpace ~ Number -\family default +\family default van het -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default popupvenster. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zet de referenties in een rechthoek daar waar de cursor zich bevond. In de uitgeprinte versie zal de referentiemarkering vervangen worden door ofwel een paginanummer of een sectienummer (dit hangt af wat je in het -\family sans - Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default popupvenster geselecteerd hebt). Een kruisverwijzing kan handig als een hyperlink worden gebruikt als je een document in LyX aan het bewerken bent; als je er op klikt zal er een popup venster verschijnen met een lijst van alle kruisverwijzingen. Door op de knop \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Go to reference \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te drukken ga je naar de plek waar de kruisverwijzing naar wijst. Door op de knop \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Go Back \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te drukken ga je terug naar de plek waar je vandaan kwam. Je kunt hiervoor trouwens ook de toetscombinaties C-< en C-> gebruiken. Gebruik -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , en je zult zien dat we op de laatste pagina naar \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sectie 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pagina 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset verwijzen (of in ieder geval de pagina waar de titel van sectie 2 op staat). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Leuke dingen met labels -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We vertelden je dat LyX het nummeren van kruisverwijzingen regelt; je kunt dit nu uitproberen. - Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe voor Sectie\SpecialChar ~ + Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe voor Sectie\InsetSpace ~ 2. Doe nu een nieuwe LaTeX run, en --- voilà! --- de kruisverwijzing naar - Sectie\SpecialChar ~ + Sectie\InsetSpace ~ 2 is veranderd naar 3! Verander \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Over dit document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - in een subsectie, en de kruisverwijzing zal naar Subsectie\SpecialChar ~ + in een subsectie, en de kruisverwijzing zal naar Subsectie\InsetSpace ~ 2.1 refereren - in plaats van Sectie\SpecialChar ~ + in plaats van Sectie\InsetSpace ~ 3. De paginaverwijzing zal niet veranderen tenzij je natuurlijk voor het label een hele pagina tekst toevoegt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je nog wat meer wilt oefenen met labels, probeer dan eens een label \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:myfirstlabel \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te zetten bij je eerste kruisverwijzing. En verwijs hiernaar vanaf een andere plek in je document. Als je veel kruisverwijzingen toevoegt (bijvoorbeeld als je vakliteratuur schrijft), is het misschien makkelijk om het -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default venster open te laten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je zeker wilt weten dat de paginaverwijzingen ook voor grote documenten goed werken, kopieer dan een aantal pagina's tekst van de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default in je document \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tussen twee haakjes, het kopiëren van een hoofdstuk-titel kan resulteren in een foutmelding van LyX omdat hoofdstukken niet toegestaan zijn in de klasse article. Als dit gebeurt, verwijder dan gewoon de titel van het hoofdstuk. - Als je wilt weten waarom dit gebeurt bekijk dan Sectie\SpecialChar ~ + Als je wilt weten waarom dit gebeurt bekijk dan Sectie\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tekstklassen} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Herstel de verwijzingen in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Voetnoten en Margenoten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voetnoten kunnen worden toegevoegd met de -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default -knop in de knoppenbalk \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De knop laat een pijl naar rode tekst zien welke net onder wat zwarte tekst staat. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset of via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Klik aan het einde van het woordje \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ergens in je document en klik op de -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default -knop. Een voetnoot regel opent onder de regel waar je op dat ogenblik aan het typen bent. Helemaal links zul je het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zien in rode letters op een grijze achtergrond. De rest van de regel heeft een rode rand; dit is waar de tekst van de voetnoot komt. LyX zet de cursor aan het begin van de regel. Typ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX is tekstverwerker die tekst opmaakt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klik nu op het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset De voetnootregel verdwijnt, het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset als index achterlatend in rode letters, op deze wijze zichtbaar makend waar de voetnoot markering in de geprinte tekst komt. Dit wordt het \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset opvouwen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset van de voetnoot genoemd. Je kunt de voetnoot altijd uitvouwen --- en als je wilt, de inhoud bewerken --- door op de rode \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset markering te klikken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je zult je misschien afvragen waarom de voetnootmarkering een woord is in plaats van een nummer. Het antwoord is dat LyX de nummering van voetnoten voor zijn rekening neemt. Je kunt dit zien door naar het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand te kijken (of de uitgeprinte versie). Als je andere voetnoten toevoegt zal LyX de voetnoten hernummeren. Omdat LyX (eigenlijk LaTeX) het nummeren van de voetnoten voor zijn rekening neemt is er in feite geen noodzaak om de nummers in het LyX bestand te zetten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een voetnoot kan net als gewone tekst worden geknipt en geplakt. Probeer het maar! Het enige wat je hoeft te doen is het selecteren van de voetnootmarkering en deze te knippen en te plakken met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut -\family default +\family default en -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste -\family default +\family default . Daarnaast kun je gewone tekst veranderen in een voetnoot door het te selecteren en op de -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default -knop te drukken. Andersom kun je ook een voetnoot in gewone tekst veranderen door op de -\family sans - Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default -knop te drukken als de cursor binnen een voetnoot staat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Margenoten (aantekeningen in de kantlijn) kunnen worden toegevoegd met behulp van de -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ -Margin\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ +Margin\InsetSpace ~ Note -\family default +\family default -knop \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De knop laat een pijl zien die naar rode tekst wijst welke naast (d.w.z. in de kantlijn staat van) zwarte tekst. De knop zou naast de -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default -knop op de knoppenbalk moeten zitten -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , of via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -argin\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +argin\InsetSpace ~ Note -\family default +\family default . Margenoten zijn net als voetnoten behalve dat: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je op het scherm \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ziet in plaats van \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De aantekeningen in de kantlijn worden geplaatst in plaats van onderaan de pagina. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Margenoten niet genummerd worden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Als een aantekening wordt opgevouwen wordt een uitroepteken in de kantlijn geplaatst. Dit uitroepteken zal niet in de uitgeprinte versie te zien zijn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Verander jouw LyX voetnoot in gewone tekst, en verander het dan vervolgens in een kantlijnaantekening. Bekijk het resultaat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Herstel de voetnoot in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografieën -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliografieën} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografieën lijken op kruisverwijzingen. De bibliografie bevat een lijst verwijzingen aan het einde van een document. @@ -3638,307 +4125,337 @@ Bibliografie Net als bij sectietitels maken LyX en LaTeX je taak makkelijker door automatisc h de items in de bibliografie te nummeren en de citaten te veranderen als de nummers van de items veranderen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ga naar het einde van het document en ga in de -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default omgeving. Elke paragraaf die je nu typt zal een referentie worden. Typ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter De Lyx Tutorial, door het LyX DocTeam -\family default +\family default als je eerste referentie. Merk op dat LyX automatisch voor elke referentie een nummer in een rechthoek zet. Klik op het nummer van de referentie en een -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default popup verschijnt. Je gebruikt het eerste veld, de sleutel: -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default , om binnen het LyX document naar deze referentie te verwijzen. Standaard is het een nummer. Verander de sleutel in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset om het gemakkelijker te kunnen onthouden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kies nu een plek in je document waar je een referentie wilt invoegen. Doe dit met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -tation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default . LyX tekent een grijze rechthoek met drie vraagtekens omgeven door haakjes, en een -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default popup verschijnt. Het eerste veld in deze popup heet ook wel -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default , en dit veld laat je kiezen welk item in de bibliografie je wilt citeren \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dit is waarom het een goed idee is om de sleutels unieke en logische namen te geven, in plaats van de standaard nummers te gebruiken in het -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default -veld. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Gebruik makend van het menu met de pijl, rechts van het -\family sans +\family sans Key -\family default +\family default -veld, selecteer je \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (op het ogenblik is dit het enige item in de bibliografie). Doe nu een LaTeX run om het resultaat te bekijken en je zult zien dat het citaat tussen haken in de tekst verschijnt, verwijzend naar de bibliografie aan het einde van het document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hoe worden de andere velden gebruikt? Het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default emark -\family default +\family default -veld in -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default popupvenster zal een opmerking (zoals een referentie naar een pagina of hoofdstuk binnen het boek of artikel waarnaar verwezen wordt) tussen haken achter de referentie zetten. Als je wilt dat de referenties in de uitgeprinte versie labels hebben in plaats van nummers (Sommige tijdschriften zouden bijvoorbeeld \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset gebruiken om een artikel te refereren geschreven door Smith in 1995), gebruik dan het -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default -veld in het -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default . Zie zoals gewoonlijk de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Herstel de bibliografie en het citaat in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inhoudsopgave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Misschien wil je een inhoudsopgave aan het begin van je document. Met LyX is dit heel eenvoudig te realiseren. Geef een -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default na de document-titel en voor je eerste sectietitel \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Raak niet gefrustreerd door te trachten met de backspace toets, of met muisklikk en voor het sectienummer te komen. Dit zal nooit lukken. Je mag het sectienummer toch niet bewerken omdat LyX de nummering voor zijn rekening neemt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset en kies -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ontents -\family default +\family default . De woorden \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table of Contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zullen in een rechthoek verschijnen (ook wel bekend als een inzet) op de eerste regel van het document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dit lijkt niet erg nuttig te zijn. Als je echter naar je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand kijkt zul je zien dat er een inhoudsopgave is gegenereerd met daarin de verschillende secties en subsecties. Zoals gewoonlijk zullen veranderingen in de volgorde van de secties weerspiegel d worden in het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand, nadat je deze vernieuwd hebt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De inhoudsopgave wordt in LyX niet afgebeeld op het scherm omdat je het toch niet kunt bewerken. Je kunt echter wel de inhoudsopgave in een apart venster afbeelden door op de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset table of contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset inzet te klikken, of via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Het menucommando werkt zelfs als je geen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset table of contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset inzet in je document hebt. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Dit is een erg nuttig hulpmiddel. - Je kunt het Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ + Je kunt het Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default -venster gebruiken om door je document te manoeuvreren. Als je op een (sub)sectie-titel in het -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default -venster klikt zal deze doen oplichten en de cursor in het LyX scherm naar die plek in het document verplaatsen. Je kunt ook de pijltjestoetsen gebruiken om naar boven of beneden te bewegen in de inhoudsopgave. Je zult het daarom misschien handig vinden om dit venster open te houden gedurende een LyX sessie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om de inhoudsopgave te verwijderen kun je de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset table of contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset markering met de delete toets verwijderen net zoals je dat bij een gewone letter zou doen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening -\series default +\series default : Herstel de inhoudsopgave in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Wiskundige Uitdrukkingen Gebruiken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX wordt door menig wetenschapper gebruikt omdat de vergelijkingen er in de uitvoer fantastisch uitzien en omdat je ze kunt maken zonder gebruik @@ -3951,137 +4468,153 @@ LaTeX wordt door menig wetenschapper gebruikt omdat de vergelijkingen er gewoon gebruikt kunnen worden, maar dat ze verschijnen op een WYSIWYG manier. Indien je echter nog nooit eerder met LaTeX hebt gewerkt, stelt het \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Math Panel \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset je in staat snel en gemakkelijk professioneel-uitziende vergelijkingen te produceren \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Lyx kan niet controleren of de vergelijking die je invoert -\emph on +\emph on correct -\emph default +\emph default is. Sorry. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Math Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typ ergens in je LyX document: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ik hou van wat Einstein zei, E=mc^2, omdat het zo eenvoudig is. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zelfs in het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand ziet die vergelijking er niet echt goed uit; er is geen spatiëring tussen de letters en het gelijkheidsteken, en je zou graag een superscript gebruiken voor de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Die slechte opmaak kwam omdat we LyX niet verteld hadden dat we een wiskundige uitdrukking schreven, waardoor het de vergelijking als gewone tekst weergaf. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiskundige uitdrukkingen worden geschreven in Mathed, ook gekend als Math modus. Om de math modus te starten, klik je simpelweg op de knop in de werkbalk waarop in het blauw \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset staat. LyX zal dan een klein blauw vierkant openen met een paarse rechthoek er omheen. Het blauwe vierkant is het -\emph on +\emph on invoegpunt -\emph default +\emph default , wat aangeeft dat je je in Mathed bevindt. LyX heeft de cursor in het blauwe vierkant geplaatst, dus je kunt -\family sans +\family sans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default gewoon nogmaals intypen. De uitdrukking wordt blauw weergegeven en het blauwe vierkant verdwijnt zodra het invoegpunt niet leeg is. Typ nu -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default om Mathed te verlaten (Noot: door nogmaals klikken op de math knop verlaat je Mathed -\emph on +\emph on niet -\emph default +\emph default ). De paarse rechthoek verdwijnt en de cursor bevindt zich rechts van de uitdrukki ng. Als je nu iets invoert, verschijnt het weer als gewone tekst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bekijk nu het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand. (In de statusbalk zie je dat LyX het programma LaTeX opstart om het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -bestand te maken). Merk op dat de vergelijking nu netjes is opgemaakt, met spatiëring tussen de letters en het gelijkheidsteken, en de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in superscript. In de Math modus worden letters als variabelen geïnterpreteerd en cursief weergegeven. Cijfers blijven gewoon cijfers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed is nogmaals een voorbeeld van de WYSIWYM filosofie. In LaTeX schrijf je een wiskundige uitdrukking door gebruik te maken van tekst en codes zoals -\backslash +\backslash sqrt. Dit kan frustrerend zijn omdat je niet kunt zien hoe de uitdrukking eruit ziet tot je het bestand door LaTeX laat interpreteren. Je verspilt dan tijd met het zoeken naar ontbrekende haakjes of andere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bugs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Anderzijds probeert LyX niet de uitdrukking perfect weer te geven (WYSISWYG) @@ -4091,237 +4624,247 @@ bugs te of spatiëring. Hierdoor (we vallen in herhaling - sorry) kun je je concentreren op de inhoud van je wiskundige uitdrukkingen in de plaats van de opmaak ervan. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navigeren in een Vergelijking -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Laten we nu een keer \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset veranderen in \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Gebruik de pijltjestoetsen om de cursor in de vergelijking te zetten. Merk op dat de paarse rechthoek weer verschijnt als je in de vergelijking zit, om aan te geven dat je je wederom in Mathed bevindt. Gebruik nu -\family sans +\family sans Links -\family default +\family default of -\family sans +\family sans Rechts -\family default +\family default om de cursor voorbij het gelijkheidsteken te plaatsen, en typ dan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Gebruik nu opnieuw de pijltjestoetsen om de uitdrukking te verlaten of druk op -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , waarna de paarse rechthoek zal verdwijnen. Veel mensen vinden de pijltjestoetsen handig om mee te werken, maar je kunt ook gewoon ergens in de uitdrukking klikken en Mathed starten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Buiten de hieronder beschreven speciale toetsen, is het typen in de math modus hetzelfde als het bewerken van gewone tekst. Gebruik -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (of -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) om iets te verwijderen. Selecteer tekst via de pijltjestoetsen (samen met de -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default -toets) of met behulp van de muis. Zowel -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default als knippen en plakken werkt in de math modus. Voor één ding moet je opletten: als je je net buiten een Mathed uitdrukking bevindt en je drukt op -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (of -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), dan verwijder je de gehele uitdrukking. Gelukkig kun je dit met -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default ongedaan maken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wat gedaan als je \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset wil veranderen naar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Je kunt opnieuw gebruik maken van de muis om de cursor op de juiste plaats te zetten. Je kunt echter ook gebruik maken van de pijltjestoetsen. Als de cursor zich juist achter de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset bevindt maar voor de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dan brengt een druk op -\family sans +\family sans Omhoog -\family default +\family default je op dezelfde hoogte als de exponent, juist voor de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Voeg nu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset toe. Als je nu op -\family sans +\family sans Omlaag -\family default +\family default drukt, kom je terug op het normale niveau. Zelfs als je op een willekeurige plaats in de exponent op -\family sans +\family sans Omlaag -\family default +\family default drukt, zal de cursor zich juist na de exponent bevinden (waar je dan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset kunt intypen). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt ook -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default gebruiken om te navigeren in de uitdrukking. Als je je momenteel in een Mathed structuur (subscript, superscript, breuk, vierkantswortel, afbakeningen of matrix, die allemaal behandeld worden in de volgende secties) bevindt, dan zal het indrukken van de -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default de cursor verplaatsen tot voorbij die structuur, maar nog wel binnen Mathed. Dus als de cursor zich ergens in het superscript bevindt zal het indrukken van de -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default tot gevolg hebben dat de cursor terug op het normale niveau terechtkomt, juist achter het superscript. Dit betekent dat je \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset kunt intypen zonder de muis of de pijltjestoetsen te gebruiken, een werkwijze die je hoogstwaarschijnlijk zal prefereren wanneer je meer ervaring hebt. Zorg er wel voor dat je geen -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default typt tussen de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en het plusteken, anders verlaat je het superscript. Op een plaats waar het indrukken van -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default geen zin heeft (bijvoorbeeld tussen de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), zal dit geen gevolg hebben \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default worden niet gebruikt voor extra witruimte tussen delen van een vergelijking. Witruimte is een onderdeel van letterzetting, wat betekent dat je dit aan LyX (LaTeX) moet overlaten (Zie sec. @@ -4329,180 +4872,200 @@ Tab Als je hier geen vrede mee kan nemen, dan bestaan er manieren om de witruimte te manipuleren. Meer hierover vindt je in de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default --- maar wacht met het aanpassen van de witruimte tot de inhoud van je document afgewerkt is. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Merk op dat wanneer je een uitdrukking invoert en die daarna weer verlaat met -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , er geen -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default achter de uitdrukking zal staan. Dit is gewenst wanneer je daarna een punt of een komma typt, maar wanneer je een woord na de formule wilt plaatsen, moet je expliciet -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default indrukken na het verlaten van Mathed. Een eenvoudiger manier is het indrukken van -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default wanneer de cursor zich aan het einde van een Mathed uitdrukking bevindt. Hierdoor verlaat je Mathed en wordt er een -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default geplaatst na de uitdrukking. Op deze manier kun je dan schrijven: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is mijn favoriete uitdrukking \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in plaats van \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is mijn favoriete uitdrukking \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponenten en Indices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een exponent kan worden ingevoegd vanuit het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu, maar het is echter eenvoudiger om een karet \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te typen. LyX plaatst dan een invoegpunt (herinner je je het blauwe vierkant?) in het superscript waardoor alles wat daaropvolgend ingetypt wordt, in het superscript en in een kleiner lettertype gezet wordt. Totdat een -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default wordt ingedrukt (of -\family sans +\family sans een Esc -\family default +\family default om Mathed helemaal te verlaten), zal alles wat je intypt in het superscript komen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een subscript (index) is net zo eenvoudig; begin met het typen van een underscor e, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Subscript of superscript kan bestaan in zowel sub- als superscript. Bijvoorbeeld: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Plaats vergelijking 1 van -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default in math modus. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default is handig om symbolen in te voeren of vele ingewikkelde Mathed functies te gebruiken. Veel van deze functies kunnen worden verkregen door middel van het toetsenbord of het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default menu. We gaan ons echter concentreren op het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default , gewoon om je te laten weten hoe het in mekaar zit. De toetscombinaties kun je later uit andere handleidingen leren (hint, hint). Open dus het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default en laat het open terwijl je dit onderdeel leest. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Griekse Symbolen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je klikt op de knop met het opschrift \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\varepsilon\varepsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , krijg je een menu waar je een Griekse letter uit kunt kiezen die dan ter hoogte van de cursor geplaatst zal worden. @@ -4510,11 +5073,13 @@ Als je klikt op de knop met het opschrift sigma. Handig: wanneer je tekst aan het intypen bent, en je kiest iets van het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default , wordt Mathed automatisch geopend. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vier andere knoppen aan de onderkant van het Math Panel geven je toegang tot een ruim assortiment aan symbolen die in de wiskunde gebruikt worden: @@ -4523,31 +5088,35 @@ Vier andere knoppen aan de onderkant van het Math Panel geven je toegang van sommen en integralen kunt definieren. De laatste knop is de beruchte \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset overige \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Miscellaneous). \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Vierkantswortels, accenten en afbakeningen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om een vierkantswortel in te voeren, klik je simpelweg op de knop met een vierkantswortel erop afgebeeld. @@ -4557,78 +5126,82 @@ t onder de vierkantswortel. tels, breuken enz. LyX zal automatisch de grootte van de vierkantswortel aanpassen, zodat alles wat eronder zit erin past. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een accent plaatsen boven een enkel karakter ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -) of een groep van karakters\SpecialChar ~ +) of een groep van karakters\InsetSpace ~ ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) gebeurt op dezelfde manier. Klik op de -\family sans +\family sans Decoratie -\family default - knop: een blauwe rechthoek met een zwarte tilde\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + knop: een blauwe rechthoek met een zwarte tilde\InsetSpace ~ (~) erboven. Het -\family sans +\family sans Decoratie -\family default +\family default venster zal nu verschijnen. Klik nu op een decoratie, waardoor LyX deze zal afbeelden met een invoegpunt eronder (of erboven). Typ nu wat je op die plek wilt hebben gevolgd door een -\family sans +\family sans Spatie -\family default +\family default om de decoratie te \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset verlaten \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Afbakeningen zoals ronde haakjes, vierkante haakjes en accolades werken op een gelijkaardige manier maar zijn iets ingewikkelder. Druk op de -\family sans +\family sans Afbakenings -\family default +\family default knop: een blauw vierkant omringt door zwarte vierkante haakjes. Hierdoor verschijnt het -\family sans +\family sans Afbakenings -\family default +\family default (Engels: Delimiter) venster. Klik op een linkse afbakening met de -\emph on +\emph on linker muisknop -\emph default +\emph default en een rechtse afbakening met de -\emph on +\emph on rechter muisknop -\emph default +\emph default (Je kunt ook gebruik maken van de optieknoppen waarnaast -\family sans +\family sans Links -\family default +\family default en -\family sans +\family sans Rechts -\family default +\family default staat, waarna je een afbakening kiest met de -\emph on +\emph on linker muisknop -\emph default +\emph default ). Je huidige keuze van afbakening wordt getoond op een knop in de rechter bovenhoek van het venster. @@ -4636,81 +5209,89 @@ linker muisknop kun je een paar vierkante haakjes of een rond haakje en een vierkant haakje kiezen, je kunt zelfs voor het lege vierkant opteren om iets als \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a$ -\end_inset +\end_inset = \begin_inset Formula $\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te verkrijgen (de lege afbakening wordt in LyX getoond als een gebroken zwarte lijn, maar wordt niet getoond in de uitvoer). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wanneer je de afbakening gekozen hebt, klik dan op -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default het in te voegen (of druk op -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default wanneer je het venster wil openlaten voor de volgende keer). Als je lui bent, kun je ook de eigenlijke haakjes intypen in Math mode, in plaats van het -\family sans +\family sans Afbakenings -\family default +\family default venster te gebruiken. De haakjes zullen echter van dezelfde grootte zijn als normale tekst en zullen er slecht uitzien wanneer er zich een grote breuk of matrix tussen de haakjes bevindt. Het gebruik van het -\family sans +\family sans Afbakenings -\family default +\family default venster garandeert dat de grootte van de haakjes gebaseerd is op wat er zich tussen hen bevindt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt ook afbakeningen, vierkantswortels of decoraties plaatsen op al bestaande tekst. Selecteer het deel van de formule dat je wilt aanpassen, en klik dan op de knop naar keuze in het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default . Probeer zo de tweede wet van Newton van scalaire naar vectoriële vorm te veranderen ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset naar \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Zodra je over matrices hebt geleerd zal je op deze manier ook de haakjes om een matrix zetten. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Breuken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Breuken zijn heel makkelijk in Mathed. Klik simpelweg op de -\family sans +\family sans breuken -\family default +\family default knop in het Math Panel: een breukstreep met een blauw vierkant in de teller en de noemer. LyX plaatst twee invoegpunten in een breuk. @@ -4718,295 +5299,319 @@ breuken de breuk te manoeuvreren. Klik op het bovenste vierkant en typ dan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Druk nu op -\family sans +\family sans Omlaag -\family default +\family default en typ dan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Je hebt net een breuk gemaakt! Natuurlijk kun je van alles in de twee vakjes invoeren: variabelen met exponenten, vierkantswortels, andere breuken, wat je maar wilt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Plaats vergelijking 2 van -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default in math modus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX modus: Limieten, log, sin, en andere -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aangezien letters in math modus gezien worden als variabelen, denkt LyX dat je een product van drie variabelen: -\emph on +\emph on s -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on i -\emph default +\emph default en -\emph on +\emph on n -\emph default +\emph default ingeeft wanneer je \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset typt in math modus. Deze drie letters verschijnen in het cursief, terwijl je het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in Roman lettertype wou. Ook zal LyX geen spatie plaatsen tussen \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (het intypen van Spatie verlaat math modus). Hoe krijg je dan \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in plaats van \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klik op \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in de -\family sans +\family sans Functies -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Functions -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) lijst van het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default . Het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset verschijnt dan in het rood, in Roman lettertype, ook wel bekend als TeX modus. Het hele woord wordt gezien als één symbool. Wanneer je dus -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default indrukt, wordt het hele woord verwijderd. Typ nu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in, hetgeen in blauw cursief verschijnt, zoals verwacht in Mathed. In het -\family sans +\family sans dvi -\family default +\family default bestand is de letterzetting van de uitdrukking correct. Probeer het maar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andere codes die je in TeX modus moet invoeren, gebruik makend van de -\family sans +\family sans Functies -\family default +\family default lijst, omvatten de andere trigonometrische functies en hun inversen, hyperbolis che functies, logaritmen, limieten en een heleboel andere. Deze functies kunnen worden voorzien van sub- en superscripts, belangrijk voor dingen als \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Plaats vergelijking 3 van -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default in math modus. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrices \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Klik op de -\family sans +\family sans matrix -\family default +\family default knop in het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default . Het Matrix venster heeft twee schuifknoppen waarmee je het aantal rijen en kolommen van je matrix kunt kiezen. Kies rijen en kolommen en druk op -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default of -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX toont dan invoegpunten in een \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset matrix. Zoals gewoonlijk kun je een willekeurige Mathed uitdrukking (een vierkantsworte l, een andere matrix, etc.) plaatsen in elk invoegpunt. Indien je dat wilt kun je ook enkele invoegpunten leeg laten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default kan gebruikt worden om door de verschillende kolommen te bewegen. Je kunt echter ook de pijltjestoetsen gebruiken: op -\family sans +\family sans Rechts -\family default +\family default drukken aan het einde van een vakje verplaatst je naar het volgende vakje, -\family sans +\family sans Omlaag -\family default +\family default verplaatst je naar de volgende rij, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Raadpleeg de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default om te weten te komen hoe je de horizontale alignering van elke kolom kunt aanpassen, en hoe je de verticale positionering van de hele matrix kunt veranderen. Merk op dat indien je een tabel wilt maken die tekst bevat, je beter gebruik kunt maken van de fantastische tabelondersteuning van LyX, in plaats van tekst in een matrix proberen te schrijven. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Weergave Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alle uitdrukkingen die we tot nu toe gemaakt hebben, bevonden zich op dezelfde regel als de tekst die ervoor en erachter stond, ook gekend als inline @@ -5016,26 +5621,28 @@ Alle uitdrukkingen die we tot nu toe gemaakt hebben, bevonden zich op dezelfde schrijven. Daarenboven, enkel uitdrukkingen in weergave modus kunnen van een label en een nummer voorzien worden (zie de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default ). Multi-lijn vergelijkingen (zie Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{multi-lijn verg} -\end_inset +\end_inset )moeten zelfs in de weergave modus geschreven worden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klik op de -\family sans +\family sans weergave -\family default +\family default knop in het -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\family default +\family default , voorgesteld door een aantal lijnen tekst onder en boven een gecentreerd blauw vierkant. LyX opent een invoegpunt, maar het invoegpunt bevindt zich op een nieuwe @@ -5043,62 +5650,78 @@ Math Panel Typ nu een uitdrukking en start LaTeX om het resultaat te zien. De weergave knop is eigenlijk een aan/uit schakelaar; gebruik het nu om een aantal van je uitdrukkingen naar weergave modus om te zetten en omgekeerd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Weergave modus verschilt hier en daar van de gewone Mathed: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Het standaard font is groter voor enkele symbolen zoals \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset en \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Sub- en superscripts voor limieten en sommen (maar niet voor integralen) worden onder in plaats van naast de symbolen geplaatst -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tekst is gecentreerd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Buiten deze verschillen echter komen uitdrukkingen in weergave modus en inline uitdrukkingen grotendeels overeen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een laatste opmerking over de letterzetting van een vergelijking in weergave modus: let op of je je vergelijking wel in een nieuwe paragraaf wilt plaatsen of niet. Wanneer je vergelijking zich in het midden van een zin of een paragraaf bevindt, druk dan niet op -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Als je dat doet wordt de tekst achter de vergelijking als een nieuwe paragraaf beschouwd en zal dan ook worden ingesprongen. Dit is waarschijnlijk niet wat je wilt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Plaats de verschillende vergelijkingen van -\family typewriter +\family typewriter nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx -\family default +\family default in weergave modus en bekijk hoe de opmaak verandert. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Oefening: -\series default +\series default Door gebruik te maken van de verschillende hulpmiddelen die je in dit deel hebt leren kennen, zou je nu in staat moeten zijn een uitdrukking zoals de volgende te schrijven: @@ -5108,73 +5731,87 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Multi-lijn vergelijkingen \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{multi-lijn verg} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Probeer de volgende vergelijking te construeren en kijk dan naar het resultaat in het -\family sans +\family sans dvi -\family default +\family default bestand. Je zal twee afzonderlijke vergelijkingen in weergave modus moeten invoeren. \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dit lijkt nergens op! Als je twee of meer opeenvolgende vergelijkingen schrijft, zouden ze er veel beter uitzien als de gelijkheidstekens gealigneerd waren; vooral wanneer de tweede vergelijking geen linker lid heeft. In LyX kun je multi-lijn vergelijkingen schrijven en controle hebben over de alignering. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dit zit er -\emph on +\emph on veel -\emph default +\emph default beter uit! De gelijkheidstekens zijn gealigneerd, en er is minder verticale spatiëring tussen de vergelijkingen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om een multi-lijn vergelijking te beginnen open je een Mathed uitdrukking in weergave modus en druk -\family sans +\family sans je C-Return -\family default +\family default . Lyx drukt dan twee regels af, elk met drie lege invoegpunten. Zoals bij matrices kun je de muis, de pijltjestoetsen of Tab gebruiken @@ -5188,10 +5825,12 @@ je C-Return x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX aligneert het tweede (centrale) veld van elke regel, dus meestal plaats je daar gelijkheidstekens of andere relationele operatoren, maar je kunt @@ -5200,95 +5839,111 @@ LyX aligneert het tweede (centrale) veld van elke regel, dus meestal plaats gebruik daarvoor een matrix (zie Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als je nog een langere set van vergelijkingen wil, gebruik dan -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default om een nieuwe regel met drie lege invoegpunten te krijgen. Als je je nog niet aan het einde van de regel bevindt wanneer je dit doet, zal het resterende deel op de volgende regel worden gezet. Als je op -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default drukt wanneer je reeds een multi-lijn vergelijking (op één regel) geschreven hebt, zal de hele vergelijking in het eerste veld worden geplaatst. Plaats de cursor voor het gelijkheidsteken en druk op -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default om het naar het tweede veld te verplaatsen. Positioneer de cursor dan achter het gelijkheidsteken en druk nogmaals op -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default ; het rechter lid van de vergelijking wordt nu naar het derde veld verplaatst. Probeer nu \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset om te vormen tot \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als je teveel regels geschreven hebt, plaats de cursor dan op het einde van een regel en gebruik -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default om de volgende regel te verwijderen. Dit verwijdert de linefeed en voegt de volgende regel (alle drie de invoegpunte n) toe aan de huidige. Als de volgende regel leeg is, wordt deze domweg verwijderd. Opgelet: het gebruik van -\family sans +\family sans M-e k -\family default +\family default wanneer je je niet op het einde van een regel bevindt, kan vreemde gevolgen hebben. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Meer Wiskundige Dingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed kan nog veel meer. Ondertussen ben je vertrouwd met de basis dus we verwijzen je naar de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor tips hoe je: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uitdrukkingen kunt voorzien van een label en een nummering -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lettertypes kunt veranderen, bv. vette tekst in een uitdrukking plaatsen. Merk op dat het drukken op de -\family sans +\family sans math -\family default +\family default knop in de werkbalk wanneer je je al in Mathed bevindt, je toelaat tekst in het Roman lettertype te schrijven, tot je op een (niet-beschermde) spatie typt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fontgroottes en spatiëring naar je hand kunt zetten binnen een uitdrukking. (Doe dit soort dingen echter pas bij de laatste kladversie!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Macros kunt schrijven. Deze zijn zeer krachtig, omdat je ze slechts één keer hoeft te definieren @@ -5297,129 +5952,149 @@ Macros kunt schrijven. Als je de definitie van een macro verandert zal die verandering overal in het document worden doorgevoerd. Macros kunnen zelfs voorzien worden van argumenten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nog veel meer dingen kunt doen waarvoor we de tijd niet hadden om ze te vermelden in deze -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Overige -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Andere belangrijke mogelijkheden van LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We hebben nog niet alle mogelijkheden van LyX behandeld en we zullen dat hier ook niet doen. Zie zoals gewoonlijk de -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default voor meer informatie. De precieze werking van elk menu-onderdeel wordt beschreven in de -\emph on +\emph on Referentiehandleiding -\emph default +\emph default . We zullen hier alleen nog een aantal dingen noemen die LyX kan doen\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX heeft WYSIWYG ondersteuning voor tabellen. Gebruik -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default le -\family default +\family default om een tabel in te voegen. Klik met de -\emph on +\emph on rechter -\emph default +\emph default muisknop op de tabel om een -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default popup-venster te krijgen waar je de tabel uitgebreid mee kunt bewerken. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ondersteunt het invoegen van figuren in PostScript® formaat (of ruwe LaTeX) binnen documenten. (Je raadt het al: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default ure -\family default +\family default . Klik vervolgens op het figuur om het bestand te kiezen, het te roteren, de schaal te veranderen enz.) Tabellen en figuren kunnen onderschriften hebben en LyX zal automatisch een lijst van tabellen en figuren genereren. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Versiecontrole wordt ondersteund via RCS (doe -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default voor meer informatie). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX is zwaar configureerbaar. Alles, van hoe het LyX venster er uit ziet tot hoe de uitvoer er uit ziet, kan op verschillende wijzen worden geconfigureerd. Dit wordt grotendeels gedaan door het bewerken van het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default bestand \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Momenteel moet je het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -bestand met een tekst editor bewerken. De ontwikkelaars hopen een grafisch configuratie hulpmiddel te ontwikkelen binnen LyX. Dit is in deze versie al grotendeels gedaan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Kijk voor informatie hierover bij -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX wordt door een team van programmeurs in vijf continenten ontwikkeld. Daarom heeft LyX een betere ondersteuning voor niet-Engelse talen (zoals @@ -5427,93 +6102,105 @@ LyX wordt door een team van programmeurs in vijf continenten ontwikkeld. ) dan veel andere tekstverwerkers. Je kunt documenten in andere talen schrijven maar je kunt LyX ook zo configurer en dat het de menu's en foutmeldingen weergeeft in een andere taal. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize De menus van LyX ondersteunen toetscombinaties. Dat betekent dat je een bestand kunt openen via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen, -\family default +\family default of door -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default te typen gevolgd door een -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default . Toetscombinaties kunnen ook worden geconfigureerd (er bestaan zelfs toetscombin aties voor enkele van de menus die vanuit het Engels zijn vertaald). Meer informatie vind je via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kan LaTeX documenten inlezen. Zie sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Controleer de spelling van je document met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pellchecker -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Merk op dat de spellingscontrole werkt vanaf het punt waar de cursor zich op dat moment bevindt tot aan het einde van het document. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section LyX voor LaTeX Gebruikers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexgebruikers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Als je niets van LaTeX afweet, hoef je dit onderdeel niet te lezen. Je zou echter LaTeX kunnen willen -\emph on +\emph on leren -\emph default +\emph default , en daarom deze sectie wel wensen te lezen. De meeste mensen die met LyX beginnen zijn echter wel bekend met LaTeX. Als jij zo iemand bent zul je je misschien afvragen of LyX werkelijk alles @@ -5522,42 +6209,50 @@ leren kan maar dat het het schrijven van een document in LaTeX enorm vereenvoudigt. Er zullen enkele ergernissen zijn bij het converteren van oude LaTeX documenten , maar komende versies van LyX zullen dit soort problemen oplossen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Omdat dit slechts een tutorial is zullen we alleen dingen bespreken die nieuwe LyX gebruikers interessant zullen vinden. Omdat we de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default kort willen houden zullen we hier slechts minimaal informatie verstrekken. De -\emph on +\emph on Gebruikshandleiding -\emph default +\emph default heeft veel meer informatie over de verschillen tussen LyX en LaTeX en hoe je verschillende handigheidjes van LaTeX in LyX kunt doen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX Modus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alles wat je in TeX-modus kunt invoeren zal rechtstreeks naar LaTeX worden gevoerd en zal in rood op het scherm verschijnen. Je komt in de TeX-modus via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Te -\bar under +\bar under X -\bar default +\bar default Style -\family default +\family default of door op de rode TeX schakelknop op de knoppenbalk te drukken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In Mathed, wordt TeX-modus op een iets andere manier behandeld. Je komt in TeX-modus door een backslash te typen. @@ -5568,58 +6263,62 @@ h teken zoals een nummer, een underscore, een karet, of haakjes. Zodra je TeX-modus verlaat zal LyX het, indien het de TeX code die je zojuist hebt ingevoerd kent, omzetten in WYSIWYM. Dus als je in Mathed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default typt, en vervolgens een spatie, zal LyX de rode \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset veranderen in een blauwe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dit werkt voor bijna alle eenvoudige math-macros. Merk op dat functies als -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default rood zullen blijven omdat deze al WYSIWYM zijn. Deze manier van invoeren kan sneller zijn dan het gebruik van het -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , en het zal in het bijzonder gemakkelijk zijn voor ervaren LaTeX gebruikers. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als speciaal geval, indien je een haakje in Mathed's TeX-modus typt zal Mathed het beginhaakje -\emph on +\emph on en -\emph default +\emph default het eindehaakje in rood zetten, je vervolgens uit de TeX modus halen en de cursor tussen de haakjes zetten. Dit maakt het eenvoudig codes in te voeren die Mathed niet kent en die een argument nodig hebben. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kan (nog?) niet alles doen wat LaTeX kan. Sommige bijzondere functies worden in het geheel niet ondersteund, terwijl @@ -5629,382 +6328,422 @@ LyX kan (nog?) niet alles doen wat LaTeX kan. bewerken. LyX zou nooit elk LaTeX pakket kunnen ondersteunen. Echter, door -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default in de preambule (zie Sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preambule} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) te typen kun je elk pakket gebruiken dat je wilt, alhoewel je geen WYSIWYG ondersteuning voor de mogelijkheden van dat pakket zult hebben. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Documenten Importeren--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je kunt een LaTeX bestand in LyX importeren via het menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Dit zal een Perl script aanroepen genaamd -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default . Dit script zet een bestand genaamd -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default om in het bestand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default en opent dit vervolgens. Als de omzetting niet lukt, kun je proberen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default vanaf een commandoregel aan te roepen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Als LyX geïnstalleerd is, zal een apart programma genaamd -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default in dezelfde map geplaatst worden als het LyX programma. (b.v., -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default vereist Perl (versie 5.002 ten tijde van dit schrijven). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , mogelijk gebruik makend van speciale opties. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default zal het overgrote deel van LaTeX code omzetten, maar niet alles. Het zal de dingen die het niet begrijpt in TeX modus zetten. Dus na het omzetten van een bestand met -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default kun je uitkijken naar rode tekst en deze handmatig bewerken zodat het er goed uitziet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default heeft zijn eigen man-pagina. Lees dit om uit te zoeken welke LaTeX codes en omgevingen niet ondersteund worden, welke fouten er in zitten (en hoe je hier omheen kunt werken) en hoe je de verschillende opties kunt gebruiken. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX Documenten naar LaTeX Converteren. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mogelijk zou je een LyX document naar een LaTeX bestand willen omzetten. Bijvoorbeeld: een medewerker, of mede-auteur, die LyX niet heeft, zou het willen lezen. Dit is gemakkelijk te doen in LyX. Selecteer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -as\SpecialChar ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Dit zal het bestand -\family typewriter +\family typewriter watdanook.lyx -\family default +\family default welke je op dat moment aan het bewerken bent, omzetten naar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter watdanook.tex -\family default +\family default . LyX maakt altijd al tijdelijke LaTeX bestanden aan als je een bestand print of bekijkt, dus LyX is heel goed in het genereren van LaTeX code. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Preambule -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Document klasse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default popup regelt een groot deel van de vele opties die je in een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default commando zou zetten. Verander de klasse, standaard fontgrootte en papierformaat hier. Zet elke andere optie van het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default commando in de -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Extra Preambule Codes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preambule} -\end_inset +\end_inset Als je speciale codes in de preambule van een LaTeX bestand moet zetten, kan je dat ook in LyX doen. Selecteer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -atex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +atex\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\family default +\family default en typ in het popupvenster. Alles wat je invoert zal (net als in de TeX modus) rechtstreeks in LaTeX worden gezet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ondersteunt BibTeX. BibTeX staat je toe een database te maken van de bibliografische referenties die je in meerdere bestanden kunt gebruiken. Selecteer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default om een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -bestand in te voegen. Klik op de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset BibTeX Generated References \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset knop en je zult een -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default popup krijgen. In het -\family sans +\family sans Database -\family default +\family default -veld typ je wat je normaal tussen de haakjes van een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default commando zou typen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Net als in LaTeX moeten meervoudige bibliografieën door kommas gescheiden zijn, zonder spatiëring. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . In het -\family sans +\family sans Style -\family default +\family default -veld type je wat je normaal tussen de haakjes van een -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default commando zou typen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nadat je dit gedaan hebt kun je de citaten van elke bibliografie die je via -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -tation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default bijgevoegd hebt, gebruiken (zie Sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliografieën} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX regelt het BibTeX gedeelte. Vanaf LyX versie 1.0.1 laat de combo-box in het -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default popup venster een lijst van alle referenties in je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default bestand zien. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overige -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Invoegen van een beveiligde spatie gebeurt met -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default . Dit zal op het scherm verschijnen als een kleine blauwe \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In deze -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default vind je er vele. Zie het -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default menu voor meer speciale tekens, waaronder ellipsis, geforceerde regeleinde, en verbindingsstreepje. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fouten! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Soms als je een document LaTeX't zijn er foutmeldingen: LyX of LaTeX begrijpt iets niet. Als dit gebeurt zal LyX een foutknop maken (een rechthoek met het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Als je op deze knop drukt verschijnt er een venster met daarin de reden @@ -6013,4 +6752,7 @@ error Deze zullen echter nauwelijks voorkomen. Als LaTeX een probleem heeft (dit komt meestal voor bij dingen die je in TeX-modus hebt ingevoerd) zal LyX gewoon de foutmelding van LaTeX tonen. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx index 316d39d330..06619d5657 100644 --- a/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language norsk \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,55 +24,72 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduksjon til LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author av LyX-teamet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default er hovedansvarlig for denne filen. Bruk epostlisten for LyX-dokumentasjon, , om du har kommentarer eller forslag til rettelser. -\newline +\newline Oversatt til norsk av -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Helge Hafting -\shape default +\shape default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:LyX-filosofien} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-filosofien -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hva er LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX er et program for å produsere dokumenter. Det egner seg bra til komplekse tekniske og vitenskapelige artikler med @@ -90,41 +108,47 @@ L, kryptologi, romaner, poesi, og til og med en barnebok eller to), artikler i vitenskapelige tidsskrifter, filmmanuskripter, forretningsplaner\SpecialChar \ldots{} og mye annet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX gir oss en moderne måte å skrive dokumenter på datamaskinen, et markeringspa radigme som bryter med \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset skrivemaskin-modellen \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Det er laget for tekstforfattere som vil ha et profesjonelt resultat raskt, med minimal innsats, uten å måtte være spesialister i typesetting. Typesettingen gjøres hovedsaklig av datamaskinen, ikke forfatteren; med LyX kan forfatteren konsentrere seg om innholdet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noe av utfordringen med å ta i bruk LyX er å måtte tenke på en ny måte. En gang i tiden var skrivemaskinen alt vi hadde, så vi lærte oss noen triks for å komme rundt dens begrensninger. Understreking med \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset var en måte å fremheve tekst. Du måtte lære kolonnebredder og tabulatorposisjoner, og stille inn disse, for å lage tabeller. Det samme gjaldt brev og annen høyrejustert tekst. Orddeling ved linjeskift krevde fremsyn og et trenet øye. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Med andre ord, vi er trent opp til å bekymre oss om små detaljer om hvor vi skal sette hvilket tegn. @@ -135,86 +159,94 @@ Med andre ord, vi er trent opp til på en skrivemaskin. Dette er filosofien bak tekstbehandlere av typen WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Det du ser er det du får) . Dessverre er resultatet av dette paradigmet ofte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser er alt du får \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Du får ikke noe mer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det er her LyX er anderledes enn annen tekstbehandling. Du bekymrer deg ikke om hva som skal hvor. Du forteller LyX -\emph on +\emph on hva du skriver -\emph default +\emph default og LyX ordner resten etter et regelsett kalt en -\emph on +\emph on stil. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Riktignok har andre populære kontorprogrammer også fått seg noen slags stiler som kan brukes på lignende vis. Men de brukes sjelden i praksis. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default La oss ta et eksempel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du skriver en rapport. Først vil du ha et avsnitt kalt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduksjon \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Så du bruker menyen i tekstbehandleren og velger en større skrift. Deretter aktiverer du fet skrift, og skriver \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. Introduksjon \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Hvis du senere skulle finne ut at dette hører hjemme et annet sted i dokumentet , eller hvis du skriver et nytt avsnitt foran det, må du forandre numrene for dette og alle etterfølgende avsnitt både i teksten og innholdsfortegnelsen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I Lyx velger du -\family sans +\family sans Seksjon -\family default +\family default i menyen til venstre for knapperaden og skriver \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduksjon \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Det er alt! Hvis du flytter avsnittet et annet sted oppdateres numrene @@ -222,19 +254,23 @@ Introduksjon Og hvis du refererer til avsnittet på rett vis, ved å sette inn kryssreferanser , vil LyX oppdatere dem automatisk så du aldri noensinne trenger skrive et avsnittsnummer selv. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La oss så se på konsistensproblematikken. - Fem dager senere åpner du dokumentet igjen, for å skrive seksjon\SpecialChar ~ + Fem dager senere åpner du dokumentet igjen, for å skrive seksjon\InsetSpace ~ 4. Men du har glemt at du brukte 18pt fet skrift i stedet for 16pt, så overskrifte -n for seksjon\SpecialChar ~ -4 får en annen skrifttype enn for seksjon\SpecialChar ~ +n for seksjon\InsetSpace ~ +4 får en annen skrifttype enn for seksjon\InsetSpace ~ 1. Det problemet eksisterer ikke i LyX. Datamaskinen husker på detaljer, som hvilke ting som skal ha hvilken skrifttype. Det er slikt maskinene er flinke til. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Et annet eksempel. Du lager en liste. @@ -245,86 +281,102 @@ Et annet eksempel. I LyX tenker du bare på to ting: hva slags liste det er, og hva det skal stå i den. Det er det hele. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Så den grunnleggende ideen bak LyX er: angi -\emph on +\emph on hva -\emph default +\emph default du lager, ikke -\emph on +\emph on hvordan -\emph default +\emph default du gjør det. I stedet for \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser er det du får \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset er LyX-filosofien \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser er det du -\emph on +\emph on mener -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (What You See Is What You Mean, WYSIWYM). Den gjør det mye enklere å skrive dokumenter. Dette er også grunnen til at LyX ikke er så godt egnet til plakater og brosjyrer --- i slike tilfeller -\emph on +\emph on ønsker -\emph default +\emph default du å spesifisere nøyaktig hvor alt skal stå, fordi det ikke er noen funksjonell e enheter som avsnitt, seksjoner, osv. Det betyr ikke at LyX mangler noe vesentlig, det er simpelthen ikke riktig verktøy for jobben. Du bruker heller ikke en skrutrekker til å slå inn spiker med. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nei, vi prøver ikke å starte (eller vinne) en tekstbehandlingskrig, men vi mener det er viktig å beskrive LyXs egenskaper. Og en av LyXs viktigste egenskaper, WYSIWYM, er grunnleggende anderledes enn det tekstbehandlingskonsept folk flest kjenner. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dette finner du ikke i LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Formateringslinjal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulatorer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ekstra mellomrom (f.eks. ved å trykke -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default eller -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default to eller flere ganger på rad.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatorer er, sammen med en linjal som viser posisjonen på siden, ubrukelige i LyX. @@ -333,29 +385,45 @@ Tabulatorer er, sammen med en linjal som viser posisjonen p avhengig av konteksten. I starten kan det være irriterende å ikke kunne sette inn to blanke linjer på rad, men det gir mening når du tenker i WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Her er noen ting som fins i LyX, men brukes anderledes enn en skulle tro: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Innrykk -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sideskift -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linjeavstand (f.eks. enkelt, dobbelt, osv.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Avstand, vannrett og loddrett -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skrifttyper og -størrelser -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skriftjustering (fet, kursiv, understreket, osv.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selv om de fins i LyX, trenger du dem vanligvis ikke. LyX tar seg av slikt avhengig av hva du holder på med. @@ -367,42 +435,58 @@ Selv om de fins i LyX, trenger du dem vanligvis ikke. Generelt er avstanden mellom linjer, ord og avsnitt fleksibel, styrt av LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Alle disse egenskapene kan finjusteres (noen krever kjennskap til LaTeX), enten for hele dokumentet eller deler av det. Se -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualen -\emph default +\emph default eller -\emph on +\emph on Avanserte funksjoner. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Til slutt noen områder hvor vi mener LyX (og LaTeX) overgår mange andre tekstbehandlere: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Orddeling -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lister av alle slag -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematikk -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabeller -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kryssreferanser -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riktig nok kan mange moderne tekstbehandlere håndtere matematiske symboler, tabeller og orddeling, og mange har beveget seg mot stildefinisjoner og @@ -410,69 +494,75 @@ Riktig nok kan mange moderne tekstbehandlere h Men det har skjedd nylig, mens Lyx bygger på dokumentutviklingssystemet LaTeX. LaTeX har eksistert i over 15 år, og -\emph on +\emph on virker -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hva -\emph on +\emph on er -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default (og hva angår det meg)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX er et dokumentutviklingssystem designet av Leslie Lamport i 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informasjonen i dette avsnittet kommer fra \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset A Guide to LaTeX2e, \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset av Helmut Kopka og Patrick Dal, som er nevnt i -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualens -\emph default +\emph default litteraturliste. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Det bygger igjen på et typesettingsspråk kalt TeX, som Donald Knuth lagde i 1984. TeX uttales \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tech \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , med samme \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ch \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -lyd som i tysk \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ach \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De fleste vet ikke hva TeX er. @@ -480,43 +570,47 @@ ach Det er mer komplisert enn en skrivemaskin, men ikke så komplisert som en trykkpresse; men mange av pressens \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset triks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset er implementert som algoritmer av Knuth, dette er grunnen til den fremragende kvaliteten på utskrifter fra TeX. TeX produserer en såkalt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset utstyrsuavhengig \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (device independent) fil, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Du kan bruke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen i programmer som forstår -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , eller konvertere den til andre formater som PostScript®, PDF, o.l. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis det ikke var for en funksjon til, ville TeX bare vært et typesettingsprogra m. Men TeX har også muligheter for å definere makroer. Dermed blir det straks mer interessant. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De fleste TeX-brukere bruker egentlig en makro-pakke Knuth lagde for å skjule detaljene omkring typesetting. @@ -529,7 +623,9 @@ kommandoer. ientert, et kommandosett for å sette ting som seksjoner, tabeller og formler på en ensartet konsistent måte. Slik ble LaTeX til. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Samtidig med utviklingen av LaTeX lagde andre sine egne makropakker for TeX, for å lage slides, artikler til matematiske tidsskrifter, osv. @@ -540,27 +636,29 @@ Samtidig med utviklingen av LaTeX lagde andre sine egne makropakker for bruke nye skrifttyper, m.m. LaTeX er faktisk et omfattende språk i seg selv! Brukere verden over har lagd sine egne tillegg til LaTeX utover de vanlige. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det er to måter å utvide LaTeX: klasser og stiler. En -\emph on +\emph on klasse -\emph default +\emph default er et sett LaTeX- (og TeX-) makroer som beskriver en type dokument, f.eks. en bok eller artikkel. Det fins klasser for slides, for fysiske og matematiske tidsskrifter \SpecialChar \ldots{} mange universiteter har til og med sine egne klasser for sine avhandlinger! En -\emph on +\emph on stil -\emph default +\emph default avviker fra en klasse ved at den ikke definerer en ny dokumenttype, men en annen -\emph on +\emph on oppførsel -\emph default +\emph default ethvert dokument kan ha. For eksempel styrer LyX marger og linjeavstand med to LaTeX stil-filer. Det fins stilfiler for en lang rekke ting: utskrift av etiketter eller @@ -568,99 +666,125 @@ oppf design av sideoppsett, justering av litteraturlister, forandring av utseende og plassering for fotnoter, tabeller og figurer, listeoppsett, osv., osv. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Her er en oppsummering: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Typesettingsspråk med makrofunksjonalitet. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Makropakke bygd på TeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klasser: Beskrivelser av dokumenttyper for LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 stiler: Forandrer LaTeX's standardoppførsel på en eller annen måte. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Visuell, WYSIWYM tekstbehandler som bruker LaTeX for utskrift. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tanken bak denne seksjonen var å prøve å forklare -\emph on +\emph on hvorfor -\emph default +\emph default LyX er anderledes enn andre tekstbehandlere. Forklaringen er enkel: LyX bruker LaTeX for å skrive ut. Som LaTeX fokuserer LyX på konteksten i det du skriver --- -\emph on +\emph on hva -\emph default +\emph default du skriver. Datamaskinen ordner deretter utseendet. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Finne frem i dokumentasjonen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For å gjøre det lettere å svare på dine spørsmål og beskrive alle mulighetene i LyX, er dokumentasjonen delt opp i flere filer. Hver tjener sitt formål, som beskrevet under. Du bør lese dette kapitlet grundig før du pløyer gjennom dem, det inneholder mye nyttig informasjon og kommentarer som kan spare tid for deg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Selv om LyX er godt forbi \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset versjon 1.0 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , kan noe av dokumentasjonen kan ha mangler eller være foreldet, men vi prøver å holde følge. Som for resten av LyX produseres manualene av frivillige, som har \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset virkelige jobber \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , familier, oppvask, kattekasser å tømme, osv. - Hvis du vil hjelpe, les kapittel\SpecialChar ~ + Hvis du vil hjelpe, les kapittel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra} -\end_inset +\end_inset i tillegg til resten av dokumentet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Og gjør oss en tjeneste --- hvis noe i manualene forvirrer deg, er uklart eller feil, la oss få vite det! Du kan kontakte oss ved å skrive til -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Hvis du har spørsmål som ikke har opplagte svar i dokumentasjonen og trenger hjelp fort, kan du bruke postlisten for LyX-brukere, som har adressen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Formatet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noen trykker manualene, andre leser dem på skjermen i LyX. Utseendet på skjermen avviker en del fra det trykte. @@ -669,44 +793,50 @@ Noen trykker manualene, andre leser dem p Hverken fotnoter eller innholdsfortegnelse er synlig. For å åpne en fotnote, som ser slik ut, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hei! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For å lukke denne fotnoten, klikk på den grå boksen over til venstre som det står \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset fot \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset på. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset klikker du på den med venstre museknapp. For innholdsfortegnelsen kan du enten klikke på den grå knappen, eller bruke menyen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default aviger -\family default +\family default hvor innholdet vises automatisk. (Prøv det!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I de trykte manualene opptrer alle kryssreferanser som kapittelnumre, seksjonsnu mre, underseksjonsnumre osv. På skjermen vil derimot kryssreferanser være en grå firkant som den følgende: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Den trykte manualen viser bare et nummer.) Hvis du klikker på firkanten @@ -714,697 +844,795 @@ mre, underseksjonsnumre osv. i dokumentet. Denne introduksjonen har bare en, kalt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset cha:Bidrag \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Du kan hoppe til dette kapitlet ved å klikke på knappen \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Gå til \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Det er like lett å komme tilbake. Klikk på knappen \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tilbake \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset eller trykk -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default . (Hva betyr \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Se under.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nå som vi har gjort rede for noen av forskjellene mellom den trykte versjonen og det på skjermen, kan vi begynne å se på dette dokumentets format. Du vil støte på ord i forskjellige skrifter: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Uthevet stil -\emph default +\emph default brukes for generell utheving, boktitler, titler på avsnitt i de andre manualene , og notater fra forfatterne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Skrivemaskin -\family default +\family default brukes til program- og filnavn, LaTeX- og LyX-kode, og funksjoner. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Grotesk (Sans Serif) -\family default +\family default brukes for navn på menyer, knapper, vinduer, og taster på tastaturet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Kapiteler -\noun default +\noun default brukes til personnavn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For hurtigtaster og lignende henvises du til avsnittet -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Avanserte funksjoner \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Når vi beskriver taster, bruker vi følgende konvensjon: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset C- \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default betyr -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset S- \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default betyr -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset M- \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default betyr -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default tasten, som på mange tastaturer er -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset F1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset F12 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default er funksjonstastene. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Esc \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default er escape-tasten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Venstre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Høyre \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Opp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ned \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default : piltaster. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Delete \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Home \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset End \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default : 6 taster som fins over piltastene på endel PC-tastaturer. -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageUp \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset PageDown \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default kalles -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Prior \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Next \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default på enkelte tastaturer. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default refererer til samme tast. Noen tastaturer bruker navnet \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , noen bruker \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset i stedet, noen har to taster. LyX behandler begge som samme tast, og kaller dem både -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default og -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kan også støte på fraser som \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset (Se -\emph on +\emph on 'Avanserte funksjoner' -\emph default +\emph default ) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset fra tid til annen. Vi har listet opp de mulige standard-hurtigtastene for funksjoner i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Avanserte funksjoner \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\emph default +\emph default så se der også. Legg merke til at det fins to tastaturoppsett for LyX: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -typen som er den vanlige og vel kjent for PC-brukere, og \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -typen for de som har vokst opp med unix og Emacs. Medmindre det står noe annet refererer dokumentasjonen til CUA-typen. Hvis du kjenner Emacs klarer du sannsynligvis selv å finne frem i dokumentasjon en og aktivere emacs-oppsettet. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manualene -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Følgende liste beskriver innholdet i hver av filene i dokumentasjonen. Ikke alle er oversatt til norsk ennå. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Introduksjon -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Denne filen. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanual (Tutorial) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Hvis LyX og LaTeX er nytt for deg, bør du starte her. - Hvis du tror LaTeX er råmateriale for kondomer bør du definitivt lese kapittel\SpecialChar ~ + Hvis du tror LaTeX er råmateriale for kondomer bør du definitivt lese kapittel\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:LyX-filosofien} -\end_inset +\end_inset , omigjen, og deretter -\emph on +\emph on begynnermanualen -\emph default +\emph default . Etter å ha lest -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen, -\emph default +\emph default vil du muligens fremdeles tro LaTeX er et elastisk materiale --- men du -\emph on +\emph on vil -\emph default +\emph default vite hvordan du bruker LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du -\emph on +\emph on har -\emph default +\emph default brukt LaTex før, bør du likevel lese -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen, -\emph default +\emph default fra og med avsnittet \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX users. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Det skader ikke å skumlese resten av dokumentet heller. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du til noen tid føler deg usikker på LyX, bør du sjekke -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen -\emph default +\emph default før du går løs på de andre. Den er et godt springbrett. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Brukermanual (User's\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Brukermanual (User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Den primære dokumentasjonen. Den dekker -\emph on +\emph on de fleste -\emph default +\emph default av de grunnleggende funksjonene i LyX. Brukermanualen forutsetter at du har lest -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Avanserte\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Avanserte\InsetSpace ~ funksjoner (Extended Features) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Utvidelse av -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualen. -\emph default +\emph default Dokumenterer hvordan du bruker LaTeX-kommandoer, mer om layout, spesielle redigeringsfunksjoner. og noen av de (underlige men praktiske) triksene LaTeX-eksperter har adgang til. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Tilpassing (Customization) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard En beskrivelse av avanserte Lyx-funksjoner, herunder hvordan du tilpasser LyX' generelle oppførsel til dine behov. Dette omfatter tastaturutlegg, språktilpasning og konfigurasjonsfiler. Du bør ikke engang tenke på å se her før du har lest -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ -konfigurasjon (LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ +konfigurasjon (LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ configuration) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX undersøker systemet under installasjonen. Denne filen inneholder det LyX fant ut om ditt system. Ta en titt for å se om du mangler noe du muligens vil ha. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Disse filene refererer til hverandre når det er nødvendig. -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualen -\emph default +\emph default har for eksempel litt informasjon om installering og tilpasning, men henviser leseren til -\emph on +\emph on Tilpassing -\emph default +\emph default for mer informasjon. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi gjentar et viktig poeng: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Les -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen -\emph default +\emph default nå, hvis du ikke kjenner LyX fra før. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ellers skaffer du deg unødvendige frustrasjoner. LyX kan alt en tekstbehandler trenger å kunne gjøre, men krever en annen tenkemåte. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Bidra} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Å bidra til LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX er stort sett skrevet i C++ (LaTeX-import er skrevet i Perl). Det er et stort prosjekt og derfor ikke fritt for feil og behov for forbedringe r i kildekoden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapporter feil -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Under bruk av lyx kan det hende det skjer noe du mener er feil. Kræsj kan forekomme, selvom de er sjeldne. Feil i brukergrensesnittet regnes som alvorlige feil; det er spesielt interessa nt å få vite om deler av brukergrensesnittet du finner forvirrende eller uklart. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har et feilrapporteringssystem, som du finner på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Sjekk her før du rapporterer feil, i fall feilen allerede er rapportert. Hvis du har kommentarer til en kjent feil, eller ønsker å rapportere en ny, bruker du enten feilrapporteringssystemet eller sender en engelskspråklig e-post til utviklingslisten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Du finner arkivet for denne postlisten via LyX-hjemmesiden, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En god (brukbar) feilrapport må som minimum fortelle hvilken versjon av LyX det er du har problemer med. @@ -1416,230 +1644,267 @@ ger. versjonene for eksterne programmer LyX bruker. Hvis det er et kompilerings- eller konfigurasjonsproblem legger du ved filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default , og nevner hvilken kompilator du bruker. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du kan få LyX til å kræsje, ber vi deg om å spore opp feilen med gdb. Skriv f.eks. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset og deretter -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset run -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Få LyX til å kræsje, og du kommer tilbake til gdb igjen. skriv \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset bt \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset for å lage en \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -fil og ta den med i feilrapporten \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du vil være grundig, bruk kommandoene -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset info locals -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset og -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset for å skrive ut innholdet i lokale variabler og noen få stack-nivåer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hvis der er mulig, er en oppskrift på hvordan du kræsjer LyX enda bedre enn enn \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -fil fra gdb, da kan utviklerne spore opp feilen selv. Hvis feilen derimot er vanskelig å reprodusere er \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset backtrace \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -filen viktig, da har vi ikke noe annet å gå ut ifra. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du har gjort forandringer i kildekoden som du synes bør bli med i LyX, kan du sende inn endringene i form av en diff-fil (i \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset unified \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset format) til listen referert ovenfor, sammen med en beskrivelse av hva forandrin gene dine består i. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bidrag til dokumentasjonen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har omfattende dokumentasjon; men LyX er under konstant utvikling og hver ny utgave føyer til nye funksjoner. Kanhende finner du ut at dokumentasjonen kan forbedres. Dette avsnittet beskriver hva du gjør hvis du finner en feil eller har forslag om å forbedre dokumentasjonen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapporter feil i manualene -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hvis du finner feil i en manual, send et engelskspråklig brev til postlisten -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Dokumentasjonsteamet tar seg av rettingen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Som alt annet i LyX-prosjektet, har også dokumentasjonsprosjektet alltid bruk for hjelp! Hvis du er interessert i å bidra, skal du gjennomføre det følgende først: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate skaff deg den nyeste LyX-kildekoden, og pakk den ut. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De mer eventyrlystne kan hente den nyeste dokumentasjonen fra LyX's CVS-arkiv -- den ligger i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default -modulen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset I katalogtreet finner du en katalog kalt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc/ -\family default +\family default . I den finner du filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Les den, den er malen for hvordan dokumentasjonen skal se ut. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Les deretter -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualen -\emph default +\emph default og -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Meningen med dette er å gi deg idéer. -\emph on +\emph on Begynnermanualen -\emph default +\emph default og -\emph on +\emph on Brukermanualen -\emph default +\emph default er sannsynligvis de mest oppdaterte filene i dokumentasjonen. Du vil få et godt inntrykk av hvordan vi vil at manualene skal se ut og leses. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Kontakt teamet på engelsk på: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard for å diskutere de endringer du foreslår, og få tilbakemelding. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Endringene du ønsker kan være alt fra å gjøre teksten klarere, til større omstruktureringer. Alle forbedringer mottas med takk. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx index 0ceeba8325..61db358f6e 100644 --- a/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2522 +24,3666 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduksjon til LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 LyX-filosofien +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Hva er LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Hva -\emph on +\emph on er -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX -\emph on +\emph on , -\emph default +\emph default (og hva angår det meg)? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Finne frem i dokumentasjonen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Formatet -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Manualene +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Å bidra til LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Rapporter feil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Bidrag til dokumentasjonen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Rapporter feil i manualene -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Welcome to LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 What the Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default and What it -\emph on +\emph on isn't +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Getting the Most out of the Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 What You -\emph on +\emph on Won't -\emph default +\emph default Find: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Getting Started with LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Your First LyX Document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Typing, Viewing, and Printing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Simple Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sections and Subsections -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Lists and sublists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Writing Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Text classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Templates: Writing a Letter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Labels and Cross-References +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Your first label -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Your first cross-references -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 More fun with labels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographies -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Table of Contents +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Using Math +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Math Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigating an Equation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponents and Indices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 The -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Greek and symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Square roots, accents, and delimiters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Display mode +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 More Math Stuff +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Other Major LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX for LaTeX Users +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importing LaTeX Documents--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Document Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Other Preamble Matter +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Errors! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pl_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/pl_Extended.lyx index 838cf46aca..7ff62a40f6 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pl_Extended.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pl_Extended.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -12,13 +14,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -29,99 +30,124 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX -- Zaawansowane mo¿liwo¶ci -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Opiekunem tego pliku jest aktualnie -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\noun default +\noun default . Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\newline + +\newline polskie t³umaczenie: -\newline +\newline Tomasz £uczak \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Opiekunem wersji polskiej tego pliku jest aktualnie -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz £uczak, -\noun default +\noun default tlu@technodat.com.pl. Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset przy wspó³pracy Paw³a Dziekoñskiego -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podrêcznik -\emph on +\emph on Zaawansowana Edycja -\emph default +\emph default , który w³a¶nie czytasz jest w³a¶ciwie drug± czê¶ci± -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Powód podzia³u jest prosty: -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default jest ju¿ do¶æ obszerny i zawiera opis wszystkich podstawowych funkcji, które trzeba poznaæ do przygotowania wiêkszo¶ci dokumentów. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX Team ma d³ugoterminowy cel tworzenia rozszerzeñ LyX-a przez ró¿ne pliki konfiguracyjne. To oznacza, ¿e je¶li chcesz obs³ugiwaæ pakiet LaTeX-a -\family sans +\family sans Fizzwizzle -\family default +\family default , to mo¿esz utworzyæ plik uk³adu dla tego pakietu bez konieczno¶ci dokonywania samodzielnie zmian w LyX-ie. Ju¿ przyczynili¶my siê do powstania kilku nowych funkcji t± drog±. Ten podrêcznik, to jest miejsce, gdzie wszystko to udokumentowano. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ten podrêcznik dokumentuje tak¿e kilka funkcji specjalnych, jak faksowanie, kontrola wersji, obs³uga SGML-u, które wymagaj± dodatkowego oprogramowania @@ -131,18 +157,22 @@ Ten podr Poza tym LyX jest tylko edytorem WYSIWYM i bêdzie zawsze tylko interfejsem do pewnych funkcji LaTeX-a. Oczywi¶cie, z udokumentowanymi wszystkimi funkcjami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li nie przeczyta³e¶ jeszcze wprowadzenia, to w³a¶nie czytasz niew³a¶ciwy podrêcznik. Wprowadzenie jest pierwszym miejscem, od którego powiniene¶ zacz±æ. Opisuje on notacjê i format wszystkich podrêczników. Powiniene¶ gruntownie zaznajomiæ siê z -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default i wszystkimi podstawowymi funkcjami LyX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiele rozdzia³ów w tym dokumencie jest niezale¿nymi artyku³ami napisanymi przez pojedyncze osoby i s± one odpowiednio zaznaczone. @@ -151,38 +181,50 @@ Wiele rozdzia funkcjê. Je¶li nie wspomniano o autorze w rozdziale lub sekcji to znaczy, ¿e zosta³ napisany przez LyX Documentation Team. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pierwszy rozdzia³ stanowi suplement do narzêdzi edycyjnych LyX-a, nie ujêtych w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default i przeznaczony jest dla bardziej zaawansowanych u¿ytkowników. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wszystkie rozdzia³y tego podrêcznika s± w ró¿nym stopniu, ale jednak, opisuj± wspó³pracê LyX-a i LaTeX-a, pierwszy rozdzia³ opisuje wewnêtrzn± pracê LyX-a, jak prosto LyX tworzy kod LaTeX-a je¶li chcesz. To jest oczywiste dla wielu u¿ytkowników LyX-a. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX i LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Jak LyX u¿ywa LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset To jest rozdzia³ dla TeX-ników i dla ciekawych LaTeX-a. Wyja¶nimy w nim jak pracuj± LyX i LaTeX tworz±c wynikowe dokumenty do druku. Tylko w tym miejscu i tylko w tym podrêczniku zak³adamy Twoj± znajomo¶æ LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Od jakiego¶ czasu LyX-a nazywamy ,,WYSIWYM frontendem do LaTeX'', ale to nie jest dalej prawd±. @@ -190,234 +232,279 @@ Od jakiego To s± generalnie edytory potrafi±ce uruchomiæ LaTeX-a i zaznaczaæ b³êdy podczas edycji. Mimo ¿e LyX -\emph on +\emph on jest -\emph default +\emph default edytorem i -\emph on +\emph on potrafi -\emph default +\emph default uruchomiæ LaTeX-a, i równie¿ zaznaczaæ b³êdy, i tak¿e wiele, wiele wiêcej. Dziêki koncepcji WYSIWYM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard What You See Is What You Mean -- dostajesz to o co Ci chodzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , nie musisz znaæ LaTeX-a aby efektywnie u¿ywaæ LyX-a. LyX posiada tak¿e kilka rozszerzeñ do LaTeX-a \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The Team did this for parsing/coding reasons. The new macros allow LyX to more easily produce LaTeX code and ensure that the resulting code is correct. Nothing that you, the user, need worry about. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Spróbuj kiedy¶ wybraæ polecenie -\family sans +\family sans Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default i spójrz na preambu³ê utworzonego pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default . Bêdziesz móg³ zauwa¿yæ ró¿ne nowe makra zdefiniowane specjalnie przez LyX-a \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Trochê historii: kiedy¶ wszystkie makra znajdowa³y siê w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.sty -\family default +\family default . Pewnego dnia The Team zdecydowa³, ¿e utworzone pliki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default powinny byæ bardziej przeno¶ne. Tak teraz makra s± umieszczone w preambule. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Jednak to wszystko dzieje siê prze¼roczy¶cie dla u¿ytkownika. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mamy kilka poleceñ, które automatycznie wywo³uj± LaTeX-a. Oto one: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator PostScript/PDF -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript/PDF -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Drukuj -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tylko te polecenia wywo³uj± LaTeX-a je¶li dokument siê zmieni³ od czasu ostatniego uruchomienia LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podczas uruchomienia LaTeX-a podczas edycji pliku, LyX wykonuje nastêpuj±ce czynno¶ci: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Konwertuje dokument -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .lyx -\family default +\family default do LaTeX-a i zapisuje plik z rozszerzeniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Uruchamia LaTeX-a z plikiem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default (byæ mo¿e kilka razy). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je¶li s± b³êdy , to zaznacza je w dokumencie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li uruchamiasz LaTeX-a poleceniem podgl±du -\family sans +\family sans DVI -\family default +\family default , LyX uruchamia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default z plikiem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default . Je¶li u¿y³e¶ polecenia podgl±du -\family sans +\family sans PostScript -\family default +\family default lub -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rukuj -\family default +\family default , LyX wykonuje dwa kroki wiêcej: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uruchamia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default do konwersji pliku Dvi do pliku postscriptowego: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dla -\family sans +\family sans Podgl±du -\family default +\family default , plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dla -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rukuj -\family default +\family default , plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default , jak mo¿na by³o siê spodziewaæ. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Wywo³uje -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default lub wysy³a plik postscriptowy do drukarki. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ,,Pomocy! LyX utworzy³ nieczytelny plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default !'' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard U¿ytkownicy LaTeX-a bêd± krzyczeæ to przez ca³± noc, gdy deklaracje LyX-a s± nie do wykorzystania --- oni po prostu nie czytali dokumentacji do LyX-a (RTFM!) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default : I know a certain faculty member who actually did complain to me that LyX doesn't generate LaTeX files. Ain't it funny how, sometimes, faculty are the worst at reading instructions? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nale¿y postawiæ sprawê jasno. LyX produkuje dwa rodzaje plików LaTeX-owych. @@ -426,160 +513,200 @@ Nale Za ka¿dym wywo³aniem LaTeX-a przez LyX-a, tworzy on plik LaTeX-a, który mo¿e byæ ³atwo skanowany w celu poszukiwania b³êdów. W rezultacie plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default nie jest czytelny dla ludzi. Nie próbuj go czytaæ. Je¶li chcesz mieæ plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default aby móc wys³aæ go koledze, to wybierz polecenie -\family sans +\family sans Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powtórzymy to jeszcze raz, specjalnie dla podkre¶lenia : -\layout Quote -\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote + Je¶li chcesz plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default móc wys³aæ koledze, to wybierz polecenie -\family sans +\family sans Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Importowanie plików LaTeX-a do LyX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz importowaæ pliki LaTeX-a do LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default . Polecenie wywo³uje skrypt Perl-a o nazwie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , który na podstawie pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default utworzy plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default i otworzy go w LyX-ie. Je¶li import nie powiedzie siê, mo¿esz spróbowaæ uruchomiæ skrypt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default z wiersza poleceñ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Podczas instalacji LyX-a, oddzielny plik wykonywalny o nazwie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default jest umieszczany w tym samym katalogu z binariami co program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default (np.: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default wymaga interpretera jêzyka Perl (wersja 5.002 jak to napisano). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset z odpowiednimi parametrami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default t³umaczy wiêkszo¶æ konstrukcji LaTeX-a, ale nie wszystkie. Pozostawi rzeczy, których nie rozumie w trybie TeX, aby¶ po konwersji móg³ spojrzeæ na zaznaczony na czerwono tekst i rêcznie go poprawiæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ma w³asn± sekcjê w podrêczniku -\emph on +\emph on Zaawansowane Mo¿liwo¶ci -\emph default +\emph default (a tak¿e odpowiednik w postaci Unix-owego mana), któr± powiniene¶ przeczytaæ, aby dowiedzieæ siê czego nie interpretuje -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , b³êdach (oraz jak sobie z nimi poradziæ) i u¿yciu ró¿nych opcji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li nie mo¿esz u¿yæ do pracy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default lub je¶li chcesz wstawiæ trochê kodu LaTeX-a do pliku LyX-a, to zajrzyj do sekcji \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wstawianie poleceñ LaTeX-a do dokumentów LyX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset To jest raczej wa¿ny punkt: mo¿esz zawsze wstawiæ kod LaTeX-a do dowolnego dokumentu LyX-a. @@ -587,234 +714,284 @@ Wstawianie polece wszystkich mo¿liwych konstrukcji LaTeX. Je¶li potrzebujesz wstawiæ polecenie LaTeX-a do dokumentu LyX-a, to u¿yj wstawki ERT, któr± mo¿esz wstawiæ do dokumentu poleceniem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default eX -\family default +\family default . Wstawka ERT mo¿e wystêpowaæ w trzech formach: -\family sans +\family sans collapsed -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans open -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans inlined -\family default +\family default . Pierwsze dwie formy s± podobne do innych rozwijalnych wstawek (takich jak np. wstawka przypisu) i s± wygodne do zaznaczenia poleceñ LaTeX-a. Forma -\family sans +\family sans inlined -\family default +\family default wstawki wy¶wietla jej zawarto¶æ, co jest wygodne dla krótkich fragmentów kodu LaTeX-a. \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % tak jak ten -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ siê pomiêdzy tymi formami przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem myszy na wstawce. Uwaga je¶li chcesz wiêcej ni¿ jeden wiersz poleceñ LaTeX-a, to nie mo¿esz korzystaæ z trybu -\family sans +\family sans inlined -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj jest przyk³ad wstawienia poleceñ LaTeX-a w dokumencie LyX-a. Oto kod: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline This is an example for a minipage environment. You -\newline +\newline can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) -\newline +\newline figures and tables. -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline & -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline This ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wstawka ERT zawieraj±ca powy¿szy tekst jest umieszczona bezpo¶rednio po tym akapicie. Je¶li czytasz ten podrêcznik w LyX-ie, to zobaczysz tylko przycisk z czerwonym tekstem. Czytaj±c drukowan± wersjê tego podrêcznika zobaczysz rezultaty: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard & -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This ... -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ponadto mo¿esz utworzyæ oddzielny plik zawieraj±cy skomplikowan± strukturê LaTeX-a i do³±czyæ go poleceniem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default o³±cz plik -\family default +\family default (powiniene¶ wybraæ opcjê -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw -\family default +\family default ). Zalecamy aby¶ do³±cza³ pliki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , o których -\emph on +\emph on wiesz -\emph default +\emph default , ¿e s± poprawne. W innym wypadku bêdziesz mia³ sporo zajêcia z wyszukiwaniem b³êdów\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kilka ostatnich uwag o wyró¿nieniu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wewn±trz LyX-a, kod LaTeX-a pojawia siê -\emph on +\emph on na czerwono -\emph default +\emph default , -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX -\emph on +\emph on nie -\emph default +\emph default sprawdza poprawno¶ci Twojego kodu LaTeX-owego, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Staraj siê nie odkrywaæ ko³a na nowo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na koniec dwie uwagi. Po pierwsze, LyX posiada niewiele funkcji ca³kowicie wbudowanych ale bêdzie @@ -822,19 +999,21 @@ Na koniec dwie uwagi. B±d¼ pewien, sprawdzaj±c podrêcznik, ¿e danej funkcji LyX nie posiada zanim zaczniesz kodowaæ j± w LaTeX-u \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga od -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun default +\noun default -a: I seem to do this an awful lot. Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this. Worse yet - I had them already! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Po drugie istnieje wiele pakietów LaTeX-a pocz±wszy od sk³adu etykiet czy @@ -842,30 +1021,40 @@ John Weiss Przejrzyj archiwum CTAN aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów (zobacz sekcjê \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ trochê dzikich i ³adnych rzeczy wewn±trz dokumentu, b±d¼ pewien swoich konstrukcji korzystaj±c z dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pewna liczba poleceñ LaTeX-a musi byæ umieszczona przed pocz±tkiem tekstu. Powinny one zostaæ umieszczone w preambule co opisano w nastêpnej sekcji. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Preambu³a LyX-a i LaTeX-a -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection O preambule LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je¶li ju¿ znasz LaTeX-a, to nie potrzebujesz tutaj wyja¶nienia do czego s³u¿y preambu³a. @@ -874,371 +1063,447 @@ Je W innym przypadku powiniene¶ czytaæ poni¿sze sekcje, poniewa¿ w nich jest wyja¶nione co mo¿esz zrobiæ i czego nie musisz zrobiæ w preambule LyX-owego dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Preambu³a LaTeX-a znajduje siê na samym pocz±tku dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on przed -\emph default +\emph default jego tre¶ci±. S³u¿y ona do: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize deklaracji klasy dokumentu. LyX ju¿ wykonuje to za Ciebie. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li jeste¶ LaTeX-nikiem i masz ju¿ trochê dopasowanych klas dokumentów, których chcesz u¿ywaæ, to zajrzyj do podrêcznika -\emph on +\emph on Konfiguracja -\emph default +\emph default aby dowiedzieæ siê jak wykonaæ do nich interfejs. Nie zapomnij wys³aæ swoich osi±gniêæ do LyX Team-u aby je w³±czyæ do przysz³ych wersji! -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize deklaracji u¿ywanych pakietów. Pakiety LaTeX-a dostarczaj± specjalne polecenia, które s± dostêpne w dokumencie tylko je¶li zadeklarujemy pakiet w preambule. Na przyk³ad, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default wymusza wcinanie wszystkich akapitów. istniej± pakiety dla etykiet, kopert, marginesów itd. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ustawiania liczników, zmiennych, d³ugo¶ci i szeroko¶ci. Istnieje kilka liczników LaTeX-a i zmiennych, które -\emph on +\emph on musz± -\emph default +\emph default byæ ustawione globalnie z poziomu preambu³y, aby uzyskaæ ¿±dany efekt [istniej± inne zmienne, które mo¿na ustawiaæ tak¿e wewn±trz dokumentu]. Marginesy s± dobrym przyk³adem czego¶ co musi byæ ustawione w preambule. Innym przyk³adem jest format nalepek na listy. Mo¿esz ustawiæ je gdziekolwiek, ale najlepszym miejscem do tego jest preambu³a. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize deklaracji definiowanych przez u¿ytkownika poleceñ [za pomoc± polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default lub -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default ], g³ównie skrótów dla poleceñ LaTeX-a, które wystêpuj± czêsto w tek¶cie dokumentu. Mimo to preambu³a jest dobrym miejscem na deklaracje poleceñ, które -\emph on +\emph on mog± -\emph default +\emph default byæ deklarowane gdziekolwiek indziej [byleby -\emph on +\emph on przed -\emph default +\emph default ich pierwszym u¿yciem w tek¶cie]. To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li mamy wiele kodu LaTeX-a w dokumencie, który normalnie nie powinien siê zdarzyæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dodaje do preambu³y w³asne definicje podczas tworzenia pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default . To czyni dokumenty LaTeX-a utworzone przez LyX-a przeno¶nymi. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zmiana preambu³y -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenia, które dodaje LyX do preambu³y s± zafiksowane i nie mo¿esz ich zmieniæ bez samodzielnego patchowania LyX-a. Mo¿esz jednak dodaæ w³asne rzeczy do preambu³y. Mo¿esz to zrobiæ na dwa sposoby: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wybierz polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reambu³a -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormatowanie -\family default +\family default . Otworzy siê wówczas okno, w którym mo¿esz wpisaæ swoje polecenia. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Edytor preambu³y jest prymitywny, nie spodziewaj siê po nim zbyt wiele. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Utwórz w swoim domy¶lnym szablonie dokumentu (zobacz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:setup} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) odpowiednie wpisy w preambule. Wówczas tworz±c nowy dokument na jego podstawie preambu³a bêdzie ju¿ wpisana. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX nie dodaje niczego do Twojej czê¶ci preambu³y. Zanim dodasz deklaracje do preambu³y powiniene¶ upewniæ siê, ¿e nie jest ju¿ to wykonane przez LyX-a [czy pamiêtasz co mówili¶my o ponownym wynalezieniu ko³a?]. Ponadto -\emph on +\emph on dokonuj poprawnych wpisów w preambule -\emph default +\emph default -- LyX nie sprawdza jej poprawno¶ci. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przyk³ady -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj znajduje siê kilka przyk³adów co mo¿na dodaæ do preambu³y: -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Przyk³ad #1: Przesuniêcie strony -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istniej± dwie zmienne LaTeX-a do sterowania pozycj± strony: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . Ich nazwy s± samoobja¶niaj±ce. Te zmienne s± u¿yteczne je¶li w tej chwili o etykietach. Czasami rozmiar medium i obszar medium, na którym bêdziesz drukowaæ nie pokrywaj± siê. Wówczas mamy polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± dla -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default jest 0 pt, czyli strona nie jest przesuniêta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niestety, niektóre sterowniki DVI wydaj± siê zawsze przesuwaæ stronê. Nie mamy pomys³u dlaczego lub dlaczego Twój administrator nie poprawi³ tego. Je¶li u¿ywasz LyX-a w systemie, którego osobi¶cie nie nadzorujesz, a którego administrator to ,,doofus'', to polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default mog± zaoszczêdziæ Ci dni. Na przyk³ad Twoje marginesy lewy i górny s± zawsze o pó³ cala zbyt du¿e. Nale¿y wówczas dodaæ do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce polecenia: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} a Twoje marginesy bêd± teraz poprawne. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Przyk³ad #2: Etykiety -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mówi±c etykiety mamy na my¶li wydruk etykiet z adresami. Istnieje mi³y pakiet, dostêpny w najbli¿szym Ci archiwum CTAN, do wydruku etykiet o nazwie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default . Twój system mo¿e nie mieæ go domy¶lnie zainstalowanego -- zostawiamy Ci to do sprawdzenia. Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ przeczytaæ dokumentacjê pakietu -- my nie zrobimy tego za Ciebie. Jednak poni¿szym przyk³adem podpowiadamy Ci jak z niego skorzystaæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po pierwsze wybierz klasê dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Nastêpnie wpisz do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce deklaracje: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=3 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=7 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=9mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=2mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te ustawienia s± odpowiednie dla arkusza etykiet Avery, nr #5360. Teraz jeste¶ gotów do wydruku etykiet, ale potrzeba jeszcze wstawiæ polecenia LaTeX umieszczaj±c polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default wokó³ ka¿dego tekstu z tre¶ci± etykiety. Ta i inne funkcje pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default s± wyja¶nione w dokumentacji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Byæ mo¿e, ¿e kiedy¶, kto¶ napisze plik uk³adu LyX-a do obs³ugi tego pakietu wprost. Byæ mo¿e to bêdziesz Ty. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Przyk³ad #3: Wciêcie akapitu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amerykanie s± wyæwiczeni we wcinaniu pierwszego wiersza -\emph on +\emph on ka¿dego -\emph default +\emph default akapitu. Tak jak wszystkie inne dziwne quirks, wiêkszo¶æ Amerykanów bêdzie wyæ i jêczeæ dopóki nie bêd± mieli wcinanych pierwszych wierszy we wszystkich akapitach \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga od -\noun on +\noun on Johna Weiss'a -\noun default +\noun default : To by³o napisane przez Amerykanina -- przeze -\emph on +\emph on mnie -\emph default +\emph default ! Tak postrzegam moich rodaków. Nieprzerwanie ja nie lubiê tego. Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przyp. t³um. Polacy równie¿. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oczywi¶cie takie zachowanie nie jest standardem w typografii. W ksi±¿kach wcinana jest tylko pierwszy wiersz akapitu je¶li ten akapit @@ -1248,163 +1513,199 @@ Oczywi Je¶li jednak nie ma poprzedniego akapitu, np. pod rysunkiem lub na pocz±tku rozdzia³u czy sekcji, pierwszy akapit nie bêdzie wyró¿niony wciêciem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li jeste¶ amerykaninem, to nie przejmuj siê takimi ezoterycznymi rzeczami, po prostu chcesz mieæ wciêcia! Dodaj to do preambu³y \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przyp. t³um. Klasy -\family sans +\family sans mwart -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans mwbk -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans mwrep -\family default +\family default autorstwa -\noun on +\noun on Marcina Woliñskiego -\noun default +\noun default automatycznie wcinaj± wszystkie akapity. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li Twoja dystrybucja TeX-a nie jest pod³a, to bêdziesz mia³ ten pakiet zainstalowany i wszystkie akapity bêd± wcinane tak jak na to zas³uguj±. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Przyk³ad #4: Ten dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz tak¿e sprawdziæ jak± preambu³ê posiada ten dokument, aby poznaæ jakie zaawansowane rzeczy mo¿esz zrobiæ. Ponadto wiêcej przyk³adów co mo¿na wpisaæ do preambu³y znajdziesz w tym podrêczniku. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section B³êdy LyX-a i LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdy LyX wywo³uje LaTeX-a, informuje go aby ignorowa³ wszelkie b³êdy i przetwarza ³ dalej. Mo¿na to wykorzystaæ do przejrzenia logu przebiegu LaTeX i wykonania post-morte m czynno¶ci. Jak wspomnieli¶my wcze¶niej, LyX tworzy dwa rodzaje plików -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default , jeden z nich jest u¿ywany do lokalizacji b³êdów w dokumencie. Je¶li pojawi siê b³±d, to LyX umie¶ci prostok±t ze s³owem ,,B³±d'' w odpowiedni m miejscu w dokumencie \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX okazjonalnie nie odgadnie miejsca, w którym zdarzy³ siê b³±d. To siê zdarza zwykle przy tabelach, rysunkach, matematyce i preambule. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Zostanie tak¿e wy¶wietlony komunikat informuj±cy o fakcie wyst±pienia b³êdów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz nawigowaæ pomiêdzy b³êdami za pomoc± polecenia -\family sans +\family sans B³±d -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default awigacja -\family default +\family default . Mo¿esz ,,otwieraæ'' znaczniki b³êdów i podejrzeæ komunikaty LaTeX-a przez klikniêcie na znaczniku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiele osób lubi zobaczyæ wprost ca³y log, który jest dostêpny z menu -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default omunikaty LaTeX-a -\family default +\family default . Istniej kilka powszechnych komunikatów b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ. Wyja¶nimy je tutaj. Powiniene¶ zajrzeæ do dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u dla zapoznania siê z pe³n± list±. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Komunikat zaczynaj±ce siê tymi s³owy jest komunikatem diagnostycznym LaTeX-a. Otrzymasz podobne ostrze¿enie gdy dodasz lub zmienisz odno¶nik lub wpis bibliografii, wówczas LaTeX komunikuje Ci, ¿e powinien zostaæ uruchomiony jeszcze raz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ostrze¿enie mo¿na w wiêkszo¶ci zignorowaæ. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Inny komunikat ostrzegawczy, tym razem o fontach, których LaTeX nie potrafi³ znale¼æ. Reszta komunikatu czêsto informuje jakich fontów u¿y³ LaTeX w zastêpstwie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz go bezpiecznie zignorowaæ. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX absolutnie -\emph on +\emph on uwielbia -\emph default +\emph default dawaæ takie komunikaty. Ostrze¿enia dotycz± wierszy, które s± zbyt d³ugie i wystaj± poza prawy margines. @@ -1412,143 +1713,165 @@ uwielbia Albo jeden lub dwa znaki przekraczaj± prawy margines. LaTeX zdaje siê generowaæ co najmniej jeden taki komunikat dla dowolnego dokumentu jaki napiszesz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz ignorowaæ te g³upie komunikaty. Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie, spójrz na wynik przetwarzania. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX komunikuje nam, ¿e zbyt ma³e wype³nienie wiersza zmusza go do wstawienia zbyt du¿ych odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz go tak¿e zignorowaæ. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ostrze¿enie o k³opotach z ³amaniem stron -- zbyt ma³ych lub zbyt du¿ych odstêpach pionowych. Jeszcze raz spójrz na wynik przetwarzania. Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset not found -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Plik ,,Xxxx'' nie jest zainstalowany w systemie. Ten komunikat pojawia siê czêsto, gdy nie zainstalowa³e¶ pakietów u¿ytych w dokumencie. Je¶li nie dotyka³e¶ preambu³y lub nie u¿ywa³e¶ polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default , to znaczy ¿e brakuje jednego z pakietów, które próbuje za³adowaæ LyX. U¿yj polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoc\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default onfiguracja LaTeX -\family default +\family default aby zobaczyæ listê pakietów znanych LyX-owi. Ten plik jest uaktualniany podczas ka¿dej rekonfiguracji LyX-a (polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R -\bar default +\bar default ekonfiguruj -\family default +\family default ) i zawiera informacje, które pakiety zosta³y wykryte i do czego s³u¿±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li -\emph on +\emph on u¿y³e¶ -\emph default +\emph default polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default i pakiet nie zosta³ zainstalowany, to nale¿y zainstalowaæ go samodzielnie. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard B³±d pojawia siê gdy podano niezdefiniowan± (lub b³êdn±) opcjê u¿ytego pakietu. Sprawd¼ dokumentacjê do pakietu. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Undefined control sequence -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li wstawi³e¶ polecenie LaTeX w dokumencie, ale pope³ni³e¶ np. b³±d literowy, to otrzymasz taki w³a¶nie komunikat b³êdu. Byæ mo¿e zapomnia³e¶ za³adowaæ jaki¶ pakiet. W ogólnym przypadku, komunikat b³êdu zwykle oznacza, ¿e u¿y³e¶ niezdefiniowaneg o polecenia. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Istniej± jeszcze inne komunikaty b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ, a wiele z nich jest samoobja¶niaj±cych. @@ -1556,375 +1879,450 @@ Istniej Inne s± naprawdê zaszyfrowane. To s± aktualne komunikaty TeX-a i my na prawdê nie mamy klucza jak je odszyfrow aæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto ogólny tok postêpowania je¶li zdarzy siê b³±d: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ poleceñ LaTeX-a wstawionych w dokumencie. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je¶li nie ma b³êdów literowych, to sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ ich u¿ycia. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je¶li dostaniesz pêk znaczników b³êdów na samym pocz±tku dokumentu, to znaczy, ¿e jest jaki¶ b³±d w preambule. Zacznij debugowaæ swoj± preambu³ê. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Je¶li nie doda³e¶ niczego do preambu³y i nie wstawi³e¶ ¿adnych poleceñ LaTeX-a do dokumentu, to najpierw sprawd¼ swoj± dystrybucjê LaTeX. Sprawd¼ brakuj±ce pakiety i zainstaluj je. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate OK, nie brakuje pakietów. Czy nie u¿y³e¶ jakie¶ opcji dopasowuj±cej w LyX-ie? Precyzuj±c, czy nie u¿y³e¶ jej niew³a¶ciwie, jak próba rêcznego wstawienia wielu -\family sans +\family sans Protected Blank -\family default +\family default s, -\family sans +\family sans Linebreak -\family default +\family default s czy -\family sans +\family sans Pagebreak -\family default +\family default s? Czy próbowa³e¶ to kludge co¶ razem z nimi zamiast u¿yæ odpowiednich ¶rodowisk akapitów? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate OK, nie u¿y³e¶ ¿adnej opcji dopasowuj±cej, postêpujesz zgodnie z zasadami. Czy próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ jaki¶ fantastyczny manewr? Czy zrobi³e¶ co¶ wspania³ego w tabeli czy równaniu, jak wstawienie grafiki do komórki tabeli? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Czy nie masz zbyt d³ugich akapitów tekstu gdzie LaTeX nie mo¿e znale¼æ miejsca na prze³amanie wiersza? Domy¶lnie LaTeX jest dok³adny w dodawaniu ekstra odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami aby prze³amaæ wiersz. Proponowane jest przerobienie akapitów aby usun±æ ten problem. Je¶li to nie jest mo¿liwe, mo¿esz obj±æ swój tekst w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sloppypar -\family default +\family default aby obni¿yæ wymagania LaTeX-a przy ³amaniu wierszy. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Czy nie przesadzi³e¶ z zagnie¿d¿aniem? LyX [aktualnie] nie sprawdza czy nie przekroczy³e¶ limitu zagnie¿d¿enia ¶rodowiska. Je¶li zagnie¼dzi³e¶ ¶rodowiska a¿ do 17 poziomu, to mo¿e byæ problem. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nie otrzyma³e¶ ¿adnych komunikatów b³êdów ale wynik ¼le wygl±da. Je¶li masz tabelê lub rysunek szerszy lub d³u¿szy od strony, to powiniene¶: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate przeskalowaæ rysunek do odpowiednich wymiarów, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate skróciæ tabelê, tak aby pasowa³a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li dalej jest ¼le z wynikiem i nie próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ ¿adnych wspania³y ch lub kludge opcji dopasowuj±cych, to my nie wiemy co jest nie tak. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li to nie pomo¿e, to -\emph on +\emph on prawdopodobnie -\emph default +\emph default znalaz³e¶ b³±d w LyX-ie\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Dodatkowe narzêdzia sk³adu dokumentu -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Przygotowanie bibliografii za pomoc± BibTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ressler is to blame for all of Chapter 1 except where noted. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard STOP! je¶li wiesz czym jest BibTeX lub masz dobry pomys³ na jego zastosowanie (np. u³o¿enie swojej w³asnej bazy bibliograficznej) nie id¼, a biegnij do swojego egzemplarza drugiego wydania Lamporta -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default , zw³aszcza -\emph on +\emph on Dodatek B -\emph default +\emph default . W dalszej dyskusji zak³adamy, ¿e masz utworzony poprawny plik bibliografii oraz masz poprawnie ustawione wszystkie odpowiednie zmienne ¶rodowiska (np. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BIBINPUTS -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BSTINPUTS -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter TEXINPUTS -\family default +\family default ) oraz je¶li jeste¶ odpowiednio zdesperowany powiniene¶ utworzyæ plik LaTeX-a ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default '' z baz± BibTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dla tych, którzy nie znaj± BibTeX-a, jest to system do tworzenia wielkich baz Twoich czêsto u¿ywanych odno¶ników do literatury. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dla wszystkich przysz³ych artyku³ów, zapisz tylko potrzebne pozycje literatury do wstawienia do bazy i oznacz odpowiednim kluczem ka¿dy odno¶nik. Nawet je¶li piszesz tylko kilka dokumentów z kilkoma odno¶nikami w ka¿dym, to warto po¶wiêciæ Twój czas na sprawdzenie BibTeX-a i zdecydowaæ czy bêdzie u¿yteczny dla Ciebie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby u¿ywaæ BibTeX-a w LyX-ie nale¿y najpierw zapoznaæ siê -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default , w którym opisano sposób wstawiania cytowañ. Podstawowy mechanizm wstawiania odno¶ników BibTeX-a jest taki sam. Umie¶æ kursor na koñcu dokumentu i wybierz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ytowanie -\family default +\family default . W otwartym oknie dialogowym wype³nij dwa pola: -\layout Description +\end_layout -Baza\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Baza\InsetSpace ~ Danych podaj nazwê pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default ale BEZ rozszerzenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default . Dla wyszukiwania w wielu plikach -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default nale¿y podaæ ich nazwy rozdzielaj±c je przecinkiem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Styl podaj nazwê pliku stylu BibTeX-a BEZ rozszerzenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bst -\family default +\family default . Domy¶lnym stylem jest -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plain -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dostêpne s± równie¿ style zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi o nazwach: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plabbrv -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plalpha -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plplain -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plunsrt -\family default +\family default . Przyp. t³um. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset (który powinien byæ do³±czony do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a, tak ¿e nie musisz przejmowaæ siê utworzeniem go). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zak³adamy, ¿e dla ka¿dego cytowania ¼ród³o znajduje siê w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .bib -\family default +\family default , wywo³ujemy polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ytowanie -\family default +\family default w odpowiednim miejscu w tek¶cie i wybierz z listy w³a¶ciwy klucz odno¶nika. Nie potrzeba nic wiêcej; gdy wywo³ujemy na przyk³ad polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , powiniene¶ zobaczyæ ¿e BibTeX i LaTeX s± wywo³ywane gdy zachodzi potrzeba, w³±czaj±c wielokrotne wywo³anie LaTeX-a. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tworzenie indeksu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dobry indeks jest jedn± z najtrudniejszych rzeczy do zrobienia w d³ugim dokumencie. LyX pomaga wykonaæ rzeczy trochê pro¶ciej za pomoc± interfejsu do programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dla dokumentów polskojêzycznych powinien byæ wywo³ywany program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter plmindex -\family default +\family default . Przyp. t³um. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default , który mo¿na znale¼æ w dystrybucjach. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wstawianie indeksu i zaznaczanie s³ów do w³±czenia do indeksu odbywa siê tak± sam± drog± jak przygotowanie bibliografii opisanej w poprzedniej sekcji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najpierw przejd¼ na koniec swojego dokumentu i wybierz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ndeks -\family default +\family default . Nastêpnie, dla ka¿dego s³owa, które chcesz dodaæ do indeksu, umie¶æ kursor na koñcu tego s³owa i wybierz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator Wstaw poprzedzaj±ce s³owo do indeksu -\family default +\family default . To spowoduje umieszczenie znacznika pokazuj±cego s³owo, które pojawi siê w indeksie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¿eli chcesz dok³adnie podaæ co ma pojawiæ siê w indeksie -- na przyk³ad potrzebujesz mieæ s³owo ,,kot'' w indeksie, które bêdzie odnosi³o siê do s³ów w tek¶cie ,,kot'' i ,,koty'' to po prostu wybierz polecenie -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator S³owo do indeksu -\family default +\family default i wpisz s³owo ,,kot'' w oknie dialogowym. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I to wszystko. LyX automatycznie wywo³a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default i samodzielnie utworzy indeks. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard B±d¼ ostro¿ny i nie wstawiaj spacji pomiêdzy s³owem a znacznikiem indeksu, poniewa¿ mo¿e siê zdarzyæ utworzenie niew³a¶ciwego numeru strony w indeksie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powiniene¶ zdawaæ sobie sprawê, ¿e istniej± bardziej zaawansowane metody u¿ycia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter makeindex -\family default +\family default : spójrz w dokumentacjê do³±czon± do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a i znajd¼ jak wykonaæ zagnie¿d¿one wpisy itp. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumenty wieloczê¶ciowe -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Podstawy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przy pracy z du¿ymi plikami zawieraj±cymi wiele sekcji i rozdzia³ów, czêsto jest wygodniej podzieliæ dokument na kilka plików lub byæ mo¿e masz --- @@ -1943,33 +2341,35 @@ ch. niezale¿nie. Mo¿na do³±czaæ równie¿ pliki LaTeX-a, ale pliki te nie mog± posiadaæ w³asnej preambu³y (wszystko przed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default i za -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default musi byæ usuniête) gdy¿ w przeciwnym wypadku LaTeX zg³osi b³±d podczas przetwarzania dokumentu g³ównego. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX pozwala ³atwo w³±czaæ pliki poleceniem z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator D -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default ³±cz plik -\family default +\family default . Po wybraniu polecenia otwiera siê okno wyboru dokumentu. Po wybraniu dokumentu do wstawienia/do³±czenia, w bie¿±cej pozycji kursora @@ -1983,260 +2383,314 @@ o ów. Praktycznie ró¿nica polega na tym, ¿e pliki ,,do³±czane'' zaczynaj± siê od nowej strony, a pliki ,,wstawiane'' od miejsca wstawienia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Generalnie, plik g³ówny jest konwertowany do formatu LaTeX przed sk³adaniem, podczas gdy do³±czane pliki s± konwertowane do formatu LaTeX, który nie zawiera preambu³y. Zaznaczenie pola Nie -\family sans +\family sans formatuj -\family default +\family default zabezpiecza przed konwersj±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do³±czanie plików metod± ,,maszynopis'' pozwala na do³±czanie ,,dos³owne'' plików w ¶rodowisku verbatim z czcionk± o sta³ej szeroko¶ci. Normalnie spacje w pliku s± niewidzialne, dwie kolejne spacje s± zachowywane, inaczej ni¿ standardowo w LyX-ie. Przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Zachowaj spacje -\family default +\family default pozwala na zachowanie spacji lub przywraca standardow± interpretacjê spacji wielokrotnych. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Odno¶niki pomiêdzy plikami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jest mo¿liwe ustawienie odno¶ników pomiêdzy ró¿nymi plikami. Najpierw otwórz wszystkie pliki pomiêdzy którymi chcesz wykonaæ odno¶niki, na przyk³ad dwa pliki A i B, gdzie plik B jest do³±czony do pliku A. Wstawili¶my etykietê w pliku A i chcemy odno¶nik do niej w pliku B. Bêd±c w dokumencie A z menu wybieramy -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default dno¶nik wewnêtrzny -\family default +\family default . Teraz prze³±czamy siê na dokument B bez zamykania okna odno¶nika. Wstawiamy odno¶nik i ju¿! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdy przegl±dasz plik A wszystko jest poprawnie do³±czone i etykietowane. Je¶li zamkniesz okno odno¶nika i ponownie otworzysz je w dokumencie B to zobaczysz tylko etykiety pliku B. Ta procedura mo¿e nie jest intuicyjna (czasami zdarza siê b³±d) ale dzia³a. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algorytmy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on (z konfiguracji LaTeX) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet -\family sans +\family sans algorithm -\family default +\family default jest potrzebny do wydania ,,wstawek algorytmów''. Jest on u¿yteczny przy umieszczaniu krótkich algorytmów w miejscu z³amania strony i obs³uguje tak¿e spis algorytmów. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Podrysunek -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on (z konfiguracji LaTeX) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet -\family sans +\family sans subfigure -\family default +\family default jest u¿ywany w LyX-ie podczas wyboru ,,Podrysunek'' w oknie Rysunek. Kilka rysunków zaznaczonych w ten sposób mo¿e byæ upakowanych w jednej wstawce w indywidualnymi podpisami. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ozdobne nag³ówki i stopki \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard W³a¶ciwie powinny¶my u¿ywaæ nazw: -\emph on +\emph on pagina górna -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on pagina dolna -\emph default +\emph default . Przyp. t³um. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Domy¶lny uk³ad strony jest raczej nieskomplikowany -- plain; dla klasy artyku³ numery stron s± wycentrowane u do³u strony. Ten dokument jest klasy ksi±¿ka (book) i jest trochê bardziej ozdobny, ale aby rzeczywi¶cie postawiæ na wygl±d potrzebujesz u¿yæ stylu ,,fancy'' co wspomniano w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Ta sekcja opisuje polecenia LaTeX-a, które trzeba wstawiæ w preambule lub w tek¶cie aby otrzymaæ ¿±dany efekt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nag³ówek i stopka strony s± podzielone na trzy pola okre¶laj±ce lew±, ¶rodkow± i praw± ich czê¶æ. Poleceniami LaTeX-a do ustawiania tych pól w najprostszy sposób s± -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhead -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot -\family default +\family default itd. przypu¶æmy, ¿e chcesz wstawiæ swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej strony. Po prostu wstaw nastêpuj±ce polecenie w preambule: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zobaczysz w podgl±dzie swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej strony. Je¶li pole ma domy¶ln± warto¶æ, której chcesz siê pozbyæ (czêsto numer strony pojawia siê w centralnej czê¶ci stopki) to po prostu wstaw polecenie z pustym argumentem, jak w przyk³adzie: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zróbmy rzeczywi¶cie ozdobn± stronê: wstawmy w nag³ówku po lewej nazwê sekcji wraz ze s³owem ,,Sekcja'' (np. Sekcja 3) oraz numer strony po prawej (np. Strona 4), natomiast w stopce po lewej swoje nazwisko i datê po prawej. Do tego bêd± nam potrzebne nastêpuj±ce polecenia w preambule: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash lhead{Sekcja -\backslash +\backslash thesection} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chead{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rhead{Strona -\backslash +\backslash thepage} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash cfoot{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rfoot{ -\backslash +\backslash today} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thesection -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thepage -\family default +\family default daj± dostêp do liczników sekcji i stron LaTeX-a, i bêd± wydrukowane w bie¿±cej sekcji i numerze strony. Polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash today -\family default +\family default wydrukuje bie¿±c± datê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cienk± liniê oddzielaj±c± nag³ówek i stopkê od tre¶ci strony mo¿emy tak¿e zmodyfikowaæ. @@ -2244,227 +2698,307 @@ Cienk Domy¶ln± grubo¶ci± linii nag³ówkowej jest 0.4pt, dla linii stopki za¶ jest 0pt. Mo¿esz u¿yæ polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\family default +\family default do ustawiania ich grubo¶ci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ustawienia nag³ówków/stopek za pomoc± poleceñ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{plain} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{fancy} -\family default +\family default . Po prostu wstaw je w tek¶cie na stronie, któr± chcesz zmieniæ i zaznacz je jako kod TeX-a. Strony tytu³owe s± oznaczone domy¶lnie jako plain, podczas gdy kolejne strony s± w stylu fancy gdy u¿ywasz globalnego ustawienia fancy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje wiele z³o¿onych poleceñ, które bêd± wstawia³y rzeczy w lewym górnym naro¿niku na stronach nieparzystych itd. ale po szczegó³y odsy³amy Ciê do dokumentacji pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . Na przyk³ad je¶li masz instalacjê teTeX-a zobacz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Koñcowym przyk³adem jest mo¿liwo¶æ wstawienia pliku Encapsulated PostScript do nag³ówka lub stopki. Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ wstawiæ logo firmy do lewego dolnego naro¿nika strony. Spróbuj wstawiæ nastêpuj±ce polecenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhead{ -\backslash +\backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent (bêdzie potrzebne w preambule polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ministrony -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX dostarcza mechanizmu do tworzenia strony wewn±trz strony, zwanych ministronami (minipages). Wewn±trz ministrony s± dostêpne wszystkie zwyk³e regu³y wcinania, ³amania wierszy itd. LyX tak¿e dostarcza tê mo¿liwo¶æ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ministrony posiadaj± w³asn± wstawkê, aby wstawiæ ministronê wybierz polecenie -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default inistrony -\family default +\family default . Klikaj±c prawym klawiszem myszy na wstawkê otwiera siê okienko, w którym mo¿na ustaliæ wyrównianie i szeroko¶æ ministrony. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga. Je¶li ministrona jest zbyt d³uga aby zmie¶ciæ siê na stronie, to zostanie skrócona, a nie wciêta na nastêpnej stronie (nie pojawi siê reszta na nastêpnej stronie). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard S± dwie dalsze opcje ministron. Je¶li umie¶cisz dwie ministrony obok siebie, to mo¿na wstawiæ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default nak specjalny\SpecialChar \menuseparator HFill -\family default +\family default do maksymalnego rozsuniêcia ich, który wymuszi pocz±tek pierwszej ministrony od lewego marginesu a koniec nastêpnej na prawym marginesie. Sprawd¼ t± opcjê dla drugiej ministrony, nie dla pierwszej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To jest ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill. To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To jest druga ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill. To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + To jest zwyk³y tekst, który rozdziela dwa przyk³ady -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To jest ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill. To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" -collapsed true +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To jest druga ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill. To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oblewanie rysunku tekstem \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure placement r width "6cm" -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics @@ -2473,162 +3007,198 @@ collapsed false width 40col% rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Ten rysunek jest oblany tekstem, a to jest ¶liczny podpis -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Czêsto zadawanym pytaniem jest pytanie o mo¿liwo¶æ ,,oblewania'' rysunków tekstem w ten sposób, ¿e rysunek zajmuje czê¶æ kolumny a reszta jest wype³niona tekstem. Je¶li masz zainstalowany pakiet LaTeX-a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter floatflt -\family default +\family default (jest czêsto w³±czany do dystrybucji lub dostêpny w archiwach CTAN), to mo¿esz to zrobiæ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obok znajduje siê rysunek pêtli Moebiusa -- powiniene¶ go ju¿ zobaczyæ w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Aby oblaæ tekstem rysunek jak ten, nalezy wybrac z menu polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator Rysunek oblany -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga: ten pakiet jest bardzo kruchy \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kruchy w sensie LaTeX-a. Przyp. t³um. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Dla przyk³adu, maj±c rysunek zbyt blisko koñca strony bêdzie zamieszanie tre¶ci powy¿ej, gdy bêdziemy mieæ dwa rysunki blisko siebie. U¿ywaj tego pakietu oszczêdnie i czytaj dokumentacjê zawart± w pakiecie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Miejmy nadziejê, ¿e w przysz³o¶ci LyX bêdzie obs³ugiwa³ te funkcje natywnie. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Opcje tabel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Standardowy uk³ad tabel bêdzie odpowiedni w 99% wszystkich Twoich tabel, ale w 1% prawdopodobnie bêdziesz potrzebowa³ tabel specjalnie dostosowanych do swoich wymagañ. Polecenie z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abela -\family default +\family default otwiera okno formatowania tabeli. W zak³adce -\family sans +\family sans Kolumna -\family default +\family default / -\family sans +\family sans Wiersz -\family default +\family default znajduje siê dostêp do kilku poleceñ wyrównywania kolumn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz krótkie wspomnienie o LaTeX-u: gdy ustawiamy tabelê w LaTeX-u to dla ka¿dej kolumny deklarujemy typ wyrównania. Dla przyk³adu mo¿esz podaæ ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l -\family default +\family default '',,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c -\family default +\family default '' lub ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter r -\family default +\family default '' dla justowania do lewej, wy¶rodkowania i wyrównania kolumny do prawej (co w LyX-ie objawia siê trzema przyciskami -\family sans +\family sans W lewo -\family default +\family default / -\family sans +\family sans Center -\family default +\family default / -\family sans +\family sans W prawo -\family default +\family default ). Czwartym typem jest ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter p -\family default +\family default '', który deklaruje szeroko¶æ kolumny (w LyX-ie mamy pole -\family sans +\family sans Szeroko¶æ -\family default +\family default ) co powoduje automatyczne ³amanie wierszy. Pi±tym typem jest ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\family default +\family default '' (vertical bar), który raczej s³u¿y do tworzenia pionowych kresek ramek (w LyX-ie mamy do tego przyciski w polu -\family sans +\family sans Ramka -\family default +\family default ). Koñcz±c, istnieje typ ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default '', który pozwala u¿yæ cokolwiek jako separatora kolumn co jest zamkniête w towarzysz±cych nawiasach w³±czaj±c argument pusty. Powody robienia tego mog± nie byæ jasne, ale cechy te mog± byæ bardzo u¿yteczne. Najlepiej to pokazaæ na przyk³adach. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Usuwanie dodatkowej przestrzeni tabeli -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj znajduje siê standardowa tabela: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2639,70 +3209,106 @@ Tutaj znajduje si \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Zwróæ uwagê, ¿e poziome kreski wystaj± troszkê z obu strona poza tekst. Je¶li chcesz aby linie zaczyna³y i koñczy³y siê równo z tekstem, to mo¿na wstawiæ pusty separator na koñcu aby zwolniæ trochê miejsca dodawanego domy¶lnie przez LaTeX-a. Oto przyk³ad: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2713,108 +3319,148 @@ Zwr \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard W tym przypadku w polu -\family sans +\family sans Wyrównanie -\family default +\family default w -\family sans +\family sans Kolumnie specjalnej -\family default +\family default dla lewej kolumny wpisano ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default '', natomiast dla prawej wpisano ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l @{} -\family default +\family default '', co wstawia puste znaki na koñcach. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zmiana znaku separatora kolumn -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz proponujemy zastosowanie \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset z odrobin± miejsca obok jako separatora kolumn tabeli. Po prostu wy³±cz pionowe ramki i wpisz w polu -\family sans +\family sans Wyrównanie -\family default +\family default w obszarze -\family sans +\family sans Kolumna specjalna ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter l@{~$ -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{ -\backslash +\backslash pi}$~} l -\family default +\family default ''. Oto wynik: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center . \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2825,65 +3471,91 @@ pi}$~} l \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Type -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Rock -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mineral -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection + +\begin_layout Subsection Wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proponujemy wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych. Standardowym trickiem LaTeX-a jest podzielenie liczby na dwie kolumny; @@ -2891,8 +3563,20 @@ Proponujemy wyr strony, a w prawej -- przeznaczonej dla czê¶ci u³amkowej -- wyrównujemy do lewej, natomiast separator kolumn ustawiamy jako pusty. Oto przyk³ad: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2904,161 +3588,205 @@ Proponujemy wyr \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wyra¿enie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Warto¶æ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 36. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 80663. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Mimo ¿e bêdzie to wygl±da³o trochê ¶miesznie w LyX-ie, to na wydruku pojawi± siê dwukolumnowa tabela, w której prawa kolumna jest wyrównana wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych, a nag³ówek jest wy¶rodkowany. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard My¶lê, ¿e najlepiej bêdzie jak opiszê jak to zrobi³em: Najpierw utworzy³em tabelê 3 x 3 i usun±³em wszystkie ramki. @@ -3066,151 +3794,181 @@ My kolumnê. Pierwsza kolumna jest wy¶rodkowana. W drugiej kolumnie wpisa³em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3. -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 36. -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 80663. -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1. -\family default +\family default , i wyrówna³em tê kolumnê do prawej. W trzeciej kolumnie wpisa³em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 1416 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 462 -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default oraz ustawi³em wyrównanie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @{} l -\family default +\family default . Na koñcu wpisa³em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Warto¶æ -\family default +\family default w ¶rodkowej kolumnie, pod¶wietli³em je, wyrówna³em do prawej. Czy¿ nie ³atwe? -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Lepsze rozwi±zanie wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alternatywnym rozwi±zaniem wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych w tabelach jest u¿ycie pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Dodaj nastêpuj±cy tekst do preambu³y LaTeX-a: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby mieæ kolumny wyrównane wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych wpisz w polu -\family sans +\family sans Wyrównanie -\family default +\family default w oknie formatu tabeli w zak³adce -\family sans +\family sans Kolumny/Wiersze -\family default +\family default nastêpuj±cy tekst: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{liczba miejsc dziesiêtnych danych} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\family roman -\emph on + +\family roman +\emph on [Przyk³adow± tabelê usuniêto. Zobacz plik -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default decimal.lyx -\family roman -\emph on +\family roman +\emph on w katalogu examples.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do utworzenia dodatkowego miejsca zwiêksz liczbê miejsc dziesiêtnych w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Ustaw atrybut -\family sans +\family sans multicolumn -\family default +\family default dla pojedynczej komórki niewra¿liwy na wyrównanie wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych. Wad± tej metody jest to, ¿e tryb matematyczny nie jest dopuszczalny w kolumnie z wyrównaniem wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych z wyj±tkiem je¶li atrybut multicolumn jest w³±czony. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ta metoda oferuje tak± sam± elastyczno¶æ jak pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Mo¿emy, na przyk³ad zmieniæ separator wyrównania i mamy ró¿ne znaki separatorów dla ró¿nych kolumn przez definicjê typów wielokrotnych kolumn w preambule. Sk³adnia jest nastêpuj±ca: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{separator_wej}{separator_wyj}{liczba_miejsc_dzie¶} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zainteresowanym czytelnikom polecamy dokumentacjê do pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wybór znaku wyliczenia \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dostarcza 216 znaków dostêpnych wprost z menu. U¿ycie tego menu daje Ci mo¿liwo¶æ ³atwego wyboru odpowiedniego znaku dla @@ -3218,38 +3976,44 @@ LyX dostarcza 216 znak Te ustawienia s± globalne dla ca³ego dokumentu i nie mo¿na ustawiæ ró¿nych znaków w ró¿nych akapitach \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿na tego dokonaæ tylko rêcznie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jak je zobaczyæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otwórz z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default i wybierz zak³adkê -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default yró¿nienia. -\family default +\family default W zak³adce wy¶wietlona jest tabela znaków wyliczenia. Za pomoc± przycisków umieszczonych po lewej stronie okna mamy dostêp do sze¶ciu zestawów znaków. @@ -3262,8 +4026,20 @@ W zak pakiety w preambule. Znaki podzielone s± na sze¶æ zestawów ze wzglêdu na wymagane pakiety. Poni¿sza tabela przedstawia przypisanie zestawów do pakietów LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3274,338 +4050,428 @@ W zak \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przycisk -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wymagany pakiet -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter base LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Maths -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amssymb.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ding4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pifont.sty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard LyX nie zatrzyma Ciê przed u¿yciem znaku z pakietu którego nie masz. Je¶li otrzymasz komunikat b³êdu LaTeX-a podczas próby podgl±du lub wydruku bêdzie on oznacza³ brak wymaganego pakietu. LyX nie bêdzie ogranicza³ u¿ycia przy lokalnej edycji i eksporcie gdziekolwiek. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jak u¿yæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wybierz przycisk g³êboko¶ci wyliczenia i nastêpnie wybierz znak i wielko¶æ. Zmiana nie bêdzie widoczna w LyX-ie, ale bêdzie widoczna w podgl±dzie dokumentu przy u¿yciu xdvi lub ghostview. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz przywróciæ domy¶lny znak wyliczenia przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem myszy na przycisku poziomu wyliczenia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li rzeczywi¶cie chcesz mieæ wiele uk³adów akapitów z ró¿nymi zestawami znaków wyliczenia w ka¿dym musisz wykonaæ trochê brudnej roboty. Okno wyboru znaku wyliczenia mo¿e pomóc w znalezieniu nazwy LaTeX-owej znaku. Aby zrobiæ w³asne akapity musisz mie¶ nastêpuj±c± opcjê: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize U¿yj polecenia LaTeX-a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{}{} -\family default +\family default do specyfikacji nowego znaku wyliczenia dla zadanej g³êboko¶ci zagnie¿d¿enia. To bêdzie tak¿e potrzebne do zapisu bie¿±cego znaku i jego pó¼niejszego ponownego przywo³ania. W tym wyliczeniu zosta³y u¿yte nastêpuj±ce kody LaTeX-a do zmiany znaku wyliczenia w pierwszym poziomie. -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi= -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash small -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash )} -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Uwaga g³êboko¶æ zagnie¿d¿enia w poleceniu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelitem -\family default +\family default jest podawana cyframi rzymskimi (podobnie jak numeracja czê¶ci). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Podaj dla ka¿dego indywidualnego wiersza wyliczenia kod znaku zamkniêty w nawiasy prostok±tne i wpisane w trybie TeX. Na przyk³ad ten wiersz zaczyna siê znakiem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [ -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash )] -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Poczekaj na LyX 1.2. Nastêpne stabilne wydanie LyX-a powinna mieæ wbudowan± obs³ugê definiowania dla ka¿dego wyliczenia oddzielnego zestawu znaków. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li bêdziesz potrzebowa³ przywróciæ z powrotem poprzednie globalne ustawienia znaków to nale¿y wpisaæ: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\backslash +\backslash labelitemi[0]{ -\backslash +\backslash savelabelitemi} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Specjalne klasy dokumentu -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AMS Math -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by David -\noun on +\noun on Johnson -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Uk³ad AMS-Math jest zestawem styli zalecanymi dla sk³adu pism matematycznych przesy³anych do wydawnictwa American Mathematical Society. Uk³ad nie jest przyciêty do specyfiki pisma, ale mo¿na to ³atwo zrobiæ. @@ -3614,22 +4480,24 @@ Uk Dokumentacja AMS jest dostêpna w internecie na stronie \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset lub przez ftp \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Te uk³ady s± odpowiednie i u¿yteczne dla zapisu matematyki. S± aktualnie dostêpne ró¿ne uk³ady AMS-math: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart -- standardowy format artyku³u -- AMS article. Wszystkie równania i wyra¿enia s± numerowane jako \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , gdzie pierwsza liczba oznacza sekcjê, a druga odpowiada kolejnemu numerowi ¶rodowiska (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions, Remarks, @@ -3637,20 +4505,24 @@ amsart -- standardowy format artyku Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie. Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq -- tutaj, twierdzenia, definicje itd. s± numerowane kolejno, bez odniesienia do numeru sekcji. Dostêpne s± równie¿ nienumerowane ¶rodowiska (ale nie wszystkie), do okazjonaln ego u¿ycia. Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsbook - standardowy format ksi±¿ki -- AMS book (prawdziwe monografie). Numeracja jest podobna jak w uk³adzie amsart, z wyj±tkiem numeracji wszystkiego jako \begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , gdzie pierwszy numer odnosi siê do numeru rozdzia³u, drugi do sekcji, a trzeci jest numerem kolejnym wyra¿enia (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, @@ -3658,26 +4530,32 @@ amsbook - standardowy format ksi Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie. Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dowolne pliki LyX-a ams-* mog± byæ konwertowane do schematu przez prost± zmianê klasy dokumentu w menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Co daje ten szablon? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te uk³ady dostarczaj± d³ug± listê ¶rodowisk. Najbardziej matematyczne pisma i ksi±¿ki bêd± korzystaæ w wiêkszo¶ci z @@ -3685,814 +4563,1082 @@ Te uk rozmaitych takich deklaracji. Jednak zalecane przez AMS ¶rodowiska s± dostêpne w LyX-ie. Oto lista nowych ¶rodowisk (nie wyliczamy typowych takich jak -\family sans +\family sans sections, bibliography, title, author, date -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. S³owo -\family sans +\family sans ,,Theorem -\family default +\family default '' wy¶wietlane jest czcionk± pó³grub±, along with an automatically-determined number (an unnumbered version, -\family sans +\family sans Theorem* -\family default +\family default , is also available). Tekst jest pochylony. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements. Again, these can be major results. Unnumbered version -\family sans +\family sans Corollary* -\family default +\family default is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Criterion A required condition. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Algorithm A general procedure to be used. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Definition Guess what this is for. The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment than for the previous ones. The heading (,,definition'') is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest is set upright. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Example Sk³ad jest podobny do Definition. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Condition -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Problem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Exercise -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem. This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Note Set similarly to the Remark environment. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Notation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Claim -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Summary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Acknowledgement -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances of some condition. The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered statements. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Conclusion -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Fact -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Proof S³owo ,, -\shape italic +\shape italic Proof -\shape default +\shape default '' jest pisane kursyw±, but the rest is set upright. At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with different styles) is placed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Address Tu powinien byæ podany sta³y adres autora. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Current\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Current\InsetSpace ~ Address Tu powinien byæ podany czasowy adres autora, gdy wysy³a³ dokument, o ile jest ró¿ny od podanego powy¿ej w Address. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Email Adres e-mail autora -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description URL Adres strony internetowej autora. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Keywords S³owa kluczowe i frazy u¿ywane do identyfikacji specyficznych dyskutowa nych tematów w prasie. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and described in -\emph on +\emph on Mathematical Reviews -\emph default +\emph default . These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Thanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dedicatory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Translator -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ponadto, ¶rodowiska automatycznie w³±czaj± pakiety AMS-LaTeX i czcionki AMS, które musz± byæ dostêpne w Twoim systemie, aby mo¿na by³o u¿ywaæ tych uk³adów. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dinbrief -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans dinbrief -\family default +\family default mo¿e byæ u¿yta do pisania listów zgodnie z niemieck± konwencj±. Dla Ciebie w folderze -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates -\family default +\family default znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy, aby by³o ³atwiej zacz±æ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans paper -\family default +\family default jest alternatyw± dla standardowej klasy -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Daje ona podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ, ale mo¿na preferowaæ w tym uk³adzie bezszeryfo we tytularia i jeszcze wiêcej. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section A&A Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Peter -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Sütterlin -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tej sekcji opisano jak mo¿na u¿yæ LyX-a do pisania artyku³ów do pism naukowych -\emph on +\emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics -\emph default +\emph default oraz -\emph on +\emph on Supplement Series -\emph default +\emph default przy u¿yciu klasy dokumentu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aa.cls -\family default +\family default z pakietu makr wydawnictwa Springer. Ten pakiet mo¿e byæ ¶ci±gniêty z serwera ftp Springera -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.springer.de/pub/tex/latex/aa} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Instrukcja do A&A Paper jest dostarczana razem z pakietem. Ten tekst nie ma na celu zast±pienia oryginalnej instrukcji ale jest krótkim przewodnikiem jak wykorzystaæ ten format. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zaczynamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby zacz±æ nowy dokument wybieramy z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default owy -\family default +\family default lub -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator - Nowy z\SpecialChar ~ + Nowy z\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default zablonu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zalecamy korzystanie z szablonu. Either create one yourself, or ask the local system administrator to suply a site-wide version. Przyk³adowy szablon jest czê¶ci± standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Je¶li nie u¿y³e¶ szablonu to zwróæ uwagê na nastêpuj±ce ustawienia: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wybierz klasê dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyl dokumentu -\family default +\family default w zak³adce -\family sans +\family sans Dokument -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nie zmieniaj opcji -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyl strony -\family default +\family default : pozostaw -\family sans +\family sans domy¶lny -\family default +\family default . Uk³ad jest zrobiony za pomoc± makr i nie powiniene¶ niczego zmieniaæ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mo¿esz chcieæ u¿yæ czcionki -\family sans +\family sans Times -\family default +\family default wybieraj±c z listy -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default zcionka -\family default +\family default , jako sugerowanej przez wydawnictwo Springer dla jednolitego wygl±du tekstu wydruków. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nag³ówek -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pierwsz± rzecz± do wprowadzenia jest dane nag³ówkowe. Które zawieraj± osiem wpisów, z których kilka jest opcjonalnych. Oto one: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Thesaurus -\family default +\family default : [wymagane] Zobacz podrêcznik Springera. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : [wymagane] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subtitle -\family default +\family default : [wymagane] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default : [wymagane] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : [wymagane] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Offprints -\family default +\family default : [opcjonalne] je¶li jest wiêcej ni¿ jeden autor, to komu wys³aæ odbitki. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Email -\family default +\family default : [opcjonalne] adres e-mail dla kontaktu z autorem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : [wymagane]. Suggested format is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Received: / Accepted -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nie potrzeba wydawaæ polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\family default +\family default , jest to robione automatycznie przez LyX gdy nag³ówek jest zakoñczony. Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li chcesz umie¶ciæ przypis w nag³ówku, np. dla wskazania twojego aktualnego adresu, mo¿esz u¿yæ standardowego przypisu za pomoc± -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rzypis. -\family default +\family default LyX w takim przypadku u¿yje automatycznie okre¶lenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In addition to these topics, Springer uses two additional LaTeX commands that have no counterpart in LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\family default +\family default do oddzielenia ró¿nych nazw takich jak autorzy, instytucje. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\family default +\family default to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In both cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked as LaTeX code. See the examples. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Streszczenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Streszczenie powinno siê znajdowaæ bezpo¶rednio za nag³ówkiem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The only special thing about the abstract environment is that it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX command -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords{} -\family default +\family default by hand and mark it as LaTeX code. Zobacz przyk³adowy artyku³. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uk³ad A&A paper obs³uguje nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska dla strukturyzacji tekstu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Acknowledgment -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Polecenia nie obs³ugiwane przez LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kilka poleceñ uk³adu -\family sans +\family sans paper (A&A) -\family default +\family default nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwane w LyX-ie. Kilka zosta³o ju¿ omówionych. Dla kompletno¶ci poni¿ej s± one wszystkie wypisane: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash and -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash appendix -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash authorrunning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inst{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash keywords{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash object{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash titlerunning{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li chcesz u¿yæ którego¶ z tych poleceñ, to musisz wpisaæ je sam. I nie zapomnij wpisywaæ je w trybie LaTeX-a! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wstawki -- rysunki i tabele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX obs³uguje niezbêdne ¶rodowiska wstawek -\family sans +\family sans figure, figure*, table -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans table* -\family default +\family default , dlatego nie wspominamy o nich tutaj wiêcej. Zajrzyj do -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Pamiêtaj, ¿e tabele powinny byæ wyrównane lewostronnie. Do tego celu wybierz tabelê i zmieñ wyrównanie w -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default kapit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jest tylko jedna specjalna rzecz: rysunki z podpisami. Aby utworzyæ takie rysunki musisz wykonaæ poni¿sze kroki: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Utwórz szerok± wstawkê: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ysunek(wide) -\family default +\family default , -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wpisz tre¶æ podpisu rysunku. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default aby przesun±æ kursor powy¿ej podpisu, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wstaw swój rysunek (eps), -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ustaw kursor za rysunkiem i wstaw odstêp poziomy: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default nak specjalny -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator H -\bar default +\bar default Fill -\family default +\family default , -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX: -\family sans - M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default , -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wpisz: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ -\family default +\family default . -\series bold +\series bold Nie zamykaj nawiasu! -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ustaw kursor za podpisem, prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX-a i wstaw brakuj±cy nawias -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,,} -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zobacz tak¿e rysunek w przyk³adowym artykule. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Szablon referatu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to give the option -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default to the documentclass. This must be done using the -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans - Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default popup. Just enter the string -\family typewriter +\family typewriter referee -\family default +\family default there. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przyk³ad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W folderze -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy artyku³ napisany w LyX-ie. To jest przyk³ad z oryginalnago pakietu makr Springera przet³umaczonego do LyX-a. U¿yj go jako inspiracjê i porównanie oryginalnego kodu LaTeX-a z LyX-owym sposobem pisania. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AASTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Mike Ressler -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard AASTeX jest zestawem makr wydanych przez American Astronomical Society dla u³atwienia wysy³ania elektronicznych manuskryptów do trzech pism wydawanych przez Towarzystwo: -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysical Journal -\emph default +\emph default (w³±czaj±c Listy i Suplement), -\emph on +\emph on Astronomical Journal -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific -\emph default +\emph default . LyX wymaga co najmniej wersji 5.0 tych makr. Wersje starsze od 5.0 s± przeznaczone dla LaTeX2.09 i s± niekompatybilne z LyX-em. Pakiet AASTeX mo¿na pobraæ z serwera ftp AAS -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX. @@ -4501,41 +5647,45 @@ A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Starting a New Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file. Click on -\family sans +\family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from template -\family default +\family default , enter the new file name, then choose the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.lyx -\family default +\family default template. This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) with the correct information. Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default , which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the template file. For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and @@ -4543,688 +5693,769 @@ altaffiltext Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text. I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but there is still more required than any of us would like. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Finishing Your Paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, there are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset postprocessing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file ( -\family sans +\family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator as LateX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file with your favorite text editor -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate remove the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage...{fontenc} -\family default +\family default line if it appears (usually just after -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default }; also remove the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash secnumdepth -\family default +\family default line if it appears. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble (which should appear immediately after the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset comment in the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate search for any -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default commands and replace \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FileName -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset with the correct, real file name. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate alter any -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default commands, if necessary (see section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cite} -\end_inset +\end_inset below). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Submit it. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comments On Specific Commands -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands: the AASTeX User Guide ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aasguide.tex -\family default +\family default ) gives a good description of each. Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary. So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work as expected -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section they are found in: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (2.1.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default (2.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affil -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\family default +\family default (2.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash keywords -\family default +\family default (2.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash paragraph -\family default +\family default (2.7), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{eqnarray} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{mathletters} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{thebibliography} -\family default +\family default (2.12.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default (2.12.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{table} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular} -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, amongst other places), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablecomments -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default (2.15.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default (2.16). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following style options also work correctly: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint2 -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqsecnum -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushrt -\family default +\family default (3, 3.1, 3.2). Simply put them in -\family sans +\family sans Extra Options -\family default +\family default box in -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following items work, but require a little more discussion: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash received -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash revised -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ccc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cpright -\family default +\family default (all from 2.1.3) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks in the template file: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash slugcomment -\family default +\family default (2.1.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shorttitle -\family default +\family default (2.1.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortauthors -\family default +\family default (2.1.5) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash email -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash and -\family default +\family default (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash notetoeditor -\family default +\family default (2.6) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by hand -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash placefigure -\family default +\family default (2.8) -- same as for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash placetable -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acknowledgements -\family default +\family default (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash appendix -\family default +\family default (2.10) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figcaption -\family default +\family default (2.13.2) -- you will have to edit the optional argument by hand in the final LaTeX file. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\family typewriter +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash + +\family typewriter + +\backslash altaffilmark -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext -\family default +\family default (2.3), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqnum -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{equation} -\family default +\family default (2.11), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default (2.12), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.12.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash figurenum -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsscale -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plottwo -\family default +\family default (2.13.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenum -\family default +\family default (2.14.4), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\family default +\family default (2.14.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it. Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext -\family default +\family default (2.14.5), most everything in Misc (2.15, except -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email -\family default +\family default ; see above), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash singlespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublespace -\family default +\family default (3.1), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onecolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twocolumn -\family default +\family default (3.2) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things that cannot be implemented -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. @@ -5232,224 +6463,252 @@ Things that cannot be implemented (2.14). If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor, then using -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Include File -\family default +\family default to include it in your LyX document. See the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aas_sample.lyx -\family default +\family default file to see an example of this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document class. When all else fails, do this: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX. Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sample.tex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aastex.layout -\family default +\family default appears in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/.../share/lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/layouts -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rerun -\family sans +\family sans Options\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reconfigure -\family default +\family default in LyX, then restart LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Open a regular new file, not from a template. Does AASTeX appear in -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Class -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able to find the AASTeX layout or a message about \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , things haven't been installed correctly. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere in the caption/title, then select -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph -\family default +\family default , then set the -\family sans +\family sans Alignment -\family default +\family default to -\family sans +\family sans Block -\family default +\family default . This took care of it for me. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection References \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A few things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text. When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is -\emph on +\emph on no -\emph default +\emph default space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\emph default +\emph default type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler(1992) -\family default +\family default , not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ressler (1992) -\family default +\family default . 2) I am really unhappy that I can't make -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default more automatic, but that would require changes to the LyX source code. For now you can do one of two things: a) enter all your citations using the built-in -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citation Reference -\family default +\family default mechanism; at least you can take advantage of the automatic insertions. Then edit the exported LaTeX file by hand changing the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default entries to the appropriate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citep -\family default +\family default commands before you submit it ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\family default +\family default is currently equivalent to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash citet -\family default +\family default , so you wouldn't necessarily have to change those). Or b) you can simply enter all your citations as ERT using the same key for the argument that you used in the bibliography popup, -\emph on +\emph on e.g. -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default -\backslash +\backslash citet{key} -\family default +\family default . Neither choice is pleasant, but until LyX's citation mechanism understands -\family typewriter +\family typewriter natbib -\family default +\family default , we'll have to put up with it. 3) Entering the references at all is not obvious. The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document, then mark it as type -\family sans +\family sans References -\family default +\family default . That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. That will create a new line with its own box, etc. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection W³±czanie plików EPS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With all due respect to Chris Biemesderfer and the others who have helped to write the AASTeX package, the figure handling mechanism smells really foul. You can insert the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash plotone -\family default +\family default , etc. commands as ERT into a Figure Float box, but I never have much luck getting the layout right. @@ -5457,11 +6716,11 @@ plotone to the journal, but then use the standard LyX EPS file inclusion mechanism when you want to make your nicer looking preprints. LyX will insert a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\family default +\family default command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard LaTeX2e way. Anyone who attempts to print your AASTeX 5.0 manuscript must have a LaTeX2e @@ -5469,10 +6728,14 @@ usepackage{graphics} graphics handling mechanism? If they complain about LaTeX2e or the graphics package, point out that it appears in the second edition of Lamport (1994), so it was time to upgrade six years ago. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Things I could have done, but didn't -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a few ,,pretty'' things I could have implemented, but chose not to. @@ -5485,17 +6748,23 @@ There are a few ,,pretty'' things I could have implemented, but chose not If you feel strongly that I should make such layouts, I will adhere to the spirit of the rules laid out by the Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and Boomerang-Throwing Association: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation ,,Decisions of the judges will be final unless shouted down by a really overwhelming majority of the crowd present. Abusive and obscene language may not be used by contestants when addressing members of the judging panel, or, conversely, by members of the judging panel when addressing contestants (unless struck by a boomerang)''. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Final Caveat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm, ,,I have only proved this to be correct, I have not actually tried it''. @@ -5504,657 +6773,756 @@ To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm, a paper using it. Hopefully in the next few months \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ijmpd -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Overview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default published by World Scientific. The name of the document class is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls -\family default +\family default . This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded from the site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} -\end_inset +\end_inset . The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset package. Most of its features are supported by LyX. I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to the -\emph on +\emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. Click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default emplate -\family default +\family default , then choose the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) with the correct information. You should keep in mind the following remarks. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not be changed. Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. To do this, click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default , select the -\family sans +\family sans Language -\family default +\family default tab (under the -\family sans +\family sans Lang Opts -\family default +\family default tab), then deselect the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default se babel -\family default +\family default option and click on -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default pply -\family default +\family default (or -\family sans +\family sans Save -\family default +\family default , if you wish to make this change permanent). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Two new environments, named \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Proof \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset are available (their use is obvious). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Appendices may be added to the paper. LyX offers a special environment, called \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset which marks the beginning of the appendix. An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does. As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption is ignored. If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float in a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file, then include this file to the LyX document ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inclu -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default e file -\family default +\family default ). Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex -\family default +\family default , which is included in the ijmpd package. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX file ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ateX -\family default +\family default ), then make the following changes to the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Remove the comment lines before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Remove everything between (and including) the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The modified -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary. You may also want to check the resulting -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default document. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Use of ERT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard U¿ycie wstawek ERT jest opcjonalne i jest zredukowane do trzech poleceñ, which affect the look of the page. If you started writing your paper by using the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ijmpd.lyx -\family default +\family default template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need to delete it. You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title, respectively). This ERT must have the form -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kluwer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przegl±d -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet Kluwer jest zestawem makr wydanych przez Kluwer Academic Publishers aby u³atwiæ elektroniczn± wysy³kê manuskryptów do pism wydawanych przez wydawnictwo. Najbardziej znane z nich (at least in my domain of interest), to -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on Solar Physics -\emph default +\emph default , ale istnieje wiele innych (zobacz kompletn± listê pod adresem \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pakiet Kluwer mo¿na pobraæ z serwisu \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Kompletna dokumentacja jest zawarta w pakiecie (ale mo¿na pobraæ j± oddzielnie). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX obs³uguje wiele cech pakietu ale nie wszystkie. Mimo to wstawki ERT s± potrzebne do redukcji ,,osobliwych'' poleceñ pakietu (zobacz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ja ostatnio napisa³em bez ¿adnych problemów artyku³ wys³any do pisma -\emph on +\emph on Astrophysics and Space Science -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pisanie artyku³ów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naj³atwiejsz± drog± do napisania nowego artyku³u jest skorzystanie z szablonu. Wybierz polecenie z menu -\family sans +\family sans Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nowy z szablonu -\family default +\family default , a nastêpnie wybierz plik szablonu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default . Otrzymasz wówczas (prawie) pusty dokument, który zawiera wiêkszo¶æ pól z manuskryptu z krótkim opisem ich u¿ycia. I jak w wiêkszo¶ci szablonów zast±p istniej±ce teksty (w³±czaj±c nawiasy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter <> -\family default +\family default ) poprawnymi informacjami. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przygotowanie artyku³u do wys³ania -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podobnie jak przy pakiecie AASTeX przed wysy³k± artyku³u do wydawnictwa, artyku³ nale¿y przetworzyæ, co opisano dalej w kolejnych krokach: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wyeksportuj artyku³ do pliku LaTeX. Zrób to przez wybór polecenia z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wyedytuj uzyskany plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default w edytorze tekstowym dokonuj±c nastêpuj±cych zmian: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate usuñ wiersze komentarza przed poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate usuñ wszystko pomiêdzy dyrektywami -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatletter -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makeatother -\family default +\family default w³±cznie, z wyj±tkiem Twoich specyficznych poleceñ wstawionych do preambu³y. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zapisz uzyskany plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Przetwórz plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default przez LaTeX tyle razy ile potrzeba (zwykle do trzech razy). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zobacz utworzony plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default korzystaj±c z przegl±darki np. -\family sans +\family sans xdvi -\family default +\family default i sprawd¼ czy wszystko jest ok (tak powinno byæ je¶li nie pope³ni³e¶ b³êdów). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ,,Osobliwo¶ci'' pakietu Kluwer \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet Kluwer posiada nastêpuj±ce ,,osobliwo¶ci'': -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Jest mo¿liwe pisanie wielu artyku³ów w tym samym pliku LaTeX-a \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nie mogê wyobraziæ sobie innego dobrego powodu aby to zrobiæ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ka¿dy artyku³ musi byæ zawarty w ¶rodowisku ,,article''. Niestety, tego ¶rodowiska nie mo¿na pomin±æ, nawet je¶li piszemy tylko jeden artyku³. Dlatego ka¿dy artyku³ zaczyna siê poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\family default +\family default i koñczy oczywi¶cie poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\family default +\family default . Mimo to mo¿na to zaimplementowaæ w LyX-ie, ale ja nie do³±czam tego, od czasu jak to wygl±da brzydko i mo¿e peszyæ nowych u¿ytkowników. Dlatego Ty potrzebujesz wpisaæ te polecenia wprost jako kod LaTeX (jako wstawki ERT). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Informacje podane na pocz±tku artyku³u (np.: title, subtitle, author, institution , running title, running author, abstract i keywords) musz± znajdowaæ siê - w\SpecialChar ~ + w\InsetSpace ~ ¶rodowisku ,,opening''. Tego nie zaimplementowano w LyX-ie, tak ¿e Ty musisz umie¶ciæ title, subtitle itd. pomiêdzy dwoma wstawkami ERT ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{opening} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wed³ug podrêcznika u¿ytkownika etykieta ka¿dej pozycji bibliografii musi byæ zapisana jako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash protect -\backslash +\backslash citeauthoryear{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on author(s) -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on year -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Szablon -\family typewriter +\family typewriter kluwer.lyx -\family default +\family default zajmuje siê tymi wszystkimi ,,osobliwo¶ciami'' Je¶li zaczynasz z nowym artyku³em korzystaj±c z tego szablonu, to nie potrzebujesz robiæ nic specjalneg o. Tylko: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate nie usuwaj wstawek ERT do³±czonych do szablonu i -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate skopiuj przyk³adow± bibliografiê do³±czona do szablonu i dostosuj j± przez dopisanie nowych pozycji. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Koma-Script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Bernd Rellermeyer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przegl±d -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-owe klasy dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on book(koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , i -\emph on +\emph on letter(koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default odpowiadaj± LaTeX-owym klasom odpowiednio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.cls -\family default +\family default , i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.cls -\family default +\family default , z rodziny Koma-Script. Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy dokumentu odpowiednio -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default , i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.cls -\family default +\family default , i s± bli¿sze europejskim konwencjom typograficznym -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Standardow± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 11pt w -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , oraz 12pt w -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tytularia, etykiety opisu ¶rodowisk i kilka elementów klasy -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default s± sk³adane czcionk± pó³grub± bezszeryfow± \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje du¿a ró¿nica pomiêdzy starymi pó³grubymi czcionkami bezszeryfowymi rodziny cm, a nowymi rodziny ec, szczególnie w wygl±dzie tytulariów. Dla porównania pó³gruba czcionka bezszeryfowa rodziny ec wygl±da na troszkê cieñsz±. Pakiet LaTeX-a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmsd.sty -\family default +\family default autorstwa -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Walter Schmidta -\shape default +\shape default pomaga tworzyæ ,,zwyk³y'' wygl±d przy u¿yciu czcionek ec. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Numeracja tytu³ów rozdzia³ów jest zrobiona tak samo jak numeracja sekcji, @@ -6162,1278 +7530,1454 @@ Istnieje du ''. Ponadto wygl±d tytulariów mo¿e byæ zmieniony za pomoc± kilku opcji (w LyX-ie wprowadza siê je w polach -\family sans +\family sans Opcje Dodatkowe -\family default +\family default wywo³anym z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize G³ównym zamierzeniem projektowania obszaru pisania klas dokumentu Koma-Script s± opcje -\family sans +\family sans BCOR -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans DIV -\family default +\family default (w LyX-ie wprowadza siê je w polach -\family sans +\family sans Opcje Dodatkowe -\family default +\family default wywo³anym z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default ). Dziêki nim mamy klarown± mo¿liwo¶æ zmiany szeroko¶ci marginesów jako opcje w menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Klasy LaTeX-owe rodziny Koma-Script definiuj± kilka dodatkowych poleceñ. Czê¶æ z nich, które maj± sens w LyX-ie s± zaimplementowane w odpowiednich ¶rodowiskach. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script -\emph on +\emph on scrguide \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje angielskie t³umaczenie -- -\emph on +\emph on screnggu -\emph default +\emph default , ale nie jest kompletne -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default Dalsze punkty opisuj± tylko te aspekty, które s± zwi±zane z LyX-em. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Klasy article (koma-script), report (koma-script) i book (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasy dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book(koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default s± zaimplementowane w plikach uk³adu, odpowiednio: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrartcl.layout -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrreprt.layout -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrbook.layout -\family default +\family default . Zawieraj± one wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiednich standardowych klas dokumentu odpowiednio -\emph on +\emph on article -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book -\emph default +\emph default , czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owego ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , które jest zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default o takiej samej funkcji. Jednak ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default zosta³o dodane do kilku nowych ¶rodowisk, ale nie s± one czê¶ci± klasy -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default : s± odpowiednikami dla -\family sans +\family sans Chapter* -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , dodatkowo daj± wpis do spisu tre¶ci. -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default nie istnieje w klasie -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Addsec* -\family default +\family default : zachowuj± siê dok³adnie tak jak -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default , additionally clearing running heads. -\family sans +\family sans Addchap* -\family default +\family default nie istnieje w klasie -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Minisec -\family default +\family default : generuje tytu³ tu¿ nad nastêpnym akapitem w standardowej wielko¶ci czcionki bez wp³ywu na strukturê dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska, razem ze standardowymi: -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , tworz± stronê tytu³ow± dokumentu. Musz± byæ wstawione na pocz±tku pierwszego ,,normalnego'' akapitu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Odpowiednie polecenia LaTeX musz± pojawiæ siê przed poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash maketitle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Gdy dane ¶rodowisko jest u¿yte czê¶ciej ni¿ jeden raz, to zostanie uwzglêdnione tylko ostatnie jego wyst±pienie w tek¶cie. Te dodatkowe ¶rodowiska, podobnie jak -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , nie wp³ywaj± na wygl±d tworzonego dokumentu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default : tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) z tematem dokumentu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Publishers -\family default +\family default : tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) z nazw± wydawcy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dedication -\family default +\family default : w klasach -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± na oddzielnej stronie za stron± tytu³ow±, a w klasie -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Titlehead -\family default +\family default : tworzy wyrównany do lewej powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u ( -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default ) dla nag³ówka dokumentu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Uppertitleback -\family default +\family default : tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default na tyle strony tytu³owej u góry wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku druku jednostronnego lub klasy -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default nie jest sk³adane. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Lowertitleback -\family default +\family default : tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default na tyle strony tytu³owej u do³u wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku druku jednostronnego lub klasy -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default nie jest sk³adane. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Extratitle -\family default +\family default : tworzy specjaln± ,,brudn±'' stronê na pocz±tku dokumentu zawieraj±c± akapit bez specjalnego formatowania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pliki uk³adu dla klas dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on article (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default w³±czaj± plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default . Który jest w³a¶ciwym miejscem do definiowania w³asnych ¶rodowisk. Skopiuj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrmacros.inc -\family default +\family default do swojego osobistego foldera uk³adów i wyedytuj go! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Klasa letter (koma-script) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent Klasa dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on letter (koma-script) -\emph default +\emph default jest zaimplementowana w pliku uk³adu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter scrlettr.layout -\family default +\family default . Zawiera on wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiadaj±ce standardowej klasie -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default , czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owych ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans LyX -\family default +\family default - -\family sans +\family sans Code -\family default +\family default , które s± zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Labeling -\family default +\family default o takiej samej funkcji. Ponadto zawiera, w odró¿nieniu od standardowej klasy, standardowe ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Dodatkowo jest kilka nowych specyficznych ¶rodowisk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wygl±d listu z³o¿onego w tej klasie dokumentu mo¿e byæ sterowany za pomoc± kilku poleceñ LaTeX-a (w LyX-ie mo¿na je wprowadziæ wybieraj±c z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default reambu³a LaTeX -\family default +\family default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Na przyk³ad, standardowy wygl±d nag³ówka listu zawieraj±cy nazwê i adres jest ca³kowicie self-willed. ,,Podstawowy'' nag³ówek jest tworzony za pomoc± nastêpuj±cych poleceñ w preambule: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash firsthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromaddress}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash nexthead{ -\backslash +\backslash parbox[b]{ -\backslash +\backslash textwidth} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash fromname -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\backslash +\backslash ignorespaces -\backslash +\backslash pagename -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash thepage}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dziêki temu autor listu mo¿e utworzyæ swój w³asny uk³ad. Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script -\emph on +\emph on scrguide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default definiuj± pocz±tek listu i musz± byæ u¿yte w ka¿dym li¶cie. Dla podkre¶lenia ich w dokumencie, s± zaznaczone literami odpowiednio -\family sans +\family sans L -\family default +\family default lub -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default na lewym marginesie. To umo¿liwia napisanie dowolnej liczby listów w jednym pliku. ¦rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default tworzy nowy list u¿ywaj±c tego samego adresu, a -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default tworzy nowy adres. ¦rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Encl -\family default +\family default s± podstawowymi ¶rodowiskami i mog± byæ u¿ywane wielokrotnie w tym samym li¶cie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit na adres i definiuje pocz±tek listu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit dla adresu i zaczyna nowy list. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit na tekst zamykaj±cy list. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans PS -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit na Postscriptum. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans CC -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit na listê rozdzielnika (Do wiadomo¶ci). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Encl -\family default +\family default : tworzy akapit dla za³±czników. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Backaddress -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Specialmail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Location -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default wy¶wietlaj± etykiety, dla u³atwienia wpisywania, których zawarto¶æ jest przetwarzana przez klasê letter (Koma-Script) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default described above are not such input types as well. Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default type and the -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default type had such a serious different appearance. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte na pocz±tku odpowiedniego ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Implementacja tych ¶rodowisk w trybie WYSIWYG nie ma sensu, poniewa¿ rzeczywisty wygl±d z³o¿onego listu zale¿y nie tylko od u¿ycia w³a¶ciwego ¶rodowiska, ale tak¿e innych czynników. Na przyk³ad podpis wprowadzony w ¶rodowisku -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default bêdzie pojawia³ siê tylko w li¶cie, w którym u¿yto ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default . Zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default standardowo nie bêdzie pojawiaæ siê przy wszystkich z³o¿onych listach. Mo¿liwo¶æ projektowania wolnych nag³ówków listu jest ju¿ wspomniana w przypisie powy¿ej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska mog± byæ tak¿e u¿ywane jako puste akapity. To ma sens np. dla ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default . Je¶li ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default nie zosta³o w ogóle u¿yte, to standardowo jest zastêpowane zawarto¶ci± ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default , ale je¶li mamy puste ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default to nie jest niczym zastêpowane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przez u¿ycie ¶rodowisk mo¿na utworzyæ szablon listu, z czê¶ciowo wype³nionymi polami ¶rodowisk (np. Name, Address itd). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default : nazwa nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku listu. Tekst pisany jest du¿ymi literami. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default : podpis nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê poni¿ej tre¶ci ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Closing -\family default +\family default . Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default to zamiast niego pojawia siê zawarto¶æ -\family sans +\family sans Name -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : adres nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku listu, poni¿ej nazwy nadawcy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Telephone -\family default +\family default : numer telefonu nadawcy, pojawia siê tylko, gdy jest w³±czona zmienna LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash telephonenum -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default : miejsce napisania listu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default : data napisania listu. -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default standardowo sk³adane s± w wierszu poni¿ej pola adresu nadawcy wyrównane do prawej. Je¶li ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default jest puste, to zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default nie pojawi siê. Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , to domy¶lnie pobierana jest data sk³adu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Backaddress -\family default +\family default : adres zwrotny, standardowo sk³adany jest powy¿ej adresu docelowego ma³± czcionk± bezszeryfow±. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Specialmail -\family default +\family default : uwagi dla poczty (np. do r±k w³asnych), standardowo pojawiaj± siê pomiêdzy adresem zwrotnym a docelowym, i s± podkre¶lone. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Location -\family default +\family default : dodatkowa informacja, standardowo pojawia siê przy prawym marginesie poni¿ej adresu docelowego. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : tytu³ listu, standardowo pojawia siê z³o¿ony wielk± i pó³grub± czcionk± bezszeryfow± powy¿ej tematu listu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subject -\family default +\family default : temat listu, standard z³o¿ony jest czcionk± pó³grub± powy¿ej akapitu -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Yourref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Yourmail -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Myref -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Customer -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Invoice -\family default +\family default tworz± listy firmowe przez z³o¿enie zawarto¶ci tych ¶rodowisk powy¿ej wiersza tytu³owego. Dla pola daty u¿ywana jest zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Je¶li wykorzystane jest choæ jedno ze ¶rodowisk ,,biznesowych'', to zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Place -\family default +\family default nie jest sk³adana, tylko ustawiana jest zmienna LaTeX \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fromplace -\family default +\family default . te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte przed odpowiednim ¶rodowiskiem -\family sans +\family sans Opening -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Yourref -\family default +\family default : Wasz znak (Your ref.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Yourmail -\family default +\family default : Wasz list (Your letter of.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Myref -\family default +\family default : Nasz znak (Our ref.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Customer -\family default +\family default : Klient (Customer no.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Invoice -\family default +\family default : Nr faktury (Invoice no.) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problemy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przedstawienie WYSIWYG w LyX-ie dokumentów w klasie Koma-Script powoduje kilka problemów. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Numery rozdzia³ów ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default s± wy¶wietlane w wierszu powy¿ej tytu³u rozdzia³u. Taki przypadek jest spowodowany wewnêtrznym przetwarzaniem przez LyX ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Counter_Chapter -\family default +\family default w pliku uk³adu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tytu³y ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Addchap -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Addsec -\family default +\family default s± wstawione tylko do ,,prawdziwego'' LaTeX-owego spisu tre¶ci, a nie s± wy¶wietlane LyX-owym spisie tre¶ci ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default awigacja -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tryb separacji akapitów w dokumencie -\emph on +\emph on letter -\emph default +\emph default wy¶wietlany jest jako odstêp, a nie wciêcie. To jest standardowe zachowanie, do tego nie potrzeba ¿adnego polecenia LaTeX-a. Ale w oknie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default odpowiedni prze³±cznik wskazuje na za³±czony tryb -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default ciêcie -\family default +\family default . Tryb -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default dstêp -\family default +\family default daje efekt po u¿yciu odpowiedniego polecenia LaTeX-a wstawionego do dokumentu do wytworzenia odstêpu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj opisujemy klasy i pliki uk³adu u¿ywanych dla niektórych pism wydawanych przez wydawnictwo Springer Verlag i wymienionych na stronie \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset , sk±d powiniene¶ móc pobraæ pliki klasy (tak, oczywi¶cie teraz dla LaTeX2e!). To jest modularny system: wspólne czê¶ci dla wszystkich pism s± zaimplementowan e w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour.inc -\family default +\family default , z którego korzystaj± specyficzne dla danego pisma pliki uk³adu (np.: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default dla -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default ) . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oznacza to, ¿e implementacja wsparcia dla innego pisma wydawnictwa Springer wymaga napisania w³asnego pliku uk³adu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sv -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .layout -\family default +\family default na podstawie pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa dokumentu LyX-a by³a testowana tylko dla pisma -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default . Pliki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjour -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog -\family default +\family default s± zawarte w standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a. Zainstaluj pobran± z serwera wydawnictwa Springer odpowiedni± klasê LaTeX-ow± w odpowiednim katalogu TeX-a, od¶wie¿ bazê pakietów TeX-a (w teTeX-u uruchom polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter texhash -\family default +\family default , jako root je¶li jest to niezbêdne), zrekonfiguruj LyX-a i powinno ju¿ dzia³aæ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nowe style -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du¿a liczba stylów typu theorem -- -\family sans +\family sans Claim, Conjecture, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans \SpecialChar \ldots{} Theorem -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement -\family default +\family default . Zobacz dokumentacjê do pakietu aby poznaæ szczegó³y. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Obs³ugiwane pisma -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Journal of Geodesy -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svjog.layout -\family default +\family default -- Martin Vermeer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter svprobth.layout -\family default +\family default -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dodaj w³asne -- to nie jest trudne! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Podziêkowania -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te pliki bazuj± czê¶ciowo na starszym pliku uk³adu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2.layout -\family default +\family default , który bazowa³ na starym stylu LaTeX 2.09 z wydawnictwa Springer. Wszystko to i uk³ad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default teraz nie dzia³a. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes bardzo pomóg³ mi znale¼æ drogê implementacji uk³adu w LyX-ie. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection B³êdy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prawdopodobne. Ale prawdopodobnie mniej ni¿ w starej klasie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ejour2 -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ograniczenia np.: nie wy¶wietla numeru ¶rodowisk typu theorem, w tej chwili #. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical Society. @@ -7441,600 +8985,732 @@ These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical installed (everything to be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Redefined are -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph* -\family default +\family default . They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents in the AGU classes are -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsubsection* -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Newly defined styles are -\family sans +\family sans Left_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Right_Header -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Received -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Revised -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans CCC -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PaperId -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans AuthorAddr -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans SlugComment -\family default +\family default . These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati on. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I suspect this is still badly incomplete. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New floats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Planotable -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Plate -\family default +\family default . We also have a new -\family sans +\family sans Table_Caption -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Supported journals -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Journal of Geophysical Research -\emph default +\emph default : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default -- Martin Vermeer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter jgrga.layout -\family default +\family default example and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter aguplus.inc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals. The needed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter egs.cls -\family default +\family default can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection New styles -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received, Accepted -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Offsets -\family default +\family default . The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit from using the various -\family typewriter +\family typewriter std*.inc -\family default +\family default file inclusions. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników. Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX. W tej sekcji opisano pierwsz± z nich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie bu³o nieporozumieñ: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\size large +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje -\emph on +\emph on tylko -\emph default +\emph default klasê -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (default) -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (FoilTeX) -\family default -'', zajrzyj do sekcji\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Klasa -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default [ -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default ''] jest aktualnie trochê lepsza ni¿ domy¶lnie klasa -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} lub tak powtarzam za jej adwokatami. Nigdy jej nie u¿ywa³em i nie wiem czy to jest prawda czy nie. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ta klasa jest ulepszeniem LaTeX2e starego pakietu -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX package. Ka¿da dystrybucja LaTeX2e zawiera tê klasê [któr±, od teraz, bêdê nazywa³ -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides -\family default +\family default ''], tak wiêc jeste¶ zmuszony j± mieæ. Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej istniej± inne klasy, jak np. -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default , które tak¿e tworz± slajdy do rzutnika i wykonuj± to zadanie lepiej ni¿ ta. Jednak istnieje kilka rzeczy, które klasa -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default mo¿e zrobiæ, a inne nie, np. generowanie overlays. Czytaj dalej aby dowiedzieæ siê wiêcej! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zaczynamy \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (default) -\family default +\family default '' z listy -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Jest kilka rzeczy, które powiniene¶ wiedzieæ o tej klasie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nie zmieniaj opcji -\family sans +\family sans Strony i Page cols -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize W oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default lista styli dostêpna w polu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default agestyle -\family default +\family default zachowuje siê troszkê inaczej dla tej klasy. Dostêpne s± nastepuj±ce style: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszony zostanie numer slajdu, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans +\family sans headings -\family default +\family default Podobnie jak -\family sans +\family sans plain -\family default +\family default , ale dodatkowo zostana wstawione krzy¿yki w rogach folii dla dok³adnego pozycjonowania przy nak³adaniu folii jedna na drug±. To jest styl domy¶lny. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans + +\family sans empty -\family default +\family default Nie jest dodawany numer, data ani znaczniki wyrównania. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klasa -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default posiada dodatkow± opcjê: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default . Aby j± u¿yæ, wpisz ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default '' w polu -\family sans +\family sans Opcje doda -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default kowe -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokument -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard U¿ycie tej opcji pozwala dodaæ znacznik daty do -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s. - Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~ + Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz u¿yæ szablonu ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default '' aby automatycznie ustawiæ klasê nowego dokumentu na -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default [za pomoca polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Nowy z\SpecialChar ~ +Nowy z\InsetSpace ~ szablonu -\family default +\family default aby utworzyæ nowy dokument]. Plik szablonu zawiera tak¿e kilka przyk³adów specjalnych ¶rodowisk akapitów taj klasy. Bêdzie to opisane dalej. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ¦rodowiska akapitów -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pierwsz± rzecz±, któr± powiniene¶ zauwa¿yæ gdy zaczynasz nowy dokument slajdów jest rozmiar i typ czcionki: odpowiednio ,, -\family sans +\family sans Largest -\family default +\family default '' i czcionka bezszeryfowa -\family sans -Sans\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif -\family default +\family default . This is also what's used in the output. Think of this as a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset visual cue \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to remind you that this is a slide. Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. There are also four new ones. That's because the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wszystkie inne standardowe ¶rodowiska w³±czaj±c ¶rodowiska sekcji nie s± u¿ywane w klasie -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\family default +\family default . Z drugiej za¶ strony zauwa¿ysz nowe ¶rodowiska: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In prior versions of this class, there was the mandatory -\family sans +\family sans EndAllSlides -\family default +\family default paragraph environment. -\family sans +\family sans EndAllSlides -\family default +\family default is deprecated; it will convert to a -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\family default +\family default . You should probably remove it. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Overlay -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Note -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans InvisibleText -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These five are kind of quirky, due to a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset feature \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in LyX. You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment @@ -8043,290 +9719,322 @@ feature a slide with anything except plain text. To deal with this, I've performed a little \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX magic. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Quirks of the New Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of LyX. As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme nt. To get around this, the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should consider -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default to be ,,pseudo-environments''. They look like a section heading or a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. Likewise, treat -\family sans +\family sans Invisible Text -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-commands. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset These two perform some action. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A common feature of all five environments, -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default , is a rather long-ish label. The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment --- is utterly irrelevant for -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . LyX completely ignores it. In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While you don't -\emph on +\emph on have -\emph default +\emph default to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. This could be a short description of the contents of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , for example. In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default as you normally would. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text, you'll hit another LyX quirk. LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one. So, do this: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Start entering the text that will -\emph on +\emph on follow -\emph default +\emph default the new -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Next, hit -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tworzenie prezentacji u¿ywaj±c -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Note -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection U¿ycie ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio n, you'll be sorely disappointed. Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. [Then again, that -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default the LyX philosophy.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choosing the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default - environment [in the manner described in section\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. The label for this environment/ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset pseudo-command \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in cool blue, followed by the label, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. It's that simple. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX. In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. @@ -8335,256 +10043,270 @@ Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX. I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it. Furthermore, it may interfere with any -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default you've made to accompany the oversized -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default environments work the same way as the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default environment. They both create an \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset followed by a label [ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , respectively]. The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will look different, in style and in length. The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As with a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , if the contents of a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default or -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow onto a new sheet. Again, you should avoid this. It defeats the whole purpose of -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection U¿ycie -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ze -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The idea behind an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is a slide that sits atop another slide. Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default before displaying the text associated with it. One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default you want to display later. This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, for example. You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, overlapping -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s to align the two graphs. The use of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default environment in both cases makes life much easier. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Each -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default receives the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Presumably, mutliple -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s would have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -b -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -c -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, etc.\SpecialChar ~ +, etc.\InsetSpace ~ appended to the page number of the parent -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family sans + +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default as ,,part of'' a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Indeed, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is shorter than that at the start of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default page and its parent -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies. @@ -8593,605 +10315,643 @@ The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try and insert vertical space of the right size. The better way is to use -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As their names imply, -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible, respectively. - Note from section\SpecialChar ~ + Note from section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} -\end_inset +\end_inset that you don't place anything -\emph on +\emph on into -\emph default +\emph default these two environments, however. When you create an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default , it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default [or -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default , the corresponding centered label is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in blazing green. Paragraphs following this label behave normally. Note that the beginning of a new -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , or -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default automatically shuts off an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default . It's therefore not necessary to use -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default at the end of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default on a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Create a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide or on the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , insert an -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default environment. If necessary, insert a -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default environment after the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -only text. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Start an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default immediately following the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Copy the contents of this -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default into the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Within the -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , change all of the -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default lines to -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default and vice-versa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That's it. You've just made an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The commands of interest are: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and need to be marked as TeX. The text whose \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset visibility \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash invisible -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash visible -\family default +\family default command]. If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of the -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Like an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is associated with a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . Here, too, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class provides visual cues. The label for a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is shorter than that of a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default [yet longer than that of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ] and, like the label of an -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default is shockingly magenta. Additionally, the printed -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default has the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , etc. You can have multiple -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s associated with a single -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , and, as with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default , you'll probably want to break up long -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about a -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. Currently, the LyX -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default class has no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset native \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset support for time markers, a -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX feature. So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter clock -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - [see section\SpecialChar ~ + [see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup} -\end_inset +\end_inset ]. This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default you generate. To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash settime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sets the time marker to a given time. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash addtime{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset increments the time marker by the specified amount. Using time markers and -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula r -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There's one last feature to describe. Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s on transparencies while printing all of your -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s on plain paper. However, a -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on must -\emph default +\emph default follow the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default with which it is associated. What's a person to do? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print out. Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. The command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will cause the output to contain only the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default s and -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default s. Correspondingly, the command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset prevents the output of anything but -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default s. I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out. @@ -9200,972 +10960,1197 @@ s. what you want to print. I like to uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , print to a file with \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -slides -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and print to a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter *-notes.ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset file. I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also provide other arguments to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset commands. See a good LaTeX book for details. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Plik szablonu klasy -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wraz z klas± -\family sans +\family sans Slides -\family default +\family default dostarczy³em tak¿e plik szablonu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter slides.lyx -\family default +\family default . Aby go u¿yæ zacznij Twoj± now± prezentacjê przez -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nowy z -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default zablonu -\family default +\family default . Twój nowy plik prezentacji bêdzie zawiera³ jako przyk³ad trójkê -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default -- -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default dodatkowo zawieraj± jako przyk³ad u¿ycia tekst niewidzialny ( -\family sans +\family sans InvisibleText -\family default +\family default ) i widzialny ( -\family sans +\family sans VisibleText -\family default +\family default ). Na koniec zawarto¶æ preambu³y: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlyslides{ -\backslash +\backslash slides} -\newline +\newline + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % -\backslash +\backslash onlynotes{ -\backslash +\backslash notes} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I ostatnia rzecz: utworzy³em tê klasê LyX-a do obs³ugi klasy LaTeX2e ,, -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX emulation'', one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes. Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class. It's here if you want it or need it. Istniej± inne klasy LaTeX2e do tworzenia prezentacji, takie jak: -\family sans +\family sans Foils -\family default - [zobacz\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + [zobacz\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset ] lub pakiet ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter seminar -\family default +\family default '' [znajduj±cy siê w wielu dystrybucjach TeX-a]. Ten ostatni nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwany przez LyX-a \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aktualnie znajduje siê plik uk³adu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter seminar.layout -\family default +\family default ale nie ma jeszcze pliku szablonu i dokumentacji jak z niego skorzystaæ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników. Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX. W tej sekcji opisano tê drug± klasê. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie by³o nieporozumieñ: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + -\size large +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\size large Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje -\emph on +\emph on tylko -\emph default +\emph default klasê -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (default -\family default -)'', zajrzyj do sekcji\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +)'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Je¶li w Twoim systemie nie masz zainstalowanej klasy -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default [,, -\family sans +\family sans slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default ''], to prawdopodobnie musisz u¿yæ domy¶lnej klasy -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default , która nie jest tak dobra jak -\family sans +\family sans foils. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default jest zaprojektowana do u¿ycia z wersj± 2.1 LaTeX-owej klasy -\family sans +\family sans foils.cls -\family default +\family default , która jest teraz integraln± czê¶ci± LaTeX2e. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zaczynamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê -\family sans +\family sans ,,slides (FoilTeX) -\family default +\family default '' z listy -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Jest kilka ustawieñ w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl Dokumentu -\family default +\family default i powiniene¶ znaæ ich specyfikê w tej klasie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nie zmieniaj opcji -\family sans +\family sans Strony i Page cols -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Domy¶ln± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 20pt, inne to 17pt, 25pt i 30pt. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Domy¶ln± rodzin± jest czcionka -\family sans +\family sans bezszeryfowa -\family default +\family default ale równania matematyczne s± sk³adane zwyk³± czcionk± szeryfow±. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX obs³uguje formaty papieru A4 i Letter, a tak¿e specjalny rozmiar do pracy z 35mm slajdami. Nie obs³uguje formatów: A5, B5, legal i executive. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nie zmieniaj ustawieñ -\family sans +\family sans Pozycja wstawki -\family default +\family default , poniewa¿ s± one ignorowane. Wszystkie wstawki pojawiaj± siê w miejscu gdzie zosta³y umieszczone w tek¶cie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ustawienia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default agestyle -\family default +\family default zachowuj± siê troszkê inaczej w tej klasie. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX dostarcza rozszerzone mo¿liwo¶ci nag³ówków i stopek w³±czaj± w to logo u¿ytkownika. - Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~ + Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów. Strona tytu³owa jest traktowana inaczej ni¿ inne strony dokumentu: -\emph on +\emph on zawsze -\emph default +\emph default jest nienumerowana i -\emph on +\emph on zawsze -\emph default +\emph default logo jest wycentrowane u do³u strony (je¶li je zdefiniowano). Mo¿liwe do wyboru style strony: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold empty -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Nie jest dodawany numer ani inne nag³ówki i stopki, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\family sans -\series bold +\family sans +\series bold plain -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Na dole w ¶rodku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu. bez innych nag³ówków i stopek (innych ni¿ przypisy). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold foilheadings -\series default +\series default W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu. Dodatkowe nag³ówki i stopki zostan± wy¶wietlone. To jest styl domy¶lny. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM -\series bold +\series bold fancy -\series default +\series default Umo¿liwia skorzystanie z pakietu -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default mimo, ¿e jego u¿ycie z -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX nie jest polecane przez autorów pakietu -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX z powodu kilku mo¿liwych rozjechañ siê uk³adu strony. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Opcje dodatkowe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpuj±ce opcje mog± byæ u¿yte w polu -\family sans +\family sans Opcje dodatkowe -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl Dokumentu -\family default +\family default : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold 35mmSlide -\series default +\series default Ustawia rozmiar strony 7.33 cale na 11 cali. Taki rozmiar ma identyczne proporcje jak 35mm slajd. To ustawienie u³atwia pracê z tym medium, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold headrule -\series default +\series default Umieszcza poziom± liniê poni¿ej nag³ówka na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem strony tytu³owej, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold footrule -\series default +\series default Umieszcza poziom± liniê powy¿ej stopki na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem strony tytu³owej, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold dvips -\series default +\series default Ta opcja jest automatycznie w³±czona \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przyp. t³um. Bez tej opcji mo¿esz korzystaæ wprost z pdfLaTeX-a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , gdy tworzysz nowy dokument w tej klasie. Opcja ta mówi -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX-owi aby u¿y³ jako sterownika programu dvips do obrotu tych stron, które ustawiono jako poziome, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold landscape -\series default +\series default Po prostu zmienia uk³ad strony na poziomy, ale nie dokonuje obrotu. Dla tego je¶li chcesz u¿ywaæ tej opcji potrzebujesz u¿yæ zewnêtrznego programu do obrotu ka¿dej strony lub w³ó¿ papier do drukarki poziomo. Uwaga ta opcja zamienia role ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default (nie przejmuj siê jest to opisane w nastêpnej sekcji), -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold leqno -\series default +\series default Numeracja równañ po lewej stronie równania, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx -\series bold +\series bold fleqn -\series default +\series default Wyrównuje równania do lewej. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiêkszo¶æ zwyk³ych ¶rodowisk wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach jest tak¿e obs³ugiwa nych w klasie -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . Jest kilka dodatkowych ¶rodowisk dostarczanych przez -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX a tak¿e kilka dodanych przez LyX-a. Poni¿ej podano standardowe ¶rodowiska wystêpuj±ce równie¿ w innych klasach: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans RightAddress -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpne s± g³ówne ¶rodowiska niezale¿nie od ¶rodowisk strukturyzuj±cych tekst. Folie s± w³a¶ciwie samodzielnymi sekcjami posiadaj±cymi tytu³ i tre¶æ. -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX dostarcza specyficznych poleceñ rozpoczynaj±cych now± foliê, s± to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dostarcza tak¿e lekko zmodyfikowane wersje powy¿szych ¶rodowisk o nazwach: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ShortFoilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ró¿nice pomiêdzy nimi s± wyja¶nione w nastêpnej sekcji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folie s± czêsto u¿ywane do prezentacji pomys³ów lub nowych teorii i tak¿e -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX dostarcza szeroki wachlarz narzêdzi do ich prezentacji: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Theorem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemma -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollary -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Definition -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proof -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Theorem* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Lemma* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Corollary* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Proposition* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Definition* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wersje z gwiazdk± s± ¶rodowiskami nienumerowanymi, a bez gwiazdki s± numerowane. S± jeszcze dwa ¶rodowiska list dodane przez LyX i s± to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans TickList -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CrossList -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jest jeszcze kilka poleceñ -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX-a, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX. - Wspomnimy o nich i ich przeznaczeniu w sekcji\SpecialChar ~ + Wspomnimy o nich i ich przeznaczeniu w sekcji\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tworzenie folii -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tej sekcji podamy proste wprowadzenie jak korzystaæ z ró¿nych ¶rodowisk aby utworzyæ foliê. Je¶li chcesz zobaczyæ przyk³ad folii zobacz plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Foils.lyx -\family default +\family default dostêpny z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default twórz\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default i naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Strona tytu³owa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nie tak jak inne klasy dostarczaj±ce ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default tworzy tytu³ na w³asnej stronie. Je¶li opu¶cisz ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , to LaTeX w zastêpstwie wstawi bie¿±c± datê (aktualizowan± przy ka¿dym podgl±dzie). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rozpoczêcie nowej folii -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej, mamy cztery sposoby na utworzenie nowej folii. Dla folii pionowych powiniene¶ u¿yæ -\family sans +\family sans Foilhead -\family default +\family default lub -\family sans +\family sans ShortFoilhead. -\family default +\family default Ró¿nica pomiêdzy tymi ¶rodowiskami polega na wielko¶ci odstêpu pomiêdzy tytu³em a tre¶ci±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Folie poziome tworzymy za pomoc± ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Rotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans ShortRotatefoilhead -\family default +\family default . Znów ró¿nica miedzy nimi polega na odstêpie pomiêdzy tytu³em a tre¶ci±. W obu skróconych wersjach mamy o pó³ cala mniejszy odstêp. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jednym problemem z obs³ug± poziomych slajdów jest wymóg u¿ycia sterownika -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default do utworzenia pliku PostScript®, w przeciwnym razie folia nie zostanie obrócona. Jest mo¿liwo¶æ uzyskania poziomych folii nawet je¶li nie masz programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default , po prostu musisz w³o¿yæ folie poziomo do drukarki;-) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs i wiêcej -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Z powodu ma³ego b³êdu w LyX-ie nie mo¿na umie¶ciæ dwóch ¶rodowisk tego samego typu bezpo¶rednio jedno po drugim. @@ -10174,635 +12159,745 @@ Z powodu ma aby¶ mia³ po³±czone dwa ¶rodowiska razem. A jak rozwi±zaæ ten problem? Najprostszym rozwi±zaniem jest wstawienie tekstu pomiêdzy dwa ¶rodowiska lub wstawienie wstawki -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default pomiêdzy te ¶rodowiska zawieraj±cej znak komentarza ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter % -\family default +\family default ''. To wymusi na LyX-ie utworzenie dwóch oddzielnych ¶rodowisk i da poprawny wynik. Przyk³ad jest zawarty w dostarczonym pliku w dystrybucji LyX-a. pamiêtaj, problem pojawia siê tylko je¶li próbujesz umie¶ciæ dwa ¶rodowiska takie jak Theorem bezpo¶rednio jedno za drugim. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Listy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz korzystaæ ze wszystkich obs³ugiwanych i wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach, ¶rodowisk list, a tak¿e z dwóch nowych. Tutaj opiszê tylko te nowe. Je¶li chcesz znale¼æ wiêcej informacji o innych ¶rodowiskach list zajrzyj do -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Je¶li zamierzasz korzystaæ z wyliczeñ powiniene¶ tak¿e przeczytaæ sekcjê \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Wybór znaku wyliczenia -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dwa nowe style list -\family sans +\family sans TickList -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans CrossList -\family default +\family default , zaprojektowano aby u³atwiæ Ci tworzenie list czynno¶ci wykonanych i nie lub co jest w porz±dku lub z³e, przez dostarczenie dedykowanych ¶rodowisk, które u¿ywaj± haczyka (akceptacji) lub krzy¿yka (negacji) jako znaku wyliczenia. Te listy s± w rzeczywisto¶ci dedykowanymi wariantami ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Wymagaj± one jednak zainstalowanego pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter psnfss -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rysunki i Tabele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX redefiniuje wstawki tabel i rysunków tak, aby pojawi³y siê dok³adnie w miejscu ich wyst±pienia w tek¶cie. W rzeczywisto¶ci zmiany pozycji wstawki s± ignorowane. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nag³ówki i stopki \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo{} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Restriction{} -\family default +\family default s± przeznaczone do sterowania lew± stopk±. Pierwsze pozwala na do³±czenie \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przyp. t³um. Aby do³±czyæ logo graficzne to nale¿y jako argument polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo{} -\family default +\family default wpisaæ: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash includegraphics{nazwapliku} -\family default +\family default oraz umie¶ciæ w preambule polecenie: -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphicx} -\family default +\family default albo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{graphics} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset logo graficznego do folii, a domy¶lnie wpisuje ,,--Typeset by FoilTeX--''. Drugie polecenie pozwala na wprowadzenie klasyfikacji dostêpno¶ci, np. -\emph on +\emph on Poufne -\emph default +\emph default . Domy¶lnie jest puste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pozosta³e naro¿niki mo¿na wype³niæ poleceniami -\family sans - Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer -\family default +\family default (domy¶lnie numer folii), -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (prawy górny) i -\family sans -Left\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Left\InsetSpace ~ Header -\family default +\family default (lewy górny). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Nieobs³ugiwane funkcje -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX-a \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wszystkie polecenia wyja¶nione poni¿ej nale¿y wstawiaæ w ¶rodowisku -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default lub jako -\family sans +\family sans TeX -\family default +\family default wewn±trz innych ¶rodowisk. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection D³ugo¶ci -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wszystkie d³ugo¶ci s± ustawiane poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on lengthname -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default }{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on newlength -\family typewriter -\emph default +\family typewriter +\emph default } -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline gdzie -\emph on +\emph on lengthname -\emph default +\emph default powinno byæ zast±pione nazw± d³ugo¶ci, która chcesz zmieniæ, a -\emph on +\emph on newlength -\emph default +\emph default przez warto¶æ. Dla wszystkich d³ugo¶ci nale¿y podaæ jednostkê, np. cale ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default ), milimetry ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default ) lub punkty ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default ) lub jednostki wzglêdne w dokumencie lub d³ugo¶ci odnosz±ce siê do wielko¶ci czcionek takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿na zmieniaæ odstêp pomiêdzy tytu³em folii a tre¶ci±, przez zmianê d³ugo¶ci -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip -\family default +\family default . Na przyk³ad, aby na -\emph on +\emph on wszystkich -\emph default +\emph default foliach tytu³y by³y bli¿ej tre¶ci o pó³ cala, to wpisz do preambu³y: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Odstêpy wokó³ wstawek mog± byæ ustawiane przez zmianê nastêpuj±cych d³ugo¶ci: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovefloatskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy tekstem a gór± wstawki, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovecaptionskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy wstawk± a podpisem, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash belowcaptionskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy podpisem a dalszym tekstem, -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash captionwidth -\family default +\family default Mo¿esz zadaæ wê¿szy podpis wstawki ni¿ otaczaj±cy tekst przez ustawienie tej d³ugo¶ci. Najlepiej odnosiæ siê do d³ugo¶ci -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jest jeszcze kilka d³ugo¶ci zwi±zanymi ze strona tytu³owa, które mog± byæ u¿yteczne je¶li masz d³ugie tytu³y lub kilku autorów: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abovetitleskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy nag³ówkiem a -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash titleauthorskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authorauthorskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy wielokrotnymi wierszami ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default , -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash authordateskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default , -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dateabstractskip -\family default +\family default odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ostatnia d³ugo¶æ odnosi siê do wszystkich ¶rodowisk list. Je¶li umie¶cisz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on wewn±trz -\emph default +\emph default ¶rodowiska listy, wtedy wszystkie odstêpy pionowe pomiêdzy elementami listy zostan± usuniête. Uwaga -- to jest polecenie, a nie d³ugo¶æ i nie wymaga -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default tak jak wspomniane powy¿ej d³ugo¶ci. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Nag³ówki i stopki \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default steruj± wy¶wietlaniem na danym slajdzie logo zdefiniowanym poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo -\family default +\family default . Je¶li wpiszesz polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default do preambu³y, to wówczas na ¿adnej folii nie pojawi siê logo. Je¶li nie chcesz aby pojawi³o siê logo na jednej z folii, to umie¶æ na niej polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOff -\family default +\family default tu¿ po tytule strony, a nastêpnie umie¶æ polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash LogoOn -\family default +\family default po tytule nastêpnej folii. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pozosta³e polecenia steruj±ce: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightfooter{} -\family default +\family default prawa stopka, domy¶lnie zawiera numer strony -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightheader{} -\family default +\family default prawy nag³ówek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftheader{} -\family default +\family default lewy nag³ówek -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li zdecydujesz siê u¿yæ styl strony -\family sans +\family sans fancy -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl dokumentu -\family default +\family default , prawdopodobnie powiniene¶ dodaæ -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash let -\backslash +\backslash headwidth -\backslash +\backslash textwidth -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline do preambu³y, tak aby nag³ówki i stopki by³y w³a¶ciwie umieszczone na poziomych stronach. Jest to spowodowane niezgodno¶ci± uk³adów stron dostarczanych przez pakiet -\family sans +\family sans fancyheadings -\family default +\family default i klasê -\family sans +\family sans foils -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Latex8 (Dokumenty konferencyjne IEEE ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Allan Rae -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit. The -\family sans +\family sans latex.sty -\family default +\family default package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit. The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission has been accepted. There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that means I don't have to repeat it all here. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zaczynamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [AR. more to come] -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize E-mail -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Affiliation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SubSection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Caption -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ró¿nice pomiêdzy ekranem a dokumentem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation of section counters. On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it will appear in the output so don't let this worry you. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a ,,rite of passage''. Zosta³ zaprojektowany do czytania ze zwróceniem uwagi na tre¶æ oraz aby @@ -10810,459 +12905,579 @@ Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a ,,rite of passage''. Ka¿da strona scenariusza powinna byæ jedn± minut± filmu. Nie pisz tego czego nie mo¿esz zobaczyæ lub us³yszeæ na ekranie. W ca³ym dokumencie powinna byæ stosowana czcionka Courier 12pkt, bez kursywy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specjalne problemy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tekst mówcy nie powinien byæ NIGDY ³amany w po³owie zdania. Je¶li tekst mówcy jest kontynuowany na nastêpnej stronie, powtórz -\family sans +\family sans Nazwê -\family default +\family default mówcy przez -\family sans +\family sans Cont'd -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specjalne funkcje -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wstaw nazwê mówcy ( -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default ) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne. Okno odno¶ników bêdzie wy¶wietla³o obsadê. Odno¶niki mo¿esz u¿ywaæ do wstawiania nazwy mówcy równie¿ w tek¶cie narratora. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rozmiar papieru i marginesy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ¦rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska. Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu hollywood.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default U¿yj gdzie nic innego nie pasuje. Próbuj nie korzystaæ z niego. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\hfill +\hfill M-z n -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -FADE\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +FADE\InsetSpace ~ IN -\family default +\family default : -\hfill +\hfill -\family sans +\family sans M-z S-I -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Usually followed by something like ,,on Sally waking up''. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans INT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z i -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting required. Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans EXT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z e -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default The character speaking. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instrukcje dla mówcy. Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie i wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie, ale zawsze bêda drukowane. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Co mówca ( -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default ) mówi. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Transition -\hfill +\hfill M-z t -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instrukcja przemieszczania dla kamery, np. CUT TO: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -FADE\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +FADE\InsetSpace ~ OUT: -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-I -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ¯argon scenariusza -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (O.S) --- off screen -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize (V.0) --- voice over -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize b.g. --- t³o -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize C.U. --- close-up -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize PAN --- przesuniêcie kamery -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize INSERT --- cut to close-up of -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Broadway -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Garst Reese -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa Broadway jest przeznaczona dla pisz±cych scenariusze teatralne. Ten format jest bardziej dekoracyjny i o wiele mniej ustandaryzowany. Ten format powinien byæ odpowiedni dla workshopów. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specjalne problemy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podobnie jak format Hollywood. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Specjalne funkcje -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wstaw nazwê mówcy ( -\family sans +\family sans Speaker -\family default +\family default ) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne. Okno odno¶ników wewnêtrznych bêdzie wy¶wietlaæ aktualn± obsadê. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rozmiar papieru i marginesy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ¦rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska. Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu broadway.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Nie powiniene¶ go u¿ywaæ, ale jest je¶li inne nie bêd± Ci odpowiadaæ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Narrative -\hfill +\hfill M-z n -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ACT -\hfill +\hfill M-z a -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Automatycznie numerowane. Na ekranie bêdzie numeracja liczbami arabskimi, a na wydruku rzymskimi. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans ACT* -\hfill +\hfill M-z S at -\newline +\newline Podtytu³ ACT. -\family default +\family default Tekst jest centrowany. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans SCENE -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-S -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Nie jest numerowane automatycznie. Ty podajesz numer. This is because I couldn't figure out how. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -AT\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +AT\InsetSpace ~ RISE: -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-R -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Speaker -\hfill +\hfill M-z s -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Nazwa mówcy (aktora), wy¶rodkowana napisana bêdzie kapitalikiem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Parenthetical -\hfill +\hfill M-z p -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Instrukcje dla mówcy. Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie, ale wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie, ale zawsze bêda drukowane. To ¶rodowisko jest u¿ywane tylko wewn±trz ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Dialogue -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Dialogue -\hfill +\hfill M-z d -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Co mówi mówca. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans CURTAIN -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-C -\newline +\newline -\family default +\family default Opuszczenie kurtyny. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-T -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\hfill +\hfill M-z S-A -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Right_Address -\hfill +\hfill M-z r -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hello there. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section RevTeX4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa dokumentu -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default wspó³pracuje z klas± RevTeX 4.0 (wydanie \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset z maja 1999 roku) American Physical Society. LyX ma klasê dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans Revtex -\family default +\family default , która wspó³pracuje z RevTeX 3.1. Jednak wersja 3.1 jest generalnie przestarza³a jako wspó³pracuj±ca z LaTeX2.09, co oznacza, ¿e wspó³praca z LyX-em nie jest najlepsza., poniewa¿ LyX wymaga LaTeX2e. Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e, LyX with -\family sans -RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default textclass should also be pretty easy to use. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These documents are supposed to be used in -\emph on +\emph on addition -\emph default +\emph default to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Instalacja -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README file. the package can be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it. @@ -11270,185 +13485,209 @@ All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 textclass. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document using -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , or to use the -\family sans -Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default template, found in the templates directory. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preambu³a Matter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Optional arguments to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default , like ,,preprint'' and ,,aps'', go in the -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default tra Options -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans +\family sans Document Layout -\family default +\family default popup, as usual. Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Other preamble matter, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash draft -\family default +\family default etc. goes in the -\family sans +\family sans Latex Preamble -\family default +\family default popup, also as usual. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Uk³ad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0. For example, the Email layout corresponds to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash email{} -\family default +\family default . Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard In case you're curious, both were included so that -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default would be able to translate both -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash address -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash affiliation -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Wa¿ne uwagi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In RevTeX, the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default command goes -\emph on +\emph on outside -\emph default +\emph default the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default command. The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. Do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default write footnotes in the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default layout, or weird things may happen. See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also, the -\family sans - Author\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Author\InsetSpace ~ Email -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Author\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Author\InsetSpace ~ URL -\family default +\family default , and -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default layouts must be placed -\emph on +\emph on in between -\emph default +\emph default the -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default layout and the corresponding -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default (or equivalent -\family sans +\family sans Affiliation -\family default +\family default ) layout. If you put the -\family sans +\family sans Thanks -\family default +\family default after the -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default , the LaTeX won't compile. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Drawbacks -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments to layouts like Email and Title. @@ -11458,171 +13697,213 @@ The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments you'll need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers. Lacking these layouts makes the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaffiliation -\family default +\family default (and the equivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash altaddress -\family default +\family default ) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be added by hand. This drawback will be fixed in LyX 1.2. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section article (mwart), book (mwbk) i report (mwrep) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Tomasz £uczak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasy dokumentu -\emph on +\emph on article (mwart) -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on report (mwrep) -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on book (mwbk) -\emph default +\emph default autorstwa marcina Woliñskiego odpowiadaj± klasom LateX-a odpowiednio: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwart.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwbk.cls -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mwrep.cls -\family default +\family default . Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article.cls -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter book.cls -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter report.cls -\family default +\family default . S± one zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podstawowe ró¿nice: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nienumerowane tytularia ( z gwiazdk±) s± dopisywane do spisu tre¶ci. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dodatkowe style strony: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description uheadings pagina górna z lini± oddzielaj±c±, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± poleceniami: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markright -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash markboth -\family default +\family default , -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description myuheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± z lini± oddzielaj±c±, -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description outer paginacja w stopce od strony zewnêtrznego marginesu -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Opcje -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description rmheadings szeryfowe tytularia -- opcja domy¶lna -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description sfheadings bezszeryfowe tytularia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description authortitle najpierw autor poni¿ej tytu³ -- opcja domy¶lna -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description titleauthor najpierw tytu³ poni¿ej autor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description withmarginpar rezerwuje miejsce na marginalia -\end_deeper -\layout Chapter +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Chapter Import i eksport innych formatów plików -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zagadnienie importu i eksportu z/do innych formatów plików zosta³o wspomniane w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . W tym rozdziale jest opisane wiêcej szczegó³ów potrzebnych do zrozumienia tego co siê dzieje po naci¶niêciu polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mportuj -\family default +\family default i -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default portuj -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Import z innych formatów -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard T³umaczenie z LaTeX-a do LyX-a jest dokonywane przez Perl za pomoc± skryptów wywo³ywanych przez reLyX. @@ -11632,108 +13913,134 @@ T Zobacz sekcjê \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset dla pe³niejszego opisu. Nie ma parametrów do ustawiania przez u¿ytkownika. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard S± dwie metody importu plików tekstowych ASCII. Import ,,jako wiersze'' zachowuje wszystkie koñce wierszy z pliku ASCII do LyX-a, wówczas ka¿dy wiersz jest oddzielnym akapitem. Podczas importu ,,jako akapit'' kolejne wiersze ³±czone s± w jeden akapit. Pusty wiersz traktowany jest jako separator akapitów. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Noweb -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on [Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Eksport do innych formatów -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tworzy dwa typy plików LaTeX-owych: pliki do normalnego przetwarzania (do podgl±du DVI itp.), które nie s± nigdy ogl±dane oraz pliki o formie czytelnej dla ludzi. Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ascii_linelen -\family default +\family default okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku, domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest 75 znaków. Plik wynikowy jest poprawnym plikiem LaTeX-a, lecz preambu³a mo¿e wygl±daæ trochê przera¿aj±co poniewa¿ zawiera kilka definicji u¿ywanych przez LyX-a, które nie wygl±daj± na utworzone przez cz³owieka. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection DVI -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plik DVI (skrót od -\family sans +\family sans D -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans V -\family default +\family default ice -\family sans +\family sans I -\family default +\family default ndependent -- ,,sprzêtowo niezale¿ne'') s± tworzone podczas przetwarzania Twojego dokumentu przez LaTeX. Nie ma ¿adnych opcji do ustawienia przez u¿ytkownika. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PostScript -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpny krokiem w ³añcuchu konwersji jest konwersja pliku DVI do PostScript. Najczê¶ciej u¿ywanym do tego celu programem jest program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . Wybrany program nale¿y podaæ w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default w dyrektywie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash print_command -\family default +\family default . Argumenty wiersza poleceñ, np. dla dvips polecenia druku w odwrotnej kolejno¶ci ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -r -\family default +\family default ) mo¿na podaæ w dyrektywie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash print_extra_options -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ASCII -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eksport do ASCII próbuje zachowaæ ,,kszta³t'' dokumentu jak to mo¿liwe, ale takie elementy jak centrowanie i wciêcia s± odrzucane, a akapity s± @@ -11741,137 +14048,165 @@ Eksport do ASCII pr Numeracja sekcji i odno¶ników jest wykonana poprawnie, tak ¿e w efekcie plik jest do¶æ przejrzysty. Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ascii_linelen -\family default +\family default okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku ASCII. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumenty LyX-a mog± byæ konwertowane do formatu hipertekstowego, zwykle najpierw dokonywana jest konwersja do LaTeX-a, który konwertuje do formatu HTML. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aktualnie s± dostêpne dla LyX-a trzy konwertery LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset HTML: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tth -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex2html -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter hevea -\family default +\family default . S± one wykrywane automatycznie, jednak mo¿na wymusiæ wybór jednego z nich dyrektyw± w pliku konfiguracyjnym -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash html_command -\family default +\family default . W tej dyrektywie mo¿na tak¿e do³±czyæ argumenty wiersza poleceñ. Czytaj komentarze w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default , które zawieraj± najbardziej aktualne informacje dotycz±ce szczegó³ów u¿ycia poszczególnych dyrektyw. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection PDF -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Dekel Tsur -\noun default +\noun default (mostly) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najszybsz± drog± do tworzenia plików PDF (bez znaczników, linków itp.) w dowolnej wersji LyX-a jest zapisanie dokumentu w formacie PostScript, a nastêpnie uruchomienie polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps2pdf -\family default +\family default . Pocz±wszy od wersji 1.1.6 dostêpna jest pozycja menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Exportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF -\family default +\family default . Od wersji 1.1.6 jest to najlepsza droga do uzyskania porz±dnych plików PDF. Jest trochê k³opotów z czcionkami, na które powiniene¶ uwa¿aæ -- zobacz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection U¿ycie pdfLaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX potrzebujesz skonwertowaæ swoje obrazki EPS do formatu PDF (zobacz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) i nie mo¿esz u¿ywaæ pstricks. Z drugiej strony, korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX mo¿na wstawiaæ wprost rysunki w formatach JPEG lub PNG, u¿ywaæ czcionek TrueType i wiele innych. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dlaczego tekst wygl±da ma³o czytelnie przy podgl±dzie za pomoc± Acrobat Reader? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¬ród³em k³opotów s± czcionki bitmapowe brzydko wy¶wietlane przez Acrobat Reader. Podczas tworzenia pliku PDF z pliku LyX-a potrzebujesz czcionek obwiedniowych zamiast bitmapowych (w rzeczywisto¶ci powiniene¶ tak¿e u¿ywaæ czcionek obwiedniowych w plikach postscriptowych). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ostatnie dystrybucje LaTeX-a posiadaj± standardowe czcionki CM (Computer Modern) PostScript Type 1. PdfLaTeX u¿ywa tych czcionek domy¶lnie. Dvips nie u¿ywa ich domy¶lnie, dla ich u¿ycia nale¿y dopisaæ do pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc -\family default +\family default nastêpuj±ce wiersze -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li u¿ywane jest domy¶lne kodowanie LaTeX-a (OT1), to nie trzeba robiæ nic wiêcej. @@ -11880,60 +14215,64 @@ Je Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie pakietu ae, który emuluje kodowanie T1 u¿ywaj±c czcionek CM. Nale¿y wówczas w preambule dopisaæ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} -\family default +\family default . Jednak niektórych znaków brakuje w czcionkach CM (np. eth, thorn) i s± one pobierane z czcionek EC. Dlatego pobierane s± znaki jako bitmapy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga: LyX u¿ywa domy¶lnie kodowania T1. Je¶li chcesz stosowaæ domy¶lne kodowanie (co nie jest zalecane chyba ¿e piszesz tylko w jêzyku angielskim), dodaj wiersz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash font_encoding default -\family default +\family default do pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dla sk³adu w jêzyku polskim zaleca siê stosowaæ kodowanie OT4 oraz pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter polski -\family default +\family default zamiast pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter babel -\family default +\family default . Pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter polski -\family default +\family default w³±cza spolonizowane czcionki CM w uk³adzie OT4 zwane -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default czcionkami PL. Czcionki PL wystêpuj± równie¿ w wersji obwiedniowej co rozwi±zuje problemy z Acrobat Readerem. Przyp. t³um. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Alternatyw± jest u¿ycie standardowych czcionek postscriptowych zamiast czcionek CM. @@ -11946,518 +14285,620 @@ czcionkami PL. symboli i musz± byæ u¿yte pmb (poor man's bold, zobacz \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Czcionki postscriptowe tak¿e wygl±daj± inaczej z zestawu czcionek CM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podsumowuj±c czcionki postscriptowe i Computer Modern daj± dobre rezultaty (z kilkoma wyj±tkami). Decyzja których u¿ywaæ jest kwesti± gustu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Jak mogê u¿yæ pdfLaTeX z obrazkami w formacie EPS? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfeps} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard PdfLaTeX nie obs³uguje w³±czania plików EPS, ale obs³uguje w³±czanie plików PDF. Je¶li masz dokumenty z w³±czonymi rysunkami EPS, np. plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default , to powiniene¶: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Skonwertuj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default do PDF za pomoc± -\family typewriter +\family typewriter epstopdf foo.eps -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Kiedy wstawiasz rysunek w dokumencie nie podawaj rozszerzenia nazwy pliku: na przyk³ad, wstawiaj±c plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.eps -\family default +\family default wystarczy wpisaæ tylko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo -\family default +\family default w oknie dialogowym. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uwaga: W LyX 1.2.0 bêdzie mo¿liwe wstawianie ró¿nych rodzajów rysunków ze wszystkimi niezbêdnymi transformacjami. Czê¶ciowo funkcjonalne wstawianie istnieje w wersji 1.1.6, do u¿ycia nale¿y wpisaæ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-x graphics-insert -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dlaczego polecenie -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} nie dzia³a gdy u¿ywam pslatex? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Czcionki PostScript nie posiadaj± symboli pó³grubych. Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb{} -\family default +\family default (poor man's bold). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jest to mo¿liwe przez przedefiniowanie polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol -\family default +\family default do u¿ycia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pmb -\family default +\family default przez: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash pmb{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard w preambule. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Czy jest mo¿liwe zapisanie kodu przetwarzanego tylko przez pdfLaTeX-a? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak. Oto przyk³ad: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash newif -\backslash +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash ifx -\backslash +\backslash pdfoutput -\backslash +\backslash undefined -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash pdffalse -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash pdftrue -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fi -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash ifpdf -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Title (official title -- i.e., title element) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (one line description of the document) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash else -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash fi -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Eksport u¿ytkownika -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eksport u¿ytkownika jest mo¿liwy je¶li masz dziwny format do którego chcesz konwertowaæ, zak³adaj±c, ¿e masz odpowiedni konwerter. Format pliku wej¶ciowego jest podany w dyrektywie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash custom_export_format -\family default +\family default . LyX bêdzie automatycznie konwertowa³ plik do tego miejsca, a wtedy zostanie on przekazany do Twojego konwertera. Mo¿liwymi warto¶ciami s±: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tex -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ascii -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie wywo³ania konwertera jest podane w dyrektywie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash custom_export_command -\family default +\family default . To powinno byæ kompletne polecenie wiersza poleceñ, które wykorzystuje zmienn± ¶rodowiska -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FNAME -\family default +\family default do przekazania nazwy pliku g³ównego. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿e bêdziesz musia³ trochê poprawiæ podan± sekwencjê, dla zgodno¶ci z twoj± pow³ok±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Omawiany sposób eksportu ustawia siê w domy¶lnym lokalnym pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Gdy wybierzesz polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustom -\family default +\family default , pojawi siê okno, w którym mo¿na zmieniæ dowoln± warto¶æ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pe³ny opis reLyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Synopsis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najprostszym sposobem u¿ycia reLyX-a jest u¿ycie polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator Importuj -\family default +\family default (polecenie jest dostêpne w LyX-ie pocz±wszy od wersji 1.0.0). Polecenie uruchamia reLyX i podaje mu plik wej¶ciowy, a nastêpnie wczytuje rezultat do LyX-a. Ten sposób powiniene¶ spróbowaæ jako pierwszy, a korzystaæ z wywo³ania z wiersza poleceñ tylko, je¶li potrzebujesz bardziej skomplikowanych opcji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -\series default +\series default [ -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic textclass -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on inputfile -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold reLyX -p -c -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic textclass -\shape default +\shape default [ -\series bold +\series bold -df -\series default +\series default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default ] [ -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic renv1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic renv2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] [ -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default -\shape italic +\series default +\shape italic sfile1 -\shape default +\shape default [, -\shape italic +\shape italic sfile2 -\shape default +\shape default ...]] -\emph on +\emph on inputfiles -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold reLyX -h -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opcje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -c Klasa (class). Domy¶lnie, gdy reLyX zobaczy polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass{foo} -\family default +\family default , tworzy plik klasy ,,foo'' i wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy (zwykle /usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout lub -\series bold +\series bold ~ -\series default +\series default /.lyx/layouts/foo.layout). U¿yj opcji -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default aby zadeklarowaæ inn± klasê dokumentu (i wczytaæ inny plik uk³adu). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -d Diagnostyka (debug). Domy¶lnie, reLyX rzadko daje wyj¶cie i usuwa pliki tymczasowe utworzone podczas konwersji. U¿ycie parametru -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default utworzy wiele wiêcej informacji wyj¶ciowych (do stdout i stderr) i pozostawia pliki tymczasowe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -f (force). reLyX nie uruchamia siê je¶li plik .lyx, który ma zostaæ utworzony istnieje. U¿yj (ostro¿nie) opcji -\series bold +\series bold -f -\series default +\series default aby zast±piæ istniej±ce pliki. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -h Pomoc (help). Drukuje informacje o sposobie u¿ycia i koñczy pracê. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -o Katalog wyj¶ciowy (output directory). W przypadku u¿ycia tej opcji, wszystkie pliki tymczasowe i wyj¶ciowe LyX-a (dla podanego pliku wej¶ciowego lub dla dowolnych plików czê¶ciowych podanych z parametrem -\series bold +\series bold -p -\series default +\series default ) zostan± umieszczone w katalogu -\shape italic +\shape italic outputdir -\shape default +\shape default . W innym przypadku, dla ka¿dego pliku -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.tex -\emph default +\emph default , pliki tymczasowe i pliki wyj¶ciowe LyX-a zostan± umieszczone w katalogu -\emph on +\emph on dir -\emph default +\emph default . To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li w³±czasz pliki z innych katalogów, a które chcesz umie¶ciæ we wspólnym folderze lub nie masz praw zapisu w ich folderach ¼ród³owych. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -p Plik czê¶ciowy (partial). Wej¶ciem jest fragment pliku LaTeX-a bez preambu³y lub bez polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default . Ta opcja wymaga parametru -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default , poniewa¿ plik ¼ród³owy nie posiada preambu³y z deklaracj± klasy: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Gdy u¿ywasz tej opcji, to mo¿esz konwertowaæ wiêcej ni¿ jeden plik, dopóki wszystkie pliki s± tej samej klasy. Pliki LyX-a utworzone przez reLyX mog± byæ do³±czane do istniej±cych plików LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator Do³±cz Plik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -r ¦rodowiska regularne (regular environments) (zobacz sekcjê -\shape italic +\shape italic Pliki sk³adni -\shape default +\shape default ). Je¶li podajesz wiêcej ni¿ jedno ¶rodowisko, to rozdzielaj je przecinkiem (bez spacji). @@ -12465,112 +14906,147 @@ Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator szczególnie gdy umie¶ci³e¶ na li¶cie ¶rodowiska z gwiazdk± (foo*). Je¶li czêsto u¿ywasz tego parametru, to rozwa¿ utworzenie osobistego pliku sk³adni. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -s Plik sk³adni (syntax file). Dodatkowe pliki sk³adni (umieszczaj w cudzys³owie, rozdzielaj przecinkiem) do wczytania (zobacz sekcjê -\shape italic +\shape italic Pliki sk³adni -\shape default +\shape default aby poznaæ szczegó³y). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Opis -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX tworzy plik LyX-a -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.lyx -\emph default +\emph default na podstawie pliku LaTeX-a -\emph on +\emph on dir/foo.tex -\emph default +\emph default (je¶li nie podano opcji -\series bold +\series bold -o -\series default +\series default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rozszerzenia plików .tex, .ltx i .latex s± obs³ugiwane. Je¶li -\emph on +\emph on plikwejsciowy -\emph default +\emph default nie istnieje lub nie posiada ¿adnego z podanych rozszerzeñ, to reLyX próbuje wczytaæ -\emph on +\emph on plikwejsciowy.tex -\emph default +\emph default (zachowuje siê podobnie jak LaTeX.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przeznaczeniem reLyX jest translacja -\shape italic +\shape italic dobrze zachowuj±ca -\shape default +\shape default z LaTeX2e do LyX-a. Je¶li twój plik LaTeX nie kompiluje siê lub robi dziwne rzeczy, jak przedefinio wywanie standardowych poleceñ LaTeX -- it may choke. Pliki LaTeX209 s± konwertowane poprawnie, ale bez gwarancji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX ma kilka b³êdów i brak mu kilku funkcji. Jednak g³ównymi celami s±: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uporaæ siê z plikiem LaTeX2e bez upadku, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Translacja wielu takich plików, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lokalizacja czê¶ci, które nie mog± byæ t³umaczone i kopiowanie ich w trybie TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te g³ówne cele s± osi±gane dla wiêkszo¶ci plików. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje wiele ulepszeñ, które mog± byæ i bêd± wprowadzone do reLyX-a w przysz³o¶ci. Jednak, my chcemy korzystaæ z reLyX jak najwcze¶niej, aby u³atwiæ nowym u¿ytkownikom LyX wczytywanie ich istniej±cych plików LaTeX-a. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection U¿ycie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj znajduje siê d³u¿szy opis co powiniene¶ zrobiæ, aby skonwertowaæ dokument LaTeX do dokumentu LyX-a. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uruchom reLyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard reLyX bêdzie informowa³ Ciebie o postêpach i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enia do stderr, je¶li nie chcesz ¿adnych informacji spróbuj ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null -\family default +\family default ''. Nie powiniene¶ przekierowywaæ standardowego wyj¶cia do -\emph on +\emph on foo.lyx -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Uruchom LyX (wersja 0.12 lub pó¼niejsza) z wynikowym plikiem .lyx. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Teoretycznie wiêkszo¶æ pliku zostanie przet³umaczona, a je¶li co¶ nie zostanie przet³umaczone, to zostanie zaznaczone na czerwono (tryb TeX). @@ -12581,395 +15057,440 @@ Teoretycznie wi Niestety rzeczywisto¶æ nie zawsze jest odzwierciedla teoriê. Je¶li reLyX przewraca siê lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ utworzonego pliku zobacz wpis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter BUGS -\family default +\family default gdzie¶ w tym dokumencie lub w pliku -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zmieñ pod¶wietlone na czerwono (tryb TeX) rzeczy rêcznie w LyX-ie. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, powiniene¶ móc wydrukowaæ plik LyX bez robienia tego. Jednak zmiany poleceñ z trybu TeX na odpowiednie obiekty LyX-a pozwol± na bardziej zaawansowan± edycjê w trybie WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX nie gwarantuje utworzenia pliku LyX, który utworzy dok³adnie identyczny wydruk jak z pliku LaTeX, ale powinien byæ zbli¿ony. reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset evil red text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and less WYSIWYM. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokonaj KOREKTY dokumentu! -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important after translating a LaTeX document. reLyX is, at least now, better at \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset macro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (translating the whole document) than \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset micro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (translating every little detail). For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces. Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Co reLyX mo¿e przechwyciæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX rozumie wiele poleceñ LaTeX-a. Zostan± skonwertowane: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize zwyk³y tekst, w³±czaj±c minipolecenia takie jak: ~, '', -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash TeX -\family default +\family default , a tak¿e akcentowane znaki takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash '{a} -\family default +\family default i przypadki specjalne ?` i !` -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polecenia strony tytu³owej takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash author -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash date -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thanks -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polecenia struktury tekstu takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default w³±czaj±c polecenia z gwiazdk± (np. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section* -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¦rodowiska: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quote -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter quotation -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verse -\family default +\family default ; -\family typewriter +\family typewriter center -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushright -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flushleft -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¦rodowiska: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter itemize -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumerate -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter description -\family default +\family default oraz ich polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default . Równie¿ zagnie¿d¿one listy -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polecenia odno¶ników: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pageref -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash label -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cite -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash footnote -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash margin -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polecenia zmiany czcionki w³±czaj±c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash em -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textit -\family default +\family default i odpowiednie polecenia do zmiany rodziny, grubo¶ci, odmiany i wielko¶ci -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{foo} -\family default +\family default (lub -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{foo.blah} -\family default +\family default ) i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include{foo} -\family default +\family default . Polecenia Plain TeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input foo.tex -\family default +\family default '') s± równie¿ obs³ugiwane -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¦rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular -\family default +\family default i jego polecenia takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hline -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cline -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multicolumn -\family default +\family default (ale zobacz dalej) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¶rodowiska wstawek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table* -\family default +\family default , a tak¿e polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash caption -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¶rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default i polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default , a tak¿e polecenia BibTeX-a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ró¿ne polecenia: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hfill -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash noindent -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¶rodowiska specyficzne dla klasy dokumentu (i trochê poleceñ), które mog± byæ konwertowane do pliku uk³adu LyX-a -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize argumenty pewnych niekonwertowalnych poleceñ (np. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektóre z nich mog± nie byæ jeszcze wspierane w 100%. Zobacz poni¿ej szczegó³y -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX kopiuje matematykê (prawie) wprost z twojego pliku LaTeX-a. Szczê¶liwie wczytuje matematykê LaTeX-a (prawie), która jest obs³ugiwana @@ -12977,195 +15498,221 @@ reLyX kopiuje matematyk Niektóre polecenia matematyczne, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a zostan± zast±pione ich ekwiwalentami, np. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash to -\family default +\family default bêdzie skonwertowane do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\family default +\family default . Zobacz sekcjê -\shape italic +\shape italic Pliki sk³adni -\shape default +\shape default aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX tak¿e kopiuje polecenia preambu³y (np. cokolwiek przed -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ), so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in the LyX window. Sprawd¼ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preambu³a -\family default +\family default aby byæ pewnym. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Czego reLyX nie mo¿e przechwyciæ -- ale jest OK -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rysunki i tabele -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabular* -\family default +\family default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ministrony -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize polecenia odstêpów ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vspace -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagebreak -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash par -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centering -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedleft -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raggedright -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¶rodowiska -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default . reLyX kopiuje je ostro¿nie i -\shape italic +\shape italic dok³adnie -\shape default +\shape default , w³±czaj±c komentarze i bia³e spacje. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize nieznane (np. utworzone przez u¿ytkownika) ¶rodowiska i polecenia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX kopiuje nieznane polecenia wraz z ich argumentami dos³ownie do pliku LyX-a. Ponadto, je¶li zobaczy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default gdzie nie rozpozna ¶rodowiska ,,foo'', skopiuje dos³ownie a¿ do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default (bez u¿ycia parametru -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default ). Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break; they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file up in LyX. That should be less painful than editing either the .tex or the .lyx file using a text editor. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Co reLyX przechwytuje niepoprawnie -- s± b³êdy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX jest wzglêdnie nowy i ma kilka problemów. As it matures, these bugs will be squished. Listê b³êdów i brakuj±cych cech mo¿na znale¼æ w LyX bug tracker \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If reLyX is choking on something lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ go po konwersji przez reLyX, to najlepsz± rzecz± do zrobienia jest wstawienie poleceñ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default przed podejrzany tekst i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default po nim. Ja nazywam to ,,skip'' blok. reLyX bêdzie kopiowa³ ten blok dok³adnie w trybie TeX. Nastêpnie wyedytuj wynikowy plik LyX i przet³umacz nieznane rzeczy rêcznie. ¦rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyXskip -\family default +\family default jest magiczne; polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default nie bêd± wstawione do pliku LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ,,Dok³adne'' kopiowanie nieznanych ¶rodowisk i poleceñ nie jest zupe³nie dok³adne. @@ -13175,304 +15722,345 @@ end Mimo to, pewne czê¶ci pliku bêd± kopiowane perfekcyjnie z bia³ymi spacjami i komentarzami w³±cznie. W³±czaj±c w to: preambu³ê LaTeX-a, ¶rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter verbatim -\family default +\family default , polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default i blok skip. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize reLyX konwertuje tylko kilka opcji polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default (Wyszczególniaj±c: 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]s ide, landscape i [one|two]column.) Inne opcje s± umieszczane w polu -\family sans +\family sans Opcje dodatkowe -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Co wa¿niejsze, reLyX nie t³umaczy polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage -\family default +\family default , poleceñ marginesów, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default , w rzeczywisto¶ci niczego w preambule. Po prostu kopiuje je do preambu³y LaTeX w dokumencie LyX-a. Je¶li masz polecenie marginesu w preambule, to plik LyX-a bêdzie generowa³ prawy margines. jednak te marginesy bêd± zast±pione prze marginesy ustawione w oknie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default tyl dokumentu -\family default +\family default zak³adka -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\family default +\family default . Tak ¿e powiniene¶ usun±æ te opcje z preambu³y ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ormatowanie-Preambu³a -\family default +\family default ) aby siê zabezpieczyæ. Podobnie dzieje siê z wyborem jêzyka przez babel, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash inputencoding -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pagestyle -\family default +\family default , itp. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Klasa foil ma parê b³êdów. reLyX may do weird things z opcjonalnymi argumentami polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash foilhead -\family default +\family default . Tak¿e ¶rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{dinglist} -\family default +\family default mo¿e byæ obs³u¿one niepoprawnie (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiêcej znacz±cych b³êdów mo¿esz znale¼æ w pliku -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX is hopefully rather robust. Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, mo¿e on nie konwertowaæ twojego pliku perfekcyjnie, ale nie powinien siê przewracaæ. Je¶li jednak siê przewraca -- i problemem nie jest jednym ze wspomnianych powy¿ej lub w pliku -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default -- zobacz sekcjê -\shape italic +\shape italic Zg³aszanie b³êdów -\shape default +\shape default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Czego reLyX nie potrafi przechwyciæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX wewnêtrznie nie obs³uguje paru rzeczy, tak ¿e gdyby reLyX przet³umaczy³ to perfekcyjnie, LyX mia³by problem wczytaæ je. Je¶li na pewno potrzebujesz tych cech, to mo¿esz po ukoñczeniu pracy nad dokumentem wyeksportowaæ go do LaTeX-a i wstawiæ je tam z powrotem. Zobacz -\emph on +\emph on B³êdy -\emph default +\emph default aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów odno¶nie b³êdów. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dla kilku poleceñ LyX nie obs³uguje argumentów opcjonalnych. Na przyk³ad zawartych w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chapter -\family default +\family default (i inne polecenia struktury tekstu) i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default . reLyX bêdzie automatycznie pomija³ opcjonalne argumenty i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enie do stdout. LyX tak¿e ignoruje argument width w ¶rodowisku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter thebibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¦rodkowanie (lub wyrównanie do lewej lub prawej) dzia³a na pe³nych akapitach. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Obs³uga tabel przez LyX-a nie jest perfekcyjna. Dla skomplikowanych tabel u¿yj bloku ,,skip'', tak ¿e one zostan± skopiowane w trybie TeX-a. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Edytor wyra¿eñ matematycznych LyX-a nie obs³uguje ¶rodowisk AMS-LaTeX takich jak align, split itd. Te ¶rodowiska zostan± skopiowane w trybie TeX. Mo¿esz zmieniæ ¶rodowisko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default do dok³adnego odpowiednika -\family typewriter +\family typewriter displaymath -\family default +\family default , a wówczas konwersja bêdzie poprawna. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Przysz³o¶æ reLyX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W przysz³o¶ci wiêcej poleceñ i ¶rodowisk bêdzie obs³ugiwanych przez reLyX. B³êdy zostan± wyeliminowane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zobacz plik TODO dla poznania szczegó³ów. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przyk³ad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -df -o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset my/dir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -r \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset myenv \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset foo.tex > foo.debug -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powy¿sze polecenie utworzy plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter my/dir/foo.lyx -\family default +\family default na podstawie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default , zastêpuj±c istniej±cy je¶li istnieje. Gdy napotka blok -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{myenv} ... -\backslash +\backslash end{myenv} -\family default +\family default , skonwertuje zawarto¶æ bloku, ale polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end -\family default +\family default skopiuje w trybie TeX-a. Koñcz±c, zachowa pliki tymczasowe (znajduj± siê one w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter my/dir/ -\family default +\family default ) i zapisze du¿o informacji diagnostycznych do pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.debug -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Uwagi -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zg³aszanie b³êdów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than those described in the section on -\shape italic +\shape italic BUGS -\shape default +\shape default or the -\emph on +\emph on BUGS -\emph default +\emph default file---then please run reLyX -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default . That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed. That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list. Its address is currently lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org, but you can check the LyX @@ -13483,167 +16071,197 @@ Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list. of the LaTeX file it crashed on. Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same problem as your original file. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Szczegó³y implementacji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX wykonuje kilka ,,przebiegów'' w celu konwersji pliku LaTeX-a. W ka¿dym przebiegu tworzony jest jeden lub dwa pliku. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -0 \SpecialChar ~ +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +0 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Zanim zrobi cokolwiek, wczytuje plik (lub pliki) sk³adni . -\layout Description +\end_layout -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -1a \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +1a \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Oddziela preambu³ê (cokolwiek przed poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{document} -\family default +\family default ) z reszty pliku. Zapisuje dwie czê¶ci w oddzielnych plikach. To jest niezbêdne, poniewa¿ w preambule mog± byæ dziwne rzeczy. Tak¿e ignoruje cokolwiek jest za poleceniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{document} -\family default +\family default , zak³adaj±c ¿e to nie jest LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -1b \SpecialChar ~ +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +1b \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Konwertuje preambu³ê. Aktualnie oznacza to konwersjê polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default i dok³adne skopiowanie reszty do preambu³y LyX-e. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Jak pozna klasê dokumentu, to wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -2 \SpecialChar ~ +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +2 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline ,,Czy¶ci'' plik TeX, generuj±c nieznacznie dok³adniej LaTeX-a. W to wchodzi: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zamiana, np: x^2 na ekwiwalent, ale przejrzystszy x^{2} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Usuwa opcjonalne argumenty, których LyX nie obs³uguje (np. z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zamienia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash em foo} -\family default +\family default na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emph{foo} -\family default +\family default , itd. To jest konieczne, poniewa¿ w innym wypadku LyX zawsze zapisuje jako nielokalne. This should very rarely make a difference. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -3 \SpecialChar ~ +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +3 \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Konwertuje tekst LaTeX-a, polecenia i ¶rodowiska do LyX-a. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Przebieg\SpecialChar ~ -4 \SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description -\newline +Przebieg\InsetSpace ~ +4 \InsetSpace ~ + +\newline Sk³ada obie czê¶ci razem i wykonuje some final tweaking, aby utworzyæ plik LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li s± jakie¶ polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default lub -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash include -\family default +\family default , reLyX zacznie przetwarzaæ tak¿e do³±czane pliki. Zak³ada on, ¿e do³±czane pliki s± tej samej klasy co dokument g³ówny i nie posiadaj± preambu³y. (Je¶li ma polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default w preambule pliku, to polecenia zostan± dok³adnie skopiowane do LaTeX-owej czê¶ci preambu³y pliku LyX, a do³±czane pliki nie bêd± konwertowane). Podczas konwersji do³±czonych plików pomijany jest przebieg 0 i 1. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li reLyX nie znajdzie plików, które chcia³e¶ do³±czyæ, wy¶le Ci ostrze¿enie ale bêdzie kontynuowa³ konwersjê pozosta³ych znalezionych plików. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pliki szablonów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a aby wiedzieæ jak obs³ugiwaæ ¶rodowiska LaTeX-a i polecenia, które bêd± konwertowane do uk³adu LyX-a. Ten plik do³±cza wszystkie ,,normalne'' niematematyczne ¶rodowiska (np. w³±czaj±c w to quote i itemize, ale nie tabular, minipage i kilka ¶rodowisk fancy) i polecenia takie jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash section -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash title -\family default +\family default . je¶li chcesz konwertowaæ reLyX-em klasê, dla której nie istniej plik uk³adu LyX-a, to bêdziesz musia³ najpierw go utworzyæ. @@ -13654,28 +16272,34 @@ ia w LyX-ie. lub ³atwe, w zale¿no¶ci od klasy, dla której chcesz utworzyæ plik uk³adu). je¶li Twoja klasa jest zupe³nie podobna do klasy, dla której istnieje plik uk³adu, to rozwa¿ u¿ycie opcji -\series bold +\series bold -c -\series default +\series default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pliki sk³adni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX zawsze wczytuje co najmniej jeden plik sk³adni, zwany domy¶lnym plikiem sk³adni. reLyX wczytuje twój osobisty plik sk³adni je¶li istnieje, je¶li nie istnieje to wczytuje plik systemowy. reLyX wczytuje tak¿e dodatkowe pliki sk³adni wyspecyfikowane w opcji -\series bold +\series bold -s -\series default +\series default (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands not found in the default file). A syntax file tells reLyX a few things. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes. @@ -13684,30 +16308,30 @@ First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing its arguments in the correct order. For example, a syntax file entry -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem[]{} -\family default +\family default means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibitem -\family default +\family default command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the entry -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bf -\family default +\family default command takes no arguments at all. When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac @@ -13717,51 +16341,55 @@ tly. This means that it may copy too much. But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't happen often. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mbox -\family default +\family default , have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text. If the string \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file, then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim. So, for example, the default syntax file has -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox{}[][]{translate} -\family default +\family default . This means that the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash raisebox -\family default +\family default command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX. You can't use \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset on optional arguments. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default @@ -13769,364 +16397,438 @@ User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...) However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode. Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash item -\family default +\family default ) have their argument syntax hard-coded. The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Second, the syntax file describes any \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset regular environments \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode. If you define a regular environment \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , though, then only the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{foo} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{foo} -\family default +\family default commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being copied into TeX mode. Don't try to declare -\family typewriter +\family typewriter tabbing -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter picture -\family default +\family default as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain text or math or simple commands in them. You also can't declare unknown math environments (like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter equation* -\family default +\family default ) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand them. The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXre} -\family default +\family default statements in the syntax file. (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you can use the -\series bold +\series bold -r -\series default +\series default option rather than writing a syntax file.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table. The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands. For example, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter _ -\family default +\family default is supported, but the equivalent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sb -\family default +\family default is not. Put any commands you'd like translate between -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXmt} -\family default +\family default statements. The statement \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | { -\backslash +\backslash Vert} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means that any -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\family default +\family default in math mode will be converted to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX. That way, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash |a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is correctly translated to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vert a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ró¿ne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potrzebujesz Perl-a 5.002 lub nowszego do uruchomienia reLyX-a. Je¶li nie masz Perl-a to powiniene¶ go ¶ci±gn±æ ( \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash url{http://www.perl.com} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ), poniewa¿ jest rzeczywi¶cie u¿ytecznym narzêdziem do bardzo wielu rzeczy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diagnostyka -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX powinien zawsze wyja¶niæ dlaczego nie powiod³o siê t³umaczenie, je¶li siê nie powiod³o. Niektóre komunikaty diagnostyczne mog± byæ bardzo techniczne, je¶li pochodz± one z wnêtrza kodu. reLyX daje znacznie wiêcej informacji gdy zostanie uruchomiony z opcj± -\series bold +\series bold -d -\series default +\series default , ale nie powiniene¶ tego potrzebowaæ je¶li nic z³ego siê nie zdarzy³o. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdy zakoñczy pracê, reLyX bêdzie Ciê informowa³ o pomy¶lnym zakoñczeniu lub o b³êdzie, który spowodowa³ przerwanie przetwarzania. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ostrze¿enia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zawsze zachowaj kopiê oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a pod inn± nazw± lub w innym katalogu. Istnieje kilka sposobów, w których u¿ycie LyX-a prowadzi do nadpisania oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li importujesz plik foo.tex utworzysz foo.lyx, nastêpnie edytujesz plik foo.lyx i chcesz ponownie wyeksportowaæ go, to zauwa¿, ¿e zast±pisz oryginalny plik foo.tex (LyX zapyta ciê czy chcesz zast±piæ go). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li ustawi³e¶ zmienn± -\backslash +\backslash use_tempdir na false w swoim pliku lyxrc, wówczas LyX utworzy pliki tymczasowe w twoim lokalnym katalogu, co oznacza, ¿e Twój oryginalny plik LaTeX mo¿e zostaæ zast±piony (bez ostrze¿enia ze strony LyX) gdy wykonasz podgl±d lub wydruk dokumentu LyX-a. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pliki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on MY_LYXDIR -\emph default -/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Osobiste pliki uk³adów dokumentów -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on MY_LYXDIR -\emph default -/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Osobisty plik sk³adni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default -/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Systemowy pliki uk³adów dokumentów -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default -/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline Systemowy plik sk³adni LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on LIBDIR -\emph default +\emph default jest katalogiem instalacyjnym LyX, czêsto /usr/local/share/lyx/. -\emph on +\emph on MY_LYXDIR -\emph default +\emph default jest osobistym katalogiem LyX-a, zwykle nazywa siê .lyx/ i znajduje siê w Twoim katalogu domowym. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zobacz tak¿e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\shape italic +\shape italic lyx -\shape default +\shape default (1), -\shape italic +\shape italic latex -\shape default +\shape default (1) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Autorzy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998-9 Amir Karger (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wspó³twórcy kodu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize John Weiss napisa³ oryginalny CleanTeX pass. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etienne Grossmann -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jos\i \'{e} Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize David Suarez de Lis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inni wspó³pracownicy: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Jean-Marc Lasgouttes worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and feature suggestions. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen i Marc Pavese doradzaj±cy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ró¿ni cz³onkowie list dyskusyjnych LyX developers' i users' dostarczaj±cy raporty o b³êdach i sugerowanie nowych cech. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX u¿ywa zmodyfikowanej wersji Perl-owego parsera TeX -- pakiet Text::TeX napisanego przez Ilya Zakharevich (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu), dostêpnego na CPAN. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Funkcje LyX-a wymagaj±ce zewnêtrznych programów -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zastosowanie LyX-a z SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LinuxDoc jest klas± dokumentu dostêpn± w LyX-ie. Mo¿esz jej u¿yæ do wydania dokumentu zwanego Standardized General Mark-up @@ -14134,512 +16836,616 @@ LinuxDoc jest klas Project. Jest to oczywi¶cie pomoc je¶li wspó³pracujesz przy projekcie. Mo¿esz u¿yæ formatu SGML z pakietem ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools -\family default +\family default ) skryptów i programów (do tworzenia innych formatów, w³±czaj±c LaTeX, HTML, zwyk³y tekst, podrêczniki man i \SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Zatem mo¿esz preferowaæ u¿ycie tej klasy dokumentu je¶li chcesz pisaæ dokumenty z mo¿liwo¶ci± ³atwego przenoszenia do innych formatów. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klasa LinuxDoc posiada mniej opcji uk³adu ni¿ inne klasy LyX-a. G³ównie dlatego, ¿e translacja do innego formatu ma wówczas szanse na bardziej sensownie wykonanie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tej sekcji opisujemy: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize jak skonfigurowaæ i u¿yæ dokument w LinuxDoc -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize jak u¿ywaæ znaczników LinuxDoc w uk³adzie Twojego dokumentu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize jak u¿ywaæ pakietu SGML do tworzenia ró¿nych formatów -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize how to sort out some problems. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przygotowanie i u¿ycie dokumentów LinuxDoc -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zaczynamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zaczynamy od wyboru klasy LinuxDoc w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Styl Dokumentu -\family default +\family default . ¦rodowisk jest mniej ni¿ w wielu innych klasach. Mo¿esz je zobaczyæ na rozwijalnej li¶cie po lewej stronie paska narzêdzi. - Jak je u¿ywaæ opisano w\SpecialChar ~ + Jak je u¿ywaæ opisano w\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on Musisz -\emph default +\emph default wpisaæ tytu³ dokumentu, a nastêpnie autora, wybieraj±c dla ka¿dego wpisu odpowiednie ¶rodowisko. Je¶li tego nie zrobisz, to pojawi± siê b³êdy przy próbie wydruku. Mo¿esz wpisaæ datê i streszczenie. W³a¶ciwy dokument powinien zaczynaæ siê ¶rodowiskiem -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ni¿ -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpnie mo¿esz przygotowaæ dokument jak zwykle korzystaj±c ze ¶rodowisk. - Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~ + Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset z pe³n± ich list± i zastosowaniem. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wydruk z LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokument mo¿esz drukowaæ i zapisywaæ normaln± drog±. Do u¿ycia innych mo¿liwo¶ci pakietu SGML potrzeba zapisaæ dokument jako LinuxDoc; to jest format, do którego dokument jest t³umaczony na podstawowy sgml. U¿yj polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc. -\family default +\family default Otrzymasz plik o takiej samej nazwie jak dokument z rozszerzeniem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .sgml -\family default +\family default . - Zobacz w\SpecialChar ~ + Zobacz w\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset jak mo¿na wykorzystaæ ten plik. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection U¿ycie ¶rodowisk w LinuxDoc -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Struktura dokumentu LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje formalna struktura dla LinuxDoc która ogranicza umieszczanie znaczników. Wszystkie dokumenty sk³adaj± siê z dwóch czê¶ci: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Nag³ówek wszystko co znajduje siê przed znacznikiem pierwszej sekcji. Mo¿esz wstawiæ tytu³, autora, datê, streszczenie i spis tre¶ci, ale dwa pierwsze znaczniki s± obowi±zkowe. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Tre¶æ zaczyna siê od pierwszej sekcji. Dopuszczalne s± wszystkie inne znaczniki. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ¦rodowiska LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tutaj znajduje siê lista wszystkich znaczników, które s± dostêpne z menu rozwijalnego: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Standard: -\family default +\family default dzia³a jak opisano w [cross reference] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default : Pojawia siê w lewym górnym rogu drukowanego dokumentu, nad grub± poziom± lini±, której nie zobaczysz na ekranie LyX-a. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph: -\family default +\family default wszystko czego mo¿esz siê spodziewaæ w zwyk³ej kolejno¶ci. Czy tytularia s± numerowane czy nie mo¿esz ustawiæ w -\family sans +\family sans G³êboko¶ci rozdzia³ów -\family default +\family default (menu -\family sans +\family sans Formatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator Dokument -\family default +\family default zak³adka -\family sans +\family sans Inne -\family default +\family default ). Nie mo¿na korzystaæ z nienumerowanych odpowiedników ( -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default itp.) poniewa¿ nie istniej±. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate: -\family default +\family default Jak zwykle tworzy numerowane listy ze wciêciem opisu, co opisano w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize: -\family default +\family default Wyliczenie podobne jak w innych klasach, zobacz -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default : Wyja¶niono w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Pamiêtaj, ¿e je¶li chcesz aby w tytule opisu by³o wiêcej ni¿ jedno s³owo to musisz je po³±czyæ twardymi spacjami. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Verbatim: -\family default +\family default jak zwykle. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Code: podobnie jak ¶rodowisko LyX-Code -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default : Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Date: -\family default +\family default Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±. You do not have to make this a date. Mo¿na wstawiæ dowolny tekst, np. numer wersji. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default : Tworzy oddzielny akapit po autorze i dacie, przed pierwsz± sekcj±. Dopuszczalny jest tylko jeden akapit. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Uwaga autora. -\emph default +\emph default To trzeba sprawdziæ -- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Displaymath -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Uwaga autora: -\emph default +\emph default Jeszcze tego nie sprawdzi³em -- -\emph on +\emph on pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Inne cechy dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz tak¿e u¿ywaæ menu -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default do wyboru fontów lub wyró¿nieñ wyrazów. Tak¿e mo¿esz u¿yæ jak zwykle spis tre¶ci; zobacz odpowiedni± sekcjê w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Oprócz tego znajdziesz tam trochê funkcji menu, np. przypisy. Istniej± drobne w±tpliwo¶ci czy to dzia³a poprawnie \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Author's note: -\emph default +\emph default Again still checking to see whether this is my system -\emph on +\emph on ---pe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Odno¶niki i HTML -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W menu -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw -\family default +\family default mo¿esz znale¼æ dwa polecenia do wstawiania adresów URL. Je¶li u¿yjesz którego¶ z nich, to zauwa¿ysz kod TeX-a wstawiony do dokumentu w trzech oddzielnych blokach ze spacjami pomiêdzy nimi. Oto przyk³ad: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash htmlurl{ -\family default +\family default lub -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash url{ -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill space -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\hfill +\hfill }{ -\family default +\family default -\hfill +\hfill space -\hfill +\hfill -\family typewriter +\family typewriter } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wstaw pe³ny znacznik HTML pomiêdzy pierwszy i drugi blok. To mo¿e byæ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address} -\end_inset +\end_inset lub inny poprawny znacznik taki jak \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter . -\family default +\family default Mo¿esz wstawiæ opis pomiêdzy drugi i trzeci blok. Ró¿nice pomiêdzy poleceniami: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans URL: -\family default +\family default w dokumencie pojawi siê znacznik HTML i opis, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans HTML_URL: -\family default +\family default w drukowanej wersji pojawi siê tylko opis. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection U¿ycie skryptu SGML w LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} -\end_inset +\end_inset Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ LinuxDoc jako klasy tekstowej bez ¿adnych dodatkowych skryptów czy programów, ale istnieje niewiele powodów do robienia tego. Wszystko co bêdziesz u¿ywa³ w dokumencie bêdzie wygl±da³o tak jak -\emph on +\emph on Linux Documentation Project Howto -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default . -\family default +\family default Do t³umaczenia dokumentu potrzebujesz zainstalowanego pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default (z \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) dostêpnego na stronie www SGML-Tools pod adresem \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alternatywnie, mo¿esz i¶æ do archiwum -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default pod adresem \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools has not yet been made available at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sunsite -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz -\family default +\family default zawiera wszystko co potrzebujesz do pisania dokumentów SGML i konwersji ich przez groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX i RTF\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ten pakiet zmieni³ nazwê w styczniu 1997 roku z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zainstaluj i u¿ywaj pakiet zgodnie z instrukcj± w nim zawart±. Wszystko to musi byæ wykonane poza LyX-em, zanim u¿yjesz polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator LinuxDoc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rozwi±zywanie problemów LinuxDoc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdy chcesz drukowaæ lub podejrzeæ dokument LinuxDoc wykonywana jest kontrola znaczników przed uruchomieniem LaTeX. @@ -14650,1031 +17456,1250 @@ Gdy chcesz drukowa Musisz zajrzeæ wprost do pliku aby stwierdziæ co jest nie tak. Wiêkszo¶æ problemów zdaje siê pochodziæ od opcji, które nie s± w pe³ni dostêpne w tej klasie dokumentu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Faksowanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Jürgen Vigna -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wysy³anie faksów wprost z LyX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przede wszystkim musimy wspomnieæ, ¿e LyX potrafi wysy³aæ faksy pod warunkiem, ¿e masz zainstalowane i dzia³aj±ce oprogramowanie do wysy³ania faksów (np. HylaFax, efax, mgetty+sendfax, \SpecialChar \ldots{} ). LyX pracuje tylko jako graficzny interfejs (front end) do tych programów! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W zale¿no¶ci od u¿ywanego oprogramowania faksowego musisz ustawiæ kilka poleceñ w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Oto te polecenia: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash fax_command: -\family default +\family default Tutaj nale¿y podaæ polecenie, które ma wywo³aæ LyX aby wys³aæ faks. Polecenie powinno byæ zdolne przetworzyæ plik PostScript, wytworzony przez LyX-a. £añcuch polecenia mo¿e zawieraæ nastêpuj±ce zmienne: -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$Host: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje nazwê zmiennej ¶rodowiska FAX_SERVER -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter $$Comment: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola komentarz -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$Enterprise: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola Firma -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter $$Name: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola nazwa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$Phone: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola numer faksu -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter $$FName: -\family default +\family default zastêpuje nazwê pliku, który ma zostaæ wys³any -\end_deeper -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Paragraph Przyk³ady: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przyjmujemy, ¿e nazwa³e¶ plik ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default '' i chcia³by¶ wys³aæ go wprost do faksu nie opuszczaj±c LyX-a. Masz zainstalowane oprogramowanie HylaFax i twoja zmienna ¶rodowiska -\family typewriter +\family typewriter FAX_SERVER -\family default +\family default ma warto¶æ ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter faxhost.mydomain -\family default +\family default '' i poda³e¶ te warto¶ci w oknie faksowania: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Fax.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fax.\InsetSpace ~ no: -\family default +\family default +39-2-444666 -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Dest.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dest.\InsetSpace ~ Name: -\family default +\family default Someone -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Enterprise: -\family default +\family default Startrek -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Comment: -\family default +\family default This comment string -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Z podanymi ni¿ej ustawieniami: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fax_command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sendfax -n -h '$$Host' -c '$$Comment' -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -x '$$Enterprise' -d '$$Name'@'$$Phone' '$$FName' \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard zostanie wykonane polecenie: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code sendfax -n -h faxhost.mydomain -c 'This comment string' -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -x 'Startrek' -d 'Someone'@'+39-2-444666' -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code /newfile.ps -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash phone_book: -\family default +\family default Zawiera nazwê pliku ksi±¿ki telefonicznej, któr± mo¿esz utworzyæ w oknie formularza faksu. Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.lyx/phonebook. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Przyk³ady: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash phone_book myphonebook -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej z pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.lyx/myphonebook -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash phone_book /var/lib/phonebook -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /var/lib/phonebook -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fax_program: -\family default +\family default W tym miejscu podajesz program, który LyX wywo³a jako zewnêtrzny program do wys³ania Twojego faksu (np. tkhylafax), zamiast wbudowanego formularza faksu. Dopuszczalna jest tylko zmienna -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $$FName -\family default +\family default . -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Przyk³ady: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash fax_program \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tkhylafax '$$Fname' \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przy powy¿szych za³o¿eniach zostanie wykonane nastêpuj±ce polecenie: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code tkhylafax /newfile.ps -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Check TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by Asger -\noun on +\noun on Alstrup -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W menu -\family sans +\family sans Edycja -\family default +\family default mo¿esz znale¼æ polecenie -\family sans +\family sans C -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default -eck\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +eck\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\family default +\family default . Ta funkcja LyX-a wymaga posiadania zainstalowanego zewnêtrznego programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default i jest wygaszone je¶li go nie posiadasz. Mo¿esz go pobraæ z archiwów CTAN lub z \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default jest programem napisanym przez sfrustrowanego -\noun on +\noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann -\noun default +\noun default , poniewa¿ wiele konstrukcji LaTeX-a czasami jest nieintuicyjnych i ³atwych do zapomnienia. Program przetwarzaj±c Twój plik LaTeX-a sprawdza integralno¶æ pliku i zaznacza b³êdy. W jêzyku technicznym jest to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default dla LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Czy CheckTeX jest kontrolerem sk³adni, którego u¿ycie zapewni poprawne pliki LateX-a? Odpowied¼ jest prosta: Tak jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lint -\family default +\family default nie tylko sprawdza sk³adniê programów w jêzyku C, semantykê, wy³apuje wiele typowych b³êdów typograficznych. -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default potrafi wykryæ wiele podstawowych b³êdów, takich jak: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ellipsis detection: -\newline +\newline Use \SpecialChar \ldots{} instead of ... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize No space in front of/after parenthesis: -\newline +\newline ( wrong spacing ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: -\newline +\newline e. g. is too wide spacing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter: -\newline +\newline This is a TEST. And this is wrong spacing. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Space in front of labels and similar commands: -\newline +\newline The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: -\newline +\newline In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number, and that's a pity. See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Use of ,,x'' instead of \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset between numbers: -\newline +\newline 2x2 looks cheap compared to \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard i inne \SpecialChar \ldots{} To jest nieocenione narzêdzie gdy ,,zakoñczyli¶my'' pracê nad dokumentem. Przed wydrukowaniem powinni¶my sprawdziæ obligatoryjnie pisowniê i uruchomiæ CheckTeX-a. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jak u¿yæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li masz zainstalowany program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter checktex -\family default +\family default , po prostu wybierz z menu polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under h -\bar default +\bar default eck TeX -\family default +\family default . To spowoduje utworzenie pliku LaTeX-a na podstawie Twojego dokumentu, sprawdzen ie go przez -\family sans +\family sans CheckTeX -\family default +\family default i wstawienie ,,okienek b³êdów'' do dokumentu z ostrze¿eniami -\family sans +\family sans CheckTeX -\family default +\family default , je¶li jakie¶ znalaz³. Ostrze¿enia zostan± umieszczone blisko miejsca wyst±pienia b³êdu, które mo¿esz szybko odnale¼æ za pomoc± polecenia z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default awigacja\SpecialChar \menuseparator B³±d -\family default +\family default lub za pomoc± skótu klawiszowego -\family sans +\family sans C-g -\family default +\family default w domy¶lnym pliku bind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua -\family default +\family default . Okienko b³êdu otwiera siê przez klikniêcie na nim myszk± lub domy¶lnym skrótem -\family sans +\family sans C-i -\family default +\family default albo skrótem z pliku bind -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs -\family sans +\family sans C-o -\family default +\family default . Przeczytaj uwagi i popraw b³êdy je¶li s±. Je¶li masz k³opoty ze zrozumieniem co oznaczaj± ostrze¿enia, mo¿esz spokojnie je zignorowaæ. Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking -\family sans +\family sans CheckTeX -\family default +\family default , and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain silly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false alarms, though. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jak dopasowaæ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you'll find that -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default makes more noise than suits your mood. Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try to customize -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default to get better along with you. Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default suñ wszystkie okienka b³êdów -\family default +\family default , which will get rid of all warnings instantly. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mimo to -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on jest -\emph default +\emph default bardzo konfigurowalny i extensible, nie powiniene¶ spodziewaæ siê rozwi±zania wszystkich problemów przez -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default w LyX-ie t± drog±. Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match the line numbers from -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default output \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You can inspect the specific output from -\family sans +\family sans chktex -\family default +\family default by using -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -View\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +View\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Log -\family default +\family default right after a -\family sans +\family sans chktex -\family default +\family default run. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to appear correctly. S± dwie rzeczy, które mo¿esz wykonaæ : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dopasuj polecenia wywo³ania -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default w swoim pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default lub w globalnym pliku konfiguracyjnym instalacji -\family sans +\family sans ChkTeX -\family default +\family default (zwykle jest to plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/share/chktexrc -\family default +\family default ). Zobacz poni¿ej jak mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ostrze¿enia w wierszu poleceñ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wyeksportuj swoj dokument do LaTeX-a za pomoc± polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default i uruchom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default rêcznie. Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able to do it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poni¿sze komunikaty ostrze¿eñ mog± byæ aktywowane lub wy³±czone za pomoc± odpowiednich wpisów w dyrektywie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chktex_command -\family default +\family default w Twoim pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . U¿yj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -n# -\family default +\family default aby wy³±czyæ ostrze¿enie i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -w# -\family default +\family default aby je uaktywniæ. Ostrze¿enia napisane kursyw± s± domy¶lnie wy³±czone, przez domy¶lny wpis w dyrektywie " -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 -\family default +\family default ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter chktex -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on Command terminated with space. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Non-breaking space (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~ -\family default +\family default '') should have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Italic correction (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default '') found in non-italic buffer. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Italic correction (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default '') found more than once. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on No italic correction (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default '') found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Accent command ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default '' needs use of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default '' expected, found ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Solo ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default '' found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default '' to achieve an ellipsis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Inter-word spacing (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default '') should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Inter-sentence spacing (,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @ -\family default +\family default '') should perhaps be used. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Could not find argument for command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small No match found for ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Number of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default '' doesn't match the number of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter char -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should use either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,, -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\family default +\family default as an alternative to ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter " -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should use ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default '' (ASCII 39) instead of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ´ -\family default +\family default '' (ASCII 180). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small User-specified pattern found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This command might not be intended. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Comment displayed. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Either -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\backslash +\backslash ,' -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\backslash +\backslash ,'' -\family default +\family default will look better. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on + +\size small +\emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter {} -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Could not execute LaTeX command. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default in front of small punctuation. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter -\size small + +\family typewriter +\size small $ -\backslash +\backslash times$ -\family default +\family default may look prettier here. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small This text may be ignored. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ,, -\family default +\family default to begin quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default '. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Use -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ' -\family default +\family default to end quotation, not -\family typewriter +\family typewriter '' -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small Don't mix quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should perhaps use ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cmd -\family default +\family default '' instead. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small -\emph on +\size small +\emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small Double space found. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small +\size small You should remove spaces in front of ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default '' -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\size small + +\size small ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %s -\family default +\family default '' is normally not followed by ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter %c -\family default +\family default ''. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mam nadziejê, ¿e w nastêpnych wersjach LyX-a dostarczymy bardziej kompletny interfejs dla tego narzêdzia (i jego mniejszego kuzyna -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lacheck -\family default +\family default ) dla wykorzystania jego pe³nych mo¿liwo¶ci. But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kontrola wersji (RCS) w LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Moi przyjaciele chcieli u¿yæ LyX-a do projektu grupowego. Gdy nie znale¼li obs³ugi kontroli wersji ani blokowania plików, porzucili @@ -15683,85 +18708,109 @@ Moi przyjaciele chcieli u i± obs³ugi CVS i/lub SCCS jako przysz³o¶ciowe ulepszenie). To ju¿ zosta³o zrobione i teraz LyX obs³uguje najbardziej podstawowe polecenia RCS. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ co¶ bardziej wyszukanego to bêdziesz musia³ zrobiæ to rêcznie w terminalu xterm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zanim zaczniesz u¿ywaæ kontroli wersji w LyX-ie powiniene¶ wpierw przeczytaæ -\emph on +\emph on rcsintro -\emph default +\emph default (plik man: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). W tym pliku s± opisane wszystkie podstawowe funkcje RCS. Powiniene¶ zwróciæ szczególn± uwagê na katalog RCS oraz na plik g³ówny RCS (zakoñczony v) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W LyX-ie dokonano implementacji dla ostatniej wersji pakietu GNU RCS -- nie gwarantujemy wykonania dla starszych wersji. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Polecenia RCS w LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W dalszych sekcjach opisano polecenia RCS obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a. Mo¿esz je znale¼æ w menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default ontrola wersji -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Rejestruj -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li dokument nie jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to wy¶wietlone jest tylko to polecenie menu. A je¶li dokument jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to te polecenie jest wy³±czone. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To polecenie rejestruje dokument w RCS. Zostaniesz zapytany o pocz±tkowy opis dokumentu. Dokument jest teraz w trybie TylkoDoOdczytu i aby dokonaæ jego edycji musisz wybraæ polecenie -\family sans +\family sans Odblokuj i edytuj -\family default +\family default . Dokument objêty kontrol± wersji ma oznaczenie w buforze: [RCS: ]. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie RCS: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przeczytaj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man ci -\family default +\family default aby poznaæ parametry wywo³ania polecenia. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zwolnij -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdy skoñczy³e¶ edycjê pliku wprowad¼ zmianê do RCS. Gdy to zrobisz, zostaniesz zapytany o opis zmian, który zostanie zapisany @@ -15769,130 +18818,170 @@ Gdy sko Numer wersji zostanie zwiêkszony, a twoje zmiany dopisane do g³ównego pliku RCS. Dokument jest odblokowany i ustawiony w tryb TylkoDoOdczytu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie RCS: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zablokuj i edytuj -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za pomoc± tego polecenia blokujemy dokument dla siebie i mo¿emy go edytowaæ. Polecenie ustawia plik w tryb ZapisOdczyt tylko dla Ciebie. Mo¿esz kontynuowaæ edycjê do czasu, a¿ do wydania polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Zwolnij -\family default +\family default . W wierszu statusowym zaznaczone jest ¿e plik zosta³ zablokowany. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie RCS: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -q -l -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Wróæ do ostatniej wersji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie usuwa wszystkie wprowadzone zmiany do dokumentu od czasu ostatniej rewizji (zwolnienia). Zostaniesz przedtem ostrze¿ony. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command:is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter co -f -u -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Usuñ ostatnio wprowadzone zmiany -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wynikiem polecenia jest jak gdyby ostatnia rewizja siê nie zdarzy³a. W dokumencie LyX-a nie s± dokonywane ¿adne zmiany, ale ostatnia wersja jest usuwana z g³ównego pliku RCS. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard RCS command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rcs -o -\family default +\family default umum -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Poka¿ historiê zmian -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polecenie wy¶wietla pe³n± historiê dokumentu. Wy¶wietlony zostaje -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default w przegl±darce. Przeczytaj man -\family typewriter +\family typewriter rlog -\family default +\family default aby poznaæ wiêcej informacji. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By -\noun on +\noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\noun default +\noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wprowadzenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for literate programming. Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, and know what \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset means. If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following sections. There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default file, and X resources file. If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover your specific needs. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard From the Literate Programming FAQ : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. @@ -15903,123 +18992,178 @@ Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together documentation or compilable source. The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E. Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another excerpt says: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation There are three distinguishing characteristics. In order of importance, they are: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize flexible order of elaboration -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize automatic support for browsing -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection References -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three !) different literate programming tools. Where some are specialized or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset tailored \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. I selected -\noun on +\noun on Noweb -\noun default +\noun default for my own use for several reasons: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It can generate the documentation either in latex or html. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to perform special processing that you may need. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one of them). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize It is free. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Noweb web page can be found at: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX and Literate Programming -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some changes to LyX were required to enable it to interact with Noweb. Those changes were rather simple, and were done in a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Noweb independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset way, i.e., I expect that you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just re-configuring your lyxrc file. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Generowanie dokumentów i kodu (weaving and tangling) -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Wybor klasy dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will find that there are three new document classes available: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Article (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Book (Noweb) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Report (Noweb) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You must select one of them to create your literate documents from. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination @@ -16030,87 +19174,109 @@ Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. classes, let me know and I will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and re-running of the auto configuration. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a new set of document classes for it. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Wpisywanie kodu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX enables you to write code with a layout named -\noun on +\noun on Scrap -\noun default +\noun default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The equivalent Noweb term is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . For historical reasons, I got used to the term \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset scrap \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years before rendering myself to Noweb. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code <>= -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code more code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code even more code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter @ -\family default +\family default must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written. For that reason, I defined a new layout named Scrap, that works like a LaTeX paragraph but has a free spacing capability. In other words, it is a combination of the LaTeX and the LyX-Code layouts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The down side of this \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset semi-hack \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also in the printed documentation. @@ -16119,51 +19285,61 @@ semi-hack a newline (ctrl-return). The example above will look like this: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference between the previous example and this one. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <>= -\newline +\newline code -\newline +\newline more code -\newline +\newline even more code -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This layout works fine. The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead of a plain return. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is in my list of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset improvements \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to fix that. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e to enter a blank character. I believe these problems are a small price to pay for the benefits LyX brings to you for typing, compiling, and debugging your literate program. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Generowanie dokumentacji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class, and with some code and text on it. @@ -16171,230 +19347,262 @@ At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document ,,Update PostScript'' or ,,View dvi'', etc. Just like you would do for a plain document. No special procedure is required. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate When the ,,Update dvi'' menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_extension -\family default +\family default , otherwise the file will have the usual -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default extension. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special processing is required by LyX. Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself, takes care of the business. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If the document is of any literate class LyX will execute: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash literate_command \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset < -\emph on +\emph on filename -\emph default +\emph default > -\emph on +\emph on filename -\emph default +\emph default .out -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\backslash +\backslash literate_error_filter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset < -\emph on +\emph on filename -\emph default +\emph default .out > -\emph on +\emph on filename -\emph default +\emph default .log -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otherwise it will just skip this step. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_command -\family default +\family default is to transform the newly created -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default file into a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_error_filter -\family default +\family default command is to help LyX display error boxes when the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_command -\family default +\family default reports any errors. This filter can be a C program, a script, or any thing you want. Its job is to identify error messages from your literate tool, in our case Noweb, and convert them to a common format that LyX understands. A separate document, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Literate.lyx -\family default +\family default , in the examples directory (accessed with the -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default button in the file popup), has a literate C program that can be used to parse Noweb error messages. This scheme introduces one more command for the user to configure, but has the advantage of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset literate tool \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset independence. Moreover, if you don't bother to set it, you can still use the system, you just loose the ability to have a nice display and interaction with the error messages. -\layout Paragraph +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Generowanie kodu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When the ,,Build Program'' File menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed, a latex file with extension -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_extension -\family default +\family default is generated just like step 1 above. Then LyX invokes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_command -\family default +\family default to generate the code and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_error_filter -\family default +\family default to process the compilation error messages, as in step 3 above. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that no special processing is required from LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Also note that I am assuming that you are familiar with Noweb. In this case you will know what to do to get an executable file starting from a noweb file ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .nw -\family default +\family default extension). It is likely that you will create a makefile for that purpose. For that reason, after LyX creates the noweb file, it invokes the command defined by -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_program -\family default +\family default , with a default of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset make \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In case you want to process your literate file with a script, or some other program, just insert in your lyxrc file an entry with: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash build_command \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset my_script my_arguments \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_error_filter -\family default +\family default differs from the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_error_filter -\family default +\family default only in that the former will identify error messages from your compiler. The same example program mentioned before can also parse gcc, or xlc error messages. @@ -16403,284 +19611,356 @@ literate_error_filter Again, the same comments from the previous section are valid here: this is optional, you can skip it if you can afford to loose the LyX error handling feature. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In summary, the ,,Build Program'' internal function sequence is pretty much like the ,,Update dvi'' one but involving different commands. See schematic: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ,,Update dvi'' -> generate .tex -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -> invoke -> show latex errors -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code on plain doc file -\backslash +\backslash latex -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code ,,Update dvi'' -> generate same -> invoke -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -> invoke -> show latex errors -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code on literate doc file with .nw -\backslash +\backslash literate_command -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash latex -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code extension -\backslash +\backslash _______ -> show literate errors -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ,,Build Program'' -> generate same -> invoke -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -> show compilation error -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code on literate doc file with .nw -\backslash +\backslash build_command -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code extension ( make ) -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Konfiguracja LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are five new controls that you can put in your lyxrc file: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_command -\family default +\family default specifies which literate tool you are going to use. During normal LyX configuration, the auto configuration script will try to find the noweb package for you. If the search is successful, the default value for this control is set to: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code noweave -delay -index -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otherwise the default value is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset none \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_extension -\family default +\family default specifies the filename extension to be used for literate documents. Some literate tools requires specific file extension names. The default is set during configuration as either \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .nw \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset none \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , depending on whether the auto configuration found the noweb package or not. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_command -\family default +\family default defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset make \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . You need to create a makefile to do the tangling, compilation, etc. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Another way is to maintain the makefile or building script itself as part of the document. That way every project can be compiled with the same command line: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script -\emph on +\emph on filename -\emph default +\emph default .nw | sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use this scheme, create a script named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter project-build -\family default +\family default that executes the command above: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally set LyX to execute the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter project-build -\family default +\family default script: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash build_command project-build -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Every time you start a new project, define a scrap with name -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default that will do the compilation for that project. Whenever you select \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX will extract that scrap ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter notangle -Rbuild-script... -\family default +\family default ) and execute it ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ...|sh -\family default +\family default ). -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash literate_error_filter -\family default +\family default defaults to ,,cat''. If you compile the program given in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Literate_example.lyx -\family default +\family default , you can set: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash literate_error_filter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors n \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard to process Noweb(noweave) error messages -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_error_filter -\family default +\family default defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cat \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . If you compile the program given in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Literate_example.lyx -\family default +\family default , you can set: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash build_error_filter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors b \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard to process both Noweb(notangle) error messages and gcc error messages. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rozszerzenia diagnostyczne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the ,,server-goto-fi le-row'' function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke. @@ -16690,22 +19970,28 @@ When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator helpers window and changing the ,,Edit Sources'' entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature, and set \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and @@ -16714,23 +20000,33 @@ With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that ddd was pointing to. No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default). To enable it, insert in your lyxrc file: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\backslash + +\backslash serverpipe "/home//.lyxpipe" -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Read the LyX server documentation for further information. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rozszerzenia paska narzêdzi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I created six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: Standard, Section, @@ -16739,141 +20035,189 @@ I created six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. scrolling the layout menu looking for the one I wanted. The last one is a short cut to the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset File menu entry. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: One for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Update dvi \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and the other for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset View dvi \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset File menu entries. Here is how it looks like: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash begin_toolbar -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash layouts -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout Standard -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout Section -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add layout LaTeX -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add layout Scrap -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add buffer-view -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash add buffer-typeset -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash add build-program -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash separator -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code . -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash end_toolbar -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dopasowanie kolorów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized. For each one there are two ways to do it: either by inserting a line in your X resource files, or by adding a flag in the LyX command line. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color. The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red. Example: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize In the X resource file: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx*LatexColor: gold -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize In the command line: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx -LatexColor gold -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend @@ -16882,116 +20226,158 @@ The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering you anymore. Example: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize In the X resource file: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20 -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote lyx*NewLineColor: gray35 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize In the command line: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx -BackgroundColor gray20 -NewLineColor gray35 -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard If you don't like a bright clear background burning your eyes all day long, you can reverse background and foreground colors with this: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize In the X resource file: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx*Reverse: 1 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize In the command line: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote lyx -Reverse 1 -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard The problem with all those color alterations is that you may need to change other colors as well to ensure that math, inset, etc, are \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset normal \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset with respect to the rest. The following is the selection I use in my own X resource file. It is just a suggestion. I encourage you to try to find the color set that work best for you. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*Reverse: 1 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*MathColor: green -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*LatexColor: gold -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*OnOffLineColor: magenta -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*InsetColor: yellow -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*LightedColor: gray50 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*NewLineColor: gray35 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20 -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Sekrety LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mimo ¿e LyX jest silnym narzêdziem, to nie mo¿na mieæ nadziei na obs³ugê wszystkiego co zosta³o zrobione dla TeX-a/LaTeX-a. Jednak wiele tricków TeX-a i LaTeX-a mo¿e byæ wykonane w LyX-ie, je¶li nie obawiasz siê u¿yæ przycisku ,,TeX'' z paska narzêdzi lub dokonywaæ wpisów w preambule LaTeX-a (w menu -\bar under +\bar under U -\family sans -\bar default +\family sans +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default P -\family sans +\family sans reambu³a -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tym rozdziale opisano kilka sposobów i pomys³ów, aby Twoje dokumenty by³y trochê sprytniejsze. Wypróbuj je w domu i zacznij od czego¶ ma³ego i mniej wa¿nego. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiêkszo¶æ pomys³ów tego rozdzia³u wymaga mniej podstawowych plików w Twojej instalacji LaTeX-a. @@ -17001,295 +20387,359 @@ Wi LaTeX-a które robi± te same rzeczy. Nie chcemy przedk³adaæ jednego pakietu nad inne, po prostu chcemy wykonaæ okre¶lone zadanie za pomoc± okre¶lonego pliku. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Triki w przypisach i marginaliach -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard suggested by Robin -\noun on +\noun on Socha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przypisy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX jeszcze nie potrafi ustawiæ numeracji przypisów z powrotem od 1 po ka¿dej sekcji w klasie dokumentu ,,article'' lub zmianie stylu licznika. Aby to osi±gn±æ bêdziesz potrzebowa³ nastêpuj±cych poleceñ LaTeX-a: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} -\family default +\family default ustawi licznik z powrotem na 1 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Licznik zosta³ ustawiony na 1. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpuj±ce polecenie zmienia numeracjê przypisów na numerowanie ma³ymi literami. Zobacz w podgl±dzie jak to wygl±da. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To jest przyk³ad przypisu numerowanego alfabetycznie. -\newline +\newline U¿yj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote { -\backslash +\backslash alph{footnote}} -\family default +\family default aby to uzyskaæ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Nastêpne polecenie ustawia styl licznika z powrotem na domy¶lny, np. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand { -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote} { -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard U¿yj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{footnote}} -\family default +\family default aby przywróciæ styl licznika na domy¶lny -- numeryczny -\backslash +\backslash arabic. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph -\family default +\family default lub -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph -\family default +\family default i innych stylów liczników. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Marginalia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tutaj znajduj± siê dwa przyk³ady jak wstawiæ marginalia przy u¿yciu poleceñ LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpuj±ce polecenie utworzy poziom± liniê pojawiaj±c± obok tekstu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash marginpar{ -\backslash +\backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zobacz na wydruku co robi nastêpuj±ce polecenie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reversemarginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Right -- wstawi notkê marginesow± na ,,z³ej'' stronie dwustronnego dokumentu. \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash reverse \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash - -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset marginpar -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Sk³ad wieloszpaltowy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by Lars -\noun on +\noun on Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zastosowanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Celem tej sekcji \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przypis edytora: Oryginalny rozdzia³ Lars'a by³ pe³nym opisem zastosowania pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default . jednak by³ on zbyt d³ugi do w³±czenia go do tego dokumentu. Dlatego wybra³em najwa¿niejsze tematy (przepraszam Lars); mo¿esz przeczytaæ oryginalny rozdzia³ w przyk³adowym pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default . --- mer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset jest przedstawienie jak mo¿na u¿yæ LaTeX-owy pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default w dokumencie LyX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX jako taki jeszcze nie obs³uguje pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default natywnie, ale mamy na to swój sposób. Po przeczytaniu tej sekcji powiniene¶ umieæ go wykorzystaæ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ograniczenia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default pozwala na prze³±czanie pomiêdzy jedn± a wieloma szpaltami na jednej stronie. Przypisy s± obs³ugiwane poprawnie (w wiêkszej czê¶ci), ale zostan± umieszczone u do³u strony i nie pod odpowiedni± kolumn±. @@ -17297,57 +20747,71 @@ Pakiet i. Od tego momentu tylko wstawki o szeroko¶ci strony mog± byæ u¿ywane wewn±trz wspomnianego ¶rodowiska. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Przyk³ady -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dwie szpalty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li chcesz mieæ dwie szpalty w tek¶cie, u trybie LaTeX-a wstaw polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default w miejscu, od którego chcesz zacz±æ dwie szpalty i wstaw polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default w miejscu, gdzie chcesz je zakoñczyæ. Oto przyk³ad: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent -\series bold -\size small +\series bold +\size small The Adventure of the Empty House -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline by -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -17361,10 +20825,12 @@ It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind. @@ -17374,42 +20840,56 @@ Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Uk³ad wieloszpaltowy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ten sam przepis jest u¿ywany gdy chcesz utworzyæ wiêcej ni¿ dwie szpalty: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -17429,68 +20909,90 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz mieæ wiêcej ni¿ trzy szpalty je¶li chcesz, ale to nie bêdzie przyjemne do czytania. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Szpalty wewn±trz szpalty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz umie¶ciæ szpalty wewn±trz szpalty: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -17499,30 +21001,38 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -17541,78 +21051,110 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proszê przeczytaæ plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx -\family default +\family default dla poznania bardziej zaawansowanych przyk³adów w³±czania odstêpów pomiêdzy szpaltami i nag³ówkiem, pionowych linii separuj±cych i innych. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Numeracja w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia akapitów -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by John -\noun on +\noun on Weiss -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Domy¶lna numeracja akapitów w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia zaczyna siê od cyfr arabskich, a koñczy siê na du¿ych literach alfabetu. Prawdopodobnie jednak bêdziesz chcia³ inaczej numerowaæ akapity. Oto przyk³ad jak zmieniæ schemat numeracji: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} który zmienia schemat na nastêpuj±cy: cyfry rzymskie, du¿e litery, cyfry @@ -17621,170 +21163,218 @@ alph{enumiv}.)} Na przyk³ad pierwszy akapit pierwszego poziomu bêdzie oznaczony ,,I.''. Dla lepszej orientacji opiszemy jak wygl±da numeracja z u¿yciem naszego schematu: <,,I.'', ,,A.'', ,,1.'', ,,a.)''>. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿na zobaczyæ w przyk³adzie, gdzie s± polecenia dla ka¿dego zagnie¿d¿onego poziomu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv -\family default +\family default , podobnie jak liczniki, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . Znajduje siê tak¿e piêæ poleceñ ,,drukowania numeru'', -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default , ka¿dy z nich pobiera jeden licznik jako argument. Mo¿na dodaæ znaki przed lub po, ale nie ma potrzeby dodawania spacji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿esz rzeczywi¶cie otrzymaæ ozdobny schemat numeracji, na przyk³ad: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelenumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otrzymujemy wówczas nastêpuj±c± numeracjê: <,,#A#'', ,,A.1'', ,,a+'', ,,(i)''>. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Przestrzeñ pomiêdzy wierszami tabel -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by Mike -\noun on +\noun on Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX pozwala wstawiaæ trochê wolnego miejsca pomiêdzy wierszami tabeli przez podanie opcjonalnego argumentu koñca wiersza ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default ). Ta metoda nie jest formalnie zaimplementowana w LyX-ie, ale podajemy dwa drobne tricki do wykonania tego samego zadania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pierwszy sposób jest bardziej formalny, ale bardziej zawik³any. W preambule nale¿y dodaæ nastêpuj±c± definicjê polecenia: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace}[1]{ -\backslash +\backslash noalign{vskip#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To polecenie pobiera pojedynczy argument -- ilo¶æ miejsca, któr± chcesz wstawiæ. Wstaw polecenie w pierwszej kolumnie nastêpnego wiersza gdzie chcia³by¶ aby pojawi³o siê wolne miejsce. Oto przyk³ad (usun±³em wszystkie ramki u¿ywaj±c -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default a): -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17796,120 +21386,158 @@ a): \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minerals -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash extratablespace{2ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Rocks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Limestone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sandstone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Drugi sposób jest szybszy. Po prostu umie¶æ w odpowiednim wierszu opcjonalny argument koñca wiersza. @@ -17918,8 +21546,20 @@ Drugi spos wiersz plus odstêp. Je¶li zbyt du¿o jest dodawanego miejsca to u¿yj liczby ujemnej, jak w przyk³adz ie: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -17931,209 +21571,273 @@ ie: \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Minerals -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Calcite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dolomite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quartz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Graphite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash [-1ex] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Rocks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Limestone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sandstone -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Granite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Andesite -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard To pozwala szybko wykonaæ pracê, ale zdarza siê, ¿e brzydko wygl±da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inicja³y -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by Mike -\noun on +\noun on Ressler -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash newfont{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ -\backslash +\backslash tmpfont C} -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hangindent=3.3em -\backslash +\backslash hangafter=-3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset i którzy lubi± styl starych ksi±¿ek prawdopodobnie tak¿e lubi± ,,inicja³y'' --- tê wielk± literê rozpoczynaj±c± ka¿dy nowy rozdzia³ czy sekcjê. Implementacja tego jest prosta (zak³adaj±c, ¿e znasz trochê plain TeX-a!) ale nie wymaga wiele pracy i powtórzeñ, co mog³e¶ zobaczyæ na pocz±tku akapitu w brzydkim trybie TeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash verb+ -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I}+ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset stnieje oczywi¶cie o wiele ³atwiejsza droga. Pakiet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default (lub nowszy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default ) z archiwum CTAN pozwala na prostsz± metodê uzyskania inicja³ów w dokumencie. Od jakiego¶ czasu pakiet ten nie jest standardow± czê¶ci± teTeX-a. Nie mogê go zademonstrowaæ w tym dokumencie ale je¶li skopiujesz ten akapit do nowego dokumentu, usuniesz ,, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash verb -\family default +\family default '' oraz znaki plus z kodu TeX-a na pocz±tku akapitu i dodasz do preambu³y polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropcaps} -\family default +\family default to otrzymasz literê I zapisan± czcionk± Times Roman Italic o wysoko¶ci trzech wierszy tekstu przesuniêt± o 1 em za margines. Pierwszym argumentem jest wielko¶æ wciêcia, ujemna warto¶æ powoduje przesuniêci @@ -18141,278 +21845,364 @@ e inicja Drugi argument zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u, podaje siê j± w wierszach. Trzeci argument jest nazw± czcionki, czcionki wirtualne posiadaj±ce pliki tfm powinny dzia³aæ (przebrnij przez katalog -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm -\family default +\family default aby sprawdziæ mo¿liwo¶ci). Moim osobistym faworytem jest -\family sans +\family sans yinit -\family default +\family default , ozdobna czcionka niemiecka specjalnie zaprojektowana do inicja³ów. Czwartym argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash verb+ -\backslash +\backslash dropping{2}{P}+ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset pakiet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przyp. t³um. Aby zobaczyæ wynik pracy pakietu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default to nale¿y wykonaæ czynno¶ci podobne jak poprzednio, jedynie w preambule nale¿y wpisaæ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dropping} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dropping -\family default +\family default tak¿e oferuje polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigdrop -\family default +\family default o identycznej sk³adni jak w pakiecie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dropcaps -\family default +\family default , a tak¿e trochê uproszczone polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dropping o -\family default +\family default trzech argumentach. Pierwszy -- opcjonalny -- okre¶la odleg³o¶æ od lewego marginesu -- domy¶lnie 0pt. Drugi zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u podawan± w wierszach. Trzecim argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Niestandardowe kszta³ty akapitów -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + by Mike -\noun on +\noun on Ressler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash newdimen -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash varunit}{4.5in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash parshape 25 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.332 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.293 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.00 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.500 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.05 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.453 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.10 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.410 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.15 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.373 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.20 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.342 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.25 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.317 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.30 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.35 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.40 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.300 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.45 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.320 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.50 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.320 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.55 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.330 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.60 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.330 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.65 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.330 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.70 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.340 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 0.75 -\backslash +\backslash varunit 0.340 -\backslash +\backslash varunit -\newline +\end_layout -\end_inset +\begin_layout Standard -Oto nadszed³ czas, w\SpecialChar ~ +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +Oto nadszed³ czas, w\InsetSpace ~ którym musimy obaliæ tyraniê prostok±tnych akapitów. W tej sytuacji, wywo³amy do tego radosne polecenie plain TeX-a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape -\family default +\family default . Jak mo¿esz zobaczyæ, w pe³ni dowolny kszta³t mo¿e byæ osi±gniêty przez odpowiednie ustawienie definicji d³ugo¶ci wiersza. @@ -18420,65 +22210,92 @@ parshape sobie sytuacjê tak± jak dok³adnie ustawione inicja³y, oblane tekstem rysunki o nieregularnym kszta³cie itp. daj±ce wra¿enie rêcznej pracy. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Sk³adnia: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindent #nlength -\family default +\family default , gdzie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter numlines -\family default +\family default okre¶la liczbê wierszy tekstu która definiuje akapit. Je¶li liczba wierszy bêdzie mniejsza od za³o¿onej, to kszta³t zostanie skrócony. Je¶li za¶ wierszy bêdzie wiêcej ni¿ za³o¿ono, to kolejne nadmiarowe wiersze zachowaj± parametry ostatniego definiowanego wiersza. Dyrektywy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nindent -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter #nlength -\family default +\family default okre¶laj± odstêp wiersza od lewego marginesu i d³ugo¶æ wiersza mierzone w punktach. Kszta³t dotyczy tylko bie¿±cego akapitu, nastêpny akapit jest formatowany normalnie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Podsumowanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak mo¿na zobaczyæ, przyk³ady w tym rozdziale zaczynaj± siê od u¿ytecznych a¿ do wymy¶lnych. Nie spodziewam siê aby kto¶ potrzebowa³ kszta³tu akapitu jak ostatnim rozdziale , ale wa¿ne jest to ¿e mo¿esz zrobiæ prawie wszystko co chcesz w LyX-ie je¶li bêdziesz mia³ ochotê wyobraziæ sobie jak to zrobiæ w TeX-u i LaTeX-u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard TeX jest fantastycznym systemem sk³adu i jego mo¿liwo¶ci s± dostêpne dla Ciebie przez LyX-a wykorzystuj±cego go w tle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mi³ego LyX-owania! -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pl_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/pl_Intro.lyx index 38646ed52b..42868228b5 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pl_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pl_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language polish \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,26 +24,39 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Wprowadzenie do LyX-a -\newline +\newline albo -\newline +\newline Do czego s³u¿± te pliki doc! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by John Weiss and the LyX Team -\newline +\newline polskie t³umaczenie: Wojtek Pêkala -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nawigacja po dokumentacji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Witaj w LyX-ie! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby u³atwiæ wyszukiwanie informacji i opisaæ wszystkie mo¿liwo¶ci LyX-a, dokumentacja zosta³a rozdzielona na kilka ró¿nych plików. @@ -50,52 +64,84 @@ Aby u Zanim zaczniesz brn±æ przez który¶ z tych plików, przeczytaj najpierw dok³adnie niniejszy dokument, który zawiera mnóstwo po¿ytecznych informacji i komentarzy. Pomog± one zaoszczêdziæ Ci czas. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center OSTRZE¯ENIE!!!!! OSTRZE¯ENIE!!!!! OSTRZE¯ENIE!!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Danger, Will Robinson, Danger! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentacja, jako ca³o¶æ, jest w tej chwili niekompletna! Podobnie jak program jest w wersji beta. Obiecujemy uzupe³niæ wszystko do wersji 1.0! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prosimy tak¿e o pomoc - je¶li co¶ w podrêcznikach jest niejasne, dezorientuj±ce lub nieprawid³owe, nie wahajcie siê daæ nam znaæ! LyX Team jest osi±galny przez listê dyskusyjn± programistów pod adresem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx@via.ecp.fr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Prosimy o umieszczenie w nag³ówku wiadomo¶ci s³ów \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX Docs -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Z góry dziêkujemy ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Format podrêczników -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Czê¶æ u¿ytkowników mog³a ju¿ wydrukowaæ podrêcznik. Inni mog± czytaæ go w komputerze, jako plik LyX-a. @@ -103,449 +149,491 @@ Cz Po pierwsze tytu³ w pliku jest po prostu na pocz±tku dokumentu, a nie na osobnej stronie, jak na wydruku. Nie widaæ równie¿ przypisów ani spisu tre¶ci. - Istnieje okno do ogl±dania spisu tre¶ci, otwierane poleceniem Spis\SpecialChar ~ + Istnieje okno do ogl±dania spisu tre¶ci, otwierane poleceniem Spis\InsetSpace ~ tre¶ci z menu Edycja. Aby zajrzeæ do przypisu, który wygl±da tak, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cze¶æ ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset trzeba klikn±æ na nim lewym przyciskiem myszy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skoro -\size small +\size small wyja¶niono ju¿ ró¿nice miêdzy wydrukiem a wersj± ekranow±, nadszed³ czas na obja¶nienie formatu dokumentu. Od czasu do czasu mo¿na w nim napotkaæ tekst pisany ró¿n± czcionk±: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Wyró¿nienia -\emph default +\emph default u¿ywa siê celem ogólnego wyeksponowania fragmentów tekstu, podkre¶lenia argumentów, tytu³ów ksi±¿ek, nazw podrozdzia³ów innych podrêczników i uwag od autorów. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Czcionka maszynowa -\family default +\family default stosowana jest do zapisu programów i nazw plików, kodu LaTeX-a, kodu LyX-a i jego funkcji. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Czcionka Sans Serif -\family default +\family default opisuje menu, przyciski, nazwy okien i klawiszy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Styl nazw w³asnych -\noun default +\noun default u¿ywany jest dla imion i nazwisk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klawisze i przypisane im funkcje opisano dok³adnie w podrozdziale -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on Opisu poleceñ -\emph default +\emph default ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Reference Manual -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) [plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ]. Opisuj±c klawisze stosuje siê nastêpuj±c± konwencjê: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznacza klawisz przyci¶niêty wraz z klawiszem -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznacza klawisz przyci¶niêty wraz z klawiszem -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznacza klawisz przyci¶niêty wraz z klawiszem -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset to klawisze funkcyjne. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - klawisz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Escape \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Left -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Right -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Down -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset klawisze strza³ek, odpowiednio: w lewo, prawo, do góry, w dó³. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : to sze¶æ klawiszy nad klawiszami strza³ek na wielu klawiaturach typu PC. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset na niektórych klawiaturach nazywaj± siê \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans i Enter -\family default +\family default odnosz± siê do tego samego klawisza. Na niektórych klawiaturach Return nazywa siê Enter, na innych Return, s± i takie posiadaj±ce dwa takie klawisze, ale LyX traktuje je wszystkie jednakowo i w dokumentacji Return i Enter u¿ywane s± zamiennie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Od czasu do czasu mo¿na napotkaæ \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset [zobacz w \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Opisie poleceñ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ] \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Skróty klawiszowe dla ró¿nych funkcji zosta³y opisane w odpowiednich pozycjach -\emph on +\emph on Opisu poleceñ -\emph default +\emph default , tak wiêc warto tak¿e tam zagl±dn±æ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Podrêczniki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poni¿sza lista opisuje zawarto¶æ ka¿dego z plików dokumentacji: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Wprowadzenie \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Wprowadzenie \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ten plik. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Elementarz \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Elementarz \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Dla nowych u¿ytkowników LyX-a, którzy nigdy nie u¿ywali LaTeX-a, ani nawet o nim nie s³yszeli. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Jak\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ -zrobiæ \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Jak\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ +zrobiæ \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline To zbiór czêsto zadawanych pytañ (i odpowiedzi: FAQ) na temat obs³ugi LyX-a [a w ka¿dym razie kiedy¶ takim ma byæ]. Maszyny do pisania i zwyk³e edytory oferuj± szereg wspólnych funkcji, znanych @@ -555,240 +643,333 @@ To zbi Plik ten próbuje wyja¶niæ w formie pytañ i odpowiedzi, jak pos³ugiwaæ siê odpowiednimi operacjami w LyX-ie. Czasami bêdzie odwo³ywa³ siê do g³ównego podrêcznika. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\series bold -\emph on -Podrêcznik\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +\emph on +Podrêcznik\InsetSpace ~ u¿ytkownika -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Podstawowa dokumentacja. Spróbowali¶my zawrzeæ w nim wiêkszo¶æ zasadniczych operacji i dostêpnych funkcji LyX-a. G³ówny podrêcznik zak³ada przynajmniej czê¶ciow± znajomo¶æ LaTeX-a lub przeczytanie -\emph on +\emph on Elementarza -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Zaawansowana\SpecialChar ~ -edycja \SpecialChar ~ -\newline +\emph on +Zaawansowana\InsetSpace ~ +edycja \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\newline + +\emph default Poszerzenie -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . Dokumentuje dodatkowe uk³ady i funkcje edycyjne specjalnego zastosowania, w³±cznie z kilkoma sztuczkami z repertuaru mistrzów LaTeX-a. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Przystosowywanie \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Przystosowywanie \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Opis zaawansowanych cech LyX-a, wraz z przystosowywaniem zachowania programu: skróty klawiszowe, internacjonalizacja i pliki konfiguracyjne. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Opis\SpecialChar ~ -poleceñ \SpecialChar ~ -\newline +\emph on +Opis\InsetSpace ~ +poleceñ \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\newline + +\emph default Zawiera wyczerpuj±cy, szczegó³owy opis funkcji LyX-a, ale bez wskazówek i przyk³adów jak w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Znane\SpecialChar ~ -usterki \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Znane\InsetSpace ~ +usterki \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Plik ten zawiera opis znanych usterek LyX-a oraz informacjê, co zrobiæ w razie znalezienia b³êdu w LyX-ie\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Konfiguracja\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX-a \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Konfiguracja\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX-a \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline LyX w trakcie instalacji robi przegl±d systemu, a uzyskan± informacjê zapisuje w tym pliku. Przejrzyj go i sprawd¼ czy nie brakuje czego¶ potrzebnego. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pliki te odwo³uj± siê, gdy to konieczne, jeden do drugiego. Na przyk³ad -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default zawiera trochê wiadomo¶ci o instalacji i przystosowywaniu, ale odsy³a czytelnik a do -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika przystosowywania -\emph default +\emph default po wiêcej informacji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W tym miejscu ponownie zamie¶cimy istotne stwierdzenie: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Je¶li nigdy przedtem nie u¿ywa³e¶, ani nawet nie s³ysza³e¶ o LaTeX-u, przeczytaj -\emph on +\emph on Elementarz -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . I to zaraz -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard W przeciwnym razie LyX wyda Ci siê dziwaczny i nieu¿yteczny. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pomoc w tworzeniu dokumentacji -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zg³aszanie b³êdów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To proste. Wy¶lij list na listê dyskusyjn± programistów albo u¿ytkowników. Je¶li nag³ówek rozpoczniesz has³em \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Doc Error \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset lub czym¶ podobnym, pomo¿esz nam go znale¼æ -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout -\emph on + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Nigdy nie zmieniaj zawarto¶ci ¿adnego z podrêczników bez zgody aktualnego redaktora! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Takie dora¼ne zmiany i tak nie zostan± uwzglêdnione, gdy¿ Zespó³ Dokumentacji pos³uguje siê kopiami-matkami. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pierwsze kroki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The LyX Documentation Project, tak jak inne elementy projektu LyX, chêtnie skorzysta z pomocy! Je¶li jeste¶ zainteresowany(a) wsparciem wysi³ku dokumentow ania LyX-a, musisz -\emph on +\emph on najpierw -\emph toggle +\emph toggle wykonaæ nastêpuj±ce czynno¶ci: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ¦ci±gnij najnowszy kod ¼ród³owy LyX-a. Rozpakuj go. W g³ównym drzewie znajdziesz kartotekê nazwan± -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . W kartotece tej jest plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Przeczytaj go; to opis stylu dokumentacji. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Przeczytaj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default jeszcze raz. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nastêpnie przeczytaj -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Ca³y. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Celem tego zadania jest wyrobienie podej¶cia. -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default jest najbardziej kompletny z ca³ej dokumentacji. Powinien pozwoliæ Ci zorientowaæ siê, jakiego typu podrêczników potrzebujemy. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Na koniec, skontaktuj siê z zespo³em pod adresem: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx@via.ecp.fr -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Chcemy siê upewniæ, ¿e rozumiesz plik stylu dokumentacji -\emph on +\emph on zanim -\emph default +\emph default zaczniesz pisaæ. W przeciwnym razie bêdziesz musia³ przerobiæ to co ju¿ napisa³e¶. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nie my¶l -\emph default +\emph default nawet o rozpoczêciu pisania, zanim nie pogadamy przez pocztê elektroniczn±. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pl_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/pl_TOC.lyx index 6bf06ebca4..801b3c5764 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pl_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pl_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2426 +24,3559 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Wprowadzenie do LyX-a -\newline +\newline albo -\newline +\newline Do czego s³u¿± te pliki doc! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Nawigacja po dokumentacji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Format podrêczników -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Podrêczniki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Pomoc w tworzeniu dokumentacji +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Zg³aszanie b³êdów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Pierwsze kroki +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Wprowadzenie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 LyX wita. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 O podrêczniku -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Czym -\emph on +\emph on jest -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Elementarz i czym -\emph on +\emph on nie jest +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Od Pioniera s³ów kilka\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Najlepsze wykorzystanie Elementarza -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Czego -\emph on +\emph on nie -\emph default +\emph default znajdziecie: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Czym jest LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Przegl±d -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Ró¿nice miêdzy LyX-em a innymi edytorami -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.3 Czym u licha jest LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Pierwsze kroki w LyX-ie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Pierwszy dokument w LyX-ie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Pisanie, ogl±danie, drukowanie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Proste operacje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: puste miejsca w LyX-ie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 ¦rodowiska +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sekcje i podrozdzia³y -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listy i podlisty -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Inne ¶rodowiska: Verses, Quotations, i inne +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Pisanie dokumentów +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Klasy tekstu i wzorce: pisanie listów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Wzorce: pisanie listu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Tytu³y dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Etykiety i odno¶niki +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Pierwsza etykieta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Pierwszy odno¶nik -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Wiêcej o etykietach +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Przypisy i notatki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Spis tre¶ci +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Formu³y matematyczne +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Tryb formu³ matematycznych -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Praca z równaniem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Potêgi i indeksy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Pasek narzêdzi formu³ matematycznych +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Litery greckie i symbole -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Pierwiastki, wektory i nawiasy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 U³amki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Tryb TeX-a: granice, log, sin i inne -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Macierze -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Tryb równañ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Równania wielolinijkowe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Jeszcze wiêcej matematyki +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Ró¿ne +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Inne wa¿niejsze mo¿liwo¶ci LyX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX dla u¿ytkowników LaTeX-a +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Tryb TeX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Konwersja dokumentów LaTeX-a do LyX-a. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Konwersja dokumentów LyX-a do LaTeX-a . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Preambu³a LaTeX-a +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Klasa dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Inne wykorzystanie preambu³y +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Inne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 B³êdy! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* LyX -- Zaawansowane mo¿liwo¶ci -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX i LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Jak LyX u¿ywa LaTeX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 ,,Pomocy! LyX utworzy³ nieczytelny plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default !'' -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Importowanie plików LaTeX-a do LyX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Wstawianie poleceñ LaTeX-a do dokumentów LyX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Preambu³a LyX-a i LaTeX-a +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 O preambule LaTeX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Zmiana preambu³y -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Przyk³ady +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Przyk³ad #1: Przesuniêcie strony -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Przyk³ad #2: Etykiety -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Przyk³ad #3: Wciêcie akapitu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Przyk³ad #4: Ten dokument +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 B³êdy LyX-a i LaTeX-a +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Dodatkowe narzêdzia sk³adu dokumentu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Przygotowanie bibliografii za pomoc± BibTeX-a -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Tworzenie indeksu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Dokumenty wieloczê¶ciowe +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Podstawy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Odno¶niki pomiêdzy plikami +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorytmy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Podrysunek -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Ozdobne nag³ówki i stopki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Ministrony -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Oblewanie rysunku tekstem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Opcje tabel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Usuwanie dodatkowej przestrzeni tabeli -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Zmiana znaku separatora kolumn -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 Lepsze rozwi±zanie wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Wybór znaku wyliczenia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 Jak je zobaczyæ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 Jak u¿yæ +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Specjalne klasy dokumentu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS Math +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 Co daje ten szablon? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Zaczynamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Nag³ówek -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Streszczenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Polecenia nie obs³ugiwane przez LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Wstawki -- rysunki i tabele -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Szablon referatu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 Przyk³ad +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 W³±czanie plików EPS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Przegl±d -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Pisanie artyku³ów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Przygotowanie artyku³u do wys³ania -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 ,,Osobliwo¶ci'' pakietu Kluwer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Przegl±d -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 Klasy article (koma-script), report (koma-script) i book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 Klasa letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 Problemy +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Opis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 Nowe style -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Obs³ugiwane pisma -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Podziêkowania -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 B³êdy +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Zaczynamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 ¦rodowiska akapitów +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Tworzenie prezentacji u¿ywaj±c -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 U¿ycie ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 U¿ycie -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default ze -\family sans +\family sans Slide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 Plik szablonu klasy -\family sans +\family sans Slides +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Zaczynamy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Opcje dodatkowe +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Tworzenie folii +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Strona tytu³owa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Rozpoczêcie nowej folii -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs i wiêcej -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Listy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Rysunki i Tabele -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Nag³ówki i stopki +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Nieobs³ugiwane funkcje -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX-a +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 D³ugo¶ci -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Nag³ówki i stopki +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (Dokumenty konferencyjne IEEE ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Zaczynamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Ró¿nice pomiêdzy ekranem a dokumentem +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Specjalne problemy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Specjalne funkcje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Rozmiar papieru i marginesy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 ¦rodowiska -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 ¯argon scenariusza +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Specjalne problemy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Specjalne funkcje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Rozmiar papieru i marginesy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 ¦rodowiska +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Instalacja -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preambu³a Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Uk³ad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 article (mwart), book (mwbk) i report (mwrep) +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Import i eksport innych formatów plików +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Import z innych formatów +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Eksport do innych formatów +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 DVI -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 U¿ycie pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Dlaczego tekst wygl±da ma³o czytelnie przy podgl±dzie za pomoc± Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Jak mogê u¿yæ pdfLaTeX z obrazkami w formacie EPS? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Dlaczego polecenie -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} nie dzia³a gdy u¿ywam pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 Czy jest mo¿liwe zapisanie kodu przetwarzanego tylko przez pdfLaTeX-a? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Eksport u¿ytkownika +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Pe³ny opis reLyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Opcje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Opis +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 U¿ycie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 Co reLyX mo¿e przechwyciæ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 Czego reLyX nie mo¿e przechwyciæ -- ale jest OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 Co reLyX przechwytuje niepoprawnie -- s± b³êdy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 Czego reLyX nie potrafi przechwyciæ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.7 Przysz³o¶æ reLyX-a +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Przyk³ad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Uwagi +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Zg³aszanie b³êdów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Szczegó³y implementacji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Pliki szablonów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Pliki sk³adni -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Ró¿ne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostyka -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Ostrze¿enia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Pliki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 Zobacz tak¿e -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Autorzy +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Funkcje LyX-a wymagaj±ce zewnêtrznych programów +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Zastosowanie LyX-a z SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Przygotowanie i u¿ycie dokumentów LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Zaczynamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Wydruk z LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 U¿ycie ¶rodowisk w LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 Struktura dokumentu LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 ¦rodowiska LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Inne cechy dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Odno¶niki i HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 U¿ycie skryptu SGML w LinuxDoc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Rozwi±zywanie problemów LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Faksowanie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Wysy³anie faksów wprost z LyX-a +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Check TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Jak u¿yæ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.3 Jak dopasowaæ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Kontrola wersji (RCS) w LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Polecenia RCS w LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Rejestruj -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.2 Zwolnij -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.3 Zablokuj i edytuj -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.4 Wróæ do ostatniej wersji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.5 Usuñ ostatnio wprowadzone zmiany -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.6 Poka¿ historiê zmian +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Wprowadzenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3.1 Generowanie dokumentów i kodu (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3.2 Konfiguracja LyXa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3.3 Rozszerzenia diagnostyczne -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3.4 Rozszerzenia paska narzêdzi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.3.5 Dopasowanie kolorów +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Sekrety LaTeX-a +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Triki w przypisach i marginaliach +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Przypisy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Marginalia +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Sk³ad wieloszpaltowy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Zastosowanie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Ograniczenia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Przyk³ady +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Dwie szpalty -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Uk³ad wieloszpaltowy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Szpalty wewn±trz szpalty +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numeracja w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia akapitów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Przestrzeñ pomiêdzy wierszami tabel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Inicja³y -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Niestandardowe kszta³ty akapitów -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Podsumowanie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pl_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/pl_Tutorial.lyx index 16568c3412..954e35ceda 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pl_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pl_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \sloppy @@ -9,13 +11,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,51 +27,68 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title The LyX Tutorial -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by Amir Karger and the LyX Team -\newline +\newline polskie t³umaczenie: Wojtek Pêkala -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Wprowadzenie -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX wita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokument niniejszy \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://friko2.onet.pl/wr/voyttek} -\end_inset +\end_inset jest przeznaczony dla tych, którzy nigdy nie s³yszeli o LaTeX-u lub znaj± go tak sobie. Bez obaw - aby móc u¿ywaæ LyX-a nie trzeba uczyæ siê LaTeX-a. O to w koñcu w LyX-ie chodzi: ma on byæ wizualnym interfejsem do LaTeX-a w stylu prawie WYSIWYG. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektórzy zapewne siêgnêli do tego dokumentu, bo próbowali wpisaæ dwie spacje po kropce ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) albo wstawiæ 3 puste linie miêdzy akapitami. Po paru frustruj±cych próbach zrozumieli jednak, ¿e to niemo¿liwe. @@ -84,143 +102,163 @@ Niekt drukarski. I tu pojawia siê LyX; jego rol± jest przejêcie sk³adu drukarskiego. Pozwala przez to skupiæ siê na istotnych sprawach, takich jak tre¶æ utworu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak wiêc uzbrój siê w cierpliwo¶æ i czytaj dalej. Trud opanowania elementarza zwróci siê na pewno. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O podrêczniku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na wstêpie tej sekcji nale¿y zaznaczyæ, ¿e w przeciwieñstwie do innych pod\SpecialChar \- rêczni ków ten zak³ada, ¿e u¿ytkownik -\series bold -\emph on +\series bold +\emph on NIE -\series default -\emph toggle +\series default +\emph toggle jest g³upi i wie po co jest kla\SpecialChar \- wiatura, umie u¿yæ myszy oraz pos³ugiwaæ siê oknami. Z drugiej strony z za³o¿enia nie musi mieæ pojêcia o LaTeX-u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarz \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle u¿ywa notacji opisanej we -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wprowadzeniu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Je¶li go jeszcze nie przeczyta³e¶, zrób to teraz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powodem odsy³ania do innych rozdzia³ów osobnego podrêcznika jest lenistwo. Zespó³ LyX-a jest wystarczaj±co zajêty rozbudow± programu i usuwaniem b³êdów, ¿eby nie redagowaæ 5 identycznych wersji tej samej sekcji w 5 ró¿nych dokumenta ch. Zatem przeczytaj -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wprowadzenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , zawieraj±ce wszystko, co potrzebne na temat -\emph on +\emph on wszystkich -\emph toggle +\emph toggle podrêczników. Po powrocie podejmij lekturê od tego miejsca. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skoro ju¿ wiadomo, co oznaczaj± ró¿ne czcionki, opiszemy po krótce cel -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Czym -\emph on +\emph on jest -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Elementarz i czym -\emph on +\emph on nie jest -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Od Pioniera s³ów kilka\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto krótka notka -\emph toggle -\noun on +\emph toggle +\noun on John'a Weiss'a -\emph default -\noun default +\emph default +\noun default , pierwszego autora -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarza \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Pocz±tkowo mia³em szerokie plany co do -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarza \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle -\noun toggle +\emph toggle +\noun toggle . Lecz, tak jak w przypadku innych przedsiêwziêæ, rzeczywisto¶æ je zwe\SpecialChar \- ryfikowa³a. @@ -228,184 +266,222 @@ ryfikowa go do sensownego zakresu. Stwier\SpecialChar \- dzi³em równie¿, ¿e pokryje siê on w du¿ej mierze z -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Podrêcznikiem u¿ytkownika \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Po co dwa razy pisaæ to samo? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Tak czy inaczej, zacz±³em rozumieæ, ¿e ludzie najlepiej ucz± siê przez: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ogl±danie przyk³adów -\begin_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation lub -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate robienie rzeczy samemu. -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation Z ciê¿kim sercem wyrzuci³em jakie¶ 20 stron, które ju¿ napisa³em i zacz±³em od pocz±tku. Jedyn± pozosta³o¶ci± jest podrozdzia³ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ca³a reszta to przyk³ady i æwiczenia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Najlepsze wykorzystanie Elementarza -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zgodnie z zapowiedzi± John'a Weiss'a -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle sk³ada siê z æwiczeñ i przyk³adów. Aby jak najlepiej z niego skorzystaæ nale¿y przeczytaæ go, pisz±c po drodze wszystkie rzeczy, o które prosz± i wykonuj±c wszystkie æwiczenia. Dla wygody warto wydrukowaæ niniejszy dokument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podrozdzia³ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset jest pozosta³o¶ci± poprzedniej wersji -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarza \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle i cechuje go swoista bezpo¶rednio¶æ. Tym niemniej stanowi sympatyczne wprowadzenie do LyX-a i wyk³adniê idei tej aplikacji. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Czego -\emph on +\emph on nie -\emph default +\emph default znajdziecie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Instrukcji jak: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize pos³ugiwaæ siê mysz± -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize u¿ywaæ programu w X-Windows -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pos³ugiwaæ siê klawiatur± -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opanowanie powy¿szych umiejêtno¶ci jest konieczne i nie wchodzi w zakres tego podrêcznika. Spe³nia on za to mnóstwo innych zadañ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and occupational therapy ain't one of 'em! (Sarkastyczny styl orygina³u rozmija siê ze skromnymi mo¿liwo¶ciami t³umacza, jak równie¿ jego pogl±dem na rzetelny podrêcznik) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Prowadzenia za rêkê, protekcjonalno¶ci czy ³opatologii . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard To przecie¿ tylko program komputerowy, bez obaw ! Poza tym zak³adamy, ¿e czytelnik jest rozgarniêty. Mo¿e byæ zagubiony, zdezorientowany, ale nie g³upi. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Opisu wszystkich mo¿liwo¶ci LyX-a. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nie ma potrzeby powielania -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Podrêcznika u¿ytkownika \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Celem tego dokumentu jest wprowadzenie czytelnika na w³a¶ciwe obroty, tak by po jego przeczytaniu nie potrzebowa³ niczego poza -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Podrêcznikiem u¿ytkownika \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . Próba zawarcia informacji o wszystkich mo¿liwo¶ciach LyX-a w -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarzu \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default owocowa³aby jego chroniczn± nieaktualno¶ci±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nie znaczy to oczywi¶cie, ¿e nie zostan± przedstawione ¿adne z mo¿liwo¶ci LyX-a. @@ -416,39 +492,49 @@ Nie znaczy to oczywi kilku bardziej zaawansowanych funkcji, jak tryb formu³. [Naturalnie sposób pracy z formu³ami nie ulegnie istotnej zmianie. Byæ mo¿e zostanie udoskonalony, ale ca³kowita zmiana jest raczej niemo¿liwa.] -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Szczegó³owego obja¶nienia LaTeX-a. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Niepotrzebne. Chc±cym opanowaæ sztuczki z LaTeX-em polecamy ksi±¿ki na ten temat. Opublikowano ju¿ kilka dobrych tytu³ów. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Komu w drogê, temu czas. Mo¿na rzuciæ okiem na nastêpny podrozdzia³ lub przej¶æ wprost do podrozdzia³u \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Czym jest LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Przegl±d -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektórzy nowi u¿ytkownicy LyX-a maj± k³opoty z przestawieniem siê na w³a¶ciwe temu programowi podej¶cie do zagadnienia edycji tekstu. @@ -459,11 +545,11 @@ wanymi maszynami do pisania. ograniczenia. Podkre¶lanie, które sprowadza siê do nadpisywania wyrazów znakiem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , sta³o siê sposobem na wyró¿nienie tekstu. Aby utworzyæ tabele nale¿a³o najpierw okre¶liæ wielko¶æ ka¿dej kolumny, @@ -471,11 +557,15 @@ _ To samo dotyczy³o liczb i tekstu wyrównywanego do prawej. Dzielenie wyrazów u koñca linii wymaga³o wprawnego oka i zdolno¶ci przewidywani a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Innymi s³owy u¿ytkownicy nauczyli siê martwiæ detalami i rozmieszczeniem poszczególnych znaków. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W konsekwencji prawie wszystkie procesory tekstu powielaj± to podej¶cie. Wci±¿ u¿ywaj± tabulatorów celem uzyskania pustego miejsca. @@ -485,60 +575,66 @@ W konsekwencji prawie wszystkie procesory tekstu powielaj g³owi\SpecialChar \- cê w elektrycznej maszynie do pisania. Wiadomo w czym rzecz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu w³a¶nie LyX ró¿ni siê od pozosta³ych procesorów tekstu. Nie trzeba siê martwiæ po³o¿eniem ka¿dego znaku. U¿ytkownik okre¶la, -\emph on +\emph on co zamierza pisaæ -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a LyX troszczy siê o resztê, stosuj±c zestaw regu³ zwany -\emph on +\emph on stylem -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Oto przyk³ad: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za³ó¿my, ¿e piszesz raport. Aby go rozpocz±æ, potrzebujesz podrozdzia³u zwanego \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wprowadzenie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Otwierasz w swoim procesorze tekstu menu, które zmienia rozmiar czcionki i wybierasz odpowiedni± wielko¶æ. Nastêpnie wpisujesz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.___Wprowadzenie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Oczywi¶cie je¿eli zechcesz przenie¶æ dany podrozdzia³ w inne miejsce lub wstawiæ przed nim co¶ innego, musisz zadbaæ o zmianê numeracji, jak równie¿ zawarto¶ci spisu tre¶ci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W LyX-ie rozwijasz listê umieszczon± na lewym skraju paska zadañ, wybierasz pozycjê -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default i piszesz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wprowadzenie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tak, to wszystko. @@ -546,7 +642,9 @@ Wprowadzenie przenumerowany, gdziekolwiek siê znajdzie. Jest nawet sposób na automatyczn± aktualizacjê wszelkich odno¶ników do tego podrozdzia³u w obrêbie pliku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje jeszcze problem spójno¶ci. Po piêciu dniach ponownie otwierasz raport i zaczynasz czwarty podrozdzia³, @@ -559,7 +657,9 @@ szego. To komputer martwi siê o uci±¿liwe ksiêgowanie, jaki element ma jak± czcionkê, nie u¿ytkownik. W koñcu z tym komputery radz± sobie najlepiej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto inny przyk³ad. Za³ó¿my, ¿e tworzysz listê. @@ -570,34 +670,50 @@ Oto inny przyk i co ma zawieraæ. To wszystko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na tym polega podstawowa idea LyX-a: okre¶l co robisz, a nie jak to zrobiæ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ró¿nice miêdzy LyX-em a innymi edytorami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje ca³a gama sposobików z innych edytorów, które nie znajd± zastosowania w LyX-ie. Na pocz±tku mo¿e to irytowaæ. Nie szkodzi. Pozbycie siê niedobrych nawyków wymaga czasu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto ma³a lista rzeczy, których nie ma w LyX-ie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nies³awna linijka tabulatora, szeroko obecna we wspó³czesnych komercyjnych edytorach tekstu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulatory -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dodatkowe puste linie [uzyskiwane dwu- lub wiêcejkrotnym przyci¶niêciem Enter] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatory, które wraz z linijk± s³u¿± do wskazania po³o¿enia poszczególnych s³ów na stronie, s± w LyX-ie kompletnie bezu¿yteczne. @@ -607,39 +723,57 @@ Tabulatory, kt Co do odstêpów, samodzielne ich okre¶lanie to kompletny prze¿ytek. Odstêpy miêdzy liniami tekstu s± zmienne, tak jak odstêpy miêdzy s³owami. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Istniej± sposoby regulacji minimalnych i maksymalnych odstepów, lecz wymagaj± znajomo¶ci LaTeX-a. O tym potem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A to lista elementów obecnych w LyX-ie, lecz zachowuj±cych siê w sposób nieco odmienny od oczekiwanego: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sterowanie wciêciami -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Koñce stron -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Odstêpy miêdzy liniami -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Puste miejsca, poziome i pionowe -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Czcionki ró¿nych rozmiarów -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ró¿ne kszta³ty [wyt³uszczenie, kursywa, podkre¶lenie] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choæ wy¿ej wymienione wystêpuj± w LyX-ie, u¿ytkownik zasadniczo ich nie potrzebuje. @@ -651,29 +785,43 @@ Cho Jedynym wyj±tkiem s± odstêpy miêdzy liniami, gdzie mo¿na okre¶liæ odleg³o¶æ miêdzy akapitami, jak równie¿ miêdzy liniami w obrêbie akapitu. Choæ wiêkszo¶æ szczegó³ów znajduje siê w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , czytelnik zostanie ogólnie zapoznany z powy¿szymi mo¿liwo¶ciami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W koñcu istniej± obszary, w których LyX [i LaTeX] przewy¿sza zwyk³e edytory: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dzielenie i przenoszenie wyrazów -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Listy dowolnego rodzaju -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Formu³y matematyczne -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabele -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Odno¶niki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oczywi¶cie wiele nowoczesnych edytorów obs³uguje symbole matematyczne, tabele i przenoszenie wyrazów. @@ -682,12 +830,14 @@ Oczywi LaTeX z kolei funkcjonuje od ponad 10 lat i sprawdza siê. Przez ten czas usuniêto wszystkie b³êdy \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Wprawdzie nic nie jest doskona³e, ale LaTeX jest naprawdê bliski idea³u. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Co wiêcej, rzadko który z nowoczesnych edytorów obs³uguje po¶rednie odno¶niki, @@ -698,89 +848,99 @@ roz\SpecialChar \- dzia³ach. Inne, jako nieco bardziej zaawansowane, zostan± przedstawione pod koniec tego dokumentu lub w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Czym u licha jest LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX to system przygotowywania dokumentów zaprojektowany przez Leslie Lamport-a w 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¯ród³em informacji w tym podrozdziale jest \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , praca Helmuta Kopki i Patrick-a Daly, znajduj±ca siê w bibliografii -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LaTeX jest nak³adk± jêzyka typograficznego o nazwie TeX, stworzonego przez Donalda Knuth-a w 1984. \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset wymawia siê \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset tech \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wokó³ TeX-a naros³o sporo nieporozumieñ. TeX wykonuje sekwencje poleceñ zawarte w plikach ASCII. Rezultatem s± pliki w formacie \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sprzêtowo niezale¿nym \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , skrótowo (z angielska) \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dvi \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Plik taki mo¿na wys³aæ do dowolnego urz±dzenia obs³uguj±cego Dvi lub przetworzy æ na inny format, jak Postscript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gdyby TeX nie mia³ innych mo¿liwo¶ci, by³by niczym wiêcej ni¿ procesorem sk³adu drukarskiego. Jednak¿e TeX pozwala na definiownie makr. I tu zaczyna siê w³a¶ciwa akcja. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiêkszo¶æ u¿ytkowników TeX-a tak naprawdê u¿ywa pakietu makr stworzonych przez Knutha celem ukrycia szczegó³ów sk³adu. @@ -793,7 +953,9 @@ Wi Jego polecenia sk³adaj± rozdzia³y, tabele czy formu³y matematyczne w spójny, przystêpny sposób. Pakietem tym sta³ siê LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Odt±d, obok rozwoju LaTeX-a, inni u¿ytkownicy tworzyli w³asne pakiety makr, obs³uguj±ce prezentacje, artyku³y dla pism matematycznych itp. @@ -804,39 +966,45 @@ Odt wspiera u¿ycie nowych rodzajów czcionek itd. W gruncie rzeczy LaTeX sam w sobie jest ca³kiem rozbudowanym jêzykiem ! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ...i by³ nim równie¿ przed wersj± 2e, która jedynie poszerzy³a niektóre jego mo¿liwo¶ci. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard U¿ytkownicy na ca³ym ¶wiecie dodaj± swoje w³asne rozszerzenia do standardowych funkcji LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istniej± dwa sposoby rozszerzania LaTeX-a: klasy i style. -\emph on +\emph on Klasa -\emph toggle - to zbiór makr LaTeX-a i\SpecialChar ~ +\emph toggle + to zbiór makr LaTeX-a i\InsetSpace ~ TeX-a opisuj±cy nowy typ dokumentu, jak ksi±¿ka czy artyku³. Istniej± klasy dla prezentacji, pism fizycznych, matematycznych... niektóre uniwersytety maj± nawet w³asne klasy dla prac naukowych. -\emph on +\emph on Styl -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ró¿ni siê od klasy tym, ¿e nie definiuje nowego typu dokumentów, lecz -\emph on +\emph on zachowanie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ju¿ istniej±cych. Na przyk³ad LyX okre¶la marginesy stron i odstêpy miêdzy liniami w oparciu o dwa ró¿ne pliki stylów LaTeX-a. @@ -845,32 +1013,46 @@ zachowanie efektowne nag³ówki stron, w³asne bibliografie, zmianê po³o¿enia i wygl±du przypisów, tabel i rysunków, specjalne rodzaje list itd. itp. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto podsumowanie: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Jêzyk sk³adu drukarskiego u¿ywaj±cy makr. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Pakiet makr TeX-a\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klasa: Opis typu dokumentu w LaTeX-u\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 styl: Modyfikuje sposób dzia³ania LaTeX-a. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Graficzny WYSIWYM procesor tekstu u¿ywaj±cy LaTeX-a do drukowania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard U podstaw tego wszystkiego le¿y stary dobry TeX, tworz±cy pliki Dvi. Wiêkszo¶æ u¿ytkowników przekszta³ca te pliki na format Postscript, wysy³ane @@ -878,179 +1060,193 @@ U podstaw tego wszystkiego le Kr±¿± równie¿ pog³oski o urz±dzeniach, które naprawdê obs³uguj± format Dvi. Tak czy inaczej rozdzia³ niniejszy mia³ wyja¶niæ -\emph on +\emph on czemu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LyX dzia³a trochê inaczej od innych edytorów. Powód jest prosty: LyX u¿ywa LaTeX-a jako zaplecza drukarskiego i tak jak LaTeX koncentruje siê na zawarto¶ci dokumentu. To komputer zajmuje siê jego wizualn± stron±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I jeszcze jedno. LaTeX wymawia siê jak TeX --- czyli \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset latech \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Inna wymowa, a szczególnie taka, jak w nazwie materia³u szeroko stosowanego w przemy¶le gumowym, jest b³êdna. Z kolei \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset wymawia siê \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyks \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Albo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset laks \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , albo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset luks \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , zale¿nie od kraju pochodzenia u¿ytkownika\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Pierwsze kroki w LyX-ie -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pierwszy dokument w LyX-ie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Przed przyst±pieniem do pisania przyda siê kilka informacji u³atwiaj±cych pracê z -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarzem \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poniewa¿ nie ujêto w nim mnóstwa wiadomo¶ci, pierwsz± rzecz± jest umieæ dotrzeæ do innych plików z pomoc±. To na szczê¶cie jest do¶æ proste. Nale¿y uruchomiæ LyX-a, nastêpnie wybraæ -\family sans +\family sans Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Pomo -\bar under +\bar under c -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default . Mo¿na równie¿ wczytaæ -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (o ile nie ma go ju¿ na ekranie). W ten sposób mo¿na czytaæ je redaguj±c jednocze¶nie swój w³asny dokument \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Same podrêczniki mog± byæ jednocze¶nie dobrymi przyk³adami u¿ycia ró¿norodnych funkcji LyX-a. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Je¿eli otwarto wiêcej ni¿ jeden dokument to do prze³±czania miêdzy nimi s³u¿y menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumenty -\family default +\family default . -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle nie bêdzie obja¶nia³ szczegó³owo tematów opisanych w innych podrêcznikach. Mo¿e to na pocz±tku nieco utrudniæ lekturê, ale zapobiega rozdêciu -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarza \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zak³ada, ¿e dzia³a pe³na wersja LyX-a i LaTeX-a, xdvi lub inna przegl±darka dvi, dvips lub inny sposób konwersji dokumentu dvi do formatu Postscript, oraz drukarka. @@ -1058,386 +1254,428 @@ Elementarz Je¿eli który¶ z w/w warunków nie jest spe³niony trzeba bêdzie (np. z pomoc± administratora systemu) system nale¿ycie doposa¿yæ. Potrzebne informacje dostêpne s± w innych podrêcznikach. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ponadto napisano æwiczebny dokument LyX-a. Nazywa siê -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default i wygl±da, jakby zosta³ napisany przez kogo¶ nie maj±cego pojêcia o fantastyczn ych mo¿liwo¶ciach LyX-a. W miarê poznawania nowych funkcji programu nale¿y poprawiaæ odpowiednie fragmenty tego pliku. Zawiera on tak¿e wskazówki co do ulepszenia dokumentu. Drog± na skróty albo sprawdzeniem rezultatów pracy mo¿e byæ plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default , zawieraj±cy ten sam tekst, napisany i z³o¿ony przez eksperta. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pisanie, ogl±danie, drukowanie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Otwórz nowy plik poleceniem -\family sans +\family sans Nowy -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Plik -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Napisz zdanie, np.: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To mój pierwszy dokument w LyX-ie ! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard W porz±dku. Mo¿na wpisaæ cokolwiek. To naprawdê wszystko jedno. Przepraszamy za powy¿szy przyk³ad, jak równie¿ za pozosta³e zdania, o wpisanie których poprosimy w przysz³o¶ci. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zapisz dokument poleceniem -\family sans +\family sans Zapisz -\bar under +\bar under j -\bar default +\bar default ako -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Plik\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uruchom LaTeX-a celem utworzenia pliku dvi, u¿ywaj±c polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Obejrzyj jako -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default z podmenu -\family sans +\family sans Pod -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default l±d -\family default +\family default w menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default . LyX uruchomi kdvi (lub inn± przegl±darkê dvi), co otworzy nowe okno przedstawia j±ce wygl±d dokumentu na wydruku \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dobrym pomys³em oszczêdzaj±cym czas jest pozostawienie otwartego okna kdvi po obejrzeniu dokumentu. Nastêpnym razem wystarczy u¿yæ polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Aktualizuj DVI -\family default +\family default z podmenu -\family sans +\family sans Podgl±d -\family default +\family default , by móc du¿o szybciej ujrzeæ dokument w kdvi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Wydrukuj dokument poleceniem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rukuj -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default , po naci¶niêciu OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gratulacje ! Napisa³e¶ i wydrukowa³e¶ Twój pierwszy dokument w LyX-ie. Ca³a reszta to tylko szczegó³y, opisane w -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Elementarzu \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Opisie poleceñ \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Proste operacje -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W LyX-ie mo¿na wykonaæ wiêkszo¶æ czynno¶ci znanych z innych procesorów tekstu. Przenosi on automatycznie s³owa czy robi wciêcia w akapitach. Otwórz kilka menu by przekonaæ siê, ¿e wiêkszo¶æ prostych poleceñ jest na swoim miejscu (np. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default yj¶cie -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default klej -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default rukuj -\family default +\family default ) pod nazwami jakich mog³e¶ oczekiwaæ, i zachowuje siê zgodnie z przewidywaniami. Poni¿ej znajduje siê krótki opis innych funkcji: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Cofnij LyX posiada \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset nieograniczone cofniêcie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , co oznacza , ¿e mo¿na cofn±æ wszystkie zmiany dokonane od otwarcia dokumentu u¿ywaj±c polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ofnij -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja -\family default +\family default . Je¶li cofn±³e¶ siê zbyt g³êboko polecenie Przywróæ z tego samego menu naprawi b³±d. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Wytnij/Wklej/Kopiuj Polecenia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja->Wy -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default nij -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja-> -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default klej -\family default +\family default i -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja-> -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opiuj -\family default +\family default s³u¿± -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default do wycinania wklejania i kopiowania. Automatyczne wklejanie zaznaczonego tekstu odbywa siê za pomoc± ¶rodkowego przycisku myszy. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Znajd¼/Zast±p Polecenie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dycja-> -\bar under +\bar under Z -\bar default -najd¼\SpecialChar ~ -i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +najd¼\InsetSpace ~ +i\InsetSpace ~ zast±p -\family default +\family default s³u¿y do przeszu\SpecialChar \- kiwania z uwzglêdnieniem wielko¶ci liter. W oknie polecenia strza³ki w przód i w ty³ okre¶laj± kierunek szukania, a przycisk -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default +\bar default ast±p -\family default +\family default powoduje zast±pienie znalezionych s³ów. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Po zakoñczeniu zamknij okno, lub je¶li to wygodniejsze, zostaw je otwarte. Wiêkszo¶æ okien w LyX-ie --- w³±cznie z -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under Z -\bar default -najd¼j\SpecialChar ~ -i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +najd¼j\InsetSpace ~ +i\InsetSpace ~ zast±p -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Spisem\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Spisem\InsetSpace ~ tre¶ci -\family default +\family default i -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³adem -\family default +\family default , jak równie¿ ró¿nymi oknami fromu³---daje siê wys³aæ w t³o bez konieczno¶ci zamykania. Klika okien, jak -\bar under +\bar under -\family sans +\family sans P -\bar default +\bar default lik-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default twórz -\family default +\family default wymaga zamkniêcia przed wpisaniem czegokolwiek w oknie g³ównym. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description -Formatowanie\SpecialChar ~ +Formatowanie\InsetSpace ~ znaków Tekst mo¿e byæ -\emph on +\emph on wyró¿niony -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (z regu³y kursyw±), -\series bold +\series bold wyt³uszczony -\series default +\series default lub napisany jako -\noun on +\noun on nazwa w³asna -\noun toggle +\noun toggle (zwykle kapitalikami, np. nazwiska) za pomoc± prze³±czalnych przycisków z menu Uk³ad. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Pasek\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Pasek\InsetSpace ~ narzêdzi Poni¿ej menu znajduje siê pasek narzêdzi, u³atwiaj±cy wykonanie najpopularniejszych poleceñ, takich jak Wklej i Drukuj. Je¶li kursor myszy znajdzie siê na d³u¿ej nad przyciskiem z paska zadañ, pojawi siê ma³a ¿ó³ta podpowied¼ funkcji tego przycisku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naturalnie jak dot±d nie napisa³e¶ tak du¿o, by skorzystaæ z wiêkszo¶ci tych funkcji. W miarê postêpów jednak próbuj cofania, wklejania itd. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: puste miejsca w LyX-ie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jedn± z najtrudniejszych dla nowego u¿ytkownika nowinek jest sposób w jaki LyX obchodzi siê z pustymi miejscami. @@ -1447,29 +1685,31 @@ WYSIWYM: puste miejsca w LyX-ie Klawisz Tab nie przesuwa kursora do nastêpnego tabulatora - tak naprawdê nie ma tabulatorów! Brak linijki u szczytu strony, która pozwala³aby na ustawienie marginesów lub tabulatorów. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wiele komercyjnych edytorów bazuje na zasadzie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle WYSIWYG --- What You See Is What You Get (Dostajesz to, co widzisz). LyX z kolei spe³nia zasadê \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (Dostajesz to, o co ci chodzi). Wpisujesz tre¶æ, a LyX sk³ada j± tak, ¿eby ca³o¶æ mia³a ³adny wygl±d. Naci¶niêcie -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default w sensie gramatycznym rozdziela akapity, za¶ spacja s³owa, tak wiêc nie ma sensu powielanie ich obok siebie; tabulator nie ma ¿adnej funkcji gramatyczn ej, zatem LyX go nie u¿ywa. @@ -1478,16 +1718,18 @@ ej, zatem LyX go nie u Przejrzyj podrozdzia³ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset celem lepszego poznania zasady WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX posiada wiele metod na dopasowanie formatu dokumentu do potrzeb. Ostatecznie LyX niekoniecznie musi wygenerowaæ -\emph on +\emph on dok³adnie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle to, o co chodzi. Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika opisuje szczegó³owo te metody. Nale¿± do nich wype³nienia poziome i pionowe --- bardziej skuteczne i wszechstr @@ -1497,10 +1739,14 @@ onne ni na koñcu. Standardowe edytory wymagaj± rozpraszanie siê formatowaniem w trakcie powstawan ia dokumentu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ¦rodowiska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ró¿ne czê¶ci dokumentu pe³ni± ró¿n± funkcjê; czê¶ci te nazwiemy ¶rodowiskami. Dokument sk³ada siê w wiêkszo¶ci ze zwyk³ego tekstu. @@ -1509,15 +1755,17 @@ R Pewne typy dokumentów wymagaj± specjalnych ¶rodowisk. Artyku³ bêdzie wymaga³ streszczenia i tytu³u. List ich nie potrzebuje, ale zawiera zapewne ¶rodowisko dla adresu nadawcy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska stanowi± wa¿ny sk³adnik LyX-owego has³a \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset dostajesz, o co Ci chodzi \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ¦rodowisko mo¿e okre¶laæ styl, rozmiar czcionki, rodzaj wciêæ akapitu, @@ -1528,267 +1776,299 @@ dostajesz, o co Ci chodzi kursywy; w ró¿nych jêzykach ró¿nie wygl±daj± wciêcia akapitów, w du¿ym zakresie zmieniaj± siê tak¿e standardy bibliografii. LyX pomaga unikn±æ konieczno¶ci uczenia siê tych ró¿nych stylów formatowania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lista ¶rodowisk znajduje siê w lewym rogu paska narzêdzi (pod menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik -\family default +\family default ) i wskazuje bie¿±ce ¶rodowisko. Rozpoczêcie pracy w ka¿dym dokumencie nastêpuje w ¶rodowisku \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , domy¶lnym dla tekstu. Tytu³em æwiczenia u¿yj kilku ró¿nych ¶rodowisk w pisanym przez siebie dokumenci e. W tym celu wybierz konkretne ¶rodowisko klikaj±c na strza³ce w dó³ umieszczonej przy prawym brzegu rozwijalnej listy ¶rodowisk. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sekcje i podrozdzia³y -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napisz s³owo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Wprowadzenie -\family default +\family default w pierwszej linijce nowego dokumentu LyX-a i wybierz ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default z listy ¶rodowisk \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nie musisz -\emph on +\emph on zaznaczaæ -\emph toggle +\emph toggle linijki. Je¶li niczego nie zaznaczy³e¶ LyX zmienia ¶rodowisko akapitu, w którym znajduje siê kursor. ¦rodowisko kilku akapitów naraz mo¿e zostaæ zmienione przez zaznaczenie ich przed wyborem nowego ¶rodowiska. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX nadaje podrozdzia³owi numer \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i sk³ada tytu³ podrozdzia³u wiêksz± czcionk±. (Oczywi¶cie tytu³ ten zostanie prawid³owo z³o¿ony w pliku dvi lub na wydruku.) Nastêpnie naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Zauwa¿, ¿e zawarto¶æ listy ¶rodowisk zmieni³a siê z \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset z powrotem na \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tytu³y podrozdzia³ów, jak wiêkszo¶æ ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê automatycznie wraz z naci¶niêciem Return.. Wpisz klika s³ów wprowadzenia: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code To jest wprowadzenie do mojego pierwszego dokumentu w LyX-ie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ponownie i jeszcze raz wybierz -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default z listy ¶rodowisk. LyX wstawi \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i czeka na dalszy ci±g. Wpisz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Takie tam -\family default +\family default i zauwa¿, ¿e LyX ponownie sk³ada tekst jako tytu³ podrozdzia³u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To nie koniec. Id¼ na koniec pierwszego podrozdzia³u (po: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mojego pierwszego dokumentu w LyX-ie -\family default +\family default ) i naci¶nij Return raz jeszcze, nastêpnie wybieraj±c ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . LyX znowu wstawia \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset czekaj±c na ci±g dalszy. Napisz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O tym dokumencie -\family default +\family default . Podrozdzia³ \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Takie tam \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , który mia³ numer 2, zosta³ automatycznie przenumerowany na 3! W stylu prawdziwego WYSIWYM twoim jedynym zadaniem jest wskazanie fragmentów, które bêd± tytu³ami, a LyX zajmuje siê ich numeracj± i sk³adem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naci¶nij Return aby powróciæ do ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default i wpisz nastêpuj±ce piêæ zdañ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Podrozdzia³y i sekcje zosta³y opisane poni¿ej. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Opis Podrozdzia³u -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Podrozdzia³y s± wiêksze ni¿ sekcje. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Opis sekcji -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sekcje s± mniejsze ni¿ podrozdzia³y. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknij na drugiej linijce i wybierz ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . LyX oznaczy sekcjê \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , i z³o¿y j± czcionk± wiêksz± od normalnego tekstu lecz mniejsz± od tytu³u podrozdzia³u. Zmieñ ¶rodowisko czwartej linijki na -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . Zgodnie z przewidywaniami LyX nada³ jej numer \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Gdyby wstawiæ jeszcze jeden podrozdzia³ przed podrozdzia³em 2, zosta³by on przenumerowany na 3 i sekcje nosi³y by numery \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kolejne poziomy zawieraj± -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans i Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Przetrenuj je na w³asn± rêkê. Byæ mo¿e zauwa¿ysz, ¿e nag³ówki akapitów i podakapitów nie s± numerowane i ¿e podakapity s± wcinane. Je¶li chcesz to zmieniæ przeczytaj -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Tytu³y rozdzia³ów --- ¶rodowisko Chapter --- s± najwy¿szym poziomem, powy¿ej podrozdzia³ów, ale mo¿na ich u¿ywaæ tylko w niektórych typach (klasach) dokumentów LyX-a (patrz podrozdzia³ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¿eli nie chcesz numerowanych rozdzia³ów i podrozdzia³ów, u¿yj odpowiednich ¶rodowisk. @@ -1796,138 +2076,168 @@ Je nadaje tytu³owi podrozdzia³u te same atrybuty ale bez numerowania go. Istniej± odpowiednie ¶rodowiska \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset z gwiazdk± \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset dla -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans i Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Zmieñ ¶rodowiska niektórych sekcji na ich odpowiedniki \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset z gwiazdk± \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i zwróæ uwagê na zmianê numeracji pozosta³ych sekcji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Popraw tytu³y sekcji i podrozdzia³ów w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Znajdziesz ten dokument w katalogu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default . Wykonaj polecenie Plik->Otwórz i naci¶nij Przyk³ady. - Otwórz dokument i zachowaj go poleceniem Plik->Zapisz\SpecialChar ~ + Otwórz dokument i zachowaj go poleceniem Plik->Zapisz\InsetSpace ~ jako w swoim katalogu jako kopiê robocz±. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listy i podlisty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX dysponuje szeregiem ró¿nych ¶rodowisk do sk³adu list. ¦rodowiska te uwalniaj± u¿ytkownika od uci±¿liwego naciskania Tab milion razy lub przenumerowywania listy za ka¿dym razem gdy wstawia co¶ w ¶rodek, pozwalaj±c mu skoncentrowaæ siê na zawarto¶ci \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tak, przesadzamy z ci±g³ym podkre¶laniem tego faktu w -\emph on +\emph on Elementarzu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Ale na tym polega LyX, wiêc prosimy o wyrozumia³o¶æ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Ró¿ne listy wymagaj± odpowiednich ¶rodowisk: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Lista z wierszami rozpoczynanymi znaczkiem --- ¶rodowisko Itemize --- nadaje siê do prezentacji celem opisania poszczególnych punktów. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Numerowane listy i podlisty ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default by³yby w³a¶ciwe w streszczeniu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokument opisuj±cy pakiety oprogramowania mo¿e u¿ywaæ ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , w którym ka¿da pozycja listy rozpoczyna siê wyt³uszczonym drukiem. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ¦rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- nieobecne w LaTeX-u --- to trochê inna forma ¶rodowiska -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wypisz listê powodów, dla których LyX jest lepszy ni¿ inne edytory . W dowolnym miejscu dokumentu napisz: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LyX jest lepszy ni¿ inne edytory, poniewa¿: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard i naci¶nij Return. Teraz wybierz -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default z listy ¶rodowisk. LyX postawi znaczek (konkretnie znak mno¿enia, który zostanie wydrukowany jako kó³ko). Wylicz swoje argumenty i naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Robi za ciebie sk³ad drukarski. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Formu³y tworzy w trybie WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Bardzo ³atwo tworzy listy! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¦rodowiska list, w przeciwieñstwie do tytu³ów nie koñcz± siê wraz z przyci¶niêci em Return. @@ -1935,191 +2245,215 @@ em Return. Powy¿szy przyk³ad utworzy zatem listê trzech argumentów. Je¶li która¶ z pozycji listy ma mieæ wiêcej ni¿ jeden akapit, nale¿y u¿yæ bezpiecznego koñca linii, uzyskiwanego przyci¶niêciem -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default -\emph toggle +\family default +\emph toggle . Aby zakoñczyæ listê, nale¿y ponownie wybraæ ¶rodowisko Standard z listy ¶rodowisk (lub kombinacj± klawiszy -\family sans -\emph default -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph default +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Powsta³a piêkna lista argumentów. Mo¿na obejrzeæ jak LaTeX poradzi sobie z wydrukiem. Ale jak uzyskaæ numeracjê argumentów? Po prostu zaznacz ca³± listê \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX nie pozwoli na zaznaczenie pierwszego znaczka, o ile nie zostanie zaznaczony akapit przed list±, co akurat nie jest potrzebne. Podobnie nie mo¿na zaznaczyæ numeru postawionego przed tytu³em rozdzia³u. Nie szkodzi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset i z listy ¶rodowisk wybierz -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Voila ! Jak wspomniano, LyX troszczy siê o numeracjê listy w przypadku dodania lub wstawienia pozycji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li lista jest wci±¿ zaznaczona mo¿na wypróbowaæ pozosta³e dwa ¶rodowiska, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . W obu lista sk³ada siê z has³a -- pierwszego s³owa danej pozycji oraz nastêpuj± cej po nim definicji, która tworzy resztê akapitu (a¿ do naci¶niêcia -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ). Has³o jest wyt³uszczone ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) lub odseparowane \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset tabulatorem \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ale jest to tabulator drukarski, a nie ¿a³osny, ograniczony, niereformowalny tabulator maszyny do pisania. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) od reszty akapitu. Has³o sk³adaj±ce siê z wiêcej ni¿ jednego s³owa mo¿na uzyskaæ rozdzielaj±c jego sk³adniki tward± spacj±, wstawian± naci¶niêciem -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default i wy¶wietlan± jako ma³e, ró¿owe \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Sformatuj listy z pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Listy mo¿na zagnie¿d¿aæ na wszelkie mo¿liwe sposoby. Narzucaj±cym siê przyk³adem by³oby pisanie planu. Listy numerowane i ze znaczkami maj± ró¿ne sposoby numerowania i oznaczania podlist. W -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle mo¿na znale¼æ szczegó³owy opis ró¿nych typów list, jak równie¿ przyk³ady z u¿yciem -\emph on +\emph on mnóstwa -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zagnie¿d¿eñ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inne ¶rodowiska: Verses, Quotations, i inne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istniej± dwa ¶rodowiska wyró¿niaj±ce cytaty z otaczaj±cego tekstu: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default dla krótkich, a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default dla d³ugich cytatów. Programy komputerowe (¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , u¿ywane równie¿ w Elementarzu w przyk³adach d³u¿szych tekstów) pisane s± czcionk± maszynow±.; ¶rodowisko to jest jedynym w LyX-ie, gdzie mo¿na u¿ywaæ wielokrotnych spacji celem formatowania kodu. Do pisania poezji s³u¿y ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Verse \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard nie wspominaj±c o odrobinie talentu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , z klawiszem Return -\family default +\family default rozdzielaj±cym strofy, a -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default linijki wewn±trz strofy. -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle drobiazgowo opisuje wszystkie dostêpne ¶rodowiska. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : U¿yj ¶rodowisk -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default celem poprawnego sformatowania pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Pisanie dokumentów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zadaniem poprzedniego rozdzia³u by³o wdro¿enie u¿ytkownika do pisania tekstów w LyX-ie. @@ -2132,18 +2466,24 @@ i. Zostan± wprowadzone klasy tekstu, pozwalaj±ce na pisanie ró¿nych typów dokumentów, oraz dodatki, które stanowi± o ró¿nicy miêdzy tekstem, a dokumentem , takie jak tytu³y, przypisy, odsy³acze, bibliografie i spisy tre¶ci. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Klasy tekstu i wzorce: pisanie listów -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ró¿ne typy dokumentów wymagaj± ró¿nego formatowania. Na przyk³ad ksi±¿ki zasadniczo s± drukowane na obu stronach kartki, za¶ @@ -2152,62 +2492,70 @@ R nadawcy i podpis, którenie maj± sensu w ksi±¿ce czy artykule. Klasy tekstu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Dla u¿ytkowników LaTeX-a: ekwiwalent latexowej -\emph on +\emph on documentclass -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset w LyX-ie s³u¿± do opisu tych zasadniczych ró¿niæ miêdzy typami dokumentów. Ten -\emph on +\emph on Elementarz -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zosta³ napisany w klasie -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . Klasy to kolejny element WYSIWYM; informuj± LyX-a jak sk³adaæ dokument, uwalniaj±c od tego u¿ytkownika. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Twój dokument jest prawdopodobnie klasy -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To domy¶lna klasa, chyba ¿e j± zmieniæ w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Spróbuj zmieniæ klasê u¿ywaj±c listy klas w oknie polecenia Uk³ad->Dokument -\family default +\family default , celem obejrzenia ró¿nic w formatowaniu dokumentów. Je¶li zmienisz klasê swojego dokumentu na -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default i obejrzysz listê ¶rodowisk, zauwa¿ysz, ¿e wiêkszo¶æ z nich nie uleg³a zmianie. Dodatkowo pojawi siê ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . W razie w±tpliwo¶ci, czy dane ¶rodowisko istnieje w klasie najlepiej zajrzeæ na listê ¶rodowisk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rozmiary czcionek, druk jedno- lub dwukolumnowy, nag³ówki stron to mo¿liwe ró¿nice miêdzy formatami czasopism. @@ -2217,17 +2565,31 @@ Rozmiary czcionek, druk jedno- lub dwukolumnowy, nag LyX równie¿ je akceptuje. Na przyk³ad LyX obs³uguje format (i dodatkowe ¶rodowiska) dla biuletynu Amerykañskiego Towarzystwa Matematycznego stosuj±c klasê -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oto bardzo krótki zestaw niektórych klas. Jak zwykle Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika zawiera brakuj±ce szczegó³y: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2238,140 +2600,182 @@ Oto bardzo kr \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nazwa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Uwagi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard druk jednostronny, bez rozdzia³ów -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard uk³ad i ¶rodowiska dla American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d³u¿szy ni¿ article, druk dwustronny -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report + dodatki z przodu i z ty³u -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slajdy (z FoilTeX-em w³±cznie) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter \lang english -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard list---mnóstwo dodatkowych ¶rodowisk dla adresu, podpisu\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Wzorce: pisanie listu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jedn± z najbardziej popularnych klas tekstu jest Letter (list). Nowy list mo¿na rozpocz±æ tworz±c nowy plik poleceniem Nowy, i wybieraj±c @@ -2382,54 +2786,60 @@ Jedn Dlatego LyX posiada wzorzec listu, bêd±cy przyk³adowym listem. Posiadaj±c wzorzec mo¿na po prostu zast±piæ jego fragmenty w³asnym tekstem kiedy pisze siê w³asny list. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Utwórz nowy plik poleceniem Plik->Nowy ze wzorca. Po podaniu nazwy nowego pliku, w oknie Wybierz wzorzec wybierz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex_letter.lyx -\family default +\family default . Zapisz i wydrukuj plik celem obejrzenia formatu poszczególnych ¶rodowisk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na li¶cie ¶rodowisk znajduje siê teraz kilka pozycji w³±cznie ze ¶rodowiskiem -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default (mój adres), których nie ma w innych klasach. Inne ¶rodowiska jak -\family sans +\family sans Quote czy Description -\family default +\family default , s± ju¿ znane. Warto wypróbowaæ ich dzia³anie. Mo¿na np. zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default rozpoczyna siê s³owem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset na czerwono przed w³a¶ciwym podpisem. S³owo to nie poka¿e siê na wydruku. Istnieje tylko w celu pokazania miejsca podpisu. Niewa¿ne zreszt±, gdzie to ¶rodowisku znajduje siê w pliku. Nale¿y pamiêtaæ, ¿e LyX jest WYSIWYM; ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default mo¿e byæ wstawione gdziekolwiek, ale LyX sprawi, ¿e na wydruku zostanie umieszczone na koñcu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wzorzec jest normalnym plikiem LyX-a. Oznacza to, ¿e mo¿esz wstawiæ swój adres i podpis i zapisaæ tak zmieniony @@ -2438,85 +2848,99 @@ Wzorzec jest normalnym plikiem LyX-a. Nie proponujemy tu ¿adnego szczególnego æwiczenia. Po prostu napisz do kogo¶ list \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jedno ostrze¿enie. Je¶li wykasujesz ca³y tekst ze ¶rodowiska np. wykasujesz ca³e pole -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default celem wpisania w³asnego adresu i przemie¶cisz kursor nic nie wpisuj±c, ryzykujesz znikniêcie ¶rodowiska. Dzieje siê tak , poniewa¿ ¶rodowisko nie mo¿e istnieæ bez tekstu. Aby je odzyskaæ nale¿y wybraæ je ponownie z listy ¶rodowisk. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tytu³y dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tytu³ (który mo¿e sk³adaæ siê z w³a¶ciwego tytu³u, autora, a nawet streszczenia) jest uwa¿any w LyX-ie (podobnie jak w LaTeX-u) za osobn± czê¶æ dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wróæ do swojego pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx i -\family default +\family default upewnij siê -\family typewriter +\family typewriter , -\family default +\family default ¿e u¿ywa klasy -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . Wpisz tytu³ w pierwszej linijce, i zmieñ ¶rodowisko na -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default . W nastêpnej linijce wpisz swoje imiê i nazwisko i ustaw ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . W nastêpnej linijce napisz datê w ¶rodowisku -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Napisz ze dwa akapity podsumowuj±ce zawarto¶æ dokumentu w ¶rodowisku -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Teraz obejrzyj wydruk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Popraw tytu³, datê i autora -\family typewriter +\family typewriter w example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Etykiety i odno¶niki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zaetykietowaæ mo¿na podrozdzia³ (albo sekcjê, czy te¿, rzadziej, pop prostu kawa³ek tekstu) w dowolnym dokumencie. @@ -2528,168 +2952,192 @@ Etykiety i odno odno¶ników. Automatyczne etykiety i odno¶niki to jedna z najwiêkszych zalet LyX-a (i LaTeX-a) w porównaniu do zwyk³ych edytorów. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Pierwsza etykieta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oznaczmy nasz drugi podrozdzia³ zatytu³owany \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tym dokumencie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Kliknij na koñcu linijki tytu³u podrozdzia³u i u¿yj polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw->Etykietê -\family default +\family default . W oknie wpisz nazwê podrozdzia³u: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:o_dok -\family default +\family default , która wygl±da na dobre opisowe oznaczenie, niekoliduj±ce z ewentualnymi innymi nazwami etykiet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Piszemy \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bo mo¿na etykietowaæ tak¿e równania. tabele i rysunki. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Po naci¶niêciu OK nazwa etykiety zostanie umieszczona w prostok±cie obok tytu³u podrozdzia³u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sk±din±d etykieta mog³aby byæ wstawiona w dowolnym miejscu w ¶rodku podrozdzia³u. Odno¶niki do podrozdzia³u wskazuj± na ostatni podrozdzia³ lub sekcjê, której tytu³ znajduje siê przed etykiet±. Umieszczenie jej w linijce tytu³u (czy w pierwszej linijce tekstu) zapewnia odwo³anie do pocz±tku podrozdzia³u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak dot±d niewiele siê zmieni³o --- plik -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default wygl±da dok³adnie jak wygl±da³, poniewa¿ etykiety nie pojawiaj± siê na wydruku. Tym niemniej je¶li do³o¿ono etykietê, to mo¿na siê do niej odwo³aæ za pomoc± odno¶nika. Zrobimy to w nastêpnym kroku. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Pierwszy odno¶nik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Umie¶æ kursor w dowolnym miejscu swojego dokumentu. Napisz: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Je¶li chcesz zasiêgn±æ wiêcej informacji o tym dokumencie,zobacz podrozdzia³ , który rozpoczyna siê na stronie . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nastêpnie --- z kursorem po s³owie podrozdzia³ --- u¿yj polecenia -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw->Odno¶nik -\family default +\family default . Otworzy siê okno -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odno¶nik -\family default +\family default , pokazuj±c listê mo¿liwych etykiet. W tej chwili powinna byæ tylko jedna: \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:o_dokumencie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Wybierz j± i kliknij na -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odno¶nik -\family default +\family default . Teraz przesuñ kursor za s³owo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset stronie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i kliknij na -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ -numer\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ +numer\InsetSpace ~ strony -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odno¶nik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX wstawia odno¶nik do prostok±ta w miejscu kursora. Na wydruku prostok±t z odno¶nikiem zostanie zast±piony numerem podrozdzia³u, wzglêdnie strony ( w zale¿no¶ci co wskaza³e¶ w oknie -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odno¶nik -\family default +\family default ). Dla wygody odno¶niki dzia³aj± jak hiper³±cza w trakcie edycji dokumentu LyX-a; klikniêcie na nich przenosi kursor do wskazywanej etykiety. U¿yj polecenia -\family sans -Plik->Podgl±d->Obejrzyj\SpecialChar ~ -jako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Plik->Podgl±d->Obejrzyj\InsetSpace ~ +jako\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default aby zobaczyæ, ¿e na ostatniej stronie odsy³amy do \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset podrozdzia³u 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset strony 1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset (czy innej, na której akurat jest tytu³ 2. podrozdzia³u). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Wiêcej o etykietach -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wspomniano o obs³udze numerowania odno¶ników przez LyX-a; teraz mo¿na j± przetestowaæ. @@ -2697,49 +3145,53 @@ Wspomniano o obs Uaktualnij podgl±d --- voilà! --- odno¶nik zmieni³ numer na 3! Zmieñ ¶rodowisko \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tym dokumencie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset na -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default , a odno¶nik wska¿e sekcjê 2.1 zamiast podrozdzia³u 3. Odno¶nik do strony nie zmieni siê oczywi¶cie tak d³ugo, a¿ nie wpiszesz ca³ej strony tekstu przed wskazywan± etykiet±. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W ramach poszerzonych æwiczeñ spróbuj wstawiæ etykietê \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:moja_etykieta \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset w miejsce pierwszego odno¶nika i umie¶æ w innym miejscu dokumentu odno¶nik do niej. Podczas czêstego wstawiania odno¶ników warto zostawiæ otwarte okno -\family sans - Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odno¶nik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¿eli chcesz sprawdziæ, czy odno¶niki wy¶wietlaj± prawid³owe strony we wiêkszych dokumentach, skopiuj kilka stron z -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznika u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default i wklej po¿yczony tekst do swojego dokumentu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Skopiowanie tytu³u rozdzia³u mo¿e spowodowaæ b³±d LyX-a, poniewa¿ rozdzia³y nie s± dozwolone w klasie Article. @@ -2747,410 +3199,476 @@ Skopiowanie tytu Je¶li chcesz wiedzieæ, czemu tak siê dzieje, zobacz podrozdzia³ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Popraw odno¶niki w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Przypisy i notatki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przypisy s± dodawane za pomoc± przycisku -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ przypis \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przycisk oznaczony jest strza³k± wskazuj±c± przypis -\end_inset +\end_layout - z paska narzêdzi lub poleceniem Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + + z paska narzêdzi lub poleceniem Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ przypis -\family default +\family default . Kliknij na koñcu s³owa \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset gdzie¶ w dokumencie i naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ przypis -\family default +\family default . Poni¿ej bie¿±cej linijki otworzy siê linijka przypisu. Przy jej lewym koñcu jest s³owo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset napisane czerwonym kolorem na szarym tle. Reszta linijki jest okolona czerwon± lini±.; tu w³a¶nie nale¿y wpisaæ tekst przypisu. Kursor powinien znajdowaæ siê na pocz±tku tej linijki. Napisz -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX jest procesorem tekstu dokonuj±cym sk³adu drukarskiego. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz kliknij na s³owie \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Linijka przypisu zniknê³a pozostawiaj±c s³owo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset zapisane jako czerwony indeks górny, pokazuj±c gdzie na wydruku znajdzie siê przypis; nazwiemy to \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset zwijaniem \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset przypisu. Mo¿na j± tak¿e w ka¿dej chwili rozwin±æ przez klikniêcie na czerwonym znaczku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿na zapytaæ, czemu przypis pokazywany jest jako czerwony indeks, a nie jako liczba. Dzieje siê tak, gdy¿ LyX zajmuje siê numerowaniem przypisów -\emph on +\emph on na wydrukach -\emph default +\emph default , o czym mo¿esz siê przekonaæ ogl±daj±c plik dvi (lub wydruk). Dodanie nowego przypisu powoduje odpowiednie przenumerowanie ju¿ istniej±cych. Poniewa¿ LyX (a w³a¶ciwie LaTeX) radzi sobie z tym na bie¿±co, nie ma potrzeby zapisywania numerów przypisów w pliku LyX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Przypis mo¿e byæ wycinany i wklejany tak jak zwyk³y tekst. Przekonaj siê o tym sam ! Wystarczy zaznaczyæ znaczek przypisu, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Byæ mo¿e ³atwiej zaznaczyæ go przy pomocy klawiszy. Zaznaczaj±c znaczek stopki mysz± mo¿na przypadkiem otworzyæ stopkê. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset poczym wyci±æ go i wkleiæ. Poza tym mo¿na zamieniæ w przypis zwyk³y tekst, zaznaczaj±c go i naciskaj±c przycisk -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ przypis -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Przycisk Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +Przycisk Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ notatkê dodaje notatki na marginesach \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Przycisk przedstawia strza³kê wskazuj±c± kolumnê tekstu na marginesie i powinien znajdowaæ siê po prawej stronie przycisku -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ stopkê -\family default +\family default na pasku narzêdzi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , co osi±gn±æ mo¿na równie¿ poleceniem -\family sans +\family sans Wstaw->Notatkê -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Notatki zachowuj± siê jak przypisy, z tym ¿e: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize znaczki na ekranie maj± napis \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset zamiast \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize notatki pojawi± siê na marginesie, a nie pod tekstem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize notatki nie s± numerowane -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kiedy notatka jest zwiniêta, na marginesie pojawia siê wykrzyknik, który nie poka¿e siê na wydruku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zmieñ swój przypis o LyX-ie z powrotem w tekst, a nastêpnie w notatkê. Obejrzyj plik dvi aby zobaczyæ jak wygl±da taka notatka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Popraw przypis w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografie zachowuj± siê podobnie do odno¶ników. Bibliografia zawiera listê odsy³aczy do literatury na koñcu dokumentu, do których mo¿na siê odwo³ywaæ w tek¶cie. Podobnie jak tytu³y podrozdzia³ów pozycje bibliografii s± przez LyX-a i LaTeX-a automatycznie numerowane, jak równie¿ odwo³ania do nich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Id¼ na koniec dokumentu i ustaw ¶rodowisko -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Teraz ka¿dy akapit bêdzie pozycj± bibliografii. Napisz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Elementarz LyX-a, Zespó³ Dokumentacji LyX-a -\family default +\family default jako swoj± pierwsz± pozycjê. Zauwa¿, ¿e LyX automatycznie umieszcza numer w prostok±cie przed ka¿d± pozycj±. Kliknij na takim numerze, aby otworzyæ okno -\family sans -Pozycja\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pozycja\InsetSpace ~ bibliografii -\family default +\family default . Pierwsze z pól, edycyjnych, -\family sans +\family sans Klucz -\family default +\family default , s³u¿y do odwo³añ z tekstu dokumentu LyX-a. Domy¶lnie jest on liczb±. Wpisz w to pole \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset celem ³atwiejszego zapamiêtania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Znajd¼ teraz w swoim dokumencie jakie¶ miejsce do umieszczenia odwo³ania do literatury. Wstaw je za pomoc± -\family sans -Wstaw->Odwo³anie\SpecialChar ~ -do\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw->Odwo³anie\InsetSpace ~ +do\InsetSpace ~ literatury -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. LyX wstawi w tekst prostok±t z trzema znakami zapytania w nawiasach kwadratowyc h i pojawi siê okno -\family sans -Wstaw\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw\InsetSpace ~ odwo³anie -\family default +\family default . U¿ywaj±c rozwijalnej listy na prawo od pola -\family sans +\family sans Klucz -\family default +\family default , wybierz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset elementarz \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset (w tej chwili to jedyna pozycja bibliografii). Obejrzyj na podgl±dzie wygl±d odwo³ania w tek¶cie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do czego s³u¿± pozosta³e pola? Pole -\family sans +\family sans Uwaga -\family default +\family default w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Odwo³anie -\family default +\family default wstawia notkê (jak strona lub rozdzia³ w przywo³anej ksi±¿ce lub artykule) w nawiasach po odwo³aniu. Je¶li wolisz skróty zamiast liczb (np. \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset odwo³uje siê do artyku³u Smith-a z 1995) u¿yj pola -\family sans +\family sans Etykieta -\family default +\family default z okna -\family sans -Pozycja\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pozycja\InsetSpace ~ bibliografii -\family default +\family default . Jak zwykle szczegó³y opisano w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika. -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie: -\series default +\series default Wykonaj bibliografiê i odwo³ania w -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Spis tre¶ci -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li zamierzasz wstawiæ spis tre¶ci na pocz±tku dokumentu, LyX znakomicie to u³atwi. Naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default za tytu³em dokumentu i przed pierwszym tytu³em podrozdzia³u \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nawet nie próbuj umie¶ciæ kursora przed numerem podrozdzia³u. Nie uda siê. Tak czy inaczej nie mo¿na rêcznie poprawiaæ tego numeru, bo LyX numeruje podrozdzia³y automatycznie. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset i wykonaj polecenie -\family sans -Wstaw->Spisy->Spis\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw->Spisy->Spis\InsetSpace ~ tre¶ci -\family default +\family default . W prostok±cie w pierwszej linijce dokumentu pojawi siê napis \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Spis tre¶ci \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wygl±da to niepozornie, ale na podgl±dzie widaæ kompletny spis tre¶ci dokumentu w ca³ej okaza³o¶ci. Jak zwykle, w przypadku zmiany kolejno¶ci rozdzia³ów lub dodania nowych, spis tre¶ci na wydruku zostanie uaktualniony. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Spis tre¶ci nie pokazuje siê w edytowanej wersji dokumentu, bo i tak nie ma mo¿liwo¶ci jego edycji. Mo¿na jednak wy¶wietliæ go za pomoc± polecenia -\family sans - Edycja->Struktura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Edycja->Struktura\InsetSpace ~ dokumentu -\family default +\family default . To bardzo u¿yteczne narzêdzie, które umo¿liwia ³atwe poruszanie siê po dokumencie. Klikniêcie na tytule podrozdzia³u w oknie -\family sans -Struktura\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Struktura\InsetSpace ~ dokumentu -\family default +\family default wyró¿nia ten tytu³ i przenosi w to miejsce kursor (w oknie edycyjnym). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pozbyæ siê spisu tre¶ci mo¿na kasuj±c go tak jak inne znaki. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Wstaw spis tre¶ci w pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Formu³y matematyczne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX jest u¿ywany przez wielu naukowców z powodu jego ¶wietnie wygl±daj±cych równañ, powstaj±cych bez potrzeby u¿ywania znaków kontrolnych i edytorów @@ -3164,49 +3682,61 @@ LaTeX jest u paska narzêdzi formu³ matematycznych, który umo¿liwia tworzenie profesjonalnie wygl±daj±cych równañ w sposób ³atwy i szybki \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX nie potrafi, niestety, sprawdziæ -\emph on +\emph on poprawno¶ci -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tych równañ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tryb formu³ matematycznych -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W dowolnym miejscu swojego dokumentu napisz: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Lubiê równanie Einsteina, E=mc^2, bo jest takie proste -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Takie równanie nie wygl±da za ³adnie, nawet na podgl±dzie. Brak w nim spacji miêdzy literami a znakiem równo¶ci i prawdziwego indeksu górnego dla \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Taki nieciekawy sk³ad jest skutkiem tego, ¿e LyX nie zosta³ poinformowany o pisaniu równania i z³o¿y³ je jak zwyk³y tekst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tekst matematyczny powinno pisaæ siê w trybie formu³ matematycznych. Aby wej¶æ w tryb formu³ wystarczy nacisn±æ przycisk na pasku narzêdzi oznaczony niebieskim symbolem \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX wstawi w tekst ma³y niebieski prostok±t okolony czerwon± ramk±. @@ -3217,34 +3747,38 @@ Tekst matematyczny powinno pisa Wyra¿enie napisane jest na niebiesko, a niebieski prostok±t znika kiedy punkt wstawiania nie jest pusty. Teraz naci¶nij Esc celem opuszczenia trybu matematycznego (zauwa¿, ¿e powtórne - przyci¶niêcie przycisku Tryb\SpecialChar ~ + przyci¶niêcie przycisku Tryb\InsetSpace ~ formu³ -\emph on +\emph on nie opuszcza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle trybu formu³). Znika czerwona ramka, kursor znajduje siê na prawo od wyra¿enia, ewentualne dalsze pisanie bêdzie w trybie zwyk³ego tekstu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obejrzyj podgl±d i zauwa¿ ³adnie z³o¿one równanie, zawieraj±ce spacje miêdzy literami i znakiem równao¶ci, a tak¿e \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset jako indeks górny. Litery w trybie formu³ traktowane s± jak zmienne i pisane s± kursyw±. Liczby traktowane s± jak liczby. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Edycja formu³ to kolejny przyk³ad podej¶cia WYSIWYM. W LaTeX-u wyra¿enie matematyczne tworzy siê pisz±c tekst i u¿ywaj±c poleceñ typu -\backslash +\backslash sqrt; mo¿e to byæ uci±¿liwe, z braku mo¿liwo¶ci zobaczenia wyra¿enia zanim uruchomi siê program LaTeX-a, co powoduje stratê czasu na poprawkê ewentualnych b³êdów jak zgubione nawiasy itd. @@ -3255,18 +3789,22 @@ sqrt; mo w 99% nie trzeba rêcznie poprawiaæ rozmiarów czcionki czy odstêpów. W ten sposób (przepraszamy za powtarzanie siê), u¿ytkownik mo¿e skupiæ siê na zawarto¶ci wyra¿eñ matematycznych, a nie na ich formacie. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Praca z równaniem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zmieñ teraz \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . U¿yj klawiszy strza³ek aby przemie¶ciæ kursor do wnêtrza wyra¿enia. @@ -3275,112 +3813,118 @@ Zmie Za pomoc± strza³ki w lewo i w prawo przesuñ kursor za znak równo¶ci i napisz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Jak poprzednio mo¿na u¿yæ klawiszy strza³ek lub -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default celem opuszczenia trybu formu³, co spowoduje znikniêcie czerwonej ramki. W opinii wielu u¿ytkowników wej¶cie w tryb formu³ kursorem jest bardzo wygodne, ale zawsze mo¿na klikn±æ w którym¶ miejscu wyra¿enia, ¿eby przenie¶æ tam kursor i przej¶æ tym samym do trybu formu³. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W odró¿nieniu od specjalnych klawiszy opisanych poni¿ej, pisanie w trybie formu³ nie ró¿ni siê od pisania zwyk³ego tekstu. -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default kasuj± znaki, zaznaczaæ tekst mo¿na za pomoc± klawiszy lub myszy, dzia³a -\family sans +\family sans Edycja->Cofnij -\family default +\family default , wycinanie oraz wklejanie. Z jednym trzeba ostro¿nie: po wyj¶ciu z trybu formu³ nieopatrzne -\family sans +\family sans Backspace/Delete -\family default +\family default potrafi za jednym zamachem skasowaæ ca³e wyra¿enie. Na szczê¶cie -\family sans +\family sans Cofnij -\family default +\family default naprawi b³±d. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jak zmieniæ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Jak poprzednio, mo¿na od razu klikn±æ mysz± we w³a¶ciwe miejsce. Mo¿na tak¿e u¿yæ klawiszy strza³ek. Je¶li kursor znajduje siê zaraz za \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ale przed \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , naci¶niêcie strza³ki w górê przesunie kursor na poziom indeksu górnego, tu¿ przed \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dodaj \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Naci¶niêcie strza³ki w dó³ przesunie kursor z powrotem na zwyk³y poziom. Naci¶niêcie tej strza³ki w dowolnym miejscu indeksu górnego przenosi kursor w miejsce zaraz -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tym indeksem (tak ¿e od razu mo¿esz dopisaæ \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do poruszania siê po wyra¿eniu mo¿na tak¿e u¿yæ spacji. Je¿eli kursor znajduje siê w strukturze matematycznej (indeksie dolnym, @@ -3391,48 +3935,48 @@ Do poruszania si spacji przeniesie go na zwyk³y poziom tu¿ za indeksem. Oznacza to, ¿e mo¿esz napisaæ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bez u¿ywania myszy czy klawiszy strza³ek. Uwa¿aj, ¿eby nie nacisn±æ spacji miêdzy \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset + \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , inaczej opu¶cisz indeks górny. W miejscach, gdzie spacja nie ma sensu (np. miêdzy \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), naci¶niêcie spacji jest ignorowane \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Spacja i tabulator nie s³u¿± do wstawiania dodatkowego wolnego miejsca miêdzy czê¶ciami równania. @@ -3441,20 +3985,24 @@ Spacja i tabulator nie s \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) Je¶li nie satysfakcjonuje Ciê efekt sk³adu LyX-a, istniej± sposoby zmiany odstêpów, o czym wiêcej pisze Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika --- ale od³ó¿ poprawki dopóki nie ukoñczysz pisania tre¶ci dokumentu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zauwa¿, ¿e opuszczenie trybu formu³ klawiszem -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default powoduje brak spacji za wyra¿eniem. Nie jest to problem, je¿eli piszesz potem kropkê lub przecinek, ale je¶li chcesz napisaæ jakie¶ s³owo, musisz dodatkowo nacisn±æ spacjê. @@ -3462,90 +4010,104 @@ Esc Naci¶niêcie spacji wychodzi z tego trybu i wstawia spacjê za formu³±. W ten sposób mo¿na szybciej napisaæ \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to moje ulubione równanie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset zamiast \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset to moje ulubione równanie \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Potêgi i indeksy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wyk³adnik mo¿e byæ wprowadzony z paska narzêdzi, ale pro¶ciej jest u¿yæ znak \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX ustawia wówczas punkt wstawiania (niebieski prostok±t) w indeks górny, dziêki czemu cokolwiek napiszesz bêdzie wy¿ej i mniejsz± czcionk±. Ca³y dalszy pisany tekst do naci¶niêcia spacji (lub Esc celem opuszczenia trybu formu³) bêdzie indeksem górnym. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pisanie indeksów dolnych jest równie proste --- zaczyna siê naci¶niêciem klawisza podkre¶lenia, \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mo¿na podnosiæ i opuszczaæ oba indeksy, np.: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Przerób equation 1 z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default w trybie formu³. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pasek narzêdzi formu³ matematycznych \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard W klyx-ie jest to pasek, w lyx-ie panel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pasek narzêdzi do wygodny sposób na wprowadzanie symboli i wykonywanie skompliko wanej edycji formu³. @@ -3555,168 +4117,186 @@ wanej edycji formu podrêczników. Otwórz zatem pasek narzêdzi i pozostaw go otwartym na czas lektury tego podrozdzia³u. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Litery greckie i symbole -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naci¶niêcie przycisku oznaczonego napisem \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset otwiera menu z greckimi literami. Wybór której¶ powoduje wstawienie jej do tekstu. Zauwa¿, ¿e istnieje kilka wariantów epsilon, pi, fi, teta, i sigma. Wybór elementu z paska narzêdzi formu³ zawsze powoduje przej¶cie w tryb formu³ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cztery pozosta³e przyciski u koñca paska oferuj± szerok± gamê symboli matematycz nych: strza³ek, relacji, operatorów, sum i ca³ek. Ostatni przycisk przeznaczono na \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset ró¿ne \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pierwiastki, wektory i nawiasy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby utworzyæ pierwiastek wystarczy nacisn±æ przycisk oznaczony pierwiastkiem. Pierwiastek pojawi siê w tek¶cie, a pod nim kursor w punkcie wstawiania. Mo¿esz wpisywaæ zmienne, liczby, inne pierwiastki, u³amki itp. LyX automatycznie dostosuje rozmiar pierwiastka do tego, co w ¶rodku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nadpisywanie znaków ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) lub ich grup ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) odbywa siê w ten sam sposób. Naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Daszki, tyldy, wektory -\family default -, oznaczony niebieskim prostok±tem przykrytym czarn± tyld±\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, oznaczony niebieskim prostok±tem przykrytym czarn± tyld±\InsetSpace ~ (~). Kliknij na symbolu, ¿eby wstawiæ go w tekst wraz punktem wstawiania nad lub pod symbolem. Nastêpnie napisz, co chcesz, w punkcie wstawiania i opu¶æ tryb formu³ naci¶niêc iem spacji. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ograniczniki takie jak nawiasy okr±g³e, kwadratowe i klamrowe dzia³aj± podobnie, ale s± trochê bardziej skomplikowane. Naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Ogranicznik -\family default +\family default , oznaczony niebieskim prostok±tem w czarnych nawiasach kwadratowych. Otwiera on okno ograniczników. Kliknij na lewym ograniczniku u¿ywaj±c -\emph on +\emph on lewego klawisza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle myszy, nastêpnie na prawym u¿ywaj±c -\emph on +\emph on prawego klawisza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . (wzglêdnie u¿yj przycisków wyboru opcji oznaczonych \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Lewy \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Prawy, \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset poczym kliknij na odpowiednim ograniczniku -\emph on +\emph on lewym -\emph toggle +\emph toggle klawiszem myszy.) Wybrane ograniczniki pokazane s± w ramce u szczytu okna. Domy¶lnie jest to para nawiasów okr±g³ych, ale w opisany powy¿ej sposób mo¿na je zmieniæ na kwadratowe, parê kwadratowy -- okr±g³y a nawet wybraæ nawias \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset pusty \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset celem wygenerowania wzoru -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (pusty ogranicznik wy¶wietlany jest jako linia przerywana w LyX-ie, ale nie pojawia siê na wydruku). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po wyborze ograniczników kliknij -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default aby wstawiæ je w wyra¿enie (albo naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Zastosuj -\family default +\family default , je¶li chcesz pozostawiæ okno otwarte). Leniuchy mog± pisaæ nawiasy wprost z klawiatury zamiast wybieraæ je z paska narzêdzi, ale tak wstawiane nawiasy bêd± wielko¶ci normalnego tekstu, co wygl±da ¼le, kiedy otaczaj± du¿y u³amek albo macierz. Po¶rednictwo paska narzêdzi gwarantuje, ¿e rozmiar ograniczników dostosowuje siê wyra¿eñ pomiêdzy nimi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Istnieje mo¿liwo¶æ obudowania istniej±cego tekstu pierwiastkiem, wektorem lub ogranicznikami. @@ -3725,18 +4305,22 @@ Istnieje mo Zastosuj ten sposób do zmiany formy zapisu drugiego prawa Newton'a ze skalarnej na wektorow± ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Poznana w³a¶nie metoda pos³u¿y równie¿ do wstawiania miêdzy nawiasy macierzy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection U³amki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby w trybie formu³ wstawiæ u³amek, wystarczy nacisn±æ przycisk oznaczony niebieskimi kwadratami oddzielonymi czarn± kresk± u³amkow±. @@ -3745,140 +4329,148 @@ Aby w trybie formu lub mysz±. Kliknij na górnym prostok±cie i naci¶nij \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nastêpnie naci¶nij strza³kê w dó³ i wpisz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Stworzy³e¶ u³amek ! Oczywi¶cie w ka¿dy z prostok±tów mo¿na wpisaæ wszystko: zmienne z wyk³adnikami, pierwiastki czy inne u³amki. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Napisz 2 równanie z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default w trybie formu³. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tryb TeX-a: granice, log, sin i inne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poniewa¿ litery w trybie formu³ interpretowane s± jako zmienne, je¿eli napiszesz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX zrozumie to jako iloczyn zmiennych \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Te trzy litery zostan± napisane kursyw±, podczas gdy tak naprawdê powinny byæ symbolem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset z³o¿onym czcionk± Roman. W dodatku LyX nie wstawi spacji miêdzy s³owo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset (naci¶niêcie spacji po prostu opu¶ci tryb formu³). W jaki sposób zatem uzyskaæ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zamiast \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wybierz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset z rozwijalnej listy \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Funkcje \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset na pasku narzêdzi formu³. Wstawione s³owo \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset napisane jest na czerwono, czcionk± Roman, w trybie znanym sk±din±d jako tryb TeX-a. @@ -3886,16 +4478,18 @@ sin skasowanie ca³ego s³owa. Teraz napisz \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset , które wy¶wietlone bêdzie niebiesk± kursyw±, jak tego mo¿na siê spodziewaæ po trybie formu³. Sprawd¼, ¿e na podgl±dzie wyra¿enie zosta³o poprawnie z³o¿one. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inne polecenia wymagaj±ce wstawiania w trybie TeX-a z u¿yciem listy funkcji to funkcje trygonometryczne i ich odwrotno¶ci, funkcje hiperboliczne, logarytmy @@ -3903,117 +4497,135 @@ Inne polecenia wymagaj Funkcje te mog± byæ wzbogacane o indeksy górne i dolne, konieczne w wyra¿eniach typu \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset lub \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Przepisz equation 3 z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default w trybie formu³. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Macierze -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Macierz -\family default +\family default na pasku narzêdzi. Okno -\family sans +\family sans Macierz -\family default +\family default ma dwa suwaki pozwalaj±ce wybraæ ilo¶æ wierszy i kolumn macierzy. Wybierz 2 wiersze i 3 kolumny, poczym naci¶nij -\family sans +\family sans Zastosuj -\family default +\family default lub -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX wstawi 6 punktów wstawiania w macierzy \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Jak zwykle mo¿na wstawiaæ dowolne wyra¿enia matematyczne (pierwiastek, inn± macierz itd.). Mo¿na równie¿ pozostawiæ niektóre komórki macierzy puste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do poruszania siê po macierzy w poziomie s³u¿y klawisz -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . Dodatkowo mo¿na u¿yæ klawiszy strza³ek. Strza³ka w prawo u¿yta na prawym brzegu jednej komórki przenosi kursor do komórki obok, strza³ka w dó³ do kolejnego wiersza itd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zobacz w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle jak zmieniæ poziome wyrównywanie wyra¿eñ w ka¿dej kolumnie i jak zmieniæ pionowe po³o¿enie ca³ej macierzy. Je¿eli zachodzi potrzeba utworzenia tabeli wype³nionej tekstem, nale¿y raczej u¿yæ doskonale obs³ugiwanych prze LyX-a tabel, ni¿ próbowaæ pisaæ tekst w macierzy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tryb równañ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ten podrozdzia³ dotyczy opcji nieobecnej w menu klyx 0.9.6, gdzie wystêpuje ona na pasku narzêdzi. (przyp. t³um.) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wszystkie wyra¿enia poznane dotychczas znajdowa³y siê w jednej linijce z tekstem. @@ -4022,92 +4634,110 @@ Wszystkie wyra Do pisania takich wyra¿eñ s³u¿y tryb równañ. Dodatkowo, tylko wyra¿enia w tym trybie mog± byæ numerowane i etykietowane (patrz: -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ), a ponadto równania wielolinijkowe (patrz podrozdz. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle )musz± byæ pisane w tym trybie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Naci¶nij przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Równanie -\family default +\family default na pasku narzêdzi, oznaczony czarnymi linijkami tekstu nad i pod niebieskim prostok±tem. LyX umie¶ci w tek¶cie punkt wstawiania, który pojawi siê na ¶rodku nowej linijki. Nastêpnie obejrzyj podgl±d. Przycisk -\family sans +\family sans Równanie -\family default +\family default jest w istocie prze³±cznikiem. Pos³u¿ siê nim w stosunku do kilku ju¿ utworzonych formu³ matematycznych, prze³±czaj±c je w tryb równañ i z powrotem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tryb równañ ró¿ni siê w paru punktach od zwyk³ego trybu formu³ matematycznych: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Domy¶lny rozmiar niektórych symboli jak \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset i \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset jest nieco mniejszy -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Indeksy granic i sum (ale nie ca³ek) s± pisane raczej poni¿ej ni¿ obok symboli -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tekst jest wyrównywany do ¶rodka -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poza tymi ró¿nicami wyra¿enia zwyk³e i te w trybie równañ s± do siebie bardzo podobne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Koñcowa uwaga co do sk³adu wyra¿eñ w trybie równañ: wyra¿enie mo¿e byæ w nowym akapicie lub nie. Je¶li równanie ma byæ w ¶rodku zdania lub akapitu, nie naciskaj -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , w przeciwnym razie -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph toggle +\emph toggle równaniem rozpocznie siê nowy akapit, którego pierwsza linijka bêdzie wciêta - efekt którego zapewne chcia³by¶ unikn±æ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Obejrzyj formu³y z pliku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default w trybie równañ i uchwyæ ró¿nice sk³adu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Æwiczenie -\series default +\series default : Pos³uguj±c siê ró¿nymi narzêdziami poznanymi w tym podrozdziale, powiniene¶ umieæ z³o¿yæ nastêpuj±ce równanie: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4116,65 +4746,81 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Równania wielolinijkowe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Spróbuj napisaæ nastêpuj±ce równania i obejrzyj podgl±d. Zadanie wymaga dwukrotnego utworzenia oddzielnych formu³ w trybie równañ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wynik wygl±da ¼le ! Je¿eli pisze siê dwa lub wiêcej równañ jedno za drugim, wygl±daj± o wiele lepiej kiedy ich znaki równo¶ci s± wyrównane; widaæ to zw³aszcza gdy drugie równanie nie ma lewej strony. LyX pozwala pisaæ równania wielolinijkowe panuj±c do pewnego stopnia nad wyrównywaniem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To wygl±da -\emph on +\emph on du¿o -\emph toggle +\emph toggle lepiej! Znaki równo¶ci s± wyrównane i jest mniejszy pionowy odstêp miêdzy równaniami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby móc zacz±æ równanie wielolinijkowe, nale¿y wej¶æ w tryb równañ i nacisn±æ C-Return. @@ -4182,9 +4828,9 @@ Aby m Spróbuj samemu odtworzyæ wy¿ej pokazane równanie. Podobnie jak w macierzach, do poruszania siê po równaniu mo¿na u¿yæ myszy, klawisza -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default lub klawiszy strza³ek. Nie szkodzi je¶li w równaniu wielolinijkowym zostanie jeden lub wiêcej pustych punktów wstawiania. @@ -4194,10 +4840,12 @@ Tab x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX wyrównuje drugie (¶rodkowe) pole w ka¿dej linijce, tak wiêc zwykle tam bêdziesz umieszczaæ znak równo¶ci czy inny operator relacji; w gruncie @@ -4207,26 +4855,28 @@ LyX wyr \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¿eli chcesz pisaæ jeszcze d³u¿sze równania, pos³u¿ siê -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default do wstawienia nowej linijki z trzema pustymi punktami wstawiania. Je¶li w momencie naciskania -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default kursor nie jest na koñcu linijki, reszta linijki zostanie przeniesiona do nowoutworzonej. Je¶li naci¶niesz -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default po napisaniu równania jednolinijkowego, znajdzie siê ono ca³e w pierwszym polu. Przesuñ kursor przed pierwszy znak równo¶ci i naci¶nij C-Tab aby przenie¶æ @@ -4235,156 +4885,188 @@ C-Return przenie¶æ praw± stronê równania na trzecie pole. Spróbuj przerobiæ równanie \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Je¿eli wstawi³e¶ za du¿o linijek, przesuñ kursor na koniec bie¿±cej linijki i naci¶nij -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default aby skasowaæ nastêpn± nadmiarow± linijkê. Usunie to koniec linijki i do³±czy (wszystkie trzy punkty wstawiania) do bie¿±cej linijki. Je¿eli nastêpna linijka jest pusta, spowoduje to jej skasowanie. Ostrze¿enie: naci¶niêcie -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default kiedy kursor nie jest na koñcu linijki mo¿e prowadziæ do dziwnych efektów. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Jeszcze wiêcej matematyki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tryb formu³ matematycznych posiada du¿o wiêcej mo¿liwo¶ci. Dotychczas pokazano podstawy, w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph default +\emph default znajduj± siê wskazówki co do: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Etykietowania i numerowania wyra¿eñ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zmiany czcionki, np. pisania t³ustym drukiem w wyra¿eniu. Tutaj wspomnimy tylko, ¿e przyci¶niêcie przycisku trybu formu³ w trakcie pisania formu³y zmienia czcionkê na Roman a¿ do naci¶niêcia spacji. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Poprawianie rozmiarów czcionki i odstêpów wewn±trz wyra¿enia. (Nie przejmuj siê tym przed ostatecznym wydrukiem!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pisania makr. Bardzo pomocne narzêdzie. Dziêki definicji makra na pocz±tku dokumentu mo¿na go u¿ywaæ w ca³ej zawarto¶ci. Zmiana definicji powoduje zmianê w ca³ym dokumencie. Makro mo¿e nawet przyjmowaæ argumenty. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mnóstwa innych rzeczy, które nie zmie¶ci³y siê w niniejszym -\emph on +\emph on Elementarzu -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Ró¿ne -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Inne wa¿niejsze mo¿liwo¶ci LyX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nie opisano wszystkich poleceñ LyX-a i nie by³o to zamiarem tego podrêcznika. Jak zwykle, wiêcej informacji mo¿na znale¼æ w -\emph on +\emph on Podrêczniku u¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Dok³adna funkcja ka¿dego polecenia z menu jest opisana w -\emph on +\emph on Opisie poleceñ -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Poni¿ej wspomnimy o kilku wa¿niejszych mo¿liwo¶ciach LyX-a -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ma wizualn± obs³ugê tabel. Polecenie -\family sans +\family sans W -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default taw->Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default elê -\family default +\family default s³u¿y do umieszczenia w tek¶cie tabeli. Klikniêcie -\emph on +\emph on prawym klawiszem -\emph default +\emph default myszy na tabeli wywo³uje okno pozwalaj±ce na jej wszechstronn± edycjê. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX obs³uguje grafikê postscriptow± (lub w LaTeX-u) wstawian± do dokumentu. (Zgad³e¶: -\family sans +\family sans W -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default taw-> -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ysunek -\family default +\family default . Nastêpnie kliknij na rysunku, by wybraæ plik z rysunkiem do wstawienia, mo¿esz go potem rozci±gn±æ, obróciæ itp.) Tabele i rysunki mog± mieæ podpisy, a LyX automatycznie generuje ich spisy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Istnieje kontrola wersji dokumentów za po¶rednictwem RCS (po wiêcej informacji wykonaj polecenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX jest wysoce konfigurowalny. Wygl±d programu i wydruku daje siê zmieniaæ na ró¿ne sposoby. Informacja o tych sposobach jest dostêpna dziêki poleceniu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoc->Przystosowywanie -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Program LyX jest tworzony przez zespó³ programistów z piêciu kontynentów. Z tego powodu LyX ma lepsz± obs³ugê jêzyków innych ni¿ angielski (niderlandzkie @@ -4392,23 +5074,31 @@ go, niemieckiego, greckiego, czeskiego, tureckiego,\SpecialChar \ldots{} ) ni¿ niejeden procesor tekstu. Co wiêcej, obs³uga ta wci±¿ siê poprawia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -Pisownia dokumentu jest sprawdzana poleceniem Edycja->Sprawdzanie\SpecialChar ~ +Pisownia dokumentu jest sprawdzana poleceniem Edycja->Sprawdzanie\InsetSpace ~ pisowni \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard od kursora do koñca dokumentu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX dla u¿ytkowników LaTeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je¶li nie masz pojêcia o LaTeX-u, nie musisz czytaæ tego podrozdzia³u. Móg³by¶ wszak¿e nauczyæ siê LaTeX-a i dopiero tutaj wróciæ. @@ -4419,42 +5109,50 @@ Je LaTeX-a. Obecnie mo¿e irytowaæ konwersja starszych dokumentów LaTeX-a i parê innych zagadnieñ, ale nastêpne wersje LyX-a rozwi±¿± i te problemy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poniewa¿ jest to tylko elementarz, poruszymy w nim wy³±cznie rzeczy których nowi u¿ytkownicy LyX-a najprawdopodobniej s± ciekawi. Aby przesadnie nie rozdymaæ -\emph on +\emph on Elementarza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zostan± podane tylko podstawowe informacje. -\emph on +\emph on Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika -\emph toggle +\emph toggle jest obfitym ¼ród³em wiadomo¶ci o ró¿nicach miêdzy LyX-em i LaTeX-em, oraz stosowaniu LaTeX-owych trików w LyX-ie. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tryb TeX-a -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cokolwiek napisze siê w trybie TeX-a jest przekazywane wprost do LaTeX-a i wy¶wietlane na ekranie czerwonym kolorem. W tryb TeX-a wchodzi siê poleceniem -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default k³ad-> -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ormat\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ormat\InsetSpace ~ TeX-a -\family default +\family default , albo klikaj±c na czerwonym przycisku-prze³±czniku TeX-a na pasku narzêdzi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard W trybie formu³ format TeX-a jest obs³ugiwany trochê inaczej. Do formatu TeX-a wchodzi siê pisz±c backslash. @@ -4465,53 +5163,57 @@ W trybie formu Po wyj¶ciu z trybu formatu TeX-a, je¿eli LyX zna wpisane polecenie, przekszta³c a je wizualnie. Tak wiêc je¶li w trybie formu³ napiszesz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , a potem spacjê, LyX zast±pi czerwone \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset niebieskim \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tak siê dzieje dla prawie wszystkich prostych makr matematycznych (jednak¿e zauwa¿, ¿e funkcje jak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default pozostan± na czerwono, bo ich forma nie ró¿ni siê od zapisu). Taka procedura mo¿e byæ szybsza ni¿ korzystanie z paska narzêdzi, zw³aszcza dla do¶wiadczonych u¿ytkowników LaTeX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Szczególnym traktowaniem w trybie formu³ w TeX-u cieszy siê nawias klamrowy, wstawiany na czerwono i w parach otwieraj±cy-zamykaj±cy. Kursor po wstawieniu nawiasów znajduje siê w ¶rodku -\emph on +\emph on poza -\emph toggle +\emph toggle formatem TeX-a, co pomaga przy wprowadzaniu poleceñ nieznanych LyX-owi, które to polecenia wymagaj± argumentów. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX nie potrafi zrobiæ absolutnie wszystkiego co LaTeX (jeszcze?). Kilka wyszukanych funkcji nie jest wcale obs³ugiwanych, inne nie dzia³aj± @@ -4520,21 +5222,25 @@ LyX nie potrafi zrobi oraz wygody LyX-a, takich jak wizualny tryb formu³, tabele i edycja. LyX nigdy nie bêdzie móg³ obs³ugiwaæ ka¿dego pakietu LaTeX-owego. Jednak, pisz±c -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default w preambule (zobacz podrozdz.: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), mo¿esz u¿yæ dowolnego pakietu, choæ bez wizualnej obs³ugi jego funkcji. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konwersja dokumentów LaTeX-a do LyX-a. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niestety nie dzia³a za dobrze w LyX-ie wersji 0.12. Zespó³ LyX-a zagwarantowa³, ¿e od wersji 0.14, pliki LyX-a bêd± u¿ywaæ podzbioru @@ -4543,200 +5249,233 @@ Niestety nie dzia Zanim to nast±pi prowadzone s± prace nad programem w Perlu o nazwie reLyX, przeznaczonym do t³umaczenia formatu LaTeX-a na LyX-a. Program i instrukcja znajduj± siê w katalogu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/reLyX -\family default +\family default w dystrybucji LyX-a. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konwersja dokumentów LyX-a do LaTeX-a . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¿e zaistnieæ potrzeba konwersji dokumentu LyX-a na format LaTeX-a. Na przyk³ad wspó³pracownik lub wspó³autor nie ma LyX-a aby móc przeczytaæ dokument. Wystarczy w tym celu wykonaæ polecenie -\family sans -Plik->Eksport->jako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Plik->Eksport->jako\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX. -\family default +\family default Utworzy to plik co¶.tex z edytowanego co¶.lyx. LyX zawsze tworzy tymczasowy plik LaTeX-a zanim uruchomi ten program, ale pliki te s± trudne do czytania i zapisywane w tymczasowych katalogach. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preambu³a LaTeX-a -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Klasa dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okno wywo³ywanie poleceniem Uk³ad->Dokument ustawia szereg opcji, które przekazywane s± do polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . W tym oknie mo¿na zmieniæ klasê dokumentu, domy¶lny rozmiar czcionki i papieru. Ewentualne dodatkowe opcje dla -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default nale¿y wpisaæ w polu -\family sans -Dodatkowe\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dodatkowe\InsetSpace ~ opcje -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Inne wykorzystanie preambu³y -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je¶li chcia³by¶ wstawiæ specjalne polecenia do preambu³y dokumentu LaTeX-a, mo¿esz u¿yæ ich równie¿ w dokumencie LyX-a. Wykonaj polecenie -\family sans -Uk³ad->Preambu³a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Uk³ad->Preambu³a\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX-a -\family default +\family default i napisz je w otworzonym oknie. Cokolwiek tam wpiszesz, zostanie bezpo¶rednio przekazane LaTeX-owi (podobnie jak tekst pisany w trybie TeX-a). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX obs³uguje BibTeX w sposób dobry acz niekompletny. BibTeX pozwala budowaæ bazy danych odwo³añ do literatury celem u¿ycia w wielu dokumentach. U¿yj -\family sans -Wstaw->Spisy->Odsy³acz\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw->Spisy->Odsy³acz\InsetSpace ~ BibTeX-a -\family default +\family default celem w³±czenia pliku typu bib. Klikniêcie na powsta³ym w ten sposób prostok±cie oznaczonym -\family sans +\family sans Odno¶niki wygenerowane przez BibTeX -\family default +\family default otworzy okno BibTeX-a. W polu -\family sans -Baza\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Baza\InsetSpace ~ danych -\family default +\family default wpisz to co wpisa³by¶ nawiasach polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tak jak w LaTeX-u, bibliografie powinny byæ odseparowane przecinkami, nie spacjami/tabulatorami. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . W polu -\family sans +\family sans Styl -\family default +\family default wpisz, to co wpisa³by¶ nawiasach polecenia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po wykonaniu powy¿szych czynno¶ci mo¿na u¿ywaæ cytatów z dowolnych bibliografii w³±czanych poleceniem -\family sans -Wstaw->Odwo³anie\SpecialChar ~ -do\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Wstaw->Odwo³anie\InsetSpace ~ +do\InsetSpace ~ literatury -\family default +\family default (zobacz podrozdz.: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX zajmie siê u¿yciem BibTeX-a. Powód, dla którego, piszemy, ¿e LyX ma \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset dobr± lecz niepe³n± obs³ugê bibliografii \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset jest ten, ¿e LyX nie potrafi samodzielnie tworzyæ plików bib i nie podpowie listy wszystkich odwo³añ do literatury w oknie -\family sans +\family sans Literatura -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tward± spacjê wstawia siê przez -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default . Na ekranie wygl±da jak ma³e, ró¿owe \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Jest ich mnóstwo w niniejszym Elementarzu. - W menu Wstaw->Znak\SpecialChar ~ + W menu Wstaw->Znak\InsetSpace ~ specjalny znajduje siê wiêcej znaków specjalnych, z wielokrop kiem, wymuszonym koñcem linii i punktem podzia³u w³±cznie. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section B³êdy! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Czasem, po uruchomieniu LaTeX-a pojawiaj± siê b³êdy na skutek nie zrozumienia przez LaTeX lub LyX fragmentów dokumentu. W takim wypadku LyX generuje etykiety b³êdów (prostok±t z napisem \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset B³±d \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Klikniêcie na takiej etykiecie otwiera okno obja¶niaj±ce rodzaj b³êdu. Bardzo rzadko b³±d dotyczy LyX-a. B³êdy LaTeX-a, wystêpuj±ce najczê¶ciej we wstawkach TeX-a, cytowane s± przez LyX-a dos³ownie. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pt_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/pt_Intro.lyx index 5d7ebd3abb..f7dd935bff 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pt_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pt_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language brazil \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,30 +24,43 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introdução ao LyX -\newline +\newline ou -\newline +\newline Como Usar estes Arquivos ! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author por John Weiss e o LyX Team -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal tradução: Roberto Mello -\newline +\newline revisão: Hélio Nunes -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navegando pela documentação -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bem-Vindo ao LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para responder mais fácil às suas perguntas e para descrever todas as funções do LyX, a documentação foi dividida em vários arquivos diferentes. @@ -54,968 +68,1137 @@ Para responder mais f Antes de olhar os outros arquivos, você deve ler este documento cuidadosamente já que ele contém muitas informações úteis e comentários que podem lhe poupar muito tempo. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ATENÇÃO!!!! ATENÇÃO!!!! ATENÇÃO!!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Perigo, Will Robinson, Perigo! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Apesar do LyX ter uma versão de número 1.0 [ou maior], parte da documentação pode estar incompleta ou ultrapassada. Como o resto do LyX, os manuais são o trabalho de um grupo de voluntários que têm \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ocupações reais \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , famílias, pratos para lavar, lixo para recolher, etc., etc., etc. Nós fazemos o melhor possível para manter os manuais tinindo, mas nem sempre conseguimos. - [Se você quiser ajudar a remediar esta situação, leia a seção\SpecialChar ~ + [Se você quiser ajudar a remediar esta situação, leia a seção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset , além do restante deste documento.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Faça-nos um favor, também --- Se qualquer coisa nesses manuais lhe confundir, não estiver claro, ou se estiver errado, não hesite em nos fazer saber! Você pode contatar os atuais responsáveis pela documentação enviando um -\emph on +\emph on e-mail -\emph default +\emph default para -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O Formato dos Manuais -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alguns podem ter imprimido os manuais. Outros podem estar lendo -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph default +\emph default , diretamente no LyX, como um arquivo. Para aqueles que estão lendo -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph default +\emph default , há algumas diferenças em relação à versão impressa. Primeiro, o título aparece apenas no topo do documento e não formatado separadamente em uma página como em algumas versões impressas. Não há, também, qualquer nota de rodapé ou índice visíveis. Para visualizar o Índice (em uma janela suspensa), selecione -\family sans +\family sans Índice -\family default +\family default a partir do menu -\family sans +\family sans Editar -\family default +\family default . Para abrir uma nota de rodapé, que se parece com isto, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oi! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset clique sobre ela com o botão esquerdo do -\emph on +\emph on mouse -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No manual impresso, todas as referências cruzadas mostram os números corresponde ntes ao capítulo, seção, subseção etc., referenciados. Na versão -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph default +\emph default , entretanto, todas as referências são mostradas em uma caixa cinza como esta: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . [A versão impressa mostra um número.] Clicar nessa caixa com o botão esquerdo do -\emph on +\emph on mouse -\emph default +\emph default faz com que o LyX salte para a seção apropriada. Teclar -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default faz com que o LyX retorne ao local de origem. [O que \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset faz? Veja abaixo.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora que já esclarecemos algumas diferenças entre a versão impressa e a -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph default +\emph default deste arquivo, podemos começar dando uma olhada no formato deste documento. Você ocasionalmente notará palavras em fontes diferentes: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\emph on +\emph on Enfatizado -\emph default +\emph default é usado para ênfase em geral, argumentos genéricos, títulos de livros, nomes de seções de outros manuais, e notas dos autores \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard N.T.: Esse estilo é usado também para indicar palavras em inglês utilizadas no jargão de informática do Brasil; que podem não corresponder às utilizadas em outros países de língua portuguesa (como Portugal, é claro). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family typewriter -Fonte\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +Fonte\InsetSpace ~ Fixa -\family default +\family default é usada para programas e nomes de arquivos, código LaTeX, e códigos e funções LyX; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\family sans -Sem\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Sem\InsetSpace ~ Serifa -\family default +\family default é usado para menus, botões, janelas suspensas e para nomes de teclas; -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\noun on -Caixa\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +Caixa\InsetSpace ~ Alta -\noun default +\noun default é usado para nomes próprios. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para teclas e composições, você provavelmente será referido à seção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Atalhos de Teclado -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset do \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referência -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (o arquivo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Quando nós precisarmos referenciar teclas, usaremos a seguinte convenção de prefixo: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : indica a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : indica a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : indica a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default que em alguns teclados será a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : são as teclas de função; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : é a tecla de escape; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : auto-explicativas; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : estas são as 6 teclas que aparecem acima das teclas de -\emph on +\emph on cursor -\emph default +\emph default em muitos teclados de -\emph on +\emph on PC -\emph default +\emph default . -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default são chamadas \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Prior \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Next \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em alguns teclados. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : ambas referem-se à mesma tecla. Em alguns teclados a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default aparece como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , em outros como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , há outros, ainda, que têm as duas teclas. O LyX trata tudo como a mesma tecla, então usaremos -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , sem distinção. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Você também verá algo como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Veja o ' -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referência -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset de tempos em tempos. Nós listamos as possíveis combinações padrão de tecla para uma função no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manual -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on de Referência -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dê uma olhada lá também. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Os Manuais -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A seguinte lista descreve o conteúdo de cada arquivo da documentação: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Introdução \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Introdução \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Este arquivo. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Tutorial \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Tutorial \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Se você é novo no LyX, e nunca usou LaTeX antes, então você deve começar por aqui. Se você -\emph on +\emph on já usou -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX antes, inicie lendo a seção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on LyX para usuários LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (dar uma olhada no resto da documentação não vai doer). -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Guia\SpecialChar ~ -\series bold -do\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Guia\InsetSpace ~ + +\series bold +do\InsetSpace ~ Usuário -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline A documentação primária. Tentaremos cobrir -\emph on +\emph on a maioria -\emph default +\emph default das operações básicas e recursos disponíveis do LyX aqui. O manual principal assume que você já tem algum conhecimento de LaTeX ou que você já leu o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Funções\SpecialChar ~ -Avançadas \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Funções\InsetSpace ~ +Avançadas \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\newline -\emph default +\emph default Extensão do -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Guia do Usuário -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Documentos adicionais, -\emph on +\emph on layouts -\emph default +\emph default e funções especiais, incluindo alguns dos truques dos mestres de LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Personalização \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Personalização \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Uma descrição das funções avançadas do LyX, inclusive como personalizar seu comportamento\SpecialChar \@. Isso inclui algumas coisas como composição de teclas, internacionalização, e arquivos de configuração. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Manual\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manual\InsetSpace ~ -\series bold -de\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +de\InsetSpace ~ Referência -\series default - \SpecialChar ~ +\series default + \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Esse contém uma descrição exaustiva e detalhada das funções do LyX, mas sem as dicas úteis de uso encontradas no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Guia do Usuário -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou em outros manuais. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Bugs\SpecialChar ~ -conhecidos \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Bugs\InsetSpace ~ +conhecidos \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Esse arquivo contém uma lista dos -\emph on +\emph on bugs -\emph default +\emph default conhecidos no LyX e também informações sobre o que você deve fazer se encontrar um -\emph on +\emph on bug -\emph default +\emph default no LyX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Configuração\SpecialChar ~ -do\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeX \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Configuração\InsetSpace ~ +do\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeX \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline O LyX pesquisa seu sistema durante a instalação. Esse arquivo contém informações sobre o que o LyX aprendeu sobre sua instalação. Verifique para ver se esta faltando alguma coisa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Estes arquivos fazem referência uns aos outros quando necessário. Por exemplo, o -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Guia do Usuário -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset contém -\emph on +\emph on algumas -\emph default +\emph default informações sobre instalação e personalização, mas pede ao leitor que consulte maiores informações no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Personalização -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vamos colocar novamente um ponto importante: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Se você nunca usou ou sequer ouvir falar de LaTeX leia o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default antes de mais nada -\emph on +\emph on . -\emph default +\emph default Leia agora! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard De outra forma, o LyX parecerá bizarro e sem utilidade para você. O LyX faz tudo que você espera de um processador de textos, mas usando uma abordagem diferente. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Contribuindo para o Projeto de documentação -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Reportando Erros no Manual -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Isso é bem fácil de fazer. Você pode postar uma mensagem tanto para a lista dos Desenvolvedores ou para a Lista de Usuários. O Time de documentação, entretanto, preferiria que você enviasse a mensagem para -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Se os reparos são pequenos, alguém irá faze-los. Se são maiores, sugerimos que você junte-se a lista e fale conosco por um tempo antes de fazer qualquer coisa. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + -\emph on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Nunca mude algo nos manuais sem o consentimento prévio do Time de Documentação! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Quaisquer mudanças aleatórias não chegarão à documentação de qualquer forma, já que o Time de Documentação mantém as cópias mestre via árvore CVS. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Juntando-se ao Time de documentação. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O Projeto de documentação do LyX, como qualquer coisa no Projeto LyX, sempre pode ser auxiliado! Se você estiver interessado em contribuir para o Projeto de documentação, faça as seguintes tarefas -\emph on +\emph on primeiro -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pegar o último código fonte do LyX e descompactar. Você encontrará um diretório dentro da árvore principal chamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . Dentro desse diretório estará um arquivo chamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Leia-o; é a folha estilo da documentação. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Faça uma pausa de um dia ou dois então leia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default de novo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Depois leia o -\emph on +\emph on Guia do Usuários -\emph default +\emph default e o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A razão deste exercício é lhe dar idéias. O -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default e o -\emph on +\emph on Guia do Usuário -\emph default +\emph default sempre terão a documentação mais atualizada. Você poderá sentir como queremos que os manuais se pareçam e sejam lidos. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Leia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default de novo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Por último, contate o time em: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Queremos ter certeza que você compreenda a folha estilo -\emph on +\emph on antes -\emph default +\emph default que você comece a escrever. De outra forma, vamos lhe fazer reescrever o que você enviou. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Nem pense -\emph default +\emph default em começar a escrever algo antes que conversemos por -\emph on +\emph on e-mail -\emph default +\emph default . Você pode revisar qualquer atividade atual com os documentos na página -\emph on +\emph on web -\emph default +\emph default do Time de documentação [assim que a coloquemos no ar] ou através dos arquivos das listas em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx index 3175f720dd..1c1327aaf4 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2512 +24,3654 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introdução ao LyX -\newline +\newline ou -\newline +\newline Como Usar estes Arquivos ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Navegando pela documentação -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 O Formato dos Manuais -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Os Manuais -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Contribuindo para o Projeto de documentação +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Reportando Erros no Manual -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Juntando-se ao Time de documentação. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* O Tutorial de LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introdução +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Benvindo ao LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 O que -\shape italic +\shape italic é -\shape default +\shape default o Tutorial e o que -\shape italic +\shape italic não é +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Tirando o maior proveito possível do Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 O que -\shape italic +\shape italic não vai -\shape default +\shape default encontrar: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 O que é o LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Visão geral -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Diferenças entre o LyX e outros processadores de texto -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Que raio é o LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Começando com o LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 O seu primeiro documento em LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Escrever, Visualizar e Imprimir -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Operações Simples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Espaços Em Branco No LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Ambientes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Secções e Subsecções -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listas e sub-listas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Outros Ambientes: Versos, Citações e Outros +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Escrevendo Documentos +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Classes de Texto e Templates: Escrevendo Cartas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Templates: Escrevendo uma Carta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Títulos de Documentos -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Etiquetas e Referências Cruzadas +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Criando a sua primeira etiqueta -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 A sua primeira Referência Cruzada -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Explorando um pouco mais sobre Etiquetas +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Notas de Rodapé e Margem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Indíces +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Usando Matemática +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Modo Matemático -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navegando numa Equação -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Expoentes e Índices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 O -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Grego e símbolos -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Raizes quadradas, acentos, delimitadores -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fracções -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Modo TeX: Limites, log, sin e outros -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrizes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 O modo -\family sans +\family sans Display +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Equações em várias linhas -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Mais acerca da matemática +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Vários +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Outras Funções Importantes do LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 O LyX para utilizadores de LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Modo TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importação De Documentos LaTeX -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Converter Documentos LyX para LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Preâmbulo LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 -\emph on +\emph on Classe -\emph default +\emph default de documentos -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Outros assuntos +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Miscelânia +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Erros ! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/pt_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/pt_Tutorial.lyx index c6a4880ce5..e660a55939 100644 --- a/lib/doc/pt_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/pt_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language portuges \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,46 +24,61 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title O Tutorial de LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author por Amir Karger e a Equipa LyX -\newline +\newline -\size small +\size small traduzido por: -\size default +\size default -\size small +\size small -\newline +\newline Alberto Murta -\newline +\newline Cristina Ribeiro -\newline +\newline Ernesto Jardim -\newline +\newline Milton Moura -\newline +\newline Tito Martinho -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Introdução -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Benvindo ao LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este ficheiro é destinado a todos vós que nunca ouviram falar de LaTeX ou não o conhecem muito bem. @@ -72,16 +88,18 @@ Este ficheiro quase-WYSIWYG para o LaTeX. No entanto, existem algumas coisas que precisará de aprender para usar o LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alguns de vós encontraram este documento, provavelmente, porque tentaram inserir dois espaços depois de um \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ou tentaram inserir 3 linhas em branco entre parágrafos. Depois de muita frustração, perceberam que não conseguiam. @@ -94,249 +112,290 @@ s a usar noutros processadores de texto, n fazer toda a composição gráfica do mesmo. O LyX faz toda a composição por si, de uma forma consistente, deixando-o concentrar-se nas coisas importantes, como os conteúdos do seu documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mantenha-se connosco e continue a sua leitura. Ler este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , definitivamente, vale o tempo perdido. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O que -\shape italic +\shape italic é -\shape default +\shape default o Tutorial e o que -\shape italic +\shape italic não é -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Antes de começar esta secção, pretendemos chamar a atenção do seguinte. O -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default usa a notação definida na -\emph on +\emph on Introdu -\shape italic -\emph default +\shape italic +\emph default ção -\shape default +\shape default \SpecialChar \@. Se começou a ler este manual primeiro, vá ler a -\shape italic +\shape italic Introdução -\shape default +\shape default . Sim, agora ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora que sabe o que as fontes pretendem dizer, queremos falar um pouco da utilidade deste -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tirando o maior proveito possível do Tutorial -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default é composto por exemplos e exercícios. Para tirar o maior proveito possível deste documento, deve ir lendo o documento , escrevendo todas as pequenas coisas que lhe dizemos para escrever e tentar fazer todos os exercícios para ver se os consegue fazer correctamente. Por conveniência, poderá imprimir a versão PostScript® deste documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se estiver familiarizado com o LaTeX, você, provavelmente, poderá ler o -\shape italic +\shape italic Tutorial -\shape default +\shape default mais rápido, uma vez que muitas das ideias do LyX são apenas ideias de LaTeX disfarçadas. No entanto, o LyX tem algumas idiosincracias \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ou, mais optimisticamente, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset características \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset que deverá aprender. Mesmo que não lhe apeteça ler o resto do -\shape italic +\shape italic Tutorial -\shape default -, deve, definitivamente, ver a Secção\SpecialChar ~ +\shape default +, deve, definitivamente, ver a Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , que é especificamente escrita para utilizadores de LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout -A Secção\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +A Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset mantem-se de versões anteriores do -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default e está um pouco \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pesada \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De qualquer maneira, é uma boa introdução \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset à distância \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ao LyX, pelo que você poderá dar uma vista de olhos para perceber melhor o que é o LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection O que -\shape italic +\shape italic não vai -\shape default +\shape default encontrar: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Comidinha à boca e água de rosas. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard A tendência na literatura de computadores hoje em dia \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nota de -\noun on +\noun on John -\noun default +\noun default Weiss: \SpecialChar \ldots{} bem, pelo menos na América, onde nivelamos tudo pelo mínimo denominador comum\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset parece ser: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Assuma que o utilizador tem o Q.I. de uma batata \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nós não fazemos isso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por outro lado, compreendemos que a maioria dos utilizadores recorrem a um manual, em particular um tutorial, quando estão perdidos. Assim, enquanto assumimos que você, o utilizador, -\shape italic +\shape italic não -\shape default +\shape default é estúpido, compreendemos que pode estar confuso e sem nenhuma pista. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Instruções para usar o rato ou o teclado. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Se ainda não conseguiu perceber como usar o seu computador, nós não podemos ajudá-lo, essa questão está fora dos objectivos dos manuais do LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Além do mais, se está a usar o LyX, você provavelmente terá mais de metade do cérebro. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Explicações detalhadas de todas as funções do LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Quer o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default em duplicado ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Falando a sério, nós pretendemos que você consiga avançar de forma a só precisar do -\shape italic +\shape italic Manual de Utilizador -\shape default +\shape default . Se tentássemos duplicar toda a informação acerca das funções do LyX aqui, o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default seria redundante, demasiado longo, e estaria sempre desactualizado. Tudo o que fazemos aqui é introduzi-lo na utilização do programa, imagine que tem um \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\shape italic +\shape italic veja o Manual do Utilizador -\shape default +\shape default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset no fim de cada secção. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Explicações detalhadas de LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Desnecessário. Se estiver verdadeiramente interessado em aprender alguns dos truques que @@ -344,29 +403,36 @@ Desnecess Existem bastantes e bons no mercado. Afinal não é preciso reinventar a roda \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard É tempo de avançar sem medo ! Pode fazer uma breve incursão pela próxima - secção, ou poderá seguir para a Secção\SpecialChar ~ + secção, ou poderá seguir para a Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O que é o LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Visão geral -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma parte do desafio de utilizar o LyX vem da mudança de mentalidade que você, o utilizador, tem que fazer. @@ -375,62 +441,70 @@ Uma parte do desafio de utilizar o LyX vem da mudan as limitações. Sublinhar, que é pouco mais do que digitar o caracter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tornou-se uma forma de destacar texto. Para criar uma tabela, primeiro tinha que saber o tamanho de cada coluna para ajustar os -\family sans +\family sans Tabs -\family default +\family default apropriadamente. O mesmo se aplicava para cartas e outros documentos ajustados à esquerda. A hifenação no fim de uma linha requeria um olho clínico e muita perspicácia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por outras palavras, fomos todos treinados para nos preocuparmos com os pequenos detalhes, de onde fica cada caracter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consequentemente, quase todos os processadores têm esta mentalidade. Continuam a usar -\family sans +\family sans Tabs -\family default +\family default para adicionar espaços em branco. Continuamos a necessitar de nos preocupar onde, na página, qualquer coisa irá aparecer. Destacar texto significa mudar a fonte, similar a substituir a roda da máquina de escrever. Está a ver a ideia !? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aqui é onde o LyX é diferente de um processador de texto normal. Não nos preocupamos onde um caracter vai ficar. Você diz ao LyX -\shape italic +\shape italic o que está a fazer -\shape default +\shape default e o LyX toma conta do resto, seguindo uma série de regras chamadas -\shape italic +\shape italic estilo -\shape default +\shape default . Vamos ver um pequeno exemplo: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Suponha que está a escrever um relatório. Para começar o seu relatório quer uma secção chamada \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introdução \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Então entra num qualquer menu do seu processador, onde pode alterar o tamanho @@ -438,200 +512,224 @@ Introdu Depois activa o bold. Depois escreve, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Introdução \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Obviamente, se mais tarde decidir que esta secção deverá ser movida para outro local, ou decidir inserir uma secção antes desta, terá que renumerar tudo, inclusivamente o índice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No LyX, vai ao menu no lado esquerdo da barra de tarefas, seleciona -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , e escreve \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introdução \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sim, é tudo o que precisa. Se cortar e colar a secção, esta será renumerada automaticamente --- em qualquer lado. Até existe uma forma de fazer o LyX actualizar automaticamente qualquer referência a esta secção no ficheiro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora vamos olhar para um problema de consistência. - Cinco dias depois, reabre o relatório e inicia a Secção\SpecialChar ~ + Cinco dias depois, reabre o relatório e inicia a Secção\InsetSpace ~ 4. No entanto, esquece-se que estava a usar uma fonte 18pt em bold e usa 16pt, - portanto escreve o título da Secção\SpecialChar ~ + portanto escreve o título da Secção\InsetSpace ~ 4 com uma fonte diferente da que usou - para a Secção\SpecialChar ~ + para a Secção\InsetSpace ~ 1. Este problema não existe com o LyX. O computador toma conta de todas essas questões menores, não você. Afinal é nisso que o computador é bom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Outro exemplo. Suponha que está a fazer uma lista. Noutro processador de texto, uma lista é apenas uma série de -\family sans +\family sans Tabs -\family default +\family default e novas linhas. Você precisa saber onde inserir o nome de cada item, como esse nome tem que ser, quantas linhas em branco inserir entre cada item, etc, etc. Com o LyX só tem duas preocupações: que tipo de lista é, e o que incluir na lista. Apenas isso. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Portanto, a ideia básica por trás do LyX é: especifique o que está a fazer, não como fazê-lo. Em vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset o que vê é o que obtém \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ref:wysiwyg} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYG - -\series bold +\series bold W -\series default +\series default hat -\series bold +\series bold Y -\series default +\series default ou -\series bold +\series bold S -\series default +\series default ee -\series bold +\series bold I -\series default +\series default s -\series bold +\series bold W -\series default +\series default hat -\series bold +\series bold Y -\series default +\series default ou -\series bold +\series bold G -\series default +\series default et), o modelo LyX é \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset o que vê é o que pretende \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ref:wysiwym} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYM - -\series bold +\series bold W -\series default +\series default hat -\series bold +\series bold Y -\series default +\series default ou -\series bold +\series bold S -\series default +\series default ee -\series bold +\series bold I -\series default +\series default s -\series bold +\series bold W -\series default +\series default hat -\series bold +\series bold Y -\series default +\series default ou -\series bold +\series bold M -\series default +\series default ean). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Diferenças entre o LyX e outros processadores de texto \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Não, não estamos a tentar iniciar uma guerra sagrada (ou ganhar) sobre processad ores de texto. Mas pensamos ser importante descrever as características do LyX. E uma das mais importantes características do LyX, WYSIWYM, é fundamentalmente um conceito diferente do que 99% das pessoas têm do processamento de texto. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aqui está uma lista de coisas que não encontrará no LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize A régua do documento -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espaços -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espaços em branco extras [i.e. pressionar -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default duas ou mais vezes] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Espaços -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , com uma régua a mostrar a posição das palavras na página, é desnecessário no LyX. O programa é que se preocupa onde é que os caracteres ficam na página, @@ -640,30 +738,46 @@ Tab é necessário, dependendo do contexto. Não ser capaz de inserir 2 espaços em branco numa linha pode ser incómodo inicialmente, mas fará mais sentido quando começar a pensar em termos WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aqui estão algumas funções que existem em LyX, mas que não são usadas como está à espera: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Comandos de identação -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Quebras de página -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espaçamento entre linhas [i.e. espaços simples, espaços duplos, etc.] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Espaços em branco, horizontais e verticais -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fontes e tamanhos de fonte -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tipos de letra [bold, itálico, sublinhado, etc.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Apesar de existirem no LyX, em geral não precisará delas. O LyX resolverá estas questões sozinho, dependendo do que você está a fazer. @@ -675,41 +789,57 @@ Apesar de existirem no LyX, em geral n Em geral, os espaços entre linhas, palavras e parágrafos são variáveis definida pelo LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Há formas de ajustar tudo isto [só que algumas requerem conhecimentos de LaTeX], para todo o documento ou para uma localização específica no documento. Consulte o -\shape italic +\shape italic Manual do Utilizador -\shape default +\shape default para detalhes. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por último, existem algumas áreas onde o LyX [e o LaTeX] ultrapassam muitos processadores de texto: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hifenação -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Listas de qualquer tipo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matemática -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabelas -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Referências cruzadas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Garantidamente, muitos processadores de texto modernos conseguem trabalhar com símbolos matemáticos, tabelas, e hifenação, alguns estão mesmo a evoluir @@ -717,29 +847,33 @@ Garantidamente, muitos processadores de texto modernos conseguem trabalhar No entanto, só recentemente foram capazes de cumprir estas características, enquanto o LyX é baseado no sistema de preparação de documentos LaTeX. O LaTeX existe há mais de 10 anos, e -\shape italic +\shape italic funciona -\shape default +\shape default . Todos os erros foram resolvidos há muito tempo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ok, nós sabemos que nada é perfeito, mas o LaTeX está tão perto quanto possível de um programa livre de erros. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma última diferença muito importante entre o LyX e outros processadores de texto, é a estabilidade. Em oposição a certos processadores de texto comerciais, o LyX -\shape italic +\shape italic não -\shape default +\shape default reclama ser estável, para depois bloquear de 30 em 30 minutos, perante um documento de grande dimensão. A Equipa do LyX sabe que não é possível corrigir todos os pequenos erros, @@ -747,30 +881,34 @@ n Quando esses erros [oh, desculpem\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset características \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} ] mostram as suas caras feias, você poderá pensar que o LyX arrastará as suas últimas 3 páginas de empenho criativo para o esquecimento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Népias. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quando o LyX bloqueia, descarrega qualquer documento na memória para um ficheiro de emergência, antes de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cair \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Quando é reiniciado, o LyX encontra estes ficheiros de emergência, em particula @@ -780,92 +918,102 @@ r quando tentar abrir os ficheiros afectados. Muitos utilizadores escreveram as suas teses de doutoramento com o LyX. Eles raramente perderam uma página dos seus documentos, apesar de bloqueios ocasionais. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Que raio é o LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LaTeX é um sistema de preparação de documentos desenvolvido por Leslie Lamport em 1985 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A fonte da informação fornecida nesta secção é o livro \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset de Helmut Kopka e Patrick Daly, que tem uma referência bibliográfica no -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Por sua vez, o LaTeX, foi construido a partir de uma linguagem de composição chamada TeX, criada por Donald Knuth em 1984. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset pronuncia-se como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset blec! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , o que define como muitas pessoas se sentem acerca desta linguagem. No entanto, muitas pessoas não entendem o que é o TeX. O TeX usa uma sequência de comandos de composição, escritos num ficheiro -\emph on +\emph on script -\emph default +\emph default em ASCII, e executa-o. O resultado do TeX é um ficheiro independente do dispositivo, ou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default para abreviar. Você pode enviar o ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default para qualquer dispositivo que entenda -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ou converter o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default para outro formato como o PostScript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se não fosse uma ou outra característica, o TeX seria apenas um motor de composição. No entanto, o TeX permite a definição de macros pelo utilizador. É aqui que a acção começa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A maioria das pessoas que usam o TeX estão na realidade a usar um pacote de macros que Knuth criou para esconder uma série de detalhes de composição. @@ -880,15 +1028,17 @@ A maioria das pessoas que usam o TeX est e coisas como secções, tabelas ou fórmulas matemáticas, de forma consistente e uniforme, com o mínimo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ruído \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset possível. Foi assim que nasceu o LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Entretanto, paralelamente com o desenvolvimento e crescimento do LaTeX, outras pessoas foram criando os seus próprios pacotes de macros para o @@ -903,837 +1053,916 @@ Entretanto, paralelamente com o desenvolvimento e crescimento do LaTeX, De facto, o LaTeX é, por mérito próprio, uma linguagem bastante extensa. Utilizadores em todo o mundo têem criado os seus próprios acrescentos ao LaTeX para além dos standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Há duas formas de extender o LaTeX: -\emph on +\emph on classes -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on estilos -\emph default +\emph default . Uma -\emph on +\emph on classe -\emph default +\emph default é uma série de macros de LaTeX [e TeX] que descrevem um novo tipo de documento, como um livro ou um artigo. Há -\emph on +\emph on classes -\emph default +\emph default para slides, para revistas de matemática e física, etc; algumas universidades têm -\emph on +\emph on classes -\emph default +\emph default próprias para as suas teses. Um -\emph on +\emph on estilo -\emph default +\emph default diferencia-se de uma -\emph on +\emph on classe -\emph default +\emph default porque não define um novo tipo de documento, mas um tipo diferente de comportam ento que qualquer documento pode usar. Por exemplo, o LyX controla as margens das páginas e os espaços entre linhas, através de dois ficheiros de -\emph on +\emph on estilo -\emph default +\emph default para LaTeX, criados especificamente para esta tarefa. Há ficheiros de -\emph on +\emph on estilo -\emph default +\emph default para uma enormidade de coisas: imprimir etiquetas ou envelopes, alterar o comportamento da identação, adicionar novas fontes, manipular gráficos, desenhar cabeçalhos fantasiosos, formatar bibliografias, alterar a localização e aspecto das notas de rodapé, tabelas e figuras, formatar listas, etc, etc, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aqui fica um sumário: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Linguagem de composição com capacidade para usar macros. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Pacote de macros construido sobre o TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 classes: Descrição de um tipo de documento, usando LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 estilos: Altera o comportamento por defeito do LaTeX de alguma forma. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Processador de texto WYSIWYM, que utiliza o LaTeX em toda a sua gloria para imprimir. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A ideia desta secção foi tentar explicar porquê o LyX funciona de forma diferente dos outros processadores de texto. A razão é simples: o LyX usa o LaTeX na retaguarda para imprimir. Tal como o LaTeX, o LyX foca-se no contexto da sua escrita -- -\emph on +\emph on o que -\emph default +\emph default está a escrever. O computador depois resolve as questões de aparência. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oh --- uma última questão. LaTeX pronuncia-se como TeX. Rima com \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blec \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ou \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ha blec \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dependendo de como pronuncia os \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Normalmente. Lamport diz no seu livro que \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on la-tec -\emph default +\emph default também é possível \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , por ouro lado, pronuncia-se \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lics \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dependendo de que país você vem\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Começando com o LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O seu primeiro documento em LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK\SpecialChar \@. Está pronto para começar a escrever. Antes disso, é necessário mencionar aqui algumas pequenas coisas que, esperamos , possam tornar o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default mais instrutivo, útil e divertido. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Porque existe muita informação que não iremos fornecer-lhe, a primeira coisa que tem a fazer é encontrar os restantes documentos de ajuda. Felizmente, isso é bastante simples. Inicie o LyX. Escolha -\emph on +\emph on User's Guide -\emph default +\emph default no menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp -\family default +\family default . Talvez queira abrir ainda o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default (se não o estiver já a ler no monitor). Assim, pode ler ambos enquanto escreve o seu próprio documento \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Podem também servir como bons exemplos de como usar as muitas características do LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Note que uma vez abertos vários documentos, pode usar o menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocuments -\family default +\family default para visualizá-los. O -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default não cobrirá em detalhe assuntos descritos em outros manuais do LyX. Isto poderá dificultar-lhe um pouco a vida no início, mas manterá reduzido o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Também irá criar o hábito de utilizar outros manuais do LyX, que --- a longo prazo --- poupar-lhe-ão imenso tempo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neste -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , iremos assumir que possui uma versão do LyX totalmente funcional, assim como o LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ou outro visualizador de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ou outra forma de converter documentos -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default para documentos PostScript®, e uma impressora a funcionar. Isto é assumir muito. Se alguma destas coisas não for verdadeira, você (ou um administrador de sistemas amigo) irá necessitar de configurar o seu sistema. Poderá encontrar informação sobre configurações em outros manuais. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finalmente, escrevemos um documento para o deixar praticar os seus conhecimentos de LyX. Chama-se -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Imagine que foi escrito por alguém que não conhece nada acerca das grandes capacidades do LyX. À medida que for aprendendo as novas funções do LyX, iremos sugerir-lhe que modifique as respectivas partes do documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Este, contém ainda algumas dicas \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset subtis \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sobre como resolver as questões \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard As dicas estão localizadas em \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Notas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset amarelas. Aceda ao texto de uma nota clicando na mesma. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Se desejar fazer batota (ou verificar o que realizou), há também um ficheiro chamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default que contém o mesmo texto escrito e composto por um mestre em LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Os ficheiros de exemplo podem ser encontrados no directório -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , ao qual pode aceder seleccionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default e depois clicando no botão -\family sans +\family sans Examples -\family default +\family default . Abra o documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default , e use -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator Save -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s -\family default +\family default para gravar uma cópia no seu directório e poder trabalhar sobre ele. Enquanto modifica partes do documento -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default , verifique como é que essas mudanças afectaram o -\family sans +\family sans dvi -\family default -\series bold +\family default +\series bold -\series default +\series default resultante. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Já agora, o directório -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default contém muitos outros ficheiros de exemplo. Eles irão mostrar-lhe como fazer várias coisas originais com o LyX. Estas são especialmente úteis para mostrar coisas que (devido ao tamanho ou a outras razões) não cabem na documentação. Após a leitura do -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , ou quando se encontrar confuso sobre como fazer algo imaginativo no LyX, dê uma espreitadela a estes ficheiros. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Escrever, Visualizar e Imprimir -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Abra um novo ficheiro com -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Escreva uma frase como: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Este é o meu primeiro documento em LyX ! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Está bem. Pode escrever o que quiser. Na realidade não tem interesse e portanto pedimos desculpa pela futilidade desta frase, assim como por qualquer outra que lhe possamos pedir para escrever no futuro. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Grave o seu documento com -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Save\SpecialChar ~ +Save\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default s\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Corra o LaTeX para criar um ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , com -\family sans -\bar under -\noun on +\family sans +\bar under +\noun on V -\bar default -\noun default +\bar default +\noun default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Poderá ver algumas coisas a serem impressas na janela a partir da qual correu o comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default . São mensagens do LaTeX, que poderá ignorar por agora. O LyX irá correr o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ou outro visualizador de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), que vai abrir outra janela mostrando o aspecto do seu documento quando o imprimir. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Poderá poupar tempo deixando o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default a correr por trás. Depois, pode usar -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default e simplesmente clicar na janela do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ou maximizar) após o LaTeX terminar. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Imprima usando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint -\family default +\family default e clicando em -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parabéns! Escreveu e imprimiu o seu primeiro documento em LyX. Tudo o resto são apenas detalhes que serão abordados no resto do -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , do -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default e -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referência -\emph default +\emph default ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Operações Simples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard É claro que com o LyX poderá realizar a maioria das coisas a que está habituado com um processador de texto. Vai separar as palavras e identar parágrafos automaticamente. Agora abra alguns menus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se for como muitos dos utilizadores de -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default , já o fez muito antes de começar a ler o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e verá que a maioria dos comandos simples (ex. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default +\bar default it, -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste, -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rint) -\family default +\family default possuem o nome que era esperado, estão no menu onde esperaria que estivessem, e funcionam tal como esperaria que funcionassem. Aqui está uma descrição rápida de como realizar mais algumas acções simples. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Undo O LyX tem a -\emph on +\emph on capacidade -\emph default +\emph default de desfazer infinitamente, o que significa que poderá desfazer tudo o que fez desde o início da sessão de edição actual, seleccionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default repetidas vezes. Se desfez demasiado, basta seleccionar -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edo -\family default +\family default para repôr as acções desfeitas. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [Actualmente, o comando -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default é limitado a 100 passos. O -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default também não funciona para -\emph on +\emph on tudo -\emph default +\emph default , como por exemplo para alterações no arranjo do documento.] -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Cut/Paste/Copy Utilize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ut -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default aste -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default py -\family default +\family default para cortar, colar e copiar. Ou cole o texto seleccionado automaticamente usando o -\emph on +\emph on botão central -\emph default +\emph default do rato. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Find/Replace Utilize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default para diversas buscas. Na caixa de diálogo entretanto aberta, procure com as setas de avanço e recuo, e utilize o botão -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default eplace -\family default +\family default para substituir uma palavra que tenha encontrado \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Feche a janela quando terminar. Ou deixe-a aberta, se achar mais conveniente. A maioria das caixas de diálogo no LyX --- incluindo as -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default , assim como as várias caixas de diálogo para caracteres matemáticos --- são janelas que podem ser minimizadas, em vez de fechadas. Algumas caixas de diálogo como o -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default , não lhe permitem escrever nada na janela principal do LyX até que a feche realmente. Mantenha apenas a certeza de que tem focada a janela correcta quando tentar escrever na janela principal do LyX ou der um comando em outra caixa de diálogo qualquer do LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout -Character\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Character\InsetSpace ~ Formating Pode -\emph on +\emph on destacar -\emph default +\emph default texto (que geralmente converterá os caracteres em itálico), por em -\series bold +\series bold negrito -\series default +\series default , ou em -\noun on +\noun on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Noun Style \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\noun default +\noun default (normalmente pequenas maiúsculas, usado para nomes de pessoas) a partir dos botões de selecção no menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Toolbar Existem botões na barra de ferramentas (mesmo abaixo dos menus) que lhe permitem efectuar algumas das funções mais populares, tais como -\family sans +\family sans Paste -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Print -\family default +\family default . Se mantiver o ponteiro do rato em cima de um dos botões da barra de ferramentas , uma pequena nota amarela vai informá-lo acerca da função desse botão. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Minibuffer A linha cinzenta mesmo no fim da janela do LyX é chamada de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset minibuffer \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Esta linha vai mostrar-lhe todo o tipo de informação. @@ -1741,115 +1970,125 @@ minibuffer de gravar. Algumas mensagens de erro poderão surgir aqui, também. Note que também consegue -\emph on +\emph on escrever -\emph default +\emph default no minibuffer. Isto dá-lhe acesso a todos os tipos de funcionalidades, incluindo funcionalidad es que podem quebrar o seu documento. Por outras palavras, não escreva no minibuffer sem saber o que está a fazer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard É claro, ainda não escreveu o suficiente para tornar a maioria destas funcionali dades úteis. À medida que for escrevendo mais, tente desfazer, colar, etc. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Espaços Em Branco No LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Uma das coisas mais difíceis para os novos utilizadores se habituarem, é a forma como o LyX gere os espaços em branco. Por muitas vezes que pressione a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , só obterá uma linha em branco. Por muitas vezes que pressione a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , só obterá um espaço. Numa linha em branco, o LyX não lhe permite introduzir sequer um espaço. A tecla -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default não adiciona um espaço -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default para diante, de facto não -\emph on +\emph on existem -\emph default +\emph default espaços -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default ! Não existe régua no topo da página que lhe permita estabelecer -\family sans +\family sans Tabs -\family default +\family default ou até margens. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Muitos processadores de texto comerciais são baseados no princípio WYSIWYG. Pelo contrário, o LyX é baseado no princípio do WYSIWYM. Você escreve o que pretende, e o LyX preocupa-se com a composição, de modo que o resultado final é agradável à vista. Um -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default gramaticamente separa parágrafos, e um -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default gramaticamente separa palavras, pelo que não existem razões para ter vários seguidos numa linha; um -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default não tem nenhuma função gramatical, pelo que o LyX não o suporta. Utilizando o LyX, irá gastar mais do seu tempo preocupando-se com o -\emph on +\emph on conteúdo -\emph default +\emph default do seu documento, e menos tempo preocupando-se com o formato -\emph on +\emph on . -\emph default - Veja a Secção\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + Veja a Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset para mais informações sobre o conceito WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX tem (muitas) maneiras de afinar a formatação do seu documento. Afinal, o LyX pode não compôr -\emph on +\emph on exactamente -\emph default +\emph default o que você pretende. O -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default tem informação sobre tudo isto. Inclui -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default s e espaços verticais, que são mais poderosos e versáteis do que múltiplos espaços ou linhas em branco; e formas de modificar o tamanho e tipo da fonte e alinhamentos dos parágrafos, à mão. @@ -1857,125 +2096,135 @@ s e espa no conteúdo, e preocupando-se com a afinação apenas no final. Com processadores de texto tradicionais, você estará distraído com a formatação do documento durante o processo de escrita. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Outro tipo especial de espaço em branco é o -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default , que é feito escrevendo -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Protected\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default lank -\family default +\family default ) e mostra um pequeno \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset cor-de-rosa no monitor \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Se já tiver lido este documento online, provavelmente já notou nestes caracteres e pensou sobre o assunto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Se introduzir um -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default entre duas palavras, ele será impresso tal e qual um espaço normal no papel. Contudo, um -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default informa o LaTeX para não inserir uma quebra de linha entre essas duas palavras. Uma utilização comum é quando se escreve algo como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -veja Secção\SpecialChar ~ +veja Secção\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , onde queremos ter a certeza de que \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Secção \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset serão impressos na mesma linha \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , também o usamos quando descrevemos nomes de menus, ou caracteres especiais, como\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default s! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ambientes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Partes diferentes de um documento têm diferentes propósitos; chamamos a essas partes -\emph on +\emph on ambientes -\emph default +\emph default . Grande parte de um documento é constituído por texto regular. Os títulos de Secções (capítulos, subsecções, etc.) permitem ao leitor saber @@ -1984,7 +2233,9 @@ ambientes Um artigo de jornal terá um resumo e um título. Uma carta não terá nenhum destes, mas provavelmente terá um ambiente com a morada de quem escreve. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Os ambientes são a maior parte da filosofia WYSIWYM do LyX. Um dado ambiente pode requerer um certo estilo de fonte, tamanho de fonte, @@ -1995,825 +2246,915 @@ Os ambientes s o à esquerda; diferentes línguas podem ter diferentes padrões para identação; e os formatos da bibliografia podem variar bastante. O LyX permite evitar aprender todos os estilos diferentes de formatação. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A caixa -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default está localizada no lado esquerdo da barra de ferramentas (mesmo abaixo do menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile -\family default +\family default ). Indica qual o ambiente em que se encontra actualmente a escrever. Enquanto estava a escrever o seu primeiro documento, indicava -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default que é o ambiente padrão para texto. Agora irá introduzir vários ambientes no seu novo documento, de modo a visualizar o seu funcionamento. Pode fazê-lo no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default , que se abre clicando no ícon \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset seta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mesmo à direita da caixa -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Secções e Subsecções -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Escreva a palavra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Introdução -\family default +\family default na primeira linha do seu ficheiro LyX, e seleccione -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Não tem de -\emph on +\emph on seleccionar -\emph default +\emph default a linha. Se nada estiver seleccionado, o LyX modifica o parágrafo actual para o ambiente seleccionado. Alternativamente, pode modificar vários parágrafos para um ambiente diferente seleccionando-os antes de escolher o ambiente. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . O LyX numera a secção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e compõe o cabeçalho (título) da secção numa fonte maior. (É claro, o cabeçalho da secção também será composto correctamente no -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ou no documento impresso.) Agora pressione a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Note que se altera a caixa -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default de -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default para -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Os cabeçalhos das secções, como na maioria dos ambientes, são supostos acabar quando se introduz um -\family sans +\family sans Return \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para saber acerca de formas de escrever títulos com duas ou mais linhas. Claro que o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default pode continuar por diversos parágrafos. A lista dos vários ambientes (veja abaixo) também não termina quando carrega em -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Pode sempre dizer qual o ambiente em que se encontra actualmente olhando para a caixa -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\family default +\family default Escreva a introdução do documento: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Esta é uma introdução ao meu primeiro documento em LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pressione a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default e seleccione novamente -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . O LyX introduz um \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e aguarda que você escreva um título. Escreva -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mais coisas -\family default +\family default , e verá que o LyX o estabelece novamente como título de secção. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Está a melhorar. Vá para o final da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset novamente (depois de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset meu primeiro documento em LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), pressione a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default de novo, e seleccione -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . O LyX escreve \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e aguarda que você escreva um título. Escreva -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Acerca deste documento -\family default +\family default . - A secção\SpecialChar ~ + A secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mais coisas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , que estava antes como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , foi automaticamente renumerada para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Section\SpecialChar ~ +Section\InsetSpace ~ 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Na verdadeira concepção do WYSIWYM, só necessita de identificar o texto que constitui o título da secção, e o LyX toma conta da sua numeração e composição. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pressione o -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default para voltar ao ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , e escreva as seguintes cinco linhas: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Secções e subsecções são descritas em baixo. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descrição da Secção -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Secções são maiores que as subsecções. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Descrição da subsecção -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Subsecções são menores que as secções. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Clique na segunda linha e seleccione -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . O LyX numera a subsecção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , e faz a sua composição numa fonte maior que o texto regular mas menor que o título da secção. Mude também a quarta linha para ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . Tal como provavelmente esperava, o LyX automaticamente numerou a subsecção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Se ainda adicionar outra secção antes da \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , esta será renumerada para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , e as subsecções serão renumeradas para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Outros níveis de hierarquia incluem -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default , e -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Vamos deixá-lo brincar com estes à sua vontade. Repare que os cabeçalhos do parágrafo e subparágrafo, não são numerados por defeito, e que os subparágrafos são identados; veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para aprender a modificar esta propriedade. Os cabeçalhos dos -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default são na realidade o nível mais alto de hierarquia, acima das -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , mas apenas é permitido no uso de certos tipos ( -\emph on +\emph on classes -\emph default -) de documentos LyX (ver Secção\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +) de documentos LyX (ver Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finalmente, pode desejar ter secções ou subsecções não numeradas. Também existem ambientes que o permitem. Se modificar um dos cabeçalhos de -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default para ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , o LyX irá usar o mesmo tamanho de fonte para os cabeçalhos que usa para uma secção normal, mas não lhe atribui numeração. Existem cabeçalhos de ambientes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset para a -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Tente modificar algumas das suas secções ou subsecções para ambientes \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , e note a forma como as numerações das restantes secções são afectadas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Fixe os cabeçalhos das secções e subsecções em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listas e sub-listas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX possui diversos ambientes para compôr listas. Os vários ambientes de listas libertam-no de pressionar milhões de vezes a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , ao fazer uma caracterização por tópicos, ou de renumerar uma lista inteira quando lhe pretende adicionar um ponto no meio, e permite-lhe concentrar-se apenas no seu conteúdo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sim, estamos a exagerar ao salientar este ponto ao longo do -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . Mas -\emph on +\emph on é -\emph default +\emph default a principal filosofia do LyX, por isso pedimos desculpa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Diferentes tipos de documentos, logicamente requerem diferentes tipos de lista: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Uma apresentação de slides pode utilizar o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , com uma lista \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bullet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (os items são precedidos de um ponto) para descrever diferentes items. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Um caracterização por tópicos utiliza o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , com listas numeradas ou ordenadas por letras. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Um documento descrevendo vários pacotes de software pode usar o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , onde cada item na lista começa com uma palavra em negrito. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O ambiente -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- não encontrado em LaTeX --- é uma forma ligeiramente diferente do ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vamos escrever uma lista de razões pelas quais o LyX é melhor que outros processadores de texto. Algures no seu documento escreva: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O LyX é melhor do que os outros processadores de texto porque: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard e pressione -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Agora seleccione -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . O LyX adiciona uma \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bullet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (na realidade, um asterisco, que será convertido num ponto) à linha. Escreva as suas razões: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code A composição é feita automaticamente. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code A composição de fórmulas matemáticas é WYSIWYG. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code As listas são muito fáceis de criar! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Os ambientes de lista, ao contrário dos cabeçalhos, não terminam quando se pressiona a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Ao invés, o LyX assume que você pretende continuar a adicionar items à lista. Assim, o que fizemos acima irá resultar numa lista de três items. Se deseja mais que um parágrafo num item de uma lista, uma maneira é usar um -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Return -\family default +\family default , que obterá ao pressionar -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-Return -\family default +\family default . Para terminar uma lista necessita de seleccionar novamente o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (ou use simplesmente a combinação de teclas, -\family sans - M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obteve uma linda lista com items. Talvez queira correr o LaTeX para ver como é que a lista parece depois de impressa. Mas, e se quiser numerar as razões? Bem, basta seleccionar toda a lista \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O LyX não lhe permite seleccionar a primeira \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bullet \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a menos que também seleccione o parágrafo -\emph on +\emph on anterior -\emph default +\emph default à lista, o que provavelmente não quererá fazer. Similarmente, não pode seleccionar o número actual num título de secção numerada. Não se preocupe com isso. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset e escolher -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . Pow! Tal como mencionámos, se adicionar ou eliminar um item da lista, o LyX arranja a numeração. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Enquanto a lista está seleccionada, pode modificar para os outros dois ambientes de lista, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , de modo a ver o seu formato. Para esses dois ambientes, cada item da lista é constituído por um termo, que é a primeira palavra do item, seguida por uma definição, que é o resto do parágrafo (até pressionar a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ). O termo pode ser composto em negrito ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) ou separado por um -\series bold +\series bold Tab \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Não um -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default de teclado, patético, rígido e não modificável, mas um tab de composição, que irá ser modificado de forma a encaixar o maior termo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) do resto do parágrafo. Se quiser ter mais de uma palavra na definição, então separe as palavras com um -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default s. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Componha a lista no -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pode fundir listas umas nas outras de todas as formas. Um exemplo óbvio é a escrita de contornos gerais. Listas -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default terão diferentes esquemas de numeração e diferentes caracteres para sub-listas. Veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para detalhes sobre diferentes tipos de listas, assim como exemplos que -\emph on +\emph on usam -\emph default +\emph default muitos embricamentos. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Outros Ambientes: Versos, Citações e Outros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Existem dois ambientes para fazer citações: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default para as pequenas citações e -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default para as maiores. O código de computador (o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , também usado no -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default para os maiores exemplos escritos) é escrito na fonte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter typewriter -\family default +\family default ; este ambiente é a única forma no LyX que lhe permite usar espaços múltiplos para poder identar código. Pode até escrever poesia \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} assumindo que é suficientemente criativo para o fazer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset com o -\emph on +\emph on estilo -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default Verse -\family default +\family default , usando a tecla -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default para separar estrofes, e -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl-Return -\family default +\family default para separar linhas numa estrofe. Veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para descrições completas sobre todos os ambientes disponíveis no LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Componha correctamente uma -\family sans +\family sans Quote, -\family default +\family default um -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code, -\family default +\family default e um -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash linebreak -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Escrevendo Documentos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O capítulo anterior permitiu-lhe adaptar-se a escrever em LyX. Introduziu-o às operações mais simples de edição, bem como ao poderoso @@ -2825,15 +3166,19 @@ O cap Para tal far-se-á uma apresentação das classes de texto e serão descritas as várias adições que transformam texto em documentos, tais como títulos, notas de rodapé, referências cruzadas, bibliografia e índices. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Classes de Texto e Templates: Escrevendo Cartas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset De acordo com o tipo de documento que pretende produzir deverá sujeitar a sua composição a regras distintas. @@ -2843,98 +3188,106 @@ De acordo com o tipo de documento que pretende produzir dever as cartas têm alguns ambientes, tais como a morada do remetente e a assinatura, que não fazem sentido num livro ou mesmo num artigo. As classes de texto ( -\emph on +\emph on textclass -\family sans -\emph default +\family sans +\emph default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard utilizadores LaTeX: estas são equivalentes às \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset documentclass \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset do LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset do LyX resolvem as grandes diferenças entre vários tipos de documento. Este -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , por exemplo, foi escrito com a classe Book -\family default +\family default . Uma vez que as classes de texto são também parte da filosofia WYSIWYM, não é preciso que saiba como compôr um dado documento, pois ao utilizá-las elas dirão ao LyX quais as regras que deverá utilizar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Supondo que está a escrever o seu documento com a classe de texto -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Esta é normalmente a classe de texto por defeito, apesar de poder definir outra no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , experimente alterar para outra classe (usando o menu -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default na caixa de diálogo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default ). Verifique agora como todo o seu aspecto se altera de acordo com o arranjo do novo tipo de documento escolhido. Se mudar o seu documento para a classe -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default e tomar atenção ao menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default , apercebe-se que a maioria dos ambientes permitidos são os mesmos, embora nesta situação fique disponível a utilização do ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Dentro de cada classe de texto os ambientes disponíveis são bastante variados e dependentes da classe escolhida. Se não tem qualquer ideia do tipo de ambiente que pode utilizar numa dada classe de texto, basta consultar o menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na composição de jornais as regras de apresentação são variadas, a definição do tamanho da letra, a impressão em uma ou duas colunas e mesmo os cabeçalhos, @@ -2946,23 +3299,37 @@ Na composi O LyX foi criado de forma a poder dar resposta a todos estes requisitos. Um bom exemplo desta situação pode ser encontrada ao utilizar a classe de texto -\family sans - Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default , onde as regras de composição são as necessárias para a criação de artigos com o formato exigido pela American Mathematics Society Journals. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na tabela seguinte apresenta-se uma breve referência de algumas classes de texto. Para mais detalhes aconselha-se a consulta do -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2973,275 +3340,321 @@ Na tabela seguinte apresenta-se uma breve refer \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nome -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Notas -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard uma face, sem capítulos -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard arranjo & ambiente para a American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard maior que o artigo, duas faces -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard relatório + capa e contracapa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard transparências (também inclui FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ambientes extra para endereços, assinatura\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Templates: Escrevendo uma Carta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma das classes de texto mais popular é a -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default . A forma mais simples de escrever uma carta será criar um novo documento -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ew -\family default +\family default , e escolher -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default no menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default lass -\family default +\family default da caixa de diálogo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default . Embora esta seja a forma mais óbvia de escrever uma carta, ainda implica uma série de trabalho extra que poderá ser poupado pela utilização dos -\family sans +\family sans templates -\family default +\family default . De cada vez que escreve uma carta de trabalho, esta prossupõe a inclusão do seu endereço, o endereço do destinatário, o corpo da carta, a assinatura, etc. O LyX tem um -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default para cartas, que contém uma carta tipo; depois de ter um -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default basta substituir algumas partes da carta com o seu texto de cada vez que escreve uma carta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abra um ficheiro novo com -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -New\SpecialChar ~ -from\SpecialChar ~ +New\InsetSpace ~ +from\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under t -\bar default +\bar default emplate. -\family default +\family default Depois de escolher o nome para o seu documento, selecione -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default a partir da caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Choose\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Choose\InsetSpace ~ Template -\family default +\family default . Guarde e imprima o documento para ver qual a composição dos vários ambientes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ao consultar o menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default vai verificar que existem vários ambientes disponíveis, como o -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default que não existe na maioria das outras classes de texto -\family sans +\family sans . -\family default +\family default Outras, como por exemplo -\family sans +\family sans Quote e -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , são mais comuns -\family sans +\family sans . -\family default +\family default A melhor forma de se familiarizar com todos estes ambientes e verificar como tudo funciona, será meter mão à obra e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset brincar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset com todas estas opções. Vai verificar por exemplo que o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default aparece com a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset a vermelho antes da assinatura propriamente dita. Esta palavra não aparece na impressão do documento, apenas indica o local @@ -3251,66 +3664,72 @@ Signature: documento. Lembre-se que o LyX é WYSIWYM, e portanto existem uma série de pormenores que ele se encarregará de assegurar por si. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default é um simples documento do LyX. Isto quer dizer que pode preencher o seu endereço e assinatura no documento e guardá-lo como um novo -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default . A partir de agora sempre que quiser escrever uma carta, o tempo dispendido vai ser cada vez menor. Nesta situação não sugerimos nenhum exercício em particular, basta tão somente que escreva uma carta para alguém \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Um pequeno aviso, se estiver a escrever a partir de um -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default e apagar todo o texto de um dado ambiente --- por exemplo, se apagar todo o campo -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default para o substituir com o seu próprio texto --- e depois mover o cursor sem que escreva efectivamente o texto, o ambiente pode desaparecer. Isto deve-se ao facto de muitos ambientes não poderem existir sem texto. Para recuperar a situação inicial, basta que volte a selecionar o ambiente a partir do menu -\family sans +\family sans Environment -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A utilização de -\family sans +\family sans templates -\family default +\family default assegura uma grande poupança de tempo e nós aconselhamos, sempre que possível, a sua utilização. Adicionalmente, a sua utilização ajudará a aprender a utilizar algumas das classes de texto mais \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset divertidas \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Finalmente, a sua utilização poderá também ser bastante útil, para alguém @@ -3318,81 +3737,95 @@ divertidas familiarizados com computadores. Ao iniciar a utilização do LyX, este pode ser menos intimidativo se existir uma -\family sans +\family sans template -\family default +\family default para a carta da sua empresa. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Títulos de Documentos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX assim como o LaTeX considera os títulos --- os quais podem conter o próprio título o autor, a data e mesmo o resumo de um artigo --- como uma parte separada do documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Volte ao seu novo ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default e assegure-se que está a usar a classe de texto -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Para acompanhar este exemplo não deverá usar -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default uma vez que esse tipo de classe de texto não permite a utilização de Títulos. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Escreva um título na primeira linha e formate-a com o ambiente Title -\family default +\family default . Na linha seguinte escreva o seu nome e mude-a para o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . Na linha seguinte, escreva a data no ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Escreva um parágrafo ou dois a sumarizar o seu documento usando o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Neste momento já está em condições de imprimir o seu trabalho e verificar o aspecto final que este terá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Arranje o título, data e autor no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Etiquetas e Referências Cruzadas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ao utilizar o LyX pode etiquetar uma secção (ou subsecção ou mais raramente um parte de texto) no seu documento, criando assim a possibilidade de se @@ -3406,64 +3839,72 @@ s cruzadas. e o LyX ocupa-se do resto. As etiquetas e referências cruzadas constituem uma das vantagens mais important es do LyX relativamente a outros processadores de texto. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Criando a sua primeira etiqueta -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vamos marcar a nossa segunda secção, cujo título é \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sobre este documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Clique no fim da linha de título da secção e selecione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default abel -\family default +\family default . A caixa de diálogo que aparece vai-lhe pedir um nome para a secção. Escreva -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:sobreodocumento -\family default +\family default , o qual parece um nome bastante adequado e evitará confusão com outras secções que poderá também etiquetar \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Escrevemos \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset porque podemos tambem etiquetar equações, tabelas e figuras. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Quando clicar -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , o nome da etiqueta ficará numa caixa junto ao título da secção. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A propósito, poderia ter posto a etiqueta em qualquer sítio dentro da secção; a referência da secção refere-se à última secção ou subsecção que aparece @@ -3471,350 +3912,388 @@ A prop No entanto, inseri-la na mesma linha que o título da secção (ou, talvez, na primeira linha do texto da secção) assegura que a referência ao número da página será ao ínicio da secção. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Até agora não fez nada, o ficheiro -\family sans +\family sans dvi -\family default +\family default mantém-se exactamente o mesmo, pois as etiquetas não aparecem na impressão do documento. No entanto, agora que inseriu uma etiqueta pode referir-se a ela através das referências cruzadas. Essa será a nossa próxima etapa. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* A sua primeira Referência Cruzada -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Coloque o cursor num qualquer local da Secção\SpecialChar ~ +Coloque o cursor num qualquer local da Secção\InsetSpace ~ 2 do seu documento, e escreva: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Se quer saber mais acerca deste documento, então veja -\newline +\newline Secção , a qual pode ser encontrada na página . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora, com o cursor situado depois da palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Secção \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , escolha -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ross-Reference -\family default +\family default . A caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default ficará disponível, mostrando uma série de possíveis referências que pode usar. Neste momento deverá existir uma única, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:sobreodocumento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Selecione-a (ela poderá estar pré-selecionada por omissão) e clique em -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default -nsert\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +nsert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default . Agora posicione o cursor depois da palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset página \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , e clique sobre -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default -age\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +age\InsetSpace ~ Number -\family default +\family default na caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default (para que o processo seja absolutamente correcto deverá inserir um -\family sans -Protected\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank -\family default +\family default entre a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Secção \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e a referência, devendo repetir o mesmo procedimento para a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset página \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX coloca a referência no local exacto onde o cursor estava posicionado. No documento impresso, como seria de esperar, as referências são substituídas pelo número da secção ou da página, dependendo do tipo de referência selecionad a na caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference. -\family default +\family default Também de uma forma bastante prática, as referências no seu documento funcionam como uma hiper-ligação. Assim, quando clica sobre uma referência cruzada, automaticamente ficará posicionado sobre a parte do documento a que esta se refere. O atalho -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default move o cursor de volta para a referência. Se fizer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default -pdate\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pdate\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default , poderá verificar que na última página nos referimos à \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Secção\SpecialChar ~ +Secção\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Página\SpecialChar ~ +Página\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Explorando um pouco mais sobre Etiquetas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Como já foi antes referido, o LyX preocupa-se com a numeração das referências - cruzadas - agora podemos testar ! Insira uma Secção antes da Secção\SpecialChar ~ + cruzadas - agora podemos testar ! Insira uma Secção antes da Secção\InsetSpace ~ 2. Agora volte a correr o LaTeX, e --- voilà ! --- a referência cruzada da secção passou a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Altere o ambiente da secção \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sobre este Documento \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset - para sub-secção, a referência cruzada refere agora Subsecção\SpecialChar ~ + para sub-secção, a referência cruzada refere agora Subsecção\InsetSpace ~ 2.1 ao invés - de Secção\SpecialChar ~ + de Secção\InsetSpace ~ 3. Logicamente, a referência da página só será alterada caso insira uma página completa de texto antes do local etiquetado. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se quiser praticar um pouco mais sobre etiquetas, experimente inserir uma etiqueta \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:aminhaprimeiraetiqueta \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , onde está a sua primeira referência cruzada e refira-se a essa etiqueta numa qualquer parte do seu documento. No caso de pretender utilizar várias referências cruzadas ao longo do seu documento (por exemplo se estiver a escrever um artigo de jornal), então será bastante mais prático deixar a caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default aberta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{sloppypar} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para se asseguar que as referências cruzadas asseguram uma numeração correcta, mesmo em documentos mais extensos, copie algumas páginas do -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para o clipboard e cole o texto capturado ao seu documento \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A propósito, copiar o título de um capítulo pode causar um erro no LyX, pois os capítulos não estão previstos na classe -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . Se lhe aparecer algum erro apague o título do capítulo. - Se não percebe a razão porque isto acontece, consulte a Secção\SpecialChar ~ + Se não percebe a razão porque isto acontece, consulte a Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Arranje as referências no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notas de Rodapé e Margem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As notas de rodapé podem ser inseridas usando o botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default da barra de tarefas \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O botão mostra uma seta a apontar para um texto a vermelho que se encontra imediatamente a seguir a texto a preto. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ou através do menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ootnote -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Clique no fim da palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset numa qualquer parte do seu documento e depois no botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default . Uma linha de rodapé abre-se imediatamente a seguir à linha onde está posicionad o. Na extremidade esquerda dessa linha encontrará a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset escrita a vermelho sobre um fundo cinzento. O resto da linha está delineada a vermelho e é aí que deverá escrever o @@ -3822,176 +4301,206 @@ foot Ao inserir a nota de rodapé o LyX deverá colocar o cursor no início da linha. Escreva -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code O Lyx é um processador para composição de texto -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora clique sobre a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset A linha de rodapé desaparece, ficando somente a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , superescrita a vermelho, mostrando o local onde a referência da nota de rodapé aparecerá no documento final, isto é o que se chama \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cobrir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset a nota de rodapé. Sempre que quiser pode descobrir a nota de rodapé e editar o texto, bastando para tal clicar sobre a marca a vermelho \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neste momento pode questionar-se porque a marca da nota de rodapé aparece como uma palavra e não como um número. A resposta é que o LyX assegura a numeração automática das notas de rodapé. Pode verificar este facto por si, consultando o ficheiro de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default (ou mesmo o resultado da impressão). Se acrescentar outras notas de rodapé o LyX fará a numeração. Como o LyX (mais precisamente o LaTeX) toma conta da numeração das notas, não há necessidade desses mesmos números aparecerem no ficheiro LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma nota de rodapé, como outra qualquer parte de texto, pode ser cortado e colado. Vá em frente, experimente ! Tudo o que precisa é selecionar a marca \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Talvez seja mais simples fazer a selecção utilizando o teclado. Pois ao tentar fazê-lo directamente com o rato, poderá acidentalmente abrir a nota. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset cortar e colar. Também pode passar texto vulgar para nota de rodapé, bastando selecionar o texto e clicar no botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default ; o processo inverso também é possível, basta que clique no botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default quando o cursor está numa nota de rodapé. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As notas de margem podem ser inseridas usando o botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ -Margin\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ +Margin\InsetSpace ~ Note \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O botão mostra uma seta a apontar para texto a vermelho ao lado de (i.e. na margem de) texto a preto, e deverá encontra-se junto ao botão -\family sans -Insert\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Insert\InsetSpace ~ Footnote -\family default +\family default na barra de tarefas. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ou -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under M -\bar default -argin\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +argin\InsetSpace ~ Note -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. As notas de Margem são em tudo semelhantes às notas de rodapé, exceptuando: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize as marcas no monitor dizem \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em vez \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize as notas ficarão localizadas nas margens e não por baixo do texto. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize as notas de margem não são numeradas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize quando uma nota está coberta, aparecerá na margem um ponto de exclamação; este ponto de exclamação não aparece na impressão do documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mude a sua nota de rodapé do LyX para texto, depois selecione esse texto e passe-o a nota de margem. Corra o LaTeX outra vez e verifique qual o aspecto final que a nota de margem toma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Arranje a nota de rodapé no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset A Bibliografia é muito semelhante às referências cruzadas. A bibliografia contém uma série de referências no fim do documento que @@ -4000,252 +4509,274 @@ A Bibliografia mais simples, ao assegurarem a numeração automática dos items da bibliografia, bem como a alteração das citações quando existe uma modificação da numeração dos items. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vá até ao fim do documento e mude para o ambiente -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Agora, cada parágrafo que inserir será uma nova referência. Como primeira referência insira: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O Tutorial do Lyx, pela Equipa de documentação do LyX -\family default +\family default . Repare como o LyX automaticamente insere um número numa caixa no início de cada referência. Clique na caixa de numeração, e aparece uma caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default . O primeiro campo, a chave, é usado para se referir a esta referência no seu documento. Por omissão é um número. Altere o campo -\family sans +\family sans key -\family default +\family default para \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , que é uma identificação mais fácil de recordar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora escolha uma parte do seu documento onde esteja interessado em inserir uma referência bibliográfica. Faça-o através de -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -tation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tation\InsetSpace ~ Reference\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default O LyX desenha-lhe uma caixa a cinzento com três pontos de interrogação dentro de parêntesis e aparece a caixa de diálogo -\family sans +\family sans Citation -\family default +\family default . O primeiro campo da caixa de diálogo, denominado -\family sans +\family sans key -\family default +\family default , permite-lhe escolher qual o item da bibliografia que quer citar \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Esta é a razão pela qual se aconselha a atribuição de nomes lógicos e únicos ao campo chave. Ao substituir a numeração automática, que não dá qualquer indicação do item em causa, sempre que precisar de citar um determinado item será mais mais fácil identificar o item em questão. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Clicando na seta do lado direito do campo -\family sans +\family sans key -\family default +\family default , aparece um menu onde deverá escolher \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (até ao momento é o único item da bibliografia). Agora corra o LaTeX, e verá que a citação aparece dentro de parentesis no seu texto, fazendo referência à bibliografia do fim do documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para que servem os outros campos? O campo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default emark -\family default +\family default na caixa de diálogo da citação serve para inserir notas pessoais (tal como uma referência a uma página ou um capítulo do artigo ou livro em referência) que no documento aparecem dentro dos parentesis e após a referência. Se preferir que as referências sejam feitas com texto e não números (por exemplo alguns jornais usam \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset para se referirem a um artigo escrito por Smith em 1995), utilize o campo -\family sans +\family sans Label -\family default +\family default na caixa de diálogo -\family sans -Bibliography\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bibliography\InsetSpace ~ item -\family default +\family default . Consulte o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para mais detalhes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício: -\series default +\series default Crie uma bibliografia e citação no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indíces -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se está interessado na inclusão de um índice no início do seu documento, o LyX torna esta tarefa num passo simples de executar. Tecle -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default entre o Título e a primeira secção do seu documento \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Não se sinta frustrado ao tentar, em vão, clicar ou fazer -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default antes do número da sua secção. Não vai resultar! Uma vez que o LyX se encarrega das numerações, não é permitido ao utilizador editar o número das secções. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , e escolha -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Table\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +Table\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ontents -\family default +\family default . A palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table of Contents \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset aparecerá numa caixa (também conhecida por -\emph on +\emph on inset -\emph default +\emph default ) na primeira linha do seu documento. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Á primeira vista tudo isto lhe pode parecer pouco útil. No entanto, se fôr dar uma espreitadela ao seu ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , pode verificar que acabou de gerar um índice onde se encontram listadas as várias secções e sub-secções do seu documento. Como de costume, se resolver reordenar as secções ou mesmo criar secções novas, pode verificar no seu ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default que o seu índice respeitou todas as suas actualizações. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma vez que o índice não pode ser alterado, não aparece quando trabalha no seu documento. No entanto, pode sempre mostra-lo numa janela individual, clicando no -\emph on +\emph on inset -\emph default +\emph default do índice, ou utilizando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -able\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +able\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ Contents \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O comando do menu funciona sempre, mesmo que não tenha o índice inserido no seu documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Esta é uma ferramenta bastante útil. @@ -4257,22 +4788,30 @@ O comando do menu funciona sempre, mesmo que n mesmo. Caso considere conveniente, a janela do índice pode ficar aberta durante toda a sua sessão de trabalho. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O índice pode ser apagado como qualquer caracter. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Crie o índice no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Usando Matemática -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A linguagem LaTeX é usada por muitos cientistas, porque permite escrever equações de forma visualmente elegante, evitando os caracteres de controle @@ -4283,145 +4822,161 @@ A linguagem LaTeX Se está habituado ao LaTeX, verá que todos os habituais comandos de matemática podem ser usados normalmente, mas aparecerão de forma WYSIWYM. Se, por outro lado, nunca usou LaTeX, então o -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default permitir-lhe-á escrever rápida e facilmente equações com um aspecto profissiona l \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O LyX não consegue verificar se as suas equações estão correctas. Desculpe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Modo Matemático -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Algures no seu documento LyX, escreva: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Eu gosto do que Einstein disse, E=mc^2, porque é muito simples. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A equação não parece muito bem, mesmo no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ; não há espaços entre as letras e o sinal de igual, e seria melhor se o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset aparecesse mesmo como um expoente. A composição com mau aspecto apareceu assim porque não dissemos ao LyX que estávamos a escrever uma expressão matemática, logo a equação foi escrita como texto normal. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A Matemática deve ser escrita no -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default , também denominado modo matemático. Para entrar em modo matemático, basta clicar no botão da barra de tarefas com \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset escrito a azul. O LyX abrirá um pequeno quadrado azul dentro de um rectângulo púrpura. O quadrado azul é o -\emph on +\emph on ponto de inserção -\emph default +\emph default , indicando que o -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default está à espera que algo seja escrito, e o rectângulo indica que está em modo matemático. O LyX pôs o cursor no quadrado azul, então basta escrever -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default novamente. A expressão é escrita a azul e o quadrado azul desaparece logo que o ponto de inserção deixa de estar vazio. Agora pressione a tecla \lang english -\family sans +\family sans \lang portuges Esc -\family default +\family default para sair do -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default (Nota: clicando no botão -\family sans +\family sans math -\family default +\family default de novo -\emph on +\emph on não o fará sair -\emph default +\emph default do -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default ). O rectângulo púrpura desaparece, deixando o cursor à direita da expressão. Agora, se escrever algo, será em texto -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Corra o LaTeX e veja o ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Note que a expressão aparece escrita de forma mais bonita, com espaços entre as letras e o sinal de igual, e o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em expoente. As letras no modo matemático são assumidas como variáveis e aparecem em itálico. Os números são apenas números. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default é outro exemplo da filosofia WYSIWYM. Em LaTeX, as expressões matemáticas são escritas usando texto e comandos como -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default . Isto pode ser frustrante, porque não se pode ver como a expressão vai aparecer no documento até se correr o LaTeX sobre o ficheiro, e poderá ser necessário @@ -4434,436 +4989,468 @@ sqrt 99% das vezes, o tamanho da letra e espaçamentos dados pelo LaTeX não terão que ser alterados. Desta forma (repetindo mais uma vez) pode-se concentrar no -\emph on +\emph on conteúdo -\emph default +\emph default das expressões matemáticas em vez da forma como são escritas. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navegando numa Equação -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Agora vamos mudar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset para \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Use as teclas com setas para mover o cursor na expressão. Note que quando entra na expressão o rectângulo púrpura aparece de novo, indicando que está em -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . Agora, pode usar as setas para a esquerda e para a direita, mover o cursor para depois do sinal de igual e inserir \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Depois, pode usar as teclas com setas ou -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default para sair da expressão, o que fará o rectângulo púrpura desaparecer de novo. Muitas pessoas gostam de utilizar as teclas das setas, mas também se pode simplesmente usar o rato para colocar o cursor na expressão e assim iniciar o -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para além das teclas especiais descritas mais abaixo, escrever em modo matemátic o é como editar texto normal. Use -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) para apagar. Seleccione texto, com as teclas de setas ou com o rato. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default ndo -\family default +\family default funciona em modo matemático, assim como cortar e colar. Algo a ter cuidado: se estiver junto a uma expressão matemática, mas fora dela, -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ou -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) irão apagar a expressão como um todo. Felizmente poderá usar -\family sans +\family sans Undo -\family default +\family default para a recuperar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Então e se quiser mudar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset para \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Novamente, poderá usar o rato e clicar no sítio indicado. No entanto, também poderá usar as teclas das setas. Se o cursor estiver logo depois do \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mas antes do \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , então carregando na seta para cima irá mover o cursor para o nível do expoente, mesmo antes do \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Adicione o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Agora, pressionando na seta para baixo irá mover o cursor para o nível anterior. De facto, pressionando a seta para baixo, estando o cursor em qualquer parte do expoente, irá pôr o cursor logo -\emph on +\emph on após -\emph default +\emph default o expoente (para que então possa inserir o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Também pode usar a tecla de espaço para navegar numa expressão. Se estiver numa estrutura do -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default (subescrito, expoente, fracção, raiz quadrada, delimitadores ou matriz, os quais serão descritos nas secções seguintes), pressionando a tecla de espaço irá mover o cursor para depois da estrutura, mas ficará ainda em -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . Se o cursor estiver algures no expoente, a tecla de espaço irá movê-lo para o nível abaixo, logo a seguir ao expoente. Isto quer dizer que pode escrever \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sem usar o rato -\emph on +\emph on ou -\emph default +\emph default as teclas de setas, um método que irá preferir logo que esteja mais experiente. Apenas terá que ter cuidado para não introduzir um espaço entre o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e o sinal de adição, ou sairá do expoente. Em sítios onde este comportamento não faz sentido (por exemplo entre o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), a tecla de espaço não terá nenhum efeito \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default e -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on não -\emph default +\emph default são usados para introduzir espaços extra entre partes da equação. Esses espaçamentos são uma questão de composição, o que significa que deverá o LyX (LaTeX) tratar do assunto (ver Sec. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Se não estiver completamente satisfeito, existem formas de afinar mais promenorizadamente os espaçamentos, as quais podem ser consultadas no -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default --- mas não se preocupe com pormenores até ter acabado de inserir todo o conteúdo no seu documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note que se inserir uma expressão e sair com -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , não ficará espaço a seguir à expressão. Isto está bem se o caracter seguinte fôr um ponto final ou uma vírgula, mas se após a fórmula ficar uma palavra, terá que inserir um espaço após sair de -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . Como atalho, se estiver mesmo no fim da expressão, poderá carregar na tecla de espaço, o que o fará sair de -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default e inserir ao mesmo tempo um espaço após a expressão. Deste modo poderá escrever \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é a minha equação favorita \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é a minha equação favorita. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Expoentes e Índices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Um expoente pode ser inserido a partir do menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default , mas é mais simples inserir um acento circunflexo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e carregar na tecla de espaço. O LyX irá colocar um ponto de inserção (o quadrado azul, lembra-se?) no expoente, podendo aí escrever o que quiser, num tamanho de letra mais pequeno. Tudo o que escrever até carregar na tecla de espaço (ou -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default para sair de vez do -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default ) ficará no expoente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Escrever um subescrito (índice) é igualmente fácil --- comece por inserir um -\family sans +\family sans underscore -\family default +\family default ( \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Poderá inserir índices e expoentes em outros índices e expoentes, como por exemplo: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Ponha a equação 1 do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default em modo matemático. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default é uma maneira fácil de inserir símbolos ou de fazer funções -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default complicadas. Muitas destas funções estão disponíveis a partir do teclado ou do menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default ath -\family default +\family default . No entanto, vamo-nos concentrar no uso do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , apenas para que saiba o que ele contém, poderá mais tarde aprender atalhos pelo teclado lendo outros manuais (isto é uma pista...). Então vamos abrir o -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default e deixá-lo aberto enquanto lê esta secção. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grego e símbolos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se clicar no botão marcado \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , obterá um menu de onde poderá escolher uma letra grega, que aparecerá no cursor. Repare que há várias variantes de epsilon, pi, phi (fi), theta, e sigma. Como atalho, se estiver a escrever texto, poderá escolher algo do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default e o -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default será aberto automaticamente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quatro outros botões na base do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default permitem escolher uma vasta gama de símbolos usados em matemática: várias setas, relações, operadores, somatórios e integrais. Indexação e exponenciação permitem pôr limites superiores e inferiores @@ -4871,22 +5458,26 @@ Panel O último botão é a temível miscelânea. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Raizes quadradas, acentos, delimitadores -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para escrever uma raiz quadrada basta clicar no botão com o sinal de raiz quadrada. @@ -4896,588 +5487,642 @@ Para escrever uma raiz quadrada basta clicar no bot outra coisa. O LyX automaticamente dimensionará a raiz quadrada para abranger tudo o que fôr escrito dentro. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Acentuar um caracter ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ou um grupo de caracteres ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) é feito da mesma maneira. Carregue no botão -\family sans +\family sans Decoration -\family default +\family default , que tem um quadrado azul com um til (~) preto em cima, para abrir a janela -\family sans +\family sans Decoration -\family default +\family default . Clique num botão e o LyX irá abrir um ponto de inserção acima ou abaixo do acento escolhido. Poderá então escrever o que quiser no ponto de inserção e sair desse ponto com a tecla de espaço. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Delimitadores como parêntesis curvos, parêntesis rectos ou chavetas funcionam de modo semelhante, mas são um pouco mais complicados. Carregue no botão -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default , que tem um quadrado azul entre parêntesis para que apareça a janela -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default . Clique num delimitador esquerdo com o -\emph on +\emph on botão esquerdo do rato -\emph default +\emph default e num delimitador direito com o -\emph on +\emph on botão direito do rato -\emph default +\emph default . (Alternativamente, use os botões \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default eft \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ight \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e então clique nos delimitadores com o -\emph on +\emph on botão esquerdo do rato -\emph default +\emph default .) A sua selecção de delimitadores aparece numa caixa no cimo da janela. É um par de parêntesis por defeito, mas com este método de selecção geral pode escolher qualquer combinação de delimitadores, ou mesmo escolher o quadrado vazio para obter algo como \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (o delimitador vazio aparece no LyX como uma linha tracejada preta, mas não aparecerá no output). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma vez escolhidos os delimitadores, clique em -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default para os pôr na expressão (ou carregue em -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default se quiser deixar aberta a janela). Se fôr preguiçoso, pode escrever parêntesis em texto normal em modo matemático, em vez de usar a janela -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default . No entanto esses parêntesis ficarão do mesmo tamanho que o texto normal, o que não ficará bem se tiver uma fracção ou uma matriz entre parêntesis. A utilização da janela -\family sans +\family sans Delimiter -\family default +\family default irá garantir que o tamanho dos delimitadores é definido de acordo com o que está dentro deles. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Também pode colocar delimitadores, sinais de raiz quadrada ou acentos em texto já existente. Seleccione a porção da fórmula que quer modificar e clique no botão respectivo no -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . Tente usar isto para alterar a segunda lei de Newton de forma escalar para forma vectorial ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset para \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Quando chegarmos à parte das matrizes, esta será a forma como se irão pôr dentro parêntesis ou chavetas. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Fracções -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fracções são simples no -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . Basta clicar no botão -\family sans +\family sans fraction -\family default +\family default do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , que mostra uma fracção com quadrados azuis no numerador e no denominador. O LyX coloca dois pontos de inserção nas fracções. Como seria de esperar, podem-se usar as teclas das setas ou o rato para mover o cursor numa fracção. Clique no quadrado de cima e escreva \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Agora carregue na tecla da seta para baixo e escreva \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Acabou de fazer uma fracção ! Claro que pode escrever tudo o que quiser dentro de cada quadrado: variáveis com expoentes, raizes quadradas, outras fracções, o que quiser. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Ponha a equação 2 do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default em modo matemático. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modo TeX: Limites, log, sin e outros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Porque letras em modo matemático são consideradas como sendo variáveis, se escrever \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em modo matemático, o LyX pensa que está a escrever o produto das três variáveis \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , e \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . As três letras serão escritas em itálico, quando o que se quer é a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset escrita em -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default . Para além disso, o LyX não irá inserir um espaço entra a palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e o \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (carregar na tecla do espaço apenas o fará sair do modo matemático). Então como obter \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em vez de \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Clique em \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset na lista -\family sans +\family sans Functions -\family default +\family default do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . A palavra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset será escrita a vermelho, em letra -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default , ou seja em modo TeX. Toda a palavra é tratada como um só símbolo, por isso se carregar em -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default apagará toda a palavra. Agora escreva \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , que será escrito em itálico, tal como seria de esperar no -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default . No ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , a expressão aparecerá correctamente. Tente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Outros comandos que necessita de escrever em modo TeX, usando o menu -\family sans +\family sans Functions -\family default +\family default , includem funções trigonométricas e as suas inversas, funções hiperbólicas, logarítmos, limites, e mais algumas outras. Estas funções podem ter subescritos e expoentes, o que é importante para se poder escrever \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Ponha a equação 3 do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default em modo matemático. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrizes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Clique no botão de matrizes no -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default (o que tem nove pequenos quadrados azuis). A janela -\family sans +\family sans Matrix -\family default +\family default tem dois botões que se movem lateralmente para escolher o número de linhas e colunas da matriz. Escolha 2 linhas e 3 colunas e carregue em -\family sans +\family sans Apply -\family default +\family default ou -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . O LyX irá colocar 6 pontos de inserção numa matriz de dimensões \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Como habitual, poderá pôr qualquer tipo de expressão -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default (raizes quadradas, outra matriz, etc.) em cada ponto de inserção. Também poderá deixar alguns pontos de inserção vazios, se o desejar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default pode ser usado para mover o cursor horizontalmente entre colunas de uma matriz. Alternativamente, pode usar as teclas das setas - carregando na seta da direita no fim de uma célula da matriz fará o cursor passar para a próxima célula, a seta para baixo faz o cursor passar para a linha seguinte, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para informação sobre como mudar o alinhamento horizontal de cada coluna e como mudar a posição vertical de toda a matriz. Note que se quiser escrever uma tabela com texto, deverá usar as opções específicas para tabelas do LyX, que são excelentes, em vez de tentar escrever o texto numa matriz. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection O modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Todas as expressões que escrevemos até aqui têm sido na mesma linha, como o texto que fica antes e depois delas. Isto está bem para expressões curtas e simples, mas se quiser escrever outras maiores, ou se quiser expressões que fiquem em evidência fora do texto, terá que escrevê-las em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default . Além disso só as expressões em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default podem ter etiquetas e serem numeradas (veja o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default -), e equações em várias linhas (ver Secção\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +), e equações em várias linhas (ver Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) têm que estar em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Clique no botão -\family sans +\family sans display -\family default +\family default no -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default , que tem duas linhas pretas acima e abaixo de um quadrado azul. O LyX abre um ponto de inserção, centrado numa nova linha. Agora escreva uma expressão e corra o LaTeX para ver como vai ficar. O botão -\family sans +\family sans display -\family default +\family default tanto serve para formatar uma expressão em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default , como para voltar a formatar como texto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default apresenta algumas diferenças em relação ao -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default usual: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O tamanho da letra é mais pequeno do que o normal para alguns símbolos, como \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset e \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Subescritos e expoentes para limites e somatórios (mas não para integrais) são escritos de baixo dos símbolos, em vez de junto a eles. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O texto é centrado. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para além destas diferenças, as expressões em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default são similares às outras. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uma nota final acerca da forma como equações em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default são escritas: tenha em atenção se está a inserir a sua equação num novo parágrafo ou não. Se a sua equação estiver no meio de uma frase ou parágrafo, então não carregue em -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Isso fará com que o texto -\emph on +\emph on depois -\emph default +\emph default da equação inicie um novo parágrafo. Esse texto terá um -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default antes, que provavelmente não é o que desejaria. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Ponha as várias equações em -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt_example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default em modo display e veja como ficam escritas de modo diferente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Exercício -\series default +\series default : Usando as várias ferramentas que aprendeu nesta secção, escreva uma equação como esta: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -5486,48 +6131,58 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Equações em várias linhas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tente escrever as equações seguintes e veja o resultado no ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Terá que escrever duas equações separadas em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Isto não fica nada bem ! Se escrever duas ou mais equações sucessivamente, elas ficarão muito melhor se os seus sinais de igual ficarem alinhados, @@ -5540,37 +6195,41 @@ Isto n x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Isto já está -\emph on +\emph on muito -\emph default +\emph default melhor ! Os sinais de igual estão alinhados, e há menos espaço vertical a separar as equações. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para inserir uma equação em várias linhas, abra uma expressão -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default em modo -\family sans +\family sans Display -\family default +\family default e carregue em -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . O LyX irá imprimir duas linhas, cada uma com três pontos de inserção vazios. Tal como no caso das matrizes, poderá usar o rato, teclas de setas ou -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default para mover o cursor entre os pontos de inserção. Tente reproduzir a equação multi-linhas acima. Note que pode deixar um ou mais pontos de inserção vazios numa equação @@ -5581,118 +6240,136 @@ Tab x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O LyX irá alinhar o segundo campo (o do centro) de cada linha, pois é aí que geralmente se escrevem os sinais de igual ou outros operadores relacionais; no entanto poderá pôr nesse campo o que quiser. Não use equações multi-linhas para escrever matrizes, para isso existem - as funções próprias para matrizes (ver Secção\SpecialChar ~ + as funções próprias para matrizes (ver Secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se quiser um conjunto de equações ainda maior use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default para obter uma nova linha com três pontos de inserção vazios. Se não estiver no fim da linha quando fizer isto, o resto do que está escrito nessa linha irá passar para a linha seguinte. Se carregar em -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default quando já tiver escrito uma equação de uma só linha, toda a equação ficará no primeiro campo. Ponha o cursor antes do sinal de igual e carregue em -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default para o mover para o segundo campo. A seguir ponha o cursor após o sinal de igual e carregue em -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default de novo, para mover tudo o que está após o sinal de igual para o terceiro campo. Tente mudar \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset para \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Se tiver escrito demasiadas linhas, ponha o cursor no fim de uma linha e use -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default para apagar e linha seguinte. Irá apagar a separação entre linhas e ligar os três pontos de inserção da linha seguinte no fim da linha onde está. Se a linha seguinte estiver vazia, isto irá de facto apagá-la. Aviso: usar -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default quando não está no fim da linha poderá dar resultados inesperados. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mais acerca da matemática -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default pode fazer muito mais. Por agora familiarizou-se com as coisas básicas, por isso vamo-nos apenas referir ao -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para pistas sobre como fazer: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Expressões numeradas e com etiquetas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mudar tipos de letras, por exemplo escrever em negrito numa expressão. Podemos apenas referir que carregando no botão -\family sans +\family sans math -\family default +\family default quando já estiver no -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default , irá escrever texto com letra -\family sans +\family sans Roman -\family default +\family default até que escreva um espaço (não protegido). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fazer pequenos ajustamentos do tamanho da letra e do espaçamento numa expressão (não se preocupe com isto até à versão final do texto que estiver a escrever!). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Escrever macros. Estes são muito úteis, porque basta defini-los uma vez no início do documento @@ -5701,118 +6378,138 @@ Escrever macros. em todo o documento. Os macros podem mesmo ser definidas para pedir objectos sobre os quais irão actuar. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Fazer muitas outras coisas que não tivemos tempo de referir neste -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Vários -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Outras Funções Importantes do LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Não explorámos todos os comandos possíveis de executar no LyX e não é isso que pretendemos. Como de costume, leia o -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default para mais informações. A funções exactas de todos os comandos do LyX estão descritas no -\emph on +\emph on Manual de Referência -\emph default +\emph default . Vamos apenas mencionar mais algumas coisas importantes que você pode fazer com o LyX... -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O LyX possibilita a construção visual de tabelas. Utilize -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default le -\family default +\family default para criar uma tabela. Clique na tabela com o -\emph on +\emph on botão direito -\emph default +\emph default do rato e modifique as suas propriedades. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize É também possível incluir nos seus documentos imagens em PostScript® (ou LaTeX puro). Para isso, selecione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fi -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default ure -\family default +\family default e escolha o ficheiro a incluir. Pode ainda aumentar, diminuir ou rodar a imagem no documento. Tanto as tabelas como as imagens podem ter títulos e o LyX cria automaticamente uma lista indexada com essa informação. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O controle por versões é possível, utilizando o RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default para mais informações). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O LyX é extremamente configurável. Tudo pode ser alterado, desde o aspecto visual da janela principal até à maneira como o LyX exporta os documentos. Grande parte desta configuração pode ser feita alterando o ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Actualmente, você precisa de editar o ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default com um editor de texto. Os programadores esperam criar um GUI que correrá dentro do LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Para mais informações, leia -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O desenvolvimento do LyX está a cargo de uma equipa de programadores distribuída pelos cinco continentes. @@ -5820,94 +6517,106 @@ O desenvolvimento do LyX est superior a outros processadores de texto. Você não só pode escrever documentos em outras línguas, como pode configurar o LyX de maneira que mostre os menus e mensagens no seu dialecto de preferência. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Aos menus do LyX estão atribuidos atalhos de teclado. Isto significa que você pode fazer -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen -\family default +\family default premindo em -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default seguido de -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default . Estas atribuições são configuráveis e pode saber como alterá-las lendo o documento -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O LyX abre documentos em LaTeX. - Veja a secção\SpecialChar ~ + Veja a secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Verifique a correcção ortográfica dos seus documentos com -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default pellchecker \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Note que o corrector ortográfico apenas verifica a partir do cursor até ao fim do documento. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O LyX para utilizadores de LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Se você não tem quaisquer conhecimentos de LaTeX, não necessita de ler esta secção. Na realidade, você pode querer -\emph on +\emph on aprender -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX e depois ler este capítulo, mas, no entanto, muitas das pessoas que começam a utilizar o LyX já têm algum conhecimento básico de LaTeX. Se você é uma dessas pessoas, poderá estar a pensar se o LyX realmente @@ -5918,51 +6627,59 @@ e tudo o que o LaTeX faz, e, definitivamente, simplifica grande parte do Actualmente poderão ainda aparecer alguns contratempos ao converter um documento LaTeX mais antigo, mas as próximas versões do LyX resolverão estes problemas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Por isto ser somente um tutorial, vamos mencionar apenas algumas coisas que os novos utilizadores do LyX estarão mais interessados em saber. Com o objectivo de manter o -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default pequeno, a informação apresentada aqui é a essencial. O -\emph on +\emph on Manual do Utilizador -\emph default +\emph default contém uma descrição detalhada das diferenças entre o LyX e o LaTeX, e ainda como executar vários truques do LaTeX no LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modo TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Todo o texto que você introduzir em modo TeX será convertido para LaTeX e estará escrito a vermelho. Para passar para este modo, escolha -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default -ex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ex\InsetSpace ~ Style -\family default +\family default ou então clique no botão vermelho TeX que está presente na barra de tarefas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No -\family sans +\family sans Mathed -\family default +\family default , o modo TeX é tratado de forma ligeiramente diferente. Para passar ao modo TeX, utilize a barra para trás (' -\backslash +\backslash '). Ao fazer isto, não aparecerá este caracter no editor, mas tudo o que escrever seguidamente estará em vermelho. @@ -5971,41 +6688,43 @@ Mathed Ao sair do modo TeX, se o LyX reconhecer o comando que foi escrito, este será traduzido para a sua correspondente visualização gráfica. Por exemplo, se você escrever -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default seguido da barra de espaços, verá o texto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset em vermelho mudar para um \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset azul. Este método funciona com quase todos os macros matemáticos menos complexos e é aconselhado aos utilizadores mais experientes de LaTeX, em detrimento da utilização do -\family sans -Math\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Math\InsetSpace ~ Panel -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX não consegue fazer tudo o que é possível fazer com o LaTeX. Algumas funções não têm qualquer tipo de suporte, enquanto outras funcionam @@ -6016,322 +6735,360 @@ O LyX n É impossível ao LyX suportar todas as extensões existentes do LaTeX, mas, no entanto, qualquer uma delas pode ser incluída num documento utilizando o comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default - no seu preâmbulo (veja a secção\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + no seu preâmbulo (veja a secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importação De Documentos LaTeX -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset É possível importar um documento LaTeX para o LyX, selecionando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default no menu principal. Esta acção executará um script Perl chamado -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default --- que, por sua vez, cria um ficheiro com o nome -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default se o original se chamar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default --- e depois abre esse ficheiro. Se a conversão não for bem sucedida, pode sempre tentar executar o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default da linha de comandos \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Quando o LyX é instalado, um executável separado chamado reLyX, é instalado no mesmo directório que os executáveis de lyx ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O reLyX -\family default +\family default necessita do Perl (versão 5.002 neste momento). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , passando desta vez outras opções ao programa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default converte a maior parte do LaTeX, mas nem tudo. Ele mantem as partes de código que não entende inalteradas, em modo TeX. Por isso, ao fazer uma conversão deste tipo, pode procurar por secções de texto em vermelho e alterá-las, de forma a que o documento fique com o aspecto pretendido. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pode ler mais sobre o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default executando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man reLyX -\family default +\family default na linha de comandos. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Converter Documentos LyX para LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A qualquer altura pode ser necessário fazer a conversão de um documento LyX para um documento LaTeX. Isto é muito fácil de fazer com o LyX. Escolha -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator -as\SpecialChar ~ +as\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default e será criado um ficheiro LaTeX com o nome igual ao documento LyX, mas com a extensão -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex. -\family default +\family default O LyX cria sempre ficheiros temporários em LaTeX quando visualiza ou imprime documentos, por isso, o LyX é extremamente eficiente a gerar documentos desta forma. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preâmbulo LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\emph on +\emph on Classe -\emph default +\emph default de documentos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A caixa de configuração -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default trata de especificar as variadas opções que podem fazer parte de um comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Pode alterar-se a -\emph on +\emph on classe -\emph default +\emph default do documento, o tamanho da fonte e do papel nesta secção. Qualquer opção extra deverá ser introduzida na caixa -\family sans +\family sans E -\bar under +\bar under x -\bar default -tra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Outros assuntos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Se você necessita de introduzir algum comando especial no preâmbulo de um documento LaTeX, pode especificá-lo dentro do LyX. Seleccione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default -atex\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +atex\InsetSpace ~ Preamble -\family default +\family default e escreva o comando desejado na janela. Tudo o que estiver aí escrito será transcrito directamente para o ficheiro LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O LyX suporta o BibTeX, um pacote para construir bases de dados com referências bibliográficas, que podem ser usadas em vários documentos. Seleccione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default para incluir um ficheiro -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . Clique no resultante \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -BibTeX\SpecialChar ~ -Generated\SpecialChar ~ +BibTeX\InsetSpace ~ +Generated\InsetSpace ~ References \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset e verá uma janela de opções. Na secção -\family sans +\family sans Database -\family default +\family default , escreva o que você seria de esperar entre as chavetas de um comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default . Proceda da mesma forma na secção -\family sans +\family sans Style -\family default +\family default , em substituição do comando -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Depois de fazer isto, pode utilizar citações de qualquer bibliografia que está a incluir, utilizando o comando -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator C -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default -tation\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +tation\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default - (veja a secção\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (veja a secção\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). A execução do BibTeX fica a cargo do LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Miscelânia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veja o menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -pecial\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character -\family default +\family default para ter acesso a caracteres especiais, incluindo elipses, quebras de linha e hífens. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Erros ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eventualmente, quando você processar um documento LaTeX, ocorrerão erros devido a comandos que nem o LyX ou o LaTeX compreendem. @@ -6341,4 +7098,7 @@ Eventualmente, quando voc está a proceder correctamente. Os erros mais comuns são oriundos do LaTeX (algum comando introduzido no modo TeX) e estes são apresentados pelo LyX de forma explícita. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx index d15c33d39e..9cb9a9b6d3 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language romanian \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,29 +24,44 @@ \papercolumns 0 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author de John Weiss ºi echipa LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard traducere Gabriel Cristache -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Navigarea prin documentaþie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bine aþi venit în lumea LyX ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pentru a uºura rãspunsul la întrebãrile dumneavoastrã ºi pentru a descrie caracteristicile LyX-ului, documentaþia a fost împãrþitã în mai multe @@ -56,559 +72,621 @@ Pentru a u citiþi mai întâi pe acesta, deoarece conþine foarte multã informaþie utilã ºi pentru cã în acest mod puteþi economisi timp. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center ATENÞIE!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Documentaþia, ca un întreg, nu este completã în acest moment! Ca ºi programul, ea poate fi consideratã în faza beta. Puteþi fi siguri cã totul va fi complet odatã cu versiunea 1.0. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dacã în lectura acestui manual întâlniþi neclaritãþi sau vi se pare ceva confuz, puteþi contacta echipa LyX: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX@via.ecp.fr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vã rugãm sã puneþi cuvintele: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX Docs -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset undeva în subiectul mesajului. Pentru eventuale sugestii privind traducerea, puteþi contacta: \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cristache@ADComm.pub.ro -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mulþumim! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formatul manualelor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Unii dintre cititorii acestui articol vor tipãri aceastã documentaþie. Alþii o vor citi -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , cu LyX-ul, ca pe un fiºier. Pentru cei care citesc documentaþia -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , existã câteva diferenþe faþã de versiunea tipãritã. În primul rând, titlul este pur ºi simplu la începutul documentului, nu formatat pe o paginã separatã ca în unele dintre versiunile tipãrite. Cuprinsul ºi notele de subsol nu sunt vizibile. Pentru a-l afiºa selectaþi -\family sans +\family sans Structura documentului -\family default +\family default din -\family sans +\family sans meniul -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Editare -\family default +\family default . Pentru a deschide o notã de subsol, care aratã ca aceasta, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Salut! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset apãsaþi pe ea cu butonul stânga al mouse-ului. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Acum, dupa ce am clarificat câteva dintre diferenþele dintre versiunea tipãritã ºi cea -\emph on +\emph on online -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , putem sã aruncãm o privire asupra formatului acestui document. Puteþi remarca, uneori, diferite fonturi: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on Stilul evidenþiat -\emph default +\emph default este folosit pentru accentuãri generale, argumente generice, titluri de cãrþi, nume de secþiuni ale manualelor ºi note din partea autorilor. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Maºinã de scris -\family default +\family default este folosit pentru nume de programe ºi de fiºiere, cod LaTeX ºi pentru cod sursã ºi funcþii LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Sans Serif -\family default +\family default este utilizat pentru meniu, butoane, nume de meniuri -\emph on +\emph on popup -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ºi nume ale tastelor. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Stilul substantiv -\noun default +\noun default este utilizat pentru nume de persoane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pentru a afla diferitele asocieri dintre taste ºi comenzi ar trebui sã citiþi secþiunea -\emph on +\emph on Maparea -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph on +\emph on tastelor -\emph toggle +\emph toggle din -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manualul de referinþã \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default [fiºierul -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference. -\family default +\family default LyX]. Când vom face referire la taste, vom folosi urmãtoarele convenþii: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indicã tasta -\family sans +\family sans Control. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indicã tasta -\family sans +\family sans Shift. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset indicã tasta -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default , care pentru unele tastaturi este reprezentatã de tasta -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sunt tastele funcþie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset este tasta Escape. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Left -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Right -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : reprezintã tastele cursor. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : acestea sunt cele 6 taste ce apar deasupra tastelor curente la majoritatea tastaturilor PC. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ºi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sunt denumite \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ºi \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset la anumite tastaturi. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ºi -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default se referã amândouã la aceiaºi tastã. Unele tastaturi eticheteazã tasta -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ca \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset altele ca \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset pe când altele le au pe amîndouã. LyX le trateazã pe toate ca fiind aceiaºi tastã, astfel încît le vom putea utiliza pe oricare din ele. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veþi vedea texte ca \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Vezi -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset Manualul de referinþã \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset din când în când. Am listat mapãrile posibile de taste pentru o funcþie în secþiunea corespunzãto are din \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Manualul de referinþã -\emph default +\emph default , \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset deci cãutaþi ºi acolo. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manualele -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Urmãtoarea listã descrie conþinutul fiecãrui fiºier din documentaþie: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Introducere -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default Acest fiºier. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default Dacã sunteþi nou în LyX, ºi nu aþi utilizat niciodatã LaTeX înainte, atunci ar trebui sã începeþi cu acest fiºier. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Cum\SpecialChar ~ -sã\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Cum\InsetSpace ~ +sã\InsetSpace ~ fac -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default Acesta este un fiºier cu cele mai frecvente întrebãri referitoare la LyX [ -\emph on +\emph on sau va fi, la timpul potrivit -\emph default +\emph default ]. În tot ceea ce înseamnã procesare de text sunt câteva operaþii comune cu care aproape toþi utilizatorii sunt familiarizaþi. @@ -618,227 +696,316 @@ sau va fi, la timpul potrivit operaþiile echivalente în LyX\SpecialChar \@. De asemenea, tot aici se pot gãsi, din când în când, referinþe la manualul principal. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Ghidul\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Ghidul\InsetSpace ~ utilizatorului -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default Aceasta este o documentaþie primarã. Este de aºteptat ca aceastã documentaþie sã acopere -\emph on +\emph on -\emph toggle +\emph toggle elementele -\emph default +\emph default de bazã ce privesc operarea în LyX ºi caracteristile lui. Manualul principal presupune cã aveþi cunostinþe de LaTeX sau cã aþi citit -\emph on +\emph on Tutorialul -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Editare\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Editare\InsetSpace ~ avansatã -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default Aceasta este o extensie a -\emph on +\emph on Ghidului utilizatorului -\emph default +\emph default . El include informaþii adiþionale privind tehnoredactarea documentelor ºi caracteristici ale editãrilor specializate, printre aceste incluzând ºi câteva trucuri ale specialiºtilor LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Personalizare -\emph default +\emph default O descriere avansatã a caracteristicilor LyX-ului, incluzând informaþii despre cum sã vã personalizaþi întregul comportament al LyX-ului. Aceasta include chestiuni legate de mapãri, internaþionalizãri ºi fiºiere de configurare. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Manualul\SpecialChar ~ -de\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Manualul\InsetSpace ~ +de\InsetSpace ~ referinþã -\emph default +\emph default Acesta contine o descriere exhaustivã ºi detaliatã a caracteristicilor LyX-ului, dar fãrã aluziile ºi descrierile ajutãtoare pe care le gãsiþi în -\emph on +\emph on Ghidul utilizatorului -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Erori\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Erori\InsetSpace ~ cunoscute -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\emph default +\emph default Acest fiºier conþine o listã a erorilor cunoscute în LyX ºi informaþii despre ce trebuie sã faceþi dacã depistaþi o eroare în LyX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Configuraþia\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Configuraþia\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default Acest fiºier conþine informaþii pe care LyX-ul le-a aflat despre instalarea pe care aþi fãcut-o dumneavoastrã. Verificaþi pentru a afla dacã vã lipseºte ceva ce aþi dori sã aveþi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aceste fiºiere fac referire unul la celãlalt. De exemplu, -\emph on +\emph on Ghidul utilizatorului -\emph default +\emph default conþine -\emph on +\emph on unele -\emph default +\emph default informaþii despre instalare ºi personalizare, dar face referire la manualul -\emph on +\emph on Personalizare -\emph default +\emph default pentru a oferi mai multe informaþii. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Reamintim un lucru foarte important: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Dacã nu aþi utilizat LaTeX înainte citiþi -\emph on +\emph on Tutorialul. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Altfel, LyX-ul vi se va pãrea bizar ºi greu de utilizat. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Raportarea erorilor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Destul de uºor de fãcut. Va trebui sã trimiteþi un mesaj pe Developer's Mailing List sau pe User's Mailing List. Dacã începeþi linia din subiect cu \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Doc Error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset sau ceva în genul acesta, ne va ajuta foarte mult sã o gãsim -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + -\emph on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Nu faceþi nici o modificare în aceste manuale fãrã un acord prealabil al autorilor! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Orice modificare aleatoare a acestor manuale ar fi fãrã rost pentru cã, oricum, echipa de documentare deþine originalul. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cum sã începeþie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Proiectul de documentare al LyX, ca ºi orice alt proiect LyX, poate fi susþinut! Dacã sunteþi interesat sã contribuiþi la Proiectul de documentare al LyX, va trebui sã urmaþi aceste etape : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Obþineþi ultimul cod sursã LyX. Dezarhivaþi-l. Veþi gãsi un director în calea principalã numit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . În interiorul acestui director este un fiºier numit -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Citiþi-l. Conþine -\emph on +\emph on stylesheet -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -ul documentaþiei. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Citiþi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default din nou. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Apoi, citiþi, -\emph on +\emph on Ghidul utilizatorului -\emph default +\emph default . În întregime. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Scopul acestui exerciþiu este sa vã dãm câteva idei. -\emph on +\emph on Ghidul utilizatorului -\emph default +\emph default este cel mai complet manual din aceastã documentaþie. Va trebui sa vã însuºiþi câteva idei referitoare la modul în care se citeºte sau aratã acest manual. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate În cele din urmã, contactaþi echipa LyX : -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LyX@via.ecp.fr -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vrem sã fim siguri cã aþi înþeles -\emph on +\emph on stylesheet -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -ul -\series bold +\series bold înainte -\series default -\emph default +\series default +\emph default de a începe sã scrieþi. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx index 615c0340a6..3322afd785 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2478 +24,3608 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Navigarea prin documentaþie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Formatul manualelor +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Manualele -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Raportarea erorilor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Cum sã începeþie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Welcome to LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 What the Tutorial -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default and What it -\emph on +\emph on isn't +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Getting the Most out of the Tutorial -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 What You -\emph on +\emph on Won't -\emph default +\emph default Find: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Getting Started with LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Your First LyX Document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Typing, Viewing, and Printing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Simple Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sections and Subsections -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Lists and sublists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Writing Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Text classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Templates: Writing a Letter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Labels and Cross-References +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Your first label -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Your first cross-references -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 More fun with labels +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Footnotes and Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliographies -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Table of Contents +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Using Math +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Math Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Navigating an Equation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponents and Indices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 The -\family sans +\family sans Math Panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Greek and symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Square roots, accents, and delimiters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrices -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Display mode +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 More Math Stuff +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Other Major LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX for LaTeX Users +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Importing LaTeX Documents--- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Document Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Other Preamble Matter +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Errors! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ru_FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/ru_FAQ.lyx index 6710a673a0..6edaf3b07e 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ru_FAQ.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ru_FAQ.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language russian \inputencoding koi8-r \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,34 +24,47 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX. þÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ Ó ÏÔ×ÅÔÁÍÉ. -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author ÏÔ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÏ× LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent ðÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ËÏÍÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÉ É ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÏÔÓÙÌÁÊÔÅ ÐÏ ÕËÁÚÁÎÎÏÍÕ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏ ÒÕÓÓËÏÍÕ ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄÕ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÏÖÉÄÁÀÔÓÑ Vitaly Lipatov ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\newline +\newline ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄ: áÎÄÒÅÊ îÏ×ÏÓ£ÌÏ× -\newline +\newline ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ: ÷ÉÔÁÌÉÊ ìÉÐÁÔÏ× -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract úÄÅÓØ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÞÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÈ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÏ× ÄÌÑ LyX, ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁ Ó ÏÔËÒÙÔÙÍ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÙÍ ËÏÄÏÍ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÉ×ÁÅÔ ÓÒÅÄÕ What-You-See-Is-What-You- @@ -58,41 +72,49 @@ Mean ( ËÁÞÅÓÔ×Á. äÌÑ ÂÏÌØÛÅÊ ÐÏÍÏÝÉ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÄÐÉÓÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LyX ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË -\emph default +\emph default ÐÒÏÞÔ£ÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ. -\emph on +\emph on -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ É ÏÂÝÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX -- ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ, ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÉ×ÁÀÝÁÑ ÓÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÊ ÐÏÄÈÏÄ Ë ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÀ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÁ, ÐÏÄÈÏÄ, ÇÄÅ ÐÏËÏÎÞÅÎÏ Ó ÕÓÔÁÒÅ×ÛÅÊ ÔÒÁÄÉÃÉÅÊ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ËÏÎÃÅÐÃÉÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÊ ÍÁÛÉÎËÉ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ïÎ ÓÏÚÄÁÎ ÄÌÑ Á×ÔÏÒÏ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ ÂÙÓÔÒÏ É Ó ÍÉÎÉÍÁÌØÎÙÍÉ ÕÓÉÌÉÑÍÉ ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ @@ -101,24 +123,26 @@ LyX -- ïÆÏÒÍÉÔÅÌØÓËÁÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÁ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÏÍ, Á ÎÅ Á×ÔÏÒÏÍ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ LyX, Á×ÔÏÒ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓËÏÎÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁÄ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÙÍ Ó×ÏÅÇÏ ÔÒÕÄÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÉ×ÁÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÏÞÔÉ-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÉÄ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ðÏÞÔÉ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÐÅÒÅÎÏÓÙ ÓÔÒÏË É ÓÔÒÁÎÉà ÎÅ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÔÓÑ ÔÏÞÎÏ ÔÁË, ËÁË ÏÎÉ ÏËÁÖÕÔÓÑ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÙ × ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÎÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. @@ -129,7 +153,9 @@ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÙ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ, ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ ÐÏÌÉÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ×Ó£ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÅ ÄÌÑ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÔÅËÓÔÁ, É ÄÅÌÁÅÔ ÜÔÏ ÏÞÅÎØ ÈÏÒÏÛÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ ÒÁÓÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ ÐÅÒÅÈÏÄÏ× ÎÁ ÎÏ×ÕÀ ÓÔÒÏËÕ ÉÌÉ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÔÅÐÅÒØ ÎÅ ×ÁÛÁ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁ. @@ -143,176 +169,241 @@ LyX ÄÌÑ ÔÏÎËÏÊ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ. ôÅÍ ÎÅ ÍÅÎÅÅ, ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ LyX ÚÁËÌÀÞÁÅÔÓÑ × ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÕ, ÞÅÍ ÔÅËÓÔ -\emph on +\emph on Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ -\emph default +\emph default , Á ÎÅ ÔÏ, ËÁË ÏÎ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ. ðÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÍÙ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÍ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÉ×ÁÅÔ ÷ÁÍ WYSIWYM-ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ (÷Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÉÍÅÌÉ × ×ÉÄÕ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection üÔÏ ×Ó£ ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÚÄÏÒÏ×Ï, ÎÏ ÐÒÉÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÌÉ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ LyX ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ. óÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ × ÒÁÚÎÏÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÌÉÓØ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÅÍÕÁÒÙ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÉÓØÍÁ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÉÓÓÅÒÔÁÃÉÉ (260 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃ × ÏÄÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, ÎÅ ÕÞÉÔÙ×ÁÑ ×ÌÏÖÅÎÉÊ) -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ìÅËÃÉÉ (133 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ, 27 ÉÌÌÀÓÔÒÁÃÉÊ ÎÁ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ 33 MHz 486 !) ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ëÏÎÓÐÅËÔÙ ÓÅÍÉÎÁÒÁ (ÂÏÌÅÅ 500 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃ); -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ËÏÎÆÅÒÅÎÃÉÊ (íÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÷ÔÏÒÏÊ ëÏÎÔÉÎÅÎÔÁÌØÎÏÊ ÷ÓÔÒÅÞÉ ÐÏ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÍ ÓÔÒÏÅÎÉÑ úÅÍÌÉ × å×ÒÏÐÅ, (äÏËÌÁÄ æÉÎÓËÏÇÏ çÅÏÄÅÚÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÉÎÓÔÉÔÕÔÁ 98:4), 292 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ); -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÎÏÍÕ ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÅÎÉÀ (òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ LyX ÓÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅ Ô ÂÏÌÅÅ 120 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃ); -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ëÎÉÇÉ -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ËÎÉÇÁ Ï PostgreSQL, ÓÍ. \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., and Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, Remote Sensing and Urban Analysis (Taylor and Francis: London). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Herbert Voss: Praktische Kryptologie mit Java 286 pages, lots of equations, tables, figures. ISBN 3-8311-1458-7 -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize óÔÁÔØÉ, ÏÐÕÂÌÉËÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ × ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÈ ÒÅÆÅÒÉÒÕÅÍÙÈ ÖÕÒÎÁÌÁÈ: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize áÓÔÒÏÎÏÍÉÑ É áÓÔÒÏÆÉÚÉËÁ (Suetterlin, P. 1998, A&A, 333, 305; Suetterlin, P. & Wiehr, E. 1998, A&A, 336, 367) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize áÓÔÒÏÎÏÍÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÖÕÒÎÁÌ (Ressler, M. E. & Barsony, M. 2001, AJ, 121, 1098) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize îÏ×ÅÌÌÙ (ÂÏÌÅÅ 400 ÓÔÒÁÎÉà ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ×ÙÊÔÉ × ÓÅÎÔÑÂÒÅ 2000; ÐÏ×ÅÓÔØ ÎÁ 836 ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃ × ÎÁÓÔÏÑÝÅÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ Õ ÁÇÅÎÔÁ); -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize óÃÅÎÁÒÉÉ ÄÌÑ ÐØÅÓ É ËÉÎÏ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÅÌÏ×ÙÅ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÓÕÍÍÕ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÞÅÍ ÏÄÉÎ ÍÉÌÌÉÏÎ ÄÏÌÌÁÒÏ×. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ó ÞÅÇÏ ÎÁÞÁÔØ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÁÊÔ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -- ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ, ËÕÄÁ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÏÔÐÒÁ×ÉÔÓÑ ÐÏ ×ÓÅÍ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÁÍ, Ó×ÑÚÁÎÎÙÍ Ó LyX. îÏ×ÏÓÔÉ, ÐÒÉÍÅÒÙ, ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÄÌÑ ÓËÁÞÉ×ÁÎÉÑ É ÍÎÏÇÏÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÏ ÚÄÅÓØ. ðÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×Ù ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔÅ LyX É ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÒÁÚ ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ, ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ (ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\family default +\family default ). ñ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÎÁÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÀ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÒÕÇÏÅ ÏÓÎÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÄÌÑ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÅÇÏ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection âÕÄÅÔ ÌÉ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÁ ÍÏ£Í ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÎÁÓÔÏÑÝÅÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÄÌÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ LyX ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ Ó X Window. OS/2 É Win32-×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÔ, ÎÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÊ É ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÝÉÊ ÎÁ ÜÔÉÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÈ X-ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ. éÚ×ÅÓÔÎÏ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ÎÁ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÈ ÐÌÁÔÆÏÒÍÁÈ (É, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ÎÁ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Linux: RedHat 4.2, 5.0, 5.1, 6.0, 6.1, SUSE 5.x, Mandrake 7.0, 7.2 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard É ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ALTLinux. --- ÐÒÉÍ. ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tru64 Unix 4.0f -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize HP-UX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection óËÏÌØËÏ ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á ÎÕÖÎÏ ÄÌÑ LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁ ÍÏÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ LyX ÚÁÎÉÍÁÀÔ 2,0 í ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á, ÔÏÇÄÁ ËÁË ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÅÍÕ ÆÁÊÌÙ ÚÁÎÉÍÁÀÔ ÅÝ£ ÏËÏÌÏ 6,5 í (4,7 í ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ @@ -320,10 +411,14 @@ OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï). âÅÚÕÓÌÏ×ÎÏ, Õ ×ÁÓ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎ ÅÝ£ teTeX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÚÁÎÉÍÁÅÔ ÏËÏÌÏ 115 íÂ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ghostscript, ÞÔÏ ÄÁ£Ô ÅÝ£ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ 10 íÂ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÌÉ LyX Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÍÙÍ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÁ. îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ×ÏÚÒÁÚÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÔÁË ËÁË Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÊ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÓÒÅÄÓÔ× @@ -336,169 +431,218 @@ OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha ÂÙÔØ ÄÁÖÅ ncurses; É ÄÁÖÅ ÅÓÌÉ ÎÅÔ, ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉË xforms ÚÁÑ×ÉÌ, ÞÔÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÉËÉ ÏÔËÒÙÔÙÍÉ ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ 0.90 ÉÌÉ 1.0 (0.89 ÔÅËÕÝÁÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ ÓÅÇÏÄÎÑ; Ñ ÐÏÌÕÞÕ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÜÔÏ ÓÌÕÞÉÔÓÑ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section òÅÓÕÒÓÙ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection çÄÅ × ÓÅÔÉ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÓËÁÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ Ï LyX? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÁÖÄÅÔÅ ËÒÏ×É É ÚÒÅÌÉÝ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize éÚ×ÅÓÔÎÙÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÅ ÚÅÒËÁÌÁ: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection çÄÅ Ñ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÐÏ LyX ÞÅÒÅÚ FTP? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÚ×ÅÓÔÎÙÊ,ËÁË ftp.via.ecp.fr) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ëÁËÉÅ ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (ÏÞÅÎØ ÎÅ×ÅÌÉË), ÏÂßÑ×ÌÅÎÉÑ, ËÁÓÁÀÝÉÅÓÑ LyX; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (ÓÒÅÄÎÉÊ ÐÏ ×ÅÌÉÞÉÎÅ), ÐÏ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÙÍ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÁÍ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (ÂÏÌØÛÏÊ), ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÏ× É ÏÓ×ÅÝÅÎÉÑ ÐÒÁ×ËÉ ÏÛÉÂÏË; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (ÏÞÅÎØ ÍÁÌÅÎØËÉÊ), ÏÓ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÏÂÝÅÍ, ×ÁÍ ÎÁÄÏ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÔØ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ lyx-foo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÄÐÉÓÁÔØÓÑ ÉÌÉ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ lyx-foo-unsubscribe@lists.lyx.org, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÔËÁÚÁÔØÓÑ ÏÔ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ, ÇÄÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÜÔÏ ÏÄÎÏ ÉÚ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset announce \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset users \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset devel \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÉÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset docs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} -\end_inset +\end_inset ÄÌÑ ÕÔÏÞÎÅÎÉÑ ÄÅÔÁÌÅÊ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection åÓÔØ ÌÉ ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ ÁÒÈÉ×Ù ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÁ. :-) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection èÏÒÏÛÏ, ÕÍÎÉËÉ! çÄÅ ÏÎÉ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ïÂßÑ×ÌÅÎÉÑ: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize òÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÉ: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section óÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÏÓÔØ Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁÍÉ/ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection íÏÇÕ Ñ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÁ. LyX ×Ù×ÏÄÉÔ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ ÄÒÕÖÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙ ËÁË ÍÁÛÉÎÅ, ÔÁË @@ -506,39 +650,49 @@ docs ðÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ reLyX, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó LyX, ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔ ÂÏÌØÛÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ ÐÏ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ ÆÁÊÌÏ× LaTeX × LyX. ïÎÁ ÎÅ ÉÄÅÁÌØÎÁ, ÎÏ ËÁË ÍÉÎÉÍÕÍ 95% ÒÁÂÏÔÙ ÚÁ ×ÁÓ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔÓÑ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ Word? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅ ÓÏ×ÓÅÍ. íÎÏÇÉÍ ÕÄÁ×ÁÌÏÓØ ÄÏÂÉÔØÓÑ ÕÓÐÅÈÁ ÐÏ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÈÅÍÅ: LyX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset RTF \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Word, É Ô.Ä. ÷ÐÒÏÞÅÍ, ÔÁË ËÁË Word ÔÒÁÄÉÃÉÏÎÎÏ ÎÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÑÚÙË ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÉ, ËÁË LyX É LaTeX , ÔÏ, ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ ÓÌÏÖÎÏ, É ÚÁÞÁÓÔÕÀ ÏÎÏ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÓÍÙÓÌÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÍ ÎÅ ÍÅÎÅÅ, ×ÏÔ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ÐÒÉÓÌÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÊ: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description word2x ÎÁ ×ÙÈÏÄÅ ÓÏÚÄÁ£Ô ÆÏÒÍÁÔÙ LaTeX, Html É ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ. ÷ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÅ, ÍÏÖÎÏ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ × LaTeX, ÎÏ Ñ ÞÁÝÅ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÀ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ, É ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ × ÎÅÇÏ. (äÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×Ù ÚÎÁÌÉ Ï ÉÚÎÁÞÁÌØÎÏÍ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ). ÷ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÉÊ ÒÁÚ ÍÎÅ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÏÓØ ÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØÓÑ Ó Office 2000 Word. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description wvware (ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÎÁÊÄÅÎÏ ÎÁ www.wvware.com, ÉÌÉ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÀÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÉÚ ÒÅÐÏÚÉÔÁÒÉÑ CVS abisource). @@ -547,14 +701,18 @@ wvware ( èÏÒÏÛÏ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÉÒÕÅÔÓÑ: ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ wvLaTeX.xml ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÑÅÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÍ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ. òÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ Ó ÎÏ×ÅÊÛÉÍÉ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÁÍÉ Office. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ted éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×ÁÍ ÐÏÓÙÌÁÀÔ ÆÁÊÌ RTF, ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÙÊ × Word. ðÒÅËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÄÕËÔ. ÷Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÓÌÁÔØ ÓÁÍÉ ÓÅÂÅ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÎÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ (ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ÉÌÉ Html). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é ÎÁËÏÎÅÃ, ÅÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ×ÙÛÌÏ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÌÀÂÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒ (WordPerfect, StarOffice, ...), ÐÏÎÉÍÁÀÝÉÊ Word. @@ -562,88 +720,122 @@ Ted ìÉÞÎÏ ÄÌÑ ÍÅÎÑ ÜÔÏ ÐÏ ÍÅÎØÛÅÊ ÍÅÒÅ, ÂÙÓÔÒÅÅ, ÞÅÍ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ É ÚÁÔÅÍ ÌÉË×ÉÄÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÓÔ×ÉÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÊ, ÈÏÔÑ ÜÔÏ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏ ÎÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÏ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÐÒÉÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ ×ÏÚ×ÒÁÝÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁÚÁÄ, É ÄÏÒÏÇÏ ÏÂÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ HTML? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ HTML, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÕ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset tth \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÉÌÉ ÏÄÎÕ ÉÚ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙÈ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ. óÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ HTML \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX, ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÝÉÅ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ × ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏÍ ÎÁÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section õÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ É ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÃÉÑ LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize éÓÈÏÄÎÙÊ ËÏÄ LyX: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize âÉÂÌÉÏÔÅËÁ XForms: xforms-0.88 ÉÌÉ ÎÏ×ÅÅ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize õÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÙÊ LaTeX: ÍÙ ÎÁÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÍ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ teTeX-1.0 ÉÌÉ ×ÙÛÅ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize éÎÔÅÒÐÒÅÔÁÔÏÒ PostScript \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textregistered -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : ghostscript-5.10 ÉÌÉ ×ÙÛÅ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ïÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÔÏÒ C++ compiler. gcc-2.7.2.3 ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ Õ ÍÅÎÑ ÐÏÄ Solaris 2.6 Ó lyx-1.1.4, ÎÏ lyx-1.1.5 ÏÄÎÏÚÎÁÞÎÏ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔ gcc-2.8.1 ÉÌÉ egcs 2.95.x ÉÌÉ ×ÙÛÅ (DEC cxx 6.1 ÄÌÑ ÍÁÛÉÎ OSF). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ëÁË ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ? -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ./configure -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter make -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter make install -\family default +\family default (ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÐÏÄ root, ÈÏÔÑ ÎÅÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ configure) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÍ. ÆÁÊÌ INSTALL ÄÌÑ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÇÏ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ôÅÒÐÅÔØ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕ ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. çÄÅ ×ÚÑÔØ ÕÖÅ ÏÔËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard âÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÉÚ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ × Ä×ÏÉÞÎÏÍ ×ÉÄÅ ÄÌÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍ Linux, ×ÐÒÏÞÅÍ É ÄÌÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍ ÔÏÖÅ. @@ -651,21 +843,27 @@ make install É ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ ÓËÁÞÁÎÙ Ó \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.sylvan.com/pub/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÁÒÉÁÎÔ ÄÌÑ Windows ÄÏÓÔÕÐÅÎ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section þÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÚÁ ÎÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÙÊ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ? (÷áöîï!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERT (îÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÙÊ ëÒÁÓÎÙÊ ôÅËÓÔ) ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ×ÙÄÅÌÑÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LaTeX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÙ × ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ LyX. @@ -677,512 +875,616 @@ ERT ( ïÓÔÁ×É× ÜÓÔÅÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÙ, ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÉÚ ÏÔ×ÅÔÏ× × ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÷Ù ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉÓØ ERT, ÐÏÔÏÍÕ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÂÙ ÍÙ ÎÅ ÓËÁÚÁÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ ËÏÄ LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÓÄÅÌÁÊÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÅ -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ, ËÁË ÏÎÁ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÁ. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ÷ÙÄÅÌÉÔŠţ. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ TeX ÎÁ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÍÅÎÀ ÉÌÉ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ëÏÍÁÎÄÕ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÁ ËÒÁÓÎÙÍ É ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÓÃÅÎÉ×ÁÔØÓÑ, ËÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÎÁÑ ËÏÍÁÎÄÁ LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÍÁÎÄÙ LaTeX ÍÏÇÕÔ ÔÁËÖÅ ÂÙÔØ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÙ × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÅ LaTeX (ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ -\family default +\family default ), ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ × ÆÁÊÌ LaTeX, ÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÕÅÍÙÊ ×Ï ×ÒÅÍÑ ÏÂÒÁÂÏÔËÉ. üÔÏ ÉÓËÌÀÞÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏ ÐÒÉ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÉ ÎÅÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× LaTeX, ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉ Ñ ÇÌÏÂÁÌØÎÙÈ ÓÏËÒÁÝÅÎÉÊ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, É ÐÒÏÞÅÍ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ, ÏÔÎÏÓÑÝÉÅÓÑ Ë ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÜÔÏÊ ÇÌÁ×Å ÍÙ ÓÏÂÒÁÌÉ ÎÁÉÂÏÌÅÅ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÏ×. äÌÑ ÛÉÒÏËÏÇÏ ËÒÕÇÁ ÎÅ ÓÔÏÌØ ÞÁÓÔÏ ×ÓÔÒÅÞÁÀÝÉÈÓÑ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÏ×, ÏÂÒÁÔÉÔÅÓØ Ë ÏÂÛÉÒÎÏÊ ËÏÌÌÅËÃÉÉ çÅÒÂÅÒÔÁ ÷ÏÓÓÁ (Herbert Voss) ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . ÷Ù ÏËÁÖÅÔÅ ÓÅÂÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÍÅÄ×ÅÖØÀ ÕÓÌÕÇÕ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁÐÉÛÅÔÅ × ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ, ÎÅ ÏÂÒÁÔÉ×ÛÉÓØ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ Ë ÜÔÏÊ ËÏÌÌÅËÃÉÉ! -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ïÓÎÏ×ÎÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÍÏÇÕ Ñ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔËÉ × ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑÈ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ/\SpecialChar \- îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ/\SpecialChar \- ïÐÉÓÁ ÎÉÅ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ: ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÄÌÑ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ËÏÎËÒÅÔÎÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ ËÏÄ LaTeX × ÎÁÞÁÌÅ ÓÐÉÓËÁ: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash itemsep}{0mm} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ Ä×Å ÓÔÒÏËÉ × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÕ LaTeX: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash @addtoreset{equation}{section} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash theequation}{ -\backslash +\backslash thesection. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{equation}} -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ ÖÅ ÄÌÑ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ É ÔÁÂÌÉÃ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úÁÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÆÒÁÚÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theequation -\family default +\family default ÎÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thetable -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thefigure -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Á equation -\family default +\family default ÎÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter table -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter figure -\family default +\family default . îÅ ÚÁÂÕÄØÔÅ ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash @addtoresÓet -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÓÎÏÓÏË ÎÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ (Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÉ É Ô.Ä.)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thefootnote}{ -\backslash +\backslash fnsymbol{footnote}} -\family default +\family default × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÕ LaTeX. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÚÁÐÒÅÔÉÔØ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ×ÉÓÑÞÉÈ ÓÔÒÏË? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÕÂÒÁÔØ ×ÉÓÑÞÉÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ (ÏÄÎÕ ÐÅÒ×ÕÀ ÓÔÒÏÞËÕ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ ×ÎÉÚÕ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ ÉÌÉ ÏÄÎÕ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÀÀ ÓÔÒÏÞËÕ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ ××ÅÒÈÕ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ), ÄÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÅ × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÕ LaTeX: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash widowpenalty=10000 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash clubpenalty=10000 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard É, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash raggedbottom -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË, ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÉÊÓÑ, Ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, Ó 1. a? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÇÏ ×ÉÄÁ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. a) First alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Second alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Third alternative -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÅ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 1. {} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code a) First alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code b) Second alternative -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code c) Third -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÇÄÅ {} × ERT (Ô.Å. ÓËÏÂËÉ ÎÅ ÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÕÀÔ ×Ù×ÏÄ. ïÔÄÅÌØÎÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔÅ ÓÔÉÌØ ÁÂÚÁÃÅ× ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ××ÅÄÉÔÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ × ERT, ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ É ××ÅÄÉÔÅ ÔÒÉ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÁ. LyX Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔ ÐÕÎËÔÙ. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÓÏÓÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÌÏ×Á × LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÕ ÐÒÁ×ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ; ÏÎÁ ÏÔÒÁÚÉÔ ÏÂÝÅÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÅÎÎÙÈ ÓÌÏ×. õÂÅÄÉÔÅÓØ , ÞÔÏ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÎÁ×ÅÒÈÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÒÉ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÉ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÉ ÐÒÁ×ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÂÙÌÉ ÓÏÓÞÉÔÁÎÙ ×ÓÅ ÓÌÏ×Á. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÔÓÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LaTeX: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash enspace -\family default +\family default (1/2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thinspace -\family default +\family default (1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash negthinspace -\family default +\family default (-1/6 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash quad -\family default +\family default (1 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash qquad -\family default +\family default (2 em), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{ -\emph on +\emph on ÄÌÉÎÁ -\emph default +\emph default } -\family default +\family default , etc. ÷ÅÌÉÞÉÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset em \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÎÏÊ ÛÉÒÉÎÏÊ ÂÕË×Ù \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ÔÅËÕÝÅÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÅ. ÷ÅÌÉÞÉÎÁ ÄÌÉÎÙ × ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace -\family default +\family default ÌÀÂÁÑ ÉÚ ÄÏÐÕÓÔÉÍÙÈ × TeX; ÅÄÉÎÉÃÙ ÉÚÍÅÒÅÎÉÑ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter mm -\family default +\family default (ÍÉÌÌÉÍÅÔÒÙ), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cm -\family default +\family default (ÓÁÎÔÉÍÅÔÒÙ), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter in -\family default +\family default (ÄÀÊÍÙ), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pt -\family default +\family default (points = 1/72 inch), -\family typewriter +\family typewriter em -\family default +\family default (ÛÉÒÉÎÁ ÂÕË×Ù \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ÉÌÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ex -\family default +\family default (×ÙÓÏÔÁ ÂÕË×Ù \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). ðÒÉÍÅÒÙ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{1in} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hspace{2.5em} -\family default +\family default , É Ô.Ä. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØÓÑ, ËÁË [1,2,3,6] ÉÌÉ [1-3,6] ×ÍÅÓÔÏ [1][2][3][6] ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅt -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{cite} -\family default +\family default × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÕ LaTeX. ÷ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÉÓÔÒÉÂÕÔÉ×Ï× LaTeX ÜÔÏÔ ÐÁËÅÔ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎ. LyX ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÅÓÌÉ ÷Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÅ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÃÉÔÁÔ, ÒÁÚÄÅÌ£ÎÎÙÈ ÚÁÐÑÔÏÊ × ÏËÏÛËÅ ÃÉÔÁÔ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ [Smalley_JCP,Jarrold_Sci], ×ÍÅÓÔÏ ÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÏÄÎÏÊ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÚÁ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ: [Smalley_JCP] [Jarrold_Sci]. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection þÅÍ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÐÒÉÍÅÒ ÍÅÎÅÅ ÞÅÍ ÉÄÅÁÌØÎÏÊ ÔÅÒÍÉÎÏÌÏÇÉÉ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset éÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- ÜÔÏ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ Ñ × ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏÓÔÉ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÀ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÇÒÁÆÉËÏÊ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; × ÏÓÎÏ×Å Ó×ÏÅÊ ÜÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÆÁÊÌ ËÁÒÔÉÎËÉ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ðÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- ÜÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÒÉÓÕÎÏË ÎÁ ÂÕÍÁÇÅ: × ÎÅÇÏ ×ÈÏÄÉÔ ÓÁÍ ÒÉÓÕÎÏË, ÒÁÍËÁ, ÐÏÄÐÉÓØ É Ô.Ä. ÷ÁÍ ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, Á ÐÏÔÏÍ × ÎÅÇÏ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÓÁÍÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÏ ÖÅ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ É Ë ÔÁÂÌÉÃÁÍ. óÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÓÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÕÀ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ, ÚÁÔÅÍ ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ × ÎÅ£ ÓÁÍÕ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÁÍ, ÇÄÅ Ñ ÈÏÞÕ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\family default +\family default . ÷ òÁÚÍÅÝÅÎÉÉ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÇÏ ÏÂßÅËÔÁ, ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter !htp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÏ ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔ LaTeX ÐÏÓÔÁÒÁÔØÓÑ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÚÁÔÅÍ ÎÁÞÁÌÏ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ, Á ÚÁÔÅÍ ×ÓÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ. üÔÏ ÇÌÏÂÁÌØÎÁÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ: ×ÓÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÎÕÖÄÅÎÙ ÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔØ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÏÍÕ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌÕ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ÷Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÐÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÅÍ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ, ÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ ÐÕÓÔÙÍ, ÎÏ ×ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter [!htp] -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ËÁË ÓÁÍÙÅ ÐÅÒ×ÙÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. üÔÏ ÇÒÑÚÎÁÑ ÕÌÏ×ËÁ, ÎÏ ÏÎÁ ×ÙÎÕÄÉÔ LyX ÓÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ -\backslash +\backslash begin{figure}[!htp] -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÙÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏÍ ÄÌÑ LaTeX ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection þÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset óÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÏÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÔØ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ× × ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔÏË ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ. @@ -1196,254 +1498,326 @@ LaTeX åÓÌÉ ÉÈ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ, LaTeX ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÏÔÓÞ£Ô É ×ÙÄÁ£Ô ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÏ ÎÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÏÛÉÂËÏÊ LaTeX, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ É ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÁÌÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ :-) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÁÍÙÊ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÓÐÏÓÏ -- ÜÔÏ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, ÇÄÅ ÒÁÚÒÙ× ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÄÏÂÅÎ. ÷ ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ, ËÁË ÒÁÚÒÙ× ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÞÎ£Ô ÎÏ×ÕÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\family default +\family default ÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÏÓÔÁ×ÛÉÅÓÑ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÅ ÏÂßÅËÔÙ, Á ÚÁÔÅÍ ÎÁÞÎ£Ô ÎÏ×ÕÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ. üÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÉ×ÅÓÔÉ Ë ÎÅÏÐÒÁ×ÄÁÎÎÏÍÕ ÓËÏÐÌÅÎÉÀ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ × ÓÅÒÅÄÉÎÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ; ×ÁÍ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clearpages, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÒÉ×ÅÓÔÉ ×Ó£ × ÒÁ×ÎÏ×ÅÓÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m m -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÎÁÈÏÄÑÓØ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ××ÅÓÔÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset math text mode \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÁË ÉÚ×ÌÅÞØ ËÕÂÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ËÏÒÅÎØ É (×ÙÛÅ)? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter M-m r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÑÝÉË \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÏ ÚÎÁËÏÍ ËÏÒÎÑ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÁÔØÓÑ ÐÏ ÐÏÌÑÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÑÝÉËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LyX × LaTeX ÉÚ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard üËÓÐÏÒÔ ÆÁÊÌÏ× ÚÎÁÞÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÕÓÏ×ÅÒÛÅÎÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎ × ×ÅÒÓÉÉ 1.1.6. ðÒÏÓÔÏ ××ÅÄÉÔÅ × ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code lyx --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard É ÜÔÏ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÒÁÎÎÑÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ LyX, ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÔÏÔ ÖÅ ÓÉÎÔÁËÓÉÓ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔÅ Ó è-ÓÅÒ×ÅÒÏÍ, ÉÂÏ ÜÔÏ ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔØÓÑ ÏËÎÏ LyX ÎÁ ÷ÁÛÅÍ ÜËÒÁÎÅ. åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ Xvfb , ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÉÂÅÇÎÕÔØ Ë ÂÏÌÅÅ ÇÌÕÂÏËÏÍÕ ÕÒÏ×ÎÀ ×ÏÚÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ (ÐÏÄ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bash -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter (Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent ðÏÄ csh/tcsh ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent üÔÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ×ÅÚÄÅ, ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ, ÚÁÐÕÝÅÎ Õ ×ÁÓ X-ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ ÉÌÉ ÎÅÔ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ × ÆÁÊÌ PDF? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ 5.3.6 äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÛÒÉÆÔ × ÍÏ£Í ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÔÁË ÕÖÁÓÎÏ × Acrobat Reader? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÜÔÏÊ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ É Å£ ÒÅÛÅÎÉÅ ÎÁÈÏÄÑÔÓÑ ÔÁÍ ÖÅ, × ÇÌÁ×Å 5.3.6. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÏÑ ÌÕÞÛÁÑ É ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ Ghostscript ÎÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ×ÎÕÔÒÅÎÎÉÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ EPS? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ ÚÁÑ×ÉÌÉ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÉÅ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ Ghostscript ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÔØ ×ÎÕÔÒÅÎÎÉÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × LyX. óËÏÒÅÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÜÔÏ ÏÛÉÂËÁ Ghostscript: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent ðÏ-×ÉÄÉÍÏÍÕ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÑ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó Ghostscript 6.22 É ÓÔÁÒÛÅ. ðÏÓÌÅ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÑ ×ÙÛÅÕËÁÚÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÐÁÔÞÁ LyX ÓÎÏ×Á ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ. ÷ GNU Ghostscript 6.53 ÜÔÁ ÏÛÉÂËÁ ÕÖÅ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÁ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX ÐÏÄ Windows -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÅÎÀ É ÐÁÎÅÌØ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÍÅÒÃÁÀÔ ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óËÏÒÅÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÷Ù ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÅ è-ÓÅÒ×ÅÒ XWin32. üÔÏ ÏÛÉÂËÁ × XWin32: ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÒÅÛÉÔØ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÕ, ÏÔËÌÀÞÉ× ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ã×ÅÔÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset XWin32, É ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÏÔÌÉÞÎÙÊ ÏÔ PseudoColor Ã×ÅÔÏ×ÏÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÄÁÌØÎÅÊÛÕÀ ÐÏÍÏÝØ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ñ ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÌ ÏÔ×ÅÔÙ ÎÁ ÍÏÉ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÏÇÄÁ RTFM \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ --- ÐÒÉÍ. ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , × ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏÓÔÉ óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ. äÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÅËÒÁÓÎÁÑ. (ëÓÔÁÔÉ, ÜÔÏ Ñ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌ ÞÁÓÔØ Å£ :-) åÓÌÉ ÷Ù ÐÏÄÏÚÒÅ×ÁÅÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÷ÁÛÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ Ó×ÑÚÁÎÙ Ó LaTeX, ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × ËÎÉÇÅ -\emph on +\emph on óÉÓÔÅÍÁ ðÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ËÉ äÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, 2Å éÚÄ. -\emph default +\emph default Á×ÔÏÒ Leslie Lamport (1994). ôÁË ÖÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ÍÎÏÇÏÞÉÓÌÅÎÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ, ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÎÙÅ × ÐÏÓÔÁ×ËÕ LyX. ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ïÔËÒÙÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ðÒÉÍÅÒÙ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ñ ÈÏÞÕ ÐÏÄÅÌÉÔØÓÑ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÍÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÐÉÛÉÔÅ × ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LyX ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ lyx-users@lists.lyx.org. åÓÌÉ LyX ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÎÅ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ, ÎÁÐÉÛÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÁÍ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ lyx-devel@ lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔØ, ÏÂÒÁÝÁÑÓØ ÚÁ ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÏÏÂÝÉÔÅ ÷ÁÛÕ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ LyX É ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÐÙÔÁÅÔÅÓØ ÄÅÌÁÔØ, ÐÒÉÞ£Í ÞÔÏ ÂÙÌÏ ÐÏÎÑÔÎÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÐÒÏÞÌÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ LyX ÏÔËÁÚÁÌ, ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔÅ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ, ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÕÀ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ, ×ÅÒÓÉÀ xforms (ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ËÁÖÅÔÓÑ, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁ ÐÒÏÒÉÓÏ×ËÉ ÜËÒÁÎÁ), É ÔÏÞÎÏÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÔÏÇÏ, @@ -1454,65 +1828,85 @@ lists.lyx.org. gdb ÖÕÒÎÁÌ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ É ×ÌÏÖÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ × ×ÁÛÅ ÐÉÓØÍÏ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ, Ï Þ£Í Ñ ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÌ, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÏÐÉÛÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÐÒÏÉÚÏÛÌÏ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section áÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÉ×ÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ïÂÒÁÔÎÁÑ Ó×ÑÚØ ÐÒÉ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔÓÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÉÓÙÌÁÊÔÅ ËÏÍÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÉ, ÐÒÅÄÌÁÇÁÊÔÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ, ÏÂÒÁÚÃÙ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÙÈ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\emph on +\emph on lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection æÏÒÍÁÔÙ, × ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÅÖÄÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÏÒÉÇÉÎÁÌ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÅÎ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ LyX, ×ÅÒÓÉÉ, ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÙ HTML É ASCII ÓËÏÒÏ ÂÕÄÕÔ ×ÙÌÏÖÅÎÙ ÎÁ ÓÁÊÔÅ. ó ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÏÊ ÔÁËÖÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÁ ÎÅÍÅÃËÁÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Á ÔÅÐÅÒØ É ÒÕÓÓËÁÑ. --- ÐÒÉÍ. ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection á×ÔÏÒÓÔ×Ï É ÂÌÁÇÏÄÁÒÎÏÓÔÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bernhard Iselborn, David Johnson, É Paul Evans ÏÔ×ÅÞÁÌÉ ÚÁ ÜÔÏÔ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, ÎÁÞÉÎÁÑ Ó ×ÅÒÓÉÉ 0.2.2, ×ÏÛÅÄÛÅÊ × LyX-0.10.7. FAQ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ 0.3.0 ÂÙÌ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ ÚÁÎÏ×Ï É ×ÏÛ£Ì × LyX-1.0 É ÓÔÁÒÛÅ. íÎÏÇÏ ÌÀÄÅÊ ×ÎÅÓÌÉ ÔÏÌÉËÕ Ó×ÏÅÇÏ ÔÒÕÄÁ × ÔÅËÕÝÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ; Mike Ressler ÓÏÂÒÁÌ ×Ó£ ÜÔÏ ×ÏÅÄÉÎÏ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Disclaimer and Copyright. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ñ ÎÅ ÕÔ×ÅÒÖÄÁÀ, ÞÔÏ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ × ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ×ÅÒÎÙÍ Ó ÔÏÞÎÏÓÔØÀ ÄÏ \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ; × ËÏÎÃÅ ËÏÎÃÏ×, Ñ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÌÉÛØ ÁÓÔÒÏÎÏÍ, Á ÎÁÍ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÔØ \begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëÏÇÄÁ ÏÔ×ÅÔ ÎÅ×ÅÒÅÎ, ÍÙ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÐÅÒÅÎÁÚÎÁÞÁÅÍ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÕÀ. @@ -1524,13 +1918,16 @@ Disclaimer and Copyright. ËÁË ÎÅÏÖÉÄÁÎÎÏ ×ÙËÌÀÞÉÌÉ Ó×ÅÔ, × ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ËÁË ×Ù ÒÁÚÍÙÛÌÑÌÉ Ï ÔÏÍ, ËÁË ÆÕÎÄÁÍÅÎÔÁÌØÎÁÑ ÆÉÚÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ×ÅÌÉÞÉÎÁ, ÉÚÍÅÒÑÅÍÁÑ × \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÒÁ×ÎÏÊ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ, ÉÚÍÅÒÑÅÍÏÊ × \begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . á×ÔÏÒÓËÏÅ ÐÒÁ×Ï Copyright (c) 2000 ÐÒÉÎÁÄÌÅÖÉÔ Michael E. Ressler ËÁË ÞÌÅÎÕ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ ÐÏ ÐÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ËÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ LyX. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ru_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/ru_Intro.lyx index 04b723eea2..9031478221 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ru_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ru_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language russian \inputencoding koi8-r \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,102 +24,132 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ × LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Á×ÔÏÒ: John Weiss É ËÏÍÁÎÄÁ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÉ LyX -\newline +\newline ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄ: íÁËÓÉÍ äÚÀÍÁÎÅÎËÏ -\newline +\newline ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ: ÷ÉÔÁÌÉÊ ìÉÐÁÔÏ× -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter æÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ LyX -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Uncle Cosmo, why do they call this a word processor? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset It's simple, Skyler. You've seen what food processors do to food, right? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --- äÑÄÑ ëÏÓÍÏ, ÐÏÞÅÍÕ ÏÎÉ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÀÔ ÅÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÏÍ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --- üÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ, óËÁÊÌÅÒ. ôÙ ËÏÇÄÁ-ÎÉÂÕÄØ ×ÉÄÅÌ, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔ Ó ÐÒÏÄÕËÔÁÍÉ ËÕÈÏÎÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\hfill + +\hfill --- Jeff MacNelly in \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Shoe \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÌÉËÓ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÒÅÄ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset --- ÜÔÏ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÐÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×. ïÎÁ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÔÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ×ÁÍ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÓÌÏÖÎÙÅ ÎÁÕÞÎÏ-ÔÅÈÎÉÞÅÓËÉÅ @@ -139,7 +170,9 @@ LyX ËÎÉÖËÉ), ÓÔÁÔØÉ × ÒÅÆÅÒÉÒÕÅÍÙÅ ÎÁÕÞÎÙÅ ÖÕÒÎÁÌÙ, ÓÃÅÎÁÒÉÉ ÄÌÑ ÓÐÅËÔÁËÌÅÊ É ÆÉÌØÍÏ×, ËÏÍÍÅÒÞÅÓËÉÅ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ\SpecialChar \ldots{} É ÍÎÏÇÏÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX --- ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ, ÏÂÅÓÐÅÞÉ×ÁÀÝÁÑ ÓÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÊ ÐÏÄÈÏÄ Ë ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÀ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÐÁÒÁÄÉÇÍÕ ÓÔÉÌÅ×ÏÊ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÉ --- ÐÏÄÈÏÄ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÉÁÌØÎÏ @@ -151,7 +184,9 @@ LyX --- ïÆÏÒÍÉÔÅÌØÓËÁÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÁ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÏÍ, Á ÎÅ Á×ÔÏÒÏÍ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ LyX, Á×ÔÏÒ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓËÏÎÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁÄ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÙÍ Ó×ÏÅÇÏ ÔÒÕÄÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÒÕÄÎÏÓÔÉ, Ó ËÏÔÏÒÙÍÉ ÓÔÁÌËÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÉÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ LyX, ÉÓÞÅÚÁÀÔ ÐÏ ÍÅÒÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÉÈ ÏÂÒÁÚÁ ÍÙÛÌÅÎÉÑ. @@ -160,18 +195,20 @@ LyX --- åÄÉÎÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏÍ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÔÏÇÄÁ ÂÙÌÏ ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÉ×ÁÎÉÅ, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÎÉ ÞÅÍ ÉÎÙÍ, ËÁË ÎÁÌÏÖÅÎÉÅÍ ÚÎÁËÏ× \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÏ×ÅÒÈ ÎÁÂÒÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ðÅÒÅÄ ÎÁÂÏÒÏÍ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ ÍÙ ÐÙÔÁÌÉÓØ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ, ËÁËÉÅ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÙ ÓÔÏÌÂÃÏ× É ÐÏÚÉÃÉÉ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ. ôÏ ÖÅ ÐÒÉÍÅÎÉÍÏ Ë ÐÉÓØÍÁÍ É ÄÒÕÇÉÍ ×ÉÄÁÍ ×ÙÒÏ×ÎÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÐÏ ÐÒÁ×ÏÍÕ ËÒÁÀ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ðÅÒÅÎÏÓÙ × ËÏÎÃÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÔÒÅÂÏ×ÁÌÉ ÔÏÞÎÏÇÏ ÇÌÁÚÁ É ÐÒÅÄ×ÉÄÅÎÉÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÓÌÏ×ÁÍÉ, ×ÓÅÍ ÎÁÍ ÐÒÉÈÏÄÉÌÏÓØ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔØÓÑ Ï ÍÅÌËÉÈ ÄÅÔÁÌÑÈ, ÇÄÅ É ËÁËÏÊ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ. @@ -183,7 +220,7 @@ _ ÂÁÒÁÂÁÎÁ. üÔÁ ÆÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ ÌÅÖÉÔ × ÏÓÎÏ×Å WYSIWYG ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁ: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -191,20 +228,20 @@ What You See Is What You Get \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset þÔÏ ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÔÏ É ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). ë ÎÅÓÞÁÓÔØÀ, ÜÔÁ ÐÁÒÁÄÉÇÍÁ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔ Ë ÒÅÚÕÌØÔÁÔÕ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -212,52 +249,58 @@ What You See Is All You Get \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ôÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ --- ÜÔÏ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÜÔÏÍ LyX ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÏ×. ÷ÁÍ ÎÅ ÐÒÉÄ£ÔÓÑ ÂÅÓÐÏËÏÉÔØÓÑ, ËÁËÏÊ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ ËÕÄÁ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ. ÷Ù ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÅ LyX, -\emph on +\emph on ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ -\emph default +\emph default , Á LyX ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÏÍ, ÓÌÅÄÕÑ Ó×ÏÄÕ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌ, ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÙÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÓÔÉÌÅÍ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard óÐÒÁ×ÅÄÌÉ×ÏÓÔÉ ÒÁÄÉ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÚÁÍÅÔÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÉÈ ×ÅÒÓÉÊ ÐÏÐÕÌÑÒÎÙÈ ÏÆÉÓÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ× ÉÍÅÀÔ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÒÁÚÎÏ×ÉÄÎÏÓÔØ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÉ ÓÔÉÌÅÊ, ÒÅÁÌÉÚÕÀÝÅÊ ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙÊ ÍÅÔÏÄ ÒÁÚÍÅÔËÉ. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÎÁÛ ÏÐÙÔ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎÉ ×Ó£ ÅÝ£ ÒÅÄËÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÔÓÑ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default òÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÉÍ ÎÅÂÏÌØÛÏÊ ÐÒÉÍÅÒ: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÅÄÐÏÌÏÖÉÍ, ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÄÏËÌÁÄ. þÔÏÂÙ ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÄÏËÌÁÄ, ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÅÎ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . éÔÁË, ×Ù ÉÄ£ÔÅ × ËÁËÏÅ-ÌÉÂÏ ÍÅÎÀ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁ, ÇÄÅ ÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ @@ -265,84 +308,94 @@ collapsed true úÁÔÅÍ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÔÅ ÖÉÒÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ. äÁÌÅÅ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ÐÏÚÖÅ ×Ù ÒÅÛÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÁÇÁÔØÓÑ × ÄÒÕÇÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÉÌÉ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔÅ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÎÉÍ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ×ÁÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÜÔÏÇÏ É ×ÓÅÈ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÓÔÒÏÞËÉ × ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ LyX ×Ù ÉÄ£ÔÅ × ÒÁÚ×ÏÒÁÞÉ×ÁÀÝÅÅÓÑ ÍÅÎÀ × ÌÅ×ÏÍ ËÒÁÀ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, ×ÙÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default É ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ É ×Ó£. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÒÅÚ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÁÔØ É ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ, ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ×ÓÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ÂÕÄÕÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÙ. é ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ (ÐÕÔ£Í ×ÓÔÁ×ËÉ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÈ -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on ÓÓÙÌÏË -\emph default +\emph default ) ××ÅÌÉ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ, LyX ÂÕÄÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÑÔØ ÉÈ ÐÏ ×ÓÅÍÕ ÆÁÊÌÕ, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÉËÏÇÄÁ ÎÅ ÐÒÉÄ£ÔÓÑ ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÓÁÍÏÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ÒÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÉÍ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÕ ÓÏÇÌÁÓÏ×ÁÎÎÏÓÔÉ. - ðÑÔØ ÄÎÅÊ ÓÐÕÓÔÑ, ×Ù ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÅÔÅ ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÌÁÄ É ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + ðÑÔØ ÄÎÅÊ ÓÐÕÓÔÑ, ×Ù ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÅÔÅ ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÌÁÄ É ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 4. ïÄÎÁËÏ ×Ù ÚÁÂÙÌÉ, ÞÔÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ ÖÉÒÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÏÍ 18 ÐÕÎËÔÏ× ×ÍÅÓÔÏ - 16-ÔÉ ÐÕÎËÔÏ×, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÔÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + 16-ÔÉ ÐÕÎËÔÏ×, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÔÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 4 ÎÅ ÔÅÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ, - ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ ÄÌÑ òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\SpecialChar ~ + ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ ÄÌÑ òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\InsetSpace ~ 1. üÔÏÊ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ ÎÅÔ × LyX. ÷ÍÅÓÔÏ ×ÁÓ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ ÓÁÍ ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ×ÓÅÊ ÜÔÏÊ ÂÕÈÇÁÌÔÅÒÉÉ --- ËÁËÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÉÍÅÅÔ ËÁËÏÊ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÛÒÉÆÔÁ. ÷ ËÏÎÃÅ ËÏÎÃÏ×, ÜÔÏ ÔÏ, × Þ£Í ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÈÏÒÏÛ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÐÒÉÍÅÒ. ðÒÅÄÐÏÌÏÖÉÍ, ×Ù ÓÏÚÄÁ£ÔÅ ÓÐÉÓÏË. @@ -354,20 +407,22 @@ status Collapsed ÷ LyX ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔØÓÑ Ï Ä×ÕÈ ×ÅÝÁÈ: ËÁËÏÇÏ ÔÉÐÁ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË É ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔØ × ÎÅÇÏ. é ÜÔÏ ×Ó£. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÔÁË, ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÁÑ ÉÄÅÑ LyX ÔÁËÏ×Á: ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ, -\emph on +\emph on ÞÔÏ -\emph default +\emph default ×Ù ÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ, Á ÎÅ -\emph on +\emph on ËÁË -\emph default +\emph default ÜÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÔØ. ÷ÍÅÓÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -375,88 +430,102 @@ What You See Is What You Get \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÍÏÄÅÌØ LyX --- \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÉÍÅÌÉ × ×ÉÄÕ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ÉÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÏ ÍÏÝÎÁÑ ÉÄÅÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÚÎÁÞÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÕÐÒÏÝÁÅÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×. ÷ÏÔ ÐÏÞÅÍÕ LyX ÎÅ ÔÁË ÈÏÒÏÛ ÄÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÐÌÁËÁÔÏ× É ÁÆÉÛ --- ×ÅÄØ × ÜÔÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ -\emph on +\emph on ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ -\emph default +\emph default ÔÏÞÎÏÅ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÅ ÞÁÓÔÅÊ, ÔÁË ËÁË × ÐÌÁËÁÔÁÈ ÎÅÔ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÙÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÙÈ ÅÄÉÎÉÃ, ÔÁËÉÈ ËÁË ÁÂÚÁÃÙ, ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ É Ô.Ð. üÔÏ ÎÅ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ × LyX ÏÔÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ËÁËÉÅ-ÔÏ ÐÒÏÄ×ÉÎÕÔÙÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ. üÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ LyX --- ÎÅÐÏÄÈÏÄÑÝÉÊ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔ ÄÌÑ ÜÔÏÊ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ: ×Ù ÖÅ ÎÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÅ ÏÔ×£ÒÔËÕ ÄÌÑ ÚÁÂÉ×ÁÎÉÑ Ç×ÏÚÄÅÊ (ÐÏ ËÒÁÊÎÅÊ ÍÅÒÅ ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÏÔ×£ÒÔËÁ ÎÅ Ó ÐÏÖÉÚÎÅÎÎÏÊ ÇÁÒÁÎÔÉÅÊ). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section òÁÚÌÉÞÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ LyX É ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÎÅ ÐÙÔÁÅÍÓÑ ÔÕÔ ÒÁÚ×ÑÚÁÔØ (ÉÌÉ ×ÙÉÇÒÁÔØ) ×ÏÊÎÕ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ. îÏ ÍÙ ÓÞÉÔÁÅÍ ÜÔÏ ×ÁÖÎÙÍ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅÍ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ LyX. é ÏÄÎÏ ÉÚ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÙÈ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ× LyX, WYSIWYM, --- ÆÕÎÄÁÍÅÎÔÁÌØÎÏ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ Ï ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÍ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÅ, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ÉÍÅÀÔ 99% ÌÀÄÅÊ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÅ ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ × LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìÉÎÅÊËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÚÉÃÉÉ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÂÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï (ÔÏ ÅÓÔØ Ä×Á ÉÌÉ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÊ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏÚÉÃÉÉ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ, ×ÍÅÓÔÅ Ó ÌÉÎÅÊËÏÊ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÝÉÅ ×ÁÍ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÅ ËÏÍÐÏÎÅÎÔÏ× ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÅ, ÂÅÓÐÏÌÅÚÎÙ × LyX. @@ -466,29 +535,45 @@ Enter îÅ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ Ä×Å ÐÕÓÔÙÈ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÐÏÄÒÑÄ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÚÄÒÁÖÁÔØ, ÎÏ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ × ÜÔÏÍ ÇÏÒÁÚÄÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÓÍÙÓÌÁ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÎÁÞΣÔÅ ÍÙÓÌÉÔØ × ËÁÔÅÇÏÒÉÑÈ WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ÅÓÔØ × LyX, ÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÎÅ ÔÁË, ËÁË ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÄÕÍÁÔØ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize õÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÏÔÓÔÕÐÁÍÉ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize òÁÚÂÉÅÎÉÅ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÅÖÄÕÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÉÎÔÅÒ×ÁÌÙ (Ô.Å. ÏÄÉÎÏÞÎÙÊ ÉÎÔÅÒ×ÁÌ, Ä×ÏÊÎÏÊ ÉÎÔÅÒ×ÁÌ, É Ô.Ä.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize çÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÙÅ É ×ÅÒÔÉËÁÌØÎÙÅ ÏÔÓÔÕÐÙ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ûÒÉÆÔÙ É ÒÁÚÍÅÒÙ ÛÒÉÆÔÏ× -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize çÁÒÎÉÔÕÒÙ ÛÒÉÆÔÁ (ÖÉÒÎÙÊ, ÎÁËÌÏÎÎÙÊ, ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÎÕÔÙÊ, É Ô.Ð.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅÓÍÏÔÒÑ ÎÁ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ó£ ÜÔÏ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ × LyX, ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÏÎÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÏ. ïÂÏ ×Ó£Í ÜÔÏÍ ÚÁ ×ÁÓ ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ LyX, × ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ. @@ -500,44 +585,60 @@ Enter ÷ ÏÂÝÅÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÔÒÏËÁÍÉ, ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÌÏ×ÁÍÉ É ÍÅÖÄÕ ÁÂÚÁÃÁÍÉ ÎÅÐÏÓÔÏÑÎÎÏ, É ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÅÔÓÑ LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard óÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÔ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÙ ×Ó£ ÜÔÏ ÓËÏÒÒÅËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ (ÔÏÌØËÏ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ÎÉÈ ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔ ÚÎÁÎÉÑ LaTeX), ÌÉÂÏ × ÃÅÌÏÍ ÄÌÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÌÉÂÏ ÄÌÑ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÏÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. ðÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÓÔÉ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÁÈ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default É/ÉÌÉ -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é, ÎÁËÏÎÅÃ, ÅÓÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÏÂÌÁÓÔÅÊ, ÇÄÅ, ËÁË ÍÙ Õ×ÅÒÅÎÙ, LyX (É LaTeX) ÐÒÅ×ÏÓÈÏÄÉÔ ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÅ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÙ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÅÒÅÎÏÓÙ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize óÐÉÓËÉ ÌÀÂÏÇÏ ÔÉÐÁ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôÁÂÌÉÃÙ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÓÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÅ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÙ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÍ É ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁÍÉ, ÔÁÂÌÉÃÁÍÉ É ÐÅÒÅÎÏÓÁÍÉ, É ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÐÒÏÄ×ÉÎÕÌÉÓØ ÐÏ ÎÁÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÀ @@ -545,57 +646,67 @@ collapsed false ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÏÎÉ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÀÔ ÉÈ ÔÏÌØËÏ Ó ÎÅÄÁ×ÎÉÈ ÐÏÒ, × ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ËÁË LyX ÐÏÓÔÒÏÅÎ ÐÏ×ÅÒÈ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ ÐÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ÕÖÅ ÂÏÌÅÅ 15-ÔÉ ÌÅÔ, É -\emph on +\emph on ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ -\emph default +\emph default . ÷ÓÅ ÏÛÉÂËÉ ÄÁ×ÎÏ ÕÖÅ ÕÓÔÒÁÎÅÎÙ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÍÙ ÚÎÁÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅÔ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÉÄÅÁÌØÎÏÇÏ, ÎÏ LaTeX ÎÁÓÔÏÌØËÏ ÂÌÉÚÏË Ë ÏÔÓÕÔÓÔ×ÉÀ ÏÛÉÂÏË, ÎÁÓËÏÌØËÏ ×ÏÏÂÝÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÂÌÉÚËÁ Ë ÜÔÏÍÕ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÎÁÑ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section þÔÏ ÖÅ ÔÁËÏÅ LaTeX? (é ÐÏÞÅÍÕ Ñ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÅÎ?) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÌÁÔ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÅÈ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÒÅÄ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset --- ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÐÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÁÑ ìÜÓÌÉ ìÁÍÐÏÒÔÏÍ ( \lang english @@ -603,62 +714,68 @@ Leslie Lamport \lang russian ) × 1985 ÇÏÄÕ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard éÓÔÏÞÎÉËÏÍ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ ÐÏÓÌÕÖÉÌÁ ËÎÉÇÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Á×ÔÏÒÏ× Helmut Kopka É Patrick Daly, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÅÓÔØ ÓÓÙÌËÁ × ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ïÎÁ, × Ó×ÏÀ ÏÞÅÒÅÄØ, ÂÙÌÁ ÐÏÓÔÒÏÅÎÁ ÎÁ ÑÚÙËÅ ÐÏÌÉÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ, ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÏÍ TeX, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard TeX ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ô \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÅÈ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÐÅÒ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÏÍ äÏÎÁÌØÄÏÍ ëÎÕÔÏÍ ( \lang english @@ -667,19 +784,19 @@ Donald Knuth ) × 1984 ÇÏÄÕ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÐÕÚÙÒØ), ÔÁË ÅÇÏ É ×ÏÓÐÒÉÎÉÍÁÀÔ ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÌÀÄÉ. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÌÀÄÅÊ ÎÅ ÐÏÎÉÍÁÀÔ, ÞÅÍ ÎÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ TeX. @@ -692,74 +809,82 @@ blech! Ñ×ÌÅÎÉÅ. ôÁË ÉÌÉ ÉÎÁÞÅ, TeX ×ÙÄÁ£Ô ÔÁË ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÙÊ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÅÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÙÊ ÏÔ ÕÓÔÒÏÊÓÔ×Á \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ÆÏÒÍÁÔ ÆÁÊÌÁ, ÅÓÌÉ ËÏÒÏÔËÏ --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÅÒÅÄÁÔØ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ÆÁÊÌ ËÁËÏÊ-ÌÉÂÏ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÅ ÐÏÎÉÍÁÀÝÅÊ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ÉÌÉ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default × ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÙ, ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË PostScript \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textregistered{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , PDF, É Ô.Ð. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ÂÙ Õ TeX ÎÅ ÂÙÌÏ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×, ÏÎ ÂÙÌ ÂÙ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÍÅÈÁÎÉÚÍÏÍ ÄÌÑ ÔÉÐÏÇÒÁÆÓË ÏÇÏ ÎÁÂÏÒÁ. ïÄÎÁËÏ TeX ÔÁËÖÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÔØ ÍÁËÒÏÓÙ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÎÁÉÍÅÎÏ×ÁÎÎÁÑ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏÓÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄ --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ -\emph default +\emph default . -\emph on +\emph on ÐÅÒ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ôÕÔ-ÔÏ ×Ó£ É ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÓÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard âÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÌÀÄÅÊ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÝÉÈ TeX, × ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏÓÔÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÔ ÐÁËÅÔ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ×, ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÙÊ ëÎÕÔÏÍ ÄÌÑ ÓÏËÒÙÔÉÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÅÔÁÌÅÊ ÐÏÌÉÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ @@ -774,7 +899,9 @@ collapsed true ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ, ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ É ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏ É Ó ÎÁÉÍÅÎØÛÉÍÉ ÈÌÏÐÏÔÁÍÉ. ôÁË ÒÏÄÉÌÓÑ LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÅÊÞÁÓ, ÐÁÒÁÌÌÅÌØÎÏ Ó ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÏÊ É ÒÏÓÔÏÍ LaTeX, ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÌÀÄÉ ÓÏÚÄÁÌÉ Ó×ÏÉ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ× ÄÌÑ TeX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÓÌÁÊÄÙ, @@ -789,26 +916,28 @@ collapsed true îÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ LaTeX --- ÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÏ ÒÁÓÛÉÒÑÅÍÙÊ ÑÚÙË! ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÍÉÒÁ ÓÏÚÄÁÀÔ Ó×ÏÉ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ Ë LaTeX ÐÏÍÉÍÏ ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÎÙÈ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÔØ Ä×Á ÓÐÏÓÏÂÁ ÒÁÓÛÉÒÅÎÉÑ LaTeX: ËÌÁÓÓÙ É ÓÔÉÌÉ. -\emph on +\emph on ëÌÁÓÓ -\emph default +\emph default --- ÜÔÏ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÍÁËÒÏËÏÍÁÎÄ LaTeX (É TeX), ÏÐÉÓÙ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÔÉÐ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ ÔÁËÏÊ ËÁË ËÎÉÇÁ ÉÌÉ ÓÔÁÔØÑ. åÓÔØ ËÌÁÓÓÙ ÄÌÑ ÓÌÁÊÄÏ×, ÖÕÒÎÁÌÏ× ÐÏ ÆÉÚÉËÅ É ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÅ\SpecialChar \ldots{} ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÕÎÉ×ÅÒÓÉÔÅÔÙ ÄÁÖÅ ÓÏÚÄÁÌÉ ËÌÁÓÓÙ ÄÌÑ ÄÉÐÌÏÍÎÙÈ ÒÁÂÏÔ ÉÈ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÁ! -\emph on +\emph on óÔÉÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ËÌÁÓÓÁ ÔÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÅÔ ÎÅ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÔÉÐ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, Á ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÑ, -\emph default +\emph default ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, LyX ÕÓÔÁÎÁ×ÌÉ×ÁÅÔ ÐÏÌÑ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃ É ÍÅÖÄÕÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÉÎÔÅÒ×ÁÌÙ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ Ä×ÕÈ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÓÔÉÌÅ×ÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ× LaTeX. @@ -817,134 +946,152 @@ collapsed true ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÅ ÎÅÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ ËÏÌÏÎÔÉÔÕÌÏ×, ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌÉÚÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÈ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÊ, ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ É ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÎÏÓÏË, ÔÁÂÌÉÃ É ÒÉÓÕÎËÏ×, ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÓÐÉÓËÏ×, É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ, É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ, É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÏÂÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: ñÚÙË ÐÏÌÉÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ Ó ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØÀ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ×. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: ðÁËÅÔ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ×, ÏÓÎÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÎÁ TeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 ËÌÁÓÓÙ: ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÔÉÐÏ× ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× Ó ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅÍ LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 ÓÔÉÌÉ: éÚÍÅÎÑÀÔ ÐÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ LaTeX ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: ÷ÉÚÕÁÌØÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒ WYSIWYM, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÄÌÑ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ LaTeX ×Ï ×Ó£Í ÅÇÏ ×ÅÌÉËÏÌÅÐÉÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÄÅÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ --- ÐÏÐÙÔÁÔØÓÑ ÏÂßÑÓÎÉÔØ, -\emph on +\emph on ÐÏÞÅÍÕ -\emph default +\emph default LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ÎÅ ÔÁË, ËÁË ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÅ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÙ. ðÒÉÞÉÎÁ ÐÒÏÓÔÁ: ÄÌÑ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ LyX ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ LaTeX. ôÁË ÖÅ ËÁË É LaTeX, LyX ÓÏÓÒÅÄÏÔÁÞÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÁ ËÏÎÔÅËÓÔÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ --- -\emph on +\emph on ÞÔÏ -\emph default +\emph default ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ. á -\emph on +\emph on ËÁË -\emph default +\emph default ÜÔÏ ×Ó£ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ, ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ ÐÏÔÏÍ ÓÁÍ ÐÏÊÍ£Ô. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é ÅÝ£ ÏÄÎÁ ×ÅÝØ. LaTeX ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ÓÈÏÄÎÏ Ó TeX. ïÎ ÒÉÆÍÕÅÔÓÑ Ó \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÉÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ha blech \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , × ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×Ù ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ìÁÍÐÏÒÔ ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÔ × Ó×ÏÅÊ ËÎÉÇÅ, ÞÔÏ ÔÁËÖÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on lay -\emph default +\emph default -tecks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÖÅ ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÓÑ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . éÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÉÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , × ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÔÒÁÎÙ\SpecialChar \ldots{} ÉÚ-ÚÁ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÌÉÓØ ÍÎÏÇÏÞÉÓÌÅÎÎÙÅ ÓÔÙÞËÉ @@ -952,20 +1099,24 @@ looks ÕÄÏÂÎÅÅ. ðÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÅ ÐÒÏÉÚÎÏÓÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter :-) -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ïÂÚÏÒ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÕÐÒÏÓÔÉÔØ ×ÁÍ ÐÏÉÓË ÏÔ×ÅÔÏ× ÎÁ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ É ÏÐÉÓÁÔØ ×ÓÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ LyX, ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ ÂÙÌÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÁ ÎÁ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ×. @@ -973,15 +1124,17 @@ word ïÄÎÁËÏ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ÏÔËÒÙÔØ ÌÀÂÏÊ ÉÚ ÜÔÉÈ ÆÁÊÌÏ×, ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÄÏ ËÏÎÃÁ ÐÒÏÞÉÔÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÇÌÁ×Õ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÏÎÁ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏÊ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ É ËÏÍÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÅ×, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÏÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ ×ÁÍ ×ÒÅÍÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅ ÓÍÏÔÒÑ ÎÁ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÕÖÅ ÐÒÏÛ£Ì ÏÔÍÅÔËÕ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÅÒÓÉÑ 1.0 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÂÙÔØ ÎÅÐÏÌÎÙÍÉ ÉÌÉ ÕÓÔÁÒÅ×ÛÉÍÉ, ÈÏÔÑ ÍÙ ÏÞÅÎØ ÓÔÁÒÁÅÍÓÑ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÔØ Å£ × ÁËÔÕÁÌØÎÏÍ ÓÏÓÔÏÑÎÉÉ. @@ -991,33 +1144,39 @@ word íÙ ÄÅÌÁÅÍ ×Ó£ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÅ ÄÌÑ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× × ÎÁÉÌÕÞÛÅÊ ÆÏÒÍÅ, ÎÏ ÎÅ ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÍÏÖÅÍ ÕÓÐÅÛÎÏ Ó ÜÔÉÍ ÓÐÒÁ×ÌÑÔØÓÑ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÉ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÑÀÔ ÎÏ×ÙÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ × ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ, ËÁË ÍÙ ×Ó£ ÅÝ£ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÕÅÍ ÓÔÁÒÙÅ! (åÓÌÉ ×Ù - ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÐÏÍÏÞØ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØ ÜÔÕ ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÀ, ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÐÏÍÏÞØ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØ ÜÔÕ ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÀ, ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset × ËÏÎÃÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁËÖÅ, ÂÕÄØÔÅ ÌÀÂÅÚÎÙ --- ÅÓÌÉ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ × ÜÔÉÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÁÈ ×ÁÓ ÓÍÕÝÁÅÔ, ÎÅÑÓÎÏ ÉÌÉ ÎÅÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ, ÓÒÁÚÕ ÖÅ ÄÁÊÔÅ ÎÁÍ ÚÎÁÔØ! ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÂÒÁÔÉÔØÓÑ Ë ÔÅÍ, ËÔÏ ÓÅÊÞÁÓ ÚÁÎÉÍÁÅÔÓÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅÍ, ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÌÏÈÏ ÏÓ×ÅÝÅÎÙ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ, É ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÁ ÂÙÓÔÒÁÑ ÐÏÍÏÝØ, ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LyX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÅÎ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-users@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section æÏÒÍÁÔ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ×ÁÓ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÉÍÅÔØ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á. äÒÕÇÉÅ --- ÞÉÔÁÀÔ ÜÌÅËÔÒÏÎÎÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX. @@ -1028,43 +1187,49 @@ lyx-users@lists.lyx.org îÅ ×ÉÄÎÙ ÎÉ ÓÎÏÓËÉ, ÎÉ óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ. äÌÑ ÏÔËÒÙÔÉÑ ÓÎÏÓËÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ×ÏÔ ÔÁË, \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÉ×ÅÔ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÚÁËÒÙÔØ ÍÅÎÑ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÓÅÒÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÓÌÅ×Á ××ÅÒÈÕ Ó ÎÁÄÐÉÓØÀ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÎÅÊ ÌÅ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ ÍÙÛÉ. äÌÑ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÁ óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ ÌÉÂÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÓÅÒÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË, ÌÉÂÏ ×ÏÊÄÉÔÅ × ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÅÒÅÊÔÉ -\family default +\family default , ÇÄÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ\SpecialChar \@. (ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ!) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÙÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÁÈ ×ÓÅ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÀÔÓÑ Ó ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÍÉ ÎÏÍÅÒÁÍÉ ÇÌÁ×, ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, É ÔÁË ÄÁÌÅÅ. ïÄÎÁËÏ × ÜÌÅËÔÒÏÎÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ ×ÓÅ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÑÔ ËÁË ÓÅÒÙÅ - ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÉ, ×ÏÔ ÔÁË:\SpecialChar ~ + ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÉ, ×ÏÔ ÔÁË:\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (÷ÍÅÓÔÏ ÜÔÏÇÏ × ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÁÅÔÓÑ ÞÉÓÌÏ.) åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ ÎÁ ÜÔÏÔ @@ -1072,692 +1237,788 @@ collapsed true ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÈ ÓÓÙÌÏË ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. äÁÎÎÏÅ ××ÅÄÅÎÉÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÄÎÕ ÓÓÙÌËÕ Ó ÉÍÅÎÅÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:Contrib \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÅÒÅÊÔÉ Ë ÕËÁÚÁÎÎÏÍÕ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÕ, ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ "ðÅÒÅÊÔÉ Ë ÓÓÙÌËÅ". ÷ÅÒÎÕÔØÓÑ ÎÁÚÁÄ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ. äÌÑ ×ÏÚ×ÒÁÔÁ × ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÕÀ ÐÏÚÉÃÉÀ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷ÅÒÎÕÔØÓÑ ÎÁÚÁÄ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÉÌÉ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default . (þÔÏ ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÎÉÖÅ.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÍÙ ÒÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÅÌÉ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÊ É ÜÌÅËÔÒÏÎÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÑÍÉ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ, ÍÙ ÍÏÖÅÍ ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÒÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÅÎÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÁ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. ÷Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÎÙÈ ÛÒÉÆÔÏ×: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on ÷ÙÄÅÌÉÔÅÌØÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ -\emph default +\emph default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÏÂÝÅÇÏ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ, ÏÂÝÉÈ ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏ× ËÎÉÇ, ÎÁÉÍÅÎÏ×Á ÎÉÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× É Á×ÔÏÒÓËÉÈ ÚÁÍÅÔÏË; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter íÁÛÉÎÏÐÉÓÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ -\family default +\family default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÊ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ É ÆÁÊÌÏ×, ËÏÄÁ LaTeX, É ËÏÄÁ É ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ LyX ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans òÕÂÌÅÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ -\family default +\family default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÍÅÎÀ, ËÎÏÐÏË, ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÊ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÙÈ ÏËÏÎ, É ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÊ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on ûÒÉÆÔ éͣΠóÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÈ -\noun default +\noun default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÉͣΠÌÀÄÅÊ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÕÚÎÁÔØ Ï ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁÈ ÁËÓÅÌÅÒÁÔÏÒÏ× ÍÅÎÀ É ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÚÁÇÁÄÏÞÎÙÈ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÊ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÊÔÉ Ë ÒÁÚÄÅÌÕ -\emph on +\emph on ëÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ -\emph default +\emph default × \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Extended.lyx -\family default +\family default ). ëÏÇÄÁ ÎÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÀ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ÍÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÅ ÓÏÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÅ Ï ÐÒÅÆÉËÓÁÈ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ -\family sans +\family sans Control; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ -\family sans +\family sans Shift; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÎÁ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Å ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒ ÂÕÄÅÔ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÅÊ -\family sans +\family sans Alt; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- ÆÕÎËÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÙÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁ ×ÙÈÏÄÁ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÌÅ×Ï -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÐÒÁ×Ï -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ÷×ÅÒÈ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÎÉÚ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ ×ÌÅ×Ï, ×ÐÒÁ×Ï, ××ÅÒÈ É ×ÎÉÚ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset : ÜÔÉ 6 ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ÎÁ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Å PC-ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÙ ×ÙÛÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ËÕÒÓÏÒÏÍ. îÁ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÁÈ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÀÔÓÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÁÀÔ ÏÄÎÕ É ÔÕ ÖÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ. îÁ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÁÈ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁ -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÅÎÁ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ËÁË \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÐÒÏÞÉÅ ÉÍÅÀÔ ÏÂÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ. LyX ÏÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÅÔ ×ÓÅ ÉÈ ÏÄÉÎÁËÏ×Ï, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÍÙ ÂÕÄÅÍ ÞÅÒÅÄÏ×ÁÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÒÅÍÑ ÏÔ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÔÏ ×ÒÏÄÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset (óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . íÙ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÌÉ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ×ÓÅÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÙÈ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÊ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ × \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÉÝÉÔÅ ÉÈ ÔÁÍ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ × ÓÏÏÂÝÅÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LyX ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÔÓÑ Ä×Å ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÎÙÅ ÒÁÓËÌÁÄËÉ: ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset CUA \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -ÓÔÉÌÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÌÉÚÏË ÐÒÉÛÅÄÛÉÍ ÉÚ ÍÉÒÁ PC, É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset emacs \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -ÓÔÉÌÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÂÝÅÐÒÉÎÑÔ ÓÒÅÄÉ ÔÅÈ, ËÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÙÒÏÓ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ Unix ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁÈ É ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ Emacs. ðÏËÁ Ñ×ÎÏ ÎÅ ÕËÁÚÁÎÏ, ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÒÁÓËÌÁÄËÁ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ CUA. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÒÁ×ÉÔÓÑ Emacs, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÄÏÓÔÁÔÏÞÎÏ ÐÏÄÇÏÔÏ×ÌÅÎÙ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ É ÎÁÊÔÉ ×ÁÛÉ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÏÐÉÓÙ×ÁÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏÔ ÆÁÊÌ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÐÏÞÔÉ ÐÒÏÞÉÔÁÌÉ :). -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÏ×ÉÞÏË × LyX, É ÎÉËÏÇÄÁ ÒÁÎÅÅ ÎÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ LaTeX, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÏÔÓÀÄÁ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÄÕÍÁÅÔÅ, ÞÔÏ LaTeX --- ÜÔÏ ÔÁËÁÑ ËÒÁÓËÁ, ×ÁÍ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ ÐÅÒ×ÕÀ ÇÌÁ×Õ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ×Ù, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ×Ó£ ÅÝ£ ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÄÕÍÁÔØ, ÞÔÏ LaTeX ËÁËÏÅ-ÔÏ ÔÑÎÕÝÅÅÓÑ ×ÅÝÅÓÔ×Ï,--- ÎÏ ×Ù -\emph on +\emph on ÕÚÎ \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÁÅÔÅ -\emph default +\emph default , ËÁË ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù -\emph on +\emph on ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX ÒÁÎÅÅ, ×Ù ×Ó£ ÒÁ×ÎÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default , ÎÁÞÉÎÁÑ Ó ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (÷ ÌÀÂÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ, ÎÅ ÐÏ×ÒÅÄÉÔ ÐÒÏÊÔÉÓØ É ÐÏ ÏÓÔÁ×ÛÅÊÓÑ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ÏÄÎÁÖÄÙ ×Ù ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÚÎÁÅÔÅ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÁÌÏ Ï LyX, ÔÏ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÐÒÏÞÉÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á, ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default . ïÎ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ×ÓÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÂÁÚÏ×ÙÅ ÚÎÁÎÉÑ. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\InsetSpace ~ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ðÅÒ×ÉÞÎÁÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ. úÄÅÓØ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ -\emph on +\emph on ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï -\emph default +\emph default ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÙÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ É ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ LyX × ÐÒÅÄÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÉ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÐÒÏÞÌÉ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ\InsetSpace ~ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard òÁÓÛÉÒÅÎÉÅ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . ÷ Î£Í ÏÐÉÓÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÅÐÏÓÒÅÄÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄ LaTeX, ËÌÁÓÓÏ× ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, É ÏÓÏÂÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ ÐÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÀ, ÔÁËÖÅ ÔÁÍ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔÓÑ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ (ÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÏ ÚÁÔÅÊÌÉ×ÙÈ, ÎÏ ÏÓÔÒÏÕÍÎÙÈ) ÐÒÉ£ÍÏ× ÚÎÁÔÏËÏ× LaTeX. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏ\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏ\InsetSpace ~ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ LyX, ×ËÌÀÞÁÑ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÕ ÏÂÝÅÇÏ ÐÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÑ LyX, ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÔ × ÓÅÂÑ: ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ÉÎÔÅÒÎÁÃÉÏÎÁÌÉÚÁÃÉÀ É ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÏÎÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ. äÁÖÅ ÎÅ ÄÕÍÁÊÔÅ ÐÒÉÓÔÕÐÁÔØ Ë ÎÅÍÕ ÄÏ ÐÒÏÞÔÅÎÉÑ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -ôÅËÕÝÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ -ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +ôÅËÕÝÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ +ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÑ\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏÔ ÆÁÊÌ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÕÚÎÁÌ Ï ×ÁÛÅÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÅ LaTeX ÐÒÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÅ. ðÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ É ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÕÐÕÓÔÉÌÉ ÉÚ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÍÏÇÌÉ ÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ ÐÒÉ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÓÓÙÌÁÔØÓÑ ÏÄÉÎ ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÕÀ -\emph default +\emph default ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÐÏ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÅ É ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ, ÎÏ ÄÌÑ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÊ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ ÏÔÓÙÌÁÅÔ ÞÉÔÁÔÅÌÑ Ë -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Õ ÐÏ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ×ÁÖÎÏÅ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÏ×ÉÞÏË × LyX, ÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default . óÅÊÞÁÓ ÖÅ\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard éÎÁÞÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÐÒÁÓÎÏ ÒÁÓÓÔÒÏÉÔØÓÑ. LyX ÄÅÌÁÅÔ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁ, ÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÉÎÏÊ ÐÏÄÈÏÄ. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ ÐÒÏÅËÔÕ LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÐÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ ÎÁ C++ (ÆÉÌØÔÒ ÉÍÐÏÒÔÁ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ ÎÁ Perl). üÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÏÊ ÐÒÏÅËÔ, É ×ÓÌÅÄÓÔ×ÉÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÒÅÚÕÌØÔÁÔ ÎÅ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÅÎ ÏÔ ÏÛÉÂÏË É ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÓÏ×ÅÒÛÅÎÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎÉÑ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÏÇÏ ËÏÄÁ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ LyX, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÍÅÔÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ × ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÓÉÔÕÁÃÉÑÈ ÏÎ ×ÅÄÅÔ ÓÅÂÑ ÎÅÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ, É ÜÔÏ ÐÏ×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÒÁÓÃÅÎÉ×ÁÔØ ËÁË ÏÛÉÂËÕ. @@ -1765,39 +2026,43 @@ LyX ðÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ × ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÓËÏÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÅ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ ËÏÍÁÎÄÏÊ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÏ× LyX ËÁË ËÒÕÐÎÙÅ ÏÛÉÂËÉ: ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙ ÕËÁÚÁÎÉÑ ÞÁÓÔÅÊ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÓËÏÇÏ ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓÁ LyX, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÁÓ ÓÍÕÝÁÀÔ ÉÌÉ ÎÅÐÏÎÑÔÎÙ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ LyX ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÁ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ ÏÛÉÂÏË, ËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . ðÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ ËÁË ÓÏÏÂÝÁÔØ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ, ÕÄÏÓÔÏ×ÅÒØÔÅÓØ, ÞÔÏ Ï ÜÔÏÊ ÏÛÉÂËÅ ÅÝ£ ÎÉËÔÏ ÎÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÁÌ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ ÏÛÉÂÏË. åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ËÏÍÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÊ Ë ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÊ ÏÛÉÂËÅ, ÉÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔØ Ï ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÏÛÉÂËÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÌÉÂÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ ÏÛÉÂÏË, ÌÉÂÏ ÏÔÏÓÌÁÔØ ÜÌÅËÔÒÏÎÎÏÅ ÐÉÓØÍÏ × ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÏ× -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . ë ÁÒÈÉ×ÁÍ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÅÒÅÊÔÉ Ó ÇÌÁ×ÎÏÇÏ ÓÁÊÔÁ ÐÏ LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ ÍÏÇÌÏ ÂÙÔØ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙÍ, ÏÎÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ, ËÁË ÍÉÎÉÍÕÍ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÕÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ LyX, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÅÎÁ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁ. @@ -1810,20 +2075,22 @@ lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org ×ÅÒÓÉÉ ×ÎÅÛÎÉÈ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ LyX. åÓÌÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁ ×ÏÚÎÉËÁÅÔ ÐÒÉ ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÃÉÉ ÉÌÉ ËÏÎÆÉÇÕÒÁÃÉÉ, ×ËÌÀÞÉÔÅ × ×ÁÛÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.log -\family default +\family default , É ÕËÁÖÉÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÊ ×ÁÍÉ ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÔÏÒ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ó×ÁÌÉÔØ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX, ÐÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÎÁÊÄÉÔÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÄÌÑ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ ÉÓÐÏÌÎÑÅÍÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ lyx, ÉÚ ËÏÔÏÒÏÇÏ ÎÅ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÁ ÏÔÌÁÄÏÞÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ. @@ -1831,88 +2098,90 @@ config.log ÎÏ ÐÒÉ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÅ ÏÎÁ ÕÄÁÌÑÅÔÓÑ. éÔÁË, ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LyX ÉÚ gdb ÎÁÂÒÁ×, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É ÚÁÔÅÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small run -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset úÁ×ÁÌÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX É ×ÅÒÎÉÔÅÓØ × gdb. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small bt -\family default -\size default +\family default +\size default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÄÌÑ ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÑ É É ×ËÌÀÞÉÔÅ ×Ù×ÏÄ × ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ ÐÏÌÎÏÔÙ ËÁÒÔÉÎÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter info locals -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter up -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÏÎÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÁÀÔ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ ÌÏËÁÌØÎÙÈ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÈ ÎÁ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ ÕÒÏ×ÎÑ ÓÔÅËÁ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . åÓÌÉ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÏÐÉÓÁÔØ ÐÕÔØ ×ÏÓÐÒÏÉÚ×ÅÄÅÎÉÑ ÏÛÉÂËÉ, ÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÂÏÌÅÅ ×ÁÖÎÏ, @@ -1920,129 +2189,164 @@ up ÉÅ. åÓÌÉ ÏÛÉÂËÕ ÓÌÏÖÎÏ ×ÏÓÐÒÏÉÚ×ÅÓÔÉ, ÏÔÓÌÅÖÉ×ÁÎÉÅ ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ×ÁÖÎÏ, ÐÏÔÏÍÕ ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÍÙ ÍÏÖÅÍ ÚÎÁÔØ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ É ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ ÎÏ×ÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÎÅÓÌÉ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ × ÉÓÈÏÄÎÙÊ ËÏÄ LyX'Á, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ, ËÁË ×Ù ÓÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ, ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÓÔÁÔØ ÞÁÓÔØÀ LyX, ÏÔÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ×ÁÛÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ × ×ÉÄÅ diff ÆÁÊÌÁ (× ÕÎÉÆÉÃÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÍ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ) × ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔÞÉËÏ×, ÁÄÒÅÓ ËÏÔÏÒÏÇÏ ÂÙÌ ÕËÁÚÁÎ ×ÙÛÅ, ×ÍÅÓÔÅ ÓÏ ÓÐÉÓËÏÍ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÊ É ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅÍ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔ ×ÁÛÁ ÚÁÐÌÁÔËÁ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ LyX ÏÈ×ÁÔÙ×ÁÅÔ ×Ó£ ÅÇÏ ÓÔÏÒÏÎÙ; ÏÄÎÁËÏ LyX ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ × ÐÏÓÔÏÑÎÎÏ Ê ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÅ, É ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ×ÙÐÕÓË ÄÏÐÏÌÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÎÏ×ÙÍÉ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÍÉ. ÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ×Ù ÐÏÓÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ. üÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÏÐÉÓÙ×ÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÔØ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉÌÉ ÏÛÉÂËÕ, ÉÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÕÓÏ×ÅÒÛÅÎÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎÉÀ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉÔÅ ËÁËÕÀ-ÌÉÂÏ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÕ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ Ë LyX, ÏÔÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ × ÓÐÉÓÏË ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . ëÏÍÁÎÄÁ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ×ÎÅÓ£Ô ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÒÉÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÏÅËÔÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ LyX, ËÁË É ×ÓÅÍÕ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÏÍÕ × ÐÒÏÅËÔÅ LyX, ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÎÕÖÎÁ ÐÏÍÏÝØ! åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÚÁÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÏ×ÁÎÙ × ÓÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÉ ÐÒÏÅËÔÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ, -\emph on +\emph on ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÔÒÅÂÏ×ÁÎÉÑ: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ðÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ÉÓÈÏÄÎÙÊ ËÏÄ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ LyX É ÒÁÓÐÁËÕÊÔÅ ÅÇÏ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard âÏÌÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÐÒÉÉÍÞÉ×ÙÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ×ÚÑÔØ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÀÀ ×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ Ó ÁÎÏÎÉÍÎÏÇÏ LyX CVS-ÒÅÐÏÚÉÔÏÒÉÑ --- ÏÎÁ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔÓÑ × ÍÏÄÕÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxdoc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ÷ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÏÍ ÄÅÒÅ×Å ×Ù ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ ËÁÔÁÌÏÇ ÐÏÄ ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÅÍ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lib/doc/ -\family default +\family default . ÷ Î£Í ÅÓÔØ ÆÁÊÌ, ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÙÊ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . ðÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ, ÔÁÍ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÙ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÙ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ Ë LyX. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ïÔÄÏÈÎÉÔÅ ÄÅÎØ ÉÌÉ Ä×Á, ÚÁÔÅÍ ÓÎÏ×Á ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate äÁÌÅÅ ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default É -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default , ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÏÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï ÐÒÅÄÍÅÔÅ. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default É -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ, -\emph default +\emph default ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ, ÎÁÉÂÏÌÅÅ ÓÏ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ É ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÑÅÍÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ. ÷Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÎÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï ÔÏÍ, ËÁË ÍÙ ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÌÁ É ÞÉÔÁÌÁÓØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ó×ÑÖÉÔÅÓØ Ó ËÏÍÁÎÄÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÔÏÒÏ× LyX ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default , -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÂÓÕÄÉÔØ ÎÁÍÅÞÅÎÎÙÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ É ÐÏÓÌÕÛÁÔØ ÍÎÅÎÉÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ Ï ÎÉÈ. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÌÀÂÙÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ --- ÏÔ ÕÓÏ×ÅÒÛÅÎÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎÉÑ ÄÏÈÏÄÞÉ×ÏÓÔÉ ÔÅËÓÔÁ, ÄÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÚÎÁÞÉÔÅÌØÎÏÊ ÒÅÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÉÚÁÃÉÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ. ÷ÓÅ ÕÓÏ×ÅÒÛÅÎÓÔ×Ï×ÁÎÉÑ ÐÒÉÎÉÍÁÀÔÓÑ Ó ÒÁÄÏÓÔØÀ. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx index e845d76377..7e5175690a 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language russian \inputencoding koi8-r \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2499 +24,3638 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ × LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 æÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 òÁÚÌÉÞÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ LyX É ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 þÔÏ ÖÅ ÔÁËÏÅ LaTeX? (é ÐÏÞÅÍÕ Ñ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÅÎ?) +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 ïÂÚÏÒ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 æÏÒÍÁÔ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ ÐÒÏÅËÔÕ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ É ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ ÎÏ×ÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 ðÒÉÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX. þÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ Ó ÏÔ×ÅÔÁÍÉ. -\newline +\newline ÷ÅÒÓÉÑ 0.3.6 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ É ÏÂÝÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 üÔÏ ×Ó£ ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÚÄÏÒÏ×Ï, ÎÏ ÐÒÉÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÌÉ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 ó ÞÅÇÏ ÎÁÞÁÔØ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 âÕÄÅÔ ÌÉ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÁ ÍÏ£Í ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 óËÏÌØËÏ ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á ÎÕÖÎÏ ÄÌÑ LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÌÉ LyX Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÍÙÍ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 òÅÓÕÒÓÙ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 çÄÅ × ÓÅÔÉ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÓËÁÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ Ï LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 çÄÅ Ñ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÐÏ LyX ÞÅÒÅÚ FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 ëÁËÉÅ ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 åÓÔØ ÌÉ ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ ÁÒÈÉ×Ù ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 èÏÒÏÛÏ, ÕÍÎÉËÉ! çÄÅ ÏÎÉ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 óÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÏÓÔØ Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁÍÉ/ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 íÏÇÕ Ñ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ Word? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ HTML? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 õÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ É ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÃÉÑ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 ëÁË ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 ôÅÒÐÅÔØ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕ ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. çÄÅ ×ÚÑÔØ ÕÖÅ ÏÔËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 þÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÚÁ ÎÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÙÊ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ? (÷áöîï!) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6 ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ, ÏÔÎÏÓÑÝÉÅÓÑ Ë ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 ïÓÎÏ×ÎÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 ëÁË ÍÏÇÕ Ñ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔËÉ × ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑÈ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ/\SpecialChar \- îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ/\SpecialChar \- ïÐÉÓÁ ÎÉÅ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 ëÁË ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 ÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ ÖÅ ÄÌÑ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ É ÔÁÂÌÉÃ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 ëÁË ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÓÎÏÓÏË ÎÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ (Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÉ É Ô.Ä.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 ëÁË ÚÁÐÒÅÔÉÔØ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ×ÉÓÑÞÉÈ ÓÔÒÏË? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË, ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÉÊÓÑ, Ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, Ó 1. a? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 ëÁË ÓÏÓÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÌÏ×Á × LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 ëÁË ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØÓÑ, ËÁË [1,2,3,6] ÉÌÉ [1-3,6] ×ÍÅÓÔÏ [1][2][3][6] ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 þÅÍ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 ëÁË Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÁÍ, ÇÄÅ Ñ ÈÏÞÕ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 þÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset óÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 ëÁË ÉÚ×ÌÅÞØ ËÕÂÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ËÏÒÅÎØ É (×ÙÛÅ)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LyX × LaTeX ÉÚ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ × ÆÁÊÌ PDF? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÛÒÉÆÔ × ÍÏ£Í ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÔÁË ÕÖÁÓÎÏ × Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÏÑ ÌÕÞÛÁÑ É ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ Ghostscript ÎÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ×ÎÕÔÒÅÎÎÉÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ EPS? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 ÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX ÐÏÄ Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÅÎÀ É ÐÁÎÅÌØ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÍÅÒÃÁÀÔ ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÄÁÌØÎÅÊÛÕÀ ÐÏÍÏÝØ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 ñ ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÌ ÏÔ×ÅÔÙ ÎÁ ÍÏÉ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 ñ ÈÏÞÕ ÐÏÄÅÌÉÔØÓÑ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÍÉ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔØ, ÏÂÒÁÝÁÑÓØ ÚÁ ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 áÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÉ×ÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 ïÂÒÁÔÎÁÑ Ó×ÑÚØ ÐÒÉ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔÓÑ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 æÏÒÍÁÔÙ, × ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 á×ÔÏÒÓÔ×Ï É ÂÌÁÇÏÄÁÒÎÏÓÔÉ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÐÏ LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 äÏÂÒÏ ÐÏÖÁÌÏ×ÁÔØ × LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 þÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ -\emph default +\emph default ÓÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ É ÞÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 ïÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 þÔÏ ×Ù -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ: +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 îÁÞÉÎÁÅÍ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 ÷ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 îÁÂÏÒ, ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒ É ÐÅÞÁÔØ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 ðÒÏÓÔÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: ðÒÏÂÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï × LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 òÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 óÐÉÓËÉ É ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 äÒÕÇÉÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ: ÓÔÉÈÉ, ÃÉÔÁÔÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 ëÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ É ÛÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓÅÍ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 ûÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓØÍÁ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 úÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 íÅÔËÉ É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 ÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÍÅÔËÁ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 ÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 âÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ Ï ÍÅÔËÁÈ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 óÎÏÓËÉ É ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 îÁ×ÉÇÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁÍ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 ðÏËÁÚÁÔÅÌÉ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÉ É ÉÎÄÅËÓÙ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 çÒÅÞÅÓËÉÊ ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔ É ÚÎÁÞËÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÉÁËÒÉÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÚÎÁËÉ, É ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 äÒÏÂÉ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX: ðÒÅÄÅÌÙ, ÌÏÇÁÒÉÆÍÙ, ÓÉÎÕÓÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 íÁÔÒÉÃÙ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 òÅÖÉÍ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 íÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 òÁÚÎÏÅ +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 ðÒÏÞÉÅ ×ÁÖÎÙÅ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×Á LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 ðÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX × ÆÏÒÍÁÔ LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 ëÌÁÓÓ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 äÒÕÇÉÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÙ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 òÁÚÎÏÅ +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 ïÛÉÂËÉ! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/ru_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/ru_Tutorial.lyx index f76c98da2d..dc6297cdd4 100644 --- a/lib/doc/ru_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/ru_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language russian \inputencoding koi8-r \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,33 +24,51 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÐÏ LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Á×ÔÏÒ: Amir Karger É ËÏÍÁÎÄÁ ÒÁÚÒÁÂÏÔËÉ LyX -\newline +\newline ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄ: íÁËÓÉÍ äÚÀÍÁÎÅÎËÏ -\newline +\newline ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÙ: àÒÉÊ ëÁÌÉÎÉÞÅÎËÏ, ÷ÉÔÁÌÉÊ ìÉÐÁÔÏ× -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äÏÂÒÏ ÐÏÖÁÌÏ×ÁÔØ × LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏÔ ÆÁÊÌ ÐÒÅÄÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎ ÄÌÑ ÔÅÈ, ËÔÏ ÎÉËÏÇÄÁ ÎÅ ÓÌÙÛÁÌ Ï LaTeX, ÉÌÉ ÚÎÁËÏÍ Ó ÎÉÍ ÐÏ×ÅÒÈÎÏÓÔÎÏ. @@ -57,16 +76,18 @@ ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÏÊ ÃÅÌØÀ LyX Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÏÞÔÉ WYSIWYG-ÉÎÔÅÒÆÅÊÓ Ë LaTeX. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÄÌÑ ÜÆÆÅËÔÉ×ÎÏÇÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ LyX ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÄ£ÔÓÑ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÕÞÉÔØÓÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ×ÁÓ, ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ, ÏÂÒÁÔÉÌÉÓØ Ë ÜÔÏÍÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÕ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ ËÁË ÐÏÐÙÔÁÌÉÓØ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ Ä×Á ÐÒÏÂÅÌÁ ÐÏÓÌÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÉÌÉ 3 ÐÕÓÔÙÈ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÁÂÚÁÃÁÍÉ, É ÉÓÐÙÔÁÌÉ ÓÅÒØ£ÚÎÏÅ ÒÁÚÏÞÁÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ, ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉ×, ÞÔÏ ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ. @@ -80,49 +101,61 @@ LyX ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔ ÔÁËÏÅ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ ÚÁ ×ÁÓ, ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÑ ×ÁÍ ÓÏÓÒÅÄÏÔÏÞÉÔØ Ó×Ï£ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ ÎÁ ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ×ÁÖÎÏ --- ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÎÁ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÍ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅÓØ ÔÅÒÐÅÎÉÑ É ÞÉÔÁÊÔÅ. þÔÅÎÉÅ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÕÞÅÂÎÉËÁ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏ ÓÔÏÉÔ ÐÏÔÒÁÞÅÎÎÏÇÏ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section þÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ -\emph default +\emph default ÓÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ É ÞÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ ËÁË ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ÍÙ ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ËÏÅ-ÞÔÏ ÐÏÑÓÎÉÔØ. -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔ ÏÂÏÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ, ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£ÎÎÙÅ ×Ï -\emph on +\emph on ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÉ -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÞÁÌÉ ÞÔÅÎÉÅ Ó ÜÔÏÇÏ ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÁ, ÐÒÏÞÔÉÔÅ ÓÎÁÞÁÌÁ -\emph on +\emph on ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÚÎÁÅÔÅ, ËÁËÏÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ ÞÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ, ÍÙ ÂÙ ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÇÏ×ÏÒÉÔØ Ï ÐÒÅÄÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÉ ÜÔÏÇÏ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ïÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏ× É ÕÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÊ. þÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÏÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ @@ -131,169 +164,198 @@ ÉÈ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ. äÌÑ ÕÄÏÂÓÔ×Á ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÔØ PostScript \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textregistered -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -×ÅÒÓÉÀ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÚÎÁËÏÍÙ Ó LaTeX, ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÂÙÓÔÒÅÅ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÉÄÅÉ LyX --- ÐÏÐÒÏÓÔÕ ÚÁÍÁÓËÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ ÉÄÅÉ LaTeX. ïÄÎÁËÏ Õ LyX ÅÓÔØ Ó×ÏÉ ÐÏ×ÏÒÏÔÙ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÉÌÉ, ÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÐÔÉÍÉÓÔÉÞÎÏ, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏÓÔÉ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset , ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚÕÞÉÔØ. äÁÖÅ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÞÕ×ÓÔ×ÕÅÔÅ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÙÍ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÏÓÔÁ×ÛÕÀÓÑ ÞÁÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default -, ×Ù ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +, ×Ù ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÏ ÄÌÑ ÏÐÙÔÎÙÈ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection þÔÏ ×Ù -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÓÔÏÑÎÎÕÀ ÏÐÅËÕ ÉÌÉ ÐÒÏÞÉÅ ÂÅÓÔÏÌËÏ×ÙÅ ÏÂßÑÓÎÅÎÉÑ. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÎÏÊ ÌÉÔÅÒÁÔÕÒÅ × ÎÁÓÔÏÑÝÅÅ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÓÌÏÖÉÌÁÓØ ÔÁËÁÑ ÔÅÎÄÅÎÃÉÑ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úÁÍÅÔËÁ -\shape smallcaps -\noun on +\shape smallcaps +\noun on John -\noun default +\noun default Weiss -\shape default +\shape default : \SpecialChar \ldots{} ÐÏ ËÒÁÊÎÅÊ ÍÅÒÅ × áÍÅÒÉËÅ, ÇÄÅ ÍÙ ×Ó£ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÍ Ë ÎÁÉÍÅÎØÛÅÍÕ ÏÂÝÅÍÕ ÚÎÁÍÅÎÁÔÅÌ À\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ðÒÅÄÐÏÌÏÖÉÍ, ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ ÉÍÅÅÔ ËÏÜÆÆÉÃÉÅÎÔ ÉÎÔÅÌÌÅËÔÁ ÎÁ ÕÒÏ×ÎÅ ËÁÒÔÏÆÅÌÉÎÙ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . íÙ ÔÁË ÎÅ ÄÅÌÁÅÍ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ó ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÓÔÏÒÏÎÙ, ÍÙ ÐÏÎÉÍÁÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ ÞÉÔÁÀÔ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á, ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ÕÞÅÂÎÉËÉ, ÔÏÌØËÏ ÔÏÇÄÁ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÏÎÉ ÎÅ ÚÎÁÀÔ, ÞÔÏ ÖÅ ÄÅÌÁÔØ ÄÁÌØÛÅ. ôÁË ÞÔÏ ÈÏÔÑ ÍÙ ÓÏÚÎÁÅÍ ÞÔÏ ×Ù, ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌØ, -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÇÌÕÐÙ, ÍÙ ÐÏÎÉÍÁÅÍ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÂÙÔØ ÎÅÓ×ÅÄÕÝÉ ÉÌÉ ÓÂÉÔÙ Ó ÔÏÌËÕ. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize éÎÓÔÒÕËÃÉÊ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ ÍÙÛØÀ É ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÏÊ. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÒÁÚÏÂÒÁÔØÓÑ Ó ÔÅÍ, ËÁË ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒ, ÍÙ ÎÅ ÓÍÏÖÅÍ ×ÁÍ ÐÏÍÏÞØ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÜÔÏ ×ÙÈÏÄÉÔ ÚÁ ÒÁÍËÉ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× ÐÏ LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard âÏÌÅÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÅ Ó ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ LyX, Õ ×ÁÓ ÎÁ×ÅÒÎÏ ÂÏÌØÛÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÇÏÌÏ×Ù ÚÁÐÏÌÎÅÎÁ ÍÏÚÇÁÍÉ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÇÏ ÏÂßÑÓÎÅÎÉÑ ×ÓÅÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÅÄØ ÎÁÍ ÖÅ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÙ Ä×Á -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default , ÐÒÁ×ÄÁ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ÓÅÒØ£ÚÎÏ, ÍÙ ÓÄÅÌÁÌÉ ÜÔÏÔ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÄÌÑ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÄÁÔØ ×ÁÍ ÎÁÞÁÌØÎÙÊ ÔÏÌÞÏË, ÐÏÓËÏÌØËÕ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÒÅÁÌØÎÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ --- ÜÔÏ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . åÓÌÉ ÂÙ ÍÙ ÐÏÐÒÏÂÏ×ÁÌÉ ÐÏ×ÔÏÒÉÔØ ÚÄÅÓØ ×ÓÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÏÂÏ ×ÓÅÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÈ LyX, -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÂÙÌ ÂÙ ÉÚÂÙÔÏÞÅÎ, ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÄÌÉÎÅÎ, É ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÕÓÔÁÒÅ×ÛÉÊ. ôÁË ÞÔÏ ÚÄÅÓØ ÍÙ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÚÎÁËÏÍÉÍ ×ÁÓ Ó ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÍÉ LyX; ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÅÂÅ, ÞÔÏ × ËÏÎÃÅ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize äÅÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÏÂßÑÓÎÅÎÉÑ LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏ ÉÚÌÉÛÎÅ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÏ ÉÚÕÞÉÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÓËÕÓÎÙÅ ÐÒÉ£ÍÙ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ @@ -301,566 +363,628 @@ collapsed true ÷ ÐÒÏÄÁÖÅ ÅÓÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÈÏÒÏÛÉÈ ËÎÉÇ. ÷Ó£-ÔÁËÉ ÎÉ Ë ÞÅÍÕ ÉÚÏÂÒÅÔÁÔØ ËÏÌÅÓÏ\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard éÔÁË, ÏÔ×ÁÖÎÙÊ ÞÅÌÏ×ÅË, ×ÒÅÍÑ Ä×ÉÇÁÔØÓÑ ×ÐÅÒ£Ä. îÁÓÔÁÌÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÔØ ×ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ × LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter îÁÞÉÎÁÅÍ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ÷ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset éÔÁË, ×Ù ÇÏÔÏ×Ù Ë ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÀ. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÔÅÍ ËÁË ×Ù ÐÒÉÓÔÕÐÉÔÅ Ë ÜÔÏÍ, ÎÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÎÉÊ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ, ÂÕÄÅÍ ÎÁÄÅÑÔØÓÑ, ÓÄÅÌÁÀÔ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÂÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÔÉ×ÎÙÍ, ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙÍ É ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÙÍ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁË ËÁË ÚÄÅÓØ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÄÁÌÅËÏ ÎÅ ×ÓÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ, -\emph on +\emph on ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ -\emph default +\emph default , ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ --- ÎÁÊÔÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÓÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ -\series medium +\series medium . -\series default +\series default ë ÓÞÁÓÔØÀ -\series medium +\series medium , -\series default +\series default ÜÔÏ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ -\series medium +\series medium . -\series default +\series default úÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LyX. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ -\family default +\family default . ôÁËÉÍ ÖÅ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÒÕÚÉÔØ É -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default (ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ Ó ÜËÒÁÎÁ). ôÏ ÅÓÔØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎ ÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ïÎÉ ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÌÕÖÉÔØ ÈÏÒÏÛÉÍ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏÍ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ LyX'Á. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . úÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ ËÁË ×Ù ÏÔËÒÙÌÉ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅËÌÀÞÅÎÉ Ñ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÎÉÍÉ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans äÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ -\family default +\family default . -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÎÅ ÒÁÓËÒÙ×ÁÅÔ ÄÅÔÁÌØÎÏ ËÁÖÄÕÀ ÉÚ ÔÅÍ, ÏÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÈ × ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÁÈ ÐÏ LyX. üÔÏ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ ÕÓÌÏÖÎÑÅÔ ×ÁÛÕ ÖÉÚÎØ ÎÁ ÐÅÒ×ÙÈ ÐÏÒÁÈ, ÎÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ËÏÒÏÔËÉÍ. ôÁËÖÅ Õ ×ÁÓ ×ÙÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÉ×ÙÞËÁ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á, ÞÔÏ × ÉÔÏÇÅ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔ ×ÁÍ ÍÁÓÓÕ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÜÔÏÍ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÍÙ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÌÁÇÁÅÍ, ÞÔÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ÐÏÌÎÏÓÔØÀ ÒÁÂÏÔÏÓÐÏÓÏÂÎÁÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ LyX, Á ÔÁËÖÅ LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÝÉË -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ËÁËÏÊ-ÔÏ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÐÕÔØ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× × PostScript \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textregistered -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , É ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÝÉÊ ÐÒÉÎÔÅÒ. åÓÌÉ ÞÔÏ ÌÉÂÏ ÉÚ ÜÔÏÇÏ Õ ×ÁÓ ÏÔÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔ, ×Ù (ÉÌÉ ÄÏÂÒÏÖÅÌÁÔÅÌØÎÙÊ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÎÙÊ ÁÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÏÒ) ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ. éÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÐÏ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ × ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×ÁÈ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ ÆÁÊÌ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ÐÏÕÐÒÁÖÎÑÔØÓÑ × ÍÁÓÔÅÒÓÔ×Å ×ÌÁÄÅÎÉÑ LyX. ïÎ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . ðÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÎÁÂÒÁÎ ËÅÍ-ÔÏ, ËÔÏ ÎÅ ÏÞÅÎØ ÈÏÒÏÛÏ ÚÎÁËÏÍ Ó ×ÅÌÉËÏÌÅÐÎÙÍÉ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÍÉ LyX. ðÏ ÍÅÒÅ ÉÚÕÞÅÎÉÑ ÎÏ×ÙÈ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÎÏÓÔÅÊ LyX, ÍÙ ÂÕÄÅÍ ÐÒÅÄÌÁÇÁÔØ ×ÁÍ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . ôÁËÖÅ ÏÎ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÕÔÏÎÞÅÎÎÙÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁÍ£ËÉ ÎÁ ÔÏ, ËÁË ÉÈ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÉÔØ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard üÔÉ ÎÁÍ£ËÉ ÒÁÚÍÅÝÅÎÙ × Ö£ÌÔÙÈ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset úÁÍÅÔËÁÈ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ý£ÌËÎÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÎÉÈ ÍÙÛØÀ, ÞÔÏÂÙ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÔÅËÓÔ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÓÈÉÔÒÉÔØ (ÉÌÉ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ×Ó£ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÌÉ), ÅÓÔØ ÔÁËÖÅ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx, -\family default +\family default ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÉÊ ÔÏÔ ÖÅ ÔÅËÓÔ, ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÊ É ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÎÙÊ ÚÎÁÔÏËÏÍ LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard æÁÊÌÙ Ó ÐÒÉÍÅÒÁÍÉ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ × ËÁÔÁÌÏÇÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default , Ë ËÏÔÏÒÏÍÕ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÄÏÂÒÁÔØÓÑ, ×ÙÂÒÁ× -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under æ -\bar default +\bar default ÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under ï -\bar default +\bar default ÔËÒÙÔØ -\family default +\family default É ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÅ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ð -\bar default +\bar default ÒÉÍÅÒÙ -\family default +\family default . ïÔËÒÏÊÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, É ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under æ -\bar default +\bar default ÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ËÁË -\family default +\family default , ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉÔÅ ËÏÐÉÀ × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÒÁÂÏÞÅÍ ËÁÔÁÌÏÇÅ. éÓÐÒÁ×ÌÑÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÊÔÅ, ËÁË ÜÔÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÏÔÒÁÖÁÀÔÓÑ × ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÓÔÁÔÉ, ËÁÔÁÌÏÇ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ É ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ Ó ÐÒÉÍÅÒÁÍÉ. ïÎÉ ÐÒÏÄÅÍÏÎÓÔÒÉÒÕÀÔ ×ÁÍ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ LyX. üÔÉ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÙ ÔÁËÖÅ ÄÅÍÏÎÓÔÒÉÒÕÀÔ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÎÅ ÂÙÌÉ ÐÏÍÅÝÅÎÙ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ (ÉÚ-ÚÁ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÏ× ÉÌÉ ÐÏ ÄÒÕÇÉÍ ÓÏÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑÍ). ðÏÓÌÅ ÐÒÏÞÔÅÎÉÑ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default , ÉÌÉ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÚÁÐÕÔÁÅÔÅÓØ ÐÒÉ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÉ ÞÅÇÏ-ÌÉÂÏ ÎÅÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ × LyX, ×ÚÇÌÑÎÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÜÔÉ ÆÁÊÌÙ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection îÁÂÏÒ, ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒ É ÐÅÞÁÔØ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize óÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÏÚÄÁÔØ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÔÁËÏÅ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÅ: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset üÔÏ ÍÏÊ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ! \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ó£ ×ÅÒÎÏ. ÷Ù ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÚÁÈÏÔÉÔÅ. üÔÏ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ. íÙ ÉÚ×ÉÎÑÅÍÓÑ ÚÁ ÂÅÓÓÍÙÓÌÅÎÎÏÓÔØ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÚÁ ×Ó£ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ÍÙ ÂÕÄÅÍ ÐÒÏÓÉÔØ ×ÁÓ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ × ÂÕÄÕÝÅÍ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ËÁË\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize úÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LaTeX ÄÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÆÁÊÌÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ÞÅÒÅÚ ÐÕÎËÔ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. ÷Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ËÁË × ÏËÎÅ, ÉÚ ËÏÔÏÒÏÇÏ ×Ù ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÌÉ lyx, ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÅÞÁÔÁÔØÓÑ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÑ LaTeX, ÓÅÊÞÁÓ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÈ ÐÒÏÉÇÎÏÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. LyX ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xDVI -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÝÉË -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ × ÎÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ É ÏÔÏÂÒÁÚÉÔ ËÁË ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ ÐÒÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÜËÏÎÏÍÉÔØ ×ÒÅÍÑ, ÏÓÔÁ×É× -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ÚÁÐÕÝÅÎÎÙÍ × ÆÏÎÏ×ÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. äÁÌÅÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ïÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default É ÐÒÏÓÔÏ Ý£ÌËÁÔØ ÎÁ ÏËÎÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ ÒÁÓËÒÙ×ÁÔØ ÅÇÏ) ÐÏÓÌÅ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÅÎÉÑ ×Ù×ÏÄÁ LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize îÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÊÔÅ ÆÁÊÌ ÞÅÒÅÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator òÁÓÐÅÞÁÔÁÔØ -\family default +\family default , É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans OK\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÛÉ ÐÏÚÄÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ! ÷Ù ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ É ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÌÉ ×ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ LyX. ÷Ó£ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÄÅÔÁÌÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÒÁÓËÒÙ×ÁÀÔÓÑ × ÏÓÔÁ×ÛÅÊÓÑ ÞÁÓÔÉ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default É -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÈ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÒÏÓÔÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÖÅ, LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÊ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙ × ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÈ. ïÎ ÂÕÄÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÅÒÅÎÏÓÉÔØ ÓÌÏ×Á É ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÉ×ÁÔØ ÁÂÚÁÃÙ. ôÅÐÅÒØ ÒÁÚ×ÅÒÎÉÔÅ ÐÁÒÏÞËÕ ÍÅÎÀ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÏÈÏÖÉ ÎÁ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default , ÔÏ ÎÁ×ÅÒÎÑËÁ ÄÅÌÁÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÄÏ ÞÔÅÎÉÑ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset É ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÐÒÏÓÔÙÈ ËÏÍÁÎÄ (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ÷ÙÊÔÉ, ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ, æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÏÈÒÁÎÉÔØ) -\family default +\family default ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÙ ÔÁË, ËÁË ×Ù É ÏÖÉÄÁÅÔÅ, ÎÁÈÏÄÑÔÓÑ × ÔÅÈ ÖÅ ÍÅÎÀ, ÇÄÅ ×Ù ÄÕÍÁÅÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎÉ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔØÓÑ, É ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÀÔ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÏÔ ÎÉÈ ÏÖÉÄÁÅÔÅ. îÉÖÅ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ ËÏÒÏÔËÏÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÐÒÏÓÔÙÈ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÊ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ïÔÍÅÎÁ. ÷ LyX ÅÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔØ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÅÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÎÏÊ ÏÔÍÅÎÙ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÏÚÎÁÞÁÀÝÁÑ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÔÍÅÎÉÔØ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÌÉ Ó ÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÔÅËÕÝÅÇÏ ÓÅÁÎÓÁ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\SpecialChar ~ +ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÎÕÖÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÒÁÚ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÏÔÍÅÎÉÌÉ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÅÒÎÕÔØ ÏÔÍÅΣÎÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ðÏ×ÔÏÒÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÏÔÍÅΣÎÎÏÅ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÏ×ÔÏÒÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÏÔÍÅΣÎÎÏÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [îÁ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ, ÏÔÍÅÎÁ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÁ 100 ÛÁÇÁÍÉ. ïÔÍÅÎÁ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ÎÅ ÄÌÑ -\emph on +\emph on ×ÓÅÇÏ -\emph default +\emph default , ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÎÅÌØÚÑ ÏÔÍÅÎÉÔØ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ.] -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description ÷ÙÒÅÚËÁ/÷ÓÔÁ×ËÁ/ëÏÐÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ. äÌÑ ×ÙÒÅÚËÉ, ×ÓÔÁ×ËÉ É ËÏÐÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ÷ÙÒÅÚÁÔØ -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ëÏÐÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ -\family default +\family default . éÌÉ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÊÔÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\emph on +\emph on ÓÒÅÄÎÅÊ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÍÙÛÉ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description ðÏÉÓË/úÁÍÅÎÁ. äÌÑ ÐÏÉÓËÁ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -îÁÊÔÉ\SpecialChar ~ -É\SpecialChar ~ +îÁÊÔÉ\InsetSpace ~ +É\InsetSpace ~ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default . ÷ ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÀÝÅÍÓÑ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÞÁÔØ ÐÏÉÓË ËÎÏÐËÁÍÉ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÐÅÒ£Ä -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans îÁÚÁÄ -\family default +\family default ; ÄÌÑ ÚÁÍÅÎÙ ÎÁÊÄÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÓÌÏ×Á ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans +\family sans úÁÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÇÄÁ ÚÁËÏÎÞÉÔÅ, ÚÁËÒÏÊÔÅ ÏËÎÏ. ìÉÂÏ ÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÅÇÏ ÏÔËÒÙÔÙÍ, ÅÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÔÁË ÕÄÏÂÎÅÅ. âÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÙÈ ÏËÏÎ × LyX --- ×ËÌÀÞÁÑ -\family sans -îÁÊÔÉ\SpecialChar ~ -É\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îÁÊÔÉ\InsetSpace ~ +É\InsetSpace ~ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÓÐÌÙ×ÁÀÝÉÅ ÏËÎÁ --- ÏËÎÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÍÅÓÔÏ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÚÁËÒÙÔØ, ÍÏÖÎÏ Ó×ÅÒÎÕÔØ. îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÙÅ ÏËÎÁ, ÔÁËÉÈ ËÁË -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ïÔËÒÙÔØ -\family default +\family default , ÎÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ×ÁÍ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ × ÇÌÁ×ÎÏÍ ÏËÎÅ LyX, ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ÚÁËÒÏÅÔÅ ÄÉÁÌÏÇ. ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÐÙÔÁÅÔÅÓØ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ × ÇÌÁ×ÎÏÍ ÏËÎÅ LyX ÉÌÉ ÄÁ£ÔÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ × ËÁËÏÍ-ÌÉÂÏ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ, ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÊÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÆÏËÕÓ ××ÏÄÁ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ × ÎÕÖÎÏÍ ÏËÎÅ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset åÓÌÉ ÐÏÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ, ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÌÉ ÞÕ×ÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÙÊ Ë ÒÅÇÉÓÔÒÕ ÐÏÉÓË, ÉÌÉ ÐÏÉÓË ÔÏÌØËÏ ÐÏÌÎÙÈ ÓÌÏ×. -\layout Description +\end_layout -æÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +æÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on ×ÙÄÅÌÑÔØ -\emph default +\emph default ÔÅËÓÔ (ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ×ÙÄÅÌÑÅÍÙÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ ÓÔÁÎÏ×ÑÔÓÑ ÎÁËÌÏÎÎÙÍÉ), ÄÅÌÁÔØ ÅÇÏ -\series bold +\series bold ÐÏÌÕÖÉÒÎÙÍ -\series default +\series default , ×ËÌÀÞÁÔØ ÛÒÉÆÔ -\noun on +\noun on ÉͣΠÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÈ -\noun default +\noun default (ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ËÁÐÉÔÅÌØ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÉͣΠÌÀÄÅÊ) ÐÅÒÅËÌÀÞÁÑ ËÎÏÐËÉ × ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÉÍ×ÏÌ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -ðÁÎÅÌØ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÁÎÅÌØ\InsetSpace ~ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ×. ëÎÏÐËÉ ÎÁ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× (ÐÒÑÍÏ ÐÏÄ ÍÅÎÀ) ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÅ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ, ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans òÁÓÐÅÞÁÔÁÔØ -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔÅ ÍÙÛØ ÎÁÄ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, ÎÅÂÏÌØÛÁÑ Ö£ÌÔÁÑ ÚÁÍÅÔËÁ ÒÁÓÓËÁÖÅÔ ×ÁÍ Ï ÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÉ ÜÔÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÉ. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description íÉÎÉ-ÂÕÆÅÒ. óÅÒÁÑ ÓÔÒÏËÁ × ÓÁÍÏÍ ÎÉÚÕ ÏËÎÁ LyX ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÍÉÎÉ-ÂÕÆÅÒ. @@ -869,57 +993,65 @@ collapsed true ÆÁÊÌÁ. ôÁËÖÅ ÔÕÔ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÔØÓÑ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÑ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ×Ù ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ -\emph default +\emph default × ÍÉÎÉ-ÂÕÆÅÒÅ. üÔÏ ÄÁÓÔ ×ÁÍ ÄÏÓÔÕÐ ËÏ ×ÓÅÍ ×ÉÄÁÍ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÙÈ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÍÙÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ, ×ËÌÀÞÁÑ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÉÓÐÏÒÔÉÔØ ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ. äÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÓÌÏ×ÁÍÉ, ÎÅ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÊÔÅ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ × ÍÉÎÉ-ÂÕÆÅÒÅ, ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÚÎÁÔØ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ×Ù ÅÝ£ ÎÅÄÏÓÔÁÔÏÞÎÏ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ ÄÌÑ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Á ÜÔÉÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ, ÎÏ ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÎÁÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ×Ó£-ÔÁËÉ ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÏÔÍÅÎÕ, ×ÓÔÁ×ËÕ É Ô.Ð. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: ðÒÏÂÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï × LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ïÄÎÏ ÉÚ ÓÁÍÏÇÏ ÓÌÏÖÎÏÇÏ ÄÌÑ ÎÏ×ÉÞËÏ× --- ÜÔÏ ÐÒÉ×ÙËÎÕÔØ Ë ÓÐÏÓÏÂÕ ÏÂÒÁÝÅÎÉÑ LyX Ó ÐÒÏÂÅÌØÎÙÍ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×ÏÍ. óËÏÌØËÏ ÂÙ ÒÁÚ ×Ù ÎÉ ÎÁÖÉÍÁÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÄÎÕ ÐÕÓÔÕÀ ÓÔÒÏËÕ. óËÏÌØËÏ ÂÙ ×Ù ÒÁÚ ÎÉ ÎÁÖÉÍÁÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default , ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÄÉÎ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ. îÁ ÐÕÓÔÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ LyX ÎÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÄÁÖÅ ÏÄÉÎ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ. ëÌÁ×ÉÛÁ -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÄ×ÉÇÁÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÏ ÐÏÚÉÃÉÑÍ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ; ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅÔ -\emph default +\emph default ! äÌÑ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÉ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÉ É ÇÒÁÎÉà ××ÅÒÈÕ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ ÎÅÔ ÎÉËÁËÏÊ ÌÉÎÅÊËÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÎÏÇÉÅ ËÏÍÍÅÒÞÅÓËÉÅ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÅ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÙ ÐÏÓÔÒÏÅÎÙ ÎÁ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÅ WYSIWYG: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -927,85 +1059,87 @@ What You See Is What You Get \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ôÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ --- ÜÔÏ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX ÖÅ ÐÏÓÔÒÏÅÎ ÎÁ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default \lang russian \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÉÍÅÌÉ × ×ÉÄÕ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). ÷Ù ××ÏÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ, Á LyX ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÉ ×ÍÅÓÔÏ ×ÁÓ, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÒÅÚÕÌØÔÁÔ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ ÈÏÒÏÛÏ. -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÇÒÁÍÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÑÅÔ ÁÂÚÁÃÙ, Á -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÇÒÁÍÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÑÅÔ ÓÌÏ×Á, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÎÅÚÁÞÅÍ ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÏ× ÐÏÄÒÑÄ; ëÌÁ×ÉÛÁ -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default ×Ï×ÓÅ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÎÉËÁËÏÊ ÇÒÁÍÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ, É LyX Å£ ÎÅ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ LyX, ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÕÄÅÌÑÔØ ÂÏÌØÛÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ -\emph on +\emph on ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÍÕ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, É ÍÅÎØÛÕÀ --- ÅÇÏ -\emph on +\emph on ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÀ. -\emph default +\emph default âÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏ Ï ËÏÎÃÅÐÃÉÉ WYSIWYM ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ×Ï -\emph on +\emph on ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÉ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ LyX ÅÓÔØ (× ÂÏÌØÛÏÍ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Å) ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÙ ÔÏÞÎÏÊ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. ÷ÅÄØ ×Ó£-ÔÁËÉ LyX ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÑÔØ ÔÅËÓÔ -\emph on +\emph on ÔÏÞÎÏ ÔÁË, -\emph default +\emph default ËÁË ×Ù ÓÅÂÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÅ. ïÂÏ ×Ó£Í ÜÔÏÍ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔÓÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . äÁÎÎÙÊ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÁÒÉÊ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÔ: ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÙÊ ËÌÅÊ É ×ÅÒÔÉËÁÌØÎÙÅ ÉÎÔÅÒ×ÁÌÙ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÍÏÝÎÏ É ÕÎÉ×ÅÒÓÁÌØÎÏ, ÞÅÍ ÐÏ×ÔÏÒÑÀÝÉÅÓÑ ÐÕÓÔÙÅ ÓÒÏËÉ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ @@ -1015,108 +1149,118 @@ Tab ÎÁ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÍ, É ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔØÓÑ Ï ÔÏÞÎÏÊ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ × ÓÁÍÏÍ ËÏÎÃÅ. ÷ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÈ, ×ÁÓ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÔ×ÌÅËÁÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ × ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÅ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÝ£ ÏÄÉÎ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ ÔÉÐ ÐÕÓÔÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á --- -\family sans -îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ -\family sans +\family sans C-ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +óÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ) É ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÁ ÜËÒÁÎÅ ËÁË ÍÁÌÅÎØËÁÑ ÂÕË×Á \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÞÉÔÁÅÔÅ ÜÔÏ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï Ó ÜËÒÁÎÁ, ×Ù ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ ÕÖÅ ÚÁÍÅÔÉÌÉ ÜÔÏ É ÂÙÌÉ ÕÄÉ×ÌÅÎÙ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÅ -\family sans -îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÍÅÖÄÕ Ä×ÕÍÑ ÓÌÏ×ÁÍÉ, ÎÁ ÂÕÍÁÇÅ ÏÎ ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÅÔÓÑ ËÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, -\family sans +\family sans îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ LaTeX ÎÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÜÔÉÈ Ä×ÕÈ ÓÌÏ× ÒÁÚÒÙ× ÓÔÒÏËÉ. ïÎ ÞÁÓÔÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÞÅÇÏ-ÔÏ ÎÁÐÏÄÏÂÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÂÙÔØ Õ×ÅÒÅÎÙ, ÞÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÂÕÄÕÔ ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÎÙ ÎÁ ÏÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍ ÅÇÏ × -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÄÌÑ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÊ ÍÅÎÀ, ÉÌÉ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙÈ\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family sans - îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÏÍÕ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÏÍÕ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÕ! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ÓÌÕÖÁÔ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÍ ÃÅÌÑÍ; ÍÙ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍ ÜÔÉ ÞÁÓÔÉ -\emph on +\emph on ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑÍÉ -\emph default +\emph default . âÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. úÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ (ÇÌÁ×Ù, ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ É Ô.Ä.) ÄÁÀÔ ÐÏÎÑÔØ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÀ, ÞÔÏ @@ -1125,15 +1269,17 @@ collapsed true öÕÒÎÁÌØÎÁÑ ÓÔÁÔØÑ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÒÅÚÀÍÅ É ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË. ðÉÓØÍÏ ÎÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÎÉ ÔÏÇÏ, ÎÉ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ, ÏÄÎÁËÏ, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ Ó ÁÄÒÅÓÏÍ ÏÔÐÒÁ×ÉÔÅÌÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ --- ÚÎÁÞÉÔÅÌØÎÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÆÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÉ LyX \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÔÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÉÍÅÌÉ × ×ÉÄÕ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëÏÎËÒÅÔÎÏÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÔÒÅÂÏ×ÁÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÙÈ ÓÔÉÌÅÊ É ÒÁÚÍÅÒÏ× ÛÒÉÆÔÁ, @@ -1145,550 +1291,616 @@ collapsed true ÉÍÅÔØ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÔÁÎÄÁÒÔÙ ÏÔÓÔÕÐÏ×; ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÛÉÒÏËÏ ×ÁÒØÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÆÏÒÍÁÔ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÊ. LyX ÐÏÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÁÍ ÉÚÂÅÖÁÔØ ÉÚÕÞÅÎÉÑ ×ÓÅ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÙÈ ÓÔÉÌÅÊ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÒÁÚÍÅÝÅÎÏ × ÌÅ×ÏÍ ËÒÁÀ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× (ÐÒÑÍÏ ÐÏÄ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ -\family default +\family default ). ïÎÏ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ÔÅËÕÝÅÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÏÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ. ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÐÉÓÁÌÉ ×ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, ÏÎÏ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÌÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÞÔÏ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅÍ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÄÌÑ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ × ×ÁÛ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ, ËÁË ÏÎÉ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ. üÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ÍÙÛØÀ ÎÁ ËÁÒÔÉÎËÕ ÓÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÔÒÅÌËÏÊ ×ÎÉÚ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÒÑÍÏ ÓÐÒÁ×Á ÏÔ ÏËÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection òÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÓÌÏ×Ï -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default × ÐÅÒ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îÅ ÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ -\emph on +\emph on ×ÙÄÅÌÑÔØ -\emph default +\emph default ÓÔÒÏËÕ. åÓÌÉ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÏ, LyX ÉÚÍÅÎÑÅÔ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÅËÕÝÅÇÏ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ. ëÁË ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ ÁÂÚÁÃÅ× ÐÕÔ£Í ÉÈ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ ÐÅÒÅÄ ×ÙÂÏÒÏÍ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . LyX ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÎÏÍÅÒÏÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔ ÂÏÌØÛÏÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ ÄÌÑ ÅÇÏ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ. (ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÔÁËÖÅ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÔØÓÑ É × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , É × ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ). ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. úÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ Ó \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏ ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ïËÏÎÞÁÎÉÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏ× ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, ËÁË É ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Á ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ, ÐÒÅÄÐÏÌÁÇÁÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ï ÔÏÍ, ËÁË ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÉÚ Ä×ÕÈ ÉÌÉ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÓÔÒÏË ÓÍ. -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÖÅ, ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ -\family default +\family default ÍÏÖÅÔ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÁÂÚÁÃÅ×. ðÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ÔÁËÖÅ ÎÅ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÁÀÔÓÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÎÉÖÅ). ÷Ù ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÚÎÁÔØ ÔÅËÕÝÅÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ, ×ÚÇÌÑÎÕ× × ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÷×ÅÄÉÔÅ ×ÓÔÕÐÉÔÅÌØÎÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code üÔÏ ×ÓÔÕÐÉÔÅÌØÎÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÍÏÅÇÏ ÐÅÒ×ÏÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÅÝ£ ÒÁÚ, É ÓÎÏ×Á ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default × ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . LyX ÎÁÐÉÛÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÖÉÄÁÔØ ××ÏÄÁ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ðÒÏÞÅÅ -\family default +\family default , É ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÓÎÏ×Á ÐÏÍÅÞÁÅÔ ÎÁÂÒÁÎÎÏÅ ËÁË ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÌÕÞÛÅ. - óÎÏ×Á ÐÅÒÅÊÄÉÔÅ Ë ËÏÎÃÕ òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\SpecialChar ~ + óÎÏ×Á ÐÅÒÅÊÄÉÔÅ Ë ËÏÎÃÕ òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\InsetSpace ~ 1 (ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÍÏÊ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ÓÎÏ×Á ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , É ÓÎÏ×Á ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . é ÏÐÑÔØ LyX ÎÁÐÉÛÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÖÉÄÁÔØ ××ÏÄÁ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ÆÒÁÚÕ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ðÒÏÞÅÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÙÌ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\SpecialChar ~ -2, Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔÓÑ × òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÙÌ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\InsetSpace ~ +2, Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔÓÑ × òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 3! ÷ ÍÁÎÅÒÅ WYSIWYM, ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ ÔÅËÓÔ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÓÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË, É LyX ×ÏÚØÍ£Ô ÎÁ ÓÅÂÑ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÀ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× É ÉÈ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÅÒÎÕÔØÓÑ Ë ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ -\family default +\family default , É ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code òÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÙ ÎÉÖÅ. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ òÁÚÄÅÌÁ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code òÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ðÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÍÅÎØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ×ÔÏÒÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . LyX ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , É ÏÆÏÒÍÉÔ ÅÇÏ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÏÌØÛÅ, ÞÅÍ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÛÒÉÆÔ, ÎÏ ÍÅÎØÛÅ ÛÒÉÆÔÁ × ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. ôÁËÖÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÞÅÔ×£ÒÔÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default . ëÁË ×Ù É ÏÖÉÄÁÌÉ, LyX Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . - åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÐÅÒÅÄ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\SpecialChar ~ -2, òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + åÓÌÉ ×Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÐÅÒÅÄ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\InsetSpace ~ +2, òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 2 ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎ - × òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + × òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 3, Á ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÙ × \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÅÔÙÒÅ ÕÒÏ×ÎÑ ÓÅËÃÉÏÎÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ×ËÌÀÞÁÀÔ ðÏÄÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ðÁÒÁÇÒÁÆ, É ðÏÄÐÁÒÁÇÒÁÆ. ðÏÉÇÒÁÊÔÅ Ó ÎÉÍÉ ÐÏ ×ÁÛÅÍÕ ÕÓÍÏÔÒÅÎÉÀ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÍÅÔÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÐÁÒÁÇÒÁÆÏ× É ÐÏÄÐÁÒÁÇÒÁÆÏ× ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ ÎÅ ÎÕÍÅÒÕÀÔÓÑ, É ÞÔÏ ÐÏÄÐÁÒÁÇÒÁÆÙ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÔÓÑ Ó ÏÔÓÔÕÐÁ; ËÁË ÜÔÏ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . úÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË -\family sans +\family sans þÁÓÔØ -\family default +\family default -- ÓÁÍÙÊ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÓÅËÃÉÏÎÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ, ×ÙÛÅ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default , ÎÏ ÅÇÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÒÁÚÒÅÛÅÎÏ ÔÏÌØËÏ × ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÔÉÐÁÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ËÌÁÓÓÏ× - ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é ÎÁËÏÎÅà ×ÁÍ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÏÎÁÄÏÂÉÔØÓÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÎÅ ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÌÉÓØ. åÓÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ É ÄÌÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÉÚ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏ× ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans òÁÚÄÅÌ* -\family default +\family default (ÞÔÏÂÙ ÅÇÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ×ÁÍ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÐÒÏËÒÕÔÉÔØ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ×ÎÉÚ), LyX ÂÕÄÅÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÔÏÔ ÖÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÛÒÉÆÔÁ, ÎÏ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ. ôÁËÖÅ ÅÓÔØ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ ÏÔÍÅÞÅÎÎÙÅ Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÏÊ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÄÌÑ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ×ÁÛÉÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× ÎÁ ÜË×É×ÁÌÅÎÔÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÓÏ Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÏÊ É ÐÏÎÁÂÌÀÄÁÊÔÅ, ËÁË ÂÕÄÅÔ ÍÅÎÑÔØÓÑ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ× × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection óÐÉÓËÉ É ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ ÄÌÑ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÐÉÓËÏ×. òÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ×ÉÄÙ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× ÏÓ×ÏÂÏÖÄÁÀÔ ×ÁÓ ÏÔ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÊ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default ÍÉÌÌÉÏÎ ÒÁÚ ÐÒÉ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÉ ÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÙ, ÉÌÉ ÏÔ ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÃÅÌÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ÐÒÉ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ ÐÕÎËÔÁ × ÓÅÒÅÄÉÎÕ ÓÐÉÓËÁ, É ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ×ÁÍ ÓËÏÎÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÍ ÓÐÉÓËÁ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard äÁ, ÍÙ ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÉ×ÁÅÍ ÜÔÏ ÎÁ ÐÒÏÔÑÖÅÎÉÉ ×ÓÅÇÏ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . îÏ -\emph on +\emph on ÜÔÏ -\emph default +\emph default --- ÇÌÁ×ÎÁÑ ÆÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ LyX'Á, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ, ÐÏÖÁÌÕÊÓÔÁ, ÐÒÏÓÔÉÔÅ ÎÁÓ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset òÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÔÉÐÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÌÏÇÉÞÅÓËÉ ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÓÒÅÄ ÓÐÉÓËÏ×: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize óÌÁÊÄÙ ÐÒÅÚÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÏÞÅÞÎÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ -\family sans +\family sans ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÔÏÞÅË. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÌÁÎÙ É ÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÙ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ -\family default +\family default ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÓÐÉÓËÁ (É ÂÕË×ÅÎÎÙÈ ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÏ×). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, ÏÐÉÓÙ×ÁÀÝÉÊ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÎÙÈ ÐÁËÅÔÏ×, ÍÏÇ ÂÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ÇÄÅ ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÐÕÎËÔ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÅÔÓÑ Ó ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÎÏÇÏ ÖÉÒÎÙÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ ÓÌÏ×Á. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÐÉÓÏË, -\family default +\family default ÏÔÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÅ × LaTeX, Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÉÚÍÅΣÎÎÏÊ ÆÏÒÍÏÊ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ -\family sans +\family sans ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÁ×ÁÊÔÅ ÎÁÐÉÛÅÍ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÒÉÞÉÎ, ÐÏ ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ LyX ÌÕÞÛÅ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÏ×. çÄÅ-ÎÉÂÕÄØ × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx ÌÕÞÛÅ ÌÀÂÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁ ÐÏÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . ôÅÐÅÒØ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . LyX ÎÁÒÉÓÕÅÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÕÌØËÕ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ, Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÕ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÕÅÔÓÑ × ËÒÕÖÏÞÅË ÐÒÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ) × ÓÔÒÏËÅ. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ÁÛÉ ÐÒÉÞÉÎÙ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ïÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ ÚÁ ×ÁÓ. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ --- WYSIWYG -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code ïÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÓÐÉÓËÏ×, × ÏÔÌÉÞÉÅ ÏÔ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏ×, ÎÅ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÁÀÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÀ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . ÷ÍÅÓÔÏ ÜÔÏÇÏ, LyX ÐÒÅÄÐÏÌÁÇÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÔÅÓØ ÐÒÏÄÏÌÖÉÔØ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÍ ÐÕÎËÔÏÍ. ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ, ×ÙÛÅ ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÉÚ ÔÒ£È ÐÕÎËÔÏ×. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ × ÏÄÎÏÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÕÎËÔÅ ÓÐÉÓËÁ, -\emph default +\emph default ÏÄÎÉÍ ÉÚ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏ× ÂÕÄÅÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family sans -òÁÚÒÙ×\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +òÁÚÒÙ×\InsetSpace ~ óÔÒÏËÉ -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ, ÎÁÖÁ× -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . þÔÏÂÙ ÚÁ×ÅÒÛÉÔØ ××ÏÄ ÓÐÉÓËÁ, ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÚÁÎÏ×Ï ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÎÕÀ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÀ -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÐÏÌÕÞÉÌÉ ËÒÁÓÉ×ÙÊ ÎÅÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔØ LaTeX, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ, ËÁË ÏÎ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ ÐÒÉ @@ -1696,90 +1908,100 @@ s îÏ ÞÔÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÐÒÉÞÉÎÙ? þÔÏ Ö, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔÅ ×ÅÓØ ÓÐÉÓÏË \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÎÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔØ ÐÅÒ×ÕÀ ÍÅÔËÕ, ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ×ÙÂÅÒÅÔÅ ÁÂÚÁà -\emph on +\emph on ÐÅÒÅÄ -\emph default +\emph default ÓÐÉÓËÏÍ, ÞÔÏ, ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ, ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÏ. ôÁËÖÅ ×Ù ÎÅ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÄÅÌÑÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ × ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÈ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×. îÅ ÂÅÓÐÏËÏÊÔÅÓØ Ï ÜÔÏÍ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ. õÈ! ëÁË ÍÙ É ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÌÉ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÄÁÌÑÅÔÅ ÉÌÉ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÑÅÔÅ ÐÕÎËÔÙ ÓÐÉÓËÁ, LyX ÂÕÄÅÔ ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÀ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏËÁ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÏÔÍÅÞÅÎ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÐÒÏÂÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ Ä×Á ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÓÐÉÓËÏ×, -\family sans +\family sans ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans óÐÉÓÏË -\family default +\family default , ÄÌÑ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ, ËÁË ÏÎÉ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÑÔ. äÌÑ ÜÔÉÈ Ä×ÕÈ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ, ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÐÕÎËÔ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚ ÔÅÒÍÉÎÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÅÒ×ÙÍ ÓÌÏ×ÏÍ ÓÐÉÓËÁ, ÚÁ ËÏÔÏÒÙÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ --- ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ (ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ). ôÅÒÍÉÎ ÏÔÄÅÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÏÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ ÌÉÂÏ ÖÉÒÎÙÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ ( -\family sans +\family sans ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ), ÌÉÂÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ôÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÅÊ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îÏ ÏÔÓÔÕÐ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØÓÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÎÁÉÂÏÌØÛÉÊ ÉÚ ÔÅÒÍÉÎÏ×, --- ÎÅ ÐÅÞÁÌØÎÙÊ, Ö£ÓÔËÉÊ, ÎÅÉÚÍÅÎÑÅÍÙÊ ÔÁÂÕÌÑÔÏÒ × ÐÅÞÁÔÁÀÝÅÊ ÍÁÛÉÎËÅ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans óÐÉÓÏË -\family default +\family default ). åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÓÌÏ×Á × ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÉ, ÒÁÚÄÅÌÑÊÔÅ ÉÈ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans -îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÏÇÏ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÏÇÏ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÁ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÓÐÉÓÏË × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ËÌÁÄÙ×ÁÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÄÒÕÇ × ÄÒÕÇÁ ÓÁÍÙÍÉ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÍÉ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÑÍÉ. ïÞÅ×ÉÄÎÙÍ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏÍ ÂÙÌÏ ÂÙ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÇÏ ÐÌÁÎÁ. @@ -1787,87 +2009,99 @@ example_raw.lyx ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÏ×. âÏÌØÛÉÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÓÔÉ Ï ÓÐÉÓËÁÈ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÙ Ó ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÍÉ ×ÌÏÖÅÎÉÑÍÉ, ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection äÒÕÇÉÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ: ÓÔÉÈÉ, ÃÉÔÁÔÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÔØ Ä×Á ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÄÌÑ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÃÉÔÁÔ ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÏ ÏÔ ÏËÒÕÖÁÀÝÅÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ: -\family sans +\family sans ãÉÔÁÔÁ -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ËÏÒÏÔËÉÈ ÃÉÔÁÔ É -\family sans -âÏÌØÛÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +âÏÌØÛÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÃÉÔÁÔÁ -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÄÌÉÎÎÙÈ. ëÏÄ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍ (ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans LyX- -\family default +\family default ËÏÄ, ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ × -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÄÌÑ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÄÌÉÎÎÙÈ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏ×) ÐÉÛÅÔÓÑ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ÍÁÛÉÎÏÐÉÓÎÙÍ -\family default +\family default ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ; ÜÔÏ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ --- ÅÄÉÎÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ × LyX, ÇÄÅ ÄÏÐÕÓÔÉÍÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÎÏÇÏËÒÁÔÎÙÅ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÙ ÄÌÑ ÏÔÓÔÕÐÏ× × ÔÅËÓÔÅ. ôÁËÖÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÓÔÉÈÉ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} ÐÒÅÄÐÏÌÁÇÁÅÔÓÑ ×Ù ÄÏÓÔÁÔÏÞÎÏ Ô×ÏÒÞÅÓËÉÊ ÞÅÌÏ×ÅË, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÜÚÉÑ ÂÙÌÁ Õ ×ÁÓ ÎÁ ÐÅÒ×ÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÓÔÉÌØ óÔÉÈÉ. ðÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÔÒÏÆ, É -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÔÒÏË × ÓÔÒÏÆÅ. âÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÌÎÏÅ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ×ÓÅÈ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ× ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ LyX ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : ëÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ -\family sans +\family sans ãÉÔÁÔÁ, LyX-ËÏÄ, -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans óÔÉÈÉ -\family default +\family default × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard âÕÄÅÍ ÎÁÄÅÑÔØÓÑ, ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÁÑ ÇÌÁ×Á ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÌÁ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉ×ÙËÎÕÔØ Ë ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÀ × LyX. @@ -1881,15 +2115,19 @@ example_raw.lyx ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÏÇÏ ÒÏÄÁ. úÁÔÅÍ ÏÎÁ ÏÐÉÛÅÔ ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ, ÐÒÅ×ÒÁÝÁÀÝÉÅ ÔÅËÓÔ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ, ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ, ÓÎÏÓËÉ, ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ, ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ É ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ëÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ É ÛÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓÅÍ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset òÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÔÉÐÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÔÒÅÂÕÀÔ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌÉÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ËÎÉÇÉ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÐÅÞÁÔÁÀÔÓÑ Ó Ä×ÕÈ ÓÔÏÒÏÎ ÌÉÓÔÁ, × ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ËÁË ÓÔÁÔØÉ @@ -1897,82 +2135,90 @@ example_raw.lyx äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÏ, ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ: ÐÉÓØÍÁ ×ËÌÀÞÁÀÔ ÁÄÒÅÓ ÏÔÐÒÁ×ÉÔÅÌÑ É ÐÏÄÐÉÓØ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÓÍÙÓÌÁ × ËÎÉÇÅ ÉÌÉ ÓÔÁÔØÅ. -\emph on +\emph on ëÌÁÓÓ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\emph default +\emph default LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX'Á: ÜÔÏ ÜË×É×ÁÌÅÎÔÎÏ ËÌÁÓÓÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ × LaTeX'Å -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÜÔÉÈ ÚÎÁÞÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÉÑÈ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÍÉ ÔÉÐÁÍÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÂÙÌ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ × ËÌÁÓÓÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . ëÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ --- ÜÔÏ ÅÝ£ ÏÄÎÁ ×ÁÖÎÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÆÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÉ WYSIWYM; ÏÎÉ ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÔ LyX ÓÐÏÓÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÅÔ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÚÎÁÔØ ÅÇÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óËÏÒÅÅ ×ÓÅÇÏ ×ÁÛ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎ × ËÌÁÓÓÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ïÂÙÞÎÏ ÏÎ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ËÌÁÓÓÏÍ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ÏÄÎÁËÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÜÔÏ × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . þÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ËÁË ÒÁÚÌÉÞÁÀÔÓÑ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ, ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÐÏÍÅÎÑÔØ ÅÇÏ ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ËÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ (ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÚÁËÌÁÄËÕ -\family sans +\family sans äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\family default +\family default × ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ËÌÁÓÓ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × ÍÅÎÀ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÏÐÕÓÔÉÍÙÈ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ ÔÁËÉÅ ÖÅ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÔÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans þÁÓÔØ -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ Õ×ÅÒÅÎÙ, ËÁËÏÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ × ÄÁÎÎÏÍ ËÌÁÓÓÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ, Ó×ÅÒØÔÅÓØ Ó ÍÅÎÀ ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard òÁÚÍÅÒÙ ÛÒÉÆÔÏ×, ÐÅÞÁÔØ × ÏÄÎÕ ÉÌÉ Ä×Å ËÏÌÏÎËÉ, É ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏ× ÓÔÁÎÉà --- ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÙ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÊ ÔÉÐÏÇÒÁÆÓËÏÇÏ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ @@ -1980,34 +2226,48 @@ Book ôÁË ËÁË ëÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÎÙÊ ÷ÅË ÐÒÏÄÏÌÖÁÅÔ ÒÁÚ×É×ÁÔØÓÑ, ÖÕÒÎÁÌÙ ÎÁÞÁÌÉ ÐÒÉÎÉÍÁÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ × ÜÌÅËÔÒÏÎÎÏÍ ×ÉÄÅ, ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÔÉÌÅ×ÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX, ÞÔÏÂÙ Á×ÔÏÒÙ ÍÏÇÌÉ ÏÔÐÒÁ×ÌÑÔØ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ ÓÆÏÒÍÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ ÓÔÁÔØÉ. LyX ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÈ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, LyX ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ (É ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ) ÖÕÒÎÁÌÏ× áÍÅÒÉËÁÎÓËÏÇÏ íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ïÂÝÅÓÔ×Á, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÌÁÓÓ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÔ ÎÅÂÏÌØÛÏÊ ÓÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÉË ËÌÁÓÓÏ× ÔÅËÓÔÁ. äÌÑ ÐÏÌÕÞÅÎÉÅ ÂÏÌØÛÅÊ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ ÏÂÒÁÔÉÔÅÓØ Ë ÒÁÚÄÅÌÕ -\emph on +\emph on óÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÅ ËÌÁÓÓÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× -\emph default +\emph default × -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÑÈ. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2018,255 +2278,303 @@ Article\SpecialChar ~ \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard éÍÑ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úÁÍÅÔËÉ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÐÅÞÁÔØ Ó ÏÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÏÒÏÎÙ, ÂÅÚ ÇÌÁ× -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÆÏÒÍÁÔÙ É ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÄÌÑ áÍÅÒÉËÁÎÓËÏÇÏ íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ OÂÝÅÓÔ×Á -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÞÅÍ article, ÐÅÞÁÔØ Ó Ä×ÕÈ ÓÔÏÒÏÎ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÏÔÞ£ÔÙ É ËÎÉÇÉ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÐÒÏÚÒÁÞÎÙÅ ÐÌ£ÎËÉ, ÔÁËÖÅ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÔ FoilTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×Ï ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÈ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ: ÁÄÒÅÓÁ, ÐÏÄÐÉÓÉ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section + +\begin_layout Section ûÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓØÍÁ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïÄÉÎ ÉÚ ÎÁÉÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÐÕÌÑÒÎÙÈ ËÌÁÓÓÏ× --- -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default (ðÉÓØÍÏ)\SpecialChar \@. ïÄÎÉÍ ÉÚ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏ× ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÐÉÓØÍÁ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans -\family default +\family default ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ, É ×ÙÂÏÒ -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ëÌÁÓÓ -\family default +\family default × ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\family default +\family default . èÏÔÑ ÜÔÏ ÎÁÉÂÏÌÅÅ ÏÞÅ×ÉÄÎÙÊ ÓÐÏÓÏ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÐÉÓØÍÁ, ÏÎ ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×Á ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÊ. ëÁÖÄÙÊ ÒÁÚ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÄÅÌÏ×ÏÅ ÐÉÓØÍÏ, ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ Ó×ÏÊ ÁÄÒÅÓ, ÁÄÒÅÓ ÐÏÌÕÞÁÔÅÌÑ, ÔÅÌÏ ÐÉÓØÍÁ, ÐÏÄÐÉÓØ É Ô.Ð. ÷ LyX ÅÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on ÛÁÂÌÏÎ -\emph default +\emph default ÄÌÑ ÐÉÓÅÍ, ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÉÊ ÐÒÉÍÅÒ ÐÉÓØÍÁ; ÅÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ÛÁÂÌÏÎ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÞÁÓÔÅÊ ÐÉÓØÍÁ Ó×ÏÉÍ ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÒÁÚ ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÐÉÓØÍÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÏÚÄÁÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÉÚ\SpecialChar ~ +óÏÚÄÁÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÉÚ\InsetSpace ~ ÛÁÂÌÏÎÁ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÓÌÅ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÉÍÅÎÉ ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default × ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans -÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÛÁÂÌÏÎ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ, ËÁË ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÓÏÈÒÁÎÉ× É ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁ× ÆÁÊÌ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ×ÚÇÌÑÎÅÔÅ ÎÁ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ, ÔÁËÉÈ ËÁË ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans -íÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÁÄÒÅÓ -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÎÅÔ ÎÉ × ËÁËÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ËÌÁÓÓÁÈ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×.. äÒÕÇÉÅ, ÔÁËÉÅ ËÁË -\family sans +\family sans ãÉÔÁÔÁ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans ïÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ×ÁÍ ÚÎÁËÏÍÙ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ Ó ÎÉÍÉ ÐÏÉÇÒÁÔØ É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ, ËÁË ÏÎÉ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ×Ù ÚÁÍÅÔÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÐÉÓØ -\family default +\family default ÐÅÒÅÄ ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉÍ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÙÍ ÐÏÄÐÉÓÉ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÓÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset , ×Ù×ÅÄÅÎÎÏÅ ËÒÁÓÎÙÍ Ã×ÅÔÏÍ. üÔÏ ÓÌÏ×Ï ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÏ × ÒÁÓÐÅÞÁÔÁÎÎÏÍ ÐÉÓØÍÅ, × ÞÅÍ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÂÅÄÉÔØÓÑ, ÅÓÌÉ ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÅÔÅ ÆÁÊÌ. ïÎÏ ÚÄÅÓØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÄÌÑ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×Ù ÚÎÁÌÉ, ÞÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÐÏÄÐÉÓØ. ôÁËÖÅ ÚÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ ÍÅÓÔÏ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÓÔÒÏËÉ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÐÉÓØ -\family default +\family default × ÆÁÊÌÅ. ðÏÍÎÉÔÅ, LyX ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ËÏÎÃÅÐÃÉÉ WYSIWYM; ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÄÐÉÓØ -\family default +\family default ÇÄÅ ÚÁÈÏÔÉÔÅ, ÎÏ LyX ÚÎÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ × ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÐÏÄÐÉÓØ ÂÕÄÅÔ × ËÏÎÃÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ûÁÂÌÏÎ --- ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ LyX-ÆÁÊÌ. üÔÏ ÚÎÁÞÉÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÐÏÌÎÉÔØ ÐÏÌÑ Ó ÕËÁÚÁÎÉÅÍ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÁ É ÐÏÄÐÉÓÉ @@ -2275,38 +2583,42 @@ Signature: ÛÁÂÌÏÎ ÐÉÓØÍÁ. ôÕÔ ÍÙ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÍ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÔØ ×ÁÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÕÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÐÉÛÉÔÅ ËÏÍÕ-ÌÉÂÏ ÐÉÓØÍÏ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ïÄÎÏ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÎÁ ÏÓÎÏ×Å ÛÁÂÌÏÎÁ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÄÁÌÉÔÅ ×ÅÓØ ÔÅËÓÔ × ËÁËÏÍ-ÌÉÂÏ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÉ --- ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÏÞÉÓÔÉ× ×Ó£ ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans -íÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÁÄÒÅÓ, -\family default +\family default ÞÔÏÂÙ ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÅÇÏ Ó×ÏÉÍ ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ, Á ÚÁÔÅÍ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ, ÎÅ ××ÅÄÑ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ --- ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÓÞÅÚÎÕÔØ. üÔÏ ÐÏÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×Ï×ÁÔØ ÂÅÚ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÝÅÇÏÓÑ × ÎÉÈ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ðÒÏÓÔÏ ÚÁÎÏ×Ï ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default É ÏÎÏ ×ÅÒΣÔÓÑ. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ûÁÂÌÏÎÙ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÜËÏÎÏÍÉÔØ ÍÁÓÓÕ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ, É ÍÙ ÒÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÍ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÉÈ ÐÒÉ ×ÓÑËÏÊ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ. @@ -2317,82 +2629,96 @@ collapsed true îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ËÏÇÄÁ ÏÎÉ ×ÐÅÒ×ÙÅ ÉÚÕÞÁÀÔ LyX, ÏÎÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÍÅÎØÛÅ ÐÕÇÁÔØÓÑ, ÅÓÌÉ Õ ÎÉÈ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅÎÎÙÊ × ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÉÉ Ó ÔÒÅÂÏ×ÁÎÉÑÍÉ ÉÈ ËÏÍÐÁÎÉÉ ÛÁÂÌÏÎ, Ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, ÄÌÑ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÐÉÓÅÍ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (ÐÏÄÏÂÎÏ LaTeX) ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÅÔ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË --- ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË, ÉÍÑ Á×ÔÏÒÁ, ÄÁÔÕ É ÄÁÖÅ ÒÅÚÀÍÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ --- ËÁË ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÅÒÎÉÔÅÓØ Ë ÎÁÞÁÌÕ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ É ÐÒÏ×ÅÒØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉ ËÌÁÓÓ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ù ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÎÅ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁÓÓ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default , ÔÁË ËÁË ÏÎ ÎÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË × ÐÅÒ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ, É ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans úÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË -\family default +\family default . îÁ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ÁÛÅ ÉÍÑ É ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans á×ÔÏÒ -\family default +\family default . îÁ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÄÁÔÕ É ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans äÁÔÁ -\family default +\family default . îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÁÂÚÁà ÉÌÉ Ä×Á Ó ÏÂÏÂÝÅÎÉÅÍ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÇÏ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans áÎÎÏÔÁÃÉÑ -\family default +\family default . ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ, ËÁË ÜÔÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÎÁ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË, ÄÁÔÕ É ÉÍÑ Á×ÔÏÒÁ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section íÅÔËÉ É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:íÅÔËÉ-É-ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÍÅÔÉÔØ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ (ÉÌÉ ÐÏÄÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ÉÌÉ, ÞÔÏ ÒÅÖÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÌØÎÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ÔÅËÓÔÁ) × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. @@ -2403,78 +2729,88 @@ example_raw.lyx ôÁË ÖÅ ËÁË É Ó ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍÉ É ÓÎÏÓËÁÍÉ, LyX ÓÁÍ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÈ ÓÓÙÌËÁÈ. á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ÍÅÔËÁÍÉ É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÍÉ ÓÓÙÌËÁÍÉ --- ÏÄÎÏ ÉÚ ÇÌÁ×ÎÙÈ ÐÒÅÉÍÕÝÅÓÔ× LyX (É LaTeX) ÎÁÄ ÔÒÁÄÉÃÉÏÎÎÙÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* ÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÍÅÔËÁ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÁ×ÁÊÔÅ ÏÔÍÅÔÉÍ ÎÁÛ ×ÔÏÒÏÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ, Ó ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÌÅ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ ÍÙÛÉ × ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÎÁ ÏËÏÎÞÁÎÉÉ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ, É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under -\bar default +\bar default ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÅÔËÕ -\family default +\family default . ïÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÏ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÉÍÑ ÍÅÔËÉ. îÁÐÉÛÅÍ -\family typewriter -ÒÁÚÄ:Ï\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +ÒÁÚÄ:Ï\InsetSpace ~ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, Õ ×ÁÓ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÙ Ó ÎÁÚ×ÁÎÉÑÍÉ ÍÅÔÏË ÐÏ-ÒÕÓÓËÉ É ×ÁÍ ÐÒÉÄ£ÔÓÑ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ ÍÅÔËÉ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÌÁÔÉÎÓËÉÍÉ ÂÕË×ÁÍÉ. --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ÞÔÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÏ ÏÐÉÓÁÔÅÌØÎÙÍ ÉÍÅÎÅÍ ÍÅÔËÉ É ÎÅ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ×ÙÚÙ×ÁÔØ ËÏÎÆÌÉËÔÏ × Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÍÅÔËÁÍÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÙ, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÍ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÒÁÚÄ: \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÍÅÔËÉ ÄÌÑ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÈ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÊ, ÔÁÂÌÉÃ, ÒÉÓÕÎËÏ× É ÐÕÎËÔÏ× ÓÐÉÓËÏ×. îÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ LyX ÕÖÅ ÕÍÅÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÚÁÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÜÔÏ ÚÁ ×ÁÓ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ëÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , ÉÍÑ ÍÅÔËÉ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÍÅÝÅÎÏ × ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÓÒÁÚÕ ÖÅ ÚÁ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áÎÁÌÏÇÉÞÎÙÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÍÅÔËÉ × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ; ÓÓÙÌËÁ ÎÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ ÎÁ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÉÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÉÌÉ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ, ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË @@ -2482,504 +2818,564 @@ OK ïÄÎÁËÏ, ×ÓÔÁ×ËÁ ÍÅÔËÉ × ÏÄÎÕ ÓÔÒÏËÕ Ó ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÏÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ (ÉÌÉ, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, × ÐÅÒ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ) ÇÁÒÁÎÔÉÒÕÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØ ÎÁ ÎÁÞÁÌÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏÓËÏÌØËÕ ×Ù ÅÝ£ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ ÎÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÌÉ, ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ ÔÏÞÎÏ ÔÁË ÖÅ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÍÅÔËÉ ÎÅ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÔÓÑ × ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÔÅÐÅÒØ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÌÉ ÍÅÔËÕ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁ ÎÅ£ ÓÓÙÌÁÔØÓÑ. äÁÌÅÅ ÍÙ ÓÄÅÌÁÅÍ ÜÔÏ. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* ÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -ðÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÇÄÅ-ÎÉÂÕÄØ × òÁÚÄÅÌÅ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÇÄÅ-ÎÉÂÕÄØ × òÁÚÄÅÌÅ\InsetSpace ~ 2 ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÕÚÎÁÔØ Ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ -\newline +\newline òÁÚÄÅÌ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÅ . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÓÌÏ×Á \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÕÀ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÕÀ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÕ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans -ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default . ïÎÏ ÐÏËÁÖÅÔ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÄÏÓÔÕÐÎÙÈ ÄÌÑ ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÍÅÔÏË. îÁ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ, × ÎÅÍ ÄÏÌÖÎÁ ÂÙÔØ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÄÎÁ ÍÅÔËÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -ÒÁÚÄ:Ï\SpecialChar ~ +ÒÁÚÄ:Ï\InsetSpace ~ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ÷ÙÄÅÌÉÔŠţ (ÏÎÁ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ×ÙÄÅÌÅÎÁ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ), ÚÁÔÅÍ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔÅ -\family sans -ôÉÐ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ôÉÐ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÉ -\family default +\family default ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ïÂÙÞÎÙÊ -\family default +\family default (ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ), É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÉÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default . ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÏÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÓÌÏ×Á \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , É ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ôÉÐ ÓÓÙÌËÉ -\family default +\family default ÎÁ -\family typewriter -îÏÍÅÒ\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +îÏÍÅÒ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ -\family default +\family default , ÚÁÔÅÍ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÉÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default . (þÔÏÂÙ ÂÙÔØ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÔÏÞÎÙÍ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ -\family sans -îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +îÅÒÁÚÒÙ×ÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÌÏ×ÏÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É ÓÓÙÌËÏÊ. ôÏ ÖÅ É ÄÌÑ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÎÏÍÅÒ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔ ÓÓÙÌËÉ × ×ÉÄÅ ÓÅÒÏÇÏ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÁ ÐÒÑÍÏ × ÔÏ ÍÅÓÔÏ, ÇÄÅ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÌÓÑ ËÕÒÓÏÒ. ÷ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ, ÜÔÏÔ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÚÁÍÅΣΠÌÉÂÏ ÎÁ ÎÏÍÅÒ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ, ÌÉÂÏ ÎÁ ÎÏÍÅÒ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ (× ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ×ÙÂÒÁÌÉ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans -ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default ). äÌÑ ÕÄÏÂÓÔ×Á ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ ×ÙÓÔÕÐÁÅÔ × ÒÏÌÉ ÇÉÐÅÒÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÒÉ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ LyX; ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ ÎÁ ÎÅ£ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔ Ë ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÀ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÁ -\family sans -ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default , × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ ÎÁ -\family sans -ðÅÒÅÊÔÉ\SpecialChar ~ -Ë\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ðÅÒÅÊÔÉ\InsetSpace ~ +Ë\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÅ -\family default +\family default ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔ ËÕÒÓÏÒ Ë ÍÅÔËÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ, Á -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default ×ÅÒÎ£Ô ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏ Ë ÓÓÙÌËÅ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ïÂÎÏ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default , É ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÎÁ ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÊ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÅ ÍÙ ÄÅÌÁÌÉ ÓÓÙÌËÕ ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -óÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ\SpecialChar ~ +óÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ\InsetSpace ~ 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - (ÌÉÂÏ ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\SpecialChar ~ + (ÌÉÂÏ ÎÁ ÄÒÕÇÕÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\InsetSpace ~ 2). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* âÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ Ï ÍÅÔËÁÈ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÇÏ×ÏÒÉÌÉ ×ÁÍ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÈ ÓÓÙÌÏË, ÔÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ. - äÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÐÅÒÅÄ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\SpecialChar ~ + äÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ ÐÅÒÅÄ òÁÚÄÅÌÏÍ\InsetSpace ~ 2. ôÅÐÅÒØ ÐÅÒÅÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LaTeX, É --- ×ÕÁÌÑ! --- ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÌÁÓØ ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ! éÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset - ÎÁ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ, É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÓÙÌÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + ÎÁ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌ, É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÓÙÌÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ 2.1 ×ÍÅÓÔÏ - òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\SpecialChar ~ + òÁÚÄÅÌÁ\InsetSpace ~ 3. ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ÓÓÙÌËÁ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÎÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÓÑ, ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔÅ ÃÅÌÕÀ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÓÓÙÌËÏÊ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÅÝ£ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÐÒÁËÔÉËÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ Ó ÍÅÔËÁÍÉ, ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÍÅÔËÕ, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÒÁÚÄ:ÍÏÑ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÍÅÔËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , × ÔÏ ÍÅÓÔÏ, ÇÄÅ ÂÙÌÁ ×ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ, É ÓÏÚÄÁÊÔÅ ÓÓÙÌËÕ ÎÁ ÎÅ£ ÉÚ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ ÍÅÓÔÁ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÞÁÓÔÏ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÉÛÅÔÅ ÖÕÒÎÁÌØÎÕÀ ÓÔÁÔØÀ), ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÄÏÂÎÅÅ ÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans -ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ðÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default ÏÔËÒÙÔÙÍ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ ÄÁÖÅ ÎÁ ÂÏÌØÛÉÈ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÈ, -\family sans +\family sans óËÏÐÉÒÕÊÔÅ -\family default +\family default ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÓÔÒÁÎÉà ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÉÚ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default × ÂÕÆÅÒ ÏÂÍÅÎÁ, É -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ -\family default +\family default ÜÔÏÔ ÔÅËÓÔ × Ó×ÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÓÔÁÔÉ, ËÏÐÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ ÇÌÁ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÙÚ×ÁÔØ ÏÛÉÂËÕ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÇÌÁ× ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ × ËÌÁÓÓÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÓÌÕÞÉÌÏÓØ --- ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÕÄÁÌÉÔÅ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË ÇÌÁ×Ù. - åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÚÎÁÔØ ÐÏÞÅÍÕ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔ, ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÚÎÁÔØ ÐÏÞÅÍÕ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔ, ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section óÎÏÓËÉ É ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÎÏÓËÉ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÎÏÓËÕ -\family default +\family default × ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÎÏÐËÁ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ × ×ÉÄÅ ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ, ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÝÅÊ ÎÁ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ, ÐÒÑÍÏ ÐÏÄ ÓÔÒÏËÁÍÉ Ó Þ£ÒÎÙÍ ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÉÌÉ ÞÅÒÅÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÎÏÓËÕ -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÍÙÛØÀ ÎÁ ËÏÎÅà ÓÌÏ×Á \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÇÄÅ-ÔÏ × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÎÏÓËÕ -\family default +\family default . îÉÖÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ, ÏÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ ÓÔÒÏËÁ ÓÎÏÓËÉ. ÷ ÌÅ×ÏÍ ËÏÎÃÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÏÅ ËÒÁÓÎÙÍ ÎÁ ÓÅÒÏÍ ÆÏÎÅ ÓÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ïÓÔÁÌØÎÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÂÒÁÍÌÅÎÁ ËÒÁÓÎÏÊ ÌÉÎÉÅÊ; ÜÔÏ ÔÏ ÍÅÓÔÏ, ÇÄÅ ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ ×ÁÛÕ ÓÎÏÓËÕ. LyX ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ × ÎÁÞÁÌÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX --- ÍÏÝÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÓÌÏ×Å \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . óÎÏÓËÁ ÉÓÞÅÚÎÅÔ, ÏÓÔÁÎÅÔÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÓÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÎÕÔÏÅ ËÒÁÓÎÏÊ ÌÉÎÉÅÊ, ÏÎÏ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔ ÍÅÓÔÏ, ÇÄÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÎ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÓÎÏÓËÉ × ÔÅËÓÔÅ; ÜÔÏ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ó×£ÒÔÙ×ÁÎÉÅÍ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÉ. îÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÒÁÓÎÏÍ ÍÁÒËÅÒÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÒÁÚ×ÅÒÎÕÔØ ÓÎÏÓËÕ × ÌÀÂÏÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ, É ÐÒÉ ÖÅÌÁÎÉÉ ÏÔÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ Å£ ÔÅËÓÔ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÁÓ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÕÄÉ×ÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÓÎÏÓËÉ --- ÓÌÏ×Ï, Á ÎÅ ÃÉÆÒÁ. òÁÚÇÁÄËÁ × ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ÓÁÍ LyX ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÓÎÏÓÏË ÐÒÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. ÷Ù ÓÁÍÉ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÜÔÏ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ, ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅ× ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÎÙÊ ÜËÚÅÍÐÌÑÒ). åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔÅ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÓÎÏÓËÉ, LyX ÐÅÒÅÎÕÍÅÒÕÅÔ ×ÓÅÈ ÉÈ. ôÁË ËÁË LyX (Á ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ LaTeX) ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÓÎÏÓÏË, ÎÅÔ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏÓÔ É ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÉÈ × ÆÁÊÌÅ LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÎÏÓËÕ ÍÏÖÎÏ ×ÙÒÅÚÁÔØ É ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ, ËÁË É ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ. äÁ×ÁÊÔÅ, ÐÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ! ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ --- ÜÔÏ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔØ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÓÎÏÓËÉ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏ ÐÒÏÝÅ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ Ó ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÏÐÙÔÁÅÔÅÓØ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔØ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÍÙÛËÏÊ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÌÕÞÁÊÎÏ ÒÁÚ×ÅÒÎÕÔØ ÓÎÏÓËÕ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ÚÁÔÅÍ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÙÒÅÚÁÔØ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ -\family default +\family default . ÷ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÅ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÅ×ÒÁÔÉÔØ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ × ÓÎÏÓËÕ, ×ÙÄÅÌÉ× ÅÇÏ É ÎÁÖÁ× ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÎÏÓËÕ -\family default +\family default ; ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÓÎÏÓËÕ ÎÁ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ÍÏÖÎÏ, ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÎÏÓËÕ, -\family default +\family default ËÏÇÄÁ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ × ÓÎÏÓËÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ, ÎÁÖÁ× ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ\SpecialChar ~ -ÎÁ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ\InsetSpace ~ +ÎÁ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÏÌÑÈ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÎÏÐËÁ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ × ×ÉÄÅ ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ ÕËÁÚÙ×ÁÀÝÅÊ ÎÁ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ ÚÁ (Ô.Å., × ÐÏÌÑÈ) Þ£ÒÎÙÍ ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ, É ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ÒÁÓÐÏÌÁÇÁÅÔÓÑ ÚÁ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ -\family sans -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÎÏÓËÕ -\family default +\family default ÎÁ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ×. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ðÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ\SpecialChar ~ -ÎÁ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ\InsetSpace ~ +ÎÁ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÏÌÑÈ -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. ðÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙ ÓÎÏÓËÁÍ, ÚÁ ÉÓËÌÀÞÅÎÉÅÍ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÜËÒÁÎÎÙÊ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÍÅÓÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÎÏÓËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÔÅËÓÔ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÍÅݣΠÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ, Á ÎÅ ×ÎÉÚÕ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÙ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ ÎÅ ÎÕÍÅÒÕÀÔÓÑ; -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÅ×ÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÁÛÕ LyX ÓÎÏÓËÕ × ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ, ÚÁÔÅÍ ×ÙÄÅÌÉÔÅ ÅÇÏ É ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÕÊÔÅ × ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ. úÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ ÓÎÏ×Á LaTeX É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ, ËÁË ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÅ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÎÏÓËÕ × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ (ÐÏ ËÒÁÊÎÅÊ ÍÅÒÅ × ÎÁÕËÅ) ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÍ ÓÓÙÌËÁÍ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÇÕÍÁÎÉÔÁÒÎÙÊ ÓÔÉÌØ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÊ, Ô×ÏÒÞÅÓËÉ ÓÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ ÍÅÔÏÄÉËÕ ÉÚ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ Ó ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅÍ ÓÎÏÓÏË. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÑ ÓÏÓÔÏÉÔ ÉÚ ÓÐÉÓËÁ ÓÓÙÌÏË × ËÏÎÃÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, É ÎÁ ÎÉÈ ÍÏÖÎÏ @@ -2987,262 +3383,286 @@ collapsed false ëÁË × ÓÌÕÞÁÅ Ó ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁÍÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÏ×, LyX É LaTeX ÕÐÒÏÝÁÀÔ ×ÁÛÕ ÒÁÂÏÔÕ, Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÎÕÍÅÒÕÑ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÙ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ É ÉÚÍÅÎÑÑ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉËÉ ÃÉÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÐÒÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÉ ÉÈ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÅÒÅÊÄÉÔÅ Ë ËÏÎÃÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÑ -\family default +\family default . ôÅÐÅÒØ ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÍÙÊ ×ÁÍÉ ÁÂÚÁà ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÓÙÌËÏÊ ÎÁ ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË. îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ÁÛÕ ÐÅÒ×ÕÀ ÓÓÙÌËÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÐÏ Lyx ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ LyX -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . úÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ LyX Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÞÉÓÌÏ × ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÅ ÐÅÒÅÄ ËÁÖÄÏÊ ÓÓÙÌËÏÊ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÅ Ó ÎÏÍÅÒÏÍ ÓÓÙÌËÉ, É ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans -üÌÅÍÅÎÔ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +üÌÅÍÅÎÔ\InsetSpace ~ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ -\family default +\family default . äÌÑ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ LyX ×Ù ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÅ ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default . ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ÜÔÏ ÞÉÓÌÏ. éÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÓÙÌËÕ -\family default +\family default ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÉÒÉÌÌÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ ×ÙÚÏ×ÕÔ ÏÛÉÂËÕ ÐÒÉ ×ÙÚÏ×Å LaTeX. --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÐÅÒ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ÞÔÏÂ٠ţ ÐÒÏÝÅ ÂÙÌÏ ÚÁÐÏÍÎÉÔØ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ × ÔÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÇÄÅ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÓÓÙÌËÕ. ôÅÐÅÒØ ×ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÓÙÌËÕ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÓÙÌËÕ\SpecialChar ~ -ÎÁ\SpecialChar ~ -ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË\SpecialChar ~ +óÓÙÌËÕ\InsetSpace ~ +ÎÁ\InsetSpace ~ +ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË\InsetSpace ~ ÃÉÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default ðÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans óÓÙÌËÁ ÎÁ ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË -\family default +\family default . ðÒÁ×ÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÏËÎÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÏ× ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ, É ÜÔÏ ÐÏÌÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÓÏÓÌÁÔØÓÑ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard òÅËÏÍÅÎÄÕÅÔÓÑ × ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÓÙÌËÁ -\family default +\family default ÄÁ×ÁÔØ ËÌÀÞÁÍ ÌÏÇÉÞÎÙÅ ÕÎÉËÁÌØÎÙÅ ÉÍÅÎÁ, Á ÎÅ ÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÀ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÓÅÊÞÁÓ ÜÔÏ ÅÄÉÎÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÊ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ), ÚÁÔÅÍ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÓÔÒÅÌËÕ ×ÌÅ×Ï × ÃÅÎÔÒÅ, ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔŠţ × ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË -\family sans -÷ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÅ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +÷ÙÂÒÁÎÎÙÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÓÙÌËÉ -\family default +\family default . (õ ×ÁÓ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×Ï ÓÓÙÌÏË × ÏÄÎÏÍ É ÔÏÍ ÖÅ ÍÅÓÔÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÅÒÅÎÅÓ£ÔÅ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÏ× ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ.) ôÅÐÅÒØ ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LaTeX, É ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÀÔÓÑ × ÔÅËÓÔÅ × Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÈ ÓËÏÂËÁÈ, ÓÏÇÌÁÓÎÏ ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÏ× ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ × ËÏÎÃÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÁË ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÙÅ ÐÏÌÑ? ðÏÌÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÓÌÅ -\family default +\family default × ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans +\family sans ãÉÔÁÔÁ -\family default +\family default ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔ × ÓËÏÂËÁÈ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÚÁÍÅÔËÕ (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÓÓÙÌËÕ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÕ ÉÌÉ ÇÌÁ×Õ × ËÎÉÇÅ ÉÌÉ ÓÔÁÔØÅ, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÕÀ ÓÓÙÌÁÀÔÓÑ). åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÓÓÙÌËÉ × ÐÅÞÁÔÎÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÂÙÌÉ ÍÅÔËÁÍÉ, Á ÎÅ ÞÉÓÌÁÍÉ (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÖÕÒÎÁÌÙ ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÄÌÑ ÓÓÙÌÏË ÎÁ ÒÁÂÏÔÕ, ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÕÀ Smith × 1995), ÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans +\family sans íÅÔËÁ -\family default +\family default × ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans -üÌÅÍÅÎÔ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +üÌÅÍÅÎÔ\InsetSpace ~ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ -\family default +\family default . ëÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÏ, ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÊÔÉ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ: -\series default +\series default éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÀ É ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ Å£ ÜÌÅÍÅÎÔÙ × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÎÁÞÁÌÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ. ÷ LyX ÜÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ. ðÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ÐÏÓÌÅ ÚÁÇÌÁ×ÉÑ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÎÏ ÄÏ ÎÁÞÁÌÁ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÁ ÐÅÒ×ÏÇÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard îÅ ÐÙÔÁÊÔÅÓØ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÎÏÍÅÒÏÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ. üÔÏ ÎÅ ÓÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ. ÷Ù ×Ó£ ÒÁ×ÎÏ ÎÅ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÔÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ, ÔÁË ËÁË Ï ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ ÓÁÍ LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÐÉÓËÉ\SpecialChar ~ -É\SpecialChar ~ +óÐÉÓËÉ\InsetSpace ~ +É\InsetSpace ~ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default . ÷ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÅ (ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÏÍ ÔÁËÖÅ ×ËÌÁÄËÏÊ) ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÓÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ÐÅÒ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïÎÏ ÎÅ ËÁÖÅÔÓÑ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙÍ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × ×ÁÛ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ×Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÓÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÏÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ÐÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÙ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. ëÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÅÒÅÓÔÁ×ÉÔÅ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ ÉÌÉ ÓÏÚÄÁÄÉÔÅ ÎÏ×ÙÅ, ÔÏ Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÜÔÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ × ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ÐÏÓÌÅ ÅÇÏ ÏÂÎÏ×ÌÅÎÉÑ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ ÎÅ ×Ù×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ × ÜËÒÁÎÎÏÊ ×ÅÒÓÉÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ, ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ×Ó£ ÒÁ×ÎÏ ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÅÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÚÉÔØ ÅÇÏ × ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÏÍ ÏËÎÅ, ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ×ËÌÁÄËÅ, ÉÌÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÏÍÁÎÄÁ ÍÅÎÀ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ, ÄÁÖÅ ÅÓÌÉ × ×ÁÛÅÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÎÅÔ ×ËÌÁÄËÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . üÔÏ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÙÊ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ×ÁÛÅÍÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÕ. îÁÖÁÔÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ ÍÙÛÉ ÎÁ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ ÉÌÉ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÁ × ÏËÎÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÐÏÄÓ×ÅÔËŠţ ÓÔÒÏËÉ É ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÀ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ (× ÏËÎÅ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ LyX) ÎÁ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. ôÁËÖÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÄ×ÉÖÅÎÉÑ ××ÅÒÈ É ×ÎÉÚ @@ -3254,30 +3674,38 @@ collapsed true \lang russian ðÏÄÏÂÎÕÀ ÆÕÎËÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÏÓÔØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÞÅÒÅÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ð -\bar default +\bar default ÅÒÅÊÔÉ -\family default +\family default , ÇÄÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÔÓÑ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÉÚÂÁ×ÉÔØÓÑ ÏÔ óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÄÁÌÉÔØ ÍÁÒËÅÒ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ ÔÁË ÖÅ, ËÁË É ÌÀÂÏÊ ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÒÁ×ØÔÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÍÉ ÕÞ£ÎÙÍÉ, ÔÁË ËÁË ÏÎ ÐÒÅËÒÁÓÎÏ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ, ÉÚÂÅÇÁÑ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÑÀÝÉÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ @@ -3288,131 +3716,147 @@ LaTeX åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÌÉÓØ LaTeX, ×Ù ÏÂÎÁÒÕÖÉÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ ×ÓÅ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LaTeX, ÎÏ ÏÎÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÙ × ÍÁÎÅÒÅ WYSIWYM. åÓÌÉ ÖÅ, ×Ù ÎÉËÏÇÄÁ ÎÅ ÐÉÓÁÌÉ × LaTeX, ÔÏ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\family default +\family default ÂÙÓÔÒÏ É ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÉÔ ×ÁÍ ÓÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÐÒÏÆÅÓÓÉÏÎÁÌØÎÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÑÝÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard éÚ×ÉÎÉÔÅ, ÎÏ LyX ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒÑÔØ -\emph on +\emph on ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏÓÔØ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÁÛÉÈ ÆÏÒÍÕÌ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard çÄÅ-ÔÏ × ×ÁÛÅÍ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code íÎÅ ÎÒÁ×ÉÔÓÑ ×ÙÓËÁÚÙ×ÁÎÉÅ üÊÎÛÔÅÊÎÁ, E=mc^2, ÔÁË ËÁË ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÔÁË, ÜÔÁ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÎÅ ÏÞÅÎØ ÈÏÒÏÛÏ, ÄÁÖÅ × ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default --- × ÎÅÊ ÎÅÔ ÐÒÏÐÕÓËÏ× ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁÍÉ É ÚÎÁËÏÍ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á, É ×Ù ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ. ôÁËÏÅ ÐÌÏÈÏÅ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ ÐÒÏÉÚÏÛÌÏ ÉÚ-ÚÁ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÍÙ ÎÅ ÓËÁÚÁÌÉ LyX Ï ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ÍÙ ÐÉÓÁÌÉ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÏÎ ÏÆÏÒÍÉÌ ÅÇÏ ËÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ ÐÉÛÕÔÓÑ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ (ÅÝ£ ÉÚ×ÅÓÔÎÏÍ ËÁË ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ). þÔÏÂÙ ×ÏÊÔÉ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ, ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ × Ó ÓÉÎÅÊ ÎÁÄÐÉÓØÀ \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ ÎÅÊ. LyX ÏÔËÒÏÅÔ ÇÏÌÕÂÏÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË, ÏÂÒÁÍÌ£ÎÎÙÊ ÆÉÏÌÅÔÏ×ÙÍ. çÏÌÕÂÏÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË --- ÜÔÏ -\emph on +\emph on ÔÏÞËÁ ××ÏÄÁ -\emph default +\emph default , ÓÏÏÂÝÁÀÝÁÑ ×ÁÍ, ÞÔÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ ÏÖÉÄÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÞÔÏ-ÔÏ ××ÅÄ£ÔÅ, Á ÆÉÏÌÅÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ. ëÕÒÓÏÒ ÕÖÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÝ£Î × ÇÏÌÕÂÏÍ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÅ, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default . ÷ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÂÒÁÎÏ ÇÏÌÕÂÙÍ Ã×ÅÔÏÍ, Á ÇÏÌÕÂÏÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÉÓÞÅÚÎÅÔ, ËÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ÔÏÞËÁ ××ÏÄÁ ÓÔÁÎÅÔ ÎÅ ÐÕÓÔÏÊ. ôÅÐÅÒØ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÙÊÔÉ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default (úÁÍÅÔËÁ: ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on ÎÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ×ÙÈÏÄÕ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ). æÉÏÌÅÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÉÓÞÅÚÎÅÔ, ÏÓÔÁ×É× ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÓÐÒÁ×Á ÏÔ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ, É ÔÅÐÅÒØ ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÞÔÏ-ÔÏ ÎÁÂÅÒ£ÔÅ, ÜÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LaTeX É ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ËÒÁÓÉ×Ï ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÏ, Ó ÐÒÏÂÅÌÁÍÉ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁÍÉ É ÚÎÁËÏÍ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á, É Ó \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ. óÉÍ×ÏÌÙ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ ËÁË ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ, É ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÀÔÓÑ ÎÁËÌÏÎÎÏÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ. þÉÓÌÁ --- ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÞÉÓÌÁ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ --- ÅÝ£ ÏÄÉÎ ÐÒÉÍÅÒ ÆÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÉ WYSIWYM. ÷ LaTeX, ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÔÅËÓÔ É ÔÁËÉÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ ËÁË -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; ÜÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÙÚÙ×ÁÔØ ÎÅÄÏ×ÏÌØÓÔ×Ï, ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ÎÅ ×ÉÄÉÔÅ, ËÁË ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ ×ÁÛÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔÅ ÆÁÊÌ LaTeX, É ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÔÒÁÔÉÔØ ×ÒÅÍÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÉÓË ÐÒÏÐÕÝÅÎÎÙÈ ÓËÏÂÏË ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÏÛÉÂÏË \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ó ÄÒÕÇÏÊ ÓÔÏÒÏÎÙ, LyX ÎÅ ÐÙÔÁÅÔÓÑ ÉÄÅÁÌØÎÏ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÚÉÔØ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ (WYSIWYG), @@ -3422,470 +3866,504 @@ sqrt ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÅÔ LaTeX. ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ (ÉÚ×ÉÎÑÀÓØ ÚÁ ÐÏ×ÔÏÒÅÎÉÅ) ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓËÏÎÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ -\emph on +\emph on ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÍ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÁÛÉÈ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÈ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ, Á ÎÅ ÎÁ ÉÈ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section îÁ×ÉÇÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁÍ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÅÐÅÒØ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÍ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÀ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ××ÏÄÉÔÅ ×ÁÛÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÆÉÏÌÅÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÓÏÏÂÝÁÅÔ ×ÁÍ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÓÎÏ×Á × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ. ôÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÌÅ×Ï -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÐÒÁ×Ï -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÑ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ ÚÁ ÚÎÁË ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á, É ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . äÁÌÅÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÏ ÓÔÒÅÌËÁÍÉ ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ×ÙÈÏÄÁ ÉÚ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ, ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÆÉÏÌÅÔÏ×ÙÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÉÓÞÅÚÎÅÔ. íÎÏÇÉÅ ÌÀÄÉ ÎÁÈÏÄÑÔ ÕÄÏÂÎÙÍÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÏ ÓÔÒÅÌËÁÍÉ, ÎÏ ×Ù ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ËÎÏÐËÕ ÍÙÛÉ × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÍÅÓÔÅ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ × ÎÕÖÎÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ É ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔØ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÒÏÍÅ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÈ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ÏÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÈ ÎÉÖÅ, ÎÁÂÏÒ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ÐÏÄÏÂÅÎ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÀ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÔÅËÓÔÁ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) ÄÌÑ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÑ ÚÎÁËÏ×. ÷ÙÄÅÌÑÊÔÅ ÔÅËÓÔ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁÍÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË ÉÌÉ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÍÙÛÉ. -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\SpecialChar ~ +ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ -\family default +\family default ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ É × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ, ÔÁË ÖÅ, ËÁË É ×ÙÒÅÚËÁ É ×ÓÔÁ×ËÁ. îÕÖÎÏ ÂÙÔØ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÎÙÍ Ó ÏÄÎÉÍ: ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÅÓØ ÐÒÑÍÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ É ÎÁÖÉÍÁÅÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), ÜÔÏ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÀ ×ÓÅÇÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. ë ÓÞÁÓÔØÀ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×Ó£ ×ÅÒÎÕÔØ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family sans -ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÅÅ\InsetSpace ~ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? óÎÏ×Á, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÙÛØ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÉÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ × ÎÕÖÎÏÅ ÍÅÓÔÏ. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÏÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁÍÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË. åÓÌÉ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÓÔÏÉÔ ÓÒÁÚÕ ÐÏÓÌÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÎÏ ÐÅÒÅÄ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÔÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷×ÅÒÈ -\family default +\family default ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÀ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ ××ÅÒÈ ÎÁ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ, ÎÅÐÏÓÒÅÄÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ ÐÅÒÅÄ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . äÏÂÁ×ØÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÎÉÚ -\family default +\family default ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏ ÎÁ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÕÒÏ×ÅÎØ ÔÅÓÔÁ. æÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÎÉÚ -\family default +\family default ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ, ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÍÅݣΠÎÅÐÏÓÒÅÄÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÏÓÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÅÒÈÎÅÇÏ ÉÎÄÅËÓÁ (ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÔÅÐÅÒØ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁËÖÅ ÐÒÉ ÎÁ×ÉÇÁÃÉÉ ÐÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÀ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÅÓØ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ ÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÅ ( ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ, ÎÉÖÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ, ÄÒÏÂÉ, Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÏÍ ËÏÒÎÅ, ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÑÈ, ÉÌÉ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÅ, ×ÓÅ ÏÎÉ ÏÐÉÓÁÎÙ × ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÈ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÈ), ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÄ×ÉÇÁÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÏ ÓÔÒÕËÔÕÒÅ, ÎÏ ÏÓÔÁ×ÁÑÓØ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ. éÔÁË, ÅÓÌÉ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÇÄÅ-ÔÏ × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ, ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÅÎÉÀ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ ×ÎÉÚ Ë ÏÂÙÞÎÏÍÕ ÕÒÏ×ÎÀ ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÅÒÈÎÅÇÏ ÉÎÄÅËÓÁ. üÔÏ ÚÎÁÞÉÔ: ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÂÅÚ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÍÙÛÉ -\emph on +\emph on ÉÌÉ -\emph default +\emph default ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË, ÜÔÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÍÙÊ ×ÁÍÉ ÍÅÔÏÄ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÐÒÉÏÂÒÅÔ£ÔÅ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÏÐÙÔ. ôÏÌØËÏ ÂÕÄØÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÙ É ÎÅ ÎÁÖÉÍÁÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÍÅÖÄÕ ÅÄÉÎÉÃÅÊ É ÚÎÁËÏÍ ÐÌÀÓ, ÉÎÁÞÅ ×Ù ×ÙÊÄÅÔÅ ÉÚ ×ÅÒÈÎÅÇÏ ÉÎÄÅËÓÁ. ÷ ÍÅÓÔÁÈ, ÇÄÅ ÜÔÉ ÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÑ ÎÅ ÉÍÅÀÔ ÓÍÙÓÌÁ (ÓËÁÖÅÍ, ÍÅÖÄÕ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÄÅÌÁÅÔ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold ÎÅ -\series default +\series default ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÀÔÓÑ ÄÌÑ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á ÍÅÖÄÕ ÞÁÓÔÑÍÉ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ. üÔÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï ÓÏÚÄÁ£ÔÓÑ ÐÒÉ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÉ, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÄÒÁÚÕÍÅ×ÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÄÁÔØ LyX'Õ (LaTeX'Õ) ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔØÓÑ Ï ÜÔÏÍ (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÅ ÕÄÏ×ÌÅÔ×ÏÒÅÎÙ ÒÅÚÕÌØÔÁÔÏÍ, ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÙ ÔÏÞÎÏÊ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÐÒÏÐÕÓËÏ×, ÄÌÑ ÞÅÇÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÚÁÇÌÑÎÕÔØ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ, -\emph default +\emph default ÎÏ ÎÅ ÚÁÂÏÔØÔÅÓØ Ï ÜÔÏÍ ÄÏ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ×ÓÅÇÏ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÇÏ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ×ÁÛÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ É ×ÙÈÏÄÉÔÅ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÓÏÚÄÁÎ ÐÒÏÂÅÌ. üÔÏ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÚÁÐÑÔÕÀ ÉÌÉ ÔÏÞËÕ, ÎÏ ÅÓÌÉ ÄÁÌÅÅ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÓÌÏ×Ï ÉÌÉ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ, ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ Ñ×ÎÏ ÎÁÖÁÔØ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÙÈÏÄÁ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ. äÌÑ ÕÓËÏÒÅÎÉÑ, ÎÁÈÏÄÑÓØ × ÓÁÍÏÍ ËÏÎÃÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ×ÙÈÏÄÁ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ, É ÅÝ£ ÒÁÚ ÄÌÑ ÏÔÓÔÕÐÁ ÐÏÓÌÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset --- ÍÏÑ ÌÀÂÉÍÁÑ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÍÅÓÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÍÏÑ ÌÀÂÉÍÁÑ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ðÏËÁÚÁÔÅÌÉ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÉ É ÉÎÄÅËÓÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÏËÁÚÁÔÅÌØ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÉ ÍÏÖÎÏ ××ÅÓÔÉ ÞÅÒÅÚ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\family default +\family default (ÓÍ. ÎÉÖÅ), ÎÏ ÎÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ ÐÒÏÝÅ ÎÁÖÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÕ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔ ÔÏÞËÕ ××ÏÄÁ (ÓÉÎÉÊ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË, ÐÏÍÎÉÔÅ?) × ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ, É ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ, ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÂÒÁÎÏ × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ É ÍÁÌÅÎØËÉÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ. ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÄÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÑ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÏÏÂÝÅ ×ÙÊÔÉ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ) ÂÕÄÅÔ × ×ÅÒÈÎÅÍ ÉÎÄÅËÓÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÏÚÄÁÎÉÅ ÎÉÖÎÅÇÏ ÉÎÄÅËÓÁ ÔÁË ÖÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ: ÎÁÞÎÉÔÅ ÎÁÂÏÒ Ó ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÉ×ÁÎÉÑ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset . ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ××ÏÄÉÔØ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ É ÎÉÖÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ ËÁË ÄÌÑ ×ÅÒÈÎÅÇÏ, ÔÁË É ÄÌÑ ÎÉÖÎÅÇÏ ÉÎÄÅËÓÏ×, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : ÷×ÅÄÉÔÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ 1 ÉÚ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\family default +\family default --- ÕÄÏÂÎÙÊ ÓÐÏÓÏ ××ÏÄÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× ÉÌÉ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÓÌÏÖÎÙÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁ. íÎÏÇÉÅ ÉÚ ÜÔÉÈ ÆÕÎËÃÉÊ ÍÏÖÎÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ Ó ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÙ ÉÌÉ ÉÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ð -\bar default +\bar default ÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under í -\bar default +\bar default ÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ÷ -\bar default +\bar default ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under í -\bar default +\bar default ÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ -\family default +\family default . ïÄÎÁËÏ ÍÙ ÓÏÂÉÒÁÅÍÓÑ ÓËÏÎÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÉ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , ÞÔÏÂÙ ÄÁÔØ ×ÁÍ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï ÔÏÍ, ÞÔÏ ÔÁÍ ÅÓÔØ; ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÚÕÞÉÔØ ÐÏÚÖÅ ÉÚ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×. ôÁË ÞÔÏ ÏÔËÒÏÊÔÅ ÓÅÊÞÁÓ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÕÀ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\family default +\family default ÞÅÒÅÚ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ÷ -\bar default +\bar default ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under í -\bar default +\bar default ÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ -\family default +\family default É ÎÅ ÚÁËÒÙ×ÁÊÔŠţ, ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÐÒÏÞÔ£ÔÅ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection çÒÅÞÅÓËÉÊ ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔ É ÚÎÁÞËÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ, ÐÏÍÅÞÅÎÎÕÀ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\varepsilon\varepsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÍÅÎÀ, × ËÏÔÏÒÏÍ ÍÏÖÎÏ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÇÒÅÞÅÓËÉÅ ÂÕË×Ù, ÏÎÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÏÑ×ÌÑÔØÓ Ñ × ÐÏÚÉÃÉÉ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ÔÁÍ ÅÓÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÏ× ÄÌÑ epsilon, pi, phi, theta, É sigma. äÌÑ ÓÏËÒÁÝÅÎÉÑ ÐÒÉ ÎÁÂÏÒÅ ÔÅËÓÔÁ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÓÒÁÚÕ ×ÙÂÉÒÁÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ × -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÏÔËÒÏÅÔÓÑ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÎÉÚÕ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default ÒÁÓÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÏ Ä×ÅÎÁÄÃÁÔØ ËÎÏÐÏË, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÉÚ ÛÉÒÏËÏÇÏ ÄÉÁÐÁÚÏÎÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÅ: ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ, ÚÎÁËÉ ÓÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ, ÏÐÅÒÁÔÏÒÙ, ÚÎÁËÉ ÓÕÍÍÙ É ÉÎÔÅÇÒÁÌÁ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard þ£ÒÎÙÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÄÌÑ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× LaTeX É ÓÉÎÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÄÌÑ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌÉÚÉÒÏ×Á ÎÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×, ÐÒÅÄÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÍÙÈ áÍÅÒÉËÁÎÓËÉÍ íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÍ óÏÏÂÝÅÓÔ×ÏÍ. îÏ Ñ ÚÁÂÅÇÁÀ ×ÐÅÒ£Ä. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ É ÎÉÖÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ @@ -3893,25 +4371,27 @@ collapsed true ðÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ËÎÏÐËÁ × ËÁÖÄÏÍ Ã×ÅÔÅ ×ÅÓØÍÁ ÒÁÚÎÏÏÂÒÁÚÎÁ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset îÅÔ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÅ ÓÍÏÇÌÉ ÂÙ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ\SpecialChar \ldots{} ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ --- \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard þÅÔÙÒÅ ÎÉÖÎÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ ÉÚ ÛÉÒÏËÏÇÏ ÄÉÁÐÁÚÏÎÁ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×: ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÓÔÒÅÌËÉ, ÚÎÁËÉ ÓÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ, ÏÐÅÒÁÔÏÒÙ ÓÕÍÍÙ É ÉÎÔÅÇÒÁÌÙ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ É ÎÉÖÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÀÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ @@ -3919,23 +4399,27 @@ collapsed true ðÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ËÎÏÐËÁ ÕÖÁÓÎÏ ÒÁÚÎÏÏÂÒÁÚÎÁ. \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ÎÅ ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÉÚ ÔÏÇÏ, ÞÔÏ ÎÅ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ\SpecialChar \ldots{} ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ --- \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÉÁËÒÉÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÚÎÁËÉ, É ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ ××ÏÄÁ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÏÇÏ ËÏÒÎÑ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÅ ÓÏ ÚÎÁÞËÏÍ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÏÇÏ ËÏÒÎÑ. @@ -3945,504 +4429,542 @@ collapsed true ÈÏÔÉÔÅ. LyX ÂÕÄÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔØ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÏÇÏ ËÏÒÎÑ. ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÄÞ£ÒËÉ×ÁÎÉÅ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁ ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ÉÌÉ ÇÒÕÐÐÙ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ× ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ. ïÔËÒÏÊÔÅ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans äÅËÏÒÁÃÉÑ, -\family default +\family default ÎÁÖÁ× ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans +\family sans äÅËÏÒÁÃÉÑ -\family default -, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÉÚÏÂÒÁ֣ΠÓÉÎÉÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔ Ó Þ£ÒÎÏÊ ÔÉÌØÄÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÉÚÏÂÒÁ֣ΠÓÉÎÉÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔ Ó Þ£ÒÎÏÊ ÔÉÌØÄÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ (~) ÎÁÄ ÎÉÍ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÍÙÛØÀ ÎÁ ÚÎÁÞÏË, É LyX ÎÁÐÅÞÁÔÁÅÔ ÚÎÁÞÏË Ó ÔÏÞËÏÊ ××ÏÄÁ ÐÏÄ (ÉÌÉ ÎÁÄ) ÎÉÍ. ôÅÐÅÒØ × ÔÏÞËÅ ××ÏÄÁ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ××ÅÄÉÔÅ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ, É, ÞÔÏÂÙ ×ÙÊÔÉ ÉÚ ÚÎÁÞËÁ, ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default . óÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ Ä×Á ÎÁÂÏÒÁ ÄÅËÏÒÁÃÉÊ. ÷ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÎÁÂÏÒ (Ó ÂÏÌØÛÉÍÉ ËÎÏÐËÁÍÉ) ÉÚÍÅÎÑÅÔ Ó×ÏÊ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ × ÚÁ×ÉÓÉÍÏÓÔÉ ÏÔ ÔÅËÓÔÁ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ × ÎÅÇÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ××ÅÄ£Î. îÉÖÎÉÊ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÆÉËÓÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ É ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÈÏÄÉÔ ÄÌÑ ÏÄÉÎÏÞÎÙÈ ÂÕË×. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁËÉÅ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ, ËÁË ËÒÕÇÌÙÅ, Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ É ÆÉÇÕÒÎÙÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ, ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ ÐÏÄÏÂÎÙÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ, ÎÏ ÞÕÔØ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÓÌÏÖÎÏ. äÌÑ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÑ ÏËÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ïÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans +\family sans ïÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÉÚÏÂÒÁ֣ΠÓÉÎÉÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔ, ÏËÒÕÖ£ÎÎÙÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÍÉ ÓËÏÂËÁÍÉ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÌÅ×ÙÊ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌØ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÌÅ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÍÙÛÉ, -\emph default +\emph default Á ÐÒÁ×ÙÊ --- ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÁ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÍÙÛÉ -\emph default +\emph default . (ìÉÂÏ ×ÏÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅÓØ ËÎÏÐËÁÍÉ -\family sans +\family sans ó -\bar under +\bar under Ì -\bar default +\bar default Å×Á, -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans ó -\bar under +\bar under Ð -\bar default +\bar default ÒÁ×Á -\family default +\family default É -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ï -\bar default +\bar default ÂÅ -\family default +\family default , Á ÚÁÔÅÍ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÎÕÖÎÙÊ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌØ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ÌÅ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÉ ÍÙÛÉ -\emph default +\emph default .) ÷ÁÛ ÔÅËÕÝÉÊ ×ÙÂÏÒ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÅÊ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ × Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÅ ××ÅÒÈÕ ÏËÎÁ. ðÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ --- ÜÔÏ ÐÁÒÁ ËÒÕÇÌÙÈ ÓËÏÂÏË, ÎÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÁÒÕ ÆÉÇÕÒÎÙÈ ÓËÏÂÏË, ÆÉÇÕÒÎÕÀ É ËÒÕÇÌÕÀ ÓËÏÂËÕ, ÉÌÉ ÄÁÖÅ ×ÙÂÒÁÔØ ÐÕÓÔÏÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÔÏ ×ÒÏÄÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÐÕÓÔÏÊ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌØ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ × LyX ËÁË ÐÒÅÒÙ×ÉÓÔÁÑ Þ£ÒÎÁÑ ÌÉÎÉÑ, ÎÏ ÏÎÁ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎÁ ÎÁ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ×Ù ×ÙÂÒÁÌÉ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ, ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÉÈ × ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default (ÉÌÉ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÉÍÅÎÉÔØ, -\family default +\family default ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏËÎÏ ÏÔËÒÙÔÙÍ). åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÌÅÎÉ×Ù --- ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ ËÒÕÇÌÙÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ÎÁ ËÌÁ×ÉÁÔÕÒÅ, ÂÅÚ ÐÏÍÏÝÉ ÏËÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ïÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌ -\family default +\family default É. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÜÔÉ ËÒÕÇÌÙÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÔÏÇÏ ÖÅ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÁ, ÞÔÏ É ÏÂÙÞÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ, É ÏÎÉ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÐÌÏÈÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÅÔØ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÚÁËÌÀÞÉÌÉ × ÓËÏÂËÉ ÂÏÌØÛÕÀ ÄÒÏÂØ ÉÌÉ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÕ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÏËÎÁ -\family sans +\family sans ïÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default ÇÁÒÁÎÔÉÒÕÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÑ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÓÎÏ×ÁÎ ÎÁ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÅ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÇÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁËÖÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ, ÚÎÁË ËÏÒÎÑ ÉÌÉ ÄÅËÏÒÁÃÉÀ × ÕÖÅ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÀÝ ÉÊ ÔÅËÓÔ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÖÅÌÁÅÍÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ËÎÏÐËÕ ÍÙÛÉ ÎÁ ÎÕÖÎÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÅ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÜÔÏÔ ÓÐÏÓÏ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÷ÔÏÒÏÇÏ ÚÁËÏÎÁ îØÀÔÏÎÁ ÉÚ ÓËÁÌÑÒÎÏÊ × ×ÅËÔÏÒÎÕÀ ÆÏÒÍÕ ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset Ë \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). ëÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ×Ù ÎÁÕÞÉÔÅÓØ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó ÍÁÔÒÉÃÁÍÉ, ÜÔÉÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏÍ ×Ù ÂÕÄÅÔÅ ÚÁËÌÀÞÁÔØ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÕ × Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ÉÌÉ ÆÉÇÕÒÎÙÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection äÒÏÂÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÒÏÂØ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÕ -\family sans +\family sans äÒÏÂØ -\family default +\family default × -\family sans +\family sans íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , É ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÒÏÂØ Ó Ä×ÕÍÑ ÇÏÌÕÂÙÍÉ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÁÍÉ × ÞÉÓÌÉÔÅÌÅ É ÚÎÁÍÅÎÁÔÅÌÅ. LyX ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔ Ä×Å ÔÏÞËÉ ××ÏÄÁ × ÄÒÏÂÉ. ëÁË ÍÏÖÎÏ ÂÙÌÏ ÂÙ É ÏÖÉÄÁÔØ, ÄÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÄ×ÉÖÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÄÒÏÂÉ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË ÉÌÉ ÍÙÛØ. îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔ É ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÎÉÚ -\family default +\family default É ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ÷Ù ÓÏÚÄÁÌÉ ÄÒÏÂØ! ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÕÇÏÄÎÏ, × ËÁÖÄÏÊ ÞÁÓÔÉ ÄÒÏÂÉ: ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ ÓÏ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÑÍÉ, Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÄÒÏÂÉ, É Ô.Ä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : îÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ 2 ÉÚ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX: ðÒÅÄÅÌÙ, ÌÏÇÁÒÉÆÍÙ, ÓÉÎÕÓÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁË ËÁË ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ ËÁË ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ, ÅÓÌÉ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX ÄÕÍÁÅÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ ÔÒ£È ÐÅÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÈ \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , É \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÉ ÔÒÉ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁ ÂÕÄÕÔ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÙ ÎÁËÌÏÎÎÙÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ, Á ×Ù ÎÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ ÈÏÔÅÌÉ Õ×ÉÄÅÔØ ÓÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ÐÒÑÍÏÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÅ. ë ÔÏÍÕ ÖÅ, LyX ÎÅ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔ ÐÒÏÐÕÓË ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÌÏ×ÏÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ×Ù×ÅÄÅÔ ×ÁÓ ÉÚ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ). ëÁË ÖÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ×ÍÅÓÔÏ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset × ÓÐÉÓËÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÕÎËÃÉÉ -\family default +\family default × -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default . óÌÏ×Ï \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÚÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÏÅ Þ£ÒÎÙÍ Ã×ÅÔÏÍ É ÐÒÑÍÙÍ ÒÏÍÁÎÓËÉÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ. ÷Ó£ ÓÌÏ×Ï ÒÁÓÓÍÁÔÒÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ËÁË ÏÄÉÎ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÉÍÁÅÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default --- ÂÕÄÅÔ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÏ ×Ó£ ÓÌÏ×Ï. ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , É ÏÎ ÐÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ × ÎÁËÌÏÎÎÏÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÅ, ËÁË É ÐÏÌÏÖÅÎÏ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. ÷ ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÏ ÐÒÁ×ÉÌØÎÏ. ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ðÒÏÞÉÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ, ××ÏÄÉÍÙÅ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ LaTeX Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÓÐÉÓËÁ -\family sans +\family sans æÕÎËÃÉÊ -\family default +\family default , ×ËÌÀÞÁÀÔ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÔÒÉÇÏÎÏÍÅÔÒÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ É ÉÈ ÏÂÒÁÔÎÙÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ, ÇÉÐÅÒÂÏÌÉÞÅÓ ËÉÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ, ÌÏÇÁÒÉÆÍÙ É ÅÝ£ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ. üÔÉ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ ËÁË ×ÅÒÈÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ, ÔÁË É ÎÉÖÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓ, ÞÔÏ ×ÁÖÎÏ ÐÒÉ ÎÁÂÏÒÅ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÉÌÉ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : ÷×ÅÄÉÔÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ 3 ÉÚ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection íÁÔÒÉÃÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÅ -\family sans +\family sans íÁÔÒÉÃÁ -\family default +\family default × -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default . ðÏÑ×ÉÔÓÑ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ íÁÔÒÉÃÁ, × Î£Í ÂÕÄÕÔ Ä×Å ÐÏÌÏÓÙ ÐÒÏËÒÕÔËÉ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÂÉÒÁÔØ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÓÔÒÏË É ÓÔÏÌÂÃÏ× × ×ÁÛÅÊ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÅ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ 2 ÓÔÒÏËÉ É 3 ÓÔÏÌÂÃÁ É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÉÍÅÎÉÔØ -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . LyX ×Ù×ÅÄÅÔ 6 ÔÏÞÅË ××ÏÄÁ × ×ÉÄÅ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÙ \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ××ÏÄÉÔØ × ËÁÖÄÏÊ ÔÏÞËÅ ××ÏÄÁ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÌÀÂÏÇÏ ÔÉÐÁ (Ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÙ É Ô.Ä.). åÓÌÉ ÐÏÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÏÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÔÏÞÅË ××ÏÄÁ ÐÕÓÔÙÍÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÄ×ÉÖÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌÉ ÍÅÖÄÕ ÓÔÏÌÂÃÁÍÉ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÔÓÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÁ -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default . ôÁËÖÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ ÓÔÒÅÌÏË --- ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÐÒÁ×Ï -\family default +\family default × ËÏÎÃÅ ÏÄÎÏÇÏ ÐÏÌÑ ÐÅÒÅÂÒÁÓÙ×ÁÅÔ ××ÏÄ Ë ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÍÕ, -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÎÉÚ -\family default +\family default ÐÅÒÅÍÅÝÁÅÔ ÎÁ ÓÔÒÏËÕ ×ÎÉÚ, É Ô.Ð. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×ÁÍ ×ÄÒÕÇ ÐÏÔÒÅÂÕÅÔÓÑ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ËÏÌÏÎÏË ÉÌÉ ÓÔÏÌÂÃÏ×, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÐÕÎËÔÙ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ð -\bar default +\bar default ÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under í -\bar default +\bar default ÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÒÏËÕ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under ð -\bar default +\bar default ÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under í -\bar default +\bar default ÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÏÌÂÅà -\family default +\family default . ïÎÉ ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÑÀÔ ËÏÌÏÎËÕ ÉÌÉ ÓÔÒÏËÕ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÔÅËÕÝÅÊ ÐÏÚÉÃÉÉ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÄÏÂÁ×ÉÌÉ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans -õÄÁÌÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +õÄÁÌÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÒÏËÕ -\family default +\family default É -\family sans - õÄÁÌÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + õÄÁÌÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÏÌÂÅà -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÔÏÇÏ ÖÅ ÍÅÎÀ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard óÐÏÓÏÂÙ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÉ×ÁÎÉÑ ËÁÖÄÏÇÏ ÓÔÏÌÂÃÁ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÑ ×ÅÒÔÉËÁÌØÎÏÊ ÐÏÚÉÃÉÉ ×ÓÅÊ ÍÁÔÒÉÃÙ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\emph on -òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å\InsetSpace ~ ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÕ Ó ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ, ×ÁÍ ÓÌÅÄÕÅÔ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÚÁÍÅÞÁÔÅÌØÎÕÀ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÕ ÔÁÂÌÉÃ × LyX, Á ÎÅ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÔÅËÓÔÁ × ÍÁÔÒÉÃÅ. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection òÅÖÉÍ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ó£ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÅ ÎÁÍÉ ÄÏ ÓÉÈ ÐÏÒ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÂÙÌÉ ÎÁ ÏÄÎÏÍ ÕÒÏ×ÎÅ Ó ÐÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÉÍ É ÐÏÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÍ ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ. @@ -4451,119 +4973,139 @@ Tab ÎÕÖÎÏ ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÉÈ × ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. ë ÔÏÍÕ ÖÅ ÔÏÌØËÏ ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÓÎÁÂÖÁÔØ ÍÅÔËÁÍÉ É ÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ðÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default ), ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄ. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ÍÏÇÕÔ ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×Ï×ÁÔØ ÔÏÌØËÏ × ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\family default +\family default × -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , ÎÁ ËÏÔÏÒÏÊ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÙ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÌÉÎÉÊ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÄÏ É ÐÏÓÌÅ ÓÉÎÅÇÏ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉËÁ. LyX ÏÔËÒÏÅÔ ÔÏÞËÕ ××ÏÄÁ, ÎÏ ÜÔÁ ÔÏÞËÁ ××ÏÄÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ × ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ É ÏÔÃÅÎÔÒÉÒÏ×Á ÎÁ ÐÏÓÅÒÅÄÉÎÅ. ôÅÐÅÒØ ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ, ÚÁÐÕÓÔÉÔÅ LaTeX É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ, ËÁË ÏÎÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ. ëÎÏÐËÁ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\family default +\family default ÎÁ ÓÁÍÏÍ ÄÅÌÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ ÐÅÒÅËÌÀÞÁÔÅÌÅÍ; ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔŠţ ÄÌÑ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ ×ÁÛÉÈ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ × ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ É ÏÂÒÁÔÎÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ ÉÍÅÅÔ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÊ ÏÔ ÏÂÙÞÎÏÇÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize äÌÑ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset É \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ÂÏÌØÛÅ ÛÒÉÆÔ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÷ÅÒÈÎÉÊ É ÎÉÖÎÉÊ ÉÎÄÅËÓÙ ÐÒÅÄÅÌÏ× É ÓÕÍÍ (ÎÏ ÎÅ ÉÎÔÅÇÒÁÌÏ×) ÐÉÛÕÔÓÑ ÐÏÄ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏÍ, Á ÎÅ ÚÁ ÎÉÍ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôÅËÓÔ ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÓÅÒÅÄÉÎÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard úÁ ÉÓËÌÀÞÅÎÉÅÍ ÜÔÉÈ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÊ ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ É ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÏÄÉÎÁËÏ×Ù. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÝ£ ÏÄÎÁ ÚÁËÌÀÞÉÔÅÌØÎÁÑ ÚÁÍÅÔËÁ Ï ÓÐÏÓÏÂÅ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÑ ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÈ ÆÏÒÍÕÌ: ÂÕÄØÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÔÅÌØÎÙ Ó ÔÅÍ, ×ÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÅ ÌÉ ×Ù ×ÁÛÕ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ × ÎÏ×ÙÊ ÁÂÚÁà ÉÌÉ ÎÅÔ. åÓÌÉ ×ÁÛÁ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ × ÓÅÒÅÄÉÎÅ ÐÒÅÄÌÏÖÅÎÉÑ ÉÌÉ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ, ÎÅ ÎÁÖÉÍÁÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÜÔÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ, ÔÅËÓÔ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÏÓÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÔØÓÑ Ó ÎÏ×ÏÇÏ ÁÂÚÁÃÁ. ôÁËÉÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ, ÔÅËÓÔ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×Ù×ÅÄÅÎ Ó ÏÔÓÔÕÐÏÍ, ÞÔÏ, ×ÅÒÏÑÔÎÏ, ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÏ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : ÷ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ × -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default × ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ, É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ, ËÁË ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÉÈ ÏÆÏÒÍÌÅÎÉÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold õÐÒÁÖÎÅÎÉÅ -\series default +\series default : éÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÅ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÙ, ÉÚÕÞÅÎÎÙÅ × ÜÔÏÍ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅ, ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÂÙÔØ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÎÙ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÕÀ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ðÏÓÌÅ ÔÏÇÏ, ËÁË ×Ù ÓÄÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÜÔÏ ÓÁÍÙÍ ÓÌÏÖÎÙÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏÍ, ÐÏÞÅÍÕ ÂÙ ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÐÏÐÒÏÂÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans +\family sans íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -âÌÏË\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +âÌÏË\InsetSpace ~ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÏ× -\family default +\family default ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4572,45 +5114,55 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section íÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ É ÐÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÒÅÚÕÌØÔÁÔ × ÆÁÊÌÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . ÷ÁÍ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ××ÅÓÔÉ Ä×Å ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ × ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard üÔÏ ÓÏ×ÓÅÍ ÎÅ ÈÏÒÏÛÏ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ! åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÐÏÓÌÅÄÏ×ÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ Ä×Å ÉÌÉ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ, ÏÎÉ ÎÁÍÎÏÇÏ ÌÕÞÛÅ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÑÔ, ÅÓÌÉ ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÅÎÙ ÉÈ ÚÎÁËÉ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á; @@ -4622,44 +5174,48 @@ x=y+y+y+y+y\] x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ -\emph on +\emph on ÎÁÍÎÏÇÏ -\emph default +\emph default ÌÕÞÛÅ! úÎÁËÉ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÅÎÙ, É ÍÅÎØÛÅ ×ÅÒÔÉËÁÌØÎÙÊ ÐÒÏÐÕÓË ÍÅÖÄÕ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁÍÉ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard þÔÏÂÙ ÎÁÞÁÔØ ××ÏÄ ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÏÊ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ, ÏÔËÒÏÊÔÅ ×ÙËÌÀÞÎÏÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -âÌÏË\SpecialChar ~ +âÌÏË\InsetSpace ~ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÊ -\family default +\family default . LyX ×Ù×ÅÄÅÔ ÓÔÒÏËÕ Ó ÔÒÅÍÑ ÐÕÓÔÙÍÉ ÔÏÞËÁÍÉ ××ÏÄÁ. üÔÏ ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÁÑ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ, ÉÍÅÀÝÁÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÄÎÕ ÓÔÒÏËÕ. òÁÚÏÞÁÒÏ×ÁÎÙ? ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -äÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +äÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÒÏËÕ -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ÅÝ£ ÒÁÚ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ Ä×Å ÔÁËÉÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ. ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ×ÏÓÐÒÏÉÚ×ÅÓÔÉ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£ÎÎÕÀ ×ÙÛÅ ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÕÀ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ. ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ × ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÏÊ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÅ ÄÏÐÕÓÔÉÍÏ ÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÔØ ÏÄÎÕ @@ -4667,30 +5223,34 @@ C-Enter üÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏ ÄÌÑ ÔÁËÉÈ ÐÒÉÍÅÒÏ×, ËÁËÏÊ ÐÒÉ×ÅģΠ×ÙÛÅ, ÌÉÂÏ ÄÌÑ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÅÎÉÑ ÏÞÅÎØ ÄÌÉÎÎÙÈ ÆÏÒÍÕÌ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úÁÍÅÔØÔÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔÏË ÐÏÓÌÅ ÐÅÒ×ÏÇÏ ÐÌÀÓÁ ×Ï ×ÔÏÒÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÅ ÏÞÅÎØ ÍÁÌ. üÔÏ ÏÄÉÎ ÉÚ ÒÅÄËÉÈ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ× ËÏÇÄÁ LaTeX ÔÅÒÐÉÔ ÎÅÕÄÁÞÕ É ×Ù ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔØÓÑ Ï ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔËÅ ÓÁÍÏÓÔÏÑÔÅÌØÎÏ. ðÏÄÒÏÂÎÅÅ ÓÍ. -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX ×ÙÒÏ×ÎÑÅÔ ×ÔÏÒÏÅ (ÓÒÅÄÎÅÅ) ÐÏÌÅ ËÁÖÄÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ, ÐÏÜÔÏÍÕ × ÜÔÏÍ ÐÏÌÅ ÏÂÙÞÎÏ ××ÏÄÑÔÓÑ ÚÎÁËÉ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÔÏÒÙ ÓÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ; ÈÏÔÑ ÆÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ @@ -4700,123 +5260,141 @@ LyX \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÈÏÔÉÔÅ ×ÙÒÁ×ÎÑÔØ ÄÌÉÎÎÙÊ ÎÁÂÏÒ ÆÏÒÍÕÌ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ××ÏÄÁ ÎÏ×ÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ Ó ÔÒÅÍÑ ÔÏÞËÁÍÉ ××ÏÄÁ. åÓÌÉ ÐÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ×Ù ÎÅ × ËÏÎÃÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ, ÏÓÔÁ×ÛÁÑÓÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÔÅËÕÝÅÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÎÅÓÅÎÁ × ÎÏ×ÕÀ ÓÔÒÏËÕ. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÖÍ£ÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÕÖÅ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ (ÏÄÎÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÕÀ) ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ, ×ÓÑ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÅÒÅÎÅÓÅÎÁ × ÐÅÒ×ÏÅ ÐÏÌÅ. ðÏÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÐÅÒÅÄ ÚÎÁËÏÍ ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á É ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab, -\family default +\family default ÏÎ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔÓÑ ×Ï ×ÔÏÒÏÅ ÐÏÌÅ. úÁÔÅÍ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔÅ ËÕÒÓÏÒ ÚÁ ÚÎÁË ÒÁ×ÅÎÓÔ×Á, É ÅÝ£ ÒÁÚ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default É ÐÒÁ×ÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ ÐÅÒÅÍÅÓÔÉÔÓÑ × ÔÒÅÔØÅ ÐÏÌÅ. ðÏÐÒÏÂÕÊÔÅ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÕ \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÐÉÓÁÌÉ ÓÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÓÔÒÏË, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -õÄÁÌÉÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +õÄÁÌÉÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÔÒÏËÕ -\family default +\family default . ôÁË ÖÅ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ËÕÒÓÏÒ × ËÏÎÅà ÓÔÒÏËÉ É ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default ÄÌÑ ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÑ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ. üÔÏ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÕÄÁÌÅÎÉÀ ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄÁ ÓÔÒÏËÉ É ÐÒÉÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÉ (×ÓÅÈ ÔÒ£È ÔÏÞÅË ××ÏÄÁ) ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÅÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ Ë ÏËÏÎÞÁÎÉÀ ÔÅËÕÝÅÊ. åÓÌÉ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÁÑ ÓÔÒÏËÁ ÐÕÓÔÁ, ÏÎÁ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÉÓÞÅÚÎÅÔ. éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default ÎÅ × ËÏÎÃÅ ÓÔÒÏËÉ ÕÄÁÌÉÔ ×Ó£ ÄÏ ËÏÎÃÁ ÓÔÒÏËÉ. äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ -\family sans +\family sans C-k -\family default +\family default ÎÅ ÓÐÅÃÉÆÉÞÎÏ ÄÌÑ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ, ÏÎÁ ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÕÄÁÌÑÅÔ ÄÏ ËÏÎÃÁ ÓÔÒÏËÉ × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ É × ÌÀÂÏÍ ÓÌÕÞÁÅ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard é ÎÁÐÏÓÌÅÄÏË: ÓÕÝÅÓÔ×ÕÅÔ ÇÏÒÁÚÄÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅ ×ÉÄÏ× ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÈ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÊ. îÏ ÍÙ ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÍ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÓÔÑÈ ÏÂßÑÓÎÉÔØ ×ÓÅ ÜÔÉ ÚÁÇÁÄÏÞÎÙÅ ÐÕÎËÔÙ × ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÁ -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÔÓÑ Ó ÂÕË× AMS! áÍÅÒÉËÁÎÓËÏÅ íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÅ óÏÏÂÝÅÓÔ×Ï, ÂÕÄÕÞÉ ÎÅÄÏ×ÏÌØÎÙÍ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÍÉ ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏÓÔÑÍÉ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ ÍÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÈ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÊ, ÓÏÚÄÁÌÏ ÓÏÂÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏÅ ÓÅÍÅÊÓÔ×Ï ËÏÎÓÔÒÕËÃÉÊ LaTeX ÄÌÑ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÔÅÈ ÖÅ ÓÁÍÙÈ ÚÁÄÁÞ. ðÏÞÅÍÕ ×ÁÍ ÈÏÔÅÌÏÓØ ÂÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÉÈ? þÉÔÁÊÔÅ Ï ÜÔÏÍ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÄÅÌÁÔØ ÎÁÍÎÏÇÏ ÂÏÌØÛÅ. ôÅÐÅÒØ, ËÏÇÄÁ ×Ù ÏÚÎÁËÏÍÉÌÉÓØ Ó ÏÓÎÏ×ÁÍÉ, ÏÂÒÁÔÉÔÅÓØ Ë -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Õ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default ÚÁ ÐÏÄÓËÁÚËÁÍÉ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÍÅÔÏË É ÎÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÉ ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize éÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÊ ÇÁÒÎÉÔÕÒ, ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÞÔÏÂÙ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÔØ × ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÉ ÔÅËÓÔ ÖÉÒÎÙÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ. íÙ ÄÏÌÖÎÙ ÚÁÍÅÔÉÔØ, ÞÔÏ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅ ËÎÏÐËÉ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÒÅÖÉÍ -\family default +\family default × ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ×, × ÔÏ ×ÒÅÍÑ ËÁË ×Ù ÕÖÅ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ, ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÀ ÔÅËÓÔÁ ÐÒÑÍÙÍ ÛÒÉÆÔÏÍ, ÄÏ ÔÅÈ ÐÏÒ, ÐÏËÁ ×Ù ÎÅ ÎÁÖÍ£ÔŠţ ÅÝ£ ÒÁÚ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ôÏÞÎÏÊ ÐÏÄÓÔÒÏÊËÉ ÒÁÚÍÅÒÏ× ÛÒÉÆÔÏ× ÉÌÉ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÏ× × ×ÙÒÁÖÅÎÉÉ. (ðÒÉÎÉÍÁÊÔÅÓØ ÚÁ ÜÔÏ ÔÏÌØËÏ × ËÏÎÃÅ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ ÎÁÄ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏÍ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ×. üÔÏ ÏÞÅÎØ ÍÏÝÎÙÊ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔ, ÔÁË ËÁË ×Ù ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÑÅÔÅ ÍÁËÒÏÓ ÅÄÉÎÏÖÄÙ @@ -4825,121 +5403,143 @@ C-k åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔÅ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌÅÎÉÅ ÍÁËÒÏÓÁ, ÉÚÍÅÎÑÔÓÑ ×ÓÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ ÎÁ ÍÁËÒÏÓ ×Ï ×Ó£Í ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ. íÁËÒÏÓ ÄÁÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÔØ ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÙ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÷ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÑ ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ×ÅÝÅÊ, ÒÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ Õ ÎÁÓ ÎÅ È×ÁÔÉÌÏ ×ÒÅÍÅÎÉ × ÜÔÏÍ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter òÁÚÎÏÅ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ðÒÏÞÉÅ ×ÁÖÎÙÅ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×Á LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard íÙ ÎÅ ÒÁÓÓÍÏÔÒÅÌÉ ×ÓÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÙÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LyX, ÎÏ ÍÙ ÜÔÏ É ÎÅ ÐÌÁÎÉÒÏ×ÁÌÉ. ëÁË ÏÂÙÞÎÏ, ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ ÉÝÉÔÅ × -\emph on +\emph on òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default . îÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÅ ËÁÖÄÏÊ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LyX ÏÐÉÓÁÎÏ × -\emph on +\emph on óÐÒÁ×ÏÞÎÏÍ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å -\emph default +\emph default . íÙ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÅÝ£ ÕÐÏÍÑÎÅÍ Ï ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ ×ÁÖÎÙÈ ×ÅÝÁÈ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÄÅÌÁÔØ LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ÷ LyX ÅÓÔØ WYSIWYM-ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÁ ÔÁÂÌÉÃ. äÌÑ ×ÓÔÁ×ËÉ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ôÁÂÌÉÃÕ -\family default +\family default . -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard õÂÒÁÎÏ × ÒÕÓÓËÏÍ ÐÅÒÅ×ÏÄÅ: (íÙ ÐÒÅÄÐÏÞÉÔÁÅÍ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÏÇÌÁÛÅÎÉÅ LaTeX'Á: tabular É table --- ÞÔÏÂÙ ÏÔÌÉÞÉÔØ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ ÏÔ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÊ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÔ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ, ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ÏË É Ô.Ä.) --- -\emph on +\emph on ÌÉÔ. ÒÅÄ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset îÁÖÁÔÉÅ ÎÁ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÅ -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÁ×ÏÊ ËÎÏÐËÏÊ -\emph default +\emph default ÍÙÛÉ ÐÒÉ×ÏÄÉÔ Ë ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÀ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans -æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +æÏÒÍÁÔ\InsetSpace ~ ÔÁÂÌÉÃÙ, -\family default +\family default ËÏÔÏÒÏÅ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ×ÁÍ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ×ÓÅÓÔÏÒÏÎÎÅŠţ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ÔÁËÖÅ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÅ ÒÉÓÕÎËÏ× × ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÁÈ (×ËÌÀÞÁÑ JPEG ÉÌÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ ÒÁÓÔÒÏ×ÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÙ, PostScript \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textregistered{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset É ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ LaTeX) × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ. (÷Ù ÕÖÅ ÄÏÇÁÄÁÌÉÓØ ËÁË ÜÔÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ: -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator òÉÓÕÎÏË -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. úÁÔÅÍ ÎÁÖÍÉÔÅ ÍÙÛØÀ ÎÁ ÒÉÓÕÎËÅ É ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×ËÌÀÞÁÅÍÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ, ÕÇÏÌ ÐÏ×ÏÒÏÔÁ, ÍÁÓÛÔÁÂ, É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ) ôÁÂÌÉÃÙ É ÒÉÓÕÎËÉ ÍÏÇÕÔ ÉÍÅÔØ ÚÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ, É LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ Á×ÔÏÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÉÓÕÎËÏ× É/ÉÌÉ ÔÁÂÌÉÃ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ðÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ËÏÎÔÒÏÌØ ×ÅÒÓÉÊ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ RCS (ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏ Ï ÜÔÏÍ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english man rcsintro -\family default +\family default \lang russian ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ÇÉÂËÏ ÎÁÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÅÔÓÑ. ÷Ó£, ÏÔ ×ÎÅÛÎÅÇÏ ×ÉÄÁ ÏËÎÁ LyX ÄÏ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏ× ×Ù×ÏÄÁ, ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅÎÏ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×ÏÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏ×. âÏÌØÛÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÅË ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÅÎÁ × ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator îÁÓÔÒÏÊËÉ -\family default +\family default . âÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏ Ï ÜÔÏÍ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏ\SpecialChar ~ +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏ\InsetSpace ~ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ÒÁÚÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ËÏÍÁÎÄÏÊ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÉÓÔÏ× Ó ÐÑÔÉ ËÏÎÔÉÎÅÎÔÏ×. ðÏÜÔÏÍÕ, ÐÏ ÓÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÀ Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ, LyX ÌÕÞÛÅ ×ÓÅÈ @@ -4948,98 +5548,112 @@ LyX ). ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ ÎÁ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÑÚÙËÁÈ, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÉÔØ LyX ÄÌÑ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ÍÅÎÀ É ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÊ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ ÎÁ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÑÚÙËÁÈ. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÅÎÀ LyX ÉÍÅÀÔ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÅ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÎÙÅ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÒÕÓÓËÏÍ ×ÁÒÉÁÎÔÅ ÌÏËÁÌÉÚÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÎÙÅ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ (ÐÏËÁ?) ÎÅ ÒÅÁÌÉÚÏ×ÁÎÙ. --- -\emph on +\emph on ÐÒÉÍ. ÐÅÒ. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset üÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÀÔ, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default pen, -\family default +\family default ÎÁÖÁ× -\family sans +\family sans M-F -\family default +\family default É ÄÁÌÅÅ -\family sans +\family sans O -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ËÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÀ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ËÏÔÏÒÁÑ ÕËÁÚÁÎÙ × ÐÕÎËÔÅ ÍÅÎÀ ( -\family sans +\family sans C-O -\family default +\family default ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ). ëÏÍÂÉÎÁÃÉÉ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ ÔÁËÖÅ ÎÁÓÔÒÁÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ. éÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÜÔÏÍ ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ × -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\SpecialChar ~ -ÐÏ\SpecialChar ~ +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï\InsetSpace ~ +ÐÏ\InsetSpace ~ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÙ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ LaTeX. - óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ + óÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize íÏÖÎÏ ×ÙÐÏÌÎÑÔØ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÕ ÏÒÆÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÁ×ËÁ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ðÒÏ×ÅÒËÁ ÐÒÁ×ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ïÂÒÁÔÉÔÅ ×ÎÉÍÁÎÉÅ, ÞÔÏ ÐÒÏ×ÅÒËÁ ÏÒÆÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÏÔ ÐÏÚÉÃÉÉ ËÕÒÓÏÒÁ ÄÏ ËÏÎÃÁ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÉÞÅÇÏ ÎÅ ÚÎÁÅÔÅ Ï LaTeX, ×ÁÍ ÎÅ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÜÔÏÔ ÒÁÚÄÅÌ. ëÏÎÅÞÎÏ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ -\emph on +\emph on ÉÚÕÞÉÔØ -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX, Á ÚÁÔÅÍ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÜÔÕ ÇÌÁ×Õ. ïÄÎÁËÏ ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÌÀÄÉ, ÎÁÞÁ×ÛÉÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ LyX, ÏÚÎÁËÏÍÌÅÎÙ Ó LaTeX. åÓÌÉ ×Ù ÔÁËÏÊ ÞÅÌÏ×ÅË, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÕÄÉ×ÉÔØÓÑ ÔÏÍÕ, ÞÔÏ LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÏÞÔÉ ×Ó£ @@ -5049,122 +5663,134 @@ LyX îÁ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ, ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÄÏÓÁÄÎÙÈ ÍÏÍÅÎÔÏ× ÐÒÉ ËÏÎ×ÅÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ ÓÔÁÒÙÈ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX É ÅÝ£ × ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÉÈ ÏÂÌÁÓÔÑÈ, ÎÏ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÅ ×ÙÐÕÓËÉ LyX ÂÕÄÕÔ ÉÚÂÁ×ÌÅÎÙ ÏÔ ÜÔÉÈ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ôÁË ËÁË ÜÔÏ ÌÉÛØ ÓÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ, ÍÙ ÔÏÌØËÏ ÕÐÏÍÑÎÅÍ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ×ÅÝÉ, ÎÁÉÂÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÙÅ ÎÏ×ÙÍ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑÍ LyX. ôÁË ËÁË × ÎÁÛÉÈ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÁÈ ÄÅÒÖÁÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\emph default +\emph default ÎÅÂÏÌØÛÉÍ, ÍÙ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Í ÚÄÅÓØ ÍÉÎÉÍÁÌØÎÕÀ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ. ÷ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Å -\emph on +\emph on äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ -\emph default +\emph default , ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ × ÇÌÁ×Å -\emph on +\emph on óÅËÒÅÔÙ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌÉÓÔÏ× ÐÏ LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÎÁ ÂÏÌØÛÁÑ ÞÁÓÔØ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ Ï ÒÁÚÌÉÞÉÑÈ ÍÅÖÄÕ LyX É LaTeX, Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÐÒÉ×ÅÄÅÎÙ ÐÒÉ£ÍÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ LaTeX × LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ××ÅÄ£ÔÅ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ LaTeX, ÂÕÄÅÔ × ÔÏÍ ÖÅ ×ÉÄÅ, ÂÅÚ ÉÚÍÅÎÅÎÉÊ, ÐÅÒÅÄÁÎÏ LaTeX, Á ÎÁ ÜËÒÁÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÏ ËÒÁÓÎÙÍ Ã×ÅÔÏÍ. ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ LaTeX × LyX, ×ÙÂÒÁ× -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ëÏÍÁÎÄÕ\SpecialChar ~ +ëÏÍÁÎÄÕ\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ËÎÏÐËÅ Ó ËÒÁÓÎÏÊ ÎÁÄÐÉÓØÀ TeX. ðÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÓÏÚÄÁÅÔÓÑ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ, ×Ó£ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÍÏÅ ËÏÔÏÒÏÇÏ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÎÁÐÒÑÍÕÀ ÐÅÒÅÄÁÎÏ LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ ÒÅÖÉÍ LaTeX ÏÂÒÁÂÁÔÙ×ÁÅÔÓÑ ÎÅÍÎÏÇÏ ÐÏ-ÄÒÕÇÏÍÕ. ÷ÏÊÄÉÔÅ × ÒÅÖÉÍ LaTeX, ÎÁÖÁ× ÎÁ ÏÂÒÁÔÎÙÊ ÓÌÜÛ. ïÂÒÁÔÎÙÊ ÓÌÜÛ ÎÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔÓÑ, ÎÏ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ××ÅÄ£ÔÅ, ÏÔÏÂÒÁÚÉÔÓÑ × ËÒÁÓÎÏÍ Ã×ÅÔÅ. ÷ÙÈÏÄ ÉÚ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ LaTeX ÐÒÏÉÚ×ÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÅÍ ËÌÁ×ÉÛÉ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default ÉÌÉ ÌÀÂÏÇÏ ÄÒÕÇÏÇÏ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÁ, ËÒÏÍÅ ÌÁÔÉÎÓËÉÈ ÂÕË×, ÃÉÆÒ, ÚÎÁËÁ ÐÏÄÞ£ÒËÉ×ÁÎÉÑ, ÚÎÁËÁ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , É ËÒÕÇÌÙÈ ÓËÏÂÏË. ëÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ×Ù ×ÙÛÌÉ ÉÚ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ LaTeX, ÅÓÌÉ LyX ÚÎÁÅÔ ÎÁÂÒÁÎÎÕÀ ×ÁÍÉ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ LaTeX, ÏÎ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÕÅÔ Å£ Ë WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. ôÁË, ÅÓÌÉ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ ×Ù ÎÁÂÒÁÌÉ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default , ÔÏ ÐÒÉ ÎÁÖÁÔÉÉ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÂÅÌ -\family default +\family default LyX ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ÎÁ ÇÏÌÕÂÕÀ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÏ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ ÐÒÁËÔÉÞÅÓËÉ ÄÌÑ ×ÓÅÈ ÐÒÏÓÔÙÈ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÈ ÍÁËÒÏÓÏ×. îÁÂÏÒ ÔÁËÉÍ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÏÍ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÂÙÔØ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÂÙÓÔÒÙÍ, ÞÅÍ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans -íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÎÅÌÉ -\family default +\family default , É ÂÕÄÅÔ ÏÓÏÂÅÎÎÏ ÕÄÏÂÅÎ ÏÐÙÔÎÙÍ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÑÍ LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÁË ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ ÓÌÕÞÁÊ, ÅÓÌÉ ×Ù ÎÁÂÉÒÁÅÔÅ ÆÉÇÕÒÎÕÀ ÓËÏÂËÕ × ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÍ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÅ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ LaTeX, ÔÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ ÏÆÏÒÍÉÔ ÏÔËÒÙ×ÁÀÝÕÀ -\emph on +\emph on É -\emph default +\emph default ÚÁËÒÙ×ÁÀÝÕÀ ÆÉÇÕÒÎÙÅ ÓËÏÂËÉ ËÒÁÓÎÙÍ, ÚÁÔÅÍ -\emph on +\emph on ×Ù×ÅÄÅÔ -\emph default +\emph default ×ÁÓ ÉÚ ÒÅÖÉÍÁ LaTeX É ÐÏÍÅÓÔÉÔ ËÕÒÓÏÒ × ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï ÍÅÖÄÕ ÆÉÇÕÒÎÙÍÉ ÓËÏÂËÁÍÉ. ôÁË ÂÏÌÅÅ ÕÄÏÂÎÏ ÎÁÂÉÒÁÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ, ÄÌÑ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒ ÎÅ ÚÎÁÅÔ, ËÁË ÐÅÒÅÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÁÒÇÕÍÅÎÔÙ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ÎÅ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÄÅÌÁÔØ ÁÂÓÏÌÀÔÎÏ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ÍÏÖÅÔ LaTeX (ÐÏËÁ?). îÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÙÅ ÆÕÎËÃÉÉ ×Ï×ÓÅ ÎÅ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÀÔÓÑ, ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ --- ÒÁÂÏÔÁÀÔ, @@ -5174,309 +5800,349 @@ LyX É ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ. LyX ÎÉËÏÇÄÁ ÎÅ ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÔØ ËÁÖÄÙÊ ÐÁËÅÔ LaTeX. ïÄÎÁËÏ, ÎÁÂÒÁ× -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default - × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÅ LaTeX (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÅ LaTeX (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÌÀÂÏÊ ÎÕÖÎÙÊ ×ÁÍ ÐÁËÅÔ, ÏÄÎÁËÏ ×Ù ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ ÜÔÏÇÏ ÐÁËÅÔÁ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ WYSIWYM. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX --- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌ LaTeX × LyX ×ÙÂÒÁ× -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ÉÚ\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . ðÒÉ ÜÔÏÍ ÂÕÄÅÔ ×ÙÚ×ÁÎ Perl-ÓËÒÉÐÔ, ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍÙÊ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , ËÏÔÏÒÙÊ ÓÏÚÄÁÓÔ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÆÁÊÌÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default , É ÚÁÔÅÍ ÏÔËÒÏÅÔ ÜÔÏÔ ÆÁÊÌ. åÓÌÉ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÎÅ ÓÒÁÂÏÔÁÅÔ, ×Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ×ÙÚ×ÁÔØ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard åÓÌÉ LyX ÕÓÔÁÎÏ×ÌÅÎ, ÏÔÄÅÌØÎÙÊ ÉÓÐÏÌÎÑÅÍÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ Ó ÉÍÅÎÅÍ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏÍÅÝ£Î × ÔÕ ÖÅ ÐÁÐËÕ, ÞÔÏ É ÉÓÐÏÌÎÑÅÍÙÊ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default (ÎÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ÔÒÅÂÕÅÔ ÎÁÌÉÞÉÑ Perl (×ÅÒÓÉÉ 5.002 ÎÁ ÍÏÍÅÎÔ ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÑ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÑ ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÙÅ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ÓÐÏÓÏÂÅÎ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ ÂÏÌØÛÉÎÓÔ×Ï ÄÏÐÕÓÔÉÍÙÈ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX, ÎÏ ÎÅ ×Ó£. ôÏ, ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÎÅ ÐÏÊÍÅÔ, ÏÎ ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ LaTeX, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÐÏÓÌÅ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÆÁÊÌÁ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÊÔÉ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ É ×ÒÕÞÎÕÀ ÅÇÏ ÏÔÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard õ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default ÅÓÔØ Ó×ÏÑ man-ÓÔÒÁÎÉÃÁ. ðÒÏÞÔÉÔŠţ É ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÓÐÉÓÏË ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖÉ×ÁÅÍÙÈ ËÏÍÁÎÄ LaTeX É ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÊ, ÏÛÉÂËÉ (É ÓÐÏÓÏÂÙ ÉÈ ÏÂÈÏÖÄÅÎÉÑ), Á ÔÁËÖÅ ÓÐÏÓÏÂÙ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÑ ÒÁÚÌÉÞÎÙÈ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX × ÆÏÒÍÁÔ LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ, ×Ù ÐÏÖÅÌÁÅÔÅ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ LyX × ÆÁÊÌ LaTeX. îÁÐÒÉÍÅÒ, ÅÇÏ ÚÁÈÏÞÅÔ ÐÒÏÞÅÓÔØ ×ÁÛ ÓÏÔÒÕÄÎÉË ÉÌÉ ÓÏÁ×ÔÏÒ, ËÔÏ ÎÅ ÚÎÁËÏÍ Ó LyX. üÔÏ ÄÅÌÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏ. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÁÊÌ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -üËÓÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ\SpecialChar ~ +üËÓÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ\InsetSpace ~ ×\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default . âÕÄÅÔ ÓÏÚÄÁÎ ÆÁÊÌ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter whatever.tex -\family default +\family default ÉÚ ÒÅÄÁËÔÉÒÕÅÍÏÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter whatever.lyx -\family default +\family default . LyX ×ÓÅÇÄÁ ÓÏÚÄÁ£Ô ×ÒÅÍÅÎÎÙÅ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX ÐÒÉ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅ ÉÌÉ ÐÅÞÁÔÉ, ÔÁË ÞÔÏ ÏÎ ÏÞÅÎØ ÈÏÒÏÛ × ÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ LaTeX -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ëÌÁÓÓ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÍ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator äÏËÕÍÅÎÔ -\family default +\family default ÚÁÄÁ£ÔÓÑ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×Ï ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÏ×, ÎÅËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÉÚ ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÂÙÌÏ ÂÙ ÕËÁÚÁÔØ × ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . úÄÅÓØ ÍÏÖÎÏ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ËÌÁÓÓ, ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÛÒÉÆÔÁ ÐÏ ÕÍÏÌÞÁÎÉÀ, ÒÁÚÍÅÒ ÂÕÍÁÇÉ. ÷ÓÔÁ×ØÔÅ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default × -\family sans -äÏÐ.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +äÏÐ.\InsetSpace ~ ÐÁÒÁÍÅÔÒÙ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection äÒÕÇÉÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÙ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset åÓÌÉ Õ ×ÁÓ ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÅ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ × ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÅ ÆÁÊÌÁ LaTeX, ×Ù ÔÁËÖÅ ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÉÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ LyX. ÷ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans æÏÒÍÁÔ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ\SpecialChar ~ +ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default É ××ÅÄÉÔÅ ÉÈ × ÐÏÑ×É×ÛÅÍÓÑ ÏËÎÅ. ÷Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ××ÅÄ£ÔÅ, ÂÕÄÅÔ (ËÁË × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ LaTeX) ÏÔÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÏ ÎÅÐÏÓÒÅÄÓÔ×ÅÎÎÏ LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ÷ LyX ÅÓÔØ ÐÏÄÄÅÒÖËÁ BibTeX, ÞÔÏ ÐÏÚ×ÏÌÑÅÔ ×ÁÍ ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÂÁÚÙ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉ ÞÅÓËÉÈ ÓÓÙÌÏË, ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÕÅÍÙÈ ×Ï ÍÎÏÇÉÈ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÈ. äÌÑ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÉÑ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -ÆÁÊÌÁ ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÐÉÓËÉ\SpecialChar ~ -É\SpecialChar ~ +óÐÉÓËÉ\InsetSpace ~ +É\InsetSpace ~ ÓÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÑ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÓÙÌËÉ\SpecialChar ~ -ÓÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ\SpecialChar ~ -ÞÅÒÅÚ\SpecialChar ~ +óÓÙÌËÉ\InsetSpace ~ +ÓÇÅÎÅÒÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ\InsetSpace ~ +ÞÅÒÅÚ\InsetSpace ~ BibTeX -\family default +\family default . ÷Ù Õ×ÉÄÉÔÅ ÄÉÁÌÏÇÏ×ÏÅ ÏËÎÏ -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . ÷ ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans -âÁÚÁ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +âÁÚÁ\InsetSpace ~ ÄÁÎÎÙÈ -\family default +\family default ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ × ÓËÏÂËÁÈ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ëÁË É × ÏÂÙÞÎÏÍ LaTeX, ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×ÅÎÎÙÅ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÑÀÔÓÑ ÚÁÐÑÔÙÍÉ ÂÅÚ ÐÒÏÂÅÌÏ×. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default + +\family default . ðÏÄÏÂÎÙÍ ÏÂÒÁÚÏÍ × ÐÏÌÅ -\family sans +\family sans óÔÉÌØ -\family default +\family default ÎÁÂÅÒÉÔÅ ×Ó£, ÞÔÏ ×Ù ÈÏÔÅÌÉ ÂÙ ÎÁÂÒÁÔØ × ÓËÏÂËÁÈ ËÏÍÁÎÄÙ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ëÁË ÔÏÌØËÏ ×Ù ÜÔÏ ÓÄÅÌÁÌÉ --- ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÉÚ ÌÀÂÏÊ ×ËÌÀÞÅÎÎÏÊ ÂÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÓÙÌËÕ\SpecialChar ~ -ÎÁ\SpecialChar ~ -ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË\SpecialChar ~ +óÓÙÌËÕ\InsetSpace ~ +ÎÁ\InsetSpace ~ +ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË\InsetSpace ~ ÃÉÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ -\family default - (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ òÁÚÄÅÌ\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX ÐÏÚÁÂÏÔÉÔÓÑ Ï ÚÁÐÕÓËÅ BibTeX. ÷ ÐÏÑ×É×ÛÅÍÓÑ ÏËÎÅ -\family sans - óÓÙÌËÁ\SpecialChar ~ -ÎÁ\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + óÓÙÌËÁ\InsetSpace ~ +ÎÁ\InsetSpace ~ ÉÓÔÏÞÎÉË -\family default +\family default ÂÕÄÅÔ ÐÏËÁÚÁÎ ÓÐÉÓÏË ×ÓÅÈ ÐÒÉÓÕÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÉÈ × ×ÁÛÅÍ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -ÆÁÊÌÅ ÓÓÙÌÏË. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection òÁÚÎÏÅ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äÌÑ ×ÓÔÁ×ËÉ ÄÒÕÇÉÈ ÓÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÈ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÏ×, ×ËÌÀÞÁÑ ÜÌÌÉÐÓÙ, ÒÁÚÒÙ×Ù ÓÔÒÏË, ÔÏÞËÉ ÐÅÒÅÎÏÓÏ×, ÓÍÏÔÒÉÔÅ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ÷ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -óÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ\SpecialChar ~ +óÐÅÃÉÁÌØÎÙÊ\InsetSpace ~ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ïÛÉÂËÉ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard éÎÏÇÄÁ ÐÒÉ ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX, ÓÌÕÞÁÀÔÓÑ ÏÛÉÂËÉ, Ô.Å. ÍÅÓÔÁ, ÎÅÐÏÎÑÔÎÙÅ ÄÌÑ LyX ÉÌÉ LaTeX. ëÏÇÄÁ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔ, LyX ÓÏÚÄÁ£Ô ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÏÛÉÂËÉ (ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË Ó ÎÁÐÉÓÁÎÎÙÍ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÓÌÏ×ÏÍ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ïÛÉÂËÁ \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). îÁÖÁÔÉÅ ÎÁ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÒÑÍÏÕÇÏÌØÎÉË ÐÒÉ×ÅÄ£Ô Ë ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÀ ÏËÎÁ Ó ÏÐÉÓÁÎÉÅÍ ÏÛÉÂËÉ. @@ -5484,4 +6150,7 @@ bib ÎÏ ÜÔÏ ÄÏÌÖÎÏ ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔØ ÏÞÅÎØ ÒÅÄËÏ. åÓÌÉ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁ LaTeX (ÞÁÝÅ ÜÔÏ ÐÒÏÉÓÈÏÄÉÔ Ó ÔÅËÓÔÏÍ, ÎÁÂÒÁÎÎÙÍ × ÒÅÖÉÍÅ TeX), ÔÏ LyX ÐÒÏÓÔÏ ÐÒÏÃÉÔÉÒÕÅÔ ÓÏÏÂÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÅ LaTeX. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx index 62ff4e0e40..09669d100f 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2625 +24,3805 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduction to LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 The Philosophy of LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Differences between LyX and Other Word -\newline +\newline Processors -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 What the heck -\emph on +\emph on is -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX (and why do I care)? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Navigating the Documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 The Format of the Manuals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 The Manuals +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Contributing to the LyX Project +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Contributing to LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Reporting a bug -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Contributing fixes and new features +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Contributing to the Documentation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Reporting Errors in the Manuals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Joining the Documentation Team. +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Sprievodca programom LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Úvod +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Vítajte v LyXe! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 O tomto dokumente -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Èo tento Sprievodca -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a èo -\emph on +\emph on nie je +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Slovo od ná¹ho patróna\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Ako vy»a¾i» èo najviac zo Sprievodcu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Èo tu -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle nájdete: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Èo je LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Rozdiely medzi LyXom a textovými procesormi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.3 Èo do kelu -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Zaèíname s LyXom +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Vá¹ prvý LyX dokument +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Písanie, prezeranie a tlaè -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Jednoduché operácie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Priestor v LyXe +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Prostredia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Sekcie a podsekcie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Zoznamy a podzoznamy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Ïal¹ie prostredia: ver¹e, citáty a ïal¹ie +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Písanie dokumentov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Triedy dokumentov a ¹ablóny: písanie listov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 ©ablóny: písanie listu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Titulné strany dokumentov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Návestia a krosreferencie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Va¹e prvé návestie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Va¹a prvá krosreferencia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Viac zábavy s návestiami +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Poznámky pod èiarou a na okraji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Citácie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Obsah +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Pou¾ívanie matematiky +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Matematický mód -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Pohyb vo výraze -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponenty a indexy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Matematický panel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Grécke písmená a symboly -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Odmocniny, zdôraznenia a oddeµovaèe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Zlomky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Re¾im TeX: limity, logaritmy, sínusy a ïal¹ie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matice -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Re¾im rovnice +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Viacriadkové výrazy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Ïal¹ie matematické mo¾nosti +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Rôzne +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Ïal¹ie hlavné èrty LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX pre pou¾ívateµov LaTeXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Re¾im TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Konvertovanie LaTeXových dokumentov do LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Konvertovanie LyXových dokumentov do LaTeXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX preambula +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Trieda dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti preambuly +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Rôzne +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Chyby! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* U¾ívateµská príruèka LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Predstavenie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Èo je LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 O tomto dokumente -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Zaèíname +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Spustenie LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Ako LyX vyzerá +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2.1 Hlavné okno -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2.2 Dialógy +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 POMOC! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Prostredie LyXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Základné operácie so súbormi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Základy editovania -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.3 -\family sans +\family sans Vráti» spä» -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Opakova» vrátené -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.4 Základy ovládania my¹ou -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.5 Základy ovládania klávesnicou +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.5 Pou¾ívanie LyXu s ïal¹ími programami +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.5.1 Importovanie ASCII súborov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5.2 Vystrihovanie a vkladanie medzi LyXom a inými X programami +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Nastavenia LyXu a podporné aplikácie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Predstavenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Po¾iadavky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Základné nastavenia LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Nastavenie X klávesnice +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4.2 Modifikátory a Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4.3 Pomocné tipy a triky +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6 Dvips a Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6.1 Èo potrebujete -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6.3 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.6.4 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.7 Tlaèiareò +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Základy LyXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Typy dokumentov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Predstavenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 Rôzne triedy dokumentov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Vybratie triedy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Vlastnosti +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Dolaïovanie preddefinovaných hodnôt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Veµkos» papiera, orientácia a okraje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Dôle¾ité poznámky: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Zarovnanie a oddeµovanie odsekov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Predstavenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Globálna zmena odsadenia -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Dolaïovanie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Zmena riadkovania +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Prostredia odsekov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Titulné strany dokumentov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Názvy sekcií +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Èíslované názvy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Neèíslované názvy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Zmena èíslovania -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 ©peciálne informácie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Citáty a poézia +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Zoznamy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 V¹eobecné vlastnosti -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Listy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Pou¾itie +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Akademické písanie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default (literatúra) +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 ©peciálny úèel +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 -\family sans +\family sans Comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.4 -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Vnáranie prostredí +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 O èo ide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Èo mô¾ete a nemô¾ete vnára» -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Vnáranie iných vecí: tabuliek, vzorcov, insetov atï. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Pou¾itie a v¹eobecné vlastnosti +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Rôzne väzby +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Zopár príkladov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Príklad è. 1: ©es» úrovní a zmie¹ané vnáranie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Príklad è. 2: Dedenie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Príklad è. 3: Èíslovanie (znaèky), úrovne a prostredia Enumerate a Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Príklad è. 4: Ideme na to +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Písma a ¹týly textu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Globálne voµby -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Pou¾ívanie rôznych ¹týlov znakov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Dolaïovanie pomocou okna -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Tlaè a náhµad +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Prehµad -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Náhµad s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Prezeranie PostScriptovej verzie s programom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghost\SpecialChar \- view -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Tlaè dokumentu +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Zopár slov o typografii. +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Spojovník a rozdeµovanie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Interpunkèné znamienka +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Skratky a konce viet -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Úvodzovky +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatúry -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Vdovy a siroty +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Insety: tabuµky, obrázky, poznámky +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Poznámky pod èiarou -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Poznámky na okraji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Obrázky a importovaná grafika +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Insety s obrázkami +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Pou¾ívanie insetov s obrázkami -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Umiestnenie insetov +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default a LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tabuµky +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Menu na manipuláciu s tabuµkou -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Èo mô¾e by» v tabuµke umiestnené? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Vystrihovanie a vkladanie a tabuµky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Viacriadkový text v bunke -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Insety s tabuµkou +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.1 Popisy tabuliek -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5.2 Umiestnenie insetov +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Obsah a ïal¹ie zoznamy +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Obsah -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Zoznam obrázkov, tabuliek a algoritmov +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Matematické vzorce +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Základy editovania matematiky +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Vyvolanie matematického editora -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Navigácia v rovnici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Oznaèovanie textu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Exponenty a indexy -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Zlomky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 Sumy a integrály -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Panel matematických nástrojov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Ïal¹ie matematické symboly -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Matematické funkcie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Viac symbolov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 Akcenty +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Zátvorky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Polia a viacriadkové rovnice -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Èíslovanie rovníc -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 U¾ívateµsky definované makrá v matematic\SpecialChar \- kom re¾ime +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1 Návod na pou¾ívanie makier +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1.1 Ako ich vytvori» -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5.1.2 Ako sa pohybova» +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6 Dolaïovanie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Písmo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.2 Veµkosti písiem +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Ïal¹ie nástroje +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Krosreferencie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Manuálne dolaïovanie +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Extra horizontálna medzera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 Extra vertikálna medzera -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 Zmena zarovnania odseku -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.4 Pevné zlomy strán -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.5 Ïal¹ie nástroje +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Kontrola pravopisu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Parametre kontroly pravopisu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1.1 Slovník -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1.2 Osobný slovník -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1.3 Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 Problémy +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Medzinárodná podpora +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie Dokumentu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 -\family sans +\family sans Parametre klávesnice +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 LyX a LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Ako LyX pou¾íva LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Pomoc! LyX vygeneroval neèítateµný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Preklad LaTeXových súborov do LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Vkladanie LaTeXového kódu do dokumentov LyXu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 LyX a LaTeX preambula +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5.1 O LaTeX preambule -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.2 Zmena preambuly -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3 Príklady +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3.1 Príklad è. 1: Posunutie -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3.2 Príklad è. 2: ©títky -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3.3 Príklad è. 3: Odsadenie odsekov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3.4 Príklad è. 4: Èíslovanie v prostredí odseku -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5.3.5 Príklad è. 5: Tento dokument +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Chyby LyXu a LaTeXu +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Zásluhy -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sk_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/sk_Tutorial.lyx index 766171feb8..8452f8f4e2 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sk_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sk_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language slovak \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,30 +24,45 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Sprievodca programom LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author napísal Amir Karger a LyX Team, -\newline +\newline do slovenèiny prelo¾il Stanislav Pe»ko (gabrielko@host.sk) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Úvod -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vítajte v LyXe! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento súbor je urèený v¹etkým, ktorí nepoèuli o LaTeXe, alebo ho veµmi nepoznajú. Teraz hlavne nepanikárte - pre pou¾ívanie LyXu sa nemusíte uèit LaTeX. @@ -54,7 +70,9 @@ Tento s LaTeX. Na druhej strane, je pár vecí, ktoré sa budete musie» nauèi», aby ste mohli pou¾íva» LyX efektívne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektorí z vás sa u¾ pravdepodobne pokú¹ali robi» nièo s týmto dokumentom, napr. @@ -68,329 +86,393 @@ Niektor Tak¾e skonèíte nielen písaním textu, ale aj jeho formátovaním. A na to je LyX: formátuje za vás a to konzistentne v celom dokumente. Necháva vás zameria» sa na dôle¾ité veci, ako napríklad obsah vá¹ho textu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak. Ostaòte s nami a pokraèujte ïalej v èítaní. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O tomto dokumente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predtým ako zaèneme s touto èas»ou, chceli by sme zdôrazni» nieèo o tomto dokumente. Predpokladáme, ¾e vy, u¾íva»eµ, -\series bold +\series bold NIE -\series default +\series default ste blbý. Predpokladáme, ¾e viete naèo sú tie klávesy na klávesnici, ¾e viete pou¾íva» my¹, ¾e sa viete pohybova» v okienkovom prostredí atï. Taktie¾ predpokladáme, ¾e neviete absolútne niè o LaTeXe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprievodca \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pou¾íva znaèenie popísané v dokumente -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Predstavenie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Ak najprv èítate tento manuál, preèítajte si najprv -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Predstavenie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . A myslíme tým teraz hneï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dôvod preèo vás odkazujeme na èas» iného dokumentu je jednoduchý: lenivos». LyX Team je dos» zaneprázdnený pridávaním nových vecí a opravovaním chýb. Nepotrebujeme si pridáva» robotu staraním sa o 5 identických verzií rovnakej èasti textu v rôznych dokumentoch. Tak, preèítajte si -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Predstavenie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ktoré vám skutoène povie, èo potrebujete vedie» o -\emph on +\emph on v¹etkých -\emph toggle +\emph toggle manuáloch. Keï budete hotový, vrá»te sa spä» sem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz, keï u¾ viete èo ktoré písmo znamená, budeme hovori» trochu o tom, na èo je tento -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprievodca \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Èo tento Sprievodca -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a èo -\emph on +\emph on nie je -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Slovo od ná¹ho patróna\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je pár slov od -\noun on +\noun on Johna Weissa -\noun toggle +\noun toggle , ktorý je pôvodným autorom -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprievodcu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Pôvodne som mal veµké plány keï som zaèal písa» -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprievodcu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Ale ako pri veµa ïal¹ích projektoch nakoniec zaúradovala realita. Zistil som, ¾e by som trávil èas písaním -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Sprievodcu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle od teraz, a¾ do úplnej záhuby, pokiaµ by nebol v poriadku. Tie¾ mi dolo, ¾e by som písal veµa vecí, ktoré sú popísané v -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset U¾ívateµskej príruèke \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Preèo písa» to isté dvakrát? -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Tak, èi tak, pochopil som, ¾e µudia sa najlep¹ie uèia: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate pozeraním príkladov -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation alebo -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate prácou. -\end_deeper -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Quotation Tak som neochotne roztrhal asi 20 strán cenného materiálu, ktorý som napísal, a rozhodol som sa znovu zaèa». Jediná vec, ktorú som nechal, je teraz èas» \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: èo-je-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . V¹etko ostatné bude formou príkladov a cvièení. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ako vy»a¾i» èo najviac zo Sprievodcu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako povedal -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun toggle +\noun toggle , Sprievodca pozostáva z príkladov a cvièení. Aby ste z neho mali èo najviac, mali by ste postupne èíta» dokument, písa» v¹etky tie malé hlúpe veci o ktorých vám hovoríme aby ste ich písali, a vyskú¹a» si v¹etky cvièenia, aby ste zistili, èi tomu rozumiete. Výhodné je vytlaèi» si PostScriptovú verziu tohto dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èas» \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: èo-je-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset je pozostatok z pôvodnej verzie Sprievodcu. Stále je to dobrý úvod do LyXu, tak¾e by ste mohli do nej nahliadnu», aby ste zistili, na èo tel LyX vlastne je. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Èo tu -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle nájdete: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize In¹trukcie ako: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾íva» my¹ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾íva» systém X-Windows -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾íva» klávesnicu -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste doteraz nezistili ako obsluhova» tieto veci, nemô¾eme vám pomôc». -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vysvetlenie v¹etkých èàt LyXu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Èo? Chceli by ste dvakrát -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskú príruèku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak vá¾ne. Sme tu nato, aby sme vás rozbehli a v¹etko èo potrebujete je v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Keby sme sa pokúsili duplikova» v¹etky informácie o LyXe, -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodca -\emph toggle +\emph toggle by nikdy nebol aktuálny. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To ale neznamená, ¾e -\emph on +\emph on nikdy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle nepovieme niè o èrtách LyXu. Urèite vám povieme, v¹eobecne, ako pou¾íva» be¾né veci. také, ktoré nepredpokladáme, ¾e sa budú meni», napríklad ako otvori» a vytlaèi» súbor. Bude aj -\emph on +\emph on niekoµko -\emph toggle +\emph toggle kapitol s príkladmi a cvièeniami pre nové, ¹peciálne èrty LyXu, ako matematika. (Samozrejme nemyslíme, ¾e sa bude drasticky meni» matematické prostredie. Vylep¹ova» áno, ale úplne meni» nie.) -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Detailné vysvetlenie LaTaXu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nepotrebné. Ak ste skutoène chtivý nauèi» sa niektoré ¹ikovné triky, ktoré sa dajú robi» s LaTeXom, zo¾eòte si knihu o LaTeXe. Na trhu je ich dobrých niekoµko. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tak, statoèná du¹a, je èas pohnú» sa ïalej. Mô¾ete si da» krátku exkurziu cez nasledujúcu èas», alebo mô¾ete pokraèova» v èasti \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: prvý-dok-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Èo je LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: èo-je-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pou¾ívanie LyXu vychádza zo zmeny myslenia, ktoré vy, u¾ívateµ, musíte urobi». Viete, ¾e väè¹ina textových procesorov sú jednoducho vylep¹ené písacie @@ -399,21 +481,25 @@ Pou v¹etci sme sa nauèili urèité triky, ako obís» ich obmedzenia. Podèiarkovanie znakom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sa stalo spôsobom ako zvýrazni» text. Na vytvorenie tabuµky ste najprv museli vypoèíta» aký ¹iroký bude ka¾dý ståpec a nastavi» príslu¹né tabelaèné zára¾ky. Rozdeµovanie na konci riadku vy¾adovalo pozorné oko a veµa predvídania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inými slovami, v¹etci sme boli cvièený zaobera» sa detailmi, kam ktorý znak má ís». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Následkom toho v¹etky teztové procesory majú tieto spôsoby. Stále pou¾ívajú tabulátory na vlo¾enie prázdnych miest. @@ -421,30 +507,34 @@ N Zvýrazni» text znamená zmeni» písmo, podobne ako zmeni» koliesko na písacom stroji. Pri¹li ste na nápad. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto je to, v èom sa odli¹uje LyX od be¾ného textového procesora. Nezaujímate sa ktorý znak kam ide. poviete LyXu -\emph on +\emph on èo robíte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , a LyX sa postará o zvy¹ok, pou¾ívajúc mno¾inu pravidiel nazývaných -\emph on +\emph on ¹týl -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Pozrime sa na malý príklad. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predpokladajme, ¾e pí¹ete správu. Na jej zaèiatku chcete èas» nazvanú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Úvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tak pôjdete do nejakého menu vo va¹om textovom procesore, ktoré mení veµkos» @@ -452,37 +542,41 @@ Predpokladajme, Potom písmo prepnete na tuèné. Potom napí¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.__Úvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Samozrejme, ¾e keï sa neskôr rozhodnete, ¾e táto èas» patrí v dokumente niekde inde, alebo vlo¾íte pred òu inú èas», musíte zmeni» èíslovanie a tie¾ polo¾ku v obsahu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LyXe sa nastavíte na rozbaµovacie menu v µavej èasti tlaèítkovej li¹ty a vyberiete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a napí¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Úvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Áno. To je v¹etko. @@ -490,7 +584,9 @@ Section v¹ade. Je aj spôsob, aby LyX automaticky aktualizoval v¹etky referencie v súbore na danú èas». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej je tu problém dôslednosti. O pä» dní neskôr si otvoríte svoju správu a zaènete písa» èas» 4. @@ -498,7 +594,9 @@ Section nadpis èasti 4 bude nappísaný iným písmom, ako nadpis èasti 1. Tento problém v LyXe neexistuje. Poèítaè sa stará o v¹etko to, ktorá vec má akú veµkos» písma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je ïal¹í príklad. Predpokladajme, ¾e vytvárate zoznam. @@ -507,36 +605,52 @@ Tu je vyzera», koµko prázdnych riadkov da» medzi jednotlivé polo¾ky atï. V LyXe máte len dve starosti: aký typ zoznamu to bude, a èo do neho dáte. To je v¹etko. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak¾e základná my¹lienka v LyXe je: ¹pecifikova» èo robi», nie ako to robi». -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rozdiely medzi LyXom a textovými procesormi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je veµa malých trikov, ktoré ste pou¾ívali, a ktoré neexistujú v LyXe. Zo zaèiatku z toho budete ¹alie». To je v poriadku. To chce èas zbavy» sa starých zvykov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je malý zoznam vecí, ktoré v LyXe neanájdete: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Neslávne pravítko, vyskytujúce sa vo veµa komerèných textových procesoroch -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tabulátory -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize extra prázdne riadky (napr. stlaèenie -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Enteru -\shape default +\shape default dva alebo viac krát) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulátory, spolu s pravítkom ukazujúcim pozíciu vecí na stránke, sú v LyXe celkom zbytoèné. @@ -545,44 +659,62 @@ Tabul zále¾í to na kontexte. Tie¾ riadkovanie je v LyXe úplne zastaralé. Medzery medzi riadkami sú -\emph on +\emph on premenlivé -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , tak isto ako medzery medzi slovami. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sú spôsoby ako nastavi» maximálnu a minimálnu medzeru, ale to vy¾aduej nejaké znalosti LaTeXu. Takými vecami sa teraz nemusíme trápi». -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je niekoµko vecí, ktoré v LyXe existujú, ale napou¾ívajú sa tak, ako by ste si mohli myslie»: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zarovnanie objektov -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zlomy strán -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Riadkovanie (napr.: jednoduché, dvojité, atï.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Biela medzera, horizontálna a vertikálna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Písma a veµkosti písem -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vlastnosti písma (tuèné, kurzíva, podèiarknuté, atï.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I keï existujú v LyXe, vo veobecnosti ich nepotrebujete. LyX sa o ne postará za vás, v závislosti na tom, èo robíte. @@ -595,112 +727,134 @@ I ke medzery medzi odstavcami, pritom urèité medzery medzi riadkami v odstavci. pokúsime sa popísa» ako Medzery medzi riadkami v LyXe fungujú, ale väè¹ina detailov je v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec niekoµko oblastí, v ktorých LyX (a LaTeX) prekonávanú be¾né textové procesoty: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rozdeµovanie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zoznamy akéhokoµvek typu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematika -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabuµky -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Krí¾ové odkazy (krosreferncie) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Súhlasíme, veµa moderných textových procesorov mô¾e narába» s matematickými symbolmi, tabuµkami a rozdeµovaním. Av¹ak dokázali to len v poslednej dobe, zatiaµèo LyX je postavený nad systémom prípravy dokumentov LaTeX. Ten tu je u¾ 10 rokov a -\emph on +\emph on funguje -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . V¹etky chyby boli odstránené. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tak dobre. Nikto nie je prefektný, ale LaTeX je tak bezchybný, ako len poèítaèový program mô¾e by». -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ïalej takme ¾iadny textový procesor nepodporuje krí¾ové odkazy, ktoré, tak isto ako matematické vzorce, boli èas»ou LaTeXu od prvého dòa. O niektorých týchto schopnosiach budeme hovori» neskôr. Ïal¹ie sú trochu pokroèilé a sú predstavené na konci tohto dokumentu, alebo v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Èo do kelu -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX je systém prípravy dokumentov, vytvorený Lesliem Lamportom v roku 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zdroj informácií v tejto èasti je -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A Guide to LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph toggle +\emph toggle od Helmuta Kopka a Patricka Dalyho, ktorý má záznam v bibliografii -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ten bol vytvorený zo sádzacieho jazyka nazývaného TeX, vytvoreného Donaldom Knuthom v roky 1984. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sa vyslovuje ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset blech! \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , èo je ako ho vníma veµa µudí. Av¹ak väè¹ina µudí jednoducho nerozumie na èo TeX je. @@ -708,30 +862,34 @@ blech! súbore, a vykonáva ich. Výsledkom je súbor formátu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo v skratke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dvi \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dvi súbor mô¾ete potom posla» hocièomu, èo mu bude rozumie», alebo ho konvertov a» do iného formátu, napr. PostScript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keby nebolo ïal¹ej vlastnosti, celý TeX by bol len sádzací program. TeX ale dovoµuje definova» makrá. Toto je miesto, kde zaèína akcia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Väè¹ina µudí, ktorí pou¾ívajú TeX, v podstate pou¾ívajú balík makier, ktoré vytvoril Knuth, aby zakryl veµa sádzacích detailov. @@ -745,7 +903,9 @@ V Chcel sadu príkazov, ktoré konzistentne vytvoria veci ako sekcie, alebo tabuµky, alebo matematické vzorce jednotným spôsobom a bez zvytoèného zmätku. Takto sa zrodil LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz, paralelne s vývojom a rastom LaTeXu, ïal¹í µudia vytvárajú svoje vlastné u¾ívateµské balíky makier pre TeX. @@ -758,29 +918,31 @@ Teraz, paralelne s v pomáhajú v pou¾ívaní nových fontov atï. LaTeX je dos» obsiahly jazyk. U¾ívateia na celom svete vytvárali svoje vlastné prídavky pre LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú dva spôsoby ako roz¹íri» LaTeX: -\emph on +\emph on triedy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (classes) a -\emph on +\emph on ¹týly -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (styles). -\emph on +\emph on Trieda -\emph toggle +\emph toggle je mno¾ina makier LaTeXu (a TeXu), popisujúca nový typ dokumentu, napríklad kniha (book), èlánok (article). Sú triedy pre fólie, pre fyzikálne a matematické èasopisy \SpecialChar \ldots{} niektoré univerzity dokonca majú formát triedy pre svoje diplomové práce! -\emph on +\emph on ©týl -\emph toggle +\emph toggle sa odli¹uje od triedy v tom, ¾e nedefinuje typ dokumentu, ale rôzny typ vzhµadu, ktorý mô¾e pou¾i» µubovoµný dokument. Napríklad LyX ovláda okraje stránky a riadkové medzery pou¾ívaním dvoch @@ -789,709 +951,783 @@ Trieda pridávanie nových písem, práca s grafikou, vytváranie pekných titulkov stránok, zmena umiestnenia a vzhµadu poznámok, tabuliek a obrázkov, prispôsobov anie zoznamov, atï, atï, atï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je prehµad: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Sádzací jazyk s mo¾nos»ami makier. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Balík makier postavený na TeXe. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 triedy: Popis typu dokumentu, pou¾ívajúci LaTeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 ¹týly: Nejakým spôsobom mení v¹eobecné správanie sa LaTeXu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Vizuálny, WYSIWYM textový procesor, ktorý pou¾íva LaTeX v celej jeho sláve, aby urobil svoju tlaè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Základom tohto v¹etkého je starý dobrý TeX, ktorý vytvára Dvi súbory. Väè¹ina z nás konvertuje tieto Dvi súbory na PostScriptové súbory, ktoré mô¾eme vytlaèi» na laserovej tlaèiarni. Sú správy o zariadeniac, ktoré priamo -\emph on +\emph on rozumejú -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Dvi. Cieµom tejto èasti bolo pokúsi» sa vysvetli» -\emph on +\emph on preèo -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LyX pracuje trochu odli¹ne od iných textových procesoroch. Dôvod je jednoduchý: LyX pou¾íva LaTeX ako svoj formátovací backend. Tak ako LaTeX, LyX sa zameriava na kontext vá¹ho textu --- -\emph on +\emph on èo -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pí¹ete. Poèítaè sa potom postará o to ako to bude vyzera». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ou --- posledná vec. LaTeX sa vyslovuje ako TeX. Rýmuje sa to s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hey blech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak vyslovujete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ako meno spoloènosti ktorá vyrába kondómy, vyslovujete ho zle. Na druhej strane \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sa vyslovuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset licks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lucks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset looks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , zále¾í z akej krajiny ste\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Zaèíname s LyXom -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vá¹ prvý LyX dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: prvý-dok-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset OK. Tak¾e ste pripravený zaèa» písa». Predtým, ako tak urobíte, je niekoµko vecí, o ktorých sa musíme zmieni» a ktoré, dúfajme, spravia -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle viac pouèným, u¾itoènej¹ím a zábavnej¹ím. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Preto¾e je veµa informácií, ktoré vám neposkytneme, -\series bold +\series bold prvá -\series default +\series default vec, ktorú potrebujete urobi», je nájs» ïal¹ie súbory helpu. Na¹»astie je to veµmi jednoduché. Spustite LyX, a vyberte polo¾ku -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµská príruèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle z menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omocník -\family default +\family default . Tie¾ si mô¾ete otvori» -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (ak ho u¾ neèítate na obrazovke). Takto si ich mô¾ete èíta» poèas písania vá¹ho vlastného dokumentu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tie¾ mô¾u slú¾i» ako dobré príklady ako pou¾íva» rôzne vlastnosti LyXu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . V¹imnite si, ¾e ak máte otvorený viac ako jeden dokument, mô¾ete pou¾íva menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okumenty -\family default +\family default na prepínanie medzi nimi. -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodca -\emph toggle +\emph toggle detailne nepokrýva vlastnosti, ktoré sú popísané v iných manuáloch LyXu. Na zaèiatku vám to trochu s»a¾í ¾ivot, ale -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodca -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ostane krátky. Taktie¾ si zvyknete pou¾íva» iné manuály, ktoré --- v dlhom období --- vám u¹etria veµa èasu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tomto -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcovi -\emph toggle +\emph toggle predpokladáme, ¾e máte plne funkènú verziu LyXu, tie¾ LaTeXu, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default prípadne iný dvi prezeraè, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default alebo nejaký iný spôsob konverzie dvi dokumentov do PostScriptu a fungujúcu tlaèiareò. Je to veµa predpokladov. Ak niektorý z nich nespåòate, vy (alebo vá¹ systémový administrátor), budete musie» nastavi» systém. Informácie o tomto nájdete v iných manuáloch. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec, napísali sme súbor na ktorom si mô¾ete precvièov» LyX. Nazýva sa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Predstavte si, ¾e bol napísaný niekým, kto nevedel o ¾iadnej zo schopností LyXu. Ako sa budete uèi» nové funkcie LyXu, predpokladáme, ¾e opravíte èasti súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Súbor tie¾ obsahuje malé rady, ako tieto veci opravi». Ak chcete podvádza» (alebo zisti» ako sa to robí), je tie¾ súbor nazvaný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default , ktorý obsahuje rovnaký text, ale napísaný majstrom v LyXe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Písanie, prezeranie a tlaè -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Otvorte nový súbor príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor-> -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ový -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Napí¹te vetu, napríklad: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Toto je môj prvý LyX dokument! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No dobre. V podstate mô¾ete napísa» èo chcete. Skutoène na tom nezále¾í. Ospravedlòujeme sa za hlúpos» tejto vety, ako aj ïal¹ích, ktoré budeme chcie» aby ste napísali v budúcnosti. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ulo¾te svoj dokument príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -úbor->Ulo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +úbor->Ulo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ko -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spustite LaTeX aby vytvoril -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súbor, príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor->Náhµa -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default -->Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +->Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . Mo¾te vidie» zobrazovanie správ v okne, z ktorého ste spustili LyX. Sú to správy LaTeXu, ktoré nateraz mô¾ete ignorova». LyX spustí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (prípadne nejaký iný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default prezeraè), ktorý zobrazí nové okno ukazujúce ako bude vyzera» vá¹ dokument, keï bude vytlaèený \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾ete u¹etri» èas ak necháte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default be¾a» na pozadí. Potom staèí pou¾i» -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor->Náhµa -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default -> -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default -ktualizova»\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ktualizova»\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default a jednoducho kliknú» na okno -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (prípadne ho odminimalizova») po tom èo skonèí LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vytlaète dokument príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default laèi» -\family default +\family default a stlaèením tlaèítka OK. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gratulujeme! Napísali a vytlaèili ste svoj prvý LyX dokument. V¹etko ostatné sú len detaily, ktoré sú popísané vo zvy¹ku -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Jednoduché operácie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX samozrejme mô¾e robi» väè¹inu vecí, ktoré ste robili v textových procesoroch. Bude automaticky zalamova» slová a odsadzova» odseky. Otvorte si neraz nejaké menu a uvidíte, ¾e väè¹ina jednoduchých príkazov (napr. -\family sans +\family sans K -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default niec -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans V -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default o¾i» -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default laèi» -\family default +\family default ) má také mená, aké ste oèakávali, ¾e budú ma», ¾e sú v tom menu, ktorom ste oèakávali ¾e budú a pracujú tak, ako oèakávate ¾e majú pracova». Tu je rýchly popis ako vykona» ïla¹ie jednoduché akcie. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Undo LyX má \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nekoneèné undo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , èo znamená, ¾e mô¾ete vráti» spä» v¹etko, èo ste urobili po zapnutí LyXu, vykonaním príkazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»-> -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default -ráti»\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ráti»\InsetSpace ~ spä» -\family default +\family default . Ak sa vrátite príli¹, jednoducho vyberte -\family sans -Upravi»->Opakova»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Upravi»->Opakova»\InsetSpace ~ v -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default átené -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Vystrihnú»/Vlo¾i»/kopírova» Pou¾ite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»->V -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default strihnú» -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»->V -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default o¾i» -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»-> -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default opírova» -\family default +\family default . Oznaèený text mô¾ete vlo¾i» automaticky -\emph on +\emph on prostredným tlaèítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle my¹i. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Nájs»/Nahradi» Pou¾ite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»-> -\bar under +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default na hµadanie s rozli¹ovaním veµkých a malých písmen. V okne výsledkov hµadajte so ¹ípkamy pre smer dopredu a dozadu a pou¾ite tlaèítko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default ymeni» -\family default +\family default na náhradu slova, ktoré ste na¹li. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste skonèili okno zatvorte, lebo ho nechajte otvorené, ak vám to viac vyhovuje. Väè¹ina okien v LyXe --- vrátane -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -ind\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ind\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default , -\family sans -©truktúra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +©truktúra\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default okumentu -\family default +\family default a okná -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enia -\family default +\family default , tak isto aj rôzne matematické okná --- mô¾e by» zní¾ená namiesto zatvorená. Niektoré, napríklad -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default tvori» -\family default +\family default , vám nedovolia napísa» ni do hlavného okna LyXu, pokiaµ ich neuzavriete. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Description +\end_layout -Formátovanie\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Formátovanie\InsetSpace ~ znakov Mô¾ete -\emph on +\emph on zvýrazni» -\emph toggle +\emph toggle text (èo vo v¹eobecnosti znamená napísa» ho ¹ikmým písmom), napísa» ho -\series bold +\series bold tuène -\series default +\series default , alebo v -\noun on +\noun on ©týle Kapitálok -\noun toggle +\noun toggle (obyèajne pou¾ívaným pre mená osôb). To v¹etko pomocou prepínacích mo¾ností v menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Nástrojová\SpecialChar ~ +Nástrojová\InsetSpace ~ li¹ta Sú na nej tlaèítka (hneï pod menu), ktoré vám dovoµujú urobi» niektoré pou¾ívanej¹ie funkcie, napríklad -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\family default +\family default . Ak podr¾íte nad tlaèítkom kurzor, zobrazí sa vám malá poznámka, na èo dané tlaèítko slú¾i. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Samozrejme, e¹te ste nenapísali dos» na to, aby ste mohli v¹etky tieto funkcie pou¾i». -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Priestor v LyXe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: priestor} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jedna z naj»a¾¹ích vecí, na ktorú si majú nový u¾ívatelia LyXu zvyknú», je ako LyX zaobchádza s dokumentom. Nezále¾í na tm koµkokrát stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , alebo -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default , v¾dy dostanete len jeden prázdny riadok, alebo jednu medzeru. Na prázdnom riadku vám LyX nedovolí napísa» ani jednu medzeru. Klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default vás neposunie dopredu o jeden tabulátor, preto¾e -\emph on +\emph on ¾iadne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tabulátory nie sú! Nie je ani ¾iadne pravítko na vrchu stránky, ktorým by ste mohli nastavi» tabulátory alebo okraje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veµa komerèných textových procesoroch je zalo¾ených na WYSIWYG princípe: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get - To, èo vidí¹ dostane¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Na druhej strane, LyX je zalo¾ený na princípe \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph toggle +\emph toggle - To, èo vidí¹, je to, èo si myslí¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Napí¹ete èo chcete, a LyX sa za vás postará o formát dokumentu tak, aby výstup vyzeral pekne. -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default gramaticky oddeµuje odseky a -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default gramaticky oddeµuje slová, tak¾e nie je dôvod ma» ich viac za sebou. -\family sans +\family sans Tabulátor -\family default +\family default nemá ¾iadny gramaticky význam, tak¾e LyX ho nepodporuje. Pou¾ívaním LyXu strávite viac èasu staraním sa o -\emph on +\emph on obsah -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vá¹ho dokumentu a menej èasu jeho -\emph on +\emph on formátovaním -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Pozrite s èas» \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: èo-je-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset pre viac informácií o koncepte WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má (veµa) spôsoby ako si jemne doladi» formátovanie dokumentu. Nakoniec, ani LyX nemusí vysádza» -\emph on +\emph on presne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle to, èo ste mysleli. Informácie o tom v¹etkom sú v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Zahròuje -\family sans +\family sans HFills -\family default +\family default a vertikálne medzery --- ktoré sú silnej¹ie a univerzálnej¹ie ako viacero medzier alebo prázdnych riadkov --- a spôsoby, ako zmeni» veµko» písma, ¹týl znakov a zarovnanie odsekov. @@ -1499,16 +1735,20 @@ HFills sa na jeho obsah, a nakoniec sa postarali o toto jemné formátovanie. Pri ¹tandardných textových procesoroch by ste sa rozptyµovali formátovaním dokumentu poèas písania. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Prostredia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rôzne èasti dokumentu majú rôzne úèely. Tieto èasti voláme -\emph on +\emph on prostredia -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Väè¹ina dokumentu je tvorená obyèajným textom. Názvy èastí (kapitoly, podkapitoly atï.) upozoròujú èitateµa, ¾e bude preberaná @@ -1517,15 +1757,17 @@ prostredia Novinový èasopis bude ma» zhrnutie a názov. List pravdepodobne niè z tohto, ale bude ma» prostredie, ktoré dáva pisateµovu adresu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredia sú hlavnou èas»ou \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Mean \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset filozofie LyXu. Dané prostredie mô¾e vy¾adova» urèitý typ fontu, jeho veµkos», zarovnanie, @@ -1535,646 +1777,732 @@ What You See Is What You Mean vycentrované pre nadpisy, zatiµèo iný pou¾íva kurzíva, 15 bodov veµké a zarovnané naµavo. LyX vám dovolí vyhnú» sa uèeniu v¹etkých týchto rôznych formátovacích ¹týlov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Menu prostredí -\family default +\family default je v µavej èasti li¹ty (hneï pod menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor -\family default +\family default ). Ukazuje v akom prostredí práve pí¹ete. Keï ste písali svoj prvý dokument, hovorilo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , èo je ¹tandardné prostredie pre text. Teraz skúste pou¾i» niekoµko prostredí vo va¹om dokumente, aby ste zistili akopracujú. Urobíte tak pomocou -\family sans +\family sans Menu prostredí -\family default +\family default , ktoré otvoríte kliknutím na ikonu ¹ípky nadol. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sekcie a podsekcie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napí¹te slovo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Úvod -\family default +\family default na prvý riadok v dokumente a vyberte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Section \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nemusíte oznaèi» riadok. Keï nie je niè oznaèené, LyX zmení prostredie odseku, v ktorom sa práve nachádzate. Ïal¹ou mo¾nos»ou je zmena prostredia viacerým odsekom narad tým, ¾e ich oznaèíte pred výberom prostredia. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX oèísluje sekciu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a vypí¹e názov sekcie väè¹ím písmom. (Samozrejme, ¾e názov sekcie bude správne napísaný aj v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , alebo vytlaèenom dokumente.) teraz stlaète -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . V¹imnite si, ¾e prostredie sa zmenilo naspä» na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nadpisy sekcií, ako aj niektoré ïal¹ie prostredia, sa pova¾ujú za ukonèené pri stlaèení -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pozrite si -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskú príruèku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ak chcete vedie» ako napísa» nadpisy s dvoma a viac riadkami. Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default samozrejme mô¾e pokraèova» ïalej niekoµko odsekov. Rôzne prostredia zoznamov (viï ni¾¹ie) tie¾ nekonèia stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default . V akom prostredí práve pracujete, zistíte pozrením sa na -\family sans +\family sans Menu prostredí -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Napí¹te úvod dokumentu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toto je úvod môjho prvého dokumentu v LyXe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Znova stlaète -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default a zase vyberte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . LyX napí¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a vy napí¹ete názov. Napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Ïal¹ie veci -\family default +\family default , a zistíte,¾e LyX znovu zmenil formátoanie na názov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To je pekné. Vrá»te sa na koniec prvej sekcie (za \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset môj prvý dokument v LyXe \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans Enter a znova vyberte prostredie -\family default +\family default Section -\family sans +\family sans . LyX znovu napí¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a poèká, kým napí¹ete názov. Napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O tomto dokumente -\family sans +\family sans . -\family default +\family default Sekcia \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ïal¹ie veci \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ktorá bola sekcia è. 2, bola automaticky preèíslovaná na sekciu è. 3! V zmysle WYSIWYM vy len oznaèíte èo je názov sekcie, LyX sa postará o èíslovanie a formátovanie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Stlaète znova -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default aby ste sa vrátili do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , a napí¹te nasledujúce riadky: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sekcie a podsekcie sú popísané ni¾¹ie. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Popis sekcií -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Sekcie sú väè¹ie ako podsekcie. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Popis podsekcií -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Podsekcie sú men¹ie ako sekcie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknite na druhý riadok a vyberte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . LyX oèísluje podsekciu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a nastaví veµkos» fontu na väè¹iu ako je obyèajná, ale men¹iu ako je v názvoch sekcií. Tak iso zmeòte prostredie ¹tvrtého riadku. Bude automaticky oèíslovaný \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Keï teraz vlo¾íte ïal¹iu sekciu pred sekciu 2, tá bude preèíslovaná na sekciu 3 a podsekcie budú preèíslované na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ie úrovne èlenenia sekcií sú -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans SubParagraph -\family default +\family default . Ich vyskú¹anie necháme na vás. Mo¾te si v¹imnú», ¾e paragraph a subparagraph nie sú automaticky èíslované, a ¾e subparagraph je odsadený. Ak to chcete zmeni», pozritesa do -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Najvy¹¹ou úrovòou sekcií sú kapitoly (prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ), ale ich pou¾itie je dovolené len v niektorých typoch (textclass) dokumentov (pozri èas» \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec mô¾te chcie» ma» sekcie a podsekcie, ktoré nie sú èíslované. Aj na toto sú prostredia. Ak zmeníte prostredie niektorého nadpisu na -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default (mo¾no budete musie» menu prostredí rolova» nadol, aby ste to na¹li), LyX pou¾ije také isté formátovanie písma ako pre normálnu sekciu, ale ju neoèísluje. Tak isto fungujú aj ïal¹ie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hviezdi¾kové \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset prostredia. Skúste zmeni» niektoré zo sekcií na hviezdièkové a v¹imnite si, ako sa zmení èíslovanie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\series bold + +\family typewriter +\series bold Cvièenie: -\family default -\series default +\family default +\series default Opravte hlavièky sekcií a podsekcií v súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Nájdete ho v adresári -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default . Pou¾ite príkaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor->Ulo¾i» -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ko pre ulo¾enie dokumento do svojho vlastného adresára. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zoznamy a podzoznamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má niekoµko rôznych prostredí pre písanie zoznamov. Rôzne typy dokumentov logicky potrebujú rôzne typy zoznamov. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Prezentácia na fólii mô¾e vyu¾i» znaèkové prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default pre popis rôznych vecí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Návrh by vyu¾il èíslované prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokument popisujúci rôzne balíky softvéru by mohol pou¾i» prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , kde ka¾dá polo¾ka v zozname zaèína slovom s tuèným písmom. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default --- nenachádzajúce sa v LaTeXe --- je trochu odli¹né od -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napí¹me zoznam dôvodov, preèo je LyX lep¹í ako ostatné textové procesory. Niekde vo va¹om dokumente napí¹te: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyX je lep¹í ako iné textové procesoty, preto¾e: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard a stlaète Enter. Teraz vyberte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . LyX na riadok napí¹e znaèku (teraz hviezdièku, ktorá bude vo výstupe konvertova ná na krú¾ok). Napí¹te dôvody: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Formátovanie sa robí za vás. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Matematika je WYSIWYG. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Je veµmi µahké vytváta» zoznamy! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredia zoznamov, nie ako lavièky sekcií, nekonèia stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default . LyX predpokladá, ¾e budete písa» ïal¹iu polo¾ku zoznamu. Riadky hore preto budú tvori» zoznam s tromi polo¾kami. Ak chcete pou¾i» viac ako jeden odsek vrámci jednej polo¾ky zoznamu, pou¾ijete -\family sans -Chránený\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Chránený\InsetSpace ~ Enter -\family default +\family default , stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl+Enter -\family default +\family default .Aby ste sa dostali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset von \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zo zoznamu, musíte znova nastavi» prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default - (klávesová skratka M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family default + (klávesová skratka M-p\InsetSpace ~ s). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Máte pekný znaèkový zoznam. Mô¾ete spusti» LaTeX aby ste videli ako to bude vyzera» vytlaècené. Ale èo keby ste chceli dôvody oèíslova»? No. Oznaète celý zoznam \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX vám nedovolí oznaèi» prvú znaèku, kým neoznaèíte aj odsek -\emph on +\emph on pred -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zoznamom, èo asi nie je to, èo chcete. Podobne nemô¾ete oznaèi» èíslo sekcie v jej titulku. Netrápte sa s tým. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a vybrte prostredie Enumerate. Páni! Ako sme sa u¾ zmienili, ak pridáte, alebo zru¹íte nejakú polo¾ku, zoznam bude preèíslovaný. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pokiaµ je zoznam stále oznaèený, mô¾ete vyskú¹a» ïal¹ie druhy zoznamov, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Pre tieto dve prostredia, ka¾dá polo¾ka sa skladá z názvu, ktorým je prvé slovo, a za ním nasleduje definícia, ktorú tvorí zvy¹ok odseku (kým nestlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ). Názov je vytlaèený tuèným písmom ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ), alebo oddelený \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tabulátorom \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ale sádzacím tabulátorom, ktorý sa zmení tak, aby staèil veµkos»ou pre najdlh¹í názov, a nie ¾alostným a nezmeniteµným tabulátorom písacieho stroja. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) od zvy¹ku odseku. Ak chcete ma» v názve viac ako jedno slovo, oddeµte ich -\family sans -Chránenými\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Chránenými\InsetSpace ~ medzerami -\family default +\family default , ktoré sa vkladajú -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl+medzera -\family default +\family default , a zobrazujú ako rú¾ové malé \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Napí¹te zoznam v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Listy mô¾u by» vnorené v¹etkými mo¾nými spôsobmi. Be¾ný príklad je písanie návrhu. Èíslované a znaèkované zoznamy budú ma» rôzne èíslovanie a znaèky pre podzoznam y. Pozrite si -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskú príruèku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a rôzne príklady, ktoré pou¾ívajú vnorené listy. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ïal¹ie prostredia: ver¹e, citáty a ïal¹ie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú dve prostrdia pre vysádzaie citátov oddelených od okolitého textu: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default pre krátke a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default pre dlh¹ie citáty. Zdrojový kód progrmu (prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , v -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcovi -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tie¾ pou¾ívané na dlh¹ie príklady) je písaný písmom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter písacieho stroja -\family default +\family default - toto prostredie je v LyXe jediné, kde sú povolené viaceré medzery, aby bolo mo¾né kód zarovna». Mô¾ete dokonca písa» poéziu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} s predpokladom, ¾e ste na to dos» kreatívny. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset pou¾ítím prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default a pou¾ívaním -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default na oddeµovanie strôf a -\family sans +\family sans Ctrl+Enter -\family default +\family default na oddeµovanie ver¹ov vrámci strofy. V¹etky prostedia LyXu sú popísané v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Správne naformátujte -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Písanie dokumentov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dúfane, ¾e v predchádzajúcej kapitole ste sa zoznámili s písaním v LyXe. Uviedla vás do základov editovania textu v LyXe a aj do mocnej metódy prostredí. @@ -2185,15 +2513,19 @@ D Uká¾e vám triedy dokumentov, ktoré vám umo¾nia písa» rône druhy dokumentov. Ïalej popí¹e veµa spôsobov ako previes» text na dokument, napr. nadpisy, poznámky pod èiarou, krí¾ové odkazy, bibliografiua obsah. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Triedy dokumentov a ¹ablóny: písanie listov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Rôzne typy dokumentov by mali by» rôane vysáïzané. Napríklad knihy sú normálne tlaèené obojstranne, zatiaµèo èlánky sú tlaèené @@ -2202,106 +2534,128 @@ R ako adresa odosielateµa, ktoré v èlánkoch a knihách nedávajú zmysel. O tieto veµké rozdiely medzi rôanymi typmi dokumentov sa v LyXe starajú -\emph on +\emph on triedy dokumentov -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ( -\emph on +\emph on textclass \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pre pou¾ívateµov LaTeXu: je to ekvivalentné LaTeXovým -\emph on +\emph on documentclass -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Tento Sprievodca -\emph toggle +\emph toggle bol napríklad napísaný v triede dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . Triedy dokumentov sú ïal¹ou hlavnou èas»ou filozofie WYSIWYM: hovoria LyXu ako vysádza» dokument, tak¾e vy to nemusíte vedie». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vá¹ dokument je pravdepodobne napísaný v triede -\emph on +\emph on Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To je obyèajne predvolená trieda, aj keï to mô¾ete zmeni» v súbore -\family sans +\family sans lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Skúste ju zmeni» na nejakú inú (pou¾itím polo¾ky -\family sans +\family sans Trieda -\family default +\family default , v menu -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enie-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default ), aby ste videli rozdiely vo vysádzaní. Ak zmeníte triedu na -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default a pozriete sa do menu prostredí, zistíte, ¾e väè¹ina prostredí ostala rovnaká. Av¹ak pribudlo prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Ak ste si nie istý ktoré prostredia sú v ktorej triede, staèí sa pozrie» sem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veµkos» písma, jeden, alebo dvojståpcová tlaè a titulky strán, sú niektoré zo vlastností, akými sa odli¹ujú jednotlivé noviny jedny od druhých. Ako dospieval poèítaèový vek, noviny si zaèali vytvára» LaTeXové \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¹týlové súbory \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tak¾e autori mohli predklada» správne vysádzané èlánky. LyX tie¾ toto podporuje. Napríklad podporuje sadzbu (a extra prostredia) pre noviny American Mathematics - Society, pou¾itím triedy Article\SpecialChar ~ + Society, pou¾itím triedy Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je veµmi struèný prehµad niektorých tried. Ako obyèajne, pre viac informácií sa pozrite do -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2312,244 +2666,292 @@ U \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Meno -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Popis -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard jedno­stranná, bez kapitol -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard prostredia a rozlo¾enia pre American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dlh¹ia ako article, obojstranná -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report + predná a zadná strana -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard priehµadnosti (tie¾ zahàòa FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard veµa extra prostredí pre adresy, podpisy\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section ©ablóny: písanie listu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jedna z najpopulárnej¹ích tried je -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default (list). Jedna z mo¾ností ako napísa» list je otvorí» Nový súbor a vybra» -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Trieda -\family default +\family default v okne -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enie-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default . Aj keï je to najobyèajnej¹í spôsob ako napísa» list, zdá sa to ako robota naviac. V¾dy keï pí¹ete obchodný list, chcete tam ma» svoju adresu, adresu komu list opsielate, telo listu, podpis, atï. Preto má LyX na listy -\emph on +\emph on ¹ablónu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ktorá obsahuje príklad listu. Keï u¾ raz máte ¹ablónu, pri písaní listu vám staèí prepísa» len niekoµko èastí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otvorte nový súbor príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -úbor->Nový\SpecialChar ~ -zo\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +úbor->Nový\InsetSpace ~ +zo\InsetSpace ~ ¹ -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default blóny -\family default +\family default . Potom, èo súbor pomenujete, vyberte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex_letter.lyx -\family default +\family default z okna ¹ablón. Súbor ulo¾te a vytlaète, aby ste videli, ako sú vysádzané rôzne prostredia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V menu prostredí nájdete niekoµko prostredí, ako napríklad -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , ktoré vo väè¹ine ostatných triedach neexistujú. Iné, napríklad -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default sú be¾né. Mô¾ete si vyskú¹a», ako rôzne prostredia pracujú. V¹imnete si napríklad, ¾e prosrtedie -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default má èervené slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pred skutoèným textom podpisu. Toto slovo sa v liste nezobrazí, èo si v¹imnete, keï súbor vytlaèíte. Je tam preto, aby ste vedeli, kde podpis bude. Taktie¾ si v¹imnite, ¾e nezále¾í na tom, kde v súbore sa nachádza riadok -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default . Spomínajte. LyX je WYSIWYM: prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default mô¾ete vlo¾i» kde chcete a LyX vie, ¾e vo výstupe by mal by» podpis na konci. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©ablóna je obyèajný LyX dokukment. To znamená, ¾e mô¾ete vyplni» svoju adresu a podpis a súbor ulo¾i» ako @@ -2559,88 +2961,104 @@ Signature Tu pravdepodobne nemusíme navrhova» ¾iadne cvièenie. Jednoducho napí¹te niekomu list \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard E¹te jedno varovanie, keï pí¹ete zo ¹ablóny. Ak vyma¾ete celý text z prostredia ­­­ napríklad, keï vyma¾ete celé pole -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , tak¾e ho budete chcie» nahradi» svojím vlastným ­­­ a potom posuniete kurzor bez toho aby ste napísali nejaký text, prostredie mô¾e zmiznú». je to preto, lebo prostredie nemô¾e existova» bez textu. V takomto prípade jednoducho znovu prostredie nastavte z menu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Titulné strany dokumentov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (ako LaTeX) pova¾uje titulnú stranu ­­­ ktorá mô¾e obsahova» názov dokumentu , autora, dátum ­­­ za samostatnú èas» dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vrá»te sa k vá¹mu dokumentu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default a uistite sa, ¾e je triedy -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard U¾ by ste nameli pou¾íva» triedu Letter, preto¾e nepodporuje titulné tránky. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Napí¹te názov na prvý riadok, a prostredie zmeòte na -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default . Na ïal¹om riadku nastavte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default a napí¹te svoje meno. Na ïal¹í riadok napí¹te dátum a zvoµte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Napí¹te odsek alebo dva, ktoré popisujú vá¹ dokument a nastavte im prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Teraz sa pozrite ako to bude vypada» vytlaèené. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Upravte názov, dátum a autora v example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Návestia a krosreferencie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: návestia} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sekciu (alebo podsekciu, alebo zriedkavo len nejakú èas» textu) mô¾ete v dokumente pomenova». @@ -2651,45 +3069,51 @@ Sekciu (alebo podsekciu, alebo zriedkavo len nejak Tak isto ako pri sekciách a poznámkach sa o krosreferencie stará LyX. Automatické pomenovania a krosreferencie sú jednou z najväè¹ích výhod LyXu oproti konvenèným textovým procesorom. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹e prvé návestie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oznaème na¹u druhú sekciu, ktorej názov je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tomto dokumente \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Kliknite na koniec riadku názvu sekcie a vyberte príkaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾i»-> -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ávestie -\family default +\family default . Okno sa vás spýta na názov návestia. Napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:odokumente -\family default +\family default , èo sa zdá by» dos» dobrý názov, ktorý si nebudete mýli» s inými názvami, ktoré mo¾no pridáte. Keï stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , názov sekcie sa vlo¾í ako obdå¾nik, hneï vedµa titulku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mimochodom. návestie ste mohli vlo¾i» kdekoµvek c sekcii. @@ -2698,99 +3122,115 @@ Mimochodom. Av¹ak ak ho dáte na ten istý riadok ako je názov sekcie (alebo prípadne na prvý riadok textu sekcie), budete si istý, ¾e referencia na stránku sekcie sa bude odkzova» na jej zaèiatok. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Doposiaµ ste niè neurobili. -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default súbor bude vyzera» presne tak isto, preto¾e návestia sa neukazujú vo vytlaèenom dokumente. Av¹ak keï ste vlo¾ili návestie, mô¾ete sa naò odkazova» pomocou krosreferencie. To urobíme teraz. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹a prvá krosreferencia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Umiestnite kurzor niekde v sekcii 2 a napí¹te: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Ak chcete vedie» viac o tomto dokumente, potom si pozrite sekciu , ktorá je na stránke . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz ­­­ s kurzorom nastavným za slovom sekciu ­­­ vyberte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾i»->Kros -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default eferencia -\family default +\family default . Objaví sa okno -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ krosreferenciu -\family default +\family default . Zobrazuje zoznam mo¾ností, na ktoré sa mô¾ete odkazova». V tomto momente by tam mala by» jedna \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:odokumente \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Oznaète ju (mô¾e by» ¹tandardne oznaèená) a stlaète -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ referenciu -\family default +\family default . Teraz umiestnite kurzor za slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset stránke \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a stlaète -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -èíslo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +èíslo\InsetSpace ~ strany -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX umiestní referencie ako obdå¾niky na mieste, kde sa nachádzal kurzor. Vo vytlaèenom dokumente budú tieto znaèky referencií nahradené buï èíslom strany, alebo sekcie (podµa toho, èo ste zvolili v okne -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ krosreferenciu -\family default +\family default ). Staèí si tie¾ opzrie» -\family sans +\family sans dvi -\family default +\family default súbor. Krosreferencia v LyXe funguje ako hyperlink: ak na òu kliknete, kurzor sa premiestni na zadané návestie. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Viac zábavy s návestiami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Povedali sme vám, ¾e LyX sa stará o èíslovanie krosreferencií a teraz si to mô¾te otestova». @@ -2798,433 +3238,487 @@ Povedali sme v Znovu spustite LaTeX a krosreferencia na sekciu sa zmenila na 3! Zmeòte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tomto dokumente \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na podsekciu a referencia sa zmení na podsekcia 2.1 namiesto sekcia 3. Samozrejme, ¾e referencia na èíslo stránky sa nezmení, pokiaµ nevlo¾íte pred návestie celú stránku textu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Opravte referencie v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Poznámky pod èiarou a na okraji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámky pod èiarou sa pridávajú tlaèítkom -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -poznámku\SpecialChar ~ -pod\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +poznámku\InsetSpace ~ +pod\InsetSpace ~ èiarou -\family default +\family default na paneli nástrojov \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tlaèítko zobrazuje ¹ípku ukazujúcu na èervený text, ktorý je pod nejakým èiernym textom. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , alebo príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Poznámka\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Poznámka\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default -od\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +od\InsetSpace ~ èiarou -\family default +\family default . Kliknite na konci slova \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset niekde v dokumente a stlaète -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -poznámku\SpecialChar ~ -pod\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +poznámku\InsetSpace ~ +pod\InsetSpace ~ èiarou -\family default +\family default . Riadok s poznámkou sa otvorí pod riadkov, v ktorom práve pí¹ete. Na µavej strane uvidíte slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , napísané èerveným písmom na ¹edom pozadí. Zvy¹ok riadku je orámovaný na èerveno: to je miesto, kde napí¹ete svoju poznámku. LyX by mal umiestni» kurzor na zaèatok tohto riadku. Napí¹te -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX je sádzací textový procesor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz kliknite na slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Riadok s poznámkou zmizne a ostane len slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset napísané èerveným písmom horným indexom, ktoré ukazuje, kde v texte bude vytlaèená znaèka poznámky pod èiarou. Toto sa nazýva \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zabalenie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset poznámky. Mô¾ete ju kedykoµvek rozbali» a editova» jdnoduchým kliknutím na znaèke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾no sa èudujete preèo znaèka je slovo a nie èíslo. Odpoveïou je, ¾e o èíslovanie poznámok vo vytlaèenom texte sa stará LyX. Mô¾ete si to pozrie» v súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Ak pridáte ïal¹ie poznámky, LyX ich preèísluje. Keï¾e LyX (v skutoènosti LaTeX) sa stará o èíslovanie poznámok, nie je dôvod dáva» èísla do LyX súboru. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka pod èiarou mô¾e by» vystrihovaná a vkladaná ako normálny text. Vyskú¹ajte si to! V¹etko èo potrebujete urobi» je oznaèi» znaèku poznámky \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾e by» µah¹ie oznaèi» ju klávesnicou. Ak sa pokúsite oznaèi» ju my¹ou, mô¾ete ju náhodne otvori». -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a -\family sans +\family sans V -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default strihnú» -\family default +\family default ju a -\family sans +\family sans V -\bar under +\bar under l -\bar default +\bar default o¾i» -\family default +\family default . Okrem toho mô¾te zmeni» obyèajný text na poznámku jeho oznaèením a stlaèením tlaèítka, a poznámku na text stlaèením tlaèítka, keï je kurzor v poznámke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámky na okraj sa pridávajú tlaèítkom -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -poznámku\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +poznámku\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ okraj \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tlaèítko zobrazuje ¹ípku ukazujúcu na èervený text vedµa (na okraji) èierneho textu, a malo by by» vedµa tlaèítka s poznámkou pod èiarou. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , alebo príkazom -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Poznámka\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Poznámka\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ okraji -\family default +\family default . Tieto poznámky sú ako poznámky pod èiarou, okrem toho, ¾e: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize obrazovková znaèka hovorí \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namiesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize poznámka bude vlo¾ená na okraj namiesto pod text -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize poznámky na okraji sa neèíslujú -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize keï je poznámka zabalená, na okraji textu sa zobrazí výkrièník, ktorý sa v¹ak nevytlaèí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zmeòte poznámku pod èiarou na text a následne ju zmeòte na poznámku na okraji. Spustite LaTeX, aby ste videli ako to vyzerá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Upravte poznámky pod èiarou v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Citácie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: citácie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Citácie sú podobné krosreferenciám. Citácia obsahuje zoznam odkazov na konci dokumentu, na ktoré mô¾ete odkazova» z dokumentu. Tak isto ako názvy sekcií, LyX a LaTeX vám uµahèujú ¾ivot automatickým èíslovaním polo¾iek citácií. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Choïte na koniec dokumentu a nastavte prostredie Bibliography. Teraz ka¾dý odsek ktorý napí¹ete bude referencia. Ako prvú referenciu napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Sprievodca programom LyX -\family default +\family default . V¹imnite si, ¾e LyX automaticky vlo¾il èíslo v obdå¾niku pred ka¾dú referenciu. kliknite na toto èíslo a zobrazí sa vám okienko -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . Prvú polo¾ku, Kµúè, pou¾ijete na odkazovanie na túto referenciu v dokumente. ©tandardne je to èíslo. Zmeòte ju na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxsprievodca \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , aby ste si ju µah¹ie pamätali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz kliknite niekde v dokumente, kde chcete vlo¾i» odkaz. Urobte tak príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Referencia\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Referencia\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ citáci -\bar under +\bar under u -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default . LyX zobrazí ¹edý obdå¾nik s tromi otáznikmi v hranatých zátvorkách a zobrazí sa okienko -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ citáciu -\family default +\family default . Prvá polo¾ka sa znovu nazýva -\family sans +\family sans Kµúè -\family default +\family default a dovoµuje vám vybra», ktorú polo¾ku citácie chcete citova» \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kvôli tomuto je dobré dáva» kµúèom unikátne a logické názvy, namiesto ¹tandardný ch èísel. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Pomocou rozbaµovacieho menu vyberte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxsprievodca \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (práve teraz je to jediná oplo¾ka menu). Spustite LaTex a uvidíte, ¾e citácia sa zobrazí v zátvorkách v texte, odkazujúc sa na citáciu na konci dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na èo sa pou¾ívajú ïal¹ie polo¾ky? Pole Návestie v okienku -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default vlo¾í namiesto èísla citácie znaèku, ktorú sem napí¹ete (napr. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Smi95 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bude odkaz na knihu napísanú Smithom v roku 1995). Ako obyèajne kvôli detailom sa pozrite do -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Upravte citácie v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Obsah -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾no by ste chceli na zaèiatok dokumentu vlo¾i» obsah. S LyXom sa to dá veµmi jednoducho. Len stlaète Enter za názvom dokumentu a pred prvým názvom sekcie a vyberte príkaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Zoznamy\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Zoznamy\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ o -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default sah-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default bsah -\family default +\family default . Na prvom riadku dokumentu sa objavíobdå¾nik s textom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Obsah \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nemusí sa vám to zda» veµmi u¾itoèné. Av¹ak, ak si pozriete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default dokument, zistíte, ¾e obsah bol skutoène vygenerovaný a zobrazuje rôzne sekcie a podsekcie vá¹ho dokumentu. AKo obyèajne, keï zmeníte poradie jednotlivých èastí, zmeny sa prejavia po aktualizovaní -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súboru. Obsah sa nezobrazí na obrazovke v LyXe, preto¾e aj tak ho nemô¾ete editova». Mô¾ete ho zobrazi» v samostatnom okne príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -pravi»->©truktúra\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pravi»->©truktúra\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default okumentu -\family default +\family default . Toto je veµmi u¾itoèný nástroj. Mô¾ete ho pou¾i» na presuny v dokumente. @@ -3232,23 +3726,31 @@ okumentu editovacom okne LyXu) na dané miesto v dokumente. ©ípky mô¾ete pou¾i» na presun jednotlivých èastí dokumentu. Toto okno mô¾te necha» otvorené poèas editovania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak sa chcete zbavi» obsahu, staèí vymaza» jeho znaèku, jednoducho ako akýkoµvek iný znak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Upravte obsah v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Pou¾ívanie matematiky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX pou¾íva veµa vedcov, preto¾e produkuje veµmi dobre vyzerajúce rovnice a vzorce, vyhýbajúc sa kontrolným znakom, ktoré pou¾ívajú iné textové procesory @@ -3261,101 +3763,117 @@ LaTeX pou Na druhej strane, ak ste nikdy nepísali v LaTeXe, matematický panel vám dovolí napísa» profesionálne vyzerajúcu matematiku rýchlo a jednoducho \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX nemô¾e skontrolova», èi vzorec, ktorý ste práve napísali je -\emph on +\emph on správny -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Sorry. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematický mód -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niekde vo svojom dokumente napí¹te: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Mám rád èo povedal Einstein, E=mc^2, preto¾e je to tak jednoduché. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz tá rovnica nevyzerá veµmi dobre. aj kvôli tomu, ¾e v dvi súbore nie je medzera medzi písmenami a rovná sa, a vy by ste radi napísali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset horným indexom. Toto je spôsobené tým, ¾e sme nepovedali LyXu, ¾e pí¹eme matematický výraz, tak vysádzal rovnicu ako obyèajný text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematika sa pí¹e v Matematickom re¾ime. Ak sa chcete prepnú» do matematického re¾imu, staèí kliknú» na tlaèítko s modrým popisom \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX otvorí malý modrý ¹tvorèek, s rú¾ovým obdå¾nikom okolo neho. Modrý ¹tvorèek je -\emph on +\emph on vkladací bod -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ktorý hovorí, ¾e matematický editor èaká na vá¹, ¾e nieèo napí¹ete, a rú¾ový obdå¾nik hovorí, ¾e ste v matematickom re¾ime. LyX umiestnil kurzor do modrého ¹tvorèeku, tak len znovu napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default . Výraz je napísaný modrým, a modrý ¹tvorèek zmizne okam¾ite, ak vkladací bod nie je prázdny. Teraz stlaète Esc na ukonèenie matematického editora. (Poznámka: kliknutie na tlaèítko mat. editora -\emph on +\emph on nevypne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle mat. re¾im). Rú¾ový obdå¾nik zmizne a kurzor sa nastaví vpravo od výrazu a keï napí¹ete nieèo teraz, bude to normálny text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Spustite LaTeX a pozrite si -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súbor. V¹imnite si, ¾e výraz bol napísaný správne. Písmena v matematickom re¾ime sú pova¾ované za premenné a sú napísanú kurzívou. Èísla sú jednoducho èísla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematický editor je ïal¹ím príkladom filozofie WYSIWYM. V LaTeXe pí¹ete matematické výrazy pou¾ívaním príkazov, napr. -\backslash +\backslash sqrt. Toto mô¾e by» frustrujúce, preto¾e nevidíte ako výraz vyzerá, pokaiµ nespustíte LaTeX a mô¾ete strávi» èas hµadaním chýbajúcej zátvorky alebo iných \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset bugov \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Na druhej strane, LyX sa nepokú¹a zobrazi» výraz perfektne (WYSIWYG), ale @@ -3364,22 +3882,26 @@ bugov V 99% nebudete musie» robi» ¾iadne zmeny vo veµkostiach písem, alebo v medzerách. Takto (prepáète, ¾e sa opakujeme) sa mô¾te zamera» na -\emph on +\emph on obsah -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vá¹ho matematického výrazu, a nie na jeho formát. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pohyb vo výraze -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz zmeòme \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Na pohyb vo výraze pou¾ite kurzorové ¹ípky. @@ -3387,293 +3909,315 @@ Teraz zme ste vedeli, ¾e ste v matematickom re¾ime. Teraz ¹ípkami nastavte kurzor za rovná sa a jednoducho napí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Znovu pou¾ite ¹ípky alebo -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default aby ste ukonèili výraz a rú¾ový obdå¾nik zmizne. Pre veµa µudí sú kurzorové ¹ípky vhodné, ale staèí len kliknú» niekde vo výraze a spustí sa matematický editor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okrem ¹peciálnych klávesov popísaných ni¾¹ie, písanie v matematickom re¾ime je ako písanie obyèajného textu. Pou¾ívajte -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (alebo -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) na vymazávanie znakov. Oznaèujte text s klávesami alebo my¹ou. -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default pravi»-> -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default -ráti»\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ráti»\InsetSpace ~ spä» -\family default +\family default funguje v matemtickom re¾ime, rovnako ako vystrihovanie a vkladanie. Ale na jednu vec si dávajte pozor: ak ste tesne vedµa výrazu a stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (alebo -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), vyma¾ete celý výraz. Na¹»astie jednoducho vrátite akciu spä». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èo keby ste chceli zmeni» \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2,5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Znovu, my¹ou kliknite na správnom mieste (samozrejme mô¾ete pou¾i» klávesnicu). Keï je kurzor za písmenom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a pred \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , stlaèením klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Up -\family default +\family default (¹ípka hore) presunie kurzor do úrovne horného indexu, hneï pred \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pripí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Teraz stlaèením klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default (¹ípka nadol), presunie kurzor naspä» na be¾nú úroveò. V podstate, ak stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Down -\family default +\family default hocikde v hornom indexe, kurzor sa nastaví tesne -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph toggle +\emph toggle daný horný index (potom mô¾ete napísa» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na pohyb vo výraze tie¾ mô¾ete pou¾i» -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default . Ak ste práve v matematickej ¹truktúre (horný/dolný index, zlomok, odmocnina, matica, v¹etky ktoré sú popísané v nasledujúcej sekcii), stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Medzery -\family default +\family default presuniete kurzor za danú ¹truktúru, ale ostanete v matematiskom re¾ime. Tak¾e, keï je kurzor v hornom indexe, sltaèením -\family sans +\family sans Medzery -\family default +\family default sa nastaví na be¾nú úroveò za daný horný index. To znamená, ¾e mô¾ete napísa» \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bez pou¾ívania my¹i alebo kurzorových ¹ípok, spôsobom, ktorý budete pravdepodob ne preferova», keï budete ma» viac skúseností. Buïte opatrný, aby ste nestlaèili -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default medzi jednotkou a znakom plus, preto¾e opustíte horný index. Na miestach, kde to nedáva zmysel (povedzme medzi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default nespraví niè \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Medzery a tabulátory sa -\series bold +\series bold nepou¾ívajú -\series default +\series default na tvorenie extra medzier medzi èas»ami výrazu. Medzery sú problémom sádzania, èo znamená, ¾e by ste mali necha» sa o ne postara» LyX (LaTeX) (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: priestor} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ak nie ste celkom spokojný, v -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle si pozrite spôsoby ako jemne doladi» medzery. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e keï napí¹ete výraz a ukonèíte ho -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , na ním nebude ¾iadna medzera. Je to dobré ak chcete za ním napísa» bodku alebo èiarku. Ale ak chcete za ním napísa» slovo, musíte explicitne stlaèi» -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default . Ako skratku mô¾ete pou¾i» stlaèenie Medzery, ak ste na úplnom konci výrazu. Toto ukonèí matematický re¾im a vlo¾í za výraz medzeru. Takto mô¾ete napísa» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moja obµúbená rovnica \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namiesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moja obµúbená rovnica \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponenty a indexy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Exponent mô¾e by» vlo¾ený z matematického menu. ale jednoduch¹ie je napísa» strie¹ku \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX vlo¾í vkládací bod (modrý ¹tvorèek, pamätáte?) na úrovni horného indexu, tak¾e v¹etko èo napí¹ete, bude horný index a bude men¹ie písmo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napísanie dolného indexu je rovnako jednoduché: zaènite písa» znakom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Exponenty a idexy mô¾u by» na viacerých úrovòach (napr. exponent v exponente), ako napríklad toto: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Prepí¹te výraz 1 v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default v matematickom re¾ime. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematický panel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematický panel je be¾ný spôsob ako vklada» symboly a rôzne komplikované matemtické funkcie. @@ -3683,29 +4227,35 @@ Matematick Klávesové skratky sa mô¾ete nauèi» neskôr z iných manuálov. Tak¾e teraz si matematický panel otvorte, a nechajte si ho otvorený poèas èítania tohto textu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grécke písmená a symboly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak kliknete na tlaèítku \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , otvorí sa vám menu gréckych písmen. V¹imnite si, ¾e sú tam viaceré varianty písmen epsilon, pi, phi, theta a sigma. Ako skratku mô¾ete vybra» nieèo z panelu a automaticky sa otvorí matematický editor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ie ¹tyri tlaèítka vám umo¾nia vybra» si z mno¾stva symbolov pou¾ívaných v matematike: rôzne ¹ípky, relácie, operátory, sumy a integrály. @@ -3713,89 +4263,99 @@ Ak kliknete na tla Posledné tlaèítko má popis rôzne. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Niè èo mô¾e¹ urobi» nemô¾e by» urobené\SpecialChar \ldots{} V¹etko èo potrebuje¹ je \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Odmocniny, zdôraznenia a oddeµovaèe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na napísanie Odmocniny jednoducho kliknite na tlaèítko, na ktorom je odmocnina. Tá sa objaví a kurzor bude v nvom vkládacom bode pod odmocninou. Mô¾ete písa» premenné, èísla, iné odmocniny, zlomky, èo chcete. LyX automaticky zmení veµkos» odmocniny, aby sa pod òu vo¹lo v¹etko, èo ste napísali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdôraznenie znaku ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), alebo skupiny znakov ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) sa robí tak isto. Stlaète tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Dekorácia -\family default +\family default , ktoré má modrý ¹tvorèek s èiernou vlnovkou nad ním. Otvorí sa okno dekorácií. Stlaène na po¾adovanej dekorácií a LyX ju zobrazí s vkladacím bodom pod òou. Napí¹te èo potrebujete a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default na opustenie dekorácie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oddeµovaèe a zátvorky pracujú podobne, ale sú tro¹ku komplikovanej¹ie. Stlaète tlaèítko oddeµovaèov, ktoré má nakreslený modrý ¹tvorèek v hranatých zátvorkách, a objaví sa okno oddeµovaèov. Kliknite na µavý oddeµovaè -\emph on +\emph on µavým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a na pravý oddeµovaè -\emph on +\emph on pravým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (mô¾ete pou¾i» aj prepínaè Vµavo a Vpravo a potom kliknú» na jednotlivé oddeµovaèe µavým my¹ítkom). Vá¹ výber je okam¾ite zobrazený. Mô¾ete vybra» µubovoµnú kombináciu, alebo dokonca necha» jeden z oddeµovaèov prázdny aby ste dostali nieèo ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (prázdny oddeµovaè sa zobrazí ako preru¹ovaná èierna èiara, ale nevytlaèí sa). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak máte nastavené oddeµovaèe, stlaète tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . Ak ste lenivý, mô¾ete napísa» zátvorky v matematickom re¾ime, bez pou¾itia okna oddeµovaèov. @@ -3803,26 +4363,32 @@ OK dobre, ak v nich máte veµký zlomok alebo maticu. Pou¾itie okna oddeµovaèov vám garantuje prispôsobenie veµkosti oddeµovaèov ich obsahu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oddeµovaèe, odmocniny alebo zvýraznenie mô¾ete aplikova» aj na u¾ napísaný text. Oznaète èas» výrazu, na ktorý to chcete aplikova» a stlaète príslu¹né tlaèítko. Pokúste sa zmeni» druhý Newtonov zákon zo skalárov na vektorovú formu ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Teraz, keï sa nauèíte vytvára» matice, u¾ budete vedie» da» okolo nich zátvorky. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zlomky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zlomky sú v matematickom editore jednoduché. Kliknite na tlaèítko zlomku na matematiickom paneli. @@ -3831,251 +4397,275 @@ Zlomky s my¹. Kliknite na horný ¹tvorèek a napí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , potom na dolný a napí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vytvorili ste zlomok! Samozrejme ¾e do zlomkov mô¾ete napísa» èokoµvek: premenné s exponentom, odmocniny, iné zlomky, èokoµvek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Preveïte výraz 2 v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do matematického re¾imu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im TeX: limity, logaritmy, sínusy a ïal¹ie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Preto¾e písmená v matematickom re¾ime sú pova¾ované za premenné, ak napí¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX si myslí, ¾e pí¹ete tri premenné \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , a \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tieto písmená budú vytlaèené kurzívou, zatiµèo vy ste chceli slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset napísané normálne. Navy¹e LyX nedá medzeru medzi slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (medzera ukonèí matematický re¾im). Tak¾e ako dostaneme \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namiesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknite na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v menu -\family sans +\family sans Funkcie -\family default +\family default na matematickom paneli. Slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset je napísané èerveným normálnym písmom, tie¾ známym ako re¾im TeX. Celé slovo je pova¾ované za jeden symbol, tak¾e keï stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default , vyma¾ete celé slovo. Teraz napí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ktoré bude napísané kurzívou, ako iste oèakávate v matematickom editore. V súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bude výraz vysádzaný správne. Skúste si to. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ie príkazy, písané v re¾ime TeX pou¾itím tlaèítka -\family sans +\family sans Funkcie -\family default +\family default zahàòajú ïal¹ie trigonometrické funkcie a ich inverzné formy, hyperbolické funkcie, logaritmy, limity a zopár ïla¹ích slov. Tieto funkcie samozrejme mô¾u ma» exponenty a indexy, napríklad \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cvièenie: Preveïte rovnicu 3 v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do matematického re¾imu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: matice} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kliknite na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Matica -\family default +\family default na matematickom paneli. Zobrazí sa okno -\family sans +\family sans Matica -\family default +\family default , ktoré má dve posúvacie li¹ty, ktorými urèíte koµko riadkov a ståpcov má matica ma». Nastavte 2 riadky a 3 ståpce a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . Lyx vytvorí ¹es» vkladacích bodov v matici \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ako obyèajne do ka¾dého mô¾ete vlo¾i» µubovoµný matematický výraz. Tie¾ mô¾ete necha» niektoré body prázdne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans Tabulátor -\family default +\family default sa pou¾íva na horizontálny pohyb po ståpcoch matice. Samozrejme na pohyb v matici sa dajú pou¾íva» aj ¹ípky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle si pozrite ako zmeníte horizontálne zarovnanie ka¾dého ståpca a ako zmeníte vertikálnu polohu celej matice. Ak chcete napísa» tabuµku obsahujúcu text, mali by ste pou¾i» LyXové tabuµky, namiesto písania textu do matice. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im rovnice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etky výrazy, ktoré sme doteraz napísali boli na rovnakom riadku ako text pred nimi a za nimi. @@ -4085,22 +4675,24 @@ V re¾ime rovnice. Okrem toho len takto napísané výrazy mô¾u by» oznaèkované a oèíslované (pozri -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskú príruèku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ), a viacriadkové výrazy (pozri Sek. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) musia by» napísané v re¾ime rovnice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknite na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Rovnica -\family default +\family default , ktoré zobrazuje zopár riadkov textu pred a za modrým centrovaným ¹tvorèekom. Lyx vlo¾í nový vkladací bod, ale tento bude na novom riadku, a bude vycentrovan ý. @@ -4108,58 +4700,74 @@ Rovnica vyzera». Toto tlaèítko je v skutoènosti prepínaè. Skúste ho pou¾i» na u¾ napísané rovnice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Re¾im rovnice má zopár odli¹ností od matematického editora: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ©tandardný font pre niektoré symboly, napr. \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , je men¹í -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Exponenty a indexy pre limity a sumy (ale nie pre integrály) sú napísané pod a nie vedµa symbolu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text je vycentrovaný -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rovnicové a inline výrazy sú si ináè veµmi podobné. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E¹te jedna poznámka o spôsobe vysádzania rovnicových výrazov: dajte si pozor, èi vkladáte výraz do nového odseku alebo nie. Ak vá¹ výraz je uprostred vety, nestláèajte -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , preto¾e text za výrazom bude nový odsek. Text preto bude zarovnaný, èo asi nechcete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Preveïte rôzne výrazy v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default do re¾imu rovnice a v¹imnite si ako sa zmení výstup. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cvièenie: -\series default +\series default Pomocou nástrojov, ktoré ste sa nauèili pou¾íva» v tejto sekcii by ste mali by» schopný napísa» nieèo takéto: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4168,69 +4776,85 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Viacriadkové výrazy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pokúste sa napísa» nasledujúce rovnice a pozrite si výsledok v dvi súbore. Budete musie» napísa» dva rôzne rovnicové výrazy. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto vôbec nevyzerá dobre! Ak pí¹ete dve alebo viac rovníc, ktoré sú pod sebou, vyzeralo by lep¹ie, keby znamienka rovná sa boli priamo nad sebou (zvlá¹», ak druhá rovnica nemá µavú stranu). LyX vám dovoµuje napísa» viacriadkový výraz s mo¾nos»ou kontroly zarovnania. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto vyzerá -\emph on +\emph on oveµa -\emph toggle +\emph toggle lep¹ie! Znamianka rovná sa sú zarovnané a medzi rovnicami je men¹ia medzera. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï chcete písa» viacriadkový výraz, spustite matematický editor a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . LyX napí¹e dva riadky a v ka¾dom tri vkladacie body. Ako s maticami, na pohyb mô¾ete pou¾i» my¹, kurzorové ¹ípky a tabulátor. @@ -4242,10 +4866,12 @@ C-Enter x & = & a+b+c+d+\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX rovnice zarovná tak, aby druhé (prostredné) vkladacie body boli nad sebou, tak¾e obyèajne tam napí¹ete rovná sa, alebo nejaký iný relaèný operátor. @@ -4255,90 +4881,106 @@ LyX rovnice zarovn \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: matice} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete e¹te dlh¹iu mno¾inu rovníc, stlaète znovu -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default a dostanete nový riadok. Ak nie ste na konci riadku keï to robíte, zvy¹ok riadku bude prenesený do nového riadku. Ak stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ak ste u¾ napísali (jednoriadkovú) rovnicu, celá rovnica ostane v prvom vkladacom bode. Umiestnite kurzor pred znamienko rovná sa a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default , aby sa posunulo do druhého bodu. Potom sa presuòte za rovná sa a znovu stlaète -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default a zvy¹ok rovnice sa presunie do tretieho bodu. pokúste sa zmeni» \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste napísali príli¹ veµa riadkov, dajte kurzor na koniec riadku a pou¾ite -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default , aby ste zmazali nasledujúci riadok. Vyma¾e to koiec riadku a spojí (v¹etky tri èasti) nasledujúceho riadku na koniec aktuálneho. Ak nasledujúci riadok je prázdny, jednoducho ho zru¹í. Upozornenie: pou¾itie -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default na inom mieste ako je koniec riadku mô¾e spôsobi» divné správanie sa. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ïal¹ie matematické mo¾nosti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematický editor doká¾e oveµa viac. Teraz, keï ste sa oboznámili so základmi, odká¾eme vás len na -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµskú príruèku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ako: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Znaèkovanie a èíslovanie výrazov. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zmena fontu, napr. napísa» tuèný text vo výraze. Tu len spomenieme, ¾e kliknutie na tlaèítko matematického re¾imu, ak u¾ ste v tomto re¾ime, mô¾ete písa» normálny text, dokiaµ nestlaèíte (nechránenú) medzeru. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Doladenie veµkostí fontov a medzier vo výraze. (O toto sa starajte, a¾ keï budete ma» v¹etko ostatné hotové!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Písanie makier. Toto je veµmi mocný nástroj, preto¾e makrá definujete raz na zaèiatku dokumentu @@ -4346,138 +4988,164 @@ P Ak zmeníte definíciu makra, zmenia sa v¹etky referencie na dané makro v dokumente. Makrá dokonca mô¾u prijíma» argumenty. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Robi» veµa vecí o ktorých sme sa nezmenili v tomto -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcovi -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Rôzne -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ïal¹ie hlavné èrty LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nepredstavili sme vám v¹etky mo¾né príkazy LyXu a ani to neplánujeme. Ako obyèajne je tu -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµská príruèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Exaktný popis ka¾dého príkazu menu je v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Iba spomenieme zopár hlavných vecí, ktoré je schopný uroby» LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX má WYSIWYG podporu pre tabuµky. Na vlo¾enie tabuµky je príkaz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾i»-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default abuµka -\family default +\family default . Kliknite na tabuµke s -\emph on +\emph on pravým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a zobrazí sa vám menu, ktoré umo¾òuje meni» parametre tabuµky. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX tie¾ podporuje vkladanie PostScriptových (alebo èisto LaTeXových) obrázkov do dokumentu. (Uhádli ste: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default lo¾i»-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default brázok -\family default +\family default . Potom kliknite na obrázok, aby ste ¹pecifikovali súbor, alebo manipulovali s obrázkom.) Tabuµky a obrázky mô¾u ma» nadpisy a LyX automaticky vygeneruje zoznam obrázkov a/alebo tabuliek. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je podporovaná správa verzií, pou¾itím RCS (pre info si spustite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsinfo -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX je veµmi konfigurovateµný. V¹etko, od toho ako vyzerá okno LyXu, a¾ po to aký je výstup sa dá nakonfigurov a» viacerými spôsobmi. Pomoc pri tomto získate príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omocník-> -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rispôsobenie -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX vyvíja tím programátorov na piatich kontinentoch. Preto má LyX lep¹iu podporu pre neanglické (holandský, nemecký, grécky, èeský, turecký\SpecialChar \ldots{} ) jazyky ako väè¹ina textových procesorov. E¹te k tomu, táto podpora priebe¾ne vyzrieva. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skontrolujte si pravopis s -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default -pravi»->Kontrola\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +pravi»->Kontrola\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default ravopisu -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kontrola pravopisu prebieha len od kurzoru po koniec dokumentu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section LyX pre pou¾ívateµov LaTeXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak neviete niè o LaTeXe, nemusíte túto sekciu èíta». Ale mô¾ete chcie» -\emph on +\emph on nauèi» -\emph toggle +\emph toggle sa nieèo o LaTeXe, tak potom si túto sekciu preèítajte. Av¹ak veµa µudí, ktorí zaèínajú pou¾íva» LyX, budú oboznámený s LaTeXom. Ak ste taký èlovek, mô¾ete by» zvedavý, èi LyX skutoène doká¾e v¹etko èo @@ -4487,41 +5155,49 @@ nau V dne¹nej dobe mä¾u by» nejaké problémy s konvertovaním starých LaTeXových dokumentov, prípadne v zopár ïalèích oblastiach, ale ïal¹ie vydania LyXu sa o toto postarajú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Preto¾e toto je len sprievodca, iba spomenieme veci, o ktoré sa budú väè¹inou zaujíma» nový u¾ívatelia LyXu. V záujme udr¾ania -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle krátkeho, dáme vám len minimálne mno¾stvo informácií. -\emph on +\emph on U¾ívateµská príruèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle obsahuje mno¾stvo informácií o rozdieloch LyXu a LaTeXu a ukazuje rôzne LaTeXové triky v LyXe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Re¾im TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etko èo vlo¾íte v re¾ime TeX, bude odovzdané priamo LaTeXu a bude zobrazené èerveným písmom. TeX re¾im spustíte príkazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default -ozlo¾enie->©týl\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ozlo¾enie->©týl\InsetSpace ~ Te -\bar under +\bar under X -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default , alebo kliknutím na prepínaè TeX na paneli nástrojov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V matematickom re¾ime sa TeX re¾im správa trochu inak. TeX re¾im spustíte stlaèením opaèného lomítka. @@ -4531,54 +5207,58 @@ V matematickom re Keï opustíte re¾im TeX, ak LyX spozná príkaz ktorý ste napísali, prevedie ho na WYSIWYM. Tak¾e keï v matematike napí¹ete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default a potom stlaèíte medzeru, LyX zmení èervené \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na modré \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto funguje takmer na v¹etky nekomplikované matematické makrá (tie¾ si v¹imnite, ¾e funkcie ako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default ostanú èervené, preto¾e to u¾ je WYSIWYM). Toto mô¾e by» rýchlej¹ie ako pou¾ívanie matematického panelu a bude to vyhovova» skúseným pou¾ívateµom LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V ¹peciálnom prípade, keï napí¹ete zlo¾enú zátvorku, v TeX re¾ime v matematike, Matematický editor zobrazí poèiatoènú a koncovú zátvorku èervenú, potom -\emph on +\emph on zru¹í -\emph toggle +\emph toggle re¾im TeX a kurzor umiestni medzi zátvorky. Toto je vhodné na písanie príkazov, ktoré matematický editor nepozná a ktoré prijímajú argumenty, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX nedoká¾e urobi» absolútne v¹etko èo LaTeX. Niektoré funkcie nie sú podporované a niektoré fungujú, ale nie sú WYSIWYM. @@ -4586,278 +5266,310 @@ LyX nedok èrtách LyXu, ako napríklad WYSIWYM matematika, tabuµky a editovanie. LyX by nemohol podporova» v¹etky balíky LaTeXu. Ale napísaním -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepacage[foo] -\family default +\family default v preamble (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), mô¾te pou¾i» balík aký chcete (samozrejme nebudete ma» WYSIWYM podporu pre daný balík). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konvertovanie LaTeXových dokumentov do LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nane¹»astie toto nefunguje dobre v LyXe verzie 0.12. LyX Team garantuje, ¾e od verzie 0.14 budú súbry LyXu podmno¾inou LaTeXu, tak¾e jednoduchým príkazom menu budete môc» vlo¾i» celý LaTeX dokument do dokumentu LyXu. Vyvíja sa Perl program nazvaný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default , na preklad LaTeXových súborov do LyXu. Program a in¹trukcie o jeho pou¾ití nájdete v distribúcii LyXu pod adresárom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/reLyX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Konvertovanie LyXových dokumentov do LaTeXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾ete chcie» konvertova» LyX dokument do LaTeXu. Napríklad spolupracovník a spoluautor, ktorý nemá LyX si ho chce preèíta». Toto je v LyXe veµmi jednoduché: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úbor-> -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default -xport->ako\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +xport->ako\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aTeX -\family default +\family default . Príkaz vytvorí súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meno.tex -\family default +\family default z editovaného súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter meno.lyx -\family default +\family default . LyX v¾dy vytváre doèasné LaTeXové súbory predtým ne¾ spustí samotný LaTeX, ale tieto nie sú dobre èitateµné a sú ukladané do doèasných adresárov. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX preambula -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Trieda dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okno -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enie-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default sa stará o veµa vlastností, ktoré by ste napísali do príkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Mení sa tu trieda, ¹tandardná veµkos» písma a papiera. Ïal¹ie extra vlastnosti mô¾ete prida» do poµa -\family sans -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Extra\InsetSpace ~ parametre -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti preambuly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ak chcete do preambuly LaTeXového súboru vlo¾i» ïal¹ie príkazy, mô¾ete to uroby» aj v dokumente LyXu. Vyberte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default -ozlo¾enie->LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ozlo¾enie->LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ pre -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default mbula -\family default +\family default a pí¹te do zobrazeného okna. V¹etko, èo napí¹ete (podobne ako v re¾ime TeX) bude poslané priamo LaTeXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má dobrú, ale nie úplnú podporu BiBTeXu, ktorý vám umo¾òuje vytvára» databázy bibliografických referencií, pre pou¾itie vo viacerých dokumentoch. Na vlo¾enie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default súboru vyberte -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Zoznamy\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Zoznamy\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ o -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default sah-> -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default -ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ibTeX\InsetSpace ~ referencia -\family default +\family default . Kliknite na vytvorený obdå¾nik a zobrazí sa vám okienko -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . Do poµa -\family sans +\family sans Databáza -\family default +\family default napí¹te to, èo by ste napísali do zátvoriek príkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} -\family default +\family default . Do poµa -\family sans +\family sans ©týl -\family default +\family default napí¹te to, èo by ste napísali so zátvoriek príkazu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potom, èo to urobíte, mô¾ete pou¾íva» citáty z µubovoµnej bibliografie, pou¾itím príkazu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->Referencia\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->Referencia\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ citáci -\bar under +\bar under u -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: citácie} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). O spustenie BibTeXu sa postará LyX. Dôvod preèo hovoríme, ¾e LyX nemá plnú podporu je, ¾e LyX nedoká¾e vytvára» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default súbory a vy nebudete ma» zoznam v¹etkých referencií z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default súboru v okienku -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ citáciu -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rôzne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vlo¾te chránenú medzeru s -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default . Na obrazovke sa zobrazí ako malé rú¾ové \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . V tomto -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcovi -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ich je veµa. Ïal¹ie ¹peciálne znaky (trojbodka, zalomenie riadku, bod rozdelenia) sú v menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default -lo¾i»->©peciálny\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lo¾i»->©peciálny\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under z -\bar default +\bar default nak -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Chyby! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niekedy, keï spustíte LaTeX, mô¾u sa vyskytnú» chyby, ¾e LaTeX, alebo LyX nieèomu nerozumejú. Ak toto nastane, LyX zobrazí chybové okno (okno so slovom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chyba \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Kliknutím na okno sa zobrazí okno s popisom aká chyba nastala. @@ -4865,4 +5577,7 @@ Chyba Toto by sa malo stáva» veµmi zriedkavo. Ak má problém LaTeX (najèastej¹ie sa to stane, ak ste písali v re¾ime TeX), potom LyX zobrazí LaTeXovú chybovú hlá¹ku. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sk_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/sk_UserGuide.lyx index e50f8cb630..1dc09198c1 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sk_UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sk_UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! @@ -79,13 +81,12 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \graphics default \float_placement htp \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 1 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -96,39 +97,54 @@ p\hspace{-0.55em}l \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title U¾ívateµská príruèka LyXu -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author napísal LyX Tím, -\newline +\newline do slovenèiny prelo¾il Stanislav Pe»ko (gabrielko@host.sk) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Predstavenie -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Èo je LyX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX je program, ktorý poskytuje modernej¹í prístup k písaniu dokumentov na poèítaèi, prístup, ktorý prekonáva starý \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset koncept písacieho stroja \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Je robený pre µudí, ktorí chcú profesionálny výstup rýchlo, s minimálnym @@ -137,7 +153,9 @@ koncept p o sádzanie sa väè¹inou stará poèítaè a nie autor. S LyXom sa autor stará o obsah svojho textu a poèítaè sa stará o to, ako bude text vyzera». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Technicky je to dané kombináciou pohodlného prostredia textového procesora a kvalitného sádzacieho systému. @@ -158,24 +176,26 @@ Technicky je to dan Je tie¾ veµmi »a¾ké èíta» tieto dokumenty, kým nie sú vytlaèené. Tak¾e editovanie nie je veµmi µahké. A tu prichádza LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX poskytuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset takmer-WYSIWYG \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pohµad na dokument. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Takmer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset znamená, ¾e zlomy riadkov a strán nie sú zobrazené presne tak, ako budú vo vytlaèenom dokumente. @@ -194,16 +214,18 @@ Takmer Pamätanie si aké písmo ste pou¾ili na nadpis nie je u¾ vá¹ problém. V LyXe si len vyberiete takzvané \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset prostredie odseku \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To je v¹etko. Ste hotový. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto vám dáva oveµa väè¹iu silu, ako si mo¾no myslíte. U¾ viac nemusíte prechádza» 75 stránkový dokument a meni» èíslovanie sekcií, @@ -212,104 +234,126 @@ Toto v a vlo¾i» ju do iného. LyX sa postará o preèíslovanie, pridá sekciu do obsahu a ïal¹ie veci! Preto¾e ste povedali LyXu (a LaTeXu) aký -\emph on +\emph on druh -\emph toggle +\emph toggle dokumentu editujete, a aký -\emph on +\emph on typ -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odseku je tento text, poèítaè ho podµa toho mô¾e vysádza». Vystrihnime nejaký odsek z dokumentu (povedzme z èlánku) a vlo¾me ho do úplne iného (povedzme listu) a LyX sa postará o zvy¹ok. Samozrejme, ¾e stále mô¾te robi» nejaké nízko-úrovòové formátovanie, aby ste dokument \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vyladili \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Av¹ak správny spôsob v LyXe je poveda» poèítaèu o aký text -\emph on +\emph on ide -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , nie ako by mal vyzera». Tak¾e radi by sme povedali, ¾e LyX poskytuje WYSIWYM editovanie (What You See Is What You Mean). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektorí µudia mô¾u by» zvádzaní k nazývaniu LyXu ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset frontend k LaTeXu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To nie je celkom správne. LyX robí interne nejaké sádzanie, aby text vyzeral správne na obrazovke. Ïalej LyX má nejaké roz¹írenia LaTeXu, zvlá¹» robené pre koncept WYSIWYM. Tak¾e je lep¹ie nazýva» LyX ako -\emph on +\emph on Vysoko úrovòový textový procesor -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ktorý pou¾íva LaTeX ako svoj backend. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section O tomto dokumente -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste neèitali -\emph on +\emph on Predstavenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , urobte tak. A urobte to teraz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predstavenie popisuje niektoré veci, najmä formáty v¹etkých manuálov. Tie¾ popisuje na èo ktorý manuál slú¾i. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoznam µudí, ktorí sa o nieèo zaslú¾ili, obsahujúci èlenov Dokumentaèného Projektu LyX, sa nachádza na konci tohto dokumentu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zaèíname -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spustenie LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podobne ako iné Linuxácke (a iné typy Unixu) programy, LyX spustíte jednoducho napísaním -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter klyx -\family default +\family default ) na príkazovom riadku. Samozrejme, mô¾te prida» niekoµko parametrov, vrátane mien súborov. Nebudeme tu znovu vymenováva» v¹etky parametre, preto¾e to sme urobili v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default stránke LyXu. Pozrite sa tam. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ako LyX vyzerá -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Hlavné okno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako väè¹ina aplikácií, LyX má na vrchu okna známe menu. Pod ním sa nachádza nástrojová li¹ta s rozbaµovacím zoznamom a rôznými @@ -319,22 +363,26 @@ Ako v Naspodku hlavného okna je malé okno, ktoré obsahuje jeden riadok textu. Toto je minibuffer (termín, ktorý sme prevzali z GNU Emacs). Nezobrazuje len informácie, ale tie¾ prijíma vstup. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e tu nie je ¾iadna horizontálna navigaèná li¹ta. Toto nie je chyba, ale zámer. Keï èítate knihu, oèakávate, ¾e riadok na konci \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset skoèí \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na ïal¹í riadok. Vo vertikálnom smere text preteká na nové stránky, preto staèí len vertikálna navigaèná li¹ta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú tri prípady, kedy by ste mohli chcie» horizontálnu li¹tu. Prvým sú veµké obrázky, zobrazené WYSIWYG. @@ -344,128 +392,152 @@ S Druhý a tretí prípad sú tabuµky a rovnice, ktoré sú ¹ir¹ie ako okno LyXu. Toto je skutoène problém, ktorý by mal by» odstránený v budúcich verziách LyXu. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dialógy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Takmer v¹etky dialógy v LyXe majú tri základné tlaèítka: -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zru¹i» -\family default +\family default . Prvé a posledné sú samovysvetµujúce. Tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default , funguje podobne ako -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default , teda aktivuje v¹etky zmeny, ktoré ste v dialógu vykonali, ale tento dialóg neuzavrie (ako to robí -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default ). V podstate stlaèenie -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default je rovnaké ako stlaèenie -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default na potvrdenie zmien a následne stlaèenie -\family sans +\family sans Zru¹i» -\family default +\family default na uzavretie dialógu. Tieto tlaèítka majú klávesové skratky: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default reaguje na klávesu -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , ako vo väè¹ine programov -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pou¾i» na kombináciu -\family sans +\family sans M-a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Táto klávesová skratka by mala fungova» v anglickej verzii LyXu. V lokalizovanej (slovenský KLyX 0.10.0) mi nefungovala a ani som nepri¹iel na to, aká tam je (asi ¾iadna :-( ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Zru¹i» na klávesu -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú nejaké dialógy, ktoré majú iné tlaèítka, ale niet sa èoho obáva», preto¾e sú obyèajne zrozumiteµné.Iba sme chceli vysvetli» èo robí tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection POMOC! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Help pozostáva z manuálov LyXu. -\emph on +\emph on V¹etky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle manuály mô¾ete èíta» priamo v LyXe. Jednoducho si vyberte ten, ktorý chcete, z menu -\family sans +\family sans Pomocník -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Manuály ako také by sme radi tro¹ku okomentovali. Tu je nieèo, èo raz o manuáloch povedal jeden z na¹ích autorov, -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Nenávidím manuály -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Áno. U¾ sme sa v¹etci stretli s tými strohými, zle prelo¾enými manuálmi. @@ -474,136 +546,168 @@ Nen Prosím vás. Ak niekto nevie ako pou¾íva» vlastný poèítaè, alebo GUI, tak by si mal sadnú» a nauèi» sa to -\emph on +\emph on predtým -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , ako zaène pou¾íva» dôle¾itý softvér. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Za druhé, informácie, ktoré poskytujú predpokladajú, ¾e u¾ívateµ je blbý. To je úplný nezmysel! Podµa mojích skúseností väè¹ina u¾íavteµov je zastra¹enýc h a nevie ako ïalej, ale nie sú hlúpi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka vydavateµa: S týmto na pamäti som navádzal v¹etkých autorov, aby ich prístup bol viac pedagogický ako pedantný. - jw -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Prostredie LyXu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Základné operácie so súbormi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V menu súbor je 9 operácií, základných pre ka¾dý textový procesor: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Nový -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Nový zo ¹ablóny -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Otvori» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Zavrie» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Ulo¾ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Ulo¾i» ako -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Tento príkaz je napísaný ako -\family sans +\family sans Ulo¾i» -\family default -\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default ko -\family default +\family default , tzn. má rovnakú skratku ako -\family sans -Nový\SpecialChar ~ -zo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Nový\InsetSpace ~ +zo\InsetSpace ~ ¹ -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default +\bar default blóny -\family default +\family default , ku ktorému tá skratka aj v skutoènosti patrí. Príkaz -\family sans -Ulo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ulo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ ako -\family default +\family default teda nemá nijakú skratku. To isté platí aj o príkaze -\family sans +\family sans K -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default niec -\family default +\family default . Dúfam, ¾e v lokalizáciách ïal¹ích verzií sa toto odstráni. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans V -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default áti» sa k ulo¾enému -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Koniec -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etky robia rovnaké veci ako v ostatných textových procesoroch, s nejakými drobnými odli¹nos»ami. @@ -614,22 +718,24 @@ V Tie sa pou¾ívajú pre urèité triedy, zvlá¹» na písanie listov (pozri \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: dok-triedy} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka: Nie je ¾iadny \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¹tandardný súbor \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo dokument nazvaný \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ne\SpecialChar \- po\SpecialChar \- @@ -638,249 +744,289 @@ no\SpecialChar \- va\SpecialChar \- ný \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dokiaµ nepoviete LyXu aby otvoril súbor, alebo vytvoril nový, ten veµký prázdny priestor je len --- veµký prázdny priestor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Vráti» sa k ulo¾enému -\family default +\family default je u¾itoèný ak na jednom dokumente pracuje súèasne viac µudí. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak plánujete pracova» takto, preèítajte si o Správe verzíí v LyXe v manuále -\emph on +\emph on Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti editácie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Jednoducho znovu naèíta dokument z disku. Samozrejme, mô¾ete ho pou¾i» ak µutujete ¾e ste zmenili dokument a chcete ho obnovi» od posledného ulo¾enia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Príkazy Zavrie» a Koniec zobrazia provokatívne okno, ktorým nás chránia pred na¹ou vlastnou hlúpos»ou. To znamená, ¾e ak sa pokúsite zavrie» súbor, v ktorom boli vykonané zmeny (alebo ukonèi» LyX), budete informovaný, ¾e sú otvorené a neulo¾ené súbory. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Niektorí z vás mo¾no vedia, ¾e predchádzajúce verzie LyXu mô¾u spadnú», ak sa pokúsite zavrie» okno z window mana¾éra (dvojklikom na µavý horný roh). Toto bolo opravené vo verzii 0.12, tak¾e teraz je to bezpeèné. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Základy editovania -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako väè¹ina moderných textových procesorov, LyX mô¾e vystrihova» a vklada» bloky textu, mô¾e sa pohybova» po znakoch, slovách, alebo stránkach (obrazovkov ých) a mô¾e maza» celé slová a jednotlivé znaky. Nasledujúce ¹tyri sekcie pokrývajú základné mo¾nosti editácie v LyXe. Zaèneme s vystrihovaním a vkladaním. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako ste isto oèakávali, menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default má príkazy vystrihnú» a vlo¾i», a rôzne ïal¹ie editovacie príkazy. Niektoré z nich sú ¹peciálne a sú popísané v ïal¹ích sekciách, ako napríklad podmenu -\family sans +\family sans Insety -\family default +\family default . Základné príkazy sú: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vystrihnú» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Kopírova» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Find\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Find\InsetSpace ~ &Replace -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Asi chyba lokalizácie. Toto je skutoène napísné takto. Ak tomu nerozumiete, znamená to Nájdi a nahraï. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Prvé tri sú samozrejmé. Jedna vec, ktorú si zapamätajte: ak vyma¾ete blok textu, ktorý ste oznaèili, automaticky sa umiestni do schránky. To znamená, ¾e klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default tie¾ fungujú ako príkaz -\family sans +\family sans V -\bar under +\bar under y -\bar default +\bar default strihnú» -\family default +\family default (fungujú na oznaèený text, nie na samostatný znak). Tak isto, ak máte oznaèený text, buïte opatrný. Ak stlaèíte klávesu, LyX oznaèený text vyma¾e a nahradí ho tým, èo ste napísali. Ak chcete vymazaný text vráti», pou¾ite príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Vráti» spä» -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Príkaz -\family sans -Find\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Find\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Replace -\family default +\family default otvorí okno -\family sans +\family sans Hµada» a zameni» -\family default +\family default . LyX túto funkciu vykonáva tro¹ku odli¹ne od iných komerèných programov. Text, ktorý chcete vyhµada» napí¹ete do poµa -\family sans +\family sans Hµada» -\family default +\family default . Dve tlaèítka so ¹ípkami prehµadávajú smerom dopredu a dozadu v dokumente. Ak ste na¹li slovo alebo výraz, LyX ho oznaèí. Stalèením talèítka -\family sans +\family sans Vymeni» -\family default +\family default , sa oznaèený text nahradí obsahom poµa -\family sans -Vymeni»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vymeni»\InsetSpace ~ za -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teda si to upresníme: nemô¾ete zameni» slovo, pokiaµ ho najprv nevyhµadáte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tlaèítkom -\family sans +\family sans Replace All -\family default +\family default (Zameni» v¹etko) zameníte v¹etky výskyty hµadaného výrazu. Tu samozrejme nemusíte pou¾i» ¹ípky na vyhµadanie prvého výskytu výrazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prepínaè -\family sans +\family sans Uva¾ova» veµkos» -\family default +\family default pou¾ijete, ak chcete rozli¹ova» malé a veµké písmená. Ak je za¹krtnuté, slová \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Výraz \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset výraz \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset sú rôzne. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prepínaèom -\family sans +\family sans Len celé -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default lová -\family default +\family default prinútite LyX, aby vyhµadával len celé slová. Teda hµadanie slova \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset výraz \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , nenájde slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset výrazy \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Vráti» spä» -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Opakova» vrátené -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak urobíte chybu, jednoducho ju mô¾ete opravi». LyX má zásobník vráti»/o\SpecialChar \- @@ -888,26 +1034,28 @@ pa\SpecialChar \- ko\SpecialChar \- va» s nekoneènou kapacitou. Príkazom -\family sans -Upravi»->Vráti»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Upravi»->Vráti»\InsetSpace ~ spä» -\family default +\family default opravíte nejakú chybu. Ak ho náhodou pou¾ijete príli¹ veµa krát, príkazom -\family sans -Upravi»->Opakova»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Upravi»->Opakova»\InsetSpace ~ vrátené -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vrátie spä» to, èo ste vrátili spä» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nemô¾ete vráti» spä» zmeny, ktoré boli urobené pred otvorením dokumentu (pri predo¹lých editáciách). @@ -915,349 +1063,406 @@ Nem Tie¾ si v¹imnite, ¾e ak vrátite spä» v¹etky zmeny, a¾ do stavu v akom bol dokument naposledy ulo¾ený, príznak dokumentu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Zmenený \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (v nadpise okna) nie je zru¹ený. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto dva príkazy fungujú takmer na v¹etko. S textom samozrejme nepracujú po znakoch, ale po blokoch textu. Treba to párkrát pou¾i», aby ste zistili ako pracujú. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Základy ovládania my¹ou -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nebudeme sa tu zaobera» v¹etkými funkciami my¹i. Ïal¹ie sekcie tohto manuálu popisujú ¹pecifické operácie ktoré mô¾ete robi» s my¹ou. Namiesto toho popí¹eme väè¹inu základných operácií. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pohyb -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Raz kliknite -\emph on +\emph on µavým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle hocikde v editovacom okne. Kurzor sa presunie na text pod my¹ou. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Referencie -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on ¥avým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle kliknite na tlaèítko referencie. Preskoèíte do odkazovanej sekcie. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Oznaèovanie textu -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dr¾te stlaèené -\emph on +\emph on µavé my¹ítko -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a »ahajte my¹. LyX oznaèí text medzi starou a novou pozíciou kurzora my¹i. Funguje to rovnako ako v iných programoch. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text vlo¾íte kliknutím -\emph on +\emph on prostredným my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . LyX vlo¾í text zo schránky na pozíciu, kde ste klikli. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Poznámky pod èiarou, na okraji, obrázky, atï. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tieto veci otvára jednoduchý klik -\emph on +\emph on µavým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Pre podrobnej¹ie informácie si pozrite príslu¹nú sekciu tohto manuálu. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tabuµky -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Jednoduchý klik -\emph on +\emph on pravým my¹ítkom -\emph toggle +\emph toggle otvorí menu, ktoré vám umo¾ní manipulova» s tabuµkou. -\end_deeper -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Subsection Základy ovládania klávesnicou -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ani tu nebudeme rozobera» celé klávesové ovládanie. -\emph on +\emph on V¹etky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle klávesové skratky sú popísané v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektoré klávesy, ako napríklad -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default , ¹ípky -\family sans +\family sans Vµavo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Vpravo -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Hore -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Nadol -\family default +\family default robia presne to, èo od nich oèakávate, Ïal¹ie nie: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default V LyXe neexistuje také nieèo ako tabulátor. Ak tomu nerozumiete, hneï teraz si preèítajte sekcie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: odsek-zarovnanie} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: odsek-prostredia} -\end_inset +\end_inset , zvlá¹» sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: odsek-prostr-zoz} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak ste stále zmätený, pozrite si -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (manuál -\emph on +\emph on Základy práce -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ru¹iaca klávesa \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vo v¹eobecnosi sa pou¾íva na ru¹enie operácií. V ïal¹ích èastiach manuálu sa na to pozrieme detailnej¹ie. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Home\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Home\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ End -\family default +\family default Presúvajú kurzor na zaèiatok a koniec riadku. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Backspace\SpecialChar ~ -a\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Backspace\InsetSpace ~ +a\InsetSpace ~ Delete -\family default +\family default Ak máte správne nastavenú klávesnicu v X-Windows sys\SpecialChar \- té\SpecialChar \- me, -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default gunguje ako má, a -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default vyma¾e znak za kurzorom (ak nie je oznaèený ¾iadny text). -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste si e¹te nenastavili klávesnicu v X-kách, alebo ani neviete èo tým myslíme, okam¾ite si preèítajte sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: x-win-kbd} -\end_inset +\end_inset . U¹etríte si kopu starostí. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej nasleduje zoznam modifikaèných klávesov: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default Má rôzne pou¾itie, v závislosti na tom s akou klávesou ho skombinujete: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize S klávesami -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default vyma¾e celé slovo namiesto jedného znaku. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize So ¹ípkami -\family sans +\family sans Vµavo -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Vpravo -\family default +\family default pohybuje kurzor po celých slovách. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize S klávesami -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default sa presunie na zaèiatok a koniec dokumentu. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default Spolu s kurzorovými ¹ípkami oznaèí text. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default Ako sme sa zmienili skôr, na väè¹ine klávesníc je toto klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default . Má veµa rôznych pou¾ití, ale tie¾ aktivuje menu. Ak ju pou¾ijete s písmenom, ktoré je v menu podèiarknuté, otvorí dané menu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Napríklad kombinácia \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M-s -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , otvorí menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -M-u\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-u\InsetSpace ~ l -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vlo¾í text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ie pou¾itie -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default klávesy si budete musie» preèíta» v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènej príruèke -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Poèas pou¾ívania LyXu sa nauèíte èoraz viac klávesových skratiek, preto¾e väè¹ina príkazov my¹i zobrazí v minibufferi správu, ktorá popisuje danú @@ -1265,200 +1470,236 @@ Po Ich notácia je podobná tej, ktorú pou¾ívame v dokumentácii, tak¾e by ste nemali ma» problémy s porozumením. Av¹ak v¹imnite si, ¾e modifikátor -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default je v¾dy explicitne urèený, tak¾e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M-p S-A -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset znamená -\family sans +\family sans Meta-p -\family default +\family default nasledované veµkým -\family sans +\family sans A -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S-C-S -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset znamená -\family sans +\family sans Shift-Control-s -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pou¾ívanie LyXu s ïal¹ími programami -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Importovanie ASCII súborov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ASCII textový súbor mô¾ete importova» príkazom -\family sans -Vlo¾i»->Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -ASCII\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»->Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +ASCII\InsetSpace ~ súbor -\family default +\family default . Obsahuje dve rôzne mo¾nosti: -\family sans -Ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ako\InsetSpace ~ riadky -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ako\InsetSpace ~ odstavce -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾nos» -\family sans -Ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ako\InsetSpace ~ riadky -\family default +\family default urobí z ka¾dého riadku súboru vlastný odstavec LyXu. Je to u¾itoèné, ak importujete textový súbor s jednoduchým zoznamom. Ak súbor bude obsahova» odseky, LyX ich znièí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾nos» -\family sans -Ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ako\InsetSpace ~ odstavce -\family default +\family default uchová odstavce vytvorené v textovom súbore. V takýchto textových súboroch èasto nevojde odstavec na jeden riadok a preto klávesou -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default rozdelíte odstavec na niekoµko riadkov. Pri importe budú takéto odstavce zru¹ené. Za odstavec LyXu je pova¾ované v¹etko medzi dvoma prázdnymi riadkami. Teda medzi dvoma odstavcami musí by» -\emph on +\emph on úplne prázdny -\emph toggle +\emph toggle riadok. Ináè LyX spojí dokopy dva odstavce. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vystrihovanie a vkladanie medzi LyXom a inými X programami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Operácie -\family sans +\family sans Vystrihnú» -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kopírova» -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default fungujú len v rámci LyXu. V súèasnosti nie je mo¾né kopírova» text z LyXu do inej X-Window aplikácie. Je nám to µúto, ale e¹te sme to neimplementovali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opaèným spôsobom to v¹ak funguje. To znamená, ¾e mô¾ete kopírova» text z inej X-Window palikácie do LyXu. Toto vkladanie textu pracuje ako import ASCII súborov: text mô¾ete vklada» ako riadky alebo odseky. Pou¾ite: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -primárnu\SpecialChar ~ -selekcie\SpecialChar ~ -ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +primárnu\InsetSpace ~ +selekcie\InsetSpace ~ +ako\InsetSpace ~ riadky -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -primárnu\SpecialChar ~ -selekciu\SpecialChar ~ -ako\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +primárnu\InsetSpace ~ +selekciu\InsetSpace ~ +ako\InsetSpace ~ odstavce -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Nastavenia LyXu a podporné aplikácie -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Predstavenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak pou¾ívate LyX na systéme, ktorý u¾ niekto pre vás nastavil, túto kapitolu mô¾ete v pohode preskoèi». Popisuje v¹etky veci, ktoré potrebujete okrem bináriek LyXu a súborov, ktoré sú s ním distribuované. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak in¹talujete LyX, -\emph on +\emph on mali by ste si preèíta» README súbory, ktoré sú v distribúcií LyXu a potom súbor -\emph toggle +\emph toggle -\family sans +\family sans Help->Konfigurácia LaTeX-u -\family default +\family default . Táto kapitola nepopisuje in¹taláciu bináriek LyXu (nie úplne\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Popisuje v¹etky veci, ktoré budete potrebova», aby ste mohli vyu¾íva» LyX naplno. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tu jednoducho zdokumetujeme nieèo o pou¾ívaní LyXu, vrátane toho, aké ïal¹ie programy potrebujete, aby bol LyX u¾itoèný. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Po¾iadavky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Verzia LyXu distribuovaná ako binárne súbory potrebuje len X-Windows (X11R6). Ale tie¾ by mal ís» pod X11R5. @@ -1466,69 +1707,85 @@ Verzia LyXu distribuovan na ukladanie dokumentov. Nie je a¾ taký rýchly \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾e chvíµu trva», kým sa zobrazí text písaný novým písmom, preto¾e písmo musí by» natiahnuté do X-servera. LyX fonty nenatiahne, pokiaµ ich nebude potrebova», tak¾e nie v¹etky fonty sú prístupné okam¾ite vo v¹etkých mo¾ných ¹týloch a veµkostiach. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ale dos» rýchly, aby vám umo¾nil prácu na 386DX40 s 8MB RAM. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka od -\noun on +\noun on Matthiasa -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Poznám µudí, ktorí to robia. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete tlaèi» a prezra» náhµad, tie¾ potrebujete úplnú in¹taláciu balíka LaTeX2e, vrátane -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . LyX nepracuje s LaTeXom 2.09 (zmeny, ktoré by ste museli urobi» v zdrojákoch LyXu sú podstatne prácnej¹ie ako upgradovanie LaTeXu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak si chcete skompilova» svoje vlastné binárky, potrebujete kni¾nicu XForms. Od verzie LyXu 0.12, budete potrebova» jednu z verzií 0.81, 0.86, 0.88 kni¾nice XForms. Doporuèujeme verziu 0.88, preto¾e tá vám umo¾ní viac vecí. Získa» ju mô¾ete na: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize http://bloch.phys.uwm.edu/xforms/ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp://einstein.phys.uwm.edu/pub/xforms/ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ftp://ftp.cs.ruu.nl/pub/XFORMS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tie¾ potrebujete kni¾nicu pixmap (libXpm). Toto by ale nemal by» problém, preto¾e je to èas» väè¹iny moderných Unixov. @@ -1536,163 +1793,185 @@ Tie kni¾nice XForms. Sú nejaké problémy s nekompatibilitou. Od verzie LyXu 0.12 budete potrebova» kni¾nicu libXpm verzie 4.7 alebo 4.8. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ku kompilovaniu LyXu\SpecialChar \ldots{} No\SpecialChar \ldots{} , tento dokument by ste neèítali, ak u¾ ste to neurobili, ¾e? \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak vám niekdo dal vytlaèený tento manuál a zdrojové súbory LyXu, ¾iadajte pomoc od -\emph on +\emph on neho -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Alebo si preèítajte súbory README. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Základné nastavenia LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: nastavenie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pravdepodobne by ste toto neèítali, keby ste u¾ nemali fungujúci LyX, tak¾e toto tu rozobera» nebudeme. Je zopár vecí o in¹talácii a nastavení LyXu, o ktorých sa chceme zmieni». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú dva spôsoby ako spusti» LyX. Prvým je nain¹talovanie LyXu a podporných programov na vá¹ systém. Samozrejme, ¾e na to potrebujete práva roota. Druhý spôsob nevy¾aduje práva roota, a dovoµuje vám \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nain¹talova» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX niekde na va¹e konto. LyX automaticky detekuje kde to je, pokiaµ podporné adresáru budú na správnych miestach. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektoré vlastnosti LyXu sa dajú nakonfigurova» z LyXu, bez prepisovania configuraèných súborov. Za prvé, LyX je schopný preskúma» vá¹ systém, aby videl aké programy, triedy dokumentov LaTeXu a LaTeXové balíky sú dostupné. Toto pou¾íva ako ¹tandardné hodnoty niektorých premenných v súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Táto konfigurácia u¾ bola urobená keï bol LyX in¹talovaný na vá¹ systém, ale mô¾ete ma» nejaké veci, ktoré ste si nain¹talovali lokálne a ktoré LyX nevidí. Aby ste prinútili LyX znovu preskúma» systém, pou¾ite príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Mo¾nosti->Prekonfigurova» -\family default +\family default . Potom by ste LyX mali re¹tartova», aby boli zmeny brané do úvahy. Pokiaµ ide o triedy a balíky LaTeXu, informácie o tom èo bolo nájdené, sú v súbore -\family sans -Pomocník->Konfigurácia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Pomocník->Konfigurácia\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX-u. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Druhá mno¾ina nastavení, ktoré by ste mohli chcie» zmeni», pokrýva nastavenia na úrovni dokumentu a mô¾ete ich zmeni» dialógmi -\family sans +\family sans Dokument -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Papier -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Úvodzovky -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ preambula -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pou¾ívatelia LyXu 0.10.x si mo¾no spomenú, ¾e tieto nastavenia boli prístupné v súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . To u¾ je minulos»ou. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Na zmenu týchto nastavení otvorte (pravdepodobne nový) dokument, nastavte si v¹etko podµa svojich preds\SpecialChar \- táv a nastavenia ulo¾te príkazom -\family sans -Rozlo¾enie->Ulo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -rozlo¾enie\SpecialChar ~ -ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rozlo¾enie->Ulo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +rozlo¾enie\InsetSpace ~ +ako\InsetSpace ~ preddefinované -\family default +\family default . Toto vytvorí ¹ablónu pomenovanú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter default.lyx -\family default +\family default , ktorá je automaticky na»ahovaná LyXom pri otváraní súboru bez ¹ablóny. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je veµa ïal¹ích konfigurovateµných vlastností LyXu. Na zaèiatku sa LyX pokú¹a èíta» súbor nazvaný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ~/.lyx/lyxrc -\family default +\family default pod va¹im domovským adresárom. Ak tento súbor neexistuje, LyX èíta globálny súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . O týchto konfiguraèných súboroch sa doèítate viac dokumente -\emph on +\emph on Prispôsobenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nastavenie X klávesnice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: x-win-kbd} -\end_inset +\end_inset Aby ste mohli správne pou¾íva» LyX, musíte správne nastavi» X-ká. Zvlá¹» je to nutné, ak pou¾ívate medzinárodnú podporu LyXu a chcete pou¾íva» @@ -1704,407 +1983,455 @@ ajte, Ka¾dý u¾ívateµ mô¾e poveda» X-kám ako pou¾íva» jeho, alebo jej klávesnicu. Nemusíte sa spolieha» na svojho systémového administrátora --- v podstate by ste -\emph on +\emph on nemali -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ! Nasledujúce dva programy sú v¹etko èo potrebujete, aby ste nastavili klávesnic u ako chcete. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prvom rade si preèítajte manuálové stránky k týmto programom. Sú va¹e najlep¹ie priateµky, keï sa pokú¹ate správne nastavi» mapovanie v X. Ak ich nemáte, doin¹talujte ich. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento dokument neobsahuje ¾iadne informácie ako pou¾íva» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default .V -\emph on +\emph on Pris\SpecialChar \- pô\SpecialChar \- so\SpecialChar \- be\SpecialChar \- ní -\emph toggle +\emph toggle je uká¾kový súbor .Xmodmap. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle V manuále -\emph on +\emph on Prispôsobenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ( -\emph on +\emph on Customizing LyX -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) som niè také nena¹iel. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Na natiahnutie nového mapovania X klávesnice napí¹te príkaz -\family typewriter -xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xmodmap\InsetSpace ~ .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default niekde do svojich spú¹»acích skriptov (napr. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .cshrc -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .profile -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .login -\family default +\family default , alebo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .xinitrc -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tento program plní va¹e sny! Graficky zobrazuje va¹u klávesnicu a dovoµuje vám robi» modifikácie a potom vypísa» tieto modifikácie na ¹tandardný výstup vo forme èitateµnej pre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Je veµmi u¾itoèný, keï si chcete vyrobi» nový -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default súbor, av¹ak bude to vy¾adova» trochu vystrihovania a vkladania. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Modifikátory a Mode_switch -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX podporuje tri modifikátory: -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default ), -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default ) a -\family sans +\family sans Meta -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default ). Ïalej, ak jedna z klávesov va¹ej klávesnice je nakonfigurovaná ako -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default klávesa, mô¾ete ju pou¾i» na vkladanie niektorých znakov, ktoré nie sú na klávesnici. Táto klávesa sa mô¾e pou¾íva» ako modifikátor (ako -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans Control -\family default +\family default ), alebo ako prefixová klávesa. Tu je zopár príkladov, èo mô¾ete robi» s klávesou -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans e -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans ' -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset é -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans o -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans r -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ® -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans 1 -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans 2 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ½ -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans < -\family default +\family default + -\family sans +\family sans < -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset « \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Neviem aká klávesa funguje ako -\family sans +\family sans Compose -\family default +\family default klávesa u mòa (ak vôbec funguje), tak¾e tie znaky som napísal normálne (prípadne prekopíroval z anglického dokumentu). Dúfam, ¾e èasom na to prídem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Táto metóda je èiastoène vhodná, keï takéto znaky pou¾vate len obèas. ©andardne pracuje pre znaky latin1, ale ïal¹ie by sa mali da» pou¾i», ak máte správne nastavené locale. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pomocné tipy a triky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najprv si otvorte dva xterminály. Jeden pou¾ite na editovanie súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default a druhý na spú¹»anie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default . Pomocou -\family sans +\family sans xkyecaps -\family default +\family default premapujte klávesnicu ako chcete. Je tam tlaèítko, ktorým vypí¹ete novú mapu klávesnice. Ak ho stlaèíte, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps -\family default +\family default vypí¹e nieèo na terminál, z ktorého ste ho spustili. Skopírujte to a vlo¾te do súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default a ste hotový. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾ete si u¹etri» prácu spustením xkeycaps -\family sans +\family sans .Xmodmap -\family default +\family default . Toto vám vytvorí pou¾iteµnú klávesovú mapu. Samozrejme, ¾e ak stlaèíte tlaèítko na výstup viackrát, výsledok bude neporiado k. Ako v¹etky veci, -\family sans +\family sans xkeycaps -\family default +\family default je nástroj a je len tak inteligentný ako osoba, ktorá ho pou¾íva. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je tie¾ niekoµko vecí, ktoré vám umo¾nia lep¹iu orientáciu. Skúste spusti» príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pm -\family default +\family default . Uká¾e vám v¹etky aktuálne modifikátory. Taktie¾ skúste -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -v -pke | more -\family default +\family default , aby ste videli, ktoré kódy kláves sú priradené ktorým symbolickým menám. Tie¾ vám to dá nieèo o tom, aká je syntax súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .Xmodmap -\family sans +\family sans . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jednu vec by ste si mali skontrolova». Uistite sa, ¾e klávesy -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default nemajú v X-och definované rovnaké klávesové symboly! V¹imnite si, ¾e priradenie unikátnych symbolických mien nezmení nutne chovanie vá¹ho programu. Niektoré programy prepoja -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default na rovnakú operáciu. Jedným z nich je Emacs. Iné programy tieto klávesy pou¾ívajú na rôzne oprácie. LyX je jedným z nich, a ak máte -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans BackSpace -\family default +\family default oznaèený rovnakým symbolickým menom, mô¾ete ma» v LyXe problémy. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete robi» s LyXom viac ako napísa» len dokument a vygenrova» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor, budete potrebova» LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prípade ¾e sa èudujete, LaTeX je roz¹írenie TeXu, systému prípravy dokumentov, vyvynutého v roku 1984 Donaldom Knuthom. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka k výslovnosti: TeX pochádza z gréckeho slova \begin_inset Formula $\tau\varepsilon\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ktoré sa vyslovuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tech \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset TeX z ASCII súboru èíta mno¾inu príkazov a konvertuje ich do formátu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset nezávislý od zariadenia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (device-independent), alebo v skratke Dvi. Dvi súbor mô¾e by» potom poslaný na tlaèiareò. @@ -2112,43 +2439,81 @@ nez makier TeXu. LaTeX obyèajne prichádza s distribúciou TeXu, tak¾e potrebujete len balík TeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V súèasnosti sa be¾ne pou¾ívajú dve verzie LaTeXu. Star¹ia LaTeX 2.09 a nov¹ia LaTeX2e. LyX pracuje len s verziou LaTeX2e. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby sme si to vyjasnili: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \paragraph_spacing single -\align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center +\paragraph_spacing single LyX -\emph on +\emph on BUDE PRACOVA« LEN S -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LaTeXom2e!!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ak máte verziu 2.09, povedzte administrátorovi, aby upgradeoval. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak pou¾ívate Linux, LaTeX2e by mal by» vo va¹ej distribúcii. Pozrite sa na in¹trukcie v distribúcii a nain¹talujte balík TeX ak ste to e¹te neurobili. V¹etko èo potrebujete tam bude, aj s nejakými vecami, ktoré pravdepodobne potrebova» nebudete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pri ïal¹ích systémoch sa pravdepodobne budete musie» porozpráva» s administrátor om o in¹talácii TeXu/LaTeXu, ak nie je nain¹talovaný. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dvips a Ghostscript -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Èo potrebujete -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je e¹te jeden krok, ktorý musíte urobi», ak chcete tlaèi» va¹e dokumenty LyXu. @@ -2156,525 +2521,581 @@ Je e nasledujúcu sekciu). A ak ich e¹te nemáte, nain¹talujte si nasledovné programy (alebo s nimi kompatibilné): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Posledné dva sú prezeraèe PostScriptových a Dvi súborov. Ak neviete èo je to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súbor, pravdepodobne ste s LaTeXom nepracovali a najprv by ste si mali preèíta» -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default konvertuje dvi súbor do PostScriptu, èo je formát väè¹iny dnes pou¾ívaných tlaèiarní. Tí, ktorí pou¾ívate ihlièkové a atramentové tlaèiarne, budete musie» PostScript súbor prefiltrova» cez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default , ktorý je schopý vyrobi» výstup pre rôzne tlaèiarne. Nasledujúca sekcia o nastavení tlaèe popisuje, ako toto v¹etko robi» automatick y v¾dy, keï chcete tlaèi». Teraz sa zameriame na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter dvips -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: dvipskonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset Èi budete pou¾íva» LyX na veµkom systéme, alebo na domácom poèítaèi, mali by ste nakonfigurova» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tlaèí \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset do súboru, alebo posiela výstup priamo na tlaèiareò, v závislosti na tom, ako je nakonfigurované. Ak je nastavená tlaè do súboru a nie je ¹pecifikované ¾iadne meno, jednoducho urobí zo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter súbor.dvi -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter súbor.ps -\family default +\family default . Niektoré systémy mo¾u ma» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default nakonfigurované tak, ¾e -\emph on +\emph on v¾dy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tlaèia do súboru. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste informovali -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ako automaticky skonvertova» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default súbor na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .foo -\family default +\family default súbor, musíte niekde ma» konfiguraèný súbor \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.foo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Obyèajne súbory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.* -\family default +\family default pre dvips sú v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/dvips -\family default +\family default . Ak je vá¹ systém iný, pozrite sa do hlavného adresára TeXu a pohµadajte podadresár nazvaný \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mal by tam niekde by». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obyèajne tam je najmenej jeden konfiguraèný súbor: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default . Niektoré distribúcie TeXu sú iné a majú tam súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.lp -\family default +\family default , skopírujte ho do súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default , ak tam taký nie je. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je e¹te jedna vec, ktorú musíte urobi» s konfiguraèným súborom. Mô¾e tam by» riadok ktorý vyzerá ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter o | lpr -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zakomentujteho (dajte na zaèiatok riadku \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter % -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), lebo inak bude -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default v¾dy posiela» výstup na tlaèiareò. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste to v¹etko urobili, z LyXu mô¾ete tlaèi» do súboru, alebo na PostScriptovú tlaèiareò. Pri tlaèi na tlaèiarni v¾dy mô¾ete pou¾i» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | lpr -Pmenotla\SpecialChar \- èiar\SpecialChar \- ne -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ako meno výstupného súboru. Samozrejme, ¾e pravdepodobne budete pou¾íva» mo¾nos» LyXu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset print to printer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak ste sa uistili, ¾e súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ps -\family default +\family default existuje a va¹a ¹tandardná tlaèiareò sa volá \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , máte v¹etko nastavené. LyX pou¾íva -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default s parametrom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -Pps -\family default +\family default pre priamu tlaè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E¹te jedna vec: niektorí µudia musia by» iní a nebudú ma» tlaèiareò pomenovanú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo majú viac tlaèiarní, jednu nazvanú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , inú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ljfour -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset atï. Èo teraz? Mô¾ete pre ka¾dú vytvori» konfiguraèný súbor! Ak vytvoríte súbor \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter config.ljfour -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default potom rozpozná parameter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -Pljfour -\family default +\family default . Mô¾ete pou¾i» µubovoµný poèet konfiguraèných súborov, ka¾dý pre inú tlaèiareò. ©tandardná tlaèiareò pre LyX mô¾e by» ¹pecifikovaný v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . ®iadanú talèiareò si mô¾ete vybra» aj priamo z LyXu, ako je to popísané v neskor¹ej sekcii. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak si myslíte, ¾e celý ten nezmysel okolo konfiguraèných súborov pre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default je zmätok, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default budete ma» radi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz zlé správy: ak va¹a tlaèiareò nerozumie PostScriptu, budete musie» pou¾íva» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default ako filter pre vá¹ mana¾ér tlaèe. Toto je popísané vo viacerých HOWTO a mauáloch. My tie¾ o tomto nieèo povieme v jednej sekcii. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektorí µudia neradi pou¾ívajú -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default v kombinácii s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default om. Alternatíva je pou¾i» program, ktorý konvertuje -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súbor priamo do jazyka va¹ej tlaèiarne. Tento program tie¾ mô¾ete urèi» v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . Táto metóda má ale jedu nevýhodu. Do dokumentu nemô¾ete vlo¾i» ¾iadny PostScriptový súbor, ako napríklad obrázok, preto¾e konvertory ¹pecifické pre urèitú tlaèiareò nepoznajú PostScrip t. Kôli tomuto LyX tím doporuèuje na tlaè po¾íva» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto dva programy sú prehliadaèe. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default sa stará o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default súbory a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default spolu s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default om vám dovoµuje prezera» PostScriptové súbory. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O nich len v rýchlosti. Oba programy automaticky obnovia výstup, ak pre\SpecialChar \- ze\SpecialChar \- raný súbor \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To znamená -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default alebo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\family default +\family default súbor a nie súbory, z ktorých sa tieto vytvárajú. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset bol zmenený. Tie¾ mô¾ete obnovova» manuálne. Tak¾e ak raz otvoríte jeden z týchto prezeraèov, nie je dôvod ich zatvára». A oba programy majú rovnaké funkcie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX tím doporuèuje pou¾íva» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default na dolaïovanie dokumentov. Preèo? Je rýchlej¹í: má o jednu vec na práci menej predtým ako mô¾ete prezrie» dokument. Tu je príklad: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pomocou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default si pozrite súbor a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default nechajte be¾a». -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate V dokumente urobte zmeny. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Na prezretie zmien pou¾ite príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Aktualizova» DVI -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor->Náhµad -\family default +\family default . Keï je LaTeX hotový, kliknite na okno -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default a voilá! -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default sa aktualizovalo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto neznamená, ¾e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default je neu¾itoèný. Je lep¹í na prípady, kde -\emph on +\emph on musíte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle prezera» PostScriptové súbory. Pre opakované zmeny, ktoré nezávisia na PostScripte, bude lep¹ie prezeranie dokumentu cez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tlaèiareò -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ka¾dý, kdo pracuje vo veµkom systéme by tu nemal ma» problémy. Vá¹ administrátor (alebo vy, ak ste administrátor) by u¾ mal tlaèiarne pre vás nastavi». V¹etko èo potrebujete urobi» je zisti» meno va¹ej tlaèiarne a konfigurov» súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Av¹ak tí, ktorí pou¾ívajú Linux, budú ma» trochu viac práce. Veµa µudí obdr¾í distribúciu Linuxu, ako napríklad Red Hat alebo Slackware @@ -2682,107 +3103,141 @@ Av Podµa in¹trukcií Linux nain¹talujú s rozbehnú, ale nikdy nezistia, ¾e potrebujú nastavi» tlaèiareò. Ak ste nikdy nevideli súbor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /etc/printcap, -\family default +\family default potrebujete si talèiareò nastavi». Napísali sme nieèo, aby sme vám s tým pomohli. Preèítajte si kapitolu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodca tlaèiaròou -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\emph on -A\SpecialChar ~ -Printer\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +A\InsetSpace ~ +Printer\InsetSpace ~ Tutorial -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) v manuále -\emph on +\emph on Prispôsobenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Základy LyXu -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Typy dokumentov -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Predstavenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predtým ako budete robi» èokoµvek iné, predtým ako zaènete písa» dokument, musíte sa rozhodnú», aký -\emph on +\emph on typ -\emph toggle +\emph toggle dokumentu to má by». Rôzne dokumenty pou¾ívajú rôzne riadkovanie, titulky, èíslovanie, schémy a tak ïalej. Ïalej rôzne dokumenty pou¾ívajú rôzne prostredia odsekov, a rôzne formátujú názov dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Trieda dokumentu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle popisuje skupinu vlastností be¾ných pre urèitý typ dokumentu. Nastavením triedy dokumentu automaticky nastavujete tieto vlastnosti, èo vám uµahèuje tvorbu dokumentu typu, ktorý chcete. Ak nevyberiete triedu dokumentu, LyX za vás jednu ¹tandardne vyberie. Tak¾e potom je na vás, aby ste zmenili triedu dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O triedach dokumentov ktoré si v LyXe mô¾ete vybra» a o doladeniach niektorých ich vlastností sa doèítate ïalej. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: dok-triedy} -\end_inset +\end_inset Rôzne triedy dokumentov -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pä» ¹tandardných tried dokumentov v LyXe je: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Article pre základný èlánok. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Report pre základnú správu. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Book pre písanie kníh. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Letter pre listy (US ¹týl). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Slides pou¾ívaný na tvorbu fólií. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej sú nejaké ne¹tandardné triedy, ktoré LyX pou¾íva, ak máte nastavený LaTeX tak, ¾e ich podporuje: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Aapaper Novinové èlánky ¹týlu a formátu pou¾ívanom v Astronómii a Astrofyzike. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsart Novinové èlánky v ¹týle a formáte pou¾ívanom AMS (Americká Ma\SpecialChar \- te\SpecialChar \- @@ -2790,109 +3245,147 @@ matick Spoloènos»). Sú dostupné tri typy \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset amsartov \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Amsbook Kniha v ¹týle a formáte pou¾ívanom AMS. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Dinbrief Für Briefe nach deutcher Art. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Foils Pou¾íva sa na robenie fólií a je lep¹í ako slides. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Iletter Per lettere all` italiana. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linuxdoc Pou¾íva sa s balíkom nástrojov SGML (pôvodne známom ako LinuxDoc). Dovoµuje LyXu robi» SGML výstupy. SGML je markup jazyk a je predchodca HTML. Balík SGML vám umo¾òuje konvertova» SGML na HTML alebo do formátu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man -\family default +\family default stránok. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Paper Na pou¾itie s LaTeXovou triedou dokumetov -\family typewriter +\family typewriter paper -\family default +\family default (nie je vo v¹etkých distribúciaách LaTeXu). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Revtex Pou¾íva sa na písanie èlánkov pre publikácie Americkej Fyzikálnej Spoloènosti (American Physical Society - APS), Amerického In¹titútu Fyziky (American Institute of Physics - AIP) a Optickej spoloènosti Ameriky (Optical Society of America - OSA). Táto trieda nie je úplné kompatibilná so v¹etkými vlastnos»ami LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nebudeme sa tu zaobera» detailmi, ako pou¾íva» rôzne triedy dokumentov. V¹etko poterebné o ne¹tandardných triedach nájdete v manuále -\emph on +\emph on Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti editácie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Tu sa zameriame len na zoznam niektorých spoloèných vlastností v¹etkých tried dokumentov. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Vybratie triedy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Triedu si mô¾ete urèi» dialógom -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default , príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie->Dokument -\family default +\family default . Potom v listboxe -\family sans +\family sans Trieda -\family default +\family default vyberte po¾adovanú triedu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Potom, èo ste si zvolili triedu, LyX sa vás opýta, èi má nastavi» preddefinované parametre danej triedy pre ¹týl stránky, ståpce\SpecialChar \ldots{} Mô¾ete kµudne stlaèi» -\family sans +\family sans Áno -\family default +\family default . Ak sa lep¹ie pozriete na dialóg -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default , v¹imnete si, ¾e v¹etky tieto vlastnosti sú tam, tak¾e v¾dy si ich mô¾ete vyladi» podµa seba. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Vlastnosti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prípade, ¾e sa èudjete, èo tie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset preddefinované hodnoty \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pre ka¾dú triedu sú, tu je jednoduchá tabuµka, ktorá ich popisuje. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2906,890 +3399,1068 @@ preddefinovan \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans ©týl strany -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Strany -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Ståpce -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Max. úroveò sekcie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Dve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard linuxdoc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard aapaper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Dve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Dva -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard amsart -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dinbrief -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard iletter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard none -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard paper -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jedna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Jeden -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Pre tieto triedy nie je ¾iadna preddefinovaná hodnota pre -\family sans +\family sans Extra parametre -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tie¾ sa asi divíte, èo znamená \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Max. úroveò sekcie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Je niekoµko prostredí odsekov, ktoré vytvárajú názvy sekcií. Rôzne triedy dokumentov povoµujú rôzne typy názvov sekcií. Len dve pou¾ívajú názov -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default (Kapitola): ostatné zaèínajú s názvom -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default (Sekcia). Niektoré triedy dokumentov, ako napríklad listy, nepou¾ívajú ¾iadne názvy sekcií. Okrem názvov -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , sú e¹te ïal¹ie názvy, ako napríklad -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default (podsekcia) a -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default (podpodsekcia) a tak ïalej. Tieto názvy plne popí¹eme v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: odsek-prostr-titulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dolaïovanie preddefinovaných hodnôt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V poriadku, vieme, ¾e sme vám nikdy nepovedali, èo väè¹ina týchto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset preddefinovaných hodnôt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nastavených typom triedy dokumentu znamená. Toto popisuje táto sekcia. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -©týl\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +©týl\InsetSpace ~ strany -\family default +\family default Je to zoznam, obsahujúci pä» polo¾iek. Urèuje, aké typy titulkov (názvov) a èísla strán idú na danú stranu: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard O toto sa stará LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Default -\family default +\family default Pou¾íva ¹tandardný ¹týl strany pre danú triedu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Empty -\family default +\family default ®iadne titulky a èísla strán. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Plain -\family default +\family default Iba èísla strán -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Headings -\family default +\family default Èísla strán a názov a èíslo aktuálnej buï kapitoly, alebo sekcie. Èi LyX pou¾ije aktuálnu kapitolu alebo sekciu závisí na tom, èo je maximálna úroveò sekcie. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Fancy -\family default +\family default Dovoµuje vám vytvára» plne prispôsobiteµné hlavièky a päty dokumentov, ak máte main¹talovaný balík -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default . Momentálne podpora v LyXe je limitovaná na toto nastavenie. Aby ste vyu¾ili celú silu tohto balíka, musíte písa» kód do preambuly. Pre viac informácií o -\family sans +\family sans fancyhdr -\family default +\family default si pozrite dokumentáciu k tomuto balíku. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Strany -\family default +\family default Nie. LyX nemô¾e prinúti» tlaèiareò aby tlaèila na obe strany papiera! Av¹ak mô¾e pou¾íva» rôzny formát pre párne a nepárne strany. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sú tu dva prepínaèe: -\family sans +\family sans 1 -\family default +\family default - pre jednostranný dokument, -\family sans +\family sans 2 -\family default +\family default - pre dvojstranný dokument. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Ståpce -\family default +\family default Toto ovláda, koµko ståpcov má ka¾dá strana. Mô¾ete si vybra» 1 alebo 2 ståpce. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e LyX na obrazovke nezobrazí dva ståpce. Je to nepraktické, èasto neèitateµné a nie je to podµa konceptu WYSIWYM. Av¹ak vo vygenerovanom výstupe -\emph on +\emph on budú -\emph toggle +\emph toggle dva ståpce. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Extra\InsetSpace ~ parametre -\family default +\family default LaTeXový príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default prijíma niekoµko parametrov. LyX niektoré nastaví automaticky. Toto textové pole vám umo¾ní zada» ïal¹ie. Jednoducho ich vpí¹te oddelené èiarkami. Aké parametre mô¾ete pou¾íva», si preèítajte v nejakej dobrej knihe o LaTeXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Veµkos» papiera, orientácia a okraje -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je e¹te niekoµko vlastností, ktoré sa nastavujú v dialógu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default . V¹etky sú globálne parametre, ale majú ¹peciálny význam a týkajú sa len urèitých vlastností dokumentu. Tieto parametre popí¹eme v sekcii, ktorá popisuje vlastnosti, ktorých sa týkajú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú e¹te dve vlastnosti, ktoré ovplyvòujú celý dokument, tak¾e ich popí¹eme tu. Nájdete ich v dialógu -\family sans +\family sans Konfigurova» formát papiera -\family default +\family default v menu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default ozlo¾enie-> -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default apier -\family default +\family default : -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Orientácia -\family default +\family default Dva prepínaèe urèujú, èi výstup bude vytlaèený ako -\family sans +\family sans Portrét -\family default +\family default (na vý¹ku) alebo ako -\family sans +\family sans Krajinka -\family default +\family default (na ¹írku). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Veµkos»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Veµkos»\InsetSpace ~ papiera -\family default +\family default Na aký veµký papier sa bude tlaèi». Mo¾nosti sú: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Default -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans A3 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans A4 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans A5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans B3 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans B4 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans B5 -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans US letter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans US legal -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans US executive -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Custom -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Niektoré z týchto nastavení budú vy¾adova» nain¹talovaný balík -\family sans +\family sans geometry -\family default +\family default . Tento balík vám umo¾ní nastavi» si okraje v dialógu -\family sans +\family sans Konfigurova» formát papiera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dôle¾ité poznámky: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak zmeníte triedu dokumentu, LyX musí konvertova» -\emph on +\emph on v¹etko -\emph toggle +\emph toggle na novú triedu. Vrátane prostredí odsekov. Niektoré prostredia sú ¹tandardné; majú ich v¹etky triedy, ale niektoré @@ -3798,53 +4469,65 @@ v zmení na Standard a na zaèiatok okdesku vlo¾í chybovú hlá¹ku. Kliknutím na òu otvoríte okienko s popisom chyby, ktoré hovorí o konverzii a preèo nebola úspe¹ná. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zarovnanie a oddeµovanie odsekov -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Predstavenie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: odsek-zarovnanie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Predtým, ako popí¹eme prostredia odsekov, radi by sme povedali pár slov o ich zarovnaní. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdá sa, ¾e ka¾dý má svoje vlastné konvencie ako oddeµova» osdeky. Väè¹ina amerièanov odsadzuje prvý riadok odseku. Iní neodsadzujú, ale medzi odseky dávajú prázdne miesta. LyX pou¾íva rovnaké konvencie, aké nájdete medzi typografmi. -\emph on +\emph on Prvý -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odsek v sekcii, alebo za obrázkom, rovnicou, tabuµkou, zoznamom atï., -\emph on +\emph on nie je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odsadený. Len ïal¹ie odseky sa odsadzujú. Toto niektorí µudia nemajú radi, ale ak chcete pou¾íva» odsadené odseky, musíte sa s tým nauèi» ¾i». -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Existuje spôsob, ako prinúti» LaTeX aby odsadzoval v¹etky odseky. LyX vám to samozrejme nezobrazí, ale LaTeX to tak vytlaèí. Musíte ma» zvlá¹tny balík, a do preambuly vlo¾i» príslu¹ný príkaz. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Medzera medzi odsekmi, tak isto ako medzery medzi riadkami, medzi titulkom a textom -- v podstate v¹etky medzery -- sú v LyXe prednastavené. @@ -3852,516 +4535,626 @@ Medzera medzi odsekmi, tak isto ako medzery medzi riadkami, medzi titulkom O to sa stará LyX. Toto preddefinované vertikálne \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset medzerovanie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nie sú èísla, ale rozsahy. Takto mô¾e LyX stlaèi», alebo roztiahnú» medzery medzi riadkami, aby sa obrázok vo¹iel na stránku spolu s textom, aby sekcia nezaèínala na spodu stránky a tak ïalej. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V skutoènosti to robí LaTeX, keï LyX produkuje výstup. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ale to ¾e sú preddefinované neznamená, ¾e ich nemô¾ete zmeni». LyX vám dáva mo¾nos» globálne zmeni» -\emph on +\emph on v¹etky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tieto preddefinované medzery. Viac vám vysvetlíme neskôr. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Globálna zmena odsadenia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tandardnú metódu odsadzovania odsekov si mô¾ete vybra» v dialógu -\family sans -Rozlo¾enie\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rozlo¾enie\InsetSpace ~ dokumentu -\family default +\family default . V èasti -\family sans +\family sans Oddelenie -\family default +\family default si vyberte -\family sans +\family sans Odsadenie -\family default +\family default -- normálne odsadzovanie prvého riadku odseku a -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default -- medzi odseky vkladá extra medzeru (prvý riadok neodsadzuje). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dolaïovanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Odsadenie odseku mô¾ete zmeni» aj pre samosatný odsek. Vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Odstavec -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default a otvorí sa vám dialóg -\family sans +\family sans Prostredie odstavca -\family default +\family default . Prepnutím tlaèítka -\family sans +\family sans Neodsadi» -\family default +\family default zmeníte aktuálne odsadenie odseku. Ak je odsek ¹tandardne odsadený, tento prepínaè bude vypnutý. Ak odsek nie je odsadený, ale na oddelenie pou¾íva extra medzeru, prepínaè bude ¹tandardne zapnutý. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zmenu odsadenia pre jednotlivý odsek by ste mali pou¾íva» len ak potrebujete dolaïi» dokument. Typicky si odsadenie nastavíte pre celý dokument a potom u¾ len pí¹ete. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zmena riadkovania -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾ení dokumentu -\family default +\family default si mô¾ete nastavi» riadkovanie ( -\family sans +\family sans Medzerovanie -\family default +\family default ), ak máte nain¹talovaný balík -\family sans +\family sans setspace -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Prostredia odsekov \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: odsek-prostredia} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredia odsekov kore¹pondujú s príkazmi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on prostredie -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle } ... -\backslash +\backslash end{ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on pros\SpecialChar \- tre\SpecialChar \- die -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle } -\family default +\family default v be¾nom LaTeX súbore. Ak LaTeX nepoznáte, alebo prostredia odsekov sú vám úplne neznáme, doporuèujeme vám preèíta» si -\emph on +\emph on Sprievodcu -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Ten tie¾ obsahuje viac príkladov ako táto sekcia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredie odseku je jednoducho \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset obal \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pre odsek, ktorý tomuto odseku dáva urèité vlastnosti. Toto mô¾e zahròova» ¹týl písma, rôzne okraje, èíslovanie, popisky a tak ïalej. Rôzne prostredia mô¾ete do seba \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vnára» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , èo dovoµuje jednému prostrediu dedi» nejaké vlastnosti od iného prostredia. Rôzne prostredia odsekov úplne nahrádzajú potrebu tabulátorov, nastavovania okrajov poèas práce a iných vecí z dôb písacích strojov. Je niekoµko prostredí, ktoré sú ¹pecifické pre urèitý typ dokumentu. Tu sa budeme zaobera» len tými najbe¾nej¹ími. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste si vybrali prostedie, pou¾ite rozbaµovacie menu na µavom kraji nástrojov ej li¹ty. LyX zmení prostredie -\emph on +\emph on celého -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odseku, v ktorom sa nachádza kurzor. Taktie¾ mô¾ete zmeni» prostredie skupiny odsekov, ak ich predtým oznaèíte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e stalèenie klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on typicky -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vytvorí nový odsek s pros\SpecialChar \- tre\SpecialChar \- dím Standard. Hovoríme \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset typicky \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , preto¾e nie je to v¾dy tak. -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste v niektorom z týchto prostredí: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace{-2ex} -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans + +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash parbox[t]{3cm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans List -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX pri stlaèení -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default nechá nastavený starý typ prostredia. Av¹ak LyX v¾dy znovu nastaví håbku vnoreného prostredia na najvy¹¹iu úroveò. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Obyèajne, pri zaèatí novéh odseku, LyX nastaví prostredie, aj håbku vnoreného odseku (viac o vnáraní je v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Av¹ak niekedy LyX ponechá nastavené staré prostredie. Toto v¹etko závisí od kontextu, tak¾e bude lep¹ie, ak budete oèakáva», ¾e -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default nastaví prostredie odseku a aj jeho håbku. Ak chcete zaèa» nový odsek s aktuálnym prostredím, pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vyvolá to funkciu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter break-paragraph-keep-layout -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto je predvolené prostredie odseku. Vytvára èistý odsek. Ak LyX nastavuje prostredie odseku, nastavuje toto. V podstate odsek, ktorý práve èítate (a väè¹ina odsekov v tomto manuále) má prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Odseky s prostredím -\family sans +\family sans Standad -\family default +\family default mô¾ete do seba vnára», ale v skutoènosti nemô¾ete vnori» niè do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Titulné strany dokumentov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeXová titulná strana má tri èasti: samotný názov dokumentu, meno(á) autora(ov ) a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pätu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pre poïakovanie, alebo kontaktné informácie. Pre urèité typy dokumentov, LaTeX toto v¹etko umiestí na samostatnú stranu, spolu s aktuálnym dátumom. Pre iné typy dokumentu, titulná \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset strana \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ide na vrchol prvej strany v dokumente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX poskytuje medzièlánok k príkazom pre titulnú stranu cez prostredia odsekov -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Tu je ich pou¾itie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default napí¹te názov dokumentu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default napí¹te mená autorov. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ak chcete aby dátum vyzeral podµa vás, alebo chcete pou¾i» fixný dátum, alebo namiesto dátumu chcete ma» text, napí¹te tento text do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Pou¾itie tohto prostrdeia je nepovinné. Ak ho neposkytnete, LaTeX automaticky vlo¾í aktuálny dátum. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto urobte na zaèiatku dokumentu. Na vlo¾enie poïakovaní alebo kontaktných ionformácií pou¾ite pätu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Názvy sekcií -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: odsek-prostr-titulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je devä» prostredí na vytváranie názvov sekcií. LyX sa stará o èíslovanie názvov. V¹etko, èo musíte urobi» je rozhodnú» sa aký názov bude ma» sekcia 3 alebo kapitola 9. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Èíslované názvy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je ¹es» èíslovaných prostredí názvov sekcií, Sú to: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Chapter -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraph -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX oznaèí ka¾dý názov sériou èísel, oddelených bodkou. Èíslo znamená, kde v dokumente sa nachádzate. @@ -4369,165 +5162,211 @@ LyX ozna Napríklad predpokladajme, ¾e pí¹ete knihu. Knihu delíte na kapitoly. LyX robí podobné delenie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kapitola ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ) alebo sekcia ( -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ) je maximálna úroveò dokumentu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kapitoly sú delené na sekcie, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize sekcie sú delené na podsekcie ( -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default s), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize podsekcie sú delené na podpodsekcie ( -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default s), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize podpodsekcie sú delené na odstavce ( -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default s) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize a odstavce sú delené na pododstavce ( -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default s). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle nie v¹etky dokumenty pou¾ívajú ako najvy¹¹iu úroveò kapitolu. V tom prípade je najvy¹¹ou úrovòou sekcia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak¾e, ak na názov pou¾ijete prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default , LyX ho oèísluje s jeho èíslom a spolu s èíslom podsekcie, sekcie a ak sa dá aj kapitoly. Napríklad piata sekcia v druhej kapitole tejto knihy má èíslo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Neèíslované názvy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú tri typy neèíslovaných názvov: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pri ka¾dom názve znamená, ¾e nie je èíslovaný. Inak pracujú rovnako, ako èíslované názvy. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Zmena èíslovania -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tie¾ mô¾ete meni», ktoré úrovne nadpisov budú èíslované, a aktoré sa objavia v obsahu. Toto neodoberá jednotlivé úrovne (prostredia), preto¾e tie sú nastavené v triede dokumentu. Urèité triedy zaèínajú s prostredím -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default a idú nadol k úrovni -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Iné zaèínajú s prostredím -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . Podobne, nie v¹etky triedy dokumentov èíslujú v¹etky úrovne. Väè¹ina z nich neèísluje -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Toto je nieèo, èo mô¾ete zmeni». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otvorte dialóg -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Mali by ste vidie» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset posuvník \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pomenovaný -\family sans +\family sans Håbka èíslovania odsekov -\family default +\family default . Ten urèuje, do akej håbky v hierarchii úrovní LyX èísluje názvy sekcií. Nane¹»astie, èíslo, ktoré nastavíte je trochu divné, tak¾e tu je tabuµka hodnôt a èo znamenajú. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4538,185 +5377,231 @@ H \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hodnota posuvníka -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Sekcie, ktoré LyX èísluje -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¾iadne èíslovanie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly a¾ sekcie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly a¾ podsekcie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly a¾ podpodsekcie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly a¾ odseky -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kapitoly a¾ pododseky -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Samozrejme, ¾e keï pou¾ívate triedu dokumentu, ktorá nemá prostredie kapitola ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ), potom èíslovanie zaèína na úrovni sekcie ( -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ) a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 0 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset tie¾ znamená \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¾iadne èíslovanie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V danom dialógu je e¹te jeden posuvník, pomenovaný -\family sans +\family sans Håbka obsahu -\family default +\family default . Pracuje rovnako ako predchádzajúci, ale urèuje, ktoré úrovne sekcií sa objavia v obsahu. @@ -4725,26 +5610,30 @@ H kapitoly, sekcie a podsekcie. Staèí vám nastavi» håbku èíslovania odsekov na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a håbku obsahu na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To je v¹etko. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection ©peciálne informácie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto informácie sa týkajú v¹etkých prostredí pre nadpisy (èíslovaných aj ne\SpecialChar \- @@ -4752,19 +5641,29 @@ Tieto inform lo\SpecialChar \- va\SpecialChar \- ných): -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize V ¾iadnom z týchto prostredí nemô¾ete pou¾i» poznámku na okraji. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mô¾ete v nich pou¾íva» riadkovú (inline) matematiku. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize S týmito prostrediami nemô¾ete robi» ¾iadne vnáranie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mô¾ete pou¾íva» návestia a krosreferencie, ako odkazy na ich èísla. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako príklad na tieto prostredia sa poobzerajte okolo v tomto dokumente. Po\SpecialChar \- @@ -4772,222 +5671,262 @@ u\SpecialChar \- ¾í\SpecialChar \- va\SpecialChar \- me ich v¹ade vo v¹etkých manuáloch. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Citáty a poézia -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má tri prostredia odsekov na písanie poézie a citátov. Sú to -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Zabudnite na dni menenia riadkovania a hrania sa s okrajmi. Tieto tri prostredia to v¹etko majú zabudované. V¹etky nastavia µavý okraj a pridajú medzeru pred a za text, ktorý obsahujú. Tie¾ umo¾òujú vnáranie, tak¾e mô¾ete prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default vlo¾i» do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , prípadne do iných prostredí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto prostredia majú e¹te jednu vlastnos». Nemenia prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , keï dokonèíte odsek. Tak¾e mô¾ete písa» báseò a stlaèi» -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default bez obáv, ¾e by ste museli znovu meni» prostredie. Samozrejme to znamená, ¾e keï tú báseò dopí¹ete, prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (alebo aké chcete) si musíte nastavi» sami. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset Teraz, keï sme popísali podobnosti týchto prostredí, je èas poveda» si o rozdieloch. -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default sú identické, a¾ na jeden rozdiel: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default pou¾íva na oddelenie odsekov extra medzeru a nikdy neodsadzuje prvý riadok. -\family sans +\family sans Quotaion -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on v¾dy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odsadzuje prvý riadok odseku, a stále pou¾íva rovnaké riadkovanie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je príklad prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Toto je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default . Mô¾em stále písa» a písa», predl¾ova» tento riadok ïalej a ïalej, a¾ kým sa nezalomí. Pozrite -- ¾iadne odsadenie prvého riadku! -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Toto je druhý odsek tohto citátu. Znovu. Nie je tu odsadenie, ale je väè¹ia medzera medzi týmto a predchádzajúcim odsekom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Koniec príkladu. Tu je ïal¹í príklad, tentoraz na prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default : -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Toto je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . Ak budem stále písa», uvidíte odsadenie prvého riadku. Ak va¹a krajina pou¾íva ¹týl písania, ktorý zvýrazòuje odseky odsadením ich prvého riadku, -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default je prostredie pre vás! Pou¾ijete ho, ak budete citova» nejaký text. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation A máme tu ïal¹í odsek. Mohol by som tára» ïalej, ako politik v èase volieb. Ale keby som to robil, boli by ste znudení. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default je prostredie pre poéziu, rýmy, ver¹e a tak ïalej. Tu je príklad: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse This is in Verse -\newline +\newline Which I did not rehearse! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Toto som neprekladal, preto¾e v slovenèine by sa to nerýmovalo a nechcelo sa mi vymý¹µa» nejké ver¹e (okrem toho, ¾e by to aj tak asi nikam neviedlo). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Verse +\begin_layout Verse Mohlo to by» aj hor¹ie.Tento riadok by mohol by» dlhý, veµmi dlhý, a¾ tak dlhý, tak veµmi dlhý, ¾e sa bude zalamova». Na obrazovke to vyzerá v poriadku, ale vo vytlaèenej forme, budú ïal¹ie riadky trochu viac odsadené ako prvý riadok. -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse To break a line -\newline +\newline And make things look fine -\newline +\newline Use -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako mô¾ete vidie», -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default nezarovnáva na oba okraje. Ka¾dá strofa básne je vo svojom odseku. Strofy sa oddeµujú klávesou -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zoznamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: odsek-prostr-zoz} -\end_inset +\end_inset Toto je oblas», kde LyX predstihuje ¹tandardné textové procesory. Jedna z naj\SpecialChar \- @@ -4995,75 +5934,85 @@ be nej¹ích s»a¾ností a oznamoch o chybách v zozname vývojárov LyXu je, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nemô¾em napísa» viac ako jednu medzeru \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . U¾ívateµ s touto otázkou obyèajne hµadá nejaký spôsob, ako odsadi» text, aby vytvoril nejaký zoznam. Keï chcete v komerèných textových procesoroch napísa» zoznam, musíte pou¾i» tabulátory, zarovnania a rôzne iné príkazy na horizontálne medzery. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ale preèo by ste -\emph on +\emph on vy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle mali robi» toto v¹etko? Tabulátory sú dobré pre písací stroj, kde niet iného spôsobu, ako odsadi» text. Na druhej strane, poèítaè je dobrý na poèítanie a opakované robenie vecí. Tak¾e vy by ste sa nemali stara» o èíslovanie zoznamov, zarovnanie a podobne. A s LyXom sa ani nemusíte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX má ¹tyri rôzne prostredia odsekov na vytváranie zoznamov. V prostrediach -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , LyX polo¾ky vá¹ho zoznamu oèísluje, alebo oznaèí odrá¾kami. V prostrediach -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , vám LyX umo¾ní poskytnú» vá¹ popis. Detaily o jednotlivých prostrediach popí¹eme ïalej, len èo sa pozrieme na v¹eobecné vlastnosti v¹etkých týchto prostredí. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection V¹eobecné vlastnosti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto ¹tyri prostredia sa od ostatných prostredí lí¹ia nekoµkými vecami. Za prvé, LyX pova¾uje ka¾dý odsek za polo¾ku zoznamu. Stlaèenie klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default nezmení prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , ale nechá sktuálne prostredie a vytvorí novú polo¾ku zoznamu. Av¹ak håbka vnorenia je obyèajne znovu nastavená na najvy¹¹iu úroveò. Ak chcete ponecha» oboje, håbku prostredia aj samotné prostredie, na ukonèenie odsekov pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoznamy rôznych typov mô¾ete do seba vnára». LyX zmení popisky polo¾iek zoznamu, podµa toho, ako hlboko je vnorený. @@ -5071,138 +6020,175 @@ Zoznamy r si sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: itemize} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prvý typ zoznamu, ktorý popí¹eme je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Má nasledujúce vlastnosti: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ka¾dá polo¾ka má krú¾ok, alebo nejaký iný symbol ako odrá¾ku. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX pou¾íva rovnaký symbol pre v¹etky polo¾ky v danej håbke vnorenia. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Symbol sa objaví na zaèiatku prvého riadku polo¾ky. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Jednotlivé polo¾ky mô¾u by» veµmi dlhé. LyX automaticky posunie µavý okraj ka¾dej polo¾ky. Toto posunutie je relatívne k prostrediu v ktorom sa práve daný -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default zoznam nachádza. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ak vnoríte prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default do iného prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , odrá¾ka sa zmení na nový symbol. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Sú ¹tyri rôzne symboly, na vnáranie do úrovne håbky 4. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Na obrazovke LyX v¾dy zobrazí rovnaký symbol, a to hviezdièku. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pre úplné vysvetlenie vnárania si pozrite sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Samozrejme, toto vysvetlenie bolo zároveò uká¾kou zoznamu -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Toto prostredie sa hodí na zoznamy, v ktorých nezále¾í na poradí jednotlivých polo¾iek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Povedali sme, ¾e rôzne úrovne pou¾ívajú iný symbol ako popisok. Tu je príklad v¹etkých ¹tyroch \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Skú¹al som èo sa stane, ak pou¾ijem e¹te hlb¹ie vnorenie ako je úroveò ¹tyri. LyX to zobrazí správne - ïalej to odsadí - ale LaTeX pri spracovávaní dokumentu vyhlási chybu a daná polo¾ka bude ma» håbku ¹tyri. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset mo¾ností. Tí èo èítate tento manuál v LyXe, si urèite v¹imnete, ¾e nevidíte ¾iadny rozdiel. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Popisok pre prvú úroveò prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default je veµký èierny krú¾ok. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Popisok pre druhú úroveò je pomlèka. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pre tretiu úroveò je to hviezdièka. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pre ¹tvrtú vycentrovaná bodka. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Spä» na tretiu úroveò. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Spä» na druhej úrovni. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Spä» na najvy¹¹iu úroveò. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto sú ¹tandardné odrá¾ky pre toto prostredie. Tieto odrá¾ky si mô¾ete pris\SpecialChar \- @@ -5212,13 +6198,15 @@ bi preambuly (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: preambula} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Samozrejme, ¾e o tomto LyX nebude vedie». To je princím konceptu WYSIWYM. Akékoµvek prispôsobenie sa objaví vo vytlaèenom dokumente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si tie¾, ako sa zmen¹ujú medzery medzi riadkami, so zväè¹ujúcou sa håbkou prostredia. @@ -5226,394 +6214,473 @@ V v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Urèite si ju preèítajte. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostedie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default je nástroj, ktorý vám umo¾ní vytvára» èíslované zoznamy. Má tieto vlastnosti: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ka¾dá polo¾ka má ako popisok znak (alfanumerický). -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Typ znaku závisí od håbky vnorenia. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX automatický polo¾ky poèíta, a popisky podµa toho upravuje. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ka¾dé nové prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default nastavuje poèítadlo na zaèiatok, teda 1. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tak isto ako prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , aj prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Posúva polo¾ky relatívne k µavému okraju. Polo¾ky mô¾u by» µubovoµne dlhé. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Redukuje medzeru medzi riadkami podµa håbky vnorenia. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pou¾íva rôzne popisky, v závislosti na håbke vnorenia. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Dovoµuje vnorenie do håbky ¹tyri. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ukazuje -\emph on +\emph on rôzne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle popisky pre ka¾dú polo¾ku aj v LyXe. Tu je uká¾ka, ako LyX èísluje v¹etky úrovne tohto prostredia. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Prvá úroveò pou¾íva arabské èísla, nasledované bodkou. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Druhá úroveò pou¾íva malé písmená uzatvorené v zátvorkách. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tretia úroveò pou¾íva malé rímske èísla, nasledované bodkou. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ©tvrtá úroveò pou¾íva veµké písmená nasledované bodkou. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Znovu si v¹imnite zmen¹enie medzier medzi riadkami pri väè¹ej håbke. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» na tretiu úroveò. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» na druhú úroveò. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» na najvy¹¹iu úroveò. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typ èíslovanie si zasa mô¾ete zmeni». Av¹ak vy¾aduje to pridanie príkazov do LaTeX preambuly (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: preambula} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ako sme u¾ povedali, takéto zmeny sa objavia len vo vytlaèenej forme dokumentu (nie v LyXe). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard O vnáraní prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default sa dá poveda» viac. Naozaj by ste si mali preèíta» sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: description} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ako protiklad k dvoma predchádzajúcim prostrediam, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default nemá ¾iadny pevne daný popisok. Namiesto neho LyX ako popisok pou¾íva prvé \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset slovo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tu je príklad: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Príklad: Toto je príklad prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX popisok vysádza tuèným písmom a od zvy¹ku riadku ho oddelí väè¹ou medzerou. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz sa pravepodobne èudujete, èo myslíme tým \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pou¾íva prvé \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset slovo \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ako sme uviedli dávnej¹ie, klávesa -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default nepridáva biely znak do textu, ale oddeµuje od seba jednotlivé slová. Ak sme na zaèiatku prvého riadku polo¾ky zoznamu v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default hovorí LyXu aby ukonèil popisok, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Av¹ak èo, ak potrebujete ako popisok pou¾i» viac ako jedno slovo? Je to jednoduché. Pou¾ite chránenú medzeru ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default , pre ïal¹ie informácie si pozrite sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: hmedzera} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Tu je príklad: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Druhý\SpecialChar ~ +Druhý\InsetSpace ~ príklad: Tento popisuje ako pou¾i» chránenú medzeru v popisku polo¾ky zoznamu -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Pou¾itie: Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default by ste mali pou¾íva» na veci, ako sú napríklad definície a pouèky. Pou¾ite ho, ak potrebujete, aby jedno slovo malo ¹peciálne postavenie v texte, ktorý ho popisuje. Nie je dobré pou¾íva» toto prostredie, ak máte popísa» celú vetu. Skôr by ste mali pou¾i» prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default a vnorenie niekoµkých odsekov -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default do nich. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Vnáranie: Samozrejme, ¾e prostredia Description mô¾ete do seba vnára» a mô¾ete ich vnára» do iných typov zoznamov a tak ïalej. O vnáraní si prèítajte sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e po prvom riadku LyX ostatné riadky odsadí. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans List -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: lyxlist} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default je LyXové roz¹írenie LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto prostredie -\emph on +\emph on nevytvára -\emph toggle +\emph toggle èíslovaný zoznam. Na to je prostredie Enumerate, popísané v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: enumerate} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak ako prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default má u¾ívateµsky definované popisky polo¾iek zoznamu. Medzi prostredím -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default a ostatnými troma prostrediami sú nejaké rozdiely: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -popisky\SpecialChar ~ +popisky\InsetSpace ~ polo¾iek Ako popisok LyX pou¾íva prvé \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset slovo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset riadku. Prvá -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default na zaèiatku prvého riadku oznaèí koniec popisku. Ak potrebujete ako popisok pou¾i» viac slov, oddeµte ich chrá\SpecialChar \- ne\SpecialChar \- nou medzerou ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Mezera -\family default +\family default ). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM okraje Ako mô¾ete vidie», LyX pou¾íva rôzne okraje na popisok polo¾ky a text polo¾ky. Text polo¾ky má zväè¹ený µavý okraj, ktorý je rovný veµkosti popisku, plus nejaká medzera naviac. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -¹írka\SpecialChar ~ +¹írka\InsetSpace ~ popisku LyX pou¾íva jednu z dvoch ¹íriek na popisky. Buï pou¾ije aktuálnu, alebo ¹tandardnú, podµa toho, ktorá je väè¹ia. Ak je väè¹ia aktuálna ¹írka, potom sa popisok \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pretiahne \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset do prvého riadku. Inými slovami, text prvého riadku nie je zarovnaný tak ako ostatné riadky textu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM -¹tandardná\SpecialChar ~ +¹tandardná\InsetSpace ~ ¹írka Túto ¹írku mô¾ete veµmi µahko zmeni». Je to úplne bez\SpecialChar \- bo\SpecialChar \- lest\SpecialChar \- né, tak¾e mô¾ete zaisti», aby text v¹etkých polo¾iek zoznamu prostredia -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default mal rovnaký µavý okraj. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM pou¾itie Toto prostredie by ste mali pou¾íva» tak, ako by ste pou¾ívali prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default : keï potrebujete, aby jedno slovo malo ¹pecilne postavenie v texte, ktorý ho popisuje. Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default vám na toto poskytuje iný formát. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM vnáranie Prostredia List mô¾ete do seba vnára», takisto ich mô¾te vnára» @@ -5622,148 +6689,160 @@ vn O vnáraní si preèítajte sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste zmenili ¹írku popisku, oznaète polo¾ky zoznamu pre ktoré ju chcete zmeni». Ak chcete zmeni» ¹írku len pre jednu polo¾ku, jednoducho len umistnite kurzor do nej. Otvorte okno -\family sans +\family sans Prostredie odstavca -\family default +\family default a nájdite textové pole -\family sans +\family sans ©írka hlavièky -\family default +\family default . Text v tomto poli urèuje ¹írku popisku. Ak naozaj chcete, mô¾ete sem napísa» vá¹ navjäè¹í popisok, ale nie je to nutné. Doporuèujujeme vám pou¾i» písmeno \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (viac krát). Je to naj¹ir¹í znak a je to ¹tandardná jednotka ¹írky LaTeXu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Samozrejme, mohli by ste pou¾i» aj nejaké iné písmeno niekoµkokrát. Alebo by ste mohli pou¾i» kombinácie písmen, napr. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset I \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset O \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Av¹ak ¹írka písmena \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ¹tandardnou jednotkou horizontálnej veµkosti v LaTeXu. Preto doporuèujeme pou¾íva» toto písmeno. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ©tandardná ¹írka popisku je 6 písmen \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je e¹te jedna vlastnos» tohto prostredia, o ktorej vám musíme poveda». Ako vidíte v príklade, LyX popisky ¹tandardne zarovnáva naµavo. V skutoènosti je na konci popisku vlo¾ený -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Hfill -\family default +\family default y preberieme neskôr v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: hmedzera} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mô¾ete pou¾i» ïal¹ie -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default y aby ste zmenili zarovnanie popisku. Tu je príkald: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM Naµavo ©atndardné zarovnanie pre polo¾ky prostredia -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill Dostredu Jeden -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default na zaèiatku popisku ho vycentruje. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -Napravo\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +Napravo\InsetSpace ~ 1 Zarovna» popisok napravo mô¾ete viacerýmy chránenými me\SpecialChar \- dze\SpecialChar \- rami @@ -5773,15 +6852,15 @@ rami ne\SpecialChar \- ných medzier treba da», aby to bolo dobré. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Na obrazovke to nevyzerá zarovnané napravo, ale vo výstupe to bolo OK. Keï som dal viac chránených medzier, aby to bolo vpravo na obrazovke, vo výstupe to bolo posunuté moc doprava. @@ -5789,276 +6868,316 @@ Pozn. ako ¹tandardná ¹írka). Toto zarovnanie napravo nie je dobre vyrie¹ené a dúfam, ¾e v budúcich verziách programu bude zmenené. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill -Napravo\SpecialChar ~ +\hfill +Napravo\InsetSpace ~ 2 Toto je trochu lep¹ie, ale stále to nie je ono. Nikoµko -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default ov na zaèiatku popisku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Netrápte sa, ak e¹te neviete, èo je to -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default . Iba si zapamätajte, ako ich mô¾te pou¾i» na prispôsobenie si zoznamu -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To je v¹etko o ¹tyroch prostrediach odekov na vytváranie zoznamov. E¹te raz --- mali by ste si preèíta» sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset o vnáraní prostredí. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listy -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï¾e LyX má triedu dokumentu na tvorbu listov, tie¾ sme vytvorili dve prostredi a nazvané -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . Pri pou¾ívaní triedy list, musíte pou¾i» ¹pecifické prostredia v ¹pecifickom poradí, inak LaTeX dokument nespracuje. Naproti tomu prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default mô¾ete pou¾i» v dokumente kdekoµvek bez problémov. Tie¾ ich mô¾ete vnára» do iných prostredí, ale do nich samotných nemô¾ete vnori» niè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Samozrejme v pou¾ívaní týchto prostredí nie ste obmedzení len na listy. -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default je èiastoène u¾itoèné na vytváranie názvov èlánkov, ako napríklad tie, èo sa pou¾ívajú v európskych akademických novinách. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pou¾itie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: adresa_pouzitie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default formátuje text v ¹týle adresy, ktorý sa v niektorých krajinách pou¾íva pre oslovenie a podpis. Podobne prostredie -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default formátuje text v ¹týle adresy zarovnanej napravo, ktorý sa v niektorých krajinách pou¾íva ako adresa odosielateµa a dne¹ný dátum. Tu je príklad ka¾dého prostredia: -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Address Right Address -\newline +\newline Kto som -\newline +\newline Kde som -\newline +\newline Kde to je? Èo je dnes za deò? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To bolo prostredie -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default . V¹imnite si, ¾e v¹etky riadky majú rovnaký µavý okraj, ktorý LyX nastaví tak, bol najdlh¹í blok textu na jednom riadku. Tu je príklad prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default : -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Kto si ty -\newline +\newline Kde toto posielam -\newline +\newline Tvoja po¹ta a krajina -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako mô¾ete vidie», -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default pridávajú medzeru medzi seba a nasledujúci odstavec. Ak stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default v niektorom z týchto prosterdí, LyX nastaví håbku vnorenia a prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Keï¾e -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default je funkcia na oddeµovanie odsekov, tak¾e individuálne riadky adresy nie sú odseky. Z toho vyplýva, ¾e nový riadok v prostedí -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default by ste mali zaèína» -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Akademické písanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Väè¹ina akademických èlánkov zaèína s abstraktom \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Nevedel som èo je to abstrakt (a neviem èi sa to v slovenèine volá takto), ale mal by to by» nejaký krátky úvod k èlánku. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a konèí literatúrou alebo zoznamom odkazov. LyX obsahuje prostredia na tvorbu oboch. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default sa pou¾íva na vytvorenie abstraktu k èlánku. Technicky -\emph on +\emph on by ste mohli -\emph toggle +\emph toggle toto prostredie pou¾i» kdekoµvek, ale -\emph on +\emph on mali by -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ste ho pou¾i» len na zaèiatku dokumentu, za nadpisom. Tie¾ sa nepokú¹ajte vnára» toto prostredie do iných, alebo naopak. Nebude to fungova». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto prostredie robí za vás niekoµko vecí. Ako prvé, nad text umiestni vycentrovaný nápis \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Abstrakt \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tento nápis a text pod ním sú oddelené nejakou extra medezrou. @@ -6067,693 +7186,793 @@ Abstrakt Takto to vyzrá na obrazovke LyXu. Ak vá¹ dokument je písaný v triede \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vo vytlaèenej forme bude abstrakt na samostatnej stránke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nový odek po stlaèení -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default nezmení prostredie. Nový odsek bude písaný stále v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default , tak¾e prostredie musíte zmeni» sami, keï udete ma» abstrakt napísaný. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Radi by sme vám ukázali príklad tohto prostedia, ale nie je to mo¾né, preto¾e tento dokument je písaný v triede \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak ste nikdy predtým nepoèuli o \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset abstrakte \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , toto prostredie mô¾ete bezpeène ignorova». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Posledná poznámka: toto prostredie je u¾itoèné len v dokumentoch tried \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset report \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (tie¾ aj \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset amsart \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , èo je ¹pecializovaná verzia \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Trieda \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset toto prostredie úplne ignoruje, a je úplne hlúpe pou¾íva» abstrakt v liste. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default (literatúra) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: bibliography} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default sa pou¾íva pre zoznam referencií. Technicky -\emph on +\emph on by ste mohli -\emph toggle +\emph toggle toto prostredie pou¾i» kdekoµvek, ale -\emph on +\emph on mali by -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ste ho pou¾i» na konci dokumentu. Tie¾ sa nepokú¹ajte vnori» -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default do iného prostredia alebo naopak. Nebude to fungova». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \bibitem {1} Keï prvý krát vyberiete prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default , LyX urobí veµkú vertikálnu medzeru, nasledovanú nadpisom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Literatúra \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referencia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , v závislosti na triede dokumentu. Nadpis je vytlaèený veµkým tuèným písmom. Ka¾dý odsek tohto prostredia je polo¾ka referencií. Stalèenie -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default nezru¹í typ prostredia. Ka¾dý nový odsek je stále v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \bibitem {1} Na -\emph on +\emph on zaèiatku prvého riadku -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ka¾dého odseku uvidíte ¹edý obdå¾nik s èíslom. Ak naò kliknete, zobrazí sa vám okienko, v ktorom mô¾ete zada» -\family sans +\family sans kµúè -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans návestie -\family default +\family default . Kµúè je symbolické meno, pomocou ktorého sa budete odkazova» na túto polo¾ku literatúry. Napríklad predpokladajme, ¾e prvá polo¾ka v literatúre je kniha o LaTeXu. Ako kµúè pre túto polo¾ku by sme mohli napísa» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset knihalatex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Takisto mô¾ete definova» nápis, ktorý sa zobrazí v ¹edom obdå¾niku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polo¾ka kµúè nie je neu¾itoèná. Na va¹e polo¾ky literatúry sa mô¾ete odkazova» príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Referencia na citáciu -\family default +\family default . Po¾adovaný kµúè si vyberiete z rozbaµovacieho menu. Príklad tohto prostredia sa nachádza (kde inde) na konci dokumentu. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Pozri \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Kapitola 3]{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset je príklad ako sa odkazova» na dve polo¾ky literatúry. V druhom sme pou¾ili polo¾ku -\family sans +\family sans poznámka -\family default +\family default v okienku vlo¾i» citáciu, èím sme pridali text \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kapitola 3 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Text \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexguide \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ktorý vidíte na obrazovke, bude vo vytlaèenom dokumente nahradený èíslom alebo názvom polo¾ky literatúry. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection ©peciálny úèel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú tri ¹tandardné prostredia odsekov, ktoré sa jednoducho nehodia do ¾iadnej kategórie, preto¾e sú dos» ¹pecializované pre urèité úèely. Pouká¾eme na ich vlastnosti a spôsob pou¾itia. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default je ¹tandardné prostredie pre -\family sans +\family sans Insety s obrázkom -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Insety s tabuµkou -\family default +\family default . Na obrazovke LyXu uvidíte nápis \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Figure: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Table: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle V slovenskom výstupe to samozrejme bude \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Obrázok: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tabuµka: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , v závislosti na tom, aký inset sa tam nachádza. Ïalej toto prostredie vo finálnom výstupe vygeneruje èíslo obrázku alebo tabuµky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto prostredie nemô¾ete vnára» do iných prostredí a naopak. A ïalej stalèenie -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default zmení nasledujúce prostredie na Standard, tak¾e -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default mô¾e by» len samostatný odsek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default nemô¾ete pou¾i» mimo insetu s obrázkom alebo insetu s tabuµkou. O týchto insetoch sa doèítate v sekciách \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: obrazky} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: tabulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default prostredie je ïal¹ie roz¹írenie LyXu. Text vysádza fontom písacieho stroja. Tie¾ klávesu -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default chápe ako skutoèná medzera \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V prostredí -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default je medzera chápaná ako -\family sans +\family sans Chránená medzera -\family default +\family default a nie ako oddeµovaè slov. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , to znamená, ¾e toto je jediný prípad v LyXe, kde mô¾ete napísa» viac medzier za sebou. Ak potrebujete vlo¾i» prázdne riadky, stále musíte pou¾i» -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default (funkcia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter zalomenie riadku -\family default +\family default ). -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default oddeµuje odseky. V¹imnite si, ¾e stlaèenie -\family sans +\family sans Enteru -\family default +\family default nezru¹í prostedie, tak¾e keï skonèíte s písaním v tomto prostredí, budete ho musie» zmeni» sami. Tie¾ mô¾ete -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default vnára» do iných prostredí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je pár drobností o tomto prostredí: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default nemô¾ete pou¾i» na zaèiatku nového odseku (tzn. za -\family sans +\family sans Enterom -\family default +\family default nemô¾e nasledova» -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Za -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default nemô¾e nasledova» -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default na zaèatie nového odseku a potom pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans medzeru -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Alebo pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nemô¾ete ma» prázdny odsek, alebo prázdny riadok. Na ka¾dý riadok, ktorý chcete ma» prázdny, musíte napísa» aspoò jednu medzeru. Inak LaTeX vygeneruje chyby. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Úvodzovky písacieho stroja nenapí¹ete jednoduchým napísaním -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default preto¾e toto vlo¾í skutoèné úvodzovky. Úvodzovky písacieho stroja vlo¾íte s -\family sans +\family sans C- \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Pod pojmom úvodzovky písacieho stroja sa myslia obyèajné rovné úvodzovky, ktoré su napísané ako horné (aj poèiatoèné aj ukonèovacie). Klávesová skratka -\family sans +\family sans C- \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default mi fungovala len keï som mal v LyXe zapnutú anglickú klávesnicu (jazyk Default). ináè sa dajú vlo¾i» príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->©peciálny znak->Obyèajná úvodzovka -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je príklad: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #include -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code { -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hello World -\backslash +\backslash n"); -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code } -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto je ¹tandardný \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Hello World \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset program. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default má jeden úèel: vysádza» kód, ako napríklad zdrojový program, skript, atï. Pou¾ite ho len v tých ¹peciálnych prípadoch, kde potrebujete vytvori» text, ako keby ste pou¾ili písací stroj. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans Comment -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto prostredie sa pou¾íva na písanie komentárov k dokumentu. Tieto komentáre sa neobjavia vo výstupe. Aby to bolo jasné na prvý pohµad, LyX text písaný týmto prostredím zobrazí inou farbou ako ostatný text. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsubsection -\family sans + +\family sans LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: LaTeXlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default má ¹peciálne úèel: preda» LaTeXu veµké bloky príkazov. Má nasledujúce vlastnosti: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Text je zobrazený èervným písmom, indikujúc, ¾e je to kód LaTeXu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mô¾ete vlo¾i» viac medzier ( -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default je chápaná ako chránená medzera). -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Av¹ak toto nefunguje po -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . Vtedy pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Ak chcete va¹e príkazy zalomi» do viacerých riadkov, pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default nastaví prostredie odseku na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on mô¾ete -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vnára» do iných prostredí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pre viac informácií si preèítajte sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vnáranie prostredí \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection O èo ide -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V predchádzajúcich sekciách sme vás stále otravovali so slovami \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset preèítajte si sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Pravdepodobne ste sa èudovali èo za vec je taká dôle¾itá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dôle¾ité je, ¾e LyX sa odli¹uje od konceptu tradièných textových procesorov. S písacím strojom je text iba atrament na stráke. @@ -6763,73 +7982,94 @@ D ami. Ale èo, ak chcete, aby jeden \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset blok \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset zdedil nejaké vlastnosti iného \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset bloku \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je ¹pecifickej¹í príklad: návrhy. V návrhu máte tri hlavné body, ale bod 2. má dve podpolo¾ky. Inými slovami, máte zoznam -\emph on +\emph on vo vnútri -\emph toggle +\emph toggle iného zoznamu, vnútorný zoznam je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pripojený \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset k bodu 2.: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate jeden -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate dva -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate podpolo¾ka - bod 1 -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate podpolo¾ka - bod 2 -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate tri -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako vlo¾íte zoznam do iného zoznamu? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz by odpoveï bola obyèajná: vnoríte jeden zoznam do druhého. Av¹ak vnáranie nie je limitované len na zoznamy. V LyXe mô¾ete vnori» skoro v¹etko do hocièoho iného, ako o chvíµu zistíte. Toto je skutoèná sila vnárania prostredí odsekov. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Èo mô¾ete a nemô¾ete vnára» -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predtým ako vás zasypeme prostrediami, musíme vám poveda» trochu o tom, ako vnáranie funguje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otázka vnárania je trochu komplikovanej¹ia ako jednoduché áno alebo nie, mô¾ete alebo nemô¾ete. @@ -6837,22 +8077,24 @@ Ot Mô¾ete vnori» toto prostredie do iného? Mô¾ete vnori» iné prostredie do neho? \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Áno \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na jednu z týchto otázok negarantuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset áno \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na druhú otázku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï príde na vnáranie, prostredie odseku v LyXe mô¾e ma» tri stavy. Poprvé, prostredie mô¾e by» úplne nevnárateµné. @@ -6861,275 +8103,370 @@ Ke E¹te je jeden typ prostredí. Mô¾ete ich vnára» do iných prostredí, ale to je v¹etko. Do nich nemô¾ete vnori» niè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je zoznam v¹etkých troch správaní sa vnárania, a ktoré prostredia ho majú: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Z nejakého divného dôvodu, LyX dovoµuje úplne vnára» prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . LyX tie¾ umo¾òuje vnára» prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default do iných prostredí. Zdôrazòujeme vám, aby ste to nerobili. LaTeX to mô¾e, ale nemusí zobra». Nevieme to naisto. Ale v kontexte to aj tak nedáva ¾iadny zmysel vnára» tieto prostredia, tak¾e preèo by ste to mali robi»? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description Nevnárateµné Nemô¾te ich vnára», ani vnára» do nich. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Chapter -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Section -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Paragraph -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Section* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Subsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Subsubsection* -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Abstract -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Title -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Author -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Date -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Plne\SpecialChar ~ +Plne\InsetSpace ~ vnárateµné Mô¾ete ich vnára» a mô¾ete vnára» do nich. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Verse -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Quotation -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans List -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Vnárateµné\SpecialChar ~ +Vnárateµné\InsetSpace ~ do Mô¾ete ich vnára» do iných prostredí, ale nemô¾ete vnára» do nich samých. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Standard -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Address -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default skutoène nikam nepatrí, preto¾e sa pou¾íva len v insetoch s obrázkami a tabuµkami. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vnáranie iných vecí: tabuliek, vzorcov, insetov atï. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: tab-a-obr-vnaranie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Toto sú veci, ktoré nie sú prostredia odsekov, ale nejako sa ich vnáranie dotýka. Sú to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rovnice -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabuµky -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Obrázky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ak obrázok alebo tabuµku vlo¾íte do insetu, tak toto sa ho netýka. Pozrite sa ni¾¹ie, alebo na sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: obrazky} -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: tabulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX mô¾e tieto tri objekty pova¾ova» buï za jedno slovo, alebo za odsek. No, tabuµku nemô¾ete vlo¾i» do riadku, ale vzorec a obrázok áno. Ak je obrázok alebo rovnica v riadku, ide tam, kam patrí odsek, v ktorom sa nachádza. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na druhej strane, ak máte rovnicu, obrázok alebo tabuµku ako samostatný odsek, správa sa ako prostredie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vnárateµné do \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Mô¾ete ich vnori» do iného prostredia, ale (obyèajne) nemô¾ete vnára» do nich. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je príklad s tabuµkou: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Polo¾ka jedna -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (a) a je vnorené. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7140,65 +8477,102 @@ Toto je (a) a je vnoren \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (b). Tabuµka je vnorená v (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» vonku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak by sme tabuµku vôbec nevnorili, zoznam by vyzeral takto: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Polo¾ka jedna -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (a) a je vnorené. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout +\end_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7209,67 +8583,109 @@ Toto je (a) a je vnoren \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (b). Tabuµka je vnorená v (a). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» vonku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e polo¾ka (b) u¾ nie je vnorená, ale tie¾ je prvou polo¾kou nového zoznamu! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E¹te je tu jedna pasca, do ktorej sa mô¾ete chyti»: ak tabuµku vnoríte, ale nie dostatoène hlboko, LyX ostatok za tabuµkou premení na nový (pod)zoznam. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Polo¾ka jedna -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (a) a je vnorené. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7280,146 +8696,185 @@ Toto je (a) a je vnoren \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate + +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je (b). Tabuµka je vnorená v (a). -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spä» vonku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako vidíte, polo¾ka (b) sa premenila na prvú polo¾ku, ale prvú polo¾ku -\emph on +\emph on vnútri -\emph toggle +\emph toggle zoznamu 1. Rovnaká vec by sa stala s rovnicou alebo obrázkom. Tak¾e ak vnárate rovnice, obrázky, alebo tabuµky, dajte si pozor, èi idete do správnej håbky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E¹te sú tu tie takzvané -\family sans +\family sans Insety -\family default +\family default . -\family sans +\family sans Inset -\family default +\family default je blok textu asociovaný s nejakým popisom, ktorý ale nemá pevnú polohu. Mô¾e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pláva» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset dopredu alebo dozadu po stránkach, podµa toho, kde je najlep¹ie umiestnený. -\family sans +\family sans Poznámky pod èiarou -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans poznámky na okraji -\family default +\family default sú insety, takisto ako inset s obrázkom, insety s tabuµkou, ¹iroké insety s obrázkom a ¹iroké insety s tabuµkou. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Rozdiel medzi ¹irokým a ne-¹irokým insetom je relevantný len v dvojståpcovom dokumente, kde ¹iroké insety sú ¹iroké dva ståpce namiesto jedného. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ak v LyXe editujete dokument, zavretý inset vyzerá ako slovo, napísané horným indexom a èerveným písmom, a patrí tam, kde je odsek, v ktorom sa nachádza. Av¹ak, preto¾e insety nemajú pevnú polohu vo výslednom texte, vnáranie nemá ¾iadny efekt na ich skutoènú polohu keï dokument spracujete LaTeXom. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pou¾itie a v¹eobecné vlastnosti -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Rôzne väzby -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz, keï sme vám povedali èo mô¾ete a èo nemô¾ete vnára», je èas, aby sme vysvetlili -\emph on +\emph on ako -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vnára». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prvom rade máte na výber medzi klávesovými skratkami, nástrojovou li¹tou a polo¾kami menu. Príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Zmeni» håbku prostredia -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on zväè¹í -\emph toggle +\emph toggle håbku vnorenia o jednu úroveò. Zvý¹i» úroveò mô¾ete tie¾ pou¾itím tlaèítka na paneli nástrojov, ktoré zobrazuje stránku, so ¹ípkami na oboch stranách vnoreného odseku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú dva spôsoby vnárania textu. Mô¾ete oznaèi» text, ktorého håbku chcete zmeni», alebo jednoducho umiestnite kurzor do do odseku, ktorého håbku chcete zmeni». Prvý spôsob umo¾òuje zmeni» håbku viacerým odsekom naraz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e LyX zmení håbku vnorenia, len keï je to mo¾né. Ak nie je mo¾né tak urobi», pri pokuse zmeni» håbku sa niè nestane. @@ -7429,559 +8884,656 @@ V Závisí to na tom, ako vá¹ text vyzerá. Najlep¹ie, èo mô¾ete urobi», je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pohra» sa \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s menením håbky a pozera» èo to robí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec by sme vás radi upozornili na toto: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ak -\emph on +\emph on zmen¹íte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle håbku viackrát, LyX sa zastaví na najvy¹¹ej úrovni. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ak -\emph on +\emph on zväè¹íte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle håbku vnorenia viackrát, LyX håbku cyklicky nastavuje. To znamená, ¾e keï dosiahnete najhlb¹iu úroveò a znovu sa pokúsite håbku zväè¹i», LyX sa nezastaví, ale vráti sa na najvy¹¹iu úroveò. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset najväè¹ia håbka \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset neznamená najhlb¹iu mo¾nú håbku. Nemô¾ete zmeni» håbku na µubovoµnú úroveò. V nadradenej úrovni musí nieèo by». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï hovoríme o úrovniach, LyX doká¾e vnára» do ¹iestej úrovne. Inými slovami, úroveò è. 6 je najväè¹ia mo¾ná håbka. Tu je príklad èo tým myslíme: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate úroveò 1 - navy¹¹ia -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate úroveò 2 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate úroveò 3 -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate úroveò 4 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize úroveò 5 -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize úroveò 6 -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard E¹te raz: LyX má maximálne 6 úrovní a nezále¾i na tom, ktoré prostredie odseku pou¾ívate pre danú úroveò. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nane¹»astie, LyX si toto obmedzenie nestrá¾i. Ak sa pokusíte ho prekroèi», LyX vám to dovolí, ale LaTeX vám vráti chybu pri produkovaní výstupu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Znamená to, ¾e mô¾ete do úrovne 6 vnára» zoznam -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , alebo prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , atï. Tie¾ mô¾ete prostredia mie¹a», ako uvidíte neskôr. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú dve výnimky pre obmedzenie úrovne 6 a obe mô¾ete vidie» v príkladoch. Prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default mô¾ete vnára» len do håbky 4. Napríklad, keby sme sa pokúsili vnori» ïal¹iu polo¾ku -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default zoznamu do polo¾ky \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dostali by sme chybu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Znova: LyX toto neustrá¾i, ale ak sa to rozhodnete poru¹i», LaTeX vám vráti chybu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zopár príkladov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najlep¹í spôsob ako vysvetli» èo mô¾ete robi» s vnáraním sú príklady. Máme niekoµko príkladov vnorených prostredí, v ktorých vysvetµujeme, ako sme daný príklad vytvorili, tak¾e si ho mô¾ete zopakova». -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 1: ©es» úrovní a zmie¹ané vnáranie -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 1-a Toto je najvy¹¹ia úroveò. Pou¾ívame prostredie -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 2-a Toto je druhá úroveò. Vytvorili sme ju -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default a následným zväè¹ením håbky. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 3-a Tretia úroveò. Teraz sme pou¾ili -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default a dvakrát sme zväè¹ili håbku prostredia. Takisto sme ju mohli urobi» ako v predchádzajúcom prípade, teda -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default a zväè¹enie håbky. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Toto je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Standar -\family default +\family default , vnorené v polo¾ke \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 3-a \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tak¾e je na úrovi è. 4. Urobili sme to stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default a zväè¹ením håbky a následným zmenením prostredia na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Tato sa robia polo¾ky zoznamu, ktoré majú viac ako jeden odsek -- tie¾ to funguje na prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je ïal¹í odsek v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , tie¾ na úrovni è. 4, urobený jednoduchým stlaèním -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 4-a Úroveò è. 4. Stlaèili sme -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default a zmenili prostredie odseku naspä» na -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Spomeòte si -- do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default nemô¾eme niè vnori», preto sme stále na úrovni è. 4. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 5-a Toto je úroveò è. 5\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} a toto je úroveò è. 6. Teraz by ste u¾ mali vedie» ako sme ich urobili. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 5-b Spä» na úrovni è. 5. Stlaèili sme Enter a nastavili potrebnú håbku. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 4-b Úroveò è. 4. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 3-b Úroveò è. 3. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 2-b Úroveò è. 2. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMM -è.\SpecialChar ~ +è.\InsetSpace ~ 1-b A nakoniec najvy¹¹ia úroveò. Na konci tejto vety stlaèíme -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default a zmeníme prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu to máte! Oh\SpecialChar \ldots{} taktie¾ sme mohli namiesto prostredia List pou¾i» prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default , alebo dokonca -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . Tento príklad by bol rovnaký. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 2: Dedenie -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Toto je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default na úrovni è. 1, teda na najvy¹¹ej úrovni. Teraz stlaèíme -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , potom zmeníme håbku prostredia a prostredie odseku na -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default na úrovni è. 2. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate V¹imnite si, ¾e vnorené prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default nededí od svojho rodièovského prostredia ( -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default ) len okraje, ale tie¾ písmo a medzerovanie. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tento príklad sme skonèili stlaèením Enteru a následným zmenením prostredia na Standard. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 3: Èíslovanie (znaèky), úrovne a prostredia Enumerate a Itemize -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je prvá úroveò v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Ideme ich zopár do seba vnori». -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je úroveò è. 2. Stlaèili sme -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default a zmenili håbku. Teraz èo sa stane, ak vnoríme do tohto prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default ? Bude na úrovni è. 3, ale akú bude ma» znaèku? Bude to hviezdièka? -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nie! Bude to krú¾ok. Toto je -\emph on +\emph on prvé -\emph toggle +\emph toggle prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default , aj keï je na úrovni è. 3. Tak¾e jeho znaèka je krú¾ok. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Toto je úroveò è. 4. Mali by ste vedie» ako sme ju urobili. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Úroveò è. 5. Teraz sme nezmenili len håbku, ale aj samotné prostredie spä» na -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . V¹imnite si typ èíslovania! Sú to -\emph on +\emph on malé rímske èísla -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , preto¾e v rámci prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default sme na úrovni è. 3. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Èo sa stane, ak nezmeníme prostredie, ale spä» zvý¹ime jeho håbku? Aký typ èíslovania LyX pou¾ije? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh, keby ste zabudli ako necha» håbku aj prostredie nezmenené a vytvori» novú polo¾ku, staèí stlaèi» -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Teraz håbku prostredia zvý¹ime. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je úroveò è. 4. Pozrite, aké èíslovanie LyX pou¾il! -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Toto je úroveò è. 3. Aj keï sme zmenili håbku, LyX stále pou¾íva malé rímske èíslice. Preèo? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Preto¾e aj keï sa zmenila håbka prostredia, v rámci prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default sme na úrovni è. 3. Av¹ak v¹imnite si, ¾e LyX zaène èíslova» od zaèiatku. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Dostali sme sa spä» na druhú úroveò. Teraz sme nezmenili len håbku, ale dostali sme sa na druhú úroveò aj v rámci -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , tak¾e sa zmenilo aj èíslovanie. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate To isté sa stalo po ïal¹om stlaèení klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . Sme na najvy¹¹ej úrovni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec sme zmenili prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . Ako vidíte, èíslo úrovne nesúhlasí s èíslovaním, ktoré LyX pou¾íva pre prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Toto závisí od èíslovania -\emph on +\emph on prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default , ktoré obklopuje daný odsek -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Rovnaké pravidlo platí pre prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 4: Ideme na to -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Teraz to v¹etko \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pomie¹ame \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Nebudeme vnára» tak hlboko ako v pre\SpecialChar \- @@ -7990,72 +9542,93 @@ l detailne popisova» ako sme to urobili. (úroveò è. 1: -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ) -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard ( -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , zmena håbky, -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default : úroveò è. 2) V zátvorkách budeme uvádza» ako sme daný odsek vytvorili. Myslíme, ¾e je to zrozumiteµné: ako sme urobili daný odsek, typ prostredia daného odseku a na zaèiatku alebo na konci úroveò na ktorej sa nachádzame. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : úroveò è. 1) Toto je ïal¹ia polo¾ka zoznamu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Verse Teraz pridáme ver¹e -\newline +\newline Bude to trochu hor¹ie -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , zmena håbky, -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default : úroveò è. 2) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo -\newline +\newline Bippitey boppitey boo! -\newline +\newline ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default ) -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse A máme tu tabuµku: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8066,147 +9639,176 @@ A m \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard jedna ryba -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dve ryby -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard èervená ryba -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard modrá ryba -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Verse + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Verse ( -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default , tabuµka, zmena håbky (2-krát), -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , zvý¹enie úrovne) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ( -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default : úroveò è. 1) Toto je ïal¹ia polo¾ka zoznamu. V¹imnite si, ¾e keï sme vlo¾ili tabuµku, úroveò sa zmenila na è. 3, tak¾e sme museli zmeni» håbku prostredia dva-krát (aby bola na úrovni è. 2), aby tabuµka bola vnorená v prostedí -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default . -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Teraz sme ukonèili zoznam -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default a zaèali prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default . Stále sme na úrovni è. 1. Chceme vám ukáza» pár vecí, ktoré mô¾ete urobi» mixovaním prostredí. Ïal¹ie odseky sú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset citovaný list \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Right Address -\family default +\family default vnoríme do tohoto a potom pou¾ijeme ïal¹ie vnorené prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default na telo listu. Na zachovanie håbky budeme pou¾íva» -\family sans +\family sans M-Enter -\family default +\family default . Nezabudnite, ¾e v prostrediach -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Right Address -\family default +\family default musíte pou¾íva» -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default , aby ste mohli napísa» viac riadkov. Tu to je: -\begin_deeper -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Right Address 1234 Nowhere Rd. -\newline +\newline Moosegroin, MT 00100 -\newline +\newline 9-6-96 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Vá¾ený pán Nový: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation S µútos»ou Vám oznamujeme, ¾e nemô¾eme splni» Va¹u objednávku na 200 l stlaèenéh o metánu, kvôli dôvodom, ktoré sú mimo na¹u kontrolu. @@ -8214,356 +9816,417 @@ o met Va¹e meno dáme do zoznamu èakateµov a va¹u objednávku sa pokusíme splni» hneï ako to bude mo¾né. Ïakujeme Vám za trpezlivos». -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Teraz Vám v¹ak mô¾eme ponúknu» hovädzinu. Ak máte záujem, po¹lite nám naspä» prilo¾ený objednávkový formulár s Va¹ou objednávkou a platbou. -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation E¹te raz Vám ïakujeme za Va¹u trpezlivos». -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address S pozdravom. -\newline +\newline --------------- -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Toto je koniec príkladu! -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ako vidíte, vnáranie prostredí v LyXe vám dáva veµkú silu. Mô¾ete jednoducho vnori» -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default zoznam do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , alebo naopak vlo¾i» -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default do zoznamu -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . Máte veµké mo¾nosti. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Písma a ¹týly textu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veµa moderných sádzacích jazykov sa zaèalo presúva» z pozície ¹pecifikovania urèitého fontu ku ¹pecifikovaniu ¹týlu znakov. Napríklad, namiesto zmeny aktuálneho fontu na jeho ¹ikmú verziu, pou¾ijete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zvýraznený ¹týl \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tento koncept sa prfektne hodí do LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz vám LyX dovoµuje ¹pecifikova» globálny ¹tandardný font a má dva ¹týly znakov: -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default . ©týl -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený -\family default +\family default je to isté ako ¹ikmý font. ©týl -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default kore¹ponduje s fontom písaným veµkými písmenami (kapitálky), ktorý sa pou¾íva hlavne na písanie mien. LyX Tím dúfa, ¾e niekedy bude ma» úplnú mno¾inu ¹týlov znakov a tie¾, ¾e u¾ívateµ si bude môc» prispôsobi», ktoré zmeny fontu prísluchajú ktorému ¹týlu. V súèasnosti sa budete musie» uspokoji» s tým, èo sme u¾ urobili. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Globálne voµby -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tandardný font si mô¾ete nastavi» v okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default , príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Dokument -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default . Sú tu dve zaujímavé voµby: -\family sans +\family sans Písma -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -Veµkos»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Veµkos»\InsetSpace ~ pís\SpecialChar \- ma -\family default +\family default . Mo¾né voµby pod zoznamom -\family sans +\family sans Písma -\family default +\family default zahròujú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a zoznam fontov, dostupných vo va¹om systéme. Voµba \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default pou¾íva ¹tandardný font TeXu, známy ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset computer modern \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (cm) alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset European modern \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec). Väè¹ina systémov bude ma» nejaké verzie písiem Times a Helvetica, s nejakými inými variantami. Toto budete musie» preskúma» sami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pre voµbu -\family sans +\family sans Veµkos» písma -\family default +\family default sú mo¾né tri hodnoty (okrem \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ): 10, 11 a 12. Zapamätajte si, ¾e toto je -\emph on +\emph on základná -\emph toggle +\emph toggle veµkos» písma. LyX ostatné mo¾né veµkosti písma (ako tie, ktoré sa pou¾ívajú na poznámky pod èiarou, a indexy) zväè¹uje a zmen¹uje podµa tejto hodnoty. Ak to potrebujete, veµkos» písma si mô¾ete doladi» v dokumente. A je dos» hlúpe pou¾íva» ako ¹tandardnú veµkos» písma 8pt (bodov) alebo 24pt, preto¾e to mô¾e vá¹ dokument spravi» neèitateµným. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e keï si vyberiete novú hodnotu pre -\family sans +\family sans Písmo -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Veµkos» písma -\family default +\family default , LyX -\emph on +\emph on nezmení -\emph toggle +\emph toggle obrazovku. Rozdiel budete vidie» len keï vygenerujete výstup. Toto je èas» konceptu WYSIWYM. Okrem toho, ak ste dos» inteligentný aby ste pou¾ívali poèítaè, ste dos» inteligentný aj na to, aby ste rozoznali, ¾e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Roman \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset text na obrazovke LyXu kore¹ponduje s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset fontom. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pou¾ívanie rôznych ¹týlov znakov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako sme u¾ videli, LyX automaticky zmení ¹ýl znakov pre urèité prostredia odsekov. Tie¾ sme sa zmienili o dvoch ïal¹ích ¹týloch, -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default . Oba mô¾ete aktivova» pomocou klávesových skratiek, menu a nástrojovej li¹ty. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na aktivovanie ¹týlu -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default urobte jedno z nasledujúcich: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize zmenu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans ©týl meno -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize kliknite na tlaèítko s obrázkom èloveka -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾ite klávesovú skratku -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ c -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etky tieto príkazy sú prepínaèe, tak¾e ak je ¹týl -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default u¾ aktívny, deaktivujú ho. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ím roz¹íreným ¹týlom je ¹týl -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený -\family default +\family default . Mô¾ete ho aktivova» (alebo deaktivova» -- je to tie¾ prepínaè) pomocou: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize vybratím príkazu -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený ¹týl -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize kliknutím na tlaèítko so znakom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾itím skratky -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Momentálne je ¹týl -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznený -\family default +\family default ekvivalentný ¹ikmému písmu. V budúcnosti to plánujeme urobi» konfigurovateµné. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©týl Zvýraznený sme pou¾ívali v celom tomto dokumente. Tu je ïal¹í príklad: -\layout Quotation +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quotation -\emph on + +\emph on Nepre¾eòte to so ¹týlmi znakov! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je to tie¾ varovanie. Písanie textu by malo by» podobné be¾nej konverzácii. V skutoènosti tie¾ permanentne jeden na druhého nekrièíme, tak¾e by sme sa mali vyvarova» tendencii preháòa» to so ¹týlmi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hmm\SpecialChar \ldots{} E¹te jedna poznámka: nastavi» písmo na ¹tandardný font mô¾ete skratkou -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Medzera -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Dolaïovanie pomocou okna -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¾dy sa nájdu prípady, keï potrebujete nieèo doladi», tak¾e LyX vám dáva mo¾nos» vytvori» si vlastný ¹týl znakov. @@ -8571,7 +10234,9 @@ V vy¾adujú pou¾i» font sans-serif. Taktie¾ autori obèas pou¾ívajú rôzne písma na oddelenie my¹lienok postáv od be¾ného dialógu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Predtým, ako popí¹eme u¾ívateµské ¹týly znakov, e¹te raz vás chceme varova»: so ¹týlmi to nepre¾ente. @@ -8580,616 +10245,689 @@ Predt Nane¹»astie je tendencia túto silu pou¾íva» a¾ príli¹. Na um prichádza fráza \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾i» veµké kladivo na zabitie muchy. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . A ako táto veta hovorí, dokumenty, ktoré majú príli¹ veµa rôznych písiem a ich veµkostí, vypadajú ako keby niekdo do ich vykopal veµké diery. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dos» bolo s»a¾ovania sa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na pou¾ívanie u¾ívateµských fontov, otvorte okno -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku -\family default +\family default , príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Znak -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default . Je tam ¹es» rozbaµovacích menu, ktoré umo¾òujú nastavova» rôzne vlstnosti písma. Z nich si mô¾ete vybra» nejakú voµbu, alebo vybra» voµbu -\family sans +\family sans Dr¾a» -\family default +\family default , ktorá podr¾í aktuálny stav danej vlastnosti. Voµba -\family sans +\family sans Nulova» -\family default +\family default nastaví danú vlastnos» na ¹tandardnú hodnotu prostredia odseku. Mô¾ete to po¾i» na nastavovanie ¹tandardných vlastností cez rôzne odseky v jednom kroku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©es» vlastnosí písma a ich mo¾nosti (okrem -\family sans +\family sans Dr¾a» -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Nulova» -\family default +\family default ) sú: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Rodina -\family default +\family default V¹eobecný vzhµad písma. Mo¾né voµby sú: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Rímske -\family default +\family default Toto je rodina písma Rímske. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je to tie¾ ¹tandardná rodina písma. (skratka: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Bez\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Bez\InsetSpace ~ pätiek -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans Toto je rodina písma Bez pätiek. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratk: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Písací\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Písací\InsetSpace ~ stroj -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter -Toto je rodina písma Písací\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +Toto je rodina písma Písací\InsetSpace ~ stroj. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Séria -\family default +\family default Urèuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tuènos» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset písma. Mo¾nosti sú: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Stredné -\family default +\family default Toto je Stredná séria písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tie¾ je to ¹tandardná séria. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tuèné -\family default +\family default -\series bold +\series bold Toto je Tuèná séria písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tieto série mô¾ete prepína» medzi sebou pou¾itím príkazu -\family sans +\family sans ©týl tuèné -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default , alebo skratkou -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Tvar -\family default +\family default Urèuje tvar písma. Mo¾nosti sú: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Normálne -\family default +\family default Toto je normálny tvar písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je to tie¾ ¹tandardný tvar. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans ©ikmé -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape italic +\family sans +\shape italic Toto je ¹ikmý tvar písma. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Kurzíva -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape slanted +\family sans +\shape slanted Toto je tvar písma Kurzíva -\family default -\shape default +\family default +\shape default (aj keï to na obrazovke nemusí by» vidie», je to odli¹né od ¹ikmého tvaru). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Malé\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Malé\InsetSpace ~ veµké -\family default +\family default -\family sans -\shape smallcaps +\family sans +\shape smallcaps Toto je tvar písma Malé veµké. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Veµkos» -\family default +\family default Urèuje veµkos» písma. Nenájdete tu ¾iadne numerické hodnoty. V¹etky mo¾né veµkosti sú relatívne ku ¹tandardnej veµkosti písma. E¹te raz: nemusíte LyXu hovori» detaily, ale len v¹eobecný popis toho, èo chcete urobi». -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾nosti (a ich skratky) sú: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Drobné -\family default +\family default -\size tiny +\size tiny Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset drobná \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Najmen¹ie -\family default +\family default -\size scriptsize +\size scriptsize Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset najmen¹ia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Men¹ie -\family default +\family default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset men¹ia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Malé -\family default +\family default -\size small +\size small Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset malá \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Normálne -\family default +\family default Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset normálna \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je to tie¾ ¹tandardná veµkos». (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ n -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 5 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Veµké -\family default +\family default -\size large +\size large Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset veµká \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-l -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 6 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Väè¹ie -\family default +\family default -\size larger +\size larger Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset väè¹ia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka -\family sans -: M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +: M-s\InsetSpace ~ S-L -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 7 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Najväè¹ie -\family default +\family default -\size largest +\size largest Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset najväè¹ia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 8 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Obrovské -\family default +\family default -\size huge +\size huge Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset obrovská \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµkos» pís\SpecialChar \- ma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ h -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 9 -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Obrovskej¹ie -\family default +\family default -\size giant +\size giant Toto je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset obrovskej¹ia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset veµ\SpecialChar \- kos» písma. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ H -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-s\InsetSpace ~ 0 -\family default +\family default ) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Pri v¹etkých veµkostiach písma sa pou¾íva skratka -\family sans +\family sans M-s -\family default +\family default , ale to je v slovenskom LyXe skratka na otvorenie menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor -\family default +\family default , tak¾e veµkosti budete musie» meni» cez okno -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard E¹te raz vás varujeme. Neblbnite s touto vlastnos»ou. @@ -9197,1559 +10935,1790 @@ E LyX automaticky mení veµkos» písma pre rôzne prostredia odsekov -- teda pou¾ívajte to. Toto nastavovanie je tu -\emph on +\emph on len -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pre dolaïovanie niektorých drobností! -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Rôzne -\family default +\family default Tu si mô¾ete nastavi» pár ïal¹ích vecí. Mo¾nosti sú: -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Silné -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on Toto je zvýraznený text. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾no to vyzerá rovnako ako -\shape italic +\shape italic ©ikmé -\shape default +\shape default písmo, ale je to trochu iné. Ak pou¾ijete zvýraznený text na ¹ikmé písmo, bude tento text normálny. V budúcich verziách LyXu bude mo¾né definova» si presné správanie tejto -\emph on +\emph on logickej -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vlastnosti. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Podtrhnuté -\family default +\family default -\bar under +\bar under Tento text je podtrhnutý. -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Na obrazovke (aspoò u mòa) sú podtrhnuté len slová (nie medzery medzi nimi). Niè si z toho nerobte vo výstupe bude text podèiarknutý celý, teda aj s medzerami. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard (skratka: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ u -\family default +\family default ) -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Meno -\family default +\family default -\noun on +\noun on Tento text je ¹týlom Meno. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tak isto ako -\family sans +\family sans Zvýraznenie -\family default +\family default , aj toto je logický atribút. Nateraz je ekvivalentný ¹týlu -\family sans -Malé\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Malé\InsetSpace ~ veµké -\family default +\family default , ale to by sa niekedy malo zmeni». -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Tento text je v re¾ime -\backslash +\backslash LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Toto je ¹peciálny atribút, ktorý sa pou¾íva, ak chcete vlo¾i» do svojho dokumentu èisté kódy LaTeXu. V¹etko èo je písané v re¾ime LaTeX, sa doslova vlo¾í do LaTeX súboru. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak mô¾ete, vyvarujte sa pou¾ívaniu podtrhnutého písma. Je to pozostatok z èias písacích strojov, keï ste nemohli zmeni» písmo. V LyXe je zahrnuté len preto, lebo ho tie¾ podporuje LaTeX a samozrejme niektorí µudia ho -\emph on +\emph on mô¾u -\emph toggle +\emph toggle skutoène potrebova». -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Farba -\family default +\family default S týmto si mô¾ete nastavi» farbu textu. Samozrejme, ¾e na to potrebujete farebnú tlaèiareò a tie¾ nain¹talovaný -\family sans +\family sans color -\family default +\family default balík LaTeXu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default nie je schopné tieto farby zobrazi». Okrem mo¾nosti -\family sans +\family sans ®iadne -\family default +\family default , si mô¾ete vybra» medzi -\family sans +\family sans èiernou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans bielou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans èervenou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans zelenou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans modrou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans tyrkysovou -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans fialovou -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans ¾ltou -\family default +\family default . Toto tu nebudeme ilustrova». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na výber máte obrovské mno¾stvo kombinácií. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï u¾ ste si v okne -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku -\family default +\family default nastavili svoj ¹týl, mô¾ete ho pou¾i» pomocou tlaèítka na paneli nástrojov oznaèenom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Font \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Samozrejme, ¾e tie¾ mô¾ete pou¾i» tlaèítka v okne -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default .) Tlaèítko na paneli nástrojov vám umo¾ní prepína» sa medzi vami definovaným ¹týlom, aj keï okno -\family sans +\family sans ©týl znaku -\family default +\family default je zatvorené. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako sme uviedli skôr, úplne zru¹i» ¹týl znakov na ¹tandardný mô¾ete kombináciou -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Medezra. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skonèime s rovnakým varovaním, ako predtým: nepreháòajte to s písmami. Vá¹ text by mal hovori» sám za seba. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tlaè a náhµad -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Prehµad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz, keï sme vám popísali niektoré základy tvorby dokumentov v LyXe, pravdepod obne chcete vedie» ako svoju prácu vytlaèíte. Av¹ak predtým ako vám to povieme, radi by sme vám trochu vysvetlili èo sa deje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset za scénou \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Niektoré z týchto informácií popí¹eme aj v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: lyxalatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX na svojom pozadí pou¾íva program \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (V skutoènosti je LaTeX len balík makier pre sádzací systém TeX, ale aby sme sa vyhli zmätkom, budeme tomu celému hovori» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset .) Pozerajte sa na to takto: LyX je to, èo pou¾ívate na napísanie svojho dokumentu. LyX potom zavolá LaTeX aby vá¹ dokument premenil do vytlaèiteµnej podoby. Toto sa deje v niekoµkých krokoch: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Najprv LyX skonvertuje vá¹ dokument do textovej podoby príkazov pre LaTeX, vygenerujúc súbor s príponou \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Potom LaTeX pou¾ije tieto príkazy na vytvorenie vytlaèiteµného dokumentu. LaTeX nevie niè o va¹ej tlaèiarni, ale namiesto toho vyprodukuje to, èo je známe ako -\emph on +\emph on device-independent -\emph toggle +\emph toggle (nezávislý od zariadenia) súbor, alebo jednoducho -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default . Jeho výstupm je súbor s príponou \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default súbory sú plne prenosné. Mô¾ete ich prená¹a» z jedného poèítaèa na druhý, bez akejkoµvek konverzie. -\begin_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Description Poznámka: -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default súbor obsahuje len to, èo bolo priamo v súbore pre LaTeX. Ak máte v dokumente vlo¾ené PostScriptové obrázky, v dvi súbore budú len odkazy na ne, tak¾e nesmiete zabudnú» pri prenose na iný poèítaè, prenies» aj tieto obrázky. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default súbor mô¾ete pova¾ova» za koneèný výstup. Keï ho máte, mô¾ete ho prezera», tlaèi», alebo konvertova» do iných formátov. -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Prezera» ho mô¾ete programom nazvaným -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Niektoré tlaèiarne a systémy Unix rozumejú -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default súborom, tak¾e tlaèi» ich mô¾ete priamo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate V dne¹nej dobe väè¹ina tlaèiarní rozumie formátu PostScript. Ak idete tlaèi» dokument, LyX automaticky prevedie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default súbor na PostScript. LyX vám tie¾ umo¾ní prezrie» si PostScript súbor pomocou programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Výhodou pou¾itia PostScriptového súboru je, ¾e program ktorý do neho konvertuje (nazvaný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ) v¹etku grafiku, ktorú máte v dokumente vlo¾enú dá priamo do výstupného PostScriptového súboru. Tie¾ tam vlo¾í ¹peciálne písma, ktoré ste pou¾ili. Toto robí PostScriptový súbor oveµa prenosnej¹ím ako -\family sans +\family sans Dvi -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LyX toto v¹etko robí automaticky za vás. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako vidíte, predtým ako dostanete vytlaèenú verziu vá¹ho dokumentu sa robí veµa vecí, tak¾e sa neobávajte ak tlaè zaberie viacej èasu ako v be¾ných textových procesoroch. Vytlaèený výsledok je cenou za èakanie. Kvalita má v¾dy svoju cenu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Náhµad s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste si prezreli finálnu verziu vá¹ho dokumentu, so v¹etkým na svojom mies\SpecialChar \- te, oèíslovanými poznámkami atï, vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Zobrazi» DVI -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor->Náhµad -\family default +\family default . Chvíµu budete musie» poèka». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï bude spravené v¹etko èo sa deje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset za scénou \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , LyX zavolá program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default . Teraz sa mô¾ete pozrie» na výsledok. (Ak chcete o -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default vedie» viac, preèítajte si manuálové stránky.) -\layout Description +\end_layout -U¾itoèný\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +U¾itoèný\InsetSpace ~ tip: Okno xdvi si nechajte otvorené (mô¾ete ho presunú» na inú pracovnú plochu). Potom, keï v dokumente urobíte nejaké zmeny a budete si ich chcie» pozrie», vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Aktualizova» DVI -\family default +\family default . Program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default automaticky znovu naèíta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .dvi -\family default +\family default súbor, o èom sa mô¾ete presvedèi» pri prepnutí sa do jeho okna. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Prezeranie PostScriptovej verzie s programom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghost\SpecialChar \- view -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vo v¹eobecnosti je prezeranie programom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default najjednoduch¹í a najrýchlej¹í spôsob. Ale mô¾e sa sta», ¾e si budete chcie» pozrie» PostScriptovú verziu. Jedným z dôvodou sú písma. V LaTeX dokumente mô¾ete pou¾íva» PostScriptové písma, ale -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default vám ich nezobrazí. Aby ste videli skutoèný výsledok, budete musie» pou¾i» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default , alebo iný prezeraè PostScriptových súborov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na prezeranie slú¾i príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Zobrazi» PostScript -\family default +\family default , z rovnakého menu ako predchádzajúci. Potom si choïte da» kávu. Keï je v¹etko hotové, LyX zavolá program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default a vy si mô¾ete pozrie» výsledok. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Aktualizova» PostScript -\family default +\family default je taktie¾ rovnaký ako v predchádzajúcom prípade. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tlaè dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete dokument vytlaèi», vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor -\family default +\family default , alebo kliknite na tlaèítko zobrazujúce tlaèiareò. Otvorí sa vám okno s nastavením tlaèe. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Neviem preèo, ale toto okno nie je vôbec lokalizované, preto aj ïalej v texte budú anglické názvy. Ak náhodou medzitým vyjde nejaká nov¹ia verzia LyXu a bude dobre lokalizovaná, samozrejme ¾e tento text aktualizujem. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je zoznam mo¾ností: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Toto okno má iné mo¾nosti aké bli popísané v anglickej -\emph on +\emph on User`s Guide -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , tak¾e sem dávam len môj popis. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ Destination -\family default +\family default Cieµ vá¹ho tlaèového výstupu. Mô¾e to by» tlaèiareò alebo súbor. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Toto jediné bolo popísané v anglickej dokumentácii. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ Printer: -\family default +\family default Vyberiete si meno tlaèiarne, na ktorej chcete tlaèi». \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto meno talèiarne nie je pre príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lpr -\family default +\family default , ale pre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . To znamená, ¾e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default musíte ma» nakonfigurované pre danú tlaèiareò. Pozrite si sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: dvipskonfig} -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo dokumentáciu ku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default . ©tandardná tlaèiareò mô¾e tie¾ by» nastavená v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Tlaèiareò by mala rozumie» PostScriptu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ File: -\family default +\family default Do okienka zadajte názov súboru, do ktorého sa má tlaèi». Výstup bude vo formáte PostScript. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Je dobré zada» celú cestu (napr. pomocou tlaèítka -\family sans +\family sans Browse -\family default +\family default ), preto¾e LyX urobí výstup do doèasného adresára, kde si vytvára aj medzivýstup y, tak¾e by ste mohli o svoj výsledok prís». -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Options -\family default +\family default Ïal¹ie nastavenia. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ all -\family default +\family default Vytlaèí celý dokument. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ Range: -\family default +\family default Vytlaèí len zadaný rozsah strán, zadaný ich èíslami. Poèiatoèná strana je v poli -\family sans -From\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +From\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default , koncová strana v poli -\family sans -To\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +To\InsetSpace ~ page -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -first\SpecialChar ~ -page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +first\InsetSpace ~ +page\InsetSpace ~ first -\family default +\family default Zaène tlaèi» od prvej stránky. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -last\SpecialChar ~ -page\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +last\InsetSpace ~ +page\InsetSpace ~ first -\family default +\family default Najprv vytlaèí poslednú stránku, a¾ potom ostatné. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ -color\SpecialChar ~ -if\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ +color\InsetSpace ~ +if\InsetSpace ~ available -\family default +\family default Farebná tlaè (ak je farebná tlaèiareò samozrejme). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Print\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Print\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ grayscale -\family default +\family default Èiernobiela tlaè. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Number\SpecialChar ~ -of\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Number\InsetSpace ~ +of\InsetSpace ~ copies -\family default +\family default Poèet kópií. -\end_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Paper\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Paper\InsetSpace ~ format -\family default +\family default Nastavenie papiera. -\begin_deeper -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Portrait -\family default +\family default Portrét -- papier na vý¹ku. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Landscape -\family default +\family default Krajinka -- papier na ¹írku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej je nastavenie veµkosti papiera. Mo¾nosti sú: -\family sans +\family sans A4 (210 x 298 mm) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans B5 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Letter (8 x 11 in) -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Legal -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Executive -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tlaè mô¾e zabra» trochu viac èasu, preto¾e LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default a ak nemáte PostScriptovú tlaèiareò tak aj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostscript -\family default +\family default musia vá¹ dokument spracova». -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Zopár slov o typografii. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Spojovník a rozdeµovanie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: hyphens} -\end_inset +\end_inset V LyXe má znak \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset tri rôzne då¾ky, èasto nazývané -\emph on +\emph on spojovník -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , -\emph on +\emph on en pomlèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a -\emph on +\emph on em pomlèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate spojovník -\hfill +\hfill - -\hfill +\hfill vytvorený s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate en pomlèka -\hfill +\hfill -- -\hfill +\hfill vytvorená s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate em pomlèka -\hfill +\hfill --- -\hfill +\hfill vytvorená s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate znamienko mínus -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Formula $-$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter - -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v matematickom re¾ime -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vytvárate ich viacnásobným pou¾itím \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset za sebou. Vo finálnom výstupe ich LyX automaticky konvertuje na príslu¹ne dlhú pomlèku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto tri typy pomlèiek sa odli¹ujú od znamienka mínus, ktoré je v matematickom re¾ime a má svoju vlastnú då¾ku. Tu sú príklady pou¾itia \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate roz-de-le-né slo-vo -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on spojovník -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Od A--Z -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on en pomlèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oh --- to je ale pomlèka. -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on em pomlèka -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill ( -\emph on +\emph on znamienko mínus -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tí, ktorí èítajú tento dokument v LyXe nevidia ¾iadny rozdiel. Ale vo výstupe rozdiel uvidíte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard E¹te posledná poznámka o rozdeµovaní slov --- LyX automaticky rozdelí slovo a vlo¾í doò spojovník v anglickom texte. (V skutoènosti to robí LaTeX, a tie¾ rozdelí slová v niektorých iných jazykoch.) Slová v¹ak budú rozdelené len vo finálnom výstupe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak z nejakého dôvodu LaTeX nemô¾e slovo rozdeli» správne, mô¾ete ruène nastavi» rozdeµovacie body. Robí sa to príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Bod rozdelenia -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->©peciálny znak -\family default +\family default . Tieto body rozdelenia sú len návrhy pre LaTeX. Ak rozdelenie nie je potrebné, LaTeX ich bude ignorova». -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Interpunkèné znamienka -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Skratky a konce viet -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: skratky} -\end_inset +\end_inset Keï LyX zavolá LaTeX, aby vytvoril finálny dokument, LaTeX automaticky rozli¹uje medzi slovami, vetami a skratkami. LaTeX potom pridá \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset príslu¹né mno¾stvo medzery \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : za vetou (medzi bodkou a nasledujúcim slovom) je medzera o nieèo väè¹ia. V skratkách má medzera za bodkou rovnakú veµkos» ako medzera medzi slovami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nane¹»astie, algoritmus ktorý zis»uje èo je skratka a èo veta je jednoduchý. Ak je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset za malým písmenom, ide o koniec vety, ak je za veµkým písmenom, jedná sa o skratku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je niekoµko príkladov -\emph on +\emph on správnych -\emph toggle +\emph toggle skratiek a koncov viet: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize J. Nováková -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Netrápte sa. Buïte ¹»astný. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} a tu je príklad, kedy algoritmus zlyhá: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize napr. sem je príli¹ veµká medzera! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Toto je pán M. Je v poriadku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Rozdiel uvidíte a¾ keï si pozriete výstup. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na opravenie tohto problému urobje jedno z nasledujúceho: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Za skratkou s malým písmenom pou¾ite -\family sans +\family sans Chránenú medzeru -\family default +\family default (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: chmedzera-zlomriadku-hciara} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pou¾ite príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Bodka na konci vety -\family default +\family default z podmenu -\family sans +\family sans ©peciálne znaky -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . Toto urobí za bodkou medzeru, ktorá sa pou¾íva na oddelenie viet. Funkcia má skratku -\family sans +\family sans C-bodka -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard S opravami na¹e príklady vyzerajú takto: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout -napr.\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Itemize + +napr.\InsetSpace ~ sem je príli¹ veµká medzera! -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Toto je pán M\SpecialChar \@. Je v poriadku. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Úvodzovky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: uvodzovky} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX obyèajne robí úvodzovky správne. Zvlá¹» pou¾ije otváraciu úvodzovku a zvlá¹» ukonèovaciu. napríklad \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset úvodná ukonèovacia \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto generuje klávesový znak ". -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Správanie sa znaku " mô¾ete zmeni» v okienku -\family sans +\family sans Konfigurova» úvodzovky -\family default +\family default , ktoré zobrazíte príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie->Úvodzovky -\family default +\family default . Z rozbaµovacieho menu si vyberte typ úvodzoviek a taktie¾ oznaète èi majú by» jednoduché ( \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset ), alebo dvojité ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu sú príklady mo¾ností: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes els -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes ers -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes sls -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes srs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gls -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes grs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes pls -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes prs -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes fls -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes frs -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout List +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset Text \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset Pou¾ite tieto úvodzovky \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset dvojité \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes als -\end_inset +\end_inset jednoduché \begin_inset Quotes ars -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ligatúry -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: ligatury} -\end_inset +\end_inset Je be¾nou sádzacou praktikou zoskupova» urèité písmená a tlaèi» ich ako jeden znak. Tieto skupiny sú známe ako -\emph on +\emph on ligatúry -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Preto¾e LaTeX o nich vie, vá¹ dokument ich bude obsahova». Tu sú mo¾né ligatúry: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ff -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize fl -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffi -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ffl -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Zatiaµèo v jednom slove mô¾e ligatúra vyzera» v poriadku, napr.\SpecialChar ~ +Zatiaµèo v jednom slove mô¾e ligatúra vyzera» v poriadku, napr.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset graffiti \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -, v zlo¾ených slovách, napr.\SpecialChar ~ +, v zlo¾ených slovách, napr.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo nemecké \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vyzerá zle. Aby ste ligatúru \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset rozbili \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pou¾ite LaTeXový príkaz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash / -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset medzi príslu¹nými písmenami. (Pou¾ite -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\family default +\family default , alebo tlaèítko oznaèené TeX, aby ste text oznaèili ako LaTeXový príkaz. Pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) Toto zmení \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset cuf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset flink \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dorf \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset fest \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vdovy a siroty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: vdovy} -\end_inset +\end_inset V star¹ích èasoch textových procesorov boli zlomy strán v¾dy tam, kde daná strana konèila. @@ -10758,15 +12727,17 @@ V star spodku strany, samotný prvý riadok odseku na konci strany, alebo posledný riadok na zaèiatku novej strany. Tieto kúsky textu sú známe ako -\emph on +\emph on vdovy -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a -\emph on +\emph on siroty -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX sa mô¾e vyvarova» zalomeniu strany za nadpisom. Toto je èas» výhod prostredí odsekov. @@ -10774,29 +12745,37 @@ LyX sa m samostatný na vrchu alebo spodku strany? V LaTeXu sú zabudované pravidlá na lámanie strán, ktoré zabráòujú vznikom vdov a sirôt. Toto je výhoda LyXu, ¾e pou¾íva LaTeX ako svoj backend. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nebudeme sa zaobera» ako sa TeX a LaTeX rozhodujú o zalamovaní strán, alebo ako by sme mohli zmeni» toto správanie. Niektoré knihy o LaTeXu, spomenuté v literatúre (ako napríklad \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) obsahujú viac informácií. Av¹ak takmer nikdy sa nebudete musie» s týmto trápi». -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Insety: tabuµky, obrázky, poznámky -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Poznámky pod èiarou -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na rozdiel od iných programov, LyX na zobrazenie poznámok pou¾íva zatvára\SpecialChar \- teµ\SpecialChar \- @@ -10804,54 +12783,56 @@ n insety, namiesto ich zobrazovania na spodu obrazovky, alebo niekde inde v texte. Keï vlo¾íte poznámku pod èiarou -- samozrejme príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Poznámka pod èiarou -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default -- najprv v texte uvidíte èervený obdå¾nik oznaèený \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto je reprezentácia va¹ej poznámky v LyXe. Do tohto obdå¾nika vlo¾íte svoj text. Keï kliknete na ¹títku \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , obdå¾nik sa zavrie. V budúcnosti poznámku sprístupnike kliknutím na èervenom slove \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans foot -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset napísanom horným indexom v texte na mieste poznámky. Po kliknutí sa poznámka znovu otvorí. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste zavreli túto poznámku pod èiarou, klknite na ¹títku vµavo. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset V LyXe nebudete vidie» ¾iadne èísla. O toto sa nemusíte nijak stara», preto¾e pri spracovávaní dokumentu LyX @@ -10859,117 +12840,127 @@ Aby ste zavreli t Ak chcete u¾ napísaný text premeni» na poznámku, jednoducho ho oznaète a kliknite na tlaèítko poznámky pod èiarou (tlaèítko zobrazujúce text a ¹ípku, ukazujúcu na spodok tohto textu). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èo LyX e¹te nemô¾e robi» je stara» sa o zvlá¹tne sádzanie poznámok -- èíslovanie znovu od 1 v ka¾dej sekcii v triede dokumentu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter article -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo zmena spôsobu èíslovania. Na toto budete musie» vlo¾i» príkazy LaTeXu, ako sú popísané v manuále -\emph on +\emph on Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti editácie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ( -\emph on +\emph on Advanced Editing Tools -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) v sekcii -\emph on +\emph on Triky s poznámkami pod èiarou a na okraji -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ( -\emph on +\emph on Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Poznámka: Inset v LaTeXu a LyXe nie je jednoduchý odsek ako v obyèajných textových procesoroch. Je to komplexná textová ¹truktúra, ktorá mô¾e obsahova» v¹etko okrem insetov. To znamená, ¾e v insete mô¾te pou¾íva» aj obrázky a tabuµky. -\newline +\newline Ak pou¾ívate kontrolu pravopisu, zapamätajte si, ¾e insety -\emph on +\emph on musia by» -\emph toggle +\emph toggle otvorené aby boli skontrolované. Na otvorenie a zatvorenie -\emph on +\emph on v¹etkých -\emph toggle +\emph toggle poz\SpecialChar \- ná\SpecialChar \- mok slú¾i príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Otvori» (Zatvori») v¹etky poznámky pod èiarou/na okraji -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi»->Insety -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Poznámky na okraji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámky na okraji v LyXe vyzerajú a správajú sa rovnako ako poznámky pod èiarou. Ak vlo¾íte poznámku, príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Poznámka na okraji -\family default +\family default v menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default , alebo tlaèítkom na li¹te nástrojov (zobrazuje text na okraji so ¹ípkou ukazujúcou naò), v texte sa objaví èervený obdå¾nik so ¹títkom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto je poz\SpecialChar \- nám\SpecialChar \- ka na o\SpecialChar \- kra\SpecialChar \- ji. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Kliknutím na ¹títok poznámku uzavriete a pred riadkom, ktorý poznámku obsahuje sa zobrazí výkrièník. Poznámku znovu sprístupníte kliknutím na slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans margin -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , napísaným ako èervený horný index v texte. LyX ¹tandardne pou¾íva 1,9 cm (0,75 palcov) ako ¹írku okraja, kde sú napísané @@ -10977,36 +12968,44 @@ margin Toto mo¾no nie je èo by ste chceli, ale podobne ako s poznámkami pod èiarou LyX e¹te nedoká¾e robi» to, èo ponúka LaTeX. Pre príslu¹né príkazy sa pozrite do nejakej knihy o LaTeXu. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Obrázky a importovaná grafika -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: obrazky} -\end_inset +\end_inset ®iadny systém prípravy dokumentov nie je úplný bez schopnosti importova» do dokumentu grafiku. V LyXe sa to nazýva obrázok. LyX dobre podporuje obrázky formátu Encapsulated PostScript, prièom vyu¾íva -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default na vygenerovanie obrázkov na obrazovku a LaTeXový príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsfig -\family default +\family default na vlo¾enie obrázkov do finálneho dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obrázky, o ktorých hovoríme v tejto èasti, nemajú ¾iadny popis a v dokumente sa objavia tam, kde ich umiestníte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Umiestnenie obrázku do dokumentu je robené v dvoch krokoch: najprv poviete LyXu ¾e chcete obrázok a potom obrázok otvoríte a po\SpecialChar \- @@ -11014,46 +13013,74 @@ vie\SpecialChar \- te o òom LyXu detaily. Na vlo¾enie obrázku kliknite na posledné tlaèítko na li¹te, alebo vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Obrázok -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zobrazí sa vám okienko s dvoma mo¾nos»ami: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Encapsulated\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Encapsulated\InsetSpace ~ PostScript: -\family default +\family default Toto obrázok vlo¾í normálne. Obrázok bude umiestnený samostatne medzi ridkami, ako tento: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename mobius.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Vlo¾ený\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾ený\InsetSpace ~ EPS: -\family default +\family default Toto je tie¾ na PostScriptové obrázky, ale tieto sa správajú odli¹ne. Sú vlo¾ené priamo do textu, ako napríklad tento: \begin_inset Graphics @@ -11063,220 +13090,246 @@ EPS: height 0.2in rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Druhým krokom manipulácie s obrázkom je kliknutie na obrázku µavým tlaèítkom. Zobrazí sa vám dialógové okno, kde si urèíte názov súboru a niektoré ïal¹ie mo¾nosti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jednotlivé parametre si preberieme jeden po druhom: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -EPS\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +EPS\InsetSpace ~ obrázok: -\family default +\family default Toto je názov súboru a je to samovysvetµujúce. Tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Pre\SpecialChar \- chá\SpecialChar \- dza» -\family default +\family default vám umo¾ní pohybova» sa v hierarchii súborov graficky a uµahèí vám výber súboru. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 ©írka: Umo¾ní vám nastavi» si ¹írku obrázku. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Normálna -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset urèuje skutoènú ¹írku, ktorá je ulo¾ená v EPS súbore. Av¹ak mô¾ete si ju zmeni» vybratím niektorej z volieb \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans cm -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans palce -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -%\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +%\InsetSpace ~ stránky -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans -%\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +%\InsetSpace ~ ståpca -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a následným zadaním hodnoty do poµa pod nimi. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Vý¹ka: -\family default +\family default Je podobná mo¾nosti -\family sans +\family sans ©írka -\family default +\family default . V¹imnite si, ¾e ak urèíte len jednu z týchto mo¾ností (¹írku alebo vý¹ku) a druhá mo¾nos» bude nastavená na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Normálna -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , potom pomer vý¹ky a ¹írky bude zachovaný ako v origináli. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Zobrazi»: -\family default +\family default Tu nastavíte, ako bude daný obrázok zobrazený v LyXe (nemá to vplyv na to, ako bude obrázok vyzera» vo výstupnom dokumente, len na va¹ej obrazovke). Mo¾nos» -\family sans +\family sans Nezobrazi» tento obrázok -\family default +\family default mô¾e urýchli» LyX. Ten jednoducho namiesto obrázku zobrazí prázdny obdå¾nik. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Nastavenie: -\family default +\family default Obsahuje dve mo¾nosti. Zobrazi» orámovanie zobrazí v LyXe okolo obrázku rám (nemá to efekt na výsledný dokument). Prepínaè -\family sans +\family sans Robi» prepoèty -\family default +\family default robí nieèo zázraèné. Som si tým istý. Ale nemám ani ¹ajn èo to je. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans +\family sans Otoèenie: -\family default +\family default Do poµa -\family sans +\family sans Uhol -\family default +\family default zadáte uhol v stupòoch, o koµko bude obrázok otoèený (otáèa sa proti smeru hodinových ruèièiek). -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\family sans -Na\SpecialChar ~ -celú\SpecialChar ~ -obrazovku\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Na\InsetSpace ~ +celú\InsetSpace ~ +obrazovku\InsetSpace ~ preview: -\family default +\family default Toto talèítko jednoducho zavolá ghostview a obrázok zobrazí v samostatnom okne. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle V dialógovom okne sú e¹te dve voµby: prepínaè -\family sans +\family sans Podobrázok -\family default +\family default a textové pole -\family sans +\family sans Nadpis -\family default +\family default . Nepodarilo sa mi zisti» na èo slú¾ia. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Insety s obrázkami -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Pou¾ívanie insetov s obrázkami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: insetobrazok} -\end_inset +\end_inset Problém s vkladaním obrázkov priamo do textu je, ¾e mô¾u spravi» stránkovanie veµmi neohrabané. @@ -11284,68 +13337,76 @@ Probl v dokumente tam, kde najlep¹ie padnú. Okrem toho vám LyX umo¾òuje automatizova» zoznam týchto obrázkov a k obrázkom mô¾ete da» popis, pou¾itím prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default , ktoré je vysvetlené v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: captionlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inset vlo¾íte príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Inset s obrázkom -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Insety -\family default +\family default . Zobrazí sa vám inset (èervený obdå¾nik) bez obrázku. Pou¾itím tlaèítka na vlo¾enie obrázku potom do neho vlo¾íte skutoèný obrázok. Ak máte dvojståpcový dokument, príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» ¹iroký inset s obrázkom -\family default +\family default získate inset, ktorý sa rozpína cez ¹írku stránky. \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig: escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prvý inset s obrázkom. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename escher-lsd.eps display color rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename platypus.eps @@ -11353,277 +13414,329 @@ collapsed false width 80text% rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig: kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset Druhý inset s obrázkom. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Vyzerá to jednoducho, ale medzi umiestnením popisu je jemný rozdiel. Ak dávate prednos» popisu obrázku pod samotným obrázkom, potom obrázok vlo¾te, keï je kurzor na samom zaèiatku popisu (alebo mô¾te popis zmaza» a vytvori» ho neskôr vybratím prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default potom, èo bol obrázok vlo¾ený). Toto sme pou¾ili pre obrázok \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig: kill-plat} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak pri vkladaní obrázku je kurzor na konci popisu, potom bude obrázok vlo¾ený za popisok, tak ako je to v prípade obrázku \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig: escher} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Najlep¹ie je pou¾íva» len jeden obrázok v insete. Toto dovoµuje LyXu (v skutoènosti LaTeXu) najlep¹ie umiestni» ka¾dý obrázok. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tieto obrázky tie¾ ukazujú pou¾itie návestia a referencie naò (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pou¾itie návestí a krosreferencií je zvlá¹» dôle¾ité v prípade insetov s obrázkami. Mali by ste sa vyvarova» referenciám ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset obrázok hore \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , preto¾e LaTeX va¹e obrázky vo finálnom dokumente mô¾e premiestni» (potom ten obrázok nemusí by» hore). Ak nie je mo¾né obrázky umiestni» na rovnakú stranu ako text, ktorý sa na ne odkazuje, potom budú umiestnené na samostatnú stránku. Celkový efekt je obyèajne celkom dobrý. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Inset\SpecialChar ~ -s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Inset\InsetSpace ~ +s\InsetSpace ~ obrázkom -\family default +\family default a -\family sans -©iroký\SpecialChar ~ -inset\SpecialChar ~ -s\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +©iroký\InsetSpace ~ +inset\InsetSpace ~ +s\InsetSpace ~ obrázkom -\family default +\family default majú e¹te dve èrty. Obrázok je automatický umiestnený do -\family sans +\family sans Zoznamu obrázkov -\family default +\family default (ako je to popísané v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: zoznam} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Tento zoznam mô¾ete vlo¾i» do svojho dokumentu. Druhou èrtou je, ¾e (ako v¹etky insety) mô¾u by» uzatvorené, alebo otvorené. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Umiestnenie insetov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: umiestnenie-insetov} -\end_inset +\end_inset Celá my¹lienka insetov s obrázkom (tie¾ aj insetov s tabuµkou) je umo¾ni» LyXu, aby obrázky (tabuµky) na stránky umiestòoval konzistentným, rozumným spôsobom. Toto by bolo neu¾itoèné, keby ste ten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset rozumný spôsob \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nemohli nejako ovláda». LyX má ¹tyri rôzne miesta, kde sa pokúsi daný obrázok vlo¾i»: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Here\SpecialChar ~ +Here\InsetSpace ~ (sem): LyX sa inset pokúsi vlo¾i» na rovnaké miesto v texte, ako ste ho umiestnili vy. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak na to nie je dostatok miesta, LyX skúsi jednu z ïal¹ích troch mo¾ností. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Top\SpecialChar ~ +Top\InsetSpace ~ (hore): LyX sa pokúsi umiestni» inset na vrchu aktuálnej stránky. Ak sa obrázok nezmestí na aktuálnu stránku, bude umiestnený na nasledujúcej. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Bottom\SpecialChar ~ +Bottom\InsetSpace ~ (dolu): LyX sa pokúsi umiestni» inset naspodu danej stránky. Ak je tam málo miesta, bude na nasledujúcej stránke. -\layout Description +\end_layout -Page\SpecialChar ~ -(na\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Page\InsetSpace ~ +(na\InsetSpace ~ stránke): LyX sa pokúsi vlo¾i» inset na samostatnú stránku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto mô¾ete ¹pecifikova» v okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾nie dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Je tam textové pole, nazvané -\family sans +\family sans Umiestnenie insetov -\family default +\family default , ktoré ovláda globálne umiestnenie insetov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Celé to funguje tak, ¾e do tohto poµa mô¾te da» µubovoµnú kombináciu ¹tyroch znakov, ktoré popisujú jednotlivé typy umiestnenia: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans h -\family default +\family default pre -\emph on +\emph on here -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans t -\family default +\family default pre -\emph on +\emph on top -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans b -\family default +\family default pre -\emph on +\emph on bottom -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans p -\family default +\family default pre -\emph on +\emph on page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poradie urèuje, ktorý zo spôsobov LyX vyskú¹a ako prvý. Ak neuspeje, vyskú¹a dal¹í a tak ïalej. Tu je zopár príkaldov: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans hpb -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Pokúsi sa umiestni» obrázok/tabuµku na svoju aktuálnu pozíciu. Ak to nejde, dá ich na spodok stránky a ak zlyhá aj to, umiestni ich na samostatnú stránku. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans tp -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Umiestni obrázok/tabuµku na vrchol stránky. Ak je príli¹ dlhý/á, umiestní ho na oddelenú stránku. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans p -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard V¾dy umiestni obrázky a tabuµky na samostatné stránky. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard E¹te posledná poznámka: -\family sans +\family sans Umiestnenie insetov -\family default +\family default ovláda pozíciu -\emph on +\emph on aj -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tabuliek -\emph on +\emph on aj -\emph toggle +\emph toggle obrázkov. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default a LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Be¾nou otázkou býva: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ako by som si mohol vytvori» obrázok. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset Na¹»astie je odpoveï zahrnutá vo väè¹ine distribúcií Linuxu a/alebo LaTeXu. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default je mocný a veµmi doporuèovaný kresliaci nástroj. Ak chcete vlo¾i» obrázky vytvorené s -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFigom -\family default +\family default , je na to niekoµko spôsobov. Doporuèujeme nasledujúci: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Obrázok exportujete ako Encapsulated PostScript. Takto mô¾e by» veµmi jednoducho vlo¾ený do LyXu, ako je to popísané v predchádz @@ -11633,7 +13746,7 @@ aj Ak ste do svojho obrázku vlo¾ili text, bude vytlaèený PostScriptovými písmami. S obrázkom mô¾ete manipulova» ako s µubovoµným iným EPS obrázkom, ako je to popísané vy¹¹ie. -\newline +\newline Jedinou nevýhodou je, ¾e nemô¾ete priamo vytvára» vzorce, ako to oèakáva PostScript. Ak potrebujete vzorce alebo jednoduché exponenty, dopo\SpecialChar \- @@ -11642,158 +13755,177 @@ ru\SpecialChar \- je\SpecialChar \- me nasledujúci spôsob. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Obrázok exportujte ako LaTeX. Toto sa dá tie¾ jednoducho vlo¾i» do LyX s tou výhodou, ¾e mô¾te pou¾íva» v¹etky príkazy LaTeXu v rámci textu v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default . Kôli tomu musíte v XFig nastavi» pre text -\emph on +\emph on special flag -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Toto je nastavené automaticky, ak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default spustíte ako -\family typewriter -xfig\SpecialChar ~ +\family typewriter +xfig\InsetSpace ~ -specialtext -\family default +\family default . Ak je to urobené, a tie¾ ste vybrali LaTeX font, jednoducho mô¾ete v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFigu -\family default +\family default napísa» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset $H_2$ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak tento obrázok exportujete ako LaTeX a vlo¾íte do LyXu príkazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input -\family default +\family default , text sa objaví ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\newline +\newline Nevýhodou je, ¾e grafická sila LaTeXu nie je taká veµká ako sila PostScriptu. Preto na zlo¾itej¹ie obrázky doporuèujeme tretí spôsob. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Obrázok exportuje ako kombinovaný LaTeX/PostScript. Potom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default (v skutoènosti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter transfig -\family default +\family default ) vygeneruje dva súbory: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate PostScriptovú èas» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xxx.ps_tex -\family default +\family default , ktorá obsahuje v¹etku grafiku, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LaTeXovú èas» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xxx.ps_tex_t -\family default +\family default , ktorá obsahuje v¹etok text a odkaz na PostScriptovú èas». -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Potom musíte LaTeXovú èas» vlo¾i» príkazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash -input\SpecialChar ~ +\backslash +input\InsetSpace ~ xxx.ps_tex_t -\family default +\family default . Toto tie¾ automaticky vlo¾í PostScriptovú èas». \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak dostanete chybu ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset unknown graphics extension ps_tex \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , budete musie» túto príponu zadeklarova». Myslím si, ¾e toto je chyba transfigu, ktorá sa vyskytla v LaTeX2e. Jednoducho pridajte riadok -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard do súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def -\family default +\family default . Potom pridajte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ps_tex -\family default +\family default k príponám: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash + +\backslash def -\backslash +\backslash Gin@extension{eps, ps, ps_tex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto by malo celú vec vyrie¹i». Alternatívou je, ¾e PostScriptovú èas» exportujete ako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xxx.eps -\family default +\family default a LaTeXovú èas» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xxx.ps_tex_t -\family default +\family default manuálne zmeníte. Ale toto je otravné. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Takto máte plnú silu LaTeXu aj PostScriptu, okrem mo¾nosti obrázok po vytvorení zväè¹ova». @@ -11801,31 +13933,37 @@ xxx.ps_tex_t je PostScriptoý formát. Ïal¹ou malou výhodou nacha» LaTeX vysádza» text je, ¾e písmo pri obrázkoch bude rovnaké ako písmo obyèajného textu, èo vyzerá tro¹ku kraj¹ie. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tabuµky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: tabulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX má mo¾nos» vytvára» a editova» WYSIWYM tabuµky. LaTeX doká¾e s tabuµkami urobi» oveµa viac vecí, ako je v súèasnosti mo¾né v LyXe, tak¾e ak to èo tu bude popísané vám nestaèí, mali by ste sa poobzera» po nejakej dobrej knihe o LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabuµku mô¾ete vlo¾i» buï tlaèítkom na nástrojovej li¹te, alebo príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Tabuµka -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . Objaví sa okienko, kde zadáte poèet riadkov a ståpcov. ©tandardná tabuµka má èiary na hornej a µavej strane ka¾dej bunky, èiaru @@ -11834,8 +13972,20 @@ Vlo Ïalej aj najvy¹¹í riadok má èiaru na spodnom okraji, èo spôsobuje ¾e riadok je oddelený od zvy¹ku tabuµky. Tu je príklad: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11848,142 +13998,190 @@ Vlo \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 12 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 45 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 98 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard B -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard multi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Menu na manipuláciu s tabuµkou -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabuµku si mô¾ete prispôsobova» kliknutím na nej pravým tlaèítkom, èím sa zobrazí menu, kde máte nasledujúce mo¾nosti: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pridávanie/ru¹enie èiar okolo riadkov alebo ståpcov. Ak niektorú èiaru zru¹íte úplne, v LyXe sa vám zobrazí preru¹ovaná èiara, @@ -11993,116 +14191,152 @@ Prid riadku tabuµky v príklade. To isté mô¾ete urobi» vo vertikálnom smere, ak nastavíte pravú èiaru nejakému ståpcu a µavú èiaru ståpcu vpravo od neho. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zarovnanie textu v ståpci. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pridávanie riadkov a ståpcov. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vymazanie riadkov, ståpcov alebo celej tabuµky. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Multiståpec (viac ståpcov). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nastavenie pevnej ¹írky pre ståpec. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Mo¾nosti pre dlhé tabuµky -- toto je u¾itoèné, ak va¹a tabuµka je dlh¹ia ako stránka. Potom je tabuµka na konci stránku rozdelená a pokraèuje na ïal¹ej stránke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Rotácia celej tabuµky alebo danej bunky o 90 stupòov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto menu sa nachádza aj v hlavnom menu. Skúste -\family sans +\family sans Upravi»->Tabuµka -\family default +\family default , ak je kurzor umiestnený v tabuµke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Väè¹ina z týchto mo¾ností tie¾ funguje aj na výber. Znamená to, ¾e ak vyberiete viac buniek, riadkov alebo ståpcov (v¾dy vyberáte bunky, ale ako budú interpretované zále¾í na akcii), príkaz sa vykoná na va¹om výbere. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak pridávate riadok, potom bude pridaný -\emph on +\emph on pod -\emph toggle +\emph toggle riadok, ktorý obsahuje kurzor. Podobne pridaný ståpec je pridaný -\emph on +\emph on vpravo -\emph toggle +\emph toggle od ståpca, ktorý obsahuje kurzor. Takto je dos» »a¾ké prida» ståpec na zaèiatok tabuµky bez mno¾stva kopírovania a vkladania. Mazanie riadka alebo ståpcca je v¾dy aplikované na riadok, alebo ståpec, ktorý obsahuje kurzor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Viac ståpcov \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset spojí dve (alebo viac) susedných buniek v danom riadku. Napríklad v tabuµke hore v riadku \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset B \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset je príkaz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset viac ståpcov \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset aplikovaný na ståpce oznaèané \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 45 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 98 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Najprv vyberiete bunky, ktoré chcete spoji» a potom z menu vykonáte príkaz -\family sans -Viac\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Viac\InsetSpace ~ ståpcov -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viac ståpcov mô¾ete pou¾i» ak potrebujete samostatnú bunku zvlá¹» naformátova». Tu je toho príklad: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12114,165 +14348,211 @@ Viac st \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold x -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold y -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold point a & b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 103 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold point b & a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 599 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 340 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold point abc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1009 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 52 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold point abcd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 96 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 11 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Vidíte tabuµku, kde prvý riadok je zarovnaný doprostred, zatiaµèo prvý ståpec je zarovnaný vµavo a ostatok vpravo. Tie¾ boli odstránené spodná a horná èiara dvoch buniek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete, aby mal ståpec pevnú ¹írku, zadajte ju do okienka -\family sans +\family sans ©írka ståpca -\family default +\family default , ktoré zobrazíte kliknutím na tlaèítko na paneli nástrojov tabuµky, zobrazujúce obojstrannú ¹ípku medzi dvoma èiarami. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak je va¹a tabuµka priveµká na to aby sa zmestila na ¹írku strany nastavenej na vý¹ku, mô¾ete ju otoèi» o 90 stupòov a tabuµka sa v dokumente zobrazí @@ -12280,46 +14560,62 @@ Ak je va Tie¾ mô¾te rotova» jednotlivé bunky, aby ste získali v horizontálnom smere viac miesta. Pozrite sa na nasledujúci príklad, aby ste videli na èo to mô¾ete pou¾i». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na rotáciu buniek slú¾i tlaèítko na li¹te, celú tabuµku otoèíte nastavením voµby v rozbaµovacom menu na zaèiatku li¹ty nástrojov pre tabuµku. -\family sans +\family sans Portrét -\family default +\family default je normálna tabuµka, -\family sans +\family sans Krajinka -\family default +\family default je tabuµka otoèená, -\family sans +\family sans Dlhá -\family default +\family default je ¹peciálne nastavenie pre dlhé tabuµky, ktoré sa nezmestia na stránku. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Táto rotácia tabuµky/buniek sa -\emph on +\emph on nezobrazí -\emph toggle +\emph toggle na obrazovke, ale -\emph on +\emph on len -\emph toggle +\emph toggle v PostScriptovom výstupe. Tak¾e ak si to chcete pozrie», musíte si da» zobrazi» PostScript, preto¾e v -\family sans +\family sans DVI -\family default +\family default to nebute fungova». -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12340,588 +14636,748 @@ DVI \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Popis -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príznak 10 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Suma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Popis\SpecialChar ~ +Popis\InsetSpace ~ 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Popis\SpecialChar ~ +Popis\InsetSpace ~ 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Popis\SpecialChar ~ +Popis\InsetSpace ~ 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Popis\SpecialChar ~ +Popis\InsetSpace ~ 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard * -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Suma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 30 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Ako v tomto príklade vidíte, text v prvom riadku by sa nezmestil na ¹írku stránky, ak by nebol rotovaný. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Èo mô¾e by» v tabuµke umiestnené? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do bunky v tabuµke mô¾e by» vlo¾ených veµa objektov. ¥ubovoµný jednoduchý riadok textu, matematický vzorec, alebo obrázok, ale @@ -12929,27 +15385,43 @@ Do bunky v tabu Mô¾u by» menené tvary a veµkosti písiem. Av¹ak do tabuµky nemô¾ete vlo¾i» inú tabuµku, ani zvlá¹tne prostredia (ako napríklad -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , atï.), preto¾e LaTeX sa pokúsi celú tabuµku da» do tohto prostredia ako odsek. Výsledok tohoto je nepredvídateµný. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vystrihovanie a vkladanie a tabuµky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vystrihovanie a vkladanie medzi tabuµkami pracuje dos» dobre. Vystrihnú» a vlo¾i» mô¾ete viac ako jeden riadok. Oznaèovanie pomocou my¹i alebo kurzorovými klávesami a klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default funguje ako obyèajne. Hodnoty v druhej tabuµke boli zkopírované z prvej a do druhej vlo¾ené. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -12961,87 +15433,127 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13053,125 +15565,163 @@ Shift \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Vystrihovanie a vkladanie mô¾e ma» ne¾iadúci výsledok, ak cieµová tabuµka má iný poèet ståpcov ako zdrojová. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste mohli skopírova»/vystrihnú» a potom vlo¾i» -\emph on +\emph on celú -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tabuµku, budete musie» pou¾i» malý trik. -\emph on +\emph on Pred -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph toggle +\emph toggle tabuµkou musí by» odsek. To znamená, ¾e ak tabuµka je prvá a/alebo posledá vec vo va¹om dokumente, budete musie» okolo nej vytvori» odseky! Teraz oznaète celú tabuµku tak, @@ -13179,28 +15729,50 @@ za znakom odseku za tabuµkou. Potom skopírujete/vystrihnete celú tabuµku vrátane ¹truktúry a nie len jej obsah. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Viacriadkový text v bunke -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tabuµke je mo¾né ma» viacriadkový text, ale nie úplne podµa predstáv WYSIWYM. Na dosiahnutie tohto je niekoµko metód: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zadefinujte si pevnú ¹írku ståpca. Potom keï vá¹ text presiahne túto ¹írku, automaticky sa rozdelí na viac riadkov a bunka sa vertikálne zväè¹í. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Odstráòte èiary medzi dvoma alebo viacerými susednými riadkami (bunkami). Toto dáva len pribli¾ný viacriadkový text v bunke. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tu je príklad: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13212,149 +15784,190 @@ Tu je pr \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto je viacriadkový text v tabuµke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto je dlhé. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 \lang english -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Toto je viacriadkový text v tabuµke. Toto je dlhé.A e¹te dlh¹ie. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Vidíte, ¾e viacriadkový text sa v LyXe nezobrazí správne, ale vo výstupe bude dobrý. Ak sú riadky veµmi dlhé, mô¾ete stlaèi» -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default a získate nový riadok v tej istej bunke, kde mô¾ete pokraèova» v písaní. Výstup -\emph on +\emph on NEBUDE -\emph toggle +\emph toggle re¹pektova» tieto zlomy riadkov, ale celý text bude pova¾ova» za jeden riadok a zalomí ho podµa ¹írky ståpca. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej je tu problém s textom v bunke, ktorý je dlhý a nezmestí sa na ¹írku stránky a tabuµka \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset preteèie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset za pravý okraj. Podobne aj inset s dlhou tabuµkou sa nerozdelí na spodu stránky, tak¾e mô¾e zasahova» pod dolný okraj. Na vyrie¹enie týchto problémov máte tieto mo¾nosti: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tabuµku rozdeµte na dve men¹ie. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nastavte tabuµku na dlhú (rozbaµovacím menu na zaèiatku panelu nástrojov tabuµky). @@ -13362,194 +15975,218 @@ Nastavte tabu Keï nastavíte dlhú tabuµku, automaticky sa sprístupní menu mo¾ností pre takúto tabuµku (rozbaµovacie menu vpravo na li¹te pre tabuµku). Tu si mô¾ete nastavi»: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Normálne: -\family default +\family default ®iadna voµba nie je na danom riadku nastavená. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Prvá\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Prvá\InsetSpace ~ hlavièka: -\family default +\family default Aktuálny riadok a v¹etky riadky nad ním ktoré nemajú definovanú ¾iadnu ¹peciálnu voµbu sú nastavené ako hlavièkové riadky prvej stránky dlhej tabuµky. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans +\family sans Hlavièka: -\family default +\family default Aktuálny riadok a v¹etky riadky nad ním ktoré nemajú definovanú ¾iadnu ¹peciálnu voµbu sú nastavené ako hlavièkové riadky v¹etkých stránok dlhej tabuµky, okrem prvej stránky, ak je definovaná -\family sans -Prvá\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Prvá\InsetSpace ~ hlavièka -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans + +\family sans Pätka: -\family default +\family default Aktuálny riadok a v¹etky riadky nad ním ktoré nemajú definovanú ¾iadnu ¹peciálnu voµbu sú nastavené ako pätkové riadky v¹etkých stránok dlhej tabuµky, okrem poslednej stránky, ak je definovaná -\family sans -Posledná\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Posledná\InsetSpace ~ pätka -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Posledná\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Posledná\InsetSpace ~ pätka: -\family default +\family default Aktuálny riadok a v¹etky riadky nad ním ktoré nemajú definovanú ¾iadnu ¹peciálnu voµbu sú nastavené ako pätkové riadky poslednej stránky dlhej tabuµky. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\family sans -Nova\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Nova\InsetSpace ~ stránka: -\family default +\family default Toto spraví zlom tabuµky na riadku, kde je táto voµba nastavená. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Tabuµka tie¾ mô¾e by» vlo¾ená v insete, ako je to popísané ni¾¹ie, èo umo¾ní TeXu umiestni» ju tak dobre, ako to len bude mo¾né. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Poznámka: -\family sans +\family sans Dlhé tabuµky -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans rotácia -\family default +\family default tabuµky/bunky pou¾ívajú ¹peciálne LaTeXové balíky, tak¾e by ste si mali pozrie» -\emph on +\emph on Konfiguráciu LaTeX-u -\emph toggle +\emph toggle v menu -\family sans +\family sans Pomocník -\family default +\family default , èi vá¹ systém toto podporuje. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\emph on -Pozn.\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Pozn.\InsetSpace ~ prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Hlavièky a -\emph on +\emph on aj -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pätky je najlep¹ie definova» na zaèiatku tabuµky. Pozor si dajte na èiary v tabuµke. Posledný riadok hlavièky alebo pätky (aj prvej a poslednej) -\emph on +\emph on nesmie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ma» nastavenú èiaru zdola, ale nmiesto toho nastavte riadku pod ním èiaru zhora. Ináè vo výstupe budú posledné riadky pätiek oddelené od tabuµky (ako keby èiary medzi bunkami boli nastavené aj zhora aj zdola) a hlavièka nebude ma» navrchu ¾iadnu èiaru. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Insety s tabuµkou -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: tabulkainset} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ak jednoducho tabuµku vlo¾íte pomocou tlaèítka na li¹te, alebo príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Tabuµka -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default , tabuµka bude umiestnená presne tam, kde sa nachádzal kurzor, zobrazená na samostatnom riadku a vycentrovaná. Pou¾itím príkazov -\family sans +\family sans Inset s tabuµkou -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans ©iroký inset s tabuµkou -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Insety -\family default +\family default , umo¾níte LaTeXu umiestni» tabuµku tam, kde sa najlep¹ie hodí, namiesto toho, kde presne ste ju vlo¾ili vy. Umiestòovanie insetov s tabuµkou je podobné ako umietòovanie insetov s obrázkom (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: insetobrazok} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ktoré je popísané v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: umiestnenie-insetov} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tabuµka \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tab: inset_s_tabulkou} -\end_inset +\end_inset je príklad insetu s tabuµkou, ktorá je v LyXe vlo¾ená na konci tohto odseku. Podobne ako pri insetoch s obrázkom, -\family sans +\family sans ©iroký inset s tabuµkou -\family default +\family default je ¹iroká verzia insetu, ktorá sa rozprestiera cez oba ståpce v dvojståpcovom dokumente. \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{tab: inset_s_tabulkou} -\end_inset +\end_inset Inset s tabuµkou. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13561,106 +16198,130 @@ Inset s tabu \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Janko -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Marienka -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ferko -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d\end{array}\right]$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Popisy tabuliek -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï vytvoríte inset s tabuµkou, prvá vec, ktorú zbadáte je výzva na popis tabuµky. @@ -13669,37 +16330,38 @@ Ke Mô¾ete si urèi» èi bude popis nad, alebo pod tabuµkou. Ak popis napí¹ete okam¾ite za slovo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series bold +\series bold Table: -\series default +\series default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v insete a tabuµku vlo¾ite a¾ za týmto popisom, bude popis nad tabuµkou, ako v prípade tabuµky \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tab: inset_s_tabulkou} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak ste popis e¹te nenapísali a vlo¾ili ste rovno tabuµku, potom bude popis pod tabuµkou, ako v prípade tabuµky \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tab: tabinset-popis_pod} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13711,142 +16373,167 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{tab: tabinset-popis_pod} -\end_inset +\end_inset Druhý inset s tabuµkou, s popisom dole. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Mô¾ete vytvori» aj tabuµku bez popisu, vytvorením obyèajnej tabuµky (nie insetu s tabuµkou), oznaèením celej tabuµky a potom vybratím príkazu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Insety->Inset s tabuµkou -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Dá sa to urobi» jednoducho aj tak, ¾e priamo vlo¾íte inset s tabuµkou, prostredie odseku pre popis tabuµky nastavíte z pôvodného -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , èím tento popis zmizne a vytvoríte si tabuµku. Ak v budúcnosti budete tabuµku chcie» popísa», jednoducho v insete vytvoríte odsek s prostredím -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Príkladom je tabuµka \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tab: tabinset-bez_popisu} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -13858,110 +16545,134 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{tab: tabinset-bez_popisu} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset Preto¾e nemá popis, nebude oèíslovaná, aj keï je oèíslovaná referencia na òu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Èíslo, ktoré referencia zobrazí je èíslo sekcie v ktorej je vlo¾ená daná tabuµka. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Nie je mo¾né popísa» tabuµku, ak táto nie je vlo¾ená v insete. @@ -13969,13 +16680,17 @@ Pozn. (sekcia \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) na ne toto èíslo vo výstupe zobrazia. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Umiestnenie insetov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Technika umiestòovania insetov s tabuµkou je rovnaká ako pri insetoch s obrázk\SpecialChar \- @@ -13983,32 +16698,38 @@ om. Preèítajte si sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: umiestnenie-insetov} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Obsah a ïal¹ie zoznamy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: obsah} -\end_inset +\end_inset Jednou z naozaj pekných vlastností LaTeXu je µahkos», s ktorou vám umo¾ní vytvára» rôzne \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zoznamy \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ako napríklad obsah. V¹etko èo musíte urobi» je pou¾íva» urèité prostredia a vlo¾i» referenciu na miesto, kde sa má zoznam objavi». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste pou¾ívateµ LaTeXu, alebo ste pou¾ívali star¹iu verziu LyXu, potom si mo¾no spomínate, ¾e ste museli LaTeX spusti» viackrát, aby veci fungovali @@ -14016,513 +16737,583 @@ Ak ste pou Na¹»astie toto je u¾ minulos»ou. LyX sa sám postará o to, aby bol LaTeX spustený príslu¹ný poèet krát, aby sa zoznamy správne objavili vo výstupe. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Obsah -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aby ste získali obsah, musíte spravi» 4 veci: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pou¾i» triedu dokumentu, ktorá obsah podporuje (v¹etko okrem -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Letter -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pou¾íva» prostredia odsekov, ktoré obsah vytvárajú: -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans Sub -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , ( -\family sans +\family sans Sub -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default . Prostredia s *, ako napríklad -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default , sa v obsahu -\emph on +\emph on nezobrazia -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Uistite sa, ¾e -\family sans +\family sans Håbka èíslovania odsekov -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Håbka obsahu -\family default +\family default v okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default sú nastavené na správne hodnoty. Napríklad, ak v obsahu chcete len kapitoly a sekcie, potom hodnotu nastavte na 1. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vlo¾te obsah na miesto, kde ho chcete. Urobíte to príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Obsah -\family default +\family default v menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Zoznamy a obsah -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je e¹te jedna vec, ktorú s obsahom mô¾ete robi». Nezále¾í na tom, èi ste vo svojom texte obsh vytvorili alebo nie, príkazom -\family sans +\family sans ©truktúra dokumentu -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default zobrazíte okno s obsahom, ktoré vám umo¾ní navigáciu v texte. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zoznam obrázkov, tabuliek a algoritmov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: zoznam} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zoznam obrázkov (ZO), zoznam tabuliek (ZT) a zoznam algoritmov (ZA) sú veµmi podobné obsahu. Medzi nimi je len niekoµko drobných odli¹ností. Nasledujúci popis je pre zoznam obrázkov, ale platí aj pre ZT a ZA. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ak chcete aby sa vá¹ obrázok objavil v zozname, -\emph on +\emph on musíte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pou¾íva» insety s obrázkom ( -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Insety->Inset s obrázkom -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Na mieste, kde zoznam chcete, zadajte príkaz na vlo¾enie zoznamu -- -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->Zoznamy a obsah->Zoznam obrázkov -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka autorov: pozorný èitateµ si urèite v¹imol, ¾e v tejto U¾ívateµskej príruèke nie je ¾iadna zmienka o algoritmoch. Je to preto, lebo toto je nová vlastnos», ktorá e¹te nebola zdokumentovaná - jml. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Matematické vzorce -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Základy editovania matematiky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editovanie matematických výrazov v LyXe je teraz takmer úplne WYSIWYM. Toto je nieèo, èoho sa veµa starých pou¾ívateµov TeXu obáva. Majú radi, ak mô¾u pou¾i» klávesnicu na vlo¾enie nieèoho ako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $ -\backslash +\backslash alpha$ -\family default +\family default (toto v be¾nom TeXu znamená \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset vo finálnom dokumente), preto¾e veria, ¾e je to rýchlej¹ie ako blúdenie cez menu symbolov. Toto je posudok od jedného z tých star¹ích pou¾ívateµov, -\noun on +\noun on Davida Johnsona -\noun toggle +\noun toggle . -\layout Quotation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quotation Nakoniec som sa presvedèil, ¾e matematický editor je správna cesta, keï som zistil ¾e a¾ na nejaké detaily ho mô¾em pou¾íva» rovnakým spôsobom, ako som bol zvyknutý v TeXu. Napríklad tento symbol \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset som vytvoril tak, ¾e som stlaèil -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , aby som zapol matematický re¾im, potom napísal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default , stlaèil -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default . Akonáhle som stlaèil tú medzeru, symbol \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset sa objavil na obrazovke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klávesová skratka -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default zapína matematický re¾im, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default je samozrejme ¹tandardný TeX kód, a -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default ukonèuje matematický re¾im. Dosta» sa do matematického re¾imu je tro¹ku pomal¹ie ako v ¹tandardnom TeXu (najmenej pre tento mód), ale má to svoje výhody: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Máte okam¾itú vizuálnu správu o tom, ¾e vá¹ TeX je správny. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Na obrazovke máte skutoèné matematické výrazy, správne zobrazené, aby ste mali istotu ¾e va¹a matematika je správna (aspoò èo sa týka toho ako je napísaná). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize O v¹etok ten nový zmätok okolo LaTeXových ¹peciálnych prostrediach sa stará LyX a nie vy. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize U¾ nemusíte v kóde hµada» chýbajucí -\family sans +\family sans $ -\family default +\family default alebo nadbytoènú -\family sans +\family sans } -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ak si nepamätáte LaTeXové meno urèitého symbolu, ako napríklad \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , mô¾ete ho sájs» v menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -- tieto výhody znamenajú, ¾e písanie matematky v LyXe je rýchlej¹ie ako v èistom LaTeXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vyvolanie matematického editora -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je niekoµko spôsobov ako vyvola» matematický editor. Mô¾ete kliknú» na tla\SpecialChar \- èít\SpecialChar \- ko, na ktorom je \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto vám otvorí malý modrý obdå¾nik orámovaný rú¾ovým obdå¾nikom. To modré je pozícia matematického kurzoa a to rú¾ové indikuje matematický re¾im. Tie¾ mô¾ete pou¾i» klávesovú skratku -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default , alebo -\family sans +\family sans C-m -\family default +\family default . Vyvolanie matematického re¾imu jedným z týchto spôsobov spustí \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset riadkovú \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset matematiku. Ak nechcete výraz vlo¾i» priamo do textu, kliknite na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Rovnica -\family default +\family default (zobrazuje modrý ¹tvorèek, ktorý má dve èiary nad aj pod sebou). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak pou¾ívate matematický re¾im na napísanie jednoduchých gréckych písmen (napr. \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), je na to ¹peciálna skratka. Jednoducho stlaète -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ a -\family default +\family default pre \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family sans -M-m\SpecialChar ~ -g\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-m\InsetSpace ~ +g\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default pre \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , atï. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Tieto skratky nane¹»astie zase nefungujú, preto¾e skratka -\family sans +\family sans M-m -\family default +\family default otvorí menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo¾nosti -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taktie¾ ak kliknete na µubovoµné tlaèítko na paneli nástrojov matematiky, automaticky sa vyvolá editor. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Navigácia v rovnici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Editor automaticky aktivujete kliknutím na rovnicu (hocikde v modrom texte). Kurzor sa umiestní na miesto kde ste klikli. V rovnici sa najlep¹ie pohybuje pomocou kurzorových ¹ípiek. Miesto, kde sa dá nieèo v rovnici napísa» je indikované malým modrým obdå¾nikom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kurzorové ¹ípky sa mô¾u pou¾íva» na navigáciu v texte v µubovoµnej matematickej ¹truktúre. Ak ste na kraji výrazu a stlaèíte ¹ípku smerom von, kurzor z výrazu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vyskoèí \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Medzery -\family default +\family default ukonèíte zlomok, alebo inú matematickú ¹truktúru (napr. odmocnina \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , zátvorky \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , alebo maticu \begin_inset Formula $\left(\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ), prièom kurzor zostane vo výraze. Stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default vyskoèíte z výrazu a kurzor sa umiestni za daný výraz. Ak ste na konci výrazu a stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default , tie¾ z výrazu vyskoèíte, ale za ním sa automaticky vlo¾í medzera. -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default sa pou¾íva na pohyb v nejakej matematickej ¹truktúre, napríklad na pohyb po èlenoch matice, alebo na pohyb v multiriadkovom výraze. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default nevkladá medzeru, ale ako sme u¾ povedali, ukonèuje nejakú matematickú ¹truktúru. Preto si musíte dáva» pozor a stláèa» ju len vtedy, keï to potrebujete. Napríklad ak chcete \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , pod odmocninu napí¹te \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x+1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a -\emph on +\emph on nie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 2x + 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , preto¾e potom by pod odmocninou bolo len \begin_inset Formula $2x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a výraz by vyzeral \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a stlaèením medzery za znamienkom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset + \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vyskoèíte z výrazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï hovoríme o klávese -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default , mo¾no budete chcie» vytvori» prázdne mies\SpecialChar \- ta, okrem medzerovania ktoré ¹tandardne poskytuje LaTeX. Neodporúèame to, lebo to odporuje ¹týlu WYSIWYM, av¹ak sú situácie kedy to mô¾ete potrebova». Ak tak chcete, stlaèe -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default . Vytvoríte malú medzeru, ktorá sa zobrazí ako malé èervené podtr¾ítko: \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ïal¹ím trikom je zmenenie veµkosti tejto mezery. -\emph on +\emph on Predtým -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ako pohnete kurzorom po tom èo stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default , ak znova stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default , zmeníte jej veµkos». Táto veµkos» sa mení cez niekoµko veµkostí. Posledá je zobrazená modro a je to negatívna medzera. Tu je príklad: \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Akúkoµvek matematickú ¹truktúru mô¾ete nacha» vyplnenú len èiastoène, ako napríklad túto maticu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -14531,24 +17322,30 @@ Ak & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak v¹ak necháte èiastoène vyplnený zlomok, alebo prázdny index, výsledok bude nepredvídateµný. Ináè to väè¹ine objektov nevadí. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Oznaèovanie textu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Text vo výraze mô¾ete oznaèi» dvoma spôsobmi. Umiestni» kurzor na okraj oznaèovaného textu a stlaèenie -\family sans +\family sans Shift-©ípka -\family default +\family default . Text bude zvýraznený ako pri oznaèovaní normálneho textu. Podobne mô¾ete be¾ným spôsobom oznaèi» text my¹ou. @@ -14556,118 +17353,130 @@ Shift- matematického insetu (nie mimo LyXu, alebo do èistého textu v LyXe). Text oznaèený v LyXe mimo matematického výrazu nemô¾te do výrazu vlo¾i» (zatiaµ). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exponenty a indexy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na pridanie exponentu a indexu mô¾ete pou¾i» tlaèítka na paneli matematických nástrojov, ale oveµa rýchlej¹ie je pou¾itie ¹tandardnej metódy TeXu. Ak chcete napísa» \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , v matematickom výraze napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default a potom -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default . Medzera na konci umiestni kurzor spä» na základný riadok. Ak napí¹ete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2y -\family default +\family default dostanete \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak chcete \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter x^2 -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Medzera -\family default +\family default a potom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter y -\family default +\family default . Indexy sú podobné, teda aby ste dostali \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -, napí¹te (v\SpecialChar ~ +, napí¹te (v\InsetSpace ~ matematickom výraze) -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a_1 -\family default +\family default a potom -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle V matematike mi nefungovala slovenská klávesnica (výhodou bolo, ¾e som si nemusel prepína» na anglickú, keï som chcel napísa» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ^ -\family default +\family default ). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Zlomky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zlomok vytvoríte príkazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac -\family default +\family default (vo výraze), alebo pou¾itím tlaèítka -\family sans +\family sans Zlomok -\family default +\family default . Zobrazí sa vám prázdny zlomok, s dvoma ¹tvorèekmi, do ktorých mô¾ete nieèo vlo¾i». Kurzor sa automaticky nastaví do èitateµa zlomku. Aby ste sa presunuli do menovateµa, jednoducho stlaète -\family sans +\family sans ©ípku nadol -\family default +\family default . Pre pohyb naspä» hore stlaète -\family sans +\family sans ©ípku nahor -\family default +\family default . Do zlomku mô¾e by» vlo¾ená µubovoµná matematická ¹truktúra, ako to ukazuje tento príklad: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -14675,96 +17484,112 @@ Zlomok 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Sumy a integrály -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Znamienka sumy \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a integrálu \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset majú èasto napísané hranice, ktoré sú v LyXe (a v TeXu) umiestnené ako horný a dolný index. Hranice sumy v riadku budú na strane, ako sem \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , inak budú nad a pod symbolom: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Av¹ak integrál v¾dy hranice zobrazí na strane (nie nad znaminkom a pod ním): \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{x}f(t)dt=F(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , rovnako aj: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V druhom prípade oba symboly automaticky zmenia svoju veµkos». V tomto prípade tie¾ mô¾e by» zmenené umiestnenie hraníc (priamo nad alebo pod, alebo posum doprava od znaku). Urobíte tak umiestnením kurzoru pred znak a stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans A-m l -\family default +\family default . Aká zmena sa presne udeje zále¾í na znaku. Urèité ïal¹ie matematické výrazy tie» majú túto vlastnos», ako napríklad: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V riadkovom výraze to bude zobrazené na strane: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset napísaná èerveným písmom má zvlá¹tne urèenie. V LaTeXu je pova¾ovaná za ¹peciálny objekt a preto tak pracuje s dolným indexom. V LyXe ju dostanete napísaním -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default v matematickom výraze, alebo vybraním funkcie z menu funkcií na mate\SpecialChar \- ma\SpecialChar \- tickom @@ -14772,56 +17597,62 @@ tickom Ïal¹ie ¹peciálne slovo je napr. \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a väè¹ina trigonometrických funkcií, popísaných ni¾¹ie v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: mat-fcie} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Panel matematických nástrojov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: mat-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tento panel obsahuje zoznam matematických symbolov a ¹truktúr. Umo¾òuje vám rýchly prístup k menej triviálnym vlastnostiam matematiky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prvé dve tlaèítka sú druhá odmocnina \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a zlomok \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ïalej nasledujú tlaèítka pre sumu, integrál, exponent a index. Siedmym tlaèítkom v poradí je oddeµovaè (zátvorky), ktorým si mô¾ete vybra» µavý a pravý oddeµovaè: \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ 3\right\rangle $ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ich veµkos» bude automaticky prispôsobená tomu, èo je v nich uzatvorené. Ïal¹ou ikonou sú dekorácie, ktoré umo¾òujú nad alebo pod matematický výraz umiestni» èiaru, vlnovku, ¹ípku alebo zátvorku: \begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{\widehat{V}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto sa tie¾ prispôsobuje danej matematickej ¹truktúre. Ïalej nasleduje tlaèítko pre medzerovanie, ktoré vám umo¾ní vlo¾i» chránenú medzeru danej då¾ky: \begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ïal¹ím tlaèítkom vlo¾íte do výrazu maticu zadaných rozmerov a takisto si @@ -14829,13 +17660,13 @@ Prv \begin_inset Formula $\left(\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 45 & 67 & 89\end{array}\right)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zátvorky okolo matice sú pridané tlaèítkom -\family sans +\family sans Oddeµovaè -\family default +\family default . Kliknutím na ïal¹ie tlaèítko (keï ste v èistom texte) vytvoríte novú oblas» na zadanie matematického výrazu. @@ -14843,100 +17674,108 @@ Odde \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Ak na toto tlaèítko kliknete keï ste v nejakom matematickom výraze, prepnete tento výraz do riadkového módu, alebo naopak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej sú na paneli tlaèítka obsahujúce matematické symboly. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ïal¹ie matematické symboly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ie matematické symboly sú rozdelené do niekoµkých kategórií a to: Grécke znaky -- \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , operátory -- \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , relácie -- \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ¹ípky -- \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , symboly premenlivej veµkosti -- \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset a kategória rôzne -- \begin_inset Formula $\infty\spadesuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak poznáte ¹tandardné makro LaTeXu pre nejaký symbol, tieto menu nemusíte pou¾íva», ale pomô¾u vám pri tých symboloch, ktorých mená ste zabudli. Ak chcete napísa» symbol ktorého LaTeXové makro poznáte, v¹etko èo musíte urobi» je napísa» ho, vrátane úvodného -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default , tak ako keby ste to písali v èistom LaTeXu, ako napríklad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default . Daný znak bude automaticky konvertovaný na skutoèný symbol hneï ako stlaèíte medzeru, alebo iný ne-alfabetický znak. Text, ktorý takto pí¹ete sa zobrazí èerveným písmom (úodné -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash -\family default +\family default sa nezobrazuje), ale zmení sa na modrý symbol ktorý vám vizuálne povie, ¾e LyX rozumie tomu, èo ste chceli. Ak matematický editor nie je schopný rozpozna» a skonvertova» symbol ktorý ste napísali, zostane napísaný èerveným písmom (toto sa nazýma -\emph on +\emph on makro mód) -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LyXe zatiaµ nemô¾u by» zobrazené v ¹týle WYSIWYM v¹etky znaky dostupné v LaTeXu. Ak skúsite napísa» symbol, ktorého LaTeXové meno poznáte, napr. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oint -\family default +\family default pre \begin_inset Formula $\oint$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , keï skonèíte písanie toho textu a stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default (alebo èíslo, alebo iný ne¹tandardný znak), ak LyX mô¾e, zobrazí symbol ktorého makro ste napísali. Ak to LyX nemô¾e, nechá makro napísané èerveným písmom, ako napríklad \begin_inset Formula $A\hookrightarrow B$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak dané makro LaTeX pozná, vytlaèí ho správne. @@ -14945,36 +17784,40 @@ Medzeru vlo¾te do preambuly (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: preambula} -\end_inset +\end_inset )). Napríklad re»azec: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash a}{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard v preambule vám dovolí v matematike pou¾i» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash a -\family default +\family default namiesto -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\family default +\family default na vytvorenie symbolu \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Av¹ak dajte si pozor na to, ¾e LyX sa neuistí, èi je takéto makro prípustné @@ -14982,151 +17825,175 @@ alpha Pre detaily si preèítajte sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matematické funkcie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: mat-fcie} -\end_inset +\end_inset Predposledné tlaèítko na paneli matematických nástrojov vám umo¾òuje vklada» rôzne matematické funkcie, ako napríklad \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\cos$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -, atï.\SpecialChar ~ +, atï.\InsetSpace ~ (vo výraze ich mô¾ete vlo¾i» napísaním -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cos -\family default +\family default atï.). ©tandardná matematická prax je, ¾e funkcie ktoré sú menami, ako napríklad \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset by nemali by» napísané kurzívou. Ak by ste jednoducho napísali \begin_inset Formula $sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , bolo by to samozrejme kurzívou napísané. Av¹ak toto má e¹te jednu vlastnos», ktorá sa prejaví vo výstupe. Napríklad vo výraze \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ -\end_inset +\end_inset bude vo výstupe malá medzera medzi písmenami n a t. Pre slová, ktoré znamenajú zlo¾itej¹ie matematické objekty, ako napríklad \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , makro mení spôsob umiestòovania dolného indexu. Ak ide o riadkový výraz, bude to vyzera» takto: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , inak to bude takéto: \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Tieto dva výrazy boli napísané rovnako, ale pou¾itie makra -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default ovplyvòuje zobrazenie (ovplyvnená je riaková verzia, kôli medzerám medzi riadkami). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Viac symbolov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sú nejaé matematické symboly, ktoré nie sú prístupné z èistého LaTeXu (alebo z LyXu), ale v sádzaní matematiky sú dos» be¾né, ako napríklad písmo old-German Fraktur a ¹tylizované písmo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset blackboard bold \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset be¾ne pou¾ívané na zobrazenie komplexných alebo celých èísel. V okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default je prepínaè -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» AMS matematiku -\family default +\family default . Keï je aktivovaný, sú dostupné v¹etky AMS-LaTeX symboly a prostredia. Ak tieto balíky aktivujete cez preambulu, dostanete sa do problémov, preto¾e LyX si sám definuje niektoré z makier pou¾itých v týchto balíkoch. Rozlo¾enie AMS vkladá tieto balíky automaticky. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Akcenty -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V matematickom re¾ime mô¾ete vklada» znaky s akcentom rovnako ako v texte. Mô¾e to závisie» na va¹ej klávesnici. Rovnako mô¾ete pou¾i» makrá TeXu. To znamená, ¾e ak chcete v matematickom re¾ime vlo¾i» \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans medzera -\family default +\family default , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter a -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . V nasledujúcej tabuµke sú ekvivalenty pre názvy akcentov v textovom a matematic kom re¾ime: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -15138,355 +18005,435 @@ kom re \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard text -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard matematika -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard príklad -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard circumflex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard hat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard grave -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard acute -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard umlaut -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ddot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard dot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard breve -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard caron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard check -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard macron -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard --- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard vec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Zátvorky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LyXe je dostupných niekoµko druhov zátvoriek. Pre niektoré prípady by malo postaèova» pou¾itie klávesov -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ()[]{}| -\backslash +\backslash <> -\family default +\family default . Ale ak chcete uzátvorkova» veµkú ¹truktúru, ako napríklad matica, alebo ak máte niekoµko úrovní zátvoriek, je vhodnej¹ie pou¾íva» tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Oddeµovaè -\family default +\family default na paneli matematických nástrojov (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: mat-panel} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Napríklad týmto spôsobom urobíte zátvorky okolo ¹tandard\SpecialChar \- @@ -15496,67 +18443,75 @@ nej matice: 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4\end{array}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset A lep¹ie zviditeµníte úrovne zátvoriek v takomto hnusobstve: \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset alebo: \begin_inset Formula \[ f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Zátvorky z okna Oddeµovaè sa svojou veµkos»ou automaticky prispôsobia tomu, èo je v nich uzatvorené (v èistom LaTeXu je to urobené cez -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash left( blah -\backslash +\backslash right) -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zátvorky vyberiete tak, ¾e pomocou prepínaèa vyberiete èi chcete nastavi» pravú alebo µavú zátvorku a potom kliknete na zátvorke, ktorú chcete. Ak chcete, aby na niektorej strane nebola zátvorka, kliknite na prázdne tlaèítko. V LyXe sa to zobrazí ako èiarkovaná èiara, ale nevytlaèí sa niè. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak sa do matematického výrazu rozhodnete vlo¾i» zátvorky (alebo inú matematickú ¹truktúru, ako napríklad odmocninu) okolo nejakej matematickej ¹truktúry, oznaète danú ¹truktúru, ktorá má by» umiestnená v zátvorke (stlaèením klávesy -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default a pohybom kurzoru ¹ípkami). Potom vyberte príslu¹nú pravú a µavú zátvorku a kliknite na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . Okolo danej ¹truktúry budú vytvorené zátvorky. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Polia a viacriadkové rovnice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Polia, ako napríklad matice, sa do LyXu vkladajú jednoducho. Staèí kliknú» na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Matica -\family default +\family default na paneli matematických nástrojov, ktoré vám zobrazí okno kde si zadáte poèet riadkov a ståpcov matice. Tu je príklad: @@ -15566,12 +18521,12 @@ Matica 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Zátvorky nie sú automatické, ale mô¾ete ich prida» tlaèítkom -\family sans +\family sans Oddeµovaè -\family default +\family default . Spo\SpecialChar \- meò\SpecialChar \- @@ -15580,36 +18535,38 @@ te si, Keï vytvárate maticu, mô¾ete sa rozhodnú», èi ståpce (alebo niektoré z nich) budú zarovnané napravo, naµavo, alebo vycentrovnaé. Toto sa urèuje textovým poµom, v ktorom je ¹tadardne napísané -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ccc -\family default +\family default . Mali by ste by» opatrný pri rozhodovaní sa koµko ståpcov a radkov bude ma» va¹a matica. Riadky do matice mô¾ete prida» klávesou -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default keï ste v danej matici a zru¹i» ich klávesami -\family sans +\family sans A-e k -\family default +\family default . Zatiaµ nie je mo¾né pridáva» alebo ru¹i» ståpce. Tu je ïal¹í príklad, s rôznym zarovnaním ståpcov: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Ako som u¾ spomenul, v matematike mi nefunguje diakritika, tak¾e si to nev¹ímajte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15618,31 +18575,31 @@ stlpec & stlpec & tento\\ zarovnany & je & je\, zarovnany\\ nalavo & vycentrovany & doprava\end{array}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset V matematickom re¾ime LaTeXu sú aj ïal¹ie polia, èiastoène s vlo¾enými balíkmi AMS-LaTeX. Napríklad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default . V LyXe zatiaµ nie sú podporované (prostredie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default je podporované vo vývojovej verzii LyXu). Av¹ak takúto ¹truktúru je mo¾né vytvori» pomocou matice (èo aj v skutoènosti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default robí). Tu je príklad: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -15650,37 +18607,39 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cl} \frac{1}{q}, & \mathrm{ak}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\\ 0, & \mathrm{ak}\, x\,\mathrm{je}\,\mathrm{iracionalne}\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset Najprv sme vytvorili zátvorky (pravá je prázdna), potom do nich vlo¾ili maticu \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , so zarovnaním oboch ståpcov naµavo. Písmo Roman bude vysvetlené neskôr. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Viacriadkové rovnice sa v LyXe tie¾ vytvárajú veµmi jednoducho. Rovnicu nesmiete písa» v riadkovom re¾ime. Teda kliknete na tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Rovnica -\family default +\family default na paneli, èo automaticky zapne -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eqnarray -\family default +\family default formát (formát LaTeXu pre viacriadkové rovnice). Potom vo výraze stlaète -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . Ak chcete viacriadkovú rovnicu, najlep¹ie je prida» nový riadok ( -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ) okam¾ite na zaèiatku. Ka¾dý riadok je potom rozdelený na tri oblasti, v ktorých sa mô¾ete pohybova» my¹ou, ¹ípkami, alebo tabulátorom. @@ -15689,20 +18648,20 @@ C-Enter 3 & = & 1+2\\ 4+5 & = & 9\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset U¾ existujúcu rovnicu mô¾ete zmeni» ne viacriadkovú stlaèením -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default ak je kurzor umiestnený hocikde v originálnej rovnici. Av¹ak LyX sa nepokúsi rozdeli» rovnicu na tri èasti, ale v¹etko vlo¾í do µavej èasti riadku. Ak chcete zmeni» zarovnanie rovnice, umiestnite kurzor na miesto, kde chcete ma» prostrednú èas» riadku a stlaète -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default . Ak bude kurzor umiestnený niekde v µavej èasti, potom tá èas», ktorá je od kurzora napravo sa presunie do prostrednej èasti a to èo bolo v prostriedku @@ -15711,49 +18670,55 @@ C-Tab na zaèiatok pravej èasti. Do prostrednej èasti by ste nemali dáva» veµké ¹truktúru, ako napríklad zlomky, preto¾e LaTeX ich vysádza tak, ¾e ich zmen¹í. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Riadok vo viacriadkovom výraze mô¾ete vymaza» pou¾itím -\family sans +\family sans A-e k -\family default +\family default , ak máte kurzor nastavený na danom riadku. Nový riadok pridáte -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Èíslovanie rovníc -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: mat-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset Èíslovanie rovníc je v LyXe veµmi jednoduché. V¹etko, èo musíte urobi», ak chcete zmeni» rovnicu ako napríklad: \begin_inset Formula \[ 1+2=3\] -\end_inset +\end_inset na èíslovanú rovnicu: \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+2=3\label{mathed:prva_rovnica}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset je vybra» príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Návestie -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . Otvorí sa vám okienko, do ktorého zadáte re»azec. Nemusíte zadáva» èíslo, preto¾e o preèíslovanie rovníc sa stará LaTeX. @@ -15766,81 +18731,87 @@ nie rovnice m informácie o dokumente. Keï naò kliknete, jeho obsah sa zma¾e \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Obsah minibuffera som musel vymazáva» ruène. Ale inak to funguje. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset a vy mô¾ete napísa» nejaký príkaz.) napí¹te príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default . Kurzor musí by» umiestnený v rovnici. Príklad: \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tento príkaz je prepínaè. Ak ho zadáte znovu, èíslovanie danej rovnice bude zru¹ené. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Jedine takýmto spôsobom som dokázal zru¹i» èíslovanie rovnice (aj keï má návestie). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Na rovnicu s návestím (nie tú, ktorá je len oèíslovaná) sa mô¾ete odkazova» krosreferenciou (príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Krosreferencia -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default ). Toto je odkaz na rovnicu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:prva_rovnica} -\end_inset +\end_inset . V návestiach by ste -\emph on +\emph on nemali -\emph toggle +\emph toggle pou¾íva» medzery, preto¾e vám to mô¾e spôsobi» problémy. Je to chyba LyXu, ktorá ale mô¾e by» odstránená. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tandardom pre èíslovanie (aj vkladanie návestí) viac-riadkových rovníc je, ¾e ka¾dý riadok je èíslovaný samostatne. Keï raz vlo¾íte na nejaký riadok návestie aby bol oèíslovaný, automaticky budú oèíslované v¹etky nasledujúce riadky (bude im pridané návestie \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset # \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Toto návestie si mô¾ete zmeni», aby ste sa mohli na daný riadok odkazova». @@ -15850,44 +18821,50 @@ nemali 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\\ 16 & = & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:tertia_rovnica}\end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset V¹imnite si, ¾e prvá rovnica má návestie ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:druha_rovnica} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), druhá a tretia sú èíslované ale bez návestia a posledá má zase návestie ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:tertia_rovnica} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle Tretia rovnica nemala ma» ani návestie ani nemala by» oèíslovaná. Keï som v¹ak v minibufferi zadal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-number -\family default +\family default , zru¹il mi èíslovanie na v¹etkých ¹tyroch rovniciach. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section U¾ívateµsky definované makrá v matematic\SpecialChar \- kom re¾ime -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX vo verzii 0.12 dovoµuje u¾ívateµovi definova» si makrá. U¾ívateµsky definované makro nie je èervený názov, ktorý LyX nepozná a @@ -15898,287 +18875,329 @@ LyX vo verzii 0.12 dovo Ale ak naò kliknete, zobrazí sa ako normálny matematický obdå¾nik, ktorý mô¾ete editova». Vyskú¹ajte si to: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\makro}{a+b} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete toto makro pou¾i» v iných rovniciach, staèí napísa» jeho meno v TeX re¾ime, v tomto prípade -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makro -\family default +\family default , a ono sa automaticky expanduje: \begin_inset Formula $c=\makro$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ako si mô¾ete overi», kurzor sa do makra nedá umiestni». Celé makro vystupuje ako jediný znak a vygenerovaný TeX kód tohto výrazu je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter c = -\backslash +\backslash makro -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Av¹ak do niektorých makier mô¾ete kurzor umiestni». Do tých, ktoré majú -\emph on +\emph on argumenty -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . V definícii makra argument vyzerá ako -\family typewriter +\family typewriter # -\family default +\family default nsledovaný èíslom argumentu: -\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\begin_inset FormulaMacro \newcommand{\makrosarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï sa toto makro expanduje, bude v òom obyèajný prázdny modrý obdå¾nik, ktorý indikuje, ¾e doòho mô¾ete nieèo vlo¾i»: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makrosarg = -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Formula $\makrosarg{}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Príklad: \begin_inset Formula $b=\makrosarg{x-2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pri exporte do LaTeXu vytvoria definície makier príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Návod na pou¾ívanie makier -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ako ich vytvori» -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete vytvori» makro, do minibuffera napí¹te príkaz: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro [poèet argumentov] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napríklad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makro -\family default +\family default bolo vytvorené ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro makro -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makrosarg -\family default +\family default bolo vytvorené ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro makrosarg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete vlo¾i» znaèku argumentu (len v obdå¾niku definície makra), pou¾ite príkaz: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter math-macro-arg <èíslo> -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Znaèka argumentu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash makrosarg -\family default +\family default bola vlo¾ená ako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-macro-arg 1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V makre nemô¾ete pou¾i» viac ako 9 argumentov, èíslovaných od 1 po 9. V definícii makra sa mô¾e argument opakova», ale samozrejme zadaný bude len raz. Èíslo argumentu nemô¾e by» väè¹ie ako poèet argumentov, ktorý bol pre dané makro definovaný. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ako sa pohybova» -\layout Description +\end_layout -Pomocou\SpecialChar ~ -kurzorových\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +Pomocou\InsetSpace ~ +kurzorových\InsetSpace ~ kláves: Ak vsúpite do makra, kurzor sa umiestni do prvého argumentu. Na ïal¹í argument sa presuniete klávesou -\family sans +\family sans TAB -\family default +\family default . Zapamätajte si, ¾e ak stlaèíte -\family sans +\family sans Medzeru -\family default +\family default , kurzor sa umiestni von za makro. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Pomocou\SpecialChar ~ +Pomocou\InsetSpace ~ my¹i: Ako obyèajne, kliknutím na dané políèko argumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V súèasnosti si u¾ívateµ mô¾e definova» len príkazové makrá, ale vnútorne je mo¾né definova» si aj makrá prostredia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je niekoµko preddefinovaných makier, ktoré hlavne umo¾òujú u¾ívateµom AMS-LaTeXu pou¾íva» AMS makrá v zmysle WYSIWYM, ako napríklad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash binom -\family default +\family default . ( -\emph on +\emph on Poznámka: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cases -\family default +\family default v súèasnosti nie je povolené, preto¾e po nejakom zjednodu¹ení a zdokonalení makra, jediné platné argumenty sú pododseky (subparagraphs). Tabulátory (tabs) ani nové riadky (newlines) nie sú prípustné. -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dolaïovanie -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Písmo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V matematickom re¾ime mô¾ete pou¾íva» niekoµko druhov písma, ale (zatiaµ) je nutné meni» ich pomocou klávesových skratiek. Nezobrazia sa presne WYSIWYM a niektoré sa WYSIWYM nezobrazia vôbec. ©tandardné písmo pre text je ¹íkmé, \begin_inset Formula $text$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , ale pre èísla je ¹tandardné písmo Rímske. Ak chcete v mate\SpecialChar \- ma\SpecialChar \- tike napísa» text rímskym písmom, stlaète -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default : \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{text}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ak chcete tuèné, \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , stlaète -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ b -\family default +\family default . Ak chcete kaligrafické písmo pre veµké písmená (na obrazovke to vyzerá ako ¹ikmá Helvetica, ale vo výstupe je to kraj¹ie), stlaète -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ -\family default +\family default e: \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tu je tabuµka v¹etkých podporovaných písiem: \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle - Skratka M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\emph toggle + Skratka M-c\InsetSpace ~ i nefunguje. Druhý ståpec je písaný anglickými ekvivalentami, preto¾e v matematike nefunguje diakritika (u¾ som sa o tom myslím zmieòoval). @@ -16186,11 +19205,25 @@ i nefunguje. texte, ¾e si oznaèíte nieèo èo u¾ máte napísané a potom stlaèíte príslu¹nú kombináciu kláves, ale najprv treba stlaèi» danú klávesovú skratku a potom písa». -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -16202,301 +19235,353 @@ i nefunguje. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Textový re¾im -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Matematika -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Klávesová skratka v matematike -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tuèné -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{Bold}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -M-C\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-C\InsetSpace ~ b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Zvýraznené -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\emph toggle -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph toggle +M-c\InsetSpace ~ e -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle --------- -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\emph toggle -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph toggle +M-c\InsetSpace ~ r -\family default +\family default -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\emph toggle +\family typewriter +\emph toggle Písací stroj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\emph toggle -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph toggle +M-c\InsetSpace ~ p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ©tandardné -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph toggle +\emph toggle \begin_inset Formula $Default$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -\emph toggle -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +\emph toggle +M-c\InsetSpace ~ Medzera -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Matematický re¾im nepodporuje v¹etky znaky vo v¹etkých písmach a v týchto ¹týloch písiem budú podporované iba písmená, v prípade kaligrafického textu len veµké písmená. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je mo¾né (v AMS-LaTeXu) urobi» v matematike tuèné písma a symboly (nie ¹ikmé). Av¹ak LyX toto nepodporuje WYSIWYM\SpecialChar \@. Vytlaèí sa to v¹ak správne. Aby ste napísali tuèný symbol, napríklad tuènú \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , v matematike napí¹te -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{ -\backslash +\backslash alpha} -\family default +\family default . Ukonèujúca zlo¾ená zátvorka sa objaví ihneï ako napí¹ete prvú zátvorku. Toto funguje pre v¹etky symboly a èísla. Tie¾ je mo¾né písa» písmom Fraktur (tradièné nemecké), keï napí¹ete napríklad -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathfrak{g} -\family default +\family default , pre Fraktur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $g$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default , alebo písmom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset blackboard-bold \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , veµké písmená s dvojitou èiarou s príkazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mathbb{R} -\family default +\family default . Tieto symboly sa (zatiaµ) v LyXe nezobrazia WYSIWYM a musí by» pou¾itý balík AMS-LaTeX (vrátane -\family typewriter +\family typewriter amsfonts -\family default +\family default ). Pridanie týchto balíkov je zále¾itos» nastavenia vlastností dokumentu ( -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie->Dokumnet -\family default +\family default ). Je tam prepínaè nazvaný -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» AMS matematiku -\family default +\family default . Keï je aktivovaný, sú dostupné v¹etky AMS-LaTeX symboly a prostredia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tejto príruèke neudávame príklady týchto písiem, aby ju bolo mo¾né prezrie» a vytlaèi» aj bez týchto balíkov, ktoré niektorí µudia nemusia ma» nain\SpecialChar \- @@ -16504,36 +19589,40 @@ V tejto pr lo\SpecialChar \- van é. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Veµkosti písiem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V matematike sú ¹tyri (relatívne) veµkosti (alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¹týly \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) písiem, ktoré sa automaticky vyberajú vo väè¹ine situácií. Ich názvy sú -\emph on +\emph on textstyle -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , -\emph on +\emph on displaystyle -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , -\emph on +\emph on scriptstype -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a -\emph on +\emph on scriptscriptstyle -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Pre väè¹inu znakov je textstyle a displaystyle rovnaká veµkos», ale zlomky, horné a dolné indexy a urèité ïal¹ie efekty sú v displaystyle vysádzané @@ -16542,124 +19631,138 @@ scriptscriptstyle v¹etok text bude vysádzaný v týchto rôznych veµkostiach tak, ako LaTeX uzná za vhodné. Toto si mô¾ete prestavi» príkazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size -\family default +\family default v minibufferi. Napríklad zlomok \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset mô¾ete vysádza» normálne (textstyle), alebo ho mô¾ete urobi» väè¹í, èo tie¾ zmení riadkovanie, v ¹týle displaystyle, ak v minibufferi napí¹ete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter math-size displaystyle -\family default +\family default , keï kurzor je nastavený na hlavnom riadku rovnice: \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Buïte opatrný, preto¾e ak kurzor bude nad alebo pod zlomkovou èiarou, potom bude zväèsené len to èíslo: \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ! Toto odrá¾a LaTeXovú \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset neúmyselnú vlastnos» \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V podstate chybu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , nie LyXovú. Tieto zmeny veµkostí písma nie sú v LyXe také zrejmé ako budú vo výstupe. Tu je príklad textu napísaného v rôznych ¹týloch: \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle displaystyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etky tieto matematické veµkosti písiem sú relatívne, to znamená, ¾e ak je matematický výraz a okolitý text vysádzaný urèitou veµkos»ou písma, potom budú v¹etky tieto matematické veµkosti upravené. Podobne, ak sa zmení základná veµkos» písma dokumentu, budú upravené v¹etky písma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size largest + +\size largest Tu je odsek vo veµkosti písma \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Najväè¹ie \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , so symbolom: \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto tie¾ platí pre matematické písma v názvoch sekcií atï. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Ïal¹ie nástroje -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Krosreferencie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset Tí z vás, ktorí tento manuál èítajú priamo v LyXe, vidia na zaèiatku tohto odseku ¹edý obdå¾nik s textom. To je -\family sans +\family sans návestie -\family default +\family default . Aby sme sa správne vyjadrili, je to polovica krosreferencie. Druhá polovica je -\family sans +\family sans referencia -\family default +\family default , a vyzerá takto: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tí èo èítajú tento manuál v LyXe zasa vidia ¹edý obdå¾nik s textom. @@ -16668,7 +19771,7 @@ referencia Tie¾ je ïal¹ia mo¾nos» krosreferencie: \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec: crossref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto je èíslo strany, obsahujúcej dané návestie. @@ -16676,25 +19779,27 @@ referencia vá¹ho dokumentu. Nemusíte si pamäta», aké èíslo má ktorá sekcia --- o to sa postará LyX! V¹etko èo potrebujete urobi» je pou¾i» -\family sans +\family sans návestie -\family default +\family default na oznaèenie sekcie, obrázku, tabuµky, rovnice, atï. a potom sa naò odkáza» -\family sans +\family sans referenciou -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Návestie vlo¾íte príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Návestie -\family default +\family default , z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . Zobrazí sa vám okienko, kde zadáte vá¹ popis. Návestia, ktoré ste vytvorili nemô¾ete zmeni» (aspoò zatiaµ nie). @@ -16702,105 +19807,117 @@ Vlo na staré návestie a vlo¾i» nové referencie. Je to dos» \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset bolestivé \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tak¾e buïte opatrní pri vyberaní názvov návestí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Referenciu vlo¾íte príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Krosreferencia -\family default +\family default takisto z menu -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» -\family default +\family default . Zobrazí sa vám okno -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» krosreferenciu -\family default +\family default so zoznamom návestí a nejakými tlaèítkami. Dvojkliknutím na niektoré návestie vlo¾íte do textu na miesto kurzora referenci u na dané návestie. Na mieste referencie bude vo vytlaèenom dokumente èíslo sekcie, kde sa nachádza návestie (to isté robí tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» referenciu) -\family default +\family default . Tlaèítko -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» èíslo strany -\family default +\family default vlo¾í referenciu tak, ¾e vo vytlaèenom dokumente bude na jej mieste èíslo strany, na ktorej sa dané návestie nachádza. -\family sans +\family sans Ís» na referenciu -\family default +\family default vás v dokumente presunie na zadanú referenciu. Je to vhodné na rýchly presun v dokumente. Tlaèítkom -\family sans +\family sans Aktualizova» -\family default +\family default aktualizujete zoznam návestí. Pou¾ite ho v prípade, ¾e okno -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i» referenciu -\family default +\family default necháte stále otvorené a pri editovaní dokumentu pridáte nejaké nové návestia. Je to nutné, lebo inak by ste tieto nové návestia v zozname nemali. -\family sans +\family sans Zavrie» -\family default +\family default samozrejme uzavrie okno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak z nejakého iného dokumentu vlo¾íte text, ktorý obsahuje návestia a referencie , alebo ak zru¹íte nejaké návestie vo va¹om dokumente, na ktoré sa odkazuje referencia, LaTeX vám oznámi chybu: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: Reference X on page Y undefined on input line Z. -\newline +\newline LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vo výstupe budú namiesto referencie dva otázniky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Referencie vytlaèia èíslo najbli¾¹ej sekcie, v ktorej sa nachádza návestie. Tak¾e ak chcete pou¾i» návestie na kapitolu ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ), ale okam¾ite za názvom kapitoly nasleduje názov sekcie ( -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ), návestie musíte vlo¾i» -\emph on +\emph on do -\emph toggle +\emph toggle prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Nezále¾í na tom kde, a v LyXe to mô¾e vyzera» blbo, ale musíte to urobi». To isté platí pre názvy sekcií na ni¾¹ích úrovniach. Ak za názvom sekcie nasleduje èistý text, potom mô¾ete návestie vlo¾i» kdekoµvek do tohto textu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Taktie¾ normálne referencie --- referencie, ktoré sa odkazujú na èíslo sekcie --- dávajú zmysel len v èíslovaných názvoch sekcií, èíslovaných insetoch @@ -16813,317 +19930,377 @@ Taktie rovníc, pozrite si sekcie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: insetobrazok} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: tabulkainset} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: mat-label} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manuálne dolaïovanie -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Extra horizontálna medzera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: hmedzera} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default (horizontálna výplò) je ¹peciálna vlastnos» LyXu pre pridávanie medzier jednotným spôsobom. -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default je v skutoènosti medzera s premenlivou veµkos»ou, ktorej veµkos» sa v¾dy prispôsobuje zostávajúcemu priestoru medzi µavým a pravým okrajom.Ak je a riadku viac ako jeden -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default , potom dostupný priestor rozdelia medzi seba rovnakým dielom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Poznámka: Ak vlo¾íte -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default na zaèiatok riadku a tento nie je prvým riadkom v odseku, LyX ho bude ignorova». Toto chráni -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default pred náhodným zalomením sa na nový riadok. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard HFill vlo¾íte príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->©peciálny znak->HFill -\family default +\family default . Máme tu zopár prí\SpecialChar \- kla\SpecialChar \- dov, èo mô¾ete s -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default om robi»: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Toto je na µavej strane. -\hfill +\hfill Toto je na pravej. -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Naµavo -\hfill +\hfill V prostriedku -\hfill +\hfill Napravo -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Naµavo -\hfill +\hfill 1/3 vµavo -\hfill +\hfill -\hfill +\hfill Napravo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To bol príkald v prostredí -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default . Tu: -\hfill +\hfill :je jeden v ¹tandardnom odseku. Vo vytlaèenej forme to nemusí by» oèividné, ale -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default sa nachádza medzi dvoma \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pamätáte si, ¾e sme povedali, ¾e HFill v¾dy vypåòa ostávajúci priestor medzi okrajmi? Na jednom riadku mô¾e by» viac ako jeden pár okrajov. Tu je príklad s prostredím -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM jeden -\hfill +\hfill dva :tri -\hfill +\hfill ¹tyri -\hfill +\hfill pä» -\hfill +\hfill ¹es» -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dvojbodka oznaèuje zaèiatok polo¾ky. (V skutoènosti je v popise polo¾ky z prostredí -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset skrytý \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default . Je vlo¾ený na koniec popisu automaticky.) Podobne sa HFilly správajú v iných \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset multiokrajových \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset situáciách, ako napríklad v dvojståpcovom re¾ime. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Extra vertikálna medzera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: vertmedzera} -\end_inset +\end_inset Na pridanie vertikálnej medzery nad, alebo pod odsek, pou¾ite okno -\family sans +\family sans Prostredie odstavca -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie->Odstavec -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nebudeme ukazova» príklady -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default u, preto¾e je to plýtvanie papierom. Funguje rovnako ako -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default : zvy¹ok stránky zaplní prázdnymi medzerami. Ak je na stránke viac -\family sans +\family sans VFill -\family default +\family default ov, voµný priestor si rozelia medzi seba rovnako. Preto ich mô¾ete pou¾i» na vycentrovanie textu na stránke, alebo dokonca umiestni» text dole v 2/3 stránky alebo 1/4 atï. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zmena zarovnania odseku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V okne Prostredie odstavca mô¾ete zmeni» zarovnanie odseku. Na výber máte ¹tyri mo¾nosti: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Vpravo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Vµavo -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Blok -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Na stred -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vo väè¹ine prípadov je ¹tandardné zarovnanie do bloku, v ktorom je medzera medzi slovami premenlivá a ka¾dý riadok odseku vypåòa priestor medzi µavým a pravým okrajom. Ïal¹ie tri mo¾nosti by mali by» samovysvetµujúce a vyzerajú takto: -\layout Standard -\align right +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align right Tento odsek je zarovnaný doprava. -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Tento je vycentrovaný. -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left Tento je zarovnaný doµava. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V niektorých prostrediach odsekov je ¹tandardne nastavené iné zarovnanie ako -\family sans +\family sans blok -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pevné zlomy strán -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: zlomstrany} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ak sa vám nepáèi spôsob, ktorým LaTeX zalamuje stránky vá¹ho dokumentu, mô¾ete ho prinúti» zalomi» stranu tam, kde to chcete vy. V v¹eobecnosti toto -\emph on +\emph on nebude -\emph toggle +\emph toggle potrebné, preto¾e LaTeX je v zalamovaní strán dobrý, ako sme sa zmienili v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: vdovy} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tak¾e vo v¹eobecnosti nie je potrebné pou¾íva» mo¾nos» popísanú ni¾¹ie a -\emph on +\emph on dôrazne -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vám doporuèujeme -\emph on +\emph on nepou¾íva» -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ju dovtedy, kým text nebude skutoène -\emph on +\emph on hotový -\emph toggle +\emph toggle a kým ste si nepozreli náhµad dokumentu, èi -\emph on +\emph on skutoène -\emph toggle +\emph toggle musíte meni» zlomy strán. -\emph on +\emph on Len -\emph toggle +\emph toggle v tom prípade mô¾ete pou¾i» pevný zlom riadku nad alebo pod odsekom, ktorý nastavíte v okne -\family sans +\family sans Prostredie odstavca -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans +\family sans Zalom. stránky -\family default +\family default : nad, pod). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mohli by ste pou¾i» zlom strany na to, aby ste mali obrázok, alebo tabuµku na vrchu stránky. @@ -17134,576 +20311,670 @@ Mohli by ste pou Viac sa dozviete v sekciách \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: obrazky} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: tabulky} -\end_inset +\end_inset a tie¾ si preèítajte o -\family sans +\family sans insetoch -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ïal¹ie nástroje -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: chmedzera-zlomriadku-hciara} -\end_inset +\end_inset Táto sekcia struène popisuje ako mô¾u by» niektoré vlastnosti známe u¾ívateµovi LaTeXu vygenerované LyXom. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Chránená medzera: Pou¾íva sa na oznámenie LyXu (a LaTeXu), aby na danom mieste nezalamoval riadok. Mô¾e to by» nutné, aby ste sa vyhli nechceným zlomom riadku, ako napríkald v tomto prípade: -\begin_deeper -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Quote Dobrá dokumentácia by nemala vá¾i» viac ako 1 -\newline +\newline kg. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Obyèajne by bolo dobré medzi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset kg \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset vlo¾i» chránenú medzeru. Urobíte to príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->©peciálny znak->Chránená medzera -\family default +\family default , alebo -\family sans +\family sans C-Medzera -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Zlom riadku: Zlom riadku mô¾ete vlo¾i» príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Vlo¾i»->©peciálny znak->Zalomenie riadku -\family default +\family default , alebo skratkou -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . Av¹ak nemali by ste to pou¾íva» na opravu LaTeXových zlomov riadkov, preto¾e ten je v zalamovaní riadkov veµmi dobrý\SpecialChar \ldots{} (pozri sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: zlomstrany} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Je v¹ak niekoµko situácií, keï je potrebné aktívne vklada» zlomy riadkov, napríkald pri písaní básne, alebo adresy (pozri sekcie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: quote} -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: verse} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: adresa_pouzitie} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Itemize -\line_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize + Horizontálna èiara nad, alebo pod odsekom: mô¾e to by» u¾itoèné pre nadpisy. Dostanete ich nastavením v okne -\family sans +\family sans Prostredie odstavca -\family default +\family default . Tu: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard je príkald. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Kontrola pravopisu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: kontrola-pravopisu} -\end_inset +\end_inset Samotný LyX nemá zabudovanú kontrolu pravopisu. Na kontrolu pravopisu pou¾íva externý program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pre in¹taláciu programu a kde nájs» slovníky si pozrite dokumentáciu k programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , ktorá je v jeho distribúcii. Po in¹talácii programu mô¾ete pou¾íva» polo¾ku -\family sans +\family sans Kontrola pravopisu -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default . (Uistite sa, ¾e binárka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default je niekde vo va¹ej ceste -\family typewriter +\family typewriter PATH -\family default +\family default . Ak máte verziu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4.* -\family default +\family default tohto programu, bolo by lep¹ie, keby ste ju nahradili aktuálnou verziou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 3.1.20 -\family default +\family default . Verzia -\family typewriter +\family typewriter 4 -\family default +\family default bola krátko-¾ijúcou GNU verziou a mala veµa problémov.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak chcete zaèa» kontrolova» pravopis, vyberte príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Kontrola pravopisu -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default . Kontrola zaène od aktuálnej pozície kurzora. Zobrazí sa vám okno -\family sans +\family sans Kontrola pravopisu -\family default +\family default . V textovom poli -\family sans +\family sans Neznámy: -\family default +\family default zobrazí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default nesprávne (alebo neznáme) slovo. V ïal¹om poli -\family sans +\family sans Zameni»: -\family default +\family default mô¾ete napísa» slovo, ktorým sa má nesprávne slovo nahradi». V¾dy, keï -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default nájde neznáme slovo, toto je zvýraznené (oznaèené) a dokuemnt sa nastaví tak, aby bolo dané slovo viditeµné. V okne kontroly je tie¾ zoznam -\family sans +\family sans Alternatívy: -\family default +\family default , ktorý zobrazuje mo¾né alternatívy neznámeho slova, ak -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default nejaké nájde. Kliknutím na niektorú z nich ju skopírujete do poµa -\family sans +\family sans Zameni»: -\family default +\family default , dvojkliknutím priamo dané slovo nahradíte. Tlaèítka v okne -\family sans +\family sans Kontrola pravopisu -\family default +\family default sú celkom samovysvetµujúce: -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Zaèa»\SpecialChar ~ -kontrolu\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Zaèa»\InsetSpace ~ +kontrolu\InsetSpace ~ pravopisu -\family default +\family default zaène kontrolova» dokument od miesta, kde sa aktuálne nachádza kurzor. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Vlo¾i»\SpecialChar ~ -do\SpecialChar ~ -osobného\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vlo¾i»\InsetSpace ~ +do\InsetSpace ~ +osobného\InsetSpace ~ slovníka -\family default +\family default vlo¾í slovo do slovníka programu ispell, tak¾e toto slovo bude v budúcnosti rozpoznávané. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Akceptova»\SpecialChar ~ -slovo\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Akceptova»\InsetSpace ~ +slovo\InsetSpace ~ (doèasne) -\family default +\family default dané slovo, ktoré ispell na¹iel ako neznáme bude akceptované pre zvy¹ok kontroly pravopisu, ale nebude pridané do slovníka. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Ignorova»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ignorova»\InsetSpace ~ slovo -\family default +\family default nezmení slovo zachytené -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default om, ale slovo bude opä» zachy\SpecialChar \- tené, ak sa v dokumente vyskytne neskôr. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Zameni»\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Zameni»\InsetSpace ~ slovo -\family default +\family default zamení nájdené slovo tým, èo ste napísali do textového poµa -\family sans +\family sans Zameni»: -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Ukonèi»\SpecialChar ~ -kontrolu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ukonèi»\InsetSpace ~ +kontrolu\InsetSpace ~ pravopisu -\family default +\family default zastaví vykonávanie programu -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , ale neuzavrie okno kontroly pravopisu. V¹imnite si, ¾e kontrolu pravopisu mô¾ete ukonèi» hocikedy, nielen pri nájdení neznámeho slova. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Parametre\SpecialChar ~ -kontroly\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Parametre\InsetSpace ~ +kontroly\InsetSpace ~ pravopisu -\family default +\family default otvorí ïal¹ie okno, kde si mô¾ete nastavi» niektoré mo¾nosti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default u. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\family sans -Zavrie»\SpecialChar ~ -kontrolu\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zavrie»\InsetSpace ~ +kontrolu\InsetSpace ~ pravopisu -\family default +\family default urobí presne to, èo oèakávate. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec je tam e¹te teplomer, ktorý vás informuje o postupe kontroly. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Poznámka: Ak chcete kontrolova» pravopis v poznámkach pod èiarou, na okraji, alebo v popisoch insetov s tabuµkami alebo obrázkami, -\emph on +\emph on musíte -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ich ma» otvorené. Jednoducho sa to dá urobi» v menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi»->Insety->Otvori» v¹etky\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Parametre kontroly pravopisu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: pravopis_param} -\end_inset +\end_inset V okne parametre kontroly pravopisu sa dajú nastavi» nasledujúce mo¾nosti (toto okno je tie¾ dostupné z menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo¾nosti -\family default +\family default ): -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Slovník -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©andardne je súbor so slovníkom vybraný podµa jazyka dokumentu, ktorý kontroluje te. Ten sa nastavuje v okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default . Ak nemáte slovník pre daný jazyk, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default skonèí okam¾ite po spustení kontroly pravopisu. Na ¹tandardnom chybovom výstupe sa vám zobrazí hlá¹ka typu: -\layout Quote +\end_layout +\begin_layout Quote -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter Can't find file /usr/lib/ispell/xyz.hash -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard a taktie¾ LyX vám zobrazí správu, ktorá vás informuje o chybe. V takom prípade mô¾ete ¹pecifikova» iný súbor so slovníkom v textovom poli -\family sans +\family sans Pou¾i» alternatívny jazyk -\family default +\family default , alebo zmeni» jazyk dokumentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ím rie¹ením je vytvori» link z povedzme -\family typewriter +\family typewriter deutch.(aff/hash) -\family default +\family default na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter german.(aff/hash) -\family default +\family default , alebo iný súbor so slovníkom va¹eho jazyka. To kôli tomu, preto¾e ispell slovníky majú normálne názvy v natívnom jazyku ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset deutch \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), zatiaµèo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default , ak je spustený z LyXu, hµadá anglické názvy mien, ktoré sa pou¾ívajú v LaTeXovom balíku babel ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset german \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Do problémov sa tie¾ mô¾ete dosta», ak kódovanie písma nie je správne pre daný jazyk. Ak pou¾ívate jazyk s kódovaním latin1 a kódovanie v rozlo¾ení dokumentu nastavíte na latin1 (alebo nejaké iné ako -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default ), takúto mo¾nos» musíte ma» aj v jazykovom slovníku. Ak vá¹ slovník nepodporuje kódovanie ktoré ste vybrali, na ¹tandardnom chybovom výstupe sa vám zobrazí chyba: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kontrola pravopisu vám ohlási chybu, ¾e nemohla spusti» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default a vy máte pravdepodobne problém so slovníkom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na vyrie¹enie tohto problému máte ¹tyri mo¾nosti. Najjednoduch¹ou je skúsi» zapnú» voµbu -\family sans +\family sans Vstupné kódovanie pre ispell -\family default +\family default v okne nastavenia kontroly pravopisu. Ak to nepomô¾e, pred kontrolou pravopisu mô¾ete nastavi» kódovanie v rozlo¾ení dokumentu na -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default (toto je pravdepodobne otravné). Tre»ou mo¾nos»ou je prida» voµbu latin1 do súboru vá¹ho slovníka -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on < -\family default +\family default jazyk -\family typewriter +\family typewriter > -\emph toggle +\emph toggle .aff -\family default +\family default a slovník prekompilova» (èo pravdepodobne nebude µahké, ak ste v¹etko nain¹talo\SpecialChar \- va\SpecialChar \- li s nejakou distribúciou a nemáte adresár jazykov v zdrojákoch -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default u). Preèítajte si dokumentásiu k -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default u. ©tvrtým spôsobom je posla» správu správcovi balíka, alebo e¹te ep¹ie správcovi súboru slovníka a po¾iada» ho o vyrie¹enie vá¹ho problému. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Osobný slovník -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak slovo nebolo nájdené v hlavnom slovníku, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default pou¾íva osobný slovník, do ktorého mô¾ete ulo¾i» slová, aby ich bolo mo¾né v budúcnosti kontrolova». Názov tohto súboru obyèajne je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_ -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on dictionary -\emph toggle +\emph toggle , kde -\emph on +\emph on dictionary -\emph toggle +\emph toggle je názov globálneho pu¾ívaneho slovníku. Súbor (pre ¹tandardný slovník) je obyèajne nazvaný jednoducho -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $HOME/.ispell_words -\family default +\family default . Ak chcete pou¾íva» iný súbor ako svoj osobný slovník, mô¾ete to nastavi» v parametroch kontroly pravopisu. Adresár, kde -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default ukladá vá¹ osobný slovník je vá¹ domovský adresár a nie adresár kde editujete dokument. Ak zadáte názov súboru, ktorý neexistuje, na ¹tandardnom chybovom výstupe sa vím zobrazí chybová hlá¹ka, ktorú ale mô¾ete ignorova», preto¾e -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ispell -\family default +\family default na konci kontroly pravopisu súbor vytvorí. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V okne nastavenia kontroly pravopisu si mô¾ete nastavi» e¹te niekoµko mo¾ností: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Akceptova» spojené slová ako správne -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Spojené slová sa nebudú pova¾ova» za chyby. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Pou¾i» alternatívny osobný slovník -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Tu zadáte názov svojho osobného slovníka. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Extra ¹peciálne znaky povolené v slovách -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline Normálne by to nemalo by» potrebné. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Problémy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak nemô¾ete skontrolova» medzinárodné znaky, skúste zapnú» prepínaè -\family sans +\family sans Vstupné kódovanie pre ispell -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Medzinárodná podpora -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Táto sekcia popisuje ako pou¾íva» LyX s inými jazykmi. LyX je ¹tandardne nakonfigurovaný tak, ¾e podporuje anglizký jazyk na US @@ -17712,7 +20983,9 @@ T Niektoré alebo v¹etky z týchto nastavené mô¾ete zmeni» a zmeny mô¾u plati» len na aktuálne sedenie, alebo ich mô¾ete pou¾íva» ako novú ¹tandardnú konfiguráciu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak máte klávesnicu prispôsobenú jazyku ktorý pou¾ívate (napríklad nemeckú klávesnicu na písanie po nemecky) a máte správne nakonfigurované prostredie @@ -17721,10 +20994,12 @@ Ak m Pre viac informácií si pozrite sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: jazyk} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mo¾no by ste chceli zmeni» mapovanie niektorých klávesov, alebo vytvori» si úplne odli¹né mapovanie. @@ -17732,7 +21007,9 @@ Mo e chcete vlo¾i» citáty po nemecky. V takomto prípade si mô¾ete vytvori» svoje vlastné mapovanie klávesnice, alebo modifikova» existujúce, aby podporovalo znaky, ktoré chcete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Detaily a tom ako si prispôsobi» LyX svojmu jazyku je cesta za hranicami tohto manuálu. @@ -17740,423 +21017,496 @@ Detaily a tom ako si prisp Zmeni» mô¾ete menu, názvy tlaèítok atï., aby boli vo va¹om rodnom jazyku. Ak sa chcete nauèi» viac o písaní máp pre klávesnicu a prispôsobení LyXu svojmu rodnému jazyku, preèítajte si manuál -\emph on +\emph on Prispôsobenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie Dokumentu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: jazyk} -\end_inset +\end_inset V okne -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie dokumentu -\family default +\family default si mô¾ete okrem iných vecí nastavi» jazyk a kódovanie znakov pre vá¹ jazyk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Svoj jazyk si vyberiete kliknutím na rozbaµovacie menu Jazyk. ©tandardný je americká angliètina. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ak vyberiete iný jazyk ako -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default , automaticky sa LaTeXu pridá podpora Babel. Ak Babel nemáte nain¹talovanú, pozrite sa po iných distribúciach LaTeXu. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Menu Kódovanie vám dovoµuje vybra» si kódovanie znakov, ktoré chcete pou¾i». ©tandardné ( -\family sans +\family sans default -\family default +\family default ) je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ASCII -\family default +\family default kódovanie, ktoré je postaèujúce pre angliètinu. Vylep¹ené -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ASCII -\family default +\family default kódovanie je kódovanie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin1 -\family default +\family default , ktoré zahàòa znaky vy¾adované niektorými jazykmi západnej Európy. Tretia mo¾nos», -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Latin2 -\family default +\family default , je s podporou jazykov východnej Európy. Vyberte si teda to, ktoré vám vyhovuje. (Pre kódovanie znkov si pozrite sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: klavtab} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout +\begin_layout Subsection -\family sans + +\family sans Parametre klávesnice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: optkey} -\end_inset +\end_inset Dialóg -\family sans +\family sans Mo¾nosti->Klávesnica -\family default +\family default vám dovoµuje vybra» si mapovanie klávesnice. Mô\SpecialChar \- ¾ete si vybra» primárny a sekundárny jazyk a potom oznaèi», ktorý chcete pou¾íva». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V èasti -\family sans +\family sans Jazyk -\family default +\family default si vyberte -\family sans +\family sans Primárny -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Sekundárny -\family default +\family default jazyk. Potom si v èasti -\family sans +\family sans Mapovanie -\family default +\family default nastavte èi chcete pou¾i» mapovanie pre primárny alebo sekundárny jazyk, alebo nastavte -\family sans +\family sans ®iadne mapovanie -\family default +\family default , ak alternatívne mapovania nechcete pou¾íva». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V textovom poli -\family sans +\family sans Znaková sada -\family default +\family default si mô¾ete nastavi» snakovú sadu, ak vá¹ jazyk pou¾íva viac ako jednu. Napríklad gréètina pou¾íva dve a u¾ívateµ tu mô¾e zada» -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso-8859-7 -\family default +\family default . Potom bude nastavené príslu¹né mapovanie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹imnite si, ¾e pri výbere jazykov máte aj mo¾nos» -\family sans +\family sans Iný -\family default +\family default . Toto mô¾ete pou¾i», ak chcete vybra» u¾ívateµské mapovanie, ktoré ste si vytvorili. Napríklad distribúcia LyXu poskytuje mapovanie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter american-2 -\family default +\family default , v adresári -\family typewriter +\family typewriter $LYX_DIR/kbd -\family default +\family default . Toto mapovanie podporuje niektoré znaky iných jazykov. Aby ste ho mohli pou¾íva», ako primárny jazyk vyberte -\family sans +\family sans Iný -\family default +\family default a napí¹te meno mapy klávesnice ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter american-2 -\family default +\family default ) a kliknite na OK. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter LyX a LaTeX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ako LyX pou¾íva LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: lyxalatex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Táto kapitola je aj pre TeX-nikov aj pre LaTeX-chtivých. Vysvetlíme v nej ako LyX a LaTeX spolupracujú aby vyprodukovali vytlaèiteµný výstup. Toto je jediné miesto v hociktorom z manuálov, kde predpokladáme, ¾e viete nieèo o LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kedysi sme LyX nazvali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset WYSIWYM frontendom k LaTeXu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ale to u¾ nie je pravda. Sú aj iné frontendy k LaTeXu. Tie sú jednoducho editory, so schopnos»ou spusti» LaTeX a oznaèi» v¹etky chyby v súbore, ktorý editujete. Aj keï LyX -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph toggle +\emph toggle editor a -\emph on +\emph on spú¹»a -\emph toggle +\emph toggle LaTeX a tie¾ oznaèuje chyby v súbore, doká¾e toho e¹te oveµa, oveµa viac. Vïaka konceptu WYSIWYM -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard What You See Is What You Mean (To èo vidí¹, je to èo myslí¹) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , nepotrebujete LaTeX aby ste mohli efektívne LyX vyu¾íva». LyX tie¾ LaTeXu pridáva pár roz¹írení. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vývojový tím to urobil kôli kódu. Nové makrá umo¾òujú LyXu jednoduch¹ie vyprodukova» LaTeXový kód a uisti» sa, ¾e výstupný kód je správny. Niè, s èím by ste si vy ako u¾ívateµ mali láma» hlavu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Niekedy vyskú¹ajte príkaz -\family sans -ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ako\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Súbor->Export -\family default +\family default a potom si pozrite preambulu výstupného -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súboru. V¹imnete si rozlièné nové makrá, ¹peciálne definované LyXom. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Trochu histórie: kedysi v¹etky tieto makrá boli súbore -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx.sty -\family default +\family default . Tím sa rozhodol, ¾e súbory -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default generované LyXom by mali by» prenosnej¹ie. Tak¾e teraz sú makrá v preambule. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Av¹ak voèi u¾ívateµovi je toto v¹etko transparentné. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je pä» príkazov, ktoré automaticky spustia LaTeX. Sú to: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Aktualizova»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Aktualizova»\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans -Aktualizova»\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Aktualizova»\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etky sa nachádzajú v menu Súbor. LaTeX bude spustený len vtedy, ak sa dokument zmenil od posledného spustenia LaTeXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak LaTeX spustíte na súbor ktorý práve editujete, LyX vykoná tieto kroky: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Skonvertuje dokument do LaTeXu a súbor ulo¾í s príponou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Spustí LaTeX na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor (mo¾no niekoµko krát). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ak sa vyskytnú nejaké chyby, v dokumente ich oznaèí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak bol LaTeX spustený príkazom -\family sans -Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ DVI -\family default +\family default , potom spustí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default na zobrazenie -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default súboru. Ak ste pou¾ili -\family sans -Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\family default +\family default alebo -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\family default +\family default , LyX vykoná e¹te dva kroky: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skonvertuje DVI do PostScriptu pomocou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Pre -\family sans -Zobrazi»\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Zobrazi»\InsetSpace ~ PostScript -\family default +\family default bude prípona výstupného súboru -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps_tmp -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pre -\family sans +\family sans Tlaèi» -\family default +\family default bude prípona -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .ps -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Spustí -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\family default +\family default alebo po¹le PostScriptový súbor na tlaèiareò. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Pomoc! LyX vygeneroval neèítateµný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zarytí pou¾ívatelia LaTeXu budú krièa» a do noci zavýja» a potom LyX vyhlásia za neu¾itoèný, jednoducho preto, lebo neèítali manuál. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Pozn. prekl.: -\emph toggle +\emph toggle V origináli bolo napísane \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} didn't RTFM \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , kde RTFM sa mi zdá ¾e znamená Read The Fucking Manual :-). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uvedieme to na správnu mieru. LyX produkuje dva typy LaTeXových súborov. @@ -18164,435 +21514,522 @@ Uvedieme to na spr V¾dy, keï LyX spustí LaTeX, produkuje LaTeXový súbor, v ktorom mô¾e jednoducho hµada» chyby. Výsledný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor nie je µudsky-èitateµný. Nikdy sa ho nepokú¹ajte èíta». Ak chcete .tex súbor, ktorý chcete posla» kolegovi, dokument exportujte -\family sans -ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +ako\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default z menu súbor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Povieme to e¹te raz, pre tých, ktorí chápu pomal¹ie: -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Ak chcete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor, ktorý mô¾te posla» kolegovi, vyberte príkaz -\family sans -Súbor->Export->ako\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Súbor->Export->ako\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Preklad LaTeXových súborov do LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veµa zo zaèiatoèníkov v LyXe je u¾ zoznámená s LaTeXom. Obyèajne sa pýtajú, èi je mo¾né prelo¾i» LaTeXový súbor do LyXu. Odpoveï je \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset niektoré druhy \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Prekladaè LaTeXu do LyXu nazvaný reLyX sa vyvíja, ktorý skonvertuje LaTeX súbor do LyXu, prièom neznáme príkazy a prostredia nechá v prostredí LaTeX. Prekladaè a in¹trukcie ako ho pou¾íva» nájdete v distribúcii LyXu pod adresárom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development/reLyX -\family default +\family default . Aj keï je stále nový a má chyby, veµmi rýchlo sa vyvíja, a mô¾e vám u¹etri» veµa práce. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nové verzie LyXu budú schopné èíta» (takmer) obyèajný starý LaTeX. Av¹ak dovtedy vám èas u¹etrí reLyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak nemô¾ete reLyX prinúti» pacova», alebo chcete do LyX súboru vlo¾i» len èas» LaTeXového kódu, pozrite si sekciu \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vkladanie LaTeXového kódu do dokumentov LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: latexcodes} -\end_inset +\end_inset Toto je dos» dôle¾itá vec: Do LyXového dokumentu mô¾ete v¾dy vlo¾i» LaTeXový kód. LyX jednoducho nemô¾e a pravdepodobne ani nikdy nebude môc» zobrazi» v¹etky mo¾né LaTeXové kon¹trukcie. Ak potrebujete vlo¾i» príkaz LaTeXu do svojho dokumentu, máte dve mo¾nosti: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Inline: Hocikedy a hocikde oznaète blok textu ako LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Sú tri spôsoby pre tento príkaz: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Menu: -\family sans -Rozlo¾enie->©týl\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Rozlo¾enie->©týl\InsetSpace ~ TeX -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tlaèítkom na li¹te: Tlaèítko s èerveným slovom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Klávesová skratka: -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ t -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Funguje to ako ¹týl znaku. ©týl TeX mô¾ete vypína» a zapína». Ak je zapnutý, v¹etko èo napí¹ete bude v re¾ime TeX. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Je to najlep¹ie pre krátke kúsky LaTeXového kódu. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard S pou¾itím ¹týlu TeX sme sa u¾ stretli v sekciách \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: skratky} -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: ligatury} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -Prostredie\SpecialChar ~ +Prostredie\InsetSpace ~ -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default : S týmto sme sa u¾ tie¾ stretli v sekcii \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: LaTeXlayout} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Prostredie odseku -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default je urèené pre veµké bloky LaTeXového kódu. Jeho pou¾itie je celkom jednoduché, ak dodr¾íte pár rád: -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Riadky zalamujte -\family sans +\family sans C-Enter -\family default +\family default . Samotný -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default nastaví prostredie na -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Riadky nezaèínajte -\family sans +\family sans Medzerou -\family default +\family default . LyX má chybu, ktorá sa na takýchto riadkoch prejaví. (Viem ¾e to znamená, ¾e nemô¾ete svoj LaTeX kód odsadzova», aby vyzeral pekne.) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on mô¾ete -\emph toggle +\emph toggle vnára» do iných prostredí. Napríklad predpokladajme, ¾e chcete urobi» toto: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin{itemize} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash item ..... -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline %Vá¹ LaTeXový kód, aby nieèo urobil -\newline +\newline % -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline . -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{itemize} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Rovnakú vec dosiahnete, ak prostredie -\family sans +\family sans LaTeX -\family default +\family default vnoríte do prostredia -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Tu je príklad kódu v prostredí LaTeX. Kód vyzerá takto: -\begin_deeper -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Toto je príkald prostredia minipage. -\newline +\newline Do neho mô¾ete vlo¾i» takmer v¹etko, -\newline +\newline dokonca aj (neplávajúce) obrázky a tabuµky. -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline % -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\newline Toto ... -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz nasleduje to isté v prostredí LaTeX. Tí z vás, ktorí èítajú tento dokument online, budú vidie» len èervený text. Tí, ktorí èítajú vytlaèenú verziu dokumentu uvidia koneèný výsledok: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{tabular}{ll} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto je príkald prostredia minipage. Do neho mô¾ete vlo¾i» takmer v¹etko, dokonca aj (neplávajúce) obrázky a tabuµky. -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard % -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto ... -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{verbatim} -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash end{minipage} -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{tabular} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard + +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Okrem týchto dvoch metód mô¾ete e¹te vytvori» samostatný súbor, ktorý bude obsahova» zlo¾itú LaTeXovú ¹truktúru. Potom mô¾ete pou¾i» ¹týl TeX alebo prostredie LaTeX a do dokumentu vlo¾i» LaTeXový príkaz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash input{môjsúbor} -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LaTeX potom do vá¹ho dokumentu vlo¾í súbor \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter môjsúbor.tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (v¹imnite si príponu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Toto doporuèujeme pou¾íva» len keï viete, ¾e daný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súbor pracuje správne. Inak si spôsobíte vygenerovanie mnohých LaTeXových chýb. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nakoniec e¹te pár poznámok: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize V LyXe sa LaTeXový kód zobrazuje -\emph on +\emph on èerveným -\emph toggle +\emph toggle písmom. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX nekontroluje, èi je vá¹ LaTeXový kód správny. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vyvarujte sa znovu-vynachádzaniu kolesa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Posledná poznámka sa týka dvoch vecí. Poprvé, LyX má v sebe zabudovaných dos» vecí a ïal¹ie sa pridávajú. @@ -18600,738 +22037,884 @@ Posledn písa» kód LaTeXu. Podruhé, existuje veµa LaTeXových balíkov, ktoré robia rôzne veci, od popisov, cez obálky a¾ po viac-stránkové tabuµky. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak potrebujete vo svojom dokumente urobi» nieèo divoké, tak si ako asistenta zaobstarajte dobrú knihu o LaTeXu. Niektoré sú spomenuté v literatúre tohto manuálu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektorá príkazy LaTeXu musia by» umiestnené pred zaèiatkom aktuálneho textu. Tie patria do preambuly, o ktorej je písané v ïal¹ej sekcii. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX a LaTeX preambula -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection O LaTeX preambule -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: preambula} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ak u¾ poznáte LaTeX, tak vám netreba vysvetµova» naèo je dobrá preambula. Ak nie, nasledujúca èas» vám dá zopár návrhov --- znovu doporuèujeme aby ste si pre podrobnej¹ie informácie pozreli nejakú knihu o LaTeXu. V ka¾dom prípade by ste si mali preèíta» toto, preto¾e vysvetµujeme èo mô¾ete robi» a èo nemusíte v LaTeX preambule v dokumente LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX preambula je na samom zaèiatku dokumentu, -\emph on +\emph on pred -\emph toggle +\emph toggle textom. Slú¾i na: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Deklaruje triedu dokumentu. LyX toto robí za vás. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste len \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sviatoèný \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pou¾ívateµ LaTeXu a máte nejaké u¾ívateµské triedy, ktoré chcete pou¾i», pozrite sa do manuálu -\emph on +\emph on Prispôsobenie -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Deklaruje pou¾itie balíkov. LaTeXové balíky poskytujú ¹peciálne príkazy, ktoré sú v dokumente pou¾iteµné, len ak bol daný balík deklarovaný v preambule. Napríklad balík -\family typewriter +\family typewriter indentfirst -\family default +\family default prinúti v¹etky odseky by» odsa\SpecialChar \- dené. Sú ïal¹ie balíky na popisky, obálky, okraje atï. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nastavuje poèítadlá, premenné, då¾ky a ¹írky. Je niekoµko LaTeXových poèítadiel a premenných, ktoré -\emph on +\emph on musia -\emph toggle +\emph toggle by» nastavené globálne v preambule, aby mali po¾adovaný efekt. (Tie¾ sú aj premenné, ktoré mô¾ete nastavova» a nulova» priamo v dokumente.) Okraje sú dobrým príkladom toho, èo musí by» nastavené v preambule. Ïal¹ím príkladom je formát popiskov zoznamov. V skutoènosti tieto mô¾te nastavi» hocikde, ale najlep¹ie je urobi» to raz, v preambule. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Deklaráciu u¾ívateµsky definovaných príkazov (pomocou -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash newcommand -\family default +\family default alebo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand -\family default +\family default ), hlavne skratiek pre LaTeXové príkazy, ktoré sa v dokumente vyskytujú veµmi èasto. Aj keï je preambula dobrým miestom na deklaráciu takýchto príkazov, -\emph on +\emph on mô¾u -\emph toggle +\emph toggle by» deklarované hocikde (Samozrejme pred miestom, kde sú po prvý krát pou¾ité.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX pridáva do preambuly -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súboru ktorý vyprodukuje svoje vlastné definície. Takto sa LaTeXové súbory vygenerované LyXom stávajú prenosné. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Zmena preambuly -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Príkazy, ktoré do preambuly vkladá LyX sú fixné: vy ich nemô¾ete zmeni». Av¹ak do preambuly mô¾ete prida» svoje vlastné veci. Dá sa to urobi» dvoma spôsobmi: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Z menu -\family sans +\family sans Rozlo¾enie -\family default +\family default vyberte príkaz -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ preambula -\family default +\family default . Otvorí sa vám okno, do ktorého mô¾ete napísa» svoje obµúbené príkazy. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Editovacie správanie sa tohto okna je závislé na toolkite, tak¾e neoèakávajte, ¾e v òom budú fungova» LyXové skratky. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Nastavte toto vo svojej ¹tandardnej ¹ablóne (pozri \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec: nastavenie} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), tak¾e toto bude ¹tandardná preambula pre ka¾dý súbor, ktorý vytvoríte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V¹etko, èo je v -\family sans -LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ preambule -\family default +\family default LyX pridá do svojej vlastnej vstavanej preambuly. Predtým, ne¾ do preambuly nieèo pridáte, mali by ste sa uisti», èi LyX nepodporuje to, èo chcete urobi» (pamätáte si na to èo sme povedali o znovu-vyn ájdení kolesa?). Tie¾ -\emph on +\emph on sa uistite, ¾e kód va¹ej preambuly je správny -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . LyX to nekontroluje. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Príklady -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je pár príkladov toho, èo mô¾ete do preambuly prida» a èo to robí: -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 1: Posunutie -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LaTeXu sú dve premenné, ktoré ovládajúpozíciu stránky: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default (horizontálne posunutie) a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default (vertikálne posunutie). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tandardné hodnoty pre -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hoffset -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash voffset -\family default +\family default sú 0 pt, tzn., ¾e stránka nie je posunutá. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nane¹»astie, niektoré DVI ovládaèe v¾dy stránku posunú. Nevieme preèo, alebo preèo takéto správanie e¹te nebolo odstránené. Tu vám mô¾u pomôc» tieto dve premenné. Predpokladajme, ¾e vá¹ µavý a horný okraj sú v¾dy o 0,5 cm väè¹ie. Do preambuly mô¾te prida» toto: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash hoffset}{-0.5 cm} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash voffset}{-0.5 cm} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} a va¹e okraje budú teraz správne. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 2: ©títky -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï hovoríme o ¹títkoch, predpokladajme, ¾e chcete vytlaèi» pár adresných ¹títkov. Na ¹títky existuej pekný balík, nazvaný -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default . Vá¹ systém ho nemusí ma» ¹tandardne nain¹talovaný. Toto si musíte zisti». Tie¾ by ste si k tomu balíku mali preèíta» dokumentáciu. My to za vás neurobíme. Ale preto¾e toto je príklad, uká¾eme vám ako tento balík pou¾i». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najprv sa uistite, ¾e máte nastavenú triedu dokumentu -\family sans +\family sans article -\family default +\family default . Teraz do preambuly vlo¾te nasledujúce riadky: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{labels} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LabelCols=3 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash LabelRows=7 -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash LeftBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash RightBorder=8mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash TopBorder=9mm -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash BottomBorder=2mm -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Teraz ste pripravený tlaèi» ¹títky, ale okolo ka¾dého textu ¹títku budete musie» vlo¾i» LaTeXové príkazy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{labels} -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{labels} -\family default +\family default . Toto a ïla¹ie vlastnosti -\family typewriter +\family typewriter labels.sty -\family default +\family default sú popísané v dokumentácii tohto balíka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niekedy mo¾no niekdo napí¹e rozlo¾enie LyXu aby tento balík podporoval priamo. Mo¾no ten niekto ste práve vy. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 3: Odsadenie odsekov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Amerièania sú zvyknutí odsadzova» prvý riadok -\emph on +\emph on ka¾dého -\emph toggle +\emph toggle odseku. Samozrejme, ¾e toto nie je ¹tandardné typografické správanie. V knihách sú typicky odsadené prvé riadky len tých odsekov, -\emph on +\emph on pred -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ktorými u¾ nejaký odsek je. My¹lienka odsadzovania prvého riadku odseku je, ¾e má oddeli» susediace odseky od seba. Ak neexistuje predchádzajúci odsek, napríklad je tam obrázok, alebo je to prvý odsek sekcie, potom nie je ¾iadne odsadenie. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste v¹ak typický amerièan, takýmito vecami sa nezaoberáte: chcete svoje odsadenie! Do preambuly pridajte toto: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash usepackage{indentfirst} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak nemáte nejakú divnú distribúcie TeXu, tento balík budete ma» a v¹etky va¹e odseky budú ma» odsadenie, aké si zaslú¾ia. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 4: Èíslovanie v prostredí odseku -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tandardné èíslovanie pre prostredie -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default zaèína arabskými èíslami a konèí veµkými písmenami. Predpokladajme, ¾e chcete inú schému èíslovania. Ako sme sµúbili, teraz uká¾eme, ako to urobi». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je rýchly príklad ako zmeni» schému èíslovania: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash Roman{enumi}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumiii}.} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumiv}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiv}.)} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} ktorý zmení èíslovanie na veµké rímske èísla, veµké písmená, arabské èísla a malé písmená ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako z príkladu vidno, pre ka¾dú úroveò vnorenia je príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelnumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash labelnumiv -\family default +\family default a tie¾ poèítadlo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family typewriter +\family typewriter enumiv -\family default +\family default . Tie¾ je pä» príkazov pre \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vy\SpecialChar \- tla\SpecialChar \- èenie èísla \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arabic{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Roman{} -\family default +\family default , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alph{} -\family default +\family default a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Alph{} -\family default +\family default ,z ktorých ka¾dý má jedno poèítadlo ako argument. Pred a za toto mô¾ete pridáva» znaky, ale nie je dôvod dáva» tam medzery. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Takto mô¾ete robi» veµmi pestré veci. Napríklad: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumi}{ -\backslash +\backslash # -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi} -\backslash +\backslash #} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumii}{ -\backslash +\backslash Alph{enumi}. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{enumii}} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumiii}{ -\backslash +\backslash alph{enumiii}+} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash labelnumiv}{( -\backslash +\backslash roman{enumiv})} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard vyprodukuje takúto èíslovaciu schému: ( \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ako v¹etky príkazy preambuly, ¾iadny z nich sa neprejaví v LyXe, ktorý je iba WYSIWYM, ale vo finálnom výstupe budú. Je len na vás, aby ste sa uistili, ¾e kód preambuly má ¾iadaný efekt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Príklad è. 5: Tento dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mô¾ete si pozrie» preambulu tohto dokumentu, kôli nápadom nejakých výhod, ktoré mô¾ete urobi». -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Chyby LyXu a LaTeXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Keï LyX volá LaTeX, povie mu, aby ignoroval v¹etky chyby a pokraèoval v práci. Potom od LaTeXu vyu¾íva log-súbor. Ako sme sa u¾ skôr zmienili, LyX generuje dva druhy -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default súborov, z ktorých sa jeden pou¾íva na lokalizovanie chýb v dokumente. Ak sa niekde vyskytne chyba, LyX na to miesto vlo¾í znaèku so slovom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Chyba \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Príle¾itostne sa LyX netrafí presne na miesto, kde sa chyba vyskytla. Typicky sa to stáva pri tabuµkách, obrázkoch, matematike a preambule. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Tie¾ zobrazí hlá¹ku, ktorá vás upozoròuje na fakt, ¾e sa vyskytli nejaké chyby. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Medzi chybami sa mô¾ete pohybova» príkazom -\family sans -Ís»\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Ís»\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ chybu -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default . Kliknutím na znaèku chyby otvoríte okno, kde si preèítate chybové hlásenie, ktoré vyprodukoval LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Niektorí µudia si radi pozrú priamo log-súbor, prístupný príkazom -\family sans +\family sans Pozrie» LaTeX log súbor -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Upravi» -\family default +\family default . V òom sa nachádzajú niektoré be¾né chybové hlásenia a varovania. Tie si popí¹eme na tomto mieste. Pre úplný zoznam by ste sa mali pozrie» do nejakej dobrej knihy o LaTeXu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard V¹etko, èo zaèína týmito slovami je varovná hlá¹ka. Takéto hlásenie mô¾ete dosta», ak ste pridali alebo zmenili krosreferencie alebo polo¾ky literatúry a LaTeX vám oznamuje, ¾e by ste ho mali spusti» znovu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto mô¾ete ignorova». -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ïal¹ia varovná hlá¹ka, tentoraz o písme, ktoré LaTeX nemohol nájs». Zvy¹ok hlásenia èasto hovorí o písme, ktoré LaTeX pou¾il ako náhradu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto mô¾ete bezpeène ignorova». -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX miluje toto hlásenie. Je to varovanie o riadkoch, ktoré sú príli¹ dlhé a prekraèujú pravú hranicu. @@ -19339,227 +22922,261 @@ LaTeX miluje toto hl len jeden alebo dva znaky. LaTeX vygeneruje najmenej jedno takéto hlásenie pre ka¾dý dokument, ktorý napí¹ete. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Túto blbú hlá¹ku mô¾ete ignorova». Ak je nejaký problém s nieèim èo je príli¹ ¹iroké, povedia vám to va¹e oèi. Len sa pozrite na výstup. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash hbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Nie je také be¾né, ako predchádzajúce varovanie. LaTeX asi rad¹ej tlaèí riadky, ktoré sú trochu ¹iroké ako riadky, ktoré sú trochu úzke. Nevieme preèo je to tak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Toto tie¾ mô¾ete ignorova». -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Overfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset a \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Underfull -\backslash +\backslash vbox -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Varovania o problémoch so zalamovaním stránky. Znova, pozrite si výstup. Va¹e oèi vám povedia kde je chyba. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: File 'Xxxx' not found -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Súbor \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nie je v systéme nain¹talovaný. Toto sa obyèajne vyskytne, ak nejaký balík, ktorý potrebuje vá¹ dokument nie je nain¹talovaný. Ak ste niè nepridali do preambuly a nepou¾ili ste príkaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default , potom chýba jeden z balíkov, ktoré sa pokúsil natiahnú» LaTeX. Zoznam balíkov, ktoré pozná LyX si preèítate príkazom -\family sans -Konfigurácia\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Konfigurácia\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX-u -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Pomocník -\family default +\family default . Tento zoznam je aktalizovaný v¾dy, keï LyX prekonfigurujete. (príkaz -\family sans +\family sans Prekonfigurova» -\family default +\family default z menu -\family sans +\family sans Mo¾nosti) -\family default +\family default . Tento zoznam vám povie, ktoré balíky boli detegované a èo robia. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste pou¾ili -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{} -\family default +\family default , a balík nie je nain¹talovaný, potom si ho budete musie» doin¹talova» sami. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Chybové hlásenia zaèinajúce takto vám hovoria, ¾e ste ¹pecifikovali zlú alebo nedefinovanú voµbu pre balík. Pozrite si dokumentáciu k balíku. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Undefined control sequence -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak ste do dokumentu vlo¾ili kód LaTeXu a urobili ste v òom nejakú chybu, dostanete toto hlásenie. Napríklad ste mohli zabudnú» natiahnú» nejaký balík. V ka¾dom prípade toto hlásenie obyèajne znamená, ¾e ste pou¾ili nedefinovaný príkaz. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Sú aj ïal¹ie chybové a varovné hlásenia. Niektoré sú samovysvetµujúce (pre znalých angliètiny). To sú obyèajne hlásenia LaTeXu. Iné sú akoby \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset kryptované \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To sú hlásenia TeXu a my skutoène nevieme èo znamenajú, alebo ako ich rozlú¹ti». -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je v¹eobecná postupnos», èo by ste mali urobi», ak dostanete chybové hlásenie: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pozrite si kód LaTeXu kôli typografickým chybám. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ak ¾iadne nie sú, skontrolujte si, èi ste príkaz(y) pou¾ili správne. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ak dostanete chybové znaèky na vrchole dokumentu, znamená to, ¾e chyby sú v preambule. Skontrolujte si ju. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ak ste niè nepridali do preambuly a do dokumentu ste nevlo¾ili ¾iaden LaTeX kód, hlavným podozrivým sa stáva sama distribúcia LaTeXu. Skontrolujte si chýbajúce balíky a doin¹talujte ich. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate OK, nechýba ¾iadny balík. Nepou¾ili ste náhodov niektoré z vecí na dolaïovanie dokumentu? Zvlá¹» @@ -19567,402 +23184,520 @@ OK, nech nu\SpecialChar \- ál\SpecialChar \- ne vlo¾enie niekoµkých -\family sans +\family sans Chránených medzier -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Zlomov riadkov -\family default +\family default a -\family sans +\family sans Zlomov strán -\family default +\family default ? Nepokúsili ste sa upravi» nieèo pomocov týchto vecí namiesto pou¾itia príslu¹ného prostredia odseku? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate V poriadku, niè z tohoto ste nerobili. Nepokúsili ste sa urobi» nejaký vrtoch? Vlo¾ili ste nieèo do tabuµky alebo rovnice, ako napríklad vkladanie obrázku do bunky v tabuµke? -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Neprehnali ste to s vnáraním? LyX (zatiaµ) nekontroluje, èi ste neprekroèili limity vnárania. Ak ste náhodov prostredia vnorili a¾ na sedemnástu úroveò, máte problém. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Nedostali ste ¾iadne chybové hlásenie, ale vá¹ výstup vyzerá zle. Ak máte obrázok, alebo tabuµku, ktorá je príli¹ ¹iroká alebo dlhá na stránku, musíte: -\begin_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate zmen¹i» obrázok, aby sa na stránku zmestil. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate oreza» tabuµku, aby sa na stránku zmestila. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ak je z výstupom e¹te nieèo zlé a vy ste nerobili ¾iadne výstrelky ani ste niè manuálne nedolaïovali, nevieme v èom je chyba. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ak toto v¹etko nepomô¾e --- nu¾, -\emph on +\emph on mo¾no -\emph toggle +\emph toggle ste na¹li chybu v LyXe\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Zásluhy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je veµa rúk. ktoré prispeli do ná¹ho \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hrnca \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset s dokumentáciou. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najprv by sme chceli vzda» hold tým, ktorí boli pred nami. Dali nám základ nad ktorým sme vybudovali nové manuály a niektorí naïalej poskytujú informácie: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Matthias Ettrich -\noun toggle +\noun toggle napísal originál dokumentácie, z ktorého bol vytvorený tento manuál a tie¾ akýsi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset predvoj \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset k tomuto manuálu (alebo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX Manifesto \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ako to volajú niektorí z nás). -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\noun toggle +\noun toggle napísal niekoµko minidokumentov, vrátane niektorých informácií o medzinárodnej podpore LyXu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Ivan Schretet -\noun toggle +\noun toggle tie¾ napísal minidokument o medzinárodnej podpore, zvlá¹» o medzinárodných mapách klávesnice a prispôsobení. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Pascal André -\noun toggle +\noun toggle pôvodne zdokumentoval LinuxDoc SGML rozhranie. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Alejandro Aguilar Sierra -\noun toggle +\noun toggle pôvodne zdokumentoval matematický mód a poskytol záznamy pre matematické funkcie v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Zvlá¹tne poïakovanie LyX Tímu \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} -\end_inset +\end_inset za pomoc a odpovede na otázky. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ïalej je èas poïakova» sa Dokumentaènému tímu LyXu, v¹etkým µuïom, ktorí pomohli prepísa» starú dokumentáciu do novej formy, ktorú má po verzii 0.10: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on David Johnson -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Prispievateµ do ÈKO (FAQ) a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize V¹eobecná pomoc pri editovaní. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize matematického re¾imu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tabuliek -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize kontroly pravopisu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Rich Fields -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hlavný prispievateµ do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia základného prostredia LyXu v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Evans -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Správca ÈKO (FAQ) a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter HowDoI-.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia LinuxDoc v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Paul Russel -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia obrázkov a importovanej grafiky v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Raithel -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia medzinárodných vlastností v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Robin Socha -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize poznámok pod èiarou -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize poznámok na okraji -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize obsahu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize krosreferencií -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Hlavný prispievateµ do -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on Matthias Zenker -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ruèného dolaïovania -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pou¾ívania LaTeXu z LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on +\noun on John Weiss -\noun toggle +\noun toggle : -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize V¹eobecná organizácia a formát dokumentov. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Dokumentácia -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nastavenia LyXu -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize prostredí odsekov, rozlo¾enia dokumentu, vnárania, typografickýxh poznámok, písiem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} s nejakými drobnými zmenami v úvodnej sekcii v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter UserGuide.lyx -\family default +\family default od -\noun on +\noun on Matthiasa Ettricha -\noun toggle +\noun toggle . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tie¾ je zodpovedný za Predstavenie v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Tutorial.lyx -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Editor dokumentácií (od 6/96 -- jeseò 1997) -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Po jeseni 1997 prevzal správu nad dokumentáciou LyX Tím ako celok. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lyxcredit} The LyX source tree. File: CREDITS. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexbook} Leslie Lamport, -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexcompanion} Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: -\emph on +\emph on The LaTeX Companion -\emph toggle +\emph toggle . Addison-Wesley, 1994 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {latexguide} A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {texbook} Donald E. Knuth, -\emph on +\emph on The TeXbook -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sl_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/sl_Intro.lyx index 6e1b2088cd..9d89499d87 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sl_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sl_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language slovene \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,41 +24,58 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Uvod v LyX -\newline +\newline ali -\newline +\newline Kako uporabljati dokumentacijo! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author John Weiss in skupina LyX Team -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal Prevod: Roman Maurer -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jezikovni pregled: Dora Mali -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Date 11. marec 1999 -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Pot po dokumentaciji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dobrodo¹li v LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentacija je razdeljena na veè razliènih datotek, da bi la¾je na¹li odgovore na vpra¹anja, ki se vam zastavljajo, in spoznali vse odlike LyXa. @@ -65,49 +83,81 @@ Dokumentacija je razdeljena na ve Preden se podaste v katerokoli od teh datotek, pa bi morali najprej podrobno prebrati tole, saj boste tu izvedeli marsikaj uporabnega in si pozneje prihranili precej èasa. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center POZOR!!!!! POZOR!!!!! POZOR!!!! -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Nevarnost, nevarnost! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Èeprav ima razlièica LyXa zdaj ¹tevilko 1.0 (in veè), je morda nekaj dokumentacij e nepopolne ali pa se nana¹a na starej¹e razlièice. Tako kot preostanek LyXa so tudi priroèniki delo skupine prostovoljcev s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pravimi slu¾bami \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , z dru¾inami, ki morajo pomivati posodo, menjati pesek v maèjem strani¹èu in tako naprej in tako naprej. Po svojih najbolj¹ih moèeh se trudimo, da bi ohranili priroènike v tip-top formi, vendar nam to morda kdaj tudi ne bo uspelo. - (Èe ¾elite to popraviti, poleg tega spisa preberite ¹e razdelek\SpecialChar ~ + (Èe ¾elite to popraviti, poleg tega spisa preberite ¹e razdelek\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset .) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ¹e nekaj vas prosimo -- èe vas karkoli v teh priroènikih zmede, ker je nejasno ali napaèno, ne oklevajte in nam sporoèite! S trenutnimi vzdr¾evalci spisov lahko stopite v stik tudi po elektronski po¹ti na naslov -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oblika priroènikov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nekateri ste priroènik(e) za LyX ¾e natisnili. Drugi jih morda prebirate na zvezi, kot datoteko v LyXu. @@ -118,37 +168,43 @@ Nekateri ste priro Opombe v nogi in kazalo vsebine niso vidni. Na voljo je postavka menuja za ogled kazala vsebine. Odprete ga tako, da z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Uredi -\family default +\family default izberete postavko -\family sans -Kazalo\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Kazalo\InsetSpace ~ vsebine -\family default +\family default . Opombo v nogi, ki je videti takole \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zdravo! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zaprete me lahko s klikom sive ¹katle z napisom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na levi strani. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , odprete , èe jo kliknete z levim gumbom mi¹ke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tiskanih priroènikih so vsa navzkri¾na sklicevanja vidna kot prave ¹tevilke poglavja, razdelka, podrazdelka in tako naprej. @@ -156,797 +212,937 @@ V tiskanih priro tej: \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset . (V tiskanem priroèniku boste namesto tega videli ¹tevilko.) Èe to ¹katlo kliknete z levim gumbom mi¹ke, vas LyX popelje v tisti razdelek. Nazaj se vrnete s -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default . (Kaj pomeni \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Glej spodaj.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj, ko smo pojasnili nekatere razlike med tiskanimi in elektronskimi izvodi te datoteke, si lahko zaènemo ogledovati obliko tega spisa. Tu in tam boste opazili razliène pisave: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Poudarjeni slog -\emph default +\emph default se uporablja za splo¹ne poudarke, splo¹ne argumente, naslove knjig, imena razdelkov v drugih priroènikih in opozorila avtorjev. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Pisava pisalnega stroja -\family default +\family default prikazuje imena programov in datotek, kode za LaTeX ter kode in funkcije za LyX. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Neserifna pisava -\family default +\family default se uporablja za imena menujev, gumbov ali menujskih postavk ter imena tipk na tipkovnici. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Velike èrke -\noun default +\noun default se uporabljajo za imena ljudi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kar zadeva tipke in tipkovne povezave, vas bomo verjetno napotili k razdelku -\emph on +\emph on Key Bindings -\emph default +\emph default v \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Referenènem priroèniku -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (datoteka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Reference.lyx -\family default +\family default ). Ko se bomo morali sklicevati na tipke, bomo uporabili naslednje dogovore o predponah: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznaèuje tipko -\family sans +\family sans Control- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznaèuje tipko -\family sans +\family sans Shift- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset oznaèuje tipko -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default , ki bo na nekaterih tipkovnicah oznaèena z -\family sans +\family sans Alt- -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset so funkcijske tipke. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset je ube¾na tipka. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Levo -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Desno -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Gor -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Dol -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : pomen je oèiten. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset : teh ¹est tipk je na veèini osebnih raèunalnikov nad kurzorskimi tipkami. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset se na nekaterih tipkovnicah imenujeta \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default se nana¹ata na isto tipko. Nekatere tipkovnice imajo tipko -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default oznaèeno kot \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , druge kot \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , tretje imajo dve tipki. LyX ju obravnava kot eno samo, zato bomo izmenoma uporabljali oznaki -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vèasih boste videli tudi kaj podobnega temu: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Glej -\emph on +\emph on ,Referenèni priroènik` -\emph default +\emph default ] \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Privzete tipkovne kombinacije za posamezne funkcije smo zbrali v \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Referenènem priroèniku -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , zato poglejte tudi tja. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Priroèniki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na naslednjem seznamu je opisana vsebina vseh datotek v dokumentaciji: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Uvod \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Uvod \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Ta datoteka. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Uèbenik \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Uèbenik \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Èe ste novinec v LyXu in niste nikoli prej uporabljali LaTeXa, bi se morali branja lotiti tukaj. Èe mislite, da je LaTeX snov, iz katere izdelujejo kondome, morate vsekakor prebrati -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default . Vedite, da boste tudi potem ¹e vedno mislili, da je LaTeX nekaj raztegljivega -- vendar -\emph on +\emph on boste -\emph default +\emph default vedeli, kako uporabljati LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tudi, èe -\emph on +\emph on ste -\emph default +\emph default ¾e prej uporabljali LaTeX, bi morali prebrati -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default , zaèen¹i z razdelkom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (pa tudi, èe boste preleteli preostanek spisa, vam ne bo ¹kodilo). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe kdaj ostanete brez navdiha v zvezi z LyXom, najprej vzemite v roke -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default , ¹ele potem se poglobite v druge priroènike. Uèbenik je dobra odskoèna deska. -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Uporabni¹ki\SpecialChar ~ -vodnik \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Uporabni¹ki\InsetSpace ~ +vodnik \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Primarna dokumentacija. Tu bomo posku¹ali obdelati -\emph on +\emph on veèino -\emph default +\emph default osnovnih postopkov in dostopnih odlik LyXa. Osrednji priroènik predpostavlja, da ste prebrali -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} ali pa vsaj be¾no poznate LaTeX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Raz¹irjene\SpecialChar ~ -odlike \SpecialChar ~ -\newline +\emph on +Raz¹irjene\InsetSpace ~ +odlike \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\newline + +\emph default Raz¹iritev -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kega vodnika -\emph default +\emph default . Dodatni videzi sestavkov in mo¾nosti za posebno urejanje, skupaj z nekaterimi zvijaèami mojstrov LaTeXa. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Prilagoditev \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Prilagoditev \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline Opis izpopolnjenih mo¾nosti LyXa, skupaj s postopki za prilagoditev splo¹nega vedenja LyXa. Sem so v¹tete tudi kombinacije tipk, internacionalizacija in nastavitvene datoteke. Naj vam ne pride na misel, da bi pokukali semkaj, dokler ne preberete -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Referenèni\SpecialChar ~ -priroènik \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Referenèni\InsetSpace ~ +priroènik \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline Ta obsega izèrpen, podroben opis odlik LyXa, a brez uporabnih namigov, kako ga uporabljati, ter napotke, kdaj pogledati v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default ali druge priroènike. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Znani\SpecialChar ~ -hro¹èi \SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Znani\InsetSpace ~ +hro¹èi \InsetSpace ~ -\emph default +\emph default -\newline +\newline V tej datoteki je seznam znanih hro¹èev v LyXu in napotki, kaj storiti, èe v LyXu naletite na hro¹èa. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Nastavitev\SpecialChar ~ -LaTeXa \SpecialChar ~ -\emph default +\emph on +Nastavitev\InsetSpace ~ +LaTeXa \InsetSpace ~ -\newline +\emph default + +\newline LyX takoj po namestitvi prei¹èe sistem. V tej datoteki so podatki, ki jih je LyX zbral o va¹i namestitvi LaTeXa. Preverite to datoteko in poglejte, ali vam manjka kaj, kar bi sicer ¾eleli imeti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Te datoteke se bodo po potrebi sklicevale druga na drugo. V -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default , denimo, so zbrani -\emph on +\emph on nekateri -\emph default +\emph default podatki o namestitvi in prilagoditvi, kaj veè pa boste izvedeli v -\emph on +\emph on Prilagoditvenem priroèniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©e enkrat bomo zapisali pomemben nasvet: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Èe ste novinec v LyXu, si preberite -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default . Takoj. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Drugaèe se boste po nepotrebnem jezili. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Contrib} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prispevki k dokumentacijskem projektu -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Poroèanje o napakah v priroènikih -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To je zelo preprosto. Sporoèilo lahko po¹ljete na dopisni seznam za razvijalce ali za uporabnike LyXa. Dokumentacijska skupina pa bo najbolj vesela sporoèila na naslov -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Èe gre za manj¹e popravke, jih bo kdo vnesel. Èe gre za kaj veèjega, pa vam priporoèamo, da se pridru¾ite dopisnemu seznamu in se, preden karkoli ukrenete, nekaj èasa pogovarjate z nami. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center +\end_layout + -\emph on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\emph on Nikoli ne spreminjajte vsebine priroènikov brez poprej¹njega soglasja dokumentac ijske skupine! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Tak¹ne nakljuène spremembe ne bodo pri¹le v dokumentacijo, saj dokumentacijska skupina vzdr¾uje osrednje izvode v drevesu CVS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard CVS je sistem za nadzorovanje razlièic datotek prek omre¾ja. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pridru¾itev dokumentacijski skupini -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentacijskemu projektu za LyX, tako kot vsemu pri projektu LyX, vedno prav pride pomoè! Èe bi radi prispevali k Dokumentacijskem projektu, -\emph on +\emph on najprej -\emph default +\emph default opravite tole: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pridobite zadnjo izvorno kodo LyXa. Odtarajte jo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bolj pustolovske du¹e med vami bodo anonimno pobrale zadnjo izvorno kodo iz arhiva CVS za LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . V glavnem drevesu boste na¹li imenik, imenovan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . V njem je datoteka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Preberite jo; to je slogovna predloga za dokumentacijo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Vzemite si dan ali dva oddiha, potem pa ¹e enkrat preberite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zatem preberite -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default . -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Smisel te naloge je, da si ustvarite predstavo in da se vam utrnejo zamisli. -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default in -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default bosta vedno najbolj osve¾eni del dokumentacije. Pri ogledu bi morali spoznati, kako naj bi brali priroènike in kako naj bi bili le-ti videti. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Spet preberite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zdaj stopite v stik s skupino na naslovu: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Radi bi dosegli, da bi razumeli -\emph on +\emph on slog -\emph default +\emph default , preden bi zaèeli pisati. Drugaèe boste morali svoje prispevke vnoviè napisati. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Naj vam ne pride na misel, da bi se lotili pisanja, dokler ne poklepetamo po e-po¹ti. Trenutno stanje v dokumentaciji si boste lahko ogledali na spletni strani dokumentacijske skupine (ko jo bomo usposobili) ali v arhivih dopisnih seznamov na -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx index c9c288dbf3..cb3c3e16cc 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \options dvips \language slovene @@ -7,13 +9,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \headsep 0pt \footskip 0pt @@ -26,2510 +27,3652 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Kazalo dokumentacije LyXa -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Uvod v LyX -\newline +\newline ali -\newline +\newline Kako uporabljati dokumentacijo! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Pot po dokumentaciji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Oblika priroènikov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Priroèniki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Prispevki k dokumentacijskem projektu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Poroèanje o napakah v priroènikih -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Pridru¾itev dokumentacijski skupini +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Uèbenik LyXa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Uvod +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Dobrodo¹li v LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Kaj -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default Uèbenik in kaj -\emph on +\emph on ni +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Kar najbolj izkoristite Uèbenik -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 Naslednjega -\emph on +\emph on ne boste -\emph default +\emph default na¹li: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Kaj je LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Pregled -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Razlike med LyXom in urejevalniki besedil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Kaj, zaboga, -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Prvi koraki v LyXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Va¹ prvi sestavek v LyXu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Tipkanje, pregledovanje in tiskanje -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Preproste operacije -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Nevidni znaki v LyXu +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Okolja +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Razdelki in podrazdelki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Seznami in podseznami -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Druga okolja: verzi, citati in ¹e veè +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Pisanje spisov +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Razredi besedil in vzorci: pisanje pisem -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Vzorci: pisanje pisma -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Naslovi spisov -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Oznake in navzkri¾na sklicevanja +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Va¹a prva oznaka -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Va¹i prvi navzkri¾ni sklici -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 ©e veè zabave z oznakami +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Opombe v nogi in na robu -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Bibliografije -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Kazalo vsebine +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Uporaba matematike +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Matematièni naèin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Plovba po enaèbi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Eksponenti in indeksi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 -\family sans +\family sans Matematièna plo¹èa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Gr¹ke èrke in simboli -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Kvadratni koreni, poudarki in oklepaji -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Ulomki -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Naèin TeX: Limite, log, sin in drugi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matrike -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Prikazni naèin +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Veèvrstiène enaèbe -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ©e veè matematike +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Razno +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Druge poglavitne odlike LyXa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Naèin TeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Uvoz spisov v LaTeXu -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Prevajanje spisov v LyXa v LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 Vzglavje LaTeXa +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Razred spisa -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Drugo v vzglavju +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Razno +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Napake! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sl_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/sl_Tutorial.lyx index 137a51da56..2336d5d58d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sl_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sl_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language slovene \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 @@ -23,57 +24,78 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Uèbenik LyXa -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author -\noun on +\noun on Amir Karger -\noun default +\noun default in skupina LyX Team -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal (prevedel -\noun on +\noun on Roman Maurer -\noun default +\noun default ) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 18. junija 2000 dopolnjeno s pripombami lektorice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dore Mali. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Date + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 26. maj 1999 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Uvod -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dobrodo¹li v LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ta datoteka je namenjena vsem vam, ki niste ¹e nikoli sli¹ali za LaTeX ali pa ga ne znate prav dobro uporabljati. @@ -81,25 +103,29 @@ Ta datoteka je namenjena vsem vam, ki niste treba uèiti LaTeXa. To je, navsezadnje, poglavitna poanta LyXa: ponuditi skoraj WYSIWYG \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard What You See Is What You Get -- \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to kar vidi¹, to dobi¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset vmesnik za LaTeX. Vseeno pa se nekaterih stvari morate nauèiti, da bi LyX lahko uèinkovito uporabljali. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nekateri ste verjetno naleteli na tale spis, ker ste posku¹ali vstaviti dva presledka za piko ali tri prazne vrstice med odstavkoma. @@ -112,49 +138,61 @@ Nekateri ste verjetno naleteli na tale spis, ker ste posku Na koncu morate torej spis tudi staviti, ne le napisati. LyX stavljenje postori namesto vas in vam omogoèa, da se osredotoèite na vsebino pisanja. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zato ostanite z nami in berite naprej. Èasa, ki ga boste porabili za branje tega uèbenika, ne boste ob¾alovali. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kaj -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default Uèbenik in kaj -\emph on +\emph on ni -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Preden zaènemo ta razdelek, ¾elimo na hitro na nekaj opozoriti. -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default uporablja zapis, oèrtan v -\emph on +\emph on Uvodu -\emph default +\emph default . Èe ste se branja dokumentacije lotili tule, raje najprej preberite -\emph on +\emph on Uvod -\emph default +\emph default . Da, kar takoj. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj, ko poznate pomen posameznih pisav, ¾elimo spregovoriti ¹e o namenu tega -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kar najbolj izkoristite Uèbenik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Uèbenik sestavljajo zgledi in naloge. Èe ¾elite ta spis kar najbolj izkoristiti, ob branju vtipkavajte vse tiste @@ -162,148 +200,175 @@ U da bi videli, ali ste jih pravilno razumeli. Da bi bilo prebiranje udobnej¹e, boste morda ¾eleli izpisati razlièico tega spisa v postscriptu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe imate LaTeX v malem prstu, boste verjetno sposobni prebrati -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default malce hitreje, saj so ¹tevilni pojmi v LyXu le preobleèeni pojmi iz LaTeXa. Vendar ima LyX nekatere posebnosti \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ali, bolj optimistièno, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset odlike \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , ki se jih boste ¾eleli nauèiti. Tudi èe se vam ne ljubi prebrati preostanka -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default , bi si morali vsekakor pogledati razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , ki je napisan posebej za izku¹ene uporabnike LaTeXa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset je ostalina iz zgodnjih razlièic Uèbenika in je precej ubog. Vendar je ¹e vedno prijeten \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset daljnji \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset uvod v LyX, zato si ga preberite, èe vas zanima, èemu pravzaprav rabi LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Naslednjega -\emph on +\emph on ne boste -\emph default +\emph default na¹li: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Krmljenja po ¾lièki in drugega poneumljanja. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Dandanes se zdi, da se v raèunalni¹ki literaturi za samopomoè predpostavlja, da ima uporabnik IQ krompirja. Mi tega ne poènemo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na drugi strani pa se zavedamo, da se veèina uporabnikov zateèe k priroèniku, posebej k uèbeniku, ko se zgubijo. Vemo torej, da -\emph on +\emph on niste -\emph default +\emph default neumni, razumemo pa, da vam ni niè jasno ali da vas vse skupaj silno bega. -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Navodil o uporabi mi¹ke ali tipkovnice. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Èe do zdaj niste ugotovili, kako se uporablja raèunalnik, vam ne moremo pomagati; to sodi onkraj dometa priroènikov za LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Poleg tega imate verjetno v glavi veè kot polovico mo¾gan, sodeè po tem, da ste se sploh sklenili nauèiti LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Podrobnih razlag vseh mogoèih odlik LyXa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Saj ne ¾elite dveh -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kih vodnikov -\emph default +\emph default ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©alo na stran, tukaj smo zato, da vas usposobimo za delo, tako da boste potrebovali le ¹e -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default . Èe bi tukaj na¹tevali podrobnosti o vseh mogoèih odlikah LyXa, bi bil -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default redundanten, predolg in vedno zastarel. Tukaj vas le uvajamo v zadeve; predstavljajte si, da na koncu vsakega razdelka pi¹e ¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset poglejte tudi v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Podrobnih razlag LaTeXa. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard So nepotrebne. Èe ste radovedni in bi se radi nauèili zanimivih trikov, ki so na voljo @@ -311,29 +376,36 @@ So nepotrebne. Kar nekaj dobrih je na prodaj. Res ni nobene potrebe, da bi izumljali toplo vodo \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Tako, junaki, èas je za premik naprej. Privo¹èite si lahko kratek izlet po naslednjem razdelku ali pa kar takoj krenite k razdelku \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kaj je LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pregled -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Del uvodnega izziva pri uporabi LyXa je tudi sprememba naèina va¹ega, tj. uporabnikovega, mi¹ljenja. @@ -341,11 +413,11 @@ Del uvodnega izziva pri uporabi LyXa je tudi sprememba na zvijaèe, s katerimi smo se izognili omejitvam teh naprav. Podèrtovanje, ki je komajda kaj veè kot udarjanje znaka \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset po besedilu, je postalo sredstvo za poudarjanje besedila. Èe ste ¾eleli izdelati tabelo, ste morali prej ugotoviti, kolik¹en bo vsak @@ -353,11 +425,15 @@ _ Enako je veljalo za pisma in druga na desni poravnana besedila. Deljenje na koncu vrstice je zahtevalo pozorno oko in precej¹njo sposobnost predvidevanja. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Z drugimi besedami, izurili so nas, da smo se ubadali s podrobnostmi o tem, kateri znak gre kam. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skoraj vsi urejevalniki besedil ohranjajo to tradicijo. ©e vedno uporabljajo tabulatorje za dodajanje presledkov. @@ -365,30 +441,34 @@ Skoraj vsi urejevalniki besedil ohranjajo to tradicijo. Poudarjanje besedila pomeni, da je treba zamenjati pisavo, podobno kot je bilo treba pri pisalnem stroju zamenjati kolo. Saj veste. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu se LyX razlikuje od navadnih urejevalnikov besedil. V LyXu se ne utrujate s polo¾ajem posameznih znakov. LyXu poveste -\emph on +\emph on kaj poènete -\emph default +\emph default , in LyX poskrbi za vse drugo, tako da sledi mno¾ici pravil, imenovani -\emph on +\emph on slog -\emph default +\emph default . Oglejmo si zgled: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Denimo, da pi¹ete poroèilo. Na zaèetku poroèila ¾elite imeti razdelek, imenovan \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Uvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zato odprete menu va¹ega urejevalnika besedil, ki spreminja velikost pisave, @@ -396,52 +476,60 @@ Uvod Potem vkljuèite polkrepko pisavo. Potem napi¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -1.\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ +1.\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Uvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Èe se pozneje odloèite, da ta razdelek spada nekam drugam v spis, ali èe vstavite predenj nov razdelek, morate seveda spremeniti ¹tevilèenje zanj in za vse nadaljnje razdelke, pa tudi kazalo vsebine. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V LyXu na padajoèem menuju skrajno levo v orodni vrstici izberete -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ter napi¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Uvod \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Da, to je vse. Èe izre¾ete in prilepite razdelek, se bo samodejno pre¹tevilèil -- kjerkoli. Mogoèe je, da LyX celo samodejno osve¾i vsa sklicevanja v datoteki na ta razdelek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj pa si oglejmo, kako je s konsistentnostjo. Èez pet dni spet odprete svoje poroèilo in zaènete pisati razdelek 4. - Vendar ste pozabili, da ste uporabljali pisavo velikosti 18\SpecialChar ~ + Vendar ste pozabili, da ste uporabljali pisavo velikosti 18\InsetSpace ~ pik namesto - 16\SpecialChar ~ + 16\InsetSpace ~ pik, zato napi¹ete naslov razdelka 4 z drugo pisavo, kot razdelek 1. Teh te¾av v LyXu sploh ni. Za nadle¾no knjigovodstvo o velikosti pisav skrbi raèunalnik, ne vi. Navsezadnje je to nekaj, kar gre raèunalniku dobro od rok. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tukaj je ¹e en zgled. Denimo, da sestavljate seznam. @@ -453,71 +541,87 @@ a in tako naprej. V LyXu se ukvarjate le z dvojim: za kak¹ne vrste seznam gre in kaj uvrstiti nanj. To je to. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Torej je osnovna zamisel, na kateri temelji LyX: doloèite, kaj poènete, ne, kako tisto poènete. Namesto modela \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to kar vidi¹, tudi dobi¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. what you see is what you get, WYSIWYG), uporablja LyX model \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset tisto vidi¹, kar tudi -\emph on +\emph on misli¹ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. what you see is what you mean, WYSIWYM). -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Razlike med LyXom in urejevalniki besedil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ne, tu ne posku¹amo zanetiti (ali dobiti) svete vojne med urejevalniki besedil. Vendar mislimo, da je pomembno opisati odlike LyXa. In ena od poglavitnih, WYSIWYM, je pojem, ki se povsem razlikuje od mnenja, - ki ga ima 99\SpecialChar ~ + ki ga ima 99\InsetSpace ~ % ljudi o urejanju besedil. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu je na¹teto, èesa vse ne boste na¹li v LyXu: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ravnila za spis, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tabulatorjev, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize dodatnega presledka (tj. pritiska na -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default ali -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default dvakrat ali veèkrat). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatorji, ki vam skupaj z ravnilom prikazujejo polo¾aj posameznih stvari na strani, so v LyXu neuporabni. @@ -526,30 +630,46 @@ Tabulatorji, ki vam skupaj z ravnilom prikazujejo polo od konteksta. Najprej bo zoprno, da ne morete natipkati dveh praznih vrstic zapored, a èe razmi¹ljate na naèin WYSIWYM, je to bolj logièno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu pa so nekatere mo¾nosti, ki so na voljo v LyXu, a se jih morda ne uporablja tako, kot mislite: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize nadzor zamikanja, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize prelomi strani, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize presledki med vrsticami (tj. enojni presledek, dvojni presledek itd.), -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize presledek, vodoravni in navpièni, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pisave in velikosti pisav, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize videz pisav (polkrepki, kurzivni, podèrtani itd.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èeprav je vse to v LyXu na voljo, tega na splo¹no ne boste potrebovali. LyX bo skrbel za to namesto vas, glede na to, kaj poènete. @@ -561,40 +681,56 @@ videz pisav (polkrepki, kurzivni, pod Na splo¹no je presledek med vrsticami, med besedami in med odstavki spremenljiv ka, ki jo nastavi LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Te vrednosti se da spremeniti (le za nekatere med njimi je treba znati LaTeX) za celoten spis ali za doloèeni del spisa. Glej -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default za podrobnosti. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za konec na¹tejmo ¹e tisto, po èemer LyX (in LaTeX) preka¹a ¹tevilne urejevalnik e besedil: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize deljenje besed, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize taki in drugaèni seznami, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize matematièni izrazi, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize tabele, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize navzkri¾no sklicevanje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tevilni sodobni urejevalniki besedil zmorejo staviti matematiène simbole, tabele in deljenje besed, in nekateri se celo premikajo proti definicijam @@ -602,65 +738,73 @@ navzkri Vendar to poènejo ¹ele od nedavna, medtem ko LyX temelji na sistemu za pripravo dokumentacije LaTeX. LaTeX pa je na voljo ¾e veè kot 10 let in -\emph on +\emph on deluje -\emph default +\emph default . Vsi hro¹èi so bili ¾e zdavnaj odpravljeni. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Prav, vemo, da ni niè popolno, vendar je LaTeX tako blizu raèunalni¹kemu programu brez hro¹èev, kot je le mogoèe. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konèna in najpomembnej¹a razlika med LyXom in drugimi urejevalniki besedil je stabilnost. Za razliko od doloèenih komercialnih urejevalnikov besedil LyX -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default trdi, da je stabilen in se sesuje vsakih 30 minut, ko urejate obse¾en spis. Skupina -\emph on +\emph on The LyX Team -\emph default +\emph default se zaveda, da ne bomo ujeli vsakega posameznega hro¹èa, niti ne posku¹amo prodati hro¹èev kot odlike (kot poènejo -\emph on +\emph on -\emph default +\emph default doloèeni osebki v programski industriji). Ko ti hro¹èi (oh, oprostite \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset odlike \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} ) dvignejo svojo grdo glavo, morda mislite, da bo LyX izpisal nekak¹en \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset modri zaslon smrti \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in povlekel s seboj v propad ¹e zadnje tri strani va¹ega ustvarjalnega naprezanja. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ko se LyX sesuje, pred smrtjo izpi¹e vse spise iz pomnilnika v re¹ilno datoteko. Ob vnoviènem zagonu bo LyX te re¹ilne izvode opazil, ¹e posebej, èe boste @@ -670,60 +814,66 @@ Ko se LyX sesuje, pred smrtjo izpi ©tevilni uporabniki so svoje doktorske disertacije napisali z LyXom. Redko, èe sploh, so izgubili kak¹no stran, kljub temu, da se je tu in tam vse skupaj sesulo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kaj, zaboga, -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX je sistem za pripravljanje dokumentov, ki ga je leta 1985 zasnoval Leslie Lamport. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vir informacij v tem razdelku je knjiga \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on A Guide to LaTeX2e -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ki sta jo napisala Helmut Kopka in Patrick Daly. Podatke o tej knjigi lahko najdete v bibliografiji -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kega vodnika -\emph default +\emph default \SpecialChar \@. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Temelji na stavnem jeziku, imenovanem TeX, ki ga je leta 1984 ustvaril Donald Knuth. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset se izgovarja podobno kot \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset eh \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in to kar dobro ponazarja mnenje ¹tevilnih ljudi o njem. A marsikdo ne ve, kaj sploh je TeX. @@ -733,33 +883,37 @@ eh kot prava tiskalna naprava. Vsekakor je tisto, kar pride iz TeXa, tako imenovana datoteka oblike \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ki je neodvisna od naprave \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. device independent), skraj¹ano: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default lahko potem po¹ljete èemurkoli, kar razume to obliko, ali spremenite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default v druge oblike, kot je postscript. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe TeX ne bi imel neke posebej uporabne odlike, bi bil le stavni stroj. Vendar vam dovoljuje tudi definirati makroukaze. Tu stvari postanejo zanimive. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veèina ljudi, ki uporablja TeX, pravzaprav uporablja paket makroukazov, s katerim je Knuth prikril precej stavnih podrobnosti. @@ -772,7 +926,9 @@ Ve usmerjen, nabor ukazov, ki konsistentno omogoèa staviti stvari, kot so razdelki ali tabele ali matematiène formule, konsistentno s èim manj zme¹njave. Tako je bil rojen LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vzporedno z razvojem in rastjo LaTeXa so razlièni ljudje ustvarjali lastne pakete makroukazov za TeX, tak¹ne za izdelovanje prosojnic ali èlankov @@ -786,28 +942,30 @@ Vzporedno z razvojem in rastjo LaTeXa so razli Pravzaprav je LaTeX ¾e sam po sebi zelo raz¹irljiv jezik! Uporabniki po vsem svetu so poleg standardnih ustvarjali tudi dodatke za LaTeX za lastno rabo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX je mogoèe raz¹iriti na dva naèina: z razredi in slogi. -\emph on +\emph on Razred -\emph default +\emph default (angl. class) je nabor makroukazov LaTeXa (ali TeXa), ki opisuje novo zvrst spisa, kot je knjiga ali èlanek. Na voljo so razredi za prosojnice, fizikalne in matematiène revije\SpecialChar \ldots{} , nekatere univerze imajo celo poseben razred za svoje disertacije! -\emph on +\emph on Slog -\emph default +\emph default (angl. style) se razlikuje od razreda po tem, da ne doloèa nove zvrsti dokumenta, ampak razlièno -\emph on +\emph on vedenje -\emph default +\emph default , ki ga lahko uporablja katerikoli spis. Na primer, LyX nadzoruje robove strani in presledke med vrsticami z dvema razliènima slogovnima datotekama za LaTeX, posebej za te namene. @@ -815,713 +973,790 @@ vedenje spreminjanje zamikanja v spisu, dodajanje novih pisav, uporabo slik, naèrtovanj e posebnih glav strani, prilagoditev bibliografij, spremembo mesta in videza opomb v nogi, tabel, slik, prilagoditev seznamov in tako naprej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tule je povzetek: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Stavni jezik z mo¾nostjo makroukazov. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Paket makroukazov, temeljeè na TeXu. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 razredi: Opisi zvrsti spisa z uporabo LaTeXa. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 slogi: Nekako spremenijo privzeto vedenje LaTeXa. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Vizualni urejevalnik besedil vrste WYSIWYM, ki za tiskanje uporablja LaTeX v vsej njegovi slavi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Namen tega razdelka je bil pojasniti, -\emph on +\emph on zakaj -\emph default +\emph default LyX deluje nekako drugaèe od drugih urejevalnikov besedil. Razlog je preprost: LyX uporablja LaTeX za tiskanje. Prav tako kot LaTeX se tudi LyX osredotoèa na vsebino va¹ega pisanja -- na to, -\emph on +\emph on kaj -\emph default +\emph default pi¹ete. Raèunalnik potem poskrbi za pravi videz. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In ¹e zadnje. LaTeX izgovarjamo podobno kot TeX: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lejteh \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , na Slovenskem pa pogosto tudi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset láteh \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Lamport pravi v svoji knjigi, da je mogoèa tudi izgovorjava \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lejteks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset pa izgovarjamo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset liks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset laks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset luks \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , odvisno od tega, od kod prihajamo\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Prvi koraki v LyXu -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Va¹ prvi sestavek v LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Prav\SpecialChar \@. Pripravljeni ste in lahko zaènete pisati. ©e prej pa moramo omeniti nekatere stvari, da bo, vsaj tako upamo, -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default ¹e bolj pouèen, uporaben in zabaven. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ker vam marsièesa ne bomo povedali, -\emph on +\emph on najprej -\emph default +\emph default poi¹èite druge datoteke s pomoèjo. Na sreèo je to zelo preprosto. Za¾enite LyX. Z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Pomoè -\family default +\family default izberite -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default . Morda boste ¾eleli nalo¾iti tudi -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default (èe ga ¾e ne berete z zaslona). Tako ju boste lahko brali, medtem, ko boste pisali svojo datoteko. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Rabita vam lahko tudi kot dobra zgleda o tem, kako uporabljati ¹tevilne odlike LyXa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Vedite, da lahko na menuju -\family sans +\family sans Spisi -\family default +\family default preklapljate z enega spisa na drugega, ko imate odprtih veè spisov. -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default ne bo podrobno obdeloval tem, ki so opisane v drugih priroènikih za LyX. Na zaèetku vam to utegne malce ote¾iti ¾ivljenje, vendar bo tako -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default ostal kratek. Poleg tega se boste tako tudi navadili uporabljati druge priroènike, to pa vam bo -- dolgoroèno -- prihranilo veliko èasa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V tem -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default bomo predpostavili, da imate popolnoma delujoèo razlièico LyXa, pa tudi programe LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default ali kak drug pregledovalnik datotek DVI, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default ali kak drug naèin spreminjanja spisov iz oblike DVI v postscriptno obliko, in delujoè tiskalnik. To so kar hude predpostavke. Èe karkoli od tega ne dr¾i, boste morali (ali pa va¹ prijazni sistemski upravitelj) pravilno usposobiti va¹ sistem. Podatke o usposobitvi omenjenih sestavin najdete v drugih priroènikih. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Konèno, napisali smo datoteko, ki vam omogoèa uèenje ve¹èin LyXa. Imenuje se -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default . Mislite si, da jo je napisal nekdo, ki ni vedel za nobeno od èudovitih odlik LyXa. Ko se boste nauèili nove funkcije LyXa, vam bomo predlagali, da popravite doloèene dele datoteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default . V njej so tudi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset subtilni \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namigi o tem, kako kaj popraviti. Èe ¾elite goljufati (ali preveriti, kaj ste napravili), je na voljo tudi datoteka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_lyxan.lyx -\family default +\family default z istim besedilom, kot bi ga napisal in stavil mojster LyXa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Tipkanje, pregledovanje in tiskanje -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Z ukazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ova -\family default +\family default odprite novo datoteko. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Napi¹ite kaj podobnega: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter To je moj prvi spis v LyXu! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No, prav. Pravzaprav lahko napi¹ete, karkoli ¾elite. V bistvu je vseeno. Tu se vam moramo opravièiti za plehkost tega stavka in vseh nadaljnjih, za katere vas bomo ¹e prosili, da jih vtipkajte. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Posnemite svoj spis z ukazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Shrani\SpecialChar ~ +Shrani\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ot\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Z ukazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Glej\SpecialChar ~ +Glej\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default vi -\family default +\family default po¾enite LaTeX, da boste ustvarili datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. V oknu, v katerem ste pognali ukaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default , vidite izpis sporoèil LaTeXa, ki jih lahko za zdaj prezrete. LyX bo pognal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ali kak drug ogledovalnik datotek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ), ta pa bo odprl novo okno in prikazal va¹ spis v taki obliki, kot bo natisnjen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Èe pustite, da -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default teèe v ozadju, lahko prihranite èas. Potem lahko uporabljate ukaz -\family sans +\family sans Datoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator Os -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -e¾i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +e¾i\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default in preprosto kliknete okno programa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (ali ga poveèate), ko LaTeX konèa. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spis natisnite z ukazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator T -\bar default +\bar default iskaj -\family default +\family default in izbiro -\family sans -V\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +V\InsetSpace ~ redu\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èestitamo! Napisali in natisnili ste svoj prvi spis v LyXu. Vse drugo so le podrobnosti, obdelane v preostanku -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default , v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default in v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènem priroèniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Preproste operacije -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX lahko seveda postori veèino tistega, kar ste vajeni uporabljati v urejevalni ku besedil. Samodejno poravnava besede in zamika odstavke. Odprite nekaj menujev \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Èe ste tak¹ni kot ¹tevilni uporabniki Unixa, ste to ¾e storili, ¹e preden ste sploh zaèeli brati -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset in videli boste, da ima veèina preprostih ukazov (npr. -\family sans +\family sans Izhod, P -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default ilepi, Tiskaj) -\family default +\family default prièakovano ime, da so v menuju, v katerem bi jih prièakovali, in da tudi delujejo tako, kot bi prièakovali. Tu je kratek opis nekaterih preprostih operacij. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Razveljavi LyX ima -\emph on +\emph on mo¾nost -\emph default +\emph default za \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset neskonèno razveljavitev \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To pomeni, da lahko razveljavite vse, kar ste naredili od zaèetka trenutne urejevalne seje. To storite tako, da venomer izbirate -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default redi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Razveljavi -\family default +\family default . Èe razveljavite preveè, izberite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default redi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ponovi -\bar under +\bar under -\family default -\bar default +\family default +\bar default in vzpostavili boste prej¹nje stanje. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard [Trenutno je raven razveljavitev pravzaprav omejena na 100 korakov, dokler ni razveljavitveni mehanizem podrobno preizku¹en. Razveljavitev tudi ne deluje vselej; pri sprememinjanju videza spisa ¾e ne.] -\end_deeper -\layout Description +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Description Izre¾i/Prilepi/Prepi¹i Uporabite -\family sans +\family sans Ur -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default di\SpecialChar \menuseparator Izre¾i -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Ur -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default di\SpecialChar \menuseparator P -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default ilepi -\family default +\family default , in -\family sans +\family sans Ur -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default di\SpecialChar \menuseparator K -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default piraj -\family default +\family default za izrezovanje, lepljenje in kopiranje. Ali pa samodejno prilepite izbrano besedilo s -\emph on +\emph on srednjim gumbom -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Poi¹èi/Nadomesti Uporabite -\family sans +\family sans Ur -\bar under +\bar under e -\bar default +\bar default di\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Poi¹èi\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Poi¹èi\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ nadomesti -\family default +\family default za iskanje, obèutljivo za velikost èrk. V dobljenem dvi¾nem oknu i¹èite s pu¹èicami za naprej in nazaj ter uporabite gumb -\family sans +\family sans Nadomesti -\family default +\family default za nadomestitev besede, ki jo najdete. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zaprite okno, ko konèate. Ali pa ga pustite odprtega, èe se vam zdi tako bolj pripravno. Veèino dvi¾nih oken v LyXu -- v¹tev¹i z okni -\family sans -Poi¹èi\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Poi¹èi\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ nadomesti -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Kazalo vsebine -\family default +\family default in okni postavke -\family sans +\family sans Videz -\family default +\family default , ter razliènimi matematiènimi dvi¾nimi okni -- lahko pomanj¹ate, ne da bi jih zaprli. Malo je dvi¾nih oken, kot je -\family sans +\family sans Datoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default dpri -\family default +\family default , ki ne dovoljujejo vna¹anja v glavno okno LyXa, dokler dvi¾nega okna zares ne zaprete. Preverite le, ali je aktivno pravo okno, ko posku¹ate vna¹ati besedilo v glavno okno LyXa ali uporabiti ukaz v kakem drugem dvi¾nem oknu LyXa. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Description -Oblikovanje\SpecialChar ~ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +Oblikovanje\InsetSpace ~ znakov Besedilo lahko -\emph on +\emph on poudarite -\emph default +\emph default (to bo na splo¹no spremenilo znake kurzivno), ga naredite -\series bold +\series bold polkrepkega -\series default +\series default ali spremenite v -\noun on +\noun on velike èrke -\noun default +\noun default (navadno so to majhne velike èrke, kakr¹ne so v rabi za pisanje imen ljudi), s stikali menuja -\family sans +\family sans Videz -\family default +\family default . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -Orodna\SpecialChar ~ +Orodna\InsetSpace ~ vrstica Gumbi v orodni vrstici (prav pod menuji) omogoèajo nekatere pogostej¹e funkcije, kot sta -\family sans +\family sans Prilepi -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Tiskaj -\family default +\family default . Èe dr¾ite kazalec mi¹ke nad enim izmed gumbov orodne vrstice, vam majhno rumeno sporoèilo pove, kaj poène tisti gumb. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Seveda ¹e niste napisali dovolj, da bi lahko uporabili veèino teh funkcij. Ko boste napisali veè, pa le posku¹ajte razveljavljati, lepiti itd. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Nevidni znaki v LyXu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset Ena od stvari, katerim se novi uporabniki najte¾e privadijo, je LyXovo delo z nevidnimi znaki. Èe ¹e tolikokrat pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , boste dobili le eno prazno vrstico. Èe ¹e tolikokrat pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , boste dobili le en presledek. V prazni vrstici vam LyX sploh ne bo dovolil napisati presledka. Tudi tipka -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default vas ne bo premaknila v naslednje polje; pravzaprav sploh -\emph on +\emph on ni -\emph default +\emph default polj (angl. tab stops)! Na vrhu strani tudi ni ravnila, ki bi omogoèalo doloèiti polja ali robove. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tevilni komercialni urejevalniki besedil temeljijo na naèelu WYSIWYG: \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset To, kar vidi¹, tudi dobi¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. What You See Is What You Get). Po drugi strani LyX temelji na naèelu \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset To, kar vidi¹, tudi -\emph on +\emph on misli¹ -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. What You See Is What You -\emph on +\emph on Mean -\emph default +\emph default ). Vtipkate tisto, kar mislite, LyX pa namesto vas poskrbi za stavljenje, tako da bo izhod v¹eèen. -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default pravopisno loèuje odstavke in -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default besede, zato ni razloga, da bi jih imeli veè zapovrstjo; -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default sploh nima pravopisne vloge, zato ga LyX ne podpira. Èe boste uporabljali LyX, se boste lahko bolj posvetili -\emph on +\emph on vsebini -\emph default +\emph default va¹ega spisa in manj skrbeli za -\emph on +\emph on obliko -\emph default +\emph default . Veè o pojmu WYSIWYM najdete v razdelku \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX zna opraviti (¹tevilne) drobne popravke oblike va¹ega spisa. Konec koncev LyX morda ne bo stavil -\emph on +\emph on natanko -\emph default +\emph default tistega, kar mislite. Podatek o vsem tem najdete v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . LyX vstavlja -\family sans +\family sans HFill -\family default +\family default e in navpiène razmike -- ki so moènej¹i in izrecnej¹i od veè presledkov ali praznih vrstic -- ter naèine za roèno spreminjanje velikosti pisave, oblike znakov in poravnavanja odstavkov. @@ -1529,15 +1764,19 @@ e in navpi z drobnimi popravki oblike pa se ukvarjate ¹ele na koncu. Pri standardnih urejevalnikih besedil vas bo med pisanjem zmedlo urejanje oblike spisa. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Okolja -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Razlièni deli spisa imajo razliène namene; te dele imenujemo -\emph on +\emph on okolja -\emph default +\emph default . Veèino spisa sestavlja navadno besedilo. Imena razdelkov (poglavij, podrazdelkov itd.) pomagajo bralcu ugotoviti, @@ -1546,15 +1785,17 @@ okolja Èlanek, objavljen v reviji, bo imel povzetek in naslov. Pismo ne bo imelo niè od na¹tetega, a bo verjetno imelo okolje, ki doloèa naslov pisca. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okolja so veèji del filozofije \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to, kar vidi¹, tudi misli¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (angl. What You See Is What You Mean) LyXa. @@ -1567,817 +1808,907 @@ to, kar vidi in oblika izpisovanja bibliografije je lahko zelo razlièna. LyX vam omogoèa, da se izognete uèenju vseh teh razliènih oblikovalskih slogov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©katla -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default se je v levem delu orodne vrstice (prav pod menujem -\family sans +\family sans Datoteka -\family default +\family default ). Oznaèuje okolje, v katerem trenutno pi¹ete. Ko ste pisali svoj prvi spis, je sporoèala \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; to je privzeto okolje za besedilo. Zdaj boste v svoj novi spis vstavili ¹tevilna okolja, da boste videli, kako delujejo. To boste storili z menujem -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default , ki ga odprete s klikom ikone \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset pu¹èice navzdol \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na desni strani ¹katle -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Razdelki in podrazdelki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prvo vrstico datoteke v LyXu vpi¹ite besedo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Uvod -\family default +\family default in izberite -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default (slov. -\family sans +\family sans Razdelek -\family default +\family default ) z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ni vam treba -\emph on +\emph on izbrati -\emph default +\emph default vrstice. Èe ni izbranega besedila, LyX spremeni trenutni odstavek v izbrano okolje. Lahko pa tudi spremenite veè odstavkov hkrati v razlièna okolja preprosto tako, da jih izberete (pobarvate), preden se odloèite za okolje. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX o¹tevilèi razdelek s ¹tevilko \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in postavi glavo razdelka (naslov) v veèjo pisavo. (Seveda bo glava razdelka pravilno stavljena tudi v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ali v natisnjenem spisu.) Zdaj pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Opazili boste, da se ¹katla -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default spremeni iz \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nazaj v \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (slov. -\family sans +\family sans Navadno -\family default +\family default ). Glave razdelkov se tako, kot veèina okolij, privzeto konèajo, ko pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Glejte -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default za naèine pisanja naslovov v dveh ali veè vrsticah. Okolje -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default se lahko seveda nadaljuje v veè odstavkih. Razlièna okolja seznamov (glejte spodaj) se tudi ne konèajo, ko pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Vedno lahko izveste, v katerem okolju ste, tako da si ogledate ¹katlo -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Vtipkajte uvod spisa: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code To je uvod v moj prvi spis v LyXu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Spet pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default in z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default zopet izberite -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . LyX izpi¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in èaka, da boste vnesli naslov. Napi¹ite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Veè stvari -\family default +\family default in videli boste, da bo LyX tudi to postavil kot naslov razdelka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èedalje bolje nam gre. Pojdite spet na konec prvega razdelka (po \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset moj prvi spis v LyXu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) in zopet pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default ter z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default izberite postavko -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default . LyX spet napi¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in èaka, da vnesete naslov. Vpi¹ite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter O tem spisu -\family default +\family default . Razdelek \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Veè stvari \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ki je prej imel ¹tevilko 2, se samodejno pre¹tevilèi v razdelek 3! V pravem duhu WYSIWYM morate le oznaèiti besedilo, ki doloèa naslove razdelkov, LyX pa poskrbi za ¹tevilèenje in stavljenje naslovov razdelkov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default , da se boste vrnili v okolje -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default , ter vpi¹ite naslednjih pet vrstic: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Razdelki in podrazdelki so opisani spodaj. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Opis razdelkov -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Razdelki so veèji od podrazdelkov. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Opis podrazdelkov -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Podrazdelki so manj¹i od razdelkov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknite drugo vrstico in z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default izberite -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . LyX o¹tevilèi podrazdelek z \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in ga postavi v pisavi, veèji od navadnega besedila, vendar manj¹i od naslova razdelka. V okolje -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default spremenite tudi èetrto vrstico. Kot ste verjetno prièakovali, LyX samodejno o¹tevilèi razdelek z \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Èe pred razdelek 2 postavite ¹e en razdelek, bo razdelek 2 pre¹tevilèen v 3, njegova podrazdelka pa v \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nadaljnje ravni razdelkov obsegajo podpodrazdelke ( -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default ), odstavke ( -\family sans +\family sans Paragraph -\family default +\family default ) in pododstavke -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . Pustili bomo, da se boste z njimi poigrali sami. Morda boste opazili, da odstavki in pododstavki privzeto niso o¹tevilèeni in da so pododstavki zamaknjeni; poglejte -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default , kako bi to spremenili. Pravzaprav predstavljajo najvi¹jo raven razdelkov zaglavja poglavij ( -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default ), vi¹jo od razdelkov ( -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ), vendar jih lahko uporabljate le v doloèenih vrstah (razredih besedil) spisov za LyX (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nazadnje boste morda ¾eleli imeti neo¹tevilèene razdelke ali podrazdelke. Imamo tudi okolja za to. Èe spremenite eno od glav va¹ih razdelkov v okolje -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default (morda se boste morali pomakniti navzdol po menuju -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default , da ga boste na¹li), LyX uporablja za glavo isto velikost pisave kot za navadni razdelek, vendar tega razdelka ne o¹tevilèi. Ustrezna \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zvezdnata \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset okolja so na voljo tudi za -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection -\family default +\family default . Poskusite spremeniti nekaj svojih razdelkov ali podrazdelkov v zvezdnata okolja in poglejte, kako se spreminjajo ¹tevilke drugih razdelkov. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Uredite glave razdelkov in podrazdelkov v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default . Ta spis boste na¹li v imeniku -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default ,. Vanj pridete z izbiro -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator O -\bar default +\bar default dpri -\family default +\family default in klikom gumba -\family sans +\family sans Primeri -\family default +\family default . Odprite spis in uporabite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Shrani\SpecialChar ~ +Shrani\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default +\bar default ot -\family default +\family default za izdelavo izvoda te datoteke v va¹em lastnem imeniku; v njem jo boste lahko obdelovali. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Seznami in podseznami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX pozna veè razliènih okolij za stavljenje seznamov. Raznovrstna okolja seznamov vas osvobodijo tega, da bi morali milijonkrat pritisniti -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , ko pi¹ete izvleèek, ali pre¹tevilèiti ves seznam, ko ¾elite dodati postavko na sredino seznama. Omogoèajo vam, da se osredotoèite na vsebino seznama. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Da, to dejstvo v -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default vseskozi preveè poudarjamo. Vendar -\emph on +\emph on je -\emph default +\emph default to poglavitna filozofija LyXa, zato nam, prosimo, oprostite. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Razliène zvrsti spisov logièno potrebujejo razlièna okolja seznamov: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize predstavitev na prosojnicah lahko uporablja seznam s krogci okolja -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default za opis razliènih stvari; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize izvleèek bi lahko uporabljal o¹tevilèene sezname (in èrkovne podsezname) okolja -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize spis, ki opisuje razliène programske pakete, bi lahko uporabljal opisno okolje -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , v katerem se vsaka postavka s seznama zaène z besedo v polkrepki pisavi; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize okolje -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -- v LaTeXu ga ni -- je malce drugaèna oblika okolja -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Napi¹imo seznam razlogov, zaradi katerih je LyX bolj¹i od drugih urejevalnikov besedil. Nekje v svojem spisu napi¹ite: -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter LyX je bolj¹i od drugih urejevalnikov besedil, ker: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard in pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Zdaj z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default izberite -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default . LyX izpi¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset krogec \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (pravzaprav zvezdico, ki pa bo v izhodu nadome¹èena s krogcem) na zaèetku vrstice. Vtipkajte svoje razloge: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Stavi besedilo namesto vas. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Matematika je WYSIWYG. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Zelo lahko je ustvariti sezname! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Seznamska okolja se, za razliko od glav, ne konèajo, ko pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Namesto tega LyX predvideva, da greste k naslednji postavki seznama. Namesto zgornjega boste torej dobili seznam s tremi postavkami. Èe ¾elite veè kot en odstavek znotraj ene -\emph on +\emph on postavke -\emph default +\emph default seznama, je eden od naèinov uporaba kombinacije -\family sans -Za¹èiteni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Za¹èiteni\InsetSpace ~ Return -\family default +\family default , ki jo dobite s pritiskom -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . Seznam zapustite z vnoviènim izborom okolja -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (ali pa uporabo tipkovne kombinacije -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dobili ste èudovit seznam postavk. Morda boste ¾eleli pognati LaTeX in si pogledati, kak¹en je videti natisnjeni seznam. Kaj pa, èe ¾elite o¹tevilèiti razloge? No, le izberite celoten seznam \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX vam ne bo pustil izbrati prvega krogca, èe ne boste izbrali tudi odstavka -\emph on +\emph on pred -\emph default +\emph default seznamom, tega pa verjetno ne ¾elite narediti. Podobno tudi ne morete izbrati ¹tevilke v o¹tevilèenem naslovu razdelka. Ne skrbite za to. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset in iz menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default izberite -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . Puf! LyX bo, kot smo ¾e omenili, pri dodajanju ali odstranjevanju postavke seznama poskrbel za o¹tevilèenje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ko je seznam ¹e vedno izbran, ga lahko spremenite v drugi dve seznamski okolji, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default . Tako boste videli, kak¹ni sta. Pri teh dveh okoljih je vsaka postavka seznama sestavljena iz izraza, vsebujoèe ga prvo besedo postavke, ki mu sledi definicija -- ostanek odstavka (dokler ne pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default .) Izraz je stavljen bodisi polkrepko ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) bodisi s \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tab \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vendar s stavnim znakom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tab \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ki se spreminja tako, da ustreza najdalj¹emu izrazu, ne s togim, nespremenljiv im -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default na pisalnem stroju. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ) loèen od preostanka odstavka. Èe ¾elite imeti v definiciji veè kot eno besedo, loèite besedi z -\family sans -Za¹èitenim\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Za¹èitenim\InsetSpace ~ presledkom -\family default +\family default ; tega vstavite z vnosom -\family sans +\family sans C-Space -\family default +\family default in je videti kot mali ro¾nati \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Stavite seznam v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sezname lahko gnezdite drugega v drugega na najrazliènej¹e naèine. Oèitni zgled bi bilo pisanje izvleèkov. O¹tevilèeni in krogèasti seznami bodo imeli razliène sheme ¹tevilèenja in drugega oznaèevanja za podsezname. Podrobnosti o razliènih vrstah seznamov in z -\emph on +\emph on veliko -\emph default +\emph default gnezdenja si poglejte v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Druga okolja: verzi, citati in ¹e veè -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za loèevanje citatov od preostalega besedila sta na voljo dve okolji: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default za kratke navedbe in -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default za dalj¹e. Raèunalni¹ka koda (okolje -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default , v -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default uporabljeno tudi za dolge tipkalne zglede) se izpi¹e v pisavi -\family typewriter +\family typewriter pisalnega -\family default +\family default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter stroja -\family default +\family default ; edino v tem okolju vam je v LyXu dovoljeno uporabljati veè presledkov za zamikanje kode. Z uporabo okolja -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default lahko celo pi¹ete poezijo \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} ob predpostavki, da ste sploh dovolj ustvarjalni, da se domislite kak¹ne pesmi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , tako da z -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default loèujete kitice in s -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default vrstice v kitici. Popolnej¹i opis vseh dostopnih okolij v LyXu najdete v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Pravilno postavite primerna okolja -\family sans +\family sans Quote, LyX-Code -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Pisanje spisov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V prej¹njem poglavju naj bi se privadili pisanja v LyXu. Uvedlo naj bi vas v osnovne urejevalne operacije v LyXu ter v zmogljive @@ -2391,15 +2722,19 @@ V prej V nadaljevanju bomo opisali ¹e ¹tevilne dodatke, ki spremenijo besedilo v spis, kot so naslovi, opombe v nogi, navzkri¾na sklicevanja, bibliografije in vsebinska kazala. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Razredi besedil in vzorci: pisanje pisem -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Razliène vrste spisov morajo biti razlièno stavljene. Knjige, denimo, so na splo¹no natisnjene na obeh straneh papirja, èlanki @@ -2408,111 +2743,133 @@ Razli kot sta naslov in podpis po¹iljatelja -- ki v knjigi ali èlanku ne bi imela smisla. -\emph on +\emph on Razred besedil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Uporabniki LaTeXa: to je ekvivalent razredu spisa v LaTeXu (angl. documentclass). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (angl. textclass) poskrbijo za te velike razlike med razliènimi zvrstmi spisov. Ta -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenik -\emph default +\emph default , denimo, je napisan v razredu besedil za pisanje knjig ( -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default ). Razredi besedil so ¹e en pomemben del filozofije WYSIWYM; LyXu povedo, kako staviti spis, da tega vam ni treba vedeti. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Va¹ spis verjetno nastaja v razredu besedil -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To je navadno privzet razred besedil, èeprav ga lahko spremenite v svoji datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Poskusite spremeniti razred besedila v druge razrede (z uporabo menuja Razred -\family default +\family default na menuju -\family sans +\family sans Videz\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spis -\family default +\family default ) in si oglejte, kako se razlikuje njihovo stavljenje. Èe svoj spis spremenite v razred besedila -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default in pogledate na menu -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default , boste videli, da veèina dovoljenih okolij ostaja nespremenjena. Vendar lahko zdaj uporabljate tudi okolje -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default (za naslove poglavij). Èe niste preprièani o tem, katera okolja lahko uporabljate z danim razredom spisa, poglejte na menu -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Velikost pisave, tisk v enem ali dveh stolpcih in glave strani so le nekateri od naèinov, po katerih se razlikujejo stavljenja v razliènih revijah. Revije sprejemajo elektronske prispevke in imajo svoje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset slogovne datoteke \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset za LaTeX, tako da lahko avtorji po¹ljejo pravilno stavljene èlanke. LyX je nastavljen tako, da podpira tudi to. LyX, denimo, podpira stavljenje (in dodatna okolja) revij ameri¹kega dru¹tva matematikov z uporabo razreda besedil -\family sans -Article\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Article\InsetSpace ~ (AMS) -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tu so zelo na kratko na¹teti nekateri razredi. Kot ponavadi podrobnosti tudi tokrat poi¹èite v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2523,256 +2880,304 @@ Uporabni \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ime -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Opombe -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard èlanek, enostranski, brez poglavij -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard videz in okolja za American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard poroèilo, dalj¹e od èlanka, obe strani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report + zadeve spredaj in zadaj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard prosojnice (tudi FoilTeX) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¹tevilna dodatna okolja za naslov, podpis\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Vzorci: pisanje pisma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eden izmed najbolj priljubljenih razredov spisa je -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Eden od naèinov za pisanje pisma je, da odprete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ovo -\family default +\family default datoteko in z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Videz\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spis -\family default +\family default izberete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default azred -\family default +\family default -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default +\family default . Èeprav je to najbolj oèiten naèin pisanja pisma, pa se zdi kot nepotrebno delo. Vsakiè, ko pi¹ete poslovno pismo, boste ¾eleli v njem imeti svoj naslov, naslov prejemnika, telo, podpis itd. LyX zato ponuja -\emph on +\emph on vzorec -\emph default +\emph default za pisma; ko imate enkrat vzorec, lahko vsakiè le nadomestite nekaj delov pisma s svojim besedilom. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Odprite novo datoteko z izbiro -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator No -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -a\SpecialChar ~ -po\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +a\InsetSpace ~ +po\InsetSpace ~ vzorcu -\family default +\family default . Po izboru imena nove datoteke izberite z menuja -\family sans -Izberi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Izberi\InsetSpace ~ vzorec -\family default +\family default vzorec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter letter.lyx -\family default +\family default . Shranite in natisnite datoteko, da boste videli, kako so stavljena razlièna okolja. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ko boste pogledali v vsebino menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default , boste videli ¹tevilna okolja, denimo okolje -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , ki jih v veèini preostalih razredov spisov ni. Druga, kot -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , vam bodo ¾e znana. Lahko se malce poigrate z razliènimi okolji, da boste razumeli njihov namen. Opazili boste, na primer, da je pred podpisom v okolju -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default rdeèa beseda \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . V pravem pismu, kot boste videli, èe natisnete datoteko, pa je ni. Tu je le zato, da vam pove, kam spada podpis. Vedite tudi, da ni pomembno, kje v spisu je vrstica -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default . Spomnite se, LyX je WYSIWYM; okolje -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default lahko postavite, kamorkoli ga ¾elite, LyX pa bo vedel, da mora biti v izpisu podpis na koncu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vzorec je le obièajna datoteka za LyX. To pomeni, da jo lahko izpolnite s svojim naslovom in podpisom ter shranite @@ -2781,106 +3186,122 @@ Vzorec je le obi s tem prihranite èas. Verjetno nam ni treba predlagati posebne \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset vaje \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; le kak¹no pismo napi¹ite \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Opozorilo, èe pi¹ete po vzorcu. Èe zbri¹ete vse besedilo v okolju -- èe, denimo, zbri¹ete celotno polje -\family sans - My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , da bi ga nadomestili s svojim -- in potem premaknete kazalec, lahko okolje izgine. To se zgodi, ker okolja ne more biti brez vsebovanega besedila. Le vnoviè izberite okolje z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Okolje -\family default +\family default , da ga povrnete. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Naslovi spisov -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (kot LaTeX) upo¹teva naslov -- ki lahko vsebuje pravi naslov, ime avtorja, datum in celo povzetek èlanka -- kot loèeni del spisa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vrnite se v va¹ spis -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default in se preprièajte, da uporablja razred besedila -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Niè veè ne bi smeli uporabljati razreda besedila -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default , saj ta razred za pisanje pisem ne podpira naslovov. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset V prvo vrstico vpi¹ite naslov in spremenite okolje te vrstice v -\family sans +\family sans Title -\family default +\family default . V naslednjo vrstico vpi¹ite svoje ime in spremenite okolje te vrstice v -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . V naslednjo vrstico vpi¹ite datum in izberite okolje -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Napi¹ite odstavek ali dva, ki povzemata va¹ spis in zanju izberite okolje -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Zdaj poglejte kako je to videti natisnjeno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Uredite naslov, datum in ime avtorja v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oznake in navzkri¾na sklicevanja -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset V svojem spisu lahko oznaèite razdelek (ali podrazdelek ali, redkeje, le nakljuèni del besedila). @@ -2891,198 +3312,222 @@ V svojem spisu lahko ozna v nogi. Samodejne oznaèbe in navzkri¾ni sklici so ena najveèjih prednosti LyXa (in LaTeXa) pred navadnimi urejevalniki besedil. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹a prva oznaka -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oznaèimo na¹ drugi razdelek z naslovom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tem spisu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Kliknite konec vrstice z naslovom razdelka in izberite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Oznaka -\family default +\family default . Prika¾e se menu, ki vas prosi za ime razdelka. Vpi¹ite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sec:aboutdocument -\family default +\family default ; to se zdi dober opis oznake, ki ga ne boste zamenjali za druge oznake, ki jih bomo morda ¹e dodali. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pi¹emo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec: \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ker lahko oznaèujete tudi enaèbe, tabele in slike. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ko kliknete -\family sans -V\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +V\InsetSpace ~ redu -\family default +\family default , se poleg naslova razdelka prika¾e ¹katla z oznako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mimogrede, oznako bi lahko postavili tudi kamorkoli drugam v razdelek; sklici na razdelek nosijo ¹tevilko zadnjega razdelka ali podrazdelka pred oznako. Èe oznako postavite v isto vrstico kot naslov razdelka (ali morda v prvo vrstico besedila razdelka), pa bodo sklicevanja na stran nosila ¹tevilko strani zaèetka razdelka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zaenkrat niste naredili ¹e nièesar -- datoteka -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bo videti povsem enaka, saj se oznake ne prika¾ejo v natisnjenem spisu. Vendar se lahko zdaj, ko ste dodali oznako, nanjo sklicujete z navzkri¾nim sklicevanjem. To bomo storili zdajle. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Va¹i prvi navzkri¾ni sklici -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Postavite kazalec nekje v razdelek 2 va¹ega spisa. Napi¹ite: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Èe ¾elite izvedeti veè o tem spisu, poglejte -\newline +\newline razdelek , ki ga najdete na strani . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj -- s kazalcem za besedo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset razdelek \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- izberite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Navzk -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default -i¾no\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +i¾no\InsetSpace ~ sklicevanje -\family default +\family default . Prika¾e se menu -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ referenco -\family default +\family default , v katerem najdete vse mogoèe oznake, na katere se lahko sklicujete. Trenutno bi morala biti tam le ena, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:aboutdocument \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Izberite jo (morda bo izbrana ¾e privzeto) in kliknite -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ referenco -\family default +\family default . Zdaj postavite kazalec za besedo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset strani \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in na menuju -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ referenco -\family default +\family default kliknite -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -¹tevilko\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +¹tevilko\InsetSpace ~ strani -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX postavi sklic v ¹katlo natanko tam, kjer je bil kazalec. V natisnjenem spisu se bo oznaka sklica nadomestila bodisi s ¹tevilko strani bodisi s ¹tevilko razdelka (odvisno od tega, kaj ste izbrali z menuja -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ referenco -\family default +\family default ). Prikladno je tudi, da se navzkri¾ni sklic med urejanjem spisa v LyXu obna¹a kot hiperpovezava; èe ga kliknete, prestavite kazalec na oznako sklica. Uporabite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator Os -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default -e¾i\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +e¾i\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default in videli boste, da se na zadnji strani sklicujemo na \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset razdelek 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset stran 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (ali katerokoli stran, na kateri je naslov razdelka 2). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* ©e veè zabave z oznakami -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Povedali smo vam, da LyX skrbi za ¹tevilèenje navzkri¾nih sklicev; zdaj lahko to preverite. @@ -3090,55 +3535,59 @@ Povedali smo vam, da LyX skrbi za Zdaj spet po¾enite LaTeX in sklic na razdelek se je ¾e spremenil v 3! Spremenit e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset O tem spisu \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v podrazdelek in navzkri¾ni sklic bo kazal na podrazdelek 2.1 namesto na razdelek 3. Sklic na stran se ne bo spremenil, razen èe ne boste dodali celotne strani besedila pred oznako. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe ¾elite veè vaditi z oznakami, poskusite vstaviti oznako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sec:myfirstlabel \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namesto va¹e prvotne oznake in se sklièite na to oznako z nekega drugega dela spisa. Èe pogosto vstavljate navzkri¾ne sklice (na primer èe pi¹ete èlanek za kak¹no revijo), je morda priroèno pustiti okno -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ referenco -\family default +\family default kar odprto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe se ¾elite preprièati, ali navzkri¾no sklicevanje deluje tudi z velikimi spisi, prepi¹ite (s -\family sans +\family sans Prepi¹i -\family default +\family default ) nekaj strani besedila iz -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kega vodnika -\emph default +\emph default na odlo¾i¹èe in ga prilepite (s -\family sans +\family sans Prilepi -\family default +\family default ) v svoj spis \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Mimogrede, prepisovanje naslova poglavja lahko povzroèi napako v LyXu, saj poglavja niso dovoljena v razredu besedila za pisanje èlankov. @@ -3146,534 +3595,604 @@ Mimogrede, prepisovanje naslova poglavja lahko povzro Èe ¾elite vedeti, zakaj se to zgodi, glejte razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Uredite sklicevanja v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Opombe v nogi in na robu -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opombe v nogi lahko vstavljate z gumbom -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default v orodni vrstici \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gumb prikazuje pu¹èico, ki ka¾e na besedilo v nogi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ali z izbiro -\family sans +\family sans Vstavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Opomba\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +Opomba\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Kliknite konec besede \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nekje v spisu in izberite gumb -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default . Pod trenutno vrstico se odpre vrstica opombe v nogi. Na levem robu vrstice boste videli na sivem ozadju rdeèo besedo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (slov. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset noga \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ostanek vrstice je rdeèe okvirjen; tja pi¹ete va¹o opombo v nogi. LyX postavi kazalec na zaèetek vrstice. Napi¹ite -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX je stavni urejevalnik besedil. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj kliknite besedo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vrstica z opombo izgine, ostane le malce dvignjena rdeèa beseda \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , ki vam poka¾e, kje bo oznaka opombe v nogi v stavljenem besedilu; to se imenuje \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zvijanje \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset opombe v nogi. Opombo v nogi lahko kadarkoli razvijete -- in preuredite njeno besedilo, èe ¾elite -- s klikom rdeèe oznake \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Morda se spra¹ujete, zakaj je oznaka za opombo v nogi beseda namesto ¹tevilke. Odgovor: LyX namesto vas skrbi za ¹tevilèenje opomb v nogi. O tem se lahko preprièate, èe pogledate datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default (ali izpis). Èe boste dodali druge opombe v nogi, jih bo LyX pre¹tevilèil. Ker LyX (no, pravzaprav LaTeX) skrbi za ¹tevilèenje opomb v nogi, zares ni treba vstavljati ¹tevilk v datoteko za LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Opombo v nogi lahko izre¾ete in prilepite kot navadno besedilo. Kar poskusite! Samo izberete oznako opombe v nogi \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Morda jo boste la¾je izbrali s tipkovnico. Èe posku¹ate oznaèiti opombo v nogi z mi¹ko, jo lahko po pomoti odprete. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset in uporabite izbiri -\family sans +\family sans Izre¾i -\family default +\family default in -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rilepi -\family default +\family default . Poleg tega lahko spremenite navadno besedilo v opombo v nogi tako, da ga izberete in pritisnete gumb -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default ; opombo v nogi pa spremenite v navadno besedilo s klikom gumba -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default , ko je kazalec na njej. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Opombe na robu lahko dodaste z gumbom Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +Opombe na robu lahko dodaste z gumbom Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ robu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gumb prikazuje pu¹èico, ki ka¾e na besedilo nad njo na robu in bi moral biti poleg gumba -\family sans -Vstavi\SpecialChar ~ -opombo\SpecialChar ~ -v\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Vstavi\InsetSpace ~ +opombo\InsetSpace ~ +v\InsetSpace ~ nogi -\family default +\family default v orodni vrstici. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ali -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Opomba\SpecialChar ~ -na\SpecialChar ~ +Opomba\InsetSpace ~ +na\InsetSpace ~ robu -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Opombe na robu so kot tiste v nogi, le da: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize zaslonska oznaka pravi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (slov. rob) namesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize so opombe postavljene ob rob besedila, ne podenj; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize opombe na robu niso o¹tevilèene; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ko opombo zvijete, bo poleg na robu postavljen klicaj. Ta klicaj se ne bo prikazal v stavljenem besedilu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Spremenite svojo opombo v nogi v besedilo, jo izberite in spremenite v opombo na robu. Spet po¾enite LaTeX in poglejte, kako je videti opomba na robu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Uredite opombo v nogi v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bibliografije -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografije so podobne navzkri¾nim sklicevanjem. Bibliografija pod naslovom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Literatura \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset na koncu spisa na¹teva seznam virov, na katere se lahko sklicujemo v spisu. Podobno kot pri naslovih razdelkov vam tudi tokrat LyX in LaTeX olaj¹ata delo s samodejnim ¹tevilèenjem bibliografskih postavk in samodejno spremembo sklicev, ko se spremenijo ¹tevilke sklicevanih postavk. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pojdite na konec spisa in vklopite okolje -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Zdaj bo vsak vneseni odstavek pomenil vir. Napi¹ite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter The Lyx Tutorial, by the LyX DocTeam -\family default +\family default kot va¹ prvi vir. Opazili boste, da LyX pred vsak vir samodejno postavi ¹katlo s ¹tevilko. Kliknite to ¹tevilko vira in prikazal se bo menu -\family sans -Postavka\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Postavka\InsetSpace ~ literature -\family default +\family default . Prvo polje, -\family sans +\family sans Kljuè -\family default +\family default , lahko uporabljate za sklicevanje na to postavko v spisu za LyX. Privzeto je ¹tevilo, vendar ga lahko spremenite tudi v besedo. Spremenite polje -\family sans +\family sans Kljuè -\family default +\family default v \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , da si ga boste la¾je zapomnili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj izberite mesto v spisu, kamor bi radi vstavili sklic. To storite z ukazom -\family sans +\family sans Vstavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citiranje\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default LyX nari¹e sivo ¹katlo s tremi vpra¹aji med oglatimi oklepaji in prika¾e se menu -\family sans +\family sans Citiranje -\family default +\family default . Prvo polje v tem menuju se imenuje tudi -\family sans +\family sans Kljuè -\family default +\family default , in to polje vam dovoljuje izbirati bibliografsko postavko, na katero se ¾elite sklicevati \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Zato je pametno, da kljuèe poimenujete z enkratnimi in logiènimi imeni, namesto da pustite v polju -\family sans +\family sans Kljuè -\family default +\family default privzete ¹tevilke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . S pu¹èico na padajoèem menuju na desni strani polja -\family sans +\family sans Kljuè -\family default +\family default izberite \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxtutorial \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (trenutno je to edina bibliografska postavka). Zdaj po¾enite LaTeX in videli boste, da je sklic v besedilu v oglatih oklepajih in ka¾e na literarni vir na koncu spisa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kako se uporabljajo druga polja? Polje -\family sans +\family sans Opomba -\family default +\family default v menuju -\family sans +\family sans Citiranje -\family default +\family default postavi v besedilo opombo (kot sklic na stran ali poglavje v sklicevani knjigi ali èlanku) v oglatih oklepajih poleg oznake vira. Èe ¾elite, da bodo imeli sklici v natisnjenem besedilu oznake namesto ¹tevilk (nekatere revije, na primer, uporabljajo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Smi95] \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , kadar se sklicujejo na Smithov èlanek iz leta 1995), uporabite polje -\family sans +\family sans Oznaka -\family default +\family default na menuju -\family sans -Postavka\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Postavka\InsetSpace ~ literature -\family default +\family default . Kot ponavadi najdete podrobnosti v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja: -\series default +\series default Uredite literarne vire in sklicevanje v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Kazalo vsebine -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na zaèetek spisa boste morda ¾eleli vkljuèiti vsebinsko kazalo. Z LyXom je to zelo preprosto. Med naslovom spisa in prvim naslovom razdelka pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ne parajte si ¾ivcev s klikanjem ali brisanjem pred ¹tevilko razdelka. Ne bo delovalo. Tako ali tako ne morete urediti ¹tevilke razdelka, saj LyX sam skrbi za ¹tevilèenje razdelkov. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset in izberite -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Seznami\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +Seznami\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ kazala\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Kazalo\SpecialChar ~ +Kazalo\InsetSpace ~ vsebine -\family default +\family default . V ¹katli (imenovani tudi -\emph on +\emph on vstavek -\emph default +\emph default , angl. inset) v prvi vrstici spisa se bo prikazalo besedilo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vsebinsko kazalo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Morda se to ne zdi preveè uporabno. Èe pa si boste ogledali svojo datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , boste videli, da je kazalo vsebine nastalo samo od sebe in da na¹teva ¹tevilne razdelke in podrazdelke va¹ega spisa. Kot ponavadi, èe preuredite razdelke ali ustvarite nove, boste videli te spremembe v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default , ko jo boste osve¾ili. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vsebinsko kazalo se ne prika¾e v zaslonski razlièici spisa, saj ga tako ali tako ne morete neposredno urediti. Vendar lahko prika¾ete kazalo v posebnem oknu tako, da kliknete vstavek vsebinskega kazala ali z izbiro -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default redi\SpecialChar \menuseparator K -\bar under +\bar under a -\bar default -zalo\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +zalo\InsetSpace ~ vsebine \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ukaz prek menuja bo deloval tudi, èe ¹e nimate vstavka s kazalom vsebine. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . To je lahko zelo uporabno orodje. Okno s kazalom vsebine lahko uporabljate za premikanje po spisu. - Èe kliknete naslov (pod)razdelka v oknu Vsebinsko\SpecialChar ~ + Èe kliknete naslov (pod)razdelka v oknu Vsebinsko\InsetSpace ~ kazalo -\family default +\family default , se bo osvetlila vrstica in premaknil kazalec (v urejevalnem oknu LyXa) na to mesto v spisu. Za pomikanje po kazalu lahko uporabljate tudi tipke s pu¹èicami. Morda se vam bo celo zdelo pripravno, da pustite to okno med urejanjem spisov vedno odprto. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vsebinskega kazala se znebite tako, da zbri¹ete njegovo oznako kot katerikoli drug znak. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Uredite vsebinsko kazalo v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Uporaba matematike -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX uporabljajo ¹tevilni znanstveniki za pisanje èudovitih enaèb brez krmilnih znakov, ki jih uporabljajo urejevalniki besedil in njihovi urejevalnik @@ -3684,564 +4203,612 @@ i ena Èe ste vajeni LaTeXa, lahko ¹e vedno uporabljate vse obièajne matematiène ukaze LaTeXa, vendar se bodo prikazali v slogu WYSIWYM. Èe pa niste ¹e nikoli nièesar napisali v LaTeXu, vam bo -\family sans -Matematièna\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièna\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èa -\family default +\family default omogoèila hitro in lahko pisanje matematike s profesionalnim videzom \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX pa ne more preveriti, ali je tisto, kar pi¹ete tudi -\emph on +\emph on pravilno -\emph default +\emph default . ®al. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematièni naèin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nekam v svoj spis za LyX napi¹ite: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code V¹eè mi je Einsteinov izrek E=mc^2, -\newline +\newline ker je tako preprost. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard No, enaèba ni videti prav lepo, niti v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default ne; med èrkami in enaèajem ni presledka in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset bi radi napisali kot pravi eksponent. Za slabo stavljenje je krivo to, da LyXu nismo povedali, da bomo napisali matematièni izraz, zato ga je postavil kot vsako drugo besedilo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za matematiène zapise lahko uporabljate naèin Mathed, sicer znan kot matematièni naèin. Vanj vstopite s klikom gumba v orodni vrstici, na katerem v modrem pi¹e \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX bo odprl modri kvadratek s pravokotno vijolièno obrobo. Modri kvadrat je -\emph on +\emph on kraj vstavljanja -\emph default +\emph default , ki vam pove, da Mathed èaka, da boste nekaj vstavili, pravokotnik pa vam sporoèa, da ste v naèinu Mathed. LyX je postavil kazalec v modri kvadratek, zate vnoviè vpi¹ite -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default . Vpisani izraz je moder in modri kvadrat izgine, br¾ ko kraj vstavljanja ni veè prazen. Zdaj pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default in zapustite Mathed (pozor: z vnoviènim klikom gumba -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ naèin -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on ne boste -\emph default +\emph default pri¹li iz Matheda). Vijolièni pravokotnik izgine, ostane le kazalec na desni strani izraza. Èe boste zdaj kaj vpisali, bo to spet navadno besedilo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po¾enite LaTeX in poglejte datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Opazili boste, da je izraz lepo stavljen, s presledki med èrkami in enaèajem ter z eksponentom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Za èrke se v matematiènem naèinu predvideva, da pomenijo spremenljivke, zato so izpisane kurzivno. ©tevilke so le ¹tevilke. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed je ¹e en zgled filozofije WYSIWYM. V LaTeXu lahko napi¹ete matematièni izraz kot besedilo in ukaze kot je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; to je lahko neprijetno, saj izraza ne vidite dokler ne po¾enete LaTeXa, in lahko izgubljate èas z iskanjem manjkajoèih oklepajev ali drugimi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset hro¹èi \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Po drugi strani se LyX ne trudi, da bi bil izraz na zaslonu stavljen popolno (WYSIWYG), a vam daje zelo dober vpogled v videz stavljenega izraza. Za profesionalno stavljenje potem poskrbi LaTeX. - V 99\SpecialChar ~ + V 99\InsetSpace ~ % primerov vam ne bo treba spreminjati velikosti pisave ali presledkov, ki jih naredi LaTeX. Tako se boste (oprostite, ker se ponavljamo) lahko osredotoèili na -\emph on +\emph on vsebino -\emph default +\emph default matematiènih zapisov, ne na njihovo obliko. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Plovba po enaèbi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zdaj spremenimo \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset v \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Uporabite tipke s pu¹èicami za premik kazalca na izraz. Ob vstopu v matematièni naèin boste opazili vijolièni pravokotnik, ki vam nakazuje, da ste spet v naèinu Mathed. Zdaj uporabite -\family sans +\family sans Levo -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Desno -\family default +\family default za premik kazalca za znakom za enakost in napi¹ite \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Za izhod iz obrazca lahko spet uporabite tipke s pu¹èicami ali pa -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , in vijolièni pravokotnik bo spet izginil. Marsikomu se zdi priroèneje uporabljati pu¹èice, vendar lahko tudi kliknete kjerkoli v izrazu in s tem zaènete na tistem mestu urejati obrazec. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Razen pri posebnih tipkah, opisanih zgoraj, je tipkanje v matematiènem naèinu podobno urejanju navadnega besedila. Za brisanje uporabljajte -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ali -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ). Besedilo izberite bodisi s pu¹èicami bodisi z mi¹ko. V matematiènem naèinu deluje -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default redi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Razveljavi -\family default +\family default , pa tudi izrezovanje in lepljenje. Pozorni pa bodite na naslednje: èe ste ravno desno od izraza v Mathedu in pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (ali -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), se bo izbrisal celoten izraz. Na sreèo ga lahko priklièete nazaj z -\family sans +\family sans Razveljavi -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kaj pa, èe ¾elite spremeniti \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset v \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Spet lahko uporabite mi¹ko in kliknete pravo mesto. Lahko pa tudi uporabite tipke s pu¹èicami. Èe je kazalec takoj za èrko \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vendar ¹e pred \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , bo pritisk na -\family sans +\family sans Gor -\family default +\family default premaknil kazalec na raven eksponenta, prav pred \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dodajte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zdaj pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Dol -\family default +\family default in se vrnite na obièajno raven. Pravzaprav boste s pritiskom na -\family sans +\family sans Dol -\family default +\family default kjerkoli v eksponentu premaknili kazalec takoj -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph default +\emph default eksponent (da bi lahko potem napisali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Med plovbo po izrazu lahko uporabljate tudi -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default . Èe ste trenutno v strukturi Matheda (indeks, eksponent, ulomek, koren, oklepaji ali matrika, vsi ti so opisani v nadaljnjih razdelkih), pritisk na -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default premakne kazalec takoj za to strukturo, vendar ¹e ostanete v Mathedu. Ko je kazalec kjerkoli v eksponentu, pritisk na -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default premakne kazalec ni¾je na obièajno raven in takoj za eksponent. To pomeni, da lahko napi¹ete \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset brez uporabe mi¹ke -\emph on +\emph on ali -\emph default +\emph default tipk s pu¹èicami; to vam bo, ko boste postali bolj izku¹eni, gotovo ljub¹e. Pazite le, da ne boste pritisnili -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default med enico in znakom za plus, drugaèe boste zapustili eksponent. Na mestih, kjer te operacije nimajo smisla (denimo med \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default ne naredi nièesar \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default in -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default -\emph on +\emph on ne -\emph default +\emph default uporabljamo za dodajanje razmikov med dele enaèbe. Ta razmik je stvar stavljenja, zato bi ga morali prepustiti LyXu/LaTeXu (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Èe niste zadovoljni, lahko uporabite tudi katerega od naèinov za fino stavljenj e razmikov -- veè o tem izveste v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default -- vendar se ne ukvarjajte s finim stavljenjem, dokler spisa ne dokonèate. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vedite, da za matematiènim izrazom ne bo presledka, èe ga zapustite s pritiskom -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default . To je v redu, èe vpisujete vejico ali piko, a èe ¾elite vpisati za obrazcem ¹e kak¹no besedo, morate eksplicitno pritisniti -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default po izhodu iz Matheda. Vendar obstaja bli¾njica, èe ste na koncu izraza v Mathedu: v tem primeru pritisk -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default zapusti Mathed -\emph on +\emph on in -\emph default +\emph default izpi¹e presledek za izrazom. Tako lahko napi¹ete \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moja najljub¹a enaèba \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset je moja najljub¹a enaèba \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Eksponenti in indeksi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eksponent lahko vnesete na menuju -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default , vendar je preprosteje pritisniti znak za streho \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX vstavi mesto vstavljanja (modri kvadrat, saj se spomnite?) v eksponent tako, da se bo vse, kar boste pisali, prikazalo v eksponentu in v manj¹i velikosti pisave. Vse, kar boste pisali do pritiska na -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default (ali -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default za popoln izhod iz Matheda), se bo izpisalo v eksponentu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tudi pisanje indeksov je enako preprosto -- pisanje pod ravnijo zaènete s pritiskom na podèrtaj, \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Lahko pi¹ete indekse indeksov in eksponente eksponentov, kot v temle izrazu: \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Postavite enaèbo 1 v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default v matematièni naèin. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section -\family sans +\family sans Matematièna plo¹èa -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -Matematièna\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Matematièna\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èa -\family default +\family default omogoèa vstavljanje simbolov ali izvajanje ¹tevilnih zapletenih funkcij v Mathedu. Marsikatero od teh funkcij lahko izvedete s tipkovnico ali prek menuja -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under M -\bar default +\bar default atematika -\family default +\family default . Vendar se bomo osredotoèili na uporabo -\family sans -Matematiène\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematiène\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èe -\family default +\family default zato, da vas bomo seznanili s tem, kar je na voljo. Pozneje se lahko nauèite ¹e bli¾njice s tipkovnico, morda iz drugih priroènikov. Zato zdaj odprite -\family sans -Matematièno\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièno\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èo -\family default +\family default in jo med branjem tega razdelka pustite odprto. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Gr¹ke èrke in simboli -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe kliknete gumb z oznako \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\varepsilon\varepsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , boste priklicali menu, s katerega lahko izberete gr¹ko èrko, ki se bo pokazala pod kazalcem. Vedite, da je nekaj razlièic èrk epsilon, pi, phi, theta in sigma. Èe pi¹ete besedilo in izberete kaj z -\family sans -Matematiène\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematiène\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èe -\family default +\family default , se bo naèin Mathed odprl samodejno; to je prikladna bli¾njica. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©tirje drugi gumbi na dnu -\family sans -Matematiène\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematiène\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èe -\family default +\family default vam dovoljujejo izbirati iz velike tabele simbolov, ki se uporabljajo v matematiki: razliène pu¹èice, znaki za relacije, operatorji, vsote in integrali. Vedite, da vam indeksiranje in eksponiranje omogoèata uporabo spodnjih @@ -4249,22 +4816,26 @@ plo Zadnji gumb pomeni strah vzbujajoèo toèko razno. \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nothing you can do that can't be done\SpecialChar \ldots{} All you need is \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Kvadratni koreni, poudarki in oklepaji -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kvadratni koren napi¹ete s klikom gumba z znakom kvadratnega korena. Prika¾e se kvadratni koren in kazalec je na novem mestu vstavljanja pod @@ -4272,162 +4843,174 @@ Kvadratni koren napi Lahko vpisujete spremenljivke, ¹tevila, druge kvadratne korene, ulomke, karkoli ¾e hoèete. LyX bo samodejno razvlekel kvadratni koren, da bo ta lahko pokril korenjenec. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Podobno izvedete poudarjanje znaka ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) ali skupine znakov ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Pritisnite gumb -\family sans +\family sans Okrasek -\family default -, na katerem je modri kvadrat s èrno tildo\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +, na katerem je modri kvadrat s èrno tildo\InsetSpace ~ (~) nad njim, in s tem odprite okno -\family sans +\family sans Okrasek -\family default +\family default . Kliknite okrasek in LyX ga bo izpisal z mestom vstavljanja pod (ali nad) njim. Vpi¹ite, kar ¾elite, na mesto vstavljanja in pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , da \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zapustite \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset okra¹evanje. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oklepaji, kot so okrogli, oglati in zaviti, delujejo podobno, a so malce bolj zapleteni. Pritisnite gumb -\family sans +\family sans Oklepaji -\family default +\family default , ki je videti kot moder kvadrat, obkro¾en z oklepaji, da se prika¾e okno -\family sans +\family sans Oklepajev -\family default +\family default . Kliknite levi oklepaj z -\emph on +\emph on levim gumbom mi¹ke -\emph default +\emph default in desni oklepaj z -\emph on +\emph on desnim gumbom mi¹ke -\emph default +\emph default . (Namesto tega lahko uporabite radijska gumba, oznaèena z \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Levi \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Desni \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , in potem kliknete oklepaje z -\emph on +\emph on levim gumbom mi¹ke -\emph default +\emph default .) Va¹ trenutni izbor oklepajev je prikazan v ¹katli na vrhu okna. Privzeto je to par okroglih oklepajev, a s to splo¹no metodo izbiranja lahko izberete par zavitih oklepajev, zaviti oklepaj in okrogli zaklepaj ali celo prazen kvadrat, da dobite nekaj kot \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (prazni oklepaj je v LyXu prikazan kot prekinjena èrna èrta, ki pa je v izhodu ne bo videti). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ko izberete svoje oklepaje, kliknite -\family sans -V\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +V\InsetSpace ~ redu -\family default +\family default in jih s tem prenesite v svoj izraz (ali pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Uporabi -\family default +\family default , èe ¾elite pustiti okno odprto za naslednjiè). Èe ste leni, lahko v matematiènem naèinu vpi¹ete prave oklepaje, namesto da jih izbirate z oknom -\family sans +\family sans Oklepaji -\family default +\family default . Vendar bodo ti roèno vneseni oklepaji enako veliki kakor navadno besedilo; to bo videti slabo, èe imate med oklepaji velik ulomek ali matriko. Z uporabo okna -\family sans +\family sans Oklepaji -\family default +\family default lahko zagotovite, da so velikosti oklepajev prilagojene dejanski vsebini. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oklepaje ali znake za kvadratni koren lahko postavljate tudi na ¾e obstojeèe besedilo. Izberite del obrazca, ki ga ¾elite prilagoditi, in potem kliknite na ¾eleni gumb na -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èi -\family default +\family default . To poskusite uporabiti in spremenite Newtonov drugi zakon iz skalarne oblike v vektorsko ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset v \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Ko boste enkrat spoznali matrike, boste lahko tako dodajali oklepaje okoli njih. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Ulomki -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V Mathedu je preprosto pisati ulomke. Samo gumb z ulomkom na -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èi -\family default +\family default , ki prikazuje ulomek z modrima kvadratoma namesto ¹tevca in imenovalca, kliknite. LyX zapi¹e v ulomek dve mesti vstavljanja. @@ -4435,397 +5018,439 @@ plo ali z mi¹ko. Kliknite zgornji kvadrat in napi¹ite \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zdaj pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Dol -\family default +\family default in napi¹ite \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Zapisali ste ulomek! Seveda lahko v vsako od tistih dveh ¹katel napi¹ete karkoli: spremenljivke z eksponenti, kvadratne korene, druge ulomke ali karkoli ¾e. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Postavite enaèbo 2 v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default v matematièni naèin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Naèin TeX: Limite, log, sin in drugi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èrke v matematiènem naèinu veljajo za spremenljivke, zato LyX misli, da hoèete z vnosom \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v matematiènem naèinu pravzaprav vnesti produkt treh spremenljivk, \begin_inset Formula $s$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $i$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , in \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tri èrke bodo stavljene kurzivno, èeprav ste pravzaprav mislili postaviti besedo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset kot pokonèno. Poleg tega LyX ne bo dodal presledka med besedi \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (s pritiskom na -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default le zapustite matematièni naèin). Kako torej dobiti \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset namesto \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kliknite \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v opisni ¹katli -\family sans +\family sans Funkcije -\family default +\family default v -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èi -\family default +\family default . Prika¾e se beseda \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v pokonèni rdeèi pisavi, znani tudi kot -\emph on +\emph on naèin TeX -\emph default +\emph default . Celotna beseda se obravnava kot en simbol, zato jo pritisk na -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default zbri¹e. Zdaj vtipkajte \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; izpisan bo v modri kurzivni pisavi, kot bi v Mathedu tudi prièakovali. V datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default bo izraz pravilno stavljen. Poskusite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Drugi ukazi, ki jih morate vnesti v naèinu TeX z uporabo opisne ¹katle -\family sans +\family sans Funkcije -\family default +\family default obsegajo druge trigonometriène funkcije in njihove inverze, hiperboliène funkcije, logaritme, limite in ¹e kar nekaj drugih. Te funkcije lahko prenesejo tudi indekse ali eksponente, potrebne za vnos \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Postavite enaèbo 3 v datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default v matematièni naèin. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matrike -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Kliknite gumb -\family sans +\family sans Matrika -\family default +\family default na -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èi -\family default +\family default . Menu -\family sans +\family sans Matrika -\family default +\family default premore dva pomièna drsnika, ki omogoèata izbiranje ¹tevila vrstic in stolpcev za va¹o matriko. Izberite dve vrstici in tri stolpce in pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Uporabi -\family default +\family default ali -\family sans -V\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +V\InsetSpace ~ redu -\family default +\family default . LyX pripravi ¹est mest vstavljanja v matriki reda \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Kot po navadi lahko tudi tokrat na vsako mesto vstavljanja vstavite poljubni izraz v Mathedu (kvadratni koren, drugo matriko itd.). Èe ¾elite, lahko celo pustite nekatera mesta vstavljanja prazna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za vodoravno premikanje iz enega stolpca matrike v drugega lahko uporabljate tipko -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default , lahko pa uporabljate tudi tipke s pu¹èicami -- pritisk na -\family sans +\family sans Desno -\family default +\family default na koncu prve ¹katle vas bo premaknil v naslednjo, -\family sans +\family sans Dol -\family default +\family default vas premakne v naslednjo vrsto itd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Veè o tem, kako spremeniti vodoravno poravnavo vsakega stolpca in kako spremenit i navpièni polo¾aj celotne matrike, najdete v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default . Vedite, da naj bi za pisanje tabele, v kateri je le besedilo, uporabili èudovito podporo v LyXu za tabele, ne pa da se trudite pisati besedilo v matriko. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Prikazni naèin -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vsi izrazi, ki smo jih napisali doslej, so bili v isti vrstici kot besedilo pred njimi in za njimi -- tak¹ni izrazi so znani kot \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset zajeti \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To zadostuje za kratke, preproste izraze, vendar jih morate, èe ¾elite pisati veèje, ali èe ¾elite, da bi izrazi izstopali iz besedila, pisati v prikaznem naèinu. Poleg tega lahko le prikazane izraze oznaèujete in ¹tevilèite (glej -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default ) in veèvrstiène enaèbe (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) morajo biti v prikaznem naèinu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èi -\family default +\family default kliknite gumb -\family sans +\family sans Prikaz -\family default +\family default , ki ponazarja dve vrstici besedila pred usredinjeno modro ¹katlo in za njo. LyX odpre mesto vstavljanja, vendar je to mesto v naslednji vrstici in usredinjeno. Zdaj vpi¹ite izraz in po¾enite LaTeX, da ga boste videli. Gumb -\family sans +\family sans Prikaz -\family default +\family default pravzaprav preklaplja; zdaj ga uporabite ter postavite nekaj va¹ih izrazov v prikazni naèin in nazaj. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Prikazni naèin se malce razlikuje od navadnega Matheda: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize privzeta pisava je za nekatere simbole, kot sta \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset in \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , manj¹a; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize indeksi in eksponenti za limite in vsote (vendar ne tudi za integrale) so izpisani pod simbolom namesto poleg njega; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize besedilo je usredinjeno. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Razen teh razlik pa so si prikazani in zajeti izrazi zelo podobni. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ©e zadnji napotek o stavljenju prikazanih enaèb: bodite previdni pri tem, ali vstavljate svojo enaèbo v nov odstavek ali ne. Èe va¹a enaèba nastopa sredi stavka ali odstavka, ne pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . To bi povzroèilo nastanek novega odstavka takoj -\emph on +\emph on za -\emph default +\emph default enaèbo in besedilo bi bilo zamaknjeno; tega verjetno ne ¾elite. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Postavite razliène enaèbe v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sl_primer_surov.lyx -\family default +\family default v prikazni naèin in si oglejte, kako razlièno se stavijo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Vaja -\series default +\series default : Z uporabo razliènih orodij, ki ste jih spoznali v tem razdelku, bi morali znati postaviti enaèbo, kot je: \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4834,97 +5459,117 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Veèvrstiène enaèbe -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Poskusite napisati naslednje enaèbe in poglejte izhodno datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default . Vnesti boste morali dve razlièni enaèbi v prikaznem naèinu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To sploh ni videti dobro! Èe napi¹ete dve ali veè enaèb zapored, so videti veliko bolje, èe so njihovi enaèaji poravnani; to ¹e posebej dr¾i, èe druga enaèba nima leve strani. LyX vam dovoljuje pisati veèvrstiène enaèbe z nekaj nadzora nad njihovim poravnavanjem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard To je videti -\emph on +\emph on precej -\emph default +\emph default bolje! Enaèaja sta poravnana in med enaèbama je manj navpiènega presledka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za zaèetek pisanja veèvrstiène enaèbe odprite prikazni naèin Matheda in pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default . LyX bo izpisal dve vrstici, od katerih bo vsaka imela tri mesta vstavljanja. Kot pri matrikah lahko uporabljate mi¹ko, pu¹èice ali -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default za premikanje z enega mesta vstavljanja na drugo. Poskusite reproducirati zgornjo dvovrstièno enaèbo. Vedite, da je v veèvrstièni enaèbi povsem dovoljeno pustiti eno ali veè mest vstavljanja praznih. To je lahko uporabno v primerih, kot je zgornji, ali za razdelitev zelo dolgih enaèb, denimo: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX bo poravnal drugo (sredi¹èno) polje vsake vrstice, zato boste navadno v to polje postavili enaèaje ali druge relacijske simbole, èeprav lahko @@ -4933,92 +5578,108 @@ LyX bo poravnal drugo (sredi matriko (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe ¾elite ¹e veè enaèb, uporabite -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default za novo vrstico s tremi praznimi mesti vstavljanja. Èe niste na koncu vrstice, ko to storite, se bo preostanek trenutne vrstice prenesel v novo. Èe pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans C-Return -\family default +\family default , ko ste ¾e napisali (enovrstièno) enaèbo, bo vsa enaèba v prvem polju. Postavite kazalec pred enaèaj in pritisnite -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default , da ga premaknete v drugo polje. Potem se premaknite za enaèaj in spet uporabite -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default za premik desne strani enaèbe v tretje polje. Poskusite spremeniti svojo enaèbo \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset v \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Èe napi¹ete preveè vrstic, postavite kazalec na konec vrstice in uporabite -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default za izbris naslednje. To bo zbrisalo znak za konec vrstice in zdru¾ilo naslednjo vrstico (vsa njena tri mesta) s koncem trenutne. Èe je naslednja vrstica prazna, jo bo to zbrisalo. Opozorilo: uporaba -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default , ko niste na koncu vrstice, lahko povzroèi èudno vedenje. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ©e veè matematike -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mathed zmore ¹e veliko veè. Do zdaj ste se ¾e udomaèili v osnovah, zato le poglejte v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default , kako: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize oznaèevati in ¹tevilèiti izraze; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize spreminjati vrsto in obliko pisav, npr., v izrazu uporabiti polkrepko besedilo. Tu bomo zapisali, da klik gumba -\family sans -Matematièni\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematièni\InsetSpace ~ naèin -\family default +\family default v orodni vrstici, ko ste ¾e v Mathedu, omogoèa pisanje pokonènih èrk, dokler ne pritisnete (neza¹èitenega) presledka; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize na fino urediti velikost pisav in presledkov v izrazu (ne skrbite za to pred dokonèno predrazlièico!); -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize pisati makroukaze. Ti so zelo moèno orodje, saj jih lahko definirate enkrat na vrhu spisa @@ -5026,97 +5687,115 @@ pisati makroukaze. Èe spremenite definicijo makroukaza, se bo spremenil sklic na ta makroukaz v vsem spisu. Makroukazi lahko vzamejo tudi argumente; -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize poèeti ¹tevilne druge stvari, ki jih v tem -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default nismo utegnili omeniti. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Razno -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Druge poglavitne odlike LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nismo na¹teli vseh ukazov LyXa in tega tudi ne nameravamo. Èe vas zanima kaj veè, kot po navadi poglejte v -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹ki vodnik -\emph default +\emph default . Natanèna vloga vseh menujskih ukazov je opisana v -\emph on +\emph on Referenènem priroèniku -\emph default +\emph default . Omenili bomo le nekaj pomembnej¹ih stvari, ki jih lahko postori LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX ima podporo WYSIWYG za tabele. Uporabite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ta -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default ela -\family default +\family default za tabelo. Kliknite tabelo z -\emph on +\emph on desnim gumbom -\emph default +\emph default in odprl se bo menu -\family sans -Naèrt\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Naèrt\InsetSpace ~ tabele -\family default +\family default ter vam omogoèil dodatno izèrpno urejanje. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX podpira tudi vstavljanje slik v postscriptu (ali surovem LaTeXu) v spise. (Uganili ste: -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Slika -\family default +\family default . Potem kliknite sliko ter izberite datoteko, ki naj se vkljuèi, kot zasuka ali faktor poveèave, itd.) Tabele in slike imajo lahko razlage in LyX zna sam narediti seznam slik in/ali tabel. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Podprt je nadzor razlièic spisov z uporabo sistema RCS (podrobnosti v -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcsintro -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX je zelo nastavljiv. Na ¹tevilne naèine je mogoèe nastaviti vse, od videza okna z LyXom do videza izhoda. Veè o tem najdete v -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoè\SpecialChar \menuseparator Prilagoditev -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX razvija skupina programerjev s petih celin. Zato ima LyX bolj¹o podporo neangle¹kim jezikom (sloven¹èini, nizozem¹èini, @@ -5125,51 +5804,61 @@ LyX razvija skupina programerjev s petih celin. besedil. Lahko pi¹ete spise v razliènih jezikih, lahko pa tudi nastavite LyX, da bo prikazoval svoje menuje in sporoèila o napakah v neangle¹kih jezikih. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX lahko bere spise, pisane v LaTeXu. Glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Pravopisne napake v spisu preverite z -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default redi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Èrkovalnik -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vedite, da èrkovalnik preveri spis le od kazalca do konca spisa. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset Èe o LaTeXu ne veste nièesar, vam tega razdelka ni treba brati. Najbr¾ se boste raje najprej ¾eleli -\emph on +\emph on nauèiti -\emph default +\emph default kaj o LaTeX-u in ¹ele potem prebrali tale razdelek. Vendar bo mnogim, ki bodo zaèeli uporabljati LyX, LaTeX ¾e domaè. Èe tudi vi sodite mednje, se morda spra¹ujete, ali LyX lahko res postori @@ -5178,108 +5867,120 @@ nau zmore LaTeX, da pa vsekakor poenostavi veèino priprav spisov v LaTeXu. Trenutno je malce neroden pri spreminjanju starih spisov v LaTeXu in ¹e ponekod drugod, vendar se bodo poznej¹e razlièice LyXa teh te¾av otresle. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ker je to le uèbenik, bomo omenili le tisto, kar bo zanimalo najveè novih uporabnikov LyXa. Da bi ohranili kratkost -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default , torej tu podajmo le najnujnej¹e. V -\emph on +\emph on Uporabni¹kem vodniku -\emph default +\emph default je zbrana veèina podatkov o razlikah med LyXom in LaTeXom in navodila, kako uporabiti razliène zvijaèe, ki jih ponuja LaTeX, v LyXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Naèin TeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vse, kar vnesete v naèinu TeX, se dobesedno prenese LaTeXu in je na zaslonu vidno v rdeèi barvi. V naèin TeX vstopite z izbiro -\family sans +\family sans Videz\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Slog\SpecialChar ~ +Slog\InsetSpace ~ TeXa -\family default +\family default ali èe kliknete rdeèi preklopni gumb v orodni vrstici. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard V Mathedu se naèin TeX obravnava malce drugaèe. Vanj vstopite tako, da pritisnete nagibnico. Nagibnica se ne izpi¹e, a vse, kar boste vpisali po tem, se prika¾e v rdeèi barvi. Naèin TeX lahko zapustite s pritiskom -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default ali kakega drugega neabecednega znaka, kot je ¹tevilka, podèrtaj, streha ali oklepaj. Ko zapustite naèin TeX, bo LyX spremenil va¹ ukaz v WYSIWYM, èe ga prepozna. Èe torej v Mathedu napi¹ete -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default in pritisnete -\family sans +\family sans Space -\family default +\family default , bo LyX spremenil rdeèi napis \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset v modro gr¹ko èrko \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . To deluje skoraj pri vseh nezapletenih matematiènih makroukazih (èeprav vedite, da bodo funkcije, kot je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default , ¹e vedno ostale rdeèe, saj so ¾e v obliki WYSIWYM). To je lahko hitrej¹e kot uporaba -\family sans -Matematiène\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Matematiène\InsetSpace ~ plo¹èe -\family default +\family default in je posebej primerno za izku¹ene uporabnike LaTeXa. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kot poseben primer, èe v matematiènem naèinu TeX vpi¹ete zaviti oklepaj, bo Mathed izpisal rdeèi zaviti oklepaj -\emph on +\emph on in -\emph default +\emph default zaklepaj, vas potem odvedel -\emph on +\emph on iz -\emph default +\emph default naèina TeX in postavil kazalec med zavita oklepaja. Tako je bolj priroèno vpisovati ukaze, ki zahtevajo argument, a jih Mathed ne pozna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX (¹e?) ne zmore èisto vsega, kar zmore LaTeX. Nekatere eksotiène funkcije sploh niso podprte, medtem ko druge delujejo, @@ -5289,356 +5990,396 @@ LyX ( WYSIWYG, tabele in urejanje. LyX nikoli ne bo mogel podpirati vseh paketov za LaTeX. Vendar z vpisom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{foo} -\family default +\family default v vzglavju (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) lahko uporabite katerikoli paket, ki ga ¾elite -- èeprav ne boste imeli podpore WYSIWYG za vse odlike tega paketa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Uvoz spisov v LaTeXu -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Datoteko za LaTeX lahko uvozite v LyX z uporabo -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default voz\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX -\family default +\family default v LyXu. To bo poklicalo skript v perlu, imenovan -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -- ta bo ustvaril datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.lyx -\family default +\family default iz datoteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter foo.tex -\family default +\family default -- in potem odprlo to datoteko. Èe sprememba ne deluje, poskusite priklicati -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default iz ukazne vrstice \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ob namestitvi LyXa se v isti imenik kot program -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default namesti tudi posebna izvedljiva datoteka, imenovana -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default (npr. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default potrebuje Perl (ko smo to pisali, razlièico 5.002). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , morda brez natanènej¹ih izbir. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ReLyX -\family default +\family default bo spremenil veèino legalnega LaTeXa, a ne vsega. Tisto, èesar ne razume, bo pustil v naèinu TeX, da boste lahko po spremembi z -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default om na¹li rdeèe besedilo in ga roèno popravili, da bo videti prav. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter + +\family typewriter ReLyX -\family default +\family default u je posveèena posebna stran referenènega priroènika. Preberite jo in ugotovite, kateri ukazi in okolja LaTeXa ¹e niso podprti, morebitne hro¹èe (in kako se jim izogniti) ter kako uporabljati razliène izbire. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Prevajanje spisov v LyXa v LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Morda boste ¾eleli preoblikovati spis v LyXu v datoteko za LaTeX. Denimo, da bi jo sodelavec ali soavtor, ki nima LyXa, ¾elel prebrati. Z LyXom je to zelo preprosto. Izberite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default atoteka\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default zvoz\SpecialChar \menuseparator -kot\SpecialChar ~ +kot\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default . To bo ustvarilo datoteko -\family typewriter +\family typewriter karkoli.tex -\family default +\family default iz datoteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter karkoli.lyx -\family default +\family default , ki jo urejate. LyX venomer ustvarja zaèasne datoteke za LaTeX, ko pregledujete ali tiskate datoteke, zato je zelo dober v ustvarjanju LaTeXa. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vzglavje LaTeXa -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Razred spisa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Menu -\family sans +\family sans Videz\SpecialChar \menuseparator Spis -\family default +\family default poskrbi za ¹tevilne izbire, ki bi jih sicer vnesli z ukazom -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default . Tu spremenite razred, privzeto velikost pisave in papirja. Dodatne izbire za ukaz -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash documentclass -\family default +\family default lahko vnesete na obmoèje -\family sans -Dodatne\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Dodatne\InsetSpace ~ izbire -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Drugo v vzglavju -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} -\end_inset +\end_inset Èe imate posebne ukaze, ki bi jih radi vnesli v vzglavje datoteke za LaTeX, jih lahko uporabite tudi v spisu za LyX. Izberite -\family sans +\family sans Videz\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Vzglavje\SpecialChar ~ -za\SpecialChar ~ +Vzglavje\InsetSpace ~ +za\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX -\family default +\family default in jih vpi¹ite v sve¾e odprto okno. Vse, kar boste napisali, se bo (kot v naèinu TeX) preneslo neposredno LaTeXu. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ima dobro, a ne polno podporo BibTeXu. Ta vam omogoèa gradnjo baz podatkov literarnih sklicev, ki jih lahko uporabljat e v razliènih spisih. Izberite -\family sans +\family sans Vstavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Seznami\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +Seznami\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ kazala\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Viri\SpecialChar ~ -iz\SpecialChar ~ +Viri\InsetSpace ~ +iz\InsetSpace ~ BibTeXa -\family default +\family default za vstavitev datoteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default . Kliknite nastalo ¹katlo \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Reference, ustvarjene z BibTeXom \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset in dobili boste menu z imenom -\family sans +\family sans BibTeX -\family default +\family default . V polje -\family sans -Baza\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Baza\InsetSpace ~ podatkov -\family default +\family default vpi¹ite, kar bi sicer vpisali med zavita oklepaja ukaza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kot v navadnem LaTeXu morajo biti razlièni viri loèeni z vejicami brez nevidnih znakov (presledkov in predelènikov). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . V polje -\family sans +\family sans Slog -\family default +\family default vpi¹ite, kar bi sicer vpisali v zavitih oklepajih ukaza -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ko ste to storili, lahko uporabljate sklice na katerikoli zajeti vir z ukazom -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator Citiranje -\family default +\family default (glej razdelek \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX bo poskrbel za poganjanje BibTeXa. To, da ima LyX \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset dobro, a ne polno podporo \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , pravimo zato, ker LyX ne more ustvariti datotek -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default in ne boste dobili seznama vseh virov v va¹i datoteki -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default z menuja -\family sans +\family sans Citiranje -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Razno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Za¹èiteni presledek vstavite s kombinacijo -\family sans +\family sans C-space -\family default +\family default . Na zaslonu se bo prikazal majhen ro¾nat \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . V -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default jih je veliko. Vse o drugih posebnih znakih, skupaj s tropièjem, prisiljenim prelomom vrstice in mestom delitve besede, najdete v menuju -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default stavi\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Posebni\SpecialChar ~ +Posebni\InsetSpace ~ znak -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Napake! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vèasih, ko boste LaTeXali spis, bodo nastale napake, ki jih ne razumeta niti LyX niti LaTeX. Ko se to zgodi, bo LyX ustvaril ¹katlo z obvestilom o napaki (okno, v katerem pi¹e \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset error \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Klik te ¹katle bo odprl okno, ki bo pokazalo, za kak¹no napako gre. @@ -5646,4 +6387,7 @@ error Te bi morale biti zelo zelo redke. Èe je imel te¾ave LaTeX (najpogosteje se to zgodi s tistim, kar je napisano v naèinu TeX), bo LyX le povzel sporoèilo o napaki, ki ga je sporoèil LaTeX. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sv_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/sv_Intro.lyx index 945f814397..b0520ff301 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sv_Intro.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sv_Intro.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language swedish \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,33 +24,46 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Introduktion till LyX -\newline +\newline eller -\newline +\newline Hur använda dessa manualer! -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author av John Weiss och dokumentationsgruppen för LyX -\newline +\newline -\size normal -\emph on +\size normal +\emph on (Översatt från engelskan av -\noun on +\noun on Joacim Persson -\noun default +\noun default ) -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Att navigera runt i dokumentationen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Välkommen till LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard För att det skall bli lättare att hitta svar på dina frågor och beskriva alla funktioner i LyX har dokumentationen delats upp i flera filer. @@ -57,51 +71,85 @@ F Innan du börjar plöja runt i de andra filerna bör du grundligt läsa igenom denna eftersom den innehåller en hel del information och kommentarer som kan spara dig lite tid. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center VARNING!! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentationen är till stor del ofullständig i nuläget! Som programmet, är manualerna fortfarande i beta-stadiet. Allt blir färdigt till version 1.0 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Den engelska då förstås. (ö.anm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , på hedersord! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gör oss alla en tjänst -- om något i dokumentationen verkar förvirrande, är oklart, eller fel, tveka inte att tala om det för oss! Du kan nå LyX-folket på utvecklarnas epostlista -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard På listan talas engelska. Felaktigheter i de engelska orginalversionerna slår troligen igenom i den svenska. Om det bara är fel i den svenska versionen, eller om din engelska är knagglig, kontakta översättaren av respektive dokument. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\family default +\family default -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Formen på manualerna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Några av er har kanske skrivit ut manualen. Andra kanske läser den på skärmen med LyX. @@ -113,747 +161,897 @@ N Det finns ett fönster för innehållsförteckningen. Du öppnar det genom att vänsterklicka på den gråa rutan märkt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Innehåll \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i dokumentfönstret, eller genom att välja -\family sans +\family sans Innehållsförteckning -\family default +\family default från menyn -\family sans +\family sans Redigera -\family default +\family default . För att titta på en fotnot, som ser ut så här \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hej på dej du! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , klicka på den med vänsterknappen på musen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu när vi klarat ut några av skillnaderna mellan den tryckta versionen och den på skärmen kan vi gå över till formatet på detta dokument. Emellanåt finner du text olika teckenstilar: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on Betonad stil -\emph default +\emph default används för betoning av ord och fraser i allmänhet, boktitlar, namn på avsnitt i andra manualer och notiser från författarna. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Skrivmaskinsstil -\family default +\family default används för programnamn och filnamn, LaTeX-kod, LyX-kod och funktioner. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Linjärer -\family default +\family default används för menyval, knappar och namn på dialogrutor, samt för namnen på tangenter på tangentbordet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\noun on + +\noun on Namnstil -\noun default +\noun default används för personnamn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard För tangenter och deras bindningar till funktioner kommer du troligtvis att hänvisas till -\emph on +\emph on Tangentbindningar -\emph default +\emph default i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referensmanualen \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . När vi refererar till tangenter så använder vi följande skrivsätt för prefix: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans C- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset indikerar -\family sans +\family sans Control. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans S- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset indikerar -\family sans +\family sans Shift -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans M- -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset indikerar -\family sans +\family sans Meta- -\family default +\family default tangenten, vilken på många tangentbord är samma som -\family sans +\family sans Alt -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F1 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans F12 -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset är funktionstangenterna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset är -\family sans +\family sans Escape. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Vänster -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Höger -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Upp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Ned -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : piltangenterna. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Insert -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Home -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans End -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset : Detta är de sex tangenterna som finns på många PC-tangentbord. \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageUp -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans PageDown -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset heter även \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Prior -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family sans +\family sans Next -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset på vissa tangentbord. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default avser båda samma tangent. Vissa tangentbord betecknar -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Return \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , andra med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Enter \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , och vissa har en av varje. LyX behandlar alla som samma tangent, så vi kommer att använda -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Enter -\family default +\family default om vartannat. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du lär också se något i stil med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset [Se -\emph on +\emph on Referensmanualen -\emph default +\emph default ] \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ibland. Vi har listat de förvalda tangentbindningarna för funktionerna i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referensmanualen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default , så titta där med. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Manualerna -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Följande lista beskriver innehållet i var och en av filerna i dokumentationen: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Introduktion -\emph default +\emph default Denna fil. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkurs -\emph default +\emph default Om du är nybörjare med LyX, och aldrig har använt LaTeX förut, eller aldrig ens hört talas om LaTeX så bör du börja här. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default Huvuddokumentationen. Vi försöker täcka -\emph on +\emph on det mesta -\emph default +\emph default av grundläggande funktioner och tillgängliga finesser i LyX här. Huvudmanualen förtsätter att du har åtminstone någon kunskap om LaTeX, eller att du läst -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Avancerad\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Avancerad\InsetSpace ~ redigering -\emph default +\emph default Förlängning av -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default som behandlar fler dokumenttyper och särskild redigering, bland annat några knep med LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on + +\emph on Anpassning -\emph default +\emph default En beskrivning till hur man skräddarsyr tangentbindningar, verktygspanelen och andra saker i LyX. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on Referensmanualen -\emph default +\emph default Denna innehåller en utförlig, detaljerad beskrivning av finesserna i LyX. Dock utan de hjälpsamma tipsen och beskrivningarna som finns i -\emph on -Handboken.Särskilda\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Handboken.Särskilda\InsetSpace ~ verktyg -\emph default +\emph default En fil som täcker alla specialverktyg och avancerade företeelser, bland annat några knep som används av mästarna på LaTeX. -\layout Description +\end_layout +\begin_layout Description -\emph on -Kända\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Kända\InsetSpace ~ fel -\emph default +\emph default Denna fil innehåller en lista av fel i programmet LyX, och ger instruktioner om vad du skall göra om du hittar ett. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX-konfiguration -\emph default +\emph default LyX undersöker ditt system vid installationen. Denna fil innehåller information om vad LyX har tagit reda på om din LaTeX-inst allation. Titta i den och se om du saknar något som du skulle vilja ha. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dessa filer kommer att hänvisa till varandra när så är nödvändigt. Till exempel innehåller -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default inte -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default information om installation och anpassning utan hänvisar läsaren till -\emph on +\emph on Anpassning -\emph default +\emph default för mer information. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi vill åter igen betona en viktig sak: -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Om du aldrig använt eller ens hört talas om LaTeX, läs -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.51cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kan annars kanske förfalla konstig och oanvändbar för dig. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Att bidra till dokumentationsprojektet -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Rapportera fel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det är enkelt. Skicka bara ett meddelande antingen till utvecklarnas epostlista eller till användarnas epostlista. Om du sätter titeln till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Doc Error \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset eller något liknande blir det lättare för oss att se det. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nu finns det förstås ännu ingen särskild epostlista för den svenska versionen -\emph on +\emph on (ö.anm.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center -\shape italic +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\shape italic Ändra aldrig i någon av manualerna utan att först tala med författaren i fråga! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 1.06cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Sådana ändringar hamnar ändå inte i dokumentationen, eftersom dokumentationsgrup pen har orginalen i CVS-trädet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Att sätta igång -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dokumentationsprojektet kan, som allt annat i LyX-projektet, alltid behöva hjälp! Om du är sugen på att bidra till projektet så bör du -\emph on +\emph on först -\emph default +\emph default göra följande: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Skaffa den senaste versionen av källkoden till LyX. I filträdet hittar du en katalog som heter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter development -\family default +\family default . I den katalogen ligger en fil som heter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default . Läs den; den fastslår stilen på dokumentationen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Läs -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default +\family default igen. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Läs sedan -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default . Alltihop. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Vitsen med det är att ge dig idéer. -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default är den mest kompletta av alla handböckerna. Där bör du få en uppfattning om hur vi vill att manualerna skall skrivas och se ut. -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate Kontakta slutligen utvecklingsgruppen på: -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx@via.ecp.fr -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi vill försäkra oss om att du förstår stilen som beskrivs i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter DocStyle.lyx -\family default -\emph on +\family default +\emph on innan -\emph default +\emph default du börjar skriva. Annars kommer vi att be dig skriva om dina bidrag. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Fundera -\emph default +\emph default inte ens på att börja skriva innan vi talats vid via epost. Du kan följa pågående arbete med dokumentationen på dokumentationsgruppens hemsida. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Svenska -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on (Tillägg till den svenska översättningen) -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Svenska typografiska fackord -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I översättningarna av både denna -\emph on +\emph on Introduktion, Handboken, -\emph default +\emph default och lokaliseringen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description Lokalisering Översättning av meddelanden i ett program. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset av LyX har jag försökt använda mig av vedertagna svenska typografiska fackterme r. Det kan tänkas att dessa inte alltid är bekanta för en lekman, så här följer en kort ordlista: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Antikva kallas i engelska texter för -\emph on +\emph on Roman -\emph default +\emph default . Det är alltså vanlig rak stil med seriffer som denna. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Bomber dekorationer som används för att markera element i en uppställning. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Brödtext den teckenstil som används för löpande text i ett visst dokument. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Kapitäler -\shape smallcaps +\shape smallcaps Snitt som ser ut så här. -\shape default +\shape default Det är inte riktigt samma sak som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset små versaler \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ; ett kapitälsnitt har gemena med samma form som versaler, men de är inte bara rena förminskningar av versalerna. Gemenerna skall ha något mer svärta än om de vore förminskade versaler. Förr i tiden sattes de med en lätt spärr, för att förbättra ordbilden. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Kägel höjd på typen inklusive kött. Här använt som synonym för radavstånd. @@ -861,43 +1059,53 @@ K texten inom dokumentet bättre (efter en uppsättning komplicerade regler som kanske bara Donald Knuth själv förstår), så \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset kägel \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset är inte ett exakt mått i LyX/LaTeX, snarare en egenskap för stilen på dokumente t. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Kött \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset luft \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset runt själva tecknen, vertikalt och horisontellt. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Linjärer -\family sans +\family sans Teckensnitt utan seriffer, som denna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Jag rekommenderar att läsaren dessutom läser någon svensk bok i ämnet. Nu är jag programmerare och inte typograf, så det kan tänkas att jag misstagit mig på betydelserna här och där. Har du förslag till förbättringar av översättningarna kan du kontakta mig på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sp2joap1@ida.his.se -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Svensk typografi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typografiska traditioner och konventioner skiljer sig från land till land. Eftersom traditionerna skiljer sig åt, och läsarna kan förväntas vara tränade @@ -907,195 +1115,212 @@ Typografiska traditioner och konventioner skiljer sig fr I de engelska manualerna för LyX och LaTeX är det genomgående amerikansk typografi som används i exempel, och det bör man vara medveten om. Det finns åtskilliga böcker om svensk typografi; titta i hyllorna -\family sans +\family sans Aef -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Poa -\family default +\family default i närmaste bibliotek, eller prata med din bokhandlare. Var dock försiktig med hur mycket du läser, typografi kan vara svårt vanebildan de! Jag skall här bara kort nämna några särdrag för svensk typografi gentemot engelsk: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Citat skrivs \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset citat \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (dubbelapostrofer om båda sidor, vända åt samma håll). I bland, och särskilt i äldre texter, används »måsögon», vända åt samma håll. Bara det första stöds i menyn -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Citattecken -\family default +\family default för närvarande. Citat inom citat som: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Kalle sa 'hej' till oss. \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , skrivs med enkla apostrofer, åt samma håll. Men det finns även andra varianter, som \begin_inset Quotes ald -\end_inset +\end_inset citat \begin_inset Quotes ard -\end_inset +\end_inset som ibland används av svenskar. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize --- (helfyrkants talstreck) används inte i svensk typografi. Använd -- ( \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset pratminus \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) i stället. Observera att matematikläget i LyX har särskilt minustecken. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vi har mindre avstånd mellan meningar än engelsktalande. (I handböckerna nämns ibland situationer där användaren försöker \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset lägga två mellanslag före stor bokstav \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vilket kanske låter besynnerligt för svenskar.) Detta sköter Babel-paketet till LaTeX om automatiskt, om du sätter språket till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset swedish \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Dokument -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I utombrittisk europeisk typografi används -\emph on +\emph on didot -\emph default +\emph default -systemet som måttsystem. Amerikaner och britter använder sig av -\emph on +\emph on pica -\emph default +\emph default . I didotsystemet är en -\emph on +\emph on punkt -\emph default -0,376\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default +0,376\InsetSpace ~ mm, och i picasystemet är en -\emph on +\emph on point -\emph default - 0,352\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + 0,352\InsetSpace ~ mm. TeX hanterar båda, men LaTeX använder typgrader mätta i pica om inget annat anges \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} tror jag -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Nu spelar det ingen större roll eftersom TeX eliminerar sätteriet på tryckeriet. Den \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset storlek \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset som sätts i -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Tecken -\family default +\family default är -\emph on +\emph on relativ -\emph default +\emph default ; det är inte fasta teckengrader utan en uppsättning grader noga balanserade mot varandra, vilka kan variera mellan olika dokumentklasser i LaTeX. Denna abstraktion är unik för LaTeX och därför används inte de konventionella teckengradsnamnen i LyX ( -\emph on +\emph on petit, korpus, cicero, mittel -\emph default +\emph default osv.). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vi använder kommatecken som decimaltecken, och punkt för att markera tusental: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3,141.593 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (engelsk typografi är tvärtom: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.141,593 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu är det förstås din ensak hur du skriver dina dokument, och det är alltid -\emph on +\emph on läsbarheten -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on som -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on är -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on viktigast. -\emph default +\emph default Det kan kanske vara motiverat att använda engelsk typografi för texter som till exempel skall läsas av svenska datavetenskapstudenter, eftersom de högst troligen plöjer igenom mängder av engelsk kurslitteratur, och är mest vana vid den stilen, men använd gott omdöme. Det kan nämnas att det har gjorts studier på senare år rörande hur vi läser. Det finns litteratur i det ämnet med. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx index 57f8de7965..8e1e425c46 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,2520 +24,3669 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX Documentation Table of Contents -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduktion till LyX -\newline +\newline eller -\newline +\newline Hur använda dessa manualer! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Att navigera runt i dokumentationen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 Formen på manualerna -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3 Manualerna -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4 Att bidra till dokumentationsprojektet +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Rapportera fel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Att sätta igång +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Svenska +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Svenska typografiska fackord -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Svensk typografi +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers -\newline +\newline Version 0.3.7 -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction and General Information +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 That's fine, but is it useful? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Where do I start? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Does LyX run on my computer? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.5 How much hard disk space does LyX need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.6 Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Internet Resources +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Where can I get LyX material by FTP? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 What mailing lists are there? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Compatibility with other word/document processors +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Can I read/write LaTeX files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Can I read/write Word files? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 What do I need? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 How do I compile it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 I hate compiling. Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 How do I enter Evil Red Text? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Is there an alternative? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Questions Related to Using LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 General questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 How do I get rid of the date under the title? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- Description list environment ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 How do I number equations by section? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.6 How do I kill widows and orphans? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.7 How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. 1. a)? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.8 How do I count words in LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.9 How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.10 How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 ]? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Figure related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 What is the difference between a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset figure float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 What does \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Too many unprocessed floats \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset mean? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Math related questions +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Questions Related to Running LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter acroread -\family default +\family default ? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline figures properly? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9 How to get further assistance +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 9.1 You still haven't answered my question! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.2 I want to mail someone about my problem. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 9.3 What to put in a request for help. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10 Administrative information and acknowledgments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 10.1 Feedback is invited. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.2 Formats in which this FAQ is available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.3 Authorship and acknowledgments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 10.4 Disclaimer and Copyright. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Nybörjarkurs i LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduktion +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 Välkommen till LyX! -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Om detta dokument -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3 Vad nybörjarkursen -\emph on +\emph on är -\emph default +\emph default och vad den -\emph on +\emph on inte -\emph default +\emph default är. +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Att få ut mesta möjliga av nybörjarkursen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Vad du -\emph on +\emph on inte -\emph default +\emph default hittar: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Vad är LyX? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Överblick -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Skillnader mellan LyX och ordbehandlare -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.3 Vad sjutton är LaTeX? +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 Börja med LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Ditt första dokument +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Inmatning, förhandsvisning och utskrift -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Enkla operationer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 WYSIWYM: Tomrum i LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Miljöer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2.1 Avsnitt och underavsnitt -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.2 Listor och underlistor -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2.3 Andra miljöer: Vers, Citat och annat +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Att skriva dokument +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Textklasser och mallar: Att skriva brev -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Mallar: Skriva brev -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Dokumenttitlar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Märken och hänvisningar +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 Ditt första märke -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 Din första hänvisning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Mer kul med märken +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fotnoter och anteckningar i marginalen -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Referenser (Litteraturförteckning) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Innehållsförteckning +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Matematikredigering +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Matematikläge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Markörförflyttningar i matematikläge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Exponenter och index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Grekiska tecken och andra symboler -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Kvadratrötter, vektorer och skiljetecken -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Bråk -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 TeX-läge: Gränsvärden, log, sin och annat -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Matriser -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Uttryck på egen rad +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Flerradiga ekvationer -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6 Mera matematik +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Smått och gott +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Andra viktiga finesser i LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 LyX för LaTeXperter +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 TeX-läge -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 Att konvertera LaTeX-dokument till LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Att konvertera LyX-dokument till LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4 LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.1 Dokumentklass -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.4.2 Annat i preamblen +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.5 BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.6 Övrigt +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Fel! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* The LyX User's Guide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.1 What is LyX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.1 Invoking LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2 How LyX Looks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.2.1 The Main Window +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.2.3 HELP! +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3 The LyX Interface +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.3.1 Basic File Operations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.2 Basic Editing Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.3 Undo and Redo -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.4 Basic Mouse Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.3.5 Basic Key Bindings +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4 Using LyX with Other Programs +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 1.4.1 Importing ASCII files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1.4.2 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Basic LyX Setup -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Setting Up the X Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.1 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xmodmap -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.1.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xkeycaps +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3.2 Modifiers and Mode_switch -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3.3 Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.4 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 Dvips and Ghostscript +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 What You Need -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Dvips -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 The Printer +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 LyX Basics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Document Types +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2 The Various Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.2 Selecting a Class -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.2.3 Properties +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1.3 Fine-tuning the Defaults -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.4 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.1.5 Important Note: +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Global Indentation Method -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Fine-Tuning -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.4 Changing Line Spacing +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Standard -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.3 Document Titles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4 Headings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.1 Numbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.2 Unnumbered Headings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.3 Changing the Numbering -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.4 Special Information -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.4.5 Creating an Appendix +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5 Quotes and Poetry +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.1 -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.5.2 -\family sans +\family sans Verse +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6 Lists +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.1 General Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.2 -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.3 -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.4 -\family sans +\family sans Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.6.5 The LyX -\family sans +\family sans List +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7 Letters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.1 -\family sans +\family sans Address -\family default +\family default and -\family sans -Right\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Right\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default : An Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.7.2 Usage +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8 Academic Writing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.1 -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.8.2 -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9 Special Purpose +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.1 -\family sans +\family sans Caption -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.2 -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.9.3 Comment +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Nesting Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.1 The Big Deal -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.2 What You Can and Can't Nest -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.3 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4 Usage and General Features +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.4.1 Nesting limits +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5 Some Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.1 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.2 Example #2: Inheritance -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.3 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default Environments. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4.5.4 Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Fonts and Text Styles +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.5.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.2 Global Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.3 Using Different Character Styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5.4 Fine-Tuning with the -\family sans +\family sans Character Layout -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Printing and Previewing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.2 Quick Viewing with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.3 Viewing the PostScript® Version with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ghostview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6.4 Printing the File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7 A Few Words about Typography +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Hyphens and Hyphenation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2 Punctuation Marks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.1 Abbreviations and End of Sentence -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.2.2 Quotes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.3 Ligatures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7.4 Widows and Orphans +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Margin Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Figures and Imported Graphics +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Figure Floats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.1 Using Figure Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1.2 Float Placement +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter XFig -\family default +\family default and LyX +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 Tables +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The Table dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 What can be placed inside a table cell? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Cut & Paste in Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Multiple lines in cells -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Table Floats +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 Table of Contents and other Listings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 The Table of Contents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Mathematical Formulae +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Basic Math Editing +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1.1 Navigating a Formula -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.2 Selecting Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.3 Exponents and Subscripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.4 Fractions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.5 Sums and Integrals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.6 The Math Panel -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.7 Other Math Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.8 Altering spacing -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.9 Math functions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.10 Accents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.1.11 The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Brackets and decorations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Grouping -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Arrays and Multi-line Equations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.5 Equation Numbering and Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6 User defined macros in math mode +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1 Directions on using macros +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.1 How to create them -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.6.1.2 How to navigate +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7 Fine-Tuning +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.7.1 Typefaces -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.2 Math Text Mode -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.7.3 Font Sizes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.8.1 Enabling AMS Support -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.2 AMS Symbols -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.8.3 AMS Formula Types +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 More Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Cross-References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Extra Horizontal Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Extra Vertical Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 Changing Paragraph Alignment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.4 Forcing Page Breaks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.5 Protected blanks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.6 Line breaking +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5 Spellchecking +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1 Spellchecker Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.1 Dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.2 Personal dictionary -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5.1.3 Further Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.5.2 Limitations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6 International Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.6.1 Language Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.2 Keyboard mapping configuration -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6.3 Character Tables +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Credits -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Extended LyX Features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX and LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 How LyX Uses LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .tex -\family default +\family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Translating LaTeX files into LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.4 Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5 LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.1 About the LaTeX Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.2 Changing the Preamble -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.1 Example #1: Offsets -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.2 Example #2: Labels -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.3 Example #3: Paragraph Indentation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.5.3.4 Example #4: This Document +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.6 LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 Supplemental Tools +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 Making an Index -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Multipart Documents +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3.1 General Operation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.3.2 Cross-References Between Files +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.4 Algorithms -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Subfigures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 Fancy Headers and Footers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Minipages -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.8 Wrapping Text Around Figures -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 Extra Table Options +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.9.1 Removing Extra Column Space -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.2 Changing the Column Separator Character -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.3 Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9.4 A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10 Itemize Bullet Selection +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.10.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.2 How it looks -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.10.3 How to use it +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Special Document Classes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 AMS LaTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1.1 What these layouts provide +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Dinbrief -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.3 Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4 A&A Paper +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 The header block -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 The abstract -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.5 Supported environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.6 Commands not supported by LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.7 Figure and Table Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.8 Referee layout -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.9 The example paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5 AASTeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.2 Starting a New Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.3 Finishing Your Paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4 Comments On Specific Commands +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.1 Things that work as expected -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.2 Things that work, but require more comment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.3 Things not implemented, use ERT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.4.4 Things that cannot be implemented +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5 FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.1 Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.2 LaTeX error processing a table -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.3 References -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.4 Including EPS files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.5.5.5 Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.5.6 Final Caveat +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6 ijmpd +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.6.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.6.4 Use of ERT +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7 Kluwer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.7.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.2 Writing a paper -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.3 Preparing a paper for submission -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.7.4 \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset of the Kluwer package +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8 Koma-Script +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.8.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.2 article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.3 letter (koma-script) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.4 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.8.5 Problems +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9 Springer Journals ( -\family sans +\family sans svjour -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.9.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.3 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.4 Credits -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.9.5 Bugs +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10 AGU journals ( -\family sans +\family sans aguplus -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.10.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.2 New styles -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.3 New floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.4 Supported journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.10.5 Bugs and things to remember +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11 EGS journals ( -\family sans +\family sans egs -\family default +\family default ) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.11.1 Description -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.11.2 New styles +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12 Slides [aka -\noun on +\noun on Sli -\noun default +\noun default TeX] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3 Paragraph Environments +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.1 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.3.2 Quirks of the New Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4 Making a Presentation with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default and -\family sans +\family sans Note +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.1 Using the -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.2 Using -\family sans +\family sans Overlay -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.12.4.3 Using -\family sans +\family sans Note -\family default +\family default with -\family sans +\family sans Slide -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.12.5 The -\family sans +\family sans slides -\family default +\family default Class Template File +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13 Foils [aka -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default -\noun on +\family default +\noun on TeX -\noun default +\noun default ] +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2 Getting Started +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.2.1 Extra Options +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4 Building a Set of Foils +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.1 Give It a Title Page -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.2 Start a New Foil -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.3 Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.4 Lists -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.5 Figures and Tables -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.4.6 Page Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5 Unsupported -\family sans +\family sans Foil -\family default +\family default TeX Goodies +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.1 Lengths -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.13.5.2 Headers and Footers +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14 Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.14.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.2 Getting Started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.3 Supported Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.14.4 Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15 Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.15.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.5 Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.15.6 Script jargon +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16 Broadway +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.16.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.2 Special problems -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.3 Special features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.4 Paper size and Margins -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.16.5 Environments +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17 RevTeX4 +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.17.1 Installation -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.2 Preamble Matter -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.3 Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.4 Important Notes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.17.5 Drawbacks +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.18 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.19 Elsevier Journals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20 Memoir +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.20.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.2 Basic features and restrictions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.20.3 Extra features +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Considerations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Importing Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 ASCII Text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Noweb +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Exporting Other Formats +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 LaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 Device Independent Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 PostScript® -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 ASCII text -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 HTML -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 PDF +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.1 Use pdfLaTeX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.2 Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.3 Why doesn't the -\backslash +\backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.4 Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6.5 How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.7 Custom +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 The Complete reLyX Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.1 Synopsis -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.2 Options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3 Description +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.2 Usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.3 What reLyX Can Handle -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.4 What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.5 -What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ -k.\SpecialChar ~ +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ +k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.3.6 What LyX Can't Handle +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5 Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.1 Bug Reports -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.2 Implementation Details: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.3 Layout Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.4 Syntax Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.5.5 Miscellaneous +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4.6 Diagnostics -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.7 Warnings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.8 Files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.9 See also -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.4.10 Authors +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 LyX Features needing Extra Software +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.1 Overview -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2 Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.1 Getting started -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.2.2 Output from LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3 Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.1 The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.2 The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.3 Other document features -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.3.4 Cross references and HTML +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1.4 Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.1.5 Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2 Checking TeX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.2.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.2 How to use it -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2.3 How to fine tune it +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3 Version Control in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2 RCS commands in LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.1 -\family sans +\family sans Register -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.2 -\family sans +\family sans Check In Changes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.3 -\family sans +\family sans Check Out For Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.4 -\family sans +\family sans Revert To Last Version -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.5 -\family sans +\family sans Undo Last Checkin -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3.2.6 -\family sans +\family sans Show History +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2 Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.2.1 References +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3 LyX and Literate Programming +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.1 Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.2 Configuring LyX -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.3 Debug extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.4 Toolbar extensions -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4.3.5 Colors customization +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1.1 Footnotes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.1.2 Margin Notes +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Multiple Columns +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.1 Purpose -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.2 Limitations -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3 Examples +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.1 Two columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.2 Multiple columns -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2.3.3 Columns inside columns +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Numbering in the -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default Paragraph Environment -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Extra Space Between Table Rows -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 Dropped Capitals -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.6 Non-standard Paragraph Shapes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.7 Summary +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2 LyX configuration files +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1 What's in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter LyXDir -\family default +\family default ? +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.1.1 Automatically generated files -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.2 Directories -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.3 Files you don't want to modify -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.1.4 Other files needing a line or two... +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 2.2 Your local configuration directory -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 2.3 Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3 The -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default references -\family default +\family default dialog +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.1 Using the dialog for the first time -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2 On-screen fonts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.2.1 DPI setting and Font Zoom -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.2 Font definition commands -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.2.3 Font encoding +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.3 Bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.4 User Interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.5 Converters, Formats and Viewers -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.6 ASCII export options -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.7 Printer +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.7.1 Changing Colors +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 3.8 The autodetected settings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 3.9 The rest +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4 Internationalizing LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.1 Selecting an alternative language for the user interface -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2 Translating LyX +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.2.1 Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.2.2 Translating the documentation. +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3 International Keyboard Support +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.3.1 Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4 International Keymap Stuff +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 4.4.1 The .kmap File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.2 The .cdef File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.3 Dead Keys -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 4.4.4 Saving your Language Configuration +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.1 Installing a new LaTeX package -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2 Layouts +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.2.1 Supporting new document classes -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.2 A layout for an -\family sans +\family sans sty -\family default +\family default file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.2.3 Layout for a -\family sans +\family sans cls -\family default +\family default file +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3 Declaring a new text class +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.3.1 General text class parameters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.2 -\family typewriter +\family typewriter ClassOptions -\family default +\family default section -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.3 Specific Paragraph Layouts -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.4 Floats -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.5 Counters -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 5.3.6 Font description +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 5.4 Creating Templates +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6 Including External Material +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 6.1 Background -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.2 How does it work? -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.3 The external material dialog -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.4 Examples -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.5 The external template configuration file -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.6 The substitution mechanism -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 6.7 Security discussion +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7 The LyX Server +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 7.1 Introduction -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.2 Starting the LyX Server -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.3 Normal communication -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.4 Notification -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 7.5 The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8 \start_of_appendix Bindings +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.1 Toolbar -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2 Menu +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.1 File -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.2 Edit -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.3 Insert -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4 Layout +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.4.1 L -\family sans +\family sans ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Character -\family default +\family default +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.2.5 View -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.6 Navigate -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.7 Help -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.2.8 Paragraph Style +\end_layout \end_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3 Keyboard +\end_layout + \begin_deeper -\layout Description +\begin_layout Description 8.3.1 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter emacs.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.2 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter cua.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.3 Specific to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter sciword.bind -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.4 Standard math bindings -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description 8.3.5 Other Accelerators +\end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/doc/sv_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/sv_Tutorial.lyx index e63594af50..d158b81782 100644 --- a/lib/doc/sv_Tutorial.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/sv_Tutorial.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass book \language swedish \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics none \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,36 +24,51 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle headings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Nybörjarkurs i LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author av Amir Karger och dokumentationsgruppen för LyX -\newline +\newline -\size normal +\size normal (Översättning av -\noun on +\noun on Joacim Persson -\noun default +\noun default ) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Chapter +\begin_layout Chapter Introduktion -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Välkommen till LyX! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Denna fil har skapats för alla er som aldrig har hört talas om LaTeX, eller som inte kan det särskilt bra. @@ -60,7 +76,9 @@ Denna fil har skapats f Snarare är det just det som är avsikten med LyX: att ge tillgång till ett gränssnitt till LaTeX som nästan är WYSIWYG. Det är dock några saker du behöver lära dig för att använda LyX effektivt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En och annan av er har kanske hittat till detta dokument därför att ni har försökt lägga in flera mellanslag efter varandra, eller lägga in 3 tomma @@ -75,88 +93,104 @@ En och annan av er har kanske hittat till detta dokument d också. LyX gör typsättandet åt dig, på ett konsekvent sätt och låter dig koncentrera dig på viktigare saker, som innehållet i det du skriver. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Så ha överseende med oss och läs vidare. Att läsa denna nybörjarkurs är avgjort värt den tid det tar. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Om detta dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I den här kursen utgår vi från att du redan känner till vilka knappar du har på ditt tangentbord, att du vet hur man använder en mus och hur du använder din fönsterhanterare o.s.v. Vi utgår också ifrån att du inte kan en jota om LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nybörjarkursen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default använder de beteckningssätt som anges i -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduktion till LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default . Om du hamnade i den här handboken först, börja läs -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduktionen \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default i stället. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu när du vet vilka typstilar som betyder vad vill vi tala lite med dig om vad syftet är med denna -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Nybörjarkurs \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vad nybörjarkursen -\emph on +\emph on är -\emph default +\emph default och vad den -\emph on +\emph on inte -\emph default +\emph default är. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Att få ut mesta möjliga av nybörjarkursen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nybörjarkursen består mest av exempel och övningar. För att få ut mesta möjliga av kursen bör du läsa igenom dokumentet, knappa @@ -164,7 +198,9 @@ Nyb för att se om du har fattat dem rätt. Om du vill vara bekväm av dig kan du skriva ut Postscript®-versionen av detta dokument. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du redan är bekant med LaTeX läser du förmodligen igenom kursen snabbare, eftersom många begrepp i LyX egentligen är förklädd LaTeX. @@ -174,75 +210,95 @@ Om du redan läsa avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset , som är skriven just för LaTeX-användare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avsnittet \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset är en kvarleva från en tidigare version av kursen och är lite mastig. Men det är i alla fall en hyfsad överblickbar presentation av LyX, så du kanske vill ta en snabbtitt på det för att få en känsla av vad LyX går ut på. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vad du -\emph on +\emph on inte -\emph default +\emph default hittar: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Instruktioner för hur man använder en mus eller ett tangentbord -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Grundlig redogörelse för samtliga finesser i LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Målet med kursen är bara att få igång dig såpass att det enda du i stort sett behöver är -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Detaljerade förklaringar om LaTeX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Onödigt. Om du är riktigt sugen på att lära dig några av trollkonsterna man kan göra med LaTeX, skaffa dig en bra bok om LaTeX. Det finns åtskilliga av dessa i handeln. -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Så är det dags att gå vidare. Du kan ta en kort utflykt i nästa avsnitt eller du kan gå vidare till \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Vad är LyX? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Överblick -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Den första utmaningen med att använda LyX är att förändra tankesättet. Du förstår, de flesta ordbehandlare är kort sagt förvuxna skrivmaskiner. @@ -251,22 +307,26 @@ Den f Understrykningar, vilket inte är mycket mer än att knacka över texten med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset kom att bli sättet att betona delar av texten. För att skapa en tabell så räknade man ut i förhand hur stor varje kolumn skulle bli och satte tabstopparna efter detta. Det samma gällde för brevhuvuden och annan högerjusterad text. Bindestrecken i slutet på rader krävde ett vaket öga och en hel del förutseende. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Med andra ord blev vi alla tränade till att bekymra oss över exakt var på sidan varje litet tecken skall hamna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Som en följd av detta har nästan varenda ordbehandlare denna filosofi. De använder fortfarande tabstoppar för att lägga in luft. @@ -274,30 +334,34 @@ Som en f Betoning av text betyder ändra typsnitt, det vill säga byta skrivhjul på skrivmaskiner. Ja, du fattar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det är på denna punkt som LyX skiljer sig från en vanlig ordbehandlare. Du behöver inte befatta dig med vilka bokstäver som skall hamna var. Du talar om för LyX -\emph on +\emph on vad du håller på med -\emph default +\emph default och LyX fixar resten, enligt en uppsättning regler som kallas för en -\emph on +\emph on stil -\emph default +\emph default . Låt oss ta ett litet exempel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ponera att du håller på att skriva en rapport. Du kanske vill att rapporten skall börja med ett avsnitt som heter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Inledning \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Så du bläddrar fram vad det nu är för en meny som din ordbehandlare har @@ -305,38 +369,44 @@ Inledning Sedan slår du på fetstil. Sedan knappar du in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1.__Inledning \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Om du senare ändrar dig och flyttar detta avsnitt till en helt annan plats i rapporten eller om du lägger in ett nytt avsnitt före detta så får du ändra numreringen och dessutom fler rader i innehållsförteckningen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I LyX drar du ned rullmenyn i vänsterkanten och väljer -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default ( -\family sans -\emph on +\family sans +\emph on avsnitt -\emph default +\emph default , -\family default +\family default ö.anm.). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Japp, det var allt. Om du klipper och klistrar avsnittet så ändras numreringen automatiskt -- överallt. Det finns rent av ett sätt att få LyX att uppdatera hänvisningar inom dokumente t automatiskt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi har även problemet med att vara konsekvent. Fem dagar senare öppnar du din rapport igen och börjar på med avsnitt 4. @@ -347,7 +417,9 @@ Vi har Datorn tar hand om den där tråkiga bokföringen om vilka saker har vilka stilar; du slipper sånt. Det är just sådant trälgöra datorer är bra på. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ytterligare ett exempel. Antag att du håller på med en lista. @@ -358,34 +430,50 @@ Ytterligare ett exempel. Med LyX har du två saker att bestämma dig för: vad är det för ett slags lista, och vad vill jag stoppa i den. Det är allt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alltså, den grundläggande tanken med LyX är: tala om vad det är du gör, inte hur det skall göras. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Skillnader mellan LyX och ordbehandlare -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det är en rik flora med små trick som du är van vid som inte alls finns i LyX. Detta kan få dig att klättra på väggarna till att börja med. Det går för sig. Det tar tid att ändra vanor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Här följer en liten lista över saker som du inte finner i LyX: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Den ökända linjalen som nu för tiden finns i många kommersiella ordbehandlare -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabulatorstoppar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Extra tomma rader eller blanktecken [dvs. hamra på returtangenten eller mellanslag två eller fler gånger] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tabulatorstoppar och linjalen som visar dig placeringen av saker på sidan saknar all mening i LyX. @@ -394,45 +482,63 @@ Tabulatorstoppar och linjalen som visar dig placeringen av saker p på sammanhanget. Vad gäller kägel är det bortarbetat begrepp i LyX. Avståndet mellan rader är -\emph on +\emph on variabelt -\emph default +\emph default , så också avståndet mellan ord. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det finns sätt att ändra största och minsta tillåtna mellanrum, men det kräver viss kunskap om LaTeX. Det finns ingen anledning att bekymra sig om det just nu. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Här följer några saker som finns i LyX men som kanske inte fungerar som du tror: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kontroll av indragning av text -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Sidbrytningar -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kägel [dvs. enkelt, dubbelt radavstånd osv.] -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tomrum, höjdledes och breddledes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Teckensnitt och teckengrad -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Teckenstil [fet, lutande, understruken osv.] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Även om de finns i LyX så behöver du i allmänhet inte röra dem. LyX löser dessa saker åt dig, med avseende på vad det är du håller på med. @@ -443,87 +549,117 @@ Teckenstil [fet, lutande, understruken osv.] Sidbrytning sköts även det automatiskt. All luft mellan rader, mellan stycken och mellan ord sätts av LyX. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det finns sätt att justera dessa (och i de flesta fall krävs ingen kunskap om LaTeX), antingen för dokumentet som helhet eller på särskilda ställen. Se -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för vidare detaljer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top bigskip +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Slutligen är det några punkter där LyX [och LaTeX] överträffar många ordbehandla re: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Avstavning -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Listor av alla de slag -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Matematik -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Tabeller -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Hänvisningar -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Vad sjutton är LaTeX? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX är ett system för dokumentberedning skapat av Leslie Lamport 1985. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Källan till informationen i detta avsnitt är -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset A guide to LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default , av Helmut Kopka och Patrick Daly, vilken är listad i referenserna till -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Detta byggde i sin tur på ett typsättningsspråk kallat TeX, skapat av Donald Knuth 1984. \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset uttalas som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset bläch! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset vilket illustrerar hur många människor känner inför det. Nu är det väl så att de flesta människor inte riktigt förstår vad TeX är. @@ -531,17 +667,17 @@ bl exekverar dem. Resultatet blir vad som kallas en \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset device independent \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Enhetsoberoende fil. Ett särskilt filformat som är oavhängit upplösningen på den hårdvara som @@ -551,26 +687,32 @@ Enhetsoberoende fil. nödvändigt. DVI-filer är helt portabla. (ö.anm.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset fil, eller förkortat: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dvi \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Du kan mata Dvi-filen till allt som förstår Dvi, eller konvertera den till andra format som Postscript®. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om det inte vore för en enda egenskap så skulle TeX bara vara en typsättningsmot or. Men TeX tillåter att man definierar makron. Det är där det roliga börjar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De flesta som använder TeX använder egentligen ett makropaket som Knuth skapade för att dölja en hel del av detaljerna med typsättandet. @@ -584,7 +726,9 @@ iktat, en upps som avsnitt eller tabeller eller matematiska formler på en ett enhetligt, likartat sätt med så lite finlir som möjligt. Så föddes LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Parallellt med utvecklingen av LaTeX skapade andra personer sina egna skräddarsy dda makropaket för TeX, paket för overheadbilder, för artiklar i matematiktidskr @@ -598,37 +742,41 @@ ifter och s använda, hjälpmedel vid användning av nya typsnitt, och så vidare. LaTeX är faktiskt ett tämligen väl utbyggt språk i sig självt! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} och har så varit innan LaTeX2e förresten. LaTeX2e bara byggde ut dessa möjligheter ytterligare. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Användare över hela världen har skrivit sina egna tillägg till LaTeX förutom de som finns som standard. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det finns två sätt att bygga ut LaTeX: klasser och stilar. En -\emph on +\emph on klass -\emph default +\emph default är en uppsättning makron skrivna i LaTeX [och TeX] vilka beskriver en ny typ av dokument, som en bok eller en artikel. Det finns klasser för fysik-- och matematiktidskrifter, för brev\SpecialChar \ldots{} vissa universitet har rent av helt egna klasser för avhandlingar! En -\emph on +\emph on stil -\emph default +\emph default skiljer sig från en klass i det att den inte definierar en ny typ av dokument, utan en ny -\emph on +\emph on egenskap -\emph default +\emph default som alla typer av dokument kan använda. För att hantera sidmarginaler och kägel använder till exempel LyX två olika LaTeX-stilfiler vilka är konstruerade för dessa syften. @@ -637,554 +785,628 @@ egenskap tjusiga sidhuvuden, speciella utseenden och mekanismer gällande litteraturhänvi sningar, ändra placering och utseende på fotnoter, tabeller och figurer, speciella format på listor m.m, m.m. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Summering: -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 TeX: Typsättningsspråk som tillåter makron. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LaTeX: Makropaket som bygger på TeX. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 klasser: Beskrivningar av typer av dokument m.h.a. LaTeX -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 stilar: Förändrar det förvalda beteendet hos LaTeX på något sätt. -\layout List +\end_layout + +\begin_layout List \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 LyX: Grafisk WYSIWYM-ordbehandlare som använder LaTeX med alla sina finesser för att skriva ut. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tanken med detta avsnitt var att försöka förklara -\emph on +\emph on varför -\emph default +\emph default LyX fungerar något annorlunda än andra ordbehandlare. Orsaken är enkel: LyX använder LaTeX för grovjobbet och precis som LaTeX så fokuserar LyX på strukturen av det du skriver -- -\emph on +\emph on vad -\emph default +\emph default det är du skriver. Datorn reder sedan ut de kosmetiska detaljerna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En sak till. LaTeX uttalas som TeX. Som en Kalmarbo säger \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Äsch \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Om du uttalar LaTeX som namnet på materialet de tillverkar kondomer av uttalar du det fel. \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset å andra sidan uttalas som det stavas. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Börja med LyX -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Ditt första dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:first-doc-ex} -\end_inset +\end_inset Sådär ja. Du är klar att börja skriva. Men innan du gör det är det några saker vi bör nämna som förhoppningsvis gör -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default mer lärorik, användbar och kul. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eftersom det är en hel del information som vi inte kommer att ge dig, så blir det första du skall göra att hitta de andra hjälpfilerna. Turligt nog är detta väldigt enkelt. Starta upp LyX. Välj -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default från -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default jälp -\family default +\family default -menyn. Kanske vill du ladda -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default också (såvida du inte redan läser den på skärmen förstås). Därigenom kan du läsa dem medan du skriver din egen fil \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard De fungerar också bra som bra exempel på hur man använder de många finesserna i LyX. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Märk väl att när du har flera dokument öppna samtidigt kan du använda dig av menyn -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default okument -\family default +\family default för att växla mellan dem. -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default kommer inte att täcka ämnena i andra handböcker i detalj. Detta kanske gör det besvärligare för dig till en början, men det håller -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default kort. Detta vänjer dig dock redan från början till den goda vanan att använda de andra handböckerna vilket -- i längden -- sparar mycket av din tid. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I denna -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkurs -\emph default +\emph default kommer vi att anta att du har en fullt fungerande version av LyX, tillika LaTeX, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default eller någon annan dvi-visare, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvips -\family default +\family default eller något annat sätt att konvertera dvi-dokument till PostScript®-dokument, och en fungerande skrivare. Detta är många antaganden. Om något av detta inte är fallet så måste du (eller din trevlige systemadminist ratör) sätta upp systemet. Du hittar information om hur detta går till i andra manualer. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Slutligen har vi skrivit en fil för låta dig öva dina färdigheter i LyX på. Den heter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Tänk dig att den var skriven av någon som inte visste något alls om möjligheter na med LyX. Vi förslår att du snyggar upp -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw -\family default +\family default . -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default allt eftersom du lär dig fler funktioner i LyX. Den innehåller också \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset fina \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset vinkar om hur du kan göra. Om du vill fuska (eller kontrollera om du gjort rätt) så finns det även en fil som heter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_lyxified.lyx -\family default +\family default vilken innehåller samma text, fast skriven och typsatt av en LyX-kunnig. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Inmatning, förhandsvisning och utskrift -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Öppna en ny file med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default il-> -\bar under +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default y -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skriv in en mening som: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Detta är mitt första LyXdokument! \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jo ja, du kan förstås skriva vad som faller dig in. Det spelar ingen roll alls. Vi ber om överseende med fånigheten av denna mening, så även annat vi ber dig skriva framledes. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Itemize + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Spara ditt dokument med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -il->Spara\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +il->Spara\InsetSpace ~ s -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default m -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kör LaTeX för att skapa och visa en dvi-fil med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -il->Visa\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +il->Visa\InsetSpace ~ d -\bar under +\bar under v -\bar default +\bar default i -\family default +\family default . Du kanske får se saker skrivas ut i fönstret som du startade -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default från. Detta är meddelanden från LaTeX vilka du kan strunta i just nu. LyX kommer att starta -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default (eller någon annan dvi-visare), vilken kommer att lägga upp ett nytt fönster som visar hur ditt dokument kommer att se ut när det blir utskrivet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Du kan spara tid genom att lämna -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default igång i bakgrunden. Du kan då använda -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -il->Uppdatera\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +il->Uppdatera\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default för att generera om dvi-filen efter ändringar och bara klicka på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter xdvi -\family default +\family default -fönstret (eller öppna ikonen) efter att LaTeX har kört klart. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skriv ut med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default il->S -\bar under +\bar under k -\bar default -riv\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +riv\InsetSpace ~ ut -\family default +\family default och tryck på -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gratulerar! Du har skapat och skrivit ut ditt första LyX-dokument. Resten är bara detaljer, detaljer som täcks i resten av -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen, Handboken -\emph default +\emph default , och -\emph on +\emph on Referensmanualen -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Enkla operationer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kan förstås göra det mesta du är van att kunna göra med en ordbehandlare. Den bryter rader och gör indragningar av stycken automatiskt. Dra ned ett par menyer nu \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Om du är som de flesta -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default -användare är, gjorde du det långt innan du började läsa -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset och du finner att de flesta enkla kommandon (t.ex. -\family sans +\family sans Avsluta, Klistra in, Skriv ut -\family default +\family default ) har de namn du förväntar dig, ligger i den meny du förväntar dig och fungerar som du förväntar dig. Här följer en kort beskrivning över hur man gör några andra enkla saker. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Ångra LyX har \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset obegränsad ångerfunktion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I LyX 1.0 är ångerfunktionen för närvarande begränsad. Bara de 100 senaste ändringarna lagras. Detta för att ångerfunktionen (gör om-funktionen rättare sagt) krånglar vid riktigt stora manövrar. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , vilket betyder att du kan ångra varje kommando du gjort sedan redigeringsomgån gen startade genom att välja -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edigera->Å -\bar under +\bar under n -\bar default +\bar default gra -\family default +\family default om och om igen. Om du ångrar för mycket väljer du bara -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edigera-> -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default ör om -\family default +\family default för att få tillbaka ändringen igen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Klipp/Klistra/Kopiera Använd -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edigera-> -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default lipp, ->Kl -\bar under +\bar under i -\bar default +\bar default stra -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans ->K -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default piera -\family default +\family default för att klippa, klistra och kopiera. Eller klistra in med -\emph on +\emph on mittknappen -\emph default +\emph default på musen. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Sök/Byt Använd -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under R -\bar default +\bar default edigera-> -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default -ök\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ök\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Byt -\family default +\family default för att söka efter en sträng. Flytta mellan träffarna med pilarna i dialogen som kommer upp och använd -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default rsätt -\family default +\family default -knappen för att byta ut en sträng du hittat. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stäng fönstret när du är klar. Eller lämna det öppet om du föredrar det. De flesta dialogrutor i LyX --- som -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default -ök\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +ök\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ Byt, Innehållsförteckning -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Stil -\family default +\family default -dialogerna samt ett antal matematikdialoger --- är fönster som kan förminskas i stället för att stängas. Några få dialoger som -\family sans +\family sans Fil->Öppna -\family default +\family default låter dig inte skriva i huvudfönstret för LyX förrän du stängt dialogrutan. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Description -Formatering\SpecialChar ~ -av\SpecialChar ~ +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description + +Formatering\InsetSpace ~ +av\InsetSpace ~ tecken Du kan -\emph on +\emph on betona -\emph default +\emph default text (vilket vanligen ändrar till kursiv stil), sätta den till -\series bold +\series bold fetstil -\series default +\series default eller med -\noun on +\noun on Namnstil -\noun default +\noun default (vanligen kapitäler, används för personers namn) från växelknapparna i -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default til -\family default +\family default -menyn. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description Verktygspanelen Under menyerna ligger verktygspanelen, vilken ger dig tillgång till några populära funktioner som -\family sans +\family sans Klistra -\family default +\family default och -\family sans -Skriv\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Skriv\InsetSpace ~ ut -\family default +\family default . Om du håller kvar musen på en av knapparna på panelen dyker det strax upp en liten gul skylt som förklarar knappens funktion. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu har du förstås inte skrivit tillräckligt mycket än för att haft nytta av dessa funktioner. Pröva -\family sans +\family sans ångra, klistra -\family default +\family default osv, efterhand som du skriver mer. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection WYSIWYM: Tomrum i LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset En av de saker som nya användare har svårast att vänja sig vid är sättet varpå LyX hanterar tomrum. @@ -1192,130 +1414,138 @@ En av de saker som nya anv Hur du än trycker på mellanslag få du inte mer än ett mellanrum. LyX låter dig inte ens skriva in ett mellanslag på en tom rad. Tabtangenten flyttar inte markören en tabstopp; det -\emph on +\emph on finns -\emph default +\emph default överhuvudtaget inga tabstoppar! Det finns heller ingen linjal överst som att sätta tabstoppar eller marginaler med. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Många kommersiella ordbehandlare baseras på principen WYSIWYG: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You Get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser är det du får \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (ö.anm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX å andra sidan baseras på principen \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset What You See Is What You -\shape italic +\shape italic Mean -\shape default +\shape default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser är det du -\emph default +\emph default menar -\emph on +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default (ö.anm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Du skriver in vad du avser, och LyX sköter typsättningen åt dig så att resultatet blir bra. En -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default skiljer stycken åt grammatiskt och ett -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default skiljer ord åt grammatiskt så det finns ingen anledning att ha flera av dem i rad; en -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default har ingen grammatisk funktion alls, så den stöder inte LyX. När du använder LyX ägnar du dig åt -\emph on +\emph on innehållet -\emph default +\emph default i dokumentet och mindre åt att bekymra dig över -\emph on +\emph on formatet -\emph default +\emph default . Se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:what-is-lyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset för vidare information om begreppet WYSIWYM. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har (många) sätt att finjustera utseendet på ditt dokument. När allt kommer omkring så är det inte säkert att LyX sätter dokumentet -\emph on +\emph on exakt -\emph default +\emph default som du vill ha det. -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default berättar mer om det. Det handlar om -\family sans +\family sans H-fyllningar -\family default +\family default och vertikala tomrum -- vilka är kraftfullare än en radda mellanslag eller tomrader -- och sätt att ändra storlek och stil på typsnitt och finjusteringar av stycken för hand. @@ -1323,15 +1553,19 @@ H-fyllningar innehållet och göra finjusteringarna efteråt. Med vanliga ordbehandlare blir du distraherad av formaterandet genom hela skrivandet. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Miljöer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Olika delar av ett dokument har olika syften; dessa kallar vi -\emph on +\emph on miljöer -\emph default +\emph default . Huvuddelen av ett dokument består av vanlig text. Titlarna på avsnitt (kapitel, underavsnitt osv.) låter läsaren förstå att @@ -1339,15 +1573,17 @@ milj särskilda miljöer. En artikel till en tidskrift har en översikt och en titel. Ett brev har inget av detta men har troligen miljöer för avsändarens adress. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Miljö är en central del av filosofin \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Det du ser är det du menar \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset i LyX. En viss miljö kanske kräver ett visst teckensnitt, teckengrad, stil på @@ -1357,349 +1593,385 @@ Det du ser vänsterjusterat; olika länders språk kan ha olika sedvänjor för indragning; och formaten på litteraturhänvisningar kan variera betydligt. LyX hjälper dig att slippa hålla reda på och lära dig alla de olika stilarna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default finns i vänstra ändan av verktygspanelen (strax under menyn -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default il) -\family default +\family default . Den indikerar vilken miljö du skriver i för tillfället. När du skriver ditt första dokument säger det \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vilket är utgångspunktsmiljön för text. Du skall nu få lägga in några olika miljöer i ditt dokument så att du får se hur det fungerar. Detta gör du genom att använda -\family sans +\family sans Miljölistan -\family default +\family default vilken du öppnar genom att klicka på pilen till höger om -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Avsnitt och underavsnitt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skriv ordet -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Inledning -\family default +\family default på den första raden i din LyX-fil, och välj -\family sans +\family sans Section \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default , -\emph on +\emph on avsnitt. -\emph default +\emph default I nuläget är inte dessa nyckelord översatta i LyX, de följer de namn som används i LaTeX (ö.anm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset från Miljölistan \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Du behöver inte -\emph on +\emph on markera -\emph default +\emph default raden. Om inget är markerat så ändrar LyX stycket som markören står på till den valda miljön, men du kan ändra miljön för flera stycken åt gången genom att markera dem innan du väljer miljö. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . LyX numrerar avsnittet som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och sätter titeln i en större stil. (Naturligtvis kommer titeln att sättas i större stil även i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default --filen eller det utskrivna dokumentet.) Tryck nu på -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default . Notera att -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default ändras från \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Standard \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Titlar på avsnitt antas, som de flesta miljöer, ta slut när du trycker -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Läs -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för att se hur man skriver titlar med två eller fler rader. Miljön -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default kan förstås fortsätta stycke efter stycke. De olika miljöerna för listor (se nedan) bryts heller inte de när du trycker på -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default . Du kan alltid se vilken miljö du är i genom att titta i -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Skriv inledningen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Detta är inledningen i mitt första dokument med LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tryck på -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default och välj -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default från -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default igen. LyX skriver \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och väntar på att du skriver en titel. Skriv -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Mera grejor -\family default +\family default , och du ser att LyX återigen sätter det som en avsnittstitel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det tar sig. Gå till slutet av avsnittet igen (efter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset mitt första dokument \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), tryck -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default och välj -\family sans +\family sans Section -\family default +\family default från -\family sans +\family sans Miljörutan -\family default +\family default igen. Återigen skriver LyX \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och väntar på att du skall skriva en titel. Skriv -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Om detta dokument -\family default +\family default . Avsnittet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mera grejor \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset som förut var avsnitt 2 har automatiskt numrerats om till avsnitt 3! I verklig WYSIWYM-anda behöver du bara mata in texten som blir titeln på avsnittet och LyX tar hand om numeringen av avsnitten och typsätter dem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tryck -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default igen, gå tillbaka till miljön -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default och mata in följande fem rader: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Avsnitt och underavsnitt beskrivs nedan. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Beskrivning av avsnitt -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Avsnitt är större än underavsnitt. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Beskrivning av underavsnitt -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Underavsnitt är mindre än avsnitt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicka på den andra raden och välj -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default från -\family sans +\family sans Miljölistan. -\family default +\family default LyX numrerar underavsnittet som \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och sätter det i ett typsnitt som är större än vanlig text men mindre än avsnittstiteln. Ändra även fjärde raden till -\family sans +\family sans Subsection -\family default +\family default . Som väntat numrerar LyX underavsnittet till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Om du lägger ytterligare ett avsnitt före avsnitt 2, kommer avsnitt två att numreras om till 3 och underavsnitten till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 3.2 \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andra nivåer av indelningar innefattar -\family sans +\family sans Subsubsection, Paragraph -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Subparagraph -\family default +\family default . \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Underunderavsnitt, stycke och understycke (ö.anm) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Vi låter dig leka med dessa på egen hand. Som du kanske märker är titlar för stycken och understycken normalt inte numrerade, och understycken normalt inte indragna; läs i -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default hur man ändrar detta. Titlar på kapitel är egentligen den högsta nivån av indelning, ovanför avsnitt, men dessa förekommer bara i särskilda stilar (dokumentklasser) @@ -1707,426 +1979,482 @@ Handboken (se avsnittet \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Slutligen kanske du vill ha avsnitt och underavsnitt som inte är numrerade. Det finns miljöer för dessa också. Om du ändrar en av dina avsnittstitlar till miljön -\family sans +\family sans Section* -\family default +\family default så kommer LyX att använda samma storlek på titeltexten som vanliga avsnittstitl ar, men kommer inte att sätta nummer på den. Det finns motsvarande \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset stjärnade \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset miljöer för -\family sans +\family sans Underavsnitt -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Underunderavsnitt. -\family default +\family default Pröva att ändra några av dina avsnitt och underavsnitt till stjärnade miljöer och märk hur de andra avsnittens numrering ändras. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till avsnitt och underavsnitt i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . Denna fil hittar du i katalogen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter examples/ -\family default +\family default som du kan öppna med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default il->Ö -\bar under +\bar under p -\bar default +\bar default pna -\family default +\family default och sedan klicka på knappen -\family sans +\family sans Exempel -\family default +\family default . Öppna dokumentet och välj -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -il->Spara\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +il->Spara\InsetSpace ~ s -\bar under +\bar under o -\bar default +\bar default m -\family default +\family default för att spara en arbetskopia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Listor och underlistor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har flera olika miljöer för att typsätta listor. De många listmiljöerna befriar dig från att hamra på -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default upprepade gånger när du skriver ett utkast, eller från att numrera om halva listan när du vill lägga in en punkt i mitten, och låter dig koncentrera dig på innehållet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ja, vi överbetonar detta genom hela -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default . Men det -\emph on +\emph on är -\emph default +\emph default grundtanken med LyX, så stå ut med oss. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Olika typer av dokument kräver följaktligen olika listmiljöer: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize En serie overheadbilder kanske behöver miljön -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default med sina listor med prickar för att beskriva olika punkter. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize En uppställning kan använda de numrerade listorna i miljön -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ett dokument som beskriver ett antal fackord kanske använder -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default , där varje element i listan börjar med ett ord i fetstil. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Miljön -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default -- vilken inte finns i LaTeX -- är en variant på -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Som övning skall vi nu skriva en liten lista över varför LyX är så himla bra. Skriv någonstans i dokumentet: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Lyx är så himla käckt för att: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard och tryck -\family sans +\family sans Return -\family default +\family default . Välj så -\family sans +\family sans Itemize -\family default +\family default från miljömenyn. Lyx skriver en så kallad \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset bomb \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (nåja, det blir bara en asterisk, vilken blir en liten prick -- en bomb -- i slutresultatet) i början på raden. Mata in några anledningar att LyX är trevligt: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Typsättningen sköts automagiskt. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Matematik ser rackarns bra ut -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Det är så lätt att göra uppställningar! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Till skillnad från titlar på stycken och liknande så avslutas inte listmiljöerna när du trycker -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default . I stället räknar LyX med att du nog vill mata in fler element i uppställningen. Ovanstående ger därför en uppställning med tre element. Om du vill ha ett element i uppställningen som består av mer än ett stycke är ett sätt att göra det att använda en -\family sans -Skyddad\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Skyddad\InsetSpace ~ Retur -\family default +\family default , vilket du får genom att trycka -\family sans +\family sans C-Retur -\family default +\family default . För att sluta mata in element i uppställningen väljer du åter miljön -\family sans +\family sans Standard -\family default +\family default (kan göras med kommandot -\family sans -M-p\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-p\InsetSpace ~ s -\family default +\family default ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu har du en tjusig uppställning. Kanske vill du köra LaTeX för att se hur det blir i slutändan. Men ponera att du vill numrera elementen? Tja, markera hela uppställningen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX låter dig inte markera själva bomben i det allra första elementet såvida du inte markerar även stycket -\emph on +\emph on före -\emph default +\emph default listan, vilket du troligen inte vill. Det är samma sak med själva siffran i numrerade uppställningar. Markera bara din \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset egen \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset och välj miljön -\family sans +\family sans Enumerate -\family default +\family default från -\family sans +\family sans Miljölistan -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} tjoff! Och som vi nämnde tidigare så trollar LyX till numreringen om du tar bort eller lägger till ett element i numrerade uppställningar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Medan uppställningen fortfarande är markerad kan du prova att välja de två andra typerna av uppställningar, -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default , för att se hur dessa ser ut. I dessa består elementen av en -\emph on +\emph on term -\emph default +\emph default , första ordet i elementet, åtföljd av en -\emph on +\emph on definition -\emph default +\emph default , resten av texten. Termen sätts antingen med fetstil ( -\family sans +\family sans Description -\family default +\family default ) eller skiljs från definitionen med en \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset tabulering \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Denna är smartare än tabulering på skrivmaskiner; den justeras automatiskt efter den längsta termen i uppställningen så att definitionerna läggs ut med en snygg vänsterkant sinsemellan. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ( -\family sans +\family sans List -\family default +\family default ). Om du vill ha termer på mer än ett ord använder du -\family sans -Skyddat\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Skyddat\InsetSpace ~ Mellanslag -\family default +\family default mellan dem, vilka kan fås genom att trycka -\family sans +\family sans C-mellanslag -\family default +\family default och visas som små lila \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset u:n \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Typsätt uppställningen i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kan lägga listor inuti listor på alla de olika sätt. Numrerade listor och listor med bomber har olika system för hur numreringen/bom berna ser ut för underlistor. Se -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för vidare detaljer om hur de används och för exempel på -\emph on +\emph on omfattande -\emph default +\emph default nästling. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Andra miljöer: Vers, Citat och annat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det finns två miljöer för att citera text från andra: -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default för korta citat och -\family sans +\family sans Quotation -\family default +\family default för längre. Programkod (miljön -\family sans +\family sans Code -\family default +\family default , vilken används här för långa exempel på inmatningar) sätts med -\family typewriter +\family typewriter skrivmaskinsstil -\family default +\family default ; denna miljö är den enda i LyX som tillåter flera mellanslag i rad i texten och indentering. Du kan rent av skriva poesi \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} den konstnärliga aspekten av poesin får du förstås sköta själv, LyX kan bara bistå med god typografi för den. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset med miljön -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default , och då använda -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default för att skilja stroferna åt, och -\family sans +\family sans C-Retur -\family default +\family default för radbrytning inom stroferna. Se vidare -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för mer fullständiga beskrivningar över de tillgängliga miljöerna i LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Typsätt delarna -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default , -\family sans +\family sans LyX-Code -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Verse -\family default +\family default i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Att skriva dokument -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Förhoppningsvis fick du lite kött på benen i förra kapitlet. Det gick igenom grundläggande redigering i LyX och även den kraftfulla @@ -2140,15 +2468,19 @@ F Därefter skall vi plocka lite från smörgåsbordet av godsaker som förvandlar text till dokument som titlar, fotnoter, hänvisningar, litteraturhänvisningar, och innehållsförteckning. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Textklasser och mallar: Att skriva brev -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset Olika slags dokument typsätts olika. Till exempel typsätts böcker i allmänhet dubbelsidigt, medan artiklar sätts @@ -2157,103 +2489,125 @@ Olika slags dokument typs exempel miljöer som adressat och signatur, vilka inte används i i en bok eller en artikel. För att hålla reda på dessa har LyX något som vi kallar -\emph on +\emph on textklasser \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard I LaTeX motsvaras detta av -\family typewriter +\family typewriter documentclass -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , dessa definierar alltså diverse standardinställningar rörande upplägget av sidorna, samt vilka miljöer som ingår i klassen. Denna Nybörjarkurs -\emph default +\emph default är exempelvis skriven i textklassen -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ditt dokument skrivs troligen som -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det är normalt den textklass som nya dokument har som skönsvärde. Du kan sätta Skönsvärdet för detta i din -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -fil. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Prova att ändra till andra textklasser (med listvalet Class -\family default +\family default i menyn -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Dokument -\family default +\family default ) för att se vad de har för skillnader. Om du byter till textklassen -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default och tittar i -\family sans +\family sans Miljömenyn -\family default +\family default ser du att de flesta tillåtna miljöer är de samma, men nu har du dessutom miljön -\family sans +\family sans Chapter -\family default +\family default . Om vid något tillfälle är osäker på vilka miljöer som är tillgängliga i en viss textklass så kikar du bara i -\family sans +\family sans Miljölistan -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kägel, en- eller tvåkolumners utskrifter och sidhuvuden är bara några punkter som olika tidskrifter skiljer sig från varandra på. I den allt mer mognande datoråldern har de börjat ta emot bidrag på elektronisk t media, och tillhandahåller \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset stilfiler \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset så att författarna kan skicka in bidrag enligt önskad typografi. LyX stöder detta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Här är en liten (ofullständig) tabell över några av dessa textklasser. Se som vanligt i -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för detaljer, och i -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Dokument -\family default +\family default för en lista på vilka klasser som är tillgängliga i din installation. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2264,252 +2618,302 @@ Stil->Dokument \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namn -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kort beskrivning -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard enkelsidigt, inga kapitel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard article (AMS) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard stil och miljöer för American Math Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard längre än article, dubbelsidigt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard book -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard report + omslag -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard slides -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard overheadbilder -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard extra miljöer för adress, signatur\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Mallar: Skriva brev -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on (I skrivandes stund finns ingen mall för svenska affärsbrev, vilka kanske heller inte är lika formellt utformade som i engelsktalande länder. Det finns dock stöd för svenska beteckningar i -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default - -\emph on +\emph on klassen i LaTeX, så den motsvarande textklassen -\family sans +\family sans letter -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on i LyX går att använda för att göra en en mall om man vill. Nedanstående tjänar som exempel på hur mallar används.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En populär textklass är -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default . Ett sätt att skriva ett brev är starta ett nytt dokument och välja -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default från -\family sans +\family sans Klass -\family default +\family default -listan i -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Dokument -\family default +\family default . Även om detta kanske är det mest uppenbara sättet att skriva ett brev, blir det en del merarbete. Varje gång du skriver ett affärsbrev vill du ha avsändare, adressatens adress, en brödtext, en signatur och så vidare. För att göra det bekvämt har LyX -\emph on +\emph on mallar -\emph default +\emph default för brev vilka innehåller ett exempelbrev med brevets olika delar utlagda. Du byter bara ut texten i delarna med din egen text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Öppna en ny fil med -\family sans -Fil->Ny\SpecialChar ~ -efter\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fil->Ny\InsetSpace ~ +efter\InsetSpace ~ mall -\family default +\family default . Efter att ha valt filnamnet, välj -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latex_letter.lyx -\family default +\family default från nästa dialog, -\family sans -Välj\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Välj\InsetSpace ~ mall -\family default +\family default . Spara och skriv ut filen för att se hur de olika miljöerna typsätts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard När du tittar i -\family sans +\family sans miljörutan -\family default +\family default ser du flera olika miljöer, som -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default , vilken inte förekommer i andra textklasser. Andra, som -\family sans +\family sans Quote -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Description, -\family default +\family default är gamla bekanta. Du kan leka lite med dem ett tag för att se hur de fungerar. Du märker till exempel att miljön -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default har ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Signature: \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i rött före själva signaturen. Detta ord kommer inte med i själva utskriften. Det är bara där för att markera var signaturen hamnar. Notera också att det inte spelar någon roll var i dokumentet -\family sans +\family sans Signature -\family default +\family default ligger. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En mall är bara en vanlig LyX-fil. Detta innebär att du kan fylla i din egen adress och signatur och spara @@ -2517,107 +2921,123 @@ En mall Därefter kan du använda den nya mallen för att spara tid. Vi behöver väl inte förslå någon \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset övning \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset här; skriv ett brev till någon \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En varning om du skriver från en mall. Om du raderar hela texten i en miljö -- säg att du raderar hela -\family sans -My\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +My\InsetSpace ~ Address -\family default +\family default för att lägga in din egen -- och sedan flyttar markören utan att skriva in någon ny text så försvinner miljön. Det blir så för att en miljö inte kan vara tom. För att få tillbaka miljön igen väljer du den helt enkelt från -\family sans +\family sans Miljölistan -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Dokumenttitlar -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard På samma vis som LaTeX betraktar LyX titeln -- vilken kan innehålla själva namnet på dokumentet, författaren, datum och rent av sammanfattningen -- som något separat från själva dokumentet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gå tillbaka till -\family typewriter +\family typewriter newfile.lyx -\family default +\family default och försäkra dig om att det använder textklassen -\family sans +\family sans Article \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Du skall inte använda -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default längre, eftersom -\family sans +\family sans Letter -\family default +\family default inte tillåter titlar. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Skriv in en titel på första raden, och ändra miljön till Title -\family default +\family default . På nästa rad skriver du ditt namn och byter till -\family sans +\family sans Author -\family default +\family default . På raden därefter skriver du in dagens datum och ändrar till -\family sans +\family sans Date -\family default +\family default . Skriv ett stycke eller två som sammanfattar innehållet i din artikel med miljön -\family sans +\family sans Abstract -\family default +\family default . Se nu efter hur det ser ut i utskriften. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till titel, datum och författare i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Märken och hänvisningar -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:labels} -\end_inset +\end_inset Du kan sätta ett märke i ett avsnitt (eller underavsnitt, eller mer ovanligt, någon godtycklig text) i ditt dokument. @@ -2627,64 +3047,72 @@ Du kan s är satt. Som med avsnitt och fotnoter fixar LyX numreringen åt dig. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ditt första märke -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu skall vi sätta ett märke i vårt andra avsnitt vars titel är \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Om detta dokument \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Klicka vid slutet på titelraden och välj -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Referensmärke -\family default +\family default . En dialogruta frågar dig efter ett namn på märket. Skriv in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter avs:omdokumentet -\family default +\family default , vilket kanske kan vara ett hyfsat beskrivande namn som inte blir sammanblandat med andra märken \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vi skriver \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter avs: -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset för -\emph on +\emph on avsnitt -\emph default +\emph default eftersom vi kan ha märken för figurer, tabeller och ekvationer. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset vi kanske lägger in senare. När du klickar på -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default läggs märket in där markören stod, efter titeln. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Förresten kunde du ha satt märket var som helst inom avsnittet; hänvisningar till avsnittsnummer hänvisar alltid till det avsnitt eller underavsnitt @@ -2692,78 +3120,92 @@ F Men om man vill försäkra sig om att sidhänvisningar till ett avsnitt verkligen pekar på den sida där avsnittet börjar lägger man lämpligen märket tillsammans med titeln eller alldeles i början av avsnittets brödtext. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Så långt har du inte gjort särskilt mycket -- -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen ser precis likadan ut som förut eftersom märken inte är synliga i utskriften. Men du har nu åtminstone något att hänvisa till. Det blir nästa steg. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Din första hänvisning -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sätt markören någonstans i avsnitt 2 i ditt dokument. Skriv: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Om du vill veta mer om detta dokument se vidare -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code avsnitt , vilket hittas på sidan . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sätt så markören efter ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset avsnitt \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset och välj -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Hänvisning -\family default +\family default och dialogrutan för hänvisningar dyker upp vilken visar en lista över inlagda märken. Just nu finns där bara ett märke, \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset avs:omdokumentet \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Välj det (det kanske redan är valt) och klicka på -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ avsnittsnummer -\family default +\family default . Sätt nu markören efter ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sidan \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , och klicka på -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ sidnummer -\family default +\family default i dialogrutan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX lägger in hänvisningen in en ruta där markören stod. I utskriften byts denna ruta ut mot antingen avsnittsnumret eller sidnumret @@ -2772,598 +3214,678 @@ LyX l under redigeringsarbetet; om du klickar på den hoppar du till den plats i dokumentet där märket ligger. Du kan hoppa tillbaka genom att trycka -\family sans +\family sans C-< -\family default +\family default . Kör -\family sans -Fil->Uppdatera\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fil->Uppdatera\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default och du ser att på sista sidan hänvisar du till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset avsnitt 2 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sidan 1 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (eller vilken sida nu avsnitts två titel hamnat på). -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Mer kul med märken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi sa tidigare att LyX sköter om numrerandet för hänvisningar; nu kan du testa det. Lägg till ett nytt avsnitt före avsnitt 2 och kör LaTeX igen -- simsalabim! -- hänvisningen hänvisar till avsnitt 3! Ändra \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Om detta dokument \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset till ett underavsnitt, och hänvisningen går till underavsnitt 2.1 i stället för 3. Sidhänvisningen ändras inte såvida du inte förstås lägger till en hel sida text före märket. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du vill öva mer med märken, kan du till exempel pröva att sätta ett märke som: \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset avs:mittförstamärke \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , där din första hänvisning var och hänvisa till märket från någon annan plats i dokumentet. Om du ofta lägger in hänvisningar kan det vara bekvämt att lämna dialogrutan uppe. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du vill förvissa dig om att hänvisningar fungerar även för större dokument kan du till exempel -\family sans +\family sans Kopiera -\family default +\family default några sidor text från -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default till klippbordet och -\family sans +\family sans Klistra -\family default +\family default den stulna texten till ditt eget dokument \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard När man kopierar kapiteltitlar in i ett dokument av klassen -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default kan man få felmeddelanden eftersom kapitel inte är tillåtna i -\family sans +\family sans Article -\family default +\family default . Om detta händer kan du ta bort kapiteltiteln. Om du undrar varför det blir på detta viset, se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:textclasses} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till hänvisningarna i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fotnoter och anteckningar i marginalen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fotnoter kan läggas in med knappen -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ fotnot -\family default +\family default i verktygspanelen \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Knappen visar en pil som pekar på röd text placerad under lite svart text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset eller med -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Fotnot -\family default +\family default . Klicka på slutet av ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset någonstans i dokumentet och tryck på fotnotknappen. En fotnotsrad öppnas under raden du stod på. I vänstra änden av raden ser du ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i röd text på grå bakgrund. Resten av raden har en röd ram; där skriver du in din fotnot. LyX skall ha placerat markören i början på fotnodsraden. Skriv: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code LyX är en typsättande ordbehandlare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicka nu på ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Fotnotsraden försvinner och lämnar bara kvar ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , skrivet med liten upphöjd text som en markör var fotnotsmärket hamnar i texten; detta kallas för att \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset stänga \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset fotnoten. Du kan öppna fotnoten när du vill -- och ändra dess innehåll om du vill -- genom att klicka på den röda markören \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kanske undrar varför det bara är ett sånt märke och inte ett nummer. Svaret är att LyX fixar numreringen av fotnoternas märken i utskriften. Du kan se själv i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen (eller i utskriften)- Om du lägger till fler fotnoter kommer LyX att numrera om dem. Eftersom LyX (LaTeX egentligen) numrerar dem åt oss finns det ingen anledning att lägga ut numren i LyX-filen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En fotnot kan klippas och klistras som vanlig text. Pröva! Allt du behöver göra är att markera fotnotsmarkören \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det kan vara enklast att markera den med tangentbordet. Det är lätt hänt att man råkar öppna fotnoten om man försöker markera markören med musen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset och -\family sans +\family sans Klipp -\family default +\family default a och -\family sans +\family sans Klistra -\family default +\family default den. Du kan också ändra en bit brödtext till en fotnot genom att markera den och trycka på fotnotsknappen, eller ändra en fotnot till brödtext med samma knapp när markören står inne i en öppnad fotnot. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Marginalanteckningar \begin_inset Marginal -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard En marginalanteckning -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset kan läggas till med knappen -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ -in\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ +in\InsetSpace ~ marginalanteckning \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Knappen visar en pil som pekar på röd text till höger om (dvs i marginalen) om svart text, och knappen bör ligga till höger om fotnotsknappen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default eller med -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Marginalanteckning\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default Marginalanteckningar fungerar som fotnoter förutom att: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize markören heter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i stället för \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset foot \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize de hamnar i marginalen i stället för underst på sidan -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize de är inte numrerade -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize när en marginalanteckning stängs läggs ett utropstecken ut i vänsterkanten. Detta utropstecken kommer inte med i den färdiga texten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ändra tillbaka din fotnot till brödtext, markera den och gör om den till en marginalanteckning. Kör LaTeX igen och studera resultatet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till fotnoterna i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Referenser (Litteraturförteckning) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det heter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Litteraturförteckning \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset för -\family sans +\family sans Book -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Report -\family default +\family default , och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referenser \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset för andra. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset Referenser liknar hänvisningar. Litteraturförteckningen läggs normalt i slutet av dokumentet och består av en lista med litteratur som hänvisas till inom dokumentet. Som vanligt förenklar LyX och LaTeX ditt arbete genom att automatiskt numrera referenserna även om du tar bort eller lägger till litteratur i listan. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Gå till slutet av dokumentet och slå över till miljön -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . Nu kommer varje stycke du matar in att bli en referens. Skriv in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Nybörjarkursen för LyX, av Amir Karger och dokumentationsgruppen för LyX -\family default +\family default som din första referens. Notera att LyX automatiskt sätter ett nummer i en ruta först på raden. Klicka på rutan så får du upp dialogen -\family sans +\family sans Referens -\family default +\family default . Du använder det första fältet, -\family sans +\family sans Nyckel -\family default +\family default , för att ange vad du refererar till inom LyX-dokumentet. Skönsvärdet är ett nummer; ändra detta till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxkurs \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset så blir det kanske lättare att komma ihåg vilket det var senare. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Välj nu något ställe i ditt dokument där du vill ha en referens till litteratur inlagd. Detta görs med -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Citatreferens -\family default +\family default . LyX ritar en grå ruta med tre frågetecken inom hakparenteser. Klicka på denna ruta och dialogen -\family sans +\family sans Citat -\family default +\family default dyker fram. Det första fältet i dialogen heter -\family sans +\family sans Nyckel -\family default +\family default och här väljer du vilken litteratur du hänvisar till \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det är därför det är en god vana att ge nycklarna unika och logiska namn, snarare än att behålla de nummer som används som skönsvärde. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Välj nyckeln \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset lyxkurs \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset från listan (inte mycket annat att välja på just nu). Kör LaTeX så ser du citatreferensen inom hakparenteser i texten, och den hänvisar alltså till litteraturförteckningen i slutet av dokumentet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hur används de andra fälten då? -\family sans +\family sans Kommentar -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Citat -\family default +\family default -dialogen används för att lägga in en kommentar (som vilken sida eller kapitel i den angivna boken man avser) att hamna inom hakparenteserna. Om du vill att referenserna skall använda något annat än tråkiga nummer i utskriften (exempelvis \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset [KB54] \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset för att hänvisa till en bok av Kalle Blomkvist 1954) kan du ändra det med -\family sans +\family sans Märke -\family default +\family default i dialogen -\family sans +\family sans Citat -\family default +\family default . Som vanligt kan du läsa om detaljerna i -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till litteraturförteckningen och citatreferenserna i filen -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Innehållsförteckning -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kanske vill lägga in en innehållsförteckning i början av dokumentet. I LyX är detta väldigt enkelt. Tryck bara -\family sans +\family sans Retur -\family default +\family default efter titeln och före första avsnittets titel \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Försök inte klicka på eller ändra avsnittsnumret; det går inte. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset och välj -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Förteckningar->Innehållsförteckning -\family default +\family default . Ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Innehåll \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset läggs ut i en grå ruta i fönstret. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Detta kanske inte ser mycket ut för världen, men titta nu på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen. Som du ser har du nu en innehållsförteckning som listar avsnitt och underavsnit t med deras nummer och sidnummer. Som vanligt i LyX sköter den sig själv om du tar bort eller lägger till avsnitt eller underavsnitt och du ser skillnaden i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen när LaTeX körts om. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Innehållsförteckningen visas inte i arbetsfönstret i LyX (för du kan ändå inte redigera den). Du kan dock visa innehållsförteckningen i ett separat fönster genom att klicka på den gråa rutan märkt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Innehåll \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset eller genom att välja -\family sans +\family sans Redigera->Innehållsförteckning -\family default +\family default . Du kan använda -\family sans +\family sans Innehåll -\family default +\family default -fönstret för att hoppa omkring i dokumentet. Om du klicka på ett (under)avsnitt i listan flyttas markören i arbetsfönstret till det stället i dokumentet där avsnittet börjar. Du kan också använda piltangenterna i -\family sans +\family sans Innehåll -\family default +\family default -fönstret. Det kan vara bekvämt att lämna detta fönster uppe under redigeringsarbetet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard För att ta bort innehållsförteckingen ur dokumentet raderar du bara den gråa \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Innehåll \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -rutan som andra tecken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Rätta till innehållsförteckningen i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Matematikredigering -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LaTeX används mycket inom forskarvärlden eftersom utskriften som genereras ger utmärkt resultat för matematisk skrift. @@ -3373,61 +3895,73 @@ LaTeX anv Om du är van vid LaTeX finner du att du kan skriva in LaTeX som du gör i en texteditor men symbolerna visas på WYSIWYM-vis på skärmen. Om du å andra sida inte kan ett jota om LaTeX finns -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -menyn där så att du snabbt och enkelt kan skapa tjusig matematisk skrift \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det ligger förstås utanför ramen för LyX att kontrollera att den matematik du uttrycker är -\emph on +\emph on korrekt! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematikläge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skriv följande någonstans i dokumentet: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code Jag gillar det Einstein sa, E=mc^2, för det är så enkelt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det där ser ju inget vidare ut, inte ens i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen; det finns ingen luft mellan bokstäverna och likhetstecknet, och nog skulle du vilja ha siffran \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i mindre kägel och upphöjd. Denna usla typografi fick vi för att vi inte talade om för lyx att vi ville ha ett matematiskt uttryck, så den typsatte det glatt som vanlig tråkig text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematik skriver man in med LyX i matematikläge. För att komma i matematikläge klickar du på knappen i verktygspanelen märkt med \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset i blå text. Lyx öppnar en liten blå fyrkant med en lila ram runt. @@ -3435,44 +3969,48 @@ Matematik skriver man in med LyX i matematikl något inmatat där, och den lila ramen indikerar att du är i matematikläge nu. LyX har satt markören i den blåa fyrkanten, så skriv bara -\family typewriter +\family typewriter E=mc^2 -\family default +\family default igen. Uttrycket visas i blått och den blåa fyrkanten försvinner så snart inmatningspu nkten inte längre är tom. Tryck -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default för att komma ur matematikläget (Obs: att klicka på -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -knappen igen hjälper inte). Den lila ramen försvinner, och markören står nu till höger om uttrycket. Om du skriver in något nu blir det vanlig brödtext igen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kör så LaTeX och titta på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen. Notera att det matematiska uttrycket nu är snyggt typsatt med lite luft på ömse sidor om likhetstecknet och tvåan ligger där den skall vara. Bokstäver i matematikläge antas vara variabler och visas i kursiv stil. Siffror är bara siffror. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikläget är som sagt WYSIWYM. I LaTeX skriver du ett matematiskt uttryck i en textfil med kommandon som -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt -\family default +\family default ; detta kan bli frustrerande eftersom du inte kan se hur uttrycket ser ut förrän du kört LaTeX på filen, och kanske måste ödsla tid på att leta efter missade klammerparenteser eller andra småfel. @@ -3484,380 +4022,414 @@ sqrt I regel behöver du inte ändra på den typstorlek eller kägel som LaTeX sätter. På så sätt (ursäkta om jag låter tjatig) kan du ägna din uppmärksamhet på -\emph on +\emph on innehållet -\emph default +\emph default i de matematiska uttrycken snarare än arbetet med att typsätta dem. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Markörförflyttningar i matematikläge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nu skall vi ändra uttrycket \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset till \begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören in i uttrycket. När du stegar in i uttrycket kommer den lila ramen till baka för att markera för dig att du nu redigerar i matematikläge. Du kan nu använda -\family sans +\family sans Vänster -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Höger -\family default +\family default för att flytta markören till efter likhetstecknet, och bara knappa in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1+ \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Återigen kan du använda piltangenterna för att lämna uttrycket, och den lila ramen försvinner igen. Du kan också använda musen och klicka någonstans i uttrycket för att flytta markören dit och gå in i matematikläge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Förutom de särskilda knapparna som beskrivs nedan fungerar matematikläge som redigering av vanlig text. Använd -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (eller -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ) för att ta bort saker. Markera text med piltangenterna eller med musen. -\family sans +\family sans Redigera->Ångra -\family default +\family default fungerar i matematikläge, och så även klippning och klistring. En sak bör du dock tänka på: om du står strax -\emph on +\emph on utanför -\emph default +\emph default ett matematiskt uttryck och trycker -\family sans +\family sans Delete -\family default +\family default (eller -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default ), kommer hela uttrycket att raderas. Naturligtvis kan du använda -\family sans +\family sans Ångra -\family default +\family default för att få tillbaka det om du gör så av misstag. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Men om du vill ändra \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset till \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Återigen kan du använda musen för att sätta markören på rätt ställe, men du kan också använda piltangenterna. Om markören står strax efter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset men före \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , kommer -\family sans +\family sans Upp -\family default +\family default att flytta markören till positionen för exponenten strax före tvåan. Lägg till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset .5 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset efter \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Om du nu trycker -\family sans +\family sans Ned -\family default +\family default så flyttas markören till grundnivån. Du kan trycka -\family sans +\family sans Ned -\family default +\family default var som helst i exponenten för att flyttas ned till grundnivån och får då markören -\emph on +\emph on efter -\emph default +\emph default exponenten (så att du kan mata in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset +1 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kan också använda -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default för att förflytta dig inom uttrycken. Om du står inne i en matematikstruktur (ett index, en exponent, ett bråk, kvadratrot, matris osv. vilka beskrivs nedan) och trycker -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default så flyttas markören ett steg närmare grundnivån, men är kvar i matematikläge. Detta innebär att att du kan skriva \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ -\end_inset +\end_inset utan att använda vare sig musen eller piltangenterna, vilket du kanske finner mer lättjobbat i längden. Var försiktig så att du inte skriver in -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default mellan ettan och plustecknet, för då åker du ur exponenten. Trycker du -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default på grundnivån (mellan \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset c \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset till exempel) händer ingenting \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default och -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default används -\emph on +\emph on inte -\emph default +\emph default för att sätta tomrum i matematiska uttryck. Tomrum är en sak för typsättningen, och följaktligen något som LyX (LaTeX) tar hand om (se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:whitespace} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Om du inte blir nöjd med hur tomrummet typsätts finns det metoder att finjuster a det. Det står mer om det i -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default -- men ett gott råd är att att inte bekymra sig om sådant förrän du är klar med innehållet i dokumentet. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Notera att om du går ur ett matematiskt uttryck med -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default , blir det inget mellanslag efter uttrycket. Detta är nog bra om du har tänkt dig en punkt eller ett kommatecken efter, men om du vill skriva ett ord efter formeln måste du trycka -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default själv efter att du gått ur matematikläget. För bekvämlighets skull finns möjligheten att trycka -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default i -\emph on +\emph on slutet -\emph default +\emph default av uttrycket för att både gå ur matematikläge och -\emph on +\emph on dessutom -\emph default +\emph default få ett mellanslag efter det. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Exponenter och index -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard En exponent kan läggas in med -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -menyn, men det är mycket enklare att bara skriva in en cirkumflex, \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX sätter då en inmatningspunkt (den där blåa rutan du vet) som är upphöjd över förra nivån, så att allt du matar in blir upphöjd och något mindre text. Allt du skriver in tills dess du trycker -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default (eller -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default för att helt gå ur matematikläget) hamnar i exponenten. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Att mata in nedsänkt liten text (ett index) är lika enkelt -- du börjar med att trycka understrykningstecknet, \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset _ \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Du kan sätta index och exponenter på både exponenter och index som till exempel: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Gör om ekvation 1 i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default i matematikläge. -\layout Section +\end_layout +\begin_layout Section -\family sans + +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default är ett bekvämt verktyg för att lägga in ovanliga symboler och/eller många krångligare matematikfunktioner. Många av dessa är åtkomliga från tangentbordet eller -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -menyn. Nu skall vi dock ägna oss åt -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default , bara så att du får en uppfattning om vad som finns där. Snabbvalen via tangentbordet kan du studera senare, i de andra manualerna. Öppna nu -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default låt den ligga uppe för resten av detta avsnitt. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Grekiska tecken och andra symboler -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du klickar på knappen märkt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , får du upp en mindre panel från vilken du kan välja grekiska tecken. Notera att det finns ett par varianter av epsilon, pi, phi, theta och sigma. När du håller på med vanlig text och väljer något från matematikpanelen går du automatiskt över i matematikläge. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fyra andra knappar ned till vänster i panelen låter dig välja från ett antal andra symboler som används i matematik: olika pilar, relationer, operatorer @@ -3865,10 +4437,14 @@ Fyra andra knappar ned till v Kom ihåg att du kan använda upphöjd och nedsänkt text som vi gått igenom tidigare för att sätta övre och undre värden för bestämda integraler och på summor. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kvadratrötter, vektorer och skiljetecken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard För att mata in en kvadratrot klickar du bara på knappen märkt med ett kvadratro tstecken. @@ -3878,83 +4454,87 @@ cknet. du vill. LyX kommer att ändra form och storlek på kvadratrotstecknet efter hand så att innehållet får plats. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vektormarkering på tecken ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) eller uttryck ( \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ) görs på samma sätt. Tryck på -\family sans +\family sans Dekoration -\family default --knappen, vilken är märkt med en blå fyrkant med ett svart tildetecken\SpecialChar ~ +\family default +-knappen, vilken är märkt med en blå fyrkant med ett svart tildetecken\InsetSpace ~ (~) ovanpå, för att öppna -\family sans +\family sans Dekoration -\family default +\family default -panelen. Välj en dekoration, och LyX lägger ut den med tillhörande inmatningspunkt. Mata in vad du vill ha under/över tecknet, och tryck -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default eller -\family sans +\family sans Esc -\family default +\family default för att lämna matematikläget. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Skiljetecken som parenteser, hakar och klamrar fungerar på liknande sätt, men är något mer komplicerat. Tryck på -\family sans +\family sans Skiljetecken -\family default +\family default -knappen (blå fyrkant inom hakparenteser), för att få upp -\family sans +\family sans Skiljetecken -\family default +\family default -panelen. Klicka på det tecken du vill ha till vänster med -\emph on +\emph on vänster -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on musknapp -\emph default +\emph default och på det högra tecknet med -\emph on +\emph on höger -\emph default +\emph default -\emph on +\emph on knapp -\emph default +\emph default . (Du kan också använda tryckknapparna märkta \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Vänster \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Höger \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i dialogen och sedan välja skiljetecknen med vänsterklick). Den aktuella kombinationen av skiljetecken visas i en ruta uppe till vänster. @@ -3962,76 +4542,90 @@ H välja ett par klamrar, en klammer och en parentes eller rent av inget alls (längs ned till vänster) för att få något i stil med \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset (det \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset tomma \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset skiljetecknet visas som en streckad linje i LyX, men kommer inte med i utskriften). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard När du väl valt skiljetecken klickar du på -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default (eller på -\family sans +\family sans Använd -\family default +\family default om du vill ha kvar dialogen på skärmen). Om du är lat kan du använda tangentbordets knappar för parenteser m.m i matematikläge snarare än att använda -\family sans +\family sans Skiljetecken -\family default +\family default -panelen. Dessa kommer dock att då vara i samma storlek som vanlig matematiktext och ser inte så bra ut om du har ett uttryck som täcker en större yta (bråk, matriser\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Med -\family sans +\family sans Skiljetecken -\family default +\family default -dialogen får du parenteser och annat som ges rätt storlek för innehållet. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vad är det då för vits med (-tangenten m.fl. i matematikläge? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Används dessa "mindre" parenteser till annat i typsättningen, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard eller kunde man då inte lika gärna ha "(" bundet till samma -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard funktion som M-m ( i math.bind? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Öv. anm.) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Du kan också sätta skiljetecken eller kvadratrotstecken eller dekorationer på redan inlagd text. @@ -4040,452 +4634,498 @@ Du kan ocks Pröva till exempel att ändra Newtons andra lag från skalär-- till vektorform ( \begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset till \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset ). När du väl lärt dig lägga in matriser, är det så här du lägger parenteser eller hakar runt dem i efterhand. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Bråk -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bråk är enklare i matematikläge. Klicka bara på -\family sans +\family sans Bråk -\family default +\family default -knappen i -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default , vilken är märkt med tvenne blåa fyrkanter i täljare och nämnare. LyX lägger ut två inmatningspunkter i bråket. Som väntat kan du använda piltangenterna för att flytta dig omkring i bråkuttry cket. Klicka på täljaren och mata in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tryck -\family sans +\family sans Ned -\family default +\family default och mata in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Du har lagt ut ett bråkuttryck! Naturligtvis kan du mata in vad som helst i de två fyrkanterna: variabler med exponenter, kvadratrötter, andra bråk eller vad som helst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Sätt ekvation 2 i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default i matematikläge. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX-läge: Gränsvärden, log, sin och annat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eftersom bokstäver i matematikläge betraktas som variabler, så tror LyX att du avser en sådan om du matar in \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i matematikläge. Detta kommer då att typsättas i kursiv stil, när du egentligen ville ha funktionsnamnet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i antikva. Dessutom sätter då inte LyX ett mellanrum mellan \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset och ett eventuellt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset efteråt (att trycka -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default kastar bara ut dig ur matematikläget). Så hur får man då \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset snarare än \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $sinx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicka på \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset i listan -\family sans +\family sans Funktioner -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default . Ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset sin \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset läggs ut i röd antikva, även känt som TeX-läge. Hela ordet betraktas som en enda symbol, så om du trycker -\family sans +\family sans Backspace -\family default +\family default efter det tas hela ordet bort på en gång. Skriv nu \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset , vilket då läggs ut i blå kursiv som vanligt med variabler i matematikläge. I -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen typsätts uttrycket korrekt. Pröva! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Andra kommandon du behöver mata in i TeX-läge med listan under -\family sans +\family sans Funktioner -\family default +\family default innefattar andra trigonometriska funktioner ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cos -\family default +\family default ) och deras inverser ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash arccos -\family default +\family default ), hyperboliska funktioner ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cosh -\family default +\family default ), logaritmer ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash log -\family default +\family default och -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ln -\family default +\family default ), gränsvärden ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lim -\family default +\family default ) och en hel del andra. Dessa funktioner tar exponenter och index, viktigt för uttryck som \begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset eller \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Sätt ekvation 3 i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default i matematikläge. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Matriser -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset Klicka på -\family sans +\family sans matris -\family default +\family default -knappen i -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default . Matrisdialogen har två skjutreglage med vilka du väljer hur många rader och kolonner du vill ha i din matris. Välj 2 rader och 3 kolonner och tryck -\family sans +\family sans OK -\family default +\family default eller -\family sans +\family sans Använd -\family default +\family default ). LyX lägger ut 6 inmatningspunkter i en \begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -matris. Som vanligt kan du lägga in vilka matematiska uttryck du vill (rötter, andra matriser osv.) i varje inmatningspunkt. Du kan också lämna positioner tomma om du vill. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default kan användas för att förflytta sig vågrätt mellan matrisens kolonner. Du kan också använda piltangenterna för förflyttningar: tryck -\family sans +\family sans Höger -\family default +\family default i slutet av en inmatningspunkt flyttar dig till nästa fyrkant, -\family sans +\family sans Ned -\family default +\family default till nästa rad osv. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Se vidare -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för hur man justerar varje kolonn vågrätt, och hur man justerar hela matrisen lodrätt. Märk väl att om du vill ha en tabell med text i, bör du snarare använda de tjusiga tabellerna du kan skapa på annat sätt i LyX, snarare än att köra med matriser i matematikläge. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Uttryck på egen rad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De uttryck vi hittills har skrivit har befunnit sig på samma rad som den löpande texten. Detta duger gott för korta enkla uttryck, men om du vill lägga ut större uttryck, eller om du vill att de skall ligga skiljt från brödtexten, skall du lägga ut det -\family sans -på\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +på\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default . Det är dessutom bara uttryck -\family sans +\family sans på egen rad -\family default +\family default som kan förses med etiketter eller numreras (se -\emph on +\emph on handboken, \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset display mode \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default ), och ekvationer som spänner över flera rader (se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) -\emph on +\emph on måste -\emph default +\emph default läggas ut -\family sans -på\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +på\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Klicka på knappen för formler -\family sans -på\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +på\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default i -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default , vilken är märkt med ett par rader text över och under en centrerad blå fyrkant. LyX öppnar en inmatningspunkt, men den ligger ensam på en rad och är centrerad på den raden. Mata så in ett ett uttryck och kör LaTeX för att se hur det ser ut. Knappen -\family sans -på\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +på\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default är faktiskt en växlande knapp; pröva att ändra några av dina uttryck till egen rad och tillbaka. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family sans -På\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +På\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default har några egenheter som skiljer det från enkelt matematikläge: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Typstorleken är mindre för vissa symboler, t.ex. \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset och \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Itemize +\begin_layout Itemize Nedsänkt och upphöjd text för gränsvärden och summor (men inte integraler) skrivs under/över snarare än bredvid symbolerna -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Raden är centrerad -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Förutom detta är uttryck i löpande text och på egen rad ganska lika. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Sätt ekvationerna i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter example_raw.lyx -\family default +\family default på egna rader och se hur de blir typsatta. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold + +\series bold Övning: -\series default +\series default Med de verktyg du har lärt dig i detta avsnitt skall du kunna skriva uttryck som: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -4494,98 +5134,118 @@ f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} 0 & x=0\\ \sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Flerradiga ekvationer -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:multiline} -\end_inset +\end_inset Pröva att skriva in följande ekvationer och betrakta resultatet i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dvi -\family default +\family default -filen. DU behöver två ekvationer på egna rader. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ x=y+y+y+y+y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \[ =5y\] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Det där ser ju för uschelt ut! Om du skriver två eller flera ekvationer i följd, ser de mycket bättre ut om deras likhetstecken står i samma kolumn; särskilt om den andra ekvationen saknar vänsterled. LyX låter dig skriva ekvationer med en smula kontroll över upplägget. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Det där ser mycket bättre ut! Likhetstecknen står i rad, och det är lite mindre luft mellan ekvationerna. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard För att starta en flerradig ekvation börjar du med ett matematiskt uttryck -\family sans -på\SpecialChar ~ -egen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +på\InsetSpace ~ +egen\InsetSpace ~ rad -\family default +\family default och trycker -\family sans +\family sans C-Retur -\family default +\family default . LyX lägger ut två rader, där varje rad har tre inmatningspunkter. Som med matriser kan du använda musen, piltangenterna eller -\family sans +\family sans Tab -\family default +\family default för att förflytta dig mellan dem. Försök återskapa den flerradiga ekvationen ovan. Observera att det går för sig att lämna en eller flera inmatningspunkter tomma i flerradiga ekvationer. Detta är användbart för att dela upp riktigt långa ekvationer, som: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} x & = & a+b+c+d\\ & & +\, e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard LyX kommer att lägga de andra fälten (mitten) över varandra, så vanligen sätter man likhetstecknen eller andra relationsoperatorer i det fältet; @@ -4594,231 +5254,277 @@ LyX kommer att l för detta (se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:matrices} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du vill ha ännu fler rader använder du -\family sans +\family sans C-Retur -\family default +\family default för att få en ny rad med tre tomma inmatningsfält. Om du inte står i slutet på den rad du är på, kommer det som är efter markören att flyttas till den nya raden. Om du trycker -\family sans +\family sans C-Retur -\family default +\family default när du redan skrivit in en (enradig) ekvation, hamnar hela den ekvationen i första fältet. Sätt markören före likhetstecknet och tryck -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default för att flytta det till andra fältet. Flytta så markören förbi likhetstecknet och tryck -\family sans +\family sans C-Tab -\family default +\family default igen för att flytta högerledet till det tredje fältet. Pröva nu att ändra din ekvation \begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset till: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} E & = & mc^{2}\\ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Om du lagt ut för många rader ställer du markören i slutet på en rad och tryck -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default för att ta bort den efterföljande raden. Detta tar bort radbrytningen och slår ihop den följande raden (alla tre fälten) med den nuvarande. Om den efterföljande raden är tom raderas den helt enkelt. Varning: om du använder -\family sans -M-e\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-e\InsetSpace ~ k -\family default +\family default när du inte står i slutet på en rad kan konstiga saker hända. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mera matematik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Matematikläget kan mer än så här. Nu är du bekant med de grundläggande sakerna, så vi hänvisar bara till -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default för vidare tips om hur man: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Märker upp och numrerar ekvationer -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ändrar typsnitt, dvs. använder fetstil i ett uttryck. Vi bara noterar här att om man klickar på -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -knappen i verktygspanelen när man redan är i matematikläge skriver man i antikva tills man matar in ett (icke skyddat) blanktecken eller klickar på -\family sans +\family sans Matematik -\family default +\family default -knappen igen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Finjusterar typstorlek och mellanrum inom ett uttryck. (Meckla inte med detta förrän du har ett färdigt utkast!) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Skriver makron i matematikläge. Detta är ett mycket kraftfullt verktyg; du definierar dem i början på dokumente t och kan sedan använda dem i hela dokumentet. Om du ändrar ett makro ändrar du alla dess instantieringar i hela filen. Makron kan även ta argument. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Gör åtskilligt annat som vi inte behandlat i -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Smått och gott -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Andra viktiga finesser i LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vi har förstås inte gått igenom alla kommandon i LyX här, och det är inte meningen. Som sagt tidigare är det -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default man först letar i efter mer information. Den exakta funktionen hos varje menykommando beskrivs i -\emph on +\emph on Referensmanualen -\emph default +\emph default . Vi bara nämner några andra saker du kan göra med LyX här\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kan hantera tabeller. Använd -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Tabell -\family default +\family default för att få en tabell. Klicka på tabellen med -\emph on +\emph on höger knapp -\emph default +\emph default för att få upp -\family sans +\family sans Tabellstil -\family default +\family default -dialogen med vilken du kan göra klurigare redigering av dina tabeller. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX stöder också bilder i PostScript® (eller rå LaTeX) i dokumenten. (Just precis: -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Figur\SpecialChar \@. Klicka -\family default +\family default sedan på figuren för att välja själva filen som skall användas, rotera, skala om den osv.) Tabeller och figurer kan ha undertexter, och LyX skapar automatiskt listor över tabeller och figurer inom dokumentet. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Versionskontroll stöds med hjälp av RCS ( -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man rcs -\family default +\family default för mer information om det paketet) -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kan konfigureras på alla de sätt. Allt från hur LyX-fönstret ser ut på skärmen till hur utskriften ser ut kan ställas in på ett otal sätt. För att se mer om detta, se -\family sans +\family sans Hjälp->Anpassning -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX utvecklas av en grupp programmerare från fem kontinenter. Därav har LyX stöd för åtskilliga språk (Nederländska, Tyska, Grekiska, Tjeckiska, Turkiska\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). Det pågår ständigt arbete med detta. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kan importera LaTeX-dokument. Se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Kontrollera din stavning med -\family sans +\family sans Redigera->Stavningskontroll\SpecialChar \@. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Observera att stavningskontroll sker bara från markörens position till slutet av dokumentet. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexusers} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX för LaTeXperter -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du inget kan om LaTeX behöver du inte läsa följande avsnitt. De är förstås möjligt att du vill -\emph on +\emph on lära -\emph default +\emph default dig mer om LaTeX, och därefter läsa detta avsnitt. Men det finns många som är mer eller mindre förtrogna med LaTeX redan när de börjar använda LyX. @@ -4830,107 +5536,121 @@ dig mer om LaTeX, och d För närvarande kan det finnas några knepigheter med att konvertera redan befintliga dokument skrivna i LaTeX och på en del andra punkter, men arbete pågår med att få bort dessa i kommande versioner av LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eftersom detta bara är en nybörjarkurs behandlar vi bara saker som nya användare av LyX kan antas vara intresserade av, och för att hålla denna -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkurs -\emph default +\emph default kort ger vi bara minsta nödvändiga information här. -\emph on +\emph on Handboken -\emph default +\emph default behandlar skillnader mellan LyX och LaTeX mer utförligt, och hur man kan trolla med LaTeX i LyX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection TeX-läge -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Allt du matar in i TeX-läge skickas rakt över till LaTeX, och visas i röd text på skärmen. Du går in i TeX-läge med -\family sans +\family sans Stil->TeX-stil -\family default +\family default eller genom att klicka på TeX-knappen i verktygspanelen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I matematikläge fungerar TeX-läge lite annorlunda. Där går du in i TeX-läge genom att skriva ett bakåtsnedstreck. Bakåtsnedstrecket självt visas inte, men all text därefter markeras med rött. Du lämnar TeX-läge genom att trycka -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default eller någon annat icke-alfabetiskt tecken som ett nummer, understrykningstecken , cirkumflex, klammer eller parentes. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gör det det? Någon av konstruktörerna av matematikläget -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard borde testa och bekräfta detta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset När du lämnar TeX-läge kommer LyX att konvertera detta till WYSIWYM om den känner till kommandot. Så om du skriver -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\family default +\family default i matematikläge och avslutar med -\family sans +\family sans Mellanslag -\family default +\family default , kommer LyX att konvertera det röda \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset gamma \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset till \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Detta fungerar för nästan alla enklare matematikmakron (även om matematiska funktioner som -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sin -\family default +\family default kvarstår i rött, eftersom det redan är i WYSIWYM). Detta kan gå fortare än att använda -\family sans +\family sans Matematikpanelen -\family default +\family default och troligen enklare för vana användare av LaTeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kan inte göra -\emph on +\emph on allt -\emph default +\emph default som LaTeX kan (än?). Några avancerade saker stöds inte alls, medan andra fungerar men är inte WYSIWYG, TeX-läget låter dig få samma frihet som i LaTeX, och samtidigt @@ -4938,114 +5658,126 @@ allt redigering. LyX kan aldrig stödja vartenda paket för LaTeX. Men genom att lägga in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{någotpaket} -\family default +\family default i LaTeX-preamblen -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vad VAD skall man översätta "preamble" till?? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hjälp!! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset kan du använda vilket paket du vill -- du får bara inte WYSIWYG-stöd för funktionerna i paketet. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Att konvertera LaTeX-dokument till LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:relyx} -\end_inset +\end_inset Du kan importera en LaTeX-fil till LyX med -\family sans +\family sans Fil->Importera->LaTeX -\family default +\family default . Detta anropar ett Perl-program som heter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default -- vilket skapar en fil -\family typewriter +\family typewriter filnamn.lyx -\family default +\family default av -\family typewriter +\family typewriter filnamn.tex -\family default +\family default -- och öppnar filen. Om konverteringen misslyckas kan du anropa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default direkt från skalet \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default installeras i samma katalog som -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyx -\family default +\family default (t.ex. -\family typewriter +\family typewriter /usr/local/bin/reLyX -\family default +\family default ). -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default kräver Perl (version 5.002 eller senare). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , och pröva med andra flaggor. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default klarar det mesta av kommandona i LaTeX, men inte allt. De delar den inte förstår läggs in iTeX-läge i LyX-dokumentet, så efter att du importerat en LaTeX-fil kan du titta efter rödmarkerad TeX-kod \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Kallat ERT bland utvecklarna ( \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Evil Red Text \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -- \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Ondskefull Röd Text \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ), efter ett muntert gräl en gång på utvecklarnas epostlista. I nästa större version av LyX är ERT eliminerat så tillvida att ohanterlig @@ -5053,284 +5785,327 @@ Ondskefull R Arbete pågår också med att göra reLyX allt smartare samtidigt som allt mer knepigheter i LaTeX får WYSIWYM-stöd i LyX. Tiden är med oss. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset och snygga till det för hand. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default har sin egen manualsida \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard skriv \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter man reLyx -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default i -\noun on +\noun on unix -\noun default +\noun default -skalet -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , som du skall läsa om du vill veta vilka begränsningar -\family typewriter +\family typewriter reLyX -\family default +\family default har, vilka buggar det finns i den aktuella versionen (och hur man kommer runt dem), samt vilka parametrar som finns och hur man använder dem. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Att konvertera LyX-dokument till LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Du kanske vill exportera ett dokument som LaTeX. Kanske har du en kollega eller medförfattare som dväljs i ett LyX-löst mörker, vilken kanske vill läsa det du skrivit. Detta fixas lätt i LyX med -\family sans -Fil->Exportera->som\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Fil->Exportera->som\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX\SpecialChar \@. -\family default +\family default Detta skapar en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flerp.tex -\family default +\family default från din -\family typewriter +\family typewriter flerp.lyx -\family default +\family default som du redigerar. LyX skapar förstås tillfälliga LaTeX-filer innan LaTeX körs, men dessa är knappt läsbara för människor, och ligger i tillfälligt skapade kataloger. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LaTeX Preamble -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Dokumentklass -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dialogen för -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Dokument -\family default +\family default sköter det mesta av inställningarna du har i kommandot -\backslash +\backslash -\family typewriter +\family typewriter documentclass -\family default +\family default . Där gör du ändringar rörande dokumentklass, typsnitt för brödtext m.m. Om du vill ha några extra parametrar som inte stöds direkt i dialogen kan du lägga in det i fältet -\family sans -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Extra\InsetSpace ~ val: -\family default +\family default -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dialogen -\family sans +\family sans Stil->Papper -\family default +\family default tar hand om inställningar rörande pappret. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Annat i preamblen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Om du har särskilda kommandon som du vill ha här, så går det för sig att använda dem i LyX med. Välj -\family sans -Stil->LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Stil->LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ preamble -\family default +\family default och mata in dem i dialogrutan. Allt du matar in skickas rakt över till LaTeX. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection BibTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX har visst men inte fullt stöd för BibTeX, vilket används för att bygga databaser med litteraturförteckningar att hänvisa till i flera olika dokument. Välj -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Förteckningar->BibTeX-referenser -\family default +\family default för att använda dig av -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -filer. Klicka på rutan för \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset BibTeX-genererade referenser \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset som placeras i arbetsfönstret och en dialog visas. I fältet -\family sans +\family sans Databas: -\family default +\family default matar du in vad du skulle ha skrivit inom klamrarna i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliography{} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Som i LaTeX skall flera databasnamn skiljas åt med kommatecken, och utan mellanslag. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . I fältet -\family sans +\family sans Stil: -\family default +\family default matar du in vad du skulle ha skrivit inomklamrarna i kommandot -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bibliographystyle{} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Efter detta kan du hänvisa till all litteratur i databasen (databaserna) i de refereringar du lägger in med -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Citatreferens -\family default +\family default (se avsnitt \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bibliographies} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX kör BibTeX åt dig vid behov. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bugg: Om du byter BibTeX-stil, så ser inte LyX det. (Inte i skrivandes stund iaf). Om du stänger och återöppnar dokumentet kommer du runt det. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Att vi säger \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset visst men inte fullt stöd \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset beror på att LyX kan inte skapa -\family typewriter +\family typewriter bib -\family default +\family default -filer, och du får inte en lista över giltiga referenser från databasen i listan i dialogen för -\family sans +\family sans Citatreferenser -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Övrigt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ett skyddat blanktecken läggs in med -\family sans +\family sans C-Mellanslag -\family default +\family default . Detta tecken visas på skärmen som ett litet skärt \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset u \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Det finns gott om sådana här i -\emph on +\emph on Nybörjarkursen\SpecialChar \@. -\emph default +\emph default Se menyn -\family sans -Lägg\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Lägg\InsetSpace ~ in->Specialtecken -\family default +\family default för detta och andra specialtecken; ellips, radbrytning, avstavningspunkt m.fl. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fel! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ibland när du kör LaTeX på ett dokument blir det felmeddelanden, saker som LyX eller LaTeX inte förstår. När detta händer lägger LyX ut en -\emph on +\emph on felruta -\emph default +\emph default (en ruta med ordet \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset Fel \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset ) där felet upptäcktes. Du kan klicka på denna för att se vad det var för ett fel. Om det var något fel som LyX hittade, är det ett \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX-fel \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Dessa bör vara tämligen sällsynta. Om LaTeX fick problem (detta rör vanligtvis saker inskrivna i TeX-läge) så visas det felmeddelande som LaTeX gav vid körningen. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/Foils.lyx b/lib/examples/Foils.lyx index 4fa675a3ca..2554e322a9 100644 --- a/lib/examples/Foils.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/Foils.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass foils \begin_preamble \raggedright @@ -12,12 +14,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \paperwidth 0cm \paperheight 0cm @@ -37,343 +38,449 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bullet 0 -5 -2 --1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 1 -5 -4 --1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 -4 -8 --1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 -1 -3 --1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Title -\added_space_bottom 7pt +\bullet 0 5 2 -1 +\bullet 1 5 4 -1 +\bullet 2 4 8 -1 +\bullet 3 1 3 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title + Foils Class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 7pt +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 7pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout +\begin_layout Author -\noun on + +\noun on Allan Rae -\noun default -\layout Date +\noun default +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date November 19 1997 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract LyX and FoilTeX combine to provide a powerful presentation package for creating \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset foils \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset also known as slides and overhead transparencies. -\layout Foilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Foilhead This is a Foilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A Foilhead starts a new foil. A -\emph on +\emph on short -\emph default +\emph default version is also provided that reduces the separation between the Foilhead and the body of the foil. Almost all the environments found in other classes are also supported. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset The new Itemize Bullet Selection popup -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize is tailor-made for use with the foils class -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize allowing you to select the bullet used -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize at each of the four levels of the Itemize environment -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize NOTE: to get the full capabilities of the Itemize Bullet Selection popup read the Special Tools manual and the ItemizeBullets.lyx file included with the examples. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize NOTE 2: To get your list spacing small like this use the FoilTeX command: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens{} -\family default +\family default set as TeX at the start of the first item. -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead This is a ShortFoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The foils class has been extended to provide two additional bullet-lists. These lists are namely: -\layout TickList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TickList TickList -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard and -\layout CrossList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout CrossList CrossList -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard These two lists were added because the listing of do's and don'ts or good and bad are relatively common in foils. Providing a dedicated paragraph style for these occasions should allow faster entry and simplify interaction with LyX. -\layout Rotatefoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Rotatefoilhead Rotatefoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Create landscape foils by using Rotatefoilhead -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Note that if you are viewing this with xdvi the page will appear to overrun the page dimensions because it xdvi doesn't rotate the text -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize If you view this document using ghostview or something similar then the page should appear rotated. If not then you probably don't have the necessary dvips driver. -\layout Definition* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Definition* There are also several environments specially designed for presenting Theorems, Lemmas, Corollaries, Propositions, Proofs and Definitions. These are available as numbered or unnumbered environments. -\layout ShortRotatefoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead ShortRotateFoilhead -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Again the short version reduces the space below the heading -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Another way to control the amount of separation is to adjust the length in the preamble. This will affect both the normal and short versions of foilhead and rotatefoilh ead. For example, -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline will reduce the spacing by 0.5 inches. Other units include mm (millimeters) and pt (points). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The -\emph on +\emph on short -\emph default +\emph default versions of the foilheads reduce the separation by 0.5 inches (approximately 12.5mm). -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Tricky Proofs -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Lemma* +\begin_layout Lemma* Several consecutive paragraphs of type -\emph on +\emph on Theorem -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Lemma -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Corollary -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Proposition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Definition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Proof -\emph default +\emph default or the starred versions of these are part of the same environment. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* As you can see, we are still in the same lemma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* To force this second Lemma straight after the first it's necessary to add some dividing text or as I've done in this case separate the two by inserting a -\emph on +\emph on TeX -\emph default +\emph default inset that simply contains a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset % \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . This is simply a comment character in LaTeX but the insertion of the LaTeX paragraph is sufficient to fool LyX into correctly handling the multiple environments. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* NOTE: You only have this problem with multiple paragraphs of the same type -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default with different types such as a Proof followed by a Theorem. -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Tables and Figures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -385,92 +492,122 @@ hrule height 3pt \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Column1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Column2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Column3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard A -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard table -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\bar under +\bar under example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard with -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold foils -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text. @@ -478,10 +615,11 @@ Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -493,237 +631,294 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Row1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Another -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Row2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\bar under +\bar under table -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Row3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold with -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard foils -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption This is a non-floating \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset table -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout ShortFoilhead +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Headers and Footers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard FoilTeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You can also use the standard footnotes like this one. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. If you want to change these settings in the document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil ie. straight after the foilhead. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The left-footer is controlled by two commands: -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo{} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Restriction{} -\family default +\family default . The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Typeset by FoilTeX- \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience eg. Confidential. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The remaining corners are controlled by: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightfooter{} -\family default +\family default -- which defaults to page numbers -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rightheader{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftheader{} -\layout Foilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Foilhead Further Reading -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Your LaTeX distribution should include some documentation on FoilTeX. There are many more features in FoilTeX than those described here. For example, FoilTeX can automatically place a horizontal rule between the headers and all foilheads, and between the body and the footers. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} Jim Hafner, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset The FoilTeX Class Package \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} LyX Documentation Team, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Advanced Editing Tools \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/ItemizeBullets.lyx b/lib/examples/ItemizeBullets.lyx index 0307e9fab5..14346e99d9 100644 --- a/lib/examples/ItemizeBullets.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/ItemizeBullets.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{latexsym,pifont,amssymb} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,122 +27,159 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bulletLaTeX 0 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" -\end_bullet -\bulletLaTeX 1 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 -4 -8 -3 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 -0 -8 --1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Section* +\bulletLaTeX 0 "\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" +\bulletLaTeX 1 "\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" +\bullet 2 4 8 3 +\bullet 3 0 8 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section* Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll see pretty quickly that bullet settings can be quite complex if you want them to be. Don't be frightened, most settings are just a mouse click or two away. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on itemize -\emph default +\emph default is the standard environment for bullet lists -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize it has its own counter that limits it to 4 levels -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize each level can have its own bullet shape -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX however displays all bullets as an `*' -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Also note that LyX does -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default check the environment depths for you -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Other than to enforce the LaTeX depth limit of 6 for all lists. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Are there any other restrictions? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Yes. The bullet selection support will allow you to set the bullets used across the entire document only. If you want to customise each paragraph you'll have to do that manually. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can access the popup via the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default menu and select the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullet Shapes -\family default +\family default button. Try it now. -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Bullet Tables: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following tables are those used to generate the bullet panels in the -\family sans +\family sans Itemize Bullet Selection -\family default +\family default popup. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -156,823 +194,993 @@ Standard \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash normalfont -\backslash +\backslash bfseries{--} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash flat -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash natural -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash odot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Box -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash leadsto -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash succ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Maths (AMS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard American Mathematical Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -symbols) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -987,844 +1195,1014 @@ American Mathematical Society \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash maltese -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash checkmark -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash square -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 1 (PSNFSS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NFSS is the New Font Selecting Scheme of LaTeX2e (basically, what changed the font commands from -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash bf \SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textbf{\SpecialChar \ldots{} } -\family default +\family default , although the real changes are inside the guts). PS stands for PostScript®. PSNFSS is a set of LaTeX files which provide NFSS support for the basic set of 35 PS fonts present in many postscript printers. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Fonts - Zapf Dingbats and Symbols) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1839,672 +2217,840 @@ textbf{\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{108} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{109} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{119} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{197} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{196} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{183} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{71} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{70} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{118} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{117} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{215} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{111} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{112} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{113} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{114} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{209} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{120} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{121} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{122} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{110} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{115} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{116} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{67} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{66} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{82} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{81} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{228} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{162} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{163} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{166} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{226} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{227} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 2 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2519,672 +3065,840 @@ Ding 2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{37} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{38} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{34} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{36} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{39} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{40} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{41} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{43} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{44} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{47} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{53} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{54} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{59} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{57} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{62} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{61} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{55} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{56} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{58} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{60} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{63} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{64} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{51} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{52} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{164} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{165} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{171} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 3 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3199,672 +3913,840 @@ Ding 3 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{65} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{76} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{75} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{72} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{80} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{74} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{77} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{79} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{85} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{90} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{98} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{83} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{84} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{86} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{87} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{88} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{89} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{92} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{91} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{93} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{105} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{94} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{99} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{103} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{104} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{106} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{107} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{69} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{100} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{101} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{102} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{96} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{95} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{97} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 4 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3879,665 +4761,822 @@ Ding 4 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{223} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{225} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{232} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{229} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{230} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{238} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{237} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{236} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{235} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{234} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{233} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{239} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{241} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{250} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{251} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{49} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{50} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{217} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{245} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{243} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{248} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{252} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{253} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{219} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{213} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{221} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{220} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{212} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{174} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{254} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{242} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{231} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/Literate.lyx b/lib/examples/Literate.lyx index d990a5863b..80a72f97a7 100644 --- a/lib/examples/Literate.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/Literate.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass literate-article \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,80 +24,107 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX and Literate Programming -\newline +\newline An example program -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\newline +\newline edmar-w-jr@technologist.com \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Modified by Bernard Michael Hurley bernardh@westherts.ac.uk ---- Don't blame Edmar for any errors that have crept in! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Abstract +\begin_layout Abstract -\series bold +\series bold Note: -\series default +\series default This example program is provided for educational use only. The functionality in this C program has been superceded by the equivalent Python code in -\emph on +\emph on examples/listerrors.lyx -\emph default +\emph default which should be installed in the LyX scripts directory. -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After typesetting a document, LyX scans the LaTeX log file looking for errors. For each error found, the line number is obtained and a error box is displayed in the LyX screen at that position. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To use this feature to view compilation errors while working with literate documents, we need a program that filters the compilation errors and puts them in a format suitable for LyX reading it. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this document we present a filter that recognizes compilation error messages from noweb, gnu C, and the IBM C compiler (xlc). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The filter is required to read from standard input, parse for error messages and copy the error messages to the standard output. @@ -106,176 +134,202 @@ The filter is required to read from standard input, parse for error messages read other formats as well (like gcc error messages for example). This mechanism is necessary to fully explore the literate programming tool's capabilities. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Algorithm -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int -\newline +\newline main (int argc, char **argv) -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline if (argc == 2) { -\newline +\newline switch (argv[1][0]) { -\newline +\newline case 'n': -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline case 'x': -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline case 'a': -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline case 's': -\newline +\newline case 'b': -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline case 'g': -\newline +\newline default: -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int main (int argc, char **argv); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Data Structures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We resort to some global variables to allow access from several different routines. These are the buffer and related pointers used during the parse of the input. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline char buffer[200][200]; -\newline +\newline int last_buf_line; -\newline +\newline int last_err_line; -\newline +\newline int err_line; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The output format -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The output format mimics the TeX error messages format. This function prints a number of lines residing in the global variable -\family typewriter +\family typewriter buffer -\family default +\family default , a program name and line number. There is no special requirement on the input strings, they can be anything. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This function has been slightly changed from EW's original to make scanning a bit easier with LaTeX::scanLogFile(). The test has been added because LyX can crash if empty lines are allowed here --- I can't figure out why! --- BMH -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline void -\newline +\newline output_error (int buf_size, int error_line, char *tool) -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline int i; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline fprintf(stdout, "! Build Error: ==> %s ==> -\backslash +\backslash n", tool); -\newline +\newline fprintf(stdout, " ... -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash nl.%d ... -\backslash +\backslash n", error_line); -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline for (i=0; i>= -\newline +\newline void output_error (int buf_size, int error_line, char *tool); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Functions Implementation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Both noweave and notangle routines, always output one single line for each error found, thus to scan the buffer for noweb error messages is enough @@ -283,26 +337,30 @@ Both noweave and notangle routines, always output one single line for each Note that the noweb software does not provide a line error number, so all errors boxes related to noweb messages will be displayed at the beginning of the file. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline while (fgets(buffer[0], 200, stdin)) { -\newline +\newline if (noweb_try(0)) -\newline +\newline output_error(1, err_line, "noweb"); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The examination itself is very inefficient. Unfortunately noweb doesn't have any characteristic that would help to @@ -310,221 +368,241 @@ The examination itself is very inefficient. The solution is to collect all possible output messages in an array of strings, and turn the examination process into a linear search in this array. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline char *noweb_msgs[] = { -\newline +\newline "couldn't open file", -\newline +\newline "couldn't open temporary file", -\newline +\newline "error writing temporary file", -\newline +\newline "ill-formed option", -\newline +\newline "unknown option", -\newline +\newline "Bad format sequence", -\newline +\newline "Can't open output file", -\newline +\newline "Can't open temporary file", -\newline +\newline "Capacity exceeded:", -\newline +\newline "Ignoring unknown option -", -\newline +\newline "This can't happen:", -\newline +\newline "non-numeric line number in" -\newline +\newline }; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline char *noweb_msgs_mimic_gcc[] = { -\newline +\newline ": unescaped << in documentation chunk" -\newline +\newline }; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A noweb error message can be any string that contains a matching pair of - < <\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ -\SpecialChar ~ + < <\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ +\InsetSpace ~ > >, or any of the above strings -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int -\newline +\newline noweb_try (int buf_line) -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline char *s, *t, *b; -\newline +\newline int i; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline b = buffer[buf_line]; -\newline +\newline err_line = 0; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline for (i=0; i<1; i++) { -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strstr (b, noweb_msgs_mimic_gcc[i]); -\newline +\newline if (s != NULL) { -\newline +\newline t = (char *)strchr(buffer[buf_line], ':'); -\newline +\newline err_line = atoi(t+1); -\newline +\newline t = buffer[buf_line]; -\newline +\newline ++s; -\newline +\newline while (*(t++) = *(s++)); -\newline +\newline return 1; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strstr(b, "<<"); -\newline +\newline if (s != NULL) { -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strstr(s+2, ">>"); -\newline +\newline if (s != NULL) { -\newline +\newline return 1; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline for (i = 0; i < 12; ++i) { -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strstr (b, noweb_msgs[i]); -\newline +\newline if (s != NULL) { -\newline +\newline return 1; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline return 0; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int noweb_try (int buf_line); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The xlc compiler always outputs one single line for each error found, thus to scan the buffer for xlc error messages it is enough to exam one input line at a time. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline while (fgets(buffer[last_buf_line], 200, stdin)) { -\newline +\newline if (xlc_try(0)) -\newline +\newline output_error(1, err_line, "xlc"); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A xlc error message is easy to identify. Every error message starts with a quoted string with no spaces, a comma, a space, the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , a space, and some variable text. The following routine tests if a given buffer line matches this criteria: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int -\newline +\newline xlc_try (int buf_line) -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline char *s, *t; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline t = buffer[buf_line]; -\newline +\newline s = t+1; -\newline +\newline while (*s != '"' && *s != ' ' && *s != ' -\backslash +\backslash 0') -\newline +\newline s++; -\newline +\newline if (*t != '"' || *s != '"' || strncmp(s+1, ", line ", 7) != 0) -\newline +\newline return 0; -\newline +\newline s += 8; -\newline +\newline err_line = atoi(s); -\newline +\newline return 1; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline int xlc_try (int buf_line); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The gcc compiler error messages are more complicated to scan. Each error can span more than one line in the buffer. @@ -535,15 +613,17 @@ The gcc compiler error messages are more complicated to scan. At the time they differ, all the accumulated lines, except the last one, will belong to one single error message, which now can be output-ed to LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Every gcc error message contains a string with no space followed by a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . If the next character is a space, then this line is a header of a error @@ -551,446 +631,491 @@ Every gcc error message contains a string with no space followed by a where the error was found. Otherwise, the next thing is a integer number followed by another \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline char *s, *t; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline while (fgets(buffer[last_buf_line], 200, stdin)) { -\newline +\newline /****** Skip lines until I find an error */ -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strpbrk(buffer[last_buf_line], " :"); -\newline +\newline if (s == NULL || *s == ' ') -\newline +\newline continue; /* No gcc error found here */ -\newline +\newline do { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline /****** OK It is an error message, get line number */ -\newline +\newline err_line = atoi(s+1); -\newline +\newline if (last_err_line == 0 || last_err_line == err_line) { -\newline +\newline last_err_line = err_line; -\newline +\newline continue; /* It's either a header or a continuation, don't output yet */ -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline /****** Completed the scan of one error message, output it to LyX */ -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer(1); -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline } while (fgets(buffer[last_buf_line], 200, stdin)); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline /****** EOF completes the scan of whatever was being scanned */ -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer(0); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline /****** Search first ":" in the error number */ -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strpbrk(buffer[last_buf_line], " :"); -\newline +\newline last_buf_line++; -\newline +\newline if (s == NULL || *s == ' ') -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline /****** Search second ":" in the error number */ -\newline +\newline t = (char *)strpbrk(s+1, " :"); -\newline +\newline if (t == NULL || *t == ' ') -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline /****** Verify if is all digits between ":" */ -\newline +\newline if (t != s+1+strspn(s+1, "0123456789")) -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline err_line = 0; -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer(1); -\newline +\newline continue; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As we mentioned, when the scan of one gcc error message is completed everything in the buffer except the last line is one single error message. But if the scan terminates with a EOF or through finding one line that does not match the gcc error message criteria, then there is no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset last line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the buffer to be concerned with. In those cases we empty the buffer completely. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline void -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer (int save_last) -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline if (last_err_line != 0) { -\newline +\newline clean_gcc_messages(); -\newline +\newline if (save_last != 0) { -\newline +\newline output_error(last_buf_line-1, last_err_line, "gcc"); -\newline +\newline strcpy (buffer[0], buffer[last_buf_line-1]); -\newline +\newline last_err_line = err_line; -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 1; -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline ++last_buf_line; -\newline +\newline clean_gcc_messages(); -\newline +\newline output_error(last_buf_line-1, last_err_line, "gcc"); -\newline +\newline last_err_line = 0; -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline void discharge_buffer (int save_last); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The next function \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset cleans \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset superfluous information from gcc messages, namely the name of the noweb file and the line number of the Error. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard More could be done. For instance, some way of distinguishing between gcc Errors and Warnings should be devised. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Scrap + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline void -\newline +\newline clean_gcc_messages () -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline int index; -\newline +\newline char search [30]; -\newline +\newline char *tail, *head; -\newline +\newline int search_len = sprintf(search, ".nw:%d:", last_err_line); -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline for (index = 0; index < last_buf_line-1; index++) { -\newline +\newline tail = (char *)strstr (buffer[index], search); -\newline +\newline if ( tail == NULL) { -\newline +\newline tail = (char *) strstr (buffer[index], ".nw:"); -\newline +\newline if (tail) { -\newline +\newline tail += 4; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline tail += search_len; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline if (tail != NULL) { -\newline +\newline head = buffer[index]; -\newline +\newline while (*(head++) = *(tail++)); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline void clean_gcc_messages (); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To combine the scan of noweb error messages and xlc error messages is very simple. We just try each one for every input line: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline while (fgets(buffer[0], 200, stdin)) { -\newline +\newline if (noweb_try(0)) -\newline +\newline output_error(1, err_line, "noweb"); -\newline +\newline else if (xlc_try(0)) -\newline +\newline output_error(1, err_line, "xlc"); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To combine the scan of noweb error messages and gcc error messages is simple if we realize that it is not possible to find a noweb error message in the middle of a gcc error message. So we just repeat the gcc procedure and test for noweb error messages in the beginning of the scan: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline char *s, *t; -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline last_buf_line = 0; -\newline +\newline while (fgets(buffer[last_buf_line], 200, stdin)) { -\newline +\newline /****** Skip lines until I find an error */ -\newline +\newline if (last_buf_line == 0 && noweb_try(0)) { -\newline +\newline output_error(1, err_line, "noweb"); -\newline +\newline continue; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline s = (char *)strpbrk(buffer[last_buf_line], " :"); -\newline +\newline if (s == NULL || *s == ' ') -\newline +\newline continue; /* No gcc error found here */ -\newline +\newline do { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline /****** OK It is an error, get line number */ -\newline +\newline err_line = atoi(s+1); -\newline +\newline if (last_err_line == 0 || last_err_line == err_line) { -\newline +\newline last_err_line = err_line; -\newline +\newline continue; /* It's either a header or a continuation, don't output yet */ -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline /****** Completed the scan of one error message, output it to LyX */ -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer(1); -\newline +\newline break; -\newline +\newline } while (fgets(buffer[last_buf_line], 200, stdin)); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline /****** EOF completes the scan of whatever was being scanned */ -\newline +\newline discharge_buffer(0); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wrapping the code into a file -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline #include -\newline +\newline #include -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To build this program, we want to add the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -L \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset option in the tangle command to force gdb to load the file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Literate.nw -\family default +\family default instead of -\family typewriter +\family typewriter listerrors.c -\family default +\family default . In accordance with this, we pass the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -g \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset option to gcc. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline if [ -z "$NOWEB_SOURCE" ]; then NOWEB_SOURCE=Literate.nw; fi -\newline +\newline notangle -L -Rlisterrors.c ${NOWEB_SOURCE} > listerrors.c -\newline +\newline gcc -g -o listerrors listerrors.c -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This project can be tangled and compiled from LyX if you set -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_command -\family default +\family default to call a generic script that always extracts a scrap named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default and executes it. Here is a example of such generic script: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/Minipage.lyx b/lib/examples/Minipage.lyx index b32e94d62a..aada6bab8d 100644 --- a/lib/examples/Minipage.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/Minipage.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,37 +24,73 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_body -\series bold -\size largest +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +\size largest Some examples of how to use minipages -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center -\series bold -\size largest +\series bold +\size largest in LyX -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout -\series bold -\size largest +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +\size largest by Jürgen Vigna (jug@sad.it) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -67,231 +104,308 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\end_layout + + +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -305,270 +419,357 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center This is Table 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\hfill +\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center This is Table 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* I use the following when I have to write bilingual text (I live in a region in Italy where about 60% of the people speak german and so you have to write letters in german and italian in two columns as the following text shows): -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\hfill +\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang german @@ -586,31 +787,40 @@ Dies ist ein deutscher Text. Dies ist ein deutscher Text. Dies ist ein deutscher Text \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang german Dies ist eine Fußnote -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Dies ist ein deutscher Text. Dies ist ein deutscher Text. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45text%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is an english Text. This is an english Text. @@ -629,23 +839,34 @@ This is an english Text. This is an english Text. This is an english Text. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This is a footnote -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset This is an english Text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I hope this helps understand for what f.ex. you can use minipages! -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Greets Jürgen -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/TableExamples.lyx b/lib/examples/TableExamples.lyx index 9ce887c8a3..5e6d3b9abd 100644 --- a/lib/examples/TableExamples.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/TableExamples.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{multirow} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,32 +27,65 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_body -\series bold -\size largest +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +\size largest Some examples of how to use tables in -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center -\series bold -\size largest +\series bold +\size largest LyX -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +\end_layout -\series bold -\size largest +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +\size largest by Jürgen Vigna (jug@sad.it) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard longtable - -\series bold +\series bold How to use the longtable special options -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -63,2756 +97,3370 @@ How to use the longtable special options \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Example Phone List (ignore the names) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold NAME -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold TEL. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Example Phone List -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold NAME -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold TEL. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold continue ... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Kemenater -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Klaus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Maccioni -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Piero -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Concli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gianfranco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dal Bosco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Carolina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dalpiaz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Annamaria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Feliciello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Domenico -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Focarelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Galletti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oreste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Gasparini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franca -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Rizzardi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Unterkalmsteiner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Frieda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vieider -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vigna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jürgen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Weber -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Winkler -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Concli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gianfranco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dal Bosco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Carolina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dalpiaz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Annamaria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Feliciello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Domenico -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Focarelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Galletti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oreste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Gasparini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franca -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Rizzardi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Unterkalmsteiner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Frieda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vieider -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vigna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jürgen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Weber -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Winkler -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Concli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gianfranco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dal Bosco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Carolina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dalpiaz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Annamaria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Feliciello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Domenico -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Focarelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Galletti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oreste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Gasparini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franca -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Rizzardi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard multirow - -\series bold +\series bold Vertical Alignment in Tables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The package file -\family sans +\family sans multirow -\family default +\family default (unknown author) automates the procedure of constructing tables with cells spanning several rows by defining a -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multirow -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2825,252 +3473,347 @@ multirow \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash multirow{4}{14mm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Text in column 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash multirow{4}{14mm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Text in column 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout + + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\pagebreak_top footnotes - -\series bold +\series bold How to use footnotes in tables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There are different approaches to putting footnotes inside tables. I'll explain to you the ones I've found work quite well within LyX (maybe these are the only ones which work at all :). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on + +\emph on Using Minipage-Environments -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Note that the footnotes are displayed immediately after the minipage closes. The default numbering uses lowercase letters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\backslash +\backslash centering -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "25col%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3083,215 +3826,286 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset example1 cell(b,1) \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset example1 cell(d,9) \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on + +\emph on Using the -\family sans +\family sans Longtable-Option -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Just select the -\family sans +\family sans Longtable-Button -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans +\family sans Table-Layout-Menu -\family default +\family default and footnotes will be displayed at the bottom of the page. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3304,193 +4118,258 @@ Table-Layout-Menu \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset example2 cell(b,1) \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset example2 cell(d,9) \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on Using footnotemark and footnotetext LaTeX commands -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard This is a heavy way to do it but just to demonstrate that it works, here it is. Use this method in minipages to get footnotes at the bottom of the page. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3503,182 +4382,237 @@ This is a heavy way to do it but just to demonstrate that it works, here \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnotemark -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnotemark -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash addtocounter{footnote}{-1} -\backslash +\backslash footnotetext{example3 cell(b,1)}% -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash addtocounter{footnote}{1} -\backslash +\backslash footnotetext{example3 cell(d,9)} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/aa_sample.lyx b/lib/examples/aa_sample.lyx index 2aedb052ac..4545517647 100644 --- a/lib/examples/aa_sample.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/aa_sample.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass aa \begin_preamble \usepackage{graphicx} @@ -11,12 +13,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,123 +28,156 @@ \papercolumns 2 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Hydrodynamics of giant planet formation -\layout Subtitle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subtitle I. Overviewing the \begin_inset Formula \( \kappa \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -mechanism -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author G. Wuchterl \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash inst{1} -\backslash +\backslash and -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset C. Ptolemy \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash inst{2} -\backslash +\backslash fnmsep -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Just to show the usage of the elements in the author field -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Offprint +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Offprint G. Wuchterl -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Institute for Astronomy (IfA), University of Vienna, T\i \"{u} rkenschanzstrasse 17, A-1180 Vienna -\newline +\newline \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash email{wuchterl@amok.ast.univie.ac.at} -\backslash +\backslash and -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset University of Alexandria, Department of Geography, ... -\newline +\newline \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash email{c.ptolemy@hipparch.uheaven.space} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The university of heaven temporarily does not accept e-mails -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date Received September 15, 1996; accepted March 16, 1997 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract To investigate the physical nature of the `nuc\SpecialChar \- leated instability' of proto giant planets (Mizuno \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{mizuno} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), the stability of layers in static, radiative gas spheres is analysed on the basis of Baker's \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset standard one-zone model. It is shown that stability depends only upon the equations of state, the @@ -153,11 +187,11 @@ leated instability' of proto The stability equations of state are calculated for solar composition and are displayed in the domain \begin_inset Formula \( -14\leq \lg \rho /[\mathrm{g}\, \mathrm{cm}^{-3}]\leq 0 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( 8.8\leq \lg e/[\mathrm{erg}\, \mathrm{g}^{-1}]\leq 17.7 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . These displays may be used to determine the one-zone stability of layers @@ -165,86 +199,98 @@ leated instability' of proto of the stability equations for the thermodynamic state of these layers, specified by state quantities as density \begin_inset Formula \( \rho \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , temperature \begin_inset Formula \( T \) -\end_inset +\end_inset or specific internal energy \begin_inset Formula \( e \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . Regions of instability in the \begin_inset Formula \( (\rho ,e) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -plane are described and related to the underlying microphysical processes. Vibrational instability is found to be a common phenomenon at temperatures lower than the second He ionisation zone. The \begin_inset Formula \( \kappa \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -mechanism is widespread under `cool' conditions. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash keywords{giant planet formation -- -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash kappa -\backslash +\backslash )-mechanism -- stability of gas spheres } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the -\emph on +\emph on nucleated instability \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash /{} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph default + +\emph default (also called core instability) hypothesis of giant planet formation, a critical mass for static core envelope protoplanets has been found. Mizuno ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{mizuno} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) determined the critical mass of the core to be about \begin_inset Formula \( 12\, M_{\oplus } \) -\end_inset +\end_inset ( \begin_inset Formula \( M_{\oplus }=5.975\, 10^{27}\, \mathrm{g} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is the Earth mass), which is independent of the outer boundary conditions and therefore independent of the location in the solar nebula. This critical value for the core mass corresponds closely to the cores of today's giant planets. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Although no hydrodynamical study has been available many workers conjectured that a collapse or rapid contraction will ensue after accumulating the @@ -255,145 +301,174 @@ Although no hydrodynamical study has been available many workers conjectured is investigated on the basis of Baker's ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) standard one-zone model. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Phenomena similar to the ones described above for giant planet formation have been found in hydrodynamical models concerning star formation where protostellar cores explode (Tscharnuter \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{tscharnuter} -\end_inset +\end_inset , Balluch \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{balluch} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), whereas earlier studies found quasi-steady collapse flows. The similarities in the (micro)physics, i.e., constitutive relations of protostel lar cores and protogiant planets serve as a further motivation for this study. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Baker's standard one-zone model -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide true -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Adiabatic exponent \begin_inset Formula \( \Gamma _{1} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Formula \( \Gamma _{1} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is plotted as a function of \begin_inset Formula \( \lg \) -\end_inset +\end_inset internal energy \begin_inset Formula \( [\mathrm{erg}\, \mathrm{g}^{-1}] \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( \lg \) -\end_inset +\end_inset density \begin_inset Formula \( [\mathrm{g}\, \mathrm{cm}^{-3}] \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{FigGam} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset In this section the one-zone model of Baker ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), originally used to study the Cephe\i \"{\i} d pulsation mechanism, will be briefly reviewed. The resulting stability criteria will be rewritten in terms of local state variables, local timescales and constitutive relations. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Baker ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) investigates the stability of thin layers in self-gravitating, spherical gas clouds with the following properties: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize hydrostatic equilibrium, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize thermal equilibrium, -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize energy transport by grey radiation diffusion. -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent For the one-zone-model Baker obtains necessary conditions for dynamical, secular and vibrational (or pulsational) stability (Eqs. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset (34a, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset b, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset c) in Baker \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). Using Baker's notation: -\layout Standard -\align left +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align left \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} M_{r} & & \textrm{mass internal to the radius }r\\ @@ -405,56 +480,60 @@ L_{r0} & & \textrm{unperturbed luminosity}\\ E_{\textrm{th}} & & \textrm{thermal energy of the zone} \end{eqnarray*} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent and with the definitions of the -\emph on +\emph on local cooling time \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash /{} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\emph default - (see Fig.\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph default + (see Fig.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{FigGam} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \tau _{\mathrm{co}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{th}}}{L_{r0}}\, , \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset and the -\emph on +\emph on local free-fall time -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \tau _{\mathrm{ff}}=\sqrt{\frac{3\pi }{32G}\frac{4\pi r_{0}^{3}}{3M_{\mathrm{r}}}}\, , \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Baker's \begin_inset Formula \( K \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( \sigma _{0} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset have the following form: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -462,11 +541,11 @@ local free-fall time K & = & \frac{\sqrt{32}}{\pi }\frac{1}{\delta }\frac{\tau _{\mathrm{ff}}}{\tau _{\mathrm{co}}}\, ; \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset where \begin_inset Formula \( E_{\mathrm{th}}\approx m(P_{0}/{\rho _{0}}) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset has been used and \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} @@ -476,34 +555,34 @@ e=mc^{2} \end{array} \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset is a thermodynamical quantity which is of order \begin_inset Formula \( 1 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and equal to \begin_inset Formula \( 1 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset for nonreacting mixtures of classical perfect gases. The physical meaning of \begin_inset Formula \( \sigma _{0} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( K \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is clearly visible in the equations above. \begin_inset Formula \( \sigma _{0} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset represents a frequency of the order one per free-fall time. \begin_inset Formula \( K \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time and the cooling time. Substituting into Baker's criteria, using thermodynamic identities and @@ -511,103 +590,115 @@ e=mc^{2} \begin_inset Formula \[ \Gamma _{1}=\left( \frac{\partial \ln P}{\partial \ln \rho }\right) _{S}\, ,\; \chi ^{}_{\rho }=\left( \frac{\partial \ln P}{\partial \ln \rho }\right) _{T}\, ,\; \kappa ^{}_{P}=\left( \frac{\partial \ln \kappa }{\partial \ln P}\right) _{T}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ \nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}=\left( \frac{\partial \ln T}{\partial \ln P}\right) _{S}\, ,\; \chi ^{}_{T}=\left( \frac{\partial \ln P}{\partial \ln T}\right) _{\rho }\, ,\; \kappa ^{}_{T}=\left( \frac{\partial \ln \kappa }{\partial \ln T}\right) _{T}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset one obtains, after some pages of algebra, the conditions for -\emph on +\emph on stability \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash /{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default +\emph default given below: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} \frac{\pi ^{2}}{8}\frac{1}{\tau _{\mathrm{ff}}^{2}}(3\Gamma _{1}-4) & > & 0\label{ZSDynSta} \\ \frac{\pi ^{2}}{\tau _{\mathrm{co}}\tau _{\mathrm{ff}}^{2}}\Gamma _{1}\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\left[ \frac{1-3/4\chi ^{}_{\rho }}{\chi ^{}_{T}}(\kappa ^{}_{T}-4)+\kappa ^{}_{P}+1\right] & > & 0\label{ZSSecSta} \\ -\frac{\pi ^{2}}{4}\frac{3}{\tau _{\mathrm{co}}\tau _{\mathrm{ff}}^{2}}\Gamma _{1}^{2}\, \nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\left[ 4\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}-(\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\kappa ^{}_{T}+\kappa ^{}_{P})-\frac{4}{3\Gamma _{1}}\right] & > & 0\label{ZSVibSta} +\frac{\pi ^{2}}{4}\frac{3}{\tau _{\mathrm{co}}\tau _{\mathrm{ff}}^{2}}\Gamma _{1}^{2}\, \nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\left[ 4\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}-(\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\kappa ^{}_{T}+\kappa ^{}_{P})-\frac{4}{3\Gamma _{1}}\right] & > & 0\label{ZSVibSta} \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset For a physical discussion of the stability criteria see Baker ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) or Cox ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{cox} -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We observe that these criteria for dynamical, secular and vibrational stability, respectively, can be factorized into -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate a factor containing local timescales only, -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate a factor containing only constitutive relations and their derivatives. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The first factors, depending on only timescales, are positive by definition. - The signs of the left hand sides of the inequalities\SpecialChar ~ + The signs of the left hand sides of the inequalities\InsetSpace ~ ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSDynSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSSecSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSVibSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) therefore depend exclusively on the second factors containing the constitutive relations. Since they depend only on state variables, the stability criteria themselves are -\emph on +\emph on functions of the thermodynamic state in the local zone -\emph default +\emph default . The one-zone stability can therefore be determined from a simple equation of state, given for example, as a function of density and temperature. Once the microphysics, i.e. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -the thermodynamics and opacities (see Table\SpecialChar ~ +the thermodynamics and opacities (see Table\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{KapSou} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), are specified (in practice by specifying a chemical composition) the one-zone stability can be inferred if the thermodynamic state is specified. @@ -616,21 +707,26 @@ the thermodynamics and opacities (see Table\SpecialChar ~ assumptions. Only the specific growth rates (depending upon the time scales) will be different for layers in different objects. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{KapSou} -\end_inset +\end_inset Opacity sources -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -642,157 +738,179 @@ Opacity sources \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Source -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( T/[\textrm{K}] \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Yorke 1979, Yorke 1980a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( \leq 1700^{\textrm{a}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Krügel 1971 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( 1700\leq T\leq 5000 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Cox & Stewart 1969 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( 5000\leq \) -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( ^{\textrm{a}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset This is footnote a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset We will now write down the sign (and therefore stability) determining parts of the left-hand sides of the inequalities ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSDynSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ), ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSSecSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSVibSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and thereby obtain -\emph on +\emph on stability equations of state -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout -The sign determining part of inequality\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Standard + +The sign determining part of inequality\InsetSpace ~ ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSDynSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) is \begin_inset Formula \( 3\Gamma _{1}-4 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and it reduces to the criterion for dynamical stability \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} -\Gamma _{1}>\frac{4}{3}\, \cdot +\Gamma _{1}>\frac{4}{3}\, \cdot \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset Stability of the thermodynamical equilibrium demands \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \chi ^{}_{\rho }>0,\; \; c_{v}>0\, , \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \chi ^{}_{T}>0 \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset holds for a wide range of physical situations. With @@ -802,24 +920,24 @@ The sign determining part of inequality\SpecialChar ~ \nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}=\frac{\Gamma _{3}-1}{\Gamma _{1}} & > & 0 \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset - we find the sign determining terms in inequalities\SpecialChar ~ + we find the sign determining terms in inequalities\InsetSpace ~ ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSSecSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) and ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ZSVibSta} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) respectively and obtain the following form of the criteria for dynamical, secular and vibrational -\emph on +\emph on stability -\emph default +\emph default , respectively: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 3\Gamma _{1}-4=:S_{\mathrm{dyn}}> & 0 & \label{DynSta} \\ @@ -827,115 +945,130 @@ stability 4\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}-(\nabla _{\mathrm{ad}}\kappa ^{}_{T}+\kappa ^{}_{P})-\frac{4}{3\Gamma _{1}}=:S_{\mathrm{vib}}> & 0\, . & \label{VibSta} \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset The constitutive relations are to be evaluated for the unperturbed thermodynami c state (say \begin_inset Formula \( (\rho _{0},T_{0}) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset ) of the zone. We see that the one-zone stability of the layer depends only on the constitutiv e relations \begin_inset Formula \( \Gamma _{1} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( \nabla _{\mathrm{ad}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( \chi _{T}^{},\, \chi _{\rho }^{} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( \kappa _{P}^{},\, \kappa _{T}^{} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . These depend only on the unperturbed thermodynamical state of the layer. Therefore the above relations define the one-zone-stability equations of state \begin_inset Formula \( S_{\mathrm{dyn}},\, S_{\mathrm{sec}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( S_{\mathrm{vib}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . - See Fig.\SpecialChar ~ + See Fig.\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{FigVibStab} -\end_inset +\end_inset for a picture of \begin_inset Formula \( S_{\mathrm{vib}} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . - Regions of secular instability are listed in Table\SpecialChar ~ + Regions of secular instability are listed in Table\InsetSpace ~ 1. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Vibrational stability equation of state \begin_inset Formula \( S_{\mathrm{vib}}(\lg e,\lg \rho ) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . \begin_inset Formula \( >0 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset means vibrational stability -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{FigVibStab} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Conclusions -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The conditions for the stability of static, radiative layers in gas spheres, as described by Baker's ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{baker} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) standard one-zone model, can be expressed as stability equations of state. These stability equations of state depend only on the local thermodynamic state of the layer. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate If the constitutive relations -- equations of state and Rosseland mean opacities -- are specified, the stability equations of state can be evaluated without specifying properties of the layer. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate For solar composition gas the \begin_inset Formula \( \kappa \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -mechanism is working in the regions of the ice and dust features in the opacities, the \begin_inset Formula \( \mathrm{H}_{2} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset dissociation and the combined H, first He ionization zone, as indicated by vibrational instability. @@ -943,10 +1076,12 @@ For solar composition gas the y than the second He ionization zone that drives the Cephe\i \"{\i} d pulsations. -\layout Acknowledgement +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgement Part of this work was supported by the German -\emph on +\emph on Deut\SpecialChar \- sche For\SpecialChar \- schungs\SpecialChar \- @@ -954,32 +1089,38 @@ ge\SpecialChar \- mein\SpecialChar \- schaft, DFG \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash /{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph default - project number Ts\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + project number Ts\InsetSpace ~ 17/2--1. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1966]{baker} Baker, N. 1966, in Stellar Evolution, ed. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset R. F. @@ -987,39 +1128,51 @@ R. G. W. Cameron (Plenum, New York) 333 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1988]{balluch} Balluch, M. 1988, A&A, 200, 58 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1980]{cox} Cox, J. P. 1980, Theory of Stellar Pulsation (Princeton University Press, Princeton) 165 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1969]{cox69} Cox, A. N.,& Stewart, J. N. 1969, Academia Nauk, Scientific Information 15, 1 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1980]{mizuno} Mizuno H. 1980, Prog. Theor. Phys., 64, 544 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1987]{tscharnuter} Tscharnuter W. M. 1987, A&A, 188, 55 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1992]{terlevich} Terlevich, R. @@ -1030,13 +1183,17 @@ R. A. V. Filippenko, 13 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1980a]{yorke80a} Yorke, H. W. 1980a, A&A, 86, 286 -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem [1997]{zheng} Zheng, W., Davidsen, A. @@ -1044,4 +1201,7 @@ Zheng, W., Davidsen, A. & Kriss, G. A. 1997, preprint -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/aas_sample.lyx b/lib/examples/aas_sample.lyx index 64aa3d084d..df37dbff14 100644 --- a/lib/examples/aas_sample.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/aas_sample.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass aastex \begin_preamble \newcommand{\vdag}{(v)^\dagger} @@ -14,12 +16,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -30,241 +31,322 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Collapsed Cores in Globular Clusters, Gauge-Boson Couplings, and AASTeX Examples -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author S. Djorgovski \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{1,2,3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and Ivan R. King \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{1} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation Astronomy Department, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720 -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author C. D. Biemesderfer \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{4,5} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Affiliation +\begin_layout Affiliation National Optical Astronomy Observatories, Tucson, AZ 85719 -\layout Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Email aastex-help@aas.org -\layout And +\end_layout + +\begin_layout And -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author R. J. Hanisch \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{5} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD 21218 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext{1}{Visiting Astronomer, Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory. CTIO is operated by AURA, Inc. -\backslash +\backslash under contract to the National Science Foundation.} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash altaffiltext{2}{Society of Fellows, Harvard University.} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash altaffiltext{3}{present address: Center for Astrophysics, 60 Garden Street, Cambridge, MA 02138} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash altaffiltext{4}{Visiting Programmer, Space Telescope Science Institute} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext{5}{Patron, Alonso's Bar and Grill} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Abstract + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This is a preliminary report on surface photometry of the major fraction of known globular clusters, to see which of them show the signs of a collapsed core. We also explore some diversionary mathematics and recreational tables. -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords clusters: globular, peanut---bosons: bozos -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A focal problem today in the dynamics of globular clusters is core collapse. It has been predicted by theory for decades \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{hen61,lyn68,spi85} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , but observation has been less alert to the phenomenon. For many years the central brightness peak in M15 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{kin75,new78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset seemed a unique anomaly. Then \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citet{aur82} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset suggested a central peak in NGC 6397, and a limited photographic survey of ours \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep[Paper I]{djo84} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset found three more cases, including NGC 6624, whose sharp center had often been remarked on \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{can78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Observations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All our observations were short direct exposures with CCD's. At Lick Observatory we used a TI 500 \begin_inset Formula \( \times \) -\end_inset +\end_inset 500 chip and a GEC 575 \begin_inset Formula \( \times \) -\end_inset +\end_inset 385, on the 1-m Nickel reflector. The only filter available at Lick was red. At CTIO we used a GEC 575 \begin_inset Formula \( \times \) -\end_inset +\end_inset 385, with \begin_inset Formula \( B,V, \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( R \) -\end_inset +\end_inset filters, and an RCA 512 \begin_inset Formula \( \times \) -\end_inset +\end_inset 320, with \begin_inset Formula \( U,B,V,R, \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( I \) -\end_inset +\end_inset filters, on the 1.5-m reflector. In the CTIO observations we tried to concentrate on the shortest practicable wavelengths; but faintness, reddening, and poor short-wavelength sensitivity often kept us from observing in \begin_inset Formula \( U \) -\end_inset +\end_inset or even in \begin_inset Formula \( B \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . All four cameras had scales of the order of 0.4 arcsec/pixel, and our field sizes were around 3 arcmin. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The CCD images are unfortunately not always suitable, for very poor clusters or for clusters with large cores. @@ -272,50 +354,62 @@ The CCD images are unfortunately not always suitable, for very poor clusters CCD profiles by collecting from the literature a number of star-count profiles \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{kin68,pet76,har84,ort85} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , as well as photoelectric profiles \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{kin66,kin75} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and electronographic profiles \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash citep{kro84} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . In a few cases we judged normality by eye estimates on one of the Sky Surveys. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Helicity Amplitudes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It has been realized that helicity amplitudes provide a convenient means for Feynman diagram \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Footnotes can be inserted like this. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset evaluations. These amplitude-level techniques are particularly convenient for calculations @@ -325,85 +419,95 @@ Footnotes can be inserted like this. \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{hag86} -\end_inset +\end_inset ; we briefly summarize below. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Formalism -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{bozomath} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A tree-level amplitude in \begin_inset Formula \( e^{+}e^{-} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset collisions can be expressed in terms of fermion strings of the form \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \bar{v}(p_{2},\sigma _{2})P_{-\tau }\hat{a}_{1}\hat{a}_{2}\cdots \hat{a}_{n}u(p_{1},\sigma _{1}), \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset where \begin_inset Formula \( p \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( \sigma \) -\end_inset +\end_inset label the initial \begin_inset Formula \( e^{\pm } \) -\end_inset +\end_inset four-momenta and helicities \begin_inset Formula \( (\sigma =\pm 1) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( \hat{a}_{i}=a^{\mu }_{i}\gamma _{\nu } \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Formula \( P_{\tau }=\frac{1}{2}(1+\tau \gamma _{5}) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is a chirality projection operator \begin_inset Formula \( (\tau =\pm1 ) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset . The \begin_inset Formula \( a^{\mu }_{i} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset may be formed from particle four-momenta, gauge-boson polarization vectors or fermion strings with an uncontracted Lorentz index associated with final-sta te fermions. -\layout NoteToEditor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NoteToEditor Figures 1 and 2 should appear side-by-side in print -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the chiral representation the \begin_inset Formula \( \gamma \) -\end_inset +\end_inset matrices are expressed in terms of \begin_inset Formula \( 2\times 2 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset Pauli matrices \begin_inset Formula \( \sigma \) -\end_inset +\end_inset and the unit matrix 1 as \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -414,10 +518,10 @@ In the chiral representation the -1 & 0\\ 0 & 1 \end{array}\right) ,\nonumber \\ -\sigma ^{\mu }_{\pm } & = & ({\textbf {1}},\pm \sigma ),\nonumber +\sigma ^{\mu }_{\pm } & = & ({\textbf {1}},\pm \sigma ),\nonumber \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset giving \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} @@ -427,7 +531,7 @@ In the chiral representation the \end{array}\right) ,(\hat{a})_{\pm }=a_{\mu }\sigma ^{\mu }_{\pm }, \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset The spinors are expressed in terms of two-component Weyl spinors as \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} @@ -437,21 +541,25 @@ u=\left( \begin{array}{c} \end{array}\right) ,v={\textbf {(}}\vdag _{+}{\textbf {,}}\vdag _{-}{\textbf {)}}. \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The Weyl spinors are given in terms of helicity eigenstates \begin_inset Formula \( \chi _{\lambda }(p) \) -\end_inset +\end_inset with \begin_inset Formula \( \lambda =\pm1 \) -\end_inset +\end_inset by -\layout MathLetters +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MathLetters \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -459,13 +567,17 @@ u(p,\lambda )_{\pm } & = & (E\pm \lambda |{\textbf {p}}|)^{1/2}\chi _{\lambda }( v(p,\lambda )_{\pm } & = & \pm \lambda (E\mp \lambda |{\textbf {p}}|)^{1/2}\chi _{-\lambda }(p) \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Floating material and so forth -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consider a task that computes profile parameters for a modified Lorentzian of the form @@ -473,7 +585,7 @@ Consider a task that computes profile parameters for a modified Lorentzian I=\frac{1}{1+d_{1}^{P(1+d_{2})}} \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset where \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -483,7 +595,7 @@ d_{1}=\sqrt{\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array}\right) ^{2}}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -493,127 +605,147 @@ d_{2}=\sqrt{\left( \begin{array}{c} \case {y_{1}}{PR_{min}} \end{array}\right) ^{2}}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ x_{1}=(x-x_{0})\cos \Theta +(y-y_{0})\sin \Theta \] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ y_{1}=-(x-x_{0})\sin \Theta +(y-y_{0})\cos \Theta \] -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In these expressions \begin_inset Formula \( x_{0} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , \begin_inset Formula \( y_{0} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is the star center, and \begin_inset Formula \( \Theta \) -\end_inset +\end_inset is the angle with the \begin_inset Formula \( x \) -\end_inset +\end_inset axis. - Results of this task are shown in table\SpecialChar ~ + Results of this task are shown in table\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{tbl-2} -\end_inset +\end_inset . It is not clear how these sorts of analyses may affect determination of \begin_inset Formula \( M_{\sun } \) -\end_inset +\end_inset , but the assumption is that the alternate results should be less than 90 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash degr -\backslash +\backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset out of phase with previous values. We have no observations of \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ion{Ca}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Roughly \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash slantfrac{4}{5} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset of the electronically submitted abstracts for AAS meetings are error-free. -\layout Acknowledgements +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgements -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We are grateful to V. Barger, T. Han, and R. J. N. - Phillips for doing the math in section\SpecialChar ~ + Phillips for doing the math in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{bozomath} -\end_inset +\end_inset . More information on the AASTeX macros package are available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.aas.org/publications/aastex} -\end_inset +\end_inset or the \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash anchor{ftp://www.aas.org/pubs/}{AAS ftp site} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Appendix +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Appendix + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Appendicial material -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Consider once again a task that computes profile parameters for a modified Lorentzian of the form @@ -621,10 +753,12 @@ Consider once again a task that computes profile parameters for a modified I=\frac{1}{1+d_{1}^{P(1+d_{2})}} \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset where -\layout MathLetters +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MathLetters \begin_inset Formula \[ @@ -634,7 +768,7 @@ d_{1}=\frac{3}{4}\sqrt{\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array}\right) ^{2}}\] -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} @@ -645,7 +779,7 @@ d_{2}=\case {3}{4}\sqrt{\left( \begin{array}{c} \end{array}\right) ^{2}} \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} @@ -653,10 +787,12 @@ x_{1} & = & (x-x_{0})\cos \Theta +(y-y_{0})\sin \Theta \\ y_{1} & = & -(x-x_{0})\sin \Theta +(y-y_{0})\cos \Theta \end{eqnarray} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard For completeness, here is one last equation. @@ -664,26 +800,32 @@ For completeness, here is one last equation. e=mc^{2} \end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Auri\`ere(1982)]{aur82} Auri\i \`{e} re, M. 1982, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 109, 301 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Canizares et al.(1978)]{can78} Canizares, C. @@ -693,82 +835,104 @@ Canizares, C. E. 1978, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash apj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 224, 39 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Djorgovski and King(1984)]{djo84} Djorgovski, S., and King, I. R. 1984, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash apjl -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 277, L49 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Hagiwara and Zeppenfeld(1986)]{hag86} Hagiwara, K., and Zeppenfeld, D. 1986, Nucl.Phys., 274, 1 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Harris and van den Bergh(1984)]{har84} Harris, W. E., and van den Bergh, S. 1984, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 89, 1816 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [H\`enon(1961)]{hen61} H\i \'{e} non, M. 1961, Ann.d'Ap., 24, 369 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [King(1966)]{kin66} King, I. R. 1966, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 71, 276 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [King(1975)]{kin75} King, I. R. 1975, Dynamics of Stellar Systems, A. Hayli, Dordrecht: Reidel, 1975, 99 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [King et al.(1968)]{kin68} King, I. @@ -777,16 +941,20 @@ King, I. E. 1968, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 73, 456 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Kron et al.(1984)]{kro84} Kron, G. @@ -795,31 +963,39 @@ Kron, G. H. 1984, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash pasp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 96, 198 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Lynden-Bell and Wood(1968)]{lyn68} Lynden-Bell, D., and Wood, R. 1968, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash mnras -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 138, 495 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Newell and O'Neil(1978)]{new78} Newell, E. @@ -827,122 +1003,163 @@ Newell, E. J. 1978, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash apjs -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 37, 27 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Ortolani et al.(1985)]{ort85} Ortolani, S., Rosino, L., and Sandage, A. 1985, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 90, 473 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Peterson(1976)]{pet76} Peterson, C. J. 1976, \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash aj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 81, 617 -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Spitzer(1985)]{spi85} Spitzer, L. 1985, Dynamics of Star Clusters, J. Goodman and P. Hut, Dordrecht: Reidel, 109 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout FigCaption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout FigCaption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig1} -\end_inset +\end_inset This is the first figure and it uses sgi9259.eps as its EPS figure file. -\layout FigCaption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout FigCaption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig2} -\end_inset +\end_inset This is an example of a long figure caption that must be set as a paragraph. The processor has to buffer the text of the caption, so it is good not to be too wordy, but that would make for poor communication as well. -\layout FigCaption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout FigCaption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig3} -\end_inset +\end_inset This figure has no associated EPS file, so the optional parameter is omitted. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open + +\begin_layout Caption -\layout Caption -\added_space_bottom medskip Terribly relevant tabular information. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{tbl-2} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -965,882 +1182,1094 @@ Terribly relevant tabular information. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Star -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Height -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( d_{x} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( d_{y} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( n \) -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( \chi ^{2} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( R_{maj} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( R_{min} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( P \) -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( PR_{maj} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( PR_{min} \) -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \( \Theta \) -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark{b} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ref. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\backslash +\backslash tableline -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 33472.5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 53 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 27.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.065 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.940 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.900 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 68.3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 116.2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -27.639 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1,2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 27802.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.628 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.510 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.156 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6.8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7.5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -26.764 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 29210.6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0.9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0.3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.622 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.551 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.159 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6.7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7.3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -40.272 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 32733.8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -1.2 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark{c} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 41 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 54.8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.282 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.156 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4.313 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 117.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 78.2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -35.847 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5,6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9607.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -0.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 60 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.669 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tablenotemark{c} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.574 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2.343 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8.0 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8.9 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -33.417 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 31638.6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 0.1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 39 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 315.2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.433 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.075 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7.488 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 92.1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 25.3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -12.052 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash tablenotetext{a}{Sample footnote for table~ -\backslash +\backslash ref{tbl-2} that was generated with the -\backslash +\backslash LaTeX -\backslash +\backslash table environment} -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash tablenotetext{b}{Yet another sample footnote for table~ -\backslash +\backslash ref{tbl-2}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash tablenotetext{c}{Another sample footnote for table~ -\backslash +\backslash ref{tbl-2}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout TableComments +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TableComments We can also attach a long-ish paragraph of explanatory material to a table. Use -\backslash +\backslash tablerefs to append a list of references. The following references were from a different table: I've patched them in here to show how they look, but don't take them too seriously---I certainly have not. -\layout TableRefs +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TableRefs (1) Barbuy, Spite, & Spite 1985; (2) Bond 1980; (3) Carbon et al. 1987; (4) Hobbs & Duncan 1987; (5) Gilroy et al. @@ -1853,81 +2282,106 @@ tablerefs to append a list of references. 1984; (23) Spite & Spite 1986; (24) Hobbs & Thorburn 1991; (25) Hobbs et al. 1991; (26) Olsen 1983. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % LyX can load deluxetable files verbatim. To see this in action, uncomment the following -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % line (delete the -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ) and copy the file table.tex from the AASTeX 5.0 distribution into -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % the same directory as this file. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Include \input{table} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/amsart-test.lyx b/lib/examples/amsart-test.lyx index 5ccfd216d0..d2a9ea2cd2 100644 --- a/lib/examples/amsart-test.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/amsart-test.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass amsart \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,79 +24,112 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Test of AMS-Art Style -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author David L. Johnson -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Department of Mathematics -\newline +\newline Lehigh University -\newline +\newline Bethlehem, PA 18015 -\layout Current Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Current Address Home -\layout Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Email dlj0@lehigh.edu -\layout URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout URL http://www.lehigh.edu/~dlj0/dlj0.html -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords Test -\layout Thanks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Thanks To Emmanuel, for forcing me to fix this, and Jean-Marc, for making it possible, and necessary. Also to Mate, who suggested numerous improvements. -\layout Dedicatory +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dedicatory To my wife. -\layout Translator +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Translator Joe -\layout Subjectclass +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subjectclass Primary: 12G34, Secondary: 09G87 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This is not very abstract. Note that the abstract must be part of the title stuff for AMS. LyX is aware of that since version 0.12.1. Good. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This file, and any amsart-* LyX file, can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by simply changing the document class in the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout- -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument -\family default +\family default popup. The styles are: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart - The standard AMS-article format. All results and similar statements are numbered as \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions @@ -103,16 +137,22 @@ amsart - The standard AMS-article format. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq - Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence, with no reference to the section number. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a numbered theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. Here is its proof. @@ -121,7 +161,9 @@ Here is its proof. Here is its proof. Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. Note that two occurrences of the same environment, like two definitions, @@ -129,10 +171,14 @@ More text. For the moment, the best way is to include a paragraph with a %, in the LaTeX environment, if you really want two definitions (or whatever) together, with no intervening text of another sort. -\layout Theorem* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem* This is an unnumbered theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. Here is its proof. @@ -140,71 +186,109 @@ Here is its proof. Here is its proof. Here is its proof. Here is its proof. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary First corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Corollary* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary* Unnumbered corollary. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Corollary* + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary* A second, with no intervening text. Note the % to force a separation. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 1 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition First proposition. -\layout Proposition* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition* Unnumbered version. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Conjecture* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture* So wild I didn't number it. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Algorithm +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Algorithm first this, then the next -\layout Fact +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Fact Not fiction. -\layout Fact* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Fact* Bald statement of fact. Unnumbered environments are often used for emphasis, or in a short presentation that doesn't require numbered results. -\layout Axiom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Axiom It stands to reason. -\layout Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Definition a word means exactly what I say it means. -\layout Definition* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Definition* Unnumbered. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plain text. Plain text. @@ -217,10 +301,14 @@ Plain text. Plain text. Plain text. -\layout Example +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Example This should be an example. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plain text. Plain text. @@ -236,225 +324,364 @@ Plain text. Plain text. Plain text. -\layout Condition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Condition If you say so. -\layout Problem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Problem I don't know what to write is the problem. -\layout Remark +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Remark I think this will be useful. -\layout Claim +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Claim I did it the way the documentation said to. -\layout Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Note It may need more work yet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More plain text, in standard format. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a second numbered theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Second corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 2 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Second proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Notation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Notation \begin_inset Formula $S=\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Summary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Summary In the end, will it matter? -\layout Acknowledgement +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgement Thanks to Mattias Ettrich. Without him I never would have learned LaTeX. -\layout Case +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Case If this works, then the rest will. -\layout Conclusion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conclusion It seems to work. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here goes another proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plain text. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Next try. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This tries out the section environments. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Third corollary. First one of this section. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 3 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Third proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection This is a subsection -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With more results therein. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem, maybe the fourth one. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Fourth corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 4 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Fourth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More random text. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Claim +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Claim I believe this is true. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 5 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Fifth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection This is the subsection with results. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The quick, brown fox jumped over the lazy dog. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem - sixth in the series -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Sixth corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 6 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Sixth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {1} Johnson, D. L. -\emph on +\emph on Out of my head -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} American Mathematical Society, -\emph on +\emph on Instructions for preparation of papers and monographs: AMS-LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default , (1997). -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {3} American Mathematical Society, -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/amsbook-test.lyx b/lib/examples/amsbook-test.lyx index f019826a8d..9db522392d 100644 --- a/lib/examples/amsbook-test.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/amsbook-test.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass amsbook \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,373 +24,589 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Test of AMS-Book Style -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author David L. Johnson -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Department of Mathematics -\newline +\newline Lehigh University -\newline +\newline Bethlehem, PA 18015 -\layout Current Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Current Address Home -\layout Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Email dlj0@lehigh.edu -\layout URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout URL http://www.lehigh.edu/~dlj0/dlj0.html -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords Test -\layout Thanks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Thanks To Emmanuel, for forcing me to fix this, and Jean-Marc, for making it possible, and necessary. -\layout Dedicatory +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dedicatory To my wife. -\layout Translator +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Translator Joe -\layout Subjectclass +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subjectclass Primary: 12G34, Secondary: 09G87 -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Beginning. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This file, using the amsbook layout, numbers all results, Theorems, Definitions, etc., using \begin_inset Formula $(m.n.p)$ -\end_inset +\end_inset where the \begin_inset Formula $m$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is the chapter number, the \begin_inset Formula $n$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is the section number, and, finally, the \begin_inset Formula $p$ -\end_inset +\end_inset is the result number in that section. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This can be changed by modifying the layout file, removing the line -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash numberwithin{section}{chapter} -\family default +\family default -\newline +\newline from the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter Preamble -\family default +\family default . -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary First corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 1 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition First proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Algorithm +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Algorithm first this, then the next -\layout Fact +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Fact Not fiction. -\layout Axiom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Axiom It stands to reason. -\layout Definition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Definition a word means exactly what I say it means. -\layout Example +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Example This should be an example. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plain text. -\layout Condition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Condition If you say so. -\layout Problem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Problem I don't know what to write is the problem. -\layout Remark +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Remark I think this will be useful. -\layout Claim +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Claim I did it the way the documentation said to. -\layout Note +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Note It may need more work yet. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More plain text, in standard format. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a second theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Second corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 2 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Second proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Notation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Notation \begin_inset Formula $S=\mathbb{R}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Summary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Summary In the end, will it matter? -\layout Acknowledgement +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgement Thanks to Mattias Ettrich. Without him I never would have learned LaTeX. -\layout Case +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Case If this works, then the rest will. -\layout Conclusion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conclusion It seems to work. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here goes another proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Plain text -\layout Chapter Exercises +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Exercises Exercise 1 -\layout Chapter Exercises +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Exercises Exercise 2 -\layout Chapter Exercises +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Exercises These should not be italicised! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Next try. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This tries out the section environments. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Third corollary. First one of this section. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 3 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Third proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection This is a subsection -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With more results therein. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem, maybe the fourth one. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Chapter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Chapter Next one. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Next Section -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Fourth corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 4 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Fourth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More random text. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Another section -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Fifth corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 5 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Fifth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection This is the subsection with results. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The quick, brown fox jumped over the lazy dog. -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem This is a theorem - sixth in the series -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Here is its proof. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard More text. -\layout Corollary +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Corollary Sixth corollary. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof Its proof. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma Lemma number 6 -\layout Proposition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proposition Sixth proposition. -\layout Conjecture +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Conjecture A wild guess. -\layout Criterion +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Criterion Need some criteria -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {1} Johnson, D. L. -\emph on +\emph on Out of my head -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} American Mathematical Society, -\emph on +\emph on Instructions for preparation of papers and monographs: AMS-LaTeX -\emph default +\emph default , (1997). -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {3} American Mathematical Society, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/ca_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/ca_splash.lyx index 4a96eb9217..b9595a4a12 100644 --- a/lib/examples/ca_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/ca_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language catalan \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,142 +24,166 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Benvinguts a LyX ! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* N coses que cal saber per utilitzar LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX inclou una documentació excel·lent ---Utilitzeu-la, si us plau! Podeu començar per -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroducció -\family default +\family default , que proporciona una breu introducció de la documentació disponible. A continuació podeu aprendre a utilitzar LyX mitjançant -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX és el que s'anomena un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset processador de documents. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset El disseny de LyX és diferent del dels processadors de texts normals ---fent senzilla l'escriptura de documents. Això sí, només una mica diferent, que ningú s'espanti! La documentació ho aclarirà tot \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard No us havia dit encara que cal llegir la documentació ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Els documents LyX ténen un aspecte formidable! Proveu de seleccionar -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default -itxer->Visualitzar\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +itxer->Visualitzar\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default vi -\family default +\family default ara mateix per veure-ho. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sí, LyX pot imitar (quasi bé) tota la funcionalitat de LaTeX. A més a més, LyX pot importar fitxers LaTeX. Els usuaris de LaTeX amb experiència es poden saltar la resta del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , i llegir el capítol \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on LyX for LaTeX Users -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Per tots els altres: no us preocupeu, no cal saber LaTeX per utilitzar LyX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX té moltes utilitats per qui vulgui fer servir altres idiomes que l'Anglès. A més, els lligams de tecles ( -\emph on +\emph on keybindings -\emph default +\emph default ), barra d'utilitats ( -\emph on +\emph on toolbar -\emph default +\emph default ), i moltes altres característiques són configurables en gran manera (bàsicament editant el fitxer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Vegeu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonalització -\family default +\family default per més detalls. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate La pàgina web de LyX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter és http://www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Obté informació sobre LyX, subscriviu-vos a la/les llista/llistes de correu de LyX, Passegeu-vos pel -\emph on +\emph on LyX Graphical Tour -\emph default +\emph default , i molt més. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/chess-article.lyx b/lib/examples/chess-article.lyx index d52c7b4f5c..2b95c55ca3 100644 --- a/lib/examples/chess-article.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/chess-article.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass chess \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -15,12 +17,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 0.5in \topmargin 0.5in @@ -38,129 +39,204 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_body -\series bold -\size larger +\begin_layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +\size larger Email Chess Game analyzed -\size large +\size large -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Kayvan A. Sylvan -\newline +\newline -\size default -\emph on +\size default +\emph on -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Game start 05/29/2001 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The following game was played at the IECC (International Email Chess Club). It is presented as an example of the fun you can have with LyX's new chess layout (based on the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset skak.sty \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset package from CTAN). -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom smallskip \line_top \line_bottom +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\noun on +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\noun on Sylvan, Kayvan -\hfill +\hfill Wakeham, Marc -\noun default +\noun default -\newline +\newline (1623) -\hfill +\hfill (1639) -\layout Mainline -\added_space_bottom bigskip +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\begin_inset VSpace smallskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Mainline + 1. e4 c5 2. Nc3 d6 3. g3 Nc6 4. Bg2 e6 5. Nge2 -\layout BoardCentered +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace bigskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + -\layout HighLight +\begin_layout BoardCentered + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout HighLight d4,f4 -\layout Arrow +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Arrow d2->d4 -\layout KnightMove +\end_layout + +\begin_layout KnightMove g1->e2 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-0.75in} % This is a hack! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard So far, so good. The e2 knight controls the d4 and f4 squares, preparing an eventual d4 push. The diagrammed position has been reached before in hundreds of GM games. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 5... Be7?! -\layout Variation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Variation 5... Nge7 [ -\backslash +\backslash equal{} was better. ] -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 6. d4 cxd4 7. Nxd4 a6 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With 7... a6, we are back in the well-trodden theory of this opening. -\layout BoardCentered +\end_layout -\layout Mainline +\begin_layout BoardCentered + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 8. Nxc6 bxc6 9. @@ -168,52 +244,74 @@ With 7... Qg4 Bf6 11. Bf4 Ne7 12. Rad1 -\layout BoardCentered +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BoardCentered -\layout Arrow +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Arrow a1->d1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-0.5in} % Another hack! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard White continues to develop pieces and also sets a trap for Black. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 12... O-O? [ This move loses instantly. ] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following was better, even though white retains the upper hand. -\layout Variation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Variation 12... e5 13. Be3 Qc7 14. Na4 O-O [ -\backslash +\backslash wbetter ] -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 13. e5! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Black's knight and bishop form a bumbling pair here. The bishop is doomed. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 13... Nd5!? 14. @@ -222,19 +320,28 @@ Black's knight and bishop form a bumbling pair here. Bxd6 Rfd8 17. Bc7 Rd7 18. Bf4 1-0 -\layout BoardCentered +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BoardCentered -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/chessgame.lyx b/lib/examples/chessgame.lyx index 89f2ac6c97..31a8308371 100644 --- a/lib/examples/chessgame.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/chessgame.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass chess \begin_preamble \usepackage{chess-workshop-symbols} @@ -11,12 +13,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \topmargin 0in \bottommargin 0.5in @@ -31,40 +32,71 @@ \papercolumns 2 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Email Chess Game analyzed -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Kayvan A. Sylvan -\newline +\newline -\layout Date +\end_layout +\begin_layout Date -\emph on + +\emph on Game start 05/29/2001 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following game was played at the IECC (International Email Chess Club). It is presented as an example of the fun you can have with LyX's new chess support. You must have xboard installed on your machine to be able to open and view the chess positions from LyX. -\layout Standard -\line_top \line_bottom +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\noun on +\lyxline + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\noun on Sylvan, Kayvan -\hfill +\hfill Wakeham, Marc -\newline +\newline (1623) -\hfill +\hfill (1639) -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Mainline 1. e4 c5 2. @@ -72,118 +104,168 @@ Wakeham, Marc g3 Nc6 4. Bg2 e6 5. Nge2 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-0.2in} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace medskip +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top medskip \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash [ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset External ChessDiagram,"iecc05.fen","" -\end_inset +\begin_inset External + template ChessDiagram + filename iecc05.fen + +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout KnightMove +\end_layout + +\begin_layout KnightMove g1->e2 -\layout HighLight +\end_layout + +\begin_layout HighLight d4,f4 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash vspace*{-0.5in} % This is a hack! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard So far, so good. This is all according to theory. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 5... Be7?! -\layout Variation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Variation 5... Nge7 [ -\backslash +\backslash equal{} ] -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 6. d4 cxd4 7. Nxd4 a6 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -With 7...\SpecialChar ~ +With 7...\InsetSpace ~ a6, we are back in the well-trodden theory of this opening. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_inset External ChessDiagram,"iecc07.fen","" +\begin_inset External + template ChessDiagram + filename iecc07.fen -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 8. Nxc6 bxc6 9. @@ -191,61 +273,83 @@ status Collapsed Qg4 Bf6 11. Bf4 Ne7 12. Rad1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash [ -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset External ChessDiagram,"iecc12.fen","" -\end_inset +\begin_inset External + template ChessDiagram + filename iecc12.fen + +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Arrow +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Arrow a1->d1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard White continues to develop pieces and also sets a trap for Black. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 12...O-O? [ This move loses instantly. ] -\layout Variation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Variation 12... e5 13. Be3 Qc7 14. Na4 O-O [ -\backslash +\backslash wbetter{} is best ] -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 13. e5! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Black's knight and bishop are in each other's way. The bishop is doomed. -\layout Mainline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Mainline 13... Nd5!? 14. @@ -254,6 +358,11 @@ Black's knight and bishop are in each other's way. Bxd6 Rfd8 17. Bc7 Rd7 18. Bf4 1-0 -\layout BoardCentered +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BoardCentered + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/currency.lyx b/lib/examples/currency.lyx index 94f499a35c..020804ba61 100644 --- a/lib/examples/currency.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/currency.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage[eurosym]{eurofont} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,270 +27,320 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Currency symbols and LyX -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by Adrien Rebollo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To obtain the main currency symbols with LaTeX, we need to use special packages. Here we give a brief description of how to display and print the euro, cent, yen and general currency symbols. The dollar and the pound need no special trick, so we won't speak about them. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The euro symbol -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To print the euro symbol, you need to get the eurofont package, available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/macros/latex/contrib/supported/eurofont} -\end_inset +\end_inset in the CTAN. You'll need therefore to add to the LaTeX preamble of your LyX document the command : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{eurofont} -\family default +\family default . See the preamble of this document to figure out. Then you can always obtain the euro symbol in your printed document by typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash euro{} -\family default +\family default in TeX mode, like this : \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash euro{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The shape of the symbol in the printed version tends to be better when you install the eurosym package too. It is available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/fonts/eurosym} -\end_inset +\end_inset in the CTAN. Then you declare eurofont with the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter eurosym -\family default +\family default option, like this : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash usepackage[eurosym]{eurofont} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As a next step, we'll configure LyX to display a WYSIWYM euro symbol. First you have to select latin9 screen fonts, as the euro is not in the common latin1 encoding. In the -\family sans +\family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences -\family default +\family default popup, enter -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-15 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard latin9 is the common name for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-15 -\family default +\family default encoding, and latin1 for -\family typewriter +\family typewriter iso8859-1 -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default +\family default in the -\family sans -Screen\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Screen\InsetSpace ~ fonts\SpecialChar \menuseparator Encoding -\family default +\family default field, and of course you'll have to choose fonts that are available on your system in this encoding. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You should properly configure your X server if you want the euro symbol directly on your keyboard. You can also try the keymap files in LyX : -\family typewriter +\family typewriter european.kmap -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter francais.kmap -\family default +\family default should normally support the euro symbol at its usual place. Select your keymap in the -\family sans +\family sans Language\SpecialChar \menuseparator Keymap -\family default +\family default fields. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The last step is to tell LyX that the encoding of your document is latin9. You do this in the -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default popup. It requires your LaTeX distribution to have the appropriate -\family typewriter +\family typewriter latin9.def -\family default +\family default file for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter inputenc -\family default +\family default package. It is in the recent LaTeX distributions, and is available at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/macros/latex/unpacked} -\end_inset +\end_inset in the CTAN. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If you see an euro symbol here : ¤, and not some horrible glyph, that's OK. Now try to view the DVI file. If LaTeX doesn't complain and the printed version seems fine, you're done. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Other currency symbols -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard All the symbols we present here are not available with LaTeX natively. But including the eurofont package gives access to all of them. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -The\SpecialChar ~ -cent\SpecialChar ~ +The\InsetSpace ~ +cent\InsetSpace ~ symbol If your keyboard allows the direct display of the cent symbol ¢, great, if not you'll have to type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textcent{} -\family default +\family default in TeX mode, like this : \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textcent{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -The\SpecialChar ~ -yen\SpecialChar ~ +The\InsetSpace ~ +yen\InsetSpace ~ symbol Same story as above, typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash yen{} -\family default +\family default , like this : \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textyen{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , or directly ¥. -\layout Description +\end_layout -The\SpecialChar ~ -general\SpecialChar ~ -currency\SpecialChar ~ +\begin_layout Description + +The\InsetSpace ~ +general\InsetSpace ~ +currency\InsetSpace ~ symbol It is a horrible mix of cross and circle. You cannot obtain it on screen together with the euro symbol, because it is corresponding in latin1 to the euro in latin9. You have just to type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textcurrency{} -\family default +\family default in TeX mode : \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textcurrency{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . If your screen fonts are latin1, you'll see it here : ¤. If they are latin9, you'll have a euro symbol instead. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -The\SpecialChar ~ -vertical\SpecialChar ~ -broken\SpecialChar ~ +The\InsetSpace ~ +vertical\InsetSpace ~ +broken\InsetSpace ~ bar Of course it is not a currency symbol, but it is one that you can't obtain with plain LaTeX, but provided when you include eurofont. You type -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textbrokenbar{} -\family default +\family default in TeX mode : \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash textbrokenbar{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . You'll have it on your keyboard if your X configuration is real good, and it will only display with latin1 screen fonts : ¦ . (With latin9 it is an s with a caron.) -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/cv.lyx b/lib/examples/cv.lyx index 116d2f22d6..e5af59bd30 100644 --- a/lib/examples/cv.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/cv.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass cv \begin_preamble %% You can modify the fonts used in the document be using the @@ -28,12 +30,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth -1 \tocdepth -1 @@ -44,104 +45,136 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Left Header +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Left Header 123 Hamlet Street -\newline +\newline Stratford-upon-Avon -\layout Right Header +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Header TEL: 888-PUCK -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small bill@globe.org -\layout Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Title William Shakespeare -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some people put a summary here. Note: there are many LaTeX variables you can set in the preamble to change the look of the CV. Look there (choose -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout -aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +\end_inset + +aTeX\InsetSpace ~ Preamble... -\family default +\family default ) for examples. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Work Experience -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM 1593--1609 Wrote and produced plays for the Queen, and then for the King. He really liked them a lot, but they reminded him of plays by this guy, the Earl of Oxford. -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ If a topic does not have a subtitle, you have to put a protected space there. This is a shortcoming of LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard But you can also use the paragraph depth setting, depending on what you want to do. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Education -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM 1577--78 My Dad taught me stuff. -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM -April\SpecialChar ~ -to\SpecialChar ~ -May\SpecialChar ~ +April\InsetSpace ~ +to\InsetSpace ~ +May\InsetSpace ~ 1581 Tried high school. Hated my English teacher. [Two things here: first, note (on paper) how a linebreak is inserted if your subtitle is too long; second, note that you have to use unbreakable spaces to embed spaces in the subtitle.] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Publications -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \labelwidthstring Publications \bibitem {firstref} First Folio. Me. 1623. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \labelwidthstring Publications \bibitem {secondref} @@ -150,7 +183,10 @@ These references could have been entered via BibTeX\SpecialChar \ldots{} can cite my work of \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{firstref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/da_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/da_splash.lyx index c5ee2fecfb..5d4169b9c4 100644 --- a/lib/examples/da_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/da_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language danish \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,51 +24,62 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Velkommen til LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* 7 ting du bør vide om brugen af LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX indeholder grundig dokumentation --- brug den! Start med -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default jælp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduktion -\family default +\family default , som vil give dig et meget kort overblik over dokumentationen\SpecialChar \@. Lær derefter om LyX med -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default jælp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under G -\bar default +\bar default ennemgang\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX er, hvad vi kalder en \begin_inset Quotes sld -\end_inset +\end_inset dokumentbehandler \begin_inset Quotes srd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. Den er grundlæggende forskellig fra almindelige tekstbehandlere --- på @@ -76,87 +88,100 @@ dokumentbehandler smule anderledes\SpecialChar \@. Dokumentationen vil gøre dette tydeligt for dig \begin_inset Foot -collapsed false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Fik vi nævnt, at du bør læse dokumentationen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Resultaterne fra LyX ser fantastiske ud! Vælg -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default is\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default nu, så kan du selv se. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ja, LyX kan efterligne (næsten) al LaTeX's funktioner\SpecialChar \@. Og ja, LyX kan importere LaTeX-filer\SpecialChar \@. Erfarne LaTeX-brugere kan skimme resten af -\emph on +\emph on Gennemgangen -\emph default +\emph default og derefter læse afsnittet \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX-brugere \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset \SpecialChar \@. (Alle andre: bare rolig, du behøver ikke at kende noget til LaTeX for at kunne bruge LyX\SpecialChar \@. ) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX har mange funktioner for dem, der læser eller skriver på andre sprog end engelsk\SpecialChar \@. Derover kan tastebindinger, værktøjslinie og mange andre egenskaber kan ændres (de fleste ved at rette i -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default -filen). Se -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default jælp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonliggørelse -\family default +\family default for detaljer\SpecialChar \@. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX's hjemmeside er på -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \SpecialChar \@. Find oplysninger om LyX, abonnér på LyX's postlister, tag en grafisk rundtur m.m\SpecialChar \@. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx b/lib/examples/de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx index 897a721a21..6e30f0c53e 100644 --- a/lib/examples/de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language german \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,71 +24,92 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title DIES IST DER TITEL DES DOKUMENTS -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author von Fee LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 12. Juni 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Grundidee -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Die Grundidee von LyX ist, daß Sie sich um den Inhalt Ihrer Dokumente kümmern sollten, und nicht um das Aussehen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Wie LyX es macht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX benutzt LaTeX, ein Textsatzsystem für Dokumente, das -\noun on +\noun on Leslie -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Lamport -\noun default +\noun default 1985 entworfen hatte. Das wiederum baut auf der Textsatzsprache TeX auf, die -\noun on +\noun on Donald -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Knuth -\noun default +\noun default 1984 entwickelt hatte. Die Grundidee von LaTeX ist ähnlich wie die von LyX. -\noun on +\noun on Leslie -\noun default +\noun default -\noun on +\noun on Lamport -\noun default +\noun default sagte einmal (siehe Referenz \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ): -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Der Sinn des typographischen Entwurfs ist, daß der Leser die Ideen des Autors versteht. @@ -99,31 +121,35 @@ Der Sinn des typographischen Entwurfs ist, da durch Spezialbefehle kennzeichnen.... Während Sie Ihr Dokument schreiben, sollten Sie sich auf die logische Struktur konzentrieren, nicht auf sein Aussehen. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Warum LyX besser ist -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\series default +\series default LyX kann mehr Menschen nützen als LaTeX. Es ist viel leichter zu lernen, weil Sie nicht LaTeX lernen müssen (LaTeX ist im Prinzip eine Programmiersprache). LyX ist im Prinzip wie andere WYSIWYG-Textverarbeitungen, aber LyX ist WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Auf diese Weise verbindet es die Benutzerfreundlichkeit einer Textverarbeitung @@ -131,159 +157,206 @@ What you see is what you mean Das ist eine gute Sache. Außerdem ist das Dateiformat plattformunabhängig. Das Beste aber ist: es ist KOSTENLOS! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-Merkmale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hat viele Merkmale, die das Schreiben von Dokumenten erleichtern. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Warum sollte man es sonst benutzen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ich bin -\emph on +\emph on sehr aufgegergt, -\emph default +\emph default über sie zu sprechen. Hier sind ein paar: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX kümmert sich für Sie um Ränder und die Numerierung von Fußnoten -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX erleichtert das Schreiben und Bearbeiten von mathematischen Formeln -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für eine mehr philosophische Diskussion, warum LyX besser als viele andere Textverarbeitungen ist, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt 1.2 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset auf Seite \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lahme Versuche mit anderen LyX-Teilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neulich schrieb ich ein Programm. Es sah so aus: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 BEACHTET MEIN TOLLES PROGRAMM -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ICH BIN TOLL ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nach all dem wissenschaftlichen Denken fühlte ich mehr künstlerisch, also schrieb ich dies Gedicht: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX ist eine wirklich großartige -\newline +\newline schriftsetzende Textverarbeitung. -\newline +\newline Es spart soviel Zeit. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Mathematik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Meine Lieblingsformel ist die Lösung einer quadratischen Gleichung. Aus \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (Gl.1) folgt \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (Gl. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine weitere Lieblingsformel ist die Ableitung: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (Gl. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Bemerkungen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ein paar Bemerkungen zum LyXifizieren dieser Datei: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ich konnte die gestrichelten Linien enntfernen. Sie waren nur dazu da, den Titel und das Quellenverzeichnis from Rest des Dokumentes zu ternnen. LyX (LaTeX) weiß genug, um diese Teile mit Zwischenräumen abzusetzen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ich kümmerte mich nicht darum, die mathematischen Formeln als abgesetzte Formeln zu schreiben. Außerdem habe ich nicht die automatische Gleichungsnumerierung von LyX benutzt, weil das nicht im -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default beschrieben wurde. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ich mußte das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Literatur \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset nicht schreiben. LyX schreibt es automatisch (oder das Wort \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referenzen \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , abhängig von der Dokumentklasse), wenn man als Umgebung -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default wählt. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/de_beispiel_roh.lyx b/lib/examples/de_beispiel_roh.lyx index 704972f4f1..30e041403c 100644 --- a/lib/examples/de_beispiel_roh.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/de_beispiel_roh.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language german \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,108 +24,155 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard DIES IST DER TITEL DES DOKUMENTS -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: der Titel sollte mehr nach einem Titel aussehen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard von Fee LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Fee LyX ist der AUTHOR -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 12. Juni 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: dies ist ein DATE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inhaltsverzeichnis -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Es wäre schön, wenn wir das Verzeichnis nicht selber schreiben -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard müßten -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Grundidee..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Wie LyX es macht...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Warum LyX besser ist ...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. LyX-Merkmale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lahme Versuche mit anderen LyX-Teilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Mathematik -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Grundidee -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Abschnittüberschriften sollten ein wenig hervorgehoben sein -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Die Grundidee von LyX ist, daß Sie sich um den Inhalt Ihrer Dokumente kümmern sollten, und nicht um das Aussehen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Wie LyX es macht -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX benutzt LaTeX, ein Textsatzsystem für Dokumente, das Leslie Lamport 1985 entworfen hatte. @@ -132,26 +180,34 @@ LyX benutzt LaTeX, ein Textsatzsystem f entwickelt hatte. Die Grundidee von LaTeX ist ähnlich wie die von LyX. Leslie Lamport sagte einmal (siehe Referenz [1]): -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: dieser Zitat-Verweis sollte nicht fest sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Was wäre, wenn wir Lamports Buch als zweites in der Literaturverzeichnis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard haben wollten? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Der Sinn des typographischen Entwurfs ist, daß der Leser die Ideen des Autors versteht. @@ -164,22 +220,28 @@ Der Sinn des typographischen Entwurfs ist, da Während Sie Ihr Dokument schreiben, sollten Sie sich auf die logische Struktur konzentrieren, nicht auf sein Aussehen. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Dies ist ein Zitat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Warum LyX besser ist -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kann mehr Menschen nützen als LaTeX. Es ist viel leichter zu lernen, weil Sie nicht LaTeX lernen müssen (LaTeX @@ -187,11 +249,11 @@ LyX kann mehr Menschen n LyX ist im Prinzip wie andere WYSIWYG-Textverarbeitungen, aber LyX ist WYSIWYM \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Auf diese Weise verbindet es die Benutzerfreundlichkeit einer Textverarbeitung @@ -199,158 +261,223 @@ What you see is what you mean Das ist eine gute Sache. Außerdem ist das Dateiformat plattformunabhängig. Das Beste aber ist: es ist KOSTENLOS! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. LyX-Merkmale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX hat viele Merkmale, die das Schreiben von Dokumenten erleichtern. (Warum sollte man es sonst benutzen? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Dieser hervorgehobene Satz würde in einer Fußnote besser aussehen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) Ich bin SEHR AUFGEREGT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Hervorheben! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset über sie zu sprechen. Hier sind ein paar: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX kümmert sich für Sie um Ränder und die Numerierung von Fußnoten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX erleichtert das Schreiben und Bearbeiten von mathematischen Formeln -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Für eine mehr philosophische Diskussion, warum LyX besser als viele andere Textverarbeitungen ist, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt 1.2 auf Seite 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Dieser Querverweis sollte nicht fest sein. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Was wäre, wenn wir die Abschnittsnummern ändern würden? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lahme Versuche mit anderen LyX-Teilen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Neulich schrieb ich ein Programm. Es sah so aus: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REM BEACHTET MEIN TOLLES PROGRAMM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ICH BIN TOLL! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Dies ist Computer-CODE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nach all dem wissenschaftlichen Denken fühlte ich mehr künstlerisch, also schrieb ich dies Gedicht: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ist eine wirklich großartige -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard schriftsetzende Textverarbeitung -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Es spart soviel Zeit. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: Es ist nicht sehr gut, aber es ist Poesie, auch als VERSE -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard bekannt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Mathematik -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hinweis: diese mathematischen Dinge sollten im Mathematikmodus gedruckt -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard werden! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Meine Lieblingsformel ist die Lösung einer quadratischen Gleichung. Aus ax^2+bx+c=0 (Gl.1) folgt x= -b +/- der Quadratwurzel aus b^2-4ac, dividiert durch 2a (Gl. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eine weitere Lieblingsformel ist die Ableitung: f'(x) ist der Grenzwert von f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividiert durch deltax, wenn deltax gegen 0 geht (Gl. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LITERATUR -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/de_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/de_splash.lyx index 8c1153b3bb..542164a7ed 100644 --- a/lib/examples/de_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/de_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language german \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,130 +24,152 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Willkommen bei LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Die wichtigsten Dinge, wenn Sie LyX verwenden -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX besitzt eine exzellente Dokumentation --- bitte machen Sie regen Gebrauch davon! Lesen Sie zunächst -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default inführung -\family default +\family default , dies gibt Ihnen einen kurzen Überblick über die vorhandene Dokumentation. Wie Sie mit LyX arbeiten, erläutert Ihnen -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorium -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX kann man am besten als \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Dokumenten-Verarbeitung \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset beschreiben. Vom Design her unterscheidet es sich von gängigen Textverarbeitungen und vereinfacht dadurch das Erstellen von komplexen Dokumenten. Aber keine Sorge, die Unterschiede sind nur gering und werden in der Dokumentat ion erläutert. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Mit LyX erstellte Texte sehen gut aus. Überzeugen Sie sich davon mit -\family sans +\family sans Anzei -\bar under +\bar under g -\bar default +\bar default en\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ja, LyX kann (fast) die gesamte Funktionalität von LaTeX umsetzen. Und, ja, LyX kann vorhandene LaTeX-Dateien importieren. Erfahrene LaTeX-Nutzer sollten das -\emph on +\emph on Tutorium -\emph default +\emph default überfliegen und dann das Kapitel \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset lesen. Alle anderen brauchen sich keine Gedanken zu machen: Sie müssen kein LaTeX lernen, um mit LyX zu arbeiten. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX bietet ausführliche Unterstützung für all diejenigen, die eine andere Sprache als Englisch lesen und schreiben. Darüberhinaus sind Dinge wie Tastaturbelegung, Werkzeugleiste und viele weitere Charakteristiken frei konfigurierbar (das meiste durch editieren der Datei -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Näheres erläutert -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default npassung -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Die Web-Seite von LyX ist auf -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Dort bekommen Sie aktuelle Informationen zu LyX, können Mailing-Listen abonnieren, sich einen grafischen Rundgang durch LyX ansehen und vieles mehr. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/decimal.lyx b/lib/examples/decimal.lyx index 23150649f5..5deeb0b904 100644 --- a/lib/examples/decimal.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/decimal.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{dcolumn} @@ -11,12 +13,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,48 +28,77 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the dcolumn package. Add the following to the LateX preamble: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the -\family sans +\family sans Special Column Alignment -\family default +\family default box of the -\family sans +\family sans Table extra -\family default +\family default form the following: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{number of decimals of the data} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the following table we entered -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{4} -\family default +\family default : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -79,123 +109,164 @@ d{4} \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Expression -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Value -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3.1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 36.462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 80663. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.3402e18 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well. A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This method offers the same flexibility as the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default package. One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column types in the preamble. The syntax is as follows: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The interested reader is directed towards the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default package documentation for more details. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/docbook_article.lyx b/lib/examples/docbook_article.lyx index 16cf81d3d9..b74e9f1b43 100644 --- a/lib/examples/docbook_article.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/docbook_article.lyx @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 233 +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass docbook \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 -\use_jurabib 0 -\use_bibtopic 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -25,9 +24,12 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes 0 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true \end_header +\begin_body + \begin_layout SGML @@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ Here goes the information about the article: * abstract \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ status inlined José \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Surname @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ status inlined Matos \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ The abstract can span several paragraphs. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{first-section} -\end_inset +\end_inset Introduction \end_layout @@ -157,11 +159,11 @@ One of the goals is the support, as much as possible, of layouts used in Remember that this is work in progress, I would like to hear any comments, good or \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset bad \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . \end_layout @@ -181,7 +183,7 @@ This is an example with several nested lists. item 1 \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate item 2 @@ -192,14 +194,14 @@ item 2 new item \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate collection \end_layout -\end_deeper -\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize new set @@ -267,7 +269,7 @@ If a label is the first element in any layout, that label will be merged See as an example \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref[first-section]{first-section} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \end_layout @@ -280,9 +282,9 @@ Fonts \begin_layout Standard The only fonts supported are -\emph on +\emph on Emphasis -\emph default +\emph default and \begin_inset CharStyle Literal status inlined @@ -292,7 +294,7 @@ status inlined SGML \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset . \end_layout @@ -339,7 +341,7 @@ status open rotateAngle 45 rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ status open Nice platypus \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -379,7 +381,7 @@ status open rotateAngle 45 rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ long, very long... :-) \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -410,7 +412,7 @@ sideways false status open \begin_layout Standard -\align center +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -428,7 +430,7 @@ status open \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -438,7 +440,7 @@ status open Software 1 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -448,7 +450,7 @@ Software 1 Software 2 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -458,7 +460,7 @@ Software 2 Software 3 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -468,7 +470,7 @@ Software 3 Software 4 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset @@ -480,7 +482,7 @@ Software 4 Plataform 1 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -490,7 +492,7 @@ Plataform 1 25 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -500,7 +502,7 @@ Plataform 1 10 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -510,7 +512,7 @@ Plataform 1 34 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -519,7 +521,7 @@ Plataform 1 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset @@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ Plataform 1 Plataform 2 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -540,7 +542,7 @@ Plataform 2 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -550,7 +552,7 @@ Plataform 2 12 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -560,7 +562,7 @@ Plataform 2 30 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text @@ -570,12 +572,12 @@ Plataform 2 35 MB \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -585,7 +587,7 @@ Plataform 2 Nice Formal Table \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -606,7 +608,7 @@ There are some restrictions when using margins. For further information on docbook allowed syntax consult the \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[docbook reference manual]{http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/documentation/reference/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . \end_layout @@ -616,7 +618,7 @@ There are some restrictions when using margins. It is also possible to insert margin notes inside some environments. \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout SGML @@ -638,12 +640,12 @@ second par -> margin note third par -> margin note \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout -\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Quotation Notice that the previous layout is at level 1 @@ -662,12 +664,12 @@ This comes from a docbook restriction. These environments are easily added to the docbook layout. \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset and so is the follow: \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout SGML @@ -679,12 +681,12 @@ status collapsed too marginal ;-) \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout -\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Section The road map @@ -700,7 +702,7 @@ This is a small list of the remaining tasks: Expand the number of layouts \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize example @@ -731,13 +733,13 @@ caution important \end_layout -\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Compose other layout files, besides article \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate book @@ -754,7 +756,7 @@ status collapsed I do not expect lyx to deal with colection of books, for now! \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -764,13 +766,13 @@ I do not expect lyx to deal with colection of books, for now! refentry \end_layout -\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize goodies \end_layout -\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate including other lyx files @@ -781,7 +783,7 @@ including other lyx files more advanced tables support \end_layout -\end_deeper +\end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize better documentation @@ -793,4 +795,5 @@ That's all. ;-) \end_layout +\end_body \end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx b/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx index 946fd8b705..3ef45597ba 100644 --- a/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,35 +24,54 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author por Fulanito -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 12 de junio de 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Filosofía general -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes, no de la forma. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Cómo lo hace LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por Leslie Lamport en 1985. @@ -61,10 +81,12 @@ LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparaci Leslie Lamport dijo (ver referencia \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ): -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas del autor. @@ -75,34 +97,38 @@ La funci no puede entenderte directamente, debes indicarle explícitamente la estructura lógica mediante comandos especiales [...] Mientras escribes el documento, deberías preocuparte de su estructura lógica, no de su apariencia. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Por qué LyX es mejor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX. Es considerablemente más fácil de usar, ya que no necesitas aprender LaTeX (que es prácticamente un lenguaje de programación). LyX es básicamente como los demás procesadores de texto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que obtienes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , salvo que LyX es \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que quieres decir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De esta forma, combina la facilidad de uso de los procesadores de texto @@ -111,159 +137,206 @@ lo que ves es lo que quieres decir Además, el formato de fichero es independiente del ordenador/sistema que uses. Y lo mejor de todo, ¡es LIBRE y GRATUITO! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Características de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Estoy -\emph on +\emph on muy emocionado -\emph default +\emph default de hablarte de ellas. Aquí tienes una lista con sólo unas pocas. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a pie de página -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore s de texto, mira la sección \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset , que se encuentra en la página \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El otro día escribí un programa. Era el siguiente: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¡SOY IMPRESIONANTE! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico, así que escribí este haiku: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX es un maravilloso -\newline +\newline Procesador de textos -\newline +\newline Ahorra tanto tiempo -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matemáticas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado. Si \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec.1), entonces \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (ec. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Comentarios -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un par de apuntes sobre la adaptación a LyX de este fichero: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize He quitado la línea hecha a base de guiones. Era simplemente para separar las referencias y el índice del resto del documento. LyX (LaTeX) ya sabe que debe separarlos dejando un espacio. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize No me he molestado en poner las ecuaciones en modo demostración. Tampoco he utilizado la numeración automática de ecuaciones, porque no se ha explicado en el -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize No he tenido que escribir la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referencias \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . LyX la escribe automáticamente (o la palabra \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografía \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , dependiendo de la clase de texto) cuando seleccionas el estilo -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx b/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx index 877114938e..aea8c17a82 100644 --- a/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/es_ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,104 +24,149 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard ESTE ES EL TÍTULO DEL DOCUMENTO -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: el título debería parecerse más a un título -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard por Fulanito -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Fulanito es el AUTOR -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 12 de junio de 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Esto es una FECHA -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Índice general -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Sería estupendo que no tuviésemos que escribir el índice -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard de manera explícita -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Filosofía general..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Características de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matemáticas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Filosofía general -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Los títulos de sección deberían resaltar mas -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La filosofía básica de LyX es que te preocupes del contenido de lo que escribes, no de la forma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Cómo lo hace LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparación de documentos diseñado por Leslie Lamport en 1985. @@ -128,27 +174,35 @@ LyX utiliza LaTeX, un sistema de preparaci Donald Knuth en 1984. LaTeX está diseñado sobre una filosofía similar a la de LyX. Leslie Lamport dijo (ver referencia [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Probablemente esta REFERENCIA A CITA no debería -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard estar escrita "directamente". ¿Qué pasaría si ponemos el libro -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard de Lamport en la segunda entrada de la bibliografía? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset La función del diseño tipográfico es ayudar al lector a comprender las ideas del autor. @@ -160,41 +214,47 @@ La funci lógica mediante comandos especiales [...] Mientras escribes el documento, deberías preocuparte de su estructura lógica, no de su apariencia. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Esto es una CITA -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Por qué LyX es mejor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX puede ser útil a más gente que LaTeX. Es considerablemente más fácil de usar, ya que no necesitas aprender LaTeX (que es prácticamente un lenguaje de programación). LyX es básicamente como los demás procesadores de texto \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que obtienes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , salvo que LyX es \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset lo que ves es lo que quieres decir \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . De esta forma, combina la facilidad de uso de los procesadores de texto @@ -203,159 +263,224 @@ lo que ves es lo que quieres decir Además, el formato de fichero es independiente del ordenador/sistema que uses. Y lo mejor de todo, ¡es LIBRE y GRATUITO! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Características de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX posee muchas características que hacen más fácil escribir documentos. (Después de todo, ¿por qué otra cosa lo querrías usar? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Este comentario entre paréntesis quedaría mejor en una -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard nota a pie de página -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) Estoy MUY EMOCIONADO -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: ¡Resáltalo! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset de hablarte de ellas. Aquí tienes una lista con sólo unas pocas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX se engarga él solo de los márgenes y la numeración de las notas a pie de página -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX hace muy simple la edición de fórmulas matemáticas. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Para una discusión más filosófica de por qué LyX es mejor que muchos procesadore s de texto, mira la sección 1.2, que se encuentra en la página 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Seguramente, estas REFERENCIAS CRUZADAS no -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard deberían escribirse "directamente". ¿Y si cambiásemos los -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard números de sección? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Intentos fallidos de usar más cosas de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard El otro día escribí un programa. Era el siguiente: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK MI IMPRESIONANTE PROGRAMA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ¡SOY IMPRESIONANTE! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Esto es código de ordenador -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Después de este gran esfuerzo científico, empecé a sentirme más artístico, así que escribí este haiku: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX es un maravilloso -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Procesador de textos -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ahorra tanto tiempo -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: No es muy bueno, pero es poesia, concretamente una -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard estrofa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matemáticas -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pista: Todas las fórmulas a partir de aquí deberían escribirse -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard en modo matematico -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mi ecuación favorita es la solución de la ecuación de segundo grado. Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (ec.1), entonces x= -b + o menos la raíz cuadrada de b^2-4ac, todo dividido por 2a (ec. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Otra de mis ecuaciones favoritas es la base del cálculo: f'(x) se define como el límite cuando deltax tiende a cero de f(x+deltax) - f(x) dividido por deltax (ec. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENCIAS -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, segunda edición, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/es_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/es_splash.lyx index ced0ceab6e..22c012bde7 100644 --- a/lib/examples/es_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/es_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,51 +24,62 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title ¡Bienvenido a LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Las n primeras cosas que debe saber al usar LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX viene con una excelente documentación (por favor, ¡úsela!). Comience en el menú con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default yuda\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroducción -\family default +\family default , que le hará una introducción muy breve a los manuales. Después aprenda a usar LyX con -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default yuda\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX es lo que llamamos un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset procesador de documentos \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Por su diseño, es distinto a los procesadores de texto convencionales, @@ -75,85 +87,98 @@ procesador de documentos Pero sólo un poco distinto, no se asuste. La documentación le dejará todo claro \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ¿Hemos dicho ya que debería leer la documentación? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate La salida de LyX tiene un aspecto impecable. Ejecute en el menú -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default rchivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Ver\SpecialChar ~ +Ver\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default vi -\family default +\family default para comprobarlo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sí, LyX puede imitar casi toda la funcionalidad de LaTeX. Y sí, LyX puede importar ficheros LaTeX. Los usuarios experimentados de LaTeX deberían leerse el capítulo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX para usuarios de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , y hojear el resto del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . (Al resto de lectores: no se preocupe, no necesita saber LaTeX para usar LyX). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX tiene montones de ventajas para aquellos que leen o escriben en un idioma distinto del inglés. Además, las asociaciones de teclas, la barra de herramientas y muchas otras características son altamente configurables (la mayor parte editando su fichero -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Mire en -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default yuda\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonalización -\family default +\family default para más detalles. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate La página de LyX en Internet está en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Consiga allí información sobre el programa, subscríbase a la(s) lista(s) de correo, obtenga el -\emph on +\emph on Tour Gráfico de LyX -\emph default +\emph default , y muchas más cosas. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/eu_adibide_gordina.lyx b/lib/examples/eu_adibide_gordina.lyx index 8e1bdeed6e..9a17396c96 100644 --- a/lib/examples/eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/eu_adibide_gordina.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,103 +24,148 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea:: Izenburak izenburu baten itxura gehiago eduki beharko luke. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard egilea: Norbait -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Norbaitek egilea da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1973ko urriak 23 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea:Hau DATA bat da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Aurkibide orokorra -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Zoragarria izango zatekeen aurkibidea eskuz idatzi -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard beharrik ez edukitzea. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Oinarrizko Izakera..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 LyX Zergaitik da hobeagoa...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. LyX-en Ezaugarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matematikak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Oinarrizko Izakera -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Ataleko izenburuek gehiago nabarmendu beharko ziren. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 LyX-ek nola lantzen duen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki prestaketa sisteman. @@ -127,29 +173,39 @@ LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki eraikia izan zen. LaTeX LyX-en antzeko izakera baten gain diseinatuta dago. Leslie Lamport-ek esan zuen ([1] erreferentzia ikusi) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: AIPAMEN ERREFERENTZI hau eskuz idatzita ez -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard egotea legezkoena izango zatekeen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zer gertatuko litzatekeen Lamport-en liburua bibliografiako -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard bigarren sarrera jartzen badugu? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu araztean datza. @@ -162,41 +218,47 @@ Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu duzun bitartean, bere logikaren egituran arduratu beharra daukazu, ez bere itxuran. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Hau AIPAMEN bat da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 LyX zergatik da hobeagoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke. Askoz ere erabil errazagokoa da, LaTeX zer den ikasi beharrik ez bait daukazu (azken finean ia programaketa hizkuntza denez). LyX ia beste \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -n idazki prozesatzaileen bezalakoa da, LyX ordea \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset da. Era honetan, idazki prozesatzaileen erreztasuna LaTeX-en indarrarekin batzen @@ -205,159 +267,224 @@ ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu Horretaz gain, fitxategiaren egitura erabiltzen duzun ordenagailu/sistema-tik aske dago. Eta onena zera da, ASKEA eta DOHAINEKOA dela. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. LyX-en Ezaugarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari ditu (bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Parentesi arteko azalpen hau orri oineko ohar batean -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard hobekiago egongo litzatekeen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ). Beraietaz mintzatzeak UNKITU egiten nau -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Nabarmendu ezazu! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Hemen beraietariko batzuen zerrenda bat daukazu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko, 1.2 atala ikusi, 1. orrialdean aurkitzen da. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Ziurrenik, GURUTZATUTAKO ERREFERENTZI -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard hauek eskuz idatzirik ez luketeen egon behar. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Eta ataletako zenbakiak aldatzen baditugu? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen. Ondoko hau zen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset IKUSGARRIA NAIZ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Hau ordenagailu kodea da. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX idazki prozezatzaile -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoragarri bat da -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Ez da oso ona, baina olerkia da, estrofa bat -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard hain zuzen. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matematikak -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Argibidea: Hemendik aurrera agertzen diren ekuazio guztiak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard matematika eran idatziak izan beharko ziren. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da. Baldin eta ax^2+bx+c=0 (1.ek), orduan x= -b + o ken b^2-4ac-ren erroketa,hau dena 2a (2. ek)-agatik zatitua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste ekuazio ederrenetakoa kalkulu oinarria da: f'(x) limitzat definitzen da f(x+deltax) - f(x)-ren zerora hurbiltzen denean, deltax (3. ek)-egatik zatitua. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ERREFERENTZIAK -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, bigarren argitaraketa, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx b/lib/examples/eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx index 4560ab86e0..e1d14d6801 100644 --- a/lib/examples/eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language spanish \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,34 +24,53 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title HAU IDAZKIAREN IZENBURUA DA -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author egilea: Norbait -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 1973ko urriak 23 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Oinarrizko Izakera -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-en oinarrizko izakeran idatzi beharrekoan datza, eta ez itxuran. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX-ek nola lantzen duen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki prestaketa sisteman. @@ -60,10 +80,12 @@ LyX-ek LaTeX erabiltzen du, Leslie Lamport-ek 1985-an diseinatu zuen idazki Leslie Lamport-ek esan zuen ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{Lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset erreferentzia ikusi) : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu araztean datza. @@ -75,34 +97,38 @@ Tipografi diseinuaren betebeharra irakurtzaileak egilearen burutazioak ulerttu idatziz nahi duzun logika egitura esan behar diozu [...] Idazki bat idazten duzun bitartean, bere logikaren egituran arduratu beharra daukazu, ez bere itxuran. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection LyX zergatik da hobeagoa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxhobeagoa} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX erabiltzaileentzat LaTeX baino erabilgarriagoa izan daiteke. Askoz ere erabil errazagokoa da, LaTeX zer den ikasi beharrik ez bait daukazu (azken finean ia programaketa hizkuntza denez). LyX ia beste \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -n idazki prozesatzaileen bezalakoa da, LyX ordea \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset da. Era honetan, idazki prozesatzaileen erreztasuna LaTeX-en indarrarekin batzen @@ -111,111 +137,148 @@ ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu Horretaz gain, fitxategiaren egitura erabiltzen duzun ordenagailu/sistema-tik aske dago. Eta onena zera da, ASKEA eta DOHAINEKOA dela. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-en Ezaugarriak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX-ek idazkiak idazteko erreztasun asko eskeintzen dituen ezugarri ugari ditu. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard bestela, zertarako nahiko zenuke erabiltzea? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Beraietaz mintzatzeak -\emph on +\emph on asko unkitzen -\emph default +\emph default nau. Hemen, beraietariko batzuen zerrenda bat daukazu. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Margenak eta Orri Oineko Oharren zenbaketetaz LyX bera arduratzen da -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX-ek matematika ekuazioak idaztean izugarrizko erreztasuna eskeintzen du. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX beste testu prozesatzaileen baino hobeago izatearen zergatia eztabaidatzeko, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lyxhobeagoa} -\end_inset +\end_inset atala ikusi, \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{atal:lyxhobeagoa} -\end_inset +\end_inset orrialdean aurkitzen da. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LyX-eko gauz gehiago erabiltzean saiakera hutsak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Lehengo batean programa bat idatzi nuen. Ondoko hau zen: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REMARK NERE PROGRAMA IKUSGARRIA -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset IKUSGARRIA NAIZ \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zientzilan ikaragarri haundi honen ondoren, artista bat nintzela sentitzen hasi nintzen, eta ondorengo hori idatzi nuen: -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX idazki prozezatzaile -\newline +\newline Zoragarri bat da -\newline +\newline Hainbeste denbora aurrezten du -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematikak -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nere ekuazio gogokoena bigarren mailako ekuazio baten emaitza da. Baldin eta \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (1.ek), orduan \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (2. ek) . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Beste ekuazio polita kalkulu oinarria da: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (3. ek). -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {Lamport} Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, bigarren argitaraketa, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/eu_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/eu_splash.lyx index 3972b1ada4..c01b8d6222 100644 --- a/lib/examples/eu_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/eu_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,53 +24,64 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Ongietorri LyX-era! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* LyX erabiltzean lehendabizi jakin beharreko gauzak -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-ek laguntza eskuliburu bikain bat dauka (erabil ezazu). -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator S -\bar default +\bar default arrera -\family default +\family default zerrenda aukerarekin hasi (eskuliburuei buruzko sarreratxo bat da). Ondoren, -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza -\bar under +\bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator T -\bar default +\bar default utoretza-n -\family default +\family default laguntzaz LyX erabiltzen ikasi -\family sans +\family sans . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset idazki prozesatzailea \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset deritzoguna da. Bere egituragatik ohizko idazki prozesatzaileen aldean ezberdina da, idazkiak @@ -77,95 +89,108 @@ idazki prozesatzailea Apur bat ezberdina soilik, ez zaitez beldurtu. Eskuliburu laguntzaileek gauza denak argituko dizkizute \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Laguntzako eskuliburuak irakurtzea komeni zaizkizula esan al dizugu? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-en irteera emaitzak (output) itxura hobezina dauka. Begiztatzeko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Dvi\SpecialChar ~ +Dvi\InsetSpace ~ ikusi -\family default +\family default lan dezakezu (une honetan adibidez). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Bai,. LyX-ek LaTeX-en betebeharreko ia dena errepika (edo landu) dezake. Eta bai, LyX-ek LaTeX-eko fitxategiak beregana ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under F -\bar default +\bar default itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator Barneratu -\family default +\family default ) ditzake. LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile adituei -\emph on +\emph on Tutoretzako -\emph default +\emph default \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset alea irakurtzea komeni zaie, eta gainerakoentzat gainetik begiradatxo bat ematearekin nahikoa izango da. Beste irakurle guztiontzat (ez zaitez kezkatu), LyX erabiltzeko LaTeX jakin beharrik ez dago. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Inglesez gain beste edozein hizkuntzetan idazten edo irakurtzen duten erabiltzai leentzat abantaila ugari daude. Gainera tekla elkarte, tresna barra eta beste hainbat ezaugarriek egokitze maila handia eskeintzen diote (ia dena -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default fitxategia landuz). -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under E -\bar default +\bar default gokitua -\family default +\family default ikus ezazu. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX-en Interneteko orria -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default da. Bertan programari buruzko informazioa lortu, gutun zerrendetan harpidetu, -\emph on +\emph on LyX-eko Marrazkidun Ibilalditxoa (edo Tour) -\emph default +\emph default -a lortu eta gauza gehiago egin dezakezu. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/example_lyxified.lyx b/lib/examples/example_lyxified.lyx index ea6c920474..4253b4f337 100644 --- a/lib/examples/example_lyxified.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/example_lyxified.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,35 +24,54 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title THIS IS THE TITLE OF THE DOCUMENT -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by Fee LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date June 12, 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Basic Philosophy -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The basic philosophy of LyX is that you should worry about the content of what you're writing and not the form. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection How LyX does it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport in 1985. @@ -61,10 +81,12 @@ LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport Leslie Lamport once said (see reference \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ): -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the author's ideas. @@ -76,34 +98,38 @@ The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the logical structure by typing special commands.... As you are writing your document, you should be concerned with its logical structure, not its visual appearance. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Why LyX is better -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX can be useful to more people than LaTeX. It's considerably easier to learn, because you don't need to learn LaTeX (which is practically a programming language). LyX is basically like other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset word processors, except that LyX is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In this way, it combines the ease of use of word processors with the power @@ -111,158 +137,205 @@ What you see is what you mean This is a Good Thing. Also, the file format is platform independent. Best of all, it's FREE! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Features of LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has many features which make writing documents easier. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard After all, why else would you want to use it? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset I'm -\shape italic +\shape italic very excited -\shape default +\shape default to talk about them. Here's a list of just a few. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX worries about margins, and footnote numbering for you -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX makes it simple to write and edit mathematical formulae -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For a more philosophical discussion of why LyX is better than lots of other word processors, see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset , which can be found on page \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Lame attempts to use other LyX stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I wrote a program the other day. It looked like this. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'M AWESOME! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After all that scientific thinking, I started feeling more artistic, so I wrote this haiku -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX is really great -\newline +\newline Typesetting word processor -\newline +\newline It saves so much time -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Math Stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard My favorite equation is the solution to a quadratic equation. If \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq.1), then \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another favorite equation is the basis of calculus: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A couple notes about LyXifiying this file: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I was able to remove the lines made with dashes. They were there purely to separate the title and references from the rest of the document. LyX (LaTeX) knows enough to separate these parts of the document with space. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I didn't bother putting the math equations in display mode. Also, I didn't use LyX' automatic equation numbering, because it's not described in the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize I didn't have to type the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset References \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset below. LyX automatically writes it (or the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliography, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset depending on the textclass) when you select -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default style. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/example_raw.lyx b/lib/examples/example_raw.lyx index 7f1ab4e384..969d056a64 100644 --- a/lib/examples/example_raw.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/example_raw.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,104 +24,149 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard THIS IS THE TITLE OF THE DOCUMENT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: the title should look more like a title -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by Fee LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Fee is the AUTHOR -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard June 12, 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: this is a DATE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Table of Contents -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: It would be nice if we didn't have to type the Table -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard of Contents explicitly -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Basic Philosophy..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 How LyX Does It...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Why LyX is Better...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Features of LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lame Attempts to use more LyX stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Math Stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Basic Philosophy -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Section titles should probably stand out more -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard The basic philosophy of LyX is that you should worry about the content of what you're writing and not the form. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 How LyX does it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport in 1985. @@ -128,27 +174,35 @@ LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport by Donald Knuth in 1984. LaTeX is designed around a philosophy similar to that of LyX. Leslie Lamport once said (see reference [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Probably, this CITATION REFERENCE shouldn't be -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "hard-coded". What if we make Lamport's book the second -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard item in the bibliography? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the author's ideas. @@ -161,41 +215,47 @@ The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the As you are writing your document, you should be concerned with its logical structure, not its visual appearance. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: This is a QUOTE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Why LyX is better -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can be useful to more people than LaTeX. It's considerably easier to learn, because you don't need to learn LaTeX (which is practically a programming language). LyX is basically like other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset word processors, except that LyX is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In this way, it combines the ease of use of word processors with the power @@ -203,149 +263,208 @@ What you see is what you mean This is a Good Thing. Also, the file format is platform independent. Best of all, it's FREE! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Features of LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has many features which make writing documents easier. (After all, why else would you want to use it? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: This parenthetical statement would look better in a footnote -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) I'm VERY EXCITED -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Emphasize! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to talk about them. Here's a list of just a few. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX worries about margins, and footnote numbering for you -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX makes it simple to write and edit mathematical formulae -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For a more philosophical discussion of why LyX is better than lots of other word processors, see Section 1.2, which can be found on page 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Probably, these CROSS-REFERENCES shouldn't be -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "hard-coded". What if we change the section numbers? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lame attempts to use other LyX stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I wrote a program the other day. It looked like this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'M AWESOME! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: This is computer CODE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After all that scientific thinking, I started feeling more artistic, so I wrote this haiku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is really great -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typesetting word processor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It saves so much time -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: It's not very good, but it is poetry, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard otherwise known as VERSE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4. Math Stuff -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: these math things should be printed in math mode! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard My favorite equation is the solution to a quadratic equation. If ax^2+bx+c=0 (eq.1), then x= -b + or minus the square root of b^2-4ac all divided by 2a (eq. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another favorite equation is the basis of calculus: f'(x) is defined as the limit as deltax goes to zero of f(x+deltax) - f(x) divided by deltax (eq. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENCES -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_AlignementDecimal.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_AlignementDecimal.lyx index 77615a0ff6..725f199e80 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_AlignementDecimal.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_AlignementDecimal.lyx @@ -1,22 +1,23 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{dcolumn} \newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,100 +28,139 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Une meilleure solution pour l'Alignement Décimal \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduction par Adrien -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision : 1.5, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Une méthode alternative pour obtenir un alignement décimal dans les tableaux est de passer par le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . Ajoutez ce qui suit au préambule LaTeX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule. Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash usepackage{dcolumn} -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash +\backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour avoir une colonne alignée sur le symbole décimal, entrez ce qui suit dans le champ -\family sans -Colonne\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Colonne\InsetSpace ~ spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator Alignement -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans -Style\SpecialChar ~ -du\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Style\InsetSpace ~ +du\InsetSpace ~ Tableau\SpecialChar \menuseparator Colonne/Rangée -\family default +\family default : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code d{nombre de chiffres après la virgule dans les données} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Dans le tableau suivant nous avons entré -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{4} -\family default +\family default : -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -131,161 +171,204 @@ d{4} \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Expression -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeur -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3,1416 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 36,462 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 80663, -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1,3402e18 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne augmentez juste le nombre de décimales dans -\family typewriter +\family typewriter d{} -\family default +\family default . Cocher l'attribut -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonne -\family default +\family default pour une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui est commode. Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas autorisé dans une case avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut -\family sans +\family sans Multicolonne -\family default +\family default est coché. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default . On peut, par exemple, changer le séparateur d'alignement, et avoir des séparateurs d'alignement différents pour des colonnes différentes en définissan t plusieurs types de colonnes dans le préambule. La syntaxe est comme suit : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le lecteur intéressé se référera à la documentation du paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter dcolumn -\family default +\family default pour plus de détails. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_CV.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_CV.lyx index 73618b95e7..7f6a31728b 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_CV.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_CV.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass cv \begin_preamble %% Vous pouvez modifier les polices utilisés dans le document @@ -28,18 +30,17 @@ % To get more room for left column of Topic layouts, uncomment following line: % \setlength{\topicmargin}{0.3\textwidth} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth -1 \tocdepth -1 @@ -50,104 +51,140 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Left Header +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Left Header 123, rue Hamlet -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.4, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\newline + +\newline Stratford-upon-Avon -\layout Right Header +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Right Header Tél. : 08.36.68.TR.UC -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter -\size small +\family typewriter +\size small guillaume@monde.org -\layout Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Title William Shakespeare -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ici certaines personnes mettent un résumé. Note : dans le préambule vous pouvez paramétrer de nombreuses variables LaTeX pour modifier l'aspect du CV. Allez-y (faites -\family sans +\family sans Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Préambule\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\family default +\family default ) pour y trouver des exemples. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Expérience Professionnelle -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM 1593--1609 J'ai écrit et mis en scène des pièces pour la Reine, puis pour le Roi. Il les a vraiment beaucoup aimées, mais elles lui rappelaient celles d'un certain Comte d'Oxford. -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Si un élément n'a pas de sous-titre, vous devez mettre une espace insécable, comme ici. C'est un inconvénient de LyX. -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Mais vous pouvez aussi vous servir de la profondeur d'environnement, selon ce que vous voulez obtenir. -\end_deeper -\layout Section +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Section Formation -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM 1577--78 Mon Papa m'a appris le métier. -\layout Topic +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Topic \labelwidthstring MMMMM -Avril\SpecialChar ~ -à\SpecialChar ~ -mai\SpecialChar ~ +Avril\InsetSpace ~ +à\InsetSpace ~ +mai\InsetSpace ~ 1581 J'ai essayé le lycée. Je détestais mon professeur d'Anglais. [Deux choses à noter : remarquez d'abord qu'un passage à la ligne apparaît à l'impression si votre sous-titre est trop long ; ensuite, que vous devez utiliser des espaces insécables pour mettre des espaces dans le sous-titre.] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Publications -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \labelwidthstring Publications \bibitem {premiere_ref} Premier Volume. Moi. 1623. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \labelwidthstring Publications \bibitem {seconde_ref} @@ -155,18 +192,23 @@ Vous auriez pu entrer ces r Dans tous les cas, je peux citer ici mon \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash oe{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset uvre \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{premiere_ref} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx index 6fb7cbadae..fb43232976 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_ExemplesTableaux.lyx @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{multirow} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,54 +27,83 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Quelques exemples d'emploi de tableaux dans LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour, Date : 07/06/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision : 1.6, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par Jürgen Vigna (jug@sad.it) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Adrien -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Long - -\series bold -Comment utiliser les options spéciales Tableaux\SpecialChar ~ +\series bold +Comment utiliser les options spéciales Tableaux\InsetSpace ~ Longs. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -85,2533 +115,3099 @@ Longs. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exemple d'annuaire téléphonique (ne pas faire attention aux noms) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold NOM -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold TÉL. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Exemple d'annuaire téléphonique -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold NOM -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold TÉL. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold suite ... -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Kemenater -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Klaus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Maccioni -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Piero -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Concli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gianfranco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dal Bosco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Carolina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dalpiaz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Annamaria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Feliciello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Domenico -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Focarelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Galletti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oreste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Gasparini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franca -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Rizzardi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Unterkalmsteiner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Frieda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vieider -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vigna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jürgen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Weber -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Winkler -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 111 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Concli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Gianfranco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dal Bosco -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Carolina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Dalpiaz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Annamaria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Feliciello -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Domenico -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Focarelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Galletti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oreste -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Gasparini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franca -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Rizzardi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paola -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Unterkalmsteiner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Frieda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vieider -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hilde -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Vigna -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Jürgen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Weber -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Winkler -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Franz -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 555 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Annovi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Silvia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bertoli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Stefano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Bozzi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Walter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maria -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cachia -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Maurizio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Cinquemani -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giusi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Colin -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Bernard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Lassini -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Giancarlo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Luciano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Malfatti -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Valeriano -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Meneguzzo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Mezzadra -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Roberto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pirpamer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Erich -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Pochiesa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Paolo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999, 222 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Radina -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Claudio -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Stuffer -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Oskar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tacchelli -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ugo -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold Tezzele -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Margit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 999 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Rangées multiples - -\series bold +\series bold Alignement vertical dans les tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family sans +\family sans multirow -\family default +\family default (d'auteur inconnu) automatise la procédure de construction de tableaux avec des cases recouvrant plusieurs rangées en définissant la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multirow -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2624,254 +3220,349 @@ multirow \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash multirow{4}{14mm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Texte de la colonne 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash multirow{4}{14mm}{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Texte de la colonne 2 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C2e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C4e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\pagebreak_top Notes de bas de page - -\series bold +\series bold Comment utiliser des notes de bas de page dans les tableaux -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il y a différentes approches pour mettre des notes de bas de page dans des tableaux. Je vais vous expliquer celles que j'ai trouvé fonctionner assez bien avec LyX (peut-être sont-elles les seules qui marchent :). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on Utiliser des Environnements-Minipages -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Notez que les notes de bas de page sont affichées immédiatement après la fin de la mini-page. La numérotation par défaut utilise des lettres minuscules. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\backslash +\backslash centering -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "25page%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2884,222 +3575,293 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset exemple1 case(b,1) \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset exemple1 case(d,9) \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate -\emph on +\emph on Utiliser l'option -\family sans - Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans + Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Long -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Cochez le bouton -\family sans -Tableau\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tableau\InsetSpace ~ Long -\family default +\family default dans l'onglet -\family sans -Tab.\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Tab.\InsetSpace ~ Long -\family default +\family default de la fenêtre -\family sans +\family sans Tableau -\family default +\family default et les notes de bas de page seront affichées au bas de la page. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3112,194 +3874,259 @@ Tableau \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset exemple2 case(b,1) \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnote{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset exemple2 case(d,9) \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_deeper -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Enumerate + + +\emph on Utiliser les commandes LaTeX footnotemark et footnotetext -\begin_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Cette façon de faire est lourde mais simplement pour montrer que ça marche, la voici. Utilisez cette méthode dans les mini-pages pour obtenir des notes de bas de page en bas de la page. -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3312,182 +4139,237 @@ Cette fa \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnotemark -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 6 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 7 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 8 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 9 \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash footnotemark -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash addtocounter{footnote}{-1} -\backslash +\backslash footnotetext{exemple3 case(b,1)}% -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash addtocounter{footnote}{1} -\backslash +\backslash footnotetext{exemple3 case(d,9)} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_Foils.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_Foils.lyx index 66719fcc72..ef408b7d41 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_Foils.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_Foils.lyx @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass foils \begin_preamble \raggedright \MyLogo{-\LyX{} et \FoilTeX{} : Quelle équipe !-} \end_preamble \options dvips -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin9 \fontscheme default \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \paperwidth 0cm \paperheight 0cm @@ -37,410 +38,522 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bullet 0 - 5 - 2 - -1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 1 - 5 - 4 - -1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 - 4 - 8 - -1 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 - 1 - 3 - -1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Title -\added_space_bottom 7pt +\bullet 0 5 2 -1 +\bullet 1 5 4 -1 +\bullet 2 4 8 -1 +\bullet 3 1 3 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title + Classe Foils -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 7pt +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 7pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author +\end_layout +\begin_layout Author -\noun on + +\noun on Allan Rae -\noun default +\noun default et l'Équipe LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 19 novembre 1997 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract On peut combiner LyX et FoilTeX en un puissant outil de préparation de \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset transparents \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ou diapos (foils). -\layout Foilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Foilhead Voici un En-tête_Diapo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Un En-tête_Diapo démarre une nouvelle diapo. Il y a aussi une version Courte qui réduit l'espace entre l'en-tête et le corps de la diapo. Presque tous les environnements existant dans les autres classes sont encore présents ici. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset La fenêtre de sélection de la forme des puces Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Puces -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize est idéale avec la classe foils -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize vous permettant de choisir la puce -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize pour chacun des quatre niveaux de l'environnement ListePuces -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize NOTE : Pour exploiter toutes les possibilités de sélection de la forme des puces, lisez le manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default et l'exemple -\family typewriter +\family typewriter fr_ListesPuces.lyx -\family default +\family default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize NOTE 2 : Pour avoir un espacement de liste petit comme ici mettez la commande FoilTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zerolistvertdimens{} -\family default +\family default dans un insert TeX au début du premier élément. -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Voici un En-tête_Diapo_Court -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard La classe foils a été étendue pour avoir deux nouveaux types de listes à puces. Ce sont : -\layout TickList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TickList ListeCochés (TickList) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard et -\layout CrossList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout CrossList ListeCroix (CrossList) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ces deux listes ont été ajoutées pour les listes de type conseils / interdiction s, ou \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset d'accord \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset / \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset pas d'accord \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , assez fréquentes dans des transparents. Nous avons donc introduit deux environnements de paragraphe spécialisés pour vous rendre la vie plus facile. -\layout Rotatefoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Rotatefoilhead En-tête_Diapo_Tourné -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vous pouvez créer des diapos paysage avec En-tête_Diapo_Tourné. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Notez qui si vous visionnez ça avec xdvi la page semblera déborder de la feuille car xdvi ne tourne pas le texte. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Si vous visionnez ce document avec ghostview ou quelque chose d'approchant la page apparaîtra tournée. Sinon c'est que vous n'avez sans doute pas le bon pilote dvips. -\layout Definition* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Definition* Il y a aussi plusieurs environnements spécialement destinés à présenter des Théorèmes, Lemmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Preuves et Définitions. Il en existe des versions numérotées et non numérotées. -\layout ShortRotatefoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortRotatefoilhead En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Là encore la version courte réduit l'espace sous l'en-tête. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Une autre façon de contrôler la séparation est d'en ajuster la taille dans le préambule, ce qui affectera à la fois la version normale et la version courte des en-têtes de diapo (droits et tournés). Par exemple, -\newline +\newline -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} -\family default +\family default -\newline -réduira l'espacement de 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +\newline +réduira l'espacement de 0,5\InsetSpace ~ pouce. Les autres unités comprennent mm (millimètres) et pt (points). -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Les versions -\emph on +\emph on courtes -\emph default - des en-têtes de diapo réduisent la séparation de 0,5\SpecialChar ~ -pouce (environ 12,5\SpecialChar ~ +\emph default + des en-têtes de diapo réduisent la séparation de 0,5\InsetSpace ~ +pouce (environ 12,5\InsetSpace ~ mm). -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Preuves non triviales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Lemma* +\begin_layout Lemma* Plusieurs paragraphes consécutifs de type -\emph on +\emph on Theorem -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Lemme -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Corollaire -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Proposition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Définition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Preuve -\emph default +\emph default ou de leurs versions étoilées sont considérés comme faisant partie du même environnement. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* Comme vous voyez, nous sommes toujours dans le même lemme. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* Several consecutive paragraphs of type -\emph on +\emph on Theorem -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Lemma -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Corollary -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Proposition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Definition -\emph default +\emph default , -\emph on +\emph on Proof -\emph default +\emph default or the starred versions of these are part of the same environment. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* As you can see, we are still in the same lemma. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Lemma* + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* Pour mettre un deuxième Lemme juste après le premier, il faut les séparer par du texte standard ou, comme ici, par un insert TeX qui contient juste un -\family typewriter -\emph on +\family typewriter +\emph on \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset % \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default . C'est simplement le caractère de commentaire en LaTeX mais l'apparition d'un paragraphe contenant du LaTeX suffit pour forcer LyX à présenter correctem ent les deux environnements. -\layout Lemma* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma* NOTE : Vous ne rencontrerez ce problème qu'avec des paragraphes du même type et -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default de types différents comme un Théorème suivi de sa Preuve. -\layout ShortFoilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead Tableaux et Figures -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -452,98 +565,130 @@ hrule height 3pt \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Colonne 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Simple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on exemple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard de -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\bar under +\bar under tableau -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard avec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold foils -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard Les tableaux et les figures sont tous deux supportés dans Foils. Cependant les flottants ne flottent pas, mais apparaissent exactement là où ils se trouvent dans le texte. Les paramètres de placement de flottants seront tous ignorés. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float instead they appear exactly where they appear in the text. @@ -551,10 +696,11 @@ Both tables and figures are supported in Foils however floats don't float \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -566,199 +712,249 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ligne 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on Autre -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard exemple -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ligne 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\bar under +\bar under de -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard tableau -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Ligne 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\series bold +\series bold avec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard foils -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Voici un tableau flottant qui ne flotte pas -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout ShortFoilhead +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead En-têtes et Pieds de Page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard FoilTeX offre de nombreuses possibilités pour gérer les en-têtes et les pieds de page \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les notes en bas de page standard comme ici. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Il vaut mieux les définir dans le préambule bien qu'il soit possible de le faire n'importe où dans le document. Si vous voulez changer ces réglages en cours de document il vaut mieux le faire tout en haut d'une diapo, juste après l'en-tête de diapo. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le pied de page gauche est contrôlé par les deux commandes -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo{} -\family default +\family default et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Restriction{} -\family default +\family default . La première sert à inclure un logo graphique dans vos diapos, qui est par défaut \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset -Typeset by FoilTeX- \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . La seconde sert à en restreindre la diffusion, par exemple Confidentiel. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les autres coins sont contrôlés par : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightfooter{} -\family default +\family default -- par défaut le numéro de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter -\backslash +\family typewriter + +\backslash rightheader{} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftheader{} -\layout Foilhead +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Foilhead Pour en Savoir Plus -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash hrule height 3pt -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Il devrait y avoir de la documentation sur FoilTeX dans votre distribution LaTeX. @@ -766,27 +962,34 @@ Il devrait y avoir de la documentation sur FoilTeX dans votre distribution Par exemple, FoilTeX peut automatiquement tracer un trait horizontal entre les en-têtes de page et ceux de diapo, et entre le corps et les pieds de page. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} Jim Hafner, \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset The FoilTeX Class Package \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , -\family typewriter +\family typewriter .../texmf/texmf/doc/latex/foiltex/foiltex.dvi -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {2} Équipe de Documentation LyX, manuel d' -\emph on -Options\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Options\InsetSpace ~ Avancées -\emph default +\emph default . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_ListesPuces.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_ListesPuces.lyx index eba98e6a73..0b784b7427 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_ListesPuces.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_ListesPuces.lyx @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{latexsym,pifont,amssymb} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,172 +27,221 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bulletLaTeX 0 - "\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" -\end_bullet -\bulletLaTeX 1 - "\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 - 4 - 8 - 3 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 - 0 - 8 - -1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Title +\bulletLaTeX 0 "\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" +\bulletLaTeX 1 "\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" +\bullet 2 4 8 3 +\bullet 3 0 8 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Listes à Puces -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour, Date : 06/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.6, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Adrien -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous verrez vite que vous pouvez rendre le réglage des puces assez complexe. Ne vous affolez pas, la plupart des options sont à portée d'un clic de souris ou deux. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family sans + +\family sans ListePuces -\family default +\family default est l'environnement standard pour les listes à puces -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize il a son propre compteur limité à 4 niveaux -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize chaque niveau peut avoir sa propre forme de puce -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX affiche cependant toutes les puces comme des \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize À noter aussi que LyX -\emph on +\emph on ne vérifie pas -\emph default +\emph default tout seul la profondeur de l'environnement -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Sauf pour appliquer la limite de profondeur de LaTeX qui est de 6 pour toutes les listes. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Y a-t-il encore d'autres restrictions? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Oui. La sélection des puces vous permet seulement de définir des puces utilisées tout au long du document. Si vous voulez ajuster chaque paragraphe vous devrez le faire à la main. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez accéder à la fenêtre par le menu -\family sans +\family sans Fo -\bar under +\bar under r -\bar default +\bar default mat\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document -\family default +\family default et sélectionner l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Puces -\family default +\family default \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : ou -\family sans +\family sans Bullets -\family default +\family default s'il n'est pas traduit sur votre installation. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . Essayez tout de suite. -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Tableaux de Puces -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les tableaux suivants sont utilisés pour générer les panneaux de puces dans l'onglet -\family sans +\family sans Puces -\family default +\family default . -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -206,823 +256,993 @@ Standard \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash normalfont -\backslash +\backslash bfseries{--} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash flat -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash natural -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash odot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Box -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash leadsto -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash succ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Subsection* + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Maths (Symboles AMS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard American Mathematical Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1037,843 +1257,1013 @@ American Mathematical Society \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash maltese -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash checkmark -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash square -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Subsection* +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 1 (Polices PSNFSS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NFSS est le nouveau schéma de sélection de police (New Font Selecting Scheme) de LaTeX2e (basiquement, c'est ce qui a changé les commandes de police de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter { -\backslash +\backslash bf ...} -\family default +\family default à -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash textbf{...} -\family default +\family default , bien que les vrais changements soient à l'intérieur). PS signifie PostScript®. PSNFSS est un ensemble de fichiers LaTeX qui fournissent le support de NFSS pour les 35 polices PS de base présentes dans beaucoup d'imprimantes postscript. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset - Zapf Dingbats et Symbols) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1888,672 +2278,840 @@ textbf{...} \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{108} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{109} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{119} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{197} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{196} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{183} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{71} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{70} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{118} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{117} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{215} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{111} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{112} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{113} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{114} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{209} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{120} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{121} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{122} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{110} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{115} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{116} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{67} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{66} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{82} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{81} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{228} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{162} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{163} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{166} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{226} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{227} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 2 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2568,672 +3126,840 @@ Ding 2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{37} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{38} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{34} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{36} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{39} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{40} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{41} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{43} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{44} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{47} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{53} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{54} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{59} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{57} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{62} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{61} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{55} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{56} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{58} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{60} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{63} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{64} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{51} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{52} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{164} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{165} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{171} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Subsection* + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 3 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3248,672 +3974,840 @@ Ding 3 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{65} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{76} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{75} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{72} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{80} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{74} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{77} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{79} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{85} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{90} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{98} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{83} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{84} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{86} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{87} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{88} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{89} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{92} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{91} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{93} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{105} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{94} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{99} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{103} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{104} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{106} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{107} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{69} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{100} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{101} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{102} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{96} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{95} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{97} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 4 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3928,665 +4822,822 @@ Ding 4 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{223} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{225} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{232} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{229} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{230} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{238} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{237} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{236} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{235} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{234} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{233} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{239} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{241} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{250} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{251} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{49} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{50} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{217} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{245} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{243} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{248} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{252} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{253} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{219} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{213} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{221} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{220} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{212} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{174} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{254} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{242} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{231} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_Minipage.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_Minipage.lyx index 752870f916..48e59fe4ec 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_Minipage.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_Minipage.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,57 +24,89 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Quelques exemples d'emploi de mini-pages avec LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 06/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision : 1.6, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Author + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par Jürgen Vigna (jug@sad.it) \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Adrien -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "6cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -87,231 +120,308 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "6cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + + +\begin_layout Standard + -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -325,280 +435,369 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard a -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard b -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard c -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard d -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 3 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard e -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard f -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard g -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard h -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard i -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard j -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard k -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard l -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 5 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard m -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard n -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard p -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "6cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Voici le Tableau 1 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "6cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center Voici le Tableau 2 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Subsection* -\size normal +\size normal J'utilise ceci quand je dois écrire du texte bilingue (je vis dans une région d'Italie dans laquelle environ 60% des gens parlent allemand et où il faut donc écrire des lettres en allemand et en italien sur deux colonnes, comme le montre le texte suivant \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Il s'agit de l'auteur et non du traducteur, qui habite Paris et ne parle pas allemand. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "5cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est un texte en français. C'est un texte en français. @@ -613,30 +812,39 @@ C'est un texte en fran C'est un texte en français. C'est un texte en français \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard C'est une note en bas de page. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . C'est un texte en français. C'est un texte en français. C'est un texte en français. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 0 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "t" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "5cm" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english @@ -657,24 +865,35 @@ This is an english Text. This is an english Text. This is an english Text. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english This is a footnote. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset This is an english Text. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard J'espère que cela aidera à comprendre à quoi peuvent par exemple servir les mini-pages ! -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Salutations, Jürgen -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_exemple_brut.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_exemple_brut.lyx index 5dfa120491..25e17450f0 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_exemple_brut.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_exemple_brut.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,137 +24,200 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.5, Date: 17/01/2002 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le titre devrait ressembler un peu plus à un titre ("TITLE") -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard par Fée LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Fée est l'auteur de ce document ("AUTHOR") -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 12 Juin 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ceci est une "DATE".(NdT: Si si !) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Table des Matières -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ce serait plus agréable de ne pas avoir à taper la -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard "Table des Matières" explicitement. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Philosophie Générale.................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Comment LyX le fait...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur....1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Fonctionnalités de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Les Maths -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Philosophie Générale -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les titres de "Sections" ne sont pas assez en valeur, et ne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard devraient pas ^etre numérotés manuellement. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Comment LyX procède -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie Lamport en 1985. @@ -161,30 +225,40 @@ LyX utilise LaTeX, un syst TeX, créé par Donald Knuth en 1984. LaTeX est conçu autour d'une philosophie similaire à celle de LyX. Leslie Lamport disait lui-même (voir référence [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette "Citation Bibliographique" ne devrait probablement pas -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ^etre écrite en dur. Que se passe-t-il si le livre de Leslie Lamport -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard passe en seconde position dans la bibliographie? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteur. Pour qu'un document soit facile à lire, sa structure visuelle doit refléter @@ -197,44 +271,52 @@ Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur Lors de l'écriture de votre document, vous devez vous préoccuper de sa structure logique, et non pas de son apparence. \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard C'est une citation (QUOTE). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Pourquoi LyX est meilleur -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX. Il est beaucoup plus facile à apprendre, car vous n'avez pas à connaître LaTeX, qui est pratiquement un langage de programmation. LyX est en bien des points comparable à d'autres traitements de texte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYG), excepté que LyX est plutôt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYM). LyX combine donc le confort des autres traitements de texte, et la puissance @@ -242,174 +324,249 @@ What you see is what you mean C'est une bonne chose. De plus, le format de fichier est indépendant du système. Et pour finir, c'est un logiciel LIBRE ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Fonctionnalités de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture. ( Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette parenthèse serait bien mieux en "Note de bas de page" -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) Je NE RÉSISTE PLUS -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A mettre en "Italique" (ou en "Evidence") plut^ot qu'en majuscules! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset à l'envie de vous les présenter. En voici quelques-unes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voir Section 1.2, page 1 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Cette "Référence Croisée" ne devrait pas ^etre écrite en dur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Que se passe-t-il si l'on change la numérotation des sections? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset pour une discussion plus approfondie sur les avantages de LyX par rapport aux autres traitements de texte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours. Le voici : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset JE SUIS SUPER ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: C'est du source de programme ("CODE"). -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète. J'ai donc écrit ceci : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Outil de composition et de traitement de texte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Il fait gagner tellement de temps -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pas terrible comme poésie! Mais ce sont quand m^eme -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard des vers ("VERSE"). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4. Les maths -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Indication: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les mathématiques qui suivent devraient ^etre traitées -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard en "Mode Mathématique". -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré. Si ax^2+bx+c=0 (eq.1), alors x= -b + ou moins la racine carrée de b^2-4ac le tout divisé par 2a (eq. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : f'(x) est définie comme la limite, quand deltax tend vers zéro, de l'expression f(x+deltax) - f(x) divisé par deltax (eq. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENCES -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, deuxième édition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx index 189c149e01..84fefd6d00 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_exemple_lyxifie.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,64 +24,91 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title CECI EST LE TITRE DU DOCUMENT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour, Date: 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.6, Date: 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Author +\begin_layout Author par Fée LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 12 Juin 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Philosophie Générale -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La philosophie générale de LyX est de vous laisser vous concentrer sur le contenu et non pas sur la forme de vos écrits. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Comment LyX le fait -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX utilise LaTeX, un système de préparation de documents conçu par Leslie Lamport en 1985. Il a été construit, à son tour, à partir d'un langage de composition, appelé TeX, créé par Donald Knuth en 1984. LaTeX est conçu autour d'une philosophie similaire à celle de LyX. - Leslie Lamport disait lui-même (voir référence\SpecialChar ~ + Leslie Lamport disait lui-même (voir référence\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) : -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur à comprendre l'idée de l'auteur. Pour qu'un document soit facile à lire, sa structure visuelle doit refléter @@ -92,34 +120,38 @@ Le but de la typographie est d'aider le lecteur définir sa structure logique en insérant des codes appropriés... Lors de l'écriture de votre document, vous devez vous préoccuper de sa structure logique, et non pas de son apparence. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Pourquoi LyX est meilleur -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxmeilleur} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX peut être profitable à un plus grand nombre d'utilisateurs que LaTeX. Il est beaucoup plus facile à apprendre, car vous n'avez pas à connaître LaTeX, qui est pratiquement un langage de programmation. LyX est en bien des points comparable à d'autres traitements de texte \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYG), excepté que LyX est plutôt \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset (WYSIWYM). LyX combine donc le confort des autres traitements de texte, et la puissance @@ -127,172 +159,225 @@ What you see is what you mean C'est une bonne chose. De plus, le format de fichier est indépendant du système. Et pour finir, c'est un logiciel LIBRE ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fonctionnalités de LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX possède un bon nombre de fonctionnalités qui facilitent l'écriture. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Après tout, quelle autre raison pourrait vous le faire utiliser ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Je -\shape italic +\shape italic ne résiste plus -\shape default +\shape default à l'envie de vous les présenter. En voici quelques-unes. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX gère les marges et la numérotation des notes de bas de page pour vous. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize L'écriture de formules mathématiques est un jeu d'enfant avec LyX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -Voir Section\SpecialChar ~ +Voir Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxmeilleur} -\end_inset +\end_inset -, page\SpecialChar ~ +, page\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxmeilleur} -\end_inset +\end_inset pour une discussion plus approfondie sur les avantages de LyX par rapport aux autres traitements de texte. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Tentatives maladroites de mieux utiliser LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard J'ai écrit un programme ces derniers jours. Le voici : -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REMARK MON SUPER PROGRAMME -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset JE SUIS SUPER ! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Après cette pensée hautement scientifique, je me suis senti l'âme d'un poète. J'ai donc écrit ceci : -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX est vraiment un extraordinaire -\newline +\newline Outil de composition et de traitement de texte -\newline +\newline Il fait gagner tellement de temps -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Les maths -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ma formule préférée est la résolution d'une équation du second degré. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq.1), -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard alors \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une autre favorite, la base du calcul différentiel : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv\lim_{\Delta x\rightarrow0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (eq. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Notes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Quelques notes à propos de la LyXification de ce fichier : -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize J'ai pu éliminer les lignes de tirets. Elles n'étaient là que pour séparer le titre et les références du reste du document. LyX (ou LaTeX) en sait assez pour les séparer avec de l'espace. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je ne me suis pas ennuyé à mettre les équations mathématiques en mode affichage. Je n'ai pas non plus utilisé le mode de numérotation automatique des équations de LyX parce qu'il n'est pas décrit dans le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Je n'ai pas eu à taper le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset References \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset ci-dessous. LyX le met automatiquement (ou le mot \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset , en fonction de la classe du document) lorsque vous sélectionnez l'environnemen t -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, deuxième édition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_mathed.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_mathed.lyx index 4c5fc68d5c..1dea1b7062 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_mathed.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_mathed.lyx @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \float_placement H \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 1 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -24,38 +25,56 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Section +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section Conversion de et vers l'éditeur mathématique -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision: 1.8, Date : 17/01/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez taper des maths dans le corps du document puis les convertir en mode mathématique en les sélectionnant et en tapant -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default . Le texte peut être séparé par des délimiteurs ou non. Ainsi, en sélectionnant l'une des formules ci-dessous : -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -65,168 +84,205 @@ m \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{math} -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash end{math} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard $ -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash end{displaymath} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard vous obtiendrez : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \frac{abc}{xyz}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Pour l'instant, il n'y a aucun moyen officiel de reconvertir le contenu d'un insert mathématique en texte standard. Cependant vous pouvez y arriver par des voies détournées. Sélectionnez le contenu de l'insert mathématique (pas l'insert lui-même, seulement son contenu), mais ne le copiez -\emph on +\emph on pas -\emph default +\emph default dans le tampon LyX. Il est maintenant en mémoire dans le tampon du système X et peut être recollé dans le document avec le bouton milieu de la souris. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Afficher les symboles LaTeX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Autrefois, LyX fournissait un équivalent visuel pour une petite partie des symboles mathématiques disponibles en LaTeX. La situation a changé à partir de la version 1.2, il offre désormais l'affichage de la plupart des symboles définis en LaTeX basique et -\emph on +\emph on tous -\emph default +\emph default les symboles supplémentaires définis par l'AMS. Par souci d'exhaustivité, nous vous reproduisons plus bas les tableaux de symboles qui se trouvent dans les livres de Lamport et de Goossen. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Quelques tableaux de symboles mathématiques -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les tableaux ci-dessous extraits du livre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset The LaTeX companion \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset de Goossen et al. vont apparaître à l'écran dans toute leur splendeur. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{table}{1} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thetable}{8. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{table}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -246,286 +302,333 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acute{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bar{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dot{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash breve{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash check{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash grave{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vec{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddot{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tilde{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Accents en mode mathématique -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -543,1066 +646,1249 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash beta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\delta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash delta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varepsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varepsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\zeta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zeta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartheta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartheta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\iota$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash iota -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kappa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lambda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mu$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nu$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\xi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash xi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $o$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varpi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varpi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varrho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varrho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tau$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tau -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\phi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash phi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varphi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varphi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\psi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash psi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\omega$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash omega -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Gamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Delta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Delta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Theta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lambda$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lambda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Xi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Xi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Pi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Sigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Upsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Phi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Phi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Psi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Psi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Omega$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Omega -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Lettres grecques -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1620,904 +1906,1055 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pm$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diamond$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangleup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ominus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash times -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\otimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\div$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash div -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqcap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqcap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ast$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ast -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\odot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash odot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\star$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash star -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circ$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\setminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\unlhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash unlhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddagger -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\unrhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash unrhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\amalg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash amalg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Symboles d'opérations binaires -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2537,994 +2974,1161 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leq -\backslash +\backslash le -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash equiv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\models$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash models -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succ$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\perp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash perp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\preceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash preceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\simeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash simeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ll -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\asymp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash asymp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\parallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash approx -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bowtie$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bowtie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cong -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Join$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Join -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\neq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash neq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smile$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smile -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\frown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\in$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash in -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ni$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ni -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\propto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash propto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $=$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $<$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $>$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Symboles de relations -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3540,762 +4144,889 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Leftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Leftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mapsto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mapsto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longmapsto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longmapsto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nearrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nearrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hookleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hookrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hookrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\searrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash searrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoonup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftharpoonup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoonup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\swarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash swarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoondown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftharpoondown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoondown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nwarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nwarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Symboles flèches -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4315,876 +5046,1023 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ldots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cdots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cdots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vdots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\aleph$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash aleph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prime -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\forall$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash forall -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash infty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hbar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\emptyset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emptyset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\exists$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash exists -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nabla$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nabla -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\surd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash surd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Box -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Diamond$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\imath$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash imath -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\jmath$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash jmath -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ell$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ell -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\neg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash neg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\top$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash top -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\flat$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash flat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\natural$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash natural -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sharp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\clubsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diamondsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\spadesuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Re$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Re -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Im$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Im -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\angle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash angle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash partial -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Symboles divers -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5204,378 +6082,445 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sum -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prod -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\coprod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash coprod -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash int -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oint$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oint -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigsqcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigsqcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigvee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigvee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigodot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigodot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigotimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigotimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigoplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigoplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\biguplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash biguplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Symboles de taille variable -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5593,414 +6538,485 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arccos$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cos$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\csc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\exp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ker$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\limsup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\min$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sinh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arcsin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cosh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\deg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gcd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ln$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Pr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arctan$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\det$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hom$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\log$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tan$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\coth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\inf$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\liminf$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\max$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tanh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Symboles de fonctions -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6018,488 +7034,575 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\{$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lfloor$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfloor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rfloor$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rfloor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lceil$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lceil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rceil$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rceil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\langle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash langle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $/$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Délimiteurs -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6513,322 +7616,377 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\widetilde{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash widetilde{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\widehat{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash widehat{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overleftarrow{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overleftarrow{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overrightarrow{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overline{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overline{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\underline{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underline{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overbrace{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underbrace{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{abc}\sqrt[3]{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt[n]{abc} -\backslash +\backslash root3{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $f'$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter f' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\frac{abc}{xyz}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Structures mathématiques LaTeX -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6848,144 +8006,171 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\digamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash digamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varkappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varkappa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\beth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash beth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\daleth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash daleth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gimel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gimel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Grec et hébreu AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7003,120 +8188,143 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ulcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ulcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\urcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash urcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\llcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash llcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lrcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lrcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Délimiteurs AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7132,826 +8340,965 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\twoheadleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twoheadleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrowtail$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftarrowtail -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\looparrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash looparrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightharpoons$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightharpoons -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curvearrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curvearrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circlearrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lsh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lsh -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upuparrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upuparrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upharpoonleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upharpoonleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downharpoonleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downharpoonleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\multimap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightsquigarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightsquigarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\twoheadrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrowtail$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\looparrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftharpoons$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftharpoons -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curvearrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curvearrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circlearrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Rsh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Rsh -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downdownarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downdownarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upharpoonright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upharpoonright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downharpoonright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downharpoonright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightsquigarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Flèches AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7967,170 +9314,201 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nLeftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nLeftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nRightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nRightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nLeftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nLeftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Négations de flèches AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8146,1650 +9524,1921 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqslantless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqslantless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesssim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesssim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\approxeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash approxeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lll -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesseqgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesseqgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesseqqgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesseqqgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doteqdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doteqdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\risingdotseq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash risingdotseq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\fallingdotseq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fallingdotseq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backsimeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backsimeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Subset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Subset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\preccurlyeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash preccurlyeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyeqprec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyeqprec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\trianglelefteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash trianglelefteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Vvdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallsmile$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallsmile -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallfrown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallfrown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bumpeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bumpeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Bumpeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Bumpeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqslantgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqslantgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ggg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ggg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtreqless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtreqless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtreqqless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtreqqless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\thicksim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\thickapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thickapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Supset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Supset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succcurlyeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succcurlyeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyeqsucc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyeqsucc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\trianglerighteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash trianglerighteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Vdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\shortmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\shortparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\between$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash between -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pitchfork$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pitchfork -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varpropto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varpropto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\therefore$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash therefore -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backepsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backepsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\because$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash because -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Relations binaires AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -9805,1280 +11454,1491 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lvertneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lvertneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nprec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nprec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\npreceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash npreceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nshortmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nshortmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntrianglelefteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntrianglelefteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsubseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsubseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsubsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsubsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsubsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsubsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gvertneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gvertneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsucc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsucc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsucceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsucceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ncong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ncong -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nshortparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nshortparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nVDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nVDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntrianglerighteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntrianglerighteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsupseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsupseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsupseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsupseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsupsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsupsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsupsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsupsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Négations de relations binaires AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11094,604 +12954,707 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dotplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dotplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallsetminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallsetminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Cap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Cap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Cup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Cup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\barwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash barwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\veebar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash veebar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doublebarwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublebarwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxtimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\divideontimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ltimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ltimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rtimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rtimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftthreetimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftthreetimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightthreetimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightthreetimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlywedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlywedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyvee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyvee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circleddash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledast$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\centerdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\intercal$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash intercal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Opérations binaires AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11707,667 +13670,782 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hbar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\square$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash square -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lozenge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledS$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\angle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash angle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\measuredangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash measuredangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nexists$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nexists -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Finv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Finv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Game$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Game -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Bbbk$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Bbbk -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backprime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backprime -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varnothing$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varnothing -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacksquare$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacklozenge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigstar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sphericalangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sphericalangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\complement$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash complement -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diagup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diagup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diagdown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diagdown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Divers AMS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_multicol.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_multicol.lyx index 095dd5cc92..4d8b329b97 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_multicol.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_multicol.lyx @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} \end_preamble -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,69 +27,92 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title MultiColonnes -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour Date : 22/03/2002 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision : 1.3, Date : 21/03/2002 -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Author + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author par -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduction par Adrien -\noun on +\noun on Rebollo -\noun default +\noun default -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\family default +\family default . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Objectif -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le but de ce chapitre est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default dans un document LyX. Comme LyX ne le supporte pas encore d'origine, il faut utiliser quelques trucs, qui devraient vous paraître clairs quand vous aurez lu cette section. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default permet de basculer dans une même page entre le format sur une colonne et sur plusieurs. Les notes de bas de page sont gérées correctement (pour la plus grande @@ -97,72 +121,88 @@ multicol désactivé dans l'implémentation actuelle. Aujourd'hui seuls des flottants couvrant en largeur toute la page peuvent être utilisés au sein de l'environnement. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exemples -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Deux Colonnes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux colonnes, et -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default là où vous voulez qu'elle se termine. Comme ceci : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard -\noindent +\end_layout -\series bold -\size small +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small The Adventure of the Empty House \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NdT : Ne pensant pas être à la hauteur d'une traduction littéraire de -\noun on +\noun on Conan Doyle -\noun default +\noun default , et ne voyant pas de nécessité impérieuse d'insérer du texte français à la place, j'ai préféré le laisser tel quel. -- ar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\newline +\newline by -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -184,44 +224,58 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind. with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Colonnes Multiples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes. (Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de ne pas être très agréable à regarder.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -241,64 +295,84 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Des colonnes dans une Colonne -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -309,23 +383,29 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size footnotesize +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -333,9 +413,9 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. -\size default +\size default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. @@ -348,56 +428,74 @@ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Exemples complexes -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comme vous le savez sans doute -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default a plusieurs variables de personnalisation. Les exemples suivants montrent comment elles peuvent être utilisées depuis LyX. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Préface et Saut de page -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -S'il reste moins de 5\SpecialChar ~ +S'il reste moins de 5\InsetSpace ~ cm sur la page, un saut de page sera inséré avant ce morceau, avec un texte de préface au-dessus des deux colonnes : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[Et l'histoire continue et continue et continue et continue...][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation. The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second @@ -417,51 +515,65 @@ On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. There were some figures also upon a sheet of paper, with the names of some club friends opposite to them, from which it was conjectured that before his death he was endeavouring to make out his losses or winnings at cards. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Préface et Sections -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Comment faire si vous voulez que la préface soit un en-tête de section ? Vous pouvez le faire, mais seulement par l'intermédiaire de commandes LaTeX à l'intérieur des paramètres de la commande -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicols -\family default +\family default . Pour cette raison, la commande ne peut pas être fournie par LyX : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[ -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection{C'est la commande de section en préface}][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex. In the first place, no reason could be given why the young man should have @@ -489,67 +601,81 @@ A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complicated by entire absence of motive, since, as I have said, young Adair was not known to have any enemy, and no attempt had been made to remove the money or valuables in the room. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Espace Libre -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Le paquetage -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default nécessite une certaine quantité d'espace libre disponible avant et après chaque section en multi-colonnes. En plus -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default insère de l'espace avant et après la section multi-colonnes. Pour changer ce comportement par défaut il faut insérer des commandes juste avant le -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols} -\family default +\family default . - Dans cet exemple, on place 3\SpecialChar ~ + Dans cet exemple, on place 3\InsetSpace ~ cm d'espace avant et après le texte en multi-colonn es : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size small +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size small All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistanc e which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigat @@ -575,81 +701,103 @@ ion. in the eyes of their owner. With a snarl of contempt he turned upon his heel, and I saw his curved back and white side-whiskers disappear among the throng. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Remarque : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Les valeurs que vous fixez avec -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default doivent être réinitialisées, sinon vous garderez les valeurs modifiées tout au long de votre document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{13pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Largeur de Colonne et Séparation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard La largeur des colonnes dans un environnement -\family sans +\family sans multicols -\family default +\family default est calculée automatiquement, mais vous pouvez modifier explicitement l'espace entre deux colonnes. - Dans l'exemple suivant, l'espace entre les deux colonnes est de 3\SpecialChar ~ + Dans l'exemple suivant, l'espace entre les deux colonnes est de 3\InsetSpace ~ cm : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small My observations of No. 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested. The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing, the @@ -663,97 +811,121 @@ My observations of No. To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector, his sharp, wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair, and his precious volumes, a dozen of them at least, wedged under his right arm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Une fois de plus, il faut réinitialiser la valeur pour éviter de l'utiliser dans le reste du document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{10pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Lignes Verticales -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Entre deux colonnes, il y a un trait de largeur -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule -\family default +\family default . - Si cette largeur est fixée à 0\SpecialChar ~ + Si cette largeur est fixée à 0\InsetSpace ~ pt, le trait est supprimé. - Dans l'exemple suivant, la ligne séparant les deux colonnes fait 2\SpecialChar ~ + Dans l'exemple suivant, la ligne séparant les deux colonnes fait 2\InsetSpace ~ pt d'épaisseu r. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{2pt} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size small +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You're surprised to see me, sir, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset said he, in a strange, croaking voice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small I acknowledged that I was. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step @@ -761,105 +933,126 @@ Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You make too much of a trifle, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset said I. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset May I ask how you knew who I was? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very happy to see you, I am sure. Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Here's -\noun on -British\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +British\InsetSpace ~ Birds -\noun default +\noun default , and -\noun on +\noun on Catullus -\noun default +\noun default , and -\noun on +\noun on The Holy War -\noun default +\noun default --a bargain, every one of them. With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf. It looks untidy, does it not, sir? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Comme d'habitude, on réinitialise la valeur après usage. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{0pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Pour lire le reste de l'histoire, il faudra que vous alliez à la bibliothèque... \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ...ou trichez comme nous et allez la trouver dans le projet Gutenberg quelque part sur le réseau. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/fr_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/fr_splash.lyx index c2d3968c15..5ec914786a 100644 --- a/lib/examples/fr_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/fr_splash.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article -\language frenchb +\language french \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,63 +24,80 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Bienvenue dans l'univers de LyX ! -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Informations de révision : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Traduction : Mise à jour, Date : 07/07/2003 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Original : Révision : 1.7.2.1, Date : 03/07/2003 -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Le Top N des choses à connaître pour utiliser LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX est fourni avec une excellente documentation -- servez-vous-en donc ! Vous pouvez commencer par -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default , qui donne une brève description de la documentation. Vous pourrez ensuite apprendre à vous servir de LyX avec -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX est ce qu'on appelle un \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset constructeur de documents \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Par sa conception, il se distingue des traitements de texte ordinaires @@ -87,72 +105,85 @@ LyX est ce qu'on appelle un Mais la distinction est minime, ne vous inquiétez pas. La documentation est là pour faire toute la lumière là-dessus \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Avons-nous déjà mentionné que vous devez lire la documentation ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Les résultats de mise en page de LyX sont très esthétiques ! Faites -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default pour vous en convaincre. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oui ! LyX est capable d'imiter (presque) toutes les fonctionnalités de LaTeX. Et de nouveau Oui ! LyX sait lire les fichiers LaTeX. Les utilisateurs de LaTeX peuvent survoler le -\emph on -Manuel\SpecialChar ~ +\emph on +Manuel\InsetSpace ~ d'Apprentissage -\emph default +\emph default et passer au chapitre \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX pour les connaisseurs de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Pour tous les autres : ne vous inquiétez pas, vous n'avez pas besoin de connaître LaTeX pour vous servir de LyX). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX possède de nombreuses fonctionnalités pour ceux qui lisent ou écrivent dans d'autres langues que l'anglais. En outre, le clavier, la barre d'outils et beaucoup d'autres caractéristiques sont pleinement configurables. Voir -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default ide\SpecialChar \menuseparator Personnalisation -\family default +\family default pour les détails. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Le site web de LyX est \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset . Vous pouvez y piocher des informations, souscrire à l'une ou l'autre des listes de diffusion, faire le tour de LyX (par l'image), et plus encore. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/g-brief2.lyx b/lib/examples/g-brief2.lyx index 446c9bd267..254979cf48 100644 --- a/lib/examples/g-brief2.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/g-brief2.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass g-brief2 \begin_preamble \lochermarke @@ -13,13 +15,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -30,186 +31,296 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Name +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Name Otto Raffzahn -\layout Signature +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Signature Otto Raffzahn -\layout ReturnAddress +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ReturnAddress Otto Raffzahn \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Letter +\begin_layout Standard $ -\backslash +\backslash cdot$ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Finsterweg 13 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Letter +\begin_layout Standard $ -\backslash +\backslash cdot$ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Tiefeschlucht -\layout NameRowA +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowA -\series bold +\series bold Otto Raffzahn -\layout NameRowB +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowB -\layout NameRowC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowC Mietwucherer -\layout NameRowD +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowD Menschenfreund -\layout NameRowE +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowE & Gierschlund -\layout NameRowF +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowF -\layout AddressRowA +\end_layout + +\begin_layout AddressRowA Wiesenacker 25a -\layout AddressRowB +\end_layout + +\begin_layout AddressRowB 99533 Weitewelt -\layout NameRowC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowC -\layout NameRowD +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowD Inselblick 12 -\layout NameRowE +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowE 23213 Am Meer -\layout NameRowF +\end_layout + +\begin_layout NameRowF + +\end_layout -\layout TelephoneRowA +\begin_layout TelephoneRowA Festnetz: +49 000 0000000 -\layout TelephoneRowB +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TelephoneRowB Freecall: +49 800 0000000 -\layout TelephoneRowC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TelephoneRowC Mobil: +49 171 00000000 -\layout TelephoneRowD +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TelephoneRowD Fax: +49 0000 000-0000 -\layout TelephoneRowE +\end_layout -\layout TelephoneRowF +\begin_layout TelephoneRowE -\layout InternetRowA +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TelephoneRowF + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowA raffzahn@example.com -\layout InternetRowB +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowB info@example.com -\layout InternetRowC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowC office@example.com -\layout InternetRowD +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowD http://www.example.com -\layout InternetRowE +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowE http://www.example.net -\layout InternetRowF +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InternetRowF -\layout BankRowA +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BankRowA Bankhaus Skrupellos & Co. -\layout BankRowB +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BankRowB BLZ: 000.000.00 -\layout BankRowC +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BankRowC Konto: 000.000.000 -\layout BankRowD +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BankRowD + +\end_layout -\layout BankRowE +\begin_layout BankRowE -\layout BankRowF +\end_layout -\layout Address +\begin_layout BankRowF + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address To -\newline +\newline Else Mittellos -\newline +\newline Finsterweg 12 -\newline +\newline 93456 Tiefeschlucht -\layout Reference +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Reference Testing Letterstyles -\layout PostalComment +\end_layout + +\begin_layout PostalComment REGISTERED LETTER -\layout MyRef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MyRef TH -\layout YourRef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout YourRef EM -\layout YourMail +\end_layout -\layout Encl. +\begin_layout YourMail -\layout cc +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Encl. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout cc + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Letter +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Opening + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Opening Dear Mr. Example, -\layout Closing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Closing Yours sincerely -\layout Letter +\end_layout +\begin_layout Letter -\begin_inset Note -collapsed false -\layout Letter +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Letter More posibilities to customize your letter are available in: -\layout Letter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Letter Format-\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Latex-Preamble. -\layout Letter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Letter -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset I am writing to ask whether you could send me any information about possibility of ... -\layout Letter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Letter I would be very pleased if you could send me these informations. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/he_example_raw.lyx b/lib/examples/he_example_raw.lyx index 4bd2f1a31a..1e3ab99cb2 100644 --- a/lib/examples/he_example_raw.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/he_example_raw.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,14 +24,19 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard THIS IS THE TITLE OF THE DOCUMENT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -39,16 +45,20 @@ collapsed true title \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard by Fee LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -61,16 +71,20 @@ Fee Author \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard June 12, 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -79,72 +93,102 @@ collapsed true Date \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Table of Contents -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew øîæ: ðëåï ùæä äéä éëåì ìäéåú îîù ðçîã àí ìà äééðå öøéëéí ìä÷ìéã àú úåëï äòðééðéí áòöîðå? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Basic Philosophy..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 How LyX Does It...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Why LyX is Better...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Features of LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lame Attempts to use more LyX stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Math Stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Basic Philosophy -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew øîæ: ëåúøåú çì÷éí îï äñúí öøéëåú ìáìåè éåúø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The basic philosophy of LyX is that you should worry about the content of what you're writing and not the form. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 How LyX does it -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport in 1985. @@ -152,10 +196,10 @@ LyX uses LaTeX, a document preparation system designed by Leslie Lamport by Donald Knuth in 1984. LaTeX is designed around a philosophy similar to that of LyX. Leslie Lamport once said (see reference [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -165,14 +209,18 @@ citation reference \lang hebrew ( ìà öøéëä ìäëúá ëñúí îñôø. îä àí áñåôå ùì ãáø äñôø ùì ìîôåøè éäéä äñôø äùðé ááéáìéåâøôéä? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the author's ideas. @@ -185,13 +233,13 @@ The function of typographic design is to help the reader understand the As you are writing your document, you should be concerned with its logical structure, not its visual appearance. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -200,32 +248,38 @@ collapsed true Quote \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Why LyX is better -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX can be useful to more people than LaTeX. It's considerably easier to learn, because you don't need to learn LaTeX (which is practically a programming language). LyX is basically like other \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you get \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset word processors, except that LyX is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset What you see is what you mean \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . In this way, it combines the ease of use of word processors with the power @@ -233,51 +287,65 @@ What you see is what you mean This is a Good Thing. Also, the file format is platform independent. Best of all, it's FREE! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Features of LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX has many features which make writing documents easier. (After all, why else would you want to use it? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew øîæ: äîùôè áñåâøééí éäéä éåúø èåá áäòøú ùåìééí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) I'm VERY EXCITED -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew øîæ: äãâù! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset to talk about them. Here's a list of just a few. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX worries about margins, and footnote numbering for you -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX makes it simple to write and edit mathematical formulae -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For a more philosophical discussion of why LyX is better than lots of other word processors, see Section 1.2, which can be found on page 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -287,38 +355,50 @@ cross-references \lang hebrew ( äàìä ìà öøéëåú ìäéåú ñúí ëúåáåú. îä àí ðùðä àú îñôøé äçì÷éí? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Lame attempts to use other LyX stuff -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard I wrote a program the other day. It looked like this. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'M AWESOME! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -327,26 +407,36 @@ collapsed true code \lang hebrew (. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After all that scientific thinking, I started feeling more artistic, so I wrote this haiku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is really great -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Typesetting word processor -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It saves so much time -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew @@ -355,45 +445,64 @@ collapsed true verse \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Math Stuff -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang hebrew øîæ: ëì òðéðé äîúîèé÷ä äàìä öøéëéí ìäéåú áîåã îúîèé÷ä! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard My favorite equation is the solution to a quadratic equation. If ax^2+bx+c=0 (eq.1), then x= -b + or minus the square root of b^2-4ac all divided by 2a (eq. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Another favorite equation is the basis of calculus: f'(x) is defined as the limit as deltax goes to zero of f(x+deltax) - f(x) divided by deltax (eq. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENCES -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/he_he_example_lyxified.lyx b/lib/examples/he_he_example_lyxified.lyx index 78255e18b6..20bca54e35 100644 --- a/lib/examples/he_he_example_lyxified.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/he_he_example_lyxified.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language hebrew \inputencoding auto @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,59 +24,78 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title æå äëåúøú ùì äîñîê -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author îàú éäåùò ìé÷ñ -\layout Date +\end_layout +\begin_layout Date -\numeric on + +\numeric on 18 -\numeric off +\numeric off ìéåìé -\numeric on +\numeric on 1971 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ôéìåñåôéä áñéñéú -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äôéìåñåôéä äáñéñéú ùì ìé÷ñ äéà ùàúä öøéê ìãàåâ àåãåú äúåëï ùì îä ùàúä ëåúá åìà äöåøä. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection àéê ìé÷ñ òåùä àú æä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ îùúîùú á- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew , îòøëú ìäëðú îñîëéí ùúåëððä òì éãé ìñìé ìîôåøè á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1985 -\numeric off +\numeric off . äéà, áúåøä, áðåéä îòì ùôú îçùá éòåãéú áùí \lang english TeX \lang hebrew ùðåöøä òì éãé ãåðìã ÷ðåú á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1984 -\numeric off +\numeric off . \lang english @@ -85,14 +105,16 @@ LaTeX ìñìé ìîôåøè àîø ôòí )øàä äôðéä \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ( -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset äîèøä ùì èéôåâøôéä äéà ìòæåø ì÷åøà ìäáéï àú äøòéåðåú ùì äñåôø. îñîê ÷ì ì÷øéàä äåà îñîê ùäîáðä äåéæåàìé ùìå îù÷ó àú äîáðä äìåâé ùìå. @@ -106,18 +128,22 @@ LaTeX ä÷ìãú ô÷åãåú îéåçãåú... áæîï ëúéáú äîñîê, àúä öøéê ìäúòñ÷ áîáðä äìåâé ùìå, åìà áàéê äåà ðøàä. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection ìîä ìé÷ñ éåúø èåáä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset ìé÷ñ ôåðä ìäøáä éåúø îùúîùéí îàùø \lang english @@ -130,7 +156,7 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , ùäéà ùôú îçùá ìëì ãáø, ìé÷ñ äéà ëîå îòáãé úîìéìéí \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -138,11 +164,11 @@ What you see is what you get \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset çåõ îäîéìä äàçøåðä: ìé÷ñ ãåâìú á- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -150,7 +176,7 @@ What you see is what you mean \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëê äéà îñåâìú ìùìá áéï äðåçåú ùì îòáãé úîìéìéí åäëåç ùì @@ -160,130 +186,167 @@ LaTeX . îä àôùø ìá÷ù éåúø? ôåøîè ä÷áöéí àéðå úìåé áîòøëú ùàúä òåáã òìéä, åäëé èåá, äéà úåëðä çåôùéú. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section úëåðåúéä ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ììé÷ñ úëåðåú øáåú ùî÷ìåú òì ëúéáú îñîëéí \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard àçøé äëì, ìîä ùîéùäå éøöä ìäùúîù áä àçøú? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset àðé -\series bold +\series bold îàåã ðøâù -\series default +\series default ìãåï áäí. äðä øùéîä çì÷éú. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize ìé÷ñ ãåàâú ìùåìé äîñîê åìîñôåø äòøåú ùåìééí. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize áìé÷ñ ÷ì ìëúåá åìòøåê ðåñçàåú îúîèéåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä îòåðééï áãéåï ôéìåñåôé ìîä ìé÷ñ òãéôä òì äøáä îòáãé úîìéìéí, øàä ñòéó \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset , áòîåã \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section ðñéåðåú ôúèééí ìäùúîù áúëåðåú ðåñôåú ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùìùåí ëúáúé úåëðéú îçùá. åäøé äéà ìôðéëí -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'M AWESOME! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard æä äéä éåúø îãé îãòé áùáéìé, àæ ëúáúé àú äçîùéø äáà -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse ìé÷ñ ôùåè âãåì -\newline +\newline îòáã úîìéìéí ëì éëåì -\newline +\newline àéúå ìà úôåì! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section òðééðé îúîèé÷ä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äðåñçà äàäåáä òìé äéà ìôúøåï îùååàä øéáåòéú. àí \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off (, àæé \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off (. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îùååàä àäåáä àôéìå éåúø òåîãú ááñéñ äçùáåï äãéôøðöéàìé: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off (. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} \lang english Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/he_he_example_raw.lyx b/lib/examples/he_he_example_raw.lyx index 9bef936446..1ad8bd85d1 100644 --- a/lib/examples/he_he_example_raw.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/he_he_example_raw.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language hebrew \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,182 +24,225 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard æå äëåúøú ùì äîñîê -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: ëåúøú äîñîê ð÷øàú áàðâìéú \lang english title \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îàú éäåùò ìé÷ñ \lang english \lang hebrew -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: éäåùò äåà äñåôø, àå áàðâìéú \lang english Author \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 18 -\numeric off +\numeric off ìéåìé -\numeric on +\numeric on 1971 -\numeric off +\numeric off -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: æä äúàøéê, àå áàðâìéú \lang english Date \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard úåëï äòðéðéí -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: ðëåï ùæä äéä éëåì ìäéåú îîù ðçîã àí ìà äééðå öøéëéí ìä÷ìéã àú úåëï äòðééðéí áòöîðå? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\numeric on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ôéìåñåôéä áñéñéú.................... -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on +\numeric on 1.1 -\numeric off +\numeric off àéê ìé÷ñ òåùä àú æä.............. -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 1.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ìîä ìé÷ñ éåúø èåáä.............. -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off . úëåðåúéä ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ðéñéåðåú ôúèééí ìäùúîù áòåã úëåðåú ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 4 -\numeric off +\numeric off . òðééðé îúîèé÷ä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ôéìåñåôéä áñéñéú -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: ëåúøåú çì÷éí îï äñúí öøéëåú ìáìåè éåúø -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äôéìåñåôéä äáñéñéú ùì ìé÷ñ äéà ùàúä öøéê ìãàåâ àåãåú äúåëï ùì îä ùàúä ëåúá åìà äöåøä. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on +\numeric on 1.1 -\numeric off +\numeric off àéê ìé÷ñ òåùä àú æä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ îùúîùú á- \lang english LaTeX \lang hebrew , îòøëú ìäëðú îñîëéí ùúåëððä òì éãé ìñìé ìîôåøè á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1985 -\numeric off +\numeric off . äéà, áúåøä, áðåéä îòì ùôú îçùá éòåãéú áùí \lang english TeX \lang hebrew ùðåöøä òì éãé ãåðìã ÷ðåú á- -\numeric on +\numeric on 1984 -\numeric off +\numeric off . \lang english @@ -206,14 +250,14 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew áðåä îñáéá ìôéìåñåôéä ãåîä ìæå ùì ìé÷ñ. ìñìé ìîôåøè àîø ôòí )øàä äôðéä ] -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off [( -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: îï äñúí ääôðéä äáéáìéåâøôéä äæàú ) \lang english @@ -221,14 +265,18 @@ citation reference \lang hebrew ( ìà öøéëä ìäëúá ëñúí îñôø. îä àí áñåôå ùì ãáø äñôø ùì ìîôåøè éäéä äñôø äùðé ááéáìéåâøôéä? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset äîèøä ùì èéôåâøôéä äéà ìòæåø ì÷åøà ìäáéï àú äøòéåðåú ùì äñåôø. îñîê ÷ì ì÷øéàä äåà îñîê ùäîáðä äåéæåàìé ùìå îù÷ó àú äîáðä äìåâé ùìå. @@ -242,30 +290,36 @@ LaTeX ä÷ìãú ô÷åãåú îéåçãåú... áæîï ëúéáú äîñîê, àúä öøéê ìäúòñ÷ áîáðä äìåâé ùìå, åìà áàéê äåà ðøàä. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: æä öéèåè, àå áàðâìéú \lang english Quote \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 1.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off ìîä ìé÷ñ éåúø èåáä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ ôåðä ìäøáä éåúø îùúîùéí îàùø \lang english @@ -278,7 +332,7 @@ LaTeX \lang hebrew , ùäéà ùôú îçùá ìëì ãáø, ìé÷ñ äéà ëîå îòáãé úîìéìéí \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -286,11 +340,11 @@ What you see is what you get \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset çåõ îäîéìä äàçøåðä: ìé÷ñ ãåâìú á- \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset \lang english @@ -298,7 +352,7 @@ What you see is what you mean \lang hebrew \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . ëê äéà îñåâìú ìùìá áéï äðåçåú ùì îòáãé úîìéìéí åäëåç ùì @@ -308,59 +362,73 @@ LaTeX . îä àôùø ìá÷ù éåúø? ôåøîè ä÷áöéí àéðå úìåé áîòøëú ùàúä òåáã òìéä, åäëé èåá, äéà úåëðä çåôùéú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off . úëåðåúéä ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ììé÷ñ úëåðåú øáåú ùî÷ìåú òì ëúéáú îñîëéí )àçøé äëì, ìîä ùîéùäå éøöä ìäùúîù áä àçøú?( -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: äîùôè áñåâøééí éäéä èåá éåúø áäòøú ùåìééí. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset àðé *îàåã ðøâù* -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: äãâù! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ìãåï áäí. äðä øùéîä çì÷éú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard *ìé÷ñ ãåàâú ìùåìé äîñîê åìîñôåø äòøåú ùåìééí. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * áìé÷ñ ÷ì ìëúåá åìòøåê ðåñçàåú îúîèéåú. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àí àúä îòåðééï áãéåï ôéìåñåôé ìîä ìé÷ñ òãéôä òì äøáä îòáãé úîìéìéí, øàä ñòéó -\numeric on +\numeric on 1.2 -\numeric off +\numeric off , áòîåã -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off . -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: îï äñúí, ääôðéåú ) \lang english @@ -368,100 +436,130 @@ cross-references \lang hebrew ( äàìä ìà öøéëåú ìäéåú ñúí ëúåáåú. îä àí ðùðä àú îñôøé äçì÷éí? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\numeric on + +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off . ðñéåðåú ôúèééí ìäùúîù áúëåðåú ðåñôåú ùì ìé÷ñ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ùìùåí ëúáúé úåëðéú îçùá. åäøé äéà ìôðéëí -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english 5 REMARK MY AWESOME PROGRAM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'M AWESOME! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \lang english 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: æåäé úåëðéú îçùá ) \lang english code \lang hebrew (. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard æä äéä éåúø îãé îãòé áùáéìé, àæ ëúáúé àú äçîùéø äáà -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ìé÷ñ ôùåè âãåì -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îòáã úîìéìéí ëì éëåì -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard àéúå ìà úôåì! -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: æä àåìé ìà áéàìé÷, àáì æä òãééï ùéøä, àå áàðâìéú \lang english verse \lang hebrew . -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\numeric on +\begin_layout Standard + + +\numeric on 4 -\numeric off +\numeric off . òðééðé îúîèé÷ä -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard øîæ: ëì òðéðé äîúîèé÷ä äàìä öøéëéí ìäéåú áîåã îúîèé÷ä! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard äðåñçà äàäåáä òìé äéà ìôúøåï îùååàä øéáåòéú. àí @@ -469,9 +567,9 @@ collapsed true ax^2+bx+c=0 \lang hebrew )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 1 -\numeric off +\numeric off (, àæé \lang english x @@ -489,11 +587,13 @@ b^2-4ac 2a \lang hebrew )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 2 -\numeric off +\numeric off (. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard îùååàä àäåáä àôéìå éåúø òåîãú ááñéñ äçùáåï äãéôøðöéàìé: \lang english @@ -512,21 +612,30 @@ f(x+deltax)-f(x) x \lang hebrew )îùååàä -\numeric on +\numeric on 3 -\numeric off +\numeric off (. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard áéáìéåâøôéä -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \lang english [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/hu_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/hu_splash.lyx index 77c12a48f9..c2b5a3bbe1 100644 --- a/lib/examples/hu_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/hu_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language magyar \inputencoding latin2 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,53 +24,64 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Üdvözöli a LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Az elsõ N dolog, amit tudnia kell a LyX-rõl -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX rendkívül jól dokumentált. Kérjük használja ki ezt! Kezdje a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úgó\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default evezetés -\family default +\family default elolvasásával, ami egy gyors áttekintést ad a dokumentáció használatával kapcsolatban. Aztán folytassa a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úgó\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default ankönyv -\family default +\family default olvasásával, aminek segítségével elsajátíthatja a LyX használatával kapcsolatos alapvetõ dolgokat. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX az, amit mi \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset szövegszerkesztõnek \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset nevezünk. Ez alapvetõen más elveket követ, mint egy átlagos szövegszerkesztõ, és @@ -77,85 +89,100 @@ sz De ez csak egy kis különbség, szóval ne ijedjen meg. A dokumentációból minden világos lesz. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\SpecialChar ~ +\InsetSpace ~ Eléggé kihangsúlyoztuk, hogy el kellene olvasni a dokumentációt? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Enumerate +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX kimenete nagyon jól mutat! Válassza a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under N -\bar default +\bar default ézet\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default menüpontot, így meg is gyõzõdhet róla. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Igen, a LyX tudja (majdnem) mindazt amit a LaTeX, és importálni is tudja a LaTeX fájlokat. Gyakorlott LaTeX felhasználók ki is hagyhatják a -\emph on +\emph on Tankönyv -\emph default +\emph default nagy részét, nyugodtan kezdjék a \begin_inset Quotes pld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX a LaTeX felhasználóknak \begin_inset Quotes prd -\end_inset +\end_inset résszel. (A többiek ne essenek kétségbe, nem kell megtanulni a LaTeX használatát ahhoz, hogy a LyX-et használják.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX sok hasznos lehetõséggel rendelkezik azok számára is, akik más nyelveken is írnak dokumentumokat. Például a billentyûzet, a menük és sok egyéb tulajdonság részletesen beállíthat ó az ön igényeinek megfelelõen. További információkért olvassa el a -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default úgó\SpecialChar \menuseparator Te -\bar under +\bar under s -\bar default +\bar default treszabás -\family default +\family default részt. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX honlapja a következõ címen található meg: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset Itt további információkat tudhat meg a LyX-rõl, feliratkozhat a levelezõlistákr a, stb\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A LyX magyar honlapja következõ címen található meg: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://k2.jozsef.kando.hu/~zrubi/LyX/} -\end_inset +\end_inset Inen töltheti le a legfrissebb magyar dokumentációs fájlokat, amiket az eredeti csomag esetleg még nem tartalmaz. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/it_ItemizeBullets.lyx b/lib/examples/it_ItemizeBullets.lyx index 9600bd35bb..831a17f128 100644 --- a/lib/examples/it_ItemizeBullets.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/it_ItemizeBullets.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{latexsym,pifont,amssymb} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,106 +27,125 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bulletLaTeX 0 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" -\end_bullet -\bulletLaTeX 1 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 -4 -8 -3 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 -0 -8 --1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Section* +\bulletLaTeX 0 "\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" +\bulletLaTeX 1 "\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" +\bullet 2 4 8 3 +\bullet 3 0 8 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section* Introduzione \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Traduzione italiana di Stefano Mastella -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \color black Vi accorgerete presto che la configurazione degli elenchi puntati può divenire abbastanza complessa qualora vogliate pensare che davvero lo sia. -\color default +\color inherit \color black Con queste parole non voglio spaventarvi, in realtà molti settaggi sono -\color default +\color inherit solo a distanza di un click o due del mouse. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on + +\emph on itemize -\emph default +\emph default è l'ambiente standard per \color black gli elenchi puntati \color red -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize \color black questi possiede un contatore che gli impone un limite di 4 livelli -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize ogni livello può avere \color black un proprio indice -\color default +\color inherit -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX mostra comunque tutti i puntatori come un `*' -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Nota \color black te -\color default +\color inherit anche che LyX *NON* controlla la profondità dell'ambiente al posto \color black vostro -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize A meno che non si forzi LaTeX alla profondità limite di 6 per tutte le liste. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Ci sono altre restrizioni? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Sì. Il @@ -133,49 +153,69 @@ S sistema di gestione dei puntatori vi permette di scegliere i puntatori validi per tutto il documento. Qualora desideraste personalizzare ogni paragrafo dovrete farlo manualmente. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \color black Per vedere comparire la finestra nella quale poter effettuare tali modifiche, invocate -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default truttura-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocumento\SpecialChar \ldots{} dal menù a tendina e selezionate il bottone \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Forma degli indici \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Provatelo subito. -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* \color black Tabelle dei puntatori: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \color black Le tabelle che seguono sono quelle utilizzate per generare i pannelli dei puntatori nella finestra a comparsa Scelta dell'indice degli elenchi. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* \color black Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -190,814 +230,982 @@ Standard \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash normalfont -\backslash +\backslash bfseries{--} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash flat -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash natural -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash odot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Box -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash leadsto -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash succ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Subsection* Matematici (simboli AMS) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1012,816 +1220,984 @@ Matematici (simboli AMS) \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash maltese -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash checkmark -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash square -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 1 (PSNFSS Fonts - Zapf Dingbats and Symbols) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1836,672 +2212,840 @@ Ding 1 (PSNFSS Fonts - Zapf Dingbats and Symbols) \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{108} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{109} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{119} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{197} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{196} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{183} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{71} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{70} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{118} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{117} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{215} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{111} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{112} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{113} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{114} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{209} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{120} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{121} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{122} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{110} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{115} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{116} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{67} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{66} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{82} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{81} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{228} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset - + +\end_layout + +\end_inset + \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{162} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{163} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{166} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{226} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{227} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Subsection* +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 2 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2516,672 +3060,840 @@ Ding 2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{37} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{38} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{34} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{36} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{39} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{40} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{41} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{43} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{44} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{47} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{53} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{54} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{59} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{57} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{62} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{61} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{55} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{56} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{58} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{60} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{63} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{64} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{51} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{52} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{164} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{165} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{171} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 3 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3196,672 +3908,840 @@ Ding 3 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{65} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{76} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{75} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{72} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{80} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{74} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{77} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{79} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{85} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{90} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{98} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{83} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{84} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{86} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{87} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{88} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{89} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{92} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{91} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{93} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{105} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{94} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{99} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{103} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{104} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{106} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{107} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{69} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{100} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{101} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{102} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{96} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{95} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{97} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 4 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3876,665 +4756,822 @@ Ding 4 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{223} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{225} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{232} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{229} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{230} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{238} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{237} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{236} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{235} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{234} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{233} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{239} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{241} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{250} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{251} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{49} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{50} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{217} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{245} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{243} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{248} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{252} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{253} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{219} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{213} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{221} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{220} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{212} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{174} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{254} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{242} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{231} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/it_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/it_splash.lyx index 1b203b301d..4440647ab0 100644 --- a/lib/examples/it_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/it_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language italian \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,49 +24,60 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Benvenuti in LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Le prime n cose che dovete sapere quando usate LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX è accompagnato da una eccellente documentazione---per favore, consultatela! Iniziate da -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto-> -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduzione -\family default +\family default , il quale vi fornirà una breve introduzione alla documentazione. Quindi imparate ad usare LyX mediante il documento -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX è ciò che noi chiamiamo un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset processore di documenti. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset Per come è stato pensato, esso si differenzia dai comuni programmi di videoscri ttura---secondo una prospettiva che rende più semplice la scrittura dei @@ -73,80 +85,93 @@ ttura---secondo una prospettiva che rende pi In realtà si tratta di piccole differenze, quindi non vi spaventate. La documentazione vi renderà tutto più chiaro \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Abbiamo già ribadito il fatto che dovreste leggere la documentazione? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate I documenti scritti con LyX sono, in termini visivi, davvero notevoli! Provate adesso ad invocare -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default per constatrlo con i vostri occhi. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Ebbene sì, LyX è in grado di realizzare (quasi) tutte le funzionalità del LaTeX, potendo anche importare i file LaTeX. Gli utilizzatori esperti di LaTeX potrebbero scorrere velocemente la restante parte del -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , soffermandosi sul capitolo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX per gli Utilizzatori di LaTeX. (Per tutti gli altri: non preoccupatevi, non avete bisogno di conoscere LaTeX per usare LyX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX possiede un mucchio di caratteristiche per tutti coloro che leggono o scrivono in una lingua diversa dall'Inglese. In più, le funzioni attivabili mediante i tasti, la barra degli strumenti, e molte altre caratteristiche sono fortemente configurabili (la maggior parte editando il vostro file -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Leggete -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default iuto-> -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default ersonalizzazione -\family default +\family default per ulteriori dettagli. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate La home page di LyX si trova all'indirizzo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Consultatela per informazioni su LyX, per iscrivervi alle mailing list(s) sul LyX , per effettuare il Tour Grafico di LyX e per altro ancora. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/landslide.lyx b/lib/examples/landslide.lyx index c4030108be..1cf74e8897 100644 --- a/lib/examples/landslide.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/landslide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass foils \options dvips \language english @@ -8,12 +10,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation landscape \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -24,139 +25,221 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle foilheadings +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash MyLogo{HUT/ECDL Kimmo Koli -\backslash +\backslash today} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead -\layout ShortFoilhead -\line_bottom Landscape slide example with a figure -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "52page%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard It is possible to place text beside a figure (clipart platypus in this example) using the minipage enviroment -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize The text can contain also item lists -\layout TickList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TickList Also other lists like tick lists -\layout CrossList +\end_layout + +\begin_layout CrossList and cross lists can be entered -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\hfill -\begin_inset Minipage -position 1 -inner_position 0 -height "0pt" +\hfill + +\begin_inset Box Frameless +position "c" +hor_pos "c" +has_inner_box 1 +inner_pos "c" +use_parbox 0 width "45page%" -collapsed false +special "none" +height "1pt" +height_special "totalheight" +status open + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/platypus.eps display monochrome width 10cm rotateOrigin center -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can also add more text below below the minipages as you may have guessed. -\layout ShortFoilhead -\line_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ShortFoilhead + How it was done -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman + +\lyxline + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Itemize + + +\family roman Just select with the mouse the text paragraphs you want to mark as minipages and then select -\emph on +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default Layout->Paragraph:ExtraOpt -\family roman +\family roman and press the -\family default +\family default Minipage -\family roman +\family roman button and add a minipage width. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family roman +\family roman Then put cursor to the paragraph containing the figure and mark it also a minipage, but add also the -\family default +\family default HFill between the Minipage paragraphs -\family roman +\family roman and -\emph on +\emph on -\family default -\emph default +\family default +\emph default Start a new Minipage -\family roman +\family roman options -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\family roman +\family roman You can also change the alignment in this -\family default +\family default Extra options -\family roman +\family roman menu to middle for all minipage paragraphs for a better result. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\begin_layout Itemize -\family roman + +\family roman Somehow (correct this if you know how) the figure size set by the -\family default +\family default % of the page -\family roman +\family roman doesn't scale the picture right but still the -\family default +\family default cm -\family roman +\family roman and -\family default +\family default inches -\family roman +\family roman entries will work. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/linuxdoc_manpage.lyx b/lib/examples/linuxdoc_manpage.lyx index cb32c5a789..44edfa4f37 100644 --- a/lib/examples/linuxdoc_manpage.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/linuxdoc_manpage.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass manpage \options title="LyX" sectnum="1" \language english @@ -8,12 +10,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth -2 \tocdepth -1 @@ -24,170 +25,234 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Section +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section Name -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard lyx - A Document Processor -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Synopsis -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard lyx [ command-line switches] [name.lyx ... ] -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Description -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default is too complex to be described completely in the "man" page format. If your system is properly configured, you can access the full documentation within -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default under the Help menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on + +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default is a modern approach of writing documents with a computer which breaks with the tradition of the obsolete typewriter concept. It is designed for people who want a professional output with a minimum of time effort, without becoming specialists in typesetting. Compared to common word processors, -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default will increase the productivity a lot, since most of the typesetting will be done by the computer, not the author. With -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default the author can concentrate on the contents of his writing, since the computer will take care of the look. Read more about this concept in the online documentation under the Help menu. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Currently, -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default uses the XForms library as a toolkit. -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default should run everywhere, where XForms runs. This is on all major Unix platforms as well as some PC platforms, including Sun, SGI, HP, Compaq Tru64, IBM RS6000, Convex, Cray, i386/Linux, Alpha/Linux, i386/FreeBSD, i386/NetBSD, DecSystem(mips)/Ultrix, OS/2 with XFree or PMX and others. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Options -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default supports the following command-line switches, which can also be specified as X resources (e. g. in .Xdefaults) with class name -\emph on +\emph on LyX -\emph default +\emph default : -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -help summarizes LyX usage -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -sysdir directory sets system directory. Normally not needed. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -userdir directory sets user directory. Needed if you want to use LyX with different lyxrc settings. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -geometry WxH+X+Y specifies the preferred size and position of the main LyX window; see X(1). -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -dbg feature[,feature...] where feature is a name or number. Use "lyx -dbg" to see the list of available debug features. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -x [--execute] command where command is a lyx command. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -e [--export] fmt where fmt is the export format of choice. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -i [--import] fmt file.xxx where fmt is the import format of choice and file.xxx is the file to be imported. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Furthermore, LyX understands the following generic command line options from the Forms Library: -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -display host:display specifies the server to connect to. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -bw borderwidth specifies the border width to use to built-in objects. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -visual visualName requests a visual by name such as TrueColor etc. By default the Forms Library always selects the visual that has the most depth. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -depth depth requests a specific depth. Try "-depth best" or "-depth 8" if you get a bad match. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -debug level generates some info about the state of the XForms. where level is an integer between 1-5 and controls the amount of information to output. Depending on the options used when the Forms Library was built, a level more than 3 might not be available. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -sync runs the application in synchronous mode with debug level set to 4. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -private requests a private colormap for the application. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -shared requests a shared colormap even if the application needs more colors than available. For those colors that can't be allocated in the shared colormap, substitutions are made so the closest matching color is used. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -stdcmap requests a standard colormap. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description -name newname specifies the application name under which resources are to be obtained, rather than the default executable file name. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/listerrors.lyx b/lib/examples/listerrors.lyx index f67d05d5e5..429f5182b2 100644 --- a/lib/examples/listerrors.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/listerrors.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass literate-article \begin_preamble % @@ -21,12 +23,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -37,81 +38,102 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title LyX listerrors: -\newline +\newline rewritten in Python -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Kayvan A. Sylvan -\newline +\newline \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:kayvan@sylvan.com} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Date +\begin_layout Date 3/15/2002 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract The listerrors program used to be compiled as a C program and installed as -\emph on +\emph on BINDIR/listerrors -\emph default +\emph default along with LyX in order to perform some simple re-formatting of noweb and GCC error messages. This document describes and implements the Python version of the same program. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The motivation for this program was Bugzilla bug 190 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Visit \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/show_bug.cgi?id=190} -\end_inset +\end_inset for the details. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset dealing with the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset executable. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard What is \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ? Usually, LyX has great support for parsing of error messages. For each error in the log file, LyX pops up an error box at that location @@ -120,736 +142,855 @@ listerrors (similar to LaTeX errors). When dealing with Literate Programs, you have \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset noweb \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard See \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.eecs.harvard.edu/~nr/noweb} -\end_inset +\end_inset for more information about noweb. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset as well as gcc error messages (and potentially others). The listerrors program attempts to standardize these error messages to a format that LyX can parse and react to. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In a nutshell, the problems with the old implementation of listerrors that bug 190 refers to were:: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate It was a C program and it was installed in the user path in the same directory as LyX. Having such a generically named binary in, for example, -\emph on +\emph on /usr/bin -\emph default +\emph default , was potentially confusing. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate It required that noweb be installed on the compiling machine (the source was extracted by noweb from -\emph on +\emph on SRCDIR/examples/Literate.lyx -\emph default +\emph default , compiled and installed by \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset make install \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The new version deals with these problems in the following fashion: -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Both the example file (this document) and the program are to be added to the LyX CVS repository. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The program itself will be installed in -\emph on +\emph on SHAREDIR/lyx/scripts -\emph default +\emph default , along with other LyX-specific helper scripts. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the design and implementation of this new \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , the Python \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard See the Python home page ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.python.org} -\end_inset +\end_inset ) for more information. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset language was chosen since it is fully multi-platform and provides a very uniform and easy to read syntax. This re-write also simplifies the code for \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset greatly. Python is installed by default on all modern Linux systems and is freely available for all other platforms. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline #!/usr/bin/python -\newline +\newline """reformat noweb and compiler errors for LyX. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Expects to read from stdin and output to stdout. -\newline +\newline """ -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline __author__ = "Kayvan A. Sylvan " -\newline -__date__ = "$Date: 2003/08/22 11:08:44 $" -\newline -__version__ = "$Revision: 1.4 $" -\newline +\newline +__date__ = "$Date: 2005/07/18 09:42:26 $" +\newline +__version__ = "$Revision: 1.5 $" +\newline __credits__ = """Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\newline +\newline original Literate support for LyX. -\newline +\newline Bernard Michael Hurley -\newline +\newline modifications to original listerrors.""" -\newline +\newline __copyright__ = "Copyright 2002 - Kayvan Sylvan." -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline import sys, string -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline if __name__ == "__main__": -\newline +\newline main() -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section LaTeX style error message -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following function mimics the TeX error message format. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def write_error(msg, tool = "noweb", line_number = 1): -\newline +\newline """Write out the given message in TeX error style. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline called like: write_error(msg, tool, line_number).""" -\newline +\newline print "! Build Error: ==> %s ==> -\backslash +\backslash n" % (tool), -\newline +\newline print " ... -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash nl.%d ... -\backslash +\backslash n" % (line_number), -\newline +\newline if type(msg) == type("str"): # simple string -\newline +\newline print msg -\newline +\newline else: # some kind of list (sequence or tuple) -\newline +\newline for m in msg: -\newline +\newline if m != "": print m, -\newline +\newline print -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def write_error -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Filtering errors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The only complication in our filtering code is that some parsers might need to push back lines that are read in to be read again later. We solve this problem by implementing a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset getline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset pushline \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset set of functions: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline __lines = [] # lines pushed back -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline def getline(file = sys.stdin): -\newline +\newline """read a line from internal stack or from file. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline optional file argument defaults to sys.stdin.""" -\newline +\newline global __lines -\newline +\newline lines = __lines -\newline +\newline if lines: -\newline +\newline line = lines.pop() -\newline +\newline else: -\newline +\newline line = file.readline() -\newline +\newline return line -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def getline -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard And now for the corresponding pushline function: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def pushline(line): -\newline +\newline "push a line onto the pushback stack." -\newline +\newline global __lines -\newline +\newline lines = __lines -\newline +\newline lines.append(line) -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def pushline -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The main() entry point function is extremely simple. Note that this version of \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset takes no options and simply filters, attempting simply to match against the known error message patterns. The listerrors C program handled a single-character command-line argument that the current code no longer needs. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def main(): -\newline +\newline """Entry point for listerrors. Takes no options. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Reads stdin and writes to stdout. Filter errors""" -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline while 1: -\newline +\newline line = getline() -\newline +\newline if line == "": break -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ %def main -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard For each line read in, we need to find out if it matches any of our tools (noweb, gcc, etc.) and act accordingly. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline try_patterns_dispatch = [ noweb_try, gcc_try, xlc_try ] -\newline +\newline for predicate in try_patterns_dispatch: -\newline +\newline if predicate(line): break -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Different Error Formats -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following sections handle the various error message formats that we recognize in this program. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection noweb errors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Noweb errors are output on a single line, so examining just the current line is enough. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def noweb_try(line): -\newline +\newline """see if line is a noweb error. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. Outputs on stdout.""" -\newline +\newline retval = 0 -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline return retval -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def noweb_try -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard First, we look for the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset unescaped < < in documentation chunk \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset message. This is the only message with an associated line number from noweb. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if string.find(line, ": unescaped << in documentation chunk") != -1: -\newline +\newline line_parts = string.split(line, ':') -\newline +\newline num_str = line_parts[1] -\newline +\newline num_len = len(num_str) -\newline +\newline i = 0 -\newline +\newline while i < num_len and (num_str[i] in string.digits): i = i + 1 -\newline +\newline if i == num_len: -\newline +\newline write_error(":" + line_parts[2], "noweb", int(num_str)) -\newline +\newline retval = 1 -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Some noweb messages are simply about undefined scraps. These can be seen by looking for matching double-angle-brackets. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if (not retval): -\newline +\newline left = string.find(line, "<<") -\newline +\newline if (left != -1) and ((left + 2) < len(line)) and -\backslash +\backslash -\newline +\newline (string.find(line[left+2:], ">>") != -1): -\newline +\newline write_error(line, "noweb"); -\newline +\newline retval = 1; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, here is an additional list of explicit strings to check for. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if (not retval): -\newline +\newline msgs_to_try = ("couldn't open file", -\newline +\newline "couldn't open temporary file", -\newline +\newline "error writing temporary file", -\newline +\newline "ill-formed option", -\newline +\newline "unknown option", -\newline +\newline "Bad format sequence", -\newline +\newline "Can't open output file", -\newline +\newline "Can't open temporary file", -\newline +\newline "Capacity exceeded:", -\newline +\newline "Ignoring unknown option -", -\newline +\newline "This can't happen:", -\newline +\newline "non-numeric line number in") -\newline +\newline for msg in msgs_to_try: -\newline +\newline if string.find(line, msg) != -1: -\newline +\newline write_error(line, "noweb") -\newline +\newline retval = 1 -\newline +\newline break -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection gcc errors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The gcc errors can be multi-line, with the following format: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code foo.c: In function `main': -\newline +\newline foo.c:3: `bar' undeclared (first use in this function) -\newline +\newline foo.c:3: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once -\newline +\newline foo.c:3: for each function it appears in.) -\newline +\newline foo.c:3: parse error before `x' -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In order to parse this, the gcc error handler has to look ahead and return any and all lines that do not match the expected pattern. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def gcc_try(line): -\newline +\newline """See if line is a gcc error. Read ahead to handle all the lines. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. Outputs on stdout.""" -\newline +\newline retval = 0 -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline return retval -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def gcc_try -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The error message starts with a gcc header (as above) without an associated line number. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline first_space = string.find(line, ' ') -\newline +\newline if first_space > 1: # The smallest would be "X: " -\newline +\newline if line[first_space - 1] == ':': -\newline +\newline header_to_see = line[:first_space - 1] -\newline +\newline next_line = getline() -\newline +\newline if next_line and next_line[:first_space - 1] == header_to_see: -\newline +\newline num_end = first_space -\newline +\newline while next_line[num_end] in string.digits: num_end = num_end + 1 -\newline +\newline if num_end > first_space: # good! -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline else: # oops! Not a gcc error. -\newline +\newline pushline(next_line) -\newline +\newline elif next_line: -\newline +\newline pushline(next_line) # return this line to input stream -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At the point in the code that we know that we are in the middle of an error message, we do the following: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline num_str = next_line[first_space:num_end] -\newline +\newline msgs = [line[first_space:]] -\newline +\newline msgs.append(next_line[num_end + 1:]) -\newline +\newline header_to_see = next_line[:num_end] -\newline +\newline next_line = getline() -\newline +\newline while next_line and next_line[:num_end] == header_to_see: -\newline +\newline msgs.append(next_line[num_end + 1:]) -\newline +\newline next_line = getline() -\newline +\newline if next_line: pushline(next_line) -\newline +\newline write_error(msgs, "gcc", int(num_str)) -\newline +\newline retval = 1 -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection xlc errors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A xlc error message is easy to identify. Every error message starts with a quoted string with no spaces, a comma, a space, the word \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset line \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , a space, and some variable text. The following routine tests if a given buffer line matches this criteria (this code would probably be simpler if I used the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset re \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset regexp module, but we don't really need the full regular expression engine here). -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline def xlc_try(line): -\newline +\newline """see if line is an xlc error. -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise. Outputs on stdout.""" -\newline +\newline retval = 0 -\newline +\newline if line[0] == '"': # This is the first character of all xlc errors -\newline +\newline next_quote = string.find(line, '"', 1) -\newline +\newline first_space = string.find(line, ' ') -\newline +\newline if (next_quote != -1) and (first_space > next_quote): # no space inisde quotes -\newline +\newline if line[first_space - 1:first_space + 6] == ", line ": -\newline +\newline num_start = num_end = first_space + 6 -\newline +\newline while line[num_end] in string.digits: num_end = num_end + 1 -\newline +\newline if num_end > num_start: -\newline +\newline write_error(line, "xlc", int(line[num_start : num_end])) -\newline +\newline retval = 1 -\newline +\newline return retval -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline @ %def xlc_try -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Extracting the code -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This project can be tangled from LyX if you set your \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Program \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset convertor to call a generic script that always extracts a scrap named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default and executes it. Here is an example of such a generic script: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section defines our build-script, which extracts the code. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline if [ -z "$NOWEB_SOURCE" ]; then NOWEB_SOURCE=listerrors.nw; fi -\newline +\newline notangle -Rlisterrors ${NOWEB_SOURCE} > listerrors -\newline +\newline chmod +x listerrors -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Indices -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This section provides cross-references into the rest of the program. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Macros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash nowebchunks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Identifiers -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash nowebindex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/mathed.lyx b/lib/examples/mathed.lyx index b95824704c..3450ad8efe 100644 --- a/lib/examples/mathed.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/mathed.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding auto @@ -8,12 +10,11 @@ \float_placement H \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage widemarginsa4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 1 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -24,23 +25,35 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{a4wide} +\end_preamble +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Section +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section Converting to and from mathed -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Math can be typed in the body of the document and converted to mathed-mode by highlighting it and typing -\family sans -M-c\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +M-c\InsetSpace ~ m -\family default +\family default . The text can be bounded with delimiters or not. That is, highlighting any of the formulae below: -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -50,175 +63,212 @@ m \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{math} -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash end{math} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard $ -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} $ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{displaymath} -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash end{displaymath} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\backslash +\backslash ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard will convert it to: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} \frac{abc}{xyz}\end{equation} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard At present, no formal way exists to convert the contents of a math inset back into plain text. It can be done using a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset fudge \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset however. Highlight the contents of a math inset (not the math inset itself, just the contents), but do -\emph on +\emph on not -\emph default +\emph default copy it into LyX's buffer. It is now stored in the X system buffer and can be pasted back into the document using the middle mouse button. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Displaying LaTeX symbols -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Historically, LyX has provided visual support for a relatively small subset of the math symbols available in LaTeX. That changes with version 1.2; we now have visual support for most of the symbols defined in basic LaTeX and -\emph on +\emph on all -\emph default +\emph default the extra ones defined by the AMS. For completeness, the tables of symbols in Lamport's and in Goosen's books are presented below. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Some example math tables -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The following tables from Goossen et al.'s \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset The LaTeX companion \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset should appear on the screen in all their glory. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setcounter{table}{1} -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash renewcommand{ -\backslash +\backslash thetable}{8. -\backslash +\backslash arabic{table}} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -238,286 +288,333 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hat{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash acute{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bar{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dot{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash breve{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash check{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash grave{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vec{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddot{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tilde{a} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Math mode accents -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -535,1066 +632,1249 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash alpha -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash beta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\delta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash delta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash epsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varepsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varepsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\zeta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash zeta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash theta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartheta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartheta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\iota$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash iota -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\kappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash kappa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lambda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mu$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nu$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nu -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\xi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash xi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $o$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard o -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varpi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varpi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varrho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varrho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tau$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash tau -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\phi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash phi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varphi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varphi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\chi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash chi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\psi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash psi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\omega$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash omega -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Gamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Delta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Delta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Theta$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Theta -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lambda$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lambda -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Xi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Xi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Pi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Pi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Sigma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Sigma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Upsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Phi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Phi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Psi$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Psi -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Omega$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Omega -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Greek letters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1612,904 +1892,1055 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pm$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pm -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diamond$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangleup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ominus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\times$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash times -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigtriangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\otimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\div$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash div -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqcap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqcap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ast$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ast -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\odot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash odot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\star$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash star -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circ$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bullet$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\setminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\unlhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash unlhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddagger$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddagger -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\unrhd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash unrhd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\amalg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash amalg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Binary operation symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2529,994 +2960,1161 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leq -\backslash +\backslash le -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash equiv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\models$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash models -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succ$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\perp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash perp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\preceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash preceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\simeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash simeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ll -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\asymp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash asymp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\parallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash parallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash approx -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bowtie$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bowtie -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cong -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Join$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Join -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\neq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash neq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smile$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smile -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\frown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\in$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash in -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ni$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ni -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\propto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash propto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $=$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter = -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $<$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter < -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $>$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter > -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Relation symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3532,762 +4130,889 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Leftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Leftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Leftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Leftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Longleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Longleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mapsto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mapsto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\longmapsto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash longmapsto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nearrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nearrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hookleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hookleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hookrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hookrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\searrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash searrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoonup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftharpoonup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoonup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\swarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash swarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftharpoondown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftharpoondown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightharpoondown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nwarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nwarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Arrow symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -4307,876 +5032,1023 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ldots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ldots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cdots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash cdots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vdots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ddots$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ddots -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\aleph$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash aleph -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prime -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\forall$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash forall -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\infty$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash infty -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hbar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\emptyset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash emptyset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\exists$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash exists -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nabla$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nabla -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\surd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash surd -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Box$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Box -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Diamond$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\imath$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash imath -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\jmath$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash jmath -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ell$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ell -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\neg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash neg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\top$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash top -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\flat$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash flat -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\natural$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash natural -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sharp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\wp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash wp -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\clubsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diamondsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\spadesuit$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Re$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Re -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Im$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Im -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\angle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash angle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\partial$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash partial -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Miscellaneous symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5196,378 +6068,445 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sum -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\prod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash prod -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\coprod$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash coprod -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\int$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash int -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\oint$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash oint -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigsqcup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigsqcup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigvee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigvee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigodot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigodot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigotimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigotimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigoplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigoplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\biguplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash biguplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Variable-sized symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -5585,414 +6524,485 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arccos$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cos$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\csc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\exp$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ker$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\limsup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\min$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sinh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arcsin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cosh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\deg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gcd$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ln$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Pr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arctan$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\cot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\det$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hom$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\log$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tan$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\arg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\coth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\inf$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\liminf$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\max$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\tanh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Log-like symbols -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6010,488 +7020,575 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Uparrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Downarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Downarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\{$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Updownarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Updownarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lfloor$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lfloor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rfloor$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rfloor -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lceil$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lceil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rceil$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rceil -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\langle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash langle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $/$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter / -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\|$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash | -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Delimiters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6505,322 +7602,377 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\widetilde{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash widetilde{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\widehat{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash widehat{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overleftarrow{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overleftarrow{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overrightarrow{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overline{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overline{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\underline{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underline{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\overbrace{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overbrace{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash underbrace{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{abc}\sqrt[3]{abc}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqrt[n]{abc} -\backslash +\backslash root3{abc} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $f'$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter f' -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\frac{abc}{xyz}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash frac{abc}{xyz} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption LaTeX math constructs -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6840,144 +7992,171 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\digamma$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash digamma -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varkappa$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varkappa -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\beth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash beth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\daleth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash daleth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gimel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gimel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption AMS Greek and Hebrew -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -6995,120 +8174,143 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ulcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ulcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\urcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash urcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\llcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash llcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lrcorner$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lrcorner -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption AMS delimiters -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7124,826 +8326,965 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dashleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dashleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\twoheadleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twoheadleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftarrowtail$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftarrowtail -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\looparrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash looparrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightharpoons$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightharpoons -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curvearrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curvearrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circlearrowleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Lsh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Lsh -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upuparrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upuparrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upharpoonleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upharpoonleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downharpoonleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downharpoonleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\multimap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftrightsquigarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftrightsquigarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightrightarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightrightarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\twoheadrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrowtail$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\looparrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightleftharpoons$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightleftharpoons -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curvearrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curvearrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circlearrowright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Rsh$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Rsh -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downdownarrows$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downdownarrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\upharpoonright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash upharpoonright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\downharpoonright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash downharpoonright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightsquigarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption AMS arrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -7959,170 +9300,201 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nLeftarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nLeftarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nRightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nRightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nLeftrightarrow$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nLeftrightarrow -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption AMS negated arrows -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -8138,1650 +9510,1921 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqslantless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqslantless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesssim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesssim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\approxeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash approxeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lll$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lll -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lessgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lessgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesseqgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesseqgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lesseqqgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lesseqqgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doteqdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doteqdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\risingdotseq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash risingdotseq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\fallingdotseq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash fallingdotseq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backsimeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backsimeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Subset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Subset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsubset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsubset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\preccurlyeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash preccurlyeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyeqprec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyeqprec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\trianglelefteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash trianglelefteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Vvdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallsmile$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallsmile -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallfrown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallfrown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bumpeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bumpeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Bumpeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Bumpeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\geqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash geqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqslantgtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqslantgtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ggg$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ggg -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtrless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtrless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtreqless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtreqless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gtreqqless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gtreqqless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eqcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eqcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangleq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangleq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\thicksim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\thickapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash thickapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Supset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Supset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sqsupset$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sqsupset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succcurlyeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succcurlyeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyeqsucc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyeqsucc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\trianglerighteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash trianglerighteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Vdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\shortmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\shortparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash shortparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\between$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash between -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\pitchfork$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash pitchfork -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varpropto$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varpropto -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\therefore$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash therefore -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backepsilon$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backepsilon -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\because$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash because -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption AMS binary relations -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -9797,1280 +11440,1491 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nless$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nless -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nleqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nleqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lvertneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lvertneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nprec$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nprec -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\npreceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash npreceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\precnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash precnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nshortmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nshortmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nmid$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nmid -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvdash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvdash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntriangleleft$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntriangleleft -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntrianglelefteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntrianglelefteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsubseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsubseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsubsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsubsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\subsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash subsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsubsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsubsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngtr$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngtr -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeqslant$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeqslant -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ngeqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ngeqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gvertneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gvertneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\gnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash gnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsucc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsucc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsucceq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsucceq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succnsim$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succnsim -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\succnapprox$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash succnapprox -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ncong$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ncong -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nshortparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nshortparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nparallel$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nparallel -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nvDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nvDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nVDash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nVDash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntriangleright$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntriangleright -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ntrianglerighteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ntrianglerighteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsupseteq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsupseteq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nsupseteqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nsupseteqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsupsetneq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsupsetneq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\supsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash supsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varsupsetneqq$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varsupsetneqq -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption AMS negated binary relations -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11086,604 +12940,707 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\dotplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash dotplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\smallsetminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash smallsetminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Cap$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Cap -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Cup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Cup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\barwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash barwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\veebar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash veebar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\doublebarwedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash doublebarwedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxminus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxtimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\boxplus$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\divideontimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\ltimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash ltimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rtimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rtimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\leftthreetimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash leftthreetimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\rightthreetimes$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash rightthreetimes -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlywedge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlywedge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\curlyvee$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash curlyvee -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circleddash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledast$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledcirc$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\centerdot$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\intercal$ -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash intercal -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption AMS binary operators -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement H wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular @@ -11699,667 +13656,782 @@ collapsed false \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hbar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hbar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\hslash$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash hslash -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\vartriangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\triangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\square$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash square -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\lozenge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\circledS$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash circledS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\angle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash angle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\measuredangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash measuredangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\nexists$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash nexists -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\mho$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash mho -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Finv$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Finv -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Game$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Game -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\Bbbk$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash Bbbk -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\backprime$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash backprime -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\varnothing$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash varnothing -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacktriangledown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacksquare$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\blacklozenge$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\bigstar$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\sphericalangle$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash sphericalangle -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\complement$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash complement -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\eth$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash eth -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diagup$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diagup -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $\diagdown$ -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash diagdown -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption AMS miscellaneous -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/multicol.lyx b/lib/examples/multicol.lyx index fd2506a04c..23336fa7f0 100644 --- a/lib/examples/multicol.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/multicol.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,40 +27,55 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Multiple Columns -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author by -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Purpose -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The aim for this chapter is to show how the LaTeX package -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default can be used in a LyX document. As LyX doesn't support the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks. By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Limitations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same page. Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed @@ -68,58 +84,82 @@ multicol ion. At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the environment. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Examples -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Two columns -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to insert -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default where you want it to end. Like this: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent -\series bold -\size small +\series bold +\size small The Adventure of the Empty House -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline by -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. @@ -141,44 +181,68 @@ ty which utterly submerged my mind. with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Multiple columns -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns. (You can have more than 3 columns if you want , but that might not be very pleasant for the eye.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. @@ -198,64 +262,104 @@ It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Columns inside columns -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + You can even have columns inside columns: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement @@ -266,23 +370,29 @@ The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. @@ -290,9 +400,9 @@ Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. -\size default +\size default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. @@ -305,63 +415,83 @@ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Advanced Examples -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As you probably know -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default has several customizing variables. The following examples shows how these can be used from LyX. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Preface and Skip -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard If there is less than 5cm left on the page, a page break will be inserted before this bit, which has a preface text above the two columns: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation. The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second @@ -381,58 +511,74 @@ On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. There were some figures also upon a sheet of paper, with the names of some club friends opposite to them, from which it was conjectured that before his death he was endeavouring to make out his losses or winnings at cards. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Preface and sections -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard What if you want the preface to be a sectioning command? That can be done, but only through LaTeX commands inside the parameters for the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicols -\family default +\family default command. Because of this, the section command can not be provided by LyX: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[ -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset This is the sectioning command as a preface \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard }][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex. In the first place, no reason could be given why the young man should have @@ -460,66 +606,80 @@ A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complicated by entire absence of motive, since, as I have said, young Adair was not known to have any enemy, and no attempt had been made to remove the money or valuables in the room. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Free Space -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default package demands that a certain amount of space is available before and after a multicolumn section. In addition -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default inserts a given space in front of and after the multicol section. The commands to change the default settings for this must be given just before the -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols} -\family default +\family default . This example puts a space of 3 cm in front of and after the multicolumn text: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistanc e which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigat @@ -545,80 +705,102 @@ ion. in the eyes of their owner. With a snarl of contempt he turned upon his heel, and I saw his curved back and white side-whiskers disappear among the throng. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Note: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The values you set with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default must be reset to default after use, or you will get the modified value in the rest of your document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{13pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Column Width and Separation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The width of the columns inside the -\family sans +\family sans multicols -\family default +\family default environment is automatically calculated, but you can modify the space between two columns explicitly. The space between the following two columns is 3 cm wide: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small My observations of No. 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested. The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing, the @@ -632,94 +814,118 @@ My observations of No. To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector, his sharp, wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair, and his precious volumes, a dozen of them at least, wedged under his right arm. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once again, we have to reset the value after use to avoid using it in the rest of the document. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{10pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Vertical Lines -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Between every two columns, a rule of width -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule -\family default +\family default is placed. If this rule is set to 0 pt, the rule is suppressed. In the following example, the line separating the two columns is 2 pt wide. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{2pt} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size small +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You're surprised to see me, sir, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset said he, in a strange, croaking voice. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small I acknowledged that I was. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step @@ -727,108 +933,129 @@ Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset You make too much of a trifle, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset said I. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset May I ask how you knew who I was? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very happy to see you, I am sure. Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Here's -\noun on -British\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +British\InsetSpace ~ Birds -\noun default +\noun default , and -\noun on +\noun on Catullus -\noun default +\noun default , and -\noun on +\noun on The Holy War -\noun default +\noun default --a bargain, every one of them. With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf. It looks untidy, does it not, sir? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard As usual, we reset the value after use. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{0pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You'll have to go to the library to read the rest of the story. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} or cheat like we did and find it at the Gutenberg project somewhere on the Web. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Believe it or not, but it's actually a bit of a cliff-hanger at this point in the story\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/nl_multicol.lyx b/lib/examples/nl_multicol.lyx index 205cf358b9..5a588797d0 100644 --- a/lib/examples/nl_multicol.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/nl_multicol.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,42 +27,57 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Meervoudige kolommen -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author door -\noun on +\noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Strekking -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het is de bedoeling van dit hoofdstuk aan te geven hoe het LaTeX pakket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default gebruikt kan worden in een LyX document. Aangezien LyX het pakket -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default nog niet van nature ondersteunt, moeten we een aantal kleine handelingen verrichten. Door dit deel te lezen zal duidelijk worden hoe dit gedaan moet worden. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Beperkingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Met het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default pakket kun je op dezelfde pagina tussen een of meer kolommen schakelen. Voetnoten worden correct behandeld (voor het merendeel), maar worden aan de voet van de pagina geplaatst en niet onder elke kolom. @@ -70,58 +86,82 @@ multicol Op dit moment kunnen alleen pagina-brede floats worden gebruikt binnen de omgeving. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Voorbeelden -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Twee kolommen -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Als je twee kolommen in uw tekst wenst, moet je de LaTeX mode gebruiken om -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\family default +\family default te plaatsen op het punt waar je wilt dat de twee kolommen beginnen en -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\family default +\family default waar je wilt dat ze eindigen. Zoals hier: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard -\noindent +\begin_layout Standard +\noindent -\series bold -\size small +\series bold +\size small Het avontuur van het lege huis -\series default +\series default -\newline +\newline door -\noun on +\noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small Het was in het voorjaar van het jaar 1894 dat iedereen in Londen geïnteresseerd was in, en de fatsoenlijke wereld ontzet door, de moord op de rechtschapen Ronald Adair, onder de meest ongebruikelijke en onverklaarbare omstandigheden. @@ -147,44 +187,68 @@ Het was in het voorjaar van het jaar 1894 dat iedereen in Londen ge belangrijkste taak hebben moeten rekenen zo te handelen, als ik niet gehouden was geweest aan het verbod van hemzelf, dat slechts sinds de derde van de vorige maand werd opgeheven. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsubsection +\begin_layout Subsubsection Meervoudige kolommen -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Hetzelfde patroon wordt toegepast als je meer dan twee kolommen wenst. (je kunt meer dan drie kolommen definieren, maar dat is mogelijk minder plezierig voor het oog.) -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize U kunt zich voorstellen dat mijn nauwe vriendschap met Sherlock Holmes me heeft geïnteresseerd in misdaad, en dat ik na zijn verdwijnen nooit heb nagelaten nauwgezet de diverse zaken te lezen die werden voorgeleid. @@ -204,64 +268,104 @@ U kunt zich voorstellen dat mijn nauwe vriendschap met Sherlock Holmes me gekronkeld, maar ik vond geen uitleg die me geschikt leek. Met het risico een bekend verhaal te vertellen, wil ik de feiten samenvatten, die bij het gerecht bekend waren in de conclusie van het onderzoek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kolommen binnen kolommen -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + Je kunt zelfs kolommen binnen kolommen definieren: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard -\added_space_bottom -2ex -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize De rechtschapen Ronald Adair was de tweede zoon van de Graaf van Maynooth, de toenmalige gouverneur van een Australische kolonie. Adair's moeder was teruggekeerd uit Australie om een staar operatie te ondergaan en zij, haar zoon Ronald en haar dochter Hilda leefden samen op Park Lane 427. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace -2ex +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize De kinderen begaven zich in het beste milieu en hadden, voor zover bekend, geen vijanden en geen bijzondere gebreken. Hij was verloofd geweest met Edith Woodley, uit Carstairs, maar de verloving @@ -273,23 +377,29 @@ en. Desondanks was het deze gemakkelijke jonge aristocraat die de dood vond, op een vreemde en onverwachte manier, tussen tien en elf-twintig op de avond van 30 maart, 1894. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size footnotesize + +\size footnotesize Ronald Adair was bijzonder gesteld op het kaartspel, maar nooit zodanig dat de verliezen hem zouden schaden. Hij was een lid van de Baldwin, de Cavendish en de Bagatelle kaart clubs. @@ -297,9 +407,9 @@ Ronald Adair was bijzonder gesteld op het kaartspel, maar nooit zodanig whist had gespeeld bij de laatstgenoemde club. Hij had daar in de namiddag ook gespeeld. -\size default +\size default -\size footnotesize +\size footnotesize De bewijzen van zij die met hem gespeeld hadden-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, en kolonel Moran-- toonden aan dat het spel whist was geweest en dat er eerlijk was gedeeld. @@ -312,66 +422,86 @@ ge speler en werd meestal de winnaar. al eens vierhonderd en twintig pond had gewonnen in een enkele zitting, enkele weken geleden, van Godfrey Milner en Lord Balmoral. Tot zover zijn recente geschiedenis zoals dat uit het onderzoek bleek. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection +\begin_layout Subsection Voorbeelden voor gevorderden -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoals je mogelijk weet, kent -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default vele mogelijkheden om eigenschappen aan te passen. De volgende voorbeelden tonen hoe deze mogelijkheden vanuit LyX kunnen worden gebruikt. -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Inleiding en overslaan -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Als er minder dan 5cm ruimte op de pagina over is, zal op een nieuwe pagina worden begonnen voor dit deel dat een inleidende tekst boven twee kolommen heeft: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset En het verhaal gaat verder en verder en verder\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small Op de avond van de misdaad kwam hij precies om tien uur terug van de club. Zijn moeder en zuster waren uit en brachten de avond bij een kennis door. De bediende getuigde dat ze hem in de voorste kamer op de tweede verdieping, @@ -392,59 +522,75 @@ Op de avond van de misdaad kwam hij precies om tien uur terug van de club. Er stonden een aantal getallen op een vel papier, met de namen van enkele kaartvrienden daarnaast, waaruit de conclusie werd getrokken dat hij voor zijn dood naar streefde zijn verliezen en winsten aan het spel op te maken. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Inleiding en secties -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wat te doen als je wilt dat met de inleiding meteen een nieuwe sectie begint? Dat kan, maar alleen door LaTeX opdrachten binnen de parameters voor de -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicols -\family default +\family default opdracht. Hierdoor kan de sectie opdracht niet door LyX worden gegenereerd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2}[ -\backslash +\backslash subsubsection{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Dit is de sectie opdracht als inleiding \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard }][5cm] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small Het nauwkeurig onderzoeken van de omstandigheden zorgde er alleen voor dat de zaak moeilijker werd. In de eerste plaats was er geen reden te verzinnen waarom de jonge man @@ -474,66 +620,80 @@ s op nog geen honderd yards van het huis. d werden door de volledige afwezigheid van een motief, want, zoals ik heb gezegd, de jonge Adair had voor zover bekend geen vijanden en er was geen poging gedaan om geld of andere waardevolle zaken uit de kamer te verwijderen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Lege ruimte -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default pakket vereist dat een zekere ruimte aanwezig is voor en na een deel met meerdere kolommen. Bovendien zal -\family typewriter +\family typewriter multicol -\family default +\family default een lege ruimte plaatsen voor en na het deel met meerdere kolommen. De opdrachten om de voorkeursinstellingen voor de witruimte aan te passen moeten geplaatst worden voor -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols} -\family default +\family default . Dit voorbeeld plaatst een witruimte van 3cm voor en na de tekst in meerdere kolommen: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small De hele dag bleven deze feiten in mijn gedachten, strevend naar een theorie die ze allemaal kon verenigen en de weg van de minste weerstand die volgens mijn vriend het startpunt was van elk onderzoek. @@ -559,80 +719,102 @@ De hele dag bleven deze feiten in mijn gedachten, strevend naar een theorie bezitter erg waardevol waren. Met een verwijtende snauw lichte hij zijn hielen en ik zag zijn kromme rug en witte bakkebaarden verdwijnen tussen de menigte. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Paragraph + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Paragraph Opmerking: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De waarden die u heeft aangepast met -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash setlength -\family default +\family default moeten na gebruik weer naar hun voorkeursinstelling worden teruggezet, omdat je anders de aangepaste waarden voor de rest van het document behoudt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash multicolsep}{13pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Kolom breedte en afscheiding -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard De breedte van de kolommen in de -\family sans +\family sans multicols -\family default +\family default omgeving wordt automatisch ingesteld, maar je kunt de ruimte tussen de kolommen bewust aanpassen. De ruimte tussen de volgende twee kolommen is 3cm breed: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{3cm} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small Mijn observatie van Park Lane nr. 427 heeft weinig bijgedragen aan een oplossing voor het probleem waarin ik was geïnteresseerd. @@ -647,95 +829,119 @@ Mijn observatie van Park Lane nr. Tot mijn verbazing was het niemand minder dan de vreemde oude boeken verzamelaa r, zijn spitse verschrompelde gezicht in het witte haar gehuld, en zijn waardevolle boekdelen, minstens tientallen, onder zijn arm geklemd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wederom moeten we de waarden naar hun voorkeursinstellingen terugzetten om te voorkomen dat ze voor de rest van het document worden gebruikt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnsep}{10pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection Vertikale strepen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tussen twee kolommen wordt een regel met breedte -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule -\family default +\family default geplaatst. Als deze lijn op 0 pt is ingesteld wordt de streep onderdrukt. In het volgende voorbeeld is de lijn die twee kolommen van elkaar scheidt 2 pt breed. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{2pt} -\backslash +\backslash begin{multicols}{2} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\size small +\begin_layout Standard + + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset U bent verbaasd mij te zien, mijnheer, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zij hij, met een vreemde, schorre stem. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small Dat werd door mij bevestigd. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Weet U, ik heb een geweten, mijnheer, en toen ik zag dat u in dit huis ging, terwijl ik u achterna strompelde, dacht ik bij mezelf, ik zal eens binnen @@ -743,107 +949,128 @@ Weet U, ik heb een geweten, mijnheer, en toen ik zag dat u in dit huis ging, kwade bedoelingen had en hem veel verschuldigd ben voor het oprapen van mijn boeken. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\size small + +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Het was een kleine moeite, \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset zei ik. \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Mag ik u vragen hoe u wist wie ik ben? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\size small +\size small \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Weet u, meneer, als ik zo vrij mag zijn, ik ben een buurman van u, want mijn kleine boekenwinkel is op de hoek van de Church Street en ik zou u er graag eens zien. Misschien verzamelt u ook boeken, meneer. Hier heb ik -\noun on -British\SpecialChar ~ +\noun on +British\InsetSpace ~ Birds -\noun default +\noun default , -\noun on +\noun on Catullus -\noun default +\noun default en -\noun on +\noun on The Holy War -\noun default +\noun default --een koopje, stuk voor stuk. Met vijf boeken kunt u dat gat vullen op de tweede boekenplank. Het lijkt rommelig, vindt u ook niet, meneer? \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{multicols} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zoals gebruikelijk moeten we de waarde herstellen na gebruik. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash columnseprule}{0pt} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je zult naar de bibliotheek moeten gaan om de rest van het verhaal te lezen. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} of het verhaal opscharrelen in het Gutenberg project, ergens op het web. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Geloof het of niet, maar dit is een erg spannende scène uit het verhaal\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/nl_opsommingstekens.lyx b/lib/examples/nl_opsommingstekens.lyx index 5ce164cbb0..41274d52c0 100644 --- a/lib/examples/nl_opsommingstekens.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/nl_opsommingstekens.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \begin_preamble \usepackage{latexsym,pifont,amssymb} @@ -10,12 +12,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -26,130 +27,167 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\bulletLaTeX 0 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" -\end_bullet -\bulletLaTeX 1 -"\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" -\end_bullet -\bullet 2 -4 -8 -3 -\end_bullet -\bullet 3 -0 -8 --1 -\end_bullet - -\layout Section* +\bulletLaTeX 0 "\raise1pt\hbox{\small\(\blacktriangleright\)}" +\bulletLaTeX 1 "\raise1pt\hbox{\(\leadsto\)}" +\bullet 2 4 8 3 +\bullet 3 0 8 -1 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Section* Inleiding -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je zult snel genoeg ondervinden dat de instellingen voor opsommingstekens behoorlijk complex kunnen zijn als je dat wilt. Laat het je echter niet afschrikken; gewoonlijk is met enkele muisklikken alles in te stellen. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize -\emph on +\emph on itemize -\emph default +\emph default is de standaard voor een lijst met opsommingen -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize het heeft zijn eigen teller die tot 4 niveaus diep gaat -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize elk niveau kan zijn eigen opsommingsteken hebben -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize LyX laat echter in alle gevallen een `*' zien -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Merk op dat LyX *NIET* de diepte van het niveau voor je controleert -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\begin_deeper -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\end_layout + +\begin_deeper +\begin_layout Itemize Behalve dan dat hij voor alle lijsten, een door LaTeX opgelegde limiet van 6 hanteert voor de diepte van het niveau. -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\end_deeper -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\begin_layout Standard Zijn er nog andere beperkingen? -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ja. De ondersteuning voor de keuze van opsommingstekens geeft je slechts de mogelijkheid om deze tekens voor het gehele document vast te leggen. Als je de instellingen voor elke paragraaf verschillend wil hebben, zul je dat handmatig moeten aanpassen. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Je kunt de instellingen bereiken via het -\bar under +\bar under L -\bar default +\bar default ayout-> -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default ocument\SpecialChar \ldots{} menu en door op de knop \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullet Shapes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset te drukken. Probeer het nu maar. -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Tabellen met opsommingstekens: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hieronder staan de tabellen die worden gebruikt om de tabelpanelen te genereren in het \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset -\bar under +\bar under B -\bar default +\bar default ullet Shapes \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset popup-scherm. -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection* Standaard -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -164,823 +202,993 @@ Standaard \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash normalfont -\backslash +\backslash bfseries{--} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dashv -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash flat -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash natural -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash sharp -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash star -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bullet -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash cdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash dagger -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangleup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigtriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rhd -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash ominus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash otimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash oslash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash odot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash spadesuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Diamond -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Box -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash diamondsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash heartsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash clubsuit -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash leadsto -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoonup -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightharpoondown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash succ -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Maths (AMS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard American Mathematical Society -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -symbolen) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -995,835 +1203,1005 @@ American Mathematical Society \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Rrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightarrowtail -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash twoheadrightarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash rightsquigarrow -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash looparrowright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash multimap -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxtimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxplus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxminus -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash boxdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash divideontimes -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vvdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lessdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash gtrdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash maltese -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash bigstar -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash checkmark -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash Vdash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash backsim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash thicksim -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash centerdot -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circleddash -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledast -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash circledcirc -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash vartriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash triangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash lozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash square -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleleft -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangleright -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangle -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacktriangledown -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacklozenge -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ( -\backslash +\backslash blacksquare -\backslash +\backslash ) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 1 (PSNFSS \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard NFSS staat voor New Font Selecting Scheme dat in LaTeX2e wordt gebruikt. In feite veranderde het de font commando's van { -\backslash +\backslash bf ...} in -\backslash +\backslash textbf{...}, alhoewel de echte veranderingen inwendig waren. PS staat voor PostScript. PSNFSS is een verzameling LaTeX bestanden die NFSS ondersteuning geven voor de basisset van 35 PostScript fonts die in veel PostScript printers te vinden zijn. Is dat duidelijk? Nog vragen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Fonts - Zapf Dingbats en Symbolen) -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -1838,672 +2216,840 @@ textbf{...}, alhoewel de echte veranderingen inwendig waren. \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{108} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{109} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{119} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{197} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{196} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{183} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{71} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{70} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{118} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{117} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{215} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{111} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{112} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{113} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{114} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{209} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{120} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{121} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{122} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{110} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{115} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{116} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{67} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{66} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{82} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{81} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{228} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{162} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{163} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{166} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{226} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{227} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 2 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -2518,672 +3064,840 @@ Ding 2 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{37} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{38} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{34} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{36} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{39} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{40} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{41} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{42} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{43} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{44} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{47} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{53} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{54} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{59} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{57} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{62} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{61} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{55} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{56} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{58} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{60} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{63} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{64} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{51} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{52} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{167} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{164} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{165} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{171} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{168} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{169} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{170} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset -\layout Subsection* +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 3 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3198,672 +3912,840 @@ Ding 3 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{65} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{76} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{75} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{72} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{80} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{74} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{78} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{77} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{79} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{85} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{90} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{98} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{83} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{84} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{86} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{87} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{88} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{89} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{92} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{91} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{93} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{105} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{94} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{99} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{103} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{104} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{106} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{107} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{68} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{69} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{100} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{101} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{102} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{96} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{95} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{97} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\layout Subsection* +\begin_layout Subsection* Ding 4 -\layout Standard -\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -3878,665 +4760,822 @@ Ding 4 \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{223} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{224} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{225} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{232} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{229} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{230} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{238} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{237} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{236} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{235} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{234} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{233} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{239} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{241} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{250} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{251} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{49} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{50} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{217} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{245} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{243} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{248} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{252} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{253} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{219} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{213} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{221} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{220} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{212} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{174} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{222} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset + +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{254} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{242} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash ding{231} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash Pisymbol{psy}{45} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm +\end_inset + + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/nl_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/nl_splash.lyx index e67b0e3ba5..a1f8cc7401 100644 --- a/lib/examples/nl_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/nl_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language dutch \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,138 +24,162 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Welkom bij LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* De Belangrijkste Dingen die je moet weten als je LyX gebruikt -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX komt met zeer goede documentatie---gebruik die! De documentatie is momenteel nog niet volledig in het Nederlands vertaald maar wordt tevens in het Engels meegeleverd. Begin met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default , wat je een korte inleiding tot de documentatie zal geven. Leer daarna LyX te gebruiken met -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX noemen we een \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset document verwerker. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX is bewust anders ontworpen dan normale tekstverwerkers---met LyX wordt het schrijven van teksten makkelijker. Een beetje anders maar geen reden om bang te zijn. De documentatie zal het allemaal duidelijk maken \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hebben we al verteld dat je de documentatie moet lezen? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Het resultaat van LyX ziet er prachtig uit! Doe -\family sans +\family sans nu -\bar under +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default om het zelf te zien. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Jazeker, LyX kan (bijna) alle LaTeX functionaliteit nabootsen. En ja, LyX kan LaTeX bestanden importeren. Ervaren LaTeX gebruikers kunnen de rest van de -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default overslaan en daarna het hoofdstuk \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX Users \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset lezen. (Alle anderen: maak je niet druk: je hoeft LaTeX niet te kennen om LyX te gebruiken.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX heeft veel extras voor mensen die in een andere taal lezen of schrijven dan het Engels. Daarnaast zijn de sneltoetsen, de knoppenbalk en veel andere zaken uiterst configureerbaar. (Meestal door je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default bestand te bewerken). Zie -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization -\family default +\family default voor de details. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate De LyX home page is -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Haal informatie over LyX, abonneer je op LyX email lijst(en), doe de LyX Graphical Tour, en meer. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx b/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx index d47448bdd3..51bdbd4fa4 100644 --- a/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_ruw.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language dutch \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,104 +24,149 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: de titel zou er meer als een titel uit horen te zien -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard door Fee LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Fee is de auteur (AUTHOR) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard June 12, 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Dit is een datum (DATE) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Inhoudsopgave -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Het zou leuk zijn als we de inhoudsopgave -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (Table of Contents) niet zelf hoefden te tikken -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Uitgangspunten..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Hoe LyX het doet...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Waarom LyX beter is...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Mogelijkheden van LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Slappe pogingen om meer LyX dingen te gebruiken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Wiskunde dingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Uitgangspunten -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Sectie titels mogen er meer uitspringen -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving, maar met de inhoud van je tekst. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Hoe LyX het fikst -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport in 1985. @@ -128,27 +174,35 @@ LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport door Donald Knuth gemaakt in 1984. LaTeX is ontworpen met dezelfde uitgangspunten als LyX. Leslie Lamport zei eens (zie referentie [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Waarschijnlijk zou de referente naar dit citaat (CITATION -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENCE) niet "hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn. Wat nu als -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard we Lamports boek het tweede item in de bibliografie maken? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van de schrijver te begrijpen. @@ -162,41 +216,47 @@ De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de idee Als je je document aan het schrijven bent, zou je je bezig moeten houden met de logische structuur, niet met het zichtbare uiterlijk. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: dit is een citaat (QUOTE) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Waarom LyX beter is -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX. Het is aanzienlijk eenvoudiger te leren, omdat je LaTeX niet hoeft te leren (wat eigenlijk een programmeertaal is). LyX is in feite net als andere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wat je ziet is wat je krijgt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset tekstverwerkers, behalve dat LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is. Op deze manier combineert het het gemak van tekstverwerkers met de kracht @@ -204,154 +264,217 @@ Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt Dit is Goed. Ook is het bestandsformaat niet afhankelijk van het platform. En als beste: het is VRIJ! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. De mogelijkheden van LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken. (Per slot van rekening: Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken?) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Deze opmerking tussen haakjes zou beter uitkomen als -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard een voetnoot. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ik vind het GEWELDIG -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Nadruk (Emphasize) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset om erover te vertellen. Hier volgt een lijst van slechts een aantal van deze mogelijkheden. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw erkers, zie Sectie 1.2, welke te vinden is op pagina 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Waarschijnlijk zouden deze kruisverwijzingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard (CROSS-REFERENCES) niet "Hard gecodeerd" moeten zijn. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Wat nu als we de sectienummers veranderen? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven. Het zag er uit als volgt. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset IK BEN GEWELDIG! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Dit is computer CODE -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef ik deze haiku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX is echt geweldig -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Tekstzettende tekstverwerker -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Hij bespaart zo veel tijd -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: Het is niet erg goed, maar het is poezie, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ook bekend als gedicht (VERSE) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 4. Wiskunde dingen -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Hint: de wiskunde dingen moeten in math modus gezet worden -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking. Als ax^2+bx+c=0 (verg.1), dan is x= -b + of minus de wortel van b^2-4ac gedeeld door 2a (verg. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: f'(x) is gedefinieerd als de limiet van f(x+deltax) - f(x) gedeeld door deltax als deltax naar nul gaat (verg. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard REFERENTIES -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx b/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx index 5976acdbda..4221077974 100644 --- a/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/nl_voorbeeld_verlyxt.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language dutch \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,35 +24,54 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title DIT IS DE TITEL VAN HET DOCUMENT -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author door Fee LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date June 12, 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Uitgangspunten -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Het uitgangspunt van LyX is dat je je niet bezig houdt met de vormgeving, maar met de inhoud van je tekst. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Hoe LyX het fikst -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport in 1985. @@ -61,10 +81,12 @@ LyX gebruikt LaTeX, een tekstverwerkingssysteem ontworpen door Leslie Lamport Leslie Lamport zei eens (zie referentie \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ): -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de ideeën van de schrijver te begrijpen. @@ -77,34 +99,38 @@ De functie van typografisch ontwerp is om de lezer te helpen de idee structuur moeten aangeven door bepaalde commando's te typen.... Als je je document aan het schrijven bent, zou je je bezig moeten houden met de logische structuur, niet met het zichtbare uiterlijk. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Waarom LyX beter is -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbeter} -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX kan voor meer mensen handig zijn dan LaTeX. Het is aanzienlijk eenvoudiger te leren, omdat je LaTeX niet hoeft te leren (wat eigenlijk een programmeertaal is). LyX is in feite net als andere \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wat je ziet is wat je krijgt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset tekstverwerkers, behalve dat LyX \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset is. Op deze manier combineert het het gemak van tekstverwerkers met de kracht @@ -112,159 +138,206 @@ Wat je ziet is wat je bedoelt Dit is Goed. Ook is het bestandsformaat niet afhankelijk van het platform. En als beste: het is VRIJ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section De mogelijkheden van LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX heeft vele mogelijkheden die het schrijven van documenten vergemakkelijken. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Waarom zou je het anders willen gebruiken? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Ik vind het -\emph on +\emph on geweldig -\emph default +\emph default om er over te vertellen. Hier volgt een lijst van slechts een deel van deze mogelijkhedeb. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX regelt marges, en het nummeren van voetnoten voor je -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize LyX maakt het gemakkelijk om wiskundige formules te maken en te veranderen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Voor een meer filosofische verhandeling waarom LyX beter is dan andere tekstverw erkers, zie Sectie \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbeter} -\end_inset +\end_inset , welke te vinden is op pagina \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbeter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Slappe pogingen om andere dingen in LyX te gebruiken -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Ik heb laatst een programma geschreven. Het zag er uit als volgt. -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REMARK MIJN GEWELDIGE PROGRAMMA -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset IK BEN GEWELDIG! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout LyX-Code +\begin_layout LyX-Code 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Na al dit wetenschappelijk denkwerk, voelde ik mij meer artistiek, dus schreef ik deze haiku -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX is echt geweldig -\newline +\newline Tekstzettende tekstverwerker -\newline +\newline Hij bespaart zo veel tijd -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Wiskunde dingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Mijn favoriete vergelijking is de oplossing van een kwadratische vergelijking. Als \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (verg.1), dan is \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (verg. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een andere favoriete vergelijking is de grondslag van calculus: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (verg. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Opmerkingen -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Een paar opmerkingen over het verLyXen van dit bestand: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ik kon de lijnen die met streepjes gemaakt waren verwijderen. Deze waren daar enkel om de titel en de referenties van de rest van het document te scheiden. LyX (LaTeX) begrijpt genoeg om deze onderdelen van het document met witruimte te scheiden. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ik heb niet de moeite genomen de wiskudige vergelijkingen in display-modus te zetten. Ik gebruikte ook niet de mogelijkheid van LyX om de vergelijkingen automatisch te nummeren, omdat dit niet in de -\emph on +\emph on Turorial -\emph default +\emph default wordt beschreven. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ik hoefde het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Referenties \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset niet te typen. LyX schrijft dit automatisch (of het woord \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliografie \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , afhankelijk van de tekstklasse) wanneer je -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default stijl kiest. -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. -\emph default +\emph default Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx b/lib/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx index e462b300d0..e996988228 100644 --- a/lib/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass literate-article \begin_preamble % @@ -17,12 +19,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -33,1443 +34,1689 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body +\begin_layout Title -\noun on + +\noun on noweb2lyx -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Kayvan A. Sylvan -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date May 6, 1999 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This document describes and implements a perl script for importing noweb files into LyX -\layout Standard -\pagebreak_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section + +\newpage + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Since version 1.0.1, LyX now supports Literate Programming using -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default . This addition to LyX made it very pleasant to write programs in the literate style (like this one). In addition to being able to write new literate programs, it would be quite useful if old -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default code could be imported into LyX in some fashion. That's where this program comes in. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The purpose of -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default is to convert a -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default file to LyX. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline #!@PERL@ -\newline +\newline # -\newline +\newline # Copyright (C) 1999 Kayvan A. Sylvan -\newline +\newline # You are free to use and modify this code under the terms of -\newline +\newline # the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later. -\newline +\newline # -\newline +\newline # Written with assistance from: -\newline +\newline # Edmar Wienskoski Jr. -\newline +\newline # Amir Karger -\newline +\newline # -\newline -# $Id: noweb2lyx.lyx,v 1.4 2003/01/17 13:50:11 lasgouttes Exp $ -\newline +\newline +# $Id: noweb2lyx.lyx,v 1.5 2005/07/18 09:42:27 jamatos Exp $ +\newline # -\newline +\newline # NOTE: This file was automatically generated from noweb2lyx.lyx using noweb. -\newline +\newline # -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The Noweb file defined -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default file is a collection of documentation and code chunks. Documentation chunks simply start with an ``@'' and have no name: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code @ Here is some documentation. -\newline +\newline We can do arbitrary LaTeX code here. -\newline +\newline [... blah blah blah ...] -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Code chunks look like this: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code < \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset >= -\newline +\newline {... code for the chunk goes here ...} -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The ``@'' is a necessary delimiter to end the code chunk. The other form that the ``@'' line takes is as follows: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code < \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset >= -\newline +\newline {... code for the chunk ...} -\newline +\newline @ %def identifier1 identifier2 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the latter form, we are declaring to -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default that this code chunk defines identifier1, identifier2, etc. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When first tackling this problem, I spoke with members of the LyX team that knew about the literate programming extensions and reLyX (the LaTeX importing code). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard One of the first ideas was to extend the reLyX code to understand the -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default code chunks. This proved to be too hard and presents other problems \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Not the least of these problems is the fact that << is a quote in French. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . On the other hand, it turns out that reLyX contains a very useful literal quoting mechanism. If the input file contains the construct -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout +\begin_layout LyX-Code -\backslash + +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\newline +\newline {... LaTeX stuff ...} -\newline +\newline -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard then reLyX will copy the surrounded code to the output file verbatim. Given this, the first part of the translation is easy; we simply have to copy the code chunks into an intermediate file that surrounds them with -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default and -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\family default +\family default . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Once reLyX is done with the input file, the problem is reduced to changing the code chunks from LyX's LaTeX layout to the Scrap layout. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard There is one final constraint on -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default . We want to be able to run it as a simple pre-processor and post-processor from within reLyX. We can accomplish this by setting the flags -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[pre_only]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit and -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[post_only]] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit before we reach the main conversion code. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard With all that preamble out of the way, we now have the basic high-level outline for our code: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if (!$post_only) { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline if ((!$pre_only) && (!$post_only)) { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline if (!$pre_only) { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Making a file that reLyX can process -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this section, we present the code that performs the task of creating the intermediate file that reLyX can process, using the algorithm that we just outlined. This algorithm is outlined in the code that follows: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline inputline: while() -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline if (/^ -\backslash +\backslash s* -\backslash +\backslash < -\backslash +\backslash <.* -\backslash +\backslash > -\backslash +\backslash >=/) { # Beginning of a noweb scrap -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } elsif (/^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+(.*)/) { # Beginning of a documentation chunk -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT $1; # We do not need the ``@'' part -\newline +\newline } elsif (/ -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash [.+ -\backslash +\backslash ] -\backslash +\backslash ]/) { # noweb quoted code -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT; # Just let the line pass through -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the code above, we do some pre-processing of the noweb ``[[...]]'' construct. This avoids some problems with reLyX confusing lists composed of ``[[...]]'' constructs. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline s/ -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash [.+? -\backslash +\backslash ]{2,}/{$&}/g; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard While reading in the -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[INPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit file, once we have identified a -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default code chunk, we transform it into a form that is usable by reLyX. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File input and output for the pre-processing step -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default , we will use -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[INPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit and -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[OUTPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit to read and write files. In the code fragment above, we need to read from the input file and write to a file that will be later transformed by reLyX. If we are being called only to pre-process the input file, then there is no need to create a temporary file. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if ($pre_only) { -\newline +\newline &setup_files($input_file, $output_file); -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline $relyx_file = "temp$$"; -\newline +\newline &setup_files($input_file, $relyx_file); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This code uses a small perl subroutine, -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[setup_files]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit , which we define below: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline sub setup_files { -\newline +\newline my($in, $out) = @_; -\newline +\newline open(INPUT, "<$in") || die "Can not read $in: $! -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline open(OUTPUT, ">$out") || die "Can not write $out: $! -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ %def setup_files -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Reading in the -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default scrap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard After we see the beginning of the scrap, we need to read in and save the rest of the scrap for output. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline $savedScrap = $_; -\newline +\newline $endLine = ""; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline scrapline: while () { -\newline +\newline last scrapline if /^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+/; -\newline +\newline $savedScrap .= $_; -\newline +\newline }; -\newline +\newline switch: { -\newline +\newline if (/^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+$/) {$savedScrap .= $_; last switch; } -\newline +\newline if (/^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+%def.*$/) {$savedScrap .= $_; last switch; } -\newline +\newline if (/^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+(.*)$/) {$savedScrap .= "@ -\backslash +\backslash n"; $endLine = "$1 -\backslash +\backslash n"; } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Printing out the scrap -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The final piece of the first pass of the conversion is done by this code. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash begin{reLyXskip} -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT $savedScrap; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash end{reLyXskip} -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT "$endLine"; -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Finally, we need to close the -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[INPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit and -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[OUTPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit files. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline close(INPUT); -\newline +\newline close(OUTPUT); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Running reLyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In this section, we describe and implement the code that runs reLyX on the intermediate file -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[relyx_file]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit . -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Selecting the document class -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In order to run reLyX, we need to know the article class of the input document (to choose the corresponding literate document layout). For this, we need to parse the intermediate file. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard In the code below, you'll see a strange regular expression to search for the document class. The reason for this kludge is that without it, we can't run -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default on the -\emph on +\emph on noweb2lyx.nw -\emph default +\emph default file that is generated by LyX \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard reLyX searches for -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash doc -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit ument -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard {} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit class and gets confused, so we have to obfuscate it slightly. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . With the regular expression as it is, we can actually run -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default on itself and a produce a quite reasonable LyX file. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline open(INPUT, "<$relyx_file") || -\newline +\newline die "Can not read $relyx_file: $! -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline $class = "article"; # default if none found -\newline +\newline parse: while() { -\newline +\newline if (/ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash docu[m]entclass{(.*)}/) { -\newline +\newline $class = $1; -\newline +\newline last parse; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline close(INPUT); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Running reLyX with the corresponding literate document layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now that we know what the document class ought to be, we do: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline $doc_class = "literate-" . $class; -\newline +\newline die "reLyX returned non-zero: $! -\backslash +\backslash n" -\newline +\newline if (system("reLyX -c $doc_class $relyx_file")); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard reLyX performs the main bulk of the translation work. Note that if the ``literate- -\emph on +\emph on class -\emph default +\emph default '' document layout is not found, then reLyX will fail with an error. In that case, you may need to modify your -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default input file to a supported document type. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Fixing the reLyX output -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard We need to perform some post-processing of what reLyX produces in order to have the best output for our literate document. The outline of the post-processing steps are: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline line: while() -\newline +\newline { -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT; # default -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Note that in the perl code that is contained in the -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[while()]] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit loop above, the perl construct -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[next line]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit is sufficient to restart the loop. We can use this construct to do some relatively complex parsing of the reLyX generated file. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection File input and output for the post-processing -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Setting up the -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[INPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit and -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [[OUTPUT]] -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\family default -\series default -\shape default -\size default -\emph default -\bar default -\noun default -\color default + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color inherit is taken care of by this code: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if ($post_only) { -\newline +\newline &setup_files("$input_file", "$output_file"); -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline &setup_files("$relyx_file.lyx", "$output_file"); -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Making sure the code chunks are in the Scrap layout -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Now, as we outlined before, the final step is transforming the code-chunks which have been put into a LaTeX layout by LyX into the scrap layout. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if (/ -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash latex latex/) { # Beginning of some latex code -\newline +\newline if (($line = ) =~ /^ -\backslash +\backslash s*<> -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline # print the -\backslash +\backslash latex latex line + next line -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT "$_$line"; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline next line; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard When we are sure that we are in a code chunk, we must read in the rest of the code chunk and output a scrap layout for it: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline $savedScrap = " -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash layout Scrap -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash n$line"; -\newline +\newline codeline: while () { -\newline +\newline $savedScrap .= $_; -\newline +\newline last codeline if /^@ -\backslash +\backslash s+/; -\newline +\newline }; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT $savedScrap; -\newline +\newline <> -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Okay, now we just need to eat the rest of the latex layout. There should only be a few different types of lines for us to match: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline slurp: while () { -\newline +\newline last slurp if / -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash latex /; -\newline +\newline next slurp if / -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash newline/; -\newline +\newline next slurp if /^ -\backslash +\backslash s*$/; -\newline +\newline warn "confused by line: $_"; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Taking care of the -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default -\emph on +\emph on [[quoted code]] -\emph default +\emph default construct -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default allows the user to use a special code quoting mechanism in documentation chunks. Fixing this ``[[quoted-code]]'' -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default syntax means putting the ``[[quoted-code]]'' in a LaTeX layout in the LyX file. Otherwise, LyX will backslash-quote the brackets, creating ugly output. The quoted-code is transformed by -\noun on +\noun on noweb -\noun default +\noun default when it generates the final LaTeX code. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline if (/ -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash [.+ -\backslash +\backslash ] -\backslash +\backslash ]/) { # special code for [[var]] -\newline +\newline s/ -\backslash +\backslash [ -\backslash +\backslash [.+? -\backslash +\backslash ]{2,}/ -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash latex latex -\backslash +\backslash n$& -\backslash +\backslash n -\backslash +\backslash -\backslash +\backslash latex default -\backslash +\backslash n/g; -\newline +\newline print OUTPUT; -\newline +\newline next line; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Cleaning up intermediate files -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The cleanup code is very simple: -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline system("rm -f $relyx_file*") unless ($post_only || $pre_only); -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section User supplied arguments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default script understands two arguments, input-file and output-file. It is also set up to be used internally by reLyX to pre-process or postprocess files in the import pipeline. -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline &usage() if ($#ARGV < 1); # zero or one argument -\newline +\newline if ($ARGV[0] eq "-pre") { -\newline +\newline &usage unless ($#ARGV == 2); -\newline +\newline $input_file = $ARGV[1]; $output_file = $ARGV[2]; $pre_only = 1; -\newline +\newline } elsif ($ARGV[0] eq "-post") { -\newline +\newline &usage unless ($#ARGV == 2); -\newline +\newline $input_file = $ARGV[1]; $output_file = $ARGV[2]; $post_only = 1; -\newline +\newline } else { -\newline +\newline &usage unless ($#ARGV == 1); -\newline +\newline $input_file = $ARGV[0]; $output_file = $ARGV[1]; -\newline +\newline $pre_only = 0; $post_only = 0; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ %def input_file output_file pre_only post_only -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline sub usage() { -\newline +\newline print "Usage: noweb2lyx [-pre | -post] input-file output-file -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline If -pre is specified, only pre-processes the input-file for reLyX. -\newline +\newline Similarly, in the case of -post, post-processes reLyX output. -\newline +\newline In case of bugs, Email Kayvan Sylvan . -\backslash +\backslash n"; -\newline +\newline exit; -\newline +\newline } -\newline +\newline @ %def usage -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Generating the -\noun on +\noun on noweb2lyx -\noun default +\noun default script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard The noweb2lyx script can be tangled from LyX if you set -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash build_command -\family default +\family default to call a generic script that always extracts a scrap named -\family typewriter +\family typewriter build-script -\family default +\family default and executes it. Here is an example of such a script: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh -\newline +\newline notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | sh -\layout Scrap +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Scrap <>= -\newline +\newline PREFIX=/usr -\newline +\newline notangle -Rnoweb2lyx.in noweb2lyx.nw > noweb2lyx.in -\newline +\newline sed -e "s=@PERL@=$PREFIX/bin/perl=" noweb2lyx.in > noweb2lyx -\newline +\newline chmod +x noweb2lyx -\newline +\newline @ -\layout Section* -\pagebreak_top +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* + Macros -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash nowebchunks -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section* +\begin_layout Section* Identifiers -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\family roman -\series medium -\shape up -\size normal -\emph off -\bar no -\noun off + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash nowebindex -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/pl_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/pl_splash.lyx index f50bcaa913..2d798f08b9 100644 --- a/lib/examples/pl_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/pl_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language polish \inputencoding latin2 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,49 +24,60 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Witaj w LyXie! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Kilka uwag zanim rozpoczniesz pracê z LyXem -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pakiet LyXa zawiera wspania³± (angielskojêzyczn±) dokumentacjê---u¿ywaj jej! Rozpocznij w -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoc-> -\bar under +\bar under W -\bar default +\bar default prowadzenie -\family default +\family default , da Ci to krótkie wprowadzenie do dokumentacji. Potem poczytaj o LyXie w -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoc-> -\bar under +\bar under S -\bar default +\bar default amouczek -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Zwiemy LyXa \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset procesorem tekstu \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Z za³o¿enia LyX ró¿ni siê od innych procesorów tekstu---pozwala bowiem @@ -73,88 +85,103 @@ procesorem tekstu Ró¿ni siê jednak bardzo niewiele, wiêc nie ma obawy. W razie problemów zajrzyj do dokumentacji. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Czy wspomnieli¶my ju¿, ¿e powiniene¶ przeczytaæ dokumentacjê? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Wynik pracy wygl±da naprawdê wspaniale! Wybierz teraz -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -lik->Podgl±d\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lik->Podgl±d\InsetSpace ~ dvi -\family default +\family default by zobaczyæ ten dokument w ca³ej okaza³o¶ci. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pakiet zawiera wiele szablonów ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default -lik->Nowy\SpecialChar ~ -z\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +lik->Nowy\InsetSpace ~ +z\InsetSpace ~ szablonu -\family default +\family default ) i przyk³adów ( -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default lik-> -\bar under +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default twó -\family default +\family default rz). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Tak, LyX potrafi wszystko (prawie) to co LaTeX. Potrafi tak¿e importowaæ pliki LaTeXa. U¿ytkownicy znaj±cy ju¿ LaTeXa powinni pomin±æ resztê -\emph on +\emph on Samouczka -\emph default +\emph default i przej¶æ bezpo¶rednio do rozdzia³u \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX Users \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset (uwaga pozostali U¿ytkownicy: nie, nie musicie znaæ LaTeXa by u¿ywaæ LyXa). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX potrafi tak¿e pracowaæ dla tych z Was, którzy mówi± w innym ni¿ angielski jêzyku. Zobacz w -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoc-> -\bar under +\bar under K -\bar default +\bar default onfiguracja -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Oficjalna strona LyXa to -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Znajdziesz tam informacje o LyXie, mo¿esz zapisaæ siê na LyXowe listy dyskusyjn e, pobraæ the LyX Graphical Tour i nie tylko. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/pt_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/pt_splash.lyx index 4ce2d4024f..9d7e16be98 100644 --- a/lib/examples/pt_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/pt_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language brazil \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,49 +24,60 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Bem-vindo ao LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* As coisas mais importantes a saber para utilizar o LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX vem com uma excelente documentação---por favor, use-a! Comece com -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntrodução -\family default +\family default , que lhe dará uma breve introdução sobre a documentação. Então leia sobre o uso do LyX com -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX é o que nos chamamos um \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset processador de documentos \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Ele é diferente dos processadores de texto comuns---no sentido que torna @@ -73,77 +85,90 @@ processador de documentos Mas somente um pouco diferente, então não se assuste. A documentação tornará tudo isso claro \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Nos já mencionamos que você deve ler a documentação? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate O resultado visual dos documentos no LyX é excelente! Selecione -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default -rquivo->Ver\SpecialChar ~ +\bar default +rquivo->Ver\InsetSpace ~ -\bar under +\bar under d -\bar default +\bar default vi -\family default +\family default agora para ver você mesmo. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Sim, LyX pode reproduzir (a maioria de) toda a funcionalidade do LaTeX. E sim, LyX pode importar arquivos do LaTeX. Usuários experientes do LaTeX podem pular o resto do -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default e ler o capítulo \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX para usuários de LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Para os demais: não se preocupe, você não precisa conhecer LaTeX para usar o LyX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX tem diversos recursos para pessoas que lêem ou escrevem em outra língua diferente do Inglês. As teclas de atalho, barra de ferramentas, e muitas outras características são altamente configuráveis (a maioria editando seu arquivo -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Veja -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under A -\bar default +\bar default juda-> -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomização -\family default +\family default para detalhes. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate A página na internet do LyX é -\family typewriter +\family typewriter www.lyx.org -\family default +\family default . Obtenha informações sobre o LyX, inscreva-se na(s) lista(s) de discussão, veja a Turnê Gráfica do LyX, e mais. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/ro_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/ro_splash.lyx index 733763fb85..3d551ad0bb 100644 --- a/lib/examples/ro_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/ro_splash.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language romanian \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,51 +24,62 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Bine aþi venit în LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Primele N lucruri de ºtiut când folosiþi LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX vine cu o documentaþie excelentã --- utilizaþi-o! Începeþi cu -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default , care vã va face o scurtã introducere la documentaþie. Apoi învãþaþi sã utilizaþi LyX cu -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX este ceea ce numim un \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset procesor de document \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Prin design, este diferit de procesoarele de texte obiºnuite --- într-un @@ -75,85 +87,98 @@ procesor de document Diferenþa este însã minorã, aºa încât nu vã îngrijoraþi. Documentaþia va clarifica pe deplin lucrurile \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard V-am spus oare deja cã ar trebui sã citiþi documentaþia ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Rezultatul produs de LyX aratã splendid! Selectaþi acum -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default ca sã vã convingeþi. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Da, LyX poate imita (aproape) întreaga funcþionalitate LaTeX. ªi da, LyX poate importa fiºiere LaTeX. Utilizatorii LaTeX experimentaþi ar trebui numai sã treacã în revistã restul -\emph on +\emph on Tutorialului -\emph default +\emph default , apoi sã citeascã capitolul \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX Users \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Pentru toþi ceilalþi: nu vã îngrijoraþi, nu e nevoie sã ºtiþi LaTeX ca sã folosiþi LyX). -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX are o mulþime de facilitãþi pentru cei care citesc sau scriu într-o altã limbã decât engleza. În plus, asocierile de taste, bara de scule ºi multe alte caracteristici sunt extrem de configurabile (în general prin editarea fiºierului dumneavoastrã -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Consultaþi -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization -\family default +\family default pentru detalii. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Pagina web LyX se gãseºte la -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Puteþi sã vã informaþi asupra lui LyX, sã vã abonaþi la listele de discuþii LyX, sã încercaþi Turul Grafic LyX ºi altele. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/ru_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/ru_splash.lyx index 5d0f12eb34..369dc5bd7d 100644 --- a/lib/examples/ru_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/ru_splash.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language russian \inputencoding koi8-r @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,121 +24,145 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title äÏÂÒÏ ÐÏÖÁÌÏ×ÁÔØ × LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* çÌÁ×ÎÙÅ N ×ÅÝÅÊ, ËÏÔÏÒÙÅ ÎÕÖÎÏ ÚÎÁÔØ ÐÒÉ ÒÁÂÏÔÅ × LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX ÐÏÓÔÁ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó ÐÒÅËÒÁÓÎÙÍ ÎÁÂÏÒÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ --- ÐÏÌØÚÕÊÔÅÓØ ÅÊ! îÁÞÎÉÔÅ Ó ×ÙÂÏÒÁ ÐÕÎËÔÁ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator ÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ -\family default +\family default , ÇÄÅ ×Ù ÓÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÏÞÅÎØ ËÒÁÔËÏÅ ××ÅÄÅÎÉÅ × ÓÉÓÔÅÍÕ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ. úÁÔÅÍ ÉÚÕÞÉÔÅ ÐÒÉÎÃÉÐÙ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ × LyX, ×ÙÂÒÁ× × ÍÅÎÀ ÐÕÎËÔ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate íÙ ÎÁÚÙ×ÁÅÍ LyX \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÏÍ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . üÔÁ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÁ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÚÁÍÙÓÌÕ ÏÔ ÏÂÙÞÎÙÈ \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÈ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÏ× \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset --- Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ ÕÐÒÏÝÁÅÔÓÑ. îÏ ÎÅ ÐÕÇÁÊÔÅÓØ, ÅÓÌÉ ÜÔÏÔ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓ ÎÅÓËÏÌØËÏ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ ÏÔ ÔÏÇÏ, Ë ËÏÔÏÒÏÍÕ ×Ù ÐÒÉ×ÙËÌÉ. ÷ÏÚÎÉËÛÉÅ Õ ×ÁÓ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÍÏÖÅÔ ÐÒÏÑÓÎÉÔØ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÑ \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard íÙ, ËÁÖÅÔÓÑ, ÕÖÅ ÕÐÏÍÉÎÁÌÉ, ÞÔÏ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÀ ÞÉÔÁÔØ ÏÞÅÎØ ÐÏÌÅÚÎÏ? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate ÷Ù×ÏÄ ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ LyX ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÐÏÔÒÑÓÁÀÝÅ! þÔÏÂÙ ÓÅÊÞÁÓ ÖÅ × ÜÔÏÍ ÕÂÅÄÉÔØÓÑ, ×ÙÂÅÒÉÔÅ ÐÕÎËÔ ÍÅÎÀ -\family sans +\family sans ðÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\family default +\family default DVI. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÍÉÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ×ÓÀ (ÉÌÉ ÐÏÞÔÉ ×ÓÀ) ÆÕÎËÃÉÏÎÁÌØÎÏÓÔØ ÓÉÓÔÅÍÙ LaTeX. é, ËÒÏÍÅ ÔÏÇÏ, LyX ÍÏÖÅÔ ÉÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ, ÓÏÚÄÁÎÎÙÅ ÄÌÑ LaTeX. ïÐÙÔÎÙÅ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÉ LaTeX ÍÏÇÕÔ ÌÉÛØ ÂÅÇÌÏ ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒÅÔØ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÕÀ ÞÁÓÔØ -\emph on +\emph on óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÑ -\emph default +\emph default , É ÐÒÉÓÔÕÐÉÔØ Ë ÞÔÅÎÉÀ ÇÌÁ×Ù \begin_inset Quotes fld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes frd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (÷ÓÅÍ ÏÓÔÁÌØÎÙÍ: ÎÅ ÂÅÓÐÏËÏÊÔÅÓØ, ×ÁÍ ÎÅÏÂÑÚÁÔÅÌØÎÏ ÚÎÁÔØ LaTeX ÄÌÑ ÒÁÂÏÔÙ × LyX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX ÓÏÄÅÒÖÉÔ ÍÎÏÖÅÓÔ×Ï ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ ÄÌÑ ÞÔÅÎÉÑ ÉÌÉ ÓÏÚÄÁÎÉÑ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÎÁ ÑÚÙËÅ, ÏÔÌÉÞÎÏÍ ÏÔ ÁÎÇÌÉÊÓËÏÇÏ. ÷ ÄÏÐÏÌÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ÜÔÏÍÕ, ÎÁÚÎÁÞÅÎÉÑ ËÌÁ×ÉÛ, ÎÁÂÏÒ ËÎÏÐÏË ÐÁÎÅÌÉ ÕÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÑ É ÍÎÏÇÉÅ ÄÒÕÇÉÅ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×Á ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÙ ÄÏÐÕÓËÁÀÔ ÏÞÅÎØ ÇÉÂËÕÀ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÕ (× ÏÓÎÏ×ÎÏÍ, Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ ÐÒÁ×ËÉ ×ÁÛÅÇÏ ÆÁÊÌÁ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). äÌÑ ÂÏÌÅÅ ÐÏÄÒÏÂÎÏÊ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÉ ÎÁÊÄÉÔÅ × ÍÅÎÀ ÐÕÎËÔ -\family sans +\family sans ðÏÍÏÝØ\SpecialChar \menuseparator òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Ï ÐÏ ÎÁÓÔÒÏÊËÅ -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate óÔÒÁÎÉÃÁ LyX × Internet ÎÁÈÏÄÉÔÓÑ ÐÏ ÁÄÒÅÓÕ -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default \lang russian . ÷Ù ÍÏÖÅÔÅ ÎÁÊÔÉ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÀ Ï ÐÒÏÇÒÁÍÍÅ LyX, ÐÏÄÐÉÓÁÔØÓÑ ÎÁ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ, ÏÚÎÁËÏÍÉÔØÓÑ Ó ÇÒÁÆÉÞÅÓËÉÍÉ ÏÂÒÁÚÁÍÉ ÜËÒÁÎÁ LyX, É ÍÎÏÇÏÅ ÄÒÕÇÏÅ. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/script_form.lyx b/lib/examples/script_form.lyx index 9c947a5998..65a7012a5c 100644 --- a/lib/examples/script_form.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/script_form.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass hollywood \language english \inputencoding auto @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing other 0.90 -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 1.5in \topmargin 48bp @@ -30,207 +31,316 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle fancy +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout General +\begin_body + +\begin_layout General [NICHOLL FELLOWSHIPS in SCREENWRITING] -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General http://www.oscars.org/academy/nichollindex.html -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General \begin_inset ERT -status Open +status open -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout General +\begin_layout General Formatted text courtesy of Ann Garretson -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General http://www.halcyon.com/aga -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Copyright 1998 by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General ---------- -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General FILE NOTES -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General ---------- -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Source: Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences (A.M.P.A.S.) -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General - The NICHOLL FELLOWSHIPS in SCREENWRITING -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General - http://www.oscars.org/nicholl/index.html -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General - E-mail: Greg Beal, gbeal@oscars.org -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General File Info: April, 1998 (online) -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General - http://www.oscars.org/nicholl/format_a.txt -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General - View in a monospaced font -- preferably 12-point Courier. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Copyright 1998 by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General ---------- -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Permission to use this script as a LyX example file was kindly granted by Greg Beal, gbeal@oscars.org. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General I added a few lines at the end of script about binding. The original script ended with the words \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset I'd never let you miss a meal. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset There were also references to tabs, which don't exist in LyX, so I made minor changes in the text. Apologies and kudos to Ann Garretson. Be sure to thank her when you get your Oscar. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Garst R. Reese -\layout General -\pagebreak_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General + reese@isn.net -\layout Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Title FOR A FEW DAYS MORE -\layout Author -\added_space_bottom vfill +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author + by -\newline +\newline April Rider -\layout Right Address -\pagebreak_bottom +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace vfill +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Right Address + April Rider -\newline +\newline 555 George St. NNW -\newline +\newline Kaplan, ND 77777 -\newline +\newline 999-999-9999 -\layout FADE IN: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout FADE IN: \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout General +\begin_layout General -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout General +\begin_layout General Use Layout->Document -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Spacing Other to set the spacing between lines. A value of .85 is probably the minimum. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout General +\end_layout +\begin_layout General -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout General +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout General To change: -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash dialogindent}{1in}, -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash parenoffset}{.5in}, -\layout General +\end_layout +\begin_layout General -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash dialogLength}{4in}, -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash parenLength}{2in}, -\layout General +\end_layout +\begin_layout General -\backslash + +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash speakeroffset}{1.2in} -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General click TeX and enter new values as above. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Parenoffset is the offset to the left of parentheticals from speaker names. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General Speakeroffset is the offset to the right of the dialog margin, so changing dialogindent will automatically change the position of parentheticals and speaker names. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout General +\begin_layout General You can put your Speaker names in labels, the insert cross references to the labels. @@ -239,43 +349,61 @@ You can put your Speaker names in labels, the insert cross references to This way you can use them in dialogue also, and change all references to your Speaker's names just by changing the label. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout General + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash parenLength}{1.7in} -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash setlength{ -\backslash +\backslash dialogLength}{3.2in} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout INT. + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. DRISKILL HOTEL SEMINAR ROOM - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description JOE and APRIL burst through the doors into a clean, well-lit seminar room -\layout General +\end_layout +\begin_layout General -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout General +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout General Use the description after INT. or EXT. @@ -284,157 +412,211 @@ Use the description after INT. Notice that I did not use the labels for Joe and April here because they are upper-cased in discriptions only the first time they are used. You could make extra labels, but I think it would be error-prone. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Are we in time? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue How could they start without us? We're the main attraction. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset catches his breath as he leans against the podium at the front of the room. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Parenthetical +\begin_layout Parenthetical looking about the room -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue We are? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Don't be a moron. You know we've been invited to Austin to discuss script format. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue But why is the room empty? -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset both look out across the room -- rows of empty chairs and nary a person in sight. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Okay, okay, don't panic. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative She takes three deep breaths. Then she looks at her watch and smiles. -\layout Continuing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Continuing -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue We're an hour early. We should rehearse. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Okay, you start. Margins? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Left, 1.5 inches. Right, 0.75 inches. Top, 1.0 inch to the body, 0.5 inches to the number. Bottom, 0.5 to 1.5 inches, depending on where the page break comes. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Page break? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Right above me. Rules for breaking a page. @@ -442,699 +624,935 @@ Right above me. If a page breaks between a Speaker and a one sentence Dialogue, move it above the Speaker. A long Dialogue passage would be split -- but I'll get to that later. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue What about fonts? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Courier, 12 point, 10 pitch. Make sure it's a non-proportional version of Courier. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset 's grimace suggests that he's deep in thought. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue What about bold-face or italics? Or a Gothic font? I love to jazz up my scripts. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue No bold, no itals, no script fonts, no Gothic, no Helvetica, no Times Roman. Stick with Courier. That's the industry standard. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Oh, we're talking about industry standards? -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative Suddenly, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset bolts from behind the podium and runs out into: -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. DRISKILL HOTEL HALLWAY - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset glances up and down the hallway, then reaches back to open the door. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Parenthetical +\begin_layout Parenthetical calling -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -- come on! There's no one here. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical walking through the door -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Ah, a scene heading. Or a slug line, as I was taught in film school. Always CAPPED. What happens if we \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout EXT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EXT. TEXAS CAPITOL BUILDING - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset pinches himself as he stands with \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset before the seat of Texas politics. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue How'd you do that? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue There was a cut -- from the hallway to the capitol. What'd you want to do -- ride in a cab? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Dialogue margins. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Left, 3.0 inches. Right, 2.5 inches. Of course, you can cheat those a tad. -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout +\begin_layout Dialogue -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout General +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout General These are from the paper edge, but you specify them from -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General the left margin using dialoglength and dialogIndent. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Speaker + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue So, you have about 3.0 inches for each line of your dialogue? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue You've got it. Though you can go out another three or four spaces to the right and no one will hold it against you. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset jots down several notes on a 3 x 5 card, studies the card for a moment, then scribbles another note. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical looking up -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue And the position of the speaker's name? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue All CAPS, and about 2.7 inches from the left margin. Some writers center all the speakers' names. -\layout General +\end_layout + +\begin_layout General -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout General +\begin_layout General Use More to break up a dialogue across a page boundary. It will put (MORE) at the bottom of the page, and insert the current speaker name and (CONT'D) at the top of the next page. You should not break mid-sentence. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout More +\begin_layout More -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Personally, I don't think it matters. The look of the script pages is slightly different in either case. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Hey, what happened? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue A page break appeared in the middle of my dialogue. You use (MORE) at the bottom of the page to show that the speaker's dialogue continues onto the next page. Then (CONT'D) next to the speaker to show that it has roots in the previous page. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue But not everybody uses MOREs and CONT'Ds, do they? -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. CAPITOL BUILDING - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset stares up into the dome. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset examines the portraits of Texas governors on the nearby walls. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Some writers just plan their page ends so as to avoid them. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical considering -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue What about parentheticals? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Start them about a half-inch to the left of the speaker name. In our case that would be at 2.2 inches from the left margin. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue And what are they for? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue For years, parentheticals were used to express emotion, the manner in which a speaker spoke her lines. Loudly, passionately, sadly, and so on. In recent years writers have often used them for brief bits of action. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Parenthetical +\begin_layout Parenthetical going up a stairway -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Something like this? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical following him -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Exactly. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue How wide are parentheticals? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Not very -- about 1.5 inches. And they should wrap to the following line when they extend beyond that point. -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical pointing up to the top of the page -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue If you place a parenthetical in the middle of a dialogue passage, it should remain distinct from the dialogue. -\layout EXT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EXT. MISSISSIPPI RIVERBOAT - NIGHT -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description A gambling boat rolls slowly along the mighty river. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset wander about its upper deck. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue I have to ask -- what happened to CUT TO:s between scenes. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Many writers still use transitions such as CUT TO: and DISSOLVE TO: between scenes. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Those would introduce a new scene header? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue And typically a different time and/or place. But many writers have dispensed with such transitions, feeling that a new scene header signifies a cut without the need of any additional indicator. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset stares out at the river. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue How did we reach the Mississippi and when did the sun set? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue If you'd like \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout EXT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EXT. AIRPLANE - SUNSET -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description A jet liner cruises East across Texas. -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. AIRPLANE - SUNSET -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description A customized interior, replete with lounge chairs and sofas. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset sip margaritas. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Is this a flashback? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Or it could be tomorrow. Or next week. -\layout TITLE OVER: +\end_layout + +\begin_layout TITLE OVER: October 19, 1997 -\layout Continuing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Continuing + +\end_layout -\layout General +\begin_layout General -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout General +\begin_layout General Selecting \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Continuing \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset will insert the current Speaker followed by (continuing) as a parenthetical. Don't worry, it will look right on the printed version. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue You see, a few weeks have passed. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Okay, I didn't notice. But I thought only DAY and NIGHT were allowed on scene headers. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Production managers would certainly prefer it that way, but many writers use headers as a means of showing a particular time of day, especially SUNRISE and SUNSET. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue So that's allowed? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue On writer's drafts, without a doubt. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue A writer's draft? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Essentially, any draft that hasn't been paid for. Any draft to be sent to agents, studio execs, production companies, development @@ -1142,584 +1560,772 @@ Essentially, any draft that hasn't been paid for. Those are writer's drafts. And they all should be FIRST DRAFTs, no matter how many versions the writer has actually written. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue You really think so? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue That's my recommendation. -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. BLUE CAMARO - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset drives along Austin's Congress Avenue as \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset rides shotgun. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue You speak any foreign languages? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical in French -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Why do you ask? (Pour quoi tu demandes?) -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue What about action scenes? -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative SUDDENLY, A BLACK CADILLAC whips around a corner, racing quickly towards them. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset punches the accelerator and -- THE BLUE CAMARO leaps forward, leaving a trail of rubber. The Camaro takes a left, then a quick right to accelerate into -- A DARK ALLEY The Camaro quickly reaches a dead end, just as -- THE BLACK CADILLAC pulls into the alley, sealing it shut. -\layout EXT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EXT. DRISKILL HOTEL DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset leads a dazed and confused \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset to the front door. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue That's one way to do an action scene. It's a variation on the Bill Goldman style that's used by many writers. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Parenthetical +\begin_layout Parenthetical coming to -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue But other writers just use normal description and standard scene headers for action scenes, don't they? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Many do. -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. DRISKILL HOTEL ENTRANCE HALL -- PHONE BOOTH - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description A slightly less dazed \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset speaks on the phone. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue I thought we were walking together. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset (O.S.) -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical filtered -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Well, we were, but I realized a phone call was needed. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue You're filtered? -\layout INTERCUT +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INTERCUT -\layout EXT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EXT. STATE CAPITOL PHONE BOOTH - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description With the dome looming large behind her, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset speaks into the phone. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Only when you hear my voice over the phone. Radio voices and phone calls often are filtered, though it's a convention that isn't used by everyone anymore. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Let's try something easy. What about page numbers? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Number each and every page, though you can start with page two. The numbers should appear in the upper right hand corner, about 0.5 inches down and 0.75 inches from the right page edge. Those dimensions are not set in stone, but page numbers should always be placed in the upper right hand corner. -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. DRISKILL HOTEL HALLWAY - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset walks slowly towards the seminar room. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue You know, that pronouncement almost seemed godlike. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset (V.O.) -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue If it were, I probably would have spoken in a voice over and not on the phone. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset searches the ceiling, trying to decide just where this disembodied voice is emanating from. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue What's a V.O. used for? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset (V.O.) -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Oftentimes for narration, for a narrator's voice. In film noir the protagonists often filled the audience in on their thoughts or story details. Documentary films are filled with voice over. -\layout INT. +\end_layout + +\begin_layout INT. DRISKILL HOTEL SEMINAR ROOM - DAY -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset races past \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset to reach the podium first. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset walks slowly past the still-empty chairs. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description At the podium \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset gestures with his hands as if he were making a major political speech. -\layout Description +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset sneaks up behind him and mimics his movements -- until he notices. \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset spins to confront her. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Why I ought'a \SpecialChar \ldots{} -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue I was just demonstrating the way many writers break description into shorter paragraphs. I've seen blocks of description covering an entire page. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue That makes for tough reading, doesn't it? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue I know studio readers who just skip long description and read only dialogue. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue But there are pros who write scripts with extended descriptive passages. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue When you make a half-million or so per script, you can pretty much use any format you want. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset climbs atop the podium. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue But when you're like me, you have to stick to format. Is that what you're trying to say? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue That's the story. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset jumps down from the podium and runs out the door just as conference ATTENDEES begin to enter. -\layout Continuing +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Continuing + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue By the way, the first time you introduce a speaker in description, you CAP his name. And when you break dialogue with description, the standard is to place "continuing" within parentheses when a speaker chatters on and on. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset watches as a number of people sit down before her. -\layout Continuing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Continuing -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Of course, many writers have dropped "continuing" from their repertoire. I mean, it's obvious that I'm still speaking, isn't it? And that I never stopped speaking. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset (O.S.) -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical shouting from beyond the door -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue Hey, \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset , c'mon. There's a buffet at the hotel and a shuttle leaving in two minutes. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Parenthetical +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Parenthetical shouting -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue We haven't mentioned master scenes. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative A sheepish \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset enters, then glances about the room as he slowly approaches the podium. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue That one I know. No CLOSEUPS, no WIDE SHOTS, no shots of any sort. Just scene headers, description and dialogue. And no scene numbers. Those are left to shooting scripts. -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Dialogue +\begin_layout Dialogue Don't worry, I would never let you miss a meal. Do you know how to make a script sandwich? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{Joe} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue A script sandwich? -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{April} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Dialogue +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Dialogue You need your script, two sheets of plain manila binding stock, a three hole punch, and three 1.5 inch brass brads. @@ -1727,9 +2333,16 @@ You need your script, two sheets of plain manila binding stock, a three When you get it all assembled, you can hammer the brass brads down to make it good and tight. Now lets go eat. -\layout FADE OUT +\end_layout + +\begin_layout FADE OUT -\layout Speaker +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Speaker THE END -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/sl_primer_lyxan.lyx b/lib/examples/sl_primer_lyxan.lyx index c8a4e82dc8..4806585605 100644 --- a/lib/examples/sl_primer_lyxan.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/sl_primer_lyxan.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language slovene \inputencoding latin2 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,36 +24,55 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title To je naslov va¹ega spisa -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Fe LyX -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date 12. junij 1972 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Temeljna filozofija -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posveèali vsebini tistega, o èemer pi¹emo, ne obliki. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection Kako se stvari loteva LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 zasnoval Leslie Lamport. @@ -62,10 +82,12 @@ LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 Leslie Lamport je nekoè rekel (glej vir \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lamport} -\end_inset +\end_inset ): -\layout Quote +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Quote Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli. Da bi bilo spis lahko brati, mora njegova zunanja podoba odsevati njegovo @@ -77,201 +99,248 @@ Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli. ukazov\SpecialChar \ldots{} Med pisanjem bi se morali ukvarjati z logièno zgradbo spisa, ne pa z njegovo zunanjo podobo. -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset Zakaj je LyX bolj¹i -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX je uporaben za veè ljudi kot LaTeX. Precej la¾je se ga je nauèiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktièno programski jezik). LyX je pravzaprav tak kot drugi urejevalniki besedil tipa \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to, kar vidi¹, to tudi dobi¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , le da je vrste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to, kar vidi¹, to tudi misli¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tako zdru¾uje preprostost uporabe urejevalnikov besedil z moèjo LaTeXa. To je Dobra Stvar. Tudi datoteèni format je neodvisen od platforme. Najbolj¹e od vsega pa je, da je -\emph on +\emph on prost -\emph default +\emph default ! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Odlike LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ima ¹tevilne odlike, ki nam olaj¹ajo pisanje spisov. \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugaèe sploh ¾eleli uporabljati? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\emph on +\emph on Zelo me veseli -\emph default +\emph default , da lahko pi¹em o tem. Omenimo le dve odliki LyXa: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Namesto vas skrbi za robove in ¹tevilèi opombe v nogi. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Olaj¹a pisanje in urejanje matematiènih obrazcev. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX bolj¹i od drugih urejevalnikov besedil, pa boste na¹li v razdelku \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset na strani \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:lyxbetter} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zadnjiè sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu: -\layout LyX-Code +\end_layout + +\begin_layout LyX-Code 5 REM MOJ STRA©NI PROGRAM -\newline +\newline 10 PRINT "STRA©EN SEM!" -\newline +\newline 20 GOTO 10 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po tem uèenem razmi¹ljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetni¹ko razpolo¾enje in napisal sem tale haiku -\layout Verse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Verse LyX je zares èudovit -\newline +\newline stavni urejevalnik besedil -\newline +\newline prihrani mi toliko èasa -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Matematiène zadev¹èine -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najbolj so mi pri srcu enaèbe za re¹itev kvadratne enaèbe. Èe je \begin_inset Formula $ax^{2}+bx+c=0$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (en. 1), potem je \begin_inset Formula $x=\frac{-b\pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4ac}}{2a}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (en. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Druga priljubljena enaèba je temelj matematiène analize: \begin_inset Formula $f'(x)\equiv \lim _{\Delta x\rightarrow 0}\frac{f(x+\Delta x)-f(x)}{\Delta x}$ -\end_inset +\end_inset (en. 3). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Opazke -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Nekaj opazk o LyXanju te datoteke: -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Vrstice z vezaji, sem lahko odstranil. Njihova edina naloga je bila, da so loèevale naslove in vire od preostanka spisa. LyX (LaTeX) ve dovolj, da loèi te dele spisa z razmikom. -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Nisem se trudil z vstavljanjem matematiènih enaèb v prikazni naèin. Tudi samodejnega ¹tevilèenja enaèb, ki ga pozna LyX, nisem uporabljal, saj to ni opisano v -\emph on +\emph on Uèbeniku -\emph default +\emph default . -\layout Itemize +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Itemize Ni mi bilo treba vpisati besede \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Literatura \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset (v LyX-u pravzaprav \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset References \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ali \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , v izhodu pa ob slovenskih nastavitvah \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Literatura \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset ). LyX jo samodejno zapi¹e, ko izberete okolje -\family sans +\family sans Bibliography -\family default +\family default . -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {lamport} Lamport, Leslie. -\emph on +\emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System -\emph default +\emph default ; Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, druga izdaja, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/sl_primer_surov.lyx b/lib/examples/sl_primer_surov.lyx index 29f7ae5f16..25cafcfd9f 100644 --- a/lib/examples/sl_primer_surov.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/sl_primer_surov.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language slovene \inputencoding latin2 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,111 +24,158 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle plain +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard TO JE NASLOV VA©EGA SPISA -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: naslov bi moral biti videti bolj kot naslov. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Avtor: Fe LyX -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Fe je AVTOR (angl. Author). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 12. junij 1972 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: to je DATUM (angl. Date). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Kazalo -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Fino bi bilo, èe nam ne bi bilo treba roèno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard dobesedno vpisovati vsebinskega kazala. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Temeljna filozofija..................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX...............1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Zakaj je LyX bolj¹i................1 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Odlike LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matematiène zadev¹èine -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard --------------------------------------------------- -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1. Temeljna filozofija -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: naslovi razdelkov (angl. Section) bi verjetno -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard morali bolj izstopati. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Temeljna filozofija LyXa je, da naj bi se posveèali vsebini tistega, o èemer pi¹emo, ne obliki. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 1.1 Kako se stvari loteva LyX -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 zasnoval Leslie Lamport. @@ -135,27 +183,35 @@ LyX uporablja LaTeX, sistem za pripravljanje spisov, ki ga je leta 1985 ustvaril Donald Knuth. Filozofija LaTeXa je podobna filozofiji LyXa. Leslie Lamport je nekoè rekel (glej vir [1]) -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRI®NI SKLIC ne bi smel -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard biti "vne¹en". Kaj, èe naredimo Lamportovo knjigo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard za drugo postavko spiska literature? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset : -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli. Da bi bilo spis lahko brati, mora njegova zunanja podoba odsevati njegovo @@ -167,202 +223,273 @@ Tipografsko oblikovanje naj bi pomagalo bralcu razumeti avtorjeve zamisli. Med pisanjem bi se morali ukvarjati z logièno zgradbo spisa, ne pa z njegovo zunanjo podobo. \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: To je NAVEDEK (angl. Quote). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 1.2 Zakaj je LyX bolj¹i -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX je uporaben za veè ljudi kot LaTeX. Precej la¾je se ga je nauèiti, saj ni treba znati LaTeXa (ki je praktièno programski jezik). LyX je pravzaprav tak kot drugi urejevalniki besedil tipa \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to, kar vidi¹, to tudi dobi¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset , le da je vrste \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset to, kar vidi¹, to tudi misli¹ \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Tako zdru¾uje preprostost uporabe urejevalnikov besedil z moèjo LaTeXa. To je Dobra Stvar. Tudi datoteèni format je neodvisen od platforme. Najbolj¹e od vsega pa je, da je PROST! -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 2. Odlike LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX ima ¹tevilne odlike, ki nam olaj¹ajo pisanje spisov. (Navsezadnje, le zakaj bi ga drugaèe sploh ¾eleli uporabljati? -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Ta stavek v oklepaju je videti bolje kot -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard opomba v nogi. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset ) ZELO ME VESELI, -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Poudarite! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset da lahko pi¹em o tem. Omenimo le dve odliki LyXa: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * Namesto vas skrbi za robove in ¹tevilèi opombe v nogi. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard * Olaj¹a pisanje in urejanje matematiènih obrazcev. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bolj filozofsko razpravo o tem, zakaj je LyX bolj¹i od drugih urejevalnikov besedil, pa boste na¹li v razdelku 1.2 na strani 1. -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Verjetno ta NAVZKRI®NA SKLICEVANJA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ne bi smela biti "zakodirana". Kaj, èe spremenimo -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ¹tevilke razdelkov? -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 3. Nerodni poskusi uporabe LyXa -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Zadnjiè sem napisal program, podoben spodnjemu: -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 5 REM MOJ STRA©NI PROGRAM -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 10 PRINT \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset STRA©EN SEM! \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard 20 GOTO 10 -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: To je raèunalni¹ka KODA (angl. Code). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Po tem uèenem razmi¹ljanju me je nenadoma preplavilo bolj umetni¹ko razpolo¾enje in napisal sem tale haiku -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX je zares èudovit -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard stavni urejevalnik besedil -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard prihrani mi toliko èasa -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Ni preveè dobro, a je poezija, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard znana tudi kot VERZI (angl. Verse). -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard 4. Matematiène zadev¹èine -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Namig: Te matematiène stvari bi morale biti izpisane -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard v matematiènem naèinu! -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Najbolj so mi pri srcu enaèbe za re¹itev kvadratne enaèbe. Èe je ax^2+bx+c=0 (en. 1), potem je x= -b + ali minus kvadratni koren od b^2-4ac vse skupaj ulomljeno z 2a (en. 2). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Druga priljubljena enaèba je temelj matematiène analize: izraz f'(x) je definiran kot limita izraza f(x+deltax) - f(x) ulomljenega z deltax, ko gredo ¹tevila deltax proti niè (en. 3). -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard ------------------------------------------------ -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LITERATURA -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard [1] Lamport, Leslie. LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, druga izdaja, 1994. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/sl_splash.lyx b/lib/examples/sl_splash.lyx index 76f1200bb5..e244d3fcf6 100644 --- a/lib/examples/sl_splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/sl_splash.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language slovene \inputencoding latin2 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,51 +24,62 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Dobrodo¹li v LyXu! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Najpomembnej¹e, kar morate vedeti, ko uporabljate LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyXu je prilo¾ena izvrstna dokumentacija (v angle¹èini, deloma tudi v sloven¹èin i) -- prosimo, uporabljajte jo! Zaènite s -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoè\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under U -\bar default +\bar default vod -\family default +\family default , ki vam ponuja zelo kratek uvod v dokumentacijo. Potem se uèite uporabljati LyX s postavko -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoè\SpecialChar \menuseparator Uè -\bar under +\bar under b -\bar default +\bar default enik -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX je tako imenovani \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset stavnik spisov \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . Po zasnovi se razlikuje od navadnih urejevalnikov besedil -- tako, da olaj¹a @@ -75,86 +87,99 @@ stavnik spisov Vendar se od njih razlikuje le malce, zato se nikar ne prestra¹ite. V dokumentaciji je vse pojasnjeno \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Saj smo omenili, da bi morali prebrati dokumentacijo, kajne? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Izhod LyXa je videti èudovit! Izberite -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under O -\bar default +\bar default gled\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default in se o tem preprièajte sami. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Da, LyX lahko posnema (skoraj) vso uporabnost LaTeXa. In da, LyX lahko uva¾a datoteke za LaTeX. Izku¹eni uporabniki LaTeXa naj bi preleteli preostanek -\emph on +\emph on Uèbenika -\emph default +\emph default in potem prebrali razdelek \begin_inset Quotes gld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa \begin_inset Quotes grd -\end_inset +\end_inset . (Vsi drugi: ne skrbite: zato, da bi lahko uporabljali LyX vam ni treba znati LaTeXa.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX skriva marsikaj koristnega za tiste, ki berejo ali pi¹ejo v kakem drugem jeziku, ne v angle¹èini. Poleg tega so tipkovne povezave, orodna vrstica in ¹tevilne druge znaèilnosti silno nastavljive (veèinoma z urejanjem datoteke -\family typewriter +\family typewriter lyxrc -\family default +\family default ). Podrobnosti najdete v -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default omoè\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under P -\bar default +\bar default rilagoditev -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Domaèa stran LyXa je -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \lang english \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . \lang slovene Pouèite se o LyXu, prijavite se na dopisne sezname o njem, podajte se na grafièno odpravo po njem in podobno. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/examples/splash.lyx b/lib/examples/splash.lyx index 613cf1f96e..b47ed2eebc 100644 --- a/lib/examples/splash.lyx +++ b/lib/examples/splash.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 224 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass article \language english \inputencoding default \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,131 +24,153 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes 0 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true \end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Welcome to LyX! -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Top N Things to know when using LyX -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX comes with excellent documentation---please use it! Start with the -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under I -\bar default +\bar default ntroduction -\family default +\family default , which will give you a very brief introduction to the documentation. Then learn about using LyX with -\family sans +\family sans -\bar under +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under T -\bar default +\bar default utorial -\family default +\family default . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX is what we call a \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset document processor. \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset By design, it is different from regular word processors---in a way that makes writing documents easier. But only a little different, so don't be scared. The documentation will make it all clear \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Have we mentioned yet that you ought to read the documentation? -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The output from LyX looks great! Select -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under V -\bar default +\bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under D -\bar default +\bar default VI -\family default +\family default now to see for yourself. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate Yes, LyX can mimic (almost) all LaTeX functionality. And yes, LyX can import LaTeX files. Experienced LaTeX users should skim the rest of the -\emph on +\emph on Tutorial -\emph default +\emph default , then read the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset LyX for LaTeX Users \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset chapter. (Everyone else: don't worry, you don't need to know LaTeX to use LyX.) -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate LyX has lots of features for people who read or write a language other than English. In addition, the keybindings, toolbars, and many other characteristics are highly configurable. See -\family sans -\bar under +\family sans +\bar under H -\bar default +\bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator -\bar under +\bar under C -\bar default +\bar default ustomization -\family default +\family default for details. -\layout Enumerate +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Enumerate The LyX home page is at -\family typewriter +\family typewriter \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\family default +\family default . Get information about LyX, subscribe to the LyX mailing list(s), take the LyX Graphical Tour, and more. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/IEEEtran.lyx b/lib/templates/IEEEtran.lyx index ad2c1be58c..a019292ad7 100644 --- a/lib/templates/IEEEtran.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/IEEEtran.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass IEEEtran \language english \inputencoding default @@ -8,12 +10,11 @@ \float_placement hbt \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -24,166 +25,231 @@ \papercolumns 2 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Your Title: And maybe a bit extra -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Remember that initial submissions don't show the authors -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard names so you'll need to make this a 'Comment'. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Your Name, Your Co-Author \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Your name is with xyz Department\SpecialChar \ldots{} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Abstract + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract This paper presents a simple template for IEEEtran documents. -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords simplicity, beauty, elegance -\layout MarkBoth +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MarkBoth This is for left pages \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard }{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and this is for right pages -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Don't panic the section numbering may look different in -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard LyX but LaTeX uses the correct Roman numerals and -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Alpha for section counters. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard It's just that LyX doesn't handle counters other than arabic -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard numerals. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash PARstart{T}{here} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset is a need for a little Evil Red Text in the first paragraph. Refer to the IEEEtran documentation (sample document) for more details. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Previous Work -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard This is only a template remember. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Methodology -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard [ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Theorem name \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard ] -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset For a named theorem or theorem-like environment you need to use a little evil red text (LaTeX mode) around the name. -\layout Lemma +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Lemma If you don't want a theorem or lemma name don't add one. -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof And here's the proof! -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Results -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Standard -\align center +\begin_layout Standard +\align center -\family sans +\family sans A single column figure goes here -\layout Caption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Caption Captions go -\emph on +\emph on under -\emph default +\emph default the figure -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Float table placement htbp wide false -collapsed false +sideways false +status open -\layout Caption +\begin_layout Caption Table captions go -\emph on +\emph on above -\emph default +\emph default the table -\layout Standard -\align center +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard +\align center \begin_inset Tabular @@ -194,133 +260,189 @@ above \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard delete -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard this -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard example -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset \begin_inset Text -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard table -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_inset + + +\end_layout +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Conclusions -\layout Comment +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Comment +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard Change this paragraphs style to 'Standard' to enable -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard BibTeX bibliography generation. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember though that your final submission is supposed to have -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard all the bibliography entries embedded in the latex file. This means -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard you eventually have to copy the .bbl file into the latex file and -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard remove the bibtex lines. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \bibtex[IEEEbib]{your_biblio_file} -\begin_inset LatexCommand \BibTeX[IEEEbib]{your_biblio_file} +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Biography +\end_inset +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Biography \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Your Name \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset All about you and the what your interests are. Don't forget to put your name in between a pair of {}'s that are set as raw TeX. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard % This LaTeX comment is needed to force LyX to generate two separate environments -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\layout Biography +\begin_layout Biography \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard { -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Coauthor \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Same again for the co-author. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/aa.lyx b/lib/templates/aa.lyx index 42cd11ccfa..3b94b571b6 100644 --- a/lib/templates/aa.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/aa.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass aa \language english \inputencoding auto @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,131 +24,177 @@ \papercolumns 2 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title This is your Title -\layout Subtitle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subtitle your subtitle -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Me \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash inst{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset 1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash and -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset You \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash inst{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset 2 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Address + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Here -\newline +\newline \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash email{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset myaddress \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash and -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset There -\newline +\newline \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash email{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset youraddress \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Offprint +\begin_layout Offprint Me -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date Received ; Accepted -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract Short abstract \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\newline +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash keywords{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset keywords \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/aastex.lyx b/lib/templates/aastex.lyx index a0f75b26d6..dbd3ab7407 100644 --- a/lib/templates/aastex.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/aastex.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass aastex \begin_preamble \slugcomment{} @@ -12,12 +14,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 1 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine natbib_authoryear +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -28,174 +29,262 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{1} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation -\layout Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Email -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{2,3} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation -\layout And +\end_layout + +\begin_layout And -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffilmark{3} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Inlined +status inlined -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext{1}{Visiting Astronomer, etc.} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash altaffiltext{2}{Current Address, etc.} -\layout Standard +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash altaffiltext{3}{Visiting Astronomer, etc.} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Observations -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Results -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Discussion -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Conclusions -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Acknowledgements +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Acknowledgements + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Appendix -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Appendix -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [Author(1982)]{ref1} Author, A., \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash apj -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , 109, 301 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash clearpage -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout FigCaption +\end_layout + +\begin_layout FigCaption \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig1} -\end_inset +\end_inset This is the first figure. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/agu_article.lyx b/lib/templates/agu_article.lyx index 77f4b1a83e..ed377320ff 100644 --- a/lib/templates/agu_article.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/agu_article.lyx @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 228 +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass agu-dtd \language english \inputencoding auto \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,9 +24,12 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes 0 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true \end_header +\begin_body + \begin_layout Header \end_layout @@ -41,7 +45,7 @@ status inlined 1234-2345 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle CODEN @@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ status inlined GGGGFR \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ status inlined INPUT1 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle SS-Title @@ -79,7 +83,7 @@ status inlined Special section for data \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ status inlined 3 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -106,7 +110,7 @@ status inlined 2001 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ status inlined 7 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Issue-day @@ -133,7 +137,7 @@ status inlined 13 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Issue-months @@ -144,7 +148,7 @@ status inlined Sep-Oct \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -160,7 +164,7 @@ status inlined 23 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Month @@ -171,7 +175,7 @@ status inlined 1 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -182,7 +186,7 @@ status inlined 1999 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -197,7 +201,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Month @@ -207,7 +211,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -217,7 +221,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -232,7 +236,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Month @@ -242,7 +246,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -252,7 +256,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -293,7 +297,7 @@ status inlined 3524-2044/01/2001GC000435$00.00 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -304,7 +308,7 @@ status inlined 2001 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -334,7 +338,7 @@ status inlined 666 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Dscr @@ -345,7 +349,7 @@ status inlined Geodesy: crustal motion \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -360,7 +364,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Dscr @@ -370,7 +374,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -386,7 +390,7 @@ status inlined Crust \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Keyword @@ -397,7 +401,7 @@ status inlined Motion \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -445,7 +449,7 @@ Dept. of Surveying \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Orgname @@ -457,7 +461,7 @@ Helsinki U. Tech \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Street @@ -467,7 +471,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle City @@ -477,7 +481,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle State @@ -487,7 +491,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Postcode @@ -497,7 +501,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Country @@ -507,7 +511,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -522,7 +526,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Orgname @@ -532,7 +536,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Street @@ -542,7 +546,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle City @@ -552,7 +556,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Postcode @@ -562,7 +566,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Country @@ -572,7 +576,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -595,7 +599,7 @@ J. Res. \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Volume @@ -606,7 +610,7 @@ status inlined 4 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Issue-number @@ -617,7 +621,7 @@ status inlined 7 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Citation-number @@ -628,7 +632,7 @@ status inlined 333 \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -638,13 +642,13 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Date -\noindent +\noindent \begin_inset CharStyle Day status inlined @@ -653,7 +657,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Month @@ -663,7 +667,7 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Year @@ -673,13 +677,13 @@ status inlined \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Author -\noindent +\noindent \begin_inset CharStyle Firstname status inlined @@ -689,7 +693,7 @@ status inlined Joe \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Surname @@ -700,7 +704,7 @@ status inlined Doe \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -720,4 +724,5 @@ First Section section text \end_layout +\end_body \end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/dinbrief.lyx b/lib/templates/dinbrief.lyx index 2fed083b64..c2dee31cd7 100644 --- a/lib/templates/dinbrief.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/dinbrief.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass dinbrief \language german \inputencoding latin1 @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize a4paper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,53 +24,85 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout My Address +\begin_body + +\begin_layout My Address -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline -\layout Send To Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Send To Address -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline -\layout Stadt +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Stadt -\layout Datum +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Datum 08. Juni 1997 -\layout Signature +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Signature -\layout Betreff +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Betreff -\layout Opening +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Opening -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\layout Closing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Closing Mit freundlichen Grüßen -\layout ps +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ps -\layout cc +\end_layout + +\begin_layout cc -\layout encl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout encl -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/docbook_article.lyx b/lib/templates/docbook_article.lyx index 318969e2f3..b2c38b8e79 100644 --- a/lib/templates/docbook_article.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/docbook_article.lyx @@ -1,19 +1,18 @@ #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 233 +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass docbook \language english \inputencoding auto \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 -\use_jurabib 0 -\use_bibtopic 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -24,9 +23,12 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes 0 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true \end_header +\begin_body + \begin_layout Title Title @@ -48,7 +50,7 @@ status inlined Joe \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \begin_inset CharStyle Surname @@ -59,7 +61,7 @@ status inlined Doe \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -79,4 +81,5 @@ First Section First paragraph. \end_layout +\end_body \end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/elsart.lyx b/lib/templates/elsart.lyx index 47ca0395db..042f96bcde 100755 --- a/lib/templates/elsart.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/elsart.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass elsart \begin_preamble \usepackage{natbib} @@ -10,13 +12,12 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing single +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -27,116 +28,154 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Insert your Title Here -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Author's name -\layout Author Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Address Author's address -\layout Author Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Email email@address -\layout Author URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author URL http://www.home.page -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract Text of abstract. -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords keyword1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash sep -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset keyword2 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash sep -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset keyword3 -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash PACS -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset code1 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash sep -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset code2 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash sep -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset code3 -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section First section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard See style options in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default popup (accessed from the -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default menu). See the elsart manual for style options, special macros, and the like \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{mycitation} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {mycitation} Author, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Title \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , Journal -\series bold +\series bold Volume -\series default +\series default , page--numbers (year). -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/g-brief-de.lyx b/lib/templates/g-brief-de.lyx index 7031a5b036..2073509d8c 100644 --- a/lib/templates/g-brief-de.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/g-brief-de.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass g-brief-de \begin_preamble %%\lochermarke @@ -14,12 +16,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -30,91 +31,153 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Name +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Name Thomas Hartkens -\layout Unterschrift +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Unterschrift Thomas Hartkens -\layout Strasse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Strasse Edmund-Siemers-Allee 25 -\layout Zusatz +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Zusatz -\layout Ort +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Ort 20434 Hamburg -\layout Land +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Land + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout RetourAdresse -\layout RetourAdresse +\end_layout -\layout Telefon +\begin_layout Telefon +49 40 3333333 -\layout Telefax +\end_layout -\layout Telex +\begin_layout Telefax -\layout EMail +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Telex + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EMail thomas@hartkens.de -\layout HTTP +\end_layout + +\begin_layout HTTP www.hartkens.de/thomas -\layout Bank +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bank + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BLZ -\layout BLZ +\end_layout -\layout Konto +\begin_layout Konto -\layout Adresse +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Adresse Hans Beispiel -\newline +\newline Teststrasse 34 -\newline +\newline 26871 Musterberg -\layout Betreff +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Betreff Musterbrief -\layout Postvermerk +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Postvermerk EINSCHREIBEN -\layout MeinZeichen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MeinZeichen -\layout IhrZeichen +\end_layout + +\begin_layout IhrZeichen TH -\layout IhrSchreiben +\end_layout + +\begin_layout IhrSchreiben + +\end_layout -\layout Anlagen +\begin_layout Anlagen -\layout Verteiler +\end_layout -\layout Datum +\begin_layout Verteiler + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Datum \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Brieftext +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Anrede +\begin_layout Anrede Sehr geehrter Herr Beispiel, -\layout Gruss +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Gruss Mit freundlichen Grüßen, -\layout Brieftext +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Brieftext seit der siebten Mieterhöhung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen Zahlungseingan g von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/g-brief-en.lyx b/lib/templates/g-brief-en.lyx index 655fcbce91..d20af216c8 100644 --- a/lib/templates/g-brief-en.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/g-brief-en.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass g-brief-en \begin_preamble %%\lochermarke @@ -14,12 +16,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -30,94 +31,158 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Name +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Name Thomas Hartkens -\layout Signature +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Signature Thomas Hartkens -\layout Street +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Street Edmund-Siemers-Allee 25 -\layout Addition +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Addition -\layout Town +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Town 22761 Hamburg -\layout State +\end_layout + +\begin_layout State Germany -\layout ReturnAddress +\end_layout + +\begin_layout ReturnAddress + +\end_layout -\layout Phone +\begin_layout Phone +49 40 3333333 -\layout Telefax +\end_layout -\layout Telex +\begin_layout Telefax -\layout EMail +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Telex + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout EMail thomas@hartkens.de -\layout HTTP +\end_layout + +\begin_layout HTTP www.hartkens.de/thomas -\layout Bank +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bank + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout BankCode -\layout BankCode +\end_layout -\layout BankAccount +\begin_layout BankAccount -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Hans Beispiel -\newline +\newline Teststrasse 34 -\newline +\newline 26871 Musterberg -\layout Reference +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Reference Musterbrief -\layout PostalComment +\end_layout + +\begin_layout PostalComment REGISTERED LETTER -\layout MyRef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout MyRef TH -\layout YourRef +\end_layout + +\begin_layout YourRef + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout YourMail + +\end_layout -\layout YourMail +\begin_layout Encl. -\layout Encl. +\end_layout -\layout cc +\begin_layout cc -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Letter +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Opening +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Opening Dear Mr. Beispiel, -\layout Closing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Closing Yours sincerely, -\layout Letter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Letter I am writing to ask whether you could send me any information about possibility of ... -\layout Letter +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Letter I would be very pleased if you could send me these informations. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/hollywood.lyx b/lib/templates/hollywood.lyx index 99c5cdf516..e524289f34 100644 --- a/lib/templates/hollywood.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/hollywood.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass hollywood \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single -\papersize letterpaper -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 1 +\papersize default +\use_geometry true \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \leftmargin 1.5in \topmargin 48bp @@ -30,41 +31,85 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle fancy +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title -\layout Author -\added_space_bottom vfill +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author + -\layout Right Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace vfill +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Right Address -\newline +\newline -\newline +\newline -\layout Narrative -\pagebreak_top +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\newpage + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative + Delete this text. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Don't date your script -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use a three hole punch. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Bind it in plain vanilla with no text on the binding. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Use two 1.5in brass brads and hammer them down. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Remember---nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear!! 1 page per minute. 120 pages max. -\layout Narrative +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Narrative See examples/script_form.lyx for details. -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/ijmpd.lyx b/lib/templates/ijmpd.lyx index bd73bd5276..061c059bba 100644 --- a/lib/templates/ijmpd.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/ijmpd.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass ijmpd \language english \inputencoding auto @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,136 +24,197 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash markboth{} {} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash catchline{}{}{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Title +\begin_layout Title -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author <FIRST-1>. <MIDDLE-1>. <SURNAME-1> -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address <University Department, University Name, Address> -\newline +\newline <City, State ZIP/Zone, Country> -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author <FIRST-2>. <MIDDLE-2>. <SURNAME-2> -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address <University Department, University Name, Address> -\newline +\newline <City, State ZIP/Zone, Country> -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash pub{Received <received date>}{Revised <revised date>} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Abstract +\begin_layout Abstract <The abstract of the paper. Note that the abstract does not have a label.> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <intro text> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The theory -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <theory text> -\layout Theorem +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Theorem <theorem text> -\layout Proof +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Proof <proof text> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The numerical method -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <numerical method text; a citation reference is included. \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{PaperI} -\end_inset +\end_inset > -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Results and discussion -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <results and discussion text> -\layout Subsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsection A subsection -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <subsection text> -\layout Subsubsection +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subsubsection A subsubsection -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <subsubsection text> -\layout Section* +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section* Acknowledgments -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <acknowledgments text. Note that this is only a starred section; there is no \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset acknowledgments \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset section.> -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {PaperI} First-1. @@ -162,30 +224,43 @@ First-1. Surname-2, and First-3. Middle-3. Surname-3, -\emph on +\emph on Journal abbreviation -\emph default +\emph default -\series bold +\series bold volume -\series default +\series default , page (year). -\layout Appendix +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Appendix + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section An Appendix section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <appendix text; Note that appendices are placed -\shape italic +\shape italic after -\shape default +\shape default the References.> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Another Appendix section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <another appendix text> -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/kluwer.lyx b/lib/templates/kluwer.lyx index 89bff97f47..1f8d198e5e 100644 --- a/lib/templates/kluwer.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/kluwer.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass kluwer \language english \inputencoding default @@ -8,12 +10,11 @@ \float_placement t \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 4 \tocdepth 0 @@ -24,225 +25,315 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Standard +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash begin{article} -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + +\end_layout -\backslash +\begin_layout Standard + +\backslash begin{opening} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Title +\begin_layout Title <Title of the article> -\layout Subtitle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Subtitle <Subtitle of the article(if needed)> -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author <First-1>.<Middle-1>. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash surname{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <Surname-1> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash email{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <e-mail-1> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset , -\newline +\newline <First-2>.<Middle-2>. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash surname{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <Surname-2> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash email{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <e-mail-2> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and -\newline +\newline <First-3>.<Middle-3>. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash surname{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <Surname-3> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\backslash +\backslash email{ -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset <e-mail-3> \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard } -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address <Institution and Address> -\layout RunningTitle +\end_layout + +\begin_layout RunningTitle <Running title of the article (printed on top of odd pages)> -\layout RunningAuthor +\end_layout + +\begin_layout RunningAuthor <Running author (printed on top of even pages)> -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract <abstract text> -\layout Keywords +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Keywords <Journal approved keywords> -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{opening} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <intro text> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The theory -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <theory text; a citation reference is included \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{PaperI} -\end_inset +\end_inset > -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section The numerical method -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <numerical method text> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Results and discussion -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <results and discussion text> -\layout Acknowledgements +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgements <acknowledgment text> -\layout Appendix +\end_layout -\layout Section +\begin_layout Appendix + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section An appendix section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <appendix text> -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Another appendix section -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <another appendix text> -\layout References +\end_layout + +\begin_layout References \bibitem [\protect\citeauthoryear{Surname-1 et al.}{year}]{PaperI} Surname-1, First-1, Middle-1., Surname-2, First-2, Middle-2. and Surname-3, First-3, Middle-3.: year, -\emph on +\emph on Journal abbreviation -\emph default +\emph default -\series bold +\series bold volume -\series default +\series default , page. -\layout AddressForOffprints +\end_layout + +\begin_layout AddressForOffprints <Address for offprints, printed at the end of the article> -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash end{article} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/koma-letter2.lyx b/lib/templates/koma-letter2.lyx index 27c23e6e5a..e4ef0d878a 100644 --- a/lib/templates/koma-letter2.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/koma-letter2.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 225 +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass scrlttr2 \begin_preamble %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -63,13 +65,12 @@ \fontscheme palatino \graphics default \paperfontsize 11 -\spacing other 1.15 -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\spacing other 1.15 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -80,9 +81,12 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default -\tracking_changes 0 +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true \end_header +\begin_body + \begin_layout Name The LyX Developers Team @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ The LyX Developers Team \begin_layout SenderAddress 140 Map Road -\newline +\newline CVS City \end_layout @@ -99,15 +103,15 @@ CVS City 0011/222 \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed \begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset 333 \end_layout @@ -125,9 +129,9 @@ www.lyx.org \begin_layout Backaddress The LyX Developers Team -\newline +\newline 140 Map Road -\newline +\newline CVS City \end_layout @@ -150,15 +154,15 @@ The Internet \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed \begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash today \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout @@ -167,9 +171,9 @@ today Mr X. Ample -\newline +\newline 666 Sesame Street -\newline +\newline 12345 Nowhere \end_layout @@ -186,27 +190,27 @@ This template illustrates the use of the new scrlttr2 class (introduced 2.9). This letter class is very flexible. Have a look at -\family sans +\family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preamble -\family default +\family default for the most common parameters. Please consult the KOMA Script documentation \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/koma-script/scrguien.pdf} -\end_inset +\end_inset \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset for a detailed description. \end_layout @@ -220,15 +224,15 @@ Have fun with it, P. \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed \begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash , \end_layout -\end_inset +\end_inset S.: The blue colored items have to be before the address, the magenta colored after it. @@ -239,4 +243,5 @@ S.: The blue colored items have to be before the address, the magenta colored The LyX Users \end_layout +\end_body \end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/latex8.lyx b/lib/templates/latex8.lyx index bd3c1ee976..7a39f905cb 100644 --- a/lib/templates/latex8.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/latex8.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass latex8 \language english \inputencoding default @@ -7,11 +9,11 @@ \graphics default \paperfontsize 10 \spacing single -\papersize Default -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 2 \tocdepth 2 @@ -22,81 +24,124 @@ \papercolumns 2 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle empty +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Put your title here -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author First Author -\newline +\newline Dept. of Doing Stuff -\newline +\newline Institution -\newline +\newline \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash and -\newline +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset Second Author -\newline +\newline Dept. of Something -\newline +\newline Another Institution -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash thispagestyle{empty} -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Abstract + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract A short description of about 60 words. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard rae Sat Jun 20 18:39:35 1998 -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Section number will appear correctly on paper. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard That is, "1." instead of just "1" -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Section + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Conclusions -\layout Comment +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Note Comment +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \bibtex[latex8]{yourbibfile} + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\begin_inset LatexCommand \BibTeX[latex8]{yourbibfile} +\end_inset -\end_inset +\end_layout -\the_end +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/letter.lyx b/lib/templates/letter.lyx index 7dd83458c2..d29851c026 100644 --- a/lib/templates/letter.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/letter.lyx @@ -1,17 +1,18 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass letter \language english \inputencoding auto \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -22,56 +23,80 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout My Address +\begin_body + +\begin_layout My Address <My Name> -\newline +\newline <My Street> -\newline +\newline <My Town> -\layout Send To Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Send To Address <Send To Name> -\newline +\newline <Send To Street> -\newline +\newline <Send To Town> -\layout Signature +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Signature <Your signature -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard This field MUST come before the "Opening" field! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset > -\layout Opening +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Opening <Dear ...> -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard <Text of Your Letter. To create a real letter, just replace erase all the text in <> (including the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset <> \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset characters) with the desired text.> -\layout Closing +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Closing <Yours sincerely,> -\layout cc +\end_layout + +\begin_layout cc <cc> -\layout encl +\end_layout + +\begin_layout encl <encl> -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/linuxdoc_article.lyx b/lib/templates/linuxdoc_article.lyx index 1e1a758458..ddc57dab4d 100644 --- a/lib/templates/linuxdoc_article.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/linuxdoc_article.lyx @@ -1,17 +1,18 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass linuxdoc \language english \inputencoding auto \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -22,28 +23,66 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header + +\begin_body + + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace vfill +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Title -\layout Title -\added_space_top vfill \added_space_bottom vfill TITLE -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard + + +\begin_inset VSpace vfill +\end_inset + + +\end_layout + + +\begin_layout Author AUTHOR -\layout Date +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Date DATE -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract ABSTRACT -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} -\end_inset +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section First Section -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/revtex.lyx b/lib/templates/revtex.lyx index e1622734e0..ead82d16a7 100644 --- a/lib/templates/revtex.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/revtex.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass revtex \options aps,manuscript \language english @@ -7,12 +9,11 @@ \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -23,148 +24,190 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Title +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Title Insert your Title Here -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Author1 \begin_inset Foot -collapsed true +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Author to whom correspondence should be addressed -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset and Author2 -\layout Address +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Address Insert the name of your university, company, or institute here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard You don't have to write -\backslash +\backslash maketitle.. LyX does this by itself. -\end_inset +\end_layout +\end_inset -\layout Abstract + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract Insert your abstract here. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Introduction goes here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard By the way, any of the style options, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter prl -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default should go in the -\family sans -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Extra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default popup (accessed from the -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default menu). -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section Insert section title here -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Section 2 text goes here. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Special REVTeX 3.1 macros must be typed in TeX mode, so typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash openone -\family default +\family default in TeX mode yields \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash openone{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . (See the REVTeX manual for other macros.) REVTeX macros can also be used freely in the math editor, so you can type \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\overstar a}>\overcirc b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can do a bibliography by hand, as shown below, or erase that, and use BibTeX. If you use BibTeX, don't forget to use a REVTeX bibliography style file, such as -\family typewriter +\family typewriter prsty.bst -\family default +\family default . With either method, you can cite references with the LyX citation commands \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{mycitation} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard If you get question marks instead of numbers in your references, -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard re-run LaTeX (File->update dvi) -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {mycitation} Author, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Title \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , Journal -\series bold +\series bold Volume -\series default +\series default , page--numbers (year). -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/revtex4.lyx b/lib/templates/revtex4.lyx index dfd5169b0a..23672fcf81 100644 --- a/lib/templates/revtex4.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/revtex4.lyx @@ -1,206 +1,266 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass revtex4 \options aps,preprint \language english +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Preprint +\begin_body + +\begin_layout Preprint This line only printed with preprint option -\layout Title +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Title Insert your Title Here -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Author1 -\layout Author Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Email foo@bar.edu -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Make sure to put any Email, URL, and Thanks layouts IN -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard BETWEEN the Author layout and the corresponding Address -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard layout for that author. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Author URL +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author URL http://bar.com/~foo -\layout Thanks +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Thanks Thanks to you, Mrs. Robinson! -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Use Thanks layout instead of inserting footnotes. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Footnotes in the title will do weird things in REVTeX 4! -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation Address for author 1 -\layout Author +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Author2 -\layout Author Email +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Author Email bar@foo.edu -\layout Affiliation +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Affiliation Address for author 2 -\layout Abstract +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Abstract Insert your abstract here. It should be interesting. -\layout Standard +\end_layout +\begin_layout Standard -\begin_inset Note -collapsed true -\layout Standard +\begin_inset Note Note +status collapsed + +\begin_layout Standard You don't have to write -\backslash +\backslash maketitle.. LyX does this by itself. -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section introduction -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Any of the style options, like -\family typewriter +\family typewriter prl -\family default +\family default or -\family typewriter +\family typewriter preprint -\family default +\family default should go in the -\family sans -Extra\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Extra\InsetSpace ~ Options -\family default +\family default field in the -\family sans -Document\SpecialChar ~ +\family sans +Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout -\family default +\family default popup (accessed from the -\family sans +\family sans Layout -\family default +\family default menu). See the REVTeX 4 manual for style options, special macros, and the like. -\layout Section +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Section methods -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Special REVTeX macros must be typed in TeX mode, so typing -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash openone -\family default +\family default in TeX mode yields \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash openone{} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . REVTeX macros can also be used freely in the math editor, so you can type \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\overstar{a}}>b$ -\end_inset +\end_inset , for example, which uses the REVTeX -\family typewriter +\family typewriter -\backslash +\backslash overstar -\family default +\family default command. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard You can do a bibliography by hand, as shown below, but it may be easier to erase that and use BibTeX---in fact, APS encourages authors to use BibTeX. If you do use BibTeX, use the REVTeX bibliography style file, -\family typewriter +\family typewriter revtex.bst -\family default +\family default (i.e., just put \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset revtex \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset in the \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset style \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset box in the -\family sans +\family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator -Lists\SpecialChar ~ -&\SpecialChar ~ +Lists\InsetSpace ~ +&\InsetSpace ~ TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator -BibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +BibTeX\InsetSpace ~ Reference -\family default +\family default popup). With either method, you can cite references with the LyX citation commands \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{mycitation} -\end_inset +\end_inset . -\layout Acknowledgments +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Acknowledgments Thank you so much! -\layout Bibliography +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Bibliography \bibitem {mycitation} Author, \begin_inset Quotes eld -\end_inset +\end_inset Title \begin_inset Quotes erd -\end_inset +\end_inset , Journal -\series bold +\series bold Volume -\series default +\series default , page--numbers (year). -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document diff --git a/lib/templates/slides.lyx b/lib/templates/slides.lyx index 13cfb5f928..3373fec1b4 100644 --- a/lib/templates/slides.lyx +++ b/lib/templates/slides.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ -#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 221 +#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 243 +\begin_document +\begin_header \textclass slides \begin_preamble % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays @@ -16,12 +18,11 @@ \graphics dvips \paperfontsize default \spacing single -\papersize Default -\paperpackage a4 -\use_geometry 0 +\papersize default +\use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 -\use_natbib 0 -\use_numerical_citations 0 +\cite_engine basic +\use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 @@ -32,68 +33,112 @@ \papercolumns 1 \papersides 1 \paperpagestyle default +\tracking_changes false +\output_changes true +\end_header -\layout Slide +\begin_body -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Slide + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Test slide. -\layout InvisibleText +\end_layout + +\begin_layout InvisibleText -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Text visible only in an overlay. -\layout VisibleText +\end_layout + +\begin_layout VisibleText -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Text visible in the main slide. -\layout Overlay +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Overlay + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Test overlay. -\layout VisibleText +\end_layout + +\begin_layout VisibleText + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Text visible only in an overlay. -\layout InvisibleText +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout InvisibleText + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard Text visible in the main slide. -\layout VisibleText +\end_layout + +\begin_layout VisibleText + +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Note -\layout Note +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Test note. -\layout Standard +\end_layout + +\begin_layout Standard A time marker: \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash settime{60} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset + +\end_layout -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard Don't talk more than \begin_inset ERT -status Collapsed +status collapsed -\layout Standard +\begin_layout Standard -\backslash +\backslash addtime{200} -\end_inset +\end_layout + +\end_inset . -\the_end +\end_layout + +\end_body +\end_document -- 2.39.5